ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/0000755002342000234200000000000012070403612013164 5ustar duckdc-usersircd-ratbox-3.0.8/configure0000755002342000234200000171105111726771415015121 0ustar duckdc-users#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for ircd-ratbox devel. # # $Id: configure 27357 2012-03-11 00:34:21Z androsyn $ # # # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, # 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1 test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\${BASH_VERSION+set}\" || ( ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH test \"X\`printf %s \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" \\ || test \"X\`print -r -- \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" ) || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV export CONFIG_SHELL case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, $0: including any error possibly output before this $0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run $0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" lt_ltdl_dir='libltdl' SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='ircd-ratbox' PACKAGE_TARNAME='ircd-ratbox' PACKAGE_VERSION='devel' PACKAGE_STRING='ircd-ratbox devel' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' PACKAGE_URL='' ac_default_prefix=/usr/local/ircd # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif" enable_option_checking=no ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE DISABLE_BACKUPS_TRUE IRCD_PREFIX LT_OBJDIR SHLIBEXT LIBEXEC_DIR WARNFLAGS SEDOBJ PICFLAGS SSL_LIBS SSL_INCLUDES ENABLE_SERVICES_FALSE ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE moduledir MODULE_DIR helpdir HELP_DIR logdir LOG_DIR confdir ETC_DIR ZLIB_LD BUILD_SQLITE_FALSE BUILD_SQLITE_TRUE SQLITE_SUBDIR SQLITE3_CFLAGS SQLITE3_LIBS ALLOCA MINGW_FALSE MINGW_TRUE subdirs OTOOL64 OTOOL LIPO NMEDIT DSYMUTIL MANIFEST_TOOL RANLIB ac_ct_AR AR DLLTOOL OBJDUMP LN_S NM ac_ct_DUMPBIN DUMPBIN LD FGREP SED host_os host_vendor host_cpu host build_os build_vendor build_cpu build LIBTOOL STATIC_MODULES_FALSE STATIC_MODULES_TRUE YFLAGS YACC MAINT MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE INCLTDL LTDLINCL LTDLDEPS LIBLTDL LEXLIB LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT LEX RB_RM MV CP EGREP GREP CPP am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__quote am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_dependency_tracking enable_shared enable_static enable_maintainer_mode with_pic enable_fast_install with_gnu_ld with_sysroot enable_libtool_lock enable_ipv6 enable_openssl with_sqlite3 with_sqlite3_incdir with_sqlite3_libdir with_zlib_path enable_zlib with_confdir with_logdir with_helpdir with_moduledir enable_assert enable_iodebug enable_profile enable_services enable_small_net with_nicklen enable_backups ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS CPP YACC YFLAGS' ac_subdirs_all='libltdl libratbox' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2 elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures ircd-ratbox devel to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/ircd-ratbox] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names System types: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of ircd-ratbox devel:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=no] --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] optimize for fast installation [default=yes] --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) --disable-ipv6 Disable IPv6 support (not recommended) --enable-openssl=DIR Enable OpenSSL support (DIR optional). --disable-openssl Disable OpenSSL support. --disable-zlib Disable ziplinks support --enable-assert Enable assert(). Choose between soft(warnings) and hard(aborts the daemon) --enable-iodebug Enable IO Debugging hooks --enable-profile Enable profiling --enable-services Enable ratbox-services compatibility code. --enable-small-net Enable small network support. Optional Packages: --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --with-pic[=PKGS] try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use both] --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] --with-sysroot=DIR Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified). --with-sqlite3=dir Compile with libsqlite3 at given dir --with-sqlite3-incdir Specifies where the SQLite3 include files are. --with-sqlite3-libdir Specifies where the SQLite3 libraries are. --with-zlib-path=DIR Path to libz.so for ziplinks support. --with-confdir=DIR Directory to install config files. --with-logdir=DIR Directory where to write logfiles. --with-helpdir=DIR Directory to install help files. --with-moduledir=DIR Directory to install modules. --with-nicklen=LENGTH Set the nick length to LENGTH (default 9, max 50) Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory CPP C preprocessor YACC The `Yet Another Compiler Compiler' implementation to use. Defaults to the first program found out of: `bison -y', `byacc', `yacc'. YFLAGS The list of arguments that will be passed by default to $YACC. This script will default YFLAGS to the empty string to avoid a default value of `-d' given by some make applications. Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to the package provider. _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF ircd-ratbox configure devel generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. $Id: configure 27357 2012-03-11 00:34:21Z androsyn $ _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using # the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR # accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if eval \${$3+:} false; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } else # Is the header compilable? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_compiler=yes else ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } # Is the header present? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_preproc=yes else ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( yes:no: ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; no:yes:* ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel # ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_c_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_func # ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_type cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by ircd-ratbox $as_me devel, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu am__api_version='1.11' ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" case $mkdir_p in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='ircd-ratbox' VERSION='devel' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers include/setup.h" DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 $as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } rm -f confinc confmf # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "minix/config.h" "ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" = xyes; then : MINIX=yes else MINIX= fi if test "$MINIX" = yes; then $as_echo "#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _POSIX_1_SOURCE 2" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _MINIX 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ # define __EXTENSIONS__ 1 $ac_includes_default int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes else ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&6; } test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes && $as_echo "#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _ALL_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _GNU_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h # Extract the first word of "cp", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cp; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_CP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $CP in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_CP="$CP" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_CP="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi CP=$ac_cv_path_CP if test -n "$CP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CP" >&5 $as_echo "$CP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "mv", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy mv; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_MV+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MV in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_MV="$MV" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_MV="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi MV=$ac_cv_path_MV if test -n "$MV"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MV" >&5 $as_echo "$MV" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "rm", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy rm; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_RB_RM+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $RB_RM in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_RB_RM="$RB_RM" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_RB_RM="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi RB_RM=$ac_cv_path_RB_RM if test -n "$RB_RM"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RB_RM" >&5 $as_echo "$RB_RM" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include #include // Check varargs macros. These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5. #define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__) #define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__) #define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__)) static void test_varargs_macros (void) { int x = 1234; int y = 5678; debug ("Flag"); debug ("X = %d\n", x); showlist (The first, second, and third items.); report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y); } // Check long long types. #define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull #define BIG32 4294967295ul #define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0) #if !BIG_OK your preprocessor is broken; #endif #if BIG_OK #else your preprocessor is broken; #endif static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL; static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64; struct incomplete_array { int datasize; double data[]; }; struct named_init { int number; const wchar_t *name; double average; }; typedef const char *ccp; static inline int test_restrict (ccp restrict text) { // See if C++-style comments work. // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer. // Also check for declarations in for loops. for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i) continue; return 0; } // Check varargs and va_copy. static void test_varargs (const char *format, ...) { va_list args; va_start (args, format); va_list args_copy; va_copy (args_copy, args); const char *str; int number; float fnumber; while (*format) { switch (*format++) { case 's': // string str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *); break; case 'd': // int number = va_arg (args_copy, int); break; case 'f': // float fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double); break; default: break; } } va_end (args_copy); va_end (args); } int main () { // Check bool. _Bool success = false; // Check restrict. if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0) success = true; char *restrict newvar = "Another string"; // Check varargs. test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234); test_varargs_macros (); // Check flexible array members. struct incomplete_array *ia = malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10)); ia->datasize = 10; for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i) ia->data[i] = i * 1.234; // Check named initializers. struct named_init ni = { .number = 34, .name = L"Test wide string", .average = 543.34343, }; ni.number = 58; int dynamic_array[ni.number]; dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543; // work around unused variable warnings return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x' || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99 do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then : fi if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" = "xno"; then as_fn_error $? "ircd-ratbox requires a C99 capable compiler" "$LINENO" 5 fi for ac_prog in flex lex do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_LEX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$LEX"; then ac_cv_prog_LEX="$LEX" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_LEX="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi LEX=$ac_cv_prog_LEX if test -n "$LEX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LEX" >&5 $as_echo "$LEX" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$LEX" && break done test -n "$LEX" || LEX=":" if test "x$LEX" != "x:"; then cat >conftest.l <<_ACEOF %% a { ECHO; } b { REJECT; } c { yymore (); } d { yyless (1); } e { yyless (input () != 0); } f { unput (yytext[0]); } . { BEGIN INITIAL; } %% #ifdef YYTEXT_POINTER extern char *yytext; #endif int main (void) { return ! yylex () + ! yywrap (); } _ACEOF { { ac_try="$LEX conftest.l" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$LEX conftest.l") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking lex output file root" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking lex output file root... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_lex_root+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -f lex.yy.c; then ac_cv_prog_lex_root=lex.yy elif test -f lexyy.c; then ac_cv_prog_lex_root=lexyy else as_fn_error $? "cannot find output from $LEX; giving up" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_lex_root" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_lex_root" >&6; } LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT=$ac_cv_prog_lex_root if test -z "${LEXLIB+set}"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking lex library" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking lex library... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_lex+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS ac_cv_lib_lex='none needed' for ac_lib in '' -lfl -ll; do LIBS="$ac_lib $ac_save_LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ `cat $LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT.c` _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_lex=$ac_lib fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext test "$ac_cv_lib_lex" != 'none needed' && break done LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_lex" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_lex" >&6; } test "$ac_cv_lib_lex" != 'none needed' && LEXLIB=$ac_cv_lib_lex fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether yytext is a pointer" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether yytext is a pointer... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # POSIX says lex can declare yytext either as a pointer or an array; the # default is implementation-dependent. Figure out which it is, since # not all implementations provide the %pointer and %array declarations. ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer=no ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="$LEXLIB $ac_save_LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #define YYTEXT_POINTER 1 `cat $LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT.c` _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_prog_lex_yytext_pointer = yes; then $as_echo "#define YYTEXT_POINTER 1" >>confdefs.h fi rm -f conftest.l $LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT.c fi if test "$LEX" = :; then LEX=${am_missing_run}flex fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" if test "$enable_static" = "yes"; then # Check whether --enable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=no fi # Check whether --enable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=yes fi $as_echo "#define STATIC_MODULES 1" >>confdefs.h else enable_static="no" fi F77=no GCJ=no case $enable_ltdl_convenience in no) as_fn_error $? "this package needs a convenience libltdl" "$LINENO" 5 ;; "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; esac LIBLTDL='${top_build_prefix}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdlc.la" LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}" # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" enable_dlopen=yes if test "x$CC" != xcc; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether cc understands -c and -o together" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether cc understands -c and -o together... " >&6; } fi set dummy $CC; ac_cc=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. # We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an # existing .o file with -o, though they will create one. ac_try='$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' rm -f conftest2.* if { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=yes if test "x$CC" != xcc; then # Test first that cc exists at all. if { ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext >&5' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' rm -f conftest2.* if { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # cc works too. : else # cc exists but doesn't like -o. eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no fi fi fi else eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no fi rm -f core conftest* fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "#define NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O 1" >>confdefs.h fi # FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because # there is no other way. set dummy $CC am_cc=`echo $2 | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'` eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o if test "$am_t" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi # Check whether --enable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=no fi # Check whether --enable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=yes fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval else USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 $as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' else MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= fi MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing strerror" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing strerror... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char strerror (); int main () { return strerror (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' cposix; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_strerror=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_strerror=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_strerror" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_strerror" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_strerror if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inline" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_inline+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __cplusplus typedef int foo_t; static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } $ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } #endif _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; } case $ac_cv_c_inline in inline | yes) ;; *) case $ac_cv_c_inline in no) ac_val=;; *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; esac cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #ifndef __cplusplus #define inline $ac_val #endif _ACEOF ;; esac if test $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC needs -traditional... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include Autoconf TIOCGETP _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes else ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no fi rm -f conftest* if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include Autoconf TCGETA _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then CC="$CC -traditional" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi srcpwd=`cd ${srcdir} ; ${PWDCMD-pwd}` # We pase INSTALL explicitly to sub-makes. Make sure that it is not # a relative path. if test "$INSTALL" = "${srcdir}/install-sh -c"; then INSTALL="${srcpwd}/install-sh -c" fi for ac_prog in 'bison -y' byacc do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_YACC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$YACC"; then ac_cv_prog_YACC="$YACC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_YACC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi YACC=$ac_cv_prog_YACC if test -n "$YACC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $YACC" >&5 $as_echo "$YACC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$YACC" && break done test -n "$YACC" || YACC="yacc" ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test "$enable_static" = "yes"; then STATIC_MODULES_TRUE= STATIC_MODULES_FALSE='#' else STATIC_MODULES_TRUE='#' STATIC_MODULES_FALSE= fi case `pwd` in *\ * | *\ *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; esac macro_version='2.4.2' macro_revision='1.3337' ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Make sure we can run config.sub. $SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_build_alias=$build_alias test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } case $ac_cv_build in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; esac build=$ac_cv_build ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_build shift build_cpu=$1 build_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: build_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "x$host_alias" = x; then ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build else ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } case $ac_cv_host in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; esac host=$ac_cv_host ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_host shift host_cpu=$1 host_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: host_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac # Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within # double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to print strings" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to print strings... " >&6; } # Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='print -r --' elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='printf %s\n' else # Use this function as a fallback that always works. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO='func_fallback_echo' fi # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "" } case "$ECHO" in printf*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: printf" >&5 $as_echo "printf" >&6; } ;; print*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: print -r" >&5 $as_echo "print -r" >&6; } ;; *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cat" >&5 $as_echo "cat" >&6; } ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" done echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed { ac_script=; unset ac_script;} if test -z "$SED"; then ac_path_SED_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_SED=$SED fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" rm -f conftest.sed test -z "$SED" && SED=sed Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_FGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" else if test -z "$FGREP"; then ac_path_FGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in fgrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep # Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } fi if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5 $as_echo "$LD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_NM+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" else # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : # Let the user override the test. else if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 $as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break done fi if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then DUMPBIN=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN fi fi case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in *COFF*) DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" ;; *) DUMPBIN=: ;; esac fi if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then NM="$DUMPBIN" fi fi test -z "$NM" && NM=nm { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_nm_interface+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) cat conftest.err >&5 (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) cat conftest.err >&5 (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&5) cat conftest.out >&5 if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } LN_S=$as_ln_s if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 $as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } fi # find the maximum length of command line arguments { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; mint*) # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; os2*) # The test takes a long time on OS/2. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do teststring=$teststring$teststring done SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but # we can't tell. while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done # Only check the string length outside the loop. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac fi if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 $as_echo "none" >&6; } fi max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len : ${CP="cp -f"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } # Try some XSI features xsi_shell=no ( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ = c,a/b,b/c, \ && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && xsi_shell=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 $as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } lt_shell_append=no ( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && lt_shell_append=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_unset=unset else lt_unset=false fi # test EBCDIC or ASCII case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in A) # ASCII based system # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' ;; *) # EBCDIC based system lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to $host format" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to $host format... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ;; esac ;; *-*-cygwin* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ;; esac ;; * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; esac fi to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else #assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; esac ;; esac fi to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) if test "$GCC" != yes; then reload_cmds=false fi ;; darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then OBJDUMP="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP fi else OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" fi test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[4-9]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[45]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. # func_win32_libid assumes BSD nm, so disallow it if using MS dumpbin. if ( test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "BSD nm" && file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; cegcc*) # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; haiku*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9]\.[0-9]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; *nto* | *qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; tpf*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } file_magic_glob= want_nocaseglob=no if test "$build" = "$host"; then case $host_os in mingw* | pw32*) if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then want_nocaseglob=yes else file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[\1]\/[\1]\/g;/g"` fi ;; esac fi file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then DLLTOOL="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL fi else DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL" fi test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to associate runtime and link libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to associate runtime and link libraries... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in *--identify-strict*) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib ;; *) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ;; esac ;; *) # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&6; } sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in ar do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AR"; then ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AR="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR if test -n "$AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 $as_echo "$AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AR" && break done fi if test -z "$AR"; then ac_ct_AR=$AR for ac_prog in ar do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_AR" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then AR="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac AR=$ac_ct_AR fi fi : ${AR=ar} : ${AR_FLAGS=cru} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for archiver @FILE support" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for archiver @FILE support... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ar_at_file+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ar_at_file=no cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&5' { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ fi fi rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then archiver_list_spec= else archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then RANLIB=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB fi else RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" fi case $host_os in darwin*) lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; *) lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; esac # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[BCDEGRST]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[BCDT]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' ;; hpux*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[BCDEGRST]' ;; osf*) symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[BDRT]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[ABDT]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[DFNSTU]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; esac # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. # Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, # so use this general approach. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function # and D for any global variable. # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, # which start with @ or ?. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ " {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ " /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ " /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ " \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ " / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ " {if(hide[section]) next};"\ " {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ " {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ " s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ " s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ " ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(void); void nm_test_func(void){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist\""; } >&5 (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT_DLSYM_CONST const #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif _LT_EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ LT_DLSYM_CONST struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = { { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, _LT_EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif _LT_EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 $as_echo "failed" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5 $as_echo "ok" >&6; } fi # Response file support. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then nm_file_list_spec='@' elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[@]FILE' >/dev/null; then nm_file_list_spec='@' fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sysroot" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for sysroot... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-sysroot was given. if test "${with_sysroot+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_sysroot; else with_sysroot=no fi lt_sysroot= case ${with_sysroot} in #( yes) if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` fi ;; #( /*) lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; #( no|'') ;; #( *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${with_sysroot}" >&5 $as_echo "${with_sysroot}" >&6; } as_fn_error $? "The sysroot must be an absolute path." "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&5 $as_echo "${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&6; } # Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; fi test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '#line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes else lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; *-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) case $host in i?86-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; sparc*-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" fi ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}mt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}mt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="$MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}mt" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$MANIFEST_TOOL # Extract the first word of "mt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy mt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="mt" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" = x; then MANIFEST_TOOL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL fi else MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL" fi test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&5 $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out cat conftest.err >&5 if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then MANIFEST_TOOL=: fi case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then DSYMUTIL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL fi else DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then NMEDIT=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT fi else NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$LIPO"; then ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO if test -n "$LIPO"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5 $as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then LIPO=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO fi else LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL if test -n "$OTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then OTOOL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL fi else OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 $as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then OTOOL64=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 fi else OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. rm -rf libconftest.dylib* echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&5 # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from # the compiler, it worked. elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes else cat conftest.err >&5 fi rm -rf libconftest.dylib* rm -f conftest.* fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -force_load linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -force_load linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_force_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_force_load=no cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int forced_loaded() { return 2;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&5 echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&5 $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&5 echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&5 $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&5 cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int main() { return 0;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&5 elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes else cat conftest.err >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c rm -rf conftest.dSYM fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&6; } case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # darwin 5.x on # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[012]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac for ac_header in dlfcn.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default " if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 _ACEOF fi done # Set options enable_win32_dll=no # Check whether --with-pic was given. if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_pic; lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} case $withval in yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; *) pic_mode=default # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for lt_pkg in $withval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then pic_mode=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else pic_mode=default fi test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_fast_install=yes fi # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_objdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } objdir=$lt_cv_objdir cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" _ACEOF case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Global variables: ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi fi ;; esac # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script lt_save_CC="$CC" ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o objext=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other # tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. compiler_DEFAULT=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM -r conftest* if test -n "$compiler"; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $cc_basename in nvcc*) lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes fi fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" else : fi fi lt_prog_compiler_wl= lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_static= if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. lt_prog_compiler_static= ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no enable_shared=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic fi ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac case $cc_basename in nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Xlinker ' if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then lt_prog_compiler_pic="-Xcompiler $lt_prog_compiler_pic" fi ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. ecc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. icc* | ifort*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; # Lahey Fortran 8.1. lf95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' ;; nagfor*) # NAG Fortran compiler lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [1-7].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[0-3]*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='' ;; *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' ;; *Intel*\ [CF]*Compiler*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; *Portland\ Group*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; esac ;; newsos6) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; *) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; uts4*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_prog_compiler_pic fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } lt_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes fi fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no fi fi # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $RM conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } runpath_var= allow_undefined_flag= always_export_symbols=no archive_cmds= archive_expsym_cmds= compiler_needs_object=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no export_dynamic_flag_spec= export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' hardcode_automatic=no hardcode_direct=no hardcode_direct_absolute=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported inherit_rpath=no link_all_deplibs=unknown module_cmds= module_expsym_cmds= old_archive_from_new_cmds= old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= thread_safe_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. extract_expsyms_cmds= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) link_all_deplibs=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker # that we're better off using the native interface for both. lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then case $host_os in aix*) # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[2-9]*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [3-9]*) ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac fi if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils *** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. *** You will then need to restart the configuration process. _LT_EOF fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='' ;; m68k) archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-all-symbols' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[ ]__nm__\([^ ]*\)[ ][^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[ ]/d;/^[AITW][ ]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' exclude_expsyms='[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname' if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; haiku*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' link_all_deplibs=yes ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) tmp_diet=no if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then case $cc_basename in diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) esac fi if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ && test "$tmp_diet" = no then tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' tmp_sharedflag='-shared' case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 whole_archive_flag_spec= tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; xl[cC]* | bgxl[cC]* | mpixl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' tmp_addflag= ;; nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' compiler_needs_object=yes ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' compiler_needs_object=yes tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; esac archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi case $cc_basename in xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; esac else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then runpath_var= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= export_dynamic_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds='' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi link_all_deplibs=no else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }' lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" fi fi aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }' lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" fi fi aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' fi archive_cmds_need_lc=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='' ;; m68k) archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; bsdi[45]*) export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. case $cc_basename in cl*) # Native MSVC hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes file_list_spec='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, )='true' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes exclude_expsyms='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # Don't use ranlib old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' postlink_cmds='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_direct=no hardcode_automatic=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then whole_archive_flag_spec='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' else whole_archive_flag_spec='' fi link_all_deplibs=yes allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" case $cc_basename in ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; esac if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; dgux*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2.*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC understands -b" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $CC understands -b... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler__b+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -b" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" = xyes; then archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and # implicitly export all symbols. # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int foo (void) { return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes else lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&6; } if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' fi else archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: inherit_rpath=yes link_all_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; newsos6) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_direct_absolute=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' else case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Compilers 5.0"*) wlarc='' archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; *) wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; esac fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac link_all_deplibs=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' hardcode_direct=no ;; motorola) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then case $host in sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' ;; esac fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else $RM conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag allow_undefined_flag= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=no else lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=yes fi allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } archive_cmds_need_lc=$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g" ;; *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` case $lt_search_path_spec in *\;*) # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` ;; *) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; esac # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths # for these hosts. case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ $SED 's,/\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g'` ;; esac sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' ;; m68k) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$cc_basename in yes,*) # gcc library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; fi' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api" ;; mingw* | cegcc*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; *,cl*) # Native MSVC libname_spec='$name' soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' case $build_os in mingw*) sys_lib_search_path_spec= lt_save_ifs=$IFS IFS=';' for lt_path in $LIB do IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" done IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Convert to MSYS style. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([a-zA-Z]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` ;; cygwin*) # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; *) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") ;; esac # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; esac # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[23].*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2.*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; haiku*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' # or fails outright, so override atomically: install_override_mode=555 ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH if ${lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS save_libdir=$libdir eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then : lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS libdir=$save_libdir fi shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; *nto* | *qnx*) version_type=qnx need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; tpf*) # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; uts4*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || test -n "$runpath_var" || test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existent directories. if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes fi ;; *) ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char shl_load (); int main () { return shl_load (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" else ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen" if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dld_link (); int main () { return dld_link (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" fi fi fi fi fi fi ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include #endif #include #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; } _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include #endif #include #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; } _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi striplib= old_striplib= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi ;; *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } ;; esac fi # Report which library types will actually be built { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" # Only expand once: if test "X$CC" != "X"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector... " >&6; } if ${ssp_cv_cc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ssp_cv_cc=yes else ssp_cv_cc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ssp_cv_cc" >&5 $as_echo "$ssp_cv_cc" >&6; } if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" $as_echo "#define ENABLE_SSP_CC 1" >>confdefs.h fi fi cc_accepts_flag() { cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$*" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts $@" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts $@... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main(){return 0;} _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : RC=0; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else RC=1; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext CFLAGS="$cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS" return $RC } if cc_accepts_flag -fno-strict-aliasing; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing" fi WARNLIST=" all cast-qual missing-declarations missing-prototypes nested-externs shadow write-strings no-unused unused-function unused-variable" for x in $WARNLIST; do if cc_accepts_flag -W$x; then WARNFLAGS="$WARNFLAGS -W$x"; fi done LIBTOOL="$LIBTOOL --silent" subdirs="$subdirs libltdl libratbox" case "$host_os" in *cygwin*) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define CYGWIN 1 _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define WINDOWS 1 _ACEOF ;; *mingw*) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define MINGW 1 _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define WINDOWS 1 _ACEOF ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "winsock2.h" "ac_cv_header_winsock2_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_winsock2_h" = xyes; then : else as_fn_error $? "** MinGW and no winsock2.h. I give up." "$LINENO" 5 fi LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -liphlpapi" is_mingw="yes" ;; *) ;; esac if test "$is_mingw" = "yes"; then MINGW_TRUE= MINGW_FALSE='#' else MINGW_TRUE='#' MINGW_FALSE= fi if test "$LEX" != flex; then LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex" LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT=lex.yy LEXLIB='' fi # backwards support for IRC_CFLAGS CFLAGS="$IRC_CFLAGS $CFLAGS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #ifndef WEXITSTATUS # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8) #endif #ifndef WIFEXITED # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0) #endif int main () { int s; wait (&s); s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes else ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1" >>confdefs.h fi ac_header_dirent=no for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... " >&6; } if eval \${$as_ac_Header+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include <$ac_hdr> int main () { if ((DIR *) 0) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" else eval "$as_ac_Header=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$as_ac_Header { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break fi done # Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix. if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char opendir (); int main () { return opendir (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' dir; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_opendir=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char opendir (); int main () { return opendir (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' x; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_opendir=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi fi for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/resource.h sys/param.h sys/stat.h sys/socket.h netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h errno.h stddef.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_time+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include int main () { if ((struct tm *) 0) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_time=yes else ac_cv_header_time=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_time" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then $as_echo "#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_func in snprintf lstat stat do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing socket" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing socket... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char socket (); int main () { return socket (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' socket; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_socket=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_socket=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_socket" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_socket" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_socket if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi # Check whether --enable-ipv6 was given. if test "${enable_ipv6+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_ipv6; ipv6=$enableval else ipv6=yes fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether string.h and strings.h may both be included" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether string.h and strings.h may both be included... " >&6; } if ${gcc_cv_header_string+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : gcc_cv_header_string=yes else gcc_cv_header_string=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gcc_cv_header_string" >&5 $as_echo "$gcc_cv_header_string" >&6; } if test "$gcc_cv_header_string" = "yes"; then $as_echo "#define STRING_WITH_STRINGS 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_bigendian+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown # See if we're dealing with a universal compiler. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __APPLE_CC__ not a universal capable compiler #endif typedef int dummy; _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : # Check for potential -arch flags. It is not universal unless # there are at least two -arch flags with different values. ac_arch= ac_prev= for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do if test -n "$ac_prev"; then case $ac_word in i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64) if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then ac_arch=$ac_word else ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal break fi ;; esac ac_prev= elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then ac_prev=arch fi done fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int main () { #if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \ && defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \ && LITTLE_ENDIAN) bogus endian macros #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int main () { #if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN not big endian #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes else ac_cv_c_bigendian=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then # See if defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris). cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { #if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN) bogus endian macros #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : # It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { #ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN not big endian #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes else ac_cv_c_bigendian=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then # Compile a test program. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : # Try to guess by grepping values from an object file. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ short int ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 }; short int ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 }; int use_ascii (int i) { return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i]; } short int ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 }; short int ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 }; int use_ebcdic (int i) { return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i]; } extern int foo; int main () { return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes fi if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then ac_cv_c_bigendian=no else # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows? ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown fi fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default int main () { /* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */ union { long int l; char c[sizeof (long int)]; } u; u.l = 1; return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_bigendian=no else ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; } case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #( yes) $as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h ;; #( no) ;; #( universal) $as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h ;; #( *) as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "stdarg.h" "ac_cv_header_stdarg_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdarg_h" = xyes; then : else as_fn_error $? "** stdarg.h could not be found - ircd-ratbox will not compile without it **" "$LINENO" 5 fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "size_t" "ac_cv_type_size_t" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_size_t" = xyes; then : else cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define size_t unsigned int _ACEOF fi # The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works # for constant arguments. Useless! { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working alloca.h... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { char *p = (char *) alloca (2 * sizeof (int)); if (p) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_working_alloca_h=yes else ac_cv_working_alloca_h=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for alloca" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for alloca... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_alloca_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include # define alloca _alloca # else # ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ void *alloca (size_t); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif int main () { char *p = (char *) alloca (1); if (p) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes else ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1" >>confdefs.h else # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. ALLOCA=\${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext $as_echo "#define C_ALLOCA 1" >>confdefs.h { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_os_cray+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2 webecray #else wenotbecray #endif _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ac_cv_os_cray=yes else ac_cv_os_cray=no fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_os_cray" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_os_cray" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func _ACEOF break fi done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking stack direction for C alloca... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_stack_direction+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default int find_stack_direction () { static char *addr = 0; auto char dummy; if (addr == 0) { addr = &dummy; return find_stack_direction (); } else return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1; } int main () { return find_stack_direction () < 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 else ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&6; } cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction _ACEOF fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for OpenSSL" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for OpenSSL... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-openssl was given. if test "${enable_openssl+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_openssl; cf_enable_openssl=$enableval else cf_enable_openssl="auto" fi if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "no" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "auto" && test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "yes" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="`echo ${cf_enable_openssl} | sed 's/\/$//'`" else for dirs in /usr/local/ssl /usr/pkg /usr/local \ /usr/local/openssl ; do if test -f "${dirs}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="${dirs}" break fi done unset dirs fi if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then if test -f "${cf_openssl_basedir}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then SSL_INCLUDES="-I${cf_openssl_basedir}/include" SSL_LIBS="-L${cf_openssl_basedir}/lib $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else cf_openssl_basedir="" fi else if test -f "/usr/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="/usr" fi fi if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cf_openssl_basedir" >&5 $as_echo "$cf_openssl_basedir" >&6; } cf_enable_openssl="yes" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found. Specify a correct path?" >&5 $as_echo "not found. Specify a correct path?" >&6; } cf_enable_openssl="no" fi unset cf_openssl_basedir else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: disabled" >&5 $as_echo "disabled" >&6; } fi save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_INCLUDES" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $SSL_LIBS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for RSA_free in -lcrypto" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for RSA_free in -lcrypto... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lcrypto $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char RSA_free (); int main () { return RSA_free (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free=yes else ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_crypto_RSA_free" = xyes; then : SSL_LIBS="$SSL_LIBS -lcrypto $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else cf_enable_openssl=no fi if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then $as_echo "#define USE_CHALLENGE 1" >>confdefs.h fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ac_cv_build_sqlite3=no have_sqlite3="no" ac_sqlite3="no" ac_sqlite3_incdir="no" ac_sqlite3_libdir="no" # exported variables SQLITE3_LIBS="" SQLITE3_CFLAGS="" # Check whether --with-sqlite3 was given. if test "${with_sqlite3+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_sqlite3; ac_sqlite3="$withval" if test "x$withval" != "xno" -a "x$withval" != "xyes"; then ac_sqlite3="yes" ac_sqlite3_incdir="$withval"/include ac_sqlite3_libdir="$withval"/lib fi else ac_sqlite3="auto" fi # Check whether --with-sqlite3-incdir was given. if test "${with_sqlite3_incdir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_sqlite3_incdir; ac_sqlite3_incdir="$withval" fi # Check whether --with-sqlite3-libdir was given. if test "${with_sqlite3_libdir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_sqlite3_libdir; ac_sqlite3_libdir="$withval" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SQLite3" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for SQLite3... " >&6; } # Try to automagically find SQLite, either with pkg-config, or without. if test "x$ac_sqlite3" = "xauto"; then if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" != "xno"; then SQLITE3_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs sqlite3 2>/dev/null` SQLITE3_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags sqlite3 2>/dev/null` if test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" -a "x$SQLITE3_CFLAGS" = "x"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sqlite3_open in -lsqlite3" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for sqlite3_open in -lsqlite3... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsqlite3 $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char sqlite3_open (); int main () { return sqlite3_open (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open=yes else ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" = xyes; then : ac_sqlite3="yes" else ac_sqlite3="no" fi else ac_sqlite3="yes" fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sqlite3_open in -lsqlite3" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for sqlite3_open in -lsqlite3... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsqlite3 $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char sqlite3_open (); int main () { return sqlite3_open (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open=yes else ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_sqlite3_sqlite3_open" = xyes; then : ac_sqlite3="yes" else ac_sqlite3="no" fi fi fi if test "x$ac_sqlite3" = "xyes"; then if test "$ac_sqlite3_incdir" = "no"; then sqlite3_incdirs="/usr/include /usr/local/include /usr/include/sqlite /usr/local/include/sqlite /usr/local/sqlite/include /opt/sqlite/include" ac_sqlite3_incdir=no for i in $sqlite3_incdirs; do for j in sqlite3.h; do if test -r "$i/$j"; then ac_sqlite3_incdir=$i break 2 fi done done if test "$ac_sqlite3_incdir" = "no"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Invalid SQLite directory - include files not found." >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Invalid SQLite directory - include files not found." >&2;} sqlite3_missing=yes ac_sqlite3=no fi fi if test "$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = "no"; then sqlite3_libdirs="/usr/lib64 /usr/lib /usr/local/lib64 /usr/local/lib /usr/lib/sqlite usr/lib64/sqlite /usr/local/lib/sqlite /usr/local/sqlite/lib /opt/sqlite/lib" sqlite3_libs="libsqlite3.so libsqlite3.dylib libsqlite3.a" ac_sqlite3_libdir=no for i in $sqlite3_libdirs; do for j in $sqlite3_libs; do if test -r "$i/$j"; then ac_sqlite3_libdir=$i break 2 fi done done if test "$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = "no"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Invalid SQLite directory - libraries not found." >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Invalid SQLite directory - libraries not found." >&2;} sqlite3_missing=yes ac_sqlite3=no fi fi if test x"$sqlite3_missing" != "xyes"; then have_sqlite3="yes" if test x"$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = xno; then test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" && SQLITE3_LIBS="-lsqlite3" else test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" && SQLITE3_LIBS="-L$ac_sqlite3_libdir -lsqlite3" fi test x"$ac_sqlite3_incdir" != xno && test "x$SQLITE3_CFLAGS" = "x" && SQLITE3_CFLAGS=-I$ac_sqlite3_incdir else ac_sqlite3=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_sqlite3" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_sqlite3" >&6; } if test x"$ac_sqlite3" != xyes; then ac_cv_build_sqlite3=yes SQLITE_SUBDIR=sqlite3 SQLITE3_CFLAGS="-Isqlite3" save_LIBS=$LIBS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing fdatasync" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing fdatasync... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_fdatasync+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char fdatasync (); int main () { return fdatasync (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' rt; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_fdatasync=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_fdatasync+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_fdatasync+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_fdatasync=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_fdatasync" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_fdatasync" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_fdatasync if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi FDATASYNCLIB=$ac_cv_search_fdatasync LIBS=$save_LIBS if test "$FDATASYNCLIB" = "none required"; then unset FDATASYNCLIB fi if test "$FDATASYNCLIB" = "no"; then unset FDATASYNCLIB fi SQLITE3_LIBS="$FDATASYNCLIB sqlite3/libsqlite3.a" SQLITE3_LIBS=$SQLITE3_LIBS fi if test "$ac_cv_build_sqlite3" = yes; then BUILD_SQLITE_TRUE= BUILD_SQLITE_FALSE='#' else BUILD_SQLITE_TRUE='#' BUILD_SQLITE_FALSE= fi # Check whether --with-zlib-path was given. if test "${with_zlib_path+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_zlib_path; LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval" fi # Check whether --enable-zlib was given. if test "${enable_zlib+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_zlib; zlib=$enableval else zlib=yes fi if test "$zlib" = yes; then ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "zlib.h" "ac_cv_header_zlib_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" = xyes; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for zlibVersion in -lz" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for zlibVersion in -lz... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lz $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char zlibVersion (); int main () { return zlibVersion (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion=yes else ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_z_zlibVersion" = xyes; then : ZLIB_LD=-lz $as_echo "#define HAVE_ZLIB 1" >>confdefs.h else zlib=no fi else zlib=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to modify confdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to modify confdir... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-confdir was given. if test "${with_confdir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_confdir; confdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $confdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` ETC_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define ETC_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF confdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$confdir"\" )` else confdir='${prefix}/etc' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $confdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` ETC_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define ETC_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF confdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$confdir"\" )` fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to modify logdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to modify logdir... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-logdir was given. if test "${with_logdir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_logdir; logdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $logdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` LOG_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LOG_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF logdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$logdir"\" )` else logdir='${prefix}/logs' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $logdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` LOG_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LOG_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF logdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$logdir"\" )` fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to modify helpdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to modify helpdir... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-helpdir was given. if test "${with_helpdir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_helpdir; helpdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $helpdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` HELP_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HELP_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF helpdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$helpdir"\" )` else helpdir='${prefix}/help' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $helpdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` HELP_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HELP_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF helpdir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$helpdir"\" )` fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to modify moduledir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to modify moduledir... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-moduledir was given. if test "${with_moduledir+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_moduledir; moduledir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $moduledir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` MODULE_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define MODULE_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF moduledir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$moduledir"\" )` else moduledir='${prefix}/modules' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $moduledir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` MODULE_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define MODULE_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF moduledir=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""$moduledir"\" )` fi # Check whether --enable-assert was given. if test "${enable_assert+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_assert; assert=$enableval else assert=no fi if test "$assert" = no; then $as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h elif test "$assert" = soft; then $as_echo "#define SOFT_ASSERT 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h elif test "$assert" = yes; then assert = "hard"; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if you want IO Debugging hooks" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if you want IO Debugging hooks... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-iodebug was given. if test "${enable_iodebug+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_iodebug; iodebug=$enableval else iodebug=no fi if test "$iodebug" = yes; then $as_echo "#define USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS 1" >>confdefs.h { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if you want to do a profile build" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if you want to do a profile build... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-profile was given. if test "${enable_profile+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_profile; profile=$enableval else profile=no fi if test "$profile" = yes; then if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg -static" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes, adding -pg -static" >&5 $as_echo "yes, adding -pg -static" >&6; } $as_echo "#define RATBOX_PROFILE 1" >>confdefs.h else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, profile builds only work with gcc" >&5 $as_echo "no, profile builds only work with gcc" >&6; } fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Check whether --enable-services was given. if test "${enable_services+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_services; ratbox_services=$enableval else ratbox_services=no fi M_SERVICES="" if test "x$ratbox_services" = "xyes"; then $as_echo "#define ENABLE_SERVICES 1" >>confdefs.h M_SERVICES="m_services.la" fi if test x"$M_SERVICES" != "x"; then ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE= ENABLE_SERVICES_FALSE='#' else ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE='#' ENABLE_SERVICES_FALSE= fi # Check whether --enable-small-net was given. if test "${enable_small_net+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_small_net; small_net=$enableval else small_net=no fi if test "$small_net" = yes; then $as_echo "#define NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH 1500" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE 256" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define BAN_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE 256" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define USER_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define DNODE_HEAP_SIZE 512" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE 256" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE 256" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define ND_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define AUTH_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define FD_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define AWAY_HEAP_SIZE 128" >>confdefs.h else $as_echo "#define NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH 30000" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE 8192" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define BAN_HEAP_SIZE 4096" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE 8192" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE 1024" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define USER_HEAP_SIZE 8192" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define DNODE_HEAP_SIZE 8192" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE 4096" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE 2048" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE 32768" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define ND_HEAP_SIZE 512" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE 1024" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE 1024" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define AUTH_HEAP_SIZE 256" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define FD_HEAP_SIZE 1024" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define AWAY_HEAP_SIZE 512" >>confdefs.h fi # Check whether --with-nicklen was given. if test "${with_nicklen+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_nicklen; if ! expr "$withval" + 0 >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_fn_error $? "NICKLEN must be a numeric value" "$LINENO" 5 fi if test $withval -ge 50; then NICKLEN=50 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: NICKLEN has a hard limit of 50. Setting NICKLEN=50" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: NICKLEN has a hard limit of 50. Setting NICKLEN=50" >&2;} else NICKLEN="$withval" fi else NICKLEN=9 fi cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define NICKLEN (${NICKLEN}+1) _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define RATBOX_CONFIGURE_OPTS "$ac_configure_args" _ACEOF if test "$prefix" = "NONE"; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define IRCD_PREFIX "$ac_default_prefix" _ACEOF else prefix=`echo $prefix | sed 's/\/$//'` cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define IRCD_PREFIX "$prefix" _ACEOF fi if test "x$libexecdir" = "xNONE"; then rb_cv_libexecdir=$ac_default_libexecdir else rb_cv_libexecdir=$libexecdir fi libexecdir=`eval "echo ${rb_cv_libexecdir}/ircd-ratbox"` test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo $libexecdir` ac_define_dir=`eval echo $ac_define_dir` LIBEXEC_DIR="$ac_define_dir" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LIBEXEC_DIR "$ac_define_dir" _ACEOF { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shared library suffix" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shared library suffix... " >&6; } module=yes eval SHLIBEXT=\"$shrext_cmds\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SHLIBEXT" >&5 $as_echo "$SHLIBEXT" >&6; } SHLIBEXT=$SHLIBEXT LT_OBJDIR=$lt_cv_objdir cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define SHLIBEXT "$SHLIBEXT" _ACEOF disable_backups=n # Check whether --enable-backups was given. if test "${enable_backups+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_backups; disable_backups=y fi if test x"$disable_backups" = "xy"; then DISABLE_BACKUPS_TRUE= DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE='#' else DISABLE_BACKUPS_TRUE='#' DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE= fi ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile bandb/Makefile bandb/sqlite3/Makefile ssld/Makefile resolver/Makefile contrib/Makefile tools/Makefile doc/Makefile help/Makefile modules/Makefile src/Makefile install-mod.sh" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${STATIC_MODULES_TRUE}" && test -z "${STATIC_MODULES_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"STATIC_MODULES\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MINGW_TRUE}" && test -z "${MINGW_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MINGW\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${BUILD_SQLITE_TRUE}" && test -z "${BUILD_SQLITE_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"BUILD_SQLITE\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE}" && test -z "${ENABLE_SERVICES_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"ENABLE_SERVICES\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${DISABLE_BACKUPS_TRUE}" && test -z "${DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"DISABLE_BACKUPS\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by ircd-ratbox $as_me devel, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac case $ac_config_headers in *" "*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_headers="$ac_config_headers" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to the package provider." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ ircd-ratbox config.status devel configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header as_fn_error $? "ambiguous option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' enable_shared='`$ECHO "$enable_shared" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_static='`$ECHO "$enable_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' macro_version='`$ECHO "$macro_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' macro_revision='`$ECHO "$macro_revision" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' pic_mode='`$ECHO "$pic_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "$enable_fast_install" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' SHELL='`$ECHO "$SHELL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' ECHO='`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' PATH_SEPARATOR='`$ECHO "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host_alias='`$ECHO "$host_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host='`$ECHO "$host" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host_os='`$ECHO "$host_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build_alias='`$ECHO "$build_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build='`$ECHO "$build" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build_os='`$ECHO "$build_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' SED='`$ECHO "$SED" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' Xsed='`$ECHO "$Xsed" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' GREP='`$ECHO "$GREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' EGREP='`$ECHO "$EGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' FGREP='`$ECHO "$FGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LD='`$ECHO "$LD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' NM='`$ECHO "$NM" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LN_S='`$ECHO "$LN_S" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "$max_cmd_len" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' ac_objext='`$ECHO "$ac_objext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' exeext='`$ECHO "$exeext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_unset='`$ECHO "$lt_unset" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "$lt_SP2NL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "$lt_NL2SP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' reload_flag='`$ECHO "$reload_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' reload_cmds='`$ECHO "$reload_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "$OBJDUMP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "$deplibs_check_method" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "$file_magic_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_magic_glob='`$ECHO "$file_magic_glob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' want_nocaseglob='`$ECHO "$want_nocaseglob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "$DLLTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='`$ECHO "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' AR='`$ECHO "$AR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "$AR_FLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archiver_list_spec='`$ECHO "$archiver_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' STRIP='`$ECHO "$STRIP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' RANLIB='`$ECHO "$RANLIB" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lock_old_archive_extraction='`$ECHO "$lock_old_archive_extraction" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' CC='`$ECHO "$CC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' CFLAGS='`$ECHO "$CFLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' compiler='`$ECHO "$compiler" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' GCC='`$ECHO "$GCC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' nm_file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$nm_file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_sysroot='`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' objdir='`$ECHO "$objdir" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "$MAGIC_CMD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_locks='`$ECHO "$need_locks" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' MANIFEST_TOOL='`$ECHO "$MANIFEST_TOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "$DSYMUTIL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' NMEDIT='`$ECHO "$NMEDIT" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LIPO='`$ECHO "$LIPO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OTOOL='`$ECHO "$OTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OTOOL64='`$ECHO "$OTOOL64" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' libext='`$ECHO "$libext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "$shrext_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "$compiler_needs_object" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' module_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "$with_gnu_ld" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$allow_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$no_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "$hardcode_minus_L" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "$hardcode_automatic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "$inherit_rpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "$link_all_deplibs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "$always_export_symbols" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "$export_symbols_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "$exclude_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' include_expsyms='`$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "$prelink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postlink_cmds='`$ECHO "$postlink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "$variables_saved_for_relink" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$need_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_version='`$ECHO "$need_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' version_type='`$ECHO "$version_type" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' runpath_var='`$ECHO "$runpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' libname_spec='`$ECHO "$libname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' library_names_spec='`$ECHO "$library_names_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' soname_spec='`$ECHO "$soname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' install_override_mode='`$ECHO "$install_override_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' finish_cmds='`$ECHO "$finish_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' finish_eval='`$ECHO "$finish_eval" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "$hardcode_into_libs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_action='`$ECHO "$hardcode_action" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_striplib='`$ECHO "$old_striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' striplib='`$ECHO "$striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LTCC='$LTCC' LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # Quote evaled strings. for var in SHELL \ ECHO \ PATH_SEPARATOR \ SED \ GREP \ EGREP \ FGREP \ LD \ NM \ LN_S \ lt_SP2NL \ lt_NL2SP \ reload_flag \ OBJDUMP \ deplibs_check_method \ file_magic_cmd \ file_magic_glob \ want_nocaseglob \ DLLTOOL \ sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd \ AR \ AR_FLAGS \ archiver_list_spec \ STRIP \ RANLIB \ CC \ CFLAGS \ compiler \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ nm_file_list_spec \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ lt_prog_compiler_pic \ lt_prog_compiler_wl \ lt_prog_compiler_static \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ need_locks \ MANIFEST_TOOL \ DSYMUTIL \ NMEDIT \ LIPO \ OTOOL \ OTOOL64 \ shrext_cmds \ export_dynamic_flag_spec \ whole_archive_flag_spec \ compiler_needs_object \ with_gnu_ld \ allow_undefined_flag \ no_undefined_flag \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ hardcode_libdir_separator \ exclude_expsyms \ include_expsyms \ file_list_spec \ variables_saved_for_relink \ libname_spec \ library_names_spec \ soname_spec \ install_override_mode \ finish_eval \ old_striplib \ striplib; do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done # Double-quote double-evaled strings. for var in reload_cmds \ old_postinstall_cmds \ old_postuninstall_cmds \ old_archive_cmds \ extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_archive_from_new_cmds \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ archive_cmds \ archive_expsym_cmds \ module_cmds \ module_expsym_cmds \ export_symbols_cmds \ prelink_cmds \ postlink_cmds \ postinstall_cmds \ postuninstall_cmds \ finish_cmds \ sys_lib_search_path_spec \ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' VERSION='$VERSION' TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' RM='$RM' ofile='$ofile' _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "include/setup.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS include/setup.h" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "bandb/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES bandb/Makefile" ;; "bandb/sqlite3/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES bandb/sqlite3/Makefile" ;; "ssld/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES ssld/Makefile" ;; "resolver/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES resolver/Makefile" ;; "contrib/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES contrib/Makefile" ;; "tools/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tools/Makefile" ;; "doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;; "help/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES help/Makefile" ;; "modules/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES modules/Makefile" ;; "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;; "install-mod.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES install-mod.sh" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. # This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then cat >"$ac_tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || BEGIN { _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as # here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. # Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease # handling of long lines. ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false :; do ac_tt=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` if test -z "$ac_tt"; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done # For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, # likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash # newline sequences. ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* sed -n ' s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t rset :rset s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / t def d :def s/\\$// t bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3"/p s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p d :bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont d :cont n s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t clear :clear s/\\$// t bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p d :bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p b cont ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } /^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { line = \$ 0 split(line, arg, " ") if (arg[1] == "#") { defundef = arg[2] mac1 = arg[3] } else { defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) mac1 = arg[2] } split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) macro = mac2[1] prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) if (D_is_set[macro]) { # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] next } else { # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. if (defundef == "undef") { print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" next } } } { print } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 as_fn_error $? "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :H) # # CONFIG_HEADER # if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" } >"$ac_tmp/config.h" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 if diff "$ac_file" "$ac_tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else rm -f "$ac_file" mv "$ac_tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 fi else $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. _am_arg="$ac_file" _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || $as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$_am_arg" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || $as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || $as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ;; "libtool":C) # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $RM "$cfgfile" cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" #! $SHELL # `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is part of GNU Libtool. # # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of # the License, or (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or # obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. available_tags="" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Which release of libtool.m4 was used? macro_version=$macro_version macro_revision=$macro_revision # What type of objects to build. pic_mode=$pic_mode # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # An echo program that protects backslashes. ECHO=$lt_ECHO # The PATH separator for the build system. PATH_SEPARATOR=$lt_PATH_SEPARATOR # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # A sed program that does not truncate output. SED=$lt_SED # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" # A grep program that handles long lines. GREP=$lt_GREP # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # A literal string matcher. FGREP=$lt_FGREP # A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. NM=$lt_NM # Whether we need soft or hard links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext=$ac_objext # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext=$exeext # whether the shell understands "unset". lt_unset=$lt_unset # turn spaces into newlines. SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL # turn newlines into spaces. NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP # convert \$build file names to \$host format. to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd # convert \$build files to toolchain format. to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd # An object symbol dumper. OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". file_magic_glob=$lt_file_magic_glob # Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". want_nocaseglob=$lt_want_nocaseglob # DLL creation program. DLLTOOL=$lt_DLLTOOL # Command to associate shared and link libraries. sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR # Flags to create an archive. AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # How to feed a file listing to the archiver. archiver_list_spec=$lt_archiver_list_spec # A symbol stripping program. STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Commands used to install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction. lock_old_archive_extraction=$lock_old_archive_extraction # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_CC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix # Specify filename containing input files for \$NM. nm_file_list_spec=$lt_nm_file_list_spec # The root where to search for dependent libraries,and in which our libraries should be installed. lt_sysroot=$lt_sysroot # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Manifest tool. MANIFEST_TOOL=$lt_MANIFEST_TOOL # Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL # Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT # Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. LIPO=$lt_LIPO # ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL # ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext=$libext # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at link time. variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink # Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # Shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries. install_override_mode=$lt_install_override_mode # Command to use after installation of a shared archive. postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds # Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but # not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Compile-time system search path for libraries. sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries. sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # Commands used to build an old-style archive. old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds # A language specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler # Is the compiler the GNU compiler? with_gcc=$GCC # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec # Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds # Commands used to build a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building # a shared archive. module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds # Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag # Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec # Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator # Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes # DIR into the resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct # Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes # DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is # "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the # library is relocated. hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute # Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR # into the resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L # Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR # into the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var # Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR # into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked # against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic # Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries # to runtime path list. inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs # Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms # Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds # Commands necessary for finishing linking programs. postlink_cmds=$lt_postlink_cmds # Specify filename containing input files. file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action # ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_EOF case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi _LT_EOF ;; esac ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then sed -e '/^func_dirname ()$/,/^} # func_dirname /c\ func_dirname ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ \ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ \ esac\ } # Extended-shell func_dirname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_basename ()$/,/^} # func_basename /c\ func_basename ()\ {\ \ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ } # Extended-shell func_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_dirname_and_basename ()$/,/^} # func_dirname_and_basename /c\ func_dirname_and_basename ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ \ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ \ esac\ \ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ } # Extended-shell func_dirname_and_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_stripname ()$/,/^} # func_stripname /c\ func_stripname ()\ {\ \ # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are\ \ # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.\ \ func_stripname_result=${3}\ \ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}\ \ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}\ } # Extended-shell func_stripname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_split_long_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_long_opt /c\ func_split_long_opt ()\ {\ \ func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*}\ \ func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}\ } # Extended-shell func_split_long_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_split_short_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_short_opt /c\ func_split_short_opt ()\ {\ \ func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}\ \ func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}\ } # Extended-shell func_split_short_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_lo2o ()$/,/^} # func_lo2o /c\ func_lo2o ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;\ \ *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;\ \ esac\ } # Extended-shell func_lo2o implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_xform ()$/,/^} # func_xform /c\ func_xform ()\ {\ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo\ } # Extended-shell func_xform implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_arith ()$/,/^} # func_arith /c\ func_arith ()\ {\ func_arith_result=$(( $* ))\ } # Extended-shell func_arith implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_len ()$/,/^} # func_len /c\ func_len ()\ {\ func_len_result=${#1}\ } # Extended-shell func_len implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then sed -e '/^func_append ()$/,/^} # func_append /c\ func_append ()\ {\ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"\ } # Extended-shell func_append implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_append_quoted ()$/,/^} # func_append_quoted /c\ func_append_quoted ()\ {\ \ func_quote_for_eval "${2}"\ \ eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"\ } # Extended-shell func_append_quoted implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: else # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&2;} fi mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi # # CONFIG_SUBDIRS section. # if test "$no_recursion" != yes; then # Remove --cache-file, --srcdir, and --disable-option-checking arguments # so they do not pile up. ac_sub_configure_args= ac_prev= eval "set x $ac_configure_args" shift for ac_arg do if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_arg in -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* \ | --c=*) ;; --config-cache | -C) ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) ;; --disable-option-checking) ;; *) case $ac_arg in *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append ac_sub_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done # Always prepend --prefix to ensure using the same prefix # in subdir configurations. ac_arg="--prefix=$prefix" case $ac_arg in *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac ac_sub_configure_args="'$ac_arg' $ac_sub_configure_args" # Pass --silent if test "$silent" = yes; then ac_sub_configure_args="--silent $ac_sub_configure_args" fi # Always prepend --disable-option-checking to silence warnings, since # different subdirs can have different --enable and --with options. ac_sub_configure_args="--disable-option-checking $ac_sub_configure_args" ac_popdir=`pwd` for ac_dir in : $subdirs; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue # Do not complain, so a configure script can configure whichever # parts of a large source tree are present. test -d "$srcdir/$ac_dir" || continue ac_msg="=== configuring in $ac_dir (`pwd`/$ac_dir)" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_msg" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_msg" >&6 as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then ac_sub_configure=$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then ac_sub_configure=$ac_srcdir/configure elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.in"; then # This should be Cygnus configure. ac_sub_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2;} ac_sub_configure= fi # The recursion is here. if test -n "$ac_sub_configure"; then # Make the cache file name correct relative to the subdirectory. case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_sub_cache_file=$cache_file ;; *) # Relative name. ac_sub_cache_file=$ac_top_build_prefix$cache_file ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: running $SHELL $ac_sub_configure $ac_sub_configure_args --cache-file=$ac_sub_cache_file --srcdir=$ac_srcdir" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: running $SHELL $ac_sub_configure $ac_sub_configure_args --cache-file=$ac_sub_cache_file --srcdir=$ac_srcdir" >&6;} # The eval makes quoting arguments work. eval "\$SHELL \"\$ac_sub_configure\" $ac_sub_configure_args \ --cache-file=\"\$ac_sub_cache_file\" --srcdir=\"\$ac_srcdir\"" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_sub_configure failed for $ac_dir" "$LINENO" 5 fi cd "$ac_popdir" done fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi echo echo "Compiling $PACKAGE_NAME $PACKAGE_VERSION" echo echo "Installing into: $prefix" echo "Ziplinks ....................... $zlib" echo "OpenSSL ........................ $cf_enable_openssl" tmpresult=shared if test "x$enable_static" = "xyes"; then tmpresult=static fi echo "Modules ........................ $tmpresult" echo "IO Debugging hooks ............. $iodebug" echo "Assert debugging ............... $assert" echo "Small network .................. $small_net" echo "ratbox-services compatibility .. $ratbox_services" echo echo "Configured limits:" echo "NICKLEN ................. $NICKLEN" echo ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/0000755002342000234200000000000012070403611014623 5ustar duckdc-usersircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_mkpasswd.c0000644002342000234200000000736211064743132017153 0ustar duckdc-users/* * m_mkpasswd.c: Encrypts a password online, DES or MD5. * * Copyright 2002 W. Campbell and the ircd-ratbox development team * Based on mkpasswd.c, originally by Nelson Minar (minar@reed.edu) * * You can use this code in any way as long as these names remain. * * $Id: m_mkpasswd.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ /* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "common.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include extern char *crypt(); static int m_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static char *make_salt(void); static char *make_md5_salt(void); static char saltChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./"; struct Message mkpasswd_msgtab = { "MKPASSWD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_mkpasswd, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_mkpasswd, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 mkpasswd_clist[] = { &mkpasswd_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(mkpasswd, NULL, NULL, mkpasswd_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 26094 $"); static int m_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; int is_md5 = 0; if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, parv[0], "MKPASSWD"); return 0; } else { last_used = rb_current_time(); } if(parc == 3) { if(!irccmp(parv[2], "MD5")) { is_md5 = 1; } else if(!irccmp(parv[2], "DES")) { /* Not really needed, but we may want to have a default encryption * setting somewhere down the road */ is_md5 = 0; } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :MKPASSWD syntax error: MKPASSWD pass [DES|MD5]", me.name, parv[0]); return 0; } } if(parc == 1) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "MKPASSWD"); else sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Encryption for [%s]: %s", me.name, parv[0], parv[1], crypt(parv[1], is_md5 ? make_md5_salt() : make_salt())); return 0; } /* ** mo_test ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = parameter */ static int mo_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int is_md5 = 0; if(parc == 3) { if(!irccmp(parv[2], "MD5")) { is_md5 = 1; } else if(!irccmp(parv[2], "DES")) { /* Not really needed, but we may want to have a default encryption * setting somewhere down the road */ is_md5 = 0; } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :MKPASSWD syntax error: MKPASSWD pass [DES|MD5]", me.name, parv[0]); return 0; } } if(parc == 1) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "MKPASSWD"); else sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Encryption for [%s]: %s", me.name, parv[0], parv[1], crypt(parv[1], is_md5 ? make_md5_salt() : make_salt())); return 0; } static char * make_salt(void) { static char salt[3]; salt[0] = saltChars[random() % 64]; salt[1] = saltChars[random() % 64]; salt[2] = '\0'; return salt; } static char * make_md5_salt(void) { static char salt[13]; int i; salt[0] = '$'; salt[1] = '1'; salt[2] = '$'; for(i = 3; i < 11; i++) salt[i] = saltChars[random() % 64]; salt[11] = '$'; salt[12] = '\0'; return salt; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_flags.c0000644002342000234200000003057010767303340016415 0ustar duckdc-users/* * m_flags.c: Implements comstud-style mode flags. * * Copyright 2002 by W. Campbell and the ircd-hybrid development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_flags.c 25127 2008-03-16 20:45:20Z jilles $ */ /* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "common.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_user.h" /* send_umode_out() */ #include "s_newconf.h" static int m_flags(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_flags(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static char *set_flags_to_string(struct Client *client_p); static char *unset_flags_to_string(struct Client *client_p); struct Message test_msgtab = { "FLAGS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_flags, 0}, {m_flags, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_flags, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 test_clist[] = { &test_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(test, NULL, NULL, test_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 25127 $"); /* FLAGS requires it's own mini parser, since the last parameter in it can ** contain a number of FLAGS. CS handles FLAGS mode1 mode2 OR ** FLAGS :mode1 mode2, but not both mixed. ** ** The best way to match a flag to a mode is with a simple table */ struct FlagTable { const char *name; int mode; int oper; }; /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct FlagTable flag_table[] = { /* name mode it represents oper only? */ #if 0 /* This one is special...controlled via an oper block option */ { "OWALLOPS", UMODE_OPERWALL, 1 }, #endif { "SWALLOPS", UMODE_WALLOP, 0 }, { "STATSNOTICES", UMODE_SPY, 1 }, /* We don't have a separate OKILL and SKILL modes */ { "OKILLS", UMODE_SERVNOTICE, 0 }, { "SKILLS", UMODE_SKILL, 0 }, { "SNOTICES", UMODE_SERVNOTICE, 0 }, /* We don't have separate client connect and disconnect modes */ { "CLICONNECTS", UMODE_CCONN, 1 }, { "CLIDISCONNECTS", UMODE_CCONN, 1 }, /* I'm taking a wild guess here... */ { "THROTTLES", UMODE_REJ, 1 }, #if 0 /* This one is special...controlled via an oper block option */ { "NICKCHANGES", UMODE_NCHANGE, 1 }, /* NICKCHANGES must be checked for separately */ #endif /* I'm assuming this is correct... */ { "IPMISMATCHES", UMODE_UNAUTH, 1 }, { "LWALLOPS", UMODE_LOCOPS, 1 }, /* These aren't separate on Hybrid */ { "CONNECTS", UMODE_EXTERNAL, 1 }, { "SQUITS", UMODE_EXTERNAL, 1 }, /* Now we have our Hybrid specific flags */ { "FULL", UMODE_FULL, 1 }, /* Not in CS, but we might as well put it here */ { "INVISIBLE", UMODE_INVISIBLE, 0 }, { "BOTS", UMODE_BOTS, 1 }, { "CALLERID", UMODE_CALLERID, 0 }, { "UNAUTH", UMODE_UNAUTH, 1 }, { "DEBUG", UMODE_DEBUG, 1 }, { NULL, 0, 0} }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ /* We won't control CALLERID or INVISIBLE in here */ #define FL_ALL_USER_FLAGS (UMODE_WALLOP | UMODE_SKILL | UMODE_SERVNOTICE ) /* and we don't control NCHANGES here either */ #define FL_ALL_OPER_FLAGS (FL_ALL_USER_FLAGS | UMODE_CCONN | UMODE_REJ |\ UMODE_FULL | UMODE_SPY | UMODE_DEBUG |\ UMODE_BOTS | UMODE_EXTERNAL |\ UMODE_UNAUTH | UMODE_LOCOPS ) /* ** m_flags ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = parameter */ static int m_flags(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int i, j; int isadd; int setflags; int isgood; char *p; char *flag; if(parc < 2) { /* Generate a list of what flags you have and what you are missing, ** and send it to the user */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); return 1; } /* Preserve the current flags */ setflags = source_p->umodes; /* XXX - change this to support a multiple last parameter like ISON */ for(i = 1; i < parc; i++) { char *s = LOCAL_COPY(parv[i]); for(flag = strtok_r(s, " ", &p); flag; flag = strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { /* We default to being in ADD mode */ isadd = 1; /* We default to being in BAD mode */ isgood = 0; if(!isalpha(flag[0])) { if(flag[0] == '-') isadd = 0; else if(flag[0] == '+') isadd = 1; flag++; } /* support ALL here */ if(!irccmp(flag, "ALL")) { if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= FL_ALL_USER_FLAGS; else source_p->umodes &= ~FL_ALL_USER_FLAGS; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); send_umode_out(client_p, source_p, setflags); return 1; } for(j = 0; flag_table[j].name; j++) { if(!flag_table[j].oper && !irccmp(flag, flag_table[j].name)) { if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= flag_table[j].mode; else source_p->umodes &= ~(flag_table[j].mode); isgood = 1; continue; } } /* This for ended without matching a valid FLAG, here is where ** I want to operate differently than ircd-comstud, and just ignore ** the invalid flag, send a warning and go on. */ if(!isgood) sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Invalid FLAGS: %s (IGNORING)", me.name, parv[0], flag); } } /* All done setting the flags, print the notices out to the user ** telling what flags they have and what flags they are missing */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); send_umode_out(client_p, source_p, setflags); return 0; } /* ** mo_flags ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = parameter */ static int mo_flags(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int i, j; int isadd; int setflags; int isgood; char *p; char *flag; if(parc < 2) { /* Generate a list of what flags you have and what you are missing, ** and send it to the user */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); return 1; } /* Preserve the current flags */ setflags = source_p->umodes; /* XXX - change this to support a multiple last parameter like ISON */ for(i = 1; i < parc; i++) { char *s = LOCAL_COPY(parv[i]); for(flag = strtok_r(s, " ", &p); flag; flag = strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { /* We default to being in ADD mode */ isadd = 1; /* We default to being in BAD mode */ isgood = 0; if(!isalpha(flag[0])) { if(flag[0] == '-') isadd = 0; else if(flag[0] == '+') isadd = 1; flag++; } /* support ALL here */ if(!irccmp(flag, "ALL")) { if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= FL_ALL_OPER_FLAGS; else source_p->umodes &= ~FL_ALL_OPER_FLAGS; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); send_umode_out(client_p, source_p, setflags); return 1; } if(!irccmp(flag, "NICKCHANGES")) { if(!IsOperN(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** You need oper and N flag for +n", me.name, parv[0]); continue; } if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= UMODE_NCHANGE; else source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_NCHANGE; isgood = 1; continue; } if(!irccmp(flag, "OWALLOPS")) { if(!IsOperOperwall(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** You need oper and operwall flag for +z", me.name, parv[0]); continue; } if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= UMODE_OPERWALL; else source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_OPERWALL; isgood = 1; continue; } for(j = 0; flag_table[j].name; j++) { if(!irccmp(flag, flag_table[j].name)) { if(isadd) source_p->umodes |= flag_table[j].mode; else source_p->umodes &= ~(flag_table[j].mode); isgood = 1; continue; } } /* This for ended without matching a valid FLAG, here is where ** I want to operate differently than ircd-comstud, and just ignore ** the invalid flag, send a warning and go on. */ if(!isgood) sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Invalid FLAGS: %s (IGNORING)", me.name, parv[0], flag); } } /* All done setting the flags, print the notices out to the user ** telling what flags they have and what flags they are missing */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], set_flags_to_string(source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Current missing flags:%s", me.name, parv[0], unset_flags_to_string(source_p)); send_umode_out(client_p, source_p, setflags); return 0; } static char * set_flags_to_string(struct Client *client_p) { /* XXX - list all flags that we have set on the client */ static char setflags[BUFSIZE + 1]; int i; /* Clear it to begin with, we'll be doing a lot of rb_sprintf's */ setflags[0] = '\0'; /* Unlike unset_flags_to_string(), we don't have to care about oper ** flags and not showing them */ if(client_p->umodes & UMODE_OPERWALL) { rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, "OWALLOPS"); } for(i = 0; flag_table[i].name; i++) { if(client_p->umodes & flag_table[i].mode) { rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, flag_table[i].name); } } #if 0 if(IsOper(client_p) && IsOperN(client_p)) { #endif /* You can only be set +NICKCHANGES if you are an oper and ** IsOperN(client_p) is true */ if(client_p->umodes & UMODE_NCHANGE) { rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, "NICKCHANGES"); } #if 0 } #endif return setflags; } static char * unset_flags_to_string(struct Client *client_p) { /* Inverse of above */ /* XXX - list all flags that we do NOT have set on the client */ static char setflags[BUFSIZE + 1]; int i, isoper; /* Clear it to begin with, we'll be doing a lot of rb_sprintf's */ setflags[0] = '\0'; if(IsOper(client_p)) isoper = 1; else isoper = 0; if(IsOper(client_p) && IsOperOperwall(client_p)) { if(!(client_p->umodes & UMODE_OPERWALL)) { rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, "OWALLOPS"); } } for(i = 0; flag_table[i].name; i++) { if(!(client_p->umodes & flag_table[i].mode)) { if(!isoper && flag_table[i].oper) continue; rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, flag_table[i].name); } } if(IsOper(client_p) && IsOperN(client_p)) { if(!(client_p->umodes & UMODE_NCHANGE)) { rb_sprintf(setflags, "%s %s", setflags, "NICKCHANGES"); } } return setflags; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_stats_notice.c0000644002342000234200000000434211064743132020373 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_stats_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses STATS. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_stats_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "match.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_stats(hook_data_int *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 stats_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_stats", (hookfn) show_stats}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(stats_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, stats_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_stats(hook_data_int * data) { char statchar = (char)data->arg2; if(statchar == 'L' || statchar == 'l') { const char *name = data->arg1; if(!EmptyString(name)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s] on %s", statchar, data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name, name); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", statchar, data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } else { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", statchar, data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_admin_notice.c0000644002342000234200000000310411064743132020320 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_admin_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses ADMIN. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_admin_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_admin(hook_data *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 admin_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_admin", (hookfn) show_admin}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(admin_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, admin_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_admin(hook_data * data) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "admin requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/ircd-shortcut.pl0000755002342000234200000001135011730550233017762 0ustar duckdc-users#!/usr/bin/perl # # ircd-shortcut.pl # This script generates ircd command shortcuts for use with # ratbox-services. These are notably safer to use than users simply # messaging the service nicknames, as they cannot be intercepted # by other users when services is split. # # This file will output to m_rsshortcut.c, which can then be compiled # as an ircd module and installed. The module generated is for use # with ircd-ratbox-2.1.x. # # Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy # Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team # # $Id: ircd-shortcut.pl 20411 2005-05-18 14:31:19Z leeh $ ##################################### ##### -- BEGIN CONFIGURATION -- ##### ##################################### # The servername of your services as it appears on IRC. # my $servername = "services.ircd-ratbox.org"; # The list of services you wish to generate shortcuts for. # This list must be the actual nicknames, as they appear on IRC # of each service. # my @services = ("USERSERV", "CHANSERV", "NICKSERV", "ALIS", "OPERBOT", "OPERSERV", "JUPESERV", "GLOBAL"); ###################################### ##### -- END OF CONFIGURATION -- ##### ###################################### open(FILE, '>', 'm_rsshortcut.c'); print FILE <<".EOF."; /* m_rsshortcut.c * Contains the code for command shortcuts for ratbox-services * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "hash.h" .EOF. # generating function names with capital letters is ugly foreach my $sname (@services) { $sname =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/; } foreach my $sname (@services) { print FILE "static int m_$sname(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);\n"; } print FILE "\n"; foreach my $sname (@services) { # the command name needs to be in capitals my $snamecaps = $sname; $snamecaps =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/; print FILE "struct Message " . $sname . "_msgtab = {\n"; print FILE "\t\"$snamecaps\", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,\n"; print FILE "\t{mg_ignore, {m_$sname, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_$sname, 2}}\n"; print FILE "};\n"; }; print FILE "mapi_clist_av1 rsshortcut_clist[] = {\n"; foreach my $sname (@services) { print FILE "\t\&" . $sname . "_msgtab,\n"; } print FILE "\tNULL\n};\n\n"; print FILE "DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(rsshortcut, NULL, NULL, rsshortcut_clist, NULL, NULL, \"1.0\");\n\n"; foreach my $sname (@services) { print FILE << ".EOF."; static int m_$sname(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; int i = 1; if(find_server(NULL, "$servername") == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s 440 %s $sname :Services are currently unavailable", me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } buf[0] = '\\0'; while(i < parc) { rb_strlcat(buf, parv[i], sizeof(buf)); rb_strlcat(buf, " ", sizeof(buf)); i++; } sendto_match_servs(client_p, "$servername", CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP $servername RSMSG $sname %s", buf); return 0; } .EOF. } close(FILE); print <<".EOF."; Output generated to m_rsshortcut.c 1. Run make m_rsshortcut.la from the contrib directory 2. Run sh ../install-mod.sh m_rsshortcut.la PREFIX/modules/autoload 3. On irc: /quote modrestart .EOF. ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_links_notice.c0000644002342000234200000000316011064743132020352 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_links_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses LINKS. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_links_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_links(hook_data *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 links_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_links", (hookfn) show_links}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(links_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, links_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_links(hook_data * data) { const char *mask = data->arg1; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "LINKS '%s' requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", mask, data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_webirc.c0000644002342000234200000001051411730550233016564 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_webirc.c: Makes CGI:IRC users appear as coming from their real host * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * $Id: m_webirc.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* Usage: * auth { * user = "webirc@"; # if identd used, put ident username instead * password = ""; # encryption possible * spoof = "webirc." * class = "users"; * }; * Possible flags: * encrypted - password is encrypted (recommended) * kline_exempt - k/g lines on the cgiirc ip are ignored * gline_exempt - glines on the cgiirc ip are ignored * dlines are checked on the cgiirc ip (of course). * k/d/g/x lines, auth blocks, user limits, etc are checked using the * real host/ip. * The password should be specified unencrypted in webirc_password in * cgiirc.config */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" /* client struct */ #include "hostmask.h" #include "reject.h" #include "send.h" /* sendto_one */ #include "numeric.h" /* ERR_xxx */ #include "ircd.h" /* me */ #include "parse.h" #include "match.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_conf.h" static int mr_webirc(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message webirc_msgtab = { "WEBIRC", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_webirc, 5}, mg_reg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_reg} }; mapi_clist_av1 webirc_clist[] = { &webirc_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(webirc, NULL, NULL, webirc_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mr_webirc - webirc message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = password * parv[2] = fake username (we ignore this) * parv[3] = fake hostname * parv[4] = fake ip */ static int mr_webirc(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *encr; if(!strchr(parv[4], '.') && !strchr(parv[4], ':')) { sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :Invalid IP"); return 0; } aconf = find_address_conf(client_p->host, client_p->sockhost, IsGotId(client_p) ? client_p->username : "webirc", (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, client_p->localClient->ip.ss_family); if(aconf == NULL || !(aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT)) return 0; if(!IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf) || irccmp(aconf->info.name, "webirc.")) { /* XXX */ sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :Not a CGI:IRC auth block"); return 0; } if(EmptyString(aconf->passwd)) { sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC auth blocks must have a password"); return 0; } if(EmptyString(parv[1])) encr = ""; else if(IsConfEncrypted(aconf)) encr = crypt(parv[1], aconf->passwd); else encr = parv[1]; if(strcmp(encr, aconf->passwd)) { sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC password incorrect"); return 0; } rb_strlcpy(source_p->sockhost, parv[4], sizeof(source_p->sockhost)); if(strlen(parv[3]) <= HOSTLEN) rb_strlcpy(source_p->host, parv[3], sizeof(source_p->host)); else rb_strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, sizeof(source_p->host)); rb_inet_pton_sock(parv[4], (struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip); /* Check dlines now, k/glines will be checked on registration */ if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip))) { if(!(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE)) { exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "D-lined"); return 0; } } sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC host/IP set to %s %s", parv[3], parv[4]); return 0; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_opme.c0000644002342000234200000000646711730550233016265 0ustar duckdc-users/* contrib/m_opme.c * Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: m_opme.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "match.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int mo_opme(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message opme_msgtab = { "OPME", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_opme, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 opme_clist[] = { &opme_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(opme, NULL, NULL, opme_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** mo_opme ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel */ static int mo_opme(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* admins only */ if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "opme"); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; if(is_chanop(msptr)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :%s Channel is not opless", me.name, parv[0], parv[1]); return 0; } } msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(msptr == NULL) return 0; msptr->flags |= CHFL_CHANOP; sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me, "OPME called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); ilog(L_MAIN, "OPME called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); /* dont send stuff for local channels remotely. */ if(*chptr->chname != '&') { sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s WALLOPS :OPME called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", me.name, parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s PART %s", source_p->name, parv[1]); sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :@%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, parv[1], source_p->name); } sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +o %s", me.name, parv[1], source_p->name); return 0; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_42.c0000644002342000234200000000336711064743132015550 0ustar duckdc-users/* * Copyright (C) infinity-infinity God * * Bob was here * $Id: m_42.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" static int mclient_42(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mclient_kilroy(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message hgtg_msgtab = { "42", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, {mclient_42, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mclient_42, 0} } }; struct Message kilroy_msgtab = { "KILROY", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, {mclient_kilroy, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mclient_kilroy, 0} } }; mapi_clist_av1 hgtg_clist[] = { &hgtg_msgtab, &kilroy_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(42, NULL, NULL, hgtg_clist, NULL, NULL, "Revision 0.42"); static int mclient_42(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything.", me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } static int mclient_kilroy(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s : ___ ", me.name, source_p->name); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :___________mm__(O O)__mm_________", me.name, source_p->name); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s : \"\" U \"\" ", me.name, source_p->name); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Kilroy was here", me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_olist.c0000644002342000234200000000774611730744145016467 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_olist.c: List channels. olist is an oper only command * that shows channels regardless of modes. This * is kinda evil, and might be morally wrong, but * somebody will likely need it. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_olist.c 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "match.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int mo_olist(struct Client *, struct Client *, int parc, const char *parv[]); #ifndef STATIC_MODULES struct Message olist_msgtab = { "OLIST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_olist, 1}} }; mapi_clist_av1 olist_clist[] = { &olist_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(okick, NULL, NULL, olist_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27381 $"); #endif static void list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p); static void list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); /* ** mo_olist ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel */ static int mo_olist(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(IsOperSpy(source_p)) { /* If no arg, do all channels *whee*, else just one channel */ if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) { report_operspy(source_p, "LIST", NULL); list_all_channels(source_p); } else { report_operspy(source_p, "LIST", parv[1]); list_named_channel(source_p, parv[1]); } } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* * list_all_channels * inputs - pointer to client requesting list * output - 0/1 * side effects - list all channels to source_p */ static void list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p) { struct Channel *chptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members), chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); } return; } /* * list_named_channel * inputs - pointer to client requesting list * output - 0/1 * side effects - list all channels to source_p */ static void list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { struct Channel *chptr; char *p; char *n = LOCAL_COPY(name); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name); if((p = strchr(n, ','))) *p = '\0'; if(EmptyString(n)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), n); return; } if((chptr = find_channel(n)) == NULL) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), n); else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members), chptr->topic ? chptr->topic->topic : ""); } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_info_notice.c0000644002342000234200000000307111064743132020166 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_info_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses INFO. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_info_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_info(hook_data *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 info_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_info", (hookfn) show_info}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(info_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, info_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_info(hook_data * data) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "info requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_clearchan.c0000644002342000234200000001122511730744145017240 0ustar duckdc-users/* * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, contrib/m_clearchan.c * Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: m_clearchan.c 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "packet.h" static int mo_clearchan(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message clearchan_msgtab = { "CLEARCHAN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_clearchan, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 clearchan_clist[] = { &clearchan_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(clearchan, NULL, NULL, clearchan_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27381 $"); /* ** mo_clearchan ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel */ static int mo_clearchan(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; /* admins only */ if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You have no A flag", me.name, parv[0]); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } if(IsMember(source_p, chptr)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Please part %s before using CLEARCHAN", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } /* quickly make everyone a peon.. */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_CHANOP | CHFL_VOICE; } sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me, "CLEARCHAN called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); ilog(L_MAIN, "CLEARCHAN called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(*chptr->chname != '&') { sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s WALLOPS :CLEARCHAN called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s", me.name, parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); /* SJOIN the user to give them ops, and lock the channel */ sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s +ntsi :@%s", me.name, (long)(chptr->channelts - 1), chptr->chname, source_p->name); } sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +o %s", me.name, chptr->chname, source_p->name); add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_CHANOP); /* Take the TS down by 1, so we don't see the channel taken over * again. */ if(chptr->channelts) chptr->channelts--; chptr->mode.mode = MODE_SECRET | MODE_TOPICLIMIT | MODE_INVITEONLY | MODE_NOPRIVMSGS; chptr->mode.key[0] = '\0'; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; /* skip the person we just added.. */ if(is_chanop(msptr)) continue; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s KICK %s %s :CLEARCHAN", source_p->name, chptr->chname, target_p->name); if(*chptr->chname != '&') sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s KICK %s %s :CLEARCHAN", source_p->name, chptr->chname, target_p->name); remove_user_from_channel(msptr); } /* Join the user themselves to the channel down here, so they dont see a nicklist * or people being kicked */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 1); return 0; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_ojoin.c0000644002342000234200000001036311730744145016440 0ustar duckdc-users/* contrib/m_ojoin.c * Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: m_ojoin.c 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "match.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_ojoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message ojoin_msgtab = { "OJOIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_ojoin, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 ojoin_clist[] = { &ojoin_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(ojoin, NULL, NULL, ojoin_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27381 $"); /* ** mo_ojoin ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel */ static int mo_ojoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; int move_me = 0; /* admins only */ if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "ojoin"); return 0; } /* XXX - we might not have CBURSTed this channel if we are a lazylink * yet. */ if(*parv[1] == '@' || *parv[1] == '%' || *parv[1] == '+') { parv[1]++; move_me = 1; } if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } if(IsMember(source_p, chptr)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Please part %s before using OJOIN", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } if(move_me == 1) parv[1]--; if(*parv[1] == '@') { add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_CHANOP); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :@%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +o %s", me.name, chptr->chname, source_p->name); } else if(*parv[1] == '+') { add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_VOICE); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :+%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +v %s", me.name, chptr->chname, source_p->name); } else { add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_PEON); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); } /* send the topic... */ if(chptr->topic != NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPIC), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPICWHOTIME), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic_info, chptr->topic->topic_time); } source_p->localClient->last_join_time = rb_current_time(); channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 1); return 0; } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/example_module.c0000644002342000234200000002060411064743132020000 0ustar duckdc-users/************************************************************************ * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/example_module.c * Copyright (C) 2001 Hybrid Development Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: example_module.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ /* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" /* Declare the void's initially up here, as modules dont have an * include file, we will normally have client_p, source_p, parc * and parv[] where: * * client_p == client issuing command * source_p == where the command came from * parc == the number of parameters * parv == an array of the parameters */ static int munreg_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mserver_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mrclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int moper_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); /* Show the commands this module can handle in a msgtab * and give the msgtab a name, here its test_msgtab */ struct Message test_msgtab = { "TEST", /* the /COMMAND you want */ 0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */ 0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */ 0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */ MFLG_SLOW, /* ALWAYS SET TO MFLG_SLOW */ /* the functions to call for each handler. If not using the generic * handlers, the first param is the function to call, the second is the * required number of parameters. NOTE: If you specify a min para of 2, * then parv[1] must *also* be non-empty. */ { {munreg_test, 0}, /* function call for unregistered clients, 0 parms required */ {mclient_test, 0}, /* function call for local clients, 0 parms required */ {mrclient_test, 0}, /* function call for remote clients, 0 parms required */ {mserver_test, 0}, /* function call for servers, 0 parms required */ mg_ignore, /* function call for ENCAP, unused in this test */ {moper_test, 0} /* function call for operators, 0 parms required */ } }; /* * There are also some macros for the above function calls and parameter counts. * Here's a list: * * mg_ignore: ignore the command when it comes from certain types * mg_not_oper: tell the client it requires being an operator * mg_reg: prevent the client using this if registered * mg_unreg: prevent the client using this if unregistered * * These macros assume a parameter count of zero; you do not set it. * For further details, see include/msg.h */ /* The mapi_clist_av1 indicates which commands (struct Message) * should be loaded from the module. The list should be terminated * by a NULL. */ mapi_clist_av1 test_clist[] = { &test_msgtab, NULL }; /* The mapi_hlist_av1 indicates which hook functions we need to be able to * call. We need to declare an integer, then add the name of the hook * function to call and a pointer to this integer. The list should be * terminated with NULLs. */ int doing_example_hook; mapi_hlist_av1 test_hlist[] = { {"doing_example_hook", &doing_example_hook,}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* The mapi_hfn_list_av1 declares the hook functions which other modules can * call. The first parameter is the name of the hook, the second is a void * returning function, with arbitrary parameters casted to (hookfn). This * list must be terminated with NULLs. */ static void show_example_hook(void *unused); mapi_hfn_list_av1 test_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_example_hook", (hookfn) show_example_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* Here we tell it what to do when the module is loaded */ static int modinit(void) { /* Nothing to do for the example module. */ /* The init function should return -1 on failure, which will cause the module to be unloaded, otherwise 0 to indicate success. */ return 0; } /* here we tell it what to do when the module is unloaded */ static void moddeinit(void) { /* Again, nothing to do. */ } /* DECLARE_MODULE_AV1() actually declare the MAPI header. */ DECLARE_MODULE_AV1( /* The first argument is the name */ example, /* The second argument is the function to call on load */ modinit, /* And the function to call on unload */ moddeinit, /* Then the MAPI command list */ test_clist, /* Next the hook list, if we have one. */ test_hlist, /* Then the hook function list, if we have one */ test_hfnlist, /* And finally the version number of this module. */ "$Revision: 26094 $"); /* Any of the above arguments can be NULL to indicate they aren't used. */ /* * mr_test * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = parameter */ /* Here we have the functions themselves that we declared above, * and the fairly normal C coding */ static int munreg_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are unregistered and sent no parameters", me.name, source_p->name); } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are unregistered and sent parameter: %s", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } /* illustration of how to call a hook function */ call_hook(doing_example_hook, NULL); return 0; } /* * mclient_test * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = parameter */ static int mclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a normal user, and sent no parameters", me.name, source_p->name); } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a normal user, and send parameters: %s", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } /* illustration of how to call a hook function */ call_hook(doing_example_hook, NULL); return 0; } /* * mrclient_test * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = parameter */ static int mrclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a remote client, and sent no parameters", me.name, source_p->name); } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a remote client, and sent parameters: %s", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } return 0; } /* * mserver_test * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = parameter */ static int mserver_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a server, and sent no parameters", me.name, source_p->name); } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a server, and sent parameters: %s", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } return 0; } /* * moper_test * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = parameter */ static int moper_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are an operator, and sent no parameters", me.name, source_p->name); } else { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are an operator, and sent parameters: %s", me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } return 0; } static void show_example_hook(void *unused) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Called example hook!"); } /* END OF EXAMPLE MODULE */ ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_whois_notice_global.c0000644002342000234200000000355011064743132021706 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_whois_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses WHOIS. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_whois_notice_global.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_whois_global(hook_data_client *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 whois_global_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_whois_global", (hookfn) show_whois_global}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(whois_global_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, whois_global_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_whois_global(hook_data_client * data) { struct Client *source_p = data->client; struct Client *target_p = data->target; if(MyClient(target_p) && IsOper(target_p) && (source_p != target_p) && (target_p->umodes & UMODE_SPY)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- %s (%s@%s) is doing a whois on you [%s]", me.name, target_p->name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name); } } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_motd_notice.c0000644002342000234200000000307111064743132020176 0ustar duckdc-users/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_motd_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses MOTD. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_motd_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_motd(hook_data *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 motd_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_motd", (hookfn) show_motd}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(motd_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, motd_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_motd(hook_data * data) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "motd requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/README0000644002342000234200000000573011653544271015526 0ustar duckdc-users$Id: README 27287 2011-10-31 16:11:37Z androsyn $ This directory contains modules and patches that have been contributed by other people, or aren't suitable for including into the ircd-ratbox tree. The coding team do not officially support the contrib/ modules, or guarantee any of them will actually work. Modules ------- m_clearchan.c - CLEARCHAN - clears all users out of a channel and joins person issuing command Syntax: CLEARCHAN m_flags.c - FLAGS - csircd like support of changing usermodes Syntax: FLAGS :+OWALLOPS -SWALLOPS m_force.c - FORCE - forces a user to either part or join a channel with an optional status (@%+) Syntax: FORCEJOIN [status] FORCEPART m_jupe.c - JUPE - Server juping command Syntax: JUPE juped.server.name :Reason m_ltrace.c - LTRACE - Limited trace. Similar to TRACE except only reports current opers and servers. Syntax: LTRACE [nick|mask [server]] m_map.c - MAP - Display the server routing graph in a visually pleasing format Syntax: MAP m_mkpasswd.c - MKPASSWD - generate a DES or MD5 encryption of a password Syntax: MKPASSWD [MD5|DES] m_ojoin.c - OJOIN - Join a channel through any modes or limits with an optional status (@%+) Syntax: OJOIN [status]<channel> m_olist.c - OLIST - Lists channels like LIST, but shows hidden channels. Oper only of course. m_opme.c - OPME - Allows an admin to op themselves in an opless channel Syntax: OPME <channel> m_owho.c - OWHO - Just like WHO but doesn't hide things from opers m_owhois.c - OWHOIS - Allows an oper to do a whois on any user and see all channels they are in. The syntax is the same as WHOIS m_tburst.c - TBURST - module that will make servers send channel topics to each other after a netsplit/restart. m_42.c - 42 - The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything. example_module.c - An example module to be used for creating your own. Syntax: TEST Spy Modules ----------- The following are the 'spy' parts, accessible via the +y usermode spy_admin_notice.c - Spy on clients doing ADMIN spy_info_notice.c - Spy on clients doing INFO spy_links_notice.c - Spy on clients doing LINKS spy_motd_notice.c - Spy on clients doing MOTD spy_stats_notice.c - Spy on clients doing all STATS spy_stats_p_notice.c - Spy on clients doing STATS p only spy_whois_notice.c - Spy on local clients who WHOIS you. spy_whois_notice_global.c - Spy on remote clients who WHOIS you. Note: if you have both spy_stats_notice.c and spy_stats_p_notice.c loaded you will get two messages. Kilroy says hello����������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_okick.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006706�11730744145�016430� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_okick.c: Kicks a user from a channel with much prejudice. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_okick.c 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "modules.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hash.h" #include "packet.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int mo_okick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message okick_msgtab = { "OKICK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_okick, 4}} }; mapi_clist_av1 okick_clist[] = { &okick_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(okick, NULL, NULL, okick_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27381 $"); /* ** m_okick ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel ** parv[2] = client to kick ** parv[3] = kick comment */ static int mo_okick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *who; struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; int chasing = 0; char *comment; char *name; char *p = NULL; char *user; static char buf[BUFSIZE]; if(*parv[2] == '\0') { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "KICK"); return 0; } if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); comment = (EmptyString(LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]))) ? LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]) : LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]); if(strlen(comment) > (size_t)REASONLEN) comment[REASONLEN] = '\0'; *buf = '\0'; if((p = strchr(parv[1], ','))) *p = '\0'; name = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); chptr = find_channel(name); if(!chptr) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return 0; } if((p = strchr(parv[2], ','))) *p = '\0'; user = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); // strtoken(&p2, parv[2], ","); if(!(who = find_chasing(source_p, user, &chasing))) { return 0; } if((target_p = find_client(user)) == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), me.name, parv[0], user); return 0; } if((msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, target_p)) == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), me.name, parv[0], parv[1], parv[2]); return 0; } sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s", me.name, chptr->chname, who->name, comment); sendto_server(&me, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s", me.name, chptr->chname, who->name, comment); remove_user_from_channel(msptr); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/.indent.pro���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000066�10476074743�016730� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l100 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000027635�11726766726�016737� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = contrib DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload libmodulesdir = @moduledir@ contribdir = @moduledir@/contrib INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include $(INCLTDL) AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) SRCS = \ example_module.c \ m_42.c \ m_clearchan.c \ m_flags.c \ m_force.c \ m_mkpasswd.c \ m_ojoin.c \ m_okick.c \ m_olist.c \ m_opme.c \ spy_admin_notice.c \ spy_info_notice.c \ spy_links_notice.c \ spy_motd_notice.c \ spy_stats_notice.c \ spy_stats_p_notice.c \ spy_whois_notice.c \ spy_whois_notice_global.c ALL_SRCS = $(SRCS) S_OBJS = $(ALL_SRCS:.c=.la) S_CORE_OBJS = $(CORE_SRCS:.c=.la) ST_OBJS = $(ALL_SRCS:.c=.lo) $(CORE_SRCS:.c=.lo) SUFFIXES = .c .so .lo .la all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .so .lo .la $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu contrib/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu contrib/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs tags: TAGS TAGS: ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -prefer-pic -DHAVE_CONFIG_H $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@ .lo.la: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) -rpath $(moduledir) -module -avoid-version $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LIBS) $(LDFLAGS) all: $(S_OBJS) $(S_CORE_OBJS) clean-generic: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RB_RM) -f $(S_OBJS) $(S_CORE_OBJS) $(ST_OBJS) install_modules: $(S_OBJS) -@@$(MKDIR_P) $(contribdir); \ for x in $(S_OBJS); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(contribdir);done #install-mkdirs: # @echo "ircd: setting up modular directory structure" # -@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ # mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); \ # fi # -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; then \ # rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ # fi # -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ # echo "ircd: backing up modules"; \ # mv $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ # fi # # @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) install: install_modules # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_whois_notice.c��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003560�11064743132�020367� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_whois_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses WHOIS. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_whois_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_whois(hook_data_client *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 whois_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_whois", (hookfn) show_whois}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(whois_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, whois_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_whois(hook_data_client * data) { struct Client *source_p = data->client; struct Client *target_p = data->target; /* source being MyConnect() is implicit here from m_whois.c --fl */ if(MyClient(target_p) && IsOper(target_p) && (source_p != target_p) && (target_p->umodes & UMODE_SPY)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- %s (%s@%s) is doing a whois on you [%s]", me.name, target_p->name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name); } } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/spy_stats_p_notice.c������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003132�11064743132�020706� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * spy_stats_p_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses STATS p. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: spy_stats_p_notice.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hook.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" void show_stats_p(hook_data *); mapi_hfn_list_av1 stats_p_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_stats_p", (hookfn) show_stats_p}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(stats_p_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, stats_p_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26094 $"); void show_stats_p(hook_data * data) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "STATS p requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]", data->client->name, data->client->username, data->client->host, data->client->servptr->name); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/m_force.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017514�11730744145�016425� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* contrib/m_force.c * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_force.c 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "common.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_forcejoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_forcepart(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message forcejoin_msgtab = { "FORCEJOIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_forcejoin, 3}} }; struct Message forcepart_msgtab = { "FORCEPART", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_forcepart, 3}} }; mapi_clist_av1 force_clist[] = { &forcejoin_msgtab, &forcepart_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(force, NULL, NULL, force_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27381 $"); /* * m_forcejoin * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = user to force * parv[2] = channel to force them into */ static int mo_forcejoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; int type; char mode; char sjmode; char *newch; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "forcejoin"); return 0; } if((hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s FORCEJOIN %s %s", 1, parc, parv)) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; /* if target_p is not existant, print message * to source_p and bail - scuzzy */ if((target_p = find_client(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } if(!IsClient(target_p)) return 0; /* select our modes from parv[2] if they exist... (chanop) */ if(*parv[2] == '@') { type = CHFL_CHANOP; mode = 'o'; sjmode = '@'; } else if(*parv[2] == '+') { type = CHFL_VOICE; mode = 'v'; sjmode = '+'; } else { type = CHFL_PEON; mode = sjmode = '\0'; } if(mode != '\0') parv[2]++; if((chptr = find_channel(parv[2])) != NULL) { if(IsMember(target_p, chptr)) { /* debugging is fun... */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- %s is already in %s", me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name, chptr->chname); return 0; } add_user_to_channel(chptr, target_p, type); sendto_server(target_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :%c%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, type ? sjmode : ' ', target_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN :%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, chptr->chname); if(type) sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +%c %s", me.name, chptr->chname, mode, target_p->name); if(chptr->topic != NULL) { sendto_one(target_p, form_str(RPL_TOPIC), me.name, target_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic); sendto_one(target_p, form_str(RPL_TOPICWHOTIME), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic_info, chptr->topic->topic_time); } channel_member_names(chptr, target_p, 1); } else { newch = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); if(!check_channel_name(newch)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), me.name, source_p->name, (unsigned char *)newch); return 0; } /* channel name must begin with & or # */ if(!IsChannelName(newch)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), me.name, source_p->name, (unsigned char *)newch); return 0; } /* newch can't be longer than CHANNELLEN */ if(strlen(newch) > CHANNELLEN) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Channel name is too long", me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } chptr = get_or_create_channel(target_p, newch, NULL); add_user_to_channel(chptr, target_p, CHFL_CHANOP); /* send out a join, make target_p join chptr */ sendto_server(target_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s +nt :@%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, target_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN :%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, chptr->chname); chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_TOPICLIMIT; chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_NOPRIVMSGS; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +nt", me.name, chptr->chname); target_p->localClient->last_join_time = rb_current_time(); channel_member_names(chptr, target_p, 1); /* we do this to let the oper know that a channel was created, this will be * seen from the server handling the command instead of the server that * the oper is on. */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- Creating channel %s", me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); } return 0; } static int mo_forcepart(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "forcepart"); return 0; } if((hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s FORCEPART %s %s", 1, parc, parv)) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; /* if target_p == NULL then let the oper know */ if((target_p = find_client(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } if(!IsClient(target_p)) return 0; if((chptr = find_channel(parv[2])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } if((msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, target_p)) == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), me.name, parv[0], parv[1], parv[2]); return 0; } sendto_server(target_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s PART %s :%s", target_p->name, chptr->chname, target_p->name); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s PART %s :%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, chptr->chname, target_p->name); remove_user_from_channel(msptr); return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/contrib/Makefile.am���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003451�11233612175�016671� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������prefix = @prefix@ libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload libmodulesdir = @moduledir@ contribdir = @moduledir@/contrib INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include $(INCLTDL) AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS) SRCS = \ example_module.c \ m_42.c \ m_clearchan.c \ m_flags.c \ m_force.c \ m_mkpasswd.c \ m_ojoin.c \ m_okick.c \ m_olist.c \ m_opme.c \ spy_admin_notice.c \ spy_info_notice.c \ spy_links_notice.c \ spy_motd_notice.c \ spy_stats_notice.c \ spy_stats_p_notice.c \ spy_whois_notice.c \ spy_whois_notice_global.c ALL_SRCS = $(SRCS) S_OBJS = $(ALL_SRCS:.c=.la) S_CORE_OBJS = $(CORE_SRCS:.c=.la) ST_OBJS = $(ALL_SRCS:.c=.lo) $(CORE_SRCS:.c=.lo) SUFFIXES = .c .so .lo .la .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -prefer-pic -DHAVE_CONFIG_H $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@ .lo.la: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) -rpath $(moduledir) -module -avoid-version $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LIBS) $(LDFLAGS) all: $(S_OBJS) $(S_CORE_OBJS) clean-generic: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RB_RM) -f $(S_OBJS) $(S_CORE_OBJS) $(ST_OBJS) install_modules: $(S_OBJS) -@@$(MKDIR_P) $(contribdir); \ for x in $(S_OBJS); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(contribdir);done #install-mkdirs: # @echo "ircd: setting up modular directory structure" # -@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ # mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); \ # fi # -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; then \ # rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ # fi # -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ # echo "ircd: backing up modules"; \ # mv $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ # fi # # @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) install: install_modules �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/install-sh������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000032537�11326357660�015220� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. nl=' ' IFS=" "" $nl" # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit=${DOITPROG-} if test -z "$doit"; then doit_exec=exec else doit_exec=$doit fi # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_glob='?' initialize_posix_glob=' test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then posix_glob= else posix_glob=: fi } ' posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false no_target_directory= usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *' '* | *' '* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -t) dst_arg=$2 shift;; -T) no_target_directory=true;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names starting with `-'. case $src in -*) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # Protect names starting with `-'. case $dst in -*) dst=./$dst;; esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` dstdir_status=0 else # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. dstdir=` (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || echo X"$dst" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q' ` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. umask=`umask` case $stripcmd.$umask in # Optimize common cases. *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; *[0-7]) mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 `;; *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; esac # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false case $umask in *[123567][0-7][0-7]) # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. ;; *) tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 if (umask $mkdir_umask && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; -*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac eval "$initialize_posix_glob" oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ $posix_glob set -f set fnord $dstdir shift $posix_glob set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test -z "$d" && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask=$mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && $posix_glob set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && $posix_glob set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/configure.ac����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043036�11726771415�015500� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������dnl $Id: configure.ac 27357 2012-03-11 00:34:21Z androsyn $ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. dnl TODO: clean up all the OpenSSL and shared module checking stuff; dnl the most major changes have already been made and it looks like dnl said functions need to be just about as complex as they already are. AC_PREREQ(2.63) AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.10 dnl Sneaky way to get an Id tag into the configure script AC_COPYRIGHT([$Id: configure.ac 27357 2012-03-11 00:34:21Z androsyn $]) AC_INIT([ircd-ratbox],[devel]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE AM_CONFIG_HEADER(include/setup.h) AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr/local/ircd) AC_GNU_SOURCE dnl Checks for programs. AC_PATH_PROG(CP, cp) AC_PATH_PROG(MV, mv) AC_PATH_PROG(RB_RM, rm) AC_PROG_CC_C99 if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" = "xno"; then AC_ERROR([ircd-ratbox requires a C99 capable compiler]) fi AM_PROG_LEX AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_EGREP if test "$enable_static" = "yes"; then AM_DISABLE_SHARED AM_ENABLE_STATIC AC_DEFINE([STATIC_MODULES], 1, [Define to 1 if dynamic modules cant be used.]) else enable_static="no" fi F77=no GCJ=no AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE AC_SUBST(INCLTDL) AC_SUBST(LIBLTDL) AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN AM_PROG_CC_C_O AM_DISABLE_STATIC AM_ENABLE_SHARED AM_MAINTAINER_MODE AC_ISC_POSIX AC_C_INLINE AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL AC_PROG_MAKE_SET AC_PROG_INSTALL srcpwd=`cd ${srcdir} ; ${PWDCMD-pwd}` # We pase INSTALL explicitly to sub-makes. Make sure that it is not # a relative path. if test "$INSTALL" = "${srcdir}/install-sh -c"; then INSTALL="${srcpwd}/install-sh -c" fi AC_PROG_YACC AC_LANG(C) AM_CONDITIONAL([STATIC_MODULES], test "$enable_static" = "yes") AC_PROG_LIBTOOL GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC cc_accepts_flag() { cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$*" AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $CC accepts $@]) AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([int main(){return 0;}])] , [RC=0; AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])], [RC=1; AC_MSG_RESULT([no])]) CFLAGS="$cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS" return $RC } if cc_accepts_flag -fno-strict-aliasing; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing" fi WARNLIST=" all cast-qual missing-declarations missing-prototypes nested-externs shadow write-strings no-unused unused-function unused-variable" for x in $WARNLIST; do if cc_accepts_flag -W$x; then WARNFLAGS="$WARNFLAGS -W$x"; fi done LIBTOOL="$LIBTOOL --silent" AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(libltdl libratbox) case "$host_os" in *cygwin*) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CYGWIN,1,[This is a Cygwin system]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(WINDOWS,1,[This is a Windows system]) ;; *mingw*) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MINGW,1,[This is a MinGW system]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(WINDOWS,1,[This is a Windows system]) AC_CHECK_HEADER(winsock2.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([** MinGW and no winsock2.h. I give up.])]) LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -liphlpapi" is_mingw="yes" ;; *) ;; esac AM_CONDITIONAL([MINGW], [test "$is_mingw" = "yes"]) if test "$LEX" != flex; then LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex" AC_SUBST(LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT, lex.yy) AC_SUBST(LEXLIB, '') fi # backwards support for IRC_CFLAGS CFLAGS="$IRC_CFLAGS $CFLAGS" dnl Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT AC_HEADER_DIRENT AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/types.h sys/resource.h sys/param.h sys/stat.h sys/socket.h netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h errno.h stddef.h ]) AC_HEADER_TIME AC_CHECK_FUNCS([snprintf lstat stat]) dnl Networking Functions dnl ==================== AC_SEARCH_LIBS(socket, [socket],,) dnl this gets passed on to the libratbox configure AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[Disable IPv6 support (not recommended)]),[ipv6=$enableval],[ipv6=yes]) dnl See whether we can include both string.h and strings.h. AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether string.h and strings.h may both be included], gcc_cv_header_string, [ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( [#include <string.h> #include <strings.h>], [gcc_cv_header_string=yes], [gcc_cv_header_string=no]) ]) if test "$gcc_cv_header_string" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(STRING_WITH_STRINGS, 1, [Define to 1 if string.h may be included along with strings.h]) fi AC_C_BIGENDIAN dnl Check for stdarg.h - if we can't find it, halt configure AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdarg.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([** stdarg.h could not be found - ircd-ratbox will not compile without it **])]) AC_FUNC_ALLOCA dnl Specialized functions checks dnl ============================ dnl OpenSSL support AC_MSG_CHECKING(for OpenSSL) AC_ARG_ENABLE(openssl, [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-openssl[=DIR]],[Enable OpenSSL support (DIR optional).]) AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-openssl],[Disable OpenSSL support.])], [cf_enable_openssl=$enableval], [cf_enable_openssl="auto"]) if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "no" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "auto" && test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "yes" ; then dnl Support for --enable-openssl=/some/place cf_openssl_basedir="`echo ${cf_enable_openssl} | sed 's/\/$//'`" else dnl Do the auto-probe here. Check some common directory paths. for dirs in /usr/local/ssl /usr/pkg /usr/local \ /usr/local/openssl ; do if test -f "${dirs}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="${dirs}" break fi done unset dirs fi dnl Now check cf_openssl_found to see if we found anything. if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then if test -f "${cf_openssl_basedir}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then SSL_INCLUDES="-I${cf_openssl_basedir}/include" SSL_LIBS="-L${cf_openssl_basedir}/lib $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else dnl OpenSSL wasn't found in the directory specified. Naughty dnl administrator... cf_openssl_basedir="" fi else dnl Check for stock FreeBSD 4.x and 5.x systems, since their files dnl are in /usr/include and /usr/lib. In this case, we don't want to dnl change INCLUDES or LIBS, but still want to enable OpenSSL. dnl We can't do this check above, because some people want two versions dnl of OpenSSL installed (stock FreeBSD 4.x/5.x and /usr/local/ssl) dnl and they want /usr/local/ssl to have preference. if test -f "/usr/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="/usr" fi fi dnl If we have a basedir defined, then everything is okay. Otherwise, dnl we have a problem. if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($cf_openssl_basedir) cf_enable_openssl="yes" else AC_MSG_RESULT([not found. Specify a correct path?]) cf_enable_openssl="no" fi unset cf_openssl_basedir else dnl If --disable-openssl was specified AC_MSG_RESULT(disabled) fi save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_INCLUDES" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $SSL_LIBS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, RSA_free, [SSL_LIBS="$SSL_LIBS -lcrypto $lt_cv_dlopen_libs"], [cf_enable_openssl=no] ) if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then AC_DEFINE(USE_CHALLENGE, 1, [Define to enable CHALLENGE support, requires OpenSSL]) fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" dnl End OpenSSL detection ac_cv_build_sqlite3=no AC_CHECK_SQLITE3 if test x"$ac_sqlite3" != xyes; then ac_cv_build_sqlite3=yes SQLITE_SUBDIR=sqlite3 AC_SUBST(SQLITE_SUBDIR) SQLITE3_CFLAGS="-Isqlite3" save_LIBS=$LIBS AC_SEARCH_LIBS(fdatasync, [rt],,) FDATASYNCLIB=$ac_cv_search_fdatasync LIBS=$save_LIBS if test "$FDATASYNCLIB" = "none required"; then unset FDATASYNCLIB fi if test "$FDATASYNCLIB" = "no"; then unset FDATASYNCLIB fi SQLITE3_LIBS="$FDATASYNCLIB sqlite3/libsqlite3.a" AC_SUBST(SQLITE3_LIBS, $SQLITE3_LIBS) fi dnl AC_SUBST(SQLITE3_LIBS, $SQLITE3_LIBS) dnl AC_SUBST(SQLITE3_CFLAGS, $SQLITE3_CFLAGS) AM_CONDITIONAL([BUILD_SQLITE], [test "$ac_cv_build_sqlite3" = yes]) dnl Specialized functions and libraries dnl =================================== AC_ARG_WITH(zlib-path, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-zlib-path=DIR],[Path to libz.so for ziplinks support.]), [LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"],) AC_ARG_ENABLE(zlib, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-zlib],[Disable ziplinks support]), [zlib=$enableval],[zlib=yes]) if test "$zlib" = yes; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(zlib.h, [ AC_CHECK_LIB(z, zlibVersion, [ AC_SUBST(ZLIB_LD, -lz) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ZLIB, 1, [Define to 1 if zlib (-lz) is available.]) ], zlib=no) ], zlib=no) fi dnl ********************************************************************** dnl Check for --with-confdir dnl ********************************************************************** AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to modify confdir]) AC_ARG_WITH(confdir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-confdir=DIR], [Directory to install config files.]), [ confdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) AC_DEFINE_DIR(ETC_DIR, confdir, [Prefix where config files are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([confdir]) ], [ confdir='${prefix}/etc' AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_DEFINE_DIR(ETC_DIR, confdir, [Prefix where config files are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([confdir])] ) dnl ********************************************************************** dnl Check for --with-logdir dnl ********************************************************************** AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to modify logdir]) AC_ARG_WITH(logdir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-logdir=DIR], [Directory where to write logfiles.]), [ logdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) AC_DEFINE_DIR(LOG_DIR, logdir, [Prefix where to write logfiles.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([logdir]) ], [ logdir='${prefix}/logs' AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_DEFINE_DIR(LOG_DIR, logdir, [Prefix where to write logfiles.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([logdir])] ) dnl ********************************************************************** dnl Check for --with-helpdir dnl ********************************************************************** AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to modify helpdir]) AC_ARG_WITH(helpdir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-helpdir=DIR], [Directory to install help files.]), [ helpdir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) AC_DEFINE_DIR(HELP_DIR, helpdir, [Prefix where help files are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([helpdir]) ], [ helpdir='${prefix}/help' AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_DEFINE_DIR(HELP_DIR, helpdir, [Prefix where help file are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([helpdir])] ) dnl ********************************************************************** dnl Check for --with-moduledir dnl ********************************************************************** AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to modify moduledir]) AC_ARG_WITH(moduledir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-moduledir=DIR], [Directory to install modules.]), [ moduledir=`echo $withval | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) AC_DEFINE_DIR(MODULE_DIR, moduledir, [Prefix where modules are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([moduledir]) ], [ moduledir='${prefix}/modules' AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_DEFINE_DIR(MODULE_DIR, moduledir, [Prefix where modules are installed.]) AC_SUBST_DIR([moduledir])] ) dnl Debug-related options dnl ===================== AC_ARG_ENABLE(assert, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-assert],[Enable assert(). Choose between soft(warnings) and hard(aborts the daemon)]), [assert=$enableval], [assert=no]) if test "$assert" = no; then AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Define this to disable debugging support.]) elif test "$assert" = soft; then AC_DEFINE(SOFT_ASSERT, 1, [Define this to enable soft asserts.]) AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Define this to disable debugging support.]) elif test "$assert" = yes; then assert = "hard"; fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want IO Debugging hooks) AC_ARG_ENABLE(iodebug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-iodebug],[Enable IO Debugging hooks]), [iodebug=$enableval], [iodebug=no]) if test "$iodebug" = yes; then AC_DEFINE(USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS, 1, [Define this to enable IO Debug hooks.]) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want to do a profile build) AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],[Enable profiling]), [profile=$enableval], [profile=no]) if test "$profile" = yes; then if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg -static" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, adding -pg -static]) AC_DEFINE(RATBOX_PROFILE, 1, [Defined to mark profiling is enabled]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no, profile builds only work with gcc]) fi else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi dnl Server Tweaks dnl ============= AC_ARG_ENABLE(services, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-services],[Enable ratbox-services compatibility code.]), [ratbox_services=$enableval], [ratbox_services=no]) M_SERVICES="" if test "x$ratbox_services" = "xyes"; then AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SERVICES], 1, [ratbox-services compatibility code]) M_SERVICES="m_services.la" fi AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_SERVICES], [test x"$M_SERVICES" != "x"]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(small-net, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-small-net],[Enable small network support.]), [small_net=$enableval], [small_net=no]) if test "$small_net" = yes; then dnl AC_DEFINE([HASHSIZE], 4096, [Max number of buckets in hash tables.]) AC_DEFINE([NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH], 1500, [Size of the WHOWAS array.]) AC_DEFINE([CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE], 256, [Size of the channel heap.]) AC_DEFINE([BAN_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the ban heap.]) AC_DEFINE([CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE], 256, [Size of the client heap.]) AC_DEFINE([LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the local client heap.]) AC_DEFINE([USER_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the user heap.]) AC_DEFINE([DNODE_HEAP_SIZE], 512, [Size of the dlink_node heap.]) AC_DEFINE([TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE], 256, [Size of the topic heap.]) AC_DEFINE([LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the linebuf heap.]) AC_DEFINE([MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE], 256, [Sizeof member heap.]) AC_DEFINE([ND_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the nick delay heap.]) AC_DEFINE([CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the confitem heap.]) AC_DEFINE([MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the monitor heap.]) AC_DEFINE([AUTH_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of the auth heap.]) AC_DEFINE([FD_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of fd heap.]) AC_DEFINE([AWAY_HEAP_SIZE], 128, [Size of away heap.]) else dnl These settings are for a large network like efnet..they will use lots of memory dnl so enable small net unless you really need this much support AC_DEFINE([NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH], 30000, [Size of the WHOWAS array.]) AC_DEFINE([CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE], 8192, [Size of the channel heap.]) AC_DEFINE([BAN_HEAP_SIZE], 4096, [Size of the ban heap.]) AC_DEFINE([CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE], 8192, [Size of the client heap.]) AC_DEFINE([LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE], 1024, [Size of the local client heap.]) AC_DEFINE([USER_HEAP_SIZE], 8192, [Size of the user heap.]) AC_DEFINE([DNODE_HEAP_SIZE], 8192, [Size of the dlink_node heap.]) AC_DEFINE([TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE], 4096, [Size of the topic heap.]) AC_DEFINE([LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE], 2048, [Size of the linebuf heap.]) AC_DEFINE([MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE], 32768, [Sizeof member heap.]) AC_DEFINE([ND_HEAP_SIZE], 512, [Size of the nick delay heap.]) AC_DEFINE([CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE], 1024, [Size of the confitem heap.]) AC_DEFINE([MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE], 1024, [Size of the monitor heap.]) AC_DEFINE([AUTH_HEAP_SIZE], 256, [Size of the auth heap.]) AC_DEFINE([FD_HEAP_SIZE], 1024, [Size of fd heap.]) AC_DEFINE([AWAY_HEAP_SIZE], 512, [Size of away heap.]) fi AC_ARG_WITH(nicklen, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nicklen=LENGTH],[Set the nick length to LENGTH (default 9, max 50)]), [ if ! expr "$withval" + 0 >/dev/null 2>&1; then AC_ERROR([NICKLEN must be a numeric value]) fi if test $withval -ge 50; then NICKLEN=50 AC_MSG_WARN([NICKLEN has a hard limit of 50. Setting NICKLEN=50]) else NICKLEN="$withval" fi ], [NICKLEN=9]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NICKLEN, (${NICKLEN}+1), [Nickname length]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RATBOX_CONFIGURE_OPTS, "$ac_configure_args", [configure arguments]) AC_SUBST(SSL_INCLUDES) AC_SUBST(SSL_LIBS) AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS) AC_SUBST(PICFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(SEDOBJ) AC_SUBST(WARNFLAGS) if test "$prefix" = "NONE"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(IRCD_PREFIX, "$ac_default_prefix", [Prefix where the ircd is installed.]) else dnl Don't get bitten by Cygwin's stupidity if the user specified dnl a custom prefix with a trailing slash prefix=`echo $prefix | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(IRCD_PREFIX, "$prefix", [Prefix where the ircd is installed.]) fi if test "x$libexecdir" = "xNONE"; then rb_cv_libexecdir=$ac_default_libexecdir else rb_cv_libexecdir=$libexecdir fi libexecdir=`eval "echo ${rb_cv_libexecdir}/ircd-ratbox"` AC_DEFINE_DIR(LIBEXEC_DIR, libexecdir, [Prefix where to install non-user executables.]) dnl lets see what libtool thinks our suffix is... AC_MSG_CHECKING([for shared library suffix]) dnl this whole thing is a big hack... module=yes eval SHLIBEXT=\"$shrext_cmds\" AC_MSG_RESULT($SHLIBEXT) AC_SUBST(SHLIBEXT,$SHLIBEXT) AC_SUBST(LT_OBJDIR,$lt_cv_objdir) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SHLIBEXT,"$SHLIBEXT", [Extension that shared libs use]) AC_SUBST(IRCD_PREFIX) disable_backups=n AC_ARG_ENABLE(backups,,disable_backups=y) AM_CONDITIONAL([DISABLE_BACKUPS], [test x"$disable_backups" = "xy"]) AC_CONFIG_FILES( \ Makefile \ bandb/Makefile \ bandb/sqlite3/Makefile \ ssld/Makefile \ resolver/Makefile \ contrib/Makefile \ tools/Makefile \ doc/Makefile \ help/Makefile \ modules/Makefile \ src/Makefile \ install-mod.sh ) AC_OUTPUT dnl Make it look sexay! echo echo "Compiling $PACKAGE_NAME $PACKAGE_VERSION" echo echo "Installing into: $prefix" echo "Ziplinks ....................... $zlib" echo "OpenSSL ........................ $cf_enable_openssl" tmpresult=shared if test "x$enable_static" = "xyes"; then tmpresult=static fi echo "Modules ........................ $tmpresult" echo "IO Debugging hooks ............. $iodebug" echo "Assert debugging ............... $assert" echo "Small network .................. $small_net" echo "ratbox-services compatibility .. $ratbox_services" echo echo "Configured limits:" echo "NICKLEN ................. $NICKLEN" echo ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/config.guess����������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000131054�11326357660�015526� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2009-06-10' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; dummy=$tmp/dummy ; tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ELF__ then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:SolidBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos exit ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit ;; *:z/VM:*:*) echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) echo arm-unknown-riscos exit ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 exit ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; s390x:SunOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build SUN_ARCH="i386" # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. # This test works for both compilers. if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null then SUN_ARCH="x86_64" fi fi echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <sys/systemcfg.h> main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` then echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit ;; *:AIX:*:[456]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then eval $set_cc_for_build # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: # # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | grep -q __LP64__ then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else HP_ARCH="hppa64" fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <unistd.h> int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in pc98) echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; amd64) echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; *) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit ;; *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit ;; *:Interix*:[3456]*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in x86) echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel) echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; IA64) echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit ;; 8664:Windows_NT:*) echo x86_64-pc-mks exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix exit ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit ;; amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin exit ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu exit ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi fi exit ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^CPU/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; or32:Linux:*:*) echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit ;; padre:Linux:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; vax:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported targets: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_targets" in elf32-i386) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <features.h> #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif #ifdef __dietlibc__ LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^LIBC/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${LIBC}" != x && { echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" exit } test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop exit ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos exit ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that # this is a cross-build. echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv exit ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix exit ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) OS_REL='.3' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos exit ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos exit ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit ;; BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-haiku exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit ;; NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) echo i386-pc-xenix exit ;; i*86:skyos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' exit ;; i*86:rdos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos exit ;; i*86:AROS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 eval $set_cc_for_build cat >$dummy.c <<EOF #ifdef _SEQUENT_ # include <sys/types.h> # include <sys/utsname.h> #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include <sys/param.h> printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include <sys/param.h> # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; esac fi cat >&2 <<EOF $0: unable to guess system type This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD and http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/aclocal.m4������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00001335134�11726766726�015067� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.3 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) # libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is part of GNU Libtool. # # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of # the License, or (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or # obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ]) # serial 57 LT_INIT # LT_PREREQ(VERSION) # ------------------ # Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION. m4_defun([LT_PREREQ], [m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1, [m4_default([$3], [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required], 63)])], [$2])]) # _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR # ------------------ # Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR], [case `pwd` in *\ * | *\ *) AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;; esac ]) # LT_INIT([OPTIONS]) # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT], [AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default: m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4 dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro: AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl _LT_SHELL_INIT([SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}]) dnl Parse OPTIONS _LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl _LT_SETUP # Only expand once: m4_define([LT_INIT]) ])# LT_INIT # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) # _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) # ------------------- # Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [for cc_temp in $1""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` ]) # _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS # ---------------------- # It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set # sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'. m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS], [: ${CP="cp -f"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} ])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS # _LT_SETUP # --------- m4_defun([_LT_SETUP], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl _LT_DECL([], [PATH_SEPARATOR], [1], [The PATH separator for the build system])dnl dnl _LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl _LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl _LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl dnl _LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl _LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl _LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" _LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl _LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl m4_require([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT])dnl _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi ]) if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Global variables: ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then _LT_PATH_MAGIC fi ;; esac # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC]) _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS ])# _LT_SETUP # _LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS # -------------------------- # Define a few sed substitution that help us do robust quoting. m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within # double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' ]) # _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # --------------- # Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status' # now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably, # `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake, # so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir']) ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" ])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional # tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS # in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool' # label. # _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS]) # ---------------------------------------- # Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT], [m4_ifval([$1], [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT], [$1 ])])]) # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT]) # _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS]) # ------------------------------ # Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL], [m4_ifval([$1], [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [$1 ])])]) # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS]) # _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS]) # ----------------------------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS], [_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2]) ]) # _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT]) # ----------------------------- # Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing # full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already. m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT], [m4_ifval([$1], [ m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])], [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.]) )]) # _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?]) # ------------------------------------------------------------------- # CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script. # VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script. # VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on # VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly. m4_define([_LT_DECL], [lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ], [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name], [m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])]) lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3]) m4_ifval([$4], [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])]) lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])]) ]) # _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION]) # -------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])]) # lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # ------------------------------------------------ m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)]) # _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..]) # --------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([_lt_decl_filter], [m4_case([$#], [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])], [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])], [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)], [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl ]) # lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # -------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)]) # lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # --------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)]) # lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # --------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged], [m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl _$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]), m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))]) m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], [m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])]) # lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # ------------------------------------------------ m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames], [_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), m4_if([$2], [], m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames), m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl ]) m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames], [lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1], lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl ]) # _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME]) # ------------------------------------ # Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its # declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME # must have a single quote delimited value for this to work. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE], [$1='`$ECHO "$][$1" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`']) # _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS # ------------------------------ # We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when # we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all # embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands # each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into: # # <var>='`$ECHO "$<var>" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames), [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS # ---------------- # Output comment and list of tags supported by the script m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS], [_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl ]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG]) # ----------------------------------- # Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and # expand to a commented shell variable setting: # # # Some comment about what VAR is for. # visible_name=$lt_internal_name m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE], [_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [description])))[]dnl m4_pushdef([_libtool_name], m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])), [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1], [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl ]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS # ----------------------- # Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables # suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool' # script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG # section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS. m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)), [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG) # ------------------------- m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames), [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])]) # _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------ m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])]) # _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS # ------------------- # Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of # variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls # to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations # into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in # for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated # from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded. m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT], dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT, dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status, dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it dnl needs to know what name is stored there: [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])], dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status, dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now: [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])]) ])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT], [ # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS LTCC='$LTCC' LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$[]1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # Quote evaled strings. for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ ]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done # Double-quote double-evaled strings. for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ ]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT ]) # _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(FILE, [COMMENT]) # ------------------------------------ # Generate a child script FILE with all initialization necessary to # reuse the environment learned by the parent script, and make the # file executable. If COMMENT is supplied, it is inserted after the # `#!' sequence but before initialization text begins. After this # macro, additional text can be appended to FILE to form the body of # the child script. The macro ends with non-zero status if the # file could not be fully written (such as if the disk is full). m4_ifdef([AS_INIT_GENERATED], [m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],[AS_INIT_GENERATED($@)])], [m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT], [m4_require([AS_PREPARE])]dnl [m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])]dnl [lt_write_fail=0 cat >$1 <<_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. $2 SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$1 <<\_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 AS_SHELL_SANITIZE _AS_PREPARE exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1 _ASEOF test $lt_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $1[]dnl m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])])])# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT # LT_OUTPUT # --------- # This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before # AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation # tests. AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT], [: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT]) _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(["$CONFIG_LT"], [# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.]) cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF lt_cl_silent=false exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log { echo AS_BOX([Running $as_me.]) } >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD lt_cl_help="\ \`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is generated. Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]] -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number, then exit -q, --quiet do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." lt_cl_version="\ m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]) configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING. Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." while test $[#] != 0 do case $[1] in --version | --v* | -V ) echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; --debug | --d* | -d ) debug=: ;; --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) lt_cl_silent=: ;; -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1] Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1] Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; esac shift done if $lt_cl_silent; then exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null fi _LTEOF cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT _LTEOF cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile]) _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS AS_EXIT(0) _LTEOF chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" # configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, # appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept # open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing # config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. lt_cl_success=: test "$silent" = yes && lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1) ])# LT_OUTPUT # _LT_CONFIG(TAG) # --------------- # If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a # default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code # to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the # matching tagged config vars. m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([ m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [ # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $RM "$cfgfile" cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" #! $SHELL # `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # _LT_COPYING _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS # ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_EOF case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi _LT_EOF ;; esac _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" ], [cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile" dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded dnl in a comment (ie after a #). # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG) # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 _LT_EOF ])dnl /m4_if ], [m4_if([$1], [], [ PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' VERSION='$VERSION' TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' RM='$RM' ofile='$ofile'], []) ])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS ])# _LT_CONFIG # LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG) # --------------------- # Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool # --tag option, using: # autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1' AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], []) # C support is built-in for now m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], []) m4_define([_LT_TAGS], []) # LT_LANG(LANG) # ------------- # Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled. AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl m4_case([$1], [C], [_LT_LANG(C)], [C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)], [Go], [_LT_LANG(GO)], [Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)], [Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)], [Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)], [Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)], [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG], [_LT_LANG($1)], [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl ])# LT_LANG # _LT_LANG(LANGNAME) # ------------------ m4_defun([_LT_LANG], [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [], [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl ])# _LT_LANG m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_GO], [ # NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # # GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_GO. When it is available in # # a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # # macro and use it instead. # m4_defun([AC_PROG_GO], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Go)dnl AC_ARG_VAR([GOC], [Go compiler command])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([GOFLAGS], [Go compiler flags])dnl _AC_ARG_VAR_LDFLAGS()dnl AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo) if test -z "$GOC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo], [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo]) fi fi if test -z "$GOC"; then AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, gccgo, gccgo, false) fi ])#m4_defun ])#m4_ifndef # _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG # ----------------------- m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [LT_LANG(CXX)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], [LT_LANG(F77)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC], [LT_LANG(FC)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])]) dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal dnl pulling things in needlessly. AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GO], [LT_LANG(GO)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_GO], defn([AC_PROG_GO])[LT_LANG(GO)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC], [LT_LANG(RC)], [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])]) ])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG # Obsolete macros: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [LT_LANG(Windows Resource)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], []) # _LT_TAG_COMPILER # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl _LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl _LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC ])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER # _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # ------------------------ # Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple compiler test code. m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM conftest* ])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # ---------------------- # Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple link test code. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM -r conftest* ])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS # ------------------------- m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:]) _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1], [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1], [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1], [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1], [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1], [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. rm -rf libconftest.dylib* echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from # the compiler, it worked. elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes else cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi rm -rf libconftest.dylib* rm -f conftest.* fi]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -force_load linker flag],[lt_cv_ld_force_load], [lt_cv_ld_force_load=no cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int forced_loaded() { return 2;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int main() { return 0;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes else cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c rm -rf conftest.dSYM ]) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # darwin 5.x on # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[[012]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac ]) # _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES([TAG]) # --------------------------------- # Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES], [ m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS]) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' m4_case([$1], [F77], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes], [FC], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes]) else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" case $cc_basename in ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; esac if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" fi ],[]) else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ]) # _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------------- # Links a minimal program and checks the executable # for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, # this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used # the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. # If we don't find anything, use the default library path according # to the aix ld manual. # Store the results from the different compilers for each TAGNAME. # Allow to override them for all tags through lt_cv_aix_libpath. m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else AC_CACHE_VAL([_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])], [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],[ lt_aix_libpath_sed='[ /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }]' _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi],[]) if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])="/usr/lib:/lib" fi ]) aix_libpath=$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1]) fi ])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX # _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG) # ------------------- m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT], [m4_divert_text([M4SH-INIT], [$1 ])])# _LT_SHELL_INIT # _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # ----------------------- # Find how we can fake an echo command that does not interpret backslash. # In particular, with Autoconf 2.60 or later we add some code to the start # of the generated configure script which will find a shell with a builtin # printf (which we can use as an echo command). m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to print strings]) # Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='print -r --' elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='printf %s\n' else # Use this function as a fallback that always works. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $[]1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO='func_fallback_echo' fi # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "$*" } case "$ECHO" in printf*) AC_MSG_RESULT([printf]) ;; print*) AC_MSG_RESULT([print -r]) ;; *) AC_MSG_RESULT([cat]) ;; esac m4_ifdef([_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED], [_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED([ test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}${BASH_VERSION+set}" || ( ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH test "X`printf %s $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" \ || test "X`print -r -- $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" )])]) _LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts]) _LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], [An echo program that protects backslashes]) ])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # _LT_WITH_SYSROOT # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sysroot]) AC_ARG_WITH([sysroot], [ --with-sysroot[=DIR] Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified).], [], [with_sysroot=no]) dnl lt_sysroot will always be passed unquoted. We quote it here dnl in case the user passed a directory name. lt_sysroot= case ${with_sysroot} in #( yes) if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` fi ;; #( /*) lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; #( no|'') ;; #( *) AC_MSG_RESULT([${with_sysroot}]) AC_MSG_ERROR([The sysroot must be an absolute path.]) ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([${lt_sysroot:-no}]) _LT_DECL([], [lt_sysroot], [0], [The root where to search for ]dnl [dependent libraries, and in which our libraries should be installed.])]) # _LT_ENABLE_LOCK # --------------- m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) AC_LANG_POP]) if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; *-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) case $host in i?86-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; sparc*-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" fi ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" ])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK # _LT_PROG_AR # ----------- m4_defun([_LT_PROG_AR], [AC_CHECK_TOOLS(AR, [ar], false) : ${AR=ar} : ${AR_FLAGS=cru} _LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver]) _LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1], [Flags to create an archive]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for archiver @FILE support], [lt_cv_ar_at_file], [lt_cv_ar_at_file=no AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM], [echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD' AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ fi fi rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a ]) ]) if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then archiver_list_spec= else archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file fi _LT_DECL([], [archiver_list_spec], [1], [How to feed a file listing to the archiver]) ])# _LT_PROG_AR # _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE # ------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE], [_LT_PROG_AR AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: _LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program]) AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: _LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1], [Commands used to install an old-style archive]) # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" fi case $host_os in darwin*) lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; *) lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; esac _LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2]) _LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build an old-style archive]) _LT_DECL([], [lock_old_archive_extraction], [0], [Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction]) ])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE # _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given compiler option works AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$3" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi fi $RM conftest* ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) else m4_if([$6], , :, [$6]) fi ])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], []) # _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given linker option works AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi else $2=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then m4_if([$4], , :, [$4]) else m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) fi ])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], []) # LT_CMD_MAX_LEN #--------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl # find the maximum length of command line arguments AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; mint*) # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; os2*) # The test takes a long time on OS/2. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do teststring=$teststring$teststring done SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but # we can't tell. while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done # Only check the string length outside the loop. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac ]) if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len) else AC_MSG_RESULT(none) fi max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len _LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0], [What is the maximum length of a command?]) ])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], []) # _LT_HEADER_DLFCN # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN], [AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl ])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN # _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, # ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : [$4] else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF [#line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; }] _LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;; esac else : # compilation failed $3 fi fi rm -fr conftest* ])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF # LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF], [m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[ lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ]) ;; *) AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) ]) if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) ]) fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi _LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0], [Whether dlopen is supported]) _LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0], [Whether dlopen of programs is supported]) _LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0], [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported]) ])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], []) # _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------- # Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler. # This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O. m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* ]) _LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1], [Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O # _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------------- # Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS], [m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl _LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1]) hard_links="nottested" if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) hard_links=yes $RM conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links]) if test "$hard_links" = no; then AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe]) need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi _LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS # _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], [rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) objdir=$lt_cv_objdir _LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0], [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/", [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) ])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR # _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) # -------------------------------------- # Check hardcoding attributes. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existent directories. if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink || test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0], [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable]) ])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH # _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) striplib= old_striplib= AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) fi ;; *) AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) ;; esac fi _LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1]) ])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG]) # ----------------------------- # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) m4_if([$1], [], [ if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g" ;; *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` case $lt_search_path_spec in *\;*) # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` ;; *) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; esac # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths # for these hosts. case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ $SED 's,/\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g'` ;; esac sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi]) library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[[4-9]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' ;; m68k) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[[45]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$cc_basename in yes,*) # gcc library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; fi' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' m4_if([$1], [],[ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"]) ;; mingw* | cegcc*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; *,cl*) # Native MSVC libname_spec='$name' soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' case $build_os in mingw*) sys_lib_search_path_spec= lt_save_ifs=$IFS IFS=';' for lt_path in $LIB do IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" done IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Convert to MSYS style. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([[a-zA-Z]]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` ;; cygwin*) # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; *) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") ;; esac # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; esac # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' m4_if([$1], [],[ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[[23]].*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2.*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \ freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; haiku*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' # or fails outright, so override atomically: install_override_mode=555 ;; interix[[3-9]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS save_libdir=$libdir eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \ LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\"" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null], [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])]) LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS libdir=$save_libdir ]) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; *nto* | *qnx*) version_type=qnx need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; tpf*) # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; uts4*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker]) test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi _LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1], [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and restored at link time]) _LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0], [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?]) _LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?]) _LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type]) _LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable]) _LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable]) _LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0], [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?]) _LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix]) _LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1], [[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]]) _LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1], [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]]) _LT_DECL([], [install_override_mode], [1], [Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2], [Command to use after installation of a shared archive]) _LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2], [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive]) _LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2], [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory]) _LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1], [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown]]) _LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0], [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2], [Compile-time system search path for libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2], [Run-time system search path for libraries]) ])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER # _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL) # -------------------------- # find a file program which can recognize shared library AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, [case $MAGIC_CMD in [[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac]) MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi _LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0], [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], []) # _LT_PATH_MAGIC # -------------- # find a file program which can recognize a shared library m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi ])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC # LT_PATH_LD # ---------- # find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) _LT_PATH_LD_GNU AC_SUBST([LD]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries]) ])# LT_PATH_LD # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], []) # _LT_PATH_LD_GNU #- -------------- m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac]) with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld ])# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU # _LT_CMD_RELOAD # -------------- # find reload flag for linker # -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag. m4_defun([_LT_CMD_RELOAD], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files], lt_cv_ld_reload_flag, [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r']) reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) if test "$GCC" != yes; then reload_cmds=false fi ;; darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac _LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_flag], [1], [How to create reloadable object files])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_cmds], [2])dnl ])# _LT_CMD_RELOAD # _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD # ---------------------- # how to check for library dependencies # -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries], lt_cv_deplibs_check_method, [lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[[45]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. # func_win32_libid assumes BSD nm, so disallow it if using MS dumpbin. if ( test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "BSD nm" && file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; cegcc*) # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; haiku*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]'] lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]]\.[[0-9]]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; *nto* | *qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; tpf*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ]) file_magic_glob= want_nocaseglob=no if test "$build" = "$host"; then case $host_os in mingw* | pw32*) if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then want_nocaseglob=yes else file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[[\1]]\/[[\1]]\/g;/g"` fi ;; esac fi file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown _LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1], [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects]) _LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1], [Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) _LT_DECL([], [file_magic_glob], [1], [How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) _LT_DECL([], [want_nocaseglob], [1], [Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) ])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD # LT_PATH_NM # ---------- # find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM, [if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} fi]) if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" else # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : # Let the user override the test. else AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, [dumpbin "link -dump"], :) case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in *COFF*) DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" ;; *) DUMPBIN=: ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN]) if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then NM="$DUMPBIN" fi fi test -z "$NM" && NM=nm AC_SUBST([NM]) _LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" fi rm -f conftest*]) ])# LT_PATH_NM # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], []) # _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB # -------------------------------- # how to determine the name of the shared library # associated with a specific link library. # -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to associate runtime and link libraries], lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd, [lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in *--identify-strict*) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib ;; *) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ;; esac ;; *) # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" ;; esac ]) sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO _LT_DECL([], [sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd], [1], [Command to associate shared and link libraries]) ])# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB # _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL # ---------------------- # locate the manifest tool m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(MANIFEST_TOOL, mt, :) test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes fi rm -f conftest*]) if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then MANIFEST_TOOL=: fi _LT_DECL([], [MANIFEST_TOOL], [1], [Manifest tool])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL # LT_LIB_M # -------- # check for math library AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl LIBM= case $host in *-*-beos* | *-*-cegcc* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-haiku* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) # These system don't have libm, or don't need it ;; *-ncr-sysv4.3*) AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") ;; *) AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") ;; esac AC_SUBST([LIBM]) ])# LT_LIB_M # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], []) # _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $cc_basename in nvcc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' ;; esac _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) fi _LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1], [Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS # ---------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [ # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[[BCDT]]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' ;; hpux*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' ;; osf*) symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[[BDRT]]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[[ABDT]]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; esac # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. # Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, # so use this general approach. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function # and D for any global variable. # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, # which start with @ or ?. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\ " {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ " /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ " /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ " \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ " / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ " {if(hide[section]) next};"\ " {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ " {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ " s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ " s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ " ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]" else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(void); void nm_test_func(void){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} _LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST const #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif _LT_EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] = { { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, _LT_EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif _LT_EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done ]) if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) else AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) fi # Response file support. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then nm_file_list_spec='@' elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[[@]]FILE' >/dev/null; then nm_file_list_spec='@' fi _LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1], [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed]) _LT_DECL([], [nm_file_list_spec], [1], [Specify filename containing input files for $NM]) ]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS # _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC], [m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; *djgpp*) # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *qnx* | *nto*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac else case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in cxch68*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' fi ;; aCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac ;; *) ;; esac ;; interix*) # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) # Anyone wants to do a port? ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. ;; *) ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # KAI C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; ecpc* ) # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; icpc* ) # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; xlc* | xlC* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL 8.0, 9.0 on PPC and BlueGene _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) ;; m88k*) ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' ;; *) ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) ;; *qnx* | *nto*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; cxx*) # Digital/Compaq C++ _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; *) ;; esac ;; psos*) ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; lcc*) # Lucid _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; vxworks*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ], [ if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no enable_shared=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac case $cc_basename in nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Xlinker ' if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="-Xcompiler $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" fi ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. ecc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. icc* | ifort*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; # Lahey Fortran 8.1. lf95*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static' ;; nagfor*) # NAG Fortran compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,-Wl,,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [[1-7]].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[[0-3]]*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' ;; *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' ;; *Intel*\ [[CF]]*Compiler*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; *Portland\ Group*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; esac ;; newsos6) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; uts4*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ]) case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" ;; esac AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $compiler option to produce PIC], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1) # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)], [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in "" | " "*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; esac], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) fi _LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1], [Additional compiler flags for building library objects]) _LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1], [How to pass a linker flag through the compiler]) # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), $lt_tmp_static_flag, [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) _LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1], [Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC # _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------- # See if the linker supports building shared libraries. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global defined # symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi ;; pw32*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) case $cc_basename in cl*) _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; esac ], [ runpath_var= _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. extract_expsyms_cmds= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker # that we're better off using the native interface for both. lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then case $host_os in aix*) # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[[2-9]]*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [[3-9]]*) ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac fi if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[[3-9]]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils *** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. *** You will then need to restart the configuration process. _LT_EOF fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' ;; m68k) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; haiku*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) tmp_diet=no if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then case $cc_basename in diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) esac fi if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ && test "$tmp_diet" = no then tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' tmp_sharedflag='-shared' case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; xl[[cC]]* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' tmp_addflag= ;; nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi case $cc_basename in xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; esac else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then runpath_var= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' ;; m68k) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; bsdi[[45]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. case $cc_basename in cl*) # Native MSVC _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # Don't use ranlib _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) ;; dgux*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2.*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) m4_if($1, [], [ # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $CC understands -b], _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler__b, $1), [-b], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'])], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags']) ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and # implicitly export all symbols. # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol], [save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_SOURCE( [AC_LANG_CASE([C], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], [C++], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], [Fortran 77], [[ subroutine foo end]], [Fortran], [[ subroutine foo end]])])], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no]) LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"]) if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' fi else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; newsos6) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; os2*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; solaris*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' else case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Compilers 5.0"*) wlarc='' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; *) wlarc='${wl}' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; esac fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no ;; motorola) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4.3*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then case $host in sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym' ;; esac fi fi ]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no _LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld _LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2], [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive]) # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in], [lt_cv_]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1), [$RM conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) then lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no else lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $RM conftest* ]) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=$lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1) ;; esac fi ;; esac _LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0], [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries]) _LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes], [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0], [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1], [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1], [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1], [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2], [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2], [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building a shared archive.]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1], [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1], [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1], [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1], [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. This must work even if $libdir does not exist]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1], [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0], [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0], [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the library is relocated]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0], [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0], [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0], [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0], [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries to runtime path list]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0], [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0], [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2], [The commands to list exported symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1], [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1], [Symbols that must always be exported]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2], [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postlink_cmds], [2], [Commands necessary for finishing linking programs]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1], [Specify filename containing input files]) dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1], dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects]) ])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS # _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------ # Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably # defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write # the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl lt_save_CC="$CC" AC_LANG_PUSH(C) # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' _LT_TAG_COMPILER # Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other # tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. compiler_DEFAULT=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # Report which library types will actually be built AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_POP CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably # defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write # the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then AC_PROG_CXXCPP else _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes fi AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for C++ test sources. ac_ext=cpp # Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_LD=$LD lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=$GXX lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx else $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld fi if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX else $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD fi test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX CC=${CXX-"c++"} CFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) if test -n "$compiler"; then # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the # no_builtin_flag separately if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= fi if test "$GXX" = yes; then # Set up default GNU C++ configuration LT_PATH_LD # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) wlarc='${wl}' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= # A generic and very simple default shared library creation # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on # the platform it is being used on. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' fi # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else GXX=no with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= fi # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes case $host_os in aix3*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do case $ld_flag in *-brtl*) aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break ;; esac done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' if test "$GXX" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to # export. _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty # executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared # libraries. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) case $GXX,$cc_basename in ,cl* | no,cl*) # Native MSVC # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then $SED -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else $SED -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes # Don't use ranlib _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ func_to_tool_file "$lt_outputfile"~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # g++ # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; freebsd2.*) # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before # switch to ELF _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; freebsd-elf*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF # conventions _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes ;; gnu*) ;; haiku*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; hpux9*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; esac fi case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. ;; esac case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; irix5* | irix6*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # SGI C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` -o $lib' fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; icpc* | ecpc* ) # Intel C++ with_gnu_ld=yes # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and # earlier do not add the objects themselves. case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Version 7."*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 8.0 or newer tmp_idyn= case $host_cpu in ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler case `$CC -V` in *pgCC\ [[1-5]].* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~ compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`"' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~ $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`~ $RANLIB $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 6 and above use weak symbols _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "X$list" | $Xsed' ;; xl* | mpixl* | bgxl*) # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes # Not sure whether something based on # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 # would be better. output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; m88k*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; netbsd*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no fi # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes ;; openbsd2*) # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' fi output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # the KAI C++ compiler. case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; cxx*) case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ $RM $lib.exp' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; psos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; lcc*) # Lucid # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this # platform. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; esac fi ;; esac ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $oldobjs~ '"$_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)" _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $reload_objs~ '"$_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)" ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; vxworks*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS LDCXX=$LD LD=$lt_save_LD GCC=$lt_save_GCC with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG # _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF # ---------------------- # func_stripname_cnf prefix suffix name # strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. # PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special # characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading # dot (in which case that matches only a dot). # # This function is identical to the (non-XSI) version of func_stripname, # except this one can be used by m4 code that may be executed by configure, # rather than the libtool script. m4_defun([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF],[dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED]) AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH]) func_stripname_cnf () { case ${2} in .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; esac } # func_stripname_cnf ])# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF # _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------------- # Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose # compiler output when linking a shared library. # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF])dnl # Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, dnl but it's only used here... m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF int a; void foo (void) { a = 0; } _LT_EOF ], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF class Foo { public: Foo (void) { a = 0; } private: int a; }; _LT_EOF ], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF subroutine foo implicit none integer*4 a a=0 return end _LT_EOF ], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF subroutine foo implicit none integer a a=0 return end _LT_EOF ], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF public class foo { private int a; public void bar (void) { a = 0; } }; _LT_EOF ], [$1], [GO], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF package foo func foo() { } _LT_EOF ]) _lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS case "$CC $CFLAGS " in #( *\ -flto*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto" ;; *\ -fwhopr*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-whopr" ;; *\ -fuse-linker-plugin*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-use-linker-plugin" ;; esac dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary dnl objects, libraries and library flags. if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before # the conftest object file. pre_test_object_deps_done=no for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do case ${prev}${p} in -L* | -R* | -l*) # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. # Remove the space. if test $p = "-L" || test $p = "-R"; then prev=$p continue fi # Expand the sysroot to ease extracting the directories later. if test -z "$prev"; then case $p in -L*) func_stripname_cnf '-L' '' "$p"; prev=-L; p=$func_stripname_result ;; -R*) func_stripname_cnf '-R' '' "$p"; prev=-R; p=$func_stripname_result ;; -l*) func_stripname_cnf '-l' '' "$p"; prev=-l; p=$func_stripname_result ;; esac fi case $p in =*) func_stripname_cnf '=' '' "$p"; p=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then case ${prev} in -L | -R) # Internal compiler library paths should come after those # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi ;; # The "-l" case would never come before the object being # linked, so don't bother handling this case. esac else if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi fi prev= ;; *.lto.$objext) ;; # Ignore GCC LTO objects *.$objext) # This assumes that the test object file only shows up # once in the compiler output. if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then pre_test_object_deps_done=yes continue fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" fi else if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" fi fi ;; *) ;; # Ignore the rest. esac done # Clean up. rm -f a.out a.exe else echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" fi $RM -f confest.$objext CFLAGS=$_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS # PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken m4_if([$1], [CXX], [case $host_os in interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= ;; linux*) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; esac ]) case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in *" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` fi _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1], [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1], [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to create a shared library]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1], [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking a shared library]) ])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS # _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are # suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then _lt_disable_F77=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for f77 test sources. ac_ext=f # Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_GCC=$GCC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CC=${F77-"f77"} CFLAGS=$FFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) GCC=$G77 if test -n "$compiler"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC="$lt_save_CC" CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are # suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran) if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then _lt_disable_FC=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for fc test sources. ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f} # Object file extension for compiled fc test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_GCC=$GCC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CC=${FC-"f95"} CFLAGS=$FCFLAGS compiler=$CC GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) if test -n "$compiler"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for Java test sources. ac_ext=java # Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=yes CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} CFLAGS=$GCJFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_RESTORE GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Go compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GO])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for Go test sources. ac_ext=go # Object file extension for compiled Go test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="package main; func main() { }" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='package main; func main() { }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=yes CC=${GOC-"gccgo"} CFLAGS=$GOFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Go did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_RESTORE GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for RC test sources. ac_ext=rc # Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC= CC=${RC-"windres"} CFLAGS= compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes if test -n "$compiler"; then : _LT_CONFIG($1) fi GCC=$lt_save_GCC AC_LANG_RESTORE CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG # LT_PROG_GCJ # ----------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ], [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ], [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,) test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl ]) # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], []) # LT_PROG_GO # ---------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GO], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo,) ]) # LT_PROG_RC # ---------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,) ]) # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], []) # _LT_DECL_EGREP # -------------- # If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep # available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep _LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines]) _LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher]) _LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher]) dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too AC_SUBST([GREP]) ]) # _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP # -------------- # If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump # available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump _LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper]) AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP]) ]) # _LT_DECL_DLLTOOL # ---------------- # Ensure DLLTOOL variable is set. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool _LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program]) AC_SUBST([DLLTOOL]) ]) # _LT_DECL_SED # ------------ # Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates # as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED], [AC_PROG_SED test -z "$SED" && SED=sed Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" _LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output]) _LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"], [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n]) ])# _LT_DECL_SED m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [ # NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # # GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # # a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # # macro and use it instead. # m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, [# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. # Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" fi done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS lt_ac_max=0 lt_ac_count=0 # Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris # along with /bin/sed that truncates output. for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue cat /dev/null > conftest.in lt_ac_count=0 echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed break fi while true; do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo >>conftest.nl $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed fi done done ]) SED=$lt_cv_path_SED AC_SUBST([SED]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) ])#AC_PROG_SED ])#m4_ifndef # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], []) # _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES # ------------------------ # Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible, # or has some other useful features. m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs]) # Try some XSI features xsi_shell=no ( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ = c,a/b,b/c, \ && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && xsi_shell=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell']) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="]) lt_shell_append=no ( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && lt_shell_append=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append']) if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_unset=unset else lt_unset=false fi _LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl # test EBCDIC or ASCII case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in A) # ASCII based system # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' ;; *) # EBCDIC based system lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' ;; esac _LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl _LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl ])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES # _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE (FUNCNAME, REPLACEMENT-BODY) # ------------------------------------------------------ # In `$cfgfile', look for function FUNCNAME delimited by `^FUNCNAME ()$' and # '^} FUNCNAME ', and replace its body with REPLACEMENT-BODY. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE], [dnl { sed -e '/^$1 ()$/,/^} # $1 /c\ $1 ()\ {\ m4_bpatsubsts([$2], [$], [\\], [^\([ ]\)], [\\\1]) } # Extended-shell $1 implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: ]) # _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS # ------------------------- # Replace existing portable implementations of several shell functions with # equivalent extended shell implementations where those features are available.. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS], [if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname], [dnl case ${1} in */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; esac]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_basename], [dnl func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname_and_basename], [dnl case ${1} in */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; esac func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_stripname], [dnl # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. func_stripname_result=${3} func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_long_opt], [dnl func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*} func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_short_opt], [dnl func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_lo2o], [dnl case ${1} in *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; esac]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_xform], [ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_arith], [ func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_len], [ func_len_result=${#1}]) fi if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append], [ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append_quoted], [dnl func_quote_for_eval "${2}" dnl m4 expansion turns \\\\ into \\, and then the shell eval turns that into \ eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"]) # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: else # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then AC_MSG_WARN([Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile]) fi ]) # _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS # ----------------------------- # Determine which file name conversion functions should be used by # func_to_host_file (and, implicitly, by func_to_host_path). These are needed # for certain cross-compile configurations and native mingw. m4_defun([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to $host format]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd, [case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ;; esac ;; *-*-cygwin* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ;; esac ;; * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; esac ]) to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd]) _LT_DECL([to_host_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd], [0], [convert $build file names to $host format])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to toolchain format]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd, [#assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; esac ;; esac ]) to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd]) _LT_DECL([to_tool_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd], [0], [convert $build files to toolchain format])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS # ltdl.m4 - Configure ltdl for the target system. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 1999-2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Thomas Tanner, 1999 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 18 LTDL_INIT # LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR(DIRECTORY, [LTDL-MODE]) # ------------------------------------------ # DIRECTORY contains the libltdl sources. It is okay to call this # function multiple times, as long as the same DIRECTORY is always given. AC_DEFUN([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT]) _$0($*) ])# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR # We break this out into a separate macro, so that we can call it safely # internally without being caught accidentally by the sed scan in libtoolize. m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], [dnl remove trailing slashes m4_pushdef([_ARG_DIR], m4_bpatsubst([$1], [/*$])) m4_case(_LTDL_DIR, [], [dnl only set lt_ltdl_dir if _ARG_DIR is not simply `.' m4_if(_ARG_DIR, [.], [], [m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], _ARG_DIR) _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_ltdl_dir=']_ARG_DIR['])])], [m4_if(_ARG_DIR, _LTDL_DIR, [], [m4_fatal([multiple libltdl directories: `]_LTDL_DIR[', `]_ARG_DIR['])])]) m4_popdef([_ARG_DIR]) ])# _LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR # Initialise: m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], []) # _LT_BUILD_PREFIX # ---------------- # If Autoconf is new enough, expand to `${top_build_prefix}', otherwise # to `${top_builddir}/'. m4_define([_LT_BUILD_PREFIX], [m4_ifdef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.62]), [-1], [m4_ifdef([_AC_HAVE_TOP_BUILD_PREFIX], [${top_build_prefix}], [${top_builddir}/])], [${top_build_prefix}])], [${top_builddir}/])[]dnl ]) # LTDL_CONVENIENCE # ---------------- # sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and # LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds # --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments. Note that # AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. LIBLTDL will be prefixed with # '${top_build_prefix}' if available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/', # and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single # quotes!). If your package is not flat and you're not using automake, # define top_build_prefix, top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately # in your Makefiles. AC_DEFUN([LTDL_CONVENIENCE], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented, dnl LTDL_CONVENIENCE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl _$0() ])# LTDL_CONVENIENCE # AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE accepted a directory argument in older libtools, # now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])]) _LTDL_CONVENIENCE]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], []) # _LTDL_CONVENIENCE # ----------------- # Code shared by LTDL_CONVENIENCE and LTDL_INIT([convenience]). m4_defun([_LTDL_CONVENIENCE], [case $enable_ltdl_convenience in no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;; "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; esac LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdlc.la" LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}" AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL]) AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS]) AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL]) # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" AC_SUBST([INCLTDL]) ])# _LTDL_CONVENIENCE # LTDL_INSTALLABLE # ---------------- # sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library # and LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds # --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments. Note that # AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called from here. If an installed libltdl # is not found, LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_build_prefix}' if # available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/', and LTDLINCL will be # prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your # package is not flat and you're not using automake, define top_build_prefix, # top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately in your Makefiles. # In the future, this macro may have to be called after LT_INIT. AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INSTALLABLE], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented, dnl LTDL_INSTALLABLE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl _$0() ])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE # AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE accepted a directory argument in older libtools, # now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])]) _LTDL_INSTALLABLE]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], []) # _LTDL_INSTALLABLE # ----------------- # Code shared by LTDL_INSTALLABLE and LTDL_INIT([installable]). m4_defun([_LTDL_INSTALLABLE], [if test -f $prefix/lib/libltdl.la; then lt_save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="-L$prefix/lib $LDFLAGS" AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dlinit], [lt_lib_ltdl=yes]) LDFLAGS="$lt_save_LDFLAGS" if test x"${lt_lib_ltdl-no}" = xyes; then if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes; then # Don't overwrite $prefix/lib/libltdl.la without --enable-ltdl-install AC_MSG_WARN([not overwriting libltdl at $prefix, force with `--enable-ltdl-install']) enable_ltdl_install=no fi elif test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled]) fi fi # If configure.ac declared an installable ltdl, and the user didn't override # with --disable-ltdl-install, we will install the shipped libltdl. case $enable_ltdl_install in no) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no" LIBLTDL="-lltdl" LTDLDEPS= LTDLINCL= ;; *) enable_ltdl_install=yes ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install" LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdl.la" LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}" ;; esac AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL]) AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS]) AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL]) # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" AC_SUBST([INCLTDL]) ])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE # _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH # ------------------- m4_define([_LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH], [dnl If _LTDL_DIR is `.', then we are configuring libltdl itself: m4_if(_LTDL_DIR, [], [], dnl if _LTDL_MODE was not set already, the default value is `subproject': [m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_MODE, [subproject]), [subproject], [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(_LTDL_DIR) _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"])], [nonrecursive], [_LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"; lt_libobj_prefix="$lt_ltdl_dir/"])], [recursive], [], [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])])dnl dnl Be careful not to expand twice: m4_define([$0], []) ])# _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH # _LT_LIBOBJ(MODULE_NAME) # ----------------------- # Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that MODULE_NAME goes into _LT_LIBOBJS instead # of into LIBOBJS. AC_DEFUN([_LT_LIBOBJ], [ m4_pattern_allow([^_LT_LIBOBJS$]) _LT_LIBOBJS="$_LT_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext" ])# _LT_LIBOBJS # LTDL_INIT([OPTIONS]) # -------------------- # Clients of libltdl can use this macro to allow the installer to # choose between a shipped copy of the ltdl sources or a preinstalled # version of the library. If the shipped ltdl sources are not in a # subdirectory named libltdl, the directory name must be given by # LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INIT], [dnl Parse OPTIONS _LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) dnl We need to keep our own list of libobjs separate from our parent project, dnl and the easiest way to do that is redefine the AC_LIBOBJs macro while dnl we look for our own LIBOBJs. m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([_LT_LIBOBJ])) m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) dnl If not otherwise defined, default to the 1.5.x compatible subproject mode: m4_if(_LTDL_MODE, [], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], m4_default([$2], [subproject])) m4_if([-1], [m4_bregexp(_LTDL_MODE, [\(subproject\|\(non\)?recursive\)])], [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])]) AC_ARG_WITH([included_ltdl], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-included-ltdl], [use the GNU ltdl sources included here])]) if test "x$with_included_ltdl" != xyes; then # We are not being forced to use the included libltdl sources, so # decide whether there is a useful installed version we can use. AC_CHECK_HEADER([ltdl.h], [AC_CHECK_DECL([lt_dlinterface_register], [AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dladvise_preload], [with_included_ltdl=no], [with_included_ltdl=yes])], [with_included_ltdl=yes], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT #include <ltdl.h>])], [with_included_ltdl=yes], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT] ) fi dnl If neither LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR, LTDL_CONVENIENCE nor LTDL_INSTALLABLE dnl was called yet, then for old times' sake, we assume libltdl is in an dnl eponymous directory: AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], [], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([libltdl])]) AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_include], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-include=DIR], [use the ltdl headers installed in DIR])]) if test -n "$with_ltdl_include"; then if test -f "$with_ltdl_include/ltdl.h"; then : else AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl include directory: `$with_ltdl_include']) fi else with_ltdl_include=no fi AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_lib], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-lib=DIR], [use the libltdl.la installed in DIR])]) if test -n "$with_ltdl_lib"; then if test -f "$with_ltdl_lib/libltdl.la"; then : else AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl library directory: `$with_ltdl_lib']) fi else with_ltdl_lib=no fi case ,$with_included_ltdl,$with_ltdl_include,$with_ltdl_lib, in ,yes,no,no,) m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_TYPE, [convenience]), [convenience], [_LTDL_CONVENIENCE], [installable], [_LTDL_INSTALLABLE], [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl build type: ]_LTDL_TYPE)]) ;; ,no,no,no,) # If the included ltdl is not to be used, then use the # preinstalled libltdl we found. AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LTDL], [1], [Define this if a modern libltdl is already installed]) LIBLTDL=-lltdl LTDLDEPS= LTDLINCL= ;; ,no*,no,*) AC_MSG_ERROR([`--with-ltdl-include' and `--with-ltdl-lib' options must be used together]) ;; *) with_included_ltdl=no LIBLTDL="-L$with_ltdl_lib -lltdl" LTDLDEPS= LTDLINCL="-I$with_ltdl_include" ;; esac INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" # Report our decision... AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl headers]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LTDLINCL]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl library]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBLTDL]) _LTDL_SETUP dnl restore autoconf definition. m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ]) m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ _ltdl_libobjs= _ltdl_ltlibobjs= if test -n "$_LT_LIBOBJS"; then # Remove the extension. _lt_sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' for i in `for i in $_LT_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$_lt_sed_drop_objext" | sort -u`; do _ltdl_libobjs="$_ltdl_libobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.$ac_objext" _ltdl_ltlibobjs="$_ltdl_ltlibobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.lo" done fi AC_SUBST([ltdl_LIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_libobjs]) AC_SUBST([ltdl_LTLIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_ltlibobjs]) ]) # Only expand once: m4_define([LTDL_INIT]) ])# LTDL_INIT # Old names: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) AU_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], []) # _LTDL_SETUP # ----------- # Perform all the checks necessary for compilation of the ltdl objects # -- including compiler checks and header checks. This is a public # interface mainly for the benefit of libltdl's own configure.ac, most # other users should call LTDL_INIT instead. AC_DEFUN([_LTDL_SETUP], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_LIB_DLLOAD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_ARGZ])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR])dnl m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl dnl Don't require this, or it will be expanded earlier than the code dnl that sets the variables it relies on: _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL dnl _LTDL_MODE specific code must be called at least once: _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH # In order that ltdl.c can compile, find out the first AC_CONFIG_HEADERS # the user used. This is so that ltdl.h can pick up the parent projects # config.h file, The first file in AC_CONFIG_HEADERS must contain the # definitions required by ltdl.c. # FIXME: Remove use of undocumented AC_LIST_HEADERS (2.59 compatibility). AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([dnl m4_pattern_allow([^LT_CONFIG_H$])dnl m4_ifset([AH_HEADER], [LT_CONFIG_H=AH_HEADER], [m4_ifset([AC_LIST_HEADERS], [LT_CONFIG_H=`echo "AC_LIST_HEADERS" | $SED 's,^[[ ]]*,,;s,[[ :]].*$,,'`], [])])]) AC_SUBST([LT_CONFIG_H]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h dl.h sys/dl.h dld.h mach-o/dyld.h dirent.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([closedir opendir readdir], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__dirent])]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strlcat strlcpy], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__strl])]) m4_pattern_allow([LT_LIBEXT])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_LIBEXT],["$libext"],[The archive extension]) name= eval "lt_libprefix=\"$libname_spec\"" m4_pattern_allow([LT_LIBPREFIX])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_LIBPREFIX],["$lt_libprefix"],[The archive prefix]) name=ltdl eval "LTDLOPEN=\"$libname_spec\"" AC_SUBST([LTDLOPEN]) ])# _LTDL_SETUP # _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL # ------------------ m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([ltdl-install], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-ltdl-install], [install libltdl])]) case ,${enable_ltdl_install},${enable_ltdl_convenience} in *yes*) ;; *) enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ;; esac m4_ifdef([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_install-no}" != xno) AM_CONDITIONAL(CONVENIENCE_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_convenience-no}" != xno)]) ])# _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL # LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS # --------------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen], [lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs], [# PORTME does your system automatically load deplibs for dlopen? # or its logical equivalent (e.g. shl_load for HP-UX < 11) # For now, we just catch OSes we know something about -- in the # future, we'll try test this programmatically. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown case $host_os in aix3*|aix4.1.*|aix4.2.*) # Unknown whether this is true for these versions of AIX, but # we want this `case' here to explicitly catch those versions. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; aix[[4-9]]*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no ;; esac ;; darwin*) # Assuming the user has installed a libdl from somewhere, this is true # If you are looking for one http://www.opendarwin.org/projects/dlcompat lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) # GNU and its variants, using gnu ld.so (Glibc) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; interix*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; irix[[12345]]*|irix6.[[01]]*) # Catch all versions of IRIX before 6.2, and indicate that we don't # know how it worked for any of those versions. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; irix*) # The case above catches anything before 6.2, and it's known that # at 6.2 and later dlopen does load deplibs. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; openbsd*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; osf[[1234]]*) # dlopen did load deplibs (at least at 4.x), but until the 5.x series, # it did *not* use an RPATH in a shared library to find objects the # library depends on, so we explicitly say `no'. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no ;; osf5.0|osf5.0a|osf5.1) # dlopen *does* load deplibs and with the right loader patch applied # it even uses RPATH in a shared library to search for shared objects # that the library depends on, but there's no easy way to know if that # patch is installed. Since this is the case, all we can really # say is unknown -- it depends on the patch being installed. If # it is, this changes to `yes'. Without it, it would be `no'. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; osf*) # the two cases above should catch all versions of osf <= 5.1. Read # the comments above for what we know about them. # At > 5.1, deplibs are loaded *and* any RPATH in a shared library # is used to find them so we can finally say `yes'. lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; qnx*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; solaris*) lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; esac ]) if test "$lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" != yes; then AC_DEFINE([LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [1], [Define if the OS needs help to load dependent libraries for dlopen().]) fi ])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], []) # LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT # ----------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT], [m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([which extension is used for runtime loadable modules], [libltdl_cv_shlibext], [ module=yes eval libltdl_cv_shlibext=$shrext_cmds module=no eval libltdl_cv_shrext=$shrext_cmds ]) if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_EXT])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_EXT], ["$libltdl_cv_shlibext"], [Define to the extension used for runtime loadable modules, say, ".so".]) fi if test "$libltdl_cv_shrext" != "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then m4_pattern_allow([LT_SHARED_EXT])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_SHARED_EXT], ["$libltdl_cv_shrext"], [Define to the shared library suffix, say, ".dylib".]) fi ])# LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], [LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], []) # LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH], [m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([which variable specifies run-time module search path], [lt_cv_module_path_var], [lt_cv_module_path_var="$shlibpath_var"]) if test -n "$lt_cv_module_path_var"; then m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR], ["$lt_cv_module_path_var"], [Define to the name of the environment variable that determines the run-time module search path.]) fi ])# LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], [LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], []) # LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH # -------------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH], [m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([for the default library search path], [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path], [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"]) if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path"; then sys_dlsearch_path= for dir in $lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path; do if test -z "$sys_dlsearch_path"; then sys_dlsearch_path="$dir" else sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_dlsearch_path$PATH_SEPARATOR$dir" fi done m4_pattern_allow([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH], ["$sys_dlsearch_path"], [Define to the system default library search path.]) fi ])# LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], [LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], []) # _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN # ------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN], [m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen], [libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols], [if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=yes else libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=no fi ]) if test x"$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS], [1], [Define if libtool can extract symbol lists from object files.]) fi ])# _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN # LT_LIB_DLLOAD # ------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_DLLOAD], [m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLLOADERS$]) LT_DLLOADERS= AC_SUBST([LT_DLLOADERS]) AC_LANG_PUSH([C]) LIBADD_DLOPEN= AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlopen], [dl], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) if test "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" != "none required" ; then LIBADD_DLOPEN="-ldl" fi libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen="yes" LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"], [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#if HAVE_DLFCN_H # include <dlfcn.h> #endif ]], [[dlopen(0, 0);]])], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) LIBADD_DLOPEN="-lsvld" libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"])])]) if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes then lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN" AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlerror]) LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" fi AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLOPEN]) LIBADD_SHL_LOAD= AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], [Define if you have the shl_load function.]) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], [Define if you have the shl_load function.]) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la" LIBADD_SHL_LOAD="-ldld"])]) AC_SUBST([LIBADD_SHL_LOAD]) case $host_os in darwin[[1567]].*) # We only want this for pre-Mac OS X 10.4. AC_CHECK_FUNC([_dyld_func_lookup], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DYLD], [1], [Define if you have the _dyld_func_lookup function.]) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dyld.la"]) ;; beos*) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}load_add_on.la" ;; cygwin* | mingw* | os2* | pw32*) AC_CHECK_DECLS([cygwin_conv_path], [], [], [[#include <sys/cygwin.h>]]) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}loadlibrary.la" ;; esac AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DLD], [1], [Define if you have the GNU dld library.]) LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dld_link.la"]) AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLD_LINK]) m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLPREOPEN$]) LT_DLPREOPEN= if test -n "$LT_DLLOADERS" then for lt_loader in $LT_DLLOADERS; do LT_DLPREOPEN="$LT_DLPREOPEN-dlpreopen $lt_loader " done AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDLLOADER], [1], [Define if libdlloader will be built on this platform]) fi AC_SUBST([LT_DLPREOPEN]) dnl This isn't used anymore, but set it for backwards compatibility LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DLOPEN $LIBADD_SHL_LOAD" AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DL]) AC_LANG_POP ])# LT_LIB_DLLOAD # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], [LT_LIB_DLLOAD]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], []) # LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE # -------------------- # does the compiler prefix global symbols with an underscore? AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE], [m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([for _ prefix in compiled symbols], [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore], [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=no cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF void nm_test_func(){} int main(){nm_test_func;return 0;} _LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Now try to grab the symbols. ac_nlist=conftest.nm if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist) && test -s "$ac_nlist"; then # See whether the symbols have a leading underscore. if grep '^. _nm_test_func' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=yes else if grep '^. nm_test_func ' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then : else echo "configure: cannot find nm_test_func in $ac_nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi fi else echo "configure: cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat conftest.c >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi rm -rf conftest* ]) sys_symbol_underscore=$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore AC_SUBST([sys_symbol_underscore]) ])# LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], [LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], []) # LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE # -------------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl if test x"$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" = xyes; then if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes ; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=unknown save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN" _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=no], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=yes], [], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=cross]) LIBS="$save_LIBS" ]) fi fi if test x"$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([NEED_USCORE], [1], [Define if dlsym() requires a leading underscore in symbol names.]) fi ])# LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], [LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], []) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 7 ltoptions.m4 # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) # _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # ------------------------------------------ m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # --------------------------------------- # Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a # matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are # saved as a flag. m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl ]) # _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------------------------ # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])]) # _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET) # ------------------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME # are set. m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option), [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3 ])[]dnl ]) # _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST) # ---------------------------------------- # OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated # with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with # LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about # the unknown option and exit. m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS], [# Set options m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)]) m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[ dnl dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not dnl specified: _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no ]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no ]) dnl dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared dnl archives by default: _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) ]) ])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS # _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # ----------------------------------------- m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN], [[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE) # ----------------------------------------------- m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE], [m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl ])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE # dlopen # ------ LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes ]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], []) # win32-dll # --------- # Declare package support for building win32 dll's. LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=yes case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*) AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) ;; esac test -z "$AS" && AS=as _LT_DECL([], [AS], [1], [Assembler program])dnl test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool _LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump _LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl ])# win32-dll AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl _LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], []) # _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------- # implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and # `disable-shared' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0], [Whether or not to build shared libraries]) ])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])]) # Old names: AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], []) # _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------- # implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and # `disable-static' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0], [Whether or not to build static libraries]) ])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])]) # Old names: AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], []) # _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------------- # implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install' # and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0], [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl ])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])]) # Old names: AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) # _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE]) # -------------------- # implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic' # LT_INIT options. # MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC], [AC_ARG_WITH([pic], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} case $withval in yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; *) pic_mode=default # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for lt_pkg in $withval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then pic_mode=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [pic_mode=default]) test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default]) _LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl ])# _LT_WITH_PIC LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])]) # Old name: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], []) m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], []) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])]) m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], []) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable], [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience], [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])]) # ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 ltsugar.m4 # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])]) # lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...]) # ----------------------------- # Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their # associated separator. # Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier # versions in m4sugar had bugs. m4_define([lt_join], [m4_if([$#], [1], [], [$#], [2], [[$2]], [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) m4_define([_lt_join], [m4_if([$#$2], [2], [], [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) # lt_car(LIST) # lt_cdr(LIST) # ------------ # Manipulate m4 lists. # These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support # Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently. m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]]) m4_define([lt_cdr], [m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])], [$#], 1, [], [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])]) m4_define([lt_unquote], $1) # lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR]) # ------------------------------------------ # Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'. # Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended # to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked). # No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different # than defined and empty). # # This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier # versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING. m4_define([lt_append], [m4_define([$1], m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])]) # lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...]) # ---------------------------------------------------------- # Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of # PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list # has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn. # Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62. m4_define([lt_combine], [m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1], [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl [[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2], [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix], ]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[, [_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])]) # lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ]) # ----------------------------------------------------------------------- # Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited # by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ. m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq], [m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1], [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4], [$5])], [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])]) # lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE) # ----------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_add], [m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])]) # lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE) # -------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey], [m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])]) # lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY]) # ---------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_fetch], [m4_ifval([$3], m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]), m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))]) # lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE]) # ----------------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch], [m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4], [$5], [$6])]) # lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...]) # -------------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_filter], [m4_if([$5], [], [], [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])), lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]), [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl ]) # ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*- # # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # @configure_input@ # serial 3337 ltversion.m4 # This file is part of GNU Libtool m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2]) m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337]) AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], [macro_version='2.4.2' macro_revision='1.3337' _LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) _LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) ]) # lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4 # These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool. # # In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN) # which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the # exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong. # # The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN # in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us # using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll # pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define # and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.) # # So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always # included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the # AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything # because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later. # We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. # # Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here. # Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until # we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point # we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])]) m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])]) m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])]) m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])]) # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.11' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.11.3], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.3])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 9 # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, # 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 12 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, [ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. #serial 5 # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking # is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will # need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ]) # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 8 # AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS. AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 16 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], [define([AC_PROG_CC], defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ]) _AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl ]) dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_PROG_LEX # ----------- # Autoconf leaves LEX=: if lex or flex can't be found. Change that to a # "missing" invocation, for better error output. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LEX], [AC_PREREQ(2.50)dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LEX])dnl if test "$LEX" = :; then LEX=${am_missing_run}flex fi]) # Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- # From Jim Meyering # Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, # 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) # ---------------------------------- # Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. # Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. # For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user # can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], [m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], [ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl ] ) AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check to see how make treats includes. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) rm -f confinc confmf ]) # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 # AM_PROG_CC_C_O # -------------- # Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl # FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because # there is no other way. set dummy $CC am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']` eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o if test "$am_t" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our dnl setting of CC. m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])]) ]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check for `mkdir -p'. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], [AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than dnl MKDIR_P). AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl case $mkdir_p in [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 3 # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} # Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and # Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. for _am_tool in $_am_tools do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar]) grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR m4_include([acinclude.m4]) ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�015152� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/configure���������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00001670353�11726771060�017114� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for libratbox devel. # # $Id: configure.ac 27243 2011-10-20 22:48:26Z androsyn $ # # # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, # 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1 test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\${BASH_VERSION+set}\" || ( ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH test \"X\`printf %s \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" \\ || test \"X\`print -r -- \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" ) || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV export CONFIG_SHELL case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, $0: including any error possibly output before this $0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run $0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null exec 6>&1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='libratbox' PACKAGE_TARNAME='libratbox' PACKAGE_VERSION='devel' PACKAGE_STRING='libratbox devel' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' PACKAGE_URL='' ac_default_prefix=/usr/local/libratbox # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include <stdio.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include <sys/stat.h> #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include <memory.h> # endif # include <string.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include <strings.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include <stdint.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #endif" ac_header_list= ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS RB_PREFIX EXTRA_WARNINGS SSL_LIBS SSL_CFLAGS SEDOBJ PICFLAGS GNUTLS_LIBS GNUTLS_CFLAGS PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG ALLOCA CRYPT_LIB NEED_CRYPT_FALSE NEED_CRYPT_TRUE MINGW_FALSE MINGW_TRUE OTOOL64 OTOOL LIPO NMEDIT DSYMUTIL MANIFEST_TOOL RANLIB ac_ct_AR AR DLLTOOL OBJDUMP LN_S NM ac_ct_DUMPBIN DUMPBIN LD FGREP host_os host_vendor host_cpu host build_os build_vendor build_cpu build LIBTOOL RB_RM MV CP MAINT MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE SED EGREP GREP CPP am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__quote am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_dependency_tracking enable_static enable_shared enable_maintainer_mode with_pic enable_fast_install with_gnu_ld with_sysroot enable_libtool_lock enable_ipv6 enable_openssl enable_gnutls enable_assert enable_profile enable_balloc ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS CPP PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR GNUTLS_CFLAGS GNUTLS_LIBS' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2 elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures libratbox devel to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libratbox] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names System types: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libratbox devel:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=no] --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] optimize for fast installation [default=yes] --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) --disable-ipv6 Disable IPv6 support --enable-openssl=DIR Enable OpenSSL support (DIR optional). --disable-openssl Disable OpenSSL support. --enable-gnutls Enable GnuTLS support. --disable-gnutls Disable GnuTLS support. --enable-assert Enable assert(). Choose between soft(warnings) and hard(aborts the daemon) --enable-profile Enable profiling --disable-balloc Disable the block allocator. Optional Packages: --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --with-pic[=PKGS] try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use both] --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] --with-sysroot=DIR Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified). Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory <lib dir> LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library> CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> CPP C preprocessor PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility PKG_CONFIG_PATH directories to add to pkg-config's search path PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path GNUTLS_CFLAGS C compiler flags for GNUTLS, overriding pkg-config GNUTLS_LIBS linker flags for GNUTLS, overriding pkg-config Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to the package provider. _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF libratbox configure devel generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. $Id: configure.ac 27243 2011-10-20 22:48:26Z androsyn $ _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using # the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR # accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if eval \${$3+:} false; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } else # Is the header compilable? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_compiler=yes else ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } # Is the header present? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_preproc=yes else ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( yes:no: ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; no:yes:* ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel # ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_c_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_func # ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_type # ac_fn_c_check_member LINENO AGGR MEMBER VAR INCLUDES # ---------------------------------------------------- # Tries to find if the field MEMBER exists in type AGGR, after including # INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_member () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2.$3" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2.$3... " >&6; } if eval \${$4+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $5 int main () { static $2 ac_aggr; if (ac_aggr.$3) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$4=yes" else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $5 int main () { static $2 ac_aggr; if (sizeof ac_aggr.$3) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$4=yes" else eval "$4=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$4 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_member cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by libratbox $as_me devel, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi as_fn_append ac_header_list " stdlib.h" as_fn_append ac_header_list " unistd.h" as_fn_append ac_header_list " sys/param.h" # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu am__api_version='1.11' ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" case $mkdir_p in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE=libratbox VERSION=devel # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers include/libratbox_config.h" DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 $as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } rm -f confinc confmf # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdio.h> int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdarg.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <string.h> #include <float.h> int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <string.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ctype.h> #include <stdlib.h> #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "minix/config.h" "ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" = xyes; then : MINIX=yes else MINIX= fi if test "$MINIX" = yes; then $as_echo "#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _POSIX_1_SOURCE 2" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _MINIX 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ # define __EXTENSIONS__ 1 $ac_includes_default int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes else ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&6; } test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes && $as_echo "#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _ALL_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _GNU_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdarg.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <wchar.h> #include <stdio.h> // Check varargs macros. These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5. #define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__) #define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__) #define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__)) static void test_varargs_macros (void) { int x = 1234; int y = 5678; debug ("Flag"); debug ("X = %d\n", x); showlist (The first, second, and third items.); report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y); } // Check long long types. #define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull #define BIG32 4294967295ul #define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0) #if !BIG_OK your preprocessor is broken; #endif #if BIG_OK #else your preprocessor is broken; #endif static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL; static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64; struct incomplete_array { int datasize; double data[]; }; struct named_init { int number; const wchar_t *name; double average; }; typedef const char *ccp; static inline int test_restrict (ccp restrict text) { // See if C++-style comments work. // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer. // Also check for declarations in for loops. for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i) continue; return 0; } // Check varargs and va_copy. static void test_varargs (const char *format, ...) { va_list args; va_start (args, format); va_list args_copy; va_copy (args_copy, args); const char *str; int number; float fnumber; while (*format) { switch (*format++) { case 's': // string str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *); break; case 'd': // int number = va_arg (args_copy, int); break; case 'f': // float fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double); break; default: break; } } va_end (args_copy); va_end (args); } int main () { // Check bool. _Bool success = false; // Check restrict. if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0) success = true; char *restrict newvar = "Another string"; // Check varargs. test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234); test_varargs_macros (); // Check flexible array members. struct incomplete_array *ia = malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10)); ia->datasize = 10; for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i) ia->data[i] = i * 1.234; // Check named initializers. struct named_init ni = { .number = 34, .name = L"Test wide string", .average = 543.34343, }; ni.number = 58; int dynamic_array[ni.number]; dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543; // work around unused variable warnings return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x' || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99 do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then : fi if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" = "xno"; then as_fn_error $? "ircd-ratbox requires a C99 capable compiler" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" done echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed { ac_script=; unset ac_script;} if test -z "$SED"; then ac_path_SED_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_SED=$SED fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" rm -f conftest.sed F77=no CXX=no GCJ=no # Check whether --enable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=no fi # Check whether --enable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=yes fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval else USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 $as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' else MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= fi MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing strerror" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing strerror... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char strerror (); int main () { return strerror (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' cposix; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_strerror=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_strerror+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_strerror=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_strerror" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_strerror" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_strerror if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inline" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_inline+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __cplusplus typedef int foo_t; static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } $ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } #endif _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; } case $ac_cv_c_inline in inline | yes) ;; *) case $ac_cv_c_inline in no) ac_val=;; *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; esac cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #ifndef __cplusplus #define inline $ac_val #endif _ACEOF ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_const+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { /* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ typedef int charset[2]; const charset cs; /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ char const *const *pcpcc; char **ppc; /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ struct point {int x, y;}; static struct point const zero = {0,0}; /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */ const char *g = "string"; pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ ++pcpcc; ppc = (char**) pcpcc; pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc; { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ char *t; char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; *t++ = 0; if (s) return 0; } { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ int x[] = {25, 17}; const int *foo = &x[0]; ++foo; } { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ typedef const int *iptr; iptr p = 0; ++p; } { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; struct s *b; b->j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; if (!foo) return 0; } return !cs[0] && !zero.x; #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_const=yes else ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then $as_echo "#define const /**/" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi # Extract the first word of "cp", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cp; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_CP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $CP in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_CP="$CP" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_CP="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi CP=$ac_cv_path_CP if test -n "$CP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CP" >&5 $as_echo "$CP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "mv", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy mv; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_MV+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MV in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_MV="$MV" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_MV="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi MV=$ac_cv_path_MV if test -n "$MV"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MV" >&5 $as_echo "$MV" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "rm", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy rm; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_RB_RM+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $RB_RM in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_RB_RM="$RB_RM" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_RB_RM="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi RB_RM=$ac_cv_path_RB_RM if test -n "$RB_RM"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RB_RM" >&5 $as_echo "$RB_RM" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu enable_dlopen=yes case `pwd` in *\ * | *\ *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; esac macro_version='2.4.2' macro_revision='1.3337' ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Make sure we can run config.sub. $SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_build_alias=$build_alias test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } case $ac_cv_build in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; esac build=$ac_cv_build ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_build shift build_cpu=$1 build_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: build_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "x$host_alias" = x; then ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build else ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } case $ac_cv_host in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; esac host=$ac_cv_host ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_host shift host_cpu=$1 host_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: host_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac # Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within # double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to print strings" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to print strings... " >&6; } # Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='print -r --' elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='printf %s\n' else # Use this function as a fallback that always works. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO='func_fallback_echo' fi # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "" } case "$ECHO" in printf*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: printf" >&5 $as_echo "printf" >&6; } ;; print*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: print -r" >&5 $as_echo "print -r" >&6; } ;; *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cat" >&5 $as_echo "cat" >&6; } ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" done echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed { ac_script=; unset ac_script;} if test -z "$SED"; then ac_path_SED_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_SED=$SED fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" rm -f conftest.sed test -z "$SED" && SED=sed Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_FGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" else if test -z "$FGREP"; then ac_path_FGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in fgrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep # Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } fi if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5 $as_echo "$LD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_NM+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" else # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : # Let the user override the test. else if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 $as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break done fi if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then DUMPBIN=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN fi fi case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in *COFF*) DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" ;; *) DUMPBIN=: ;; esac fi if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then NM="$DUMPBIN" fi fi test -z "$NM" && NM=nm { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_nm_interface+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) cat conftest.err >&5 (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) cat conftest.err >&5 (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&5) cat conftest.out >&5 if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } LN_S=$as_ln_s if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 $as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } fi # find the maximum length of command line arguments { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; mint*) # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; os2*) # The test takes a long time on OS/2. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do teststring=$teststring$teststring done SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but # we can't tell. while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done # Only check the string length outside the loop. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac fi if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 $as_echo "none" >&6; } fi max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len : ${CP="cp -f"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } # Try some XSI features xsi_shell=no ( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ = c,a/b,b/c, \ && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && xsi_shell=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 $as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } lt_shell_append=no ( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && lt_shell_append=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_unset=unset else lt_unset=false fi # test EBCDIC or ASCII case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in A) # ASCII based system # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' ;; *) # EBCDIC based system lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to $host format" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to $host format... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ;; esac ;; *-*-cygwin* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ;; esac ;; * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; esac fi to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else #assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; esac ;; esac fi to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) if test "$GCC" != yes; then reload_cmds=false fi ;; darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then OBJDUMP="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP fi else OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" fi test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[4-9]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[45]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. # func_win32_libid assumes BSD nm, so disallow it if using MS dumpbin. if ( test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "BSD nm" && file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; cegcc*) # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; haiku*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9]\.[0-9]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; *nto* | *qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; tpf*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } file_magic_glob= want_nocaseglob=no if test "$build" = "$host"; then case $host_os in mingw* | pw32*) if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then want_nocaseglob=yes else file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[\1]\/[\1]\/g;/g"` fi ;; esac fi file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then DLLTOOL="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL fi else DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL" fi test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to associate runtime and link libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to associate runtime and link libraries... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in *--identify-strict*) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib ;; *) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ;; esac ;; *) # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&6; } sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in ar do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AR"; then ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AR="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR if test -n "$AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 $as_echo "$AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AR" && break done fi if test -z "$AR"; then ac_ct_AR=$AR for ac_prog in ar do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_AR" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then AR="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac AR=$ac_ct_AR fi fi : ${AR=ar} : ${AR_FLAGS=cru} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for archiver @FILE support" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for archiver @FILE support... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ar_at_file+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ar_at_file=no cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&5' { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ fi fi rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then archiver_list_spec= else archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then RANLIB=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB fi else RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" fi case $host_os in darwin*) lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; *) lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; esac # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[BCDEGRST]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[BCDT]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' ;; hpux*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[BCDEGRST]' ;; osf*) symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[BDRT]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[ABDT]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[DFNSTU]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; esac # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. # Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, # so use this general approach. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function # and D for any global variable. # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, # which start with @ or ?. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ " {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ " /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ " /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ " \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ " / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ " {if(hide[section]) next};"\ " {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ " {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ " s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ " s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ " ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(void); void nm_test_func(void){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist\""; } >&5 (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT_DLSYM_CONST const #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif _LT_EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ LT_DLSYM_CONST struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = { { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, _LT_EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif _LT_EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 $as_echo "failed" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5 $as_echo "ok" >&6; } fi # Response file support. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then nm_file_list_spec='@' elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[@]FILE' >/dev/null; then nm_file_list_spec='@' fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sysroot" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for sysroot... " >&6; } # Check whether --with-sysroot was given. if test "${with_sysroot+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_sysroot; else with_sysroot=no fi lt_sysroot= case ${with_sysroot} in #( yes) if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` fi ;; #( /*) lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; #( no|'') ;; #( *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${with_sysroot}" >&5 $as_echo "${with_sysroot}" >&6; } as_fn_error $? "The sysroot must be an absolute path." "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&5 $as_echo "${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&6; } # Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; fi test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '#line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes else lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; *-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) case $host in i?86-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; sparc*-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" fi ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}mt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}mt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="$MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}mt" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$MANIFEST_TOOL # Extract the first word of "mt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy mt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="mt" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" = x; then MANIFEST_TOOL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL fi else MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL" fi test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&5 $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out cat conftest.err >&5 if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then MANIFEST_TOOL=: fi case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then DSYMUTIL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL fi else DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then NMEDIT=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT fi else NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$LIPO"; then ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO if test -n "$LIPO"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5 $as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then LIPO=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO fi else LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL if test -n "$OTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then OTOOL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL fi else OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 $as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then OTOOL64=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 fi else OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. rm -rf libconftest.dylib* echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&5 # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from # the compiler, it worked. elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes else cat conftest.err >&5 fi rm -rf libconftest.dylib* rm -f conftest.* fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -force_load linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -force_load linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_force_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_force_load=no cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int forced_loaded() { return 2;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&5 echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&5 $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&5 echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&5 $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&5 cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int main() { return 0;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&5 $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&5 elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes else cat conftest.err >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c rm -rf conftest.dSYM fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&6; } case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # darwin 5.x on # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[012]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac for ac_header in dlfcn.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default " if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 _ACEOF fi done # Set options enable_win32_dll=no # Check whether --with-pic was given. if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_pic; lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} case $withval in yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; *) pic_mode=default # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for lt_pkg in $withval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then pic_mode=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else pic_mode=default fi test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_fast_install=yes fi # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_objdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } objdir=$lt_cv_objdir cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" _ACEOF case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Global variables: ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi fi ;; esac # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script lt_save_CC="$CC" ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o objext=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other # tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. compiler_DEFAULT=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM -r conftest* if test -n "$compiler"; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $cc_basename in nvcc*) lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes fi fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" else : fi fi lt_prog_compiler_wl= lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_static= if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. lt_prog_compiler_static= ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no enable_shared=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic fi ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac case $cc_basename in nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Xlinker ' if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then lt_prog_compiler_pic="-Xcompiler $lt_prog_compiler_pic" fi ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. ecc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. icc* | ifort*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; # Lahey Fortran 8.1. lf95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' ;; nagfor*) # NAG Fortran compiler lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [1-7].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[0-3]*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='' ;; *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' ;; *Intel*\ [CF]*Compiler*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; *Portland\ Group*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; esac ;; newsos6) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; *) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; uts4*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_prog_compiler_pic fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } lt_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes fi fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no fi fi # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $RM conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } runpath_var= allow_undefined_flag= always_export_symbols=no archive_cmds= archive_expsym_cmds= compiler_needs_object=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no export_dynamic_flag_spec= export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' hardcode_automatic=no hardcode_direct=no hardcode_direct_absolute=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported inherit_rpath=no link_all_deplibs=unknown module_cmds= module_expsym_cmds= old_archive_from_new_cmds= old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= thread_safe_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. extract_expsyms_cmds= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) link_all_deplibs=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker # that we're better off using the native interface for both. lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then case $host_os in aix*) # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[2-9]*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [3-9]*) ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac fi if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils *** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. *** You will then need to restart the configuration process. _LT_EOF fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='' ;; m68k) archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-all-symbols' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[ ]__nm__\([^ ]*\)[ ][^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[ ]/d;/^[AITW][ ]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' exclude_expsyms='[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname' if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; haiku*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' link_all_deplibs=yes ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) tmp_diet=no if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then case $cc_basename in diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) esac fi if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ && test "$tmp_diet" = no then tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' tmp_sharedflag='-shared' case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 whole_archive_flag_spec= tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; xl[cC]* | bgxl[cC]* | mpixl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' tmp_addflag= ;; nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' compiler_needs_object=yes ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' compiler_needs_object=yes tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; esac archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi case $cc_basename in xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; esac else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then runpath_var= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= export_dynamic_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds='' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi link_all_deplibs=no else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }' lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" fi fi aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }' lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" fi fi aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' fi archive_cmds_need_lc=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='' ;; m68k) archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; bsdi[45]*) export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. case $cc_basename in cl*) # Native MSVC hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes file_list_spec='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, )='true' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes exclude_expsyms='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # Don't use ranlib old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' postlink_cmds='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_direct=no hardcode_automatic=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then whole_archive_flag_spec='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' else whole_archive_flag_spec='' fi link_all_deplibs=yes allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" case $cc_basename in ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; esac if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; dgux*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2.*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC understands -b" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $CC understands -b... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler__b+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -b" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" = xyes; then archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_direct_absolute=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and # implicitly export all symbols. # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int foo (void) { return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes else lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&6; } if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' fi else archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: inherit_rpath=yes link_all_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; newsos6) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_direct_absolute=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' fi archive_cmds_need_lc='no' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' else case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Compilers 5.0"*) wlarc='' archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; *) wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; esac fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac link_all_deplibs=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' hardcode_direct=no ;; motorola) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then case $host in sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' ;; esac fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else $RM conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag allow_undefined_flag= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=no else lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=yes fi allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $RM conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } archive_cmds_need_lc=$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g" ;; *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` case $lt_search_path_spec in *\;*) # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` ;; *) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; esac # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths # for these hosts. case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ $SED 's,/\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g'` ;; esac sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' ;; m68k) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$cc_basename in yes,*) # gcc library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; fi' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api" ;; mingw* | cegcc*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; *,cl*) # Native MSVC libname_spec='$name' soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' case $build_os in mingw*) sys_lib_search_path_spec= lt_save_ifs=$IFS IFS=';' for lt_path in $LIB do IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" done IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Convert to MSYS style. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([a-zA-Z]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` ;; cygwin*) # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; *) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") ;; esac # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; esac # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[23].*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2.*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; haiku*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' # or fails outright, so override atomically: install_override_mode=555 ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH if ${lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS save_libdir=$libdir eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then : lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS libdir=$save_libdir fi shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; *nto* | *qnx*) version_type=qnx need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; tpf*) # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; uts4*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || test -n "$runpath_var" || test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existent directories. if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes fi ;; *) ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char shl_load (); int main () { return shl_load (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" else ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen" if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dld_link (); int main () { return dld_link (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" fi fi fi fi fi fi ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; } _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; } _LT_EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi striplib= old_striplib= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi ;; *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } ;; esac fi # Report which library types will actually be built { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" # Only expand once: if test "X$CC" != "X"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector... " >&6; } if ${ssp_cv_cc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ssp_cv_cc=yes else ssp_cv_cc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ssp_cv_cc" >&5 $as_echo "$ssp_cv_cc" >&6; } if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" $as_echo "#define ENABLE_SSP_CC 1" >>confdefs.h fi fi cc_accepts_flag() { cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$*" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts $@" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts $@... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main(){return 0;} _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : RC=0; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else RC=1; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext CFLAGS="$cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS" return $RC } if cc_accepts_flag -fno-strict-aliasing; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing" fi WARNLIST=" all cast-qual missing-declarations missing-prototypes nested-externs shadow write-strings no-unused unused-function unused-variable" for j in $WARNLIST; do if cc_accepts_flag -W$j; then EXTRA_WARNINGS="$EXTRA_WARNINGS -W$j"; fi done LIBTOOL="$LIBTOOL --silent" case "$host_os" in *cygwin*) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define CYGWIN 1 _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define WINDOWS 1 _ACEOF ;; *mingw*) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define MINGW 1 _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define WINDOWS 1 _ACEOF ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "windows.h" "ac_cv_header_windows_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_windows_h" = xyes; then : else as_fn_error $? "** MinGW and no windows.h. I give up." "$LINENO" 5 fi ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "winsock2.h" "ac_cv_header_winsock2_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_winsock2_h" = xyes; then : else as_fn_error $? "** MinGW and no winsock2.h. I give up." "$LINENO" 5 fi cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_WINSOCK2_H 1 _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_WINSOCK_H 1 _ACEOF LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -liphlpapi" is_mingw="yes" ;; *interix*) CPPFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_ALL_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" ;; *solaris*) CPPFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS -D_XPG4_2" ;; *) ;; esac if test "$is_mingw" = "yes"; then MINGW_TRUE= MINGW_FALSE='#' else MINGW_TRUE='#' MINGW_FALSE= fi # backwards support for IRC_CFLAGS CFLAGS="$IRC_CFLAGS $CFLAGS -Wall" if test "$libexecdir" = '${exec_prefix}/libexec' && test "$localstatedir" = '${prefix}/var'; then libexecdir='${bindir}' localstatedir='${prefix}' fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "pid_t" "ac_cv_type_pid_t" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_pid_t" = xyes; then : else cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define pid_t int _ACEOF fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "size_t" "ac_cv_type_size_t" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_size_t" = xyes; then : else cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define size_t unsigned int _ACEOF fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "ssize_t" "ac_cv_type_ssize_t" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_ssize_t" = xyes; then : else cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define ssize_t int _ACEOF fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for uid_t in sys/types.h" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for uid_t in sys/types.h... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_type_uid_t+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <sys/types.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "uid_t" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ac_cv_type_uid_t=yes else ac_cv_type_uid_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_type_uid_t = no; then $as_echo "#define uid_t int" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define gid_t int" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <string.h> #include <float.h> int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <string.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ctype.h> #include <stdlib.h> #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_header in crypt.h unistd.h sys/socket.h sys/stat.h sys/time.h time.h netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h errno.h sys/uio.h spawn.h sys/poll.h sys/epoll.h sys/select.h sys/devpoll.h sys/event.h port.h signal.h sys/signalfd.h sys/timerfd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_time+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/time.h> #include <time.h> int main () { if ((struct tm *) 0) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_time=yes else ac_cv_header_time=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_time" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then $as_echo "#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing socket" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing socket... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char socket (); int main () { return socket (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' socket; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_socket=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_socket+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_socket=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_socket" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_socket" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_socket if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi ac_fn_c_check_member "$LINENO" "struct sockaddr" "sa_len" "ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len" " #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H #include <sys/socket.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H #include <winsock2.h> #endif " if test "x$ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define SOCKADDR_IN_HAS_LEN 1" >>confdefs.h fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "socklen_t" "ac_cv_type_socklen_t" "#include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> " if test "x$ac_cv_type_socklen_t" = xyes; then : rb_cv_socklen_t=socklen_t else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for socklen_t equivalent" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for socklen_t equivalent... " >&6; } if ${rb_cv_socklen_t+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Systems have either "struct sockaddr *" or # "void *" as the second argument to getpeername rb_cv_socklen_t= for arg2 in "struct sockaddr" void; do for t in int size_t unsigned long "unsigned long"; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H #include <sys/socket.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H #include <winsock2.h> #endif int getpeername (int, $arg2 *, $t *); int main () { $t len; getpeername(0,0,&len); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : rb_cv_socklen_t="$t" break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext done done if test "x$rb_cv_socklen_t" = x; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Cannot find a type to use in place of socklen_t using int" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cannot find a type to use in place of socklen_t using int" >&2;} rb_cv_socklen_t=int fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $rb_cv_socklen_t" >&5 $as_echo "$rb_cv_socklen_t" >&6; } fi rb_socklen_t=$rb_cv_socklen_t # Check whether --enable-ipv6 was given. if test "${enable_ipv6+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_ipv6; ipv6=$enableval else ipv6=yes fi if test x$ipv6 != xyes; then have_v6="no" else have_v6=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for INET6 protocol support" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for INET6 protocol support... " >&6; } if ${rb_cv_proto_inet6+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #ifndef PF_INET6 #error Missing PF_INET6 #endif #ifndef AF_INET6 #error Mlssing AF_INET6 #endif _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : rb_cv_proto_inet6=yes else rb_cv_proto_inet6=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $rb_cv_proto_inet6" >&5 $as_echo "$rb_cv_proto_inet6" >&6; } if test "X$rb_cv_proto_inet6" = "Xyes"; then : else : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Disabling IPv6 support: PF_INET6 not found" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: Disabling IPv6 support: PF_INET6 not found" >&6;} have_v6=no fi if test "X$have_v6" = "Xyes"; then rb_have_sockaddr_in6= ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "struct sockaddr_in6" "ac_cv_type_struct_sockaddr_in6" " #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #include <netinet/in.h> " if test "x$ac_cv_type_struct_sockaddr_in6" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 1 _ACEOF rb_have_sockaddr_in6=yes else rb_have_sockaddr_in6=no fi if test "X$rb_have_sockaddr_in6" = "Xyes"; then : else : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Disabling IPv6 support: struct sockaddr_in6 not found" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: Disabling IPv6 support: struct sockaddr_in6 not found" >&6;} have_v6=no fi fi fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "struct sockaddr_storage" "ac_cv_type_struct_sockaddr_storage" " #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> " if test "x$ac_cv_type_struct_sockaddr_storage" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE 1 _ACEOF rb_have_sockaddr_storage=yes fi save_LIBS=$LIBS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing crypt" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing crypt... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_crypt+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char crypt (); int main () { return crypt (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' crypt descrypt; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_crypt=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_crypt+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_crypt+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_crypt=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_crypt" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_crypt" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_crypt if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi LIBS=$save_LIBS CRYPT_LIB=$ac_cv_search_crypt if test "$CRYPT_LIB" = "none required"; then unset CRYPT_LIB elif test "$CRYPT_LIB" = no; then need_crypt=yes; $as_echo "#define NEED_CRYPT 1" >>confdefs.h unset CRYPT_LIB fi if test x"$need_crypt" = "xyes"; then NEED_CRYPT_TRUE= NEED_CRYPT_FALSE='#' else NEED_CRYPT_TRUE='#' NEED_CRYPT_FALSE= fi ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "stdarg.h" "ac_cv_header_stdarg_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdarg_h" = xyes; then : else as_fn_error $? "** stdarg.h could not be found - libratbox will not compile without it **" "$LINENO" 5 fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "sa_family_t" "ac_cv_type_sa_family_t" "#include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> " if test "x$ac_cv_type_sa_family_t" = xyes; then : else $as_echo "#define sa_family_t u_int16_t" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_func in socketpair gettimeofday writev sendmsg gmtime_r strtok_r usleep posix_spawn strlcpy strlcat strnlen fstat signalfd select poll kevent port_create epoll_ctl arc4random getrusage timerfd_create do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing nanosleep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing nanosleep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char nanosleep (); int main () { return nanosleep (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' rt posix4; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_nanosleep=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_nanosleep=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_nanosleep" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_nanosleep" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_nanosleep if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" $as_echo "#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing timer_create" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing timer_create... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_timer_create+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char timer_create (); int main () { return timer_create (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' rt; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_timer_create=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_timer_create+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_timer_create+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_timer_create=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_timer_create" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_timer_create" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_timer_create if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" $as_echo "#define HAVE_TIMER_CREATE 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a working timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a working timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)... " >&6; } if ${rb__cv_timer_create_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : rb__cv_timer_create_works=no else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef HAVE_TIME_H #include <time.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL_H #include <signal.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { #if HAVE_TIMER_CREATE struct sigevent ev; timer_t timer; ev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL; ev.sigev_signo = SIGVTALRM; if (timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ev, &timer) != 0) { return 1; } #else return 1; #endif return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : rb__cv_timer_create_works=yes else rb__cv_timer_create_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $rb__cv_timer_create_works" >&5 $as_echo "$rb__cv_timer_create_works" >&6; } case $rb__cv_timer_create_works in yes) $as_echo "#define USE_TIMER_CREATE 1" >>confdefs.h ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a working timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a working timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)... " >&6; } if ${rb__cv_timerfd_create_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=no else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef HAVE_TIME_H #include <time.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL_H #include <signal.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H #include <sys/timerfd.h> #endif int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { #if defined(HAVE_TIMERFD_CREATE) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H) if (timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, 0) < 0) { return 1; } #else return 1; #endif return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=yes else rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $rb__cv_timerfd_create_works" >&5 $as_echo "$rb__cv_timerfd_create_works" >&6; } case $rb__cv_timerfd_create_works in yes) $as_echo "#define USE_TIMERFD_CREATE 1" >>confdefs.h ;; esac # The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works # for constant arguments. Useless! { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working alloca.h... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <alloca.h> int main () { char *p = (char *) alloca (2 * sizeof (int)); if (p) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_working_alloca_h=yes else ac_cv_working_alloca_h=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for alloca" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for alloca... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_alloca_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include <malloc.h> # define alloca _alloca # else # ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include <alloca.h> # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ void *alloca (size_t); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif int main () { char *p = (char *) alloca (1); if (p) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes else ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1" >>confdefs.h else # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. ALLOCA=\${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext $as_echo "#define C_ALLOCA 1" >>confdefs.h { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_os_cray+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2 webecray #else wenotbecray #endif _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : ac_cv_os_cray=yes else ac_cv_os_cray=no fi rm -f conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_os_cray" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_os_cray" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func _ACEOF break fi done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking stack direction for C alloca... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_stack_direction+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default int find_stack_direction () { static char *addr = 0; auto char dummy; if (addr == 0) { addr = &dummy; return find_stack_direction (); } else return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1; } int main () { return find_stack_direction () < 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 else ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&6; } cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction _ACEOF fi for ac_header in vfork.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "vfork.h" "ac_cv_header_vfork_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_vfork_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_VFORK_H 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_func in fork vfork do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork" = xyes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working fork" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working fork... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_fork_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_func_fork_works=cross else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default int main () { /* By Ruediger Kuhlmann. */ return fork () < 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes else ac_cv_func_fork_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&6; } else ac_cv_func_fork_works=$ac_cv_func_fork fi if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then case $host in *-*-amigaos* | *-*-msdosdjgpp*) # Override, as these systems have only a dummy fork() stub ac_cv_func_fork_works=no ;; *) ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&2;} fi ac_cv_func_vfork_works=$ac_cv_func_vfork if test "x$ac_cv_func_vfork" = xyes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working vfork" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working vfork... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_vfork_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_func_vfork_works=cross else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Thanks to Paul Eggert for this test. */ $ac_includes_default #include <sys/wait.h> #ifdef HAVE_VFORK_H # include <vfork.h> #endif /* On some sparc systems, changes by the child to local and incoming argument registers are propagated back to the parent. The compiler is told about this with #include <vfork.h>, but some compilers (e.g. gcc -O) don't grok <vfork.h>. Test for this by using a static variable whose address is put into a register that is clobbered by the vfork. */ static void #ifdef __cplusplus sparc_address_test (int arg) # else sparc_address_test (arg) int arg; #endif { static pid_t child; if (!child) { child = vfork (); if (child < 0) { perror ("vfork"); _exit(2); } if (!child) { arg = getpid(); write(-1, "", 0); _exit (arg); } } } int main () { pid_t parent = getpid (); pid_t child; sparc_address_test (0); child = vfork (); if (child == 0) { /* Here is another test for sparc vfork register problems. This test uses lots of local variables, at least as many local variables as main has allocated so far including compiler temporaries. 4 locals are enough for gcc 1.40.3 on a Solaris 4.1.3 sparc, but we use 8 to be safe. A buggy compiler should reuse the register of parent for one of the local variables, since it will think that parent can't possibly be used any more in this routine. Assigning to the local variable will thus munge parent in the parent process. */ pid_t p = getpid(), p1 = getpid(), p2 = getpid(), p3 = getpid(), p4 = getpid(), p5 = getpid(), p6 = getpid(), p7 = getpid(); /* Convince the compiler that p..p7 are live; otherwise, it might use the same hardware register for all 8 local variables. */ if (p != p1 || p != p2 || p != p3 || p != p4 || p != p5 || p != p6 || p != p7) _exit(1); /* On some systems (e.g. IRIX 3.3), vfork doesn't separate parent from child file descriptors. If the child closes a descriptor before it execs or exits, this munges the parent's descriptor as well. Test for this by closing stdout in the child. */ _exit(close(fileno(stdout)) != 0); } else { int status; struct stat st; while (wait(&status) != child) ; return ( /* Was there some problem with vforking? */ child < 0 /* Did the child fail? (This shouldn't happen.) */ || status /* Did the vfork/compiler bug occur? */ || parent != getpid() /* Did the file descriptor bug occur? */ || fstat(fileno(stdout), &st) != 0 ); } } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_vfork_works=yes else ac_cv_func_vfork_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&6; } fi; if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then ac_cv_func_vfork_works=$ac_cv_func_vfork { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&2;} fi if test "x$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" = xyes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_WORKING_VFORK 1" >>confdefs.h else $as_echo "#define vfork fork" >>confdefs.h fi if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xyes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_WORKING_FORK 1" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_header in $ac_header_list do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_func in getpagesize do : ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "getpagesize" "ac_cv_func_getpagesize" if test "x$ac_cv_func_getpagesize" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working mmap" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working mmap... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default /* malloc might have been renamed as rpl_malloc. */ #undef malloc /* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test. Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities: mmap private not fixed mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped mmap shared not fixed mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read() back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different address. (There have been systems where private was not correctly implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the VM page cache was not coherent with the file system buffer cache like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.) For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get propagated back to all the places they're supposed to be. Grep wants private fixed already mapped. The main things grep needs to know about mmap are: * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area * how to use it (BSD variants) */ #include <fcntl.h> #include <sys/mman.h> #if !defined STDC_HEADERS && !defined HAVE_STDLIB_H char *malloc (); #endif /* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */ #ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE # ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) # else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # include <sys/param.h> # ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE # else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef NBPG # define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE # ifndef CLSIZE # define CLSIZE 1 # endif /* no CLSIZE */ # else /* no NBPG */ # ifdef NBPC # define getpagesize() NBPC # else /* no NBPC */ # ifdef PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() PAGESIZE # endif /* PAGESIZE */ # endif /* no NBPC */ # endif /* no NBPG */ # endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */ # endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ #endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ int main () { char *data, *data2, *data3; const char *cdata2; int i, pagesize; int fd, fd2; pagesize = getpagesize (); /* First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */ data = (char *) malloc (pagesize); if (!data) return 1; for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data + i) = rand (); umask (0); fd = creat ("conftest.mmap", 0600); if (fd < 0) return 2; if (write (fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize) return 3; close (fd); /* Next, check that the tail of a page is zero-filled. File must have non-zero length, otherwise we risk SIGBUS for entire page. */ fd2 = open ("conftest.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, 0600); if (fd2 < 0) return 4; cdata2 = ""; if (write (fd2, cdata2, 1) != 1) return 5; data2 = (char *) mmap (0, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, fd2, 0L); if (data2 == MAP_FAILED) return 6; for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data2 + i)) return 7; close (fd2); if (munmap (data2, pagesize)) return 8; /* Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which already has something else allocated at it. If we can, also make sure that we see the same garbage. */ fd = open ("conftest.mmap", O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) return 9; if (data2 != mmap (data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L)) return 10; for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i)) return 11; /* Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area do not percolate back to the file as seen by read(). (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.) */ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1; data3 = (char *) malloc (pagesize); if (!data3) return 12; if (read (fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize) return 13; for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i)) return 14; close (fd); return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes else ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_MMAP 1" >>confdefs.h fi rm -f conftest.mmap conftest.txt { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for /dev/poll" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for /dev/poll... " >&6; } if test -c "/dev/poll"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } $as_echo "#define HAVE_DEVPOLL 1" >>confdefs.h else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "$is_mingw" = "yes"; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_WIN32 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for OpenSSL" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for OpenSSL... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-openssl was given. if test "${enable_openssl+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_openssl; cf_enable_openssl=$enableval else cf_enable_openssl="auto" fi if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "no" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "auto" && test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "yes" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="`echo ${cf_enable_openssl} | sed 's/\/$//'`" else for dirs in /usr/local/ssl /usr/pkg /usr/local \ /usr/local/openssl ; do if test -f "${dirs}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="${dirs}" break fi done unset dirs fi if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then if test -f "${cf_openssl_basedir}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then SSL_CFLAGS="-I${cf_openssl_basedir}/include" SSL_LIBS="-L${cf_openssl_basedir}/lib $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else cf_openssl_basedir="" fi else if test -f "/usr/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="/usr" fi fi if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cf_openssl_basedir" >&5 $as_echo "$cf_openssl_basedir" >&6; } cf_enable_openssl="yes" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found. Specify a correct path?" >&5 $as_echo "not found. Specify a correct path?" >&6; } cf_enable_openssl="no" fi unset cf_openssl_basedir else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: disabled" >&5 $as_echo "disabled" >&6; } fi save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_CFLAGS" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $SSL_LIBS" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for RAND_status in -lcrypto" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for RAND_status in -lcrypto... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lcrypto $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char RAND_status (); int main () { return RAND_status (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status=yes else ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_crypto_RAND_status" = xyes; then : cf_enable_openssl=yes else cf_enable_openssl=no fi fi if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SSL_read in -lssl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for SSL_read in -lssl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lssl -lcrypto $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char SSL_read (); int main () { return SSL_read (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read=yes else ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ssl_SSL_read" = xyes; then : SSL_LIBS="$SSL_LIBS -lssl -lcrypto $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else cf_enable_openssl=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GnuTLS" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GnuTLS... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-gnutls was given. if test "${enable_gnutls+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_gnutls; cf_enable_gnutls=$enableval else cf_enable_gnutls="auto" fi if test "$cf_enable_gnutls" != no; then if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then PKG_CONFIG="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG fi else PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" fi fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi pkg_failed=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNUTLS" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNUTLS... " >&6; } if test -n "$GNUTLS_CFLAGS"; then pkg_cv_GNUTLS_CFLAGS="$GNUTLS_CFLAGS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"gnutls\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "gnutls") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_GNUTLS_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "gnutls" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test -n "$GNUTLS_LIBS"; then pkg_cv_GNUTLS_LIBS="$GNUTLS_LIBS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"gnutls\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "gnutls") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_GNUTLS_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "gnutls" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test $pkg_failed = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then GNUTLS_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "gnutls" 2>&1` else GNUTLS_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "gnutls" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$GNUTLS_PKG_ERRORS" >&5 cf_enable_gnutls="no" elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } cf_enable_gnutls="no" else GNUTLS_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_GNUTLS_CFLAGS GNUTLS_LIBS=$pkg_cv_GNUTLS_LIBS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } cf_enable_gnutls="yes" fi fi if test "$cf_enable_gnutls" = "auto" -a "$cf_enable_openssl" = "yes"; then cf_enable_gnutls="no" fi if test x"$cf_enable_openssl" != xno; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_OPENSSL 1" >>confdefs.h GNUTLS_CFLAGS="" GNUTLS_LIBS="" SSL_TYPE="openssl" elif test x"$cf_enable_gnutls" != xno; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_GNUTLS 1" >>confdefs.h SSL_LIBS="" SSL_CFLAGS="" SSL_TYPE="gnutls" fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" # Check whether --enable-assert was given. if test "${enable_assert+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_assert; assert=$enableval else assert=no fi if test "$assert" = no; then $as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h elif test "$assert" = soft; then $as_echo "#define SOFT_ASSERT 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h elif test "$assert" = yes; then assert = "hard"; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if you want to do a profile build" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if you want to do a profile build... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-profile was given. if test "${enable_profile+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_profile; profile=$enableval else profile=no fi if test "$profile" = yes; then if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg -static" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes, adding -pg -static" >&5 $as_echo "yes, adding -pg -static" >&6; } $as_echo "#define RATBOX_PROFILE 1" >>confdefs.h else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, profile builds only work with gcc" >&5 $as_echo "no, profile builds only work with gcc" >&6; } fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Check whether --enable-balloc was given. if test "${enable_balloc+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_balloc; balloc=$enableval else balloc=yes fi if test "$balloc" = no; then $as_echo "#define NOBALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h fi if test "$prefix" = "NONE"; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define RB_PREFIX "$ac_default_prefix" _ACEOF else prefix=`echo $prefix | sed 's/\/$//'` cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define RB_PREFIX "$prefix" _ACEOF fi ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands include/librb-config.h" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files src/Makefile Makefile" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MINGW_TRUE}" && test -z "${MINGW_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MINGW\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${NEED_CRYPT_TRUE}" && test -z "${NEED_CRYPT_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"NEED_CRYPT\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by libratbox $as_me devel, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac case $ac_config_headers in *" "*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_headers="$ac_config_headers" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to the package provider." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ libratbox config.status devel configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header as_fn_error $? "ambiguous option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' enable_static='`$ECHO "$enable_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_shared='`$ECHO "$enable_shared" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' macro_version='`$ECHO "$macro_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' macro_revision='`$ECHO "$macro_revision" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' pic_mode='`$ECHO "$pic_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "$enable_fast_install" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' SHELL='`$ECHO "$SHELL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' ECHO='`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' PATH_SEPARATOR='`$ECHO "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host_alias='`$ECHO "$host_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host='`$ECHO "$host" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' host_os='`$ECHO "$host_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build_alias='`$ECHO "$build_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build='`$ECHO "$build" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' build_os='`$ECHO "$build_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' SED='`$ECHO "$SED" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' Xsed='`$ECHO "$Xsed" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' GREP='`$ECHO "$GREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' EGREP='`$ECHO "$EGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' FGREP='`$ECHO "$FGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LD='`$ECHO "$LD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' NM='`$ECHO "$NM" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LN_S='`$ECHO "$LN_S" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "$max_cmd_len" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' ac_objext='`$ECHO "$ac_objext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' exeext='`$ECHO "$exeext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_unset='`$ECHO "$lt_unset" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "$lt_SP2NL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "$lt_NL2SP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' reload_flag='`$ECHO "$reload_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' reload_cmds='`$ECHO "$reload_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "$OBJDUMP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "$deplibs_check_method" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "$file_magic_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_magic_glob='`$ECHO "$file_magic_glob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' want_nocaseglob='`$ECHO "$want_nocaseglob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "$DLLTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='`$ECHO "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' AR='`$ECHO "$AR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "$AR_FLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archiver_list_spec='`$ECHO "$archiver_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' STRIP='`$ECHO "$STRIP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' RANLIB='`$ECHO "$RANLIB" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lock_old_archive_extraction='`$ECHO "$lock_old_archive_extraction" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' CC='`$ECHO "$CC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' CFLAGS='`$ECHO "$CFLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' compiler='`$ECHO "$compiler" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' GCC='`$ECHO "$GCC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' nm_file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$nm_file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_sysroot='`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' objdir='`$ECHO "$objdir" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "$MAGIC_CMD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_locks='`$ECHO "$need_locks" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' MANIFEST_TOOL='`$ECHO "$MANIFEST_TOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "$DSYMUTIL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' NMEDIT='`$ECHO "$NMEDIT" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LIPO='`$ECHO "$LIPO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OTOOL='`$ECHO "$OTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' OTOOL64='`$ECHO "$OTOOL64" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' libext='`$ECHO "$libext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "$shrext_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "$compiler_needs_object" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' module_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "$with_gnu_ld" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$allow_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$no_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "$hardcode_minus_L" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "$hardcode_automatic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "$inherit_rpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "$link_all_deplibs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "$always_export_symbols" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "$export_symbols_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "$exclude_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' include_expsyms='`$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "$prelink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postlink_cmds='`$ECHO "$postlink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "$variables_saved_for_relink" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$need_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' need_version='`$ECHO "$need_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' version_type='`$ECHO "$version_type" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' runpath_var='`$ECHO "$runpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' libname_spec='`$ECHO "$libname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' library_names_spec='`$ECHO "$library_names_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' soname_spec='`$ECHO "$soname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' install_override_mode='`$ECHO "$install_override_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' finish_cmds='`$ECHO "$finish_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' finish_eval='`$ECHO "$finish_eval" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "$hardcode_into_libs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' hardcode_action='`$ECHO "$hardcode_action" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' old_striplib='`$ECHO "$old_striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' striplib='`$ECHO "$striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' LTCC='$LTCC' LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # Quote evaled strings. for var in SHELL \ ECHO \ PATH_SEPARATOR \ SED \ GREP \ EGREP \ FGREP \ LD \ NM \ LN_S \ lt_SP2NL \ lt_NL2SP \ reload_flag \ OBJDUMP \ deplibs_check_method \ file_magic_cmd \ file_magic_glob \ want_nocaseglob \ DLLTOOL \ sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd \ AR \ AR_FLAGS \ archiver_list_spec \ STRIP \ RANLIB \ CC \ CFLAGS \ compiler \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ nm_file_list_spec \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ lt_prog_compiler_pic \ lt_prog_compiler_wl \ lt_prog_compiler_static \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ need_locks \ MANIFEST_TOOL \ DSYMUTIL \ NMEDIT \ LIPO \ OTOOL \ OTOOL64 \ shrext_cmds \ export_dynamic_flag_spec \ whole_archive_flag_spec \ compiler_needs_object \ with_gnu_ld \ allow_undefined_flag \ no_undefined_flag \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ hardcode_libdir_separator \ exclude_expsyms \ include_expsyms \ file_list_spec \ variables_saved_for_relink \ libname_spec \ library_names_spec \ soname_spec \ install_override_mode \ finish_eval \ old_striplib \ striplib; do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done # Double-quote double-evaled strings. for var in reload_cmds \ old_postinstall_cmds \ old_postuninstall_cmds \ old_archive_cmds \ extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_archive_from_new_cmds \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ archive_cmds \ archive_expsym_cmds \ module_cmds \ module_expsym_cmds \ export_symbols_cmds \ prelink_cmds \ postlink_cmds \ postinstall_cmds \ postuninstall_cmds \ finish_cmds \ sys_lib_search_path_spec \ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' VERSION='$VERSION' TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' RM='$RM' ofile='$ofile' if test x$ac_cv_header_stdc = xyes; then rb_header_stdc=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h = xyes; then rb_header_stdlib_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_string_h = xyes; then rb_header_string_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_memory_h = xyes; then rb_header_memory_h=yes fi if test "x${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+set}" = xset ; then rb_alloca_h="$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" else rb_alloc_h="$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" fi if test x$ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len = xyes; then rb_sockaddr_sa_len=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_socket_h = xyes; then rb_sys_socket_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_types_h = xyes; then rb_sys_types_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_stat_h = xyes; then rb_sys_stat_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h = xyes; then rb_sys_time_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_time = xyes; then rb_time_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_stdint_h = xyes; then rb_stdint_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = xyes; then rb_inttypes_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_netinet_in_h = xyes; then rb_netinet_in_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_crypt_h = xyes; then rb_crypt_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_errno_h = xyes; then rb_errno_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_unistd_h = xyes; then rb_unistd_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_windows_h = xyes; then rb_windows_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_winsock2_h = xyes; then rb_winsock2_h=yes fi rb_socklen_t=$rb_socklen_t if test "x$rb_have_sockaddr_storage" = "xyes"; then rb_sockaddr_storage="yes" else rb_sockaddr_storage="no" fi rb_have_ipv6="$have_v6" rb_mv="$MV" rb_rm="$RM" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "include/libratbox_config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS include/libratbox_config.h" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; "include/librb-config.h") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS include/librb-config.h" ;; "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;; "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' <conf$$subs.awk | sed ' /^[^""]/{ N s/\n// } ' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. # This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then cat >"$ac_tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || BEGIN { _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as # here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. # Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease # handling of long lines. ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false :; do ac_tt=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` if test -z "$ac_tt"; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done # For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, # likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash # newline sequences. ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* sed -n ' s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t rset :rset s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / t def d :def s/\\$// t bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3"/p s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p d :bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont d :cont n s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t clear :clear s/\\$// t bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p d :bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p b cont ' <confdefs.h | sed ' s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\\ "/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } /^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { line = \$ 0 split(line, arg, " ") if (arg[1] == "#") { defundef = arg[2] mac1 = arg[3] } else { defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) mac1 = arg[2] } split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) macro = mac2[1] prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) if (D_is_set[macro]) { # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] next } else { # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. if (defundef == "undef") { print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" next } } } { print } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 as_fn_error $? "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :H) # # CONFIG_HEADER # if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" } >"$ac_tmp/config.h" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 if diff "$ac_file" "$ac_tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else rm -f "$ac_file" mv "$ac_tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 fi else $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. _am_arg="$ac_file" _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || $as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$_am_arg" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || $as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || $as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ;; "libtool":C) # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $RM "$cfgfile" cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" #! $SHELL # `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is part of GNU Libtool. # # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of # the License, or (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or # obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. available_tags="" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Which release of libtool.m4 was used? macro_version=$macro_version macro_revision=$macro_revision # What type of objects to build. pic_mode=$pic_mode # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # An echo program that protects backslashes. ECHO=$lt_ECHO # The PATH separator for the build system. PATH_SEPARATOR=$lt_PATH_SEPARATOR # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # A sed program that does not truncate output. SED=$lt_SED # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" # A grep program that handles long lines. GREP=$lt_GREP # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # A literal string matcher. FGREP=$lt_FGREP # A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. NM=$lt_NM # Whether we need soft or hard links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext=$ac_objext # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext=$exeext # whether the shell understands "unset". lt_unset=$lt_unset # turn spaces into newlines. SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL # turn newlines into spaces. NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP # convert \$build file names to \$host format. to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd # convert \$build files to toolchain format. to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd # An object symbol dumper. OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". file_magic_glob=$lt_file_magic_glob # Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". want_nocaseglob=$lt_want_nocaseglob # DLL creation program. DLLTOOL=$lt_DLLTOOL # Command to associate shared and link libraries. sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR # Flags to create an archive. AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # How to feed a file listing to the archiver. archiver_list_spec=$lt_archiver_list_spec # A symbol stripping program. STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Commands used to install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction. lock_old_archive_extraction=$lock_old_archive_extraction # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_CC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix # Specify filename containing input files for \$NM. nm_file_list_spec=$lt_nm_file_list_spec # The root where to search for dependent libraries,and in which our libraries should be installed. lt_sysroot=$lt_sysroot # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Manifest tool. MANIFEST_TOOL=$lt_MANIFEST_TOOL # Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL # Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT # Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. LIPO=$lt_LIPO # ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL # ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext=$libext # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at link time. variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink # Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # Shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries. install_override_mode=$lt_install_override_mode # Command to use after installation of a shared archive. postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds # Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but # not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Compile-time system search path for libraries. sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries. sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # Commands used to build an old-style archive. old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds # A language specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler # Is the compiler the GNU compiler? with_gcc=$GCC # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec # Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds # Commands used to build a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building # a shared archive. module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds # Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag # Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec # Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator # Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes # DIR into the resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct # Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes # DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is # "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the # library is relocated. hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute # Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR # into the resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L # Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR # into the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var # Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR # into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked # against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic # Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries # to runtime path list. inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs # Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms # Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds # Commands necessary for finishing linking programs. postlink_cmds=$lt_postlink_cmds # Specify filename containing input files. file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action # ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_EOF case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi _LT_EOF ;; esac ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then sed -e '/^func_dirname ()$/,/^} # func_dirname /c\ func_dirname ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ \ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ \ esac\ } # Extended-shell func_dirname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_basename ()$/,/^} # func_basename /c\ func_basename ()\ {\ \ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ } # Extended-shell func_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_dirname_and_basename ()$/,/^} # func_dirname_and_basename /c\ func_dirname_and_basename ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ \ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ \ esac\ \ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ } # Extended-shell func_dirname_and_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_stripname ()$/,/^} # func_stripname /c\ func_stripname ()\ {\ \ # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are\ \ # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.\ \ func_stripname_result=${3}\ \ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}\ \ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}\ } # Extended-shell func_stripname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_split_long_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_long_opt /c\ func_split_long_opt ()\ {\ \ func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*}\ \ func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}\ } # Extended-shell func_split_long_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_split_short_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_short_opt /c\ func_split_short_opt ()\ {\ \ func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}\ \ func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}\ } # Extended-shell func_split_short_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_lo2o ()$/,/^} # func_lo2o /c\ func_lo2o ()\ {\ \ case ${1} in\ \ *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;\ \ *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;\ \ esac\ } # Extended-shell func_lo2o implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_xform ()$/,/^} # func_xform /c\ func_xform ()\ {\ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo\ } # Extended-shell func_xform implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_arith ()$/,/^} # func_arith /c\ func_arith ()\ {\ func_arith_result=$(( $* ))\ } # Extended-shell func_arith implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_len ()$/,/^} # func_len /c\ func_len ()\ {\ func_len_result=${#1}\ } # Extended-shell func_len implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then sed -e '/^func_append ()$/,/^} # func_append /c\ func_append ()\ {\ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"\ } # Extended-shell func_append implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: sed -e '/^func_append_quoted ()$/,/^} # func_append_quoted /c\ func_append_quoted ()\ {\ \ func_quote_for_eval "${2}"\ \ eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"\ } # Extended-shell func_append_quoted implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: else # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&2;} fi mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" ;; "include/librb-config.h":C) outfile=include/librb-config.h.tmp cat > $outfile <<\_______EOF /* * librb-config.h: libratbox config file. Please modify configure.ac */ #ifndef __LIBRB_CONFIG_H #define __LIBRB_CONFIG_H _______EOF if test "x$rb_have_ipv6" = "xyes"; then echo "#define RB_IPV6 1" >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_windows_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1' >> $outfile echo '#include <windows.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <winsock2.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <iphlpapi.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_alloca_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#define RB_HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_header_stdc" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdlib.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <stddef.h>' >> $outfile elif test "x$rb_header_stdlib" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdlib.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_header_string_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <string.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_stdint_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdint.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_inttypes_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <inttypes.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_types_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/types.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_time_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/time.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_stat_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/stat.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_time_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <time.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_socket_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/socket.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_netinet_in_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <netinet/in.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_arpa_inet_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <arpa/inet.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_unistd_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <unistd.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_crypt_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <crypt.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_errno_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <errno.h>' >> $outfile fi echo "typedef $rb_socklen_t rb_socklen_t;" >> $outfile if test "x$rb_sockaddr_sa_len" = "xyes"; then echo '#define RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN 1' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sockaddr_storage" = "xyes"; then echo '#define rb_sockaddr_storage sockaddr_storage' >> $outfile else echo 'struct rb_sockaddr_storage { uint8_t _padding[128]; };' >> $outfile fi cat >> $outfile <<\_______EOF #endif /* __LIBRB_CONFIG_H */ _______EOF if cmp -s $outfile include/librb-config.h; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: include/librb-config.h is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: include/librb-config.h is unchanged" >&6;} ${rb_rm} -f $outfile else ${rb_mv} $outfile include/librb-config.h fi ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi echo echo "Compiling $PACKAGE_NAME $PACKAGE_VERSION" echo echo "Installing into: $prefix" echo "IPv6 support ................... $have_v6" echo "Assert debugging ............... $assert" echo "Block allocator ................ $balloc" echo "SSL Type........................ $SSL_TYPE" echo �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/install-sh��������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000022441�10513313546�017167� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2004-04-01.17 # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" transformbasename= transform_arg= instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" chowncmd= chgrpcmd= stripcmd= rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src= dst= dir_arg= usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 -d DIRECTORIES... In the first form, install SRCFILE to DSTFILE, removing SRCFILE by default. In the second, create the directory path DIR. Options: -b=TRANSFORMBASENAME -c copy source (using $cpprog) instead of moving (using $mvprog). -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrp installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmod installed files to MODE. -o USER $chown installed files to USER. -s strip installed files (using $stripprog). -t=TRANSFORM --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test -n "$1"; do case $1 in -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` shift continue;; -c) instcmd=$cpprog shift continue;; -d) dir_arg=true shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog shift continue;; -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` shift continue;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit 0;; *) # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. test -n "$dir_arg" && break # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dstarg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dstarg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dstarg=$arg done break;; esac done if test -z "$1"; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi for src do # Protect names starting with `-'. case $src in -*) src=./$src ;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src src= if test -d "$dst"; then instcmd=: chmodcmd= else instcmd=$mkdirprog fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dstarg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dstarg # Protect names starting with `-'. case $dst in -*) dst=./$dst ;; esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` fi fi # This sed command emulates the dirname command. dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` # Make sure that the destination directory exists. # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. if test ! -d "$dstdir"; then defaultIFS=' ' IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" oIFS=$IFS # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. IFS='%' set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` IFS=$oIFS pathcomp= while test $# -ne 0 ; do pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 shift if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error in case several # install-sh are creating the directory concurrently. This # is OK. test ! -d "$pathcomp" && { (exit ${lasterr-1}); exit; } fi pathcomp=$pathcomp/ done fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then $doit $instcmd "$dst" \ && { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; } else # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. if test -z "$transformarg"; then dstfile=`basename "$dst"` else dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename \ | sed $transformarg`$transformbasename fi # don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename. test -z "$dstfile" && dstfile=`basename "$dst"` # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0 trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name $doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ || { # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { if test -f "$dstdir/$dstfile"; then $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \ || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 (exit 1); exit } else : fi } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" } } fi || { (exit 1); exit; } done # The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap. { (exit 0); exit } # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/configure.ac������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000040742�11726771060�017463� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������dnl $Id: configure.ac 27355 2012-03-11 00:30:40Z androsyn $ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. dnl TODO: clean up all the OpenSSL and shared module checking stuff; dnl the most major changes have already been made and it looks like dnl said functions need to be just about as complex as they already are. AC_PREREQ(2.63) AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.10 dnl Sneaky way to get an Id tag into the configure script AC_COPYRIGHT([$Id: configure.ac 27355 2012-03-11 00:30:40Z androsyn $]) AC_INIT([libratbox],[devel]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME, AC_PACKAGE_VERSION, -) AM_CONFIG_HEADER(include/libratbox_config.h) AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr/local/libratbox) AC_GNU_SOURCE dnl Checks for programs. AC_PROG_CC_C99 if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" = "xno"; then AC_ERROR([ircd-ratbox requires a C99 capable compiler]) fi AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_EGREP AC_PROG_SED F77=no CXX=no GCJ=no AM_DISABLE_STATIC AM_ENABLE_SHARED AM_MAINTAINER_MODE AC_ISC_POSIX AC_C_INLINE AC_C_CONST AC_PROG_MAKE_SET AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PATH_PROG(CP, cp) AC_PATH_PROG(MV, mv) AC_PATH_PROG(RB_RM, rm) AC_LANG(C) AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN AC_PROG_LIBTOOL GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC cc_accepts_flag() { cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$*" AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $CC accepts $@]) AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([int main(){return 0;}])] , [RC=0; AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])], [RC=1; AC_MSG_RESULT([no])]) CFLAGS="$cc_accepts_flag_CFLAGS" return $RC } if cc_accepts_flag -fno-strict-aliasing; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing" fi WARNLIST=" all cast-qual missing-declarations missing-prototypes nested-externs shadow write-strings no-unused unused-function unused-variable" for j in $WARNLIST; do if cc_accepts_flag -W$j; then EXTRA_WARNINGS="$EXTRA_WARNINGS -W$j"; fi done LIBTOOL="$LIBTOOL --silent" case "$host_os" in *cygwin*) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CYGWIN,1,[This is a Cygwin system]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(WINDOWS,1,[This is a Windows system]) ;; *mingw*) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MINGW,1,[This is a MinGW system]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(WINDOWS,1,[This is a Windows system]) AC_CHECK_HEADER(windows.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([** MinGW and no windows.h. I give up.])]) AC_CHECK_HEADER(winsock2.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([** MinGW and no winsock2.h. I give up.])]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H, 1, [Have WINSOCK2_H]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_WINSOCK_H, 1, [Have WINSOCK_H]) LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -liphlpapi" is_mingw="yes" ;; *interix*) CPPFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_ALL_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" ;; *solaris*) CPPFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS -D_XPG4_2" ;; *) ;; esac AM_CONDITIONAL([MINGW], [test "$is_mingw" = "yes"]) # backwards support for IRC_CFLAGS CFLAGS="$IRC_CFLAGS $CFLAGS -Wall" dnl use directory structure of cached as default (hack) if test "$libexecdir" = '${exec_prefix}/libexec' && test "$localstatedir" = '${prefix}/var'; then libexecdir='${bindir}' localstatedir='${prefix}' fi AC_TYPE_PID_T AC_TYPE_SIZE_T AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T AC_TYPE_UID_T dnl Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_HEADERS([crypt.h unistd.h sys/socket.h sys/stat.h sys/time.h time.h netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h errno.h sys/uio.h spawn.h sys/poll.h sys/epoll.h sys/select.h sys/devpoll.h sys/event.h port.h signal.h sys/signalfd.h sys/timerfd.h]) AC_HEADER_TIME dnl Networking Functions dnl ==================== AC_SEARCH_LIBS(socket, [socket],,) AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len], [AC_DEFINE(SOCKADDR_IN_HAS_LEN, 1, [Define to 1 if sockaddr has a 'sa_len' member.])],,[[ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H #include <sys/socket.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H #include <winsock2.h> #endif ]]) AC_CHECK_TYPE([socklen_t], rb_cv_socklen_t=socklen_t,[ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for socklen_t equivalent]) AC_CACHE_VAL([rb_cv_socklen_t], [ # Systems have either "struct sockaddr *" or # "void *" as the second argument to getpeername rb_cv_socklen_t= for arg2 in "struct sockaddr" void; do for t in int size_t unsigned long "unsigned long"; do AC_TRY_COMPILE([ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H #include <sys/socket.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H #include <winsock2.h> #endif int getpeername (int, $arg2 *, $t *); ],[ $t len; getpeername(0,0,&len); ],[ rb_cv_socklen_t="$t" break ]) done done if test "x$rb_cv_socklen_t" = x; then AC_MSG_WARN([Cannot find a type to use in place of socklen_t using int]) rb_cv_socklen_t=int fi ]) AC_MSG_RESULT($rb_cv_socklen_t)], [#include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h>]) rb_socklen_t=$rb_cv_socklen_t AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[Disable IPv6 support]),[ipv6=$enableval],[ipv6=yes]) if test x$ipv6 != xyes; then have_v6="no" else have_v6=yes RB_PROTO_INET6([], [ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: PF_INET6 not found]) have_v6=no ]) if test "X$have_v6" = "Xyes"; then RB_TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([], [ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: struct sockaddr_in6 not found]) have_v6=no ]) fi fi AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_storage],[ rb_have_sockaddr_storage=yes ],[], [ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> ]) save_LIBS=$LIBS AC_SEARCH_LIBS(crypt, [crypt descrypt],,) LIBS=$save_LIBS CRYPT_LIB=$ac_cv_search_crypt if test "$CRYPT_LIB" = "none required"; then unset CRYPT_LIB elif test "$CRYPT_LIB" = no; then need_crypt=yes; AC_DEFINE(NEED_CRYPT, 1, [Define if your system needs crypt.]) unset CRYPT_LIB fi AM_CONDITIONAL([NEED_CRYPT], [test x"$need_crypt" = "xyes"]) AC_SUBST(CRYPT_LIB) dnl Check for stdarg.h - if we cant find it, halt configure AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdarg.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([** stdarg.h could not be found - libratbox will not compile without it **])]) AC_CHECK_TYPE([sa_family_t], [], [AC_DEFINE(sa_family_t, [u_int16_t], [If system does not define sa_family_t, define it here.])], [[#include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h>]]) dnl check for various functions... AC_CHECK_FUNCS([socketpair gettimeofday writev sendmsg gmtime_r strtok_r usleep posix_spawn strlcpy strlcat strnlen fstat signalfd select poll kevent port_create epoll_ctl arc4random getrusage timerfd_create]) AC_SEARCH_LIBS(nanosleep, rt posix4, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NANOSLEEP, 1, [Define if you have nanosleep])) AC_SEARCH_LIBS(timer_create, rt, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMER_CREATE, 1, [Define if you have timer_create])) RB_CHECK_TIMER_CREATE RB_CHECK_TIMERFD_CREATE AC_FUNC_ALLOCA AC_FUNC_VFORK AC_FUNC_MMAP AC_MSG_CHECKING(for /dev/poll) if test -c "/dev/poll"; then AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DEVPOLL, [1], [Define to 1 if you have devpoll]) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi if test "$is_mingw" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WIN32, [1], [Define to 1 if you are on windows]) fi dnl OpenSSL support AC_MSG_CHECKING(for OpenSSL) AC_ARG_ENABLE(openssl, [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-openssl[=DIR]],[Enable OpenSSL support (DIR optional).]) AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-openssl],[Disable OpenSSL support.])], [cf_enable_openssl=$enableval], [cf_enable_openssl="auto"]) if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "no" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "auto" && test "$cf_enable_openssl" != "yes" ; then dnl Support for --enable-openssl=/some/place cf_openssl_basedir="`echo ${cf_enable_openssl} | sed 's/\/$//'`" else dnl Do the auto-probe here. Check some common directory paths. for dirs in /usr/local/ssl /usr/pkg /usr/local \ /usr/local/openssl ; do if test -f "${dirs}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="${dirs}" break fi done unset dirs fi dnl Now check cf_openssl_found to see if we found anything. if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then if test -f "${cf_openssl_basedir}/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then SSL_CFLAGS="-I${cf_openssl_basedir}/include" SSL_LIBS="-L${cf_openssl_basedir}/lib $lt_cv_dlopen_libs" else dnl OpenSSL wasn't found in the directory specified. Naughty dnl administrator... cf_openssl_basedir="" fi else dnl Check for stock FreeBSD 4.x and 5.x systems, since their files dnl are in /usr/include and /usr/lib. In this case, we don't want to dnl change INCLUDES or LIBS, but still want to enable OpenSSL. dnl We can't do this check above, because some people want two versions dnl of OpenSSL installed (stock FreeBSD 4.x/5.x and /usr/local/ssl) dnl and they want /usr/local/ssl to have preference. if test -f "/usr/include/openssl/opensslv.h" ; then cf_openssl_basedir="/usr" fi fi dnl If we have a basedir defined, then everything is okay. Otherwise, dnl we have a problem. if test ! -z "$cf_openssl_basedir"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($cf_openssl_basedir) cf_enable_openssl="yes" else AC_MSG_RESULT([not found. Specify a correct path?]) cf_enable_openssl="no" fi unset cf_openssl_basedir else dnl If --disable-openssl was specified AC_MSG_RESULT(disabled) fi save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_CFLAGS" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $SSL_LIBS" if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, RAND_status, [cf_enable_openssl=yes], [cf_enable_openssl=no]) fi if test "$cf_enable_openssl" != no; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SSL_LIBS" AC_CHECK_LIB(ssl, SSL_read, [SSL_LIBS="$SSL_LIBS -lssl -lcrypto $lt_cv_dlopen_libs"], [cf_enable_openssl=no], [-lcrypto]) fi dnl GnuTLS support AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GnuTLS) AC_ARG_ENABLE(gnutls, [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gnutls],[Enable GnuTLS support.]) AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-gnutls],[Disable GnuTLS support.])], [cf_enable_gnutls=$enableval], [cf_enable_gnutls="auto"]) if test "$cf_enable_gnutls" != no; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GNUTLS, [gnutls], [ cf_enable_gnutls="yes" ], [cf_enable_gnutls="no"]) fi if test "$cf_enable_gnutls" = "auto" -a "$cf_enable_openssl" = "yes"; then cf_enable_gnutls="no" fi if test x"$cf_enable_openssl" != xno; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENSSL,1,[Has OpenSSL]) GNUTLS_CFLAGS="" GNUTLS_LIBS="" SSL_TYPE="openssl" elif test x"$cf_enable_gnutls" != xno; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GNUTLS, 1, [Has GnuTLS]) SSL_LIBS="" SSL_CFLAGS="" SSL_TYPE="gnutls" fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" dnl End OpenSSL detection dnl Debug-related options dnl ===================== AC_ARG_ENABLE(assert, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-assert],[Enable assert(). Choose between soft(warnings) and hard(aborts the daemon)]), [assert=$enableval], [assert=no]) if test "$assert" = no; then AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Define this to disable debugging support.]) elif test "$assert" = soft; then AC_DEFINE(SOFT_ASSERT, 1, [Define this to enable soft asserts.]) AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Define this to disable debugging support.]) elif test "$assert" = yes; then assert = "hard"; fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(if you want to do a profile build) AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],[Enable profiling]), [profile=$enableval], [profile=no]) if test "$profile" = yes; then if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg -static" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, adding -pg -static]) AC_DEFINE(RATBOX_PROFILE, 1, [Defined to mark profiling is enabled]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no, profile builds only work with gcc]) fi else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_ARG_ENABLE(balloc, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-balloc],[Disable the block allocator.]), [balloc=$enableval], [balloc=yes]) if test "$balloc" = no; then AC_DEFINE([NOBALLOC], 1, [Define to 1 if you wish to disable the block allocator.]) fi AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS) AC_SUBST(PICFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(SEDOBJ) AC_SUBST(SSL_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(SSL_LIBS) AC_SUBST(GNUTLS_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(GNUTLS_LIBS) AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WARNINGS) if test "$prefix" = "NONE"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RB_PREFIX, "$ac_default_prefix", [Prefix where libratbox is installed.]) else dnl Don't get bitten by Cygwin's stupidity if the user specified dnl a custom prefix with a trailing slash prefix=`echo $prefix | sed 's/\/$//'` AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RB_PREFIX, "$prefix", [Prefix where libratbox is installed.]) fi AC_SUBST(RB_PREFIX) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([include/librb-config.h], [ outfile=include/librb-config.h.tmp cat > $outfile <<\_______EOF /* * librb-config.h: libratbox config file. Please modify configure.ac */ #ifndef __LIBRB_CONFIG_H #define __LIBRB_CONFIG_H _______EOF if test "x$rb_have_ipv6" = "xyes"; then echo "#define RB_IPV6 1" >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_windows_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1' >> $outfile echo '#include <windows.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <winsock2.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <iphlpapi.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_alloca_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#define RB_HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_header_stdc" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdlib.h>' >> $outfile echo '#include <stddef.h>' >> $outfile elif test "x$rb_header_stdlib" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdlib.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_header_string_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <string.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_stdint_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <stdint.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_inttypes_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <inttypes.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_types_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/types.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_time_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/time.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_stat_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/stat.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_time_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <time.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sys_socket_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <sys/socket.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_netinet_in_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <netinet/in.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_arpa_inet_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <arpa/inet.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_unistd_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <unistd.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_crypt_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <crypt.h>' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_errno_h" = "xyes"; then echo '#include <errno.h>' >> $outfile fi echo "typedef $rb_socklen_t rb_socklen_t;" >> $outfile if test "x$rb_sockaddr_sa_len" = "xyes"; then echo '#define RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN 1' >> $outfile fi if test "x$rb_sockaddr_storage" = "xyes"; then echo '#define rb_sockaddr_storage sockaddr_storage' >> $outfile else echo 'struct rb_sockaddr_storage { uint8_t _padding[[128]]; };' >> $outfile fi cat >> $outfile <<\_______EOF #endif /* __LIBRB_CONFIG_H */ _______EOF if cmp -s $outfile include/librb-config.h; then AC_MSG_NOTICE([include/librb-config.h is unchanged]) ${rb_rm} -f $outfile else ${rb_mv} $outfile include/librb-config.h fi ],[ if test x$ac_cv_header_stdc = xyes; then rb_header_stdc=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h = xyes; then rb_header_stdlib_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_string_h = xyes; then rb_header_string_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_memory_h = xyes; then rb_header_memory_h=yes fi if test "x${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+set}" = xset ; then rb_alloca_h="$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" else rb_alloc_h="$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" fi if test x$ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len = xyes; then rb_sockaddr_sa_len=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_socket_h = xyes; then rb_sys_socket_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_types_h = xyes; then rb_sys_types_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_stat_h = xyes; then rb_sys_stat_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h = xyes; then rb_sys_time_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_time = xyes; then rb_time_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_stdint_h = xyes; then rb_stdint_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = xyes; then rb_inttypes_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_netinet_in_h = xyes; then rb_netinet_in_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_crypt_h = xyes; then rb_crypt_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_errno_h = xyes; then rb_errno_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_unistd_h = xyes; then rb_unistd_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_windows_h = xyes; then rb_windows_h=yes fi if test x$ac_cv_header_winsock2_h = xyes; then rb_winsock2_h=yes fi rb_socklen_t=$rb_socklen_t if test "x$rb_have_sockaddr_storage" = "xyes"; then rb_sockaddr_storage="yes" else rb_sockaddr_storage="no" fi rb_have_ipv6="$have_v6" rb_mv="$MV" rb_rm="$RM" ] ) AC_CONFIG_FILES( \ src/Makefile \ Makefile \ ) AC_OUTPUT dnl Make it look sexay! echo echo "Compiling $PACKAGE_NAME $PACKAGE_VERSION" echo echo "Installing into: $prefix" echo "IPv6 support ................... $have_v6" echo "Assert debugging ............... $assert" echo "Block allocator ................ $balloc" echo "SSL Type........................ $SSL_TYPE" echo ������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/config.guess������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000127534�11057774555�017533� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2008-01-23' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; dummy=$tmp/dummy ; tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:SolidBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos exit ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit ;; *:z/VM:*:*) echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) echo arm-unknown-riscos exit ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 exit ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <sys/systemcfg.h> main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` then echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit ;; *:AIX:*:[456]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then eval $set_cc_for_build # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: # # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else HP_ARCH="hppa64" fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <unistd.h> int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in pc98) echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; amd64) echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; *) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit ;; *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit ;; *:Interix*:[3456]*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in x86) echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; EM64T | authenticamd) echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; IA64) echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix exit ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit ;; amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin exit ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu exit ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi fi exit ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mipsel #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^CPU/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mips64el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips64 #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^CPU/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; or32:Linux:*:*) echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; vax:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported targets: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_targets" in elf32-i386) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" exit ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" exit ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <features.h> #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif #ifdef __dietlibc__ LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^LIBC/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${LIBC}" != x && { echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" exit } test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop exit ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos exit ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv exit ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix exit ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos exit ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos exit ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit ;; NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) echo i386-pc-xenix exit ;; i*86:skyos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' exit ;; i*86:rdos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 eval $set_cc_for_build cat >$dummy.c <<EOF #ifdef _SEQUENT_ # include <sys/types.h> # include <sys/utsname.h> #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include <sys/param.h> printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include <sys/param.h> # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; esac fi cat >&2 <<EOF $0: unable to guess system type This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD and http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/aclocal.m4��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00001257544�11726771060�017050� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.3 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) # libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, # 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 # # This file is part of GNU Libtool. # # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of # the License, or (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or # obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ]) # serial 57 LT_INIT # LT_PREREQ(VERSION) # ------------------ # Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION. m4_defun([LT_PREREQ], [m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1, [m4_default([$3], [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required], 63)])], [$2])]) # _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR # ------------------ # Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR], [case `pwd` in *\ * | *\ *) AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;; esac ]) # LT_INIT([OPTIONS]) # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT], [AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default: m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4 dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro: AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl _LT_SHELL_INIT([SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}]) dnl Parse OPTIONS _LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl _LT_SETUP # Only expand once: m4_define([LT_INIT]) ])# LT_INIT # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) # _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) # ------------------- # Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [for cc_temp in $1""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` ]) # _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS # ---------------------- # It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set # sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'. m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS], [: ${CP="cp -f"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} ])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS # _LT_SETUP # --------- m4_defun([_LT_SETUP], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl _LT_DECL([], [PATH_SEPARATOR], [1], [The PATH separator for the build system])dnl dnl _LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl _LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl _LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl dnl _LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl _LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl _LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" _LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl _LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl m4_require([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT])dnl _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi ]) if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Global variables: ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then _LT_PATH_MAGIC fi ;; esac # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC]) _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS ])# _LT_SETUP # _LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS # -------------------------- # Define a few sed substitution that help us do robust quoting. m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within # double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' ]) # _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # --------------- # Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status' # now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably, # `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake, # so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir']) ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" ])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional # tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS # in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool' # label. # _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS]) # ---------------------------------------- # Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT], [m4_ifval([$1], [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT], [$1 ])])]) # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT]) # _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS]) # ------------------------------ # Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL], [m4_ifval([$1], [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [$1 ])])]) # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS]) # _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS]) # ----------------------------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS], [_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2]) ]) # _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT]) # ----------------------------- # Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing # full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already. m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT], [m4_ifval([$1], [ m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])], [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.]) )]) # _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?]) # ------------------------------------------------------------------- # CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script. # VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script. # VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on # VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly. m4_define([_LT_DECL], [lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ], [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name], [m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])]) lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3]) m4_ifval([$4], [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])]) lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])]) ]) # _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION]) # -------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])]) # lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # ------------------------------------------------ m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)]) # _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..]) # --------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([_lt_decl_filter], [m4_case([$#], [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])], [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])], [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)], [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl ]) # lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # -------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)]) # lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # --------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames], [_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)]) # lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # --------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged], [m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl _$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]), m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))]) m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], [m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])]) # lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) # ------------------------------------------------ m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames], [_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), m4_if([$2], [], m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames), m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl ]) m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames], [lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1], lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl ]) # _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME]) # ------------------------------------ # Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its # declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME # must have a single quote delimited value for this to work. m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE], [$1='`$ECHO "$][$1" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`']) # _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS # ------------------------------ # We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when # we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all # embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands # each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into: # # <var>='`$ECHO "$<var>" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames), [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS # ---------------- # Output comment and list of tags supported by the script m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS], [_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl ]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG]) # ----------------------------------- # Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and # expand to a commented shell variable setting: # # # Some comment about what VAR is for. # visible_name=$lt_internal_name m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE], [_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [description])))[]dnl m4_pushdef([_libtool_name], m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])), [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1], [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl ]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS # ----------------------- # Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables # suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool' # script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG # section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS. m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)), [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) # _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG) # ------------------------- m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS], [m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames), [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])]) # _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------ m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])]) # _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS # ------------------- # Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of # variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls # to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations # into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in # for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated # from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded. m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT], dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT, dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status, dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it dnl needs to know what name is stored there: [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])], dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status, dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now: [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])]) ])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS # Initialize. m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT], [ # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS LTCC='$LTCC' LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$[]1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # Quote evaled strings. for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ ]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done # Double-quote double-evaled strings. for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ ]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac done _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT ]) # _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(FILE, [COMMENT]) # ------------------------------------ # Generate a child script FILE with all initialization necessary to # reuse the environment learned by the parent script, and make the # file executable. If COMMENT is supplied, it is inserted after the # `#!' sequence but before initialization text begins. After this # macro, additional text can be appended to FILE to form the body of # the child script. The macro ends with non-zero status if the # file could not be fully written (such as if the disk is full). m4_ifdef([AS_INIT_GENERATED], [m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],[AS_INIT_GENERATED($@)])], [m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT], [m4_require([AS_PREPARE])]dnl [m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])]dnl [lt_write_fail=0 cat >$1 <<_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. $2 SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$1 <<\_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 AS_SHELL_SANITIZE _AS_PREPARE exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1 _ASEOF test $lt_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $1[]dnl m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])])])# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT # LT_OUTPUT # --------- # This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before # AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation # tests. AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT], [: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT]) _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(["$CONFIG_LT"], [# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.]) cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF lt_cl_silent=false exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log { echo AS_BOX([Running $as_me.]) } >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD lt_cl_help="\ \`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is generated. Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]] -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number, then exit -q, --quiet do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." lt_cl_version="\ m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]) configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING. Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." while test $[#] != 0 do case $[1] in --version | --v* | -V ) echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; --debug | --d* | -d ) debug=: ;; --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) lt_cl_silent=: ;; -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1] Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1] Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; esac shift done if $lt_cl_silent; then exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null fi _LTEOF cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT _LTEOF cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile]) _LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS AS_EXIT(0) _LTEOF chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" # configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, # appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept # open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing # config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. lt_cl_success=: test "$silent" = yes && lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1) ])# LT_OUTPUT # _LT_CONFIG(TAG) # --------------- # If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a # default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code # to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the # matching tagged config vars. m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([ m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [ # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our # commands through without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $RM "$cfgfile" cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" #! $SHELL # `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # _LT_COPYING _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS # ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG _LT_EOF case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi _LT_EOF ;; esac _LT_PROG_LTMAIN # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" ], [cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile" dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded dnl in a comment (ie after a #). # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG) # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 _LT_EOF ])dnl /m4_if ], [m4_if([$1], [], [ PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' VERSION='$VERSION' TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' RM='$RM' ofile='$ofile'], []) ])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS ])# _LT_CONFIG # LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG) # --------------------- # Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool # --tag option, using: # autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1' AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], []) # C support is built-in for now m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], []) m4_define([_LT_TAGS], []) # LT_LANG(LANG) # ------------- # Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled. AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl m4_case([$1], [C], [_LT_LANG(C)], [C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)], [Go], [_LT_LANG(GO)], [Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)], [Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)], [Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)], [Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)], [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG], [_LT_LANG($1)], [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl ])# LT_LANG # _LT_LANG(LANGNAME) # ------------------ m4_defun([_LT_LANG], [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [], [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl ])# _LT_LANG m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_GO], [ # NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # # GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_GO. When it is available in # # a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # # macro and use it instead. # m4_defun([AC_PROG_GO], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Go)dnl AC_ARG_VAR([GOC], [Go compiler command])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([GOFLAGS], [Go compiler flags])dnl _AC_ARG_VAR_LDFLAGS()dnl AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo) if test -z "$GOC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo], [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo]) fi fi if test -z "$GOC"; then AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, gccgo, gccgo, false) fi ])#m4_defun ])#m4_ifndef # _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG # ----------------------- m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [LT_LANG(CXX)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], [LT_LANG(F77)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC], [LT_LANG(FC)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])]) dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal dnl pulling things in needlessly. AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ], [LT_LANG(GCJ)], [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ], [m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GO], [LT_LANG(GO)], [m4_define([AC_PROG_GO], defn([AC_PROG_GO])[LT_LANG(GO)])]) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC], [LT_LANG(RC)], [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])]) ])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG # Obsolete macros: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [LT_LANG(Windows Resource)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], []) # _LT_TAG_COMPILER # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl _LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl _LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC ])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER # _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # ------------------------ # Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple compiler test code. m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM conftest* ])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # ---------------------- # Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple link test code. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $RM -r conftest* ])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS # ------------------------- m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:]) _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1], [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1], [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1], [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1], [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X]) _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1], [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. rm -rf libconftest.dylib* echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from # the compiler, it worked. elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes else cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi rm -rf libconftest.dylib* rm -f conftest.* fi]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -force_load linker flag],[lt_cv_ld_force_load], [lt_cv_ld_force_load=no cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int forced_loaded() { return 2;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF int main() { return 0;} _LT_EOF echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err _lt_result=$? if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes else cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c rm -rf conftest.dSYM ]) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # darwin 5.x on # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[[012]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac ]) # _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES([TAG]) # --------------------------------- # Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES], [ m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS]) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' m4_case([$1], [F77], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes], [FC], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes]) else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" case $cc_basename in ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; esac if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" fi ],[]) else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ]) # _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------------- # Links a minimal program and checks the executable # for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, # this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used # the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. # If we don't find anything, use the default library path according # to the aix ld manual. # Store the results from the different compilers for each TAGNAME. # Allow to override them for all tags through lt_cv_aix_libpath. m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath else AC_CACHE_VAL([_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])], [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],[ lt_aix_libpath_sed='[ /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p } }]' _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi],[]) if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])="/usr/lib:/lib" fi ]) aix_libpath=$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1]) fi ])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX # _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG) # ------------------- m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT], [m4_divert_text([M4SH-INIT], [$1 ])])# _LT_SHELL_INIT # _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # ----------------------- # Find how we can fake an echo command that does not interpret backslash. # In particular, with Autoconf 2.60 or later we add some code to the start # of the generated configure script which will find a shell with a builtin # printf (which we can use as an echo command). m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to print strings]) # Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='print -r --' elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then ECHO='printf %s\n' else # Use this function as a fallback that always works. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $[]1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO='func_fallback_echo' fi # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "$*" } case "$ECHO" in printf*) AC_MSG_RESULT([printf]) ;; print*) AC_MSG_RESULT([print -r]) ;; *) AC_MSG_RESULT([cat]) ;; esac m4_ifdef([_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED], [_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED([ test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}${BASH_VERSION+set}" || ( ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH test "X`printf %s $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" \ || test "X`print -r -- $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" )])]) _LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts]) _LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], [An echo program that protects backslashes]) ])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # _LT_WITH_SYSROOT # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sysroot]) AC_ARG_WITH([sysroot], [ --with-sysroot[=DIR] Search for dependent libraries within DIR (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified).], [], [with_sysroot=no]) dnl lt_sysroot will always be passed unquoted. We quote it here dnl in case the user passed a directory name. lt_sysroot= case ${with_sysroot} in #( yes) if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` fi ;; #( /*) lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; #( no|'') ;; #( *) AC_MSG_RESULT([${with_sysroot}]) AC_MSG_ERROR([The sysroot must be an absolute path.]) ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([${lt_sysroot:-no}]) _LT_DECL([], [lt_sysroot], [0], [The root where to search for ]dnl [dependent libraries, and in which our libraries should be installed.])]) # _LT_ENABLE_LOCK # --------------- m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) AC_LANG_POP]) if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; *-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) case $host in i?86-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; sparc*-*-solaris*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" fi ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" ])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK # _LT_PROG_AR # ----------- m4_defun([_LT_PROG_AR], [AC_CHECK_TOOLS(AR, [ar], false) : ${AR=ar} : ${AR_FLAGS=cru} _LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver]) _LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1], [Flags to create an archive]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for archiver @FILE support], [lt_cv_ar_at_file], [lt_cv_ar_at_file=no AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM], [echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD' AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ fi fi rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a ]) ]) if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then archiver_list_spec= else archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file fi _LT_DECL([], [archiver_list_spec], [1], [How to feed a file listing to the archiver]) ])# _LT_PROG_AR # _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE # ------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE], [_LT_PROG_AR AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: _LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program]) AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: _LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1], [Commands used to install an old-style archive]) # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" fi case $host_os in darwin*) lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; *) lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; esac _LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2]) _LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build an old-style archive]) _LT_DECL([], [lock_old_archive_extraction], [0], [Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction]) ])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE # _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given compiler option works AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$3" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi fi $RM conftest* ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) else m4_if([$6], , :, [$6]) fi ])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], []) # _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given linker option works AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi else $2=yes fi fi $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then m4_if([$4], , :, [$4]) else m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) fi ])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], []) # LT_CMD_MAX_LEN #--------------- AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl # find the maximum length of command line arguments AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; mint*) # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; os2*) # The test takes a long time on OS/2. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do teststring=$teststring$teststring done SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but # we can't tell. while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done # Only check the string length outside the loop. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac ]) if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len) else AC_MSG_RESULT(none) fi max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len _LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0], [What is the maximum length of a command?]) ])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], []) # _LT_HEADER_DLFCN # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN], [AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl ])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN # _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, # ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : [$4] else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF [#line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else { if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; else puts (dlerror ()); } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); return status; }] _LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;; esac else : # compilation failed $3 fi fi rm -fr conftest* ])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF # LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF], [m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[ lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ]) ;; *) AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) ]) if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) ]) fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi _LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0], [Whether dlopen is supported]) _LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0], [Whether dlopen of programs is supported]) _LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0], [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported]) ])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], []) # _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------- # Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler. # This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O. m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. $RM -r conftest $RM conftest* ]) _LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1], [Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O # _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------------- # Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS], [m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl _LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1]) hard_links="nottested" if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) hard_links=yes $RM conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links]) if test "$hard_links" = no; then AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe]) need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi _LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS # _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], [rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) objdir=$lt_cv_objdir _LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0], [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/", [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) ])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR # _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) # -------------------------------------- # Check hardcoding attributes. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existent directories. if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink || test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0], [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable]) ])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH # _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # ---------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) striplib= old_striplib= AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) fi ;; *) AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) ;; esac fi _LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1]) ])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG]) # ----------------------------- # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) m4_if([$1], [], [ if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g" ;; *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` case $lt_search_path_spec in *\;*) # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` ;; *) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; esac # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths # for these hosts. case $host_os in mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ $SED 's,/\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g'` ;; esac sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi]) library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[[4-9]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' ;; m68k) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[[45]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$cc_basename in yes,*) # gcc library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; fi' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' m4_if([$1], [],[ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"]) ;; mingw* | cegcc*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; *,cl*) # Native MSVC libname_spec='$name' soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' case $build_os in mingw*) sys_lib_search_path_spec= lt_save_ifs=$IFS IFS=';' for lt_path in $LIB do IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" done IFS=$lt_save_ifs # Convert to MSYS style. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([[a-zA-Z]]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` ;; cygwin*) # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` ;; *) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") ;; esac # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; esac # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' m4_if([$1], [],[ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[[23]].*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2.*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \ freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; haiku*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' # or fails outright, so override atomically: install_override_mode=555 ;; interix[[3-9]]*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS save_libdir=$libdir eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \ LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\"" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null], [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])]) LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS libdir=$save_libdir ]) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; *nto* | *qnx*) version_type=qnx need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; tpf*) # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; uts4*) version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker]) test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi _LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1], [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and restored at link time]) _LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0], [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?]) _LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?]) _LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type]) _LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable]) _LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable]) _LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0], [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?]) _LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix]) _LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1], [[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]]) _LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1], [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]]) _LT_DECL([], [install_override_mode], [1], [Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2], [Command to use after installation of a shared archive]) _LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2], [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive]) _LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2], [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory]) _LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1], [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown]]) _LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0], [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2], [Compile-time system search path for libraries]) _LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2], [Run-time system search path for libraries]) ])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER # _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL) # -------------------------- # find a file program which can recognize shared library AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, [case $MAGIC_CMD in [[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org _LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac]) MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi _LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0], [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], []) # _LT_PATH_MAGIC # -------------- # find a file program which can recognize a shared library m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi ])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC # LT_PATH_LD # ---------- # find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) _LT_PATH_LD_GNU AC_SUBST([LD]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries]) ])# LT_PATH_LD # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], []) # _LT_PATH_LD_GNU #- -------------- m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac]) with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld ])# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU # _LT_CMD_RELOAD # -------------- # find reload flag for linker # -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag. m4_defun([_LT_CMD_RELOAD], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files], lt_cv_ld_reload_flag, [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r']) reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) if test "$GCC" != yes; then reload_cmds=false fi ;; darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac _LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_flag], [1], [How to create reloadable object files])dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [reload_cmds], [2])dnl ])# _LT_CMD_RELOAD # _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD # ---------------------- # how to check for library dependencies # -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries], lt_cv_deplibs_check_method, [lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[[45]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. # func_win32_libid assumes BSD nm, so disallow it if using MS dumpbin. if ( test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "BSD nm" && file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; cegcc*) # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; haiku*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]'] lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]]\.[[0-9]]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be glibc/ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; *nto* | *qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; tpf*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ]) file_magic_glob= want_nocaseglob=no if test "$build" = "$host"; then case $host_os in mingw* | pw32*) if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then want_nocaseglob=yes else file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[[\1]]\/[[\1]]\/g;/g"` fi ;; esac fi file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown _LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1], [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects]) _LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1], [Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) _LT_DECL([], [file_magic_glob], [1], [How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) _LT_DECL([], [want_nocaseglob], [1], [Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) ])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD # LT_PATH_NM # ---------- # find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM, [if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} fi]) if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" else # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : # Let the user override the test. else AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, [dumpbin "link -dump"], :) case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in *COFF*) DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" ;; *) DUMPBIN=: ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN]) if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then NM="$DUMPBIN" fi fi test -z "$NM" && NM=nm AC_SUBST([NM]) _LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" fi rm -f conftest*]) ])# LT_PATH_NM # Old names: AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], []) # _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB # -------------------------------- # how to determine the name of the shared library # associated with a specific link library. # -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) m4_require([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to associate runtime and link libraries], lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd, [lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in *--identify-strict*) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib ;; *) lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ;; esac ;; *) # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" ;; esac ]) sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO _LT_DECL([], [sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd], [1], [Command to associate shared and link libraries]) ])# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB # _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL # ---------------------- # locate the manifest tool m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(MANIFEST_TOOL, mt, :) test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes fi rm -f conftest*]) if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then MANIFEST_TOOL=: fi _LT_DECL([], [MANIFEST_TOOL], [1], [Manifest tool])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL # LT_LIB_M # -------- # check for math library AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl LIBM= case $host in *-*-beos* | *-*-cegcc* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-haiku* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) # These system don't have libm, or don't need it ;; *-ncr-sysv4.3*) AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") ;; *) AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") ;; esac AC_SUBST([LIBM]) ])# LT_LIB_M # Old name: AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], []) # _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $cc_basename in nvcc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' ;; esac _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) fi _LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1], [Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS # ---------------------- m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [ # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[[BCDT]]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' ;; hpux*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' ;; osf*) symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[[BDRT]]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[[ABDT]]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; esac # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. # Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, # so use this general approach. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function # and D for any global variable. # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, # which start with @ or ?. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\ " {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ " /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ " /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ " \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ " / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ " {if(hide[section]) next};"\ " {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ " {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ " s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ " s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ " ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]" else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(void); void nm_test_func(void){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} _LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST const #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif _LT_EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] = { { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, _LT_EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif _LT_EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done ]) if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) else AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) fi # Response file support. if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then nm_file_list_spec='@' elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[[@]]FILE' >/dev/null; then nm_file_list_spec='@' fi _LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1], [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair]) _LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1], [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed]) _LT_DECL([], [nm_file_list_spec], [1], [Specify filename containing input files for $NM]) ]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS # _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------- m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC], [m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; *djgpp*) # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *qnx* | *nto*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac else case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in cxch68*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' fi ;; aCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac ;; *) ;; esac ;; interix*) # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) # Anyone wants to do a port? ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. ;; *) ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # KAI C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; ecpc* ) # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; icpc* ) # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; xlc* | xlC* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL 8.0, 9.0 on PPC and BlueGene _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) ;; m88k*) ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' ;; *) ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) ;; *qnx* | *nto*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; cxx*) # Digital/Compaq C++ _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; *) ;; esac ;; psos*) ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; lcc*) # Lucid _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; vxworks*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ], [ if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; m68k) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; esac ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; haiku*) # PIC is the default for Haiku. # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no enable_shared=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac case $cc_basename in nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Xlinker ' if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="-Xcompiler $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" fi ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. ecc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. icc* | ifort*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; # Lahey Fortran 8.1. lf95*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static' ;; nagfor*) # NAG Fortran compiler _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,-Wl,,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [[1-7]].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[[0-3]]*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' ;; *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' ;; *Intel*\ [[CF]]*Compiler*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; *Portland\ Group*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; esac ;; newsos6) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise # it will coredump. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; uts4*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ]) case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" ;; esac AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $compiler option to produce PIC], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1) # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)], [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in "" | " "*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; esac], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) fi _LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1], [Additional compiler flags for building library objects]) _LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1], [How to pass a linker flag through the compiler]) # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), $lt_tmp_static_flag, [], [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) _LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1], [Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking]) ])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC # _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------- # See if the linker supports building shared libraries. m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global defined # symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi ;; pw32*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" ;; cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) case $cc_basename in cl*) _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; esac ], [ runpath_var= _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. extract_expsyms_cmds= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | gnu*) _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker # that we're better off using the native interface for both. lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then case $host_os in aix*) # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[[2-9]]*) ;; *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [[3-9]]*) ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac ;; *) lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes ;; esac fi if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[[3-9]]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils *** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. *** You will then need to restart the configuration process. _LT_EOF fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' ;; m68k) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; haiku*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) tmp_diet=no if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then case $cc_basename in diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) esac fi if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ && test "$tmp_diet" = no then tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' tmp_sharedflag='-shared' case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; xl[[cC]]* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' tmp_addflag= ;; nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi case $cc_basename in xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; esac else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then runpath_var= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) case $host_cpu in powerpc) # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' ;; m68k) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; bsdi[[45]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. case $cc_basename in cl*) # Native MSVC _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # Don't use ranlib _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # Assume MSVC wrapper _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) ;; dgux*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2.*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) m4_if($1, [], [ # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $CC understands -b], _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler__b, $1), [-b], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'])], [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags']) ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and # implicitly export all symbols. # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol], [save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_SOURCE( [AC_LANG_CASE([C], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], [C++], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], [Fortran 77], [[ subroutine foo end]], [Fortran], [[ subroutine foo end]])])], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes], [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no]) LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"]) if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' fi else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; newsos6) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; os2*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; solaris*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' else case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Compilers 5.0"*) wlarc='' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; *) wlarc='${wl}' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' ;; esac fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no ;; motorola) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4.3*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then case $host in sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym' ;; esac fi fi ]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no _LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld _LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl _LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2], [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive]) # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in], [lt_cv_]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1), [$RM conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) then lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no else lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $RM conftest* ]) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=$lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1) ;; esac fi ;; esac _LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0], [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries]) _LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes], [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0], [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1], [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1], [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1], [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2], [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2], [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building a shared archive.]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1], [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1], [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1], [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1], [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. This must work even if $libdir does not exist]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1], [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0], [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0], [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the library is relocated]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0], [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0], [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into the resulting binary]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0], [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0], [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries to runtime path list]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0], [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0], [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2], [The commands to list exported symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1], [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1], [Symbols that must always be exported]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2], [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postlink_cmds], [2], [Commands necessary for finishing linking programs]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1], [Specify filename containing input files]) dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1], dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects]) ])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS # _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------ # Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably # defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write # the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl lt_save_CC="$CC" AC_LANG_PUSH(C) # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' _LT_TAG_COMPILER # Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other # tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. compiler_DEFAULT=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB # Report which library types will actually be built AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_POP CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably # defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write # the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then AC_PROG_CXXCPP else _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes fi AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for C++ test sources. ac_ext=cpp # Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_LD=$LD lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=$GXX lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx else $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld fi if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX else $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD fi test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX CC=${CXX-"c++"} CFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) if test -n "$compiler"; then # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the # no_builtin_flag separately if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' else _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= fi if test "$GXX" = yes; then # Set up default GNU C++ configuration LT_PATH_LD # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) wlarc='${wl}' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= # A generic and very simple default shared library creation # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on # the platform it is being used on. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' fi # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else GXX=no with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= fi # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes case $host_os in aix3*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do case $ld_flag in *-brtl*) aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break ;; esac done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' if test "$GXX" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to # export. _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty # executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an # empty executable. _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' else # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared # libraries. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) case $GXX,$cc_basename in ,cl* | no,cl*) # Native MSVC # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then $SED -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; else $SED -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; fi~ $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ linknames=' # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes # Don't use ranlib _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ case $lt_outputfile in *.exe|*.EXE) ;; *) lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" ;; esac~ func_to_tool_file "$lt_outputfile"~ if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; fi' ;; *) # g++ # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; freebsd2.*) # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before # switch to ELF _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; freebsd-elf*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF # conventions _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes ;; gnu*) ;; haiku*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; hpux9*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; esac fi case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. ;; esac case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; irix5* | irix6*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # SGI C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` -o $lib' fi fi _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; icpc* | ecpc* ) # Intel C++ with_gnu_ld=yes # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and # earlier do not add the objects themselves. case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Version 7."*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 8.0 or newer tmp_idyn= case $host_cpu in ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler case `$CC -V` in *pgCC\ [[1-5]].* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]].*) _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~ compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`"' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~ $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`~ $RANLIB $oldlib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ rm -rf $tpldir~ $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 6 and above use weak symbols _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "X$list" | $Xsed' ;; xl* | mpixl* | bgxl*) # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes # Not sure whether something based on # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 # would be better. output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; m88k*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; netbsd*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no fi # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes ;; openbsd2*) # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' fi output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all else _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # the KAI C++ compiler. case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; cxx*) case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ $RM $lib.exp' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' case $host in osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; psos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; lcc*) # Lucid # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' else # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this # platform. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' fi _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; esac fi ;; esac ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $oldobjs~ '"$_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)" _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $reload_objs~ '"$_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)" ;; *) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; vxworks*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS LDCXX=$LD LD=$lt_save_LD GCC=$lt_save_GCC with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG # _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF # ---------------------- # func_stripname_cnf prefix suffix name # strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. # PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special # characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading # dot (in which case that matches only a dot). # # This function is identical to the (non-XSI) version of func_stripname, # except this one can be used by m4 code that may be executed by configure, # rather than the libtool script. m4_defun([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF],[dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED]) AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH]) func_stripname_cnf () { case ${2} in .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; esac } # func_stripname_cnf ])# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF # _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------------- # Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose # compiler output when linking a shared library. # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS], [m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF])dnl # Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, dnl but it's only used here... m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF int a; void foo (void) { a = 0; } _LT_EOF ], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF class Foo { public: Foo (void) { a = 0; } private: int a; }; _LT_EOF ], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF subroutine foo implicit none integer*4 a a=0 return end _LT_EOF ], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF subroutine foo implicit none integer a a=0 return end _LT_EOF ], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF public class foo { private int a; public void bar (void) { a = 0; } }; _LT_EOF ], [$1], [GO], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF package foo func foo() { } _LT_EOF ]) _lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS case "$CC $CFLAGS " in #( *\ -flto*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto" ;; *\ -fwhopr*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-whopr" ;; *\ -fuse-linker-plugin*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-use-linker-plugin" ;; esac dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary dnl objects, libraries and library flags. if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before # the conftest object file. pre_test_object_deps_done=no for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do case ${prev}${p} in -L* | -R* | -l*) # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. # Remove the space. if test $p = "-L" || test $p = "-R"; then prev=$p continue fi # Expand the sysroot to ease extracting the directories later. if test -z "$prev"; then case $p in -L*) func_stripname_cnf '-L' '' "$p"; prev=-L; p=$func_stripname_result ;; -R*) func_stripname_cnf '-R' '' "$p"; prev=-R; p=$func_stripname_result ;; -l*) func_stripname_cnf '-l' '' "$p"; prev=-l; p=$func_stripname_result ;; esac fi case $p in =*) func_stripname_cnf '=' '' "$p"; p=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then case ${prev} in -L | -R) # Internal compiler library paths should come after those # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi ;; # The "-l" case would never come before the object being # linked, so don't bother handling this case. esac else if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi fi prev= ;; *.lto.$objext) ;; # Ignore GCC LTO objects *.$objext) # This assumes that the test object file only shows up # once in the compiler output. if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then pre_test_object_deps_done=yes continue fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" fi else if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" fi fi ;; *) ;; # Ignore the rest. esac done # Clean up. rm -f a.out a.exe else echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" fi $RM -f confest.$objext CFLAGS=$_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS # PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken m4_if([$1], [CXX], [case $host_os in interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= ;; linux*) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC* | sunCC*) # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; esac ]) case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in *" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; esac _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` fi _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1], [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1], [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to create a shared library]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1]) _LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1], [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking a shared library]) ])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS # _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are # suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then _lt_disable_F77=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for f77 test sources. ac_ext=f # Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_GCC=$GCC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CC=${F77-"f77"} CFLAGS=$FFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) GCC=$G77 if test -n "$compiler"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC="$lt_save_CC" CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are # suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran) if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then _lt_disable_FC=yes fi _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for fc test sources. ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f} # Object file extension for compiled fc test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that # the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) # are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, # and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_GCC=$GCC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CC=${FC-"f95"} CFLAGS=$FCFLAGS compiler=$CC GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) if test -n "$compiler"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu" _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi # test -n "$compiler" GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes AC_LANG_POP ])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for Java test sources. ac_ext=java # Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=yes CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} CFLAGS=$GCJFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_RESTORE GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG([TAG]) # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Go compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GO])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for Go test sources. ac_ext=go # Object file extension for compiled Go test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="package main; func main() { }" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='package main; func main() { }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=yes CC=${GOC-"gccgo"} CFLAGS=$GOFLAGS compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Go did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds if test -n "$compiler"; then _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) _LT_CONFIG($1) fi AC_LANG_RESTORE GCC=$lt_save_GCC CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG # _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG]) # ------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler # are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG # to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for RC test sources. ac_ext=rc # Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. objext=o _LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_TAG_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC= CC=${RC-"windres"} CFLAGS= compiler=$CC _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes if test -n "$compiler"; then : _LT_CONFIG($1) fi GCC=$lt_save_GCC AC_LANG_RESTORE CC=$lt_save_CC CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS ])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG # LT_PROG_GCJ # ----------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ], [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ], [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,) test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl ]) # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], []) # LT_PROG_GO # ---------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GO], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo,) ]) # LT_PROG_RC # ---------- AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,) ]) # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], []) # _LT_DECL_EGREP # -------------- # If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep # available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep _LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines]) _LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher]) _LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher]) dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too AC_SUBST([GREP]) ]) # _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP # -------------- # If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump # available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump _LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper]) AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP]) ]) # _LT_DECL_DLLTOOL # ---------------- # Ensure DLLTOOL variable is set. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool _LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program]) AC_SUBST([DLLTOOL]) ]) # _LT_DECL_SED # ------------ # Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates # as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED], [AC_PROG_SED test -z "$SED" && SED=sed Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" _LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output]) _LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"], [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n]) ])# _LT_DECL_SED m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [ # NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # # GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # # a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # # macro and use it instead. # m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, [# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. # Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" fi done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS lt_ac_max=0 lt_ac_count=0 # Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris # along with /bin/sed that truncates output. for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue cat /dev/null > conftest.in lt_ac_count=0 echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed break fi while true; do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo >>conftest.nl $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed fi done done ]) SED=$lt_cv_path_SED AC_SUBST([SED]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) ])#AC_PROG_SED ])#m4_ifndef # Old name: AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], []) # _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES # ------------------------ # Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible, # or has some other useful features. m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs]) # Try some XSI features xsi_shell=no ( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ = c,a/b,b/c, \ && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && xsi_shell=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell']) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="]) lt_shell_append=no ( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && lt_shell_append=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append]) _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append']) if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_unset=unset else lt_unset=false fi _LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl # test EBCDIC or ASCII case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in A) # ASCII based system # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' ;; *) # EBCDIC based system lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' ;; esac _LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl _LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl ])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES # _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE (FUNCNAME, REPLACEMENT-BODY) # ------------------------------------------------------ # In `$cfgfile', look for function FUNCNAME delimited by `^FUNCNAME ()$' and # '^} FUNCNAME ', and replace its body with REPLACEMENT-BODY. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE], [dnl { sed -e '/^$1 ()$/,/^} # $1 /c\ $1 ()\ {\ m4_bpatsubsts([$2], [$], [\\], [^\([ ]\)], [\\\1]) } # Extended-shell $1 implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: ]) # _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS # ------------------------- # Replace existing portable implementations of several shell functions with # equivalent extended shell implementations where those features are available.. m4_defun([_LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS], [if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname], [dnl case ${1} in */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; esac]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_basename], [dnl func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname_and_basename], [dnl case ${1} in */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; esac func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_stripname], [dnl # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. func_stripname_result=${3} func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_long_opt], [dnl func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*} func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_short_opt], [dnl func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_lo2o], [dnl case ${1} in *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; esac]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_xform], [ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_arith], [ func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_len], [ func_len_result=${#1}]) fi if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append], [ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"]) _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append_quoted], [dnl func_quote_for_eval "${2}" dnl m4 expansion turns \\\\ into \\, and then the shell eval turns that into \ eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"]) # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: else # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then AC_MSG_WARN([Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile]) fi ]) # _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS # ----------------------------- # Determine which file name conversion functions should be used by # func_to_host_file (and, implicitly, by func_to_host_path). These are needed # for certain cross-compile configurations and native mingw. m4_defun([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to $host format]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd, [case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ;; esac ;; *-*-cygwin* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ;; *-*-cygwin* ) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; * ) # otherwise, assume *nix lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ;; esac ;; * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; esac ]) to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd]) _LT_DECL([to_host_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd], [0], [convert $build file names to $host format])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to toolchain format]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd, [#assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop case $host in *-*-mingw* ) case $build in *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ;; esac ;; esac ]) to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd]) _LT_DECL([to_tool_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd], [0], [convert $build files to toolchain format])dnl ])# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 7 ltoptions.m4 # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) # _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # ------------------------------------------ m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # --------------------------------------- # Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a # matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are # saved as a flag. m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl ]) # _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------------------------ # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])]) # _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET) # ------------------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME # are set. m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option), [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3 ])[]dnl ]) # _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST) # ---------------------------------------- # OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated # with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with # LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about # the unknown option and exit. m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS], [# Set options m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)]) m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[ dnl dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not dnl specified: _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no ]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no ]) dnl dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared dnl archives by default: _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC]) _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) ]) ])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS # _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) # ----------------------------------------- m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN], [[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE) # ----------------------------------------------- m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE], [m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl ])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE # dlopen # ------ LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes ]) AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], []) # win32-dll # --------- # Declare package support for building win32 dll's. LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=yes case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*) AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) ;; esac test -z "$AS" && AS=as _LT_DECL([], [AS], [1], [Assembler program])dnl test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool _LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump _LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl ])# win32-dll AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl _LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], []) # _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------- # implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and # `disable-shared' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0], [Whether or not to build shared libraries]) ])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])]) # Old names: AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], []) # _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------- # implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and # `disable-static' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0], [Whether or not to build static libraries]) ])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])]) # Old names: AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], []) # _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) # ---------------------------------- # implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install' # and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options. # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) _LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0], [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl ])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])]) # Old names: AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) # _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE]) # -------------------- # implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic' # LT_INIT options. # MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC], [AC_ARG_WITH([pic], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} case $withval in yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; *) pic_mode=default # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for lt_pkg in $withval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then pic_mode=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [pic_mode=default]) test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default]) _LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl ])# _LT_WITH_PIC LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])]) # Old name: AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only]) AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], []) m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], []) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject], [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])]) m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], []) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable], [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])]) LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience], [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])]) # ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 ltsugar.m4 # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])]) # lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...]) # ----------------------------- # Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their # associated separator. # Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier # versions in m4sugar had bugs. m4_define([lt_join], [m4_if([$#], [1], [], [$#], [2], [[$2]], [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) m4_define([_lt_join], [m4_if([$#$2], [2], [], [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) # lt_car(LIST) # lt_cdr(LIST) # ------------ # Manipulate m4 lists. # These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support # Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently. m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]]) m4_define([lt_cdr], [m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])], [$#], 1, [], [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])]) m4_define([lt_unquote], $1) # lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR]) # ------------------------------------------ # Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'. # Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended # to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked). # No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different # than defined and empty). # # This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier # versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING. m4_define([lt_append], [m4_define([$1], m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])]) # lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...]) # ---------------------------------------------------------- # Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of # PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list # has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn. # Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62. m4_define([lt_combine], [m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1], [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl [[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2], [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix], ]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[, [_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])]) # lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ]) # ----------------------------------------------------------------------- # Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited # by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ. m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq], [m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1], [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4], [$5])], [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])]) # lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE) # ----------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_add], [m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])]) # lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE) # -------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey], [m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])]) # lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY]) # ---------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_fetch], [m4_ifval([$3], m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]), m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))]) # lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE]) # ----------------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch], [m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4], [$5], [$6])]) # lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...]) # -------------------------------------------------------------- m4_define([lt_dict_filter], [m4_if([$5], [], [], [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])), lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]), [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl ]) # ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*- # # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # @configure_input@ # serial 3337 ltversion.m4 # This file is part of GNU Libtool m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2]) m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337]) AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], [macro_version='2.4.2' macro_revision='1.3337' _LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) _LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) ]) # lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*- # # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4 # These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool. # # In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN) # which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the # exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong. # # The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN # in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us # using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll # pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define # and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.) # # So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always # included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the # AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything # because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later. # We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. # # Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here. # Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until # we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point # we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. # This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])]) m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])]) m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])]) m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])]) m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])]) m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])]) # pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- # serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24) # # Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) # ---------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], [m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path]) if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi[]dnl ])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG # PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) # # Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar # to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. # # Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) # only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place # it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you # have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually # -------------------------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then m4_default([$2], [:]) m4_ifvaln([$3], [else $3])dnl fi]) # _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) # --------------------------------------------- m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], [if test -n "$$1"; then pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ], [pkg_failed=yes]) else pkg_failed=untried fi[]dnl ])# _PKG_CONFIG # _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED # ----------------------------- AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi[]dnl ])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED # PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], # [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) # # # Note that if there is a possibility the first call to # PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an # explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac # # # -------------------------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl pkg_failed=no AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) if test $pkg_failed = yes; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` else $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR( [Package requirements ($2) were not met: $$1_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. _PKG_TEXT])[]dnl ]) elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. _PKG_TEXT To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])[]dnl ]) else $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) $3 fi[]dnl ])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.11' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.11.3], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.3])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 9 # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, # 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 12 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, [ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. #serial 5 # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking # is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will # need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ]) # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 8 # AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS. AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 16 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], [define([AC_PROG_CC], defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ]) _AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl ]) dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- # From Jim Meyering # Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, # 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) # ---------------------------------- # Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. # Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. # For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user # can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], [m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], [ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl ] ) AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check to see how make treats includes. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) rm -f confinc confmf ]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check for `mkdir -p'. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], [AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than dnl MKDIR_P). AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl case $mkdir_p in [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 3 # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} # Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and # Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. for _am_tool in $_am_tools do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar]) grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR m4_include([acinclude.m4]) ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/acinclude.m4������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014630�11457426322�017362� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: acinclude.m4 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ - aclocal.m4 - Autoconf fun... AC_DEFUN([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [ test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]$2` ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]ac_define_dir` $1="$ac_define_dir" AC_SUBST($1) ifelse($3, , AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir"), AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir", $3)) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_SUBST_DIR], [ ifelse($2,,,$1="[$]$2") $1=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""[$]$1"\" )` AC_SUBST($1) ]) dnl IPv6 support macros..pretty much swiped from wget dnl RB_PROTO_INET6 AC_DEFUN([RB_PROTO_INET6],[ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for INET6 protocol support], [rb_cv_proto_inet6],[ AC_TRY_CPP([ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #ifndef PF_INET6 #error Missing PF_INET6 #endif #ifndef AF_INET6 #error Mlssing AF_INET6 #endif ],[ rb_cv_proto_inet6=yes ],[ rb_cv_proto_inet6=no ]) ]) if test "X$rb_cv_proto_inet6" = "Xyes"; then : $1 else : $2 fi ]) AC_DEFUN([RB_TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6],[ rb_have_sockaddr_in6= AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_in6],[ rb_have_sockaddr_in6=yes ],[ rb_have_sockaddr_in6=no ],[ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #include <netinet/in.h> ]) if test "X$rb_have_sockaddr_in6" = "Xyes"; then : $1 else : $2 fi ]) AC_DEFUN([RB_CHECK_TIMER_CREATE], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for a working timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)], [rb__cv_timer_create_works], [AC_TRY_RUN([ #ifdef HAVE_TIME_H #include <time.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL_H #include <signal.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { #if HAVE_TIMER_CREATE struct sigevent ev; timer_t timer; ev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL; ev.sigev_signo = SIGVTALRM; if (timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ev, &timer) != 0) { return 1; } #else return 1; #endif return 0; } ], [rb__cv_timer_create_works=yes], [rb__cv_timer_create_works=no], [rb__cv_timer_create_works=no]) ]) case $rb__cv_timer_create_works in yes) AC_DEFINE([USE_TIMER_CREATE], 1, [Define to 1 if we can use timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME,...)]);; esac ]) AC_DEFUN([RB_CHECK_TIMERFD_CREATE], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for a working timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME)], [rb__cv_timerfd_create_works], [AC_TRY_RUN([ #ifdef HAVE_TIME_H #include <time.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL_H #include <signal.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H #include <sys/timerfd.h> #endif int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { #if defined(HAVE_TIMERFD_CREATE) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H) if (timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, 0) < 0) { return 1; } #else return 1; #endif return 0; } ], [rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=yes], [rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=no], [rb__cv_timerfd_create_works=no]) ]) case $rb__cv_timerfd_create_works in yes) AC_DEFINE([USE_TIMERFD_CREATE], 1, [Define to 1 if we can use timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME,...)]);; esac ]) dnl dnl Useful macros for autoconf to check for ssp-patched gcc dnl 1.0 - September 2003 - Tiago Sousa <mirage@kaotik.org> dnl 1.1 - August 2006 - Ted Percival <ted@midg3t.net> dnl * Stricter language checking (C or C++) dnl * Adds GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB to add -lssp to LDFLAGS as necessary dnl * Caches all results dnl * Uses macros to ensure correct ouput in quiet/silent mode dnl 1.2 - April 2007 - Ted Percival <ted@midg3t.net> dnl * Added GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR macro for simpler (one-line) invocation dnl * GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB now adds -lssp to LIBS rather than LDFLAGS dnl dnl About ssp: dnl GCC extension for protecting applications from stack-smashing attacks dnl http://www.research.ibm.com/trl/projects/security/ssp/ dnl dnl Usage: dnl Most people will simply call GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR. dnl If you only use one of C or C++, you can save time by only calling the dnl macro appropriate for that language. In that case you should also call dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB first. dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR dnl Tries to turn on stack protection for C and C++ by calling the following dnl three macros with the right languages. dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC dnl checks -fstack-protector with the C compiler, if it exists then updates dnl CFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CC dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX dnl checks -fstack-protector with the C++ compiler, if it exists then updates dnl CXXFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CXX dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB dnl adds -lssp to LIBS if it is available dnl ssp is usually provided as part of libc, but was previously a separate lib dnl It does not hurt to add -lssp even if libc provides SSP - in that case dnl libssp will simply be ignored. dnl AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB],[ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libssp exists], ssp_cv_lib, [ssp_old_libs="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -lssp" AC_TRY_LINK(,, ssp_cv_lib=yes, ssp_cv_lib=no) LIBS="$ssp_old_libs" ]) if test $ssp_cv_lib = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS -lssp" fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC],[ AC_LANG_ASSERT(C) if test "X$CC" != "X"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector], ssp_cv_cc, [ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cc=yes, ssp_cv_cc=no) CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags" ]) if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CC], 1, [Define if SSP C support is enabled.]) fi fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX],[ AC_LANG_ASSERT(C++) if test "X$CXX" != "X"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CXX} accepts -fstack-protector], ssp_cv_cxx, [ssp_old_cxxflags="$CXXFLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cxx=yes, ssp_cv_cxx=no) CXXFLAGS="$ssp_old_cxxflags" ]) if test $ssp_cv_cxx = yes; then CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CXX], 1, [Define if SSP C++ support is enabled.]) fi fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR],[ GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB AC_LANG_PUSH([C]) GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC AC_LANG_POP([C]) AC_LANG_PUSH([C++]) GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX AC_LANG_POP([C++]) ]) ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/��������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�015741� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/commio.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000135240�11742637536�017420� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * commio.c: Network/file related functions * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: commio.c 27389 2012-04-15 21:36:30Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <commio-ssl.h> #include <event-int.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H #include <sys/uio.h> #endif #define HAVE_SSL 1 #ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL #define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 #endif struct timeout_data { rb_fde_t *F; rb_dlink_node node; time_t timeout; PF *timeout_handler; void *timeout_data; }; rb_dlink_list *rb_fd_table; static rb_bh *fd_heap; static rb_dlink_list timeout_list; static rb_dlink_list closed_list; static struct ev_entry *rb_timeout_ev; static const char *rb_err_str[] = { "Comm OK", "Error during bind()", "Error during DNS lookup", "connect timeout", "Error during connect()", "Comm Error" }; /* Highest FD and number of open FDs .. */ static int number_fd = 0; int rb_maxconnections = 0; static PF rb_connect_timeout; static PF rb_connect_tryconnect; #ifdef RB_IPV6 static void mangle_mapped_sockaddr(struct sockaddr *in); #endif #ifndef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR static int rb_inet_socketpair(int d, int type, int protocol, int sv[2]); static int rb_inet_socketpair_udp(rb_fde_t **newF1, rb_fde_t **newF2); #endif static inline rb_fde_t * add_fd(int fd) { rb_fde_t *F = rb_find_fd(fd); /* look up to see if we have it already */ if(F != NULL) return F; F = rb_bh_alloc(fd_heap); F->fd = fd; rb_dlinkAdd(F, &F->node, &rb_fd_table[rb_hash_fd(fd)]); return (F); } static inline void remove_fd(rb_fde_t *F) { if(F == NULL || !IsFDOpen(F)) return; rb_dlinkMoveNode(&F->node, &rb_fd_table[rb_hash_fd(F->fd)], &closed_list); } static void free_fds(void) { rb_fde_t *F; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, closed_list.head) { F = ptr->data; rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &closed_list); rb_bh_free(fd_heap, F); } } /* 32bit solaris is kinda slow and stdio only supports fds < 256 * so we got to do this crap below. * (BTW Fuck you Sun, I hate your guts and I hope you go bankrupt soon) */ #if defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun) static void rb_fd_hack(int *fd) { int newfd; if(*fd > 256 || *fd < 0) return; if((newfd = fcntl(*fd, F_DUPFD, 256)) != -1) { close(*fd); *fd = newfd; } return; } #else #define rb_fd_hack(fd) #endif /* close_all_connections() can be used *before* the system come up! */ static void rb_close_all(void) { #ifndef _WIN32 int i; /* XXX someone tell me why we care about 4 fd's ? */ /* XXX btw, fd 3 is used for profiler ! */ for(i = 3; i < rb_maxconnections; ++i) { close(i); } #endif } /* * get_sockerr - get the error value from the socket or the current errno * * Get the *real* error from the socket (well try to anyway..). * This may only work when SO_DEBUG is enabled but its worth the * gamble anyway. */ int rb_get_sockerr(rb_fde_t *F) { int errtmp; int err = 0; rb_socklen_t len = sizeof(err); if(!(F->type & RB_FD_SOCKET)) return errno; rb_get_errno(); errtmp = errno; #ifdef SO_ERROR if(F != NULL && !getsockopt(rb_get_fd(F), SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char *)&err, (rb_socklen_t *) & len)) { if(err) errtmp = err; } errno = errtmp; #endif return errtmp; } /* * rb_getmaxconnect - return the max number of connections allowed */ int rb_getmaxconnect(void) { return (rb_maxconnections); } /* * set_sock_buffers - set send and receive buffers for socket * * inputs - fd file descriptor * - size to set * output - returns true (1) if successful, false (0) otherwise * side effects - */ int rb_set_buffers(rb_fde_t *F, int size) { if(F == NULL) return 0; if(setsockopt (F->fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char *)&size, sizeof(size)) || setsockopt(F->fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char *)&size, sizeof(size))) return 0; return 1; } /* * set_non_blocking - Set the client connection into non-blocking mode. * * inputs - fd to set into non blocking mode * output - 1 if successful 0 if not * side effects - use POSIX compliant non blocking and * be done with it. */ int rb_set_nb(rb_fde_t *F) { int nonb = 0; int res; int fd; if(F == NULL) return 0; fd = F->fd; if((res = rb_setup_fd(F))) return res; #ifdef O_NONBLOCK nonb |= O_NONBLOCK; res = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL, 0); if(-1 == res || fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, res | nonb) == -1) return 0; #else nonb = 1; res = 0; if(ioctl(fd, FIONBIO, (char *)&nonb) == -1) return 0; #endif return 1; } /* * rb_settimeout() - set the socket timeout * * Set the timeout for the fd */ void rb_settimeout(rb_fde_t *F, time_t timeout, PF * callback, void *cbdata) { struct timeout_data *td; if(F == NULL) return; lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); td = F->timeout; if(callback == NULL) /* user wants to remove */ { if(td == NULL) return; rb_dlinkDelete(&td->node, &timeout_list); rb_free(td); F->timeout = NULL; if(rb_dlink_list_length(&timeout_list) == 0) { rb_event_delete(rb_timeout_ev); rb_timeout_ev = NULL; } return; } if(F->timeout == NULL) td = F->timeout = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct timeout_data)); td->F = F; td->timeout = rb_current_time() + timeout; td->timeout_handler = callback; td->timeout_data = cbdata; rb_dlinkAdd(td, &td->node, &timeout_list); if(rb_timeout_ev == NULL) { rb_timeout_ev = rb_event_add("rb_checktimeouts", rb_checktimeouts, NULL, 5); } } /* * rb_checktimeouts() - check the socket timeouts * * All this routine does is call the given callback/cbdata, without closing * down the file descriptor. When close handlers have been implemented, * this will happen. */ void rb_checktimeouts(void *notused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; struct timeout_data *td; rb_fde_t *F; PF *hdl; void *data; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, timeout_list.head) { td = ptr->data; F = td->F; if(F == NULL || !IsFDOpen(F)) continue; if(td->timeout < rb_current_time()) { hdl = td->timeout_handler; data = td->timeout_data; rb_dlinkDelete(&td->node, &timeout_list); F->timeout = NULL; rb_free(td); hdl(F, data); } } } static void rb_accept_tryaccept(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage st; rb_fde_t *new_F; rb_socklen_t addrlen = sizeof(st); int new_fd; while(1) { new_fd = accept(F->fd, (struct sockaddr *)&st, &addrlen); rb_get_errno(); if(new_fd < 0) { rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_ACCEPT, rb_accept_tryaccept, NULL); return; } rb_fd_hack(&new_fd); new_F = rb_open(new_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET, "Incoming Connection"); if(new_F == NULL) { rb_lib_log ("rb_accept: new_F == NULL on incoming connection. Closing new_fd == %d\n", new_fd); close(new_fd); continue; } if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(new_F))) { rb_get_errno(); rb_lib_log("rb_accept: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking!", new_F->fd); rb_close(new_F); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 mangle_mapped_sockaddr((struct sockaddr *)&st); #endif if(F->accept->precb != NULL) { if(!F->accept->precb(new_F, (struct sockaddr *)&st, addrlen, F->accept->data)) /* pre-callback decided to drop it */ continue; } #ifdef HAVE_SSL if(F->type & RB_FD_SSL) { rb_ssl_accept_setup(F, new_F, (struct sockaddr *)&st, addrlen); } else #endif /* HAVE_SSL */ { F->accept->callback(new_F, RB_OK, (struct sockaddr *)&st, addrlen, F->accept->data); } } } /* try to accept a TCP connection */ void rb_accept_tcp(rb_fde_t *F, ACPRE * precb, ACCB * callback, void *data) { if(F == NULL) return; lrb_assert(callback); F->accept = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct acceptdata)); F->accept->callback = callback; F->accept->data = data; F->accept->precb = precb; rb_accept_tryaccept(F, NULL); } /* * void rb_connect_tcp(int fd, struct sockaddr *dest, * struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, * CNCB *callback, void *data, int timeout) * Input: An fd to connect with, a host and port to connect to, * a local sockaddr to connect from + length(or NULL to use the * default), a callback, the data to pass into the callback, the * address family. * Output: None. * Side-effects: A non-blocking connection to the host is started, and * if necessary, set up for selection. The callback given * may be called now, or it may be called later. */ void rb_connect_tcp(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *dest, struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { if(F == NULL) return; lrb_assert(callback); F->connect = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct conndata)); F->connect->callback = callback; F->connect->data = data; memcpy(&F->connect->hostaddr, dest, sizeof(F->connect->hostaddr)); /* Note that we're using a passed sockaddr here. This is because * generally you'll be bind()ing to a sockaddr grabbed from * getsockname(), so this makes things easier. * XXX If NULL is passed as local, we should later on bind() to the * virtual host IP, for completeness. * -- adrian */ if((clocal != NULL) && (bind(F->fd, clocal, socklen) < 0)) { /* Failure, call the callback with RB_ERR_BIND */ rb_connect_callback(F, RB_ERR_BIND); /* ... and quit */ return; } /* We have a valid IP, so we just call tryconnect */ /* Make sure we actually set the timeout here .. */ rb_settimeout(F, timeout, rb_connect_timeout, NULL); rb_connect_tryconnect(F, NULL); } /* * rb_connect_callback() - call the callback, and continue with life */ void rb_connect_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status) { CNCB *hdl; void *data; int errtmp = errno; /* save errno as rb_settimeout clobbers it sometimes */ /* This check is gross..but probably necessary */ if(F == NULL || F->connect == NULL || F->connect->callback == NULL) return; /* Clear the connect flag + handler */ hdl = F->connect->callback; data = F->connect->data; F->connect->callback = NULL; /* Clear the timeout handler */ rb_settimeout(F, 0, NULL, NULL); errno = errtmp; /* Call the handler */ hdl(F, status, data); } /* * rb_connect_timeout() - this gets called when the socket connection * times out. This *only* can be called once connect() is initially * called .. */ static void rb_connect_timeout(rb_fde_t *F, void *notused) { /* error! */ rb_connect_callback(F, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT); } /* static void rb_connect_tryconnect(int fd, void *notused) * Input: The fd, the handler data(unused). * Output: None. * Side-effects: Try and connect with pending connect data for the FD. If * we succeed or get a fatal error, call the callback. * Otherwise, it is still blocking or something, so register * to select for a write event on this FD. */ static void rb_connect_tryconnect(rb_fde_t *F, void *notused) { int retval; if(F == NULL || F->connect == NULL || F->connect->callback == NULL) return; /* Try the connect() */ retval = connect(F->fd, (struct sockaddr *)&F->connect->hostaddr, GET_SS_LEN(&F->connect->hostaddr)); /* Error? */ if(retval < 0) { /* * If we get EISCONN, then we've already connect()ed the socket, * which is a good thing. * -- adrian */ rb_get_errno(); if(errno == EISCONN) rb_connect_callback(F, RB_OK); else if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) /* Ignore error? Reschedule */ rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_CONNECT, rb_connect_tryconnect, NULL); else /* Error? Fail with RB_ERR_CONNECT */ rb_connect_callback(F, RB_ERR_CONNECT); return; } /* If we get here, we've suceeded, so call with RB_OK */ rb_connect_callback(F, RB_OK); } int rb_connect_sockaddr(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr, int len) { if(F == NULL) return 0; memcpy(addr, &F->connect->hostaddr, len); return 1; } /* * rb_error_str() - return an error string for the given error condition */ const char * rb_errstr(int error) { if(error < 0 || error >= RB_ERR_MAX) return "Invalid error number!"; return rb_err_str[error]; } int rb_socketpair(int family, int sock_type, int proto, rb_fde_t **F1, rb_fde_t **F2, const char *note) { int nfd[2]; if(number_fd >= rb_maxconnections) { errno = ENFILE; return -1; } #ifdef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR if(socketpair(family, sock_type, proto, nfd)) #else if(sock_type == SOCK_DGRAM) { return rb_inet_socketpair_udp(F1, F2); } if(rb_inet_socketpair(AF_INET, sock_type, proto, nfd)) #endif return -1; rb_fd_hack(&nfd[0]); rb_fd_hack(&nfd[1]); *F1 = rb_open(nfd[0], RB_FD_SOCKET, note); *F2 = rb_open(nfd[1], RB_FD_SOCKET, note); if(*F1 == NULL) { if(*F2 != NULL) rb_close(*F2); return -1; } if(*F2 == NULL) { rb_close(*F1); return -1; } /* Set the socket non-blocking, and other wonderful bits */ if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(*F1))) { rb_lib_log("rb_open: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking: %s", nfd[0], strerror(errno)); rb_close(*F1); rb_close(*F2); return -1; } if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(*F2))) { rb_lib_log("rb_open: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking: %s", nfd[1], strerror(errno)); rb_close(*F1); rb_close(*F2); return -1; } return 0; } int rb_pipe(rb_fde_t **F1, rb_fde_t **F2, const char *desc) { #ifndef _WIN32 int fd[2]; if(number_fd >= rb_maxconnections) { errno = ENFILE; return -1; } if(pipe(fd) == -1) return -1; rb_fd_hack(&fd[0]); rb_fd_hack(&fd[1]); *F1 = rb_open(fd[0], RB_FD_PIPE, desc); *F2 = rb_open(fd[1], RB_FD_PIPE, desc); if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(*F1))) { rb_lib_log("rb_open: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking: %s", fd[0], strerror(errno)); rb_close(*F1); rb_close(*F2); return -1; } if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(*F2))) { rb_lib_log("rb_open: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking: %s", fd[1], strerror(errno)); rb_close(*F1); rb_close(*F2); return -1; } return 0; #else /* Its not a pipe..but its selectable. I'll take dirty hacks * for $500 Alex. */ return rb_socketpair(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0, F1, F2, desc); #endif } /* * rb_socket() - open a socket * * This is a highly highly cut down version of squid's rb_open() which * for the most part emulates socket(), *EXCEPT* it fails if we're about * to run out of file descriptors. */ rb_fde_t * rb_socket(int family, int sock_type, int proto, const char *note) { rb_fde_t *F; int fd; /* First, make sure we aren't going to run out of file descriptors */ if(rb_unlikely(number_fd >= rb_maxconnections)) { errno = ENFILE; return NULL; } /* * Next, we try to open the socket. We *should* drop the reserved FD * limit if/when we get an error, but we can deal with that later. * XXX !!! -- adrian */ fd = socket(family, sock_type, proto); rb_fd_hack(&fd); if(rb_unlikely(fd < 0)) return NULL; /* errno will be passed through, yay.. */ #if defined(RB_IPV6) && defined(IPV6_V6ONLY) /* * Make sure we can take both IPv4 and IPv6 connections * on an AF_INET6 socket */ if(family == AF_INET6) { int off = 1; if(setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_V6ONLY, &off, sizeof(off)) == -1) { rb_lib_log("rb_socket: Could not set IPV6_V6ONLY option to 1 on FD %d: %s", fd, strerror(errno)); close(fd); return NULL; } } #endif F = rb_open(fd, RB_FD_SOCKET, note); if(F == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_socket: rb_open returns NULL on FD %d: %s, closing fd", fd, strerror(errno)); close(fd); return NULL; } /* Set the socket non-blocking, and other wonderful bits */ if(rb_unlikely(!rb_set_nb(F))) { rb_lib_log("rb_open: Couldn't set FD %d non blocking: %s", fd, strerror(errno)); rb_close(F); return NULL; } return F; } /* * If a sockaddr_storage is AF_INET6 but is a mapped IPv4 * socket manged the sockaddr. */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 static void mangle_mapped_sockaddr(struct sockaddr *in) { struct sockaddr_in6 *in6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)in; if(in->sa_family == AF_INET) return; if(in->sa_family == AF_INET6 && IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&in6->sin6_addr)) { struct sockaddr_in in4; memset(&in4, 0, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); in4.sin_family = AF_INET; in4.sin_port = in6->sin6_port; in4.sin_addr.s_addr = ((uint32_t *)&in6->sin6_addr)[3]; memcpy(in, &in4, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); } return; } #endif /* * rb_listen() - listen on a port */ int rb_listen(rb_fde_t *F, int backlog) { F->type = RB_FD_SOCKET | RB_FD_LISTEN; /* Currently just a simple wrapper for the sake of being complete */ return listen(F->fd, backlog); } void rb_fdlist_init(int closeall, int maxfds, size_t heapsize) { static int initialized = 0; #ifdef _WIN32 WSADATA wsaData; int err; int vers = MAKEWORD(2, 0); err = WSAStartup(vers, &wsaData); if(err != 0) { rb_lib_die("WSAStartup failed"); } #endif if(!initialized) { rb_maxconnections = maxfds; if(closeall) rb_close_all(); /* Since we're doing this once .. */ initialized = 1; } fd_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(rb_fde_t), heapsize, "librb_fd_heap"); } /* Called to open a given filedescriptor */ rb_fde_t * rb_open(int fd, uint8_t type, const char *desc) { rb_fde_t *F; lrb_assert(fd >= 0); F = add_fd(fd); lrb_assert(!IsFDOpen(F)); if(rb_unlikely(IsFDOpen(F))) { const char *fdesc; if(F != NULL && F->desc != NULL) fdesc = F->desc; else fdesc = "NULL"; rb_lib_log("Trying to rb_open an already open FD: %d desc: %s", fd, fdesc); return NULL; } F->fd = fd; F->type = type; SetFDOpen(F); if(desc != NULL) F->desc = rb_strndup(desc, FD_DESC_SZ); number_fd++; return F; } /* Called to close a given filedescriptor */ void rb_close(rb_fde_t *F) { int type, fd; if(F == NULL) return; fd = F->fd; type = F->type; lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); lrb_assert(!(type & RB_FD_FILE)); if(rb_unlikely(type & RB_FD_FILE)) { lrb_assert(F->read_handler == NULL); lrb_assert(F->write_handler == NULL); } rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE | RB_SELECT_READ, NULL, NULL); rb_settimeout(F, 0, NULL, NULL); rb_free(F->accept); rb_free(F->connect); rb_free(F->desc); #ifdef HAVE_SSL if(type & RB_FD_SSL) { rb_ssl_shutdown(F); } #endif /* HAVE_SSL */ if(IsFDOpen(F)) { remove_fd(F); ClearFDOpen(F); } number_fd--; #ifdef _WIN32 if(type & (RB_FD_SOCKET | RB_FD_PIPE)) { closesocket(fd); return; } else #endif close(fd); } /* * rb_dump_fd() - dump the list of active filedescriptors */ void rb_dump_fd(DUMPCB * cb, void *data) { static const char *empty = ""; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_list *bucket; rb_fde_t *F; unsigned int i; for(i = 0; i < RB_FD_HASH_SIZE; i++) { bucket = &rb_fd_table[i]; if(rb_dlink_list_length(bucket) <= 0) continue; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, bucket->head) { F = ptr->data; if(F == NULL || !IsFDOpen(F)) continue; cb(F->fd, F->desc ? F->desc : empty, data); } } } /* * rb_note() - set the fd note * * Note: must be careful not to overflow rb_fd_table[fd].desc when * calling. */ void rb_note(rb_fde_t *F, const char *string) { if(F == NULL) return; rb_free(F->desc); F->desc = rb_strndup(string, FD_DESC_SZ); } void rb_set_type(rb_fde_t *F, uint8_t type) { /* if the caller is calling this, lets assume they have a clue */ F->type = type; return; } uint8_t rb_get_type(rb_fde_t *F) { return F->type; } int rb_fd_ssl(rb_fde_t *F) { if(F == NULL) return 0; if(F->type & RB_FD_SSL) return 1; return 0; } int rb_get_fd(rb_fde_t *F) { if(F == NULL) return -1; return (F->fd); } rb_fde_t * rb_get_fde(int fd) { return rb_find_fd(fd); } ssize_t rb_read(rb_fde_t *F, void *buf, int count) { ssize_t ret; if(F == NULL) return 0; /* This needs to be *before* RB_FD_SOCKET otherwise you'll process * an SSL socket as a regular socket */ #ifdef HAVE_SSL if(F->type & RB_FD_SSL) { return rb_ssl_read(F, buf, count); } #endif if(F->type & RB_FD_SOCKET) { ret = recv(F->fd, buf, count, 0); if(ret < 0) { rb_get_errno(); } return ret; } /* default case */ return read(F->fd, buf, count); } ssize_t rb_write(rb_fde_t *F, const void *buf, int count) { ssize_t ret; if(F == NULL) return 0; #ifdef HAVE_SSL if(F->type & RB_FD_SSL) { return rb_ssl_write(F, buf, count); } #endif if(F->type & RB_FD_SOCKET) { ret = send(F->fd, buf, count, MSG_NOSIGNAL); if(ret < 0) { rb_get_errno(); } return ret; } return write(F->fd, buf, count); } #if defined(HAVE_SSL) || defined(WIN32) || !defined(HAVE_WRITEV) static ssize_t rb_fake_writev(rb_fde_t *F, const struct rb_iovec *vp, size_t vpcount) { ssize_t count = 0; while(vpcount-- > 0) { ssize_t written = rb_write(F, vp->iov_base, vp->iov_len); if(written <= 0) { if(count > 0) return count; else return written; } count += written; vp++; } return (count); } #endif #if defined(WIN32) || !defined(HAVE_WRITEV) ssize_t rb_writev(rb_fde_t *F, struct rb_iovec * vecount, int count) { return rb_fake_writev(F, vecount, count); } #else ssize_t rb_writev(rb_fde_t *F, struct rb_iovec * vector, int count) { if(F == NULL) { errno = EBADF; return -1; } #ifdef HAVE_SSL if(F->type & RB_FD_SSL) { return rb_fake_writev(F, vector, count); } #endif /* HAVE_SSL */ #ifdef HAVE_SENDMSG if(F->type & RB_FD_SOCKET) { struct msghdr msg; memset(&msg, 0, sizeof(msg)); msg.msg_iov = (struct iovec *)vector; msg.msg_iovlen = count; return sendmsg(F->fd, &msg, MSG_NOSIGNAL); } #endif /* HAVE_SENDMSG */ return writev(F->fd, (struct iovec *)vector, count); } #endif /* * From: Thomas Helvey <tomh@inxpress.net> */ static const char *IpQuadTab[] = { "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14", "15", "16", "17", "18", "19", "20", "21", "22", "23", "24", "25", "26", "27", "28", "29", "30", "31", "32", "33", "34", "35", "36", "37", "38", "39", "40", "41", "42", "43", "44", "45", "46", "47", "48", "49", "50", "51", "52", "53", "54", "55", "56", "57", "58", "59", "60", "61", "62", "63", "64", "65", "66", "67", "68", "69", "70", "71", "72", "73", "74", "75", "76", "77", "78", "79", "80", "81", "82", "83", "84", "85", "86", "87", "88", "89", "90", "91", "92", "93", "94", "95", "96", "97", "98", "99", "100", "101", "102", "103", "104", "105", "106", "107", "108", "109", "110", "111", "112", "113", "114", "115", "116", "117", "118", "119", "120", "121", "122", "123", "124", "125", "126", "127", "128", "129", "130", "131", "132", "133", "134", "135", "136", "137", "138", "139", "140", "141", "142", "143", "144", "145", "146", "147", "148", "149", "150", "151", "152", "153", "154", "155", "156", "157", "158", "159", "160", "161", "162", "163", "164", "165", "166", "167", "168", "169", "170", "171", "172", "173", "174", "175", "176", "177", "178", "179", "180", "181", "182", "183", "184", "185", "186", "187", "188", "189", "190", "191", "192", "193", "194", "195", "196", "197", "198", "199", "200", "201", "202", "203", "204", "205", "206", "207", "208", "209", "210", "211", "212", "213", "214", "215", "216", "217", "218", "219", "220", "221", "222", "223", "224", "225", "226", "227", "228", "229", "230", "231", "232", "233", "234", "235", "236", "237", "238", "239", "240", "241", "242", "243", "244", "245", "246", "247", "248", "249", "250", "251", "252", "253", "254", "255" }; /* * inetntoa - in_addr to string * changed name to remove collision possibility and * so behaviour is guaranteed to take a pointer arg. * -avalon 23/11/92 * inet_ntoa -- returned the dotted notation of a given * internet number * argv 11/90). * inet_ntoa -- its broken on some Ultrix/Dynix too. -avalon */ static const char * inetntoa(const char *in) { static char buf[16]; char *bufptr = buf; const unsigned char *a = (const unsigned char *)in; const char *n; n = IpQuadTab[*a++]; while(*n) *bufptr++ = *n++; *bufptr++ = '.'; n = IpQuadTab[*a++]; while(*n) *bufptr++ = *n++; *bufptr++ = '.'; n = IpQuadTab[*a++]; while(*n) *bufptr++ = *n++; *bufptr++ = '.'; n = IpQuadTab[*a]; while(*n) *bufptr++ = *n++; *bufptr = '\0'; return buf; } /* * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium. * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS * SOFTWARE. */ #define SPRINTF(x) ((size_t)rb_sprintf x) /* * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where * sizeof(int) < 4. sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX. */ static const char *inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, unsigned int size); #ifdef RB_IPV6 static const char *inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, unsigned int size); #endif /* const char * * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size) * format an IPv4 address * return: * `dst' (as a const) * notes: * (1) uses no statics * (2) takes a unsigned char* not an in_addr as input * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ static const char * inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, unsigned int size) { if(size < 16) return NULL; return strcpy(dst, inetntoa((const char *)src)); } /* const char * * inet_ntop6(src, dst, size) * convert IPv6 binary address into presentation (printable) format * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 static const char * inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, unsigned int size) { /* * Note that int32_t and int16_t need only be "at least" large enough * to contain a value of the specified size. On some systems, like * Crays, there is no such thing as an integer variable with 16 bits. * Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded * to use pointer overlays. All the world's not a VAX. */ char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp; struct { int base, len; } best, cur; unsigned int words[IN6ADDRSZ / INT16SZ]; int i; /* * Preprocess: * Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array. * Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding. */ memset(words, '\0', sizeof words); for(i = 0; i < IN6ADDRSZ; i += 2) words[i / 2] = (src[i] << 8) | src[i + 1]; best.base = -1; best.len = 0; cur.base = -1; cur.len = 0; for(i = 0; i < (IN6ADDRSZ / INT16SZ); i++) { if(words[i] == 0) { if(cur.base == -1) cur.base = i, cur.len = 1; else cur.len++; } else { if(cur.base != -1) { if(best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len) best = cur; cur.base = -1; } } } if(cur.base != -1) { if(best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len) best = cur; } if(best.base != -1 && best.len < 2) best.base = -1; /* * Format the result. */ tp = tmp; for(i = 0; i < (IN6ADDRSZ / INT16SZ); i++) { /* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */ if(best.base != -1 && i >= best.base && i < (best.base + best.len)) { if(i == best.base) { if(i == 0) *tp++ = '0'; *tp++ = ':'; } continue; } /* Are we following an initial run of 0x00s or any real hex? */ if(i != 0) *tp++ = ':'; /* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */ if(i == 6 && best.base == 0 && (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) { if(!inet_ntop4(src + 12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp))) return (NULL); tp += strlen(tp); break; } tp += SPRINTF((tp, "%x", words[i])); } /* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */ if(best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) == (IN6ADDRSZ / INT16SZ)) *tp++ = ':'; *tp++ = '\0'; /* * Check for overflow, copy, and we're done. */ if((unsigned int)(tp - tmp) > size) { return (NULL); } return strcpy(dst, tmp); } #endif int rb_inet_pton_sock(const char *src, struct sockaddr *dst) { if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET, src, &((struct sockaddr_in *)dst)->sin_addr)) { ((struct sockaddr_in *)dst)->sin_port = 0; ((struct sockaddr_in *)dst)->sin_family = AF_INET; SET_SS_LEN(dst, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); return 1; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET6, src, &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)dst)->sin6_addr)) { ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)dst)->sin6_port = 0; ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)dst)->sin6_family = AF_INET6; SET_SS_LEN(dst, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)); return 1; } #endif return 0; } const char * rb_inet_ntop_sock(struct sockaddr *src, char *dst, unsigned int size) { switch (src->sa_family) { case AF_INET: return (rb_inet_ntop(AF_INET, &((struct sockaddr_in *)src)->sin_addr, dst, size)); break; #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: return (rb_inet_ntop (AF_INET6, &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)src)->sin6_addr, dst, size)); break; #endif default: return NULL; break; } } /* char * * rb_inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size) * convert a network format address to presentation format. * return: * pointer to presentation format address (`dst'), or NULL (see errno). * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ const char * rb_inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, unsigned int size) { switch (af) { case AF_INET: return (inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)); #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: if(IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED((const struct in6_addr *)src) || IN6_IS_ADDR_V4COMPAT((const struct in6_addr *)src)) return (inet_ntop4 ((const unsigned char *)&((const struct in6_addr *)src)-> s6_addr[12], dst, size)); else return (inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)); #endif default: return (NULL); } /* NOTREACHED */ } /* * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where * sizeof(int) < 4. sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX. */ /* int * rb_inet_pton(af, src, dst) * convert from presentation format (which usually means ASCII printable) * to network format (which is usually some kind of binary format). * return: * 1 if the address was valid for the specified address family * 0 if the address wasn't valid (`dst' is untouched in this case) * -1 if some other error occurred (`dst' is untouched in this case, too) * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ /* int * inet_pton4(src, dst) * like inet_aton() but without all the hexadecimal and shorthand. * return: * 1 if `src' is a valid dotted quad, else 0. * notice: * does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1. * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ static int inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst) { int saw_digit, octets, ch; unsigned char tmp[INADDRSZ], *tp; saw_digit = 0; octets = 0; *(tp = tmp) = 0; while((ch = *src++) != '\0') { if(ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') { unsigned int new = *tp * 10 + (ch - '0'); if(new > 255) return (0); *tp = new; if(!saw_digit) { if(++octets > 4) return (0); saw_digit = 1; } } else if(ch == '.' && saw_digit) { if(octets == 4) return (0); *++tp = 0; saw_digit = 0; } else return (0); } if(octets < 4) return (0); memcpy(dst, tmp, INADDRSZ); return (1); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 /* int * inet_pton6(src, dst) * convert presentation level address to network order binary form. * return: * 1 if `src' is a valid [RFC1884 2.2] address, else 0. * notice: * (1) does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1. * (2) :: in a full address is silently ignored. * credit: * inspired by Mark Andrews. * author: * Paul Vixie, 1996. */ static int inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst) { static const char xdigits[] = "0123456789abcdef"; unsigned char tmp[IN6ADDRSZ], *tp, *endp, *colonp; const char *curtok; int ch, saw_xdigit; unsigned int val; tp = memset(tmp, '\0', IN6ADDRSZ); endp = tp + IN6ADDRSZ; colonp = NULL; /* Leading :: requires some special handling. */ if(*src == ':') if(*++src != ':') return (0); curtok = src; saw_xdigit = 0; val = 0; while((ch = tolower(*src++)) != '\0') { const char *pch; pch = strchr(xdigits, ch); if(pch != NULL) { val <<= 4; val |= (pch - xdigits); if(val > 0xffff) return (0); saw_xdigit = 1; continue; } if(ch == ':') { curtok = src; if(!saw_xdigit) { if(colonp) return (0); colonp = tp; continue; } else if(*src == '\0') { return (0); } if(tp + INT16SZ > endp) return (0); *tp++ = (unsigned char)(val >> 8) & 0xff; *tp++ = (unsigned char)val & 0xff; saw_xdigit = 0; val = 0; continue; } if(*src != '\0' && ch == '.') { if(((tp + INADDRSZ) <= endp) && inet_pton4(curtok, tp) > 0) { tp += INADDRSZ; saw_xdigit = 0; break; /* '\0' was seen by inet_pton4(). */ } } else continue; return (0); } if(saw_xdigit) { if(tp + INT16SZ > endp) return (0); *tp++ = (unsigned char)(val >> 8) & 0xff; *tp++ = (unsigned char)val & 0xff; } if(colonp != NULL) { /* * Since some memmove()'s erroneously fail to handle * overlapping regions, we'll do the shift by hand. */ const int n = tp - colonp; int i; if(tp == endp) return (0); for(i = 1; i <= n; i++) { endp[-i] = colonp[n - i]; colonp[n - i] = 0; } tp = endp; } if(tp != endp) return (0); memcpy(dst, tmp, IN6ADDRSZ); return (1); } #endif int rb_inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst) { switch (af) { case AF_INET: return (inet_pton4(src, dst)); #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: /* Somebody might have passed as an IPv4 address this is sick but it works */ if(inet_pton4(src, dst)) { char tmp[HOSTIPLEN]; rb_sprintf(tmp, "::ffff:%s", src); return (inet_pton6(tmp, dst)); } else return (inet_pton6(src, dst)); #endif default: return (-1); } /* NOTREACHED */ } #ifndef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR /* mostly based on perl's emulation of socketpair udp */ static int rb_inet_socketpair_udp(rb_fde_t **newF1, rb_fde_t **newF2) { struct sockaddr_in addr[2]; rb_socklen_t size = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in); rb_fde_t *F[2]; unsigned int fd[2]; int i, got; unsigned short port; memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr)); for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { F[i] = rb_socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0, "udp socketpair"); if(F[i] == NULL) goto failed; addr[i].sin_family = AF_INET; addr[i].sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK); addr[i].sin_port = 0; if(bind(rb_get_fd(F[i]), (struct sockaddr *)&addr[i], sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))) goto failed; fd[i] = rb_get_fd(F[i]); } for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { if(getsockname(fd[i], (struct sockaddr *)&addr[i], &size)) goto failed; if(size != sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)) goto failed; if(connect(fd[!i], (struct sockaddr *)&addr[i], sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)) == -1) goto failed; } for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { port = addr[i].sin_port; got = rb_write(F[i], &port, sizeof(port)); if(got != sizeof(port)) { if(got == -1) goto failed; goto abort_failed; } } struct timeval wait = { 0, 100000 }; int max = fd[1] > fd[0] ? fd[1] : fd[0]; fd_set rset; FD_ZERO(&rset); FD_SET(fd[0], &rset); FD_SET(fd[1], &rset); got = select(max + 1, &rset, NULL, NULL, &wait); if(got != 2 || !FD_ISSET(fd[0], &rset) || !FD_ISSET(fd[1], &rset)) { if(got == -1) goto failed; goto abort_failed; } struct sockaddr_in readfrom; unsigned short buf[2]; for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { #ifdef MSG_DONTWAIT int flag = MSG_DONTWAIT #else int flag = 0; #endif got = recvfrom(rb_get_fd(F[i]), (char *)&buf, sizeof(buf), flag, (struct sockaddr *)&readfrom, &size); if(got == -1) goto failed; if(got != sizeof(port) || size != sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) || buf[0] != (unsigned short)addr[!i].sin_port || readfrom.sin_family != addr[!i].sin_family || readfrom.sin_addr.s_addr != addr[!i].sin_addr.s_addr || readfrom.sin_port != addr[!i].sin_port) goto abort_failed; } *newF1 = F[0]; *newF2 = F[1]; return 0; #ifdef _WIN32 #define ECONNABORTED WSAECONNABORTED #endif abort_failed: rb_get_errno(); errno = ECONNABORTED; failed: if(errno != ECONNABORTED) rb_get_errno(); int o_errno = errno; if(F[0] != NULL) rb_close(F[0]); if(F[1] != NULL) rb_close(F[1]); errno = o_errno; return -1; } int rb_inet_socketpair(int family, int type, int protocol, int fd[2]) { int listener = -1; int connector = -1; int acceptor = -1; struct sockaddr_in listen_addr; struct sockaddr_in connect_addr; rb_socklen_t size; if(protocol || family != AF_INET) { errno = EAFNOSUPPORT; return -1; } if(!fd) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } listener = socket(AF_INET, type, 0); if(listener == -1) return -1; memset(&listen_addr, 0, sizeof(listen_addr)); listen_addr.sin_family = AF_INET; listen_addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK); listen_addr.sin_port = 0; /* kernel choses port. */ if(bind(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&listen_addr, sizeof(listen_addr)) == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; if(listen(listener, 1) == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; connector = socket(AF_INET, type, 0); if(connector == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; /* We want to find out the port number to connect to. */ size = sizeof(connect_addr); if(getsockname(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&connect_addr, &size) == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; if(size != sizeof(connect_addr)) goto abort_tidy_up_and_fail; if(connect(connector, (struct sockaddr *)&connect_addr, sizeof(connect_addr)) == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; size = sizeof(listen_addr); acceptor = accept(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&listen_addr, &size); if(acceptor == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; if(size != sizeof(listen_addr)) goto abort_tidy_up_and_fail; close(listener); /* Now check we are talking to ourself by matching port and host on the two sockets. */ if(getsockname(connector, (struct sockaddr *)&connect_addr, &size) == -1) goto tidy_up_and_fail; if(size != sizeof(connect_addr) || listen_addr.sin_family != connect_addr.sin_family || listen_addr.sin_addr.s_addr != connect_addr.sin_addr.s_addr || listen_addr.sin_port != connect_addr.sin_port) { goto abort_tidy_up_and_fail; } fd[0] = connector; fd[1] = acceptor; return 0; abort_tidy_up_and_fail: errno = EINVAL; /* I hope this is portable and appropriate. */ tidy_up_and_fail: { int save_errno = errno; if(listener != -1) close(listener); if(connector != -1) close(connector); if(acceptor != -1) close(acceptor); errno = save_errno; return -1; } } #endif static void (*setselect_handler) (rb_fde_t *, unsigned int, PF *, void *); static int (*select_handler) (long); static int (*setup_fd_handler) (rb_fde_t *); static int (*io_sched_event) (struct ev_entry *, int); static void (*io_unsched_event) (struct ev_entry *); static int (*io_supports_event) (void); static void (*io_init_event) (void); static char iotype[25]; const char * rb_get_iotype(void) { return iotype; } static int rb_unsupported_event(void) { return 0; } static int try_kqueue(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_kqueue()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_kqueue; select_handler = rb_select_kqueue; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_kqueue; io_sched_event = rb_kqueue_sched_event; io_unsched_event = rb_kqueue_unsched_event; io_init_event = rb_kqueue_init_event; io_supports_event = rb_kqueue_supports_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "kqueue", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_epoll(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_epoll()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_epoll; select_handler = rb_select_epoll; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_epoll; io_sched_event = rb_epoll_sched_event; io_unsched_event = rb_epoll_unsched_event; io_supports_event = rb_epoll_supports_event; io_init_event = rb_epoll_init_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "epoll", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_ports(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_ports()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_ports; select_handler = rb_select_ports; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_ports; io_sched_event = rb_ports_sched_event; io_unsched_event = rb_ports_unsched_event; io_init_event = rb_ports_init_event; io_supports_event = rb_ports_supports_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "ports", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_devpoll(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_devpoll()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_devpoll; select_handler = rb_select_devpoll; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_devpoll; io_sched_event = NULL; io_unsched_event = NULL; io_init_event = NULL; io_supports_event = rb_unsupported_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "devpoll", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_poll(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_poll()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_poll; select_handler = rb_select_poll; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_poll; io_sched_event = NULL; io_unsched_event = NULL; io_init_event = NULL; io_supports_event = rb_unsupported_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "poll", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_win32(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_win32()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_win32; select_handler = rb_select_win32; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_win32; io_sched_event = NULL; io_unsched_event = NULL; io_init_event = NULL; io_supports_event = rb_unsupported_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "win32", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } static int try_select(void) { if(!rb_init_netio_select()) { setselect_handler = rb_setselect_select; select_handler = rb_select_select; setup_fd_handler = rb_setup_fd_select; io_sched_event = NULL; io_unsched_event = NULL; io_init_event = NULL; io_supports_event = rb_unsupported_event; rb_strlcpy(iotype, "select", sizeof(iotype)); return 0; } return -1; } int rb_io_sched_event(struct ev_entry *ev, int when) { if(ev == NULL || io_supports_event == NULL || io_sched_event == NULL || !io_supports_event()) return 0; return io_sched_event(ev, when); } void rb_io_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *ev) { if(ev == NULL || io_supports_event == NULL || io_unsched_event == NULL || !io_supports_event()) return; io_unsched_event(ev); } int rb_io_supports_event(void) { if(io_supports_event == NULL) return 0; return io_supports_event(); } void rb_io_init_event(void) { io_init_event(); rb_event_io_register_all(); } void rb_init_netio(void) { char *ioenv = getenv("LIBRB_USE_IOTYPE"); rb_fd_table = rb_malloc(RB_FD_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(rb_dlink_list)); rb_init_ssl(); if(ioenv != NULL) { if(!strcmp("epoll", ioenv)) { if(!try_epoll()) return; } else if(!strcmp("kqueue", ioenv)) { if(!try_kqueue()) return; } else if(!strcmp("ports", ioenv)) { if(!try_ports()) return; } else if(!strcmp("poll", ioenv)) { if(!try_poll()) return; } else if(!strcmp("devpoll", ioenv)) { if(!try_devpoll()) return; } else if(!strcmp("select", ioenv)) { if(!try_select()) return; } if(!strcmp("win32", ioenv)) { if(!try_win32()) return; } } if(!try_kqueue()) return; if(!try_epoll()) return; if(!try_ports()) return; if(!try_devpoll()) return; if(!try_poll()) return; if(!try_win32()) return; if(!try_select()) return; rb_lib_log("rb_init_netio: Could not find any io handlers...giving up"); abort(); } void rb_setselect(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { setselect_handler(F, type, handler, client_data); } int rb_select(unsigned long timeout) { int ret = select_handler(timeout); free_fds(); return ret; } int rb_setup_fd(rb_fde_t *F) { return setup_fd_handler(F); } int rb_ignore_errno(int error) { switch (error) { #ifdef EINPROGRESS case EINPROGRESS: #endif #if defined EWOULDBLOCK case EWOULDBLOCK: #endif #if defined(EAGAIN) && (EWOULDBLOCK != EAGAIN) case EAGAIN: #endif #ifdef EINTR case EINTR: #endif #ifdef ERESTART case ERESTART: #endif #ifdef ENOBUFS case ENOBUFS: #endif return 1; default: break; } return 0; } #if defined(HAVE_SENDMSG) && !defined(WIN32) int rb_recv_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *F, void *data, size_t datasize, rb_fde_t **xF, int nfds) { struct msghdr msg; struct cmsghdr *cmsg; struct iovec iov[1]; struct stat st; uint8_t stype = RB_FD_UNKNOWN; const char *desc; int fd, len, x, rfds; int control_len = CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(int) * nfds); iov[0].iov_base = data; iov[0].iov_len = datasize; msg.msg_name = NULL; msg.msg_namelen = 0; msg.msg_iov = iov; msg.msg_iovlen = 1; msg.msg_flags = 0; cmsg = alloca(control_len); msg.msg_control = cmsg; msg.msg_controllen = control_len; if((len = recvmsg(rb_get_fd(F), &msg, 0)) <= 0) return len; if(msg.msg_controllen > 0 && msg.msg_control != NULL && (cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg)) != NULL) { rfds = ((unsigned char *)cmsg + cmsg->cmsg_len - CMSG_DATA(cmsg)) / sizeof(int); for(x = 0; x < nfds && x < rfds; x++) { fd = ((int *)CMSG_DATA(cmsg))[x]; stype = RB_FD_UNKNOWN; desc = "remote unknown"; if(!fstat(fd, &st)) { if(S_ISSOCK(st.st_mode)) { stype = RB_FD_SOCKET; desc = "remote socket"; } else if(S_ISFIFO(st.st_mode)) { stype = RB_FD_PIPE; desc = "remote pipe"; } else if(S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) { stype = RB_FD_FILE; desc = "remote file"; } } xF[x] = rb_open(fd, stype, desc); } } else *xF = NULL; return len; } int rb_send_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *xF, rb_fde_t **F, int count, void *data, size_t datasize, pid_t pid) { int n; struct msghdr msg; struct cmsghdr *cmsg; struct iovec iov[1]; char empty = '0'; char *buf; memset(&msg, 0, sizeof(msg)); if(datasize == 0) { iov[0].iov_base = &empty; iov[0].iov_len = 1; } else { iov[0].iov_base = data; iov[0].iov_len = datasize; } msg.msg_iov = iov; msg.msg_iovlen = 1; msg.msg_name = NULL; msg.msg_namelen = 0; msg.msg_flags = 0; msg.msg_control = NULL; msg.msg_controllen = 0; if(count > 0) { int i; int len = CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(int) * count); buf = alloca(len); msg.msg_control = buf; msg.msg_controllen = len; cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmsg->cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET; cmsg->cmsg_type = SCM_RIGHTS; cmsg->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(int) * count); for(i = 0; i < count; i++) { ((int *)CMSG_DATA(cmsg))[i] = rb_get_fd(F[i]); } msg.msg_controllen = cmsg->cmsg_len; } n = sendmsg(rb_get_fd(xF), &msg, MSG_NOSIGNAL); return n; } #else #ifndef _WIN32 int rb_recv_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *F, void *data, size_t datasize, rb_fde_t **xF, int nfds) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_send_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *xF, rb_fde_t **F, int count, void *data, size_t datasize, pid_t pid) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif #endif ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/version.c.SH��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004766�11730744364�020136� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # $Id: version.c.SH 24870 2008-01-10 16:51:01Z androsyn $ spitshell=cat package=libratbox echo "Extracting $package/src/version.c..." if test -r version.c.last then generation=`sed -n 's/^const char \*generation = \"\(.*\)\";/\1/p' < version.c.last` if test ! "$generation" ; then generation=0; fi else generation=0 fi generation=`expr $generation + 1` uname=`uname -a` creation=`date | \ awk '{if (NF == 6) \ { print $1 " " $2 " " $3 " " $6 " at " $4 " " $5 } \ else \ { print $1 " " $2 " " $3 " " $7 " at " $4 " " $5 " " $6 }}'` $spitshell >version.c <<!SUB!THIS! /* * libratbox: a library used by ircd-ratbox and other things * src/version.c * * Copyright (C) 1990 Chelsea Ashley Dyerman * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* * This file is generated by version.c.SH. Any changes made will go away. */ #include "../include/serno.h" const char *libratbox_generation = "$generation"; const char *libratbox_platform = "$uname"; const char *libratbox_serno = SERIALNUM; const char *libratbox_creation = "$creation"; const char *libratbox_infotext[] = { "$package --", "Based on the original code written by Jarkko Oikarinen", "Copyright 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 University of Oulu, Computing Center", "Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Hybrid Development Team", "Copyright (c) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team", "", "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or", "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as", "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or", "(at your option) any later version.", "", !SUB!THIS! IFS=' ' for i in `grep -v '^$Id' ../CREDITS |tr -d '"'` ; do echo " \"$i\"," >> version.c done $spitshell >>version.c <<!SUB!THISTOO! "", 0, }; !SUB!THISTOO! ����������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/gnutls.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000026560�11730556726�017453� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * libratbox: a library used by ircd-ratbox and other things * gnutls.c: gnutls related code * * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: gnutls.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <commio-ssl.h> #ifdef HAVE_GNUTLS #include <gnutls/gnutls.h> #include <gcrypt.h> static gnutls_certificate_credentials x509; static gnutls_dh_params dh_params; #define SSL_P(x) *((gnutls_session_t *)F->ssl) void rb_ssl_shutdown(rb_fde_t *F) { int i; if(F == NULL || F->ssl == NULL) return; for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { if(gnutls_bye(SSL_P(F), GNUTLS_SHUT_RDWR) == GNUTLS_E_SUCCESS) break; } gnutls_deinit(SSL_P(F)); rb_free(F->ssl); } unsigned int rb_ssl_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { return F->handshake_count; } void rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { F->handshake_count = 0; } static void rb_ssl_timeout(rb_fde_t *F, void *notused) { lrb_assert(F->accept != NULL); F->accept->callback(F, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT, NULL, 0, F->accept->data); } static int do_ssl_handshake(rb_fde_t *F, PF * callback) { int ret; int flags; ret = gnutls_handshake(SSL_P(F)); if(ret < 0) { if((ret == GNUTLS_E_INTERRUPTED && rb_ignore_errno(errno)) || ret == GNUTLS_E_AGAIN) { if(gnutls_record_get_direction(SSL_P(F)) == 0) flags = RB_SELECT_READ; else flags = RB_SELECT_WRITE; rb_setselect(F, flags, callback, NULL); return 0; } F->ssl_errno = ret; return -1; } return 1; /* handshake is finished..go about life */ } static void rb_ssl_tryaccept(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int ret; struct acceptdata *ad; lrb_assert(F->accept != NULL); ret = do_ssl_handshake(F, rb_ssl_tryaccept); /* do_ssl_handshake does the rb_setselect */ if(ret == 0) return; ad = F->accept; F->accept = NULL; rb_settimeout(F, 0, NULL, NULL); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); if(ret > 0) ad->callback(F, RB_OK, (struct sockaddr *)&ad->S, ad->addrlen, ad->data); else ad->callback(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, NULL, 0, ad->data); rb_free(ad); } void rb_ssl_start_accepted(rb_fde_t *new_F, ACCB * cb, void *data, int timeout) { gnutls_session_t *ssl; new_F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; ssl = new_F->ssl = rb_malloc(sizeof(gnutls_session_t)); new_F->accept = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct acceptdata)); new_F->accept->callback = cb; new_F->accept->data = data; rb_settimeout(new_F, timeout, rb_ssl_timeout, NULL); new_F->accept->addrlen = 0; gnutls_init(ssl, GNUTLS_SERVER); gnutls_set_default_priority(*ssl); gnutls_credentials_set(*ssl, GNUTLS_CRD_CERTIFICATE, x509); gnutls_dh_set_prime_bits(*ssl, 1024); gnutls_transport_set_ptr(*ssl, (gnutls_transport_ptr_t) (long int)new_F->fd); if(do_ssl_handshake(new_F, rb_ssl_tryaccept)) { struct acceptdata *ad = new_F->accept; new_F->accept = NULL; ad->callback(new_F, RB_OK, (struct sockaddr *)&ad->S, ad->addrlen, ad->data); rb_free(ad); } } void rb_ssl_accept_setup(rb_fde_t *F, rb_fde_t *new_F, struct sockaddr *st, int addrlen) { new_F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; new_F->ssl = rb_malloc(sizeof(gnutls_session_t)); new_F->accept = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct acceptdata)); new_F->accept->callback = F->accept->callback; new_F->accept->data = F->accept->data; rb_settimeout(new_F, 10, rb_ssl_timeout, NULL); memcpy(&new_F->accept->S, st, addrlen); new_F->accept->addrlen = addrlen; gnutls_init((gnutls_session_t *) new_F->ssl, GNUTLS_SERVER); gnutls_set_default_priority(SSL_P(new_F)); gnutls_credentials_set(SSL_P(new_F), GNUTLS_CRD_CERTIFICATE, x509); gnutls_dh_set_prime_bits(SSL_P(new_F), 1024); gnutls_transport_set_ptr(SSL_P(new_F), (gnutls_transport_ptr_t) (long int)rb_get_fd(new_F)); if(do_ssl_handshake(F, rb_ssl_tryaccept)) { struct acceptdata *ad = F->accept; F->accept = NULL; ad->callback(F, RB_OK, (struct sockaddr *)&ad->S, ad->addrlen, ad->data); rb_free(ad); } } static ssize_t rb_ssl_read_or_write(int r_or_w, rb_fde_t *F, void *rbuf, const void *wbuf, size_t count) { ssize_t ret; gnutls_session_t *ssl = F->ssl; if(r_or_w == 0) ret = gnutls_record_recv(*ssl, rbuf, count); else ret = gnutls_record_send(*ssl, wbuf, count); if(ret < 0) { switch (ret) { case GNUTLS_E_AGAIN: case GNUTLS_E_INTERRUPTED: if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) { if(gnutls_record_get_direction(*ssl) == 0) return RB_RW_SSL_NEED_READ; else return RB_RW_SSL_NEED_WRITE; break; } default: F->ssl_errno = ret; errno = EIO; return RB_RW_IO_ERROR; } } return ret; } ssize_t rb_ssl_read(rb_fde_t *F, void *buf, size_t count) { return rb_ssl_read_or_write(0, F, buf, NULL, count); } ssize_t rb_ssl_write(rb_fde_t *F, const void *buf, size_t count) { return rb_ssl_read_or_write(1, F, NULL, buf, count); } static void rb_gcry_random_seed(void *unused) { gcry_fast_random_poll(); } int rb_init_ssl(void) { gnutls_global_init(); if(gnutls_certificate_allocate_credentials(&x509) != GNUTLS_E_SUCCESS) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_ssl: Unable to allocate SSL/TLS certificate credentials"); return 0; } rb_event_addish("rb_gcry_random_seed", rb_gcry_random_seed, NULL, 300); return 1; } static void rb_free_datum_t(gnutls_datum_t * d) { rb_free(d->data); rb_free(d); } static gnutls_datum_t * rb_load_file_into_datum_t(const char *file) { FILE *f; gnutls_datum_t *datum; struct stat fileinfo; if((f = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) return NULL; if(fstat(fileno(f), &fileinfo)) return NULL; datum = rb_malloc(sizeof(gnutls_datum_t)); if(fileinfo.st_size > 131072) /* deal with retards */ datum->size = 131072; else datum->size = fileinfo.st_size; datum->data = rb_malloc(datum->size + 1); fread(datum->data, datum->size, 1, f); fclose(f); return datum; } int rb_setup_ssl_server(const char *cert, const char *keyfile, const char *dhfile) { int ret; gnutls_datum_t *d_cert, *d_key; if(cert == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: No certificate file"); return 0; } if((d_cert = rb_load_file_into_datum_t(cert)) == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading certificate: %s", strerror(errno)); return 0; } if((d_key = rb_load_file_into_datum_t(keyfile)) == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading key: %s", strerror(errno)); return 0; } gnutls_certificate_free_credentials(x509); if(gnutls_certificate_allocate_credentials(&x509) != GNUTLS_E_SUCCESS) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_ssl: Unable to allocate SSL/TLS certificate credentials"); return 0; } if((ret = gnutls_certificate_set_x509_key_mem(x509, d_cert, d_key, GNUTLS_X509_FMT_PEM)) != GNUTLS_E_SUCCESS) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading certificate or key file: %s", gnutls_strerror(ret)); return 0; } rb_free_datum_t(d_cert); rb_free_datum_t(d_key); if(dhfile != NULL) { if(gnutls_dh_params_init(&dh_params) == GNUTLS_E_SUCCESS) { gnutls_datum_t *data; int xret; data = rb_load_file_into_datum_t(dhfile); if(data != NULL) { xret = gnutls_dh_params_import_pkcs3(dh_params, data, GNUTLS_X509_FMT_PEM); if(xret < 0) rb_lib_log ("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error parsing DH file: %s\n", gnutls_strerror(xret)); rb_free_datum_t(data); } gnutls_certificate_set_dh_params(x509, dh_params); } else rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Unable to setup DH parameters"); } return 1; } int rb_ssl_listen(rb_fde_t *F, int backlog) { F->type = RB_FD_SOCKET | RB_FD_LISTEN | RB_FD_SSL; return listen(F->fd, backlog); } struct ssl_connect { CNCB *callback; void *data; int timeout; }; static void rb_ssl_connect_realcb(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct ssl_connect *sconn) { F->connect->callback = sconn->callback; F->connect->data = sconn->data; rb_free(sconn); rb_connect_callback(F, status); } static void rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT, data); } static void rb_ssl_tryconn_cb(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct ssl_connect *sconn = data; int ret; ret = do_ssl_handshake(F, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb); switch (ret) { case -1: rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, sconn); return; case 0: /* do_ssl_handshake does the rb_setselect stuff */ return; default: break; } rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } static void rb_ssl_tryconn(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { struct ssl_connect *sconn = data; if(status != RB_OK) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, status, sconn); return; } F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; rb_settimeout(F, sconn->timeout, rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb, sconn); F->ssl = rb_malloc(sizeof(gnutls_session_t)); gnutls_init(F->ssl, GNUTLS_CLIENT); gnutls_set_default_priority(SSL_P(F)); gnutls_dh_set_prime_bits(SSL_P(F), 1024); gnutls_transport_set_ptr(SSL_P(F), (gnutls_transport_ptr_t) (long int)F->fd); if(do_ssl_handshake(F, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb)) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } } void rb_connect_tcp_ssl(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *dest, struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { struct ssl_connect *sconn; if(F == NULL) return; sconn = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ssl_connect)); sconn->data = data; sconn->callback = callback; sconn->timeout = timeout; rb_connect_tcp(F, dest, clocal, socklen, rb_ssl_tryconn, sconn, timeout); } void rb_ssl_start_connected(rb_fde_t *F, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { struct ssl_connect *sconn; if(F == NULL) return; sconn = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ssl_connect)); sconn->data = data; sconn->callback = callback; sconn->timeout = timeout; F->connect = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct conndata)); F->connect->callback = callback; F->connect->data = data; F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; F->ssl = rb_malloc(sizeof(gnutls_session_t)); gnutls_init(F->ssl, GNUTLS_CLIENT); gnutls_set_default_priority(SSL_P(F)); gnutls_dh_set_prime_bits(SSL_P(F), 1024); gnutls_transport_set_ptr(SSL_P(F), (gnutls_transport_ptr_t) (long int)F->fd); rb_settimeout(F, sconn->timeout, rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb, sconn); if(do_ssl_handshake(F, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb)) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } } int rb_init_prng(const char *path, prng_seed_t seed_type) { gcry_fast_random_poll(); return 1; } int rb_get_random(void *buf, size_t length) { gcry_randomize(buf, length, GCRY_STRONG_RANDOM); return 1; } int rb_get_pseudo_random(void *buf, size_t length) { gcry_randomize(buf, length, GCRY_WEAK_RANDOM); return 1; } const char * rb_get_ssl_strerror(rb_fde_t *F) { return gnutls_strerror(F->ssl_errno); } int rb_supports_ssl(void) { return 1; } void rb_get_ssl_info(char *buf, size_t len) { rb_snprintf(buf, len, "GNUTLS: compiled (%s), library(%s)", LIBGNUTLS_VERSION, gnutls_check_version(NULL)); } #endif /* HAVE_GNUTLS */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/helper.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014544�11064740660�017405� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * helper.c: Starts and deals with ircd helpers * * Copyright (C) 2006 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: helper.c 26092 2008-09-19 15:13:52Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> struct _rb_helper { char *path; buf_head_t sendq; buf_head_t recvq; rb_fde_t *ifd; rb_fde_t *ofd; pid_t pid; int fork_count; rb_helper_cb *read_cb; rb_helper_cb *error_cb; }; /* setup all the stuff a new child needs */ rb_helper * rb_helper_child(rb_helper_cb * read_cb, rb_helper_cb * error_cb, log_cb * ilog, restart_cb * irestart, die_cb * idie, int maxcon, size_t lb_heap_size, size_t dh_size, size_t fd_heap_size) { rb_helper *helper; int maxfd, x = 0; int ifd, ofd; char *tifd, *tofd, *tmaxfd; tifd = getenv("IFD"); tofd = getenv("OFD"); tmaxfd = getenv("MAXFD"); if(tifd == NULL || tofd == NULL || tmaxfd == NULL) return NULL; helper = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_helper)); ifd = (int)strtol(tifd, NULL, 10); ofd = (int)strtol(tofd, NULL, 10); maxfd = (int)strtol(tmaxfd, NULL, 10); #ifndef _WIN32 for(x = 0; x < maxfd; x++) { if(x != ifd && x != ofd) close(x); } x = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR); if(ifd != 0 && ofd != 0) dup2(x, 0); if(ifd != 1 && ofd != 1) dup2(x, 1); if(ifd != 2 && ofd != 2) dup2(x, 2); if(x > 2) /* don't undo what we just did */ close(x); #else x = 0; /* shut gcc up */ #endif rb_lib_init(ilog, irestart, idie, 0, maxfd, dh_size, fd_heap_size); rb_linebuf_init(lb_heap_size); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&helper->sendq); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&helper->recvq); helper->ifd = rb_open(ifd, RB_FD_PIPE, "incoming connection"); helper->ofd = rb_open(ofd, RB_FD_PIPE, "outgoing connection"); rb_set_nb(helper->ifd); rb_set_nb(helper->ofd); helper->read_cb = read_cb; helper->error_cb = error_cb; return helper; } /* * start_fork_helper * starts a new ircd helper * note that this function doesn't start doing reading..thats the job of the caller */ rb_helper * rb_helper_start(const char *name, const char *fullpath, rb_helper_cb * read_cb, rb_helper_cb * error_cb) { rb_helper *helper; const char *parv[2]; char buf[128]; char fx[16], fy[16]; rb_fde_t *in_f[2]; rb_fde_t *out_f[2]; pid_t pid; if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) return NULL; helper = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_helper)); rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s helper - read", name); if(rb_pipe(&in_f[0], &in_f[1], buf) < 0) { rb_free(helper); return NULL; } rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s helper - write", name); if(rb_pipe(&out_f[0], &out_f[1], buf) < 0) { rb_free(helper); return NULL; } rb_snprintf(fx, sizeof(fx), "%d", rb_get_fd(in_f[1])); rb_snprintf(fy, sizeof(fy), "%d", rb_get_fd(out_f[0])); rb_set_nb(in_f[0]); rb_set_nb(in_f[1]); rb_set_nb(out_f[0]); rb_set_nb(out_f[1]); rb_setenv("IFD", fy, 1); rb_setenv("OFD", fx, 1); rb_setenv("MAXFD", "256", 1); rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "-ircd %s daemon", name); parv[0] = buf; parv[1] = NULL; #ifdef _WIN32 SetHandleInformation((HANDLE) rb_get_fd(in_f[1]), HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 1); SetHandleInformation((HANDLE) rb_get_fd(out_f[0]), HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 1); #endif pid = rb_spawn_process(fullpath, (const char **)parv); if(pid == -1) { rb_close(in_f[0]); rb_close(in_f[1]); rb_close(out_f[0]); rb_close(out_f[1]); rb_free(helper); return NULL; } rb_close(in_f[1]); rb_close(out_f[0]); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&helper->sendq); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&helper->recvq); helper->ifd = in_f[0]; helper->ofd = out_f[1]; helper->read_cb = read_cb; helper->error_cb = error_cb; helper->fork_count = 0; helper->pid = pid; return helper; } void rb_helper_restart(rb_helper *helper) { helper->error_cb(helper); } static void rb_helper_write_sendq(rb_fde_t *F, void *helper_ptr) { rb_helper *helper = helper_ptr; int retlen; if(rb_linebuf_len(&helper->sendq) > 0) { while((retlen = rb_linebuf_flush(F, &helper->sendq)) > 0) ;; if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { rb_helper_restart(helper); return; } } if(rb_linebuf_len(&helper->sendq) > 0) rb_setselect(helper->ofd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, rb_helper_write_sendq, helper); } void rb_helper_write_queue(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, format); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&helper->sendq, format, &ap, NULL); va_end(ap); } void rb_helper_write_flush(rb_helper *helper) { rb_helper_write_sendq(helper->ofd, helper); } void rb_helper_write(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, format); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&helper->sendq, format, &ap, NULL); va_end(ap); rb_helper_write_flush(helper); } static void rb_helper_read_cb(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { rb_helper *helper = (rb_helper *)data; static char buf[32768]; int length; if(helper == NULL) return; while((length = rb_read(helper->ifd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) { rb_linebuf_parse(&helper->recvq, buf, length, 0); helper->read_cb(helper); } if(length == 0 || (length < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { rb_helper_restart(helper); return; } rb_setselect(helper->ifd, RB_SELECT_READ, rb_helper_read_cb, helper); } void rb_helper_run(rb_helper *helper) { if(helper == NULL) return; rb_helper_read_cb(helper->ifd, helper); } void rb_helper_close(rb_helper *helper) { if(helper == NULL) return; rb_kill(helper->pid, SIGKILL); rb_close(helper->ifd); rb_close(helper->ofd); rb_free(helper); } int rb_helper_read(rb_helper *helper, void *buf, size_t bufsize) { return rb_linebuf_get(&helper->recvq, buf, bufsize, LINEBUF_COMPLETE, LINEBUF_PARSED); } void rb_helper_loop(rb_helper *helper, long delay) { rb_helper_run(helper); while(1) { rb_lib_loop(delay); } } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/descrip.mms���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000555�11001461237�020115� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CFLAGS= /INCLUDE=([-.INCLUDE])/ERROR_LIMIT=5/DEFINE=(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)/NOANSI_ALIAS OBJECTS= balloc.obj, commio.obj, crypt.obj, event.obj, - helper.obj, linebuf.obj, nossl.obj, patricia.obj, - poll.obj, ratbox_lib.obj, rawbuf.obj, rb_memory.obj, - snprintf.obj, tools.obj, unix.obj DEFAULT : RATBOX.OLB($(OBJECTS)) CLEAN : - DELETE *.OBJ;*, *.OLB;* ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/linebuf.c�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043340�11730556726�017556� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * linebuf.c: Maintains linebuffers. * * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: linebuf.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #ifndef NOBALLOC static rb_bh *rb_linebuf_heap; #endif static int bufline_count = 0; #ifndef LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE #define LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE 2048 #endif /* * rb_linebuf_init * * Initialise the linebuf mechanism */ void rb_linebuf_init(size_t heap_size) { rb_linebuf_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(buf_line_t), heap_size, "librb_linebuf_heap"); } static buf_line_t * rb_linebuf_allocate(void) { buf_line_t *t; t = rb_bh_alloc(rb_linebuf_heap); return (t); } static void rb_linebuf_free(buf_line_t * p) { rb_bh_free(rb_linebuf_heap, p); } /* * rb_linebuf_new_line * * Create a new line, and link it to the given linebuf. * It will be initially empty. */ static buf_line_t * rb_linebuf_new_line(buf_head_t * bufhead) { buf_line_t *bufline; rb_dlink_node *node; bufline = rb_linebuf_allocate(); if(bufline == NULL) return NULL; ++bufline_count; node = rb_make_rb_dlink_node(); /* Stick it at the end of the buf list */ rb_dlinkAddTail(bufline, node, &bufhead->list); bufline->refcount++; /* And finally, update the allocated size */ bufhead->alloclen++; bufhead->numlines++; return bufline; } /* * rb_linebuf_done_line * * We've finished with the given line, so deallocate it */ static void rb_linebuf_done_line(buf_head_t * bufhead, buf_line_t * bufline, rb_dlink_node *node) { /* Remove it from the linked list */ rb_dlinkDestroy(node, &bufhead->list); /* Update the allocated size */ bufhead->alloclen--; bufhead->len -= bufline->len; lrb_assert(bufhead->len >= 0); bufhead->numlines--; bufline->refcount--; lrb_assert(bufline->refcount >= 0); if(bufline->refcount == 0) { /* and finally, deallocate the buf */ --bufline_count; lrb_assert(bufline_count >= 0); rb_linebuf_free(bufline); } } /* * skip to end of line or the crlfs, return the number of bytes .. */ static inline int rb_linebuf_skip_crlf(char *ch, int len) { int orig_len = len; /* First, skip until the first non-CRLF */ for(; len; len--, ch++) { if(*ch == '\r') break; else if(*ch == '\n') break; } /* Then, skip until the last CRLF */ for(; len; len--, ch++) { if((*ch != '\r') && (*ch != '\n')) break; } lrb_assert(orig_len > len); return (orig_len - len); } /* * rb_linebuf_newbuf * * Initialise the new buffer */ void rb_linebuf_newbuf(buf_head_t * bufhead) { /* not much to do right now :) */ memset(bufhead, 0, sizeof(buf_head_t)); } /* * rb_linebuf_donebuf * * Flush all the lines associated with this buffer */ void rb_linebuf_donebuf(buf_head_t * bufhead) { while(bufhead->list.head != NULL) { rb_linebuf_done_line(bufhead, (buf_line_t *) bufhead->list.head->data, bufhead->list.head); } } /* * rb_linebuf_copy_line * * Okay..this functions comments made absolutely no sense. * * Basically what we do is this. Find the first chunk of text * and then scan for a CRLF. If we didn't find it, but we didn't * overflow our buffer..we wait for some more data. * If we found a CRLF, we replace them with a \0 character. * If we overflowed, we copy the most our buffer can handle, terminate * it with a \0 and return. * * The return value is the amount of data we consumed. This could * be different than the size of the linebuffer, as when we discard * the overflow, we don't want to process it again. * * This still sucks in my opinion, but it seems to work. * * -Aaron */ static int rb_linebuf_copy_line(buf_head_t * bufhead, buf_line_t * bufline, char *data, int len) { int cpylen = 0; /* how many bytes we've copied */ char *ch = data; /* Pointer to where we are in the read data */ char *bufch = bufline->buf + bufline->len; int clen = 0; /* how many bytes we've processed, and don't ever want to see again.. */ /* If its full or terminated, ignore it */ bufline->raw = 0; lrb_assert(bufline->len < BUF_DATA_SIZE); if(bufline->terminated == 1) return 0; clen = cpylen = rb_linebuf_skip_crlf(ch, len); if(clen == -1) return -1; /* This is the ~overflow case..This doesn't happen often.. */ if(cpylen > (BUF_DATA_SIZE - bufline->len - 1)) { memcpy(bufch, ch, (BUF_DATA_SIZE - bufline->len - 1)); bufline->buf[BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1] = '\0'; bufch = bufline->buf + BUF_DATA_SIZE - 2; while(cpylen && (*bufch == '\r' || *bufch == '\n')) { *bufch = '\0'; cpylen--; bufch--; } bufline->terminated = 1; bufline->len = BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1; bufhead->len += BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1; return clen; } memcpy(bufch, ch, cpylen); bufch += cpylen; *bufch = '\0'; bufch--; if(*bufch != '\r' && *bufch != '\n') { /* No linefeed, bail for the next time */ bufhead->len += cpylen; bufline->len += cpylen; bufline->terminated = 0; return clen; } /* Yank the CRLF off this, replace with a \0 */ while(cpylen && (*bufch == '\r' || *bufch == '\n')) { *bufch = '\0'; cpylen--; bufch--; } bufline->terminated = 1; bufhead->len += cpylen; bufline->len += cpylen; return clen; } /* * rb_linebuf_copy_raw * * Copy as much data as possible directly into a linebuf, * splitting at \r\n, but without altering any data. * */ static int rb_linebuf_copy_raw(buf_head_t * bufhead, buf_line_t * bufline, char *data, int len) { int cpylen = 0; /* how many bytes we've copied */ char *ch = data; /* Pointer to where we are in the read data */ char *bufch = bufline->buf + bufline->len; int clen = 0; /* how many bytes we've processed, and don't ever want to see again.. */ /* If its full or terminated, ignore it */ bufline->raw = 1; lrb_assert(bufline->len < BUF_DATA_SIZE); if(bufline->terminated == 1) return 0; clen = cpylen = rb_linebuf_skip_crlf(ch, len); if(clen == -1) return -1; /* This is the overflow case..This doesn't happen often.. */ if(cpylen > (BUF_DATA_SIZE - bufline->len - 1)) { clen = BUF_DATA_SIZE - bufline->len - 1; memcpy(bufch, ch, clen); bufline->buf[BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1] = '\0'; bufch = bufline->buf + BUF_DATA_SIZE - 2; bufline->terminated = 1; bufline->len = BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1; bufhead->len += BUF_DATA_SIZE - 1; return clen; } memcpy(bufch, ch, cpylen); bufch += cpylen; *bufch = '\0'; bufch--; if(*bufch != '\r' && *bufch != '\n') { /* No linefeed, bail for the next time */ bufhead->len += cpylen; bufline->len += cpylen; bufline->terminated = 0; return clen; } bufline->terminated = 1; bufhead->len += cpylen; bufline->len += cpylen; return clen; } /* * rb_linebuf_parse * * Take a given buffer and break out as many buffers as we can. * If we find a CRLF, we terminate that buffer and create a new one. * If we don't find a CRLF whilst parsing a buffer, we don't mark it * 'finished', so the next loop through we can continue appending .. * * A few notes here, which you'll need to understand before continuing. * * - right now I'm only dealing with single sized buffers. Later on, * I might consider chaining buffers together to get longer "lines" * but seriously, I don't see the advantage right now. * * - This *is* designed to turn into a reference-counter-protected setup * to dodge copious copies. */ int rb_linebuf_parse(buf_head_t * bufhead, char *data, int len, int raw) { buf_line_t *bufline; int cpylen; int linecnt = 0; /* First, if we have a partial buffer, try to squeze data into it */ if(bufhead->list.tail != NULL) { /* Check we're doing the partial buffer thing */ bufline = bufhead->list.tail->data; /* just try, the worst it could do is *reject* us .. */ if(!raw) cpylen = rb_linebuf_copy_line(bufhead, bufline, data, len); else cpylen = rb_linebuf_copy_raw(bufhead, bufline, data, len); if(cpylen == -1) return -1; linecnt++; /* If we've copied the same as what we've got, quit now */ if(cpylen == len) return linecnt; /* all the data done so soon? */ /* Skip the data and update len .. */ len -= cpylen; lrb_assert(len >= 0); data += cpylen; } /* Next, the loop */ while(len > 0) { /* We obviously need a new buffer, so .. */ bufline = rb_linebuf_new_line(bufhead); /* And parse */ if(!raw) cpylen = rb_linebuf_copy_line(bufhead, bufline, data, len); else cpylen = rb_linebuf_copy_raw(bufhead, bufline, data, len); if(cpylen == -1) return -1; len -= cpylen; lrb_assert(len >= 0); data += cpylen; linecnt++; } return linecnt; } /* * rb_linebuf_get * * get the next buffer from our line. For the time being it will copy * data into the given buffer and free the underlying linebuf. */ int rb_linebuf_get(buf_head_t * bufhead, char *buf, int buflen, int partial, int raw) { buf_line_t *bufline; int cpylen; char *start, *ch; /* make sure we have a line */ if(bufhead->list.head == NULL) return 0; /* Obviously not.. hrm. */ bufline = bufhead->list.head->data; /* make sure that the buffer was actually *terminated */ if(!(partial || bufline->terminated)) return 0; /* Wait for more data! */ if(buflen < bufline->len) cpylen = buflen - 1; else cpylen = bufline->len; /* Copy it */ start = bufline->buf; /* if we left extraneous '\r\n' characters in the string, * and we don't want to read the raw data, clean up the string. */ if(bufline->raw && !raw) { /* skip leading EOL characters */ while(cpylen && (*start == '\r' || *start == '\n')) { start++; cpylen--; } /* skip trailing EOL characters */ ch = &start[cpylen - 1]; while(cpylen && (*ch == '\r' || *ch == '\n')) { ch--; cpylen--; } } memcpy(buf, start, cpylen); /* convert CR/LF to NULL */ if(!raw) buf[cpylen] = '\0'; lrb_assert(cpylen >= 0); /* Deallocate the line */ rb_linebuf_done_line(bufhead, bufline, bufhead->list.head); /* return how much we copied */ return cpylen; } /* * rb_linebuf_attach * * attach the lines in a buf_head_t to another buf_head_t * without copying the data (using refcounts). */ void rb_linebuf_attach(buf_head_t * bufhead, buf_head_t * new) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; buf_line_t *line; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, new->list.head) { line = ptr->data; rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(line, &bufhead->list); /* Update the allocated size */ bufhead->alloclen++; bufhead->len += line->len; bufhead->numlines++; line->refcount++; } } /* * rb_linebuf_putmsg * * Similar to rb_linebuf_put, but designed for use by send.c. * * prefixfmt is used as a format for the varargs, and is inserted first. * Then format/va_args is appended to the buffer. */ void rb_linebuf_putmsg(buf_head_t * bufhead, const char *format, va_list * va_args, const char *prefixfmt, ...) { buf_line_t *bufline; int len = 0; va_list prefix_args; /* make sure the previous line is terminated */ #ifndef NDEBUG if(bufhead->list.tail) { bufline = bufhead->list.tail->data; lrb_assert(bufline->terminated); } #endif /* Create a new line */ bufline = rb_linebuf_new_line(bufhead); if(prefixfmt != NULL) { va_start(prefix_args, prefixfmt); len = rb_vsnprintf(bufline->buf, BUF_DATA_SIZE, prefixfmt, prefix_args); va_end(prefix_args); } if(va_args != NULL) { len += rb_vsnprintf((bufline->buf + len), (BUF_DATA_SIZE - len), format, *va_args); } bufline->terminated = 1; /* Truncate the data if required */ if(rb_unlikely(len > 510)) { len = 510; bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; } else if(rb_unlikely(len == 0)) { bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; bufline->buf[len] = '\0'; } else { /* Chop trailing CRLF's .. */ while((bufline->buf[len] == '\r') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\n') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\0')) { len--; } bufline->buf[++len] = '\r'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\n'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\0'; } bufline->len = len; bufhead->len += len; } void rb_linebuf_putbuf(buf_head_t * bufhead, const char *buffer) { buf_line_t *bufline; int len = 0; /* make sure the previous line is terminated */ #ifndef NDEBUG if(bufhead->list.tail) { bufline = bufhead->list.tail->data; lrb_assert(bufline->terminated); } #endif /* Create a new line */ bufline = rb_linebuf_new_line(bufhead); if(rb_unlikely(buffer != NULL)) len = rb_strlcpy(bufline->buf, buffer, BUF_DATA_SIZE); bufline->terminated = 1; /* Truncate the data if required */ if(rb_unlikely(len > 510)) { len = 510; bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; } else if(rb_unlikely(len == 0)) { bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; bufline->buf[len] = '\0'; } else { /* Chop trailing CRLF's .. */ while((bufline->buf[len] == '\r') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\n') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\0')) { len--; } bufline->buf[++len] = '\r'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\n'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\0'; } bufline->len = len; bufhead->len += len; } void rb_linebuf_put(buf_head_t * bufhead, const char *format, ...) { buf_line_t *bufline; int len = 0; va_list args; /* make sure the previous line is terminated */ #ifndef NDEBUG if(bufhead->list.tail) { bufline = bufhead->list.tail->data; lrb_assert(bufline->terminated); } #endif /* Create a new line */ bufline = rb_linebuf_new_line(bufhead); if(rb_unlikely(format != NULL)) { va_start(args, format); len = rb_vsnprintf(bufline->buf, BUF_DATA_SIZE, format, args); va_end(args); } bufline->terminated = 1; /* Truncate the data if required */ if(rb_unlikely(len > 510)) { len = 510; bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; } else if(rb_unlikely(len == 0)) { bufline->buf[len++] = '\r'; bufline->buf[len++] = '\n'; bufline->buf[len] = '\0'; } else { /* Chop trailing CRLF's .. */ while((bufline->buf[len] == '\r') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\n') || (bufline->buf[len] == '\0')) { len--; } bufline->buf[++len] = '\r'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\n'; bufline->buf[++len] = '\0'; } bufline->len = len; bufhead->len += len; } /* * rb_linebuf_flush * * Flush data to the buffer. It tries to write as much data as possible * to the given socket. Any return values are passed straight through. * If there is no data in the socket, EWOULDBLOCK is set as an errno * rather than returning 0 (which would map to an EOF..) * * Notes: XXX We *should* have a clue here when a non-full buffer is arrived. * and tag it so that we don't re-schedule another write until * we have a CRLF. */ int rb_linebuf_flush(rb_fde_t *F, buf_head_t * bufhead) { buf_line_t *bufline; int retval; /* * autoconf checks for this..but really just want to use it if we have a * native version even if libircd provides a fake version... */ #ifdef HAVE_WRITEV if(!rb_fd_ssl(F)) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; int x = 0, y; int xret; static struct rb_iovec vec[RB_UIO_MAXIOV]; memset(vec, 0, sizeof(vec)); /* Check we actually have a first buffer */ if(bufhead->list.head == NULL) { /* nope, so we return none .. */ errno = EWOULDBLOCK; return -1; } ptr = bufhead->list.head; bufline = ptr->data; if(!bufline->terminated) { errno = EWOULDBLOCK; return -1; } vec[x].iov_base = bufline->buf + bufhead->writeofs; vec[x++].iov_len = bufline->len - bufhead->writeofs; ptr = ptr->next; do { if(ptr == NULL) break; bufline = ptr->data; if(!bufline->terminated) break; vec[x].iov_base = bufline->buf; vec[x].iov_len = bufline->len; ptr = ptr->next; } while(++x < RB_UIO_MAXIOV); if(x == 0) { errno = EWOULDBLOCK; return -1; } xret = retval = rb_writev(F, vec, x); if(retval <= 0) return retval; ptr = bufhead->list.head; for(y = 0; y < x; y++) { bufline = ptr->data; if(xret >= bufline->len - bufhead->writeofs) { xret -= bufline->len - bufhead->writeofs; ptr = ptr->next; rb_linebuf_done_line(bufhead, bufline, bufhead->list.head); bufhead->writeofs = 0; } else { bufhead->writeofs += xret; break; } } return retval; } #endif /* this is the non-writev case */ /* Check we actually have a first buffer */ if(bufhead->list.head == NULL) { /* nope, so we return none .. */ errno = EWOULDBLOCK; return -1; } bufline = bufhead->list.head->data; /* And that its actually full .. */ if(!bufline->terminated) { errno = EWOULDBLOCK; return -1; } /* Now, try writing data */ retval = rb_write(F, bufline->buf + bufhead->writeofs, bufline->len - bufhead->writeofs); if(retval <= 0) return retval; /* we've got data, so update the write offset */ bufhead->writeofs += retval; /* if we've written everything *and* the CRLF, deallocate and update bufhead */ if(bufhead->writeofs == bufline->len) { bufhead->writeofs = 0; lrb_assert(bufhead->len >= 0); rb_linebuf_done_line(bufhead, bufline, bufhead->list.head); } /* Return line length */ return retval; } /* * count linebufs for stats z */ void rb_count_rb_linebuf_memory(size_t *count, size_t *rb_linebuf_memory_used) { rb_bh_usage(rb_linebuf_heap, count, NULL, rb_linebuf_memory_used, NULL); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/event.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017467�11730556726�017266� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * event.c: Event functions. * * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Regents of the University of California * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Code borrowed from the squid web cache by Adrian Chadd. * Original header: * * DEBUG: section 41 Event Processing * AUTHOR: Henrik Nordstrom * * SQUID Internet Object Cache http://squid.nlanr.net/Squid/ * ---------------------------------------------------------- * * Squid is the result of efforts by numerous individuals from the * Internet community. Development is led by Duane Wessels of the * National Laboratory for Applied Network Research and funded by the * National Science Foundation. Squid is Copyrighted (C) 1998 by * the Regents of the University of California. Please see the * COPYRIGHT file for full details. Squid incorporates software * developed and/or copyrighted by other sources. Please see the * CREDITS file for full details. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: event.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <event-int.h> #define EV_NAME_LEN 33 static char last_event_ran[EV_NAME_LEN]; static rb_dlink_list event_list; static time_t event_time_min = -1; /* * struct ev_entry * * rb_event_find(EVH *func, void *arg) * * Input: Event function and the argument passed to it * Output: Index to the slow in the event_table * Side Effects: None */ static struct ev_entry * rb_event_find(EVH * func, void *arg) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct ev_entry *ev; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, event_list.head) { ev = ptr->data; if((ev->func == func) && (ev->arg == arg)) return ev; } return NULL; } /* * struct ev_entry * * rb_event_add(const char *name, EVH *func, void *arg, time_t when) * * Input: Name of event, function to call, arguments to pass, and frequency * of the event. * Output: None * Side Effects: Adds the event to the event list. */ struct ev_entry * rb_event_add(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when) { struct ev_entry *ev; ev = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ev_entry)); ev->func = func; ev->name = rb_strndup(name, EV_NAME_LEN); ev->arg = arg; ev->when = rb_current_time() + when; ev->next = when; ev->frequency = when; if((ev->when < event_time_min) || (event_time_min == -1)) { event_time_min = ev->when; } rb_dlinkAdd(ev, &ev->node, &event_list); rb_io_sched_event(ev, when); return ev; } struct ev_entry * rb_event_addonce(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when) { struct ev_entry *ev; ev = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ev_entry)); ev->func = func; ev->name = rb_strndup(name, EV_NAME_LEN); ev->arg = arg; ev->when = rb_current_time() + when; ev->next = when; ev->frequency = 0; if((ev->when < event_time_min) || (event_time_min == -1)) event_time_min = ev->when; rb_dlinkAdd(ev, &ev->node, &event_list); rb_io_sched_event(ev, when); return ev; } /* * void rb_event_delete(struct ev_entry *ev) * * Input: pointer to ev_entry for the event * Output: None * Side Effects: Removes the event from the event list */ void rb_event_delete(struct ev_entry *ev) { if(ev == NULL) return; rb_dlinkDelete(&ev->node, &event_list); rb_io_unsched_event(ev); rb_free(ev->name); rb_free(ev); } /* * void rb_event_find_delete(EVH *func, void *arg) * * Input: pointer to func and data * Output: None * Side Effects: Removes the event from the event list */ void rb_event_find_delete(EVH * func, void *arg) { rb_event_delete(rb_event_find(func, arg)); } /* * struct ev_entry * * rb_event_addish(const char *name, EVH *func, void *arg, time_t delta_isa) * * Input: Name of event, function to call, arguments to pass, and frequency * of the event. * Output: None * Side Effects: Adds the event to the event list within +- 1/3 of the * specified frequency. */ struct ev_entry * rb_event_addish(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t delta_ish) { if(delta_ish >= 3.0) { const time_t two_third = (2 * delta_ish) / 3; delta_ish = two_third + ((rand() % 1000) * two_third) / 1000; /* * XXX I hate the above magic, I don't even know if its right. * Grr. -- adrian */ } return rb_event_add(name, func, arg, delta_ish); } void rb_run_event(struct ev_entry *ev) { rb_strlcpy(last_event_ran, ev->name, sizeof(last_event_ran)); ev->func(ev->arg); if(!ev->frequency) { rb_io_unsched_event(ev); rb_dlinkDelete(&ev->node, &event_list); rb_free(ev); return; } ev->when = rb_current_time() + ev->frequency; if((ev->when < event_time_min) || (event_time_min == -1)) event_time_min = ev->when; } /* * void rb_event_run(void) * * Input: None * Output: None * Side Effects: Runs pending events in the event list */ void rb_event_run(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; struct ev_entry *ev; if(rb_io_supports_event()) return; event_time_min = -1; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, event_list.head) { ev = ptr->data; if(ev->when <= rb_current_time()) { rb_strlcpy(last_event_ran, ev->name, sizeof(last_event_ran)); ev->func(ev->arg); /* event is scheduled more than once */ if(ev->frequency) { ev->when = rb_current_time() + ev->frequency; if((ev->when < event_time_min) || (event_time_min == -1)) event_time_min = ev->when; } else { rb_dlinkDelete(&ev->node, &event_list); rb_free(ev); } } else { if((ev->when < event_time_min) || (event_time_min == -1)) event_time_min = ev->when; } } } void rb_event_io_register_all(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct ev_entry *ev; if(!rb_io_supports_event()) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, event_list.head) { ev = ptr->data; rb_io_sched_event(ev, ev->next); } } /* * void rb_event_init(void) * * Input: None * Output: None * Side Effects: Initializes the event system. */ void rb_event_init(void) { rb_strlcpy(last_event_ran, "NONE", sizeof(last_event_ran)); } void rb_dump_events(void (*func) (char *, void *), void *ptr) { int len; char buf[512]; rb_dlink_node *dptr; struct ev_entry *ev; len = sizeof(buf); rb_snprintf(buf, len, "Last event to run: %s", last_event_ran); func(buf, ptr); rb_strlcpy(buf, "Operation Next Execution", len); func(buf, ptr); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(dptr, event_list.head) { ev = dptr->data; rb_snprintf(buf, len, "%-28s %-4ld seconds", ev->name, ev->when - (long)rb_current_time()); func(buf, ptr); } } /* * void rb_set_back_events(time_t by) * Input: Time to set back events by. * Output: None. * Side-effects: Sets back all events by "by" seconds. */ void rb_set_back_events(time_t by) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct ev_entry *ev; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, event_list.head) { ev = ptr->data; if(ev->when > by) ev->when -= by; else ev->when = 0; } } void rb_event_update(struct ev_entry *ev, time_t freq) { if(ev == NULL) return; ev->frequency = freq; /* update when its scheduled to run if its higher * than the new frequency */ if((rb_current_time() + freq) < ev->when) ev->when = rb_current_time() + freq; return; } time_t rb_event_next(void) { return event_time_min; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/patricia.c����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000055637�11064740660�017732� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Yanked out of Net::Patricia by Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This was then yanked out of the ratbox/devel/src tree and stuffed into * libratbox and had function names changed, but otherwise not really altered. * * $Id: patricia.c 24244 2007-08-22 19:04:55Z androsyn $ * Dave Plonka <plonka@doit.wisc.edu> * * This product includes software developed by the University of Michigan, * Merit Network, Inc., and their contributors. * * This file had been called "radix.c" in the MRT sources. * * I renamed it to "patricia.c" since it's not an implementation of a general * radix trie. Also I pulled in various requirements from "prefix.c" and * "demo.c" so that it could be used as a standalone API. * * This product includes software developed by the University of Michigan, Merit * Network, Inc., and their contributors. * */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> /* Enable both of these to debug patricia.c * #define NOTYET 1 * #define PATRICIA_DEBUG 1 */ #define PREFIX_HEAP_COUNT 1024 #define NODE_HEAP_COUNT 1024 #define PATRICIA_HEAP_COUNT 128 void rb_init_patricia(void) { return; } /* prefix_tochar * convert prefix information to bytes */ static uint8_t * prefix_tochar(rb_prefix_t *prefix) { if(prefix == NULL) return (NULL); return ((uint8_t *)&prefix->add.sin); } static int comp_with_mask(void *addr, void *dest, unsigned int mask) { if( /* mask/8 == 0 || */ memcmp(addr, dest, mask / 8) == 0) { int n = mask / 8; int m = ((-1) << (8 - (mask % 8))); if(mask % 8 == 0 || (((uint8_t *)addr)[n] & m) == (((uint8_t *)dest)[n] & m)) return (1); } return (0); } #ifdef NOTYET static char * prefix_toa2x(rb_prefix_t *prefix, char *buf, int buf_len, int with_len) { static char tmp[6]; if(prefix == NULL) { strcpy(buf, "(NULL)"); return (buf); } inet_ntop(prefix->family, &prefix->add.sin, buf, buf_len); if(with_len) { rb_snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "/%d", prefix->bitlen); strcat(buf, tmp); } return (buf); } /* prefix_toa2 * convert prefix information to ascii string */ static char * prefix_toa2(rb_prefix_t *prefix, char *buff, int buf_len) { return (prefix_toa2x(prefix, buff, buf_len, 0)); } static char * prefix_toa(rb_prefix_t *prefix) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 static char buf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN + 6]; #else static char buf[16 + 6]; #endif return (prefix_toa2(prefix, buf, sizeof(buf))); } #endif static rb_prefix_t * New_Prefix2(int family, void *dest, int bitlen, rb_prefix_t *prefix) { int dynamic_allocated = 0; #ifdef RB_IPV6 int default_bitlen = 128; #else int default_bitlen = 32; #endif #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(family == AF_INET6) { default_bitlen = 128; if(prefix == NULL) { prefix = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_prefix_t)); dynamic_allocated++; } memcpy(&prefix->add.sin6, dest, 16); } else #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ if(family == AF_INET) { if(prefix == NULL) { prefix = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_prefix_t)); dynamic_allocated++; } memcpy(&prefix->add.sin, dest, 4); } else { return (NULL); } prefix->bitlen = (bitlen >= 0) ? bitlen : default_bitlen; prefix->family = family; prefix->ref_count = 0; if(dynamic_allocated) { prefix->ref_count++; } return (prefix); } static rb_prefix_t * New_Prefix(int family, void *dest, int bitlen) { return (New_Prefix2(family, dest, bitlen, NULL)); } /* ascii2prefix */ static rb_prefix_t * ascii2prefix(int family, const char *string) { long bitlen, maxbitlen = 0; char *cp; struct in_addr sinaddr; #ifdef RB_IPV6 struct in6_addr sinaddr6; #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ int result; char save[MAXLINE]; if(string == NULL) return (NULL); /* easy way to handle both families */ if(family == 0) { family = AF_INET; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(strchr(string, ':')) family = AF_INET6; #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ } if(family == AF_INET) { maxbitlen = 32; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(family == AF_INET6) { maxbitlen = 128; } #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ if((cp = strchr(string, '/')) != NULL) { bitlen = atol(cp + 1); /* *cp = '\0'; */ /* copy the string to save. Avoid destroying the string */ assert(cp - string < MAXLINE); memcpy(save, string, cp - string); save[cp - string] = '\0'; string = save; if(bitlen <= 0 || bitlen > maxbitlen) bitlen = maxbitlen; } else { bitlen = maxbitlen; } if(family == AF_INET) { if((result = rb_inet_pton(AF_INET, string, &sinaddr)) <= 0) return (NULL); return (New_Prefix(AF_INET, &sinaddr, bitlen)); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(family == AF_INET6) { if((result = rb_inet_pton(AF_INET6, string, &sinaddr6)) <= 0) return (NULL); return (New_Prefix(AF_INET6, &sinaddr6, bitlen)); } #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ else return (NULL); } static rb_prefix_t * Ref_Prefix(rb_prefix_t *prefix) { if(prefix == NULL) return (NULL); if(prefix->ref_count == 0) { /* make a copy in case of a static prefix */ return (New_Prefix2(prefix->family, &prefix->add, prefix->bitlen, NULL)); } prefix->ref_count++; return (prefix); } static void Deref_Prefix(rb_prefix_t *prefix) { if(prefix == NULL) return; /* for secure programming, raise an assert. no static prefix can call this */ assert(prefix->ref_count > 0); prefix->ref_count--; assert(prefix->ref_count >= 0); if(prefix->ref_count <= 0) { rb_free(prefix); return; } } /* } */ // #define PATRICIA_DEBUG 1 static int num_active_patricia = 0; /* these routines support continuous mask only */ rb_patricia_tree_t * rb_new_patricia(int maxbits) { rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_patricia_tree_t)); patricia->maxbits = maxbits; patricia->head = NULL; patricia->num_active_node = 0; assert(maxbits <= RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS); /* XXX */ num_active_patricia++; return (patricia); } /* * if func is supplied, it will be called as func(node->data) * before deleting the node */ void rb_clear_patricia(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (void *)) { assert(patricia); if(patricia->head) { rb_patricia_node_t *Xstack[RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS + 1]; rb_patricia_node_t **Xsp = Xstack; rb_patricia_node_t *Xrn = patricia->head; while(Xrn) { rb_patricia_node_t *l = Xrn->l; rb_patricia_node_t *r = Xrn->r; if(Xrn->prefix) { Deref_Prefix(Xrn->prefix); if(Xrn->data && func) func(Xrn->data); } else { assert(Xrn->data == NULL); } rb_free(Xrn); patricia->num_active_node--; if(l) { if(r) { *Xsp++ = r; } Xrn = l; } else if(r) { Xrn = r; } else if(Xsp != Xstack) { Xrn = *(--Xsp); } else { Xrn = (rb_patricia_node_t *)0; } } } assert(patricia->num_active_node == 0); rb_free(patricia); } void rb_destroy_patricia(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (void *)) { rb_clear_patricia(patricia, func); num_active_patricia--; } /* * if func is supplied, it will be called as func(node->prefix, node->data) */ void rb_patricia_process(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (rb_prefix_t *, void *)) { rb_patricia_node_t *node; assert(func); RB_PATRICIA_WALK(patricia->head, node) { func(node->prefix, node->data); } RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END; } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_patricia_search_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix) { rb_patricia_node_t *node; uint8_t *addr; unsigned int bitlen; assert(patricia); assert(prefix); assert(prefix->bitlen <= patricia->maxbits); if(patricia->head == NULL) return (NULL); node = patricia->head; addr = rb_prefix_touchar(prefix); bitlen = prefix->bitlen; while(node->bit < bitlen) { if(BIT_TEST(addr[node->bit >> 3], 0x80 >> (node->bit & 0x07))) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: take right %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: take right at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->r; } else { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: take left %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: take left at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->l; } if(node == NULL) return (NULL); } #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: stop at %s/%d %d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen, node->bit); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: stop at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ if(node->bit > bitlen || node->prefix == NULL) return (NULL); assert(node->bit == bitlen); assert(node->bit == node->prefix->bitlen); if(comp_with_mask(prefix_tochar(node->prefix), prefix_tochar(prefix), bitlen)) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_exact: found %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ return (node); } return (NULL); } /* if inclusive != 0, "best" may be the given prefix itself */ rb_patricia_node_t * rb_patricia_search_best2(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix, int inclusive) { rb_patricia_node_t *node; rb_patricia_node_t *stack[RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS + 1]; uint8_t *addr; unsigned int bitlen; int cnt = 0; assert(patricia); assert(prefix); assert(prefix->bitlen <= patricia->maxbits); if(patricia->head == NULL) return (NULL); node = patricia->head; addr = rb_prefix_touchar(prefix); bitlen = prefix->bitlen; while(node->bit < bitlen) { if(node->prefix) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: push %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ stack[cnt++] = node; } if(BIT_TEST(addr[node->bit >> 3], 0x80 >> (node->bit & 0x07))) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: take right %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: take right at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->r; } else { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: take left %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: take left at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->l; } if(node == NULL) break; } if(inclusive && node && node->prefix) stack[cnt++] = node; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node == NULL) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: stop at null\n"); else if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: stop at %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: stop at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ if(cnt <= 0) return (NULL); while(--cnt >= 0) { node = stack[cnt]; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: pop %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ if(comp_with_mask(prefix_tochar(node->prefix), prefix_tochar(prefix), node->prefix->bitlen)) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_search_best: found %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ return (node); } } return (NULL); } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_patricia_search_best(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix) { return (rb_patricia_search_best2(patricia, prefix, 1)); } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_patricia_lookup(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix) { rb_patricia_node_t *node, *new_node, *parent, *glue; uint8_t *addr, *test_addr; unsigned int bitlen, check_bit, differ_bit; unsigned int i, j, r; assert(patricia); assert(prefix); assert(prefix->bitlen <= patricia->maxbits); if(patricia->head == NULL) { node = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_patricia_node_t)); node->bit = prefix->bitlen; node->prefix = Ref_Prefix(prefix); node->parent = NULL; node->l = node->r = NULL; node->data = NULL; patricia->head = node; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: new_node #0 %s/%d (head)\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ patricia->num_active_node++; return (node); } addr = rb_prefix_touchar(prefix); bitlen = prefix->bitlen; node = patricia->head; while(node->bit < bitlen || node->prefix == NULL) { if(node->bit < patricia->maxbits && BIT_TEST(addr[node->bit >> 3], 0x80 >> (node->bit & 0x07))) { if(node->r == NULL) break; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: take right %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: take right at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->r; } else { if(node->l == NULL) break; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: take left %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: take left at %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ node = node->l; } assert(node); } assert(node->prefix); #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: stop at %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ test_addr = rb_prefix_touchar(node->prefix); /* find the first bit different */ check_bit = (node->bit < bitlen) ? node->bit : bitlen; differ_bit = 0; for(i = 0; i * 8 < check_bit; i++) { if((r = (addr[i] ^ test_addr[i])) == 0) { differ_bit = (i + 1) * 8; continue; } /* I know the better way, but for now */ for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) { if(BIT_TEST(r, (0x80 >> j))) break; } /* must be found */ assert(j < 8); differ_bit = i * 8 + j; break; } if(differ_bit > check_bit) differ_bit = check_bit; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: differ_bit %d\n", differ_bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ parent = node->parent; while(parent && parent->bit >= differ_bit) { node = parent; parent = node->parent; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG if(node->prefix) fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: up to %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); else fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: up to %d\n", node->bit); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ } if(differ_bit == bitlen && node->bit == bitlen) { if(node->prefix) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: found %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ return (node); } node->prefix = Ref_Prefix(prefix); #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: new node #1 %s/%d (glue mod)\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ assert(node->data == NULL); return (node); } new_node = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_patricia_node_t)); new_node->bit = prefix->bitlen; new_node->prefix = Ref_Prefix(prefix); new_node->parent = NULL; new_node->l = new_node->r = NULL; new_node->data = NULL; patricia->num_active_node++; if(node->bit == differ_bit) { new_node->parent = node; if(node->bit < patricia->maxbits && BIT_TEST(addr[node->bit >> 3], 0x80 >> (node->bit & 0x07))) { assert(node->r == NULL); node->r = new_node; } else { assert(node->l == NULL); node->l = new_node; } #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: new_node #2 %s/%d (child)\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ return (new_node); } if(bitlen == differ_bit) { if(bitlen < patricia->maxbits && BIT_TEST(test_addr[bitlen >> 3], 0x80 >> (bitlen & 0x07))) { new_node->r = node; } else { new_node->l = node; } new_node->parent = node->parent; if(node->parent == NULL) { assert(patricia->head == node); patricia->head = new_node; } else if(node->parent->r == node) { node->parent->r = new_node; } else { node->parent->l = new_node; } node->parent = new_node; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: new_node #3 %s/%d (parent)\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ } else { glue = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_patricia_node_t)); glue->bit = differ_bit; glue->prefix = NULL; glue->parent = node->parent; glue->data = NULL; patricia->num_active_node++; if(differ_bit < patricia->maxbits && BIT_TEST(addr[differ_bit >> 3], 0x80 >> (differ_bit & 0x07))) { glue->r = new_node; glue->l = node; } else { glue->r = node; glue->l = new_node; } new_node->parent = glue; if(node->parent == NULL) { assert(patricia->head == node); patricia->head = glue; } else if(node->parent->r == node) { node->parent->r = glue; } else { node->parent->l = glue; } node->parent = glue; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_lookup: new_node #4 %s/%d (glue+node)\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ } return (new_node); } void rb_patricia_remove(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_patricia_node_t *node) { rb_patricia_node_t *parent, *child; assert(patricia); assert(node); if(node->r && node->l) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_remove: #0 %s/%d (r & l)\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ /* this might be a placeholder node -- have to check and make sure * there is a prefix aossciated with it ! */ if(node->prefix != NULL) Deref_Prefix(node->prefix); node->prefix = NULL; /* Also I needed to clear data pointer -- masaki */ node->data = NULL; return; } if(node->r == NULL && node->l == NULL) { #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_remove: #1 %s/%d (!r & !l)\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ parent = node->parent; Deref_Prefix(node->prefix); rb_free(node); patricia->num_active_node--; if(parent == NULL) { assert(patricia->head == node); patricia->head = NULL; return; } if(parent->r == node) { parent->r = NULL; child = parent->l; } else { assert(parent->l == node); parent->l = NULL; child = parent->r; } if(parent->prefix) return; /* we need to remove parent too */ if(parent->parent == NULL) { assert(patricia->head == parent); patricia->head = child; } else if(parent->parent->r == parent) { parent->parent->r = child; } else { assert(parent->parent->l == parent); parent->parent->l = child; } child->parent = parent->parent; rb_free(parent); patricia->num_active_node--; return; } #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG fprintf(stderr, "patricia_remove: #2 %s/%d (r ^ l)\n", prefix_toa(node->prefix), node->prefix->bitlen); #endif /* PATRICIA_DEBUG */ if(node->r) { child = node->r; } else { assert(node->l); child = node->l; } parent = node->parent; child->parent = parent; Deref_Prefix(node->prefix); rb_free(node); patricia->num_active_node--; if(parent == NULL) { assert(patricia->head == node); patricia->head = child; return; } if(parent->r == node) { parent->r = child; } else { assert(parent->l == node); parent->l = child; } } rb_patricia_node_t * make_and_lookup_ip(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *in, int bitlen) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; void *ipptr = NULL; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(in->sa_family == AF_INET6) ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)in)->sin6_addr; else #endif ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)in)->sin_addr; prefix = New_Prefix(in->sa_family, ipptr, bitlen); if(prefix == NULL) return NULL; node = rb_patricia_lookup(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } rb_patricia_node_t * make_and_lookup(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_lookup(tree, prefix); } else #ifdef RB_IPV6 if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET6, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_lookup(tree, prefix); } else #endif return NULL; #ifdef PATRICIA_DEBUG printf("make_and_lookup: %s/%d\n", prefix_toa(prefix), prefix->bitlen); #endif Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } #ifdef NOTYET static rb_patricia_node_t * try_search_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, char *string) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_exact(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET6, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_exact(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } #endif else return NULL; } void lookup_then_remove(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, char *string) { rb_patricia_node_t *node; if((node = try_search_exact(tree, string))) patricia_remove(tree, node); } #endif rb_patricia_node_t * rb_match_ip(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *ip) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; void *ipptr; unsigned int len; int family; #ifndef RB_IPV6 len = 32; family = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)ip)->sin_addr; #else if(ip->sa_family == AF_INET6) { len = 128; family = AF_INET6; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)ip)->sin6_addr; } else { len = 32; family = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)ip)->sin_addr; } #endif if((prefix = New_Prefix(family, ipptr, len)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_best(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } return NULL; } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_match_ip_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *ip, unsigned int len) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; void *ipptr; int family; #ifndef RB_IPV6 if(len > 128) len = 128; family = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)ip)->sin_addr; #else if(ip->sa_family == AF_INET6) { if(len > 128) len = 128; family = AF_INET6; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)ip)->sin6_addr; } else { if(len > 32) len = 32; family = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)ip)->sin_addr; } #endif if((prefix = New_Prefix(family, ipptr, len)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_exact(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); return (node); } return NULL; } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_match_string(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string) { rb_patricia_node_t *node; rb_prefix_t *prefix; if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_best(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); } else #ifdef RB_IPV6 if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET6, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_best(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); } else #endif return NULL; return node; } rb_patricia_node_t * rb_match_exact_string(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string) { rb_prefix_t *prefix; rb_patricia_node_t *node; if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_exact(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); } else #ifdef RB_IPV6 if((prefix = ascii2prefix(AF_INET6, string)) != NULL) { node = rb_patricia_search_exact(tree, prefix); Deref_Prefix(prefix); } else #endif return NULL; return node; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/ports.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013041�11120050265�017250� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * ports.c: Solaris ports compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2004,2008 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2005 Edward Brocklesby. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ports.c 26286 2008-12-10 23:28:53Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <event-int.h> #if defined(HAVE_PORT_H) && (HAVE_PORT_CREATE) #include <port.h> #define PE_LENGTH 128 static int pe; static struct timespec zero_timespec; static port_event_t *pelst; /* port buffer */ static int pemax; /* max structs to buffer */ int rb_setup_fd_ports(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ int rb_init_netio_ports(void) { if((pe = port_create()) < 0) { return errno; } pemax = getdtablesize(); pelst = rb_malloc(sizeof(port_event_t) * pemax); zero_timespec.tv_sec = 0; zero_timespec.tv_nsec = 0; rb_set_time(); return 0; } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_ports(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); int old_flags = F->pflags; if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; } F->pflags = 0; if(F->read_handler != NULL) F->pflags = POLLIN; if(F->write_handler != NULL) F->pflags |= POLLOUT; if(old_flags == 0 && F->pflags == 0) return; else if(F->pflags <= 0) { port_dissociate(pe, PORT_SOURCE_FD, F->fd); return; } port_associate(pe, PORT_SOURCE_FD, F->fd, F->pflags, F); } /* * rb_select * * Called to do the new-style IO, courtesy of squid (like most of this * new IO code). This routine handles the stuff we've hidden in * rb_setselect and fd_table[] and calls callbacks for IO ready * events. */ int rb_select_ports(long delay) { int i, fd; int nget = 1; struct timespec poll_time; struct timespec *p = NULL; struct ev_entry *ev; if(delay >= 0) { poll_time.tv_sec = delay / 1000; poll_time.tv_nsec = (delay % 1000) * 1000000; p = &poll_time; } i = port_getn(pe, pelst, pemax, &nget, p); rb_set_time(); if(i == -1) return RB_OK; for(i = 0; i < nget; i++) { if(pelst[i].portev_source == PORT_SOURCE_FD) { fd = pelst[i].portev_object; PF *hdl = NULL; rb_fde_t *F = pelst[i].portev_user; if((pelst[i].portev_events & (POLLIN | POLLHUP | POLLERR)) && (hdl = F->read_handler)) { F->read_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->read_data); } if((pelst[i].portev_events & (POLLOUT | POLLHUP | POLLERR)) && (hdl = F->write_handler)) { F->write_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->write_data); } } else if(pelst[i].portev_source == PORT_SOURCE_TIMER) { ev = (struct ev_entry *)pelst[i].portev_user; rb_run_event(ev); } } return RB_OK; } int rb_ports_supports_event(void) { return 1; }; void rb_ports_init_event(void) { return; } int rb_ports_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { timer_t *id; struct sigevent ev; port_notify_t not; struct itimerspec ts; event->comm_ptr = rb_malloc(sizeof(timer_t)); id = event->comm_ptr; memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(ev)); ev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_PORT; ev.sigev_value.sival_ptr = &not; memset(&not, 0, sizeof(not)); not.portnfy_port = pe; not.portnfy_user = event; if(timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ev, id) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timer_create: %s\n", strerror(errno)); return 0; } memset(&ts, 0, sizeof(ts)); ts.it_value.tv_sec = when; ts.it_value.tv_nsec = 0; if(event->frequency != 0) ts.it_interval = ts.it_value; if(timer_settime(*id, 0, &ts, NULL) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timer_settime: %s\n", strerror(errno)); return 0; } return 1; } void rb_ports_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { timer_delete(*((timer_t *) event->comm_ptr)); rb_free(event->comm_ptr); event->comm_ptr = NULL; } #else /* ports not supported */ int rb_ports_supports_event(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return 0; } void rb_ports_init_event(void) { return; } int rb_ports_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_ports_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { return; } int rb_init_netio_ports(void) { return ENOSYS; } void rb_setselect_ports(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_ports(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_ports(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/openssl.c�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000032401�11730556726�017611� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * libratbox: a library used by ircd-ratbox and other things * openssl.c: openssl related code * * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: commio.c 24808 2008-01-02 08:17:05Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL #include <commio-int.h> #include <commio-ssl.h> #include <openssl/ssl.h> #include <openssl/dh.h> #include <openssl/err.h> #include <openssl/rand.h> static SSL_CTX *ssl_server_ctx; static SSL_CTX *ssl_client_ctx; static int libratbox_index = -1; static unsigned long get_last_err(void) { unsigned long t_err, err = 0; err = ERR_get_error(); if(err == 0) return 0; while((t_err = ERR_get_error()) > 0) err = t_err; return err; } void rb_ssl_shutdown(rb_fde_t *F) { int i; if(F == NULL || F->ssl == NULL) return; SSL_set_shutdown((SSL *) F->ssl, SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN); for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { if(SSL_shutdown((SSL *) F->ssl)) break; } get_last_err(); SSL_free((SSL *) F->ssl); } unsigned int rb_ssl_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { return F->handshake_count; } void rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { F->handshake_count = 0; } static void rb_ssl_timeout(rb_fde_t *F, void *notused) { lrb_assert(F->accept != NULL); F->accept->callback(F, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT, NULL, 0, F->accept->data); } static void rb_ssl_info_callback(SSL * ssl, int where, int ret) { if(where & SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START) { rb_fde_t *F = SSL_get_ex_data(ssl, libratbox_index); if(F == NULL) return; F->handshake_count++; } } static void rb_setup_ssl_cb(rb_fde_t *F) { SSL_set_ex_data(F->ssl, libratbox_index, (char *)F); SSL_set_info_callback((SSL *) F->ssl, (void (*)(const SSL *,int,int))rb_ssl_info_callback); } static void rb_ssl_tryaccept(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int ssl_err; lrb_assert(F->accept != NULL); int flags; struct acceptdata *ad; if(!SSL_is_init_finished((SSL *) F->ssl)) { if((ssl_err = SSL_accept((SSL *) F->ssl)) <= 0) { switch (ssl_err = SSL_get_error((SSL *) F->ssl, ssl_err)) { case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: if(ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE) flags = RB_SELECT_WRITE; else flags = RB_SELECT_READ; F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_setselect(F, flags, rb_ssl_tryaccept, NULL); break; case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: F->accept->callback(F, RB_ERROR, NULL, 0, F->accept->data); break; default: F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); F->accept->callback(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, NULL, 0, F->accept->data); break; } return; } } rb_settimeout(F, 0, NULL, NULL); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); ad = F->accept; F->accept = NULL; ad->callback(F, RB_OK, (struct sockaddr *)&ad->S, ad->addrlen, ad->data); rb_free(ad); } static void rb_ssl_accept_common(rb_fde_t *new_F) { int ssl_err; if((ssl_err = SSL_accept((SSL *) new_F->ssl)) <= 0) { switch (ssl_err = SSL_get_error((SSL *) new_F->ssl, ssl_err)) { case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: { new_F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_setselect(new_F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, rb_ssl_tryaccept, NULL); return; } default: new_F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); new_F->accept->callback(new_F, RB_ERROR_SSL, NULL, 0, new_F->accept->data); return; } } else { rb_ssl_tryaccept(new_F, NULL); } } void rb_ssl_start_accepted(rb_fde_t *new_F, ACCB * cb, void *data, int timeout) { new_F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; new_F->ssl = SSL_new(ssl_server_ctx); new_F->accept = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct acceptdata)); new_F->accept->callback = cb; new_F->accept->data = data; rb_settimeout(new_F, timeout, rb_ssl_timeout, NULL); new_F->accept->addrlen = 0; SSL_set_fd((SSL *) new_F->ssl, rb_get_fd(new_F)); rb_setup_ssl_cb(new_F); rb_ssl_accept_common(new_F); } void rb_ssl_accept_setup(rb_fde_t *F, rb_fde_t *new_F, struct sockaddr *st, int addrlen) { new_F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; new_F->ssl = SSL_new(ssl_server_ctx); new_F->accept = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct acceptdata)); new_F->accept->callback = F->accept->callback; new_F->accept->data = F->accept->data; rb_settimeout(new_F, 10, rb_ssl_timeout, NULL); memcpy(&new_F->accept->S, st, addrlen); new_F->accept->addrlen = addrlen; SSL_set_fd((SSL *) new_F->ssl, rb_get_fd(new_F)); rb_setup_ssl_cb(new_F); rb_ssl_accept_common(new_F); } static ssize_t rb_ssl_read_or_write(int r_or_w, rb_fde_t *F, void *rbuf, const void *wbuf, size_t count) { ssize_t ret; unsigned long err; SSL *ssl = F->ssl; if(r_or_w == 0) ret = (ssize_t) SSL_read(ssl, rbuf, (int)count); else ret = (ssize_t) SSL_write(ssl, wbuf, (int)count); if(ret < 0) { switch (SSL_get_error(ssl, ret)) { case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: errno = EAGAIN; return RB_RW_SSL_NEED_READ; case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: errno = EAGAIN; return RB_RW_SSL_NEED_WRITE; case SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN: return 0; case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: err = get_last_err(); if(err == 0) { F->ssl_errno = 0; return RB_RW_IO_ERROR; } break; default: err = get_last_err(); break; } F->ssl_errno = err; if(err > 0) { errno = EIO; /* not great but... */ return RB_RW_SSL_ERROR; } return RB_RW_IO_ERROR; } return ret; } ssize_t rb_ssl_read(rb_fde_t *F, void *buf, size_t count) { return rb_ssl_read_or_write(0, F, buf, NULL, count); } ssize_t rb_ssl_write(rb_fde_t *F, const void *buf, size_t count) { return rb_ssl_read_or_write(1, F, NULL, buf, count); } int rb_init_ssl(void) { int ret = 1; char libratbox_data[] = "libratbox data"; SSL_load_error_strings(); SSL_library_init(); libratbox_index = SSL_get_ex_new_index(0, libratbox_data, NULL, NULL, NULL); ssl_server_ctx = SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_server_method()); if(ssl_server_ctx == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_openssl: Unable to initialize OpenSSL server context: %s", ERR_error_string(ERR_get_error(), NULL)); ret = 0; } /* Disable SSLv2, make the client use our settings */ SSL_CTX_set_options(ssl_server_ctx, SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 | SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE); ssl_client_ctx = SSL_CTX_new(TLSv1_client_method()); if(ssl_client_ctx == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_openssl: Unable to initialize OpenSSL client context: %s", ERR_error_string(ERR_get_error(), NULL)); ret = 0; } return ret; } int rb_setup_ssl_server(const char *cert, const char *keyfile, const char *dhfile) { DH *dh; unsigned long err; if(cert == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: No certificate file"); return 0; } if(!SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(ssl_server_ctx, cert)) { err = ERR_get_error(); rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading certificate file [%s]: %s", cert, ERR_error_string(err, NULL)); return 0; } if(keyfile == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: No key file"); return 0; } if(!SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(ssl_server_ctx, keyfile, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM)) { err = ERR_get_error(); rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading keyfile [%s]: %s", keyfile, ERR_error_string(err, NULL)); return 0; } if(dhfile != NULL) { /* DH parameters aren't necessary, but they are nice..if they didn't pass one..that is their problem */ BIO *bio = BIO_new_file(dhfile, "r"); if(bio != NULL) { dh = PEM_read_bio_DHparams(bio, NULL, NULL, NULL); if(dh == NULL) { err = ERR_get_error(); rb_lib_log ("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading DH params file [%s]: %s", dhfile, ERR_error_string(err, NULL)); BIO_free(bio); return 0; } BIO_free(bio); SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(ssl_server_ctx, dh); } else { err = ERR_get_error(); rb_lib_log("rb_setup_ssl_server: Error loading DH params file [%s]: %s", dhfile, ERR_error_string(err, NULL)); } } return 1; } int rb_ssl_listen(rb_fde_t *F, int backlog) { F->type = RB_FD_SOCKET | RB_FD_LISTEN | RB_FD_SSL; return listen(F->fd, backlog); } struct ssl_connect { CNCB *callback; void *data; int timeout; }; static void rb_ssl_connect_realcb(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct ssl_connect *sconn) { F->connect->callback = sconn->callback; F->connect->data = sconn->data; rb_free(sconn); rb_connect_callback(F, status); } static void rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT, data); } static void rb_ssl_tryconn_cb(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct ssl_connect *sconn = data; int ssl_err; if(!SSL_is_init_finished((SSL *) F->ssl)) { if((ssl_err = SSL_connect((SSL *) F->ssl)) <= 0) { switch (ssl_err = SSL_get_error((SSL *) F->ssl, ssl_err)) { case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: { F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb, sconn); return; } default: F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, sconn); return; } } else { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } } } static void rb_ssl_tryconn(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { struct ssl_connect *sconn = data; int ssl_err; if(status != RB_OK) { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, status, sconn); return; } F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; F->ssl = SSL_new(ssl_client_ctx); SSL_set_fd((SSL *) F->ssl, F->fd); rb_setup_ssl_cb(F); rb_settimeout(F, sconn->timeout, rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb, sconn); if((ssl_err = SSL_connect((SSL *) F->ssl)) <= 0) { switch (ssl_err = SSL_get_error((SSL *) F->ssl, ssl_err)) { case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: { F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb, sconn); return; } default: F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, sconn); return; } } else { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } } void rb_connect_tcp_ssl(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *dest, struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { struct ssl_connect *sconn; if(F == NULL) return; sconn = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ssl_connect)); sconn->data = data; sconn->callback = callback; sconn->timeout = timeout; rb_connect_tcp(F, dest, clocal, socklen, rb_ssl_tryconn, sconn, timeout); } void rb_ssl_start_connected(rb_fde_t *F, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { struct ssl_connect *sconn; int ssl_err; if(F == NULL) return; sconn = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ssl_connect)); sconn->data = data; sconn->callback = callback; sconn->timeout = timeout; F->connect = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct conndata)); F->connect->callback = callback; F->connect->data = data; F->type |= RB_FD_SSL; F->ssl = SSL_new(ssl_client_ctx); SSL_set_fd((SSL *) F->ssl, F->fd); rb_setup_ssl_cb(F); rb_settimeout(F, sconn->timeout, rb_ssl_tryconn_timeout_cb, sconn); if((ssl_err = SSL_connect((SSL *) F->ssl)) <= 0) { switch (ssl_err = SSL_get_error((SSL *) F->ssl, ssl_err)) { case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL: if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ: case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE: { F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE, rb_ssl_tryconn_cb, sconn); return; } default: F->ssl_errno = get_last_err(); rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_ERROR_SSL, sconn); return; } } else { rb_ssl_connect_realcb(F, RB_OK, sconn); } } int rb_init_prng(const char *path, prng_seed_t seed_type) { if(seed_type == RB_PRNG_DEFAULT) { #ifdef _WIN32 RAND_screen(); #endif return RAND_status(); } if(path == NULL) return RAND_status(); switch (seed_type) { case RB_PRNG_EGD: if(RAND_egd(path) == -1) return -1; break; case RB_PRNG_FILE: if(RAND_load_file(path, -1) == -1) return -1; break; #ifdef _WIN32 case RB_PRNGWIN32: RAND_screen(); break; #endif default: return -1; } return RAND_status(); } int rb_get_random(void *buf, size_t length) { int ret; if((ret = RAND_bytes(buf, length)) == 0) { /* remove the error from the queue */ ERR_get_error(); } return ret; } int rb_get_pseudo_random(void *buf, size_t length) { int ret; ret = RAND_pseudo_bytes(buf, length); if(ret < 0) return 0; return 1; } const char * rb_get_ssl_strerror(rb_fde_t *F) { return ERR_error_string(F->ssl_errno, NULL); } int rb_supports_ssl(void) { return 1; } void rb_get_ssl_info(char *buf, size_t len) { rb_snprintf(buf, len, "Using SSL: %s compiled: 0x%lx, library 0x%lx", SSLeay_version(SSLEAY_VERSION), OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER, SSLeay()); } #endif /* HAVE_OPESSL */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/select.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013556�11730556726�017417� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * select.c: select() compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: select.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #define FD_SETSIZE 65535 #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #if defined(HAVE_SELECT) || defined(_WIN32) #ifdef _WIN32 #define MY_FD_SET(x, y) FD_SET((SOCKET)x, y) #define MY_FD_CLR(x, y) FD_CLR((SOCKET)x, y) #else #define MY_FD_SET(x, y) FD_SET(x, y) #define MY_FD_CLR(x, y) FD_CLR(x, y) #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H #include <sys/select.h> #endif /* * Note that this is only a single list - multiple lists is kinda pointless * under select because the list size is a function of the highest FD :-) * -- adrian */ static fd_set select_readfds; static fd_set select_writefds; /* * You know, I'd rather have these local to rb_select but for some * reason my gcc decides that I can't modify them at all.. * -- adrian */ static fd_set tmpreadfds; static fd_set tmpwritefds; static int rb_maxfd = -1; static void select_update_selectfds(rb_fde_t *F, short event, PF * handler); /* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX */ /* Private functions */ /* * set and clear entries in the select array .. */ static void select_update_selectfds(rb_fde_t *F, short event, PF * handler) { /* Update the read / write set */ if(event & RB_SELECT_READ) { if(handler) { MY_FD_SET(F->fd, &select_readfds); F->pflags |= RB_SELECT_READ; } else { MY_FD_CLR(F->fd, &select_readfds); F->pflags &= ~RB_SELECT_READ; } } if(event & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { if(handler) { MY_FD_SET(F->fd, &select_writefds); F->pflags |= RB_SELECT_WRITE; } else { MY_FD_CLR(F->fd, &select_writefds); F->pflags &= ~RB_SELECT_WRITE; } } if(F->pflags & (RB_SELECT_READ | RB_SELECT_WRITE)) { if(F->fd > rb_maxfd) { rb_maxfd = F->fd; } } else if(F->fd <= rb_maxfd) { while(rb_maxfd >= 0 && !FD_ISSET(rb_maxfd, &select_readfds) && !FD_ISSET(rb_maxfd, &select_writefds)) rb_maxfd--; } } /* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX */ /* Public functions */ int rb_setup_fd_select(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ extern int rb_maxconnections; int rb_init_netio_select(void) { if(rb_maxconnections > FD_SETSIZE) rb_maxconnections = FD_SETSIZE; /* override this */ FD_ZERO(&select_readfds); FD_ZERO(&select_writefds); return 0; } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_select(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; select_update_selectfds(F, RB_SELECT_READ, handler); } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; select_update_selectfds(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, handler); } } /* * Check all connections for new connections and input data that is to be * processed. Also check for connections with data queued and whether we can * write it out. */ /* * rb_select * * Do IO events */ int rb_select_select(long delay) { int num; int fd; PF *hdl; rb_fde_t *F; struct timeval to; /* Copy over the read/write sets so we don't have to rebuild em */ memcpy(&tmpreadfds, &select_readfds, sizeof(fd_set)); memcpy(&tmpwritefds, &select_writefds, sizeof(fd_set)); for(;;) { to.tv_sec = 0; to.tv_usec = delay * 1000; num = select(rb_maxfd + 1, &tmpreadfds, &tmpwritefds, NULL, &to); if(num >= 0) break; if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) continue; rb_set_time(); /* error! */ return -1; /* NOTREACHED */ } rb_set_time(); if(num == 0) return 0; /* XXX we *could* optimise by falling out after doing num fds ... */ for(fd = 0; fd < rb_maxfd + 1; fd++) { F = rb_find_fd(fd); if(F == NULL) continue; if(FD_ISSET(fd, &tmpreadfds)) { hdl = F->read_handler; F->read_handler = NULL; if(hdl) hdl(F, F->read_data); } if(!IsFDOpen(F)) continue; /* Read handler closed us..go on */ if(FD_ISSET(fd, &tmpwritefds)) { hdl = F->write_handler; F->write_handler = NULL; if(hdl) hdl(F, F->write_data); } if(F->read_handler == NULL) select_update_selectfds(F, RB_SELECT_READ, NULL); if(F->write_handler == NULL) select_update_selectfds(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL); } return 0; } #else /* select not supported..what sort of garbage is this? */ int rb_init_netio_select(void) { return ENOSYS; } void rb_setselect_select(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_select(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_select(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/snprintf.c����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000034556�11064740660�017776� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� /* * Modified and hacked into libratbox by Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * The original headers are below.. * Note that this implementation does not process floating point numbers so * you will likely need to fall back to using sprintf yourself to do those... * $Id: snprintf.c 26092 2008-09-19 15:13:52Z androsyn $ */ /* * linux/lib/vsprintf.c * * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Linus Torvalds */ /* vsprintf.c -- Lars Wirzenius & Linus Torvalds. */ /* * Wirzenius wrote this portably, Torvalds fucked it up :-) */ /* * Fri Jul 13 2001 Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher+kernel@datastacks.com> * - changed to provide snprintf and vsnprintf functions * So Feb 1 16:51:32 CET 2004 Juergen Quade <quade@hsnr.de> * - scnprintf and vscnprintf */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> static int skip_atoi(const char **s) { int i = 0; while(isdigit(**s)) i = i * 10 + *((*s)++) - '0'; return i; } /* Decimal conversion is by far the most typical, and is used * for /proc and /sys data. This directly impacts e.g. top performance * with many processes running. We optimize it for speed * using code from * http://www.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/decimal.html * (with permission from the author, Douglas W. Jones). */ /* Formats correctly any integer in [0,99999]. * Outputs from one to five digits depending on input. * On i386 gcc 4.1.2 -O2: ~250 bytes of code. */ static char * put_dec_trunc(char *buf, unsigned q) { unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0; d1 = (q >> 4) & 0xf; d2 = (q >> 8) & 0xf; d3 = (q >> 12); d0 = 6 * (d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf); q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11; d0 = d0 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d0 + '0'; /* least significant digit */ d1 = q + 9 * d3 + 5 * d2 + d1; if(d1 != 0) { q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11; d1 = d1 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d1 + '0'; /* next digit */ d2 = q + 2 * d2; if((d2 != 0) || (d3 != 0)) { q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7; d2 = d2 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d2 + '0'; /* next digit */ d3 = q + 4 * d3; if(d3 != 0) { q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11; d3 = d3 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d3 + '0'; /* next digit */ if(q != 0) *buf++ = q + '0'; /* most sign. digit */ } } } return buf; } /* Same with if's removed. Always emits five digits */ static char * put_dec_full(char *buf, unsigned q) { /* BTW, if q is in [0,9999], 8-bit ints will be enough, */ /* but anyway, gcc produces better code with full-sized ints */ unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0; d1 = (q >> 4) & 0xf; d2 = (q >> 8) & 0xf; d3 = (q >> 12); /* Possible ways to approx. divide by 10 */ /* gcc -O2 replaces multiply with shifts and adds */ // (x * 0xcd) >> 11: 11001101 - shorter code than * 0x67 (on i386) // (x * 0x67) >> 10: 1100111 // (x * 0x34) >> 9: 110100 - same // (x * 0x1a) >> 8: 11010 - same // (x * 0x0d) >> 7: 1101 - same, shortest code (on i386) d0 = 6 * (d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf); q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11; d0 = d0 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d0 + '0'; d1 = q + 9 * d3 + 5 * d2 + d1; q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11; d1 = d1 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d1 + '0'; d2 = q + 2 * d2; q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7; d2 = d2 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d2 + '0'; d3 = q + 4 * d3; q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11; /* - shorter code */ /* q = (d3 * 0x67) >> 10; - would also work */ d3 = d3 - 10 * q; *buf++ = d3 + '0'; *buf++ = q + '0'; return buf; } static char * put_dec(char *buf, unsigned long long int num) { while(1) { unsigned rem; if(num < 100000) return put_dec_trunc(buf, num); rem = num % 100000; num = num / 100000; buf = put_dec_full(buf, rem); } } #define ZEROPAD 1 /* pad with zero */ #define SIGN 2 /* unsigned/signed long */ #define PLUS 4 /* show plus */ #define SPACE 8 /* space if plus */ #define LEFT 16 /* left justified */ #define SPECIAL 32 /* 0x */ #define LARGE 64 /* use 'ABCDEF' instead of 'abcdef' */ static char * number(char *buf, char *end, unsigned long long int num, int base, int size, int precision, int type) { char sign, tmp[66]; const char *digits; /* we are called with base 8, 10 or 16, only, thus don't need "g..." */ static const char small_digits[] = "0123456789abcdefx"; /* "ghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; */ static const char large_digits[] = "0123456789ABCDEFX"; /* "GHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"; */ int need_pfx = ((type & SPECIAL) && base != 10); int i; digits = (type & LARGE) ? large_digits : small_digits; if(type & LEFT) type &= ~ZEROPAD; if(base < 2 || base > 36) return NULL; sign = 0; if(type & SIGN) { if((signed long long int)num < 0) { sign = '-'; num = -(signed long long int)num; size--; } else if(type & PLUS) { sign = '+'; size--; } else if(type & SPACE) { sign = ' '; size--; } } if(need_pfx) { size--; if(base == 16) size--; } /* generate full string in tmp[], in reverse order */ i = 0; if(num == 0) tmp[i++] = '0'; /* Generic code, for any base: else do { tmp[i++] = digits[do_div(num,base)]; } while (num != 0); */ else if(base != 10) { /* 8 or 16 */ int mask = base - 1; int shift = 3; if(base == 16) shift = 4; do { tmp[i++] = digits[((unsigned char)num) & mask]; num >>= shift; } while(num); } else { /* base 10 */ i = put_dec(tmp, num) - tmp; } /* printing 100 using %2d gives "100", not "00" */ if(i > precision) precision = i; /* leading space padding */ size -= precision; if(!(type & (ZEROPAD + LEFT))) { while(--size >= 0) { if(buf < end) *buf = ' '; ++buf; } } /* sign */ if(sign) { if(buf < end) *buf = sign; ++buf; } /* "0x" / "0" prefix */ if(need_pfx) { if(buf < end) *buf = '0'; ++buf; if(base == 16) { if(buf < end) *buf = digits[16]; /* for arbitrary base: digits[33]; */ ++buf; } } /* zero or space padding */ if(!(type & LEFT)) { char c = (type & ZEROPAD) ? '0' : ' '; while(--size >= 0) { if(buf < end) *buf = c; ++buf; } } /* hmm even more zero padding? */ while(i <= --precision) { if(buf < end) *buf = '0'; ++buf; } /* actual digits of result */ while(--i >= 0) { if(buf < end) *buf = tmp[i]; ++buf; } /* trailing space padding */ while(--size >= 0) { if(buf < end) *buf = ' '; ++buf; } return buf; } /** * vsnprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer * @buf: The buffer to place the result into * @size: The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space * @fmt: The format string to use * @args: Arguments for the format string * * The return value is the number of characters which would * be generated for the given input, excluding the trailing * '\0', as per ISO C99. If you want to have the exact * number of characters written into @buf as return value * (not including the trailing '\0'), use vscnprintf(). If the * return is greater than or equal to @size, the resulting * string is truncated. * * Call this function if you are already dealing with a va_list. * You probably want snprintf() instead. */ int rb_vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args) { int len; unsigned long long int num; int i, base; char *str, *end, c; const char *s; int flags; /* flags to number() */ int field_width; /* width of output field */ int precision; /* min. # of digits for integers; max number of chars for from string */ int qualifier; /* 'h', 'l', or 'L' for integer fields */ /* 'z' support added 23/7/1999 S.H. */ /* 'z' changed to 'Z' --davidm 1/25/99 */ /* 't' added for ptrdiff_t */ /* Reject out-of-range values early. Large positive sizes are used for unknown buffer sizes. */ if(rb_unlikely((int)size < 0)) { return 0; } str = buf; end = buf + size; /* Make sure end is always >= buf */ if(end < buf) { end = ((void *)-1); size = end - buf; } for(; *fmt; ++fmt) { if(*fmt != '%') { if(str < end) *str = *fmt; ++str; continue; } /* process flags */ flags = 0; repeat: ++fmt; /* this also skips first '%' */ switch (*fmt) { case '-': flags |= LEFT; goto repeat; case '+': flags |= PLUS; goto repeat; case ' ': flags |= SPACE; goto repeat; case '#': flags |= SPECIAL; goto repeat; case '0': flags |= ZEROPAD; goto repeat; } /* get field width */ field_width = -1; if(isdigit(*fmt)) field_width = skip_atoi(&fmt); else if(*fmt == '*') { ++fmt; /* it's the next argument */ field_width = va_arg(args, int); if(field_width < 0) { field_width = -field_width; flags |= LEFT; } } /* get the precision */ precision = -1; if(*fmt == '.') { ++fmt; if(isdigit(*fmt)) precision = skip_atoi(&fmt); else if(*fmt == '*') { ++fmt; /* it's the next argument */ precision = va_arg(args, int); } if(precision < 0) precision = 0; } /* get the conversion qualifier */ qualifier = -1; if(*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l' || *fmt == 'L' || *fmt == 'Z' || *fmt == 'z' || *fmt == 't') { qualifier = *fmt; ++fmt; if(qualifier == 'l' && *fmt == 'l') { qualifier = 'L'; ++fmt; } } /* default base */ base = 10; switch (*fmt) { case 'c': if(!(flags & LEFT)) { while(--field_width > 0) { if(str < end) *str = ' '; ++str; } } c = (unsigned char)va_arg(args, int); if(str < end) *str = c; ++str; while(--field_width > 0) { if(str < end) *str = ' '; ++str; } continue; case 's': s = va_arg(args, char *); if(s == NULL) { abort(); /* prefer blowing up vs corrupt data */ } len = rb_strnlen(s, precision); if(!(flags & LEFT)) { while(len < field_width--) { if(str < end) *str = ' '; ++str; } } for(i = 0; i < len; ++i) { if(str < end) *str = *s; ++str; ++s; } while(len < field_width--) { if(str < end) *str = ' '; ++str; } continue; case 'p': if(field_width == -1) { field_width = 2 * sizeof(void *); flags |= ZEROPAD; } str = number(str, end, (unsigned long)va_arg(args, void *), 16, field_width, precision, flags); continue; case 'n': /* FIXME: * What does C99 say about the overflow case here? */ if(qualifier == 'l') { long *ip = va_arg(args, long *); *ip = (str - buf); } else if(qualifier == 'Z' || qualifier == 'z') { size_t *ip = va_arg(args, size_t *); *ip = (str - buf); } else { int *ip = va_arg(args, int *); *ip = (str - buf); } continue; case '%': if(str < end) *str = '%'; ++str; continue; /* integer number formats - set up the flags and "break" */ case 'o': base = 8; break; case 'X': flags |= LARGE; case 'x': base = 16; break; case 'd': case 'i': flags |= SIGN; case 'u': break; default: if(str < end) *str = '%'; ++str; if(*fmt) { if(str < end) *str = *fmt; ++str; } else { --fmt; } continue; } if(qualifier == 'L') num = va_arg(args, long long int); else if(qualifier == 'l') { num = va_arg(args, unsigned long); if(flags & SIGN) num = (signed long)num; } else if(qualifier == 'Z' || qualifier == 'z') { num = va_arg(args, size_t); } else if(qualifier == 't') { num = va_arg(args, ptrdiff_t); } else if(qualifier == 'h') { num = (unsigned short)va_arg(args, int); if(flags & SIGN) num = (signed short)num; } else { num = va_arg(args, unsigned int); if(flags & SIGN) num = (signed int)num; } str = number(str, end, num, base, field_width, precision, flags); } if(size > 0) { if(str < end) *str = '\0'; else end[-1] = '\0'; } /* the trailing null byte doesn't count towards the total */ return str - buf; } /** * snprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer * @buf: The buffer to place the result into * @size: The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space * @fmt: The format string to use * @...: Arguments for the format string * * The return value is the number of characters which would be * generated for the given input, excluding the trailing null, * as per ISO C99. If the return is greater than or equal to * @size, the resulting string is truncated. */ int rb_snprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; int i; va_start(args, fmt); i = rb_vsnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args); va_end(args); return i; } /** * vsprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer * @buf: The buffer to place the result into * @fmt: The format string to use * @args: Arguments for the format string * * The function returns the number of characters written * into @buf. Use vsnprintf() or vscnprintf() in order to avoid * buffer overflows. * * Call this function if you are already dealing with a va_list. * You probably want sprintf() instead. */ int rb_vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args) { return rb_vsnprintf(buf, INT_MAX, fmt, args); } /** * sprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer * @buf: The buffer to place the result into * @fmt: The format string to use * @...: Arguments for the format string * * The function returns the number of characters written * into @buf. Use snprintf() or scnprintf() in order to avoid * buffer overflows. */ int rb_sprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; int i; va_start(args, fmt); i = rb_vsnprintf(buf, INT_MAX, fmt, args); va_end(args); return i; } /* * rb_vsprintf_append() * appends sprintf formatted string to the end of the buffer */ int rb_vsprintf_append(char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) { size_t x = strlen(str); return (rb_vsprintf(str + x, format, ap) + x); } /* * rb_sprintf_append() * appends sprintf formatted string to the end of the buffer */ int rb_sprintf_append(char *str, const char *format, ...) { int x; va_list ap; va_start(ap, format); x = rb_vsprintf_append(str, format, ap); va_end(ap); return (x); } /* * rb_vsnprintf_append() * appends sprintf formatted string to the end of the buffer but not * exceeding len */ int rb_vsnprintf_append(char *str, size_t len, const char *format, va_list ap) { size_t x; if(len == 0) return 0; x = strlen(str); if(len < x) { str[len - 1] = '\0'; return len - 1; } return (rb_vsnprintf(str + x, len - x, format, ap) + x); } /* * rb_snprintf_append() * appends snprintf formatted string to the end of the buffer but not * exceeding len */ int rb_snprintf_append(char *str, size_t len, const char *format, ...) { int x; va_list ap; va_start(ap, format); x = rb_vsnprintf_append(str, len, format, ap); va_end(ap); return (x); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/rawbuf.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012463�11730556726�017422� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slight useful ircd * rawbuf.c: raw buffer (non-line oriented buffering) * * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id$ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #define RAWBUF_SIZE 1024 struct _rawbuf { rb_dlink_node node; uint8_t data[RAWBUF_SIZE]; int len; uint8_t flushing; }; struct _rawbuf_head { rb_dlink_list list; int len; int written; }; static rb_bh *rawbuf_heap; static rawbuf_t * rb_rawbuf_alloc(void) { rawbuf_t *t; t = rb_bh_alloc(rawbuf_heap); return t; } static rawbuf_t * rb_rawbuf_newbuf(rawbuf_head_t * rb) { rawbuf_t *buf; buf = rb_rawbuf_alloc(); rb_dlinkAddTail(buf, &buf->node, &rb->list); return buf; } static void rb_rawbuf_done(rawbuf_head_t * rb, rawbuf_t * buf) { rawbuf_t *ptr = buf; rb_dlinkDelete(&buf->node, &rb->list); rb_bh_free(rawbuf_heap, ptr); } static int rb_rawbuf_flush_writev(rawbuf_head_t * rb, rb_fde_t *F) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rawbuf_t *buf; int x = 0, y = 0; int xret, retval; struct rb_iovec vec[RB_UIO_MAXIOV]; memset(vec, 0, sizeof(vec)); if(rb->list.head == NULL) { errno = EAGAIN; return -1; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, rb->list.head) { if(x >= RB_UIO_MAXIOV) break; buf = ptr->data; if(buf->flushing) { vec[x].iov_base = buf->data + rb->written; vec[x++].iov_len = buf->len - rb->written; continue; } vec[x].iov_base = buf->data; vec[x++].iov_len = buf->len; } if(x == 0) { errno = EAGAIN; return -1; } xret = retval = rb_writev(F, vec, x); if(retval <= 0) return retval; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, rb->list.head) { buf = ptr->data; if(y++ >= x) break; if(buf->flushing) { if(xret >= buf->len - rb->written) { xret -= buf->len - rb->written; rb->len -= buf->len - rb->written; rb_rawbuf_done(rb, buf); continue; } } if(xret >= buf->len) { xret -= buf->len; rb->len -= buf->len; rb_rawbuf_done(rb, buf); } else { buf->flushing = 1; rb->written = xret; rb->len -= xret; break; } } return retval; } int rb_rawbuf_flush(rawbuf_head_t * rb, rb_fde_t *F) { rawbuf_t *buf; int retval; if(rb->list.head == NULL) { errno = EAGAIN; return -1; } if(!rb_fd_ssl(F)) return rb_rawbuf_flush_writev(rb, F); buf = rb->list.head->data; if(!buf->flushing) { buf->flushing = 1; rb->written = 0; } retval = rb_write(F, buf->data + rb->written, buf->len - rb->written); if(retval <= 0) return retval; rb->written += retval; if(rb->written == buf->len) { rb->written = 0; rb_dlinkDelete(&buf->node, &rb->list); rb_bh_free(rawbuf_heap, buf); } rb->len -= retval; lrb_assert(rb->len >= 0); return retval; } void rb_rawbuf_append(rawbuf_head_t * rb, void *data, int len) { rawbuf_t *buf = NULL; int clen; void *ptr; if(rb->list.tail != NULL) buf = rb->list.tail->data; if(buf != NULL && buf->len < RAWBUF_SIZE && !buf->flushing) { buf = (rawbuf_t *) rb->list.tail->data; clen = RAWBUF_SIZE - buf->len; ptr = (void *)(buf->data + buf->len); if(len < clen) clen = len; memcpy(ptr, data, clen); buf->len += clen; rb->len += clen; len -= clen; if(len == 0) return; data = (char *)data + clen; } while(len > 0) { buf = rb_rawbuf_newbuf(rb); if(len >= RAWBUF_SIZE) clen = RAWBUF_SIZE; else clen = len; memcpy(buf->data, data, clen); buf->len += clen; len -= clen; data = (char *)data + clen; rb->len += clen; } } int rb_rawbuf_get(rawbuf_head_t * rb, void *data, int len) { rawbuf_t *buf; int cpylen; void *ptr; if(rb->list.head == NULL) return 0; buf = rb->list.head->data; if(buf->flushing) ptr = (void *)(buf->data + rb->written); else ptr = buf->data; if(len > buf->len) cpylen = buf->len; else cpylen = len; memcpy(data, ptr, cpylen); if(cpylen == buf->len) { rb->written = 0; rb_rawbuf_done(rb, buf); rb->len -= len; return cpylen; } buf->flushing = 1; buf->len -= cpylen; rb->len -= cpylen; rb->written += cpylen; return cpylen; } int rb_rawbuf_length(rawbuf_head_t * rb) { if(rb_dlink_list_length(&rb->list) == 0 && rb->len != 0) lrb_assert(1 == 0); return rb->len; } rawbuf_head_t * rb_new_rawbuffer(void) { return rb_malloc(sizeof(rawbuf_head_t)); } void rb_free_rawbuffer(rawbuf_head_t * rb) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, rb->list.head) { rb_rawbuf_done(rb, ptr->data); } rb_free(rb); } void rb_init_rawbuffers(int heap_size) { if(rawbuf_heap == NULL) rawbuf_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(rawbuf_t), heap_size, "librb_rawbuf_heap"); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/devpoll.c�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000015541�11730556726�017601� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_bsd_devpoll.c: /dev/poll compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: devpoll.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <fcntl.h> #if defined(HAVE_DEVPOLL) && (HAVE_SYS_DEVPOLL_H) #include <sys/devpoll.h> static int dpfd; static int maxfd; static short *fdmask; static void devpoll_update_events(rb_fde_t *, short, PF *); static void devpoll_write_update(int, int); int rb_setup_fd_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } /* * Write an update to the devpoll filter. * See, we end up having to do a seperate (?) remove before we do an * add of a new polltype, so we have to have this function seperate from * the others. */ static void devpoll_write_update(int fd, int events) { struct pollfd pollfds[1]; /* Just to be careful */ int retval; /* Build the pollfd entry */ pollfds[0].revents = 0; pollfds[0].fd = fd; pollfds[0].events = events; /* Write the thing to our poll fd */ retval = write(dpfd, &pollfds[0], sizeof(struct pollfd)); if(retval != sizeof(struct pollfd)) rb_lib_log("devpoll_write_update: dpfd write failed %d: %s", errno, strerror(errno)); /* Done! */ } static void devpoll_update_events(rb_fde_t *F, short filter, PF * handler) { int update_required = 0; int fd = rb_get_fd(F); int cur_mask = fdmask[fd]; PF *cur_handler; fdmask[fd] = 0; switch (filter) { case RB_SELECT_READ: cur_handler = F->read_handler; if(handler) fdmask[fd] |= POLLRDNORM; else fdmask[fd] &= ~POLLRDNORM; if(F->write_handler) fdmask[fd] |= POLLWRNORM; break; case RB_SELECT_WRITE: cur_handler = F->write_handler; if(handler) fdmask[fd] |= POLLWRNORM; else fdmask[fd] &= ~POLLWRNORM; if(F->read_handler) fdmask[fd] |= POLLRDNORM; break; default: return; break; } if(cur_handler == NULL && handler != NULL) update_required++; else if(cur_handler != NULL && handler == NULL) update_required++; if(cur_mask != fdmask[fd]) update_required++; if(update_required) { /* * Ok, we can call devpoll_write_update() here now to re-build the * fd struct. If we end up with nothing on this fd, it won't write * anything. */ if(fdmask[fd]) { devpoll_write_update(fd, POLLREMOVE); devpoll_write_update(fd, fdmask[fd]); } else devpoll_write_update(fd, POLLREMOVE); } } /* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX */ /* Public functions */ /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ int rb_init_netio_devpoll(void) { dpfd = open("/dev/poll", O_RDWR); if(dpfd < 0) { return errno; } maxfd = getdtablesize() - 2; /* This makes more sense than HARD_FDLIMIT */ fdmask = rb_malloc(sizeof(fdmask) * maxfd + 1); if(rb_open(dpfd, RB_FD_UNKNOWN, "/dev/poll file descriptor") == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_netio_devpoll: Unable to rb_open /dev/poll fd"); return -1; } return 0; } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { devpoll_update_events(F, RB_SELECT_READ, handler); F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { devpoll_update_events(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, handler); F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; } } /* * Check all connections for new connections and input data that is to be * processed. Also check for connections with data queued and whether we can * write it out. */ /* * rb_select * * Called to do the new-style IO, courtesy of squid (like most of this * new IO code). This routine handles the stuff we've hidden in * rb_setselect and fd_table[] and calls callbacks for IO ready * events. */ int rb_select_devpoll(long delay) { int num, i; struct pollfd pollfds[maxfd]; struct dvpoll dopoll; do { for(;;) { dopoll.dp_timeout = delay; dopoll.dp_nfds = maxfd; dopoll.dp_fds = &pollfds[0]; num = ioctl(dpfd, DP_POLL, &dopoll); if(num >= 0) break; if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) break; rb_set_time(); return RB_ERROR; } rb_set_time(); if(num == 0) continue; for(i = 0; i < num; i++) { int fd = dopoll.dp_fds[i].fd; PF *hdl = NULL; rb_fde_t *F = rb_find_fd(fd); if((dopoll.dp_fds[i].revents & (POLLRDNORM | POLLIN | POLLHUP | POLLERR)) && (dopoll.dp_fds[i].events & (POLLRDNORM | POLLIN))) { if((hdl = F->read_handler) != NULL) { F->read_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->read_data); /* * this call used to be with a NULL pointer, BUT * in the devpoll case we only want to update the * poll set *if* the handler changes state (active -> * NULL or vice versa.) */ devpoll_update_events(F, RB_SELECT_READ, F->read_handler); } } if(!IsFDOpen(F)) continue; /* Read handler closed us..go on to do something more useful */ if((dopoll.dp_fds[i].revents & (POLLWRNORM | POLLOUT | POLLHUP | POLLERR)) && (dopoll.dp_fds[i].events & (POLLWRNORM | POLLOUT))) { if((hdl = F->write_handler) != NULL) { F->write_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->write_data); /* See above similar code in the read case */ devpoll_update_events(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, F->write_handler); } } } return RB_OK; } while(0); /* XXX Get here, we broke! */ return 0; } #else /* /dev/poll not supported */ int rb_init_netio_devpoll(void) { return ENOSYS; } void rb_setselect_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_devpoll(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/balloc.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000040735�11730556726�017373� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * balloc.c: A block allocator. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Below are the orignal headers from the old blalloc.c * * File: blalloc.c * Owner: Wohali (Joan Touzet) * * Modified 2001/11/29 for mmap() support by Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: balloc.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ /* * About the block allocator * * Basically we have three ways of getting memory off of the operating * system. Below are this list of methods and the order of preference. * * 1. mmap() anonymous pages with the MMAP_ANON flag. * 2. mmap() via the /dev/zero trick. * 3. HeapCreate/HeapAlloc (on win32) * 4. malloc() * * The advantages of 1 and 2 are this. We can munmap() the pages which will * return the pages back to the operating system, thus reducing the size * of the process as the memory is unused. malloc() on many systems just keeps * a heap of memory to itself, which never gets given back to the OS, except on * exit. This of course is bad, if say we have an event that causes us to allocate * say, 200MB of memory, while our normal memory consumption would be 15MB. In the * malloc() case, the amount of memory allocated to our process never goes down, as * malloc() has it locked up in its heap. With the mmap() method, we can munmap() * the block and return it back to the OS, thus causing our memory consumption to go * down after we no longer need it. * * * */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #ifndef NOBALLOC #ifdef HAVE_MMAP /* We've got mmap() that is good */ #include <sys/mman.h> /* HP-UX sucks */ #ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS #ifndef MAP_ANON #define MAP_ANON MAP_ANONYMOUS #endif #endif #endif #endif static uintptr_t offset_pad; /* status information for an allocated block in heap */ struct rb_heap_block { size_t alloc_size; rb_dlink_node node; unsigned long free_count; void *elems; /* Points to allocated memory */ }; typedef struct rb_heap_block rb_heap_block; /* information for the root node of the heap */ struct rb_bh { rb_dlink_node hlist; size_t elemSize; /* Size of each element to be stored */ unsigned long elemsPerBlock; /* Number of elements per block */ rb_dlink_list block_list; rb_dlink_list free_list; char *desc; }; #ifndef NOBALLOC static int newblock(rb_bh *bh); static void rb_bh_gc_event(void *unused); #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ static rb_dlink_list *heap_lists; #if defined(WIN32) static HANDLE block_heap; #endif #define rb_bh_fail(x) _rb_bh_fail(x, __FILE__, __LINE__) static void _rb_bh_fail(const char *reason, const char *file, int line) { rb_lib_log("rb_heap_blockheap failure: %s (%s:%d)", reason, file, line); abort(); } #ifndef NOBALLOC /* * static inline void free_block(void *ptr, size_t size) * * Inputs: The block and its size * Output: None * Side Effects: Returns memory for the block back to the OS */ static inline void free_block(void *ptr, size_t size) { #ifdef HAVE_MMAP munmap(ptr, size); #else #ifdef _WIN32 HeapFree(block_heap, 0, ptr); #else free(ptr); #endif #endif } #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ /* * void rb_init_bh(void) * * Inputs: None * Outputs: None * Side Effects: Initializes the block heap */ void rb_init_bh(void) { heap_lists = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_dlink_list)); offset_pad = sizeof(void *); /* XXX if you get SIGBUS when trying to use a long long..here is where you need to * fix your shit */ #ifdef __sparc__ if((offset_pad % __alignof__(long long)) != 0) { offset_pad += __alignof__(long long); offset_pad &= ~(__alignof__(long long) - 1); } #endif #ifndef NOBALLOC #ifdef _WIN32 block_heap = HeapCreate(HEAP_NO_SERIALIZE, 0, 0); #endif rb_event_addish("rb_bh_gc_event", rb_bh_gc_event, NULL, 300); #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ } #ifndef NOBALLOC /* * static inline void *get_block(size_t size) * * Input: Size of block to allocate * Output: Pointer to new block * Side Effects: None */ static inline void * get_block(size_t size) { void *ptr; #ifdef HAVE_MMAP #ifdef MAP_ANON ptr = mmap(NULL, size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANON, -1, 0); #else int zero_fd; zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR); if(zero_fd < 0) rb_bh_fail("Failed opening /dev/zero"); ptr = mmap(NULL, size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE, zero_fd, 0); close(zero_fd); #endif /* MAP_ANON */ if(ptr == MAP_FAILED) ptr = NULL; #else #ifdef _WIN32 ptr = HeapAlloc(block_heap, 0, size); #else ptr = malloc(size); #endif #endif return (ptr); } static void rb_bh_gc_event(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, heap_lists->head) { rb_bh_gc(ptr->data); } } /* ************************************************************************ */ /* FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION: */ /* newblock */ /* Description: */ /* Allocates a new block for addition to a blockheap */ /* Parameters: */ /* bh (IN): Pointer to parent blockheap. */ /* Returns: */ /* 0 if successful, 1 if not */ /* ************************************************************************ */ static int newblock(rb_bh *bh) { rb_heap_block *b; unsigned long i; uintptr_t offset; rb_dlink_node *node; /* Setup the initial data structure. */ b = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_heap_block)); b->alloc_size = bh->elemsPerBlock * bh->elemSize; b->elems = get_block(b->alloc_size); if(rb_unlikely(b->elems == NULL)) { return (1); } offset = (uintptr_t)b->elems; /* Setup our blocks now */ for(i = 0; i < bh->elemsPerBlock; i++, offset += bh->elemSize) { *((void **)offset) = b; node = (void *)(offset + offset_pad); rb_dlinkAdd((void *)offset, node, &bh->free_list); } rb_dlinkAdd(b, &b->node, &bh->block_list); b->free_count = bh->elemsPerBlock; return (0); } #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ /* ************************************************************************ */ /* FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION: */ /* rb_bh_create */ /* Description: */ /* Creates a new blockheap from which smaller blocks can be allocated. */ /* Intended to be used instead of multiple calls to malloc() when */ /* performance is an issue. */ /* Parameters: */ /* elemsize (IN): Size of the basic element to be stored */ /* elemsperblock (IN): Number of elements to be stored in a single block */ /* of memory. When the blockheap runs out of free memory, it will */ /* allocate elemsize * elemsperblock more. */ /* Returns: */ /* Pointer to new rb_bh, or NULL if unsuccessful */ /* ************************************************************************ */ rb_bh * rb_bh_create(size_t elemsize, int elemsperblock, const char *desc) { rb_bh *bh; lrb_assert(elemsize > 0 && elemsperblock > 0); lrb_assert(elemsize >= sizeof(rb_dlink_node)); /* Catch idiotic requests up front */ if((elemsize == 0) || (elemsperblock <= 0)) { rb_bh_fail("Attempting to rb_bh_create idiotic sizes"); } if(elemsize < sizeof(rb_dlink_node)) rb_bh_fail("Attempt to rb_bh_create smaller than sizeof(rb_dlink_node)"); /* Allocate our new rb_bh */ bh = rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_bh)); #ifndef NOBALLOC elemsize += offset_pad; if((elemsize % sizeof(void *)) != 0) { /* Pad to even pointer boundary */ elemsize += sizeof(void *); elemsize &= ~(sizeof(void *) - 1); } #endif bh->elemSize = elemsize; bh->elemsPerBlock = elemsperblock; if(desc != NULL) bh->desc = rb_strdup(desc); #ifndef NOBALLOC /* Be sure our malloc was successful */ if(newblock(bh)) { if(bh != NULL) free(bh); rb_lib_log("newblock() failed"); rb_outofmemory(); /* die.. out of memory */ } #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ if(bh == NULL) { rb_bh_fail("bh == NULL when it shouldn't be"); } rb_dlinkAdd(bh, &bh->hlist, heap_lists); return (bh); } /* ************************************************************************ */ /* FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION: */ /* rb_bh_alloc */ /* Description: */ /* Returns a pointer to a struct within our rb_bh that's free for */ /* the taking. */ /* Parameters: */ /* bh (IN): Pointer to the Blockheap. */ /* Returns: */ /* Pointer to a structure (void *), or NULL if unsuccessful. */ /* ************************************************************************ */ void * rb_bh_alloc(rb_bh *bh) { #ifndef NOBALLOC rb_dlink_node *new_node; rb_heap_block **block; void *ptr; #endif lrb_assert(bh != NULL); if(rb_unlikely(bh == NULL)) { rb_bh_fail("Cannot allocate if bh == NULL"); } #ifdef NOBALLOC return (rb_malloc(bh->elemSize)); #else if(bh->free_list.head == NULL) { /* Allocate new block and assign */ /* newblock returns 1 if unsuccessful, 0 if not */ if(rb_unlikely(newblock(bh))) { rb_lib_log("newblock() failed"); rb_outofmemory(); /* Well that didn't work either...bail */ } if(bh->free_list.head == NULL) { rb_lib_log("out of memory after newblock()..."); rb_outofmemory(); } } new_node = bh->free_list.head; block = (rb_heap_block **) new_node->data; ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)new_node->data + (uintptr_t)offset_pad); rb_dlinkDelete(new_node, &bh->free_list); (*block)->free_count--; memset(ptr, 0, bh->elemSize - offset_pad); return (ptr); #endif } /* ************************************************************************ */ /* FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION: */ /* rb_bh_free */ /* Description: */ /* Returns an element to the free pool, does not free() */ /* Parameters: */ /* bh (IN): Pointer to rb_bh containing element */ /* ptr (in): Pointer to element to be "freed" */ /* Returns: */ /* 0 if successful, 1 if element not contained within rb_bh. */ /* ************************************************************************ */ int rb_bh_free(rb_bh *bh, void *ptr) { #ifndef NOBALLOC rb_heap_block *block; void *data; #endif lrb_assert(bh != NULL); lrb_assert(ptr != NULL); if(rb_unlikely(bh == NULL)) { rb_lib_log("balloc.c:rb_bhFree() bh == NULL"); return (1); } if(rb_unlikely(ptr == NULL)) { rb_lib_log("balloc.rb_bhFree() ptr == NULL"); return (1); } #ifdef NOBALLOC rb_free(ptr); #else data = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr - (uintptr_t)offset_pad); block = *(rb_heap_block **) data; /* XXX */ if(rb_unlikely (!((uintptr_t)ptr >= (uintptr_t)block->elems && (uintptr_t)ptr < (uintptr_t)block->elems + (uintptr_t)block->alloc_size))) { rb_bh_fail("rb_bh_free() bogus pointer"); } block->free_count++; rb_dlinkAdd(data, (rb_dlink_node *)ptr, &bh->free_list); #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ return (0); } /* ************************************************************************ */ /* FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION: */ /* rb_bhDestroy */ /* Description: */ /* Completely free()s a rb_bh. Use for cleanup. */ /* Parameters: */ /* bh (IN): Pointer to the rb_bh to be destroyed. */ /* Returns: */ /* 0 if successful, 1 if bh == NULL */ /* ************************************************************************ */ int rb_bh_destroy(rb_bh *bh) { #ifndef NOBALLOC rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rb_heap_block *b; #endif if(bh == NULL) return (1); #ifndef NOBALLOC RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, bh->block_list.head) { b = ptr->data; free_block(b->elems, b->alloc_size); rb_free(b); } #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ rb_dlinkDelete(&bh->hlist, heap_lists); rb_free(bh->desc); rb_free(bh); return (0); } void rb_bh_usage(rb_bh *bh, size_t *bused, size_t *bfree, size_t *bmemusage, const char **desc) { #ifndef NOBALLOC size_t used, freem, memusage; if(bh == NULL) { return; } freem = rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->free_list); used = (rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->block_list) * bh->elemsPerBlock) - freem; memusage = used * bh->elemSize; if(bused != NULL) *bused = used; if(bfree != NULL) *bfree = freem; if(bmemusage != NULL) *bmemusage = memusage; if(desc != NULL) *desc = bh->desc; #else static char *noballoc = "no blockheap"; *bused = 0; *bfree = 0; *bmemusage = 0; *desc = noballoc; #endif } void rb_bh_usage_all(rb_bh_usage_cb *cb, void *data) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_bh *bh; size_t used, freem, memusage, heapalloc; static const char *unnamed = "(unnamed_heap)"; const char *desc = unnamed; if(cb == NULL) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, heap_lists->head) { bh = (rb_bh *)ptr->data; freem = rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->free_list); used = (rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->block_list) * bh->elemsPerBlock) - freem; memusage = used * bh->elemSize; heapalloc = (freem + used) * bh->elemSize; if(bh->desc != NULL) desc = bh->desc; cb(used, freem, memusage, heapalloc, desc, data); } return; } void rb_bh_total_usage(size_t *total_alloc, size_t *total_used) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; size_t total_memory = 0, used_memory = 0, used, freem; rb_bh *bh; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, heap_lists->head) { bh = (rb_bh *)ptr->data; freem = rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->free_list); used = (rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->block_list) * bh->elemsPerBlock) - freem; used_memory += used * bh->elemSize; total_memory += (freem + used) * bh->elemSize; } if(total_alloc != NULL) *total_alloc = total_memory; if(total_used != NULL) *total_used = used_memory; } #ifndef NOBALLOC int rb_bh_gc(rb_bh *bh) { rb_heap_block *b; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; unsigned long i; uintptr_t offset; if(bh == NULL) { /* somebody is smoking some craq..(probably lee, but don't tell him that) */ return (1); } if((rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->free_list) < bh->elemsPerBlock) || rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->block_list) == 1) { /* There couldn't possibly be an entire free block. Return. */ return (0); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, bh->block_list.head) { b = ptr->data; if(rb_dlink_list_length(&bh->block_list) == 1) return (0); if(b->free_count == bh->elemsPerBlock) { /* i'm seriously going to hell for this.. */ offset = (uintptr_t)b->elems; for(i = 0; i < bh->elemsPerBlock; i++, offset += (uintptr_t)bh->elemSize) { rb_dlinkDelete((rb_dlink_node *)(offset + offset_pad), &bh->free_list); } rb_dlinkDelete(&b->node, &bh->block_list); free_block(b->elems, b->alloc_size); rb_free(b); } } return (0); } #endif /* !NOBALLOC */ �����������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/nossl.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006215�11730556726�017270� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * libratbox: a library used by ircd-ratbox and other things * nossl.c: ssl stub code * * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: commio.c 24808 2008-01-02 08:17:05Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #if !defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(HAVE_GNUTLS) #include "arc4random.h" #include <commio-int.h> #include <commio-ssl.h> int rb_setup_ssl_server(const char *cert, const char *keyfile, const char *dhfile) { errno = ENOSYS; return 0; } int rb_init_ssl(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_ssl_listen(rb_fde_t *F, int backlog) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } static void rb_stir_arc4random(void *unused) { arc4random_stir(); } int rb_init_prng(const char *path, prng_seed_t seed_type) { /* xxx this ignores the parameters above */ arc4random_stir(); rb_event_addish("rb_stir_arc4random", rb_stir_arc4random, NULL, 300); return 1; } int rb_get_random(void *buf, size_t length) { uint32_t rnd = 0, i; uint8_t *xbuf = buf; for(i = 0; i < length; i++) { if(i % 4 == 0) rnd = arc4random(); xbuf[i] = rnd; rnd >>= 8; } return 1; } int rb_get_pseudo_random(void *buf, size_t length) { return rb_get_random(buf, length); } const char * rb_get_ssl_strerror(rb_fde_t *F) { static const char *nosupport = "SSL/TLS not supported"; return nosupport; } void rb_ssl_start_accepted(rb_fde_t *new_F, ACCB * cb, void *data, int timeout) { return; } void rb_ssl_start_connected(rb_fde_t *F, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { return; } void rb_connect_tcp_ssl(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *dest, struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout) { return; } int rb_supports_ssl(void) { return 0; } void rb_ssl_shutdown(rb_fde_t *F) { return; } void rb_ssl_accept_setup(rb_fde_t *F, rb_fde_t *new_F, struct sockaddr *st, int addrlen) { return; } ssize_t rb_ssl_read(rb_fde_t *F, void *buf, size_t count) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } ssize_t rb_ssl_write(rb_fde_t *F, const void *buf, size_t count) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } unsigned int rb_ssl_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } void rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F) { return; } void rb_get_ssl_info(char *buf, size_t len) { rb_snprintf(buf, len, "Not compiled with SSL support"); } #endif /* !HAVE_OPENSSL */ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/rb_memory.c���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002425�11730556726�020124� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * memory.c: Memory utilities. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_memory.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> void rb_outofmemory(void) { static int was_here = 0; if(was_here) abort(); was_here = 1; rb_lib_log("Out of memory: restarting server..."); rb_lib_restart("Out of Memory"); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/export-syms.txt�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004456�11101155033�021020� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������rb_bh_alloc rb_bh_create rb_bh_destroy rb_bh_free rb_bh_gc rb_bh_total_usage rb_bh_usage rb_bh_usage_all rb_init_bh rb_accept_tcp rb_checktimeouts rb_close rb_connect_sockaddr rb_connect_tcp rb_connect_tcp_ssl rb_dump_fd rb_errstr rb_fd_ssl rb_fdlist_init rb_get_fd rb_get_fde rb_get_iotype rb_get_random rb_get_sockerr rb_get_ssl_strerror rb_get_type rb_getmaxconnect rb_ignore_errno rb_inet_ntop rb_inet_ntop_sock rb_inet_pton rb_inet_pton_sock rb_init_netio rb_init_prng rb_listen rb_note rb_open rb_pipe rb_read rb_recv_fd_buf rb_select rb_send_fd_buf rb_set_buffers rb_set_nb rb_set_type rb_setselect rb_settimeout rb_setup_fd rb_setup_ssl_server rb_socket rb_socketpair rb_ssl_listen rb_ssl_start_accepted rb_ssl_start_connected rb_write rb_writev rb_crypt rb_dump_events rb_event_add rb_event_addish rb_event_addonce rb_event_delete rb_event_find_delete rb_event_init rb_event_next rb_event_run rb_event_update rb_run_event rb_helper_child rb_helper_close rb_helper_loop rb_helper_read rb_helper_restart rb_helper_run rb_helper_start rb_helper_write rb_helper_write_queue rb_count_rb_linebuf_memory rb_linebuf_attach rb_linebuf_donebuf rb_linebuf_flush rb_linebuf_get rb_linebuf_init rb_linebuf_newbuf rb_linebuf_parse rb_linebuf_put rb_linebuf_putbuf rb_linebuf_putmsg make_and_lookup make_and_lookup_ip rb_clear_patricia rb_destroy_patricia rb_init_patricia rb_match_exact_string rb_match_ip rb_match_ip_exact rb_match_string rb_new_patricia rb_patricia_lookup rb_patricia_process rb_patricia_remove rb_patricia_search_best rb_patricia_search_best2 rb_patricia_search_exact rb_base64_decode rb_base64_encode rb_ctime rb_current_time rb_current_time_tv rb_date rb_lib_die rb_lib_init rb_lib_log rb_lib_loop rb_lib_restart rb_lib_version rb_set_time rb_strtok_r rb_free_rawbuffer rb_init_rawbuffers rb_new_rawbuffer rb_rawbuf_append rb_rawbuf_flush rb_rawbuf_get rb_rawbuf_length rb_outofmemory rb_snprintf rb_snprintf_append rb_sprintf rb_sprintf_append rb_vsnprintf rb_vsnprintf_append rb_vsprintf rb_vsprintf_append rb_free_rb_dlink_node rb_init_rb_dlink_nodes rb_make_rb_dlink_node rb_string_to_array rb_strlcat rb_strlcpy rb_strnlen rb_gettimeofday rb_sleep rb_spawn_process rb_supports_ssl rb_ssl_handshake_count rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count rb_get_pseudo_random rb_strerror rb_kill rb_setenv rb_getpid rb_waitpid rb_basename rb_dirname ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/poll.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013446�11730556726�017104� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_bsd_poll.c: POSIX poll() compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: poll.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #if defined(HAVE_POLL) && (HAVE_SYS_POLL_H) #include <sys/poll.h> /* I hate linux -- adrian */ #ifndef POLLRDNORM #define POLLRDNORM POLLIN #endif #ifndef POLLWRNORM #define POLLWRNORM POLLOUT #endif struct _pollfd_list { struct pollfd *pollfds; int maxindex; /* highest FD number */ int allocated; /* number of pollfds allocated */ }; typedef struct _pollfd_list pollfd_list_t; static pollfd_list_t pollfd_list; int rb_setup_fd_poll(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ int rb_init_netio_poll(void) { int fd; pollfd_list.pollfds = rb_malloc(rb_getmaxconnect() * (sizeof(struct pollfd))); pollfd_list.allocated = rb_getmaxconnect(); for(fd = 0; fd < rb_getmaxconnect(); fd++) { pollfd_list.pollfds[fd].fd = -1; } pollfd_list.maxindex = 0; return 0; } static void resize_pollarray(int fd) { if(rb_unlikely(fd >= pollfd_list.allocated)) { int x, old_value = pollfd_list.allocated; pollfd_list.allocated += 1024; pollfd_list.pollfds = rb_realloc(pollfd_list.pollfds, pollfd_list.allocated * (sizeof(struct pollfd))); memset(&pollfd_list.pollfds[old_value + 1], 0, sizeof(struct pollfd) * 1024); for(x = old_value + 1; x < pollfd_list.allocated; x++) { pollfd_list.pollfds[x].fd = -1; } } } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_poll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { if(F == NULL) return; if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= POLLRDNORM; else F->pflags &= ~POLLRDNORM; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= POLLWRNORM; else F->pflags &= ~POLLWRNORM; } resize_pollarray(F->fd); if(F->pflags <= 0) { pollfd_list.pollfds[F->fd].events = 0; pollfd_list.pollfds[F->fd].fd = -1; if(F->fd == pollfd_list.maxindex) { while(pollfd_list.maxindex >= 0 && pollfd_list.pollfds[pollfd_list.maxindex].fd == -1) pollfd_list.maxindex--; } } else { pollfd_list.pollfds[F->fd].events = F->pflags; pollfd_list.pollfds[F->fd].fd = F->fd; if(F->fd > pollfd_list.maxindex) pollfd_list.maxindex = F->fd; } } /* int rb_select(unsigned long delay) * Input: The maximum time to delay. * Output: Returns -1 on error, 0 on success. * Side-effects: Deregisters future interest in IO and calls the handlers * if an event occurs for an FD. * Comments: Check all connections for new connections and input data * that is to be processed. Also check for connections with data queued * and whether we can write it out. * Called to do the new-style IO, courtesy of squid (like most of this * new IO code). This routine handles the stuff we've hidden in * rb_setselect and fd_table[] and calls callbacks for IO ready * events. */ int rb_select_poll(long delay) { int num; int fd; int ci; PF *hdl; void *data; struct pollfd *pfd; int revents; num = poll(pollfd_list.pollfds, pollfd_list.maxindex + 1, delay); rb_set_time(); if(num < 0) { if(!rb_ignore_errno(errno)) return RB_OK; else return RB_ERROR; } if(num == 0) return RB_OK; /* XXX we *could* optimise by falling out after doing num fds ... */ for(ci = 0; ci < pollfd_list.maxindex + 1; ci++) { rb_fde_t *F; pfd = &pollfd_list.pollfds[ci]; revents = pfd->revents; fd = pfd->fd; if(revents == 0 || fd == -1) continue; F = rb_find_fd(fd); if(F == NULL) continue; if(revents & (POLLRDNORM | POLLIN | POLLHUP | POLLERR)) { hdl = F->read_handler; data = F->read_data; F->read_handler = NULL; F->read_data = NULL; if(hdl) hdl(F, data); } if(IsFDOpen(F) && (revents & (POLLWRNORM | POLLOUT | POLLHUP | POLLERR))) { hdl = F->write_handler; data = F->write_data; F->write_handler = NULL; F->write_data = NULL; if(hdl) hdl(F, data); } if(F->read_handler == NULL) rb_setselect_poll(F, RB_SELECT_READ, NULL, NULL); if(F->write_handler == NULL) rb_setselect_poll(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); } return 0; } #else /* poll not supported */ int rb_init_netio_poll(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_setselect_poll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_poll(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_poll(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/win32.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000032356�11730556726�017101� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * win32.c: select() compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: win32.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #ifdef _WIN32 static HWND hwnd; #define WM_SOCKET WM_USER /* * having gettimeofday is nice... */ typedef union { unsigned __int64 ft_i64; FILETIME ft_val; } FT_t; #ifdef __GNUC__ #define Const64(x) x##LL #else #define Const64(x) x##i64 #endif /* Number of 100 nanosecond units from 1/1/1601 to 1/1/1970 */ #define EPOCH_BIAS Const64(116444736000000000) pid_t rb_getpid() { return GetCurrentProcessId(); } int rb_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tp, void *not_used) { FT_t ft; /* this returns time in 100-nanosecond units (i.e. tens of usecs) */ GetSystemTimeAsFileTime(&ft.ft_val); /* seconds since epoch */ tp->tv_sec = (long)((ft.ft_i64 - EPOCH_BIAS) / Const64(10000000)); /* microseconds remaining */ tp->tv_usec = (long)((ft.ft_i64 / Const64(10)) % Const64(1000000)); return 0; } pid_t rb_spawn_process(const char *path, const char **argv) { PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; STARTUPINFO si; char cmd[MAX_PATH]; memset(&pi, 0, sizeof(pi)); memset(&si, 0, sizeof(si)); rb_strlcpy(cmd, path, sizeof(cmd)); if(CreateProcess(cmd, cmd, NULL, NULL, TRUE, 0, NULL, NULL, &si, &pi) == FALSE) return -1; return (pi.dwProcessId); } pid_t rb_waitpid(int pid, int *status, int flags) { DWORD timeout = (flags & WNOHANG) ? 0 : INFINITE; HANDLE hProcess; DWORD waitcode; hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, TRUE, pid); if(hProcess) { waitcode = WaitForSingleObject(hProcess, timeout); if(waitcode == WAIT_TIMEOUT) { CloseHandle(hProcess); return 0; } else if(waitcode == WAIT_OBJECT_0) { if(GetExitCodeProcess(hProcess, &waitcode)) { *status = (int)((waitcode & 0xff) << 8); CloseHandle(hProcess); return pid; } } CloseHandle(hProcess); } else errno = ECHILD; return -1; } int rb_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite) { char *buf; int len; if(!overwrite) { if((buf = getenv(name)) != NULL) { if(strlen(buf) > 0) { return 0; } } } if(name == NULL || value == NULL) return -1; len = strlen(name) + strlen(value) + 5; buf = rb_malloc(len); rb_snprintf(buf, len, "%s=%s", name, value); len = putenv(buf); rb_free(buf); return (len); } int rb_kill(int pid, int sig) { HANDLE hProcess; hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, TRUE, pid); int ret = -1; if(hProcess) { switch (sig) { case 0: ret = 0; break; default: if(TerminateProcess(hProcess, sig)) ret = 0; break; } CloseHandle(hProcess); } else errno = EINVAL; return ret; } /* * packet format is uint32_t magic uint8_t protocol count WSAPROTOCOL_INFO * count size_t datasize data */ static int make_wsaprotocol_info(pid_t process, rb_fde_t *F, WSAPROTOCOL_INFO * inf) { WSAPROTOCOL_INFO info; if(!WSADuplicateSocket((SOCKET) rb_get_fd(F), process, &info)) { memcpy(inf, &info, sizeof(WSAPROTOCOL_INFO)); return 1; } return 0; } static rb_fde_t * make_fde_from_wsaprotocol_info(void *data) { WSAPROTOCOL_INFO *info = data; SOCKET t; t = WSASocket(FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO, FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO, FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO, info, 0, 0); if(t == INVALID_SOCKET) { rb_get_errno(); return NULL; } return rb_open(t, RB_FD_SOCKET, "remote_socket"); } static uint8_t fd_buf[16384]; #define MAGIC_CONTROL 0xFF0ACAFE int rb_send_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *xF, rb_fde_t **F, int count, void *data, size_t datasize, pid_t pid) { size_t bufsize = sizeof(uint32_t) + sizeof(uint8_t) + (sizeof(WSAPROTOCOL_INFO) * (size_t)count) + sizeof(size_t) + datasize; int i; uint32_t magic = MAGIC_CONTROL; void *ptr; if(count > 4) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } if(bufsize > sizeof(fd_buf)) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } memset(fd_buf, 0, sizeof(fd_buf)); ptr = fd_buf; memcpy(ptr, &magic, sizeof(magic)); ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(magic)); *((uint8_t *)ptr) = count; ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(uint8_t)); for(i = 0; i < count; i++) { make_wsaprotocol_info(pid, F[i], (WSAPROTOCOL_INFO *) ptr); ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(WSAPROTOCOL_INFO)); } memcpy(ptr, &datasize, sizeof(size_t)); ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(size_t)); memcpy(ptr, data, datasize); return rb_write(xF, fd_buf, bufsize); } #ifdef MYMIN #undef MYMIN #endif #define MYMIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) int rb_recv_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *F, void *data, size_t datasize, rb_fde_t **xF, int nfds) { size_t minsize = sizeof(uint32_t) + sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(size_t); size_t datalen; ssize_t retlen; uint32_t magic; uint8_t count; unsigned int i; void *ptr; ssize_t ret; memset(fd_buf, 0, sizeof(fd_buf)); /* some paranoia here... */ ret = rb_read(F, fd_buf, sizeof(fd_buf)); if(ret <= 0) { return ret; } if(ret < (ssize_t) minsize) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } ptr = fd_buf; memcpy(&magic, ptr, sizeof(uint32_t)); if(magic != MAGIC_CONTROL) { errno = EAGAIN; return -1; } ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(uint32_t)); memcpy(&count, ptr, sizeof(uint8_t)); ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(uint8_t)); for(i = 0; i < count && i < (unsigned int)nfds; i++) { rb_fde_t *tF = make_fde_from_wsaprotocol_info(ptr); if(tF == NULL) return -1; xF[i] = tF; ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(WSAPROTOCOL_INFO)); } memcpy(&datalen, ptr, sizeof(size_t)); ptr = (void *)((uintptr_t)ptr + (uintptr_t)sizeof(size_t)); retlen = MYMIN(datalen, datasize); memcpy(data, ptr, datalen); return retlen; } static LRESULT CALLBACK rb_process_events(HWND nhwnd, UINT umsg, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam) { rb_fde_t *F; PF *hdl; void *data; switch (umsg) { case WM_SOCKET: { F = rb_find_fd(wparam); if(F != NULL && IsFDOpen(F)) { switch (WSAGETSELECTEVENT(lparam)) { case FD_ACCEPT: case FD_CLOSE: case FD_READ: { if((hdl = F->read_handler) != NULL) { F->read_handler = NULL; data = F->read_data; F->read_data = NULL; hdl(F, data); } break; } case FD_CONNECT: case FD_WRITE: { if((hdl = F->write_handler) != NULL) { F->write_handler = NULL; data = F->write_data; F->write_data = NULL; hdl(F, data); } } } } return 0; } case WM_DESTROY: { PostQuitMessage(0); return 0; } default: return DefWindowProc(nhwnd, umsg, wparam, lparam); } return 0; } int rb_init_netio_win32(void) { /* this muchly sucks, but i'm too lazy to do overlapped i/o, maybe someday... -androsyn */ WNDCLASS wc; static const char *classname = "ircd-ratbox-class"; wc.style = 0; wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) rb_process_events; wc.cbClsExtra = 0; wc.cbWndExtra = 0; wc.hIcon = NULL; wc.hCursor = NULL; wc.hbrBackground = NULL; wc.lpszMenuName = NULL; wc.lpszClassName = classname; wc.hInstance = GetModuleHandle(NULL); if(!RegisterClass(&wc)) rb_lib_die("cannot register window class"); hwnd = CreateWindow(classname, classname, WS_POPUP, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, (HWND) NULL, (HMENU) NULL, wc.hInstance, NULL); if(!hwnd) rb_lib_die("could not create window"); return 0; } void rb_sleep(unsigned int seconds, unsigned int useconds) { DWORD msec = seconds * 1000;; Sleep(msec); } int rb_setup_fd_win32(rb_fde_t *F) { if(F == NULL) return 0; SetHandleInformation((HANDLE) F->fd, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0); switch (F->type) { case RB_FD_SOCKET: { u_long nonb = 1; if(ioctlsocket((SOCKET) F->fd, FIONBIO, &nonb) == -1) { rb_get_errno(); return 0; } return 1; } default: return 1; } } void rb_setselect_win32(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { int old_flags = F->pflags; lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); /* Update the list, even though we're not using it .. */ if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= FD_CLOSE | FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT; else F->pflags &= ~(FD_CLOSE | FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT); F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= FD_WRITE | FD_CONNECT; else F->pflags &= ~(FD_WRITE | FD_CONNECT); F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; } if(old_flags == 0 && F->pflags == 0) return; if(F->pflags != old_flags) { WSAAsyncSelect(F->fd, hwnd, WM_SOCKET, F->pflags); } } static int has_set_timer = 0; int rb_select_win32(long delay) { MSG msg; if(has_set_timer == 0) { /* XXX should probably have this handle all the events * instead of busy looping */ SetTimer(hwnd, 0, delay, NULL); has_set_timer = 1; } if(GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0) == FALSE) { rb_lib_die("GetMessage failed..byebye"); } rb_set_time(); DispatchMessage(&msg); return RB_OK; } #ifdef strerror #undef strerror #endif static const char * _rb_strerror(int error) { switch (error) { case 0: return "Success"; case WSAEINTR: return "Interrupted system call"; case WSAEBADF: return "Bad file number"; case WSAEACCES: return "Permission denied"; case WSAEFAULT: return "Bad address"; case WSAEINVAL: return "Invalid argument"; case WSAEMFILE: return "Too many open sockets"; case WSAEWOULDBLOCK: return "Operation would block"; case WSAEINPROGRESS: return "Operation now in progress"; case WSAEALREADY: return "Operation already in progress"; case WSAENOTSOCK: return "Socket operation on non-socket"; case WSAEDESTADDRREQ: return "Destination address required"; case WSAEMSGSIZE: return "Message too long"; case WSAEPROTOTYPE: return "Protocol wrong type for socket"; case WSAENOPROTOOPT: return "Bad protocol option"; case WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT: return "Protocol not supported"; case WSAESOCKTNOSUPPORT: return "Socket type not supported"; case WSAEOPNOTSUPP: return "Operation not supported on socket"; case WSAEPFNOSUPPORT: return "Protocol family not supported"; case WSAEAFNOSUPPORT: return "Address family not supported"; case WSAEADDRINUSE: return "Address already in use"; case WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL: return "Can't assign requested address"; case WSAENETDOWN: return "Network is down"; case WSAENETUNREACH: return "Network is unreachable"; case WSAENETRESET: return "Net connection reset"; case WSAECONNABORTED: return "Software caused connection abort"; case WSAECONNRESET: return "Connection reset by peer"; case WSAENOBUFS: return "No buffer space available"; case WSAEISCONN: return "Socket is already connected"; case WSAENOTCONN: return "Socket is not connected"; case WSAESHUTDOWN: return "Can't send after socket shutdown"; case WSAETOOMANYREFS: return "Too many references, can't splice"; case WSAETIMEDOUT: return "Connection timed out"; case WSAECONNREFUSED: return "Connection refused"; case WSAELOOP: return "Too many levels of symbolic links"; case WSAENAMETOOLONG: return "File name too long"; case WSAEHOSTDOWN: return "Host is down"; case WSAEHOSTUNREACH: return "No route to host"; case WSAENOTEMPTY: return "Directory not empty"; case WSAEPROCLIM: return "Too many processes"; case WSAEUSERS: return "Too many users"; case WSAEDQUOT: return "Disc quota exceeded"; case WSAESTALE: return "Stale NFS file handle"; case WSAEREMOTE: return "Too many levels of remote in path"; case WSASYSNOTREADY: return "Network system is unavailable"; case WSAVERNOTSUPPORTED: return "Winsock version out of range"; case WSANOTINITIALISED: return "WSAStartup not yet called"; case WSAEDISCON: return "Graceful shutdown in progress"; case WSAHOST_NOT_FOUND: return "Host not found"; case WSANO_DATA: return "No host data of that type was found"; default: return strerror(error); } }; char * rb_strerror(int error) { static char buf[128]; rb_strlcpy(buf, _rb_strerror(error), sizeof(buf)); return buf; } #else /* win32 not supported */ int rb_init_netio_win32(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_setselect_win32(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_win32(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_win32(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif /* _WIN32 */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/unix.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006156�11730556726�017121� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * unix.c: various unix type functions * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2005 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: unix.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #ifndef _WIN32 #include <sys/wait.h> #if defined(HAVE_SPAWN_H) && defined(HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN) #include <spawn.h> #ifdef __APPLE__ #include <crt_externs.h> #endif #ifndef __APPLE__ extern char **environ; #endif pid_t rb_spawn_process(const char *path, const char **argv) { pid_t pid; const void *arghack = argv; char **myenviron; posix_spawnattr_t spattr; posix_spawnattr_init(&spattr); #ifdef POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK posix_spawnattr_setflags(&spattr, POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK); #endif #ifdef __APPLE__ myenviron = *_NSGetEnviron(); /* apple needs to go fuck themselves for this */ #else myenviron = environ; #endif if(posix_spawn(&pid, path, NULL, &spattr, arghack, myenviron)) { return -1; } return pid; } #else pid_t rb_spawn_process(const char *path, const char **argv) { pid_t pid; if(!(pid = vfork())) { execv(path, (const void *)argv); /* make gcc shut up */ _exit(1); /* if we're still here, we're screwed */ } return (pid); } #endif #ifndef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY int rb_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz) { if(tv == NULL) { errno = EFAULT; return -1; } tv->tv_usec = 0; if(time(&tv->tv_sec) == -1) return -1; return 0; } #else int rb_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz) { return (gettimeofday(tv, tz)); } #endif void rb_sleep(unsigned int seconds, unsigned int useconds) { #ifdef HAVE_NANOSLEEP struct timespec tv; tv.tv_nsec = (useconds * 1000); tv.tv_sec = seconds; nanosleep(&tv, NULL); #else struct timeval tv; tv.tv_sec = seconds; tv.tv_usec = useconds; select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &tv); #endif } /* this is to keep some linkers from bitching about exporting a non-existant symbol..bleh */ char * rb_strerror(int error) { return strerror(error); } int rb_kill(pid_t pid, int sig) { return kill(pid, sig); } int rb_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite) { return setenv(name, value, overwrite); } pid_t rb_waitpid(pid_t pid, int *status, int options) { return waitpid(pid, status, options); } pid_t rb_getpid(void) { return getpid(); } #endif /* !WIN32 */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/kqueue.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000020034�11730556726�017424� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * kqueue.c: FreeBSD kqueue compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: kqueue.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <event-int.h> #if defined(HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H) && (HAVE_KEVENT) #include <sys/event.h> /* jlemon goofed up and didn't add EV_SET until fbsd 4.3 */ #ifndef EV_SET #define EV_SET(kevp, a, b, c, d, e, f) do { \ (kevp)->ident = (a); \ (kevp)->filter = (b); \ (kevp)->flags = (c); \ (kevp)->fflags = (d); \ (kevp)->data = (e); \ (kevp)->udata = (f); \ } while(0) #endif #ifdef EVFILT_TIMER #define KQUEUE_SCHED_EVENT #endif static void kq_update_events(rb_fde_t *, short, PF *); static int kq; static struct timespec zero_timespec; static struct kevent *kqlst; /* kevent buffer */ static struct kevent *kqout; /* kevent output buffer */ static int kqmax; /* max structs to buffer */ static int kqoff; /* offset into the buffer */ int rb_setup_fd_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } static void kq_update_events(rb_fde_t *F, short filter, PF * handler) { PF *cur_handler; int kep_flags; switch (filter) { case EVFILT_READ: cur_handler = F->read_handler; break; case EVFILT_WRITE: cur_handler = F->write_handler; break; default: /* XXX bad! -- adrian */ return; break; } if((cur_handler == NULL && handler != NULL) || (cur_handler != NULL && handler == NULL)) { struct kevent *kep; kep = kqlst + kqoff; if(handler != NULL) { kep_flags = EV_ADD | EV_ONESHOT; } else { kep_flags = EV_DELETE; } EV_SET(kep, (uintptr_t)F->fd, filter, kep_flags, 0, 0, (void *)F); if(++kqoff == kqmax) { int ret, i; /* Add them one at a time, because there may be * already closed fds in it. The kernel will try * to report invalid fds in the output; if there * is no space, it silently stops processing the * array at that point. We cannot give output space * because that would also return events we cannot * process at this point. */ for(i = 0; i < kqoff; i++) { ret = kevent(kq, kqlst + i, 1, NULL, 0, &zero_timespec); /* jdc -- someone needs to do error checking... */ /* EBADF is normal here -- jilles */ if(ret == -1 && errno != EBADF) rb_lib_log("kq_update_events(): kevent(): %s", strerror(errno)); } kqoff = 0; } } } /* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX */ /* Public functions */ /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ int rb_init_netio_kqueue(void) { kq = kqueue(); if(kq < 0) { return errno; } kqmax = getdtablesize(); kqlst = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct kevent) * kqmax); kqout = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct kevent) * kqmax); if(rb_open(kq, RB_FD_UNKNOWN, "kqueue fd") == NULL) { rb_lib_log("rb_init_netio_kqueue: unable to rb_open kqueue fd"); return -1; } zero_timespec.tv_sec = 0; zero_timespec.tv_nsec = 0; return 0; } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { kq_update_events(F, EVFILT_READ, handler); F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { kq_update_events(F, EVFILT_WRITE, handler); F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; } } /* * Check all connections for new connections and input data that is to be * processed. Also check for connections with data queued and whether we can * write it out. */ /* * rb_select * * Called to do the new-style IO, courtesy of squid (like most of this * new IO code). This routine handles the stuff we've hidden in * rb_setselect and fd_table[] and calls callbacks for IO ready * events. */ int rb_select_kqueue(long delay) { int num, i; struct timespec poll_time; struct timespec *pt; rb_fde_t *F; if(delay < 0) { pt = NULL; } else { pt = &poll_time; poll_time.tv_sec = delay / 1000; poll_time.tv_nsec = (delay % 1000) * 1000000; } for(;;) { num = kevent(kq, kqlst, kqoff, kqout, kqmax, pt); kqoff = 0; if(num >= 0) break; if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) break; rb_set_time(); return RB_ERROR; /* NOTREACHED */ } rb_set_time(); if(num == 0) return RB_OK; /* No error.. */ for(i = 0; i < num; i++) { PF *hdl = NULL; if(kqout[i].flags & EV_ERROR) { errno = kqout[i].data; /* XXX error == bad! -- adrian */ continue; /* XXX! */ } switch (kqout[i].filter) { case EVFILT_READ: F = kqout[i].udata; if((hdl = F->read_handler) != NULL) { F->read_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->read_data); } break; case EVFILT_WRITE: F = kqout[i].udata; if((hdl = F->write_handler) != NULL) { F->write_handler = NULL; hdl(F, F->write_data); } break; #if defined(EVFILT_TIMER) case EVFILT_TIMER: rb_run_event(kqout[i].udata); break; #endif default: /* Bad! -- adrian */ break; } } return RB_OK; } #if defined(KQUEUE_SCHED_EVENT) static int can_do_event = 0; int rb_kqueue_supports_event(void) { struct kevent kv; struct timespec ts; int xkq; if(can_do_event == 1) return 1; if(can_do_event == -1) return 0; xkq = kqueue(); ts.tv_sec = 0; ts.tv_nsec = 1000; EV_SET(&kv, (uintptr_t)0x0, EVFILT_TIMER, EV_ADD | EV_ONESHOT, 0, 1, 0); if(kevent(xkq, &kv, 1, NULL, 0, NULL) < 0) { can_do_event = -1; close(xkq); return 0; } close(xkq); can_do_event = 1; return 1; } int rb_kqueue_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { struct kevent kev; int kep_flags; kep_flags = EV_ADD; if(event->frequency == 0) kep_flags |= EV_ONESHOT; EV_SET(&kev, (uintptr_t)event, EVFILT_TIMER, kep_flags, 0, when * 1000, event); if(kevent(kq, &kev, 1, NULL, 0, NULL) < 0) return 0; return 1; } void rb_kqueue_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { struct kevent kev; EV_SET(&kev, (uintptr_t)event, EVFILT_TIMER, EV_DELETE, 0, 0, event); kevent(kq, &kev, 1, NULL, 0, NULL); } void rb_kqueue_init_event(void) { return; } #endif /* KQUEUE_SCHED_EVENT */ #else /* kqueue not supported */ int rb_init_netio_kqueue(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_setselect_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_kqueue(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_KEVENT) || !defined(KQUEUE_SCHED_EVENT) void rb_kqueue_init_event(void) { return; } int rb_kqueue_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_kqueue_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { return; } int rb_kqueue_supports_event(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return 0; } #endif /* !HAVE_KEVENT || !KQUEUE_SCHED_EVENT */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000047540�11726771060�020034� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # $Id: Makefile.am 27165 2010-12-27 22:42:16Z androsyn $ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/libratbox_config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) libratbox_la_DEPENDENCIES = am_libratbox_la_OBJECTS = unix.lo win32.lo crypt.lo balloc.lo \ commio.lo openssl.lo gnutls.lo nossl.lo event.lo ratbox_lib.lo \ rb_memory.lo linebuf.lo snprintf.lo tools.lo helper.lo \ devpoll.lo epoll.lo poll.lo ports.lo select.lo kqueue.lo \ rawbuf.lo patricia.lo arc4random.lo version.lo libratbox_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libratbox_la_OBJECTS) libratbox_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(libratbox_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(libratbox_la_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(libratbox_la_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @EXTRA_WARNINGS@ @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CRYPT_LIB = @CRYPT_LIB@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ EXTRA_WARNINGS = @EXTRA_WARNINGS@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GNUTLS_CFLAGS = @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ GNUTLS_LIBS = @GNUTLS_LIBS@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_PREFIX = @RB_PREFIX@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SSL_CFLAGS = @SSL_CFLAGS@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign INCLUDES = -I. -I../include @SSL_CFLAGS@ @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ BUILT_SOURCES = version.c libratbox_la_SOURCES = \ unix.c \ win32.c \ crypt.c \ balloc.c \ commio.c \ openssl.c \ gnutls.c \ nossl.c \ event.c \ ratbox_lib.c \ rb_memory.c \ linebuf.c \ snprintf.c \ tools.c \ helper.c \ devpoll.c \ epoll.c \ poll.c \ ports.c \ select.c \ kqueue.c \ rawbuf.c \ patricia.c \ arc4random.c \ version.c libratbox_la_LDFLAGS = @CRYPT_LIB@ @SSL_LIBS@ @GNUTLS_LIBS@ -avoid-version -no-undefined -export-symbols export-syms.txt libratbox_la_LIBADD = @CRYPT_LIB@ @SSL_LIBS@ @GNUTLS_LIBS@ lib_LTLIBRARIES = libratbox.la all: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-libLTLIBRARIES: $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; \ } uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \ done clean-libLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done libratbox.la: $(libratbox_la_OBJECTS) $(libratbox_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libratbox_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(libratbox_la_LINK) -rpath $(libdir) $(libratbox_la_OBJECTS) $(libratbox_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/arc4random.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/balloc.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/commio.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/crypt.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/devpoll.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/epoll.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/event.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/gnutls.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/helper.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/kqueue.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/linebuf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/nossl.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/openssl.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/patricia.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/poll.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ports.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ratbox_lib.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rawbuf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rb_memory.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/select.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/snprintf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tools.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/unix.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/version.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/win32.Plo@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-am all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-libLTLIBRARIES install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES .MAKE: all check install install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ install-libLTLIBRARIES install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES version.c: version.c.SH ../CREDITS $(SHELL) ./version.c.SH $(CP) version.c version.c.last version.lo: version.c ../include/serno.h $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) -c $< -o $@ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/tools.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010762�11730556726�017274� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * tools.c: Various functions needed here and there. * * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: tools.c 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ * * Here is the original header: * * Useful stuff, ripped from places .. * adrian chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * * The TOOLS_C define builds versions of the functions in tools.h * so that they end up in the resulting object files. If its not * defined, tools.h will build inlined versions of the functions * on supported compilers */ #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <rb_tools.h> /* * init_rb_dlink_nodes * */ static rb_bh *dnode_heap; void rb_init_rb_dlink_nodes(size_t dh_size) { dnode_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(rb_dlink_node), dh_size, "librb_dnode_heap"); if(dnode_heap == NULL) rb_outofmemory(); } /* * make_rb_dlink_node * * inputs - NONE * output - pointer to new rb_dlink_node * side effects - NONE */ rb_dlink_node * rb_make_rb_dlink_node(void) { return (rb_bh_alloc(dnode_heap)); } /* * free_rb_dlink_node * * inputs - pointer to rb_dlink_node * output - NONE * side effects - free given rb_dlink_node */ void rb_free_rb_dlink_node(rb_dlink_node *ptr) { assert(ptr != NULL); rb_bh_free(dnode_heap, ptr); } /* rb_string_to_array() * Changes a given buffer into an array of parameters. * Taken from ircd-ratbox. * * inputs - string to parse, array to put in * outputs - number of parameters */ int rb_string_to_array(char *string, char **parv, int maxpara) { char *p, *xbuf = string; int x = 0; parv[x] = NULL; if(string == NULL || string[0] == '\0') return x; while(*xbuf == ' ') /* skip leading spaces */ xbuf++; if(*xbuf == '\0') /* ignore all-space args */ return x; do { if(*xbuf == ':') /* Last parameter */ { xbuf++; parv[x++] = xbuf; parv[x] = NULL; return x; } else { parv[x++] = xbuf; parv[x] = NULL; if((p = strchr(xbuf, ' ')) != NULL) { *p++ = '\0'; xbuf = p; } else return x; } while(*xbuf == ' ') xbuf++; if(*xbuf == '\0') return x; } while(x < maxpara - 1); if(*p == ':') p++; parv[x++] = p; parv[x] = NULL; return x; } #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT size_t rb_strlcat(char *dest, const char *src, size_t count) { size_t dsize = strlen(dest); size_t len = strlen(src); size_t res = dsize + len; dest += dsize; count -= dsize; if(len >= count) len = count - 1; memcpy(dest, src, len); dest[len] = 0; return res; } #else size_t rb_strlcat(char *dest, const char *src, size_t count) { return strlcat(dest, src, count); } #endif #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY size_t rb_strlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size) { size_t ret = strlen(src); if(size) { size_t len = (ret >= size) ? size - 1 : ret; memcpy(dest, src, len); dest[len] = '\0'; } return ret; } #else size_t rb_strlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size) { return strlcpy(dest, src, size); } #endif #ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN size_t rb_strnlen(const char *s, size_t count) { const char *sc; for(sc = s; count-- && *sc != '\0'; ++sc) ;; return sc - s; } #else size_t rb_strnlen(const char *s, size_t count) { return strnlen(s, count); } #endif /* rb_basename * * input - * output - * side effects - */ char * rb_basename(const char *path) { const char *s; if(!(s = strrchr(path, '/'))) s = path; else s++; return rb_strdup(s); } /* * rb_dirname */ char * rb_dirname (const char *path) { char *s; s = strrchr(path, '/'); if(s == NULL) { return rb_strdup("."); } /* remove extra slashes */ while(s > path && *s == '/') --s; return rb_strndup(path, ((uintptr_t)s - (uintptr_t)path) + 2); } ��������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/ratbox_lib.c��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000021362�11120023621�020227� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * ratbox_lib.c: libircd initialization functions at the like * * Copyright (C) 2005,2006 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ratbox_lib.c 26282 2008-12-10 20:33:21Z androsyn $ */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <commio-ssl.h> static log_cb *rb_log; static restart_cb *rb_restart; static die_cb *rb_die; static struct timeval rb_time; static char errbuf[512]; /* this doesn't do locales...oh well i guess */ static const char *months[] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }; static const char *weekdays[] = { "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday" }; static const char *s_month[] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" }; static const char *s_weekdays[] = { "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat" }; char * rb_ctime(const time_t t, char *buf, size_t len) { char *p; struct tm *tp; static char timex[128]; size_t tlen; #if defined(HAVE_GMTIME_R) struct tm tmr; tp = gmtime_r(&t, &tmr); #else tp = gmtime(&t); #endif if(rb_unlikely(tp == NULL)) { strcpy(buf, ""); return (buf); } if(buf == NULL) { p = timex; tlen = sizeof(timex); } else { p = buf; tlen = len; } rb_snprintf(p, tlen, "%s %s %d %02u:%02u:%02u %d", s_weekdays[tp->tm_wday], s_month[tp->tm_mon], tp->tm_mday, tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec, tp->tm_year + 1900); return (p); } /* I hate this..but its sort of ircd standard now.. */ char * rb_date(const time_t t, char *buf, size_t len) { struct tm *gm; #if defined(HAVE_GMTIME_R) struct tm gmbuf; gm = gmtime_r(&t, &gmbuf); #else gm = gmtime(&t); #endif if(rb_unlikely(gm == NULL)) { rb_strlcpy(buf, "", len); return (buf); } rb_snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s %d %d -- %02u:%02u:%02u +00:00", weekdays[gm->tm_wday], months[gm->tm_mon], gm->tm_mday, gm->tm_year + 1900, gm->tm_hour, gm->tm_min, gm->tm_sec); return (buf); } time_t rb_current_time(void) { return rb_time.tv_sec; } const struct timeval * rb_current_time_tv(void) { return &rb_time; } void rb_lib_log(const char *format, ...) { va_list args; if(rb_log == NULL) return; va_start(args, format); rb_vsnprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), format, args); va_end(args); rb_log(errbuf); } void rb_lib_die(const char *format, ...) { va_list args; if(rb_die == NULL) abort(); va_start(args, format); rb_vsnprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), format, args); va_end(args); rb_die(errbuf); } void rb_lib_restart(const char *format, ...) { va_list args; if(rb_restart == NULL) abort(); va_start(args, format); rb_vsnprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), format, args); va_end(args); rb_restart(errbuf); } void rb_set_time(void) { struct timeval newtime; if(rb_unlikely(rb_gettimeofday(&newtime, NULL) == -1)) { rb_lib_log("Clock Failure (%s)", strerror(errno)); rb_lib_restart("Clock Failure"); } if(newtime.tv_sec < rb_time.tv_sec) rb_set_back_events(rb_time.tv_sec - newtime.tv_sec); memcpy(&rb_time, &newtime, sizeof(struct timeval)); } extern const char *libratbox_serno; const char * rb_lib_version(void) { static char version_info[512]; char ssl_info[512]; rb_get_ssl_info(ssl_info, sizeof(ssl_info)); rb_snprintf(version_info, sizeof(version_info), "libratbox version: %s - %s", libratbox_serno, ssl_info); return version_info; } void rb_lib_init(log_cb * ilog, restart_cb * irestart, die_cb * idie, int closeall, int maxcon, size_t dh_size, size_t fd_heap_size) { rb_set_time(); rb_log = ilog; rb_restart = irestart; rb_die = idie; rb_event_init(); rb_init_bh(); rb_fdlist_init(closeall, maxcon, fd_heap_size); rb_init_netio(); rb_init_rb_dlink_nodes(dh_size); if(rb_io_supports_event()) { rb_io_init_event(); } } void rb_lib_loop(long delay) { time_t next; rb_set_time(); if(rb_io_supports_event()) { if(delay == 0) delay = -1; while(1) rb_select(-1); } while(1) { if(delay == 0) { if((next = rb_event_next()) > 0) { next -= rb_current_time(); if(next <= 0) next = 1000; else next *= 1000; } else next = -1; rb_select(next); } else rb_select(delay); rb_event_run(); } } #ifndef HAVE_STRTOK_R char * rb_strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **save) { char *token; if(s == NULL) s = *save; /* Scan leading delimiters. */ s += strspn(s, delim); if(*s == '\0') { *save = s; return NULL; } token = s; s = strpbrk(token, delim); if(s == NULL) *save = (token + strlen(token)); else { *s = '\0'; *save = s + 1; } return token; } #else char * rb_strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **save) { return strtok_r(s, delim, save); } #endif static const char base64_table[] = { 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', '+', '/', '\0' }; static const char base64_pad = '='; static const short base64_reverse_table[256] = { -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1 }; unsigned char * rb_base64_encode(const unsigned char *str, int length) { const unsigned char *current = str; unsigned char *p; unsigned char *result; if((length + 2) < 0 || ((length + 2) / 3) >= (1 << (sizeof(int) * 8 - 2))) { return NULL; } result = rb_malloc(((length + 2) / 3) * 5); p = result; while(length > 2) { *p++ = base64_table[current[0] >> 2]; *p++ = base64_table[((current[0] & 0x03) << 4) + (current[1] >> 4)]; *p++ = base64_table[((current[1] & 0x0f) << 2) + (current[2] >> 6)]; *p++ = base64_table[current[2] & 0x3f]; current += 3; length -= 3; } if(length != 0) { *p++ = base64_table[current[0] >> 2]; if(length > 1) { *p++ = base64_table[((current[0] & 0x03) << 4) + (current[1] >> 4)]; *p++ = base64_table[(current[1] & 0x0f) << 2]; *p++ = base64_pad; } else { *p++ = base64_table[(current[0] & 0x03) << 4]; *p++ = base64_pad; *p++ = base64_pad; } } *p = '\0'; return result; } unsigned char * rb_base64_decode(const unsigned char *str, int length, int *ret) { const unsigned char *current = str; int ch, i = 0, j = 0, k; unsigned char *result; result = rb_malloc(length + 1); while((ch = *current++) != '\0' && length-- > 0) { if(ch == base64_pad) break; ch = base64_reverse_table[ch]; if(ch < 0) continue; switch (i % 4) { case 0: result[j] = ch << 2; break; case 1: result[j++] |= ch >> 4; result[j] = (ch & 0x0f) << 4; break; case 2: result[j++] |= ch >> 2; result[j] = (ch & 0x03) << 6; break; case 3: result[j++] |= ch; break; } i++; } k = j; if(ch == base64_pad) { switch (i % 4) { case 1: free(result); return NULL; case 2: k++; case 3: result[k++] = 0; } } result[j] = '\0'; *ret = j; return result; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/epoll.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000026524�11747336715�017254� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * epoll.c: Linux epoll compatible network routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2001 Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2002 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: epoll.c 27395 2012-04-29 22:16:45Z androsyn $ */ #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <commio-int.h> #include <event-int.h> #if defined(HAVE_EPOLL_CTL) && (HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H) #define USING_EPOLL #include <fcntl.h> #include <sys/epoll.h> #if defined(HAVE_SIGNALFD) && (HAVE_SYS_SIGNALFD_H) && (USE_TIMER_CREATE) && (HAVE_SYS_UIO_H) #include <signal.h> #include <sys/signalfd.h> #include <sys/uio.h> #define EPOLL_SCHED_EVENT 1 #endif #if defined(USE_TIMERFD_CREATE) #include <sys/timerfd.h> #endif #define RTSIGNAL SIGRTMIN struct epoll_info { int ep; struct epoll_event *pfd; int pfd_size; }; static struct epoll_info *ep_info; static int can_do_event; static int can_do_timerfd; /* * rb_init_netio * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to initialise * the network loop code. */ int rb_init_netio_epoll(void) { can_do_event = 0; /* shut up gcc */ can_do_timerfd = 0; ep_info = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct epoll_info)); ep_info->pfd_size = getdtablesize(); ep_info->ep = epoll_create(ep_info->pfd_size); if(ep_info->ep < 0) { return -1; } if(rb_open(ep_info->ep, RB_FD_UNKNOWN, "epoll file descriptor") == NULL) { rb_lib_log("Unable to rb_open epoll fd"); return -1; } ep_info->pfd = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct epoll_event) * ep_info->pfd_size); return 0; } int rb_setup_fd_epoll(rb_fde_t *F) { return 0; } /* * rb_setselect * * This is a needed exported function which will be called to register * and deregister interest in a pending IO state for a given FD. */ void rb_setselect_epoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { struct epoll_event ep_event; int old_flags = F->pflags; int op = -1; lrb_assert(IsFDOpen(F)); /* Update the list, even though we're not using it .. */ if(type & RB_SELECT_READ) { if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= EPOLLIN; else F->pflags &= ~EPOLLIN; F->read_handler = handler; F->read_data = client_data; } if(type & RB_SELECT_WRITE) { if(handler != NULL) F->pflags |= EPOLLOUT; else F->pflags &= ~EPOLLOUT; F->write_handler = handler; F->write_data = client_data; } if(old_flags == 0 && F->pflags == 0) return; else if(F->pflags <= 0) op = EPOLL_CTL_DEL; else if(old_flags == 0 && F->pflags > 0) op = EPOLL_CTL_ADD; else if(F->pflags != old_flags) op = EPOLL_CTL_MOD; if(op == -1) return; ep_event.events = F->pflags; ep_event.data.ptr = F; if(op == EPOLL_CTL_ADD || op == EPOLL_CTL_MOD) ep_event.events |= EPOLLET; if(epoll_ctl(ep_info->ep, op, F->fd, &ep_event) != 0) { rb_lib_log("rb_setselect_epoll(): epoll_ctl failed: %s", strerror(errno)); abort(); } } /* * rb_select * * Called to do the new-style IO, courtesy of squid (like most of this * new IO code). This routine handles the stuff we've hidden in * rb_setselect and fd_table[] and calls callbacks for IO ready * events. */ int rb_select_epoll(long delay) { int num, i, flags, old_flags, op; struct epoll_event ep_event; int o_errno; void *data; num = epoll_wait(ep_info->ep, ep_info->pfd, ep_info->pfd_size, delay); /* save errno as rb_set_time() will likely clobber it */ o_errno = errno; rb_set_time(); errno = o_errno; if(num < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(o_errno)) return RB_ERROR; if(num <= 0) return RB_OK; for(i = 0; i < num; i++) { PF *hdl; rb_fde_t *F = ep_info->pfd[i].data.ptr; old_flags = F->pflags; if(ep_info->pfd[i].events & (EPOLLIN | EPOLLHUP | EPOLLERR)) { hdl = F->read_handler; data = F->read_data; F->read_handler = NULL; F->read_data = NULL; if(hdl) { hdl(F, data); } } if(!IsFDOpen(F)) continue; if(ep_info->pfd[i].events & (EPOLLOUT | EPOLLHUP | EPOLLERR)) { hdl = F->write_handler; data = F->write_data; F->write_handler = NULL; F->write_data = NULL; if(hdl) { hdl(F, data); } } if(!IsFDOpen(F)) continue; flags = 0; if(F->read_handler != NULL) flags |= EPOLLIN; if(F->write_handler != NULL) flags |= EPOLLOUT; if(old_flags != flags) { if(flags == 0) op = EPOLL_CTL_DEL; else op = EPOLL_CTL_MOD; F->pflags = ep_event.events = flags; ep_event.data.ptr = F; if(op == EPOLL_CTL_MOD || op == EPOLL_CTL_ADD) ep_event.events |= EPOLLET; if(epoll_ctl(ep_info->ep, op, F->fd, &ep_event) != 0) { rb_lib_log("rb_select_epoll(): epoll_ctl failed: %s", strerror(errno)); } } } return RB_OK; } #ifdef EPOLL_SCHED_EVENT int rb_epoll_supports_event(void) { /* try to detect at runtime if everything we need actually works */ timer_t timer; struct sigevent ev; struct stat st; int fd; sigset_t set; if(can_do_event == 1) return 1; if(can_do_event == -1) return 0; /* Check for openvz..it has a broken timerfd.. */ if(stat("/proc/user_beancounters", &st) == 0) { can_do_event = -1; return 0; } #ifdef USE_TIMERFD_CREATE if((fd = timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, 0)) >= 0) { close(fd); can_do_event = 1; can_do_timerfd = 1; return 1; } #endif ev.sigev_signo = SIGVTALRM; ev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL; if(timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ev, &timer) != 0) { can_do_event = -1; return 0; } timer_delete(timer); sigemptyset(&set); fd = signalfd(-1, &set, 0); if(fd < 0) { can_do_event = -1; return 0; } close(fd); can_do_event = 1; return 1; } /* bleh..work around a glibc header bug on 32bit systems */ struct our_signalfd_siginfo { uint32_t signo; int32_t err; int32_t code; uint32_t pid; uint32_t uid; int32_t fd; uint32_t tid; uint32_t band; uint32_t overrun; uint32_t trapno; int32_t status; int32_t svint; uint64_t svptr; uint64_t utime; uint64_t stime; uint64_t addr; uint8_t pad[48]; }; #define SIGFDIOV_COUNT 16 static void signalfd_handler(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { static struct our_signalfd_siginfo fdsig[SIGFDIOV_COUNT]; static struct iovec iov[SIGFDIOV_COUNT]; struct ev_entry *ev; int ret, x; for(x = 0; x < SIGFDIOV_COUNT; x++) { iov[x].iov_base = &fdsig[x]; iov[x].iov_len = sizeof(struct our_signalfd_siginfo); } while(1) { ret = readv(rb_get_fd(F), iov, SIGFDIOV_COUNT); if(ret == 0 || (ret < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { rb_close(F); rb_epoll_init_event(); return; } if(ret < 0) { rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, signalfd_handler, NULL); return; } for(x = 0; x < ret / (int)sizeof(struct our_signalfd_siginfo); x++) { #if __WORDSIZE == 32 && defined(__sparc__) uint32_t *q = (uint32_t *)&fdsig[x].svptr; ev = (struct ev_entry *)q[0]; #else ev = (struct ev_entry *)(uintptr_t)(fdsig[x].svptr); #endif if(ev == NULL) continue; rb_run_event(ev); } } } void rb_epoll_init_event(void) { sigset_t ss; rb_fde_t *F; int sfd; rb_epoll_supports_event(); if(!can_do_timerfd) { sigemptyset(&ss); sigaddset(&ss, RTSIGNAL); sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &ss, 0); sigemptyset(&ss); sigaddset(&ss, RTSIGNAL); sfd = signalfd(-1, &ss, 0); if(sfd == -1) { can_do_event = -1; return; } F = rb_open(sfd, RB_FD_UNKNOWN, "signalfd"); rb_set_nb(F); signalfd_handler(F, NULL); } } static int rb_epoll_sched_event_signalfd(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { timer_t *id; struct sigevent ev; struct itimerspec ts; memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(ev)); event->comm_ptr = rb_malloc(sizeof(timer_t)); id = event->comm_ptr; ev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL; ev.sigev_signo = RTSIGNAL; ev.sigev_value.sival_ptr = event; if(timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ev, id) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timer_create: %s\n", strerror(errno)); return 0; } memset(&ts, 0, sizeof(ts)); ts.it_value.tv_sec = when; ts.it_value.tv_nsec = 0; if(event->frequency != 0) ts.it_interval = ts.it_value; if(timer_settime(*id, 0, &ts, NULL) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timer_settime: %s\n", strerror(errno)); return 0; } return 1; } #ifdef USE_TIMERFD_CREATE static void rb_read_timerfd(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct ev_entry *event = (struct ev_entry *)data; int retlen; uint64_t count; if(event == NULL) { rb_close(F); return; } retlen = rb_read(F, &count, sizeof(count)); if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { rb_close(F); rb_lib_log("rb_read_timerfd: timerfd[%s] closed on error: %s", event->name, strerror(errno)); return; } rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, rb_read_timerfd, event); rb_run_event(event); } static int rb_epoll_sched_event_timerfd(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { struct itimerspec ts; static char buf[FD_DESC_SZ + 8]; int fd; rb_fde_t *F; if((fd = timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, 0)) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timerfd_create: %s\n", strerror(errno)); return 0; } memset(&ts, 0, sizeof(ts)); ts.it_value.tv_sec = when; ts.it_value.tv_nsec = 0; if(event->frequency != 0) ts.it_interval = ts.it_value; if(timerfd_settime(fd, 0, &ts, NULL) < 0) { rb_lib_log("timerfd_settime: %s\n", strerror(errno)); close(fd); return 0; } rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "timerfd: %s", event->name); F = rb_open(fd, RB_FD_UNKNOWN, buf); rb_set_nb(F); event->comm_ptr = F; rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, rb_read_timerfd, event); return 1; } #endif int rb_epoll_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { #ifdef USE_TIMERFD_CREATE if(can_do_timerfd) { return rb_epoll_sched_event_timerfd(event, when); } #endif return rb_epoll_sched_event_signalfd(event, when); } void rb_epoll_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { #ifdef USE_TIMERFD_CREATE if(can_do_timerfd) { rb_close((rb_fde_t *)event->comm_ptr); event->comm_ptr = NULL; return; } #endif timer_delete(*((timer_t *) event->comm_ptr)); rb_free(event->comm_ptr); event->comm_ptr = NULL; } #endif /* EPOLL_SCHED_EVENT */ #else /* epoll not supported here */ int rb_init_netio_epoll(void) { return ENOSYS; } void rb_setselect_epoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data) { errno = ENOSYS; return; } int rb_select_epoll(long delay) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int rb_setup_fd_epoll(rb_fde_t *F) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } #endif #if !defined(USING_EPOLL) || !defined(EPOLL_SCHED_EVENT) void rb_epoll_init_event(void) { return; } int rb_epoll_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when) { errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } void rb_epoll_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event) { return; } int rb_epoll_supports_event(void) { errno = ENOSYS; return 0; } #endif /* !USING_EPOLL || !EPOLL_SCHED_EVENT */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/crypt.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000115574�11064740660�017274� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * crypt.c: Implements unix style crypt() for platforms that don't have it * This version has both an md5 and des crypt. * This was pretty much catted together from uclibc. */ /* * crypt() for uClibc * * Copyright (C) 2000 by Lineo, inc. and Erik Andersen * Copyright (C) 2000,2001 by Erik Andersen <andersen@uclibc.org> * Written by Erik Andersen <andersen@uclibc.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it * under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your * option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License * for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, * Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #ifndef NEED_CRYPT extern char *crypt(const char *key, const char *salt); char * rb_crypt(const char *key, const char *salt) { return (crypt(key, salt)); } #else static char *__md5_crypt(const char *pw, const char *salt); static char *__des_crypt(const char *pw, const char *salt); char * rb_crypt(const char *key, const char *salt) { /* First, check if we are supposed to be using the MD5 replacement * instead of DES... */ if(salt[0] == '$' && salt[1] == '1' && salt[2] == '$') return __md5_crypt(key, salt); else return __des_crypt(key, salt); } /* Here is the des crypt() stuff */ /* * FreeSec: libcrypt for NetBSD * * Copyright (c) 1994 David Burren * All rights reserved. * * Adapted for FreeBSD-2.0 by Geoffrey M. Rehmet * this file should now *only* export crypt(), in order to make * binaries of libcrypt exportable from the USA * * Adapted for FreeBSD-4.0 by Mark R V Murray * this file should now *only* export crypt_des(), in order to make * a module that can be optionally included in libcrypt. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the author nor the names of other contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * This is an original implementation of the DES and the crypt(3) interfaces * by David Burren <davidb@werj.com.au>. * * An excellent reference on the underlying algorithm (and related * algorithms) is: * * B. Schneier, Applied Cryptography: protocols, algorithms, * and source code in C, John Wiley & Sons, 1994. * * Note that in that book's description of DES the lookups for the initial, * pbox, and final permutations are inverted (this has been brought to the * attention of the author). A list of errata for this book has been * posted to the sci.crypt newsgroup by the author and is available for FTP. * * ARCHITECTURE ASSUMPTIONS: * It is assumed that the 8-byte arrays passed by reference can be * addressed as arrays of uint32_t's (ie. the CPU is not picky about * alignment). */ /* Re-entrantify me -- all this junk needs to be in * struct crypt_data to make this really reentrant... */ static uint8_t inv_key_perm[64]; static uint8_t inv_comp_perm[56]; static uint8_t u_sbox[8][64]; static uint8_t un_pbox[32]; static uint32_t en_keysl[16], en_keysr[16]; static uint32_t de_keysl[16], de_keysr[16]; static uint32_t ip_maskl[8][256], ip_maskr[8][256]; static uint32_t fp_maskl[8][256], fp_maskr[8][256]; static uint32_t key_perm_maskl[8][128], key_perm_maskr[8][128]; static uint32_t comp_maskl[8][128], comp_maskr[8][128]; static uint32_t saltbits; static uint32_t old_salt; static uint32_t old_rawkey0, old_rawkey1; /* Static stuff that stays resident and doesn't change after * being initialized, and therefore doesn't need to be made * reentrant. */ static uint8_t init_perm[64], final_perm[64]; static uint8_t m_sbox[4][4096]; static uint32_t psbox[4][256]; /* A pile of data */ static const uint8_t ascii64[] = "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; static const uint8_t IP[64] = { 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18, 10, 2, 60, 52, 44, 36, 28, 20, 12, 4, 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22, 14, 6, 64, 56, 48, 40, 32, 24, 16, 8, 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9, 1, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11, 3, 61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13, 5, 63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15, 7 }; static const uint8_t key_perm[56] = { 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9, 1, 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18, 10, 2, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11, 3, 60, 52, 44, 36, 63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15, 7, 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22, 14, 6, 61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13, 5, 28, 20, 12, 4 }; static const uint8_t key_shifts[16] = { 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1 }; static const uint8_t comp_perm[48] = { 14, 17, 11, 24, 1, 5, 3, 28, 15, 6, 21, 10, 23, 19, 12, 4, 26, 8, 16, 7, 27, 20, 13, 2, 41, 52, 31, 37, 47, 55, 30, 40, 51, 45, 33, 48, 44, 49, 39, 56, 34, 53, 46, 42, 50, 36, 29, 32 }; /* * No E box is used, as it's replaced by some ANDs, shifts, and ORs. */ static const uint8_t sbox[8][64] = { { 14, 4, 13, 1, 2, 15, 11, 8, 3, 10, 6, 12, 5, 9, 0, 7, 0, 15, 7, 4, 14, 2, 13, 1, 10, 6, 12, 11, 9, 5, 3, 8, 4, 1, 14, 8, 13, 6, 2, 11, 15, 12, 9, 7, 3, 10, 5, 0, 15, 12, 8, 2, 4, 9, 1, 7, 5, 11, 3, 14, 10, 0, 6, 13}, { 15, 1, 8, 14, 6, 11, 3, 4, 9, 7, 2, 13, 12, 0, 5, 10, 3, 13, 4, 7, 15, 2, 8, 14, 12, 0, 1, 10, 6, 9, 11, 5, 0, 14, 7, 11, 10, 4, 13, 1, 5, 8, 12, 6, 9, 3, 2, 15, 13, 8, 10, 1, 3, 15, 4, 2, 11, 6, 7, 12, 0, 5, 14, 9}, { 10, 0, 9, 14, 6, 3, 15, 5, 1, 13, 12, 7, 11, 4, 2, 8, 13, 7, 0, 9, 3, 4, 6, 10, 2, 8, 5, 14, 12, 11, 15, 1, 13, 6, 4, 9, 8, 15, 3, 0, 11, 1, 2, 12, 5, 10, 14, 7, 1, 10, 13, 0, 6, 9, 8, 7, 4, 15, 14, 3, 11, 5, 2, 12}, { 7, 13, 14, 3, 0, 6, 9, 10, 1, 2, 8, 5, 11, 12, 4, 15, 13, 8, 11, 5, 6, 15, 0, 3, 4, 7, 2, 12, 1, 10, 14, 9, 10, 6, 9, 0, 12, 11, 7, 13, 15, 1, 3, 14, 5, 2, 8, 4, 3, 15, 0, 6, 10, 1, 13, 8, 9, 4, 5, 11, 12, 7, 2, 14}, { 2, 12, 4, 1, 7, 10, 11, 6, 8, 5, 3, 15, 13, 0, 14, 9, 14, 11, 2, 12, 4, 7, 13, 1, 5, 0, 15, 10, 3, 9, 8, 6, 4, 2, 1, 11, 10, 13, 7, 8, 15, 9, 12, 5, 6, 3, 0, 14, 11, 8, 12, 7, 1, 14, 2, 13, 6, 15, 0, 9, 10, 4, 5, 3}, { 12, 1, 10, 15, 9, 2, 6, 8, 0, 13, 3, 4, 14, 7, 5, 11, 10, 15, 4, 2, 7, 12, 9, 5, 6, 1, 13, 14, 0, 11, 3, 8, 9, 14, 15, 5, 2, 8, 12, 3, 7, 0, 4, 10, 1, 13, 11, 6, 4, 3, 2, 12, 9, 5, 15, 10, 11, 14, 1, 7, 6, 0, 8, 13}, { 4, 11, 2, 14, 15, 0, 8, 13, 3, 12, 9, 7, 5, 10, 6, 1, 13, 0, 11, 7, 4, 9, 1, 10, 14, 3, 5, 12, 2, 15, 8, 6, 1, 4, 11, 13, 12, 3, 7, 14, 10, 15, 6, 8, 0, 5, 9, 2, 6, 11, 13, 8, 1, 4, 10, 7, 9, 5, 0, 15, 14, 2, 3, 12}, { 13, 2, 8, 4, 6, 15, 11, 1, 10, 9, 3, 14, 5, 0, 12, 7, 1, 15, 13, 8, 10, 3, 7, 4, 12, 5, 6, 11, 0, 14, 9, 2, 7, 11, 4, 1, 9, 12, 14, 2, 0, 6, 10, 13, 15, 3, 5, 8, 2, 1, 14, 7, 4, 10, 8, 13, 15, 12, 9, 0, 3, 5, 6, 11} }; static const uint8_t pbox[32] = { 16, 7, 20, 21, 29, 12, 28, 17, 1, 15, 23, 26, 5, 18, 31, 10, 2, 8, 24, 14, 32, 27, 3, 9, 19, 13, 30, 6, 22, 11, 4, 25 }; static const uint32_t bits32[32] = { 0x80000000, 0x40000000, 0x20000000, 0x10000000, 0x08000000, 0x04000000, 0x02000000, 0x01000000, 0x00800000, 0x00400000, 0x00200000, 0x00100000, 0x00080000, 0x00040000, 0x00020000, 0x00010000, 0x00008000, 0x00004000, 0x00002000, 0x00001000, 0x00000800, 0x00000400, 0x00000200, 0x00000100, 0x00000080, 0x00000040, 0x00000020, 0x00000010, 0x00000008, 0x00000004, 0x00000002, 0x00000001 }; static const uint8_t bits8[8] = { 0x80, 0x40, 0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01 }; static const uint32_t *bits28, *bits24; static int ascii_to_bin(char ch) { if(ch > 'z') return (0); if(ch >= 'a') return (ch - 'a' + 38); if(ch > 'Z') return (0); if(ch >= 'A') return (ch - 'A' + 12); if(ch > '9') return (0); if(ch >= '.') return (ch - '.'); return (0); } static void des_init(void) { int i, j, b, k, inbit, obit; uint32_t *p, *il, *ir, *fl, *fr; static int des_initialised = 0; if(des_initialised == 1) return; old_rawkey0 = old_rawkey1 = 0L; saltbits = 0L; old_salt = 0L; bits24 = (bits28 = bits32 + 4) + 4; /* * Invert the S-boxes, reordering the input bits. */ for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) for(j = 0; j < 64; j++) { b = (j & 0x20) | ((j & 1) << 4) | ((j >> 1) & 0xf); u_sbox[i][j] = sbox[i][b]; } /* * Convert the inverted S-boxes into 4 arrays of 8 bits. * Each will handle 12 bits of the S-box input. */ for(b = 0; b < 4; b++) for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) for(j = 0; j < 64; j++) m_sbox[b][(i << 6) | j] = (uint8_t)((u_sbox[(b << 1)][i] << 4) | u_sbox[(b << 1) + 1][j]); /* * Set up the initial & final permutations into a useful form, and * initialise the inverted key permutation. */ for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) { init_perm[final_perm[i] = IP[i] - 1] = (uint8_t)i; inv_key_perm[i] = 255; } /* * Invert the key permutation and initialise the inverted key * compression permutation. */ for(i = 0; i < 56; i++) { inv_key_perm[key_perm[i] - 1] = (uint8_t)i; inv_comp_perm[i] = 255; } /* * Invert the key compression permutation. */ for(i = 0; i < 48; i++) { inv_comp_perm[comp_perm[i] - 1] = (uint8_t)i; } /* * Set up the OR-mask arrays for the initial and final permutations, * and for the key initial and compression permutations. */ for(k = 0; k < 8; k++) { for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) { *(il = &ip_maskl[k][i]) = 0L; *(ir = &ip_maskr[k][i]) = 0L; *(fl = &fp_maskl[k][i]) = 0L; *(fr = &fp_maskr[k][i]) = 0L; for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) { inbit = 8 * k + j; if(i & bits8[j]) { if((obit = init_perm[inbit]) < 32) *il |= bits32[obit]; else *ir |= bits32[obit - 32]; if((obit = final_perm[inbit]) < 32) *fl |= bits32[obit]; else *fr |= bits32[obit - 32]; } } } for(i = 0; i < 128; i++) { *(il = &key_perm_maskl[k][i]) = 0L; *(ir = &key_perm_maskr[k][i]) = 0L; for(j = 0; j < 7; j++) { inbit = 8 * k + j; if(i & bits8[j + 1]) { if((obit = inv_key_perm[inbit]) == 255) continue; if(obit < 28) *il |= bits28[obit]; else *ir |= bits28[obit - 28]; } } *(il = &comp_maskl[k][i]) = 0L; *(ir = &comp_maskr[k][i]) = 0L; for(j = 0; j < 7; j++) { inbit = 7 * k + j; if(i & bits8[j + 1]) { if((obit = inv_comp_perm[inbit]) == 255) continue; if(obit < 24) *il |= bits24[obit]; else *ir |= bits24[obit - 24]; } } } } /* * Invert the P-box permutation, and convert into OR-masks for * handling the output of the S-box arrays setup above. */ for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) un_pbox[pbox[i] - 1] = (uint8_t)i; for(b = 0; b < 4; b++) for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) { *(p = &psbox[b][i]) = 0L; for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) { if(i & bits8[j]) *p |= bits32[un_pbox[8 * b + j]]; } } des_initialised = 1; } static void setup_salt(long salt) { uint32_t obit, saltbit; int i; if(salt == (long)old_salt) return; old_salt = salt; saltbits = 0L; saltbit = 1; obit = 0x800000; for(i = 0; i < 24; i++) { if(salt & saltbit) saltbits |= obit; saltbit <<= 1; obit >>= 1; } } static int des_setkey(const char *key) { uint32_t k0, k1, rawkey0, rawkey1; int shifts, round; des_init(); rawkey0 = ntohl(*(const uint32_t *)key); rawkey1 = ntohl(*(const uint32_t *)(key + 4)); if((rawkey0 | rawkey1) && rawkey0 == old_rawkey0 && rawkey1 == old_rawkey1) { /* * Already setup for this key. * This optimisation fails on a zero key (which is weak and * has bad parity anyway) in order to simplify the starting * conditions. */ return (0); } old_rawkey0 = rawkey0; old_rawkey1 = rawkey1; /* * Do key permutation and split into two 28-bit subkeys. */ k0 = key_perm_maskl[0][rawkey0 >> 25] | key_perm_maskl[1][(rawkey0 >> 17) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskl[2][(rawkey0 >> 9) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskl[3][(rawkey0 >> 1) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskl[4][rawkey1 >> 25] | key_perm_maskl[5][(rawkey1 >> 17) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskl[6][(rawkey1 >> 9) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskl[7][(rawkey1 >> 1) & 0x7f]; k1 = key_perm_maskr[0][rawkey0 >> 25] | key_perm_maskr[1][(rawkey0 >> 17) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskr[2][(rawkey0 >> 9) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskr[3][(rawkey0 >> 1) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskr[4][rawkey1 >> 25] | key_perm_maskr[5][(rawkey1 >> 17) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskr[6][(rawkey1 >> 9) & 0x7f] | key_perm_maskr[7][(rawkey1 >> 1) & 0x7f]; /* * Rotate subkeys and do compression permutation. */ shifts = 0; for(round = 0; round < 16; round++) { uint32_t t0, t1; shifts += key_shifts[round]; t0 = (k0 << shifts) | (k0 >> (28 - shifts)); t1 = (k1 << shifts) | (k1 >> (28 - shifts)); de_keysl[15 - round] = en_keysl[round] = comp_maskl[0][(t0 >> 21) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[1][(t0 >> 14) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[2][(t0 >> 7) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[3][t0 & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[4][(t1 >> 21) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[5][(t1 >> 14) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[6][(t1 >> 7) & 0x7f] | comp_maskl[7][t1 & 0x7f]; de_keysr[15 - round] = en_keysr[round] = comp_maskr[0][(t0 >> 21) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[1][(t0 >> 14) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[2][(t0 >> 7) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[3][t0 & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[4][(t1 >> 21) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[5][(t1 >> 14) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[6][(t1 >> 7) & 0x7f] | comp_maskr[7][t1 & 0x7f]; } return (0); } static int do_des(uint32_t l_in, uint32_t r_in, uint32_t *l_out, uint32_t *r_out, int count) { /* * l_in, r_in, l_out, and r_out are in pseudo-"big-endian" format. */ uint32_t l, r, *kl, *kr, *kl1, *kr1; uint32_t f, r48l, r48r; int round; if(count == 0) { return (1); } else if(count > 0) { /* * Encrypting */ kl1 = en_keysl; kr1 = en_keysr; } else { /* * Decrypting */ count = -count; kl1 = de_keysl; kr1 = de_keysr; } /* * Do initial permutation (IP). */ l = ip_maskl[0][l_in >> 24] | ip_maskl[1][(l_in >> 16) & 0xff] | ip_maskl[2][(l_in >> 8) & 0xff] | ip_maskl[3][l_in & 0xff] | ip_maskl[4][r_in >> 24] | ip_maskl[5][(r_in >> 16) & 0xff] | ip_maskl[6][(r_in >> 8) & 0xff] | ip_maskl[7][r_in & 0xff]; r = ip_maskr[0][l_in >> 24] | ip_maskr[1][(l_in >> 16) & 0xff] | ip_maskr[2][(l_in >> 8) & 0xff] | ip_maskr[3][l_in & 0xff] | ip_maskr[4][r_in >> 24] | ip_maskr[5][(r_in >> 16) & 0xff] | ip_maskr[6][(r_in >> 8) & 0xff] | ip_maskr[7][r_in & 0xff]; while(count--) { /* * Do each round. */ kl = kl1; kr = kr1; round = 16; while(round--) { /* * Expand R to 48 bits (simulate the E-box). */ r48l = ((r & 0x00000001) << 23) | ((r & 0xf8000000) >> 9) | ((r & 0x1f800000) >> 11) | ((r & 0x01f80000) >> 13) | ((r & 0x001f8000) >> 15); r48r = ((r & 0x0001f800) << 7) | ((r & 0x00001f80) << 5) | ((r & 0x000001f8) << 3) | ((r & 0x0000001f) << 1) | ((r & 0x80000000) >> 31); /* * Do salting for crypt() and friends, and * XOR with the permuted key. */ f = (r48l ^ r48r) & saltbits; r48l ^= f ^ *kl++; r48r ^= f ^ *kr++; /* * Do sbox lookups (which shrink it back to 32 bits) * and do the pbox permutation at the same time. */ f = psbox[0][m_sbox[0][r48l >> 12]] | psbox[1][m_sbox[1][r48l & 0xfff]] | psbox[2][m_sbox[2][r48r >> 12]] | psbox[3][m_sbox[3][r48r & 0xfff]]; /* * Now that we've permuted things, complete f(). */ f ^= l; l = r; r = f; } r = l; l = f; } /* * Do final permutation (inverse of IP). */ *l_out = fp_maskl[0][l >> 24] | fp_maskl[1][(l >> 16) & 0xff] | fp_maskl[2][(l >> 8) & 0xff] | fp_maskl[3][l & 0xff] | fp_maskl[4][r >> 24] | fp_maskl[5][(r >> 16) & 0xff] | fp_maskl[6][(r >> 8) & 0xff] | fp_maskl[7][r & 0xff]; *r_out = fp_maskr[0][l >> 24] | fp_maskr[1][(l >> 16) & 0xff] | fp_maskr[2][(l >> 8) & 0xff] | fp_maskr[3][l & 0xff] | fp_maskr[4][r >> 24] | fp_maskr[5][(r >> 16) & 0xff] | fp_maskr[6][(r >> 8) & 0xff] | fp_maskr[7][r & 0xff]; return (0); } #if 0 static int des_cipher(const char *in, char *out, uint32_t salt, int count) { uint32_t l_out, r_out, rawl, rawr; int retval; union { uint32_t *ui32; const char *c; } trans; des_init(); setup_salt(salt); trans.c = in; rawl = ntohl(*trans.ui32++); rawr = ntohl(*trans.ui32); retval = do_des(rawl, rawr, &l_out, &r_out, count); trans.c = out; *trans.ui32++ = htonl(l_out); *trans.ui32 = htonl(r_out); return (retval); } #endif #if 0 void setkey(const char *key) { int i, j; uint32_t packed_keys[2]; uint8_t *p; p = (uint8_t *)packed_keys; for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) { p[i] = 0; for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) if(*key++ & 1) p[i] |= bits8[j]; } des_setkey((char *)p); } void encrypt(char *block, int flag) { uint32_t io[2]; uint8_t *p; int i, j; des_init(); setup_salt(0L); p = (uint8_t *)block; for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { io[i] = 0L; for(j = 0; j < 32; j++) if(*p++ & 1) io[i] |= bits32[j]; } do_des(io[0], io[1], io, io + 1, flag ? -1 : 1); for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) for(j = 0; j < 32; j++) block[(i << 5) | j] = (io[i] & bits32[j]) ? 1 : 0; } #endif static char * __des_crypt(const char *key, const char *setting) { uint32_t count, salt, l, r0, r1, keybuf[2]; uint8_t *p, *q; static char output[21]; des_init(); /* * Copy the key, shifting each character up by one bit * and padding with zeros. */ q = (uint8_t *)keybuf; while(q - (uint8_t *)keybuf - 8) { *q++ = *key << 1; if(*(q - 1)) key++; } if(des_setkey((char *)keybuf)) return (NULL); #if 0 if(*setting == _PASSWORD_EFMT1) { int i; /* * "new"-style: * setting - underscore, 4 bytes of count, 4 bytes of salt * key - unlimited characters */ for(i = 1, count = 0L; i < 5; i++) count |= ascii_to_bin(setting[i]) << ((i - 1) * 6); for(i = 5, salt = 0L; i < 9; i++) salt |= ascii_to_bin(setting[i]) << ((i - 5) * 6); while(*key) { /* * Encrypt the key with itself. */ if(des_cipher((char *)keybuf, (char *)keybuf, 0L, 1)) return (NULL); /* * And XOR with the next 8 characters of the key. */ q = (uint8_t *)keybuf; while(q - (uint8_t *)keybuf - 8 && *key) *q++ ^= *key++ << 1; if(des_setkey((char *)keybuf)) return (NULL); } strncpy(output, setting, 9); /* * Double check that we weren't given a short setting. * If we were, the above code will probably have created * wierd values for count and salt, but we don't really care. * Just make sure the output string doesn't have an extra * NUL in it. */ output[9] = '\0'; p = (uint8_t *)output + strlen(output); } else #endif { /* * "old"-style: * setting - 2 bytes of salt * key - up to 8 characters */ count = 25; salt = (ascii_to_bin(setting[1]) << 6) | ascii_to_bin(setting[0]); output[0] = setting[0]; /* * If the encrypted password that the salt was extracted from * is only 1 character long, the salt will be corrupted. We * need to ensure that the output string doesn't have an extra * NUL in it! */ output[1] = setting[1] ? setting[1] : output[0]; p = (uint8_t *)output + 2; } setup_salt(salt); /* * Do it. */ if(do_des(0L, 0L, &r0, &r1, (int)count)) return (NULL); /* * Now encode the result... */ l = (r0 >> 8); *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 18) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 12) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 6) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[l & 0x3f]; l = (r0 << 16) | ((r1 >> 16) & 0xffff); *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 18) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 12) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 6) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[l & 0x3f]; l = r1 << 2; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 12) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[(l >> 6) & 0x3f]; *p++ = ascii64[l & 0x3f]; *p = 0; return (output); } /* Now md5 crypt */ /* * MD5C.C - RSA Data Security, Inc., MD5 message-digest algorithm * * Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All * rights reserved. * * License to copy and use this software is granted provided that it * is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest * Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this software * or this function. * * License is also granted to make and use derivative works provided * that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA Data * Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material * mentioning or referencing the derived work. * * RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either * the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this * software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is" * without express or implied warranty of any kind. * * These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this * documentation and/or software. * * $FreeBSD: src/lib/libmd/md5c.c,v 1.9.2.1 1999/08/29 14:57:12 peter Exp $ * * This code is the same as the code published by RSA Inc. It has been * edited for clarity and style only. * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * The md5_crypt() function was taken from freeBSD's libcrypt and contains * this license: * "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42): * <phk@login.dknet.dk> wrote this file. As long as you retain this notice you * can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think * this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp * * $FreeBSD: src/lib/libcrypt/crypt.c,v 1.7.2.1 1999/08/29 14:56:33 peter Exp $ * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * On April 19th, 2001 md5_crypt() was modified to make it reentrant * by Erik Andersen <andersen@uclibc.org> * * * June 28, 2001 Manuel Novoa III * * "Un-inlined" code using loops and static const tables in order to * reduce generated code size (on i386 from approx 4k to approx 2.5k). * * June 29, 2001 Manuel Novoa III * * Completely removed static PADDING array. * * Reintroduced the loop unrolling in MD5_Transform and added the * MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED option for configurability. Define below as: * 0 fully unrolled loops * 1 partially unrolled (4 ops per loop) * 2 no unrolling -- introduces the need to swap 4 variables (slow) * 3 no unrolling and all 4 loops merged into one with switch * in each loop (glacial) * On i386, sizes are roughly (-Os -fno-builtin): * 0: 3k 1: 2.5k 2: 2.2k 3: 2k * * * Since SuSv3 does not require crypt_r, modified again August 7, 2002 * by Erik Andersen to remove reentrance stuff... */ /* * Valid values are 1 (fastest/largest) to 3 (smallest/slowest). */ #define MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED 1 /**********************************************************************/ /* MD5 context. */ struct MD5Context { uint32_t state[4]; /* state (ABCD) */ uint32_t count[2]; /* number of bits, modulo 2^64 (lsb first) */ unsigned char buffer[64]; /* input buffer */ }; static void __md5_Init(struct MD5Context *); static void __md5_Update(struct MD5Context *, const char *, unsigned int); static void __md5_Pad(struct MD5Context *); static void __md5_Final(char[16], struct MD5Context *); static void __md5_Transform(uint32_t[4], const unsigned char[64]); static const char __md5__magic[] = "$1$"; /* This string is magic for this algorithm. Having it this way, we can get better later on */ static const unsigned char __md5_itoa64[] = /* 0 ... 63 => ascii - 64 */ "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; #ifdef i386 #define __md5_Encode memcpy #define __md5_Decode memcpy #else /* i386 */ /* * __md5_Encodes input (uint32_t) into output (unsigned char). Assumes len is * a multiple of 4. */ static void __md5_Encode(unsigned char *output, uint32_t *input, unsigned int len) { unsigned int i, j; for(i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4) { output[j] = (unsigned char)(input[i] & 0xff); output[j + 1] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 8) & 0xff); output[j + 2] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 16) & 0xff); output[j + 3] = (unsigned char)((input[i] >> 24) & 0xff); } } /* * __md5_Decodes input (unsigned char) into output (uint32_t). Assumes len is * a multiple of 4. */ static void __md5_Decode(uint32_t *output, const unsigned char *input, unsigned int len) { unsigned int i, j; for(i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4) output[i] = ((uint32_t)input[j]) | (((uint32_t)input[j + 1]) << 8) | (((uint32_t)input[j + 2]) << 16) | (((uint32_t)input[j + 3]) << 24); } #endif /* i386 */ /* F, G, H and I are basic MD5 functions. */ #define F(x, y, z) (((x) & (y)) | ((~x) & (z))) #define G(x, y, z) (((x) & (z)) | ((y) & (~z))) #define H(x, y, z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z)) #define I(x, y, z) ((y) ^ ((x) | (~z))) /* ROTATE_LEFT rotates x left n bits. */ #define ROTATE_LEFT(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n)))) /* * FF, GG, HH, and II transformations for rounds 1, 2, 3, and 4. * Rotation is separate from addition to prevent recomputation. */ #define FF(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \ (a) += F ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (uint32_t)(ac); \ (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \ (a) += (b); \ } #define GG(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \ (a) += G ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (uint32_t)(ac); \ (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \ (a) += (b); \ } #define HH(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \ (a) += H ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (uint32_t)(ac); \ (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \ (a) += (b); \ } #define II(a, b, c, d, x, s, ac) { \ (a) += I ((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + (uint32_t)(ac); \ (a) = ROTATE_LEFT ((a), (s)); \ (a) += (b); \ } /* MD5 initialization. Begins an MD5 operation, writing a new context. */ static void __md5_Init(struct MD5Context *context) { context->count[0] = context->count[1] = 0; /* Load magic initialization constants. */ context->state[0] = 0x67452301; context->state[1] = 0xefcdab89; context->state[2] = 0x98badcfe; context->state[3] = 0x10325476; } /* * MD5 block update operation. Continues an MD5 message-digest * operation, processing another message block, and updating the * context. */ static void __md5_Update(struct MD5Context *context, const char *xinput, unsigned int inputLen) { unsigned int i, lindex, partLen; const unsigned char *input = (const unsigned char *)xinput; /* i hate gcc */ /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */ lindex = (unsigned int)((context->count[0] >> 3) & 0x3F); /* Update number of bits */ if((context->count[0] += ((uint32_t)inputLen << 3)) < ((uint32_t)inputLen << 3)) context->count[1]++; context->count[1] += ((uint32_t)inputLen >> 29); partLen = 64 - lindex; /* Transform as many times as possible. */ if(inputLen >= partLen) { memcpy(&context->buffer[lindex], input, partLen); __md5_Transform(context->state, context->buffer); for(i = partLen; i + 63 < inputLen; i += 64) __md5_Transform(context->state, &input[i]); lindex = 0; } else i = 0; /* Buffer remaining input */ memcpy(&context->buffer[lindex], &input[i], inputLen - i); } /* * MD5 padding. Adds padding followed by original length. */ static void __md5_Pad(struct MD5Context *context) { char bits[8]; unsigned int lindex, padLen; char PADDING[64]; memset(PADDING, 0, sizeof(PADDING)); PADDING[0] = 0x80; /* Save number of bits */ __md5_Encode(bits, context->count, 8); /* Pad out to 56 mod 64. */ lindex = (unsigned int)((context->count[0] >> 3) & 0x3f); padLen = (lindex < 56) ? (56 - lindex) : (120 - lindex); __md5_Update(context, PADDING, padLen); /* Append length (before padding) */ __md5_Update(context, bits, 8); } /* * MD5 finalization. Ends an MD5 message-digest operation, writing the * the message digest and zeroizing the context. */ static void __md5_Final(char xdigest[16], struct MD5Context *context) { unsigned char *digest = (unsigned char *)xdigest; /* Do padding. */ __md5_Pad(context); /* Store state in digest */ __md5_Encode(digest, context->state, 16); /* Zeroize sensitive information. */ memset(context, 0, sizeof(*context)); } /* MD5 basic transformation. Transforms state based on block. */ static void __md5_Transform(state, block) uint32_t state[4]; const unsigned char block[64]; { uint32_t a, b, c, d, x[16]; #if MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 1 uint32_t temp; const char *ps; static const char S[] = { 7, 12, 17, 22, 5, 9, 14, 20, 4, 11, 16, 23, 6, 10, 15, 21 }; #endif /* MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 1 */ #if MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 0 const uint32_t *pc; const char *pp; int i; static const uint32_t C[] = { /* round 1 */ 0xd76aa478, 0xe8c7b756, 0x242070db, 0xc1bdceee, 0xf57c0faf, 0x4787c62a, 0xa8304613, 0xfd469501, 0x698098d8, 0x8b44f7af, 0xffff5bb1, 0x895cd7be, 0x6b901122, 0xfd987193, 0xa679438e, 0x49b40821, /* round 2 */ 0xf61e2562, 0xc040b340, 0x265e5a51, 0xe9b6c7aa, 0xd62f105d, 0x2441453, 0xd8a1e681, 0xe7d3fbc8, 0x21e1cde6, 0xc33707d6, 0xf4d50d87, 0x455a14ed, 0xa9e3e905, 0xfcefa3f8, 0x676f02d9, 0x8d2a4c8a, /* round 3 */ 0xfffa3942, 0x8771f681, 0x6d9d6122, 0xfde5380c, 0xa4beea44, 0x4bdecfa9, 0xf6bb4b60, 0xbebfbc70, 0x289b7ec6, 0xeaa127fa, 0xd4ef3085, 0x4881d05, 0xd9d4d039, 0xe6db99e5, 0x1fa27cf8, 0xc4ac5665, /* round 4 */ 0xf4292244, 0x432aff97, 0xab9423a7, 0xfc93a039, 0x655b59c3, 0x8f0ccc92, 0xffeff47d, 0x85845dd1, 0x6fa87e4f, 0xfe2ce6e0, 0xa3014314, 0x4e0811a1, 0xf7537e82, 0xbd3af235, 0x2ad7d2bb, 0xeb86d391 }; static const char P[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 1 */ 1, 6, 11, 0, 5, 10, 15, 4, 9, 14, 3, 8, 13, 2, 7, 12, /* 2 */ 5, 8, 11, 14, 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 2, /* 3 */ 0, 7, 14, 5, 12, 3, 10, 1, 8, 15, 6, 13, 4, 11, 2, 9 /* 4 */ }; #endif /* MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 0 */ __md5_Decode(x, block, 64); a = state[0]; b = state[1]; c = state[2]; d = state[3]; #if MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 2 pc = C; pp = P; ps = S - 4; for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) { if((i & 0x0f) == 0) ps += 4; temp = a; switch (i >> 4) { case 0: temp += F(b, c, d); break; case 1: temp += G(b, c, d); break; case 2: temp += H(b, c, d); break; case 3: temp += I(b, c, d); break; } temp += x[(int)(*pp++)] + *pc++; temp = ROTATE_LEFT(temp, ps[i & 3]); temp += b; a = d; d = c; c = b; b = temp; } #elif MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 1 pc = C; pp = P; ps = S; /* Round 1 */ for(i = 0; i < 16; i++) { FF(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], ps[i & 0x3], *pc++); temp = d; d = c; c = b; b = a; a = temp; } /* Round 2 */ ps += 4; for(; i < 32; i++) { GG(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], ps[i & 0x3], *pc++); temp = d; d = c; c = b; b = a; a = temp; } /* Round 3 */ ps += 4; for(; i < 48; i++) { HH(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], ps[i & 0x3], *pc++); temp = d; d = c; c = b; b = a; a = temp; } /* Round 4 */ ps += 4; for(; i < 64; i++) { II(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], ps[i & 0x3], *pc++); temp = d; d = c; c = b; b = a; a = temp; } #elif MD5_SIZE_OVER_SPEED > 0 pc = C; pp = P; /* Round 1 */ for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { FF(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], 7, *pc++); FF(d, a, b, c, x[(int)(*pp++)], 12, *pc++); FF(c, d, a, b, x[(int)(*pp++)], 17, *pc++); FF(b, c, d, a, x[(int)(*pp++)], 22, *pc++); } /* Round 2 */ for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { GG(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], 5, *pc++); GG(d, a, b, c, x[(int)(*pp++)], 9, *pc++); GG(c, d, a, b, x[(int)(*pp++)], 14, *pc++); GG(b, c, d, a, x[(int)(*pp++)], 20, *pc++); } /* Round 3 */ for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { HH(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], 4, *pc++); HH(d, a, b, c, x[(int)(*pp++)], 11, *pc++); HH(c, d, a, b, x[(int)(*pp++)], 16, *pc++); HH(b, c, d, a, x[(int)(*pp++)], 23, *pc++); } /* Round 4 */ for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { II(a, b, c, d, x[(int)(*pp++)], 6, *pc++); II(d, a, b, c, x[(int)(*pp++)], 10, *pc++); II(c, d, a, b, x[(int)(*pp++)], 15, *pc++); II(b, c, d, a, x[(int)(*pp++)], 21, *pc++); } #else /* Round 1 */ #define S11 7 #define S12 12 #define S13 17 #define S14 22 FF(a, b, c, d, x[0], S11, 0xd76aa478); /* 1 */ FF(d, a, b, c, x[1], S12, 0xe8c7b756); /* 2 */ FF(c, d, a, b, x[2], S13, 0x242070db); /* 3 */ FF(b, c, d, a, x[3], S14, 0xc1bdceee); /* 4 */ FF(a, b, c, d, x[4], S11, 0xf57c0faf); /* 5 */ FF(d, a, b, c, x[5], S12, 0x4787c62a); /* 6 */ FF(c, d, a, b, x[6], S13, 0xa8304613); /* 7 */ FF(b, c, d, a, x[7], S14, 0xfd469501); /* 8 */ FF(a, b, c, d, x[8], S11, 0x698098d8); /* 9 */ FF(d, a, b, c, x[9], S12, 0x8b44f7af); /* 10 */ FF(c, d, a, b, x[10], S13, 0xffff5bb1); /* 11 */ FF(b, c, d, a, x[11], S14, 0x895cd7be); /* 12 */ FF(a, b, c, d, x[12], S11, 0x6b901122); /* 13 */ FF(d, a, b, c, x[13], S12, 0xfd987193); /* 14 */ FF(c, d, a, b, x[14], S13, 0xa679438e); /* 15 */ FF(b, c, d, a, x[15], S14, 0x49b40821); /* 16 */ /* Round 2 */ #define S21 5 #define S22 9 #define S23 14 #define S24 20 GG(a, b, c, d, x[1], S21, 0xf61e2562); /* 17 */ GG(d, a, b, c, x[6], S22, 0xc040b340); /* 18 */ GG(c, d, a, b, x[11], S23, 0x265e5a51); /* 19 */ GG(b, c, d, a, x[0], S24, 0xe9b6c7aa); /* 20 */ GG(a, b, c, d, x[5], S21, 0xd62f105d); /* 21 */ GG(d, a, b, c, x[10], S22, 0x2441453); /* 22 */ GG(c, d, a, b, x[15], S23, 0xd8a1e681); /* 23 */ GG(b, c, d, a, x[4], S24, 0xe7d3fbc8); /* 24 */ GG(a, b, c, d, x[9], S21, 0x21e1cde6); /* 25 */ GG(d, a, b, c, x[14], S22, 0xc33707d6); /* 26 */ GG(c, d, a, b, x[3], S23, 0xf4d50d87); /* 27 */ GG(b, c, d, a, x[8], S24, 0x455a14ed); /* 28 */ GG(a, b, c, d, x[13], S21, 0xa9e3e905); /* 29 */ GG(d, a, b, c, x[2], S22, 0xfcefa3f8); /* 30 */ GG(c, d, a, b, x[7], S23, 0x676f02d9); /* 31 */ GG(b, c, d, a, x[12], S24, 0x8d2a4c8a); /* 32 */ /* Round 3 */ #define S31 4 #define S32 11 #define S33 16 #define S34 23 HH(a, b, c, d, x[5], S31, 0xfffa3942); /* 33 */ HH(d, a, b, c, x[8], S32, 0x8771f681); /* 34 */ HH(c, d, a, b, x[11], S33, 0x6d9d6122); /* 35 */ HH(b, c, d, a, x[14], S34, 0xfde5380c); /* 36 */ HH(a, b, c, d, x[1], S31, 0xa4beea44); /* 37 */ HH(d, a, b, c, x[4], S32, 0x4bdecfa9); /* 38 */ HH(c, d, a, b, x[7], S33, 0xf6bb4b60); /* 39 */ HH(b, c, d, a, x[10], S34, 0xbebfbc70); /* 40 */ HH(a, b, c, d, x[13], S31, 0x289b7ec6); /* 41 */ HH(d, a, b, c, x[0], S32, 0xeaa127fa); /* 42 */ HH(c, d, a, b, x[3], S33, 0xd4ef3085); /* 43 */ HH(b, c, d, a, x[6], S34, 0x4881d05); /* 44 */ HH(a, b, c, d, x[9], S31, 0xd9d4d039); /* 45 */ HH(d, a, b, c, x[12], S32, 0xe6db99e5); /* 46 */ HH(c, d, a, b, x[15], S33, 0x1fa27cf8); /* 47 */ HH(b, c, d, a, x[2], S34, 0xc4ac5665); /* 48 */ /* Round 4 */ #define S41 6 #define S42 10 #define S43 15 #define S44 21 II(a, b, c, d, x[0], S41, 0xf4292244); /* 49 */ II(d, a, b, c, x[7], S42, 0x432aff97); /* 50 */ II(c, d, a, b, x[14], S43, 0xab9423a7); /* 51 */ II(b, c, d, a, x[5], S44, 0xfc93a039); /* 52 */ II(a, b, c, d, x[12], S41, 0x655b59c3); /* 53 */ II(d, a, b, c, x[3], S42, 0x8f0ccc92); /* 54 */ II(c, d, a, b, x[10], S43, 0xffeff47d); /* 55 */ II(b, c, d, a, x[1], S44, 0x85845dd1); /* 56 */ II(a, b, c, d, x[8], S41, 0x6fa87e4f); /* 57 */ II(d, a, b, c, x[15], S42, 0xfe2ce6e0); /* 58 */ II(c, d, a, b, x[6], S43, 0xa3014314); /* 59 */ II(b, c, d, a, x[13], S44, 0x4e0811a1); /* 60 */ II(a, b, c, d, x[4], S41, 0xf7537e82); /* 61 */ II(d, a, b, c, x[11], S42, 0xbd3af235); /* 62 */ II(c, d, a, b, x[2], S43, 0x2ad7d2bb); /* 63 */ II(b, c, d, a, x[9], S44, 0xeb86d391); /* 64 */ #endif state[0] += a; state[1] += b; state[2] += c; state[3] += d; /* Zeroize sensitive information. */ memset(x, 0, sizeof(x)); } static void __md5_to64(char *s, unsigned long v, int n) { while(--n >= 0) { *s++ = __md5_itoa64[v & 0x3f]; v >>= 6; } } /* * UNIX password * * Use MD5 for what it is best at... */ static char * __md5_crypt(const char *pw, const char *salt) { /* Static stuff */ static const char *sp, *ep; static char passwd[120], *p; char final[17]; /* final[16] exists only to aid in looping */ int sl, pl, i, __md5__magic_len, pw_len; struct MD5Context ctx, ctx1; unsigned long l; /* Refine the Salt first */ sp = salt; /* If it starts with the magic string, then skip that */ __md5__magic_len = strlen(__md5__magic); if(!strncmp(sp, __md5__magic, __md5__magic_len)) sp += __md5__magic_len; /* It stops at the first '$', max 8 chars */ for(ep = sp; *ep && *ep != '$' && ep < (sp + 8); ep++) continue; /* get the length of the true salt */ sl = ep - sp; __md5_Init(&ctx); /* The password first, since that is what is most unknown */ pw_len = strlen(pw); __md5_Update(&ctx, pw, pw_len); /* Then our magic string */ __md5_Update(&ctx, __md5__magic, __md5__magic_len); /* Then the raw salt */ __md5_Update(&ctx, sp, sl); /* Then just as many characters of the MD5(pw,salt,pw) */ __md5_Init(&ctx1); __md5_Update(&ctx1, pw, pw_len); __md5_Update(&ctx1, sp, sl); __md5_Update(&ctx1, pw, pw_len); __md5_Final(final, &ctx1); for(pl = pw_len; pl > 0; pl -= 16) __md5_Update(&ctx, final, pl > 16 ? 16 : pl); /* Don't leave anything around in vm they could use. */ memset(final, 0, sizeof final); /* Then something really weird... */ for(i = pw_len; i; i >>= 1) { __md5_Update(&ctx, ((i & 1) ? final : pw), 1); } /* Now make the output string */ strcpy(passwd, __md5__magic); strncat(passwd, sp, sl); strcat(passwd, "$"); __md5_Final(final, &ctx); /* * and now, just to make sure things don't run too fast * On a 60 Mhz Pentium this takes 34 msec, so you would * need 30 seconds to build a 1000 entry dictionary... */ for(i = 0; i < 1000; i++) { __md5_Init(&ctx1); if(i & 1) __md5_Update(&ctx1, pw, pw_len); else __md5_Update(&ctx1, final, 16); if(i % 3) __md5_Update(&ctx1, sp, sl); if(i % 7) __md5_Update(&ctx1, pw, pw_len); if(i & 1) __md5_Update(&ctx1, final, 16); else __md5_Update(&ctx1, pw, pw_len); __md5_Final(final, &ctx1); } p = passwd + strlen(passwd); final[16] = final[5]; for(i = 0; i < 5; i++) { l = (final[i] << 16) | (final[i + 6] << 8) | final[i + 12]; __md5_to64(p, l, 4); p += 4; } l = final[11]; __md5_to64(p, l, 2); p += 2; *p = '\0'; /* Don't leave anything around in vm they could use. */ memset(final, 0, sizeof final); return passwd; } #endif /* NEED_CRYPT */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/arc4random.c��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011351�11064740660�020151� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* $Id: arc4random.c 26092 2008-09-19 15:13:52Z androsyn $ */ /* $$$: arc4random.c 2005/02/08 robert */ /* $NetBSD: arc4random.c,v 1.5.2.1 2004/03/26 22:52:50 jmc Exp $ */ /* $OpenBSD: arc4random.c,v 1.6 2001/06/05 05:05:38 pvalchev Exp $ */ /* * Arc4 random number generator for OpenBSD. * Copyright 1996 David Mazieres <dm@lcs.mit.edu>. * * Modification and redistribution in source and binary forms is * permitted provided that due credit is given to the author and the * OpenBSD project by leaving this copyright notice intact. */ /* * This code is derived from section 17.1 of Applied Cryptography, * second edition, which describes a stream cipher allegedly * compatible with RSA Labs "RC4" cipher (the actual description of * which is a trade secret). The same algorithm is used as a stream * cipher called "arcfour" in Tatu Ylonen's ssh package. * * Here the stream cipher has been modified always to include the time * when initializing the state. That makes it impossible to * regenerate the same random sequence twice, so this can't be used * for encryption, but will generate good random numbers. * * RC4 is a registered trademark of RSA Laboratories. */ #include <libratbox_config.h> #include <ratbox_lib.h> #if !defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(HAVE_GNUTLS) && !defined(HAVE_ARC4RANDOM) #include "arc4random.h" #ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE #include <sys/resource.h> #endif struct arc4_stream { uint8_t i; uint8_t j; uint8_t s[256]; }; static int rs_initialized; static struct arc4_stream rs; static inline void arc4_init(struct arc4_stream *); static inline void arc4_addrandom(struct arc4_stream *, uint8_t *, int); static void arc4_stir(struct arc4_stream *); static inline uint8_t arc4_getbyte(struct arc4_stream *); static inline uint32_t arc4_getword(struct arc4_stream *); static inline void arc4_init(struct arc4_stream *as) { int n; for(n = 0; n < 256; n++) as->s[n] = n; as->i = 0; as->j = 0; } static inline void arc4_addrandom(struct arc4_stream *as, uint8_t *dat, int datlen) { int n; uint8_t si; as->i--; for(n = 0; n < 256; n++) { as->i = (as->i + 1); si = as->s[as->i]; as->j = (as->j + si + dat[n % datlen]); as->s[as->i] = as->s[as->j]; as->s[as->j] = si; } as->j = as->i; } static void arc4_stir(struct arc4_stream *as) { struct timeval tv; pid_t pid; int n; /* XXX this doesn't support egd sources or similiar */ pid = getpid(); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&pid, sizeof(pid)); rb_gettimeofday(&tv, NULL); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&tv.tv_sec, sizeof(&tv.tv_sec)); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&tv.tv_usec, sizeof(&tv.tv_usec)); rb_gettimeofday(&tv, NULL); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&tv.tv_usec, sizeof(&tv.tv_usec)); #if defined(HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && RUSAGE_SELF { struct rusage buf; getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &buf); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&buf, sizeof(buf)); memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf))} #endif #if !defined(_WIN32) { uint8_t rnd[128]; int fd; fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); if(fd != -1) { read(fd, rnd, sizeof(rnd)); close(fd); arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)rnd, sizeof(rnd)); memset(&rnd, 0, sizeof(rnd)); } } #else { LARGE_INTEGER performanceCount; if(QueryPerformanceCounter(&performanceCount)) { arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)&performanceCount, sizeof(performanceCount)); } HMODULE lib = LoadLibrary("ADVAPI32.DLL"); if(lib) { uint8_t rnd[128]; BOOLEAN(APIENTRY * pfn) (void *, ULONG) = (BOOLEAN(APIENTRY *) (void *, ULONG))GetProcAddress(lib, "SystemFunction036"); if(pfn) { if(pfn(rnd, sizeof(rnd)) == TRUE) arc4_addrandom(as, (void *)rnd, sizeof(rnd)); memset(&rnd, 0, sizeof(rnd)); } } } #endif /* * Throw away the first N words of output, as suggested in the * paper "Weaknesses in the Key Scheduling Algorithm of RC4" * by Fluher, Mantin, and Shamir. * http://www.wisdom.weizmann.ac.il/~itsik/RC4/Papers/Rc4_ksa.ps * N = 256 in our case. */ for(n = 0; n < 256 * 4; n++) arc4_getbyte(as); } static inline uint8_t arc4_getbyte(struct arc4_stream *as) { uint8_t si, sj; as->i = (as->i + 1); si = as->s[as->i]; as->j = (as->j + si); sj = as->s[as->j]; as->s[as->i] = sj; as->s[as->j] = si; return (as->s[(si + sj) & 0xff]); } static inline uint32_t arc4_getword(struct arc4_stream *as) { uint32_t val; val = arc4_getbyte(as) << 24; val |= arc4_getbyte(as) << 16; val |= arc4_getbyte(as) << 8; val |= arc4_getbyte(as); return val; } void arc4random_stir(void) { if(!rs_initialized) { arc4_init(&rs); rs_initialized = 1; } arc4_stir(&rs); } void arc4random_addrandom(uint8_t *dat, int datlen) { if(!rs_initialized) arc4random_stir(); arc4_addrandom(&rs, dat, datlen); } uint32_t arc4random(void) { if(!rs_initialized) arc4random_stir(); return arc4_getword(&rs); } #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/src/Makefile.am���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001765�11506213110�020001� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: Makefile.am 27165 2010-12-27 22:42:16Z androsyn $ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign INCLUDES = -I. -I../include @SSL_CFLAGS@ @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ CFLAGS = @EXTRA_WARNINGS@ @CFLAGS@ BUILT_SOURCES = version.c version.c: version.c.SH ../CREDITS $(SHELL) ./version.c.SH $(CP) version.c version.c.last version.lo: version.c ../include/serno.h $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) -c $< -o $@ libratbox_la_SOURCES = \ unix.c \ win32.c \ crypt.c \ balloc.c \ commio.c \ openssl.c \ gnutls.c \ nossl.c \ event.c \ ratbox_lib.c \ rb_memory.c \ linebuf.c \ snprintf.c \ tools.c \ helper.c \ devpoll.c \ epoll.c \ poll.c \ ports.c \ select.c \ kqueue.c \ rawbuf.c \ patricia.c \ arc4random.c \ version.c libratbox_la_LDFLAGS = @CRYPT_LIB@ @SSL_LIBS@ @GNUTLS_LIBS@ -avoid-version -no-undefined -export-symbols export-syms.txt libratbox_la_LIBADD = @CRYPT_LIB@ @SSL_LIBS@ @GNUTLS_LIBS@ lib_LTLIBRARIES = libratbox.la �����������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/ltmain.sh���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00001052022�11726771060�017010� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� # libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, # 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO # warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, # or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... # # Provide generalized library-building support services. # # --config show all configuration variables # --debug enable verbose shell tracing # -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files # --features display basic configuration information and exit # --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE # --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries # --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages # --no-quiet, --no-silent # print informational messages (default) # --no-warn don't display warning messages # --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG # -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default # --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages # --version print version information # -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message # # MODE must be one of the following: # # clean remove files from the build directory # compile compile a source file into a libtool object # execute automatically set library path, then run a program # finish complete the installation of libtool libraries # install install libraries or executables # link create a library or an executable # uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory # # MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, # `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. # Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. # # When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and # include the following information: # # host-triplet: $host # shell: $SHELL # compiler: $LTCC # compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS # linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) # $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1 # automake: $automake_version # autoconf: $autoconf_version # # Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. # GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>. # General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. PROGRAM=libtool PACKAGE=libtool VERSION="2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1" TIMESTAMP="" package_revision=1.3337 # Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. lt_user_locale= lt_safe_locale= for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var $lt_var=C export $lt_var lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" fi" done LC_ALL=C LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE LC_ALL $lt_unset CDPATH # Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh # is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of # the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special # positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the # function. progpath="$0" : ${CP="cp -f"} test "${ECHO+set}" = set || ECHO=${as_echo-'printf %s\n'} : ${MAKE="make"} : ${MKDIR="mkdir"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} : ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} : ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} # Global variables: EXIT_SUCCESS=0 EXIT_FAILURE=1 EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS # Make sure IFS has a sensible default lt_nl=' ' IFS=" $lt_nl" dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," basename="s,^.*/,," # func_dirname file append nondir_replacement # Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, # otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. func_dirname () { func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$dirname"` if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then func_dirname_result="${3}" else func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" fi } # func_dirname may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_basename file func_basename () { func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$basename"` } # func_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement # perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function # call: # dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, # add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result # to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. # value returned in "$func_dirname_result" # basename: Compute filename of FILE. # value retuned in "$func_basename_result" # Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname # and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to # those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. func_dirname_and_basename () { # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$dirname"` if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then func_dirname_result="${3}" else func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" fi func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$basename"` } # func_dirname_and_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_stripname prefix suffix name # strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. # PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special # characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading # dot (in which case that matches only a dot). # func_strip_suffix prefix name func_stripname () { case ${2} in .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; esac } # func_stripname may be replaced by extended shell implementation # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,' pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,' removedotparts=':dotsl s@/\./@/@g t dotsl s,/\.$,/,' collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g' finalslash='s,/*$,/,' # func_normal_abspath PATH # Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, # and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making # it an absolute path. # value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result" func_normal_abspath () { # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. func_normal_abspath_result= func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in "") # Empty path, that just means $cwd. func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result return ;; # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. ///*) # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. ;; //*) # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ ;; /*) # Absolute path, do nothing. ;; *) # Relative path, prepend $cwd. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath ;; esac # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure # there is one (and only one) here. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"` while :; do # Processed it all yet? if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then func_normal_abspath_result=/ fi break fi func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$pathcar"` func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$pathcdr"` # Figure out what to do with it case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in "") # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. ;; ..) # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result ;; *) # Actual path component, append it. func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent ;; esac done # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result } # func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR # generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing # slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename # without needing to append a separator. # value returned in "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path () { func_relative_path_result= func_normal_abspath "$1" func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result func_normal_abspath "$2" func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result # Ascend the tree starting from libdir while :; do # check if we have found a prefix of bindir case $func_relative_path_tbindir in $func_relative_path_tlibdir) # found an exact match func_relative_path_tcancelled= break ;; $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) # found a matching prefix func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_relative_path_result=. fi break ;; *) func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result} if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then # Have to descend all the way to the root! func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir break fi func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result ;; esac done # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result} fi # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string, # else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target # file name can be directly appended. if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result fi } # The name of this program: func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" progname=$func_basename_result # Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: case $progpath in [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; *[\\/]*) progdir=$func_dirname_result progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` progpath="$progdir/$progname" ;; *) save_IFS="$IFS" IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} for progdir in $PATH; do IFS="$save_IFS" test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break done IFS="$save_IFS" test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` progpath="$progdir/$progname" ;; esac # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the # string literally. sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g' # Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path # which contains forward slashes, into one that contains # (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' # Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were # `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' # in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. # Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of # four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. bs='\\' bs2='\\\\' bs4='\\\\\\\\' dollar='\$' sed_double_backslash="\ s/$bs4/&\\ /g s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g s/\n//g" # Standard options: opt_dry_run=false opt_help=false opt_quiet=false opt_verbose=false opt_warning=: # func_echo arg... # Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode # name if it has been set yet. func_echo () { $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*" } # func_verbose arg... # Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. func_verbose () { $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to # work around that: : } # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "$*" } # func_error arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. func_error () { $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2 } # func_warning arg... # Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. func_warning () { $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 # bash bug again: : } # func_fatal_error arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. func_fatal_error () { func_error ${1+"$@"} exit $EXIT_FAILURE } # func_fatal_help arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a help hint, and exit. func_fatal_help () { func_error ${1+"$@"} func_fatal_error "$help" } help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default # func_grep expression filename # Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. func_grep () { $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_mkdir_p directory-path # Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. func_mkdir_p () { my_directory_path="$1" my_dir_list= if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then # Protect directory names starting with `-' case $my_directory_path in -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; esac # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"` done my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'` save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't # stop in that case! $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : done IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" fi } # func_mktempdir [string] # Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running # libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If # given, STRING is the basename for that directory. func_mktempdir () { my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" else # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` umask 0077 $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" umask $save_mktempdir_umask fi # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" fi $ECHO "$my_tmpdir" } # func_quote_for_eval arg # Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. # This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT # is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas # FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters # which are still active within double quotes backslashified. func_quote_for_eval () { case $1 in *[\\\`\"\$]*) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; *) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; esac case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting, command substitution and and variable # expansion for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" ;; *) func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" esac } # func_quote_for_expand arg # Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, # but do not quote variable references. func_quote_for_expand () { case $1 in *[\\\`\"]*) my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; *) my_arg="$1" ;; esac case $my_arg in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" ;; esac func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" } # func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] # Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. func_show_eval () { my_cmd="$1" my_fail_exp="${2-:}" ${opt_silent-false} || { func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else eval "$my_cmd" my_status=$? if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" fi fi } # func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] # Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. func_show_eval_locale () { my_cmd="$1" my_fail_exp="${2-:}" ${opt_silent-false} || { func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else eval "$lt_user_locale $my_cmd" my_status=$? eval "$lt_safe_locale" if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" fi fi } # func_tr_sh # Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. # Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters # not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, # if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. func_tr_sh () { case $1 in [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` ;; * ) func_tr_sh_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_version # Echo version message to standard output and exit. func_version () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/(C)/!b go :more /\./!{ N s/\n# / / b more } :go /^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { s/^# // s/^# *$// s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ p }' < "$progpath" exit $? } # func_usage # Echo short help message to standard output and exit. func_usage () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ { s/^# // s/^# *$// s/\$progname/'$progname'/ p }' < "$progpath" echo $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" exit $? } # func_help [NOEXIT] # Echo long help message to standard output and exit, # unless 'noexit' is passed as argument. func_help () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { :print s/^# // s/^# *$// s*\$progname*'$progname'* s*\$host*'"$host"'* s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ p d } /^# .* home page:/b print /^# General help using/b print ' < "$progpath" ret=$? if test -z "$1"; then exit $ret fi } # func_missing_arg argname # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global # exit_cmd. func_missing_arg () { $opt_debug func_error "missing argument for $1." exit_cmd=exit } # func_split_short_opt shortopt # Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell # variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. func_split_short_opt () { my_sed_short_opt='1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q' my_sed_short_rest='1s/^..\(.*\)$/\1/;q' func_split_short_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_opt"` func_split_short_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_rest"` } # func_split_short_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_split_long_opt longopt # Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell # variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign. func_split_long_opt () { my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' my_sed_long_arg='1s/^--[^=]*=//' func_split_long_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_opt"` func_split_long_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_arg"` } # func_split_long_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation exit_cmd=: magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%" # Global variables. nonopt= preserve_args= lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" extracted_archives= extracted_serial=0 # If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it # will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being # left over by shells. exec_cmd= # func_append var value # Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. func_append () { eval "${1}=\$${1}\${2}" } # func_append may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_append_quoted var value # Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated # by a space. func_append_quoted () { func_quote_for_eval "${2}" eval "${1}=\$${1}\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" } # func_append_quoted may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_arith arithmetic-term... func_arith () { func_arith_result=`expr "${@}"` } # func_arith may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_len string # STRING may not start with a hyphen. func_len () { func_len_result=`expr "${1}" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` } # func_len may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_lo2o object func_lo2o () { func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$lo2o"` } # func_lo2o may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_xform libobj-or-source func_xform () { func_xform_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` } # func_xform may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_fatal_configuration arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a configuration failure hint, and exit. func_fatal_configuration () { func_error ${1+"$@"} func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error." } # func_config # Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. func_config () { re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' # Default configuration. $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" # Now print the configurations for the tags. for tagname in $taglist; do $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" done exit $? } # func_features # Display the features supported by this script. func_features () { echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit $? } # func_enable_tag tagname # Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or # enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist # variable here. func_enable_tag () { # Global variable: tagname="$1" re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p" # Validate tagname. case $tagname in *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" ;; esac # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's # there but not specially marked. case $tagname in CC) ;; *) if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then taglist="$taglist $tagname" # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` eval "$extractedcf" else func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" fi ;; esac } # func_check_version_match # Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same # release of libtool. func_check_version_match () { if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then if test -z "$macro_version"; then cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, $progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision $progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi exit $EXIT_MISMATCH fi } # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument case $1 in clean|clea|cle|cl) shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; link|lin|li|l) shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; esac # Option defaults: opt_debug=: opt_dry_run=false opt_config=false opt_preserve_dup_deps=false opt_features=false opt_finish=false opt_help=false opt_help_all=false opt_silent=: opt_warning=: opt_verbose=: opt_silent=false opt_verbose=false # Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the # script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can. { # this just eases exit handling while test $# -gt 0; do opt="$1" shift case $opt in --debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x' func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" $opt_debug ;; --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) opt_dry_run=: ;; --config) opt_config=: func_config ;; --dlopen|-dlopen) optarg="$1" opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen }$optarg" shift ;; --preserve-dup-deps) opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;; --features) opt_features=: func_features ;; --finish) opt_finish=: set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; --help) opt_help=: ;; --help-all) opt_help_all=: opt_help=': help-all' ;; --mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break optarg="$1" opt_mode="$optarg" case $optarg in # Valid mode arguments: clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; # Catch anything else as an error *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" exit_cmd=exit break ;; esac shift ;; --no-silent|--no-quiet) opt_silent=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --no-warning|--no-warn) opt_warning=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --no-verbose) opt_verbose=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --silent|--quiet) opt_silent=: func_append preserve_args " $opt" opt_verbose=false ;; --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: func_append preserve_args " $opt" opt_silent=false ;; --tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break optarg="$1" opt_tag="$optarg" func_append preserve_args " $opt $optarg" func_enable_tag "$optarg" shift ;; -\?|-h) func_usage ;; --help) func_help ;; --version) func_version ;; # Separate optargs to long options: --*=*) func_split_long_opt "$opt" set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; # Separate non-argument short options: -\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*) func_split_short_opt "$opt" set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; --) break ;; -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; *) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; esac done # Validate options: # save first non-option argument if test "$#" -gt 0; then nonopt="$opt" shift fi # preserve --debug test "$opt_debug" = : || func_append preserve_args " --debug" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: ;; *) opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps ;; esac $opt_help || { # Sanity checks first: func_check_version_match if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" fi # Darwin sucks eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." } # Bail if the options were screwed $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE } ## ----------- ## ## Main. ## ## ----------- ## # func_lalib_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_lalib_p () { test -f "$1" && $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 } # func_lalib_unsafe_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. # This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without # resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and # closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. # As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be # fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. func_lalib_unsafe_p () { lalib_p=no if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 do read lalib_p_line case "$lalib_p_line" in \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; esac done exec 0<&5 5<&- fi test "$lalib_p" = yes } # func_ltwrapper_script_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_script_p () { func_lalib_p "$1" } # func_ltwrapper_executable_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_executable_p () { func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= case $1 in *.exe) ;; *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; esac $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_ltwrapper_scriptname file # Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable # uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a # temporary ltwrapper_script. func_ltwrapper_scriptname () { func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" } # func_ltwrapper_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_p () { func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" } # func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd # Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. # If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. # FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! func_execute_cmds () { $opt_debug save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd in $1; do IFS=$save_ifs eval cmd=\"$cmd\" func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" done IFS=$save_ifs } # func_source file # Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to # FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. func_source () { $opt_debug case $1 in */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; *) . "./$1" ;; esac } # func_resolve_sysroot PATH # Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into # func_resolve_sysroot_result func_resolve_sysroot () { func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac } # func_replace_sysroot PATH # If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and # store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. func_replace_sysroot () { case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result" ;; *) # Including no sysroot. func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_infer_tag arg # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile # command doesn't match the default compiler. # arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' func_infer_tag () { $opt_debug if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case $@ in # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail # if we don't check for them as well. *) for z in $available_tags; do if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then # Evaluate the configuration. eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case "$@ " in " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) # The compiler in the base compile command matches # the one in the tagged configuration. # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. tagname=$z break ;; esac fi done # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command # line option must be used. if test -z "$tagname"; then func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" # else # func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" fi ;; esac fi } # func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. func_write_libtool_object () { write_libobj=${1} if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then write_lobj=\'${2}\' else write_lobj=none fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then write_oldobj=\'${3}\' else write_oldobj=none fi $opt_dry_run || { cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF # $write_libobj - a libtool object file # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # Name of the PIC object. pic_object=$write_lobj # Name of the non-PIC object non_pic_object=$write_oldobj EOF $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}" } } ################################################## # FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS # ################################################## # func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG # Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix, # and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a # correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program # in $build's $PATH. # # ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format. # Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will # be empty on error (or when ARG is empty) func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` else func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= fi fi } # end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 # func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG # Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and # $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly # configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's # $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters. # # ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. # Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. # Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names # are convertible, then the result may be empty. func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () { $opt_debug # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="" if test -n "$1"; then oldIFS=$IFS IFS=: for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do IFS=$oldIFS func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" else func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" fi fi done IFS=$oldIFS fi } # end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 # func_cygpath ARGS... # Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when # when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) # $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or # (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input # file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted # from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name # or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in # Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. # # ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to # be converted. # # Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH # environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. func_cygpath () { $opt_debug if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` if test "$?" -ne 0; then # on failure, ensure result is empty func_cygpath_result= fi else func_cygpath_result= func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'" fi } #end: func_cygpath # func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return # result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` } #end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 # Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host # format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting # func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). func_convert_file_check () { $opt_debug if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" func_error " \`$1'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback: func_to_host_file_result="$1" fi } # end func_convert_file_check # func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH # Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host # format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting # func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below). func_convert_path_check () { $opt_debug if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to" func_error " \`$3'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and # should not be "improved". See libtool.info. if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g" func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" | $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"` else func_to_host_path_result="$3" fi fi } # end func_convert_path_check # func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG # Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT # and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT. func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep () { $opt_debug case $4 in $1 ) func_to_host_path_result="$3$func_to_host_path_result" ;; esac case $4 in $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3" ;; esac } # end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ################################################## # $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ################################################## # invoked via `$to_host_file_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result. # func_to_host_file ARG # Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_to_host_file () { $opt_debug $to_host_file_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_file # func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY # converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return # result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed # in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. func_to_tool_file () { $opt_debug case ,$2, in *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) func_to_tool_file_result=$1 ;; *) $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result ;; esac } # end func_to_tool_file # func_convert_file_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_noop () { func_to_host_file_result="$1" } # end func_convert_file_noop # func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use # LT_CYGPATH in this case. func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"` fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment # and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed # in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin. func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ############################################# # $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ############################################# # invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. # # Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If # ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but # converted to $host format) on output. # # All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: # file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () # path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () # where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the # same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, # the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd # will break. # func_init_to_host_path_cmd # Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the # appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. to_host_path_cmd= func_init_to_host_path_cmd () { $opt_debug if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}" fi } # func_to_host_path ARG # Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_path_result. func_to_host_path () { $opt_debug func_init_to_host_path_cmd $to_host_path_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_path # func_convert_path_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_noop () { func_to_host_path_result="$1" } # end func_convert_path_noop # func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; # and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and # a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a # a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin # func_mode_compile arg... func_mode_compile () { $opt_debug # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" suppress_opt=yes suppress_output= arg_mode=normal libobj= later= pie_flag= for arg do case $arg_mode in arg ) # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile lastarg="$arg" arg_mode=normal ;; target ) libobj="$arg" arg_mode=normal continue ;; normal ) # Accept any command-line options. case $arg in -o) test -n "$libobj" && \ func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" arg_mode=target continue ;; -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) func_append pie_flag " $arg" continue ;; -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) func_append later " $arg" continue ;; -no-suppress) suppress_opt=no continue ;; -Xcompiler) arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result lastarg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for arg in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" lastarg=$func_stripname_result # Add the arguments to base_compile. func_append base_compile " $lastarg" continue ;; *) # Accept the current argument as the source file. # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. # lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" ;; esac # case $arg ;; esac # case $arg_mode # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" done # for arg case $arg_mode in arg) func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" ;; target) func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'" ;; *) # Get the name of the library object. test -z "$libobj" && { func_basename "$srcfile" libobj="$func_basename_result" } ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo case $libobj in *.[cCFSifmso] | \ *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) func_xform "$libobj" libobj=$func_xform_result ;; esac case $libobj in *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" ;; esac func_infer_tag $base_compile for arg in $later; do case $arg in -shared) test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" build_old_libs=no continue ;; -static) build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes continue ;; -prefer-pic) pic_mode=yes continue ;; -prefer-non-pic) pic_mode=no continue ;; esac done func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" objname="$func_basename_result" xdir="$func_dirname_result" lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname test -z "$base_compile" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" else removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" fi # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) pic_mode=default ;; esac if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported pic_mode=default fi # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} lockfile="$output_obj.lock" else output_obj= need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test "$need_locks" = yes; then until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi func_append removelist " $output_obj" $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" fi $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist func_append removelist " $lockfile" trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile if test "$pic_mode" != no; then command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" else # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" fi func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" if test -z "$output_obj"; then # Place PIC objects in $objdir func_append command " -o $lobj" fi func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" else command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" fi if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then func_append command " -o $obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. func_append command "$suppress_output" func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi fi $opt_dry_run || { func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then removelist=$lockfile $RM "$lockfile" fi } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } $opt_help || { test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} } func_mode_help () { # We need to display help for each of the modes. case $opt_mode in "") # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments # at the start of this file. func_help ;; clean) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove files from the build directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; compile) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode -no-install link a not-installable executable -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects -precious-files-regex REGEX don't remove output files matching REGEX -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries -static-libtool-libs do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface -Wc,FLAG -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler -Wl,FLAG -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" ;; esac echo $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." } # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary if $opt_help; then if test "$opt_help" = :; then func_mode_help else { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do func_mode_help done } | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do echo func_mode_help done } | sed '1d /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ H d } $x /information about other modes/d /more detailed .*MODE/d s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' fi exit $? fi # func_mode_execute arg... func_mode_execute () { $opt_debug # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" test -z "$cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $opt_dlopen; do test -f "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" dir= case $file in *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= func_source "$file" # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && \ func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then func_append dir "/$objdir" else if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" fi fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" ;; *) func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case $file in -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then func_source "$file" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). func_append_quoted args "$file" done if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved environment variables for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var else $lt_unset $lt_var fi" done # Now prepare to actually exec the command. exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" else # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $ECHO "$cmd$args" exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi } test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_finish arg... func_mode_finish () { $opt_debug libs= libdirs= admincmds= for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} do if test -d "$opt"; then func_append libdirs " $opt" elif test -f "$opt"; then if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then func_append libs " $opt" else func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" fi else func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'" fi done if test -n "$libs"; then if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" else sysroot_cmd= fi # Remove sysroot references if $opt_dry_run; then for lib in $libs; do echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib" done else tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` for lib in $libs; do sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ > $tmpdir/tmp-la mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib done ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi fi if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds '"$cmd"'"' fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds " $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do $ECHO " $libdir" done echo echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" case $host in solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" echo "pages." ;; *) echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." ;; esac echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_install arg... func_mode_install () { $opt_debug # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " arg=$1 shift else install_prog= arg=$nonopt fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result" install_shared_prog=$install_prog case " $install_prog " in *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; *) install_cp=false ;; esac # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=no stripme= no_mode=: for arg do arg2= if test -n "$dest"; then func_append files " $dest" dest=$arg continue fi case $arg in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) if $install_cp; then :; else prev=$arg fi ;; -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then arg2=$install_override_mode no_mode=false fi prev= else dest=$arg continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" if test -n "$arg2"; then func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" fi func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done test -z "$install_prog" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then if $install_cp; then :; else func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" fi fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" else func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" fi fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" dest=$func_stripname_result # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test "$isdir" = yes; then destdir="$dest" destname= else func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." destdir="$func_dirname_result" destname="$func_basename_result" # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files; shift test "$#" -gt 1 && \ func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" fi case $destdir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case $file in *.lo) ;; *) func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case $file in *.$libext) # Do the static libraries later. func_append staticlibs " $file" ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" library_names= old_library= relink_command= func_source "$file" # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac fi func_dirname "$file" "/" "" dir="$func_dirname_result" func_append dir "$objdir" if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that # are installed to the same prefix. # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) # but it's something to keep an eye on. test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` else relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` fi func_warning "relinking \`$file'" func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' fi # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names; shift if test -n "$1"; then realname="$1" shift srcname="$realname" test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ 'exit $?' tstripme="$stripme" case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) case $realname in *.dll.a) tstripme="" ;; esac ;; esac if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' fi if test "$#" -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. for linkname do test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" instname="$dir/$name"i func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else func_basename "$file" destfile="$func_basename_result" destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case $destfile in *.lo) func_lo2o "$destfile" staticdest=$func_lo2o_result ;; *.$objext) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. test -n "$destfile" && \ func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. func_lo2o "$file" staticobj=$func_lo2o_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else func_basename "$file" destfile="$func_basename_result" destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to # install stripped_ext="" case $file in *.exe) if test ! -f "$file"; then func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result stripped_ext=".exe" fi ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw*) if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" wrapper=$func_stripname_result fi ;; *) wrapper=$file ;; esac if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then notinst_deplibs= relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" # Check the variables that should have been set. test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" finalize=yes for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then func_source "$lib" fi libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" finalize=no fi done relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" outputname= if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then $opt_dry_run || { if test "$finalize" = yes; then tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" file="$func_basename_result" outputname="$tmpdir/$file" # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if eval "$relink_command"; then : else func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file="$outputname" else func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" fi } else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another # one anyway case $install_prog,$host in */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) case $file:$destfile in *.exe:*.exe) # this is ok ;; *.exe:*) destfile=$destfile.exe ;; *:*.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" destfile=$func_stripname_result ;; esac ;; esac func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' else exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi } test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} # func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p # Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with # a dlpreopen symbol table. func_generate_dlsyms () { $opt_debug my_outputname="$1" my_originator="$2" my_pic_p="${3-no}" my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` my_dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" else func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" fi fi if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then case $my_dlsyms in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" #endif /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT_DLSYM_CONST const #endif /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test "$dlself" = yes; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for progfile in $progfiles; do func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'" $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" $opt_dry_run || { $RM $export_symbols eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } else $opt_dry_run || { eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } fi fi for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" func_basename "$dlprefile" name="$func_basename_result" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" dlprefile_dlbasename="" if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result" else # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>. $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result fi fi $opt_dry_run || { if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' else func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' fi func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" } else # not an import lib $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } fi ;; *) $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } ;; esac done $opt_dry_run || { # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then sort -k 3 else sort +2 fi | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" fi echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ typedef struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt_dlsymlist; extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," case $need_lib_prefix in no) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; *) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; esac echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " } # !$opt_dry_run pic_flag_for_symtable= case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) case $host in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; *-*-hpux*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; *) if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" fi ;; esac ;; esac symtab_cflags= for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do case $arg in -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;; esac done # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' # Clean up the generated files. func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` else compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` fi ;; *) compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` ;; esac ;; *) func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi } # func_win32_libid arg # return the library type of file 'arg' # # Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs # Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument # that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. # Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. func_win32_libid () { $opt_debug win32_libid_type="unknown" win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` case $win32_fileres in *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" ;; *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | $SED -n -e ' 1,100{ / I /{ s,.*,import, p q } }'` case $win32_nmres in import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; esac fi ;; *DLL*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... case $win32_fileres in *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; esac ;; esac $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG # # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib () { $opt_debug sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs # # The is the core of a fallback implementation of a # platform-specific function to extract the name of the # DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. # # SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending # on the platform and compiler that created the implib. # # Echos the name of the DLL associated with the # specified import library. func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () { $opt_debug match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section s/.*/====MARK====/ p d } # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but # are always uninteresting /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d /^In archive [^:]*:/d # Ensure marker is printed /^====MARK====/p # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters /^.\{43\}/!d # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters s/^.\{43\}//' | $SED -n ' # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line /^====MARK====/ b para H $ b para b :para x s/\n//g # Remove the marker s/^====MARK====// # Remove trailing dots and whitespace s/[\. \t]*$// # Print /./p' | # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the # archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate # all those which have a first or second character that is # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable # character.) This should work for all archives with less than # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by # a '.'. # # Of those that remain, print the first one. $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' } # func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () { $opt_debug func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" } # func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_ms_implib_p () { $opt_debug func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # # This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL # does not support the --identify-strict option. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () { $opt_debug if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then # binutils import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then # ms-generated import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` else # unknown sharedlib_from_linklib_result="" fi } # func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib func_extract_an_archive () { $opt_debug f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done fi func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" fi if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" fi } # func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... func_extract_archives () { $opt_debug my_gentop="$1"; shift my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} my_oldobjs="" my_xlib="" my_xabs="" my_xdir="" for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do # Extract the objects. case $my_xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; esac func_basename "$my_xlib" my_xlib="$func_basename_result" my_xlib_u=$my_xlib while :; do case " $extracted_archives " in *" $my_xlib_u "*) func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 extracted_serial=$func_arith_result my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; *) break ;; esac done extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" case $host in *-darwin*) func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run $opt_dry_run || { darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` cd $my_xdir || exit $? darwin_archive=$my_xabs darwin_curdir=`pwd` darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` darwin_arch= func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" cd "$darwin_curdir" $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" done # $darwin_arches ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` darwin_file= darwin_files= for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files done # $darwin_filelist $RM -rf unfat-$$ cd "$darwin_orig_dir" else cd $darwin_orig_dir func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" fi # $darwin_arches } # !$opt_dry_run ;; *) func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" ;; esac my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` done func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" } # func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] # # Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. # Don't directly open a file because we may want to # incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw # wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within # func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables # set therein. # # ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR # variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script # will assume that the directory in which it is stored is # the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific # behavior. func_emit_wrapper () { func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} $ECHO "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # Be Bourne compatible if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variables: generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then file=\"\$0\"" qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` $ECHO "\ # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO=\"$qECHO\" fi # Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to # the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper # /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on # windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" # (application programs are unlikely to have options which match # this pattern). # # There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and # --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. # # The first argument to this parsing function should be the # script's $0 value, followed by "$@". lt_option_debug= func_parse_lt_options () { lt_script_arg0=\$0 shift for lt_opt do case \"\$lt_opt\" in --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; --lt-dump-script) lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" exit 0 ;; --lt-*) \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done # Print the debug banner immediately: if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2 fi } # Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout # (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) func_lt_dump_args () { lt_dump_args_N=1; for lt_arg do \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` done } # Core function for launching the target application func_exec_program_core () { " case $host in # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $ECHO "\ \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 exit 1 } # A function to encapsulate launching the target application # Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and # launches target application with the remaining arguments. func_exec_program () { case \" \$* \" in *\\ --lt-*) for lt_wr_arg do case \$lt_wr_arg in --lt-*) ;; *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; esac shift done ;; esac func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} } # Parse options func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into # the cwrapper. WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then # special case for '.' if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then thisdir=\`pwd\` fi # remove .libs from thisdir case \"\$thisdir\" in *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; esac fi # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test "$fast_install" = yes; then $ECHO "\ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" else $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" $ECHO "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : else $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit 1 fi fi $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else $ECHO "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi $ECHO "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. # # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled # libraries must come first. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi $ECHO "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " } # func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout # Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because # it depends on a number of variable set therein. func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () { cat <<EOF /* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool libraries that it depends on are installed. This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory. If it is, it will not operate correctly. */ EOF cat <<"EOF" #ifdef _MSC_VER # define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #ifdef _MSC_VER # include <direct.h> # include <process.h> # include <io.h> #else # include <unistd.h> # include <stdint.h> # ifdef __CYGWIN__ # include <io.h> # endif #endif #include <malloc.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <assert.h> #include <string.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <sys/stat.h> /* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ #if defined(__MINGW32__) # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ int _putenv (const char *); # endif #elif defined(__CYGWIN__) # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ char *realpath (const char *, char *); int putenv (char *); int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); # endif /* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ #endif /* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv # define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC # ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED # define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED # define intptr_t int # endif #elif defined(__MINGW32__) # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv #elif defined(__CYGWIN__) # define HAVE_SETENV # define FOPEN_WB "wb" /* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ #endif #if defined(PATH_MAX) # define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX #elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) # define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN #else # define LT_PATHMAX 1024 #endif #ifndef S_IXOTH # define S_IXOTH 0 #endif #ifndef S_IXGRP # define S_IXGRP 0 #endif /* path handling portability macros */ #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR # define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif #if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ defined (__OS2__) # define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM # define FOPEN_WB "wb" # ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' # endif # ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' # endif #endif #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) #else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) #endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) #else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) #endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef FOPEN_WB # define FOPEN_WB "w" #endif #ifndef _O_BINARY # define _O_BINARY 0 #endif #define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) #define XFREE(stale) do { \ if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ } while (0) #if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER) static int lt_debug = 1; #else static int lt_debug = 0; #endif const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ void *xmalloc (size_t num); char *xstrdup (const char *string); const char *base_name (const char *name); char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); int make_executable (const char *path); int check_executable (const char *path); char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); static const char *nonnull (const char *s); static const char *nonempty (const char *s); void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); EOF cat <<EOF volatile const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe"; const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var"; EOF if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath" cat <<EOF const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; EOF else cat <<"EOF" const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = ""; EOF fi if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:" cat <<EOF const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH"; const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; EOF else cat <<"EOF" const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = ""; const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = ""; EOF fi if test "$fast_install" = yes; then cat <<EOF const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ EOF else cat <<EOF const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ EOF fi cat <<"EOF" #define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-" static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX; static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script"; static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug"; int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { char **newargz; int newargc; char *tmp_pathspec; char *actual_cwrapper_path; char *actual_cwrapper_name; char *target_name; char *lt_argv_zero; intptr_t rval = 127; int i; program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except * argz[0], which is handled differently */ newargc=0; for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) { if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0) { EOF case "$host" in *mingw* | *cygwin* ) # make stdout use "unix" line endings echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);" ;; esac cat <<"EOF" lt_dump_script (stdout); return 0; } if (strcmp (argv[i], debug_opt) == 0) { lt_debug = 1; continue; } if (strcmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix) == 0) { /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option or a configure.ac-settable value. */ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "unrecognized %s option: '%s'", ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]); } /* otherwise ... */ newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]); } newargz[++newargc] = NULL; EOF cat <<EOF /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\n"); EOF cat <<"EOF" lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name); tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]); if (tmp_pathspec == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n", tmp_pathspec); actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n", actual_cwrapper_path); XFREE (tmp_pathspec); actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path)); strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name); /* wrapper name transforms */ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe"); tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec; tmp_pathspec = 0; /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */ target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME)); strendzap (target_name, ".exe"); tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1); XFREE (target_name); target_name = tmp_pathspec; tmp_pathspec = 0; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) libtool target name: %s\n", target_name); EOF cat <<EOF newargz[0] = XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) + strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1)); strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path); strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir"); strcat (newargz[0], "/"); EOF cat <<"EOF" /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */ tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]); /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */ strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name); /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */ lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1); XFREE (tmp_pathspec); tmp_pathspec = NULL; EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" { char* p; while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL) { *p = '/'; } while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL) { *p = '/'; } } EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" XFREE (target_name); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */ lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */ /* Update the DLL searchpath. EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath) because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled libraries must come first. */ lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE); lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n", nonnull (lt_argv_zero)); for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n", i, nonnull (newargz[i])); } EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz); rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); if (rval == -1) { /* failed to start process */ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n", lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno))); return 127; } return rval; EOF ;; *) cat <<"EOF" execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" } void * xmalloc (size_t num) { void *p = (void *) malloc (num); if (!p) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted"); return p; } char * xstrdup (const char *string) { return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL; } const char * base_name (const char *name) { const char *base; #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') name += 2; #endif for (base = name; *name; name++) if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) base = name + 1; return base; } int check_executable (const char *path) { struct stat st; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n", nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) return 1; else return 0; } int make_executable (const char *path) { int rval = 0; struct stat st; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) { rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); } return rval; } /* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. */ char * find_executable (const char *wrapper) { int has_slash = 0; const char *p; const char *p_next; /* static buffer for getcwd */ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; int tmp_len; char *concat_name; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", nonempty (wrapper)); if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) return NULL; /* Absolute path? */ #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } else { #endif if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) } #endif for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) if (*p == '/') { has_slash = 1; break; } if (!has_slash) { /* no slashes; search PATH */ const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); if (path != NULL) { for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) { const char *q; size_t p_len; for (q = p; *q; q++) if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) break; p_len = q - p; p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); if (p_len == 0) { /* empty path: current directory */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); } else { concat_name = XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); concat_name[p_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); } if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } } /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ } /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); return NULL; } char * chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) { #ifndef S_ISLNK return xstrdup (pathspec); #else char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; struct stat s; char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); char *p; int has_symlinks = 0; while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", tmp_pathspec); if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) { if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) { has_symlinks = 1; break; } /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) p--; if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) { /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ break; } *p = '\0'; } else { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); } } XFREE (tmp_pathspec); if (!has_symlinks) { return xstrdup (pathspec); } tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); if (tmp_pathspec == 0) { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); } return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); #endif } char * strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) { size_t len, patlen; assert (str != NULL); assert (pat != NULL); len = strlen (str); patlen = strlen (pat); if (patlen <= len) { str += len - patlen; if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) *str = '\0'; } return str; } void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; if (lt_debug) { (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); va_start (args, fmt); (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); va_end (args); } } static void lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, int line, const char *mode, const char *message, va_list ap) { fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); if (exit_status >= 0) exit (exit_status); } void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, message); lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); va_end (ap); } static const char * nonnull (const char *s) { return s ? s : "(null)"; } static const char * nonempty (const char *s) { return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); } void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); { #ifdef HAVE_SETENV /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ char *str = xstrdup (value); setenv (name, str, 1); #else int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) { XFREE (str); } #endif } } char * lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) { char *new_value; if (orig_value && *orig_value) { int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); int add_len = strlen (add); new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); if (to_end) { strcpy (new_value, orig_value); strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); } else { strcpy (new_value, add); strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); } } else { new_value = xstrdup (add); } return new_value; } void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ int len = strlen (new_value); while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) { new_value[len-1] = '\0'; } lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" /* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); GetVersionEx(&v); v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a special way: - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal characters. - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): \" -> " \\\" -> \" \\\\\" -> \\" */ #define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" #define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" char ** prepare_spawn (char **argv) { size_t argc; char **new_argv; size_t i; /* Count number of arguments. */ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) ; /* Allocate new argument vector. */ new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { const char *string = argv[i]; if (string[0] == '\0') new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) { int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); size_t length; unsigned int backslashes; const char *s; char *quoted_string; char *p; length = 0; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) length++; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') length += backslashes + 1; length++; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) length += backslashes + 1; quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); p = quoted_string; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) *p++ = '"'; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; } *p++ = c; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; *p++ = '"'; } *p = '\0'; new_argv[i] = quoted_string; } else new_argv[i] = (char *) string; } new_argv[argc] = NULL; return new_argv; } EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) { EOF func_emit_wrapper yes | $SED -n -e ' s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ \2/ h s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g s/$/\\n/ s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p g D' cat <<"EOF" } EOF } # end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # func_win32_import_lib_p ARG # True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd func_win32_import_lib_p () { $opt_debug case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in *import*) : ;; *) false ;; esac } # func_mode_link arg... func_mode_link () { $opt_debug case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invocation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes ;; *) allow_undefined=yes ;; esac libtool_args=$nonopt base_compile="$nonopt $@" compile_command=$nonopt finalize_command=$nonopt compile_rpath= finalize_rpath= compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= convenience= old_convenience= deplibs= old_deplibs= compiler_flags= linker_flags= dllsearchpath= lib_search_path=`pwd` inst_prefix_dir= new_inherited_linker_flags= avoid_version=no bindir= dlfiles= dlprefiles= dlself=no export_dynamic=no export_symbols= export_symbols_regex= generated= libobjs= ltlibs= module=no no_install=no objs= non_pic_objects= precious_files_regex= prefer_static_libs=no preload=no prev= prevarg= release= rpath= xrpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= thread_safe=no vinfo= vinfo_number=no weak_libs= single_module="${wl}-single_module" func_infer_tag $base_compile # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case $arg in -shared) test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" build_old_libs=no break ;; -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) case $arg in -all-static) if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; -static) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=built ;; -static-libtool-libs) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; esac build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test "$#" -gt 0; do arg="$1" shift func_quote_for_eval "$arg" qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in output) func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case $prev in bindir) bindir="$arg" prev= continue ;; dlfiles|dlprefiles) if test "$preload" = no; then # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" preload=yes fi case $arg in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test "$dlself" = no; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then dlself=yes elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then func_append dlfiles " $arg" else func_append dlprefiles " $arg" fi prev= continue ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols="$arg" test -f "$arg" \ || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; framework) case $host in *-*-darwin*) case "$deplibs " in *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later ;; esac ;; esac prev= continue ;; inst_prefix) inst_prefix_dir="$arg" prev= continue ;; objectlist) if test -f "$arg"; then save_arg=$arg moreargs= for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` do # func_append moreargs " $fil" arg=$fil # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && test "$non_pic_object" = none; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi done else func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" fi arg=$save_arg prev= continue ;; precious_regex) precious_files_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case $arg in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac if test "$prev" = rpath; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; shrext) shrext_cmds="$arg" prev= continue ;; weak) func_append weak_libs " $arg" prev= continue ;; xcclinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xcompiler) func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xlinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi # test -n "$prev" prevarg="$arg" case $arg in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -bindir) prev=bindir continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" fi if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; -framework) prev=framework continue ;; -inst-prefix-dir) prev=inst_prefix continue ;; # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) case $with_gcc/$host in no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -L*) func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then if test "$#" -gt 0; then func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" else func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" fi fi func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -z "$absdir" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" dir="$absdir" ;; esac case "$deplibs " in *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments ;; *) # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;; *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;; esac func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$dir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac continue ;; -l*) if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) continue ;; *-*-os2*) # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" continue ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; esac elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then case $host in *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. continue ;; esac fi func_append deplibs " $arg" continue ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" prev=xcompiler continue ;; -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $arg "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -multi_module) single_module="${wl}-multi_module" continue ;; -no-fast-install) fast_install=no continue ;; -no-install) case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" fast_install=no ;; *) no_install=yes ;; esac continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -objectlist) prev=objectlist continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -precious-files-regex) prev=precious_regex continue ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" dir=$func_stripname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -shared) # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. continue ;; -shrext) prev=shrext continue ;; -static | -static-libtool-libs) # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least # Digital Unix and AIX. continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; -version-number) prev=vinfo vinfo_number=yes continue ;; -weak) prev=weak continue ;; -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Wl,*) func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Xlinker) prev=xlinker continue ;; -XCClinker) prev=xcclinker continue ;; # -msg_* for osf cc -msg_*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC # @file GCC response files # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection # --sysroot=* for sysroot support # -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ -O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" func_append compiler_flags " $arg" continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; *.$objext) # A standard object. func_append objs " $arg" ;; *.lo) # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && test "$non_pic_object" = none; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi ;; *.$libext) # An archive. func_append deplibs " $arg" func_append old_deplibs " $arg" continue ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then # This library was specified with -dlopen. func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= else func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" fi continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; esac # arg # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi done # argument parsing loop test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi oldlibs= # calculate the name of the file, without its directory func_basename "$output" outputname="$func_basename_result" libobjs_save="$libobjs" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` else shlib_search_path= fi eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" func_dirname "$output" "/" "" output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result # Create the object directory. func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" # Determine the type of output case $output in "") func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" ;; *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; *.la) linkmode=lib ;; *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. esac specialdeplibs= libs= # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) for deplib in $deplibs; do if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append libs " $deplib" done if test "$linkmode" = lib; then libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are # not to be eliminated). pre_post_deps= if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do case "$pre_post_deps " in *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;; esac func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep" done fi pre_post_deps= fi deplibs= newdependency_libs= newlib_search_path= need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries case $linkmode in lib) passes="conv dlpreopen link" for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do case $file in *.la) ;; *) func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" ;; esac done ;; prog) compile_deplibs= finalize_deplibs= alldeplibs=no newdlfiles= newdlprefiles= passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" ;; *) passes="conv" ;; esac for pass in $passes; do # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong ## order, and fix it there properly tmp_deplibs= for deplib in $deplibs; do tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then libs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then case $pass in dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS%" test "X$link_all_deplibs" != Xno && libs="$libs $dependency_libs" ;; esac fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs for lib in $dlprefiles; do # Ignore non-libtool-libs dependency_libs= func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" case $lib in *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library # has declared as weak libs for deplib in $dependency_libs; do func_basename "$deplib" deplib_base=$func_basename_result case " $weak_libs " in *" $deplib_base "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;; esac done done libs="$dlprefiles" fi if test "$pass" = dlopen; then # Collect dlpreopened libraries save_deplibs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi for deplib in $libs; do lib= found=no case $deplib in -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append compiler_flags " $deplib" if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -l*) if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" continue fi func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "$linkmode" = lib; then searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" else searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" fi for searchdir in $searchdirs; do for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do # Search the libtool library lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" if test -f "$lib"; then if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then found=yes else found=no fi break 2 fi done done if test "$found" != yes; then # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue else # deplib is a libtool library # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, # We need to do some special things here, and not later. if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $deplib "*) if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then library_names= old_library= func_source "$lib" for l in $old_library $library_names; do ll="$l" done if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available found=no func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir="$func_dirname_result" lib=$ladir/$old_library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi fi ;; *) ;; esac fi fi ;; # -l *.ltframework) if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -L*) case $linkmode in lib) deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$pass" = conv && continue newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; prog) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi if test "$pass" = scan; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" ;; esac # linkmode continue ;; # -L -R*) if test "$pass" = link; then func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result ;; *.$libext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi case $linkmode in lib) # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) valid_a_lib=no case $deplibs_check_method in match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then valid_a_lib=yes fi ;; pass_all) valid_a_lib=yes ;; esac if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" fi ;; esac continue ;; prog) if test "$pass" != link; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi continue ;; esac # linkmode ;; # *.$libext *.lo | *.$objext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib" compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append newdlfiles " $deplib" fi fi continue ;; %DEPLIBS%) alldeplibs=yes continue ;; esac # case $deplib if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : else func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" fi # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir="$func_dirname_result" dlname= dlopen= dlpreopen= libdir= library_names= old_library= inherited_linker_flags= # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink installed=yes shouldnotlink=no avoidtemprpath= # Read the .la file func_source "$lib" # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; esac done fi dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen" test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen" fi if test "$pass" = conv; then # Only check for convenience libraries deplibs="$lib $deplibs" if test -z "$libdir"; then if test -z "$old_library"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" fi # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" fi continue fi # $pass = conv # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= if test -n "$old_library" && { test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes || test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then linklib=$old_library else for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done fi if test -z "$linklib"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test "$pass" = dlopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" fi if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs" else func_append newdlfiles " $lib" fi continue fi # $pass = dlopen # We need an absolute path. case $ladir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; *) abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" abs_ladir="$ladir" fi ;; esac func_basename "$lib" laname="$func_basename_result" # Find the relevant object directory and library name. if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" libdir="$abs_ladir" else dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" fi test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes else if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" else dir="$ladir/$objdir" absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" fi fi # $installed = yes func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" name=$func_stripname_result # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" fi case "$host" in # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the # dlname from the la file. if test -n "$dlname"; then func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" fi ;; * ) # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. elif test -n "$dlname"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" fi ;; esac fi # $pass = dlpreopen if test -z "$libdir"; then # Link the convenience library if test "$linkmode" = lib; then deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass fi continue fi if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir" deplibs="$lib $deplibs" linkalldeplibs=no if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then linkalldeplibs=yes fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Need to link against all dependency_libs? if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else # Need to hardcode shared library paths # or/and link against static libraries newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done # for deplib continue fi # $linkmode = prog... if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then if test -n "$library_names" && { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || test -z "$old_library"; }; then # We need to hardcode the library path if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath:" in *"$absdir:"*) ;; *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;; esac fi # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi fi link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then use_static_libs=no fi if test -n "$library_names" && { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=no ;; *) if test "$installed" = no; then func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=yes fi ;; esac # This is a shared library # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! dlopenmodule="" for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" break fi done if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then echo if test "$linkmode" = prog; then $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" else $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" fi $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" fi if test "$linkmode" = lib && test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then # figure out the soname set dummy $library_names shift realname="$1" shift libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? if test -n "$dlname"; then soname="$dlname" elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then # bleh windows case $host in *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix="-$major" ;; esac eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use soroot="$soname" func_basename "$soroot" soname="$func_basename_result" func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a # If the library has no export list, then create one now if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : else func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Create $newlib if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library dir=$output_objdir linklib=$newlib fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= lib_linked=yes case $hardcode_action in immediate | unsupported) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" case $host in *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-darwin* ) # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" if test -z "$old_library" ; then echo echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" else add="$dir/$old_library" fi elif test -n "$old_library"; then add="$dir/$old_library" fi fi esac elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then case $host in *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; esac add_dir="-L$dir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$absdir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" fi if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then case :$compile_shlibpath: in *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;; esac fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac fi fi fi if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then add="$libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$libdir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" else add="$libdir/$linklib" fi else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. add_dir="-L$libdir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" fi fi elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" else compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" fi elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Not a shared library if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # We're trying link a shared library against a static one # but the system doesn't support it. # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so # that the program can be linked against the static library. echo $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." if test "$module" = yes; then echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi else deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" link_static=yes fi fi # link shared/static library? if test "$linkmode" = lib; then if test -n "$dependency_libs" && { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes || test "$link_static" = yes; }; then # Extract -R from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for libdir in $dependency_libs; do case $libdir in -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result case " $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";; esac;; *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";; esac done dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" fi func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir" # Link against this library test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" # ... and its dependency_libs tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; esac if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" done if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries for deplib in $dependency_libs; do path= case $deplib in -L*) path="$deplib" ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" absdir="$dir" fi ;; esac if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then case $host in *-*-darwin*) depdepl= eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do depdepl=$tmp done if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` fi func_append compiler_flags " ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" path= fi fi ;; *) path="-L$absdir/$objdir" ;; esac else eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" path="-L$absdir" fi ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $path "*) ;; *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; esac done fi # link_all_deplibs != no fi # linkmode = lib done # for deplib in $libs if test "$pass" = link; then if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" else compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` fi fi dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries for deplib in $save_deplibs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" done fi if test "$pass" != dlopen; then if test "$pass" != conv; then # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. lib_search_path= for dir in $newlib_search_path; do case "$lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac done newlib_search_path= fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then vars="deplibs" else vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" fi for var in $vars dependency_libs; do # Add libraries to $var in reverse order eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" new_libs= for deplib in $tmp_libs; do # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally # broken: #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in # practice: case $deplib in -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; -R*) ;; *) # And here is the reason: when a library appears more # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or # is implicitly linked in more than once by the # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this # with having the same library being listed as a # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare # enough that we require users that really mean to play # such unportable linking tricks to link the library # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it # for duplicate removal. case " $specialdeplibs " in *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; esac ;; esac ;; esac done tmp_libs= for deplib in $new_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" done # for var fi # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs # (they stay in deplibs) tmp_libs= for i in $dependency_libs ; do case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in *" $i "*) i="" ;; esac if test -n "$i" ; then func_append tmp_libs " $i" fi done dependency_libs=$tmp_libs done # for pass if test "$linkmode" = prog; then dlfiles="$newdlfiles" fi if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi case $linkmode in oldlib) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs="$output" func_append objs "$old_deplibs" ;; lib) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case $outputname in lib*) func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) test "$module" = no && \ func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" libname=$func_stripname_result fi ;; esac if test -n "$objs"; then if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" func_append libobjs " $objs" fi fi test "$dlself" != no && \ func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" set dummy $rpath shift test "$#" -gt 1 && \ func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" install_libdir="$1" oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Building a libtool convenience library. # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so # convenience libraries should have the same extension an # archive normally would. oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" else # Parse the version information argument. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 shift IFS="$save_ifs" test -n "$7" && \ func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible case $vinfo_number in yes) number_major="$1" number_minor="$2" number_revision="$3" # # There are really only two kinds -- those that # use the current revision as the major version # and those that subtract age and use age as # a minor version. But, then there is irix # which has an extra 1 added just for fun # case $version_type in # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age="$number_minor" revision="$number_revision" ;; freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos) current="$number_major" revision="$number_minor" age="0" ;; irix|nonstopux) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age="$number_minor" revision="$number_minor" lt_irix_increment=no ;; *) func_fatal_configuration "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" ;; esac ;; no) current="$1" revision="$2" age="$3" ;; esac # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case $current in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $revision in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $age in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case $version_type in none) ;; darwin) # Like Linux, but with the current version available in # verstring for coding it into the library header func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... func_arith $current + 1 minor_current=$func_arith_result xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" ;; freebsd-aout) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision"; ;; freebsd-elf) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current" ;; irix | nonstopux) if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then func_arith $current - $age else func_arith $current - $age + 1 fi major=$func_arith_result case $version_type in nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; esac verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test "$loop" -ne 0; do func_arith $revision - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" done # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. major=.$major versuffix="$major.$revision" ;; linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$current.$age.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test "$loop" -ne 0; do func_arith $current - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. func_append verstring ":${current}.0" ;; qnx) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current" ;; sunos) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision" ;; windows) # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix="-$major" ;; *) func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= case $version_type in darwin) # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting # problems, so we reset it completely verstring= ;; *) verstring="0.0" ;; esac if test "$need_version" = no; then versuffix= else versuffix=".0.0" fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then major= versuffix= verstring="" fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi fi func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" func_append libobjs " $symfileobj" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. removelist= tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` for p in $tempremovelist; do case $p in *.$objext | *.gcno) ;; $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 then continue fi fi func_append removelist " $p" ;; *) ;; esac done test -n "$removelist" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi # Eliminate all temporary directories. #for path in $notinst_path; do # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` #done if test -n "$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi fi # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" dlfiles= for lib in $old_dlfiles; do case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" dlprefiles= for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do case "$dlprefiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;; esac done if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test -n "$rpath"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" ;; *-*-netbsd*) # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then func_append deplibs " -lc" fi ;; esac fi # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release="" versuffix="" major="" newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case $deplibs_check_method in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behavior. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c cat > conftest.c <<EOF int main() { return 0; } EOF $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` for i in $deplibs; do case $i in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$i" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) func_append newdeplibs " $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` set dummy $deplib_matches; shift deplib_match=$1 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then func_append newdeplibs " $i" else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for" echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime." fi fi ;; *) func_append newdeplibs " $i" ;; esac done else # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library. for i in $deplibs; do case $i in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$i" name=$func_stripname_result $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) func_append newdeplibs " $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` set dummy $deplib_matches; shift deplib_match=$1 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then func_append newdeplibs " $i" else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one" echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime." fi fi else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to" echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some" echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully" echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better." fi ;; *) func_append newdeplibs " $i" ;; esac done fi ;; file_magic*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do case $a_deplib in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob` else libnameglob=$libname fi test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do if test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes; then shopt -s nocaseglob potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` $nocaseglob else potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` fi for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib="$potent_lib" while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` case $potliblink in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do case $a_deplib in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs="" tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"` done fi case $tmp_deplibs in *[!\ \ ]*) echo if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes ;; esac ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then if test "$module" = yes; then echo echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then echo echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" case $host in *-*-darwin*) newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$new_libs" # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld. # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. case $archive_cmds in *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; esac if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library paths hardcode_libdirs= dep_rpath= rpath="$finalize_rpath" test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append dep_rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" fi test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" if test -n "$shlibpath"; then eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi # Get the real and link names of the library. eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names shift realname="$1" shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi if test -z "$dlname"; then dlname=$soname fi lib="$output_objdir/$realname" linknames= for link do func_append linknames " $link" done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= delfiles= if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" func_append delfiles " $export_symbols" fi orig_export_symbols= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then # exporting using user supplied symfile if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the # include_expsyms logic still works. orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" export_symbols= always_export_symbols=yes fi fi ;; esac # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols cmds=$export_symbols_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd1 in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) try_normal_branch=yes eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_len " $cmd" len=$func_len_result ;; *) try_normal_branch=no ;; esac if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \ && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } then func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' skipped_export=false elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result save_libobjs=$libobjs save_output=$output output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm func_to_tool_file "$output" libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result func_append delfiles " $output" func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" for obj in $save_libobjs; do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > "$output" eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' output=$save_output libobjs=$save_libobjs skipped_export=false else # The command line is too long to execute in one step. func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." skipped_export=: # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi tmp_deplibs= for test_deplib in $deplibs; do case " $convenience " in *" $test_deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && test -z "$libobjs"; then # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. whole_archive_flag_spec= fi if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= else gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi fi if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" func_append linker_flags " $flag" fi # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && func_len " $test_cmds" && len=$func_len_result && test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then : else # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker # script. # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we # want to use save_libobjs as it was before # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. # This may have to be revisited, in case too many # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding # the spec. if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs fi save_output=$output func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and # initialize k to one. test_cmds= concat_cmds= objlist= last_robj= k=1 if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" echo 'INPUT (' > $output for obj in $save_libobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done echo ')' >> $output func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$func_to_tool_file_result elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" : > $output set x $save_libobjs shift firstobj= if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then firstobj="$1 " shift fi for obj do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" else if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. for obj in $save_libobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result if test "X$objlist" = X || test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then func_append objlist " $obj" else # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a # command to the queue. if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. reload_objs=$objlist eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" else # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in # the last one created. reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext func_arith $k + 1 k=$func_arith_result output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext objlist=" $obj" func_len " $last_robj" func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result fi done # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object # files will link in the last one created. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" fi func_append delfiles " $output" else output= fi if ${skipped_export-false}; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols libobjs=$output # Append the command to create the export file. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi fi test -n "$save_libobjs" && func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $concat_cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi if ${skipped_export-false}; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi fi libobjs=$output # Restore the value of output. output=$save_output if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi fi if test -n "$delfiles"; then # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" fi # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi ;; obj) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" case $output in *.lo) test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" libobj=$output func_lo2o "$libobj" obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with # turning comma into space.. wl= if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` else gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" fi fi # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects" # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test output="$obj" func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output="$libobj" func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' fi if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; prog) case $host in *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; esac test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" test "$preload" = yes \ && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac case $host in *-*-darwin*) # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in 10.[0123]) func_append compile_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" func_append finalize_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" ;; esac fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $compile_deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done compile_deplibs="$new_libs" func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs" func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs" if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath="$rpath" rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath="$rpath" if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" # template prelinking step if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi wrappers_required=yes case $host in *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. wrappers_required=no ;; *cygwin* | *mingw* ) if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then wrappers_required=no fi ;; *) if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then wrappers_required=no fi ;; esac if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. exit_status=0 func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Delete the generated files. if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' fi exit $exit_status fi if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test "$no_install" = yes; then # We don't need to create a wrapper script. link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # Delete the old output file. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output # Link the executable and exit func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" else if test "$fast_install" != no; then link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" if test "$fast_install" = yes; then relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` else # fast_install is set to needless relink_command= fi else link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi fi # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Now create the wrapper script. func_verbose "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. $opt_dry_run || { # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result ;; esac # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions case $host in *cygwin*) exeext=.exe func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; *) exeext= ;; esac case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." output_name=$func_basename_result output_path=$func_dirname_result cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. $opt_dry_run || { $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource $STRIP $cwrapper } # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 $opt_dry_run || { # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result fi } ;; * ) $RM $output trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_wrapper no > $output chmod +x $output ;; esac } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" addlibs="$convenience" build_libtool_libs=no else if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" build_libtool_libs=no else oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj" fi fi addlibs="$old_convenience" fi if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds else # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently # not supported by libtool). if (for obj in $oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" $ECHO "$func_basename_result" done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_mkdir_p "$gentop" save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= counter=1 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" objbase="$func_basename_result" case " $oldobjs " in " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; *[\ /]"$objbase "*) while :; do # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also # overlaps. newobj=lt$counter-$objbase func_arith $counter + 1 counter=$func_arith_result case " $oldobjs " in *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; esac done func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj" ;; *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;; esac done fi func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $cmds" len=$func_len_result if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then cmds=$old_archive_cmds elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." for obj in $oldobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" cmds=$old_archive_cmds else # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." save_RANLIB=$RANLIB RANLIB=: objlist= concat_cmds= save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? for obj in $save_oldobjs do last_oldobj=$obj done eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result func_append objlist " $obj" if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then : else # the above command should be used before it gets too long oldobjs=$objlist if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then RANLIB=$save_RANLIB fi test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" objlist= len=$len0 fi done RANLIB=$save_RANLIB oldobjs=$objlist if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" fi fi fi func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$generated" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" # Now create the libtool archive. case $output in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" func_verbose "creating $output" # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done # Quote the link command for shipping. relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then relink_command= fi # Only create the output if not a dry run. $opt_dry_run || { for installed in no yes; do if test "$installed" = yes; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones newdependency_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in *.la) func_basename "$deplib" name="$func_basename_result" func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; -L*) func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; -R*) func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in *.la) func_basename "$lib" name="$func_basename_result" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in *.la) # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into # the library: func_basename "$lib" name="$func_basename_result" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; esac done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" else newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlfiles " $abs" done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlprefiles " $abs" done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi $RM $output # place dlname in correct position for cygwin # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of # tests/bindir.at for full details. tdlname=$dlname case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. if test "x$bindir" != x ; then func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname else # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. tdlname=../bin/$dlname fi ;; esac $ECHO > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$tdlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library weak_library_names='$weak_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? shouldnotlink=$module # Files to dlopen/dlpreopen dlopen='$dlfiles' dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'" if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then $ECHO >> $output "\ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" fi done } # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' ;; esac exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } { test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } && func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_uninstall arg... func_mode_uninstall () { $opt_debug RM="$nonopt" files= rmforce= exit_status=0 # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" for arg do case $arg in -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;; *) func_append files " $arg" ;; esac done test -z "$RM" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" rmdirs= for file in $files; do func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" if test "X$dir" = X.; then odir="$objdir" else odir="$dir/$objdir" fi func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir" # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then case " $rmdirs " in *" $odir "*) ;; *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 continue elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then continue fi rmfiles="$file" case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then func_source $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library" case "$opt_mode" in clean) case " $library_names " in *" $dlname "*) ;; *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;; esac test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" ;; uninstall) if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. ;; esac fi ;; *.lo) # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then # Read the .lo file func_source $dir/$name # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$pic_object" && test "$pic_object" != none; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object" fi # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *) if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then noexename=$name case $file in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" noexename=$func_stripname_result # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, # add $file without .exe func_append rmfiles " $file" ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" relink_command= func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" else relink_command= func_source $dir/$noexename fi # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}" if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name" fi if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-${noexename}.c" fi fi fi ;; esac func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' done # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" fi done exit $exit_status } { test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } && func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} test -z "$opt_mode" && { help="$generic_help" func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" } test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then eval exec "$exec_cmd" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi exit $exit_status # The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation # in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting # choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, # since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because # the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support # them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't # support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same # time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. # If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only # configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: # vi:sw=2 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/depcomp�����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000035410�10513323772�016542� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2004-04-25.13 # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>. case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF exit 0 ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit 0 ;; esac if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'. if test -z "$depfile"; then base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'` dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'` if test "$dir" = "$object"; then dir= fi # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS. depfile="$dir.deps/$base" fi tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ tr ' ' ' ' >> $depfile echo >> $depfile # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> $depfile else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" -Wc,-M else "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : else stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" fi if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then outname="$stripped.o" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; icc) # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like # foo.o: sub/foo.c # foo.o: sub/foo.h # which is wrong. We want: # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h # sub/foo.c: # sub/foo.h: # ICC 7.1 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using \ : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then # Dependencies are output in .lo.d with libtool 1.4. # They are output in .o.d with libtool 1.5. tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d" tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.o.d" tmpdepfile3="$dir.libs/$base.d" "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d" tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d" tmpdepfile3="$dir$base.d" "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1" elif test -f "$tmpdepfile2"; then tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2" else tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile3" fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # That's a tab and a space in the []. sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no for arg in "$@"; do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' ' | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, # because we must use -o when running libtool. "$@" || exit $? IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo " " >> "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/TODO��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000113�10513320457�015642� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1. Make i/o loop engines interchangable at run time. 2. Finish TODO list �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/config.sub��������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000101153�11057774555�017163� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2008-01-16' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit ;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusos*) os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusrdb) os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco6) os=-sco5v6 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5v6*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | mt \ | msp430 \ | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ | score \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ | spu | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; ms1) basic_machine=mt-unknown ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i*86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* | avr32-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ | nios-* | nios2-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ | sparclite-* \ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. xtensa*) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amd64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc ;; amd64-*) basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; blackfin) basic_machine=bfin-unknown os=-linux ;; blackfin-*) basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | j90) basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; craynv) basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; cr16) basic_machine=cr16-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) basic_machine=crisv32-axis ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; crx) basic_machine=crx-unknown os=-elf ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i*86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i*86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m68knommu) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-linux ;; m68knommu-*) basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; mingw32ce) basic_machine=arm-unknown os=-mingw32ce ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; ms1-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; openrisc | openrisc-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm os=-os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; parisc) basic_machine=hppa-unknown os=-linux ;; parisc-*) basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pc98) basic_machine=i386-pc ;; pc98-*) basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium4) basic_machine=i786-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium4-*) basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-rdos ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; s390 | s390-*) basic_machine=s390-ibm ;; s390x | s390x-*) basic_machine=s390x-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sb1) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown ;; sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; sde) basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde os=-elf ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sh5el) basic_machine=sh5le-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic55x | c55x*) basic_machine=tic55x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic6x | c6x*) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown os=-coff ;; tile*) basic_machine=tile-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl os=-tops20 ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm os=-tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc os=-mingw32 ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; mmix) basic_machine=mmix-knuth ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i*86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto-qnx*) ;; -nto*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux-dietlibc) os=-linux-dietlibc ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; -syllable*) os=-syllable ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -nova*) os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -aros*) os=-aros ;; -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in score-*) os=-elf ;; spu-*) os=-elf ;; *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; c4x-* | tic4x-*) os=-coff ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mep-*) os=-elf ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; or32-*) os=-coff ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-haiku) os=-haiku ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -os400*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; -vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/ChangeLog���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000355174�11747337020�016754� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������androsyn 2012/04/29 22:16:45 UTC (20120429_0-27395) Log: Disable timerfd/signalfd on openvz, it seems broken Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2012/04/15 21:36:30 UTC (20120415_0-27389) Log: backport r27387 - fix a pair of memset typos Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/epoll.c (File Modified) dubkat 2012/03/16 23:12:52 UTC (20120316_1-27385) Log: more copyright changes Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/version.c.SH (File Modified) dubkat 2012/03/16 06:29:42 UTC (20120316_0-27377) Log: House cleaning - update our copyright notices Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/event-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_balloc.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_event.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_rawbuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_snprintf.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/version.c.SH (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2012/03/11 00:30:40 UTC (20120311_0-27355) Log: Rerun libtoolize/autoreconf Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/ltmain.sh (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2011/10/20 22:48:26 UTC (20111020_0-27243) Log: - Remove the somewhat pointless minimum openssl version check. I'm not sure why we are were even picking *that* version. Meh. - Rebuild autotools Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/ltmain.sh (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2010/12/27 22:42:16 UTC (20101227_1-27165) Log: remove sigio.c from the makefiles too Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2010/12/27 22:07:37 UTC (20101227_0-27161) Log: return on RB_ERROR_SSL, do not do two callbacks Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) androsyn 2010/11/04 19:47:38 UTC (20101104_0-27143) Log: rip out the sigio code in the 3.0 branch. it causes more bug reports than its worth Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/sigio.c (File Deleted) androsyn 2010/10/19 23:46:59 UTC (20101019_1-27115) Log: rerun libtoolize Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/ltmain.sh (File Modified) androsyn 2010/10/19 23:42:10 UTC (20101019_0-27113) Log: libratbox will actually cross compile now Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2009/08/05 17:05:58 UTC (20090805_0-26650) Log: add back checks for cp, mv etc Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2009/07/27 21:27:47 UTC (20090727_0-26632) Log: fix ssl certs/key reloading with gnutls Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) androsyn 2009/07/23 19:14:13 UTC (20090723_1-26628) Log: fix two typos Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2009/07/23 19:10:41 UTC (20090723_0-26626) Log: - Check to see if certain warning flags are supported by the compiler and use them all the time - Add -fno-strict-aliasing to the list of flags passed, this seems to be needed for gcc 4.4 now as we end up breaking strict aliasing rules when doing a lot of things - Remove unneeded checks for rm etc as autoconf already checks these anyways - Rerun libtoolize to get a newer version of libtool - Rerun autotools Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/ltmain.sh (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2009/07/09 15:03:14 UTC (20090709_0-26614) Log: commit jilles fix for computing number of file descriptors correctly Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2009/05/15 22:08:07 UTC (20090515_0-26547) Log: remove check for libssp Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2009/05/13 15:34:47 UTC (20090513_2-26527) Log: add stack-protector checks for the 3.0 branch Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2009/05/13 15:31:01 UTC (20090513_1-26525) Log: somehow i seemed to miss some changes that should ahve been backported as well Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2009/05/13 15:26:02 UTC (20090513_0-26523) Log: backport -r26521 and add logic to warn about unused results and fix some cases where results aren't checked Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/include/rb_helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2009/03/10 18:53:32 UTC (20090310_0-26473) Log: add the approriate shared library opening stuff for openssl Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2009/01/12 03:57:23 UTC (20090112_0-26395) Log: backport r26393 that fixes timekeeping with sigio Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/18 05:02:57 UTC (20081218_0-26339) Log: make libratbox 3_0 branch Modified: libratbox/branches/LIBRATBOX_3_0/ (File Added) androsyn 2008/12/13 03:36:00 UTC (20081213_1-26296) Log: fix a gnutls related double free Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/13 03:01:19 UTC (20081213_0-26294) Log: shut up gcc warnings regarding can_do_timerd Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 23:28:53 UTC (20081210_10-26286) Log: make ports work properly Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 20:33:21 UTC (20081210_9-26282) Log: tweak the ssl info output a bit Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 20:25:29 UTC (20081210_8-26280) Log: report ssl info in the libratbox version Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 06:45:54 UTC (20081210_7-26276) Log: these rb_set_time calls aren't needed i don't think Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 06:24:47 UTC (20081210_6-26274) Log: fix signalfd stuff for ultrasparc linux.... Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 05:55:10 UTC (20081210_5-26272) Log: fix some epoll related timer stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 04:08:39 UTC (20081210_4-26260) Log: Rebuild configure and friends with autoconf 2.63 Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 04:06:12 UTC (20081210_3-26258) Log: add a missing part of the ports timer commit Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 04:05:26 UTC (20081210_2-26256) Log: remove a duplicate prototype Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 04:04:38 UTC (20081210_1-26254) Log: fix ports and devpoll and add timer support to ports Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/12/10 04:03:09 UTC (20081210_0-26252) Log: change SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file to SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/11/23 17:13:19 UTC (20081123_1-26240) Log: revert that last change Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/11/23 17:04:29 UTC (20081123_0-26238) Log: ifdef can_do_timerfd to avoid a compile time warning Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/11/11 00:00:12 UTC (20081111_0-26180) Log: fix build errors on os x leopard Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/11/07 02:10:19 UTC (20081107_0-26178) Log: untested fix for building on os x -- environ is not accessible to shared libraries... Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/10/26 20:59:07 UTC (20081026_2-26170) Log: add rb_basename and rb_dirname Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/10/26 20:58:40 UTC (20081026_1-26168) Log: remove -O0 from configure.ac and configure Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/10/26 20:48:56 UTC (20081026_0-26166) Log: do an ERR_get_error() if opening the dhparams file fails Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/10/03 18:02:13 UTC (20081003_0-26126) Log: fix up the timerfd autoconf stuff a bit better Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/29 22:58:42 UTC (20080929_0-26122) Log: fix the timerfd_create check Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/20 01:27:19 UTC (20080920_1-26100) Log: properly cast a few things when doing pointer math and the like Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/20 01:05:42 UTC (20080920_0-26096) Log: make rb_close_all be a no-op on win32, its not too useful there either as windows doesn't inherit sockets/files by default Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/19 15:13:52 UTC (20080919_0-26092) Log: update indent.pro and rerun through indent Modified: libratbox/trunk/.indent.pro (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/arc4random.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_balloc.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_patricia.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_rawbuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_snprintf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/18 18:56:55 UTC (20080918_1-26088) Log: on win32 add randomness from RtlGenRandom if its available Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/18 18:41:19 UTC (20080918_0-26086) Log: add timerfd_create support on linux with glibc 2.8 Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/version.c.SH (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/15 15:47:42 UTC (20080915_0-26082) Log: cast svptr a bit harder to deal with 32bit systems. Also use sizeof our_signalfd_siginfo. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/09/14 22:24:27 UTC (20080914_0-26078) Log: Fix infinite recursion crash on non-win32. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/10 01:45:22 UTC (20080910_1-26072) Log: fix a typo Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/10 00:23:41 UTC (20080910_0-26068) Log: attempt to override FD_SETSIZE for select and if rb_maxconnections is greater than FD_SETSIZE, lower rb_maxconnections. Also prefer select to win32 Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 22:58:11 UTC (20080909_8-26066) Log: actually make that use BIO_new_file Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 22:19:14 UTC (20080909_7-26064) Log: avoid using FILE with openssl as this causes openssl to need OPENSSL_applink on some platforms which is annoying Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 17:08:10 UTC (20080909_6-26060) Log: those symbols don't exist..oops Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 17:05:19 UTC (20080909_5-26058) Log: move that down a little Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 16:47:03 UTC (20080909_4-26052) Log: change ifdef WIN32 to _WIN32 Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 16:40:19 UTC (20080909_3-26048) Log: - Implement fd passing for win32 so that ssld will work on there. - Add a few symbols to the library for portability issues Note that this commit changes the API for rb_send_fd_buf as it now also takes a pid option as this is needed on windows. This process id should be the target process. Note that unix will just ignore this. Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 16:37:30 UTC (20080909_2-26046) Log: pass libraries to LDFLAGS as well Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 16:36:15 UTC (20080909_1-26044) Log: make SSL_LIBS actually pass the path to the openssl libraries Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/09 14:40:41 UTC (20080909_0-26036) Log: make that an ifdef Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/08 16:54:58 UTC (20080908_1-26034) Log: add a datagram socketpair for platforms that don't have it..mostly based on what is in perl for this Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/08 16:53:53 UTC (20080908_0-26032) Log: make rb_strerror be char instead of const char Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/05 23:44:06 UTC (20080905_1-26022) Log: fix the define of the fake rb_sockaddr_storage so that m4 does not eat up our [ ] Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/05 18:19:25 UTC (20080905_0-26012) Log: revert part of r25994 Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/04 21:43:03 UTC (20080904_3-26008) Log: change hard asserts to call both the soft assert code and the C library assert so that it gets in the ircd log files as well Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/04 19:32:55 UTC (20080904_2-26000) Log: If somebody really wants to do profiling work..they can change rb_close_all the hard way. Also stop doing the weird stderr.log hack in libratbox let callers deal with stderr on their own Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/04 16:08:27 UTC (20080904_1-25998) Log: add missing rb_strerror prototypes Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/04 15:06:21 UTC (20080904_0-25994) Log: some portability cleanups Modified: libratbox/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/config.guess (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/config.sub (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/arc4random.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/ltmain.sh (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/03 00:20:22 UTC (20080903_0-25992) Log: change the event stuff to just strndup the event name Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/02 21:40:49 UTC (20080902_0-25990) Log: fix makefile on bsd make Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 05:00:31 UTC (20080901_3-25984) Log: make extern not nested Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 04:59:19 UTC (20080901_2-25982) Log: and add version.c.SH too Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/version.c.SH (File Added) androsyn 2008/09/01 04:58:51 UTC (20080901_1-25980) Log: fix up version output stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 04:50:17 UTC (20080901_0-25978) Log: test commit Modified: libratbox/trunk/README (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 03:18:34 UTC (25975) Log: remove NOBALLOC code from linebuf.c and fill in the rb_bh_usage stuff for NOBALLOC Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 03:12:32 UTC (25973) Log: remove an #if 0 Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/09/01 03:07:46 UTC (25971) Log: change u_char to uint8_t Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/27 19:28:26 UTC (25963) Log: deal with rb_vsnprintf_append having a string passed to it that is longer than len, in such case we truncate the string.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/27 14:59:09 UTC (25961) Log: the way ev->name was assigned was pretty bogus and pretty much only worked because we always used strings that always were statically allocated in the executable. fix this and do it correctly Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/25 19:19:35 UTC (25955) Log: make that a %s instead of a %d Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/15 16:29:35 UTC (25897) Log: order of operations in C can be a real bitch sometimes Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/14 18:23:23 UTC (25885) Log: fix block heap garbage collection properly Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/12 15:43:58 UTC (25871) Log: fix a crash in the rb_bh_gc code Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/06 19:51:44 UTC (25861) Log: put back in the pad to even pointer boundaries stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/06 19:30:25 UTC (25859) Log: fix the block heap free code Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/06 19:14:38 UTC (25857) Log: Fix a bug where we would get SIGBUS crashes when trying to use a long long. The problem was we were only aligning pointers to 4 bytes, which isn't good enough for long long on sparc when using gcc 4.x. Apparently gcc 3.x was more tolerant of this. This fixes it correctly. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/05 04:12:26 UTC (25853) Log: fix a buffer overrun in the nossl case Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/08/04 22:04:38 UTC (25833) Log: make GET_SS_FAMILY use const and add a SET_SS_FAMILY macro. ircd fixes coming shortly Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/29 15:26:55 UTC (25795) Log: some sanity checks in the rb_open path Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/29 14:47:48 UTC (25793) Log: pass new_F along to rb_ssl_accept_setup instead of the fd itself Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/28 23:14:29 UTC (25791) Log: log if rb_open returns NULL on accept and close the fd..this shouldn't happen and the real cause needs to be found Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/11 18:21:57 UTC (25705) Log: add a newline at the end of arc4random.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 18:34:03 UTC (25699) Log: i'm doing good today..move the ifdefs down Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 18:32:34 UTC (25697) Log: remove some debugging code Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 18:30:19 UTC (25695) Log: add a missing ; and add arc4random.h too Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/arc4random.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 18:27:23 UTC (25693) Log: forgot a prototype for rb_get_pseudo_random Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 18:05:43 UTC (25691) Log: fix a typo Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/10 17:13:27 UTC (25689) Log: - Add arc4random as a source for random bytes in the nossl.c case. - Add in a pseudo random source function as well. This is really only different on OpenSSL. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/arc4random.c (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/06 18:57:15 UTC (25683) Log: change a rb_uint8_t to uint8_t Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/06 05:15:22 UTC (25681) Log: fix the socklen_t stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/06 04:33:03 UTC (25679) Log: get rid of some testing code that snuck into the last commit Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/06 04:13:05 UTC (25675) Log: remove the rb_uint/rb_int stuff as we require a C99 compiler and this is standard now. Also add a better check for socklen_t Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/07/06 03:10:23 UTC (25673) Log: a few minor cleanups Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/24 14:04:50 UTC (25588) Log: move some of the common accept code into a function Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/20 21:49:53 UTC (25576) Log: rerun autoconf again Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/20 21:49:06 UTC (25574) Log: enable Id tags on configure.ac Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) (Property Modified) jilles 2008/06/20 21:42:48 UTC (25572) Log: Rerun autoconf. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) jilles 2008/06/20 21:42:29 UTC (25570) Log: Change == in test to =. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/20 18:46:08 UTC (25568) Log: add a missing commio-ssl.h include in gnutls.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/19 19:05:46 UTC (25556) Log: don't load the certificate twice and remember to close the file after opening it Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/11 14:40:44 UTC (25532) Log: All sorts of autotools goo for GNUTLS. Partially based on nenolod's patch. Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/06/11 06:12:55 UTC (25530) Log: first pass at gnutls code.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/gnutls.c (File Added) jilles 2008/05/17 13:36:55 UTC (25387) Log: Remove static inline symbols from export-syms.txt. These do not exist in the library and some platforms such as MacOS X don't like that. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/16 16:06:02 UTC (25377) Log: fix a compile warning Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/16 15:19:51 UTC (25375) Log: fix up the soft assert stuff for libratbox and rename likely/unlikely to rb_likely/rb_unlikely Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/05/14 17:55:22 UTC (25364) Log: Fix a mistake in kqueue 'overflow' handling. If there is no space in the output buffer to report an error adding to the kqueue, kevent(2) will abort and return the error in errno (I was correct that it does not tell you where it failed). So do not abort the loop if kevent(2) fails and do not log (expected) EBADF. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/13 14:48:46 UTC (25358) Log: save connect errno so that we get a correct connect failure reason Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/05/12 17:52:22 UTC (25356) Log: Fix a possible crash with SSL connections closing early. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/05/12 16:51:54 UTC (25354) Log: Fix kqueue sometimes dropping updates. (ircd wouldn't read or write anymore to certain clients) This happens because kqueue.c will often try to add already closed file descriptors to the kqueue. The kernel tries to report bad file descriptors in the eventlist; if the eventlist has no space, processing of the changelist is silently halted. The fix: 1. allocate two kqlst things, one for what kqlst currently does and one as output buffer this ensures the kevent(2) call in rb_select_kqueue() never drops updates 2. replace the kevent(2) call in kq_update_events() by a loop that processes the updates one at a time that doesn't happen much, and it's the only way to be sure without also getting events out of the queue we cannot process at that time Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/08 19:32:13 UTC (25327) Log: forgot prototypes and nossl versions of rb_ssl handshake stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/08 19:09:42 UTC (25325) Log: keep track of the number of openssl handshakes and export rb_ssl_handshake_count and rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/05/02 12:41:05 UTC (25291) Log: fix build for bsd platforms with lack EVFILT_TIMER Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/04/21 18:38:23 UTC (25245) Log: kill a process with SIGKILL when calling helper_close to be certain the process goes away Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) river 2008/04/16 20:33:35 UTC (25235) Log: support for compiling on OpenVMS (untested) Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h_vms (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/descrip.mms (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/04/16 20:11:37 UTC (25233) Log: less than zero doesn't make sense for size_t Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/13 16:19:04 UTC (25229) Log: patricia: remove ugly abuse of K&R style function declaration It left the argument types unspecified in a function pointer, then called it using different numbers of arguments. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_patricia.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/12 22:20:43 UTC (25227) Log: Remove linebuf's per-line flushing flag, as it's per-head state. In rare cases, this sharing caused the ircd to skip part of outgoing traffic, e.g. appearing as "not enough parameters" errors on the other side. The purpose of this flag can be fulfilled by the writeofs in the bufhead. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/12 14:30:19 UTC (25225) Log: read/write return type should be ssize_t, not int or size_t. The writev emulation used size_t, which is unsigned, preventing negative values to be seen. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/11 08:48:21 UTC (25223) Log: kqueue: also use EV_ONESHOT for read events This makes the kernel's state agree with our handler pointer. SSL may need to suspend selecting for reading to write something, e.g. with renegotiation. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/09 19:43:08 UTC (25219) Log: Call the accept callback when timing out an SSL accept. The callback will close the F. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/09 19:26:04 UTC (25217) Log: Fix up ssl_accept WANT_READ/WANT_WRITE a bit. Only select for the exact thing asked, and if SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL happens abort it even if the errno is "ignorable". Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/05 19:09:32 UTC (25205) Log: Fix SET_SS_LEN so that it also works correctly outside libratbox. Use RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN instead of SOCKADDR_IN_HAS_LEN which is only defined inside libratbox. This fixes creating own sockaddr structs in other programs using SET_SS_LEN, then passing them to libratbox, on 4.4BSD based systems. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/04/04 18:43:29 UTC (25203) Log: don't spin on accept when you don't get any data Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/04/01 22:05:38 UTC (25197) Log: return useful errno values here Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) jilles 2008/04/01 20:38:54 UTC (25195) Log: Make this link without OpenSSL. Patch from nenolod. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/30 16:34:18 UTC (25177) Log: Remove DISABLE_SSL_COMP stuff completely. Force our outbound connections to use TLSv1 Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/30 15:45:01 UTC (25175) Log: remove that trailing 0 from the undef Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/30 15:04:05 UTC (25173) Log: reenable openssl compression Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/28 17:19:12 UTC (25151) Log: have rb_event_addonce return an ev_entry - get event.h too Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_event.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/28 17:17:51 UTC (25149) Log: fix a compile error Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/28 17:15:47 UTC (25147) Log: have rb_event_addonce return an ev_entry Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/27 18:24:58 UTC (25145) Log: add some more get_last_err() calls, some of these might not be needed, but they don't hurt really either Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/27 18:14:01 UTC (25143) Log: call get_last_err() after doing SSL_shutdown Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/17 13:04:36 UTC (25137) Log: fix libssl detection on operating systems that don't automagically pull in dependant libraries Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/17 08:13:41 UTC (25129) Log: add a stub rb_ssl_shutdown Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/03/10 20:26:45 UTC (25107) Log: only fclose(param) if we opened it successfully Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/02/25 17:36:12 UTC (25091) Log: clear ssl comp for outbound connections too Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/02/20 17:35:47 UTC (25083) Log: fix autoconf again.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/02/20 17:22:00 UTC (25081) Log: fix autoconf check for ssl libraries Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/28 21:05:30 UTC (25050) Log: replace ERR_get_error calls with get_last_err which pops all errors off of the openssl error stack and returns the last one Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 18:34:02 UTC (25048) Log: actually change ptrdiff_t to uintptr_t as that is what we really want Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 16:17:04 UTC (25044) Log: missed a ptrdiff_t cast Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 16:14:08 UTC (25042) Log: oops..lets try that again Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 16:11:34 UTC (25040) Log: some inline related cleanups Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 16:03:08 UTC (25038) Log: - Use ptrdiff_t in a few places. - Move libratbox_config.h to be the first header included. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 15:38:26 UTC (25036) Log: remove int rc as it never gets used Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 15:36:02 UTC (25034) Log: get rid of old_flags in sigio.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 04:54:13 UTC (25032) Log: replace u_short/u_char usage to unsigned short and unsigned char Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_patricia.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 04:01:19 UTC (25026) Log: remove AC_PROG_CC check Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 03:54:00 UTC (25022) Log: Okay.. its 2008. Require a C99 capable compiler. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 03:10:15 UTC (25018) Log: export return values for ssl related stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/23 00:23:20 UTC (25016) Log: Enable SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER in openssl.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/21 06:26:05 UTC (25006) Log: close dh param file after opening it Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/21 06:05:04 UTC (25002) Log: update sigio warning Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/21 05:56:49 UTC (25000) Log: - cleanup errno handling in epoll.c - make some fairly large buffers in signalfd_handler static rather than allocated off the static Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/21 04:37:08 UTC (24998) Log: remove a pointless memset from rawbuf.c as the block heap memsets already Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/20 20:32:37 UTC (24988) Log: check that msg.msg_controllen > 0 when receiving fds. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/20 19:41:04 UTC (24980) Log: - fix a cast issue in execv - fix a shadowed variable in kqueue.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/20 19:38:36 UTC (24978) Log: wrap struct timer_data in USE_TIMER_CREATE Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/16 14:51:07 UTC (24962) Log: fix ifdefs in sigio.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 20:45:16 UTC (24942) Log: - Add support for sigio doing timed events as well.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 20:44:03 UTC (24938) Log: add rb_helper_write_queue to the list of exported symbols Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 20:43:23 UTC (24936) Log: tweak the helper write code a bit Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 18:17:39 UTC (24934) Log: When using sigio, if we have a socket that is already set O_ASYNC, clear the O_ASYNC bit, fcntl() the flags without O_ASYNC and then re-register it. This clears out any old si_fd field that might exist from having the fd passed from another process. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 17:35:30 UTC (24932) Log: actually revert that, going to do this differently Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 17:34:24 UTC (24930) Log: set sockets nonblocking and the like when receving them Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 17:23:33 UTC (24928) Log: some cleanups in the openssl code Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/14 01:16:00 UTC (24926) Log: If delay == -1, pass NULL to kevent() for the timeout. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/13 21:49:14 UTC (24924) Log: fix a few things that the sparse warned about Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/13 02:53:11 UTC (24922) Log: work around a glibc header bug on 32bit systems and fix a prototype issue Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/13 02:51:16 UTC (24920) Log: fix a thinko in kqueue.c as well Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/13 02:50:35 UTC (24918) Log: add event-int.h to kqueue.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/11 00:01:14 UTC (24880) Log: it seems that doing a readv from a signalfd socket is buggy Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/10 18:21:17 UTC (24874) Log: abort if rb_restart == NULL or rb_die == NULL and we are called Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/10 16:33:54 UTC (24866) Log: reconsidered having rb_ctime take a pointer to time_t, so just have it take a time_t like before Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/10 16:18:11 UTC (24862) Log: - Tweak rb_ctime to take a size argument. - Tweak both rb_ctime and rb_date to take a time_t * instead of a time_t - Also modify rb_ctime to internally defined day and month names. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/08 20:24:51 UTC (24854) Log: hand ssl errors to the accept callback instead of closing the fd behind the callers back Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/03 19:42:17 UTC (24840) Log: When the commio system isn't setup, add events like normal. Once commio event processing is ready, add all scheduled events into it. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/03 02:58:14 UTC (24832) Log: forgot to commit commio-ssl.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/02 20:41:25 UTC (24828) Log: oops move rb_supports_ssl to rb_commio.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/02 20:40:10 UTC (24826) Log: add prototype for rb_supports_ssl Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/02 19:56:27 UTC (24824) Log: add rb_supports_ssl function to allow a caller to figure out if we support ssl or not Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/02 19:51:38 UTC (24822) Log: add commio-ssl.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-ssl.h (File Added) androsyn 2008/01/02 19:47:32 UTC (24820) Log: tidy up openssl vs nossl code. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2008/01/02 15:43:50 UTC (24810) Log: forgot to add this Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event-int.h (File Added) androsyn 2008/01/02 08:17:05 UTC (24808) Log: - Add support for doing timers using the commio handlers. -- epoll currently sorta supports it if the system has both signalfd and timer_create support (tested on Linux 2.6.24-rc6 + glibc 2.7) -- kqueue supports it if EVFILT_TIMER is supported. (not tested yet) - Add a file called export-syms.txt that allows libtool to only export certain symbols in this list to the rest of the world. This keeps the internal commio functions and the like internal. Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/export-syms.txt (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/29 01:51:41 UTC (24802) Log: fix some braindamage here Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/28 01:59:05 UTC (24792) Log: macros + order of operations will eat your brains Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/28 01:54:04 UTC (24790) Log: okay must sleep now..after this stuff... Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/28 01:50:46 UTC (24788) Log: fix a thinko Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/28 01:45:30 UTC (24786) Log: get rid of a stale define Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/28 00:36:41 UTC (24784) Log: change fd hash a bit Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/27 17:52:30 UTC (24780) Log: forgot to merge in one diff Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/27 17:50:13 UTC (24778) Log: Make the ssl read/write code a bit more sane and add some ways of exporting out ssl error codes. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/12/26 16:37:43 UTC (24776) Log: Fix type checking on file descriptor being received over socket. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/26 03:56:52 UTC (24774) Log: make balloc.c use rb_uintptr_t Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/26 02:32:07 UTC (24772) Log: have the fd handling code try to figure out what type of file descriptor the passed socket is Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/26 01:13:59 UTC (24770) Log: change return/input type to rb_get/set_type Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/25 23:29:41 UTC (24768) Log: reorder the _fde struct and get rid of some unused RB_FD flags Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/25 20:50:16 UTC (24766) Log: move FD types back into rb_commio.h a few things do need them Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/25 20:25:12 UTC (24762) Log: get rid of an unused variable Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/25 20:23:18 UTC (24760) Log: Tidy up some commio flag related things and make the struct a bit smaller by dynamically allocating the F->desc field. Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/20 18:22:40 UTC (24752) Log: Fix a really stupid off by one error when using linebuf_get in raw mode. Also add the \0 regardless if the buffer is raw or not. This bug has been hanging around for about 6 years. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/17 18:43:17 UTC (24721) Log: make balloc.c compile with --enable-warnings --disable-balloc Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/11 17:53:17 UTC (24693) Log: another openssl related tweak Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/10 19:24:09 UTC (24679) Log: replace the snprintf implementation with the one from the linux kernel as this is a fair bit faster than our current one, it also doesn't need to fallback to the system snprintf, though it doesn't handle floating point..oh well.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/10 19:15:41 UTC (24677) Log: get rid of the dlink node too Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/12/10 19:15:19 UTC (24675) Log: get rid of bogus ev = ptr->data stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/28 19:35:34 UTC (24637) Log: turn on DISABLE_SSL_COMP Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:30:59 UTC (24615) Log: meh..just return the revision Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:20:12 UTC (24613) Log: actually Rev makes more sense here Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:19:24 UTC (24611) Log: fix id tag Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:18:12 UTC (24609) Log: forgot to commit ratbox_lib.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:09:05 UTC (24607) Log: add rb_lib_version Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/26 20:01:07 UTC (24605) Log: have helpers replace fds 0-2 with /dev/null Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/19 17:14:40 UTC (24551) Log: missed an IPV6 to RB_IPV6 change Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_patricia.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/19 17:13:31 UTC (24549) Log: add ctype.h to ratbox_lib.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/19 17:04:32 UTC (24547) Log: add some autoconf goop for better detecting ipv6 and change the IPV6 define to RB_IPV6 Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/11/17 15:35:48 UTC (24543) Log: Fix 100% cpu usage after certain SSL errors. One way to trigger this was to telnet (non-SSL) to an SSL port, then close the connection. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/11/17 14:50:14 UTC (24541) Log: Avoid crash in a certain case where the sending process died. Apparently CMSG_FIRSTHDR returns NULL in certain cases where the sending process died and the file descriptors are not available. Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/15 19:44:57 UTC (24525) Log: add rb_ssl_start_connected with ssld in ratbox needs Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/13 19:48:49 UTC (24505) Log: fix minor bug in rb_send_fd_buf Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/08 16:18:17 UTC (24477) Log: change rb_lib_init not to init linebufs as not everything will likely need linebufs Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/06 17:26:57 UTC (24459) Log: add rb_get_type and rb_set_type Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/05 17:15:41 UTC (24451) Log: set rb_pipe fds non blocking by default Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/11/02 17:32:00 UTC (24439) Log: add rb_ssl_start_accepted Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/10/24 15:49:39 UTC (24434) Log: tweak the fd passing stuff to pass more than one fd if needed Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/10/23 20:28:27 UTC (24426) Log: rename patricia.h to rb_patricia.h and add it to ratbox_lib.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/patricia.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_patricia.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/10/23 20:26:01 UTC (24424) Log: Add patricia.c to libratbox Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/patricia.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/patricia.c (File Added) androsyn 2007/10/23 18:30:20 UTC (24422) Log: deal with not having a ancillary message Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/10/22 20:42:11 UTC (24420) Log: add some functions to pass fds back and forth over unix sockets Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/05 02:34:21 UTC (24384) Log: fix event_time_min stuff to actually work right Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/05 01:49:21 UTC (24382) Log: move up the first rb_set_time() Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 22:08:54 UTC (24380) Log: Rerun libtoolize and get newer versions of libtool Modified: libratbox/trunk/config.guess (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/config.sub (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/ltmain.sh (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 19:34:44 UTC (24374) Log: make the WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN stuff actually go into outfile Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 19:30:58 UTC (24372) Log: rebuild makefiles with automake 1.10 Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:54:44 UTC (24354) Log: add limits.h Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:23:20 UTC (24352) Log: remove unused variable Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:18:49 UTC (24350) Log: tweak compile flags for interix Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:09:40 UTC (24348) Log: damn caps Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:05:14 UTC (24346) Log: define all_source for a platform that needs it :/ Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 17:00:09 UTC (24342) Log: some minor header tweaks Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/04 16:49:33 UTC (24340) Log: add arpa/inet.h check Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/09/01 01:53:03 UTC (24326) Log: link against libcrypto as well as libssl Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 22:05:45 UTC (24324) Log: some header tweaks and renames Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/helper.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_balloc.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_commio.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_event.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_helper.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_linebuf.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_rawbuf.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_snprintf.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_tools.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/snprintf.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/tools.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 21:48:41 UTC (24322) Log: actually get rid of the posix_c_source stuff for now.. Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 15:10:15 UTC (24320) Log: move the rb_event_run() call until after rb_select Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 14:48:03 UTC (24318) Log: i don't think these rb_set_times() are needed here Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 03:26:15 UTC (24316) Log: make the rb_lib_loop not blow up when next = 0 Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 02:08:52 UTC (24314) Log: tweak the event code a little bit more Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 01:47:38 UTC (24312) Log: set rb_timeout_ev to NULL after doing rb_event_delete Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/31 01:21:42 UTC (24308) Log: tweak some of the event stuff Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 20:35:13 UTC (24304) Log: make sure event_time_min is updated when rescheduling events. Also if rb_lib_loop is passed zero for a delay, just delay until the next event needs to be run Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 20:00:06 UTC (24302) Log: add rb_event_next to get the time when the next event should run Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 19:29:48 UTC (24300) Log: make it build again Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 19:15:10 UTC (24298) Log: fix a few more autoconf things Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 18:55:22 UTC (24296) Log: fix the intptr/intmax checks Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/30 16:57:59 UTC (24294) Log: generate a header file that can be installed with the library that isn't the standard autoconf header so we don't clash Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/29 20:16:46 UTC (24292) Log: put epoll info into a struct Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/29 20:16:18 UTC (24290) Log: make heap_lists be malloced Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/29 19:49:43 UTC (24288) Log: remove some unneeded macros from acinclude.m4 Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/29 19:47:49 UTC (24286) Log: More portablity cleanups with autoconf and other things Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/29 17:54:50 UTC (24284) Log: Make the detection of intXX_t types work a bit better Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/27 19:29:16 UTC (24282) Log: fix some minor issues in acinclude.m4 Modified: libratbox/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/27 19:25:53 UTC (24280) Log: move struct msghdr msg into the HAVE_SENDMSG ifdef too Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/27 19:18:19 UTC (24278) Log: deal with platforms not having sendmsg Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/27 19:12:20 UTC (24276) Log: change strcasecmp to strcmp Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/27 04:00:24 UTC (24272) Log: s/ignoreErrno/rb_ignore_errno/g Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 23:55:44 UTC (24270) Log: change a few cases of ircd-ratbox to libratbox Modified: libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 23:46:25 UTC (24268) Log: Change IRCD_PREFIX to RB_PREFIX Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 23:38:03 UTC (24266) Log: change some defines and what not from IRCD_ to RB_ Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/snprintf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 22:54:04 UTC (24264) Log: don't export rb_event_find Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 17:45:02 UTC (24262) Log: - Fix poll and sigio not to be some braindamaged i think. - Actually update the rawbuf length left when using rawbuf flush. - Fix some openssl issues with accepting connections Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 15:11:18 UTC (24258) Log: fix rb_rb_dlink_list_length calls Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 15:08:42 UTC (24256) Log: doubled rb by accident on rb_dlink_list_length Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 01:20:13 UTC (24254) Log: change __MINGW32__ ifdefs to WIN32 and so on Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/23 01:16:21 UTC (24252) Log: make things compile with mingw32 again Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/22 19:11:55 UTC (24248) Log: rename ircd_memory.c to rb_memory.c Modified: libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/src/rb_memory.c (File Added) androsyn 2007/08/22 19:10:33 UTC (24246) Log: rename dlink_* to rb_dlink_ and so on Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/22 18:44:30 UTC (24242) Log: rename functions from ircd_ to rb_ Modified: libratbox/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ircd_memory.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/rb_memory.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/snprintf.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/22 18:39:41 UTC (24240) Log: deal with some of the s/libircd/libratbox/ name changes Modified: libratbox/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/include/libratbox_config.h.in (File Added) libratbox/trunk/include/ratbox_lib.h (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Deleted) libratbox/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/ratbox_lib.c (File Added) libratbox/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libratbox/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/22 01:29:24 UTC (24237) Log: Don't free fde_t's until after the poll loops have finished Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:53:10 UTC (24233) Log: make ircd_get_sockerr use ircd_fde_t as well Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:45:08 UTC (24231) Log: tweak ircd_set_buffers Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:28:05 UTC (24229) Log: add santy checking to ircd_get_fd Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:24:36 UTC (24227) Log: add ircd_get_fde Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:18:16 UTC (24225) Log: remove some crufty code in helper.c Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 18:13:55 UTC (24223) Log: rename fde_t to ircd_fde_t Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/21 17:58:34 UTC (24221) Log: make commio functions take an fde_t instead of a fd, this saves a lot of looking up of fds from the fd hash..now i've just got to fix a bunch of code Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/15 17:06:59 UTC (24211) Log: cleanup the fde_t struct a bit so that accept and connect data are only allocated as needed Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/15 16:07:57 UTC (24209) Log: remove some warnings Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/15 16:06:31 UTC (24207) Log: move UIO_MAXIOV stuff to commio-int.h Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/15 02:16:03 UTC (24205) Log: fix error message Modified: libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/13 18:56:55 UTC (24203) Log: cleanup time handling a bit Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/13 18:41:03 UTC (24199) Log: remove pointless crypt prototype from ircd_lib.h Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/13 18:08:44 UTC (24195) Log: remove ircd_currenttime macro and friends and just use the function call Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/13 18:06:14 UTC (24193) Log: add ircd_lib_loop Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/10 23:06:48 UTC (24191) Log: tweak some of rawbufs data types a bit Modified: libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/10 02:07:22 UTC (24189) Log: remove memmove call in rawbuf.c Modified: libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/06 20:23:06 UTC (24187) Log: make ircd_free_rawbuffer free all buffers associated with the head Modified: libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/06 17:33:37 UTC (24185) Log: fixed a bug where we passed the helpers sendq instead of the helper itself to ircd_helper_write_sendq Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/06 17:30:54 UTC (24183) Log: fix a minor buglet in ircd_rawbuf_get and add ircd_rawbuf_length Modified: libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/08/06 17:07:09 UTC (24181) Log: add rawbuf.c and rawbuf.h, this implements a buffering system similiar to linebuf.c but no reference counting and is 8bit clean Modified: libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/rawbuf.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/rawbuf.c (File Added) androsyn 2007/08/06 13:18:20 UTC (24179) Log: tidy up the _buf_line struct a bit Modified: libircd/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Modified) jilles 2007/07/31 21:07:15 UTC (24135) Log: Fix kqueue and devpoll for r24007. Modified: libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/26 16:09:58 UTC (24117) Log: if we call the helper_restart function, we need to return immediately Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/26 14:35:22 UTC (24115) Log: sanity check in ircd_ssl_shutdown Modified: libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 23:44:09 UTC (24111) Log: fix dhparam handling Modified: libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 20:06:10 UTC (24109) Log: change return value Modified: libircd/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 20:04:45 UTC (24107) Log: check for errors when loading keyfiles and the like Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 19:17:27 UTC (24103) Log: add a prototype for ircd_get_random Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 19:13:50 UTC (24101) Log: add ircd_get_random Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 17:52:33 UTC (24099) Log: missed a commit Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 17:52:14 UTC (24097) Log: dont use writev on ssl sockets as its rather pointless Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 16:19:02 UTC (24091) Log: remove ircd_slow_list_length and LIST_SANITY_CHECK Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 16:10:07 UTC (24089) Log: the libircd_abi stuff is no longer needed as we end up having the same size irc_sockaddr_storage regardless now Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_abi.h.in (File Deleted) androsyn 2007/07/25 15:50:00 UTC (24085) Log: add a GET_SS_FAMILY macro Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 15:45:24 UTC (24083) Log: do some hackishness to make SET_SS_LEN compile issues get tripped up on platforms that don't need it Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 15:35:12 UTC (24081) Log: uncondtionally make irc_sockaddr_storage 128 bytes. Tweak some of the macros relating to sockaddr_storage as well Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 15:15:41 UTC (24079) Log: - Remove timeout handler once we are ready to handoff the SSL connection to the callback. - Disable SSLv2 incoming connection support as these are widely accepted to be insecure. - Add an ifdef if we want to disable compression support in openssl Modified: libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/25 02:43:50 UTC (24075) Log: Split client and server ssl contexts. Fix a minor compile error with ipv6 Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 20:26:03 UTC (24073) Log: case the void * ->ssl member to SSL * where necessary Modified: libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 19:18:15 UTC (24071) Log: remove a debugging fprintf Modified: libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 19:09:40 UTC (24069) Log: add outbound ssl connect code Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 17:55:17 UTC (24061) Log: move a bunch of commio.h things into commio-int.h which doesn't get included by users of the library Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio-int.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 17:25:41 UTC (24059) Log: various prototype cleanups and the like Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 17:19:38 UTC (24057) Log: add prototype for ircd_crypt Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 17:12:40 UTC (24055) Log: Move openssl functions into openssl.c Add a nossl.c wrapper to keep functions that are exported to maintain the ABI. Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/nossl.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/openssl.c (File Added) androsyn 2007/07/24 16:12:13 UTC (24051) Log: its helpful when your helper loop actually loops Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 15:57:08 UTC (24049) Log: Do openssl detection in autoconf and wrap the ssl code in ifdefs Modified: libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 15:08:34 UTC (24047) Log: forgot to rename ircd_helper_read Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 15:06:15 UTC (24045) Log: tweak the helper read api a bit Modified: libircd/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 14:58:05 UTC (24043) Log: change ircd_helper_read to take a ircd_helper pointer. Add an ircd_helper_loop() function as well Modified: libircd/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 14:49:26 UTC (24041) Log: do printf format checking on ircd_helper_write Modified: libircd/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 03:37:24 UTC (24039) Log: move struct _ircd_helper defintion to helper.c leaving just forward declarations in helper.h Modified: libircd/trunk/include/helper.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 03:25:03 UTC (24037) Log: move some struct definitions into balloc.c out of balloc.h Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/24 03:21:09 UTC (24035) Log: move struct ev_entry to event.c Modified: libircd/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/23 19:02:51 UTC (24033) Log: get rid of this break that was breaking stuff Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 17:39:33 UTC (24031) Log: add a missing semicolon Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 17:38:39 UTC (24029) Log: add check for a missing pre callback add missing prototypes reduce ssl accept timeout to 10 seconds Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:31:11 UTC (24025) Log: initialize the type variable earlier Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:28:45 UTC (24023) Log: remove an unused variable Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:26:05 UTC (24021) Log: oops. don't ircd_open a file handle twice Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:09:36 UTC (24019) Log: add missing ircd_accept_tcp prototype Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:07:47 UTC (24017) Log: slightly change the ACPRE callback again Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 15:04:40 UTC (24015) Log: slightly change the ACPRE callback Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 14:47:32 UTC (24009) Log: Add an accept pre-callback to so that we can do things like dline/reject cache processing early Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 14:32:24 UTC (24007) Log: Change FD_* enums into a bitmask called IRCD_FD Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 03:01:32 UTC (24005) Log: first part of my currently busted ssl/tls code Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/07/20 02:58:45 UTC (24003) Log: add a missing balloc commit Modified: libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/02/11 19:25:02 UTC (23608) Log: Don't lose a kqueue update when there are very many at a time. charybdis r3205 (nenolod) Modified: libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/02/01 17:37:46 UTC (23565) Log: remove in6addr_any check Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/02/01 17:10:04 UTC (23559) Log: re-reun autotools Modified: libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) jilles 2007/02/01 17:05:13 UTC (23555) Log: export #define IPV6 to ircd code via a new autogenerated include/libircd_abi.h, fixes instability with --enable-ipv6 Modified: libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_abi.h.in (File Added) androsyn 2007/02/01 16:49:21 UTC (23551) Log: fix SET_SS_LEN for bsd from dho Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/29 14:23:09 UTC (23543) Log: change offset from char* to uintptr_t as we have autoconf goo to find/define uintptr_t for us Modified: libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/01/27 13:22:02 UTC (23517) Log: Make NOBALLOC have the regular blockheap functions fall back to ircd_malloc()/ircd_free(), instead of using #defines. This ensures NOBALLOC does not change the ABI. Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/01/27 13:19:53 UTC (23515) Log: Minor balloc tweaks: - don't do arithmetic on void pointers - allocate the correct amount of memory (not too much) - add a standards-violating check on the pointer in ircd_bh_free() Modified: libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) jilles 2007/01/13 23:22:11 UTC (23453) Log: Unbreak compile with --disable-balloc. Modified: libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/08 15:35:04 UTC (23397) Log: change false to no for disabling fortran and c++ in autoconf Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/08 15:32:40 UTC (23391) Log: Disable checks for fortran, c++ and java... Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 17:11:39 UTC (23355) Log: more blockheap usage stuff Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:36:28 UTC (23353) Log: fix typo Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:34:52 UTC (23351) Log: forgot to add the user data to the usage cb typedef Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:31:00 UTC (23349) Log: change usage callback to include a user data variable Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:26:58 UTC (23347) Log: change descriptions on internal blockheaps to make them as being created by libircd Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:22:18 UTC (23345) Log: - make libircd link against libcrypt if it needs it - fix balloc buglet Modified: libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:16:58 UTC (23343) Log: - change the block heap code to add a description - add a function to walk over all the block heaps and call a user callback Modified: libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2007/01/05 16:16:31 UTC (23341) Log: tweak libircd makefiles a little bit. change crypt() call in libircd to ircd_crypt() Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/12/28 15:26:02 UTC (23315) Log: if POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK exists, use it Modified: libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/12/28 15:07:04 UTC (23313) Log: add support for posix_spawn Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/libtool (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/12/28 14:47:57 UTC (23311) Log: only compile mem frobbing if MEM_FROB is defined Modified: libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/12/18 20:02:21 UTC (23303) Log: some more splitout cleanups Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/11/12 07:52:53 UTC (23281) Log: some portability cleanups Modified: libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/11/12 07:32:54 UTC (23277) Log: sigh..try this again Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/11/12 07:32:13 UTC (23275) Log: forgot a const Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/11/12 07:30:59 UTC (23273) Log: it should be okay to cast ircd_iovec to iovec..the other way i was doing it blew up in *weird* ways Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/11/12 06:53:22 UTC (23271) Log: attempt at fixing devel..take 1 Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/libtool (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 23:57:58 UTC (23251) Log: automake hates me Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) alz 2006/10/13 19:55:38 UTC (23249) Log: Return 0 Modified: libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) alz 2006/10/13 19:54:37 UTC (23247) Log: More crack Modified: libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) alz 2006/10/13 19:52:51 UTC (23245) Log: Androsyn is on crack Modified: libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 19:23:10 UTC (23243) Log: alz smells like feet Modified: libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 19:20:09 UTC (23241) Log: because alz is too lazy to commit fixes himself Modified: libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 19:17:38 UTC (23239) Log: commit a missing commit Modified: libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 19:16:32 UTC (23237) Log: remove SELECT_TYPE msg Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/13 19:07:39 UTC (23233) Log: fix ircd_strlcpy/cat when the OS actually has those funcs Modified: libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/libtool (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 05:47:23 UTC (23222) Log: Actually add configure.ac to the repo... Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure.ac (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 05:05:19 UTC (23216) Log: not thinking straight here :P Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:58:00 UTC (23214) Log: Add some crude dynamic io type selection Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:43:10 UTC (23212) Log: add timeout code back to sigio Modified: libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:41:09 UTC (23210) Log: oops..wtf was that Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:26:42 UTC (23208) Log: add ircd_get_iotype prototype Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:23:53 UTC (23206) Log: fix more stupid things Modified: libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:17:32 UTC (23204) Log: everything should work now Modified: libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:03:59 UTC (23202) Log: lets try this like this Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 04:00:43 UTC (23200) Log: oops. move that code outside of that ifdef Modified: libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:56:52 UTC (23198) Log: remove an unused function declaration Modified: libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:55:56 UTC (23196) Log: add a missing linefeed at the end of the file Modified: libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:55:35 UTC (23194) Log: fix some shadowed variables Modified: libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:53:38 UTC (23192) Log: add a missing linefeed at the end of the file Modified: libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:53:12 UTC (23190) Log: add a missing linefeed at the end of the file Modified: libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:51:42 UTC (23188) Log: get the other half of that last commit Modified: libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/event.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 03:50:43 UTC (23186) Log: Change the way we do i/o loop detection quite a bit Modified: libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 02:34:52 UTC (23184) Log: fix autoconf/automake again Modified: libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 02:32:00 UTC (23182) Log: fix automake Modified: libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 02:29:23 UTC (23180) Log: change the caller of ircd_lib to ircd_lib_init in helper.c Modified: libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 02:27:06 UTC (23178) Log: add some things autoconf needs Modified: libircd/trunk/config.guess (File Added) libircd/trunk/config.sub (File Added) libircd/trunk/depcomp (File Added) androsyn 2006/10/12 02:09:06 UTC (23174) Log: rename ircd_lib() to ircd_lib_init() Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 01:58:07 UTC (23172) Log: - Some more namespace cleanups - Add a README and TODO Modified: libircd/trunk/README (File Added) libircd/trunk/TODO (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 01:33:35 UTC (23170) Log: more strlcpy changes Modified: libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Modified) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 01:27:25 UTC (23168) Log: make ircd_lib.h use the renamed headers Modified: libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 01:25:06 UTC (23166) Log: change strlcpy to ircd_strlcpy. rename config.h to libircd_config.h Modified: libircd/trunk/configure (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_memory.h (File Modified) libircd/trunk/include/libircd_config.h.in (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 01:16:22 UTC (23164) Log: - Move .h files into include, .c files into src - Import a cut down autoconf from ircd - Change the init code so that ircd_lib gets passed an fd heap size Modified: libircd/trunk/COPYING (File Added) libircd/trunk/CREDITS (File Added) libircd/trunk/INSTALL (File Added) libircd/trunk/Makefile.am (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/Makefile.am (File Added) libircd/trunk/Makefile.in (File Modified) libircd/trunk/acinclude.m4 (File Added) libircd/trunk/aclocal.m4 (File Added) libircd/trunk/balloc.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/balloc.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/commio.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/commio.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/configure (File Added) libircd/trunk/crypt.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/devpoll.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/epoll.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/event.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/event.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/helper.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/helper.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/include/ (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/balloc.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/commio.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/event.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/helper.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_lib.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/ircd_memory.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/linebuf.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/snprintf.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/include/tools.h (File Added) libircd/trunk/install-sh (File Added) libircd/trunk/ircd_lib.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/ircd_lib.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/ircd_memory.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/ircd_memory.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/kqueue.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/libtool (File Added) libircd/trunk/linebuf.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/linebuf.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/ltmain.sh (File Added) libircd/trunk/missing (File Added) libircd/trunk/poll.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/ports.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/select.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/sigio.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/snprintf.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/snprintf.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/src/ (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.am (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/Makefile.in (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/balloc.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/commio.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/crypt.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/devpoll.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/epoll.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/event.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/helper.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_lib.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/ircd_memory.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/kqueue.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/linebuf.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/poll.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/ports.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/select.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/sigio.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/snprintf.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/tools.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/unix.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/src/win32.c (File Added) libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/tools.h (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/unix.c (File Deleted) libircd/trunk/win32.c (File Deleted) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:41:26 UTC (23162) Log: damnit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:39:36 UTC (23161) Log: automated serno/changelog Modified: libircd/trunk/ChangeLog (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:39:28 UTC (23160) Log: i think it works now..really Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:34:12 UTC (23157) Log: work you piece of shit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:31:31 UTC (23156) Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:29:54 UTC (23155) Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:27:07 UTC () Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:26:28 UTC () Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:25:15 UTC () Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:22:44 UTC () Log: test commit Modified: libircd/trunk/tools.c (File Modified) androsyn 2006/10/12 00:21:54 UTC () Log: here is a new changelog for libircd Modified: libircd/trunk/ChangeLog (File Added) ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/COPYING�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043121�10513313546�016214� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/README������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001063�11056672211�016040� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������This is libircd from ircd-ratbox. A few notes about this library: 1. Most of this code isn't anywhere near threadsafe at this point. Don't hold your breath on this either. 2. The linebuf code is designed to deal with pretty much 512 bytes per line and that is it. Anything beyond that length unless in raw mode, gets discard. For some non-irc purposes, this can be a problem, but for ircd stuff its fine. 3. The helper code when transmitting data between helpers, the same 512 byte limit applies there as we recycle the linebuf code for this. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�016575� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/serno.h���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000045�11747337020�020104� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#define SERIALNUM "20120429_0-27395" �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_helper.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004257�11202563212�020717� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * helper.h: Starts and deals with ircd helpers * * Copyright (C) 2006 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_helper.h 26523 2009-05-13 15:26:02Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use helper.h directly" #endif #ifndef INCLUDED_helper_h #define INCLUDED_helper_h struct _rb_helper; typedef struct _rb_helper rb_helper; typedef void rb_helper_cb(rb_helper *); rb_helper __rb_must_check *rb_helper_start(const char *name, const char *fullpath, rb_helper_cb * read_cb, rb_helper_cb * error_cb); rb_helper __rb_must_check *rb_helper_child(rb_helper_cb * read_cb, rb_helper_cb * error_cb, log_cb * ilog, restart_cb * irestart, die_cb * idie, int maxcon, size_t lb_heap_size, size_t dh_size, size_t fd_heap_size); void rb_helper_restart(rb_helper *helper); #ifdef __GNUC__ void rb_helper_write(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...) __attribute((format(printf, 2, 3))); void rb_helper_write_queue(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...) __attribute((format(printf, 2, 3))); #else void rb_helper_write(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...); void rb_helper_write_queue(rb_helper *helper, const char *format, ...); #endif void rb_helper_write_flush(rb_helper *helper); void rb_helper_run(rb_helper *helper); void rb_helper_close(rb_helper *helper); int rb_helper_read(rb_helper *helper, void *buf, size_t bufsize); void rb_helper_loop(rb_helper *helper, long delay); #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_linebuf.h����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005361�11730556726�021103� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * linebuf.h: A header for the linebuf code. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_linebuf.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use linebuf.h directly" #endif #ifndef __LINEBUF_H__ #define __LINEBUF_H__ #define LINEBUF_COMPLETE 0 #define LINEBUF_PARTIAL 1 #define LINEBUF_PARSED 0 #define LINEBUF_RAW 1 struct _buf_line; struct _buf_head; /* How big we want a buffer - 510 data bytes, plus space for a '\0' */ #define BUF_DATA_SIZE 511 typedef struct _buf_line { char buf[BUF_DATA_SIZE + 2]; uint8_t terminated; /* Whether we've terminated the buffer */ uint8_t raw; /* Whether this linebuf may hold 8-bit data */ int len; /* How much data we've got */ int refcount; /* how many linked lists are we in? */ } buf_line_t; typedef struct _buf_head { rb_dlink_list list; /* the actual dlink list */ int len; /* length of all the data */ int alloclen; /* Actual allocated data length */ int writeofs; /* offset in the first line for the write */ int numlines; /* number of lines */ } buf_head_t; /* they should be functions, but .. */ #define rb_linebuf_len(x) ((x)->len) #define rb_linebuf_alloclen(x) ((x)->alloclen) #define rb_linebuf_numlines(x) ((x)->numlines) void rb_linebuf_init(size_t heap_size); void rb_linebuf_newbuf(buf_head_t *); void rb_linebuf_donebuf(buf_head_t *); int rb_linebuf_parse(buf_head_t *, char *, int, int); int rb_linebuf_get(buf_head_t *, char *, int, int, int); void rb_linebuf_putmsg(buf_head_t *, const char *, va_list *, const char *, ...); void rb_linebuf_put(buf_head_t *, const char *, ...); void rb_linebuf_putbuf(buf_head_t * bufhead, const char *buffer); void rb_linebuf_attach(buf_head_t *, buf_head_t *); void rb_count_rb_linebuf_memory(size_t *, size_t *); int rb_linebuf_flush(rb_fde_t *F, buf_head_t *); #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_rawbuf.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002721�11730556726�020742� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * rawbuf.h: A header for rawbuf.c * * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id$ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use rawbuf.h directly" #endif #ifndef INCLUDED_RAWBUF_H__ #define INCLUDED_RAWBUF_H__ typedef struct _rawbuf rawbuf_t; typedef struct _rawbuf_head rawbuf_head_t; void rb_init_rawbuffers(int heapsize); void rb_free_rawbuffer(rawbuf_head_t *); rawbuf_head_t *rb_new_rawbuffer(void); int rb_rawbuf_get(rawbuf_head_t *, void *data, int len); void rb_rawbuf_append(rawbuf_head_t *, void *data, int len); int rb_rawbuf_flush(rawbuf_head_t *, rb_fde_t *F); int rb_rawbuf_length(rawbuf_head_t * rb); #endif �����������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/event-int.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002261�11730556726�020701� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * event-int.h: internal structs for events * * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: event-int.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ struct ev_entry { rb_dlink_node node; EVH *func; void *arg; char *name; time_t frequency; time_t when; time_t next; void *data; void *comm_ptr; }; void rb_event_io_register_all(void); �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_snprintf.h���������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004436�11730556726�021324� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * sprintf_rb_.h: The irc sprintf header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_snprintf.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use snprintf.h directly" #endif #ifndef SPRINTF_IRC #define SPRINTF_IRC /*============================================================================= * Proto types */ /* * rb_sprintf - optimized sprintf */ #ifdef __GNUC__ int rb_sprintf(char *str, const char *fmt, ...) __attribute((format(printf, 2, 3))); int rb_snprintf(char *str, const size_t size, const char *, ...) __attribute__ ((format(printf, 3, 4))); int rb_sprintf_append(char *str, const char *format, ...) __attribute((format(printf, 2, 3))); int rb_snprintf_append(char *str, size_t len, const char *format, ...) __attribute__ ((format(printf, 3, 4))); #else int rb_sprintf(char *str, const char *format, ...); int rb_snprintf(char *str, const size_t size, const char *, ...); int rb_sprintf_append(char *str, const char *format, ...); int rb_snprintf_append(char *str, const size_t size, const char *, ...); #endif int rb_vsnprintf(char *str, const size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args); int rb_vsprintf(char *str, const char *fmt, va_list args); int rb_vsnprintf_append(char *str, const size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args); int rb_vsprintf_append(char *str, const char *fmt, va_list args); #endif /* SPRINTF_IRC */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_tools.h������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017121�11730556726�020614� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * tools.h: Header for the various tool functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_tools.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use tools.h directly" #endif #ifndef __TOOLS_H__ #define __TOOLS_H__ size_t rb_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz); size_t rb_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz); size_t rb_strnlen(const char *s, size_t count); char *rb_basename(const char *); char *rb_dirname(const char *); int rb_string_to_array(char *string, char **parv, int maxpara); /* * double-linked-list stuff */ typedef struct _rb_dlink_node rb_dlink_node; typedef struct _rb_dlink_list rb_dlink_list; struct _rb_dlink_node { void *data; rb_dlink_node *prev; rb_dlink_node *next; }; struct _rb_dlink_list { rb_dlink_node *head; rb_dlink_node *tail; unsigned long length; }; rb_dlink_node *rb_make_rb_dlink_node(void); void rb_free_rb_dlink_node(rb_dlink_node *lp); void rb_init_rb_dlink_nodes(size_t dh_size); /* This macros are basically swiped from the linux kernel * they are simple yet effective */ /* * Walks forward of a list. * pos is your node * head is your list head */ #define RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pos, head) for (pos = (head); pos != NULL; pos = pos->next) /* * Walks forward of a list safely while removing nodes * pos is your node * n is another list head for temporary storage * head is your list head */ #define RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(pos, n, head) for (pos = (head), n = pos ? pos->next : NULL; pos != NULL; pos = n, n = pos ? pos->next : NULL) #define RB_DLINK_FOREACH_PREV(pos, head) for (pos = (head); pos != NULL; pos = pos->prev) /* Returns the list length */ #define rb_dlink_list_length(list) (list)->length #define rb_dlinkAddAlloc(data, list) rb_dlinkAdd(data, rb_make_rb_dlink_node(), list) #define rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(data, list) rb_dlinkAddTail(data, rb_make_rb_dlink_node(), list) #define rb_dlinkDestroy(node, list) do { rb_dlinkDelete(node, list); rb_free_rb_dlink_node(node); } while(0) /* * dlink_ routines are stolen from squid, except for rb_dlinkAddBefore, * which is mine. * -- adrian */ static inline void rb_dlinkMoveNode(rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *oldlist, rb_dlink_list *newlist) { /* Assumption: If m->next == NULL, then list->tail == m * and: If m->prev == NULL, then list->head == m */ assert(m != NULL); assert(oldlist != NULL); assert(newlist != NULL); if(m->next) m->next->prev = m->prev; else oldlist->tail = m->prev; if(m->prev) m->prev->next = m->next; else oldlist->head = m->next; m->prev = NULL; m->next = newlist->head; if(newlist->head != NULL) newlist->head->prev = m; else if(newlist->tail == NULL) newlist->tail = m; newlist->head = m; oldlist->length--; newlist->length++; } static inline void rb_dlinkAdd(void *data, rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *list) { assert(data != NULL); assert(m != NULL); assert(list != NULL); m->data = data; m->prev = NULL; m->next = list->head; /* Assumption: If list->tail != NULL, list->head != NULL */ if(list->head != NULL) list->head->prev = m; else if(list->tail == NULL) list->tail = m; list->head = m; list->length++; } static inline void rb_dlinkAddBefore(rb_dlink_node *b, void *data, rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *list) { assert(b != NULL); assert(data != NULL); assert(m != NULL); assert(list != NULL); /* Shortcut - if its the first one, call rb_dlinkAdd only */ if(b == list->head) { rb_dlinkAdd(data, m, list); } else { m->data = data; b->prev->next = m; m->prev = b->prev; b->prev = m; m->next = b; list->length++; } } static inline void rb_dlinkMoveTail(rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *list) { if(list->tail == m) return; /* From here assume that m->next != NULL as that can only * be at the tail and assume that the node is on the list */ m->next->prev = m->prev; if(m->prev != NULL) m->prev->next = m->next; else list->head = m->next; list->tail->next = m; m->prev = list->tail; m->next = NULL; list->tail = m; } static inline void rb_dlinkAddTail(void *data, rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *list) { assert(m != NULL); assert(list != NULL); assert(data != NULL); m->data = data; m->next = NULL; m->prev = list->tail; /* Assumption: If list->tail != NULL, list->head != NULL */ if(list->tail != NULL) list->tail->next = m; else if(list->head == NULL) list->head = m; list->tail = m; list->length++; } /* Execution profiles show that this function is called the most * often of all non-spontaneous functions. So it had better be * efficient. */ static inline void rb_dlinkDelete(rb_dlink_node *m, rb_dlink_list *list) { assert(m != NULL); assert(list != NULL); /* Assumption: If m->next == NULL, then list->tail == m * and: If m->prev == NULL, then list->head == m */ if(m->next) m->next->prev = m->prev; else list->tail = m->prev; if(m->prev) m->prev->next = m->next; else list->head = m->next; m->next = m->prev = NULL; list->length--; } static inline rb_dlink_node * rb_dlinkFindDelete(void *data, rb_dlink_list *list) { rb_dlink_node *m; assert(list != NULL); assert(data != NULL); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(m, list->head) { if(m->data != data) continue; if(m->next) m->next->prev = m->prev; else list->tail = m->prev; if(m->prev) m->prev->next = m->next; else list->head = m->next; m->next = m->prev = NULL; list->length--; return m; } return NULL; } static inline int rb_dlinkFindDestroy(void *data, rb_dlink_list *list) { void *ptr; assert(list != NULL); assert(data != NULL); ptr = rb_dlinkFindDelete(data, list); if(ptr != NULL) { rb_free_rb_dlink_node(ptr); return 1; } return 0; } /* * rb_dlinkFind * inputs - list to search * - data * output - pointer to link or NULL if not found * side effects - Look for ptr in the linked listed pointed to by link. */ static inline rb_dlink_node * rb_dlinkFind(void *data, rb_dlink_list *list) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; assert(list != NULL); assert(data != NULL); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { if(ptr->data == data) return (ptr); } return (NULL); } static inline void rb_dlinkMoveList(rb_dlink_list *from, rb_dlink_list *to) { assert(from != NULL); assert(to != NULL); /* There are three cases */ /* case one, nothing in from list */ if(from->head == NULL) return; /* case two, nothing in to list */ if(to->head == NULL) { to->head = from->head; to->tail = from->tail; from->head = from->tail = NULL; to->length = from->length; from->length = 0; return; } /* third case play with the links */ from->tail->next = to->head; to->head->prev = from->tail; to->head = from->head; from->head = from->tail = NULL; to->length += from->length; from->length = 0; } #endif /* __TOOLS_H__ */ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/commio-ssl.h����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003571�11730556726�021057� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * commio-ssl.h: A header for the ssl code * * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: commio-ssl.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef _COMMIO_SSL_H #define _COMMIO_SSL_H int rb_setup_ssl_server(const char *cert, const char *keyfile, const char *dhfile); int rb_init_ssl(void); int rb_ssl_listen(rb_fde_t *F, int backlog); int rb_init_prng(const char *path, prng_seed_t seed_type); int rb_get_random(void *buf, size_t length); const char *rb_get_ssl_strerror(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_ssl_start_accepted(rb_fde_t *new_F, ACCB * cb, void *data, int timeout); void rb_ssl_start_connected(rb_fde_t *F, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout); void rb_connect_tcp_ssl(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *dest, struct sockaddr *clocal, int socklen, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout); void rb_ssl_accept_setup(rb_fde_t *F, rb_fde_t *new_F, struct sockaddr *st, int addrlen); void rb_ssl_shutdown(rb_fde_t *F); ssize_t rb_ssl_read(rb_fde_t *F, void *buf, size_t count); ssize_t rb_ssl_write(rb_fde_t *F, const void *buf, size_t count); void rb_get_ssl_info(char *buf, size_t length); #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/libratbox_config.h.in�������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000021724�11457426322�022707� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* include/libratbox_config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END /* This is a Cygwin system */ #undef CYGWIN /* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */ #undef C_ALLOCA /* Define if SSP C support is enabled. */ #undef ENABLE_SSP_CC /* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM /* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <crypt.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_CRYPT_H /* Define to 1 if you have devpoll */ #undef HAVE_DEVPOLL /* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `epoll_ctl' function. */ #undef HAVE_EPOLL_CTL /* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */ #undef HAVE_FORK /* Define to 1 if you have the `fstat' function. */ #undef HAVE_FSTAT /* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE /* Define to 1 if you have the `getrusage' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE /* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY /* Define to 1 if you have the `gmtime_r' function. */ #undef HAVE_GMTIME_R /* Has GnuTLS */ #undef HAVE_GNUTLS /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `kevent' function. */ #undef HAVE_KEVENT /* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP /* Define if you have nanosleep */ #undef HAVE_NANOSLEEP /* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H /* Has OpenSSL */ #undef HAVE_OPENSSL /* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */ #undef HAVE_POLL /* Define to 1 if you have the `port_create' function. */ #undef HAVE_PORT_CREATE /* Define to 1 if you have the <port.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_PORT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawn' function. */ #undef HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN /* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */ #undef HAVE_SELECT /* Define to 1 if you have the `sendmsg' function. */ #undef HAVE_SENDMSG /* Define to 1 if you have the `signalfd' function. */ #undef HAVE_SIGNALFD /* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SIGNAL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `socketpair' function. */ #undef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR /* Define to 1 if you have the <spawn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SPAWN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcat' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRLCAT /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRLCPY /* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRNLEN /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtok_r' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOK_R /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */ #undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */ #undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/devpoll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DEVPOLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/epoll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/event.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/signalfd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SIGNALFD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/timerfd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIMERFD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `timerfd_create' function. */ #undef HAVE_TIMERFD_CREATE /* Define if you have timer_create */ #undef HAVE_TIMER_CREATE /* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_TIME_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */ #undef HAVE_USLEEP /* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */ #undef HAVE_VFORK /* Define to 1 if you have the <vfork.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_VFORK_H /* Define to 1 if you are on windows */ #undef HAVE_WIN32 /* Have WINSOCK2_H */ #undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H /* Have WINSOCK_H */ #undef HAVE_WINSOCK_H /* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */ #undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK /* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */ #undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK /* Define to 1 if you have the `writev' function. */ #undef HAVE_WRITEV /* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */ #undef LT_OBJDIR /* This is a MinGW system */ #undef MINGW /* Define this to disable debugging support. */ #undef NDEBUG /* Define if your system needs crypt. */ #undef NEED_CRYPT /* Define to 1 if you wish to disable the block allocator. */ #undef NOBALLOC /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Defined to mark profiling is enabled */ #undef RATBOX_PROFILE /* Prefix where libratbox is installed. */ #undef RB_PREFIX /* Define to 1 if sockaddr has a 'sa_len' member. */ #undef SOCKADDR_IN_HAS_LEN /* Define this to enable soft asserts. */ #undef SOFT_ASSERT /* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at runtime. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #undef STACK_DIRECTION /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */ #undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME /* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */ #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE # undef _ALL_SOURCE #endif /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # undef _GNU_SOURCE #endif /* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS # undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS #endif /* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */ #ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE # undef _TANDEM_SOURCE #endif /* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef __EXTENSIONS__ # undef __EXTENSIONS__ #endif /* Define to 1 if we can use timerfd_create(CLOCK_REALTIME,...) */ #undef USE_TIMERFD_CREATE /* Define to 1 if we can use timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME,...) */ #undef USE_TIMER_CREATE /* This is a Windows system */ #undef WINDOWS /* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */ #undef _MINIX /* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this defined. */ #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE /* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */ #undef _POSIX_SOURCE /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ #undef gid_t /* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ #ifndef __cplusplus #undef inline #endif /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef pid_t /* If system does not define sa_family_t, define it here. */ #undef sa_family_t /* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef size_t /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef ssize_t /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ #undef uid_t /* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */ #undef vfork ��������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_memory.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003702�11730556726�020764� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * memory.h: A header for the memory functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_memory.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H #error "Do not use rb_memory.h directly" #endif #ifndef _RB_MEMORY_H #define _RB_MEMORY_H #include <stdlib.h> void rb_outofmemory(void); static inline void * rb_malloc(size_t size) { void *ret = calloc(1, size); if(rb_unlikely(ret == NULL)) rb_outofmemory(); return (ret); } static inline void * rb_realloc(void *x, size_t y) { void *ret = realloc(x, y); if(rb_unlikely(ret == NULL)) rb_outofmemory(); return (ret); } static inline char * rb_strndup(const char *x, size_t y) { char *ret = malloc(y); if(rb_unlikely(ret == NULL)) rb_outofmemory(); rb_strlcpy(ret, x, y); return (ret); } static inline char * rb_strdup(const char *x) { char *ret = malloc(strlen(x) + 1); if(rb_unlikely(ret == NULL)) rb_outofmemory(); strcpy(ret, x); return (ret); } static inline void rb_free(void *ptr) { if(rb_likely(ptr != NULL)) free(ptr); } #endif /* _I_MEMORY_H */ ��������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_balloc.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003452�11730556726�020712� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * balloc.h: The ircd block allocator header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_balloc.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use balloc.h directly" #endif #ifndef INCLUDED_balloc_h #define INCLUDED_balloc_h struct rb_bh; typedef struct rb_bh rb_bh; typedef void rb_bh_usage_cb (size_t bused, size_t bfree, size_t bmemusage, size_t heapalloc, const char *desc, void *data); int rb_bh_free(rb_bh *, void *); void *rb_bh_alloc(rb_bh *); rb_bh *rb_bh_create(size_t elemsize, int elemsperblock, const char *desc); int rb_bh_destroy(rb_bh *bh); int rb_bh_gc(rb_bh *bh); void rb_init_bh(void); void rb_bh_usage(rb_bh *bh, size_t *bused, size_t *bfree, size_t *bmemusage, const char **desc); void rb_bh_usage_all(rb_bh_usage_cb *cb, void *data); void rb_bh_total_usage(size_t *total_alloc, size_t *total_used); #endif /* INCLUDED_balloc_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/libratbox_config.h_vms������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000025202�11001461237�023152� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* include/libratbox_config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END /* This is a Cygwin system */ #undef CYGWIN /* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */ #undef C_ALLOCA /* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */ #define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 /* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_ARPA_INET_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <crypt.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_CRYPT_H /* Define to 1 if you have devpoll */ #undef HAVE_DEVPOLL /* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `epoll_ctl' function. */ #undef HAVE_EPOLL_CTL /* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */ #undef HAVE_FORK /* Define to 1 if you have the `fstat' function. */ #define HAVE_FSTAT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */ #define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */ #define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `gmtime_r' function. */ #define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `intmax_t'. */ #define HAVE_INTMAX_T 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `intptr_t'. */ #define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `kevent' function. */ #undef HAVE_KEVENT /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'. */ #define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ #define HAVE_MMAP 1 /* Define if you have nanosleep */ #define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1 /* Has OpenSSL */ #undef HAVE_OPENSSL /* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */ #define HAVE_POLL 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `port_create' function. */ #undef HAVE_PORT_CREATE /* Define to 1 if you have the <port.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_PORT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawn' function. */ #define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */ #define HAVE_SELECT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `sendmsg' function. */ #define HAVE_SENDMSG 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `signalfd' function. */ #undef HAVE_SIGNALFD /* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `socketpair' function. */ #define HAVE_SOCKETPAIR 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <spawn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SPAWN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_STRING_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcat' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRLCAT /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRLCPY /* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */ #define HAVE_STRNLEN 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtok_r' function. */ #define HAVE_STRTOK_R 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */ #define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */ #define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/devpoll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DEVPOLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/epoll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_EPOLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/event.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/signalfd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SIGNALFD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_UIO_H 1 /* Define if you have timer_create */ #undef HAVE_TIMER_CREATE /* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_TIME_H 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintmax_t'. */ #define HAVE_UINTMAX_T 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */ #define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ #define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'. */ #define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */ #define HAVE_USLEEP 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */ #define HAVE_VFORK 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the <vfork.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_VFORK_H /* Define to 1 if you are on windows */ #undef HAVE_WIN32 /* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */ #undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK /* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */ #define HAVE_WORKING_VFORK 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `writev' function. */ #define HAVE_WRITEV 1 /* This is a MinGW system */ #undef MINGW /* Define this to disable debugging support. */ #undef NDEBUG /* Define if your system needs crypt. */ #undef NEED_CRYPT /* Define to 1 if you wish to disable the block allocator. */ #undef NOBALLOC /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Defined to mark profiling is enabled */ #undef RATBOX_PROFILE /* Prefix where libratbox is installed. */ #define RB_PREFIX "/ratbox" /* Define to 1 if sockaddr has a 'sa_len' member. */ #undef SOCKADDR_IN_HAS_LEN /* Define this to enable soft asserts. */ #undef SOFT_ASSERT /* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at runtime. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #undef STACK_DIRECTION /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #define STDC_HEADERS 1 /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */ #define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1 /* Define to 1 if we can use timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME,...) */ #undef USE_TIMER_CREATE /* This is a Windows system */ #undef WINDOWS /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # undef _GNU_SOURCE #endif /* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>, <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef was allowed, the #define below would cause a syntax error. */ #undef _UINT32_T /* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint64_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>, <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef was allowed, the #define below would cause a syntax error. */ #undef _UINT64_T /* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>, <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef was allowed, the #define below would cause a syntax error. */ #undef _UINT8_T /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ #undef gid_t /* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ #ifndef __cplusplus #define inline inline #endif /* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 16 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef int16_t /* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 32 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef int32_t /* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 64 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef int64_t /* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 8 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef int8_t /* Define to the widest signed integer type if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> do not define. */ #undef intmax_t /* Define to the type of a signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type exists, and if the system does not define it. */ #undef intptr_t /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef pid_t /* If system does not define sa_family_t, define it here. */ #undef sa_family_t /* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef size_t /* If we don't have a real socklen_t, unsigned int is good enough. */ #undef socklen_t /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef ssize_t /* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ #undef uid_t /* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef uint16_t /* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef uint32_t /* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 64 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef uint64_t /* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ #undef uint8_t /* Define to the widest unsigned integer type if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> do not define. */ #undef uintmax_t /* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type exists, and if the system does not define it. */ #undef uintptr_t /* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */ #define vfork fork ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/ratbox_lib.h����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012072�11202563212�021074� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * $Id: ratbox_lib.h 26523 2009-05-13 15:26:02Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H #define RB_LIB_H 1 #include <librb-config.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <limits.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <assert.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <signal.h> #include <ctype.h> #if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ >= 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) #undef __rb_must_check #define __rb_must_check __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) #else #undef __rb_must_check #define __rb_must_check #endif #ifdef __GNUC__ #undef alloca #define alloca __builtin_alloca #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include <malloc.h> # define alloca _alloca # else # if RB_HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include <alloca.h> # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ char *alloca(); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif /* __GNUC__ */ #ifdef __GNUC__ #ifdef rb_likely #undef rb_likely #endif #ifdef rb_unlikely #undef rb_unlikely #endif #if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 96 # define __builtin_expect(x, expected_value) (x) #endif #define rb_likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1) #define rb_unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0) #else /* !__GNUC__ */ #define UNUSED(x) x #ifdef rb_likely #undef rb_likely #endif #ifdef rb_unlikely #undef rb_unlikely #endif #define rb_likely(x) (x) #define rb_unlikely(x) (x) #endif #ifdef _WIN32 #include <process.h> #ifndef MAXPATHLEN #define MAXPATHLEN 128 #endif #ifdef strerror #undef strerror #endif #define strerror(x) rb_strerror(x) char *rb_strerror(int error); #define ENOBUFS WSAENOBUFS #define EINPROGRESS WSAEINPROGRESS #define EWOULDBLOCK WSAEWOULDBLOCK #define EMSGSIZE WSAEMSGSIZE #define EALREADY WSAEALREADY #define EISCONN WSAEISCONN #define EADDRINUSE WSAEADDRINUSE #define EAFNOSUPPORT WSAEAFNOSUPPORT #define pipe(x) _pipe(x, 1024, O_BINARY) #define ioctl(x,y,z) ioctlsocket(x,y, (u_long *)z) #define WNOHANG 1 #ifndef SIGKILL #define SIGKILL SIGTERM #endif #endif /* _WIN32 */ #ifndef HOSTIPLEN #define HOSTIPLEN 53 #endif #ifdef __GNUC__ #define slrb_assert(expr) do \ if(rb_unlikely(!(expr))) { \ rb_lib_log( \ "file: %s line: %d (%s): Assertion failed: (%s)", \ __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, #expr); \ } \ while(0) #else #define slrb_assert(expr) do \ if(rb_unlikely(!(expr))) { \ rb_lib_log(L_MAIN, \ "file: %s line: %d: Assertion failed: (%s)", \ __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \ } \ while(0) #endif #ifdef SOFT_ASSERT #define lrb_assert(expr) slrb_assert(expr) #else #define lrb_assert(expr) do { slrb_assert(expr); assert(expr); } while(0) #endif #ifdef RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN #define ss_len sa_len #endif #define GET_SS_FAMILY(x) (((const struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family) #define SET_SS_FAMILY(x, y) ((((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family) = y) #ifdef RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN #define SET_SS_LEN(x, y) do { \ struct sockaddr *storage; \ storage = ((struct sockaddr *)(x));\ storage->sa_len = (y); \ } while (0) #define GET_SS_LEN(x) (((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_len) #else /* !RB_SOCKADDR_HAS_SA_LEN */ #define SET_SS_LEN(x, y) (((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family = ((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family) #ifdef RB_IPV6 #define GET_SS_LEN(x) (((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family == AF_INET ? sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) : sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)) #else #define GET_SS_LEN(x) (((struct sockaddr *)(x))->sa_family == AF_INET ? sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) : 0) #endif #endif #ifndef INADDRSZ #define INADDRSZ 4 #endif #ifndef IN6ADDRSZ #define IN6ADDRSZ 16 #endif #ifndef INT16SZ #define INT16SZ 2 #endif typedef void log_cb(const char *buffer); typedef void restart_cb(const char *buffer); typedef void die_cb(const char *buffer); char *rb_ctime(const time_t, char *, size_t); char *rb_date(const time_t, char *, size_t); void rb_lib_log(const char *, ...); void rb_lib_restart(const char *, ...); void rb_lib_die(const char *, ...); void rb_set_time(void); const char *rb_lib_version(void); void rb_lib_init(log_cb * xilog, restart_cb * irestart, die_cb * idie, int closeall, int maxfds, size_t dh_size, size_t fd_heap_size); void rb_lib_loop(long delay); time_t rb_current_time(void); const struct timeval *rb_current_time_tv(void); pid_t rb_spawn_process(const char *, const char **); char *rb_strtok_r(char *, const char *, char **); int rb_gettimeofday(struct timeval *, void *); void rb_sleep(unsigned int seconds, unsigned int useconds); char *rb_crypt(const char *, const char *); unsigned char *rb_base64_encode(const unsigned char *str, int length); unsigned char *rb_base64_decode(const unsigned char *str, int length, int *ret); int rb_kill(pid_t, int); char *rb_strerror(int); int rb_setenv(const char *, const char *, int); pid_t rb_waitpid(pid_t pid, int *status, int options); pid_t rb_getpid(void); //unsigned int rb_geteuid(void); #include <rb_tools.h> #include <rb_memory.h> #include <rb_commio.h> #include <rb_balloc.h> #include <rb_linebuf.h> #include <rb_snprintf.h> #include <rb_event.h> #include <rb_helper.h> #include <rb_rawbuf.h> #include <rb_patricia.h> #endif ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_event.h������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003524�11730556726�020577� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * event.h: The ircd event header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_event.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use event.h directly" #endif #ifndef INCLUDED_event_h #define INCLUDED_event_h struct ev_entry; typedef void EVH(void *); struct ev_entry *rb_event_add(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when); struct ev_entry *rb_event_addonce(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when); struct ev_entry *rb_event_addish(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t delta_ish); void rb_event_run(void); void rb_event_init(void); void rb_event_delete(struct ev_entry *); void rb_event_find_delete(EVH * func, void *); void rb_event_update(struct ev_entry *, time_t freq); void rb_set_back_events(time_t); void rb_dump_events(void (*func) (char *, void *), void *ptr); void rb_run_event(struct ev_entry *); time_t rb_event_next(void); #endif /* INCLUDED_event_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_patricia.h���������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010300�11064740660�021230� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * $Id: patricia.h 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ * Dave Plonka <plonka@doit.wisc.edu> * * This product includes software developed by the University of Michigan, * Merit Network, Inc., and their contributors. * * This file had been called "radix.h" in the MRT sources. * * I renamed it to "patricia.h" since it's not an implementation of a general * radix trie. Also, pulled in various requirements from "mrt.h" and added * some other things it could be used as a standalone API. */ #ifndef _RB_PATRICIA_H #define _RB_PATRICIA_H #ifndef FALSE #define FALSE 0 #endif #ifndef TRUE #define TRUE !(FALSE) #endif #ifndef INET6_ADDRSTRLEN #define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN 46 #endif /* typedef unsigned int u_int; */ #define rb_prefix_touchar(prefix) ((unsigned char *)&(prefix)->add.sin) #define MAXLINE 1024 #define BIT_TEST(f, b) ((f) & (b)) typedef struct _rb_prefix_t { unsigned short family; /* AF_INET | AF_INET6 */ unsigned short bitlen; /* same as mask? */ int ref_count; /* reference count */ union { struct in_addr sin; #ifdef RB_IPV6 struct in6_addr sin6; #endif /* RB_IPV6 */ } add; } rb_prefix_t; typedef struct _rb_patricia_node_t { unsigned int bit; /* flag if this node used */ rb_prefix_t *prefix; /* who we are in patricia tree */ struct _rb_patricia_node_t *l, *r; /* left and right children */ struct _rb_patricia_node_t *parent; /* may be used */ void *data; } rb_patricia_node_t; typedef struct _rb_patricia_tree_t { rb_patricia_node_t *head; unsigned int maxbits; /* for IP, 32 bit addresses */ int num_active_node; /* for debug purpose */ } rb_patricia_tree_t; rb_patricia_node_t *rb_match_ip(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *ip); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_match_ip_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *ip, unsigned int len); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_match_string(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_match_exact_string(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_patricia_search_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_patricia_search_best(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_patricia_search_best2(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix, int inclusive); rb_patricia_node_t *rb_patricia_lookup(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_prefix_t *prefix); void rb_patricia_remove(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, rb_patricia_node_t *node); rb_patricia_tree_t *rb_new_patricia(int maxbits); void rb_clear_patricia(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (void *)); void rb_destroy_patricia(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (void *)); void rb_patricia_process(rb_patricia_tree_t *patricia, void (*func) (rb_prefix_t *, void *)); void rb_init_patricia(void); #if 0 rb_prefix_t *ascii2prefix(int family, char *string); #endif rb_patricia_node_t *make_and_lookup(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, const char *string); rb_patricia_node_t *make_and_lookup_ip(rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *, int bitlen); #define RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS 128 #define RB_PATRICIA_NBIT(x) (0x80 >> ((x) & 0x7f)) #define RB_PATRICIA_NBYTE(x) ((x) >> 3) #define RB_PATRICIA_DATA_GET(node, type) (type *)((node)->data) #define RB_PATRICIA_DATA_SET(node, value) ((node)->data = (void *)(value)) #define RB_PATRICIA_WALK(Xhead, Xnode) \ do { \ rb_patricia_node_t *Xstack[RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS+1]; \ rb_patricia_node_t **Xsp = Xstack; \ rb_patricia_node_t *Xrn = (Xhead); \ while ((Xnode = Xrn)) { \ if (Xnode->prefix) #define RB_PATRICIA_WALK_ALL(Xhead, Xnode) \ do { \ rb_patricia_node_t *Xstack[RB_PATRICIA_MAXBITS+1]; \ rb_patricia_node_t **Xsp = Xstack; \ rb_patricia_node_t *Xrn = (Xhead); \ while ((Xnode = Xrn)) { \ if (1) #define RB_PATRICIA_WALK_BREAK { \ if (Xsp != Xstack) { \ Xrn = *(--Xsp); \ } else { \ Xrn = (rb_patricia_node_t *) 0; \ } \ continue; } #define RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END \ if (Xrn->l) { \ if (Xrn->r) { \ *Xsp++ = Xrn->r; \ } \ Xrn = Xrn->l; \ } else if (Xrn->r) { \ Xrn = Xrn->r; \ } else if (Xsp != Xstack) { \ Xrn = *(--Xsp); \ } else { \ Xrn = (rb_patricia_node_t *) 0; \ } \ } \ } while (0) #endif /* _RB_PATRICIA_H */ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/rb_commio.h�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013065�11730556726�020742� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * commio.h: A header for the network subsystem. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: rb_commio.h 27377 2012-03-16 06:29:42Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef RB_LIB_H # error "Do not use commio.h directly" #endif #ifndef INCLUDED_commio_h #define INCLUDED_commio_h struct sockaddr; struct _fde; typedef struct _fde rb_fde_t; /* Callback for completed IO events */ typedef void PF(rb_fde_t *, void *); /* Callback for completed connections */ /* int fd, int status, void * */ typedef void CNCB(rb_fde_t *, int, void *); /* callback for fd table dumps */ typedef void DUMPCB(int, const char *desc, void *); /* callback for accept callbacks */ typedef void ACCB(rb_fde_t *, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t len, void *); /* callback for pre-accept callback */ typedef int ACPRE(rb_fde_t *, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t len, void *); enum { RB_OK, RB_ERR_BIND, RB_ERR_DNS, RB_ERR_TIMEOUT, RB_ERR_CONNECT, RB_ERROR, RB_ERROR_SSL, RB_ERR_MAX }; #define RB_FD_NONE 0x01 #define RB_FD_FILE 0x02 #define RB_FD_SOCKET 0x04 #ifndef _WIN32 #define RB_FD_PIPE 0x08 #else #define RB_FD_PIPE RB_FD_SOCKET #endif #define RB_FD_LISTEN 0x10 #define RB_FD_SSL 0x20 #define RB_FD_UNKNOWN 0x40 #define RB_RW_IO_ERROR -1 /* System call error */ #define RB_RW_SSL_ERROR -2 /* SSL Error */ #define RB_RW_SSL_NEED_READ -3 /* SSL Needs read */ #define RB_RW_SSL_NEED_WRITE -4 /* SSL Needs write */ struct rb_iovec { void *iov_base; size_t iov_len; }; void rb_fdlist_init(int closeall, int maxfds, size_t heapsize); rb_fde_t __rb_must_check *rb_open(int, uint8_t, const char *); void rb_close(rb_fde_t *); void rb_dump_fd(DUMPCB *, void *xdata); void rb_note(rb_fde_t *, const char *); /* Type of IO */ #define RB_SELECT_READ 0x1 #define RB_SELECT_WRITE 0x2 #define RB_SELECT_ACCEPT RB_SELECT_READ #define RB_SELECT_CONNECT RB_SELECT_WRITE int rb_set_nb(rb_fde_t *); int rb_set_buffers(rb_fde_t *, int); int rb_get_sockerr(rb_fde_t *); void rb_settimeout(rb_fde_t *, time_t, PF *, void *); void rb_checktimeouts(void *); void rb_connect_tcp(rb_fde_t *, struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *, int, CNCB *, void *, int); void rb_connect_tcp_ssl(rb_fde_t *, struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *, int, CNCB *, void *, int); int rb_connect_sockaddr(rb_fde_t *, struct sockaddr *addr, int len); const char *rb_errstr(int status); rb_fde_t __rb_must_check *rb_socket(int family, int sock_type, int proto, const char *note); int __rb_must_check rb_socketpair(int family, int sock_type, int proto, rb_fde_t **F1, rb_fde_t **F2, const char *note); void rb_accept_tcp(rb_fde_t *, ACPRE * precb, ACCB * callback, void *data); ssize_t rb_write(rb_fde_t *, const void *buf, int count); ssize_t rb_writev(rb_fde_t *, struct rb_iovec *vector, int count); ssize_t __rb_must_check rb_read(rb_fde_t *, void *buf, int count); int __rb_must_check rb_pipe(rb_fde_t **, rb_fde_t **, const char *desc); int __rb_must_check rb_setup_ssl_server(const char *cert, const char *keyfile, const char *dhfile); int __rb_must_check rb_ssl_listen(rb_fde_t *, int backlog); int __rb_must_check rb_listen(rb_fde_t *, int backlog); const char *rb_inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, unsigned int size); int rb_inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst); const char *rb_inet_ntop_sock(struct sockaddr *src, char *dst, unsigned int size); int rb_inet_pton_sock(const char *src, struct sockaddr *dst); int rb_getmaxconnect(void); int rb_ignore_errno(int); /* Generic wrappers */ void rb_setselect(rb_fde_t *, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); void rb_init_netio(void); int rb_select(unsigned long); int rb_fd_ssl(rb_fde_t *F); int rb_get_fd(rb_fde_t *F); const char *rb_get_ssl_strerror(rb_fde_t *F); rb_fde_t *rb_get_fde(int fd); int rb_send_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *xF, rb_fde_t **F, int count, void *data, size_t datasize, pid_t pid); int rb_recv_fd_buf(rb_fde_t *F, void *data, size_t datasize, rb_fde_t **xF, int count); void rb_set_type(rb_fde_t *F, uint8_t type); uint8_t rb_get_type(rb_fde_t *F); const char *rb_get_iotype(void); typedef enum { RB_PRNG_EGD, RB_PRNG_FILE, #ifdef _WIN32 RB_PRNGWIN32, #endif RB_PRNG_DEFAULT, } prng_seed_t; int rb_init_prng(const char *path, prng_seed_t seed_type); int rb_get_random(void *buf, size_t len); int rb_get_pseudo_random(void *buf, size_t len); void rb_ssl_start_accepted(rb_fde_t *new_F, ACCB * cb, void *data, int timeout); void rb_ssl_start_connected(rb_fde_t *F, CNCB * callback, void *data, int timeout); int rb_supports_ssl(void); unsigned int rb_ssl_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count(rb_fde_t *F); int rb_pass_fd_to_process(rb_fde_t *, pid_t, rb_fde_t *); rb_fde_t *rb_recv_fd(rb_fde_t *); #endif /* INCLUDED_commio_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/commio-int.h����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014770�11730556726�021053� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * commio-int.h: A header for the network subsystem. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: commio.h 24059 2007-07-24 17:25:41Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef _COMMIO_INT_H #define _COMMIO_INT_H 1 #define RB_FD_HASH_BITS 12 #define RB_FD_HASH_SIZE (1UL << RB_FD_HASH_BITS) #define RB_FD_HASH_MASK (RB_FD_HASH_SIZE-1) #define FD_DESC_SZ 128 /* hostlen + comment */ #ifdef _WIN32 #define rb_get_errno() do { errno = WSAGetLastError(); WSASetLastError(errno); } while(0) #else #define rb_get_errno() #endif #define rb_hash_fd(x) ((x ^ (x >> RB_FD_HASH_BITS) ^ (x >> (RB_FD_HASH_BITS * 2))) & RB_FD_HASH_MASK) #ifdef HAVE_WRITEV #ifndef UIO_MAXIOV # if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NetBSD__) /* FreeBSD 4.7 defines it in sys/uio.h only if _KERNEL is specified */ # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV 1024 # elif defined(__sgi) /* IRIX 6.5 has sysconf(_SC_IOV_MAX) which might return 512 or bigger */ # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV 512 # elif defined(__sun) /* Solaris (and SunOS?) defines IOV_MAX instead */ # ifndef IOV_MAX # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV 16 # else # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV IOV_MAX # endif # elif defined(IOV_MAX) # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV IOV_MAX # else # define RB_UIO_MAXIOV 16 # endif #else #define RB_UIO_MAXIOV UIO_MAXIOV #endif #else #define RB_UIO_MAXIOV 16 #endif struct conndata { /* We don't need the host here ? */ struct rb_sockaddr_storage S; struct rb_sockaddr_storage hostaddr; time_t t; CNCB *callback; void *data; /* We'd also add the retry count here when we get to that -- adrian */ }; struct acceptdata { struct rb_sockaddr_storage S; rb_socklen_t addrlen; ACCB *callback; ACPRE *precb; void *data; }; /* Only have open flags for now, could be more later */ #define FLAG_OPEN 0x1 #define IsFDOpen(F) (F->flags & FLAG_OPEN) #define SetFDOpen(F) (F->flags |= FLAG_OPEN) #define ClearFDOpen(F) (F->flags &= ~FLAG_OPEN) struct _fde { /* New-school stuff, again pretty much ripped from squid */ /* * Yes, this gives us only one pending read and one pending write per * filedescriptor. Think though: when do you think we'll need more? */ rb_dlink_node node; int fd; /* So we can use the rb_fde_t as a callback ptr */ uint8_t flags; uint8_t type; int pflags; char *desc; PF *read_handler; void *read_data; PF *write_handler; void *write_data; struct timeout_data *timeout; struct conndata *connect; struct acceptdata *accept; void *ssl; unsigned int handshake_count; unsigned long ssl_errno; }; typedef void (*comm_event_cb_t) (void *); #ifdef USE_TIMER_CREATE typedef struct timer_data { timer_t td_timer_id; comm_event_cb_t td_cb; void *td_udata; int td_repeat; } *comm_event_id; #endif extern rb_dlink_list *rb_fd_table; static inline __rb_must_check rb_fde_t * rb_find_fd(int fd) { rb_dlink_list *hlist; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(rb_unlikely(fd < 0)) return NULL; hlist = &rb_fd_table[rb_hash_fd(fd)]; if(hlist->head == NULL) return NULL; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hlist->head) { rb_fde_t *F = ptr->data; if(F->fd == fd) return F; } return NULL; } int rb_setup_fd(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_connect_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status); int rb_io_sched_event(struct ev_entry *ev, int when); void rb_io_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *ev); int rb_io_supports_event(void); void rb_io_init_event(void); /* epoll versions */ void rb_setselect_epoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_epoll(void); int rb_select_epoll(long); int rb_setup_fd_epoll(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_epoll_init_event(void); int rb_epoll_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when); void rb_epoll_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event); int rb_epoll_supports_event(void); /* poll versions */ void rb_setselect_poll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_poll(void); int rb_select_poll(long); int rb_setup_fd_poll(rb_fde_t *F); /* devpoll versions */ void rb_setselect_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_devpoll(void); int rb_select_devpoll(long); int rb_setup_fd_devpoll(rb_fde_t *F); /* sigio versions */ void rb_setselect_sigio(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_sigio(void); int rb_select_sigio(long); int rb_setup_fd_sigio(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_sigio_init_event(void); int rb_sigio_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when); void rb_sigio_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event); int rb_sigio_supports_event(void); /* ports versions */ void rb_setselect_ports(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_ports(void); int rb_select_ports(long); int rb_setup_fd_ports(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_ports_init_event(void); int rb_ports_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when); void rb_ports_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event); int rb_ports_supports_event(void); /* kqueue versions */ void rb_setselect_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_kqueue(void); int rb_select_kqueue(long); int rb_setup_fd_kqueue(rb_fde_t *F); void rb_kqueue_init_event(void); int rb_kqueue_sched_event(struct ev_entry *event, int when); void rb_kqueue_unsched_event(struct ev_entry *event); int rb_kqueue_supports_event(void); /* select versions */ void rb_setselect_select(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_select(void); int rb_select_select(long); int rb_setup_fd_select(rb_fde_t *F); /* win32 versions */ void rb_setselect_win32(rb_fde_t *F, unsigned int type, PF * handler, void *client_data); int rb_init_netio_win32(void); int rb_select_win32(long); int rb_setup_fd_win32(rb_fde_t *F); #endif ��������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/include/arc4random.h����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000306�11064740660�021010� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� #if !defined(HAVE_OPENSSL) && !defined(HAVE_GNUTLS) && !defined(HAVE_ARC4RANDOM) void arc4random_stir(void); uint32_t arc4random(void); void arc4random_addrandom(uint8_t *dat, int datlen); #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/.indent.pro�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000451�11064740660�017244� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -ut -nsai -l100 -npcs -nprs -ncs -nsaf -nsai -nsaw -T uint64_t -T uint32_t -T uint8_t -T int64_t -T int32_t -T int8_t -T uintptr_t -T rb_bh -T size_t -T rb_fde_t -T rb_helper -T rb_prefix_t -T rb_dlink_node -T rb_dlink_list -T rb_patricia_node_t -T rb_patricia_tree_t -T rb_bh_usage_cb �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/missing�����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000024666�10513313546�016575� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. scriptversion=2003-09-02.23 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi run=: # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. if test -f configure.ac; then configure_ac=configure.ac else configure_ac=configure.in fi msg="missing on your system" case "$1" in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or # if --run hadn't been passed. if test $? = 63; then run=: msg="probably too old" fi ;; esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. case "$1" in -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; aclocal*) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case "$f" in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake*) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; autom4te) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo "#! /bin/sh" echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" echo "# $ $@" echo "exit 0" chmod +x $file exit 1 fi ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then echo >y.tab.h fi if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; help2man) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` fi if [ -f "$file" ]; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" exit 1 fi ;; makeinfo) if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have makeinfo, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file` fi touch $file ;; tar) shift if test -n "$run"; then echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" exit 1 fi # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error # messages. if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gnutar "$@" && exit 0 fi if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gtar "$@" && exit 0 fi firstarg="$1" if shift; then case "$firstarg" in *o*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac case "$firstarg" in *h*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the command line arguments." exit 1 ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/INSTALL�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017227�10513313546�016222� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Basic Installation ================== These are generic installation instructions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file `config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute `configure' itself. Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like this: CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' will install the package's files in `/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PATH'. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Optional Features ================= Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' can not figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the `--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the host type. If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of system on which you are compiling the package. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Operation Controls ================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--cache-file=FILE' Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for debugging `configure'. `--help' Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--version' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/CREDITS�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001237�10513313546�016203� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: CREDITS 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1. Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers: AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org> anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> Special thanks for support, code and ideas to: Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net> jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl> larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org> Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past 10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid team, our thanks goes to them. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/Makefile.in�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000056465�11726771060�017253� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = . DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/configure \ $(top_srcdir)/include/libratbox_config.h.in COPYING ChangeLog \ INSTALL TODO config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh \ ltmain.sh missing ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/libratbox_config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ distdir dist dist-all distcheck ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CRYPT_LIB = @CRYPT_LIB@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ EXTRA_WARNINGS = @EXTRA_WARNINGS@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GNUTLS_CFLAGS = @GNUTLS_CFLAGS@ GNUTLS_LIBS = @GNUTLS_LIBS@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_PREFIX = @RB_PREFIX@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SSL_CFLAGS = @SSL_CFLAGS@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign SUBDIRS = src all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): include/libratbox_config.h: include/stamp-h1 @if test ! -f $@; then rm -f include/stamp-h1; else :; fi @if test ! -f $@; then $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) include/stamp-h1; else :; fi include/stamp-h1: $(top_srcdir)/include/libratbox_config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f include/stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status include/libratbox_config.h $(top_srcdir)/include/libratbox_config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f include/stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f include/libratbox_config.h include/stamp-h1 mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: -rm -f libtool config.lt # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ fi; \ done; \ rev="$$rev ."; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done ctags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzma: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma $(am__remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__remove_distdir) dist dist-all: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lzma*) \ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build mkdir $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \ install-am install-strip tags-recursive .PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ dist-gzip dist-lzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \ distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \ ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libratbox/Makefile.am�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000052�10513313546�017211� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign SUBDIRS = src ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/SVN-Access������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001425�11645731540�014771� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: SVN-Access 27235 2011-10-14 03:58:24Z dubkat $ So, we've gone and switched to subversion. The ircd-ratbox subversion repository is available for anonymous access. One can checkout the stable tree(currently 2.2.x) as follows: svn co http://svn.ratbox.org/svnroot/ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_2_2 Or the testing tree(3.0.x): svn co http://svn.ratbox.org/svnroot/ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0 Or if you prefer the bleeding edge stuff: svn co http://svn.ratbox.org/svnroot/ircd-ratbox/trunk Of course at any given time the SVN tree could be broken. If you are planning on using the SVN tree you very well may want to be on the mailing list, you can subscribe at: http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox Direct bug reports to: http://bugs.ratbox.org �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/mkinstalldirs���������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000006535�10476074743�016024� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy scriptversion=2004-02-15.20 # Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> # Created: 1993-05-16 # Public domain. # # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. errstatus=0 dirmode="" usage="\ Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ... Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all leading file name components. Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." # process command line arguments while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help echo "$usage" exit 0 ;; -m) # -m PERM arg shift test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } dirmode=$1 shift ;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion" exit 0 ;; --) # stop option processing shift break ;; -*) # unknown option echo "$usage" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) # first non-opt arg break ;; esac done for file do if test -d "$file"; then shift else break fi done case $# in 0) exit 0 ;; esac # Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and # mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing, # one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with # a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs # from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict # ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe. case $dirmode in '') if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then echo "mkdir -p -- $*" exec mkdir -p -- "$@" else # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already # exists. test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version fi ;; *) if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" else # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir. for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode"; do test -d $d && rmdir $d done fi ;; esac for file do set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` shift pathcomp= for d do pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" case $pathcomp in -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; esac if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then echo "mkdir $pathcomp" mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then errstatus=$lasterr else if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" lasterr="" chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then errstatus=$lasterr fi fi fi fi pathcomp="$pathcomp/" done done exit $errstatus # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/compile���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007156�10476074743�014571� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. # $Id: compile 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ scriptversion=2003-11-09.00 # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF exit 0 ;; -v | --v*) echo "compile $scriptversion" exit 0 ;; esac prog=$1 shift ofile= cfile= args= while test $# -gt 0; do case "$1" in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. # So we do something ugly here. ofile=$2 shift case "$ofile" in *.o | *.obj) ;; *) args="$args -o $ofile" ofile= ;; esac ;; *.c) cfile=$1 args="$args $1" ;; *) args="$args $1" ;; esac shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$prog" $args fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. cofile=`echo $cfile | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. lockdir=`echo $cofile | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir $lockdir > /dev/null 2>&1; then break fi sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. trap "rmdir $lockdir; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. "$prog" $args status=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then mv "$cofile" "$ofile" fi rmdir $lockdir exit $status # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/�����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�014113� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�015254� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/umode������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000664�11003145560�016317� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODE <nick> <+|-><modes> Usermodes: USERMODE DESCRIPTION ----------------------------------------------------------------- +o - Designates this client is an IRC Operator. Use the /oper command to attain this. +i - Designates this client 'invisible'. +g - "caller id" mode only allow accept clients to message you +D - Deaf - ignores all channel messages. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/info�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000113�10476074743�016147� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������INFO INFO displays the copyright, authors and contributors list for ircd. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/notice�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000635�10476074743�016506� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������NOTICE <nick|channel> :message NOTICE will send a notice message to the user or channel specified. NOTICE supports the following prefixes for sending messages to specific clients in a channel: @ - channel operators only + - channel operators and voiced users The nick can be extended to fit into the following syntax: username@servername This syntax is used to securely send a notice to a service or a bot. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/privmsg����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000643�10476074743�016713� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PRIVMSG <nick|channel> :message PRIVMSG will send a standard message to the user or channel specified. PRIVMSG supports the following prefixes for sending messages to specific clients in a channel: @ - channel operators only + - channel operators and voiced users The nick can be extended to fit into the following syntax: username@servername This syntax is used to securely send a message to a service or a bot. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/stats������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001506�10476074743�016361� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������STATS <letter> [server|nick] Queries server [server] (or your own server if no server parameter is given) for info corresponding to <letter>. LETTER ------ (^ = Can be configured to be oper only.) ^ c - Shows connect blocks ^ h - Shows hub_mask/leaf_mask (Old H:/L: lines) ^ i - Shows auth blocks (or matched auth block) ^ K - Shows K lines (or matched klines) ^ k - Shows temporary K lines (or matched temp klines) L - Shows IP and generic info about [nick] l - Shows hostname and generic info about [nick] m - Shows commands and their usage ^ o - Shows O/o lines ^ P - Shows configured ports p - Shows opers connected and their idle times u - Shows server uptime ^ v - Shows connected servers and brief status information ^ y - Shows connection classes (Old Y: lines) ^ ? - Shows connected servers and sendq info about them ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/users/index������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001166�10476074743�016334� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Help topics available to users: ACCEPT ADMIN AWAY CHALLENGE CMODE CNOTICE CPRIVMSG CREDITS ERROR HELP INDEX INFO INVITE ISON JOIN KICK KNOCK LINKS LIST LUSERS MAP MOTD NAMES NICK NOTICE OPER PART PASS PING PONG PRIVMSG QUIT STATS TIME TOPIC TRACE UMODE USER USERHOST USERS VERSION WHO WHOIS WHOWAS ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�015243� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/ison�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000264�10476074743�016162� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ISON <nick_A> [nick_B] :[nick_C] [nick_D] ISON will return a list of users who are present on the network from the list that was passed in. This command is rarely used directly. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/adminxline�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000260�11026015011�017305� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMINXLINE <gecos> :<reason> Bans by gecos (aka 'real name') field, with the special exception that the XLINE can only be removed by administrators. - Requires Oper Priv: XA ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/umode������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002564�11003145560�016307� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODE <nick> <+|-><modes> Usermodes: (* designates that the umode is oper only) USERMODE DESCRIPTION ----------------------------------------------------------------- +i - Designates this client 'invisible'. +g - "caller id" mode only allow accept clients to message you +o - Designates this client is an IRC Operator. Use the /oper command to attain this. * +a - Is marked as a server admin in whois. * +b - Can see possible bot warnings. * +c - Can see client connections and exits. * +C - Can see extended client connections and exits. * +d - Can see server debug messages. * +f - Can see 'I-line is full' notices. * +k - Can see server kill messages. * +l - Can see oper locops (local wallops). * +n - Can see client nick changes. * +r - Can see 'rejected' client notices. * +s - Can see generic server messages and oper kills. * +u - Can see unauthorised client connections. * +w - Can see server wallops. * +x - Can see new server introduction and split messages. * +y - Can see stats/links/admin requests to name a few. * +z - Can see oper wallops. * +Z - Can see operspy notices +D - Deaf - ignores all channel messages. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/masktrace��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000455�10476074743�017166� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MASKTRACE [<nick>!]<user>@<host> :<gecos> Outputs a list of local users matching the given masks in ETRACE format, with the classname replaced by the server the users are on. Gecos uses the same wildcards as xlines; nick, user and host use just ? and *. Supports using CIDR ip masks as a hostname. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/users������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000253�10476074743�016351� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������USERS [remoteserver] USERS will display the local and global current and maximum user statistics for the specified server, or the local server if there was no parameter. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/etrace�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001153�10476074743�016453� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ETRACE [-full|-v4|-v6|nick] With no argument, ETRACE gives a list of all clients connected to the local server, both users and operators. With -full option, ETRACE lists all clients along with the two unused fields sent in the USER command when they connected. When ipv6 is enabled, the -v4 and -v6 options display clients using ipv4 and ipv6 respectively. You may also specify a specific nickname to ETRACE. The target can be a local or remote client, however the ETRACE will be "lost" if the remote server does not support this extension. The "-full" option will be implied and should not be specified with it. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/close������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000130�10476074743�016307� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CLOSE Close any connections from clients or servers who have not fully registered yet. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/connect����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001016�10476074743�016637� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CONNECT <server_A> [port] [server_B] When [server_B] is used, CONNECT asks [server_B] to connect to <server_A>. Requires Oper Priv: R The [port] must be specified with [server_B], this is usually 6667. To use the default port in the connect block, you can use 0 as the port. When [server_B] is not used, CONNECT tries to connect your server to <server_A>. When [port] is used, the connection will be attempted to [port]. When [port] is not used, 6667 is used as a default, unless the port is specified in the conf file. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/ungline����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000334�10476074743�016651� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNGLINE <user@host> -- if glines are enabled -- Will attempt to remove gline matching <user@host> This will only remove the gline from YOUR server, it does not try to remove it globally. - Requires Oper Privs: G and U ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/away�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000177�10476074743�016156� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������AWAY :[MSG] Without an argument, it will set you back. With an argument, it will set you as AWAY with the specified message. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/pong�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000325�10476074743�016153� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PONG <pinged-client> :<source-client> PONG is the response to a PING command. The source client is the user or server that issued the command, and the pinged client is the user or server that received the PING. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/post�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000227�10476074743�016176� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������POST The POST command is used to help protect against insecure HTTP proxies. Any proxy that sends a POST command during registration will be exited. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/names������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000652�10476074743�016316� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������NAMES [channel] With no channel argument, NAMES shows the names (nicks) of all clients logged in to the network that do not have +i flag. With the #channel argument, it displays the nicks on that channel, also respecting the +i flag of each client. If the channel specified is a channel that the issuing client is currently in, all nicks are listed in similar fashion to when the user first joins a channel. See also: join ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/cmode������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003172�10476074743�016302� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODE <channel> <+|-><modes> [parameters] CHANNELMODE - DESCRIPTION ------------------------------------------------------------------------ NO PARAMETERS: +n - No external messages. Only channel members may talk in the channel. +t - Ops Topic. Only opped (+o) users may set the topic. +s - Secret. Channel will not be shown in /whois and /list etc. +p - Private. Disables /knock to the channel. +m - Moderated. Only opped/voiced users may talk in channel. +i - Invite only. Users need to be /invite'd or match a +I to join the channel. WITH PARAMETERS: +k - Key. Requires users to issue /join #channel KEY to join. PARAMS: /mode #channel +k key +l - Limit. Impose a maximum number of LIMIT people in the channel. PARAMS: /mode #channel +l limit +v - Voice. Allows a user to talk in a +m channel. Noted by +nick. PARAMS: /mode #channel +v nick +o - Op. Allows a user full control over the channel. PARAMS: /mode #channel +o nick +b - Ban. Prevents a user from entering the channel, based on a nick!ident@host match. PARAMS: /mode #channel +b nick!user@host +e - Exempt. Allows a user to join a channel even if they are banned (+b), based on a nick!ident@host match. PARAMS: /mode #channel +e nick!user@host +I - Invite Exempt. Allows a user to join a +i channel without an invite, based on a nick!user@host match. PARAMS: /mode #channel +I nick!user@host ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/gungline���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000475�11405007640�017007� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������GUNGLINE <user@host> :<reason> -- if glines are enabled -- Attempts to remove a global IRC-network wide ban on <user@host> for the reason <reason>. It takes three different opers on three different servers to do the same GUNGLINE within a short interval, to remove a triggered GLINE. - Requires Oper Priv: G and U ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/squit������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000220�10476074743�016347� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SQUIT <server> [reason] Splits <server> away from your side of the net with [reason]. - Requires Oper Priv: R for servers not connected to you ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/map��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000130�10476074743�015757� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MAP MAP shows a graphical map of the network with user counts and TS6 SIDs (if known). ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/time�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000237�10476074743�016150� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TIME [server] The TIME command will return the server's local date and time. If an argument is supplied, the time for the server specified will be returned. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/modunload��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000324�11030537012�017145� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODUNLOAD <module.so> -- Unload a module from the ircd Use just the module name, the path is not needed. When a module is unloaded, all commands associated with it are unloaded as well. - Requires Oper Priv: A ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/list�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000720�10476074743�016162� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������LIST [#channel]|[modifiers] Without any arguments, LIST will give an entire list of all channels which are not set as secret (+s). The list will be in the form: <#channel> <amount of users> :[topic] If an argument supplied is a channel name, LIST will give just the statistics for the given channel. Modifiers are also supported, seperated by a comma: <n - List channels with less than n users >n - List channels with more than n users eg LIST <100,>20 ������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/set��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002714�10476074743�016007� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SET <option> <value> <option> can be one of the following: ADMINSTRING - Sets string shown in WHOIS for admins AUTOCONN - Sets auto-connect on or off for a particular server AUTOCONNALL - Sets auto-connect on or off for all servers FLOODCOUNT - The number of lines allowed before throttling a connection due to flooding Note that this variable is used for both channels and clients IDENTTIMEOUT- Timeout for requesting ident from a client IDLETIME - The number of seconds a client can be idle before disconnecting them MAX - Sets the number of max connections to <value>. (This number cannot exceed HARD_FDLIMIT in config.h) OPERSTRING - Sets string shown in WHOIS for opers SPAMNUM - Sets how many join/parts to channels constitutes a possible spambot. SPAMTIME - Below this time on a channel counts as a join/part as above. SPLITMODE - Sets splitmode to <value>: ON - splitmode is permanently on OFF - splitmode is permanently off AUTO - ircd chooses splitmode based on SPLITUSERS and SPLITNUM SPLITUSERS - Sets the minimum amount of users needed to deactivate automatic splitmode. SPLITNUM - Sets the minimum amount of servers needed to deactivate automatic splitmode. ����������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/challenge��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000540�10476074743�017131� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CHALLENGE <nick|+response> CHALLENGE is used in the RSA controlled oper {} system. CHALLENGE requires you to issue the command using the nickname in the operator block, while matching the username and hostname specified. The server will send you an RSA challenge. You must send a valid RSA response back to the server, proceeded with a '+' symbol. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/kick�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000300�10476074743�016122� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������KICK <channel> <nick> :[msg] The KICK command will remove the specified user from the specified channel, using the optional kick message. You must be a channel operator to use this command. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/resv�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001042�11026245301�016142� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������RESV [time] <channel|nick> :<reason> Reserves a channel or nickname from use. If [time] is not specified this is added to resv.conf, otherwise is temporary for [time] minutes. Nick resvs accept the same wildcard chars as xlines. Channel resvs only use exact string comparisons. RESV [time] <channel|nick> ON <server> :<reason> Will attempt to set the RESV on <server> if <server> accepts remote RESVs. Administrators can also add a RESV that can only be removed by other administrators with the ADMINRESV command. - Requires Oper Priv: Q ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/adminwall��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000130�11030537012�017126� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMINWALL :<message> Sends an ADMINWALL message of <message> to all admins (umode +a). ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/info�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000363�11030537012�016121� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������INFO [server] INFO displays the copyright, list of authors and contributors to ircd, and the server configuration (as defined in config.h and ircd.conf). If an argument is supplied, the information for the server specified will be returned. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/help�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000230�10476074743�016133� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������HELP [topic] HELP displays the contents of the help file for topic requested. If no topic is requested, it will perform the equivalent to HELP index. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/sjoin������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000053�10476074743�016330� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SJOIN - Server to Server Protocol Command. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/operwall���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000163�11030537012�017011� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������OPERWALL :<message> Sends an OPERWALL message of <message> to all opers who are umode +z - Requires Oper Priv: L �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/userhost���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000441�10476074743�017063� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������USERHOST <nick> USERHOST displays the username, hostname, operator status, and presence of valid ident of the specified nickname. If you use USERHOST on yourself, the hostname is replaced with the IP you are connecting from. This is needed to provide DCC support for spoofed hostnames. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/gline������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000511�10476074743�016303� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������GLINE <user@host> :[reason] -- if glines are enabled -- Attempts to add a global IRC-network wide ban on <user@host> for the reason [reason]. It takes three different opers on three different servers to do the same GLINE within a short interval, to have a GLINE triggered for a compiled time of hours. - Requires Oper Priv: G ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/join�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000636�10476074743�016154� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������JOIN <#channel> [key] The JOIN command allows you to enter a public chat area known as a channel. Network wide channels are proceeded by a '#', while a local server channel is proceeded by an '&'. More than one channel may be specified, separated with commas (no spaces). If the channel has a key set, the 2nd argument must be given to enter. This allows channels to be password protected. See also: part, list ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/uhelp������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000211�10476074743�016317� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UHELP [topic] UHELP allows an operator to view help topics for users without opening a second client or removing their operator status. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/adminkline�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000371�11022302747�017306� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMINKLINE <user@host> :[reason] [| oper reason] Adds a KLINE to the kline database which will ban the specified user from using this server, with the special exception that the KLINE can only be removed by administators. - Requires Oper Priv: KA �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/kill�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000301�11030537012�016111� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������KILL <nick> <reason> Disconnects user <nick> from the IRC server he/she is connected to with reason <reason>. - Requires Oper Priv: C - Requires Oper Priv: O for users not on your IRC server �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/unxline����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000252�10476074743�016671� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNXLINE <gecos> Will attempt to unxline the given <gecos> UNXLINE <gecos> ON <server> Will attempt to unxline the given <gecos> on <server>. - Requires Oper Priv: X ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/modload����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000276�11030537012�016610� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODLOAD <[path/]module.so> -- Load a module into the ircd the optional path can be an absolute path from / or from the IRCD_PREFIX (ie modules/autoload/m_users.so) - Requires Oper Priv: A ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/links������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001053�10476074743�016327� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������LINKS [[remote] mask] LINKS shows a list of all servers linked to the host server. With a mask parameter, LINKS will just show servers matching that parameter. With the remote server parameter, LINKS will request the LINKS data from the remote server, matching the mask given. The information provided by the LINKS command can be helpful for determining the overall shape of the network in addition to its size. NOTE: the links command employs an intensive process to generate it's output, so sparing use is recommended. See also: connect map squit �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/admindline�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000321�11026015011�017257� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMINDLINE <ip> :<reason> Adds a DLINE which will deny any connections from the IP address supplied, with the special exception that the DLINE can only be removed by administrators. - Requires Oper Priv: KA ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/kline������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002060�11022302747�016272� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������KLINE <user@host> :[reason] [| oper reason] Adds a KLINE to the kline database which will ban the specified user from using this server. The banned client will receive a message saying he/she is banned with reason [reason]. If an oper reason is added (the pipe must be specified to seperate the fields) this will be added into the kline.conf but will not be shown to the user when they are given the kline reason. KLINE <user@ip.ip.ip.ip> :[reason] [| oper reason] will kline the user at the unresolved ip. ip.ip.ip.ip can be in CIDR form i.e. 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.* (which is converted to CIDR form internally) For a temporary KLINE, length of kline is given in minutes as the first parameter i.e. KLINE 10 <user@host> :cool off for 10 minutes KLINE [duration] <user@host> ON irc.server :[reason] [| oper reason] will kline the user on irc.server if irc.server accepts remote klines. irc.server can contain wildcards. Administrators can also add a KLINE that can only be removed by other administrators with the ADMINKLINE command. - Requires Oper Priv: K ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/part�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000456�10476074743�016163� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PART <#channel> :[part message] PART requires at least a channel argument to be given. It will exit the client from the specified channel. More than one channel may be specified, separated with commas (no spaces). An optional part message may be given to be displayed to the channel. See also: join ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/invite�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000302�11030537012�016455� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������INVITE <nickname> <channel> INVITE sends a notice to the user that you have asked him/her to come to the specified channel. If the channel is +i, this will allow the user to bypass this mode. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/trace������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001052�10476074743�016304� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TRACE [server | nick] [location] With no argument, TRACE gives a list of all clients connected to the local server, both users and operators. With one argument which is a server, TRACE displays the path to the specified server, and all servers, opers and -i users on that server. Nonopers can only see themselves, opers and servers in the first two forms. With one argument which is a client, TRACE displays the path to that client, and that client's information. If location is given, the command is executed on that server; no path is displayed. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/notice�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001525�10476074743�016474� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������NOTICE <nick|channel> :message NOTICE will send a notice message to the user or channel specified. NOTICE supports the following prefixes for sending messages to specific clients in a channel: @ - channel operators only + - channel operators and voiced users Two other targets are permitted: $$servermask - Send a message to a server or set of servers $#hostmask - Send a message to users matching the hostmask specified. These two are operator only. The nick can be extended to fit into the following syntax: username[%hostname]@servername This syntax (without the hostname) is used to securely send a message to a service or a bot. An extension of this is the syntax to send to all opers on a server. opers@servername In Hybrid 7, all opers on a server will see a message that looks like a modified WALLOPS ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/privmsg����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001532�10476074743�016700� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PRIVMSG <nick|channel> :message PRIVMSG will send a standard message to the user or channel specified. PRIVMSG supports the following prefixes for sending messages to specific clients in a channel: @ - channel operators only + - channel operators and voiced users Two other targets are permitted: $$servermask - Send a message to a server or set of servers $#hostmask - Send a message to users matching the hostmask specified. These two are operator only. The nick can be extended to fit into the following syntax: username[%hostname]@servername This syntax (without the hostname) is used to securely send a message to a service or a bot. An extension of this is the syntax to send to all opers on a server. opers@servername In Hybrid 7, all opers on a server will see a message that looks like a modified WALLOPS ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/modlist����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000367�11030537012�016645� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODLIST [match string] -- List the modules that are currently loaded into the ircd, along with their address and version. When a match string is provided, modlist only prints modules with names matching the match string. - Requires Oper Priv: A �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/die��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000104�10476074743�015744� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������DIE server.name Terminates the IRC server - Requires Oper Priv: D ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/who��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002272�10476074743�016010� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������WHO <#channel|user> The WHO command displays information about a user, such as their GECOS information, their user@host, whether they are an IRC operator or not, etc. A sample WHO result from a command issued like "WHO pokey" may look something like this: #lamers pokey H pokey@ppp.newbies.net :0 Jim Jones The first field indicates the last channel the user has joined. The second is the user's nickname. The third field describes the status information about the user. The possible combinations for this field are listed below: H - The user is not away. G - The user is set away. * - The user is an IRC operator. @ - The user is a channel op in the channel listed in the first field. + - The user is voiced in the channel listed. The next field contains the username@host of the user. The final field displays the number of server hops and the user's GECOS information. This command may be executed on a channel, such as "WHO #lamers" The output will consist of WHO listings for each user on the channel. This command may also be used in conjunction with wildcards such as * and ?. See also: whois, userhost ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/chantrace��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000310�10476074743�017132� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CHANTRACE <#channel> Outputs a list of members in #channel in ETRACE format, with the classname replaced by the server the users are on. You must be a member of the channel to perform this command. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/adminresv��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000267�11026245301�017163� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMINRESV <channel|nick> :<reason> Reserves a channel or nickname from use. With the special exception that the RESV can only be removed by administators. - Requires Oper Priv: QA �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/accept�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000474�10476074743�016454� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ACCEPT <parameter> ACCEPT allows you to control who can send you a NOTICE or PRIVMSG while you have user mode +g enabled. For +g: /QUOTE ACCEPT <nick> -- Add a permitted nickname /QUOTE ACCEPT -<nick> -- Remove a permitted nickname /QUOTE ACCEPT * -- List the present permitted nicknames ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/topic������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000416�10476074743�016327� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TOPIC <#channel> :[new topic] With only a channel argument, TOPIC shows the current topic of the specified channel. With a second argument, it changes the topic on that channel to <new topic>. If the channel is +t, only chanops may change the topic. See also: cmode ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/monitor����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002310�10476074743�016673� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MONITOR + nick[,nick2]* ----------------------- Adds the given list of nicknames to the list of nicknames being monitored. If any of the nicknames being added are online, the server will generate RPL_MONONLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are online. If any of the nicknames being added are offline, the server will generate RPL_MONOFFLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are offline. MONITOR - nick[,nick2]* ----------------------- Removes the given list of nicknames from the list of nicknames being monitored. No output will be returned for use of this command. MONITOR C --------- Clears the list of nicknames being monitored. No output will be returned for use of this command. MONITOR L --------- Outputs the current list of nicknames being monitored. All output will use RPL_MONLIST, and the output will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST MONITOR S --------- Outputs for each nickname in the list being monitored, whether the client is online or offline. All nicks that are online will be sent using RPL_MONONLINE, all nicks that are offline will be sent using RPL_MONOFFLINE. The list will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST. Chances are you will rarely need to use this command directly������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/stats������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002725�10476074743�016354� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������STATS <letter> [server|nick] Queries server [server] (or your own server if no server parameter is given) for info corresponding to <letter>. (X = Admin only.) LETTER (* = Oper only.) ------ (^ = Can be configured to be oper only.) X A - Shows the ADNS DNS servers in use X b - Shows active nick delays X B - Shows hash statistics ^ c - Shows connect blocks (Old C:/N: lines) * d - Shows temporary D lines * D - Shows D lines * e - Shows exemptions to D lines X E - Shows Events X f - Shows File Descriptors * g - Shows pending G lines * G - Shows active G lines ^ h - Shows hub_mask/leaf_mask (Old H:/L: lines) ^ i - Shows auth blocks (Old I: lines) ^ K - Shows K lines (or matched klines) ^ k - Shows temporary K lines (or matched temp klines) L - Shows IP and generic info about [nick] l - Shows hostname and generic info about [nick] m - Shows commands and their usage ^ o - Shows O/o lines ^ P - Shows configured ports p - Shows opers connected and their idle times * q - Shows temporary resv'd nicks and channels * Q - Shows resv'd nicks and channels * r - Shows resource usage by ircd * t - Shows generic server stats * U - Shows shared blocks (Old U: lines) u - Shows server uptime ^ v - Shows connected servers and brief status information * x - Shows temporary gecos bans * X - Shows gecos bans (Old X: lines) ^ y - Shows connection classes (Old Y: lines) * z - Shows memory stats * Z - Shows ziplinks stats ^ ? - Shows connected servers and sendq info about them �������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/unreject���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000305�10476074743�017025� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNREJECT <ip> Removes an IP address from the reject cache. IP addresses are added to the reject cache if they are rejected (e.g. connect and are K-lined) several times in a short period of time. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/operspy����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001163�10476074743�016712� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������OPERSPY Opers with the "oper_spy" flag will be allowed uses of the following commands if they are compiled in. Usage will be sent to +Z and all other servers. whois !nick - Gives a full output of channels the user is in. who !mask - Lists all users networkwide whose nick, ident, host, server or gecos match the mask. who !#channel - Gives a full output of users on the channel. mode !#channel - Gives the full modes of a channel including any keys. chantrace !#channel - Gives full output despite not being on channel. masktrace !nick!user@host :gecos - Lists matching users on all servers. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/unkline����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000352�10476074743�016655� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNKLINE <user@host> Will attempt to unkline the given <user@host> Will unkline a temporary kline. UNKLINE <user@host> ON irc.server will unkline the user on irc.server if irc.server accepts remote unklines. - Requires Oper Priv: U ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/testline���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000603�10717664040�017027� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TESTLINE [[nick!]user@]host Looks up given mask, looking for any matching I/K/D/G lines. If username is not specified, it will look up "dummy@host". If nickname is specified it will also search for RESVs. This command will not perform dns lookups on a host, for best results you must testline a host and its IP form. TESTLINE <#channel> Shows whether the channel is reserved or not. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/capab������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000053�10476074743�016254� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CAPAB - Server to Server Protocol Command. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/whois������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000440�10476074743�016337� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������WHOIS [remoteserver|nick] nick WHOIS will display detailed user information for the specified nick. If the first parameter is specified, WHOIS will display information from the specified server, or the server that the user is on. This is how to remotely see idle time and away status. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/dline������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000652�11026015011�016255� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������DLINE [duration] <ip> :[reason] Adds a DLINE to the ircd.conf or klines.conf file which will deny any connections from the IP address of the banned client. The banned client will receive a message saying he/she is banned with reason [reason] Duration is optional, and is in minutes. Administrators can also add a DLINE that can only be removed by other administrators with the ADMINDLINE command. - Requires Oper Priv: K ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/svinfo�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000054�10476074743�016513� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SVINFO - Server to Server Protocol Command. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/error������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000304�10476074743�016336� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ERROR :<message> ERROR is sent by the server to clients or other servers when an exception occurs. If another server sends your server an ERROR, it will be shown to all operators on the server. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/cnotice����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000340�10476074743�016631� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CNOTICE <nick> <channel> :<text> Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in <channel>, and <nick> is a member of <channel>, CNOTICE generates a NOTICE towards <nick>. CNOTICE bypasses any anti-spam measures in place. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/lusers�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000367�10476074743�016533� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������LUSERS [mask [remoteserver]] LUSERS will display client count statistics. If a remote server is specified, it will request the information from that server. The mask parameter is obsolete but still needs to be used when querying a remote server. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/restart����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000107�10476074743�016672� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������RESTART server.name Restarts the IRC server. - Requires Oper Priv: D ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/index������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002355�11405007723�016307� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Help topics available to opers: ACCEPT ADMIN ADMINDLINE ADMINKLINE ADMINRESV ADMINWALL ADMINXLINE AWAY CAPAB CHALLENGE CHANTRACE CLOSE CMODE CNOTICE CONNECT CPRIVMSG CREDITS DIE DLINE ERROR ETRACE GLINE GUNGLINE HELP INDEX INFO INVITE ISON JOIN KICK KILL KLINE KNOCK LINKS LIST LOCOPS LUSERS MAP MASKTRACE MODLIST MODLOAD MODRESTART MODUNLOAD MONITOR MOTD NAMES NICK NOTICE OPER OPERSPY OPERWALL PART PASS PING PONG POST PRIVMSG QUIT REHASH RESTART RESV SERVER SET SJOIN SQUIT STATS SVINFO TESTGECOS TESTLINE TESTMASK TIME TOPIC TRACE UHELP UMODE UNDLINE UNGLINE UNKLINE UNREJECT UNRESV UNXLINE USER USERHOST USERS VERSION WALLOPS WHO WHOIS WHOWAS XLINE �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/testmask���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000300�10476074743�017034� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TESTMASK <[nick!]user@host> [:gecos] Will test the given nick!user@host gecos mask, reporting how many local and global clients match the given mask. Supports using CIDR ip masks as a host. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/wallops����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000250�11030537012�016642� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������WALLOPS :<message> Sends a WALLOPS message of <message> to all opers who are umode +z. Server sent WALLOPS go to all opers who are umode +w. - Requires Oper Priv: L ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/modrestart�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000215�11030537012�017346� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MODRESTART -- Reload all modules into the ircd All modules are unloaded, then those in modules/autoload are loaded - Requires Oper Priv: A �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/rehash�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001217�10476074743�016463� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������REHASH [option] When no [option] is given, ircd will re-read the ircd.conf file. [option] can be one of the following: BANS - Re-reads kline.conf, dline.conf, resv.conf and xline.conf DNS - Restarts DNS GLINES - Clears G Lines HELP - Re-reads help files IDENT - Restarts the ident daemon MOTD - Re-reads MOTD file OMOTD - Re-reads Oper MOTD file PGLINES - Clears pending G Lines REJECTCACHE - Clears the reject cache TDLINES - Clears temporary D Lines TKLINES - Clears temporary K Lines TRESVS - Clears temporary nick and channel resvs TXLINES - Clears temporary X Lines - Requires Oper Priv: H ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/admin������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000557�10476074743�016307� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ADMIN [server] With no arguments, ADMIN shows the information that was set by the administrator of the server. This information can take any form that will fit in three lines of text but is usually a list of contacts for the persons that run the server. With a second argument, the administrative information for the specified server is displayed. See also: stats �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/motd�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000212�10476074743�016146� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MOTD [servername] MOTD will display the message of the day for the server name specified, or the local server if there was no parameter. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/credits����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000551�10476074743�016646� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Help File Credits Help files were written by the following people: disasta David Daley <disasta@go.com> Hwy101 W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> larne Edward Brocklesby <ejb@leguin.org.uk> MoeBass anonymous <moe@moebass.com> screwedup Jonathan Roes <jroes@magenet.net> zartik Daniel Hemmerich <dan@spot.org> �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/cprivmsg���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000344�10476074743�017043� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������CPRIVMSG <nick> <channel> :<text> Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in <channel>, and <nick> is a member of <channel>, CPRIVMSG generates a PRIVMSG towards <nick>. CPRIVMSG bypasses any anti-spam measures in place. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/quit�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000326�10476074743�016173� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������QUIT :[quit message] QUIT sends a message to the IRC server letting it know you would like to disconnect. The quit message will be displayed to the users in the channels you were in when you are disconnected. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/server�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000054�10476074743�016515� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SERVER - Server to Server Protocol Command. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/version����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000206�10476074743�016673� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������VERSION [servername] VERSION will display the server version of the specified server, or the local server if there was no parameter. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/pass�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000217�10476074743�016156� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PASS <password> PASS is used during registration to access a password protected auth {} block. PASS is also used during server registration. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/unresv�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000222�11030537012�016502� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNRESV <channel|nick> -- Remove a RESV on a channel or nick Will attempt to remove the resv for the given channel/nick. - Requires Oper Priv: Q ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/undline����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000116�10476074743�016644� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������UNDLINE <ip> Will attempt to undline the given <ip> - Requires Oper Priv: U ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/nick�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000275�10476074743�016140� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������NICK <nickname> When first connected to the IRC server, NICK is required to set the client's nickname. NICK will also change the client's nickname once a connection has been established. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/whowas�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000415�10476074743�016520� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������WHOWAS <nick> WHOWAS will show you the last known host and whois information for the specified nick. Depending on the number of times they have connected to the network, there may be more than one listing for a specific user. The WHOWAS data will expire after time. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/user�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000451�10476074743�016166� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������USER <username> <unused> <unused> :<real name/gecos> USER is used during registration to set your gecos and to set your username if the server cannot get a valid ident response. The second and third fields are not used, but there must be something in them. The reason is backwards compatibility �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/testgecos��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000102�10476074743�017201� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TESTGECOS <gecos> Looks for matching xlines for the given gecos. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/ping�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000264�10476074743�016147� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������PING <source> :<target> PING will request a PONG from the target. If a user or operator issues this command, the source will always be turned into the nick that issued the PING. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/oper�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000456�11030537012�016136� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������OPER <name> <password> The OPER command requires two arguments to be given. The first argument is the name of the operator as specified in the configuration file. The second argument is the password for the operator matching the name and host. The operator privileges are shown on a successful OPER. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/locops�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000146�10476074743�016510� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������LOCOPS :<message> Sends an LOCOPS message of <message> to all opers on local server who are umode +l ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/knock������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000241�10476074743�016312� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������KNOCK <channel> KNOCK requests access to a channel that for some reason is not open. KNOCK cannot be used if you are banned, the channel is +p, or it is open. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/opers/xline������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001707�11026015011�016303� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������XLINE [time] <gecos> :<reason> Bans by gecos (aka 'real name') field. If [time] is not specified this is added to xline.conf, otherwise is temporary for [time] minutes. Eg. /quote xline eggdrop?bot :no bots The <gecos> field contains certain special characters: ? - Match any single character * - Many any characters @ - Match any letter [A-Za-z] # - Match any digit [0-9] To use a literal one of these characters, escape it with '\'. A literal '\' character must also be escaped. You may also insert \s which will be converted into a space. If the <gecos> field is purely numeric (ie "123") then the time field must be specified. "0" must be used to denote a permanent numeric XLINE. XLINE [time] <gecos> ON <server> :<reason> Will attempt to set the XLINE on <server> if <server> accepts remote xlines. Administrators can also add a XLINE that can only be removed by other administrators with the ADMINXLINE command. - Requires Oper Priv: X ���������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/Makefile.in������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000030457�11726766726�016223� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # $Id: Makefile.in 27353 2012-03-11 00:12:06Z androsyn $ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = help DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @execprefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign uhelpdir = ${helpdir}/users ohelpdir = ${helpdir}/opers SYMLINKS = topic accept cmode admin names links away whowas \ version kick who invite quit join list nick oper part \ time credits motd userhost users whois ison lusers \ user help pass error challenge knock ping pong \ cprivmsg cnotice map trace all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign help/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign help/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs tags: TAGS TAGS: ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am all: build: clean: depend: lint: index: @echo building index files rm -f users/index.tmp @for help in users/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ echo $$help >> users/index.tmp; \ fi \ done @for help in $(SYMLINKS); do \ echo $$help >> users/index.tmp; \ done echo 'Help topics available to users:' > users/index echo '' >> users/index cat users/index.tmp \ | sed -e 's|^users/||' \ | sort -u \ | tr a-z A-Z \ | column -c 65 -x \ | expand \ >> users/index rm -f users/index.tmp rm -f opers/index.tmp @for help in opers/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ echo $$help >> opers/index.tmp; \ fi \ done echo 'Help topics available to opers:' > opers/index echo '' >> opers/index cat opers/index.tmp \ | sed -e 's|^opers/||' \ | sort -u \ | tr a-z A-Z \ | column -c 65 -s ' ' -x \ | expand \ >> opers/index rm -f opers/index.tmp install: @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; then \ @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; \ @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ fi @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir); then \ @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ echo "ircd: backing up old help files"; \ @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ mv $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir) $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; \ @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@ fi @echo "ircd: setting up help directory structure" @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir) @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)/opers @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)/users @for help in opers/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ ${INSTALL_DATA} $$help $(DESTDIR)$(ohelpdir); \ fi \ done @for help in users/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$help $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir); \ fi \ done @for link in $(SYMLINKS); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir)/$$link; \ ln -s $(ohelpdir)/$$link $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir); \ done # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/help/Makefile.am������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004144�11003670252�016154� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: Makefile.in 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign prefix= @prefix@ exec_prefix= @execprefix@ helpdir= @helpdir@ uhelpdir= ${helpdir}/users ohelpdir= ${helpdir}/opers SYMLINKS= topic accept cmode admin names links away whowas \ version kick who invite quit join list nick oper part \ time credits motd userhost users whois ison lusers \ user help pass error challenge knock ping pong \ cprivmsg cnotice map trace all: build: clean: depend: lint: index: @echo building index files rm -f users/index.tmp @for help in users/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ echo $$help >> users/index.tmp; \ fi \ done @for help in $(SYMLINKS); do \ echo $$help >> users/index.tmp; \ done echo 'Help topics available to users:' > users/index echo '' >> users/index cat users/index.tmp \ | sed -e 's|^users/||' \ | sort -u \ | tr a-z A-Z \ | column -c 65 -x \ | expand \ >> users/index rm -f users/index.tmp rm -f opers/index.tmp @for help in opers/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ echo $$help >> opers/index.tmp; \ fi \ done echo 'Help topics available to opers:' > opers/index echo '' >> opers/index cat opers/index.tmp \ | sed -e 's|^opers/||' \ | sort -u \ | tr a-z A-Z \ | column -c 65 -s ' ' -x \ | expand \ >> opers/index rm -f opers/index.tmp install: if !DISABLE_BACKUPS -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; then \ rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; \ fi -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir); then \ echo "ircd: backing up old help files"; \ mv $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir) $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)-old; \ fi endif @echo "ircd: setting up help directory structure" @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir) @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)/opers @mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir)/users @for help in opers/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ ${INSTALL_DATA} $$help $(DESTDIR)$(ohelpdir); \ fi \ done @for help in users/*; do \ if [ -f $$help ]; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$help $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir); \ fi \ done @for link in $(SYMLINKS); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir)/$$link; \ ln -s $(ohelpdir)/$$link $(DESTDIR)$(uhelpdir); \ done ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/LICENSE���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043106�10476074743�014216� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/BUGS������������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002666�10476074743�013702� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Known Bugs worthy of a mention: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. /MODUNLOAD causes cores: - If a module is modified before being unloaded, /MODUNLOAD (and therefore /MODRELOAD) may cause a core. This problem is caused by the behaviour of the OS, which treats shared libraries differently to executables (modifying the ircd binary whilst it is running would also cause a core, but is denied by the OS). There is no way to fix this at the application level, and fixing the OS to do the right thing is also difficult. A workaround to avoid coring is possible however. To install new modules, first remove or rename the old module, then copy/move the new file into place. /MODUNLOAD will then work successfully. Alternatively, running ./configure with the --disable-shared-modules argument will link all the commands statically, losing the advantages of upgrading at runtime, but reducing the chances of accidentally coring your server. BUG REPORTS: If you run this code and encounter problems, you must report the bug in by E-MAIL to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org Please include a gdb backtrace and keep your binaries, modules and core file in case the developers need more information. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $Id: BUGS 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/������������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�013731� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/example.conf������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000077770�11730550233�016264� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* doc/example.conf - ircd-ratbox Example configuration file * * Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Written by ejb, wcampbel, db, leeh and others * * $Id: example.conf 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* IMPORTANT NOTES: * * class {} blocks MUST be specified before anything that uses them. That * means they must be defined before auth {} and before connect {}. * * auth {} blocks MUST be specified in order of precedence. The first one * that matches a user will be used. So place spoofs first, then specials, * then general access, then restricted. * * Both shell style (#) and C style comments are supported. * * Files may be included by either: * .include "filename" * .include <filename> * * Times/durations are written as: * 12 hours 30 minutes 1 second * * Valid units of time: * month, week, day, hour, minute, second * * Valid units of size: * megabyte/mbyte/mb, kilobyte/kbyte/kb, byte * * Sizes and times may be singular or plural. */ /* EFNET NOTE: * * This config file is NOT suitable for EFNet. EFNet admins should use * example.efnet.conf */ /* serverinfo {}: Contains information about the server. (OLD M:) */ serverinfo { /* name: the name of our server */ name = "hades.arpa"; /* sid: the unique server id of our server. This must be three * characters long. The first character must be a digit [0-9], the * remaining two chars may be letters [A-Z] or digits [0-9]. * * This must be specified even if use_ts6 is set to no. */ sid = "42X"; /* description: the description of our server. '[' and ']' may not * be used here for compatibility with older servers. */ description = "ircd-ratbox test server"; /* network info: the name and description of the network this server * is on. Shown in the 005 reply and used with serverhiding. */ network_name = "MyNet"; network_desc = "This is My Network"; /* hub: allow this server to act as a hub and have multiple servers * connected to it. */ hub = no; /* vhost: the IP to bind to when we connect outward to ipv4 servers. * This should be an ipv4 IP only. */ #vhost = "192.169.0.1"; /* vhost6: the IP to bind to when we connect outward to ipv6 servers. * This should be an ipv6 IP only. */ #vhost6 = "3ffe:80e8:546::2"; /* vhost_dns: the IP to bind outgoing dns requests when the dns server is * ipv4 */ # vhost_dns = "192.169.0.2"; /* vhost6_dns: the IP to bind outgoing dns requests when the dns server is * ipv6 */ # vhost6_dns = "3ffe:80e8:546::3"; /* default max clients: the default maximum number of clients * allowed to connect. This can be changed once ircd has started by * issuing: * /quote set maxclients <limit> */ default_max_clients = 10000; /* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key */ ssl_private_key = "etc/test.key"; /* ssl_cert: certificate for our ssl server */ ssl_cert = "etc/test.cert"; /* ssl_dh_params: DH parameters, generate with openssl dhparam -out dh.pem 1024 */ ssl_dh_params = "etc/dh.pem"; /* ssld_count: number of ssld processes you want to start, if you * have a really busy server, using N-1 where N is the number of * cpu/cpu cores you have might be useful. A number greater than one * can also be useful in case of bugs in ssld and because ssld needs * two file descriptors per SSL connection. */ ssld_count = 1; /* bandb: path to the ban database - default is PREFIX/etc/ban.db */ bandb = "etc/ban.db"; }; /* admin {}: contains admin information about the server. (OLD A:) */ admin { name = "Smurf target"; description = "Main Server Administrator"; email = "<syn@packets.r.us>"; }; /* log {}: contains information about logfiles. */ log { /* logfiles: the logfiles to use for specific activity. if these * paths are defined, then ircd will log to them, otherwise it wont. * * The confs are, in order: * - userlog: user exits * - fuserlog: failed user connections * - operlog: /oper usage * - foperlog: failed /oper usage * - serverlog: server connects/disconnects * - glinelog: glines * - klinelog: klines, etc * - killlog: kills * - operspylog: operspy usage * - ioerrorlog: IO errors */ fname_userlog = "logs/userlog"; #fname_fuserlog = "logs/fuserlog"; fname_operlog = "logs/operlog"; #fname_foperlog = "logs/foperlog"; fname_serverlog = "logs/serverlog"; fname_glinelog = "logs/glinelog"; #fname_klinelog = "logs/klinelog"; fname_killlog = "logs/killlog"; fname_operspylog = "logs/operspylog"; #fname_ioerrorlog = "logs/ioerror"; }; /* class {}: contain information about classes for users (OLD Y:) */ class "users" { /* class name must go above */ /* ping time: how often a client must reply to a PING from the * server before they are dropped. */ ping_time = 2 minutes; /* number per ident: the number of users per user@host networkwide * allowed to connect. Unidented connections are classified as * the same ident. */ number_per_ident = 2; /* number per ip: the number of local users per host allowed */ number_per_ip = 3; /* number per ip global: the number of network wide connections * per host allowed for a user, including connections to the * local server. */ number_per_ip_global = 5; /* cidr_ipv4_bitlen: Limits numbers of connections from a subnet size */ cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 24; /* cidr_ipv6_bitlen: Limits numbers of connections from a subnet size * the following example makes the subnet /64 this is useful * for IPv6 connections in particular */ cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 64; /* number_per_cidr: Number of connections to allow from a subnet of the * size given in cidr_bitlen. 4 seems to be a good default to me. */ number_per_cidr = 4; /* max number: the maximum number of users allowed in this class */ max_number = 100; /* sendq: the amount of data allowed in a clients queue before * they are dropped. */ sendq = 100 kbytes; }; class "restricted" { ping_time = 1 minute 30 seconds; number_per_ip = 1; max_number = 100; sendq = 60kb; }; class "opers" { ping_time = 5 minutes; number_per_ip = 10; max_number = 100; sendq = 100kbytes; }; class "server" { ping_time = 5 minutes; /* connectfreq: only used in server classes. specifies the delay * between autoconnecting to servers. */ connectfreq = 5 minutes; /* max number: the amount of servers to autoconnect to */ max_number = 1; /* sendq: servers need a higher sendq as they send more data */ sendq=2 megabytes; }; /* listen {}: contain information about the ports ircd listens on (OLD P:) */ listen { /* port: the specific port to listen on. if no host is specified * before, it will listen on all available IPs. * * ports are seperated via a comma, a range may be specified using ".." */ /* aftype: accepts either ipv4 or ipv6 as the IP type to use * when the address to bind to is not specified */ aftype = ipv4; /* port: listen on all available IPs, ports 5000 and 6665 to 6669 */ port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669; /* listen on :: on port 7003 */ aftype = ipv6; port = 7003; /* host: set a specific IP/host the ports after the line will listen * on. This may be ipv4 or ipv6. */ host = "1.2.3.4"; port = 7000, 7001; host = "3ffe:1234:a:b:c::d"; port = 7002; /* sslport sets up an SSL/TLS listener, otherwise it acts just like * the port option above */ sslport = 9999; }; /* auth {}: allow users to connect to the ircd (OLD I:) */ auth { /* user: the user@host allowed to connect. multiple IPv4/IPv6 user * lines are permitted per auth block. */ user = "*@172.16.0.0/12"; user = "*test@123D:B567:*"; /* password: an optional password that is required to use this block. * By default this is not encrypted, specify the flag "encrypted" in * flags = ...; below if it is. */ password = "letmein"; /* spoof: fake the users user@host to be be this. You may either * specify a host or a user@host to spoof to. This is free-form, * just do everyone a favour and dont abuse it. (OLD I: = flag) */ spoof = "I.still.hate.packets"; /* Possible flags in auth: * * encrypted | password is encrypted with ratbox-mkpasswd * spoof_notice | give a notice when spoofing hosts * exceed_limit (old > flag) | allow user to exceed class user limits * kline_exempt (old ^ flag) | exempt this user from k/g/xlines * gline_exempt (old _ flag) | exempt this user from glines * spambot_exempt | exempt this user from spambot checks * shide_exempt | exempt this user from serverhiding * jupe_exempt | exempt this user from generating * warnings joining juped channels * resv_exempt | exempt this user from resvs * flood_exempt | exempt this user from flood limits * USE WITH CAUTION. * no_tilde (old - flag) | don't prefix ~ to username if no ident * need_ident (old + flag) | require ident for user in this class * need_ssl | a SSL/TLS connection is required for * this auth */ flags = kline_exempt, exceed_limit; /* class: the class the user is placed in */ class = "opers"; }; auth { /* redirect: the server and port to redirect a user to. A user does * not have to obey the redirection, the ircd just suggests to them * an alternative server. */ redirserv = "irc.fi"; redirport = 6667; user = "*.fi"; /* class: a class is required even though it is not used */ class = "users"; }; auth { user = "*@*"; class = "users"; }; /* operator {}: defines ircd operators. (OLD O:) * ircd-ratbox no longer supports local operators, privileges are * controlled via flags. */ operator "god" { /* name: the name of the oper must go above */ /* user: the user@host required for this operator. CIDR *is* * supported now. * multiple user="" lines are supported. */ user = "*god@*"; user = "*@127.0.0.1"; /* password: the password required to oper. Unless ~encrypted is * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using * ratbox-mkpasswd, MD5 is supported */ password = "etcnjl8juSU1E"; /* rsa key: the public key for this oper when using Challenge. * A password should not be defined when this is used, see * doc/challenge.txt for more information. */ #rsa_public_key_file = "/usr/local/ircd/etc/oper.pub"; /* umodes: the specific umodes this oper gets when they oper. * If this is specified an oper will not be given oper_umodes * These are described above oper_only_umodes in general {}; */ #umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop; /* privileges: controls the activities and commands an oper is * allowed to do on the server. You may prefix an option with ~ to * disable it, ie ~operwall * * Default flags are operwall, remoteban and encrypted. * * Available options: * * encrypted: the password above is encrypted [DEFAULT] * local_kill: allows local users to be /KILL'd * global_kill: allows local and remote users to be * /KILL'd (OLD 'O' flag) * remote: allows remote SQUIT and CONNECT (OLD 'R' flag) * kline: allows KILL, KLINE and DLINE (OLD 'K' flag) * unkline: allows UNKLINE and UNDLINE (OLD 'U' flag) * gline: allows GLINE (OLD 'G' flag) * nick_changes: allows oper to see nickchanges (OLD 'N' flag) * via usermode +n * rehash: allows oper to REHASH config (OLD 'H' flag) * die: allows DIE and RESTART (OLD 'D' flag) * admin: gives admin privileges. admins * may (un)load modules and see the * real IPs of servers. * hidden_admin: gives admin privileges except * will not have the admin lines in * stats p and whois. * xline: allows use of /quote xline/unxline * resv: allows use of /quote resv/unresv * operwall: allows the oper to send operwalls [DEFAULT] * oper_spy: allows 'operspy' features to see through +s * channels etc. see /quote help operspy * hidden_oper: hides the oper from /stats p (OLD UMODE +p) * remoteban: allows remote kline etc [DEFAULT] * need_ssl: oper must be connected via SSL/TLS to oper up * */ flags = global_kill, remote, kline, unkline, gline, die, rehash, admin, xline, resv, operwall; }; /* connect {}: controls servers we connect to (OLD C:, N:, H:, L:) */ connect "irc.uplink.com" { /* the name must go above */ /* host: the host or IP to connect to. If a hostname is used it * must match the reverse dns of the server. */ host = "192.168.0.1"; /* vhost: the host or IP to bind to for this connection. If this * is not specified, the default vhost (in serverinfo {}) is used. */ #vhost = "192.168.0.50"; /* passwords: the passwords we send (OLD C:) and accept (OLD N:). * The remote server will have these passwords reversed. */ send_password = "password"; accept_password = "anotherpassword"; /* port: the port to connect to this server on */ port = 6666; /* hub mask: the mask of servers that this server may hub. Multiple * entries are permitted */ hub_mask = "*"; /* leaf mask: the mask of servers this server may not hub. Multiple * entries are permitted. Useful for forbidding EU -> US -> EU routes. */ #leaf_mask = "*.uk"; /* class: the class this server is in */ class = "server"; /* flags: controls special options for this server * encrypted - marks the accept_password as being crypt()'d * autoconn - automatically connect to this server * compressed - compress traffic via ziplinks * topicburst - burst topics between servers * ssl - ssl/tls encrypted server connections */ flags = compressed, topicburst; }; connect "ipv6.some.server" { host = "3ffd:dead:beef::1"; send_password = "password"; accept_password = "password"; port = 6666; /* aftype: controls whether the connection uses "ipv4" or "ipv6". * Default is ipv4. */ aftype = ipv6; class = "server"; }; /* cluster {}; servers that we propagate things to automatically. * NOTE: This does NOT grant them privileges to apply anything locally, * you must add a seperate shared block for that. Clustering will * only be done for actions by LOCAL opers, that arent directed * remotely. */ cluster { /* name: the server to share with, this can be a wildcard and may be * stacked. */ /* flags: list of what to share, all the name lines above this (up * until another flags entry) will receive these flags. * * kline - share perm klines * tkline - share temp klines * unkline - share unklines * locops - share locops * xline - share perm xlines * txline - share temp xlines * unxline - share unxlines * resv - share perm resvs * tresv - share temp resvs * unresv - share unresvs * all - share all of the above */ /* share klines/unklines/xlines with *.lan */ name = "*.lan"; flags = kline, unkline, xline; /* share locops with irc.ircd-ratbox.org and ircd.ircd-ratbox.org */ name = "irc.ircd-ratbox.org"; name = "ircd.ircd-ratbox.org"; flags = locops; }; /* If you are using the ratbox-services compatibility code, uncomment this. */ /* service{}: privileged servers (services). These servers have extra * privileges such as setting login names on users and introducing clients * with umode +S (unkickable). This does not allow them to set bans, you * need a separate shared{} for that. * Do not place normal servers here. * There may be only one service{} block. */ #service { # /* name: the server name. These may be stacked. */ # name = "ratbox.services"; #}; /* shared {}: users that are allowed to place remote bans on our server. * NOTE: These are ordered top down. The first one the user@host and server * matches will be used. Their access will then be decided on that * block and will not fall back to another block that matches. */ shared { /* oper: the user@host and server the user must be on to set klines. * The first field must be a user@host, the second field is an * optional server. These may be stacked. */ /* flags: list of what to allow them to place, all the oper lines * above this (up until another flags entry) will receive these * flags. This *must* be present. * * kline - allow setting perm/temp klines * tkline - allow setting temp klines * unkline - allow removing klines * xline - allow setting perm/temp xlines * txline - allow setting temp xlines * unxline - allow removing xlines * resv - allow setting perm/temp resvs * tresv - allow setting temp resvs * unresv - allow removing xlines * all - allow oper/server to do all of above. * locops - allow locops - only used for servers who cluster * none - disallow everything */ /* allow flame@*.leeh.co.uk on server irc.ircd-ratbox.org and * allow leeh@*.leeh.co.uk on server ircd.ircd-ratbox.org to kline */ oper = "flame@*.leeh.co.uk", "irc.ircd-ratbox.org"; oper = "leeh@*.leeh.co.uk", "ircd.ircd-ratbox.org"; flags = kline; /* you may forbid certain opers/servers from doing anything */ oper = "irc@vanity.oper", "*"; oper = "*@*", "irc.vanity.server"; oper = "irc@another.vanity.oper", "bigger.vanity.server"; flags = none; /* or allow everyone to place temp klines */ oper = "*@*"; flags = tkline; }; /* exempt {}: IPs that are exempt from deny {} and Dlines. (OLD d:) */ exempt { ip = "192.168.0.0/16"; /* these may be stacked */ ip = "127.0.0.1"; ip = "10.0.0.0/8"; }; /* The channel block contains options pertaining to channels */ channel { /* invex: Enable/disable channel mode +I, a n!u@h list of masks * that can join a +i channel without an invite. */ use_invex = yes; /* except: Enable/disable channel mode +e, a n!u@h list of masks * that can join a channel through a ban (+b). */ use_except = yes; /* knock: Allows users to request an invite to a channel that * is locked somehow (+ikl). If the channel is +p or you are banned * the knock will not be sent. */ use_knock = yes; /* invite ops only: Restrict /invite to ops on channels, rather than * allowing unopped users to invite people to a -i channel. */ invite_ops_only = yes; /* knock delay: The amount of time a user must wait between issuing * the knock command. */ knock_delay = 5 minutes; /* knock channel delay: How often a knock to any specific channel * is permitted, regardless of the user sending the knock. */ knock_delay_channel = 1 minute; /* max chans: The maximum number of channels a user can join/be on. */ max_chans_per_user = 15; /* quiet on ban: stop banned people talking in channels. */ quiet_on_ban = yes; /* max bans: maximum number of +b/e/I modes in a channel */ max_bans = 25; /* splitcode: split users, split servers and either no join on split * or no create on split must be enabled for split checking. * splitmode will be entered on either split users or split servers * dropping below the limit. * * you may force splitmode to be permanent by /quote set splitmode on */ /* split users: when the usercount is lower than this level, consider * ourselves split. this must be set for automatic splitmode */ default_split_user_count = 0; /* split servers: when the amount of servers that have acknowledged * theyve finished bursting is lower than this, consider ourselves * split. this must be set for automatic splitmode */ default_split_server_count = 0; /* split: no create: disallow users creating channels on split */ no_create_on_split = no; /* split: no join: disallow users joining channels at all on a split */ no_join_on_split = no; /* burst topicwho: when bursting topics, also burst the topic setter */ burst_topicwho = yes; /* use_sslonly: enables the use of channel mode +S which enforces * that users be one ssl/tls enabled connections */ use_sslonly = no; /* topiclen: length of topics */ topiclen = 160; }; /* The serverhide block contains the options regarding serverhiding */ serverhide { /* flatten links: this option will show all servers in /links appear * that they are linked to this current server */ flatten_links = no; /* links delay: how often to update the links file when it is * flattened. */ links_delay = 5 minutes; /* hidden: hide this server from a /links output on servers that * support it. this allows hub servers to be hidden etc. */ hidden = no; /* disable hidden: prevent servers hiding themselves from a * /links ouput. */ disable_hidden = no; }; /* The general block contains many of the options that were once compiled * in options in config.h. The general block is read at start time. */ general { /* hide error messages: defines whether error messages from * servers are hidden or not. These can sometimes contain IPs and * can have an adverse effect on server ip hiding. Set to: * yes: hide from opers and admin * opers: hide from opers only * no: do not hide error messages */ hide_error_messages = opers; /* hide spoof ips: hide the real ips of spoofed users */ hide_spoof_ips = yes; /* default invisible: set clients +i on connect */ default_invisible = no; /* default operstring: defines the default oper response * in /whois queries, eg "is an IRC Operator" */ default_operstring = "is an IRC Operator"; /* default adminstring: defines the default admin response * in /whois queries, eg "is a Server Administrator" */ default_adminstring = "is a Server Administrator"; /* disable fake channels: disable local users joining fake versions * of channels, eg #foo^B^B. Disables bold, mirc colour, reverse, * underline and hard space. (ASCII 2, 3, 22, 31, 160 respectively). */ disable_fake_channels = no; /* tkline_expire_notices: give a notice to opers when a tkline * expires */ tkline_expire_notices = no; /* floodcount: the default value of floodcount that is configurable * via /quote set floodcount. This is the amount of lines a user * may send to any other user/channel in one second. */ default_floodcount = 10; /* failed oper notice: send a notice to all opers on the server when * someone tries to OPER and uses the wrong password, host or ident. */ failed_oper_notice = yes; /* dots in ident: the amount of '.' characters permitted in an ident * reply before the user is rejected. */ dots_in_ident=2; /* dot in ipv6: ircd-hybrid-6.0 and earlier will disallow hosts * without a '.' in them. this will add one to the end. only needed * for older servers. */ dot_in_ip6_addr = no; /* min nonwildcard: the minimum non wildcard characters in k/d/g lines * placed via the server. klines hand placed are exempt from limits. * wildcard chars: '.' '*' '?' '@' */ min_nonwildcard = 4; /* min nonwildcard simple: the minimum non wildcard characters in * xlines/resvs placed via the server. * wildcard chars: '*' '?' */ min_nonwildcard_simple = 3; /* max accept: maximum allowed /accept's for +g usermode */ max_accept = 20; /* max monitor: the maximum amount of nicknames a client may have in * their monitor (server-side notify) list. */ max_monitor = 100; /* nick flood: enable the nickflood control code */ anti_nick_flood = yes; /* nick flood: the nick changes allowed in the specified period */ max_nick_time = 20 seconds; max_nick_changes = 5; /* anti spam time: the minimum time a user must be connected before * custom quit messages are allowed. */ anti_spam_exit_message_time = 5 minutes; /* ts delta: the time delta allowed between server clocks before * a warning is given, or before the link is dropped. all servers * should run ntpdate/rdate to keep clocks in sync */ ts_warn_delta = 30 seconds; ts_max_delta = 5 minutes; /* client exit: prepend a users quit message with "Client exit: " */ client_exit = yes; /* collision fnc: change user's nick to their UID instead of * killing them, if possible. This setting only applies to nick * collisions detected on this server. Only enable this if * all servers on the network allow remote nicks to start with * a digit. */ collision_fnc = no; /* dline reason: show the user the dline reason when they connect * and are dlined. */ dline_with_reason = yes; /* kline delay: delay the checking of klines until a specified time. * Useful if large kline lists are applied often to prevent the * server eating CPU. */ kline_delay = 0 seconds; /* kline reason: show the user the reason why they are k/d/glined * on exit. may give away who set k/dline when set via tcm. */ kline_with_reason = yes; /* kline reason: make the users quit message on channels this * reason instead of the oper's reason. */ kline_reason = "Connection closed"; /* non redundant klines: flag and ignore redundant klines */ non_redundant_klines = yes; /* warn no nline: warn opers about servers that try to connect but * we dont have a connect {} block for. Twits with misconfigured * servers can get really annoying with this enabled. */ warn_no_nline = yes; /* stats e disabled: disable stats e. useful if server ips are * exempted and you dont want them listing on irc. */ stats_e_disabled = no; /* stats c oper only: make stats c (connect {}) oper only */ stats_c_oper_only=no; /* stats h oper only: make stats h (hub_mask/leaf_mask) oper only */ stats_h_oper_only=no; /* stats y oper only: make stats y (class {}) oper only */ stats_y_oper_only=no; /* stats o oper only: make stats o (opers) oper only */ stats_o_oper_only=yes; /* stats P oper only: make stats P (ports) oper only * NOTE: users doing stats P will never be given the ips that the * server listens on, simply the ports. */ stats_P_oper_only=no; /* stats i oper only: make stats i (auth {}) oper only. set to: * yes: show users no auth blocks, made oper only. * masked: show users first matching auth block * no: show users all auth blocks. */ stats_i_oper_only=masked; /* stats k/K oper only: make stats k/K (klines) oper only. set to: * yes: show users no auth blocks, made oper only * masked: show users first matching auth block * no: show users all auth blocks. */ stats_k_oper_only=masked; /* map oper only: make /map oper only */ map_oper_only = no; /* operspy admin only: make operspy notices to +Z admin only */ operspy_admin_only = no; /* caller id wait: time between notifying a +g user that somebody * is messaging them. */ caller_id_wait = 1 minute; /* pace wait simple: time between use of less intensive commands * (HELP, remote WHOIS, WHOWAS) */ pace_wait_simple = 1 second; /* pace wait: time between more intensive commands * (ADMIN, INFO, LIST, LUSERS, MOTD, STATS, VERSION) */ pace_wait = 10 seconds; /* short motd: send clients a notice telling them to read the motd * instead of forcing a motd to clients who may simply ignore it. */ short_motd = no; /* ping cookies: require clients to respond exactly to a ping command, * can help block certain types of drones and FTP PASV mode spoofing. */ ping_cookie = no; /* connect timeout: sets how long we should wait for a connection * request to succeed */ connect_timeout = 30 seconds; /* disable auth: disables identd checking */ disable_auth = no; /* no oper flood: increase flood limits for opers. */ no_oper_flood = yes; /* glines: enable glines, network wide temp klines */ glines = yes; /* gline time: the amount of time a gline will remain before expiring */ gline_time = 1 day; /* gline_min_cidr: If using a CIDR gline, the minimum length the * mask must be */ gline_min_cidr = 16; /* global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen: limits numbers of connections from a subnet size globally * global_cidr_ipv4_count: number of connections allowed from a given subnet * global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen and global_cidr_ipv6_count are the same as above but for ipv6 * * global_cidr: if set to no, do not process limits * * The reason these are not in classes is that remote clients do not get assigned classes * Also this needs TS6 across the entire network to work in a reliable way */ global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 24; global_cidr_ipv4_count = 384; global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 64; global_cidr_ipv6_count = 128; global_cidr = yes; /* REMOVE ME. The following line checks you've been reading. */ havent_read_conf = yes; /* max targets: the maximum amount of targets in a single * PRIVMSG/NOTICE. set to 999 NOT 0 for unlimited. */ max_targets = 4; /* client flood: maximum number of lines in a clients queue before * they are dropped for flooding. */ client_flood = 20; /* post registration delay: after a user has registered, delay * parsing any commands from them for this amount of time in order * to perform bopm checks etc. * * Warning: if this is set too high (i.e. above 5-10s), it is * likely to cause issues for clients. */ post_registration_delay = 0 seconds; /* use_whois_actually: send clients requesting a whois a numeric * giving the real IP of non-spoofed clients to prevent DNS abuse. */ use_whois_actually = yes; /* usermodes configurable: a list of usermodes for the options below * * +b - bots - See bot and drone flooding notices * +c - cconn - Client connection/quit notices * +C - cconnext - Extended client connection/quit notices * +d - debug - See debugging notices * +f - full - See I: line full notices * +g - callerid - Server Side Ignore * +i - invisible - Not shown in NAMES or WHO unless you share a * a channel * +k - skill - See server generated KILL messages * +l - locops - See LOCOPS messages * +n - nchange - See client nick changes * +r - rej - See rejected client notices * +s - servnotice - See general server notices * +u - unauth - See unauthorised client notices * +w - wallop - See server generated WALLOPS * +x - external - See remote server connection and split notices * +y - spy - See LINKS, STATS, TRACE notices etc. * +z - operwall - See oper generated WALLOPS * +Z - operspy - See operspy notices */ /* oper only umodes: usermodes only opers may set */ oper_only_umodes = bots, cconn, cconnext, debug, full, skill, nchange, rej, spy, external, operwall, locops, unauth; /* oper umodes: default usermodes opers get when they /oper */ oper_umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop; /* use egd: if your system does not have *random devices yet you * want to use OpenSSL and encrypted links, enable this. Beware - * EGD is *very* CPU intensive when gathering data for its pool */ #use_egd = yes; /* egdpool path: path to EGD pool. Not necessary for OpenSSL >= 0.9.7 * which automatically finds the path. */ #egdpool_path = "/var/run/egd-pool"; /* compression level: level of compression for compressed links between * servers. * * values are between: 1 (least compression, fastest) * and: 9 (most compression, slowest). */ #compression_level = 6; /* burst_away: This enables bursting away messages to servers. * With this disabled, we will only propogate AWAY messages * as users send them, but never burst them. Be warned though * enabling this could increase the size of a burst significantly * for a large network, like EFnet. */ burst_away = yes; /* reject duration: the amount of time to cache the rejection */ reject_duration = 5 minutes; /* reject_after_count: the number of times within reject_duration time that * an IP will start being rejected. */ reject_after_count = 3; /* throttle_duration: Amount of time that throttling will be applied to an IP * address. */ throttle_duration = 60; /* throttle_count: Number of connections within throttle_duration that it takes * for throttling to take effect */ throttle_count = 4; }; modules { /* module path: paths to search for modules specified below and * in /modload. */ path = "/usr/local/ircd/modules"; path = "/usr/local/ircd/modules/autoload"; /* module: the name of a module to load on startup/rehash */ #module = "some_module.so"; }; ��������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/challenge.txt�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006742�11730550233�016431� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------ - Oper Challenge/Response System Documentation - - Copyright (C) 2006 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> - - Copyright (C) 2006-2012 ircd-ratbox development team - ------------------------------------------------------ The challenge/response system allows the ability to oper though public key authentication, without the insecurity of oper passwords. The challenge system documented here was redesigned in ircd-ratbox-2.2 and is not compatible with earlier versions. This document does not describe the technical details of the challenge system. If you are reading this as part of the ircd distribution, the programs referred to are contained in ratbox-respond, see http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org for more information and downloads. - Challenge basics - -------------------- When a user requests a challenge to oper up, the ircd takes some random data, encodes it using the opers public key, encodes this output in base64 and sends it to the user as a challenge. The server then stores a hash of the original random data. The user must then decrypt the data using their private key and generate a hash of the decrypted data. Then the hash is base64 encoded and sent back to the server. If the stored hash the server has matches the reply from the client, they are opered up. - Generating a public/private keypair - --------------------------------------- The first step is to use the makekeypair script to generate a public and private key. The public key is set in the ircd config (operator {}; rsa_public_key_file) instead of a password, and the private key should be kept secret. It is highly recommended that the key is generated with a secure password. Generating keys without a password is fundamentally insecure. The commands used in makekeypair to generate keys are as follows: openssl genrsa -out private.key -aes256 2048 openssl rsa -in private.key -out public.key -pubout If aes256 is not available, the following is used instead: openssl genrsa -out private.key -des3 2048 - Building ratbox-respond - --------------------------- If you are using the unix based ratbox-respond this must be built. For the windows version, ratbox-winrespond, please see http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org ratbox-respond takes the challenge from the server, and together with your private key file generates a response to be sent back. ratbox-respond requires the openssl headers (ie, development files) and openssl libraries are installed for compilation. Change into the ratbox-respond directory, and run: ./configure make This will generate a 'ratbox-respond' binary, which you may place wherever you like. If configure does not detect your openssl installation, you may pass it the directory where it is installed to via --enable-openssl, this should be the base directory which has lib/ and include/openssl/ within it: ./configure --enable-openssl=/path/to/opensslbase - Opering up - -------------- Once you have your public key set in ircd and built ratbox-respond, you oper up by issuing "/challenge <opername>". You should then run: /path/to/ratbox-respond /path/to/private.key and input the challenge. This will give you a response to paste back to the server. The ratbox-respond binary also accepts piped input, see ratbox-respond/README for more information. A number of scripts for clients have already been written to automate this process, see client-scripts/README for more information. -- $Id: challenge.txt 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ ������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/operguide.txt�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000040623�10476074743�016503� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� EFnet Oper Guide Last update: 02-21-2002 Written and maintained by Riedel E-Mail: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl 1. Commands you should know about 2. The client of your choice 3. Your primary responsibilities 4. Re-routing 4.1 Re-routing other servers and remote connects 5. Kills and klines 6. Kill and K-Line requests 7. Happy birthday! 8. Security 9. Know who your friends are 10. The TCM bot 11. Services 12. G-Lines 1. Commands you should know about This is no longer covered here. IRCD-hybrid is changing too rapidly, so this section would be outdated in no time ;) For an up-to-date version, please download the latest hybrid at www.ircd-hybrid.org. 2. The client of your choice There are many IRC clients around for a wide variety of operating systems. Being an IRC Operator doesn't *require* you to use a UNIX client, however I personally prefer UNIX-based clients. If you're familiar with UNIX and use UNIX for opering, I suggest ircII / epic. There are a lot of scripts available for those two clients, and it's not that hard to write scripts yourself to suite your needs. It is important that you know how to operate your client, and familiarize yourself with the options and features. For whatever client you chose this goes for any of them: You should be in control of your client, instead of the client being in control of you. Resources : www.mirc.co.uk - mIRC (MS-Windows) www.irchelp.org - a variety of clients and scripts ftp.blackened.com - several UNIX based clients available 3. Your primary responsibilities As an IRC Operator, you're responsible for maintaining the server on a real-time basis. You represent your server, and you represent the network. Irresponsible / rude / offensive / stupid behavior may discredit your server and the network. You should focus on the task you were chosen for... maintainance. Sounds simple, no? It means getting rid of users that abuse the service, enforcing the server's policy and keeping the server linked. Users will ask you questions, and expect you to know all the answers.. after all, you're the oper! Be prepared for users trying to fool you, sweet talk you into things you don't want, lie and deceive. Most users are handling in good faith... however, the abusers have learned how to manipulate opers. They have studied the alien creature 'oper' for ages like biologists study animals. Be paranoid, be curious and be suspicious. I can't stress the importancy of that often enough. Second priority has the network. You were not chosen to maintain the network but you were chosen to maintain the server. However, you may want to be able to reroute servers. If you see something broken, don't be afraid to fix it. If you do, be sure you fix things and don't make it worse. Before you step into routing, be sure you've familiarized yourself with the network's topology, and be confident enough to perform such actions. (re)routing is covered in the next chapter. Opers on the network depend on a trusting relationship. You can usually take the word from an oper. Other opers are considered -trusted-, however, there are exceptions. Sometimes even opers lie to opers to get things done. Don't be afraid to ask for proof of a certain statement, such as logs. This doesn't mean you distrust the oper in question, but -you- and you alone are responsible for your actions. You call the shots on your server, unless your admin says otherwise. 4. Re-routing Re-routing is not hard, and it's not scary but it is important that you do it right. The commands you'll use are SQUIT and CONNECT. First, a very simple example. Let's say your server, irc.yourserver.com is lagged to it's uplink, irc.uplink.com and you want to reroute your server. You have to think about where you want your server to be linked, and you have to time your reroute. An example topology : irc.yourserver.com ---- irc.uplink.com | | \ B C D / \ E F / \ G H --- O / | \ | \ I J K L M \ N In this case, you're uplinked by irc.uplink.com irc.uplink.com also hubs B, C and D. Server B functions as hub for E and F; F hubs G and H; H hubs L, M and O. G hubs I, J and K. M hubs N. Your server is allowed to connect to server B, F and G. So you consider the servers you're able to connect to. Is the lag caused by a server that uplinks irc.uplink.com ? Use /stats ? irc.uplink.com to determine lag to the other servers. If irc.uplink.com does not respond, the lag is to your uplink. If so, you cannot be sure about the state of the other uplinks, so you'd have to get on a remote server and determine lag by using /stats ? and /trace. For example, you could connect to server N, and /trace yournick. Yournick, being the nick on your server. You'll see which route it takes, and what the problem server is. Example /trace output : S:[SERVER-N ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-M ] S:[SERVER-M ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-H ] S:[SERVER-H ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-F ] S:[SERVER-F ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-B ] S:[SERVER-B ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.uplink.com ] S:[irc.uplink.com ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.yourserver.com ] The trace doesn't complete... server-b announces irc.uplink.com, and irc.uplink.com announces your server. Your server should return something like : S:[irc.yourserver.] OPER [yournick!user@yourhost] If it doesn't, we know the lag is only between yourserver and uplink. Usually if there is lag between your server and your uplink, the send-queue rises. This is not always the case. Sometimes your server can write perfectly to your uplink, but not reverse. That is called one sided lag. We pick server B to link to. It means we have to SQUIT and CONNECT. To unlink from irc.uplink.com and connect to SERVER_B we'd type: /quote SQUIT irc.uplink.com :reroute /connect SERVER_B we *DON'T* SQUIT irc.yourserver.com... and I'll try to explain why: If we wanted to remove hub M from the network, and with it N, we'd issue a SQUIT M. An SQUIT follows a path, relays the SQUIT request to each server in that path. Finally it reaches server H, which is the hub for M. Server H sees the SQUIT and drops the link to M. Now a different situation, we want to separate yourserver, uplink, C and D from the rest of the network, in order to reroute. We'd have to SQUIT server B, since we want the -uplink- of server B (being irc.uplink.com) to drop the link to server B. If you'd SQUIT irc.yourserver.com, you ask yourserver.com to drop the link to itself, which is impossible. If you SQUIT irc.uplink.com, you ask yourserver to drop the link to uplink, which is what we want to do. After the SQUIT and CONNECT, the new situation looks like this : irc.uplink.com | | \ irc.yourserver.com -- B C D / \ E F / \ G H --- O / | \ | \ I J K L M \ N If yourserver is a Hub, it makes the situation more complex, since your actions have more impact. 4.1 - Re-routing other servers and remote connects Example topology : irc.uplink.com | | \ irc.yourserver.com -- B C D / \ E F / \ G H --- O / | \ | \ I J K L M \ N Let's say, hub H is way lagged to F, but G to F is fine... we want to reroute H, and stick H to G. We'd do : /quote SQUIT serverh :re-routing you babe /connect serverh 6667 serverg A global wallops will be sent : !serverg! Remote CONNECT serverh 6667 from ItsMe When re-routing, always give the server some time to prevent nick collides. When there is lag, people will connect to another server. When you SQUIT and CONNECT to fast, a lot of those clients will be collided. Also, stick to your territory. How enthusiastic you may be, you cannot route the world. If you're an oper on the US side, stick to the US side when re-routing. Needless to say, if you're EU, keep it to EU ;) 5. Kills and klines As an oper, you're given the incredible power *cough* of KILL and KLINE. /kill nick reason disconnects a client from IRC with the specified reason. A /quote kline *evil@*.dude.org :reason here bans the user from your server. Abusive kills and klines may draw attacks to your server, so always consider if a kline or kill is deserved. If the server gets attacked after a valid kill or kline, well.. tough luck. You should never be 'afraid' to kline anyone on your server. If it's a good reason, make it so. Even if you know it may cause the server to be attacked. Maybe good to think about is this: - if /ignore solves the problem rather than a kick, /ignore - kick if a ban is unneeded - ban if a /kill is unwarranted for - kill rather than kline if that solves the problem - kline when a server ban is really needed. You kline a user when you absolutely don't want this user to use the service your server is providing. Crosskills (killing users on another server) are another issue. Some admins don't care if users get /kill'ed off their server, for any reason or no reason at all... and other admins are very anal about it. A good way to go (IMO) is to issue a KILL if there is an absolute need for the target user to be disconnected. If there are active opers on that server, let them handle it. They'll be upset if you /kill a user off their server, without contacting them. /stats p irc.server.here shows the active opers on a particular server. Some opers have multiple o-lines and are not watching all sessions. If you can't find an active oper on a server, you can /quote operwall a request for opers from that server. Ghost KILLs are another story, an often misunderstood one. When you see a /KILL from an oper with the reason 'ghosted' they usually KILL a client that's about to ping timeout. That is not what a ghost is! To quote Dianora: "a ghost happens because a client misses being killed when it should be. Its a race condition due to nick chasing". In other words, Server X thinks client A has been KILLed, while server Y missed the KILL for that client. 6. Kill and K-Line requests As previously mentioned, if an oper from another server contacts you and requests a kill or a kline for a local client with a good reason, you can usually trust this request. Opers depend on a trusting relationship. However, since you're responsible for the kill or kline, it is not rude to ask for proof. It depends on the oper making the request how thats interpreted, but the way they respond to asking for proof tells more about them than about you. The more and longer you oper, how better you get to know the other opers. You know who is honest, you'll know who are lying and deceiving. Before you acquire this knowledge, you can merely rely on common sense and instincts. You'll probably make mistakes occasionally, and thats nothing to be ashamed of. Opers are - despite contrary believes - human. Users occasionally will ask you to kill or kline a user/bot too. Some requests are straight-forward and clear, others require you to be cautious. I recommend to always investigate such requests, and when you're confident the request is valid, issue the kill or kline. 7. Happy birthday! It is a custom on EFnet to birthday /kill opers of whom it is his/her birthday. Not all opers like this, but typically those opers don't let others know about their birthday. You'll notice that the KILLS say a lot about who likes who and who is friends with who. Whether you want to participate, is entirely up to you. 8. Security As with any privilege, you have to handle it cautiously and responsibly. Be sure that your o/O line doesn't get compromised! Oper only from secure hosts. You and only you should know your password. Don't share your oper account, and make your oper password a UNIQUE one. If your o/O line gets compromised, nasty things may/will happen. Imagine an oper with crosskill capabilities who's operline gets 'hacked'... the results are often disastrous and you will lose respect and trust from others. It can cause your oper privileges to be revoked, or even the server to be (temporarily) delinked. 9. Know who your friends are As an oper you will get a lot of users that want to be 'friends' with you. Users offer you free* access to their *nix servers, ops in channels, unlimited leech access to the biggest and fastest warez sites *gasp* and more. They want favors in return. They say they don't but they truly want something in return. They -expect- something in return. You could either don't respond to such offers, or use them. The last option creates an even more distorted image of opers and doesn't do any good for the user <-> oper relationship. Your *real* friends are usually the persons who were your friends _before_ you acquired the extra privileges. 10. The TCM Bot A TCM bot can be a valuable tool for opers. It keeps record of all connected clients, flags clients with multiple connections and has all sorts of other useful commands. There are three different kind of TCM's in use on EFnet, being OOMon, TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid. Every one of them requires you to log in to be able to access the privileged commands. On OOMon you DCC chat the TCM bot and do '.auth yournick yourpass' where yournick is your oper name in your o/O line. In TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid you register with: '.register yourpass', where yourpass is your password ;) All TCM commands start with a period. If you forget the period, the text goes into the 'partyline', where it is echoed to all connected opers. Resources : http://toast.blackened.com/oomon/help http://www.db.net/~db/tcm.html 11. Services A recent addition to EFNet is Channel Fixer, aka ChanFix. This is an automated service that re-ops clients on opless channels. There are a few restrictions. First, the channel has to be of significant size for ChanFix to store it in its database. Second, it only logs static addresses. How does it work? Periodically it stores information about the channel state in its database, for every channel in there. On every 'run', a channel operator gets one point. These scores make a top-5 of 'most frequent opped clients'. When a channel becomes opless, ChanFix will join and op the top-5 opped clients CURRENTLY IN THE CHANNEL. Chanfix can be invoked manually by server administrators. /msg ChanFix chanfix #channel is the command to do it. ChanFix will join, and treat the channel as if it were opless. It lowers TS by one (resulting in a deop of the entire channel) and re-ops the top-5 clients currently in the channel. The Channel Fixer won't log or actively fix channels when there's a split of significant size. Needless to say, the chanfix command must be used with caution. 12. G-Lines Oh yes! A G-Line section. Currently, a part of EFNet (EU-EFnet) has G-Lines enabled. This was decided by the EU admin community and is now mandatory within EU-EFnet. In order for a G-Line to be activated, three opers from three different servers need to issue the _exact_ same G-Line. The reason is not counted. G-Lines work best when the EU side of EFNet is not fragmented. G-Lines will, however, propogate through a Hybrid 6 hub (but not a CSr hub) even if the hub server has G-Lines disabled. This propogation allows two halves of EU-EFnet to have concurrent G-Lines set even when split by US hub servers. Questions / Comments / Suggestions are welcome. You can e-mail me: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl Best regards, -- Dennis "Riedel" Vink ___~___ Email - dennisv@vuurwerk.nl Unix System Administrator \ | / Phone - +31 23 5111111 Vuurwerk Internet '|.|' PGP - 0xD68A7AAB And on the seventh day, He exited from append mode. # $Id: operguide.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/collision_fnc.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004114�10732021761�017317� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Nick collision FNC Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl> -------------------------------------- Nick collision FNC performs a forced nick change to the user's UID instead of a kill. The criteria for which user may keep the nick are the same as before. Server notices will say the clients are being "saved" instead of "killed". The client will get a 043 numeric, like this: :<server> 043 <nick> <uid> :Nick collision, forcing nick change to your unique ID The following conditions must be fulfilled: - All servers on the network must allow remote nicks starting with a digit. This is not checked; if this is not fulfilled, users will be killed right after being FNCed. - All servers on the path between the two clients must support TS6 and nick collision FNC (SAVE capab). If this is not fulfilled, the collision is resolved with kills as before. (This uses the ENCAP GCAP data for remotes.) - The general::collision_fnc option must be enabled on the server(s) that detect the collision. Technical details: The following message is used to propagate the nick change coming from the server that detected the collision: :<sid> SAVE <uid> <ts> The TS is compared to the current nick TS for the user; if it is not equal, the message is dropped. This prevents nick desyncs if the user changed their nick after being collided. A SAVE message also generates a server notice to +k. The SAVE message is used for propagation to the target's server, and also in several other cases if the destination supports SAVE. In other cases, a normal nick change or introduction with the UID as nick is sent. If the SAVETS_100 capab is also present, the TS of the UID nick is 100. This is necessary to ensure nick TS is always the same on all servers for each nick-user pair, also if a user with a UID nick changes their nick but is collided again (the server detecting the collision will not propagate the nick change further). If the SAVETS_100 capab is not present, this document leaves the TS of the UID nick undefined; warnings will be given about this. -- $Id: collision_fnc.txt 24738 2007-12-18 19:48:01Z jilles $ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/whats-new-2.1.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006224�10476074743�016732� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: whats-new-2.1.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ The following is a list of the major changes between ircd-ratbox-2.0 and ircd-ratbox-2.1. Config file ----------- - IP entries within exempt {}; can now be stacked, eg: exempt { ip = "127.0.0.1"; ip = "192.168.0.0/24"; }; - shared {}; has been completely reworked so that it allows stacking. shared {}; blocks for 2.0 and earlier will no longer work. See example.conf for the new format. - cluster {}; has been reworked to allow stacking. cluster {}; blocks for 2.0 and earlier will no longer work. See example.conf for the new format. - New auth flag, jupe_exempt. When set on a client, that client will not generate jupe warning notices when they try to join juped channels. - You may no longer specify klines, dlines, xlines and resvs in ircd.conf. Instead, there is no support for banconfigs with a ".perm" extension, eg kline.conf.perm. Anything within a .perm file will be read, but cannot be removed via the ircd. The format of these files is the same format as their normal non-permanent counterpart. So kline.conf.perm takes the same format as kline.conf, and so on. - rehash and kill -HUP no longer reread the ban configs kline.conf etc. You must now use /rehash bans, or kill -USR2 - New config option to general {};, dline_with_reason = yes|no;. Default no. Traditionally, when a client connects and is dlined, the reason is never shown. Enabling this will output the reason to clients. Client ------ - Support for "deaf", umode +D. When a client is 'deaf', they will not receive any messages sent towards channels. They will still receive joins etc, but normal channel chat will not be sent. Any private messages will still be sent. - Target change anti-spam system. Restrictions are now placed upon how many different clients (not channels) can be messaged within a specific time period. - Server-side notify lists. These allow a client to request a server notifies them when a nickname comes online or goesoffline. See doc/monitor.txt for more information. - Client capabilities. These allow clients to negotiate capabilities with the server. Currently supports: - multi-prefix: A +ov client will have "@+" shown in names/who replies. Oper ---- - RESVs are now tracked. Stats q/Q have been modified so that the first field of the output is now a number indicating how many times the RESV has been hit. ratbox-services support (non-efnet) ----------------------------------- - For those of you using ratbox-services, there is now compatibility code within ircd, enabled by passing '--enable-services' to configure. See doc/services.txt for more information. Code cleanups ------------- - Removed the custom file implementation, use the system one instead. - The hook system has been redesigned, theres now a more thorough set of hooks that may be used. See docs/hooks.txt - Removed support for VMS. It hasnt worked for a long time. - Cleanups to the expiry of temp klines/dlines. - Various other things ;-). - Better splitcode, it now works on how many servers have notified us of burst finishing, rather than how many servers are linked to the network. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/README.cidr_bans��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000720�10476074743�016554� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: README.cidr_bans 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ Basically what this patch does is allow for users to use cidr masks when setting bans, exceptions, and invite invex(modes beI respectively). This works for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. I won't go into details of how cidr works here, but to use them, you could do something like: /mode #foo +b *!*@10.0.0.0/8 /mode #foo +e *!*@10.0.10.0/24 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> August 06, 2002 ������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/whats-new-2.2.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003346�10476074743�016735� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: whats-new-2.2.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ The following is a list of major changes between ircd-ratbox-2.1 and ircd-ratbox-2.2. Installation ------------ - Rewritten installation documentation. - configure argument --with-maxclients is gone, we now use shell limits and dynamic /set maxclients option. Config ------ - New option in general {};, hide_spoof_ips = yes|no;, controls whether spoofed ips are hidden to all opers. - New option in serverinfo {};, default_max_clients = number;, sets the default maximum number of clients which can be changed later via /quote set maxclients <number> Client ------ - Removed rate limiting of /away Oper ---- - TESTMASK now takes: TESTMASK <[nick!]user@host> [:<gecos>] Matching against all of the fields. - TESTMASK can now perform ip comparisons, eg TESTMASK *@192.168.0.0/16 - New CHANTRACE command, which will perform an ETRACE of a channel if you are a member. Operspy capable. - New MASKTRACE command, taking: MASKTRACE [!]<[nick!]user@host> [:<gecos>] This essentially works like TESTMASK and is operspy capable. In normal usage it will actually list local clients matching the mask, when used with operspy it will list all clients network wide. - Klines for user@1.2.3.* etc are now munged to CIDR. - New CHALLENGE system, see doc/challenge.txt and http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org for more information. Misc ---- - Huge amounts of memory related cleanups. - CPU optimisations to iline/kline/dline hash - CPU optimisations to poll() network subsystem. - Regained rtsigio network subsystem support, primarily for linux 2.4 - ircd -conftest option is now more "unix friendly" - Improved logging when we disallow a servers linking. - Server IP hiding is now hardcoded in. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/server-version-info�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003043�11730744145�017611� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Server VERSION Info $Id: server-version-info 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team Copyright (c) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When you type /version, you will often see something like this: ircd-ratbox-1.0rc7(20021120_0). embers.lan egGHIKMpZ6 TS5ow Ever wondered what those funny chars mean after the version number? Well here they are: +----------------------------+ | 'e' | USE_EXCEPT | |------+---------------------| | 'g' | NO_FAKE_GLINES | |------+---------------------| | 'G' | GLINES | |------+---------------------| | 'H' | HUB | |------+---------------------| | 'I' | USE_INVEX | |------+---------------------| | 'K' | USE_KNOCK | |------+---------------------| | 'M' | IDLE_FROM_MSG | |------+---------------------| | 'p' | CRYPT_OPER_PASSWORD | |------+---------------------| | 'Z' | ZIPLINKS | |------+---------------------| | '6' | IPv6 | |------+---------------------| | | | |------+---------------------| | 'TS' | Supports TS | |------+---------------------| | '5' | TS Version 5 | |------+---------------------| | 'o' | TS Only | |------+---------------------| | 'w' | TS Warnings | +----------------------------+ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/Tao-of-IRC.940110�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000022423�10476074743�016175� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� The Tao of Internet Relay Chat Copyright (C) Ove Ruben R Olsen 1994 Version of 940110 Contributing masters: Master ScottM ----- Something is formed by the electrons, born in the silent cable. Shaping and growing and ungrowing. It is there yet not there. It is the source of Internet Relay Chat. I do not know the name, thus I will call it the Tao of Internet Relay Chat. If the Tao is great, then the IRC is running ceaselessly. If the IRC is great then the server is running without ever stoping. If the server is great then the client will always be the server. The luser is then pleased and there is Chat in the world. The Tao of IRC squits far away and connects on returning. ----- The genetic potential of birth, a lot to know, yet unknown. In the begining there was nothing. Out of nothing the Tao gave birth to tolsun.oulu.fi. tolsun gave birth to OuluBox. OuluBox gave birth to rmsg. rmsg was not Tao, so MUT gave birth to IRC. No one knows when IRC came into existance, the mighty master WiZ have it to be at the end of the eight month in the year of the Dragon. ----- Each channel has its purpose, however humble. Each channel is the Yin and Yang of IRC. Each channels has it's place within the IRC. In the beginning there was only channel 0, thus channel 0 is the soil of IRC. Channel 1 to channel 10 then was open as the sea. Channel 11 to 999 was the trees and forests of IRC. Channels above 999 should not be mentioned, and channels below 0 were unborn and contained many secrets. This was not the right Tao, so IRC gave birth to +channels. +channels had the yin and yang. Mode does not. This was not the right Tao still, so IRC gave birth to #channels. #channels have the yin and yang. Only channel 0 is the right path to Tao, but avoid speaking on channel 0. ----- There was a great dispute among the Broom-Walkers of the Relay. Some of them wanted neither yin nor yang. Out of this Eris came into existance. Some of the Broom-Walkers then created Eris Free-net. This was the right Tao. Kind Gentle and Boring Net was another wrong path to the Tao of Internet Relay Chat. Some time later there was a quantity of some lusers who wanted to be Broom-Walkers also. The Eris Free Broom-Walkers did not agree with them, thus a new IRC was born. This IRC is called the Undernet. But this is not the right Tao, either. ----- There will always be disputes among the Broom-Walkers of Internet Relay Chat. This is the very nature of the IRC. ----- Lusers that do not understand the Tao is always using the yang of Mode on their channels. Lusers that do understand the Tao are always using Ignore on their channels. How could this not be so ? ----- The wise sage luser is told about the Chat and uses it. The luser is told about the IRC and is looking for it. The flock are told about the Tao and make a fool of the IRC. If there was no laughter, there would be no Tao. ----- The master says: "Without the Tao of Internet Relay Chat, life becomes meaningless." The Relay of the old time was mysterious and sacred. We can neither imagine its thoughts nor path; we are left but to describe. ----- The sage luser must be aware like a frog crossing the highway. ----- The great master Wumpus once dreamed that he was an automaton. When he awoke he exclaimed: "I don't know whether I am Wumpus dreaming that I am a client, or a client dreaming that I am Wumpus!" So was the first Automata born. The master Nap then said: "Any automata should not speak unless spoken to. Any automata shall only whisper when spoken to." Thus replied the master Gnarfer: "The lusers shall keep in mind that a automata can be either good or bad. Create good automata, and the IRC will hail you and you will gain fame and fortune. Create bad automata and people will start to hate you, and finaly you will be /KILLed to ethernal damnation" Many lusers have fallen into the clutches of ethernal damnation. They where not following the Tao. ----- There once was a luser who went to #BotSex. Each day he saw the automatons. The luser decided that he also would have such a automata. He asked another luser for his automata. The other luser gave his automata away. The luser was not within the Tao, so he just started the automata. The automata had only Yang inside so all the lusers files where deleted. Some moons laither the same luser then had become a sage luser, and did create his automata from the very grounds with materials found inside the IRC. The luser was now within the Tao and his automata lived happily ever after. ----- There once was a master who wrote automatons without the help of master Phone. A novice luser, seeking to imitate him, began with the help of master Phone. When the novice luser asked the master to evaluate his automata the master replied: "What is a working automata for the master is not for the luser. You must must BE the IRC before automating." ----- Master BigCheese gave birth to master Troy; his duty clear. Master Troy gave birth to master Phone, for the Tao of Irc must be eternal and must flow as the ceaseless river of Time itself. ----- Master Phone once said about the ircII client: "public_msg is for a message from someone NOT on the channel public_other is for a message on a channel that doesn't belong to a window. public is for a message on a channel that belongs to a window!" Out of this raised the mighty chaos. ----- The sage luser came to the master who wrote automata without the help of master Phone. The sage luser asked the master who wrote automata: "Which is easiest to make. A automata with the help of master Phone or an automata made with the help of a language ?" The master who wrote automata then replied: "With the help of a language." The sage luser was disapointed and exclaimed: "But, with master Phone you do not need to know anything about the soil of IRC. Is not that the easiet way ?" "Not really" said the master who wrote automata, "when using master Phone you are closed inside a box. For sure, it is a great box for the lusers, but the master will need more power, thus a language is the only path to go. With the language the master will never have to limit himself. When using such a language the master will seek the best between the need and the availibility." "I see", said the sage luser. This is the essence of Tao of IRC automatas. ----- A client should be light and be used for communication. The spirit of a good client is that it should be very convinient for the luser to use, but hard for the luser who want to create automata. There should never ever be too many functions or too few functions. There should always be a ignore. Without ignore the client is not within the Tao of Chating. The client should always respond the luser with messages that will not astnonish him too much. The server likewise. If the server does not, then it is the clients job to explain what the server says. A client which fails this, will be useless and cause confusion for the lusers. The only way to correct this is to use another client or to write a new one. ----- A luser asked the masters on #IrcHelp: "My client does not work". The masters replied: "Upgrade your client". The luser then wondered why the master knew. The master then told him about the Protocol. "Your client does not work beaucse it does not understand the server. Why should it always work ? Only a fool would expect such. But, clients are made by humans, and humans are not perfect. Only Tao is. The IRC is solid. The IRC is floating, and will always be dynamic. Live with that or /quit." ----- The luser came to the masters of #IrcHelp, asking about the Tao of IRC within the client. The masters then said that the Tao of IRC always lies inside the client regardless of how the client connects to the server. "Is the Tao in irc ?" asked the luser. "It so is" replied the masters of #IrcHelp. "Is the Tao in the ircII, Kiwi, rxirc, vms, rockers and msa ?" asked the luser. "In all of them and in the TPC, irchat, zenirc, zircon X11-irc and even the dos irc has the Tao" said the master quietly. "Is the Tao in a telnet connection directly to the server ?" The master then was quiet for a long time and said. "Please leave, such questions are not within the Tao of IRC". ----- The master says: "Without the Protocol of TCP the messages will not travel. Without the client, the server is useless." ----- There once was a luser who used the ircII client. "ircII can do anything I ever need for using IRC" said the emacs client user, "I have /ON's, I have assignments, I have aliasing. Why don't you use this instead of the huge emacs client, which also has a messy screen?" The emacs client user then replied by saying that "it is better to have a scripting language that is the client instead of have a client that has a scripting language." Upon hearing this, the ircII client luser fell silent. ----- The master Wumpus said: "Time for you to leave. I did, now I'm happy." The master Gnarfer replied: "Use, but never overuse IRC, then you will also be happy within IRC" ----- A luser came unto the masters of #EU-Opers and asked, "How can I be, yet not be, a user@host within the IRC?" The masters of #EU-Opers replied: "To be Tao is to be ones true self. To hide ones self is not Tao, and is not IRC, you have much to learn before you shall be at rest within the Flow of Irc. Please leave" ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/old/��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�014507� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/old/Authors�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012554�10476074743�016107� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/************************************************************************ * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS * Copyright (C) 1990 * * AUTHORS FILE: * This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC * developement. Names can be only added this file, no name * should never be removed. This file must be included into all * distributions of IRC and derived works. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>. IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center. Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6 jto@tolsun.oulu.fi - Multiple Channels and protocol changes Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following: Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton, myriad bug fixes Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code enhancements Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>: VMS modifications Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :) Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines, consolidation of various patches. Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding, many automata ;), documentation fixing. Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing. Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating. Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking features. Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements. Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server. The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski <mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>. The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and Chelsea Ashley Dyerman The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose, and Tom Hopkins. The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed. Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people: Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au> Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu> Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com> Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi> Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990 Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely nothing to do with clients :-] Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990 Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release. jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc. Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990: * Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now. Enhancement: Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field. Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals * Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host. * Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code. Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?) Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990: * Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines). * Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch. * Fixed several minor bugs. * Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three lines worth. :) Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice, opinions, and code to IRC. Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by: Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu> Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu> Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu> Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu> Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu> Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu> Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org> Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu> Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu> Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu> Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu> Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu> ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/example.efnet.conf������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000101061�11730550233�017336� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* doc/example.efnet.conf - ircd-ratbox Example configuration file * * Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Written by ejb, wcampbel, db, leeh and others * Previously modified for EFNet by Disciple * Updated for ratbox-3 by Moggie * * $Id: example.efnet.conf 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* IMPORTANT NOTES: * * class {} blocks MUST be specified before anything that uses them. That * means they must be defined before auth {} and before connect {}. * * auth {} blocks MUST be specified in order of precedence. The first one * that matches a user will be used. So place spoofs first, then specials, * then general access, then restricted. * * Both shell style (#) and C style comments are supported. * * Files may be included by either: * .include "filename" * .include <filename> * * Times/durations are written as: * 12 hours 30 minutes 1 second * * Valid units of time: * month, week, day, hour, minute, second * * Valid units of size: * megabyte/mbyte/mb, kilobyte/kbyte/kb, byte * * Sizes and times may be singular or plural. */ /* EFNET NOTE: * * This configuration file is a BASIC configuration file for use * on EFnet. You MUST still take the time to set this file up * properly. */ /* serverinfo {}: Contains information about the server. (OLD M:) */ serverinfo { /* name: the name of our server */ name = "efnet.irc"; /* sid: the unique server id of our server. This must be three * characters long. The first character must be a digit [0-9], the * remaining two chars may be letters [A-Z] or digits [0-9]. * * This must be specified even if use_ts6 is set to no. */ sid = "42X"; /* description: the description of our server. '[' and ']' may not * be used here for compatibility with older servers. */ description = "ircd-ratbox EFNet server"; /* network info: the name and description of the network this server * is on. Shown in the 005 reply and used with serverhiding. */ network_name = "EFNet"; network_desc = "Eris Free Network"; /* hub: allow this server to act as a hub and have multiple servers * connected to it. */ hub = no; /* vhost: the IP to bind to when we connect outward to ipv4 servers. * This should be an ipv4 IP only. */ #vhost = "192.169.0.1"; /* vhost6: the IP to bind to when we connect outward to ipv6 servers. * This should be an ipv6 IP only. */ #vhost6 = "3ffe:80e8:546::2"; /* vhost_dns: the IP to bind outgoing dns requests when the dns server is * ipv4 */ # vhost_dns = "192.169.0.2"; /* vhost6_dns: the IP to bind outgoing dns requests when the dns server is * ipv6 */ # vhost6_dns = "3ffe:80e8:546::3"; /* default max clients: the default maximum number of clients * allowed to connect. This can be changed once ircd has started by * issuing: * /quote set maxclients <limit> */ default_max_clients = 10000; /* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key */ ssl_private_key = "etc/test.key"; /* ssl_cert: certificate for our ssl server */ ssl_cert = "etc/test.cert"; /* ssl_dh_params: DH parameters, generate with openssl dhparam -out dh.pem 1024 */ ssl_dh_params = "etc/dh.pem"; /* ssld_count: number of ssld processes you want to start, if you * have a really busy server, using N-1 where N is the number of * cpu/cpu cores you have might be useful. A number greater than one * can also be useful in case of bugs in ssld and because ssld needs * two file descriptors per SSL connection. */ ssld_count = 1; /* bandb: path to the ban database - default is PREFIX/etc/ban.db */ bandb = "etc/ban.db"; }; /* admin {}: contains admin information about the server. (OLD A:) */ admin { name = "EFNet Admin"; description = "Main Server Administrator"; email = "<irc-admin@efnet.irc>"; }; /* log {}: contains information about logfiles. */ log { /* logfiles: the logfiles to use for specific activity. if these * paths are defined, then ircd will log to them, otherwise it wont. * * The confs are, in order: * - userlog: user exits * - fuserlog: failed user connections * - operlog: /oper usage * - foperlog: failed /oper usage * - serverlog: server connects/disconnects * - glinelog: glines * - klinelog: klines, etc * - killlog: kills * - operspylog: operspy usage * - ioerrorlog: IO errors */ fname_userlog = "logs/userlog"; #fname_fuserlog = "logs/fuserlog"; fname_operlog = "logs/operlog"; #fname_foperlog = "logs/foperlog"; fname_serverlog = "logs/serverlog"; fname_glinelog = "logs/glinelog"; #fname_klinelog = "logs/klinelog"; fname_killlog = "logs/killlog"; fname_operspylog = "logs/operspylog"; #fname_ioerrorlog = "logs/ioerror"; }; /* class {}: contain information about classes for users (OLD Y:) */ class "users" { /* class name must go above */ /* ping time: how often a client must reply to a PING from the * server before they are dropped. */ ping_time = 2 minutes; /* number per ident: the number of users per user@host networkwide * allowed to connect. Unidented connections are classified as * the same ident. */ number_per_ident = 2; /* number per ip: the number of local users per host allowed */ number_per_ip = 3; /* number per ip global: the number of network wide connections * per host allowed for a user, including connections to the * local server. */ number_per_ip_global = 5; /* cidr_ipv4_bitlen: Limits numbers of connections from a subnet size */ cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 24; /* cidr_ipv6_bitlen: Limits numbers of connections from a subnet size * the following example makes the subnet /64 this is useful * for IPv6 connections in particular */ cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 64; /* number_per_cidr: Number of connections to allow from a subnet of the * size given in cidr_bitlen. 4 seems to be a good default to me. */ number_per_cidr = 4; /* max number: the maximum number of users allowed in this class */ max_number = 100; /* sendq: the amount of data allowed in a clients queue before * they are dropped. */ sendq = 100 kbytes; }; class "restricted" { ping_time = 1 minute 30 seconds; number_per_ip = 1; max_number = 100; sendq = 60kb; }; class "opers" { ping_time = 5 minutes; number_per_ip = 10; max_number = 100; sendq = 100kbytes; }; class "server" { ping_time = 5 minutes; /* connectfreq: only used in server classes. specifies the delay * between autoconnecting to servers. */ connectfreq = 10 minutes; /* max number: the amount of servers to autoconnect to */ max_number = 1; /* sendq: servers need a higher sendq as they send more data */ sendq = 15 megabytes; }; /* listen {}: contain information about the ports ircd listens on (OLD P:) */ listen { /* port: the specific port to listen on. if no host is specified * before, it will listen on all available IPs. * * ports are seperated via a comma, a range may be specified using ".." */ /* aftype: accepts either ipv4 or ipv6 as the IP type to use * when the address to bind to is not specified */ aftype = ipv4; /* port: listen on all available IPs, ports 5000 and 6665 to 6669 */ port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669; /* listen on :: on port 7003 */ aftype = ipv6; port = 7003; /* host: set a specific IP/host the ports after the line will listen * on. This may be ipv4 or ipv6. */ host = "1.2.3.4"; port = 7000, 7001; host = "3ffe:1234:a:b:c::d"; port = 7002; /* sslport sets up an SSL/TLS listener, otherwise it acts just like * the port option above */ sslport = 9999; }; /* auth {}: allow users to connect to the ircd (OLD I:) */ auth { /* user: the user@host allowed to connect. multiple IPv4/IPv6 user * lines are permitted per auth block. */ user = "*@172.16.0.0/12"; user = "*test@123D:B567:*"; /* password: an optional password that is required to use this block. * By default this is not encrypted, specify the flag "encrypted" in * flags = ...; below if it is. */ password = "letmein"; /* spoof: fake the users user@host to be be this. You may either * specify a host or a user@host to spoof to. This is free-form, * just do everyone a favour and dont abuse it. (OLD I: = flag) */ spoof = "I.still.hate.packets"; /* Possible flags in auth: * * encrypted | password is encrypted with ratbox-mkpasswd * spoof_notice | give a notice when spoofing hosts * exceed_limit (old > flag) | allow user to exceed class user limits * kline_exempt (old ^ flag) | exempt this user from k/g/xlines * gline_exempt (old _ flag) | exempt this user from glines * spambot_exempt | exempt this user from spambot checks * shide_exempt | exempt this user from serverhiding * jupe_exempt | exempt this user from generating * warnings joining juped channels * resv_exempt | exempt this user from resvs * flood_exempt | exempt this user from flood limits * USE WITH CAUTION. * no_tilde (old - flag) | don't prefix ~ to username if no ident * need_ident (old + flag) | require ident for user in this class * need_ssl | a SSL/TLS connection is required for * this auth */ flags = kline_exempt, exceed_limit; /* class: the class the user is placed in */ class = "opers"; }; auth { /* redirect: the server and port to redirect a user to. A user does * not have to obey the redirection, the ircd just suggests to them * an alternative server. */ redirserv = "irc.fi"; redirport = 6667; user = "*.fi"; /* class: a class is required even though it is not used */ class = "users"; }; auth { user = "*@*"; class = "users"; }; /* operator {}: defines ircd operators. (OLD O:) * ircd-ratbox no longer supports local operators, privileges are * controlled via flags. */ operator "god" { /* name: the name of the oper must go above */ /* user: the user@host required for this operator. CIDR *is* * supported now. * multiple user="" lines are supported. */ user = "*god@*"; user = "*@127.0.0.1"; /* password: the password required to oper. Unless ~encrypted is * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using * ratbox-mkpasswd, MD5 is supported */ password = "etcnjl8juSU1E"; /* rsa key: the public key for this oper when using Challenge. * A password should not be defined when this is used, see * doc/challenge.txt for more information. */ #rsa_public_key_file = "/usr/local/ircd/etc/oper.pub"; /* umodes: the specific umodes this oper gets when they oper. * If this is specified an oper will not be given oper_umodes * These are described above oper_only_umodes in general {}; */ #umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop; /* privileges: controls the activities and commands an oper is * allowed to do on the server. You may prefix an option with ~ to * disable it, ie ~operwall * * Default flags are operwall, remoteban and encrypted. * * Available options: * * encrypted: the password above is encrypted [DEFAULT] * local_kill: allows local users to be /KILL'd * global_kill: allows local and remote users to be * /KILL'd (OLD 'O' flag) * remote: allows remote SQUIT and CONNECT (OLD 'R' flag) * kline: allows KILL, KLINE and DLINE (OLD 'K' flag) * unkline: allows UNKLINE and UNDLINE (OLD 'U' flag) * gline: allows GLINE (OLD 'G' flag) * nick_changes: allows oper to see nickchanges (OLD 'N' flag) * via usermode +n * rehash: allows oper to REHASH config (OLD 'H' flag) * die: allows DIE and RESTART (OLD 'D' flag) * admin: gives admin privileges. admins * may (un)load modules and see the * real IPs of servers. * hidden_admin: gives admin privileges except * will not have the admin lines in * stats p and whois. * xline: allows use of /quote xline/unxline * resv: allows use of /quote resv/unresv * operwall: allows the oper to send operwalls [DEFAULT] * oper_spy: allows 'operspy' features to see through +s * channels etc. see /quote help operspy * hidden_oper: hides the oper from /stats p (OLD UMODE +p) * remoteban: allows remote kline etc [DEFAULT] * need_ssl: oper must be connected via SSL/TLS to oper up * */ flags = global_kill, remote, kline, unkline, gline, die, rehash, admin, xline, resv, operwall; }; /* connect {}: controls servers we connect to (OLD C:, N:, H:, L:) */ connect "irc.uplink.com" { /* the name must go above */ /* host: the host or IP to connect to. If a hostname is used it * must match the reverse dns of the server. */ host = "192.168.0.1"; /* vhost: the host or IP to bind to for this connection. If this * is not specified, the default vhost (in serverinfo {}) is used. */ #vhost = "192.168.0.50"; /* passwords: the passwords we send (OLD C:) and accept (OLD N:). * The remote server will have these passwords reversed. */ send_password = "password"; accept_password = "anotherpassword"; /* port: the port to connect to this server on */ port = 6666; /* hub mask: the mask of servers that this server may hub. Multiple * entries are permitted */ hub_mask = "*"; /* leaf mask: the mask of servers this server may not hub. Multiple * entries are permitted. Useful for forbidding EU -> US -> EU routes. */ #leaf_mask = "*.uk"; /* class: the class this server is in */ class = "server"; /* flags: controls special options for this server * encrypted - marks the accept_password as being crypt()'d * autoconn - automatically connect to this server * compressed - compress traffic via ziplinks * topicburst - burst topics between servers * ssl - ssl/tls encrypted server connections */ flags = compressed, topicburst; }; connect "ipv6.some.server" { host = "3ffd:dead:beef::1"; send_password = "password"; accept_password = "password"; port = 6666; /* aftype: controls whether the connection uses "ipv4" or "ipv6". * Default is ipv4. */ aftype = ipv6; class = "server"; }; /* cluster {}; servers that we propagate things to automatically. * NOTE: This does NOT grant them privileges to apply anything locally, * you must add a seperate shared block for that. Clustering will * only be done for actions by LOCAL opers, that arent directed * remotely. */ cluster { /* name: the server to share with, this can be a wildcard and may be * stacked. */ /* flags: list of what to share, all the name lines above this (up * until another flags entry) will receive these flags. * * kline - share perm klines * tkline - share temp klines * unkline - share unklines * locops - share locops * xline - share perm xlines * txline - share temp xlines * unxline - share unxlines * resv - share perm resvs * tresv - share temp resvs * unresv - share unresvs * all - share all of the above */ /* share klines/unklines/xlines with *.lan */ name = "*.lan"; flags = kline, unkline, xline; /* share locops with irc.ircd-ratbox.org and ircd.ircd-ratbox.org */ name = "irc.ircd-ratbox.org"; name = "ircd.ircd-ratbox.org"; flags = locops; }; /* shared {}: users that are allowed to place remote bans on our server. * NOTE: These are ordered top down. The first one the user@host and server * matches will be used. Their access will then be decided on that * block and will not fall back to another block that matches. */ /* EFNet note: This can be effectively used for remote klines. * Please note that there is no password authentication * for users setting remote klines. You must also be * /oper'd in order to issue a remote kline. */ shared { /* oper: the user@host and server the user must be on to set klines. * The first field must be a user@host, the second field is an * optional server. These may be stacked. */ /* flags: list of what to allow them to place, all the oper lines * above this (up until another flags entry) will receive these * flags. This *must* be present. * * kline - allow setting perm/temp klines * tkline - allow setting temp klines * unkline - allow removing klines * xline - allow setting perm/temp xlines * txline - allow setting temp xlines * unxline - allow removing xlines * resv - allow setting perm/temp resvs * tresv - allow setting temp resvs * unresv - allow removing xlines * all - allow oper/server to do all of above. * locops - allow locops - only used for servers who cluster * none - disallow everything */ /* allow flame@*.leeh.co.uk on server irc.ircd-ratbox.org and * allow leeh@*.leeh.co.uk on server ircd.ircd-ratbox.org to kline */ oper = "flame@*.leeh.co.uk", "irc.ircd-ratbox.org"; oper = "leeh@*.leeh.co.uk", "ircd.ircd-ratbox.org"; flags = kline; /* you may forbid certain opers/servers from doing anything */ oper = "irc@vanity.oper", "*"; oper = "*@*", "irc.vanity.server"; oper = "irc@another.vanity.oper", "bigger.vanity.server"; flags = none; /* or allow everyone to place temp klines */ oper = "*@*"; flags = tkline; }; /* exempt {}: IPs that are exempt from deny {} and Dlines. (OLD d:) */ /* EFNet Note: if you use these to exempt server ips, make sure * stats_e_disabled is enabled. */ exempt { ip = "192.168.0.0/16"; /* these may be stacked */ ip = "127.0.0.1"; ip = "10.0.0.0/8"; }; /* The channel block contains options pertaining to channels */ channel { /* invex: Enable/disable channel mode +I, a n!u@h list of masks * that can join a +i channel without an invite. * * EFNet Note: This MUST be run on efnet. */ use_invex = yes; /* except: Enable/disable channel mode +e, a n!u@h list of masks * that can join a channel through a ban (+b). * * EFNet Note: This MUST be run on efnet. */ use_except = yes; /* knock: Allows users to request an invite to a channel that * is locked somehow (+ikl). If the channel is +p or you are banned * the knock will not be sent. */ use_knock = yes; /* invite ops only: Restrict /invite to ops on channels, rather than * allowing unopped users to invite people to a -i channel. */ invite_ops_only = yes; /* knock delay: The amount of time a user must wait between issuing * the knock command. */ knock_delay = 5 minutes; /* knock channel delay: How often a knock to any specific channel * is permitted, regardless of the user sending the knock. */ knock_delay_channel = 1 minute; /* max chans: The maximum number of channels a user can join/be on. */ max_chans_per_user = 25; /* quiet on ban: stop banned people talking in channels. */ quiet_on_ban = yes; /* max bans: maximum number of +b/e/I modes in a channel */ /* EFNET approved 100 at 01/08/03 */ max_bans = 100; /* splitcode: split users, split servers and either no join on split * or no create on split must be enabled for split checking. * splitmode will be entered on either split users or split servers * dropping below the limit. * * you may force splitmode to be permanent by /quote set splitmode on */ /* split users: when the usercount is lower than this level, consider * ourselves split. this must be set for automatic splitmode */ default_split_user_count = 20000; /* split servers: when the amount of servers that have acknowledged * theyve finished bursting is lower than this, consider ourselves * split. this must be set for automatic splitmode */ default_split_server_count = 15; /* split: no create: disallow users creating channels on split * * EFNet Note: This MUST be run on efnet. */ no_create_on_split = yes; /* split: no join: disallow users joining channels at all on a split */ no_join_on_split = no; /* burst topicwho: when bursting topics, also burst the topic setter */ /* NOTE: on efnet this will add about 500k-1mb to a burst. */ burst_topicwho = yes; /* use_sslonly: enables the use of channel mode +S which enforces * that users be one ssl/tls enabled connections */ use_sslonly = no; /* topiclen: length of channel topics */ topiclen = 160; }; /* The serverhide block contains the options regarding serverhiding */ serverhide { /* flatten links: this option will show all servers in /links appear * that they are linked to this current server */ flatten_links = no; /* links delay: how often to update the links file when it is * flattened. */ links_delay = 5 minutes; /* hidden: hide this server from a /links output on servers that * support it. this allows hub servers to be hidden etc. */ hidden = no; /* disable hidden: prevent servers hiding themselves from a * /links ouput. */ disable_hidden = no; }; /* The general block contains many of the options that were once compiled * in options in config.h. The general block is read at start time. */ general { /* hide error messages: defines whether error messages from * servers are hidden or not. These can sometimes contain IPs and * can have an adverse effect on server ip hiding. Set to: * yes: hide from opers and admin * opers: hide from opers only * no: do not hide error messages */ hide_error_messages = opers; /* hide spoof ips: hide the real ips of spoofed users */ hide_spoof_ips = yes; /* default invisible: set clients +i on connect */ default_invisible = no; /* default operstring: defines the default oper response * in /whois queries, eg "is an IRC Operator" */ default_operstring = "is an IRC Operator"; /* default adminstring: defines the default admin response * in /whois queries, eg "is a Server Administrator" */ default_adminstring = "is a Server Administrator"; /* disable fake channels: disable local users joining fake versions * of channels, eg #foo^B^B. Disables bold, mirc colour, reverse, * underline and hard space. (ASCII 2, 3, 22, 31, 160 respectively). */ disable_fake_channels = yes; /* tkline_expire_notices: give a notice to opers when a tkline * expires */ tkline_expire_notices = no; /* floodcount: the default value of floodcount that is configurable * via /quote set floodcount. This is the amount of lines a user * may send to any other user/channel in one second. */ default_floodcount = 10; /* failed oper notice: send a notice to all opers on the server when * someone tries to OPER and uses the wrong password, host or ident. */ failed_oper_notice = yes; /* dots in ident: the amount of '.' characters permitted in an ident * reply before the user is rejected. */ dots_in_ident = 2; /* dot in ipv6: ircd-hybrid-6.0 and earlier will disallow hosts * without a '.' in them. this will add one to the end. only needed * for older servers. */ dot_in_ip6_addr = no; /* min nonwildcard: the minimum non wildcard characters in k/d/g lines * placed via the server. klines hand placed are exempt from limits. * wildcard chars: '.' '*' '?' '@' */ min_nonwildcard = 3; /* min nonwildcard simple: the minimum non wildcard characters in * xlines/resvs placed via the server. * wildcard chars: '*' '?' */ min_nonwildcard_simple = 3; /* max accept: maximum allowed /accept's for +g usermode */ max_accept = 20; /* max monitor: the maximum amount of nicknames a client may have in * their monitor (server-side notify) list. */ max_monitor = 60; /* nick flood: enable the nickflood control code */ anti_nick_flood = yes; /* nick flood: the nick changes allowed in the specified period */ max_nick_time = 20 seconds; max_nick_changes = 5; /* anti spam time: the minimum time a user must be connected before * custom quit messages are allowed. */ anti_spam_exit_message_time = 5 minutes; /* ts delta: the time delta allowed between server clocks before * a warning is given, or before the link is dropped. all servers * should run ntpdate/rdate to keep clocks in sync */ ts_warn_delta = 30 seconds; ts_max_delta = 5 minutes; /* client exit: prepend a users quit message with "Client exit: " */ client_exit = yes; /* collision fnc: change user's nick to their UID instead of * killing them, if possible. This setting only applies to nick * collisions detected on this server. Only enable this if * all servers on the network allow remote nicks to start with * a digit. */ collision_fnc = no; /* dline reason: show the user the dline reason when they connect * and are dlined. */ dline_with_reason = yes; /* kline delay: delay the checking of klines until a specified time. * Useful if large kline lists are applied often to prevent the * server eating CPU. */ kline_delay = 5 seconds; /* kline reason: show the user the reason why they are k/d/glined * on exit. may give away who set k/dline when set via tcm. */ kline_with_reason = yes; /* kline reason: make the users quit message on channels this * reason instead of the oper's reason. */ kline_reason = "Connection closed"; /* non redundant klines: flag and ignore redundant klines */ non_redundant_klines = yes; /* warn no nline: warn opers about servers that try to connect but * we dont have a connect {} block for. Twits with misconfigured * servers can get really annoying with this enabled. */ warn_no_nline = yes; /* stats e disabled: disable stats e. useful if server ips are * exempted and you dont want them listing on irc. */ stats_e_disabled = no; /* stats c oper only: make stats c (connect {}) oper only */ stats_c_oper_only = no; /* stats h oper only: make stats h (hub_mask/leaf_mask) oper only */ stats_h_oper_only = no; /* stats y oper only: make stats y (class {}) oper only */ stats_y_oper_only = no; /* stats o oper only: make stats o (opers) oper only */ stats_o_oper_only = yes; /* stats P oper only: make stats P (ports) oper only * NOTE: users doing stats P will never be given the ips that the * server listens on, simply the ports. */ stats_P_oper_only = no; /* stats i oper only: make stats i (auth {}) oper only. set to: * yes: show users no auth blocks, made oper only. * masked: show users first matching auth block * no: show users all auth blocks. */ stats_i_oper_only = yes; /* stats k/K oper only: make stats k/K (klines) oper only. set to: * yes: show users no auth blocks, made oper only * masked: show users first matching auth block * no: show users all auth blocks. */ stats_k_oper_only = yes; /* map oper only: make /map oper only */ map_oper_only = yes; /* operspy admin only: make operspy notices to +Z admin only */ operspy_admin_only = no; /* caller id wait: time between notifying a +g user that somebody * is messaging them. */ caller_id_wait = 1 minute; /* pace wait simple: time between use of less intensive commands * (HELP, remote WHOIS, WHOWAS) */ pace_wait_simple = 1 second; /* pace wait: time between more intensive commands * (ADMIN, INFO, LIST, LUSERS, MOTD, STATS, VERSION) */ pace_wait = 10 seconds; /* short motd: send clients a notice telling them to read the motd * instead of forcing a motd to clients who may simply ignore it. */ short_motd = no; /* ping cookies: require clients to respond exactly to a ping command, * can help block certain types of drones and FTP PASV mode spoofing. */ ping_cookie = no; /* connect timeout: sets how long we should wait for a connection * request to succeed */ connect_timeout = 30 seconds; /* disable auth: disables identd checking */ disable_auth = no; /* no oper flood: increase flood limits for opers. */ no_oper_flood = yes; /* glines: enable glines, network wide temp klines */ /* * EFnet Note: This feature is required for European EFnet servers * and is used by several North American servers. As * such, it has been left on by default. If you * do not want your server to participate in G:Lines * you should disable this. */ glines = yes; /* gline time: the amount of time a gline will remain before expiring */ gline_time = 1 day; /* gline_min_cidr: If using a CIDR gline, the minimum length the * mask must be */ gline_min_cidr = 16; /* global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen: limits numbers of connections from a subnet size globally * global_cidr_ipv4_count: number of connections allowed from a given subnet * global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen and global_cidr_ipv6_count are the same as above but for ipv6 * * global_cidr: if set to no, do not process limits * * The reason these are not in classes is that remote clients do not get assigned classes * Also this needs TS6 across the entire network to work in a reliable way */ global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 24; global_cidr_ipv4_count = 128; global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 64; global_cidr_ipv6_count = 128; global_cidr = yes; /* REMOVE ME. The following line checks you've been reading. */ havent_read_conf = yes; /* max targets: the maximum amount of targets in a single * PRIVMSG/NOTICE. set to 999 NOT 0 for unlimited. */ max_targets = 4; /* client flood: maximum number of lines in a clients queue before * they are dropped for flooding. */ client_flood = 20; /* post registration delay: after a user has registered, delay * parsing any commands from them for this amount of time in order * to perform bopm checks etc. * * Warning: if this is set too high (i.e. above 5-10s), it is * likely to cause issues for clients. */ post_registration_delay = 0 seconds; /* use_whois_actually: send clients requesting a whois a numeric * giving the real IP of non-spoofed clients to prevent DNS abuse. */ use_whois_actually = yes; /* usermodes configurable: a list of usermodes for the options below * * +b - bots - See bot and drone flooding notices * +c - cconn - Client connection/quit notices * +C - cconnext - Extended client connection/quit notices * +d - debug - See debugging notices * +f - full - See I: line full notices * +g - callerid - Server Side Ignore * +i - invisible - Not shown in NAMES or WHO unless you share a * a channel * +k - skill - See server generated KILL messages * +l - locops - See LOCOPS messages * +n - nchange - See client nick changes * +r - rej - See rejected client notices * +s - servnotice - See general server notices * +u - unauth - See unauthorised client notices * +w - wallop - See server generated WALLOPS * +x - external - See remote server connection and split notices * +y - spy - See LINKS, STATS, TRACE notices etc. * +z - operwall - See oper generated WALLOPS * +Z - operspy - See operspy notices */ /* oper only umodes: usermodes only opers may set */ oper_only_umodes = bots, cconn, cconnext, debug, full, skill, nchange, rej, spy, external, operwall, locops, unauth; /* oper umodes: default usermodes opers get when they /oper */ oper_umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop; /* use egd: if your system does not have *random devices yet you * want to use OpenSSL and encrypted links, enable this. Beware - * EGD is *very* CPU intensive when gathering data for its pool */ #use_egd = yes; /* egdpool path: path to EGD pool. Not necessary for OpenSSL >= 0.9.7 * which automatically finds the path. */ #egdpool_path = "/var/run/egd-pool"; /* compression level: level of compression for compressed links between * servers. * * values are between: 1 (least compression, fastest) * and: 9 (most compression, slowest). */ #compression_level = 6; /* burst_away: This enables bursting away messages to servers. * With this disabled, we will only propogate AWAY messages * as users send them, but never burst them. Be warned though * enabling this could increase the size of a burst significantly * for a large network, like EFnet. */ burst_away = no; /* reject duration: the amount of time to cache the rejection */ reject_duration = 5 minutes; /* reject_after_count: the number of times within reject_duration time that * an IP will start being rejected. */ reject_after_count = 3; /* throttle_duration: Amount of time that throttling will be applied to an IP * address. */ throttle_duration = 60; /* throttle_count: Number of connections within throttle_duration that it takes * for throttling to take effect */ throttle_count = 4; }; modules { /* module path: paths to search for modules specified below and * in /modload. */ path = "/usr/local/ircd/modules"; path = "/usr/local/ircd/modules/autoload"; /* module: the name of a module to load on startup/rehash */ #module = "some_module.so"; }; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/tgchange.txt������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003172�10476074743�016276� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������- Target Change for Messages - - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> - ------------------------------- If the server you are using uses the target change mechanism, then restrictions are placed on how many different users you can message in a set timeframe. Target change does not apply to channels, ctcp replies or messages to yourself. You will have a set number of 'slots', each different client you message will take up one slot. A client doing a nick change will not use a new slot, however a client leaving the network and reconnecting will. You will receive 1 new slot roughly every minute. When all slots are filled, messages to new clients will not be accepted. Messages to clients already filling a slot will be accepted. If all slots are full, you will receive the ERR_TARGCHANGE numeric, number 707 in the form: :<server> 707 <yournick> <targetnick> :Targets changing too fast, message dropped The slots are operated as a FIFO (first in, first out), so the first person you message will be the first person removed from a slot, even if you are still talking to this person. The number of slots in use will be kept through a reconnection, though the information in those slots will be dropped. However, you will always receive one free slot on a reconnection. Other servers using this mechanism will also be made aware of details about slots. Target change can be avoided via the CNOTICE and CPRIVMSG commands, when you are opped or voiced in a channel, and you are messaging a client within that channel. See /quote help cnotice and /quote help cprivmsg for more information. -- $Id: tgchange.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/modeg.txt���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012577�10476074743�015622� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� User Mode +g Documentation Hybrid 7 includes a new and power feature that all users can take advantage of to help prevent flooding and unwanted messages. This new feature is invoked by setting user mode +g. When a client is set +g, that user will be in "Caller ID" mode. Any user that messages a +g client will receive a notice saying that they are in +g (server side ignore) mode. The target client (who is set +g) will also receive a notice saying that so and so messaged them, and that they are in +g mode. The target of the message will only receive one notification per minute, from any client, in order to help prevent flooding. The sender will NOT have the rate limit, and will receive a notice saying the target is in +g mode every time they send a message. Note that this behavior is similar to the way AWAY messages are done. There are numerous benefits for both opers and regular users, including the ability to stop spambot messages from ever reaching your client, stopping private message and CTCP floods, and being able to sit on IRC in privacy. One question that arises is how to message specific users, while blocking out everyone else. The command ACCEPT is your answer. To add a user to your accept list, issue the raw command ACCEPT <nick>,<nick>,<nick>,... You will not receive a reply from the ACCEPT command if it is succesful, only if an error has occured. There are three possible errors, shown by numerics: ERR_ACCEPTFULL (456): :irc.server 456 client :Accept list is full - This is sent when an accept list is full. ERR_ACCEPTEXIST (457): :irc.server 457 client target :already exists - This is sent when a client tries to add a user to the accept list that already exists there ERR_ACCEPTNOT (458): :irc.server 458 client target :doesnt exist - This is sent when a client tries to remove a user from their accept list who is not on the accept list. That user will now be able to send messages to your client until the association is broken. Associations break in one of the following situations: when an accepted user QUIT's (or is on the other side of a split), you QUIT, or the accepted user changes their nick. The reason why a remote user's nick change will remove them from your accept list is so that you cannot track a user after they changed their nick. Viewing the accept list is also very easy. Issue the raw command ACCEPT *. Removing a user from your accept list is also simple. Issue the command ACCEPT -<nick>. Sample Session The easiest way to see how this works is by experiencing it. Seeing a sample session can help understand what goes on though. Client Hwy-LL is set +g initially. Client Hwy101 wants to message Hwy-LL Note that some clients may have to use /quote ACCEPT instead of /accept. -- Client Hwy101: /msg Hwy-LL hi Hwy101 will see: -Hwy-LL- *** I'm in +g mode (server side ignore). -Hwy-LL- *** I've been informed you messaged me. Hwy-LL will see: Client Hwy101 [wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org] is messaging you and you are +g The sender will receive the NOTICE from the target of the message, while the recipient will receive the NOTICE from the server. -- If Hwy101 sends another message to Hwy-LL (before the minute expires), he will see: -Hwy-LL- *** I'm in +g mode (server side ignore). and will not receive the second notice Hwy-LL will NOT see any notice. -- Hwy-LL now wishes to see messages from Hwy101 and SpamBot Client Hwy-LL: /accept Hwy101,SpamBot Neither side will be told of the change in the accept list, Hwy-LL should presume that the accept was succesful if no error occurs. Now Hwy-LL can see messages from Hwy101 and SpamBot without any blockage. If Hwy101 was also set +g, then he would have to issue /accept Hwy-LL before he would be able to see messages from Hwy-LL. -- Hwy-LL now wants to see who is on his accept list. Client Hwy-LL: /accept * Hwy-LL will see: irc.server 281 Hwy-LL Hwy101 SpamBot irc.server 282 Hwy-LL :End of /ACCEPT list The replies are in numeric form to help parsing by scripts. -- Hwy-LL realises he added a spambot to his list, and wants to remove it, and allow messages from services Client Hwy-LL: /accept -SpamBot,services Hwy-LL will now only accept messages from Hwy101 and services. -- The nicks to be added can be in ANY order, however you cannot add or remove AND list. /ACCEPT x,y,-z,f,-a would be acceptable. /ACCEPT x,y,-z,* would ignore the * and generate an invalid nick response. Like Dalnet and Undernet's SILENCE system, the accept list only exists while you are connected to IRC. In order for you to have the same accept list every time you come onto IRC, you must put the accept commands into your client's auto-perform, or manually issue the commands each time. This system may seem similar to the SILENCE system, but it is actually a reverse SILENCE. SILENCE ignores certain users and allows the rest. Mode +g ignores all users except certain ones (on your accept list.) Both systems have their place, but the mode +g in Hybrid 7 is what the developers thought would be most useful for clients. The goals of this user mode is to provide protection from flooding and spamming, and to provide users with a means to keep their privacy. We hope that these goals are obtained. -- W. Campbell $Id: modeg.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/Hybrid-team�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004442�10532162736�016037� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: Hybrid-team 23287 2006-11-26 00:54:54Z jilles $ The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group of people, all of us. Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the Hybrid List, send email to listmanager@the-project.org with the subject "subscribe hybrid". The core team as, of this major release: A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net> adrian, Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> billy-jon, Bill Jonus <bill@mu.org> cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net> David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk> Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net> einride, Erik S. Johansen, <einride@einride.org> fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb@sdf.lonestar.org> isomer, Perry Lorier <perry@coders.net> jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org> k9, Jeremy Chadwick <yoshi@parodius.com> Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net> toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk> Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org> xyst, Greg Prosser <gnp@arrogant.org> The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to this release of hybrid, in nick alphabetical order: adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@crashnet.pl> bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com> desrt, Ryan Lortie <desertangel@mindless.com> Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com> jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz> kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr> madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org> Neph|l|m, Adel Mezibra <adel@cybercable.fr> Riedel, Dennis Vink, <vink@vuurwerk.nl> Robert Alan Byer <byer@mail.ourservers.net> scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net> spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org> vulture, Sean Stanek <vulture@cs.iastate.edu> vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net> zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org> Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list, be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to previous versions of this ircd and it's ancestors, too many to list here. Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to ircd-hybrid@the-project.org. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/genssl.sh���������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000002512�11730550233�015567� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # Simple and straight forward openssl cert generator for ircd-ratbox # Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team # $Id: genssl.sh 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then echo echo "usage: $0 <IRC_SERVER_NAME> [<LENGTH_IN_DAYS_KEYS_ARE_VALID>]" echo " default lenth of time keys are valid is 365 days." echo exit 1; fi SERVER="$1" DAYS_VALID="$2" SSL_DAYS_VALID="365" if [ "$DAYS_VALID" -gt "365" ]; then SSL_DAYS_VALID="$DAYS_VALID" fi echo echo "Generating 1024-bit self-signed RSA key for ${SERVER}... " openssl req -new -newkey rsa:1024 -days ${SSL_DAYS_VALID} -nodes -x509 -keyout ${SERVER}.pem -out ${SERVER}.pem echo "Done creating self-signed cert" echo -n "Generating DH parameters file... " openssl dhparam -out dh.pem 1024 echo "Done." echo echo "Your SSL keys for ${SERVER} are valid for ${SSL_DAYS_VALID} days." echo "If you wish to increase the number of days, run:" echo " $0 ${SERVER} <NUMBER_OF_DAYS>" echo echo "Move ${SERVER}.pem and dh.pem to your ircd config directory if necessary." echo "Adjust ircd.conf to reflect any changes." echo "Your serverinfo {} block should contain the following (adjust paths accordingly)" echo echo "ssl_private_key = \"`pwd`/${SERVER}.pem\";" echo "ssl_cert = \"`pwd`/${SERVER}.pem\";" echo "ssl_dh_params = \"`pwd`/dh.pem\";" echo exit 0 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/��������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12071277330�015672� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/ts6-protocol.txt����������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000062250�11163001107�020777� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������TS6 protocol description Written by Jilles Tjoelker General format: much like rfc1459 Maximum parameters for a command: 15 (this does not include the prefix and command name) SID: a server's unique ID. It is configured in each server and consists of a digit and two alphanumerics. Sending SIDs with lowercase letters is questionable. UID: a client's unique ID. It consists of the server's SID and six alphanumerics (so it is nine characters long). The first of the alphanumerics should be a letter, numbers are legal but reserved for future use. hunted: a parameter type used for various remote requests. From local users, nicknames and server names are accepted, possibly with wildcards; from servers, UIDs/SIDs (sending names or even wildcards is deprecated). This is done with the function hunt_server(). Any rate limiting should be done locally. duration: a parameter type used for ban durations. It is a duration in seconds. A value of 0 means a permanent ban. propagation: to which other servers the command is sent For all commands with a hunted parameter, the propagation is determined by that, and not otherwise specified. For all commands with a target server mask parameter, the propagation is determined by that, and not otherwise specified. The command is sent to all servers with names matching the given mask (for example '*', '*.example.com', 'irc.example.com'). Those servers do not have to be directly connected. Targets cannot be SIDs. Propagation broadcast means the command is sent to all servers. Propagation one-to-one means the command is only sent to the target or the server the target is on. Propagation none means the command is never sent to another server if it is received. For some other commands, the propagation depends on the parameters and is described in text. services server: server mentioned in a service{} block. There are no services servers on EFnet. service: client with umode +S. This implies that it is on a services server. connection setup: The initiator sends the PASS, CAPAB and SERVER messages. Upon receiving the SERVER, the listener will check the information, and if it is valid, it will send its own PASS, CAPAB and SERVER messages, followed by SVINFO and the burst. Upon receiving the SERVER, the initiator will send SVINFO and the burst. If ziplinks are used, SVINFO is the first compressed message. The burst consists of SID and SERVER messages for all known servers, UID or EUID messages for all known users (possibly followed by ENCAP REALHOST, ENCAP LOGIN and/or AWAY) and SJOIN messages for all known channels (possibly followed by BMASK and/or TB). user modes: (all) +D (deaf: does not receive channel messages) +S (network service) (only settable on burst from a services server) +a (appears as server administrator) +i (invisible, see rfc1459) +o (IRC operator, see rfc1459) +w (wallops, see rfc1459) (always propagated for historical reasons) (charybdis TS6) +Q/+R/+g/+l/+s/+z (only locally effective) +Z (ssl user) (only settable on burst) possibly more added by modules channel modes: (all) statuses +o (prefix @) (ops) +v (prefix +) (voice) type A +b (ban) +e (ban exception) +I (invite exception) type B +k (key: password required to join, <= 23 ascii chars, no : or , or whitespace) type C +l (limit: maximum number of members before further joins are disallowed) type D +m (moderated) +n (no external messages) +p (private: does not appear in /whois to non-members, no /knock allowed) +r (only registered users may join) (only if a services server exists) +s (secret) +t (only chanops may change topic) (charybdis TS6) type A +q (quiet) type C +f (forward: channel name <= 30 chars) +j (join throttle: N:T with integer N and T) type D +F (free target for +f) +L (large ban list) +P (permanent: does not disappear when empty) +Q (ignore forwards to this) +c (strip colours) +g (allow any member to /invite) +z (send messages blocked by +m to chanops) <numeric> source: server parameters: target, any... The command name should be three decimal ASCII digits. Propagates a "numeric" command reply, such as from a remote WHOIS request. If the first digit is 0 (indicating a reply about the local connection), it should be changed to 1 before propagation or sending to a user. Numerics to the local server may be sent to opers. To avoid infinite loops, servers should not send any replies to numerics. The target can be: - a client propagation: one-to-one - a channel name propagation: all servers with -D users on the channel Numerics to channels are broken in some older servers. ADMIN source: user parameters: hunted Remote ADMIN request. AWAY source: user propagation: broadcast parameters: opt. away reason If the away reason is empty or not present, mark the user as not away. Otherwise, mark the user as away. Changing away reason from one non-empty string to another non-empty string may not be propagated. BMASK source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: channelTS, channel, type, space separated masks If the channelTS in the message is greater (newer) than the current TS of the channel, drop the message and do not propagate it. Type is the mode letter of a ban-like mode. In efnet TS6 this is 'b', 'e' or 'I'. In charybdis TS6 additionally 'q' is possible. Add all the masks to the given list of the channel. All ban-like modes must be bursted using this command, not using MODE or TMODE. CAPAB source: unregistered server propagation: none parameters: space separated capability list Sends capabilities of the server. This must include QS and ENCAP. It is also strongly recommended to include EX, CHW, IE and KNOCK, and for charybdis TS6 also SAVE and EUID. For use with services, SERVICES and RSFNC are strongly recommended. The capabilities may depend on the configuration for the server they are sent to. CHGHOST charybdis TS6 source: any propagation: broadcast parameters: client, new hostname Changes the visible hostname of a client. Opers are notified unless the source is a server or a service. CONNECT source: any parameters: server to connect to, port, hunted Remote connect request. A server WALLOPS should be sent by the receiving server. The port can be 0 for the default port. DLINE charybdis TS6 encap only source: user parameters: duration, mask, reason Sets a D:line (IP ban checked directly after accepting connection). The mask must be an IP address or CIDR mask. ENCAP source: any parameters: target server mask, subcommand, opt. parameters... Sends a command to matching servers. Propagation is independent of understanding the subcommand. Subcommands are listed elsewhere with "encap only". ERROR source: server or unregistered server propagation: none parameters: error message Reports a (usually fatal) error with the connection. Error messages may contain IP addresses and have a negative effect on server IP hiding. ETRACE encap only encap target: single server source: oper parameters: client Remote ETRACE information request. EUID charybdis TS6 capab: EUID source: server parameters: nickname, hopcount, nickTS, umodes, username, visible hostname, IP address, UID, real hostname, account name, gecos propagation: broadcast Introduces a client. The client is on the source server of this command. The account name is '0' if the user is not logged in with services. Nick TS rules apply. EUID is similar to UID but includes the ENCAP REALHOST and ENCAP LOGIN information. GCAP encap only encap target: * source: server parameters: space separated capability list Capability list of remote server. GLINE efnet TS6 capab: GLN source: user parameters: user mask, host mask, reason propagation: broadcast Propagates a G:line vote. Once votes from three different opers (based on user@host mask) on three different servers have arrived, trigger the G:line. Pending G:lines expire after some time, usually ten minutes. Triggered G:lines expire after a configured time which may differ across servers. Requests from server connections must be propagated, unless they are found to be syntactically invalid (e.g. '!' in user mask). Therefore, disabling glines must not affect propagation, and too wide glines, double votes and glines that already exist locally must still be propagated. Of course, servers are free to reject gline requests from their own operators. GUNGLINE efnet TS6 encap only encap target: * source: user parameters: user mask, host mask, reason propagation: broadcast Propagates a G:line removal vote. Once three votes have arrived (as with G:lines), remove the G:line. Pending G:lines removals expire after some time, usually ten minutes. Pending G:line removals do not interact with pending G:lines. Triggering a G:line does not affect a pending G:line removal. Triggering a G:line removal does not affect a pending G:line. INFO source: user parameters: hunted Remote INFO request. INVITE source: user parameters: target user, channel, opt. channelTS propagation: one-to-one Invites a user to a channel. If the channelTS is greater (newer) than the current TS of the channel, drop the message. Not sending the channelTS parameter is deprecated. JOIN 1. source: user parameters: '0' (one ASCII zero) propagation: broadcast Parts the source user from all channels. 2. source: user parameters: channelTS, channel, '+' (a plus sign) propagation: broadcast Joins the source user to the given channel. If the channel does not exist yet, it is created with the given channelTS and no modes. If the channel already exists and has a greater (newer) TS, wipe all simple modes and statuses and change the TS, notifying local users of this but not servers (note that ban-like modes remain intact; invites may or may not be cleared). A JOIN is propagated with the new TS of the channel. KICK source: any parameters: channel, target user, opt. reason propagation: broadcast Kicks the target user from the given channel. Unless the channel's TS is 0, no check is done whether the source user has ops. Not sending the reason parameter is questionable. KILL source: any parameters: target user, path propagation: broadcast Removes the user from the network. The format of the path parameter is some sort of description of the source of the kill followed by a space and a parenthesized reason. To avoid overflow, it is recommended not to add anything to the path. KLINE 1. encap only source: user parameters: duration, user mask, host mask, reason Sets a K:line (ban on user@host). 2. capab: KLN source: user parameters: target server mask, duration, user mask, host mask, reason As form 1, deprecated. KNOCK source: user parameters: channel propagation: broadcast Requests an invite to a channel that is locked somehow (+ikl). Notifies all operators of the channel. (In charybdis, on +g channels all members are notified.) This is broadcast so that each server can store when KNOCK was used last on a channel. LINKS source: user parameters: hunted, server mask Remote LINKS request. The server mask limits which servers are listed. LOCOPS 1. encap only source: user parameters: text Sends a message to operators (with umode +l set). This is intended to be used for strict subsets of the network. 2. capab: CLUSTER source: user parameters: target server mask, text As form 1, deprecated. LOGIN encap only source: user parameters: account name In a burst, states that the source user is logged in as the account. LUSERS source: user parameters: server mask, hunted Remote LUSERS request. Most servers ignore the server mask, treating it as '*'. MODE 1. source: user parameters: client, umode changes propagation: broadcast Propagates a user mode change. The client parameter must refer to the same user as the source. Not all umodes are propagated to other servers. 2. source: any parameters: channel, cmode changes, opt. cmode parameters... Propagates a channel mode change. This is deprecated because the channelTS is not included. If it is received, it should be propagated as TMODE. MOTD source: user parameters: hunted Remote MOTD request. NICK 1. source: user parameters: new nickname, new nickTS propagation: broadcast Propagates a nick change. 2. source: server parameters: nickname, hopcount, nickTS, umodes, username, hostname, server, gecos Historic TS5 user introduction. The user is on the server indicated by the server parameter; the source server is meaningless (local link). NICKDELAY charybdis TS6 encap only encap target: * source: services server parameters: duration, nickname If duration is greater than 0, makes the given nickname unavailable for that time. If duration is 0, removes a nick delay entry for the given nickname. There may or may not be a client with the given nickname; this does not affect the operation. NOTICE source: any parameters: msgtarget, message As PRIVMSG, except NOTICE messages are sent out, server sources are permitted and most error messages are suppressed. Servers may not send '$$', '$#' and opers@server notices. Older servers may not allow servers to send to specific statuses on a channel. OPERSPY encap only encap target: * source: user parameters: command name, parameters Reports operspy usage. OPERWALL source: user parameters: message propagation: broadcast Sends a message to operators (with umode +z set). PART source: user parameters: comma separated channel list, message Parts the source user from the given channels. PASS source: unregistered server parameters: password, 'TS', TS version, SID Sends the server link password, TS version and SID. PING source: any parameters: origin, opt. destination server Sends a PING to the destination server, which will reply with a PONG. If the destination server parameter is not present, the server receiving the message must reply. The origin field is not used in the server protocol. It is sent as the name (not UID/SID) of the source. Remote PINGs are used for end-of-burst detection, therefore all servers must implement them. PONG source: server parameters: origin, destination Routes a PONG back to the destination that originally sent the PING. PRIVMSG source: user parameters: msgtarget, message Sends a normal message (PRIVMSG) to the given target. The target can be: - a client propagation: one-to-one - a channel name propagation: all servers with -D users on the channel (cmode +m/+n should be checked everywhere, bans should not be checked remotely) - a status character ('@'/'+') followed by a channel name, to send to users with that status or higher only. propagation: all servers with -D users with appropriate status - a user@server message, to send to users on a specific server. The exact meaning of the part before the '@' is not prescribed, except that "opers" allows IRC operators to send to all IRC operators on the server in an unspecified format. propagation: one-to-one - a message to all users on server names matching a mask ('$$' followed by mask) propagation: broadcast Only allowed to IRC operators. - a message to all users with hostnames matching a mask ('$#' followed by mask). Note that this is often implemented poorly. propagation: broadcast Only allowed to IRC operators. In charybdis TS6, services may send to any channel and to statuses on any channel. PRIVS charybdis TS6 encap only encap target: single server source: oper parameters: client Remote PRIVS information request. QUIT source: user parameters: comment Propagates quitting of a client. No QUIT should be sent for a client that has been removed as result of a KILL message. REALHOST charybdis TS6 encap only encap target: * source: user parameters: real hostname In a burst, propagates the real host of a dynamically-spoofed user. REHASH charybdis TS6 encap only source: user parameters: opt. rehash type Remote REHASH request. If the rehash type is omitted, it is equivalent to a regular /rehash, otherwise it is equivalent to /rehash <rehash type>. RESV 1. encap only source: user parameters: duration, mask, reason Sets a RESV, making a nickname mask or exact channel unavailable. 2. capab: CLUSTER source: user parameters: target server mask, duration, mask, reason As form 1, deprecated. RSFNC encap only capab: RSFNC encap target: single server source: services server parameters: target user, new nickname, old nickTS, new nickTS Forces a nickname change and propagates it. The command is ignored if the nick TS of the user is not equal to the old nickTS parameter. If the new nickname already exists (and is not the target user), it is killed first. SASL charybdis TS6 encap only 1. encap target: * source: server parameters: source uid, '*', 'S', sasl mechanism name Requests that a SASL agent (a service) initiate the authentication process. The source uid is that of an unregistered client. This is why it is not sent as the prefix. 2. encap target: single server source: server parameters: source uid, target uid, mode, data Part of a SASL authentication exchange. The mode is 'C' to send some data (base64 encoded), or 'S' to end the exchange (data indicates type of termination: 'A' for abort, 'F' for authentication failure, 'S' for authentication success). SAVE capab: SAVE source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: target uid, TS Resolve a nick collision by changing a nickname to the UID. The server should verify that the UID belongs to a registered user, the user does not already have their UID as their nick and the TS matches the user's nickTS. If not, drop the message. SAVE should be propagated as a regular NICK change to links without SAVE capab. present. SERVER 1. source: unregistered server parameters: server name, hopcount, server description Registers the connection as a server. PASS and CAPAB must have been sent before, SVINFO should be sent afterwards. If there is no such server configured or authentication failed, the connection should be dropped. This is propagated as a SID message. 2. source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: server name, hopcount, server description Introduces a new TS5 server, directly connected to the source of this command. This is only used for jupes as TS5 servers may do little else than existing. SID source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: server name, hopcount, sid, server description Introduces a new server, directly connected to the source of this command. SIGNON source: user propagation: broadcast parameters: new nickname, new username, new visible hostname, new nickTS, new login name Broadcasts a change of several user parameters at once. Currently only sent after an SVSLOGIN. SJOIN source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: channelTS, simple modes, opt. mode parameters..., nicklist Broadcasts a channel creation or bursts a channel. The nicklist consists of users joining the channel, with status prefixes for their status ('@+', '@', '+' or ''), for example: '@+1JJAAAAAB +2JJAAAA4C 1JJAAAADS'. All users must be behind the source server so it is not possible to use this message to force users to join a channel. The interpretation depends on the channelTS and the current TS of the channel. If either is 0, set the channel's TS to 0 and accept all modes. Otherwise, if the incoming channelTS is greater (newer), ignore the incoming simple modes and statuses and join and propagate just the users. If the incoming channelTS is lower (older), wipe all modes and change the TS, notifying local users of this but not servers (invites may be cleared). In the latter case, kick on split riding may happen: if the key (+k) differs or the incoming simple modes include +i, kick all local users, sending KICK messages to servers. An SJOIN is propagated with the new TS and modes of the channel. The statuses are propagated if and only if they were accepted. SJOIN must be used to propagate channel creation and in netbursts. For regular users joining channels, JOIN must be used. Pseudoservers may use SJOIN to join a user with ops. SNOTE charybdis TS6 encap only source: server parameters: snomask letter, text Sends the text as a server notice from the source server to opers with the given snomask set. SQUIT parameters: target server, comment Removes the target server and all servers and users behind it from the network. If the target server is the receiving server or the local link this came from, this is an announcement that the link is being closed. Otherwise, if the target server is locally connected, the server should send a WALLOPS announcing the SQUIT. STATS source: user parameters: stats letter, hunted Remote STATS request. Privileges are checked on the server executing the actual request. SU encap only encap target: * source: services server parameters: target user, new login name (optional) If the new login name is not present or empty, mark the target user as not logged in, otherwise mark the target user as logged in as the given account. SVINFO source: server propagation: none parameters: current TS version, minimum TS version, '0', current time Verifies TS protocol compatibility and clock. If anything is not in order, the link is dropped. The current TS version is the highest version supported by the source server and the minimum TS version is the lowest version supported. The current time is sent as a TS in the usual way. SVSLOGIN charybdis TS6 encap only encap target: single server source: services server parameters: target, new nick, new username, new visible hostname, new login name Sent after successful SASL authentication. The target is a UID, typically an unregistered one. Any of the "new" parameters can be '*' to leave the corresponding field unchanged. The new login name can be '0' to log the user out. If the UID is registered on the network, a SIGNON with the changes will be broadcast, otherwise the changes will be stored, to be used when registration completes. TB source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: TIME source: user parameters: hunted Remote TIME request. TMODE source: any parameters: channelTS, channel, cmode changes, opt. cmode parameters... Propagates a channel mode change. If the channelTS is greater (newer) than the current TS of the channel, drop the message. On input, only the limit on parameters per line restricts how many cmode parameters can be present. Apart from this, arbitrary modes shall be processed. Redundant modes may be dropped. For example, +n-n may be applied and propagated as +n-n, -n or (if the channel was already -n) nothing, but not as +n. The parameter for mode -k (removing a key) shall be ignored. On output, at most ten cmode parameters should be sent; if there are more, multiple TMODE messages should be sent. TOPIC source: user propagation: broadcast Propagates a channel topic change. The server may verify that the source has ops in the channel. TRACE source: user 1. parameters: hunted Performs a trace to the target, sending 200 numerics from each server passing the message on. The target server sends a description of the target followed by a 262 numeric. TRACE, STATS l and STATS L are the only commands using hunt_server that use the hunted parameter for more than just determining which server the command should be executed on. 2. parameters: target name, hunted Executes a trace command on the target server. No 200 numerics are sent. The target name is a name, not a UID, and should be on the target server. UID source: server propagation: broadcast parameters: nickname, hopcount, nickTS, umodes, username, visible hostname, IP address, UID, gecos propagation: broadcast Introduces a client. The client is on the source server of this command. Nick TS rules apply. UNDLINE charybdis TS6 encap only source: user parameters: mask Removes a D:line (IP ban checked directly after accepting connection). The mask must be an IP address or CIDR mask. UNKLINE 1. encap only source: user parameters: user mask, host mask Removes a K:line (ban on user@host). 2. capab: UNKLN source: user parameters: target server mask, user mask, host mask As form 1, deprecated. UNRESV 1. encap only source: user parameters: mask Removes a RESV. 2. capab: CLUSTER source: user parameters: target server mask, mask As form 1, deprecated. UNXLINE 1. encap only source: user parameters: mask Removes an X:line (ban on realname). 2. capab: CLUSTER source: user parameters: target server mask, mask As form 1, deprecated. USERS source: user parameters: hunted Remote USERS request. VERSION source: any parameters: hunted Remote VERSION request. WALLOPS 1. source: user parameters: message propagation: broadcast In efnet TS6, sends a message to operators (with umode +z set). This is a deprecated equivalent to OPERWALL. In charybdis TS6, sends a message to local users with umode +w set (or possibly another indication that WALLOPS messages should be sent), including non-opers. 2. source: server parameters: message propagation: broadcast Sends a message to local users with umode +w set (or possibly another indication that WALLOPS messages should be sent). In efnet TS6 this may include non-opers, in charybdis TS6 this may only be sent to opers. WHOIS source: user parameters: hunted, target nick Remote WHOIS request. XLINE 1. encap only source: user parameters: duration, mask, reason Sets an X:line (ban on realname). 2. capab: CLUSTER source: user parameters: target server mask, duration, mask, reason As form 1, deprecated. Local only commands (charybdis 3.1): ACCEPT AUTHENTICATE CAP CHALLENGE CHANTRACE CLOSE CNOTICE CPRIVMSG DIE GET HELP ISON LIST MAP MASKTRACE MODLIST MODLOAD MODRELOAD MODRESTART MODUNLOAD MONITOR NAMES OPER POST PUT RESTART SCAN SET TESTGECOS TESTLINE TESTMASK UHELP UNREJECT USER USERHOST WEBIRC WHO WHOWAS ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/ts6.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000027640�10564656353�017173� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: ts6.txt 23628 2007-02-14 19:03:07Z leeh $ TS6 Proposal (v8) Written by Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk> Ideas borrowed heavily from ircnet (Beeth, jv, Q) - Changes between v7 and v8 - ----------------------------- In the v7 specification, the JOIN command included the channel modes of a channel, and acted on them following TS rules. In the v8 specification, JOIN will never send modes. Desyncs can occur both when they are sent and when they are not. If they are sent, then you can have a situation where a user on one side of the network issues "MODE #channel -l", and a user on another side of the network issues "JOIN #channel" whilst the +l still exists. As the JOIN string sent server<->server includes the full modes at the time of the user joining, this will propagate the +l, but there is a -l crossing in the other direction. Desync will occur beyond where they intersect. If the modes are not sent, then a lower TS JOIN command, or a JOIN command that creates a channel will cause a desync. It is judged that the desync with sending the modes is worse than the desync by not sending them, as such the v8 specification dictates modes are not sent with a JOIN command server<->server. The v8 specification also clarifies that servers may issue TMODE. - Introduction - ---------------- This document aims to fix some of the flaws that are still present in the current TS system. Whilst only one person may use a nickname at any one time, they are not a reliable method of directing commands between servers. Clients can change their nicknames, which can create desyncs. A reliable method of directing messages between servers is required so that a message will always reach the intended destination, even if the client changes nicks in between. UID solves this problem by ensuring that a client has a unique ID for the duration of his connection. This document also aims to solve the lack of TS rules to channel 'bans' on a netburst. Bans from both sides of a TS war (losing/winning) are kept. Bursting the bans with a TS solves this problem. There is also a race condition in the current TS system, where a user can issue a mode during a netburst and the mode will be set on the server we are bursting to. - Definitions - --------------- Throughout this document, the following terms are used: SID - A servers unique ID. This is three characters long and must be in the form [0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9] ID - A clients unique ID. This is six characters long and must be in the form [A-Z][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9]. The numbers [0-9] at the beginning of an ID are legal characters, but reserved for future use. UID - An ID concateneted to a SID. This forms the clients UID. TS6 - The TS version 6. - Support - ----------- Support for this document is given by the TS version 6. Wherever a destination parameter or source parameter is used, it must use the SID or UID if the server/client has one. A TS6 capable server must translate any SIDs/UIDs back into the server/clients name when communicating with a server that does not support TS6. A TS6 server must also support the QS (quitstorm) system, and the encap specification found here: http://www.leeh.co.uk/ircd/encap.txt The TS6 protocol does not supports masked entities. - Nick TS rules - ----------------- A server receiving a command that requires nick TS rules must check for a collision between an existing user, and the nick in the received message. (the "new user"). The collisions must obey the rules specified in Nick TS collisions. If the TS received is lower than the TS of the existing user the server will collide the existing user if the clients user@host are different, if the clients user@hosts are identical it will collide the new user. If the TS received is equal to the TS of the existing user both clients are collided. If the TS received is higher than the TS of the existing user, the server will collide the existing user if the user@hosts are identical, if the clients user@host are different it will collide the new user and drop the message. - Nick TS collisions - ---------------------- If both users are to be collided, we must issue a KILL for the existing user to all servers. If the new user has a UID then we must also issue a KILL for that UID back to the server sending us data causing the collision. If only the existing user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the existing user to all servers except the server sending us data. If the existing user has a UID and the server sending us data supports TS6 then we must also issue a KILL for the existing users UID to the server sending us data. If only the new user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the new user back to the server sending us data if the new user has a UID. - Channel TS rules - -------------------- A server receiving a command that requires normal channel TS rules must apply the following rules to the command. If the TS received is lower than our TS of the channel a TS6 server must remove status modes (+ov etc) and channel modes (+nt etc). If the originating server is TS6 capable (ie, it has a SID), the server must also remove any ban modes (+b etc). The new modes and statuses are then accepted. If any bans are removed, the server must send to non-TS6, directly connected servers mode changes removing the bans after the command is propagated. This prevents desync with banlists, and has to be sent after as clients are still able to send mode changes before the triggering command arrives. If the TS received is equal to our TS of the channel the server should keep its current modes and accept the received modes and statuses. If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the server should keep its current modes and ignore the received modes and statuses. Any statuses given in the received message will be removed. A server must mark clients losing their op (+o) status who do not have a UID as 'deopped'. A server must ignore any "MODE" commands from a user marked as 'deopped'. - Simple channel TS rules - --------------------------- A server receiving a command that requires simple channel TS rules must apply the following rules to the command. If the TS received is lower, or equal to our TS of the channel the modes are accepted. If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the modes are ignored and dropped. Simple channel TS rules do not affect current modes in the channel except for the modes we are accepting. - The following commands are defined here as the TS6 protocol - --------------------------------------------------------------- - PASS - PASS <PASSWORD> TS <TS_CURRENT> :<SID> This command is used for password verification with the server we are connecting to. Due to the burst being sent on verification of the "SERVER" command, and "SVINFO" being sent after "SERVER", we need to be aware of the TS version earlier to decide whether to send a TS6 burst or not. The <PASSWORD> field is the password we have stored for this server, <TS_CURRENT> is our current TS version. If this field is not present then the server does not support TS6. <SID> is the SID of the server. - UID - :<SID> UID <NICK> <HOPS> <TS> +<UMODE> <USERNAME> <HOSTNAME> <IP> <UID> :<GECOS> This command is used for introducing clients to the network. The <SID> field is the SID of the server the client is connected to. The <NICK> field is the nick of the client being introduced. The <HOPS> field is the amount of server hops between the server being burst to and the server the client is on. The <TS> field is the TS of the client, either the time they connected or the time they last changed nick. The <UMODE> field contains the clients usermodes that need to be transmitted between servers. The <USERNAME> field contains the clients username/ident. The <HOSTNAME> field contains the clients host. The <IP> field contains the clients IP. If the IP is not to be sent (due to a spoof etc), the field must be sent as "0". The <UID> field is the clients UID. The <GECOS> field is the clients gecos. A server receiving a UID command must apply nick TS rules to the nick. - SID - :<SID> SID <SERVERNAME> <HOPS> <SID> :<GECOS> This command is used for introducing servers to the network. The first <SID> field is the SID of the new servers uplink. The <SERVERNAME> field is the new servers name. The <HOPS> field is the hops between the server being introduced nd the server being burst to. The second <SID> field is the SID of the new server. The <GECOS> field i is the new servers gecos. Upon receiving the SID command servers must check for a SID collision. Two servers must not be allowed to link to the network with the same SID. If a server detects a SID collision it must drop the link to the directly connected server through which the command was received. Client and servers which do not have a UID/SID must be introduced by old methods. - SJOIN - :<SID> SJOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> +<CHANMODES> :<UIDS> This command is used for introducing users to channels. The <SID> field is the SID of the server introducing users to the channel. The <TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels current name, <CHANMODES> are the channels current modes. <UIDS> is a space delimited list of clients UIDs to join to the channel. Each clients UID is prefixed with their status on the channel, ie "@UID" for an opped user. Multiple prefixes are allowed, "peons" (clients without a status) are not prefixed. A server receiving an SJOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the SJOIN. A TS6 server must not use the SJOIN command outside of a netburst to introduce a single user to an existing channel. It must instead use the "JOIN" command defined in this specification. A TS6 server must still use SJOIN for creating channels. - JOIN - :<UID> JOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> + This command is used for introducing one user unopped to an existing channel. The <UID> field is the UID of the client joining the channel. The <TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels current name. A server receiving a JOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the JOIN. No channel modes are sent with the JOIN command. In previous versions of this specification, the "+" parameter contained the channels current modes. A server following this version of the specification must not interpret this argument and must not propagate any value other than "+" for this parameter. It should be noted that whilst JOIN would not normally create a channel or lower the timestamp, during specific conditions it can. This can create a desync that this specification does not rectify. - BMASK - :<SID> BMASK <TS> <CHANNAME> <TYPE> :<MASKS> This command is used for bursting channel bans to a network. The <SID> field is the SID of the server bursting the bans. The <TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels name. <TYPE> is a single character identifying the mode type (ie, for a ban 'b'). <MASKS> is a space delimited list of masks of the given mode,limited only in length to the size of the buffer as defined by RFC1459. A server receiving a BMASK must apply simple channel TS rules to the BMASK. A TS6 server must translate BMASKs into raw modes for non-TS6 capable servers. This command must be used only after SJOIN has been sent for the given channel. It should be noted however, that a BMASK with a lower TS should not be possible without a desync, due to it being sent after SJOIN. - TMODE - :<SID|UID> TMODE <TS> <CHANNAME> <MODESTRING> This command is used for clients issuing modes on a channel. <SID|UID> is either the UID of the client setting the mode, or the SID of the server setting the mode. <TS> is the current TS of the channel, <CHANNAME> is the channels name. <MODESTRING> is the raw mode the client is setting. A server receiving a TMODE must apply simple channel TS rules to the TMODE. A TS6 server must translate MODEs issued by a local client, or received from a server into TMODE to send to other TS6 capable servers. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/send.txt������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000027512�10476074743�017405� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� send.c re-work PREFIXES ======== Server prefixes are the ":%s" strings at the beginning of messages. They are used by servers to route the message properly and by servers to local clients to update their idea of who is whom. ":nick!user@host" is a prefix ":name" where name is either a nick or name of a server is another valid prefix. Typical prefix for a local client to a channel: ":Dianora!db@irc.db.net" for a prefix to a remote server: ":Dianora" e.g. as seen locally on a channel: ":Dianora!db@irc.db.net PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n" e.g. as seen sent to a remote server: ":Dianora PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n" It has been argued that full prefixes sent locally are a waste of bandwidth (Isomer from Undernet has argued this). i.e. instead of sending: ":nick!user@host" for a local prefix, one could just send ":nick".. Unfortunately, this breaks many clients badly. Personally I feel that until clients are updated to understand that a full prefix isn't always going to be sent, that this should be held off on. As much as possible, prefix generation is now moved "upstairs" as much as possible. i.e. if its known its a local client only, then the onus of the prefix generation, is the users, not hidden in send.c This allows somewhat faster code to be written, as the prefix doesn't have to be regenerated over and over again. Prefixes aren't sent in all cases, such as a new user using NICK A prefix is needed when it must be routed. i.e. NICK newnick There is obviously no prefix needed from a locally connected client. FUNCTIONS ========= sendto_one() - Should be used for _local_ clients only it expects the prefix to be pre-built by user. usage - sendto_one(struct Client *to, char *pattern, ...); typical use: sendto_one(acptr,":%s NOTICE %s :I'm tired", me.name); Note: This was from a server "me" hence only one name in prefix. This would be an example of a client sptr, noticing acptr IF acptr is known to be a local client: sendto_one(acptr,":%s!%s@%s NOTICE %s :You there?", sptr->name, sptr->username, sptr->host, acptr->name); sendto_channel_butone() - This function sends a var args message to a channel globally, except to the client specified as "one", the prefix is built by this function on the fly as it has to be sent both to local clients on this server and to remote servers. usage - sendto_channel_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *from, struct Channel *chptr, const char *pattern, ... ); sendto_channel_butone(cptr, sptr, chptr "PRIVMSG %s :HI!", chptr->chname); e.g. if channel message is coming from "cptr" it must not be sent back to cptr. sendto_ll_serv_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *sptr, int add, const char *pattern, ...) - This function is almost identical to sendto_channel_butone however, it will also not send on a nick as given by sptr, if target server does not "know" about it. As the name implies, it is used for "lazylinks" sendto_serv_butone() - This function sends specified var args message to all connected servers except the client "one" usage - sendto_serv_butone(struct Client *one, const char *pattern, ... ); sendto_cap_serv_butone() - This function sends specified var args message to all connected servers except the client "one" with capability specified. NOTE: sendto_serv_butone() could be replaced with a generalized version of this function. i.e. CAP_ALL usage - sendto_cap_serv_butone(int cap, struct Client *one, const char *pattern, ... ); sendto_common_channels_local() - This function is used only by m_nick and exit_one_client its used to propagate nick changes to all channels user is in, and QUIT messages to all channels user is in. As it only sends to local clients, prefix generation is left to the user. It also sends the message to the user if the user isn't on any channels. usage - sendto_common_channels_local(struct Client *user, const char *pattern, ...); sendto_channel_local() - This function is used only to send locally, never to remote servers. This is useful when removing local chanops, or adding a local chanop. MODE/SJOIN sent to remote server allows that server to propagate mode changes to its clients locally. usage - sendto_channel_local(type, struct Channel *chptr, const char *pattern, ... ); prefix must be pre-built. type is a flag denoting ONE of ALL_MEMBERS - all members locally are sent to NON_CHANOPS - only non-chanops see this ONLY_CHANOPS_VOICED - both chanops and voiced see this ONLY_CHANOPS - only chanops see this sendto_match_butone() match_it() - both only used for the old style oper masking i.e. /msg #hostmask which in hyb7 is /msg $#hostmask or /msg $servermask in hyb7 /msg $$servermask usage - match_it(struct Client *one, const char *mask, int what); one is the client to match on either hostmask or servermask mask is the actual mask what is either MATCH_HOST or MATCH_SERVER usage - sendto_match_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *from, char *mark, int what, const char *pattern, ... ); sendto_channel_remote() - Is only used to send a message to a remote server sendto_match_cap_servs() - Is used only to send MODE lists to remote server who are capable of it. i.e. MODE #channel +e nick!user@host sendto_match_noncap_servs() - Is used only to send MODE lists to remote servers that are not capable of it. i.e. MODE #channel +o nick - This allows you to send a MODE #channel +h nick via sendto_match_cap_servs and MODE #channel +o nick to servers which dont support it. sendto_anywhere() - Allows the sending of a message to any client on the net without knowing whether its local or remote. The penalty is the calculation of a run-time prefix. It is less efficient then sendto_one() usage - sendto_anywhere(struct Client *to, struct Client *from, const char *pattern, ...); e.g. sendto_anywhere(acptr, sptr, "PRIVMSG Larz :Hi, Where ever you are"); sendto_realops_flags() - combines old sendto_realops and sendto_realops_flags sends specified message to opers locally only depending on flags. FLAGS_ALL is a special case to send to any oper. usage - sendto_realops_flags(int flags, const char *pattern, ... ); e.g. sendto_realops_flags(FLAGS_ALL, "Don't eat the yellow snow"); sendto_wallops_flags() - sends specified message to opers locally, depending on flags. used for messages that need to be in wallops form usage - sendto_wall_flags(int flags, struct Client *, const char *patterm ...); e.g. sendto_wallops_flags(FLAGS_LOCOPS, sptr, "Message"); ts_warn() - Only used to send warning messages to all opers without flooding them with warnings. It limits the number of warnings to no more than 5 every 5 seconds. It probably can go away now. usage - ts_warn(const char *pattern, ... ); *** LOCAL HELPER FUNCTIONS (static) *** sendto_format() - Used to format a varargs buffer into given buffer returns length of buffer built, enforces RFC1459 length limits and appends \r\n as per rfc. usage - sendto_format(char *sendbuf, const char *pattern, ... ); send_trim() - This local function simply trims a char string to fit inside 512 bytes as per rfc1459, adding a cr/lf pair as needed. It does not check to make sure original string has a cr/lf. usage - int send_trim(char buffer, int len); returns length as modified or not, modifies buffer in-place. sendto_list_local() - This local function sends given message to given dlink_list with data == a local client. This is used by sendto_common_channels_local() and by sendto_channel_local() It could easily be extended to sendto "groups" of otherwise unrelated users, not just channel groups. usage - sendto_list_local(dlink_list *list, const char *sendbuf, int len); sendto_list_anywhere() - This local function sends a message to all members as given in a dlink_list, whether they are remote or local clients. It is used by sendto_channel_butone() It could easily be extended to sendto "groups" of otherwise unrelated users, not just channel groups. usage: sendto_list_anywhere(struct Client *one, struct Client *from, dlink_list *list, const char *local_sendbuf, int local_len, const char *remote_sendbuf, int remote_len); send_message() - This local function does the actual send of message usage: send_message(struct Client *to, char *msg, int len); The message has to be pre-formatted and the length must be pre-calculated. -- Diane Bruce $Id: send.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/hostmask.txt��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011356�10476074743�020304� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������The hostmask/netmask system. Copyright(C) 2001 by Andrew Miller(A1kmm)<a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net> $Id: hostmask.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ Contents ======== * Section 1: Motivation * Section 2: Underlying mechanism - 2.1: General overview. - 2.2: IPv4 netmasks. - 2.3: IPv6 netmasks. - 2.4: Hostmasks. * Section 3: Exposed abstraction layer - 3.1: Parsing masks. - 3.2: Adding configuration items. - 3.3: Initialising or rehashing. - 3.4: Finding IP/host confs. - 3.5: Deleting entries. - 3.6: Reporting entries. Section 1: Motivation ===================== Looking up config hostnames and IP addresses(such as for I-lines and K-lines) needs to be implemented efficiently. It turns out a hash based algorithm like that employed here performs well on the average case, which is what we should be the most concerned about. A profiling comparison with the mtrie code using data from a real network confirmed that this algorithm performs much better. Section 2: Underlying mechanism =============================== 2.1: General overview --------------------- In short, a hash-table with linked lists for buckets is used to locate the correct hostname/netmask entries. In order to support CIDR IPs and wildcard masks, the entire key cannot be hashed, and there is a need to rehash. The means for deciding how much to hash differs between hostmasks and IPv4/6 netmasks. 2.2: IPv4 netmasks ------------------ In order to hash IPv4 netmasks for addition to the hash, the mask is first processed to a 32 bit address and a number of bits used. All unused bits are set to 0. The mask could be in the forms: 1.2.3.4 => 1.2.3.4 32 1.2.3.* => 1.2.3.0 24 1.2 => 1.2.0.0 16 1.2.3.64/26 => 1.2.3.64 26 The number of whole bytes is then calculated, and only those bytes are hashed. (e.g. 1.2.3.64/26 and 1.2.3.0/24 hash the same). When a complete IPv4 address is given so that an IPv4 match can be found, the entire IP address is first hashed, and looked up in the table. Then the most significant three bytes are hashed, followed by the most significant two, the most significant one, and finally the 'identity hash' bucket is searched(to match masks like 192/7). 2.3: IPv6 netmasks ------------------ As per IPv4 netmasks, except that instead of rehashing with a one byte granularity, a 16 bit(two byte) granularity is used, as 16 rehashes is considered too great a fixed offset to be justified for a (possible) slight reduction in hash collisions. 2.4: Hostmasks -------------- On adding a hostmask to the hash, all of the hostmask right of the next dot after the last wildcard character in the string is hashed, or in the case that there are no wildcards in the hostmask, the entire string is hashed. On searching for a hostmask match, the entire hostname is hashed, followed by the entire hostmask after the first dot, followed by the entire hostmask after the second dot, and so on. Finally, the 'identity' hash bucket is checked, to catch hostnames like *test*. Section 3: Exposed abstraction layer ==================================== Section 3.1: Parsing masks -------------------------- Call "parse_netmask()" with the netmask and a pointer to an irc_inaddr structure to be filled in, as well as a pointer to an integer where the number of bits will be placed. Always check the return value. If it returns HM_HOST, it means that the mask is probably a hostname mask. If it returns HM_IPV4, it means it was an IPv4 address. If it returns HM_IPV6, it means it was an IPv6 address. If parse_netmask returns HM_HOST, no change is made to the irc_inaddr structure or the number of bits. Section 3.2: Adding configuration items --------------------------------------- Call "add_conf_by_address" with the hostname or IP mask, the username, and the ConfItem* to associate with this mask. Section 3.3: Initialising and rehashing ---------------------------------------- To initialise, call init_host_hash(). This only needs to be done once on startup. On rehash, to wipe out the old unwanted conf, and free them if there are no references to them, call clear_out_address_conf(). Section 3.4: Finding IP/host confs ---------------------------------- Call find_address_conf() with the hostname, the username, the address, and the address family. To find a d-line, call find_dline() with the address and address family. Section 3.5: Deletiing entries ------------------------------ Call delete_one_address_conf() with the hostname and the ConfItem*. Section 3.6: Reporting entries ------------------------------ Call report_dlines, report_exemptlines, report_Klines() or report_Ilines() with the client pointer to report to. Note these walk the hash, which is inefficient, but these are not called often enough to justify the memory and maintenance clockcycles to for more efficient data structure. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/README.TSora��������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000036440�10476074743�017622� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Protocol changes for +TSora --------------------------- Note: The protocols described here implement TimeStamps on IRC channels and nicks. The idea of IRC TimeStamps was started on Undernet, and first implemented by Run <carlo@runaway.xs4all.nl>. The protocols used here are not exactly the same as the ones used on Undernet; the nick-kill handling is very similar and must be credited to Run, while the "TimeStamped channel description" protocol is quite different. TSora servers keep track of which version of the TS protocol (if any) their neighboring servers are using, and take it into account when sending messages to them. This allows for seamless integration of TS servers into a non-TS net, and for upgrades of the protocol. Each server knows which is the lowest and the highest version of the TS protocol it can interact with; currently both of these are set to 1: #define TS_CURRENT 1 /* the highest TS ver we can do */ #define TS_MIN 1 /* the lowest TS ver we can do */ Timings and TS versions: ======================== . Keep a 'delta' value to be added to the result of all calls to time(), initially 0. . Send a second argument to the PASS command, ending in the 'TS' string. . Send a SVINFO <TS_CURRENT> <TS_MIN> <STANDALONE> :<UTC-TIME> just after "SERVER", where <STANDALONE> is 1 if we're connected to more TSora servers, and 0 if not, and <UTC-TIME> is our idea of the current UTC time, fixed with the delta. . When we receive a "SVINFO <x> <y> <z> :<t>" line from a connecting server, we ignore it if TS_CURRENT<y or x<TS_MIN, otherwise we set a flag remembering that that server is TS-aware, remember the TS version to use with it (min(TS_CURRENT, x)). Additionally, if this is our first connected TS server, we set our delta to t-<OUR_UTC> if z==0, and to (t-<OUR_UTC>)/2 if z!=0. The SVINFO data is kept around until the server has effectively registered with SERVER, and used *after* sending our own SVINFO to that server. Explanations: Servers will always know which of their directly-linked servers can do TS, and will use the TS protocol only with servers that do understand it. This makes it possible to switch to full TS in just one code-replacement step, without incompatibilities. As long as not all servers are TS-aware, the net will be divided into "zones" of linked TS-aware servers. Channel modes will be kept synchronized at least within the zone in which the channel was created, and nick collisions between servers in the same zone will result in only one client being killed. Time synchronization ensures that servers have the same idea of the current time, and achieves this purpose as long as TS servers are introduced one by one within the same 'zone'. The merging of two zones cannot synchronize them completely, but it is to be expected that within each zone the effective time will be very close to the real time. By sending TSINFO after SERVER rather than before, we avoid the extra lag created by the identd check on the server. To be able to send immediately a connect burst of either type (TS or not), we need to know before that if the server does TS or not, so we send that information with PASS as an extra argument. And to avoid being incompatible with 2.9 servers, which check that this second argument begins with "2.9", we check that it *ends* with "TS". The current time is only used when setting a TS on a new channel or nick, and once such a TS is set, it is never modified because of synchronization, as it is much more important that the TS for a channel or nick stays the same across all servers than that it is accurate to the second. Note that Undernet's 2.8.x servers have no time synchronization at all, and have had no problems because of it - all of this is more to catch the occasional server with a way-off clock than anything. NICK handling patches (anti-nick-collide + shorter connect burst): ================================================================== . For each nick, store a TS value = the TS value received if any, or our UTC+delta at the time we first heard of the nick. TS's are propagated to TS-aware servers whenever sending a NICK command. . Nick changes reset the TS to the current time. . When sending a connect burst to another TS server, replace the NICK/USER pair with only one NICK command containing the nick, the hopcount, the TS, the umode, and all the USER information. The format for a full NICK line is: NICK <nick> <hops> <TS> <umode> <user> <host> <server> :<ircname> The umode is a + followed by any applying usermodes. The format for a nick-change NICK line is: :<oldnick> NICK <newnick> :<TS> . When a NICK is received from a TS server, that conflicts with an existing nick: + if the userhosts differ or one is not known: * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it was a nick change * if the incoming timestamp is older than ours, kill ours and propagate the new one * if the incoming timestamp is younger, ignore the line, but kill the old nick if it was a nick change + if the userhosts are the same: * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it was a nick change * if the incoming timestamp is younger, kill ours and propagate the new one * if the incoming timestamp is older, ignore the line but kill the old nick if it was a nick change . When a NICK is received from a non-TS server that conflicts with an existing nick, kill both. . Do not send "Fake Prefix" kills in response to lines coming from TS servers; the sanitization works anyway, and this allows the "newer nick overruled" case to work. Explanations: The modified nick-introduction syntax allows for a slightly shorter connect-burst, and most importantly lets the server compare user@host's when determining which nick to kill: if the user@host is the same, then the older nick must be killed rather than the newer. When talking to a non-TS server, we need to behave exactly like one because it expects us to. When talkign to a TS server, we don't kill the nicks it's introducing, as we know it'll be smart enough to do it itself when seeing our own introduced nick. When we see a nick arriving from a non-TS server, it won't have a TS, but it's safe enough to give it the current time rather than keeping it 0; such TS's won't be the same all across the network (as long as there is more than one TS zone), and when there's a collision, the TS used will be the one in the zone the collision occurs in. Also, it is important to note that by the time a server sees (and chooses to ignore) a nick introduction, the introducing server has also had the time to put umode changes for that nick on its queue, so we must ignore them too... so we need to ignore fake-prefix lines rather than sending kills for them. This is safe enough, as the rest of the protocol ensures that they'll get killed anyway (and the Undernet does it too, so it's been more than enough tested). Just for an extra bit of compatibility, we still kill fake prefixes coming from non-TS servers. This part of the TS protocol is almost exactly the same as the Undernet's .anc (anti-nick-collide) patches, except that Undernet servers don't add usermodes to the NICK line. TimeStamped channel descriptions (avoiding hacked ops and desynchs): ==================================================================== . For each channel, keep a timestamp, set to the current time when the channel is created by a client on the local server, or to the received value if the channel has been propagated from a TS server, or to 0 otherwise. This value will have the semantics of "the time of creation of the current ops on the channel", and 0 will mean that the channel is in non-TS mode. A new server protocol command is introduced, SJOIN, which introduces a full channel description: a timestamp, all the modes (except bans), and the list of channel members with their ops and voices. This command will be used instead of JOIN and of (most) MODEs both in connect bursts and when propagating channel creations among TS servers. SJOIN will never be accepted from or sent to users. The syntax for the command is: SJOIN <TS> #<channel> <modes> :[@][+]<nick_1> ... [@][+]<nick_n> The fields have the following meanings: * <TS> is the timestamp for the channel * <modes> is the list of global channel modes, starting with a + and a letter for each of the active modes (spmntkil), followed by an argument for +l if there is a limit, and an argument for +k if there's a key (in the same order they were mentioned in the string of letters). A channel with no modes will have a "+" in that field. A special value of "0" means that the server does not specify the modes, and will be used when more than one SJOIN line is needed to completely describe a channel, or when propagating a SJOIN the modes of which were rejected. * Each nick is preceded by a "@" if the user has ops, and a "+" if the user has a voice. For mode +ov, both flags are used. SJOINs will be propagated (when appropriate) to neighboring TS servers, and converted to JOINs and MODEs for neighboring non-TS servers. To propagate channels for which not all users fit in one SJOIN line, several SJOINs will be sent consecutively, only the first one including actual information in the <mode> field. An extra ad-hoc restriction is imposed on SJOIN messages, to simplify processing: if a channel has ops, then the first <nick> of the first SJOIN sent to propagate that channel must be one of the ops. Servers will never attempt to reconstruct a SJOIN from JOIN/MODE information being received at the moment from other servers. . For each user on a channel, keep an extra flag (like ops and voice) that is set when the user has received channel ops from another server (in a SJOIN channel description), which we rejected (ignored). Mode changes (but NOT kicks) coming from a TS server and from someone with this flag set will be ignored. The flag will be reset when the user gets ops from another user or server. . On deops done by non-local users, coming from TS servers, on channels with a non-zero TS, do not check that the user has ops but check that their 'deopped' flag is not set. For kicks coming from a TS server, do not check either. This will avoid desynchs, and 'bad' modechanges are avoided anyway. Other mode changes will still only be taken into account and propagated when done by users that are seen as having ops. . When a MODE change that ops someone is received from a server for a channel, that channel's TS is set to 0, and the mode change is propagated. . When a SJOIN is received for a channel, deal with it in this way: * received-TS = 0: + if we have ops or the SJOIN doesn't op anyone, SJOIN propagated with our own TS. + otherwise, TS set to 0 and SJOIN propagated with 0. * received-TS > 0, own-TS = 0: + if the SJOIN ops someone or we don't have ops, set our TS to the received TS and propagate. + otherwise, propagate with TS = 0. * received-TS = own-TS: propagate. * received-TS < own-TS: + if the SJOIN ops someone, remove *all* modes (except bans) from the channel and propagate these mode changes to all neighboring non-TS servers, and copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN. + if the SJOIN does not op anyone and we have ops, propagate with our own TS. + otherwise, copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN. * received-TS > own-TS: + if the SJOIN does not introduce any ops, process and propagate with our own TS. + if we have ops: for each person the mode change would op, set the 'deopped' flag; process all the JOINs ignoring the '@' and '+' flags; propagate without the flags and with our TS. + if we don't have ops: set our TS to the received one, propagate with the flags. Explanations: This part of the protocol is the one that is most different (and incompatible) with the Undernet's: we never timestamp MODE changes, but instead we introduce the concept of time-stamped channel descriptions. This way each server can determine, based on its state and the received description, what the correct modes for a channel are, and deop its own users if necessary. With this protocol, there is *never* the need to reverse and bounce back a mode change. This is both faster and more bandwith-effective. The end goal is to have a protocol will eventually protect channels against hacked ops, while minimizing the impact on a mixed-server net. In order to do this, whenever there is a conflict between a TS server and a non-TS one, the non-TS one's idea of the whole situation prevails. This means that channels will only have a TS when they have been created on a TS-aware server, and will lose it whenever a server op comes from a non-TS server. Also, at most one 'zone' will have a TS for any given channel at any given time, ensuring that there won't be any deops when zones are merged. However, when TS zones are merged, if the side that has a TS also has ops, then the TS is kept across the whole new zone. Effective protection will only be ensured once all servers run TS patches and channels have been re-created, as there is no way servers can assign a TS to a channel they are not creating (like they do with nicks) without having unwanted deops later. The visible effects of this timestamped channel-description protocol are that when a split rejoins, and one side has hacked ops, the other side doesn't see any server mode changes (just like with Undernet's TS), but the side that has hacked ops sees: * first the first server on the other side deopping and devoicing everyone, and fixing the +spmntkli modes * then other users joining, and getting server ops and voices The less obvious part of this protocol is its behavior in the case that the younger side of a rejoin has servers that are lagged with each other. In such a situation, a SJOIN that clears all modes and sets the legitimate ones is being propagated from one server, and lagged illegitimate mode changes and kicks are being propagated in the opposite direction. In this case, a kick done by someone who is being deopped by the SJOIN must be taken into account to keep the name list in sync (and since it can only be kicking someone who also was on the younger side), while a deop does not matter (and will be ignored by the first server on the other side), and an opping *needs* to be discareded to avoid hacked ops. The main property of timestamped channel descriptions that makes them a very stable protocol even with lag and splits, is that they leave a server in the same final state, independently of the order in which channel descriptions coming from different servers are received. Even when SJOINs and MODEs for the same channel are being propagated in different direction because of several splits rejoining, the final state will be the same, independently of the exact order in which each server received the SJOINs, and will be the same across all the servers in the same zone. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/event.txt�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004733�10476074743�017575� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Overview of the event subsystem Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> $Id: event.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ One of the things that immediately struck me whilst first looking at the code was that the ircd periodically scheduled things in io_loop() but it did them manually. This is very wasteful and very tedious. Therefore, an event system was added to hybrid. src/event.c contains an event system ported from the squid web cache. It is pretty self contained, and only a few things (debugging, time resolution) needed changing. An event is scheduled through eventAdd() or eventAddIsh() : eventAdd(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when, int weight) eventAddIsh(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t delta_ish, int weight) after 'when' (or delta_ish) seconds has elapsed from the time the above functions are called, the 'func' is called with the given data 'arg'. The event is then deleted. To delete an event, use eventDelete() : eventDelete(EVH * func, void *arg) An event is identified by its callback function and data pair. Events are run through eventRun(). This is designed to be called *BEFORE* your IO handlers, to let events scheduled immediately (ie a time of 0) to initiate IO before the IO handlers are called. (Believe me, its useful.) Example: Say you have something which must be called every 15 seconds. * You would first define the callback in your module: static EVH foo_periodic_event; static int initialised = 0; * You would then add the event in your initialization function: void foo_init(void) { if (!initialised) { eventAdd("foo_periodic_event", foo_periodic_event, NULL, 0, 0); initialised = 1; } } This will force the event to be called the next time eventRun() is called, rather than waiting 15 seconds. * You then define your event callback: static void foo_periodic_event(void *data) { /* We'd do our work here */ /* Then we'd finish */ eventAdd("foo_periodic_event", foo_periodic_event, NULL, 15, 0); } Notes: * I really should change the timeout value to be in milliseconds. Squid used a double, but Dianora had something against floating point code in the main loop (which is understandable). If someone wants a fun task .. :-) * Note that the 'name' parameter to eventAdd() / eventAddIsh() is a const char *, and is *not copied* but *referenced*. Therefore, it is in your best interest to use string constants. * /stats E for an oper shows pending events. Thanks Diane! �������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/ts5.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013041�10476074743�017157� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Overview of the TS5 system Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk> $Id: ts5.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ For the purposes of this document, ircd versions: hybrid6.0 ircd-comstud-1.12 CSr31pl4 and prior, are TS3. ircd-hybrid-6.2 and later support TS5. Whats TS5? ---------- The difference between TS5 and TS3 is what happened on opless channels. TS works by establishing which server has the oldest version of the channel, the version that is oldest, keeps its modes and ops, the version that is youngest, removes their modes and ops, and accepts the older version. There was an exception to this rule with opless channels, if a channel was opless, TS3 would allow anybody to keep their ops and modes on the channel. TS5 aims to stop this, by removing this exception. Example1: An irc network, with server A (every server is ts3) UserA is on ServerA, in channel #broken. This channel is opless, and has a TS of 800000000. ServerA splits, and whilst it is split, UserA cycles channel #broken, recreates the channel and is given ops. On ServerA #broken now has a TS of 900000000 and has ops. ServerA rejoins with the network, via HubB. HubB realises #broken is opless, so allows UserA to retain ops. The TS is moved forward to 900000000. The network now sees #broken as having a TS of 900000000, with UserA being opped. Example2: An irc network, with server C (every server is ts5) Same scenario as above. ServerC splits and UserC cycles channel #broken, recreating it with a TS of 900000000. ServerC rejoins with the network via HubD. HubD realises #broken has a TS of 800000000 locally, and ServerC is showing a TS of 900000000, it ignores ServerC's modes and ops. The channel remains opless. ServerC receives HubD's modes, and it notices HubD has a lower TS of channel #broken. It removes UserC's ops, removes the channel modes on #broken, and accepts HubD's status. The network version of #broken hasnt changed. It is still opless, with a TS of 800000000. As you can see, TS5 makes splitting a server to regain ops useless, as it cannot be abused to give ops after a netsplit. The problem with TS5 however, is what happens on a mixed TS5/TS3 network. Channels where the older TS has ops will behave the same way on TS5 and TS3, however an opless channel will behave differently, as you can see above. The result of TS5/TS3 mixed can be a desync: Example1: As per Example1 above, except the rest of the network is TS5, ServerA is TS3. ServerA would keep its modes and ops, whilst the rest of the network would remove them. This means only ServerA would see UserA as opped. The desync can be abused, as UserA can send modes. Hybrid6.0 servers will accept these modes from the unopped client, so if UserA ops UserB, who then ops UserA, the channel will be the same across all Hybrid6.0 and Hybrid6.1 servers. Example2: As per Example2 above, except the rest of the network is TS3. ServerC is TS5. ServerC would remove its modes and ops, therefore UserC would not be opped on ServerC, therefore it could not send any mode changes to the channel. Although it is opped elsewhere, it isnt opped locally, so the desync cannot be abused. As you can see, the desync's that can occur can either be resynced, or are useless to the user, so a mixed TS5/TS3 network is not a huge problem, although a desync is NOT a good thing to have. Why TS5? -------- We have jumped to TS5 from TS3, because there was a version of ircd that was TS4, so it was thought better to avoid a clash with an existing version. Advantages ---------- Its a realistic event that a server will be attacked so it splits off a network, then used to regain ops in a channel. TS5 makes this pointless, the server will never give ops on a netsplit. TS5 is network wide, so it leaves individual servers free to choose options like NO_JOIN_ON_SPLIT, whilst keeping splits useless to users. Disadvantages ------------- Its virtually impossible for a user to actively regain ops themselves (some regard this as an advantage..) because on a large sized channel, its impossible to get people to leave so it can be recreated, therefore if a network did not have some form of services, it could possibly end up requiring oper intervention, as you cant get everybody to leave, and you cant use splits to regain ops, therefore if the channel is open (an invite-only channel would gradually destroy itself as noone new can join) it could be impossible for a user to regain ops. On a network that has some form of services, The effect of TS5 would be minimal, however the services must be of sufficient quality to fix opless channels, as TS5 renders netsplits for ops worthless. Recommendations --------------- If your network has good stable services, we recommend TS5 is enabled, as people have no reason to abuse netsplits anyway. If your network has no services at all, then TS5 may cause problems with users being left with a permanently opless channel. If your network occupies the middle ground, then its a choice between users needing to be able to use splits to regain ops, or making netsplits that are caused to regain ops worthless. If TS5 is chosen, the FULL network must upgrade and this should be done in a relatively short space of time to minimise the possible desync effects. Alternatives ------------ There is also NO_JOIN_ON_SPLIT and NO_OP_ON_SPLIT, however these use the configuration of minimum servers and users, and sometimes a split that is above these limits is enough to be abused to regain ops, whereas if the limits are too high, clients will never be able to join anything or be opped when they create a channel. EOF �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/file-management.txt�������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001715�10476074743�021502� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Overview of the file management subsystem Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> $Id: file-management.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ File operations --------------- The file operations are also wrapped through file_open() and file_close() which handle calling fd_open() / fd_close() and tracking the filedescriptors correctly. fbopen() / fbclose() use file_open() / file_close() too. fileio.c defines the functions: int file_open(const char *filename, int mode, int fmode) A wrapper around open(filename, flags, mode). Read the open manpage for information. file_open() enforces filedescriptor limits and tags the FD through fd_open(). void file_close(int fd) A wrapper around close() for files. close() handles fd_close()ing the fd. FBFILE * fbopen(const char *filename, const char *mode) void fbclose(FBFILE *fb) These are the 'buffered disk IO' routines. You can read the code yourself. Note that these routines use file_open() and file_close(). ���������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/index.txt�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002027�10476074743�017555� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Technical Documentation for ircd-hybrid-7 Persistent_Clients.txt - A global UID and Persistent client (with cookies) proposal README.TSora - Description of the TS3 protocol README.openssl - Information for users who have problems with Hybrid, OpenSSL, and their operating system cryptlink.txt - Outline of CRYPTLINK protocol event.txt - Outline of the event system fd-management.txt - Outline of the file descriptor management system file-management.txt - Outline of the disk file management system hostmask.txt - Outline of hostmask handling linebuf.txt - Outline of the linebuf system (dbuf replacement) network.txt - Outline of the network traffic subsystem rfc1459.txt - The IRC RFC send.txt - Document on all of the send_to functions whats-new-code.txt - Whats changed in the code # $Id: index.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/fd-management.txt���������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004122�10476074743�021147� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Overview of the filedescriptor subsystem Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> $Id: fd-management.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ Filedescriptor lists -------------------- The filedescriptor list is managed through the routines in fdlist.c . These include: fd_open() - tag an FD as "open" and active fd_close() - tag an FD as "closed" and close() the filedescriptor fd_note() - update the filedescriptor tag You can get the current list of open filedescriptors through /stats F as an oper. FD lists -------- The FD list support is very alpha. There are a few lists defined: typedef enum fdlist_t { FDLIST_NONE, FDLIST_SERVICE, FDLIST_SERVER, FDLIST_IDLECLIENT, FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT, FDLIST_MAX } fdlist_t; FDLIST_NONE Not on any list (ie close()d) FDLIST_SERVICE A service - listen() sockets, resolver, etc FDLIST_SERVER Server connections FDLIST_IDLECLIENT An idle client FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT A busy client FDLIST_MAX Used for bounds checking The idea is that the SERVICE sockets need polling frequently, the SERVER sockets also need polling frequently, BUSYCLIENT is for busy clients which need frequent polling (eg we're trying to write to them), and IDLECLIENT is for clients which we don't need to poll frequently. THIS hasn't been decided upon yet. File operations --------------- The file operations are also wrapped through file_open() and file_close() which handle calling fd_open() / fd_close() and tracking the filedescriptors correctly. fbopen() / fbclose() use file_open() / file_close() too. fileio.c defines the functions: int file_open(const char *filename, int mode, int fmode) A wrapper around open(filename, flags, mode). Read the open manpage for information. file_open() enforces filedescriptor limits and tags the FD through fd_open(). void file_close(int fd) A wrapper around close() for files. close() handles fd_close()ing the fd. FBFILE * fbopen(const char *filename, const char *mode) void fbclose(FBFILE *fb) These are the 'buffered disk IO' routines. You can read the code yourself. Note that these routines use file_open() and file_close(). ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/cluster.txt���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001440�10476074743�020125� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: cluster.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ Short description of how remote kline and friends are propagated under the old hyb7 style (CAP_KLN etc) and under the new style over ENCAP. CAP_KLN: :<source> KLINE <target> <time> <user> <host> :<reason> :<source> ENCAP <target> KLINE <time> <user> <host> :<reason> CAP_UNKLN: :<source> UNKLINE <target> <user> <host> :<source> ENCAP <target> UNKLINE <user> <host> CAP_CLUSTER: :<source> XLINE <target> <gecos> <type> :<reason> :<source> ENCAP <target> XLINE <time> <gecos> <type> :<reason> :<source> UNXLINE <target> <gecos> :<source> ENCAP <target> UNXLINE <gecos> :<source> RESV <target> <name> :<reason> :<source> ENCAP <target> RESV <time> <name> 0 :<reason> :<source> UNRESV <target> <name> :<source> ENCAP <target> UNRESV <name> ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/linebuf.txt���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010726�10476074743�020077� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� linebuf - a dbuf replacement for the New World Order(tm) By Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> $Id: linebuf.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ History ------- I could probably learn the dbuf history, but basically its evil. The general idea is that a dbuf holds incoming and outgoing data streams. The trouble is that well.. it was evil. You can check it out by getting the old src/dbuf.c and include/dbuf.h files if you really want. Replacement ----------- The linebuf system is a replacement for the dbuf code. The general idea here is that the data should be buffered in "lines" rather than just linearly like in the dbuf code. This lends to easier manipulation at a later date (think flushing data lines to a socket, and even "sharing" linebufs to reduce the copying required for one to many delivery.) The linebuf system is broken into two structures, the buf_head and buf_line . buf_head contains the buffer information (queue head/tail, length, allocated length and the write offset for flushing), and buf_line contains the line buffer information (buffer and various flags.) linebuf->terminated is *only* set when a CR/LF combination is received. linebuf->overflow is set if we get more data than we should, and we simply truncate the incoming data. linebuf->flushing is set when we are currently writing the buffer. We should _NEVER_ be appending to a buffer which we're flushing! When you get a buffer through linebuf_get() or write one through linebuf_flush(), it will *always* be terminated with a CR/LF (and a NUL if its a linebuf_get()). Linebuf manipulation -------------------- To use a linebuf, you simply stick a buf_head_t in your structure somewhere. You then use the following routines: int linebuf_parse(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int len) Parse the given buf. This routine does some complex manipulation: - if there is an incomplete buffer at the tail, buf is parsed to try and fill that incomplete buffer - a buffer is completed by a CR/LF/CRLF/LFCR. It accepts everything purely because I wanted to be "liberal in what you accept" .. - If a buffer is terminated, the linebuf is flagged terminated - If more data is trying to be squeezed into the buffer than space LEFT in the buffer, we skip to the next "CRLF", and tag the buffer terminated _and_ overflowed. - We treat multiple runs of CR/LF/CRLF/LFCR as a single CRLF. This is just a little extra goody to stop people sending hundreds of "CRLF"s and creating unnecessary buffers. - The number of lines parsed is returned (so you can implement per-line flood protection ..) void linebuf_put(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int len) Parse the given buf, ASSUMING it is a single buffer line. This is useful for server-generated messages where you know you have a single line, and you don't want to go through the overhead of parsing the data just for this. int linebuf_get(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int maxlen) Get a single line from the buffer. This removes data from the head of the buffer. If the first buffer is empty or is not terminated, 0 is returned which indicates that there is no data to parse. Terminated buffers are returned (CR/LF/NUL), and the length INCLUDING the CR/LF/NUL is returned. The buffer is copied and the linebuf is then deallocated. int linebuf_flush(int fd, buf_head_t *bufhead) Attempt to flush some data to the given socket. bufhead->writeofs tracks where in the head buffer we currently are. If the buffer is not terminated, -1 is returned with errno == EWOULDBLOCK to simulate a "retry me" condition. (See TODO..) linebuf_flush() returns whatever write() returns, and sets (ie doesn't touch after write()) errno accordingly. int linebuf_len(buf_head_t *bufhead) Return the length of the buffer, in bytes. This should be used when calculating how big a buffer is for statistics. int linebuf_alloclen(buf_head_t *bufhead) Return how big the *allocated* space is. This is much more suitable for anti-flood checking, as someone might be sending a whole bunch of 1-byte linebufs which might not trigger a recvq / sendq limit but might chew up way too much memory. Notes ----- * Remember that the trailing NUL isn't covered in the string length. Limitations ----------- * all the buffers are a fixed size - here they are current 513 bytes (510 bytes + CR/LF/NUL) TODO ---- * linebuf_flush() should be changed a little so if the buffer isn't terminated, we *dont* retry flushing a buffer until we get more data. * Implement a reference-friendly linebuf to reduce copies .. ������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/technical/network.txt���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005742�10476074743�020146� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Overview of the network subsystem Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au> $Id: network.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ This document is an overview of the new and hopefully improved network subsystem. The code is based loosely upon the network core found in the Squid web cache server, with some optimizations for ircd-specific IO patterns. Filedescriptor IO ----------------- Filedescriptor IO is initiated using comm_setselect(). comm_setselect() registers interest in reading from or writing to a file descriptor. When a filedescriptor is ready for the required IO a callback is called from the IO loop. The comm_setselect() usage is: void comm_setselect(int fd, fdlist_t list, int type, PF *callback, void *cbdata, int timeout) where: fd filedescriptor list Which list the FD should be put on type IO type. Can currently include: COMM_SELECT_READ - register for read COMM_SELECT_WRITE - register for write callback Function to call when the FD is ready cbdata Data to be passed to above function timeout Update the timeout value. 0 is "don't update". A typical use is: .. /* Register interest in the FD for a read event */ comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, read_data, 0); .. (FD becomes ready for read in the IO loop) void read_callback(int fd, void *data) { /* called when the FD becomes ready for read */ retval = read(fd, buf, len); .. /* Ok, we need to read some more when its ready */ comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, data, 0); } Socket timeouts --------------- A "socket timeout" is a callback registered to be called when a certain amount of time has elapsed. Think of it as an event, but against a FD. A good example of socket timeouts is in the comm_connect_tcp() code. When the connect() begins, comm_settimeout() is called to call comm_connect_timeout() if the timeout occurs. Once the connect() completes, comm_settimeout() is called with a timeout of 0 and callback of NULL to deregister the timeout. If the timeout occurs, comm_connect_timeout() is called and the connection attempt is aborted. Functions --------- comm_open() - a socket() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging the file descriptor with a note comm_accept() - an accept() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging the file descriptor with a note comm_connect_tcp() - attempt an async connect(). Handles DNS lookups if required, and will call the given callback at completion or error comm_settimeout() - set a callback to be called after a given time period. This is good to implement things like PING checks and connect() timeouts. Notes: * All socket creation should go through comm_open() / comm_accept(). * All socket closing should go through fd_close(). comm_close() isn't implemented yet. * comm_connect_tcp() is your best friend. :-) * *ALL* network sockets should be non-blocking. If your OS doesn't support non-blocking sockets, you shouldn't be here. ������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/services.txt������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003610�10476074743�016336� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������- ratbox-services compatibility documentation - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Compatibility with ratbox-services can be enabled by passing the '--enable-services' flag to configure. It will add the following features to ircd: - Channel mode +r - A simple mode taking no parameters, will require users are logged in with user services before they may join the channel. Gives numeric 477 to users who arent logged in: :<server> 477 <nick> <channel> :Cannot join channel (+r) - service block to ircd.conf - Ability to specify the names of services servers in ircd.conf: service { name = "services.ircd-ratbox.org"; name = "backup-services.ircd-ratbox.org"; }; These must be specified for certain features to work. You may specify as many name entries as you wish, however you must define only one service block. Entries will be listed in stats U with the flag 's'. - Services protection - Services will be protected from being deopped or kicked from a channel. - Username tracking through netsplits - When users are logged in, the username they are logged in with will be preserved on a netsplit, so users will not have to relogin when the network merges together. - Username given on WHOIS - When users are logged in, WHOIS will also give numeric 330: :<server> 330 <yournick> <targetnick> <loginname> :is logged in as Note this needs to be a remote whois to work when the target is on a different server. - Forced nick change - When using nickname services and a client requests they regain a nickname, services can perform a forced nick change on the client. This forcibly changes the clients nickname to the one they requested they regain, ensuring they can always regain their nickname. # $Id: services.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/whats-new-3.0.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005304�11072713376�016723� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������The following is a list of noteworthy changes between ircd-ratbox 2.2.x and ircd-ratbox-3.0. Installation ------------ o Configure argument --with-topiclen has been removed, topic length setting is now within the ircd.conf file. o Performance options like --enable-poll and --enable-kqueue are no longer necessary, appropriate options are selected and can be changed later. o Optional SSL support to enable encrypted connections between clients and servers, as well as server to server links. Config ------ o The configuration file parser has been reworked enabling bin/ircd -conftest to output more useful error messages and improve error localisation. o cidr_bitlen config setting has been replaced with cidr_ipv4_bitlen and cidr_ipv6_bitlen. o Some options are no longer used and have been removed. o Listen block has a new sslport option for specifying ssl ports. o New SSL settings to specify SSL keys and the number of SSL processes to start up. o Bundled sqlite3 for handling and storing k/x/d lines. o New C version of bantool (thanks to dubkat) included to convert k/x/d line .conf files into the sqlite3 DB file formats now used. o Support for global CIDR limits. o Idletime checking option removed from config, server no longer does any client idletime checks. o SSL server connections and ZIPLINKS are mutually exclusive. OpenSSL can typically enable zlib compression for TLSv1 connections. o By default, if no aftype is specified in listen {} blocks, it will bind to ipv4 only. Opers ----- o Added adminwall allowing admins to broadcast messages to each other in the same manner as wallops for opers. o Notify opers and log when the ident helper is started or restarted. o Server /rehash options for restarting ident and resolver daemons. Misc ---- o Creation of new library archive 'libratbox' - allowing low level code to be split out giving a better architecture and increasing flexibility. o Significant code and infrastructure changes designed to make things a lot cleaner as well as some minor performance enhancements. o Tidying up and improved IPv6 related code. o Support for force nick changes. o identd and dns resolver adapted into separate processes enabling ratbox to make better use of available resources on SMP systems. Also creates a more portable build system. o New ssld and bandb processes for handling SSL connections and ban checking. o Updated and modified bundled sqlite3 application to version 3.5.4 for use with ircd-ratbox. o Added SAVE generation (forced nick change on collision) from charybdis. o Remove the unknown clients per ip checking, replaced with connection throttling. o TS6 is required for directly linking servers. ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/modes.txt���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005134�10765263537�015627� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������irc.corefailure.com hybrid-7beta5 oiwszcerkfydnxbaugl biklmnopstveIha bkloveIh User Modes: +a - admin - Admin status. Shown as an admin in WHOIS, able to load and unload modules, and see IP's in STATS c +b - bots - See bot and drone flooding notices +c - cconn - Client connection/quit notices +d - debug - See debugging notices +f - full - See I: line full notices +g - callerid - Server Side Ignore +i - invisible - Not shown in NAMES or WHO unless you share a a channel +k - skill - See server generated KILL messages +l - locops - See LOCOPS messages +n - nchange - See client nick changes +o - oper - Operator status +r - rej - See rejected client notices +s - servnotice - See general server notices +u - unauth - See unauthorised client notices +w - wallop - See server generated WALLOPS +x - external - See remote server connection and split notices +y - spy - See LINKS, STATS (if configured), TRACE notices +z - operwall - See oper generated WALLOPS +D - deaf - Ignore all PRIVMSG's sent to channels +Z - operspy - See operspy notices Channel Modes: +b - ban - Channel ban on nick!user@host +e - exempt - Exemption from bans +I - invex - Invite exceptions, nick!user@host does not need to be explicitly INVITE'd into the channel before being able JOIN +i - invite - Invite only +k - key - Key/password for the channel. +l - limit - Limit the number of users in a channel +m - moderated - Users without +v/h/o cannot send text to the channel +n - noexternal - Users must be in the channel to send text to it +o - chanop - Full operator status +p - private - Private is obsolete, this now restricts KNOCK, and can be set at the same time as +s. +r - registered - Users must be registered with services to JOIN (enabled only if compiled with --enable-services) +s - secret - The channel does not show up on NAMES or LIST or in the WHOIS channel list unless you are a member of the channel +t - topic - Only chanops can change the topic +v - voice - Can speak in a moderated channel, and is exempt from flood restrictions +S - ssl only - Requires SSL/TLS connections to join The third part of the 004 numeric lists channel modes that require arguments. Currently these are bkloveIh. Note that most of the channel modes can be disabled in the conf file for networks that do not wish to support them. # $Id: modes.txt 25103 2008-03-10 16:52:47Z androsyn $ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/logfiles.txt������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001615�10476074743�016322� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> $Id: logfiles.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ --------------------------- fname_killlog ------------- <date> <time> <token> <source> <target> <targets server> <reason> Where token is one of: L = local oper, local target G = local oper, remote target R = remote oper, remote target O = remote oper, local target S = server fname_glinelog -------------- <date> <time> <token> <src nick> <src username> <src host> <src server> <user> <host> <reason> Where token is one of: R = gline request T = gline trigger, always by previous three requests fname_klinelog -------------- <date> <time> [U]<token> <source> <time> <info> <reason>[|<oper_reason>] Time is always in minutes, 0 for permanent If 'U' is specified before token, it is a removal rather than an addition. Token is one of: K = kline D = dline X = xline R = resv �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/whats-new-2.0.txt�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012357�10476074743�016735� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: whats-new-2.0.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ The following is a list of major changes between ircd-ratbox-1.x and ircd-ratbox-2.0 Config File ----------- - name="foo"; is no longer supported in connect {}; operator {}; and class {};. You must now use connect "irc.foo.com" { ... }; etc. - operator {}; no longer contains a class - kline_with_connection_closed is gone, replaced with kline_reason = "Connection closed"; - logging {}; is gone, replaced with more advanced log system - see example.conf log {}; for more info. Note, by default only very basic information will be logged. - support for a specific opers initial umodes on /oper, by umodes = ...; in operator {}; - added stats_e_disabled = yes|no; to general {};, controlling whether stats e (which can contain server ips) is never shown to anyone - support for compressed|encrypted|topicburst|autoconn = yes|no; is gone, replaced with flags = compressed, encrypted, topicburst, autoconn; - support for individual auth flags "kline_exempt = yes"; etc removed, now must use flags = ...; method - support for individual oper flags "kline = yes;" etc removed, now must use flags = ...; method. - extended flags = ...; method to allow negation, so you may prefix a flag with '~' to negate it. Default oper flags are operwall, remoteban and encrypted (indicates password is encrypted with mkpasswd) - new flags in shared {};, tkline, txline and tresv, allowing temp only of kline, xline and resv respectively. - new flags in cluster {}; tkline, txline and tresv which will cluster only the temp of each type. kline, xline and resv will now only cluster the permanent ones of each type. - cluster {}; no longer allows a server to place klines etc locally, it simply dictates who we send to. - shared {}; is now ordered top-down and the first one that matches the user@host and server will be used, and the flags taken from this. This means if a remote oper matches a shared block without kline privs, even though there is a shared {}; block they match under it with kline privs they will not be able to place klines. - added invite_ops_only to channel {}; which will restrict the use of INVITE to chanops on that channel always, rather than just to +i chans. Client ------ - /help is now available for all users, as its now cached in memory. removes config option use_help from general {}; - default CHANNELLEN for local clients is now 50 - AWAYLEN added to 005, default is 90 - kick/part/quit now use REASONLEN (120) rather than TOPICLEN - umode +g now exempts users messaging themselves Oper ---- - kline/dline <nick> is no longer supported - oper reasons are now more fully supported - opers can now be hidden from stats p, by flag "invisible" - XLINEs no longer contain a type field, theyll now all just silently reject - xlines are now 'tracked' - stats X shows how many times each xline has rejected a client - temp xlines and resvs - klines set against spoofed users will now take effect when the user connects as well, if the user is not kline_exempt - trace spy now contains target param if its against a single user - the old "you need xline=yes;" notices have been replaced by ERR_NOPRIVS (numeric 723) - umode +C, machine parsable client connect/exit notices which includes the two unused fields sent in the USER command Channels -------- - persistent channels have been removed - quiet_on_ban now uses a cache, which should speed it up Server <-> Server Protocol -------------------------- - support for bursting away messages on connect, controlled by burst_away = yes|no; in general {}; - TS6, the new server <-> server protocol. As part of this you *must* specify a "sid" in serverinfo {}; that is three alphanumeric characters, and must start with a digit. use_ts6 = yes|no; in general controls whether it is actually used or not. For more information, see: http://www.ircd-ratbox.org/TS6.txt - fakename in connect {}; is gone, you can no longer mask servers. - support for encrypted links are gone - global capabilities. The server will now inform the rest of the network over ENCAP about the capabilities of other servers. Misc ---- - support for message translation has been removed. If you want these, modify messages.tab and distribute that. - most of server hiding is gone, only thing that is left is flattened links - flattened links cache is now stored in memory instead of a file - nick delay. any client which splits will have their nick 'locked', until a remote client uses this nick, or until it expires after the time nick_delay in general {}. This prevents the masses of kills from clients 'regaining' nicknames on a short split. - support for disabling bold chars etc in channel names for local users, to prevent faking channels. disable_fake_channels = <yes|no>; in general {}; Code cleanups ------------- - remove mapped ipv4 in ipv6 sockets, the correct native socket will now be used for each. - module API has been rewritten, 1.x modules will no longer work. - hook API has been rewritten - proper handlers for ENCAP commands - support for vms ast i/o - connect {}; and operator {}; are now in their own structs, saving memory in ConfItem - shared/cluster now use the same struct and flags - various other code cleanups thatd take all year to list ;) ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/index.txt���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002653�10476074743�015630� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� # $Id: index.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory. CIDR.txt - Description of CIDR in IPv4 Tao-of-IRC.940110 - No comment... challenge.txt - Overview of the challenge/response system for obtaining operator status example.conf - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the user settable options guidelines.txt - Documentation guidelines hooks.txt - Overview of the hooks available index.txt - This file ircd.8 - The new revised manpage, read with the following commands in the prefix directory: man -M . ircd ircd.motd - A default ircd.motd used by make install logfiles.txt - Description of formatting of some logfiles modeg.txt - An in depth description of the server side silence user mode (+g) modes.txt - A list of all user and channel modes operguide.txt - EFnet operator's guide opermyth.txt - Oper myth's, describes what opers can and cannot do server-version-info - Overview of the flags shown in /version whats-new.txt - What new features are available Also in the contrib/ directory you will find: example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module does. Useful for building your own modules. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/ircd.motd���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000132�10476074743�015554� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������This is ircd-ratbox MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will laugh at you. ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/ircd_crontab.sh���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001621�11730550233�016722� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # # IRCD-RATBOX Crontab Script # Copyright (C) 2009-2012 ircd-ratbox development team # $Id: ircd_crontab.sh 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ # You will want to change this to the root directory your IRCD runs from IRCD_PATH="/home/user/ircd" # The location of your pid file, relative to IRCD_PATH (you can probably leave this alone) PID_FILE="etc/ircd.pid" # run: crontab -e # # To have the script run every minute, type this: # # * * * * * /path/to/ircd_crontab.sh # # To have the script run every 5 minutes, type this: # */5 * * * * ~/path/to/ircd_crontab.sh # # Leave the rest alone. test -x "${IRCD_PATH}/bin/ircd" || exit 1 if [ -f "${IRCD_PATH}/${PID_FILE}" ] ; then PID=`cat "${IRCD_PATH}/${PID_FILE}"` if kill -0 $PID >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then exit 0; fi rm -f "${IRCD_PATH}/${PID_FILE}" fi ${IRCD_PATH}/bin/ircd -conftest &>/dev/null && ${IRCD_PATH}/bin/ircd exit $?; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/monitor.txt�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010325�10641554447�016201� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MONITOR - Protocol for notification of when clients become online/offline Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> $Id: monitor.txt 23973 2007-06-30 22:28:55Z jilles $ ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Currently, ISON requests by clients use a large amount of bandwidth. It is expected that it is more efficient for this to be done by the server at the expense of cpu cycles. The WATCH implementation that was designed to counter this is (in my opinion) severely flawed. This protocol was designed to provide a cleaner implementation. The command used throughout this specification is "MONITOR". Each use of the MONITOR command takes a special modifier, indicating the operation being performed. The client MUST NOT attempt to specify more than one modifier. Only one special modifier may be used per MONITOR command. Thus it is impossible to combine additions to the list with removals from the list -- these MUST be done with two seperate commands. A client MUST NOT issue the MONITOR command more than once per second. Any attempts to do so will generate an error. In commands and numerics where multiple nicknames may occur, the length of the nickname list is limited only by the buffer size of 512 chars, as defined in RFC1459. Support of this specification is indicated by the MONITOR token in RPL_ISUPPORT (005). This token takes an optional parameter, of the maximum amount of nicknames a client may have in their monitor list. If no parameter is specified, there is no limit. A typical token would be: MONITOR=100 MONITOR + nick[,nick2]* ----------------------- Adds the given list of nicknames to the list of nicknames being monitored. If any of the nicknames being added are online, the server will generate RPL_MONONLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are online. If any of the nicknames being added are offline, the server will generate RPL_MONOFFLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are offline. MONITOR - nick[,nick2]* ----------------------- Removes the given list of nicknames from the list of nicknames being monitored. No output will be returned for use of this command. MONITOR C --------- Clears the list of nicknames being monitored. No output will be returned for use of this command. MONITOR L --------- Outputs the current list of nicknames being monitored. All output will use RPL_MONLIST, and the output will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST MONITOR S --------- Outputs for each nickname in the list being monitored, whether the client is online or offline. All nicks that are online will be sent using RPL_MONONLINE, all nicks that are offline will be sent using RPL_MONOFFLINE. The list will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST. Numeric replies --------------- 730 - RPL_MONONLINE ------------------- :<server> 730 <nick> :nick!user@host[,nick!user@host]* This numeric is used to indicate to a client that either a nickname has just become online, or that a nickname they have added to their monitor list is online. The server may send "*" instead of the target nick (<nick>). (This makes it possible to send the exact same message to all clients monitoring a certain nick.) 731 - RPL_MONOFFLINE -------------------- :<server> 731 <nick> :nick[,nick1]* This numeric is used to indicate to a client that either a nickname has just left the irc network, or that a nickname they have added to their monitor list is offline. The argument is a chained list of nicknames that are offline. As with 730 the server may send "*" instead of the target nick. 732 - RPL_MONLIST ----------------- :<server> 732 <nick> :nick[,nick1]* This numeric is used to indicate to a client the list of nicknames they have in their monitor list. 733 - RPL_ENDOFMONLIST ------------------------ :<server> 733 <nick> :End of MONITOR list This numeric is used to indicate to a client the end of a monitor list. 734 - ERR_MONLISTFULL --------------------- :<server> 734 <nick> <limit> <nicks> :Monitor list is full. This numeric is used to indicate to a client that their monitor list is full, so the command failed. The <limit> parameter is the maximum number of nicknames a client may have in their list, the <nicks> parameter is the list of nicknames, as the client sent them, that cannot be added. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/Makefile.in�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002361�11233611267�016007� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: Makefile.in 26636 2009-07-28 15:01:11Z androsyn $ CC = @CC@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_BIN = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SUID = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755 MV = @MV@ RM = @RB_RM@ CP = @CP@ TOUCH = @TOUCH@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ exec_suffix = @exec_suffix@ bindir = @bindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ confdir = @confdir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ CONFS = example.conf example.efnet.conf install-mkdirs: -@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); then \ echo "mkdir -p $(confdir)"; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \ fi install: install-mkdirs build @echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))" @for i in $(CONFS); do \ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i; then \ $(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i.old; \ fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \ done -@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/ircd.motd; then \ echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \ fi $(INSTALL_BIN) genssl.sh $(DESTDIR)$(confdir) -@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/links.txt; then \ $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/links.txt; \ fi all: build: clean: depend: lint: distclean: $(RM) -f Makefile �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/CIDR.txt����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000030302�10476074743�015232� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: CIDR.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ CIDR Information ---------------- Presently, we all use IPv4. The format of IPv4 is the following: A.B.C.D Where letters 'A' through 'D' are 8-bit values. In English, this means each digit can have a value of 0 to 255. Example: 129.56.4.234 Digits are called octets. Oct meaning 8, hence 8-bit values. An octet cannot be greater than 255, and cannot be less than 0 (eg. a negative number). CIDR stands for "classless inter domain routing", details covered in RFC's 1518 and 1519. It was introduced mainly due to waste within A and B classes space. The goal was to make it possible to use smaller nets than it would seem from (above) IP classes, for instance by dividing one B class into 256 "C like" classes. The other goal was to allow aggregation of routing information, so that routers could use one aggregated route (like 194.145.96.0/20) instead of advertising 16 C classes. Class A are all these addresses which first bit is "0", bitmap: 0nnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host) IP range is 0.0.0.0 - 127.255.255.255 Class B are all these addresses which first two bits are "10", bitmap: 10nnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host) IP range is 128.0.0.0 - 191.255.255.255 Class C are all these addresses which first three bits are "110", bitmap: 110nnnnn.nnnnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host) IP range is 192.0.0.0 - 223.255.255.255 Class D are all these addresses which first four bits are "1110", this is multicast class and net/host bitmap doesn't apply here IP range is 224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255 I bet they will never IRC, unless someone creates multicast IRC :) Class E are all these addresses which first five bits are "11110", this class is reserved for future use IP range is 240.0.0.0 - 247.255.255.255 So, here is how CIDR notation comes into play. For those of you who have real basic exposure to how networks are set up, you should be aware of the term "netmask." Basically, this is a IPv4 value which specifies the "size" of a network. You can assume the word "size" means "range" if you want. A chart describing the different classes in CIDR format and their wildcard equivalents would probably help at this point: CIDR version dot notation (netmask) Wildcard equivalent ----------------------------------------------------------------- A.0.0.0/8 A.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 A.*.*.* or A.* A.B.0.0/16 A.B.0.0/255.255.0.0 A.B.*.* or A.B.* A.B.C.0/24 A.B.C.0/255.255.255.0 A.B.C.* or A.B.C.* A.B.C.D/32 A.B.C.D/255.255.255.255 A.B.C.D The question on any newbies mind at this point is "So what do all of those values & numbers actually mean?" Everything relating to computers is based on binary values (1s and zeros). Binary plays a *tremendous* role in CIDR notation. Let's break it down to the following table: A B C D -------- -------- -------- -------- /8 == 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.0.0.0 /16 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.255.0.0 /24 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 . 00000000 == 255.255.255.0 /32 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 == 255.255.255.255 The above is basically a binary table for the most common netblock sizes. The "1"s you see above are the 8-bit values for each octet. If you split an 8-bit value into each of it's bits, you find the following: 00000000 ^^^^^^^^_ 1sts place (1) |||||||__ 2nds place (2) ||||||___ 3rds place (4) |||||____ 4ths place (8) ||||_____ 5ths place (16) |||______ 6ths place (32) ||_______ 7ths place (64) |________ 8ths place (128) Now, since computers consider zero a number, you pretty much have to subtract one (so-to-speak; this is not really how its done, but just assume it's -1 :-) ) from all the values possible. Some examples of decimal values in binary: 15 == 00001111 (from left to right: 8+4+2+1) 16 == 00010000 (from left to right: 16) 53 == 00110101 (from left to right: 32+16+4+1) 79 == 01001111 (from left to right: 64+8+4+1) 254 == 11111110 (from left to right: 128+64+32+16+8+4+2) So, with 8 bits, the range (as I said before) is zero to 255. If none of this is making sense to you at this point, you should back up and re-read all of the above. I realize it's a lot, but it'll do you some good to re-read it until you understand :-). So, let's modify the original table a bit by providing CIDR info for /1 through /8: A B C D -------- -------- -------- -------- /1 == 10000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 128.0.0.0 /2 == 11000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 192.0.0.0 /3 == 11100000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 224.0.0.0 /4 == 11110000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 240.0.0.0 /5 == 11111000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 248.0.0.0 /6 == 11111100 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 252.0.0.0 /7 == 11111110 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 254.0.0.0 /8 == 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.0.0.0 At this point, all of this should making a lot of sense, and you should be able to see the precision that you can get by using CIDR at this point. If not, well, I guess the best way to put it would be that wildcards always assume /8, /16, or /24 (yes hello Piotr, we can argue this later: I am referring to IPs *ONLY*, not domains or FQDNs :-) ). This table will provide a reference to all of the IPv4 CIDR values cidr|netmask (dot notation) ----+--------------------- /1 | 128.0.0.0 /2 | 192.0.0.0 /3 | 224.0.0.0 /4 | 240.0.0.0 /5 | 248.0.0.0 /6 | 252.0.0.0 /7 | 254.0.0.0 /8 | 255.0.0.0 /9 | 255.128.0.0 /10 | 255.192.0.0 /11 | 255.224.0.0 /12 | 255.240.0.0 /13 | 255.248.0.0 /14 | 255.252.0.0 /15 | 255.254.0.0 /16 | 255.255.0.0 /17 | 255.255.128.0 /18 | 255.255.192.0 /19 | 255.255.224.0 /20 | 255.255.240.0 /21 | 255.255.248.0 /22 | 255.255.252.0 /23 | 255.255.254.0 /24 | 255.255.255.0 /25 | 255.255.255.128 /26 | 255.255.255.192 /27 | 255.255.255.224 /28 | 255.255.255.240 /29 | 255.255.255.248 /30 | 255.255.255.252 /31 | 255.255.255.254 /32 | 255.255.255.255 So, let's take all of the information above, and apply it to a present-day situation on IRC. Let's say you have a set of flooding clients who all show up from the following hosts. For lack-of a better example, I'll use a subnet here at Best: nick1 (xyz@shell9.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.140] nick2 (abc@shell8.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.139] nick3 (foo@shell12.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.143] Most people will assume the they were all in the same class C (206.184.139.0/24 or 206.184.139.*). This, as a matter of fact, is not true. Now, the reason *I* know this is solely because I work on the network here; those IPs are not delegated to a class C, but two portions of a class C (128 IPs each). That means the class C is actually split into these two portions: Netblock IP range -------- -------- 206.184.139.0/25 206.184.139.0 to 206.184.139.127 206.184.139.128/25 206.184.139.128 to 206.184.139.255 For the record, 206.184.139.0 and 206.184.139.128 are both known as "network addresses" (not to be confused with "netblocks" or "Ethernet hardware addresses" or "MAC addresses"). Network addresses are *ALWAYS EVEN*. 206.184.139.127 and 206.184.139.255 are what are known as broadcast addresses. Broadcast addresses are *ALWAYS ODD*. Now, the aforementioned list of clients are in the 2nd subnet shown above, not the first. The reason for this should be obvious. The remaining question is, "Well that's nice, you know what the netblock is for Best. What about us? We don't know that!" Believe it or not, you can find out the network block size by using whois -h WHOIS.ARIN.NET on the IP in question. ARIN keeps a list of all network blocks and who owns them -- quite useful, trust me. I think I use ARIN 5 or 6 times a day, especially when dealing with D-lines. Example: $ whois -h whois.arin.net 206.184.139.140 Best Internet Communications, Inc. (NETBLK-NBN-206-184-BEST) 345 East Middlefield Road Mountain View, CA 94043 Netname: NBN-206-184-BEST Netblock: 206.184.0.0 - 206.184.255.255 Maintainer: BEST Does this mean you should D-line 206.184.0.0/16? Probably not. That's an entire class B-sized block, while you're only trying to deny access to a subnetted class C. So then how do you get the *real* info? Well, truth is, you don't. You have to pretty much take a guess at what it is, if ARIN reports something that's overly vague. Best, for example, was assigned the above class B-sized block. We can subnet it however we want without reporting back to ARIN how we have it subnetted. We own the block, and that's all that matters (to ARIN). Not all subnets are like this, however. Smaller subnets you may find partitioned and listed on ARIN; I've seen /29 blocks for DSL customers show up in ARIN before. So, use ARIN any chance you get. The more precision the better! Now, there is a small issue I want to address regarding use of CIDR notation. Let's say you D-line the following in CIDR format (hi sion ;-) ): 205.100.132.18/24 Entries like this really makes my blood boil, solely because it adds excessive confusion and is just basically pointless. If you examine the above, you'll see the /24 is specifying an entire class C -- so then what's the purpose of using .18 versus .0? There IS no purpose. The netmask itself will mask out the .18 and continue to successfully use 205.100.132.0/24. Doing things this way just adds confusion, especially on non-octet- aligned subnets (such as /8, /16, /24, or /32). Seeing that on a /27 or a /19 might make people go "wtf?" I know for a fact this doc lacks a lot of necessary information, like how the actual netmask/CIDR value play a role in "masking out" the correct size, and what to do is WHOIS.ARIN.NET returns no netblock information but instead a few different company names with NIC handles. I'm sure you can figure this stuff out on your own, or just ask an administrator friend of yours who DOES know. A lot of us admins are BOFH types, but if you ask us the right questions, you'll benefit from the answer quite thoroughly. Oh, I almost forgot. Most Linux systems use a different version of "whois" than FreeBSD does. The syntax for whois on Linux is "whois <INFO>@whois.arin.net", while under FreeBSD it is "whois -h whois.arin.net <INFO>" Debian uses yet another version of whois that is incompatible with the above syntax options. Note that the FreeBSD whois client has shortcuts for the most commonly used whois servers. "whois -a <INFO>" is the shortcut for ARIN. Also note that ARIN is not authoritative for all IP blocks on the Internet. Take for example 212.158.123.66. A whois query to ARIN will return the following information: $ whois -h whois.arin.net 212.158.123.66 European Regional Internet Registry/RIPE NCC (NET-RIPE-NCC-) These addresses have been further assigned to European users. Contact information can be found in the RIPE database, via the WHOIS and TELNET servers at whois.ripe.net, and at http://www.ripe.net/db/whois.html Netname: RIPE-NCC-212 Netblock: 212.0.0.0 - 212.255.255.255 Maintainer: RIPE This query tells us that it is a European IP block, and is further handled by RIPE's whois server. We must then query whois.ripe.net to get more information. $ whois -h whois.ripe.net 212.158.123.66 % Rights restricted by copyright. See http://www.ripe.net/ripencc/pub-services/db/copyright.html inetnum: 212.158.120.0 - 212.158.123.255 netname: INSNET-P2P descr: Point to Point Links for for London Nodes country: GB --snip-- This tells us the actual IP block that the query was a part of. Other whois servers that you may see blocks referred to are: whois.ripn.net for Russia, whois.apnic.net for Asia, Australia, and the Pacific, and whois.6bone.net for IPv6 blocks. Contributed by Jeremy Chadwick <jdc@best.net> Piotr Kucharski <chopin@sgh.waw.pl> W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> and Ariel Biener <ariel@fireball.tau.ac.il> ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/doc/hooks.txt���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005673�10476074743�015651� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Hook documentation - <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> ------------------------------------------ Documentation on how to actually develop code to use hooks is contained in contrib/example_module.c, this document simply describes which hooks are available. There are various hook structures available that may be passed to hooks: hook_data - struct Client *client; const void *arg1; const void *arg2; hook_data_int - struct Client *client; const void *arg1; int arg2; hook_data_client - struct Client *client; struct Client *target; hook_data_channel - struct Client *client; struct Channel *chptr; Spy Hooks --------- The following spy hooks are called only when the request is handled by the local server. They will not be called if the command is being sent remotely for another server to handle: "doing_admin" - Passes hook_data: hdata->client = client requesting ADMIN "doing_info" - Passes hook_data: hdata->client = client requesting INFO "doing_links" - Passes hook_data: hdata->client = client doing LINKS (const char *) hdata->arg1 = optional mask "doing_motd" - Passes hook_data: hdata->client = client doing MOTD "doing_stats" - Passes hook_data_int: hdata->client = client doing STATS (const char *) hdata->arg1 = optional stats l target (char) hdata->arg2 = statchar being requested "doing_stats_p" - Passes hook_data: hdata->client = client doing STATS p "doing_trace" - Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = client doing TRACE hdata->target = optional target of TRACE "doing_whois" - Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = local client doing WHOIS hdata->target = target of WHOIS "doing_whois_global" - Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = remote client doing WHOIS hdata->target = target of WHOIS Netburst Hooks -------------- The following burst hooks are called when we are sending a netburst to a server. "burst_client" - Sent after we have just burst a user. Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = server we are bursting to hdata->target = user we have just burst "burst_channel" - Sent after we have just burst a channel. Passes hook_data_channel: hdata->client = server we are bursting to hdata->chptr = channel we have just burst "burst_finished" - Sent after we have just finished bursting users/chans Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = server we are bursting to Server Hooks ------------ The following hooks are called during server connects/exits. "server_introduced" - Sent after a server is introduced to the network, local or remote. Passes hook_data_client: hdata->client = uplink server (&me if local) hdata->target = server being introduced The following are for debugging and take struct hook_io_data for arguments. These can be used for a variety of purposes, but are aimed at the developer community. "iosend" "iorecv" "iorecvctrl" $Id: hooks.txt 23020 2006-09-01 18:20:19Z androsyn $ ���������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/acinclude.m4����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016415�11202564447�015376� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: acinclude.m4 26529 2009-05-13 15:37:11Z androsyn $ - aclocal.m4 - Autoconf fun... AC_DEFUN([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [ test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]$2` ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]ac_define_dir` $1="$ac_define_dir" AC_SUBST($1) ifelse($3, , AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir"), AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir", $3)) ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_SUBST_DIR], [ ifelse($2,,,$1="[$]$2") $1=`( test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix" test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}" eval echo \""[$]$1"\" )` AC_SUBST($1) ]) dnl Check for libsqlite3, based on version found at libdbi-drivers.sf.net (GPLv2-licensed) AC_DEFUN([AC_FIND_FILE], [ $3=no for i in $2; do for j in $1; do if test -r "$i/$j"; then $3=$i break 2 fi done done ]) AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_SQLITE3], [ have_sqlite3="no" ac_sqlite3="no" ac_sqlite3_incdir="no" ac_sqlite3_libdir="no" # exported variables SQLITE3_LIBS="" SQLITE3_CFLAGS="" AC_ARG_WITH(sqlite3, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sqlite3[=dir]], [Compile with libsqlite3 at given dir]), [ ac_sqlite3="$withval" if test "x$withval" != "xno" -a "x$withval" != "xyes"; then ac_sqlite3="yes" ac_sqlite3_incdir="$withval"/include ac_sqlite3_libdir="$withval"/lib fi ], [ ac_sqlite3="auto" ] ) AC_ARG_WITH(sqlite3-incdir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sqlite3-incdir], [Specifies where the SQLite3 include files are.]), [ ac_sqlite3_incdir="$withval" ] ) AC_ARG_WITH(sqlite3-libdir, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sqlite3-libdir], [Specifies where the SQLite3 libraries are.]), [ ac_sqlite3_libdir="$withval" ] ) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SQLite3]) # Try to automagically find SQLite, either with pkg-config, or without. if test "x$ac_sqlite3" = "xauto"; then if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" != "xno"; then SQLITE3_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs sqlite3 2>/dev/null` SQLITE3_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags sqlite3 2>/dev/null` if test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" -a "x$SQLITE3_CFLAGS" = "x"; then AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3], [sqlite3_open], [ac_sqlite3="yes"], [ac_sqlite3="no"]) else ac_sqlite3="yes" fi else AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3], [sqlite3_open], [ac_sqlite3="yes"], [ac_sqlite3="no"]) fi fi if test "x$ac_sqlite3" = "xyes"; then if test "$ac_sqlite3_incdir" = "no"; then sqlite3_incdirs="/usr/include /usr/local/include /usr/include/sqlite /usr/local/include/sqlite /usr/local/sqlite/include /opt/sqlite/include" AC_FIND_FILE(sqlite3.h, $sqlite3_incdirs, ac_sqlite3_incdir) if test "$ac_sqlite3_incdir" = "no"; then AC_MSG_WARN([Invalid SQLite directory - include files not found.]) sqlite3_missing=yes ac_sqlite3=no fi fi if test "$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = "no"; then sqlite3_libdirs="/usr/lib64 /usr/lib /usr/local/lib64 /usr/local/lib /usr/lib/sqlite usr/lib64/sqlite /usr/local/lib/sqlite /usr/local/sqlite/lib /opt/sqlite/lib" sqlite3_libs="libsqlite3.so libsqlite3.dylib libsqlite3.a" AC_FIND_FILE($sqlite3_libs, $sqlite3_libdirs, ac_sqlite3_libdir) if test "$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = "no"; then AC_MSG_WARN([Invalid SQLite directory - libraries not found.]) sqlite3_missing=yes ac_sqlite3=no fi fi if test x"$sqlite3_missing" != "xyes"; then have_sqlite3="yes" if test x"$ac_sqlite3_libdir" = xno; then test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" && SQLITE3_LIBS="-lsqlite3" else test "x$SQLITE3_LIBS" = "x" && SQLITE3_LIBS="-L$ac_sqlite3_libdir -lsqlite3" fi test x"$ac_sqlite3_incdir" != xno && test "x$SQLITE3_CFLAGS" = "x" && SQLITE3_CFLAGS=-I$ac_sqlite3_incdir AC_SUBST(SQLITE3_LIBS) AC_SUBST(SQLITE3_CFLAGS) else ac_sqlite3=no fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_sqlite3]) ]) dnl dnl Useful macros for autoconf to check for ssp-patched gcc dnl 1.0 - September 2003 - Tiago Sousa <mirage@kaotik.org> dnl 1.1 - August 2006 - Ted Percival <ted@midg3t.net> dnl * Stricter language checking (C or C++) dnl * Adds GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB to add -lssp to LDFLAGS as necessary dnl * Caches all results dnl * Uses macros to ensure correct ouput in quiet/silent mode dnl 1.2 - April 2007 - Ted Percival <ted@midg3t.net> dnl * Added GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR macro for simpler (one-line) invocation dnl * GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB now adds -lssp to LIBS rather than LDFLAGS dnl dnl About ssp: dnl GCC extension for protecting applications from stack-smashing attacks dnl http://www.research.ibm.com/trl/projects/security/ssp/ dnl dnl Usage: dnl Most people will simply call GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR. dnl If you only use one of C or C++, you can save time by only calling the dnl macro appropriate for that language. In that case you should also call dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB first. dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR dnl Tries to turn on stack protection for C and C++ by calling the following dnl three macros with the right languages. dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC dnl checks -fstack-protector with the C compiler, if it exists then updates dnl CFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CC dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX dnl checks -fstack-protector with the C++ compiler, if it exists then updates dnl CXXFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CXX dnl dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB dnl adds -lssp to LIBS if it is available dnl ssp is usually provided as part of libc, but was previously a separate lib dnl It does not hurt to add -lssp even if libc provides SSP - in that case dnl libssp will simply be ignored. dnl AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB],[ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libssp exists], ssp_cv_lib, [ssp_old_libs="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -lssp" AC_TRY_LINK(,, ssp_cv_lib=yes, ssp_cv_lib=no) LIBS="$ssp_old_libs" ]) if test $ssp_cv_lib = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS -lssp" fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC],[ AC_LANG_ASSERT(C) if test "X$CC" != "X"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector], ssp_cv_cc, [ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cc=yes, ssp_cv_cc=no) CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags" ]) if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CC], 1, [Define if SSP C support is enabled.]) fi fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX],[ AC_LANG_ASSERT(C++) if test "X$CXX" != "X"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CXX} accepts -fstack-protector], ssp_cv_cxx, [ssp_old_cxxflags="$CXXFLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cxx=yes, ssp_cv_cxx=no) CXXFLAGS="$ssp_old_cxxflags" ]) if test $ssp_cv_cxx = yes; then CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fstack-protector" AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CXX], 1, [Define if SSP C++ support is enabled.]) fi fi ]) AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECTOR],[ GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB AC_LANG_PUSH([C]) GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC AC_LANG_POP([C]) AC_LANG_PUSH([C++]) GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CXX AC_LANG_POP([C++]) ]) ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/README.FIRST����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011636�11013331470�014737� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������If you don't read this first, we won't help you. :-) ******************************* IMPORTANT ************************************* *********** Note for those who dont bother reading docs ***************** * - Reading INSTALL is now a must, as the old DPATH is now specified * * when configure is run. * * You now need to ./configure --prefix="/path/to/install/it" * * - The old config format WILL NOT WORK. Please see doc/example.conf ! * * - The old kline format WILL NOT WORK. Please use bantool which * * will be installed with your ircd! * ************************************************************************* ALSO, IF YOU ARE UPGRADING YOUR CURRENT SOURCE TREE, AND YOU TRY TO BUILD IN IT WITHOUT PERFORMING AT LEAST 'make clean', THINGS _WILL_ BREAK. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU RUN 'make distclean' AND THEN RERUN './configure'! ******************************* REQUIREMENTS ********************************** New Features - A short introduction: - ircd-ratbox-3.x now has several major changes over previous version that you will notice right away. o Storage of bans in a database, versus the old flat-files. o SSL Client support. o SSL Only Channel support. o Adminwall (think Operwall, but for admins only). o Force Nick Change (FNC). o Support for global CIDR limits. o Connection Throttling. - Please see doc/whats-new-3.0.txt for more detailed changes. Necessary Requirements: - A supported platform (look below) - A working dynamic load library, unless compiling as static, without module support. - A working lex. Solaris /usr/ccs/bin/lex appears to be broken, on this system flex should be used. Feature Specific Requirements: - For SSL Clients, SSL Challenge controlled OPER feature, and encrypted server links, a working OpenSSL library - For encrypted oper and (optional) server passwords, a working DES, MD5, or SHA library. ******************************************************************************* - To report bugs in ircd-ratbox, send the bug report to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org - Known bugs are listed in the BUGS file - See the INSTALL document for info on configuring and compiling ircd-ratbox. - Please read doc/index.txt to get an overview of the current documentation. - Old Hybrid 5/6 configuration files are no longer supported. Config files from previous ircd-ratbox versions will need some changes. The ircd -conftest option is your friend here. Old kline/xline/dline.conf files will have to be converted to the new database format. A config import utility is provided and installed as bin/bantool. - If you are wondering why config.h is practically empty, its because many things that were once in config.h are now specified in the 'general' block of ircd.conf. Look at example.conf for more information about these options. - The files, /etc/services, /etc/protocols, and /etc/resolv.conf, MUST be readable by the user running the server in order for ircd to start. Errors from adns causing the ircd to refuse to start up are often related to permission problems on these files. - There is a mailing list for ircd-ratbox. To subscribe to this list visit http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox Note that this list also gets the commit emails from the CVS server. - FREEBSD USERS: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written. To fix this you must: "sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0" - SOLARIS USERS: this code appears to tickle a bug in older gcc and egcs ONLY on 64-bit Solaris7. gcc-2.95 and SunPro C on 64bit should work fine, and any gcc or SunPro compiled on 32bit. - DARWIN AND MACOS X USERS: You must be using at least the December 2001 Development Tools from Apple to build ircd-ratbox with shared modules. Before then you MUST disable shared modules, as we do not have the proper flags for cc(1) prior to that point to produce shared modules. - SUPPORTED PLATFORMS: this code should compile without any warnings on: FreeBSD 6.x/7.x, Gentoo & Gentoo Hardened ~x86/~amd64/~fbsd Fedora 8/9 / CentOS 4/5 / Redhat Enterprise 5 Debian Etch, OpenSolaris 2008.x? Solaris 10 sparc. Please let us know if you find otherwise. It probably does not compile on AIX, IRIX or libc5 Linux. - TESTED PLATFORMS: The code has been tested on the following platforms, and is known to run properly. FreeBSD 6.x/7.x Linux glibc-2.6, glibc-2.7 Solaris 2.6/7/8 OpenBSD 2.8 NetBSD 1.4 Cygwin 1.3+ (static modules, no servlink) OpenVMS/Alpha 7.2 (static modules, no servlink) - Please read doc/whats-new-3.0.txt for information about what is in this release - Other files recommended for reading: BUGS, INSTALL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $Id: README.FIRST 25381 2008-05-16 16:15:52Z androsyn $ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/������������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�013752� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/class.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013237�11730550233�015236� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * class.c: Controls connection classes. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: class.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #define BAD_CONF_CLASS -1 #define BAD_PING -2 #define BAD_CLIENT_CLASS -3 rb_dlink_list class_list; struct Class *default_class; struct Class * make_class(void) { struct Class *tmp; tmp = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct Class)); ConFreq(tmp) = DEFAULT_CONNECTFREQUENCY; PingFreq(tmp) = DEFAULT_PINGFREQUENCY; MaxUsers(tmp) = 1; MaxSendq(tmp) = DEFAULT_SENDQ; tmp->ip_limits = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); return tmp; } void free_class(struct Class *tmp) { if(tmp->ip_limits) rb_destroy_patricia(tmp->ip_limits, NULL); rb_free(tmp->class_name); rb_free(tmp); } /* * get_conf_ping * * inputs - pointer to struct ConfItem * output - ping frequency * side effects - NONE */ static int get_conf_ping(struct ConfItem *aconf) { if((aconf) && ClassPtr(aconf)) return (ConfPingFreq(aconf)); return (BAD_PING); } /* * get_client_class * * inputs - pointer to client struct * output - pointer to name of class * side effects - NONE */ const char * get_client_class(struct Client *target_p) { const char *retc = "unknown"; if(target_p == NULL || IsMe(target_p)) return retc; if(IsServer(target_p)) { struct server_conf *server_p = target_p->localClient->att_sconf; return server_p->class_name; } return get_class_name(target_p->localClient->att_conf);; } /* * get_client_ping * * inputs - pointer to client struct * output - ping frequency * side effects - NONE */ int get_client_ping(struct Client *target_p) { int ping = 0; if(IsServer(target_p)) { struct server_conf *server_p = target_p->localClient->att_sconf; ping = PingFreq(server_p->class); } else { struct ConfItem *aconf; aconf = target_p->localClient->att_conf; if(aconf != NULL) ping = get_conf_ping(aconf); else ping = DEFAULT_PINGFREQUENCY; } if(ping <= 0) ping = DEFAULT_PINGFREQUENCY; return ping; } /* * get_con_freq * * inputs - pointer to class struct * output - connection frequency * side effects - NONE */ int get_con_freq(struct Class *clptr) { if(clptr) return (ConFreq(clptr)); return (DEFAULT_CONNECTFREQUENCY); } /* add_class() * * input - class to add * output - * side effects - class is added to class_list if new, else old class * is updated with new values. */ void add_class(struct Class *classptr) { struct Class *tmpptr; tmpptr = find_class(classptr->class_name); if(tmpptr == default_class) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(classptr, &class_list); CurrUsers(classptr) = 0; } else { MaxUsers(tmpptr) = MaxUsers(classptr); MaxLocal(tmpptr) = MaxLocal(classptr); MaxGlobal(tmpptr) = MaxGlobal(classptr); MaxIdent(tmpptr) = MaxIdent(classptr); PingFreq(tmpptr) = PingFreq(classptr); MaxSendq(tmpptr) = MaxSendq(classptr); ConFreq(tmpptr) = ConFreq(classptr); CidrIpv4Bitlen(tmpptr) = CidrIpv4Bitlen(classptr); CidrIpv6Bitlen(tmpptr) = CidrIpv6Bitlen(classptr); CidrAmount(tmpptr) = CidrAmount(classptr); free_class(classptr); } } /* * find_class * * inputs - string name of class * output - corresponding class pointer * side effects - NONE */ struct Class * find_class(const char *classname) { struct Class *cltmp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(classname == NULL) return default_class; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, class_list.head) { cltmp = ptr->data; if(!strcmp(ClassName(cltmp), classname)) return cltmp; } return default_class; } /* * check_class * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - */ void check_class() { struct Class *cltmp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, class_list.head) { cltmp = ptr->data; if(MaxUsers(cltmp) < 0) { rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &class_list); if(CurrUsers(cltmp) <= 0) free_class(cltmp); } } } /* * initclass * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - */ void initclass() { default_class = make_class(); ClassName(default_class) = rb_strdup("default"); } /* * get_sendq * * inputs - pointer to client * output - sendq for this client as found from its class * side effects - NONE */ long get_sendq(struct Client *client_p) { if(client_p == NULL || IsMe(client_p)) return DEFAULT_SENDQ; if(IsServer(client_p)) { struct server_conf *server_p; server_p = client_p->localClient->att_sconf; return MaxSendq(server_p->class); } else { struct ConfItem *aconf = client_p->localClient->att_conf; if(aconf != NULL && aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT) return ConfMaxSendq(aconf); } return DEFAULT_SENDQ; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/parse.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043115�11730550233�015241� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * parse.c: The message parser. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: parse.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "parse.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" /* * NOTE: parse() should not be called recursively by other functions! */ static char *sender; /* parv[0] == source, and parv[LAST] == NULL */ static char *para[MAXPARA + 2]; static void cancel_clients(struct Client *, struct Client *); static void remove_unknown(struct Client *, char *, char *); static void do_numeric(char[], struct Client *, struct Client *, int, char **); static int handle_command(struct Message *, struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static uint32_t cmd_hash(const char *p); static struct Message *hash_parse(const char *); struct MessageHash *msg_hash_table[MAX_MSG_HASH]; static char buffer[1024]; /* turn a string into a parc/parv pair */ int string_to_array(char *string, char **parv) { char *p, *buf = string; int x = 1; parv[x] = NULL; while(*buf == ' ') /* skip leading spaces */ buf++; if(*buf == '\0') /* ignore all-space args */ return x; do { if(*buf == ':') /* Last parameter */ { buf++; parv[x++] = buf; parv[x] = NULL; return x; } else { parv[x++] = buf; parv[x] = NULL; if((p = strchr(buf, ' ')) != NULL) { *p++ = '\0'; buf = p; } else return x; } while(*buf == ' ') buf++; if(*buf == '\0') return x; } /* we can go upto parv[MAXPARA], as parv[0] is taken by source */ while(x < MAXPARA); if(*p == ':') p++; parv[x++] = p; parv[x] = NULL; return x; } /* parse() * * given a raw buffer, parses it and generates parv, parc and sender */ void parse(struct Client *client_p, char *pbuffer, char *bufend) { struct Client *from = client_p; char *ch; char *s; char *end; int i = 1; char *numeric = 0; struct Message *mptr; s_assert(MyConnect(client_p)); if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; for(ch = pbuffer; *ch == ' '; ch++) /* skip spaces */ /* null statement */ ; if(from->name != NULL) para[0] = LOCAL_COPY(from->name); else para[0] = NULL; if(*ch == ':') { ch++; /* point sender to the sender param */ sender = ch; if((s = strchr(ch, ' '))) { *s = '\0'; s++; ch = s; } if(*sender && IsServer(client_p)) { from = find_any_client(sender); /* didnt find any matching client, issue a kill */ if(from == NULL) { ServerStats.is_unpf++; remove_unknown(client_p, sender, pbuffer); return; } para[0] = LOCAL_COPY(from->name); /* fake direction, hmm. */ if(from->from != client_p) { ServerStats.is_wrdi++; cancel_clients(client_p, from); return; } } while(*ch == ' ') ch++; } if(*ch == '\0') { ServerStats.is_empt++; return; } /* at this point there must be some sort of command parameter */ /* * Extract the command code from the packet. Point s to the end * of the command code and calculate the length using pointer * arithmetic. Note: only need length for numerics and *all* * numerics must have parameters and thus a space after the command * code. -avalon */ /* EOB is 3 chars long but is not a numeric */ if(*(ch + 3) == ' ' && /* ok, lets see if its a possible numeric.. */ IsDigit(*ch) && IsDigit(*(ch + 1)) && IsDigit(*(ch + 2))) { mptr = NULL; numeric = ch; ServerStats.is_num++; s = ch + 3; /* I know this is ' ' from above if */ *s++ = '\0'; /* blow away the ' ', and point s to next part */ } else { int ii = 0; if((s = strchr(ch, ' '))) *s++ = '\0'; mptr = hash_parse(ch); /* no command or its encap only, error */ if(!mptr || !mptr->cmd) { /* * Note: Give error message *only* to recognized * persons. It's a nightmare situation to have * two programs sending "Unknown command"'s or * equivalent to each other at full blast.... * If it has got to person state, it at least * seems to be well behaving. Perhaps this message * should never be generated, though... --msa * Hm, when is the buffer empty -- if a command * code has been found ?? -Armin */ if(pbuffer[0] != '\0') { if(IsClient(from)) sendto_one(from, form_str(ERR_UNKNOWNCOMMAND), me.name, from->name, ch); } ServerStats.is_unco++; return; } ii = bufend - ((s) ? s : ch); mptr->bytes += ii; } end = bufend - 1; /* XXX this should be done before parse() is called */ if(*end == '\n') *end-- = '\0'; if(*end == '\r') *end = '\0'; if(s != NULL) i = string_to_array(s, para); if(mptr == NULL) { do_numeric(numeric, client_p, from, i, para); return; } if(handle_command(mptr, client_p, from, i, /* XXX discards const!!! */ (const char **)para) < -1) { char *p; for(p = pbuffer; p <= end; p += 8) { /* HACK HACK */ /* Its expected this nasty code can be removed * or rewritten later if still needed. */ if((unsigned long)(p + 8) > (unsigned long)end) { for(; p <= end; p++) { ilog(L_MAIN, "%02x |%c", p[0], p[0]); } } else ilog(L_MAIN, "%02x %02x %02x %02x %02x %02x %02x %02x |%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c", p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3], p[4], p[5], p[6], p[7], p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3], p[4], p[5], p[6], p[7]); } } } /* * handle_command * * inputs - pointer to message block * - pointer to client * - pointer to client message is from * - count of number of args * - pointer to argv[] array * output - -1 if error from server * side effects - */ static int handle_command(struct Message *mptr, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *from, int i, const char **hpara) { struct MessageEntry ehandler; MessageHandler handler = 0; static time_t last_warning; if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return -1; if(IsServer(client_p)) mptr->rcount++; mptr->count++; /* New patch to avoid server flooding from unregistered connects - Pie-Man 07/27/2000 */ if(!IsRegistered(client_p)) { /* if its from a possible server connection * ignore it.. more than likely its a header thats sneaked through */ if(IsAnyServer(client_p) && !(mptr->flags & MFLG_UNREG)) return (1); } ehandler = mptr->handlers[from->handler]; handler = ehandler.handler; /* check right amount of params is passed... --is */ if(i < ehandler.min_para || (ehandler.min_para && EmptyString(hpara[ehandler.min_para - 1]))) { if(!IsServer(client_p)) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, EmptyString(client_p->name) ? "*" : client_p->name, mptr->cmd); if(MyClient(client_p)) return (1); else return (-1); } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Dropping server %s due to (invalid) command '%s'" " with only %d arguments (expecting %d).", client_p->name, mptr->cmd, i, ehandler.min_para); ilog(L_SERVER, "Insufficient parameters (%d) for command '%s' from %s.", i, mptr->cmd, client_p->name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Not enough arguments to server command."); return (-1); } (*handler) (client_p, from, i, hpara); if(!IsAnyDead(client_p) && IsCork(client_p) && !IsCapable(client_p, CAP_ZIP)) { if(last_warning + 300 <= rb_current_time()) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bug: client %s was left corked after command %s", client_p->name, mptr->cmd); last_warning = rb_current_time(); } client_p->localClient->cork_count = 0; send_pop_queue(client_p); } return (1); } void handle_encap(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *command, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Message *mptr; struct MessageEntry ehandler; MessageHandler handler = 0; parv[0] = source_p->name; mptr = hash_parse(command); if(mptr == NULL || mptr->cmd == NULL) return; ehandler = mptr->handlers[ENCAP_HANDLER]; handler = ehandler.handler; if(parc < ehandler.min_para || (ehandler.min_para && EmptyString(parv[ehandler.min_para - 1]))) return; (*handler) (client_p, source_p, parc, parv); } /* * clear_hash_parse() * * inputs - * output - NONE * side effects - MUST MUST be called at startup ONCE before * any other keyword hash routine is used. * */ void clear_hash_parse() { memset(msg_hash_table, 0, sizeof(msg_hash_table)); } /* mod_add_cmd * * inputs - command name * - pointer to struct Message * output - none * side effects - load this one command name * msg->count msg->bytes is modified in place, in * modules address space. Might not want to do that... */ void mod_add_cmd(struct Message *msg) { struct MessageHash *ptr; struct MessageHash *last_ptr = NULL; struct MessageHash *new_ptr; int msgindex; s_assert(msg != NULL); if(msg == NULL) return; msgindex = cmd_hash(msg->cmd); for(ptr = msg_hash_table[msgindex]; ptr; ptr = ptr->next) { if(strcasecmp(msg->cmd, ptr->cmd) == 0) return; /* Its already added */ last_ptr = ptr; } new_ptr = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct MessageHash)); new_ptr->next = NULL; new_ptr->cmd = rb_strdup(msg->cmd); new_ptr->msg = msg; msg->count = 0; msg->rcount = 0; msg->bytes = 0; if(last_ptr == NULL) msg_hash_table[msgindex] = new_ptr; else last_ptr->next = new_ptr; } /* mod_del_cmd * * inputs - command name * output - none * side effects - unload this one command name */ void mod_del_cmd(struct Message *msg) { struct MessageHash *ptr; struct MessageHash *last_ptr = NULL; int msgindex; s_assert(msg != NULL); if(msg == NULL) return; msgindex = cmd_hash(msg->cmd); for(ptr = msg_hash_table[msgindex]; ptr; ptr = ptr->next) { if(strcasecmp(msg->cmd, ptr->cmd) == 0) { rb_free(ptr->cmd); if(last_ptr != NULL) last_ptr->next = ptr->next; else msg_hash_table[msgindex] = ptr->next; rb_free(ptr); return; } last_ptr = ptr; } } /* hash_parse * * inputs - command name * output - pointer to struct Message * side effects - */ static struct Message * hash_parse(const char *cmd) { struct MessageHash *ptr; int msgindex; msgindex = cmd_hash(cmd); for(ptr = msg_hash_table[msgindex]; ptr; ptr = ptr->next) { if(strcasecmp(cmd, ptr->cmd) == 0) return (ptr->msg); } return NULL; } /* * hash * * inputs - char string * output - hash index * side effects - NONE * * BUGS - This was a horrible hash function, now its an okay one... */ static uint32_t cmd_hash(const char *p) { uint32_t hash_val = 0, q = 1, n; while(*p) { n = ToUpper(*p++); hash_val += ((n) + (q++ << 1)) ^ ((n) << 2); } /* note that 9 comes from 2^9 = MAX_MSG_HASH */ return (hash_val >> (32 - 9)) ^ (hash_val & (MAX_MSG_HASH - 1)); } /* cancel_clients() * * inputs - client who sent us the message, client with fake * direction, command * outputs - a given warning about the fake direction * side effects - */ static void cancel_clients(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p) { /* ok, fake prefix happens naturally during a burst on a nick * collision with TS5, we cant kill them because one client has to * survive, so we just send an error. */ if(IsServer(source_p) || IsMe(source_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Message for %s[%s] from %s", source_p->name, source_p->from->name, client_p->name); } else { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Message for %s[%s@%s!%s] from %s (TS, ignored)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->from->name, client_p->name); } } /* remove_unknown() * * inputs - client who gave us message, supposed sender, buffer * output - * side effects - kills issued for clients, squits for servers */ static void remove_unknown(struct Client *client_p, char *lsender, char *lbuffer) { int slen = strlen(lsender); /* meepfoo is a nickname (KILL) * #XXXXXXXX is a UID (KILL) * #XX is a SID (SQUIT) * meep.foo is a server (SQUIT) */ if((IsDigit(lsender[0]) && slen == 3) || (strchr(lsender, '.') != NULL)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Unknown prefix (%s) from %s, Squitting %s", lbuffer, client_p->name, lsender); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SQUIT %s :(Unknown prefix (%s) from %s)", get_id(&me, client_p), lsender, lbuffer, client_p->name); } else sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Unknown Client)", get_id(&me, client_p), lsender, me.name); } /* * * parc number of arguments ('sender' counted as one!) * parv[0] pointer to 'sender' (may point to empty string) (not used) * parv[1]..parv[parc-1] * pointers to additional parameters, this is a NULL * terminated list (parv[parc] == NULL). * * *WARNING* * Numerics are mostly error reports. If there is something * wrong with the message, just *DROP* it! Don't even think of * sending back a neat error message -- big danger of creating * a ping pong error message... */ static void do_numeric(char numeric[], struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; if(parc < 2 || !IsServer(source_p)) return; /* Remap low number numerics. */ if(numeric[0] == '0') numeric[0] = '1'; /* * Prepare the parameter portion of the message into 'buffer'. * (Because the buffer is twice as large as the message buffer * for the socket, no overflow can occur here... ...on current * assumptions--bets are off, if these are changed --msa) * Note: if buffer is non-empty, it will begin with SPACE. */ if(parc > 1) { char *t = buffer; /* Current position within the buffer */ int i; int tl; /* current length of presently being built string in t */ for(i = 2; i < (parc - 1); i++) { tl = rb_sprintf(t, " %s", parv[i]); t += tl; } rb_sprintf(t, " :%s", parv[parc - 1]); } if((target_p = find_client(parv[1])) != NULL) { if(IsMe(target_p)) { /* * We shouldn't get numerics sent to us, * any numerics we do get indicate a bug somewhere.. */ /* ugh. this is here because of nick collisions. when two servers * relink, they burst each other their nicks, then perform collides. * if there is a nick collision, BOTH servers will kill their own * nicks, and BOTH will kill the other servers nick, which wont exist, * because it will have been already killed by the local server. * * unfortunately, as we cant guarantee other servers will do the * "right thing" on a nick collision, we have to keep both kills. * ergo we need to ignore ERR_NOSUCHNICK. --fl_ */ /* quick comment. This _was_ tried. i.e. assume the other servers * will do the "right thing" and kill a nick that is colliding. * unfortunately, it did not work. --Dianora */ /* note, now we send PING on server connect, we can * also get ERR_NOSUCHSERVER.. */ if(atoi(numeric) != ERR_NOSUCHNICK && atoi(numeric) != ERR_NOSUCHSERVER) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ADMIN, "*** %s(via %s) sent a %s numeric to me: %s", source_p->name, client_p->name, numeric, buffer); return; } else if(target_p->from == client_p) { /* This message changed direction (nick collision?) * ignore it. */ return; } /* csircd will send out unknown umode flag for +a (admin), drop it here. */ if((atoi(numeric) == ERR_UMODEUNKNOWNFLAG) && MyClient(target_p)) return; /* Fake it for server hiding, if its our client */ sendto_one(target_p, ":%s %s %s%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), numeric, get_id(target_p, target_p), buffer); return; } else if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) != NULL) sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s %s %s %s", source_p->name, numeric, chptr->chname, buffer); } int m_not_oper(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return 0; } int m_unregistered(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { /* bit of a hack. * I don't =really= want to waste a bit in a flag * number_of_nick_changes is only really valid after the client * is fully registered.. */ if(client_p->localClient->number_of_nick_changes == 0) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_NOTREGISTERED), me.name); client_p->localClient->number_of_nick_changes++; } return 0; } int m_registered(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_ALREADYREGISTRED), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } int m_ignore(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/cache.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000020266�11730550233�015174� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * cache.c - code for caching files * * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: cache.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "cache.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" struct cachefile *user_motd = NULL; struct cachefile *oper_motd = NULL; struct cacheline *emptyline = NULL; rb_dlink_list links_cache_list; char user_motd_changed[MAX_DATE_STRING]; /* init_cache() * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - inits the file/line cache blockheaps, loads motds */ void init_cache(void) { /* allocate the emptyline */ emptyline = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct cacheline)); emptyline->data[0] = ' '; emptyline->data[1] = '\0'; user_motd_changed[0] = '\0'; user_motd = cache_file(MPATH, "ircd.motd", 0); oper_motd = cache_file(OPATH, "opers.motd", 0); memset(&links_cache_list, 0, sizeof(links_cache_list)); } /* * removes tabs from src, replaces with 8 spaces, and returns the length * of the new string. if the new string would be greater than destlen, * it is truncated to destlen - 1 */ static size_t untabify(char *dest, const char *src, size_t destlen) { size_t x = 0, i; const char *s = src; char *d = dest; while(*s != '\0' && x < destlen - 1) { if(*s == '\t') { for(i = 0; i < 8 && x < destlen - 1; i++, x++, d++) *d = ' '; s++; } else { *d++ = *s++; x++; } } *d = '\0'; return x; } /* cache_file() * * inputs - file to cache, files "shortname", flags to set * outputs - pointer to file cached, else NULL * side effects - */ struct cachefile * cache_file(const char *filename, const char *shortname, int flags) { FILE *in; struct cachefile *cacheptr; struct cacheline *lineptr; char line[BUFSIZE]; struct stat st; char *p; if((in = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL) return NULL; /* check and make sure we have something that is a file... */ if(fstat(fileno(in), &st) == -1) { fclose(in); return NULL; } if(!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) { fclose(in); return NULL; } cacheptr = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct cachefile)); rb_strlcpy(cacheptr->name, shortname, sizeof(cacheptr->name)); cacheptr->flags = flags; /* cache the file... */ while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), in) != NULL) { if((p = strpbrk(line, "\r\n")) != NULL) *p = '\0'; if(!EmptyString(line)) { lineptr = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct cacheline)); untabify(lineptr->data, line, sizeof(lineptr->data)); rb_dlinkAddTail(lineptr, &lineptr->linenode, &cacheptr->contents); } else rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(emptyline, &cacheptr->contents); } if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cacheptr->contents) == 0) { rb_free(cacheptr); cacheptr = NULL; } fclose(in); return cacheptr; } void cache_links(void *unused) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; char *links_line; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, links_cache_list.head) { rb_free(ptr->data); rb_free_rb_dlink_node(ptr); } links_cache_list.head = links_cache_list.tail = NULL; links_cache_list.length = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; /* skip ourselves (done in /links) and hidden servers */ if(IsMe(target_p) || (IsHidden(target_p) && !ConfigServerHide.disable_hidden)) continue; /* if the below is ever modified, change LINKSLINELEN */ links_line = rb_malloc(LINKSLINELEN); rb_snprintf(links_line, LINKSLINELEN, "%s %s :1 %s", target_p->name, me.name, target_p->info[0] ? target_p->info : "(Unknown Location)"); rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(links_line, &links_cache_list); } } /* free_cachefile() * * inputs - cachefile to free * outputs - * side effects - cachefile and its data is free'd */ void free_cachefile(struct cachefile *cacheptr) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; if(cacheptr == NULL) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, cacheptr->contents.head) { if(ptr->data != emptyline) rb_free(ptr->data); } rb_free(cacheptr); } /* load_help() * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - contents of help directories are loaded. */ void load_help(void) { DIR *helpfile_dir = NULL; struct dirent *ldirent = NULL; char filename[MAXPATHLEN]; struct cachefile *cacheptr; #if defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(HAVE_LSTAT) struct stat sb; #endif /* opers must be done first */ helpfile_dir = opendir(HPATH); if(helpfile_dir == NULL) return; while((ldirent = readdir(helpfile_dir)) != NULL) { rb_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "%s/%s", HPATH, ldirent->d_name); cacheptr = cache_file(filename, ldirent->d_name, HELP_OPER); if(cacheptr != NULL) add_to_help_hash(cacheptr->name, cacheptr); } closedir(helpfile_dir); helpfile_dir = opendir(UHPATH); if(helpfile_dir == NULL) return; while((ldirent = readdir(helpfile_dir)) != NULL) { rb_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "%s/%s", UHPATH, ldirent->d_name); #if defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(HAVE_LSTAT) if(lstat(filename, &sb) < 0) continue; /* ok, if its a symlink, we work on the presumption if an * oper help exists of that name, its a symlink to that --fl */ if(S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) { cacheptr = hash_find_help(ldirent->d_name, HELP_OPER); if(cacheptr != NULL) { cacheptr->flags |= HELP_USER; continue; } } #endif cacheptr = cache_file(filename, ldirent->d_name, HELP_USER); if(cacheptr != NULL) add_to_help_hash(cacheptr->name, cacheptr); } closedir(helpfile_dir); } /* send_user_motd() * * inputs - client to send motd to * outputs - client is sent motd if exists, else ERR_NOMOTD * side effects - */ void send_user_motd(struct Client *source_p) { struct cacheline *lineptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; const char *myname = get_id(&me, source_p); const char *nick = get_id(source_p, source_p); if(user_motd == NULL || rb_dlink_list_length(&user_motd->contents) == 0) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOMOTD), myname, nick); return; } SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MOTDSTART), myname, nick, me.name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, user_motd->contents.head) { lineptr = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MOTD), myname, nick, lineptr->data); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMOTD), myname, nick); } void cache_user_motd(void) { struct stat sb; struct tm *local_tm; if(stat(MPATH, &sb) == 0) { local_tm = gmtime(&sb.st_mtime); if(local_tm != NULL) { rb_snprintf(user_motd_changed, sizeof(user_motd_changed), "%d/%d/%d %d:%d", local_tm->tm_mday, local_tm->tm_mon + 1, 1900 + local_tm->tm_year, local_tm->tm_hour, local_tm->tm_min); } } free_cachefile(user_motd); user_motd = cache_file(MPATH, "ircd.motd", 0); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/version.c.SH������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004663�11730744145�016141� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # $Id: version.c.SH 27381 2012-03-16 23:10:29Z dubkat $ spitshell=cat package=ircd-ratbox echo "Extracting $package/src/version.c..." if test -r version.c.last then generation=`sed -n 's/^const char \*generation = \"\(.*\)\";/\1/p' < version.c.last` if test ! "$generation" ; then generation=0; fi else generation=0 fi generation=`expr $generation + 1` uname=`uname -a` creation=`LC_ALL=C date | \ awk '{if (NF == 6) \ { print $1 " " $2 " " $3 " " $6 " at " $4 " " $5 } \ else \ { print $1 " " $2 " " $3 " " $7 " at " $4 " " $5 " " $6 }}'` $spitshell >version.c <<!SUB!THIS! /* * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, src/version.c * Copyright (C) 1990 Chelsea Ashley Dyerman * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* * This file is generated by version.c.SH. Any changes made will go away. */ #include "../include/patchlevel.h" #include "../include/serno.h" const char *generation = "$generation"; const char *platform = "$uname"; const char *ircd_version = PATCHLEVEL; const char *serno = SERIALNUM; const char *creation = "$creation"; const char *infotext[] = { "$package --", "Based on the original code written by Jarkko Oikarinen", "Copyright 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 University of Oulu, Computing Center", "Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Hybrid Development Team", "Copyright (c) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox Development Team", "", "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or", "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as", "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or", "(at your option) any later version.", "", !SUB!THIS! IFS=' ' for i in `grep -v '^$Id' ../CREDITS |tr -d '"'` ; do echo " \"$i\"," >> version.c done $spitshell >>version.c <<!SUB!THISTOO! "", 0, }; !SUB!THISTOO! �����������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/match.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000064104�11064743132�015226� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/************************************************************************ * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, src/match.c * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: match.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ * */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "struct.h" #include "match.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "client.h" /* match() * * Compare if a given string (name) matches the given * mask (which can contain wild cards: '*' - match any * number of chars, '?' - match any single character. * * return 1, if match * 0, if no match * * Originally by Douglas A Lewis (dalewis@acsu.buffalo.edu) */ #define MATCH_MAX_CALLS 512 /* ACK! This dies when it's less that this and we have long lines to parse */ int match(const char *mask, const char *name) { const unsigned char *m = (const unsigned char *)mask; const unsigned char *n = (const unsigned char *)name; const unsigned char *ma = (const unsigned char *)mask; const unsigned char *na = (const unsigned char *)name; int wild = 0; int calls = 0; s_assert(mask != NULL); s_assert(name != NULL); if(!mask || !name) return 0; /* if the mask is "*", it matches everything */ if((*m == '*') && (*(m + 1) == '\0')) return 1; while(calls++ < MATCH_MAX_CALLS) { if(*m == '*') { /* * XXX - shouldn't need to spin here, the mask should have been * collapsed before match is called */ while(*m == '*') m++; wild = 1; ma = m; na = n; } if(!*m) { if(!*n) return 1; for(m--; (m > (const unsigned char *)mask) && (*m == '?'); m--) ; if(*m == '*' && (m > (const unsigned char *)mask)) return 1; if(!wild) return 0; m = ma; n = ++na; } else if(!*n) { /* * XXX - shouldn't need to spin here, the mask should have been * collapsed before match is called */ while(*m == '*') m++; return (*m == 0); } if(ToLower(*m) != ToLower(*n) && *m != '?') { if(!wild) return 0; m = ma; n = ++na; } else { if(*m) m++; if(*n) n++; } } return 0; } /* match_esc() * * The match() function with support for escaping characters such * as '*', '?', '#' and '@' */ int match_esc(const char *mask, const char *name) { const unsigned char *m = (const unsigned char *)mask; const unsigned char *n = (const unsigned char *)name; const unsigned char *ma = (const unsigned char *)mask; const unsigned char *na = (const unsigned char *)name; int wild = 0; int calls = 0; int quote = 0; int match1 = 0; s_assert(mask != NULL); s_assert(name != NULL); if(!mask || !name) return 0; /* if the mask is "*", it matches everything */ if((*m == '*') && (*(m + 1) == '\0')) return 1; while(calls++ < MATCH_MAX_CALLS) { if(quote) quote++; if(quote == 3) quote = 0; if(*m == '\\' && !quote) { m++; quote = 1; continue; } if(!quote && *m == '*') { /* * XXX - shouldn't need to spin here, the mask should have been * collapsed before match is called */ while(*m == '*') m++; wild = 1; ma = m; na = n; if(*m == '\\') { m++; /* This means it is an invalid mask -A1kmm. */ if(!*m) return 0; quote++; continue; } } if(!*m) { if(!*n) return 1; if(quote) return 0; for(m--; (m > (const unsigned char *)mask) && (*m == '?'); m--);; if(*m == '*' && (m > (const unsigned char *)mask)) return 1; if(!wild) return 0; m = ma; n = ++na; } else if(!*n) { /* * XXX - shouldn't need to spin here, the mask should have been * collapsed before match is called */ if(quote) return 0; while(*m == '*') m++; return (*m == 0); } if(quote) match1 = *m == 's' ? *n == ' ' : ToLower(*m) == ToLower(*n); else if(*m == '?') match1 = 1; else if(*m == '@') match1 = IsLetter(*n); else if(*m == '#') match1 = IsDigit(*n); else match1 = ToLower(*m) == ToLower(*n); if(match1) { if(*m) m++; if(*n) n++; } else { if(!wild) return 0; m = ma; n = ++na; } } return 0; } int comp_with_mask(void *addr, void *dest, unsigned int mask) { if(memcmp(addr, dest, mask / 8) == 0) { int n = mask / 8; int m = ((-1) << (8 - (mask % 8))); if(mask % 8 == 0 || (((uint8_t *)addr)[n] & m) == (((uint8_t *)dest)[n] & m)) return 1; } return 0; } int comp_with_mask_sock(struct sockaddr *addr, struct sockaddr *dest, unsigned int mask) { void *iaddr = NULL; void *idest = NULL; if(addr->sa_family == AF_INET) { iaddr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)(void *)addr)->sin_addr; idest = &((struct sockaddr_in *)(void *)dest)->sin_addr; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else { iaddr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)(void *)addr)->sin6_addr; idest = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)(void *)dest)->sin6_addr; } #endif return (comp_with_mask(iaddr, idest, mask)); } /* * match_ips() * * Input - cidr ip mask, address */ int match_ips(const char *s1, const char *s2) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage ipaddr, maskaddr; char mask[BUFSIZE]; char address[HOSTLEN + 1]; char *len; void *ipptr, *maskptr; int cidrlen, aftype; rb_strlcpy(mask, s1, sizeof(mask)); rb_strlcpy(address, s2, sizeof(address)); len = strrchr(mask, '/'); if(len == NULL) return 0; *len++ = '\0'; cidrlen = atoi(len); if(cidrlen == 0) return 0; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(strchr(mask, ':') && strchr(address, ':')) { aftype = AF_INET6; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&ipaddr)->sin6_addr; maskptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&maskaddr)->sin6_addr; } else #endif if(!strchr(mask, ':') && !strchr(address, ':')) { aftype = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)&ipaddr)->sin_addr; maskptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)&maskaddr)->sin_addr; } else return 0; rb_inet_pton(aftype, address, ipptr); rb_inet_pton(aftype, mask, maskptr); if(comp_with_mask(ipptr, maskptr, cidrlen)) return 1; else return 0; } /* match_cidr() * Matches cidr channel bans in *@host form * Input - mask, address * Ouput - 1 = Matched 0 = Did not match */ int match_cidr(const char *s1, const char *s2) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage ipaddr, maskaddr; char mask[BUFSIZE]; char address[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 6]; char *ipmask; char *ip; char *len; void *ipptr, *maskptr; int cidrlen, aftype; rb_strlcpy(mask, s1, sizeof(mask)); rb_strlcpy(address, s2, sizeof(address)); ipmask = strrchr(mask, '@'); if(ipmask == NULL) return 0; *ipmask++ = '\0'; ip = strrchr(address, '@'); if(ip == NULL) return 0; *ip++ = '\0'; len = strrchr(ipmask, '/'); if(len == NULL) return 0; *len++ = '\0'; cidrlen = atoi(len); if(cidrlen == 0) return 0; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(strchr(ip, ':') && strchr(ipmask, ':')) { aftype = AF_INET6; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&ipaddr)->sin6_addr; maskptr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&maskaddr)->sin6_addr; } else #endif if(!strchr(ip, ':') && !strchr(ipmask, ':')) { aftype = AF_INET; ipptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)&ipaddr)->sin_addr; maskptr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)&maskaddr)->sin_addr; } else return 0; rb_inet_pton(aftype, ip, ipptr); rb_inet_pton(aftype, ipmask, maskptr); if(comp_with_mask(ipptr, maskptr, cidrlen) && match(mask, address)) return 1; else return 0; } /* collapse() * * collapses a string containing multiple *'s. */ char * collapse(char *pattern) { char *p = pattern, *po = pattern; char c; int f = 0; if(p == NULL) return NULL; while((c = *p++)) { if(c == '*') { if(!(f & 1)) *po++ = '*'; f |= 1; } else { *po++ = c; f &= ~1; } } *po++ = 0; return pattern; } /* collapse_esc() * * The collapse() function with support for escaping characters */ char * collapse_esc(char *pattern) { char *p = pattern, *po = pattern; char c; int f = 0; if(p == NULL) return NULL; while((c = *p++)) { if(!(f & 2) && c == '*') { if(!(f & 1)) *po++ = '*'; f |= 1; } else if(!(f & 2) && c == '\\') { *po++ = '\\'; f |= 2; } else { *po++ = c; f &= ~3; } } *po++ = 0; return pattern; } /* * irccmp - case insensitive comparison of two 0 terminated strings. * * returns 0, if s1 equal to s2 * <0, if s1 lexicographically less than s2 * >0, if s1 lexicographically greater than s2 */ int irccmp(const char *s1, const char *s2) { const unsigned char *str1 = (const unsigned char *)s1; const unsigned char *str2 = (const unsigned char *)s2; int res; s_assert(s1 != NULL); s_assert(s2 != NULL); while((res = ToUpper(*str1) - ToUpper(*str2)) == 0) { if(*str1 == '\0') return 0; str1++; str2++; } return (res); } int ircncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int n) { const unsigned char *str1 = (const unsigned char *)s1; const unsigned char *str2 = (const unsigned char *)s2; int res; s_assert(s1 != NULL); s_assert(s2 != NULL); while((res = ToUpper(*str1) - ToUpper(*str2)) == 0) { str1++; str2++; n--; if(n == 0 || (*str1 == '\0' && *str2 == '\0')) return 0; } return (res); } /* * valid_hostname - check hostname for validity * * Inputs - pointer to user * Output - YES if valid, NO if not * Side effects - NONE * * NOTE: this doesn't allow a hostname to begin with a dot and * will not allow more dots than chars. */ int valid_hostname(const char *hostname) { const char *p = hostname; int found_sep = 0; s_assert(NULL != p); if(hostname == NULL) return NO; if('.' == *p || ':' == *p) return NO; while(*p) { if(!IsHostChar(*p)) return NO; if(*p == '.' || *p == ':') found_sep++; p++; } if(found_sep == 0) return (NO); return (YES); } /* * valid_username - check username for validity * * Inputs - pointer to user * Output - YES if valid, NO if not * Side effects - NONE * * Absolutely always reject any '*' '!' '?' '@' in an user name * reject any odd control characters names. * Allow '.' in username to allow for "first.last" * style of username */ int valid_username(const char *username) { int dots = 0; const char *p = username; s_assert(NULL != p); if(username == NULL) return NO; if('~' == *p) ++p; /* reject usernames that don't start with an alphanum * i.e. reject jokers who have '-@somehost' or '.@somehost' * or "-hi-@somehost", "h-----@somehost" would still be accepted. */ if(!IsAlNum(*p)) return NO; while(*++p) { if((*p == '.') && ConfigFileEntry.dots_in_ident) { dots++; if(dots > ConfigFileEntry.dots_in_ident) return NO; if(!IsUserChar(p[1])) return NO; } else if(!IsUserChar(*p)) return NO; } return YES; } int valid_servername(const char *servername) { const char *s; int dots = 0; for(s = servername; *s != '\0'; s++) { if(!IsServChar(*s)) { return NO; } if(*s == '.') dots++; } if(dots == 0) { return NO; } return YES; } const unsigned char ToLowerTab[] = { 0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x4, 0x5, 0x6, 0x7, 0x8, 0x9, 0xa, 0xb, 0xc, 0xd, 0xe, 0xf, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', 0x27, '(', ')', '*', '+', ',', '-', '.', '/', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', '@', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', '{', '|', '}', '~', '_', '`', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', '{', '|', '}', '~', 0x7f, 0x80, 0x81, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e, 0x8f, 0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97, 0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0x9b, 0x9c, 0x9d, 0x9e, 0x9f, 0xa0, 0xa1, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae, 0xaf, 0xb0, 0xb1, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe, 0xbf, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde, 0xdf, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xff }; const unsigned char ToUpperTab[] = { 0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x4, 0x5, 0x6, 0x7, 0x8, 0x9, 0xa, 0xb, 0xc, 0xd, 0xe, 0xf, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', 0x27, '(', ')', '*', '+', ',', '-', '.', '/', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', 0x5f, '`', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', 0x7f, 0x80, 0x81, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e, 0x8f, 0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97, 0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0x9b, 0x9c, 0x9d, 0x9e, 0x9f, 0xa0, 0xa1, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae, 0xaf, 0xb0, 0xb1, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe, 0xbf, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde, 0xdf, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xff }; /* * CharAttrs table * * NOTE: RFC 1459 sez: anything but a ^G, comma, or space is allowed * for channel names */ const unsigned int CharAttrs[] = { /* 0 */ CNTRL_C, /* 1 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 2 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | FCHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 3 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | FCHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 4 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 5 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 6 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 7 BEL */ CNTRL_C | NONEOS_C, /* 8 \b */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 9 \t */ CNTRL_C | SPACE_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 10 \n */ CNTRL_C | SPACE_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | EOL_C, /* 11 \v */ CNTRL_C | SPACE_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 12 \f */ CNTRL_C | SPACE_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 13 \r */ CNTRL_C | SPACE_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | EOL_C, /* 14 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 15 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 16 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 17 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 18 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 19 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 20 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 21 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 22 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | FCHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 23 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 24 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 25 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 26 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 27 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 28 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 29 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 30 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 31 */ CNTRL_C | CHAN_C | FCHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* SP */ PRINT_C | SPACE_C, /* ! */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* " */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* # */ PRINT_C | MWILD_C | CHANPFX_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* $ */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* % */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* & */ PRINT_C | CHANPFX_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* ' */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* ( */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* ) */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* * */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | MWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | SERV_C, /* + */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* , */ PRINT_C | NONEOS_C, /* - */ PRINT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* . */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C | SERV_C, /* / */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 1 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 2 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 3 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 4 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 5 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 6 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 7 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 8 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* 9 */ PRINT_C | DIGIT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* : */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | HOST_C, /* ; */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* < */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* = */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* > */ PRINT_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* ? */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | MWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* @ */ PRINT_C | KWILD_C | MWILD_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* A */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* B */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* C */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* D */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* E */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* F */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* G */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* H */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* I */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* J */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* K */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* L */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* M */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* N */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* O */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* P */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* Q */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* R */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* S */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* T */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* U */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* V */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* W */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* X */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* Y */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* Z */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* [ */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* \ */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* ] */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* ^ */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* _ */ PRINT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* ` */ PRINT_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* a */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* b */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* c */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* d */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* e */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* f */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* g */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* h */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* i */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* j */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* k */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* l */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* m */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* n */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* o */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* p */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* q */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* r */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* s */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* t */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* u */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* v */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* w */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* x */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* y */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* z */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | LET_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C | HOST_C, /* { */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* | */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* } */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | NICK_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* ~ */ PRINT_C | ALPHA_C | CHAN_C | NONEOS_C | USER_C, /* del */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x80 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x81 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x82 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x83 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x84 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x85 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x86 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x87 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x88 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x89 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8A */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8B */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8C */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8D */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8E */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x8F */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x90 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x91 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x92 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x93 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x94 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x95 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x96 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x97 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x98 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x99 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9A */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9B */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9C */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9D */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9E */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0x9F */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA0 */ CHAN_C | FCHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xA9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAD */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xAF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB0 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xB9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBD */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xBF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC0 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xC9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCD */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xCF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD0 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xD9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDD */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xDF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE0 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xE9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xEA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xEB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xEC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xED */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xEE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xEF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF0 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF1 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF2 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF3 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF4 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF5 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF6 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF7 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF8 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xF9 */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFA */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFB */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFC */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFD */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFE */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C, /* 0xFF */ CHAN_C | NONEOS_C }; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/channel.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000061740�11730550233�015543� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * channel.c: Controls channels. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: channel.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "hook.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" /* captab */ #include "s_user.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "s_conf.h" /* ConfigFileEntry, ConfigChannel */ #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" struct config_channel_entry ConfigChannel; rb_dlink_list global_channel_list; static rb_bh *channel_heap; static rb_bh *ban_heap; static rb_bh *topic_heap; static rb_bh *member_heap; struct ev_entry *checksplit_ev; static int channel_capabs[] = { CAP_EX, CAP_IE, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES CAP_SERVICE, #endif CAP_TS6 }; #define NCHCAPS (sizeof(channel_capabs)/sizeof(int)) #define NCHCAP_COMBOS (1 << NCHCAPS) static struct ChCapCombo chcap_combos[NCHCAP_COMBOS]; static void free_topic(struct Channel *chptr); /* init_channels() * * input - * output - * side effects - initialises the various blockheaps */ void init_channels(void) { channel_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct Channel), CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE, "channel_heap"); ban_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct Ban), BAN_HEAP_SIZE, "ban_heap"); topic_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct topic_info), TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE, "topic_heap"); member_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct membership), MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE, "member_heap"); } /* * allocate_channel - Allocates a channel */ struct Channel * allocate_channel(const char *chname) { struct Channel *chptr; chptr = rb_bh_alloc(channel_heap); chptr->chname = rb_strndup(chname, CHANNELLEN); return (chptr); } void free_channel(struct Channel *chptr) { rb_free(chptr->chname); rb_bh_free(channel_heap, chptr); } struct Ban * allocate_ban(const char *banstr, const char *who) { struct Ban *bptr; bptr = rb_bh_alloc(ban_heap); bptr->banstr = rb_strndup(banstr, BANLEN); bptr->who = rb_strndup(who, BANLEN); return (bptr); } void free_ban(struct Ban *bptr) { rb_free(bptr->banstr); rb_free(bptr->who); rb_bh_free(ban_heap, bptr); } /* find_channel_membership() * * input - channel to find them in, client to find * output - membership of client in channel, else NULL * side effects - */ struct membership * find_channel_membership(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *client_p) { struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(!IsClient(client_p)) return NULL; /* Pick the most efficient list to use to be nice to things like * CHANSERV which could be in a large number of channels */ if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) < rb_dlink_list_length(&client_p->user->channel)) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; if(msptr->client_p == client_p) return msptr; } } else { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, client_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = ptr->data; if(msptr->chptr == chptr) return msptr; } } return NULL; } /* find_channel_status() * * input - membership to get status for, whether we can combine flags * output - flags of user on channel * side effects - */ const char * find_channel_status(struct membership *msptr, int combine) { static char buffer[3]; char *p; p = buffer; if(is_chanop(msptr)) { if(!combine) return "@"; *p++ = '@'; } if(is_voiced(msptr)) *p++ = '+'; *p = '\0'; return buffer; } /* add_user_to_channel() * * input - channel to add client to, client to add, channel flags * output - * side effects - user is added to channel */ void add_user_to_channel(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *client_p, int flags) { struct membership *msptr; s_assert(client_p->user != NULL); if(client_p->user == NULL) return; msptr = rb_bh_alloc(member_heap); msptr->chptr = chptr; msptr->client_p = client_p; msptr->flags = flags; rb_dlinkAdd(msptr, &msptr->usernode, &client_p->user->channel); rb_dlinkAdd(msptr, &msptr->channode, &chptr->members); if(MyClient(client_p)) rb_dlinkAdd(msptr, &msptr->locchannode, &chptr->locmembers); } /* remove_user_from_channel() * * input - membership pointer to remove from channel * output - * side effects - membership (thus user) is removed from channel */ void remove_user_from_channel(struct membership *msptr) { struct Client *client_p; struct Channel *chptr; s_assert(msptr != NULL); if(msptr == NULL) return; client_p = msptr->client_p; chptr = msptr->chptr; rb_dlinkDelete(&msptr->usernode, &client_p->user->channel); rb_dlinkDelete(&msptr->channode, &chptr->members); if(client_p->servptr == &me) rb_dlinkDelete(&msptr->locchannode, &chptr->locmembers); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) <= 0) destroy_channel(chptr); rb_bh_free(member_heap, msptr); return; } /* remove_user_from_channels() * * input - user to remove from all channels * output - * side effects - user is removed from all channels */ void remove_user_from_channels(struct Client *client_p) { struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; if(client_p == NULL) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, client_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = ptr->data; chptr = msptr->chptr; rb_dlinkDelete(&msptr->channode, &chptr->members); if(client_p->servptr == &me) rb_dlinkDelete(&msptr->locchannode, &chptr->locmembers); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) <= 0) destroy_channel(chptr); rb_bh_free(member_heap, msptr); } client_p->user->channel.head = client_p->user->channel.tail = NULL; client_p->user->channel.length = 0; } /* invalidate_bancache_user() * * input - user to invalidate ban cache for * output - * side effects - ban cache is invalidated for all memberships of that user * to be used after a nick change */ void invalidate_bancache_user(struct Client *client_p) { struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(client_p == NULL) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, client_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = ptr->data; msptr->ban_serial = 0; msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_BANNED; } } /* check_channel_name() * * input - channel name * output - 1 if valid channel name, else 0 * side effects - */ int check_channel_name(const char *name) { s_assert(name != NULL); if(name == NULL) return 0; for(; *name; ++name) { if(!IsChanChar(*name)) return 0; } return 1; } /* free_channel_list() * * input - dlink list to free * output - * side effects - list of b/e/I modes is cleared */ void free_channel_list(rb_dlink_list *list) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct Ban *actualBan; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, list->head) { actualBan = ptr->data; free_ban(actualBan); } list->head = list->tail = NULL; list->length = 0; } /* destroy_channel() * * input - channel to destroy * output - * side effects - channel is obliterated */ void destroy_channel(struct Channel *chptr) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, chptr->invites.head) { del_invite(chptr, ptr->data); } /* free all bans/exceptions/denies */ free_channel_list(&chptr->banlist); free_channel_list(&chptr->exceptlist); free_channel_list(&chptr->invexlist); /* Free the topic */ free_topic(chptr); rb_dlinkDelete(&chptr->node, &global_channel_list); del_from_hash(HASH_CHANNEL, chptr->chname, chptr); free_channel(chptr); } /* channel_pub_or_secret() * * input - channel * output - "=" if public, "@" if secret, else "*" * side effects - */ static const char * channel_pub_or_secret(struct Channel *chptr) { if(PubChannel(chptr)) return ("="); else if(SecretChannel(chptr)) return ("@"); return ("*"); } /* channel_member_names() * * input - channel to list, client to list to, show endofnames * output - * side effects - client is given list of users on channel */ void channel_member_names(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *client_p, int show_eon) { struct membership *msptr; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; char lbuf[BUFSIZE]; char *t; int mlen; int tlen; int cur_len; int is_member; int stack = IsCapable(client_p, CLICAP_MULTI_PREFIX); SetCork(client_p); if(ShowChannel(client_p, chptr)) { is_member = IsMember(client_p, chptr); cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(lbuf, form_str(RPL_NAMREPLY), me.name, client_p->name, channel_pub_or_secret(chptr), chptr->chname); t = lbuf + cur_len; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(IsInvisible(target_p) && !is_member) continue; /* space, possible "@+" prefix */ if(cur_len + strlen(target_p->name) + 3 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, lbuf); cur_len = mlen; t = lbuf + mlen; } tlen = rb_sprintf(t, "%s%s ", find_channel_status(msptr, stack), target_p->name); cur_len += tlen; t += tlen; } /* The old behaviour here was to always output our buffer, * even if there are no clients we can show. This happens * when a client does "NAMES" with no parameters, and all * the clients on a -sp channel are +i. I dont see a good * reason for keeping that behaviour, as it just wastes * bandwidth. --anfl */ if(cur_len != mlen) { *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, lbuf); } } if(show_eon) sendto_one(client_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFNAMES), me.name, client_p->name, chptr->chname); ClearCork(client_p); send_pop_queue(client_p); } /* del_invite() * * input - channel to remove invite from, client to remove * output - * side effects - user is removed from invite list, if exists */ void del_invite(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who) { rb_dlinkFindDestroy(who, &chptr->invites); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(chptr, &who->localClient->invited); } /* is_banned() * * input - channel to check bans for, user to check bans against * optional prebuilt buffers * output - 1 if banned, else 0 * side effects - */ int is_banned(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who, struct membership *msptr, const char *s, const char *s2) { char src_host[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 6]; char src_iphost[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 6]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Ban *actualBan = NULL; struct Ban *actualExcept = NULL; if(!MyClient(who)) return 0; /* if the buffers havent been built, do it here */ if(s == NULL) { rb_sprintf(src_host, "%s!%s@%s", who->name, who->username, who->host); rb_sprintf(src_iphost, "%s!%s@%s", who->name, who->username, who->sockhost); s = src_host; s2 = src_iphost; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->banlist.head) { actualBan = ptr->data; if(match(actualBan->banstr, s) || match(actualBan->banstr, s2) || match_cidr(actualBan->banstr, s2)) break; else actualBan = NULL; } if((actualBan != NULL) && ConfigChannel.use_except) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->exceptlist.head) { actualExcept = ptr->data; /* theyre exempted.. */ if(match(actualExcept->banstr, s) || match(actualExcept->banstr, s2) || match_cidr(actualExcept->banstr, s2)) { /* cache the fact theyre not banned */ if(msptr != NULL) { msptr->ban_serial = chptr->ban_serial; msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_BANNED; } return CHFL_EXCEPTION; } } } /* cache the banned/not banned status */ if(msptr != NULL) { msptr->ban_serial = chptr->ban_serial; if(actualBan != NULL) { msptr->flags |= CHFL_BANNED; return CHFL_BAN; } else { msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_BANNED; return 0; } } return ((actualBan ? CHFL_BAN : 0)); } /* can_send() * * input - user to check in channel, membership pointer * output - whether can explicitly send or not, else CAN_SEND_NONOP * side effects - */ int can_send(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *source_p, struct membership *msptr) { if(IsServer(source_p)) return CAN_SEND_OPV; if(MyClient(source_p) && hash_find_resv(chptr->chname) && !IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptResv(source_p)) return CAN_SEND_NO; if(msptr == NULL) { msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(msptr == NULL) { /* if its +m or +n and theyre not in the channel, * they cant send. we dont check bans here because * theres no possibility of caching them --fl */ if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_NOPRIVMSGS || chptr->mode.mode & MODE_MODERATED) return CAN_SEND_NO; else return CAN_SEND_NONOP; } } if(is_chanop_voiced(msptr)) return CAN_SEND_OPV; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_MODERATED) return CAN_SEND_NO; if(ConfigChannel.quiet_on_ban && MyClient(source_p)) { /* cached can_send */ if(msptr->ban_serial == chptr->ban_serial) { if(can_send_banned(msptr)) return CAN_SEND_NO; } else if(is_banned(chptr, source_p, msptr, NULL, NULL) == CHFL_BAN) return CAN_SEND_NO; } return CAN_SEND_NONOP; } /* void check_spambot_warning(struct Client *source_p) * Input: Client to check, channel name or NULL if this is a part. * Output: none * Side-effects: Updates the client's oper_warn_count_down, warns the * IRC operators if necessary, and updates join_leave_countdown as * needed. */ void check_spambot_warning(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { int t_delta; int decrement_count; if((GlobalSetOptions.spam_num && (source_p->localClient->join_leave_count >= GlobalSetOptions.spam_num))) { if(source_p->localClient->oper_warn_count_down > 0) source_p->localClient->oper_warn_count_down--; else source_p->localClient->oper_warn_count_down = 0; if(source_p->localClient->oper_warn_count_down == 0) { /* Its already known as a possible spambot */ if(name != NULL) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_BOTS, L_ALL, "User %s (%s@%s) trying to join %s is a possible spambot", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, name); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_BOTS, L_ALL, "User %s (%s@%s) is a possible spambot", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); source_p->localClient->oper_warn_count_down = OPER_SPAM_COUNTDOWN; } } else { if((t_delta = (rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->last_leave_time)) > JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT_EXPIRE_TIME) { decrement_count = (t_delta / JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT_EXPIRE_TIME); if(decrement_count > source_p->localClient->join_leave_count) source_p->localClient->join_leave_count = 0; else source_p->localClient->join_leave_count -= decrement_count; } else { if((rb_current_time() - (source_p->localClient->last_join_time)) < GlobalSetOptions.spam_time) { /* oh, its a possible spambot */ source_p->localClient->join_leave_count++; } } if(name != NULL) source_p->localClient->last_join_time = rb_current_time(); else source_p->localClient->last_leave_time = rb_current_time(); } } /* check_splitmode() * * input - * output - * side effects - compares usercount and servercount against their split * values and adjusts splitmode accordingly */ void check_splitmode(void *unused) { if(splitchecking && (ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split || ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split)) { /* not split, we're being asked to check now because someone * has left */ if(!splitmode) { if(eob_count < split_servers || Count.total < split_users) { splitmode = 1; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Network split, activating splitmode"); checksplit_ev = rb_event_addish("check_splitmode", check_splitmode, NULL, 5); } } /* in splitmode, check whether its finished */ else if(eob_count >= split_servers && Count.total >= split_users) { splitmode = 0; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Network rejoined, deactivating splitmode"); rb_event_delete(checksplit_ev); checksplit_ev = NULL; } } } /* allocate_topic() * * input - channel to allocate topic for * output - 1 on success, else 0 * side effects - channel gets a topic allocated */ static void allocate_topic(struct Channel *chptr) { if(chptr == NULL) return; chptr->topic = rb_bh_alloc(topic_heap); } /* free_topic() * * input - channel which has topic to free * output - * side effects - channels topic is free'd */ static void free_topic(struct Channel *chptr) { if(chptr == NULL || chptr->topic == NULL) return; /* This is safe for now - If you change allocate_topic you * MUST change this as well */ rb_free(chptr->topic->topic); rb_bh_free(topic_heap, chptr->topic); chptr->topic = NULL; } /* set_channel_topic() * * input - channel, topic to set, topic info and topic ts * output - * side effects - channels topic, topic info and TS are set. */ void set_channel_topic(struct Channel *chptr, const char *topic, const char *topic_info, time_t topicts) { if(strlen(topic) > 0) { if(chptr->topic == NULL) allocate_topic(chptr); else rb_free(chptr->topic->topic); chptr->topic->topic = rb_strndup(topic, ConfigChannel.topiclen + 1); /* the + 1 for the \0 */ rb_strlcpy(chptr->topic->topic_info, topic_info, sizeof(chptr->topic->topic_info)); chptr->topic->topic_time = topicts; } else { if(chptr->topic != NULL) free_topic(chptr); } } /* channel_modes() * * input - channel, client to build for, modebufs to build to * output - * side effects - user gets list of "simple" modes based on channel access. * NOTE: m_join.c depends on trailing spaces in pbuf */ const char * channel_modes(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *client_p) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; char *mbuf = buf; *mbuf++ = '+'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_SECRET) *mbuf++ = 's'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_PRIVATE) *mbuf++ = 'p'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_MODERATED) *mbuf++ = 'm'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_TOPICLIMIT) *mbuf++ = 't'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_INVITEONLY) *mbuf++ = 'i'; if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_NOPRIVMSGS) *mbuf++ = 'n'; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_REGONLY) *mbuf++ = 'r'; #endif if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_SSLONLY) *mbuf++ = 'S'; if(chptr->mode.limit && *chptr->mode.key) { if(IsMe(client_p) || !MyClient(client_p) || IsMember(client_p, chptr)) rb_sprintf(mbuf, "lk %d %s", chptr->mode.limit, chptr->mode.key); else strcpy(mbuf, "lk"); } else if(chptr->mode.limit) { if(IsMe(client_p) || !MyClient(client_p) || IsMember(client_p, chptr)) rb_sprintf(mbuf, "l %d", chptr->mode.limit); else strcpy(mbuf, "l"); } else if(*chptr->mode.key) { if(IsMe(client_p) || !MyClient(client_p) || IsMember(client_p, chptr)) rb_sprintf(mbuf, "k %s", chptr->mode.key); else strcpy(mbuf, "k"); } else *mbuf = '\0'; return buf; } /* Now lets do some stuff to keep track of what combinations of * servers exist... * Note that the number of combinations doubles each time you add * something to this list. Each one is only quick if no servers use that * combination, but if the numbers get too high here MODE will get too * slow. I suggest if you get more than 7 here, you consider getting rid * of some and merging or something. If it wasn't for irc+cs we would * probably not even need to bother about most of these, but unfortunately * we do. -A1kmm */ /* void init_chcap_usage_counts(void) * * Inputs - none * Output - none * Side-effects - Initialises the usage counts to zero. Fills in the * chcap_yes and chcap_no combination tables. */ void init_chcap_usage_counts(void) { unsigned long m, c, y, n; memset(chcap_combos, 0, sizeof(chcap_combos)); /* For every possible combination */ for(m = 0; m < NCHCAP_COMBOS; m++) { /* Check each capab */ for(c = y = n = 0; c < NCHCAPS; c++) { if((m & (1 << c)) == 0) n |= channel_capabs[c]; else y |= channel_capabs[c]; } chcap_combos[m].cap_yes = y; chcap_combos[m].cap_no = n; } } /* void set_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p) * Input: serv_p; The client whose capabs to register. * Output: none * Side-effects: Increments the usage counts for the correct capab * combination. */ void set_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p) { int n; for(n = 0; n < NCHCAP_COMBOS; n++) { if(IsCapable(serv_p, chcap_combos[n].cap_yes) && NotCapable(serv_p, chcap_combos[n].cap_no)) { chcap_combos[n].count++; return; } } /* This should be impossible -A1kmm. */ s_assert(0); } /* void set_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p) * * Inputs - serv_p; The client whose capabs to register. * Output - none * Side-effects - Decrements the usage counts for the correct capab * combination. */ void unset_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p) { int n; for(n = 0; n < NCHCAP_COMBOS; n++) { if(IsCapable(serv_p, chcap_combos[n].cap_yes) && NotCapable(serv_p, chcap_combos[n].cap_no)) { /* Hopefully capabs can't change dynamically or anything... */ s_assert(chcap_combos[n].count > 0); if(chcap_combos[n].count > 0) chcap_combos[n].count--; return; } } /* This should be impossible -A1kmm. */ s_assert(0); } /* void send_cap_mode_changes(struct Client *client_p, * struct Client *source_p, * struct Channel *chptr, int cap, int nocap) * Input: The client sending(client_p), the source client(source_p), * the channel to send mode changes for(chptr) * Output: None. * Side-effects: Sends the appropriate mode changes to capable servers. * * Reverted back to my original design, except that we now keep a count * of the number of servers which each combination as an optimisation, so * the capabs combinations which are not needed are not worked out. -A1kmm */ void send_cap_mode_changes(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, struct ChModeChange mode_changes[], int mode_count) { static char modebuf[BUFSIZE]; static char parabuf[BUFSIZE]; int i, mbl, pbl, nc, mc, preflen, len; char *pbuf; const char *arg; int dir; int j; int cap; int nocap; int arglen; /* Now send to servers... */ for(j = 0; j < NCHCAP_COMBOS; j++) { if(chcap_combos[j].count == 0) continue; mc = 0; nc = 0; pbl = 0; parabuf[0] = 0; pbuf = parabuf; dir = MODE_QUERY; cap = chcap_combos[j].cap_yes; nocap = chcap_combos[j].cap_no; if(cap & CAP_TS6) mbl = preflen = rb_sprintf(modebuf, ":%s TMODE %ld %s ", use_id(source_p), (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname); else mbl = preflen = rb_sprintf(modebuf, ":%s MODE %s ", source_p->name, chptr->chname); /* loop the list of - modes we have */ for(i = 0; i < mode_count; i++) { /* if they dont support the cap we need, or they do support a cap they * cant have, then dont add it to the modebuf.. that way they wont see * the mode */ if((mode_changes[i].letter == 0) || ((cap & mode_changes[i].caps) != mode_changes[i].caps) || ((nocap & mode_changes[i].nocaps) != mode_changes[i].nocaps)) continue; if((cap & CAP_TS6) && !EmptyString(mode_changes[i].id)) arg = mode_changes[i].id; else arg = mode_changes[i].arg; if(arg) { arglen = strlen(arg); /* dont even think about it! --fl */ if(arglen > MODEBUFLEN - 5) continue; } /* if we're creeping past the buf size, we need to send it and make * another line for the other modes * XXX - this could give away server topology with uids being * different lengths, but not much we can do, except possibly break * them as if they were the longest of the nick or uid at all times, * which even then won't work as we don't always know the uid -A1kmm. */ if(arg && ((mc == MAXMODEPARAMSSERV) || ((mbl + pbl + arglen + 4) > (BUFSIZE - 3)))) { if(nc != 0) sendto_server(client_p, chptr, cap, nocap, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); nc = 0; mc = 0; mbl = preflen; pbl = 0; pbuf = parabuf; parabuf[0] = 0; dir = MODE_QUERY; } if(dir != mode_changes[i].dir) { modebuf[mbl++] = (mode_changes[i].dir == MODE_ADD) ? '+' : '-'; dir = mode_changes[i].dir; } modebuf[mbl++] = mode_changes[i].letter; modebuf[mbl] = 0; nc++; if(arg != NULL) { len = rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", arg); pbuf += len; pbl += len; mc++; } } if(pbl && parabuf[pbl - 1] == ' ') parabuf[pbl - 1] = 0; if(nc != 0) sendto_server(client_p, chptr, cap, nocap, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); } } ��������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/operhash.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006453�11730550233�015744� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * operhash.c - Hashes nick!user@host{oper} * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: operhash.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "match.h" #include "hash.h" #include "operhash.h" #define OPERHASH_MAX_BITS 7 #define OPERHASH_MAX (1<<OPERHASH_MAX_BITS) #define hash_opername(x) fnv_hash_upper((const unsigned char *)(x), OPERHASH_MAX_BITS, 0) static rb_dlink_list operhash_table[OPERHASH_MAX]; const char * operhash_add(const char *name) { struct operhash_entry *ohash; unsigned int hashv; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_opername(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, operhash_table[hashv].head) { ohash = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(ohash->name, name)) { ohash->refcount++; return ohash->name; } } ohash = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct operhash_entry)); ohash->refcount = 1; ohash->name = rb_strdup(name); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(ohash, &operhash_table[hashv]); return ohash->name; } const char * operhash_find(const char *name) { struct operhash_entry *ohash; unsigned int hashv; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_opername(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, operhash_table[hashv].head) { ohash = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(ohash->name, name)) return ohash->name; } return NULL; } void operhash_delete(const char *name) { struct operhash_entry *ohash; unsigned int hashv; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(EmptyString(name)) return; hashv = hash_opername(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, operhash_table[hashv].head) { ohash = ptr->data; if(irccmp(ohash->name, name)) continue; ohash->refcount--; if(ohash->refcount == 0) { rb_free(ohash->name); rb_free(ohash); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &operhash_table[hashv]); return; } } } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/newconf.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000200376�11730550233�015572� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * newconf.c: Our new two-pass config file mangler * * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: newconf.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ * */ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE #include <openssl/pem.h> #include <openssl/rsa.h> #endif #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "send.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "newconf.h" #include "modules.h" #include "match.h" #include "class.h" #include "listener.h" #include "cache.h" #include "reject.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" #include "sslproc.h" #define CF_TYPE(x) ((x) & CF_MTYPE) FILE *conf_fbfile_in; char conffilebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; extern int conf_parse_failure; static rb_dlink_list conflist; static conf_t *curconf; extern char *current_file; typedef struct _valid_entry { rb_dlink_node node; char *name; int type; } valid_entry_t; typedef struct _valid_block { char *name; rb_dlink_list valid_entries; rb_dlink_node node; int needsub; } valid_block_t; struct topconf { rb_dlink_node node; char *tc_name; void (*start_func) (conf_t *); void (*end_func) (conf_t *); int needsub; struct conf_items *itemtable; }; static rb_dlink_list toplist; static rb_dlink_list valid_blocks; static const char * conf_strtype(int type) { switch (type & CF_MTYPE) { case CF_INT: return "integer value"; case CF_STRING: return "unquoted string"; case CF_YESNO: return "yes/no value"; case CF_QSTRING: return "quoted string"; case CF_TIME: return "time/size value"; default: return "unknown type"; } } struct mode_table { const char *name; int mode; }; /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct mode_table umode_table[] = { {"bots", UMODE_BOTS }, {"cconn", UMODE_CCONN }, {"cconnext", UMODE_CCONNEXT }, {"debug", UMODE_DEBUG }, {"full", UMODE_FULL }, {"callerid", UMODE_CALLERID }, {"invisible", UMODE_INVISIBLE }, {"skill", UMODE_SKILL }, {"locops", UMODE_LOCOPS }, {"nchange", UMODE_NCHANGE }, {"rej", UMODE_REJ }, {"servnotice", UMODE_SERVNOTICE}, {"unauth", UMODE_UNAUTH }, {"wallop", UMODE_WALLOP }, {"external", UMODE_EXTERNAL }, {"spy", UMODE_SPY }, {"operwall", UMODE_OPERWALL }, {"operspy", UMODE_OPERSPY }, {NULL, 0} }; static struct mode_table flag_table[] = { {"encrypted", OPER_ENCRYPTED }, {"local_kill", OPER_LOCKILL }, {"global_kill", OPER_GLOBKILL|OPER_LOCKILL }, {"remote", OPER_REMOTE }, {"kline", OPER_KLINE }, {"unkline", OPER_UNKLINE }, {"gline", OPER_GLINE }, {"nick_changes", OPER_NICKS }, {"rehash", OPER_REHASH }, {"die", OPER_DIE }, {"admin", OPER_ADMIN }, {"hidden_admin", OPER_HADMIN }, {"xline", OPER_XLINE }, {"resv", OPER_RESV }, {"operwall", OPER_OPERWALL }, {"oper_spy", OPER_SPY }, {"hidden_oper", OPER_INVIS }, {"remoteban", OPER_REMOTEBAN }, {"need_ssl", OPER_NEEDSSL }, {NULL, 0} }; static struct mode_table auth_table[] = { {"encrypted", CONF_FLAGS_ENCRYPTED }, {"spoof_notice", CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_NOTICE }, {"exceed_limit", CONF_FLAGS_NOLIMIT }, {"kline_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE }, {"gline_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE }, {"flood_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD }, {"spambot_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT }, {"shide_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE }, {"jupe_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE }, {"resv_exempt", CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV }, {"no_tilde", CONF_FLAGS_NO_TILDE }, {"need_ident", CONF_FLAGS_NEED_IDENTD }, {"have_ident", CONF_FLAGS_NEED_IDENTD }, {"need_ssl", CONF_FLAGS_NEED_SSL }, {NULL, 0} }; static struct mode_table connect_table[] = { { "autoconn", SERVER_AUTOCONN }, { "compressed", SERVER_COMPRESSED }, { "encrypted", SERVER_ENCRYPTED }, { "ssl", SERVER_SSL }, { "topicburst", SERVER_TB }, { NULL, 0 }, }; static struct mode_table cluster_table[] = { { "kline", SHARED_PKLINE }, { "tkline", SHARED_TKLINE }, { "unkline", SHARED_UNKLINE }, { "locops", SHARED_LOCOPS }, { "xline", SHARED_PXLINE }, { "txline", SHARED_TXLINE }, { "unxline", SHARED_UNXLINE }, { "resv", SHARED_PRESV }, { "tresv", SHARED_TRESV }, { "unresv", SHARED_UNRESV }, { "all", CLUSTER_ALL }, {NULL, 0} }; static struct mode_table shared_table[] = { { "kline", SHARED_PKLINE|SHARED_TKLINE }, { "xline", SHARED_PXLINE|SHARED_TXLINE }, { "resv", SHARED_PRESV|SHARED_TRESV }, { "tkline", SHARED_TKLINE }, { "unkline", SHARED_UNKLINE }, { "txline", SHARED_TXLINE }, { "unxline", SHARED_UNXLINE }, { "tresv", SHARED_TRESV }, { "unresv", SHARED_UNRESV }, { "locops", SHARED_LOCOPS }, { "all", SHARED_ALL }, { "none", 0 }, {NULL, 0} }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ static void conf_report_error_nl(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; char msg[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; va_start(ap, fmt); rb_vsnprintf(msg, sizeof(msg), fmt, ap); va_end(ap); conf_parse_failure++; if(testing_conf) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: %s\n", msg); return; } ilog(L_MAIN, "ERROR: %s", msg); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "ERROR: %s", msg); } static void conf_report_warning_nl(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; char msg[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; va_start(ap, fmt); rb_vsnprintf(msg, sizeof(msg), fmt, ap); va_end(ap); if(testing_conf) { fprintf(stderr, "Warning: %s\n", msg); return; } ilog(L_MAIN, "Warning: %s", msg); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Warning: %s", msg); } static int find_umode(struct mode_table *tab, const char *name) { int i; for(i = 0; tab[i].name; i++) { if(strcmp(tab[i].name, name) == 0) return tab[i].mode; } return -1; } static void set_modes_from_table(int *modes, const char *whatis, struct mode_table *tab, confentry_t * entry) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; confentry_t *sub; const char *umode; int dir, mode; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, entry->flist.head) { sub = ptr->data; dir = 1; umode = sub->string; if(*umode == '~') { dir = 0; umode++; } mode = find_umode(tab, umode); if(mode == -1) { conf_report_warning_nl("Unknown flag %s %s", whatis, sub->string); continue; } if(mode) { if(dir) *modes |= mode; else *modes &= ~mode; } else *modes = 0; } } static conf_t * make_conf_block(const char *blockname) { conf_t *conf; conf = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_t)); conf->confname = rb_strdup(blockname); rb_dlinkAddTail(conf, &conf->node, &conflist); return (conf); } static void add_entry(conf_t * conf, const char *name, void *value, int type) { confentry_t *entry = rb_malloc(sizeof(confentry_t)); if(name == NULL) { return; } entry->entryname = rb_strdup(name); entry->line = lineno; entry->filename = rb_strdup(current_file); switch (CF_TYPE(type)) { case CF_YESNO: if((long)value == 1) entry->string = rb_strdup("yes"); else entry->string = rb_strdup("no"); case CF_INT: case CF_TIME: entry->number = (long)value; entry->type = type; break; case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: entry->string = rb_strdup(value); entry->type = type; break; default: rb_free(entry); return; } rb_dlinkAddTail(entry, &entry->node, &conf->entries); /* must use rb_malloc here as we are running too early * to use rb_dlinkAddAlloc as the block heap isn't ready * yet */ rb_dlinkAdd(entry, rb_malloc(sizeof(rb_dlink_node)), &entry->flist); } static void del_entry(conf_t * conf, confentry_t * entry) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; confentry_t *xentry; if(entry->type & CF_FLIST) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, entry->flist.head) { xentry = ptr->data; switch (CF_TYPE(xentry->type)) { case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: case CF_YESNO: rb_free(xentry->string); default: break; } rb_dlinkDelete(&xentry->node, &entry->flist); } } else { ptr = entry->flist.head; rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &entry->flist); rb_free(ptr); } switch (CF_TYPE(entry->type)) { case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: case CF_YESNO: rb_free(entry->string); default: break; } rb_free(entry->filename); rb_dlinkDelete(&entry->node, &conf->entries); rb_free(entry); } static void del_conf(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, conf->entries.head) { confentry_t *entry = ptr->data; del_entry(conf, entry); } rb_free(conf->confname); rb_free(conf->filename); rb_dlinkDelete(&conf->node, &conflist); rb_free(conf); } void delete_all_conf(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, conflist.head) { conf_t *conf = ptr->data; del_conf(conf); } } static char * strip_tabs(char *dest, const char *src, size_t len) { char *d = dest; if(dest == NULL || src == NULL) return NULL; rb_strlcpy(dest, src, len); while(*d) { if(*d == '\t') *d = ' '; d++; } return dest; } /* * yyerror * * inputs - message from parser * output - none * side effects - message to opers and log file entry is made */ void yyerror(const char *msg) { char newlinebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; strip_tabs(newlinebuf, linebuf, sizeof(newlinebuf)); conf_parse_failure++; if(testing_conf) { fprintf(stderr, "\"%s\", line %d: %s\n", current_file, lineno + 1, msg); return; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "\"%s\", line %d: %s at '%s'", conffilebuf, lineno + 1, msg, newlinebuf); ilog(L_MAIN, "\"%s\", line %d: %s at '%s'", conffilebuf, lineno + 1, msg, newlinebuf); } int conf_fgets(char *lbuf, int max_size, FILE * fb) { char *p; if(fgets(lbuf, max_size, fb) == NULL) return (0); if((p = strpbrk(lbuf, "\r\n")) != NULL) { *p++ = '\n'; *p = '\0'; } return (strlen(lbuf)); } int conf_yy_fatal_error(const char *msg) { conf_report_error("conf_yy_fatal_error: %s", msg); return (0); } void conf_report_error(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; char msg[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; va_start(ap, fmt); rb_vsnprintf(msg, sizeof(msg), fmt, ap); va_end(ap); conf_parse_failure++; if(testing_conf) { fprintf(stderr, "\"%s\", line %d: %s\n", current_file, lineno + 1, msg); return; } ilog(L_MAIN, "\"%s\", line %d: %s", current_file, lineno + 1, msg); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "\"%s\", line %d: %s", current_file, lineno + 1, msg); } int conf_start_block(char *block, char *name) { conf_t *conf; if(curconf != NULL) { conf_report_error("\"%s\", Previous block \"%s\" never closed", conffilebuf, curconf->confname); return 1; } conf = make_conf_block(block); if(name != NULL) conf->subname = rb_strdup(name); conf->line = lineno; conf->filename = rb_strdup(current_file); curconf = conf; return 0; } int conf_end_block(void) { if(curconf != NULL) { curconf = NULL; } return 0; } // add_entry(conf_t *conf, const char *name, void *value, int type) static void add_entry_flist(conf_t * conf, const char *name, conf_parm_t * cp) { confentry_t *entry = rb_malloc(sizeof(confentry_t)); confentry_t *sub; if(name == NULL) { return; } entry->entryname = rb_strdup(name); entry->line = lineno; entry->filename = rb_strdup(current_file); entry->type = cp->type | CF_FLIST; for(; cp != NULL; cp = cp->next) { sub = rb_malloc(sizeof(confentry_t)); sub->entryname = rb_strdup(name); sub->line = lineno; sub->filename = rb_strdup(current_file); switch (CF_TYPE(cp->type)) { case CF_YESNO: if((long)cp->v.number == 1) sub->string = rb_strdup("yes"); else sub->string = rb_strdup("no"); case CF_INT: case CF_TIME: sub->number = (long)cp->v.number; sub->type = cp->type; break; case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: sub->string = rb_strdup(cp->v.string); sub->type = cp->type; break; default: rb_free(sub); return; } rb_dlinkAddTail(sub, &sub->node, &entry->flist); } rb_dlinkAddTail(entry, &entry->node, &conf->entries); } int conf_call_set(char *item, conf_parm_t * value, int type) { conf_parm_t *cp; cp = value->v.list; if(value->type & CF_FLIST) { add_entry_flist(curconf, item, value->v.list); return 0; } for(; cp != NULL; cp = cp->next) { switch (CF_TYPE(cp->type)) { case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: add_entry(curconf, item, (void *)cp->v.string, cp->type); break; case CF_TIME: case CF_INT: case CF_YESNO: add_entry(curconf, item, (void *)(unsigned long)cp->v.number, cp->type); break; case CF_LIST: break; default: break; } } return 0; } int read_config_file(const char *filename) { conf_parse_failure = 0; delete_all_conf(); rb_strlcpy(conffilebuf, filename, sizeof(conffilebuf)); if((conf_fbfile_in = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL) { conf_report_error_nl("Unable to open file %s %s", filename, strerror(errno)); return 1; } yyparse(); fclose(conf_fbfile_in); return conf_parse_failure; } static void add_valid_block(const char *name, int needsub) { valid_block_t *valid = rb_malloc(sizeof(valid_block_t)); valid->name = rb_strdup(name); valid->needsub = needsub; rb_dlinkAdd(valid, &valid->node, &valid_blocks); } static valid_block_t * find_valid_block(const char *name) { valid_block_t *t; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, valid_blocks.head) { t = ptr->data; if(!strcasecmp(t->name, name)) return t; } return NULL; } static void add_valid_entry(const char *bname, const char *entryname, int type) { valid_block_t *b; valid_entry_t *e; b = find_valid_block(bname); if(b == NULL) return; e = rb_malloc(sizeof(valid_entry_t)); e->name = rb_strdup(entryname); e->type = type; rb_dlinkAdd(e, &e->node, &b->valid_entries); } static int check_valid_block(const char *name) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; valid_block_t *t; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, valid_blocks.head) { t = ptr->data; if(!strcasecmp(t->name, name)) { return 1; } } return 0; } int check_valid_blocks(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, conflist.head) { conf_t *conf = ptr->data; if(!check_valid_block(conf->confname)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid block: %s at %s:%d", conf->confname, conf->filename, conf->line); return 0; } } return 1; } static int check_valid_entry(valid_block_t * vt, conf_t * conf, confentry_t * entry) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *xptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, vt->valid_entries.head) { valid_entry_t *ve = ptr->data; if(!strcasecmp(ve->name, entry->entryname)) { if(entry->type & CF_FLIST && !(ve->type & CF_FLIST)) { conf_report_error_nl ("Option %s:%s at %s:%d does not take a list of values", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return 0; } if(entry->type & CF_FLIST) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(xptr, entry->flist.head) { confentry_t *xentry = xptr->data; if(CF_TYPE(xentry->type) != CF_TYPE(ve->type)) { conf_report_error_nl ("Option %s:%s at %s:%d takes type \"%s\" not \"%s\"", conf->confname, ve->name, xentry->filename, xentry->line, conf_strtype(ve->type), conf_strtype(xentry->type)); return 0; } } return 1; } if(CF_TYPE(entry->type) != CF_TYPE(ve->type)) { if((CF_TYPE(entry->type) == CF_INT && CF_TYPE(ve->type) == CF_TIME) || (CF_TYPE(entry->type) == CF_TIME && CF_TYPE(ve->type) == CF_INT)) return 1; if(CF_TYPE(entry->type) == CF_YESNO && CF_TYPE(ve->type) == CF_STRING) { return 1; } conf_report_error_nl ("Option %s:%s at %s:%d takes type \"%s\" not \"%s\"", conf->confname, ve->name, entry->filename, entry->line, conf_strtype(ve->type), conf_strtype(entry->type)); return 0; } return 1; } } conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid entry: %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return 2; } int check_valid_entries(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *xptr; conf_t *conf; confentry_t *entry; valid_block_t *vt; int ret = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, conflist.head) { conf = ptr->data; vt = find_valid_block(conf->confname); if(vt == NULL) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid block: %s at %s:%d", conf->confname, conf->filename, conf->line); /* ret++; treat invalid blocks as warnings only */ continue; } if(vt->needsub && conf->subname == NULL) { conf_report_error_nl("Block %s at %s:%d requires a name", conf->confname, conf->filename, conf->line); ret++; continue; } if(!vt->needsub && conf->subname != NULL) { conf_report_warning_nl ("Block %s at %s:%d does not require a name, but has one", conf->confname, conf->filename, conf->line); /* ret++; treat this as a warning as well */ continue; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(xptr, conf->entries.head) { entry = xptr->data; if(entry->entryname == NULL) continue; if(!check_valid_entry(vt, conf, entry)) { ret++; } } } return ret; } static void conf_set_modules_path(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { #ifndef STATIC_MODULES mod_add_path(entry->string); #else conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring modules::path at %s:%d -- loadable module support not present", entry->filename, entry->line); #endif } static void conf_set_modules_module(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { #ifndef STATIC_MODULES char *m_bn; m_bn = rb_basename(entry->string); if(findmodule_byname(m_bn) != -1) return; load_one_module(entry->string, 0); rb_free(m_bn); #else conf_report_error ("Ignoring modules::module at %s:%d -- loadable module support not present.", entry->filename, entry->line); #endif } static void conf_set_generic_value_cb(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char **location = item->data; switch (CF_TYPE(entry->type)) { case CF_INT: case CF_TIME: case CF_YESNO: *((int *)item->data) = entry->number; break; case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: if(item->len) *location = rb_strndup(entry->string, item->len); else *location = rb_strdup(entry->string); } } static void conf_set_serverinfo_name(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(ServerInfo.name == NULL) { if(!valid_servername(entry->string)) { conf_report_error_nl("serverinfo::name -- Invalid servername at %s:%d", conf->filename, conf->line); conf_report_error_nl("cannot continue without a valid servername"); exit(1); } if(IsDigit(*entry->string)) { conf_report_error_nl("serverinfo::name -- cannot begin with digit at %s:%d", conf->filename, conf->line); conf_report_error_nl("cannot continue without a valid servername"); exit(1); } /* the ircd will exit() in main() if we dont set one */ if(strlen(entry->string) <= HOSTLEN) ServerInfo.name = rb_strdup(entry->string); return; } } static void conf_set_serverinfo_network_name(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *p; if((p = strchr((char *)entry->string, ' '))) *p = '\0'; rb_free(ServerInfo.network_name); ServerInfo.network_name = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_serverinfo_vhost(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET, (char *)entry->string, &ServerInfo.ip.sin_addr) <= 0) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid netmask for server IPv4 vhost (%s)", entry->string); return; } ServerInfo.ip.sin_family = AF_INET; ServerInfo.specific_ipv4_vhost = 1; } static void conf_set_serverinfo_vhost6(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET6, (char *)entry->string, &ServerInfo.ip6.sin6_addr) <= 0) { conf_report_error_nl("Invalid netmask for server IPv6 vhost (%s)", entry->string); return; } ServerInfo.specific_ipv6_vhost = 1; ServerInfo.ip6.sin6_family = AF_INET6; #else conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring serverinfo::vhost6 -- IPv6 support not available."); #endif } static void conf_set_serverinfo_vhost_dns(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET, (char *)entry->string, &addr) <= 0) { conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring serverinfo::vhost_dns -- Invalid vhost (%s)", entry->string); return; } rb_free(ServerInfo.vhost_dns); ServerInfo.vhost_dns = rb_strdup(entry->string); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 static void conf_set_serverinfo_vhost6_dns(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; if(rb_inet_pton(AF_INET6, (char *)entry->string, &addr) <= 0) { conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring serverinfo::vhost6_dns -- Invalid vhost (%s)", entry->string); return; } rb_free(ServerInfo.vhost6_dns); ServerInfo.vhost6_dns = rb_strdup(entry->string); } #endif static void conf_set_serverinfo_sid(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *sid = entry->string; if(ServerInfo.sid[0] == '\0') { if(!IsDigit(sid[0]) || !IsIdChar(sid[1]) || !IsIdChar(sid[2]) || sid[3] != '\0') { conf_report_error_nl("Error serverinfo::sid -- invalid sid at %s:%d", conf->filename, conf->line); return; } strcpy(ServerInfo.sid, sid); } } static void conf_set_serverinfo_bandb_path(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *path = entry->string; if(access(path, F_OK) == -1) { char *dirname, *d = rb_dirname(path); dirname = LOCAL_COPY(d); rb_free(d); if(access(dirname, W_OK) == -1) { conf_report_error_nl("Unable to access bandb %s: %s ignoring...", path, rb_strerror(errno)); return; } } else { if(access(path, W_OK) == -1) { conf_report_error_nl("Unable to access bandb %s: %s ignoring...", path, rb_strerror(errno)); return; } } rb_free(ServerInfo.bandb_path); ServerInfo.bandb_path = rb_strdup(path); } static struct Class *t_class; static void conf_set_class_end(conf_t * conf) { add_class(t_class); t_class = NULL; } static void conf_set_class_start(conf_t * conf) { t_class = make_class(); t_class->class_name = rb_strdup(conf->subname); } static void conf_set_class_ping_time(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->ping_freq = entry->number; return; } static void conf_set_class_cidr_ipv4_bitlen(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int maxsize = 32; t_class->cidr_ipv4_bitlen = entry->number; if(t_class->cidr_ipv4_bitlen > maxsize) { conf_report_warning_nl ("class::cidr_ipv4_bitlen argument exceeds maxsize (%d > %d) - truncating to %d.", t_class->cidr_ipv4_bitlen, maxsize, maxsize); t_class->cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 32; } return; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 static void conf_set_class_cidr_ipv6_bitlen(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int maxsize = 128; t_class->cidr_ipv6_bitlen = entry->number; if(t_class->cidr_ipv6_bitlen > maxsize) { conf_report_warning_nl ("class::cidr_ipv6_bitlen argument exceeds maxsize (%d > %d) - truncating to %d.", t_class->cidr_ipv6_bitlen, maxsize, maxsize); t_class->cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 128; } return; } #endif static void conf_set_class_number_per_cidr(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->cidr_amount = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_number_per_ip(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->max_local = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_number_per_ip_global(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->max_global = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_number_per_ident(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->max_ident = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_connectfreq(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->con_freq = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_max_number(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->max_total = entry->number; } static void conf_set_class_sendq(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_class->max_sendq = entry->number; } static struct ConfItem *t_aconf; static char *t_aconf_class; static rb_dlink_list t_aconf_list; static void conf_set_auth_end(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; struct ConfItem *tmp_conf; if(EmptyString(t_aconf->info.name)) t_aconf->info.name = rb_strdup("NOMATCH"); if(EmptyString(t_aconf->host)) { conf_report_error_nl("auth block at %s:%d -- missing user@host", conf->filename, conf->line); return; } collapse(t_aconf->user); collapse(t_aconf->host); conf_add_class_to_conf(t_aconf, t_aconf_class); add_conf_by_address(t_aconf->host, CONF_CLIENT, t_aconf->user, t_aconf); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_aconf_list.head) { tmp_conf = ptr->data; if(t_aconf->passwd) tmp_conf->passwd = rb_strdup(t_aconf->passwd); tmp_conf->info.name = rb_strdup(t_aconf->info.name); tmp_conf->flags = t_aconf->flags; tmp_conf->port = t_aconf->port; collapse(tmp_conf->user); collapse(tmp_conf->host); conf_add_class_to_conf(tmp_conf, t_aconf_class); add_conf_by_address(tmp_conf->host, CONF_CLIENT, tmp_conf->user, tmp_conf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_aconf_list); } rb_free(t_aconf_class); t_aconf_class = NULL; t_aconf = NULL; } static void conf_set_auth_start(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rb_free(t_aconf_class); t_aconf_class = NULL; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_aconf_list.head) { free_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_aconf_list); } t_aconf = make_conf(); t_aconf->status = CONF_CLIENT; } static void conf_set_auth_user(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct ConfItem *tmp_conf; char *tmpname, *p; if(!EmptyString(t_aconf->host)) { tmp_conf = make_conf(); tmp_conf->status = CONF_CLIENT; } else tmp_conf = t_aconf; tmpname = LOCAL_COPY(entry->string); if((p = strchr(tmpname, '@'))) { *p++ = '\0'; tmp_conf->user = rb_strdup(tmpname); tmp_conf->host = rb_strdup(p); } else { tmp_conf->user = rb_strdup("*"); tmp_conf->host = rb_strdup(tmpname); } if(t_aconf != tmp_conf) rb_dlinkAddAlloc(tmp_conf, &t_aconf_list); return; } static void conf_set_auth_pass(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(t_aconf->passwd) memset(t_aconf->passwd, 0, strlen(t_aconf->passwd)); rb_free(t_aconf->passwd); t_aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(entry->string); return; } static void conf_set_auth_spoof(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *user = NULL, *host = NULL, *p; host = LOCAL_COPY(entry->string); user = host; /* user@host spoof */ if((p = strchr(host, '@')) != NULL) { *p = '\0'; host = p + 1; if(EmptyString(user)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (ident empty): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } if(strlen(user) > USERLEN) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (username too long): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } if(!valid_username(user)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (invalid username): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } /* this must be restored! */ *p = '@'; } if(EmptyString(host)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (empty hostname): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } if(strlen(host) > HOSTLEN) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (hostname too long): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } if(!valid_hostname(host)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid spoof (invalid hostname): %s::%s at %s:%d", conf->confname, entry->entryname, entry->filename, entry->line); return; } rb_free(t_aconf->info.name); t_aconf->info.name = rb_strdup(user); t_aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_IP; return; } static void conf_set_auth_flags(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table((int *)&t_aconf->flags, "flag", auth_table, entry); } static void conf_set_auth_redirserv(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_REDIR; rb_free(t_aconf->info.name); t_aconf->info.name = rb_strdup(entry->string); return; } static void conf_set_auth_redirport(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { t_aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_REDIR; t_aconf->port = entry->number; } static void conf_set_auth_class(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { rb_free(t_aconf_class); t_aconf_class = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static struct oper_conf *t_oper; static rb_dlink_list t_oper_list; static void conf_set_start_operator(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; if(t_oper != NULL) { free_oper_conf(t_oper); t_oper = NULL; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_oper_list.head) { free_oper_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_oper_list); } t_oper = make_oper_conf(); t_oper->name = rb_strdup(conf->subname); t_oper->flags = OPER_ENCRYPTED | OPER_OPERWALL | OPER_REMOTEBAN; } static void conf_set_end_operator(conf_t * conf) { struct oper_conf *tmp_oper; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; if(EmptyString(t_oper->name)) { conf_report_error_nl("operator block at %s:%d -- missing name", conf->filename, conf->line); return; } if(EmptyString(t_oper->passwd) #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE && EmptyString(t_oper->rsa_pubkey_file)) #else ) #endif { conf_report_error_nl("operator block at %s:%d -- missing password", conf->filename, conf->line); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_oper_list.head) { tmp_oper = ptr->data; tmp_oper->name = rb_strdup(t_oper->name); tmp_oper->flags = t_oper->flags; tmp_oper->umodes = t_oper->umodes; /* maybe an rsa key */ if(!EmptyString(t_oper->passwd)) tmp_oper->passwd = rb_strdup(t_oper->passwd); #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE if(t_oper->rsa_pubkey_file != NULL) { BIO *file; if((file = BIO_new_file(t_oper->rsa_pubkey_file, "r")) == NULL) { conf_report_error_nl ("operator block for %s at %s:%d rsa_public_key_file cannot be opened", tmp_oper->name, conf->filename, conf->line); return; } tmp_oper->rsa_pubkey = (RSA *) PEM_read_bio_RSA_PUBKEY(file, NULL, 0, NULL); BIO_free(file); if(tmp_oper->rsa_pubkey == NULL) { conf_report_error_nl ("operator block for %s at %s:%d -- invalid rsa_public_key_file", tmp_oper->name, conf->filename, conf->line); return; } } #endif rb_dlinkMoveNode(ptr, &t_oper_list, &oper_conf_list); } } static void conf_set_oper_flags(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table((int *)&t_oper->flags, "flag", flag_table, entry); } static void conf_set_oper_user(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct oper_conf *tmp_oper; char *p; char *host = LOCAL_COPY(entry->string); tmp_oper = make_oper_conf(); if((p = strchr(host, '@'))) { *p++ = '\0'; tmp_oper->username = rb_strdup(host); tmp_oper->host = rb_strdup(p); } else { tmp_oper->username = rb_strdup("*"); tmp_oper->host = rb_strdup(host); } if(EmptyString(tmp_oper->username) || EmptyString(tmp_oper->host)) { conf_report_error_nl("operator at %s:%d -- missing username/host", entry->filename, entry->line); free_oper_conf(tmp_oper); return; } rb_dlinkAddAlloc(tmp_oper, &t_oper_list); } static void conf_set_oper_password(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(t_oper->passwd != NULL) { memset(t_oper->passwd, 0, strlen(t_oper->passwd)); rb_free(t_oper->passwd); } t_oper->passwd = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_oper_rsa_public_key_file(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE rb_free(t_oper->rsa_pubkey_file); t_oper->rsa_pubkey_file = rb_strdup(entry->string); #else conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring rsa_public_key_file (OpenSSL support not available)"); #endif } static void conf_set_oper_umodes(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table(&t_oper->umodes, "umode", umode_table, entry); } static char *listener_address; static int listener_aftype = -1; static void conf_set_listen_init(conf_t * conf) { rb_free(listener_address); listener_address = NULL; listener_aftype = -1; } static void conf_set_listen_address(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { rb_free(listener_address); listener_address = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_listen_aftype(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *aft = entry->string; if(!strcasecmp(aft, "ipv4")) listener_aftype = AF_INET; #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(!strcasecmp(aft, "ipv6")) listener_aftype = AF_INET6; #endif else conf_report_warning_nl("listen::aftype '%s' at %s:%d is unknown", aft, entry->filename, entry->line); } static void conf_set_listen_port_both(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item, int ssl) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; confentry_t *xentry; int family = AF_INET; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, entry->flist.head) { xentry = ptr->data; if(listener_address == NULL) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(listener_aftype > 0) family = listener_aftype; #endif add_listener(xentry->number, listener_address, family, ssl); } else { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(listener_aftype <= 0 && strchr(listener_address, ':') != NULL) family = AF_INET6; #endif add_listener(xentry->number, listener_address, family, ssl); } } } static void conf_set_listen_port(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { conf_set_listen_port_both(entry, conf, item, 0); } static void conf_set_listen_sslport(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { conf_set_listen_port_both(entry, conf, item, 1); } static struct ev_entry *cache_links_ev; static void conf_set_serverhide_links_delay(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int val = entry->number; if((val > 0) && ConfigServerHide.links_disabled == 1) { cache_links_ev = rb_event_addish("cache_links", cache_links, NULL, val); ConfigServerHide.links_disabled = 0; } else if(val != ConfigServerHide.links_delay) rb_event_update(cache_links_ev, val); ConfigServerHide.links_delay = val; } static void conf_set_exempt_ip(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct ConfItem *tmp; if(parse_netmask(entry->string, NULL, NULL) == HM_HOST) { conf_report_warning_nl("Ignoring exempt -- invalid exempt::ip."); return; } tmp = make_conf(); tmp->passwd = rb_strdup("*"); tmp->host = rb_strdup(entry->string); tmp->status = CONF_EXEMPTDLINE; add_eline(tmp); } static void conf_set_general_kline_delay(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { ConfigFileEntry.kline_delay = entry->number; /* THIS MUST BE HERE to stop us being unable to check klines */ kline_queued = 0; } static void conf_set_general_hide_error_messages(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *val = entry->string; if(strcasecmp(val, "yes") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages = 2; else if(strcasecmp(val, "opers") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages = 1; else if(strcasecmp(val, "no") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages = 0; else conf_report_warning_nl ("Invalid setting '%s' for general::hide_error_messages at %s:%d", val, entry->filename, entry->line); } static void conf_set_general_oper_only_umodes(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table(&ConfigFileEntry.oper_only_umodes, "umode", umode_table, entry); } static void conf_set_general_oper_umodes(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table(&ConfigFileEntry.oper_umodes, "umode", umode_table, entry); } static void conf_set_general_stats_k_oper_only(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *val = entry->string; if(strcasecmp(val, "yes") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only = 2; else if(strcasecmp(val, "masked") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only = 1; else if(strcasecmp(val, "no") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only = 0; else conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid setting '%s' for general::stats_k_oper_only at %s:%d", val, conf->filename, conf->line); } static void conf_set_general_stats_i_oper_only(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *val = entry->string; if(strcasecmp(val, "yes") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only = 2; else if(strcasecmp(val, "masked") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only = 1; else if(strcasecmp(val, "no") == 0) ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only = 0; else conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid setting '%s' for general::stats_i_oper_only at %s:%d", val, conf->filename, conf->line); } static void conf_set_general_compression_level(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB ConfigFileEntry.compression_level = entry->number; if((ConfigFileEntry.compression_level < 1) || (ConfigFileEntry.compression_level > 9)) { conf_report_warning_nl ("Invalid general::compression_level %d at %s:%d -- using default.", ConfigFileEntry.compression_level, entry->filename, entry->line); ConfigFileEntry.compression_level = 0; } #else conf_report_warning_nl ("Ignoring general::compression_level at %s:%d -- zlib not available.", entry->filename, entry->line); #endif } static void conf_set_general_havent_read_conf(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(entry->number) { conf_report_error_nl("You haven't read your config file properly."); conf_report_error_nl ("There is a line in the example conf that will kill your server if not removed."); conf_report_error_nl ("Consider actually reading/editing the conf file, and removing this line."); if(!testing_conf) exit(0); } } static struct server_conf *t_server; static void conf_set_start_connect(conf_t * conf) { if(t_server != NULL) free_server_conf(t_server); t_server = make_server_conf(); t_server->port = PORTNUM; t_server->name = rb_strdup(conf->subname); } static void conf_set_end_connect(conf_t * conf) { if(EmptyString(t_server->name)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Ignoring connect block at %s:%d -- missing name", conf->filename, conf->line); return; } if(EmptyString(t_server->passwd) || EmptyString(t_server->spasswd)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Ignoring connect block for %s at %s:%d -- missing password", conf->subname, conf->filename, conf->line); return; } if(EmptyString(t_server->host)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Ignoring connect block for %s at %s:%d -- missing host", conf->subname, conf->filename, conf->line); return; } #ifndef HAVE_ZLIB if(ServerConfCompressed(t_server)) { t_server->flags &= ~SERVER_COMPRESSED; } #endif add_server_conf(t_server); rb_dlinkAdd(t_server, &t_server->node, &server_conf_list); t_server = NULL; } static void conf_set_connect_host(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { rb_free(t_server->host); t_server->host = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_connect_vhost(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(rb_inet_pton_sock(entry->string, (struct sockaddr *)&t_server->my_ipnum) <= 0) { conf_report_warning_nl("Invalid netmask for server vhost (%s) at %s:%d", entry->string, conf->filename, conf->line); return; } t_server->flags |= SERVER_VHOSTED; } static void conf_set_connect_send_password(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(t_server->spasswd != NULL) { memset(t_server->spasswd, 0, strlen(t_server->spasswd)); rb_free(t_server->spasswd); } t_server->spasswd = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_connect_accept_password(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(t_server->passwd != NULL) { memset(t_server->passwd, 0, strlen(t_server->passwd)); rb_free(t_server->passwd); } t_server->passwd = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_connect_port(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int port = entry->number; if(port < 1) port = PORTNUM; t_server->port = port; } static void conf_set_connect_aftype(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { char *aft = entry->string; if(!strcasecmp(aft, "ipv4")) SET_SS_FAMILY(&t_server->ipnum, AF_INET); #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(!strcasecmp(aft, "ipv6")) SET_SS_FAMILY(&t_server->ipnum, AF_INET6); #endif else conf_report_warning_nl("connect::aftype '%s' at %s:%d is unknown", aft, entry->filename, entry->line); } static void conf_set_connect_flags(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { set_modes_from_table(&t_server->flags, "flag", connect_table, entry); } static void conf_set_connect_class(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { rb_free(t_server->class_name); t_server->class_name = rb_strdup(entry->string); } static void conf_set_connect_leaf_mask(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct remote_conf *t_leaf; if(EmptyString(t_server->name)) return; t_leaf = make_remote_conf(); t_leaf->flags = CONF_LEAF; t_leaf->host = rb_strdup(entry->string); t_leaf->server = rb_strdup(t_server->name); rb_dlinkAdd(t_leaf, &t_leaf->node, &hubleaf_conf_list); } static void conf_set_connect_hub_mask(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct remote_conf *t_hub; if(EmptyString(t_server->name)) return; t_hub = make_remote_conf(); t_hub->flags = CONF_HUB; t_hub->host = rb_strdup(entry->string); t_hub->server = rb_strdup(t_server->name); rb_dlinkAdd(t_hub, &t_hub->node, &hubleaf_conf_list); } static rb_dlink_list t_shared_list; static rb_dlink_list t_cluster_list; static struct remote_conf *t_shared; static void conf_set_cluster_cleanup(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_cluster_list.head) { free_remote_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_cluster_list); } if(t_shared != NULL) { free_remote_conf(t_shared); t_shared = NULL; } } static void conf_set_cluster_name(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { if(t_shared != NULL) free_remote_conf(t_shared); t_shared = make_remote_conf(); t_shared->server = rb_strdup(entry->string); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(t_shared, &t_cluster_list); t_shared = NULL; } static void conf_set_cluster_flags(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int flags = 0; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; if(t_shared != NULL) free_remote_conf(t_shared); set_modes_from_table(&flags, "flag", cluster_table, entry); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_cluster_list.head) { t_shared = ptr->data; t_shared->flags = flags; rb_dlinkAddTail(t_shared, &t_shared->node, &cluster_conf_list); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_cluster_list); } t_shared = NULL; } static void conf_set_shared_cleanup(conf_t * conf) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_shared_list.head) { free_remote_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_shared_list); } if(t_shared != NULL) { free_remote_conf(t_shared); t_shared = NULL; } } static void conf_set_shared_oper(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; confentry_t *xentry; char *username, *p; int len; len = rb_dlink_list_length(&entry->flist); if(len > 2) { conf_report_error_nl("Too many options for shared::oper at %s:%d", entry->filename, entry->line); return; } if(t_shared != NULL) free_remote_conf(t_shared); t_shared = make_remote_conf(); /* if the list is one, head and tail are the same, * if its two, we still get what we want */ xentry = entry->flist.tail->data; username = LOCAL_COPY(xentry->string); if(len == 1) { t_shared->server = rb_strdup("*"); } else { xentry = entry->flist.head->data; t_shared->server = rb_strdup(xentry->string); } if((p = strchr(username, '@')) == NULL) { conf_report_error_nl("shared::oper at %s:%d -- oper is not a user@host", entry->filename, entry->line); return; } *p++ = '\0'; if(EmptyString(p)) t_shared->host = rb_strdup("*"); else t_shared->host = rb_strdup(p); if(EmptyString(username)) t_shared->username = rb_strdup("*"); else t_shared->username = rb_strdup(username); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(t_shared, &t_shared_list); t_shared = NULL; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, entry->flist.head) { xentry = ptr->data; t_shared = make_remote_conf(); rb_strdup(xentry->string); } } static void conf_set_shared_flags(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { int flags = 0; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; if(t_shared != NULL) free_remote_conf(t_shared); set_modes_from_table(&flags, "flag", shared_table, entry); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, t_shared_list.head) { t_shared = ptr->data; t_shared->flags = flags; rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &t_shared_list); rb_dlinkAddTail(t_shared, &t_shared->node, &shared_conf_list); } t_shared = NULL; } #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES static void conf_set_service_start(conf_t * conf) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; target_p->flags &= ~FLAGS_SERVICE; } } static void conf_set_service_name(confentry_t * entry, conf_t * conf, struct conf_items *item) { struct Client *target_p; if(!valid_servername(entry->string)) { conf_report_warning_nl("Ignoring service::name at %s:%d -- Invalid servername", entry->filename, entry->line); return; } rb_dlinkAddAlloc(rb_strdup(entry->string), &service_list); if((target_p = find_server(NULL, entry->string))) target_p->flags |= FLAGS_SERVICE; } #endif static void add_top_conf(const char *name, void (*startfunc) (conf_t * conf), void (*endfunc) (conf_t * conf), struct conf_items *itemtable, int needsub) { int i; struct topconf *top; top = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct topconf)); add_valid_block(name, needsub); top->tc_name = rb_strdup(name); top->start_func = startfunc; top->end_func = endfunc; top->itemtable = itemtable; for(i = 0; itemtable[i].type; i++) { add_valid_entry(name, itemtable[i].c_name, itemtable[i].type); } rb_dlinkAddTail(top, &top->node, &toplist); } static struct conf_items * find_item(const char *name, struct conf_items *itemtable) { int i; for(i = 0; itemtable[i].type != 0; i++) { if(!strcasecmp(name, itemtable[i].c_name)) return &(itemtable[i]); } return NULL; } static void register_top_confs(void) { CONF_CB *func; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *xptr, *yptr; struct topconf *top; conf_t *conf; confentry_t *entry; struct conf_items *tab; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, toplist.head) { top = ptr->data; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(xptr, conflist.head) { conf = xptr->data; if(strcasecmp(conf->confname, top->tc_name)) continue; if(top->start_func != NULL) top->start_func(conf); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(yptr, conf->entries.head) { entry = yptr->data; tab = find_item(entry->entryname, top->itemtable); if(tab == NULL) continue; if(tab->cb_func == NULL) func = conf_set_generic_value_cb; else func = tab->cb_func; func(entry, conf, tab); } if(top->end_func != NULL) top->end_func(conf); } } } void load_conf_settings(void) { register_top_confs(); /* sanity check things */ if(ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta < TS_WARN_DELTA_MIN) ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta = TS_WARN_DELTA_DEFAULT; if(ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta < TS_MAX_DELTA_MIN) ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta = TS_MAX_DELTA_DEFAULT; if(ServerInfo.network_name == NULL) ServerInfo.network_name = rb_strdup(NETWORK_NAME_DEFAULT); if(ServerInfo.network_desc == NULL) ServerInfo.network_desc = rb_strdup(NETWORK_DESC_DEFAULT); if(ServerInfo.ssld_count < 1) ServerInfo.ssld_count = 1; if((ConfigFileEntry.client_flood < CLIENT_FLOOD_MIN) || (ConfigFileEntry.client_flood > CLIENT_FLOOD_MAX)) ConfigFileEntry.client_flood = CLIENT_FLOOD_MAX; if(ConfigChannel.topiclen > MAX_TOPICLEN || ConfigChannel.topiclen < 0) ConfigChannel.topiclen = DEFAULT_TOPICLEN; if(!rb_setup_ssl_server (ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "WARNING: Unable to setup SSL."); ircd_ssl_ok = 0; } else { ircd_ssl_ok = 1; send_new_ssl_certs(ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params); } if(ServerInfo.ssld_count > get_ssld_count()) { int start = ServerInfo.ssld_count - get_ssld_count(); /* start up additional ssld if needed */ start_ssldaemon(start, ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params); } if(!split_users || !split_servers || (!ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split && !ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split)) { rb_event_delete(cache_links_ev); splitmode = 0; splitchecking = 0; } check_class(); } /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct conf_items conf_modules_table[] = { { "path", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_modules_path, 0, NULL }, { "module", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_modules_module, 0, NULL }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_serverinfo_table[] = { { "description", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.description }, { "network_desc", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.network_desc }, { "hub", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.hub }, { "default_max_clients",CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.default_max_clients }, { "network_name", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_network_name, 0, NULL }, { "name", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_name, 0, NULL }, { "sid", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_sid, 0, NULL }, { "bandb", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_bandb_path, 0, NULL }, { "vhost", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_vhost, 0, NULL }, { "vhost6", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_vhost6, 0, NULL }, { "ssl_private_key", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.ssl_private_key }, { "ssl_ca_cert", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.ssl_ca_cert }, { "ssl_cert", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.ssl_cert }, { "ssl_dh_params", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params }, { "ssld_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ServerInfo.ssld_count }, { "vhost_dns", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_vhost_dns, 0, NULL }, #ifdef RB_IPV6 { "vhost6_dns", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_serverinfo_vhost6_dns, 0, NULL }, #endif { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_admin_table[] = { { "name", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 200, &AdminInfo.name }, { "description",CF_QSTRING, NULL, 200, &AdminInfo.description }, { "email", CF_QSTRING, NULL, 200, &AdminInfo.email }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_log_table[] = { { "fname_userlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog }, { "fname_fuserlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog }, { "fname_operlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog }, { "fname_foperlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog }, { "fname_serverlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog }, { "fname_killlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_killlog }, { "fname_glinelog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog }, { "fname_klinelog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog }, { "fname_operspylog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog }, { "fname_ioerrorlog", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_class_table[] = { { "ping_time", CF_TIME, conf_set_class_ping_time, 0, NULL }, { "cidr_ipv4_bitlen", CF_INT, conf_set_class_cidr_ipv4_bitlen, 0, NULL }, #ifdef RB_IPV6 { "cidr_ipv6_bitlen", CF_INT, conf_set_class_cidr_ipv6_bitlen, 0, NULL }, #endif { "number_per_cidr", CF_INT, conf_set_class_number_per_cidr, 0, NULL }, { "number_per_ip", CF_INT, conf_set_class_number_per_ip, 0, NULL }, { "number_per_ip_global",CF_INT, conf_set_class_number_per_ip_global, 0, NULL }, { "number_per_ident", CF_INT, conf_set_class_number_per_ident, 0, NULL }, { "connectfreq", CF_TIME, conf_set_class_connectfreq, 0, NULL }, { "max_number", CF_INT, conf_set_class_max_number, 0, NULL }, { "sendq", CF_TIME, conf_set_class_sendq, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_auth_table[] = { { "user", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_auth_user, 0, NULL }, { "password", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_auth_pass, 0, NULL }, { "class", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_auth_class, 0, NULL }, { "spoof", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_auth_spoof, 0, NULL }, { "redirserv", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_auth_redirserv, 0, NULL }, { "redirport", CF_INT, conf_set_auth_redirport, 0, NULL }, { "flags", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_auth_flags, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_listen_table[] = { { "host", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_listen_address, 0, NULL }, { "ip", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_listen_address, 0, NULL }, { "port", CF_INT | CF_FLIST, conf_set_listen_port, 0, NULL}, { "sslport", CF_INT | CF_FLIST, conf_set_listen_sslport, 0, NULL}, { "aftype", CF_STRING, conf_set_listen_aftype, 0, NULL}, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL} }; static struct conf_items conf_exempt_table[] = { { "ip", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_exempt_ip, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL} }; static struct conf_items conf_operator_table[] = { { "rsa_public_key_file", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_oper_rsa_public_key_file, 0, NULL }, { "flags", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_oper_flags, 0, NULL }, { "umodes", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_oper_umodes, 0, NULL }, { "user", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_oper_user, 0, NULL }, { "password", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_oper_password, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_general_table[] = { { "oper_only_umodes", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_general_oper_only_umodes, 0, NULL }, { "oper_umodes", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_general_oper_umodes, 0, NULL }, { "compression_level", CF_INT, conf_set_general_compression_level, 0, NULL }, { "havent_read_conf", CF_YESNO, conf_set_general_havent_read_conf, 0, NULL }, { "stats_k_oper_only", CF_STRING, conf_set_general_stats_k_oper_only, 0, NULL }, { "stats_i_oper_only", CF_STRING, conf_set_general_stats_i_oper_only, 0, NULL }, { "hide_error_messages",CF_STRING, conf_set_general_hide_error_messages,0, NULL }, { "kline_delay", CF_TIME, conf_set_general_kline_delay, 0, NULL }, { "default_operstring", CF_QSTRING, NULL, REALLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.default_operstring }, { "default_adminstring",CF_QSTRING, NULL, REALLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.default_adminstring }, { "egdpool_path", CF_QSTRING, NULL, MAXPATHLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path }, { "kline_reason", CF_QSTRING, NULL, REALLEN, &ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason }, { "anti_spam_exit_message_time", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.anti_spam_exit_message_time }, { "disable_fake_channels", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.disable_fake_channels }, { "min_nonwildcard_simple", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple }, { "non_redundant_klines", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.non_redundant_klines }, { "tkline_expire_notices", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices }, { "anti_nick_flood", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.anti_nick_flood }, { "burst_away", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.burst_away }, { "caller_id_wait", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.caller_id_wait }, { "client_exit", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.client_exit }, { "client_flood", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.client_flood }, { "connect_timeout", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout }, { "default_invisible", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.default_invisible }, { "default_floodcount", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.default_floodcount }, { "disable_auth", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.disable_auth }, { "dot_in_ip6_addr", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.dot_in_ip6_addr }, { "dots_in_ident", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.dots_in_ident }, { "failed_oper_notice", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice }, { "hide_spoof_ips", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips }, { "glines", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.glines }, { "gline_min_cidr", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr }, { "gline_min_cidr6", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6 }, { "gline_time", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.gline_time }, { "dline_with_reason", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.dline_with_reason }, { "kline_with_reason", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason }, { "map_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.map_oper_only }, { "max_accept", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.max_accept }, { "max_monitor", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor }, { "max_nick_time", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_time }, { "max_nick_changes", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_changes }, { "max_targets", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.max_targets }, { "min_nonwildcard", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard }, { "nick_delay", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.nick_delay }, { "no_oper_flood", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.no_oper_flood }, { "operspy_admin_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.operspy_admin_only }, { "pace_wait", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait }, { "pace_wait_simple", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple }, { "ping_cookie", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.ping_cookie }, { "reject_after_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count }, { "reject_duration", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration }, { "throttle_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count }, { "throttle_duration", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.throttle_duration }, { "post_registration_delay", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.post_registration_delay }, { "short_motd", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.short_motd }, { "stats_c_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_c_oper_only }, { "stats_e_disabled", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_e_disabled }, { "stats_h_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_h_oper_only }, { "stats_o_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_o_oper_only }, { "stats_P_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_P_oper_only }, { "stats_y_oper_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.stats_y_oper_only }, { "target_change", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.target_change }, { "collision_fnc", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.collision_fnc }, { "ts_max_delta", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta }, { "use_egd", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.use_egd }, { "ts_warn_delta", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta }, { "use_whois_actually", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually }, { "warn_no_nline", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.warn_no_nline }, { "global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen }, { "global_cidr_ipv4_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_count }, { "global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen }, { "global_cidr_ipv6_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_count }, { "global_cidr", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_channel_table[] = { { "default_split_user_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.default_split_user_count }, { "default_split_server_count", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.default_split_server_count }, { "burst_topicwho", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho }, { "invite_ops_only", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.invite_ops_only }, { "knock_delay", CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.knock_delay }, { "knock_delay_channel",CF_TIME, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.knock_delay_channel }, { "max_bans", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.max_bans }, { "max_chans_per_user", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user }, { "no_create_on_split", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split }, { "no_join_on_split", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split }, { "quiet_on_ban", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.quiet_on_ban }, { "use_except", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.use_except }, { "use_invex", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.use_invex }, { "use_knock", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.use_knock }, { "use_sslonly", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.use_sslonly }, { "topiclen", CF_INT, NULL, 0, &ConfigChannel.topiclen }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_serverhide_table[] = { { "disable_hidden", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigServerHide.disable_hidden }, { "flatten_links", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigServerHide.flatten_links }, { "hidden", CF_YESNO, NULL, 0, &ConfigServerHide.hidden }, { "links_delay", CF_TIME, conf_set_serverhide_links_delay, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_connect_table[] = { { "send_password", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_send_password, 0, NULL }, { "accept_password", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_accept_password, 0, NULL }, { "flags", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_connect_flags, 0, NULL }, { "host", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_host, 0, NULL }, { "vhost", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_vhost, 0, NULL }, { "port", CF_INT, conf_set_connect_port, 0, NULL }, { "aftype", CF_STRING, conf_set_connect_aftype, 0, NULL }, { "hub_mask", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_hub_mask, 0, NULL }, { "leaf_mask", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_leaf_mask, 0, NULL }, { "class", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_connect_class, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_shared_table[] = { { "oper", CF_QSTRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_shared_oper, 0, NULL }, { "flags", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_shared_flags, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; static struct conf_items conf_cluster_table[] = { { "name", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_cluster_name, 0, NULL }, { "flags", CF_STRING | CF_FLIST, conf_set_cluster_flags, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES static struct conf_items conf_service_table[] = { { "name", CF_QSTRING, conf_set_service_name, 0, NULL }, { "\0", 0, NULL, 0, NULL } }; #endif struct top_conf_table_t { const char *name; void (*start) (conf_t *); void (*end) (conf_t *); struct conf_items *items; int needsub; }; static struct top_conf_table_t top_conf_table[] = { { "modules", NULL, NULL, conf_modules_table, 0}, { "serverinfo", NULL, NULL, conf_serverinfo_table, 0}, { "admin", NULL, NULL, conf_admin_table, 0}, { "log", NULL, NULL, conf_log_table, 0}, { "general", NULL, NULL, conf_general_table, 0}, { "class", conf_set_class_start, conf_set_class_end, conf_class_table, 1}, { "auth", conf_set_auth_start, conf_set_auth_end, conf_auth_table, 0}, { "channel", NULL, NULL, conf_channel_table, 0}, { "serverhide", NULL, NULL, conf_serverhide_table, 0}, { "listen", conf_set_listen_init, conf_set_listen_init, conf_listen_table, 0}, { "exempt", NULL, NULL, conf_exempt_table, 0}, { "operator", conf_set_start_operator, conf_set_end_operator, conf_operator_table, 1}, { "connect", conf_set_start_connect, conf_set_end_connect, conf_connect_table, 1}, { "shared", conf_set_shared_cleanup, conf_set_shared_cleanup,conf_shared_table, 0}, { "cluster", conf_set_cluster_cleanup,conf_set_cluster_cleanup,conf_cluster_table, 0}, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES { "service", conf_set_service_start, NULL, conf_service_table, 0}, #endif { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}, }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ void add_all_conf_settings(void) { int i; struct top_conf_table_t *t; for(i = 0; top_conf_table[i].name != NULL; i++) { t = &top_conf_table[i]; add_top_conf(t->name, t->start, t->end, t->items, t->needsub); } } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/numeric.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003235�11730550233�015570� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * numeric.c: Numeric handling functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: numeric.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "messages.tab" /* * form_str * * inputs - numeric * output - corresponding string * side effects - NONE */ const char * form_str(int numeric) { const char *num_ptr; s_assert(-1 < numeric); s_assert(numeric < ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG); s_assert(0 != replies[numeric]); if(numeric > ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG) numeric = ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG; if(numeric < 0) numeric = ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG; num_ptr = replies[numeric]; if(num_ptr == NULL) num_ptr = replies[ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG]; return (num_ptr); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_parser.y�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011663�10663104327�016460� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* This code is in the public domain. * $Nightmare: nightmare/src/main/parser.y,v 1.2.2.1.2.1 2002/07/02 03:42:10 ejb Exp $ * $Id: ircd_parser.y 24244 2007-08-22 19:04:55Z androsyn $ */ %{ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "newconf.h" #define YY_NO_UNPUT int yyparse(); int yylex(); static time_t conf_find_time(char*); static struct { const char * name; const char * plural; time_t val; } ircd_times[] = { {"second", "seconds", 1}, {"minute", "minutes", 60}, {"hour", "hours", 60 * 60}, {"day", "days", 60 * 60 * 24}, {"week", "weeks", 60 * 60 * 24 * 7}, {"fortnight", "fortnights", 60 * 60 * 24 * 14}, {"month", "months", 60 * 60 * 24 * 7 * 4}, {"year", "years", 60 * 60 * 24 * 365}, /* ok-- we now do sizes here too. they aren't times, but it's close enough */ {"byte", "bytes", 1}, {"kb", NULL, 1024}, {"kbyte", "kbytes", 1024}, {"kilobyte", "kilebytes", 1024}, {"mb", NULL, 1024 * 1024}, {"mbyte", "mbytes", 1024 * 1024}, {"megabyte", "megabytes", 1024 * 1024}, {NULL, NULL, 0}, }; time_t conf_find_time(char *name) { int i; for (i = 0; ircd_times[i].name; i++) { if (strcasecmp(ircd_times[i].name, name) == 0 || (ircd_times[i].plural && strcasecmp(ircd_times[i].plural, name) == 0)) return ircd_times[i].val; } return 0; } static struct { const char *word; int yesno; } yesno[] = { {"yes", 1}, {"no", 0}, {"true", 1}, {"false", 0}, {"on", 1}, {"off", 0}, {NULL, 0} }; static int conf_get_yesno_value(char *str) { int i; for (i = 0; yesno[i].word; i++) { if (strcasecmp(str, yesno[i].word) == 0) { return yesno[i].yesno; } } return -1; } static void free_cur_list(conf_parm_t* list) { switch (list->type & CF_MTYPE) { case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: rb_free(list->v.string); break; case CF_LIST: free_cur_list(list->v.list); break; default: break; } if (list->next) free_cur_list(list->next); } conf_parm_t *cur_list = NULL; static void add_cur_list_cpt(conf_parm_t *new) { if (cur_list == NULL) { cur_list = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); cur_list->v.list = new; } else { new->next = cur_list->v.list; cur_list->v.list = new; cur_list->type |= CF_FLIST; } } static void add_cur_list(int type, char *str, int number) { conf_parm_t *new; new = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); new->next = NULL; new->type = type; switch(type) { case CF_INT: case CF_TIME: case CF_YESNO: new->v.number = number; break; case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: new->v.string = rb_strdup(str); break; } add_cur_list_cpt(new); } %} %union { int number; char string[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; conf_parm_t * conf_parm; } %token LOADMODULE TWODOTS %token <string> QSTRING STRING %token <number> NUMBER %type <string> qstring string %type <number> number timespec %type <conf_parm> oneitem single itemlist %start conf %% conf: | conf conf_item | error ; conf_item: block | loadmodule ; block: string { conf_start_block($1, NULL); } '{' block_items '}' ';' { conf_end_block(); } | string qstring { conf_start_block($1, $2); } '{' block_items '}' ';' { conf_end_block(); } ; block_items: block_items block_item | block_item ; block_item: string '=' itemlist ';' { conf_call_set($1, cur_list, CF_LIST); free_cur_list(cur_list); cur_list = NULL; } ; itemlist: itemlist ',' single | single ; single: oneitem { add_cur_list_cpt($1); } | oneitem TWODOTS oneitem { /* "1 .. 5" meaning 1,2,3,4,5 - only valid for integers */ if (($1->type & CF_MTYPE) != CF_INT || ($3->type & CF_MTYPE) != CF_INT) { conf_report_error("Both arguments in '..' notation must be integers."); break; } else { int i; for (i = $1->v.number; i <= $3->v.number; i++) { add_cur_list(CF_INT, 0, i); } } } ; oneitem: qstring { $$ = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); $$->type = CF_QSTRING; $$->v.string = rb_strdup($1); } | timespec { $$ = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); $$->type = CF_TIME; $$->v.number = $1; } | number { $$ = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); $$->type = CF_INT; $$->v.number = $1; } | string { /* a 'string' could also be a yes/no value .. so pass it as that, if so */ int val = conf_get_yesno_value($1); $$ = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); if (val != -1) { $$->type = CF_YESNO; $$->v.number = val; } else { $$->type = CF_STRING; $$->v.string = rb_strdup($1); } } ; loadmodule: LOADMODULE QSTRING { #ifndef STATIC_MODULES // load_one_module($2, 0); #endif } ';' ; qstring: QSTRING { strcpy($$, $1); } ; string: STRING { strcpy($$, $1); } ; number: NUMBER { $$ = $1; } ; timespec: number string { time_t t; if ((t = conf_find_time($2)) == 0) { conf_report_error("Unrecognised time type/size '%s'", $2); t = 1; } $$ = $1 * t; } | timespec timespec { $$ = $1 + $2; } | timespec number { $$ = $1 + $2; } ; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd.c������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000043456�11760423626�015070� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * ircd.c: Starts up and runs the ircd. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ircd.c 27399 2012-05-27 13:09:42Z jilles $ */ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "setup.h" #include "config.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd_signal.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "parse.h" #include "restart.h" #include "s_auth.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" /* try_connections */ #include "s_stats.h" #include "scache.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "ircd_getopt.h" #include "newconf.h" #include "reject.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "cache.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "dns.h" #include "bandbi.h" #include "sslproc.h" #include "supported.h" /* * Try and find the correct name to use with getrlimit() for setting the max. * number of files allowed to be open by this process. */ /* /quote set variables */ struct SetOptions GlobalSetOptions; /* configuration set from ircd.conf */ struct config_file_entry ConfigFileEntry; /* server info set from ircd.conf */ struct server_info ServerInfo; /* admin info set from ircd.conf */ struct admin_info AdminInfo; struct Counter Count; struct ServerStatistics ServerStats; int maxconnections; struct Client me; /* That's me */ struct LocalUser meLocalUser; /* That's also part of me */ rb_dlink_list global_client_list; /* unknown/client pointer lists */ rb_dlink_list unknown_list; /* unknown clients ON this server only */ rb_dlink_list lclient_list; /* local clients only ON this server */ rb_dlink_list serv_list; /* local servers to this server ONLY */ rb_dlink_list global_serv_list; /* global servers on the network */ rb_dlink_list oper_list; /* our opers, duplicated in lclient_list */ static unsigned long initialVMTop = 0; /* top of virtual memory at init */ const char *logFileName = LPATH; const char *pidFileName = PPATH; char **myargv; int dorehash = 0; int dorehashbans = 0; int doremotd = 0; int kline_queued = 0; int server_state_foreground = 0; int printVersion = 0; int ircd_ssl_ok = 0; int zlib_ok = 1; int testing_conf = 0; int conf_parse_failure = 0; time_t startup_time; /* Set to zero because it should be initialized later using * initialize_server_capabs */ int default_server_capabs = CAP_MASK; int splitmode; int splitchecking; int split_users; int split_servers; int eob_count; void ircd_shutdown(const char *reason) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one(target_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Server Terminating. %s", me.name, target_p->name, reason); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ERROR :Terminated by %s", me.name, reason); } ilog(L_MAIN, "Server Terminating. %s", reason); close_logfiles(); unlink(pidFileName); exit(0); } /* * get_vm_top - get the operating systems notion of the resident set size */ static unsigned long get_vm_top(void) { /* * NOTE: sbrk is not part of the ANSI C library or the POSIX.1 standard * however it seems that everyone defines it. Calling sbrk with a 0 * argument will return a pointer to the top of the process virtual * memory without changing the process size, so this call should be * reasonably safe (sbrk returns the new value for the top of memory). * This code relies on the notion that the address returned will be an * offset from 0 (NULL), so the result of sbrk is cast to a size_t and * returned. We really shouldn't be using it here but... */ #ifndef _WIN32 void *vptr = sbrk(0); return (unsigned long)vptr; #else return -1; #endif } /* * get_maxrss - get the operating systems notion of the resident set size */ unsigned long get_maxrss(void) { return get_vm_top() - initialVMTop; } /* * print_startup - print startup information */ static void print_startup(int pid) { printf("ircd: version %s\n", ircd_version); printf("ircd: %s\n", rb_lib_version()); printf("ircd: pid %d\n", pid); #ifndef RATBOX_PROFILE printf("ircd: running in %s mode from %s\n", !server_state_foreground ? "background" : "foreground", ConfigFileEntry.dpath); #else printf("ircd: running in foreground mode from %s for profiling\n", ConfigFileEntry.dpath); #endif } /* * init_sys * * inputs - boot_daemon flag * output - none * side effects - if boot_daemon flag is not set, don't daemonize */ static void init_sys(void) { #if defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE) && defined(HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) struct rlimit limit; if(!getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &limit)) { maxconnections = limit.rlim_cur; if(maxconnections <= MAX_BUFFER) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Shell FD limits are too low.\n"); fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ircd-ratbox reserves %d FDs, shell limits must be above this\n", MAX_BUFFER); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } return; } #endif /* RLIMIT_FD_MAX */ maxconnections = MAXCONNECTIONS; } static int make_daemon(void) { #ifndef _WIN32 int pid, fd; if((pid = fork()) < 0) { perror("fork"); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } else if(pid > 0) { print_startup(pid); exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } setsid(); fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR); /* dup2 should close the target fd if its open */ dup2(fd, 0); dup2(fd, 1); dup2(fd, 2); close(fd); #endif return 0; } static const char *basedir = DPATH; static const char *configfile = CPATH; struct lgetopt myopts[] = { {"basedir", &basedir, ISTRING, "Base directory to run ircd from"}, {"configfile", &configfile, ISTRING, "File to use for ircd.conf"}, {"logfile", &logFileName, ISTRING, "File to use for ircd.log"}, {"pidfile", &pidFileName, ISTRING, "File to use for process ID"}, {"foreground", &server_state_foreground, YESNO, "Run in foreground (don't detach)"}, {"version", &printVersion, YESNO, "Print version and exit"}, {"conftest", &testing_conf, YESNO, "Test the configuration files and exit"}, {"help", NULL, USAGE, "Print this text"}, {NULL, NULL, ISTRING, NULL}, }; static void check_rehash(void *unusued) { /* * Check to see whether we have to rehash the configuration .. */ if(dorehash) { rehash(1); dorehash = 0; } if(dorehashbans) { rehash_bans(1); dorehashbans = 0; } if(doremotd) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Got signal SIGUSR1, reloading ircd motd file"); cache_user_motd(); doremotd = 0; } } /* * initalialize_global_set_options * * inputs - none * output - none * side effects - This sets all global set options needed */ static void initialize_global_set_options(void) { memset(&GlobalSetOptions, 0, sizeof(GlobalSetOptions)); /* memset( &ConfigFileEntry, 0, sizeof(ConfigFileEntry)); */ GlobalSetOptions.maxclients = ServerInfo.default_max_clients; if(GlobalSetOptions.maxclients > (maxconnections - MAX_BUFFER) || (GlobalSetOptions.maxclients <= 0)) GlobalSetOptions.maxclients = maxconnections - MAX_BUFFER; GlobalSetOptions.autoconn = 1; GlobalSetOptions.spam_time = MIN_JOIN_LEAVE_TIME; GlobalSetOptions.spam_num = MAX_JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT; if(ConfigFileEntry.default_floodcount) GlobalSetOptions.floodcount = ConfigFileEntry.default_floodcount; else GlobalSetOptions.floodcount = 10; split_servers = ConfigChannel.default_split_server_count; split_users = ConfigChannel.default_split_user_count; if(split_users && split_servers && (ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split || ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split)) { splitmode = 1; splitchecking = 1; } GlobalSetOptions.ident_timeout = IDENT_TIMEOUT; rb_strlcpy(GlobalSetOptions.operstring, ConfigFileEntry.default_operstring, sizeof(GlobalSetOptions.operstring)); rb_strlcpy(GlobalSetOptions.adminstring, ConfigFileEntry.default_adminstring, sizeof(GlobalSetOptions.adminstring)); /* memset( &ConfigChannel, 0, sizeof(ConfigChannel)); */ /* End of global set options */ } /* * initialize_server_capabs * * inputs - none * output - none */ static void initialize_server_capabs(void) { default_server_capabs &= ~CAP_ZIP; } /* * write_pidfile * * inputs - filename+path of pid file * output - none * side effects - write the pid of the ircd to filename */ static void write_pidfile(const char *filename) { FILE *fb; char buff[32]; if((fb = fopen(filename, "w"))) { unsigned int pid = (unsigned int)getpid(); rb_snprintf(buff, sizeof(buff), "%u\n", pid); if((fputs(buff, fb) == -1)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error writing %u to pid file %s (%s)", pid, filename, strerror(errno)); } fclose(fb); return; } else { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error opening pid file %s", filename); } } /* * check_pidfile * * inputs - filename+path of pid file * output - none * side effects - reads pid from pidfile and checks if ircd is in process * list. if it is, gracefully exits * -kre */ static void check_pidfile(const char *filename) { FILE *fb; char buff[32]; pid_t pidfromfile; /* Don't do logging here, since we don't have log() initialised */ if((fb = fopen(filename, "r"))) { if(fgets(buff, 20, fb) != NULL) { pidfromfile = atoi(buff); if(!rb_kill(pidfromfile, 0)) { printf("ircd: daemon is already running\n"); exit(-1); } } fclose(fb); } } /* * setup_corefile * * inputs - nothing * output - nothing * side effects - setups corefile to system limits. * -kre */ static void setup_corefile(void) { #ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H struct rlimit rlim; /* resource limits */ /* Set corefilesize to maximum */ if(!getrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &rlim)) { rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max; setrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &rlim); } #endif } static void ilogcb(const char *buf) { ilog(L_MAIN, "libratbox reports: %s", buf); } static void restartcb(const char *buf) { ilog(L_MAIN, "libratbox has called the restart callback: %s", buf); restart(buf); } static void diecb(const char *buf) { if(buf != NULL) ilog(L_MAIN, "libratbox has called the die callback..aborting: %s", buf); else ilog(L_MAIN, "libratbox has called the die callback..aborting"); abort(); } #ifndef _WIN32 static int seed_with_urandom(void) { unsigned int seed; int fd; fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); if(fd >= 0) { if(read(fd, &seed, sizeof(seed)) == sizeof(seed)) { close(fd); srand(seed); return 1; } } return 0; } #endif static void seed_with_clock(void) { const struct timeval *tv; rb_set_time(); tv = rb_current_time_tv(); srand(tv->tv_sec ^ (tv->tv_usec | (getpid() << 20))); } static void seed_random(void *unused) { unsigned int seed; if(rb_get_random(&seed, sizeof(seed)) == -1) { #ifndef _WIN32 if(!seed_with_urandom()) #endif seed_with_clock(); return; } srand(seed); } int ratbox_main(int argc, char *argv[]) { char emptyname[] = ""; int r; /* Check to see if the user is running us as root, which is a nono */ #ifndef _WIN32 if(geteuid() == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Don't run ircd as root!!!\n"); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } #endif init_sys(); myargv = argv; parseargs(&argc, &argv, myopts); if(printVersion) { printf("ircd: version %s\n", ircd_version); printf("ircd: %s\n", rb_lib_version()); printf("ircd: configure options\n"); puts(RATBOX_CONFIGURE_OPTS); exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } if(chdir(basedir)) { fprintf(stderr, "Unable to chdir to %s: %s\n", basedir, strerror(errno)); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } add_all_conf_settings(); r = read_config_file(configfile); if(r > 0) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Unable to start ircd: found %d syntax error(s) whilst loading config file. Try running with -conftest\n", r); return 1; } if(testing_conf) fprintf(stderr, "Syntax OK, doing second pass...\n"); r = check_valid_entries(); if(r > 0) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Unable to start ircd: found %d error(s) whilst loading config file. Try running with -conftest\n", r); return 1; } if(testing_conf) fprintf(stderr, "Second pass reports OK\n"); ConfigFileEntry.dpath = basedir; ConfigFileEntry.configfile = configfile; /* Server configuration file */ /* Check if there is pidfile and daemon already running */ if(!testing_conf) { check_pidfile(pidFileName); if(!server_state_foreground) make_daemon(); else print_startup(getpid()); } /* This must be after we daemonize.. */ rb_lib_init(ilogcb, restartcb, diecb, 1, maxconnections, DNODE_HEAP_SIZE, FD_HEAP_SIZE); rb_linebuf_init(LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE); set_default_conf(); rb_set_time(); setup_corefile(); initialVMTop = get_vm_top(); memset(&me, 0, sizeof(me)); me.name = emptyname; memset(&meLocalUser, 0, sizeof(meLocalUser)); me.localClient = &meLocalUser; /* Make sure all lists are zeroed */ memset(&unknown_list, 0, sizeof(unknown_list)); memset(&lclient_list, 0, sizeof(lclient_list)); memset(&serv_list, 0, sizeof(serv_list)); memset(&global_serv_list, 0, sizeof(global_serv_list)); memset(&oper_list, 0, sizeof(oper_list)); rb_dlinkAddTail(&me, &me.node, &global_client_list); memset(&Count, 0, sizeof(Count)); memset(&ServerInfo, 0, sizeof(ServerInfo)); memset(&AdminInfo, 0, sizeof(AdminInfo)); memset(&ServerStats, 0, sizeof(struct ServerStatistics)); /* Initialise the channel capability usage counts... */ init_chcap_usage_counts(); ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout = 30; /* Default to 30 */ umask(077); /* better safe than sorry --SRB */ setup_signals(); init_s_conf(); init_s_newconf(); #if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(RATBOX_PROFILE) server_state_foreground = 1; #endif if(ConfigServerHide.links_delay > 0) rb_event_add("cache_links", cache_links, NULL, ConfigServerHide.links_delay); else ConfigServerHide.links_disabled = 1; if(ConfigFileEntry.use_egd && (ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path != NULL)) { rb_init_prng(ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path, RB_PRNG_EGD); } else rb_init_prng(NULL, RB_PRNG_DEFAULT); seed_random(NULL); init_main_logfile(logFileName); init_hash(); init_host_hash(); clear_hash_parse(); init_client(); init_channels(); initclass(); initwhowas(); init_hook(); init_reject(); init_cache(); init_monitor(); init_isupport(); #ifdef STATIC_MODULES load_static_modules(); #else load_all_modules(1); load_core_modules(1); #endif init_resolver(); /* Needs to be setup before the io loop */ init_ssld(); load_conf_settings(); if(ServerInfo.bandb_path == NULL) ServerInfo.bandb_path = rb_strdup(DBPATH); init_bandb(); rehash_bans(0); #ifndef STATIC_MODULES mod_add_path(MODULE_DIR); mod_add_path(MODULE_DIR "/autoload"); #endif initialize_server_capabs(); /* Set up default_server_capabs */ initialize_global_set_options(); init_auth(); /* Initialise the auth code - depends on global set options */ rehash_dns_vhost(); /* load any vhost dns binds now */ if(ServerInfo.name == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: No server name specified in serverinfo block.\n"); ilog(L_MAIN, "No server name specified in serverinfo block."); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } me.name = ServerInfo.name; if(ServerInfo.sid[0] == '\0') { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: No server sid specified in serverinfo block.\n"); ilog(L_MAIN, "No server sid specified in serverinfo block."); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } strcpy(me.id, ServerInfo.sid); init_uid(); /* serverinfo{} description must exist. If not, error out. */ if(ServerInfo.description == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: No server description specified in serverinfo block.\n"); ilog(L_MAIN, "ERROR: No server description specified in serverinfo block."); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } rb_strlcpy(me.info, ServerInfo.description, sizeof(me.info)); if(ServerInfo.ssl_cert != NULL && ServerInfo.ssl_private_key != NULL) { /* just do the rb_setup_ssl_server to validate the config */ if(!rb_setup_ssl_server (ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "WARNING: Unable to setup SSL."); ircd_ssl_ok = 0; } else ircd_ssl_ok = 1; } if(testing_conf) { exit(conf_parse_failure ? 1 : 0); } me.from = &me; me.servptr = &me; SetMe(&me); make_server(&me); startup_time = rb_current_time(); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, me.name, &me); add_to_hash(HASH_ID, me.id, &me); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(&me, &global_serv_list); check_class(); write_pidfile(pidFileName); load_help(); open_logfiles(logFileName); ilog(L_MAIN, "Server Ready"); /* We want try_connections to be called as soon as possible now! -- adrian */ /* No, 'cause after a restart it would cause all sorts of nick collides */ /* um. by waiting even longer, that just means we have even *more* * nick collisions. what a stupid idea. set an event for the IO loop --fl */ rb_event_addish("try_connections", try_connections, NULL, STARTUP_CONNECTIONS_TIME); rb_event_addonce("try_connections_startup", try_connections, NULL, 2); rb_event_add("check_rehash", check_rehash, NULL, 3); rb_event_addish("reseed_srand", seed_random, NULL, 300); /* reseed every 10 minutes */ if(splitmode) rb_event_add("check_splitmode", check_splitmode, NULL, 5); rb_lib_loop(0); /* we'll never return from here */ return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/sslproc.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000046720�11730550233�015621� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * sslproc.c: An interface to ssld * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: sslproc.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "stdinc.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "listener.h" #include "struct.h" #include "sslproc.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hash.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "packet.h" #define ZIPSTATS_TIME 60 static void collect_zipstats(void *unused); static void ssl_read_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data); static int ssld_count; static char tmpbuf[READBUF_SIZE]; static char nul = '\0'; #define MAXPASSFD 4 #define READSIZE 1024 typedef struct _ssl_ctl_buf { rb_dlink_node node; char *buf; size_t buflen; rb_fde_t *F[MAXPASSFD]; int nfds; } ssl_ctl_buf_t; struct _ssl_ctl { rb_dlink_node node; int cli_count; rb_fde_t *F; rb_fde_t *P; pid_t pid; rb_dlink_list readq; rb_dlink_list writeq; uint8_t dead; }; static void send_new_ssl_certs_one(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params); static void send_init_prng(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, prng_seed_t seedtype, const char *path); static rb_dlink_list ssl_daemons; static inline int32_t buf_to_int32(char *buf) { int32_t x; memcpy(&x, buf, sizeof(x)); return x; } static inline void int32_to_buf(char *buf, int32_t x) { memcpy(buf, &x, sizeof(x)); return; } static inline uint16_t buf_to_uint16(char *buf) { uint16_t x; memcpy(&x, buf, sizeof(x)); return x; } static inline void uint16_to_buf(char *buf, uint16_t x) { memcpy(buf, &x, sizeof(x)); return; } static ssl_ctl_t * allocate_ssl_daemon(rb_fde_t *F, rb_fde_t *P, int pid) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl; if(F == NULL || pid < 0) return NULL; ctl = rb_malloc(sizeof(ssl_ctl_t)); ctl->F = F; ctl->P = P; ctl->pid = pid; ssld_count++; rb_dlinkAdd(ctl, &ctl->node, &ssl_daemons); return ctl; } static void free_ssl_daemon(ssl_ctl_t * ctl) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; ssl_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; int x; if(ctl->cli_count) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, ctl->readq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; for(x = 0; x < ctl_buf->nfds; x++) rb_close(ctl_buf->F[x]); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, ctl->writeq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; for(x = 0; x < ctl_buf->nfds; x++) rb_close(ctl_buf->F[x]); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } rb_close(ctl->F); rb_close(ctl->P); rb_dlinkDelete(&ctl->node, &ssl_daemons); rb_free(ctl); } static char *ssld_path; static int ssld_spin_count = 0; static time_t last_spin; static int ssld_wait = 0; static void ssl_killall(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; ssl_ctl_t *ctl; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ssl_daemons.head) { ctl = ptr->data; if(ctl->dead) continue; ctl->dead = 1; ssld_count--; rb_kill(ctl->pid, SIGKILL); } } static void ssl_dead(ssl_ctl_t * ctl) { if(ctl->dead) return; ctl->dead = 1; ssld_count--; rb_kill(ctl->pid, SIGKILL); /* make sure the process is really gone */ ilog(L_MAIN, "ssld helper died - attempting to restart"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "ssld helper died - attempting to restart"); start_ssldaemon(1, ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params); } static void ssl_do_pipe(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int retlen; ssl_ctl_t *ctl = data; retlen = rb_write(F, "0", 1); if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { ssl_dead(ctl); return; } rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, ssl_do_pipe, data); } static void restart_ssld_event(void *unused) { ssld_spin_count = 0; last_spin = 0; ssld_wait = 0; if(ServerInfo.ssld_count > get_ssld_count()) { int start = ServerInfo.ssld_count - get_ssld_count(); ilog(L_MAIN, "Attempting to restart ssld processes"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Attempt to restart ssld processes"); start_ssldaemon(start, ServerInfo.ssl_cert, ServerInfo.ssl_private_key, ServerInfo.ssl_dh_params); } } int start_ssldaemon(int count, const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params) { rb_fde_t *F1, *F2; rb_fde_t *P1, *P2; #ifdef _WIN32 const char *suffix = ".exe"; #else const char *suffix = ""; #endif char fullpath[PATH_MAX + 1]; char fdarg[6]; const char *parv[2]; char buf[128]; char s_pid[10]; pid_t pid; int started = 0, i; if(ssld_wait) return 0; if(ssld_spin_count > 20 && (rb_current_time() - last_spin < 5)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "ssld helper is spinning - will attempt to restart in 1 minute"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "ssld helper is spinning - will attempt to restart in 1 minute"); rb_event_add("restart_ssld_event", restart_ssld_event, NULL, 60); ssld_wait = 1; return 0; } ssld_spin_count++; last_spin = rb_current_time(); if(ssld_path == NULL) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/ssld%s", LIBEXEC_DIR, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/libexec/ircd-ratbox/ssld%s", ConfigFileEntry.dpath, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to execute ssld%s in %s/libexec/ircd-ratbox or %s", ConfigFileEntry.dpath, suffix, LIBEXEC_DIR); return 0; } } ssld_path = rb_strdup(fullpath); } rb_strlcpy(buf, "-ircd ssld daemon helper", sizeof(buf)); parv[0] = buf; parv[1] = NULL; for(i = 0; i < count; i++) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl; if(rb_socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_DGRAM, 0, &F1, &F2, "SSL/TLS handle passing socket") == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to create ssld - rb_socketpair failed: %s", strerror(errno)); return started; } rb_set_buffers(F1, READBUF_SIZE); rb_set_buffers(F2, READBUF_SIZE); rb_snprintf(fdarg, sizeof(fdarg), "%d", rb_get_fd(F2)); rb_setenv("CTL_FD", fdarg, 1); if(rb_pipe(&P1, &P2, "SSL/TLS pipe") == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to create ssld - rb_pipe failed: %s", strerror(errno)); return started; } rb_snprintf(fdarg, sizeof(fdarg), "%d", rb_get_fd(P1)); rb_setenv("CTL_PIPE", fdarg, 1); rb_snprintf(s_pid, sizeof(s_pid), "%d", (int)getpid()); rb_setenv("CTL_PPID", s_pid, 1); #ifdef _WIN32 SetHandleInformation((HANDLE) rb_get_fd(F2), HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 1); SetHandleInformation((HANDLE) rb_get_fd(P1), HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 1); #endif pid = rb_spawn_process(ssld_path, (const char **)parv); if(pid == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to create ssld: %s\n", strerror(errno)); rb_close(F1); rb_close(F2); rb_close(P1); rb_close(P2); return started; } started++; rb_close(F2); rb_close(P1); ctl = allocate_ssl_daemon(F1, P2, pid); if(ircd_ssl_ok) { if(ConfigFileEntry.use_egd && (ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path != NULL)) send_init_prng(ctl, RB_PRNG_EGD, ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path); else send_init_prng(ctl, RB_PRNG_DEFAULT, NULL); } if(ircd_ssl_ok && ssl_cert != NULL && ssl_private_key != NULL) send_new_ssl_certs_one(ctl, ssl_cert, ssl_private_key, ssl_dh_params != NULL ? ssl_dh_params : ""); ssl_read_ctl(ctl->F, ctl); ssl_do_pipe(P2, ctl); } return started; } static void ssl_process_zipstats(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, ssl_ctl_buf_t * ctl_buf) { struct Client *server; struct ZipStats *zips; int parc; char *parv[7]; parc = rb_string_to_array(ctl_buf->buf, parv, 6); server = find_server(NULL, parv[1]); if(server == NULL || server->localClient == NULL || !IsCapable(server, CAP_ZIP)) return; if(server->localClient->zipstats == NULL) server->localClient->zipstats = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ZipStats)); zips = server->localClient->zipstats; zips->in += strtoull(parv[2], NULL, 10); zips->in_wire += strtoull(parv[3], NULL, 10); zips->out += strtoull(parv[4], NULL, 10); zips->out_wire += strtoull(parv[5], NULL, 10); if(zips->in > 0) zips->in_ratio = ((double)(zips->in - zips->in_wire) / (double)zips->in) * 100.00; else zips->in_ratio = 0; if(zips->out > 0) zips->out_ratio = ((double)(zips->out - zips->out_wire) / (double)zips->out) * 100.00; else zips->out_ratio = 0; } static void ssl_process_dead_fd(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, ssl_ctl_buf_t * ctl_buf) { struct Client *client_p; char reason[256]; int32_t fd; if(ctl_buf->buflen < 6) return; /* bogus message..drop it.. XXX should warn here */ fd = buf_to_int32(&ctl_buf->buf[1]); rb_strlcpy(reason, &ctl_buf->buf[5], sizeof(reason)); client_p = find_cli_fd_hash(fd); if(client_p == NULL) return; if(IsAnyServer(client_p) || IsRegistered(client_p)) { /* read any last moment ERROR, QUIT or the like -- jilles */ if (!strcmp(reason, "Remote host closed the connection")) read_packet(client_p->localClient->F, client_p); if (IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; } if(IsAnyServer(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "ssld error for %s: %s", client_p->name, reason); ilog(L_SERVER, "ssld error for %s: %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), reason); } exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, reason); } static void ssl_process_cmd_recv(ssl_ctl_t * ctl) { static const char *cannot_setup_ssl = "ssld cannot setup ssl, check your certificates and private key"; static const char *no_ssl_or_zlib = "ssld has neither SSL/TLS or zlib support killing all sslds"; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; ssl_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; if(ctl->dead) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ctl->readq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; switch (*ctl_buf->buf) { case 'N': ircd_ssl_ok = 0; /* ssld says it can't do ssl/tls */ break; case 'D': ssl_process_dead_fd(ctl, ctl_buf); break; case 'S': ssl_process_zipstats(ctl, ctl_buf); break; case 'I': ircd_ssl_ok = 0; ilog(L_MAIN, "%s", cannot_setup_ssl); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s", cannot_setup_ssl); case 'U': zlib_ok = 0; ircd_ssl_ok = 0; ilog(L_MAIN, "%s", no_ssl_or_zlib); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s", no_ssl_or_zlib); ssl_killall(); break; case 'z': zlib_ok = 0; break; default: ilog(L_MAIN, "Received invalid command from ssld: %s", ctl_buf->buf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Received invalid command from ssld"); break; } rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &ctl->readq); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } } static void ssl_read_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { ssl_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; ssl_ctl_t *ctl = data; int retlen; if(ctl->dead) return; do { ctl_buf = rb_malloc(sizeof(ssl_ctl_buf_t)); ctl_buf->buf = rb_malloc(READSIZE); retlen = rb_recv_fd_buf(ctl->F, ctl_buf->buf, READSIZE, ctl_buf->F, 4); ctl_buf->buflen = retlen; if(retlen <= 0) { rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } else rb_dlinkAddTail(ctl_buf, &ctl_buf->node, &ctl->readq); } while(retlen > 0); if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { ssl_dead(ctl); return; } ssl_process_cmd_recv(ctl); rb_setselect(ctl->F, RB_SELECT_READ, ssl_read_ctl, ctl); } static ssl_ctl_t * which_ssld(void) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl, *lowest = NULL; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, ssl_daemons.head) { ctl = ptr->data; if(ctl->dead) continue; if(lowest == NULL) { lowest = ctl; continue; } if(ctl->cli_count < lowest->cli_count) lowest = ctl; } return (lowest); } static void ssl_write_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl = data; ssl_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; int retlen, x; if(ctl->dead) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ctl->writeq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; /* in theory unix sock_dgram shouldn't ever short write this.. */ retlen = rb_send_fd_buf(ctl->F, ctl_buf->F, ctl_buf->nfds, ctl_buf->buf, ctl_buf->buflen, ctl->pid); if(retlen > 0) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &ctl->writeq); for(x = 0; x < ctl_buf->nfds; x++) rb_close(ctl_buf->F[x]); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { ssl_dead(ctl); return; } else { rb_setselect(ctl->F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, ssl_write_ctl, ctl); } } } static void ssl_cmd_write_queue(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, rb_fde_t **F, int count, const void *buf, size_t buflen) { ssl_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; int x; /* don't bother */ if(ctl->dead) return; ctl_buf = rb_malloc(sizeof(ssl_ctl_buf_t)); ctl_buf->buf = rb_malloc(buflen); memcpy(ctl_buf->buf, buf, buflen); ctl_buf->buflen = buflen; for(x = 0; x < count && x < MAXPASSFD; x++) { ctl_buf->F[x] = F[x]; } ctl_buf->nfds = count; rb_dlinkAddTail(ctl_buf, &ctl_buf->node, &ctl->writeq); ssl_write_ctl(ctl->F, ctl); } static void send_new_ssl_certs_one(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params) { size_t len; len = strlen(ssl_cert) + strlen(ssl_private_key) + strlen(ssl_dh_params) + 5; if(len > sizeof(tmpbuf)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Parameters for send_new_ssl_certs_one too long (%zu > %zu) to pass to ssld, not sending...", len, sizeof(tmpbuf)); ilog(L_MAIN, "Parameters for send_new_ssl_certs_one too long (%zu > %zu) to pass to ssld, not sending...", len, sizeof(tmpbuf)); return; } len = rb_snprintf(tmpbuf, sizeof(tmpbuf), "K%c%s%c%s%c%s%c", nul, ssl_cert, nul, ssl_private_key, nul, ssl_dh_params, nul); ssl_cmd_write_queue(ctl, NULL, 0, tmpbuf, len); } static void send_init_prng(ssl_ctl_t * ctl, prng_seed_t seedtype, const char *path) { size_t len; const char *s; uint8_t seed = (uint8_t)seedtype; if(path == NULL) s = ""; else s = path; len = strlen(s) + 3; if(len > sizeof(tmpbuf)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Parameters for send_init_prng too long (%zd > %zd) to pass to ssld, not sending...", len, sizeof(tmpbuf)); ilog(L_MAIN, "Parameters for send_init_prng too long (%zd > %zd) to pass to ssld, not sending...", len, sizeof(tmpbuf)); return; } len = rb_snprintf(tmpbuf, sizeof(tmpbuf), "I%c%s%c", seed, s, nul); ssl_cmd_write_queue(ctl, NULL, 0, tmpbuf, len); } void send_new_ssl_certs(const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(ssl_cert == NULL || ssl_private_key == NULL || ssl_dh_params == NULL) { ircd_ssl_ok = 0; return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, ssl_daemons.head) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl = ptr->data; send_new_ssl_certs_one(ctl, ssl_cert, ssl_private_key, ssl_dh_params); } } ssl_ctl_t * start_ssld_accept(rb_fde_t *sslF, rb_fde_t *plainF, int32_t id) { rb_fde_t *F[2]; ssl_ctl_t *ctl; char buf[5]; F[0] = sslF; F[1] = plainF; buf[0] = 'A'; int32_to_buf(&buf[1], id); ctl = which_ssld(); ctl->cli_count++; ssl_cmd_write_queue(ctl, F, 2, buf, sizeof(buf)); return ctl; } ssl_ctl_t * start_ssld_connect(rb_fde_t *sslF, rb_fde_t *plainF, int32_t id) { rb_fde_t *F[2]; ssl_ctl_t *ctl; char buf[5]; F[0] = sslF; F[1] = plainF; buf[0] = 'C'; int32_to_buf(&buf[1], id); ctl = which_ssld(); ctl->cli_count++; ssl_cmd_write_queue(ctl, F, 2, buf, sizeof(buf)); return ctl; } void ssld_decrement_clicount(ssl_ctl_t * ctl) { if(ctl == NULL) return; ctl->cli_count--; if(ctl->dead && !ctl->cli_count) { free_ssl_daemon(ctl); } } /* * what we end up sending to the ssld process for ziplinks is the following * Z[ourfd][level][RECVQ] * Z = ziplinks command = buf[0] * ourfd = Our end of the socketpair = buf[1..4] * level = zip level buf[5] * recvqlen = our recvq len = buf[6-7] * recvq = any data we read prior to starting ziplinks */ void start_zlib_session(void *data) { struct Client *server = (struct Client *)data; uint16_t recvqlen; uint8_t level; void *xbuf; rb_fde_t *F[2]; rb_fde_t *xF1, *xF2; char *buf; char buf2[9]; void *recvq_start; size_t hdr = (sizeof(uint8_t) * 2) + sizeof(int32_t); size_t len; int cpylen, left; server->localClient->event = NULL; recvqlen = rb_linebuf_len(&server->localClient->buf_recvq); len = recvqlen + hdr; if(len > READBUF_SIZE) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "ssld - attempted to pass message of %zd len, max len %d, giving up", len, READBUF_SIZE); ilog(L_MAIN, "ssld - attempted to pass message of %zd len, max len %d, giving up", len, READBUF_SIZE); exit_client(server, server, server, "ssld readbuf exceeded"); return; } buf = rb_malloc(len); level = ConfigFileEntry.compression_level; int32_to_buf(&buf[1], rb_get_fd(server->localClient->F)); buf[5] = (char)level; recvq_start = &buf[6]; server->localClient->zipstats = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ZipStats)); xbuf = recvq_start; left = recvqlen; do { cpylen = rb_linebuf_get(&server->localClient->buf_recvq, xbuf, left, LINEBUF_PARTIAL, LINEBUF_RAW); left -= cpylen; xbuf = (void *) (((uintptr_t) xbuf) + cpylen); } while(cpylen > 0); /* Pass the socket to ssld. */ *buf = 'Z'; if(rb_socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, &xF1, &xF2, "Initial zlib socketpairs") == -1) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Error creating zlib socketpair - %s", strerror(errno)); ilog(L_MAIN, "Error creating zlib socketpairs - %s", strerror(errno)); exit_client(server, server, server, "Error creating zlib socketpair"); return; } if(IsSSL(server)) { /* tell ssld the new connid for the ssl part*/ buf2[0] = 'Y'; int32_to_buf(&buf2[1], rb_get_fd(server->localClient->F)); int32_to_buf(&buf2[5], rb_get_fd(xF2)); ssl_cmd_write_queue(server->localClient->ssl_ctl, NULL, 0, buf2, sizeof(buf2)); } F[0] = server->localClient->F; F[1] = xF1; del_from_cli_fd_hash(server); server->localClient->F = xF2; /* need to redo as what we did before isn't valid now */ int32_to_buf(&buf[1], rb_get_fd(server->localClient->F)); add_to_cli_fd_hash(server); server->localClient->z_ctl = which_ssld(); server->localClient->z_ctl->cli_count++; ssl_cmd_write_queue(server->localClient->z_ctl, F, 2, buf, len); rb_free(buf); } static void collect_zipstats(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; char buf[sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(int32_t) + HOSTLEN]; void *odata; size_t len; int32_t id; buf[0] = 'S'; odata = buf + sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(int32_t); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(IsCapable(target_p, CAP_ZIP)) { len = sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(uint32_t); id = rb_get_fd(target_p->localClient->F); int32_to_buf(&buf[1], rb_get_fd(target_p->localClient->F)); rb_strlcpy(odata, target_p->name, (sizeof(buf) - len)); len += strlen(odata) + 1; /* Get the \0 as well */ ssl_cmd_write_queue(target_p->localClient->z_ctl, NULL, 0, buf, len); } } } static void cleanup_dead_ssl(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; ssl_ctl_t *ctl; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ssl_daemons.head) { ctl = ptr->data; if(ctl->dead && !ctl->cli_count) { free_ssl_daemon(ctl); } } } int get_ssld_count(void) { return ssld_count; } void init_ssld(void) { rb_event_addish("collect_zipstats", collect_zipstats, NULL, ZIPSTATS_TIME); rb_event_addish("cleanup_dead_ssld", cleanup_dead_ssl, NULL, 1200); } ������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/listener.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000033563�11730550233�015762� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * listener.c: Listens on a port. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: listener.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "listener.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_auth.h" #include "reject.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "sslproc.h" #include "hash.h" static rb_dlink_list listener_list; static int accept_precallback(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t addrlen, void *data); static void accept_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t addrlen, void *data); static struct Listener * make_listener(struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr) { struct Listener *listener = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct Listener)); s_assert(0 != listener); listener->name = ServerInfo.name; /* me.name may not be valid yet -- jilles */ listener->F = NULL; memcpy(&listener->addr, addr, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); return listener; } void free_listener(struct Listener *listener) { s_assert(NULL != listener); if(listener == NULL) return; rb_dlinkDelete(&listener->node, &listener_list); rb_free(listener); } #define PORTNAMELEN 6 /* ":31337" */ /* * get_listener_name - return displayable listener name and port * returns "host.foo.org:6667" for a given listener */ const char * get_listener_name(struct Listener *listener) { static char buf[HOSTLEN + HOSTLEN + PORTNAMELEN + 4]; int port = 0; s_assert(NULL != listener); if(listener == NULL) return NULL; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&listener->addr) == AF_INET6) port = ntohs(((const struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr)->sin6_port); else #endif port = ntohs(((const struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr)->sin_port); rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s[%s/%u]", me.name, listener->name, port); return buf; } /* * show_ports - send port listing to a client * inputs - pointer to client to show ports to * output - none * side effects - show ports */ void show_ports(struct Client *source_p) { struct Listener *listener; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, listener_list.head) { listener = ptr->data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSPLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSPLINE), 'P', #ifdef RB_IPV6 ntohs(GET_SS_FAMILY(&listener->addr) == AF_INET ? ((struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr)-> sin_port : ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr)-> sin6_port), #else ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr)->sin_port), #endif IsOperAdmin(source_p) ? listener->name : me.name, listener->ref_count, (listener->active) ? "active" : "disabled", listener->ssl ? " ssl" : ""); } } /* * inetport - create a listener socket in the AF_INET or AF_INET6 domain, * bind it to the port given in 'port' and listen to it * returns true (1) if successful false (0) on error. * * If the operating system has a define for SOMAXCONN, use it, otherwise * use RATBOX_SOMAXCONN */ #ifdef SOMAXCONN #undef RATBOX_SOMAXCONN #define RATBOX_SOMAXCONN SOMAXCONN #endif static int inetport(struct Listener *listener) { rb_fde_t *F; int ret; int opt = 1; /* * At first, open a new socket */ F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&listener->addr), SOCK_STREAM, 0, "Listener socket"); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&listener->addr) == AF_INET6) { struct sockaddr_in6 *in6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr; if(!IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&in6->sin6_addr, &in6addr_any)) { rb_inet_ntop(AF_INET6, &in6->sin6_addr, listener->vhost, sizeof(listener->vhost)); listener->name = listener->vhost; } } else #endif { struct sockaddr_in *in = (struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr; if(in->sin_addr.s_addr != INADDR_ANY) { rb_inet_ntop(AF_INET, &in->sin_addr, listener->vhost, sizeof(listener->vhost)); listener->name = listener->vhost; } } if(F == NULL) { report_error("opening listener socket %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); return 0; } else if((maxconnections - 10) < rb_get_fd(F)) /* XXX this is kinda bogus */ { report_error("no more connections left for listener %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); rb_close(F); return 0; } /* * XXX - we don't want to do all this crap for a listener * set_sock_opts(listener); */ if(setsockopt(rb_get_fd(F), SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&opt, sizeof(opt))) { report_error("setting SO_REUSEADDR for listener %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); rb_close(F); return 0; } /* * Bind a port to listen for new connections if port is non-null, * else assume it is already open and try get something from it. */ if(bind(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&listener->addr, GET_SS_LEN(&listener->addr))) { report_error("binding listener socket %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); rb_close(F); return 0; } if((ret = rb_listen(F, RATBOX_SOMAXCONN))) { report_error("listen failed for %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); rb_close(F); return 0; } listener->F = F; rb_accept_tcp(listener->F, accept_precallback, accept_callback, listener); return 1; } static struct Listener * find_listener(struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr) { struct Listener *listener = NULL; struct Listener *last_closed = NULL; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, listener_list.head) { listener = ptr->data; if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) != GET_SS_FAMILY(&listener->addr)) continue; switch (GET_SS_FAMILY(addr)) { case AF_INET: { struct sockaddr_in *in4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)addr; struct sockaddr_in *lin4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr; if(in4->sin_addr.s_addr == lin4->sin_addr.s_addr && in4->sin_port == lin4->sin_port) { if(listener->F == NULL) last_closed = listener; else return (listener); } break; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: { struct sockaddr_in6 *in6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; struct sockaddr_in6 *lin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr; if(IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&in6->sin6_addr, &lin6->sin6_addr) && in6->sin6_port == lin6->sin6_port) { if(listener->F == NULL) last_closed = listener; else return (listener); } break; } #endif default: break; } } return last_closed; } /* * add_listener- create a new listener * port - the port number to listen on * vhost_ip - if non-null must contain a valid IP address string in * the format "255.255.255.255" */ void add_listener(int port, const char *vhost_ip, int family, int ssl) { struct Listener *listener; struct rb_sockaddr_storage vaddr; /* * if no port in conf line, don't bother */ if(port == 0) return; memset(&vaddr, 0, sizeof(vaddr)); SET_SS_FAMILY(&vaddr, family); if(vhost_ip != NULL) { if(rb_inet_pton_sock(vhost_ip, (struct sockaddr *)&vaddr) <= 0) return; } else { switch (family) { case AF_INET: ((struct sockaddr_in *)&vaddr)->sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; break; #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: memcpy(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&vaddr)->sin6_addr, &in6addr_any, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); break; #endif default: return; } } switch (family) { case AF_INET: SET_SS_LEN(&vaddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); ((struct sockaddr_in *)&vaddr)->sin_port = htons(port); break; #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: SET_SS_LEN(&vaddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)); ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&vaddr)->sin6_port = htons(port); break; #endif default: break; } if((listener = find_listener(&vaddr))) { if(listener->F != NULL) return; } else { listener = make_listener(&vaddr); rb_dlinkAdd(listener, &listener->node, &listener_list); } listener->F = NULL; listener->ssl = ssl; if(inetport(listener)) listener->active = 1; else close_listener(listener); } /* * close_listener - close a single listener */ void close_listener(struct Listener *listener) { s_assert(listener != NULL); if(listener == NULL) return; if(listener->F != NULL) { rb_close(listener->F); listener->F = NULL; } listener->active = 0; if(listener->ref_count) return; free_listener(listener); } /* * close_listeners - close and free all listeners that are not being used */ void close_listeners() { struct Listener *listener; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, listener_list.head) { listener = ptr->data; close_listener(listener); } } /* * add_connection - creates a client which has just connected to us on * the given fd. The sockhost field is initialized with the ip# of the host. * The client is sent to the auth module for verification, and not put in * any client list yet. */ static void add_connection(struct Listener *listener, rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *sai, struct sockaddr *lai, void *ssl_ctl) { struct Client *new_client; s_assert(NULL != listener); /* * get the client socket name from the socket * the client has already been checked out in accept_connection */ new_client = make_client(NULL); memcpy(&new_client->localClient->ip, sai, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); new_client->localClient->lip = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); memcpy(new_client->localClient->lip, lai, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); /* * copy address to 'sockhost' as a string, copy it to host too * so we have something valid to put into error messages... */ rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&new_client->localClient->ip, new_client->sockhost, sizeof(new_client->sockhost)); rb_strlcpy(new_client->host, new_client->sockhost, sizeof(new_client->host)); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&new_client->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6 && ConfigFileEntry.dot_in_ip6_addr == 1) { rb_strlcat(new_client->host, ".", sizeof(new_client->host)); } #endif new_client->localClient->F = F; add_to_cli_fd_hash(new_client); new_client->localClient->listener = listener; new_client->localClient->ssl_ctl = ssl_ctl; if(ssl_ctl != NULL || rb_fd_ssl(F)) SetSSL(new_client); ++listener->ref_count; start_auth(new_client); } static time_t last_oper_notice = 0; static const char *toofast = "ERROR :Reconnecting too fast, throttled.\r\n"; static int accept_precallback(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t addrlen, void *data) { struct Listener *listener = (struct Listener *)data; char buf[BUFSIZE]; struct ConfItem *aconf; if(listener->ssl && (!ircd_ssl_ok || !get_ssld_count())) { rb_close(F); return 0; } if((maxconnections - 10) < rb_get_fd(F)) /* XXX this is kinda bogus */ { ++ServerStats.is_ref; /* * slow down the whining to opers bit */ if((last_oper_notice + 20) <= rb_current_time()) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "All connections in use. (%s)", get_listener_name(listener)); last_oper_notice = rb_current_time(); } rb_write(F, "ERROR :All connections in use\r\n", 32); rb_close(F); /* Re-register a new IO request for the next accept .. */ return 0; } aconf = find_dline(addr); if(aconf != NULL && (aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE)) return 1; /* Do an initial check we aren't connecting too fast or with too many * from this IP... */ if(aconf != NULL) { ServerStats.is_ref++; if(ConfigFileEntry.dline_with_reason) { if(rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "ERROR :*** Banned: %s\r\n", aconf->passwd) >= (int)(sizeof(buf) - 1)) { buf[sizeof(buf) - 3] = '\r'; buf[sizeof(buf) - 2] = '\n'; buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0'; } } else strcpy(buf, "ERROR :You have been D-lined.\r\n"); rb_write(F, buf, strlen(buf)); rb_close(F); return 0; } if(check_reject(F, addr)) return 0; if(throttle_add(addr)) { rb_write(F, toofast, strlen(toofast)); rb_close(F); return 0; } return 1; } static void accept_ssld(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr, struct sockaddr *laddr, struct Listener *listener) { ssl_ctl_t *ctl; rb_fde_t *xF[2]; if(rb_socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, &xF[0], &xF[1], "Incoming ssld Connection") == -1) { report_error("creating SSL/TLS socket pairs %s:%s", get_listener_name(listener), get_listener_name(listener), errno); rb_close(F); return; } ctl = start_ssld_accept(F, xF[1], rb_get_fd(xF[0])); /* this will close F for us */ add_connection(listener, xF[0], addr, laddr, ctl); } static void accept_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t addrlen, void *data) { struct Listener *listener = data; struct rb_sockaddr_storage lip; rb_socklen_t locallen = (rb_socklen_t) sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage); ServerStats.is_ac++; if(getsockname(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&lip, &locallen) < 0) { /* this can fail if the connection disappeared in the meantime */ rb_close(F); return; } if(listener->ssl) accept_ssld(F, addr, (struct sockaddr *)&lip, listener); else add_connection(listener, F, addr, (struct sockaddr *)&lip, NULL); } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_newconf.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000042364�11730550233�016115� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * s_newconf.c - code for dealing with conf stuff * * Copyright (C) 2004 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: s_newconf.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "dns.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "newconf.h" #include "hash.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "class.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "s_log.h" rb_dlink_list shared_conf_list; rb_dlink_list cluster_conf_list; rb_dlink_list oper_conf_list; rb_dlink_list hubleaf_conf_list; rb_dlink_list server_conf_list; rb_dlink_list xline_conf_list; rb_dlink_list resv_conf_list; /* nicks only! */ rb_dlink_list pending_glines; rb_dlink_list glines; static rb_dlink_list nd_list; /* nick delay */ rb_dlink_list tgchange_list; rb_patricia_tree_t *tgchange_tree; static rb_bh *nd_heap = NULL; static void expire_temp_rxlines(void *unused); static void expire_nd_entries(void *unused); static void expire_glines(void *unused); void init_s_newconf(void) { tgchange_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); nd_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct nd_entry), ND_HEAP_SIZE, "nd_heap"); rb_event_addish("expire_nd_entries", expire_nd_entries, NULL, 30); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_rxlines", expire_temp_rxlines, NULL, 60); rb_event_addish("expire_glines", expire_glines, NULL, CLEANUP_GLINES_TIME); } void clear_s_newconf(void) { struct server_conf *server_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, shared_conf_list.head) { /* ptr here is ptr->data->node */ rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &shared_conf_list); free_remote_conf(ptr->data); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, cluster_conf_list.head) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &cluster_conf_list); free_remote_conf(ptr->data); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, hubleaf_conf_list.head) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &hubleaf_conf_list); free_remote_conf(ptr->data); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, oper_conf_list.head) { free_oper_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &oper_conf_list); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, server_conf_list.head) { server_p = ptr->data; if(!server_p->servers) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &server_conf_list); free_server_conf(ptr->data); } else server_p->flags |= SERVER_ILLEGAL; } } void clear_s_newconf_bans(void) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) continue; free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &xline_conf_list); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; /* temporary resv */ if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) continue; free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resv_conf_list); } clear_resv_hash(); } struct remote_conf * make_remote_conf(void) { struct remote_conf *remote_p = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct remote_conf)); return remote_p; } void free_remote_conf(struct remote_conf *remote_p) { s_assert(remote_p != NULL); if(remote_p == NULL) return; rb_free(remote_p->username); rb_free(remote_p->host); rb_free(remote_p->server); rb_free(remote_p); } int find_shared_conf(const char *username, const char *host, const char *server, int flags) { struct remote_conf *shared_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, shared_conf_list.head) { shared_p = ptr->data; if(match(shared_p->username, username) && match(shared_p->host, host) && match(shared_p->server, server)) { if(shared_p->flags & flags) return YES; else return NO; } } return NO; } void cluster_generic(struct Client *source_p, const char *command, int cltype, const char *format, ...) { char buffer[BUFSIZE]; struct remote_conf *shared_p; va_list args; rb_dlink_node *ptr; va_start(args, format); rb_vsnprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), format, args); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, cluster_conf_list.head) { shared_p = ptr->data; if(!(shared_p->flags & cltype)) continue; sendto_match_servs(source_p, shared_p->server, CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s %s %s", shared_p->server, command, buffer); } } static void expire_glines(void *unused) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, glines.head) { aconf = ptr->data; /* if gline_time changes, these could end up out of order */ if(aconf->hold > rb_current_time()) continue; delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &glines); } } struct oper_conf * make_oper_conf(void) { struct oper_conf *oper_p = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct oper_conf)); return oper_p; } void free_oper_conf(struct oper_conf *oper_p) { s_assert(oper_p != NULL); if(oper_p == NULL) return; rb_free(oper_p->username); rb_free(oper_p->host); rb_free(oper_p->name); if(oper_p->passwd) { memset(oper_p->passwd, 0, strlen(oper_p->passwd)); rb_free(oper_p->passwd); } #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE rb_free(oper_p->rsa_pubkey_file); if(oper_p->rsa_pubkey) RSA_free(oper_p->rsa_pubkey); #endif rb_free(oper_p); } struct oper_conf * find_oper_conf(const char *username, const char *host, const char *locip, const char *name) { struct oper_conf *oper_p; struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip, cip; char addr[HOSTLEN + 1]; int bits, cbits; rb_dlink_node *ptr; parse_netmask(locip, (struct sockaddr *)&cip, &cbits); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, oper_conf_list.head) { oper_p = ptr->data; /* name/username doesnt match.. */ if(irccmp(oper_p->name, name) || !match(oper_p->username, username)) continue; rb_strlcpy(addr, oper_p->host, sizeof(addr)); if(parse_netmask(addr, (struct sockaddr *)&ip, &bits) != HM_HOST) { if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&ip) == GET_SS_FAMILY(&cip) && comp_with_mask_sock((struct sockaddr *)&ip, (struct sockaddr *)&cip, bits)) return oper_p; } /* we have to compare against the host as well, because its * valid to set a spoof to an IP, which if we only compare * in ip form to sockhost will not necessarily match --anfl */ if(match(oper_p->host, host)) return oper_p; } return NULL; } struct oper_flags { int flag; char has; char hasnt; }; static struct oper_flags oper_flagtable[] = { {OPER_GLINE, 'G', 'g'}, {OPER_KLINE, 'K', 'k'}, {OPER_XLINE, 'X', 'x'}, {OPER_RESV, 'Q', 'q'}, {OPER_GLOBKILL, 'O', 'o'}, {OPER_LOCKILL, 'C', 'c'}, {OPER_REMOTE, 'R', 'r'}, {OPER_UNKLINE, 'U', 'u'}, {OPER_REHASH, 'H', 'h'}, {OPER_DIE, 'D', 'd'}, {OPER_ADMIN, 'A', 'a'}, {OPER_NICKS, 'N', 'n'}, {OPER_OPERWALL, 'L', 'l'}, {OPER_SPY, 'S', 's'}, {OPER_INVIS, 'P', 'p'}, {OPER_REMOTEBAN, 'B', 'b'}, {0, '\0', '\0'} }; const char * get_oper_privs(int flags) { static char buf[20]; char *p; int i; p = buf; for(i = 0; oper_flagtable[i].flag; i++) { if(flags & oper_flagtable[i].flag) *p++ = oper_flagtable[i].has; else *p++ = oper_flagtable[i].hasnt; } *p = '\0'; return buf; } struct server_conf * make_server_conf(void) { struct server_conf *server_p = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct server_conf)); SET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum, AF_INET); return server_p; } void free_server_conf(struct server_conf *server_p) { s_assert(server_p != NULL); if(server_p == NULL) return; if(!EmptyString(server_p->passwd)) { memset(server_p->passwd, 0, strlen(server_p->passwd)); rb_free(server_p->passwd); } if(!EmptyString(server_p->spasswd)) { memset(server_p->spasswd, 0, strlen(server_p->spasswd)); rb_free(server_p->spasswd); } cancel_lookup(server_p->dns_query); rb_free(server_p->name); rb_free(server_p->host); rb_free(server_p->class_name); rb_free(server_p); } /* * conf_dns_callback * inputs - pointer to struct ConfItem * - pointer to adns reply * output - none * side effects - called when resolver query finishes * if the query resulted in a successful search, hp will contain * a non-null pointer, otherwise hp will be null. * if successful save hp in the conf item it was called with */ static void conf_dns_callback(const char *result, int status, int aftype, void *data) { struct server_conf *server_p = data; if(status == 1) rb_inet_pton_sock(result, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum); server_p->dns_query = 0; } void add_server_conf(struct server_conf *server_p) { if(EmptyString(server_p->class_name)) server_p->class = default_class; else server_p->class = find_class(server_p->class_name); if(server_p->class == default_class) { conf_report_error("Warning connect::class invalid for %s", server_p->name); rb_free(server_p->class_name); server_p->class_name = rb_strdup("default"); } if(strpbrk(server_p->host, "?*") != NULL) return; if(rb_inet_pton_sock(server_p->host, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum) > 0) return; server_p->dns_query = lookup_hostname(server_p->host, GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum), conf_dns_callback, server_p); } struct server_conf * find_server_conf(const char *name) { struct server_conf *server_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, server_conf_list.head) { server_p = ptr->data; if(ServerConfIllegal(server_p)) continue; if(match(name, server_p->name)) return server_p; } return NULL; } void attach_server_conf(struct Client *client_p, struct server_conf *server_p) { /* already have an attached conf */ if(client_p->localClient->att_sconf) { /* short circuit this special case :) */ if(client_p->localClient->att_sconf == server_p) return; detach_server_conf(client_p); } CurrUsers(server_p->class)++; client_p->localClient->att_sconf = server_p; server_p->servers++; } void detach_server_conf(struct Client *client_p) { struct server_conf *server_p = client_p->localClient->att_sconf; if(server_p == NULL) return; client_p->localClient->att_sconf = NULL; server_p->servers--; CurrUsers(server_p->class)--; if(ServerConfIllegal(server_p) && !server_p->servers) { /* the class this one is using may need destroying too */ if(MaxUsers(server_p->class) < 0 && CurrUsers(server_p->class) <= 0) free_class(server_p->class); rb_dlinkDelete(&server_p->node, &server_conf_list); free_server_conf(server_p); } } void set_server_conf_autoconn(struct Client *source_p, char *name, int newval) { struct server_conf *server_p; if((server_p = find_server_conf(name)) != NULL) { if(newval) server_p->flags |= SERVER_AUTOCONN; else server_p->flags &= ~SERVER_AUTOCONN; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed AUTOCONN for %s to %i", get_oper_name(source_p), name, newval); } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Can't find %s", name); } struct ConfItem * find_xline(const char *gecos, int counter) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(match_esc(aconf->host, gecos)) { if(counter) aconf->port++; return aconf; } } return NULL; } struct ConfItem * find_xline_mask(const char *gecos) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(aconf->host, gecos)) return aconf; } return NULL; } struct ConfItem * find_nick_resv(const char *name) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(match_esc(aconf->host, name)) { aconf->port++; return aconf; } } return NULL; } struct ConfItem * find_nick_resv_mask(const char *name) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(aconf->host, name)) return aconf; } return NULL; } /* clean_resv_nick() * * inputs - nick * outputs - 1 if nick is vaild resv, 0 otherwise * side effects - */ int clean_resv_nick(const char *nick) { char tmpch; int as = 0; int q = 0; int ch = 0; if(*nick == '-' || IsDigit(*nick)) return 0; while((tmpch = *nick++)) { if(tmpch == '?' || tmpch == '@' || tmpch == '#') q++; else if(tmpch == '*') as++; else if(IsNickChar(tmpch)) ch++; else return 0; } if(!ch && as) return 0; return 1; } /* valid_wild_card_simple() * * inputs - "thing" to test * outputs - 1 if enough wildcards, else 0 * side effects - */ int valid_wild_card_simple(const char *data) { const char *p; char tmpch; int nonwild = 0; /* check the string for minimum number of nonwildcard chars */ p = data; while((tmpch = *p++)) { /* found an escape, p points to the char after it, so skip * that and move on. */ if(tmpch == '\\') { p++; if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple) return 1; } else if(!IsMWildChar(tmpch)) { /* if we have enough nonwildchars, return */ if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple) return 1; } } return 0; } time_t valid_temp_time(const char *p) { time_t result = 0; while(*p) { if(IsDigit(*p)) { result *= 10; result += ((*p) & 0xF); p++; } else return -1; } if(result > (60 * 24 * 7 * 52)) result = (60 * 24 * 7 * 52); return (result * 60); } static void expire_temp_rxlines(void *unused) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; int i; HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, R_MAX, ptr, next_ptr, resvTable) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) && aconf->hold <= rb_current_time()) { if(ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Temporary RESV for [%s] expired", aconf->host); free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resvTable[i]); } } HASH_WALK_END RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) && aconf->hold <= rb_current_time()) { if(ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Temporary RESV for [%s] expired", aconf->host); free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resv_conf_list); } } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) && aconf->hold <= rb_current_time()) { if(ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Temporary X-line for [%s] expired", aconf->host); free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &xline_conf_list); } } } unsigned long get_nd_count(void) { return (rb_dlink_list_length(&nd_list)); } void add_nd_entry(const char *name) { struct nd_entry *nd; if(hash_find_nd(name) != NULL) return; nd = rb_bh_alloc(nd_heap); rb_strlcpy(nd->name, name, sizeof(nd->name)); nd->expire = rb_current_time() + ConfigFileEntry.nick_delay; /* this list is ordered */ rb_dlinkAddTail(nd, &nd->lnode, &nd_list); add_to_nd_hash(name, nd); } void free_nd_entry(struct nd_entry *nd) { rb_dlinkDelete(&nd->lnode, &nd_list); rb_dlinkDelete(&nd->hnode, &ndTable[nd->hashv]); rb_bh_free(nd_heap, nd); } void expire_nd_entries(void *unused) { struct nd_entry *nd; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, nd_list.head) { nd = ptr->data; /* this list is ordered - we can stop when we hit the first * entry that doesnt expire.. */ if(nd->expire > rb_current_time()) return; free_nd_entry(nd); } } void add_tgchange(const char *host) { tgchange *target; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; if(find_tgchange(host)) return; target = rb_malloc(sizeof(tgchange)); pnode = make_and_lookup(tgchange_tree, host); pnode->data = target; target->pnode = pnode; target->ip = rb_strdup(host); target->expiry = rb_current_time() + (60 * 60 * 12); rb_dlinkAdd(target, &target->node, &tgchange_list); } tgchange * find_tgchange(const char *host) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; if((pnode = rb_match_exact_string(tgchange_tree, host))) return pnode->data; return NULL; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_user.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000061572�11730550233�015436� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_user.c: User related functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_user.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "listener.h" #include "parse.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "scache.h" #include "send.h" #include "supported.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "packet.h" #include "reject.h" #include "cache.h" #include "hook.h" #include "monitor.h" static void report_and_set_user_flags(struct Client *, struct ConfItem *); void user_welcome(struct Client *source_p); extern char *crypt(); /* table of ascii char letters to corresponding bitmask */ struct flag_item { int mode; char letter; }; /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct flag_item user_modes[] = { {UMODE_ADMIN, 'a'}, {UMODE_BOTS, 'b'}, {UMODE_CCONN, 'c'}, {UMODE_CCONNEXT, 'C'}, {UMODE_DEBUG, 'd'}, {UMODE_DEAF, 'D'}, {UMODE_FULL, 'f'}, {UMODE_CALLERID, 'g'}, {UMODE_INVISIBLE, 'i'}, {UMODE_SKILL, 'k'}, {UMODE_LOCOPS, 'l'}, {UMODE_NCHANGE, 'n'}, {UMODE_OPER, 'o'}, {UMODE_REJ, 'r'}, {UMODE_SERVNOTICE, 's'}, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES {UMODE_SERVICE, 'S'}, #endif {UMODE_UNAUTH, 'u'}, {UMODE_WALLOP, 'w'}, {UMODE_EXTERNAL, 'x'}, {UMODE_SPY, 'y'}, {UMODE_OPERWALL, 'z'}, {UMODE_OPERSPY, 'Z'}, {0, 0} }; /* memory is cheap. map 0-255 to equivalent mode */ int user_modes_from_c_to_bitmask[] = { /* 0x00 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x0F */ /* 0x10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x1F */ /* 0x20 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x2F */ /* 0x30 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x3F */ 0, /* @ */ 0, /* A */ 0, /* B */ UMODE_CCONNEXT, /* C */ UMODE_DEAF, /* D */ 0, /* E */ 0, /* F */ 0, /* G */ 0, /* H */ 0, /* I */ 0, /* J */ 0, /* K */ 0, /* L */ 0, /* M */ 0, /* N */ 0, /* O */ 0, /* P */ 0, /* Q */ 0, /* R */ #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES UMODE_SERVICE, /* S */ #else 0, /* S */ #endif 0, /* T */ 0, /* U */ 0, /* V */ 0, /* W */ 0, /* X */ 0, /* Y */ UMODE_OPERSPY, /* Z */ /* 0x5B */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x60 */ UMODE_ADMIN, /* a */ UMODE_BOTS, /* b */ UMODE_CCONN, /* c */ UMODE_DEBUG, /* d */ 0, /* e */ UMODE_FULL, /* f */ UMODE_CALLERID, /* g */ 0, /* h */ UMODE_INVISIBLE, /* i */ 0, /* j */ UMODE_SKILL, /* k */ UMODE_LOCOPS, /* l */ 0, /* m */ UMODE_NCHANGE, /* n */ UMODE_OPER, /* o */ 0, /* p */ 0, /* q */ UMODE_REJ, /* r */ UMODE_SERVNOTICE, /* s */ 0, /* t */ UMODE_UNAUTH, /* u */ 0, /* v */ UMODE_WALLOP, /* w */ UMODE_EXTERNAL, /* x */ UMODE_SPY, /* y */ UMODE_OPERWALL, /* z */ /* 0x7B */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x7F */ /* 0x80 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x9F */ /* 0x90 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x9F */ /* 0xA0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0xAF */ /* 0xB0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0xBF */ /* 0xC0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0xCF */ /* 0xD0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0xDF */ /* 0xE0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0xEF */ /* 0xF0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0xFF */ }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ /* * show_lusers - * * inputs - pointer to client * output - * side effects - display to client user counts etc. */ int show_lusers(struct Client *source_p) { SetCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LUSERCLIENT, form_str(RPL_LUSERCLIENT), (Count.total - Count.invisi), Count.invisi, rb_dlink_list_length(&global_serv_list)); if(Count.oper > 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LUSEROP, form_str(RPL_LUSEROP), Count.oper); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&unknown_list) > 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LUSERUNKNOWN, form_str(RPL_LUSERUNKNOWN), rb_dlink_list_length(&unknown_list)); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&global_channel_list) > 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LUSERCHANNELS, form_str(RPL_LUSERCHANNELS), rb_dlink_list_length(&global_channel_list)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LUSERME, form_str(RPL_LUSERME), rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list), rb_dlink_list_length(&serv_list)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LOCALUSERS, form_str(RPL_LOCALUSERS), rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list), Count.max_loc, rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list), Count.max_loc); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_GLOBALUSERS, form_str(RPL_GLOBALUSERS), Count.total, Count.max_tot, Count.total, Count.max_tot); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSCONN, form_str(RPL_STATSCONN), MaxConnectionCount, MaxClientCount, Count.totalrestartcount); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) > (unsigned long)MaxClientCount) MaxClientCount = rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list); if((rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) + rb_dlink_list_length(&serv_list)) > (unsigned long)MaxConnectionCount) MaxConnectionCount = rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) + rb_dlink_list_length(&serv_list); ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); return 0; } /* ** register_local_user ** This function is called when both NICK and USER messages ** have been accepted for the client, in whatever order. Only ** after this, is the USER message propagated. ** ** NICK's must be propagated at once when received, although ** it would be better to delay them too until full info is ** available. Doing it is not so simple though, would have ** to implement the following: ** ** (actually it has been implemented already for a while) -orabidoo ** ** 1) user telnets in and gives only "NICK foobar" and waits ** 2) another user far away logs in normally with the nick ** "foobar" (quite legal, as this server didn't propagate ** it). ** 3) now this server gets nick "foobar" from outside, but ** has alread the same defined locally. Current server ** would just issue "KILL foobar" to clean out dups. But, ** this is not fair. It should actually request another ** nick from local user or kill him/her... */ int register_local_user(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *username) { struct ConfItem *aconf; char tmpstr2[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; char ipaddr[HOSTIPLEN]; char myusername[USERLEN + 1]; int status; s_assert(NULL != source_p); s_assert(MyConnect(source_p)); s_assert(source_p->username != username); if(source_p == NULL) return -1; if(IsAnyDead(source_p)) return -1; if(ConfigFileEntry.ping_cookie) { if(!(source_p->flags & FLAGS_PINGSENT) && source_p->localClient->random_ping == 0) { source_p->localClient->random_ping = (uint32_t)(rand() * rand()) << 1; sendto_one(source_p, "PING :%08X", (unsigned int)source_p->localClient->random_ping); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_PINGSENT; return -1; } if(!(source_p->flags & FLAGS_PING_COOKIE)) { return -1; } } /* hasnt finished client cap negotiation */ if(source_p->flags & FLAGS_CLICAP) return -1; client_p->localClient->last = rb_current_time(); /* Straight up the maximum rate of flooding... */ source_p->localClient->allow_read = MAX_FLOOD_BURST; /* XXX - fixme. we shouldnt have to build a users buffer twice.. */ if(!IsGotId(source_p) && (strchr(username, '[') != NULL)) { const char *p; int i = 0; p = username; while(*p && i < USERLEN) { if(*p != '[') myusername[i++] = *p; p++; } myusername[i] = '\0'; username = myusername; } if((status = check_client(client_p, source_p, username)) < 0) return (CLIENT_EXITED); if(!valid_hostname(source_p->host)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Notice -- You have an invalid hostname"); rb_strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, sizeof(source_p->host)); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(ConfigFileEntry.dot_in_ip6_addr == 1 && (GET_SS_FAMILY(&source_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6)) rb_strlcat(source_p->host, ".", sizeof(source_p->host)); #endif } aconf = source_p->localClient->att_conf; if(aconf == NULL) { exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "*** Not Authorised"); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } if(IsConfSSLNeeded(aconf) && !IsSSL(source_p)) { ServerStats.is_ref++; sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Notice -- You need to use SSL/TLS to use this server"); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Use SSL/TLS"); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } if(!IsGotId(source_p)) { const char *p; int i = 0; if(IsNeedIdentd(aconf)) { ServerStats.is_ref++; sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Notice -- You need to install identd to use this server"); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Install identd"); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } /* dont replace username if its supposed to be spoofed --fl */ if(!IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf) || !strchr(aconf->info.name, '@')) { p = username; if(!IsNoTilde(aconf)) source_p->username[i++] = '~'; while(*p && i < USERLEN) { if(*p != '[') source_p->username[i++] = *p; p++; } source_p->username[i] = '\0'; } } /* password check */ if(!EmptyString(aconf->passwd)) { const char *encr; if(EmptyString(source_p->localClient->passwd)) encr = ""; else if(IsConfEncrypted(aconf)) encr = rb_crypt(source_p->localClient->passwd, aconf->passwd); else encr = source_p->localClient->passwd; if(strcmp(encr, aconf->passwd)) { ServerStats.is_ref++; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH), me.name, source_p->name); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Bad Password"); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } } if(source_p->localClient->passwd) { memset(source_p->localClient->passwd, 0, strlen(source_p->localClient->passwd)); rb_free(source_p->localClient->passwd); source_p->localClient->passwd = NULL; } /* report if user has &^>= etc. and set flags as needed in source_p */ report_and_set_user_flags(source_p, aconf); /* Limit clients */ /* * We want to be able to have servers and F-line clients * connect, so save room for "buffer" connections. * Smaller servers may want to decrease this, and it should * probably be just a percentage of the MAXCLIENTS... * -Taner */ /* Except "F:" clients */ if(((rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) + 1) >= ((unsigned long)GlobalSetOptions.maxclients + MAX_BUFFER) || (rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) + 1) >= ((unsigned long)GlobalSetOptions.maxclients - 5)) && !(IsExemptLimits(source_p))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "Too many clients, rejecting %s[%s].", source_p->name, source_p->host); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Sorry, server is full - try later"); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } /* valid user name check */ if(!valid_username(source_p->username)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_REJ, L_ALL, "Invalid username: %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); ServerStats.is_ref++; rb_sprintf(tmpstr2, "Invalid username [%s]", source_p->username); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, tmpstr2); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } /* end of valid user name check */ /* kline exemption extends to xline too */ if(!IsExemptKline(source_p) && find_xline(source_p->info, 1) != NULL) { ServerStats.is_ref++; add_reject(source_p); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Bad user info"); return CLIENT_EXITED; } if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return CLIENT_EXITED; rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip, ipaddr, sizeof(ipaddr)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_CCONN, L_ALL, "Client connecting: %s (%s@%s) [%s] {%s} [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? ipaddr : "255.255.255.255", get_client_class(source_p), source_p->info); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_CCONNEXT, L_ALL, "CLICONN %s %s %s %s %s %s 0 %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? ipaddr : "255.255.255.255", get_client_class(source_p), /* mirc sometimes puts IPs in here */ show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p-> localClient->fullcaps : "<hidden> <hidden>", source_p->info); /* If they have died in send_* don't do anything. */ if(IsAnyDead(source_p)) return CLIENT_EXITED; add_to_hash(HASH_HOSTNAME, source_p->host, source_p); strcpy(source_p->id, generate_uid()); add_to_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); if(ConfigFileEntry.default_invisible) { source_p->umodes |= UMODE_INVISIBLE; Count.invisi++; } s_assert(!IsClient(source_p)); rb_dlinkMoveNode(&source_p->localClient->tnode, &unknown_list, &lclient_list); SetClient(source_p); source_p->servptr = &me; rb_dlinkAdd(source_p, &source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->users); /* Increment our total user count here */ if(++Count.total > Count.max_tot) Count.max_tot = Count.total; source_p->localClient->allow_read = MAX_FLOOD_BURST; source_p->localClient->firsttime = rb_current_time(); Count.totalrestartcount++; s_assert(source_p->localClient != NULL); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list) > (unsigned long)Count.max_loc) { Count.max_loc = rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list); if(!(Count.max_loc % 10)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "New Max Local Clients: %d", Count.max_loc); } /* they get a reduced limit */ if(find_tgchange(source_p->sockhost)) USED_TARGETS(source_p) = 6; inc_global_cidr_count(client_p); monitor_signon(source_p); user_welcome(source_p); introduce_client(client_p, source_p); return 0; } /* * introduce_clients * * inputs - * output - * side effects - This common function introduces a client to the rest * of the net, either from a local client connect or * from a remote connect. */ void introduce_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p) { static char ubuf[12]; if(MyClient(source_p)) send_umode(source_p, source_p, 0, SEND_UMODES, ubuf); else send_umode(NULL, source_p, 0, SEND_UMODES, ubuf); if(!*ubuf) { ubuf[0] = '+'; ubuf[1] = '\0'; } /* if it has an ID, introduce it with its id to TS6 servers, * otherwise introduce it normally to all. */ if(has_id(source_p)) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s UID %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s %s :%s", source_p->servptr->id, source_p->name, source_p->hopcount + 1, (long)source_p->tsinfo, ubuf, source_p->username, source_p->host, IsIPSpoof(source_p) ? "0" : source_p->sockhost, source_p->id, source_p->info); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, "NICK %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->hopcount + 1, (long)source_p->tsinfo, ubuf, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, source_p->info); } else sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, "NICK %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->hopcount + 1, (long)source_p->tsinfo, ubuf, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, source_p->info); } /* report_and_set_user_flags * * Inputs - pointer to source_p * - pointer to aconf for this user * Output - NONE * Side effects - * Report to user any special flags they are getting, and set them. */ static void report_and_set_user_flags(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf) { /* If this user is being spoofed, tell them so */ SetCork(source_p); if(IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Spoofing your IP"); } if(IsConfExemptKline(aconf)) { SetExemptKline(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from K/G/X lines"); } if(IsConfExemptGline(aconf)) { SetExemptGline(source_p); /* dont send both a kline and gline exempt notice */ if(!IsConfExemptKline(aconf)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from G lines"); } /* If this user is exempt from user limits set it F lined" */ if(IsConfExemptLimits(aconf)) { SetExemptLimits(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from user limits"); } if(IsConfExemptFlood(aconf)) { SetExemptFlood(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from flood limits"); } if(IsConfExemptSpambot(aconf)) { SetExemptSpambot(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from spambot checks"); } if(IsConfExemptJupe(aconf)) { SetExemptJupe(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from juped channel warnings"); } if(IsConfExemptShide(aconf)) { SetExemptShide(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from serverhiding"); } if(IsConfExemptResv(aconf)) { SetExemptResv(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You are exempt from resvs"); } ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); } /* * user_mode - set get current users mode * * m_umode() added 15/10/91 By Darren Reed. * parv[0] - sender * parv[1] - username to change mode for * parv[2] - modes to change */ int user_mode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int flag; int i; const char **p; char *m; const char *pm; struct Client *target_p; int what, setflags; int badflag = NO; /* Only send one bad flag notice */ char buf[BUFSIZE]; what = MODE_ADD; if(parc < 2) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "MODE"); return 0; } if((target_p = find_person(parv[1])) == NULL) { if(MyConnect(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } /* Dont know why these were commented out.. * put them back using new sendto() funcs */ if(IsServer(source_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ADMIN, "*** Mode for User %s from %s", parv[1], source_p->name); return 0; } if(source_p != target_p || target_p->from != source_p->from) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_USERSDONTMATCH), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } if(parc < 3) { m = buf; *m++ = '+'; for(i = 0; user_modes[i].letter && (m - buf < BUFSIZE - 4); i++) if(source_p->umodes & user_modes[i].mode) *m++ = user_modes[i].letter; *m = '\0'; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_UMODEIS), me.name, source_p->name, buf); return 0; } /* find flags already set for user */ setflags = source_p->umodes; /* * parse mode change string(s) */ for(p = &parv[2]; p && *p; p++) for(pm = *p; *pm; pm++) switch (*pm) { case '+': what = MODE_ADD; break; case '-': what = MODE_DEL; break; case 'o': if(what == MODE_ADD) { if(IsServer(client_p) && !IsOper(source_p)) { ++Count.oper; SetOper(source_p); } } else { /* Only decrement the oper counts if an oper to begin with * found by Pat Szuta, Perly , perly@xnet.com */ if(!IsOper(source_p)) break; ClearOper(source_p); Count.oper--; if(MyConnect(source_p)) { source_p->umodes &= ~ConfigFileEntry.oper_only_umodes; source_p->operflags &= ~OPER_FLAGS; rb_free(source_p->localClient->opername); source_p->localClient->opername = NULL; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &oper_list); } } break; /* we may not get these, * but they shouldnt be in default */ /* can only be set on burst */ #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES case 'S': #endif case ' ': case '\n': case '\r': case '\t': break; default: if((flag = UserModeBitmask(*pm))) { if(MyConnect(source_p) && !IsOper(source_p) && (ConfigFileEntry.oper_only_umodes & flag)) { badflag = YES; } else { if(what == MODE_ADD) source_p->umodes |= flag; else source_p->umodes &= ~flag; } } else { if(MyConnect(source_p)) badflag = YES; } break; } if(badflag) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UMODEUNKNOWNFLAG), me.name, source_p->name); if((source_p->umodes & UMODE_OPERWALL) && !IsOperOperwall(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You need oper and operwall flag for +z"); source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_OPERWALL; } if((source_p->umodes & UMODE_NCHANGE) && !IsOperN(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You need oper and nick_changes flag for +n"); source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_NCHANGE; /* only tcm's really need this */ } if(MyConnect(source_p) && (source_p->umodes & UMODE_ADMIN) && (!IsOperAdmin(source_p) || IsOperHiddenAdmin(source_p))) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** You need oper and admin flag for +a"); source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_ADMIN; } if(!(setflags & UMODE_INVISIBLE) && IsInvisible(source_p)) ++Count.invisi; if((setflags & UMODE_INVISIBLE) && !IsInvisible(source_p)) --Count.invisi; /* * compare new flags with old flags and send string which * will cause servers to update correctly. */ send_umode_out(client_p, source_p, setflags); return (0); } /* * send the MODE string for user (user) to connection client_p * -avalon */ void send_umode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int old, int sendmask, char *umode_buf) { int i; int flag; char *m; int what = 0; /* * build a string in umode_buf to represent the change in the user's * mode between the new (source_p->flag) and 'old'. */ m = umode_buf; *m = '\0'; for(i = 0; user_modes[i].letter; i++) { flag = user_modes[i].mode; if(MyClient(source_p) && !(flag & sendmask)) continue; if((flag & old) && !(source_p->umodes & flag)) { if(what == MODE_DEL) *m++ = user_modes[i].letter; else { what = MODE_DEL; *m++ = '-'; *m++ = user_modes[i].letter; } } else if(!(flag & old) && (source_p->umodes & flag)) { if(what == MODE_ADD) *m++ = user_modes[i].letter; else { what = MODE_ADD; *m++ = '+'; *m++ = user_modes[i].letter; } } } *m = '\0'; if(*umode_buf && client_p) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s MODE %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->name, umode_buf); } /* * send_umode_out * * inputs - * output - NONE * side effects - */ void send_umode_out(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int old) { struct Client *target_p; char buf[BUFSIZE]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; send_umode(NULL, source_p, old, SEND_UMODES, buf); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if((target_p != client_p) && (target_p != source_p) && (*buf)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s MODE %s :%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), get_id(source_p, target_p), buf); } } if(client_p && MyClient(client_p)) send_umode(client_p, source_p, old, ALL_UMODES, buf); } /* * user_welcome * * inputs - client pointer to client to welcome * output - NONE * side effects - */ void user_welcome(struct Client *source_p) { SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_WELCOME), me.name, source_p->name, ServerInfo.network_name, source_p->name); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_YOURHOST), me.name, source_p->name, get_listener_name(source_p->localClient->listener), ircd_version); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_CREATED), me.name, source_p->name, creation); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MYINFO), me.name, source_p->name, me.name, ircd_version); show_isupport(source_p); show_lusers(source_p); if(ConfigFileEntry.short_motd) { sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- motd was last changed at %s", source_p->name, user_motd_changed); sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- Please read the motd if you haven't read it", source_p->name); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MOTDSTART), me.name, source_p->name, me.name); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MOTD), me.name, source_p->name, "*** This is the short motd ***"); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMOTD), me.name, source_p->name); } else { ClearCork(source_p); send_user_motd(source_p); } } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/hostmask.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000041156�11730550233�015763� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * hostmask.c: Code to efficiently find IP & hostmask based configs. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: hostmask.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #ifdef RB_IPV6 static uint32_t hash_ipv6(struct sockaddr *, int); #endif static uint32_t hash_ipv4(struct sockaddr *, int); /* int parse_netmask(const char *, struct rb_sockaddr_storage *, int *); * Input: A hostmask, or an IPV4/6 address. * Output: An integer describing whether it is an IPV4, IPV6 address or a * hostmask, an address(if it is an IP mask), * a bitlength(if it is IP mask). * Side effects: None */ int parse_netmask(const char *text, struct sockaddr *naddr, int *nb) { char *ip = LOCAL_COPY(text); char *ptr; struct sockaddr *addr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage xaddr; int *b, xb; if(nb == NULL) b = &xb; else b = nb; if(naddr == NULL) addr = (struct sockaddr *)&xaddr; else addr = naddr; if(strpbrk(ip, "*?") != NULL) { return HM_HOST; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(strchr(ip, ':')) { if((ptr = strchr(ip, '/'))) { *ptr = '\0'; ptr++; *b = atoi(ptr); if(*b > 128) *b = 128; } else *b = 128; if(rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, addr) > 0) return HM_IPV6; else return HM_HOST; } else #endif if(strchr(text, '.')) { if((ptr = strchr(ip, '/'))) { *ptr = '\0'; ptr++; *b = atoi(ptr); if(*b > 32) *b = 32; } else *b = 32; if(rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, addr) > 0) return HM_IPV4; else return HM_HOST; } return HM_HOST; } /* Hashtable stuff...now external as its used in m_stats.c */ struct AddressRec *atable[ATABLE_SIZE]; void init_host_hash(void) { memset(&atable, 0, sizeof(atable)); } /* uint32_t hash_ipv4(struct rb_sockaddr_storage*) * Input: An IP address. * Output: A hash value of the IP address. * Side effects: None */ static uint32_t hash_ipv4(struct sockaddr *saddr, int bits) { struct sockaddr_in *addr = (struct sockaddr_in *)(void *)saddr; if(bits != 0) { uint32_t av = ntohl(addr->sin_addr.s_addr) & ~((1 << (32 - bits)) - 1); return (av ^ (av >> 12) ^ (av >> 24)) & (ATABLE_SIZE - 1); } return 0; } /* uint32_t hash_ipv6(struct rb_sockaddr_storage*) * Input: An IP address. * Output: A hash value of the IP address. * Side effects: None */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 static uint32_t hash_ipv6(struct sockaddr *saddr, int bits) { struct sockaddr_in6 *addr = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)(void *)saddr; uint32_t v = 0, n; for(n = 0; n < 16; n++) { if(bits >= 8) { v ^= addr->sin6_addr.s6_addr[n]; bits -= 8; } else if(bits) { v ^= addr->sin6_addr.s6_addr[n] & ~((1 << (8 - bits)) - 1); return v & (ATABLE_SIZE - 1); } else return v & (ATABLE_SIZE - 1); } return v & (ATABLE_SIZE - 1); } #endif /* int hash_text(const char *start) * Input: The start of the text to hash. * Output: The hash of the string between 1 and (TH_MAX-1) * Side-effects: None. */ static uint32_t hash_text(const char *start) { const char *p = start; uint32_t h = 0; while(*p) { h = (h << 4) - (h + (unsigned char)ToLower(*p++)); } return (h & (ATABLE_SIZE - 1)); } /* uint32_t get_hash_mask(const char *) * Input: The text to hash. * Output: The hash of the string right of the first '.' past the last * wildcard in the string. * Side-effects: None. */ static uint32_t get_mask_hash(const char *text) { const char *hp = "", *p; for(p = text + strlen(text) - 1; p >= text; p--) if(*p == '*' || *p == '?') return hash_text(hp); else if(*p == '.') hp = p + 1; return hash_text(text); } /* struct ConfItem* find_conf_by_address(const char*, struct rb_sockaddr_storage*, * int type, int fam, const char *username) * Input: The hostname, the address, the type of mask to find, the address * family, the username. * Output: The matching value with the highest precedence. * Side-effects: None */ struct ConfItem * find_auth(const char *name, const char *sockhost, struct sockaddr *addr, int fam, const char *username) { uint32_t hprecv = 0; struct ConfItem *hprec = NULL; struct AddressRec *arec; int b; if(username == NULL) username = ""; if(addr) { /* Check for IPV6 matches... */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(fam == AF_INET6) { for(b = 128; b >= 0; b -= 16) { for(arec = atable[hash_ipv6(addr, b)]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT && arec->masktype == HM_IPV6 && comp_with_mask_sock(addr, (struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask. ipa.addr, arec->Mask.ipa.bits) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username)) && arec->precedence > hprecv) { hprecv = arec->precedence; hprec = arec->aconf; } } } } else #endif if(fam == AF_INET) { for(b = 32; b >= 0; b -= 8) { for(arec = atable[hash_ipv4(addr, b)]; arec; arec = arec->next) if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT && arec->masktype == HM_IPV4 && arec->precedence > hprecv && comp_with_mask_sock(addr, (struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask. ipa.addr, arec->Mask.ipa.bits) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) { hprecv = arec->precedence; hprec = arec->aconf; } } } } if(name != NULL) { const char *p; /* And yes - we have to check p after strchr and p after increment for * NULL -kre */ for(p = name; p != NULL;) { for(arec = atable[hash_text(p)]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT && (arec->masktype == HM_HOST) && arec->precedence > hprecv && match(arec->Mask.hostname, name) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) { hprecv = arec->precedence; hprec = arec->aconf; } } p = strchr(p, '.'); if(p != NULL) p++; else break; } for(arec = atable[0]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT && arec->masktype == HM_HOST && arec->precedence > hprecv && (match(arec->Mask.hostname, name) || (sockhost && match(arec->Mask.hostname, sockhost))) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) { hprecv = arec->precedence; hprec = arec->aconf; } } } return hprec; } /* struct ConfItem* find_conf_by_address(const char*, struct rb_sockaddr_storage*, * int type, int fam, const char *username) * Input: The hostname, the address, the type of mask to find, the address * family, the username. * Output: The matching value with the highest precedence. * Side-effects: None */ struct ConfItem * find_conf_by_address(const char *name, const char *sockhost, struct sockaddr *addr, int type, int fam, const char *username) { struct AddressRec *arec; int b; if(username == NULL) username = ""; if(addr) { /* Check for IPV6 matches... */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(fam == AF_INET6) { for(b = 128; b >= 0; b -= 16) { for(arec = atable[hash_ipv6(addr, b)]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if(type == (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) && arec->masktype == HM_IPV6 && comp_with_mask_sock(addr, (struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask. ipa.addr, arec->Mask.ipa.bits) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) return arec->aconf; } } } else #endif if(fam == AF_INET) { for(b = 32; b >= 0; b -= 8) { for(arec = atable[hash_ipv4(addr, b)]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if(type == (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) && arec->masktype == HM_IPV4 && comp_with_mask_sock(addr, (struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask. ipa.addr, arec->Mask.ipa.bits) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) return arec->aconf; } } } } if(name != NULL) { const char *p; /* And yes - we have to check p after strchr and p after increment for * NULL -kre */ for(p = name; p != NULL;) { for(arec = atable[hash_text(p)]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if(type == (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) && (arec->masktype == HM_HOST) && match(arec->Mask.hostname, name) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) return arec->aconf; } p = strchr(p, '.'); if(p != NULL) p++; else break; } for(arec = atable[0]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if(type == (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) && arec->masktype == HM_HOST && (match(arec->Mask.hostname, name) || (sockhost && match(arec->Mask.hostname, sockhost))) && (arec->type & CONF_SKIPUSER || match(arec->username, username))) return arec->aconf; } } return NULL; } /* struct ConfItem* find_address_conf(const char*, const char*, * struct rb_sockaddr_storage*, int); * Input: The hostname, username, address, address family. * Output: The applicable ConfItem. * Side-effects: None */ struct ConfItem * find_address_conf(const char *host, const char *sockhost, const char *user, struct sockaddr *ip, int aftype) { struct ConfItem *iconf, *kconf; /* Find the best I-line... If none, return NULL -A1kmm */ if(!(iconf = find_auth(host, sockhost, ip, aftype, user))) return NULL; /* If they are exempt from K-lines, return the best I-line. -A1kmm */ if(IsConfExemptKline(iconf)) return iconf; /* Find the best K-line... -A1kmm */ kconf = find_conf_by_address(host, sockhost, ip, CONF_KILL, aftype, user); /* If they are K-lined, return the K-line */ if(kconf) return kconf; /* if theres a spoof, check it against klines.. */ if(IsConfDoSpoofIp(iconf)) { char *p = strchr(iconf->info.name, '@'); /* note, we dont need to pass sockhost here, as its * guaranteed to not match by whats above.. --anfl */ if(p) { *p = '\0'; kconf = find_conf_by_address(p + 1, NULL, ip, CONF_KILL, aftype, iconf->info.name); *p = '@'; } else kconf = find_conf_by_address(iconf->info.name, NULL, ip, CONF_KILL, aftype, user); if(kconf) return kconf; } /* hunt for a gline */ if(ConfigFileEntry.glines) { kconf = find_conf_by_address(host, sockhost, ip, CONF_GLINE, aftype, user); if((kconf != NULL) && !IsConfExemptGline(iconf)) return kconf; } return iconf; } /* void add_conf_by_address(const char*, int, const char *, * struct ConfItem *aconf) * Input: * Output: None * Side-effects: Adds this entry to the hash table. */ void add_conf_by_address(const char *address, int type, const char *username, struct ConfItem *aconf) { static uint32_t prec_value = 0xFFFFFFFF; int masktype, bits; uint32_t hv; struct AddressRec *arec; if(address == NULL) address = "/NOMATCH!/"; arec = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct AddressRec)); masktype = parse_netmask(address, (struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask.ipa.addr, &bits); arec->Mask.ipa.bits = bits; arec->masktype = masktype; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(masktype == HM_IPV6) { /* We have to do this, since we do not re-hash for every bit -A1kmm. */ bits -= bits % 16; arec->next = atable[(hv = hash_ipv6((struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask.ipa.addr, bits))]; atable[hv] = arec; } else #endif if(masktype == HM_IPV4) { /* We have to do this, since we do not re-hash for every bit -A1kmm. */ bits -= bits % 8; arec->next = atable[(hv = hash_ipv4((struct sockaddr *)&arec->Mask.ipa.addr, bits))]; atable[hv] = arec; } else { arec->Mask.hostname = address; arec->next = atable[(hv = get_mask_hash(address))]; atable[hv] = arec; } arec->username = username; arec->aconf = aconf; arec->type = type; /* only auth {}; gets a precedence */ if(type == CONF_CLIENT) arec->precedence = prec_value--; if(EmptyString(username) || (username[0] == '*' && username[1] == '\0')) arec->type |= CONF_SKIPUSER; } /* void delete_one_address(const char*, struct ConfItem*) * Input: An address string, the associated ConfItem. * Output: None * Side effects: Deletes an address record. Frees the ConfItem if there * is nothing referencing it, sets it as illegal otherwise. */ void delete_one_address_conf(const char *address, struct ConfItem *aconf) { int masktype, bits; uint32_t hv; struct AddressRec *arec, *arecl = NULL; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; masktype = parse_netmask(address, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &bits); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(masktype == HM_IPV6) { /* We have to do this, since we do not re-hash for every bit -A1kmm. */ bits -= bits % 16; hv = hash_ipv6((struct sockaddr *)&addr, bits); } else #endif if(masktype == HM_IPV4) { /* We have to do this, since we do not re-hash for every bit -A1kmm. */ bits -= bits % 8; hv = hash_ipv4((struct sockaddr *)&addr, bits); } else hv = get_mask_hash(address); for(arec = atable[hv]; arec; arec = arec->next) { if(arec->aconf == aconf) { if(arecl) arecl->next = arec->next; else atable[hv] = arec->next; aconf->status |= CONF_ILLEGAL; if(!aconf->clients) free_conf(aconf); rb_free(arec); return; } arecl = arec; } } /* void clear_out_address_conf(void) * Input: None * Output: None * Side effects: Clears out all address records in the hash table, * frees them, and frees the ConfItems if nothing references * them, otherwise sets them as illegal. */ void clear_out_address_conf(void) { int i; struct AddressRec **store_next; struct AddressRec *arec, *arecn; for(i = 0; i < ATABLE_SIZE; i++) { store_next = &atable[i]; for(arec = atable[i]; arec; arec = arecn) { arecn = arec->next; /* We keep the temporary K-lines and destroy the * permanent ones, just to be confusing :) -A1kmm */ if(arec->aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY || ((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) != CONF_CLIENT && (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) != CONF_EXEMPTDLINE)) { *store_next = arec; store_next = &arec->next; } else { arec->aconf->status |= CONF_ILLEGAL; if(!arec->aconf->clients) free_conf(arec->aconf); rb_free(arec); } } *store_next = NULL; } } void clear_out_address_conf_bans(void) { int i; struct AddressRec **store_next; struct AddressRec *arec, *arecn; for(i = 0; i < ATABLE_SIZE; i++) { store_next = &atable[i]; for(arec = atable[i]; arec; arec = arecn) { arecn = arec->next; /* We keep the temporary K-lines and destroy the * permanent ones, just to be confusing :) -A1kmm */ if(arec->aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY || ((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT || (arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_EXEMPTDLINE)) { *store_next = arec; store_next = &arec->next; } else { arec->aconf->status |= CONF_ILLEGAL; if(!arec->aconf->clients) free_conf(arec->aconf); rb_free(arec); } } *store_next = NULL; } } /* * show_iline_prefix() * * inputs - pointer to struct Client requesting output * - pointer to struct ConfItem * - name to which iline prefix will be prefixed to * output - pointer to static string with prefixes listed in ascii form * side effects - NONE */ const char * show_iline_prefix(struct Client *sptr, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *name) { static char prefix_of_host[USERLEN + 15]; char *prefix_ptr; prefix_ptr = prefix_of_host; if(IsNoTilde(aconf)) *prefix_ptr++ = '-'; if(IsNeedIdentd(aconf)) *prefix_ptr++ = '+'; if(IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf)) *prefix_ptr++ = '='; if(MyOper(sptr) && IsConfExemptKline(aconf)) *prefix_ptr++ = '^'; if(MyOper(sptr) && IsConfExemptLimits(aconf)) *prefix_ptr++ = '>'; *prefix_ptr = '\0'; strncpy(prefix_ptr, name, USERLEN); return (prefix_of_host); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_parser.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004600�11061521161�016420� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3. */ /* Skeleton interface for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public License without this special exception. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 2.2 of Bison. */ /* Tokens. */ #ifndef YYTOKENTYPE # define YYTOKENTYPE /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers know about them. */ enum yytokentype { LOADMODULE = 258, TWODOTS = 259, QSTRING = 260, STRING = 261, NUMBER = 262 }; #endif /* Tokens. */ #define LOADMODULE 258 #define TWODOTS 259 #define QSTRING 260 #define STRING 261 #define NUMBER 262 #if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED typedef union YYSTYPE #line 154 "ircd_parser.y" { int number; char string[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; conf_parm_t * conf_parm; } /* Line 1489 of yacc.c. */ #line 69 "ircd_parser.h" YYSTYPE; # define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ # define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 # define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 #endif extern YYSTYPE yylval; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_auth.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000031164�11730550233�015413� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_auth.c: Functions for querying a users ident. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_auth.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* * Changes: * July 6, 1999 - Rewrote most of the code here. When a client connects * to the server and passes initial socket validation checks, it * is owned by this module (auth) which returns it to the rest of the * server when dns and auth queries are finished. Until the client is * released, the server does not know it exists and does not process * any messages from it. * --Bleep Thomas Helvey <tomh@inxpress.net> */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "setup.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_auth.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "packet.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "send.h" #include "hook.h" #include "dns.h" struct AuthRequest { rb_dlink_node node; struct Client *client; /* pointer to client struct for request */ uint16_t dns_query; /* DNS Query */ rb_fde_t *authF; unsigned int flags; /* current state of request */ time_t timeout; /* time when query expires */ int lport; int rport; }; /* * a bit different approach * this replaces the original sendheader macros */ static const char *HeaderMessages[] = { "NOTICE AUTH :*** Looking up your hostname...", "NOTICE AUTH :*** Found your hostname", "NOTICE AUTH :*** Couldn't look up your hostname", "NOTICE AUTH :*** Checking Ident", "NOTICE AUTH :*** Got Ident response", "NOTICE AUTH :*** No Ident response", "NOTICE AUTH :*** Your hostname is too long, ignoring hostname" }; typedef enum { REPORT_DO_DNS, REPORT_FIN_DNS, REPORT_FAIL_DNS, REPORT_DO_ID, REPORT_FIN_ID, REPORT_FAIL_ID, REPORT_HOST_TOOLONG } ReportType; #define sendheader(c, r) sendto_one(c, "%s", HeaderMessages[(r)]) static rb_dlink_list auth_poll_list; static rb_bh *auth_heap; static EVH timeout_auth_queries_event; static void read_auth(rb_fde_t *F, void *data); /* * init_auth() * * Initialise the auth code */ void init_auth(void) { memset(&auth_poll_list, 0, sizeof(auth_poll_list)); rb_event_addish("timeout_auth_queries_event", timeout_auth_queries_event, NULL, 3); auth_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct AuthRequest), AUTH_HEAP_SIZE, "auth_heap"); } /* * make_auth_request - allocate a new auth request */ static struct AuthRequest * make_auth_request(struct Client *client) { struct AuthRequest *request = rb_bh_alloc(auth_heap); client->localClient->auth_request = request; request->client = client; request->dns_query = 0; request->authF = NULL; request->timeout = rb_current_time() + ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout; return request; } /* * free_auth_request - cleanup auth request allocations */ static void free_auth_request(struct AuthRequest *request) { rb_bh_free(auth_heap, request); } /* * release_auth_client - release auth client from auth system * this adds the client into the local client lists so it can be read by * the main io processing loop */ static void release_auth_client(struct AuthRequest *auth) { struct Client *client = auth->client; if(IsDNS(auth) || IsAuth(auth)) return; client->localClient->auth_request = NULL; rb_dlinkDelete(&auth->node, &auth_poll_list); free_auth_request(auth); /* * When a client has auth'ed, we want to start reading what it sends * us. This is what read_packet() does. * -- adrian */ client->localClient->allow_read = MAX_FLOOD; rb_dlinkAddTail(client, &client->node, &global_client_list); read_packet(client->localClient->F, client); } /* * auth_dns_callback - called when resolver query finishes * if the query resulted in a successful search, hp will contain * a non-null pointer, otherwise hp will be null. * set the client on it's way to a connection completion, regardless * of success of failure */ static void auth_dns_callback(const char *res, int status, int aftype, void *data) { struct AuthRequest *auth = data; ClearDNS(auth); auth->dns_query = 0; /* The resolver won't return us anything > HOSTLEN */ if(status == 1) { rb_strlcpy(auth->client->host, res, sizeof(auth->client->host)); sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FIN_DNS); } else { if(!strcmp(res, "HOSTTOOLONG")) { sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_HOST_TOOLONG); } sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FAIL_DNS); } release_auth_client(auth); } /* * authsenderr - handle auth send errors */ static void auth_error(struct AuthRequest *auth) { ServerStats.is_abad++; if(auth->authF != NULL) rb_close(auth->authF); auth->authF = NULL; ClearAuth(auth); sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FAIL_ID); release_auth_client(auth); } static void auth_connect_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { struct AuthRequest *auth = data; char authbuf[32]; if(status != RB_OK) { auth_error(auth); return; } /* one shot at the send, socket buffers should be able to handle it * if not, oh well, you lose */ rb_snprintf(authbuf, sizeof(authbuf), "%d , %d\r\n", auth->rport, auth->lport); if(rb_write(auth->authF, authbuf, strlen(authbuf)) <= 0) { auth_error(auth); return; } read_auth(F, auth); } /* * start_auth_query - Flag the client to show that an attempt to * contact the ident server on * the client's host. The connect and subsequently the socket are all put * into 'non-blocking' mode. Should the connect or any later phase of the * identifing process fail, it is aborted and the user is given a username * of "unknown". */ static void start_auth_query(struct AuthRequest *auth) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage *localaddr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage *remoteaddr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage destaddr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage bindaddr; int family; if(IsAnyDead(auth->client)) return; sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_DO_ID); localaddr = auth->client->localClient->lip; remoteaddr = &auth->client->localClient->ip; family = GET_SS_FAMILY(remoteaddr); if((auth->authF = rb_socket(family, SOCK_STREAM, 0, "ident")) == NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Error creating auth stream socket: %s", strerror(errno)); ilog(L_IOERROR, "creating auth stream socket %s: %s", auth->client->sockhost, strerror(errno)); auth_error(auth); return; } memcpy(&bindaddr, localaddr, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); memcpy(&destaddr, remoteaddr, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(family == AF_INET6) { auth->lport = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in6 *)localaddr)->sin6_port); auth->rport = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in6 *)remoteaddr)->sin6_port); ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&bindaddr)->sin6_port = 0; ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&destaddr)->sin6_port = htons(113); } else #endif { auth->lport = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)localaddr)->sin_port); auth->rport = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)remoteaddr)->sin_port); ((struct sockaddr_in *)&bindaddr)->sin_port = 0; ((struct sockaddr_in *)&destaddr)->sin_port = htons(113); } /* allocated in listener.c - after we copy this..we can discard it */ rb_free(auth->client->localClient->lip); auth->client->localClient->lip = NULL; rb_connect_tcp(auth->authF, (struct sockaddr *)&destaddr, (struct sockaddr *)&bindaddr, GET_SS_LEN(&destaddr), auth_connect_callback, auth, GlobalSetOptions.ident_timeout); return; } static char * GetValidIdent(char *xbuf) { int remp = 0; int locp = 0; char *colon1Ptr; char *colon2Ptr; char *colon3Ptr; char *commaPtr; char *remotePortString; /* All this to get rid of a sscanf() fun. */ remotePortString = xbuf; colon1Ptr = strchr(remotePortString, ':'); if(!colon1Ptr) return NULL; *colon1Ptr = '\0'; colon1Ptr++; colon2Ptr = strchr(colon1Ptr, ':'); if(!colon2Ptr) return NULL; *colon2Ptr = '\0'; colon2Ptr++; commaPtr = strchr(remotePortString, ','); if(!commaPtr) return NULL; *commaPtr = '\0'; commaPtr++; remp = atoi(remotePortString); if(!remp) return NULL; locp = atoi(commaPtr); if(!locp) return NULL; /* look for USERID bordered by first pair of colons */ if(!strstr(colon1Ptr, "USERID")) return NULL; colon3Ptr = strchr(colon2Ptr, ':'); if(!colon3Ptr) return NULL; *colon3Ptr = '\0'; colon3Ptr++; return (colon3Ptr); } /* * start_auth - starts auth (identd) and dns queries for a client */ void start_auth(struct Client *client) { struct AuthRequest *auth = 0; s_assert(0 != client); if(client == NULL) return; /* to aid bopm which needs something unique to match against */ sendto_one(client, "NOTICE AUTH :*** Processing connection to %s", me.name); auth = make_auth_request(client); sendheader(client, REPORT_DO_DNS); rb_dlinkAdd(auth, &auth->node, &auth_poll_list); /* Note that the order of things here are done for a good reason * if you try to do start_auth_query before lookup_ip there is a * good chance that you'll end up with a double free on the auth * and that is bad. But you still must keep the SetDNSPending * before the call to start_auth_query, otherwise you'll have * the same thing. So think before you hack */ SetDNS(auth); /* set both at the same time to eliminate possible race conditions */ SetAuth(auth); if(ConfigFileEntry.disable_auth == 0) { start_auth_query(auth); } else { rb_free(client->localClient->lip); client->localClient->lip = NULL; ClearAuth(auth); } auth->dns_query = lookup_ip(client->sockhost, GET_SS_FAMILY(&client->localClient->ip), auth_dns_callback, auth); } /* * timeout_auth_queries - timeout resolver and identd requests * allow clients through if requests failed */ static void timeout_auth_queries_event(void *notused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct AuthRequest *auth; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, auth_poll_list.head) { auth = ptr->data; if(auth->timeout < rb_current_time()) { if(auth->authF != NULL) { rb_close(auth->authF); auth->authF = NULL; } if(IsAuth(auth)) { ClearAuth(auth); ServerStats.is_abad++; sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FAIL_ID); } if(IsDNS(auth)) { ClearDNS(auth); cancel_lookup(auth->dns_query); auth->dns_query = 0; sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FAIL_DNS); } auth->client->localClient->lasttime = rb_current_time(); release_auth_client(auth); } } return; } #define AUTH_BUFSIZ 128 static void read_auth(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct AuthRequest *auth = data; char *s = NULL, *t; char buf[AUTH_BUFSIZ + 1]; int len, count; len = rb_read(auth->authF, buf, AUTH_BUFSIZ); if(len < 0 && rb_ignore_errno(errno)) { rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_auth, auth); return; } if(len > 0) { buf[len] = '\0'; if((s = GetValidIdent(buf))) { t = auth->client->username; while(*s == '~' || *s == '^') s++; for(count = USERLEN; *s && count; s++) { if(*s == '@') break; if(!isspace(*s) && *s != ':' && *s != '[') { *t++ = *s; count--; } } *t = '\0'; } } rb_close(auth->authF); auth->authF = NULL; ClearAuth(auth); if(s == NULL) { ++ServerStats.is_abad; rb_strlcpy(auth->client->username, "unknown", sizeof(auth->client->username)); sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FAIL_ID); } else { sendheader(auth->client, REPORT_FIN_ID); ++ServerStats.is_asuc; SetGotId(auth->client); } release_auth_client(auth); } /* this assumes the client is closing */ void delete_auth_queries(struct Client *target_p) { struct AuthRequest *auth; if(target_p == NULL || target_p->localClient == NULL || target_p->localClient->auth_request == NULL) return; auth = target_p->localClient->auth_request; target_p->localClient->auth_request = NULL; if(IsDNS(auth) && auth->dns_query > 0) { cancel_lookup(auth->dns_query); auth->dns_query = 0; } if(auth->authF != NULL) rb_close(auth->authF); rb_dlinkDelete(&auth->node, &auth_poll_list); free_auth_request(auth); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_serv.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000044565�11730550233�015442� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_serv.c: Server related functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_serv.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "class.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "packet.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "scache.h" #include "send.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" /* chcap_usage_counts stuff... */ #include "hook.h" #include "parse.h" #include "sslproc.h" extern char *crypt(); #define MIN_CONN_FREQ 300 int MaxConnectionCount = 1; int MaxClientCount = 1; int refresh_user_links = 0; static char buf[BUFSIZE]; /* * list of recognized server capabilities. "TS" is not on the list * because all servers that we talk to already do TS, and the kludged * extra argument to "PASS" takes care of checking that. -orabidoo */ struct Capability captab[] = { /* name cap */ {"QS", CAP_QS}, {"EX", CAP_EX}, {"CHW", CAP_CHW}, {"IE", CAP_IE}, {"GLN", CAP_GLN}, {"KNOCK", CAP_KNOCK}, {"ZIP", CAP_ZIP}, {"TB", CAP_TB}, {"ENCAP", CAP_ENCAP}, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES {"SERVICES", CAP_SERVICE}, {"RSFNC", CAP_RSFNC}, #endif {"SAVE", CAP_SAVE}, {"SAVETS_100", CAP_SAVETS_100}, {0, 0} }; static CNCB serv_connect_callback; static CNCB serv_connect_ssl_callback; /* * hunt_server - Do the basic thing in delivering the message (command) * across the relays to the specific server (server) for * actions. * * Note: The command is a format string and *MUST* be * of prefixed style (e.g. ":%s COMMAND %s ..."). * Command can have only max 8 parameters. * * server parv[server] is the parameter identifying the * target server. * * *WARNING* * parv[server] is replaced with the pointer to the * real servername from the matched client (I'm lazy * now --msa). * * returns: (see #defines) */ int hunt_server(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *command, int server, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; int wilds; rb_dlink_node *ptr; const char *old; char *new; /* * Assume it's me, if no server */ if(parc <= server || EmptyString(parv[server]) || match(me.name, parv[server]) || match(parv[server], me.name) || (strcmp(parv[server], me.id) == 0)) return (HUNTED_ISME); new = LOCAL_COPY(parv[server]); /* * These are to pickup matches that would cause the following * message to go in the wrong direction while doing quick fast * non-matching lookups. */ if(MyClient(source_p)) target_p = find_named_client(new); else target_p = find_client(new); if(target_p) if(target_p->from == source_p->from && !MyConnect(target_p)) target_p = NULL; if(target_p == NULL && (target_p = find_server(source_p, new))) if(target_p->from == source_p->from && !MyConnect(target_p)) target_p = NULL; collapse(new); wilds = (strpbrk(new, "?*") != NULL); /* * Again, if there are no wild cards involved in the server * name, use the hash lookup */ if(!target_p) { if(!wilds) { if(MyClient(source_p) || !IsDigit(parv[server][0])) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), parv[server]); return (HUNTED_NOSUCH); } else { target_p = NULL; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { struct Client *match_p = ptr->data; if(IsRegistered(match_p) && match(new, match_p->name)) { target_p = ptr->data; break; } } } } if(target_p) { if(!IsRegistered(target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), parv[server]); return HUNTED_NOSUCH; } if(IsMe(target_p) || MyClient(target_p)) return HUNTED_ISME; old = parv[server]; parv[server] = get_id(target_p, target_p); sendto_one(target_p, command, get_id(source_p, target_p), parv[1], parv[2], parv[3], parv[4], parv[5], parv[6], parv[7], parv[8]); parv[server] = old; return (HUNTED_PASS); } if(!IsDigit(parv[server][0])) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), parv[server]); return (HUNTED_NOSUCH); } /* * try_connections - scan through configuration and try new connections. * Returns the calendar time when the next call to this * function should be made latest. (No harm done if this * is called earlier or later...) */ void try_connections(void *unused) { struct Client *client_p; struct server_conf *server_p = NULL; struct server_conf *tmp_p; struct Class *cltmp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int connecting = FALSE; int confrq; time_t next = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, server_conf_list.head) { tmp_p = ptr->data; if(ServerConfIllegal(tmp_p) || !ServerConfAutoconn(tmp_p)) continue; /* don't allow ssl connections if ssl isn't setup */ if(ServerConfSSL(tmp_p) && (!ircd_ssl_ok || !get_ssld_count())) continue; cltmp = tmp_p->class; /* * Skip this entry if the use of it is still on hold until * future. Otherwise handle this entry (and set it on hold * until next time). Will reset only hold times, if already * made one successfull connection... [this algorithm is * a bit fuzzy... -- msa >;) ] */ if(tmp_p->hold > rb_current_time()) { if(next > tmp_p->hold || next == 0) next = tmp_p->hold; continue; } if((confrq = get_con_freq(cltmp)) < MIN_CONN_FREQ) confrq = MIN_CONN_FREQ; tmp_p->hold = rb_current_time() + confrq; /* * Found a CONNECT config with port specified, scan clients * and see if this server is already connected? */ client_p = find_server(NULL, tmp_p->name); if(!client_p && (CurrUsers(cltmp) < MaxUsers(cltmp)) && !connecting) { server_p = tmp_p; /* We connect only one at time... */ connecting = TRUE; } if((next > tmp_p->hold) || (next == 0)) next = tmp_p->hold; } /* TODO: change this to set active flag to 0 when added to event! --Habeeb */ if(GlobalSetOptions.autoconn == 0) return; if(!connecting) return; /* move this connect entry to end.. */ rb_dlinkDelete(&server_p->node, &server_conf_list); rb_dlinkAddTail(server_p, &server_p->node, &server_conf_list); /* * We used to only print this if serv_connect() actually * suceeded, but since rb_tcp_connect() can call the callback * immediately if there is an error, we were getting error messages * in the wrong order. SO, we just print out the activated line, * and let serv_connect() / serv_connect_callback() print an * error afterwards if it fails. * -- adrian */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Connection to %s activated", server_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Connection to %s activated", server_p->name); serv_connect(server_p, 0); } /* * send_capabilities * * inputs - Client pointer to send to * - int flag of capabilities that this server has * output - NONE * side effects - send the CAPAB line to a server -orabidoo * */ void send_capabilities(struct Client *client_p, int cap_can_send) { struct Capability *cap; char msgbuf[BUFSIZE]; char *t; int tl; t = msgbuf; for(cap = captab; cap->name; ++cap) { if(cap->cap & cap_can_send) { tl = rb_sprintf(t, "%s ", cap->name); t += tl; } } t--; *t = '\0'; sendto_one(client_p, "CAPAB :%s", msgbuf); } /* * show_capabilities - show current server capabilities * * inputs - pointer to an struct Client * output - pointer to static string * side effects - build up string representing capabilities of server listed */ const char * show_capabilities(struct Client *target_p) { static char msgbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Capability *cap; if(has_id(target_p)) rb_strlcpy(msgbuf, " TS6", sizeof(msgbuf)); else rb_strlcpy(msgbuf, " TS", sizeof(msgbuf)); if(IsSSL(target_p)) rb_strlcat(msgbuf, " SSL", sizeof(msgbuf)); if(!IsServer(target_p) || !target_p->serv->caps) /* short circuit if no caps */ return msgbuf + 1; for(cap = captab; cap->cap; ++cap) { if(cap->cap & target_p->serv->caps) rb_snprintf_append(msgbuf, sizeof(msgbuf), " %s", cap->name); } return msgbuf + 1; } /* * New server connection code * Based upon the stuff floating about in s_bsd.c * -- adrian */ /* * serv_connect() - initiate a server connection * * inputs - pointer to conf * - pointer to client doing the connet * output - * side effects - * * This code initiates a connection to a server. It first checks to make * sure the given server exists. If this is the case, it creates a socket, * creates a client, saves the socket information in the client, and * initiates a connection to the server through rb_connect_tcp(). The * completion of this goes through serv_completed_connection(). * * We return 1 if the connection is attempted, since we don't know whether * it suceeded or not, and 0 if it fails in here somewhere. */ int serv_connect(struct server_conf *server_p, struct Client *by) { struct Client *client_p; struct rb_sockaddr_storage myipnum; char note[HOSTLEN + 10]; rb_fde_t *F; s_assert(server_p != NULL); if(server_p == NULL) return 0; /* log */ rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum, buf, sizeof(buf)); ilog(L_SERVER, "Connect to *[%s] @%s", server_p->name, buf); /* * Make sure this server isn't already connected */ if((client_p = find_server(NULL, server_p->name))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Server %s already present from %s", server_p->name, client_p->name); if(by && IsClient(by) && !MyClient(by)) sendto_one_notice(by, ":Server %s already present from %s", server_p->name, client_p->name); return 0; } /* create a socket for the server connection */ if((F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum), SOCK_STREAM, 0, NULL)) == NULL) { /* Eek, failure to create the socket */ report_error("opening stream socket to %s: %s", server_p->name, server_p->name, errno); return 0; } /* servernames are always guaranteed under HOSTLEN chars */ rb_snprintf(note, sizeof(note), "Server: %s", server_p->name); rb_note(F, note); /* Create a local client */ client_p = make_client(NULL); /* Copy in the server, hostname, fd */ client_p->name = scache_add(server_p->name); rb_strlcpy(client_p->host, server_p->host, sizeof(client_p->host)); rb_strlcpy(client_p->sockhost, buf, sizeof(client_p->sockhost)); client_p->localClient->F = F; add_to_cli_fd_hash(client_p); /* shove the port number into the sockaddr */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum) == AF_INET6) ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin6_port = htons(server_p->port); else #endif ((struct sockaddr_in *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin_port = htons(server_p->port); /* * Set up the initial server evilness, ripped straight from * connect_server(), so don't blame me for it being evil. * -- adrian */ if(!rb_set_buffers(client_p->localClient->F, READBUF_SIZE)) { report_error("rb_set_buffers failed for server %s:%s", client_p->name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), errno); } /* * Attach config entries to client here rather than in * serv_connect_callback(). This to avoid null pointer references. */ attach_server_conf(client_p, server_p); /* * at this point we have a connection in progress and C/N lines * attached to the client, the socket info should be saved in the * client and it should either be resolved or have a valid address. * * The socket has been connected or connect is in progress. */ make_server(client_p); if(by && IsClient(by)) strcpy(client_p->serv->by, by->name); else strcpy(client_p->serv->by, "AutoConn."); SetConnecting(client_p); rb_dlinkAddTail(client_p, &client_p->node, &global_client_list); if(ServerConfVhosted(server_p)) { memcpy(&myipnum, &server_p->my_ipnum, sizeof(myipnum)); ((struct sockaddr_in *)&myipnum)->sin_port = 0; SET_SS_FAMILY(&myipnum, GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->my_ipnum)); } else if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum) == AF_INET && ServerInfo.specific_ipv4_vhost) { memcpy(&myipnum, &ServerInfo.ip, sizeof(myipnum)); ((struct sockaddr_in *)&myipnum)->sin_port = 0; SET_SS_FAMILY(&myipnum, AF_INET); SET_SS_LEN(&myipnum, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if((GET_SS_FAMILY(&server_p->ipnum) == AF_INET6) && ServerInfo.specific_ipv6_vhost) { memcpy(&myipnum, &ServerInfo.ip6, sizeof(myipnum)); ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&myipnum)->sin6_port = 0; SET_SS_FAMILY(&myipnum, AF_INET6); SET_SS_LEN(&myipnum, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)); } #endif else { if(ServerConfSSL(server_p)) { rb_connect_tcp(client_p->localClient->F, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum, NULL, 0, serv_connect_ssl_callback, client_p, ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout); } else rb_connect_tcp(client_p->localClient->F, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum, NULL, 0, serv_connect_callback, client_p, ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout); return 1; } if(ServerConfSSL(server_p)) rb_connect_tcp(client_p->localClient->F, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum, (struct sockaddr *)&myipnum, GET_SS_LEN(&myipnum), serv_connect_ssl_callback, client_p, ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout); else rb_connect_tcp(client_p->localClient->F, (struct sockaddr *)&server_p->ipnum, (struct sockaddr *)&myipnum, GET_SS_LEN(&myipnum), serv_connect_callback, client_p, ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout); return 1; } static void serv_connect_ssl_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { struct Client *client_p = data; rb_fde_t *xF[2]; rb_connect_sockaddr(F, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, sizeof(client_p->localClient->ip)); if(status != RB_OK) { /* Print error message, just like non-SSL. */ serv_connect_callback(F, status, data); return; } if(rb_socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, &xF[0], &xF[1], "Outgoing ssld connection") == -1) { report_error("rb_socketpair failed for server %s:%s", client_p->name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), errno); serv_connect_callback(F, RB_ERROR, data); return; } del_from_cli_fd_hash(client_p); client_p->localClient->F = xF[0]; add_to_cli_fd_hash(client_p); client_p->localClient->ssl_ctl = start_ssld_connect(F, xF[1], rb_get_fd(xF[0])); SetSSL(client_p); serv_connect_callback(client_p->localClient->F, RB_OK, client_p); } /* * serv_connect_callback() - complete a server connection. * * This routine is called after the server connection attempt has * completed. If unsucessful, an error is sent to ops and the client * is closed. If sucessful, it goes through the initialisation/check * procedures, the capabilities are sent, and the socket is then * marked for reading. */ static void serv_connect_callback(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { struct Client *client_p = data; struct server_conf *server_p; /* First, make sure its a real client! */ s_assert(client_p != NULL); if(client_p == NULL) return; /* while we were waiting for the callback, its possible this already * linked in.. --fl */ if(find_server(NULL, client_p->name) != NULL) { exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Server Exists"); return; } if(client_p->localClient->ssl_ctl == NULL) rb_connect_sockaddr(F, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, sizeof(client_p->localClient->ip)); /* Check the status */ if(status != RB_OK) { /* RB_ERR_TIMEOUT wont have an errno associated with it, * the others will.. --fl */ if(status == RB_ERR_TIMEOUT) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Error connecting to %s[255.255.255.255]: %s", client_p->name, rb_errstr(status)); ilog(L_SERVER, "Error connecting to %s: %s", client_p->name, rb_errstr(status)); } else { const char *errstr = strerror(rb_get_sockerr(F)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Error connecting to %s[255.255.255.255]: %s (%s)", client_p->name, rb_errstr(status), errstr); ilog(L_SERVER, "Error connecting to %s: %s (%s)", client_p->name, rb_errstr(status), errstr); } exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, rb_errstr(status)); return; } /* RB_OK, so continue the connection procedure */ /* Get the C/N lines */ if((server_p = client_p->localClient->att_sconf) == NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Lost connect{} block for %s", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Lost connect{} block for %s", client_p->name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Lost connect{} block"); return; } /* Next, send the initial handshake */ SetHandshake(client_p); if(!EmptyString(server_p->spasswd)) { sendto_one(client_p, "PASS %s TS %d :%s", server_p->spasswd, TS_CURRENT, me.id); } /* pass my info to the new server */ send_capabilities(client_p, default_server_capabs | (ServerConfCompressed(server_p) && zlib_ok ? CAP_ZIP : 0) | (ServerConfTb(server_p) ? CAP_TB : 0)); sendto_one(client_p, "SERVER %s 1 :%s%s", me.name, ConfigServerHide.hidden ? "(H) " : "", me.info); /* * If we've been marked dead because a send failed, just exit * here now and save everyone the trouble of us ever existing. */ if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s went dead during handshake", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "%s went dead during handshake", client_p->name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Went dead during handshake"); return; } /* don't move to serv_list yet -- we haven't sent a burst! */ /* If we get here, we're ok, so lets start reading some data */ read_packet(F, client_p); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/bandbi.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000023273�11730550233�015351� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* src/bandbi.c * An interface to the ban db. * * Copyright (C) 2006 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: bandbi.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "match.h" #include "bandbi.h" #include "parse.h" #include "channel.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "reject.h" #include "send.h" #include "ircd.h" static char bandb_add_letter[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { 'K', 'D', 'X', 'R' }; rb_dlink_list bandb_pending; static rb_helper *bandb_helper; static int start_bandb(void); static void bandb_parse(rb_helper *); static void bandb_restart_cb(rb_helper *); static char *bandb_path; void init_bandb(void) { if(start_bandb()) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to start bandb helper: %s", strerror(errno)); exit(0); } } static int start_bandb(void) { char fullpath[PATH_MAX + 1]; #ifdef _WIN32 const char *suffix = ".exe"; #else const char *suffix = ""; #endif rb_setenv("BANDB_DPATH", ServerInfo.bandb_path, 1); if(bandb_path == NULL) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/bandb%s", LIBEXEC_DIR, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/libexec/ircd-ratbox/bandb%s", ConfigFileEntry.dpath, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to execute bandb in %s or %s/libexec/ircd-ratbox", LIBEXEC_DIR, ConfigFileEntry.dpath); return 0; } } bandb_path = rb_strdup(fullpath); } bandb_helper = rb_helper_start("bandb", bandb_path, bandb_parse, bandb_restart_cb); if(bandb_helper == NULL) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to start bandb: %s", strerror(errno)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unable to start bandb: %s", strerror(errno)); return 1; } rb_helper_run(bandb_helper); return 0; } void bandb_add(bandb_type type, struct Client *source_p, const char *mask1, const char *mask2, const char *reason, const char *oper_reason, int perm) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s ", bandb_add_letter[type], mask1); if(!EmptyString(mask2)) rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s ", mask2); rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %ld %d :%s", get_oper_name(source_p), (long int)rb_current_time(), perm, reason); if(!EmptyString(oper_reason)) rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), "|%s", oper_reason); rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "%s", buf); } static char bandb_del_letter[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { 'k', 'd', 'x', 'r' }; void bandb_del(bandb_type type, const char *mask1, const char *mask2) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; buf[0] = '\0'; rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s", bandb_del_letter[type], mask1); if(!EmptyString(mask2)) rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), " %s", mask2); rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "%s", buf); } static void bandb_handle_ban(char *parv[], int parc) { struct ConfItem *aconf; char *p; int para = 1; aconf = make_conf(); aconf->port = 0; if(parv[0][0] == 'K') aconf->user = rb_strdup(parv[para++]); aconf->host = rb_strdup(parv[para++]); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(parv[para++]); switch (parv[0][0]) { case 'K': aconf->status = CONF_KILL; break; case 'D': aconf->status = CONF_DLINE; break; case 'X': aconf->status = CONF_XLINE; break; case 'R': if(IsChannelName(aconf->host)) aconf->status = CONF_RESV_CHANNEL; else aconf->status = CONF_RESV_NICK; break; } if((p = strchr(parv[para], '|'))) { *p++ = '\0'; aconf->spasswd = rb_strdup(p); } aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(parv[para]); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &bandb_pending); } static int bandb_check_kline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage daddr; struct ConfItem *kconf = NULL; int aftype; const char *p; aftype = parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&daddr, NULL); if(aftype != HM_HOST) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(aftype == HM_IPV6) aftype = AF_INET6; else #endif aftype = AF_INET; kconf = find_conf_by_address(aconf->host, NULL, (struct sockaddr *)&daddr, CONF_KILL, aftype, aconf->user); } else kconf = find_conf_by_address(aconf->host, NULL, NULL, CONF_KILL, 0, aconf->user); if(kconf && ((kconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0)) return 0; for(p = aconf->user; *p; p++) { if(!IsUserChar(*p) && !IsKWildChar(*p)) return 0; } for(p = aconf->host; *p; p++) { if(!IsHostChar(*p) && !IsKWildChar(*p)) return 0; } return 1; } static int bandb_check_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage daddr; /* struct ConfItem *dconf; */ int bits; if(!parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&daddr, &bits)) return 0; return 1; } static int bandb_check_xline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct ConfItem *xconf; /* XXX perhaps convert spaces to \s? -- jilles */ xconf = find_xline_mask(aconf->host); if(xconf != NULL && !(xconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY)) return 0; return 1; } static int bandb_check_resv_channel(struct ConfItem *aconf) { const char *p; if(hash_find_resv(aconf->host) || strlen(aconf->host) > CHANNELLEN) return 0; for(p = aconf->host; *p; p++) { if(!IsChanChar(*p)) return 0; } return 1; } static int bandb_check_resv_nick(struct ConfItem *aconf) { if(!clean_resv_nick(aconf->host)) return 0; if(find_nick_resv(aconf->host)) return 0; return 1; } static void bandb_handle_clear(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, bandb_pending.head) { free_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &bandb_pending); } } static void bandb_handle_finish(void) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; clear_out_address_conf_bans(); clear_s_newconf_bans(); remove_perm_dlines(); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, bandb_pending.head) { aconf = ptr->data; rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &bandb_pending); switch (aconf->status) { case CONF_KILL: if(bandb_check_kline(aconf)) add_conf_by_address(aconf->host, CONF_KILL, aconf->user, aconf); else free_conf(aconf); break; case CONF_DLINE: if(bandb_check_dline(aconf)) add_dline(aconf); else free_conf(aconf); break; case CONF_XLINE: if(bandb_check_xline(aconf)) rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &xline_conf_list); else free_conf(aconf); break; case CONF_RESV_CHANNEL: if(bandb_check_resv_channel(aconf)) add_to_hash(HASH_RESV, aconf->host, aconf); else free_conf(aconf); break; case CONF_RESV_NICK: if(bandb_check_resv_nick(aconf)) rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &resv_conf_list); else free_conf(aconf); break; } } check_banned_lines(); } static void bandb_handle_failure(rb_helper *helper, char **parv, int parc) { if(server_state_foreground) fprintf(stderr, "bandb - bandb failure: %s\n", parv[1]); rb_helper_close(helper); ilog(L_MAIN, "bandb - bandb failure: %s", parv[1]); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "bandb - bandb failure: %s", parv[1]); exit(1); } static void bandb_parse(rb_helper *helper) { static char buf[READBUF_SIZE]; char *parv[MAXPARA + 1]; int len, parc; while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, buf, sizeof(buf)))) { parc = rb_string_to_array(buf, parv, MAXPARA); if(parc < 1) continue; switch (parv[0][0]) { case '!': bandb_handle_failure(helper, parv, parc); break; case 'K': case 'D': case 'X': case 'R': bandb_handle_ban(parv, parc); break; case 'C': bandb_handle_clear(); case 'F': bandb_handle_finish(); break; } } } void bandb_rehash_bans(void) { if(bandb_helper != NULL) rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "L"); } static void bandb_restart_cb(rb_helper *helper) { ilog(L_MAIN, "bandb - bandb_restart_cb called, bandb helper died?"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "bandb - bandb_restart_cb called, bandb helper died?"); if(helper != NULL) { rb_helper_close(helper); bandb_helper = NULL; } start_bandb(); return; } void bandb_restart(void) { ilog(L_MAIN, "bandb - restarting bandb with a new path"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "bandb - restarting bandb with a new path"); if(bandb_helper != NULL) { rb_helper_close(bandb_helper); bandb_helper = NULL; } start_bandb(); bandb_rehash_bans(); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/restart.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005073�11730550233�015614� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * restart.c: Functions to allow the ircd to restart. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: restart.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "restart.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd_signal.h" /* external var */ extern char **myargv; void restart(const char *mesg) { static int was_here = NO; /* redundant due to restarting flag below */ if(was_here) abort(); was_here = YES; ilog(L_MAIN, "Restarting Server because: %s, memory data limit: %ld", mesg, get_maxrss()); server_reboot(); } void server_reboot(void) { char path[PATH_MAX + 1]; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Restarting server..."); ilog(L_MAIN, "Restarting server..."); /* set all the signal handlers to a dummy */ setup_reboot_signals(); /* * XXX we used to call flush_connections() here. But since this routine * doesn't exist anymore, we won't be flushing. This is ok, since * when close handlers come into existance, rb_close() will be called * below, and the data flushing will be implicit. * -- adrian * * bah, for now, the program ain't coming back to here, so forcibly * close everything the "wrong" way for now, and just LEAVE... */ #ifndef _WIN32 int i; for(i = 0; i < maxconnections; ++i) close(i); #endif unlink(pidFileName); #ifndef _WIN32 int fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR); dup2(fd, 0); dup2(fd, 1); dup2(fd, 2); #endif execv(SPATH, (void *)myargv); /* use this if execv of SPATH fails */ rb_snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/bin/ircd", ConfigFileEntry.dpath); execv(path, (void *)myargv); exit(-1); } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/reject.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000033056�11730550233�015406� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * reject.c: reject users with prejudice * * Copyright (C) 2003 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: reject.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "reject.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "match.h" static rb_patricia_tree_t *global_tree; static rb_patricia_tree_t *reject_tree; static rb_patricia_tree_t *dline_tree; static rb_patricia_tree_t *eline_tree; static rb_dlink_list delay_exit; static rb_dlink_list reject_list; static rb_dlink_list throttle_list; static rb_patricia_tree_t *throttle_tree; static void throttle_expires(void *unused); typedef struct _reject_data { rb_dlink_node rnode; time_t time; unsigned int count; } reject_t; typedef struct _delay_data { rb_dlink_node node; rb_fde_t *F; } delay_t; typedef struct _throttle { rb_dlink_node node; time_t last; int count; } throttle_t; typedef struct _global_data { int count; } global_t; static rb_patricia_node_t * add_ipline(struct ConfItem *aconf, rb_patricia_tree_t *tree, struct sockaddr *addr, int cidr) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; pnode = make_and_lookup_ip(tree, addr, cidr); if(pnode == NULL) return NULL; aconf->pnode = pnode; pnode->data = aconf; return (pnode); } int add_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage st; int bitlen; if(parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&st, &bitlen) == HM_HOST) return 0; if(add_ipline(aconf, dline_tree, (struct sockaddr *)&st, bitlen) != NULL) return 1; return 0; } int add_eline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage st; int bitlen; if(parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&st, &bitlen) == HM_HOST) return 0; if(add_ipline(aconf, eline_tree, (struct sockaddr *)&st, bitlen) != NULL) return 1; return 0; } unsigned long delay_exit_length(void) { return rb_dlink_list_length(&delay_exit); } static void reject_exit(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *ptr_next; delay_t *ddata; static const char *errbuf = "ERROR :Closing Link: (*** Banned (cache))\r\n"; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, delay_exit.head) { ddata = ptr->data; rb_write(ddata->F, errbuf, strlen(errbuf)); rb_close(ddata->F); rb_free(ddata); } delay_exit.head = delay_exit.tail = NULL; delay_exit.length = 0; } static void reject_expires(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; reject_t *rdata; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, reject_list.head) { pnode = ptr->data; rdata = pnode->data; if(rdata->time + ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration > rb_current_time()) continue; rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &reject_list); rb_free(rdata); rb_patricia_remove(reject_tree, pnode); } } void init_reject(void) { reject_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); dline_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); eline_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); throttle_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); global_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); rb_event_add("reject_exit", reject_exit, NULL, DELAYED_EXIT_TIME); rb_event_add("reject_expires", reject_expires, NULL, 60); rb_event_add("throttle_expires", throttle_expires, NULL, 10); } void add_reject(struct Client *client_p) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; reject_t *rdata; /* Reject is disabled */ if(ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count == 0 || ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration == 0) return; if((pnode = rb_match_ip(reject_tree, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip)) != NULL) { rdata = pnode->data; rdata->time = rb_current_time(); rdata->count++; } else { int bitlen = 32; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&client_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6) bitlen = 128; #endif pnode = make_and_lookup_ip(reject_tree, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, bitlen); pnode->data = rdata = rb_malloc(sizeof(reject_t)); rb_dlinkAddTail(pnode, &rdata->rnode, &reject_list); rdata->time = rb_current_time(); rdata->count = 1; } } int check_reject(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; reject_t *rdata; delay_t *ddata; /* Reject is disabled */ if(ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count == 0 || ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration == 0) return 0; pnode = rb_match_ip(reject_tree, addr); if(pnode != NULL) { rdata = pnode->data; rdata->time = rb_current_time(); if(rdata->count > (unsigned long)ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count) { ddata = rb_malloc(sizeof(delay_t)); ServerStats.is_rej++; rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_WRITE | RB_SELECT_READ, NULL, NULL); ddata->F = F; rb_dlinkAdd(ddata, &ddata->node, &delay_exit); return 1; } } /* Caller does what it wants */ return 0; } void flush_reject(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; reject_t *rdata; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, reject_list.head) { pnode = ptr->data; rdata = pnode->data; rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &reject_list); rb_free(rdata); rb_patricia_remove(reject_tree, pnode); } } int remove_reject(const char *ip) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; /* Reject is disabled */ if(ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count == 0 || ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration == 0) return -1; if((pnode = rb_match_string(reject_tree, ip)) != NULL) { reject_t *rdata = pnode->data; rb_dlinkDelete(&rdata->rnode, &reject_list); rb_free(rdata); rb_patricia_remove(reject_tree, pnode); return 1; } return 0; } static void delete_ipline(struct ConfItem *aconf, rb_patricia_tree_t *t) { rb_patricia_remove(t, aconf->pnode); if(!aconf->clients) { free_conf(aconf); } } static struct ConfItem * find_ipline(rb_patricia_tree_t *t, struct sockaddr *addr) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; pnode = rb_match_ip(t, addr); if(pnode != NULL) return (struct ConfItem *)pnode->data; return NULL; } static struct ConfItem * find_ipline_exact(rb_patricia_tree_t *t, struct sockaddr *addr, unsigned int bitlen) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; pnode = rb_match_ip_exact(t, addr, bitlen); if(pnode != NULL) return (struct ConfItem *)pnode->data; return NULL; } struct ConfItem * find_dline(struct sockaddr *addr) { struct ConfItem *aconf; aconf = find_ipline(eline_tree, addr); if(aconf != NULL) { return aconf; } return (find_ipline(dline_tree, addr)); } struct ConfItem * find_dline_exact(struct sockaddr *addr, unsigned int bitlen) { return find_ipline_exact(dline_tree, addr, bitlen); } void remove_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { delete_ipline(aconf, dline_tree); } void remove_perm_dlines(void) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; struct ConfItem *aconf; RB_PATRICIA_WALK(dline_tree->head, pnode) { aconf = pnode->data; if(!(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY)) { remove_dline(aconf); } } RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END; } void report_dlines(struct Client *source_p) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *host, *pass, *user, *oper_reason; RB_PATRICIA_WALK(dline_tree->head, pnode) { aconf = pnode->data; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) RB_PATRICIA_WALK_BREAK; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSDLINE), 'D', host, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END; } void report_tdlines(struct Client *source_p) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *host, *pass, *user, *oper_reason; RB_PATRICIA_WALK(dline_tree->head, pnode) { aconf = pnode->data; if(!(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY)) RB_PATRICIA_WALK_BREAK; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSDLINE), 'd', host, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END; } void report_elines(struct Client *source_p) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; struct ConfItem *aconf; int port; const char *name, *host, *pass, *user, *classname; RB_PATRICIA_WALK(eline_tree->head, pnode) { aconf = pnode->data; get_printable_conf(aconf, &name, &host, &pass, &user, &port, &classname); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSDLINE), 'e', host, pass, "", ""); } RB_PATRICIA_WALK_END; } unsigned long throttle_size(void) { unsigned long count; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; throttle_t *t; count = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, throttle_list.head) { pnode = ptr->data; t = pnode->data; if (t->count > ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count) count++; } return count; } int throttle_add(struct sockaddr *addr) { throttle_t *t; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; char sockhost[HOSTIPLEN+1]; if((pnode = rb_match_ip(throttle_tree, addr)) != NULL) { t = pnode->data; if(t->count > ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count) { if(t->count == ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count + 1) { rb_inet_ntop_sock(addr, sockhost, sizeof(sockhost)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_REJ, L_ALL, "Adding throttle for %s", sockhost); } t->count++; ServerStats.is_thr++; return 1; } /* Stop penalizing them after they've been throttled */ t->last = rb_current_time(); t->count++; } else { int bitlen = 32; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET6) bitlen = 128; #endif t = rb_malloc(sizeof(throttle_t)); t->last = rb_current_time(); t->count = 1; pnode = make_and_lookup_ip(throttle_tree, addr, bitlen); pnode->data = t; rb_dlinkAdd(pnode, &t->node, &throttle_list); } return 0; } static void throttle_expires(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; throttle_t *t; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, throttle_list.head) { pnode = ptr->data; t = pnode->data; if(t->last + ConfigFileEntry.throttle_duration > rb_current_time()) continue; rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &throttle_list); rb_free(t); rb_patricia_remove(throttle_tree, pnode); } } static int get_global_count(struct sockaddr *addr) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; global_t *glb; if((pnode = rb_match_ip(global_tree, addr))) { glb = pnode->data; return glb->count; } return 0; } static int inc_global_ip(struct sockaddr *addr, int bitlen) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; global_t *glb; if((pnode = rb_match_ip(global_tree, addr))) { glb = pnode->data; } else { pnode = make_and_lookup_ip(global_tree, addr, bitlen); glb = rb_malloc(sizeof(global_t)); pnode->data = glb; } glb->count++; return glb->count; } static void dec_global_ip(struct sockaddr *addr) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; global_t *glb; if((pnode = rb_match_ip(global_tree, addr))) { glb = pnode->data; glb->count--; if(glb->count == 0) { rb_free(glb); rb_patricia_remove(global_tree, pnode); return; } } } int inc_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip; struct sockaddr *addr; int bitlen; if(!MyClient(client_p)) { if(EmptyString(client_p->sockhost) || !strcmp(client_p->sockhost, "0")) return -1; if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(client_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&ip)) return -1; addr = (struct sockaddr *)&ip; } else addr = (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET6) { bitlen = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen; } else #endif bitlen = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen; return inc_global_ip(addr, bitlen); } void dec_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip; struct sockaddr *addr; if(!MyClient(client_p)) { if(EmptyString(client_p->sockhost) || !strcmp(client_p->sockhost, "0")) return; if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(client_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&ip)) return; addr = (struct sockaddr *)&ip; } else addr = (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip; dec_global_ip(addr); } int check_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip; struct sockaddr *addr; int count, max; if(!MyClient(client_p)) { if(EmptyString(client_p->sockhost) || !strcmp(client_p->sockhost, "0")) return -1; if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(client_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&ip)) return -1; addr = (struct sockaddr *)&ip; } else addr = (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip; count = get_global_count(addr); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET6) max = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_count; else #endif max = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_count; if(count >= max) return 1; return 0; } static void clear_cidr_tree(void *data) { rb_free(data); } void rehash_global_cidr_tree(void) { struct Client *client_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_destroy_patricia(global_tree, clear_cidr_tree); global_tree = rb_new_patricia(PATRICIA_BITS); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p) && IsServer(client_p)) continue; inc_global_cidr_count(client_p); } return; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/scache.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004646�11730550233�015363� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * scache.c: Server names cache. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: scache.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "hash.h" #include "scache.h" /* * this code intentionally leaks a little bit of memory, unless you're on a network * where you've got somebody screwing around and bursting a *lot* of servers, it shouldn't * be an issue... */ #define SCACHE_MAX_BITS 8 #define SCACHE_MAX (1<<SCACHE_MAX_BITS) #define hash_server(x) fnv_hash_upper_len((const unsigned char *)(x), SCACHE_MAX_BITS, 30) static rb_dlink_list scache_hash[SCACHE_MAX]; struct scache_entry { rb_dlink_node node; char *server_name; }; const char * scache_add(const char *name) { struct scache_entry *sc; unsigned int hashv; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_server(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, scache_hash[hashv].head) { sc = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(sc->server_name, name)) return sc->server_name; } sc = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct scache_entry)); sc->server_name = rb_strdup(name); rb_dlinkAdd(sc, &sc->node, &scache_hash[hashv]); return sc->server_name; } void count_scache(size_t *number, size_t *mem) { int i; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct scache_entry *sc; *number = 0; *mem = 0; HASH_WALK(i, SCACHE_MAX, ptr, scache_hash) { sc = ptr->data; (*number)++; *mem += strlen(sc->server_name) + sizeof(struct scache_entry); } HASH_WALK_END; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/whowas.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011741�11730550233�015437� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * whowas.c: WHOWAS user cache. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: whowas.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_log.h" /* internally defined function */ static void add_whowas_to_clist(struct Whowas **, struct Whowas *); static void del_whowas_from_clist(struct Whowas **, struct Whowas *); static void add_whowas_to_list(struct Whowas **, struct Whowas *); static void del_whowas_from_list(struct Whowas **, struct Whowas *); struct Whowas WHOWAS[NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH]; struct Whowas *WHOWASHASH[WW_MAX]; static int whowas_next = 0; #define hash_whowas_name(x) fnv_hash_upper((const unsigned char *)x, WW_MAX_BITS, 0) void add_history(struct Client *client_p, int online) { struct Whowas *who = &WHOWAS[whowas_next]; s_assert(NULL != client_p); if(client_p == NULL) return; if(who->hashv != -1) { if(who->online) del_whowas_from_clist(&(who->online->whowas), who); del_whowas_from_list(&WHOWASHASH[who->hashv], who); } who->hashv = hash_whowas_name(client_p->name); who->logoff = rb_current_time(); strcpy(who->name, client_p->name); strcpy(who->username, client_p->username); strcpy(who->hostname, client_p->host); strcpy(who->realname, client_p->info); if(MyClient(client_p)) { strcpy(who->sockhost, client_p->sockhost); who->spoof = (uint8_t)(IsIPSpoof(client_p) ? 1 : 0); } else { who->spoof = 0; if(EmptyString(client_p->sockhost) || !strcmp(client_p->sockhost, "0")) who->sockhost[0] = '\0'; else strcpy(who->sockhost, client_p->sockhost); } who->servername = client_p->servptr->name; if(online) { who->online = client_p; add_whowas_to_clist(&(client_p->whowas), who); } else who->online = NULL; add_whowas_to_list(&WHOWASHASH[who->hashv], who); whowas_next++; if(whowas_next == NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH) whowas_next = 0; } void off_history(struct Client *client_p) { struct Whowas *temp, *next; for(temp = client_p->whowas; temp; temp = next) { next = temp->cnext; temp->online = NULL; del_whowas_from_clist(&(client_p->whowas), temp); } } struct Client * get_history(const char *nick, time_t timelimit) { struct Whowas *temp; uint32_t nhash; timelimit = rb_current_time() - timelimit; nhash = hash_whowas_name(nick); temp = WHOWASHASH[nhash]; for(; temp; temp = temp->next) { if(irccmp(nick, temp->name)) continue; if(temp->logoff < timelimit) continue; return temp->online; } return NULL; } void count_whowas_memory(size_t *wwu, size_t *wwum) { struct Whowas *tmp; int i; size_t u = 0; size_t um = 0; /* count the number of used whowas structs in 'u' */ /* count up the memory used of whowas structs in um */ for(i = 0, tmp = &WHOWAS[0]; i < NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH; i++, tmp++) { if(tmp->hashv != -1) { u++; um += sizeof(struct Whowas); } } *wwu = u; *wwum = um; return; } void initwhowas() { int i; for(i = 0; i < NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH; i++) { memset(&WHOWAS[i], 0, sizeof(struct Whowas)); WHOWAS[i].hashv = -1; } for(i = 0; i < WW_MAX; i++) WHOWASHASH[i] = NULL; } static void add_whowas_to_clist(struct Whowas **bucket, struct Whowas *whowas) { whowas->cprev = NULL; if((whowas->cnext = *bucket) != NULL) whowas->cnext->cprev = whowas; *bucket = whowas; } static void del_whowas_from_clist(struct Whowas **bucket, struct Whowas *whowas) { if(whowas->cprev) whowas->cprev->cnext = whowas->cnext; else *bucket = whowas->cnext; if(whowas->cnext) whowas->cnext->cprev = whowas->cprev; } static void add_whowas_to_list(struct Whowas **bucket, struct Whowas *whowas) { whowas->prev = NULL; if((whowas->next = *bucket) != NULL) whowas->next->prev = whowas; *bucket = whowas; } static void del_whowas_from_list(struct Whowas **bucket, struct Whowas *whowas) { if(whowas->prev) whowas->prev->next = whowas->next; else *bucket = whowas->next; if(whowas->next) whowas->next->prev = whowas->prev; } �������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_log.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016035�11730550233�015233� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: s_log.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "client.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" static FILE *log_main; static FILE *log_user; static FILE *log_fuser; static FILE *log_oper; static FILE *log_foper; static FILE *log_server; static FILE *log_kill; static FILE *log_gline; static FILE *log_kline; static FILE *log_operspy; static FILE *log_ioerror; struct log_struct { char **name; FILE **logfile; }; static struct log_struct log_table[LAST_LOGFILE] = { {NULL, &log_main}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog, &log_user}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog, &log_fuser}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog, &log_oper}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog, &log_foper}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog, &log_server}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_killlog, &log_kill}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog, &log_kline}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog, &log_gline}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog, &log_operspy}, {&ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog, &log_ioerror} }; static void verify_logfile_access(const char *filename) { char *dirname, *d; char buf[512]; d = rb_dirname(filename); dirname = LOCAL_COPY(d); rb_free(d); if(access(dirname, F_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "WARNING: Unable to access logfile %s - parent directory %s does not exist", filename, dirname); if(testing_conf || server_state_foreground) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s", buf); return; } if(access(filename, F_OK) == -1) { if(access(dirname, W_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "WARNING: Unable to access logfile %s - access to parent directory %s failed: %s", filename, dirname, strerror(errno)); if(testing_conf || server_state_foreground) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s", buf); } return; } if(access(filename, W_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "WARNING: Access denied for logfile %s: %s", filename, strerror(errno)); if(testing_conf || server_state_foreground) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s", buf); return; } return; } void init_main_logfile(const char *filename) { verify_logfile_access(filename); if(log_main == NULL) { log_main = fopen(filename, "a"); } } void open_logfiles(const char *filename) { int i; close_logfiles(); log_main = fopen(filename, "a"); /* log_main is handled above, so just do the rest */ for(i = 1; i < LAST_LOGFILE; i++) { /* reopen those with paths */ if(!EmptyString(*log_table[i].name)) { verify_logfile_access(*log_table[i].name); *log_table[i].logfile = fopen(*log_table[i].name, "a"); } } } void close_logfiles(void) { int i; if(log_main != NULL) fclose(log_main); /* log_main is handled above, so just do the rest */ for(i = 1; i < LAST_LOGFILE; i++) { if(*log_table[i].logfile != NULL) { fclose(*log_table[i].logfile); *log_table[i].logfile = NULL; } } } void ilog(ilogfile dest, const char *format, ...) { FILE *logfile = *log_table[dest].logfile; char buf[BUFSIZE]; char buf2[BUFSIZE]; va_list args; #ifndef _WIN32 if(logfile == NULL) return; #endif va_start(args, format); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, args); va_end(args); rb_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "%s %s\n", smalldate(rb_current_time()), buf); #ifdef _WIN32 fputs(buf2, stderr); fflush(stderr); if(logfile == NULL) return; #endif if(fputs(buf2, logfile) < 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Closing logfile: %s (%s)", *log_table[dest].name, strerror(errno)); fclose(logfile); *log_table[dest].logfile = NULL; return; } fflush(logfile); } void report_operspy(struct Client *source_p, const char *token, const char *arg) { /* if its not my client its already propagated */ if(MyClient(source_p)) sendto_match_servs(source_p, "*", CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP * OPERSPY %s %s", token, arg ? arg : ""); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_OPERSPY, ConfigFileEntry.operspy_admin_only ? L_ADMIN : L_ALL, "OPERSPY %s %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), token, arg ? arg : ""); ilog(L_OPERSPY, "OPERSPY %s %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), token, arg ? arg : ""); } const char * smalldate(time_t ltime) { static char buf[MAX_DATE_STRING]; struct tm *lt; lt = gmtime(&ltime); rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d", lt->tm_year + 1900, lt->tm_mon + 1, lt->tm_mday, lt->tm_hour, lt->tm_min); return buf; } /* * report_error - report an error from an errno. * Record error to log and also send a copy to all *LOCAL* opers online. * * text is a *format* string for outputing error. It must * contain only two '%s', the first will be replaced * by the sockhost from the client_p, and the latter will * be taken from sys_errlist[errno]. * * client_p if not NULL, is the *LOCAL* client associated with * the error. * * Cannot use perror() within daemon. stderr is closed in * ircd and cannot be used. And, worse yet, it might have * been reassigned to a normal connection... * * Actually stderr is still there IFF ircd was run with -s --Rodder */ void report_error(const char *text, const char *who, const char *wholog, int error) { who = (who) ? who : ""; wholog = (wholog) ? wholog : ""; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, text, who, strerror(error)); ilog(L_IOERROR, text, wholog, strerror(error)); } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/client.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000134646�11730550233�015417� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * client.c: Controls clients. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: client.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "packet.h" #include "s_auth.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "hash.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "listener.h" #include "reject.h" #include "hook.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "parse.h" #include "sslproc.h" #define DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS static void check_pings_list(rb_dlink_list *list); static void check_unknowns_list(rb_dlink_list *list); static void free_exited_clients(void *unused); static void exit_aborted_clients(void *unused); static int exit_remote_client(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); static int exit_remote_server(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); static int exit_local_client(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); static int exit_unknown_client(struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); static int exit_local_server(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); static int qs_server(struct Client *); static EVH check_pings; static rb_bh *client_heap = NULL; static rb_bh *lclient_heap = NULL; static rb_bh *user_heap = NULL; static rb_bh *away_heap = NULL; static char current_uid[IDLEN]; rb_dlink_list dead_list; #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS static rb_dlink_list dead_remote_list; #endif struct abort_client { rb_dlink_node node; struct Client *client; char notice[REASONLEN]; }; static rb_dlink_list abort_list; /* * init_client * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - initialize client free memory */ void init_client(void) { /* * start off the check ping event .. -- adrian * Every 30 seconds is plenty -- db */ client_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct Client), CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE, "client_heap"); lclient_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct LocalUser), LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE, "lclient_heap"); user_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct User), USER_HEAP_SIZE, "user_heap"); away_heap = rb_bh_create(AWAYLEN, AWAY_HEAP_SIZE, "away_heap"); rb_event_addish("check_pings", check_pings, NULL, 30); rb_event_addish("free_exited_clients", &free_exited_clients, NULL, 5); rb_event_addish("exit_aborted_clients", exit_aborted_clients, NULL, 5); rb_event_add("flood_recalc", flood_recalc, NULL, 1); } /* * make_client - create a new Client struct and set it to initial state. * * from == NULL, create local client (a client connected * to a socket). * * from, create remote client (behind a socket * associated with the client defined by * 'from'). ('from' is a local client!!). */ struct Client * make_client(struct Client *from) { struct Client *client_p = NULL; struct LocalUser *localClient; client_p = rb_bh_alloc(client_heap); if(from == NULL) { client_p->from = client_p; /* 'from' of local client is self! */ localClient = rb_bh_alloc(lclient_heap); SetMyConnect(client_p); client_p->localClient = localClient; client_p->localClient->lasttime = client_p->localClient->firsttime = rb_current_time(); client_p->localClient->F = NULL; /* as good a place as any... */ rb_dlinkAdd(client_p, &client_p->localClient->tnode, &unknown_list); } else { /* from is not NULL */ client_p->localClient = NULL; client_p->from = from; /* 'from' of local client is self! */ } SetUnknown(client_p); strcpy(client_p->username, "unknown"); return client_p; } static void free_local_client(struct Client *client_p) { s_assert(NULL != client_p); s_assert(&me != client_p); if(client_p->localClient == NULL) return; /* * clean up extra sockets from P-lines which have been discarded. */ if(client_p->localClient->listener) { s_assert(0 < client_p->localClient->listener->ref_count); if(0 == --client_p->localClient->listener->ref_count && !client_p->localClient->listener->active) free_listener(client_p->localClient->listener); client_p->localClient->listener = 0; } if(client_p->localClient->F != NULL) { del_from_cli_fd_hash(client_p); rb_close(client_p->localClient->F); } if(client_p->localClient->passwd) { memset(client_p->localClient->passwd, 0, strlen(client_p->localClient->passwd)); rb_free(client_p->localClient->passwd); } rb_free(client_p->localClient->chal_resp); rb_free(client_p->localClient->fullcaps); rb_free(client_p->localClient->opername); if(IsSSL(client_p)) ssld_decrement_clicount(client_p->localClient->ssl_ctl); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_ZIP)) ssld_decrement_clicount(client_p->localClient->z_ctl); /* not needed per-se, but in case start_auth_query never gets called... */ rb_free(client_p->localClient->lip); rb_bh_free(lclient_heap, client_p->localClient); client_p->localClient = NULL; } void free_client(struct Client *client_p) { s_assert(NULL != client_p); s_assert(&me != client_p); free_local_client(client_p); rb_bh_free(client_heap, client_p); } /* * check_pings - go through the local client list and check activity * kill off stuff that should die * * inputs - NOT USED (from event) * output - next time_t when check_pings() should be called again * side effects - * * * A PING can be sent to clients as necessary. * * Client/Server ping outs are handled. */ /* * Addon from adrian. We used to call this after nextping seconds, * however I've changed it to run once a second. This is only for * PING timeouts, not K/etc-line checks (thanks dianora!). Having it * run once a second makes life a lot easier - when a new client connects * and they need a ping in 4 seconds, if nextping was set to 20 seconds * we end up waiting 20 seconds. This is stupid. :-) * I will optimise (hah!) check_pings() once I've finished working on * tidying up other network IO evilnesses. * -- adrian */ static void check_pings(void *notused) { check_pings_list(&lclient_list); check_pings_list(&serv_list); check_unknowns_list(&unknown_list); } /* * Check_pings_list() * * inputs - pointer to list to check * output - NONE * side effects - */ static void check_pings_list(rb_dlink_list *list) { char scratch[32]; /* way too generous but... */ struct Client *client_p; /* current local client_p being examined */ int ping = 0; /* ping time value from client */ rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, list->head) { client_p = ptr->data; /* ** Note: No need to notify opers here. It's ** already done when "FLAGS_DEADSOCKET" is set. */ if(!MyConnect(client_p) || IsDead(client_p)) continue; if(!IsRegistered(client_p)) ping = ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout; else ping = get_client_ping(client_p); if(ping < (rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->lasttime)) { /* * If the client/server hasnt talked to us in 2*ping seconds * and it has a ping time, then close its connection. */ if(((rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->lasttime) >= (2 * ping) && (client_p->flags & FLAGS_PINGSENT))) { if(IsAnyServer(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "No response from %s, closing link", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "No response from %s, closing link", log_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); } (void)rb_snprintf(scratch, sizeof(scratch), "Ping timeout: %d seconds", (int)(rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->lasttime)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, scratch); continue; } else if((client_p->flags & FLAGS_PINGSENT) == 0) { /* * if we havent PINGed the connection and we havent * heard from it in a while, PING it to make sure * it is still alive. */ client_p->flags |= FLAGS_PINGSENT; /* not nice but does the job */ client_p->localClient->lasttime = rb_current_time() - ping; sendto_one(client_p, "PING :%s", me.name); } } /* ping_timeout: */ } } /* * check_unknowns_list * * inputs - pointer to list of unknown clients * output - NONE * side effects - unknown clients get marked for termination after n seconds */ static void check_unknowns_list(rb_dlink_list *list) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; struct Client *client_p; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, list->head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsDead(client_p) || IsClosing(client_p)) continue; /* * Check UNKNOWN connections - if they have been in this state * for > 30s, close them. */ if((rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->firsttime) > 30) exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Connection timed out"); } } void notify_banned_client(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, int ban) { static const char conn_closed[] = "Connection closed"; static const char d_lined[] = "D-lined"; static const char k_lined[] = "K-lined"; static const char g_lined[] = "G-lined"; const char *reason = NULL; const char *exit_reason = conn_closed; if(ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason && !EmptyString(aconf->passwd)) { reason = aconf->passwd; exit_reason = aconf->passwd; } else { switch (aconf->status) { case D_LINED: reason = d_lined; break; case G_LINED: reason = g_lined; break; default: reason = k_lined; break; } } if(ban == D_LINED && !IsClient(client_p)) sendto_one(client_p, "NOTICE DLINE :*** You have been D-lined"); else sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_YOUREBANNEDCREEP), me.name, client_p->name, reason); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, EmptyString(ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason) ? exit_reason : ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason); } /* * check_banned_lines * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - Check all connections for a pending k/d/gline against the * client, exit the client if found. */ void check_banned_lines(void) { struct Client *client_p; /* current local client_p being examined */ struct ConfItem *aconf = NULL; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p)) continue; /* if there is a returned struct ConfItem then kill it */ if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip))) { if(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE) continue; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "DLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, D_LINED); continue; /* and go examine next fd/client_p */ } if(!IsClient(client_p)) continue; if((aconf = find_kline(client_p)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "KLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt [%s@%s]", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP), aconf->user, aconf->host); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "KLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, K_LINED); continue; } else if((aconf = find_gline(client_p)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt [%s@%s]", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP), aconf->user, aconf->host); continue; } if(IsExemptGline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE over-ruled for %s, client is gline_exempt [%s@%s]", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP), aconf->user, aconf->host); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, G_LINED); continue; } else if((aconf = find_xline(client_p->info, 1)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "XLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt [%s]", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP), aconf->info.oper); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "XLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); (void)exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Bad user info"); continue; } } /* also check the unknowns list for new dlines */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, unknown_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip))) { if(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE) continue; notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, D_LINED); } } } /* check_klines_event() * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - check_klines() is called, kline_queued unset */ void check_klines_event(void *unused) { kline_queued = 0; check_klines(); } /* check_klines * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - all clients will be checked for klines */ void check_klines(void) { struct Client *client_p; struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p) || !IsClient(client_p)) continue; if((aconf = find_kline(client_p)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "KLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "KLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, K_LINED); continue; } } } /* * update_client_exit_stats * * input - pointer to client * output - NONE * side effects - */ static void update_client_exit_stats(struct Client *client_p) { if(IsServer(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_EXTERNAL, L_ALL, "Server %s split from %s", client_p->name, client_p->servptr->name); if(HasSentEob(client_p)) eob_count--; } else if(IsClient(client_p)) { --Count.total; if(IsOper(client_p)) --Count.oper; if(IsInvisible(client_p)) --Count.invisi; } if(splitchecking && !splitmode) check_splitmode(NULL); } /* * release_client_state * * input - pointer to client to release * output - NONE * side effects - */ static void release_client_state(struct Client *client_p) { if(client_p->user != NULL) { free_user(client_p->user, client_p); /* try this here */ } if(client_p->serv) { if(client_p->serv->fullcaps) rb_free(client_p->serv->fullcaps); rb_free(client_p->serv); } } /* * remove_client_from_list * inputs - point to client to remove * output - NONE * side effects - taken the code from ExitOneClient() for this * and placed it here. - avalon */ static void remove_client_from_list(struct Client *client_p) { s_assert(NULL != client_p); if(client_p == NULL) return; /* A client made with make_client() * is on the unknown_list until removed. * If it =does= happen to exit before its removed from that list * and its =not= on the global_client_list, it will core here. * short circuit that case now -db */ if(client_p->node.prev == NULL && client_p->node.next == NULL) return; rb_dlinkDelete(&client_p->node, &global_client_list); update_client_exit_stats(client_p); } /* * find_person - find person by (nick)name. * inputs - pointer to name * output - return client pointer * side effects - */ struct Client * find_person(const char *name) { struct Client *c2ptr; c2ptr = find_client(name); if(c2ptr && IsClient(c2ptr)) return (c2ptr); return (NULL); } struct Client * find_named_person(const char *name) { struct Client *c2ptr; c2ptr = find_named_client(name); if(c2ptr && IsClient(c2ptr)) return (c2ptr); return (NULL); } /* * find_chasing - find the client structure for a nick name (user) * using history mechanism if necessary. If the client is not found, * an error message (NO SUCH NICK) is generated. If the client was found * through the history, chasing will be 1 and otherwise 0. */ struct Client * find_chasing(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, int *chasing) { struct Client *who; if(MyClient(source_p)) who = find_named_person(user); else who = find_person(user); if(chasing) *chasing = 0; if(who || IsDigit(*user)) return who; if(!(who = get_history(user, (long)KILLCHASETIMELIMIT))) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), user); return (NULL); } if(chasing) *chasing = 1; return who; } /* * get_client_name - Return the name of the client * for various tracking and * admin purposes. The main purpose of this function is to * return the "socket host" name of the client, if that * differs from the advertised name (other than case). * But, this can be used to any client structure. * * NOTE 1: * Watch out the allocation of "nbuf", if either source_p->name * or source_p->sockhost gets changed into pointers instead of * directly allocated within the structure... * * NOTE 2: * Function return either a pointer to the structure (source_p) or * to internal buffer (nbuf). *NEVER* use the returned pointer * to modify what it points!!! */ const char * get_client_name(struct Client *client, int showip) { static char empty_name[] = ""; static char nbuf[HOSTLEN * 2 + USERLEN + 5]; const char *name; s_assert(NULL != client); if(client == NULL) return NULL; if(MyConnect(client)) { if(EmptyString(client->name)) name = empty_name; else name = client->name; if(!irccmp(name, client->host)) return name; if(ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips && showip == SHOW_IP && IsIPSpoof(client)) showip = MASK_IP; if(IsAnyServer(client)) showip = MASK_IP; /* And finally, let's get the host information, ip or name */ switch (showip) { case SHOW_IP: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@%s]", name, client->username, client->sockhost); break; case MASK_IP: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@255.255.255.255]", name, client->username); break; default: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@%s]", name, client->username, client->host); } return nbuf; } /* As pointed out by Adel Mezibra * Neph|l|m@EFnet. Was missing a return here. */ return client->name; } /* log_client_name() * * This version is the same as get_client_name, but doesnt contain the * code that will hide IPs always. This should be used for logfiles. */ const char * log_client_name(struct Client *target_p, int showip) { static const char empty_name[] = ""; static char nbuf[HOSTLEN * 2 + USERLEN + 5]; const char *name; if(target_p == NULL) return NULL; if(EmptyString(target_p->name)) name = empty_name; else name = target_p->name; if(MyConnect(target_p)) { if(irccmp(name, target_p->host) == 0) return name; switch (showip) { case SHOW_IP: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@%s]", name, target_p->username, target_p->sockhost); break; case MASK_IP: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@255.255.255.255]", name, target_p->username); default: rb_snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%s[%s@%s]", name, target_p->username, target_p->host); } return nbuf; } return name; } static void free_exited_clients(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; struct Client *target_p; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, dead_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS { struct abort_client *abt; rb_dlink_node *aptr; int found = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(aptr, abort_list.head) { abt = aptr->data; if(abt->client == target_p) { s_assert(0); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "On abort_list: %s stat: %u flags: %u/%u handler: %c", target_p->name, (unsigned int)target_p->status, target_p->flags, target_p->operflags, target_p->handler); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Please report this to the ratbox developers!"); found++; } } if(found) { rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &dead_list); continue; } } #endif if(ptr->data == NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Warning: null client on dead_list!"); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &dead_list); continue; } release_client_state(target_p); free_client(target_p); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &dead_list); } #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, dead_remote_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(ptr->data == NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Warning: null client on dead_list!"); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &dead_list); continue; } release_client_state(target_p); free_client(target_p); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &dead_remote_list); } #endif } /* ** Recursively send QUITs and SQUITs for source_p and all its dependent clients ** and servers to those servers that need them. A server needs the client ** QUITs if it can't figure them out from the SQUIT (ie pre-TS4) or if it ** isn't getting the SQUIT because of @#(*&@)# hostmasking. With TS4, once ** a link gets a SQUIT, it doesn't need any QUIT/SQUITs for clients depending ** on that one -orabidoo */ static void recurse_send_quits(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *to, const char *comment1, const char *comment) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *ptr_next; /* If this server can handle quit storm (QS) removal * of dependents, just send the SQUIT */ if(IsCapable(to, CAP_QS)) { sendto_one(to, "SQUIT %s :%s", get_id(source_p, to), comment); } else { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, source_p->serv->users.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one(to, ":%s QUIT :%s", target_p->name, comment1); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, source_p->serv->servers.head) { target_p = ptr->data; recurse_send_quits(client_p, target_p, to, comment1, comment); } sendto_one(to, "SQUIT %s :%s", source_p->name, comment); } } /* ** Remove all clients that depend on source_p; assumes all (S)QUITs have ** already been sent. we make sure to exit a server's dependent clients ** and servers before the server itself; exit_one_client takes care of ** actually removing things off llists. tweaked from +CSr31 -orabidoo */ /* * added sanity test code.... source_p->serv might be NULL... */ static void recurse_remove_clients(struct Client *source_p, const char *comment) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *ptr_next; if(IsMe(source_p)) return; if(source_p->serv == NULL) /* oooops. uh this is actually a major bug */ return; /* this is very ugly, but it saves cpu :P */ if(ConfigFileEntry.nick_delay > 0) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, source_p->serv->users.head) { target_p = ptr->data; target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; add_nd_entry(target_p->name); if(!IsDead(target_p) && !IsClosing(target_p)) exit_remote_client(NULL, target_p, &me, comment); } } else { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, source_p->serv->users.head) { target_p = ptr->data; target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; if(!IsDead(target_p) && !IsClosing(target_p)) exit_remote_client(NULL, target_p, &me, comment); } } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, source_p->serv->servers.head) { target_p = ptr->data; recurse_remove_clients(target_p, comment); qs_server(target_p); } } /* ** Remove *everything* that depends on source_p, from all lists, and sending ** all necessary QUITs and SQUITs. source_p itself is still on the lists, ** and its SQUITs have been sent except for the upstream one -orabidoo */ static void remove_dependents(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *comment, const char *comment1) { struct Client *to; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, serv_list.head) { to = ptr->data; if(IsMe(to) || to == source_p->from || (to == client_p && IsCapable(to, CAP_QS))) continue; recurse_send_quits(client_p, source_p, to, comment1, comment); } recurse_remove_clients(source_p, comment1); } void exit_aborted_clients(void *unused) { struct abort_client *abt; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, abort_list.head) { abt = ptr->data; #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS { if(rb_dlinkFind(abt->client, &dead_list)) { s_assert(0); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "On dead_list: %s stat: %u flags: %u/%u handler: %c", abt->client->name, (unsigned int)abt->client->status, abt->client->flags, abt->client->operflags, abt->client->handler); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Please report this to the ratbox developers!"); continue; } } #endif s_assert(*((unsigned long *)abt->client) != 0xdeadbeef); /* This is lame but its a debug thing */ rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &abort_list); if(IsAnyServer(abt->client)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Closing link to %s: %s", abt->client->name, abt->notice); /* its no longer on abort list - we *must* remove * FLAGS_CLOSING otherwise exit_client() will not run --fl */ abt->client->flags &= ~FLAGS_CLOSING; exit_client(abt->client, abt->client, &me, abt->notice); rb_free(abt); } } /* * dead_link - Adds client to a list of clients that need an exit_client() * */ void dead_link(struct Client *client_p, int sendqex) { struct abort_client *abt; s_assert(!IsMe(client_p)); if(IsDead(client_p) || IsClosing(client_p) || IsMe(client_p)) return; abt = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct abort_client)); if(sendqex) rb_strlcpy(abt->notice, "Max SendQ exceeded", sizeof(abt->notice)); else rb_snprintf(abt->notice, sizeof(abt->notice), "Write error: %s", strerror(errno)); abt->client = client_p; SetIOError(client_p); SetDead(client_p); SetClosing(client_p); rb_dlinkAdd(abt, &abt->node, &abort_list); } /* This does the remove of the user from channels..local or remote */ static inline void exit_generic_client(struct Client *source_p, const char *comment) { sendto_common_channels_local(source_p, ":%s!%s@%s QUIT :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, comment); remove_user_from_channels(source_p); /* Should not be in any channels now */ s_assert(source_p->user->channel.head == NULL); /* Clean up allow lists */ del_all_accepts(source_p); add_history(source_p, 0); off_history(source_p); monitor_signoff(source_p); dec_global_cidr_count(source_p); if(has_id(source_p)) del_from_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_HOSTNAME, source_p->host, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); remove_client_from_list(source_p); } /* * Assumes IsClient(source_p) && !MyConnect(source_p) */ static int exit_remote_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *from, const char *comment) { exit_generic_client(source_p, comment); if(source_p->servptr && source_p->servptr->serv) { rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->users); } if((source_p->flags & FLAGS_KILLED) == 0) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s QUIT :%s", use_id(source_p), comment); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s QUIT :%s", source_p->name, comment); } SetDead(source_p); #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_remote_list); #else rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); #endif return (CLIENT_EXITED); } /* * This assumes IsUnknown(source_p) == TRUE and MyConnect(source_p) == TRUE */ static int exit_unknown_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *comment) { delete_auth_queries(source_p); rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->localClient->tnode, &unknown_list); if(!IsIOError(source_p)) sendto_one(source_p, "ERROR :Closing Link: %s (%s)", source_p->user != NULL ? source_p->host : "127.0.0.1", comment); close_connection(source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_HOSTNAME, source_p->host, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); remove_client_from_list(source_p); SetDead(source_p); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); /* Note that we don't need to add unknowns to the dead_list */ return (CLIENT_EXITED); } static int exit_remote_server(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *from, const char *comment) { static char comment1[(HOSTLEN * 2) + 2]; static char newcomment[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; if(source_p->servptr) strcpy(comment1, source_p->servptr->name); else strcpy(comment1, "<Unknown>"); strcat(comment1, " "); strcat(comment1, source_p->name); if(IsClient(from)) rb_snprintf(newcomment, sizeof(newcomment), "by %s: %s", from->name, comment); if(source_p->serv != NULL) remove_dependents(client_p, source_p, IsClient(from) ? newcomment : comment, comment1); if(source_p->servptr && source_p->servptr->serv) rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->servers); else s_assert(0); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &global_serv_list); target_p = source_p->from; if(target_p != NULL && IsServer(target_p) && target_p != client_p && !IsMe(target_p) && (source_p->flags & FLAGS_KILLED) == 0) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s SQUIT %s :%s", get_id(from, target_p), get_id(source_p, target_p), comment); } if(has_id(source_p)) del_from_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); remove_client_from_list(source_p); SetDead(source_p); #ifdef DEBUG_EXITED_CLIENTS rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_remote_list); #else rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); #endif return 0; } static int qs_server(struct Client *source_p) { struct Client *target_p; if(source_p->servptr && source_p->servptr->serv) rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->servers); else s_assert(0); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &global_serv_list); target_p = source_p->from; if(has_id(source_p)) del_from_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); remove_client_from_list(source_p); SetDead(source_p); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); return 0; } static int exit_local_server(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *from, const char *comment) { static char comment1[(HOSTLEN * 2) + 2]; static char newcomment[BUFSIZE]; unsigned long long int sendb, recvb; rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->localClient->tnode, &serv_list); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &global_serv_list); unset_chcap_usage_counts(source_p); sendb = source_p->localClient->sendB; recvb = source_p->localClient->receiveB; /* Always show source here, so the server notices show * which side initiated the split -- jilles */ rb_snprintf(newcomment, sizeof(newcomment), "by %s: %s", from == source_p ? me.name : from->name, comment); #if 0 /* let's not do this for now -- jilles */ if(!IsIOError(source_p)) sendto_one(source_p, "SQUIT %s :%s", use_id(source_p), newcomment); #endif if(client_p != NULL && source_p != client_p && !IsIOError(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, "ERROR :Closing Link: 127.0.0.1 %s (%s)", source_p->name, comment); } if(source_p->servptr && source_p->servptr->serv) rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->servers); else s_assert(0); close_connection(source_p); if(source_p->localClient->event != NULL) rb_event_delete(source_p->localClient->event); if(source_p->servptr) strcpy(comment1, source_p->servptr->name); else strcpy(comment1, "<Unknown>"); strcat(comment1, " "); strcat(comment1, source_p->name); if(source_p->serv != NULL) remove_dependents(client_p, source_p, IsClient(from) ? newcomment : comment, comment1); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s was connected" " for %ld seconds. %llu/%llu send/recv.", source_p->name, (long int)(rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->firsttime), sendb, recvb); ilog(L_SERVER, "%s was connected for %ld seconds. %llu/%llu send/recv.", source_p->name, (long int)(rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->firsttime), sendb, recvb); if(has_id(source_p)) del_from_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); remove_client_from_list(source_p); SetDead(source_p); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); return 0; } /* * This assumes IsClient(source_p) == TRUE && MyConnect(source_p) == TRUE */ static int exit_local_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *from, const char *comment) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; unsigned long on_for; char tbuf[26]; exit_generic_client(source_p, comment); clear_monitor(source_p); s_assert(IsClient(source_p)); rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->localClient->tnode, &lclient_list); rb_dlinkDelete(&source_p->lnode, &me.serv->users); if(IsOper(source_p)) rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &oper_list); /* Clean up invitefield */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, source_p->localClient->invited.head) { del_invite(ptr->data, source_p); } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_CCONN, L_ALL, "Client exiting: %s (%s@%s) [%s] [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, comment, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : "255.255.255.255"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_CCONNEXT, L_ALL, "CLIEXIT %s %s %s %s 0 %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : "255.255.255.255", comment); on_for = rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->firsttime; ilog(L_USER, "%s (%3lu:%02lu:%02lu): %s!%s@%s %s %llu/%llu", rb_ctime(rb_current_time(), tbuf, sizeof(tbuf)), on_for / 3600, (on_for % 3600) / 60, on_for % 60, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, source_p->localClient->sendB, source_p->localClient->receiveB); sendto_one(source_p, "ERROR :Closing Link: %s (%s)", source_p->host, comment); close_connection(source_p); if(source_p->localClient->event != NULL) rb_event_delete(source_p->localClient->event); if((source_p->flags & FLAGS_KILLED) == 0) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s QUIT :%s", use_id(source_p), comment); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s QUIT :%s", source_p->name, comment); } SetDead(source_p); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &dead_list); return (CLIENT_EXITED); } /* ** exit_client - This is old "m_bye". Name changed, because this is not a ** protocol function, but a general server utility function. ** ** This function exits a client of *any* type (user, server, etc) ** from this server. Also, this generates all necessary prototol ** messages that this exit may cause. ** ** 1) If the client is a local client, then this implicitly ** exits all other clients depending on this connection (e.g. ** remote clients having 'from'-field that points to this. ** ** 2) If the client is a remote client, then only this is exited. ** ** For convenience, this function returns a suitable value for ** m_function return value: ** ** CLIENT_EXITED if (client_p == source_p) ** 0 if (client_p != source_p) */ int exit_client(struct Client *client_p, /* The local client originating the * exit or NULL, if this exit is * generated by this server for * internal reasons. * This will not get any of the * generated messages. */ struct Client *source_p, /* Client exiting */ struct Client *from, /* Client firing off this Exit, * never NULL! */ const char *comment /* Reason for the exit */ ) { if(IsClosing(source_p)) return -1; /* note, this HAS to be here, when we exit a client we attempt to * send them data, if this generates a write error we must *not* add * them to the abort list --fl */ SetClosing(source_p); if(MyConnect(source_p)) { /* Local clients of various types */ if(IsClient(source_p)) return exit_local_client(client_p, source_p, from, comment); else if(IsServer(source_p)) return exit_local_server(client_p, source_p, from, comment); /* IsUnknown || IsConnecting || IsHandShake */ else if(!IsReject(source_p)) return exit_unknown_client(client_p, source_p, comment); } else { /* Remotes */ if(IsClient(source_p)) return exit_remote_client(client_p, source_p, from, comment); else if(IsServer(source_p)) return exit_remote_server(client_p, source_p, from, comment); } return -1; } /* * Count up local client memory */ /* XXX one common Client list now */ void count_local_client_memory(size_t *count, size_t *local_client_memory_used) { size_t lusage; rb_bh_usage(lclient_heap, count, NULL, &lusage, NULL); *local_client_memory_used = lusage + (*count * (sizeof(void *) + sizeof(struct Client))); } /* * Count up remote client memory */ void count_remote_client_memory(size_t *count, size_t *remote_client_memory_used) { size_t lcount, rcount; rb_bh_usage(lclient_heap, &lcount, NULL, NULL, NULL); rb_bh_usage(client_heap, &rcount, NULL, NULL, NULL); *count = rcount - lcount; *remote_client_memory_used = *count * (sizeof(void *) + sizeof(struct Client)); } /* * accept processing, this adds a form of "caller ID" to ircd * * If a client puts themselves into "caller ID only" mode, * only clients that match a client pointer they have put on * the accept list will be allowed to message them. * * [ source.on_allow_list ] -> [ target1 ] -> [ target2 ] * * [target.allow_list] -> [ source1 ] -> [source2 ] * * i.e. a target will have a link list of source pointers it will allow * each source client then has a back pointer pointing back * to the client that has it on its accept list. * This allows for exit_one_client to remove these now bogus entries * from any client having an accept on them. */ /* * del_all_accepts * * inputs - pointer to exiting client * output - NONE * side effects - Walk through given clients allow_list and on_allow_list * remove all references to this client */ void del_all_accepts(struct Client *client_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct Client *target_p; if(MyClient(client_p) && client_p->localClient->allow_list.head) { /* clear this clients accept list, and remove them from * everyones on_accept_list */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, client_p->localClient->allow_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(client_p, &target_p->on_allow_list); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &client_p->localClient->allow_list); } } /* remove this client from everyones accept list */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, client_p->on_allow_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(client_p, &target_p->localClient->allow_list); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &client_p->on_allow_list); } } int show_ip(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { if(IsAnyServer(target_p)) { return 0; } else if(IsIPSpoof(target_p)) { /* source == NULL indicates message is being sent * to local opers. */ if(!ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips && (source_p == NULL || MyOper(source_p))) return 1; return 0; } else return 1; } int show_ip_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf, struct Client *source_p) { if(IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf)) { if(!ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips && MyOper(source_p)) return 1; return 0; } else return 1; } /* * make_user * * inputs - pointer to client struct * output - pointer to struct User * side effects - add's an User information block to a client * if it was not previously allocated. */ struct User * make_user(struct Client *client_p) { struct User *user; user = client_p->user; if(!user) { user = rb_bh_alloc(user_heap); client_p->user = user; } return user; } /* * make_server * * inputs - pointer to client struct * output - pointer to struct Server * side effects - add's an Server information block to a client * if it was not previously allocated. */ struct Server * make_server(struct Client *client_p) { struct Server *serv = client_p->serv; if(!serv) { serv = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct Server)); client_p->serv = serv; } return client_p->serv; } /* * free_user * * inputs - pointer to user struct * - pointer to client struct * output - none * side effects - Decrease user reference count by one and release block, * if count reaches 0 */ void free_user(struct User *user, struct Client *client_p) { free_away(client_p); /* * sanity check */ if(user->channel.head) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "* %#lx user (%s!%s@%s) %#lx %#lx %lu *", (unsigned long)client_p, client_p ? client_p->name : "<noname>", client_p->username, client_p->host, (unsigned long)user, (unsigned long)user->channel.head, rb_dlink_list_length(&user->channel)); s_assert(!user->channel.head); } rb_bh_free(user_heap, user); } void allocate_away(struct Client *client_p) { if(client_p->user->away == NULL) client_p->user->away = rb_bh_alloc(away_heap); } void free_away(struct Client *client_p) { if(client_p->user->away != NULL) { rb_bh_free(away_heap, client_p->user->away); client_p->user->away = NULL; } } void init_uid(void) { int i; for(i = 0; i < 3; i++) current_uid[i] = me.id[i]; for(i = 3; i < 9; i++) current_uid[i] = 'A'; current_uid[9] = '\0'; } char * generate_uid(void) { int i; for(i = 8; i > 3; i--) { if(current_uid[i] == 'Z') { current_uid[i] = '0'; return current_uid; } else if(current_uid[i] != '9') { current_uid[i]++; return current_uid; } else current_uid[i] = 'A'; } /* if this next if() triggers, we're fucked. */ if(current_uid[3] == 'Z') { current_uid[i] = 'A'; s_assert(0); } else current_uid[i]++; return current_uid; } /* * close_connection * Close the physical connection. This function must make * MyConnect(client_p) == FALSE, and set client_p->from == NULL. */ void close_connection(struct Client *client_p) { s_assert(client_p != NULL); if(client_p == NULL) return; s_assert(MyConnect(client_p)); if(!MyConnect(client_p)) return; if(IsServer(client_p)) { struct server_conf *server_p; ServerStats.is_sv++; ServerStats.is_sbs += client_p->localClient->sendB; ServerStats.is_sbr += client_p->localClient->receiveB; ServerStats.is_sti += (unsigned long long)(rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->firsttime); /* * If the connection has been up for a long amount of time, schedule * a 'quick' reconnect, else reset the next-connect cycle. */ if((server_p = find_server_conf(client_p->name)) != NULL) { /* * Reschedule a faster reconnect, if this was a automatically * connected configuration entry. (Note that if we have had * a rehash in between, the status has been changed to * CONF_ILLEGAL). But only do this if it was a "good" link. */ server_p->hold = time(NULL); server_p->hold += (server_p->hold - client_p->localClient->lasttime > HANGONGOODLINK) ? HANGONRETRYDELAY : ConFreq(server_p->class); } } else if(IsClient(client_p)) { ServerStats.is_cl++; ServerStats.is_cbs += client_p->localClient->sendB; ServerStats.is_cbr += client_p->localClient->receiveB; ServerStats.is_cti += (unsigned long long)(rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->firsttime); } else ServerStats.is_ni++; if(client_p->localClient->F != NULL) { /* attempt to flush any pending linebufs. Evil, but .. -- adrian */ if(!IsIOError(client_p)) send_pop_queue(client_p); del_from_cli_fd_hash(client_p); rb_close(client_p->localClient->F); client_p->localClient->F = NULL; } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&client_p->localClient->buf_sendq); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq); detach_conf(client_p); /* XXX shouldnt really be done here. */ detach_server_conf(client_p); client_p->from = NULL; /* ...this should catch them! >:) --msa */ ClearMyConnect(client_p); SetIOError(client_p); } void error_exit_client(struct Client *client_p, int error) { /* * ...hmm, with non-blocking sockets we might get * here from quite valid reasons, although.. why * would select report "data available" when there * wasn't... so, this must be an error anyway... --msa * actually, EOF occurs when read() returns 0 and * in due course, select() returns that fd as ready * for reading even though it ends up being an EOF. -avalon */ char errmsg[255]; int current_error = rb_get_sockerr(client_p->localClient->F); SetIOError(client_p); if(IsServer(client_p) || IsHandshake(client_p)) { int connected = rb_current_time() - client_p->localClient->firsttime; if(error == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Server %s closed the connection", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Server %s closed the connection", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); } else { report_error("Lost connection to %s: %s", client_p->name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), current_error); } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s had been connected for %d day%s, %2d:%02d:%02d", client_p->name, connected / 86400, (connected / 86400 == 1) ? "" : "s", (connected % 86400) / 3600, (connected % 3600) / 60, connected % 60); } if(error == 0) rb_strlcpy(errmsg, "Remote host closed the connection", sizeof(errmsg)); else rb_snprintf(errmsg, sizeof(errmsg), "Read error: %s", strerror(current_error)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, errmsg); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/supported.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000020522�11730550233�016151� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * charybdis: A slightly useful ircd. * supported.c: isupport (005) numeric * * Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Jilles Tjoelker * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: supported.c 3568 2007-09-09 18:59:08Z jilles $ */ /* From the old supported.h which is * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team */ /* * - from mirc's versions.txt * * mIRC now supports the numeric 005 tokens: CHANTYPES=# and * PREFIX=(ohv)@%+ and can handle a dynamic set of channel and * nick prefixes. * * mIRC assumes that @ is supported on all networks, any mode * left of @ is assumed to have at least equal power to @, and * any mode right of @ has less power. * * mIRC has internal support for @%+ modes. * * $nick() can now handle all mode letters listed in PREFIX. * * Also added support for CHANMODES=A,B,C,D token (not currently * supported by any servers), which lists all modes supported * by a channel, where: * * A = modes that take a parameter, and add or remove nicks * or addresses to a list, such as +bIe for the ban, * invite, and exception lists. * * B = modes that change channel settings, but which take * a parameter when they are set and unset, such as * +k key, and -k key. * * C = modes that change channel settings, but which take * a parameter only when they are set, such as +l N, * and -l. * * D = modes that change channel settings, such as +imnpst * and take no parameters. * * All unknown/unlisted modes are treated as type D. */ /* ELIST=[tokens]: * * M = mask search * N = !mask search * U = user count search (< >) * C = creation time search (C> C<) * T = topic search (T> T<) */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "common.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "match.h" #include "send.h" #include "channel.h" #include "supported.h" rb_dlink_list isupportlist; struct isupportitem { const char *name; const char *(*func) (const void *); const void *param; rb_dlink_node node; }; void add_isupport(const char *name, const char *(*func) (const void *), const void *param) { struct isupportitem *item; item = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct isupportitem)); item->name = name; item->func = func; item->param = param; rb_dlinkAddTail(item, &item->node, &isupportlist); } void delete_isupport(const char *name) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; struct isupportitem *item; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, isupportlist.head) { item = ptr->data; if(!strcmp(item->name, name)) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &isupportlist); rb_free(item); } } } /* XXX caching? */ void show_isupport(struct Client *client_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct isupportitem *item; const char *value; char buf[512]; int extra_space; unsigned int nchars, nparams; int l; extra_space = strlen(client_p->name); /* UID */ if(!MyClient(client_p) && extra_space < 9) extra_space = 9; /* :<me.name> 005 <nick> <params> :are supported by this server */ /* form_str(RPL_ISUPPORT) is %s :are supported by this server */ extra_space += strlen(me.name) + 1 + strlen(form_str(RPL_ISUPPORT)); SetCork(client_p); nchars = extra_space, nparams = 0, buf[0] = '\0'; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, isupportlist.head) { item = ptr->data; value = (*item->func) (item->param); if(value == NULL) continue; l = strlen(item->name) + (EmptyString(value) ? 0 : 1 + strlen(value)); if(nchars + l + (nparams > 0) >= sizeof buf || nparams + 1 > 12) { sendto_one_numeric(client_p, RPL_ISUPPORT, form_str(RPL_ISUPPORT), buf); nchars = extra_space, nparams = 0, buf[0] = '\0'; } if(nparams > 0) rb_strlcat(buf, " ", sizeof buf), nchars++; rb_strlcat(buf, item->name, sizeof buf); if(!EmptyString(value)) { rb_strlcat(buf, "=", sizeof buf); rb_strlcat(buf, value, sizeof buf); } nchars += l; nparams++; } if(nparams > 0) sendto_one_numeric(client_p, RPL_ISUPPORT, form_str(RPL_ISUPPORT), buf); ClearCork(client_p); send_pop_queue(client_p); } const char * isupport_intptr(const void *ptr) { static char buf[15]; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%d", *(const int *)ptr); return buf; } const char * isupport_boolean(const void *ptr) { return *(const int *)ptr ? "" : NULL; } const char * isupport_string(const void *ptr) { return (const char *)ptr; } const char * isupport_stringptr(const void *ptr) { return *(char *const *)ptr; } static const char * isupport_chanmodes(const void *ptr) { static char result[80]; rb_snprintf(result, sizeof result, "%s%sb,k,l,imnpstS%s", ConfigChannel.use_except ? "e" : "", ConfigChannel.use_invex ? "I" : "", #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES rb_dlink_list_length(&service_list) ? "r" : "" #else "" #endif ); return result; } static const char * isupport_chanlimit(const void *ptr) { static char result[30]; rb_snprintf(result, sizeof result, "&#:%i", ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user); return result; } static const char * isupport_maxlist(const void *ptr) { static char result[30]; rb_snprintf(result, sizeof result, "b%s%s:%i", ConfigChannel.use_except ? "e" : "", ConfigChannel.use_invex ? "I" : "", ConfigChannel.max_bans); return result; } static const char * isupport_targmax(const void *ptr) { static char result[200]; rb_snprintf(result, sizeof result, "NAMES:1,LIST:1,KICK:1,WHOIS:1,PRIVMSG:%d,NOTICE:%d,ACCEPT:,MONITOR:", ConfigFileEntry.max_targets, ConfigFileEntry.max_targets); return result; } void init_isupport(void) { static int maxmodes = MAXMODEPARAMS; static int nicklen = NICKLEN - 1; static int channellen = LOC_CHANNELLEN; add_isupport("CHANTYPES", isupport_string, "&#"); add_isupport("EXCEPTS", isupport_boolean, &ConfigChannel.use_except); add_isupport("INVEX", isupport_boolean, &ConfigChannel.use_invex); add_isupport("CHANMODES", isupport_chanmodes, NULL); add_isupport("CHANLIMIT", isupport_chanlimit, NULL); add_isupport("PREFIX", isupport_string, "(ov)@+"); add_isupport("MAXLIST", isupport_maxlist, NULL); add_isupport("MODES", isupport_intptr, &maxmodes); add_isupport("NETWORK", isupport_stringptr, &ServerInfo.network_name); add_isupport("KNOCK", isupport_boolean, &ConfigChannel.use_knock); add_isupport("STATUSMSG", isupport_string, "@+"); add_isupport("CALLERID", isupport_string, "g"); add_isupport("SAFELIST", isupport_string, ""); add_isupport("ELIST", isupport_string, "U"); add_isupport("CASEMAPPING", isupport_string, "rfc1459"); add_isupport("CHARSET", isupport_string, "ascii"); add_isupport("NICKLEN", isupport_intptr, &nicklen); add_isupport("CHANNELLEN", isupport_intptr, &channellen); add_isupport("TOPICLEN", isupport_intptr, &ConfigChannel.topiclen); add_isupport("ETRACE", isupport_string, ""); add_isupport("CPRIVMSG", isupport_string, ""); add_isupport("CNOTICE", isupport_string, ""); add_isupport("DEAF", isupport_string, "D"); add_isupport("MONITOR", isupport_intptr, &ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor); add_isupport("FNC", isupport_string, ""); add_isupport("TARGMAX", isupport_targmax, NULL); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/dns.c�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016162�11730550233�014715� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * dns.c: An interface to the resolver daemon * Copyright (C) 2005 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: dns.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd_defs.h" #include "parse.h" #include "dns.h" #include "match.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "numeric.h" #define IDTABLE 0xffff #define DNS_HOST ((char)'H') #define DNS_REVERSE ((char)'I') static void submit_dns(const char, int id, int aftype, const char *addr); static int start_resolver(void); static void parse_dns_reply(rb_helper *helper); static void restart_resolver_cb(rb_helper *helper); static rb_helper *dns_helper; struct dnsreq { DNSCB *callback; void *data; }; static struct dnsreq querytable[IDTABLE]; static uint16_t id = 1; static uint16_t assign_dns_id(void) { while(1) { if(id < IDTABLE - 1) id++; else id = 1; if(querytable[id].callback == NULL) break; } return (id); } static inline void check_resolver(void) { if(dns_helper == NULL) restart_resolver(); } static void failed_resolver(uint16_t xid) { struct dnsreq *req; req = &querytable[xid]; if(req->callback == NULL) return; req->callback("FAILED", 0, 0, req->data); req->callback = NULL; req->data = NULL; } void cancel_lookup(uint16_t xid) { querytable[xid].callback = NULL; querytable[xid].data = NULL; } uint16_t lookup_hostname(const char *hostname, int aftype, DNSCB * callback, void *data) { struct dnsreq *req; int aft; uint16_t nid; check_resolver(); nid = assign_dns_id(); req = &querytable[nid]; req->callback = callback; req->data = data; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(aftype == AF_INET6) aft = 6; else #endif aft = 4; submit_dns(DNS_HOST, nid, aft, hostname); return (id); } uint16_t lookup_ip(const char *addr, int aftype, DNSCB * callback, void *data) { struct dnsreq *req; int aft; uint16_t nid; check_resolver(); nid = assign_dns_id(); req = &querytable[nid]; req->callback = callback; req->data = data; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(aftype == AF_INET6) aft = 6; else #endif aft = 4; submit_dns(DNS_REVERSE, nid, aft, addr); return (nid); } static void results_callback(const char *callid, const char *status, const char *aftype, const char *results) { struct dnsreq *req; uint16_t nid; int st; int aft; nid = strtol(callid, NULL, 16); req = &querytable[nid]; st = atoi(status); aft = atoi(aftype); if(req->callback == NULL) { /* got cancelled..oh well */ req->data = NULL; return; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(aft == 6) aft = AF_INET6; else #endif aft = AF_INET; req->callback(results, st, aft, req->data); req->callback = NULL; req->data = NULL; } static char *resolver_path; static int start_resolver(void) { char fullpath[PATH_MAX + 1]; #ifdef _WIN32 const char *suffix = ".exe"; #else const char *suffix = ""; #endif if(resolver_path == NULL) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/resolver%s", LIBEXEC_DIR, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { rb_snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/libexec/ircd-ratbox/resolver%s", ConfigFileEntry.dpath, suffix); if(access(fullpath, X_OK) == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to execute resolver in %s or %s/libexec/ircd-ratbox", LIBEXEC_DIR, ConfigFileEntry.dpath); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unable to execute resolver in %s or %s/libexec/ircd-ratbox", LIBEXEC_DIR, ConfigFileEntry.dpath); return 1; } } resolver_path = rb_strdup(fullpath); } dns_helper = rb_helper_start("resolver", resolver_path, parse_dns_reply, restart_resolver_cb); if(dns_helper == NULL) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to start resolver helper: %s", strerror(errno)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unable to start resolver helper: %s", strerror(errno)); return 1; } ilog(L_MAIN, "resolver helper started"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "resolver helper started"); rb_helper_run(dns_helper); return 0; } static rb_dlink_list nameservers; static void parse_nameservers(char **parv, int parc) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; char *server; int i; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, nameservers.head) { rb_free(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &nameservers); } for(i = 2; i < parc; i++) { server = rb_strdup(parv[i]); rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(server, &nameservers); } } void report_dns_servers(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, nameservers.head) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "A %s", (char *)ptr->data); } } static void parse_dns_reply(rb_helper *helper) { int len, parc; static char dnsBuf[READBUF_SIZE]; char *parv[MAXPARA + 1]; while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, dnsBuf, sizeof(dnsBuf))) > 0) { parc = string_to_array(dnsBuf, parv); /* we shouldn't be using this here, but oh well */ if(*parv[1] == 'R') { if(parc != 6) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Resolver sent a result with wrong number of arguments"); restart_resolver(); return; } results_callback(parv[2], parv[3], parv[4], parv[5]); } else if(*parv[1] == 'A') { parse_nameservers(parv, parc); } else { ilog(L_MAIN, "Resolver sent an unknown command..restarting resolver"); restart_resolver(); return; } } } static void submit_dns(char type, int nid, int aftype, const char *addr) { if(dns_helper == NULL) { failed_resolver(nid); return; } rb_helper_write(dns_helper, "%c %x %d %s", type, nid, aftype, addr); } void rehash_dns_vhost(void) { const char *v6 = "0"; const char *v4 = "0"; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(!EmptyString(ServerInfo.vhost6_dns)) v6 = ServerInfo.vhost6_dns; #endif if(!EmptyString(ServerInfo.vhost_dns)) v4 = ServerInfo.vhost_dns; rb_helper_write(dns_helper, "B 0 %s %s", v4, v6); } void init_resolver(void) { if(start_resolver()) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unable to start resolver helper: %s", strerror(errno)); exit(0); } } static void restart_resolver_cb(rb_helper *helper) { ilog(L_MAIN, "resolver - restart_resolver_cb called, resolver helper died?"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "resolver - restart_resolver_cb called, resolver helper died?"); if(helper != NULL) { rb_helper_close(helper); dns_helper = NULL; } start_resolver(); rehash_dns_vhost(); } void restart_resolver(void) { restart_resolver_cb(dns_helper); } void rehash_resolver(void) { rb_helper_write(dns_helper, "R"); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/monitor.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010316�11730550233�015613� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * monitor.c - Code for server-side notify lists * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: monitor.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "hash.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "send.h" struct monitor *monitorTable[MONITOR_HASH_SIZE]; static rb_bh *monitor_heap; void init_monitor(void) { monitor_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct monitor), MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE, "monitor_heap"); } static inline unsigned int hash_monitor_nick(const char *name) { return fnv_hash_upper((const unsigned char *)name, MONITOR_HASH_BITS, 0); } struct monitor * find_monitor(const char *name, int add) { struct monitor *monptr; unsigned int hashv = hash_monitor_nick(name); for(monptr = monitorTable[hashv]; monptr; monptr = monptr->hnext) { if(!irccmp(monptr->name, name)) return monptr; } if(add) { monptr = rb_bh_alloc(monitor_heap); rb_strlcpy(monptr->name, name, sizeof(monptr->name)); monptr->hnext = monitorTable[hashv]; monitorTable[hashv] = monptr; return monptr; } return NULL; } void free_monitor(struct monitor *monptr) { rb_bh_free(monitor_heap, monptr); } /* monitor_signon() * * inputs - client who has just connected * outputs - * side effects - notifies any clients monitoring this nickname that it has * connected to the network */ void monitor_signon(struct Client *client_p) { char buf[USERHOST_REPLYLEN]; struct monitor *monptr = find_monitor(client_p->name, 0); /* noones watching this nick */ if(monptr == NULL) return; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s!%s@%s", client_p->name, client_p->username, client_p->host); sendto_monitor(monptr, form_str(RPL_MONONLINE), me.name, "*", buf); } /* monitor_signoff() * * inputs - client who is exiting * outputs - * side effects - notifies any clients monitoring this nickname that it has * left the network */ void monitor_signoff(struct Client *client_p) { struct monitor *monptr = find_monitor(client_p->name, 0); /* noones watching this nick */ if(monptr == NULL) return; sendto_monitor(monptr, form_str(RPL_MONOFFLINE), me.name, "*", client_p->name); } void clear_monitor(struct Client *client_p) { struct monitor *monptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, client_p->localClient->monitor_list.head) { monptr = ptr->data; /* we leave the actual entry around with no users, itll be * cleaned up periodically by cleanup_monitor() --anfl */ rb_dlinkFindDestroy(client_p, &monptr->users); rb_free_rb_dlink_node(ptr); } client_p->localClient->monitor_list.head = client_p->localClient->monitor_list.tail = NULL; client_p->localClient->monitor_list.length = 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/s_conf.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000105430�11730550233�015375� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_conf.c: Configuration file functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_conf.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "listener.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "reject.h" #include "cache.h" #include "dns.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "bandbi.h" #include "newconf.h" struct config_server_hide ConfigServerHide; extern int yyparse(); /* defined in y.tab.c */ extern char linebuf[]; static rb_bh *confitem_heap = NULL; rb_dlink_list temp_klines[LAST_TEMP_TYPE]; rb_dlink_list temp_dlines[LAST_TEMP_TYPE]; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES rb_dlink_list service_list; #endif /* internally defined functions */ void set_default_conf(void); static void clear_out_old_conf(void); static void expire_temp_kd(void *list); static void reorganise_temp_kd(void *list); extern char yytext[]; static int verify_access(struct Client *client_p, const char *username); static int attach_iline(struct Client *, struct ConfItem *); void init_s_conf(void) { confitem_heap = rb_bh_create(sizeof(struct ConfItem), CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE, "confitem_heap"); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_klines", expire_temp_kd, &temp_klines[TEMP_MIN], 60); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_dlines", expire_temp_kd, &temp_dlines[TEMP_MIN], 60); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_klines_hour", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_klines[TEMP_HOUR], 3600); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_dlines_hour", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_dlines[TEMP_HOUR], 3600); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_klines_day", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_klines[TEMP_DAY], 86400); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_dlines_day", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_dlines[TEMP_DAY], 86400); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_klines_week", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_klines[TEMP_WEEK], 604800); rb_event_addish("expire_temp_dlines_week", reorganise_temp_kd, &temp_dlines[TEMP_WEEK], 604800); } /* * make_conf * * inputs - none * output - pointer to new conf entry * side effects - none */ struct ConfItem * make_conf() { struct ConfItem *aconf; aconf = rb_bh_alloc(confitem_heap); aconf->status = CONF_ILLEGAL; return (aconf); } /* * free_conf * * inputs - pointer to conf to free * output - none * side effects - crucial password fields are zeroed, conf is freed */ void free_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf) { s_assert(aconf != NULL); if(aconf == NULL) return; /* security.. */ if(aconf->passwd) memset(aconf->passwd, 0, strlen(aconf->passwd)); if(aconf->spasswd) memset(aconf->spasswd, 0, strlen(aconf->spasswd)); rb_free(aconf->passwd); rb_free(aconf->spasswd); rb_free(aconf->user); rb_free(aconf->host); if(IsConfBan(aconf)) operhash_delete(aconf->info.oper); else rb_free(aconf->info.name); rb_bh_free(confitem_heap, aconf); } /* * check_client * * inputs - pointer to client * output - 0 = Success * NOT_AUTHORISED (-1) = Access denied (no I line match) * I_SOCKET_ERROR (-2) = Bad socket. * I_LINE_FULL (-3) = I-line is full * TOO_MANY (-4) = Too many connections from hostname * BANNED_CLIENT (-5) = K-lined * side effects - Ordinary client access check. * Look for conf lines which have the same * status as the flags passed. */ int check_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *username) { int i; if((i = verify_access(source_p, username))) { ilog(L_FUSER, "Access denied: %s[%s]", source_p->name, source_p->sockhost); } switch (i) { case I_SOCKET_ERROR: exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Socket Error"); break; case TOO_MANY_LOCAL: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "Too many local connections for %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : source_p->host); ilog(L_FUSER, "Too many local connections from %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Too many host connections (local)"); break; case TOO_MANY_GLOBAL: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "Too many global connections for %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : source_p->host); ilog(L_FUSER, "Too many global connections from %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Too many host connections (global)"); break; case TOO_MANY_GLOBAL_CIDR: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "Too many global connections(cidr) for %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : source_p->host); ilog(L_FUSER, "Too many global connections(cidr) from %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Too many host connections (global cidr)"); break; case TOO_MANY_IDENT: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "Too many user connections for %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : source_p->host); ilog(L_FUSER, "Too many user connections from %s!%s%s@%s", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Too many user connections (global)"); break; case I_LINE_FULL: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_FULL, L_ALL, "I-line is full for %s!%s%s@%s (%s).", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->host, show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : source_p->host); ilog(L_FUSER, "Too many connections from %s!%s%s@%s.", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); ServerStats.is_ref++; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "No more connections allowed in your connection class"); break; case NOT_AUTHORISED: { int port = -1; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&source_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6) port = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&source_p-> localClient->listener->addr)->sin6_port); else #endif port = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)&source_p-> localClient->listener->addr)->sin_port); ServerStats.is_ref++; /* jdc - lists server name & port connections are on */ /* a purely cosmetical change */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_UNAUTH, L_ALL, "Unauthorised client connection from " "%s!%s%s@%s [%s] on [%s/%u].", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, source_p->localClient->listener->name, port); ilog(L_FUSER, "Unauthorised client connection from %s!%s%s@%s on [%s/%u].", source_p->name, IsGotId(source_p) ? "" : "~", source_p->username, source_p->sockhost, source_p->localClient->listener->name, port); add_reject(client_p); exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "You are not authorised to use this server"); break; } case BANNED_CLIENT: add_reject(client_p); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "*** Banned "); ServerStats.is_ref++; break; case 0: default: break; } return (i); } /* * verify_access * * inputs - pointer to client to verify * - pointer to proposed username * output - 0 if success -'ve if not * side effect - find the first (best) I line to attach. */ static int verify_access(struct Client *client_p, const char *username) { struct ConfItem *aconf; char non_ident[USERLEN + 1]; if(IsGotId(client_p)) { aconf = find_address_conf(client_p->host, client_p->sockhost, client_p->username, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, GET_SS_FAMILY(&client_p->localClient->ip)); } else { rb_strlcpy(non_ident, "~", sizeof(non_ident)); rb_strlcat(non_ident, username, sizeof(non_ident)); aconf = find_address_conf(client_p->host, client_p->sockhost, non_ident, (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, GET_SS_FAMILY(&client_p->localClient->ip)); } if(aconf == NULL) return NOT_AUTHORISED; if(aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT) { if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_REDIR) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(RPL_REDIR), me.name, client_p->name, aconf->info.name ? aconf->info.name : "", aconf->port); return (NOT_AUTHORISED); } /* Thanks for spoof idea amm */ if(IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf)) { char *p; SetIPSpoof(client_p); /*show_ip depends on this */ if(IsConfSpoofNotice(aconf)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s spoofing: %s as %s", client_p->name, show_ip(NULL, client_p) ? client_p-> host : aconf->info.name, aconf->info.name); } /* user@host spoof */ if((p = strchr(aconf->info.name, '@')) != NULL) { char *host = p + 1; *p = '\0'; rb_strlcpy(client_p->username, aconf->info.name, sizeof(client_p->username)); rb_strlcpy(client_p->host, host, sizeof(client_p->host)); *p = '@'; } else rb_strlcpy(client_p->host, aconf->info.name, sizeof(client_p->host)); } return (attach_iline(client_p, aconf)); } else if(aconf->status & CONF_KILL) { if(ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason) sendto_one_notice(client_p, ":*** Banned %s", aconf->passwd); return (BANNED_CLIENT); } else if(aconf->status & CONF_GLINE) { sendto_one_notice(client_p, ":*** G-lined"); if(ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason) sendto_one_notice(client_p, ":*** Banned %s", aconf->passwd); return (BANNED_CLIENT); } return NOT_AUTHORISED; } /* * add_ip_limit * * Returns 1 if successful 0 if not * * This checks if the user has exceed the limits for their class * unless of course they are exempt.. */ static int add_ip_limit(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; int bitlen; /* If the limits are 0 don't do anything.. */ if(ConfCidrAmount(aconf) == 0 || (ConfCidrIpv4Bitlen(aconf) == 0 && ConfCidrIpv6Bitlen(aconf) == 0)) return -1; pnode = rb_match_ip(ConfIpLimits(aconf), (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip); if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&client_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET) bitlen = ConfCidrIpv4Bitlen(aconf); else bitlen = ConfCidrIpv6Bitlen(aconf); if(pnode == NULL) pnode = make_and_lookup_ip(ConfIpLimits(aconf), (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip, bitlen); s_assert(pnode != NULL); if(pnode != NULL) { if(((intptr_t)pnode->data) >= ConfCidrAmount(aconf) && !IsConfExemptLimits(aconf)) { /* This should only happen if the limits are set to 0 */ if((intptr_t)pnode->data == 0) { rb_patricia_remove(ConfIpLimits(aconf), pnode); } return (0); } pnode->data = (void *)(((intptr_t)pnode->data) + 1); } return 1; } static void remove_ip_limit(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf) { rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; /* If the limits are 0 don't do anything.. */ if(ConfCidrAmount(aconf) == 0 || (ConfCidrIpv4Bitlen(aconf) == 0 && ConfCidrIpv6Bitlen(aconf) == 0)) return; pnode = rb_match_ip(ConfIpLimits(aconf), (struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip); if(pnode == NULL) return; pnode->data = (void *)(((intptr_t)pnode->data) - 1); if(((intptr_t)pnode->data) == 0) { rb_patricia_remove(ConfIpLimits(aconf), pnode); } } /* * attach_iline * * inputs - client pointer * - conf pointer * output - * side effects - do actual attach */ static int attach_iline(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int local_count = 0; int global_count = 0; int ident_count = 0; int unidented = 0; if(IsConfExemptLimits(aconf)) return (attach_conf(client_p, aconf)); if(*client_p->username == '~') unidented = 1; /* find_hostname() returns the head of the list to search */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, find_hostname(client_p->host)) { target_p = ptr->data; if(irccmp(client_p->host, target_p->host) != 0) continue; if(MyConnect(target_p)) local_count++; global_count++; if(unidented) { if(*target_p->username == '~') ident_count++; } else if(irccmp(target_p->username, client_p->username) == 0) ident_count++; if(ConfMaxLocal(aconf) && local_count >= ConfMaxLocal(aconf)) return (TOO_MANY_LOCAL); else if(ConfMaxGlobal(aconf) && global_count >= ConfMaxGlobal(aconf)) return (TOO_MANY_GLOBAL); else if(ConfMaxIdent(aconf) && ident_count >= ConfMaxIdent(aconf)) return (TOO_MANY_IDENT); } if(ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr && check_global_cidr_count(client_p) > 0) return (TOO_MANY_GLOBAL_CIDR); return (attach_conf(client_p, aconf)); } /* * detach_conf * * inputs - pointer to client to detach * output - 0 for success, -1 for failure * side effects - Disassociate configuration from the client. * Also removes a class from the list if marked for deleting. */ int detach_conf(struct Client *client_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; aconf = client_p->localClient->att_conf; if(aconf != NULL) { if(ClassPtr(aconf)) { remove_ip_limit(client_p, aconf); if(ConfCurrUsers(aconf) > 0) --ConfCurrUsers(aconf); if(ConfMaxUsers(aconf) == -1 && ConfCurrUsers(aconf) == 0) { free_class(ClassPtr(aconf)); ClassPtr(aconf) = NULL; } } aconf->clients--; if(!aconf->clients && IsIllegal(aconf)) free_conf(aconf); client_p->localClient->att_conf = NULL; return 0; } return -1; } /* * attach_conf * * inputs - client pointer * - conf pointer * output - * side effects - Associate a specific configuration entry to a *local* * client (this is the one which used in accepting the * connection). Note, that this automatically changes the * attachment if there was an old one... */ int attach_conf(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf) { if(IsIllegal(aconf)) return (NOT_AUTHORISED); if(ClassPtr(aconf)) { if(!add_ip_limit(client_p, aconf)) return (TOO_MANY_LOCAL); } if((aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT) && ConfCurrUsers(aconf) >= ConfMaxUsers(aconf) && ConfMaxUsers(aconf) > 0) { if(!IsConfExemptLimits(aconf)) { return (I_LINE_FULL); } else { sendto_one_notice(client_p, ":*** I: line is full, but you have an >I: line!"); SetExemptLimits(client_p); } } if(client_p->localClient->att_conf != NULL) detach_conf(client_p); client_p->localClient->att_conf = aconf; aconf->clients++; ConfCurrUsers(aconf)++; return (0); } /* * rehash * * Actual REHASH service routine. Called with sig == 0 if it has been called * as a result of an operator issuing this command, else assume it has been * called as a result of the server receiving a HUP signal. */ void rehash(int sig) { const char *filename; int r; int old_global_ipv4_cidr = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen; int old_global_ipv6_cidr = ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen; char *old_bandb_path = LOCAL_COPY(ServerInfo.bandb_path); if(sig != 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Got signal SIGHUP, reloading ircd conf. file"); } filename = ConfigFileEntry.configfile; r = read_config_file(filename); if(r > 0) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Config file %s has %d error(s) - aborting rehash", filename, r); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Config file %s has %d error(s) aborting rehash", filename, r); return; } r = check_valid_entries(); if(r > 0) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Config file %s reports %d error(s) on second pass - aborting rehash", filename, r); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Config file %s reports %d error(s) on second pass - aborting rehash", filename, r); return; } clear_out_old_conf(); load_conf_settings(); if(ServerInfo.description != NULL) rb_strlcpy(me.info, ServerInfo.description, sizeof(me.info)); else rb_strlcpy(me.info, "unknown", sizeof(me.info)); if(ServerInfo.bandb_path == NULL) ServerInfo.bandb_path = rb_strdup(DBPATH); if(strcmp(old_bandb_path, ServerInfo.bandb_path)) bandb_restart(); open_logfiles(logFileName); if(old_global_ipv4_cidr != ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen || old_global_ipv6_cidr != ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen) rehash_global_cidr_tree(); rehash_dns_vhost(); return; } void rehash_bans(int sig) { if(sig != 0) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Got signal SIGUSR2, reloading ban confs"); bandb_rehash_bans(); } /* * set_default_conf() * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - Set default values here. * This is called **PRIOR** to parsing the * configuration file. If you want to do some validation * of values later, put them in validate_conf(). */ #define YES 1 #define NO 0 #define UNSET -1 void set_default_conf(void) { /* ServerInfo.name is not rehashable */ /* ServerInfo.name = ServerInfo.name; */ ServerInfo.description = NULL; ServerInfo.network_name = rb_strdup(NETWORK_NAME_DEFAULT); ServerInfo.network_desc = rb_strdup(NETWORK_DESC_DEFAULT); ServerInfo.bandb_path = NULL; memset(&ServerInfo.ip, 0, sizeof(ServerInfo.ip)); ServerInfo.specific_ipv4_vhost = 0; #ifdef RB_IPV6 memset(&ServerInfo.ip6, 0, sizeof(ServerInfo.ip6)); ServerInfo.specific_ipv6_vhost = 0; #endif ServerInfo.default_max_clients = MAXCONNECTIONS; ServerInfo.ssld_count = 1; /* Don't reset hub, as that will break lazylinks */ /* ServerInfo.hub = NO; */ AdminInfo.name = NULL; AdminInfo.email = NULL; AdminInfo.description = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.default_operstring = rb_strdup("is an IRC operator"); ConfigFileEntry.default_adminstring = rb_strdup("is a Server Administrator"); ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice = YES; ConfigFileEntry.anti_nick_flood = NO; ConfigFileEntry.disable_fake_channels = NO; ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_time = 20; ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_changes = 5; ConfigFileEntry.max_accept = 20; ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor = 60; ConfigFileEntry.nick_delay = 900; /* 15 minutes */ ConfigFileEntry.target_change = YES; ConfigFileEntry.collision_fnc = NO; ConfigFileEntry.anti_spam_exit_message_time = 0; ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta = TS_WARN_DELTA_DEFAULT; ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta = TS_MAX_DELTA_DEFAULT; ConfigFileEntry.client_exit = YES; ConfigFileEntry.dline_with_reason = YES; ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason = YES; ConfigFileEntry.kline_delay = 0; ConfigFileEntry.warn_no_nline = YES; ConfigFileEntry.non_redundant_klines = YES; ConfigFileEntry.stats_e_disabled = NO; ConfigFileEntry.stats_o_oper_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only = 1; /* masked */ ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only = 1; /* masked */ ConfigFileEntry.stats_P_oper_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.stats_c_oper_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.stats_y_oper_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.stats_h_oper_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.map_oper_only = YES; ConfigFileEntry.operspy_admin_only = NO; ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait = 10; ConfigFileEntry.caller_id_wait = 60; ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple = 1; ConfigFileEntry.short_motd = NO; ConfigFileEntry.no_oper_flood = NO; ConfigFileEntry.post_registration_delay = 0; ConfigFileEntry.default_invisible = NO; ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.glines = NO; ConfigFileEntry.use_egd = NO; ConfigFileEntry.gline_time = 12 * 3600; ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr = 16; ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6 = 48; ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages = 1; ConfigFileEntry.dots_in_ident = 0; ConfigFileEntry.max_targets = MAX_TARGETS_DEFAULT; ConfigFileEntry.egdpool_path = NULL; ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually = YES; ConfigFileEntry.burst_away = NO; ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips = YES; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB ConfigFileEntry.compression_level = 4; #endif ConfigFileEntry.oper_umodes = UMODE_LOCOPS | UMODE_SERVNOTICE | UMODE_OPERWALL | UMODE_WALLOP; ConfigFileEntry.oper_only_umodes = UMODE_DEBUG | UMODE_OPERSPY; ConfigChannel.use_except = YES; ConfigChannel.use_invex = YES; ConfigChannel.use_knock = YES; ConfigChannel.use_sslonly = NO; ConfigChannel.knock_delay = 300; ConfigChannel.knock_delay_channel = 60; ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user = 15; ConfigChannel.max_bans = 25; ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho = YES; ConfigChannel.invite_ops_only = YES; ConfigChannel.default_split_user_count = 15000; ConfigChannel.default_split_server_count = 10; ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split = NO; ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split = YES; ConfigChannel.topiclen = DEFAULT_TOPICLEN; ConfigServerHide.flatten_links = 0; ConfigServerHide.links_delay = 300; ConfigServerHide.hidden = 0; ConfigServerHide.disable_hidden = 0; ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard = 4; ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple = 3; ConfigFileEntry.default_floodcount = 8; ConfigFileEntry.client_flood = CLIENT_FLOOD_DEFAULT; ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices = 0; ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count = 5; ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration = 120; ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count = 4; ConfigFileEntry.throttle_duration = 60; ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen = 24; ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv4_count = 384; ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen = 64; ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr_ipv6_count = 128; ConfigFileEntry.global_cidr = YES; } #undef YES #undef NO /* * lookup_confhost - start DNS lookups of all hostnames in the conf * line and convert an IP addresses in a.b.c.d number for to IP#s. * */ /* * conf_connect_allowed * * inputs - pointer to inaddr * - int type ipv4 or ipv6 * output - ban info or NULL * side effects - none */ struct ConfItem * conf_connect_allowed(struct sockaddr *addr, int aftype) { struct ConfItem *aconf = find_dline(addr); /* DLINE exempt also gets you out of static limits/pacing... */ if(aconf && (aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE)) return NULL; if(aconf != NULL) return aconf; return NULL; } /* make_ban_reason() * * inputs - reason, oper reason * outputs - * side effects - returns a single reason, combining the two fields if * appropriate */ const char * make_ban_reason(const char *reason, const char *oper_reason) { static char buf[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; if(!EmptyString(oper_reason)) { snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s|%s", reason, oper_reason); return buf; } else return reason; } /* add_temp_kline() * * inputs - pointer to struct ConfItem * output - none * Side effects - links in given struct ConfItem into * temporary kline link list */ void add_temp_kline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (10080 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_klines[TEMP_WEEK]); aconf->port = TEMP_WEEK; } else if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (1440 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_klines[TEMP_DAY]); aconf->port = TEMP_DAY; } else if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (60 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_klines[TEMP_HOUR]); aconf->port = TEMP_HOUR; } else { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_klines[TEMP_MIN]); aconf->port = TEMP_MIN; } aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; add_conf_by_address(aconf->host, CONF_KILL, aconf->user, aconf); } /* add_temp_dline() * * input - pointer to struct ConfItem * output - none * side effects - added to tdline link list and address hash */ void add_temp_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf) { if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (10080 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_dlines[TEMP_WEEK]); aconf->port = TEMP_WEEK; } else if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (1440 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_dlines[TEMP_DAY]); aconf->port = TEMP_DAY; } else if(aconf->hold >= rb_current_time() + (60 * 60)) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_dlines[TEMP_HOUR]); aconf->port = TEMP_HOUR; } else { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &temp_dlines[TEMP_MIN]); aconf->port = TEMP_MIN; } aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; add_dline(aconf); } /* expire_tkline() * * inputs - list pointer * - type * output - NONE * side effects - expire tklines and moves them between lists */ static void expire_temp_kd(void *list) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct ConfItem *aconf; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, ((rb_dlink_list *)list)->head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->hold <= rb_current_time()) { /* Alert opers that a TKline expired - Hwy */ if(ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Temporary K-line for [%s@%s] expired", (aconf->user) ? aconf->user : "*", (aconf->host) ? aconf->host : "*"); if(aconf->status & CONF_DLINE && aconf->pnode == NULL) { /* XXX this shouldn't be happening...I'm not sure why it does, but it only seems to happen * on one server...add debugging code to look at it -androsyn */ #define a_string(x) ((aconf->x) ? aconf->x : "*") #define a_x(x) (aconf->x) ilog(L_MAIN, "WARNING: DLINE with aconf->status & CONF_DLINE but aconf->pnode == NULL! " "status:%x flags:%x clients:%d info.name:%s info.oper:%s host:%s passwd:%s spasswd:%s user:%s port:%d " "hold:%ld, class:%p pnode:%p", a_x(status), a_x(flags), a_x(clients), a_string(info.name), a_string(info.oper), a_string(host), a_string(passwd), a_string(spasswd), a_string(user), a_x(port), a_x(hold), a_x(c_class), a_x(pnode)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "WARNING: DLINE with aconf->status & CONF_DLINE but aconf->pnode == NULL! " "status:%x flags:%x clients:%d info.name:%s info.oper:%s host:%s passwd:%s spasswd:%s user:%s port:%d " "hold:%ld, class:%p pnode:%p", a_x(status), a_x(flags), a_x(clients), a_string(info.name), a_string(info.oper), a_string(host), a_string(passwd), a_string(spasswd), a_string(user), a_x(port), a_x(hold), a_x(c_class), a_x(pnode)); #undef a_string #undef a_x ilog(L_MAIN, "WARNING: Calling delete_one_address_conf() on this and hoping for the best"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "WARNING: Calling delete_one_address_conf() on this and hoping for the best"); delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); } else if(aconf->status & CONF_DLINE) remove_dline(aconf); else delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, list); } } } static void reorganise_temp_kd(void *list) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, ((rb_dlink_list *)list)->head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->hold < (rb_current_time() + (60 * 60))) { rb_dlinkMoveNode(ptr, list, (aconf->status == CONF_KILL) ? &temp_klines[TEMP_MIN] : &temp_dlines[TEMP_MIN]); aconf->port = TEMP_MIN; } else if(aconf->port > TEMP_HOUR) { if(aconf->hold < (rb_current_time() + (1440 * 60))) { rb_dlinkMoveNode(ptr, list, (aconf->status == CONF_KILL) ? &temp_klines[TEMP_HOUR] : &temp_dlines[TEMP_HOUR]); aconf->port = TEMP_HOUR; } else if(aconf->port > TEMP_DAY && (aconf->hold < (rb_current_time() + (10080 * 60)))) { rb_dlinkMoveNode(ptr, list, (aconf->status == CONF_KILL) ? &temp_klines[TEMP_DAY] : &temp_dlines[TEMP_DAY]); aconf->port = TEMP_DAY; } } } } /* const char* get_oper_name(struct Client *client_p) * Input: A client to find the active oper{} name for. * Output: The nick!user@host{oper} of the oper. * "oper" is server name for remote opers * Side effects: None. */ const char * get_oper_name(struct Client *client_p) { /* +5 for !,@,{,} and null */ static char buffer[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + HOSTLEN + 5]; if(MyOper(client_p)) { rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s!%s@%s{%s}", client_p->name, client_p->username, client_p->host, client_p->localClient->opername); return buffer; } rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s!%s@%s{%s}", client_p->name, client_p->username, client_p->host, client_p->servptr->name); return buffer; } /* returns class name */ const char * get_class_name(struct ConfItem *aconf) { static const char *zero = "default"; if(aconf == NULL || aconf->c_class == NULL || EmptyString(ConfClassName(aconf))) return zero; return ConfClassName(aconf); } /* * get_printable_conf * * inputs - struct ConfItem * * output - name * - host * - pass * - user * - port * * side effects - * Examine the struct struct ConfItem, setting the values * of name, host, pass, user to values either * in aconf, or "<NULL>" port is set to aconf->port in all cases. */ void get_printable_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf, const char **name, const char **host, const char **pass, const char **user, int *port, const char **classname) { static const char *null = "<NULL>"; *name = EmptyString(aconf->info.name) ? null : aconf->info.name; *host = EmptyString(aconf->host) ? null : aconf->host; *pass = EmptyString(aconf->passwd) ? null : aconf->passwd; *user = EmptyString(aconf->user) ? null : aconf->user; *classname = get_class_name(aconf); *port = (int)aconf->port; } void get_printable_kline(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char **host, const char **reason, const char **user, const char **oper_reason) { static const char *null = "<NULL>"; *host = EmptyString(aconf->host) ? null : aconf->host; *reason = EmptyString(aconf->passwd) ? null : aconf->passwd; *user = EmptyString(aconf->user) ? null : aconf->user; if(EmptyString(aconf->spasswd) || !IsOper(source_p)) *oper_reason = NULL; else *oper_reason = aconf->spasswd; } /* * clear_out_old_conf * * inputs - none * output - none * side effects - Clear out the old configuration */ static void clear_out_old_conf(void) { struct Class *cltmp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; #endif /* * don't delete the class table, rather mark all entries * for deletion. The table is cleaned up by check_class. - avalon */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, class_list.head) { cltmp = ptr->data; MaxUsers(cltmp) = -1; } clear_out_address_conf(); clear_s_newconf(); /* clean out module paths */ #ifndef STATIC_MODULES mod_clear_paths(); mod_add_path(MODULE_DIR); mod_add_path(MODULE_DIR "/autoload"); #endif /* clean out ServerInfo */ rb_free(ServerInfo.description); ServerInfo.description = NULL; rb_free(ServerInfo.network_name); ServerInfo.network_name = NULL; rb_free(ServerInfo.network_desc); ServerInfo.network_desc = NULL; rb_free(ServerInfo.bandb_path); ServerInfo.bandb_path = NULL; /* clean out AdminInfo */ rb_free(AdminInfo.name); AdminInfo.name = NULL; rb_free(AdminInfo.email); AdminInfo.email = NULL; rb_free(AdminInfo.description); AdminInfo.description = NULL; /* clean out log file names */ rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_killlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_killlog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog = NULL; rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog); ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog = NULL; rb_free(ServerInfo.vhost_dns); ServerInfo.vhost_dns = NULL; #ifdef IPV6 rb_free(ServerInfo.vhost6_dns); ServerInfo.vhost6_dns = NULL; #endif /* operator{} and class{} blocks are freed above */ /* clean out listeners */ close_listeners(); /* auth{}, quarantine{}, shared{}, connect{}, kill{}, deny{}, exempt{} * and gecos{} blocks are freed above too */ /* clean out general */ rb_free(ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason); ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason = NULL; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, service_list.head) { rb_free(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &service_list); } #endif /* OK, that should be everything... */ } /* * conf_add_class_to_conf * inputs - pointer to config item * output - NONE * side effects - Add a class pointer to a conf */ void conf_add_class_to_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *classname) { if(EmptyString(classname)) { ClassPtr(aconf) = default_class; return; } ClassPtr(aconf) = find_class(classname); if(ClassPtr(aconf) == default_class) { if(aconf->status == CONF_CLIENT) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Warning -- Using default class for missing class \"%s\" in auth{} for %s@%s", classname, aconf->user, aconf->host); } return; } if(ConfMaxUsers(aconf) < 0) { ClassPtr(aconf) = default_class; return; } } /* * conf_add_d_conf * inputs - pointer to config item * output - NONE * side effects - Add a d/D line */ void conf_add_d_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf) { if(aconf->host == NULL) return; aconf->user = NULL; /* XXX - Should 'd' ever be in the old conf? For new conf we don't * need this anyway, so I will disable it for now... -A1kmm */ if(!add_dline(aconf)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Invalid Dline %s ignored", aconf->host); free_conf(aconf); } } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/send.c������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000061417�11730550233�015065� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * send.c: Functions for sending messages. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: send.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "channel.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "common.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "hook.h" #include "monitor.h" #define LOG_BUFSIZE 2048 uint32_t current_serial = 0L; static void send_queued_write(rb_fde_t *F, void *data); static void send_queued(struct Client *to); /* send_linebuf() * * inputs - client to send to, linebuf to attach * outputs - * side effects - linebuf is attached to client */ static int send_linebuf(struct Client *to, buf_head_t * linebuf) { if(IsMe(to)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Trying to send message to myself!"); return 0; } if(!MyConnect(to) || IsIOError(to)) return 0; if(rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq) > get_sendq(to)) { if(IsServer(to)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Max SendQ limit exceeded for %s: %u > %lu", to->name, rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq), get_sendq(to)); ilog(L_SERVER, "Max SendQ limit exceeded for %s: %u > %lu", log_client_name(to, SHOW_IP), rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq), get_sendq(to)); } dead_link(to, 1); return -1; } else { /* just attach the linebuf to the sendq instead of * generating a new one */ rb_linebuf_attach(&to->localClient->buf_sendq, linebuf); } /* ** Update statistics. The following is slightly incorrect ** because it counts messages even if queued, but bytes ** only really sent. Queued bytes get updated in SendQueued. */ to->localClient->sendM += 1; me.localClient->sendM += 1; if(rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq) > 0) send_queued(to); return 0; } void send_pop_queue(struct Client *to) { if(to->from != NULL) to = to->from; if(!MyConnect(to) || IsIOError(to)) return; if(rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq) > 0) send_queued(to); } /* send_rb_linebuf_remote() * * inputs - client to attach to, sender, linebuf * outputs - * side effects - client has linebuf attached */ static void send_rb_linebuf_remote(struct Client *to, struct Client *from, buf_head_t * linebuf) { if(to->from) to = to->from; /* test for fake direction */ if(!MyClient(from) && IsClient(to) && (to == from->from)) { if(IsServer(from)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Send message to %s[%s] dropped from %s(Fake Dir)", to->name, to->from->name, from->name); return; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Ghosted: %s[%s@%s] from %s[%s@%s] (%s)", to->name, to->username, to->host, from->name, from->username, from->host, to->from->name); kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, to, "%s (%s[%s@%s] Ghosted %s)", me.name, to->name, to->username, to->host, to->from->name); to->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; exit_client(NULL, to, &me, "Ghosted client"); return; } send_linebuf(to, linebuf); return; } static void send_queued(struct Client *to) { int retlen; #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS hook_data_int hd; #endif /* cant write anything to a dead socket. */ if(IsIOError(to)) return; /* Something wants us to not send anything currently */ if(IsCork(to)) return; /* try to flush later when the write event resets this */ if(IsFlush(to)) return; #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS hd.client = to; if(to->localClient->buf_sendq.list.head) hd.arg1 = ((buf_line_t *) to->localClient->buf_sendq.list.head->data)->buf + to->localClient->buf_sendq.writeofs; #endif if(rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq)) { while((retlen = rb_linebuf_flush(to->localClient->F, &to->localClient->buf_sendq)) > 0) { /* We have some data written .. update counters */ #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS hd.arg2 = retlen; call_hook(h_iosend_id, &hd); if(to->localClient->buf_sendq.list.head) hd.arg1 = ((buf_line_t *) to->localClient->buf_sendq.list. head->data)->buf + to->localClient->buf_sendq.writeofs; #endif ClearFlush(to); to->localClient->sendB += retlen; me.localClient->sendB += retlen; } if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { dead_link(to, 0); return; } } if(rb_linebuf_len(&to->localClient->buf_sendq)) { SetFlush(to); rb_setselect(to->localClient->F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, send_queued_write, to); } else ClearFlush(to); } /* send_queued_write() * * inputs - fd to have queue sent, client we're sending to * outputs - contents of queue * side effects - write is scheduled if queue isnt emptied */ static void send_queued_write(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct Client *to = data; ClearFlush(to); send_queued(to); } /* sendto_one_buffer() * * inputs - client to send to, buffer * outputs - client has message put into its queue */ void sendto_one_buffer(struct Client *target_p, const char *buffer) { buf_head_t linebuf; if(target_p->from != NULL) target_p = target_p->from; if(IsIOError(target_p)) return; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); rb_linebuf_putbuf(&linebuf, buffer); send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_one() * * inputs - client to send to, va_args * outputs - client has message put into its queue * side effects - */ void sendto_one(struct Client *target_p, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; /* send remote if to->from non NULL */ if(target_p->from != NULL) target_p = target_p->from; if(IsIOError(target_p)) return; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, NULL); va_end(args); send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_one_prefix() * * inputs - client to send to, va_args * outputs - client has message put into its queue * side effects - source(us)/target is chosen based on TS6 capability */ void sendto_one_prefix(struct Client *target_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *command, const char *pattern, ...) { struct Client *dest_p; va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; /* send remote if to->from non NULL */ if(target_p->from != NULL) dest_p = target_p->from; else dest_p = target_p; if(IsIOError(dest_p)) return; if(IsMe(dest_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Trying to send to myself!"); return; } rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s %s %s ", get_id(source_p, target_p), command, get_id(target_p, target_p)); va_end(args); send_linebuf(dest_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* * sendto_one_notice_local() * inputs - client to send to, va_args * outputs - client has a NOTICE put into its queue * side effects - fast path for local clients */ static void sendto_one_notice_local(struct Client *target_p, const char *pattern, va_list * ap) { buf_head_t linebuf; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, ap, ":%s NOTICE %s ", me.name, target_p->name); send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_one_notice() * * inputs - client to send to, va_args * outputs - client has a NOTICE put into its queue * side effects - source(us)/target is chosen based on TS6 capability */ void sendto_one_notice(struct Client *target_p, const char *pattern, ...) { struct Client *dest_p; va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; if(MyConnect(target_p)) { if(IsIOError(target_p)) return; va_start(args, pattern); sendto_one_notice_local(target_p, pattern, &args); va_end(args); return; } dest_p = target_p->from; if(IsIOError(dest_p)) return; if(IsMe(dest_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Trying to send to myself!"); return; } rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s NOTICE %s ", get_id(&me, target_p), get_id(target_p, target_p)); va_end(args); send_linebuf(dest_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_one_numeric() * * inputs - client to send to, va_args * outputs - client has message put into its queue * side effects - source/target is chosen based on TS6 capability */ void sendto_one_numeric(struct Client *target_p, int numeric, const char *pattern, ...) { struct Client *dest_p; va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; /* send remote if to->from non NULL */ if(target_p->from != NULL) dest_p = target_p->from; else dest_p = target_p; if(IsIOError(dest_p)) return; if(IsMe(dest_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Trying to send to myself!"); return; } rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s %03d %s ", get_id(&me, target_p), numeric, get_id(target_p, target_p)); va_end(args); send_linebuf(dest_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* * sendto_server * * inputs - pointer to client to NOT send to * - caps or'd together which must ALL be present * - caps or'd together which must ALL NOT be present * - printf style format string * - args to format string * output - NONE * side effects - Send a message to all connected servers, except the * client 'one' (if non-NULL), as long as the servers * support ALL capabs in 'caps', and NO capabs in 'nocaps'. * * This function was written in an attempt to merge together the other * billion sendto_*serv*() functions, which sprung up with capabs, uids etc * -davidt */ void sendto_server(struct Client *one, struct Channel *chptr, unsigned long caps, unsigned long nocaps, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; buf_head_t linebuf; /* noone to send to.. */ if(rb_dlink_list_length(&serv_list) == 0) return; if(chptr != NULL && *chptr->chname != '#') return; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, format); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, format, &args, NULL); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; /* check against 'one' */ if(one != NULL && (target_p == one->from)) continue; /* check we have required capabs */ if(!IsCapable(target_p, caps)) continue; /* check we don't have any forbidden capabs */ if(!NotCapable(target_p, nocaps)) continue; send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_channel_flags() * * inputs - server not to send to, flags needed, source, channel, va_args * outputs - message is sent to channel members * side effects - */ void sendto_channel_flags(struct Client *one, int type, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *pattern, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; va_list args; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_local; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_name; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_id; struct Client *target_p; struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_local); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_name); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_id); current_serial++; va_start(args, pattern); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pattern, args); va_end(args); if(IsServer(source_p)) rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_local, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", source_p->name, buf); else rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_local, NULL, NULL, ":%s!%s@%s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_name, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", source_p->name, buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_id, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", use_id(source_p), buf); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(IsIOError(target_p->from) || target_p->from == one) continue; if(type && ((msptr->flags & type) == 0)) continue; if(IsDeaf(target_p)) continue; if(!MyClient(target_p)) { /* if we've got a specific type, target must support * CHW.. --fl */ if(type && NotCapable(target_p->from, CAP_CHW)) continue; if(target_p->from->localClient->serial != current_serial) { if(has_id(target_p->from)) send_rb_linebuf_remote(target_p, source_p, &rb_linebuf_id); else send_rb_linebuf_remote(target_p, source_p, &rb_linebuf_name); target_p->from->localClient->serial = current_serial; } } else send_linebuf(target_p, &rb_linebuf_local); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_local); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_name); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_id); } /* sendto_channel_local() * * inputs - flags to send to, channel to send to, va_args * outputs - message to local channel members * side effects - */ void sendto_channel_local(int type, struct Channel *chptr, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; struct membership *msptr; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, NULL); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, chptr->locmembers.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(IsIOError(target_p)) continue; if(type && ((msptr->flags & type) == 0)) continue; send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* * sendto_common_channels_local() * * inputs - pointer to client * - pattern to send * output - NONE * side effects - Sends a message to all people on local server who are * in same channel with user. * used by m_nick.c and exit_one_client. */ void sendto_common_channels_local(struct Client *user, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; rb_dlink_node *uptr; rb_dlink_node *next_uptr; struct Channel *chptr; struct Client *target_p; struct membership *msptr; struct membership *mscptr; buf_head_t linebuf; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, NULL); va_end(args); ++current_serial; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, user->user->channel.head) { mscptr = ptr->data; chptr = mscptr->chptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(uptr, next_uptr, chptr->locmembers.head) { msptr = uptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(IsIOError(target_p) || target_p->localClient->serial == current_serial) continue; target_p->localClient->serial = current_serial; send_linebuf(target_p->from ? target_p->from : target_p, &linebuf); } } /* this can happen when the user isnt in any channels, but we still * need to send them the data, ie a nick change */ if(MyConnect(user) && (user->localClient->serial != current_serial)) send_linebuf(user->from ? user->from : user, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_match_butone() * * inputs - server not to send to, source, mask, type of mask, va_args * output - * side effects - message is sent to matching clients */ void sendto_match_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *source_p, const char *mask, int what, const char *pattern, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; va_list args; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_local; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_name; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_id; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_local); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_name); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_id); va_start(args, pattern); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pattern, args); va_end(args); if(IsServer(source_p)) rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_local, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", source_p->name, buf); else rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_local, NULL, NULL, ":%s!%s@%s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_name, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", source_p->name, buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_id, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", use_id(source_p), buf); if(what == MATCH_HOST) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(match(mask, target_p->host)) send_linebuf(target_p, &rb_linebuf_local); } } /* what = MATCH_SERVER, if it doesnt match us, just send remote */ else if(match(mask, me.name)) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; send_linebuf(target_p, &rb_linebuf_local); } } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(target_p == one) continue; if(has_id(target_p)) send_rb_linebuf_remote(target_p, source_p, &rb_linebuf_id); else send_rb_linebuf_remote(target_p, source_p, &rb_linebuf_name); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_local); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_id); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_name); } /* sendto_match_servs() * * inputs - source, mask to send to, caps needed, va_args * outputs - * side effects - message is sent to matching servers with caps. */ void sendto_match_servs(struct Client *source_p, const char *mask, int cap, int nocap, const char *pattern, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; va_list args; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_id; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_name; if(EmptyString(mask)) return; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_id); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_name); va_start(args, pattern); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pattern, args); va_end(args); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_id, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", use_id(source_p), buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_name, NULL, NULL, ":%s %s", source_p->name, buf); current_serial++; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; /* dont send to ourselves, or back to where it came from.. */ if(IsMe(target_p) || target_p->from == source_p->from) continue; if(target_p->from->localClient->serial == current_serial) continue; if(match(mask, target_p->name)) { /* if we set the serial here, then we'll never do * a match() again if !IsCapable() */ target_p->from->localClient->serial = current_serial; if(cap && !IsCapable(target_p->from, cap)) continue; if(nocap && !NotCapable(target_p->from, nocap)) continue; if(has_id(target_p->from)) send_linebuf(target_p->from, &rb_linebuf_id); else send_linebuf(target_p->from, &rb_linebuf_name); } } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_id); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_name); } /* sendto_monitor() * * inputs - monitor nick to send to, format, va_args * outputs - message to local users monitoring the given nick * side effects - */ void sendto_monitor(struct monitor *monptr, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, NULL); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, monptr->users.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(IsIOError(target_p)) continue; send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_anywhere() * * inputs - target, source, va_args * outputs - * side effects - client is sent message with correct prefix. */ void sendto_anywhere(struct Client *target_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *command, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); if(MyClient(target_p)) { if(IsServer(source_p)) rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s %s %s ", source_p->name, command, target_p->name); else rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s!%s@%s %s %s ", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, command, target_p->name); } else rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s %s %s ", get_id(source_p, target_p), command, get_id(target_p, target_p)); va_end(args); if(MyClient(target_p)) send_linebuf(target_p, &linebuf); else send_rb_linebuf_remote(target_p, source_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* sendto_realops_flags() * * inputs - umode needed, level (opers/admin), va_args * output - * side effects - message is sent to opers with matching umodes */ void sendto_realops_flags(int flags, int level, const char *pattern, ...) { struct Client *client_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; if(EmptyString(me.name)) return; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s NOTICE * :*** Notice -- ", me.name); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, oper_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; /* If we're sending it to opers and theyre an admin, skip. * If we're sending it to admins, and theyre not, skip. */ if(((level == L_ADMIN) && !IsAdmin(client_p)) || ((level == L_OPER) && IsAdmin(client_p))) continue; if(client_p->umodes & flags) send_linebuf(client_p, &linebuf); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* * sendto_wallops_flags * * inputs - flag types of messages to show to real opers * - client sending request * - var args input message * output - NONE * side effects - Send a wallops to local opers */ void sendto_wallops_flags(int flags, struct Client *source_p, const char *pattern, ...) { struct Client *client_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); if(IsClient(source_p)) rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s!%s@%s WALLOPS :", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); else rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s WALLOPS :", source_p->name); va_end(args); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, oper_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(client_p->umodes & flags) send_linebuf(client_p, &linebuf); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* kill_client() * * input - client to send kill to, client to kill, va_args * output - * side effects - we issue a kill for the client */ void kill_client(struct Client *target_p, struct Client *diedie, const char *pattern, ...) { va_list args; buf_head_t linebuf; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&linebuf); va_start(args, pattern); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&linebuf, pattern, &args, ":%s KILL %s :", get_id(&me, target_p), get_id(diedie, target_p)); va_end(args); send_linebuf(target_p->from ? target_p->from : target_p, &linebuf); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&linebuf); } /* * kill_client_serv_butone * * inputs - pointer to client to not send to * - pointer to client to kill * output - NONE * side effects - Send a KILL for the given client * message to all connected servers * except the client 'one'. Also deal with * client being unknown to leaf, as in lazylink... */ void kill_client_serv_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *target_p, const char *pattern, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; va_list args; struct Client *client_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_id; buf_head_t rb_linebuf_name; rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_name); rb_linebuf_newbuf(&rb_linebuf_id); va_start(args, pattern); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pattern, args); va_end(args); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_name, NULL, NULL, ":%s KILL %s :%s", me.name, target_p->name, buf); rb_linebuf_putmsg(&rb_linebuf_id, NULL, NULL, ":%s KILL %s :%s", use_id(&me), use_id(target_p), buf); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, serv_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; /* ok, if the client we're supposed to not send to has an * ID, then we still want to issue the kill there.. */ if(one != NULL && (client_p == one->from) && (!has_id(client_p) || !has_id(target_p))) continue; if(has_id(client_p)) send_linebuf(client_p, &rb_linebuf_id); else send_linebuf(client_p, &rb_linebuf_name); } rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_id); rb_linebuf_donebuf(&rb_linebuf_name); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/modules.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000044213�11730550233�015577� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * modules.c: A module loader. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: modules.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "parse.h" #include "match.h" #ifndef STATIC_MODULES #include "ltdl.h" struct module **modlist = NULL; static char unknown_ver[] = "<unknown>"; static const char *core_module_table[] = { "m_die", "m_error", "m_join", "m_kick", "m_kill", "m_message", "m_mode", "m_nick", "m_part", "m_quit", "m_server", "m_squit", NULL }; #define MODS_INCREMENT 10 int num_mods = 0; int max_mods = MODS_INCREMENT; static rb_dlink_list mod_paths; static void increase_modlist(void); static int mo_modload(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_modreload(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_modunload(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_modrestart(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message modload_msgtab = { "MODLOAD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_modload, 2}} }; struct Message modunload_msgtab = { "MODUNLOAD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_modunload, 2}} }; struct Message modreload_msgtab = { "MODRELOAD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_modreload, 2}} }; struct Message modrestart_msgtab = { "MODRESTART", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_modrestart, 0}} }; static int mo_modlist(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message modlist_msgtab = { "MODLIST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_modlist, 0}} }; extern struct Message error_msgtab; #endif /* !STATIC_MODULES */ void modules_init(void) { #ifndef STATIC_MODULES if(lt_dlinit()) { ilog(L_MAIN, "lt_dlinit failed"); exit(0); } modlist = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct module) * (MODS_INCREMENT)); mod_add_cmd(&modload_msgtab); mod_add_cmd(&modunload_msgtab); mod_add_cmd(&modreload_msgtab); mod_add_cmd(&modrestart_msgtab); mod_add_cmd(&modlist_msgtab); /* have modlist if we are static or not */ #endif } #ifndef STATIC_MODULES /* mod_find_path() * * input - path * output - none * side effects - returns a module path from path */ static struct module_path * mod_find_path(const char *path) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct module_path *mpath; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, mod_paths.head) { mpath = ptr->data; if(!strcmp(path, mpath->path)) return mpath; } return NULL; } /* mod_add_path * * input - path * ouput - * side effects - adds path to list */ void mod_add_path(const char *path) { struct module_path *pathst; if(mod_find_path(path)) return; pathst = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct module_path)); strcpy(pathst->path, path); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(pathst, &mod_paths); } /* mod_clear_paths() * * input - * output - * side effects - clear the lists of paths */ void mod_clear_paths(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, mod_paths.head) { rb_free(ptr->data); rb_free_rb_dlink_node(ptr); } mod_paths.head = mod_paths.tail = NULL; mod_paths.length = 0; } /* findmodule_byname * * input - * output - * side effects - */ int findmodule_byname(const char *name) { int i; for(i = 0; i < num_mods; i++) { if(!irccmp(modlist[i]->name, name)) return i; } return -1; } /* load_all_modules() * * input - * output - * side effects - */ void load_all_modules(int warn) { static const char *shext = SHLIBEXT; DIR *system_module_dir = NULL; struct dirent *ldirent = NULL; char module_fq_name[PATH_MAX + 1]; char module_dir_name[PATH_MAX + 1]; int len; int ext_len = strlen(SHLIBEXT); modules_init(); max_mods = MODS_INCREMENT; rb_strlcpy(module_dir_name, AUTOMODPATH, sizeof(module_dir_name)); system_module_dir = opendir(module_dir_name); if(system_module_dir == NULL) { rb_strlcpy(module_dir_name, ConfigFileEntry.dpath, sizeof(module_dir_name)); rb_strlcat(module_dir_name, "/modules/autoload", sizeof(module_dir_name)); system_module_dir = opendir(module_dir_name); } if(system_module_dir == NULL) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Could not load modules from %s: %s", AUTOMODPATH, strerror(errno)); return; } while((ldirent = readdir(system_module_dir)) != NULL) { len = strlen(ldirent->d_name); if((len > ext_len) && !strcmp(ldirent->d_name + len - ext_len, shext)) { (void)rb_snprintf(module_fq_name, sizeof(module_fq_name), "%s/%s", module_dir_name, ldirent->d_name); (void)load_a_module(module_fq_name, warn, 0); } } (void)closedir(system_module_dir); } /* load_core_modules() * * input - * output - * side effects - core modules are loaded, if any fail, kill ircd */ void load_core_modules(int warn) { char module_name[PATH_MAX + 1]; char dir_name[PATH_MAX + 1]; DIR *core_dir; int i; core_dir = opendir(MODPATH); if(core_dir == NULL) { rb_snprintf(dir_name, sizeof(dir_name), "%s/modules", ConfigFileEntry.dpath); core_dir = opendir(dir_name); } else { rb_strlcpy(dir_name, MODPATH, sizeof(dir_name)); } if(core_dir == NULL) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Cannot find where core modules are located(tried %s and %s): terminating ircd", MODPATH, dir_name); exit(0); } for(i = 0; core_module_table[i]; i++) { rb_snprintf(module_name, sizeof(module_name), "%s/%s%s", dir_name, core_module_table[i], SHLIBEXT); if(load_a_module(module_name, warn, 1) == -1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error loading core module %s%s: terminating ircd", core_module_table[i], SHLIBEXT); exit(0); } } closedir(core_dir); } /* load_one_module() * * input - * output - * side effects - */ int load_one_module(const char *path, int coremodule) { char modpath[MAXPATHLEN]; rb_dlink_node *pathst; struct module_path *mpath; struct stat statbuf; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pathst, mod_paths.head) { mpath = pathst->data; rb_snprintf(modpath, sizeof(modpath), "%s/%s", mpath->path, path); if((strstr(modpath, "../") == NULL) && (strstr(modpath, "/..") == NULL)) { if(stat(modpath, &statbuf) == 0) { if(S_ISREG(statbuf.st_mode)) { /* Regular files only please */ if(coremodule) return load_a_module(modpath, 1, 1); else return load_a_module(modpath, 1, 0); } } } } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Cannot locate module %s", path); ilog(L_MAIN, "Cannot locate module %s", path); return -1; } /* load a module .. */ static int mo_modload(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { char *m_bn; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } m_bn = rb_basename(parv[1]); if(findmodule_byname(m_bn) != -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is already loaded", m_bn); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } load_one_module(parv[1], 0); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } /* unload a module .. */ static int mo_modunload(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { char *m_bn; int modindex; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } m_bn = rb_basename(parv[1]); if((modindex = findmodule_byname(m_bn)) == -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is not loaded", m_bn); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } if(modlist[modindex]->core == 1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is a core module and may not be unloaded", m_bn); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } if(unload_one_module(m_bn, 1) == -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is not loaded", m_bn); } rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } /* unload and load in one! */ static int mo_modreload(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { char *m_bn; int modindex; int check_core; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } m_bn = rb_basename(parv[1]); if((modindex = findmodule_byname(m_bn)) == -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is not loaded", m_bn); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } check_core = modlist[modindex]->core; if(unload_one_module(m_bn, 1) == -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Module %s is not loaded", m_bn); rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } if((load_one_module(parv[1], check_core) == -1) && check_core) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Error reloading core module: %s: terminating ircd", parv[1]); ilog(L_MAIN, "Error loading core module %s: terminating ircd", parv[1]); exit(0); } rb_free(m_bn); return 0; } /* unload and reload all modules */ static int mo_modrestart(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { int modnum; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Reloading all modules"); modnum = num_mods; while(num_mods) unload_one_module(modlist[0]->name, 0); load_all_modules(0); load_core_modules(0); rehash(0); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Module Restart: %d modules unloaded, %d modules loaded", modnum, num_mods); ilog(L_MAIN, "Module Restart: %d modules unloaded, %d modules loaded", modnum, num_mods); return 0; } /* list modules .. */ static int mo_modlist(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { int i; if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } SetCork(source_p); for(i = 0; i < num_mods; i++) { if(parc > 1) { if(match(parv[1], modlist[i]->name)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MODLIST), me.name, source_p->name, modlist[i]->name, modlist[i]->address, modlist[i]->version, modlist[i]->core ? "(core)" : ""); } } else { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MODLIST), me.name, source_p->name, modlist[i]->name, modlist[i]->address, modlist[i]->version, modlist[i]->core ? "(core)" : ""); } } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMODLIST), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* unload_one_module() * * inputs - name of module to unload * - 1 to say modules unloaded, 0 to not * output - 0 if successful, -1 if error * side effects - module is unloaded */ int unload_one_module(const char *name, int warn) { int modindex; if((modindex = findmodule_byname(name)) == -1) return -1; switch (modlist[modindex]->mapi_version) { case 1: { struct mapi_mheader_av1 *mheader = modlist[modindex]->mapi_header; if(mheader->mapi_command_list) { struct Message **m; for(m = mheader->mapi_command_list; *m; ++m) mod_del_cmd(*m); } /* hook events are never removed, we simply lose the * ability to call them --fl */ if(mheader->mapi_hfn_list) { mapi_hfn_list_av1 *m; for(m = mheader->mapi_hfn_list; m->hapi_name; ++m) remove_hook(m->hapi_name, m->hookfn); } if(mheader->mapi_unregister) mheader->mapi_unregister(); break; } default: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unknown/unsupported MAPI version %d when unloading %s!", modlist[modindex]->mapi_version, modlist[modindex]->name); ilog(L_MAIN, "Unknown/unsupported MAPI version %d when unloading %s!", modlist[modindex]->mapi_version, modlist[modindex]->name); break; } lt_dlclose(modlist[modindex]->address); rb_free(modlist[modindex]->name); memcpy(&modlist[modindex], &modlist[modindex + 1], sizeof(struct module) * ((num_mods - 1) - modindex)); if(num_mods != 0) num_mods--; if(warn == 1) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Module %s unloaded", name); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Module %s unloaded", name); } return 0; } /* * load_a_module() * * inputs - path name of module, int to notice, int of core * output - -1 if error 0 if success * side effects - loads a module if successful */ int load_a_module(const char *path, int warn, int core) { lt_dlhandle tmpptr = NULL; char *mod_basename; const char *ver; void *mapi_base; int *mapi_version; mod_basename = rb_basename(path); tmpptr = lt_dlopen(path); if(tmpptr == NULL) { const char *err = lt_dlerror(); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Error loading module %s: %s", mod_basename, err); ilog(L_MAIN, "Error loading module %s: %s", mod_basename, err); rb_free(mod_basename); return -1; } /* * _mheader is actually a struct mapi_mheader_*, but mapi_version * is always the first member of this structure, so we treate it * as a single int in order to determine the API version. * -larne. */ mapi_base = lt_dlsym(tmpptr, "_mheader"); if(mapi_base == NULL) { mapi_base = lt_dlsym(tmpptr, "__mheader"); } mapi_version = (int *)mapi_base; if(mapi_base == NULL || (MAPI_MAGIC(*mapi_version) != MAPI_MAGIC_HDR)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Data format error: module %s has no MAPI header.", mod_basename); ilog(L_MAIN, "Data format error: module %s has no MAPI header.", mod_basename); lt_dlclose(tmpptr); rb_free(mod_basename); return -1; } switch (MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version)) { case 1: { struct mapi_mheader_av1 *mheader = mapi_base; /* see above */ if(mheader->mapi_register && (mheader->mapi_register() == -1)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Module %s indicated failure during load.", mod_basename); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Module %s indicated failure during load.", mod_basename); lt_dlclose(tmpptr); rb_free(mod_basename); return -1; } if(mheader->mapi_command_list) { struct Message **m; for(m = mheader->mapi_command_list; *m; ++m) mod_add_cmd(*m); } if(mheader->mapi_hook_list) { mapi_hlist_av1 *m; for(m = mheader->mapi_hook_list; m->hapi_name; ++m) *m->hapi_id = register_hook(m->hapi_name); } if(mheader->mapi_hfn_list) { mapi_hfn_list_av1 *m; for(m = mheader->mapi_hfn_list; m->hapi_name; ++m) add_hook(m->hapi_name, m->hookfn); } ver = mheader->mapi_module_version; break; } default: ilog(L_MAIN, "Module %s has unknown/unsupported MAPI version %d.", mod_basename, MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Module %s has unknown/unsupported MAPI version %d.", mod_basename, *mapi_version); lt_dlclose(tmpptr); rb_free(mod_basename); return -1; } if(ver == NULL) ver = unknown_ver; increase_modlist(); modlist[num_mods] = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct module)); modlist[num_mods]->address = tmpptr; modlist[num_mods]->version = ver; modlist[num_mods]->core = core; modlist[num_mods]->name = rb_strdup(mod_basename); modlist[num_mods]->mapi_header = mapi_version; modlist[num_mods]->mapi_version = MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version); num_mods++; if(warn == 1) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Module %s [version: %s; MAPI version: %d] loaded at 0x%p", mod_basename, ver, MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version), (void *)tmpptr); ilog(L_MAIN, "Module %s [version: %s; MAPI version: %d] loaded at 0x%p", mod_basename, ver, MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version), (void *)tmpptr); } rb_free(mod_basename); return 0; } /* * increase_modlist * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - expand the size of modlist if necessary */ static void increase_modlist(void) { if((num_mods + 1) < max_mods) return; modlist = rb_realloc(modlist, sizeof(struct module) * (max_mods + MODS_INCREMENT)); max_mods += MODS_INCREMENT; } #endif /* !STATIC_MODULES */ #ifdef STATIC_MODULES extern const struct mapi_header_av1 *static_mapi_headers[]; void load_static_modules(void) { int x; const int *mapi_version; modules_init(); for(x = 0; static_mapi_headers[x] != NULL; x++) { mapi_version = (const int *)static_mapi_headers[x]; if(MAPI_MAGIC(*mapi_version) != MAPI_MAGIC_HDR) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error: linked in module without a MAPI header..giving up"); exit(70); } switch (MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version)) { case 1: { const struct mapi_mheader_av1 *mheader = (const struct mapi_mheader_av1 *)mapi_version; if(mheader->mapi_register && (mheader->mapi_register() == -1)) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error: linked in module failed loading..giving up"); exit(70); } if(mheader->mapi_command_list) { struct Message **m; for(m = mheader->mapi_command_list; *m; ++m) mod_add_cmd(*m); } if(mheader->mapi_hook_list) { mapi_hlist_av1 *m; for(m = mheader->mapi_hook_list; m->hapi_name; ++m) *m->hapi_id = register_hook(m->hapi_name); } if(mheader->mapi_hfn_list) { mapi_hfn_list_av1 *m; for(m = mheader->mapi_hfn_list; m->hapi_name; ++m) add_hook(m->hapi_name, m->hookfn); } break; } default: { ilog(L_MAIN, "Error: Unknown MAPI version (%d)in linked in module..giving up", MAPI_VERSION(*mapi_version)); exit(70); } } } } #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/.indent.pro�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000076�10476074743�016060� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l120 ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_lexer.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000145320�11112033531�016237� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� #line 3 "ircd_lexer.c" #define YY_INT_ALIGNED short int /* A lexical scanner generated by flex */ #define FLEX_SCANNER #define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2 #define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5 #define YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION 35 #if YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION > 0 #define FLEX_BETA #endif /* First, we deal with platform-specific or compiler-specific issues. */ /* begin standard C headers. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <errno.h> #include <stdlib.h> /* end standard C headers. */ /* flex integer type definitions */ #ifndef FLEXINT_H #define FLEXINT_H /* C99 systems have <inttypes.h>. Non-C99 systems may or may not. */ #if defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L /* C99 says to define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS before including stdint.h, * if you want the limit (max/min) macros for int types. */ #ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS #define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 #endif #include <inttypes.h> typedef int8_t flex_int8_t; typedef uint8_t flex_uint8_t; typedef int16_t flex_int16_t; typedef uint16_t flex_uint16_t; typedef int32_t flex_int32_t; typedef uint32_t flex_uint32_t; #else typedef signed char flex_int8_t; typedef short int flex_int16_t; typedef int flex_int32_t; typedef unsigned char flex_uint8_t; typedef unsigned short int flex_uint16_t; typedef unsigned int flex_uint32_t; /* Limits of integral types. */ #ifndef INT8_MIN #define INT8_MIN (-128) #endif #ifndef INT16_MIN #define INT16_MIN (-32767-1) #endif #ifndef INT32_MIN #define INT32_MIN (-2147483647-1) #endif #ifndef INT8_MAX #define INT8_MAX (127) #endif #ifndef INT16_MAX #define INT16_MAX (32767) #endif #ifndef INT32_MAX #define INT32_MAX (2147483647) #endif #ifndef UINT8_MAX #define UINT8_MAX (255U) #endif #ifndef UINT16_MAX #define UINT16_MAX (65535U) #endif #ifndef UINT32_MAX #define UINT32_MAX (4294967295U) #endif #endif /* ! C99 */ #endif /* ! FLEXINT_H */ #ifdef __cplusplus /* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */ #define YY_USE_CONST #else /* ! __cplusplus */ /* C99 requires __STDC__ to be defined as 1. */ #if defined (__STDC__) #define YY_USE_CONST #endif /* defined (__STDC__) */ #endif /* ! __cplusplus */ #ifdef YY_USE_CONST #define yyconst const #else #define yyconst #endif /* Returned upon end-of-file. */ #define YY_NULL 0 /* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative, * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the * double cast. */ #define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c) /* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter, * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less * definition of BEGIN. */ #define BEGIN (yy_start) = 1 + 2 * /* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex * compatibility. */ #define YY_START (((yy_start) - 1) / 2) #define YYSTATE YY_START /* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */ #define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1) /* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */ #define YY_NEW_FILE yyrestart(yyin ) #define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0 /* Size of default input buffer. */ #ifndef YY_BUF_SIZE #define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384 #endif /* The state buf must be large enough to hold one state per character in the main buffer. */ #define YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ((YY_BUF_SIZE + 2) * sizeof(yy_state_type)) #ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE #define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE; #endif extern int yyleng; extern FILE *yyin, *yyout; #define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0 #define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1 #define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2 #define YY_LESS_LINENO(n) /* Return all but the first "n" matched characters back to the input stream. */ #define yyless(n) \ do \ { \ /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \ YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\ *yy_cp = (yy_hold_char); \ YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \ (yy_c_buf_p) = yy_cp = yy_bp + yyless_macro_arg - YY_MORE_ADJ; \ YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \ } \ while ( 0 ) #define unput(c) yyunput( c, (yytext_ptr) ) #ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T #define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T typedef size_t yy_size_t; #endif #ifndef YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE #define YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE struct yy_buffer_state { FILE *yy_input_file; char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */ char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */ /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB * characters. */ yy_size_t yy_buf_size; /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB * characters. */ int yy_n_chars; /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it, * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to * delete it. */ int yy_is_our_buffer; /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc() * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after * each newline. */ int yy_is_interactive; /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line. * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise * not. */ int yy_at_bol; int yy_bs_lineno; /**< The line count. */ int yy_bs_column; /**< The column count. */ /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the * end of it. */ int yy_fill_buffer; int yy_buffer_status; #define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0 #define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1 /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of * possible backing-up. * * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new" * (via yyrestart()), so that the user can continue scanning by * just pointing yyin at a new input file. */ #define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2 }; #endif /* !YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE */ /* Stack of input buffers. */ static size_t yy_buffer_stack_top = 0; /**< index of top of stack. */ static size_t yy_buffer_stack_max = 0; /**< capacity of stack. */ static YY_BUFFER_STATE * yy_buffer_stack = 0; /**< Stack as an array. */ /* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general * "scanner state". * * Returns the top of the stack, or NULL. */ #define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ( (yy_buffer_stack) \ ? (yy_buffer_stack)[(yy_buffer_stack_top)] \ : NULL) /* Same as previous macro, but useful when we know that the buffer stack is not * NULL or when we need an lvalue. For internal use only. */ #define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE (yy_buffer_stack)[(yy_buffer_stack_top)] /* yy_hold_char holds the character lost when yytext is formed. */ static char yy_hold_char; static int yy_n_chars; /* number of characters read into yy_ch_buf */ int yyleng; /* Points to current character in buffer. */ static char *yy_c_buf_p = (char *) 0; static int yy_init = 0; /* whether we need to initialize */ static int yy_start = 0; /* start state number */ /* Flag which is used to allow yywrap()'s to do buffer switches * instead of setting up a fresh yyin. A bit of a hack ... */ static int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof; void yyrestart (FILE *input_file ); void yy_switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ); YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer (FILE *file,int size ); void yy_delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ); void yy_flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ); void yypush_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ); void yypop_buffer_state (void ); static void yyensure_buffer_stack (void ); static void yy_load_buffer_state (void ); static void yy_init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b,FILE *file ); #define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER yy_flush_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer (char *base,yy_size_t size ); YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string (yyconst char *yy_str ); YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes (yyconst char *bytes,int len ); void *yyalloc (yy_size_t ); void *yyrealloc (void *,yy_size_t ); void yyfree (void * ); #define yy_new_buffer yy_create_buffer #define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \ { \ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ \ yyensure_buffer_stack (); \ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \ yy_create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ } \ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \ } #define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \ { \ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){\ yyensure_buffer_stack (); \ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \ yy_create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ } \ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \ } #define YY_AT_BOL() (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol) /* Begin user sect3 */ #define yywrap(n) 1 #define YY_SKIP_YYWRAP typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR; FILE *yyin = (FILE *) 0, *yyout = (FILE *) 0; typedef int yy_state_type; extern int yylineno; int yylineno = 1; extern char *yytext; #define yytext_ptr yytext static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (void ); static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type current_state ); static int yy_get_next_buffer (void ); static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char msg[] ); /* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the * corresponding action - sets up yytext. */ #define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \ (yytext_ptr) = yy_bp; \ (yytext_ptr) -= (yy_more_len); \ yyleng = (size_t) (yy_cp - (yytext_ptr)); \ (yy_hold_char) = *yy_cp; \ *yy_cp = '\0'; \ (yy_c_buf_p) = yy_cp; #define YY_NUM_RULES 12 #define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 13 /* This struct is not used in this scanner, but its presence is necessary. */ struct yy_trans_info { flex_int32_t yy_verify; flex_int32_t yy_nxt; }; static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_accept[47] = { 0, 4, 4, 13, 11, 4, 3, 11, 5, 11, 11, 6, 9, 9, 4, 3, 0, 7, 5, 10, 0, 2, 6, 9, 9, 0, 9, 0, 9, 0, 9, 0, 9, 0, 9, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 9, 0, 1, 0, 1, 8, 0 } ; static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_ec[256] = { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 4, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 7, 8, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 1, 1, 10, 1, 11, 1, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 13, 13, 13, 17, 13, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 22, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 1, 1, 1, 1, 13, 1, 23, 13, 24, 25, 26, 13, 13, 13, 27, 13, 13, 28, 29, 30, 31, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 32, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 1, 1, 1, 33, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 } ; static yyconst flex_int32_t yy_meta[34] = { 0, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1 } ; static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_base[54] = { 0, 0, 28, 96, 97, 92, 0, 9, 0, 33, 85, 79, 0, 20, 80, 0, 11, 97, 0, 97, 22, 97, 60, 0, 4, 29, 29, 27, 28, 26, 28, 46, 47, 47, 42, 15, 47, 66, 62, 15, 51, 20, 19, 11, 10, 0, 97, 77, 80, 83, 86, 17, 89, 92 } ; static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_def[54] = { 0, 47, 47, 46, 46, 46, 48, 49, 50, 46, 46, 46, 51, 51, 46, 48, 49, 46, 50, 46, 46, 46, 46, 51, 51, 46, 51, 46, 51, 46, 51, 46, 51, 46, 51, 46, 51, 46, 52, 53, 51, 52, 52, 53, 53, 51, 0, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46 } ; static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_nxt[131] = { 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 4, 9, 10, 11, 4, 4, 17, 17, 17, 17, 26, 37, 13, 38, 23, 44, 44, 42, 42, 39, 44, 26, 13, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 4, 9, 10, 11, 4, 4, 19, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 13, 30, 31, 32, 20, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 13, 30, 31, 32, 20, 33, 34, 35, 36, 40, 42, 45, 37, 22, 38, 33, 34, 35, 36, 40, 39, 45, 12, 12, 12, 15, 14, 15, 16, 16, 16, 18, 22, 18, 41, 21, 41, 43, 14, 43, 46, 3, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46 } ; static yyconst flex_int16_t yy_chk[131] = { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 7, 7, 16, 16, 24, 35, 1, 35, 51, 44, 43, 42, 41, 35, 39, 24, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 9, 13, 20, 25, 26, 27, 2, 28, 29, 30, 9, 13, 20, 25, 26, 27, 2, 28, 29, 30, 9, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 38, 40, 37, 22, 37, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 40, 47, 47, 47, 48, 14, 48, 49, 49, 49, 50, 11, 50, 52, 10, 52, 53, 5, 53, 3, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 46 } ; static yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state; static char *yy_last_accepting_cpos; extern int yy_flex_debug; int yy_flex_debug = 0; /* The intent behind this definition is that it'll catch * any uses of REJECT which flex missed. */ #define REJECT reject_used_but_not_detected static int yy_more_flag = 0; static int yy_more_len = 0; #define yymore() ((yy_more_flag) = 1) #define YY_MORE_ADJ (yy_more_len) #define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET char *yytext; #line 1 "ircd_lexer.l" /* src/ircd_lexer.l * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * $Id: ircd_lexer.c 26236 2008-11-22 16:46:17Z androsyn $ */ #line 25 "ircd_lexer.l" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "newconf.h" #include "ircd_parser.h" #include "common.h" #include "s_log.h" int conf_fgets(char *lbuf, int max_size, FILE * fb); int yylex(void); /* here to fixup gcc 3.3 errors */ int yyget_lineno(void); FILE *yyget_in(void); FILE *yyget_out(void); int yyget_leng(void); char *yyget_text(void); void yyset_lineno(int line_number); void yyset_in(FILE * in_str); void yyset_out(FILE * out_str); int yyget_debug(void); void yyset_debug(int bdebug); int yylex_destroy(void); #define MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 10 YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; int include_stack_ptr=0; int lineno = 1; void ccomment(void); void cinclude(void); void hashcomment(void); int ieof(void); int lineno_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; char conffile_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH][IRCD_BUFSIZE]; extern char conffilebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE+1]; char *current_file = conffilebuf; FILE *inc_fbfile_in[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; char linebuf[512]; #undef YY_INPUT #define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ (result = conf_fgets(buf, max_size, conf_fbfile_in)) #line 567 "ircd_lexer.c" #define INITIAL 0 #ifndef YY_NO_UNISTD_H /* Special case for "unistd.h", since it is non-ANSI. We include it way * down here because we want the user's section 1 to have been scanned first. * The user has a chance to override it with an option. */ #include <unistd.h> #endif #ifndef YY_EXTRA_TYPE #define YY_EXTRA_TYPE void * #endif static int yy_init_globals (void ); /* Accessor methods to globals. These are made visible to non-reentrant scanners for convenience. */ int yylex_destroy (void ); int yyget_debug (void ); void yyset_debug (int debug_flag ); YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyget_extra (void ); void yyset_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined ); FILE *yyget_in (void ); void yyset_in (FILE * in_str ); FILE *yyget_out (void ); void yyset_out (FILE * out_str ); int yyget_leng (void ); char *yyget_text (void ); int yyget_lineno (void ); void yyset_lineno (int line_number ); /* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in * section 1. */ #ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" int yywrap (void ); #else extern int yywrap (void ); #endif #endif #ifndef yytext_ptr static void yy_flex_strncpy (char *,yyconst char *,int ); #endif #ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * ); #endif #ifndef YY_NO_INPUT #ifdef __cplusplus static int yyinput (void ); #else static int input (void ); #endif #endif /* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */ #ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE #ifdef __ia64__ /* On IA-64, the buffer size is 16k, not 8k */ #define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 16384 #else #define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192 #endif /* __ia64__ */ #endif /* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */ #ifndef ECHO /* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's, * we now use fwrite(). */ #define ECHO do { if (fwrite( yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout )) {} } while (0) #endif /* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL, * is returned in "result". */ #ifndef YY_INPUT #define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive ) \ { \ int c = '*'; \ size_t n; \ for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \ (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \ buf[n] = (char) c; \ if ( c == '\n' ) \ buf[n++] = (char) c; \ if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ result = n; \ } \ else \ { \ errno=0; \ while ( (result = fread(buf, 1, max_size, yyin))==0 && ferror(yyin)) \ { \ if( errno != EINTR) \ { \ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ break; \ } \ errno=0; \ clearerr(yyin); \ } \ }\ \ #endif /* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" - * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements. */ #ifndef yyterminate #define yyterminate() return YY_NULL #endif /* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */ #ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR #define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25 #endif /* Report a fatal error. */ #ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR #define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg ) #endif /* end tables serialization structures and prototypes */ /* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can * easily add parameters. */ #ifndef YY_DECL #define YY_DECL_IS_OURS 1 extern int yylex (void); #define YY_DECL int yylex (void) #endif /* !YY_DECL */ /* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng * have been set up. */ #ifndef YY_USER_ACTION #define YY_USER_ACTION #endif /* Code executed at the end of each rule. */ #ifndef YY_BREAK #define YY_BREAK break; #endif #define YY_RULE_SETUP \ YY_USER_ACTION /** The main scanner function which does all the work. */ YY_DECL { register yy_state_type yy_current_state; register char *yy_cp, *yy_bp; register int yy_act; #line 82 "ircd_lexer.l" #line 754 "ircd_lexer.c" if ( !(yy_init) ) { (yy_init) = 1; #ifdef YY_USER_INIT YY_USER_INIT; #endif if ( ! (yy_start) ) (yy_start) = 1; /* first start state */ if ( ! yyin ) yyin = stdin; if ( ! yyout ) yyout = stdout; if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) { yyensure_buffer_stack (); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = yy_create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ); } yy_load_buffer_state( ); } while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */ { (yy_more_len) = 0; if ( (yy_more_flag) ) { (yy_more_len) = (yy_c_buf_p) - (yytext_ptr); (yy_more_flag) = 0; } yy_cp = (yy_c_buf_p); /* Support of yytext. */ *yy_cp = (yy_hold_char); /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of * the current run. */ yy_bp = yy_cp; yy_current_state = (yy_start); yy_match: do { register YY_CHAR yy_c = yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)]; if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) { (yy_last_accepting_state) = yy_current_state; (yy_last_accepting_cpos) = yy_cp; } while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) { yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; if ( yy_current_state >= 47 ) yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; } yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; ++yy_cp; } while ( yy_base[yy_current_state] != 97 ); yy_find_action: yy_act = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; if ( yy_act == 0 ) { /* have to back up */ yy_cp = (yy_last_accepting_cpos); yy_current_state = (yy_last_accepting_state); yy_act = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; } YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */ switch ( yy_act ) { /* beginning of action switch */ case 0: /* must back up */ /* undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION */ *yy_cp = (yy_hold_char); yy_cp = (yy_last_accepting_cpos); yy_current_state = (yy_last_accepting_state); goto yy_find_action; case 1: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 83 "ircd_lexer.l" { cinclude(); } YY_BREAK case 2: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 84 "ircd_lexer.l" { ccomment(); } YY_BREAK case 3: /* rule 3 can match eol */ YY_RULE_SETUP #line 85 "ircd_lexer.l" { strcpy(linebuf, yytext+1); lineno++; yyless(1); } YY_BREAK case 4: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 87 "ircd_lexer.l" ; YY_BREAK case 5: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 88 "ircd_lexer.l" { hashcomment(); } YY_BREAK case 6: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 90 "ircd_lexer.l" { yylval.number = atoi(yytext); return NUMBER; } YY_BREAK case 7: /* rule 7 can match eol */ YY_RULE_SETUP #line 92 "ircd_lexer.l" { if(yytext[yyleng-2] == '\\') { yyless(yyleng-1); /* return last quote */ yymore(); /* append next string */ } else { strcpy(yylval.string, yytext + 1); if(yylval.string[yyleng-2] != '"') { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unterminated character string"); } else { int i,j; yylval.string[yyleng-2] = '\0'; /* remove close * quote */ for (j=i=0 ;yylval.string[i] != '\0'; i++,j++) { if (yylval.string[i] != '\\') { yylval.string[j] = yylval.string[i]; } else { i++; if (yylval.string[i] == '\0') /* XXX should not happen */ { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unterminated character string"); break; } yylval.string[j] = yylval.string[i]; } } yylval.string[j] = '\0'; return QSTRING; } } } YY_BREAK case 8: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 136 "ircd_lexer.l" { return LOADMODULE; } YY_BREAK case 9: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 137 "ircd_lexer.l" { strcpy(yylval.string, yytext); yylval.string[yyleng] = '\0'; return STRING; } YY_BREAK case 10: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 143 "ircd_lexer.l" { return TWODOTS; } YY_BREAK case 11: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 144 "ircd_lexer.l" { return yytext[0]; } YY_BREAK case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL): #line 145 "ircd_lexer.l" { if (ieof()) yyterminate(); } YY_BREAK case 12: YY_RULE_SETUP #line 146 "ircd_lexer.l" ECHO; YY_BREAK #line 954 "ircd_lexer.c" case YY_END_OF_BUFFER: { /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */ int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - (yytext_ptr)) - 1; /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */ *yy_cp = (yy_hold_char); YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW ) { /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's * possible that this happened because the user * just pointed yyin at a new source and called * yylex(). If so, then we have to assure * consistency between YY_CURRENT_BUFFER and our * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because * this is the first action (other than possibly a * back-up) that will match for the new input source. */ (yy_n_chars) = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file = yyin; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL; } /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will * already have been incremented past the NUL character * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test * in input(). */ if ( (yy_c_buf_p) <= &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars)] ) { /* This was really a NUL. */ yy_state_type yy_next_state; (yy_c_buf_p) = (yytext_ptr) + yy_amount_of_matched_text; yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( ); /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL * transition. We couldn't have * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it * for us because it doesn't know how to deal * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't * want to build jamming into it because then it * will run more slowly). */ yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state ); yy_bp = (yytext_ptr) + YY_MORE_ADJ; if ( yy_next_state ) { /* Consume the NUL. */ yy_cp = ++(yy_c_buf_p); yy_current_state = yy_next_state; goto yy_match; } else { yy_cp = (yy_c_buf_p); goto yy_find_action; } } else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( ) ) { case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: { (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) = 0; if ( yywrap( ) ) { /* Note: because we've taken care in * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up * yytext, we can now set up * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total * hoser (like flex itself) wants to * call the scanner after we return the * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another * YY_NULL will get returned. */ (yy_c_buf_p) = (yytext_ptr) + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START); goto do_action; } else { if ( ! (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) ) YY_NEW_FILE; } break; } case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: (yy_c_buf_p) = (yytext_ptr) + yy_amount_of_matched_text; yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( ); yy_cp = (yy_c_buf_p); yy_bp = (yytext_ptr) + YY_MORE_ADJ; goto yy_match; case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: (yy_c_buf_p) = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars)]; yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( ); yy_cp = (yy_c_buf_p); yy_bp = (yytext_ptr) + YY_MORE_ADJ; goto yy_find_action; } break; } default: YY_FATAL_ERROR( "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" ); } /* end of action switch */ } /* end of scanning one token */ } /* end of yylex */ /* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer * * Returns a code representing an action: * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH - * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file */ static int yy_get_next_buffer (void) { register char *dest = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf; register char *source = (yytext_ptr); register int number_to_move, i; int ret_val; if ( (yy_c_buf_p) > &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars) + 1] ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" ); if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_fill_buffer == 0 ) { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */ if ( (yy_c_buf_p) - (yytext_ptr) - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 ) { /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so * treat this as a final EOF. */ return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; } else { /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first * process it. */ return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; } } /* Try to read more data. */ /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */ number_to_move = (int) ((yy_c_buf_p) - (yytext_ptr)) - 1; for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i ) *(dest++) = *(source++); if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING ) /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF, * just force an EOF */ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = (yy_n_chars) = 0; else { int num_to_read = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1; while ( num_to_read <= 0 ) { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */ /* just a shorter name for the current buffer */ YY_BUFFER_STATE b = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER; int yy_c_buf_p_offset = (int) ((yy_c_buf_p) - b->yy_ch_buf); if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) { int new_size = b->yy_buf_size * 2; if ( new_size <= 0 ) b->yy_buf_size += b->yy_buf_size / 8; else b->yy_buf_size *= 2; b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) /* Include room in for 2 EOB chars. */ yyrealloc((void *) b->yy_ch_buf,b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); } else /* Can't grow it, we don't own it. */ b->yy_ch_buf = 0; if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "fatal error - scanner input buffer overflow" ); (yy_c_buf_p) = &b->yy_ch_buf[yy_c_buf_p_offset]; num_to_read = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1; } if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE ) num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE; /* Read in more data. */ YY_INPUT( (&YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]), (yy_n_chars), (size_t) num_to_read ); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = (yy_n_chars); } if ( (yy_n_chars) == 0 ) { if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ ) { ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; yyrestart(yyin ); } else { ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING; } } else ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN; if ((yy_size_t) ((yy_n_chars) + number_to_move) > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size) { /* Extend the array by 50%, plus the number we really need. */ yy_size_t new_size = (yy_n_chars) + number_to_move + ((yy_n_chars) >> 1); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yyrealloc((void *) YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf,new_size ); if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_get_next_buffer()" ); } (yy_n_chars) += number_to_move; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars)] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars) + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; (yytext_ptr) = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[0]; return ret_val; } /* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */ static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (void) { register yy_state_type yy_current_state; register char *yy_cp; yy_current_state = (yy_start); for ( yy_cp = (yytext_ptr) + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < (yy_c_buf_p); ++yy_cp ) { register YY_CHAR yy_c = (*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1); if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) { (yy_last_accepting_state) = yy_current_state; (yy_last_accepting_cpos) = yy_cp; } while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) { yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; if ( yy_current_state >= 47 ) yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; } yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; } return yy_current_state; } /* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character * * synopsis * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state ); */ static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type yy_current_state ) { register int yy_is_jam; register char *yy_cp = (yy_c_buf_p); register YY_CHAR yy_c = 1; if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) { (yy_last_accepting_state) = yy_current_state; (yy_last_accepting_cpos) = yy_cp; } while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) { yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; if ( yy_current_state >= 47 ) yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; } yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state == 46); return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state; } #ifndef YY_NO_INPUT #ifdef __cplusplus static int yyinput (void) #else static int input (void) #endif { int c; *(yy_c_buf_p) = (yy_hold_char); if ( *(yy_c_buf_p) == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) { /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return. * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer. */ if ( (yy_c_buf_p) < &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[(yy_n_chars)] ) /* This was really a NUL. */ *(yy_c_buf_p) = '\0'; else { /* need more input */ int offset = (yy_c_buf_p) - (yytext_ptr); ++(yy_c_buf_p); switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( ) ) { case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: /* This happens because yy_g_n_b() * sees that we've accumulated a * token and flags that we need to * try matching the token before * proceeding. But for input(), * there's no matching to consider. * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE. */ /* Reset buffer status. */ yyrestart(yyin ); /*FALLTHROUGH*/ case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: { if ( yywrap( ) ) return EOF; if ( ! (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) ) YY_NEW_FILE; #ifdef __cplusplus return yyinput(); #else return input(); #endif } case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: (yy_c_buf_p) = (yytext_ptr) + offset; break; } } } c = *(unsigned char *) (yy_c_buf_p); /* cast for 8-bit char's */ *(yy_c_buf_p) = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */ (yy_hold_char) = *++(yy_c_buf_p); return c; } #endif /* ifndef YY_NO_INPUT */ /** Immediately switch to a different input stream. * @param input_file A readable stream. * * @note This function does not reset the start condition to @c INITIAL . */ void yyrestart (FILE * input_file ) { if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ yyensure_buffer_stack (); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = yy_create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE ); } yy_init_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER,input_file ); yy_load_buffer_state( ); } /** Switch to a different input buffer. * @param new_buffer The new input buffer. * */ void yy_switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ) { /* TODO. We should be able to replace this entire function body * with * yypop_buffer_state(); * yypush_buffer_state(new_buffer); */ yyensure_buffer_stack (); if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER == new_buffer ) return; if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) { /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ *(yy_c_buf_p) = (yy_hold_char); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = (yy_c_buf_p); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = (yy_n_chars); } YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer; yy_load_buffer_state( ); /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during * EOF (yywrap()) processing, but the only time this flag * is looked at is after yywrap() is called, so it's safe * to go ahead and always set it. */ (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) = 1; } static void yy_load_buffer_state (void) { (yy_n_chars) = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars; (yytext_ptr) = (yy_c_buf_p) = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos; yyin = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file; (yy_hold_char) = *(yy_c_buf_p); } /** Allocate and initialize an input buffer state. * @param file A readable stream. * @param size The character buffer size in bytes. When in doubt, use @c YY_BUF_SIZE. * * @return the allocated buffer state. */ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer (FILE * file, int size ) { YY_BUFFER_STATE b; b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yyalloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); if ( ! b ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); b->yy_buf_size = size; /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. */ b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yyalloc(b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; yy_init_buffer(b,file ); return b; } /** Destroy the buffer. * @param b a buffer created with yy_create_buffer() * */ void yy_delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) { if ( ! b ) return; if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) /* Not sure if we should pop here. */ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0; if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) yyfree((void *) b->yy_ch_buf ); yyfree((void *) b ); } #ifndef __cplusplus extern int isatty (int ); #endif /* __cplusplus */ /* Initializes or reinitializes a buffer. * This function is sometimes called more than once on the same buffer, * such as during a yyrestart() or at EOF. */ static void yy_init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE * file ) { int oerrno = errno; yy_flush_buffer(b ); b->yy_input_file = file; b->yy_fill_buffer = 1; /* If b is the current buffer, then yy_init_buffer was _probably_ * called from yyrestart() or through yy_get_next_buffer. * In that case, we don't want to reset the lineno or column. */ if (b != YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){ b->yy_bs_lineno = 1; b->yy_bs_column = 0; } b->yy_is_interactive = file ? (isatty( fileno(file) ) > 0) : 0; errno = oerrno; } /** Discard all buffered characters. On the next scan, YY_INPUT will be called. * @param b the buffer state to be flushed, usually @c YY_CURRENT_BUFFER. * */ void yy_flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) { if ( ! b ) return; b->yy_n_chars = 0; /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes * a jam in that state. */ b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0]; b->yy_at_bol = 1; b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) yy_load_buffer_state( ); } /** Pushes the new state onto the stack. The new state becomes * the current state. This function will allocate the stack * if necessary. * @param new_buffer The new state. * */ void yypush_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ) { if (new_buffer == NULL) return; yyensure_buffer_stack(); /* This block is copied from yy_switch_to_buffer. */ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) { /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ *(yy_c_buf_p) = (yy_hold_char); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = (yy_c_buf_p); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = (yy_n_chars); } /* Only push if top exists. Otherwise, replace top. */ if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) (yy_buffer_stack_top)++; YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer; /* copied from yy_switch_to_buffer. */ yy_load_buffer_state( ); (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) = 1; } /** Removes and deletes the top of the stack, if present. * The next element becomes the new top. * */ void yypop_buffer_state (void) { if (!YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) return; yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL; if ((yy_buffer_stack_top) > 0) --(yy_buffer_stack_top); if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) { yy_load_buffer_state( ); (yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof) = 1; } } /* Allocates the stack if it does not exist. * Guarantees space for at least one push. */ static void yyensure_buffer_stack (void) { int num_to_alloc; if (!(yy_buffer_stack)) { /* First allocation is just for 2 elements, since we don't know if this * scanner will even need a stack. We use 2 instead of 1 to avoid an * immediate realloc on the next call. */ num_to_alloc = 1; (yy_buffer_stack) = (struct yy_buffer_state**)yyalloc (num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*) ); if ( ! (yy_buffer_stack) ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yyensure_buffer_stack()" ); memset((yy_buffer_stack), 0, num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)); (yy_buffer_stack_max) = num_to_alloc; (yy_buffer_stack_top) = 0; return; } if ((yy_buffer_stack_top) >= ((yy_buffer_stack_max)) - 1){ /* Increase the buffer to prepare for a possible push. */ int grow_size = 8 /* arbitrary grow size */; num_to_alloc = (yy_buffer_stack_max) + grow_size; (yy_buffer_stack) = (struct yy_buffer_state**)yyrealloc ((yy_buffer_stack), num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*) ); if ( ! (yy_buffer_stack) ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yyensure_buffer_stack()" ); /* zero only the new slots.*/ memset((yy_buffer_stack) + (yy_buffer_stack_max), 0, grow_size * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)); (yy_buffer_stack_max) = num_to_alloc; } } /** Setup the input buffer state to scan directly from a user-specified character buffer. * @param base the character buffer * @param size the size in bytes of the character buffer * * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. */ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer (char * base, yy_size_t size ) { YY_BUFFER_STATE b; if ( size < 2 || base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR || base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */ return 0; b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yyalloc(sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); if ( ! b ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_buffer()" ); b->yy_buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */ b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base; b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0; b->yy_input_file = 0; b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size; b->yy_is_interactive = 0; b->yy_at_bol = 1; b->yy_fill_buffer = 0; b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; yy_switch_to_buffer(b ); return b; } /** Setup the input buffer state to scan a string. The next call to yylex() will * scan from a @e copy of @a str. * @param yystr a NUL-terminated string to scan * * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. * @note If you want to scan bytes that may contain NUL values, then use * yy_scan_bytes() instead. */ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string (yyconst char * yystr ) { return yy_scan_bytes(yystr,strlen(yystr) ); } /** Setup the input buffer state to scan the given bytes. The next call to yylex() will * scan from a @e copy of @a bytes. * @param yybytes the byte buffer to scan * @param _yybytes_len the number of bytes in the buffer pointed to by @a bytes. * * @return the newly allocated buffer state object. */ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes (yyconst char * yybytes, int _yybytes_len ) { YY_BUFFER_STATE b; char *buf; yy_size_t n; int i; /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */ n = _yybytes_len + 2; buf = (char *) yyalloc(n ); if ( ! buf ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_bytes()" ); for ( i = 0; i < _yybytes_len; ++i ) buf[i] = yybytes[i]; buf[_yybytes_len] = buf[_yybytes_len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; b = yy_scan_buffer(buf,n ); if ( ! b ) YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in yy_scan_bytes()" ); /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it * away when we're done. */ b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; return b; } #ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE #define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2 #endif static void yy_fatal_error (yyconst char* msg ) { (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg ); exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE ); } /* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */ #undef yyless #define yyless(n) \ do \ { \ /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \ YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\ yytext[yyleng] = (yy_hold_char); \ (yy_c_buf_p) = yytext + yyless_macro_arg; \ (yy_hold_char) = *(yy_c_buf_p); \ *(yy_c_buf_p) = '\0'; \ yyleng = yyless_macro_arg; \ } \ while ( 0 ) /* Accessor methods (get/set functions) to struct members. */ /** Get the current line number. * */ int yyget_lineno (void) { return yylineno; } /** Get the input stream. * */ FILE *yyget_in (void) { return yyin; } /** Get the output stream. * */ FILE *yyget_out (void) { return yyout; } /** Get the length of the current token. * */ int yyget_leng (void) { return yyleng; } /** Get the current token. * */ char *yyget_text (void) { return yytext; } /** Set the current line number. * @param line_number * */ void yyset_lineno (int line_number ) { yylineno = line_number; } /** Set the input stream. This does not discard the current * input buffer. * @param in_str A readable stream. * * @see yy_switch_to_buffer */ void yyset_in (FILE * in_str ) { yyin = in_str ; } void yyset_out (FILE * out_str ) { yyout = out_str ; } int yyget_debug (void) { return yy_flex_debug; } void yyset_debug (int bdebug ) { yy_flex_debug = bdebug ; } static int yy_init_globals (void) { /* Initialization is the same as for the non-reentrant scanner. * This function is called from yylex_destroy(), so don't allocate here. */ (yy_buffer_stack) = 0; (yy_buffer_stack_top) = 0; (yy_buffer_stack_max) = 0; (yy_c_buf_p) = (char *) 0; (yy_init) = 0; (yy_start) = 0; /* Defined in main.c */ #ifdef YY_STDINIT yyin = stdin; yyout = stdout; #else yyin = (FILE *) 0; yyout = (FILE *) 0; #endif /* For future reference: Set errno on error, since we are called by * yylex_init() */ return 0; } /* yylex_destroy is for both reentrant and non-reentrant scanners. */ int yylex_destroy (void) { /* Pop the buffer stack, destroying each element. */ while(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){ yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ); YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL; yypop_buffer_state(); } /* Destroy the stack itself. */ yyfree((yy_buffer_stack) ); (yy_buffer_stack) = NULL; /* Reset the globals. This is important in a non-reentrant scanner so the next time * yylex() is called, initialization will occur. */ yy_init_globals( ); return 0; } /* * Internal utility routines. */ #ifndef yytext_ptr static void yy_flex_strncpy (char* s1, yyconst char * s2, int n ) { register int i; for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) s1[i] = s2[i]; } #endif #ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN static int yy_flex_strlen (yyconst char * s ) { register int n; for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n ) ; return n; } #endif void *yyalloc (yy_size_t size ) { return (void *) malloc( size ); } void *yyrealloc (void * ptr, yy_size_t size ) { /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions * as though doing an assignment. */ return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size ); } void yyfree (void * ptr ) { free( (char *) ptr ); /* see yyrealloc() for (char *) cast */ } #define YYTABLES_NAME "yytables" #line 146 "ircd_lexer.l" /* C-comment ignoring routine -kre*/ void ccomment() { int c; /* log(L_NOTICE, "got comment"); */ while (1) { while ((c = input()) != '*' && c != EOF) { if(c == '\n') ++lineno; } if (c == '*') { while ((c = input()) == '*'); if (c == '/') break; if (c == '\n') ++lineno; } if (c == EOF) { conf_report_error("EOF in comment"); break; } } } void cinclude(void) { char *c; if ((c = strchr(yytext, '<')) == NULL) *strchr(c = strchr(yytext, '"') + 1, '"') = 0; else *strchr(++c, '>') = 0; /* do stacking and co. */ if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH) { conf_report_error("Includes nested too deep (max is %d)", MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH); } else { FILE *tmp_fbfile_in; tmp_fbfile_in = fopen(c, "r"); if (tmp_fbfile_in == NULL) { /* if its not found in PREFIX, look in ETCPATH */ char fnamebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; rb_snprintf(fnamebuf, sizeof(fnamebuf), "%s/%s", ETCPATH, c); tmp_fbfile_in = fopen(fnamebuf, "r"); /* wasnt found there either.. error. */ if(tmp_fbfile_in == NULL) { conf_report_error("Include %s: %s.", c, strerror(errno)); return; } } lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = lineno; lineno = 1; inc_fbfile_in[include_stack_ptr] = conf_fbfile_in; strcpy(conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr], c); current_file = conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr]; include_stack[include_stack_ptr++] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER; conf_fbfile_in = tmp_fbfile_in; yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin,YY_BUF_SIZE)); } } int ieof(void) { if (include_stack_ptr) fclose(conf_fbfile_in); if (--include_stack_ptr < 0) { /* We will now exit the lexer - restore init values if we get /rehash * later and reenter lexer -kre */ include_stack_ptr = 0; lineno = 1; return 1; } /* switch buffer */ yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER); lineno = lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr]; conf_fbfile_in = inc_fbfile_in[include_stack_ptr]; if(include_stack_ptr) current_file = conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr]; else current_file = conffilebuf; yy_switch_to_buffer(include_stack[include_stack_ptr]); return 0; } /* #-comment style, look for #include */ #define INCLUDE "#include" void hashcomment(void) { if (strlen(yytext) < sizeof(INCLUDE) - 1) return; if (!strncasecmp(yytext, INCLUDE, sizeof(INCLUDE) - 1)) yyerror("You probably meant '.include', skipping"); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_signal.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011043�11064743132�016402� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/************************************************************************ * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, src/ircd_signal.c * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and * University of Oulu, Computing Center * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: ircd_signal.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "ircd_signal.h" #include "ircd.h" /* dorehash */ #include "restart.h" /* server_reboot */ #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "dns.h" #include "s_auth.h" #ifndef _WIN32 /* * dummy_handler - don't know if this is really needed but if alarm is still * being used we probably will */ static void dummy_handler(int sig) { /* Empty */ } static void sigchld_handler(int sig) { int status, olderrno; olderrno = errno; while(waitpid(-1, &status, WNOHANG) > 0) ; errno = olderrno; } /* * sigterm_handler - exit the server */ static void sigterm_handler(int sig) { ircd_shutdown("Received SIGTERM"); } /* * sighup_handler - reread the server configuration */ static void sighup_handler(int sig) { dorehash = 1; } /* * sigusr1_handler - reread the motd file */ static void sigusr1_handler(int sig) { doremotd = 1; } static void sigusr2_handler(int sig) { dorehashbans = 1; } /* * sigint_handler - restart the server */ static void sigint_handler(int sig) { static int restarting = 0; if(server_state_foreground) { ilog(L_MAIN, "Server exiting on SIGINT"); exit(0); } else { ilog(L_MAIN, "Server Restarting on SIGINT"); if(restarting == 0) { restarting = 1; server_reboot(); } } } /* * setup_signals - initialize signal handlers for server */ void setup_signals() { struct sigaction act; act.sa_flags = 0; act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP); #endif # ifdef SIGWINCH sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH); sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0); # endif sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0); #endif act.sa_handler = dummy_handler; sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sighup_handler; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGHUP); sigaction(SIGHUP, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sigint_handler; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGINT); sigaction(SIGINT, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sigterm_handler; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTERM); sigaction(SIGTERM, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sigusr1_handler; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGUSR1); sigaction(SIGUSR1, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sigusr2_handler; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGUSR2); sigaction(SIGUSR2, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = sigchld_handler; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGCHLD); sigaction(SIGCHLD, &act, 0); } /* * setup_reboot_signals() we need to not try to do stuff before reboot with signals */ void setup_reboot_signals() { struct sigaction act; act.sa_flags = 0; act.sa_handler = dummy_handler; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP); sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0); #endif # ifdef SIGWINCH sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH); sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0); # endif sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGHUP); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGINT); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTERM); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGUSR1); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGUSR2); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGCHLD); sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGHUP, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGINT, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGTERM, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGUSR1, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGUSR2, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGTERM, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGUSR1, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGUSR2, &act, 0); sigaction(SIGCHLD, &act, 0); } #else void setup_signals() { /* this is a stub for mingw32 */ } void setup_reboot_signals() { /* this is a stub for mingw32 */ } #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/messages.tab������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000067312�11075761230�016272� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/************************************************************************ * IRC - Internet Relay Chat, src/messages.tab * Copyright (C) 1992 Darren Reed * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. * * $Id: messages.tab 26146 2008-10-17 00:55:52Z androsyn $ */ static const char * replies[] = { /* 000 */ NULL, /* 001 RPL_WELCOME, */ ":%s 001 %s :Welcome to the %s Internet Relay Chat Network %s", /* 002 RPL_YOURHOST,*/ ":%s 002 %s :Your host is %s, running version %s", /* 003 RPL_CREATED, */ ":%s 003 %s :This server was created %s", /* 004 RPL_MYINFO, */ ":%s 004 %s %s %s oiwszcrkfydnxbauglZCD biklmnopstveIrS bkloveI", /* 005 RPL_ISUPPORT, */ "%s :are supported by this server", /* 006 */ NULL, /* 007 */ NULL, /* 008 */ NULL, /* 009 */ NULL, /* 010 RPL_REDIR, */ ":%s 010 %s %s %d :Please use this Server/Port instead", /* 011 */ NULL, /* 012 */ NULL, /* 013 */ NULL, /* 014 */ NULL, /* 015 RPL_MAP */ ":%s 015 %s :%s", /* 016 */ NULL, /* 017 RPL_MAPEND */ ":%s 017 %s :End of /MAP", /* 018 */ NULL, /* 019 */ NULL, /* 020 */ NULL, /* 021 */ NULL, /* 022 */ NULL, /* 023 */ NULL, /* 024 */ NULL, /* 025 */ NULL, /* 026 */ NULL, /* 027 */ NULL, /* 028 */ NULL, /* 029 */ NULL, /* 030 */ NULL, /* 031 */ NULL, /* 032 */ NULL, /* 033 */ NULL, /* 034 */ NULL, /* 035 */ NULL, /* 036 */ NULL, /* 037 */ NULL, /* 038 */ NULL, /* 039 */ NULL, /* 040 */ NULL, /* 041 */ NULL, /* 042 */ NULL, /* 043 RPL_SAVENICK */ "%s :Nick collision, forcing nick change to your unique ID", /* 044 */ NULL, /* 045 */ NULL, /* 046 */ NULL, /* 047 */ NULL, /* 048 */ NULL, /* 049 */ NULL, /* 050 */ NULL, /* 051 */ NULL, /* 052 */ NULL, /* 053 */ NULL, /* 054 */ NULL, /* 055 */ NULL, /* 056 */ NULL, /* 057 */ NULL, /* 058 */ NULL, /* 059 */ NULL, /* 060 */ NULL, /* 061 */ NULL, /* 062 */ NULL, /* 063 */ NULL, /* 064 */ NULL, /* 065 */ NULL, /* 066 */ NULL, /* 067 */ NULL, /* 068 */ NULL, /* 069 */ NULL, /* 070 */ NULL, /* 071 */ NULL, /* 072 */ NULL, /* 073 */ NULL, /* 074 */ NULL, /* 075 */ NULL, /* 076 */ NULL, /* 077 */ NULL, /* 078 */ NULL, /* 079 */ NULL, /* 080 */ NULL, /* 081 */ NULL, /* 082 */ NULL, /* 083 */ NULL, /* 084 */ NULL, /* 085 */ NULL, /* 086 */ NULL, /* 087 */ NULL, /* 088 */ NULL, /* 089 */ NULL, /* 090 */ NULL, /* 091 */ NULL, /* 092 */ NULL, /* 093 */ NULL, /* 094 */ NULL, /* 095 */ NULL, /* 096 */ NULL, /* 097 */ NULL, /* 098 */ NULL, /* 099 */ NULL, /* 100 */ NULL, /* 101 */ NULL, /* 102 */ NULL, /* 103 */ NULL, /* 104 */ NULL, /* 105 */ NULL, /* 106 */ NULL, /* 107 */ NULL, /* 108 */ NULL, /* 109 */ NULL, /* 110 */ NULL, /* 111 */ NULL, /* 112 */ NULL, /* 113 */ NULL, /* 114 */ NULL, /* 115 */ NULL, /* 116 */ NULL, /* 117 */ NULL, /* 118 */ NULL, /* 119 */ NULL, /* 120 */ NULL, /* 121 */ NULL, /* 122 */ NULL, /* 123 */ NULL, /* 124 */ NULL, /* 125 */ NULL, /* 126 */ NULL, /* 127 */ NULL, /* 128 */ NULL, /* 129 */ NULL, /* 130 */ NULL, /* 131 */ NULL, /* 132 */ NULL, /* 133 */ NULL, /* 134 */ NULL, /* 135 */ NULL, /* 136 */ NULL, /* 137 */ NULL, /* 138 */ NULL, /* 139 */ NULL, /* 140 */ NULL, /* 141 */ NULL, /* 142 */ NULL, /* 143 */ NULL, /* 144 */ NULL, /* 145 */ NULL, /* 146 */ NULL, /* 147 */ NULL, /* 148 */ NULL, /* 149 */ NULL, /* 150 */ NULL, /* 151 */ NULL, /* 152 */ NULL, /* 153 */ NULL, /* 154 */ NULL, /* 155 */ NULL, /* 156 */ NULL, /* 157 */ NULL, /* 158 */ NULL, /* 159 */ NULL, /* 160 */ NULL, /* 161 */ NULL, /* 162 */ NULL, /* 163 */ NULL, /* 164 */ NULL, /* 165 */ NULL, /* 166 */ NULL, /* 167 */ NULL, /* 168 */ NULL, /* 169 */ NULL, /* 170 */ NULL, /* 171 */ NULL, /* 172 */ NULL, /* 173 */ NULL, /* 174 */ NULL, /* 175 */ NULL, /* 176 */ NULL, /* 177 */ NULL, /* 178 */ NULL, /* 179 */ NULL, /* 180 */ NULL, /* 181 */ NULL, /* 182 */ NULL, /* 183 */ NULL, /* 184 */ NULL, /* 185 */ NULL, /* 186 */ NULL, /* 187 */ NULL, /* 188 */ NULL, /* 189 */ NULL, /* 190 */ NULL, /* 191 */ NULL, /* 192 */ NULL, /* 193 */ NULL, /* 194 */ NULL, /* 195 */ NULL, /* 196 */ NULL, /* 197 */ NULL, /* 198 */ NULL, /* 199 */ NULL, /* 200 RPL_TRACELINK, */ "Link %s %s %s", /* 201 RPL_TRACECONNECTING, */ "Try. %s %s", /* 202 RPL_TRACEHANDSHAKE, */ "H.S. %s %s", /* 203 RPL_TRACEUNKNOWN, */ "???? %s %s (%s) %d", /* 204 RPL_TRACEOPERATOR, */ "Oper %s %s (%s) %lu %lu", /* 205 RPL_TRACEUSER, */ "User %s %s (%s) %lu %lu", /* 206 RPL_TRACESERVER, */ "Serv %s %dS %dC %s %s!%s@%s %lu", /* 207 */ NULL, /* 208 RPL_TRACENEWTYPE, */ "<newtype> 0 %s", /* 209 RPL_TRACECLASS, */ "Class %s %d", /* 210 */ NULL, /* 211 RPL_STATSLINKINFO, */ NULL, /* 212 RPL_STATSCOMMANDS, */ "%s %u %u :%u", /* 213 RPL_STATSCLINE, */ "C %s %s %s %d %s", /* 214 RPL_STATSNLINE, */ NULL, /* 215 RPL_STATSILINE, */ "I %s * %s@%s %d %s", /* 216 RPL_STATSKLINE, */ "%c %s * %s :%s%s%s", /* 217 RPL_STATSQLINE, */ "%c %d %s :%s", /* 218 RPL_STATSYLINE, */ "Y %s %d %d %d %u %d.%d %d.%d %u", /* 219 RPL_ENDOFSTATS, */ "%c :End of /STATS report", /* 220 RPL_STATSPLINE, */ "%c %d %s %d :%s%s", /* 221 RPL_UMODEIS, */ ":%s 221 %s %s", /* 222 */ NULL, /* 223 */ NULL, /* 224 */ NULL, /* 225 RPL_STATSDLINE*/ "%c %s :%s%s%s", /* 226 */ NULL, /* 227 */ NULL, /* 228 */ NULL, /* 229 */ NULL, /* 230 */ NULL, /* 231 */ NULL, /* 232 */ NULL, /* 233 */ NULL, /* 234 RPL_SERVLIST, */ NULL, /* 235 RPL_SERVLISTEND, */ NULL, /* 236 */ NULL, /* 237 */ NULL, /* 238 */ NULL, /* 239 */ NULL, /* 240 */ NULL, /* 241 RPL_STATSLLINE, */ "L %s * %s 0 -1", /* 242 RPL_STATSUPTIME,*/ ":Server Up %d days, %d:%02d:%02d", /* 243 RPL_STATSOLINE, */ "O %s@%s * %s %s %s", /* 244 RPL_STATSHLINE, */ "H %s * %s 0 -1", /* 245 RPL_STATSSLINE, */ NULL, /* 246 */ NULL, /* 247 RPL_STATSXLINE, */ "%c %d %s :%s", /* 248 RPL_STATSULINE, */ "U %s %s@%s %s", /* 249 RPL_STATSDEBUG */ NULL, /* 250 RPL_STATSCONN, */ ":Highest connection count: %d (%d clients) (%d connections received)", /* 251 RPL_LUSERCLIENT, */ ":There are %d users and %d invisible on %d servers", /* 252 RPL_LUSEROP, */ "%d :IRC Operators online", /* 253 RPL_LUSERUNKNOWN, */ "%d :unknown connection(s)", /* 254 RPL_LUSERCHANNELS, */ "%d :channels formed", /* 255 RPL_LUSERME, */ ":I have %d clients and %d servers", /* 256 RPL_ADMINME, */ ":%s 256 %s :Administrative info about %s", /* 257 RPL_ADMINLOC1, */ ":%s 257 %s :%s", /* 258 RPL_ADMINLOC2, */ ":%s 258 %s :%s", /* 259 RPL_ADMINEMAIL, */ ":%s 259 %s :%s", /* 260 */ NULL, /* 261 RPL_TRACELOG, */ NULL, /* 262 RPL_ENDOFTRACE, */ "%s :End of TRACE", /* 263 RPL_LOAD2HI, */ ":%s 263 %s %s :Server load is temporarily too heavy. Please wait a while and try again.", /* 264 */ NULL, /* 265 RPL_LOCALUSERS, */ "%d %d :Current local users %d, max %d", /* 266 RPL_GLOBALUSERS, */ "%d %d :Current global users %d, max %d", /* 267 */ NULL, /* 268 */ NULL, /* 269 */ NULL, /* 270 */ NULL, /* 271 */ NULL, /* 272 */ NULL, /* 273 */ NULL, /* 274 */ NULL, /* 275 */ NULL, /* 276 */ NULL, /* 277 */ NULL, /* 278 */ NULL, /* 279 */ NULL, /* 280 */ NULL, /* 281 RPL_ACCEPTLIST, */ ":%s 281 %s %s", /* 282 RPL_ENDOFACCEPT */ ":%s 282 %s :End of /ACCEPT list.", /* 283 */ NULL, /* 284 */ NULL, /* 285 */ NULL, /* 286 */ NULL, /* 287 */ NULL, /* 288 */ NULL, /* 289 */ NULL, /* 290 */ NULL, /* 291 */ NULL, /* 292 */ NULL, /* 293 */ NULL, /* 294 */ NULL, /* 295 */ NULL, /* 296 */ NULL, /* 297 */ NULL, /* 298 */ NULL, /* 299 */ NULL, /* 300 RPL_NONE, */ NULL, /* 301 RPL_AWAY, */ "%s :%s", /* 302 RPL_USERHOST, */ ":%s 302 %s :%s", /* 303 RPL_ISON, */ ":%s 303 %s :", /* 304 RPL_TEXT, */ NULL, /* 305 RPL_UNAWAY, */ ":%s 305 %s :You are no longer marked as being away", /* 306 RPL_NOWAWAY, */ ":%s 306 %s :You have been marked as being away", /* 307 */ NULL, /* 308 */ NULL, /* 309 */ NULL, /* 310 */ NULL, /* 311 RPL_WHOISUSER, */ "%s %s %s * :%s", /* 312 RPL_WHOISSERVER, */ "%s %s :%s", /* 313 RPL_WHOISOPERATOR, */ "%s :%s", /* 314 RPL_WHOWASUSER, */ ":%s 314 %s %s %s %s * :%s", /* 315 RPL_ENDOFWHO, */ ":%s 315 %s %s :End of /WHO list.", /* 316 RPL_WHOISCHANOP, */ NULL, /* 317 RPL_WHOISIDLE, */ "%s %d %d :seconds idle, signon time", /* 318 RPL_ENDOFWHOIS, */ "%s :End of /WHOIS list.", /* 319 RPL_WHOISCHANNELS, */ ":%s 319 %s %s :", /* 320 */ NULL, /* 321 RPL_LISTSTART, */ ":%s 321 %s Channel :Users Name", /* 322 RPL_LIST, */ ":%s 322 %s %s %d :%s", /* 323 RPL_LISTEND, */ ":%s 323 %s :End of /LIST", /* 324 RPL_CHANNELMODEIS, */ ":%s 324 %s %s %s", /* 325 */ NULL, /* 326 */ NULL, /* 327 */ NULL, /* 328 */ NULL, /* 329 RPL_CREATIONTIME, */ ":%s 329 %s %s %lu", /* 330 RPL_WHOISLOGGEDIN */ ":%s 330 %s %s %s :is logged in as", /* 331 RPL_NOTOPIC, */ ":%s 331 %s %s :No topic is set.", /* 332 RPL_TOPIC, */ ":%s 332 %s %s :%s", /* 333 RPL_TOPICWHOTIME, */ ":%s 333 %s %s %s %lu", /* 334 */ NULL, /* 335 */ NULL, /* 336 */ NULL, /* 337 */ NULL, /* 338 RPL_WHOISACTUALLY, */ "%s %s :actually using host", /* 339 */ NULL, /* 340 */ NULL, /* 341 RPL_INVITING, */ ":%s 341 %s %s %s", /* 342 RPL_SUMMONING, */ NULL, /* 343 */ NULL, /* 344 */ NULL, /* 345 */ NULL, /* 346 RPL_INVEXLIST */ ":%s 346 %s %s %s %s %lu", /* 347 RPL_ENDOFINVEXLIST */ ":%s 347 %s %s :End of Channel Invite List", /* 348 RPL_EXCEPTLIST */ ":%s 348 %s %s %s %s %lu", /* 349 RPL_ENDOFEXCEPTLIST */ ":%s 349 %s %s :End of Channel Exception List", /* 350 */ NULL, /* 351 RPL_VERSION, */ "%s(%s). %s :%s TS%dow %s", /* 352 RPL_WHOREPLY, */ ":%s 352 %s %s %s %s %s %s %s :%d %s", /* 353 RPL_NAMREPLY, */ ":%s 353 %s %s %s :", /* 354 */ NULL, /* 355 */ NULL, /* 356 */ NULL, /* 357 */ NULL, /* 358 */ NULL, /* 359 */ NULL, /* 360 */ NULL, /* 361 RPL_KILLDONE, */ NULL, /* 362 RPL_CLOSING, */ ":%s 362 %s %s :Closed. Status = %d", /* 363 RPL_CLOSEEND, */ ":%s 363 %s %d :Connections Closed", /* 364 RPL_LINKS, */ "%s %s :%d %s", /* 365 RPL_ENDOFLINKS, */ "%s :End of /LINKS list.", /* 366 RPL_ENDOFNAMES, */ ":%s 366 %s %s :End of /NAMES list.", /* 367 RPL_BANLIST, */ ":%s 367 %s %s %s %s %lu", /* 368 RPL_ENDOFBANLIST, */ ":%s 368 %s %s :End of Channel Ban List", /* 369 RPL_ENDOFWHOWAS, */ ":%s 369 %s %s :End of WHOWAS", /* 370 */ NULL, /* 371 RPL_INFO, */ ":%s", /* 372 RPL_MOTD, */ ":%s 372 %s :- %s", /* 373 RPL_INFOSTART, */ NULL, /* 374 RPL_ENDOFINFO, */ ":End of /INFO list.", /* 375 RPL_MOTDSTART, */ ":%s 375 %s :- %s Message of the Day - ", /* 376 RPL_ENDOFMOTD, */ ":%s 376 %s :End of /MOTD command.", /* 377 */ NULL, /* 378 */ NULL, /* 379 */ NULL, /* 380 */ NULL, /* 381 RPL_YOUREOPER, */ ":%s 381 %s :You have entered... the PANTS FREE ZONE!", /* 382 RPL_REHASHING, */ ":%s 382 %s %s :Rehashing", /* 383 */ NULL, /* 384 RPL_MYPORTIS, */ NULL, /* 385 RPL_NOTOPERANYMORE, */ NULL, /* 386 RPL_RSACHALLENGE, */ ":%s 386 %s :%s", /* 387 */ NULL, /* 388 */ NULL, /* 389 */ NULL, /* 390 */ NULL, /* 391 RPL_TIME, */ "%s :%s", /* 392 */ NULL, /* 393 */ NULL, /* 394 */ NULL, /* 395 */ NULL, /* 396 */ NULL, /* 397 */ NULL, /* 398 */ NULL, /* 399 */ NULL, /* 400 */ NULL, /* 401 ERR_NOSUCHNICK, */ "%s :No such nick/channel", /* 402 ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, */ "%s :No such server", /* 403 ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, */ "%s :No such channel", /* 404 ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN, */ "%s :Cannot send to channel", /* 405 ERR_TOOMANYCHANNELS, */ ":%s 405 %s %s :You have joined too many channels", /* 406 ERR_WASNOSUCHNICK, */ ":%s 406 %s %s :There was no such nickname", /* 407 ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS, */ ":%s 407 %s %s :Too many recipients.", /* 408 */ NULL, /* 409 ERR_NOORIGIN, */ ":%s 409 %s :No origin specified", /* 410 ERR_INVALIDCAPCMD */ ":%s 410 %s %s :Invalid CAP subcommand", /* 411 ERR_NORECIPIENT, */ ":%s 411 %s :No recipient given (%s)", /* 412 ERR_NOTEXTTOSEND, */ ":%s 412 %s :No text to send", /* 413 ERR_NOTOPLEVEL, */ "%s :No toplevel domain specified", /* 414 ERR_WILDTOPLEVEL, */ "%s :Wildcard in toplevel Domain", /* 415 */ NULL, /* 416 ERR_TOOMANYMATCHES */ ":%s 416 %s %s :output too large, truncated", /* 417 */ NULL, /* 418 */ NULL, /* 419 */ NULL, /* 420 */ NULL, /* 421 ERR_UNKNOWNCOMMAND, */ ":%s 421 %s %s :Unknown command", /* 422 ERR_NOMOTD, */ ":%s 422 %s :MOTD File is missing", /* 423 ERR_NOADMININFO, */ NULL, /* 424 ERR_FILEERROR, */ NULL, /* 425 */ NULL, /* 426 */ NULL, /* 427 */ NULL, /* 428 */ NULL, /* 429 */ NULL, /* 430 */ NULL, /* 431 ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN, */ ":%s 431 %s :No nickname given", /* 432 ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME, */ ":%s 432 %s %s :Erroneous Nickname", /* 433 ERR_NICKNAMEINUSE, */ ":%s 433 %s %s :Nickname is already in use.", /* 434 */ NULL, /* 435 */ NULL, /* 436 ERR_NICKCOLLISION, */ "%s :Nickname collision KILL", /* 437 ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE, */ ":%s 437 %s %s :Nick/channel is temporarily unavailable", /* 438 ERR_NICKTOOFAST */ ":%s 438 %s %s %s :Nick change too fast. Please wait %d seconds.", /* 439 */ NULL, /* 440 */ NULL, /* 441 ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL, */ "%s %s :They aren't on that channel", /* 442 ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, */ "%s :You're not on that channel", /* 443 ERR_USERONCHANNEL, */ "%s %s :is already on channel", /* 444 ERR_NOLOGIN, */ NULL, /* 445 ERR_SUMMONDISABLED, */ NULL, /* 446 ERR_USERSDISABLED, */ NULL, /* 447 */ NULL, /* 448 */ NULL, /* 449 */ NULL, /* 450 */ NULL, /* 451 ERR_NOTREGISTERED, */ ":%s 451 * :You have not registered", /* 452 */ NULL, /* 453 */ NULL, /* 454 */ NULL, /* 455 */ NULL, /* 456 ERR_ACCEPTFULL */ ":%s 456 %s :Accept list is full", /* 457 ERR_ACCEPTEXIST */ ":%s 457 %s %s :is already on your accept list", /* 458 ERR_ACCEPTNOT */ ":%s 458 %s %s :is not on your accept list", /* 459 */ NULL, /* 460 */ NULL, /* 461 ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS, */ ":%s 461 %s %s :Not enough parameters", /* 462 ERR_ALREADYREGISTRED, */ ":%s 462 %s :You may not reregister", /* 463 ERR_NOPERMFORHOST, */ NULL, /* 464 ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH, */ ":%s 464 %s :Password Incorrect", /* 465 ERR_YOUREBANNEDCREEP, */ ":%s 465 %s :You are banned from this server- %s", /* 466 ERR_YOUWILLBEBANNED, */ NULL, /* 467 ERR_KEYSET, */ NULL, /* 468 */ NULL, /* 469 */ NULL, /* 470 */ NULL, /* 471 ERR_CHANNELISFULL, */ ":%s 471 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+l)", /* 472 ERR_UNKNOWNMODE , */ ":%s 472 %s %c :is unknown mode char to me", /* 473 ERR_INVITEONLYCHAN, */ ":%s 473 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+i)", /* 474 ERR_BANNEDFROMCHAN, */ ":%s 474 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+b)", /* 475 ERR_BADCHANNELKEY, */ ":%s 475 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+k)", /* 476 ERR_BADCHANMASK, */ NULL, /* 477 ERR_NEEDREGGEDNICK */ ":%s 477 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+r)", /* 478 ERR_BANLISTFULL, */ ":%s 478 %s %s %s :Channel ban list is full", /* 479 ERR_BADCHANNAME */ "%s :Illegal channel name", /* 480 ERR_SSLONLYCHAN */ ":%s 480 %s %s :Cannot join channel (+S) - SSL/TLS required", /* 481 ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, */ ":Permission Denied - You're not an IRC operator", /* 482 ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED, */ ":%s 482 %s %s :You're not channel operator", /* 483 ERR_CANTKILLSERVER, */ ":You can't kill a server!", /* 484 ERR_ISCHANSERVICE */ ":%s 484 %s %s %s :Cannot kick or deop a network service", /* 485 ERR_BANNEDNICK, */ NULL, /* 486 */ NULL, /* 487 */ NULL, /* 488 */ NULL, /* 489 ERR_VOICENEEDED */ ":%s 489 %s %s :You're neither voiced nor channel operator", /* 490 */ NULL, /* 491 ERR_NOOPERHOST, */ ":%s 491 %s :Only few of mere mortals may try to enter the twilight zone", /* 492 */ NULL, /* 493 */ NULL, /* 494 */ NULL, /* 495 */ NULL, /* 496 */ NULL, /* 497 */ NULL, /* 498 */ NULL, /* 499 */ NULL, /* 500 */ NULL, /* 501 ERR_UMODEUNKNOWNFLAG, */ ":%s 501 %s :Unknown MODE flag", /* 502 ERR_USERSDONTMATCH, */ ":%s 502 %s :Can't change mode for other users", /* 503 ERR_GHOSTEDCLIENT, */ NULL, /* 504 ERR_USERNOTONSERV, */ ":%s 504 %s %s :User is not on this server", /* 505 */ NULL, /* 506 */ NULL, /* 507 */ NULL, /* 508 */ NULL, /* 509 */ NULL, /* 510 */ NULL, /* 511 */ NULL, /* 512 */ NULL, /* 513 ERR_WRONGPONG */ ":%s 513 %s :To connect type /QUOTE PONG %08lX", /* 514 */ NULL, /* 515 */ NULL, /* 516 */ NULL, /* 517 */ NULL, /* 518 */ NULL, /* 519 */ NULL, /* 520 */ NULL, /* 521 */ NULL, /* 522 */ NULL, /* 523 */ NULL, /* 524 ERR_HELPNOTFOUND, */ ":%s 524 %s %s :Help not found", /* 525 */ NULL, /* 526 */ NULL, /* 527 */ NULL, /* 528 */ NULL, /* 529 */ NULL, /* 530 */ NULL, /* 531 */ NULL, /* 532 */ NULL, /* 533 */ NULL, /* 534 */ NULL, /* 535 */ NULL, /* 536 */ NULL, /* 537 */ NULL, /* 538 */ NULL, /* 539 */ NULL, /* 540 */ NULL, /* 541 */ NULL, /* 542 */ NULL, /* 543 */ NULL, /* 544 */ NULL, /* 545 */ NULL, /* 546 */ NULL, /* 547 */ NULL, /* 548 */ NULL, /* 549 */ NULL, /* 550 */ NULL, /* 551 */ NULL, /* 552 */ NULL, /* 553 */ NULL, /* 554 */ NULL, /* 555 */ NULL, /* 556 */ NULL, /* 557 */ NULL, /* 558 */ NULL, /* 559 */ NULL, /* 560 */ NULL, /* 561 */ NULL, /* 562 */ NULL, /* 563 */ NULL, /* 564 */ NULL, /* 565 */ NULL, /* 566 */ NULL, /* 567 */ NULL, /* 568 */ NULL, /* 569 */ NULL, /* 570 */ NULL, /* 571 */ NULL, /* 572 */ NULL, /* 573 */ NULL, /* 574 */ NULL, /* 575 */ NULL, /* 576 */ NULL, /* 577 */ NULL, /* 578 */ NULL, /* 579 */ NULL, /* 580 */ NULL, /* 581 */ NULL, /* 582 */ NULL, /* 583 */ NULL, /* 584 */ NULL, /* 585 */ NULL, /* 586 */ NULL, /* 587 */ NULL, /* 588 */ NULL, /* 589 */ NULL, /* 590 */ NULL, /* 591 */ NULL, /* 592 */ NULL, /* 593 */ NULL, /* 594 */ NULL, /* 595 */ NULL, /* 596 */ NULL, /* 597 */ NULL, /* 598 */ NULL, /* 599 */ NULL, /* 600 */ NULL, /* 601 */ NULL, /* 602 */ NULL, /* 603 */ NULL, /* 604 */ NULL, /* 605 */ NULL, /* 606 */ NULL, /* 607 */ NULL, /* 608 */ NULL, /* Do not use -- Reserved for WATCH -Rak */ /* 609 */ NULL, /* 610 */ NULL, /* 611 */ NULL, /* 612 */ NULL, /* 613 */ NULL, /* 614 */ NULL, /* 615 */ NULL, /* 616 */ NULL, /* 617 */ NULL, /* 618 */ NULL, /* 619 */ NULL, /* 620 */ NULL, /* 621 */ NULL, /* 622 */ NULL, /* 623 */ NULL, /* 624 */ NULL, /* 625 */ NULL, /* 626 */ NULL, /* 627 */ NULL, /* 628 */ NULL, /* 629 */ NULL, /* 630 */ NULL, /* 631 */ NULL, /* 632 */ NULL, /* 633 */ NULL, /* 634 */ NULL, /* 635 */ NULL, /* 636 */ NULL, /* 637 */ NULL, /* 638 */ NULL, /* 639 */ NULL, /* 640 */ NULL, /* 641 */ NULL, /* 642 */ NULL, /* 643 */ NULL, /* 644 */ NULL, /* 645 */ NULL, /* 646 */ NULL, /* 647 */ NULL, /* 648 */ NULL, /* 649 */ NULL, /* 650 */ NULL, /* 651 */ NULL, /* 652 */ NULL, /* 653 */ NULL, /* 654 */ NULL, /* 655 */ NULL, /* 656 */ NULL, /* 657 */ NULL, /* 658 */ NULL, /* 659 */ NULL, /* 660 */ NULL, /* 661 */ NULL, /* 662 */ NULL, /* 663 */ NULL, /* 664 */ NULL, /* 665 */ NULL, /* 666 */ NULL, /* 667 */ NULL, /* 668 */ NULL, /* 669 */ NULL, /* 670 */ NULL, /* 671 RPL_WHOISSECURE, */ "%s :is using a secure connection", /* 672 */ NULL, /* 673 */ NULL, /* 674 */ NULL, /* 675 */ NULL, /* 676 */ NULL, /* 677 */ NULL, /* 678 */ NULL, /* 679 */ NULL, /* 680 */ NULL, /* 681 */ NULL, /* 682 */ NULL, /* 683 */ NULL, /* 684 */ NULL, /* 685 */ NULL, /* 686 */ NULL, /* 687 */ NULL, /* 688 */ NULL, /* 689 */ NULL, /* 690 */ NULL, /* 691 */ NULL, /* 692 */ NULL, /* 693 */ NULL, /* 694 */ NULL, /* 695 */ NULL, /* 696 */ NULL, /* 697 */ NULL, /* 698 */ NULL, /* 699 */ NULL, /* 700 */ NULL, /* 701 */ NULL, /* 702 RPL_MODLIST, */ ":%s 702 %s %s 0x%p %s %s", /* 703 RPL_ENDOFMODLIST, */ ":%s 703 %s :End of /MODLIST.", /* 704 RPL_HELPSTART, */ ":%s 704 %s %s :%s", /* 705 RPL_HELPTXT, */ ":%s 705 %s %s :%s", /* 706 RPL_ENDOFHELP, */ ":%s 706 %s %s :End of /HELP.", /* 707 ERR_TARGCHANGE */ ":%s 707 %s %s :Targets changing too fast, message dropped", /* 708 RPL_ETRACEFULL */ ":%s 708 %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s :%s", /* 709 RPL_ETRACE */ ":%s 709 %s %s %s %s %s %s %s :%s", /* 710 RPL_KNOCK */ ":%s 710 %s %s %s!%s@%s :has asked for an invite.", /* 711 RPL_KNOCKDLVR */ ":%s 711 %s %s :Your KNOCK has been delivered.", /* 712 ERR_TOOMANYKNOCK */ ":%s 712 %s %s :Too many KNOCKs (%s).", /* 713 ERR_CHANOPEN */ "%s :Channel is open.", /* 714 ERR_KNOCKONCHAN */ ":%s 714 %s %s :You are already on that channel.", /* 715 ERR_KNOCKDISABLED */ ":%s 715 %s :KNOCKs are disabled.", /* 716 ERR_TARGUMODEG */ "%s :is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)", /* 717 RPL_TARGNOTIFY */ "%s :has been informed that you messaged them.", /* 718 RPL_UMODEGMSG */ ":%s 718 %s %s %s@%s :is messaging you, and you have umode +g.", /* 719 */ NULL, /* 720 RPL_OMOTDSTART */ ":%s 720 %s :Start of OPER MOTD", /* 721 RPL_OMOTD */ ":%s 721 %s :%s", /* 722 RPL_ENDOFOMOTD */ ":%s 722 %s :End of OPER MOTD", /* 723 ERR_NOPRIVS */ ":%s 723 %s %s :Insufficient oper privs", /* 724 RPL_TESTMASK */ NULL, /* Used in 2.0 and 2.1 */ /* 725 RPL_TESTLINE */ ":%s 725 %s %c %ld %s :%s", /* 726 RPL_NOTESTLINE */ ":%s 726 %s %s :No matches", /* 727 RPL_TESTMASKGECOS */ ":%s 727 %s %d %d %s!%s@%s %s :Local/remote clients match", /* 728 */ NULL, /* 729 */ NULL, /* 730 RPL_MONONLINE */ ":%s 730 %s :%s", /* 731 RPL_MONOFFLINE */ ":%s 731 %s :%s", /* 732 RPL_MONLIST */ ":%s 732 %s :%s", /* 733 RPL_ENDOFMONLIST */ ":%s 733 %s :End of MONITOR list", /* 734 ERR_MONLISTFULL */ ":%s 734 %s %d %s :Monitor list is full", /* 735 */ NULL, /* 736 */ NULL, /* 737 */ NULL, /* 738 */ NULL, /* 739 */ NULL, /* 740 RPL_RSACHALLENGE2*/ ":%s 740 %s :%s", /* 741 RPL_ENDOFRSACHALLENGE2*/ ":%s 741 %s :End of CHALLENGE", /* 741 */ NULL, /* 742 */ NULL, /* 743 */ NULL, /* 744 */ NULL, /* 745 */ NULL, /* 746 */ NULL, /* 747 */ NULL, /* 748 */ NULL, /* 749 */ NULL, /* 750 */ NULL, /* 751 */ NULL, /* 752 */ NULL, /* 753 */ NULL, /* 754 */ NULL, /* 755 */ NULL, /* 756 */ NULL, /* 757 */ NULL, /* 758 */ NULL, /* 759 */ NULL, /* 760 */ NULL, /* 761 */ NULL, /* 762 */ NULL, /* 763 */ NULL, /* 764 */ NULL, /* 765 */ NULL, /* 766 */ NULL, /* 767 */ NULL, /* 768 */ NULL, /* 769 */ NULL, /* 770 */ NULL, /* 771 */ NULL, /* 772 */ NULL, /* 773 */ NULL, /* 774 */ NULL, /* 775 */ NULL, /* 776 */ NULL, /* 777 */ NULL, /* 778 */ NULL, /* 779 */ NULL, /* 780 */ NULL, /* 781 */ NULL, /* 782 */ NULL, /* 783 */ NULL, /* 784 */ NULL, /* 785 */ NULL, /* 786 */ NULL, /* 787 */ NULL, /* 788 */ NULL, /* 789 */ NULL, /* 790 */ NULL, /* 791 */ NULL, /* 792 */ NULL, /* 793 */ NULL, /* 794 */ NULL, /* 795 */ NULL, /* 796 */ NULL, /* 797 */ NULL, /* 798 */ NULL, /* 799 */ NULL, /* 800 */ NULL, /* 801 */ NULL, /* 802 */ NULL, /* 803 */ NULL, /* 804 */ NULL, /* 805 */ NULL, /* 806 */ NULL, /* 807 */ NULL, /* 808 */ NULL, /* 809 */ NULL, /* 810 */ NULL, /* 811 */ NULL, /* 812 */ NULL, /* 813 */ NULL, /* 814 */ NULL, /* 815 */ NULL, /* 816 */ NULL, /* 817 */ NULL, /* 818 */ NULL, /* 819 */ NULL, /* 820 */ NULL, /* 821 */ NULL, /* 822 */ NULL, /* 823 */ NULL, /* 824 */ NULL, /* 825 */ NULL, /* 826 */ NULL, /* 827 */ NULL, /* 828 */ NULL, /* 829 */ NULL, /* 830 */ NULL, /* 831 */ NULL, /* 832 */ NULL, /* 833 */ NULL, /* 834 */ NULL, /* 835 */ NULL, /* 836 */ NULL, /* 837 */ NULL, /* 838 */ NULL, /* 839 */ NULL, /* 840 */ NULL, /* 841 */ NULL, /* 842 */ NULL, /* 843 */ NULL, /* 844 */ NULL, /* 845 */ NULL, /* 846 */ NULL, /* 847 */ NULL, /* 848 */ NULL, /* 849 */ NULL, /* 850 */ NULL, /* 851 */ NULL, /* 852 */ NULL, /* 853 */ NULL, /* 854 */ NULL, /* 855 */ NULL, /* 856 */ NULL, /* 857 */ NULL, /* 858 */ NULL, /* 859 */ NULL, /* 860 */ NULL, /* 861 */ NULL, /* 862 */ NULL, /* 863 */ NULL, /* 864 */ NULL, /* 865 */ NULL, /* 866 */ NULL, /* 867 */ NULL, /* 868 */ NULL, /* 869 */ NULL, /* 870 */ NULL, /* 871 */ NULL, /* 872 */ NULL, /* 873 */ NULL, /* 874 */ NULL, /* 875 */ NULL, /* 876 */ NULL, /* 877 */ NULL, /* 878 */ NULL, /* 879 */ NULL, /* 880 */ NULL, /* 881 */ NULL, /* 882 */ NULL, /* 883 */ NULL, /* 884 */ NULL, /* 885 */ NULL, /* 886 */ NULL, /* 887 */ NULL, /* 888 */ NULL, /* 889 */ NULL, /* 890 */ NULL, /* 891 */ NULL, /* 892 */ NULL, /* 893 */ NULL, /* 894 */ NULL, /* 895 */ NULL, /* 896 */ NULL, /* 897 */ NULL, /* 898 */ NULL, /* 899 */ NULL, /* 900 */ NULL, /* 901 */ NULL, /* 902 */ NULL, /* 903 */ NULL, /* 904 */ NULL, /* 905 */ NULL, /* 906 */ NULL, /* 907 */ NULL, /* 908 */ NULL, /* 909 */ NULL, /* 910 */ NULL, /* 911 */ NULL, /* 912 */ NULL, /* 913 */ NULL, /* 914 */ NULL, /* 915 */ NULL, /* 916 */ NULL, /* 917 */ NULL, /* 918 */ NULL, /* 919 */ NULL, /* 920 */ NULL, /* 921 */ NULL, /* 922 */ NULL, /* 923 */ NULL, /* 924 */ NULL, /* 925 */ NULL, /* 926 */ NULL, /* 927 */ NULL, /* 928 */ NULL, /* 929 */ NULL, /* 930 */ NULL, /* 931 */ NULL, /* 932 */ NULL, /* 933 */ NULL, /* 934 */ NULL, /* 935 */ NULL, /* 936 */ NULL, /* 937 */ NULL, /* 938 */ NULL, /* 939 */ NULL, /* 940 */ NULL, /* 941 */ NULL, /* 942 */ NULL, /* 943 */ NULL, /* 944 */ NULL, /* 945 */ NULL, /* 946 */ NULL, /* 947 */ NULL, /* 948 */ NULL, /* 949 */ NULL, /* 950 */ NULL, /* 951 */ NULL, /* 952 */ NULL, /* 953 */ NULL, /* 954 */ NULL, /* 955 */ NULL, /* 956 */ NULL, /* 957 */ NULL, /* 958 */ NULL, /* 959 */ NULL, /* 960 */ NULL, /* 961 */ NULL, /* 962 */ NULL, /* 963 */ NULL, /* 964 */ NULL, /* 965 */ NULL, /* 966 */ NULL, /* 967 */ NULL, /* 968 */ NULL, /* 969 */ NULL, /* 970 */ NULL, /* 971 */ NULL, /* 972 */ NULL, /* 973 */ NULL, /* 974 */ NULL, /* 975 */ NULL, /* 976 */ NULL, /* 977 */ NULL, /* 978 */ NULL, /* 979 */ NULL, /* 980 */ NULL, /* 981 */ NULL, /* 982 */ NULL, /* 983 */ NULL, /* 984 */ NULL, /* 985 */ NULL, /* 986 */ NULL, /* 987 */ NULL, /* 988 */ NULL, /* 989 */ NULL, /* 990 */ NULL, /* 991 */ NULL, /* 992 */ NULL, /* 993 */ NULL, /* 994 */ NULL, /* 995 */ NULL, /* 996 */ NULL, /* 997 */ NULL, /* 998 */ NULL, /* 999 LAST ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG,*/ ":%s 999 %s :Last Error Message" }; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/hook.c������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011771�11730550233�015072� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * hook.c - code for dealing with the hook system * * This code is basically a slow leaking array. Events are simply just a * position in this array. When hooks are added, events will be created if * they dont exist - this means modules with hooks can be loaded in any * order, and events are preserved through module reloads. * * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: hook.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "hook.h" #include "match.h" struct hook_info { rb_dlink_node node; hookfn fn; }; hook *hooks; #define HOOK_INCREMENT 10 int num_hooks = 0; int last_hook = 0; int max_hooks = HOOK_INCREMENT; #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS int h_iosend_id; int h_iorecv_id; int h_iorecvctrl_id; #endif int h_burst_client; int h_burst_channel; int h_burst_finished; int h_server_introduced; void init_hook(void) { hooks = rb_malloc(sizeof(hook) * HOOK_INCREMENT); #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS h_iosend_id = register_hook("iosend"); h_iorecv_id = register_hook("iorecv"); h_iorecvctrl_id = register_hook("iorecvctrl"); #endif h_burst_client = register_hook("burst_client"); h_burst_channel = register_hook("burst_channel"); h_burst_finished = register_hook("burst_finished"); h_server_introduced = register_hook("server_introduced"); } /* grow_hooktable() * Enlarges the hook table by HOOK_INCREMENT */ static void grow_hooktable(void) { hook *newhooks; newhooks = rb_malloc(sizeof(hook) * (max_hooks + HOOK_INCREMENT)); memcpy(newhooks, hooks, sizeof(hook) * num_hooks); rb_free(hooks); hooks = newhooks; max_hooks += HOOK_INCREMENT; } /* find_freehookslot() * Finds the next free slot in the hook table, given by an entry with * h->name being NULL. */ static int find_freehookslot(void) { int i; if((num_hooks + 1) > max_hooks) grow_hooktable(); for(i = 0; i < max_hooks; i++) { if(!hooks[i].name) return i; } /* shouldnt ever get here */ return (max_hooks - 1); } /* find_hook() * Finds an event in the hook table. */ static int find_hook(const char *name) { int i; for(i = 0; i < max_hooks; i++) { if(!hooks[i].name) continue; if(!irccmp(hooks[i].name, name)) return i; } return -1; } /* register_hook() * Finds an events position in the hook table, creating it if it doesnt * exist. */ int register_hook(const char *name) { int i; if((i = find_hook(name)) < 0) { i = find_freehookslot(); hooks[i].name = rb_strdup(name); num_hooks++; } return i; } /* add_hook() * Adds a hook to an event in the hook table, creating event first if * needed. */ void add_hook(const char *name, hookfn fn) { struct hook_info *info; int i; i = register_hook(name); info = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct hook_info)); info->fn = fn; rb_dlinkAdd(info, &info->node, &hooks[i].hooks); } /* remove_hook() * Removes a hook from an event in the hook table. */ void remove_hook(const char *name, hookfn fn) { int i; struct hook_info *info; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; if((i = find_hook(name)) < 0) return; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, hooks[i].hooks.head) { info = ptr->data; if(info->fn == fn) { rb_dlinkDelete(&info->node, &hooks[i].hooks); rb_free(info); return; } } } /* call_hook() * Calls functions from a given event in the hook table. */ void call_hook(int id, void *arg) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* The ID we were passed is the position in the hook table of this * hook */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hooks[id].hooks.head) { ((struct hook_info *)ptr->data)->fn(arg); } } �������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/hash.c������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000040715�11730550233�015055� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * hash.c: Maintains hashtables. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: hash.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "cache.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #define hash_nick(x) (fnv_hash_upper((const unsigned char *)(x), U_MAX_BITS, 0)) #define hash_id(x) (fnv_hash((const unsigned char *)(x), U_MAX_BITS, 0)) #define hash_channel(x) (fnv_hash_upper_len((const unsigned char *)(x), CH_MAX_BITS, 30)) #define hash_hostname(x) (fnv_hash_upper_len((const unsigned char *)(x), HOST_MAX_BITS, 30)) #define hash_resv(x) (fnv_hash_upper_len((const unsigned char *)(x), R_MAX_BITS, 30)) #define hash_cli_fd(x) (x % CLI_FD_MAX) static rb_dlink_list clientbyfdTable[U_MAX]; static rb_dlink_list clientTable[U_MAX]; static rb_dlink_list channelTable[CH_MAX]; static rb_dlink_list idTable[U_MAX]; rb_dlink_list resvTable[R_MAX]; static rb_dlink_list hostTable[HOST_MAX]; static rb_dlink_list helpTable[HELP_MAX]; rb_dlink_list ndTable[U_MAX]; /* * Hashing. * * The server uses a chained hash table to provide quick and efficient * hash table maintenance (providing the hash function works evenly over * the input range). The hash table is thus not susceptible to problems * of filling all the buckets or the need to rehash. * It is expected that the hash table would look something like this * during use: * +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ * ---| 224 |----| 225 |----| 226 |---| 227 |--- * +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ * | | | * +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ * | A | | C | | D | * +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ * | * +-----+ * | B | * +-----+ * * A - GOPbot, B - chang, C - hanuaway, D - *.mu.OZ.AU * * The order shown above is just one instant of the server. * * * The hash functions currently used are based Fowler/Noll/Vo hashes * which work amazingly well and have a extremely low collision rate * For more info see http://www.isthe.com/chongo/tech/comp/fnv/index.html * * */ /* init_hash() * * clears the various hashtables */ void init_hash(void) { /* nothing to do here */ } uint32_t fnv_hash_upper(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int unused) { uint32_t h = FNV1_32_INIT; bits = 32 - bits; while(*s) { h ^= ToUpper(*s++); h += (h << 1) + (h << 4) + (h << 7) + (h << 8) + (h << 24); } h = (h >> bits) ^ (h & ((2 ^ bits) - 1)); return h; } uint32_t fnv_hash(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int unused) { uint32_t h = FNV1_32_INIT; bits = 32 - bits; while(*s) { h ^= *s++; h += (h << 1) + (h << 4) + (h << 7) + (h << 8) + (h << 24); } h = (h >> bits) ^ (h & ((2 ^ bits) - 1)); return h; } uint32_t fnv_hash_len(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int len) { uint32_t h = FNV1_32_INIT; bits = 32 - bits; const unsigned char *x = s + len; while(*s && s < x) { h ^= *s++; h += (h << 1) + (h << 4) + (h << 7) + (h << 8) + (h << 24); } h = (h >> bits) ^ (h & ((2 ^ bits) - 1)); return h; } uint32_t fnv_hash_upper_len(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int len) { uint32_t h = FNV1_32_INIT; bits = 32 - bits; const unsigned char *x = s + len; while(*s && s < x) { h ^= ToUpper(*s++); h += (h << 1) + (h << 4) + (h << 7) + (h << 8) + (h << 24); } h = (h >> bits) ^ (h & ((2 ^ bits) - 1)); return h; } static unsigned int hash_help(const char *name) { unsigned int h = 0; while(*name) { h += (unsigned int)(ToLower(*name++) & 0xDF); } return (h % HELP_MAX); } static struct _hash_function { uint32_t (*func) (unsigned const char *, unsigned int, unsigned int); rb_dlink_list *table; unsigned int hashbits; unsigned int hashlen; } hash_function[] = { { fnv_hash_upper, clientTable, U_MAX_BITS, 0}, { fnv_hash, idTable, U_MAX_BITS, 0}, { fnv_hash_upper_len, channelTable, CH_MAX_BITS, 30}, { fnv_hash_upper_len, hostTable, HOST_MAX_BITS, 30}, { fnv_hash_upper_len, resvTable, R_MAX_BITS, 30} }; void add_to_hash(hash_type type, const char *hashindex, void *pointer) { rb_dlink_list *table = hash_function[type].table; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(hashindex) || (pointer == NULL)) return; hashv = (hash_function[type].func) ((const unsigned char *)hashindex, hash_function[type].hashbits, hash_function[type].hashlen); // rb_dlinkAddAlloc(pointer, &hash_function[type].table[hashv]); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(pointer, &table[hashv]); } void del_from_hash(hash_type type, const char *hashindex, void *pointer) { rb_dlink_list *table = hash_function[type].table; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(hashindex) || (pointer == NULL)) return; hashv = (hash_function[type].func) ((const unsigned char *)hashindex, hash_function[type].hashbits, hash_function[type].hashlen); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(pointer, &table[hashv]); } void add_to_help_hash(const char *name, struct cachefile *hptr) { unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(name) || hptr == NULL) return; hashv = hash_help(name); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(hptr, &helpTable[hashv]); } void add_to_nd_hash(const char *name, struct nd_entry *nd) { nd->hashv = hash_nick(name); rb_dlinkAdd(nd, &nd->hnode, &ndTable[nd->hashv]); } void clear_help_hash(void) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; int i; HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, HELP_MAX, ptr, next_ptr, helpTable) { free_cachefile(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &helpTable[i]); } HASH_WALK_END} /* find_id() * * finds a client entry from the id hash table */ struct Client * find_id(const char *name) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_id(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, idTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(strcmp(name, target_p->id) == 0) return target_p; } return NULL; } /* hash_find_masked_server() * * Whats happening in this next loop ? Well, it takes a name like * foo.bar.edu and proceeds to earch for *.edu and then *.bar.edu. * This is for checking full server names against masks although * it isnt often done this way in lieu of using matches(). * * Rewrote to do *.bar.edu first, which is the most likely case, * also made const correct * --Bleep */ static struct Client * hash_find_masked_server(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { char buf[HOSTLEN + 1]; char *p = buf; char *s; struct Client *server; if('*' == *name || '.' == *name) return NULL; /* copy it across to give us a buffer to work on */ rb_strlcpy(buf, name, sizeof(buf)); while((s = strchr(p, '.')) != 0) { *--s = '*'; /* * Dont need to check IsServer() here since nicknames cant * have *'s in them anyway. */ if((server = find_server(source_p, s))) return server; p = s + 2; } return NULL; } /* find_any_client() * * finds a client/server/masked server entry from the hash */ struct Client * find_any_client(const char *name) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; /* hunting for an id, not a nick */ if(IsDigit(*name)) return (find_id(name)); hashv = hash_nick(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, clientTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(irccmp(name, target_p->name) == 0) return target_p; } /* wasnt found, look for a masked server */ return hash_find_masked_server(NULL, name); } /* find_client() * * finds a client/server entry from the client hash table */ struct Client * find_client(const char *name) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; /* hunting for an id, not a nick */ if(IsDigit(*name)) return (find_id(name)); hashv = hash_nick(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, clientTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(irccmp(name, target_p->name) == 0) return target_p; } return NULL; } /* find_named_client() * * finds a client/server entry from the client hash table */ struct Client * find_named_client(const char *name) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_nick(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, clientTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(irccmp(name, target_p->name) == 0) return target_p; } return NULL; } /* find_server() * * finds a server from the client hash table */ struct Client * find_server(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; if((source_p == NULL || !MyClient(source_p)) && IsDigit(*name) && strlen(name) == 3) { target_p = find_id(name); return (target_p); } hashv = hash_nick(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, clientTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if((IsServer(target_p) || IsMe(target_p)) && irccmp(name, target_p->name) == 0) return target_p; } /* wasnt found, look for a masked server */ return hash_find_masked_server(source_p, name); } /* find_hostname() * * finds a hostname dlink list from the hostname hash table. * we return the full dlink list, because you can have multiple * entries with the same hostname */ rb_dlink_node * find_hostname(const char *hostname) { unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(hostname)) return NULL; hashv = hash_hostname(hostname); return hostTable[hashv].head; } /* find_channel() * * finds a channel from the channel hash table */ struct Channel * find_channel(const char *name) { struct Channel *chptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_channel(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, channelTable[hashv].head) { chptr = ptr->data; if(irccmp(name, chptr->chname) == 0) return chptr; } return NULL; } /* * get_or_create_channel * inputs - client pointer * - channel name * - pointer to int flag whether channel was newly created or not * output - returns channel block or NULL if illegal name * - also modifies *isnew * * Get Channel block for chname (and allocate a new channel * block, if it didn't exist before). */ struct Channel * get_or_create_channel(struct Client *client_p, const char *chname, int *isnew) { struct Channel *chptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; int len; const char *s = chname; if(EmptyString(s)) return NULL; len = strlen(s); if(len > CHANNELLEN) { if(IsServer(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "*** Long channel name from %s (%d > %d): %s", client_p->name, len, CHANNELLEN, s); } len = CHANNELLEN; s = LOCAL_COPY_N(s, CHANNELLEN); } hashv = hash_channel(s); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, channelTable[hashv].head) { chptr = ptr->data; if(irccmp(s, chptr->chname) == 0) { if(isnew != NULL) *isnew = 0; return chptr; } } if(isnew != NULL) *isnew = 1; chptr = allocate_channel(s); rb_dlinkAdd(chptr, &chptr->node, &global_channel_list); chptr->channelts = rb_current_time(); /* doesn't hurt to set it here */ rb_dlinkAddAlloc(chptr, &channelTable[hashv]); return chptr; } /* hash_find_resv() * * hunts for a resv entry in the resv hash table */ struct ConfItem * hash_find_resv(const char *name) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_resv(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resvTable[hashv].head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(name, aconf->host)) { aconf->port++; return aconf; } } return NULL; } struct cachefile * hash_find_help(const char *name, int flags) { struct cachefile *hptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_help(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, helpTable[hashv].head) { hptr = ptr->data; if((irccmp(name, hptr->name) == 0) && (hptr->flags & flags)) return hptr; } return NULL; } void clear_resv_hash(void) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; int i; HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, R_MAX, ptr, next_ptr, resvTable) { aconf = ptr->data; /* skip temp resvs */ if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) continue; free_conf(ptr->data); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resvTable[i]); } HASH_WALK_END} struct nd_entry * hash_find_nd(const char *name) { struct nd_entry *nd; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; if(EmptyString(name)) return NULL; hashv = hash_nick(name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, ndTable[hashv].head) { nd = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(name, nd->name)) return nd; } return NULL; } void add_to_cli_fd_hash(struct Client *client_p) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(client_p, &clientbyfdTable[hash_cli_fd(rb_get_fd(client_p->localClient->F))]); } void del_from_cli_fd_hash(struct Client *client_p) { unsigned int hashv; hashv = hash_cli_fd(rb_get_fd(client_p->localClient->F)); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(client_p, &clientbyfdTable[hashv]); } struct Client * find_cli_fd_hash(int fd) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; unsigned int hashv; hashv = hash_cli_fd(fd); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, clientbyfdTable[hashv].head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(rb_get_fd(target_p->localClient->F) == fd) return target_p; } return NULL; } static void output_hash(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, int length, int *counts, int deepest) { unsigned long total = 0; char buf[128]; int i; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :%s Hash Statistics", name); /* rb_snprintf which sendto_one_* uses doesn't support float formats */ #ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), #else sprintf(buf, #endif "%.3f%%", (float)((counts[0] * 100) / (float)length)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :Size: %d Empty: %d (%s)", length, counts[0], buf); for(i = 1; i < 11; i++) { total += (counts[i] * i); } /* dont want to divide by 0! --fl */ if(counts[0] != length) { #ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), #else sprintf(buf, #endif "%.3f%%/%.3f%%", (float)(total / (length - counts[0])), (float)(total / length)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :Average depth: %s Highest depth: %d", buf, deepest); } for(i = 0; i < 11; i++) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :Nodes with %d entries: %d", i, counts[i]); } } static void count_hash(struct Client *source_p, rb_dlink_list *table, int length, const char *name) { int counts[11]; unsigned long deepest = 0; int i; memset(counts, 0, sizeof(counts)); for(i = 0; i < length; i++) { if(rb_dlink_list_length(&table[i]) >= 10) counts[10]++; else counts[rb_dlink_list_length(&table[i])]++; if(rb_dlink_list_length(&table[i]) > deepest) deepest = rb_dlink_list_length(&table[i]); } output_hash(source_p, name, length, counts, deepest); } void hash_stats(struct Client *source_p) { count_hash(source_p, channelTable, CH_MAX, "Channel"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :--"); count_hash(source_p, clientTable, U_MAX, "Client"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :--"); count_hash(source_p, idTable, U_MAX, "ID"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :--"); count_hash(source_p, hostTable, HOST_MAX, "Hostname"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "B :--"); count_hash(source_p, clientbyfdTable, CLI_FD_MAX, "Client by FD"); } ���������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_parser.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000137336�11061521161�016430� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3. */ /* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public License without this special exception. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 2.2 of Bison. */ /* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */ /* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE" below. */ /* Identify Bison output. */ #define YYBISON 1 /* Bison version. */ #define YYBISON_VERSION "2.3" /* Skeleton name. */ #define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c" /* Pure parsers. */ #define YYPURE 0 /* Using locations. */ #define YYLSP_NEEDED 0 /* Tokens. */ #ifndef YYTOKENTYPE # define YYTOKENTYPE /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers know about them. */ enum yytokentype { LOADMODULE = 258, TWODOTS = 259, QSTRING = 260, STRING = 261, NUMBER = 262 }; #endif /* Tokens. */ #define LOADMODULE 258 #define TWODOTS 259 #define QSTRING 260 #define STRING 261 #define NUMBER 262 /* Copy the first part of user declarations. */ #line 6 "ircd_parser.y" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "newconf.h" #define YY_NO_UNPUT int yyparse(); int yylex(); static time_t conf_find_time(char*); static struct { const char * name; const char * plural; time_t val; } ircd_times[] = { {"second", "seconds", 1}, {"minute", "minutes", 60}, {"hour", "hours", 60 * 60}, {"day", "days", 60 * 60 * 24}, {"week", "weeks", 60 * 60 * 24 * 7}, {"fortnight", "fortnights", 60 * 60 * 24 * 14}, {"month", "months", 60 * 60 * 24 * 7 * 4}, {"year", "years", 60 * 60 * 24 * 365}, /* ok-- we now do sizes here too. they aren't times, but it's close enough */ {"byte", "bytes", 1}, {"kb", NULL, 1024}, {"kbyte", "kbytes", 1024}, {"kilobyte", "kilebytes", 1024}, {"mb", NULL, 1024 * 1024}, {"mbyte", "mbytes", 1024 * 1024}, {"megabyte", "megabytes", 1024 * 1024}, {NULL, NULL, 0}, }; time_t conf_find_time(char *name) { int i; for (i = 0; ircd_times[i].name; i++) { if (strcasecmp(ircd_times[i].name, name) == 0 || (ircd_times[i].plural && strcasecmp(ircd_times[i].plural, name) == 0)) return ircd_times[i].val; } return 0; } static struct { const char *word; int yesno; } yesno[] = { {"yes", 1}, {"no", 0}, {"true", 1}, {"false", 0}, {"on", 1}, {"off", 0}, {NULL, 0} }; static int conf_get_yesno_value(char *str) { int i; for (i = 0; yesno[i].word; i++) { if (strcasecmp(str, yesno[i].word) == 0) { return yesno[i].yesno; } } return -1; } static void free_cur_list(conf_parm_t* list) { switch (list->type & CF_MTYPE) { case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: rb_free(list->v.string); break; case CF_LIST: free_cur_list(list->v.list); break; default: break; } if (list->next) free_cur_list(list->next); } conf_parm_t *cur_list = NULL; static void add_cur_list_cpt(conf_parm_t *new) { if (cur_list == NULL) { cur_list = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); cur_list->v.list = new; } else { new->next = cur_list->v.list; cur_list->v.list = new; cur_list->type |= CF_FLIST; } } static void add_cur_list(int type, char *str, int number) { conf_parm_t *new; new = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); new->next = NULL; new->type = type; switch(type) { case CF_INT: case CF_TIME: case CF_YESNO: new->v.number = number; break; case CF_STRING: case CF_QSTRING: new->v.string = rb_strdup(str); break; } add_cur_list_cpt(new); } /* Enabling traces. */ #ifndef YYDEBUG # define YYDEBUG 0 #endif /* Enabling verbose error messages. */ #ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE # undef YYERROR_VERBOSE # define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1 #else # define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0 #endif /* Enabling the token table. */ #ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE # define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0 #endif #if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED typedef union YYSTYPE #line 154 "ircd_parser.y" { int number; char string[IRCD_BUFSIZE + 1]; conf_parm_t * conf_parm; } /* Line 187 of yacc.c. */ #line 264 "ircd_parser.c" YYSTYPE; # define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ # define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 # define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 #endif /* Copy the second part of user declarations. */ /* Line 216 of yacc.c. */ #line 277 "ircd_parser.c" #ifdef short # undef short #endif #ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8 typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8; #else typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8; #endif #ifdef YYTYPE_INT8 typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8; #elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) typedef signed char yytype_int8; #else typedef short int yytype_int8; #endif #ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16 typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16; #else typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16; #endif #ifdef YYTYPE_INT16 typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16; #else typedef short int yytype_int16; #endif #ifndef YYSIZE_T # ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__ # define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ # elif defined size_t # define YYSIZE_T size_t # elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) # include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YYSIZE_T size_t # else # define YYSIZE_T unsigned int # endif #endif #define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1) #ifndef YY_ # if YYENABLE_NLS # if ENABLE_NLS # include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid) # endif # endif # ifndef YY_ # define YY_(msgid) msgid # endif #endif /* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */ #if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__ # define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e)) #else # define YYUSE(e) /* empty */ #endif /* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */ #ifndef lint # define YYID(n) (n) #else #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static int YYID (int i) #else static int YYID (i) int i; #endif { return i; } #endif #if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE /* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ # ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA # if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA # ifdef __GNUC__ # define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca # elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR # include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # elif defined _AIX # define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca # elif defined _MSC_VER # include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define alloca _alloca # else # define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca # if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) # include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # ifndef _STDLIB_H # define _STDLIB_H 1 # endif # endif # endif # endif # endif # ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ # define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0)) # ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ # define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */ # endif # else # define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC # define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE # ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM # define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM # endif # if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \ && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \ && (defined YYFREE || defined free))) # include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # ifndef _STDLIB_H # define _STDLIB_H 1 # endif # endif # ifndef YYMALLOC # define YYMALLOC malloc # if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # endif # endif # ifndef YYFREE # define YYFREE free # if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # endif # endif # endif #endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */ #if (! defined yyoverflow \ && (! defined __cplusplus \ || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) /* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ union yyalloc { yytype_int16 yyss; YYSTYPE yyvs; }; /* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ # define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) /* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with N elements. */ # define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM) /* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do not overlap. */ # ifndef YYCOPY # if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__ # define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) # else # define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ do \ { \ YYSIZE_T yyi; \ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ } \ while (YYID (0)) # endif # endif /* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next stack. */ # define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ do \ { \ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ } \ while (YYID (0)) #endif /* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */ #define YYFINAL 3 /* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */ #define YYLAST 42 /* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */ #define YYNTOKENS 13 /* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */ #define YYNNTS 17 /* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */ #define YYNRULES 29 /* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */ #define YYNSTATES 45 /* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ #define YYUNDEFTOK 2 #define YYMAXUTOK 262 #define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \ ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK) /* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] = { 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 11, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 8, 2, 9, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }; #if YYDEBUG /* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in YYRHS. */ static const yytype_uint8 yyprhs[] = { 0, 0, 3, 4, 7, 9, 11, 13, 14, 21, 22, 30, 33, 35, 40, 44, 46, 48, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 61, 66, 68, 70, 72, 75, 78 }; /* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */ static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] = { 14, 0, -1, -1, 14, 15, -1, 1, -1, 16, -1, 24, -1, -1, 27, 17, 8, 19, 9, 10, -1, -1, 27, 26, 18, 8, 19, 9, 10, -1, 19, 20, -1, 20, -1, 27, 11, 21, 10, -1, 21, 12, 22, -1, 22, -1, 23, -1, 23, 4, 23, -1, 26, -1, 29, -1, 28, -1, 27, -1, -1, 3, 5, 25, 10, -1, 5, -1, 6, -1, 7, -1, 28, 27, -1, 29, 29, -1, 29, 28, -1 }; /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] = { 0, 172, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 181, 181, 191, 190, 200, 201, 204, 212, 213, 216, 220, 241, 247, 253, 259, 283, 282, 291, 292, 293, 296, 308, 312 }; #endif #if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE /* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM. First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */ static const char *const yytname[] = { "$end", "error", "$undefined", "LOADMODULE", "TWODOTS", "QSTRING", "STRING", "NUMBER", "'{'", "'}'", "';'", "'='", "','", "$accept", "conf", "conf_item", "block", "@1", "@2", "block_items", "block_item", "itemlist", "single", "oneitem", "loadmodule", "@3", "qstring", "string", "number", "timespec", 0 }; #endif # ifdef YYPRINT /* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to token YYLEX-NUM. */ static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] = { 0, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 123, 125, 59, 61, 44 }; # endif /* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] = { 0, 13, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 17, 16, 18, 16, 19, 19, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 23, 23, 23, 23, 25, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 29, 29 }; /* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] = { 0, 2, 0, 2, 1, 1, 1, 0, 6, 0, 7, 2, 1, 4, 3, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 4, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; /* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an error. */ static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] = { 0, 4, 0, 1, 0, 25, 3, 5, 6, 7, 22, 24, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 23, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0, 11, 0, 0, 8, 26, 0, 15, 16, 18, 21, 20, 19, 0, 13, 0, 0, 27, 29, 28, 10, 14, 17 }; /* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] = { -1, 2, 6, 7, 12, 16, 18, 19, 28, 29, 30, 8, 14, 31, 20, 33, 34 }; /* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing STATE-NUM. */ #define YYPACT_NINF -33 static const yytype_int8 yypact[] = { 11, -33, 13, -33, 2, -33, -33, -33, -33, 16, -33, -33, 18, -33, 19, 22, 24, -33, 9, -33, 23, 22, 20, -33, -1, 14, -33, -33, 15, -33, 29, -33, -33, 22, 17, 27, -33, -1, -1, -33, 22, 17, -33, -33, -33 }; /* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] = { -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, 21, -17, -33, 3, 1, -33, -33, 32, -2, -32, -31 }; /* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says. If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */ #define YYTABLE_NINF -3 static const yytype_int8 yytable[] = { 9, 23, 40, 41, 11, 5, 27, 10, 23, 40, 41, -2, 1, 3, -2, 5, 4, -2, 22, 5, 5, 11, 32, 35, 27, 36, 15, 37, 5, 17, 26, 39, 21, 38, 24, 32, 32, 42, 39, 44, 43, 13, 25 }; static const yytype_uint8 yycheck[] = { 2, 18, 34, 34, 5, 6, 7, 5, 25, 41, 41, 0, 1, 0, 3, 6, 3, 6, 9, 6, 6, 5, 24, 9, 7, 10, 8, 12, 6, 10, 10, 33, 8, 4, 11, 37, 38, 10, 40, 38, 37, 9, 21 }; /* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing symbol of state STATE-NUM. */ static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] = { 0, 1, 14, 0, 3, 6, 15, 16, 24, 27, 5, 5, 17, 26, 25, 8, 18, 10, 19, 20, 27, 8, 9, 20, 11, 19, 10, 7, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 9, 10, 12, 4, 27, 28, 29, 10, 22, 23 }; #define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) #define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) #define YYEMPTY (-2) #define YYEOF 0 #define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab #define YYABORT goto yyabortlab #define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab /* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ #define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab #define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) #define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ do \ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ { \ yychar = (Token); \ yylval = (Value); \ yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ YYPOPSTACK (1); \ goto yybackup; \ } \ else \ { \ yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \ YYERROR; \ } \ while (YYID (0)) #define YYTERROR 1 #define YYERRCODE 256 /* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N]. If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */ #define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K]) #ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ do \ if (YYID (N)) \ { \ (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \ (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \ (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line; \ (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column; \ } \ else \ { \ (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \ YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line; \ (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \ YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \ } \ while (YYID (0)) #endif /* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream. This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know. */ #ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT # if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL # define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \ fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \ (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \ (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column) # else # define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0) # endif #endif /* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ #ifdef YYLEX_PARAM # define YYLEX yylex (YYLEX_PARAM) #else # define YYLEX yylex () #endif /* Enable debugging if requested. */ #if YYDEBUG # ifndef YYFPRINTF # include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ # define YYFPRINTF fprintf # endif # define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ do { \ if (yydebug) \ YYFPRINTF Args; \ } while (YYID (0)) # define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \ do { \ if (yydebug) \ { \ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \ yy_symbol_print (stderr, \ Type, Value); \ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \ } \ } while (YYID (0)) /*--------------------------------. | Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | `--------------------------------*/ /*ARGSUSED*/ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static void yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep) #else static void yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep) FILE *yyoutput; int yytype; YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; #endif { if (!yyvaluep) return; # ifdef YYPRINT if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep); # else YYUSE (yyoutput); # endif switch (yytype) { default: break; } } /*--------------------------------. | Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | `--------------------------------*/ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static void yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep) #else static void yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep) FILE *yyoutput; int yytype; YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; #endif { if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]); else YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]); yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep); YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")"); } /*------------------------------------------------------------------. | yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its | | TOP (included). | `------------------------------------------------------------------*/ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static void yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *bottom, yytype_int16 *top) #else static void yy_stack_print (bottom, top) yytype_int16 *bottom; yytype_int16 *top; #endif { YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now"); for (; bottom <= top; ++bottom) YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *bottom); YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); } # define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \ do { \ if (yydebug) \ yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \ } while (YYID (0)) /*------------------------------------------------. | Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. | `------------------------------------------------*/ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static void yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, int yyrule) #else static void yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yyrule) YYSTYPE *yyvsp; int yyrule; #endif { int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule]; int yyi; unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule]; YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n", yyrule - 1, yylno); /* The symbols being reduced. */ for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++) { fprintf (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1); yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi], &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) ); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } } # define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \ do { \ if (yydebug) \ yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, Rule); \ } while (YYID (0)) /* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that multiple parsers can coexist. */ int yydebug; #else /* !YYDEBUG */ # define YYDPRINTF(Args) # define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) # define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) # define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) #endif /* !YYDEBUG */ /* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ #ifndef YYINITDEPTH # define YYINITDEPTH 200 #endif /* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ #ifndef YYMAXDEPTH # define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 #endif #if YYERROR_VERBOSE # ifndef yystrlen # if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H # define yystrlen strlen # else /* Return the length of YYSTR. */ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static YYSIZE_T yystrlen (const char *yystr) #else static YYSIZE_T yystrlen (yystr) const char *yystr; #endif { YYSIZE_T yylen; for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++) continue; return yylen; } # endif # endif # ifndef yystpcpy # if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE # define yystpcpy stpcpy # else /* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in YYDEST. */ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static char * yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) #else static char * yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) char *yydest; const char *yysrc; #endif { char *yyd = yydest; const char *yys = yysrc; while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') continue; return yyd - 1; } # endif # endif # ifndef yytnamerr /* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result would have been. */ static YYSIZE_T yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr) { if (*yystr == '"') { YYSIZE_T yyn = 0; char const *yyp = yystr; for (;;) switch (*++yyp) { case '\'': case ',': goto do_not_strip_quotes; case '\\': if (*++yyp != '\\') goto do_not_strip_quotes; /* Fall through. */ default: if (yyres) yyres[yyn] = *yyp; yyn++; break; case '"': if (yyres) yyres[yyn] = '\0'; return yyn; } do_not_strip_quotes: ; } if (! yyres) return yystrlen (yystr); return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres; } # endif /* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE. Return the number of bytes copied, including the terminating null byte. If YYRESULT is null, do not copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be copied. As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error" message will do. Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during size calculation. */ static YYSIZE_T yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar) { int yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST)) return 0; else { int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]); YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0; YYSIZE_T yysize1; int yysize_overflow = 0; enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 }; char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM]; int yyx; # if 0 /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are constructed on the fly. */ YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s"); YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s"); YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s"); YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s"); YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s"); # endif char *yyfmt; char const *yyf; static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s"; static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s"; static char const yyor[] = " or %s"; char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected + sizeof yyexpecting - 1 + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2) * (sizeof yyor - 1))]; char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting; /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in YYCHECK. */ int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */ int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1; int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS; int yycount = 1; yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype]; yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected); for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx) if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR) { if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM) { yycount = 1; yysize = yysize0; yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0'; break; } yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx]; yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]); yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); yysize = yysize1; yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix); yyprefix = yyor; } yyf = YY_(yyformat); yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf); yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); yysize = yysize1; if (yysize_overflow) return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM; if (yyresult) { /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space. Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */ char *yyp = yyresult; int yyi = 0; while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0') { if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount) { yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]); yyf += 2; } else { yyp++; yyf++; } } } return yysize; } } #endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ /*-----------------------------------------------. | Release the memory associated to this symbol. | `-----------------------------------------------*/ /*ARGSUSED*/ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) static void yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep) #else static void yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep) const char *yymsg; int yytype; YYSTYPE *yyvaluep; #endif { YYUSE (yyvaluep); if (!yymsg) yymsg = "Deleting"; YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp); switch (yytype) { default: break; } } /* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM #if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM); #else int yyparse (); #endif #else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ #if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus int yyparse (void); #else int yyparse (); #endif #endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ /* The look-ahead symbol. */ int yychar; /* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol. */ YYSTYPE yylval; /* Number of syntax errors so far. */ int yynerrs; /*----------. | yyparse. | `----------*/ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM) #else int yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM) void *YYPARSE_PARAM; #endif #else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) int yyparse (void) #else int yyparse () #endif #endif { int yystate; int yyn; int yyresult; /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ int yyerrstatus; /* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ int yytoken = 0; #if YYERROR_VERBOSE /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */ char yymsgbuf[128]; char *yymsg = yymsgbuf; YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; #endif /* Three stacks and their tools: `yyss': related to states, `yyvs': related to semantic values, `yyls': related to locations. Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere. */ /* The state stack. */ yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; yytype_int16 *yyss = yyssa; yytype_int16 *yyssp; /* The semantic value stack. */ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; YYSTYPE *yyvsp; #define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N)) YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the action routines. */ YYSTYPE yyval; /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule. Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */ int yylen = 0; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); yystate = 0; yyerrstatus = 0; yynerrs = 0; yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ /* Initialize stack pointers. Waste one element of value and location stack so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. The wasted elements are never initialized. */ yyssp = yyss; yyvsp = yyvs; goto yysetstate; /*------------------------------------------------------------. | yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | `------------------------------------------------------------*/ yynewstate: /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ yyssp++; yysetstate: *yyssp = yystate; if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) { /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; #ifdef yyoverflow { /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"), &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), &yystacksize); yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; } #else /* no yyoverflow */ # ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE goto yyexhaustedlab; # else /* Extend the stack our own way. */ if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize) goto yyexhaustedlab; yystacksize *= 2; if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize) yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; { yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; union yyalloc *yyptr = (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); if (! yyptr) goto yyexhaustedlab; YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); # undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE if (yyss1 != yyssa) YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); } # endif #endif /* no yyoverflow */ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) YYABORT; } YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); goto yybackup; /*-----------. | yybackup. | `-----------*/ yybackup: /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token. */ yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF) goto yydefault; /* Not known => get a look-ahead token if don't already have one. */ /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid look-ahead symbol. */ if (yychar == YYEMPTY) { YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); yychar = YYLEX; } if (yychar <= YYEOF) { yychar = yytoken = YYEOF; YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); } else { yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); } /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to detect an error, take that action. */ yyn += yytoken; if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken) goto yydefault; yyn = yytable[yyn]; if (yyn <= 0) { if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF) goto yyerrlab; yyn = -yyn; goto yyreduce; } if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; /* Shift the look-ahead token. */ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); /* Discard the shifted token unless it is eof. */ if (yychar != YYEOF) yychar = YYEMPTY; yystate = yyn; *++yyvsp = yylval; goto yynewstate; /*-----------------------------------------------------------. | yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | `-----------------------------------------------------------*/ yydefault: yyn = yydefact[yystate]; if (yyn == 0) goto yyerrlab; goto yyreduce; /*-----------------------------. | yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | `-----------------------------*/ yyreduce: /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ yylen = yyr2[yyn]; /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: `$$ = $1'. Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage. This behavior is undocumented and Bison users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn); switch (yyn) { case 7: #line 181 "ircd_parser.y" { conf_start_block((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string), NULL); } break; case 8: #line 186 "ircd_parser.y" { conf_end_block(); } break; case 9: #line 191 "ircd_parser.y" { conf_start_block((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].string), (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].string)); } break; case 10: #line 195 "ircd_parser.y" { conf_end_block(); } break; case 13: #line 205 "ircd_parser.y" { conf_call_set((yyvsp[(1) - (4)].string), cur_list, CF_LIST); free_cur_list(cur_list); cur_list = NULL; } break; case 16: #line 217 "ircd_parser.y" { add_cur_list_cpt((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].conf_parm)); } break; case 17: #line 221 "ircd_parser.y" { /* "1 .. 5" meaning 1,2,3,4,5 - only valid for integers */ if (((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].conf_parm)->type & CF_MTYPE) != CF_INT || ((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].conf_parm)->type & CF_MTYPE) != CF_INT) { conf_report_error("Both arguments in '..' notation must be integers."); break; } else { int i; for (i = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].conf_parm)->v.number; i <= (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].conf_parm)->v.number; i++) { add_cur_list(CF_INT, 0, i); } } } break; case 18: #line 242 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.conf_parm) = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); (yyval.conf_parm)->type = CF_QSTRING; (yyval.conf_parm)->v.string = rb_strdup((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string)); } break; case 19: #line 248 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.conf_parm) = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); (yyval.conf_parm)->type = CF_TIME; (yyval.conf_parm)->v.number = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].number); } break; case 20: #line 254 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.conf_parm) = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); (yyval.conf_parm)->type = CF_INT; (yyval.conf_parm)->v.number = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].number); } break; case 21: #line 260 "ircd_parser.y" { /* a 'string' could also be a yes/no value .. so pass it as that, if so */ int val = conf_get_yesno_value((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string)); (yyval.conf_parm) = rb_malloc(sizeof(conf_parm_t)); if (val != -1) { (yyval.conf_parm)->type = CF_YESNO; (yyval.conf_parm)->v.number = val; } else { (yyval.conf_parm)->type = CF_STRING; (yyval.conf_parm)->v.string = rb_strdup((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string)); } } break; case 22: #line 283 "ircd_parser.y" { #ifndef STATIC_MODULES // load_one_module($2, 0); #endif } break; case 24: #line 291 "ircd_parser.y" { strcpy((yyval.string), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string)); } break; case 25: #line 292 "ircd_parser.y" { strcpy((yyval.string), (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].string)); } break; case 26: #line 293 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].number); } break; case 27: #line 297 "ircd_parser.y" { time_t t; if ((t = conf_find_time((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].string))) == 0) { conf_report_error("Unrecognised time type/size '%s'", (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].string)); t = 1; } (yyval.number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].number) * t; } break; case 28: #line 309 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].number) + (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number); } break; case 29: #line 313 "ircd_parser.y" { (yyval.number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].number) + (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].number); } break; /* Line 1267 of yacc.c. */ #line 1668 "ircd_parser.c" default: break; } YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc); YYPOPSTACK (yylen); yylen = 0; YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); *++yyvsp = yyval; /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule number reduced by. */ yyn = yyr1[yyn]; yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp; if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) yystate = yytable[yystate]; else yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS]; goto yynewstate; /*------------------------------------. | yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | `------------------------------------*/ yyerrlab: /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ if (!yyerrstatus) { ++yynerrs; #if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE yyerror (YY_("syntax error")); #else { YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar); if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM) { YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize; if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM; if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc); if (yymsg) yymsg_alloc = yyalloc; else { yymsg = yymsgbuf; yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; } } if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc) { (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar); yyerror (yymsg); } else { yyerror (YY_("syntax error")); if (yysize != 0) goto yyexhaustedlab; } } #endif } if (yyerrstatus == 3) { /* If just tried and failed to reuse look-ahead token after an error, discard it. */ if (yychar <= YYEOF) { /* Return failure if at end of input. */ if (yychar == YYEOF) YYABORT; } else { yydestruct ("Error: discarding", yytoken, &yylval); yychar = YYEMPTY; } } /* Else will try to reuse look-ahead token after shifting the error token. */ goto yyerrlab1; /*---------------------------------------------------. | yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. | `---------------------------------------------------*/ yyerrorlab: /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code. */ if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) goto yyerrorlab; /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered this YYERROR. */ YYPOPSTACK (yylen); yylen = 0; YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); yystate = *yyssp; goto yyerrlab1; /*-------------------------------------------------------------. | yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. | `-------------------------------------------------------------*/ yyerrlab1: yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */ for (;;) { yyn = yypact[yystate]; if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF) { yyn += YYTERROR; if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR) { yyn = yytable[yyn]; if (0 < yyn) break; } } /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; yydestruct ("Error: popping", yystos[yystate], yyvsp); YYPOPSTACK (1); yystate = *yyssp; YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); } if (yyn == YYFINAL) YYACCEPT; *++yyvsp = yylval; /* Shift the error token. */ YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp); yystate = yyn; goto yynewstate; /*-------------------------------------. | yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | `-------------------------------------*/ yyacceptlab: yyresult = 0; goto yyreturn; /*-----------------------------------. | yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | `-----------------------------------*/ yyabortlab: yyresult = 1; goto yyreturn; #ifndef yyoverflow /*-------------------------------------------------. | yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. | `-------------------------------------------------*/ yyexhaustedlab: yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted")); yyresult = 2; /* Fall through. */ #endif yyreturn: if (yychar != YYEOF && yychar != YYEMPTY) yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead", yytoken, &yylval); /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */ YYPOPSTACK (yylen); YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); while (yyssp != yyss) { yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping", yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp); YYPOPSTACK (1); } #ifndef yyoverflow if (yyss != yyssa) YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); #endif #if YYERROR_VERBOSE if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); #endif /* Make sure YYID is used. */ return YYID (yyresult); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/getopt.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006150�11730550233�015427� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * getopt.c: Uses getopt to fetch the command line options. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: getopt.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include <stdlib.h> #include "stdinc.h" #include "ircd_getopt.h" # define OPTCHAR '-' void parseargs(int *argc, char ***argv, struct lgetopt *opts) { int i; char *progname = (*argv)[0]; /* loop through each argument */ for(;;) { int found = 0; (*argc)--; (*argv)++; if(*argc < 1) { return; } /* check if it *is* an arg.. */ if((*argv)[0][0] != OPTCHAR) { return; } (*argv)[0]++; /* search through our argument list, and see if it matches */ for(i = 0; opts[i].opt; i++) { if(!strcmp(opts[i].opt, (*argv)[0])) { /* found our argument */ found = 1; switch (opts[i].argtype) { case YESNO: *((int *)opts[i].argloc) = 1; break; case INTEGER: if(*argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "Error: option '%c%s' requires an argument\n", OPTCHAR, opts[i].opt); usage((*argv)[0]); } *((int *)opts[i].argloc) = atoi((*argv)[1]); (*argc)--; (*argv)++; break; case ISTRING: if(*argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "error: option '%c%s' requires an argument\n", OPTCHAR, opts[i].opt); usage(progname); } *((char **)opts[i].argloc) = rb_malloc(strlen((*argv)[1]) + 1); strcpy(*((char **)opts[i].argloc), (*argv)[1]); (*argc)--; (*argv)++; break; case USAGE: usage(progname); /*NOTREACHED*/ default: fprintf(stderr, "Error: internal error in parseargs() at %s:%d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } } } if(!found) { fprintf(stderr, "error: unknown argument '%c%s'\n", OPTCHAR, (*argv)[0]); usage(progname); } } } void usage(char *name) { int i = 0; fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [options]\n", name); fprintf(stderr, "Where valid options are:\n"); for(i = 0; myopts[i].opt; i++) { fprintf(stderr, "\t%c%-10s %-20s%s\n", OPTCHAR, myopts[i].opt, (myopts[i].argtype == YESNO || myopts[i].argtype == USAGE) ? "" : myopts[i].argtype == INTEGER ? "<number>" : "<string>", myopts[i].desc); } exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/Makefile.in�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000055471�11726766726�016065� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ircd_lexer.c \ ircd_parser.c ircd_parser.h ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)" LTLIBRARIES = $(libcore_LTLIBRARIES) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = am_libcore_la_OBJECTS = dns.lo bandbi.lo cache.lo channel.lo class.lo \ client.lo getopt.lo hash.lo hook.lo hostmask.lo ircd.lo \ ircd_signal.lo listener.lo match.lo modules.lo monitor.lo \ newconf.lo numeric.lo operhash.lo packet.lo parse.lo reject.lo \ restart.lo s_auth.lo s_conf.lo s_newconf.lo s_log.lo s_serv.lo \ s_user.lo scache.lo send.lo sslproc.lo supported.lo whowas.lo \ version.lo ircd_parser.lo ircd_lexer.lo libcore_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libcore_la_OBJECTS) libcore_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(libcore_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@am__skiplex = test -f $@ || LEXCOMPILE = $(LEX) $(AM_LFLAGS) $(LFLAGS) LTLEXCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(LEX) $(AM_LFLAGS) $(LFLAGS) YLWRAP = $(top_srcdir)/ylwrap @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@am__skipyacc = test -f $@ || YACCCOMPILE = $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) LTYACCCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) SOURCES = $(libcore_la_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(libcore_la_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign libcoredir = @libdir@ AM_YFLAGS = -d AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../libratbox/include -I../libltdl @SSL_INCLUDES@ BUILT_SOURCES = version.c @MINGW_TRUE@EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' libcore_la_SOURCES = \ dns.c \ bandbi.c \ cache.c \ channel.c \ class.c \ client.c \ getopt.c \ hash.c \ hook.c \ hostmask.c \ ircd.c \ ircd_signal.c \ listener.c \ match.c \ modules.c \ monitor.c \ newconf.c \ numeric.c \ operhash.c \ packet.c \ parse.c \ reject.c \ restart.c \ s_auth.c \ s_conf.c \ s_newconf.c \ s_log.c \ s_serv.c \ s_user.c \ scache.c \ send.c \ sslproc.c \ supported.c \ whowas.c \ version.c \ ircd_parser.y \ ircd_lexer.l libcore_LTLIBRARIES = libcore.la libcore_la_LDFLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -avoid-version @MINGW_FALSE@libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @MINGW_TRUE@libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(LIBLTDL) ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @MINGW_FALSE@libcore_la_LIBADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la $(LIBLTDL) @SSL_LIBS@ @MINGW_TRUE@libcore_la_LIBADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la $(LIBLTDL) @SSL_LIBS@ all: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .l .lo .o .obj .y $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-libcoreLTLIBRARIES: $(libcore_LTLIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libcoredir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)" @list='$(libcore_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libcoredir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)"; \ } uninstall-libcoreLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libcore_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libcoredir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)/$$f"; \ done clean-libcoreLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(libcore_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(libcore_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(libcore_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done ircd_parser.h: ircd_parser.c @if test ! -f $@; then rm -f ircd_parser.c; else :; fi @if test ! -f $@; then $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ircd_parser.c; else :; fi libcore.la: $(libcore_la_OBJECTS) $(libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(libcore_la_LINK) -rpath $(libcoredir) $(libcore_la_OBJECTS) $(libcore_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bandbi.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cache.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/channel.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/class.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/client.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/dns.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hash.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hook.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hostmask.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ircd.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ircd_lexer.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ircd_parser.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ircd_signal.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/listener.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/match.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/modules.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/monitor.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/newconf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/numeric.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/operhash.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/packet.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/parse.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/reject.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/restart.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_auth.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_conf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_log.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_newconf.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_serv.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/s_user.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/scache.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/send.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sslproc.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/supported.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/version.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/whowas.Plo@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< .l.c: $(am__skiplex) $(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) $< $(LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT).c $@ -- $(LEXCOMPILE) .y.c: $(am__skipyacc) $(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) $< y.tab.c $@ y.tab.h $*.h y.output $*.output -- $(YACCCOMPILE) mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-am all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libcoredir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -rm -f ircd_lexer.c -rm -f ircd_parser.c -rm -f ircd_parser.h -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libcoreLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-libcoreLTLIBRARIES install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-hook install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-libcoreLTLIBRARIES .MAKE: all check install install-am install-exec-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-libcoreLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-hook \ install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ install-libcoreLTLIBRARIES install-man install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libcoreLTLIBRARIES version.c: version.c.SH ../CREDITS $(SHELL) ./version.c.SH $(CP) version.c version.c.last version.lo: version.c ../include/patchlevel.h ../include/serno.h $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) -c $< -o $@ install-exec-hook: install-libcoreLTLIBRARIES $(RB_RM) -f version.c # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/ircd_lexer.l������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013552�11061521161�016255� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* src/ircd_lexer.l * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * $Id: ircd_lexer.l 26038 2008-09-09 16:21:05Z androsyn $ */ %option case-insensitive %option noyywrap %option nounput %{ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "newconf.h" #include "ircd_parser.h" #include "common.h" #include "s_log.h" int conf_fgets(char *lbuf, int max_size, FILE * fb); int yylex(void); /* here to fixup gcc 3.3 errors */ int yyget_lineno(void); FILE *yyget_in(void); FILE *yyget_out(void); int yyget_leng(void); char *yyget_text(void); void yyset_lineno(int line_number); void yyset_in(FILE * in_str); void yyset_out(FILE * out_str); int yyget_debug(void); void yyset_debug(int bdebug); int yylex_destroy(void); #define MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 10 YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; int include_stack_ptr=0; int lineno = 1; void ccomment(void); void cinclude(void); void hashcomment(void); int ieof(void); int lineno_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; char conffile_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH][IRCD_BUFSIZE]; extern char conffilebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE+1]; char *current_file = conffilebuf; FILE *inc_fbfile_in[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH]; char linebuf[512]; #undef YY_INPUT #define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ (result = conf_fgets(buf, max_size, conf_fbfile_in)) %} ws [ \t]* digit [0-9] comment #.* qstring \"[^\"\n]*[\"\n] string [a-zA-Z_\~][a-zA-Z0-9_]* include \.include{ws}(\<.*\>|\".*\") %% {include} { cinclude(); } "/*" { ccomment(); } \n.* { strcpy(linebuf, yytext+1); lineno++; yyless(1); } {ws} ; {comment} { hashcomment(); } {digit}+ { yylval.number = atoi(yytext); return NUMBER; } {qstring} { if(yytext[yyleng-2] == '\\') { yyless(yyleng-1); /* return last quote */ yymore(); /* append next string */ } else { strcpy(yylval.string, yytext + 1); if(yylval.string[yyleng-2] != '"') { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unterminated character string"); } else { int i,j; yylval.string[yyleng-2] = '\0'; /* remove close * quote */ for (j=i=0 ;yylval.string[i] != '\0'; i++,j++) { if (yylval.string[i] != '\\') { yylval.string[j] = yylval.string[i]; } else { i++; if (yylval.string[i] == '\0') /* XXX should not happen */ { ilog(L_MAIN, "Unterminated character string"); break; } yylval.string[j] = yylval.string[i]; } } yylval.string[j] = '\0'; return QSTRING; } } } loadmodule { return LOADMODULE; } {string} { strcpy(yylval.string, yytext); yylval.string[yyleng] = '\0'; return STRING; } \.\. { return TWODOTS; } . { return yytext[0]; } <<EOF>> { if (ieof()) yyterminate(); } %% /* C-comment ignoring routine -kre*/ void ccomment() { int c; /* log(L_NOTICE, "got comment"); */ while (1) { while ((c = input()) != '*' && c != EOF) { if(c == '\n') ++lineno; } if (c == '*') { while ((c = input()) == '*'); if (c == '/') break; if (c == '\n') ++lineno; } if (c == EOF) { conf_report_error("EOF in comment"); break; } } } void cinclude(void) { char *c; if ((c = strchr(yytext, '<')) == NULL) *strchr(c = strchr(yytext, '"') + 1, '"') = 0; else *strchr(++c, '>') = 0; /* do stacking and co. */ if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH) { conf_report_error("Includes nested too deep (max is %d)", MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH); } else { FILE *tmp_fbfile_in; tmp_fbfile_in = fopen(c, "r"); if (tmp_fbfile_in == NULL) { /* if its not found in PREFIX, look in ETCPATH */ char fnamebuf[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; rb_snprintf(fnamebuf, sizeof(fnamebuf), "%s/%s", ETCPATH, c); tmp_fbfile_in = fopen(fnamebuf, "r"); /* wasnt found there either.. error. */ if(tmp_fbfile_in == NULL) { conf_report_error("Include %s: %s.", c, strerror(errno)); return; } } lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = lineno; lineno = 1; inc_fbfile_in[include_stack_ptr] = conf_fbfile_in; strcpy(conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr], c); current_file = conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr]; include_stack[include_stack_ptr++] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER; conf_fbfile_in = tmp_fbfile_in; yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE)); } } int ieof(void) { if (include_stack_ptr) fclose(conf_fbfile_in); if (--include_stack_ptr < 0) { /* We will now exit the lexer - restore init values if we get /rehash * later and reenter lexer -kre */ include_stack_ptr = 0; lineno = 1; return 1; } /* switch buffer */ yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER); lineno = lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr]; conf_fbfile_in = inc_fbfile_in[include_stack_ptr]; if(include_stack_ptr) current_file = conffile_stack[include_stack_ptr]; else current_file = conffilebuf; yy_switch_to_buffer(include_stack[include_stack_ptr]); return 0; } /* #-comment style, look for #include */ #define INCLUDE "#include" void hashcomment(void) { if (strlen(yytext) < sizeof(INCLUDE) - 1) return; if (!strncasecmp(yytext, INCLUDE, sizeof(INCLUDE) - 1)) yyerror("You probably meant '.include', skipping"); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/packet.c����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000022542�11730550233�015377� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * packet.c: Packet handlers. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: packet.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "parse.h" #include "packet.h" #include "match.h" #include "hook.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_log.h" static char readBuf[READBUF_SIZE]; static void client_dopacket(struct Client *client_p, char *buffer, size_t length); /* * parse_client_queued - parse client queued messages */ static void parse_client_queued(struct Client *client_p) { int tested = 0; int dolen = 0; int checkflood = 1; if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; if(IsUnknown(client_p)) { for(;;) { if(client_p->localClient->sent_parsed >= client_p->localClient->allow_read) break; dolen = rb_linebuf_get(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq, readBuf, READBUF_SIZE, LINEBUF_COMPLETE, LINEBUF_PARSED); if(dolen <= 0 || IsDead(client_p)) break; client_dopacket(client_p, readBuf, dolen); client_p->localClient->sent_parsed++; /* He's dead cap'n */ if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; /* if theyve dropped out of the unknown state, break and move * to the parsing for their appropriate status. --fl */ if(!IsUnknown(client_p)) { /* reset their flood limits, they're now * graced to flood */ client_p->localClient->sent_parsed = 0; break; } } } if(IsAnyServer(client_p) || IsExemptFlood(client_p)) { while(!IsAnyDead(client_p) && (dolen = rb_linebuf_get(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq, readBuf, READBUF_SIZE, LINEBUF_COMPLETE, LINEBUF_PARSED)) > 0) { client_dopacket(client_p, readBuf, dolen); } } else if(IsClient(client_p)) { if(IsOper(client_p) && ConfigFileEntry.no_oper_flood) checkflood = 0; /* * Handle flood protection here - if we exceed our flood limit on * messages in this loop, we simply drop out of the loop prematurely. * -- adrian */ for(;;) { /* if we have a post reg delay, dont parse anything from a client until * the delay has passed.. Everything else will continue to be queued, * so just hope the queue is big enough for them.. --anfl */ if(!tested && (client_p->localClient->firsttime + ConfigFileEntry.post_registration_delay) > rb_current_time()) break; else tested = 1; /* This flood protection works as follows: * * A client is given allow_read lines to send to the server. Every * time a line is parsed, sent_parsed is increased. sent_parsed * is decreased by 1 every time flood_recalc is called. * * Thus a client can 'burst' allow_read lines to the server, any * excess lines will be parsed one per flood_recalc() call. * * Therefore a client will be penalised more if they keep flooding, * as sent_parsed will always hover around the allow_read limit * and no 'bursts' will be permitted. */ if(checkflood) { if(client_p->localClient->sent_parsed >= client_p->localClient->allow_read) break; } /* allow opers 4 times the amount of messages as users. why 4? * why not. :) --fl_ */ else if(client_p->localClient->sent_parsed >= (4 * client_p->localClient->allow_read)) break; dolen = rb_linebuf_get(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq, readBuf, READBUF_SIZE, LINEBUF_COMPLETE, LINEBUF_PARSED); if(!dolen) break; client_dopacket(client_p, readBuf, dolen); if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; client_p->localClient->sent_parsed++; } } } /* * flood_recalc * * recalculate the number of allowed flood lines. this should be called * once a second on any given client. We then attempt to flush some data. */ void flood_recalc(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; struct Client *client_p; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(rb_unlikely(IsMe(client_p))) continue; if(rb_unlikely(client_p->localClient == NULL)) continue; if(IsFloodDone(client_p)) client_p->localClient->sent_parsed -= 2; else client_p->localClient->sent_parsed = 0; if(client_p->localClient->sent_parsed < 0) client_p->localClient->sent_parsed = 0; if(--client_p->localClient->actually_read < 0) client_p->localClient->actually_read = 0; parse_client_queued(client_p); if(rb_unlikely(IsAnyDead(client_p))) continue; if(!IsFloodDone(client_p) && ((client_p->localClient->firsttime + 30) < rb_current_time())) flood_endgrace(client_p); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, unknown_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(client_p->localClient == NULL) continue; client_p->localClient->sent_parsed--; if(client_p->localClient->sent_parsed < 0) client_p->localClient->sent_parsed = 0; if(--client_p->localClient->actually_read < 0) client_p->localClient->actually_read = 0; parse_client_queued(client_p); } } /* * read_packet - Read a 'packet' of data from a connection and process it. */ void read_packet(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { struct Client *client_p = data; struct LocalUser *lclient_p = client_p->localClient; int length = 0; int lbuf_len; int binary = 0; #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS hook_data_int hdata; #endif while(1) /* note..for things like rt sigio to work you *must* loop on read until you get EAGAIN */ { if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; /* * Read some data. We *used to* do anti-flood protection here, but * I personally think it makes the code too hairy to make sane. * -- adrian */ length = rb_read(client_p->localClient->F, readBuf, READBUF_SIZE); if(length < 0) { if(rb_ignore_errno(errno)) { rb_setselect(client_p->localClient->F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_packet, client_p); } else error_exit_client(client_p, length); return; } else if(length == 0) { error_exit_client(client_p, length); return; } #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS hdata.client = client_p; hdata.arg1 = readBuf; hdata.arg2 = length; call_hook(h_iorecv_id, &hdata); #endif if(client_p->localClient->lasttime < rb_current_time()) client_p->localClient->lasttime = rb_current_time(); client_p->flags &= ~FLAGS_PINGSENT; /* * Before we even think of parsing what we just read, stick * it on the end of the receive queue and do it when its * turn comes around. */ if(IsHandshake(client_p) || IsUnknown(client_p)) binary = 1; lbuf_len = rb_linebuf_parse(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq, readBuf, length, binary); lclient_p->actually_read += lbuf_len; if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; /* Attempt to parse what we have */ parse_client_queued(client_p); if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; /* Check to make sure we're not flooding */ if(!IsAnyServer(client_p) && (rb_linebuf_alloclen(&client_p->localClient->buf_recvq) > ConfigFileEntry.client_flood)) { if(!(ConfigFileEntry.no_oper_flood && IsOper(client_p))) { exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Excess Flood"); return; } } /* bail if short read */ if(length < READBUF_SIZE) { rb_setselect(client_p->localClient->F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_packet, client_p); return; } } } /* * client_dopacket - copy packet to client buf and parse it * client_p - pointer to client structure for which the buffer data * applies. * buffer - pointr to the buffer containing the newly read data * length - number of valid bytes of data in the buffer * * Note: * It is implicitly assumed that dopacket is called only * with client_p of "local" variation, which contains all the * necessary fields (buffer etc..) */ void client_dopacket(struct Client *client_p, char *buffer, size_t length) { s_assert(client_p != NULL); s_assert(buffer != NULL); if(client_p == NULL || buffer == NULL) return; if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return; /* * Update messages received */ ++me.localClient->receiveM; ++client_p->localClient->receiveM; /* * Update bytes received */ client_p->localClient->receiveB += length; me.localClient->receiveB += length; parse(client_p, buffer, buffer + length); } /* flood_endgrace() * * marks the end of the clients grace period */ void flood_endgrace(struct Client *client_p) { SetFloodDone(client_p); /* Drop their flood limit back down */ client_p->localClient->allow_read = MAX_FLOOD; /* sent_parsed could be way over MAX_FLOOD but under MAX_FLOOD_BURST, * so reset it. */ client_p->localClient->sent_parsed = 0; } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/src/Makefile.am�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003105�11233612175�016014� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign prefix = @prefix@ libcoredir = @libdir@ AM_YFLAGS = -d AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../libratbox/include -I../libltdl @SSL_INCLUDES@ BUILT_SOURCES = version.c version.c: version.c.SH ../CREDITS $(SHELL) ./version.c.SH $(CP) version.c version.c.last version.lo: version.c ../include/patchlevel.h ../include/serno.h $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) -c $< -o $@ if MINGW EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' endif libcore_la_SOURCES = \ dns.c \ bandbi.c \ cache.c \ channel.c \ class.c \ client.c \ getopt.c \ hash.c \ hook.c \ hostmask.c \ ircd.c \ ircd_signal.c \ listener.c \ match.c \ modules.c \ monitor.c \ newconf.c \ numeric.c \ operhash.c \ packet.c \ parse.c \ reject.c \ restart.c \ s_auth.c \ s_conf.c \ s_newconf.c \ s_log.c \ s_serv.c \ s_user.c \ scache.c \ send.c \ sslproc.c \ supported.c \ whowas.c \ version.c \ ircd_parser.y \ ircd_lexer.l libcore_LTLIBRARIES = libcore.la libcore_la_LDFLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -avoid-version if MINGW libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(LIBLTDL) ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la libcore_la_LIBADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la $(LIBLTDL) @SSL_LIBS@ else libcore_la_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la libcore_la_LIBADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la $(LIBLTDL) @SSL_LIBS@ endif install-exec-hook: install-libcoreLTLIBRARIES $(RB_RM) -f version.c �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�014634� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_encap.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006375�11730550233�016421� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_encap.c * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_encap.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "match.h" static int ms_encap(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message encap_msgtab = { "ENCAP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_encap, 3}, {ms_encap, 3}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 encap_clist[] = { &encap_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(encap, NULL, NULL, encap_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ms_encap() * * parv[1] - destination server * parv[2] - subcommand * parv[3] - parameters */ static int ms_encap(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char buffer[BUFSIZE]; char *ptr; int cur_len = 0; int len; int i; ptr = buffer; for(i = 1; i < parc - 1; i++) { len = strlen(parv[i]) + 1; /* ugh, not even at the last parameter, just bail --fl */ if((size_t)(cur_len + len) >= sizeof(buffer)) return 0; rb_snprintf(ptr, sizeof(buffer) - cur_len, "%s ", parv[i]); cur_len += len; ptr += len; } len = strlen(parv[i]); /* if its a command without parameters, dont prepend a ':' */ if(parc == 3) rb_snprintf(ptr, sizeof(buffer) - cur_len, "%s", parv[2]); else rb_snprintf(ptr, sizeof(buffer) - cur_len, ":%s", parv[parc - 1]); /* add a trailing \0 if it was too long */ if((cur_len + len) >= BUFSIZE) buffer[BUFSIZE - 1] = '\0'; sendto_match_servs(source_p, parv[1], CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s", buffer); /* if it matches us, find a matching handler and call it */ if(match(parv[1], me.name)) handle_encap(client_p, source_p, parv[2], parc - 2, parv + 2); return 0; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_monitor.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000022254�11730550233�017014� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_monitor.c * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_monitor.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "send.h" static int m_monitor(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int modinit(void); static void moddeinit(void); static void cleanup_monitor(void *unused); struct Message monitor_msgtab = { "MONITOR", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_monitor, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_monitor, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 monitor_clist[] = { &monitor_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(monitor, modinit, moddeinit, monitor_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static struct ev_entry *cleanup_monitor_ev; static int modinit(void) { cleanup_monitor_ev = rb_event_addish("cleanup_monitor", cleanup_monitor, NULL, 3600); return 0; } static void moddeinit(void) { rb_event_delete(cleanup_monitor_ev); } static void add_monitor(struct Client *client_p, const char *nicks) { char onbuf[BUFSIZE], offbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; struct monitor *monptr; const char *name; char *tmp; char *p; char *onptr, *offptr; int mlen, arglen; int cur_onlen, cur_offlen; /* these two are same length, just diff numeric */ cur_offlen = cur_onlen = mlen = rb_sprintf(onbuf, form_str(RPL_MONONLINE), me.name, client_p->name, ""); rb_sprintf(offbuf, form_str(RPL_MONOFFLINE), me.name, client_p->name, ""); onptr = onbuf + mlen; offptr = offbuf + mlen; tmp = LOCAL_COPY(nicks); for(name = rb_strtok_r(tmp, ",", &p); name; name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { if(EmptyString(name) || strlen(name) > NICKLEN - 1) continue; if((int)rb_dlink_list_length(&client_p->localClient->monitor_list) >= ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor) { char buf[100]; if(cur_onlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, onbuf); if(cur_offlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, offbuf); if(p) rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%s", name, p); else rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s", name); sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_MONLISTFULL), me.name, client_p->name, ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor, buf); return; } monptr = find_monitor(name, 1); /* already monitoring this nick */ if(rb_dlinkFind(client_p, &monptr->users)) continue; rb_dlinkAddAlloc(client_p, &monptr->users); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(monptr, &client_p->localClient->monitor_list); if((target_p = find_named_person(name)) != NULL) { if(cur_onlen + strlen(target_p->name) + strlen(target_p->username) + strlen(target_p->host) + 3 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { sendto_one_buffer(client_p, onbuf); cur_onlen = mlen; onptr = onbuf + mlen; } if(cur_onlen != mlen) { *onptr++ = ','; cur_onlen++; } arglen = rb_sprintf(onptr, "%s!%s@%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host); onptr += arglen; cur_onlen += arglen; } else { if(cur_offlen + strlen(name) + 1 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { sendto_one_buffer(client_p, offbuf); cur_offlen = mlen; offptr = offbuf + mlen; } if(cur_offlen != mlen) { *offptr++ = ','; cur_offlen++; } arglen = rb_sprintf(offptr, "%s", name); offptr += arglen; cur_offlen += arglen; } } if(cur_onlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, onbuf); if(cur_offlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, offbuf); } static void del_monitor(struct Client *client_p, const char *nicks) { struct monitor *monptr; const char *name; char *tmp; char *p; if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&client_p->localClient->monitor_list)) return; tmp = LOCAL_COPY(nicks); for(name = rb_strtok_r(tmp, ",", &p); name; name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { if(EmptyString(name)) continue; /* not monitored */ if((monptr = find_monitor(name, 0)) == NULL) continue; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(client_p, &monptr->users); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(monptr, &client_p->localClient->monitor_list); } } static void list_monitor(struct Client *client_p) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; struct monitor *monptr; char *nbuf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int mlen, arglen, cur_len; if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&client_p->localClient->monitor_list)) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMONLIST), me.name, client_p->name); return; } cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, form_str(RPL_MONLIST), me.name, client_p->name, ""); nbuf = buf + mlen; SetCork(client_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, client_p->localClient->monitor_list.head) { monptr = ptr->data; if(cur_len + strlen(monptr->name) + 1 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); nbuf = buf + mlen; cur_len = mlen; } if(cur_len != mlen) { *nbuf++ = ','; cur_len++; } arglen = rb_sprintf(nbuf, "%s", monptr->name); cur_len += arglen; nbuf += arglen; } sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); ClearCork(client_p); sendto_one(client_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMONLIST), me.name, client_p->name); } static void show_monitor_status(struct Client *client_p) { char onbuf[BUFSIZE], offbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; struct monitor *monptr; char *onptr, *offptr; int cur_onlen, cur_offlen; int mlen, arglen; rb_dlink_node *ptr; mlen = cur_onlen = rb_sprintf(onbuf, form_str(RPL_MONONLINE), me.name, client_p->name, ""); cur_offlen = rb_sprintf(offbuf, form_str(RPL_MONOFFLINE), me.name, client_p->name, ""); onptr = onbuf + mlen; offptr = offbuf + mlen; SetCork(client_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, client_p->localClient->monitor_list.head) { monptr = ptr->data; if((target_p = find_named_person(monptr->name)) != NULL) { if(cur_onlen + strlen(target_p->name) + strlen(target_p->username) + strlen(target_p->host) + 3 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { sendto_one_buffer(client_p, onbuf); cur_onlen = mlen; onptr = onbuf + mlen; } if(cur_onlen != mlen) { *onptr++ = ','; cur_onlen++; } arglen = rb_sprintf(onptr, "%s!%s@%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host); onptr += arglen; cur_onlen += arglen; } else { if(cur_offlen + strlen(monptr->name) + 1 >= BUFSIZE - 3) { sendto_one_buffer(client_p, offbuf); cur_offlen = mlen; offptr = offbuf + mlen; } if(cur_offlen != mlen) { *offptr++ = ','; cur_offlen++; } arglen = rb_sprintf(offptr, "%s", monptr->name); offptr += arglen; cur_offlen += arglen; } } ClearCork(client_p); if(cur_onlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, onbuf); if(cur_offlen != mlen) sendto_one_buffer(client_p, offbuf); } static void cleanup_monitor(void *unused) { struct monitor *last_ptr = NULL; struct monitor *next_ptr, *ptr; int i; for(i = 0; i < MONITOR_HASH_SIZE; i++) { last_ptr = NULL; for(ptr = monitorTable[i]; ptr; ptr = next_ptr) { next_ptr = ptr->hnext; if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&ptr->users)) { if(last_ptr) last_ptr->hnext = next_ptr; else monitorTable[i] = next_ptr; free_monitor(ptr); } else last_ptr = ptr; } } } static int m_monitor(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { switch (parv[1][0]) { case '+': if(parc < 3 || EmptyString(parv[2])) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "MONITOR"); return 0; } add_monitor(source_p, parv[2]); break; case '-': if(parc < 3 || EmptyString(parv[2])) { sendto_one(client_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "MONITOR"); return 0; } del_monitor(source_p, parv[2]); break; case 'C': case 'c': clear_monitor(source_p); break; case 'L': case 'l': list_monitor(source_p); break; case 'S': case 's': show_monitor_status(source_p); break; default: break; } return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_lusers.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007540�11730550233�016643� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_lusers.c: Sends user statistics. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_lusers.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" /* hunt_server */ #include "s_user.h" /* show_lusers */ #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_lusers(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_lusers(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_users(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message lusers_msgtab = { "LUSERS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_lusers, 0}, {ms_lusers, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_lusers, 0}} }; struct Message users_msgtab = { "USERS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_users, 0}, {m_users, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_users, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 lusers_clist[] = { &lusers_msgtab, &users_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(lusers, NULL, NULL, lusers_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_lusers - LUSERS message handler * parv[0] = sender * parv[1] = host/server mask. * parv[2] = server to query * * 199970918 JRL hacked to ignore parv[1] completely and require parc > 3 * to cause a force */ static int m_lusers(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; if(parc > 2) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "LUSERS"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s LUSERS %s :%s", 2, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; } show_lusers(source_p); return 0; } /* * ms_lusers - LUSERS message handler for servers and opers * parv[0] = sender * parv[1] = host/server mask. * parv[2] = server to query * * 199970918 JRL hacked to ignore parv[1] completely and require parc > 3 * to cause a force */ static int ms_lusers(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc > 2) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s LUSERS %s :%s", 2, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; } show_lusers(source_p); return 0; } /* * m_users * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int m_users(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s USERS :%s", 1, parc, parv) == HUNTED_ISME) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LOCALUSERS, form_str(RPL_LOCALUSERS), rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list), Count.max_loc, rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list), Count.max_loc); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_GLOBALUSERS, form_str(RPL_GLOBALUSERS), Count.total, Count.max_tot, Count.total, Count.max_tot); } return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_tb.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007517�11730550233�015737� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_tb.c * * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_tb.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "match.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int ms_tb(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message tb_msgtab = { "TB", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_tb, 4}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 tb_clist[] = { &tb_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(tb, NULL, NULL, tb_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* m_tb() * * parv[1] - channel * parv[2] - topic ts * parv[3] - optional topicwho/topic * parv[4] - topic */ static int ms_tb(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; const char *newtopic; const char *newtopicwho; time_t newtopicts; chptr = find_channel(parv[1]); if(chptr == NULL) return 0; newtopicts = atol(parv[2]); if(parc == 5) { newtopic = parv[4]; newtopicwho = parv[3]; } else { newtopic = parv[3]; newtopicwho = source_p->name; } if(EmptyString(newtopic)) return 0; if(chptr->topic == NULL || (chptr->topic != NULL && chptr->topic->topic_time > newtopicts)) { /* its possible the topicts is a few seconds out on some * servers, due to lag when propagating it, so if theyre the * same topic just drop the message --fl */ if(chptr->topic != NULL && strcmp(chptr->topic->topic, newtopic) == 0) return 0; set_channel_topic(chptr, newtopic, newtopicwho, newtopicts); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s TOPIC %s :%s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, newtopic); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TB | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s TB %s %ld %s%s:%s", use_id(source_p), chptr->chname, (long)chptr->topic->topic_time, ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? chptr->topic->topic_info : "", ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? " " : "", chptr->topic->topic); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TB, CAP_TS6, ":%s TB %s %ld %s%s:%s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, (long)chptr->topic->topic_time, ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? chptr->topic->topic_info : "", ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? " " : "", chptr->topic->topic); } return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_cmessage.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012143�11730550233�017110� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * m_cmessage.c: Handles CPRIVMSG/CNOTICE, target change limitation free * PRIVMSG/NOTICE implementations. * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_cmessage.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "ircd.h" static int m_cmessage(int, const char *, struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_cprivmsg(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_cnotice(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message cprivmsg_msgtab = { "CPRIVMSG", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, {m_cprivmsg, 4}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_cprivmsg, 4}} }; struct Message cnotice_msgtab = { "CNOTICE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, {m_cnotice, 4}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_cnotice, 4}} }; mapi_clist_av1 cmessage_clist[] = { &cprivmsg_msgtab, &cnotice_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(cmessage, NULL, NULL, cmessage_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); #define PRIVMSG 0 #define NOTICE 1 static int m_cprivmsg(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { return m_cmessage(PRIVMSG, "PRIVMSG", client_p, source_p, parc, parv); } static int m_cnotice(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { return m_cmessage(NOTICE, "NOTICE", client_p, source_p, parc, parv); } static int m_cmessage(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; if(!IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); if((target_p = find_named_person(parv[1])) == NULL) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), parv[1]); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(parv[2])) == NULL) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[2]); return 0; } if((msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p)) == NULL) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), chptr->chname); return 0; } if(!is_chanop_voiced(msptr)) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_VOICENEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); return 0; } if(!IsMember(target_p, chptr)) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), target_p->name, chptr->chname); return 0; } if(MyClient(target_p) && IsSetCallerId(target_p) && !accept_message(source_p, target_p) && !IsOper(source_p)) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_TARGUMODEG, form_str(ERR_TARGUMODEG), target_p->name); if((target_p->localClient->last_caller_id_time + ConfigFileEntry.caller_id_wait) < rb_current_time()) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TARGNOTIFY, form_str(RPL_TARGNOTIFY), target_p->name); sendto_one(target_p, form_str(RPL_UMODEGMSG), me.name, target_p->name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); target_p->localClient->last_caller_id_time = rb_current_time(); } return 0; } if(p_or_n != NOTICE) source_p->localClient->last = rb_current_time(); sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p, command, ":%s", parv[3]); return 0; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_help.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010165�11730550233�016253� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_help.c: Provides help information to a user/operator. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_help.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "cache.h" #include "match.h" #include "client.h" static int m_help(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_help(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_uhelp(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void dohelp(struct Client *, int, const char *); struct Message help_msgtab = { "HELP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_help, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_help, 0}} }; struct Message uhelp_msgtab = { "UHELP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_help, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_uhelp, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 help_clist[] = { &help_msgtab, &uhelp_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(help, NULL, NULL, help_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_help - HELP message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix */ static int m_help(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; /* HELP is always local */ if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "HELP"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFHELP), me.name, source_p->name, (parc > 1 && !EmptyString(parv[1])) ? parv[1] : "index"); return 0; } else { last_used = rb_current_time(); } dohelp(source_p, HELP_USER, parc > 1 ? parv[1] : NULL); return 0; } /* * mo_help - HELP message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix */ static int mo_help(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { dohelp(source_p, HELP_OPER, parc > 1 ? parv[1] : NULL); return 0; } /* * mo_uhelp - HELP message handler * This is used so that opers can view the user help file without deopering * parv[0] = sender prefix */ static int mo_uhelp(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { dohelp(source_p, HELP_USER, parc > 1 ? parv[1] : NULL); return 0; } static void dohelp(struct Client *source_p, int flags, const char *topic) { static const char ntopic[] = "index"; struct cachefile *hptr; struct cacheline *lineptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *fptr; if(EmptyString(topic)) topic = ntopic; hptr = hash_find_help(topic, flags); if(hptr == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_HELPNOTFOUND), me.name, source_p->name, topic); return; } fptr = hptr->contents.head; lineptr = fptr->data; SetCork(source_p); /* first line cant be empty */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_HELPSTART), me.name, source_p->name, topic, lineptr->data); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, fptr->next) { lineptr = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_HELPTXT), me.name, source_p->name, topic, lineptr->data); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFHELP), me.name, source_p->name, topic); return; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_invite.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012320�11730550233�016614� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_invite.c: Invites the user to join a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_invite.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_invite(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message invite_msgtab = { "INVITE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_invite, 3}, {m_invite, 3}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_invite, 3}} }; mapi_clist_av1 invite_clist[] = { &invite_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(invite, NULL, NULL, invite_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void add_invite(struct Channel *, struct Client *); /* m_invite() * parv[0] - sender prefix * parv[1] - user to invite * parv[2] - channel name */ static int m_invite(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; int store_invite = 0; if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); if(MyClient(source_p)) target_p = find_named_person(parv[1]); else target_p = find_person(parv[1]); if(target_p == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), IsDigit(parv[1][0]) ? "*" : parv[1]); return 0; } if(check_channel_name(parv[2]) == 0) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), parv[2]); return 0; } if(!IsChannelName(parv[2])) { if(MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[2]); return 0; } /* Do not send local channel invites to users if they are not on the * same server as the person sending the INVITE message. */ if(parv[2][0] == '&' && !MyConnect(target_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_USERNOTONSERV), me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(parv[2])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[2]); return 0; } msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(MyClient(source_p) && (msptr == NULL)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), parv[2]); return 0; } if(IsMember(target_p, chptr)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_USERONCHANNEL), target_p->name, parv[2]); return 0; } /* only store invites for +i channels */ if(ConfigChannel.invite_ops_only || (chptr->mode.mode & MODE_INVITEONLY)) { /* treat remote clients as chanops */ if(MyClient(source_p) && !is_chanop(msptr)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, parv[2]); return 0; } if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_INVITEONLY) store_invite = 1; } if(MyConnect(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_INVITING), me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name, parv[2]); if(target_p->user->away) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_AWAY, form_str(RPL_AWAY), target_p->name, target_p->user->away); } if(MyConnect(target_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s!%s@%s INVITE %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, target_p->name, chptr->chname); if(store_invite) add_invite(chptr, target_p); } else if(target_p->from != client_p) { sendto_one_prefix(target_p, source_p, "INVITE", ":%s", chptr->chname); } return 0; } /* add_invite() * * input - channel to add invite to, client to add * output - * side effects - client is added to invite list. */ static void add_invite(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* already invited? */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, who->localClient->invited.head) { if(ptr->data == chptr) return; } /* ok, if their invite list is too long, remove the tail */ if((int)rb_dlink_list_length(&who->localClient->invited) >= ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user) { ptr = who->localClient->invited.tail; del_invite(ptr->data, who); } /* add user to channel invite list */ rb_dlinkAddAlloc(who, &chptr->invites); /* add channel to user invite list */ rb_dlinkAddAlloc(chptr, &who->localClient->invited); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_away.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007020�11730550233�016260� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_away.c: Sets/removes away status on a user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_away.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int m_away(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message away_msgtab = { "AWAY", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_away, 0}, {m_away, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_away, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 away_clist[] = { &away_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(away, NULL, NULL, away_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /*********************************************************************** * m_away() - Added 14 Dec 1988 by jto. * Not currently really working, I don't like this * call at all... * * ...trying to make it work. I don't like it either, * but perhaps it's worth the load it causes to net. * This requires flooding of the whole net like NICK, * USER, MODE, etc messages... --msa * * The above comments have long since irrelvant, but * are kept for historical purposes now ;) ***********************************************************************/ /* ** m_away ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = away message */ static int m_away(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) { /* Marking as not away */ if(source_p->user->away != NULL) { /* we now send this only if they were away before --is */ sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s AWAY", use_id(source_p)); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s AWAY", source_p->name); free_away(source_p); } if(MyConnect(source_p)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_UNAWAY), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } if(source_p->user->away == NULL) { allocate_away(source_p); rb_strlcpy(source_p->user->away, parv[1], AWAYLEN); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s AWAY :%s", use_id(source_p), source_p->user->away); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s AWAY :%s", source_p->name, source_p->user->away); } else { rb_strlcpy(source_p->user->away, parv[1], AWAYLEN); } if(MyConnect(source_p)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_NOWAWAY), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_restart.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005227�11730550233�017012� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_restart.c: Exits and re-runs ircd. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_restart.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "restart.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_restart(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message restart_msgtab = { "RESTART", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_restart, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 restart_clist[] = { &restart_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(restart, NULL, NULL, restart_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_restart * */ static int mo_restart(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; if(!IsOperDie(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "die"); return 0; } if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Need server name /restart %s", me.name); return 0; } else if(irccmp(parv[1], me.name)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Mismatch on /restart %s", me.name); return 0; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one_notice(target_p, ":Server Restarting. %s", get_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP)); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ERROR :Restart by %s", me.name, get_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP)); } rb_sprintf(buf, "Server RESTART by %s", get_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP)); restart(buf); return 0; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_gline.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000051463�11730550233�016427� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_gline.c: Votes towards globally banning a mask. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_gline.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "scache.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" static int mo_gline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mc_gline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_gline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_ungline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int modinit(void); static void moddeinit(void); struct Message gline_msgtab = { "GLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {mc_gline, 3}, {ms_gline, 7}, mg_ignore, {mo_gline, 3}} }; struct Message ungline_msgtab = { "UNGLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_ungline, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 gline_clist[] = { &gline_msgtab, &ungline_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(gline, modinit, moddeinit, gline_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int majority_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason); static int check_wild_gline(const char *, const char *); static int invalid_gline(struct Client *, const char *, char *); static int remove_temp_gline(const char *, const char *); static void expire_pending_glines(void *unused); static struct ev_entry *pending_gline_ev; static int modinit(void) { pending_gline_ev = rb_event_addish("expire_pending_glines", expire_pending_glines, NULL, CLEANUP_GLINES_TIME); return 0; } static void moddeinit(void) { rb_event_delete(pending_gline_ev); } /* mo_gline() * * inputs - The usual for a m_ function * output - * side effects - place a gline if 3 opers agree */ static int mo_gline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *user = NULL; char *host = NULL; /* user and host of GLINE "victim" */ char *reason = NULL; /* reason for "victims" demise */ char splat[] = "*"; char *ptr; if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":GLINE disabled"); return 0; } if(!IsOperGline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "gline"); return 0; } host = strchr(parv[1], '@'); /* specific user@host */ if(host != NULL) { user = parv[1]; *(host++) = '\0'; /* gline for "@host", use *@host */ if(*user == '\0') user = splat; } /* just a host? */ else { /* ok, its not a host.. abort */ if(strchr(parv[1], '.') == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } user = splat; host = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); } reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); if(invalid_gline(source_p, user, reason)) return 0; /* Not enough non-wild characters were found, assume they are trying to gline *@*. */ if(check_wild_gline(user, host)) { if(MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Please include at least %d non-wildcard " "characters with the user@host", ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard); return 0; } if((ptr = strchr(host, '/')) != NULL) { int bitlen; bitlen = strtol(++ptr, NULL, 10); /* ipv4? */ if(strchr(host, ':') == NULL) { if(bitlen < ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot set G-Lines with cidr length < %d", ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr); return 0; } } /* ipv6 */ else if(bitlen < ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot set G-Lines with cidr length < %d", ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6); return 0; } } /* inform users about the gline before we call majority_gline() * so already voted comes below gline request --fl */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting gline for [%s@%s] [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, me.name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "R %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); /* If at least 3 opers agree this user should be G lined then do it */ majority_gline(source_p, user, host, reason); /* 4 param version for hyb-7 servers */ sendto_server(NULL, NULL, CAP_GLN | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", use_id(source_p), user, host, reason); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, CAP_GLN, CAP_TS6, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", source_p->name, user, host, reason); /* 8 param for hyb-6 */ sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_GLN, ":%s GLINE %s %s %s %s %s %s :%s", me.name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); return 0; } /* mc_gline() */ static int mc_gline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *acptr; const char *user; const char *host; char *reason; char *ptr; /* hyb6 allows empty gline reasons */ if(parc < 4 || EmptyString(parv[3])) return 0; acptr = source_p; user = parv[1]; host = parv[2]; reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]); if(invalid_gline(acptr, user, reason)) return 0; sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_GLN | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", use_id(acptr), user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_GLN, CAP_TS6, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", acptr->name, user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_GLN, ":%s GLINE %s %s %s %s %s %s :%s", acptr->servptr->name, acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) return 0; /* check theres enough non-wildcard chars */ if(check_wild_gline(user, host)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting a gline without " "%d non-wildcard characters for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard, user, host, reason); return 0; } if((ptr = strchr(host, '/')) != NULL) { int bitlen; bitlen = strtol(++ptr, NULL, 10); /* ipv4? */ if(strchr(host, ':') == NULL) { if(bitlen < ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting a " "gline with a cidr mask < %d for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr, user, host, reason); return 0; } } /* ipv6 */ else if(bitlen < ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting a " "gline with a cidr mask < %d for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6, user, host, reason); return 0; } } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting gline for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "R %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); /* If at least 3 opers agree this user should be G lined then do it */ majority_gline(acptr, user, host, reason); return 0; } /* ms_gline() * * inputs - The usual for a m_ function * output - * side effects - attempts to place a gline, if 3 opers agree */ static int ms_gline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *acptr; const char *user; const char *host; char *reason; /* hyb6 allows empty gline reasons */ if(parc < 8 || EmptyString(parv[7])) return 0; /* client doesnt exist.. someones messing */ if((acptr = find_client(parv[1])) == NULL) return 0; /* client that sent the gline, isnt on the server that sent * the gline out. somethings fucked. */ if(acptr->servptr != source_p) return 0; user = parv[5]; host = parv[6]; reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[7]); if(invalid_gline(acptr, user, reason)) return 0; sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_GLN | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", use_id(acptr), user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_GLN, CAP_TS6, ":%s GLINE %s %s :%s", acptr->name, user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_GLN, ":%s GLINE %s %s %s %s %s %s :%s", acptr->servptr->name, acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) return 0; /* check theres enough non-wildcard chars */ if(check_wild_gline(user, host)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting a gline without " "%d non-wildcard characters for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard, user, host, reason); return 0; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting gline for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "R %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); /* If at least 3 opers agree this user should be G lined then do it */ majority_gline(acptr, user, host, reason); return 0; } /* mo_ungline() * * parv[0] = sender nick * parv[1] = gline to remove */ static int mo_ungline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *user; char *h = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); char *host; char splat[] = "*"; if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":UNGLINE disabled"); return 0; } if(!IsOperUnkline(source_p) || !IsOperGline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "unkline"); return 0; } if((host = strchr(h, '@')) || *h == '*') { /* Explicit user@host mask given */ if(host) { *host++ = '\0'; /* check for @host */ if(*h) user = h; else user = splat; if(!*host) host = splat; } else { user = splat; host = h; } } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } if(remove_temp_gline(user, host)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Un-glined [%s@%s]", user, host); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the G-Line for: [%s@%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), user, host); ilog(L_GLINE, "U %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host); } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No G-Line for %s@%s", user, host); } return 0; } /* * check_wild_gline * * inputs - user, host of gline * output - 1 if not enough non-wildchar char's, 0 if ok * side effects - NONE */ static int check_wild_gline(const char *user, const char *host) { const char *p; char tmpch; int nonwild; nonwild = 0; p = user; while((tmpch = *p++)) { if(!IsKWildChar(tmpch)) { /* enough of them, break */ if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) break; } } if(nonwild < ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) { /* user doesnt, try host */ p = host; while((tmpch = *p++)) { if(!IsKWildChar(tmpch)) if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) break; } } if(nonwild < ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) return 1; else return 0; } /* invalid_gline * * inputs - pointer to source client, ident, host and reason * outputs - 1 if invalid, 0 if valid * side effects - */ static int invalid_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *luser, char *lreason) { if(strchr(luser, '!')) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid character '!' in gline"); return 1; } if(strlen(lreason) > REASONLEN) lreason[REASONLEN] = '\0'; return 0; } /* find_is_glined() * * inputs - hostname and username to search for * output - pointer to struct ConfItem if user@host glined * side effects - */ static struct ConfItem * find_is_glined(const char *host, const char *user) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, glines.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((!user || irccmp(aconf->user, user) == 0) && (!host || irccmp(aconf->host, host) == 0)) return aconf; } return NULL; } /* check_glines() * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - all clients will be checked for glines */ static void check_glines(void) { struct Client *client_p; struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p) || !IsClient(client_p)) continue; if((aconf = find_gline(client_p)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); continue; } if(IsExemptGline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE over-ruled for %s, client is gline_exempt", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "GLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, G_LINED); continue; } } } /* * set_local_gline * * inputs - pointer to oper nick/username/host/server, * victim user/host and reason * output - NONE * side effects - */ static void set_local_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason) { char buffer[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *current_date; char *my_reason; char *oper_reason; current_date = smalldate(rb_current_time()); my_reason = LOCAL_COPY(reason); aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_GLINE; aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; if(strlen(my_reason) > REASONLEN) my_reason[REASONLEN - 1] = '\0'; if((oper_reason = strchr(my_reason, '|')) != NULL) { *oper_reason = '\0'; oper_reason++; if(!EmptyString(oper_reason)) aconf->spasswd = rb_strdup(oper_reason); } rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s (%s)", reason, current_date); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(buffer); aconf->user = rb_strdup(user); aconf->host = rb_strdup(host); aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + ConfigFileEntry.gline_time; rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(aconf, &glines); add_conf_by_address(aconf->host, CONF_GLINE, aconf->user, aconf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s has triggered gline for [%s@%s] [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "T %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); check_glines(); } /* majority_gline() * * input - client doing gline, user, host and reason of gline * output - YES if there are 3 different opers/servers agree, else NO * side effects - */ static int majority_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; struct gline_pending *pending; /* to avoid desync.. --fl */ expire_pending_glines(NULL); /* if its already glined, why bother? :) -- fl_ */ if(find_is_glined(host, user)) return NO; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pending_node, pending_glines.head) { pending = pending_node->data; if((irccmp(pending->user, user) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->host, host) == 0)) { /* check oper or server hasnt already voted */ if(((irccmp(pending->oper_user1, source_p->username) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->oper_host1, source_p->host) == 0))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "oper has already voted"); return NO; } else if(irccmp(pending->oper_server1, source_p->servptr->name) == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "server has already voted"); return NO; } if(pending->oper_user2[0] != '\0') { /* if two other opers on two different servers have voted yes */ if(((irccmp(pending->oper_user2, source_p->username) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->oper_host2, source_p->host) == 0))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "oper has already voted"); return NO; } else if(irccmp(pending->oper_server2, source_p->servptr->name) == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "server has already voted"); return NO; } /* trigger the gline using the original reason --fl */ set_local_gline(source_p, user, host, pending->reason1); expire_pending_glines(NULL); return YES; } else { rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_nick2, source_p->name, sizeof(pending->oper_nick2)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_user2, source_p->username, sizeof(pending->oper_user2)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_host2, source_p->host, sizeof(pending->oper_host2)); pending->reason2 = rb_strdup(reason); pending->oper_server2 = scache_add(source_p->servptr->name); pending->last_gline_time = rb_current_time(); pending->time_request2 = rb_current_time(); return NO; } } } /* no pending gline, create a new one */ pending = (struct gline_pending *)rb_malloc(sizeof(struct gline_pending)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_nick1, source_p->name, sizeof(pending->oper_nick1)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_user1, source_p->username, sizeof(pending->oper_user1)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_host1, source_p->host, sizeof(pending->oper_host1)); pending->oper_server1 = scache_add(source_p->servptr->name); rb_strlcpy(pending->user, user, sizeof(pending->user)); rb_strlcpy(pending->host, host, sizeof(pending->host)); pending->reason1 = rb_strdup(reason); pending->reason2 = NULL; pending->last_gline_time = rb_current_time(); pending->time_request1 = rb_current_time(); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(pending, &pending_glines); return NO; } /* remove_temp_gline() * * inputs - username, hostname to ungline * outputs - * side effects - tries to ungline anything that matches */ static int remove_temp_gline(const char *user, const char *host) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr, caddr; int bits, cbits; int mtype, gtype; mtype = parse_netmask(host, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &bits); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, glines.head) { aconf = ptr->data; gtype = parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&caddr, &cbits); if(gtype != mtype || (user && irccmp(user, aconf->user))) continue; if(gtype == HM_HOST) { if(irccmp(aconf->host, host)) continue; } else if(bits != cbits || !comp_with_mask_sock((struct sockaddr *)&addr, (struct sockaddr *)&caddr, bits)) continue; rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &glines); delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); return YES; } return NO; } /* * expire_pending_glines * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - * * Go through the pending gline list, expire any that haven't had * enough "votes" in the time period allowed */ static void expire_pending_glines(void *unused) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; rb_dlink_node *next_node; struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(pending_node, next_node, pending_glines.head) { glp_ptr = pending_node->data; if(((glp_ptr->last_gline_time + GLINE_PENDING_EXPIRE) <= rb_current_time()) || find_is_glined(glp_ptr->host, glp_ptr->user)) { rb_free(glp_ptr->reason1); rb_free(glp_ptr->reason2); rb_free(glp_ptr); rb_dlinkDestroy(pending_node, &pending_glines); } } } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/���������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�015564� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_error.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007112�11730550233�017402� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_error.c: Handles error messages from the other end. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_error.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "match.h" static int m_error(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_error(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message error_msgtab = { "ERROR", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{m_error, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_error, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 error_clist[] = { &error_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(error, NULL, NULL, error_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * Note: At least at protocol level ERROR has only one parameter, * although this is called internally from other functions * --msa * * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[*] = parameters */ int m_error(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *para; para = (parc > 1 && *parv[1] != '\0') ? parv[1] : "<>"; if(IsAnyServer(client_p)) { ilog(L_SERVER, "Received ERROR message from %s: %s", log_client_name(source_p, SHOW_IP), para); } if(IsAnyServer(client_p) && ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages < 2) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ADMIN, "ERROR :from %s -- %s", EmptyString(client_p->name) ? "" : client_p->name, para); if(!ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_OPER, "ERROR :from %s -- %s", EmptyString(client_p->name) ? "" : client_p->name, para); } exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, "ERROR"); return 0; } static int ms_error(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *para; para = (parc > 1 && *parv[1] != '\0') ? parv[1] : "<>"; ilog(L_SERVER, "Received ERROR message from %s: %s", log_client_name(source_p, SHOW_IP), para); if(ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages == 2) return 0; if(client_p == source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ADMIN, "ERROR :from %s -- %s", client_p->name, para); if(!ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_OPER, "ERROR :from %s -- %s", client_p->name, para); } else { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ADMIN, "ERROR :from %s via %s -- %s", source_p->name, client_p->name, para); if(!ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_OPER, "ERROR :from %s via %s -- %s", source_p->name, client_p->name, para); } return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_kill.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017766�11730550233�017224� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_kill.c: Kills a user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_kill.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" /* for find_client() */ #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "match.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static char buf[BUFSIZE]; static int ms_kill(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_kill(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void relay_kill(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *, const char *); struct Message kill_msgtab = { "KILL", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {ms_kill, 2}, {ms_kill, 2}, mg_ignore, {mo_kill, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 kill_clist[] = { &kill_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(kill, NULL, NULL, kill_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** mo_kill ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = kill victim ** parv[2] = kill path */ static int mo_kill(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *inpath = client_p->name; const char *user; const char *reason; user = parv[1]; if(!IsOperLocalKill(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "local_kill"); return 0; } if(!EmptyString(parv[2])) { reason = LOCAL_COPY_N(parv[2], KILLLEN); } else reason = "<No reason given>"; if((target_p = find_named_person(user)) == NULL) { /* ** If the user has recently changed nick, automatically ** rewrite the KILL for this new nickname--this keeps ** servers in synch when nick change and kill collide */ if((target_p = get_history(user, (long)KILLCHASETIMELIMIT)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), user); return 0; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":KILL changed from %s to %s", user, target_p->name); } if(IsServer(target_p) || IsMe(target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_CANTKILLSERVER, form_str(ERR_CANTKILLSERVER)); return 0; } if(!MyConnect(target_p) && (!IsOperGlobalKill(source_p))) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Nick %s isnt on your server", target_p->name); return 0; } if(MyConnect(target_p)) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s!%s@%s KILL %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, target_p->name, reason); /* Do not change the format of this message. There's no point in changing messages * that have been around for ever, for no reason.. */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Received KILL message for %s. From %s Path: %s (%s)", target_p->name, parv[0], me.name, reason); ilog(L_KILL, "%c %s %s!%s@%s %s %s", MyConnect(target_p) ? 'L' : 'G', get_oper_name(source_p), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, reason); /* ** And pass on the message to other servers. Note, that if KILL ** was changed, the message has to be sent to all links, also ** back. ** Suicide kills are NOT passed on --SRB */ if(!MyConnect(target_p)) { relay_kill(client_p, source_p, target_p, inpath, reason); /* ** Set FLAGS_KILLED. This prevents exit_one_client from sending ** the unnecessary QUIT for this. (This flag should never be ** set in any other place) */ target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; } rb_sprintf(buf, "Killed (%s (%s))", source_p->name, reason); exit_client(client_p, target_p, source_p, buf); return 0; } /* * ms_kill * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = kill victim * parv[2] = kill path and reason */ static int ms_kill(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *user; const char *reason; char default_reason[] = "<No reason given>"; const char *path; int chasing = 0; *buf = '\0'; user = parv[1]; if(EmptyString(parv[2])) { reason = default_reason; /* hyb6 takes the nick of the killer from the path *sigh* --fl_ */ path = source_p->name; } else { char *s = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]), *t; t = strchr(s, ' '); if(t) { *t = '\0'; t++; reason = t; } else reason = default_reason; path = s; } if((target_p = find_person(user)) == NULL) { /* * If the user has recently changed nick, but only if its * not an uid, automatically rewrite the KILL for this new nickname. * --this keeps servers in synch when nick change and kill collide */ if(IsDigit(*user) || (!(target_p = get_history(user, (long)KILLCHASETIMELIMIT)))) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), IsDigit(*user) ? "*" : user); return 0; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":KILL changed from %s to %s", user, target_p->name); chasing = 1; } if(MyConnect(target_p)) { if(IsServer(source_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s", source_p->name, target_p->name, reason); } else sendto_one(target_p, ":%s!%s@%s KILL %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, target_p->name, reason); } /* Be warned, this message must be From %s, or it confuses clients * so dont change it to From: or the case or anything! -- fl -- db */ /* path must contain at least 2 !'s, or bitchx falsely declares it * local --fl */ if(IsOper(source_p)) /* send it normally */ { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Received KILL message for %s. From %s Path: %s!%s!%s!%s %s", target_p->name, parv[0], source_p->servptr->name, source_p->host, source_p->username, source_p->name, reason); ilog(L_KILL, "%c %s %s!%s@%s %s %s", MyConnect(target_p) ? 'O' : 'R', get_oper_name(source_p), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, reason); } else { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SKILL, L_ALL, "Received KILL message for %s. From %s %s", target_p->name, parv[0], reason); ilog(L_KILL, "S %s %s!%s@%s %s %s", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, reason); } relay_kill(client_p, source_p, target_p, path, reason); /* FLAGS_KILLED prevents a quit being sent out */ target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; rb_sprintf(buf, "Killed (%s %s)", source_p->name, reason); exit_client(client_p, target_p, source_p, buf); return 0; } static void relay_kill(struct Client *one, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, const char *inpath, const char *reason) { struct Client *client_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; char buffer[BUFSIZE]; if(MyClient(source_p)) rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s!%s!%s!%s (%s)", me.name, source_p->host, source_p->username, source_p->name, reason); else rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s %s", inpath, reason); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(!client_p || client_p == one) continue; sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s", get_id(source_p, client_p), get_id(target_p, client_p), buffer); } } ����������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_quit.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005737�11730550233�017246� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_quit.c: Makes a user quit from IRC. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_quit.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" static int m_quit(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mr_quit(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_quit(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message quit_msgtab = { "QUIT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_quit, 0}, {m_quit, 0}, {ms_quit, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_quit, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 quit_clist[] = { &quit_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(quit, NULL, NULL, quit_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int mr_quit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, "Client Quit"); return 0; } /* ** m_quit ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = comment */ static int m_quit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char *comment = LOCAL_COPY_N((parc > 1 && parv[1]) ? parv[1] : client_p->name, REASONLEN); char reason[REASONLEN + 1]; source_p->flags |= FLAGS_NORMALEX; if(ConfigFileEntry.client_exit && comment[0]) { rb_snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason), "Quit: %s", comment); comment = reason; } if(!IsOper(source_p) && (source_p->localClient->firsttime + ConfigFileEntry.anti_spam_exit_message_time) > rb_current_time()) { exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, "Client Quit"); return 0; } exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, comment); return 0; } /* ** ms_quit ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = comment */ static int ms_quit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char *comment = LOCAL_COPY_N((parc > 1 && parv[1]) ? parv[1] : client_p->name, REASONLEN); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_NORMALEX; exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, comment); return 0; } ���������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_die.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004304�11730550233�017012� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_die.c: Kills off this server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_die.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int mo_die(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static struct Message die_msgtab = { "DIE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_die, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 die_clist[] = { &die_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(die, NULL, NULL, die_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_die - DIE command handler */ static int mo_die(struct Client *client_p __unused, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperDie(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "die"); return 0; } if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Need server name /die %s", me.name); return 0; } else if(irccmp(parv[1], me.name)) { sendto_one(source_p, ":Mismatch on /die %s", me.name); return 0; } ircd_shutdown(get_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP)); /* NOT REACHED */ return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_squit.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013125�11730550233�017417� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_squit.c: Makes a server quit. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_squit.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int ms_squit(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_squit(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message squit_msgtab = { "SQUIT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {ms_squit, 0}, {ms_squit, 0}, mg_ignore, {mo_squit, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 squit_clist[] = { &squit_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(squit, NULL, NULL, squit_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); struct squit_parms { const char *server_name; struct Client *target_p; }; static struct squit_parms *find_squit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *server); /* * mo_squit - SQUIT message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = server name * parv[2] = comment */ static int mo_squit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct squit_parms *found_squit; const char *comment = (parc > 2 && parv[2]) ? parv[2] : client_p->name; if((found_squit = find_squit(client_p, source_p, parv[1]))) { if(MyConnect(found_squit->target_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Received SQUIT %s from %s (%s)", found_squit->target_p->name, get_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP), comment); ilog(L_SERVER, "Received SQUIT %s from %s (%s)", found_squit->target_p->name, log_client_name(source_p, HIDE_IP), comment); } else if(!IsOperRemote(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remote"); return 0; } exit_client(client_p, found_squit->target_p, source_p, comment); return 0; } else { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), parv[1]); } return 0; } /* * ms_squit - SQUIT message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = server name * parv[2] = comment */ static int ms_squit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *comment = (parc > 2 && parv[2]) ? parv[2] : client_p->name; if(parc < 2) target_p = client_p; else { if((target_p = find_server(NULL, parv[1])) == NULL) return 0; if(IsMe(target_p)) target_p = client_p; if(!IsServer(target_p)) return 0; } /* Server is closing its link */ if(target_p == client_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Server %s closing link (%s)", target_p->name, comment); } /* ** Notify all opers, if my local link is remotely squitted */ else if(MyConnect(target_p)) { sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me, "Remote SQUIT %s from %s (%s)", target_p->name, source_p->name, comment); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s WALLOPS :Remote SQUIT %s from %s (%s)", me.id, target_p->name, source_p->name, comment); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s WALLOPS :Remote SQUIT %s from %s (%s)", me.name, target_p->name, source_p->name, comment); ilog(L_SERVER, "SQUIT From %s : %s (%s)", parv[0], target_p->name, comment); } exit_client(client_p, target_p, source_p, comment); return 0; } /* * find_squit * inputs - local server connection * - * - * output - pointer to struct containing found squit or none if not found * side effects - */ static struct squit_parms * find_squit(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *server) { static struct squit_parms found_squit; struct Client *target_p = NULL; struct Client *p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* must ALWAYS be reset */ found_squit.target_p = NULL; found_squit.server_name = NULL; /* ** The following allows wild cards in SQUIT. Only useful ** when the command is issued by an oper. */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { p = ptr->data; if(IsServer(p) || IsMe(p)) { if(match(server, p->name)) { target_p = p; break; } } } if(target_p == NULL) return NULL; found_squit.target_p = target_p; found_squit.server_name = server; if(IsMe(target_p)) { if(IsClient(client_p)) { if(MyClient(client_p)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You are trying to squit me."); return NULL; } else { found_squit.target_p = client_p; found_squit.server_name = client_p->name; } } if(found_squit.target_p != NULL) return &found_squit; else return (NULL); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_message.c����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000062651�11730550233�017706� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_message.c: Sends a (PRIVMSG|NOTICE) message to a user or channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_message.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "channel.h" #include "match.h" #include "hash.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int m_message(int, const char *, struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_privmsg(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_notice(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void expire_tgchange(void *unused); struct ev_entry *tgchange_ev; static int modinit(void) { tgchange_ev = rb_event_addish("expire_tgchange", expire_tgchange, NULL, 300); expire_tgchange(NULL); return 0; } static void moddeinit(void) { rb_event_delete(tgchange_ev); } struct Message privmsg_msgtab = { "PRIVMSG", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {mg_unreg, {m_privmsg, 0}, {m_privmsg, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_privmsg, 0}} }; struct Message notice_msgtab = { "NOTICE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_notice, 0}, {m_notice, 0}, {m_notice, 0}, mg_ignore, {m_notice, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 message_clist[] = { &privmsg_msgtab, &notice_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(message, modinit, moddeinit, message_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); struct entity { void *ptr; int type; int flags; }; static int build_target_list(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *nicks_channels, const char *text); static int flood_attack_client(int p_or_n, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p); static int flood_attack_channel(int p_or_n, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr); static struct Client *find_userhost(const char *, const char *, int *); #define ENTITY_NONE 0 #define ENTITY_CHANNEL 1 #define ENTITY_CHANOPS_ON_CHANNEL 2 #define ENTITY_CLIENT 3 static struct entity targets[512]; static int ntargets = 0; static int duplicate_ptr(void *); static void msg_channel(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *text); static void msg_channel_flags(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int flags, const char *text); static void msg_client(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, const char *text); static void handle_special(const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *nick, const char *text); /* ** m_privmsg ** ** massive cleanup ** rev argv 6/91 ** ** Another massive cleanup Nov, 2000 ** (I don't think there is a single line left from 6/91. Maybe.) ** m_privmsg and m_notice do basically the same thing. ** in the original 2.8.2 code base, they were the same function ** "m_message.c." When we did the great cleanup in conjuncton with bleep ** of ircu fame, we split m_privmsg.c and m_notice.c. ** I don't see the point of that now. Its harder to maintain, its ** easier to introduce bugs into one version and not the other etc. ** Really, the penalty of an extra function call isn't that big a deal folks. ** -db Nov 13, 2000 ** */ #define PRIVMSG 0 #define NOTICE 1 static int m_privmsg(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { return m_message(PRIVMSG, "PRIVMSG", client_p, source_p, parc, parv); } static int m_notice(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { return m_message(NOTICE, "NOTICE", client_p, source_p, parc, parv); } /* * inputs - flag privmsg or notice * - pointer to command "PRIVMSG" or "NOTICE" * - pointer to client_p * - pointer to source_p * - pointer to channel */ static int m_message(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int i; if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NORECIPIENT), me.name, source_p->name, command); return 0; } if(parc < 3 || EmptyString(parv[2])) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOTEXTTOSEND), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* Finish the flood grace period if theyre not messaging themselves * as some clients (ircN) do this as a "lag check" */ if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p) && irccmp(source_p->name, parv[1])) flood_endgrace(source_p); if(build_target_list(p_or_n, command, client_p, source_p, parv[1], parv[2]) < 0) { return 0; } for(i = 0; i < ntargets; i++) { switch (targets[i].type) { case ENTITY_CHANNEL: msg_channel(p_or_n, command, client_p, source_p, (struct Channel *)targets[i].ptr, parv[2]); break; case ENTITY_CHANOPS_ON_CHANNEL: msg_channel_flags(p_or_n, command, client_p, source_p, (struct Channel *)targets[i].ptr, targets[i].flags, parv[2]); break; case ENTITY_CLIENT: msg_client(p_or_n, command, source_p, (struct Client *)targets[i].ptr, parv[2]); break; } } return 0; } /* * build_target_list * * inputs - pointer to given client_p (server) * - pointer to given source (oper/client etc.) * - pointer to list of nicks/channels * - pointer to table to place results * - pointer to text (only used if source_p is an oper) * output - number of valid entities * side effects - target_table is modified to contain a list of * pointers to channels or clients * if source client is an oper * all the classic old bizzare oper privmsg tricks * are parsed and sent as is, if prefixed with $ * to disambiguate. * */ static int build_target_list(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *nicks_channels, const char *text) { int type; char *p, *nick, *target_list; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct Client *target_p; target_list = LOCAL_COPY(nicks_channels); ntargets = 0; for(nick = rb_strtok_r(target_list, ",", &p); nick; nick = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { char *with_prefix; /* * channels are privmsg'd a lot more than other clients, moved up * here plain old channel msg? */ if(IsChanPrefix(*nick)) { /* ignore send of local channel to a server (should not happen) */ if(IsServer(client_p) && *nick == '&') continue; if((chptr = find_channel(nick)) != NULL) { if(!duplicate_ptr(chptr)) { if(ntargets >= ConfigFileEntry.max_targets) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS), me.name, source_p->name, nick); return (1); } targets[ntargets].ptr = (void *)chptr; targets[ntargets++].type = ENTITY_CHANNEL; } } /* non existant channel */ else if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); continue; } if(MyClient(source_p)) target_p = find_named_person(nick); else target_p = find_person(nick); /* look for a privmsg to another client */ if(target_p) { if(!duplicate_ptr(target_p)) { if(ntargets >= ConfigFileEntry.max_targets) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS), me.name, source_p->name, nick); return (1); } targets[ntargets].ptr = (void *)target_p; targets[ntargets].type = ENTITY_CLIENT; targets[ntargets++].flags = 0; } continue; } /* @#channel or +#channel message ? */ type = 0; with_prefix = nick; /* allow %+@ if someone wants to do that */ for(;;) { if(*nick == '@') type |= CHFL_CHANOP; else if(*nick == '+') type |= CHFL_CHANOP | CHFL_VOICE; else break; nick++; } if(type != 0) { /* no recipient.. */ if(EmptyString(nick)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NORECIPIENT), me.name, source_p->name, command); continue; } /* At this point, nick+1 should be a channel name i.e. #foo or &foo * if the channel is found, fine, if not report an error */ if((chptr = find_channel(nick)) != NULL) { struct membership *msptr; msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(!IsServer(source_p) && !is_chanop_voiced(msptr)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, with_prefix); return (-1); } if(!duplicate_ptr(chptr)) { if(ntargets >= ConfigFileEntry.max_targets) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS), me.name, source_p->name, nick); return (1); } targets[ntargets].ptr = (void *)chptr; targets[ntargets].type = ENTITY_CHANOPS_ON_CHANNEL; targets[ntargets++].flags = type; } } else if(p_or_n != NOTICE) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); } continue; } if(strchr(nick, '@') || (IsOper(source_p) && (*nick == '$'))) { handle_special(command, client_p, source_p, nick, text); continue; } /* no matching anything found - error if not NOTICE */ if(p_or_n != NOTICE) { /* dont give this out when source is local, because * its misleading --anfl */ if(!MyClient(source_p) && IsDigit(*nick)) sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s * :Target left IRC. " "Failed to deliver: [%.20s]", get_id(&me, source_p), ERR_NOSUCHNICK, get_id(source_p, source_p), text); else sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); } } return (1); } /* * duplicate_ptr * * inputs - pointer to check * - pointer to table of entities * - number of valid entities so far * output - YES if duplicate pointer in table, NO if not. * note, this does the canonize using pointers * side effects - NONE */ static int duplicate_ptr(void *ptr) { int i; for(i = 0; i < ntargets; i++) if(targets[i].ptr == ptr) return YES; return NO; } /* * msg_channel * * inputs - flag privmsg or notice * - pointer to command "PRIVMSG" or "NOTICE" * - pointer to client_p * - pointer to source_p * - pointer to channel * output - NONE * side effects - message given channel */ static void msg_channel(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *text) { int result; if(MyClient(source_p)) { /* idle time shouldnt be reset by notices --fl */ if(p_or_n != NOTICE) source_p->localClient->last = rb_current_time(); } /* chanops and voiced can flood their own channel with impunity */ if((result = can_send(chptr, source_p, NULL))) { if(result == CAN_SEND_OPV || !flood_attack_channel(p_or_n, source_p, chptr)) { sendto_channel_flags(client_p, ALL_MEMBERS, source_p, chptr, "%s %s :%s", command, chptr->chname, text); } } else { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN, form_str(ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN), chptr->chname); } } /* * msg_channel_flags * * inputs - flag 0 if PRIVMSG 1 if NOTICE. RFC * say NOTICE must not auto reply * - pointer to command, "PRIVMSG" or "NOTICE" * - pointer to client_p * - pointer to source_p * - pointer to channel * - flags * - pointer to text to send * output - NONE * side effects - message given channel either chanop or voice */ static void msg_channel_flags(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int flags, const char *text) { int type; char c; if(flags & CHFL_VOICE) { type = ONLY_CHANOPSVOICED; c = '+'; } else { type = ONLY_CHANOPS; c = '@'; } if(MyClient(source_p)) { /* idletime shouldnt be reset by notice --fl */ if(p_or_n != NOTICE) source_p->localClient->last = rb_current_time(); } sendto_channel_flags(client_p, type, source_p, chptr, "%s %c%s :%s", command, c, chptr->chname, text); } #define PREV_FREE_TARGET(x) ((FREE_TARGET(x) == 0) ? 9 : FREE_TARGET(x) - 1) #define PREV_TARGET(i) ((i == 0) ? i = 9 : --i) #define NEXT_TARGET(i) ((i == 9) ? i = 0 : ++i) static void expire_tgchange(void *unused) { tgchange *target; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, tgchange_list.head) { target = ptr->data; if(target->expiry < rb_current_time()) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &tgchange_list); rb_patricia_remove(tgchange_tree, target->pnode); rb_free(target->ip); rb_free(target); } } } static int add_target(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { unsigned int i, j; /* messaging themselves, doesnt incur any penalties */ if(source_p == target_p) return 1; if(USED_TARGETS(source_p)) { /* hunt for an existing target */ for(i = PREV_FREE_TARGET(source_p), j = USED_TARGETS(source_p); j; --j, PREV_TARGET(i)) { if(source_p->localClient->targets[i] == target_p) return 1; } /* first message after connect, we may only start clearing * slots after this message --anfl */ if(!IsTGChange(source_p)) { SetTGChange(source_p); source_p->localClient->target_last = rb_current_time(); } /* clear as many targets as we can */ else if((i = (rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->target_last) / 60)) { if(i > USED_TARGETS(source_p)) USED_TARGETS(source_p) = 0; else USED_TARGETS(source_p) -= i; source_p->localClient->target_last = rb_current_time(); } /* cant clear any, full target list */ else if(USED_TARGETS(source_p) == 10) { add_tgchange(source_p->sockhost); return 0; } } /* no targets in use, reset their target_last so that they cant * abuse a long idle to get targets back more quickly */ else { source_p->localClient->target_last = rb_current_time(); SetTGChange(source_p); } source_p->localClient->targets[FREE_TARGET(source_p)] = target_p; NEXT_TARGET(FREE_TARGET(source_p)); ++USED_TARGETS(source_p); return 1; } /* * msg_client * * inputs - flag 0 if PRIVMSG 1 if NOTICE. RFC * say NOTICE must not auto reply * - pointer to command, "PRIVMSG" or "NOTICE" * - pointer to source_p source (struct Client *) * - pointer to target_p target (struct Client *) * - pointer to text * output - NONE * side effects - message given channel either chanop or voice */ static void msg_client(int p_or_n, const char *command, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, const char *text) { if(MyClient(source_p)) { /* reset idle time for message only if its not to self * and its not a notice */ if(p_or_n != NOTICE) source_p->localClient->last = rb_current_time(); /* target change stuff, dont limit ctcp replies as that * would allow people to start filling up random users * targets just by ctcping them */ if((p_or_n != NOTICE || *text != '\001') && ConfigFileEntry.target_change && !IsOper(source_p)) { if(!add_target(source_p, target_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TARGCHANGE), me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name); return; } } } else if(source_p->from == target_p->from) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Send message to %s[%s] dropped from %s(Fake Dir)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, source_p->name); return; } if(MyConnect(source_p) && (p_or_n != NOTICE) && target_p->user && target_p->user->away) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_AWAY, form_str(RPL_AWAY), target_p->name, target_p->user->away); if(MyClient(target_p)) { /* XXX Controversial? allow opers always to send through a +g */ if(!IsServer(source_p) && IsSetCallerId(target_p)) { /* Here is the anti-flood bot/spambot code -db */ if(accept_message(source_p, target_p) || IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s!%s@%s %s %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, command, target_p->name, text); } else { /* check for accept, flag recipient incoming message */ if(p_or_n != NOTICE) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_TARGUMODEG, form_str(ERR_TARGUMODEG), target_p->name); } if((target_p->localClient->last_caller_id_time + ConfigFileEntry.caller_id_wait) < rb_current_time()) { if(p_or_n != NOTICE) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TARGNOTIFY, form_str(RPL_TARGNOTIFY), target_p->name); sendto_one(target_p, form_str(RPL_UMODEGMSG), me.name, target_p->name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); target_p->localClient->last_caller_id_time = rb_current_time(); } /* Only so opers can watch for floods */ (void)flood_attack_client(p_or_n, source_p, target_p); } } else { /* If the client is remote, we dont perform a special check for * flooding.. as we wouldnt block their message anyway.. this means * we dont give warnings.. we then check if theyre opered * (to avoid flood warnings), lastly if theyre our client * and flooding -- fl */ if(!MyClient(source_p) || IsOper(source_p) || !flood_attack_client(p_or_n, source_p, target_p)) sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p, command, ":%s", text); } } else if(!MyClient(source_p) || IsOper(source_p) || !flood_attack_client(p_or_n, source_p, target_p)) sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p, command, ":%s", text); return; } /* * flood_attack_client * inputs - flag 0 if PRIVMSG 1 if NOTICE. RFC * say NOTICE must not auto reply * - pointer to source Client * - pointer to target Client * output - 1 if target is under flood attack * side effects - check for flood attack on target target_p */ static int flood_attack_client(int p_or_n, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { int delta; if(GlobalSetOptions.floodcount && MyConnect(target_p) && IsClient(source_p)) { if((target_p->localClient->first_received_message_time + 1) < rb_current_time()) { delta = rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->first_received_message_time; target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs -= delta; target_p->localClient->first_received_message_time = rb_current_time(); if(target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs <= 0) { target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs = 0; target_p->localClient->flood_noticed = 0; } } if((target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs >= GlobalSetOptions.floodcount) || target_p->localClient->flood_noticed) { if(target_p->localClient->flood_noticed == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_BOTS, L_ALL, "Possible Flooder %s[%s@%s] on %s target: %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, target_p->name); target_p->localClient->flood_noticed = 1; /* add a bit of penalty */ target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs += 2; } if(MyClient(source_p) && (p_or_n != NOTICE)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Message to %s throttled due to flooding", target_p->name); return 1; } else target_p->localClient->received_number_of_privmsgs++; } return 0; } /* * flood_attack_channel * inputs - flag 0 if PRIVMSG 1 if NOTICE. RFC * says NOTICE must not auto reply * - pointer to source Client * - pointer to target channel * output - 1 if target is under flood attack * side effects - check for flood attack on target chptr */ static int flood_attack_channel(int p_or_n, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr) { int delta; if(GlobalSetOptions.floodcount && MyClient(source_p)) { if((chptr->first_received_message_time + 1) < rb_current_time()) { delta = rb_current_time() - chptr->first_received_message_time; chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs -= delta; chptr->first_received_message_time = rb_current_time(); if(chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs <= 0) { chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs = 0; chptr->flood_noticed = 0; } } if((chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs >= GlobalSetOptions.floodcount) || chptr->flood_noticed) { if(chptr->flood_noticed == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_BOTS, L_ALL, "Possible Flooder %s[%s@%s] on %s target: %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, chptr->chname); chptr->flood_noticed = 1; /* Add a bit of penalty */ chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs += 2; } if(MyClient(source_p) && (p_or_n != NOTICE)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Message to %s throttled due to flooding", chptr->chname); return 1; } else chptr->received_number_of_privmsgs++; } return 0; } /* * handle_special * * inputs - server pointer * - client pointer * - nick stuff to grok for opers * - text to send if grok * output - none * side effects - all the traditional oper type messages are parsed here. * i.e. "/msg #some.host." * However, syntax has been changed. * previous syntax "/msg #some.host.mask" * now becomes "/msg $#some.host.mask" * previous syntax of: "/msg $some.server.mask" remains * This disambiguates the syntax. */ static void handle_special(const char *command, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *nick, const char *text) { struct Client *target_p; char *host; char *server; char *s; int count; /* user[%host]@server addressed? * NOTE: users can send to user@server, but not user%host@server * or opers@server */ if((server = strchr(nick, '@')) != NULL) { if((target_p = find_server(source_p, server + 1)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), server + 1); return; } count = 0; if(!IsOper(source_p)) { if(strchr(nick, '%') || (strncmp(nick, "opers", 5) == 0)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); return; } } /* somewhere else.. */ if(!IsMe(target_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s %s %s :%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), command, nick, text); return; } *server = '\0'; if((host = strchr(nick, '%')) != NULL) *host++ = '\0'; /* Check if someones msg'ing opers@our.server */ if(strcmp(nick, "opers") == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "To opers: From: %s: %s", source_p->name, text); return; } /* * Look for users which match the destination host * (no host == wildcard) and if one and one only is * found connected to me, deliver message! */ target_p = find_userhost(nick, host, &count); if(target_p != NULL) { if(server != NULL) *server = '@'; if(host != NULL) *--host = '%'; if(count == 1) sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p, command, ":%s", text); else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS), get_id(&me, source_p), get_id(source_p, source_p), nick); } } /* * the following two cases allow masks in NOTICEs * (for OPERs only) * * Armin, 8Jun90 (gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de) */ if(IsOper(source_p) && *nick == '$') { if((*(nick + 1) == '$' || *(nick + 1) == '#')) nick++; else if(MyOper(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":The command %s %s is no longer supported, please use $%s", command, nick, nick); return; } if((s = strrchr(nick, '.')) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTOPLEVEL, form_str(ERR_NOTOPLEVEL), nick); return; } while(*++s) if(*s == '.' || *s == '*' || *s == '?') break; if(*s == '*' || *s == '?') { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_WILDTOPLEVEL, form_str(ERR_WILDTOPLEVEL), nick); return; } sendto_match_butone(IsServer(client_p) ? client_p : NULL, source_p, nick + 1, (*nick == '#') ? MATCH_HOST : MATCH_SERVER, "%s $%s :%s", command, nick, text); return; } } /* * find_userhost - find a user@host (server or user). * inputs - user name to look for * - host name to look for * - pointer to count of number of matches found * outputs - pointer to client if found * - count is updated * side effects - none * */ static struct Client * find_userhost(const char *user, const char *host, int *count) { struct Client *c2ptr; struct Client *res = NULL; char *u = LOCAL_COPY(user); rb_dlink_node *ptr; *count = 0; if(collapse(u) != NULL) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { c2ptr = ptr->data; if(!MyClient(c2ptr)) /* implies mine and an user */ continue; if((!host || match(host, c2ptr->host)) && irccmp(u, c2ptr->username) == 0) { (*count)++; res = c2ptr; } } } return (res); } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_join.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000072534�11730550233�017222� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_join.c: Joins a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_join.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" static int m_join(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_join(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_sjoin(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message join_msgtab = { "JOIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_join, 2}, {ms_join, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_join, 2}} }; struct Message sjoin_msgtab = { "SJOIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_sjoin, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 join_clist[] = { &join_msgtab, &sjoin_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(join, NULL, NULL, join_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void do_join_0(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p); static int check_channel_name_loc(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); static int can_join(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, char *key); static void set_final_mode(struct Client *, struct Channel *, struct Mode *, struct Mode *); static void remove_our_modes(struct Channel *chptr); static void remove_ban_list(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *source_p, rb_dlink_list *list, char c, int cap, int mems); /* * m_join * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel * parv[2] = channel password (key) */ static int m_join(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char jbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct ConfItem *aconf; char *name; char *key = NULL; int i, flags = 0; char *p = NULL, *p2 = NULL; char *chanlist; char *mykey; int successful_join_count = 0; /* Number of channels successfully joined */ jbuf[0] = '\0'; /* rebuild the list of channels theyre supposed to be joining. * this code has a side effect of losing keys, but.. */ chanlist = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); for(name = rb_strtok_r(chanlist, ",", &p); name; name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { /* check the length and name of channel is ok */ if(!check_channel_name_loc(source_p, name) || (strlen(name) > LOC_CHANNELLEN)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), (unsigned char *)name); continue; } /* join 0 parts all channels */ if(*name == '0' && (name[1] == ',' || name[1] == '\0') && name == chanlist) { (void)strcpy(jbuf, "0"); continue; } /* check it begins with # or &, and local chans are disabled */ else if(!IsChannelName(name)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); continue; } /* see if its resv'd */ if(!IsExemptResv(source_p) && (aconf = hash_find_resv(name))) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), name); /* dont warn for opers */ if(!IsExemptJupe(source_p) && !IsOper(source_p)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SPY, L_ALL, "User %s (%s@%s) is attempting to join locally juped channel %s (%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, name, aconf->passwd); /* dont update tracking for jupe exempt users, these * are likely to be spamtrap leaves */ else if(IsExemptJupe(source_p)) aconf->port--; continue; } if(splitmode && !IsOper(source_p) && (*name != '&') && ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE), me.name, source_p->name, name); continue; } if(*jbuf) (void)strcat(jbuf, ","); (void)rb_strlcat(jbuf, name, sizeof(jbuf)); } if(parc > 2) { mykey = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); key = rb_strtok_r(mykey, ",", &p2); } for(name = rb_strtok_r(jbuf, ",", &p); name; key = (key) ? rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p2) : NULL, name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { /* JOIN 0 simply parts all channels the user is in */ if(*name == '0' && !atoi(name)) { if(source_p->user->channel.head == NULL) continue; do_join_0(&me, source_p); continue; } /* look for the channel */ if((chptr = find_channel(name)) != NULL) { if(IsMember(source_p, chptr)) continue; if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) == 0) flags = CHFL_CHANOP; else flags = 0; } else { if(splitmode && !IsOper(source_p) && (*name != '&') && ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE), me.name, source_p->name, name); continue; } flags = CHFL_CHANOP; } if((rb_dlink_list_length(&source_p->user->channel) >= (unsigned long)ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user) && (!IsOper(source_p) || (rb_dlink_list_length(&source_p->user->channel) >= (unsigned long)ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user * 3))) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYCHANNELS), me.name, source_p->name, name); if(successful_join_count) source_p->localClient->last_join_time = rb_current_time(); return 0; } if(flags == 0) /* if channel doesn't exist, don't penalize */ successful_join_count++; if(chptr == NULL) /* If I already have a chptr, no point doing this */ { chptr = get_or_create_channel(source_p, name, NULL); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE), me.name, source_p->name, name); if(successful_join_count > 0) successful_join_count--; continue; } } if(!IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptSpambot(source_p)) check_spambot_warning(source_p, name); /* can_join checks for +i key, bans etc */ if((i = can_join(source_p, chptr, key))) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(i), me.name, source_p->name, name); if(successful_join_count > 0) successful_join_count--; continue; } /* add the user to the channel */ add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, flags); /* we send the user their join here, because we could have to * send a mode out next. */ sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); /* its a new channel, set +nt and burst. */ if(flags & CHFL_CHANOP) { chptr->channelts = rb_current_time(); chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_TOPICLIMIT; chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_NOPRIVMSGS; sendto_channel_local(ONLY_CHANOPS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +nt", me.name, chptr->chname); if(*chptr->chname == '#') { sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s +nt :@%s", me.id, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->id); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s +nt :@%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name); } } else { sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s JOIN %ld %s +", use_id(source_p), (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :%s", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name); } del_invite(chptr, source_p); if(chptr->topic != NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPIC), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPICWHOTIME), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic_info, chptr->topic->topic_time); } channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 1); if(successful_join_count) source_p->localClient->last_join_time = rb_current_time(); } return 0; } /* * ms_join * * inputs - * output - none * side effects - handles remote JOIN's sent by servers. In TSora * remote clients are joined using SJOIN, hence a * JOIN sent by a server on behalf of a client is an error. * here, the initial code is in to take an extra parameter * and use it for the TimeStamp on a new channel. */ static int ms_join(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; static struct Mode mode; time_t oldts; time_t newts; int isnew; int keep_our_modes = YES; int keep_new_modes = YES; /* special case for join 0 */ if((parv[1][0] == '0') && (parv[1][1] == '\0') && parc == 2) { do_join_0(client_p, source_p); return 0; } if(parc < 4) return 0; if(!IsChannelName(parv[2]) || !check_channel_name(parv[2])) return 0; /* joins for local channels cant happen. */ if(parv[2][0] == '&') return 0; mode.key[0] = '\0'; mode.mode = mode.limit = 0; if((chptr = get_or_create_channel(source_p, parv[2], &isnew)) == NULL) return 0; newts = atol(parv[1]); oldts = chptr->channelts; /* making a channel TS0 */ if(!isnew && !newts && oldts) { sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- TS for %s changed from %ld to 0", me.name, chptr->chname, chptr->chname, (long)oldts); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Server %s changing TS on %s from %ld to 0", source_p->name, chptr->chname, (long)oldts); } if(isnew) chptr->channelts = newts; else if(newts == 0 || oldts == 0) chptr->channelts = 0; else if(newts == oldts) ; else if(newts < oldts) { keep_our_modes = NO; chptr->channelts = newts; } else keep_new_modes = NO; /* Lost the TS, other side wins, so remove modes on this side */ if(!keep_our_modes) { remove_our_modes(chptr); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- TS for %s changed from %ld to %ld", me.name, chptr->chname, chptr->chname, (long)oldts, (long)newts); set_final_mode(source_p->servptr, chptr, &mode, &chptr->mode); chptr->mode = mode; } if(!IsMember(source_p, chptr)) { add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_PEON); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); } sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s JOIN %ld %s +", source_p->id, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s %s :%s", source_p->servptr->name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, keep_new_modes ? "+" : "0", source_p->name); return 0; } /* * ms_sjoin * parv[0] - sender * parv[1] - TS * parv[2] - channel * parv[3] - modes + n arguments (key and/or limit) * parv[4+n] - flags+nick list (all in one parameter) * * process a SJOIN, taking the TS's into account to either ignore the * incoming modes or undo the existing ones or merge them, and JOIN * all the specified users while sending JOIN/MODEs to local clients */ static int ms_sjoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char modebuf[MODEBUFLEN]; static char *mbuf; static char buf_nick[BUFSIZE]; static char buf_uid[BUFSIZE]; static const char *para[MAXMODEPARAMS]; static const char empty_modes[] = "0"; struct Channel *chptr; struct Client *target_p; time_t newts; time_t oldts; static struct Mode mode, *oldmode; const char *modes; int args = 0; int keep_our_modes = 1; int keep_new_modes = 1; int fl; int isnew; int mlen_nick, mlen_uid; int len_nick; int len_uid; int len; int joins = 0; const char *s; char *ptr_nick; char *ptr_uid; char *p; int i; static char empty[] = ""; int pargs; /* I dont trust servers *not* to end up sending us a blank sjoin, so * its better not to make a big deal about it. --fl */ if(parc < 5 || EmptyString(parv[4])) return 0; if(!IsChannelName(parv[2]) || !check_channel_name(parv[2])) return 0; /* SJOIN's for local channels can't happen. */ if(*parv[2] == '&') return 0; mode.key[0] = '\0'; mode.mode = mode.limit = 0; newts = atol(parv[1]); s = parv[3]; while(*s) { switch (*(s++)) { case 'i': mode.mode |= MODE_INVITEONLY; break; case 'n': mode.mode |= MODE_NOPRIVMSGS; break; case 'p': mode.mode |= MODE_PRIVATE; break; case 's': mode.mode |= MODE_SECRET; break; case 'm': mode.mode |= MODE_MODERATED; break; case 't': mode.mode |= MODE_TOPICLIMIT; break; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES case 'r': mode.mode |= MODE_REGONLY; break; #endif case 'S': mode.mode |= MODE_SSLONLY; break; case 'k': rb_strlcpy(mode.key, parv[4 + args], sizeof(mode.key)); args++; if(parc < 5 + args) return 0; break; case 'l': mode.limit = atoi(parv[4 + args]); args++; if(parc < 5 + args) return 0; break; } } s = parv[args + 4]; /* remove any leading spaces */ while(*s == ' ') s++; if(EmptyString(s)) return 0; if((chptr = get_or_create_channel(source_p, parv[2], &isnew)) == NULL) return 0; /* channel name too long? */ oldts = chptr->channelts; oldmode = &chptr->mode; if(!isnew && !newts && oldts) { sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- TS for %s " "changed from %ld to 0", me.name, chptr->chname, chptr->chname, (long)oldts); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Server %s changing TS on %s from %ld to 0", source_p->name, chptr->chname, (long)oldts); } if(isnew) chptr->channelts = newts; else if(newts == 0 || oldts == 0) chptr->channelts = 0; else if(newts == oldts) ; else if(newts < oldts) { keep_our_modes = NO; chptr->channelts = newts; } else keep_new_modes = NO; if(!keep_new_modes) mode = *oldmode; else if(keep_our_modes) { mode.mode |= oldmode->mode; if(oldmode->limit > mode.limit) mode.limit = oldmode->limit; if(strcmp(mode.key, oldmode->key) < 0) strcpy(mode.key, oldmode->key); } /* Lost the TS, other side wins, so remove modes on this side */ if(!keep_our_modes) { remove_our_modes(chptr); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s NOTICE %s :*** Notice -- TS for %s changed from %ld to %ld", me.name, chptr->chname, chptr->chname, (long)oldts, (long)newts); } set_final_mode(source_p, chptr, &mode, oldmode); chptr->mode = mode; *modebuf = '\0'; if(parv[3][0] != '0' && keep_new_modes) modes = channel_modes(chptr, source_p); else modes = empty_modes; mlen_nick = rb_sprintf(buf_nick, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s %s :", source_p->name, (long)chptr->channelts, parv[2], modes); ptr_nick = buf_nick + mlen_nick; /* working on the presumption eventually itll be more efficient to * build a TS6 buffer without checking its needed.. */ mlen_uid = rb_sprintf(buf_uid, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s %s :", use_id(source_p), (long)chptr->channelts, parv[2], modes); ptr_uid = buf_uid + mlen_uid; mbuf = modebuf; para[0] = para[1] = para[2] = para[3] = empty; pargs = 0; len_nick = len_uid = 0; *mbuf++ = '+'; /* if theres a space, theres going to be more than one nick, change the * first space to \0, so s is just the first nick, and point p to the * second nick */ if((p = strchr(s, ' ')) != NULL) { *p++ = '\0'; } while(s) { fl = 0; for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { if(*s == '@') { fl |= CHFL_CHANOP; s++; } else if(*s == '+') { fl |= CHFL_VOICE; s++; } } /* if the client doesnt exist or is fake direction, skip. */ if(!(target_p = find_client(s)) || (target_p->from != client_p) || !IsClient(target_p)) goto nextnick; /* we assume for these we can fit at least one nick/uid in.. */ /* check we can fit another status+nick+space into a buffer */ if((mlen_nick + len_nick + NICKLEN + 3) > (BUFSIZE - 3)) { *(ptr_nick - 1) = '\0'; sendto_server(client_p->from, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, "%s", buf_nick); ptr_nick = buf_nick + mlen_nick; len_nick = 0; } if((mlen_uid + len_uid + IDLEN + 3) > (BUFSIZE - 3)) { *(ptr_uid - 1) = '\0'; sendto_server(client_p->from, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, "%s", buf_uid); ptr_uid = buf_uid + mlen_uid; len_uid = 0; } if(keep_new_modes) { if(fl & CHFL_CHANOP) { *ptr_nick++ = '@'; *ptr_uid++ = '@'; len_nick++; len_uid++; } if(fl & CHFL_VOICE) { *ptr_nick++ = '+'; *ptr_uid++ = '+'; len_nick++; len_uid++; } } /* copy the nick to the two buffers */ len = rb_sprintf(ptr_nick, "%s ", target_p->name); ptr_nick += len; len_nick += len; len = rb_sprintf(ptr_uid, "%s ", use_id(target_p)); ptr_uid += len; len_uid += len; if(!keep_new_modes) { if(fl & CHFL_CHANOP) fl = CHFL_DEOPPED; else fl = 0; } if(!IsMember(target_p, chptr)) { add_user_to_channel(chptr, target_p, fl); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN :%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, parv[2]); joins++; } if(fl & CHFL_CHANOP) { *mbuf++ = 'o'; para[pargs++] = target_p->name; /* a +ov user.. bleh */ if(fl & CHFL_VOICE) { /* its possible the +o has filled up MAXMODEPARAMS, if so, start * a new buffer */ if(pargs >= MAXMODEPARAMS) { *mbuf = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, modebuf, para[0], para[1], para[2], para[3]); mbuf = modebuf; *mbuf++ = '+'; para[0] = para[1] = para[2] = para[3] = NULL; pargs = 0; } *mbuf++ = 'v'; para[pargs++] = target_p->name; } } else if(fl & CHFL_VOICE) { *mbuf++ = 'v'; para[pargs++] = target_p->name; } if(pargs >= MAXMODEPARAMS) { *mbuf = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, modebuf, para[0], para[1], para[2], para[3]); mbuf = modebuf; *mbuf++ = '+'; para[0] = para[1] = para[2] = para[3] = NULL; pargs = 0; } nextnick: /* p points to the next nick */ s = p; /* if there was a trailing space and p was pointing to it, then we * need to exit.. this has the side effect of breaking double spaces * in an sjoin.. but that shouldnt happen anyway */ if(s && (*s == '\0')) s = p = NULL; /* if p was NULL due to no spaces, s wont exist due to the above, so * we cant check it for spaces.. if there are no spaces, then when * we next get here, s will be NULL */ if(s && ((p = strchr(s, ' ')) != NULL)) { *p++ = '\0'; } } *mbuf = '\0'; if(pargs) { sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, modebuf, para[0], CheckEmpty(para[1]), CheckEmpty(para[2]), CheckEmpty(para[3])); } if(!joins) { if(isnew) destroy_channel(chptr); return 0; } *(ptr_nick - 1) = '\0'; *(ptr_uid - 1) = '\0'; sendto_server(client_p->from, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, "%s", buf_uid); sendto_server(client_p->from, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, "%s", buf_nick); /* if the source does TS6 we have to remove our bans. Its now safe * to issue -b's to the non-ts6 servers, as the sjoin we've just * sent will kill any ops they have. */ if(!keep_our_modes && source_p->id[0] != '\0') { if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->banlist) > 0) remove_ban_list(chptr, source_p, &chptr->banlist, 'b', NOCAPS, ALL_MEMBERS); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->exceptlist) > 0) remove_ban_list(chptr, source_p, &chptr->exceptlist, 'e', CAP_EX, ONLY_CHANOPS); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->invexlist) > 0) remove_ban_list(chptr, source_p, &chptr->invexlist, 'I', CAP_IE, ONLY_CHANOPS); chptr->ban_serial++; } return 0; } /* * do_join_0 * * inputs - pointer to client doing join 0 * output - NONE * side effects - Use has decided to join 0. This is legacy * from the days when channels were numbers not names. *sigh* * There is a bunch of evilness necessary here due to * anti spambot code. */ static void do_join_0(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p) { struct membership *msptr; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* Finish the flood grace period... */ if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s JOIN 0", use_id(source_p)); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s JOIN 0", source_p->name); if(source_p->user->channel.head && MyConnect(source_p) && !IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptSpambot(source_p)) check_spambot_warning(source_p, NULL); while((ptr = source_p->user->channel.head)) { msptr = ptr->data; chptr = msptr->chptr; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s PART %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); remove_user_from_channel(msptr); } } static int check_channel_name_loc(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { s_assert(name != NULL); if(EmptyString(name)) return 0; if(ConfigFileEntry.disable_fake_channels && !IsOper(source_p)) { for(; *name; ++name) { if(!IsChanChar(*name) || IsFakeChanChar(*name)) return 0; } } else { for(; *name; ++name) { if(!IsChanChar(*name)) return 0; } } return 1; } /* can_join() * * input - client to check, channel to check for, key * output - reason for not being able to join, else 0 * side effects - */ static int can_join(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, char *key) { rb_dlink_node *lp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Ban *invex = NULL; char src_host[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 6]; char src_iphost[NICKLEN + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 6]; s_assert(source_p->localClient != NULL); rb_sprintf(src_host, "%s!%s@%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); rb_sprintf(src_iphost, "%s!%s@%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->sockhost); if((is_banned(chptr, source_p, NULL, src_host, src_iphost)) == CHFL_BAN) return (ERR_BANNEDFROMCHAN); if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_INVITEONLY) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(lp, source_p->localClient->invited.head) { if(lp->data == chptr) break; } if(lp == NULL) { if(!ConfigChannel.use_invex) return (ERR_INVITEONLYCHAN); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->invexlist.head) { invex = ptr->data; if(match(invex->banstr, src_host) || match(invex->banstr, src_iphost) || match_cidr(invex->banstr, src_iphost)) break; } if(ptr == NULL) return (ERR_INVITEONLYCHAN); } } if(*chptr->mode.key && (EmptyString(key) || irccmp(chptr->mode.key, key))) return (ERR_BADCHANNELKEY); if(chptr->mode.limit && rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) >= (unsigned long)chptr->mode.limit) return (ERR_CHANNELISFULL); #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_REGONLY && EmptyString(source_p->user->suser)) return ERR_NEEDREGGEDNICK; #endif if(ConfigChannel.use_sslonly && chptr->mode.mode & MODE_SSLONLY && !IsSSL(source_p)) return ERR_SSLONLYCHAN; return 0; } static struct mode_letter { int mode; char letter; } flags[] = { { MODE_NOPRIVMSGS, 'n'}, { MODE_TOPICLIMIT, 't'}, { MODE_SECRET, 's'}, { MODE_MODERATED, 'm'}, { MODE_INVITEONLY, 'i'}, { MODE_PRIVATE, 'p'}, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES { MODE_REGONLY, 'r'}, #endif { MODE_SSLONLY, 'S'}, { 0, 0} }; static void set_final_mode(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, struct Mode *mode, struct Mode *oldmode) { static char lmodebuf[MODEBUFLEN]; static char lparabuf[MODEBUFLEN]; int dir = MODE_QUERY; char *mbuf = lmodebuf; char *pbuf = lparabuf; int i; lparabuf[0] = '\0'; /* ok, first get a list of modes we need to add */ for(i = 0; flags[i].letter; i++) { if((mode->mode & flags[i].mode) && !(oldmode->mode & flags[i].mode)) { if(dir != MODE_ADD) { *mbuf++ = '+'; dir = MODE_ADD; } *mbuf++ = flags[i].letter; } } /* now the ones we need to remove. */ for(i = 0; flags[i].letter; i++) { if((oldmode->mode & flags[i].mode) && !(mode->mode & flags[i].mode)) { if(dir != MODE_DEL) { *mbuf++ = '-'; dir = MODE_DEL; } *mbuf++ = flags[i].letter; } } if(oldmode->limit && !mode->limit) { if(dir != MODE_DEL) { *mbuf++ = '-'; dir = MODE_DEL; } *mbuf++ = 'l'; } if(oldmode->key[0] && !mode->key[0]) { if(dir != MODE_DEL) { *mbuf++ = '-'; dir = MODE_DEL; } *mbuf++ = 'k'; pbuf += rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", oldmode->key); } if(mode->limit && oldmode->limit != mode->limit) { if(dir != MODE_ADD) { *mbuf++ = '+'; dir = MODE_ADD; } *mbuf++ = 'l'; pbuf += rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%d ", mode->limit); } if(mode->key[0] && strcmp(oldmode->key, mode->key)) { if(dir != MODE_ADD) { *mbuf++ = '+'; dir = MODE_ADD; } *mbuf++ = 'k'; pbuf += rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", mode->key); } *mbuf = '\0'; if(!EmptyString(lmodebuf)) { /* arguments, cut trailing space */ if(!EmptyString(lparabuf)) { *(pbuf - 1) = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, lmodebuf, lparabuf); } else sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, lmodebuf); } } /* * remove_our_modes * * inputs - * output - * side effects - */ static void remove_our_modes(struct Channel *chptr) { struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; char lmodebuf[MODEBUFLEN]; const char *lpara[MAXMODEPARAMS]; char *mbuf; int count = 0; int i; mbuf = lmodebuf; *mbuf++ = '-'; for(i = 0; i < MAXMODEPARAMS; i++) lpara[i] = NULL; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; if(is_chanop(msptr)) { msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_CHANOP; lpara[count++] = msptr->client_p->name; *mbuf++ = 'o'; /* +ov, might not fit so check. */ if(is_voiced(msptr)) { if(count >= MAXMODEPARAMS) { *mbuf = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", me.name, chptr->chname, lmodebuf, lpara[0], lpara[1], lpara[2], lpara[3]); /* preserve the initial '-' */ mbuf = lmodebuf; *mbuf++ = '-'; count = 0; for(i = 0; i < MAXMODEPARAMS; i++) lpara[i] = NULL; } msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_VOICE; lpara[count++] = msptr->client_p->name; *mbuf++ = 'v'; } } else if(is_voiced(msptr)) { msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_VOICE; lpara[count++] = msptr->client_p->name; *mbuf++ = 'v'; } else continue; if(count >= MAXMODEPARAMS) { *mbuf = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", me.name, chptr->chname, lmodebuf, lpara[0], lpara[1], lpara[2], lpara[3]); mbuf = lmodebuf; *mbuf++ = '-'; count = 0; for(i = 0; i < MAXMODEPARAMS; i++) lpara[i] = NULL; } } if(count != 0) { *mbuf = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s %s %s %s %s %s", me.name, chptr->chname, lmodebuf, EmptyString(lpara[0]) ? "" : lpara[0], EmptyString(lpara[1]) ? "" : lpara[1], EmptyString(lpara[2]) ? "" : lpara[2], EmptyString(lpara[3]) ? "" : lpara[3]); } } /* remove_ban_list() * * inputs - channel, source, list to remove, char of mode, caps needed * outputs - * side effects - given list is removed, with modes issued to local clients * and non-TS6 servers. */ static void remove_ban_list(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *source_p, rb_dlink_list *list, char c, int cap, int mems) { static char lmodebuf[BUFSIZE]; static char lparabuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Ban *banptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; char *mbuf, *pbuf; int count = 0; int cur_len, mlen, plen; pbuf = lparabuf; cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(lmodebuf, ":%s MODE %s -", source_p->name, chptr->chname); mbuf = lmodebuf + mlen; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, list->head) { banptr = ptr->data; /* trailing space, and the mode letter itself */ plen = strlen(banptr->banstr) + 2; if(count >= MAXMODEPARAMS || (cur_len + plen) > BUFSIZE - 4) { /* remove trailing space */ *mbuf = '\0'; *(pbuf - 1) = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(mems, chptr, "%s %s", lmodebuf, lparabuf); sendto_server(source_p, chptr, cap, CAP_TS6, "%s %s", lmodebuf, lparabuf); cur_len = mlen; mbuf = lmodebuf + mlen; pbuf = lparabuf; count = 0; } *mbuf++ = c; cur_len += plen; pbuf += rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", banptr->banstr); count++; free_ban(banptr); } *mbuf = '\0'; *(pbuf - 1) = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(mems, chptr, "%s %s", lmodebuf, lparabuf); sendto_server(source_p, chptr, cap, CAP_TS6, "%s %s", lmodebuf, lparabuf); list->head = list->tail = NULL; list->length = 0; } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_server.c�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000110650�11730550233�017561� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_server.c: Introduces a server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_server.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" /* client struct */ #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" /* add_to_client_hash */ #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" /* me */ #include "s_conf.h" /* struct ConfItem */ #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" /* log level defines */ #include "s_serv.h" /* server_estab, check_server */ #include "scache.h" /* find_or_add */ #include "send.h" /* sendto_one */ #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "packet.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "reject.h" #include "sslproc.h" static int mr_server(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_server(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_sid(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message server_msgtab = { "SERVER", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_server, 4}, mg_reg, mg_ignore, {ms_server, 4}, mg_ignore, mg_reg} }; struct Message sid_msgtab = { "SID", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_reg, mg_ignore, {ms_sid, 5}, mg_ignore, mg_reg} }; mapi_clist_av1 server_clist[] = { &server_msgtab, &sid_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(server, NULL, NULL, server_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static struct Client *server_exists(const char *); static int set_server_gecos(struct Client *, const char *); static int check_server(const char *name, struct Client *client_p); static int server_estab(struct Client *client_p); /* enums for check_server */ enum { NO_NLINE = -1, INVALID_PASS = -2, INVALID_HOST = -3, INVALID_SERVERNAME = -4, NEED_SSL = -5, }; /* * mr_server - SERVER message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername * parv[2] = serverinfo/hopcount * parv[3] = serverinfo */ static int mr_server(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char info[REALLEN + 1]; const char *name; struct Client *target_p; int hop; name = parv[1]; hop = atoi(parv[2]); rb_strlcpy(info, parv[3], sizeof(info)); /* * Reject a direct nonTS server connection if we're TS_ONLY -orabidoo */ if(!DoesTS(client_p)) { exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Non-TS server"); return 0; } if(!valid_servername(name)) { exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Invalid servername."); return 0; } /* Now we just have to call check_server and everything should be * check for us... -A1kmm. */ switch (check_server(name, client_p)) { case NO_NLINE: if(ConfigFileEntry.warn_no_nline) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unauthorised server connection attempt from [@255.255.255.255]: " "No entry for servername %s", name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Access denied, No N line for server %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); } exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Invalid servername."); return 0; /* NOT REACHED */ break; case INVALID_PASS: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unauthorised server connection attempt from [@255.255.255.255]: " "Bad password for server %s", name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Access denied, invalid password for server %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Invalid password."); return 0; case INVALID_HOST: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Unauthorised server connection attempt from [@255.255.255.255]: " "Invalid host for server %s", name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Access denied, invalid host for server %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Invalid host."); return 0; /* servername is > HOSTLEN */ case INVALID_SERVERNAME: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Invalid servername %s from [@255.255.255.255]", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Access denied, invalid servername from %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Invalid servername."); return 0; case NEED_SSL: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Connection from servername %s requires SSL/TLS but is plaintext", name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Access denied, requires SSL/TLS but is plaintext from %s", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Access denied, requires SSL/TLS but is plaintext"); return 0; default: break; } /* require TS6 for direct links */ if(!IsCapable(client_p, CAP_TS6)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s dropped, TS6 protocol is required", name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Incompatible TS version"); return 0; } if((target_p = server_exists(name))) { /* * This link is trying feed me a server that I already have * access through another path -- multiple paths not accepted * currently, kill this link immediately!! * * Rather than KILL the link which introduced it, KILL the * youngest of the two links. -avalon * * Definitely don't do that here. This is from an unregistered * connect - A1kmm. */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Attempt to re-introduce server %s from [@255.255.255.255]", name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Attempt to re-introduce server %s from %s", name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Server already exists."); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Server Exists"); return 0; } if(has_id(client_p) && (target_p = find_id(client_p->id)) != NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Attempt to re-introduce SID %s from %s[@255.255.255.255]", client_p->id, name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Attempt to re-introduce SID %s from %s", name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :SID already exists."); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "SID Exists"); return 0; } /* * if we are connecting (Handshake), we already have the name from the * C:line in client_p->name */ client_p->name = scache_add(name); set_server_gecos(client_p, info); client_p->hopcount = hop; server_estab(client_p); return 0; } /* * ms_server - SERVER message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername * parv[2] = serverinfo/hopcount * parv[3] = serverinfo */ static int ms_server(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char info[REALLEN + 1]; /* same size as in s_misc.c */ const char *name; struct Client *target_p; struct remote_conf *hub_p; hook_data_client hdata; int hop; int hlined = 0; int llined = 0; rb_dlink_node *ptr; name = parv[1]; hop = atoi(parv[2]); rb_strlcpy(info, parv[3], sizeof(info)); if((target_p = server_exists(name))) { /* * This link is trying feed me a server that I already have * access through another path -- multiple paths not accepted * currently, kill this link immediately!! * * Rather than KILL the link which introduced it, KILL the * youngest of the two links. -avalon * * I think that we should exit the link itself, not the introducer, * and we should always exit the most recently received(i.e. the * one we are receiving this SERVER for. -A1kmm * * You *cant* do this, if you link somewhere, it bursts you a server * that already exists, then sends you a client burst, you squit the * server, but you keep getting the burst of clients on a server that * doesnt exist, although ircd can handle it, its not a realistic * solution.. --fl_ */ /* It is behind a host-masked server. Completely ignore the * server message(don't propagate or we will delink from whoever * we propagate to). -A1kmm */ if(irccmp(target_p->name, name) && target_p->from == client_p) return 0; sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Server %s already exists", name); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s cancelled, server %s already exists", client_p->name, name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s cancelled, server %s already exists", client_p->name, name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Server Exists"); return 0; } if(!valid_servername(name) || strlen(name) > HOSTLEN) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s introduced server with invalid servername %s", client_p->name, name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s introduced with invalid servername %s", client_p->name, name); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Invalid servername introduced."); return 0; } /* * Server is informing about a new server behind * this link. Create REMOTE server structure, * add it to list and propagate word to my other * server links... */ if(parc == 1 || EmptyString(info)) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :No server info specified for %s", name); return 0; } /* * See if the newly found server is behind a guaranteed * leaf. If so, close the link. * */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hubleaf_conf_list.head) { hub_p = ptr->data; if(match(hub_p->server, client_p->name) && match(hub_p->host, name)) { if(hub_p->flags & CONF_HUB) hlined++; else llined++; } } /* Ok, this way this works is * * A server can have a CONF_HUB allowing it to introduce servers * behind it. * * connect { * name = "irc.bighub.net"; * hub_mask="*"; * ... * * That would allow "irc.bighub.net" to introduce anything it wanted.. * * However * * connect { * name = "irc.somehub.fi"; * hub_mask="*"; * leaf_mask="*.edu"; *... * Would allow this server in finland to hub anything but * .edu's */ /* Ok, check client_p can hub the new server, and make sure it's not a LL */ if(!hlined) { /* OOOPs nope can't HUB */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Non-Hub link %s introduced %s.", client_p->name, name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Non-Hub link %s introduced %s.", client_p->name, name); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "No matching hub_mask."); return 0; } /* Check for the new server being leafed behind this HUB */ if(llined) { /* OOOPs nope can't HUB this leaf */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s introduced leafed server %s.", client_p->name, name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s introduced leafed server %s.", client_p->name, name); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Leafed Server."); return 0; } target_p = make_client(client_p); make_server(target_p); target_p->hopcount = hop; target_p->name = scache_add(name); set_server_gecos(target_p, info); target_p->servptr = source_p; SetServer(target_p); rb_dlinkAddTail(target_p, &target_p->node, &global_client_list); rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(target_p, &global_serv_list); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, target_p->name, target_p); rb_dlinkAdd(target_p, &target_p->lnode, &target_p->servptr->serv->servers); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s SERVER %s %d :%s%s", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, IsHidden(target_p) ? "(H) " : "", target_p->info); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_EXTERNAL, L_ALL, "Server %s being introduced by %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); /* quick, dirty EOB. you know you love it. */ sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PING %s %s", get_id(&me, target_p), me.name, target_p->name); hdata.client = source_p; hdata.target = target_p; call_hook(h_server_introduced, &hdata); return 0; } static int ms_sid(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct remote_conf *hub_p; hook_data_client hdata; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int hop; int hlined = 0; int llined = 0; hop = atoi(parv[2]); /* collision on the name? */ if((target_p = server_exists(parv[1])) != NULL) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Server %s already exists", parv[1]); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s cancelled, server %s already exists", client_p->name, parv[1]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s cancelled, server %s already exists", client_p->name, parv[1]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Server Exists"); return 0; } /* collision on the SID? */ if((target_p = find_id(parv[3])) != NULL) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :SID %s already exists", parv[3]); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s cancelled, SID %s already exists", client_p->name, parv[3]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s cancelled, SID %s already exists", client_p->name, parv[3]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "SID Exists"); return 0; } if(!valid_servername(parv[1]) || strlen(parv[1]) > HOSTLEN) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Invalid servername"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s cancelled, servername %s invalid", client_p->name, parv[1]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s cancelled, servername %s invalid", client_p->name, parv[1]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Bogus server name"); return 0; } if(!IsDigit(parv[3][0]) || !IsIdChar(parv[3][1]) || !IsIdChar(parv[3][2]) || parv[3][3] != '\0') { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Invalid SID"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s cancelled, SID %s invalid", client_p->name, parv[3]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s cancelled, SID %s invalid", client_p->name, parv[3]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Bogus SID"); return 0; } /* for the directly connected server: * H: allows it to introduce a server matching that mask * L: disallows it introducing a server matching that mask */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hubleaf_conf_list.head) { hub_p = ptr->data; if(match(hub_p->server, client_p->name) && match(hub_p->host, parv[1])) { if(hub_p->flags & CONF_HUB) hlined++; else llined++; } } /* no matching hub_mask */ if(!hlined) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :No matching hub_mask"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Non-Hub link %s introduced %s.", client_p->name, parv[1]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Non-Hub link %s introduced %s.", client_p->name, parv[1]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "No matching hub_mask."); return 0; } /* matching leaf_mask */ if(llined) { sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :Matching leaf_mask"); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s introduced leafed server %s.", client_p->name, parv[1]); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s introduced leafed server %s.", client_p->name, parv[1]); exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, "Leafed Server."); return 0; } /* ok, alls good */ target_p = make_client(client_p); make_server(target_p); target_p->name = scache_add(parv[1]); target_p->hopcount = atoi(parv[2]); strcpy(target_p->id, parv[3]); set_server_gecos(target_p, parv[4]); target_p->servptr = source_p; SetServer(target_p); rb_dlinkAddTail(target_p, &target_p->node, &global_client_list); rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(target_p, &global_serv_list); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, target_p->name, target_p); add_to_hash(HASH_ID, target_p->id, target_p); rb_dlinkAdd(target_p, &target_p->lnode, &target_p->servptr->serv->servers); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s SID %s %d %s :%s%s", source_p->id, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, target_p->id, IsHidden(target_p) ? "(H) " : "", target_p->info); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s SERVER %s %d :%s%s", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, IsHidden(target_p) ? "(H) " : "", target_p->info); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_EXTERNAL, L_ALL, "Server %s being introduced by %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); /* quick, dirty EOB. you know you love it. */ sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PING %s %s", get_id(&me, target_p), me.name, get_id(target_p, target_p)); hdata.client = source_p; hdata.target = target_p; call_hook(h_server_introduced, &hdata); return 0; } /* set_server_gecos() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - servers gecos field is set */ static int set_server_gecos(struct Client *client_p, const char *info) { /* check the info for [IP] */ if(info[0]) { char *p; char *s; char *t; s = LOCAL_COPY(info); /* we should only check the first word for an ip */ if((p = strchr(s, ' '))) *p = '\0'; /* check for a ] which would symbolise an [IP] */ if((t = strchr(s, ']'))) { /* set s to after the first space */ if(p) s = ++p; else s = NULL; } /* no ], put the space back */ else if(p) *p = ' '; /* p may have been set to a trailing space, so check s exists and that * it isnt \0 */ if(s && (*s != '\0')) { /* a space? if not (H) could be the last part of info.. */ if((p = strchr(s, ' '))) *p = '\0'; /* check for (H) which is a hidden server */ if(!strcmp(s, "(H)")) { SetHidden(client_p); /* if there was no space.. theres nothing to set info to */ if(p) s = ++p; else s = NULL; } else if(p) *p = ' '; /* if there was a trailing space, s could point to \0, so check */ if(s && (*s != '\0')) { rb_strlcpy(client_p->info, s, sizeof(client_p->info)); return 1; } } } rb_strlcpy(client_p->info, "(Unknown Location)", sizeof(client_p->info)); return 1; } /* * server_exists() * * inputs - servername * output - 1 if server exists, 0 if doesnt exist */ static struct Client * server_exists(const char *servername) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(match(target_p->name, servername) || match(servername, target_p->name)) return target_p; } return NULL; } static int check_server(const char *name, struct Client *client_p) { struct server_conf *server_p = NULL; struct server_conf *tmp_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int error = NO_NLINE; s_assert(NULL != client_p); if(client_p == NULL) return error; if(!(client_p->localClient->passwd)) return INVALID_PASS; if(strlen(name) > HOSTLEN) return INVALID_SERVERNAME; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, server_conf_list.head) { tmp_p = ptr->data; if(ServerConfIllegal(tmp_p)) continue; if(!match(name, tmp_p->name)) continue; error = INVALID_HOST; /* XXX: Fix me for IPv6 */ /* XXX sockhost is the IPv4 ip as a string */ if(match(tmp_p->host, client_p->host) || match(tmp_p->host, client_p->sockhost)) { error = INVALID_PASS; if(ServerConfEncrypted(tmp_p)) { if(!strcmp(tmp_p->passwd, rb_crypt(client_p->localClient->passwd, tmp_p->passwd))) { server_p = tmp_p; break; } } else if(!strcmp(tmp_p->passwd, client_p->localClient->passwd)) { server_p = tmp_p; break; } } } if(server_p == NULL) return error; if(ServerConfSSL(server_p) && client_p->localClient->ssl_ctl == NULL) { return NEED_SSL; } attach_server_conf(client_p, server_p); /* clear ZIP/TB if they support but we dont want them */ if(!ServerConfCompressed(server_p)) ClearCap(client_p, CAP_ZIP); if(!ServerConfTb(server_p)) ClearCap(client_p, CAP_TB); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&client_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6) { if(IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin6_addr)) { memcpy(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin6_addr, &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&client_p->localClient->ip)->sin6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); SET_SS_LEN(&server_p->ipnum, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)); } } else #endif { if(((struct sockaddr_in *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE) { ((struct sockaddr_in *)&server_p->ipnum)->sin_addr.s_addr = ((struct sockaddr_in *)&client_p->localClient->ip)->sin_addr.s_addr; } SET_SS_LEN(&server_p->ipnum, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); } return 0; } /* burst_modes_TS5() * * input - client to burst to, channel name, list to burst, mode flag * output - * side effects - client is sent a list of +b, or +e, or +I modes */ static void burst_modes_TS5(struct Client *client_p, char *chname, rb_dlink_list *list, char flag) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; char mbuf[MODEBUFLEN]; char pbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Ban *banptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int tlen; int mlen; int cur_len; char *mp; char *pp; int count = 0; mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, ":%s MODE %s +", me.name, chname); cur_len = mlen; mp = mbuf; pp = pbuf; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { banptr = ptr->data; tlen = strlen(banptr->banstr) + 3; /* uh oh */ if(tlen > MODEBUFLEN) continue; if((count >= MAXMODEPARAMS) || ((cur_len + tlen + 2) > (BUFSIZE - 3))) { sendto_one(client_p, "%s%s %s", buf, mbuf, pbuf); mp = mbuf; pp = pbuf; cur_len = mlen; count = 0; } *mp++ = flag; *mp = '\0'; pp += rb_sprintf(pp, "%s ", banptr->banstr); cur_len += tlen; count++; } if(count != 0) sendto_one(client_p, "%s%s %s", buf, mbuf, pbuf); } /* burst_modes_TS6() * * input - client to burst to, channel name, list to burst, mode flag * output - * side effects - client is sent a list of +b, +e, or +I modes */ static void burst_modes_TS6(struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, rb_dlink_list *list, char flag) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Ban *banptr; char *t; int tlen; int mlen; int cur_len; cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, ":%s BMASK %ld %s %c :", me.id, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, flag); t = buf + mlen; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { banptr = ptr->data; tlen = strlen(banptr->banstr) + 1; /* uh oh */ if(cur_len + tlen > BUFSIZE - 3) { /* the one we're trying to send doesnt fit at all! */ if(cur_len == mlen) { s_assert(0); continue; } /* chop off trailing space and send.. */ *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); cur_len = mlen; t = buf + mlen; } rb_sprintf(t, "%s ", banptr->banstr); t += tlen; cur_len += tlen; } /* cant ever exit the loop above without having modified buf, * chop off trailing space and send. */ *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); } /* * burst_TS5 * * inputs - client (server) to send nick towards * - client to send nick for * output - NONE * side effects - NICK message is sent towards given client_p */ static void burst_TS5(struct Client *client_p) { static char ubuf[12]; char buf[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; hook_data_client hclientinfo; hook_data_channel hchaninfo; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *uptr; char *t; int tlen, mlen; int cur_len = 0; hclientinfo.client = hchaninfo.client = client_p; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!IsClient(target_p)) continue; send_umode(NULL, target_p, 0, SEND_UMODES, ubuf); if(!*ubuf) { ubuf[0] = '+'; ubuf[1] = '\0'; } sendto_one(client_p, "NICK %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s :%s", target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, (long)target_p->tsinfo, ubuf, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, target_p->info); if(ConfigFileEntry.burst_away && !EmptyString(target_p->user->away)) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s AWAY :%s", target_p->name, target_p->user->away); hclientinfo.target = target_p; call_hook(h_burst_client, &hclientinfo); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; s_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) > 0); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) <= 0) continue; if(*chptr->chname != '#') continue; cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s %s :", me.name, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, channel_modes(chptr, client_p)); t = buf + mlen; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(uptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = uptr->data; tlen = strlen(msptr->client_p->name) + 1; if(is_chanop(msptr)) tlen++; if(is_voiced(msptr)) tlen++; if(cur_len + tlen >= BUFSIZE - 3) { t--; *t = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); cur_len = mlen; t = buf + mlen; } rb_sprintf(t, "%s%s ", find_channel_status(msptr, 1), msptr->client_p->name); cur_len += tlen; t += tlen; } /* remove trailing space */ t--; *t = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); burst_modes_TS5(client_p, chptr->chname, &chptr->banlist, 'b'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_EX)) burst_modes_TS5(client_p, chptr->chname, &chptr->exceptlist, 'e'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_IE)) burst_modes_TS5(client_p, chptr->chname, &chptr->invexlist, 'I'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_TB) && chptr->topic != NULL) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s TB %s %ld %s%s:%s", me.name, chptr->chname, (long)chptr->topic->topic_time, ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? chptr->topic->topic_info : "", ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? " " : "", chptr->topic->topic); hchaninfo.chptr = chptr; call_hook(h_burst_channel, &hchaninfo); } hclientinfo.target = NULL; call_hook(h_burst_finished, &hclientinfo); } /* * burst_TS6 * * inputs - client (server) to send nick towards * - client to send nick for * output - NONE * side effects - NICK message is sent towards given client_p */ static void burst_TS6(struct Client *client_p) { static char ubuf[12]; char buf[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; hook_data_client hclientinfo; hook_data_channel hchaninfo; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *uptr; char *t; int tlen, mlen; int cur_len = 0; hclientinfo.client = hchaninfo.client = client_p; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!IsClient(target_p)) continue; send_umode(NULL, target_p, 0, SEND_UMODES, ubuf); if(!*ubuf) { ubuf[0] = '+'; ubuf[1] = '\0'; } if(has_id(target_p)) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s UID %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s %s :%s", target_p->servptr->id, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, (long)target_p->tsinfo, ubuf, target_p->username, target_p->host, IsIPSpoof(target_p) ? "0" : target_p->sockhost, target_p->id, target_p->info); else sendto_one(client_p, "NICK %s %d %ld %s %s %s %s :%s", target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, (long)target_p->tsinfo, ubuf, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, target_p->info); if(ConfigFileEntry.burst_away && !EmptyString(target_p->user->away)) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s AWAY :%s", use_id(target_p), target_p->user->away); hclientinfo.target = target_p; call_hook(h_burst_client, &hclientinfo); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; s_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) > 0); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) <= 0) continue; if(*chptr->chname != '#') continue; cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, ":%s SJOIN %ld %s %s :", me.id, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, channel_modes(chptr, client_p)); t = buf + mlen; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(uptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = uptr->data; tlen = strlen(use_id(msptr->client_p)) + 1; if(is_chanop(msptr)) tlen++; if(is_voiced(msptr)) tlen++; if(cur_len + tlen >= BUFSIZE - 3) { *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); cur_len = mlen; t = buf + mlen; } rb_sprintf(t, "%s%s ", find_channel_status(msptr, 1), use_id(msptr->client_p)); cur_len += tlen; t += tlen; } /* remove trailing space */ *(t - 1) = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(client_p, buf); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->banlist) > 0) burst_modes_TS6(client_p, chptr, &chptr->banlist, 'b'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_EX) && rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->exceptlist) > 0) burst_modes_TS6(client_p, chptr, &chptr->exceptlist, 'e'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_IE) && rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->invexlist) > 0) burst_modes_TS6(client_p, chptr, &chptr->invexlist, 'I'); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_TB) && chptr->topic != NULL) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s TB %s %ld %s%s:%s", me.id, chptr->chname, (long)chptr->topic->topic_time, ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? chptr->topic->topic_info : "", ConfigChannel.burst_topicwho ? " " : "", chptr->topic->topic); hchaninfo.chptr = chptr; call_hook(h_burst_channel, &hchaninfo); } hclientinfo.target = NULL; call_hook(h_burst_finished, &hclientinfo); } /* * server_estab * * inputs - pointer to a struct Client * output - * side effects - */ static int server_estab(struct Client *client_p) { struct Client *target_p; struct server_conf *server_p; hook_data_client hdata; const char *host; char note[HOSTLEN + 10]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; s_assert(NULL != client_p); if(client_p == NULL) return -1; host = client_p->name; if((server_p = client_p->localClient->att_sconf) == NULL) { /* This shouldn't happen, better tell the ops... -A1kmm */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Warning: Lost connect{} block for server %s!", host); ilog(L_SERVER, "Lost connect{} block for server %s", host); return exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Lost connect{} block!"); } /* We shouldn't have to check this, it should already done before * server_estab is called. -A1kmm */ if(client_p->localClient->passwd) { memset(client_p->localClient->passwd, 0, strlen(client_p->localClient->passwd)); rb_free(client_p->localClient->passwd); client_p->localClient->passwd = NULL; } /* Its got identd , since its a server */ SetGotId(client_p); /* If there is something in the serv_list, it might be this * connecting server.. */ if(!ServerInfo.hub && serv_list.head) { if(client_p != serv_list.head->data || serv_list.head->next) { ServerStats.is_ref++; sendto_one(client_p, "ERROR :I'm a leaf not a hub"); return exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "I'm a leaf"); } } if(IsUnknown(client_p)) { /* * jdc -- 1. Use EmptyString(), not [0] index reference. * 2. Check ->spasswd, not ->passwd. */ if(!EmptyString(server_p->spasswd)) { sendto_one(client_p, "PASS %s TS %d :%s", server_p->spasswd, TS_CURRENT, me.id); } /* pass info to new server */ send_capabilities(client_p, default_server_capabs | (ServerConfCompressed(server_p) && zlib_ok ? CAP_ZIP : 0) | (ServerConfTb(server_p) ? CAP_TB : 0)); sendto_one(client_p, "SERVER %s 1 :%s%s", me.name, ConfigServerHide.hidden ? "(H) " : "", (me.info[0]) ? (me.info) : "IRCers United"); } if(!rb_set_buffers(client_p->localClient->F, READBUF_SIZE)) report_error("rb_set_buffers failed for server %s:%s", client_p->name, log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), errno); /* Buffer up the burst before trying to send anything. * In any case, this saves on system calls, and for ziplinks it * is required so that we only start sending it when ssld confirms * it has enabled compression ('R' message on control pipe). */ SetCork(client_p); /* Enable compression now */ if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_ZIP)) { start_zlib_session(client_p); } sendto_one(client_p, "SVINFO %d %d 0 :%ld", TS_CURRENT, TS_MIN, (long int)rb_current_time()); client_p->servptr = &me; if(IsAnyDead(client_p)) return CLIENT_EXITED; SetServer(client_p); /* Update the capability combination usage counts */ set_chcap_usage_counts(client_p); rb_dlinkAdd(client_p, &client_p->lnode, &me.serv->servers); rb_dlinkMoveNode(&client_p->localClient->tnode, &unknown_list, &serv_list); rb_dlinkAddTailAlloc(client_p, &global_serv_list); if(has_id(client_p)) add_to_hash(HASH_ID, client_p->id, client_p); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, client_p->name, client_p); /* doesnt duplicate client_p->serv if allocated this struct already */ make_server(client_p); client_p->serv->caps = client_p->localClient->caps; if(client_p->localClient->fullcaps) { client_p->serv->fullcaps = rb_strdup(client_p->localClient->fullcaps); rb_free(client_p->localClient->fullcaps); client_p->localClient->fullcaps = NULL; } /* add it to scache */ scache_add(client_p->name); client_p->localClient->firsttime = rb_current_time(); /* fixing eob timings.. -gnp */ /* Show the real host/IP to admins */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link with %s established: (%s) link", client_p->name, show_capabilities(client_p)); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link with %s established: (%s) link", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP), show_capabilities(client_p)); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_SAVE) && !IsCapable(client_p, CAP_SAVETS_100)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s SAVE protocol mismatch. Users timestamps may be desynced after SAVE", client_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s SAVE protocol mismatch. Users timestamps may be desynced after SAVE", log_client_name(client_p, SHOW_IP)); } hdata.client = &me; hdata.target = client_p; call_hook(h_server_introduced, &hdata); rb_snprintf(note, sizeof(note), "Server: %s", client_p->name); rb_note(client_p->localClient->F, note); /* ** Old sendto_serv_but_one() call removed because we now ** need to send different names to different servers ** (domain name matching) Send new server to other servers. */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(target_p == client_p) continue; if(has_id(target_p) && has_id(client_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s SID %s 2 %s :%s%s", me.id, client_p->name, client_p->id, IsHidden(client_p) ? "(H) " : "", client_p->info); if(IsCapable(target_p, CAP_ENCAP) && !EmptyString(client_p->serv->fullcaps)) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ENCAP * GCAP :%s", client_p->id, client_p->serv->fullcaps); } else { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s SERVER %s 2 :%s%s", me.name, client_p->name, IsHidden(client_p) ? "(H) " : "", client_p->info); if(IsCapable(target_p, CAP_ENCAP) && !EmptyString(client_p->serv->fullcaps)) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ENCAP * GCAP :%s", client_p->name, client_p->serv->fullcaps); } } /* ** Pass on my client information to the new server ** ** First, pass only servers (idea is that if the link gets ** cancelled beacause the server was already there, ** there are no NICK's to be cancelled...). Of course, ** if cancellation occurs, all this info is sent anyway, ** and I guess the link dies when a read is attempted...? --msa ** ** Note: Link cancellation to occur at this point means ** that at least two servers from my fragment are building ** up connection this other fragment at the same time, it's ** a race condition, not the normal way of operation... ** ** ALSO NOTE: using the get_client_name for server names-- ** see previous *WARNING*!!! (Also, original inpath ** is destroyed...) */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; /* target_p->from == target_p for target_p == client_p */ if(IsMe(target_p) || target_p->from == client_p) continue; /* presumption, if target has an id, so does its uplink */ if(has_id(client_p) && has_id(target_p)) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SID %s %d %s :%s%s", target_p->servptr->id, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, target_p->id, IsHidden(target_p) ? "(H) " : "", target_p->info); else sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SERVER %s %d :%s%s", target_p->servptr->name, target_p->name, target_p->hopcount + 1, IsHidden(target_p) ? "(H) " : "", target_p->info); if(IsCapable(client_p, CAP_ENCAP) && !EmptyString(target_p->serv->fullcaps)) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s ENCAP * GCAP :%s", get_id(target_p, client_p), target_p->serv->fullcaps); } if(has_id(client_p)) burst_TS6(client_p); else burst_TS5(client_p); /* Always send a PING after connect burst is done */ sendto_one(client_p, "PING :%s", get_id(&me, client_p)); ClearCork(client_p); send_pop_queue(client_p); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_nick.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000100755�11730550233�017204� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_nick.c: Sets a users nick. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_nick.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_stats.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "hash.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "scache.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "reject.h" /* Give all UID nicks the same TS. This ensures nick TS is always the same on * all servers for each nick-user pair, also if a user with a UID nick changes * their nick but is collided again (the server detecting the collision will * not propagate the nick change further). -- jilles */ #define SAVE_NICKTS 100 static int mr_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int m_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mc_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_uid(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_save(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int can_save(struct Client *); static void save_user(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *); struct Message nick_msgtab = { "NICK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {{mr_nick, 0}, {m_nick, 0}, {mc_nick, 3}, {ms_nick, 8}, mg_ignore, {m_nick, 0}} }; struct Message uid_msgtab = { "UID", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_uid, 9}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; struct Message save_msgtab = { "SAVE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_save, 3}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 nick_clist[] = { &nick_msgtab, &uid_msgtab, &save_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(nick, NULL, NULL, nick_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int change_remote_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *, time_t, const char *, int); static int clean_nick(const char *, int loc_client); static int clean_username(const char *); static int clean_host(const char *); static int clean_uid(const char *uid); static void set_initial_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *nick); static void change_local_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *nick, int); static int register_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *server, const char *nick, time_t newts, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int perform_nick_collides(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **, time_t, const char *, const char *); static int perform_nickchange_collides(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, time_t, const char *); /* mr_nick() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = nickname */ static int mr_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; char nick[NICKLEN]; char *s; if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1]) || (parv[1][0] == '~')) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name); return 0; } /* due to the scandinavian origins, (~ being uppercase of ^) and ~ * being disallowed as a nick char, we need to chop the first ~ * instead of just erroring. */ if((s = strchr(parv[1], '~'))) *s = '\0'; /* copy the nick and terminate it */ rb_strlcpy(nick, parv[1], sizeof(nick)); /* check the nickname is ok */ if(!clean_nick(nick, 1)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME), me.name, EmptyString(parv[0]) ? "*" : parv[0], parv[1]); return 0; } /* check if the nick is resv'd */ if(!IsExemptResv(source_p) && find_nick_resv(nick)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, nick); return 0; } if(hash_find_nd(nick)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, nick); return 0; } if((target_p = find_client(nick)) == NULL) set_initial_nick(client_p, source_p, nick); else if(source_p == target_p) strcpy(source_p->user->name, nick); else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NICKNAMEINUSE), me.name, "*", nick); return 0; } /* m_nick() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = nickname */ static int m_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; char nick[NICKLEN]; char *s; if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1]) || (parv[1][0] == '~')) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* due to the scandinavian origins, (~ being uppercase of ^) and ~ * being disallowed as a nick char, we need to chop the first ~ * instead of just erroring. */ if((s = strchr(parv[1], '~'))) *s = '\0'; /* mark end of grace period, to prevent nickflooding */ if(!IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); /* terminate nick to NICKLEN, we dont want clean_nick() to error! */ rb_strlcpy(nick, parv[1], sizeof(nick)); /* check the nickname is ok */ if(!clean_nick(nick, 1)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME), me.name, parv[0], nick); return 0; } if(find_nick_resv(nick)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME), me.name, source_p->name, nick); return 0; } if(hash_find_nd(nick)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, nick); return 0; } if((target_p = find_client(nick))) { /* If(target_p == source_p) the client is changing nicks between * equivalent nicknames ie: [nick] -> {nick} */ if(target_p == source_p) { /* check the nick isnt exactly the same */ if(strcmp(target_p->name, nick)) change_local_nick(client_p, source_p, nick, 1); } /* drop unregged client */ else if(IsUnknown(target_p)) { exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Overridden"); change_local_nick(client_p, source_p, nick, 1); } else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NICKNAMEINUSE), me.name, parv[0], nick); return 0; } else change_local_nick(client_p, source_p, nick, 1); return 0; } /* ms_nick() * * server -> server nick change * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = nickname * parv[2] = TS when nick change * * server introducing new nick * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = nickname * parv[2] = hop count * parv[3] = TS * parv[4] = umode * parv[5] = username * parv[6] = hostname * parv[7] = server * parv[8] = ircname */ static int mc_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; time_t newts = 0; /* if nicks erroneous, or too long, kill */ if(!clean_nick(parv[1], 0)) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad Nick: %s From: %s(via %s)", parv[1], source_p->servptr->name, client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad Nickname)", me.name, parv[1], me.name); /* bad nick change, issue kill for the old nick to the rest * of the network. */ kill_client_serv_butone(client_p, source_p, "%s (Bad Nickname)", me.name); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Bad Nickname"); return 0; } newts = atol(parv[2]); target_p = find_client(parv[1]); /* if the nick doesnt exist, allow it and process like normal */ if(target_p == NULL) { change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, newts, parv[1], 1); } else if(IsUnknown(target_p)) { exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Overridden"); change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, newts, parv[1], 1); } else if(target_p == source_p) { /* client changing case of nick */ if(strcmp(target_p->name, parv[1])) change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, newts, parv[1], 1); } /* we've got a collision! */ else perform_nickchange_collides(source_p, client_p, target_p, newts, parv[1]); return 0; } static int ms_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; time_t newts = 0; if(parc != 9) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Dropping server %s due to (invalid) command 'NICK' " "with %d arguments (expecting 9)", client_p->name, parc); ilog(L_SERVER, "Excess parameters (%d) for command 'NICK' from %s.", parc, client_p->name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Excess parameters to NICK command"); return 0; } /* if nicks empty, erroneous, or too long, kill */ if(!clean_nick(parv[1], 0)) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad Nick: %s From: %s(via %s)", parv[1], parv[7], client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad Nickname)", me.name, parv[1], me.name); return 0; } /* invalid username or host? */ if(!clean_username(parv[5]) || !clean_host(parv[6])) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad user@host: %s@%s From: %s(via %s)", parv[5], parv[6], parv[7], client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad user@host)", me.name, parv[1], me.name); return 0; } /* check the length of the clients gecos */ if(strlen(parv[8]) > REALLEN) { parv[8] = LOCAL_COPY_N(parv[8], REALLEN); /* why exactly do we care? --fl */ /* sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, * "Long realname from server %s for %s", parv[7], * parv[1]); * i don't care, nobody else does. --androsyn */ } newts = atol(parv[3]); target_p = find_client(parv[1]); /* if the nick doesnt exist, allow it and process like normal */ if(target_p == NULL) { register_client(client_p, NULL, parv[1], newts, parc, parv); } else if(IsUnknown(target_p)) { exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Overridden"); register_client(client_p, NULL, parv[1], newts, parc, parv); } else if(target_p == source_p) { /* client changing case of nick */ if(strcmp(target_p->name, parv[1])) register_client(client_p, NULL, parv[1], newts, parc, parv); } /* we've got a collision! */ else perform_nick_collides(source_p, client_p, target_p, parc, parv, newts, parv[1], NULL); return 0; } /* ms_uid() * parv[1] - nickname * parv[2] - hops * parv[3] - TS * parv[4] - umodes * parv[5] - username * parv[6] - hostname * parv[7] - IP * parv[8] - UID * parv[9] - gecos */ static int ms_uid(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; time_t newts = 0; newts = atol(parv[3]); if(parc != 10) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Dropping server %s due to (invalid) command 'UID' " "with %d arguments (expecting 10)", client_p->name, parc); ilog(L_SERVER, "Excess parameters (%d) for command 'UID' from %s.", parc, client_p->name); exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "Excess parameters to UID command"); return 0; } /* if nicks erroneous, or too long, kill */ if(!clean_nick(parv[1], 0)) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad Nick: %s From: %s(via %s)", parv[1], source_p->name, client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad Nickname)", me.id, parv[8], me.name); return 0; } if(!clean_username(parv[5]) || !clean_host(parv[6])) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad user@host: %s@%s From: %s(via %s)", parv[5], parv[6], source_p->name, client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad user@host)", me.id, parv[8], me.name); return 0; } if(!clean_uid(parv[8])) { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad UID: %s From: %s(via %s)", parv[8], source_p->name, client_p->name); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Bad UID)", me.id, parv[8], me.name); return 0; } /* check length of clients gecos */ if(strlen(parv[9]) > REALLEN) { parv[9] = LOCAL_COPY_N(parv[9], REALLEN); } target_p = find_client(parv[1]); if(target_p == NULL) { register_client(client_p, source_p, parv[1], newts, parc, parv); } else if(IsUnknown(target_p)) { exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Overridden"); register_client(client_p, source_p, parv[1], newts, parc, parv); } /* we've got a collision! */ else perform_nick_collides(source_p, client_p, target_p, parc, parv, newts, parv[1], parv[8]); return 0; } /* ms_save() * parv[1] - UID * parv[2] - TS */ static int ms_save(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; target_p = find_id(parv[1]); if(target_p == NULL) return 0; if(!IsClient(target_p)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Ignored SAVE message for non-person %s from %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); else if(IsDigit(target_p->name[0])) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Ignored noop SAVE message for %s from %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); else if(target_p->tsinfo == atol(parv[2])) save_user(client_p, source_p, target_p); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SKILL, L_ALL, "Ignored SAVE message for %s from %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* clean_nick() * * input - nickname to check * output - 0 if erroneous, else 1 * side effects - */ static int clean_nick(const char *nick, int loc_client) { int len = 0; /* nicks cant start with a digit or -, and must have a length */ if(*nick == '-' || *nick == '\0') return 0; if(loc_client && IsDigit(*nick)) return 0; for(; *nick; nick++) { len++; if(!IsNickChar(*nick)) return 0; } /* nicklen is +1 */ if(len >= NICKLEN) return 0; return 1; } /* clean_username() * * input - username to check * output - 0 if erroneous, else 0 * side effects - */ static int clean_username(const char *username) { int len = 0; for(; *username; username++) { len++; if(!IsUserChar(*username)) return 0; } if(len > USERLEN) return 0; return 1; } /* clean_host() * * input - host to check * output - 0 if erroneous, else 0 * side effects - */ static int clean_host(const char *host) { int len = 0; for(; *host; host++) { len++; if(!IsHostChar(*host)) return 0; } if(len > HOSTLEN) return 0; return 1; } static int clean_uid(const char *uid) { int len = 1; if(!IsDigit(*uid++)) return 0; for(; *uid; uid++) { len++; if(!IsIdChar(*uid)) return 0; } if(len != IDLEN - 1) return 0; return 1; } static void set_initial_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *nick) { char buf[USERLEN + 1]; char note[NICKLEN + 10]; /* This had to be copied here to avoid problems.. */ source_p->tsinfo = rb_current_time(); if(!EmptyString(source_p->name)) del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); make_user(source_p); strcpy(source_p->user->name, nick); source_p->name = source_p->user->name; add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, nick, source_p); rb_snprintf(note, sizeof(note), "Nick: %s", nick); rb_note(client_p->localClient->F, note); if(HasSentUser(source_p)) { rb_strlcpy(buf, source_p->username, sizeof(buf)); /* got user, heres nick. */ register_local_user(client_p, source_p, buf); } } static void change_local_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *nick, int dosend) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; char note[NICKLEN + 10]; int samenick; if(dosend) { if((source_p->localClient->last_nick_change + ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_time) < rb_current_time()) source_p->localClient->number_of_nick_changes = 0; if(ConfigFileEntry.anti_nick_flood && !IsOper(source_p) && source_p->localClient->number_of_nick_changes > ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_changes) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NICKTOOFAST), me.name, source_p->name, source_p->name, nick, ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_time); return; } source_p->localClient->last_nick_change = rb_current_time(); source_p->localClient->number_of_nick_changes++; } samenick = irccmp(source_p->name, nick) ? 0 : 1; /* dont reset TS if theyre just changing case of nick */ if(!samenick) { /* force the TS to increase -- jilles */ if(source_p->tsinfo >= rb_current_time()) source_p->tsinfo++; else source_p->tsinfo = rb_current_time(); monitor_signoff(source_p); /* we only do bancache for local users -- jilles */ if(source_p->user) invalidate_bancache_user(source_p); } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_NCHANGE, L_ALL, "Nick change: From %s to %s [%s@%s]", source_p->name, nick, source_p->username, source_p->host); /* send the nick change to the users channels */ sendto_common_channels_local(source_p, ":%s!%s@%s NICK :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, nick); /* send the nick change to servers.. */ if(source_p->user) { add_history(source_p, 1); if(dosend) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", use_id(source_p), nick, (long)source_p->tsinfo); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", source_p->name, nick, (long)source_p->tsinfo); } } /* Finally, add to hash */ del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); strcpy(source_p->user->name, nick); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, nick, source_p); if(!samenick) monitor_signon(source_p); /* we used to call del_all_accepts() here, but theres no real reason * to clear a clients own list of accepted clients. So just remove * them from everyone elses list --anfl */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, source_p->on_allow_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &target_p->localClient->allow_list); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &source_p->on_allow_list); } rb_snprintf(note, sizeof(note), "Nick: %s", nick); rb_note(client_p->localClient->F, note); return; } /* * change_remote_nick() */ static int change_remote_nick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, time_t newts, const char *nick, int dosend) { struct nd_entry *nd; int samenick = irccmp(source_p->name, nick) ? 0 : 1; /* client changing their nick - dont reset ts if its same */ if(!samenick) { source_p->tsinfo = newts ? newts : rb_current_time(); monitor_signoff(source_p); } sendto_common_channels_local(source_p, ":%s!%s@%s NICK :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, nick); if(source_p->user) { add_history(source_p, 1); if(dosend) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", use_id(source_p), nick, (long)source_p->tsinfo); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", source_p->name, nick, (long)source_p->tsinfo); } } del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, source_p->name, source_p); /* invalidate nick delay when a remote client uses the nick.. */ if((nd = hash_find_nd(nick))) free_nd_entry(nd); strcpy(source_p->user->name, nick); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, nick, source_p); if(!samenick) monitor_signon(source_p); /* remove all accepts pointing to the client */ del_all_accepts(source_p); return 0; } static int perform_nick_collides(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *target_p, int parc, const char *parv[], time_t newts, const char *nick, const char *uid) { int sameuser; int use_save; const char *action; use_save = ConfigFileEntry.collision_fnc && can_save(target_p) && uid != NULL && can_save(source_p); action = use_save ? "saved" : "killed"; /* if we dont have a ts, or their TS's are the same, kill both */ if(!newts || !target_p->tsinfo || (newts == target_p->tsinfo)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick collision on %s(%s <- %s)(both %s)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); if(use_save) { save_user(&me, &me, target_p); ServerStats.is_save++; sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SAVE %s %ld", me.id, uid, (long)newts); register_client(client_p, source_p, uid, SAVE_NICKTS, parc, parv); } else { sendto_one_numeric(target_p, ERR_NICKCOLLISION, form_str(ERR_NICKCOLLISION), target_p->name); /* if the new client being introduced has a UID, we need to * issue a KILL for it.. */ if(uid) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Nick collision (new))", me.id, uid, me.name); /* we then need to KILL the old client everywhere */ kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, target_p, "%s (Nick collision (new))", me.name); ServerStats.is_kill++; target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; exit_client(client_p, target_p, &me, "Nick collision (new)"); } return 0; } /* the timestamps are different */ else { sameuser = (target_p->user) && !irccmp(target_p->username, parv[5]) && !irccmp(target_p->host, parv[6]); if((sameuser && newts < target_p->tsinfo) || (!sameuser && newts > target_p->tsinfo)) { /* if we have a UID, then we need to issue a KILL, * otherwise we do nothing and hope that the other * client will collide it.. */ if(use_save) { sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SAVE %s %ld", me.id, uid, (long)newts); register_client(client_p, source_p, uid, SAVE_NICKTS, parc, parv); } else if(uid) sendto_one(client_p, ":%s KILL %s :%s (Nick collision (new))", me.id, uid, me.name); return 0; } else { if(sameuser) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick collision on %s(%s <- %s)(older %s)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick collision on %s(%s <- %s)(newer %s)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); if(use_save) { ServerStats.is_save++; save_user(&me, &me, target_p); } else { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_one_numeric(target_p, ERR_NICKCOLLISION, form_str(ERR_NICKCOLLISION), target_p->name); /* now we just need to kill the existing client */ kill_client_serv_butone(client_p, target_p, "%s (Nick collision (new))", me.name); target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; (void)exit_client(client_p, target_p, &me, "Nick collision"); } register_client(client_p, parc == 10 ? source_p : NULL, nick, newts, parc, parv); return 0; } } } static int perform_nickchange_collides(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *client_p, struct Client *target_p, time_t newts, const char *nick) { int sameuser; int use_save; const char *action; use_save = ConfigFileEntry.collision_fnc && can_save(target_p) && can_save(source_p); action = use_save ? "saved" : "killed"; /* its a client changing nick and causing a collide */ if(!newts || !target_p->tsinfo || (newts == target_p->tsinfo) || !source_p->user) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick change collision from %s to %s(%s <- %s)(both %s)", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); if(use_save) { ServerStats.is_save += 2; save_user(&me, &me, target_p); sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SAVE %s %ld", me.id, source_p->id, (long)newts); /* don't send a redundant nick change */ if(!IsDigit(source_p->name[0])) change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, SAVE_NICKTS, source_p->id, 1); } else { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_one_numeric(target_p, ERR_NICKCOLLISION, form_str(ERR_NICKCOLLISION), target_p->name); kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, source_p, "%s (Nick change collision)", me.name); ServerStats.is_kill++; kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, target_p, "%s (Nick change collision)", me.name); target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Nick collision(new)"); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Nick collision(old)"); } return 0; } else { sameuser = !irccmp(target_p->username, source_p->username) && !irccmp(target_p->host, source_p->host); if((sameuser && newts < target_p->tsinfo) || (!sameuser && newts > target_p->tsinfo)) { if(sameuser) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick change collision from %s to %s(%s <- %s)(older %s)", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick change collision from %s to %s(%s <- %s)(newer %s)", source_p->name, target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); if(use_save) { ServerStats.is_save++; /* can't broadcast a SAVE because the * nickchange has happened at client_p * but not in other directions -- jilles */ sendto_one(client_p, ":%s SAVE %s %ld", me.id, source_p->id, (long)newts); /* send a :<id> NICK <id> <ts> (!) */ if(!IsDigit(source_p->name[0])) change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, SAVE_NICKTS, source_p->id, 1); } else { ServerStats.is_kill++; sendto_one_numeric(target_p, ERR_NICKCOLLISION, form_str(ERR_NICKCOLLISION), target_p->name); /* kill the client issuing the nickchange */ kill_client_serv_butone(client_p, source_p, "%s (Nick change collision)", me.name); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; if(sameuser) exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Nick collision(old)"); else exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "Nick collision(new)"); } return 0; } else { if(sameuser) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick collision on %s(%s <- %s)(older %s)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); else sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Nick collision on %s(%s <- %s)(newer %s)", target_p->name, target_p->from->name, client_p->name, action); if(use_save) { ServerStats.is_save++; save_user(&me, &me, target_p); } else { sendto_one_numeric(target_p, ERR_NICKCOLLISION, form_str(ERR_NICKCOLLISION), target_p->name); /* kill the client who existed before hand */ kill_client_serv_butone(client_p, target_p, "%s (Nick collision)", me.name); ServerStats.is_kill++; target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; (void)exit_client(client_p, target_p, &me, "Nick collision"); } } } change_remote_nick(client_p, source_p, newts, nick, 1); return 0; } static int register_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *server, const char *nick, time_t newts, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *source_p; struct User *user; struct nd_entry *nd; const char *m; int flag; source_p = make_client(client_p); user = make_user(source_p); source_p->hopcount = atoi(parv[2]); source_p->tsinfo = newts; strcpy(source_p->user->name, nick); source_p->name = source_p->user->name; rb_strlcpy(source_p->username, parv[5], sizeof(source_p->username)); rb_strlcpy(source_p->host, parv[6], sizeof(source_p->host)); if(parc == 10) { rb_strlcpy(source_p->info, parv[9], sizeof(source_p->info)); rb_strlcpy(source_p->sockhost, parv[7], sizeof(source_p->sockhost)); rb_strlcpy(source_p->id, parv[8], sizeof(source_p->id)); add_to_hash(HASH_ID, source_p->id, source_p); } else { rb_strlcpy(source_p->info, parv[8], sizeof(source_p->info)); if((server = find_server(NULL, parv[7])) == NULL) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Ghost killed: %s on invalid server %s", source_p->name, parv[7]); kill_client(client_p, source_p, "%s (Server doesn't exist)", me.name); free_user(source_p->user, source_p); free_client(source_p); return 0; } } rb_dlinkAddTail(source_p, &source_p->node, &global_client_list); /* server is guaranteed to exist at this point */ source_p->servptr = server; rb_dlinkAdd(source_p, &source_p->lnode, &source_p->servptr->serv->users); /* remove any nd entries for this nick */ if((nd = hash_find_nd(nick))) free_nd_entry(nd); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, nick, source_p); add_to_hash(HASH_HOSTNAME, source_p->host, source_p); inc_global_cidr_count(source_p); monitor_signon(source_p); m = &parv[4][1]; while(*m) { flag = UserModeBitmask(*m); #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(flag & UMODE_SERVICE) { int hit = 0; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, service_list.head) { if(!irccmp((const char *)ptr->data, source_p->servptr->name)) { hit++; break; } } if(!hit) { m++; continue; } } #endif /* increment +i count if theyre invis */ if(!(source_p->umodes & UMODE_INVISIBLE) && (flag & UMODE_INVISIBLE)) Count.invisi++; /* increment opered count if theyre opered */ if(!(source_p->umodes & UMODE_OPER) && (flag & UMODE_OPER)) Count.oper++; source_p->umodes |= (flag & SEND_UMODES); m++; } SetRemoteClient(source_p); if(++Count.total > Count.max_tot) Count.max_tot = Count.total; /* fake direction */ if(source_p->servptr->from != source_p->from) { struct Client *target_p = source_p->servptr->from; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_DEBUG, L_ALL, "Bad User [%s] :%s USER %s@%s %s, != %s[%s]", client_p->name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, target_p->name, target_p->from->name); kill_client(client_p, source_p, "%s (NICK from wrong direction (%s != %s))", me.name, source_p->servptr->name, target_p->from->name); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; return exit_client(source_p, source_p, &me, "USER server wrong direction"); } introduce_client(client_p, source_p); return 0; } /* Check if we can do SAVE. target_p can be a client to save or a * server introducing a client -- jilles */ static int can_save(struct Client *target_p) { struct Client *serv_p; if(MyClient(target_p)) return 1; if(!has_id(target_p)) return 0; serv_p = IsServer(target_p) ? target_p : target_p->servptr; while(serv_p != NULL && serv_p != &me) { if(!(serv_p->serv->caps & CAP_SAVE)) return 0; serv_p = serv_p->servptr; } return serv_p == &me; } static void save_user(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { if(!MyConnect(target_p) && (!has_id(target_p) || !IsCapable(target_p->from, CAP_SAVE))) { /* This shouldn't happen */ /* Note we only need SAVE support in this direction */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Killed %s!%s@%s for nick collision detected by %s (%s does not support SAVE)", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, source_p->name, target_p->from->name); kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, target_p, "%s (Nick collision (no SAVE support))", me.name); ServerStats.is_kill++; target_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; (void)exit_client(NULL, target_p, &me, "Nick collision (no SAVE support)"); return; } sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_SAVE | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s SAVE %s %ld", source_p->id, target_p->id, (long)target_p->tsinfo); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, CAP_SAVE, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", target_p->id, target_p->id, (long)SAVE_NICKTS); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", target_p->name, target_p->id, (long)SAVE_NICKTS); if(!IsMe(client_p)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_SKILL, L_ALL, "Received SAVE message for %s from %s", target_p->name, source_p->name); if(MyClient(target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(target_p, RPL_SAVENICK, form_str(RPL_SAVENICK), target_p->id); change_local_nick(target_p, target_p, target_p->id, 0); target_p->tsinfo = SAVE_NICKTS; } else change_remote_nick(target_p, target_p, SAVE_NICKTS, target_p->id, 0); } �������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_kick.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012745�11730550233�017202� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_kick.c: Kicks a user from a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_kick.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "modules.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int m_kick(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); #define mg_kick { m_kick, 3 } struct Message kick_msgtab = { "KICK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_kick, mg_kick, mg_kick, mg_ignore, mg_kick} }; mapi_clist_av1 kick_clist[] = { &kick_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(kick, NULL, NULL, kick_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** m_kick ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel ** parv[2] = client to kick ** parv[3] = kick comment */ static int m_kick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct membership *msptr; struct Client *who; struct Channel *chptr; int chasing = 0; char *comment; const char *name; char *p = NULL; const char *user; static char buf[BUFSIZE]; if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); *buf = '\0'; if((p = strchr(parv[1], ','))) *p = '\0'; name = parv[1]; chptr = find_channel(name); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return 0; } if(!IsServer(source_p)) { msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if((msptr == NULL) && MyConnect(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), name); return 0; } if(!is_chanop(msptr)) { if(MyConnect(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, name); return 0; } /* If its a TS 0 channel, do it the old way */ if(chptr->channelts == 0) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), get_id(&me, source_p), get_id(source_p, source_p), name); return 0; } } /* Its a user doing a kick, but is not showing as chanop locally * its also not a user ON -my- server, and the channel has a TS. * There are two cases we can get to this point then... * * 1) connect burst is happening, and for some reason a legit * op has sent a KICK, but the SJOIN hasn't happened yet or * been seen. (who knows.. due to lag...) * * 2) The channel is desynced. That can STILL happen with TS * * Now, the old code roger wrote, would allow the KICK to * go through. Thats quite legit, but lets weird things like * KICKS by users who appear not to be chanopped happen, * or even neater, they appear not to be on the channel. * This fits every definition of a desync, doesn't it? ;-) * So I will allow the KICK, otherwise, things are MUCH worse. * But I will warn it as a possible desync. * * -Dianora */ } if((p = strchr(parv[2], ','))) *p = '\0'; user = parv[2]; if(!(who = find_chasing(source_p, user, &chasing))) { return 0; } msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, who); if(msptr != NULL) { #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(MyClient(source_p) && IsService(who)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ISCHANSERVICE), me.name, source_p->name, who->name, chptr->chname); return 0; } #endif comment = LOCAL_COPY_N((EmptyString(parv[3])) ? who->name : parv[3], REASONLEN); /* jdc * - In the case of a server kicking a user (i.e. CLEARCHAN), * the kick should show up as coming from the server which did * the kick. * - Personally, flame and I believe that server kicks shouldn't * be sent anyways. Just waiting for some oper to abuse it... */ if(IsServer(source_p)) sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s", source_p->name, name, who->name, comment); else sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s KICK %s %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, name, who->name, comment); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s", use_id(source_p), chptr->chname, use_id(who), comment); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, who->name, comment); remove_user_from_channel(msptr); } else if(MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), user, name); return 0; } ���������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_mode.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000104620�11730550233�017177� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_mode.c: Sets a user or channel mode. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_mode.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int m_mode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_mode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_tmode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_bmask(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message mode_msgtab = { "MODE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_mode, 2}, {m_mode, 3}, {ms_mode, 3}, mg_ignore, {m_mode, 2}} }; struct Message tmode_msgtab = { "TMODE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_tmode, 4}, {ms_tmode, 4}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; struct Message bmask_msgtab = { "BMASK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_bmask, 5}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 mode_clist[] = { &mode_msgtab, &tmode_msgtab, &bmask_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(mode, NULL, NULL, mode_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* bitmasks for error returns, so we send once per call */ #define SM_ERR_NOTS 0x00000001 /* No TS on channel */ #define SM_ERR_NOOPS 0x00000002 /* No chan ops */ #define SM_ERR_UNKNOWN 0x00000004 #define SM_ERR_RPL_C 0x00000008 #define SM_ERR_RPL_B 0x00000010 #define SM_ERR_RPL_E 0x00000020 #define SM_ERR_NOTONCHANNEL 0x00000040 /* Not on channel */ #define SM_ERR_RPL_I 0x00000100 #define SM_ERR_RPL_D 0x00000200 static void set_channel_mode(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Channel *, struct membership *, int, const char **); static int add_id(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *banid, rb_dlink_list *list, long mode_type); static struct ChModeChange mode_changes[BUFSIZE]; static int mode_count; static int mode_limit; static int mask_pos; /* * m_mode - MODE command handler * parv[0] - sender * parv[1] - channel */ static int m_mode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct membership *msptr; int n = 2; const char *dest; int operspy = 0; dest = parv[1]; if(IsOperSpy(source_p) && *dest == '!') { dest++; operspy = 1; if(EmptyString(dest)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "MODE"); return 0; } } /* Now, try to find the channel in question */ if(!IsChanPrefix(*dest)) { /* if here, it has to be a non-channel name */ user_mode(client_p, source_p, parc, parv); return 0; } if(!check_channel_name(dest)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), parv[1]); return 0; } chptr = find_channel(dest); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } /* Now know the channel exists */ if(parc < n + 1) { if(operspy) report_operspy(source_p, "MODE", chptr->chname); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_CHANNELMODEIS), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1], operspy ? channel_modes(chptr, &me) : channel_modes(chptr, source_p)); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_CREATIONTIME), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1], chptr->channelts); } else { msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(is_deop(msptr)) return 0; /* Finish the flood grace period... */ if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) { if(!((parc == 3) && (parv[2][0] == 'b') && (parv[2][1] == '\0'))) flood_endgrace(source_p); } set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p, chptr, msptr, parc - n, parv + n); } return 0; } static int ms_mode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; chptr = find_channel(parv[1]); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p, chptr, NULL, parc - 2, parv + 2); return 0; } static int ms_tmode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct membership *msptr; /* Now, try to find the channel in question */ if(!IsChanPrefix(parv[2][0]) || !check_channel_name(parv[2])) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), parv[2]); return 0; } chptr = find_channel(parv[2]); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[2]); return 0; } /* TS is higher, drop it. */ if(atol(parv[1]) > chptr->channelts) return 0; if(IsServer(source_p)) { set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p, chptr, NULL, parc - 3, parv + 3); } else { msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); /* this can still happen on a mixed ts network. */ if(is_deop(msptr)) return 0; set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p, chptr, msptr, parc - 3, parv + 3); } return 0; } static int ms_bmask(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char modebuf[BUFSIZE]; static char parabuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Channel *chptr; rb_dlink_list *banlist; const char *s; char *t; char *mbuf; char *pbuf; long mode_type; int mlen; int plen = 0; int tlen; int arglen; int modecount = 0; int needcap = NOCAPS; int mems; if(!IsChanPrefix(parv[2][0]) || !check_channel_name(parv[2])) return 0; if((chptr = find_channel(parv[2])) == NULL) return 0; /* TS is higher, drop it. */ if(atol(parv[1]) > chptr->channelts) return 0; switch (parv[3][0]) { case 'b': banlist = &chptr->banlist; mode_type = CHFL_BAN; mems = ALL_MEMBERS; break; case 'e': banlist = &chptr->exceptlist; mode_type = CHFL_EXCEPTION; needcap = CAP_EX; mems = ONLY_CHANOPS; break; case 'I': banlist = &chptr->invexlist; mode_type = CHFL_INVEX; needcap = CAP_IE; mems = ONLY_CHANOPS; break; /* maybe we should just blindly propagate this? */ default: return 0; } parabuf[0] = '\0'; s = LOCAL_COPY(parv[4]); mlen = rb_sprintf(modebuf, ":%s MODE %s +", source_p->name, chptr->chname); mbuf = modebuf + mlen; pbuf = parabuf; while(*s == ' ') s++; /* next char isnt a space, point t to next one */ if((t = strchr(s, ' ')) != NULL) { *t++ = '\0'; /* double spaces break parser */ while(*t == ' ') t++; } /* couldve skipped spaces and got nothing.. */ while(!EmptyString(s)) { /* ban with a leading ':' -- this will break the protocol */ if(*s == ':') goto nextban; tlen = strlen(s); /* I dont even want to begin parsing this.. */ if(tlen > MODEBUFLEN) break; if(add_id(source_p, chptr, s, banlist, mode_type)) { /* this new one wont fit.. */ if(mlen + MAXMODEPARAMS + plen + tlen > BUFSIZE - 5 || modecount >= MAXMODEPARAMS) { *mbuf = '\0'; *(pbuf - 1) = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(mems, chptr, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, needcap, CAP_TS6, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); mbuf = modebuf + mlen; pbuf = parabuf; plen = modecount = 0; } *mbuf++ = parv[3][0]; arglen = rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", s); pbuf += arglen; plen += arglen; modecount++; } nextban: s = t; if(s != NULL) { if((t = strchr(s, ' ')) != NULL) { *t++ = '\0'; while(*t == ' ') t++; } } } if(modecount) { *mbuf = '\0'; *(pbuf - 1) = '\0'; sendto_channel_local(mems, chptr, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, needcap, CAP_TS6, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); } sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6 | needcap, NOCAPS, ":%s BMASK %ld %s %s :%s", source_p->id, (long)chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, parv[3], parv[4]); return 0; } /* add_id() * * inputs - client, channel, id to add, type * outputs - 0 on failure, 1 on success * side effects - given id is added to the appropriate list */ static int add_id(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *banid, rb_dlink_list *list, long mode_type) { struct Ban *actualBan; static char who[BANLEN]; char *realban = LOCAL_COPY(banid); rb_dlink_node *ptr; /* dont let local clients overflow the banlist, or set redundant * bans */ if(MyClient(source_p)) { if((rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->banlist) + rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->exceptlist) + rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->invexlist)) >= (unsigned long)ConfigChannel.max_bans) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_BANLISTFULL), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, realban); return 0; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { actualBan = ptr->data; if(match(actualBan->banstr, realban)) return 0; } } /* dont let remotes set duplicates */ else { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { actualBan = ptr->data; if(!irccmp(actualBan->banstr, realban)) return 0; } } if(IsClient(source_p)) rb_sprintf(who, "%s!%s@%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); else rb_strlcpy(who, source_p->name, sizeof(who)); actualBan = allocate_ban(realban, who); actualBan->when = rb_current_time(); rb_dlinkAdd(actualBan, &actualBan->node, list); /* invalidate the can_send() cache */ if(mode_type == CHFL_BAN || mode_type == CHFL_EXCEPTION) chptr->ban_serial++; return 1; } /* del_id() * * inputs - channel, id to remove, type * outputs - 0 on failure, 1 on success * side effects - given id is removed from the appropriate list */ static int del_id(struct Channel *chptr, const char *banid, rb_dlink_list *list, long mode_type) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Ban *banptr; if(EmptyString(banid)) return 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { banptr = ptr->data; if(irccmp(banid, banptr->banstr) == 0) { rb_dlinkDelete(&banptr->node, list); free_ban(banptr); /* invalidate the can_send() cache */ if(mode_type == CHFL_BAN || mode_type == CHFL_EXCEPTION) chptr->ban_serial++; return 1; } } return 0; } /* check_string() * * input - string to check * output - pointer to 'fixed' string, or "*" if empty * side effects - any white space found becomes \0 */ static char * check_string(char *s) { char *str = s; static char splat[] = "*"; if(!(s && *s)) return splat; for(; *s; ++s) { if(IsSpace(*s)) { *s = '\0'; break; } } return str; } /* pretty_mask() * * inputs - mask to pretty * outputs - better version of the mask * side effects - mask is chopped to limits, and transformed: * x!y@z => x!y@z * y@z => *!y@z * x!y => x!y@* * x => x!*@* * z.d => *!*@z.d */ static char * pretty_mask(const char *idmask) { static char mask_buf[BUFSIZE]; int old_mask_pos; char *nick, *user, *host; char splat[] = "*"; char *t, *at, *ex; char ne = 0, ue = 0, he = 0; /* save values at nick[NICKLEN], et all */ char *mask; mask = LOCAL_COPY(idmask); mask = check_string(mask); collapse(mask); nick = user = host = splat; if((size_t)BUFSIZE - mask_pos < strlen(mask) + 5) return NULL; old_mask_pos = mask_pos; at = ex = NULL; if((t = strchr(mask, '@')) != NULL) { at = t; *t++ = '\0'; if(*t != '\0') host = t; if((t = strchr(mask, '!')) != NULL) { ex = t; *t++ = '\0'; if(*t != '\0') user = t; if(*mask != '\0') nick = mask; } else { if(*mask != '\0') user = mask; } } else if((t = strchr(mask, '!')) != NULL) { ex = t; *t++ = '\0'; if(*mask != '\0') nick = mask; if(*t != '\0') user = t; } else if(strchr(mask, '.') != NULL || strchr(mask, ':') != NULL) { if(*mask != '\0') host = mask; } else { if(*mask != '\0') nick = mask; } /* truncate values to max lengths */ if(strlen(nick) > NICKLEN - 1) { ne = nick[NICKLEN - 1]; nick[NICKLEN - 1] = '\0'; } if(strlen(user) > USERLEN) { ue = user[USERLEN]; user[USERLEN] = '\0'; } if(strlen(host) > HOSTLEN) { he = host[HOSTLEN]; host[HOSTLEN] = '\0'; } mask_pos += rb_sprintf(mask_buf + mask_pos, "%s!%s@%s", nick, user, host) + 1; /* restore mask, since we may need to use it again later */ if(at) *at = '@'; if(ex) *ex = '!'; if(ne) nick[NICKLEN - 1] = ne; if(ue) user[USERLEN] = ue; if(he) host[HOSTLEN] = he; return mask_buf + old_mask_pos; } /* fix_key() * * input - key to fix * output - the same key, fixed * side effects - anything below ascii 13 is discarded, ':' discarded, * high ascii is dropped to lower half of ascii table */ static char * fix_key(char *arg) { u_char *s, *t, c; for(s = t = (u_char *) arg; (c = *s); s++) { c &= 0x7f; if(c != ':' && c != ',' && c > ' ') *t++ = c; } *t = '\0'; return arg; } /* fix_key_remote() * * input - key to fix * ouput - the same key, fixed * side effects - high ascii dropped to lower half of table, * CR/LF/':' are dropped */ static char * fix_key_remote(char *arg) { u_char *s, *t, c; for(s = t = (u_char *) arg; (c = *s); s++) { c &= 0x7f; if((c != 0x0a) && (c != ':') && (c != ',') && (c != 0x0d) && (c != ' ')) *t++ = c; } *t = '\0'; return arg; } /* chm_*() * * The handlers for each specific mode. */ static void chm_nosuch(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { if(*errors & SM_ERR_UNKNOWN) return; *errors |= SM_ERR_UNKNOWN; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_UNKNOWNMODE), me.name, source_p->name, c); } static void chm_simple(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } /* +ntspmaikl == 9 + MAXMODEPARAMS (4 * +o) */ if(MyClient(source_p) && (++mode_limit > (9 + MAXMODEPARAMS))) return; /* setting + */ if((dir == MODE_ADD) && !(chptr->mode.mode & mode_type)) { chptr->mode.mode |= mode_type; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = NULL; } else if((dir == MODE_DEL) && (chptr->mode.mode & mode_type)) { chptr->mode.mode &= ~mode_type; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = NULL; } } static void chm_ban(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { const char *mask; const char *raw_mask; rb_dlink_list *list; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Ban *banptr; int errorval; int rpl_list; int rpl_endlist; int caps; int mems; switch (mode_type) { case CHFL_BAN: list = &chptr->banlist; errorval = SM_ERR_RPL_B; rpl_list = RPL_BANLIST; rpl_endlist = RPL_ENDOFBANLIST; mems = ALL_MEMBERS; caps = 0; break; case CHFL_EXCEPTION: /* if +e is disabled, allow all but +e locally */ if(!ConfigChannel.use_except && MyClient(source_p) && ((dir == MODE_ADD) && (parc > *parn))) return; list = &chptr->exceptlist; errorval = SM_ERR_RPL_E; rpl_list = RPL_EXCEPTLIST; rpl_endlist = RPL_ENDOFEXCEPTLIST; caps = CAP_EX; if(ConfigChannel.use_except || (dir == MODE_DEL)) mems = ONLY_CHANOPS; else mems = ONLY_SERVERS; break; case CHFL_INVEX: /* if +I is disabled, allow all but +I locally */ if(!ConfigChannel.use_invex && MyClient(source_p) && (dir == MODE_ADD) && (parc > *parn)) return; list = &chptr->invexlist; errorval = SM_ERR_RPL_I; rpl_list = RPL_INVITELIST; rpl_endlist = RPL_ENDOFINVITELIST; caps = CAP_IE; if(ConfigChannel.use_invex || (dir == MODE_DEL)) mems = ONLY_CHANOPS; else mems = ONLY_SERVERS; break; default: sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "chm_ban() called with unknown type!"); return; break; } if(dir == 0 || parc <= *parn) { if((*errors & errorval) != 0) return; *errors |= errorval; /* non-ops cant see +eI lists.. */ if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP && mode_type != CHFL_BAN) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { banptr = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(rpl_list), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, banptr->banstr, banptr->who, banptr->when); } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(rpl_endlist), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); return; } if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if(MyClient(source_p) && (++mode_limit > MAXMODEPARAMS)) return; raw_mask = parv[(*parn)]; (*parn)++; /* empty ban, or starts with ':' which messes up s2s, ignore it */ if(EmptyString(raw_mask) || *raw_mask == ':') return; if(!MyClient(source_p)) { if(strchr(raw_mask, ' ')) return; mask = raw_mask; } else mask = pretty_mask(raw_mask); /* we'd have problems parsing this, hyb6 does it too */ if(strlen(mask) > (MODEBUFLEN - 2)) return; /* if we're adding a NEW id */ if(dir == MODE_ADD) { /* dont allow local clients to overflow the banlist, dont * let remote servers set duplicate bans */ if(!add_id(source_p, chptr, mask, list, mode_type)) return; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = caps; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = mems; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = mask; } else if(dir == MODE_DEL) { if(del_id(chptr, mask, list, mode_type) == 0) { /* mask isn't a valid ban, check raw_mask */ if(del_id(chptr, raw_mask, list, mode_type)) mask = raw_mask; } mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = caps; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = mems; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = mask; } } static void chm_op(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { struct membership *mstptr; const char *opnick; struct Client *targ_p; if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if((dir == MODE_QUERY) || (parc <= *parn)) return; opnick = parv[(*parn)]; (*parn)++; /* empty nick */ if(EmptyString(opnick)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), "*"); return; } if((targ_p = find_chasing(source_p, opnick, NULL)) == NULL) { return; } mstptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, targ_p); if(mstptr == NULL) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOTONCHANNEL) && MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), opnick, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOTONCHANNEL; return; } if(MyClient(source_p) && (++mode_limit > MAXMODEPARAMS)) return; if(dir == MODE_ADD) { if(targ_p == source_p) return; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = targ_p->id; mode_changes[mode_count].arg = targ_p->name; mode_changes[mode_count++].client = targ_p; mstptr->flags |= CHFL_CHANOP; mstptr->flags &= ~CHFL_DEOPPED; } else { #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(MyClient(source_p) && IsService(targ_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ISCHANSERVICE), me.name, source_p->name, targ_p->name, chptr->chname); return; } #endif mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = targ_p->id; mode_changes[mode_count].arg = targ_p->name; mode_changes[mode_count++].client = targ_p; mstptr->flags &= ~CHFL_CHANOP; } } static void chm_voice(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { struct membership *mstptr; const char *opnick; struct Client *targ_p; if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if((dir == MODE_QUERY) || parc <= *parn) return; opnick = parv[(*parn)]; (*parn)++; /* empty nick */ if(EmptyString(opnick)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), "*"); return; } if((targ_p = find_chasing(source_p, opnick, NULL)) == NULL) { return; } mstptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, targ_p); if(mstptr == NULL) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOTONCHANNEL) && MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), opnick, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOTONCHANNEL; return; } if(MyClient(source_p) && (++mode_limit > MAXMODEPARAMS)) return; if(dir == MODE_ADD) { mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = targ_p->id; mode_changes[mode_count].arg = targ_p->name; mode_changes[mode_count++].client = targ_p; mstptr->flags |= CHFL_VOICE; } else { mode_changes[mode_count].letter = 'v'; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = targ_p->id; mode_changes[mode_count].arg = targ_p->name; mode_changes[mode_count++].client = targ_p; mstptr->flags &= ~CHFL_VOICE; } } static void chm_limit(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { const char *lstr; static char limitstr[30]; int limit; if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if(dir == MODE_QUERY) return; if((dir == MODE_ADD) && parc > *parn) { lstr = parv[(*parn)]; (*parn)++; if(EmptyString(lstr) || (limit = atoi(lstr)) <= 0) return; rb_sprintf(limitstr, "%d", limit); mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = limitstr; chptr->mode.limit = limit; } else if(dir == MODE_DEL) { if(!chptr->mode.limit) return; chptr->mode.limit = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = NULL; } } static void chm_key(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { char *key; if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if(dir == MODE_QUERY) return; if((dir == MODE_ADD) && parc > *parn) { key = LOCAL_COPY(parv[(*parn)]); (*parn)++; if(MyClient(source_p)) fix_key(key); else fix_key_remote(key); if(EmptyString(key)) return; s_assert(key[0] != ' '); rb_strlcpy(chptr->mode.key, key, sizeof(chptr->mode.key)); mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_ADD; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = chptr->mode.key; } else if(dir == MODE_DEL) { static char splat[] = "*"; int i; if(parc > *parn) (*parn)++; if(!(*chptr->mode.key)) return; /* hack time. when we get a +k-k mode, the +k arg is * chptr->mode.key, which the -k sets to \0, so hunt for a * +k when we get a -k, and set the arg to splat. --anfl */ for(i = 0; i < mode_count; i++) { if(mode_changes[i].letter == 'k' && mode_changes[i].dir == MODE_ADD) mode_changes[i].arg = splat; } *chptr->mode.key = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = MODE_DEL; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = "*"; } } #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES static void chm_regonly(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if(dir == MODE_QUERY) return; if(((dir == MODE_ADD) && (chptr->mode.mode & MODE_REGONLY)) || ((dir == MODE_DEL) && !(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_REGONLY))) return; if(dir == MODE_ADD) chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_REGONLY; else chptr->mode.mode &= ~MODE_REGONLY; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = dir; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = CAP_SERVICE; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = NULL; } #endif static void chm_sslonly(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type) { if(alevel != CHFL_CHANOP) { if(!(*errors & SM_ERR_NOOPS)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname); *errors |= SM_ERR_NOOPS; return; } if(dir == MODE_QUERY) return; if(((dir == MODE_ADD) && (chptr->mode.mode & MODE_SSLONLY)) || ((dir == MODE_DEL) && !(chptr->mode.mode & MODE_SSLONLY))) return; /* do not allow our clients to set use_sslonly if it is disabled * we do however allow them to remove it if it gets set */ if(dir == MODE_ADD && MyClient(source_p) && ConfigChannel.use_sslonly == FALSE) return; if(dir == MODE_ADD) chptr->mode.mode |= MODE_SSLONLY; else chptr->mode.mode &= ~MODE_SSLONLY; mode_changes[mode_count].letter = c; mode_changes[mode_count].dir = dir; mode_changes[mode_count].caps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].nocaps = 0; mode_changes[mode_count].mems = ALL_MEMBERS; mode_changes[mode_count].id = NULL; mode_changes[mode_count++].arg = NULL; } struct ChannelMode { void (*func) (struct Client * source_p, struct Channel * chptr, int alevel, int parc, int *parn, const char **parv, int *errors, int dir, char c, long mode_type); long mode_type; }; /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct ChannelMode ModeTable[255] = { {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* A */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* B */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* C */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* D */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* E */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* F */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* G */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* H */ {chm_ban, CHFL_INVEX }, /* I */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* J */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* K */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* L */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* M */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* N */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* O */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* P */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* Q */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* R */ {chm_sslonly, MODE_SSLONLY }, /* S */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* T */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* U */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* V */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* W */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* X */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* Y */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* Z */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* a */ {chm_ban, CHFL_BAN }, /* b */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* c */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* d */ {chm_ban, CHFL_EXCEPTION }, /* e */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* f */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* g */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* h */ {chm_simple, MODE_INVITEONLY }, /* i */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* j */ {chm_key, 0 }, /* k */ {chm_limit, 0 }, /* l */ {chm_simple, MODE_MODERATED }, /* m */ {chm_simple, MODE_NOPRIVMSGS }, /* n */ {chm_op, 0 }, /* o */ {chm_simple, MODE_PRIVATE }, /* p */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* q */ #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES {chm_regonly, 0 }, /* r */ #else {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* r */ #endif {chm_simple, MODE_SECRET }, /* s */ {chm_simple, MODE_TOPICLIMIT }, /* t */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* u */ {chm_voice, 0 }, /* v */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* w */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* x */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* y */ {chm_nosuch, 0 }, /* z */ }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ static int get_channel_access(struct Client *source_p, struct membership *msptr) { if(!MyClient(source_p) || is_chanop(msptr)) return CHFL_CHANOP; return CHFL_PEON; } /* set_channel_mode() * * inputs - client, source, channel, membership pointer, params * output - * side effects - channel modes/memberships are changed, MODE is issued */ void set_channel_mode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, struct membership *msptr, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char modebuf[BUFSIZE]; static char parabuf[BUFSIZE]; char *mbuf; char *pbuf; int cur_len, mlen, paralen, paracount, arglen, len; int i, j, flags; int dir = MODE_ADD; int parn = 1; int errors = 0; int alevel; const char *ml = parv[0]; char c; int table_position; mask_pos = 0; mode_count = 0; mode_limit = 0; alevel = get_channel_access(source_p, msptr); for(; (c = *ml) != 0; ml++) { switch (c) { case '+': dir = MODE_ADD; break; case '-': dir = MODE_DEL; break; case '=': dir = MODE_QUERY; break; default: if(c < 'A' || c > 'z') table_position = 0; else table_position = c - 'A' + 1; ModeTable[table_position].func(source_p, chptr, alevel, parc, &parn, parv, &errors, dir, c, ModeTable[table_position].mode_type); break; } } /* bail out if we have nothing to do... */ if(!mode_count) return; if(IsServer(source_p)) mlen = rb_sprintf(modebuf, ":%s MODE %s ", source_p->name, chptr->chname); else mlen = rb_sprintf(modebuf, ":%s!%s@%s MODE %s ", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); for(j = 0, flags = ALL_MEMBERS; j < 2; j++, flags = ONLY_CHANOPS) { cur_len = mlen; mbuf = modebuf + mlen; pbuf = parabuf; parabuf[0] = '\0'; paracount = paralen = 0; dir = MODE_QUERY; for(i = 0; i < mode_count; i++) { if(mode_changes[i].letter == 0 || mode_changes[i].mems != flags) continue; if(mode_changes[i].arg != NULL) { arglen = strlen(mode_changes[i].arg); if(arglen > MODEBUFLEN - 5) continue; } else arglen = 0; /* if we're creeping over MAXMODEPARAMSSERV, or over * bufsize (4 == +/-,modechar,two spaces) send now. */ if(mode_changes[i].arg != NULL && ((paracount == MAXMODEPARAMSSERV) || ((cur_len + paralen + arglen + 4) > (BUFSIZE - 3)))) { *mbuf = '\0'; if(cur_len > mlen) sendto_channel_local(flags, chptr, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); else continue; paracount = paralen = 0; cur_len = mlen; mbuf = modebuf + mlen; pbuf = parabuf; parabuf[0] = '\0'; dir = MODE_QUERY; } if(dir != mode_changes[i].dir) { *mbuf++ = (mode_changes[i].dir == MODE_ADD) ? '+' : '-'; cur_len++; dir = mode_changes[i].dir; } *mbuf++ = mode_changes[i].letter; cur_len++; if(mode_changes[i].arg != NULL) { paracount++; len = rb_sprintf(pbuf, "%s ", mode_changes[i].arg); pbuf += len; paralen += len; } } if(paralen && parabuf[paralen - 1] == ' ') parabuf[paralen - 1] = '\0'; *mbuf = '\0'; if(cur_len > mlen) sendto_channel_local(flags, chptr, "%s %s", modebuf, parabuf); } /* only propagate modes originating locally, or if we're hubbing */ if(MyClient(source_p) || rb_dlink_list_length(&serv_list) > 1) send_cap_mode_changes(client_p, source_p, chptr, mode_changes, mode_count); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/core/m_part.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010454�11730550233�017222� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_part.c: Parts a user from a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_part.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" static int m_part(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message part_msgtab = { "PART", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_part, 2}, {m_part, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_part, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 part_clist[] = { &part_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(part, NULL, NULL, part_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void part_one_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *name, char *reason); /* ** m_part ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = channel ** parv[2] = reason */ static int m_part(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char *p, *name; char *reason = NULL; char *s = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); if(parc > 2) reason = LOCAL_COPY_N(parv[2], REASONLEN); name = rb_strtok_r(s, ",", &p); /* Finish the flood grace period... */ if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); while(name) { part_one_client(client_p, source_p, name, reason); name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p); } return 0; } /* * part_one_client * * inputs - pointer to server * - pointer to source client to remove * - char pointer of name of channel to remove from * output - none * side effects - remove ONE client given the channel name */ static void part_one_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, char *name, char *reason) { struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; if((chptr = find_channel(name)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return; } msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(msptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), name); return; } if(MyConnect(source_p) && !IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptSpambot(source_p)) check_spambot_warning(source_p, NULL); /* * Remove user from the old channel (if any) * only allow /part reasons in -m chans */ if(!EmptyString(reason) && (is_chanop(msptr) || !MyConnect(source_p) || ((can_send(chptr, source_p, msptr) > 0 && (source_p->localClient->firsttime + ConfigFileEntry.anti_spam_exit_message_time) < rb_current_time())))) { sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s PART %s :%s", use_id(source_p), chptr->chname, reason); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s PART %s :%s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, reason); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s PART %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname, reason); } else { sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s PART %s", use_id(source_p), chptr->chname); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s PART %s", source_p->name, chptr->chname); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s PART %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname); } remove_user_from_channel(msptr); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_ison.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006312�11730550233�016272� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_ison.c: Provides a single line answer of whether a user is online. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_ison.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include <string.h> static int m_ison(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message ison_msgtab = { "ISON", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_ison, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_ison, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 ison_clist[] = { &ison_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(ison, NULL, NULL, ison_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static char buf[BUFSIZE]; static char buf2[BUFSIZE]; /* * m_ison added by Darren Reed 13/8/91 to act as an efficent user indicator * with respect to cpu/bandwidth used. Implemented for NOTIFY feature in * clients. Designed to reduce number of whois requests. Can process * nicknames in batches as long as the maximum buffer length. * * format: * ISON :nicklist */ static int m_ison(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; char *nick; char *p; char *current_insert_point, *current_insert_point2; int len; int i; int done = 0; current_insert_point2 = buf2; *buf2 = '\0'; rb_sprintf(buf, form_str(RPL_ISON), me.name, source_p->name); len = strlen(buf); current_insert_point = buf + len; /* rfc1489 is ambigious about how to handle ISON * this should handle both interpretations. */ for(i = 1; i < parc; i++) { char *cs = LOCAL_COPY(parv[i]); for(nick = rb_strtok_r(cs, " ", &p); nick; nick = rb_strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { target_p = find_named_client(nick); if(target_p != NULL) { len = strlen(target_p->name); if((current_insert_point + (len + 5)) < (buf + sizeof(buf))) { memcpy(current_insert_point, target_p->name, len); current_insert_point += len; *current_insert_point++ = ' '; } else { done = 1; break; } } } if(done) break; } /* current_insert_point--; * Do NOT take out the trailing space, it breaks ircII * --Rodder */ *current_insert_point = '\0'; *current_insert_point2 = '\0'; sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_links.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011532�11730550233�016442� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_links.c: Shows what servers are currently connected. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_links.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "cache.h" #include "s_log.h" static int m_links(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_links(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static char *clean_string(char *dest, const unsigned char *src, size_t len); struct Message links_msgtab = { "LINKS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_links, 0}, {mo_links, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_links, 0}} }; int doing_links_hook; mapi_clist_av1 links_clist[] = { &links_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 links_hlist[] = { {"doing_links", &doing_links_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(links, NULL, NULL, links_clist, links_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void send_links_cache(struct Client *source_p); /* * m_links - LINKS message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername mask * or * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = server to query * parv[2] = servername mask */ static int m_links(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(ConfigServerHide.flatten_links && !IsExemptShide(source_p)) send_links_cache(source_p); else mo_links(client_p, source_p, parc, parv); return 0; } static int mo_links(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *mask = ""; struct Client *target_p; char clean_mask[2 * HOSTLEN + 4]; hook_data hd; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(parc > 2) { if(strlen(parv[2]) > HOSTLEN) return 0; if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s LINKS %s :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; mask = parv[2]; } else if(parc == 2) mask = parv[1]; if(*mask) /* only necessary if there is a mask */ mask = collapse(clean_string(clean_mask, (const unsigned char *)mask, 2 * HOSTLEN)); hd.client = source_p; hd.arg1 = mask; hd.arg2 = NULL; call_hook(doing_links_hook, &hd); SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(*mask && !match(mask, target_p->name)) continue; /* We just send the reply, as if theyre here theres either no SHIDE, * or theyre an oper.. */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LINKS, form_str(RPL_LINKS), target_p->name, target_p->servptr->name, target_p->hopcount, target_p->info[0] ? target_p->info : "(Unknown Location)"); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFLINKS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFLINKS), EmptyString(mask) ? "*" : mask); return 0; } /* send_links_cache() * * inputs - client to send to * outputs - the cached links, us, and RPL_ENDOFLINKS * side effects - */ static void send_links_cache(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, links_cache_list.head) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s 364 %s %s", me.name, source_p->name, (const char *)ptr->data); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_LINKS, form_str(RPL_LINKS), me.name, me.name, 0, me.info); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFLINKS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFLINKS), "*"); } static char * clean_string(char *dest, const unsigned char *src, size_t len) { char *d = dest; s_assert(0 != dest); s_assert(0 != src); if(dest == NULL || src == NULL) return NULL; while(*src && (len > 1)) { if(*src & 0x80) /* if high bit is set */ { *d++ = '.'; --len; if(len <= 1) break; } else if(!IsPrint(*src)) /* if NOT printable */ { *d++ = '^'; --len; if(len <= 1) break; *d++ = 0x40 + *src; /* turn it into a printable */ } else *d++ = *src; ++src; --len; } *d = '\0'; return dest; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_motd.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006221�11730550233�016264� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_motd.c: Shows the current message of the day. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_motd.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "hook.h" #include "s_serv.h" /* hunt_server */ #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "cache.h" static int m_motd(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_motd(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message motd_msgtab = { "MOTD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_motd, 0}, {mo_motd, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_motd, 0}} }; int doing_motd_hook; mapi_clist_av1 motd_clist[] = { &motd_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 motd_hlist[] = { {"doing_motd", &doing_motd_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(motd, NULL, NULL, motd_clist, motd_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void motd_spy(struct Client *); /* ** m_motd ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = servername */ static int m_motd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "MOTD"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFMOTD), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s MOTD :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; motd_spy(source_p); send_user_motd(source_p); return 0; } /* ** mo_motd ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = servername */ static int mo_motd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s MOTD :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; motd_spy(source_p); send_user_motd(source_p); return 0; } /* motd_spy() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - hook doing_motd is called */ static void motd_spy(struct Client *source_p) { hook_data data; data.client = source_p; data.arg1 = data.arg2 = NULL; call_hook(doing_motd_hook, &data); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_userhost.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006233�11730550233�017200� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_userhost.c: Shows a user's host. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_userhost.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static char buf[BUFSIZE]; static int m_userhost(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message userhost_msgtab = { "USERHOST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_userhost, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_userhost, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 userhost_clist[] = { &userhost_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(userhost, NULL, NULL, userhost_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_userhost added by Darren Reed 13/8/91 to aid clients and reduce * the need for complicated requests like WHOIS. It returns user/host * information only (no spurious AWAY labels or channels). */ static int m_userhost(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; char response[NICKLEN * 2 + USERLEN + HOSTLEN + 30]; char *t; int i; /* loop counter */ int cur_len; int rl; cur_len = rb_sprintf(buf, form_str(RPL_USERHOST), me.name, parv[0], ""); t = buf + cur_len; for(i = 1; i <= 5; i++) { if(parc < i + 1) break; if((target_p = find_person(parv[i])) != NULL) { /* * Show real IP for USERHOST on yourself. * This is needed for things like mIRC, which do a server-based * lookup (USERHOST) to figure out what the clients' local IP * is. Useful for things like NAT, and dynamic dial-up users. */ if(MyClient(target_p) && (target_p == source_p)) { rl = rb_sprintf(response, "%s%s=%c%s@%s ", target_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "*" : "", (target_p->user->away) ? '-' : '+', target_p->username, target_p->sockhost); } else { rl = rb_sprintf(response, "%s%s=%c%s@%s ", target_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "*" : "", (target_p->user->away) ? '-' : '+', target_p->username, target_p->host); } if((rl + cur_len) < (BUFSIZE - 10)) { rb_sprintf(t, "%s", response); t += rl; cur_len += rl; } else break; } } sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_unreject.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004221�11730550233�017136� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_unreject.c: Removes an ip from the reject cache * * Copyright (C) 2004 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_unreject.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "reject.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "send.h" #include "ircd.h" static int mo_unreject(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message unreject_msgtab = { "UNREJECT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_unreject, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 unreject_clist[] = { &unreject_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(unreject, NULL, NULL, unreject_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_unreject * */ static int mo_unreject(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count == 0 || ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration == 0) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Reject cache is disabled"); return 0; } if(!parse_netmask(parv[1], NULL, NULL)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Unable to parse netmask %s", parv[1]); return 0; } if(remove_reject(parv[1])) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Removed reject for %s", parv[1]); else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Unable to remove reject for %s", parv[1]); return 0; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_who.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000023212�11730550233�016115� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_who.c: Shows who is on a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_who.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static int m_who(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message who_msgtab = { "WHO", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_who, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_who, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 who_clist[] = { &who_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(who, NULL, NULL, who_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void do_who_on_channel(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int server_oper, int member); static void who_global(struct Client *source_p, const char *mask, int server_oper, int operspy); static void do_who(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, const char *chname, const char *op_flags); /* ** m_who ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = nickname mask list ** parv[2] = additional selection flag, only 'o' for now. */ static int m_who(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; struct Client *target_p; struct membership *msptr; char *mask; rb_dlink_node *lp; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; int server_oper = parc > 2 ? (*parv[2] == 'o') : 0; /* Show OPERS only */ int member; int operspy = 0; mask = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); collapse(mask); /* '/who *' */ if((*(mask + 1) == '\0') && (*mask == '*')) { if(source_p->user == NULL) return 0; if((lp = source_p->user->channel.head) != NULL) { msptr = lp->data; SetCork(source_p); do_who_on_channel(source_p, msptr->chptr, server_oper, YES); ClearCork(source_p); } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, "*"); return 0; } if(IsOperSpy(source_p) && *mask == '!') { mask++; operspy = 1; if(EmptyString(mask)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } } /* '/who #some_channel' */ if(IsChannelName(mask)) { /* List all users on a given channel */ chptr = find_channel(parv[1] + operspy); if(chptr != NULL) { if(operspy) report_operspy(source_p, "WHO", chptr->chname); SetCork(source_p); if(IsMember(source_p, chptr) || operspy) do_who_on_channel(source_p, chptr, server_oper, YES); else if(!SecretChannel(chptr)) do_who_on_channel(source_p, chptr, server_oper, NO); ClearCork(source_p); } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1] + operspy); return 0; } /* '/who nick' */ if(((target_p = find_named_person(mask)) != NULL) && (!server_oper || IsOper(target_p))) { int isinvis = 0; isinvis = IsInvisible(target_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(lp, target_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = lp->data; chptr = msptr->chptr; member = IsMember(source_p, chptr); if(isinvis && !member) continue; if(member || (!isinvis && PubChannel(chptr))) break; } /* if we stopped midlist, lp->data is the membership for * target_p of chptr */ if(lp != NULL) do_who(source_p, target_p, chptr->chname, find_channel_status(lp->data, IsCapable(source_p, CLICAP_MULTI_PREFIX))); else do_who(source_p, target_p, NULL, ""); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, mask); return 0; } if(!IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); /* it has to be a global who at this point, limit it */ if(!IsOper(source_p)) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "WHO"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, "*"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } /* '/who 0' for a global list. this forces clients to actually * request a full list. I presume its because of too many typos * with "/who" ;) --fl */ SetCork(source_p); if((*(mask + 1) == '\0') && (*mask == '0')) who_global(source_p, NULL, server_oper, 0); else who_global(source_p, mask, server_oper, operspy); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHO), me.name, source_p->name, mask); return 0; } /* who_common_channel * inputs - pointer to client requesting who * - pointer to channel member chain. * - char * mask to match * - int if oper on a server or not * - pointer to int maxmatches * output - NONE * side effects - lists matching invisible clients on specified channel, * marks matched clients. */ static void who_common_channel(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *mask, int server_oper, int *maxmatches) { struct membership *msptr; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(!IsInvisible(target_p) || IsMarked(target_p)) continue; if(server_oper && !IsOper(target_p)) continue; SetMark(target_p); if(*maxmatches > 0) { if((mask == NULL) || match(mask, target_p->name) || match(mask, target_p->username) || match(mask, target_p->host) || match(mask, target_p->servptr->name) || match(mask, target_p->info)) { do_who(source_p, target_p, NULL, ""); --(*maxmatches); } } } } /* * who_global * * inputs - pointer to client requesting who * - char * mask to match * - int if oper on a server or not * output - NONE * side effects - do a global scan of all clients looking for match * this is slightly expensive on EFnet ... * marks assumed cleared for all clients initially * and will be left cleared on return */ static void who_global(struct Client *source_p, const char *mask, int server_oper, int operspy) { struct membership *msptr; struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *lp, *ptr; int maxmatches = 500; /* first, list all matching INvisible clients on common channels * if this is not an operspy who */ if(!operspy) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(lp, source_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = lp->data; who_common_channel(source_p, msptr->chptr, mask, server_oper, &maxmatches); } } else report_operspy(source_p, "WHO", mask); /* second, list all matching visible clients and clear all marks * on invisible clients * if this is an operspy who, list all matching clients, no need * to clear marks */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!IsClient(target_p)) continue; if(IsInvisible(target_p) && !operspy) { ClearMark(target_p); continue; } if(server_oper && !IsOper(target_p)) continue; if(maxmatches > 0) { if(!mask || match(mask, target_p->name) || match(mask, target_p->username) || match(mask, target_p->host) || match(mask, target_p->servptr->name) || match(mask, target_p->info)) { do_who(source_p, target_p, NULL, ""); --maxmatches; } } } if(maxmatches <= 0) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYMATCHES), me.name, source_p->name, "WHO"); } /* * do_who_on_channel * * inputs - pointer to client requesting who * - pointer to channel to do who on * - The "real name" of this channel * - int if source_p is a server oper or not * - int if client is member or not * output - NONE * side effects - do a who on given channel */ static void do_who_on_channel(struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, int server_oper, int member) { struct Client *target_p; struct membership *msptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int combine = IsCapable(source_p, CLICAP_MULTI_PREFIX); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(server_oper && !IsOper(target_p)) continue; if(member || !IsInvisible(target_p)) do_who(source_p, target_p, chptr->chname, find_channel_status(msptr, combine)); } } /* * do_who * * inputs - pointer to client requesting who * - pointer to client to do who on * - The reported name * - channel flags * output - NONE * side effects - do a who on given person */ static void do_who(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, const char *chname, const char *op_flags) { char status[5]; rb_snprintf(status, sizeof(status), "%c%s%s", target_p->user->away ? 'G' : 'H', IsOper(target_p) ? "*" : "", op_flags); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_WHOREPLY), me.name, source_p->name, (chname) ? (chname) : "*", target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name, target_p->name, status, ConfigServerHide.flatten_links ? 0 : target_p->hopcount, target_p->info); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_capab.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006571�12070400635�016375� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_away.c: Negotiates capabilities with a remote server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_capab.c 27411 2012-12-31 21:20:29Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mr_capab(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_gcap(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message capab_msgtab = { "CAPAB", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_capab, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; struct Message gcap_msgtab = { "GCAP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_gcap, 2}, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 capab_clist[] = { &capab_msgtab, &gcap_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(capab, NULL, NULL, capab_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27411 $"); /* * mr_capab - CAPAB message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = space-separated list of capabilities * */ static int mr_capab(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Capability *cap; int i; char *p; char *s; /* ummm, this shouldn't happen. Could argue this should be logged etc. */ if(client_p->localClient == NULL) return 0; /* CAP_TS6 is set in PASS, so is valid.. */ if((client_p->localClient->caps & ~CAP_TS6) != 0) { exit_client(client_p, client_p, client_p, "CAPAB received twice"); return 0; } else client_p->localClient->caps |= CAP_CAP; rb_free(client_p->localClient->fullcaps); client_p->localClient->fullcaps = rb_strdup(parv[1]); for(i = 1; i < parc; i++) { char *t = LOCAL_COPY(parv[i]); for(s = rb_strtok_r(t, " ", &p); s; s = rb_strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { for(cap = captab; cap->name; cap++) { if(!irccmp(cap->name, s)) { client_p->localClient->caps |= cap->cap; break; } } } } return 0; } static int me_gcap(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Capability *cap; char *t = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); char *s; char *p; if(!IsServer(source_p)) return 0; /* already had GCAPAB?! */ if(!EmptyString(source_p->serv->fullcaps)) return 0; source_p->serv->fullcaps = rb_strdup(parv[1]); for(s = rb_strtok_r(t, " ", &p); s; s = rb_strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { for(cap = captab; cap->name; cap++) { if(!irccmp(cap->name, s)) { source_p->serv->caps |= cap->cap; break; } } } return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_knock.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011532�11730550233�016427� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_knock.c: Requests to be invited to a channel. * * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_knock.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int m_knock(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message knock_msgtab = { "KNOCK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_knock, 2}, {m_knock, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_knock, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 knock_clist[] = { &knock_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(knock, NULL, NULL, knock_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* m_knock * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel * * The KNOCK command has the following syntax: * :<sender> KNOCK <channel> * * If a user is not banned from the channel they can use the KNOCK * command to have the server NOTICE the channel operators notifying * they would like to join. Helpful if the channel is invite-only, the * key is forgotten, or the channel is full (INVITE can bypass each one * of these conditions. Concept by Dianora <db@db.net> and written by * <anonymous> */ static int m_knock(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr; char *p, *name; if(MyClient(source_p) && ConfigChannel.use_knock == 0) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_KNOCKDISABLED), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } name = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); /* dont allow one knock to multiple chans */ if((p = strchr(name, ','))) *p = '\0'; if(!IsChannelName(name)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(name)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return 0; } if(IsMember(source_p, chptr)) { if(MyClient(source_p)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_KNOCKONCHAN), me.name, source_p->name, name); return 0; } if(!((chptr->mode.mode & MODE_INVITEONLY) || (*chptr->mode.key) || (chptr->mode.limit && rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) >= (unsigned long)chptr->mode.limit))) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_CHANOPEN, form_str(ERR_CHANOPEN), name); return 0; } /* cant knock to a +p channel */ if(HiddenChannel(chptr)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN, form_str(ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN), name); return 0; } if(MyClient(source_p)) { /* don't allow a knock if the user is banned */ if(is_banned(chptr, source_p, NULL, NULL, NULL) == CHFL_BAN) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN, form_str(ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN), name); return 0; } /* local flood protection: * allow one knock per user per knock_delay * allow one knock per channel per knock_delay_channel */ if(!IsOper(source_p) && (source_p->localClient->last_knock + ConfigChannel.knock_delay) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYKNOCK), me.name, source_p->name, name, "user"); return 0; } else if((chptr->last_knock + ConfigChannel.knock_delay_channel) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYKNOCK), me.name, source_p->name, name, "channel"); return 0; } /* ok, we actually can send the knock, tell client */ source_p->localClient->last_knock = rb_current_time(); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_KNOCKDLVR), me.name, source_p->name, name); } chptr->last_knock = rb_current_time(); if(ConfigChannel.use_knock) sendto_channel_local(ONLY_CHANOPS, chptr, form_str(RPL_KNOCK), me.name, name, name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_KNOCK | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s KNOCK %s", use_id(source_p), name); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_KNOCK, CAP_TS6, ":%s KNOCK %s", source_p->name, name); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_adminwall.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004626�11730550233�017300� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_adminwall.c: Sends a message to all admins * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * $Id: m_adminwall.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int mo_adminwall(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_adminwall(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message adminwall_msgtab = { "ADMINWALL", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_adminwall, 2}, {mo_adminwall, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 adminwall_clist[] = { &adminwall_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(adminwall, NULL, NULL, adminwall_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 20702 $"); /* * mo_adminwall (write to *all* admins currently online) * parv[1] = message text */ static int mo_adminwall(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "adminwall"); return 0; } sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_ADMIN, source_p, "ADMINWALL - %s", parv[1]); sendto_match_servs(source_p, "*", CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP * ADMINWALL :%s", parv[1]); return 0; } static int me_adminwall(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_ADMIN, source_p, "ADMINWALL - %s", parv[1]); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_operspy.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005452�11730550233�017027� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_operspy.c * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_operspy.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" static int ms_operspy(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message operspy_msgtab = { "OPERSPY", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_operspy, 2}, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 operspy_clist[] = { &operspy_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(operspy, NULL, NULL, operspy_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ms_operspy() * * parv[1] - operspy command * parv[2] - optional params */ static int ms_operspy(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char buffer[BUFSIZE]; char *ptr; int cur_len = 0; int len, i; if(parc < 4) { report_operspy(source_p, parv[1], parc < 3 ? NULL : parv[2]); } /* buffer all remaining into one param */ else { ptr = buffer; cur_len = 0; for(i = 2; i < parc; i++) { len = strlen(parv[i]) + 1; if((size_t)(cur_len + len) >= sizeof(buffer)) return 0; rb_snprintf(ptr, sizeof(buffer) - cur_len, "%s ", parv[i]); ptr += len; cur_len += len; } report_operspy(source_p, parv[1], buffer); } return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_topic.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010216�11730550233�016436� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_topic.c: Sets a channel topic. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_topic.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_topic(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message topic_msgtab = { "TOPIC", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_topic, 2}, {m_topic, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_topic, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 topic_clist[] = { &topic_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(topic, NULL, NULL, topic_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_topic * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel name * parv[2] = new topic, if setting topic */ static int m_topic(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct membership *msptr; char *p = NULL; if((p = strchr(parv[1], ','))) *p = '\0'; if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); if(!IsChannelName(parv[1])) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } chptr = find_channel(parv[1]); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } /* setting topic */ if(parc > 2) { msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p); if(msptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } if((chptr->mode.mode & MODE_TOPICLIMIT) == 0 || is_chanop(msptr)) { char topic_info[USERHOST_REPLYLEN]; rb_sprintf(topic_info, "%s!%s@%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); set_channel_topic(chptr, parv[2], topic_info, rb_current_time()); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s TOPIC %s :%s", use_id(source_p), chptr->chname, chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s TOPIC %s :%s", source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s TOPIC %s :%s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname, chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); } else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); } else if(MyClient(source_p)) { if(!IsMember(source_p, chptr) && SecretChannel(chptr)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), parv[1]); return 0; } if(chptr->topic == NULL) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_NOTOPIC), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); else { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPIC), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPICWHOTIME), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic->topic_info, chptr->topic->topic_time); } } return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_pass.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006102�11730550233�016265� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_pass.c: Used to send a password for a server or client{} block. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_pass.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" /* client struct */ #include "match.h" #include "send.h" /* sendto_one */ #include "ircd.h" /* me */ #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_conf.h" static int mr_pass(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message pass_msgtab = { "PASS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_pass, 2}, mg_reg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_reg} }; mapi_clist_av1 pass_clist[] = { &pass_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(pass, NULL, NULL, pass_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_pass() - Added Sat, 4 March 1989 * * * mr_pass - PASS message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = password * parv[2] = "TS" if this server supports TS. * parv[3] = optional TS version field -- needed for TS6 */ static int mr_pass(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(client_p->localClient->passwd) { memset(client_p->localClient->passwd, 0, strlen(client_p->localClient->passwd)); rb_free(client_p->localClient->passwd); } client_p->localClient->passwd = rb_strndup(parv[1], PASSWDLEN); if(parc > 2) { /* * It looks to me as if orabidoo wanted to have more * than one set of option strings possible here... * i.e. ":AABBTS" as long as TS was the last two chars * however, as we are now using CAPAB, I think we can * safely assume if there is a ":TS" then its a TS server * -Dianora */ if(irccmp(parv[2], "TS") == 0 && client_p->tsinfo == 0) client_p->tsinfo = TS_DOESTS; /* kludge, if we're not using ts6, dont ever mark a server * as TS6 capable, that way we'll never send them TS6 data. */ if(parc == 5 && atoi(parv[3]) >= 6) { /* only mark as TS6 if the SID is valid.. */ if(IsDigit(parv[4][0]) && IsIdChar(parv[4][1]) && IsIdChar(parv[4][2]) && parv[4][3] == '\0') { client_p->localClient->caps |= CAP_TS6; strcpy(client_p->id, parv[4]); } } } return 0; } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_time.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004164�11730550233�016263� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_time.c: Sends the current time on the server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_time.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_time(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message time_msgtab = { "TIME", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_time, 0}, {m_time, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_time, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 time_clist[] = { &time_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(time, NULL, NULL, time_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_time * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int m_time(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { /* this is not rate limited, so end the grace period */ char buf[80]; if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s TIME :%s", 1, parc, parv) == HUNTED_ISME) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TIME, form_str(RPL_TIME), me.name, rb_date(rb_current_time(), buf, sizeof(buf))); } return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_accept.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014534�11730550233�016566� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_accept.c: Allows a user to talk to a +g user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_accept.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "match.h" static int m_accept(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void build_nicklist(struct Client *, char *, char *, const char *); static void add_accept(struct Client *, struct Client *); static void list_accepts(struct Client *); struct Message accept_msgtab = { "ACCEPT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {mg_unreg, {m_accept, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_accept, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 accept_clist[] = { &accept_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(accept, NULL, NULL, accept_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_accept - ACCEPT command handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int m_accept(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char *nick; char *p = NULL; static char addbuf[BUFSIZE]; static char delbuf[BUFSIZE]; struct Client *target_p; int accept_num; if(*parv[1] == '*') { list_accepts(source_p); return 0; } build_nicklist(source_p, addbuf, delbuf, parv[1]); /* parse the delete list */ for(nick = rb_strtok_r(delbuf, ",", &p); nick != NULL; nick = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p)) { /* shouldnt happen, but lets be paranoid */ if((target_p = find_named_person(nick)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); continue; } /* user isnt on clients accept list */ if(!accept_message(target_p, source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ACCEPTNOT), me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name); continue; } rb_dlinkFindDestroy(target_p, &source_p->localClient->allow_list); rb_dlinkFindDestroy(source_p, &target_p->on_allow_list); } /* get the number of accepts they have */ accept_num = rb_dlink_list_length(&source_p->localClient->allow_list); /* parse the add list */ for(nick = rb_strtok_r(addbuf, ",", &p); nick; nick = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p), accept_num++) { /* shouldnt happen, but lets be paranoid */ if((target_p = find_named_person(nick)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), nick); continue; } /* user is already on clients accept list */ if(accept_message(target_p, source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ACCEPTEXIST), me.name, source_p->name, target_p->name); continue; } if(accept_num >= ConfigFileEntry.max_accept) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_ACCEPTFULL), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* why is this here? */ /* del_from accept(target_p, source_p); */ add_accept(source_p, target_p); } return 0; } /* * build_nicklist() * * input - pointer to client * - pointer to addbuffer * - pointer to remove buffer * - pointer to list of nicks * output - * side effects - addbuf/delbuf are modified to give valid nicks */ static void build_nicklist(struct Client *source_p, char *addbuf, char *delbuf, const char *nicks) { char *name; char *p; int lenadd; int lendel; int del; struct Client *target_p; char *n = LOCAL_COPY(nicks); *addbuf = *delbuf = '\0'; del = lenadd = lendel = 0; /* build list of clients to add into addbuf, clients to remove in delbuf */ for(name = rb_strtok_r(n, ",", &p); name; name = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &p), del = 0) { if(*name == '-') { del = 1; name++; } if((target_p = find_named_person(name)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), name); continue; } /* we're deleting a client */ if(del) { if(*delbuf) (void)strcat(delbuf, ","); (void)strncat(delbuf, name, BUFSIZE - lendel - 1); lendel += strlen(name) + 1; } /* adding a client */ else { if(*addbuf) (void)strcat(addbuf, ","); (void)strncat(addbuf, name, BUFSIZE - lenadd - 1); lenadd += strlen(name) + 1; } } } /* * add_accept() * * input - pointer to clients accept list to add to * - pointer to client to add * output - none * side effects - target is added to clients list */ static void add_accept(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { rb_dlinkAddAlloc(target_p, &source_p->localClient->allow_list); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &target_p->on_allow_list); } /* * list_accepts() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - print accept list to client */ static void list_accepts(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; char nicks[BUFSIZE]; int len = 0; int len2 = 0; int count = 0; *nicks = '\0'; len2 = strlen(source_p->name) + 10; SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, source_p->localClient->allow_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(target_p) { if((len + strlen(target_p->name) + len2 > BUFSIZE) || count > 14) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ACCEPTLIST), me.name, source_p->name, nicks); len = count = 0; *nicks = '\0'; } len += rb_snprintf(nicks + len, sizeof(nicks) - len, "%s ", target_p->name); count++; } } if(*nicks) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ACCEPTLIST), me.name, source_p->name, nicks); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFACCEPT), me.name, source_p->name); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_gungline.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000032154�11730550233�017135� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_gungline.c: Votes towards removing a gline. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_gline.c 26421 2009-01-18 17:38:16Z jilles $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "scache.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "hook.h" static int mo_gungline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_gungline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void h_gungline_stats(hook_data_int *); static int modinit(void); static void moddeinit(void); struct Message gungline_msgtab = { "GUNGLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_gungline, 4}, {mo_gungline, 3}} }; mapi_clist_av1 gungline_clist[] = { &gungline_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hfn_list_av1 gungline_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_stats", (hookfn) h_gungline_stats}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(gungline, modinit, moddeinit, gungline_clist, NULL, gungline_hfnlist, "$Revision: 26421 $"); static int majority_ungline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason); static int invalid_gline(struct Client *, const char *, char *); static int remove_temp_gline(const char *, const char *); static void expire_pending_gunglines(void *unused); static struct ev_entry *pending_gungline_ev; static void flush_pending_gunglines(void); static rb_dlink_list pending_gunglines; static int modinit(void) { pending_gungline_ev = rb_event_addish("expire_pending_gunglines", expire_pending_gunglines, NULL, CLEANUP_GLINES_TIME); return 0; } static void moddeinit(void) { rb_event_delete(pending_gungline_ev); if (rb_dlink_list_length(&pending_gunglines) > 0) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Discarding pending gunglines because of module unload"); flush_pending_gunglines(); } /* mo_gungline() * * inputs - The usual for a m_ function * output - * side effects - remove a gline if 3 opers agree */ static int mo_gungline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *user = NULL; char *host = NULL; char *reason = NULL; char splat[] = "*"; if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":GUNGLINE disabled"); return 0; } if(!IsOperUnkline(source_p) || !IsOperGline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "ungline"); return 0; } host = strchr(parv[1], '@'); /* specific user@host */ if(host != NULL) { user = parv[1]; *(host++) = '\0'; /* gline for "@host", use *@host */ if(*user == '\0') user = splat; } /* just a host? */ else { /* ok, its not a host.. abort */ if(strchr(parv[1], '.') == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } user = splat; host = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); } reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); if(invalid_gline(source_p, user, reason)) return 0; /* inform users about the gline before we call majority_ungline() * so already voted comes below gline request --fl */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting ungline for [%s@%s] [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, me.name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "RU %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); /* If at least 3 opers agree this user should be G lined then do it */ majority_ungline(source_p, user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_ENCAP | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s ENCAP * GUNGLINE %s %s :%s", use_id(source_p), user, host, reason); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_ENCAP, CAP_TS6, ":%s ENCAP * GUNGLINE %s %s :%s", source_p->name, user, host, reason); return 0; } /* mc_gungline() */ static int me_gungline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *acptr; const char *user; const char *host; char *reason; if (!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; acptr = source_p; user = parv[1]; host = parv[2]; reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]); if(invalid_gline(acptr, user, reason)) return 0; if(!ConfigFileEntry.glines) return 0; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s is requesting ungline for [%s@%s] [%s]", acptr->name, acptr->username, acptr->host, acptr->servptr->name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "RU %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); /* If at least 3 opers agree this user should be G lined then do it */ majority_ungline(acptr, user, host, reason); return 0; } /* invalid_gline * * inputs - pointer to source client, ident, host and reason * outputs - 1 if invalid, 0 if valid * side effects - */ static int invalid_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *luser, char *lreason) { if(strchr(luser, '!')) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid character '!' in gline"); return 1; } if(strlen(lreason) > REASONLEN) lreason[REASONLEN] = '\0'; return 0; } /* * remove_local_gline * * inputs - pointer to oper nick/username/host/server, * victim user/host and reason * output - NONE * side effects - */ static void remove_local_gline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason) { if (!remove_temp_gline(user, host)) return; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s on %s has triggered ungline for [%s@%s] [%s]", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); ilog(L_GLINE, "TU %s %s %s %s %s %s %s", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, user, host, reason); } /* majority_ungline() * * input - client doing gline, user, host and reason of gline * output - YES if there are 3 different opers/servers agree, else NO * side effects - */ static int majority_ungline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *reason) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; struct gline_pending *pending; /* to avoid desync.. --fl */ expire_pending_gunglines(NULL); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pending_node, pending_gunglines.head) { pending = pending_node->data; if((irccmp(pending->user, user) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->host, host) == 0)) { /* check oper or server hasnt already voted */ if(((irccmp(pending->oper_user1, source_p->username) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->oper_host1, source_p->host) == 0))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "oper has already voted"); return NO; } else if(irccmp(pending->oper_server1, source_p->servptr->name) == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "server has already voted"); return NO; } if(pending->oper_user2[0] != '\0') { /* if two other opers on two different servers have voted yes */ if(((irccmp(pending->oper_user2, source_p->username) == 0) && (irccmp(pending->oper_host2, source_p->host) == 0))) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "oper has already voted"); return NO; } else if(irccmp(pending->oper_server2, source_p->servptr->name) == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "server has already voted"); return NO; } /* trigger the gline using the original reason --fl */ remove_local_gline(source_p, user, host, pending->reason1); expire_pending_gunglines(pending); return YES; } else { rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_nick2, source_p->name, sizeof(pending->oper_nick2)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_user2, source_p->username, sizeof(pending->oper_user2)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_host2, source_p->host, sizeof(pending->oper_host2)); pending->reason2 = rb_strdup(reason); pending->oper_server2 = scache_add(source_p->servptr->name); pending->last_gline_time = rb_current_time(); pending->time_request2 = rb_current_time(); return NO; } } } /* no pending ungline, create a new one */ pending = (struct gline_pending *)rb_malloc(sizeof(struct gline_pending)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_nick1, source_p->name, sizeof(pending->oper_nick1)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_user1, source_p->username, sizeof(pending->oper_user1)); rb_strlcpy(pending->oper_host1, source_p->host, sizeof(pending->oper_host1)); pending->oper_server1 = scache_add(source_p->servptr->name); rb_strlcpy(pending->user, user, sizeof(pending->user)); rb_strlcpy(pending->host, host, sizeof(pending->host)); pending->reason1 = rb_strdup(reason); pending->reason2 = NULL; pending->last_gline_time = rb_current_time(); pending->time_request1 = rb_current_time(); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(pending, &pending_gunglines); return NO; } /* remove_temp_gline() * * inputs - username, hostname to ungline * outputs - * side effects - tries to ungline anything that matches */ static int remove_temp_gline(const char *user, const char *host) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr, caddr; int bits, cbits; int mtype, gtype; mtype = parse_netmask(host, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &bits); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, glines.head) { aconf = ptr->data; gtype = parse_netmask(aconf->host, (struct sockaddr *)&caddr, &cbits); if(gtype != mtype || (user && irccmp(user, aconf->user))) continue; if(gtype == HM_HOST) { if(irccmp(aconf->host, host)) continue; } else if(bits != cbits || !comp_with_mask_sock((struct sockaddr *)&addr, (struct sockaddr *)&caddr, bits)) continue; rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &glines); delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); return YES; } return NO; } static void h_gungline_stats(hook_data_int * data) { char statchar = (char)data->arg2; if(ConfigFileEntry.glines && statchar == 'g' && IsOper(data->client)) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; char timebuffer[MAX_DATE_STRING]; struct tm *tmptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pending_node, pending_gunglines.head) { glp_ptr = pending_node->data; tmptr = gmtime(&glp_ptr->time_request1); strftime(timebuffer, MAX_DATE_STRING, "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", tmptr); sendto_one_notice(data->client, ":1) %s!%s@%s on %s requested ungline at %s for %s@%s [%s]", glp_ptr->oper_nick1, glp_ptr->oper_user1, glp_ptr->oper_host1, glp_ptr->oper_server1, timebuffer, glp_ptr->user, glp_ptr->host, glp_ptr->reason1); if(glp_ptr->oper_nick2[0]) { tmptr = gmtime(&glp_ptr->time_request2); strftime(timebuffer, MAX_DATE_STRING, "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", tmptr); sendto_one_notice(data->client, ":2) %s!%s@%s on %s requested ungline at %s for %s@%s [%s]", glp_ptr->oper_nick2, glp_ptr->oper_user2, glp_ptr->oper_host2, glp_ptr->oper_server2, timebuffer, glp_ptr->user, glp_ptr->host, glp_ptr->reason2); } } if(rb_dlink_list_length(&pending_gunglines) > 0) sendto_one_notice(data->client, ":End of Pending G-line Removals"); } } /* * expire_pending_gunglines * * inputs - NONE * output - NONE * side effects - * * Go through the pending gungline list, expire any that haven't had * enough "votes" in the time period allowed */ static void expire_pending_gunglines(void *vptr) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; rb_dlink_node *next_node; struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(pending_node, next_node, pending_gunglines.head) { glp_ptr = pending_node->data; if((glp_ptr->last_gline_time + GLINE_PENDING_EXPIRE) <= rb_current_time() || vptr == glp_ptr) { rb_free(glp_ptr->reason1); rb_free(glp_ptr->reason2); rb_free(glp_ptr); rb_dlinkDestroy(pending_node, &pending_gunglines); } } } static void flush_pending_gunglines(void) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; rb_dlink_node *next_node; struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(pending_node, next_node, pending_gunglines.head) { glp_ptr = pending_node->data; rb_free(glp_ptr->reason1); rb_free(glp_ptr->reason2); rb_free(glp_ptr); rb_dlinkDestroy(pending_node, &pending_gunglines); } } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_names.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011210�11730550233�016416� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_names.c: Shows the users who are online. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_names.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_names(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message names_msgtab = { "NAMES", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_names, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_names, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 names_clist[] = { &names_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(names, NULL, NULL, names_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void names_global(struct Client *source_p); /************************************************************************ * m_names() - Added by Jto 27 Apr 1989 ************************************************************************/ /* * m_names * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel */ static int m_names(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; char *s; if(parc > 1 && !EmptyString(parv[1])) { char *p = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); if((s = strchr(p, ','))) *s = '\0'; if(!check_channel_name(p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME, form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), (unsigned char *)p); return 0; } if((chptr = find_channel(p)) != NULL) channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 1); else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFNAMES), me.name, source_p->name, p); } else { if(!IsOper(source_p)) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "NAMES"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFNAMES), me.name, source_p->name, "*"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } names_global(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFNAMES), me.name, source_p->name, "*"); } return 0; } /* * names_global * * inputs - pointer to client struct requesting names * output - none * side effects - lists all non public non secret channels */ static void names_global(struct Client *source_p) { int mlen; int tlen; int cur_len; int dont_show = NO; rb_dlink_node *lp, *ptr; struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr = NULL; struct membership *msptr; char buf[BUFSIZE]; char *t; /* first do all visible channels */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 0); } cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, form_str(RPL_NAMREPLY), me.name, source_p->name, "*", "*"); t = buf + mlen; /* Second, do all clients in one big sweep */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; dont_show = NO; if(!IsClient(target_p) || IsInvisible(target_p)) continue; /* we want to show -i clients that are either: * a) not on any channels * b) only on +p channels * * both were missed out above. if the target is on a * common channel with source, its already been shown. */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(lp, target_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = lp->data; chptr = msptr->chptr; if(PubChannel(chptr) || IsMember(source_p, chptr) || SecretChannel(chptr)) { dont_show = YES; break; } } if(dont_show) continue; if((cur_len + NICKLEN + 2) > (BUFSIZE - 3)) { sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); cur_len = mlen; t = buf + mlen; } tlen = rb_sprintf(t, "%s ", target_p->name); cur_len += tlen; t += tlen; } if(cur_len > mlen) sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_info.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000061477�11730550233�016272� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_info.c: Sends information about the server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_info.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hook.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static void send_conf_options(struct Client *source_p); static void send_birthdate_online_time(struct Client *source_p); static void send_info_text(struct Client *source_p); static void info_spy(struct Client *); static int m_info(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_info(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message info_msgtab = { "INFO", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_info, 0}, {mo_info, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_info, 0}} }; int doing_info_hook; mapi_clist_av1 info_clist[] = { &info_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 info_hlist[] = { {"doing_info", &doing_info_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(info, NULL, NULL, info_clist, info_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * jdc -- Structure for our configuration value table */ struct InfoStruct { const char *name; /* Displayed variable name */ unsigned int output_type; /* See below #defines */ union { const void *ptr; int decimal; const int *decimal_ptr; const char *string; const char **pstring; } option; const char *desc; /* ASCII description of the variable */ }; /* Types for output_type in InfoStruct */ #define OUTPUT_STRING 0x0001 /* Output option as %s w/ dereference */ #define OUTPUT_STRING_PTR 0x0002 /* Output option as %s w/out deference */ #define OUTPUT_DECIMAL 0x0004 /* Output option as decimal (%d) */ #define OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW 0x0008 /* Output option as decimal (%d) w/out dereference */ #define OUTPUT_BOOLEAN 0x0010 /* Output option as "ON" or "OFF" */ #define OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN 0x0020 /* Output option as "YES" or "NO" */ #define OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW 0x0040 /* Output option as "ON" or "OFF" */ #define OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW_YN 0x0080 /* Output option as "YES" or "NO" */ #define OUTPUT_BOOLEAN2 0x0100 /* Output option as "YES/NO/MASKED" */ #ifdef SOMAXCONN #undef RATBOX_SOMAXCONN #define RATBOX_SOMAXCONN SOMAXCONN #endif #if !defined(CPATH) || !defined(DPATH) || !defined(HPATH) || \ !defined(UHPATH) || !defined(LPATH) || !defined(MPATH) || \ !defined(OPATH) || !defined(SPATH) static const char *none = "NONE"; /* because we don't need a bunch of NONEs in the executables */ #endif #ifndef CPATH #define CPATH none #endif #ifndef DPATH #define DPATH none #endif #ifndef HPATH #define HPATH none #endif #ifndef UHPATH #define UHPATH none #endif #ifndef LPATH #define LPATH none #endif #ifndef MPATH #define MPATH none #endif #ifndef OPATH #define OPATH none #endif #ifndef SPATH #define SPATH none #endif /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct InfoStruct info_table[] = { { "CPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { CPATH }, "Path to Main Configuration File" }, { "DPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { DPATH }, "Directory Containing Configuration Files" }, { "ENABLE_SERVICES", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW, #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES { (void *)1 }, #else { (void *)0 }, #endif "ratbox-services compatibility code", }, { "HPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { HPATH } , "Path to Operator Help Files", }, { "UHPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { UHPATH }, "Path to User Help Files", }, { "RATBOX_SOMAXCONN", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)RATBOX_SOMAXCONN }, "Maximum Queue Length of Pending Connections" }, { "IPV6", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW, #ifdef RB_IPV6 { (void *)1 }, #else { (void *)0 }, #endif "IPv6 Support" }, { "MAX_CONNECTIONS", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &maxconnections }, "Max number connections" }, { "JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT_EXPIRE_TIME", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT_EXPIRE_TIME }, "Anti SpamBot Parameter" }, { "KILLCHASETIMELIMIT", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)KILLCHASETIMELIMIT }, "Nick Change Tracker for KILL" }, { "LPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { LPATH }, "Path to Log File" }, { "MAX_BUFFER", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)MAX_BUFFER }, "Maximum Buffer Connections Allowed" }, { "MAX_JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)MAX_JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT }, "Anti SpamBot Parameter" }, { "MIN_JOIN_LEAVE_TIME", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)MIN_JOIN_LEAVE_TIME }, "Anti SpamBot Parameter" }, { "MPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { MPATH }, "Path to MOTD File" }, { "NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH }, "Size of WHOWAS Array" }, { "OPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { OPATH }, "Path to Operator MOTD File" }, { "OPER_SPAM_COUNTDOWN", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)OPER_SPAM_COUNTDOWN }, "Anti SpamBot Parameter" }, { "USE_CHALLENGE", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW, #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE { (void *)1 }, #else { (void *)0 }, #endif "OpenSSL CHALLENGE Support" }, { "HAVE_ZLIB", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW_YN, #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB { (void *)1 }, #else { (void *)0 }, #endif "zlib (ziplinks) support" }, { "PPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { PPATH }, "Path to Pid File" }, { "SPATH", OUTPUT_STRING_PTR, { SPATH }, "Path to Server Executable" }, { "TS_MAX_DELTA_DEFAULT", OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW, { (void *)TS_MAX_DELTA_DEFAULT }, "Maximum Allowed TS Delta from another Server" }, { "USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW_YN, #ifdef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS { (void *)1 }, #else { (void *)0 }, #endif "IO Debugging support" }, { "anti_nick_flood", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.anti_nick_flood }, "NICK flood protection" }, { "anti_spam_exit_message_time", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.anti_spam_exit_message_time }, "Duration a client must be connected for to have an exit message" }, { "burst_away", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.burst_away }, "Burst away messages on server joins" }, { "caller_id_wait", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.caller_id_wait }, "Minimum delay between notifying UMODE +g users of messages" }, { "client_exit", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.client_exit }, "Prepend 'Client Exit:' to user QUIT messages" }, { "client_flood", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.client_flood }, "Number of lines before a client Excess Flood's", }, { "collision_fnc", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.collision_fnc }, "Forced nick change on collision" }, { "connect_timeout", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.connect_timeout }, "Connect timeout for connections to servers" }, { "default_floodcount", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.default_floodcount }, "Startup value of FLOODCOUNT", }, { "default_adminstring", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.default_adminstring }, "Default adminstring at startup.", }, { "default_operstring", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.default_operstring }, "Default operstring at startup.", }, { "default_invisible", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.default_invisible }, "Clients are set +i on connect" }, { "disable_auth", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.disable_auth }, "Controls whether auth checking is disabled or not" }, { "disable_fake_channels", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.disable_fake_channels }, "Controls whether bold etc are disabled for JOIN" }, { "dot_in_ip6_addr", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.dot_in_ip6_addr }, "Suffix a . to ip6 addresses", }, { "dots_in_ident", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.dots_in_ident }, "Number of permissable dots in an ident" }, { "failed_oper_notice", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice }, "Inform opers if someone /oper's with the wrong password" }, { "fname_userlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_userlog }, "User log file" }, { "fname_fuserlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_fuserlog }, "Failed user log file" }, { "fname_operlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_operlog }, "Operator log file" }, { "fname_foperlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_foperlog }, "Failed operator log file" }, { "fname_serverlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_serverlog }, "Server connect/disconnect log file" }, { "fname_klinelog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_klinelog }, "KLINE etc log file" }, { "fname_glinelog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_glinelog }, "GLINE log file" }, { "fname_operspylog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_operspylog }, "Oper spy log file" }, { "fname_ioerrorlog", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.fname_ioerrorlog }, "IO error log file" }, { "glines", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.glines }, "G-line (network-wide K-line) support" }, { "gline_time", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.gline_time }, "Expiry time for G-lines" }, { "gline_min_cidr", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr }, "Minimum CIDR bitlen for ipv4 glines" }, { "gline_min_cidr6", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.gline_min_cidr6 }, "Minimum CIDR bitlen for ipv6 glines" }, { "hide_error_messages", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN2, { &ConfigFileEntry.hide_error_messages }, "Hide ERROR messages coming from servers" }, { "hide_spoof_ips", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips }, "Hide IPs of spoofed users" }, { "hub", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ServerInfo.hub }, "Server is a hub" }, { "kline_delay", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.kline_delay }, "Duration of time to delay kline checking" }, { "kline_reason", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason }, "K-lined clients sign off with this reason" }, { "dline_with_reason", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.dline_with_reason }, "Display D-line reason to client on disconnect" }, { "kline_with_reason", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.kline_with_reason }, "Display K-line reason to client on disconnect" }, { "map_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.map_oper_only }, "MAP is oper only" }, { "max_accept", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.max_accept }, "Maximum nicknames on accept list", }, { "max_monitor", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.max_monitor }, "Maximum nicknames on monitor list" }, { "max_nick_changes", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_changes }, "NICK change threshhold setting" }, { "max_nick_time", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.max_nick_time }, "NICK flood protection time interval" }, { "max_targets", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.max_targets }, "The maximum number of PRIVMSG/NOTICE targets" }, { "min_nonwildcard", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard }, "Minimum non-wildcard chars in K/G lines", }, { "min_nonwildcard_simple", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple }, "Minimum non-wildcard chars in xlines/resvs", }, { "network_name", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ServerInfo.network_name }, "Network name" }, { "network_desc", OUTPUT_STRING, { &ServerInfo.network_desc }, "Network description" }, { "nick_delay", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.nick_delay }, "Delay nicks are locked for on split", }, { "no_oper_flood", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.no_oper_flood }, "Disable flood control for operators", }, { "non_redundant_klines", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.non_redundant_klines }, "Check for and disallow redundant K-lines" }, { "operspy_admin_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.operspy_admin_only }, "Send +Z operspy notices to admins only" }, { "pace_wait", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait }, "Minimum delay between uses of certain commands" }, { "pace_wait_simple", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple }, "Minimum delay between less intensive commands" }, { "ping_cookie", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.ping_cookie }, "Require ping cookies to connect", }, { "reject_after_count", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.reject_after_count }, "Client rejection threshold setting", }, { "reject_duration", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.reject_duration }, "Client rejection cache duration", }, { "short_motd", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.short_motd }, "Do not show MOTD; only tell clients they should read it" }, { "stats_e_disabled", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_e_disabled }, "STATS e output is disabled", }, { "stats_c_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_c_oper_only }, "STATS C output is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_h_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_h_oper_only }, "STATS H output is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_i_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN2, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only }, "STATS I output is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_k_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN2, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only }, "STATS K output is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_o_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_o_oper_only }, "STATS O output is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_P_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_P_oper_only }, "STATS P is only shown to operators", }, { "stats_y_oper_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.stats_y_oper_only }, "STATS Y is only shown to operators", }, { "target_change", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.target_change }, "Target change anti-spam system" }, { "throttle_count", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.throttle_count }, "Connection throttle threshold", }, { "throttle_duration", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.throttle_duration }, "Connection throttle duration", }, { "tkline_expire_notices", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.tkline_expire_notices }, "Notices given to opers when tklines expire" }, { "ts_max_delta", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta }, "Maximum permitted TS delta from another server" }, { "ts_warn_delta", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta }, "Maximum permitted TS delta before displaying a warning" }, { "use_whois_actually", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually }, "RPL_WHOISACTUALLY sent in reply to whois requests" }, { "warn_no_nline", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN, { &ConfigFileEntry.warn_no_nline }, "Display warning if connecting server lacks N-line" }, { "default_split_server_count", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.default_split_server_count }, "Startup value of SPLITNUM", }, { "default_split_user_count", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.default_split_user_count }, "Startup value of SPLITUSERS", }, { "knock_delay", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.knock_delay }, "Delay between a users KNOCK attempts" }, { "knock_delay_channel", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.knock_delay_channel }, "Delay between KNOCK attempts to a channel", }, { "invite_ops_only", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.invite_ops_only }, "INVITE is restricted to channelops only" }, { "max_bans", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.max_bans }, "Total +b/e/I modes allowed in a channel", }, { "max_chans_per_user", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigChannel.max_chans_per_user }, "Maximum number of channels a user can join", }, { "no_create_on_split", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.no_create_on_split }, "Disallow creation of channels when split", }, { "no_join_on_split", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.no_join_on_split }, "Disallow joining channels when split", }, { "quiet_on_ban", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.quiet_on_ban }, "Banned users may not send text to a channel" }, { "use_except", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.use_except }, "Enable chanmode +e (ban exceptions)", }, { "use_invex", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.use_invex }, "Enable chanmode +I (invite exceptions)", }, { "use_knock", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigChannel.use_knock }, "Enable /KNOCK", }, { "disable_hidden", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigServerHide.disable_hidden }, "Prevent servers from hiding themselves from a flattened /links", }, { "flatten_links", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigServerHide.flatten_links }, "Flatten /links list", }, { "hidden", OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN, { &ConfigServerHide.hidden }, "Hide this server from a flattened /links on remote servers", }, { "links_delay", OUTPUT_DECIMAL, { &ConfigServerHide.links_delay }, "Links rehash delay" }, { (char *) 0, (unsigned int) 0, { (void *) 0 }, (char *) 0} }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ /* ** m_info ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = servername */ static int m_info(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0L; if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "INFO"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFINFO, form_str(RPL_ENDOFINFO)); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s INFO :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; info_spy(source_p); SetCork(source_p); send_info_text(source_p); send_birthdate_online_time(source_p); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFINFO, form_str(RPL_ENDOFINFO)); return 0; } /* ** mo_info ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = servername */ static int mo_info(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s INFO :%s", 1, parc, parv) == HUNTED_ISME) { info_spy(source_p); SetCork(source_p); send_info_text(source_p); if(IsOper(source_p)) { send_conf_options(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%s", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), rb_lib_version()); } send_birthdate_online_time(source_p); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFINFO, form_str(RPL_ENDOFINFO)); } return 0; } /* * send_info_text * * inputs - client pointer to send info text to * output - none * side effects - info text is sent to client */ static void send_info_text(struct Client *source_p) { const char **text = infotext; while(*text) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_INFO, form_str(RPL_INFO), *text++); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_INFO, form_str(RPL_INFO), ""); } /* * send_birthdate_online_time * * inputs - client pointer to send to * output - none * side effects - birthdate and online time are sent */ static void send_birthdate_online_time(struct Client *source_p) { char tbuf[26]; /* this needs to be 26 - see ctime_r manpage */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :Birth Date: %s, compile # %s", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), creation, generation); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :On-line since %s", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), rb_ctime(startup_time, tbuf, sizeof(tbuf))); } /* * send_conf_options * * inputs - client pointer to send to * output - none * side effects - send config options to client */ static void send_conf_options(struct Client *source_p) { int i = 0; /* * Parse the info_table[] and do the magic. */ for(i = 0; info_table[i].name; i++) { switch (info_table[i].output_type) { /* * For "char *" references */ case OUTPUT_STRING: { const char *option = *(info_table[i].option.pstring); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option ? option : "NONE", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * For "char foo[]" references */ case OUTPUT_STRING_PTR: { const char *option = info_table[i].option.string; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, EmptyString(option) ? "NONE" : option, info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * Output info_table[i].option as a decimal value. */ case OUTPUT_DECIMAL: { int option = *info_table[i].option.decimal_ptr; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5d [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option, info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * Output info_table[i].option as a decimal value. */ case OUTPUT_DECIMAL_RAW: { int option = info_table[i].option.decimal; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5d [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option, info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * Output info_table[i].option as "ON" or "OFF" */ case OUTPUT_BOOLEAN: { int option = *(info_table[i].option.decimal_ptr); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option ? "ON" : "OFF", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * Output info_table[i].option as "YES" or "NO" */ case OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_YN: { int option = *(info_table[i].option.decimal_ptr); sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option ? "YES" : "NO", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } case OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW: { int option = info_table[i].option.decimal; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option ? "ON" : "OFF", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } /* * Output info_table[i].option as "YES" or "NO" */ case OUTPUT_BOOLEAN_RAW_YN: { int option = info_table[i].option.decimal; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), info_table[i].name, option ? "YES" : "NO", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); break; } case OUTPUT_BOOLEAN2: { int option = *info_table[i].option.decimal_ptr; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", me.name, RPL_INFO, source_p->name, info_table[i].name, option ? ((option == 1) ? "MASK" : "YES") : "NO", info_table[i].desc ? info_table[i].desc : "<none>"); } /* switch (info_table[i].output_type) */ } } /* forloop */ sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s :%-30s %-5s [%-30s]", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_INFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), "io_type", rb_get_iotype(), "Method of Multiplexed I/O"); /* Don't send oper_only_umodes...it's a bit mask, we will have to decode it ** in order for it to show up properly to opers who issue INFO */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_INFO, form_str(RPL_INFO), ""); } /* info_spy() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - hook doing_info is called */ static void info_spy(struct Client *source_p) { hook_data hd; hd.client = source_p; hd.arg1 = hd.arg2 = NULL; call_hook(doing_info_hook, &hd); } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_set.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000032573�11730550233�016125� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_set.c: Sets a server parameter. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_set.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* rewritten by jdc */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "channel.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_auth.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_set(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message set_msgtab = { "SET", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_set, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 set_clist[] = { &set_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(set, NULL, NULL, set_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* Structure used for the SET table itself */ struct SetStruct { const char *name; void (*handler) (); int wants_char; /* 1 if it expects (char *, [int]) */ int wants_int; /* 1 if it expects ([char *], int) */ /* eg: 0, 1 == only an int arg * eg: 1, 1 == char and int args */ }; static void quote_adminstring(struct Client *, const char *); static void quote_autoconn(struct Client *, char *, int); static void quote_autoconnall(struct Client *, int); static void quote_floodcount(struct Client *, int); static void quote_identtimeout(struct Client *, int); static void quote_max(struct Client *, int); static void quote_operstring(struct Client *, const char *); static void quote_spamnum(struct Client *, int); static void quote_spamtime(struct Client *, int); static void quote_splitmode(struct Client *, char *); static void quote_splitnum(struct Client *, int); static void quote_splitusers(struct Client *, int); static void list_quote_commands(struct Client *); /* * If this ever needs to be expanded to more than one arg of each * type, want_char/want_int could be the count of the arguments, * instead of just a boolean flag... * * -davidt */ static struct SetStruct set_cmd_table[] = { /* name function string arg int arg */ /* -------------------------------------------------------- */ {"ADMINSTRING", quote_adminstring, 1, 0}, {"AUTOCONN", quote_autoconn, 1, 1}, {"AUTOCONNALL", quote_autoconnall, 0, 1}, {"FLOODCOUNT", quote_floodcount, 0, 1}, {"IDENTTIMEOUT", quote_identtimeout, 0, 1}, {"MAX", quote_max, 0, 1}, {"MAXCLIENTS", quote_max, 0, 1}, {"OPERSTRING", quote_operstring, 1, 0}, {"SPAMNUM", quote_spamnum, 0, 1}, {"SPAMTIME", quote_spamtime, 0, 1}, {"SPLITMODE", quote_splitmode, 1, 0}, {"SPLITNUM", quote_splitnum, 0, 1}, {"SPLITUSERS", quote_splitusers, 0, 1}, /* -------------------------------------------------------- */ {(char *)0, (void (*)())0, 0, 0} }; /* * list_quote_commands() sends the client all the available commands. * Four to a line for now. */ static void list_quote_commands(struct Client *source_p) { int i; int j = 0; const char *names[4]; SetCork(source_p); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Available QUOTE SET commands:"); names[0] = names[1] = names[2] = names[3] = ""; for(i = 0; set_cmd_table[i].handler; i++) { names[j++] = set_cmd_table[i].name; if(j > 3) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":%s %s %s %s", names[0], names[1], names[2], names[3]); j = 0; names[0] = names[1] = names[2] = names[3] = ""; } } if(j) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":%s %s %s %s", names[0], names[1], names[2], names[3]); ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); } /* SET AUTOCONN */ static void quote_autoconn(struct Client *source_p, char *arg, int newval) { set_server_conf_autoconn(source_p, arg, newval); } /* SET AUTOCONNALL */ static void quote_autoconnall(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval >= 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed AUTOCONNALL to %i", source_p->name, newval); GlobalSetOptions.autoconn = newval; } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":AUTOCONNALL is currently %i", GlobalSetOptions.autoconn); } } /* SET FLOODCOUNT */ static void quote_floodcount(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval >= 0) { GlobalSetOptions.floodcount = newval; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed FLOODCOUNT to %i", source_p->name, GlobalSetOptions.floodcount); } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":FLOODCOUNT is currently %i", GlobalSetOptions.floodcount); } } /* SET IDENTTIMEOUT */ static void quote_identtimeout(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return; } if(newval > 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed IDENTTIMEOUT to %d", get_oper_name(source_p), newval); GlobalSetOptions.ident_timeout = newval; } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":IDENTTIMEOUT is currently %d", GlobalSetOptions.ident_timeout); } /* SET MAX */ static void quote_max(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval > 0) { if(newval > maxconnections - MAX_BUFFER) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You cannot set MAXCLIENTS to > %d", maxconnections - MAX_BUFFER); return; } if(newval < 32) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You cannot set MAXCLIENTS to < 32 (%d:%d)", GlobalSetOptions.maxclients, rb_getmaxconnect()); return; } GlobalSetOptions.maxclients = newval; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s!%s@%s set new MAXCLIENTS to %d (%lu current)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host, GlobalSetOptions.maxclients, rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list)); return; } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Current Maxclients = %d (%lu)", GlobalSetOptions.maxclients, rb_dlink_list_length(&lclient_list)); } } /* SET OPERSTRING */ static void quote_operstring(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { if(EmptyString(arg)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":OPERSTRING is currently '%s'", GlobalSetOptions.operstring); } else { rb_strlcpy(GlobalSetOptions.operstring, arg, sizeof(GlobalSetOptions.operstring)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed OPERSTRING to '%s'", get_oper_name(source_p), arg); } } /* SET ADMINSTRING */ static void quote_adminstring(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { if(EmptyString(arg)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":ADMINSTRING is currently '%s'", GlobalSetOptions.adminstring); } else { rb_strlcpy(GlobalSetOptions.adminstring, arg, sizeof(GlobalSetOptions.adminstring)); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed ADMINSTRING to '%s'", get_oper_name(source_p), arg); } } /* SET SPAMNUM */ static void quote_spamnum(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval > 0) { if(newval == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has disabled ANTI_SPAMBOT", source_p->name); GlobalSetOptions.spam_num = newval; return; } if(newval < MIN_SPAM_NUM) { GlobalSetOptions.spam_num = MIN_SPAM_NUM; } else /* if (newval < MIN_SPAM_NUM) */ { GlobalSetOptions.spam_num = newval; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed SPAMNUM to %i", source_p->name, GlobalSetOptions.spam_num); } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SPAMNUM is currently %i", GlobalSetOptions.spam_num); } } /* SET SPAMTIME */ static void quote_spamtime(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval > 0) { if(newval < MIN_SPAM_TIME) { GlobalSetOptions.spam_time = MIN_SPAM_TIME; } else /* if (newval < MIN_SPAM_TIME) */ { GlobalSetOptions.spam_time = newval; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed SPAMTIME to %i", source_p->name, GlobalSetOptions.spam_time); } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SPAMTIME is currently %i", GlobalSetOptions.spam_time); } } /* this table is what splitmode may be set to */ static const char *splitmode_values[] = { "OFF", "ON", "AUTO", NULL }; /* this table is what splitmode may be */ static const char *splitmode_status[] = { "OFF", "AUTO (OFF)", "ON", "AUTO (ON)", NULL }; /* SET SPLITMODE */ static void quote_splitmode(struct Client *source_p, char *charval) { if(charval) { int newval; for(newval = 0; splitmode_values[newval]; newval++) { if(!irccmp(splitmode_values[newval], charval)) break; } /* OFF */ if(newval == 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is disabling splitmode", get_oper_name(source_p)); splitmode = 0; splitchecking = 0; rb_event_delete(checksplit_ev); checksplit_ev = NULL; } /* ON */ else if(newval == 1) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is enabling and activating splitmode", get_oper_name(source_p)); splitmode = 1; splitchecking = 0; /* we might be deactivating an automatic splitmode, so pull the event */ rb_event_delete(checksplit_ev); checksplit_ev = NULL; } /* AUTO */ else if(newval == 2) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is enabling automatic splitmode", get_oper_name(source_p)); splitchecking = 1; check_splitmode(NULL); } } else /* if we add splitchecking to splitmode*2 we get a unique table to * pull values back out of, splitmode can be four states - but you can * only set to three, which means we cant use the same table --fl_ */ sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SPLITMODE is currently %s", splitmode_status[(splitchecking + (splitmode * 2))]); } /* SET SPLITNUM */ static void quote_splitnum(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval >= 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed SPLITNUM to %i", source_p->name, newval); split_servers = newval; if(splitchecking) check_splitmode(NULL); } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SPLITNUM is currently %i", split_servers); } /* SET SPLITUSERS */ static void quote_splitusers(struct Client *source_p, int newval) { if(newval >= 0) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has changed SPLITUSERS to %i", source_p->name, newval); split_users = newval; if(splitchecking) check_splitmode(NULL); } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SPLITUSERS is currently %i", split_users); } /* * mo_set - SET command handler * set options while running */ static int mo_set(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int newval; int i, n; const char *arg = NULL; const char *intarg = NULL; if(parc > 1) { /* * Go through all the commands in set_cmd_table, until one is * matched. I realize strcmp() is more intensive than a numeric * lookup, but at least it's better than a big-ass switch/case * statement. */ for(i = 0; set_cmd_table[i].handler; i++) { if(!irccmp(set_cmd_table[i].name, parv[1])) { /* * Command found; now execute the code */ n = 2; if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_char) { arg = parv[n++]; } if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_int) { intarg = parv[n++]; } if((n - 1) > parc) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":SET %s expects (\"%s%s\") args", set_cmd_table[i].name, (set_cmd_table[i].wants_char ? "string, " : ""), (set_cmd_table[i].wants_char ? "int" : "")); return 0; } if(parc <= 2) { arg = NULL; intarg = NULL; } if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_int && (parc > 2)) { if(intarg) { if(!irccmp(intarg, "yes") || !irccmp(intarg, "on")) newval = 1; else if(!irccmp(intarg, "no") || !irccmp(intarg, "off")) newval = 0; else newval = atoi(intarg); } else { newval = -1; } if(newval < 0) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Value less than 0 illegal for %s", set_cmd_table[i].name); return 0; } } else newval = -1; if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_char) { if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_int) set_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p, arg, newval); else set_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p, arg); return 0; } else { if(set_cmd_table[i].wants_int) set_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p, newval); else /* Just in case someone actually wants a * set function that takes no args.. *shrug* */ set_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p); return 0; } } } /* * Code here will be executed when a /QUOTE SET command is not * found within set_cmd_table. */ sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Variable not found."); return 0; } list_quote_commands(source_p); return 0; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_xline.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000026540�11730550233�016446� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_xline.c * * Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_xline.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "client.h" #include "class.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "match.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "bandbi.h" static int mo_xline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int me_xline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_adminxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_unxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int me_unxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message xline_msgtab = { "XLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_xline, 5}, {mo_xline, 3}} }; struct Message adminxline_msgtab = { "ADMINXLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_adminxline, 3}} }; struct Message unxline_msgtab = { "UNXLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_unxline, 2}, {mo_unxline, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 xline_clist[] = { &xline_msgtab, &unxline_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(xline, NULL, NULL, xline_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int valid_xline(struct Client *, const char *, const char *, int temp); static void apply_xline(struct Client *client_p, const char *name, const char *reason, int temp_time, int perm); static void remove_xline(struct Client *source_p, const char *gecos); /* m_xline() * * parv[1] - thing to xline * parv[2] - optional type/reason * parv[3] - reason */ static int mo_xline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *name; const char *reason; const char *target_server = NULL; int temp_time; int loc = 1; if(!IsOperXline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "xline"); return 0; } if((temp_time = valid_temp_time(parv[loc])) >= 0) loc++; /* we just set temp_time to -1! */ else temp_time = 0; name = parv[loc]; loc++; /* XLINE <gecos> ON <server> :<reason> */ if(parc >= loc + 2 && !irccmp(parv[loc], "ON")) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } target_server = parv[loc + 1]; loc += 2; } if(parc <= loc || EmptyString(parv[loc])) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "XLINE"); return 0; } reason = parv[loc]; if(target_server != NULL) { sendto_match_servs(source_p, target_server, CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s XLINE %d %s 2 :%s", target_server, temp_time, name, reason); if(!match(target_server, me.name)) return 0; } else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "XLINE", (temp_time > 0) ? SHARED_TXLINE : SHARED_PXLINE, "%d %s 2 :%s", temp_time, name, reason); if((aconf = find_xline_mask(name)) != NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s] already X-Lined by [%s] - %s", name, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); return 0; } if(!valid_xline(source_p, name, reason, temp_time)) return 0; apply_xline(source_p, name, reason, temp_time, 0); return 0; } static int me_xline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *name, *reason; int temp_time; /* time name type :reason */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; temp_time = atoi(parv[1]); name = parv[2]; reason = parv[4]; if(!find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, (temp_time > 0) ? SHARED_TXLINE : SHARED_PXLINE)) return 0; if(!valid_xline(source_p, name, reason, temp_time)) return 0; /* already xlined */ if((aconf = find_xline_mask(name)) != NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s] already X-Lined by [%s] - %s", name, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); return 0; } apply_xline(source_p, name, reason, temp_time, 0); return 0; } static int mo_adminxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; if(!IsOperXline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "xline"); return 0; } if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } if((aconf = find_xline_mask(parv[1])) != NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s] already X-Lined by [%s] - %s", parv[1], aconf->host, aconf->passwd); return 0; } if(!valid_xline(source_p, parv[1], parv[2], 0)) return 0; apply_xline(source_p, parv[1], parv[2], 0, 1); return 0; } /* valid_xline() * * inputs - client xlining, gecos, reason and whether to warn * outputs - * side effects - checks the xline for validity, erroring if needed */ static int valid_xline(struct Client *source_p, const char *gecos, const char *reason, int temp_time) { if(EmptyString(reason)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), get_id(&me, source_p), get_id(source_p, source_p), "XLINE"); return 0; } if(!valid_wild_card_simple(gecos)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Please include at least %d non-wildcard " "characters with the xline", ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple); return 0; } return 1; } /* check_xlines * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - all clients will be checked for xlines */ static void check_xlines(void) { struct Client *client_p; struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p) || !IsClient(client_p)) continue; if((aconf = find_xline(client_p->info, 1)) != NULL) { if(IsExemptKline(client_p)) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "XLINE over-ruled for %s, client is kline_exempt", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); continue; } sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "XLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); (void)exit_client(client_p, client_p, &me, "Bad user info"); continue; } } } void apply_xline(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, const char *reason, int temp_time, int locked) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *oper = get_oper_name(source_p); aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_XLINE; aconf->host = rb_strdup(name); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(reason); if(locked) aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED; collapse(aconf->host); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); if(temp_time > 0) { aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + temp_time; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added temporary %d min. X-Line for [%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, temp_time / 60, aconf->host, reason); ilog(L_KLINE, "X %s %d %s %s", aconf->info.oper, temp_time / 60, name, reason); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added temporary %d min. X-Line [%s]", temp_time / 60, aconf->host); } else { aconf->hold = rb_current_time(); bandb_add(BANDB_XLINE, source_p, aconf->host, NULL, reason, NULL, locked); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added X-Line for [%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added %s for [%s] [%s]", locked ? "Locked X-Line" : "X-Line", aconf->host, aconf->passwd); ilog(L_KLINE, "X %s 0 %s %s", aconf->info.oper, name, reason); } rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &xline_conf_list); check_xlines(); } /* mo_unxline() * * parv[1] - thing to unxline */ static int mo_unxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperXline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "xline"); return 0; } if(parc == 4 && !(irccmp(parv[2], "ON"))) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } sendto_match_servs(source_p, parv[3], CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s UNXLINE %s", parv[3], parv[1]); if(match(parv[3], me.name) == 0) return 0; } else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list)) cluster_generic(source_p, "UNXLINE", SHARED_UNXLINE, "%s", parv[1]); remove_xline(source_p, parv[1]); return 0; } static int me_unxline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *name; /* name */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; name = parv[1]; if(!find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, SHARED_UNXLINE)) return 0; remove_xline(source_p, name); return 0; } static void remove_xline(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(irccmp(aconf->host, name)) continue; if(IsConfLocked(aconf) && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot remove locked X-Line %s", name); return; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":X-Line for [%s] is removed", name); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the X-Line for: [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), name); ilog(L_KLINE, "UX %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), name); if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) bandb_del(BANDB_XLINE, aconf->host, NULL); free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &xline_conf_list); return; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No X-Line for %s", name); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/static_modules.c����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012447�11064743132�020035� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * This file is automatically generated: do not modify * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * * Copyright (C) 2003,2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2003-2005,2008 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_log.h" extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_accept_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_admin_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_adminwall_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_away_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_capab_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_cap_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_close_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_cmessage_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_connect_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_dline_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_encap_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_gline_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_help_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_info_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_invite_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_ison_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_kline_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_knock_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_links_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_list_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_locops_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_lusers_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_map_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_monitor_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_motd_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_names_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_oper_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_operspy_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_pass_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_ping_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_pong_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_post_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_rehash_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_restart_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_resv_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_set_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_stats_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_svinfo_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_tb_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_testline_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_testmask_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_time_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_topic_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_trace_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_unreject_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_user_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_userhost_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_version_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_wallops_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_who_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_whois_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_whowas_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_xline_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_die_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_error_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_join_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_kick_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_kill_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_message_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_mode_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_nick_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_part_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_quit_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_server_mheader; extern struct mapi_header_av1 m_squit_mheader; const struct mapi_header_av1 *static_mapi_headers[] = { &m_accept_mheader, &m_admin_mheader, &m_adminwall_mheader, &m_away_mheader, &m_capab_mheader, &m_cap_mheader, &m_close_mheader, &m_cmessage_mheader, &m_connect_mheader, &m_dline_mheader, &m_encap_mheader, &m_gline_mheader, &m_help_mheader, &m_info_mheader, &m_invite_mheader, &m_ison_mheader, &m_kline_mheader, &m_knock_mheader, &m_links_mheader, &m_list_mheader, &m_locops_mheader, &m_lusers_mheader, &m_map_mheader, &m_monitor_mheader, &m_motd_mheader, &m_names_mheader, &m_oper_mheader, &m_operspy_mheader, &m_pass_mheader, &m_ping_mheader, &m_pong_mheader, &m_post_mheader, &m_rehash_mheader, &m_restart_mheader, &m_resv_mheader, &m_set_mheader, &m_stats_mheader, &m_svinfo_mheader, &m_tb_mheader, &m_testline_mheader, &m_testmask_mheader, &m_time_mheader, &m_topic_mheader, &m_trace_mheader, &m_unreject_mheader, &m_user_mheader, &m_userhost_mheader, &m_version_mheader, &m_wallops_mheader, &m_who_mheader, &m_whois_mheader, &m_whowas_mheader, &m_xline_mheader, &m_die_mheader, &m_error_mheader, &m_join_mheader, &m_kick_mheader, &m_kill_mheader, &m_message_mheader, &m_mode_mheader, &m_nick_mheader, &m_part_mheader, &m_quit_mheader, &m_server_mheader, &m_squit_mheader, NULL }; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_kline.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000046105�11730550233�016430� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_kline.c: Bans/unbans a user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_kline.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "bandbi.h" static int mo_kline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_kline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_adminkline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_unkline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_unkline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message kline_msgtab = { "KLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_kline, 5}, {mo_kline, 3}} }; struct Message adminkline_msgtab = { "ADMINKLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_adminkline, 3}} }; struct Message unkline_msgtab = { "UNKLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_unkline, 3}, {mo_unkline, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 kline_clist[] = { &kline_msgtab, &unkline_msgtab, &adminkline_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(kline, NULL, NULL, kline_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* Local function prototypes */ static int find_user_host(struct Client *source_p, const char *userhost, char *user, char *host); static int valid_user_host(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host); static int valid_wild_card(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host); static void set_kline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *lreason, int tkline_time, int admin); static void apply_kline(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *reason, const char *oper_reason, const char *current_date, int perm); static void apply_tkline(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *, const char *, const char *, int); static int already_placed_kline(struct Client *, const char *, const char *, int); static int remove_temp_kline(struct Client *, const char *, const char *); static void remove_perm_kline(struct Client *, const char *, const char *); /* mo_kline() * * parv[1] - temp time or user@host * parv[2] - user@host, "ON", or reason * parv[3] - "ON", reason, or server to target * parv[4] - server to target, or reason * parv[5] - reason */ static int mo_kline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { char def[] = "No Reason"; char user[USERLEN + 2]; char host[HOSTLEN + 2]; char *reason = def; const char *target_server = NULL; int tkline_time = 0; int loc = 1; if(!IsOperK(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "kline"); return 0; } if((tkline_time = valid_temp_time(parv[loc])) >= 0) loc++; /* we just set tkline_time to -1! */ else tkline_time = 0; if(find_user_host(source_p, parv[loc], user, host) == 0) return 0; loc++; if(parc >= loc + 2 && !irccmp(parv[loc], "ON")) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } target_server = parv[loc + 1]; loc += 2; } if(parc <= loc || EmptyString(parv[loc])) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "KLINE"); return 0; } reason = LOCAL_COPY(parv[loc]); if(target_server != NULL) { sendto_match_servs(source_p, target_server, CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s KLINE %d %s %s :%s", target_server, tkline_time, user, host, reason); /* If we are sending it somewhere that doesnt include us, stop */ if(!match(target_server, me.name)) return 0; } /* if we have cluster servers, send it to them.. */ else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "KLINE", (tkline_time > 0) ? SHARED_TKLINE : SHARED_PKLINE, "%lu %s %s :%s", tkline_time, user, host, reason); set_kline(source_p, user, host, parv[loc], tkline_time, 0); return 0; } static int me_kline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int tkline_time; /* <tkline_time> <user> <host> :<reason> */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; tkline_time = atoi(parv[1]); if(!find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, (tkline_time > 0) ? SHARED_TKLINE : SHARED_PKLINE)) return 0; set_kline(source_p, parv[2], parv[3], parv[4], tkline_time, 0); return 0; } /* mo_adminkline() * * parv[1] - user@host * parv[2] - reason */ static int mo_adminkline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char **parv) { char user[USERLEN + 2]; char host[HOSTLEN + 2]; if(!IsOperK(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "kline"); return 0; } if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } if(find_user_host(source_p, parv[1], user, host) == 0) return 0; set_kline(source_p, user, host, parv[2], 0, 1); return 0; } /* mo_unkline() * * parv[1] - kline to remove * parv[2] - optional "ON" * parv[3] - optional target server */ static int mo_unkline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *user; char *host; char splat[] = "*"; char *h = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); if(!IsOperUnkline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "unkline"); return 0; } if((host = strchr(h, '@')) || *h == '*' || strchr(h, '.') || strchr(h, ':')) { /* Explicit user@host mask given */ if(host) /* Found user@host */ { *host++ = '\0'; /* check for @host */ if(*h) user = h; else user = splat; /* check for user@ */ if(!*host) host = splat; } else { user = splat; /* no @ found, assume its *@somehost */ host = h; } } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } /* possible remote kline.. */ if((parc > 3) && (irccmp(parv[2], "ON") == 0)) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } sendto_match_servs(source_p, parv[3], CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s UNKLINE %s %s", parv[3], user, host); if(match(parv[3], me.name) == 0) return 0; } else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "UNKLINE", SHARED_UNKLINE, "%s %s", user, host); if(remove_temp_kline(source_p, user, host)) return 0; remove_perm_kline(source_p, user, host); return 0; } static int me_unkline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *user, *host; /* user host */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; user = parv[1]; host = parv[2]; if(!find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, SHARED_UNKLINE)) return 0; if(remove_temp_kline(source_p, user, host)) return 0; remove_perm_kline(source_p, user, host); return 0; } static void set_kline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host, const char *lreason, int tkline_time, int admin) { char buffer[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *current_date; char *reason; char *oper_reason; reason = LOCAL_COPY_N(lreason, REASONLEN); if(!valid_user_host(source_p, user, host) || !valid_wild_card(source_p, user, host)) return; if(already_placed_kline(source_p, user, host, tkline_time)) return; rb_set_time(); current_date = smalldate(rb_current_time()); aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_KILL; aconf->user = rb_strdup(user); aconf->host = rb_strdup(host); /* Look for an oper reason */ if((oper_reason = strchr(reason, '|')) != NULL) { *oper_reason = '\0'; oper_reason++; if(!EmptyString(oper_reason)) aconf->spasswd = rb_strdup(oper_reason); } if(tkline_time > 0) { rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Temporary K-line %d min. - %s (%s)", (int)(tkline_time / 60), reason, current_date); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(buffer); apply_tkline(source_p, aconf, reason, oper_reason, current_date, tkline_time); } else { rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s (%s)", reason, current_date); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(buffer); apply_kline(source_p, aconf, reason, oper_reason, current_date, admin); } if(ConfigFileEntry.kline_delay) { if(kline_queued == 0) { rb_event_addonce("check_klines", check_klines_event, NULL, ConfigFileEntry.kline_delay); kline_queued = 1; } } else check_klines(); } /* apply_kline() * * inputs - * output - NONE * side effects - kline as given, is added to the hashtable * and conf file */ static void apply_kline(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *reason, const char *oper_reason, const char *current_date, int locked) { const char *oper = get_oper_name(source_p); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); aconf->hold = rb_current_time(); if(locked) aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added K-Line for [%s@%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, aconf->user, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); ilog(L_KLINE, "K %s 0 %s %s %s", aconf->info.oper, aconf->user, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added %s [%s@%s]", locked ? "Locked K-Line" : "K-Line", aconf->user, aconf->host); add_conf_by_address(aconf->host, CONF_KILL, aconf->user, aconf); bandb_add(BANDB_KLINE, source_p, aconf->user, aconf->host, reason, EmptyString(oper_reason) ? NULL : oper_reason, locked); } /* apply_tkline() * * inputs - * output - NONE * side effects - tkline as given is placed */ static void apply_tkline(struct Client *source_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, const char *reason, const char *oper_reason, const char *current_date, int tkline_time) { const char *oper = get_oper_name(source_p); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + tkline_time; add_temp_kline(aconf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added temporary %d min. K-Line for [%s@%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, tkline_time / 60, aconf->user, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); ilog(L_KLINE, "K %s %d %s %s %s", aconf->info.oper, tkline_time / 60, aconf->user, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added temporary %d min. K-Line [%s@%s]", tkline_time / 60, aconf->user, aconf->host); } static inline int is_ip_number(const char *number) { if(strlen(number) > 3) return 0; while(*number) { if(!IsDigit(*number++)) return 0; } return 1; } static const char * mangle_wildcard_to_cidr(const char *text) { static char buf[20]; static const char *splat = "*", *dot = "."; char *p, *q, *n1, *n2, *n3, *n4; q = LOCAL_COPY(text); n1 = rb_strtok_r(q, dot, &p); n2 = rb_strtok_r(NULL, dot, &p); n3 = rb_strtok_r(NULL, dot, &p); n4 = rb_strtok_r(NULL, dot, &p); if(n1 == NULL) return NULL; /* ain't gonna touch this with a ten foot pole.. */ if(!strcmp(n1, splat) || !is_ip_number(n1)) return NULL; if(n2 == NULL || !strcmp(n2, splat)) { if(n3 == NULL || (!strcmp(n3, splat) && (n4 == NULL || !strcmp(n4, splat)))) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.0.0.0/8", n1); return buf; } } if(!is_ip_number(n2)) return NULL; if(n3 == NULL || !strcmp(n3, splat)) { if(n4 == NULL || !strcmp(n4, splat)) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.%s.0.0/16", n1, n2); return buf; } } if(!is_ip_number(n3)) return NULL; if(n4 == NULL || !strcmp(n4, splat)) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.%s.%s.0/24", n1, n2, n3); return buf; } return NULL; } /* find_user_host() * * inputs - client placing kline, user@host, user buffer, host buffer * output - 0 if not ok to kline, 1 to kline i.e. if valid user host * side effects - */ static int find_user_host(struct Client *source_p, const char *userhost, char *luser, char *lhost) { char *hostp; const char *ptr; hostp = strchr(userhost, '@'); if(hostp != NULL) /* I'm a little user@host */ { *(hostp++) = '\0'; /* short and squat */ if(*userhost) rb_strlcpy(luser, userhost, USERLEN + 1); /* here is my user */ else strcpy(luser, "*"); if(*hostp) { ptr = mangle_wildcard_to_cidr(hostp); if(ptr == NULL) ptr = hostp; rb_strlcpy(lhost, ptr, HOSTLEN + 1); /* here is my host */ } else strcpy(lhost, "*"); } else { /* no '@', no '.', so its not a user@host or host, therefore * its a nick, which support was removed for. */ if(strchr(userhost, '.') == NULL && strchr(userhost, ':') == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":K-Line must be a user@host or host"); return 0; } luser[0] = '*'; /* no @ found, assume its *@somehost */ luser[1] = '\0'; ptr = mangle_wildcard_to_cidr(userhost); if(ptr == NULL) ptr = userhost; rb_strlcpy(lhost, ptr, HOSTLEN + 1); } return 1; } /* valid_user_host() * * inputs - user buffer, host buffer * output - 0 if invalid, 1 if valid * side effects - */ static int valid_user_host(struct Client *source_p, const char *luser, const char *lhost) { const char *p; for(p = luser; *p; p++) { if(!IsUserChar(*p) && !IsKWildChar(*p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid K-Line"); return 0; } } for(p = lhost; *p; p++) { if(!IsHostChar(*p) && !IsKWildChar(*p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid K-Line"); return 0; } } return 1; } /* valid_wild_card() * * input - user buffer, host buffer * output - 0 if invalid, 1 if valid * side effects - */ static int valid_wild_card(struct Client *source_p, const char *luser, const char *lhost) { const char *p; char tmpch; int nonwild = 0; /* check there are enough non wildcard chars */ p = luser; while((tmpch = *p++)) { if(!IsKWildChar(tmpch)) { /* found enough chars, return */ if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) return 1; } } /* try host, as user didnt contain enough */ p = lhost; while((tmpch = *p++)) { if(!IsKWildChar(tmpch)) if(++nonwild >= ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard) return 1; } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Please include at least %d non-wildcard " "characters with the user@host", ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard); return 0; } /* already_placed_kline() * * inputs - source to notify, user@host to check, tkline time * outputs - 1 if a perm kline or a tkline when a tkline is being * set exists, else 0 * side effects - notifies source_p kline exists */ /* Note: This currently works if the new K-line is a special case of an * existing K-line, but not the other way round. To do that we would * have to walk the hash and check every existing K-line. -A1kmm. */ static int already_placed_kline(struct Client *source_p, const char *luser, const char *lhost, int tkline) { const char *reason; struct rb_sockaddr_storage iphost, *piphost; struct ConfItem *aconf; int t; if(ConfigFileEntry.non_redundant_klines) { if((t = parse_netmask(lhost, (struct sockaddr *)&iphost, NULL)) != HM_HOST) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(t == HM_IPV6) t = AF_INET6; else #endif t = AF_INET; piphost = &iphost; } else piphost = NULL; if((aconf = find_conf_by_address(lhost, NULL, (struct sockaddr *)piphost, CONF_KILL, t, luser))) { /* setting a tkline, or existing one is perm */ /* there is a possibility the hash will return a * temporary kline, when a permanent one also * exists. It isn't worth fixing, so disable below --anfl */ /*if(tkline || ((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0)) */ { reason = aconf->passwd ? aconf->passwd : "<No Reason>"; sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s@%s] already K-Lined by [%s@%s] - %s", luser, lhost, aconf->user, aconf->host, reason); return 1; } } } return 0; } static void remove_perm_kline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host) { struct AddressRec *arec; struct ConfItem *aconf; int i; /* dont need to be safe, as we're quitting once we've done anything */ HOSTHASH_WALK(i, arec) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_KILL) { aconf = arec->aconf; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) continue; if((aconf->user && irccmp(user, aconf->user)) || irccmp(host, aconf->host)) continue; if(IsConfLocked(aconf) && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot remove locked K-Line %s@%s", user, host); return; } bandb_del(BANDB_KLINE, aconf->user, aconf->host); delete_one_address_conf(host, aconf); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":K-Line for [%s@%s] is removed", user, host); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the K-Line for: [%s@%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), user, host); ilog(L_KLINE, "UK %s %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), user, host); return; } } HOSTHASH_WALK_END; sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No K-Line for %s@%s", user, host); } /* remove_temp_kline() * * inputs - username, hostname to unkline * outputs - * side effects - tries to unkline anything that matches */ static int remove_temp_kline(struct Client *source_p, const char *user, const char *host) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int i; for(i = 0; i < LAST_TEMP_TYPE; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, temp_klines[i].head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->user && irccmp(user, aconf->user)) continue; if(irccmp(aconf->host, host)) continue; rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &temp_klines[i]); delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Un-klined [%s@%s] from temporary k-lines", user, host); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the temporary K-Line for: [%s@%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), user, host); ilog(L_KLINE, "UK %s %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), user, host); return YES; } } return NO; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_rehash.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017206�11730550233�016600� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_rehash.c: Re-reads the configuration file. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_rehash.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_gline.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "dns.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "reject.h" #include "hash.h" #include "cache.h" #include "s_auth.h" static int mo_rehash(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message rehash_msgtab = { "REHASH", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_rehash, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 rehash_clist[] = { &rehash_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(rehash, NULL, NULL, rehash_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); struct hash_commands { const char *cmd; void (*handler) (struct Client * source_p); }; static void rehash_bans_loc(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is rehashing bans", get_oper_name(source_p)); rehash_bans(0); } static void rehash_dns(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is rehashing DNS", get_oper_name(source_p)); rehash_resolver(); } static void rehash_motd(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is forcing re-reading of MOTD file", get_oper_name(source_p)); cache_user_motd(); } static void rehash_omotd(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is forcing re-reading of OPER MOTD file", get_oper_name(source_p)); free_cachefile(oper_motd); oper_motd = cache_file(OPATH, "opers.motd", 0); } static void rehash_glines(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing G-lines", get_oper_name(source_p)); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, glines.head) { aconf = ptr->data; delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &glines); } } static void rehash_pglines(struct Client *source_p) { struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing pending glines", get_oper_name(source_p)); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, pending_glines.head) { glp_ptr = ptr->data; rb_free(glp_ptr->reason1); rb_free(glp_ptr->reason2); rb_free(glp_ptr); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &pending_glines); } } static void rehash_tklines(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; int i; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing temp klines", get_oper_name(source_p)); for(i = 0; i < LAST_TEMP_TYPE; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, temp_klines[i].head) { aconf = ptr->data; delete_one_address_conf(aconf->host, aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &temp_klines[i]); } } } static void rehash_tdlines(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr; int i; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing temp dlines", get_oper_name(source_p)); for(i = 0; i < LAST_TEMP_TYPE; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, temp_dlines[i].head) { aconf = ptr->data; remove_dline(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &temp_dlines[i]); } } } static void rehash_txlines(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing temp xlines", get_oper_name(source_p)); RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) continue; free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &xline_conf_list); } } static void rehash_tresvs(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; int i; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing temp resvs", get_oper_name(source_p)); HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, R_MAX, ptr, next_ptr, resvTable) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) continue; free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resvTable[i]); } HASH_WALK_END RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) continue; free_conf(aconf); rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resv_conf_list); } } static void rehash_rejectcache(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is clearing reject cache", get_oper_name(source_p)); flush_reject(); } static void rehash_help(struct Client *source_p) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is forcing re-reading of HELP files", get_oper_name(source_p)); clear_help_hash(); load_help(); } /* *INDENT-OFF* */ static struct hash_commands rehash_commands[] = { {"BANS", rehash_bans_loc }, {"DNS", rehash_dns }, {"MOTD", rehash_motd }, {"OMOTD", rehash_omotd }, {"GLINES", rehash_glines }, {"PGLINES", rehash_pglines }, {"TKLINES", rehash_tklines }, {"TDLINES", rehash_tdlines }, {"TXLINES", rehash_txlines }, {"TRESVS", rehash_tresvs }, {"REJECTCACHE", rehash_rejectcache }, {"HELP", rehash_help }, {NULL, NULL } }; /* *INDENT-ON* */ /* * mo_rehash - REHASH message handler * */ static int mo_rehash(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperRehash(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "rehash"); return 0; } if(parc > 1) { int x; char cmdbuf[100]; for(x = 0; rehash_commands[x].cmd != NULL && rehash_commands[x].handler != NULL; x++) { if(irccmp(parv[1], rehash_commands[x].cmd) == 0) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_REHASHING), me.name, source_p->name, rehash_commands[x].cmd); rehash_commands[x].handler(source_p); ilog(L_MAIN, "REHASH %s From %s[%s]", parv[1], get_oper_name(source_p), source_p->sockhost); return 0; } } /* We are still here..we didn't match */ cmdbuf[0] = '\0'; for(x = 0; rehash_commands[x].cmd != NULL && rehash_commands[x].handler != NULL; x++) { rb_snprintf_append(cmdbuf, sizeof(cmdbuf), " %s", rehash_commands[x].cmd); } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":rehash one of:%s", cmdbuf); } else { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_REHASHING), me.name, source_p->name, ConfigFileEntry.configfile); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s is rehashing server config file", get_oper_name(source_p)); ilog(L_MAIN, "REHASH From %s[%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), source_p->sockhost); rehash(0); return 0; } return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_wallops.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007246�11730550233�017012� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_wallops.c: Sends a message to all operators. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_wallops.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int mo_operwall(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_operwall(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_wallops(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message wallops_msgtab = { "WALLOPS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {ms_wallops, 2}, {ms_wallops, 2}, mg_ignore, {mo_operwall, 2}} }; struct Message operwall_msgtab = { "OPERWALL", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {ms_operwall, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_operwall, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 wallops_clist[] = { &wallops_msgtab, &operwall_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(wallops, NULL, NULL, wallops_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_operwall (write to *all* opers currently online) * parv[1] = message text */ static int mo_operwall(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperOperwall(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "operwall"); return 0; } sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_OPERWALL, source_p, "OPERWALL - %s", parv[1]); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s OPERWALL :%s", use_id(source_p), parv[1]); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s OPERWALL :%s", source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } /* * ms_operwall - OPERWALL message handler * (write to *all* local opers currently online) * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = message text */ static int ms_operwall(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s OPERWALL :%s", use_id(source_p), parv[1]); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s OPERWALL :%s", source_p->name, parv[1]); sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_OPERWALL, source_p, "OPERWALL - %s", parv[1]); return 0; } /* * ms_wallops (write to *all* opers currently online) * parv[1] = message text */ static int ms_wallops(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(IsClient(source_p)) sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_OPERWALL, source_p, "OPERWALL - %s", parv[1]); else sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, source_p, "%s", parv[1]); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s WALLOPS :%s", use_id(source_p), parv[1]); sendto_server(client_p, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s WALLOPS :%s", source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_dline.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000024174�11730550233�016423� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_dline.c: Bans/unbans a user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_dline.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "reject.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "bandbi.h" static int mo_dline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_admindline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_undline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message dline_msgtab = { "DLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_dline, 2}} }; struct Message admindline_msgtab = { "ADMINDLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_admindline, 3}} }; struct Message undline_msgtab = { "UNDLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_undline, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 dline_clist[] = { &dline_msgtab, &admindline_msgtab, &undline_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(dline, NULL, NULL, dline_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int valid_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost); static int already_placed_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost); static void set_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost, const char *lreason, int tkline_time, int admin); static void check_dlines(void); /* mo_dline() * * parv[1] - dline to add * parv[2] - reason */ static int mo_dline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char def[] = "No Reason"; const char *dlhost; const char *reason = def; int tdline_time = 0; int loc = 1; if(!IsOperK(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "kline"); return 0; } if((tdline_time = valid_temp_time(parv[loc])) >= 0) loc++; if(parc < loc + 1) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "DLINE"); return 0; } dlhost = parv[loc]; loc++; if(!valid_dline(source_p, dlhost)) return 0; /* reason */ if((parc >= loc + 1) && !EmptyString(parv[loc])) reason = parv[loc]; if(!already_placed_dline(source_p, dlhost)) return 0; set_dline(source_p, dlhost, reason, tdline_time, 0); check_dlines(); return 0; } static int mo_admindline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperK(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "kline"); return 0; } if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } if(!valid_dline(source_p, parv[1])) return 0; if(!already_placed_dline(source_p, parv[1])) return 0; set_dline(source_p, parv[1], parv[2], 0, 1); check_dlines(); return 0; } /* mo_undline() * * parv[1] = dline to remove */ static int mo_undline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct rb_sockaddr_storage daddr; struct ConfItem *aconf; int b, ty; const char *cidr = parv[1]; const char *host; if(!IsOperUnkline(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "unkline"); return 0; } if((ty = parse_netmask(cidr, (struct sockaddr *)&daddr, &b)) == HM_HOST) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid D-Line"); return 0; } aconf = find_dline_exact((struct sockaddr *)&daddr, b); if(aconf == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No D-Line for %s", cidr); return 0; } if(IsConfLocked(aconf) && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot remove locked D-Line %s", cidr); return 0; } host = LOCAL_COPY(aconf->host); remove_dline(aconf); if(!(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY)) { bandb_del(BANDB_DLINE, host, NULL); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":D-Line for [%s] is removed", host); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the D-Line for: [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), host); } else { rb_dlink_list *list; list = &temp_dlines[aconf->port]; rb_dlinkFindDestroy(aconf, list); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Un-dlined [%s] from temporary D-lines", host); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the temporary D-Line for: [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), host); return 0; } ilog(L_KLINE, "UD %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), host); return 0; } static int valid_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost) { static char cidr_form_host[HOSTLEN + 1]; int bits; rb_strlcpy(cidr_form_host, dlhost, sizeof(cidr_form_host)); if(!parse_netmask(dlhost, NULL, &bits)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid D-Line"); return 0; } if(IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { if(bits < 8) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":For safety, bitmasks less than 8 require db access."); return 0; } } else { if(bits < 16) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Dline bitmasks less than 16 are for admins only."); return 0; } } return 1; } static int already_placed_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost) { if(ConfigFileEntry.non_redundant_klines) { struct ConfItem *aconf; struct rb_sockaddr_storage daddr; const char *creason; int t = AF_INET, ty, b; ty = parse_netmask(dlhost, (struct sockaddr *)&daddr, &b); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(ty == HM_IPV6) t = AF_INET6; else #endif t = AF_INET; if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&daddr)) != NULL) { int bx; parse_netmask(aconf->host, NULL, &bx); if(b >= bx) { creason = aconf->passwd ? aconf->passwd : "<No Reason>"; if(IsConfExemptKline(aconf)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s] is (E)d-lined by [%s] - %s", dlhost, aconf->host, creason); else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":[%s] already D-lined by [%s] - %s", dlhost, aconf->host, creason); return 0; } } } return 1; } static void set_dline(struct Client *source_p, const char *dlhost, const char *lreason, int tdline_time, int admin) { struct ConfItem *aconf; char dlbuffer[IRCD_BUFSIZE]; const char *current_date; const char *oper; char *reason; char *oper_reason; reason = LOCAL_COPY_N(lreason, REASONLEN); rb_set_time(); current_date = smalldate(rb_current_time()); aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_DLINE; aconf->host = rb_strdup(dlhost); oper = get_oper_name(source_p); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); if(admin) aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED; /* Look for an oper reason */ if((oper_reason = strchr(reason, '|')) != NULL) { *oper_reason = '\0'; oper_reason++; if(!EmptyString(oper_reason)) aconf->spasswd = rb_strdup(oper_reason); } if(tdline_time > 0) { rb_snprintf(dlbuffer, sizeof(dlbuffer), "Temporary D-line %d min. - %s (%s)", (int)(tdline_time / 60), reason, current_date); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(dlbuffer); aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + tdline_time; add_temp_dline(aconf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added temporary %d min. D-Line for [%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, tdline_time / 60, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); ilog(L_KLINE, "D %s %d %s %s", aconf->info.oper, tdline_time / 60, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added temporary %d min. D-Line for [%s]", tdline_time / 60, aconf->host); } else { rb_snprintf(dlbuffer, sizeof(dlbuffer), "%s (%s)", reason, current_date); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(dlbuffer); add_dline(aconf); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added D-Line for [%s] [%s]", aconf->info.oper, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); ilog(L_KLINE, "D %s 0 %s %s", aconf->info.oper, aconf->host, make_ban_reason(reason, oper_reason)); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added %s [%s]", admin ? "Admin D-Line" : "D-Line", aconf->host); bandb_add(BANDB_DLINE, source_p, aconf->host, NULL, reason, EmptyString(aconf->spasswd) ? NULL : aconf->spasswd, admin); } } /* check_dlines() * * inputs - * outputs - * side effects - all clients will be checked for dlines */ static void check_dlines(void) { struct Client *client_p; struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, lclient_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if(IsMe(client_p)) continue; if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip)) != NULL) { if(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE) continue; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "DLINE active for %s", get_client_name(client_p, HIDE_IP)); notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, D_LINED); continue; } } /* dlines need to be checked against unknowns too */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, unknown_list.head) { client_p = ptr->data; if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&client_p->localClient->ip)) != NULL) { if(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE) continue; notify_banned_client(client_p, aconf, D_LINED); } } } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_oper.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000033702�11730550233�016272� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_oper.c: Makes a user an IRC Operator. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_oper.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE #include <openssl/pem.h> #include <openssl/rand.h> #include <openssl/rsa.h> #include <openssl/sha.h> #include <openssl/bn.h> #include <openssl/evp.h> #include <openssl/err.h> #endif #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "cache.h" #define CHALLENGE_WIDTH BUFSIZE - (NICKLEN + HOSTLEN + 12) #define CHALLENGE_EXPIRES 180 /* 180 seconds should be more than long enough */ #define CHALLENGE_SECRET_LENGTH 128 /* how long our challenge secret should be */ static int m_oper(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int oper_up(struct Client *source_p, struct oper_conf *oper_p); static int match_oper_password(const char *password, struct oper_conf *oper_p); static void send_oper_motd(struct Client *source_p); struct Message oper_msgtab = { "OPER", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_oper, 3}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_oper, 3}} }; static int m_challenge(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message challenge_msgtab = { "CHALLENGE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_challenge, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_challenge, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 oper_clist[] = { &oper_msgtab, &challenge_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(oper, NULL, NULL, oper_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_oper * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = oper name * parv[2] = oper password */ static int m_oper(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct oper_conf *oper_p; const char *name; const char *password; name = parv[1]; password = parv[2]; if(IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_YOUREOPER), me.name, source_p->name); send_oper_motd(source_p); return 0; } /* end the grace period */ if(!IsFloodDone(source_p)) flood_endgrace(source_p); oper_p = find_oper_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, name); if(oper_p == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOOPERHOST), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED OPER (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed OPER attempt - host mismatch by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); } return 0; } if(IsOperConfNeedSSL(oper_p) && !IsSSL(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOOPERHOST), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED OPER (%s) by (%s!%s@%s) -- requires SSL/TLS", name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed OPER attempt - missing SSL/TLS by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); } return 0; } if(match_oper_password(password, oper_p)) { oper_up(source_p, oper_p); ilog(L_OPERED, "OPER %s by %s!%s@%s", name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); return 0; } else { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED OPER (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", name, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed OPER attempt by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); } } return 0; } /* send_oper_motd() * * inputs - client to send motd to * outputs - client is sent oper motd if exists * side effects - */ static void send_oper_motd(struct Client *source_p) { struct cacheline *lineptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(oper_motd == NULL || rb_dlink_list_length(&oper_motd->contents) == 0) return; SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_OMOTDSTART), me.name, source_p->name); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, oper_motd->contents.head) { lineptr = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_OMOTD), me.name, source_p->name, lineptr->data); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFOMOTD), me.name, source_p->name); } /* * match_oper_password * * inputs - pointer to given password * - pointer to Conf * output - YES or NO if match * side effects - none */ static int match_oper_password(const char *password, struct oper_conf *oper_p) { const char *encr; /* passwd may be NULL pointer. Head it off at the pass... */ if(EmptyString(oper_p->passwd)) return NO; if(IsOperConfEncrypted(oper_p)) { /* use first two chars of the password they send in as salt */ /* If the password in the conf is MD5, and ircd is linked * to scrypt on FreeBSD, or the standard crypt library on * glibc Linux, then this code will work fine on generating * the proper encrypted hash for comparison. */ if(!EmptyString(password)) encr = rb_crypt(password, oper_p->passwd); else encr = ""; } else encr = password; if(strcmp(encr, oper_p->passwd) == 0) return YES; else return NO; } /* oper_up() * * inputs - pointer to given client to oper * - pointer to ConfItem to use * output - none * side effects - opers up source_p using aconf for reference */ static int oper_up(struct Client *source_p, struct oper_conf *oper_p) { int old = (source_p->umodes & ALL_UMODES); SetOper(source_p); if(oper_p->umodes) source_p->umodes |= oper_p->umodes & ALL_UMODES; else if(ConfigFileEntry.oper_umodes) source_p->umodes |= ConfigFileEntry.oper_umodes & ALL_UMODES; else source_p->umodes |= DEFAULT_OPER_UMODES & ALL_UMODES; Count.oper++; SetExemptKline(source_p); source_p->operflags |= oper_p->flags; source_p->localClient->opername = rb_strdup(oper_p->name); rb_dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &oper_list); if(IsOperAdmin(source_p) && !IsOperHiddenAdmin(source_p)) source_p->umodes |= UMODE_ADMIN; if(!IsOperN(source_p)) source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_NCHANGE; if(!IsOperOperwall(source_p)) source_p->umodes &= ~UMODE_OPERWALL; sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s (%s@%s) is now an operator", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(!(old & UMODE_INVISIBLE) && IsInvisible(source_p)) ++Count.invisi; if((old & UMODE_INVISIBLE) && !IsInvisible(source_p)) --Count.invisi; send_umode_out(source_p, source_p, old); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_YOUREOPER), me.name, source_p->name); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Oper privs are %s", get_oper_privs(oper_p->flags)); send_oper_motd(source_p); return (1); } #ifndef USE_CHALLENGE static int m_challenge(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Challenge not implemented"); return 0; } #else static int generate_challenge(uint8_t **r_challenge, uint8_t **r_response, RSA * rsa); static void cleanup_challenge(struct Client *target_p) { if(target_p->localClient == NULL) return; rb_free(target_p->localClient->chal_resp); rb_free(target_p->localClient->opername); target_p->localClient->chal_resp = NULL; target_p->localClient->opername = NULL; target_p->localClient->chal_time = 0; } /* * m_challenge - generate RSA challenge for wouldbe oper * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = operator to challenge for, or +response * */ static int m_challenge(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct oper_conf *oper_p; uint8_t *challenge = NULL; char chal_line[CHALLENGE_WIDTH]; uint8_t *b_response; int len = 0; size_t cnt; if(IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_YOUREOPER), me.name, source_p->name); send_oper_motd(source_p); return 0; } if(*parv[1] == '+') { if(source_p->localClient->chal_resp == NULL) return 0; if((rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->chal_time) > CHALLENGE_EXPIRES) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "EXPIRED CHALLENGE (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", source_p->localClient->opername, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Expired CHALLENGE attempt by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); cleanup_challenge(source_p); return 0; } b_response = rb_base64_decode((const unsigned char *)++parv[1], strlen(parv[1]), &len); if(len != SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH || memcmp(source_p->localClient->chal_resp, b_response, SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED CHALLENGE (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", source_p->localClient->opername, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed CHALLENGE attempt by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); rb_free(b_response); cleanup_challenge(source_p); return 0; } rb_free(b_response); oper_p = find_oper_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, source_p->localClient->opername); if(oper_p == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOOPERHOST), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED OPER (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", source_p->localClient->opername, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed CHALLENGE attempt - host mismatch by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); return 0; } cleanup_challenge(source_p); oper_up(source_p, oper_p); ilog(L_OPERED, "OPER %s by %s!%s@%s", source_p->localClient->opername, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); return 0; } cleanup_challenge(source_p); oper_p = find_oper_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, parv[1]); if(oper_p == NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOOPERHOST), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED CHALLENGE (%s) by (%s!%s@%s)", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed CHALLENGE attempt - host mismatch by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); return 0; } if(!oper_p->rsa_pubkey) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":I'm sorry, PK authentication " "is not enabled for your oper{} block."); return 0; } if(IsOperConfNeedSSL(oper_p) && !IsSSL(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOOPERHOST), me.name, source_p->name); ilog(L_FOPER, "FAILED CHALLENGE (%s) by (%s!%s@%s) -- requires SSL/TLS", parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); if(ConfigFileEntry.failed_oper_notice) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Failed CHALLENGE attempt - missing SSL/TLS by %s (%s@%s)", source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host); } return 0; } if(!generate_challenge(&challenge, &source_p->localClient->chal_resp, oper_p->rsa_pubkey)) { char *chal = (char *)challenge; source_p->localClient->chal_time = rb_current_time(); SetCork(source_p); for(;;) { cnt = rb_strlcpy(chal_line, chal, CHALLENGE_WIDTH); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_RSACHALLENGE2), me.name, source_p->name, chal_line); if(cnt > CHALLENGE_WIDTH) chal += CHALLENGE_WIDTH - 1; else break; } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFRSACHALLENGE2), me.name, source_p->name); source_p->localClient->opername = rb_strdup(oper_p->name); rb_free(challenge); } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Failed to generate challenge."); return 0; } static int generate_challenge(uint8_t **r_challenge, uint8_t **r_response, RSA * rsa) { SHA_CTX ctx; uint8_t secret[CHALLENGE_SECRET_LENGTH], *tmp; unsigned long length; unsigned long e = 0; unsigned long cnt = 0; int ret; if(!rsa) return -1; if(rb_get_random(secret, CHALLENGE_SECRET_LENGTH)) { SHA1_Init(&ctx); SHA1_Update(&ctx, secret, CHALLENGE_SECRET_LENGTH); *r_response = rb_malloc(SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH); SHA1_Final((uint8_t *)*r_response, &ctx); length = RSA_size(rsa); tmp = rb_malloc(length); ret = RSA_public_encrypt(CHALLENGE_SECRET_LENGTH, secret, tmp, rsa, RSA_PKCS1_OAEP_PADDING); if(ret >= 0) { *r_challenge = rb_base64_encode(tmp, ret); rb_free(tmp); return 0; } rb_free(tmp); rb_free(*r_response); *r_response = NULL; } ERR_load_crypto_strings(); while((cnt < 100) && (e = ERR_get_error())) { ilog(L_MAIN, "SSL error: %s", ERR_error_string(e, 0)); cnt++; } return (-1); } #endif /* USE_CHALLENGE */ ��������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_testmask.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010056�11064743132�017157� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * m_testmask.c: Shows the number of matching local and global clients * for a user@host mask, helpful when setting GLINE's * * Copyright (C) 2003 by W. Campbell * Coypright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_testmask.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ * */ /* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_testmask(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message testmask_msgtab = { "TESTMASK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_testmask, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 testmask_clist[] = { &testmask_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(testmask, NULL, NULL, testmask_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 26094 $"); static const char *empty_sockhost = "255.255.255.255"; static const char *spoofed_sockhost = "0"; static int mo_testmask(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; int lcount = 0; int gcount = 0; char *name, *username, *hostname; const char *sockhost; char *gecos = NULL; rb_dlink_node *ptr; name = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); collapse(name); /* username is required */ if((hostname = strchr(name, '@')) == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } *hostname++ = '\0'; /* nickname is optional */ if((username = strchr(name, '!')) == NULL) { username = name; name = NULL; } else *username++ = '\0'; if(EmptyString(username) || EmptyString(hostname)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } if(parc > 2 && !EmptyString(parv[2])) { gecos = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); collapse_esc(gecos); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!IsClient(target_p)) continue; if(EmptyString(target_p->sockhost)) sockhost = empty_sockhost; else if(!show_ip(source_p, target_p)) sockhost = spoofed_sockhost; else sockhost = target_p->sockhost; if(match(username, target_p->username) && (match(hostname, target_p->host) || match(hostname, sockhost) || match_ips(hostname, sockhost))) { if(name && !match(name, target_p->name)) continue; if(gecos && !match_esc(gecos, target_p->info)) continue; if(MyClient(target_p)) lcount++; else gcount++; } } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTMASKGECOS), me.name, source_p->name, lcount, gcount, name ? name : "*", username, hostname, gecos ? gecos : "*"); return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_map.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007654�11064743132�016113� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_map.c: Sends an Undernet compatible map to a user. * * Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others. * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_map.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #define USER_COL 50 /* display | Users: %d at col 50 */ static int m_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static int mo_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); struct Message map_msgtab = { "MAP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_map, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_map, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 map_clist[] = { &map_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(map, NULL, NULL, map_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 26094 $"); static void dump_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *root, char *pbuf); static char buf[BUFSIZE]; /* m_map ** parv[0] = sender prefix */ static int m_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if((!IsExemptShide(source_p) && ConfigServerHide.flatten_links) || ConfigFileEntry.map_oper_only) { m_not_oper(client_p, source_p, parc, parv); return 0; } SetCork(source_p); dump_map(source_p, &me, buf); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MAPEND), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* ** mo_map ** parv[0] = sender prefix */ static int mo_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { SetCork(source_p); dump_map(source_p, &me, buf); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_MAPEND), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* ** dump_map ** dumps server map, called recursively. * you must pop the sendq after this is done..with the MAPEND numeric */ static void dump_map(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *root_p, char *pbuf) { int cnt = 0, i = 0, len; struct Client *server_p; char scratch[128]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; *pbuf = '\0'; rb_strlcat(pbuf, root_p->name, BUFSIZE); if(has_id(root_p)) { rb_strlcat(pbuf, "[", BUFSIZE); rb_strlcat(pbuf, root_p->id, BUFSIZE); rb_strlcat(pbuf, "]", BUFSIZE); } len = strlen(buf); buf[len] = ' '; if(len < USER_COL) { for(i = len + 1; i < USER_COL; i++) { buf[i] = '-'; } } sprintf(scratch, "%4.1f%%", (float)100 * (float)rb_dlink_list_length(&root_p->serv->users) / (float)Count.total); rb_snprintf(buf + USER_COL, BUFSIZE - USER_COL, " | Users: %5lu (%s)", rb_dlink_list_length(&root_p->serv->users), scratch); sendto_one(client_p, form_str(RPL_MAP), me.name, client_p->name, buf); if(root_p->serv->servers.head != NULL) { cnt += rb_dlink_list_length(&root_p->serv->servers); if(cnt) { if(pbuf > buf + 3) { pbuf[-2] = ' '; if(pbuf[-3] == '`') pbuf[-3] = ' '; } } } i = 1; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, root_p->serv->servers.head) { server_p = ptr->data; *pbuf = ' '; if(i < cnt) *(pbuf + 1) = '|'; else *(pbuf + 1) = '`'; *(pbuf + 2) = '-'; *(pbuf + 3) = ' '; dump_map(client_p, server_p, pbuf + 4); i++; } } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_pong.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007720�11730550233�016271� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_pong.c: The reply to a ping message. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_pong.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "client.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hash.h" #include "modules.h" static int mr_pong(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_pong(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message pong_msgtab = { "PONG", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_pong, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_pong, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 pong_clist[] = { &pong_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(pong, NULL, NULL, pong_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int ms_pong(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *destination; destination = parv[2]; source_p->flags &= ~FLAGS_PINGSENT; /* Now attempt to route the PONG, comstud pointed out routable PING * is used for SPING. routable PING should also probably be left in * -Dianora * That being the case, we will route, but only for registered clients (a * case can be made to allow them only from servers). -Shadowfax */ if(!EmptyString(destination) && !match(destination, me.name) && irccmp(destination, me.id)) { if((target_p = find_client(destination)) || (target_p = find_server(NULL, destination))) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PONG %s %s", get_id(source_p, target_p), parv[1], get_id(target_p, target_p)); else { if(!IsDigit(*destination)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), destination); return 0; } } /* destination is us, emulate EOB */ if(IsServer(source_p) && !HasSentEob(source_p)) { if(MyConnect(source_p)) sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "End of burst (emulated) from %s (%d seconds)", source_p->name, (signed int)(rb_current_time() - source_p->localClient->firsttime)); SetEob(source_p); eob_count++; } return 0; } static int mr_pong(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc == 2 && !EmptyString(parv[1])) { if(ConfigFileEntry.ping_cookie && HasSentUser(source_p) && !EmptyString(source_p->name)) { uint32_t incoming_ping = strtoul(parv[1], NULL, 16); if(incoming_ping) { if(source_p->localClient->random_ping == incoming_ping) { char buf[USERLEN + 1]; rb_strlcpy(buf, source_p->username, sizeof(buf)); source_p->flags |= FLAGS_PING_COOKIE; register_local_user(client_p, source_p, buf); } else { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_WRONGPONG), me.name, source_p->name, source_p->localClient->random_ping); return 0; } } } } else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOORIGIN), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name); source_p->flags &= ~FLAGS_PINGSENT; return 0; } ������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_locops.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004715�11730550233�016626� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_locops.c: Sends a message to all operators on the local server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_locops.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int m_locops(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_locops(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message locops_msgtab = { "LOCOPS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_locops, 2}, {m_locops, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 locops_clist[] = { &locops_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(locops, NULL, NULL, locops_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_locops - LOCOPS message handler * (write to *all* local opers currently online) * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = message text */ static int m_locops(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_LOCOPS, source_p, "LOCOPS - %s", parv[1]); if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "LOCOPS", SHARED_LOCOPS, ":%s", parv[1]); return 0; } static int me_locops(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; if(find_shared_conf("*", "*", source_p->servptr->name, SHARED_LOCOPS)) sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_LOCOPS, source_p, "SLOCOPS - %s", parv[1]); return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_version.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007166�11730550233�017017� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_version.c: Shows ircd version information. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_version.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "supported.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static char *confopts(void); static int m_version(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_version(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message version_msgtab = { "VERSION", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_version, 0}, {mo_version, 0}, {mo_version, 0}, mg_ignore, {mo_version, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 version_clist[] = { &version_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(version, NULL, NULL, version_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_version - VERSION command handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = remote server */ static int m_version(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0L; if(parc > 1) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "VERSION"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s VERSION :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_VERSION, form_str(RPL_VERSION), ircd_version, serno, me.name, confopts(), TS_CURRENT, ServerInfo.sid); show_isupport(source_p); return 0; } /* * mo_version - VERSION command handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = remote server */ static int mo_version(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s VERSION :%s", 1, parc, parv) == HUNTED_ISME) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_VERSION, form_str(RPL_VERSION), ircd_version, serno, me.name, confopts(), TS_CURRENT, ServerInfo.sid); show_isupport(source_p); } return 0; } /* confopts() * input - * output - ircd.conf option string * side effects - none */ static char * confopts(void) { static char result[15]; char *p; result[0] = '\0'; p = result; if(ConfigChannel.use_except) *p++ = 'e'; if(ConfigFileEntry.glines) *p++ = 'g'; *p++ = 'G'; /* might wanna hide this :P */ if(ServerInfo.hub) *p++ = 'H'; if(ConfigChannel.use_invex) *p++ = 'I'; if(ConfigChannel.use_knock) *p++ = 'K'; *p++ = 'M'; *p++ = 'p'; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB *p++ = 'Z'; #endif #ifdef RB_IPV6 *p++ = '6'; #endif *p = '\0'; return result; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_connect.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000015562�11730550233�016762� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_connect.c: Connects to a remote IRC server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_connect.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "match.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hash.h" #include "modules.h" #include "sslproc.h" static int mo_connect(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_connect(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message connect_msgtab = { "CONNECT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, {ms_connect, 4}, {ms_connect, 4}, mg_ignore, {mo_connect, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 connect_clist[] = { &connect_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(connect, NULL, NULL, connect_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_connect - CONNECT command handler * * Added by Jto 11 Feb 1989 * * m_connect * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername * parv[2] = port number * parv[3] = remote server */ static int mo_connect(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int port; int tmpport; struct server_conf *server_p; struct Client *target_p; /* always privileged with handlers */ if(MyConnect(source_p) && !IsOperRemote(source_p) && parc > 3) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remote"); return 0; } if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s CONNECT %s %s :%s", 3, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; if((target_p = find_server(source_p, parv[1]))) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Server %s already exists from %s.", parv[1], target_p->from->name); return 0; } /* * try to find the name, then host, if both fail notify ops and bail */ if((server_p = find_server_conf(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Host %s not listed in ircd.conf", parv[1]); return 0; } if(ServerConfSSL(server_p) && (!ircd_ssl_ok || !get_ssld_count())) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Server %s is set to use SSL/TLS but SSL/TLS is not configured.", parv[1]); return 0; } /* * Get port number from user, if given. If not specified, * use the default form configuration structure. If missing * from there, then use the precompiled default. */ tmpport = port = server_p->port; if(parc > 2 && !EmptyString(parv[2])) { if((port = atoi(parv[2])) <= 0) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Illegal port number"); return 0; } } else if(port <= 0 && (port = PORTNUM) <= 0) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: missing port number"); return 0; } /* * Notify all operators about remote connect requests */ ilog(L_SERVER, "CONNECT From %s : %s %s", parv[0], parv[1], parc > 2 ? parv[2] : ""); server_p->port = port; /* * at this point we should be calling connect_server with a valid * C:line and a valid port in the C:line */ if(serv_connect(server_p, source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Connecting to %s.%d", server_p->name, server_p->port); } else { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Couldn't connect to %s.%d", server_p->name, server_p->port); } /* * client is either connecting with all the data it needs or has been * destroyed */ server_p->port = tmpport; return 0; } /* * ms_connect - CONNECT command handler * * Added by Jto 11 Feb 1989 * * m_connect * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername * parv[2] = port number * parv[3] = remote server */ static int ms_connect(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int port; int tmpport; struct server_conf *server_p; struct Client *target_p; if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s CONNECT %s %s :%s", 3, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; if((target_p = find_server(NULL, parv[1]))) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Server %s already exists from %s.", parv[1], target_p->from->name); return 0; } /* * try to find the name, then host, if both fail notify ops and bail */ if((server_p = find_server_conf(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Host %s not listed in ircd.conf", parv[1]); return 0; } if(ServerConfSSL(server_p) && (!ircd_ssl_ok || !get_ssld_count())) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Server %s is set to use SSL/TLS but SSL/TLS is not configured.", parv[1]); return 0; } /* * Get port number from user, if given. If not specified, * use the default form configuration structure. If missing * from there, then use the precompiled default. */ tmpport = server_p->port; port = atoi(parv[2]); /* if someone sends port 0, and we have a config port.. use it */ if(port == 0 && server_p->port) port = server_p->port; else if(port <= 0) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Connect: Illegal port number"); return 0; } /* * Notify all operators about remote connect requests */ sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me, "Remote CONNECT %s %d from %s", parv[1], port, source_p->name); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s WALLOPS :Remote CONNECT %s %d from %s", me.id, parv[1], port, source_p->name); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s WALLOPS :Remote CONNECT %s %d from %s", me.name, parv[1], port, source_p->name); ilog(L_SERVER, "CONNECT From %s : %s %d", source_p->name, parv[1], port); server_p->port = port; /* * at this point we should be calling connect_server with a valid * C:line and a valid port in the C:line */ if(serv_connect(server_p, source_p)) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Connecting to %s.%d", server_p->name, server_p->port); else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Couldn't connect to %s.%d", server_p->name, server_p->port); /* * client is either connecting with all the data it needs or has been * destroyed */ server_p->port = tmpport; return 0; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_list.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016544�11730550233�016305� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_list.c: Shows what servers are currently connected. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_list.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" static int m_list(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_list(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message list_msgtab = { "LIST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_list, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_list, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 list_clist[] = { &list_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(list, NULL, NULL, list_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p); static void list_limit_channels(struct Client *source_p, const char *param); static void list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); /* m_list() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel */ static int m_list(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0L; if(parc < 2 || !IsChannelName(parv[1])) { /* pace this due to the sheer traffic involved */ if(((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time())) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "LIST"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } /* If no arg, do all channels *whee*, else just one channel */ if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) list_all_channels(source_p); else if(IsChannelName(parv[1])) list_named_channel(source_p, parv[1]); else list_limit_channels(source_p, parv[1]); return 0; } /* mo_list() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel */ static int mo_list(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { /* If no arg, do all channels *whee*, else just one channel */ if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) list_all_channels(source_p); else if(IsChannelName(parv[1])) list_named_channel(source_p, parv[1]); else list_limit_channels(source_p, parv[1]); return 0; } /* list_all_channels() * * inputs - pointer to client requesting list * output - * side effects - list all channels to source_p */ static void list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p) { struct Channel *chptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int sendq_limit; int count = 0; /* give them an output limit of 90% of their sendq. --fl */ sendq_limit = (int)get_sendq(source_p); sendq_limit /= 10; sendq_limit *= 9; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name); SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; /* if theyre overflowing their sendq, stop. --fl */ if(rb_linebuf_len(&source_p->localClient->buf_sendq) > sendq_limit) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYMATCHES), me.name, source_p->name, "LIST"); break; } if(SecretChannel(chptr) && !IsMember(source_p, chptr)) continue; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members), chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); if(count++ >= 10) { ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); SetCork(source_p); count = 0; } } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return; } static void list_limit_channels(struct Client *source_p, const char *param) { struct Channel *chptr; char *args; char *p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int sendq_limit; int max = INT_MAX; int min = 0; int i; int count = 0; args = LOCAL_COPY(param); for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) { if((p = strchr(args, ',')) != NULL) *p++ = '\0'; if(*args == '<') { args++; if((max = atoi(args)) <= 0) max = INT_MAX; } else if(*args == '>') { args++; if((min = atoi(args)) < 0) min = 0; } if(EmptyString(p)) break; else args = p; } /* give them an output limit of 90% of their sendq. --fl */ sendq_limit = (unsigned int)get_sendq(source_p); sendq_limit /= 10; sendq_limit *= 9; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name); SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; /* if theyre overflowing their sendq, stop. --fl */ if(rb_linebuf_len(&source_p->localClient->buf_sendq) > sendq_limit) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_TOOMANYMATCHES), me.name, source_p->name, "LIST"); break; } if((int)rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) >= max || (int)rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members) <= min) continue; if(SecretChannel(chptr) && !IsMember(source_p, chptr)) continue; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members), chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); if(count++ >= 10) { ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); SetCork(source_p); count = 0; } } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return; } /* list_named_channel() * * inputs - pointer to client requesting list * output - * side effects - list single channel to source */ static void list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { struct Channel *chptr; char *p; char *n = LOCAL_COPY(name); SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name); if((p = strchr(n, ','))) *p = '\0'; if(*n == '\0') { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), name); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return; } chptr = find_channel(n); if(chptr == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), n); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return; } if(ShowChannel(source_p, chptr)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname, rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members), chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic->topic); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name); return; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_svinfo.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006625�11730550233�016635� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_svinfo.c: Sends TS information for clock & compatibility checks. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_svinfo.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int ms_svinfo(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message svinfo_msgtab = { "SVINFO", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_svinfo, 5}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 svinfo_clist[] = { &svinfo_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(svinfo, NULL, NULL, svinfo_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * ms_svinfo - SVINFO message handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = TS_CURRENT for the server * parv[2] = TS_MIN for the server * parv[3] = unused, send 0 * parv[4] = server's idea of UTC time */ static int ms_svinfo(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { signed int deltat; time_t theirtime; /* SVINFO isnt remote. */ if(source_p != client_p) return 0; if(TS_CURRENT < atoi(parv[2]) || atoi(parv[1]) < TS_MIN) { /* TS version is too low on one of the sides, drop the link */ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s dropped, wrong TS protocol version (%s,%s)", source_p->name, parv[1], parv[2]); exit_client(source_p, source_p, source_p, "Incompatible TS version"); return 0; } /* * since we're here, might as well call rb_set_time() while we're at it */ rb_set_time(); theirtime = atol(parv[4]); deltat = abs(theirtime - rb_current_time()); if(deltat > ConfigFileEntry.ts_max_delta) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s dropped, excessive TS delta" " (my TS=%ld, their TS=%ld, delta=%d)", source_p->name, (long)rb_current_time(), (long)theirtime, deltat); ilog(L_SERVER, "Link %s dropped, excessive TS delta" " (my TS=%ld, their TS=%ld, delta=%d)", log_client_name(source_p, SHOW_IP), (long)rb_current_time(), (long)theirtime, deltat); exit_client(source_p, source_p, source_p, "Excessive TS delta"); return 0; } if(deltat > ConfigFileEntry.ts_warn_delta) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "Link %s notable TS delta" " (my TS=%ld, their TS=%ld, delta=%d)", source_p->name, (long)rb_current_time(), (long)theirtime, deltat); } return 0; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_close.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004333�11730550233�016430� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_close.c: Closes all unregistered connections. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_close.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mo_close(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message close_msgtab = { "CLOSE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_close, 0}} }; mapi_clist_av1 close_clist[] = { &close_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(close, NULL, NULL, close_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mo_close - CLOSE message handler * - added by Darren Reed Jul 13 1992. */ static int mo_close(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *ptr_next; int closed = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, ptr_next, unknown_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_CLOSING), me.name, source_p->name, get_client_name(target_p, SHOW_IP), target_p->status); (void)exit_client(target_p, target_p, target_p, "Oper Closing"); closed++; } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_CLOSEEND), me.name, source_p->name, closed); return 0; } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_resv.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000025600�11730550233�016302� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_resv.c: Reserves(jupes) a nickname or channel. * * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_resv.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "match.h" #include "operhash.h" #include "bandbi.h" static int mo_resv(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_resv(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_adminresv(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_unresv(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_unresv(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message resv_msgtab = { "RESV", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_resv, 5}, {mo_resv, 3}} }; struct Message adminresv_msgtab = { "ADMINRESV", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_adminresv, 3}} }; struct Message unresv_msgtab = { "UNRESV", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_unresv, 2}, {mo_unresv, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 resv_clist[] = { &resv_msgtab, &adminresv_msgtab, &unresv_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(resv, NULL, NULL, resv_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void parse_resv(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, const char *reason, int temp_time, int perm); static void remove_resv(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); /* * mo_resv() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel/nick to forbid * parv[2] = reason */ static int mo_resv(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *name; const char *reason; const char *target_server = NULL; int temp_time; int loc = 1; if(!IsOperResv(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "resv"); return 0; } /* RESV [time] <name> [ON <server>] :<reason> */ if((temp_time = valid_temp_time(parv[loc])) >= 0) loc++; /* we just set temp_time to -1! */ else temp_time = 0; name = parv[loc]; loc++; if((parc >= loc + 2) && (irccmp(parv[loc], "ON") == 0)) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } target_server = parv[loc + 1]; loc += 2; } if(parc <= loc || EmptyString(parv[loc])) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "RESV"); return 0; } reason = parv[loc]; if(target_server) { sendto_match_servs(source_p, target_server, CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s RESV %d %s 0 :%s", target_server, temp_time, name, reason); if(match(target_server, me.name) == 0) return 0; } else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "RESV", (temp_time > 0) ? SHARED_TRESV : SHARED_PRESV, "%d %s 0 :%s", temp_time, name, reason); parse_resv(source_p, name, reason, temp_time, 0); return 0; } static int mo_adminresv(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperResv(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "resv"); return 0; } if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin"); return 0; } parse_resv(source_p, parv[1], parv[2], 0, 1); return 0; } static int me_resv(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { /* time name 0 :reason */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; parse_resv(source_p, parv[2], parv[4], atoi(parv[1]), 0); return 0; } static void notify_resv(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, const char *reason, int temp_time) { if(temp_time) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added temporary %d min. RESV for [%s] [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), temp_time / 60, name, reason); ilog(L_KLINE, "R %s %d %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), temp_time / 60, name, reason); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added temporary %d min. RESV [%s]", temp_time / 60, name); } else { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s added RESV for [%s] [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), name, reason); ilog(L_KLINE, "R %s 0 %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), name, reason); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Added RESV for [%s] [%s]", name, reason); } } /* parse_resv() * * inputs - source_p if error messages wanted * - thing to resv * - reason for resv * outputs - * side effects - will parse the resv and create it if valid */ static void parse_resv(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, const char *reason, int temp_time, int locked) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *oper = get_oper_name(source_p); if(!MyClient(source_p) && !find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, (temp_time > 0) ? SHARED_TRESV : SHARED_PRESV)) return; if(IsChannelName(name)) { const char *p; if(hash_find_resv(name)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":A RESV has already been placed on channel: %s", name); return; } if(strlen(name) > CHANNELLEN) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid RESV length: %s", name); return; } for(p = name; *p; p++) { if(!IsChanChar(*p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid character '%c' in resv", *p); return; } } aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_RESV_CHANNEL; aconf->port = 0; aconf->host = rb_strdup(name); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(reason); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); if(locked) aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED; add_to_hash(HASH_RESV, aconf->host, aconf); notify_resv(source_p, aconf->host, aconf->passwd, temp_time); if(temp_time > 0) { aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + temp_time; } else { bandb_add(BANDB_RESV, source_p, aconf->host, NULL, aconf->passwd, NULL, locked); aconf->hold = rb_current_time(); } } else if(clean_resv_nick(name)) { if(strlen(name) > NICKLEN * 2) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid RESV length: %s", name); return; } if(!valid_wild_card_simple(name)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Please include at least %d non-wildcard " "characters with the resv", ConfigFileEntry.min_nonwildcard_simple); return; } if(find_nick_resv_mask(name)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":A RESV has already been placed on nick: %s", name); return; } aconf = make_conf(); aconf->status = CONF_RESV_NICK; aconf->port = 0; aconf->host = rb_strdup(name); aconf->passwd = rb_strdup(reason); aconf->info.oper = operhash_add(oper); if(locked) aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED; rb_dlinkAddAlloc(aconf, &resv_conf_list); notify_resv(source_p, aconf->host, aconf->passwd, temp_time); if(temp_time > 0) { aconf->flags |= CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY; aconf->hold = rb_current_time() + temp_time; } else { bandb_add(BANDB_RESV, source_p, aconf->host, NULL, aconf->passwd, NULL, locked); aconf->hold = rb_current_time(); } } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You have specified an invalid resv: [%s]", name); } /* * mo_unresv() * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = channel/nick to unforbid */ static int mo_unresv(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsOperResv(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "resv"); return 0; } if((parc == 4) && (irccmp(parv[2], "ON") == 0)) { if(!IsOperRemoteBan(source_p)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "remoteban"); return 0; } sendto_match_servs(source_p, parv[3], CAP_ENCAP, NOCAPS, "ENCAP %s UNRESV %s", parv[3], parv[1]); if(match(parv[3], me.name) == 0) return 0; } else if(rb_dlink_list_length(&cluster_conf_list) > 0) cluster_generic(source_p, "UNRESV", SHARED_UNRESV, "%s", parv[1]); remove_resv(source_p, parv[1]); return 0; } static int me_unresv(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { const char *name; /* name */ if(!IsClient(source_p)) return 0; name = parv[1]; if(!find_shared_conf(source_p->username, source_p->host, source_p->servptr->name, SHARED_UNRESV)) return 0; remove_resv(source_p, name); return 0; } static void remove_resv(struct Client *source_p, const char *name) { struct ConfItem *aconf = NULL; if(IsChannelName(name)) { if((aconf = hash_find_resv(name)) == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No RESV for %s", name); return; } if(IsConfLocked(aconf) && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot remove locked RESV %s", name); return; } /* schedule it to transaction log */ if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) bandb_del(BANDB_RESV, aconf->host, NULL); del_from_hash(HASH_RESV, name, aconf); free_conf(aconf); } else { rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(irccmp(aconf->host, name)) aconf = NULL; else break; } if(aconf == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":No RESV for %s", name); return; } if(IsConfLocked(aconf) && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Cannot remove locked RESV %s", name); return; } /* schedule it to transaction log */ if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) bandb_del(BANDB_RESV, aconf->host, NULL); /* already have ptr from the loop above.. */ rb_dlinkDestroy(ptr, &resv_conf_list); free_conf(aconf); } sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":RESV for [%s] is removed", name); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, "%s has removed the RESV for: [%s]", get_oper_name(source_p), name); ilog(L_KLINE, "UR %s %s", get_oper_name(source_p), name); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_ping.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006514�11730550233�016263� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_ping.c: Requests that a PONG message be sent back. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_ping.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int m_ping(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_ping(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message ping_msgtab = { "PING", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_ping, 2}, {ms_ping, 2}, {ms_ping, 2}, mg_ignore, {m_ping, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 ping_clist[] = { &ping_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(ping, NULL, NULL, ping_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** m_ping ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = origin ** parv[2] = destination */ static int m_ping(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *destination; destination = parv[2]; /* Will get NULL or pointer (parc >= 2!!) */ if(!EmptyString(destination) && !match(destination, me.name)) { if((target_p = find_server(source_p, destination))) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PING %s :%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), source_p->name, get_id(target_p, target_p)); } else { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), destination); return 0; } } else sendto_one(source_p, ":%s PONG %s :%s", me.name, (destination) ? destination : me.name, parv[1]); return 0; } static int ms_ping(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; const char *destination; destination = parv[2]; /* Will get NULL or pointer (parc >= 2!!) */ if(!EmptyString(destination) && irccmp(destination, me.name) && irccmp(destination, me.id)) { if((target_p = find_client(destination)) && IsServer(target_p)) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PING %s :%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), source_p->name, get_id(target_p, target_p)); /* not directed at an id.. */ else if(!IsDigit(*destination)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), destination); } else sendto_one(source_p, ":%s PONG %s :%s", get_id(&me, source_p), me.name, get_id(source_p, source_p)); return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/.indent.pro���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000066�10476074743�016740� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l100 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/static_modules.c.SH�������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003036�10744515711�020344� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # static_modules.c.SH: Generates our static module list # $Id: static_modules.c.SH 21564 2006-01-04 19:42:17Z leeh $ # SYMS=`for x in $*; do basename $x .c; done` cat > static_modules.c <<EOF /* * This file is automatically generated: do not modify * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * * Copyright (C) 2003,2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2003-2005,2008 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "modules.h" #include "hash.h" #include "s_log.h" EOF for x in $SYMS; do echo extern struct mapi_header_av1 "$x"_mheader\; done >> static_modules.c echo const struct mapi_header_av1 *static_mapi_headers[] = { >> static_modules.c for x in $SYMS; do echo \&"$x"_mheader, done >> static_modules.c echo NULL }\; >> static_modules.c cat >> static_modules.c <<EOF ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_whowas.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007076�11730550233�016642� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_whois.c: Shows who a user was. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_whowas.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "hash.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "send.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int m_whowas(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message whowas_msgtab = { "WHOWAS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_whowas, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_whowas, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 whowas_clist[] = { &whowas_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(whowas, NULL, NULL, whowas_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** m_whowas ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = nickname queried */ static int m_whowas(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Whowas *temp; int cur = 0; int max = -1, found = 0; char *p; const char *nick; char tbuf[26]; static time_t last_used = 0L; if(!IsOper(source_p)) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "WHOWAS"); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHOWAS), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } if(parc > 2) max = atoi(parv[2]); #if 0 if(parc > 3) if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s WHOWAS %s %s :%s", 3, parc, parv)) return 0; #endif if((p = strchr(parv[1], ','))) *p = '\0'; nick = parv[1]; temp = WHOWASHASH[hash_whowas_name(nick)]; found = 0; SetCork(source_p); for(; temp; temp = temp->next) { if(!irccmp(nick, temp->name)) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_WHOWASUSER), me.name, source_p->name, temp->name, temp->username, temp->hostname, temp->realname); if(ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually && !EmptyString(temp->sockhost)) { if(!temp->spoof || (temp->spoof && !ConfigFileEntry.hide_spoof_ips && MyOper(source_p))) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISACTUALLY, form_str(RPL_WHOISACTUALLY), temp->name, temp->sockhost); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISSERVER, form_str(RPL_WHOISSERVER), temp->name, temp->servername, rb_ctime(temp->logoff, tbuf, sizeof(tbuf))); cur++; found++; } if(max > 0 && cur >= max) break; } if(!found) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_WASNOSUCHNICK), me.name, source_p->name, nick); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHOWAS), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_trace.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000045274�11730550233�016432� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_trace.c: Traces a path to a client/server. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_trace.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "class.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "hook.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "channel.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "s_log.h" static int m_trace(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_etrace(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_etrace(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_chantrace(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_masktrace(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void trace_spy(struct Client *, struct Client *); struct Message chantrace_msgtab = { "CHANTRACE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_chantrace, 2}} }; struct Message masktrace_msgtab = { "MASKTRACE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_masktrace, 2}} }; struct Message etrace_msgtab = { "ETRACE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_etrace, 0}, {mo_etrace, 0}} }; struct Message trace_msgtab = { "TRACE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_trace, 0}, {m_trace, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_trace, 0}} }; static void do_etrace(struct Client *source_p, int ipv4, int ipv6); static void do_etrace_full(struct Client *source_p); static void do_single_etrace(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p); static void count_downlinks(struct Client *server_p, int *pservcount, int *pusercount); static int report_this_status(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p); static const char *empty_sockhost = "255.255.255.255"; static const char *spoofed_sockhost = "0"; int doing_trace_hook; mapi_clist_av1 trace_clist[] = { &trace_msgtab, &etrace_msgtab, &chantrace_msgtab, &masktrace_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 trace_hlist[] = { {"doing_trace", &doing_trace_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(trace, NULL, NULL, trace_clist, trace_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_trace * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int m_trace(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p = NULL; struct Class *cltmp; const char *tname; int doall = 0; int cnt = 0, wilds, dow; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(parc > 1) { tname = parv[1]; if(parc > 2) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s TRACE %s :%s", 2, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; } } else tname = me.name; /* if we have 3 parameters, then the command is directed at us. So * we shouldnt be forwarding it anywhere. --anfl */ if(parc < 3) { switch (hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s TRACE :%s", 1, parc, parv)) { case HUNTED_PASS: /* note: gets here only if parv[1] exists */ { struct Client *ac2ptr; if(MyClient(source_p)) ac2ptr = find_named_client(tname); else ac2ptr = find_client(tname); if(ac2ptr == NULL) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { ac2ptr = ptr->data; if(match(tname, ac2ptr->name) || match(ac2ptr->name, tname)) break; else ac2ptr = NULL; } } /* giving this out with flattened links defeats the * object --fl */ if(IsOper(source_p) || IsExemptShide(source_p) || !ConfigServerHide.flatten_links) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACELINK, form_str(RPL_TRACELINK), ircd_version, ac2ptr ? ac2ptr->name : tname, ac2ptr ? ac2ptr->from->name : "EEK!"); return 0; } case HUNTED_ISME: break; default: return 0; } } if(match(tname, me.name)) { doall = 1; } /* if theyre tracing our SID, we need to move tname to our name so * we dont give the sid in ENDOFTRACE */ else if(!MyClient(source_p) && !strcmp(tname, me.id)) { doall = 1; tname = me.name; } wilds = (strpbrk(tname, "*?") != NULL); dow = wilds || doall; /* specific trace */ if(dow == 0) { if(MyClient(source_p) || parc > 2) target_p = find_named_person(tname); else target_p = find_person(tname); /* tname could be pointing to an ID at this point, so reset * it to target_p->name if we have a target --fl */ if(target_p != NULL) { report_this_status(source_p, target_p); tname = target_p->name; } trace_spy(source_p, target_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), tname); return 0; } trace_spy(source_p, NULL); /* give non-opers a limited trace output of themselves (if local), * opers and servers (if no shide) --fl */ if(!IsOper(source_p)) { SetCork(source_p); if(MyClient(source_p)) { if(doall || (wilds && match(tname, source_p->name))) report_this_status(source_p, source_p); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, oper_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!doall && wilds && (match(tname, target_p->name) == 0)) continue; report_this_status(source_p, target_p); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!doall && wilds && !match(tname, target_p->name)) continue; report_this_status(source_p, target_p); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), tname); return 0; } /* source_p is opered */ SetCork(source_p); /* report all direct connections */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; /* dont show invisible users to remote opers */ if(IsInvisible(target_p) && dow && !MyConnect(source_p) && !IsOper(target_p)) continue; if(!doall && wilds && !match(tname, target_p->name)) continue; cnt = report_this_status(source_p, target_p); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!doall && wilds && !match(tname, target_p->name)) continue; cnt = report_this_status(source_p, target_p); } if(MyConnect(source_p)) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, unknown_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!doall && wilds && !match(tname, target_p->name)) continue; cnt = report_this_status(source_p, target_p); } } ClearCork(source_p); /* * Add these lines to summarize the above which can get rather long * and messy when done remotely - Avalon */ if(!cnt) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), tname); /* let the user have some idea that its at the end of the * trace */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), tname); return 0; } if(doall) { SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, class_list.head) { cltmp = ptr->data; if(CurrUsers(cltmp) > 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACECLASS, form_str(RPL_TRACECLASS), ClassName(cltmp), CurrUsers(cltmp)); } ClearCork(source_p); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), tname); return 0; } /* * count_downlinks * * inputs - pointer to server to count * - pointers to server and user count * output - NONE * side effects - server and user counts are added to given values */ static void count_downlinks(struct Client *server_p, int *pservcount, int *pusercount) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; (*pservcount)++; *pusercount += rb_dlink_list_length(&server_p->serv->users); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, server_p->serv->servers.head) { count_downlinks(ptr->data, pservcount, pusercount); } } /* * report_this_status * * inputs - pointer to client to report to * - pointer to client to report about * output - counter of number of hits * side effects - NONE */ static int report_this_status(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { const char *name; const char *class_name; char ip[HOSTIPLEN]; int cnt = 0; /* sanity check - should never happen */ if(!MyConnect(target_p)) return 0; rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&target_p->localClient->ip, ip, sizeof(ip)); class_name = get_client_class(target_p); if(IsAnyServer(target_p)) name = target_p->name; else name = get_client_name(target_p, HIDE_IP); switch (target_p->status) { case STAT_CONNECTING: sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACECONNECTING, form_str(RPL_TRACECONNECTING), class_name, name); cnt++; break; case STAT_HANDSHAKE: sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACEHANDSHAKE, form_str(RPL_TRACEHANDSHAKE), class_name, name); cnt++; break; case STAT_ME: break; case STAT_UNKNOWN: /* added time -Taner */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACEUNKNOWN, form_str(RPL_TRACEUNKNOWN), class_name, name, ip, rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime); cnt++; break; case STAT_CLIENT: { int tnumeric = RPL_TRACEUSER; if(IsOper(target_p)) tnumeric = RPL_TRACEOPERATOR; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, tnumeric, form_str(tnumeric), class_name, name, show_ip(source_p, target_p) ? ip : empty_sockhost, rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime, rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->last); cnt++; } break; case STAT_SERVER: { int usercount = 0; int servcount = 0; count_downlinks(target_p, &servcount, &usercount); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACESERVER, form_str(RPL_TRACESERVER), class_name, servcount, usercount, name, *(target_p->serv->by) ? target_p->serv->by : "*", "*", me.name, rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime); cnt++; } break; default: /* ...we actually shouldn't come here... --msa */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_TRACENEWTYPE, form_str(RPL_TRACENEWTYPE), me.name, source_p->name, name); cnt++; break; } return (cnt); } /* trace_spy() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - hook event doing_trace is called */ static void trace_spy(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { hook_data_client hdata; hdata.client = source_p; hdata.target = target_p; call_hook(doing_trace_hook, &hdata); } /* * m_etrace * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = options [or target] * parv[2] = [target] */ static int mo_etrace(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(parc > 1 && !EmptyString(parv[1])) { if(!irccmp(parv[1], "-full")) do_etrace_full(source_p); #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(!irccmp(parv[1], "-v6")) do_etrace(source_p, 0, 1); else if(!irccmp(parv[1], "-v4")) do_etrace(source_p, 1, 0); #endif else { struct Client *target_p = find_named_person(parv[1]); if(target_p) { if(!MyClient(target_p)) sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ENCAP %s ETRACE %s", get_id(source_p, target_p), target_p->servptr->name, get_id(target_p, target_p)); else do_single_etrace(source_p, target_p); } else sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), parv[1]); } } else do_etrace(source_p, 1, 1); return 0; } static int me_etrace(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; if(!IsOper(source_p) || parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1])) return 0; /* we cant etrace remote clients.. we shouldnt even get sent them */ if((target_p = find_person(parv[1])) && MyClient(target_p)) do_single_etrace(source_p, target_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), target_p ? target_p->name : parv[1]); return 0; } static void do_etrace(struct Client *source_p, int ipv4, int ipv6) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; SetCork(source_p); /* report all direct connections */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; #ifdef RB_IPV6 if((!ipv4 && GET_SS_FAMILY(&target_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET) || (!ipv6 && GET_SS_FAMILY(&target_p->localClient->ip) == AF_INET6)) continue; #endif sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ETRACE), me.name, source_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "Oper" : "User", get_client_class(target_p), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, show_ip(source_p, target_p) ? target_p->sockhost : empty_sockhost, target_p->info); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), me.name); } static void do_etrace_full(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { do_single_etrace(source_p, ptr->data); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), me.name); } /* * do_single_etrace - searches local clients and displays those matching * a pattern * input - source client, target client * output - etrace results * side effects - etrace results are displayed */ static void do_single_etrace(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p) { /* note, we hide fullcaps for spoofed users, as mirc can often * advertise its internal ip address in the field --fl */ if(!show_ip(source_p, target_p)) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ETRACEFULL), me.name, source_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "Oper" : "User", get_client_class(target_p), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, empty_sockhost, "<hidden> <hidden>", target_p->info); else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ETRACEFULL), me.name, source_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "Oper" : "User", get_client_class(target_p), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->sockhost, target_p->localClient->fullcaps, target_p->info); } static int mo_chantrace(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct membership *msptr; const char *sockhost; const char *name; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int operspy = 0; name = parv[1]; if(IsOperSpy(source_p) && parv[1][0] == '!') { name++; operspy = 1; if(EmptyString(name)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, source_p->name, "CHANTRACE"); return 0; } } if((chptr = find_channel(name)) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name); return 0; } /* dont report operspys for nonexistant channels. */ if(operspy) report_operspy(source_p, "CHANTRACE", chptr->chname); if(!operspy && !IsMember(client_p, chptr)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), chptr->chname); return 0; } SetCork(source_p); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head) { msptr = ptr->data; target_p = msptr->client_p; if(EmptyString(target_p->sockhost)) sockhost = empty_sockhost; else if(!show_ip(source_p, target_p)) sockhost = spoofed_sockhost; else sockhost = target_p->sockhost; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ETRACE), me.name, source_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "Oper" : "User", /* class field -- pretend its server.. */ target_p->servptr->name, target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, sockhost, target_p->info); } ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), me.name); return 0; } static void match_masktrace(struct Client *source_p, rb_dlink_list *list, const char *username, const char *hostname, const char *name, const char *gecos) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; const char *sockhost; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!IsClient(target_p)) continue; if(EmptyString(target_p->sockhost)) sockhost = empty_sockhost; else if(!show_ip(source_p, target_p)) sockhost = spoofed_sockhost; else sockhost = target_p->sockhost; if(match(username, target_p->username) && (match(hostname, target_p->host) || match(hostname, sockhost) || match_ips(hostname, sockhost))) { if(name != NULL && !match(name, target_p->name)) continue; if(gecos != NULL && !match_esc(gecos, target_p->info)) continue; sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ETRACE), me.name, source_p->name, IsOper(target_p) ? "Oper" : "User", /* class field -- pretend its server.. */ target_p->servptr->name, target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, sockhost, target_p->info); } } } static int mo_masktrace(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { char *name, *username, *hostname, *gecos; const char *mask; int operspy = 0; mask = parv[1]; name = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); collapse(name); if(IsOperSpy(source_p) && parv[1][0] == '!') { name++; mask++; operspy = 1; } if(parc > 2 && !EmptyString(parv[2])) { gecos = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); collapse_esc(gecos); } else gecos = NULL; if((hostname = strchr(name, '@')) == NULL) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } *hostname++ = '\0'; if((username = strchr(name, '!')) == NULL) { username = name; name = NULL; } else *username++ = '\0'; if(EmptyString(username) || EmptyString(hostname)) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid parameters"); return 0; } SetCork(source_p); if(operspy) { char buf[512]; rb_strlcpy(buf, mask, sizeof(buf)); if(!EmptyString(gecos)) { rb_strlcat(buf, " ", sizeof(buf)); rb_strlcat(buf, gecos, sizeof(buf)); } report_operspy(source_p, "MASKTRACE", buf); match_masktrace(source_p, &global_client_list, username, hostname, name, gecos); } else match_masktrace(source_p, &lclient_list, username, hostname, name, gecos); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFTRACE, form_str(RPL_ENDOFTRACE), me.name); return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000304273�11726766726�016743� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = modules DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)" \ "$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)" LTLIBRARIES = $(core_LTLIBRARIES) $(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES) \ $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES) @MINGW_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la \ @MINGW_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ ../src/libcore.la @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_die_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_die_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_die.c am__dirstamp = $(am__leading_dot)dirstamp @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_die_la_OBJECTS = core/m_die.lo core_m_die_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_die_la_OBJECTS) core_m_die_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_die_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_die_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_error_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_error_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_error.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_error_la_OBJECTS = core/m_error.lo core_m_error_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_error_la_OBJECTS) core_m_error_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_error_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_error_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_join_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_join_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_join.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_join_la_OBJECTS = core/m_join.lo core_m_join_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_join_la_OBJECTS) core_m_join_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_join_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_join_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kick_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_kick_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_kick.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_kick_la_OBJECTS = core/m_kick.lo core_m_kick_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_kick_la_OBJECTS) core_m_kick_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_kick_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_kick_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kill_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_kill_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_kill.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_kill_la_OBJECTS = core/m_kill.lo core_m_kill_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_kill_la_OBJECTS) core_m_kill_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_kill_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_kill_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_message_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_message_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_message.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_message_la_OBJECTS = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ core/m_message.lo core_m_message_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_message_la_OBJECTS) core_m_message_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_message_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_message_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_mode_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_mode_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_mode.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_mode_la_OBJECTS = core/m_mode.lo core_m_mode_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_mode_la_OBJECTS) core_m_mode_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_mode_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_mode_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_nick_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_nick_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_nick.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_nick_la_OBJECTS = core/m_nick.lo core_m_nick_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_nick_la_OBJECTS) core_m_nick_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_nick_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_nick_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_part_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_part_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_part.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_part_la_OBJECTS = core/m_part.lo core_m_part_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_part_la_OBJECTS) core_m_part_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_part_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_part_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_quit_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_quit_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_quit.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_quit_la_OBJECTS = core/m_quit.lo core_m_quit_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_quit_la_OBJECTS) core_m_quit_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_quit_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_quit_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_server_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_server_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_server.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_server_la_OBJECTS = core/m_server.lo core_m_server_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_server_la_OBJECTS) core_m_server_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_server_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_server_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_squit_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__core_m_squit_la_SOURCES_DIST = core/m_squit.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_squit_la_OBJECTS = core/m_squit.lo core_m_squit_la_OBJECTS = $(am_core_m_squit_la_OBJECTS) core_m_squit_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(core_m_squit_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_core_m_squit_la_rpath = -rpath $(coredir) libmodules_la_LIBADD = am__libmodules_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_accept.c m_admin.c m_adminwall.c \ m_away.c m_capab.c m_cap.c m_close.c m_cmessage.c m_connect.c \ m_dline.c m_encap.c m_gline.c m_gungline.c m_help.c m_info.c \ m_invite.c m_ison.c m_kline.c m_knock.c m_links.c m_list.c \ m_locops.c m_lusers.c m_map.c m_monitor.c m_motd.c m_names.c \ m_oper.c m_operspy.c m_pass.c m_ping.c m_pong.c m_post.c \ m_rehash.c m_restart.c m_resv.c m_set.c m_stats.c m_svinfo.c \ m_tb.c m_testline.c m_testmask.c m_time.c m_topic.c m_trace.c \ m_unreject.c m_user.c m_userhost.c m_version.c m_wallops.c \ m_who.c m_whois.c m_whowas.c m_xline.c core/m_die.c \ core/m_error.c core/m_join.c core/m_kick.c core/m_kill.c \ core/m_message.c core/m_mode.c core/m_nick.c core/m_part.c \ core/m_quit.c core/m_server.c core/m_squit.c m_services.c @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@am__objects_1 = m_accept.lo m_admin.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_adminwall.lo m_away.lo m_capab.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_cap.lo m_close.lo m_cmessage.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_connect.lo m_dline.lo m_encap.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_gline.lo m_gungline.lo m_help.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_info.lo m_invite.lo m_ison.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_kline.lo m_knock.lo m_links.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_list.lo m_locops.lo m_lusers.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_map.lo m_monitor.lo m_motd.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_names.lo m_oper.lo m_operspy.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_pass.lo m_ping.lo m_pong.lo m_post.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_rehash.lo m_restart.lo m_resv.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_set.lo m_stats.lo m_svinfo.lo m_tb.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_testline.lo m_testmask.lo m_time.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_topic.lo m_trace.lo m_unreject.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_user.lo m_userhost.lo m_version.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_wallops.lo m_who.lo m_whois.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_whowas.lo m_xline.lo @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@am__objects_2 = core/m_die.lo core/m_error.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ core/m_join.lo core/m_kick.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ core/m_kill.lo core/m_message.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ core/m_mode.lo core/m_nick.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ core/m_part.lo core/m_quit.lo \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ core/m_server.lo core/m_squit.lo @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@am__objects_3 = \ @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ m_services.lo @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@am_libmodules_la_OBJECTS = $(am__objects_1) \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ $(am__objects_2) $(am__objects_3) libmodules_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libmodules_la_OBJECTS) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@am_libmodules_la_rpath = -rpath $(libmodulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_accept_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_accept_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_accept.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_accept_la_OBJECTS = m_accept.lo m_accept_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_accept_la_OBJECTS) m_accept_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_accept_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_accept_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_admin_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_admin_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_admin.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_admin_la_OBJECTS = m_admin.lo m_admin_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_admin_la_OBJECTS) m_admin_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_admin_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_admin_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_adminwall_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_adminwall_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_adminwall.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_adminwall_la_OBJECTS = m_adminwall.lo m_adminwall_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_adminwall_la_OBJECTS) m_adminwall_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_adminwall_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_adminwall_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_away_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_away_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_away.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_away_la_OBJECTS = m_away.lo m_away_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_away_la_OBJECTS) m_away_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_away_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_away_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cap_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_cap_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_cap.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_cap_la_OBJECTS = m_cap.lo m_cap_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_cap_la_OBJECTS) m_cap_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(m_cap_la_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_cap_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_capab_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_capab_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_capab.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_capab_la_OBJECTS = m_capab.lo m_capab_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_capab_la_OBJECTS) m_capab_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_capab_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_capab_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_close_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_close_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_close.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_close_la_OBJECTS = m_close.lo m_close_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_close_la_OBJECTS) m_close_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_close_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_close_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cmessage_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_cmessage_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_cmessage.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_cmessage_la_OBJECTS = m_cmessage.lo m_cmessage_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_cmessage_la_OBJECTS) m_cmessage_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_cmessage_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_cmessage_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_connect_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_connect_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_connect.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_connect_la_OBJECTS = m_connect.lo m_connect_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_connect_la_OBJECTS) m_connect_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_connect_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_connect_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_dline_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_dline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_dline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_dline_la_OBJECTS = m_dline.lo m_dline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_dline_la_OBJECTS) m_dline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_dline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_dline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_encap_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_encap_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_encap.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_encap_la_OBJECTS = m_encap.lo m_encap_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_encap_la_OBJECTS) m_encap_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_encap_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_encap_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gline_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_gline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_gline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_gline_la_OBJECTS = m_gline.lo m_gline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_gline_la_OBJECTS) m_gline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_gline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_gline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gungline_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_gungline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_gungline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_gungline_la_OBJECTS = m_gungline.lo m_gungline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_gungline_la_OBJECTS) m_gungline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_gungline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_gungline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_help_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_help_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_help.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_help_la_OBJECTS = m_help.lo m_help_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_help_la_OBJECTS) m_help_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_help_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_help_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_info_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_info_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_info.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_info_la_OBJECTS = m_info.lo m_info_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_info_la_OBJECTS) m_info_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_info_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_info_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_invite_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_invite_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_invite.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_invite_la_OBJECTS = m_invite.lo m_invite_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_invite_la_OBJECTS) m_invite_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_invite_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_invite_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ison_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_ison_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_ison.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_ison_la_OBJECTS = m_ison.lo m_ison_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_ison_la_OBJECTS) m_ison_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_ison_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_ison_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_kline_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_kline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_kline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_kline_la_OBJECTS = m_kline.lo m_kline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_kline_la_OBJECTS) m_kline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_kline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_kline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_knock_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_knock_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_knock.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_knock_la_OBJECTS = m_knock.lo m_knock_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_knock_la_OBJECTS) m_knock_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_knock_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_knock_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_links_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_links_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_links.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_links_la_OBJECTS = m_links.lo m_links_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_links_la_OBJECTS) m_links_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_links_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_links_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_list_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_list_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_list.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_list_la_OBJECTS = m_list.lo m_list_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_list_la_OBJECTS) m_list_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_list_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_list_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_locops_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_locops_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_locops.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_locops_la_OBJECTS = m_locops.lo m_locops_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_locops_la_OBJECTS) m_locops_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_locops_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_locops_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_lusers_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_lusers_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_lusers.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_lusers_la_OBJECTS = m_lusers.lo m_lusers_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_lusers_la_OBJECTS) m_lusers_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_lusers_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_lusers_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_map_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_map_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_map.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_map_la_OBJECTS = m_map.lo m_map_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_map_la_OBJECTS) m_map_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(m_map_la_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_map_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_monitor_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_monitor_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_monitor.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_monitor_la_OBJECTS = m_monitor.lo m_monitor_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_monitor_la_OBJECTS) m_monitor_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_monitor_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_monitor_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_motd_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_motd_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_motd.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_motd_la_OBJECTS = m_motd.lo m_motd_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_motd_la_OBJECTS) m_motd_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_motd_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_motd_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_names_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_names_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_names.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_names_la_OBJECTS = m_names.lo m_names_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_names_la_OBJECTS) m_names_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_names_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_names_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_oper_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_oper_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_oper.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_oper_la_OBJECTS = m_oper.lo m_oper_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_oper_la_OBJECTS) m_oper_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_oper_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_oper_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_operspy_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_operspy_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_operspy.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_operspy_la_OBJECTS = m_operspy.lo m_operspy_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_operspy_la_OBJECTS) m_operspy_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_operspy_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_operspy_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pass_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_pass_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_pass.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_pass_la_OBJECTS = m_pass.lo m_pass_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_pass_la_OBJECTS) m_pass_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_pass_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_pass_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ping_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_ping_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_ping.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_ping_la_OBJECTS = m_ping.lo m_ping_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_ping_la_OBJECTS) m_ping_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_ping_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_ping_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pong_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_pong_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_pong.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_pong_la_OBJECTS = m_pong.lo m_pong_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_pong_la_OBJECTS) m_pong_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_pong_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_pong_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_post_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_post_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_post.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_post_la_OBJECTS = m_post.lo m_post_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_post_la_OBJECTS) m_post_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_post_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_post_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_rehash_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_rehash_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_rehash.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_rehash_la_OBJECTS = m_rehash.lo m_rehash_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_rehash_la_OBJECTS) m_rehash_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_rehash_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_rehash_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_restart_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_restart_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_restart.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_restart_la_OBJECTS = m_restart.lo m_restart_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_restart_la_OBJECTS) m_restart_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_restart_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_restart_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_resv_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_resv_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_resv.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_resv_la_OBJECTS = m_resv.lo m_resv_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_resv_la_OBJECTS) m_resv_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_resv_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_resv_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_services_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_services_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_services.c @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_services_la_OBJECTS = \ @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ m_services.lo m_services_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_services_la_OBJECTS) m_services_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_services_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_services_la_rpath = \ @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ -rpath \ @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(servicesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_set_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_set_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_set.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_set_la_OBJECTS = m_set.lo m_set_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_set_la_OBJECTS) m_set_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(m_set_la_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_set_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_stats_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_stats_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_stats.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_stats_la_OBJECTS = m_stats.lo m_stats_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_stats_la_OBJECTS) m_stats_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_stats_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_stats_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_svinfo_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_svinfo_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_svinfo.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_svinfo_la_OBJECTS = m_svinfo.lo m_svinfo_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_svinfo_la_OBJECTS) m_svinfo_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_svinfo_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_svinfo_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_tb_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_tb_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_tb.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_tb_la_OBJECTS = m_tb.lo m_tb_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_tb_la_OBJECTS) m_tb_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(m_tb_la_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_tb_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testline_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_testline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_testline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_testline_la_OBJECTS = m_testline.lo m_testline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_testline_la_OBJECTS) m_testline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_testline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_testline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testmask_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_testmask_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_testmask.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_testmask_la_OBJECTS = m_testmask.lo m_testmask_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_testmask_la_OBJECTS) m_testmask_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_testmask_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_testmask_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_time_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_time_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_time.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_time_la_OBJECTS = m_time.lo m_time_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_time_la_OBJECTS) m_time_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_time_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_time_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_topic_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_topic_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_topic.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_topic_la_OBJECTS = m_topic.lo m_topic_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_topic_la_OBJECTS) m_topic_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_topic_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_topic_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_trace_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_trace_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_trace.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_trace_la_OBJECTS = m_trace.lo m_trace_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_trace_la_OBJECTS) m_trace_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_trace_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_trace_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_unreject_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_unreject_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_unreject.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_unreject_la_OBJECTS = m_unreject.lo m_unreject_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_unreject_la_OBJECTS) m_unreject_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_unreject_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_unreject_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_user_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_user_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_user.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_user_la_OBJECTS = m_user.lo m_user_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_user_la_OBJECTS) m_user_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_user_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_user_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_userhost_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_userhost_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_userhost.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_userhost_la_OBJECTS = m_userhost.lo m_userhost_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_userhost_la_OBJECTS) m_userhost_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_userhost_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_userhost_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_version_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_version_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_version.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_version_la_OBJECTS = m_version.lo m_version_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_version_la_OBJECTS) m_version_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_version_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_version_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_wallops_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_wallops_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_wallops.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_wallops_la_OBJECTS = m_wallops.lo m_wallops_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_wallops_la_OBJECTS) m_wallops_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_wallops_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_wallops_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_who_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_who_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_who.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_who_la_OBJECTS = m_who.lo m_who_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_who_la_OBJECTS) m_who_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(m_who_la_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_who_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whois_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_whois_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_whois.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_whois_la_OBJECTS = m_whois.lo m_whois_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_whois_la_OBJECTS) m_whois_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_whois_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_whois_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whowas_la_DEPENDENCIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_whowas_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_whowas.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_whowas_la_OBJECTS = m_whowas.lo m_whowas_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_whowas_la_OBJECTS) m_whowas_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_whowas_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_whowas_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_xline_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__m_xline_la_SOURCES_DIST = m_xline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_xline_la_OBJECTS = m_xline.lo m_xline_la_OBJECTS = $(am_m_xline_la_OBJECTS) m_xline_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(m_xline_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@am_m_xline_la_rpath = -rpath $(modulesdir) DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(core_m_die_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_error_la_SOURCES) \ $(core_m_join_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_kick_la_SOURCES) \ $(core_m_kill_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_message_la_SOURCES) \ $(core_m_mode_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_nick_la_SOURCES) \ $(core_m_part_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_quit_la_SOURCES) \ $(core_m_server_la_SOURCES) $(core_m_squit_la_SOURCES) \ $(libmodules_la_SOURCES) $(m_accept_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_admin_la_SOURCES) $(m_adminwall_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_away_la_SOURCES) $(m_cap_la_SOURCES) $(m_capab_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_close_la_SOURCES) $(m_cmessage_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_connect_la_SOURCES) $(m_dline_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_encap_la_SOURCES) $(m_gline_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_gungline_la_SOURCES) $(m_help_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_info_la_SOURCES) $(m_invite_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_ison_la_SOURCES) $(m_kline_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_knock_la_SOURCES) $(m_links_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_list_la_SOURCES) $(m_locops_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_lusers_la_SOURCES) $(m_map_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_monitor_la_SOURCES) $(m_motd_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_names_la_SOURCES) $(m_oper_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_operspy_la_SOURCES) $(m_pass_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_ping_la_SOURCES) $(m_pong_la_SOURCES) $(m_post_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_rehash_la_SOURCES) $(m_restart_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_resv_la_SOURCES) $(m_services_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_set_la_SOURCES) $(m_stats_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_svinfo_la_SOURCES) $(m_tb_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_testline_la_SOURCES) $(m_testmask_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_time_la_SOURCES) $(m_topic_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_trace_la_SOURCES) $(m_unreject_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_user_la_SOURCES) $(m_userhost_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_version_la_SOURCES) $(m_wallops_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_who_la_SOURCES) $(m_whois_la_SOURCES) \ $(m_whowas_la_SOURCES) $(m_xline_la_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(am__core_m_die_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_error_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_join_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_kick_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_kill_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_message_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_mode_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_nick_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_part_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_quit_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_server_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__core_m_squit_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__libmodules_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_accept_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_admin_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_adminwall_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_away_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_cap_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_capab_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_close_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_cmessage_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_connect_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_dline_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_encap_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_gline_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_gungline_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_help_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_info_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_invite_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_ison_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_kline_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_knock_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_links_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_list_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_locops_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_lusers_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_map_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_monitor_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_motd_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_names_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_oper_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_operspy_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_pass_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_ping_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_pong_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_post_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_rehash_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_restart_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_resv_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_services_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_set_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_stats_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_svinfo_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_tb_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_testline_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_testmask_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_time_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_topic_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_trace_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_unreject_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_user_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_userhost_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_version_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_wallops_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_who_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_whois_la_SOURCES_DIST) $(am__m_whowas_la_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__m_xline_la_SOURCES_DIST) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload libmodulesdir = @moduledir@ INCLUDES = -I../libratbox/include -I../include -I../libltdl @SSL_INCLUDES@ AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) @MINGW_TRUE@EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' MODULE_FLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -avoid-version @MINGW_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@MODULE_LIBS = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la ../src/libcore.la @SSL_LIBS@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_accept_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_admin_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_adminwall_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_away_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_capab_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cap_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_close_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cmessage_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_connect_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_dline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_encap_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gungline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_help_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_info_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_invite_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ison_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_kline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_knock_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_links_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_list_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_locops_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_lusers_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_map_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_monitor_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_motd_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_names_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_oper_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @SSL_LIBS@ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_operspy_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pass_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ping_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pong_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_post_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_rehash_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_restart_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_resv_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_set_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_stats_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_svinfo_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_tb_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testmask_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_time_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_topic_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_trace_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_unreject_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_user_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_userhost_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_version_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_wallops_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_who_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whois_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whowas_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_xline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_accept_la_SOURCES = m_accept.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_admin_la_SOURCES = m_admin.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_adminwall_la_SOURCES = m_adminwall.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_away_la_SOURCES = m_away.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_capab_la_SOURCES = m_capab.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cap_la_SOURCES = m_cap.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_close_la_SOURCES = m_close.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cmessage_la_SOURCES = m_cmessage.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_connect_la_SOURCES = m_connect.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_dline_la_SOURCES = m_dline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_encap_la_SOURCES = m_encap.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gline_la_SOURCES = m_gline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gungline_la_SOURCES = m_gungline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_help_la_SOURCES = m_help.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_info_la_SOURCES = m_info.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_invite_la_SOURCES = m_invite.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ison_la_SOURCES = m_ison.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_kline_la_SOURCES = m_kline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_knock_la_SOURCES = m_knock.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_links_la_SOURCES = m_links.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_list_la_SOURCES = m_list.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_locops_la_SOURCES = m_locops.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_lusers_la_SOURCES = m_lusers.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_map_la_SOURCES = m_map.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_monitor_la_SOURCES = m_monitor.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_motd_la_SOURCES = m_motd.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_names_la_SOURCES = m_names.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_oper_la_SOURCES = m_oper.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_operspy_la_SOURCES = m_operspy.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pass_la_SOURCES = m_pass.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ping_la_SOURCES = m_ping.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pong_la_SOURCES = m_pong.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_post_la_SOURCES = m_post.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_rehash_la_SOURCES = m_rehash.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_restart_la_SOURCES = m_restart.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_resv_la_SOURCES = m_resv.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_set_la_SOURCES = m_set.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_stats_la_SOURCES = m_stats.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_svinfo_la_SOURCES = m_svinfo.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_tb_la_SOURCES = m_tb.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testline_la_SOURCES = m_testline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testmask_la_SOURCES = m_testmask.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_time_la_SOURCES = m_time.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_topic_la_SOURCES = m_topic.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_trace_la_SOURCES = m_trace.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_unreject_la_SOURCES = m_unreject.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_user_la_SOURCES = m_user.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_userhost_la_SOURCES = m_userhost.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_version_la_SOURCES = m_version.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_wallops_la_SOURCES = m_wallops.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_who_la_SOURCES = m_who.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whois_la_SOURCES = m_whois.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whowas_la_SOURCES = m_whowas.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_xline_la_SOURCES = m_xline.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_accept_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_admin_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_adminwall_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_away_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_capab_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cap_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_close_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cmessage_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_connect_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_dline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_encap_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gungline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_help_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_info_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_invite_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ison_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_kline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_knock_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_links_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_list_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_locops_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_lusers_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_map_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_monitor_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_motd_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_names_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_oper_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_operspy_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pass_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ping_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pong_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_post_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_rehash_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_restart_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_resv_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_set_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_stats_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_svinfo_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_tb_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testmask_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_time_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_topic_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_trace_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_unreject_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_user_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_userhost_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_version_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_wallops_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_who_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whois_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whowas_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_xline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_die_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_error_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_join_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kick_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kill_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_message_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_mode_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_nick_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_part_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_quit_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_server_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_squit_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_die_la_SOURCES = core/m_die.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_error_la_SOURCES = core/m_error.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_join_la_SOURCES = core/m_join.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kick_la_SOURCES = core/m_kick.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kill_la_SOURCES = core/m_kill.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_message_la_SOURCES = core/m_message.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_mode_la_SOURCES = core/m_mode.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_nick_la_SOURCES = core/m_nick.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_part_la_SOURCES = core/m_part.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_quit_la_SOURCES = core/m_quit.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_server_la_SOURCES = core/m_server.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_squit_la_SOURCES = core/m_squit.c @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@modules_LTLIBRARIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_accept.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_admin.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_adminwall.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_away.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_capab.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cap.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_close.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_cmessage.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_connect.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_dline.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_encap.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gline.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_gungline.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_help.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_info.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_invite.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ison.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_kline.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_knock.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_links.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_list.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_locops.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_lusers.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_map.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_monitor.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_motd.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_names.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_oper.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_operspy.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pass.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_ping.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_pong.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_post.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_rehash.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_restart.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_resv.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_set.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_stats.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_svinfo.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_tb.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testline.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_testmask.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_time.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_topic.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_trace.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_unreject.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_user.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_userhost.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_version.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_wallops.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_who.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whois.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_whowas.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_xline.la @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_LTLIBRARIES = \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_die.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_error.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_join.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_kick.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_kill.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_message.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_mode.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_nick.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_part.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_quit.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_server.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core/m_squit.la @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_die_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_error_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_join_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kick_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_kill_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_message_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_mode_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_nick_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_part_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_quit_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_server_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@core_m_squit_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_services_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_services_la_SOURCES = m_services.c @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@m_services_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@services_LTLIBRARIES = m_services.la @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@MSRCS = \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_accept.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_admin.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_adminwall.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_away.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_capab.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_cap.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_close.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_cmessage.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_connect.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_dline.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_encap.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_gline.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_gungline.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_help.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_info.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_invite.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_ison.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_kline.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_knock.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_links.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_list.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_locops.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_lusers.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_map.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_monitor.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_motd.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_names.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_oper.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_operspy.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_pass.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_ping.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_pong.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_post.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_rehash.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_restart.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_resv.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_set.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_stats.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_svinfo.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_tb.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_testline.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_testmask.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_time.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_topic.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_trace.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_unreject.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_user.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_userhost.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_version.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_wallops.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_who.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_whois.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_whowas.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@m_xline.c @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@CORE_SRCS = \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_die.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_error.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_join.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_kick.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_kill.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_message.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_mode.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_nick.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_part.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_quit.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_server.c \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@core/m_squit.c @ENABLE_SERVICES_TRUE@@STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@SERVICES_SRCS = m_services.c @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@BUILT_SOURCE = static_modules.c @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@libmodules_la_SOURCES = $(MSRCS) $(CORE_SRCS) $(SERVICES_SRCS) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@libmodules_LTLIBRARIES = libmodules.la all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign modules/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign modules/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@install-coreLTLIBRARIES: $(core_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ test -z "$(coredir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)" @list='$(core_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(coredir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)"; \ } uninstall-coreLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(core_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(coredir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)/$$f"; \ done clean-coreLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(core_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(core_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(core_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done install-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES: $(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libmodulesdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)" @list='$(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libmodulesdir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)"; \ } uninstall-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libmodulesdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)/$$f"; \ done clean-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(libmodules_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@install-modulesLTLIBRARIES: $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ test -z "$(modulesdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)" @list='$(modules_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(modulesdir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)"; \ } uninstall-modulesLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(modules_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(modulesdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)/$$f"; \ done clean-modulesLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(modules_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(modules_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done install-servicesLTLIBRARIES: $(services_LTLIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(servicesdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)" @list='$(services_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(servicesdir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)"; \ } uninstall-servicesLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(services_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(servicesdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)/$$f"; \ done clean-servicesLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(services_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(services_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(services_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done core/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) core @: > core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) core/$(DEPDIR) @: > core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_die.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_die.la: $(core_m_die_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_die_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_die_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_die_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_die_la_rpath) $(core_m_die_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_die_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_error.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_error.la: $(core_m_error_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_error_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_error_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_error_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_error_la_rpath) $(core_m_error_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_error_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_join.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_join.la: $(core_m_join_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_join_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_join_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_join_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_join_la_rpath) $(core_m_join_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_join_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_kick.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_kick.la: $(core_m_kick_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_kick_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_kick_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_kick_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_kick_la_rpath) $(core_m_kick_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_kick_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_kill.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_kill.la: $(core_m_kill_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_kill_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_kill_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_kill_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_kill_la_rpath) $(core_m_kill_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_kill_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_message.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_message.la: $(core_m_message_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_message_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_message_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_message_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_message_la_rpath) $(core_m_message_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_message_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_mode.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_mode.la: $(core_m_mode_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_mode_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_mode_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_mode_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_mode_la_rpath) $(core_m_mode_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_mode_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_nick.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_nick.la: $(core_m_nick_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_nick_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_nick_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_nick_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_nick_la_rpath) $(core_m_nick_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_nick_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_part.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_part.la: $(core_m_part_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_part_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_part_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_part_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_part_la_rpath) $(core_m_part_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_part_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_quit.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_quit.la: $(core_m_quit_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_quit_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_quit_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_quit_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_quit_la_rpath) $(core_m_quit_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_quit_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_server.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_server.la: $(core_m_server_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_server_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_server_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_server_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_server_la_rpath) $(core_m_server_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_server_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) core/m_squit.lo: core/$(am__dirstamp) core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) core/m_squit.la: $(core_m_squit_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_squit_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_core_m_squit_la_DEPENDENCIES) core/$(am__dirstamp) $(core_m_squit_la_LINK) $(am_core_m_squit_la_rpath) $(core_m_squit_la_OBJECTS) $(core_m_squit_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) libmodules.la: $(libmodules_la_OBJECTS) $(libmodules_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libmodules_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(LINK) $(am_libmodules_la_rpath) $(libmodules_la_OBJECTS) $(libmodules_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_accept.la: $(m_accept_la_OBJECTS) $(m_accept_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_accept_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_accept_la_LINK) $(am_m_accept_la_rpath) $(m_accept_la_OBJECTS) $(m_accept_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_admin.la: $(m_admin_la_OBJECTS) $(m_admin_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_admin_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_admin_la_LINK) $(am_m_admin_la_rpath) $(m_admin_la_OBJECTS) $(m_admin_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_adminwall.la: $(m_adminwall_la_OBJECTS) $(m_adminwall_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_adminwall_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_adminwall_la_LINK) $(am_m_adminwall_la_rpath) $(m_adminwall_la_OBJECTS) $(m_adminwall_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_away.la: $(m_away_la_OBJECTS) $(m_away_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_away_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_away_la_LINK) $(am_m_away_la_rpath) $(m_away_la_OBJECTS) $(m_away_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_cap.la: $(m_cap_la_OBJECTS) $(m_cap_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_cap_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_cap_la_LINK) $(am_m_cap_la_rpath) $(m_cap_la_OBJECTS) $(m_cap_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_capab.la: $(m_capab_la_OBJECTS) $(m_capab_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_capab_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_capab_la_LINK) $(am_m_capab_la_rpath) $(m_capab_la_OBJECTS) $(m_capab_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_close.la: $(m_close_la_OBJECTS) $(m_close_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_close_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_close_la_LINK) $(am_m_close_la_rpath) $(m_close_la_OBJECTS) $(m_close_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_cmessage.la: $(m_cmessage_la_OBJECTS) $(m_cmessage_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_cmessage_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_cmessage_la_LINK) $(am_m_cmessage_la_rpath) $(m_cmessage_la_OBJECTS) $(m_cmessage_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_connect.la: $(m_connect_la_OBJECTS) $(m_connect_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_connect_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_connect_la_LINK) $(am_m_connect_la_rpath) $(m_connect_la_OBJECTS) $(m_connect_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_dline.la: $(m_dline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_dline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_dline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_dline_la_LINK) $(am_m_dline_la_rpath) $(m_dline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_dline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_encap.la: $(m_encap_la_OBJECTS) $(m_encap_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_encap_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_encap_la_LINK) $(am_m_encap_la_rpath) $(m_encap_la_OBJECTS) $(m_encap_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_gline.la: $(m_gline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_gline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_gline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_gline_la_LINK) $(am_m_gline_la_rpath) $(m_gline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_gline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_gungline.la: $(m_gungline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_gungline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_gungline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_gungline_la_LINK) $(am_m_gungline_la_rpath) $(m_gungline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_gungline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_help.la: $(m_help_la_OBJECTS) $(m_help_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_help_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_help_la_LINK) $(am_m_help_la_rpath) $(m_help_la_OBJECTS) $(m_help_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_info.la: $(m_info_la_OBJECTS) $(m_info_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_info_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_info_la_LINK) $(am_m_info_la_rpath) $(m_info_la_OBJECTS) $(m_info_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_invite.la: $(m_invite_la_OBJECTS) $(m_invite_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_invite_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_invite_la_LINK) $(am_m_invite_la_rpath) $(m_invite_la_OBJECTS) $(m_invite_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_ison.la: $(m_ison_la_OBJECTS) $(m_ison_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_ison_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_ison_la_LINK) $(am_m_ison_la_rpath) $(m_ison_la_OBJECTS) $(m_ison_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_kline.la: $(m_kline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_kline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_kline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_kline_la_LINK) $(am_m_kline_la_rpath) $(m_kline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_kline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_knock.la: $(m_knock_la_OBJECTS) $(m_knock_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_knock_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_knock_la_LINK) $(am_m_knock_la_rpath) $(m_knock_la_OBJECTS) $(m_knock_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_links.la: $(m_links_la_OBJECTS) $(m_links_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_links_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_links_la_LINK) $(am_m_links_la_rpath) $(m_links_la_OBJECTS) $(m_links_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_list.la: $(m_list_la_OBJECTS) $(m_list_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_list_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_list_la_LINK) $(am_m_list_la_rpath) $(m_list_la_OBJECTS) $(m_list_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_locops.la: $(m_locops_la_OBJECTS) $(m_locops_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_locops_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_locops_la_LINK) $(am_m_locops_la_rpath) $(m_locops_la_OBJECTS) $(m_locops_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_lusers.la: $(m_lusers_la_OBJECTS) $(m_lusers_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_lusers_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_lusers_la_LINK) $(am_m_lusers_la_rpath) $(m_lusers_la_OBJECTS) $(m_lusers_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_map.la: $(m_map_la_OBJECTS) $(m_map_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_map_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_map_la_LINK) $(am_m_map_la_rpath) $(m_map_la_OBJECTS) $(m_map_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_monitor.la: $(m_monitor_la_OBJECTS) $(m_monitor_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_monitor_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_monitor_la_LINK) $(am_m_monitor_la_rpath) $(m_monitor_la_OBJECTS) $(m_monitor_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_motd.la: $(m_motd_la_OBJECTS) $(m_motd_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_motd_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_motd_la_LINK) $(am_m_motd_la_rpath) $(m_motd_la_OBJECTS) $(m_motd_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_names.la: $(m_names_la_OBJECTS) $(m_names_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_names_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_names_la_LINK) $(am_m_names_la_rpath) $(m_names_la_OBJECTS) $(m_names_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_oper.la: $(m_oper_la_OBJECTS) $(m_oper_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_oper_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_oper_la_LINK) $(am_m_oper_la_rpath) $(m_oper_la_OBJECTS) $(m_oper_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_operspy.la: $(m_operspy_la_OBJECTS) $(m_operspy_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_operspy_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_operspy_la_LINK) $(am_m_operspy_la_rpath) $(m_operspy_la_OBJECTS) $(m_operspy_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_pass.la: $(m_pass_la_OBJECTS) $(m_pass_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_pass_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_pass_la_LINK) $(am_m_pass_la_rpath) $(m_pass_la_OBJECTS) $(m_pass_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_ping.la: $(m_ping_la_OBJECTS) $(m_ping_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_ping_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_ping_la_LINK) $(am_m_ping_la_rpath) $(m_ping_la_OBJECTS) $(m_ping_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_pong.la: $(m_pong_la_OBJECTS) $(m_pong_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_pong_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_pong_la_LINK) $(am_m_pong_la_rpath) $(m_pong_la_OBJECTS) $(m_pong_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_post.la: $(m_post_la_OBJECTS) $(m_post_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_post_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_post_la_LINK) $(am_m_post_la_rpath) $(m_post_la_OBJECTS) $(m_post_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_rehash.la: $(m_rehash_la_OBJECTS) $(m_rehash_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_rehash_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_rehash_la_LINK) $(am_m_rehash_la_rpath) $(m_rehash_la_OBJECTS) $(m_rehash_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_restart.la: $(m_restart_la_OBJECTS) $(m_restart_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_restart_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_restart_la_LINK) $(am_m_restart_la_rpath) $(m_restart_la_OBJECTS) $(m_restart_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_resv.la: $(m_resv_la_OBJECTS) $(m_resv_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_resv_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_resv_la_LINK) $(am_m_resv_la_rpath) $(m_resv_la_OBJECTS) $(m_resv_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_services.la: $(m_services_la_OBJECTS) $(m_services_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_services_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_services_la_LINK) $(am_m_services_la_rpath) $(m_services_la_OBJECTS) $(m_services_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_set.la: $(m_set_la_OBJECTS) $(m_set_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_set_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_set_la_LINK) $(am_m_set_la_rpath) $(m_set_la_OBJECTS) $(m_set_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_stats.la: $(m_stats_la_OBJECTS) $(m_stats_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_stats_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_stats_la_LINK) $(am_m_stats_la_rpath) $(m_stats_la_OBJECTS) $(m_stats_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_svinfo.la: $(m_svinfo_la_OBJECTS) $(m_svinfo_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_svinfo_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_svinfo_la_LINK) $(am_m_svinfo_la_rpath) $(m_svinfo_la_OBJECTS) $(m_svinfo_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_tb.la: $(m_tb_la_OBJECTS) $(m_tb_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_tb_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_tb_la_LINK) $(am_m_tb_la_rpath) $(m_tb_la_OBJECTS) $(m_tb_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_testline.la: $(m_testline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_testline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_testline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_testline_la_LINK) $(am_m_testline_la_rpath) $(m_testline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_testline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_testmask.la: $(m_testmask_la_OBJECTS) $(m_testmask_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_testmask_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_testmask_la_LINK) $(am_m_testmask_la_rpath) $(m_testmask_la_OBJECTS) $(m_testmask_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_time.la: $(m_time_la_OBJECTS) $(m_time_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_time_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_time_la_LINK) $(am_m_time_la_rpath) $(m_time_la_OBJECTS) $(m_time_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_topic.la: $(m_topic_la_OBJECTS) $(m_topic_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_topic_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_topic_la_LINK) $(am_m_topic_la_rpath) $(m_topic_la_OBJECTS) $(m_topic_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_trace.la: $(m_trace_la_OBJECTS) $(m_trace_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_trace_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_trace_la_LINK) $(am_m_trace_la_rpath) $(m_trace_la_OBJECTS) $(m_trace_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_unreject.la: $(m_unreject_la_OBJECTS) $(m_unreject_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_unreject_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_unreject_la_LINK) $(am_m_unreject_la_rpath) $(m_unreject_la_OBJECTS) $(m_unreject_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_user.la: $(m_user_la_OBJECTS) $(m_user_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_user_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_user_la_LINK) $(am_m_user_la_rpath) $(m_user_la_OBJECTS) $(m_user_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_userhost.la: $(m_userhost_la_OBJECTS) $(m_userhost_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_userhost_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_userhost_la_LINK) $(am_m_userhost_la_rpath) $(m_userhost_la_OBJECTS) $(m_userhost_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_version.la: $(m_version_la_OBJECTS) $(m_version_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_version_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_version_la_LINK) $(am_m_version_la_rpath) $(m_version_la_OBJECTS) $(m_version_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_wallops.la: $(m_wallops_la_OBJECTS) $(m_wallops_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_wallops_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_wallops_la_LINK) $(am_m_wallops_la_rpath) $(m_wallops_la_OBJECTS) $(m_wallops_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_who.la: $(m_who_la_OBJECTS) $(m_who_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_who_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_who_la_LINK) $(am_m_who_la_rpath) $(m_who_la_OBJECTS) $(m_who_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_whois.la: $(m_whois_la_OBJECTS) $(m_whois_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_whois_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_whois_la_LINK) $(am_m_whois_la_rpath) $(m_whois_la_OBJECTS) $(m_whois_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_whowas.la: $(m_whowas_la_OBJECTS) $(m_whowas_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_whowas_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_whowas_la_LINK) $(am_m_whowas_la_rpath) $(m_whowas_la_OBJECTS) $(m_whowas_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) m_xline.la: $(m_xline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_xline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_m_xline_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(m_xline_la_LINK) $(am_m_xline_la_rpath) $(m_xline_la_OBJECTS) $(m_xline_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_die.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_die.lo -rm -f core/m_error.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_error.lo -rm -f core/m_join.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_join.lo -rm -f core/m_kick.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_kick.lo -rm -f core/m_kill.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_kill.lo -rm -f core/m_message.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_message.lo -rm -f core/m_mode.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_mode.lo -rm -f core/m_nick.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_nick.lo -rm -f core/m_part.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_part.lo -rm -f core/m_quit.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_quit.lo -rm -f core/m_server.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_server.lo -rm -f core/m_squit.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f core/m_squit.lo distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_accept.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_admin.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_adminwall.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_away.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_cap.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_capab.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_close.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_cmessage.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_connect.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_dline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_encap.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_gline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_gungline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_help.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_info.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_invite.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_ison.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_kline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_knock.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_links.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_list.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_locops.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_lusers.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_map.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_monitor.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_motd.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_names.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_oper.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_operspy.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_pass.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_ping.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_pong.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_post.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_rehash.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_restart.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_resv.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_services.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_set.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_stats.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_svinfo.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_tb.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_testline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_testmask.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_time.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_topic.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_trace.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_unreject.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_user.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_userhost.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_version.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_wallops.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_who.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_whois.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_whowas.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/m_xline.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_die.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_error.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_join.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_kick.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_kill.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_message.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_mode.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_nick.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_part.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_quit.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_server.Plo@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@core/$(DEPDIR)/m_squit.Plo@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.o$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.obj$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.lo$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs -rm -rf core/.libs core/_libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(coredir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(libmodulesdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(servicesdir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) -rm -f core/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) -rm -f core/$(am__dirstamp) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." @DISABLE_BACKUPS_TRUE@install-exec-hook: @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@install-exec-hook: clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-coreLTLIBRARIES clean-generic \ clean-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ clean-modulesLTLIBRARIES clean-servicesLTLIBRARIES \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) core/$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-coreLTLIBRARIES install-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES \ install-modulesLTLIBRARIES install-servicesLTLIBRARIES install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-hook install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) core/$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-coreLTLIBRARIES \ uninstall-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES uninstall-modulesLTLIBRARIES \ uninstall-servicesLTLIBRARIES .MAKE: install-am install-exec-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \ clean-coreLTLIBRARIES clean-generic \ clean-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ clean-modulesLTLIBRARIES clean-servicesLTLIBRARIES ctags \ distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-coreLTLIBRARIES install-data install-data-am \ install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am \ install-exec-hook install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES install-man \ install-modulesLTLIBRARIES install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-servicesLTLIBRARIES \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \ pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-coreLTLIBRARIES uninstall-libmodulesLTLIBRARIES \ uninstall-modulesLTLIBRARIES uninstall-servicesLTLIBRARIES @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@modules: $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@modules_core: $(core_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@install-modulesLTLIBRARIES: $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ -@$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir); \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ for x in $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir);done @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@install-coreLTLIBRARIES: $(core_LTLIBRARIES) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ -@$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(coredir); \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ for x in $(core_LTLIBRARIES); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(DESTDIR)$(coredir);done @DISABLE_BACKUPS_FALSE@@STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@install-exec-hook: move-old-modules @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@move-old-modules: # move the old module directory out of the way, stale modules cause massive # amounts of problems. @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; then \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(RB_RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ fi @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ echo "ircd: backing up modules"; \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ $(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ fi @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@static_modules.c: static_modules.c.SH @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ $(SHELL) static_modules.c.SH $(MSRCS) $(CORE_SRCS) $(SERVICES_SRCS) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@all: static_modules.o libmodules.la # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_user.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006027�11730550233�016303� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_user.c: Sends username information. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_user.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_log.h" static int mr_user(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message user_msgtab = { "USER", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {{mr_user, 5}, mg_reg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_reg} }; mapi_clist_av1 user_clist[] = { &user_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(user, NULL, NULL, user_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int do_local_user(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *username, const char *realname); /* mr_user() * parv[1] = username (login name, account) * parv[2] = client host name (ignored) * parv[3] = server host name (ignored) * parv[4] = users gecos */ static int mr_user(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; char *p; if((p = strchr(parv[1], '@'))) *p = '\0'; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %s", parv[2], parv[3]); rb_free(source_p->localClient->fullcaps); source_p->localClient->fullcaps = rb_strdup(buf); do_local_user(client_p, source_p, parv[1], parv[4]); return 0; } static int do_local_user(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *username, const char *realname) { struct User *user; s_assert(NULL != source_p); s_assert(source_p->username != username); SetSentUser(source_p); user = make_user(source_p); rb_strlcpy(source_p->info, realname, sizeof(source_p->info)); if(!IsGotId(source_p)) { /* This is in this location for a reason..If there is no identd * and ping cookies are enabled..we need to have a copy of this */ rb_strlcpy(source_p->username, username, sizeof(source_p->username)); } if(!EmptyString(source_p->name)) { /* NICK already received, now I have USER... */ return register_local_user(client_p, source_p, username); } return 0; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_cap.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000024600�11730550233�016065� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_cap.c * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_cap.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "s_user.h" #include "send.h" typedef int (*bqcmp) (const void *, const void *); static int m_cap(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int modinit(void); struct Message cap_msgtab = { "CAP", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {{m_cap, 2}, {m_cap, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_cap, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 cap_clist[] = { &cap_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(cap, modinit, NULL, cap_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); #define _CLICAP(name, capserv, capclient, flags) \ { (name), (capserv), (capclient), (flags), sizeof(name) - 1 } #define CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY 0x001 static struct clicap { const char *name; int cap_serv; /* for altering s->c */ int cap_cli; /* for altering c->s */ int flags; int namelen; } clicap_list[] = { _CLICAP("multi-prefix", CLICAP_MULTI_PREFIX, 0, 0)}; #define CLICAP_LIST_LEN (sizeof(clicap_list) / sizeof(struct clicap)) static int clicap_sort(struct clicap *, struct clicap *); static int modinit(void) { qsort(clicap_list, CLICAP_LIST_LEN, sizeof(struct clicap), (bqcmp) clicap_sort); return 0; } static int clicap_sort(struct clicap *one, struct clicap *two) { return irccmp(one->name, two->name); } static int clicap_compare(const char *name, struct clicap *cap) { return irccmp(name, cap->name); } /* clicap_find() * Used iteratively over a buffer, extracts individual cap tokens. * * Inputs: buffer to start iterating over (NULL to iterate over existing buf) * int pointer to whether the cap token is negated * int pointer to whether we finish with success * Ouputs: Cap entry if found, NULL otherwise. */ static struct clicap * clicap_find(const char *data, int *negate, int *finished) { static char buf[BUFSIZE]; static char *p; struct clicap *cap; char *s; *negate = 0; if(data) { rb_strlcpy(buf, data, sizeof(buf)); p = buf; } if(*finished) return NULL; /* skip any whitespace */ while(*p && IsSpace(*p)) p++; if(EmptyString(p)) { *finished = 1; return NULL; } if(*p == '-') { *negate = 1; p++; /* someone sent a '-' without a parameter.. */ if(*p == '\0') return NULL; } if((s = strchr(p, ' '))) *s++ = '\0'; if((cap = bsearch(p, clicap_list, CLICAP_LIST_LEN, sizeof(struct clicap), (bqcmp) clicap_compare))) { if(s) p = s; else *finished = 1; } return cap; } /* clicap_generate() * Generates a list of capabilities. * * Inputs: client to send to, subcmd to send, * flags to match against: 0 to do none, -1 if client has no flags, * int to whether we are doing CAP CLEAR * Outputs: None */ static void clicap_generate(struct Client *source_p, const char *subcmd, int flags, int clear) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; char capbuf[BUFSIZE]; char *p; int buflen = 0; int curlen, mlen; unsigned int i; SetCork(source_p); mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, ":%s CAP %s %s", me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, subcmd); p = capbuf; buflen = mlen; /* shortcut, nothing to do */ if(flags == -1) { ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, "%s :", buf); return; } for(i = 0; i < CLICAP_LIST_LEN; i++) { if(flags) { if(!IsCapable(source_p, clicap_list[i].cap_serv)) continue; /* they are capable of this, check sticky */ else if(clear && clicap_list[i].flags & CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY) continue; } /* \r\n\0, possible "-~=", space, " *" */ if(buflen + clicap_list[i].namelen >= BUFSIZE - 10) { /* remove our trailing space -- if buflen == mlen * here, we didnt even succeed in adding one. */ if(buflen != mlen) *(p - 1) = '\0'; else *p = '\0'; sendto_one(source_p, "%s * :%s", buf, capbuf); p = capbuf; buflen = mlen; } if(clear) { *p++ = '-'; buflen++; /* needs a client ack */ if(clicap_list[i].cap_cli && IsCapable(source_p, clicap_list[i].cap_cli)) { *p++ = '~'; buflen++; } } else { if(clicap_list[i].flags & CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY) { *p++ = '='; buflen++; } /* if we're doing an LS, then we only send this if * they havent ack'd */ if(clicap_list[i].cap_cli && (!flags || !IsCapable(source_p, clicap_list[i].cap_cli))) { *p++ = '~'; buflen++; } } curlen = rb_sprintf(p, "%s ", clicap_list[i].name); p += curlen; buflen += curlen; } /* remove trailing space */ if(buflen != mlen) *(p - 1) = '\0'; else *p = '\0'; ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, "%s :%s", buf, capbuf); } static void cap_ack(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { struct clicap *cap; int capadd = 0, capdel = 0; int finished = 0, negate; if(EmptyString(arg)) return; for(cap = clicap_find(arg, &negate, &finished); cap; cap = clicap_find(NULL, &negate, &finished)) { /* sent an ACK for something they havent REQd */ if(!IsCapable(source_p, cap->cap_serv)) continue; if(negate) { /* dont let them ack something sticky off */ if(cap->flags & CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY) continue; capdel |= cap->cap_cli; } else capadd |= cap->cap_cli; } source_p->localClient->caps |= capadd; source_p->localClient->caps &= ~capdel; } static void cap_clear(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { clicap_generate(source_p, "ACK", source_p->localClient->caps ? source_p->localClient->caps : -1, 1); /* XXX - sticky capabs */ #ifdef CLICAP_STICKY source_p->localClient->caps = source_p->localClient->caps & CLICAP_STICKY; #else source_p->localClient->caps = 0; #endif } static void cap_end(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { if(IsRegistered(source_p)) return; source_p->flags &= ~FLAGS_CLICAP; if(!EmptyString(source_p->name) && HasSentUser(source_p)) { char buf[USERLEN + 1]; rb_strlcpy(buf, source_p->username, sizeof(buf)); register_local_user(source_p, source_p, buf); } } static void cap_list(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { /* list of what theyre currently using */ clicap_generate(source_p, "LIST", source_p->localClient->caps ? source_p->localClient->caps : -1, 0); } static void cap_ls(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { if(!IsRegistered(source_p)) source_p->flags |= FLAGS_CLICAP; /* list of what we support */ clicap_generate(source_p, "LS", 0, 0); } static void cap_req(struct Client *source_p, const char *arg) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; char pbuf[2][BUFSIZE]; struct clicap *cap; int buflen, plen; int i = 0; int capadd = 0, capdel = 0; int finished = 0, negate; if(!IsRegistered(source_p)) source_p->flags |= FLAGS_CLICAP; if(EmptyString(arg)) return; buflen = rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ":%s CAP %s ACK", me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name); pbuf[0][0] = '\0'; plen = 0; for(cap = clicap_find(arg, &negate, &finished); cap; cap = clicap_find(NULL, &negate, &finished)) { /* filled the first array, but cant send it in case the * request fails. one REQ should never fill more than two * buffers --fl */ if(buflen + plen + cap->namelen + 6 >= BUFSIZE) { pbuf[1][0] = '\0'; plen = 0; i = 1; } if(negate) { if(cap->flags & CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY) { finished = 0; break; } strcat(pbuf[i], "-"); plen++; capdel |= cap->cap_serv; } else { if(cap->flags & CLICAP_FLAGS_STICKY) { strcat(pbuf[i], "="); plen++; } capadd |= cap->cap_serv; } if(cap->cap_cli) { strcat(pbuf[i], "~"); plen++; } strcat(pbuf[i], cap->name); strcat(pbuf[i], " "); plen += (cap->namelen + 1); } if(!finished) { sendto_one(source_p, ":%s CAP %s NAK :%s", me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, arg); return; } if(i) { sendto_one(source_p, "%s * :%s", buf, pbuf[0]); sendto_one(source_p, "%s :%s", buf, pbuf[1]); } else sendto_one(source_p, "%s :%s", buf, pbuf[0]); source_p->localClient->caps |= capadd; source_p->localClient->caps &= ~capdel; } static struct clicap_cmd { const char *cmd; void (*func) (struct Client * source_p, const char *arg); } clicap_cmdlist[] = { /* This list *MUST* be in alphabetical order */ { "ACK", cap_ack}, { "CLEAR", cap_clear}, { "END", cap_end}, { "LIST", cap_list}, { "LS", cap_ls}, { "REQ", cap_req},}; static int clicap_cmd_search(const char *command, struct clicap_cmd *entry) { return irccmp(command, entry->cmd); } static int m_cap(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct clicap_cmd *cmd; if(!(cmd = bsearch(parv[1], clicap_cmdlist, sizeof(clicap_cmdlist) / sizeof(struct clicap_cmd), sizeof(struct clicap_cmd), (bqcmp) clicap_cmd_search))) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_INVALIDCAPCMD), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } (cmd->func) (source_p, parv[2]); return 0; } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_whois.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000022642�11730550233�016457� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_whois.c: Shows who a user is. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_whois.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "hash.h" #include "channel.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "match.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_log.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" static void do_whois(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]); static void single_whois(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, int operspy); static int m_whois(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_whois(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message whois_msgtab = { "WHOIS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_whois, 2}, {ms_whois, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_whois, 2}} }; int doing_whois_hook; int doing_whois_global_hook; mapi_clist_av1 whois_clist[] = { &whois_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 whois_hlist[] = { {"doing_whois", &doing_whois_hook}, {"doing_whois_global", &doing_whois_global_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(whois, NULL, NULL, whois_clist, whois_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * m_whois * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = nickname masklist */ static int m_whois(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; if(parc > 2) { if(EmptyString(parv[2])) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } if(!IsOper(source_p)) { /* seeing as this is going across servers, we should limit it */ if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait_simple) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "WHOIS"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFWHOIS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHOIS), parv[1]); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s WHOIS %s :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; parv[1] = parv[2]; } do_whois(client_p, source_p, parc, parv); return 0; } /* * ms_whois * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = server to reply * parv[2] = nickname to whois */ static int ms_whois(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; /* note: early versions of ratbox allowed users to issue a remote * whois with a blank parv[2], so we cannot treat it as a protocol * violation. --anfl */ if(parc < 3 || EmptyString(parv[2])) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN), me.name, source_p->name); return 0; } /* check if parv[1] exists */ if((target_p = find_client(parv[1])) == NULL) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), IsDigit(parv[1][0]) ? "*" : parv[1]); return 0; } /* if parv[1] isnt my client, or me, someone else is supposed * to be handling the request.. so send it to them */ if(!MyClient(target_p) && !IsMe(target_p)) { sendto_one(target_p, ":%s WHOIS %s :%s", get_id(source_p, target_p), get_id(target_p, target_p), parv[2]); return 0; } /* ok, the target is either us, or a client on our server, so perform the whois * but first, parv[1] == server to perform the whois on, parv[2] == person * to whois, so make parv[1] = parv[2] so do_whois is ok -- fl_ */ parv[1] = parv[2]; do_whois(client_p, source_p, parc, parv); return 0; } /* do_whois * * inputs - pointer to * output - * side effects - */ static void do_whois(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; char *nick; char *p = NULL; int operspy = 0; nick = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); if((p = strchr(parv[1], ','))) *p = '\0'; if(IsOperSpy(source_p) && *nick == '!') { operspy = 1; nick++; } if(MyClient(source_p)) target_p = find_named_person(nick); else target_p = find_person(nick); SetCork(source_p); if(target_p != NULL) { if(operspy) { char buffer[BUFSIZE]; rb_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s!%s@%s %s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->servptr->name); report_operspy(source_p, "WHOIS", buffer); } single_whois(source_p, target_p, operspy); } else sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), IsDigit(*nick) ? "*" : parv[1]); ClearCork(source_p); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFWHOIS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFWHOIS), parv[1]); return; } /* * single_whois() * * Inputs - source_p client to report to * - target_p client to report on * Output - if found return 1 * Side Effects - do a single whois on given client * writing results to source_p */ static void single_whois(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, int operspy) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *a2client_p; struct membership *msptr; struct Channel *chptr; int cur_len = 0; int mlen; char *t; int tlen; hook_data_client hdata; const char *name; char quest[] = "?"; int visible; int extra_space = 0; if(target_p->name) name = quest; else name = target_p->name; if(target_p->user == NULL) { s_assert(0); return; } a2client_p = target_p->servptr; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISUSER, form_str(RPL_WHOISUSER), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, target_p->info); cur_len = mlen = rb_sprintf(buf, form_str(RPL_WHOISCHANNELS), get_id(&me, source_p), get_id(source_p, source_p), target_p->name); /* Make sure it won't overflow when sending it to the client * in full names; note that serverhiding may require more space * for a different server name (not done here) -- jilles */ if(!MyConnect(source_p)) { extra_space = strlen(source_p->name) - 9; if(extra_space < 0) extra_space = 0; extra_space += strlen(me.name) - 2; /* make sure >= 0 */ cur_len += extra_space; } t = buf + mlen; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES if(!IsService(target_p)) #endif { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, target_p->user->channel.head) { msptr = ptr->data; chptr = msptr->chptr; visible = ShowChannel(source_p, chptr); if(visible || operspy) { if((cur_len + strlen(chptr->chname) + 3) > (BUFSIZE - 5)) { sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); cur_len = mlen + extra_space; t = buf + mlen; } tlen = rb_sprintf(t, "%s%s%s ", visible ? "" : "!", find_channel_status(msptr, 1), chptr->chname); t += tlen; cur_len += tlen; } } } if(cur_len > mlen + extra_space) sendto_one_buffer(source_p, buf); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISSERVER, form_str(RPL_WHOISSERVER), target_p->name, target_p->servptr->name, a2client_p ? a2client_p->info : "*Not On This Net*"); if(target_p->user->away) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_AWAY, form_str(RPL_AWAY), target_p->name, target_p->user->away); if(IsOper(target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISOPERATOR, form_str(RPL_WHOISOPERATOR), target_p->name, IsAdmin(target_p) ? GlobalSetOptions.adminstring : GlobalSetOptions.operstring); } if(MyClient(target_p)) { if(IsSSL(target_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISSECURE, form_str(RPL_WHOISSECURE), target_p->name); if(ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually && show_ip(source_p, target_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISACTUALLY, form_str(RPL_WHOISACTUALLY), target_p->name, target_p->sockhost); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISIDLE, form_str(RPL_WHOISIDLE), target_p->name, rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->last, target_p->localClient->firsttime); } else { if(ConfigFileEntry.use_whois_actually && show_ip(source_p, target_p) && !EmptyString(target_p->sockhost) && strcmp(target_p->sockhost, "0")) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_WHOISACTUALLY, form_str(RPL_WHOISACTUALLY), target_p->name, target_p->sockhost); } } send_pop_queue(source_p); hdata.client = source_p; hdata.target = target_p; /* doing_whois_hook must only be called for local clients, * doing_whois_global_hook must only be called for local targets */ /* it is important that these are called *before* RPL_ENDOFWHOIS is * sent, services compatibility code depends on it. --anfl */ if(MyClient(source_p)) call_hook(doing_whois_hook, &hdata); else call_hook(doing_whois_global_hook, &hdata); return; } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_post.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004426�11730550233�016313� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_post.c: Exits the user if unregistered, it is a web form. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_post.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "modules.h" static int mr_dumb_proxy(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message post_msgtab = { "POST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_dumb_proxy, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; struct Message get_msgtab = { "GET", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_dumb_proxy, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; struct Message put_msgtab = { "PUT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_dumb_proxy, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 post_clist[] = { &post_msgtab, &get_msgtab, &put_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(post, NULL, NULL, post_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* ** mr_dumb_proxy ** parv[0] = sender prefix ** parv[1] = comment */ static int mr_dumb_proxy(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_REJ, L_ALL, "HTTP Proxy disconnected: [%s@%s]", client_p->username, client_p->host); exit_client(client_p, source_p, source_p, "Client Exit"); return 0; } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_stats.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000132237�11730550233�016466� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * m_stats.c: Sends the user statistics or config information. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_stats.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "class.h" /* report_classes */ #include "client.h" /* Client */ #include "channel.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" /* me */ #include "listener.h" /* show_ports */ #include "s_gline.h" #include "hostmask.h" /* report_mtrie_conf_links */ #include "numeric.h" /* ERR_xxx */ #include "send.h" /* sendto_one */ #include "s_conf.h" /* ConfItem */ #include "s_serv.h" /* hunt_server */ #include "s_stats.h" /* tstats */ #include "s_user.h" /* show_opers */ #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dns.h" #include "reject.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "scache.h" #include "s_log.h" static int m_stats(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message stats_msgtab = { "STATS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, {m_stats, 2}, {m_stats, 3}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_stats, 2}} }; int doing_stats_hook; int doing_stats_p_hook; mapi_clist_av1 stats_clist[] = { &stats_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 stats_hlist[] = { {"doing_stats", &doing_stats_hook}, {"doing_stats_p", &doing_stats_p_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(stats, NULL, NULL, stats_clist, stats_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static void stats_l_list(struct Client *s, const char *, int, int, rb_dlink_list *, char); static void stats_l_client(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, char statchar); static void stats_spy(struct Client *, char, const char *); static void stats_p_spy(struct Client *); /* Heres our struct for the stats table */ struct StatsStruct { char letter; void (*handler) (); int need_oper; int need_admin; }; static void stats_dns_servers(struct Client *); static void stats_delay(struct Client *); static void stats_hash(struct Client *); static void stats_connect(struct Client *); static void stats_tdeny(struct Client *); static void stats_deny(struct Client *); static void stats_exempt(struct Client *); static void stats_events(struct Client *); static void stats_glines(struct Client *); static void stats_pending_glines(struct Client *); static void stats_hubleaf(struct Client *); static void stats_auth(struct Client *); static void stats_tklines(struct Client *); static void stats_klines(struct Client *); static void stats_messages(struct Client *); static void stats_oper(struct Client *); static void stats_operedup(struct Client *); static void stats_ports(struct Client *); static void stats_tresv(struct Client *); static void stats_resv(struct Client *); static void stats_usage(struct Client *); static void stats_tstats(struct Client *); static void stats_uptime(struct Client *); static void stats_shared(struct Client *); static void stats_servers(struct Client *); static void stats_tgecos(struct Client *); static void stats_gecos(struct Client *); static void stats_class(struct Client *); static void stats_memory(struct Client *); static void stats_servlinks(struct Client *); static void stats_ltrace(struct Client *, int, const char **); static void stats_ziplinks(struct Client *); static void stats_comm(struct Client *); /* This table contains the possible stats items, in order: * stats letter, function to call, operonly? adminonly? * case only matters in the stats letter column.. -- fl_ */ static struct StatsStruct stats_cmd_table[] = { /* letter function need_oper need_admin */ {'a', stats_dns_servers, 1, 1,}, {'A', stats_dns_servers, 1, 1,}, {'b', stats_delay, 1, 1,}, {'B', stats_hash, 1, 1,}, {'c', stats_connect, 0, 0,}, {'C', stats_connect, 0, 0,}, {'d', stats_tdeny, 1, 0,}, {'D', stats_deny, 1, 0,}, {'e', stats_exempt, 1, 0,}, {'E', stats_events, 1, 1,}, {'f', stats_comm, 1, 1,}, {'F', stats_comm, 1, 1,}, {'g', stats_pending_glines, 1, 0,}, {'G', stats_glines, 1, 0,}, {'h', stats_hubleaf, 0, 0,}, {'H', stats_hubleaf, 0, 0,}, {'i', stats_auth, 0, 0,}, {'I', stats_auth, 0, 0,}, {'k', stats_tklines, 0, 0,}, {'K', stats_klines, 0, 0,}, {'l', stats_ltrace, 0, 0,}, {'L', stats_ltrace, 0, 0,}, {'m', stats_messages, 0, 0,}, {'M', stats_messages, 0, 0,}, {'o', stats_oper, 0, 0,}, {'O', stats_oper, 0, 0,}, {'p', stats_operedup, 0, 0,}, {'P', stats_ports, 0, 0,}, {'q', stats_tresv, 1, 0,}, {'Q', stats_resv, 1, 0,}, {'r', stats_usage, 1, 0,}, {'R', stats_usage, 1, 0,}, {'t', stats_tstats, 1, 0,}, {'T', stats_tstats, 1, 0,}, {'u', stats_uptime, 0, 0,}, {'U', stats_shared, 1, 0,}, {'v', stats_servers, 0, 0,}, {'V', stats_servers, 0, 0,}, {'x', stats_tgecos, 1, 0,}, {'X', stats_gecos, 1, 0,}, {'y', stats_class, 0, 0,}, {'Y', stats_class, 0, 0,}, {'z', stats_memory, 1, 0,}, {'Z', stats_ziplinks, 1, 0,}, {'?', stats_servlinks, 0, 0,}, {(char)0, (void (*)())0, 0, 0,} }; /* * m_stats by fl_ * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = stat letter/command * parv[2] = (if present) server/mask in stats L, or target * * This will search the tables for the appropriate stats letter, * if found execute it. */ static int m_stats(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0; int i; char statchar; statchar = parv[1][0]; if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsOper(source_p)) { /* Check the user is actually allowed to do /stats, and isnt flooding */ if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { /* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "STATS"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFSTATS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFSTATS), statchar); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); } if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s STATS %s :%s", 2, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; if((statchar != 'L') && (statchar != 'l')) stats_spy(source_p, statchar, NULL); for(i = 0; stats_cmd_table[i].handler; i++) { if(stats_cmd_table[i].letter == statchar) { /* The stats table says what privs are needed, so check --fl_ */ /* Called for remote clients and for local opers, so check need_admin * and need_oper */ if((stats_cmd_table[i].need_admin && !IsOperAdmin(source_p)) || (stats_cmd_table[i].need_oper && !IsOper(source_p))) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); break; } SetCork(source_p); /* Blah, stats L needs the parameters, none of the others do.. */ if(statchar == 'L' || statchar == 'l') stats_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p, parc, parv); else stats_cmd_table[i].handler(source_p); ClearCork(source_p); } } /* Send the end of stats notice */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_ENDOFSTATS, form_str(RPL_ENDOFSTATS), statchar); return 0; } static void stats_dns_servers(struct Client *source_p) { report_dns_servers(source_p); } static void stats_delay(struct Client *source_p) { struct nd_entry *nd; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int i; HASH_WALK(i, U_MAX, ptr, ndTable) { nd = ptr->data; sendto_one_notice(source_p, "Delaying: %s for %ld", nd->name, (long)nd->expire); } HASH_WALK_END} static void stats_hash(struct Client *source_p) { hash_stats(source_p); } static void stats_connect(struct Client *source_p) { static char buf[5]; struct server_conf *server_p; char *s; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_c_oper_only || (ConfigServerHide.flatten_links && !IsExemptShide(source_p))) && !IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, server_conf_list.head) { server_p = ptr->data; if(ServerConfIllegal(server_p)) continue; buf[0] = '\0'; s = buf; if(IsOper(source_p)) { if(ServerConfAutoconn(server_p)) *s++ = 'A'; if(ServerConfSSL(server_p)) *s++ = 'S'; if(ServerConfTb(server_p)) *s++ = 'T'; if(ServerConfCompressed(server_p)) *s++ = 'Z'; } if(!buf[0]) *s++ = '*'; *s = '\0'; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSCLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSCLINE), "*@127.0.0.1", buf, server_p->name, server_p->port, server_p->class_name); } } /* stats_tdeny() * * input - client to report to * output - none * side effects - client is given temp dline list. */ static void stats_tdeny(struct Client *source_p) { report_tdlines(source_p); } /* stats_deny() * * input - client to report to * output - none * side effects - client is given dline list. */ static void stats_deny(struct Client *source_p) { report_dlines(source_p); } /* stats_exempt() * * input - client to report to * output - none * side effects - client is given list of exempt blocks */ static void stats_exempt(struct Client *source_p) { if(ConfigFileEntry.stats_e_disabled) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } report_elines(source_p); } static void stats_events_cb(char *str, void *ptr) { sendto_one_numeric(ptr, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "E :%s", str); } static void stats_events(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dump_events(stats_events_cb, source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); } /* stats_pending_glines() * * input - client pointer * output - none * side effects - client is shown list of pending glines */ static void stats_pending_glines(struct Client *source_p) { if(ConfigFileEntry.glines) { rb_dlink_node *pending_node; struct gline_pending *glp_ptr; char timebuffer[MAX_DATE_STRING]; struct tm *tmptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(pending_node, pending_glines.head) { glp_ptr = pending_node->data; tmptr = gmtime(&glp_ptr->time_request1); strftime(timebuffer, MAX_DATE_STRING, "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", tmptr); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":1) %s!%s@%s on %s requested gline at %s for %s@%s [%s]", glp_ptr->oper_nick1, glp_ptr->oper_user1, glp_ptr->oper_host1, glp_ptr->oper_server1, timebuffer, glp_ptr->user, glp_ptr->host, glp_ptr->reason1); if(glp_ptr->oper_nick2[0]) { tmptr = gmtime(&glp_ptr->time_request2); strftime(timebuffer, MAX_DATE_STRING, "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", tmptr); sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":2) %s!%s@%s on %s requested gline at %s for %s@%s [%s]", glp_ptr->oper_nick2, glp_ptr->oper_user2, glp_ptr->oper_host2, glp_ptr->oper_server2, timebuffer, glp_ptr->user, glp_ptr->host, glp_ptr->reason2); } } if(rb_dlink_list_length(&pending_glines) > 0) sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":End of Pending G-lines"); } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":This server does not support G-Lines"); } /* stats_glines() * * input - client pointer * output - none * side effects - client is shown list of glines */ static void stats_glines(struct Client *source_p) { if(ConfigFileEntry.glines) { rb_dlink_node *gline_node; struct ConfItem *kill_ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_PREV(gline_node, glines.tail) { kill_ptr = gline_node->data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 'G', kill_ptr->host ? kill_ptr->host : "*", kill_ptr->user ? kill_ptr->user : "*", kill_ptr->passwd ? kill_ptr->passwd : "No Reason", kill_ptr->spasswd ? "|" : "", kill_ptr->spasswd ? kill_ptr->spasswd : ""); } } else sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":This server does not support G-Lines"); } static void stats_hubleaf(struct Client *source_p) { struct remote_conf *hub_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_h_oper_only || (ConfigServerHide.flatten_links && !IsExemptShide(source_p))) && !IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hubleaf_conf_list.head) { hub_p = ptr->data; if(hub_p->flags & CONF_HUB) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSHLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSHLINE), hub_p->host, hub_p->server); else sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSLLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSLLINE), hub_p->host, hub_p->server); } } static void stats_auth(struct Client *source_p) { const char *name, *host, *pass, *user, *classname; struct AddressRec *arec; struct ConfItem *aconf; int i, port; /* Oper only, if unopered, return ERR_NOPRIVS */ if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only == 2) && !IsOper(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); /* If unopered, Only return matching auth blocks */ else if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_i_oper_only == 1) && !IsOper(source_p)) { if(MyConnect(source_p)) aconf = find_auth(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip, GET_SS_FAMILY(&source_p->localClient->ip), source_p->username); else aconf = find_auth(source_p->host, NULL, NULL, 0, source_p->username); if(aconf == NULL) return; get_printable_conf(aconf, &name, &host, &pass, &user, &port, &classname); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSILINE, form_str(RPL_STATSILINE), name, show_iline_prefix(source_p, aconf, user), host, port, classname); } /* Theyre opered, or allowed to see all auth blocks */ else { HOSTHASH_WALK(i, arec) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_CLIENT) { aconf = arec->aconf; if(!MyOper(source_p) && IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf)) continue; get_printable_conf(aconf, &name, &host, &pass, &user, &port, &classname); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSILINE, form_str(RPL_STATSILINE), name, show_iline_prefix(source_p, aconf, user), show_ip_conf(aconf, source_p) ? host : "255.255.255.255", port, classname); } } HOSTHASH_WALK_END; send_pop_queue(source_p); } } static void stats_tklines(struct Client *source_p) { const char *host, *pass, *user, *oper_reason; struct ConfItem *aconf; /* Oper only, if unopered, return ERR_NOPRIVS */ if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 2) && !IsOper(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); /* If unopered, Only return matching klines */ else if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 1) && !IsOper(source_p)) { if(MyConnect(source_p)) aconf = find_conf_by_address(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip, CONF_KILL, GET_SS_FAMILY(&source_p->localClient->ip), source_p->username); else aconf = find_conf_by_address(source_p->host, NULL, NULL, CONF_KILL, 0, source_p->username); if(aconf == NULL) return; /* dont report a permanent kline as a tkline */ if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) return; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 'k', user, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } /* Theyre opered, or allowed to see all klines */ else { rb_dlink_node *ptr; int i; for(i = 0; i < LAST_TEMP_TYPE; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, temp_klines[i].head) { aconf = ptr->data; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 'k', host, user, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } } } } static void stats_klines(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; const char *host, *pass, *user, *oper_reason; struct AddressRec *arec; int i; /* Oper only, if unopered, return ERR_NOPRIVS */ if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 2) && !IsOper(source_p)) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); /* If unopered, Only return matching klines */ else if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 1) && !IsOper(source_p)) { /* search for a kline */ if(MyConnect(source_p)) aconf = find_conf_by_address(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, (struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip, CONF_KILL, GET_SS_FAMILY(&source_p->localClient->ip), source_p->username); else aconf = find_conf_by_address(source_p->host, NULL, NULL, CONF_KILL, 0, source_p->username); if(aconf == NULL) return; /* dont report a tkline as a kline */ if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) return; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 'K', host, user, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } /* Theyre opered, or allowed to see all klines */ else { HOSTHASH_WALK(i, arec) { if((arec->type & ~CONF_SKIPUSER) == CONF_KILL) { aconf = arec->aconf; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) /* skip temps */ continue; get_printable_kline(source_p, aconf, &host, &pass, &user, &oper_reason); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 'K', host, user, pass, oper_reason ? "|" : "", oper_reason ? oper_reason : ""); } } HOSTHASH_WALK_END; send_pop_queue(source_p); } } static void stats_messages(struct Client *source_p) { int i; struct MessageHash *ptr; for(i = 0; i < MAX_MSG_HASH; i++) { for(ptr = msg_hash_table[i]; ptr; ptr = ptr->next) { s_assert(ptr->msg != NULL); s_assert(ptr->cmd != NULL); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSCOMMANDS, form_str(RPL_STATSCOMMANDS), ptr->cmd, ptr->msg->count, ptr->msg->bytes, ptr->msg->rcount); } } send_pop_queue(source_p); } static void stats_oper(struct Client *source_p) { struct oper_conf *oper_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(!IsOper(source_p) && ConfigFileEntry.stats_o_oper_only) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, oper_conf_list.head) { oper_p = ptr->data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSOLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSOLINE), oper_p->username, oper_p->host, oper_p->name, IsOper(source_p) ? get_oper_privs(oper_p->flags) : "0", "-1"); } } /* stats_operedup() * * input - client pointer * output - none * side effects - client is shown a list of active opers */ static void stats_operedup(struct Client *source_p) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *oper_ptr; unsigned int count = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(oper_ptr, oper_list.head) { target_p = oper_ptr->data; if(IsOperInvis(target_p) && !IsOper(source_p)) continue; count++; if(MyClient(source_p) && IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "p :[%c][%s] %s (%s@%s) Idle: %ld", IsAdmin(target_p) ? 'A' : 'O', get_oper_privs(target_p->operflags), target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->last)); } else { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "p :[%c] %s (%s@%s) Idle: %ld", IsAdmin(target_p) ? 'A' : 'O', target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->last)); } } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "p :%u OPER(s)", count); stats_p_spy(source_p); } static void stats_ports(struct Client *source_p) { if(!IsOper(source_p) && ConfigFileEntry.stats_P_oper_only) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); else show_ports(source_p); } static void stats_tresv(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int i; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSQLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSQLINE), 'q', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } HASH_WALK(i, R_MAX, ptr, resvTable) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSQLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSQLINE), 'q', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } HASH_WALK_END} static void stats_resv(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int i; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, resv_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSQLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSQLINE), 'Q', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } HASH_WALK(i, R_MAX, ptr, resvTable) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSQLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSQLINE), 'Q', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } HASH_WALK_END} static void stats_usage(struct Client *source_p) { #ifndef _WIN32 struct rusage rus; time_t secs; time_t rup; #ifdef hz # define hzz hz #else # ifdef HZ # define hzz HZ # else int hzz = 1; # endif #endif if(getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &rus) == -1) { sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Getruseage error: %s.", strerror(errno)); return; } secs = rus.ru_utime.tv_sec + rus.ru_stime.tv_sec; if(0 == secs) secs = 1; rup = (rb_current_time() - startup_time) * hzz; if(0 == rup) rup = 1; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :CPU Secs %ld:%ld User %ld:%ld System %ld:%ld", (long)(secs / 60), (long)(secs % 60), (long)(rus.ru_utime.tv_sec / 60), (long)(rus.ru_utime.tv_sec % 60), (long)(rus.ru_stime.tv_sec / 60), (long)(rus.ru_stime.tv_sec % 60)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :RSS %ld ShMem %ld Data %ld Stack %ld", rus.ru_maxrss, (rus.ru_ixrss / rup), (rus.ru_idrss / rup), (rus.ru_isrss / rup)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :Swaps %ld Reclaims %ld Faults %ld", rus.ru_nswap, rus.ru_minflt, rus.ru_majflt); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :Block in %ld out %ld", rus.ru_inblock, rus.ru_oublock); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :Msg Rcv %ld Send %ld", rus.ru_msgrcv, rus.ru_msgsnd); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "R :Signals %ld Context Vol. %ld Invol %ld", rus.ru_nsignals, rus.ru_nvcsw, rus.ru_nivcsw); #endif } static void stats_tstats(struct Client *source_p) { struct Client *target_p; struct ServerStatistics sp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; memcpy(&sp, &ServerStats, sizeof(struct ServerStatistics)); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sp.is_sbs += target_p->localClient->sendB; sp.is_sbr += target_p->localClient->receiveB; sp.is_sti += (unsigned long long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime); sp.is_sv++; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lclient_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; sp.is_cbs += target_p->localClient->sendB; sp.is_cbr += target_p->localClient->receiveB; sp.is_cti += (unsigned long long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime); sp.is_cl++; } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :accepts %u refused %u", sp.is_ac, sp.is_ref); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :rejected %u delaying %lu", sp.is_rej, delay_exit_length()); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :throttled refused %u throttle list size %lu", sp.is_thr, throttle_size()); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :nicks being delayed %lu", get_nd_count()); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :unknown commands %u prefixes %u", sp.is_unco, sp.is_unpf); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :nick collisions %u saves %u unknown closes %u", sp.is_kill, sp.is_save, sp.is_ni); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :wrong direction %u empty %u", sp.is_wrdi, sp.is_empt); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :numerics seen %u", sp.is_num); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :auth successes %u fails %u", sp.is_asuc, sp.is_abad); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :Client Server"); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :connected %u %u", sp.is_cl, sp.is_sv); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :bytes sent %lluK %lluK", sp.is_cbs / 1024, sp.is_sbs / 1024); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :bytes recv %lluK %lluK", sp.is_cbr / 1024, sp.is_sbr / 1024); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "T :time connected %llu %llu", sp.is_cti, sp.is_sti); } static void stats_uptime(struct Client *source_p) { time_t now; now = rb_current_time() - startup_time; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSUPTIME, form_str(RPL_STATSUPTIME), now / 86400, (now / 3600) % 24, (now / 60) % 60, now % 60); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSCONN, form_str(RPL_STATSCONN), MaxConnectionCount, MaxClientCount, Count.totalrestartcount); } struct shared_flags { int flag; char letter; }; static struct shared_flags shared_flagtable[] = { {SHARED_PKLINE, 'K'}, {SHARED_TKLINE, 'k'}, {SHARED_UNKLINE, 'U'}, {SHARED_PXLINE, 'X'}, {SHARED_TXLINE, 'x'}, {SHARED_UNXLINE, 'Y'}, {SHARED_PRESV, 'Q'}, {SHARED_TRESV, 'q'}, {SHARED_UNRESV, 'R'}, {SHARED_LOCOPS, 'L'}, {0, '\0'} }; static void stats_shared(struct Client *source_p) { struct remote_conf *shared_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; char buf[15]; char *p; int i; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, shared_conf_list.head) { shared_p = ptr->data; p = buf; *p++ = 'c'; for(i = 0; shared_flagtable[i].flag != 0; i++) { if(shared_p->flags & shared_flagtable[i].flag) *p++ = shared_flagtable[i].letter; } *p = '\0'; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSULINE, form_str(RPL_STATSULINE), shared_p->server, shared_p->username, shared_p->host, buf); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, cluster_conf_list.head) { shared_p = ptr->data; p = buf; *p++ = 'C'; for(i = 0; shared_flagtable[i].flag != 0; i++) { if(shared_p->flags & shared_flagtable[i].flag) *p++ = shared_flagtable[i].letter; } *p = '\0'; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSULINE, form_str(RPL_STATSULINE), shared_p->server, "*", "*", buf); } } /* stats_servers() * * input - client pointer * output - none * side effects - client is shown lists of who connected servers */ static void stats_servers(struct Client *source_p) { struct Client *target_p; rb_dlink_node *ptr; long days, hours, minutes, seconds; int j = 0; if(ConfigServerHide.flatten_links && !IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptShide(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; j++; seconds = (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime); days = seconds / 86400; seconds %= 86400; hours = seconds / 3600; seconds %= 3600; minutes = seconds / 60; seconds %= 60; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "V :%s (%s!*@*) Idle: %ld SendQ: %d " "Connected: %ld day%s, %ld:%02ld:%02ld", target_p->name, (target_p->serv->by[0] ? target_p->serv->by : "Remote."), (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime), rb_linebuf_len(&target_p->localClient->buf_sendq), days, (days == 1) ? "" : "s", hours, minutes, seconds); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "V :%d Server(s)", j); } static void stats_tgecos(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if(aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSXLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSXLINE), 'x', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } } static void stats_gecos(struct Client *source_p) { struct ConfItem *aconf; rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, xline_conf_list.head) { aconf = ptr->data; if((aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) == 0) sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSXLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSXLINE), 'X', aconf->port, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); } } static void stats_class(struct Client *source_p) { struct Class *cltmp; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(ConfigFileEntry.stats_y_oper_only && !IsOper(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, class_list.head) { cltmp = ptr->data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSYLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSYLINE), ClassName(cltmp), PingFreq(cltmp), ConFreq(cltmp), MaxUsers(cltmp), MaxSendq(cltmp), MaxLocal(cltmp), MaxIdent(cltmp), MaxGlobal(cltmp), MaxIdent(cltmp), CurrUsers(cltmp)); } /* also output the default class */ sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSYLINE, form_str(RPL_STATSYLINE), ClassName(default_class), PingFreq(default_class), ConFreq(default_class), MaxUsers(default_class), MaxSendq(default_class), MaxLocal(default_class), MaxIdent(default_class), MaxGlobal(default_class), MaxIdent(default_class), CurrUsers(default_class)); send_pop_queue(source_p); } static void stats_bh_callback(size_t bused, size_t bfree, size_t bmemusage, size_t heapalloc, const char *desc, void *data) { struct Client *source_p = (struct Client *)data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :blockheap %s elements used: %zu elements free: %zu memory in use: %zu total memory: %zu", desc, bused, bfree, bmemusage, heapalloc); return; } static void stats_memory(struct Client *source_p) { struct Client *target_p; struct Channel *chptr; struct Ban *actualBan; rb_dlink_node *dlink; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int channel_count = 0; int local_client_conf_count = 0; /* local client conf links */ int users_counted = 0; /* user structs */ int channel_users = 0; int channel_invites = 0; int channel_bans = 0; int channel_except = 0; int channel_invex = 0; size_t wwu = 0; /* whowas users */ int class_count = 0; /* classes */ int conf_count = 0; /* conf lines */ int users_invited_count = 0; /* users invited */ int user_channels = 0; /* users in channels */ int aways_counted = 0; size_t number_servers_cached; /* number of servers cached by scache */ size_t channel_memory = 0; size_t channel_ban_memory = 0; size_t channel_except_memory = 0; size_t channel_invex_memory = 0; size_t away_memory = 0; /* memory used by aways */ size_t wwm = 0; /* whowas array memory used */ size_t conf_memory = 0; /* memory used by conf lines */ size_t mem_servers_cached; /* memory used by scache */ size_t rb_linebuf_count = 0; size_t rb_linebuf_memory_used = 0; size_t total_channel_memory = 0; size_t totww = 0; size_t local_client_count = 0; size_t local_client_memory_used = 0; size_t remote_client_count = 0; size_t remote_client_memory_used = 0; size_t total_memory = 0; size_t bh_total, bh_used; rb_bh_usage_all(stats_bh_callback, (void *)source_p); rb_bh_total_usage(&bh_total, &bh_used); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :blockheap Total Allocated: %zu Total Used: %zu", bh_total, bh_used); count_whowas_memory(&wwu, &wwm); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_client_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(MyConnect(target_p)) { local_client_conf_count++; } if(target_p->user) { users_counted++; if(MyConnect(target_p)) users_invited_count += rb_dlink_list_length(&target_p->localClient->invited); user_channels += rb_dlink_list_length(&target_p->user->channel); if(target_p->user->away) { aways_counted++; away_memory += (strlen(target_p->user->away) + 1); } } } /* Count up all channels, ban lists, except lists, Invex lists */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head) { chptr = ptr->data; channel_count++; channel_memory += (strlen(chptr->chname) + sizeof(struct Channel)); channel_users += rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->members); channel_invites += rb_dlink_list_length(&chptr->invites); RB_DLINK_FOREACH(dlink, chptr->banlist.head) { actualBan = dlink->data; channel_bans++; channel_ban_memory += sizeof(rb_dlink_node) + sizeof(struct Ban); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(dlink, chptr->exceptlist.head) { actualBan = dlink->data; channel_except++; channel_except_memory += (sizeof(rb_dlink_node) + sizeof(struct Ban)); } RB_DLINK_FOREACH(dlink, chptr->invexlist.head) { actualBan = dlink->data; channel_invex++; channel_invex_memory += (sizeof(rb_dlink_node) + sizeof(struct Ban)); } } /* count up all classes */ class_count = rb_dlink_list_length(&class_list) + 1; rb_count_rb_linebuf_memory(&rb_linebuf_count, &rb_linebuf_memory_used); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Users %u(%zu) Invites %u(%zu)", users_counted, users_counted * sizeof(struct User), users_invited_count, users_invited_count * sizeof(rb_dlink_node)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :User channels %u(%zu) Aways %u(%zu)", user_channels, user_channels * sizeof(rb_dlink_node), aways_counted, away_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Attached confs %u(%zu)", local_client_conf_count, local_client_conf_count * sizeof(rb_dlink_node)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Conflines %u(%zu)", conf_count, conf_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Classes %u(%zu)", class_count, class_count * sizeof(struct Class)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Channels %u(%zu)", channel_count, channel_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Bans %u(%zu)", channel_bans, channel_ban_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Exceptions %u(%zu)", channel_except, channel_except_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Invex %u(%zu)", channel_invex, channel_invex_memory); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Channel members %u(%zu) invite %u(%zu)", channel_users, channel_users * sizeof(rb_dlink_node), channel_invites, channel_invites * sizeof(rb_dlink_node)); total_channel_memory = channel_memory + channel_ban_memory + channel_users * sizeof(rb_dlink_node) + channel_invites * sizeof(rb_dlink_node); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Whowas users %zu(%zu)", wwu, (wwu * sizeof(struct User))); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Whowas array %u(%zu)", NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH, wwm); totww = wwu * sizeof(struct User) + wwm; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Hash: client %u(%zu) chan %u(%zu)", U_MAX, (U_MAX * sizeof(rb_dlink_list)), CH_MAX, (CH_MAX * sizeof(rb_dlink_list))); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :linebuf %zu(%zu)", rb_linebuf_count, rb_linebuf_memory_used); count_scache(&number_servers_cached, &mem_servers_cached); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :scache %ld(%ld)", (long)number_servers_cached, (long)mem_servers_cached); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :hostname hash %d(%ld)", HOST_MAX, (long)HOST_MAX * sizeof(rb_dlink_list)); total_memory = totww + total_channel_memory + conf_memory + class_count * sizeof(struct Class); total_memory += mem_servers_cached; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Total: whowas %zu channel %zu conf %zu", totww, total_channel_memory, conf_memory); count_local_client_memory(&local_client_count, &local_client_memory_used); total_memory += local_client_memory_used; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Local client Memory in use: %zu(%zu)", local_client_count, local_client_memory_used); count_remote_client_memory(&remote_client_count, &remote_client_memory_used); total_memory += remote_client_memory_used; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :Remote client Memory in use: %zu(%zu)", remote_client_count, remote_client_memory_used); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "z :TOTAL: %zu Available: Current max RSS: %lu", total_memory, get_maxrss()); } static void stats_ziplinks(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; struct ZipStats *zipstats; int sent_data = 0; char buf[128], buf1[128]; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(IsCapable(target_p, CAP_ZIP)) { zipstats = target_p->localClient->zipstats; sprintf(buf, "%.2f%%", zipstats->out_ratio); sprintf(buf1, "%.2f%%", zipstats->in_ratio); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "Z :ZipLinks stats for %s send[%s compression " "(%llu kB data/%llu kB wire)] recv[%s compression " "(%llu kB data/%llu kB wire)]", target_p->name, buf, zipstats->out >> 10, zipstats->out_wire >> 10, buf1, zipstats->in >> 10, zipstats->in_wire >> 10); sent_data++; } } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "Z :%u ziplink(s)", sent_data); } static void stats_servlinks(struct Client *source_p) { long uptime; unsigned long long int sent, receive; struct Client *target_p; static char buf[512]; rb_dlink_node *ptr; int j = 0; if(ConfigServerHide.flatten_links && !IsOper(source_p) && !IsExemptShide(source_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOPRIVILEGES, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVILEGES)); return; } sent = receive = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, serv_list.head) { target_p = ptr->data; j++; sent += target_p->localClient->sendB; receive += target_p->localClient->receiveB; sendto_one(source_p, ":%s %d %s %s %u %u %llu %u %llu :%lu %lu %s", get_id(&me, source_p), RPL_STATSLINKINFO, get_id(source_p, source_p), target_p->name, rb_linebuf_len(&target_p->localClient->buf_sendq), target_p->localClient->sendM, target_p->localClient->sendB / 1024, target_p->localClient->receiveM, target_p->localClient->receiveB / 1024, (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime), (long)((rb_current_time() > target_p->localClient->lasttime) ? (rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime) : 0), IsOper(source_p) ? show_capabilities(target_p) : "TS"); } sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "? :%u total server(s)", j); sprintf(buf, "%7.2f", _GMKv((sent / 1024))); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "? :Sent total : %s %s", buf, _GMKs((sent / 1024))); sprintf(buf, "%7.2f", _GMKv((receive / 1024))); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "? :Recv total : %s %s", buf, _GMKs((receive / 1024))); uptime = (rb_current_time() - startup_time); #ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), #else sprintf(buf, #endif "%7.2f %s (%4.1f K/s)", _GMKv(me.localClient->sendB / 1024), _GMKs((me.localClient->sendB / 1024)), (float)((float)(me.localClient->sendB / 1024) / (float)uptime)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "? :Server send: %s", buf); #ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), #else sprintf(buf, #endif "%7.2f %s (%4.1f K/s)", _GMKv((me.localClient->receiveB / 1024)), _GMKs((me.localClient->receiveB / 1024)), (float)((float)(me.localClient->receiveB / 1024) / (float)uptime)); sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "? :Server recv: %s", buf); } static void stats_ltrace(struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { int doall = 0; int wilds = 0; const char *name; char statchar = parv[1][0]; /* this is def targeted at us somehow.. */ if(parc > 2 && !EmptyString(parv[2])) { /* directed at us generically? */ if(match(parv[2], me.name) || (!MyClient(source_p) && !irccmp(parv[2], me.id))) { name = me.name; doall = 1; } else { name = parv[2]; wilds = (strpbrk(name, "*?") != NULL); } /* must be directed at a specific person thats not us */ if(!doall && !wilds) { struct Client *target_p; if(MyClient(source_p)) target_p = find_named_person(name); else target_p = find_person(name); if(target_p != NULL) { stats_spy(source_p, statchar, target_p->name); stats_l_client(source_p, target_p, statchar); } else sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHSERVER, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHSERVER), name); return; } } else { name = me.name; doall = 1; } stats_spy(source_p, statchar, name); if(doall) { /* local opers get everyone */ if(MyOper(source_p)) { stats_l_list(source_p, name, doall, wilds, &unknown_list, statchar); stats_l_list(source_p, name, doall, wilds, &lclient_list, statchar); } else { /* they still need themselves if theyre local.. */ if(MyClient(source_p)) stats_l_client(source_p, source_p, statchar); stats_l_list(source_p, name, doall, wilds, &oper_list, statchar); } stats_l_list(source_p, name, doall, wilds, &serv_list, statchar); return; } /* ok, at this point theyre looking for a specific client whos on * our server.. but it contains a wildcard. --fl */ stats_l_list(source_p, name, doall, wilds, &lclient_list, statchar); return; } static void stats_l_list(struct Client *source_p, const char *name, int doall, int wilds, rb_dlink_list *list, char statchar) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct Client *target_p; /* send information about connections which match. note, we * dont need tests for IsInvisible(), because non-opers will * never get here for normal clients --fl */ RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, list->head) { target_p = ptr->data; if(!doall && wilds && !match(name, target_p->name)) continue; stats_l_client(source_p, target_p, statchar); } } #define Lformat "%s %u %u %llu %u %llu :%ld %ld %s" void stats_l_client(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p, char statchar) { if(IsAnyServer(target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSLINKINFO, Lformat, target_p->name, rb_linebuf_len(&target_p->localClient->buf_sendq), target_p->localClient->sendM, target_p->localClient->sendB / 1024, target_p->localClient->receiveM, target_p->localClient->receiveB / 1024, (long)rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime, (long)(rb_current_time() > target_p->localClient->lasttime) ? (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime) : 0, IsOper(source_p) ? show_capabilities(target_p) : "-"); } else if(!show_ip(source_p, target_p)) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSLINKINFO, Lformat, get_client_name(target_p, MASK_IP), rb_linebuf_len(&target_p->localClient->buf_sendq), target_p->localClient->sendM, target_p->localClient->sendB / 1024, target_p->localClient->receiveM, target_p->localClient->receiveB / 1024, (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime), (long)(rb_current_time() > target_p->localClient->lasttime) ? (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime) : 0, "-"); } else { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSLINKINFO, Lformat, IsUpper(statchar) ? get_client_name(target_p, SHOW_IP) : get_client_name(target_p, HIDE_IP), rb_linebuf_len(&target_p->localClient->buf_sendq), target_p->localClient->sendM, target_p->localClient->sendB / 1024, target_p->localClient->receiveM, target_p->localClient->receiveB / 1024, (long)rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->firsttime, (long)(rb_current_time() > target_p->localClient->lasttime) ? (long)(rb_current_time() - target_p->localClient->lasttime) : 0, "-"); } } static void rb_dump_fd_callback(int fd, const char *desc, void *data) { struct Client *source_p = data; sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG, "F :fd %-3d desc '%s'", fd, desc); } static void stats_comm(struct Client *source_p) { rb_dump_fd(rb_dump_fd_callback, source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); } /* * stats_spy * * inputs - pointer to client doing the /stats * - char letter they are doing /stats on * output - none * side effects - * This little helper function reports to opers if configured. * personally, I don't see why opers need to see stats requests * at all. They are just "noise" to an oper, and users can't do * any damage with stats requests now anyway. So, why show them? * -Dianora */ static void stats_spy(struct Client *source_p, char statchar, const char *name) { hook_data_int data; data.client = source_p; data.arg1 = name; data.arg2 = (int)statchar; call_hook(doing_stats_hook, &data); } /* stats_p_spy() * * input - pointer to client doing stats * ouput - * side effects - call hook doing_stats_p */ static void stats_p_spy(struct Client *source_p) { hook_data data; data.client = source_p; data.arg1 = data.arg2 = NULL; call_hook(doing_stats_p_hook, &data); } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_services.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017413�11730550233�017151� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_services.c * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_services.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "client.h" #include "channel.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "hash.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "match.h" #include "whowas.h" #include "monitor.h" #include "s_serv.h" static int me_su(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_login(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int me_rsfnc(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void h_svc_server_introduced(hook_data_client *); static void h_svc_burst_client(hook_data_client *); static void h_svc_whois(hook_data_client *); static void h_svc_stats(hook_data_int *); struct Message su_msgtab = { "SU", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_su, 2}, mg_ignore} }; struct Message login_msgtab = { "LOGIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_login, 2}, mg_ignore} }; struct Message rsfnc_msgtab = { "RSFNC", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {me_rsfnc, 3}, mg_ignore} }; mapi_clist_av1 services_clist[] = { &su_msgtab, &login_msgtab, &rsfnc_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hfn_list_av1 services_hfnlist[] = { {"doing_stats", (hookfn) h_svc_stats}, {"doing_whois", (hookfn) h_svc_whois}, {"doing_whois_global", (hookfn) h_svc_whois}, {"burst_client", (hookfn) h_svc_burst_client}, {"server_introduced", (hookfn) h_svc_server_introduced}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(services, NULL, NULL, services_clist, NULL, services_hfnlist, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int me_su(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; if(!(source_p->flags & FLAGS_SERVICE)) return 0; if((target_p = find_client(parv[1])) == NULL) return 0; if(!IsClient(target_p)) return 0; if(EmptyString(parv[2])) target_p->user->suser[0] = '\0'; else rb_strlcpy(target_p->user->suser, parv[2], sizeof(target_p->user->suser)); return 0; } static int clean_nick(const char *nick) { int len = 0; if(EmptyString(nick) || *nick == '-' || IsDigit(*nick)) return 0; for(; *nick; nick++) { len++; if(!IsNickChar(*nick)) return 0; } if(len >= NICKLEN) return 0; return 1; } static int me_rsfnc(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct Client *target_p; struct Client *exist_p; char note[HOSTLEN + 10]; time_t newts, curts; if(!(source_p->flags & FLAGS_SERVICE)) return 0; if((target_p = find_person(parv[1])) == NULL) return 0; if(!MyClient(target_p)) return 0; if(!clean_nick(parv[2])) return 0; curts = atol(parv[4]); /* if tsinfo is different from what it was when services issued the * RSFNC, then we ignore it. This can happen when a client changes * nicknames before the RSFNC arrives.. --anfl */ if(target_p->tsinfo != curts) return 0; if((exist_p = find_named_client(parv[2]))) { char buf[BUFSIZE]; /* this would be one hell of a race condition to trigger * this one given the tsinfo check above, but its here for * safety --anfl */ if(target_p == exist_p) return 0; if(MyClient(exist_p)) sendto_one(exist_p, ":%s KILL %s :(Nickname regained by services)", me.name, exist_p->name); exist_p->flags |= FLAGS_KILLED; /* Do not send kills to servers for unknowns -- jilles */ if(IsClient(exist_p)) kill_client_serv_butone(NULL, exist_p, "%s (Nickname regained by services)", me.name); rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Killed (%s (Nickname regained by services))", me.name); exit_client(NULL, exist_p, &me, buf); } newts = atol(parv[3]); /* timestamp is older than 15mins, ignore it */ if(newts < (rb_current_time() - 900)) newts = rb_current_time() - 900; target_p->tsinfo = newts; monitor_signoff(target_p); invalidate_bancache_user(target_p); sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_NCHANGE, L_ALL, "Nick change: From %s to %s [%s@%s]", target_p->name, parv[2], target_p->username, target_p->host); sendto_common_channels_local(target_p, ":%s!%s@%s NICK :%s", target_p->name, target_p->username, target_p->host, parv[2]); add_history(target_p, 1); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", use_id(target_p), parv[2], (long)target_p->tsinfo); sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s NICK %s :%ld", target_p->name, parv[2], (long)target_p->tsinfo); del_from_hash(HASH_CLIENT, target_p->name, target_p); strcpy(target_p->user->name, parv[2]); add_to_hash(HASH_CLIENT, target_p->name, target_p); monitor_signon(target_p); del_all_accepts(target_p); rb_snprintf(note, sizeof(note), "Nick: %s", target_p->name); rb_note(target_p->localClient->F, note); return 0; } static int me_login(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(!IsClient(source_p) || !ServerInfo.hub) return 0; /* this command is *only* accepted from bursting servers */ if(HasSentEob(source_p->servptr)) return 0; rb_strlcpy(source_p->user->suser, parv[1], sizeof(source_p->user->suser)); return 0; } static void h_svc_burst_client(hook_data_client * hdata) { if(EmptyString(hdata->target->user->suser)) return; sendto_one(hdata->client, ":%s ENCAP * LOGIN %s", get_id(hdata->target, hdata->client), hdata->target->user->suser); } static void h_svc_server_introduced(hook_data_client * hdata) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, service_list.head) { if(!irccmp((const char *)ptr->data, hdata->target->name)) { hdata->target->flags |= FLAGS_SERVICE; return; } } } static void h_svc_whois(hook_data_client * data) { if(!EmptyString(data->target->user->suser)) { sendto_one(data->client, form_str(RPL_WHOISLOGGEDIN), get_id(&me, data->client), get_id(data->client, data->client), data->target->name, data->target->user->suser); } } static void h_svc_stats(hook_data_int * data) { char statchar = (char)data->arg2; rb_dlink_node *ptr; if(statchar == 'U' && IsOper(data->client)) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, service_list.head) { sendto_one_numeric(data->client, RPL_STATSULINE, form_str(RPL_STATSULINE), ptr->data, "*", "*", "s"); } } } #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_admin.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011112�11730550233�016404� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * m_admin.c: Sends administrative information to a user. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: m_admin.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "client.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_serv.h" #include "send.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hook.h" #include "modules.h" #include "match.h" static int m_admin(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mr_admin(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int ms_admin(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static void do_admin(struct Client *source_p); static void admin_spy(struct Client *); struct Message admin_msgtab = { "ADMIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG, {{mr_admin, 0}, {m_admin, 0}, {ms_admin, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {ms_admin, 0}} }; int doing_admin_hook; mapi_clist_av1 admin_clist[] = { &admin_msgtab, NULL }; mapi_hlist_av1 admin_hlist[] = { {"doing_admin", &doing_admin_hook}, {NULL, NULL} }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(admin, NULL, NULL, admin_clist, admin_hlist, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); /* * mr_admin - ADMIN command handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int mr_admin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0L; if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : source_p->name, "ADMIN"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); do_admin(source_p); return 0; } /* * m_admin - ADMIN command handler * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int m_admin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { static time_t last_used = 0L; if(parc > 1) { if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > rb_current_time()) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, source_p->name, "ADMIN"); return 0; } else last_used = rb_current_time(); if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s ADMIN :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; } do_admin(source_p); return 0; } /* * ms_admin - ADMIN command handler, used for OPERS as well * parv[0] = sender prefix * parv[1] = servername */ static int ms_admin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { if(hunt_server(client_p, source_p, ":%s ADMIN :%s", 1, parc, parv) != HUNTED_ISME) return 0; do_admin(source_p); return 0; } /* * do_admin * * inputs - pointer to client to report to * output - none * side effects - admin info is sent to client given */ static void do_admin(struct Client *source_p) { const char *myname; const char *nick; if(IsClient(source_p)) admin_spy(source_p); myname = get_id(&me, source_p); nick = EmptyString(source_p->name) ? "*" : get_id(source_p, source_p); SetCork(source_p); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ADMINME), myname, nick, me.name); if(AdminInfo.name != NULL) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ADMINLOC1), myname, nick, AdminInfo.name); if(AdminInfo.description != NULL) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ADMINLOC2), myname, nick, AdminInfo.description); if(AdminInfo.email != NULL) sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_ADMINEMAIL), myname, nick, AdminInfo.email); ClearCork(source_p); send_pop_queue(source_p); } /* admin_spy() * * input - pointer to client * output - none * side effects - event doing_admin is called */ static void admin_spy(struct Client *source_p) { hook_data hd; hd.client = source_p; hd.arg1 = hd.arg2 = NULL; call_hook(doing_admin_hook, &hd); } ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/m_testline.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000015360�11730550233�017154� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* modules/m_testline.c * * Copyright (C) 2004 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: m_testline.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "struct.h" #include "send.h" #include "modules.h" #include "parse.h" #include "hostmask.h" #include "numeric.h" #include "s_conf.h" #include "s_newconf.h" #include "match.h" #include "ircd.h" #include "reject.h" #include "class.h" #include "channel.h" #include "hash.h" static int mo_testline(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); static int mo_testgecos(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); struct Message testline_msgtab = { "TESTLINE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_testline, 2}} }; struct Message testgecos_msgtab = { "TESTGECOS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {mg_unreg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_testgecos, 2}} }; mapi_clist_av1 testline_clist[] = { &testline_msgtab, &testgecos_msgtab, NULL }; DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(testline, NULL, NULL, testline_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 27371 $"); static int mo_testline(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; struct ConfItem *resv_p; struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip; const char *name = NULL; const char *username = NULL; const char *host = NULL; char *mask; char *p; int host_mask; int type; mask = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]); if(IsChannelName(mask)) { resv_p = hash_find_resv(mask); if(resv_p != NULL) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, (resv_p->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? 'q' : 'Q', (resv_p->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? (long)((resv_p->hold - rb_current_time ()) / 60) : 0L, resv_p->host, resv_p->passwd); /* this is a false positive, so make sure it isn't counted in stats q * --nenolod */ resv_p->port--; } else sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_NOTESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } if((p = strchr(mask, '!'))) { *p++ = '\0'; name = mask; mask = p; if(EmptyString(mask)) return 0; } if((p = strchr(mask, '@'))) { *p++ = '\0'; username = mask; host = p; if(EmptyString(host)) return 0; } else host = mask; /* parses as an IP, check for a dline */ if((type = parse_netmask(host, (struct sockaddr *)&ip, &host_mask)) != HM_HOST) { aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&ip); if(aconf && aconf->status & CONF_DLINE) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? 'd' : 'D', (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? (long)((aconf->hold - rb_current_time()) / 60) : 0L, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); return 0; } } /* now look for a matching I/K/G */ if((aconf = find_address_conf(host, NULL, username ? username : "dummy", (type != HM_HOST) ? (struct sockaddr *)&ip : NULL, (type != HM_HOST) ? ( #ifdef RB_IPV6 (type == HM_IPV6) ? AF_INET6 : #endif AF_INET) : 0))) { static char buf[HOSTLEN + USERLEN + 2]; if(aconf->status & CONF_KILL) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s@%s", aconf->user, aconf->host); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? 'k' : 'K', (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? (long)((aconf->hold - rb_current_time()) / 60) : 0L, buf, aconf->passwd); return 0; } else if(aconf->status & CONF_GLINE) { rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s@%s", aconf->user, aconf->host); sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, 'G', (long)((aconf->hold - rb_current_time()) / 60), buf, aconf->passwd); return 0; } } /* they asked us to check a nick, so hunt for resvs.. */ if(name && (resv_p = find_nick_resv(name))) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, (resv_p->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? 'q' : 'Q', (resv_p->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? (long)((resv_p->hold - rb_current_time()) / 60) : 0L, resv_p->host, resv_p->passwd); /* this is a false positive, so make sure it isn't counted in stats q * --nenolod */ resv_p->port--; return 0; } /* no matching resv, we can print the I: if it exists */ if(aconf && aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT) { sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSILINE, form_str(RPL_STATSILINE), aconf->info.name, show_iline_prefix(source_p, aconf, aconf->user), aconf->host, aconf->port, get_class_name(aconf)); return 0; } /* nothing matches.. */ sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_NOTESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } static int mo_testgecos(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]) { struct ConfItem *aconf; if(!(aconf = find_xline(parv[1], 0))) { sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_NOTESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]); return 0; } sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TESTLINE), me.name, source_p->name, (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? 'x' : 'X', (aconf->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY) ? (long)((aconf->hold - rb_current_time()) / 60) : 0L, aconf->host, aconf->passwd); return 0; } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/modules/Makefile.am���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000027525�11233612175�016711� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects prefix = @prefix@ libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload libmodulesdir = @moduledir@ INCLUDES = -I../libratbox/include -I../include -I../libltdl @SSL_INCLUDES@ AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) if MINGW EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' endif MODULE_FLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -avoid-version if !STATIC_MODULES if MINGW MODULE_LIBS = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la ../src/libcore.la @SSL_LIBS@ endif # MINGW m_accept_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_admin_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_adminwall_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_away_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_capab_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_cap_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_close_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_cmessage_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_connect_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_dline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_encap_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_gline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_gungline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_help_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_info_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_invite_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_ison_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_kline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_knock_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_links_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_list_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_locops_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_lusers_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_map_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_monitor_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_motd_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_names_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_oper_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) @SSL_LIBS@ m_operspy_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_pass_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_ping_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_pong_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_post_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_rehash_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_restart_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_resv_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_set_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_stats_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_svinfo_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_tb_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_testline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_testmask_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_time_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_topic_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_trace_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_unreject_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_user_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_userhost_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_version_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_wallops_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_who_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_whois_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_whowas_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_xline_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_accept_la_SOURCES = m_accept.c m_admin_la_SOURCES = m_admin.c m_adminwall_la_SOURCES= m_adminwall.c m_away_la_SOURCES = m_away.c m_capab_la_SOURCES = m_capab.c m_cap_la_SOURCES = m_cap.c m_close_la_SOURCES = m_close.c m_cmessage_la_SOURCES = m_cmessage.c m_connect_la_SOURCES = m_connect.c m_dline_la_SOURCES = m_dline.c m_encap_la_SOURCES = m_encap.c m_gline_la_SOURCES = m_gline.c m_gungline_la_SOURCES = m_gungline.c m_help_la_SOURCES = m_help.c m_info_la_SOURCES = m_info.c m_invite_la_SOURCES = m_invite.c m_ison_la_SOURCES = m_ison.c m_kline_la_SOURCES = m_kline.c m_knock_la_SOURCES = m_knock.c m_links_la_SOURCES = m_links.c m_list_la_SOURCES = m_list.c m_locops_la_SOURCES = m_locops.c m_lusers_la_SOURCES = m_lusers.c m_map_la_SOURCES = m_map.c m_monitor_la_SOURCES = m_monitor.c m_motd_la_SOURCES = m_motd.c m_names_la_SOURCES = m_names.c m_oper_la_SOURCES = m_oper.c m_operspy_la_SOURCES = m_operspy.c m_pass_la_SOURCES = m_pass.c m_ping_la_SOURCES = m_ping.c m_pong_la_SOURCES = m_pong.c m_post_la_SOURCES = m_post.c m_rehash_la_SOURCES = m_rehash.c m_restart_la_SOURCES = m_restart.c m_resv_la_SOURCES = m_resv.c m_set_la_SOURCES = m_set.c m_stats_la_SOURCES = m_stats.c m_svinfo_la_SOURCES = m_svinfo.c m_tb_la_SOURCES = m_tb.c m_testline_la_SOURCES = m_testline.c m_testmask_la_SOURCES = m_testmask.c m_time_la_SOURCES = m_time.c m_topic_la_SOURCES = m_topic.c m_trace_la_SOURCES = m_trace.c m_unreject_la_SOURCES = m_unreject.c m_user_la_SOURCES = m_user.c m_userhost_la_SOURCES = m_userhost.c m_version_la_SOURCES = m_version.c m_wallops_la_SOURCES = m_wallops.c m_who_la_SOURCES = m_who.c m_whois_la_SOURCES = m_whois.c m_whowas_la_SOURCES = m_whowas.c m_xline_la_SOURCES = m_xline.c m_accept_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_admin_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_adminwall_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_away_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_capab_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_cap_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_close_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_cmessage_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_connect_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_dline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_encap_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_gline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_gungline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_help_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_info_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_invite_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_ison_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_kline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_knock_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_links_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_list_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_locops_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_lusers_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_map_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_monitor_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_motd_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_names_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_oper_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_operspy_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_pass_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_ping_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_pong_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_post_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_rehash_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_restart_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_resv_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_set_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_stats_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_svinfo_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_tb_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_testline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_testmask_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_time_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_topic_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_trace_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_unreject_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_user_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_userhost_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_version_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_wallops_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_who_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_whois_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_whowas_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) m_xline_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_die_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_error_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_join_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_kick_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_kill_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_message_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_mode_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_nick_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_part_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_quit_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_server_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_squit_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) core_m_die_la_SOURCES = core/m_die.c core_m_error_la_SOURCES = core/m_error.c core_m_join_la_SOURCES = core/m_join.c core_m_kick_la_SOURCES = core/m_kick.c core_m_kill_la_SOURCES = core/m_kill.c core_m_message_la_SOURCES = core/m_message.c core_m_mode_la_SOURCES = core/m_mode.c core_m_nick_la_SOURCES = core/m_nick.c core_m_part_la_SOURCES = core/m_part.c core_m_quit_la_SOURCES = core/m_quit.c core_m_server_la_SOURCES = core/m_server.c core_m_squit_la_SOURCES = core/m_squit.c modules_LTLIBRARIES = \ m_accept.la \ m_admin.la \ m_adminwall.la \ m_away.la \ m_capab.la \ m_cap.la \ m_close.la \ m_cmessage.la \ m_connect.la \ m_dline.la \ m_encap.la \ m_gline.la \ m_gungline.la \ m_help.la \ m_info.la \ m_invite.la \ m_ison.la \ m_kline.la \ m_knock.la \ m_links.la \ m_list.la \ m_locops.la \ m_lusers.la \ m_map.la \ m_monitor.la \ m_motd.la \ m_names.la \ m_oper.la \ m_operspy.la \ m_pass.la \ m_ping.la \ m_pong.la \ m_post.la \ m_rehash.la \ m_restart.la \ m_resv.la \ m_set.la \ m_stats.la \ m_svinfo.la \ m_tb.la \ m_testline.la \ m_testmask.la \ m_time.la \ m_topic.la \ m_trace.la \ m_unreject.la \ m_user.la \ m_userhost.la \ m_version.la \ m_wallops.la \ m_who.la \ m_whois.la \ m_whowas.la \ m_xline.la core_LTLIBRARIES = \ core/m_die.la \ core/m_error.la \ core/m_join.la \ core/m_kick.la \ core/m_kill.la \ core/m_message.la \ core/m_mode.la \ core/m_nick.la \ core/m_part.la \ core/m_quit.la \ core/m_server.la \ core/m_squit.la core_m_die_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_error_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_join_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_kick_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_kill_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_message_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_mode_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_nick_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_part_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_quit_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_server_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) core_m_squit_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) if ENABLE_SERVICES m_services_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(MODULE_FLAGS) m_services_la_SOURCES = m_services.c m_services_la_LIBADD = $(MODULE_LIBS) services_LTLIBRARIES = m_services.la endif modules: $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES) modules_core: $(core_LTLIBRARIES) install-modulesLTLIBRARIES: $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES) -@$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir); \ for x in $(modules_LTLIBRARIES) $(services_LTLIBRARIES); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(DESTDIR)$(modulesdir);done install-coreLTLIBRARIES: $(core_LTLIBRARIES) -@$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(coredir); \ for x in $(core_LTLIBRARIES); do $(SHELL) ../install-mod.sh $$x $(DESTDIR)$(coredir);done if !DISABLE_BACKUPS install-exec-hook: move-old-modules endif move-old-modules: # move the old module directory out of the way, stale modules cause massive # amounts of problems. -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; then \ $(RB_RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ fi -@if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \ echo "ircd: backing up modules"; \ $(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir)-old; \ $(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); \ fi else # !STATIC_MODULES MSRCS = \ m_accept.c \ m_admin.c \ m_adminwall.c \ m_away.c \ m_capab.c \ m_cap.c \ m_close.c \ m_cmessage.c \ m_connect.c \ m_dline.c \ m_encap.c \ m_gline.c \ m_gungline.c \ m_help.c \ m_info.c \ m_invite.c \ m_ison.c \ m_kline.c \ m_knock.c \ m_links.c \ m_list.c \ m_locops.c \ m_lusers.c \ m_map.c \ m_monitor.c \ m_motd.c \ m_names.c \ m_oper.c \ m_operspy.c \ m_pass.c \ m_ping.c \ m_pong.c \ m_post.c \ m_rehash.c \ m_restart.c \ m_resv.c \ m_set.c \ m_stats.c \ m_svinfo.c \ m_tb.c \ m_testline.c \ m_testmask.c \ m_time.c \ m_topic.c \ m_trace.c \ m_unreject.c \ m_user.c \ m_userhost.c \ m_version.c \ m_wallops.c \ m_who.c \ m_whois.c \ m_whowas.c \ m_xline.c CORE_SRCS = \ core/m_die.c \ core/m_error.c \ core/m_join.c \ core/m_kick.c \ core/m_kill.c \ core/m_message.c \ core/m_mode.c \ core/m_nick.c \ core/m_part.c \ core/m_quit.c \ core/m_server.c \ core/m_squit.c if ENABLE_SERVICES SERVICES_SRCS = m_services.c endif BUILT_SOURCE = static_modules.c static_modules.c: static_modules.c.SH $(SHELL) static_modules.c.SH $(MSRCS) $(CORE_SRCS) $(SERVICES_SRCS) libmodules_la_SOURCES = $(MSRCS) $(CORE_SRCS) $(SERVICES_SRCS) libmodules_LTLIBRARIES = libmodules.la all: static_modules.o libmodules.la endif #STATIC_MODULES ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ChangeLog.1.bz2�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000133554�10755730440�015616� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������BZh91AY&SY¨Öµ·bhÿ€~wJ�{ÿÿÿÿÿÿþ¿ÿÿþa }ð��öפ�tq.÷ Ûe¥`<+¶ÞíêÍ|����<J’””öÞ{ãtkož ³»py_øX†`@H¾¯±¡ëÀ�I�����ÑÐ���� ���4�������é½Îë�o€z—Ypì·€�€��,pô�iPIÝÙ°WlSHP}£×+G hÐß=Æï—·uÔ5ºß}÷ÕC 2dÚRS[i�CÃ>ßO{í¶«¹]wÝ×®÷nÝp‡fúûçÇÜd{o‘÷wgvÛ»àøgÝß^|ùD½Îë©Ê´ôƒçØ}ÝÚï·r¯;ªN}‡»s5NvwvÉ8„Nƒl΃R€ë>÷€���µ* ³UjÂ@ÚÜ�të4R=÷{Þí¥Û—½º»ú£yhO[HÍ9š“U¬-*9Ì;od>µUí}}LÍGÓÝ«ƒêI$"óºÜó«ÞÝmÞ÷¸øù)5ã¦Ûݘvw¾çχÒ>XïV©XWÆpª›·t ÁrŸ]Êõ­[»v’ŠV‹4×ßU7‡ßo·%E\°Í¬¯nîÆÇW¾ãyéc›eôîë®{¹T{ì>ðûm[Q®Sº×2UÉÔBÙʪ뉦ªu„¦—ÝëÔ 2ТÀÍUÞùÞt}Û_mTq¥±ÛØëÏ•Pi«x@ *¯m}ߧß7/L§ÖT»½oy¶^úPç¡+szö糯CËŠ}÷¼ò”^>ö®.Îæاc{âžï^h@šÓF'’i2„Øšžš§˜©š™1êzjL@Q!%2ž”~”hÚŒÔÐz€�Ð� ���§”‰" ’ oB™=ž§¨dÐC@4� �� =R‘@$$ý5FÕ�� €È4���2@ DS mòSÔôOQ´¦Ð™ªy'êi´HÓÔ0M4Èòš3M52�…$ #DÐLM&õQþŠú¦1Lz)´Pdd ™4õO_ÇÖD| ¤ ¢$‚H*¥ €ƒú…pDÝ"¨È2fF²h™­$AJƒEDjTÍ)¢Y Ëf5¬QIRAF&VÈØÙ¨b ƒ›š£&…™˜ÄK)2m34’ÆIMŒ&FFk k4D›I#mLƒcB(LI_Š«´‘©±“Jb”d¢l*ŠVfb 6(ÆÙ3-Œ’ÝÖ¹F †Ál›ÔšŠË5I¡–¦m“C6,X “•»-i*–lƲZ‹ËfÖfš–+Q²m°m)4µIQ­BÍh¶6Æ •³amF“j5‰**f‹(ØÑ%¢²jilk1-¢ÚeRUFµ–¶*´PUL’¢©*ÂUceD¶ŒÉ…QZ+M•±¶e&B¶M4Ðj”MH[9Z¹ª-”“m¢’Õ µLÛLÄ›lIcYK•Ò ÑVJ ËmUþØ{ºÿWth(d’`Ñ3’£ˆ¾˜êÞp—-@î\#âQq‡G€Š µV*¨Ö«5U7ìÍÙëT/òÇöHö·þìrí®Úhyçþ?îÁ?½¯} þüJ×›ìãÿþ¸Ëÿ©ë».¡€›WþlcÿÉJœOXzÇÆïÛu¸é†û÷£ÎòƒÚ:Ê|³?é¼eþï;©óãöŽÓþ³Ðã]£þ7Ì¿çpÅk3½—8U.ž*ÇÉ„i£rJ|ò¯ ÊOoHAü¹JêTÆú^²…¾jæ«v ˜ ä^^zï($¼×6³ Kþ ™× =®¥”]z²{ÛÒ8ÕPX° ÝPHæÜîéì|=c¯Ä„êPh@<ªñÝ Š”‘1–NOn¸gò¤µn‡É© Šu P5±‘­¿éWaÛz9.ªuåoªÆò*@(B}(ˆˆ«úhí£{Ù|h¨çק}·æ$@:‘„¦œ4FN¥É¦«þšiŠÿÔ¬©7»TÏ¢ÿ·oe�Þ8wõP°©Nó>“ïÙ‰­¿lž óÓ²‰«âçj]Eˆ9+Ù—ou"W>y°otUí_»?L9µ÷Ù ÇR>×»… µè´„Ù®jÝWÿ†ëÕçŸK$ö^X(¾ìêsƒÕí_¿-+2}…)åfI{W ÉveGõ™aÛÛ†KH íT <KÉÁ±þ³êÛ̉qÔì\ûáºöÿ&ßìU®·¥ÙH§â`7x E=VÕ‡±~Ü@³­ ‰>oÖê,Z¦Oâ¾…¤É ¿fœùc<é¬jô•­oa,–²àFv‚ÞLÜ{ÇE¡Á°gWˆòŸ¡à±Úƒýù{ R[ÓomÞ½ˆcm°ð»J–œ½·—µ2¦ŸPðãèò°½ü¥«û?º”®þÏg^uÿ¾ß>ÉÔoÞºÿ>ßwþ:{{Ú8g·lvš„DºþV÷ãò¢" YoöËØòÑÿr¿ãh'í÷Éúúë÷½ó?W·½(¢’*¨’d&¯»¸Ó¾ëíðõ{`Š¤¬5’CŸø?“òóáõú|µWÉP”¡&Ñf*eeðü¿]…d�‘ªÊ‡|5°¢zõ›þW l|×O�2" ¨Ç¹õ/ÿSô²t-ú«Ùœw!ÃY²¬ÝRÎSìëÆ'ÿÂ� C‘Ðç»°)ñ(=Ÿo.�’6\ƒë˜”äPVóÞõóÀËåqjø»Çù ;Gv¿þ=0¬Œnø¦»_K˜8Èâ_£…e@G*‰©HÎí†Z»W Ÿ^7£f¡ô„-jÑ@øI¦i£ˆêq $C£‚à’å8wziÅx¶¸+`Õ;½yÑŠ8ã¥(³"þ®ß¹Ëåç£yçs_ç1õõuãæûò\Å“1,”Ägw»ÄÔHas$æÙ®E jõÆCšZšà¼Þûöy½êqS­¯tµ%„‡>œÝØí„ؾ6,äšá8²äÔAO1•4<g].ø2žl¸·Ux«ïUíXÕy(±©-r×8j²Û� S33Ã$rA31ÌÁR—^‡ð{óÇÏÕš(ëßÎç"f¦™3¶ˆO,Þ°–” Ìàå΢uâœjž·Pã¹›)hÛ¹×^Û¨ˆ…¼rÁ×1IÏ}Ý8M’'Ûs—1@Öö²Êq8‹;qÍPjLWçOÐ[ž» x«‡µ®Eœ®ÂêgPâ.œy¶5€­NañKô˜S8“‹‡Ê€Úòµ54B¡qwcPzäqÝß3ƒ2#Ä’(œSSÍ»TÊâ“ãmrœ]Ad*Äz“ïFÐÕDªÑE™G¯6µ¼ƒâ)ôHzŸ­€°ç¦øÙâR^¸!›Á 2±¶Æ¾ÿâv×ÊöÖ QŒ L5E¨ÔšI¤fmBbÒ› mŒQi- ,i*6ƒkTm­65±¬jLbÄm¤ÄQ¨Š6#c±¬l`Æ ÕŒlX‘5DQ´F6‹Pb¥ (ÑEÛ\ß‘}6©^` iÔ õ—NÒEŠ@€FÆaY™Åš›ÏZdx´ƒõüWþ>Åã}½=óÚ€gÕt" |WÌé $¥Š p|H­·i)ÕÔ9hS’�± ‚€ sÐy[ ŸÀ„¹DŒ(KoÿË Ü„Ÿ:7ŸÛã/蕧ÿ‘ã•ß¨óÃ:»ÑÑcÉQH"„’*߬¼½^P¼¿R$ñáÁ×O£¯ç}òîU÷æyï—Ï° <-®¹Œ0xYŒ M ¯—£¥)F@.©£ñÛiw×==91�ù*ªÈ°�’Š*'A�d)QOy,8YQöãNj% TŒÉºcOƒ÷sP ‘Т“åŸo=ߎðˆ©\§ß·ŽùѳWž—Ãê ˆ¤åY!8‚e¶ûéØ)¦£ëzï×õØ¥~Ñëû¹5é™Á$ý%wÁÕ˜`*§RQ±R(Ì J"iOpøF²×M-Ÿ*ãW^É h'œ3|nnî¸UÒ¼\¼b±Žg¦µRrfzq°X}}ÌñòþyôÃm¬é·?ÛtO¼EÖ3#!¤ iKÖšEH(‘�Šù\EdB:¨ÿoðúà_åß÷ˆqþäÕ«?â=Í›µ9þ+Û«,º¼Ú,fîä•zöåMë¢+g%¸o[2»pª'È€ �ú®ózë¼#1ÚÎÔµmÓªsN\³b³ƒÔªÛÉëáÓ[Cª¹‡¼·v®Å.{4Û—ÛÏW:zUZrr¶”õ®Äs+´÷eÌŽ]½u‡¯žRg´0¥ô™Ý=xÞŽ…ÚÞ½zÃt&òmTöË  ã|E‹Šjs;x!TÃ`ÕewqÉ—2Ý$ó+.ɾ™¥TÆö·IMs¥ØlàëÆDؾ–PíoÁÙŽS•*§2¦÷‰¼ÎãFÄÃ[N‰Gp#AõùÍ¡:EzêžÐU`œÝ“—S=Ýs¤aÅIÞn&‡kÞ2äf±ÞkãÏÌëkq.IáOÍ»’ ²…õ¢ÊµGEÚÆ…s}³B÷(Ð×b”œ&m»d[|¯•Ÿ�»¯:g+:žyæÕáݱmÍofîvê©y†énS½]{,ÜŽéUœóz«Zï5¼„šM×>Ç77¼Žô‘sxð%/o&ó4,SÈN³a]ìæ9»í\‚ëÀIu¸sÌÙ33]Ù†Že†ËTæmTîóÉ«º²^\ξHëÉOG»ob,¤Œõ™iÈyI›<9-âgfúé š lbﯩÕn­«G5d¹Zw³N#F¤nð°Îç^õµ¼Ê4ç)¡/2Ú£Ò:YÛ3gfmÎQ#eÞªö¸2ë qJðhÊÚ$S3Ž:¥ ­Ì›AoN:ުƕßuÍÞveæfÝÐí›ÃV\·SÝÜjeå«¢µ$MÒÁ§^§”’ª]o©°òfDÎÕeglÝïHÌÚª¥œ§Þª¦ÛœozælgUö›É¬{;Ù5ÓNª†³=[Ö§š·wµw£I2…‹ öÕö™‹tíf‡Z´±+‚Fð_9ž’Â×e¡míÕå ËXÚƹ³—”8·y‡ ÕB†Þꩾ2vˆÙÌŽéWy<‘œ',Œç: Í}¬™ÕsJÑ•$‹D\Ö‡TyV÷N%Ì¡s4¤vÛªSúõö\¦jµÕ™º¹<dÔÈ|nmÝÅÒá3¼.ìV{�Ä à>ñ ¨úgâñÍö÷Þ!Ç^‰¥=N÷TOáï·h‹ËS+>;'ßÜD<íµ—;sƒìîÇcv w|ç MI4}‘nÌŠ´‘Ù<Ü6Ãd+P©@¢Ì `Øs3…—*åDƒ¡-JIV=ófâpÒWÙ5ÇÓ¯[ mé!ô&R$Ĩº 3T3”c·&(’&}÷8ç}Dšç•—-rrÛ5Íg/;Îgƒ¾žw‡^2nÞü³‚p/fç VAIE‚Œ]¨eµ&5…R€Ä™Ù¹š1X™†Ó2nPfL^·ˆAÉq!(°±›A¦ÌÚ2M½iÇ9å—ªx>>!®xVpõ®&ŒÉ ˜eÊàŠ ñ3*#L˜ÊLÀEʈE†¡˜«LÃjΚ žW‰ç.9Ó¶¹Á^°1»ž„ï«"é*P÷fdŠ1Á! ì²LD¨R@<™m# ’)¨j‹‚@#ë ÄâEÍ2¸ñ#ªåê;ß}Χ¿‘®XÃŽ>Õ%···45¹Dĺk=`YJOL©aA´‰ O:3�’hÑ©—D½ßIÏnèmÆ;Xq5×QI=¢æªrIö×MôÙÆd•Åì^ô(‘²Ÿ!–¤®A—„K³D9L„I™&"2¤x lùÛœÓ6IA!4¦”xZˆ©tï*Qœ52s,’Y´F777rGR+Z-"H$äÅÞ­m…U-ͼt/4œ»jÌå«¥'s ¤I5o+#VD«B®óo7H¦ˆH Ù©¾¼×�+óûÿæ�DE<†CW`ùf«¯oP;€À@ )4(4ªˆ$¡8ÑøÑ/ËmÆ!¬ÛqÜÕAÙ) H²¾&ñ² HëNßMÚéR'àtø‚þàëîöBúp¤ HÒÑ„@ä!‚ž;byµ@~b¿%Uý9Ï—Ë··Ý¿ÃÄgþ]Ð�Þ ’šQToÑ­U×jѨ£V5 ‚ÚÖ¬bÑY1*¶ˆÐ)"T”U2J(Ò*Òõóï½Û3]ñÝÄúi�ò¤CP¦B-d¦MP }ß+ÛÓíωãáöèÿ_ã÷yfv^¾•WlRºŸÇŽ;ýéâ¢È$ºÁä@oÎøöÏÃû¶ºþ¿·íãI©2 Šbj÷ÁÛX„á –F*T¬ $AÜù|–<7µ!lUK‚˜;š !ŽŠË1òçkÞ)aZÜòº">•Ò ü&®Ê+¾GM™ˆùh@„œz²’‚É ÚC…½àj( ø4¡P @ˆà�ÄeK…¿Ü} é>„4Ä5ø7=¶;ÆS5xÓâÖÙ®™±¬’(¶ƒ¼:ºÆA¹#/)PÅ:·j¢]K“ Fö TÛ µÄÂ!™Z¬F9»¨ ’bæJMÍ1F‘wm¹]ݤ'qÑ6‹DÓΤRDE3`Sb¤°kŠFwv=o'ÄóÂLÉçq{íp¶6£l‚–Ѽã’ì2*Ë!¥JR­A“:—;bÛ‰VŒ Ö¼Z¹­w[ÓÂÖ6Åm’¨ÂhÚ“DXÕkxÕ¥ïŽWq¹<éÕuâàGi$®ñbJxí\Ôj‹s[5Ò66£›šîîj¹U·q¹­Í®cWè<Ìr¥­kkiœ9!©GâT8 |¶`jiÜ©’¥*PmÑòGÓl(ªx¨¬“R>ß½2aâ( 90µ#©(à˜K¦¾­ÊÓóö»áÜ¢ŒŠ·Ü '˜ ‚ ðîXµO´™SÞ«Xï#¨¥7€öÐg5KÌ¥tLOXÈ G´dùëZv€<㬧­Þö¼Ì%tïzãÞ:[ÉÆX§j2h`7FÐtŒHm§·çùþhßÆuÎ~]Ÿ§!ŒÄ1YU±oÏòþðòŠ–(¤ö$WO-éBE)àµzƪÑG[[ÛYKdGžáùswžïí%½VG’ÇÀy7•oÊ‘ÌQô#ÏçöУ¼ þø>$@¥Düyõüï[¿¹ùüýG̯½pý¶?U~v/V±X´¤Z¨€ÑQ¢R­lGXDh(S©Á u‡.±€ Ž© iÛSwI’ BÀÅXLtÅï.À¹œéרk9Â@˜ ˆˆâZMî\¤ÉI‹P\½#î^Σ«“dÞn™ÏF›×8®nÄwMÍ]ð="v—ÈœE¬/j³tmMpQO$ypØvæÀ몯,ŽV=eU{@®gY;·Ì7Í^šòDFôŽóË ±WY(Kh00´ÙÍ™JÅÿ ^Uɘ5sA×”e(A«';æ¹Bw97cœÛ=µs‹eöô“w ¡F1»k殾º%Š&i#dÅ£kÚÝݹ“(Æ(³ÎܬiçÃËÁdɬlY"žuÙŠJJ6 \Û˜[C¨³yÎo/j='=xuWŠ "P±ºh駨#kiPj¼ÐªHÓ 2Q¾É!íæÖà*ÂxKGB”Ñ™6ôÇ­šÒH(f)®aH$ «,ƒV…LI † )š™&0˜§wm„ vä^:V0$ LÜÍJª‚tÌÔ(’E 4Þ"I¢#*Y0\”Ã1$%V6bjžº/ÏnÝJ(ÓFTꂺ]YŒ<ç0‰#d a4ËZS1)–#’Fófi$©·²{¨ê2d:M´‹(nédÖã8RñÚXD¢¥‹š©FŽGí[ËBØ!PY¢^Ä0ªÚÌ 6TeÙ^ƒØA#Dí⾇°î©õ¬ûÏo„{©Rž ô×ɯŠæ}†ÄSèÕ^ž·4«hþß³üÇ-ôéOOhö/¿áïú)@]ÃJ̹1BÁ–K–I„Þ\5ˆ" ZÏKu ±IÅVkb°9¬—kuçò hIaÓ<†5±"°¨4Y²I‚ê´ Zb¿@ôÿ// DO/°ý+/ïÎÛíÇEEwfo^½–¸²­û ¤Ð2ºà˶Ué6’ &æ¨Õ¶e§nŽLŒ™ê a Ä7¦cÃ&PìuU*É[½L†ùsyâÚ+ p~ywÂßafR-=¬Ü»¼\¯jo3,¡4)¤Æ„‚AIöàµZé<6ivWQ®²·¨á Þ>þ_.jÁ‘”:÷†&.U‹ Ù,P¼S6¼«¼æ“|#µ3'.צkPäQ¶ôá×ض»²fkªFÐ繬I‚Π³°pTŠ Y¬éLtíà~?R�ò#Á…_Ü>±�qÏ-»uêËÕUË«ºõf{/pÔí3$«T,Ì÷¥vÏN xY̨Ç]Z&ß.¿76.vôæ tO$_%DóŒ´é@A"i(ZÈeªœ¹¼)&FIËë±hÄ´N€FIVq5Ù‚‹À¤4Ò(æžC°×o!펉çáûã¿Ñ„D��“F{ZÜ×çúµú³ìþ½‡__÷£w_?³HQ@R§T ©% ˆAOÌ­'íw#ßôY$ð Ãiööeky“Á Rˆ3èÌœ;þžt{yuÞB ²š<½³ï]ùŸm½c›Îû½s~W¡5Bˆ0ìÀ3 :L‚PpB]pÛ75q5fg$TæÿŽ¿4{aC²ý–Xÿò” Œ‘©LÕSä3ÕGUVã›V¸õñÄ ïTöp*À S.-†s-’€’Wß#µæ˜-jU_ `*‚˜¢9/¶­ç ¡smY徭w]"u(ø Z˜Üipˆ]¢y]Ýè=#zŸI ›eh@R?¨„¤@3Þ”gÔ}ÊÚ@¦|-õ 5¡îë„4¶¤hGsÚŠŒPÒyŠy®{ì3¯+°Ê²°…s'T’‹ö2¸" ¸eÎ{þ-×ÔOŸ?èþ?èjÑö÷0~~3…~kZ3“5k‚ïG6©0õ+[VªÊ_n¶£¤MÝôÖjû0L²ÖS‰8³RX¸.¤ÖYg«2r¨#&ß7‡§6åf-Ù:^E_˜E¼]zOfi=]<eÑɯŠ•y}±Œ·$¬;8s]õµÕÝÏ4(›±™5S]GfuôÚ±œ™ÞÍ i]ín9¥Ë°m_Æï¨mæÑíÏ&ç¸ó![’ÎäÍžç÷Voj]ó{ÒšG*ÕâÖzkl“\fÄ𛣓g{4Ø£FúæÄíZ¹¨f陧ښ[|»uÎêå#wÑËÒeÞaÊÌ»h¬êÊîÇ<3=›˜ ¥W: Ë’3hÎÛ­¦Ï3G,ówK²Õ*Ó/–lñ°H&rjîÜðé¦Åõ ^Û"u÷ ܻʔ³8æâfî°iw_TÏN`ÇYy”'™\¯1õßn¾†7•:«h«7)qì§ÈÔÞô–\hÝ3—sÞgym_.U_ÔÜï?¼À ¾Þ$”è„÷â­åIaä®ÏjSÚ¬[ÑÁY“ïSešy°iÍþØsr¡jÃ>ËGÂ=‰XãÖÁ~­p så |ÆLÿ[åZ‘çÞL¢¤{ÆiÌ´¦}F¾²v0•|¼ï»>XŠÅ»$Ùå£ù)©E"e²®Ü«haòˆuŒçh²«k)”fÐE\\³¶çN)`mg-u³ جQs] ß•½�øÆUq¿ón‚ è_­®É·_È·FŸ6MïÅ‹±&¸4ù¥ŽÍBbåC³ÛÇþ­J|­‡À¶zÛ—‘R‘­Û¶wñli ˜?TÞ_[Ó01|jÚx4Úœb G“¯ Ôˆy²Û:mVªãž(ãkùÎ^¤Á£Ñjþ>×kž» ÖKyZ°zWsN©íÔÅÞªÏZ,ìL"ÅÉšòõ£” ­Û?ãîÛ_ß°Ó×_ü×õ%q§›‹²ö¤G—‚ùñÿ¿…¿Ò·úµ¼ø²ÃmFò¡Ú$Èý-<¾®1Âã쯳ÿyð¿·kqóyõÃü?¯žt·%Ëý5Öž¦½—÷5lûypÏÖœìº,O¤}Ø÷Ôzøßkí«sŸÕ;ë¼àžWå­³šu¦š4Åt3o¬N)9nNšH¸û†2ì¬`4Td» eq 1¼ìÖŸô§ŠöïŠýƘ׌XJÒlõ4û¶µCÆn˜ 4Ï4’ËFˆ^»ú‡­©¿ßO›X¡ízéB0tkø:8éFb'« ËÚX]Â,Rú+Äé5§Ù5ˆû»mgAU®»øÕùÒŒ.x8)¥{7OB“…)×êaÚ6îýv¯~,`Ò3À³®´SL«,%ÈR ‚ðfÏ,Á\I8QWwâ ¿jü:ÓY j Ã{Oí"hºÛ_Ê•P€èeÕ¤ºN!¦ŸÇÉCêÕ/©r&¯¢Å«°öÏCã³½í­í[ú«Jý¾¿—nxõ»é¦CoëÒÂdµÀrv‘Óõ^ÞeIN˜ÈbæãÕÛé=§_—ºûº1ÓÑ“B|Û÷¨]Dbô`M¢<(äx×Ù»ÙWô7_-9=ÚuØ£2£Ñ·qå³ôóøkÿ àg÷Ùþ</v𧲞äÔæÆ}:eêž•õjÂö`¤ÝG†PT„fðg TÓu*²U¬£r·×˜ÐÓÍÛâu-š~tíQPD 9í ^lÞ 7À¾Ó΋G…=¯òhVWŠ¨ïÍð4€4÷®;Qzk²úr9nQ7÷o'H fO“_ ª\Ý‚ÎPyÔÒk^­S¯4o¡&Ó¥.·*¯tµLö+-¯…²ÛøxkhÓ<›è<š¯ìø½èVê.õÃ,į÷.°5iâ±~ÜÄ}µó û»ÿ_êqýý£EÖºSÓÅCøÎþ¥T�µ!ú‡(PÊ ‘{«v»+Q㻵­ücÏåϵTMªiûéçôõ·=7ÎøgØÃÀ§}˜Õš‡ó~‰î#NúüçÄŠJ“cw‚À³mÆó®ÿO?,c›v-^_=|Û Z0Új*~œò 9Mðȃ¤é²Ów?µïA,:Õt³ñëé‘©û†>é×uçP5…D0öw·Ó=…Tx°Råi«÷}Ûs 0ú.é×Þ~Üwj–!ŠIÖº¸Ç³–OJo'°€Nq¥9Êý_wÂ8ÚÞUÅ?bg÷ß–æ˱í᚟/ׯnÞ·PßYýtùÓµj쉾~¤}¹\íqÿÖw÷§èþ;ù_<§ F¨ËVQãЫPãF =W¶lQ¼ðßlZŽÔ}k÷é´ìGÞGÑûm¿ÙçÐ]ñ˜šK~Ú¿P:}ÿ¾9økàÎxñKº‘;#DoRD{ÇÀ[B*íU šë¶ßGå==G«%óðëߪó°´vZôݨý-îšéKci ªž*®Õj”×N´^Oš¼gœf áúµ>“ÒCµY5!3¤2€0H™=ùwéùuìË ÎÑï_{¬ýÒ¡*¼²¸×1Xu £*”Å4ªÁ^J¥ˆ¯ !ÔIéÖÒI;θ¦c¿‚pÝŒP¯È2áaTƒD@€sl9›–é…©3L£§kÙYEüõ­IŸ“ Šùao ‚Þcu?GnÞ:zï˜òo ;Oõ[ó¬ã[¦k»Ò‘k×_ùè)ý ž-ýóùUlw—¯‰ñ¥6U‘Ô5Œ†ƒåâ“ééöâùµ #¾<™Í=kZýºÏ6‘õ‹{ýψû:c×çîŸüút¦Aío•(z/4ørºáD'¹{ýg¶€oš/š~­óõŸÐ¿…+:?ûðßb€m µ,¡RŠgŠø×ø|×Ûú¯\|µVq±é¸x}�WW,HôßÜîp²+®'¿ºf‰*Çá,?©}_ï­[¾­Zñ½‡«•ÖÆ>¿{ë[môYŸòûv³‰§YöFEþV@ÕUuÏT²³WéMÁ3Ï·¯k;žÜY€à~‹WšÖlÌ3¤dxm^'åŒ ?ÒoÓXæÚµue6ý¥z ¨ûvPÇô­ÐiöX5)óZ·é®kø/¦coÓ<Å•)þvUÚîGÔ¶ë¤Ú“ožþÐ=�EJ‘Õ/‚04á發ђƒ¬†ú§Îz²V—«x…u¯§³…ôy™³o·~…ÅŒç¥$Ô‚dJ²ø?ÓeÇ¿qÏÃM3¢è(ÿö6ãqì¥Ëp£CÏÅñ©òãÆ*!RìZ9ß{Ì»Bx¶œ´úäW›ü©¶®Î)ç«à¤šn¸6.G.Žpq÷|«úÖ7öC¾¿5|fší éƒî3]?açËІû©iˆ³Žž0<ÇÚ~¶é¦ÇKø2}'MÉö_Ê®±!Èбg‘ôôµäª~Åb;µt}Ø,‘¢Ä [ôz­)·é·lIm³…#Þ^þRÛVŸ—³÷<ðÔÓ0vÿ<>jÄ0$É+ñUr^ªŒ6ˆbŽT† ²®®­Ïófz@ ©ö‹ò5[îËBï­1îðbz.}צxUÁ29>,”"¥Žƒsˆ¾TÞûù(´E¨*š7—ŸÊô¦†‡ç í Ug¤Ö8…+0|¼ñ&ÑsÅ_Ã-I…jöÛ_Ö|²ÖÅ;Qß×áFœlýðºQCd5wC@H},‚žE­æÏ[i¨6ÀA0,aE.ì6£ÑÂDm½'PcŒÓÌ‹Õ¬%èÇT vª¹þ_«W6‹XuÒñLùÊU0”ð®†.C0É0èþºÙµUS3Ú[m`@Œs¿üºÇʳ¢ƒùF„>¥6m6¥Ážª VûÔ-]K²}Üvt§‚×oÎ8¤¥FvZM›v~Þ¼ªž2­geݱ/]/kOƒÓ¥ß>±9šUsà‚.²N"KÉœRÑL®+–µÅ1ð6§Ÿ¹Ú•s¡ÔÞž½ÚÒW­o‘]×7[ݯ´[\GfŽšÇ‚n4µ+aÓ¿#/VÑTŽù­‡^Ômã¾uä$‘wÖ ¹A•v™·ß6P¨8åyé  ÝÜoB5¢ŒwÜvxòYÍ€]—73¯2ÕËnÁÊ)²…ív¨ŠH1§T�å ÷[oïòÑ1&ê(mß-³aA´ìÌ!}4Ña Â…3·lÔiW2Œ´�1¹aâ®èÞÚx'ƒã{¬ :åzhŽÌ#a皎�Oø@|k�ñ ±€Á·@ú觽äu“@�d9*ô…]™ $øãÔœq`/h¾Ø‚d¦ð§O_»×ïöç~s×î§.J ySìmÇ¡`„¡ 2¢‚Aé|¼)4A$* ( ¡ð?´ ³w‹º7§ÃŒá¶kþ•äzp›óÓzTr¦ÒR´ÀíS~„ C >}]ìtåDQ§_<R‡¶ýŸôÈß„{xã¿o]{› ª'³»Ã²"ë} Û·‡»¹^ºvuð*þ8øQ³¶îЪ•\÷o·¤E§l.§VÑ.:Ð2ê¬* Xzwêùn§ÅðlnzÒ7P¦ÅUzÈr‚i8ÙGðÓ©0C‘ ìÅœ)U#^ŒÏ+Éó_¢ùÀ>– ©+b¤áQL(:ñÇ…zð¢<õ–Ž/t¼AS% /î¦Å«ŽTuŒƒÎ|°š™+,Á¸Åxë ëË …²œ?¼³øêë¥×çškqZÑ›ôøShˆUL Èlsgh×Xúr°x>Â6²‡ánTœ¨©èS¬(:C5Œõòp¤Vç鬰ú)—ëüpwdW½FÚåžwöqkŠâï>ðñÍ<k±Ö6bÊ‘ÅÚ%‡2Ätö÷} §†äÿ00}&ër±€^wë~…­I?ïÅØD )†#½ß\¯ÑEõVðX%š ÞaË|Ýà9(ðÐ>tŠ/Â(X¹€ZçK¯c:­ƒAk.Û»g 2àš®¥ÕmÉ¥ª¦‹m©æ·çùÿÓKÖÙzôÇÕš ««?ôbºÍ0ª°ÿ»XŒû«ˆ½–{véæôZÎ ·ëÝñ´5—®ÚñÍÆ ­àê×-ÝL‹Ï3ßš–ãÚk8URÛÌLPý†:TlÝ¥§e*5ýWùÒƒ;íÛÚ¿Ú<Ú¼;'Û3åîÕw ¾±ÆtòÌCÆ$m´EðÑÖŠöñr´æá¿fŸ6}鮋¤®H²�^Ûú"ß_4Ó¿aóÒå�º¦ð0TÛR­¾ñ6ïZ/ê4còVÙL(¿ MõQ¡ÕF°$ã¬Ógú/�ÙÒ½W{ªc j¡ÜÚ­¹EÀ)lC”N,¾Î 8Ôä"}5 k–AÜ’…ʉĵƒºÜ@w 9¨Ü×2ǯèðm‹åDŠêGYü'–_ÀˆÑRÜgú¹q£1QZzíËÏ„÷0øfØwL¶!„š>[H�Âþ^Ø=Gecº¢”$U'QV›67õú.òF"­òö ”z× Ï¿T|˜buäûxùÕç×miò¨Ñtî×Á{Ä ñFò�[ÍOÂâ‚AÒêº*vØ'o-üx·)v©  #Óo8Ä­½tj–²Ëã1)w¹Ö,P\QjEÈaÔöµ[ÈÐÕkl¨î$€u£ô€ Að#L¨¢rX`QàFÄ×Äò¡õ©Z!Æ£…KzeTÑ †¿�rOÐ ¦ÉnŠJ߸vk7;7ǧ-™ ª"¡P(~zøÎ$“¼ Ac'¡£¢i]-œ®ãGü÷îÿUe}ß?²%=6ë¾âO|Ëy•ðè�Ñ8Ó£á…P\„îuÚ†¡üJ¤¨ïy¥ü¤›ëw¦ûÓ+ìÔ;–úÎŒ cjE·Â«îõ`ïjëÍôæº3‹xÅzv©ÉÕŽö[öG]€†ŽôÚ'¡¬{ÉäÜh¤‘ ÑÍ—æÏs5çqäyÇAÃZÚ ¥Ëé( iu¹ªáÛ»ýt›¿ˆnþ<g[Ptto‚©è¡Š•eÅ^Çèiß1Üíq“R*Ä®D°ÕP/<à?’ÜŠ¿…Kö*çÅÙ#nÌâD´•„ª²ªuW,!$áT”i[Pó.' œíŽt¼®ØЪþKdm#Óž›†Ϻ¢½V›àˆ'“¹pXne× Ï´òq ªæ¡Ä{ß×s'&|C|QTªöÙc±a‹XÜô¢g«¥Ó’]·ã,³Ž1µ²j¶Ù¸¥ƒj(bjÚËt¸ïÓËF·Ñ¼œI#k&-ŒÍz_ÕéŽ5¾ocÉ︽õŽ”x¯/Ú½÷ÏB£Fí¯`/f›__)ÑF¥MžË†ñ_Ó§J¬Â³6Çe"q÷ÛÒ ií´‡Å@l·v A.U˜!!Ö=É¥Ídr­àˆ!ŠÙSð*.vaœ¯²ê.`ˬÅ?ÛNÏ""ßòg¶'WŽmC…õ^1¥­YmÑlF4[ê¿VªË&Šè஫8Ý]”meе†S¼¨¹¦4¨pA°²4Ù€ÙRJç>n¸¦2«EÆq¢< ã¿tÒŠimj±½s#¡£k¶˜3Šq5}fÚJiZß1K¾Š$Ñß6Ýâd‚ª•èY!ÁUŽ2¡ñŒ%Ô‡^)µÔS㣎rN¢´.äb5muµ«io ,a´ 4õhhC¢ÜC®ÚÙ+ÊÉÌÝšÅu¶üV–µF]²öl ƒ$ZŒÍ[[xƒ%yQjæÙÒÖ­¢Æ³iU$‡á´(wš’îExŽ'Šc€ìÕ¢‡Yy¶Zïnµ†K@Å×>°Ñ¢˜ïÙjc¤ç‹Aˆ˜ÉæÊ77‡É÷þÚä¢Â‚V˜Õká…í#ˆß‰Þ¬¬úf'­×Gk⣥^2Ýy×zJÛLvÁtð‹1éµ3và4r¾5Äx³gVÈ}­Ë¹º×´;¶³EÓHwì£I¤Ðvzô˜ù*öQÏî¼R1‡ú³¥…Ø#Øÿ¹ïò×zGßÚ!$’*ºá˯ÓvÓ×±÷h½Oµ´§¶ãöøÅFâ½>ÛëJ\ÖÑ[¬ÿ]l-›¿U‹Ê½œ·©Í1ýƒ`^”Þ?ÄÚŠG¹dëU³pzõX²è^Šû™¿ª+VÞWþ—Ù!vë¥ì~-sû¿ž•#j{•cÐ}kŧ5ý}žh>Üù7ö[·jÀ.¯½a{ÀÀ!ŽÂC×nj¡ûÛ )ÞÑ™ùÆâ5@óB‡*Š˜ˆfôwNhÎ;–+ÃÕè×·X²J‹¸ûw¨r 2£Wm¾áºtÑqŒì~8Ò½|:ØMxëÌF›6½­}á¯vQ`¿ŽZ^ÅèNÆ!¯Z ÈȺ’ªedÂØí@ÛMŒýJâ“ÒÛ›¶Eé,L Åì½ÿ_ Iè£V¡ êµ½§N­#:Uœdf~S—Ì-Jšùâ^Z^/W5’ë{;V†ŒÜ²¥ äN°±ÇÞÍe‘»2ˆ&•~Êõ%½ÄB{ú-*ÞœN1õ¸–[h'•[•7cëËIq*ä{":fUaUj­¯U ‡…ÄARW°fo^zƒEÖ•¦öô«óJéu¯¯Ø.·ç‘ˆÒí»ãð³õùÏóULázœÞ2·q¶<¤Y÷Ã… éÅ™¸\e›#¬1òï,5¯v‡zÙp·ƒù(ƒR·Q JK¿›f0B1@лûW1lÖgõŒvŽ²nœ}[Λí@íñukþÏ�ÿîµ»;7?P¸~>7~5éì¤â„*÷fiÇ•æ#Ãjk2¾žMÎý©K(¯þ áÕól]”9 ªÿª”÷m?ç{ßņ^ ÷íu›Óܦ¬}Óoë_Â,1xÅúÛV³âwÑ–‡É·ø:¹q[4&ÅzJBÁêõeïµ¼Ö5«Qëw*ý©-⽸¶çzޙ̦bðºý]1EÛvµsÕði¬ü·V</^ÛF|qÍç[_ûgö¨ûöü~ÕOeþŸÇùôßç?ñº%AýE4þŸôÓ˜þ²Rƒ'úÊ}¿;iñþoZ ëíûþ²Hö}^mŸ‡›ý‡âÁ Ó9ÎŽ&žësýdÝþ–ãi½â>8Þ-[œ JýQ7ùÂê÷¼ã\Ìc_À…¨v­VoV4(2$9ùLëo­WÊ,óœÛEËï£ É«¾¸ ñN¹ˆ]©k4ígC™ÒÑ]ZÑsZËÒz9Ãÿ®÷þñAQP÷eCÇ—êÚmƒ¬ûrcœIù»ëØQUDÏÞþ÷î¿Ýü¯ìöÑç7üùš˜mQB3þÒfgû‹gZÔ'5?ÛSmîS�ªÍ¥()G¬ášus6¡j\xJÃD‰£¹u*ÿ_æšž…çþT©5YŸ‰­•>öÑBžÚþÇsëŒïaöƒü~„ù„¬ÑUx‡Š I( óãáÈLjWâƒË†ËV¾4{8˜¢¹ÕUUÝ¡è»ç•sd«Ëyºú“ÔÎѪä++M£u—=R÷–w†­³•C:F\ô!ÍîÜh¬Oª·¶{ uS•f¯”ÍõQÕ}/²Í',±§OgŽÊí4]=rnºóXl9ÕwU“Eîкú÷%g)7y¹$X£ƒeåÑw{kmZ’;›×ÈæÕ“AÎfõò›¹›™#™G‰,åmeƒVR{¼w¯g%í["w”&&V²^×&ž»Ý–D¹{•ÒfÙRÞÝvŽN†õÚVÒÚ\o©Þnå ÀºØ±¦¹ÎNôÖ1ÎË”‡š¨T÷Yu‡ÁÁi­‘Xㆠ[Ù&Ÿ-ÇÕAfl•ÖŽOvѾ}Ûuwg*ˆ›ÞÉpÕr¹m½—NçjM¹¬X÷å¬ýAüˆ€ �#ùÐy5–÷þÔ Ä\œO‰Õç!÷ËÏífà¦eõ“§ó=û??ŸÙû=ý¿ï{wÿ<ž·Ñî(š»û>¨¨øšºø³Áì»:¢A¸OÞA�þãÿ ¿^­úú×ì]­u+ÑÝD›.n™0f¹]»wH×':äVH·"å,ÄdM¿áâ4î¢+›&í(îä—\šŠåÝÁ#»–0îç·-®mxÞ2/ u$k–ìn¹‰Ô¥’åÊmÔº×uºŒÌ¢Ü·0‹&\®Èܤ“±ÂJBrIZƱȡLås9Ô¥¹¹“ ÜÌ“?sKf@\bBš±FƬ±œ©aaW ‡ ÂT–ÝtÓ»nvWwl¦k"–[q08ÄË2&.B̦]]»UÕ-:ã´çRŒ8.IT$³3QPÍ”ØÀÊ£˜‰0NŽ&”Ú,IcNt뉋®.Ý×9`®QqÛ»®wvàÌlF&V6ÎL•¦í©£N%• +Šb‹Zƒ›7]²»»¸çtîPkœ‚£E˜ÎŽç:åÙA°wfçwuØ¥ºg:ê(‚¡U(ypŸW³ôqçú—Ýþ?Ÿº}ÿ³öÿoÊ¿Ý÷ùíëeÆßNøÕ矱¾ïšÞŸÙõ»öÞϺñÛ£/Ã…ÿüó_¿à«üxêéSÒ¼ÿC?îø7¿•ý=¼y·òUÿ¾»_ù2À^¼7î¿£µ<©‘�º¬û¢}Ñíý¾öº‚Vͦ#x‰ëãáðšoã†1òË:æ£ÎýÞš.ü½ú?^ÞôÈ¿ªR%(¤h)¤Š£I´Q¤ ƒ[hÅXÖÀjM‹FÅj¦– ŽødÒR ‰ùd@ÿÉü~mü¿—×ü½~«X’n/{Þ÷½ï{ �"&à¢lcŽLÌûB©" €UUUUU{ﻺ‚ZÙ-îíßffgn‘œÆÛÉ’I””ÎfvîîîîûÉîé™–sÝbÉ»»¾ÈÃä ÝÝÝÜÌʪ¦-¶ÝVg›»»2I33µUU[¹„ædÌËm̉™œ *’I*ªÌß;»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»¹%ÝÝÝÝÝÝÝÝÝÄIs€Ûé’™žîîî'¹¶ûªª›m†ÝUQ$ÕUuÝÛmù™žli;­·“Lë ÕLÌÍE@¢i&Ü5UµUU[¾yÝÉ.m¶Ûªªªªîîîîé’e%3ÝÝÝÄ÷t&ªªb&R$‚¦fI™Ÿ<óÍÝÖ80 ¨FIFSÝÝÞwrD»»»»‡$@6µ­iá �Pëêÿ5=†X»(û=}¿ü) î`ÃÐs0EQõV¿‘û¾öÔ ��@�æ¿‘¢&Š` ¨V¥TÆŸü.EÈ.Ë¡PÛ~Öĉ&W«3$7òÌçñj[뾡¥-À‘!f‹¬!ª*äzt®?%§Î‡þ½~rº|zß羵̟NŸŒéx:¶§á…ðÖŸáòãÇŸ/ X[" æyg!†”•ö¥+ñ£¶P¥*t,S¹kÒéV™Ö«¹ÔÑæõxJú¿“Øxfðý»ÓcáŽ/î•¥ wv× .ªëøDŒí'¨½gϯ[Í\Û/¬.()ÝÛNWÃç+צqÛºïòÒ'BÔ.Ù1·Ÿ¶¿Ë­vã£64œ®®³Ó¦"l§Â£ŠéãC`oÃÊ­­7ÖŸkc¾OEö糃¡Ë/Rç7Pt×>÷»U$â°\R&Ê E®á¼Í_OÎciÚÌ«éiÿoÛÿ…‡èãnGE¬BtNPú¾ÏÕõëëÒDUMEDÎÍÕ›ÕBÆŒX‚ Éb„3 •LhÅ&‘ˆ‘F` E¢ÆL”&¡ Ì”1jJ(¢ŒL“K4Õv×r,¥£hº§MD$ !˜ ’ZHh•Å3EF"ÝÆ(”ª&X0ÌÌ(kÎàADT¡˜&¼êäŒ4‘L¨ f°3!²†°AHÆÊHHÆhÍe°É†°‰‘L2RÊ ‹,KwkŒÑO%tX•”e2ÑH¢(k i¥¢lR¥J#K4i1DJŒ3i,K*SS#FM‰‘¦bLRQ2ÉI31!‚’)‘dÍ4Ä2É%úuvM6fˆ°ÙfY DƱ)²Q‚#ExÑ®©¦¢#óÝ>¹Q wßË×{Ý–œ$ó:P<€ª_ÞÀàCQEJ#1i‰xÒ¯TU`’$;ËÝ"”A†ˆ ~ú5¶4ñuÑVö$µ}F¬Ï›¨öÛk}Mè¥Q&iVF!Û×Ö ÒE$¼H~«2¶Uƒv¦ìŠöœ,éA"HSÕÖ¤Ö%ê ¬¶“ümŸ¯|ó.ÒXÊi¬rÜÈE†8 $’K–ÉlÉ% D{ôŸÅLH#Ùl7ðߧn ×½æ÷çqä?1¥/#¯j·š?…Qô”…6õ}2…~%?I4%bg¼ý›4—»5U3sn))3hUª"M%B­ûh «”—uQRÝm[/ÏÊ°AnX‘iÍÙ¸ù︈ÓCsgåÝÝÌ¿¹’æiÉšt¥ÕHt“¢¦\‚)¹hLÍTÔåÈ–’<A¹d4‡…$)sE¶ÙeÊ-Ì©•3?Šš§YåÞ‘Ž±¿)hý-iù“õHR–’ÚM$½”Ûék}}"q9ݘÉìêe’“ a™m¤ÑøУ÷ŸodéGÑ SÏmÔY­üWÆÅ<�”`qF;õ/ر¦%…ÀáIú¤0‘‚” bŒú·’–Â_¥·gqPA†¤>—¶(ðó+þ,Æ2V›Ùšcè7Ûú3G“J§ßÛOÙ¶Êr›–‹jçx 9V³"€ë³4¢>éQÌÊ“êðež˜:l`5åÉ ‚,Ôe+:L.2‰'ÉehO’’,’,¦§éØÅŠ�e), Ù™þ’q¡©eyt¤nl3bj˜'…b§}€Ö`“\¸iÇ<­£„é@L"9@À‚è8 ÒIà €Â¡.Àd°Ñ 9@ÈTÖ€ †R€fÉT ÷Êäâ0-À‡ÄsRÂE CZØ)0»†Ý�ig%¸Þî¡AU#p{çš ›®gã”G›3ú‹¡b\ºŠ*Y%sO*Z@©)„uN†!ý•?½þïãÙ¿\›ªo&¼íÉÂÒÝÝm—I0Ðß×nÎüâÚµº^sV®ý[ ;—PËȲdã”R{€I'j±1¶¡ÑŸ‹£³ÐÜB—k`xBÖ°p•ŠIÀQuO¦ ¯Èâj~vÃ×nûˆ°:H4ÿ@H$æDIØ D'ID6%ˆ7Ò_‹¿+N7ÎúŸÃ/ àc¡A«]¹^vúíMN’ÑIf`ùu鉭¸Ù ’>bÇÎ}?\âóÏ…åŽr; %÷LP#L�4Ä0:£#«Šâà:J0À€@1†Ÿ /DTPF!HÑ—S?¦ i²"å³È@(´ï”&.®sùX(_´­eÌGÃü�â$¼úqÛðyÜ„ä™Ý¤Ð©ƒ¯$‰�‚6P²Gíκ[ظ½ óâó¾æ%åÇ&Óv­�rr¢$Œ&qAµ0è¶I$¡A mÊî ‚B`¼…êa5¥XºI,·(§~j%„jOÞ¬y·;®–¿(ïêÀü Yß#.ù€0A1í§sãøm´$6¦êY%! Á‚Ȳ©-™çŒÊþHÚÞ(Å_Ö[³6L?ÆÅæWD‹6pú¾ÞrlR-5^ÅäÞâÃÇ·Ô+HEG "L×ðl0l‰,6£áGGÕ56%ˆBƒéDÄÒCš1ä@d4€Ko“£/, ÁÍB8u €UB)Á…'ðûKß�Dœ,èÛv>Ås»F*‘Ax¤aÂGc�üö´ÊÞ(8ph·sYá…'G -`ñjS8aa´i[Í.ýmÓKËi¤ƒ 쯛·:È¥*g3fAYÆ,úV£VÙ‰½-x¸[¡È³’¸Ð¿H c A9€J‡Q€·&¶7¥Î,B©º¬íÞ4ÍY@Á´=õËà£m_GÓá}âG¤V}âñü³¹êS=c¿eãc‘µiˆëÍ(›h¹·M²6¸£v ³¹¿Ixº&ä:^ÁòÑ °¯Ä*Ü|+ïÙÃE•©|Ã8´®$Ãé³ ÑF˯‹ÔÍ]ÙÍÖ73"¥ÔmŠÚ•Ã³pjb6“Ö’A5Ë ¾v¾¡èÍ\×©Ó ]Ÿ]ëuÏs¹át¯x‘Xš;ñu£Î«4åTÛ¢·IDò<ÓÆàwnž2 7~5¥ã3‹!´¬Á"ý¢Í%ûGHW‹£ð‡ò¦ÓŽÞyÛŽ6»ò=Àö¡O„Üu‘ÐÃwC}¢W)á€Ò`IÐbѯ¾„ê<‡å´í­!²ÕƒÈu]µì†ç5æš@úÒç w¶<Ó<5Üîo†$¾«+lAÂôMð50j€„KYÅPHç‡]w*EÂ=*¡¡h†t mÁ@TÙPÅNË J`¨Ì"AFˆ!€¾]¤õÓ·û8G9´Áìõ,³<׌ã®@9 ™z1‘LT²Wê°ðI7Ü+© ˆuЈø`´Aþ?åý¿îÏÿ/ùo’ºãËô¿yÈ‘* ),1(€¢'€O<ǃCÌ{< Ÿ&¥H$Ú‚–xR <J¶¹n‚H!ÔpÉD©¨7Q/Bu«MÜ3¶ÔL…ÍÖÞhîÊpáý|_JqQÏ´Í&±ü •4eøÛrE¢óW(cõ(N ú,øoP™ù­¶›fÖ%»3“¢ÑiÂÊ…ÂEïA¹HÉREÚ³š©nÖZUÍT®Š¦2ãK>ÁÓ=3 ‹†VÄŒXlŒ- mÜ91²v¼ßdÑ1¦p`QáÈßl¬½[wÑ„ògO¶^÷¾l»®©yPÀœfˆŒáGE/¼BÐ>‚‚E©•ÀŠÚoÓV¡ $†›ªCe¦`QÒýŽ‚A‹ÞÆõg´Ô;ÒCÒ„YíIƒÁ©%ÎÕìdÞæΑ«}çV¸0¶‹5ô˜±XhC)ݲJ¾s|PœªÉ¶\œ(É´jr±A¶U‹ÚØ}áÀ¥0f([fÑtŲ«­$ÍN‡‰³*ª<½w&×F`-$–6 º�˜ÕQ½œkû×¾^¹$eìùÉ~¦€¥Qn ÙÊQ0u„BÀ»â¸'‚§ ·ʤò"Ê®àpןy¤óB$J•ŽM ®ª)ÃØBGB!lÆPˆEKÕ$ Æh(Ú¾I¦Œ/‘hÝCÂij¥•EQ„;Bºí²üÏ >*)iZ¡YQ­&Ö¾—uÓm·Q£4 ©"Û™V‚¨ÛEcíôõ÷Cz#£õ/S¾úÌû«“pߟEà1% »„Pj´Å—ß3/2³ÀÀ¨ÏÂ#›É‘ø…€É2õ€ r€V½½=tç®ô™%_qOÑŸG +IVVl¶“˜Y†»Ã#€Ký]Fè ôêèºô¢X£6’±ª5¥ú Å£RÄ„LQ'¾˸Œ8GŽë×».*t€gPÅ\SúÝí æi*â¨næf(Œ-ô’t‡Q£’ Èâ4¼¦àÜ Yˆ˜B“f Þ-;s„mZÇŽj‚iÑ—øuç6ã k¢po R4Ó- 9¸rÆ·Ç\1Ós’……¥Š Ž�¹YæÉØÃw’ƒÁ  D!ÓLHâA ”ƒ'.B€ëèWa� Rm¹z=½øg¬:%rÜ}°tsÁÇRv„­ITj °—´Z3\Sž®œTO~Ünd›žµE1BØ Œí@æ,`3P-…BÝñ'9Üð†\,^%aÎbW±×;ï 3b$ÔÐL2Ob`“ò  I‘g›áŒqìäh.*HÜp&ĈH¤‰'E…‚˜‚5i™Mb,» ‚DÉ ·a”'BcSx¨M¦®5ïäOþxŸ8ÿ_ú½µOßòûó,¶N_¸úûó›ôѸóô�b,p±»„-íÏ„B" ¤ Ù …§mQâdðÓלâðñÌÍè—g.4]»vÖo¢ºˆ8!‹2ÌÄwî7sÚÆåðÌâg˜^’!ÓÞKîí! „LN@dÈZÂÔ ´J÷jE&†p*ƒßú¸«Â(P%I°¨=³%(L²¦”™¦i†ÙQe¤Ø6üNmŠT½"G�p|„ä�кMcÖÒnP0Ž` B?®>= p�3-CA(™”÷ßàZÚ¦i¢®´.º…¨€§EÎy^†tÿ£ÔM/4%Ó­ÇM„:º€‰„ +{C•lLà %À 3€„,Tóÿƒ8´‡á‰Ú�<’—¢‰È‡^æ�à.y«É…ÁƒBAÃ#ß%‘™!¬¥6›f¨¦Ó4¥KJ”¥›,ÚjLfVe-5™’ÒÊM4¦S2ÊŒZSRÖY”Ë*Y³IJPÁ,ËÀÊR$„I0uOŸ]÷ßÐóåt©Ù� Z˜uP„ ô¤uÀ79:ô$“RURZ±h¶*‹TU“[&£hÚ*Å´kF´Z‚¥B¥zm¼!`àÇ<ì¢hN¥Ïdˆ>0ÄC€eVÁ�‘$D%`\TdSÁF1XIE”R@ÆQG“Ú@Ü|'PÒé`:êã9¢£0í¸!Â$%—JÅ¥JjY¬¶š–šš¤aa!YVXYU,Úm*l´Ô©iSSS*R¦•)´ÚËLÔÚŠ@ÈBÂHHHB@…R¦¥eKM–•4´©©l©¥¦¥¥l´¥M•4‚X%!a!”€BD !"VR2Ò¥¦ÔÔ¥M¦¥J™DJ@ÂBÈÊ5ÎÑ6‘˜Øˆc†.!ú@èèÔæ pb.†q bÄÉ/ÐF_èâ*¦B ‰ßfµ Ä^ãgO}¡Æ¯ZùDƒºÍ¤Õß[²iJ“†°]Ãƺo‹è¸Y@–BVXP…%• BY ÁLyfISŸñíÀÇOk®¤H–“Ôƒtî#¾Êv3¹¨HR�€À€ÁCÌCd%$`@ÆÀBÄœ!3,Ä”‘¤X„bS%À•” %’B3¤É1a%€„€e…€‘a°‚LðXÁÅ•À„Ä("–YVA%aR€$e”€É\Ì %Áp03�Á;r!ßúûé�ëÔžB9ôÍxÏ) s,ä$,;÷IE›¯S‘x .oëH�ù›ÕOÉ\òtöM ¼0E£7N×!úÿøt¿l¿‡ùÏÚsˆ2š6¿ŽfŸïþ¿^]q™™Èåý&YêòHr2Ås~@¢�$Fj¦«fó¥`ðeìÅÍ:$966VM‡®K FÝ=vn[@éÛ¹y™4²ÌÝ`ÚÍ&¤bX°^Üß@L� #›Óž–¿b«³µÓ®¹× ©Yµ4²”dB3—´c¬mâÈÉ'#!T\¥ÈE3×·¤Û¼ÖÔ2’½ A¤é34è:@Ès(1,ÌPÐ ¾C˜W þüxÇ÷¡ !(ˆ ¨âsó ÏÛ­g;Ú½Læ8 ZFžr¦üÚÌmXºØ¹ÿ~Çäzb @–ÛP#!’•�ôï®HE?ôÜùôÒl Öñ箾-ðõ`é!ßXkÎTtJˆJ­šô«×Ó(Є$ŒÚ»ç÷Šn†ºøô:ܧ;ž$¢'3*D 1âÄ5"X® ìh„4L6)ëËéïáÞyÐ}t•Þ^[ó·�¦ºöRZ Î¸èÖa]¯£Q­õ¾ªɉK~üævÎ"0ê¨p&uñÛ¾p*î¶ýðñU¾‹EÞŸÓé}Q(ƒ"DNìà½^U1U12%¶m"I&Þ÷Vúë°¯a~t8é®A]褦@q‹ÚÐöqXu‚‚**:õäò·½èJ $I$’IÀÚ . hˆwæ|ø«È *L Ò,@+ (0(BÓÁ 3/x@1‘iPã1Q`P‘2]I’âô­tyõô¯šårŠûo´¤ A~|¾ÆíïÞs½¥¨¨ª©Uö wEè'>6<sמ„F€J� $MuÐq äYAu*jCRºÃTmf‡1l±^$È22^Ç‚ˆ$‚Ažûæ UUB¦[m¤”H@z".vçnA"P‚!%&T8ß@søÁla:àk˜ª¥áv½wKγ]ãF+¾7Ñ‘1­óçoÍò³e¹–‘ò‰ô@Ȉ¡uñvA†wÛß«V1¨²³Tã(jNòd% Ù|KãÇnüœöÛ\Ye–Y˜’H’Iç@ìD^ê P�Eä8’I\¨çNsuãÃË"Zßú˜À$Á™Ïžù>Ï–®e$‘‹#6ƒH,A»gy½æØÅ{qÍÓMçnö:ɦө8‰«B(«¨Ç-ÞRŠm vî÷lY8™!ÞC´œlÞs™Ã”áÍÿçxíKJ"’D’àLäÈG{ùåßó[1:5WçÇñ›Jûk~¸mDÕ<stk(v ¼7á€[ GžcµU$ð¯™b¢k&uKÈ"E»5)faš¥4279·„Âh*­xªnåÉÙ®ˆ�b"<ך{|Ô žt / ÚÕ é¶:”v€Éç 0Óa¤½Û_“©“KCæ.mª¶î‹XD7¶í±°§Ës á‘U-JD·H—JiUSPeªôÞ1œ~[‡êd N»· ¾ì\e£ž8f%JÅ—ûòõ¬áFŸWS*¦s<Ìvíûžü0 AÝzÖ&B”” íèzJÒ¢+÷ðzÍL*M6†e[efe뫶PÄÍ,¢¤õ|ûä;ˆ\¡ð¿$yNÍéíÛÛ=¼¹ý`Ï!Ž~òž¥Ù¯OM¶Úˆ “ž÷'<ëŽ(é™B×JŽ]dïЪ£clÅKÎp7‚ª©œ·]7³ÚÜ ®qÑOJJ¢ˆ÷ñå駨ô:8u@»à¸¾=½<ûly¯mú-“·Y¥| ³�7lË(7ÄðiÁÃተ$ÔGŽu½U[ï·¡åUIùóÓ¯nv5UPuÍÍNÂï‡;€€<{vïÇ­¼ôä:‡nï™çÖª:î%*5ÝNÃ[X‹[v›Öªª¨Òyë„ÃZ ÓZÝ.Óf÷³iÆöø^Y  ƒ÷óï³?^ÕNcɶa´Ûh’I$“òmÓáO�y"¾@}¼¼vÙè˜ÜL ’b{NAÛ `fcŒž;1SP$¡7ß}æç}©@î®ê;«º£ººªª’˜0À@¹û¢�4AµòÒ»&ST"bK×$¼ð¦Ì$‰=_2I€™‰ óï¿NÖnÍb™˜æ`ú¦µ:×@:§ª'dý}:yzõÙ„0DÍÝ]šó¼y¯:ê)÷mójI 34- IAtéã×Ë[ëUUQÕÊ ‡tk¢ÀÑ�¾¶Îúl0öØ0BHôÄÀ†!™3xbíø@Õ SADIKÐÑÙ|ýp§/ Ñ^|¹ñàè6q)&H˜‚Hã5Ó¾º¾KQX±i*(1)Ké¶Ú»Áf̪ªª¤ ®Èc¯€r› CÈÓ˧mwñèznåñ%%%åå ÖâßiF„ƒFÅFŠ&¾XßMð4mÝú…) ÊÖŒÎ2.ˆ‡pš„IÐo¹ÓqÒ:êƒ S©tkA„Czˆô’¨•ª(Nþ^uÊzúøÕÇŸCãŸ]#á¼äÂñÍe=Üî÷šiEtw;Ãw´ä¯åºá¨S\‰Ípã®s·k‚y;͹b½»Û¼czX®òÐZ!ZÍwiv¥[cmhb˜eŠX¥¢ªªªþï?M÷ÇÑý;Ë·/¼X²ÿ7ni}šÊœº¥{ÉåPC{e‡žÇ$ HÅ{IgŠfnWŠ¼=E lÍ骇G¶ufÐn\³µ`…{7HmÕ‹É™–éäÒ†bsCKz—DDÂ�¼€À³¤ ¿=û÷Ûؤ)¾²ß´�×¾s tÛëÐÀñ˜× Œ2j“s®k2’f4·s®2ªâÛâ¯=sNõç»vã×½gN“Ù3RB K-,¦TÍ“N…6h* ‡Ý©U8DM•€(P j׳eð4z°FwX7|vM@A\ÕTÓ鑇Y£Õh#8º^à†ußZ‘))]­xPù_Iö$ü·{ÊPýN¦ááGº” ”ÌE%Ð ×Ë;~@Þày¢%>o=÷Þý|{ž|úŸÚ/è„€˜!‚©ü,m\ÕIª™bª“I³I¦jm µ0Ѷ+S Ú?ÕDþU^0Ù³2³ šD¡†+­È»k²Ý5viÛ•ÍÔ™—6+š¥,ÂÐR™BMtÜÓL½mj®ÕÍA¬*‡!Ç@/‘à÷ë£N`cŸ_É·•$MÂrº éCpš ‘ÅëÊíWÁ£m÷üRŠˆª"@„�”�ߥ,7nzLˆtÙ‚ªª¬M»lí³Ü\ú7ÑÉÇM¾;øσ°wT#Æã¶Ç®À5¸š±�¶©WZ3R&­#¹(,Þö£¼Þ“D¡K®Øê1¤L•ç®ÚóóVû–5ŒD´P?.O=a5TžV=pß`ÈÜ" À Æ1mwáøÎÜjI-±6$•`�QN`¡¹jŒ‹Yé­³@»¾„v(’ !$’HC[ëN Ùv‰™ƒ30""!ÝÝÝÙÝÝ•J=žiÐ�2œ@0-Mï^ÈzKâ ¥ ˆ¾–²µŠ-FNAF‡‰&¦ºøôõíͯn3}·Õ‹2±fPª¡UHwwØ¥øD ¡á Ænž=¹óן·¦þx'œY‰Y‰­ck�í–Òô¦t¥"!©+¸ Žpl6DA D¦‘žþšôîm#áÙ†ô`A¨=6ÓGÜ`aã$‹q<»»»;»»»»“ÀmÈ `õ©Â7Ç75çœlu£ `@#Wwmˆˆf †Ø ‚þ�÷žû´*e$I m 1çŸa�D]©°Í³€Ä”^èÍë7ÕZ”¥"‘Ìʪª“¢¥[€™Úu@‰ AA¦ÔœÏÏÏžÇÒñ„ e0OÁïe’‘2ØI$‰€æ8Ð�7ö$ýÄG‚m•îõ@SR‹lÀ<¡À)B#`Gççß~~?)QòæÖËJOÕK$‘Eº%Ë‚T‰˜uHN„¦Ý&UR,‚"hé¶ÍUûºZN÷¼{ÌÔK]ÞÙ»®½lJ'hÞÜÞO?-¯i™Va¥ F‰f ù5]yÀxÝšM&Iƒ`â] &ü5·Õî_ÒíêKcQ­žî‘5’Ѫ;3Šdu~Ž"I™ëaxf|3TÓUWŽòîj[`Ö>RYµ™“"E ļU™‹p›œÊ`=·D1Þ¥•šz"!2ÌÞDçŽ:=]FH&6k^-EÌÃÙ·˜ÒÀD"ŠÁ1d€\³v].»ríÇ95)Œ’)öÅ'¥*’š525SL9©äؽk¢—;ËIšä÷“ÊïsóÔȽñg¾}—í—a~|Û ¹r6•q;݉+[»õÜëo·`¯\ÈRñá•üKÀ¨J€)¸ ¾ýQª¯ñÃéžxÓŽ@ÜŠ !JlªŽìÛ ¾»DÖDÌÀZ®„ €›@F°ÚƒKív:šìU•Íн÷×ðÐìˆEÑÿI?̨¥1ÐéÁÛN(ŽškÄ�ªˆ¬¨Š]¹‡ “­kA0:Öz£ò_n9øGPyG{ñõõ9ß³f'}`Utc¥Ô[ƒa}Ooo:½Zž 2{@<ç�>‘ L ¦ð)D¶ˆDLç=qAxÓAp³¦\³3³°hWu�®@Õ'@ˆ´€�ÓM)‹¶Ø»‡ufPÉ°Ñô@3Áƒ"ŽÁ7碟hÚõƒãLÆX€¤va–| EA€‚®€ 1¥4½óŒÐ6¦sÈÉòˆd–JL8“2Øu{Ý7n½×C§nº!k®k§.vÞï'Sv;º;°Æ›¦ÎŒæõæðæ–ýÌiLÓ5R‘ MLÕJªaK4ÕY„Ó4ÕA4Ó1-"K°Ì¿]óåô>µž¼íö^¯žüÓÆ=’|&ÇÕ÷ÍižÕ4-;×Ù¾$•-¥s>3GJ92é­̜ɺ5o&ðƒ9”dšA®²®œ…º…Xr+I³R²ªÌâ+Då6ÅôD�?B %�{vs½ù�pOÏÔÊé ÷Ìç¾#¶`yrJ[x^©bEVI‹’cŒ,ÌäEˆŠ2øùžvK½æé6”Û¯n=;»‘Þs—$öã«Õ¤íÞMpï:jç½b¾Õþñé÷Š‹Ÿ¯žø¾tûŠ¾®í ¬Q½Ö-sY&í÷v僛ä’" ž‹{ît¯A=½üï.ÚçÈξyèhóÖŽÀè¼!áÙwã¯NÛ Ö5˜™v×*¤`•Àø[LS6À]†nëTMC$2§Ë§LÏ¢#ß®Ït@Ÿ¬�;>ñêe”QD) BÒÞ/(õ­Q\¹¦[K åO‹Èß<›È�Úúí¹ žHp�.\ý\ ”M,4\i{’Iª¾p1 ”AiÅîÄ“*°«!Úêâà.s¡¾‚©c•S`€¨÷àø ù‘óXi[+3-¢°�~§Â}ˆe&kÚ™m7Lf©–ˆƒTéÔIÍà§äqÑ!ígv:ðí='–ç÷xt¡;Æ7ahV¦˜¨(–EÁÕÝkºèÉ‘ø|Ÿi?.ÏÒð щÒ>;§u;Ølö0œà¼»5„έî èomsZ 6Ô%M0îôÕÕöæ½–ª÷`عÚÁZs&Rܵl=ÌÐDڬͳ.<f_À€DEW£Ћã‰ Äuß(™9á⌱i¬*±‹Á²ˆEER,©ÌnŠ½·U5) Š( d!$TÌÌÅ%*Kb’Sê@jBuTˆ Ci:¥SïôcßÙû�?;õ=ò¿_Uî:I-Orê\Ù¼X÷ÁÛ¶ÞÞ©Ü‘x<ˆõ#„~‚�Ñ=0�m¸DA¦3l®–7Âáê�°ì�b�2u ˜‚wMͶ·PÎ7GžÞ<];"¡×¶ ¦{`gm´–Ì\€,ÌŽÈ;ëåñ8�Áõš»ê~·Ê„…°™ñ1¾`/@Ü6{ô$Þo°ÙcDG×®I“€i4Di“[•B¤m`€5ÝA.€ ¡�Nœß¯ETEÞ ’O`ñŠ¥Ñ�;cADIÒ/…|æ(ª· ÌÌ­`�t`FQ�>³0#èvW¾x¯­4¶ úº1ì�(�;çÖ•ð磴hÇ@ý �Ä>Fú/xLY÷°Îê/·oE¥¼ÚõÂÚáˈÌZB»½æœW­Ë»s›§9`›Ýô Á¡ÊιÞ=ÒÚ\¥9·6«ºuv–Š¡¢¤™h’–––\ŠRQpú÷ô|O<~£»é”%Uߟ<§}y+­Ø”ì°°ôÝZéÅ’°>š1÷’‚ª>VO•©Lµ©4K¡ÕyŒîÞÙÒÖáØÁ¹!åNÍ̉Ѷ]ZPÌ9AWZäå“À�>Ä�D»Î÷$y×!Ìèß X&x0^3¾°é» S/AÈUIB>Ã4×g×—ÎÞ÷zôç^c»©¯nÖÅ<w†õí;vª|jÉÿÒªòÃ[Zëµµkh g•¬ËA¥æ·½'T*ÄØ°ÔåfZ|l•·ËwßÁÏ|ÈO?GÍCcxö÷@îëǹæloº ! "rʈ‚Åk‹" ß~' ùe¶  „’ ¤¾‹�û¿^yºb4„DcMžL“$Ð ÏœÛøÈxuªýþ͈÷؈¸õ:k‹âõuÈ!¢Û8GÂÖû>Ø+ µUND©/30ᬈ"(3¨¶Ù+s|)”‡Íñ6ù"ê’TÉH„ì�‡Ìù¾üù>ï¸RŽlG‚Ë£ó}÷…$Ã�¤&Õ4ZsG•bêuë 3Á×¼n]Ýå.œ·'-¸—`ÞÇSªåG#¼ns)UW*jT™d•”IE$‰þ1*ÉÓO>oÉ8Ãðsͤ.uì…X²MoŸ3ŸU˶Ք»Ï(«LÚÄåMä£ Œµ2ðž3¹U±›¬äâÀí SRîZ½BìÌ øD¡�ŒÎø³~½Ä"}çxxû&IÍŒç·3ä9c !12â¢N) ΓŒ{§œ½]y½žiËzw›§tXã[ªóIÝ®;Ô§÷5û€úæ}Ϙýy~!íè«N¦úÏgdó ï¹…Û‡·«jj5£à²‘�/b �t"»Ÿ4/-üuï³®xÀW¤#ã0 #¹` ëϤüá¦8€6@èü±çš‡~ ÊŠ!@£ÐßoÓåc gHÑ7åüÑœ—Û@xü:½õf“Šzç¯:Ë�D‘~W¯HðÏt¿;}d|+å{ç¾ÄmõyŸÔ}ô„W%ó’D˜&@€•žc\ãzàío[‚»wŒîÜëfªu5ÈèÑqÒ\ë›Þé®\Û»iÛœÞw»e¬.mÝz‡Íß&ªZ¬Š¦ Š…ª¨ÈªF†X–`I ’LU¶ÒYí˪oÜI¾ÌD'[Ë™Éjj…HÙ Øáî6u_ˆb kjØ\Ùä ®åù†ë[ç.ëv˜°Ò'b¦«eä´`%- \ã2._P� e¾ï¯ïsa¿_lœuãK´ÛÇ$“1PŠ‹”2THØÖ9BÑNS|j7vv^í¼ùk# ó½7½ÞvÒ D¤L©© °ePï°x/ÜI{§•HóªßQUuƒ(×i™¬ çt‰w:+†OWs¸jÖࢩDwV2‰¦‚¸Îš aæå”* $D7~¯bܺ.ĤŽ©ÁÍß7ÅÞI0�ñ(Á1Ï"ëVjÑDKS“^ì@÷¾Ž÷¿7É?­Ks(¸^Ä{çfÒ:©´’_ ô{.¼÷~jâJ#Ç Ÿhf$€2KÁ‹ÌÞáÙ-‘>·çsøØ@Õaù`ÎmÇ3­¶ º˜¼åÇ'–ÜRB© •d±RÀªäш“ …Q/7Œg Þl³L¬U,ÕdÉI2±1+¥B⨸þ0_I_>*ߌóöD»êÀŽû‘¹µ9UNˆ¼æÂd_h´cœÍìÕ!<nB–ÑZüÓ##VC™¹s»/ܺÉ;yh‚N6uH¤F—x¶eÝ Ë5”²ë �¾�TƱÇèsé˜8Pï^ôWÕ}^-/¶Ÿ1Ò‘‘ #3‚¦ÅRfª[¢Ü–¡DRê¥Í2Q¥F¦d&›ªe* ™L}®|ò{ß'¨›Àf‡™»'¦ª·+¶Éu7Ã0W5¹Ê¤`òx‘À++ÃBޣ瓄 1>“Ñ»ÉÀH’L6�¦gÏ<Ψ€KΈwåZÈ ˆT�Œ–s�Cë½úÞìˆ)�Û$©t&KÛ9~ÎkH¨…ZkÝm|©½¬ ¡stb3!ÎI7¶¢5mü÷â]çÍ@ƒ2ýˆº{v4ùÙeéJÜi8šqºÚBxœv+½´ç îó¼Y™sáœäg;NNÑ«Ú·NÙÝ\6Ž£[²q†¦¨¨Ã2"h=ÕPMiùª!‚|å<@'2©þôq(ž’ Cå Sí"ó"<@ÖA5)©�ýR j’�I!�*@þÏò²Ý4ÿ§—þ.Ý9vu]øÇ4´ã*õ,,ÕUÂgK#/¦ÓäÏm §ÁŽÛmuÍb¹´¤\Ü»w¢u,v¶†‰9Év ÞB†Ô¦Î¾7]flÍvÛ3,m“¦•›ëz®H&o}¹½FÚº²îèÞçu»{½[µœªV[µÂ•†9NÔÕ'_Õá^y}Ü/¹<ææbÐÊÝ–w´È!y²0ÑÌ®ÁHñ}ÀØ“‚kaëÉà®oËk/rúvÕeeªÜÂ×UCNÜÙN{³yƒœé¶í^¦ïµë]ºž¼—Y5³Ì©#UÚ™Ì'’±·‚eìÐ4DÍ@ÐS«›­“µ;¯] §³wzæÜÛY¶„Ï:¡:Ž¤ÞH=»s3XtÈXsŸ]VãÆØÍJÏZÜ3jåÖö ¡³[gddf+¼šªy¼³mñáÚL­¶NÝÃoo4ÙÞtMK'šIK3I³¨Éܦ{…Bl"β$¬ ˆv›ÃYµ¤wqS¥l×r6‚›u½“W,™w%bÜS¼Ï=©,q›ËT&ˆ.ÖÓ;¡ÆTææwu1"§íMkÚg_q7m=êÕ+pPî¢*B­y:Íw_ ¤r{Nå;ÅìNã$iÛhtÝð¼" ’2ZfùO©®ÒiXžw\:[ƒÀk9Гa‰V ®Ž5Ów¹xº ¬»¼Ú™£W"¹tªÛvÕ $Žžr*U ÏmíIœ­‘5Œm¹Æ•ìåk$K™’&Hæ™v0m<ÊæPÌÍÑSK>ÑÇ õmgu÷e¦ÖsJ9¹’ó.k¥gWKcŽÝRÐBõ^§×=ÇhY—<º¶»t,}šäо©,êÜíÙÊ3œù)ÚîŽ)ê5¦èï]c”Š¥"«¥õU‹Õ]eJL²ÚåÔÔ¥oOW=9»¥ÝŒÅ¡omsÔzn©ÝÝœ{cã'°ä¸T›ÒlUPí¹…]gªfC»×JV•“‰¥k-Hu­kE QRБŸ³OÓí}¿«©b §ÿûì¿Ûnƒý“ø¯ú5ý×þDþ·ß-¯íÿ“õ~÷`å?û¿¾ˆÈŸó?ø þÌœ¨ÿúïA™Ú+…Ú›2@;Õä4‡ò 'ñÀÿ4 òÏ—LöösÛû ñÈ%›ýŽ½í¼*>ý7™ôe[Ö¤ã-P|èª#ùžŠ—Æ–"í"ƒ@@ íBM7öò;R¦?êÀP?Íü¸ÙéàñöOxÏýràT; ”Ð#ïK”DÖû‰KuíTPd""Ø@#1ã¹cû.”þ,bÍ ìá¼ü²–kÿ U4àõ¯À` ² Õꀻo(.;ÑiŠžÀ‘w¹ï]²½Ù@ä9]\(’w+¿¤Íjí×| ]¹èFÙñOr þÁP£Ýâ¨;q§°fD”ªƒÕG—<mÂ;ªÀ þ©9ß—Ïê4÷Ìê|½öu:½\óuá?âÀ~#]¿qé¶ÎÍøýƤÉ‘âG‰@9ÇŸ³oRz„¢{PÈEŒy¥Çt©<yºR_4èýPiTù2{G‚`2?éP5"iìa²Ž÷àè\¿2ßMâÕE}tgјuÙ£5š+Æ@YèÈžÂßzù öúT*w¨>9+`<µ¿nym?æ|I |áå<uö3>‰ñÉ~A ôoSçÓ¬üýôdO×ÙÅÈr,žûăû¹!BëTþ¿ý¿¯ú¿¯\§ðs¯ú³2òÜpuà5ÃÏsJ:-&ðjLzÕN¡Èå:6×HÍf®»Œ‡$:¢‰‡Yê\Sj’Ô“¦°à¿¬¨(/øBt¯cæþæo˜C²ò×à ”ñ÷2þ•Fú‚x¯Äº}%«(Bjeté÷ûd‘œèT\" Â ÈFætìåõå6�}z‚ßw>?öDL‡èšétd†K°}K^¢ˆ A­lá”'•t䀇¨*yÑA Iúžâ|ŽO¼u|AÙ28GÿÌ*]/Þ¥Ï×Á®Æd„í|› ÒCnƒíÓoÉ/4…yÚGèñ‹¢á H*5Nžé ÚÇû²ÕNðA>žq÷—æ &ŽÍ_ïQôUƒnÝw@¼_p”@Q'V ÞñQì˜!"TŽLMYdpäKŒRÃ"žH-3tÇD)J°~•È5î³Ö}Šaab‡ ¸�‡Šs;—œ;sÊè”KŠÛ_ŠÄ\ä§ë_Ø´b@A3#«Æ÷ÜÑßZËøº(ü£ð’‡ÿ8{yøŽ†Åî§áí¸ü¸ÜyûnW­úñõ鲂ƒÿš÷âÌ:öv7Ëä? ò;Ç€—æÑÓ×OŸû÷ü°uô=T †ßM—£kìƒ §þYõùüÿ…?ÞOðþßíÿ‹!ý¿oø~¯þ_ì·ü£ßíý%ÿ%ÞÊ+'6óû·Ce]™Žì«ÌíÇfu-.e-}w;˜ó;vî÷wwvîî«.«®û3ZY»wÙwzÞeìæuÖÝÏmÝïeUtËž™¾ª³7Ww{»—/QF«6ú³nªªîª·Îë³@ïu¾íxÞM©;µ§/k/-ØWÊ×¹3–î˫# »“wÍ·¹—w¹w¦ªºwnñ¥ÙšùòASnꪷ[â²ÞÛ©œËîË—Ô²fj]È™ž.äoQ.yV.ÅÍÝULÌËI$I$“0�o*úîzÝeÑNa½º²j©ß’ÛsxNõ[ç‰ IÝ<ÕÙ{¶¦ç2öÒÚ<©'Ò;‰ ëDÞytº¶ºÍ[V)Ôá/•ù-·5dïW!´êêêѳ¹yGgyuô2¯)åt%½ —5sXNÞš,ñÍʳLäÙºø5 ª±O-½]âw9u†uqÇW²öiŒÇAQ8·“s²ñt“·O”‹£§JO%ÞÉ9rµ,’0ZTðÝÎ2i,°Ô0Þ¿_Òu#÷“ü}g¿âŽ?K7sóÄŸŸ—ØÆú¤²~|ó Ûw'#øn†¢…wù²}8U÷ûÐ"~¿åŠ“ð:ÿ>Öf�Éüöê+£àÿx5¡øÚmeD(QQÿòÅÇý¢ƒî\ÛOÍÿÈÿå Tµ#½ ›¨nNØ„˜?q@ƒž™é€RBˆ9ãAãèé¡åRôÿ'¿@8°¡Ç.šå㌠HrB Äñ8FK"Ú©4ů(P%1�D‰ñëûϷo^»þvç®áÀ v%Ÿ™œznp�ü;Ÿí‘wÿæžÊf”zÊ¡ÚQ÷^ð¾zNPS`Áíô{—§<ò#§ÊÛ@=yЧ$ £åÆÆùÅ �Mk¡BëÉó-ˆ"xzzmÕÖè° {b‹åÿÓ¿³èòú3äËØê&é»ÛJkpé½RÜ>6TÜA¤NO ¢äÜã“©¸x:;]ø;ñßÀ›ô…“º¢qÏ�¡å¬T2@?ª‰ÓJ礟MåFüôlt‘Úf… WÕtü:*ðÓ??÷ÿSw¨Õ«6ž#Œöè)ÐÞ/ßO¯Ão§(é4)ÉÎÏ À!) É f"äN€ôÎ7>=s·—AG_.Dð~ý¡ï·^ÿwYïÒFŽ°v”1”õ“.·ØÁè…N$<åCW<õÒïXs†(x´èóü¬¬)ÛÕÌ€=ãÁŠ8u,«y¢Ü°¢hö½u¼îìq¢Ã9Îtnx^š7-mhÔ¯¨gD §ù"¦ƒõ“ñ6(<>°šÈ†L ÈÈôŸ#h�Òtþ¾Ú{He1λb)¶Ç'2ßîøÄù£úöq6Pú~ÇxŠð}Ú¢Ôbÿ®GVС•ÅÈü0‰ô‘=ªb}›ðú}x‰¶yG»ßºVÄ~*e¿Ó˜`bcþŒÉP •;«|OÉ¿é‘ô$QãÅíõ:rEtO2<Ç¥Sìâ>dö‡æ&÷Õ¦Ìg»†€qáÆÎg®ÓôwìÀ> É_Í]1[¹É£\Ñ]* ñ˜%)A@Ðq˜Êªm‘ľ÷Uáðeù™t!i.ùx¤ 8(€ I 3˜5™˜I‡@bû|ýêq|LùŸoQOõ G-×d«?š)þ§s7áÉÛc+ÉDÖUeèáxöÖ]܇Ì}Âz`y½3Üú âûìÍI«C•v—MßCü‡u>»™Ÿ“ð™û0Ê•B„ ">½»Sõ@Ò>•ÒRŠê”úäÔo>§ò~(þI‘Æ8~;ºŽK «9a¶îîäNH.¬ÃpD ·‹²K¢¤'J'„Á`€ mdNdûeS¹}úÅM@–GÛ¥(Ë#©¯+’ìªÑø’›()ÿ¹UWþ¾¿S³íÐ�\{Y·ÓÓAå '·ŽÏ‘ô0íÈ>*x>ï~¸d38;žBôüï`ÆA×hÕE:ú.ºÐYŠi6•6Í»ÊÜÌÎ5›Ï<Ÿ@ByêNvSøhOàG¹§×6ò|:‘ç*Øt<t s×1ëA„·¯'h­¸z.„î© ƒþc[ý§_.`|“Ò®;AÔ�ìÃûö MD05$�vÃ:ãëòŠb¯اÄÓŽƒ“÷«£Q m~o^x!Ð{Ô2“#„zQ @ ölÿ/>ˆu©)¯‘´<ÓÐ\0¥”€ …ƒÛ¡kT‡Ÿ;£0×O‡¯Ë“óûþ>O<"X¬Å JjXû/Ãé»­†ðæDÊdoæ¯äPõäªPdu¯¬{šÚëkÓmuÛ €×yô^f¬ŸãŠ!Ú Ý(P0Ü-°ù FöY9®s`€@;�`p§mW[€EÂQÿïL›Tj[äþˆùüû�qd˜Â*4BùíëÛÛϨ'U9Å õ€)¼°PQLG?îüuä~¿~d4Ñ^VTê.LCuì‹õÑ_§åWÇZúÈ×ÇAeÆ÷®5Å°RwÎI¾v?ñ¾Ð]þ þ[ÇÚõ·O,8ð[vFÛñ@C—ss-rÜmÒÄÜ7 •j¤¥„…`! ‡«Ø„š¨-.y?P(ÿÅòþý•1t|BU•„I”%~¹ËÅA¾˜õóàô?8û Ô÷œÔ†A’—ºŸŒá¿ƒÀ§]šÇ±¯­0E�ÀÁ ü’ò^Ùý[{.äëVbä…!@œo—BaË•XAíþk¢'5~ï3CÃÉ�}â‚ ¯ÐÀøá­7‘úš6ß¾mjºü³\Šþ+WK!|(Í°N“í_H;m<O ÚøoœÂ÷œõÁ9M †´4©BÆÑkk`­Tm[EQ¨sš)(@CBd iFÅ5ã�%È�À‘KA! ¶¢ÚÆ­Š£j-ªÔZ«ÛkXÚØ­´šµ%h­²&J!B´”´ ¼º‡¢k.qæS§éÓK·9ΰIGkFع9Æ+¾ÑƒÄ©Ç\2 D>èµÒGlåÛ®²Ø H)Ù“/¿l¹àã‡tHãn4¹ü´öÜäíÛÌ:û^;ôçlóÊ w:Û ‹ Ióîà¡+f©²Ä.i"j*»›šB äP&k™ :¸ýƒN“ˆb¥H•ˆQ&Y…DŠUR•Z¤�(ˆA Dd €JPï휄}zyx£ÂXi«ïûö¶àPAŽ<`m<Šu ñ xß7¼ûô…"€Óˆ3×ß?$æ<à;ð|;öÀÞŒˆ­a¾*NêüQñ‰ôötBˆ¢u¨¢©ÚÌ˳Fí»¼gwwŠ˜bó#0³9e¡ögJuÇÈ?ˆ ±ÓoXejŜψû`dzœý!<~h–ÙZžáWfúéÐ¥^Ï× ì©îãÿÑÐÇóÈ}{ÀÏH] }ºbô±ú`Ž ?´8=ˤêCÌ$MÁ£3¼)¿OËèó‡¡ôæëì}pO¼žÇr=‚ûúuäI>Q¶Ì¬¡¢¶æÒ8£¢Oß®slÑM¦Û�€pÃt€ Ìs $pÝÄÃÄ$ scJÔ¬GP<˜Ž‡„0%'æ`a·cby톥’7F>XᜆiO}b±³Y2|ùpOO¼ù—€zà{r)ƒÇ¸ ‡”íòžö“é÷€ x„üNØêM|iðß=²{¸#´A…ïÔæ”Z/x~<c¼Ç…xÇHâtD‡Ï¥Üýqú6Å~R9sx’ó?4LÊaÖñ];[¿Ïž2p̈šj'21Î]Bb´:' Yî5Ñ»À¡IÄÝfÍI1 ”ÍÕÕØ»¶ä4ˆ˜ç2ÞÕ™ïô PG0fŲ $s1•€H"®Á«ƒ9¸ªÛÏ‘}>»º ‚Ö2f/å' µàJ2È€‘â>²ëíë/‡ð¿»6¯Læ(ÃÀü#ñ°ù,yôÎïOÈX‹¥•E�¬Ì@ÐPNûžsaäH¿ <À£jqÁÔw0Øi uìæsÑ¢æÃïT;m£[‰þ“×é)J(Å)Uµú« b‰Ĩo}®˜ñ\ûÛ+ÓõÈáò {ùK“<½ùÍ'­ˆ¢8/,æ– ˜mí¶ó,aÖ6´Þ¡F C0¢(¢ÏP¨�±A±›n]¦H),j-Ñíe �d)c‹åŒ!MÃðÉdˆ�š6C$Ç„IÉ€¢ÓÛææ¬âÁ½Ø&°cÄ­” Ùþœ­‰ XX¨… «ŠJA-þ 1Né®™l/„*<´É™_$Jtfª`$˨&N¡ñu'( áÞ^¯Ž’C[5!CbMbÉŒ$}¡@í_h¢ú(ÎÁîœ>,dóøðæ<«ÍøÌ„Ü0NAA±é·$ñõ¢ƒ¨Qg]EÅ3—S\O,=‡ÈsH‚ôŽc‹5[2Õ¥å3é€@" D2 €;þnÝ®8ò0(«°�‚†üÝí=Ç®üùÝá¯EwÊN§~<ñ1À€pŠ#ŸGNÐ ÒajEšF˜«Êk­|1Í3²ÝÖPd˜˜á¢¹(¡Ä']¦(?_¹åUÙß|L*‰È{Ú ÑòÀ À‰O;À^Ìì€fòȧIâ]/ORÐrny¨`ßR´?QücÞ¤}¹Ïkrn¹<®…âPg¾!õ„¦ßÑÛ­¯®¾7ãùp DD%fhÐIE“Ri- ¡Û}Ãë‰A¬ÍKfÀÆe­ZÒF¨©¤¡lÆ…LAP,ï˜ôþª’&Ó0°|ï‡Åß®æÊï¼`Š°7öìºß/îÃÒGÿ(äØÁêþ™¢-¼xó;@! ›ÞHzúŸ.L9ÛÇá²o¯v ãýº‡[ {©…)Ëù.Âu#Ðå—²%âã×}lˆ€"�‰º�o‹9!›#I€ÓB¢€”Vf·µsuëý{«ÔÌ‚äJy©äwêGmÞ ;�~Ûg¯®\Zóµ;fØÑ}¾ï/n9õ;"ûè`'¼7À@¿�N†¦i¬ªT ;ñ‹øÂõ‡9$Ö@60y(8Áõaõžê;øD˜›ÁCÔñƃåïfn­\@leTSA€raô Nã qDtÞôT…8Ϻíôüo·fhrw¬˜‡Õþæ¼,ñR°iüÊ/ogÃ[ãéS9¶=—}tPWVÕîúÓÍ*Ø+HÌU˜�“‚òºí«åµ,Å^›6¬¡2Paß:]Ý%&ˆ�Gw‘ ­HmH@HDDç` —J62Ê·Ôæv $,~È3–?%/`€;$  —$,z¶ß°°1wºVÔ5\�ˆˆ ¸QzNsÃ>- BÃ^¢bð|)üZùN`þß{ì¬ßžôä¹Í~NMìë$dªt½€Ò\>åŒÎ¿ÔçÔFÁ×Al BåSGZ5½ÒúR +2Âë+’(T´hº]Vë/:¾o`Öý1–!nÕƒ]±!Ð$$Œj¿l/ʽòî€U{yx)�ˆ2ßßÜÝí6¨L£ÕÔ/$t˪[BÄà!há¢à3RË}¢Ž’dÀ»AtºÂkÆ… iW›ælµ,E—9ò. “­ô³“ Ël2]ÃÌæÍ�>å¹ÝQNnÈä Å«¬ Ý×&‹µêåëz‚Pf«b(@.%³yYtÎJˆA¼›õ9ðÈgH×U¡¸Ë¨¬&«G..ªmÒß®½™æ8õ(Û#ó0;¯ÕùäŽ=àá¿‹f´z¶ò¬‚ø£T„Ä-I P ¢rx¸+ Ñã]JY®5‘¾ïéjntÚÛà6%Îo¶¦µ—Íè(ü©~Ûú#ËæœÍvù6îc "R Ú`\»òõf{ÃϺ‚~ñ‹û__SõµÔæ˜Â“£é^ ³€“E¡u S:P²ÎÖz-µ´œÊmLfã$ ã0è,/1jR‹0z륒n)ApÝÝ•4"¡ƒ£À+ƊΦIp/gâ e±ÝVuªÝΪåŸ"gRšÝg9³KáâÄX,²³Ær2uZ<™Ô(€n\‰6Ñ°êš ~Þ|^Éì‹ðu<’À@?9²~*¡w…T¢Lý!¸=sKÀÏ£ôëYháð…æÄB¦ÙecïéiÊù3-õS2Òå‚Ô¥uÒ¶“q´8¥En¸XpUÃHÏJ-6\0i‹ ‹dä€e×4¡@Æ^Ð_oB±ëw ¹q#}—³³u’<¬aX$˜0EæT:ÊÌÀ°3h™6rEP¤Æ0Ô9¤¶GïúÉå»ÜŒ’®øS% !'QÓNUM”=nØ¥ æ•Þ2o2ĶmyÒ²]^Ìö-¾€&Í™ÞÂKÍÉŠ;2Ô£>9¯#L*¦ú¦š]AW¤éE…‹‹³\a*^‚š5pn‡Žog£]rêFÜQòÛ½sA”œkHh“MmdË «tq\/SˆC–ºêFÏÑ–†‚‹ ¶¦±-—\¬ÍM%ÌÍ»ÉJ3Òí“\,^HôV¶Î„÷$T²Ç†ç‘ý”oÒâ @yZ^ÏÓ�Õ°Á²b?!ˆi{$�ÀùÜ=*ªøØå䆪[p×Xy^QÎkÔ“+eÕrµÊ¹êW=³#ƒu‚* 0Ö#˜ÉÈh9ŽX: £ ”i F´²Nš4Ÿ4J*X€„„�y¼/“T”QµY† Ý(pÉ32oVžØFJffU••*9ÃÑ% ‚ƒ,Ä%ÍŒ­ºŠED97<©Ä fzU Å�T00�€ Tˆ¸"ëA«t%Ñ2u¤ê·)uºYq4·K°4÷‘úN9âÇ)ÆÈŒôóÛS³‹„Ž9ò|´w^v{ƒó §HA>2êj0ª"tP7a:(¡Ê\k‡¶×PãO'žkÇ·–ЊñŠÊ¦r“y ;„¢)°(@¡‘�²ÉÜ î?}È[V0/Ýqs—#¹Êv,!z€zÿ=þ¸X<Ím¬#½¼CCééÔêcÛÒT è¾Ç÷Ëƶá•Øƒär}ÎHðãļôd>k­µýgíž›%ºü¥¹™¢®YŽbµ Šäbâ,Ž&»Žô™(,KjkU* ñçç㘽Q…m#£Í¥zZ&¶)‹ýÞ<”º®kÎL~â/φ(´„¡«Ç÷îtŽ|‡˜” ))(2À³£LœÃ!ÈJ§7œ/·íù~7îô)OWgLEwjª†+ ~ƒ„ä¼xtÛ¥Å3ί`âà,Æ\3*uˆé2’°4j<½J†ÒŒpä#R[ƒ &Λó&jXkç› õX(Õo¹‹h­«–æÖ¹IlNíE¨Û›\ÆÖåFŠ®j¶å«•Tmmª8KBU˜9(%*­d Ð"R ´"á(˜¦CBœ���š×5h¨£@.·.j®kšÕ£kT‰’U" 4.B!’‚c®VæØѱ¶åk›t «sW-±jåµZâ!‘@¥B&B¹(Й ”S’ƒCBd£’¹a ç˜mùÈv5+Há`¢#%‘È ž:7¿â¨íß¼'Â;°dKàMþ¼ùáÌ>}�W„?Q¯©3QoóQìþî<¸�(ÜG·Í@5ºSº|»¹¹´ž³ðtqÛØn®•MŸ™Î´'ã1êo“𢇯ÝSíÔ]+iK2Yºïk½j¾£¨ â6?1ÅÛ·rÃáuûðù@hüYE|!ÐãåS “‚š’¾0ɲͩœ÷Scñøó¹éÌ=¹òÛs‚¯ þÕ3Eª#I±bªš `9 ãý‘ùU~^@oÓÔðõõ¡Ÿkãrüˆzí˜)vÆI>ïV§<õ§ñ³hsèÛòŽ¾cÁëLŸSáŽÐ÷‚"Š8 Êtßœ çûk‚ÞÊü°yýØÛ¨(}àŸúàÏåð¨÷>]ÌíøÆ>ÿ]§Y™”àûxsîÝ<:Y—œUØ»nòÝóÇœì9twmÖ¾¾¹‡:R+ÂtD"p…ʼn²b¬ÈŠs,ÄÇ ³0qÁÁB"ÁÊÉ2ª€¶ÜÝuÝÛs0Úm2eš"œQ À ¤Ö;“º?s»U¾Ha¾Üóý5Óø)Õ8ñ÷i½í¸§™†¢¢¨öXþ þí‰åtúØ” rI~<y ÎáOew)ÁfTx*€uˆG‚† òåå" ©AIm ° L GòÛam“: n]â¡)Z¹·Ævr¦†tggGœz‚ë˜bT´‹8£„— õg+$¯|·ˆ/¯ˆbN¦˜ ûB¦c$Ùš¯&/z÷v–lêœÊWšœË„ѧI€£,5ש÷ÌÉs3&#5˲t´Í±ÈrÑE¢éÎÖÎÖ8åk°‰J9Ža¸È7áÛG5Z#‚õ1C·ÛÍgwÜ·³ MÐC÷øZ©¡i(wï­¼ƒ6x:oøä¥Òî‹®ìÌ£~›ž3*^„^¹ñmÖ¬Çïc‡ŸŸ1ø1U ÃÎÖý )Cq)’DLµôRT@‘QPDˆ Ös‚¦Ußs`¾¦3£úŸŽ…Só„ Uú!Â|âV5ùUïâ¡K•L®‘ú=WZy2Ö1¡…ÉÆ"��� $ Ë6óéöŒ^»½É{ÍXîÖ‘;í[­¾Ë·“Èsl­uÌ:.äQWLÖƒ{ µ:TüU€Š¿û¿Ÿ§^®y÷Çkôþ-öVc~zd?ÏoÏ}÷xdá-úä‘PÛkøæÖ']-µi+½¸"(3€Q „H"˜x6M€ÝJÀd° öY*ˆâÆß ÁÛ#}P™ ²ý±î=;Éz *òÛãJ=¸=¼4Q …ùÚlÀØPÙ!ßìgÏÀÀ;¦Í"»ã„ß—�!·=£?~~RoáMMqÕ¯Oåû8 á>=£qô•té¡$$‰Y 13‡sXÄaןoÖxì›®ø žý K±Õ•îÆu=Å [üݵ­G—S-gõ“•$pÊ,®¯¸îíšž;c€øýèH?†÷F_Å™›Åë=衱“æe]þf þÆ*¨øFD�§7 aäx*zFS±˜DKå(BdtÌÜÞ6“idù!ò† _¯Ï§TWïþ¥šr?^ýLCósó•€pÏ9J​Éséíë×<ôÊ#Á9´¯RQÏMyA·ddóœt<·?ÈóÍêœý®hŽnû½é$ Ô\\SRW'&s2‰¡yœI„TCÆ÷½ŽF´ôtÞ^<fß÷ö#ôJ ®gQe’ùuÊØÝ7-Ùº®†ê­0·MEnNî²Æ©,¢wnRZ—eÕ\·LÒÒÎ1É4a†W:F‹è¡È'¶ES\sóã€k¾kžÏ|àwƒãVp'Ft!ØN$w ¦—$ ßöüàͼ «¬¾t‡öŽ“º�!ç„䂆 KKsŽ ™´€jï"¦÷¤ßYç-6ùñ‡¾Ç‚y€è�x…w*¾’¢cÀøt9øžs¨—´!Ä<ðGQÐâ¬×>~4hGáí’»6[OoÚÞ’zÏïÀú@öôÎOP}»ðО$îhÁ)D¡|¡2*C'–ÈCW­a)’î%Ô¦¤¤RždMÎÈ[3q„:ýXîÞ›i²ÊMDYjc†#^‹s`†5œg"5ÆÂ4f¡œR€PÙ»§^¨7[A¡ôÒw¼‰}ƒÇVë”a`ädU˜0;»“º±£›‘¡¶jZ¢¦‚�ù~0s¹³C‡²Dx Œ‡Ál|Fõ×U£  ’b‘€Ã~N†!¡ = tM®—â È ß0œ RŠL{Xuì÷ÜÏâ„t]À野È!¶œpÛ§(iàÓ4 Ø`ø·»tà…¨Ž‘“Îb]#  ‘øŽÀØ=6ëñ3ö›û³>^ºÂ:ïîãÏ\7—<o)Š‚’™�ÉcââÅ 3”©dÉŠF™‘¬-“K4¥d²i–$Š‘š‚ „"Š@Á´˜Š „ ÕO]kŠ@W3d¸È“ªR†U‚"Üp;XóåÒNÝéÌœ5hÌœ‡JßI(›-Í1’.,r9ãjÈ·›ZrLÖ.ˆ7ÂÎPRrt$·7M¬Ì¤9 qymf ÈósS€2Œïûî@§H ¯ýLÒ•RS2Ãðƒ¸g‹æ`S ®â2&Vf)U–Ý'Z»w[– p’íÒÙ®G9SZ4ÀDf$Øæ6fN&•™E~®g!¶ôî M¨œj+7mMl„T hÀÐU &¿Ž5¡Ø|L 9K_TEt¡Ì”ú´¶Iƾ¹ t®NU–ÓéÏÂqÂl¹Ö.åã7ÐÀøkôäm‹bŠ¢(«´¸Áâ;»_’( ä‚”K@DJ… P9! ';Cíé™D‘´=%2É} <‚0ÙÀo $†MUŽê÷´4_FÜÕ5kÍ9Òq¼vÐœ6$3Ö&~ 4€g˜½Ó_Îd§YTÞ"‚˜Ši«&b•# Fï~õZŒé(€ø9ÈïCÆÇ8áå÷Ç™šÙ×70G_+•'ÜÄsâF´ú07ˆuî'€?¶Ä{Ôž ¯|”ÿ"9ÖëÀèú¯õÒµü÷DÐÍæJ¿» yè²XkíÖ‚@/"€YQ€Hç“ßF\lÍ}v“…!‰–€4¼ÌàäÇø¾ }ÎrÑ‚;Ø€þøDƒîžÑ‘K $¤ @S Ÿ@¼úz'O»¿Mæs·\®834æ¶÷×ů}°úÑa( [ö. ‘‚4 IÓ§o{qá7á?ŸßèoÄ©ñAר‚œYí£wolò9º ¿›õã]¶òy†·oŸx*¹x%SèÎ TÐx«¤Ú'”se_áÔŠ£ËÇÐ¥ù¤=w3¥P@2ˆ*hÄÞîãj­B¿<º£mµuð!½ñ ÉGö §‡ÐׄóY>ž=3\øý…üeSÜ”xë–¾àN¡Äh´*9–!ï !‚j†–ü¼\æh©rþ_uâ6”øу©‹x1‚“R~r蕤áÙ ÎÇkâ=ûmùÆûàUÅ&à@9µ€XÆZ0L 4«·Ç›cæ«èqá¿ šhü÷P€”Š2;AÔÿo×ñ´/áëùüÃ:vIùóò:â}V dÛœ´jÖÓ><î~ ©ˆL¼œ°tŒ¾Ôo¯àL„µ#$<JDcáãÏ1â8ÛHVqÁKQRª`¸ò~U|Í>P[MwÏ=þ—Âínçfrú÷øŸ?¾XóÆ>¥U 9w`çolì ÃÊm jt¯QˆÚ˜µ# eð˜Ò¨~uÊ;HVIê75kU¶RþÚ³âøጟÑ„i œNk¤-…ÈjTË]î?dÐs2k§Û‘›(fëTÖ­ø~?TYåQ§ìV|?Sêo>“8ÿ&q€�A0 �D9ýbž§¯€í0Á„Qšsæc§ÑÈy,;sPÔþ» šPhÛô=E>g¹õ}\ŸG‡_½|‹¹ï›0W¨ûažßê’*Û° äýs‡ò[óê*|t;z^÷·ƒ�Ú,û®Ê ¥ )¢…I îD T¢)R"á‚€a¾ÿwÝîÆËj¦±´UûeÒf¥EH„(VþȈ¨íäümÚéH‚üÇ‹R"]#Ÿg`I#ނᎈ„7ãºÜÙ×âê÷EDI÷¸²XŸ‹þ—ç³þòk‡çqs ™Áu 1K{l†¼qpœ°UÀà™ü Õx®bÆ+Ï}§®¯M¼r‚1xæ‹—4Er¸sá×Æ4rH.qÂqdí‡'$*Ìš¹ÅŒlkÚåæ<ë½û·¨qd7Æå©©´*3ºùâ‘ÍÝUGÎtó˜wþ6LÃÄèŠc¶€ºš™® Lêws¼àg\Å0ó¼õu¹oKÉ®^5ÌV*65.bÛ¶Àâà\l5À]Lœ·-×9nk—,h´Tt™ IBox†¡¥¥¥§!Éi7KYoËykˆ (Z¶5ãnh¨¨ØØب´s2CÎsrC-ç G¶¹™¥Çpë!$„çífkp\Þ•XÐqÍp’uG2ÍdÉ×]pS!Ìžrã›XÖA¦îº“­‘Î-Í›’–†“óYA–îwªÒn “$£$5: £Rs™¹ÉÜâÅxƒno<ët×rñÍÈ÷Öæî(f홨u5V/"=lf¡wmËÚÅÌÊç<ìïÇ4oiLÿ€¨€=ƒÇYX€󪂰iHÂt��Gß#´=1ÃŒTÉ‚Á~–ZðÆ™OYÖÛªLÀÅ3 KÅ '+ù3M2±ü¿wéýßz±ùþº¹?µgãÐíMkõ5 "&¨þsb/;]’´2šÇ”ÚhqÍD]¬ÇJGx(}ÐñþH_ÇÄü"ü¸šôýÃÕ7†éߘ;ù(÷;«²œól$Ð�;Aý%@üïòÂ~OôýðK&ûîõ Õ~nHyCÛõ“‡ÅœDŒGDû”ñN¨t=›¯Üœ|GÀ$ÀFŽKœ½w] «vªŸ ]@ªG»vûðßÊ_š€”ó`ð‡¯}zŸ=*'³é"m%ÝŽ€s<Fݼ|ÿá½“¿]£÷ÉŠ*&¢F"(‡¾BFƒs],/ž»ˆ+Äl”ïâwß3 Á|Ž«æB!`~¨ WèÊýçã«â€Jh~îUé¨ó?á³ ûŽ¼ùÕm¦wìpáÀïÚøi®qÙ÷æéÄží¦”r:N9ŽÜ+M®%¸²HmämÑêœávG53Ç5:œMì¢+¶›jkErÙ MÔ/¸f8¤TŠ@\iÒF°m8™2Q$�j *#¨�² £©As‡6o x9ÑÄ•x7Úÿ˜ö ŸÃ§óQQ1Rƒk‹¢‹F§ÇªÝ'·~•eã¢î p¼™:19Dpý/È�‡èDd—Œ†'ÉH„EmOnôµœì®<GMè.Æ“§lX(úxxØøn@âLx  ¼Aׯ'~›øc°¸øq´ã‚°®0ì`ëãÓƒ=#Wð¦s']?3²þÒ ltüîKƵ´7\MI¢fUB!ðšÙšó–"‰çoc¿ É:ø‹é œZÅ°ÍÏ?Ó±ê°ø{Ûê0$¯ƒE;4QT‘˜\ŒËãd!µê:s04Ä]¦’ŠÎéfàŠcˆ#Œ ãdfJ/땽Iå“B0Rï‚lŸòÚ8b2<t: zþ pk5¯?CP݃És>'©Ö9îžnl'\Ç_¢ûzç›Ì=<ûä –8öÛQdš¨%-kÕ„8G3šýaQÅõ#æ湘Ÿ,¬wS}G?šôéë,:sÖð*$OK½|øÞwg~¼óHÔËÈÆ ‘‹1‰Q \‚éDG¦k$ú„£à¤JÉÒOÎD=;±ÒîW–rr ú*‡Ñt~]CÕpÏ»íéÝDé© ~A¯ÎO¼ûðÐØ¡K�ÂÌ Ý•µZÐFµšÔRª ʈuß¿ÐGH²Ï–{íó=qA/ïÑ~æ½.~è~ïc5¸€{ðŸAøÁ`�  ò.�érþXij”V€Û㟆+ú ~âó4�{ñò#Ì}{‡ZkQÚ‚I"î¸qÖþ<ó¿x×'ÏQžF¤-íØD–¹¨–J6h6˜i HPä4fào ¶Å8á¢Á¥¹<4pm’¤ØÖ+aµñÏÅ!LPÃöcV„(Q r„×K‡"/úU¨®°Ö;§©¡ ÷‘üúž/K^y¹C ó=øÑúò�a?Yné·E>Xê(”û‚íømåY>0‚5h DŸ‘ýÈ‚}4–‡\ÝUWÍtG(šýîEÍ7Gu¸®ìíÇT™CPüÉov£WSG@xºyãRµ2¹Vº¤kK+iw9©¤TÓfA&ðPË(Ó¨Èw€ŠaÞ¡¡ËÛ¡Á·ôúÏ€TÜLùé¸S�{ìTf'á´&i bb1§øcá'IòûÓˆ»ÀJ¿ÂwîÆïH5˜ff¹è¢½TôÖüq˜©½ZuÆ;#€WNZùº’‚i©‰‰»üÎJ ‰êöûm rqÆáÁ‚òn¥;¦þžŽá䨑rx‡úmûÏOké±~ó,Æ!x÷?× CŸµPäÞô.eÙ•T*3( $2m̪UÓR ´ L™ª’eÒV×¹®»˜óß|Ú²:¹¿–4±SÒDæX,ë*f$<aL0++0_Æ ¶±6ߊÌq35eô·Ö;ó€EooªHþŠâ}‹‰ 2×ôë¸0Žt€±Àr, Ä µ0ÐA “Aƨ ÓÉ „ M„£;âÌИLh-F•“qb(K³˜”Þ§!½ ïœÒ¤Ld%‰1à NBËt»SKJjf§šu¥+SC�!`8†&vLܳ DŒ±À°I€–Gd..›KR¡S×[uy.©M7u®ˆF`»ÅŒUÖœD‰ 'Jk§VSn²®¦ÍÝWM.C‹0°ˆ°K0æáŠBPÁ¤Å05€µŽ…¶Š@r Ë2Ä°1Ê2Ãhíb1p‘ã# t•€c$%c$°e€R±‰Šc¬XH€“L`’J„bâa]›M5)S³ª3uu]šVb8˜Ø,00ÂP„˜†°f#†EPbŽfÞøâíG¸è5Ù€¤(|3û¤5% H±/¯©ùÙæ…¶C¾¢éã¿ÎMEÌDI8"ŽBCd7ïÁ0õœgƒ/çÓZ(}~bBOàÛl~ëÖOc3)ÂâZÆê넪¦RÎÄk`§þ— ÎÜÖwnؘ¦»‘ÔÖ6<ÛQÅEqœ¶€?á›´.vÚ=·0ôàãóƽ¯2tIúå¡ÃL†G Ó7 0›_Ij²e¾ üM¾\ΫDl×&ôFöðBûܣ®'TFJ—ª>ªBÁÊe%Ü M¯DϦ'M»oÞ6Û?1x9yÜG‘`:’àñ!@¾¶‹“>ƽz ÉÇèw€9{bž°�ºôsóÝ`ì¨G0fk4E;oã‡bGÔb>mË¡ûtc· DnTpAÈP¤Cß4}PÞºL&-„. d²Xôtζž[ï!÷²QŠÐ«Šëk¡é�î½µ%¦b2F"Ñ“ E%¢6ÑWäõø\îòk1#H$z‡²H²è´Ù€ç¯ÿ;h‚cpÄÑàõ¶õä¹Áy;(vŠ…ýŠU1{å·þù¼ ÅáRf8a삈b rCnpÕ´™ N³›ŽñKMã<ax‚hØnÛ;¤ãØléN†Àá¼]Mˆ]ÈëlÓœ°ßËÛ¼ ÷ÓväF‘žha·yë‘Ü‘JÂdêC>'9-œ"Œüéu—«7­‰PQ¡âuîé‡3˜N¦û»¹û;»’çWl1ø·8í¶[6™¸›¬†›½·—=žiÂÜÓàÊow!ø!¼•x‚! øõG øõÉ>=ϪôO;ûÌFŸ;¯{§§‰œNqÝ^ØgvII»Ìº9Àž\á—G¯Éç~ÒÃñ‘x™9ê TKw7™IQRŽ²‡-Öƒ‰b֔Ž|-¥UPqŽnÔiZM3G’­ÚŠE2±$JïŽy¶á[›cù=°/™yj�ˆ àøozBó§oÝÎ~KGÚ(ãoÜôçJ:÷¿³â¯~ž Áýò7‡óÏ/ÇgDX>sῳå;\Ú¯í>¯eM‘íq¼³œá,Ò+ý2(!³f�܃3|ótÈTBBËõã|f–8ÖjV@ñ†HïI“bŸ¾åË3®‰¹8n8dÂwa6ƒ¸H¤qL"#A±·l8ɇ9‰@pÐc›FpÜc Á 7Sj+Á¤ÕT³%[Ã5ˆr—v’Æ£mTˆ¤@ü?+âE4óùr²1­kA±G¦ÐžŽ¨sq_Ã_ÏÔ]„è¦ÒŸØÜù|RÀíü3H„ÐT:}`:`Ô%ûc‡¿ØÀóQD<R I*± ?T¦J�” @P P„°¤C U# £ê!☠ÔS5 mÞiV«¡ t@†´Ôr{ǬâQgôÁ¾cãÓU­báa£½õ~¯š¢o…z}uº¦Õ˜¦@MP),CKˆDŠ©H ¬!Œþœ´RP2)¸‚`ðâw?YÈg#ü ëðA¿{Üèx6§aLQ0Ñ�{Çð$D?b9‡Üãí!<Ǫ¯·ço\sJéóç}íâ†BIÌNÛ°T9A8sp ÌÓ ©+jçœ5 ·Öí¨§éR¤6‘i7™©‰âFÜ`õµj6\MÆ<o(lÞ„Ôd‘†´¤Õ’¼’¡¨%)\ÀÜ9&¶.¥(уP̦áCÏéäŒÃh!¶âÔdy¦Hú ×âb‹ÂæñêÄuÁw8-Ÿ—¯>~w§>ûç9‡<Mfð=«yõÛÎM';»Kúãe^S•£µUÿ;IµÆý´©ñ§ŠŒ#9Òõƒ~øm \Hó¾Xo<\Yã„·Þ³y|³‰¡lòpÏn®CUž8¼½ÃÆ€Ú£Õ«¹&spmµµyX:ãǪzOü½·túG‘£ÿŽ-¼aÑ2æH„9Š)&.ßHú>{H¥JQA”"]5„Hºþ4ÃìÃ"â“Ò(G9oyô`e8²4â`ãZÊ+uGW$Ú-¹ÝÆ­Òâb¼Ú bE ¤h Œ38]ý¶è¿¤c'7M°ù)ó?Êö öqšöM!wC%ˆùˆ^ôĤ< ØŒQ 9—Ð|§Ò:{é¹?ã éÖ‚…™‚T²FÿΠ(.y² ˆüŒìü‰SÙ÷… AièC€dÁ¿©£Õ=ÂeÑ!ã~Á×õ÷ô?Á Ï€áH)Žš>¢Ÿ0õ}Qô=ŽC Ÿ”zÛLjÂUúŸb{v ,:‡ÛÀ%í˜e&¼Ø¹*/@9= b¡FžÐq C4«á¼˜?‰Î +ö=%Sï>·iéÔÄˉ š7àï]Æ d»¹oNRÜ5Ú’Æ°‚Ñ·‹°ï:5–;h4_‡Õî¡Mdä†ÛsÑrN¼Z1HœÄ0 eq Ü={ûD4§|éÜþû‡ðÌ´ašÃ­ôß ‰ßmr ‰ì’²÷ X|•u~~8E<ÏHˆ2 ÌÉè½·ã=aDéìQô„³ÄS3Ðlú‘Æ…Ê‚žXœIøv‹ééñÑbŽæjÓ4?_Ø}<úð¯Žþ0ÅúÙ/8 äIW`Ì�è_ÿÞJ½¼ÞŸ';'n¶˜@À:"I2uW‘=ßä æ?ÃÎn?¢ ¾s½`‘…’j§éPŠá¼ŒCb'Ô3\ÛËXæŒMÈ~˜MÎè&Þ's “®4é  ãXè³l²Ä¤-@C@ž ù?·ÁÚ½êA×íÜà‡…Áß~mínçsMÌÑ4K­†îî)Ô’ˆ°¤ÙvØ6ϼø×i<¸î}¿nDÆúã•x M€üç’ýý»§ÊÏqé ÿ²R$ªé˜€xä1]ØF})…å÷&(hüSì*ü3Цö´`Iês¾Ü:DYú`o±”<Èn°A,ºBxD9?HiÒÉyòÀ×lC«ñŒ’_Ùƒ»/Õrݲ<»ëVì{ïÒîiÈ)ûäÒ¡Òzu“¾'ç3ýé‡×¿iê±*ûÐWäMÂEÅhȯI‘qùy¢«@ô<ߥ~ÏÄ»~õßÐV[þjW,vt¿ZÌ7ùüûŒóN£P5+dºŽ¬Žªy�ðYãõ3øK¨BHÖm™±Ä°P™®kTÉ=øüà›‡¢îùí«R !ÓœýÞ’¾Ü«¡uÝd¢í4g©‚"EÔÏõ 4/„3be a·BdФȢ ²&@é°Ð@‚bR€ñ"+) ïÊ-ûzðÏFó}pö3ˆ«€QN$ƒ Á.„„M&o-9y6p«ñ;@f~a"€œ‰I «ÑvPßÉ5€=¤ ²SÜ¡öºÜ!�ÏòkQ°i=(¢4ŸÉ†³!§•HrqFGÆ*`ý‰´æs’%Œ02lŸ÷‡ÜÈýs0D”Ÿ5Ú(ö=Ü“ç5§é`{p:ŸÙZL4×'î£!Ê!DÚqPÇ1Àņ*'dïôâõ4`L"wÏ{@§±*uòØW{”Ë> ‡™·‘³ÙGsÔþ>‰²X:žÆ Ø´^ø¨E³»åðóãJëkÏÏú]¸óÎ3¸ëC À0‡J™Z>"´^„õÄYu£³ÇgbÔd8™ûZ2�Þdbáþÿ ¡èŸ‡ÛBxöâÝ_X|ߥIïdd¯n='/œë“ãßóE÷˜T!qL7û‚G´œÐÕÕô¢¯\Ï_©±ÕÓ\[ÛJ³fOÓF£ 3 Î ³Æn*7ÿfóêç‚S¸qí™–3®uo‡@ýOs´hÃ1Õ€4#¥ïúyzḠš:y>I“÷a[—é$a�ÜMÑ€‚ ‹aç®ý`ˆ¶^#¾ePmŽ5JNkL‘Pa:WKßžkÛ‰ÞýyêñØ“xï;t ‰ jR}íÉO:èa3 ;»:ëž»;§61PqñÓHG^é3+Žæý»ž|'/rå&±•…$’M³cÎÜ2åÓWÁˆ‚%@à¿y‰ñ‘¿›†Ã´u“˜:CÒ¤4 ¥U&J–[X©5_zôÕæ–ÒËIµɶhš*MF¶iQµJ¥Q¬Ãb$&RŠ!$Á÷À-­ÖNäüA¶ØôCÏ�j)T"Šè1ôŒ‹BV©yê1ÔjŠ@3õþ¥E:܉À^•õ*€¡ßÑ)6=õú=Ó]·è*‘¬qE$‰SžÀl3rfb-&çHÛ®¯q]f±,‘[ˆ…Zšw¬ÏçÖ[†°+7¬GìÞçn>¬¶^Å‹† ©†Ænmí IãœyËœ—Ž5I{\^Q;±¬„b*kY¤NÏÒKòSÐtšþìñí²L:O׿Žš6OgÎ"hŠC8c–Àã`çôî×öÃ’Mä.¸}Š*èFëSI6AŠy:BTñ?t jÖ#Ï�ŸSVfkÄ~LH“_³åãÛ;^@~~LƒÒ_Rt„/y¬Xé+ú¢´+£œÈ[‰ñ†‚]?Põ°7ƒq1l!ÅÀçNböˆÚ£ŸÍÆjÏÉÓUñëøøØ>È|Ûåô1) ÔÂ`¡*\ëìå±B@>΀Nþ®yèùJ'ƒ€ÙÄ}6¥S²©›Ÿ €q½8uˆÒ^1^aÕ‡"jž[m;¬ÊFbi’¥Ö�nkN³%<—NŽÇVtæ‹âC—X]ƒNדùE§¾½õR<�=ÀØEôØ{pxô?8ÜÛôàõ=‰8Ou4n~Þ a âr3íT 5(rØi0²OcëWò64tƒ9¡¨ÇØ,À †‹,rWƒA¨Ó*˜´á9–+›#A« êèus7éll§<(¾Æá³&‘‡ÛH)Ì(/AB+®êmf¢îjŒAë·ps0€QD�@ á>'AºÒ«µ}Žã…_™,G`c Mk0ÍŠ«}´¥×ÍÕð~vt³ðùÄ©XÍ&(¥S%.\‚t¼Kµˆ]µ»yšKòÊéR¤œªaWMtz¼Ö¯Çf]±��eQ�Z§·­Ä 2øg’ø#0*už9ÝD¦òVH6$`±»‹ÑÊÊ·6Åhê<ÖŒ¡Ug øåSWXZpÃSÒ©³YóP:…Þ¸“VGìü(þ#-$ñÉg[3I.Ͼðê%šŠ “M™iöÌXÐ;·£_ ¤`V2á±/±k‰€ê˜š38ÝÀ’Œnzš—kÚ²ŽvQ’5#^^–j»´.ýg£ËJa†øþ"\šð¢*¹éHtã=+1Åûf²£#‰áì)ÕWÜß° 0k‚T¤½–`7e‘nOF™[êÏ›ÍrF QBë0¬&GGQH×J%L(AÛ– ”ñÑtUu5—Ë먢лé\—±Ô×hÖB(J‘‚—!°´;ñ¦µ…­ŸmïI]ï-»šé¼>Ø‹çEÇZbø•þçêC‚>îŸ>Ê.TJ¢SØ„ÁÚ­[yb”I#cËâ¬4 U.Ý<±JD3aúª²ê¶rDƒ¼¦AßPaXáaÖÆ„R:‘5_m…lQHD›™¯=ÝóÎÕ²£c!ÂÒNX/ªÙC·„^Þl“¬,:QÆU í›çe¡v\x屋6Ï9!žI³‰Qu¸W –«5ÖšÍñßfÚ±“¶\]]Z³W…&‹oÍ^64ŠætG*˜„ʞʄ>æü8�-ÐÑ_jà|$˜z[1„Á1Ï ª”qÎz÷EQÌ5î'¾9ìN府ö Ý8 Žxœè>g¸z8Ø]ÈKR$´Ê‚eHÂ> ÅD`�úÄå½Ã•ñÃiÒ°Ô<ÀG§`!è`ÊmPA®v¤RZ&•°=€6ws8™¯†zzé$ñ¸p½'#ÙåhÃV`UdªnUÒD¬"2²L ðp—(ÒîP:¥ºïÑž£šrûsÎÕŽ©ªsN…‰î ÇÀB®Š º$8%¿’E¡R%‘‘&.Ô­CÃC¸ï‹òæ†àAy¿Gñë++šD·S»jîÙ3$Vi0²FC”ÄÏhÐ�¦ ̆&ŒLL Ù.€˜ FÖ—4Œ\ñ› ¸yUþŽÖ}‡Ú«/ñ-ˆ$ 5˜Z÷µÐZ+ãã··!̧LbÁH1 é­Á—NŸ>Üý3•ƒÓF3óè}ïöáx '¡„Ùæ}=·ÞSŒÁ0ŒÃ�Ã=^í3Ûɱ�“œ#X±¯iÞÃlMãN·õØ]‡5ÆiÆÀˆ#xF1{!ÔMž<ê©T3i‰˜>€]' XÄV. žÁ`âÓv=K£ºþz1db�QÅ´SM›5¨YTaŠ!`Å#J1& @˜d]SÐÕªFÀ[Ê…I�ÍPÁ ¤®ÇÉ]?9ÑçPtžmBQ—3¬Ì¬²%âï!ƒ¼W  郱¶GÖ=Íó€¹Þ°G’bßu¥HO~þÙY™`\.Î붨Ú5h¢mMªÔrf ¾cƒ²"G?ÆþÌÇ¥ˆ¡P°RqiPÙ£ôŒ¸N½½þÞ³Ç?lå嶼Çq%¶Pûa`.¸»èFNXwƒˆ7³”žÄœ¢ë£ÏçµCtAçeå׫ôË10©ä¦*aÇ”õP#šc?%C¬Û/<(/‰ÊÕ«Cƒ.ÒHÑ3—AÏ°0SE0?nùÇ)ïÈ·…{€Ž‰MÞvÚàŒ4¡~ÔÏóÀÛ­Ù ªˆ˜ênHÌåçÏ<¾å MÇ$Š«0q©j¼ÏÈ_-¼TÃñ'ävTÓÞóŒ"ÅuÕàöÏ & ×»h4rF{àžùš×£å™žt#¡÷Ç9¼U Õ"­ `, ‰�8„¨ŽBªõ@ü“%³&gàã-T«kíÐt…wÂÓ$$O½›fæ£p.¦Nï´|¿Ð%ÃA6„èR!–†ƒ²*A1^sq\.âB"Òò•¼òñó¦Š/]»ß^þïÞ8ØlR²‚Àð:“m’»:75ʧŸ­ÄTÒ£P~><ò¢ˆ¯ºÏË°Ó,ˆoº±L{¸x%ÏíàT6^¡Nr–—½ªüÚš26‰SI¦e‘†e~P<reB¯ANâ‡Û%•£€>4öø(ô„>ýäúÄ›„°› Ì^ļ"¾`8`ð8LôD=pvwÅ.í¾³œO¦å`?ÙvÖš´EiÇ6Ô……+½_(þSå 'óâ‘]©‡ŠTÖ�DnïêP\Ua ¢\ÒÒ+Æ‚ñOG&¬‘!,ÀŠtè0áNv·î i«tÆüÏÍ…£ß7À’ìÙþÆ‹ß8>‘Wœ6_LM´ajh¯j‘pgR›¸¼ç.×J0¡qGæMüAgìä‘úñ³Ý±eáⱯ(eBÙ@ÊF7rwk7Ë@Õ]û÷¹cÜó§®~cå=º 6RùY.Û«©›m™£2@“ན~è›Ý”?+»ì„çÅõ—_‰üëåì7Þ[ø~»|2ÔÙÕ ˜??+{CóÓO{³&É…ra÷âìø5“8èoÒ@ùí"è3‡A€A4+ÇÙ8z„ûöüvè‚­;@-—r‡¢A™ÚÁõ®1™Åö¾èUwÖZÚj"<§60/vƒÎÜs¿£/4™íX,gƒ(ÖðM»¿ÎÖ1Ò*\¦âf9m§+9½3"ÒÎNì"áåKrà†D¤±²¾âõ ²¹74+†*õ‘Bä)Þ»o}i˜g.4:]onäX¡�¼½–Ô‘•8a¨‡dc\Pg trV¹vÆÏIµ0¡}F¬ !—ŽíÒDÈ?£>¡6uñ6CÒÏâg jV0´§Š>êªE‡O‰=¨‚\A‘Žu¤*ÜÝ:Õ Ã1Q ¥¡ò]eW<xaÜÏ5ÃçeJ³]. Æ""åwhu<9ÏÊ`\hÙ†ùç{ s< ê—�z ˜îæâtæ#È-Ìì<Ì$$ œÈÄC†1iÖR6ÔŽ¶w¤và‹——^9¬ï-@ñ ˆqx]¤° !°6œ††ÐæÌŠ²]q¤tèÈyÇE¶M•Èxniœå¼eW ÅqAAD(˜Š$Ë!Û4ïN­IÈBÚLpq}ßfLfR• `*„L9-�Ã(’%B…{�@ Ë ×—S‡™Ôìdˆ"W± ãÙ @Û6 U•€DX—DØ~ÉU£ÒåIu¨=…6( ¡åÊ` z€y¿>Üžå2eæß¿t÷„æÈ25:$ÐO¾érÝ“V9J¦+S›gœnl®ã‚fs,ÈI«e½ïöó9^ol|¾Z×hì_dУ™’àÑäÑûš:mY¸@LQQa'Èd’@U†"Sž¡}»-;e"€l|“¹‡éFÚ“à"D"¤ÔǧÑ�LwRÈúz×Ê:z¼}©ÏuàÏx4«#•ï+üáí#>~BoýÝ týzšDHüTa©ƒË × ÜL\2„‚$Š@Ô€è"ÿ„}`E= ÈÔ †¡GáÓ¨þ\ǼS ¼·o„wHs‚¬wã7ÖXNk-U­jÅ|©¼ÚTÉ^ÜøÒí'`“wË=vBòÜ:K÷>J»rZŽvN^ÛnŸ‡#×Ø̵ü±>ÇГ Ìû˜}£!9#ŸÃÒßÕé™xŠ=ÍmždkœÍwëÏ^³ÃÞŠ55fo\öç\L6ΦŠ&×4ÝÇÜüMš8O1Ø“®ùèï˜E š?Wg¯U>&{è Ryr`Óäó4«D@R´,hˆ¶¢ŠÐmcf“f*‚±¬–,Í´D4ÑH?êšìz|„7<Ÿ–…ö=·õN‡&B==Õ0Â1Xd’`WŸT#Ïp-诫ÞJ9ÂñôÖÓ<'QÁ8?3ú9óÃÅžY­øÖãz ,‘’”S$ìqîãíårƒy!îwAd¯“Ú¤ÊCÛÀaÑw€ß‡ðB¢�ñ®l©>zÒx÷ó?$ë0ê­äVV“E Ä°" eá,#"w¥]AI‹´Kzçί̦l„SR·2ïÉs€6¡šÔŠúe)WƒË̶¹Õ<o¾ñ:3 ·²¡Ð±×²'…C¡ÐáEÒtÜ´r™?š×ð;…ÙMkYŽ&­W=[ÕŠTdø?êÄæÒs¹ÿ7bsý$ ÈÑ÷œ˜b~¦ON|”_€¥Ã{T5!„�d]„4èÑ•øĵD9D%Ù>D‘ðºÔŸÕ(oAä"÷äyô<iiQˆ@P~î/Ÿ}'¬CTçÝÎ ëð‚YÅ^wãýx‡SÿO1Èã0ñæv ¤9 #ò? ýÃw•Äìc-ŠFùa“÷`gã%+üÄqò3ñ¾˜¤¤=ìñž~0Ëy( JÍfê.ñ76ZU:QHTGÕ �+BïD®;‹º& �ˆ-øå ©ÑšÒ*qš¾þÚS˜tnÿ¦ú§±Àrs‡]QôÀÓ>ÒÿñjFºCùk)�ñ}ùJDŒj|&¢Ò¶Iý#"¹Y>V!°D„ºM*6`r»ø ¤ª(=`9 >ÿ‚¿z4MÍÒ2‹šŒi\,+3ù`ö Õ;q®3w¯Ÿš É+ÍŠoÁÏ&ÿ¯×Ïsc_µ×|˜I!%Y€¨dó”6‘gÏ×/ÍùìwôŽ]5{À?”ºùpÌÅƈ»»œ© H66ý3®<òêÞcH×ÛšäUÊåÉDIA(Ik‘Í~VÍÐ64`öŸ çCY¬ÕšÖNˆ$nÆÑ¢–›!2 iš%5•±0ÊÄRÊ5-S^i&-}=ý/£”ñfw�ÆHØþöu9JÌ Nýûå±:Åš@n­ÿ5ž9º`8`k .¸ö~#ÁÁˆpG¶Ž¦VèªññÁN\èüßíkâ4M$f)Œ˜™‘KH¤D³ ¡Ú$½úˆ²U!ö‡@ŸPH¿ÛÔ “º ùóÿÉ÷[ùm<sýxÜOxw–æºß8TþÐCâm° à9“U„ ±Kœp$—’>´`kCؽt`‡hùÀxPyû¡ˆø•^²o`èz¾ª—li …Ÿ6ep/F}~»øCŸÐw @é<i]Ôq˜‡öGhwqPˆ k9ÙüÙÆÍt„ѲEÎQUhQ_ðöëÏ"ìƒHN‚—,]CÜ=…¼¾f²77 pJ*>·l!Ôûœ¨ ÅÝýŸZõDú.Öt]ªß+…AT­à£Sô@žÄ„Ú Ç°5?1É` ‚R~e•b@¢<åü'œŸq?p°2“²ðÂ0Þ|ræÐëúññô>2>ô(ÉÈrܘ-®bL•eÛ1\,¥Š­•€¼§Ü­&Ÿkôxùé—¾!^¶ D”%D‘¨8°pÕ|Ù'› LÊD£^Ø–°MÕ€dLà ÀDAö¹Ç3†pQP.güMÛNÒ¤øÿcçÛÙ玧§`ô9öþ¸Â(‡HLÂÏ('@s²z`@v“¤7”'þŸgc¸jªèûþûH˜6 ™ö »íl@Oñ=öHOÿEÜ‘N$*5­mÀ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ltmain.sh�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00001052022�11726771415�015026� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� # libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, # 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO # warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy # can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, # or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., # 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... # # Provide generalized library-building support services. # # --config show all configuration variables # --debug enable verbose shell tracing # -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files # --features display basic configuration information and exit # --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE # --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries # --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages # --no-quiet, --no-silent # print informational messages (default) # --no-warn don't display warning messages # --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG # -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default # --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages # --version print version information # -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message # # MODE must be one of the following: # # clean remove files from the build directory # compile compile a source file into a libtool object # execute automatically set library path, then run a program # finish complete the installation of libtool libraries # install install libraries or executables # link create a library or an executable # uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory # # MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, # `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. # Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. # # When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and # include the following information: # # host-triplet: $host # shell: $SHELL # compiler: $LTCC # compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS # linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) # $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1 # automake: $automake_version # autoconf: $autoconf_version # # Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. # GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>. # General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. PROGRAM=libtool PACKAGE=libtool VERSION="2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1" TIMESTAMP="" package_revision=1.3337 # Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. lt_user_locale= lt_safe_locale= for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var $lt_var=C export $lt_var lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" fi" done LC_ALL=C LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE LC_ALL $lt_unset CDPATH # Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh # is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of # the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special # positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the # function. progpath="$0" : ${CP="cp -f"} test "${ECHO+set}" = set || ECHO=${as_echo-'printf %s\n'} : ${MAKE="make"} : ${MKDIR="mkdir"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} : ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} : ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} # Global variables: EXIT_SUCCESS=0 EXIT_FAILURE=1 EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS # Make sure IFS has a sensible default lt_nl=' ' IFS=" $lt_nl" dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," basename="s,^.*/,," # func_dirname file append nondir_replacement # Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, # otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. func_dirname () { func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$dirname"` if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then func_dirname_result="${3}" else func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" fi } # func_dirname may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_basename file func_basename () { func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$basename"` } # func_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement # perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function # call: # dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, # add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result # to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. # value returned in "$func_dirname_result" # basename: Compute filename of FILE. # value retuned in "$func_basename_result" # Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname # and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to # those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. func_dirname_and_basename () { # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$dirname"` if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then func_dirname_result="${3}" else func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" fi func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$basename"` } # func_dirname_and_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_stripname prefix suffix name # strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. # PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special # characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading # dot (in which case that matches only a dot). # func_strip_suffix prefix name func_stripname () { case ${2} in .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; esac } # func_stripname may be replaced by extended shell implementation # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,' pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,' removedotparts=':dotsl s@/\./@/@g t dotsl s,/\.$,/,' collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g' finalslash='s,/*$,/,' # func_normal_abspath PATH # Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, # and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making # it an absolute path. # value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result" func_normal_abspath () { # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. func_normal_abspath_result= func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in "") # Empty path, that just means $cwd. func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result return ;; # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. ///*) # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. ;; //*) # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ ;; /*) # Absolute path, do nothing. ;; *) # Relative path, prepend $cwd. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath ;; esac # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure # there is one (and only one) here. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"` while :; do # Processed it all yet? if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then func_normal_abspath_result=/ fi break fi func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$pathcar"` func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$pathcdr"` # Figure out what to do with it case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in "") # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. ;; ..) # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result ;; *) # Actual path component, append it. func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent ;; esac done # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result } # func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR # generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing # slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename # without needing to append a separator. # value returned in "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path () { func_relative_path_result= func_normal_abspath "$1" func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result func_normal_abspath "$2" func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result # Ascend the tree starting from libdir while :; do # check if we have found a prefix of bindir case $func_relative_path_tbindir in $func_relative_path_tlibdir) # found an exact match func_relative_path_tcancelled= break ;; $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) # found a matching prefix func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_relative_path_result=. fi break ;; *) func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result} if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then # Have to descend all the way to the root! func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir break fi func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result ;; esac done # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result} fi # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string, # else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target # file name can be directly appended. if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result fi } # The name of this program: func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" progname=$func_basename_result # Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: case $progpath in [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; *[\\/]*) progdir=$func_dirname_result progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` progpath="$progdir/$progname" ;; *) save_IFS="$IFS" IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} for progdir in $PATH; do IFS="$save_IFS" test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break done IFS="$save_IFS" test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` progpath="$progdir/$progname" ;; esac # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the # string literally. sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g' # Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path # which contains forward slashes, into one that contains # (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' # Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were # `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' # in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. # Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of # four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. bs='\\' bs2='\\\\' bs4='\\\\\\\\' dollar='\$' sed_double_backslash="\ s/$bs4/&\\ /g s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g s/\n//g" # Standard options: opt_dry_run=false opt_help=false opt_quiet=false opt_verbose=false opt_warning=: # func_echo arg... # Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode # name if it has been set yet. func_echo () { $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*" } # func_verbose arg... # Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. func_verbose () { $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to # work around that: : } # func_echo_all arg... # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "$*" } # func_error arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. func_error () { $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2 } # func_warning arg... # Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. func_warning () { $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 # bash bug again: : } # func_fatal_error arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. func_fatal_error () { func_error ${1+"$@"} exit $EXIT_FAILURE } # func_fatal_help arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a help hint, and exit. func_fatal_help () { func_error ${1+"$@"} func_fatal_error "$help" } help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default # func_grep expression filename # Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. func_grep () { $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_mkdir_p directory-path # Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. func_mkdir_p () { my_directory_path="$1" my_dir_list= if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then # Protect directory names starting with `-' case $my_directory_path in -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; esac # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"` done my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'` save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't # stop in that case! $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : done IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" fi } # func_mktempdir [string] # Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running # libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If # given, STRING is the basename for that directory. func_mktempdir () { my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" else # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` umask 0077 $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" umask $save_mktempdir_umask fi # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" fi $ECHO "$my_tmpdir" } # func_quote_for_eval arg # Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. # This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT # is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas # FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters # which are still active within double quotes backslashified. func_quote_for_eval () { case $1 in *[\\\`\"\$]*) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; *) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; esac case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting, command substitution and and variable # expansion for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" ;; *) func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" esac } # func_quote_for_expand arg # Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, # but do not quote variable references. func_quote_for_expand () { case $1 in *[\\\`\"]*) my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; *) my_arg="$1" ;; esac case $my_arg in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" ;; esac func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" } # func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] # Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. func_show_eval () { my_cmd="$1" my_fail_exp="${2-:}" ${opt_silent-false} || { func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else eval "$my_cmd" my_status=$? if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" fi fi } # func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] # Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. func_show_eval_locale () { my_cmd="$1" my_fail_exp="${2-:}" ${opt_silent-false} || { func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else eval "$lt_user_locale $my_cmd" my_status=$? eval "$lt_safe_locale" if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" fi fi } # func_tr_sh # Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. # Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters # not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, # if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. func_tr_sh () { case $1 in [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` ;; * ) func_tr_sh_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_version # Echo version message to standard output and exit. func_version () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/(C)/!b go :more /\./!{ N s/\n# / / b more } :go /^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { s/^# // s/^# *$// s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ p }' < "$progpath" exit $? } # func_usage # Echo short help message to standard output and exit. func_usage () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ { s/^# // s/^# *$// s/\$progname/'$progname'/ p }' < "$progpath" echo $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" exit $? } # func_help [NOEXIT] # Echo long help message to standard output and exit, # unless 'noexit' is passed as argument. func_help () { $opt_debug $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { :print s/^# // s/^# *$// s*\$progname*'$progname'* s*\$host*'"$host"'* s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ p d } /^# .* home page:/b print /^# General help using/b print ' < "$progpath" ret=$? if test -z "$1"; then exit $ret fi } # func_missing_arg argname # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global # exit_cmd. func_missing_arg () { $opt_debug func_error "missing argument for $1." exit_cmd=exit } # func_split_short_opt shortopt # Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell # variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. func_split_short_opt () { my_sed_short_opt='1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q' my_sed_short_rest='1s/^..\(.*\)$/\1/;q' func_split_short_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_opt"` func_split_short_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_rest"` } # func_split_short_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_split_long_opt longopt # Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell # variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign. func_split_long_opt () { my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' my_sed_long_arg='1s/^--[^=]*=//' func_split_long_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_opt"` func_split_long_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_arg"` } # func_split_long_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation exit_cmd=: magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%" # Global variables. nonopt= preserve_args= lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" extracted_archives= extracted_serial=0 # If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it # will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being # left over by shells. exec_cmd= # func_append var value # Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. func_append () { eval "${1}=\$${1}\${2}" } # func_append may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_append_quoted var value # Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated # by a space. func_append_quoted () { func_quote_for_eval "${2}" eval "${1}=\$${1}\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" } # func_append_quoted may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_arith arithmetic-term... func_arith () { func_arith_result=`expr "${@}"` } # func_arith may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_len string # STRING may not start with a hyphen. func_len () { func_len_result=`expr "${1}" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` } # func_len may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_lo2o object func_lo2o () { func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$lo2o"` } # func_lo2o may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_xform libobj-or-source func_xform () { func_xform_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` } # func_xform may be replaced by extended shell implementation # func_fatal_configuration arg... # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a configuration failure hint, and exit. func_fatal_configuration () { func_error ${1+"$@"} func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error." } # func_config # Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. func_config () { re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' # Default configuration. $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" # Now print the configurations for the tags. for tagname in $taglist; do $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" done exit $? } # func_features # Display the features supported by this script. func_features () { echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit $? } # func_enable_tag tagname # Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or # enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist # variable here. func_enable_tag () { # Global variable: tagname="$1" re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p" # Validate tagname. case $tagname in *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" ;; esac # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's # there but not specially marked. case $tagname in CC) ;; *) if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then taglist="$taglist $tagname" # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` eval "$extractedcf" else func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" fi ;; esac } # func_check_version_match # Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same # release of libtool. func_check_version_match () { if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then if test -z "$macro_version"; then cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, $progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision $progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi exit $EXIT_MISMATCH fi } # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument case $1 in clean|clea|cle|cl) shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; link|lin|li|l) shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; esac # Option defaults: opt_debug=: opt_dry_run=false opt_config=false opt_preserve_dup_deps=false opt_features=false opt_finish=false opt_help=false opt_help_all=false opt_silent=: opt_warning=: opt_verbose=: opt_silent=false opt_verbose=false # Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the # script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can. { # this just eases exit handling while test $# -gt 0; do opt="$1" shift case $opt in --debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x' func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" $opt_debug ;; --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) opt_dry_run=: ;; --config) opt_config=: func_config ;; --dlopen|-dlopen) optarg="$1" opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen }$optarg" shift ;; --preserve-dup-deps) opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;; --features) opt_features=: func_features ;; --finish) opt_finish=: set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; --help) opt_help=: ;; --help-all) opt_help_all=: opt_help=': help-all' ;; --mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break optarg="$1" opt_mode="$optarg" case $optarg in # Valid mode arguments: clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; # Catch anything else as an error *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" exit_cmd=exit break ;; esac shift ;; --no-silent|--no-quiet) opt_silent=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --no-warning|--no-warn) opt_warning=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --no-verbose) opt_verbose=false func_append preserve_args " $opt" ;; --silent|--quiet) opt_silent=: func_append preserve_args " $opt" opt_verbose=false ;; --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: func_append preserve_args " $opt" opt_silent=false ;; --tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break optarg="$1" opt_tag="$optarg" func_append preserve_args " $opt $optarg" func_enable_tag "$optarg" shift ;; -\?|-h) func_usage ;; --help) func_help ;; --version) func_version ;; # Separate optargs to long options: --*=*) func_split_long_opt "$opt" set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; # Separate non-argument short options: -\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*) func_split_short_opt "$opt" set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; --) break ;; -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; *) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; esac done # Validate options: # save first non-option argument if test "$#" -gt 0; then nonopt="$opt" shift fi # preserve --debug test "$opt_debug" = : || func_append preserve_args " --debug" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: ;; *) opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps ;; esac $opt_help || { # Sanity checks first: func_check_version_match if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" fi # Darwin sucks eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." } # Bail if the options were screwed $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE } ## ----------- ## ## Main. ## ## ----------- ## # func_lalib_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_lalib_p () { test -f "$1" && $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 } # func_lalib_unsafe_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. # This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without # resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and # closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. # As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be # fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. func_lalib_unsafe_p () { lalib_p=no if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 do read lalib_p_line case "$lalib_p_line" in \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; esac done exec 0<&5 5<&- fi test "$lalib_p" = yes } # func_ltwrapper_script_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_script_p () { func_lalib_p "$1" } # func_ltwrapper_executable_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_executable_p () { func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= case $1 in *.exe) ;; *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; esac $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_ltwrapper_scriptname file # Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable # uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a # temporary ltwrapper_script. func_ltwrapper_scriptname () { func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" } # func_ltwrapper_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_p () { func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" } # func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd # Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. # If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. # FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! func_execute_cmds () { $opt_debug save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd in $1; do IFS=$save_ifs eval cmd=\"$cmd\" func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" done IFS=$save_ifs } # func_source file # Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to # FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. func_source () { $opt_debug case $1 in */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; *) . "./$1" ;; esac } # func_resolve_sysroot PATH # Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into # func_resolve_sysroot_result func_resolve_sysroot () { func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac } # func_replace_sysroot PATH # If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and # store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. func_replace_sysroot () { case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result" ;; *) # Including no sysroot. func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_infer_tag arg # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile # command doesn't match the default compiler. # arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' func_infer_tag () { $opt_debug if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case $@ in # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail # if we don't check for them as well. *) for z in $available_tags; do if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then # Evaluate the configuration. eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case "$@ " in " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) # The compiler in the base compile command matches # the one in the tagged configuration. # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. tagname=$z break ;; esac fi done # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command # line option must be used. if test -z "$tagname"; then func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" # else # func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" fi ;; esac fi } # func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. func_write_libtool_object () { write_libobj=${1} if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then write_lobj=\'${2}\' else write_lobj=none fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then write_oldobj=\'${3}\' else write_oldobj=none fi $opt_dry_run || { cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF # $write_libobj - a libtool object file # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # Name of the PIC object. pic_object=$write_lobj # Name of the non-PIC object non_pic_object=$write_oldobj EOF $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}" } } ################################################## # FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS # ################################################## # func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG # Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix, # and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a # correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program # in $build's $PATH. # # ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format. # Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will # be empty on error (or when ARG is empty) func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` else func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= fi fi } # end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 # func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG # Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and # $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly # configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's # $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters. # # ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. # Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. # Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names # are convertible, then the result may be empty. func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () { $opt_debug # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="" if test -n "$1"; then oldIFS=$IFS IFS=: for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do IFS=$oldIFS func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" else func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" fi fi done IFS=$oldIFS fi } # end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 # func_cygpath ARGS... # Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when # when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) # $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or # (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input # file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted # from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name # or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in # Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. # # ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to # be converted. # # Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH # environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. func_cygpath () { $opt_debug if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` if test "$?" -ne 0; then # on failure, ensure result is empty func_cygpath_result= fi else func_cygpath_result= func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'" fi } #end: func_cygpath # func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return # result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` } #end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 # Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host # format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting # func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). func_convert_file_check () { $opt_debug if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" func_error " \`$1'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback: func_to_host_file_result="$1" fi } # end func_convert_file_check # func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH # Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host # format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting # func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below). func_convert_path_check () { $opt_debug if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to" func_error " \`$3'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and # should not be "improved". See libtool.info. if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g" func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" | $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"` else func_to_host_path_result="$3" fi fi } # end func_convert_path_check # func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG # Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT # and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT. func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep () { $opt_debug case $4 in $1 ) func_to_host_path_result="$3$func_to_host_path_result" ;; esac case $4 in $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3" ;; esac } # end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ################################################## # $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ################################################## # invoked via `$to_host_file_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result. # func_to_host_file ARG # Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_to_host_file () { $opt_debug $to_host_file_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_file # func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY # converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return # result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed # in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. func_to_tool_file () { $opt_debug case ,$2, in *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) func_to_tool_file_result=$1 ;; *) $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result ;; esac } # end func_to_tool_file # func_convert_file_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_noop () { func_to_host_file_result="$1" } # end func_convert_file_noop # func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use # LT_CYGPATH in this case. func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"` fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment # and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed # in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_file_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin. func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ############################################# # $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ############################################# # invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. # # Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If # ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but # converted to $host format) on output. # # All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: # file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () # path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () # where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the # same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, # the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd # will break. # func_init_to_host_path_cmd # Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the # appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. to_host_path_cmd= func_init_to_host_path_cmd () { $opt_debug if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}" fi } # func_to_host_path ARG # Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_path_result. func_to_host_path () { $opt_debug func_init_to_host_path_cmd $to_host_path_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_path # func_convert_path_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_noop () { func_to_host_path_result="$1" } # end func_convert_path_noop # func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; # and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and # a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a # a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () { $opt_debug func_to_host_path_result="$1" if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin # func_mode_compile arg... func_mode_compile () { $opt_debug # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" suppress_opt=yes suppress_output= arg_mode=normal libobj= later= pie_flag= for arg do case $arg_mode in arg ) # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile lastarg="$arg" arg_mode=normal ;; target ) libobj="$arg" arg_mode=normal continue ;; normal ) # Accept any command-line options. case $arg in -o) test -n "$libobj" && \ func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" arg_mode=target continue ;; -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) func_append pie_flag " $arg" continue ;; -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) func_append later " $arg" continue ;; -no-suppress) suppress_opt=no continue ;; -Xcompiler) arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result lastarg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for arg in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" lastarg=$func_stripname_result # Add the arguments to base_compile. func_append base_compile " $lastarg" continue ;; *) # Accept the current argument as the source file. # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. # lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" ;; esac # case $arg ;; esac # case $arg_mode # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" done # for arg case $arg_mode in arg) func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" ;; target) func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'" ;; *) # Get the name of the library object. test -z "$libobj" && { func_basename "$srcfile" libobj="$func_basename_result" } ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo case $libobj in *.[cCFSifmso] | \ *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) func_xform "$libobj" libobj=$func_xform_result ;; esac case $libobj in *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" ;; esac func_infer_tag $base_compile for arg in $later; do case $arg in -shared) test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" build_old_libs=no continue ;; -static) build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes continue ;; -prefer-pic) pic_mode=yes continue ;; -prefer-non-pic) pic_mode=no continue ;; esac done func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" objname="$func_basename_result" xdir="$func_dirname_result" lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname test -z "$base_compile" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" else removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" fi # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) pic_mode=default ;; esac if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported pic_mode=default fi # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} lockfile="$output_obj.lock" else output_obj= need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test "$need_locks" = yes; then until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi func_append removelist " $output_obj" $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" fi $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist func_append removelist " $lockfile" trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile if test "$pic_mode" != no; then command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" else # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" fi func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" if test -z "$output_obj"; then # Place PIC objects in $objdir func_append command " -o $lobj" fi func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" else command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" fi if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then func_append command " -o $obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. func_append command "$suppress_output" func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi fi $opt_dry_run || { func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then removelist=$lockfile $RM "$lockfile" fi } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } $opt_help || { test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} } func_mode_help () { # We need to display help for each of the modes. case $opt_mode in "") # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments # at the start of this file. func_help ;; clean) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove files from the build directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; compile) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode -no-install link a not-installable executable -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects -precious-files-regex REGEX don't remove output files matching REGEX -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries -static-libtool-libs do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface -Wc,FLAG -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler -Wl,FLAG -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" ;; esac echo $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." } # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary if $opt_help; then if test "$opt_help" = :; then func_mode_help else { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do func_mode_help done } | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do echo func_mode_help done } | sed '1d /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ H d } $x /information about other modes/d /more detailed .*MODE/d s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' fi exit $? fi # func_mode_execute arg... func_mode_execute () { $opt_debug # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" test -z "$cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $opt_dlopen; do test -f "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" dir= case $file in *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= func_source "$file" # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && \ func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then func_append dir "/$objdir" else if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" fi fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" ;; *) func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case $file in -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then func_source "$file" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). func_append_quoted args "$file" done if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved environment variables for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var else $lt_unset $lt_var fi" done # Now prepare to actually exec the command. exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" else # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $ECHO "$cmd$args" exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi } test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_finish arg... func_mode_finish () { $opt_debug libs= libdirs= admincmds= for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} do if test -d "$opt"; then func_append libdirs " $opt" elif test -f "$opt"; then if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then func_append libs " $opt" else func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" fi else func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'" fi done if test -n "$libs"; then if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" else sysroot_cmd= fi # Remove sysroot references if $opt_dry_run; then for lib in $libs; do echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib" done else tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` for lib in $libs; do sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ > $tmpdir/tmp-la mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib done ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi fi if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds '"$cmd"'"' fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds " $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do $ECHO " $libdir" done echo echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" case $host in solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" echo "pages." ;; *) echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." ;; esac echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_install arg... func_mode_install () { $opt_debug # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " arg=$1 shift else install_prog= arg=$nonopt fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result" install_shared_prog=$install_prog case " $install_prog " in *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; *) install_cp=false ;; esac # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=no stripme= no_mode=: for arg do arg2= if test -n "$dest"; then func_append files " $dest" dest=$arg continue fi case $arg in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) if $install_cp; then :; else prev=$arg fi ;; -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then arg2=$install_override_mode no_mode=false fi prev= else dest=$arg continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" if test -n "$arg2"; then func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" fi func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done test -z "$install_prog" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then if $install_cp; then :; else func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" fi fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" else func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" fi fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" dest=$func_stripname_result # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test "$isdir" = yes; then destdir="$dest" destname= else func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." destdir="$func_dirname_result" destname="$func_basename_result" # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files; shift test "$#" -gt 1 && \ func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" fi case $destdir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case $file in *.lo) ;; *) func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case $file in *.$libext) # Do the static libraries later. func_append staticlibs " $file" ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" library_names= old_library= relink_command= func_source "$file" # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac fi func_dirname "$file" "/" "" dir="$func_dirname_result" func_append dir "$objdir" if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that # are installed to the same prefix. # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) # but it's something to keep an eye on. test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` else relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` fi func_warning "relinking \`$file'" func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' fi # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names; shift if test -n "$1"; then realname="$1" shift srcname="$realname" test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ 'exit $?' tstripme="$stripme" case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) case $realname in *.dll.a) tstripme="" ;; esac ;; esac if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' fi if test "$#" -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. for linkname do test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" instname="$dir/$name"i func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else func_basename "$file" destfile="$func_basename_result" destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case $destfile in *.lo) func_lo2o "$destfile" staticdest=$func_lo2o_result ;; *.$objext) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. test -n "$destfile" && \ func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. func_lo2o "$file" staticobj=$func_lo2o_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else func_basename "$file" destfile="$func_basename_result" destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to # install stripped_ext="" case $file in *.exe) if test ! -f "$file"; then func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result stripped_ext=".exe" fi ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw*) if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" wrapper=$func_stripname_result fi ;; *) wrapper=$file ;; esac if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then notinst_deplibs= relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" # Check the variables that should have been set. test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" finalize=yes for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then func_source "$lib" fi libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" finalize=no fi done relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" outputname= if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then $opt_dry_run || { if test "$finalize" = yes; then tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" file="$func_basename_result" outputname="$tmpdir/$file" # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if eval "$relink_command"; then : else func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file="$outputname" else func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" fi } else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another # one anyway case $install_prog,$host in */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) case $file:$destfile in *.exe:*.exe) # this is ok ;; *.exe:*) destfile=$destfile.exe ;; *:*.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" destfile=$func_stripname_result ;; esac ;; esac func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' else exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi } test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} # func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p # Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with # a dlpreopen symbol table. func_generate_dlsyms () { $opt_debug my_outputname="$1" my_originator="$2" my_pic_p="${3-no}" my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` my_dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" else func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" fi fi if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then case $my_dlsyms in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif #if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" #endif /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined(__osf__) /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT_DLSYM_CONST const #endif /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test "$dlself" = yes; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for progfile in $progfiles; do func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'" $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" $opt_dry_run || { $RM $export_symbols eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } else $opt_dry_run || { eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } fi fi for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" func_basename "$dlprefile" name="$func_basename_result" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" dlprefile_dlbasename="" if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result" else # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>. $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result fi fi $opt_dry_run || { if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' else func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' fi func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" } else # not an import lib $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } fi ;; *) $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } ;; esac done $opt_dry_run || { # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then sort -k 3 else sort +2 fi | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" fi echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ typedef struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt_dlsymlist; extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," case $need_lib_prefix in no) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; *) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; esac echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " } # !$opt_dry_run pic_flag_for_symtable= case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) case $host in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; *-*-hpux*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; *) if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" fi ;; esac ;; esac symtab_cflags= for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do case $arg in -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;; esac done # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' # Clean up the generated files. func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` else compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` fi ;; *) compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` ;; esac ;; *) func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi } # func_win32_libid arg # return the library type of file 'arg' # # Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs # Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument # that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. # Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. func_win32_libid () { $opt_debug win32_libid_type="unknown" win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` case $win32_fileres in *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" ;; *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | $SED -n -e ' 1,100{ / I /{ s,.*,import, p q } }'` case $win32_nmres in import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; esac fi ;; *DLL*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... case $win32_fileres in *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; esac ;; esac $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG # # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib () { $opt_debug sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs # # The is the core of a fallback implementation of a # platform-specific function to extract the name of the # DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. # # SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending # on the platform and compiler that created the implib. # # Echos the name of the DLL associated with the # specified import library. func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () { $opt_debug match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section s/.*/====MARK====/ p d } # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but # are always uninteresting /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d /^In archive [^:]*:/d # Ensure marker is printed /^====MARK====/p # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters /^.\{43\}/!d # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters s/^.\{43\}//' | $SED -n ' # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line /^====MARK====/ b para H $ b para b :para x s/\n//g # Remove the marker s/^====MARK====// # Remove trailing dots and whitespace s/[\. \t]*$// # Print /./p' | # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the # archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate # all those which have a first or second character that is # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable # character.) This should work for all archives with less than # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by # a '.'. # # Of those that remain, print the first one. $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' } # func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () { $opt_debug func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" } # func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_ms_implib_p () { $opt_debug func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # # This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL # does not support the --identify-strict option. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () { $opt_debug if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then # binutils import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then # ms-generated import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` else # unknown sharedlib_from_linklib_result="" fi } # func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib func_extract_an_archive () { $opt_debug f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done fi func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" fi if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" fi } # func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... func_extract_archives () { $opt_debug my_gentop="$1"; shift my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} my_oldobjs="" my_xlib="" my_xabs="" my_xdir="" for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do # Extract the objects. case $my_xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; esac func_basename "$my_xlib" my_xlib="$func_basename_result" my_xlib_u=$my_xlib while :; do case " $extracted_archives " in *" $my_xlib_u "*) func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 extracted_serial=$func_arith_result my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; *) break ;; esac done extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" case $host in *-darwin*) func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run $opt_dry_run || { darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` cd $my_xdir || exit $? darwin_archive=$my_xabs darwin_curdir=`pwd` darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` darwin_arch= func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" cd "$darwin_curdir" $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" done # $darwin_arches ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` darwin_file= darwin_files= for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files done # $darwin_filelist $RM -rf unfat-$$ cd "$darwin_orig_dir" else cd $darwin_orig_dir func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" fi # $darwin_arches } # !$opt_dry_run ;; *) func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" ;; esac my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` done func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" } # func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] # # Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. # Don't directly open a file because we may want to # incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw # wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within # func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables # set therein. # # ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR # variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script # will assume that the directory in which it is stored is # the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific # behavior. func_emit_wrapper () { func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} $ECHO "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # Be Bourne compatible if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variables: generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then file=\"\$0\"" qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` $ECHO "\ # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO=\"$qECHO\" fi # Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to # the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper # /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on # windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" # (application programs are unlikely to have options which match # this pattern). # # There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and # --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. # # The first argument to this parsing function should be the # script's $0 value, followed by "$@". lt_option_debug= func_parse_lt_options () { lt_script_arg0=\$0 shift for lt_opt do case \"\$lt_opt\" in --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; --lt-dump-script) lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" exit 0 ;; --lt-*) \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done # Print the debug banner immediately: if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2 fi } # Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout # (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) func_lt_dump_args () { lt_dump_args_N=1; for lt_arg do \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` done } # Core function for launching the target application func_exec_program_core () { " case $host in # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $ECHO "\ \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 exit 1 } # A function to encapsulate launching the target application # Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and # launches target application with the remaining arguments. func_exec_program () { case \" \$* \" in *\\ --lt-*) for lt_wr_arg do case \$lt_wr_arg in --lt-*) ;; *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; esac shift done ;; esac func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} } # Parse options func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into # the cwrapper. WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then # special case for '.' if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then thisdir=\`pwd\` fi # remove .libs from thisdir case \"\$thisdir\" in *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; esac fi # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test "$fast_install" = yes; then $ECHO "\ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" else $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" $ECHO "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : else $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit 1 fi fi $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else $ECHO "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi $ECHO "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. # # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled # libraries must come first. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi $ECHO "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " } # func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout # Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because # it depends on a number of variable set therein. func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () { cat <<EOF /* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool libraries that it depends on are installed. This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory. If it is, it will not operate correctly. */ EOF cat <<"EOF" #ifdef _MSC_VER # define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #ifdef _MSC_VER # include <direct.h> # include <process.h> # include <io.h> #else # include <unistd.h> # include <stdint.h> # ifdef __CYGWIN__ # include <io.h> # endif #endif #include <malloc.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <assert.h> #include <string.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <sys/stat.h> /* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ #if defined(__MINGW32__) # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ int _putenv (const char *); # endif #elif defined(__CYGWIN__) # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ char *realpath (const char *, char *); int putenv (char *); int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); # endif /* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ #endif /* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv # define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC # ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED # define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED # define intptr_t int # endif #elif defined(__MINGW32__) # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv #elif defined(__CYGWIN__) # define HAVE_SETENV # define FOPEN_WB "wb" /* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ #endif #if defined(PATH_MAX) # define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX #elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) # define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN #else # define LT_PATHMAX 1024 #endif #ifndef S_IXOTH # define S_IXOTH 0 #endif #ifndef S_IXGRP # define S_IXGRP 0 #endif /* path handling portability macros */ #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR # define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif #if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ defined (__OS2__) # define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM # define FOPEN_WB "wb" # ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' # endif # ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' # endif #endif #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) #else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) #endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) #else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) #endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef FOPEN_WB # define FOPEN_WB "w" #endif #ifndef _O_BINARY # define _O_BINARY 0 #endif #define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) #define XFREE(stale) do { \ if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ } while (0) #if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER) static int lt_debug = 1; #else static int lt_debug = 0; #endif const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ void *xmalloc (size_t num); char *xstrdup (const char *string); const char *base_name (const char *name); char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); int make_executable (const char *path); int check_executable (const char *path); char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); static const char *nonnull (const char *s); static const char *nonempty (const char *s); void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); EOF cat <<EOF volatile const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe"; const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var"; EOF if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath" cat <<EOF const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; EOF else cat <<"EOF" const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = ""; EOF fi if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:" cat <<EOF const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH"; const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result"; EOF else cat <<"EOF" const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = ""; const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = ""; EOF fi if test "$fast_install" = yes; then cat <<EOF const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ EOF else cat <<EOF const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ EOF fi cat <<"EOF" #define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-" static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX; static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script"; static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug"; int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { char **newargz; int newargc; char *tmp_pathspec; char *actual_cwrapper_path; char *actual_cwrapper_name; char *target_name; char *lt_argv_zero; intptr_t rval = 127; int i; program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except * argz[0], which is handled differently */ newargc=0; for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) { if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0) { EOF case "$host" in *mingw* | *cygwin* ) # make stdout use "unix" line endings echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);" ;; esac cat <<"EOF" lt_dump_script (stdout); return 0; } if (strcmp (argv[i], debug_opt) == 0) { lt_debug = 1; continue; } if (strcmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix) == 0) { /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option or a configure.ac-settable value. */ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "unrecognized %s option: '%s'", ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]); } /* otherwise ... */ newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]); } newargz[++newargc] = NULL; EOF cat <<EOF /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\n"); EOF cat <<"EOF" lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name); tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]); if (tmp_pathspec == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n", tmp_pathspec); actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n", actual_cwrapper_path); XFREE (tmp_pathspec); actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path)); strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name); /* wrapper name transforms */ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe"); tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec; tmp_pathspec = 0; /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */ target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME)); strendzap (target_name, ".exe"); tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1); XFREE (target_name); target_name = tmp_pathspec; tmp_pathspec = 0; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) libtool target name: %s\n", target_name); EOF cat <<EOF newargz[0] = XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) + strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1)); strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path); strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir"); strcat (newargz[0], "/"); EOF cat <<"EOF" /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */ tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]); /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */ strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name); /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */ lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1); XFREE (tmp_pathspec); tmp_pathspec = NULL; EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" { char* p; while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL) { *p = '/'; } while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL) { *p = '/'; } } EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" XFREE (target_name); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path); XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */ lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */ /* Update the DLL searchpath. EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath) because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled libraries must come first. */ lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE); lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE); lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n", nonnull (lt_argv_zero)); for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n", i, nonnull (newargz[i])); } EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz); rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); if (rval == -1) { /* failed to start process */ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n", lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno))); return 127; } return rval; EOF ;; *) cat <<"EOF" execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" } void * xmalloc (size_t num) { void *p = (void *) malloc (num); if (!p) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted"); return p; } char * xstrdup (const char *string) { return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL; } const char * base_name (const char *name) { const char *base; #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') name += 2; #endif for (base = name; *name; name++) if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) base = name + 1; return base; } int check_executable (const char *path) { struct stat st; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n", nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) return 1; else return 0; } int make_executable (const char *path) { int rval = 0; struct stat st; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) { rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); } return rval; } /* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. */ char * find_executable (const char *wrapper) { int has_slash = 0; const char *p; const char *p_next; /* static buffer for getcwd */ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; int tmp_len; char *concat_name; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", nonempty (wrapper)); if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) return NULL; /* Absolute path? */ #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } else { #endif if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) } #endif for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) if (*p == '/') { has_slash = 1; break; } if (!has_slash) { /* no slashes; search PATH */ const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); if (path != NULL) { for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) { const char *q; size_t p_len; for (q = p; *q; q++) if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) break; p_len = q - p; p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); if (p_len == 0) { /* empty path: current directory */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); } else { concat_name = XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); concat_name[p_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); } if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } } /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ } /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); return NULL; } char * chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) { #ifndef S_ISLNK return xstrdup (pathspec); #else char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; struct stat s; char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); char *p; int has_symlinks = 0; while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", tmp_pathspec); if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) { if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) { has_symlinks = 1; break; } /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) p--; if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) { /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ break; } *p = '\0'; } else { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); } } XFREE (tmp_pathspec); if (!has_symlinks) { return xstrdup (pathspec); } tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); if (tmp_pathspec == 0) { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); } return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); #endif } char * strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) { size_t len, patlen; assert (str != NULL); assert (pat != NULL); len = strlen (str); patlen = strlen (pat); if (patlen <= len) { str += len - patlen; if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) *str = '\0'; } return str; } void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; if (lt_debug) { (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); va_start (args, fmt); (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); va_end (args); } } static void lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, int line, const char *mode, const char *message, va_list ap) { fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); if (exit_status >= 0) exit (exit_status); } void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, message); lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); va_end (ap); } static const char * nonnull (const char *s) { return s ? s : "(null)"; } static const char * nonempty (const char *s) { return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); } void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); { #ifdef HAVE_SETENV /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ char *str = xstrdup (value); setenv (name, str, 1); #else int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) { XFREE (str); } #endif } } char * lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) { char *new_value; if (orig_value && *orig_value) { int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); int add_len = strlen (add); new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); if (to_end) { strcpy (new_value, orig_value); strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); } else { strcpy (new_value, add); strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); } } else { new_value = xstrdup (add); } return new_value; } void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ int len = strlen (new_value); while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) { new_value[len-1] = '\0'; } lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat <<"EOF" /* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); GetVersionEx(&v); v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a special way: - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal characters. - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): \" -> " \\\" -> \" \\\\\" -> \\" */ #define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" #define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" char ** prepare_spawn (char **argv) { size_t argc; char **new_argv; size_t i; /* Count number of arguments. */ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) ; /* Allocate new argument vector. */ new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { const char *string = argv[i]; if (string[0] == '\0') new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) { int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); size_t length; unsigned int backslashes; const char *s; char *quoted_string; char *p; length = 0; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) length++; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') length += backslashes + 1; length++; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) length += backslashes + 1; quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); p = quoted_string; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) *p++ = '"'; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; } *p++ = c; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; *p++ = '"'; } *p = '\0'; new_argv[i] = quoted_string; } else new_argv[i] = (char *) string; } new_argv[argc] = NULL; return new_argv; } EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) { EOF func_emit_wrapper yes | $SED -n -e ' s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ \2/ h s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g s/$/\\n/ s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p g D' cat <<"EOF" } EOF } # end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # func_win32_import_lib_p ARG # True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd func_win32_import_lib_p () { $opt_debug case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in *import*) : ;; *) false ;; esac } # func_mode_link arg... func_mode_link () { $opt_debug case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invocation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes ;; *) allow_undefined=yes ;; esac libtool_args=$nonopt base_compile="$nonopt $@" compile_command=$nonopt finalize_command=$nonopt compile_rpath= finalize_rpath= compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= convenience= old_convenience= deplibs= old_deplibs= compiler_flags= linker_flags= dllsearchpath= lib_search_path=`pwd` inst_prefix_dir= new_inherited_linker_flags= avoid_version=no bindir= dlfiles= dlprefiles= dlself=no export_dynamic=no export_symbols= export_symbols_regex= generated= libobjs= ltlibs= module=no no_install=no objs= non_pic_objects= precious_files_regex= prefer_static_libs=no preload=no prev= prevarg= release= rpath= xrpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= thread_safe=no vinfo= vinfo_number=no weak_libs= single_module="${wl}-single_module" func_infer_tag $base_compile # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case $arg in -shared) test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" build_old_libs=no break ;; -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) case $arg in -all-static) if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; -static) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=built ;; -static-libtool-libs) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; esac build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test "$#" -gt 0; do arg="$1" shift func_quote_for_eval "$arg" qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in output) func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case $prev in bindir) bindir="$arg" prev= continue ;; dlfiles|dlprefiles) if test "$preload" = no; then # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" preload=yes fi case $arg in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test "$dlself" = no; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then dlself=yes elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then func_append dlfiles " $arg" else func_append dlprefiles " $arg" fi prev= continue ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols="$arg" test -f "$arg" \ || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; framework) case $host in *-*-darwin*) case "$deplibs " in *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later ;; esac ;; esac prev= continue ;; inst_prefix) inst_prefix_dir="$arg" prev= continue ;; objectlist) if test -f "$arg"; then save_arg=$arg moreargs= for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` do # func_append moreargs " $fil" arg=$fil # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && test "$non_pic_object" = none; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi done else func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" fi arg=$save_arg prev= continue ;; precious_regex) precious_files_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case $arg in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac if test "$prev" = rpath; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; shrext) shrext_cmds="$arg" prev= continue ;; weak) func_append weak_libs " $arg" prev= continue ;; xcclinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xcompiler) func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xlinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi # test -n "$prev" prevarg="$arg" case $arg in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -bindir) prev=bindir continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" fi if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; -framework) prev=framework continue ;; -inst-prefix-dir) prev=inst_prefix continue ;; # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) case $with_gcc/$host in no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -L*) func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then if test "$#" -gt 0; then func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" else func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" fi fi func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -z "$absdir" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" dir="$absdir" ;; esac case "$deplibs " in *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments ;; *) # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;; *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;; esac func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$dir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac continue ;; -l*) if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) continue ;; *-*-os2*) # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" continue ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; esac elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then case $host in *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. continue ;; esac fi func_append deplibs " $arg" continue ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" prev=xcompiler continue ;; -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $arg "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -multi_module) single_module="${wl}-multi_module" continue ;; -no-fast-install) fast_install=no continue ;; -no-install) case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" fast_install=no ;; *) no_install=yes ;; esac continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -objectlist) prev=objectlist continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -precious-files-regex) prev=precious_regex continue ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" dir=$func_stripname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -shared) # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. continue ;; -shrext) prev=shrext continue ;; -static | -static-libtool-libs) # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least # Digital Unix and AIX. continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; -version-number) prev=vinfo vinfo_number=yes continue ;; -weak) prev=weak continue ;; -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Wl,*) func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS="$save_ifs" func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Xlinker) prev=xlinker continue ;; -XCClinker) prev=xcclinker continue ;; # -msg_* for osf cc -msg_*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC # @file GCC response files # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection # --sysroot=* for sysroot support # -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ -O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" func_append compiler_flags " $arg" continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; *.$objext) # A standard object. func_append objs " $arg" ;; *.lo) # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && test "$non_pic_object" = none; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir="$func_dirname_result" func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi ;; *.$libext) # An archive. func_append deplibs " $arg" func_append old_deplibs " $arg" continue ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then # This library was specified with -dlopen. func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= else func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" fi continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" ;; esac # arg # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi done # argument parsing loop test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi oldlibs= # calculate the name of the file, without its directory func_basename "$output" outputname="$func_basename_result" libobjs_save="$libobjs" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` else shlib_search_path= fi eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" func_dirname "$output" "/" "" output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result # Create the object directory. func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" # Determine the type of output case $output in "") func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" ;; *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; *.la) linkmode=lib ;; *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. esac specialdeplibs= libs= # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) for deplib in $deplibs; do if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append libs " $deplib" done if test "$linkmode" = lib; then libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are # not to be eliminated). pre_post_deps= if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do case "$pre_post_deps " in *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;; esac func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep" done fi pre_post_deps= fi deplibs= newdependency_libs= newlib_search_path= need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries case $linkmode in lib) passes="conv dlpreopen link" for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do case $file in *.la) ;; *) func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" ;; esac done ;; prog) compile_deplibs= finalize_deplibs= alldeplibs=no newdlfiles= newdlprefiles= passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" ;; *) passes="conv" ;; esac for pass in $passes; do # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong ## order, and fix it there properly tmp_deplibs= for deplib in $deplibs; do tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then libs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then case $pass in dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS%" test "X$link_all_deplibs" != Xno && libs="$libs $dependency_libs" ;; esac fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs for lib in $dlprefiles; do # Ignore non-libtool-libs dependency_libs= func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" case $lib in *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library # has declared as weak libs for deplib in $dependency_libs; do func_basename "$deplib" deplib_base=$func_basename_result case " $weak_libs " in *" $deplib_base "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;; esac done done libs="$dlprefiles" fi if test "$pass" = dlopen; then # Collect dlpreopened libraries save_deplibs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi for deplib in $libs; do lib= found=no case $deplib in -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append compiler_flags " $deplib" if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -l*) if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" continue fi func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "$linkmode" = lib; then searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" else searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" fi for searchdir in $searchdirs; do for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do # Search the libtool library lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" if test -f "$lib"; then if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then found=yes else found=no fi break 2 fi done done if test "$found" != yes; then # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue else # deplib is a libtool library # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, # We need to do some special things here, and not later. if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $deplib "*) if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then library_names= old_library= func_source "$lib" for l in $old_library $library_names; do ll="$l" done if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available found=no func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir="$func_dirname_result" lib=$ladir/$old_library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi fi ;; *) ;; esac fi fi ;; # -l *.ltframework) if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -L*) case $linkmode in lib) deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$pass" = conv && continue newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; prog) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi if test "$pass" = scan; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" ;; esac # linkmode continue ;; # -L -R*) if test "$pass" = link; then func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result ;; *.$libext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi case $linkmode in lib) # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) valid_a_lib=no case $deplibs_check_method in match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then valid_a_lib=yes fi ;; pass_all) valid_a_lib=yes ;; esac if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" fi ;; esac continue ;; prog) if test "$pass" != link; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi continue ;; esac # linkmode ;; # *.$libext *.lo | *.$objext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib" compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append newdlfiles " $deplib" fi fi continue ;; %DEPLIBS%) alldeplibs=yes continue ;; esac # case $deplib if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : else func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" fi # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir="$func_dirname_result" dlname= dlopen= dlpreopen= libdir= library_names= old_library= inherited_linker_flags= # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink installed=yes shouldnotlink=no avoidtemprpath= # Read the .la file func_source "$lib" # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; esac done fi dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen" test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen" fi if test "$pass" = conv; then # Only check for convenience libraries deplibs="$lib $deplibs" if test -z "$libdir"; then if test -z "$old_library"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" fi # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" fi continue fi # $pass = conv # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= if test -n "$old_library" && { test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes || test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then linklib=$old_library else for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done fi if test -z "$linklib"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test "$pass" = dlopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" fi if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs" else func_append newdlfiles " $lib" fi continue fi # $pass = dlopen # We need an absolute path. case $ladir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; *) abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" abs_ladir="$ladir" fi ;; esac func_basename "$lib" laname="$func_basename_result" # Find the relevant object directory and library name. if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" libdir="$abs_ladir" else dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" fi test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes else if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" else dir="$ladir/$objdir" absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" fi fi # $installed = yes func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" name=$func_stripname_result # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" fi case "$host" in # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the # dlname from the la file. if test -n "$dlname"; then func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" fi ;; * ) # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. elif test -n "$dlname"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" fi ;; esac fi # $pass = dlpreopen if test -z "$libdir"; then # Link the convenience library if test "$linkmode" = lib; then deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass fi continue fi if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir" deplibs="$lib $deplibs" linkalldeplibs=no if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then linkalldeplibs=yes fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Need to link against all dependency_libs? if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else # Need to hardcode shared library paths # or/and link against static libraries newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done # for deplib continue fi # $linkmode = prog... if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then if test -n "$library_names" && { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || test -z "$old_library"; }; then # We need to hardcode the library path if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath:" in *"$absdir:"*) ;; *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;; esac fi # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi fi link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then use_static_libs=no fi if test -n "$library_names" && { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=no ;; *) if test "$installed" = no; then func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=yes fi ;; esac # This is a shared library # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! dlopenmodule="" for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" break fi done if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then echo if test "$linkmode" = prog; then $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" else $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" fi $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" fi if test "$linkmode" = lib && test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then # figure out the soname set dummy $library_names shift realname="$1" shift libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? if test -n "$dlname"; then soname="$dlname" elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then # bleh windows case $host in *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix="-$major" ;; esac eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use soroot="$soname" func_basename "$soroot" soname="$func_basename_result" func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a # If the library has no export list, then create one now if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : else func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Create $newlib if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library dir=$output_objdir linklib=$newlib fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= lib_linked=yes case $hardcode_action in immediate | unsupported) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" case $host in *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-darwin* ) # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" if test -z "$old_library" ; then echo echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" else add="$dir/$old_library" fi elif test -n "$old_library"; then add="$dir/$old_library" fi fi esac elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then case $host in *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; esac add_dir="-L$dir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$absdir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" fi if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then case :$compile_shlibpath: in *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;; esac fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac fi fi fi if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then add="$libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$libdir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" else add="$libdir/$linklib" fi else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. add_dir="-L$libdir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" fi fi elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" else compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" fi elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Not a shared library if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # We're trying link a shared library against a static one # but the system doesn't support it. # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so # that the program can be linked against the static library. echo $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." if test "$module" = yes; then echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi else deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" link_static=yes fi fi # link shared/static library? if test "$linkmode" = lib; then if test -n "$dependency_libs" && { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes || test "$link_static" = yes; }; then # Extract -R from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for libdir in $dependency_libs; do case $libdir in -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result case " $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";; esac;; *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";; esac done dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" fi func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir" # Link against this library test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" # ... and its dependency_libs tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; esac if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" done if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries for deplib in $dependency_libs; do path= case $deplib in -L*) path="$deplib" ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" absdir="$dir" fi ;; esac if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then case $host in *-*-darwin*) depdepl= eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do depdepl=$tmp done if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` fi func_append compiler_flags " ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" path= fi fi ;; *) path="-L$absdir/$objdir" ;; esac else eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" path="-L$absdir" fi ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $path "*) ;; *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; esac done fi # link_all_deplibs != no fi # linkmode = lib done # for deplib in $libs if test "$pass" = link; then if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" else compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` fi fi dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries for deplib in $save_deplibs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" done fi if test "$pass" != dlopen; then if test "$pass" != conv; then # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. lib_search_path= for dir in $newlib_search_path; do case "$lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac done newlib_search_path= fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then vars="deplibs" else vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" fi for var in $vars dependency_libs; do # Add libraries to $var in reverse order eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" new_libs= for deplib in $tmp_libs; do # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally # broken: #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in # practice: case $deplib in -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; -R*) ;; *) # And here is the reason: when a library appears more # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or # is implicitly linked in more than once by the # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this # with having the same library being listed as a # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare # enough that we require users that really mean to play # such unportable linking tricks to link the library # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it # for duplicate removal. case " $specialdeplibs " in *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; esac ;; esac ;; esac done tmp_libs= for deplib in $new_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" done # for var fi # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs # (they stay in deplibs) tmp_libs= for i in $dependency_libs ; do case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in *" $i "*) i="" ;; esac if test -n "$i" ; then func_append tmp_libs " $i" fi done dependency_libs=$tmp_libs done # for pass if test "$linkmode" = prog; then dlfiles="$newdlfiles" fi if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi case $linkmode in oldlib) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs="$output" func_append objs "$old_deplibs" ;; lib) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case $outputname in lib*) func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) test "$module" = no && \ func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" libname=$func_stripname_result fi ;; esac if test -n "$objs"; then if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" func_append libobjs " $objs" fi fi test "$dlself" != no && \ func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" set dummy $rpath shift test "$#" -gt 1 && \ func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" install_libdir="$1" oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Building a libtool convenience library. # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so # convenience libraries should have the same extension an # archive normally would. oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" else # Parse the version information argument. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 shift IFS="$save_ifs" test -n "$7" && \ func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible case $vinfo_number in yes) number_major="$1" number_minor="$2" number_revision="$3" # # There are really only two kinds -- those that # use the current revision as the major version # and those that subtract age and use age as # a minor version. But, then there is irix # which has an extra 1 added just for fun # case $version_type in # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age="$number_minor" revision="$number_revision" ;; freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos) current="$number_major" revision="$number_minor" age="0" ;; irix|nonstopux) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age="$number_minor" revision="$number_minor" lt_irix_increment=no ;; *) func_fatal_configuration "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" ;; esac ;; no) current="$1" revision="$2" age="$3" ;; esac # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case $current in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $revision in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $age in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case $version_type in none) ;; darwin) # Like Linux, but with the current version available in # verstring for coding it into the library header func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... func_arith $current + 1 minor_current=$func_arith_result xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" ;; freebsd-aout) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision"; ;; freebsd-elf) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current" ;; irix | nonstopux) if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then func_arith $current - $age else func_arith $current - $age + 1 fi major=$func_arith_result case $version_type in nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; esac verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test "$loop" -ne 0; do func_arith $revision - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" done # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. major=.$major versuffix="$major.$revision" ;; linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$current.$age.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test "$loop" -ne 0; do func_arith $current - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. func_append verstring ":${current}.0" ;; qnx) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current" ;; sunos) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision" ;; windows) # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix="-$major" ;; *) func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= case $version_type in darwin) # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting # problems, so we reset it completely verstring= ;; *) verstring="0.0" ;; esac if test "$need_version" = no; then versuffix= else versuffix=".0.0" fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then major= versuffix= verstring="" fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi fi func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" func_append libobjs " $symfileobj" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. removelist= tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` for p in $tempremovelist; do case $p in *.$objext | *.gcno) ;; $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 then continue fi fi func_append removelist " $p" ;; *) ;; esac done test -n "$removelist" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi # Eliminate all temporary directories. #for path in $notinst_path; do # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` #done if test -n "$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi fi # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" dlfiles= for lib in $old_dlfiles; do case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" dlprefiles= for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do case "$dlprefiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;; esac done if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test -n "$rpath"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" ;; *-*-netbsd*) # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then func_append deplibs " -lc" fi ;; esac fi # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release="" versuffix="" major="" newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case $deplibs_check_method in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behavior. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c cat > conftest.c <<EOF int main() { return 0; } EOF $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` for i in $deplibs; do case $i in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$i" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) func_append newdeplibs " $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` set dummy $deplib_matches; shift deplib_match=$1 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then func_append newdeplibs " $i" else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for" echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime." fi fi ;; *) func_append newdeplibs " $i" ;; esac done else # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library. for i in $deplibs; do case $i in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$i" name=$func_stripname_result $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) func_append newdeplibs " $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` set dummy $deplib_matches; shift deplib_match=$1 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then func_append newdeplibs " $i" else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one" echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime." fi fi else droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to" echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some" echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully" echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better." fi ;; *) func_append newdeplibs " $i" ;; esac done fi ;; file_magic*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do case $a_deplib in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob` else libnameglob=$libname fi test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do if test "$want_nocaseglob" = yes; then shopt -s nocaseglob potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` $nocaseglob else potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` fi for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib="$potent_lib" while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` case $potliblink in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do case $a_deplib in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs="" tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"` done fi case $tmp_deplibs in *[!\ \ ]*) echo if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes ;; esac ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then if test "$module" = yes; then echo echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then echo echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" case $host in *-*-darwin*) newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$new_libs" # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld. # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. case $archive_cmds in *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; esac if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library paths hardcode_libdirs= dep_rpath= rpath="$finalize_rpath" test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append dep_rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" fi test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" if test -n "$shlibpath"; then eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi # Get the real and link names of the library. eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names shift realname="$1" shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi if test -z "$dlname"; then dlname=$soname fi lib="$output_objdir/$realname" linknames= for link do func_append linknames " $link" done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= delfiles= if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" func_append delfiles " $export_symbols" fi orig_export_symbols= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then # exporting using user supplied symfile if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the # include_expsyms logic still works. orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" export_symbols= always_export_symbols=yes fi fi ;; esac # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols cmds=$export_symbols_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd1 in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) try_normal_branch=yes eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_len " $cmd" len=$func_len_result ;; *) try_normal_branch=no ;; esac if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \ && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } then func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' skipped_export=false elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result save_libobjs=$libobjs save_output=$output output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm func_to_tool_file "$output" libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result func_append delfiles " $output" func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" for obj in $save_libobjs; do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > "$output" eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' output=$save_output libobjs=$save_libobjs skipped_export=false else # The command line is too long to execute in one step. func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." skipped_export=: # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi tmp_deplibs= for test_deplib in $deplibs; do case " $convenience " in *" $test_deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && test -z "$libobjs"; then # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. whole_archive_flag_spec= fi if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= else gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi fi if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" func_append linker_flags " $flag" fi # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && func_len " $test_cmds" && len=$func_len_result && test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then : else # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker # script. # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we # want to use save_libobjs as it was before # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. # This may have to be revisited, in case too many # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding # the spec. if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs fi save_output=$output func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and # initialize k to one. test_cmds= concat_cmds= objlist= last_robj= k=1 if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" echo 'INPUT (' > $output for obj in $save_libobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done echo ')' >> $output func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$func_to_tool_file_result elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" : > $output set x $save_libobjs shift firstobj= if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then firstobj="$1 " shift fi for obj do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" else if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. for obj in $save_libobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result if test "X$objlist" = X || test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then func_append objlist " $obj" else # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a # command to the queue. if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. reload_objs=$objlist eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" else # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in # the last one created. reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext func_arith $k + 1 k=$func_arith_result output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext objlist=" $obj" func_len " $last_robj" func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result fi done # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object # files will link in the last one created. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" fi func_append delfiles " $output" else output= fi if ${skipped_export-false}; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols libobjs=$output # Append the command to create the export file. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi fi test -n "$save_libobjs" && func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $concat_cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi if ${skipped_export-false}; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi fi libobjs=$output # Restore the value of output. output=$save_output if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi fi if test -n "$delfiles"; then # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" fi # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $opt_silent || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi ;; obj) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" case $output in *.lo) test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" libobj=$output func_lo2o "$libobj" obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with # turning comma into space.. wl= if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` else gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" fi fi # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects" # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test output="$obj" func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output="$libobj" func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' fi if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; prog) case $host in *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; esac test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" test "$preload" = yes \ && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac case $host in *-*-darwin*) # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in 10.[0123]) func_append compile_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" func_append finalize_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" ;; esac fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $compile_deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done compile_deplibs="$new_libs" func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs" func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs" if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath="$rpath" rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath="$rpath" if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" # template prelinking step if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi wrappers_required=yes case $host in *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. wrappers_required=no ;; *cygwin* | *mingw* ) if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then wrappers_required=no fi ;; *) if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then wrappers_required=no fi ;; esac if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. exit_status=0 func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Delete the generated files. if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' fi exit $exit_status fi if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test "$no_install" = yes; then # We don't need to create a wrapper script. link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # Delete the old output file. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output # Link the executable and exit func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" else if test "$fast_install" != no; then link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" if test "$fast_install" = yes; then relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` else # fast_install is set to needless relink_command= fi else link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi fi # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Now create the wrapper script. func_verbose "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. $opt_dry_run || { # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result ;; esac # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions case $host in *cygwin*) exeext=.exe func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; *) exeext= ;; esac case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." output_name=$func_basename_result output_path=$func_dirname_result cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. $opt_dry_run || { $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource $STRIP $cwrapper } # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 $opt_dry_run || { # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result fi } ;; * ) $RM $output trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_wrapper no > $output chmod +x $output ;; esac } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" addlibs="$convenience" build_libtool_libs=no else if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" build_libtool_libs=no else oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj" fi fi addlibs="$old_convenience" fi if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds else # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently # not supported by libtool). if (for obj in $oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" $ECHO "$func_basename_result" done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" func_append generated " $gentop" func_mkdir_p "$gentop" save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= counter=1 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" objbase="$func_basename_result" case " $oldobjs " in " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; *[\ /]"$objbase "*) while :; do # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also # overlaps. newobj=lt$counter-$objbase func_arith $counter + 1 counter=$func_arith_result case " $oldobjs " in *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; esac done func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj" ;; *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;; esac done fi func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $cmds" len=$func_len_result if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then cmds=$old_archive_cmds elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." for obj in $oldobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" cmds=$old_archive_cmds else # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." save_RANLIB=$RANLIB RANLIB=: objlist= concat_cmds= save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? for obj in $save_oldobjs do last_oldobj=$obj done eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result func_append objlist " $obj" if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then : else # the above command should be used before it gets too long oldobjs=$objlist if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then RANLIB=$save_RANLIB fi test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" objlist= len=$len0 fi done RANLIB=$save_RANLIB oldobjs=$objlist if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" fi fi fi func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$generated" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" # Now create the libtool archive. case $output in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" func_verbose "creating $output" # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done # Quote the link command for shipping. relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then relink_command= fi # Only create the output if not a dry run. $opt_dry_run || { for installed in no yes; do if test "$installed" = yes; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones newdependency_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in *.la) func_basename "$deplib" name="$func_basename_result" func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; -L*) func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; -R*) func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in *.la) func_basename "$lib" name="$func_basename_result" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in *.la) # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into # the library: func_basename "$lib" name="$func_basename_result" eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; esac done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" else newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlfiles " $abs" done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlprefiles " $abs" done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi $RM $output # place dlname in correct position for cygwin # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of # tests/bindir.at for full details. tdlname=$dlname case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. if test "x$bindir" != x ; then func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname else # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. tdlname=../bin/$dlname fi ;; esac $ECHO > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$tdlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library weak_library_names='$weak_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? shouldnotlink=$module # Files to dlopen/dlpreopen dlopen='$dlfiles' dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'" if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then $ECHO >> $output "\ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" fi done } # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' ;; esac exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } { test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } && func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_uninstall arg... func_mode_uninstall () { $opt_debug RM="$nonopt" files= rmforce= exit_status=0 # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" for arg do case $arg in -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;; *) func_append files " $arg" ;; esac done test -z "$RM" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" rmdirs= for file in $files; do func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir="$func_dirname_result" if test "X$dir" = X.; then odir="$objdir" else odir="$dir/$objdir" fi func_basename "$file" name="$func_basename_result" test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir" # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then case " $rmdirs " in *" $odir "*) ;; *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 continue elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then continue fi rmfiles="$file" case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then func_source $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library" case "$opt_mode" in clean) case " $library_names " in *" $dlname "*) ;; *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;; esac test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" ;; uninstall) if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. ;; esac fi ;; *.lo) # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then # Read the .lo file func_source $dir/$name # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$pic_object" && test "$pic_object" != none; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object" fi # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *) if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then noexename=$name case $file in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" noexename=$func_stripname_result # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, # add $file without .exe func_append rmfiles " $file" ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" relink_command= func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" else relink_command= func_source $dir/$noexename fi # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}" if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name" fi if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-${noexename}.c" fi fi fi ;; esac func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' done # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" fi done exit $exit_status } { test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } && func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} test -z "$opt_mode" && { help="$generic_help" func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" } test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then eval exec "$exec_cmd" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi exit $exit_status # The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation # in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting # choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, # since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because # the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support # them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't # support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same # time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. # If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only # configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: # vi:sw=2 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/install-mod.sh.in�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001060�11004126105�016340� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # $Id: install-mod.sh.in 25279 2008-04-24 15:50:29Z androsyn $ SHELL="@SHELL@" CP="@INSTALL@" top_builddir="@top_builddir@" LT_OBJDIR="@LT_OBJDIR@" if test "$#" != "2"; then echo "Incorrect number of arguments"; exit 1 fi SHLIBEXT="@SHLIBEXT@" OBJECT="${1}" OBJBASE=`basename ${1}` SRCDIR=`echo ${OBJECT}|sed -es/${OBJBASE}//` DEST="${2}" SOBASE=$(echo ${OBJBASE} | sed -e's/\.la$//') TARGETOBJ="${SOBASE}${SHLIBEXT}" RUN="${CP} ${SRCDIR}${LT_OBJDIR}/${TARGETOBJ} ${DEST}/${TARGETOBJ}" echo "Installing ${OBJECT} as ${DEST}/${TARGETOBJ}" $RUN ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/depcomp���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000035410�10476074743�014565� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2004-04-25.13 # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>. case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF exit 0 ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit 0 ;; esac if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'. if test -z "$depfile"; then base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'` dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'` if test "$dir" = "$object"; then dir= fi # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS. depfile="$dir.deps/$base" fi tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ tr ' ' ' ' >> $depfile echo >> $depfile # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> $depfile else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" -Wc,-M else "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : else stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" fi if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then outname="$stripped.o" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; icc) # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like # foo.o: sub/foo.c # foo.o: sub/foo.h # which is wrong. We want: # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h # sub/foo.c: # sub/foo.h: # ICC 7.1 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using \ : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then # Dependencies are output in .lo.d with libtool 1.4. # They are output in .o.d with libtool 1.5. tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d" tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.o.d" tmpdepfile3="$dir.libs/$base.d" "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d" tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d" tmpdepfile3="$dir$base.d" "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1" elif test -f "$tmpdepfile2"; then tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2" else tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile3" fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # That's a tab and a space in the []. sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no for arg in "$@"; do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' ' | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, # because we must use -o when running libtool. "$@" || exit $? IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo " " >> "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�014611� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/configure�����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00002565574�11726766726�016602� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for libltdl 1.2. # # Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. # # # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, # 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV export CONFIG_SHELL case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and $0: bug-libtool@gnu.org about your system, including any $0: error possibly output before this message. Then install $0: a modern shell, or manually run the script under such a $0: shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Check that we are running under the correct shell. SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} case X$ECHO in X*--fallback-echo) # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','` ;; esac echo=${ECHO-echo} if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell. exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} fi if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat <<EOF $* EOF exit 0 fi # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test -z "$ECHO"; then if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... if (echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`) 2>/dev/null && echo_test_string=`eval $cmd` && (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null then break fi done fi if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then : else # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' # # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then echo="$dir/echo" break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. echo='print -r' elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) && test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh export CONFIG_SHELL exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} else # Try using printf. echo='printf %s\n' if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then # Cool, printf works : elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL export CONFIG_SHELL SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" export SHELL echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" else # maybe with a smaller string... prev=: for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null then break fi prev="$cmd" done if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then echo_test_string=`eval $prev` export echo_test_string exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"} else # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. echo=echo fi fi fi fi fi fi # Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from # the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. ECHO=$echo if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo" fi tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77 test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null exec 6>&1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='libltdl' PACKAGE_TARNAME='libltdl' PACKAGE_VERSION='1.2' PACKAGE_STRING='libltdl 1.2' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='bug-libtool@gnu.org' PACKAGE_URL='' ac_unique_file="ltdl.c" # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include <stdio.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include <sys/stat.h> #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include <stdlib.h> # include <stddef.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include <memory.h> # endif # include <string.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include <strings.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include <stdint.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #endif" ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS LIBADD_DL CONVENIENCE_LTDL_FALSE CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE INSTALL_LTDL_FALSE INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE LIBTOOL_DEPS LIBTOOL ac_ct_F77 FFLAGS F77 CXXCPP am__fastdepCXX_FALSE am__fastdepCXX_TRUE CXXDEPMODE ac_ct_CXX CXXFLAGS CXX CPP OBJDUMP AS DLLTOOL NMEDIT DSYMUTIL RANLIB AR ECHO LN_S EGREP GREP SED host_os host_vendor host_cpu host build_os build_vendor build_cpu build am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__quote am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_dependency_tracking enable_shared enable_static enable_fast_install with_gnu_ld enable_libtool_lock with_pic with_tags enable_ltdl_install ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS CPP CXX CXXFLAGS CCC CXXCPP F77 FFLAGS' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2 elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures libltdl 1.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libltdl] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names System types: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libltdl 1.2:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] optimize for fast installation [default=yes] --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) --enable-ltdl-install install libltdl Optional Packages: --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] --with-pic try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use both] --with-tags[=TAGS] include additional configurations [automatic] Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory <lib dir> LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library> CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> CPP C preprocessor CXX C++ compiler command CXXFLAGS C++ compiler flags CXXCPP C++ preprocessor F77 Fortran 77 compiler command FFLAGS Fortran 77 compiler flags Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF libltdl configure 1.2 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using # the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR # accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if eval \${$3+:} false; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } else # Is the header compilable? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_compiler=yes else ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } # Is the header present? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_preproc=yes else ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( yes:no: ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; no:yes:* ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ( $as_echo "## ---------------------------------- ## ## Report this to bug-libtool@gnu.org ## ## ---------------------------------- ##" ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel # ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_c_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_func # ac_fn_cxx_try_compile LINENO # ---------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_cxx_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_compile # ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp LINENO # ------------------------ # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp # ac_fn_cxx_try_link LINENO # ------------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_cxx_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_link # ac_fn_f77_try_compile LINENO # ---------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_f77_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_f77_try_compile # ac_fn_f77_try_link LINENO # ------------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_f77_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_f77_try_link # ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_type cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by libltdl $as_me 1.2, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ## ------------------------------- ## ## Libltdl specific configuration. ## ## ------------------------------- ## ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in . "$srcdir"/.; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in . \"$srcdir\"/." "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. if test -z "$enable_ltdl_install$enable_ltdl_convenience"; then if test -f ${srcdir}/ltmain.sh; then # if libltdl is libtoolized, it is assumed to be stand-alone and # installed unless the command line overrides it (tested above) enable_ltdl_install=yes else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: *** The top-level configure must select either" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: *** The top-level configure must select either" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: *** A\"\"C_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE or A\"\"C_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE." >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: *** A\"\"C_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE or A\"\"C_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE." >&2;} as_fn_error $? "*** Maybe you want to --enable-ltdl-install?" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Automake Initialisation. ## ## ------------------------ ## am__api_version='1.11' # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" case $mkdir_p in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE=libltdl VERSION=1.2 # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h:config-h.in" ## ------------------ ## ## C compiler checks. ## ## ------------------ ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdio.h> int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdarg.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 $as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } rm -f confinc confmf # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_const+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { /* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ typedef int charset[2]; const charset cs; /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ char const *const *pcpcc; char **ppc; /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ struct point {int x, y;}; static struct point const zero = {0,0}; /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */ const char *g = "string"; pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ ++pcpcc; ppc = (char**) pcpcc; pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc; { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ char *t; char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; *t++ = 0; if (s) return 0; } { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ int x[] = {25, 17}; const int *foo = &x[0]; ++foo; } { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ typedef const int *iptr; iptr p = 0; ++p; } { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; struct s *b; b->j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; if (!foo) return 0; } return !cs[0] && !zero.x; #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_const=yes else ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then $as_echo "#define const /**/" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inline" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_inline+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __cplusplus typedef int foo_t; static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } $ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } #endif _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; } case $ac_cv_c_inline in inline | yes) ;; *) case $ac_cv_c_inline in no) ac_val=;; *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; esac cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #ifndef __cplusplus #define inline $ac_val #endif _ACEOF ;; esac ## ----------------------- ## ## Libtool initialisation. ## ## ----------------------- ## # Check whether --enable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=yes fi # Check whether --enable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=yes fi # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_fast_install=yes fi # Make sure we can run config.sub. $SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_build_alias=$build_alias test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } case $ac_cv_build in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; esac build=$ac_cv_build ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_build shift build_cpu=$1 build_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: build_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "x$host_alias" = x; then ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build else ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } case $ac_cv_host in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; esac host=$ac_cv_host ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_host shift host_cpu=$1 host_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: host_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_SED+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. # Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" fi done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS lt_ac_max=0 lt_ac_count=0 # Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris # along with /bin/sed that truncates output. for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue cat /dev/null > conftest.in lt_ac_count=0 echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed break fi while true; do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo >>conftest.nl $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed fi done done fi SED=$lt_cv_path_SED { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SED" >&5 $as_echo "$SED" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" # Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } fi if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5 $as_echo "$LD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD-compatible nm" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_NM+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } LN_S=$as_ln_s if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 $as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[4-9]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[45]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; nto-qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; fi test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '#line 5004 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes else lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; sparc*-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*) if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then DLLTOOL="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL fi else DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}as", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}as; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AS+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AS"; then ac_cv_prog_AS="$AS" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AS="${ac_tool_prefix}as" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AS=$ac_cv_prog_AS if test -n "$AS"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AS" >&5 $as_echo "$AS" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AS"; then ac_ct_AS=$AS # Extract the first word of "as", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy as; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="$ac_ct_AS" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="as" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_AS=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AS" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_AS" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_AS" = x; then AS="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac AS=$ac_ct_AS fi else AS="$ac_cv_prog_AS" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then OBJDUMP="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP fi else OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" fi ;; esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <string.h> #include <float.h> int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <string.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ctype.h> #include <stdlib.h> #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in dlfcn.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 _ACEOF fi done ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu if test -z "$CXX"; then if test -n "$CCC"; then CXX=$CCC else if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CXX"; then ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CXX=$ac_cv_prog_CXX if test -n "$CXX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$CXX" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CXX" && break done fi if test -z "$CXX"; then ac_ct_CXX=$CXX for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_ct_CXX" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CXX=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CXX" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CXX" = x; then CXX="g++" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CXX=$ac_ct_CXX fi fi fi fi # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C++ compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GXX=yes else GXX= fi ac_test_CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS+set} ac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CXX accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_cxx_werror_flag ac_cxx_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no CXXFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes else CXXFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag CXXFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then CXXFLAGS=$ac_save_CXXFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then if test "$GXX" = yes; then CXXFLAGS="-g -O2" else CXXFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GXX" = yes; then CXXFLAGS="-O2" else CXXFLAGS= fi fi ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CXXDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCXX_TRUE= am__fastdepCXX_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCXX_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCXX_FALSE= fi if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... " >&6; } if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CXXCPP needs to be expanded for CXXCPP in "$CXX -E" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP fi CXXCPP=$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP else ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CXXCPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CXXCPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include <limits.h> #else # include <assert.h> #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <ac_nonexistent.h> _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu fi ac_ext=f ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in g77 xlf f77 frt pgf77 cf77 fort77 fl32 af77 xlf90 f90 pgf90 pghpf epcf90 gfortran g95 xlf95 f95 fort ifort ifc efc pgfortran pgf95 lf95 ftn do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_F77+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$F77"; then ac_cv_prog_F77="$F77" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_F77="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi F77=$ac_cv_prog_F77 if test -n "$F77"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $F77" >&5 $as_echo "$F77" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$F77" && break done fi if test -z "$F77"; then ac_ct_F77=$F77 for ac_prog in g77 xlf f77 frt pgf77 cf77 fort77 fl32 af77 xlf90 f90 pgf90 pghpf epcf90 gfortran g95 xlf95 f95 fort ifort ifc efc pgfortran pgf95 lf95 ftn do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_ct_F77" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_F77=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77 if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_F77" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_F77" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_F77" = x; then F77="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac F77=$ac_ct_F77 fi fi # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Fortran 77 compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done rm -f a.out # If we don't use `.F' as extension, the preprocessor is not run on the # input file. (Note that this only needs to work for GNU compilers.) ac_save_ext=$ac_ext ac_ext=F { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF program main #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif end _ACEOF if ac_fn_f77_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&6; } ac_ext=$ac_save_ext ac_test_FFLAGS=${FFLAGS+set} ac_save_FFLAGS=$FFLAGS FFLAGS= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $F77 accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $F77 accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_f77_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else FFLAGS=-g cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF program main end _ACEOF if ac_fn_f77_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_f77_g=yes else ac_cv_prog_f77_g=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_FFLAGS" = set; then FFLAGS=$ac_save_FFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_f77_g = yes; then if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then FFLAGS="-g -O2" else FFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then FFLAGS="-O2" else FFLAGS= fi fi if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then G77=yes else G77= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu # Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers! # find the maximum length of command line arguments { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} while (test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "XX$teststring") >/dev/null 2>&1 && new_result=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` && lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker. # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac fi if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 $as_echo "none" >&6; } fi # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[BCDEGRST]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[BCDT]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' ;; hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[BCDEGRST]' ;; osf*) symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[BDRT]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[DT]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[ABDT]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[DFNSTU]' ;; esac # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; esac # Try without a prefix undercore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\""; } >&5 (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<EOF > conftest.$ac_ext #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr_t void * #else # define lt_ptr_t char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ const struct { const char *name; lt_ptr_t address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[] = { EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 $as_echo "failed" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5 $as_echo "ok" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_objdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } objdir=$lt_cv_objdir case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' # Constants: rm="rm -f" # Global variables: default_ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" ofile="$default_ofile" with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AR"; then ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR if test -n "$AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 $as_echo "$AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then ac_ct_AR=$AR # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then AR="false" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac AR=$ac_ct_AR fi else AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then RANLIB=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB fi else RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$AR" && AR=ar test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru test -z "$AS" && AS=as test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file test -z "$NM" && NM=nm test -z "$SED" && SED=sed test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" fi for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $MAGIC_CMD in [\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/file; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac fi MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 $as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi fi ;; esac case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then DSYMUTIL=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL fi else DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" fi if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then NMEDIT=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT fi else NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib ${wl}-single_module conftest.c if test -f libconftest.dylib; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes rm -rf libconftest.dylib* fi rm conftest.c fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes else lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[0123]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[012]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms="~$NMEDIT -s \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym \${lib}" fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then _lt_dsymutil="~$DSYMUTIL \$lib || :" else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac enable_dlopen=no enable_win32_dll=yes # Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; fi test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Check whether --with-pic was given. if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval" else pic_mode=default fi test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script tagname= lt_save_CC="$CC" ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o objext=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7704: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:7708: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" else : fi fi lt_prog_compiler_wl= lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_static= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no enable_shared=no ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qnocommon' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; newsos6) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in icc* | ecc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl='' ;; esac ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; *) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; uts4*) lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7994: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:7998: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no fi fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" ;; esac # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes fi fi $rm -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8098: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:8102: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $rm conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $rm out/* && rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } runpath_var= allow_undefined_flag= enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no archive_cmds= archive_expsym_cmds= old_archive_From_new_cmds= old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= export_dynamic_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= thread_safe_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported link_all_deplibs=unknown hardcode_automatic=no module_cmds= module_expsym_cmds= always_export_symbols=no export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. extract_expsyms_cmds= # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH *** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. EOF fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use # them. ld_shlibs=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then tmp_addflag= case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *) tmp_sharedflag='-shared' ;; esac archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi link_all_deplibs=no else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then runpath_var= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= export_dynamic_flag_spec= whole_archive_flag_spec= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported always_export_symbols=yes archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds='' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' archive_cmds_need_lc=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs=no ;; bsdi[45]*) export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' allow_undefined_flag=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_From_new_cmds='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; *) # Darwin 1.3 on if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' else case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in 10.[012]) allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac fi ;; esac archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_direct=no hardcode_automatic=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported whole_archive_flag_spec='' link_all_deplibs=yes if test "$GCC" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' module_cmds='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' module_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; freebsd1*) ld_shlibs=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir' hardcode_direct=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) hardcode_direct=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: link_all_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; newsos6) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; *) archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_From_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag=' -z text' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' else wlarc='' archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac link_all_deplibs=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' hardcode_direct=no ;; motorola) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' link_all_deplibs=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } $rm conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag allow_undefined_flag= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then archive_cmds_need_lc=no else archive_cmds_need_lc=yes fi allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $rm conftest* { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 $as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else lt_search_path_spec=`echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`echo $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo $lt_search_path_spec` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$host_os in yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $rm \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" ;; mingw*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac ;; *) library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; nto-qnx*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || \ test -n "$runpath_var" || \ test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi striplib= old_striplib= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi ;; *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } ;; esac fi if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes fi ;; *) ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char shl_load (); int main () { return shl_load (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" else ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen" if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dld_link (); int main () { return dld_link (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then : lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" fi fi fi fi fi fi ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF #line 10136 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" void exit (int); #endif void fnord() { int i=42;} int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); exit (status); } EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF #line 10236 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" void exit (int); #endif void fnord() { int i=42;} int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); exit (status); } EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; esac else : # compilation failed lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no fi fi rm -fr conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi # Report which library types will actually be built { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } # The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ compiler \ CC \ LD \ lt_prog_compiler_wl \ lt_prog_compiler_pic \ lt_prog_compiler_static \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ export_dynamic_flag_spec \ thread_safe_flag_spec \ whole_archive_flag_spec \ enable_shared_with_static_runtimes \ old_archive_cmds \ old_archive_from_new_cmds \ predep_objects \ postdep_objects \ predeps \ postdeps \ compiler_lib_search_path \ compiler_lib_search_dirs \ archive_cmds \ archive_expsym_cmds \ postinstall_cmds \ postuninstall_cmds \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ allow_undefined_flag \ no_undefined_flag \ export_symbols_cmds \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ hardcode_libdir_separator \ hardcode_automatic \ module_cmds \ module_expsym_cmds \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ fix_srcfile_path \ exclude_expsyms \ include_expsyms; do case $var in old_archive_cmds | \ old_archive_from_new_cmds | \ archive_cmds | \ archive_expsym_cmds | \ module_cmds | \ module_expsym_cmds | \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds | \ export_symbols_cmds | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $rm -f "$cfgfile" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ofile" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ofile" >&6;} cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" #! $SHELL # `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is part of GNU Libtool: # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # A sed program that does not truncate output. SED=$lt_SED # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. available_tags= # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$GCC # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_predeps # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_postdeps # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_compiler_lib_search_dirs # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms # ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG __EOF__ case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi EOF ;; esac # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \ (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" # Check whether --with-tags was given. if test "${with_tags+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_tags; tagnames="$withval" fi if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&2;} fi if test -z "$LTCC"; then eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`" if test -z "$LTCC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&2;} else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&2;} fi fi if test -z "$LTCFLAGS"; then eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCFLAGS='`" fi # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile. # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line. available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'` lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for tagname in $tagnames; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]::g'` in "") ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag name: $tagname" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null then as_fn_error $? "tag name \"$tagname\" already exists" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Update the list of available tags. if test -n "$tagname"; then echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile case $tagname in CXX) if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no allow_undefined_flag_CXX= always_export_symbols_CXX=no archive_expsym_cmds_CXX= export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX= hardcode_direct_CXX=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX= hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX= hardcode_minus_L_CXX=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=unsupported hardcode_automatic_CXX=no module_cmds_CXX= module_expsym_cmds_CXX= link_all_deplibs_CXX=unknown old_archive_cmds_CXX=$old_archive_cmds no_undefined_flag_CXX= whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX= enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=no # Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: predep_objects_CXX= postdep_objects_CXX= predeps_CXX= postdeps_CXX= compiler_lib_search_path_CXX= compiler_lib_search_dirs_CXX= # Source file extension for C++ test sources. ac_ext=cpp # Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. objext=o objext_CXX=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[]) { return(0); }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_LD=$LD lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=$GXX lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx else $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld fi if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX else $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD fi test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX CC=${CXX-"c++"} compiler=$CC compiler_CXX=$CC for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` # We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the # no_builtin_flag separately if test "$GXX" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX=' -fno-builtin' else lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX= fi if test "$GXX" = yes; then # Set up default GNU C++ configuration # Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } fi if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5 $as_echo "$LD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) wlarc='${wl}' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \ grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX= fi else with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= # A generic and very simple default shared library creation # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on # the platform it is being used on. archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' fi # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else GXX=no with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= fi # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } ld_shlibs_CXX=yes case $host_os in aix3*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do case $ld_flag in *-brtl*) aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break ;; esac done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds_CXX='' hardcode_direct_CXX=yes hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=':' link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes if test "$GXX" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct_CXX=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols_CXX=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag_CXX="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='$convenience' archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag_CXX=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, CXX) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir' allow_undefined_flag_CXX=unsupported always_export_symbols_CXX=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=yes if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no hardcode_direct_CXX=no hardcode_automatic_CXX=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=unsupported whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='' link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes allow_undefined_flag_CXX="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" if test "$GXX" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_CXX="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds_CXX="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds_CXX="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then archive_cmds_CXX="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" fi else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' module_cmds_CXX='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' module_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac ;; freebsd[12]*) # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; freebsd-elf*) archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF # conventions ld_shlibs_CXX=yes ;; gnu*) ;; hpux9*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' hardcode_direct_CXX=yes hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; aCC*) archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "[-]L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; esac ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' ;; esac fi case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct_CXX=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no ;; *) hardcode_direct_CXX=yes hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. ;; esac case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; aCC*) case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; esac ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct_CXX=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; irix5* | irix6*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # SGI C++ archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib' fi fi link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes ;; esac hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; icpc*) # Intel C++ with_gnu_ld=yes # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and # earlier do not add the objects themselves. case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Version 7."*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 8.0 or newer tmp_idyn= case $host_cpu in ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; esac archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 no_undefined_flag_CXX=' -zdefs' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir' whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' # Not sure whether something based on # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 # would be better. output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; m88k*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds_CXX='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_CXX=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no fi # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' ;; openbsd2*) # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct_CXX=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' fi output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' else ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; osf3*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; cxx*) allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; esac ;; osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # the KAI C++ compiler. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; cxx*) allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ $rm $lib.exp' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no fi ;; esac ;; psos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; lcc*) # Lucid # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes no_undefined_flag_CXX=' -zdefs' archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; esac link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" else # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this # platform. archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; esac fi ;; esac ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. # So that behaviour is only enabled if SCOABSPATH is set to a # non-empty value in the environment. Most likely only useful for # creating official distributions of packages. # This is a hack until libtool officially supports absolute path # names for shared libraries. no_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=':' link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac ;; vxworks*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support ld_shlibs_CXX=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no GCC_CXX="$GXX" LD_CXX="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF class Foo { public: Foo (void) { a = 0; } private: int a; }; EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before # the conftest object file. pre_test_object_deps_done=no # The `*' in the case matches for architectures that use `case' in # $output_verbose_cmd can trigger glob expansion during the loop # eval without this substitution. output_verbose_link_cmd=`$echo "X$output_verbose_link_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$no_glob_subst"` for p in `eval $output_verbose_link_cmd`; do case $p in -L* | -R* | -l*) # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. # Remove the space. if test $p = "-L" \ || test $p = "-R"; then prev=$p continue else prev= fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then case $p in -L* | -R*) # Internal compiler library paths should come after those # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. if test -z "$compiler_lib_search_path_CXX"; then compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${prev}${p}" else compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${compiler_lib_search_path_CXX} ${prev}${p}" fi ;; # The "-l" case would never come before the object being # linked, so don't bother handling this case. esac else if test -z "$postdeps_CXX"; then postdeps_CXX="${prev}${p}" else postdeps_CXX="${postdeps_CXX} ${prev}${p}" fi fi ;; *.$objext) # This assumes that the test object file only shows up # once in the compiler output. if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then pre_test_object_deps_done=yes continue fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then if test -z "$predep_objects_CXX"; then predep_objects_CXX="$p" else predep_objects_CXX="$predep_objects_CXX $p" fi else if test -z "$postdep_objects_CXX"; then postdep_objects_CXX="$p" else postdep_objects_CXX="$postdep_objects_CXX $p" fi fi ;; *) ;; # Ignore the rest. esac done # Clean up. rm -f a.out a.exe else echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling CXX test program" fi $rm -f confest.$objext compiler_lib_search_dirs_CXX= if test -n "$compiler_lib_search_path_CXX"; then compiler_lib_search_dirs_CXX=`echo " ${compiler_lib_search_path_CXX}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` fi # PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken case $host_os in interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. predep_objects_CXX= postdep_objects_CXX= postdeps_CXX= ;; linux*) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 # # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then postdeps_CXX='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then postdeps_CXX='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; esac case " $postdeps_CXX " in *" -lc "*) archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no ;; esac lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX= lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. if test "$GXX" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fno-common' ;; *djgpp*) # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' ;; esac else case $host_os in aix[4-9]*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in cxch68*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, CXX)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" ;; esac ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-qnocommon' lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $cc_basename in CC*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z' fi ;; aCC*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z' ;; esac ;; *) ;; esac ;; interix*) # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) # Anyone wants to do a port? ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $cc_basename in CC*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. ;; *) ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # KAI C++ Compiler lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' ;; icpc* | ecpc*) # Intel C++ lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler. lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Qoption ld ' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) ;; m88k*) ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-W c,exportall' ;; *) ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' ;; cxx*) # Digital/Compaq C++ lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' ;; *) ;; esac ;; psos*) ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Qoption ld ' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-PIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' ;; lcc*) # Lucid lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) case $cc_basename in CC*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; vxworks*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&6; } # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:12581: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:12585: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no fi fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC" ;; esac # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=yes fi fi $rm -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=no $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:12685: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:12689: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $rm conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $rm out/* && rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' case $host_os in aix[4-9]*) # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi ;; pw32*) export_symbols_cmds_CXX="$ltdll_cmds" ;; cygwin* | mingw*) export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[ ]__nm__/s/^.*[ ]__nm__\([^ ]*\)[ ][^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[ ]/d;/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) link_all_deplibs_CXX=no ;; *) export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; esac exclude_expsyms_CXX='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds_CXX in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } $rm conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_CXX allow_undefined_flag_CXX= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no else archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes fi allow_undefined_flag_CXX=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $rm conftest* { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&6; } ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$host_os in yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $rm \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" ;; mingw*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac ;; *) library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; nto-qnx*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action_CXX= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX" || \ test -n "$runpath_var_CXX" || \ test "X$hardcode_automatic_CXX" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct_CXX" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, CXX)" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L_CXX" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action_CXX=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action_CXX=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action_CXX=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action_CXX" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action_CXX" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi # The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ compiler_CXX \ CC_CXX \ LD_CXX \ lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX \ lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX \ lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX \ export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX \ thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX \ whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX \ enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX \ old_archive_cmds_CXX \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX \ predep_objects_CXX \ postdep_objects_CXX \ predeps_CXX \ postdeps_CXX \ compiler_lib_search_path_CXX \ compiler_lib_search_dirs_CXX \ archive_cmds_CXX \ archive_expsym_cmds_CXX \ postinstall_cmds_CXX \ postuninstall_cmds_CXX \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX \ allow_undefined_flag_CXX \ no_undefined_flag_CXX \ export_symbols_cmds_CXX \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX \ hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX \ hardcode_automatic_CXX \ module_cmds_CXX \ module_expsym_cmds_CXX \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX \ fix_srcfile_path_CXX \ exclude_expsyms_CXX \ include_expsyms_CXX; do case $var in old_archive_cmds_CXX | \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX | \ archive_cmds_CXX | \ archive_expsym_cmds_CXX | \ module_cmds_CXX | \ module_expsym_cmds_CXX | \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX | \ export_symbols_cmds_CXX | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac cfgfile="$ofile" cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler_CXX # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$GCC_CXX # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD_CXX # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_CXX old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_CXX archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_CXX postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_CXX module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_CXX # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_CXX # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_CXX # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_predeps_CXX # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_postdeps_CXX # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_compiler_lib_search_dirs_CXX # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_CXX # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_CXX # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_CXX # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_CXX # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_CXX # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_CXX # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_CXX # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_CXX # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_CXX # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_CXX # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_CXX # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_CXX # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname __EOF__ else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC=$lt_save_CC LDCXX=$LD LD=$lt_save_LD GCC=$lt_save_GCC with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld else tagname="" fi ;; F77) if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then ac_ext=f ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no allow_undefined_flag_F77= always_export_symbols_F77=no archive_expsym_cmds_F77= export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= hardcode_direct_F77=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77= hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= hardcode_minus_L_F77=no hardcode_automatic_F77=no module_cmds_F77= module_expsym_cmds_F77= link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown old_archive_cmds_F77=$old_archive_cmds no_undefined_flag_F77= whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no # Source file extension for f77 test sources. ac_ext=f # Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. objext=o objext_F77=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${F77-"f77"} compiler=$CC compiler_F77=$CC for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 $as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } GCC_F77="$G77" LD_F77="$LD" lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77= lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= lt_prog_compiler_static_F77= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fno-common' ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no enable_shared=no ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-qnocommon' lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' ;; newsos6) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in icc* | ecc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='' ;; esac ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Qoption ld ';; *) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Qoption ld ' lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-Kconform_pic' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no ;; uts4*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&6; } # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:14283: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:14287: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no fi fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" ;; esac # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_F77\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=yes fi fi $rm -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static_F77= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=no $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:14387: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:14391: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $rm conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $rm out/* && rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } runpath_var= allow_undefined_flag_F77= enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no archive_cmds_F77= archive_expsym_cmds_F77= old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77= old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77= export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= thread_safe_flag_spec_F77= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77= hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= hardcode_direct_F77=no hardcode_minus_L_F77=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown hardcode_automatic_F77=no module_cmds_F77= module_expsym_cmds_F77= always_export_symbols_F77=no export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms_F77= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms_F77='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. extract_expsyms_cmds= # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac ld_shlibs_F77=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec_F77="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs_F77=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH *** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. EOF fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use # them. ld_shlibs_F77=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds_F77='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, F77) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported always_export_symbols_F77=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds_F77='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct_F77=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then tmp_addflag= case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *) tmp_sharedflag='-shared' ;; esac archive_cmds_F77='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi link_all_deplibs_F77=no else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs_F77=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs_F77=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no; then runpath_var= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported always_export_symbols_F77=yes archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds_F77='' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=':' link_all_deplibs_F77=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols_F77=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag_F77='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF program main end _ACEOF if ac_fn_f77_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag_F77="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF program main end _ACEOF if ac_fn_f77_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='$convenience' archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs_F77=no ;; bsdi[45]*) export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=' ' allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds_F77='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds_F77='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' fix_srcfile_path_F77='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; *) # Darwin 1.3 on if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' else case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in 10.[012]) allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac fi ;; esac archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no hardcode_direct_F77=no hardcode_automatic_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='' link_all_deplibs_F77=yes if test "$GCC" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_F77="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds_F77="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds_F77="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds_F77="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_F77='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' module_cmds_F77='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' module_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) ld_shlibs_F77=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; freebsd1*) ld_shlibs_F77=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: hardcode_direct_F77=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_F77='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: hardcode_direct_F77=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='+b $libdir' hardcode_direct_F77=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; *) hardcode_direct_F77=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: link_all_deplibs_F77=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; newsos6) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' ;; *) archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs_F77=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported archive_cmds_F77='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag_F77=' -z text' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' else wlarc='' archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac link_all_deplibs_F77=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct_F77=yes hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_F77=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' reload_cmds_F77='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' hardcode_direct_F77=no ;; motorola) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_F77=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs_F77=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. no_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=':' link_all_deplibs_F77=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no ;; *) ld_shlibs_F77=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs_F77" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no && can_build_shared=no # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds_F77 in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } $rm conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_F77 allow_undefined_flag_F77= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no else archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes fi allow_undefined_flag_F77=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $rm conftest* { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&6; } ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$host_os in yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $rm \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" ;; mingw*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac ;; *) library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; nto-qnx*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action_F77= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77" || \ test -n "$runpath_var_F77" || \ test "X$hardcode_automatic_F77" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct_F77" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, F77)" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L_F77" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action_F77=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action_F77=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action_F77=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action_F77" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action_F77" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action_F77" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi # The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ compiler_F77 \ CC_F77 \ LD_F77 \ lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 \ lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 \ lt_prog_compiler_static_F77 \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77 \ export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77 \ thread_safe_flag_spec_F77 \ whole_archive_flag_spec_F77 \ enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77 \ old_archive_cmds_F77 \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 \ predep_objects_F77 \ postdep_objects_F77 \ predeps_F77 \ postdeps_F77 \ compiler_lib_search_path_F77 \ compiler_lib_search_dirs_F77 \ archive_cmds_F77 \ archive_expsym_cmds_F77 \ postinstall_cmds_F77 \ postuninstall_cmds_F77 \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 \ allow_undefined_flag_F77 \ no_undefined_flag_F77 \ export_symbols_cmds_F77 \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77 \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77 \ hardcode_libdir_separator_F77 \ hardcode_automatic_F77 \ module_cmds_F77 \ module_expsym_cmds_F77 \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77 \ fix_srcfile_path_F77 \ exclude_expsyms_F77 \ include_expsyms_F77; do case $var in old_archive_cmds_F77 | \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 | \ archive_cmds_F77 | \ archive_expsym_cmds_F77 | \ module_cmds_F77 | \ module_expsym_cmds_F77 | \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 | \ export_symbols_cmds_F77 | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac cfgfile="$ofile" cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77 # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77 # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler_F77 # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$GCC_F77 # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD_F77 # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77 # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_F77 # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77 # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77 # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_F77 # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_F77 # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_F77 old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_F77 archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_F77 postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_F77 module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_F77 # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_F77 # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_F77 # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_predeps_F77 # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_postdeps_F77 # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_compiler_lib_search_dirs_F77 # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_F77 # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_F77 # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_F77 # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_F77 # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77 # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77 # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_F77 # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_F77 # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_F77 # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77 # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_F77 # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_F77 # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_F77 # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_F77 # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_F77 # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_F77 # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname __EOF__ else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" else tagname="" fi ;; GCJ) if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then # Source file extension for Java test sources. ac_ext=java # Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. objext=o objext_GCJ=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[] argv) {}; }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} compiler=$CC compiler_GCJ=$CC for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` # GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no old_archive_cmds_GCJ=$old_archive_cmds ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ= if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ=' -fno-builtin' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:16565: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:16569: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" else : fi fi lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ= lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } if test "$GCC" = yes; then lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fno-common' ;; interix[3-9]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no enable_shared=no ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' else lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-qnocommon' lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' ;; newsos6) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in icc* | ecc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fpic' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='' ;; esac ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Qoption ld ';; *) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Qoption ld ' lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-PIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-Kconform_pic' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no ;; uts4*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-pic' lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&6; } # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=no ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:16855: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:16859: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=yes fi fi $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" = xyes; then case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ in "" | " "*) ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" ;; esac else lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no fi fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= ;; *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" ;; esac # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ\" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=yes fi else lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=yes fi fi $rm -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" >&6; } if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" = xyes; then : else lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=no $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:16959: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:16963: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&5 $rm conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $rm out/* && rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&6; } hard_links="nottested" if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 $as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } if test "$hard_links" = no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } runpath_var= allow_undefined_flag_GCJ= enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=no archive_cmds_GCJ= archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ= old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ= old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ= export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ= whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ= hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ= hardcode_direct_GCJ=no hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported link_all_deplibs_GCJ=unknown hardcode_automatic_GCJ=no module_cmds_GCJ= module_expsym_cmds_GCJ= always_export_symbols_GCJ=no export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list include_expsyms_GCJ= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. exclude_expsyms_GCJ='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. extract_expsyms_cmds= # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs_GCJ=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH *** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. EOF fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use # them. ld_shlibs_GCJ=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, GCJ) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported always_export_symbols_GCJ=no enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct_GCJ=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then tmp_addflag= case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *) tmp_sharedflag='-shared' ;; esac archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi link_all_deplibs_GCJ=no else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs_GCJ=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs_GCJ=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = no; then runpath_var= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ= export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ= whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. archive_cmds_GCJ='' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=':' link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' allow_undefined_flag_GCJ="-z nodefs" archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-bernotok' allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='$convenience' archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs_GCJ=no ;; bsdi[45]*) export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ=' ' allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. old_archive_cmds_GCJ='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' fix_srcfile_path_GCJ='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; *) # Darwin 1.3 on if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' else case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in 10.[012]) allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac fi ;; esac archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no hardcode_direct_GCJ=no hardcode_automatic_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='' link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes if test "$GCC" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_GCJ="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" module_cmds_GCJ="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" module_expsym_cmds_GCJ="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' module_cmds_GCJ='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' module_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) ld_shlibs_GCJ=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; freebsd1*) ld_shlibs_GCJ=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='+b $libdir' hardcode_direct_GCJ=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; *) hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; newsos6) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' ;; *) archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs_GCJ=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported archive_cmds_GCJ='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: ;; solaris*) no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -z text' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' else wlarc='' archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no case $host_os in solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' reload_cmds_GCJ='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' hardcode_direct_GCJ=no ;; motorola) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_direct_GCJ=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; sysv4.3*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) no_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,text' archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. no_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,text' allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,nodefs' archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=':' link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no ;; *) ld_shlibs_GCJ=no ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&6; } test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = no && can_build_shared=no # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $archive_cmds_GCJ in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } $rm conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_GCJ allow_undefined_flag_GCJ= if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 (eval $archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } then archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no else archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes fi allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $rm conftest* { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&6; } ;; esac fi ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[4-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[45]*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$host_os in yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $rm \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" ;; mingw*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac ;; *) library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; interix[3-9]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; nto-qnx*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 $as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" fi sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" if ${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } hardcode_action_GCJ= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ" || \ test -n "$runpath_var_GCJ" || \ test "X$hardcode_automatic_GCJ" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct_GCJ" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, GCJ)" != no && test "$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action_GCJ=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action_GCJ=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. hardcode_action_GCJ=unsupported fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action_GCJ" >&5 $as_echo "$hardcode_action_GCJ" >&6; } if test "$hardcode_action_GCJ" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi # The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ compiler_GCJ \ CC_GCJ \ LD_GCJ \ lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ \ lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ \ lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ \ export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ \ thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ \ whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ \ enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ \ old_archive_cmds_GCJ \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ \ predep_objects_GCJ \ postdep_objects_GCJ \ predeps_GCJ \ postdeps_GCJ \ compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ \ compiler_lib_search_dirs_GCJ \ archive_cmds_GCJ \ archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ \ postinstall_cmds_GCJ \ postuninstall_cmds_GCJ \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ \ allow_undefined_flag_GCJ \ no_undefined_flag_GCJ \ export_symbols_cmds_GCJ \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ \ hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ \ hardcode_automatic_GCJ \ module_cmds_GCJ \ module_expsym_cmds_GCJ \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ \ fix_srcfile_path_GCJ \ exclude_expsyms_GCJ \ include_expsyms_GCJ; do case $var in old_archive_cmds_GCJ | \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ | \ archive_cmds_GCJ | \ archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \ module_cmds_GCJ | \ module_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ | \ export_symbols_cmds_GCJ | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac cfgfile="$ofile" cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler_GCJ # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$GCC_GCJ # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD_GCJ # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_GCJ old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_GCJ archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_GCJ module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_GCJ # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_GCJ # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_GCJ # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_predeps_GCJ # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_postdeps_GCJ # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_compiler_lib_search_dirs_GCJ # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_GCJ # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_GCJ # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_GCJ # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_GCJ # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_GCJ # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_GCJ # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_GCJ # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_GCJ # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_GCJ # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_GCJ # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname __EOF__ else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" else tagname="" fi ;; RC) # Source file extension for RC test sources. ac_ext=rc # Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. objext=o objext_RC=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${RC-"windres"} compiler=$CC compiler_RC=$CC for cc_temp in $compiler""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC=yes # The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ compiler_RC \ CC_RC \ LD_RC \ lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC \ lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC \ lt_prog_compiler_static_RC \ lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC \ export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC \ thread_safe_flag_spec_RC \ whole_archive_flag_spec_RC \ enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC \ old_archive_cmds_RC \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC \ predep_objects_RC \ postdep_objects_RC \ predeps_RC \ postdeps_RC \ compiler_lib_search_path_RC \ compiler_lib_search_dirs_RC \ archive_cmds_RC \ archive_expsym_cmds_RC \ postinstall_cmds_RC \ postuninstall_cmds_RC \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC \ allow_undefined_flag_RC \ no_undefined_flag_RC \ export_symbols_cmds_RC \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC \ hardcode_libdir_separator_RC \ hardcode_automatic_RC \ module_cmds_RC \ module_expsym_cmds_RC \ lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC \ fix_srcfile_path_RC \ exclude_expsyms_RC \ include_expsyms_RC; do case $var in old_archive_cmds_RC | \ old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC | \ archive_cmds_RC | \ archive_expsym_cmds_RC | \ module_cmds_RC | \ module_expsym_cmds_RC | \ old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC | \ export_symbols_cmds_RC | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac cfgfile="$ofile" cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_RC # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_compiler_RC # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$GCC_RC # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_LD_RC # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_RC # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_RC # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_RC # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_RC old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_RC archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_RC postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_RC module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_RC # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_RC # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_RC # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_predeps_RC # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_postdeps_RC # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_compiler_lib_search_dirs_RC # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_RC # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_RC # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_RC # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_RC # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_RC # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_RC # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_RC # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_RC # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_RC # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_RC # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_RC # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_RC # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_RC # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_RC # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname __EOF__ else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu CC="$lt_save_CC" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "Unsupported tag name: $tagname" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags. if test -n "$tagname" ; then available_tags="$available_tags $tagname" fi fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" # Now substitute the updated list of available tags. if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile" chmod +x "$ofile" else rm -f "${ofile}T" as_fn_error $? "unable to update list of available tagged configurations." "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' # Prevent multiple expansion ac_header_dirent=no for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh` { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... " >&6; } if eval \${$as_ac_Header+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <sys/types.h> #include <$ac_hdr> int main () { if ((DIR *) 0) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" else eval "$as_ac_Header=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$as_ac_Header { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break fi done # Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix. if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char opendir (); int main () { return opendir (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' dir; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_opendir=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char opendir (); int main () { return opendir (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_lib in '' x; do if test -z "$ac_lib"; then ac_res="none required" else ac_res=-l$ac_lib LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" fi if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : break fi done if ${ac_cv_search_opendir+:} false; then : else ac_cv_search_opendir=no fi rm conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir if test "$ac_res" != no; then : test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" fi fi # Check whether --enable-ltdl-install was given. if test "${enable_ltdl_install+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_ltdl_install; fi if test x"${enable_ltdl_install-no}" != xno; then INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE= INSTALL_LTDL_FALSE='#' else INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE='#' INSTALL_LTDL_FALSE= fi if test x"${enable_ltdl_convenience-no}" != xno; then CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE= CONVENIENCE_LTDL_FALSE='#' else CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE='#' CONVENIENCE_LTDL_FALSE= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which extension is used for loadable modules" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking which extension is used for loadable modules... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_shlibext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else module=yes eval libltdl_cv_shlibext=$shrext_cmds fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_shlibext" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_shlibext" >&6; } if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LTDL_SHLIB_EXT "$libltdl_cv_shlibext" _ACEOF fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which variable specifies run-time library path" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking which variable specifies run-time library path... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var="$shlibpath_var" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var" >&6; } if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var"; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR "$libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var" _ACEOF fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for the default library search path" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for the default library search path... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_sys_search_path+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else libltdl_cv_sys_search_path="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_sys_search_path" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_sys_search_path" >&6; } if test -n "$libltdl_cv_sys_search_path"; then sys_search_path= for dir in $libltdl_cv_sys_search_path; do if test -z "$sys_search_path"; then sys_search_path="$dir" else sys_search_path="$sys_search_path$PATH_SEPARATOR$dir" fi done cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH "$sys_search_path" _ACEOF fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_objdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else libltdl_cv_objdir="$objdir" if test -n "$objdir"; then : else rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then libltdl_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. libltdl_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_objdir" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_objdir" >&6; } cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define LTDL_OBJDIR "$libltdl_cv_objdir/" _ACEOF { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=yes else libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" >&6; } if test x"$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" = xyes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS 1" >>confdefs.h fi LIBADD_DL= ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_SHL_LOAD 1" >>confdefs.h else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char shl_load (); int main () { return shl_load (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_SHL_LOAD 1" >>confdefs.h LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DL -ldld" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_LIBDL 1" >>confdefs.h LIBADD_DL="-ldl" libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen="yes" else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #if HAVE_DLFCN_H # include <dlfcn.h> #endif int main () { dlopen(0, 0); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_LIBDL 1" >>confdefs.h libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dlopen (); int main () { return dlopen (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes else ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_LIBDL 1" >>confdefs.h LIBADD_DL="-lsvld" libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char dld_link (); int main () { return dld_link (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes else ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_DLD 1" >>confdefs.h LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DL -ldld" else ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "_dyld_func_lookup" "ac_cv_func__dyld_func_lookup" if test "x$ac_cv_func__dyld_func_lookup" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_DYLD 1" >>confdefs.h fi fi fi fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes then lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DL" for ac_func in dlerror do : ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlerror" "ac_cv_func_dlerror" if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlerror" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_DLERROR 1 _ACEOF fi done LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _ prefix in compiled symbols" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for _ prefix in compiled symbols... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=no cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF void nm_test_func(){} int main(){nm_test_func;return 0;} EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then # Now try to grab the symbols. ac_nlist=conftest.nm if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist\""; } >&5 (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$ac_nlist"; then # See whether the symbols have a leading underscore. if grep '^. _nm_test_func' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=yes else if grep '^. nm_test_func ' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then : else echo "configure: cannot find nm_test_func in $ac_nlist" >&5 fi fi else echo "configure: cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" >&6; } if test x"$ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" = xyes; then if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes ; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_need_uscore+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else libltdl_cv_need_uscore=unknown save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DL" if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : libltdl_cv_need_uscore=cross else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF #line 20206 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" void exit (int); #endif void fnord() { int i=42;} int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); exit (status); } EOF if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) libltdl_cv_need_uscore=no ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) libltdl_cv_need_uscore=yes ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) ;; esac else : # compilation failed fi fi rm -fr conftest* LIBS="$save_LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_need_uscore" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" >&6; } fi fi if test x"$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" = xyes; then $as_echo "#define NEED_USCORE 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen... " >&6; } if ${libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # PORTME does your system automatically load deplibs for dlopen? # or its logical equivalent (e.g. shl_load for HP-UX < 11) # For now, we just catch OSes we know something about -- in the # future, we'll try test this programmatically. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown case "$host_os" in aix3*|aix4.1.*|aix4.2.*) # Unknown whether this is true for these versions of AIX, but # we want this `case' here to explicitly catch those versions. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; aix[4-9]*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; darwin*) # Assuming the user has installed a libdl from somewhere, this is true # If you are looking for one http://www.opendarwin.org/projects/dlcompat libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) # GNU and its variants, using gnu ld.so (Glibc) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; interix*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; irix[12345]*|irix6.[01]*) # Catch all versions of IRIX before 6.2, and indicate that we don't # know how it worked for any of those versions. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; irix*) # The case above catches anything before 6.2, and it's known that # at 6.2 and later dlopen does load deplibs. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; openbsd*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; osf[1234]*) # dlopen did load deplibs (at least at 4.x), but until the 5.x series, # it did *not* use an RPATH in a shared library to find objects the # library depends on, so we explictly say `no'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no ;; osf5.0|osf5.0a|osf5.1) # dlopen *does* load deplibs and with the right loader patch applied # it even uses RPATH in a shared library to search for shared objects # that the library depends on, but there's no easy way to know if that # patch is installed. Since this is the case, all we can really # say is unknown -- it depends on the patch being installed. If # it is, this changes to `yes'. Without it, it would be `no'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; osf*) # the two cases above should catch all versions of osf <= 5.1. Read # the comments above for what we know about them. # At > 5.1, deplibs are loaded *and* any RPATH in a shared library # is used to find them so we can finally say `yes'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; solaris*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" >&5 $as_echo "$libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" >&6; } if test "$libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" != yes; then $as_echo "#define LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS 1" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_header in argz.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "argz.h" "ac_cv_header_argz_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_argz_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_ARGZ_H 1 _ACEOF fi done ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "error_t" "ac_cv_type_error_t" "#if HAVE_ARGZ_H # include <argz.h> #endif " if test "x$ac_cv_type_error_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_ERROR_T 1 _ACEOF else $as_echo "#define error_t int" >>confdefs.h fi for ac_func in argz_append argz_create_sep argz_insert argz_next argz_stringify do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in assert.h ctype.h errno.h malloc.h memory.h stdlib.h \ stdio.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in dl.h sys/dl.h dld.h mach-o/dyld.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in string.h strings.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF break fi done for ac_func in strchr index do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF break fi done for ac_func in strrchr rindex do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF break fi done for ac_func in memcpy bcopy do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF break fi done for ac_func in memmove strcmp do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_func in closedir opendir readdir do : as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done ## -------- ## ## Outputs. ## ## -------- ## ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCXX_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCXX_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCXX\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE}" && test -z "${INSTALL_LTDL_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"INSTALL_LTDL\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE}" && test -z "${CONVENIENCE_LTDL_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"CONVENIENCE_LTDL\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by libltdl $as_me 1.2, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac case $ac_config_headers in *" "*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_headers="$ac_config_headers" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ libltdl config.status 1.2 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header as_fn_error $? "ambiguous option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h:config-h.in" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' <conf$$subs.awk | sed ' /^[^""]/{ N s/\n// } ' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. # This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then cat >"$ac_tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || BEGIN { _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as # here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. # Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease # handling of long lines. ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false :; do ac_tt=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` if test -z "$ac_tt"; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done # For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, # likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash # newline sequences. ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* sed -n ' s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t rset :rset s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / t def d :def s/\\$// t bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3"/p s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p d :bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont d :cont n s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t clear :clear s/\\$// t bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p d :bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p b cont ' <confdefs.h | sed ' s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\\ "/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } /^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { line = \$ 0 split(line, arg, " ") if (arg[1] == "#") { defundef = arg[2] mac1 = arg[3] } else { defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) mac1 = arg[2] } split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) macro = mac2[1] prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) if (D_is_set[macro]) { # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] next } else { # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. if (defundef == "undef") { print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" next } } } { print } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 as_fn_error $? "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :H) # # CONFIG_HEADER # if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" } >"$ac_tmp/config.h" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 if diff "$ac_file" "$ac_tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else rm -f "$ac_file" mv "$ac_tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 fi else $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. _am_arg="$ac_file" _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || $as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$_am_arg" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || $as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || $as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/install-sh����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000032464�10667353364�016651� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2006-12-25.00 # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. nl=' ' IFS=" "" $nl" # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit=${DOITPROG-} if test -z "$doit"; then doit_exec=exec else doit_exec=$doit fi # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_glob='?' initialize_posix_glob=' test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then posix_glob= else posix_glob=: fi } ' posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false no_target_directory= usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *' '* | *' '* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -t) dst_arg=$2 shift;; -T) no_target_directory=true;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names starting with `-'. case $src in -*) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # Protect names starting with `-'. case $dst in -*) dst=./$dst;; esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` dstdir_status=0 else # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. dstdir=` (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || echo X"$dst" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q' ` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. umask=`umask` case $stripcmd.$umask in # Optimize common cases. *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; *[0-7]) mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 `;; *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; esac # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false case $umask in *[123567][0-7][0-7]) # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. ;; *) tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 if (umask $mkdir_umask && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; -*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac eval "$initialize_posix_glob" oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ $posix_glob set -f set fnord $dstdir shift $posix_glob set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test -z "$d" && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask=$mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && $posix_glob set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && $posix_glob set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/configure.ac��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004314�10667353364�017124� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������## Process this file with autoconf to create configure. -*- autoconf -*- # Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301 USA dnl FIXME: Is this really new enough? AC_PREREQ(2.50) ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialisation. ## ## ------------------------ ## AC_INIT([libltdl], [1.2], [bug-libtool@gnu.org]) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([ltdl.c]) ## ------------------------------- ## ## Libltdl specific configuration. ## ## ------------------------------- ## AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.]) if test -z "$enable_ltdl_install$enable_ltdl_convenience"; then if test -f ${srcdir}/ltmain.sh; then # if libltdl is libtoolized, it is assumed to be stand-alone and # installed unless the command line overrides it (tested above) enable_ltdl_install=yes else AC_MSG_WARN([*** The top-level configure must select either]) AC_MSG_WARN([*** [A""C_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE] or [A""C_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE].]) AC_MSG_ERROR([*** Maybe you want to --enable-ltdl-install?]) fi fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Automake Initialisation. ## ## ------------------------ ## AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME, AC_PACKAGE_VERSION, -) AM_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h:config-h.in]) ## ------------------ ## ## C compiler checks. ## ## ------------------ ## AC_PROG_CC AC_C_CONST AC_C_INLINE ## ----------------------- ## ## Libtool initialisation. ## ## ----------------------- ## AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL AC_PROG_LIBTOOL AC_SUBST([LIBTOOL_DEPS]) AC_LIB_LTDL ## -------- ## ## Outputs. ## ## -------- ## AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile]) AC_OUTPUT ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/config-h.in���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012371�11326357660�016656� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* config-h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_append' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_APPEND /* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_create_sep' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_CREATE_SEP /* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_insert' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_INSERT /* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_next' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT /* Define to 1 if you have the `argz_stringify' function. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Define to 1 if you have the <assert.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ASSERT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `bcopy' function. */ #undef HAVE_BCOPY /* Define to 1 if you have the `closedir' function. */ #undef HAVE_CLOSEDIR /* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_CTYPE_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H /* Define if you have the GNU dld library. */ #undef HAVE_DLD /* Define to 1 if you have the <dld.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `dlerror' function. */ #undef HAVE_DLERROR /* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <dl.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DL_H /* Define if you have the _dyld_func_lookup function. */ #undef HAVE_DYLD /* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `error_t'. */ #undef HAVE_ERROR_T /* Define to 1 if you have the `index' function. */ #undef HAVE_INDEX /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent. */ #undef HAVE_LIBDL /* Define to 1 if you have the <mach-o/dyld.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MACH_O_DYLD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMCPY /* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMMOVE /* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `opendir' function. */ #undef HAVE_OPENDIR /* Define if libtool can extract symbol lists from object files. */ #undef HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS /* Define to 1 if you have the `readdir' function. */ #undef HAVE_READDIR /* Define to 1 if you have the `rindex' function. */ #undef HAVE_RINDEX /* Define if you have the shl_load function. */ #undef HAVE_SHL_LOAD /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDIO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR /* Define to 1 if you have the `strcmp' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCMP /* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strrchr' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRRCHR /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dl.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define if the OS needs help to load dependent libraries for dlopen(). */ #undef LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS /* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */ #undef LTDL_OBJDIR /* Define to the name of the environment variable that determines the dynamic library search path. */ #undef LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR /* Define to the extension used for shared libraries, say, ".so". */ #undef LTDL_SHLIB_EXT /* Define to the system default library search path. */ #undef LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH /* Define if dlsym() requires a leading underscore in symbol names. */ #undef NEED_USCORE /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to a type to use for `error_t' if it is not otherwise available. */ #undef error_t /* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ #ifndef __cplusplus #undef inline #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/config.guess��������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000127534�11104126564�017153� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2008-01-23' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; dummy=$tmp/dummy ; tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:SolidBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos exit ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit ;; *:z/VM:*:*) echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) echo arm-unknown-riscos exit ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 exit ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <sys/systemcfg.h> main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` then echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit ;; *:AIX:*:[456]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then eval $set_cc_for_build # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: # # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else HP_ARCH="hppa64" fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <unistd.h> int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in pc98) echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; amd64) echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; *) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit ;; *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit ;; *:Interix*:[3456]*) case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in x86) echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; EM64T | authenticamd) echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; IA64) echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix exit ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit ;; amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin exit ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu exit ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi fi exit ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mipsel #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^CPU/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mips64el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips64 #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^CPU/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; or32:Linux:*:*) echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; vax:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported targets: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_targets" in elf32-i386) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" exit ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" exit ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include <features.h> #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif #ifdef __dietlibc__ LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' /^LIBC/{ s: ::g p }'`" test x"${LIBC}" != x && { echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" exit } test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop exit ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos exit ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv exit ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix exit ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos exit ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos exit ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit ;; NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) echo i386-pc-xenix exit ;; i*86:skyos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' exit ;; i*86:rdos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 eval $set_cc_for_build cat >$dummy.c <<EOF #ifdef _SEQUENT_ # include <sys/types.h> # include <sys/utsname.h> #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include <sys/param.h> printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include <sys/param.h> # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit ;; esac fi cat >&2 <<EOF $0: unable to guess system type This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD and http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/aclocal.m4����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000105070�11726766726�016506� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.3 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.11' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.11.3], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.3])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 9 # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, # 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 12 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, [ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. #serial 5 # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking # is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will # need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ]) # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 8 # AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS. AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 16 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], [define([AC_PROG_CC], defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ]) _AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl ]) dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check to see how make treats includes. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) rm -f confinc confmf ]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check for `mkdir -p'. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], [AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than dnl MKDIR_P). AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl case $mkdir_p in [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 1 # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 3 # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} # Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and # Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. for _am_tool in $_am_tools do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar]) grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR m4_include([acinclude.m4]) ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/acinclude.m4��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000754773�11104126564�017037� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- ## Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, ## 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 ## ## This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives ## unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without ## modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 52 Debian 1.5.26-4 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL # AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE(MACRO-NAME, IF-PROVIDED, IF-NOT-PROVIDED) # ----------------------------------------------------------- # If this macro is not defined by Autoconf, define it here. m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], [], [m4_define([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], [m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_$1], [$2], [$3])])]) # AC_PROG_LIBTOOL # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_REQUIRE([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])dnl dnl If AC_PROG_CXX has already been expanded, run AC_LIBTOOL_CXX dnl immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of AC_PROG_CXX. AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX ])]) dnl And a similar setup for Fortran 77 support AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], [AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[AC_LIBTOOL_F77 ])]) dnl Quote A][M_PROG_GCJ so that aclocal doesn't bring it in needlessly. dnl If either AC_PROG_GCJ or A][M_PROG_GCJ have already been expanded, run dnl AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of both. AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])]) ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])]) ifdef([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [define([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])])]) ])])# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL # _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_F77])dnl AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])dnl # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl # Prevent multiple expansion define([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) ])# _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL # AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_PREREQ(2.50)dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])dnl # Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers! AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_EXEEXT])dnl dnl AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH case $host_os in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//' [sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'] # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. [double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'] # Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a # double_quote_subst'ed string. delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' # Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' # Constants: rm="rm -f" # Global variables: default_ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" ofile="$default_ofile" with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables test -z "$AR" && AR=ar test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru test -z "$AS" && AS=as test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool test -z "$LD" && LD=ld test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file test -z "$NM" && NM=nm test -z "$SED" && SED=sed test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= if test -n "$RANLIB"; then case $host_os in openbsd*) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" ;; *) old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" ;; esac old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" fi _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then AC_PATH_MAGIC fi ;; esac _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], enable_dlopen=yes, enable_dlopen=no) AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], enable_win32_dll=yes, enable_win32_dll=no) AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes AC_ARG_WITH([pic], [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-pic], [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], [pic_mode="$withval"], [pic_mode=default]) test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default # Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script tagname= AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG ])# AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP # _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # ------------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl # If no C compiler was specified, use CC. LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} # If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. compiler=$CC ])# _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) # ------------------- # Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [for cc_temp in $1""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` ]) # _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # ------------------------ # Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple compiler test code. AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm conftest* ])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # ---------------------- # Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with # the simple link test code. AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err _lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` $rm -r conftest* ])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS # -------------------------- # Check for some things on darwin AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin*) AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the # link flags. echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ -dynamiclib ${wl}-single_module conftest.c if test -f libconftest.dylib; then lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes rm -rf libconftest.dylib* fi rm conftest.c fi]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS echo "_main" > conftest.sym LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[[0123]]) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin1.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; darwin*) # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; 10.[[012]]*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac ;; esac if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' fi if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' else _lt_dar_export_syms="~$NMEDIT -s \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym \${lib}" fi if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then _lt_dsymutil="~$DSYMUTIL \$lib || :" else _lt_dsymutil= fi ;; esac ]) # _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX # ---------------------- # Links a minimal program and checks the executable # for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, # this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used # the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. # If we don't find anything, use the default library path according # to the aix ld manual. AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[ lt_aix_libpath_sed=' /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ p } }' aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` fi],[]) if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi ])# _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX # _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT(ARG) # ---------------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE], [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)], [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)]) $1 AC_DIVERT_POP ])# _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT # _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # -------------------------- # Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which # will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes. AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([ # Check that we are running under the correct shell. SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} case X$ECHO in X*--fallback-echo) # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','` ;; esac echo=${ECHO-echo} if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell. exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} fi if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat <<EOF [$]* EOF exit 0 fi # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test -z "$ECHO"; then if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... if (echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`) 2>/dev/null && echo_test_string=`eval $cmd` && (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null then break fi done fi if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then : else # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' # # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then echo="$dir/echo" break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. echo='print -r' elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) && test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh export CONFIG_SHELL exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} else # Try using printf. echo='printf %s\n' if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then # Cool, printf works : elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL export CONFIG_SHELL SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" export SHELL echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" else # maybe with a smaller string... prev=: for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null then break fi prev="$cmd" done if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then echo_test_string=`eval $prev` export echo_test_string exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"} else # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. echo=echo fi fi fi fi fi fi # Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from # the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. ECHO=$echo if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo" fi AC_SUBST(ECHO) ])])# _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH # _LT_AC_LOCK # ----------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case $host in ia64-*-hpux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *ELF-32*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" ;; *ELF-64*) HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" ;; esac else case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *32-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" ;; ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" ;; s390x-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" ;; sparc64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" ;; esac ;; *64-bit*) case $host in x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" ;; x86_64-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" ;; ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" ;; s390*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" ;; sparc*-*linux*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) AC_LANG_POP]) if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; sparc*-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; *) if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then LD="${LD-ld} -64" fi ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*) AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) ;; ]) esac need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" ])# _LT_AC_LOCK # AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given compiler option works AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no ifelse([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$3" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi fi $rm conftest* ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then ifelse([$5], , :, [$5]) else ifelse([$6], , :, [$6]) fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION # AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ------------------------------------------------------------ # Check whether the given compiler option works AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi else $2=yes fi fi $rm -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then ifelse([$4], , :, [$4]) else ifelse([$5], , :, [$5]) fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN # -------------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [# find the maximum length of command line arguments AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl i=0 teststring="ABCD" case $build_os in msdosdjgpp*) # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this # check would be larger than it should be. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right ;; gnu*) # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is # no limit to the length of command line arguments. # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; cygwin* | mingw*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs fi # And add a safety zone lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` ;; interix*) # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. # First set a reasonable default. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 # if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; esac fi ;; sco3.2v5*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` else SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} while (test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ = "XX$teststring") >/dev/null 2>&1 && new_result=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` && lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result && test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough do i=`expr $i + 1` teststring=$teststring$teststring done teststring= # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker. # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` fi ;; esac ]) if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len) else AC_MSG_RESULT(none) fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN # _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dlfcn.h)dnl ])# _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN # _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, # ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) # --------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : [$4] else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF [#line __oline__ "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H #include <dlfcn.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL #else # ifdef DL_GLOBAL # define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL # else # define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 # endif #endif /* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # else # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # else # define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" void exit (int); #endif void fnord() { int i=42;} int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); int status = $lt_dlunknown; if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); exit (status); }] EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? case x$lt_status in x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;; x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;; x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;; esac else : # compilation failed $3 fi fi rm -fr conftest* ])# _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF # AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF # ---------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown else lt_cv_dlopen=no lt_cv_dlopen_libs= case $host_os in beos*) lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; mingw* | pw32*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[ lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ]) ;; *) AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ;; esac if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then enable_dlopen=yes else enable_dlopen=no fi case $lt_cv_dlopen in dlopen) save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) ]) if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) ]) fi CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" LIBS="$save_LIBS" ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; esac case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF # AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------------- # Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD $rm conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files $rm out/* && rmdir out cd .. rmdir conftest $rm conftest* ]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) # ----------------------------------------- # Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LOCK])dnl hard_links="nottested" if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) hard_links=yes $rm conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links]) if test "$hard_links" = no; then AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe]) need_locks=warn fi else need_locks=no fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS # AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR # ----------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], [rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then lt_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. lt_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) objdir=$lt_cv_objdir ])# AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR # AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------------------------- # Check hardcoding attributes. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || \ test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || \ test "X$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || test "$enable_shared" = no; then # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP # ------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [striplib= old_striplib= AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in darwin*) if test -n "$STRIP" ; then striplib="$STRIP -x" old_striplib="$STRIP -S" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) fi ;; *) AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) ;; esac fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER # ----------------------------- # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= shrext_cmds=".so" postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" m4_if($1,[],[ if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; esac lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. lt_search_path_spec=`echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else lt_search_path_spec=`echo "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it # and add multilib dir if necessary. lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" else test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" fi done lt_search_path_spec=`echo $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { lt_foo=""; lt_count=0; for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { if ($lt_i == "..") { lt_count++; } else { if (lt_count == 0) { lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; } else { lt_count--; } } } } if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } }'` sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo $lt_search_path_spec` else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" fi]) need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no # when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version # flags to be left without arguments need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; aix[[4-9]]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 supports IA64 library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH else # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. case $host_os in aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no fi ;; esac # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not # typical AIX shared libraries. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' else # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 # and later when we are not doing run time linking. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' fi shlibpath_var=LIBPATH fi ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH ;; bsdi[[45]]*) version_type=linux need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no case $GCC,$host_os in yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ $rm \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" ;; mingw*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` else sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac ;; *) library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' ;; esac dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' m4_if([$1], [],[ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; freebsd1*) dynamic_linker=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi version_type=freebsd-$objformat case $version_type in freebsd-elf*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no ;; freebsd-*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' need_version=yes ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in freebsd2*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \ freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; esac ;; gnu*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext_cmds='.so' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" else sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; hppa*64*) shrext_cmds='.sl' hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; interix[[3-9]]*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $host_os in nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then version_type=linux else version_type=irix fi ;; esac need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' case $host_os in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; esac ;; esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. hardcode_into_libs=yes # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; netbsdelf*-gnu) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' ;; netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' else library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' fi shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; newsos6) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; nto-qnx*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; openbsd*) version_type=sunos sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no ;; *) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; esac else shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes fi ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext_cmds=".dll" need_lib_prefix=no library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) version_type=osf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; rdos*) dynamic_linker=no ;; solaris*) version_type=linux need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes # ldd complains unless libraries are executable postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then need_lib_prefix=no fi need_version=yes ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_vendor in sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) need_lib_prefix=no ;; motorola) need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' ;; esac ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then version_type=linux library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) version_type=freebsd-elf need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" ;; esac fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker]) test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec], [lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"]) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"]) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER # _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_ARG_WITH([tags], [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tags@<:@=TAGS@:>@], [include additional configurations @<:@automatic@:>@])], [tagnames="$withval"]) if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not exist]) fi if test -z "$LTCC"; then eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`" if test -z "$LTCC"; then AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not look like a libtool script]) else AC_MSG_WARN([using `LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from `$ofile']) fi fi if test -z "$LTCFLAGS"; then eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCFLAGS='`" fi # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile. # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line. available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'` lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for tagname in $tagnames; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]]::g'` in "") ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid tag name: $tagname]) ;; esac if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null then AC_MSG_ERROR([tag name \"$tagname\" already exists]) fi # Update the list of available tags. if test -n "$tagname"; then echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile case $tagname in CXX) if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG else tagname="" fi ;; F77) if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG else tagname="" fi ;; GCJ) if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG else tagname="" fi ;; RC) AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR([Unsupported tag name: $tagname]) ;; esac # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags. if test -n "$tagname" ; then available_tags="$available_tags $tagname" fi fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" # Now substitute the updated list of available tags. if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile" chmod +x "$ofile" else rm -f "${ofile}T" AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to update list of available tagged configurations.]) fi fi ])# _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN # ----------------- # enable checks for dlopen support AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN # AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL # -------------------- # declare package support for building win32 DLLs AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL # AC_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) # --------------------------- # implement the --enable-shared flag # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], [define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build shared libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_shared=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) ])# AC_ENABLE_SHARED # AC_DISABLE_SHARED # ----------------- # set the default shared flag to --disable-shared AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no) ])# AC_DISABLE_SHARED # AC_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) # --------------------------- # implement the --enable-static flag # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], [define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [build static libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_static=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) ])# AC_ENABLE_STATIC # AC_DISABLE_STATIC # ----------------- # set the default static flag to --disable-static AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no) ])# AC_DISABLE_STATIC # AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) # --------------------------------- # implement the --enable-fast-install flag # DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case $enableval in yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; no) enable_fast_install=no ;; *) enable_fast_install=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," for pkg in $enableval; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_fast_install=yes fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; esac], [enable_fast_install=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) ])# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL # AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL # ----------------------- # set the default to --disable-fast-install AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no) ])# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL # AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE([MODE]) # -------------------------- # implement the --with-pic flag # MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl pic_mode=ifelse($#,1,$1,default) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE # AC_PROG_EGREP # ------------- # This is predefined starting with Autoconf 2.54, so this conditional # definition can be removed once we require Autoconf 2.54 or later. m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for egrep], [ac_cv_prog_egrep], [if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E' else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep' fi]) EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep AC_SUBST([EGREP]) ])]) # AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX # ------------------- # find a file program which can recognize shared library AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, [case $MAGIC_CMD in [[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. ac_dummy="ifelse([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1" if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then case $deplibs_check_method in "file_magic "*) file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. *** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries *** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that *** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool *** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org EOF fi ;; esac fi break fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" ;; esac]) MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi ])# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX # AC_PATH_MAGIC # ------------- # find a file program which can recognize a shared library AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi ])# AC_PATH_MAGIC # AC_PROG_LD # ---------- # find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], [AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], [with_gnu_ld=no]) AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" else lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) AC_PROG_LD_GNU ])# AC_PROG_LD # AC_PROG_LD_GNU # -------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; *) lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; esac]) with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld ])# AC_PROG_LD_GNU # AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG # ---------------------- # find reload flag for linker # -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag. AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files], lt_cv_ld_reload_flag, [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r']) reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag case $reload_flag in "" | " "*) ;; *) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; esac reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' case $host_os in darwin*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' else reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' fi ;; esac ])# AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG # AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD # ----------------------- # how to check for library dependencies # -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries], lt_cv_deplibs_check_method, [lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' # Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support # interlibrary dependencies. # 'none' -- dependencies not supported. # `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. # 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. # 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. # 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path # which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. # If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure # whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; beos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; bsdi[[45]]*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so ;; cygwin*) # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' ;; mingw* | pw32*) # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' fi ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` ;; esac else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all fi ;; gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in ia64*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'] lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; *) libmagic=never-match;; esac lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; newos6*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; nto-qnx*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown ;; openbsd*) if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' fi ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; rdos*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` ;; ncr) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; sequent) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' ;; sni) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib" lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so ;; siemens) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; pc) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ]) file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown ])# AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD # AC_PROG_NM # ---------- # find the pathname to a BSD-compatible name lister AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD-compatible nm], lt_cv_path_NM, [if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" break ;; *) case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in */dev/null*) lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" break ;; *) lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm fi]) NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" ])# AC_PROG_NM # AC_CHECK_LIBM # ------------- # check for math library AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl LIBM= case $host in *-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) # These system don't have libm, or don't need it ;; *-ncr-sysv4.3*) AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") ;; *) AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") ;; esac ])# AC_CHECK_LIBM # AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE([DIRECTORY]) # ----------------------------------- # sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and # LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds # --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments. Note that # AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. If DIRECTORY is not provided, # it is assumed to be `libltdl'. LIBLTDL will be prefixed with # '${top_builddir}/' and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' # (note the single quotes!). If your package is not flat and you're not # using automake, define top_builddir and top_srcdir appropriately in # the Makefiles. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl case $enable_ltdl_convenience in no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;; "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; esac LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdlc.la LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" ])# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE # AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE([DIRECTORY]) # ----------------------------------- # sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library and # LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds # --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments. Note that # AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. If DIRECTORY is not provided, # and an installed libltdl is not found, it is assumed to be `libltdl'. # LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/'# and LTDLINCL with # '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your package is not # flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and top_srcdir # appropriately in the Makefiles. # In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, lt_dlinit, [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no], [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled]) else enable_ltdl_install=yes fi ]) if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install" LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdl.la LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) else ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no" LIBLTDL="-lltdl" LTDLINCL= fi # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" ])# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE # AC_LIBTOOL_CXX # -------------- # enable support for C++ libraries AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX # _LT_AC_LANG_CXX # --------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP]) _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX]) ])# _LT_AC_LANG_CXX # _LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP # ------------------ AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then AC_PROG_CXXCPP fi ])# _LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP # AC_LIBTOOL_F77 # -------------- # enable support for Fortran 77 libraries AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_F77]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_F77 # _LT_AC_LANG_F77 # --------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_F77]) _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77]) ])# _LT_AC_LANG_F77 # AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ # -------------- # enable support for GCJ libraries AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ # _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ # --------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],[], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[], [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],[], [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_GCJ])], [ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([A][M_PROG_GCJ])], [AC_REQUIRE([A][C_PROG_GCJ_OR_A][M_PROG_GCJ])])])])])]) _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}GCJ]) ])# _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ # AC_LIBTOOL_RC # ------------- # enable support for Windows resource files AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_RC]) _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}RC]) ])# AC_LIBTOOL_RC # AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG # ------------------------ # Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are # suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG]) AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [lt_save_CC="$CC" AC_LANG_PUSH(C) # Source file extension for C test sources. ac_ext=c # Object file extension for compiled C test sources. objext=o _LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF # Report which library types will actually be built AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) AC_LANG_POP CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are # suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG(CXX)]) AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= # Source file extension for C++ test sources. ac_ext=cpp # Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. objext=o _LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC=$CC lt_save_LD=$LD lt_save_GCC=$GCC GCC=$GXX lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx else $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld fi if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX else $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD fi test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX CC=${CXX-"c++"} compiler=$CC _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the # no_builtin_flag separately if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= fi if test "$GXX" = yes; then # Set up default GNU C++ configuration AC_PROG_LD # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) wlarc='${wl}' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \ grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= # A generic and very simple default shared library creation # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on # the platform it is being used on. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' fi # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else GXX=no with_gnu_ld=no wlarc= fi # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes case $host_os in aix3*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do case $ld_flag in *-brtl*) aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break ;; esac done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes if test "$GXX" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" if test "$GXX" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" fi else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; freebsd[[12]]*) # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; freebsd-elf*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF # conventions _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes ;; gnu*) ;; hpux9*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "[[-]]L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; esac fi case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, # but as the default # location of the library. ;; esac case $cc_basename in CC*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; aCC*) case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; irix5* | irix6*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # SGI C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes; then if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib' fi fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; icpc*) # Intel C++ with_gnu_ld=yes # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and # earlier do not add the objects themselves. case `$CC -V 2>&1` in *"Version 7."*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; *) # Version 8.0 or newer tmp_idyn= case $host_cpu in ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' # Not sure whether something based on # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 # would be better. output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; m88k*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no fi # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' ;; openbsd2*) # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' fi output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; osf3*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; cxx*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library # to its proper name (with version) after linking. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # the KAI C++ compiler. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; cxx*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ $rm $lib.exp' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. # # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them # from the output so that they don't get included in the library # dependencies. output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; *) if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' else # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; psos*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; lcc*) # Lucid # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included # in the archive. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; *) # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" else # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this # platform. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when # linking a shared library. output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; esac fi ;; esac ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. # So that behaviour is only enabled if SCOABSPATH is set to a # non-empty value in the environment. Most likely only useful for # creating official distributions of packages. # This is a hack until libtool officially supports absolute path # names for shared libraries. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac ;; vxworks*) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; *) # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) AC_LANG_POP CC=$lt_save_CC LDCXX=$LD LD=$lt_save_LD GCC=$lt_save_GCC with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP([TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------------ # Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose # compiler output when linking a shared library. # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, dnl but it's only used here... ifelse([$1],[],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF int a; void foo (void) { a = 0; } EOF ],[$1],[CXX],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF class Foo { public: Foo (void) { a = 0; } private: int a; }; EOF ],[$1],[F77],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF subroutine foo implicit none integer*4 a a=0 return end EOF ],[$1],[GCJ],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF public class foo { private int a; public void bar (void) { a = 0; } }; EOF ]) dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary dnl objects, libraries and library flags. if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary # objects, libraries and library flags. # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before # the conftest object file. pre_test_object_deps_done=no # The `*' in the case matches for architectures that use `case' in # $output_verbose_cmd can trigger glob expansion during the loop # eval without this substitution. output_verbose_link_cmd=`$echo "X$output_verbose_link_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$no_glob_subst"` for p in `eval $output_verbose_link_cmd`; do case $p in -L* | -R* | -l*) # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. # Remove the space. if test $p = "-L" \ || test $p = "-R"; then prev=$p continue else prev= fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then case $p in -L* | -R*) # Internal compiler library paths should come after those # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi ;; # The "-l" case would never come before the object being # linked, so don't bother handling this case. esac else if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" fi fi ;; *.$objext) # This assumes that the test object file only shows up # once in the compiler output. if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then pre_test_object_deps_done=yes continue fi if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" fi else if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" fi fi ;; *) ;; # Ignore the rest. esac done # Clean up. rm -f a.out a.exe else echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" fi $rm -f confest.$objext _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` fi # PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken ifelse([$1],[CXX], [case $host_os in interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= ;; linux*) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 # # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as # -library=stlport4 depends on it. case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in *" -library=stlport4 "*) solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; esac # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; esac ]) case " $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in *" -lc "*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; esac ])# AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP # AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are # suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG(F77)]) AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_F77]) AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no # Source file extension for f77 test sources. ac_ext=f # Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. objext=o _LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ subroutine t return end " # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="\ program t end " # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${F77-"f77"} compiler=$CC _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case $host_os in aix3*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no fi ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) AC_LANG_POP CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG # -------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are # suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG(GCJ)]) AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for Java test sources. ac_ext=java # Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. objext=o _LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} compiler=$CC _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly ## what you are doing... AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) AC_LANG_RESTORE CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG # ------------------------- # Ensure that the configuration vars for the Windows resource compiler are # suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG(RC)]) AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_LANG_SAVE # Source file extension for RC test sources. ac_ext=rc # Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. objext=o _LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext # Code to be used in simple compile tests lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' # Code to be used in simple link tests lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. lt_save_CC="$CC" CC=${RC-"windres"} compiler=$CC _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) AC_LANG_RESTORE CC="$lt_save_CC" ])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------- # If TAGNAME is not passed, then create an initial libtool script # with a default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise # add code to config.status for appending the configuration named by # TAGNAME from the matching tagged config vars. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the # libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh # with your package, and you will get complaints that there are # no rules to generate ltmain.sh. if test -f "$ltmain"; then # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through # without removal of \ escapes. if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ SED SHELL STRIP \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(CC, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postinstall_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postuninstall_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1) \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1); do case $var in _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) | \ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) | \ extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; *) eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" ;; esac done case $lt_echo in *'\[$]0 --fallback-echo"') lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"[$]/[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'` ;; esac ifelse([$1], [], [cfgfile="${ofile}T" trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 $rm -f "$cfgfile" AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])], [cfgfile="$ofile"]) cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" ifelse([$1], [], [#! $SHELL # `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is part of GNU Libtool: # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # A sed program that does not truncate output. SED=$lt_SED # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. available_tags= # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG], [# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname]) # Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=$lt_SHELL # Whether or not to build shared libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build static libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. build_libtool_need_lc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1) # Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1) # Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. fast_install=$enable_fast_install # The host system. host_alias=$host_alias host=$host host_os=$host_os # The build system. build_alias=$build_alias build=$build build_os=$build_os # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo=$lt_echo # The archiver. AR=$lt_AR AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS # A C compiler. LTCC=$lt_LTCC # LTCC compiler flags. LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS # A language-specific compiler. CC=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1) # Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? with_gcc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1) # An ERE matcher. EGREP=$lt_EGREP # The linker used to build libraries. LD=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1) # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S=$lt_LN_S # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM=$lt_NM # A symbol stripping program STRIP=$lt_STRIP # Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD # Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Used on cygwin: object dumper. OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Used on cygwin: assembler. AS="$AS" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir=$objdir # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) # Object file suffix (normally "o"). objext="$ac_objext" # Old archive suffix (normally "a"). libext="$libext" # Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' # Executable file suffix (normally ""). exeext="$exeext" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) pic_mode=$pic_mode # What is the maximum length of a command? max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len # Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? compiler_c_o=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1) # Must we lock files when doing compilation? need_locks=$lt_need_locks # Do we need the lib prefix for modules? need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix # Do we need a version for libraries? need_version=$need_version # Whether dlopen is supported. dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen # Whether dlopen of programs is supported. dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self # Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1) # Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1) # Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1) # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB old_archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) # Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds # Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) module_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) module_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) # Commands to strip libraries. old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib striplib=$lt_striplib # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) # Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a # shared library. predeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1) # Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a # shared library. postdeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) # The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared # library compiler_lib_search_dirs=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1) # The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking # a shared library. compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1) # Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method # Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1) # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe # Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl # Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1) # Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) # If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into # a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does # not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1) # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1) # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1) # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1) # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1) # Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library # and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. hardcode_automatic=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1) # Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and # restored at relink time. variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" # Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. link_all_deplibs=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1) # Compile-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec # Run-time system search path for libraries sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec # Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path # Set to yes if exported symbols are required. always_export_symbols=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1) # The commands to list exported symbols. export_symbols_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) # The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds # Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. exclude_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1) # Symbols that must always be exported. include_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1) ifelse([$1],[], [# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG], [# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname]) __EOF__ ifelse([$1],[], [ case $host_os in aix3*) cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile" # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi EOF ;; esac # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \ (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") chmod +x "$ofile" ]) else # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the # libtool script then. ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" fi fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG # AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) fi ])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE # --------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT]) # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [ # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' # Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'" # Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" # Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in aix*) symcode='[[BCDT]]' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' ;; hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' fi lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" fi ;; irix* | nonstopux*) symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' ;; osf*) symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' ;; solaris*) symcode='[[BDRT]]' ;; sco3.2v5*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) symcode='[[DT]]' ;; sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) symcode='[[ABDT]]' ;; sysv4) symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' ;; esac # Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain opt_cr= case $build_os in mingw*) opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. case `$NM -V 2>&1` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; esac # Try without a prefix undercore, then with it. for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" # Write the raw and C identifiers. lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif char nm_test_var; void nm_test_func(){} #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" else rm -f "$nlist"T fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat <<EOF > conftest.$ac_ext #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif EOF # Now generate the symbol file. eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' cat <<EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr_t void * #else # define lt_ptr_t char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ const struct { const char *name; lt_ptr_t address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[[]] = { EOF $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then pipe_works=yes fi LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest* conftst* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then break else lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= fi done ]) if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= fi if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) else AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) fi ]) # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE # AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) # --------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC]) ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. if test "$GXX" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; *djgpp*) # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac else case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; chorus*) case $cc_basename in cxch68*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" ;; esac ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qnocommon' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; dgux*) case $cc_basename in ec++*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; ghcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' fi ;; aCC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac ;; *) ;; esac ;; interix*) # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) # Anyone wants to do a port? ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. ;; *) ;; esac ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in KCC*) # KAI C++ Compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; icpc* | ecpc*) # Intel C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; pgCC* | pgcpp*) # Portland Group C++ compiler. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; cxx*) # Compaq C++ # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; esac ;; esac ;; lynxos*) ;; m88k*) ;; mvs*) case $cc_basename in cxx*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' ;; *) ;; esac ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) case $cc_basename in KCC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' ;; RCC*) # Rational C++ 2.4.1 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; cxx*) # Digital/Compaq C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; *) ;; esac ;; psos*) ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' ;; gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sunos4*) case $cc_basename in CC*) # Sun C++ 4.x _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; lcc*) # Lucid _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' ;; *) ;; esac ;; tandem*) case $cc_basename in NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' ;; *) ;; esac ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) case $cc_basename in CC*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; esac ;; vxworks*) ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ], [ if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' case $host_os in aix*) # All AIX code is PIC. if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style # (--disable-auto-import) libraries m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' ;; interix[[3-9]]*) # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. ;; msdosdjgpp*) # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries # on systems that don't support them. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no enable_shared=no ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic fi ;; hpux*) # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. case $host_os in aix*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi ;; darwin*) # PIC is the default on this platform # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files case $cc_basename in xlc*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qnocommon' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but # not for PA HP-UX. case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) # +Z the default ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; newsos6) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in icc* | ecc*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, # which looks to be a dead project) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; ccc*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All Alpha code is PIC. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' ;; esac ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' # All OSF/1 code is PIC. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; rdos*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' ;; solaris*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' fi ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; unicos*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; uts4*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac fi ]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) # # Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. # if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1), [$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], [case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in "" | " "*) ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; esac], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) fi case $host_os in # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: *djgpp*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" ;; esac # # Check to make sure the static flag actually works. # wl=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), $lt_tmp_static_flag, [], [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) ]) # AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) # ------------------------------------ # See if the linker supports building shared libraries. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' case $host_os in aix[[4-9]]*) # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi ;; pw32*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" ;; cygwin* | mingw*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] ],[ runpath_var= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* # included in the symbol list _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in # preloaded symbol tables. # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. extract_expsyms_cmds= # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty wlarc='${wl}' # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi supports_anon_versioning=no case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; esac # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. case $host_os in aix[[3-9]]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported *** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. *** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you *** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH *** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. EOF fi ;; amigaos*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use # them. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, # as there is no search path for DLLs. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; else echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; fi~ $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; interix[[3-9]]*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then tmp_addflag= case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' ;; pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; esac case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; *) tmp_sharedflag='-shared' ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=no else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' wlarc= else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' fi ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably *** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. EOF elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not *** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool *** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU *** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify *** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is *** used, and then restart. _LT_EOF ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' wlarc= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; esac if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then runpath_var= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case $host_os in aix3*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported fi ;; aix[[4-9]]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' no_entry_flag="" else # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' fi aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac exp_sym_flag='-bexport' no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' fi # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L # to unsupported forces relinking _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= fi ;; esac shared_flag='-shared' if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' fi else # not using gcc if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: shared_flag='-G' else if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then shared_flag='${wl}-G' else shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' fi fi fi # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" else # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' fi fi ;; amigaos*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; bsdi[[45]]*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. libext=lib # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. shrext_cmds=".dll" # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='true' # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) case $host_os in rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; *) # Darwin 1.3 on if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' else case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in 10.[[012]]) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; 10.*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; esac fi ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes if test "$GCC" = yes ; then output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" else case $cc_basename in xlc*) output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $xlcverstring' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $xlcverstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; freebsd1*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd* | dragonfly*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; hpux9*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac else case $host_cpu in hppa*64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; newsos6) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' else case $host_os in openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi ;; os2*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: ;; solaris*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z text' if test "$GCC" = yes; then wlarc='${wl}' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' else wlarc='' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no case $host_os in solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; *) # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', # but is careful enough not to reorder. # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' fi ;; esac _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes ;; sunos4*) if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o # files that make .init and .fini sections work. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB ## CC just makes a GrossModule. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no ;; motorola) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; sysv4.3*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH hardcode_runpath_var=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed # as -z defs. _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' if test "$GCC" = yes; then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' fi ;; uts4*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no ;; *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; esac fi ]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no # # Do we need to explicitly link libc? # case "x$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in x|xyes) # Assume -lc should be added _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in *'~'*) # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. ;; '$CC '*) # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in]) $rm conftest* echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then soname=conftest lib=conftest libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext deplibs= wl=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) pic_flag=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) compiler_flags=-v linker_flags=-v verstring= output_objdir=. libname=conftest lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) then _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no else _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes fi _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag else cat conftest.err 1>&5 fi $rm conftest* AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)]) ;; esac fi ;; esac ])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS # _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C # ------------------- # Be careful that the start marker always follows a newline. AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [ # /* ltdll.c starts here */ # #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # #include <windows.h> # #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # #include <stdio.h> # # #ifndef __CYGWIN__ # # ifdef __CYGWIN32__ # # define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__ # # endif # #endif # # #ifdef __cplusplus # extern "C" { # #endif # BOOL APIENTRY DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved); # #ifdef __cplusplus # } # #endif # # #ifdef __CYGWIN__ # #include <cygwin/cygwin_dll.h> # DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL( DllMain ); # #endif # HINSTANCE __hDllInstance_base; # # BOOL APIENTRY # DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved) # { # __hDllInstance_base = hInst; # return TRUE; # } # /* ltdll.c ends here */ ])# _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) # --------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [ifelse([$2], [], [$1], [$1_$2])]) # old names AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_PROG_LIBTOOL]) AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], [AC_PROG_LD]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [AC_PROG_NM]) # This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj, no) test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS) ]) AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres, no) ]) # Cheap backport of AS_EXECUTABLE_P and required macros # from Autoconf 2.59; we should not use $as_executable_p directly. # _AS_TEST_PREPARE # ---------------- m4_ifndef([_AS_TEST_PREPARE], [m4_defun([_AS_TEST_PREPARE], [if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_executable_p='test -x' else as_executable_p='test -f' fi ])])# _AS_TEST_PREPARE # AS_EXECUTABLE_P # --------------- # Check whether a file is executable. m4_ifndef([AS_EXECUTABLE_P], [m4_defun([AS_EXECUTABLE_P], [AS_REQUIRE([_AS_TEST_PREPARE])dnl $as_executable_p $1[]dnl ])])# AS_EXECUTABLE_P ############################################################ # NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # # GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # # a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # # macro and use it instead. # ############################################################ # LT_AC_PROG_SED # -------------- # Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates # as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, [# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. # Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if AS_EXECUTABLE_P(["$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"]); then lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" fi done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS lt_ac_max=0 lt_ac_count=0 # Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris # along with /bin/sed that truncates output. for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue cat /dev/null > conftest.in lt_ac_count=0 echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed break fi while true; do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo >>conftest.nl $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed fi done done ]) SED=$lt_cv_path_SED AC_SUBST([SED]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) ]) ## ltdl.m4 - Configure ltdl for the target system. -*-Autoconf-*- ## Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives ## unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without ## modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 9 AC_LIB_LTDL # AC_WITH_LTDL # ------------ # Clients of libltdl can use this macro to allow the installer to # choose between a shipped copy of the ltdl sources or a preinstalled # version of the library. AC_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_LTDL]) AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL]) AC_SUBST([INCLTDL]) # Unless the user asks us to check, assume no installed ltdl exists. use_installed_libltdl=no AC_ARG_WITH([included_ltdl], [ --with-included-ltdl use the GNU ltdl sources included here]) if test "x$with_included_ltdl" != xyes; then # We are not being forced to use the included libltdl sources, so # decide whether there is a useful installed version we can use. AC_CHECK_HEADER([ltdl.h], [AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dlcaller_register], [with_included_ltdl=no], [with_included_ltdl=yes]) ]) fi if test "x$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes; then # If the user did not specify an installable libltdl, then default # to a convenience lib. AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE fi if test "x$with_included_ltdl" = xno; then # If the included ltdl is not to be used. then Use the # preinstalled libltdl we found. AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LTDL], [1], [Define this if a modern libltdl is already installed]) LIBLTDL=-lltdl fi # Report our decision... AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libltdl]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_included_ltdl]) AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([libltdl]) ])# AC_WITH_LTDL # AC_LIB_LTDL # ----------- # Perform all the checks necessary for compilation of the ltdl objects # -- including compiler checks and header checks. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], [AC_PREREQ(2.50) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT]) AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_DLPREOPEN]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_DLLIB]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_FUNC_ARGZ]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([assert.h ctype.h errno.h malloc.h memory.h stdlib.h \ stdio.h unistd.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dl.h sys/dl.h dld.h mach-o/dyld.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([string.h strings.h], [break]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr index], [break]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strrchr rindex], [break]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memcpy bcopy], [break]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memmove strcmp]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([closedir opendir readdir]) ])# AC_LIB_LTDL # AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL # ---------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([ltdl-install], [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-ltdl-install], [install libltdl])]) AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_install-no}" != xno) AM_CONDITIONAL(CONVENIENCE_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_convenience-no}" != xno) ])# AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL # AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS # -------------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen], [libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs], [# PORTME does your system automatically load deplibs for dlopen? # or its logical equivalent (e.g. shl_load for HP-UX < 11) # For now, we just catch OSes we know something about -- in the # future, we'll try test this programmatically. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown case "$host_os" in aix3*|aix4.1.*|aix4.2.*) # Unknown whether this is true for these versions of AIX, but # we want this `case' here to explicitly catch those versions. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; aix[[4-9]]*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; darwin*) # Assuming the user has installed a libdl from somewhere, this is true # If you are looking for one http://www.opendarwin.org/projects/dlcompat libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) # GNU and its variants, using gnu ld.so (Glibc) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; hpux10*|hpux11*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; interix*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; irix[[12345]]*|irix6.[[01]]*) # Catch all versions of IRIX before 6.2, and indicate that we don't # know how it worked for any of those versions. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; irix*) # The case above catches anything before 6.2, and it's known that # at 6.2 and later dlopen does load deplibs. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; netbsd* | netbsdelf*-gnu) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; openbsd*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; osf[[1234]]*) # dlopen did load deplibs (at least at 4.x), but until the 5.x series, # it did *not* use an RPATH in a shared library to find objects the # library depends on, so we explictly say `no'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no ;; osf5.0|osf5.0a|osf5.1) # dlopen *does* load deplibs and with the right loader patch applied # it even uses RPATH in a shared library to search for shared objects # that the library depends on, but there's no easy way to know if that # patch is installed. Since this is the case, all we can really # say is unknown -- it depends on the patch being installed. If # it is, this changes to `yes'. Without it, it would be `no'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown ;; osf*) # the two cases above should catch all versions of osf <= 5.1. Read # the comments above for what we know about them. # At > 5.1, deplibs are loaded *and* any RPATH in a shared library # is used to find them so we can finally say `yes'. libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; solaris*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes ;; esac ]) if test "$libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" != yes; then AC_DEFINE([LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [1], [Define if the OS needs help to load dependent libraries for dlopen().]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS # AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT # ---------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([which extension is used for loadable modules], [libltdl_cv_shlibext], [ module=yes eval libltdl_cv_shlibext=$shrext_cmds ]) if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LTDL_SHLIB_EXT], ["$libltdl_cv_shlibext"], [Define to the extension used for shared libraries, say, ".so".]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT # AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH # ----------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([which variable specifies run-time library path], [libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var], [libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var="$shlibpath_var"]) if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR], ["$libltdl_cv_shlibpath_var"], [Define to the name of the environment variable that determines the dynamic library search path.]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH # AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH # --------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for the default library search path], [libltdl_cv_sys_search_path], [libltdl_cv_sys_search_path="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"]) if test -n "$libltdl_cv_sys_search_path"; then sys_search_path= for dir in $libltdl_cv_sys_search_path; do if test -z "$sys_search_path"; then sys_search_path="$dir" else sys_search_path="$sys_search_path$PATH_SEPARATOR$dir" fi done AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], ["$sys_search_path"], [Define to the system default library search path.]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH # AC_LTDL_OBJDIR # -------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [libltdl_cv_objdir], [libltdl_cv_objdir="$objdir" if test -n "$objdir"; then : else rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then libltdl_cv_objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. libltdl_cv_objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null fi ]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LTDL_OBJDIR], ["$libltdl_cv_objdir/"], [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) ])# AC_LTDL_OBJDIR # AC_LTDL_DLPREOPEN # ----------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLPREOPEN], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen], [libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols], [if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=yes else libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=no fi ]) if test x"$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS], [1], [Define if libtool can extract symbol lists from object files.]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_DLPREOPEN # AC_LTDL_DLLIB # ------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], [LIBADD_DL= AC_SUBST(LIBADD_DL) AC_LANG_PUSH([C]) AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], [Define if you have the shl_load function.])], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], [Define if you have the shl_load function.]) LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DL -ldld"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) LIBADD_DL="-ldl" libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen="yes"], [AC_TRY_LINK([#if HAVE_DLFCN_H # include <dlfcn.h> #endif ], [dlopen(0, 0);], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) LIBADD_DL="-lsvld" libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DLD], [1], [Define if you have the GNU dld library.]) LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DL -ldld"], [AC_CHECK_FUNC([_dyld_func_lookup], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DYLD], [1], [Define if you have the _dyld_func_lookup function.])]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ]) ]) if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes then lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DL" AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlerror]) LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" fi AC_LANG_POP ])# AC_LTDL_DLLIB # AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE # --------------------- # does the compiler prefix global symbols with an underscore? AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for _ prefix in compiled symbols], [ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore], [ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=no cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF void nm_test_func(){} int main(){nm_test_func;return 0;} EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then # Now try to grab the symbols. ac_nlist=conftest.nm if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist) && test -s "$ac_nlist"; then # See whether the symbols have a leading underscore. if grep '^. _nm_test_func' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=yes else if grep '^. nm_test_func ' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then : else echo "configure: cannot find nm_test_func in $ac_nlist" >&AC_FD_CC fi fi else echo "configure: cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AC_FD_CC fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&AC_FD_CC cat conftest.c >&AC_FD_CC fi rm -rf conftest* ]) ])# AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE # AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE # -------------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE]) if test x"$ac_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" = xyes; then if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes ; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=unknown save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DL" _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=no], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=yes], [], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=cross]) LIBS="$save_LIBS" ]) fi fi if test x"$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" = xyes; then AC_DEFINE([NEED_USCORE], [1], [Define if dlsym() requires a leading underscore in symbol names.]) fi ])# AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE # AC_LTDL_FUNC_ARGZ # ----------------- AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_FUNC_ARGZ], [AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h]) AC_CHECK_TYPES([error_t], [], [AC_DEFINE([error_t], [int], [Define to a type to use for `error_t' if it is not otherwise available.])], [#if HAVE_ARGZ_H # include <argz.h> #endif]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([argz_append argz_create_sep argz_insert argz_next argz_stringify]) ])# AC_LTDL_FUNC_ARGZ �����ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/ltmain.sh�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000606460�11104126564�016453� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. # NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, # 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. basename="s,^.*/,,g" # Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh # is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of # the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special # positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the # function. progpath="$0" # The name of this program: progname=`echo "$progpath" | $SED $basename` modename="$progname" # Global variables: EXIT_SUCCESS=0 EXIT_FAILURE=1 PROGRAM=ltmain.sh PACKAGE=libtool VERSION="1.5.26 Debian 1.5.26-4" TIMESTAMP=" (1.1220.2.493 2008/02/01 16:58:18)" # Be Bourne compatible (taken from Autoconf:_AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE). if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # Check that we have a working $echo. if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work. exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} fi if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat <<EOF $* EOF exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi default_mode= help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" mkdir="mkdir" mv="mv -f" rm="rm -f" # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\`\\"$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # test EBCDIC or ASCII case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in A) # ASCII based system # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr SP2NL='tr \040 \012' NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' ;; *) # EBCDIC based system SP2NL='tr \100 \n' NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' ;; esac # NLS nuisances. # Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. # These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand # e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). # We save the old values to restore during execute mode. lt_env= for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var lt_env=\"$lt_var=\$$lt_var \$lt_env\" $lt_var=C export $lt_var fi" done if test -n "$lt_env"; then lt_env="env $lt_env" fi # Make sure IFS has a sensible default lt_nl=' ' IFS=" $lt_nl" if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then $echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2 $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Global variables. mode=$default_mode nonopt= prev= prevopt= run= show="$echo" show_help= execute_dlfiles= duplicate_deps=no preserve_args= lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" extracted_archives= extracted_serial=0 ##################################### # Shell function definitions: # This seems to be the best place for them # func_mktempdir [string] # Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running # libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If # given, STRING is the basename for that directory. func_mktempdir () { my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" if test "$run" = ":"; then # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" else # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` umask 0077 $mkdir "$my_tmpdir" umask $save_mktempdir_umask fi # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure test -d "$my_tmpdir" || { $echo "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE } fi $echo "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed } # func_win32_libid arg # return the library type of file 'arg' # # Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs # Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument # that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. func_win32_libid () { win32_libid_type="unknown" win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` case $win32_fileres in *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" ;; *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | \ $EGREP -e 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | \ $SED -n -e '1,100{ / I /{ s,.*,import, p q } }'` case $win32_nmres in import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; esac fi ;; *DLL*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... case $win32_fileres in *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; esac ;; esac $echo $win32_libid_type } # func_infer_tag arg # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile # command doesn't match the default compiler. # arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' func_infer_tag () { if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" done case $@ in # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) ;; # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail # if we don't check for them as well. *) for z in $available_tags; do if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then # Evaluate the configuration. eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" done case "$@ " in " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) # The compiler in the base compile command matches # the one in the tagged configuration. # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. tagname=$z break ;; esac fi done # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command # line option must be used. if test -z "$tagname"; then $echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration" $echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE # else # $echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration" fi ;; esac fi } # func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib func_extract_an_archive () { f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" $show "(cd $f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x $f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" $run eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" || exit $? if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else $echo "$modename: ERROR: object name conflicts: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi } # func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... func_extract_archives () { my_gentop="$1"; shift my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} my_oldobjs="" my_xlib="" my_xabs="" my_xdir="" my_status="" $show "${rm}r $my_gentop" $run ${rm}r "$my_gentop" $show "$mkdir $my_gentop" $run $mkdir "$my_gentop" my_status=$? if test "$my_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_gentop"; then exit $my_status fi for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do # Extract the objects. case $my_xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; esac my_xlib=`$echo "X$my_xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` my_xlib_u=$my_xlib while :; do case " $extracted_archives " in *" $my_xlib_u "*) extracted_serial=`expr $extracted_serial + 1` my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; *) break ;; esac done extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" $show "${rm}r $my_xdir" $run ${rm}r "$my_xdir" $show "$mkdir $my_xdir" $run $mkdir "$my_xdir" exit_status=$? if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_xdir"; then exit $exit_status fi case $host in *-darwin*) $show "Extracting $my_xabs" # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run if test -z "$run"; then darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` cd $my_xdir || exit $? darwin_archive=$my_xabs darwin_curdir=`pwd` darwin_base_archive=`$echo "X$darwin_archive" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` darwin_arches=`lipo -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $EGREP Architectures 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then darwin_arches=`echo "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` darwin_arch= $show "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do mkdir -p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" lipo -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" cd "$darwin_curdir" $rm "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" done # $darwin_arches ## Okay now we have a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print| xargs basename | sort -u | $NL2SP` darwin_file= darwin_files= for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` lipo -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files done # $darwin_filelist ${rm}r unfat-$$ cd "$darwin_orig_dir" else cd "$darwin_orig_dir" func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" fi # $darwin_arches fi # $run ;; *) func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" ;; esac my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" } # End of Shell function definitions ##################################### # Darwin sucks eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" disable_libs=no # Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. while test "$#" -gt 0 do arg="$1" shift case $arg in -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in execute_dlfiles) execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg" ;; tag) tagname="$arg" preserve_args="${preserve_args}=$arg" # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters case $tagname in *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) $echo "$progname: invalid tag name: $tagname" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac case $tagname in CC) # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know, it's there, but # not specially marked. ;; *) if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then taglist="$taglist $tagname" # Evaluate the configuration. eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/p' < $progpath`" else $echo "$progname: ignoring unknown tag $tagname" 1>&2 fi ;; esac ;; *) eval "$prev=\$arg" ;; esac prev= prevopt= continue fi # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? case $arg in --help) show_help=yes ;; --version) echo "\ $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." exit $? ;; --config) ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $progpath # Now print the configurations for the tags. for tagname in $taglist; do ${SED} -n -e "/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/p" < "$progpath" done exit $? ;; --debug) $echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode" set -x preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" ;; --dry-run | -n) run=: ;; --features) $echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then $echo "enable shared libraries" else $echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then $echo "enable static libraries" else $echo "disable static libraries" fi exit $? ;; --finish) mode="finish" ;; --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;; --quiet | --silent) show=: preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" ;; --tag) prevopt="--tag" prev=tag preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" ;; --tag=*) set tag "$optarg" ${1+"$@"} shift prev=tag preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" ;; -dlopen) prevopt="-dlopen" prev=execute_dlfiles ;; -*) $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; *) nonopt="$arg" break ;; esac done if test -n "$prevopt"; then $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi case $disable_libs in no) ;; shared) build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes ;; static) build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` ;; esac # If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it # will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being # left over by shells. exec_cmd= if test -z "$show_help"; then # Infer the operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then $echo "*** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated." 1>&2 $echo "*** Future versions of Libtool will require --mode=MODE be specified." 1>&2 case $nonopt in *cc | cc* | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc* | g++* | xlc*) mode=link for arg do case $arg in -c) mode=compile break ;; esac done ;; *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss) mode=execute ;; *install*|cp|mv) mode=install ;; *rm) mode=uninstall ;; *) # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute # Just use the default operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then if test -n "$nonopt"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 fi fi ;; esac fi # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. case $mode in # libtool compile mode compile) modename="$modename: compile" # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" suppress_opt=yes suppress_output= arg_mode=normal libobj= later= for arg do case $arg_mode in arg ) # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile lastarg="$arg" arg_mode=normal ;; target ) libobj="$arg" arg_mode=normal continue ;; normal ) # Accept any command-line options. case $arg in -o) if test -n "$libobj" ; then $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi arg_mode=target continue ;; -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) later="$later $arg" continue ;; -no-suppress) suppress_opt=no continue ;; -Xcompiler) arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. -Wc,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"` lastarg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for arg in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac lastarg="$lastarg $arg" done IFS="$save_ifs" lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` # Add the arguments to base_compile. base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" continue ;; * ) # Accept the current argument as the source file. # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. # lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" ;; esac # case $arg ;; esac # case $arg_mode # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $lastarg in # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, and some SunOS ksh mistreat backslash-escaping # in scan sets (worked around with variable expansion), # and furthermore cannot handle '|' '&' '(' ')' in scan sets # at all, so we specify them separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" ;; esac base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" done # for arg case $arg_mode in arg) $echo "$modename: you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; target) $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; *) # Get the name of the library object. [ -z "$libobj" ] && libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo xform='[cCFSifmso]' case $libobj in *.ada) xform=ada ;; *.adb) xform=adb ;; *.ads) xform=ads ;; *.asm) xform=asm ;; *.c++) xform=c++ ;; *.cc) xform=cc ;; *.ii) xform=ii ;; *.class) xform=class ;; *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; *.[fF][09]?) xform=[fF][09]. ;; *.for) xform=for ;; *.java) xform=java ;; *.obj) xform=obj ;; *.sx) xform=sx ;; esac libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` case $libobj in *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac func_infer_tag $base_compile for arg in $later; do case $arg in -static) build_old_libs=yes continue ;; -prefer-pic) pic_mode=yes continue ;; -prefer-non-pic) pic_mode=no continue ;; esac done qlibobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $qlibobj in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") qlibobj="\"$qlibobj\"" ;; esac test "X$libobj" != "X$qlibobj" \ && $echo "X$libobj" | grep '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ && $echo "$modename: libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." objname=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then xdir= else xdir=$xdir/ fi lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname if test -z "$base_compile"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" else removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" fi $run $rm $removelist trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*) pic_mode=default ;; esac if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported pic_mode=default fi # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} lockfile="$output_obj.lock" removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile" trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 else output_obj= need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test "$need_locks" = yes; then until $run ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then $echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi $echo "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" fi if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" fi qsrcfile=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $qsrcfile in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") qsrcfile="\"$qsrcfile\"" ;; esac $run $rm "$libobj" "${libobj}T" # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. test -z "$run" && cat > ${libobj}T <<EOF # $libobj - a libtool object file # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # Name of the PIC object. EOF # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile if test "$pic_mode" != no; then command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" else # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" fi if test ! -d "${xdir}$objdir"; then $show "$mkdir ${xdir}$objdir" $run $mkdir ${xdir}$objdir exit_status=$? if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "${xdir}$objdir"; then exit $exit_status fi fi if test -z "$output_obj"; then # Place PIC objects in $objdir command="$command -o $lobj" fi $run $rm "$lobj" "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval $lt_env "$command"; then : else test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $lobj" if $run $mv $output_obj $lobj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Append the name of the PIC object to the libtool object file. test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF pic_object='$objdir/$objname' EOF # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi else # No PIC object so indicate it doesn't exist in the libtool # object file. test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF pic_object=none EOF fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" else command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" fi if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then command="$command -o $obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. command="$command$suppress_output" $run $rm "$obj" "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval $lt_env "$command"; then : else $run $rm $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $obj" if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file. # Only append if the libtool object file exists. test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF # Name of the non-PIC object. non_pic_object='$objname' EOF else # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file. # Only append if the libtool object file exists. test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF # Name of the non-PIC object. non_pic_object=none EOF fi $run $mv "${libobj}T" "${libobj}" # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then $run $rm "$lockfile" fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; # libtool link mode link | relink) modename="$modename: link" case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invocation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes ;; *) allow_undefined=yes ;; esac libtool_args="$nonopt" base_compile="$nonopt $@" compile_command="$nonopt" finalize_command="$nonopt" compile_rpath= finalize_rpath= compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= convenience= old_convenience= deplibs= old_deplibs= compiler_flags= linker_flags= dllsearchpath= lib_search_path=`pwd` inst_prefix_dir= avoid_version=no dlfiles= dlprefiles= dlself=no export_dynamic=no export_symbols= export_symbols_regex= generated= libobjs= ltlibs= module=no no_install=no objs= non_pic_objects= notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries precious_files_regex= prefer_static_libs=no preload=no prev= prevarg= release= rpath= xrpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= thread_safe=no vinfo= vinfo_number=no single_module="${wl}-single_module" func_infer_tag $base_compile # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case $arg in -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) case $arg in -all-static) if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; -static) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=built ;; -static-libtool-libs) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; esac build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test "$#" -gt 0; do arg="$1" shift case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test ;; *) qarg=$arg ;; esac libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg" # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in output) compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case $prev in dlfiles|dlprefiles) if test "$preload" = no; then # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" preload=yes fi case $arg in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test "$dlself" = no; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then dlself=yes elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" else dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" fi prev= continue ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols="$arg" if test ! -f "$arg"; then $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; inst_prefix) inst_prefix_dir="$arg" prev= continue ;; precious_regex) precious_files_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; objectlist) if test -f "$arg"; then save_arg=$arg moreargs= for fil in `cat $save_arg` do # moreargs="$moreargs $fil" arg=$fil # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $arg in */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; *) . ./$arg ;; esac if test -z "$pic_object" || \ test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && \ test "$non_pic_object" = none; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then xdir= else xdir="$xdir/" fi if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if test -z "$run"; then $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE else # Dry-run case. # Extract subdirectory from the argument. xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then xdir= else xdir="$xdir/" fi pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" fi fi done else $echo "$modename: link input file \`$save_arg' does not exist" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi arg=$save_arg prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case $arg in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac if test "$prev" = rpath; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; xcompiler) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" prev= compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" continue ;; xlinker) linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" prev= compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg" continue ;; xcclinker) linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" prev= compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" continue ;; shrext) shrext_cmds="$arg" prev= continue ;; darwin_framework|darwin_framework_skip) test "$prev" = "darwin_framework" && compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" prev= continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi # test -n "$prev" prevarg="$arg" case $arg in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 continue ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; -framework|-arch|-isysroot) case " $CC " in *" ${arg} ${1} "* | *" ${arg} ${1} "*) prev=darwin_framework_skip ;; *) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" prev=darwin_framework ;; esac compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" continue ;; -inst-prefix-dir) prev=inst_prefix continue ;; # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) case $with_gcc/$host in no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -L*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 absdir="$dir" notinst_path="$notinst_path $dir" fi dir="$absdir" ;; esac case "$deplibs " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; esac case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) testbindir=`$echo "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$dir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; esac ;; esac continue ;; -l*) if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*) # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) continue ;; *-*-os2*) # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" continue ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; esac elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then case $host in *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. continue ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplibs $arg" continue ;; # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. -model) compile_command="$compile_command $arg" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" prev=xcompiler continue ;; -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" continue ;; -multi_module) single_module="${wl}-multi_module" continue ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler # -m* pass through architecture-specific compiler args for GCC # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific # compiler args for GCC # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin # @file GCC response files -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" continue ;; -shrext) prev=shrext continue ;; -no-fast-install) fast_install=no continue ;; -no-install) case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin*) # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2 fast_install=no ;; *) no_install=yes ;; esac continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -objectlist) prev=objectlist continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -precious-files-regex) prev=precious_regex continue ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -static | -static-libtool-libs) # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least # Digital Unix and AIX. continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; -version-number) prev=vinfo vinfo_number=yes continue ;; -Wc,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'` arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" case $flag in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") flag="\"$flag\"" ;; esac arg="$arg $wl$flag" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` ;; -Wl,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'` arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" case $flag in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") flag="\"$flag\"" ;; esac arg="$arg $wl$flag" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag" linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Xlinker) prev=xlinker continue ;; -XCClinker) prev=xcclinker continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; *.$objext) # A standard object. objs="$objs $arg" ;; *.lo) # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $arg in */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; *) . ./$arg ;; esac if test -z "$pic_object" || \ test -z "$non_pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none && \ test "$non_pic_object" = none; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then xdir= else xdir="$xdir/" fi if test "$pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" arg="$pic_object" fi # Non-PIC object. if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" # A standard non-PIC object non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then arg="$non_pic_object" fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object="$pic_object" non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if test -z "$run"; then $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE else # Dry-run case. # Extract subdirectory from the argument. xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then xdir= else xdir="$xdir/" fi pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *.$libext) # An archive. deplibs="$deplibs $arg" old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" continue ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then # This library was specified with -dlopen. dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" prev= elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" prev= else deplibs="$deplibs $arg" fi continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; esac # arg # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi done # argument parsing loop if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi oldlibs= # calculate the name of the file, without its directory outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` libobjs_save="$libobjs" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` else shlib_search_path= fi eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then output_objdir="$objdir" else output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" fi # Create the object directory. if test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" $run $mkdir $output_objdir exit_status=$? if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then exit $exit_status fi fi # Determine the type of output case $output in "") $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; *.la) linkmode=lib ;; *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. esac case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32*) # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=yes ;; *) duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$duplicate_deps ;; esac specialdeplibs= libs= # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) for deplib in $deplibs; do if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi libs="$libs $deplib" done if test "$linkmode" = lib; then libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are # not to be eliminated). pre_post_deps= if test "X$duplicate_compiler_generated_deps" = "Xyes" ; then for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do case "$pre_post_deps " in *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; esac pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" done fi pre_post_deps= fi deplibs= newdependency_libs= newlib_search_path= need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries case $linkmode in lib) passes="conv link" for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do case $file in *.la) ;; *) $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac done ;; prog) compile_deplibs= finalize_deplibs= alldeplibs=no newdlfiles= newdlprefiles= passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" ;; *) passes="conv" ;; esac for pass in $passes; do if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then libs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then case $pass in dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS%" test "X$link_all_deplibs" != Xno && libs="$libs $dependency_libs" ;; esac fi if test "$pass" = dlopen; then # Collect dlpreopened libraries save_deplibs="$deplibs" deplibs= fi for deplib in $libs; do lib= found=no case $deplib in -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" fi continue ;; -l*) if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 continue fi name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'` if test "$linkmode" = lib; then searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" else searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" fi for searchdir in $searchdirs; do for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do # Search the libtool library lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" if test -f "$lib"; then if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then found=yes else found=no fi break 2 fi done done if test "$found" != yes; then # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue else # deplib is a libtool library # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, # We need to do some special things here, and not later. if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $deplib "*) if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then library_names= old_library= case $lib in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac for l in $old_library $library_names; do ll="$l" done if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available found=no ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." lib=$ladir/$old_library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi fi ;; *) ;; esac fi fi ;; # -l -L*) case $linkmode in lib) deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test "$pass" = conv && continue newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` ;; prog) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi if test "$pass" = scan; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 ;; esac # linkmode continue ;; # -L -R*) if test "$pass" = link; then dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue ;; *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; *.$libext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi case $linkmode in lib) valid_a_lib=no case $deplibs_check_method in match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` if eval $echo \"$deplib\" 2>/dev/null \ | $SED 10q \ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then valid_a_lib=yes fi ;; pass_all) valid_a_lib=yes ;; esac if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then $echo $echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" $echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" $echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here." else $echo $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" $echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" fi continue ;; prog) if test "$pass" != link; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi continue ;; esac # linkmode ;; # *.$libext *.lo | *.$objext) if test "$pass" = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" fi fi continue ;; %DEPLIBS%) alldeplibs=yes continue ;; esac # case $deplib if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : else $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." dlname= dlopen= dlpreopen= libdir= library_names= old_library= # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink installed=yes shouldnotlink=no avoidtemprpath= # Read the .la file case $lib in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" fi if test "$pass" = conv; then # Only check for convenience libraries deplibs="$lib $deplibs" if test -z "$libdir"; then if test -z "$old_library"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi continue fi # $pass = conv # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done if test -z "$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test "$pass" = dlopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" else newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" fi continue fi # $pass = dlopen # We need an absolute path. case $ladir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; *) abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 abs_ladir="$ladir" fi ;; esac laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Find the relevant object directory and library name. if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2 dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" libdir="$abs_ladir" else dir="$libdir" absdir="$libdir" fi test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes else if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" # Remove this search path later notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" else dir="$ladir/$objdir" absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" # Remove this search path later notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" fi fi # $installed = yes name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. elif test -n "$dlname"; then newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" else newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" fi fi # $pass = dlpreopen if test -z "$libdir"; then # Link the convenience library if test "$linkmode" = lib; then deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass fi continue fi if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" deplibs="$lib $deplibs" linkalldeplibs=no if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then linkalldeplibs=yes fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test esac # Need to link against all dependency_libs? if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else # Need to hardcode shared library paths # or/and link against static libraries newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done # for deplib continue fi # $linkmode = prog... if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then if test -n "$library_names" && { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || test -z "$old_library"; }; then # We need to hardcode the library path if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *" $absdir "*) ;; *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $absdir" ;; esac fi # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" esac ;; esac fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi fi link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes ; then use_static_libs=no fi if test -n "$library_names" && { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then if test "$installed" = no; then notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" need_relink=yes fi # This is a shared library # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on # some systems (darwin) if test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link ; then $echo if test "$linkmode" = prog; then $echo "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" else $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" fi $echo "*** $linklib is not portable!" fi if test "$linkmode" = lib && test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" esac ;; esac fi if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then # figure out the soname set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? if test -n "$dlname"; then soname="$dlname" elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then # bleh windows case $host in *cygwin* | mingw*) major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="-$major" ;; esac eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use soroot="$soname" soname=`$echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'` newlib="libimp-`$echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a" # If the library has no export list, then create one now if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : else $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' cmds=$extract_expsyms_cmds for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Create $newlib if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else $show "generating import library for \`$soname'" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' cmds=$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library dir=$output_objdir linklib=$newlib fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= lib_linked=yes case $hardcode_action in immediate | unsupported) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" case $host in *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; *-*-darwin* ) # if the lib is a module then we can not link against # it, someone is ignoring the new warnings I added if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | $EGREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then $echo "** Warning, lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" if test -z "$old_library" ; then $echo $echo "** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" $echo "** The link will probably fail, sorry" else add="$dir/$old_library" fi fi esac elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then case $host in *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; esac add_dir="-L$dir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then add="$dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$dir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then case :$compile_shlibpath: in *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; esac fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; esac fi fi fi if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then add="$libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$libdir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; esac add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" else add="$libdir/$linklib" fi else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. add_dir="-L$libdir" # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add="-l$name" fi if test "$linkmode" = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" fi fi elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" else compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" fi elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Not a shared library if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # We're trying link a shared library against a static one # but the system doesn't support it. # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so # that the program can be linked against the static library. $echo $echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." if test "$module" = yes; then $echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" $echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then $echo $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi else deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" link_static=yes fi fi # link shared/static library? if test "$linkmode" = lib; then if test -n "$dependency_libs" && { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes || test "$link_static" = yes; }; then # Extract -R from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for libdir in $dependency_libs; do case $libdir in -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` case " $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; esac;; *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; esac done dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" fi newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" # Link against this library test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" # ... and its dependency_libs tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) path="$deplib" ;; *.la) dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="." # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 absdir="$dir" fi ;; esac if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then path="$absdir/$objdir" else eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2 fi path="$absdir" fi depdepl= case $host in *-*-darwin*) # we do not want to link against static libs, # but need to link against shared eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` eval deplibdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do depdepl=$tmp done if test -f "$deplibdir/$depdepl" ; then depdepl="$deplibdir/$depdepl" elif test -f "$path/$depdepl" ; then depdepl="$path/$depdepl" else # Can't find it, oh well... depdepl= fi # do not add paths which are already there case " $newlib_search_path " in *" $path "*) ;; *) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $path";; esac fi path="" ;; *) path="-L$path" ;; esac ;; -l*) case $host in *-*-darwin*) # Again, we only want to link against shared libraries eval tmp_libs=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "s,^\-l,,"` for tmp in $newlib_search_path ; do if test -f "$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" ; then eval depdepl="$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" break fi done path="" ;; *) continue ;; esac ;; *) continue ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $path "*) ;; *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $depdepl "*) ;; *) deplibs="$depdepl $deplibs" ;; esac done fi # link_all_deplibs != no fi # linkmode = lib done # for deplib in $libs dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries for deplib in $save_deplibs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" done fi if test "$pass" != dlopen; then if test "$pass" != conv; then # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. lib_search_path= for dir in $newlib_search_path; do case "$lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; esac done newlib_search_path= fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then vars="deplibs" else vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" fi for var in $vars dependency_libs; do # Add libraries to $var in reverse order eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" new_libs= for deplib in $tmp_libs; do # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally # broken: #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in # practice: case $deplib in -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; -R*) ;; *) # And here is the reason: when a library appears more # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or # is implicitly linked in more than once by the # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this # with having the same library being listed as a # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare # enough that we require users that really mean to play # such unportable linking tricks to link the library # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it # for duplicate removal. case " $specialdeplibs " in *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; esac ;; esac ;; esac done tmp_libs= for deplib in $new_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; esac done eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" done # for var fi # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs # (they stay in deplibs) tmp_libs= for i in $dependency_libs ; do case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in *" $i "*) i="" ;; esac if test -n "$i" ; then tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" fi done dependency_libs=$tmp_libs done # for pass if test "$linkmode" = prog; then dlfiles="$newdlfiles" dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi case $linkmode in oldlib) case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" 1>&2 ;; esac if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs="$output" objs="$objs$old_deplibs" ;; lib) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case $outputname in lib*) name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) if test "$module" = no; then $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` fi ;; esac if test -n "$objs"; then if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1 exit $EXIT_FAILURE else $echo $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" $echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!" libobjs="$libobjs $objs" fi fi if test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2 fi set dummy $rpath if test "$#" -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 fi install_libdir="$2" oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Building a libtool convenience library. # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so # convenience libraries should have the same extension an # archive normally would. oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi else # Parse the version information argument. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$8"; then $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible case $vinfo_number in yes) number_major="$2" number_minor="$3" number_revision="$4" # # There are really only two kinds -- those that # use the current revision as the major version # and those that subtract age and use age as # a minor version. But, then there is irix # which has an extra 1 added just for fun # case $version_type in darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor` age="$number_minor" revision="$number_revision" ;; freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) current="$number_major" revision="$number_minor" age="0" ;; irix|nonstopux) current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor` age="$number_minor" revision="$number_minor" lt_irix_increment=no ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac ;; no) current="$2" revision="$3" age="$4" ;; esac # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case $current in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac case $revision in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac case $age in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case $version_type in none) ;; darwin) # Like Linux, but with the current version available in # verstring for coding it into the library header major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... minor_current=`expr $current + 1` xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" ;; freebsd-aout) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision"; ;; freebsd-elf) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current"; ;; irix | nonstopux) if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then major=`expr $current - $age` else major=`expr $current - $age + 1` fi case $version_type in nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; esac verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test "$loop" -ne 0; do iface=`expr $revision - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" done # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. major=.$major versuffix="$major.$revision" ;; linux) major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$current.$age.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test "$loop" -ne 0; do iface=`expr $current - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" ;; sunos) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision" ;; windows) # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="-$major" ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= case $version_type in darwin) # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting # problems, so we reset it completely verstring= ;; *) verstring="0.0" ;; esac if test "$need_version" = no; then versuffix= else versuffix=".0.0" fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then major= versuffix= verstring="" fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi fi if test "$mode" != relink; then # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. removelist= tempremovelist=`$echo "$output_objdir/*"` for p in $tempremovelist; do case $p in *.$objext) ;; $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then if echo $p | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 then continue fi fi removelist="$removelist $p" ;; *) ;; esac done if test -n "$removelist"; then $show "${rm}r $removelist" $run ${rm}r $removelist fi fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi # Eliminate all temporary directories. #for path in $notinst_path; do # lib_search_path=`$echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e "s% $path % %g"` # deplibs=`$echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` # dependency_libs=`$echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` #done if test -n "$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; esac done if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi fi # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" dlfiles= for lib in $old_dlfiles; do case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; esac done # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" dlprefiles= for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do case "$dlprefiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; esac done if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test -n "$rpath"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" ;; *-*-netbsd*) # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then deplibs="$deplibs -lc" fi ;; esac fi # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release="" versuffix="" major="" newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case $deplibs_check_method in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behavior. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $rm conftest.c cat > conftest.c <<EOF int main() { return 0; } EOF $rm conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` for i in $deplibs; do name=`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'` # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. if test "$name" != "" && test "$name" != "0"; then if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"` set dummy $deplib_matches deplib_match=$2 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" else droppeddeps=yes $echo $echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" $echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for" $echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime." fi fi else newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" fi done else # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library. for i in $deplibs; do name=`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'` # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. if test "$name" != "" && test "$name" != "0"; then $rm conftest if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then ldd_output=`ldd conftest` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $i "*) newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" i="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$i" ; then libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"` set dummy $deplib_matches deplib_match=$2 if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" else droppeddeps=yes $echo $echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" $echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one" $echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime." fi fi else droppeddeps=yes $echo $echo "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to" $echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some" $echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully" $echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better." fi else newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" fi done fi ;; file_magic*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do name=`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'` # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. if test "$name" != "" && test "$name" != "0"; then if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \ | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib="$potent_lib" while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` case $potliblink in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \ | ${SED} 10q \ | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes $echo $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" else $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi else # Add a -L argument. newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" fi done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do name=`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'` # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test if eval $echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \ | ${SED} 10q \ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes $echo $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" else $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi else # Add a -L argument. newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" fi done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs="" tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \ -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | ${SED} -e "1s,^X,," -e "s,$i,,"` done fi if $echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' \ | grep . >/dev/null; then $echo if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi $echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes fi ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` ;; esac if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then if test "$module" = yes; then $echo $echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" $echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" $echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then $echo $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else $echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" $echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" $echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then $echo $echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," $echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" $echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," $echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$new_libs" # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then # Hardcode the library paths hardcode_libdirs= dep_rpath= rpath="$finalize_rpath" test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then case $archive_cmds in *\$LD*) eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" ;; *) eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" ;; esac else eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" fi test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" if test -n "$shlibpath"; then eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi # Get the real and link names of the library. eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi if test -z "$dlname"; then dlname=$soname fi lib="$output_objdir/$realname" linknames= for link do linknames="$linknames $link" done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols cmds=$export_symbols_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" if len=`expr "X$cmd" : ".*"` && test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? skipped_export=false else # The command line is too long to execute in one step. $show "using reloadable object file for export list..." skipped_export=: # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "$EGREP -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\"" $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\"" $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"' fi tmp_deplibs= for test_deplib in $deplibs; do case " $convenience " in *" $test_deplib "*) ;; *) tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" ;; esac done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" else gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" generated="$generated $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" fi fi if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" fi # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then : else # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise. $echo "creating reloadable object files..." # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we # want to use save_libobjs as it was before # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. # This may have to be revisited, in case too many # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding # the spec. if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs fi save_output=$output output_la=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and # initialize k to one. test_cmds= concat_cmds= objlist= delfiles= last_robj= k=1 output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. for obj in $save_libobjs do eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" if test "X$objlist" = X || { len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; }; then objlist="$objlist $obj" else # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a # command to the queue. if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" else # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in # the last one created. eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" fi last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext k=`expr $k + 1` output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext objlist=$obj len=1 fi done # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object # files will link in the last one created. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" if ${skipped_export-false}; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols libobjs=$output # Append the command to create the export file. eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$export_symbols_cmds\" fi # Set up a command to remove the reloadable object files # after they are used. i=0 while test "$i" -lt "$k" do i=`expr $i + 1` delfiles="$delfiles $output_objdir/$output_la-${i}.$objext" done $echo "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $concat_cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" libobjs=$output # Restore the value of output. output=$save_output if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" fi # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. # Do each of the archive commands. if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi # Append the command to remove the reloadable object files # to the just-reset $cmds. eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$rm $delfiles\" fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $? if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" fi fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi ;; obj) case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2 ;; esac if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi case $output in *.lo) if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi libobj="$output" obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $run $rm $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with # turning comma into space.. wl= if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$echo "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'` else gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" generated="$generated $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" fi fi # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test output="$obj" cmds=$reload_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" # $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output="$libobj" cmds=$reload_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; prog) case $host in *cygwin*) output=`$echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;; esac if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test "$preload" = yes; then if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." fi fi case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` ;; esac case $host in *darwin*) # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" fi ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $compile_deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; esac done compile_deplibs="$new_libs" compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) testbindir=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; esac ;; esac done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath="$rpath" rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath="$rpath" if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then dlsyms="${outputname}S.c" else $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 fi fi if test -n "$dlsyms"; then case $dlsyms in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm" $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms" test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ /* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif /* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ #define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test "$dlself" = yes; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'" test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for arg in $progfiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $run eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols $run eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' $run eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac else $run eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' $run eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac fi fi for arg in $dlprefiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" name=`$echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'` $run eval '$echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"' $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -z "$run"; then # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then sort -k 3 else sort +2 fi | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"' else $echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" fi $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ #undef lt_preloaded_symbols #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr void * #else # define lt_ptr char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ " case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs */ struct { " ;; * ) $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ const struct { " ;; esac $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ const char *name; lt_ptr address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ " eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ {0, (lt_ptr) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " fi pic_flag_for_symtable= case $host in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";; esac;; *-*-hpux*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag";; esac esac # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $? # Clean up the generated files. $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}.def" ; then compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` else compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` fi ;; * ) compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` ;; esac ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%" | $NL2SP` fi if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' | $NL2SP` link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" exit_status=$? # Delete the generated files. if test -n "$dlsyms"; then $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" fi exit $exit_status fi if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # We should set the shlibpath_var rpath= for dir in $temp_rpath; do case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) # Absolute path. rpath="$rpath$dir:" ;; *) # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" ;; esac done temp_rpath="$rpath" fi if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test "$no_install" = yes; then # We don't need to create a wrapper script. link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # Delete the old output file. $run $rm $output # Link the executable and exit $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2 else if test "$fast_install" != no; then link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" if test "$fast_install" = yes; then relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g' | $NL2SP` else # fast_install is set to needless relink_command= fi else link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi fi # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? # Now create the wrapper script. $show "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" fi done relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" | $NL2SP` fi # Quote $echo for shipping. if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then case $progpath in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; esac qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` else qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. if test -z "$run"; then # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) output=`$echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; esac # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions case $host in *cygwin*) exeext=.exe outputname=`$echo $outputname|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; *) exeext= ;; esac case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* ) output_name=`basename $output` output_path=`dirname $output` cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" $rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper trap "$rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 cat > $cwrappersource <<EOF /* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool libraries that it depends on are installed. This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory. If it is, it will not operate correctly. Currently, it simply execs the wrapper *script* "/bin/sh $output", but could eventually absorb all of the scripts functionality and exec $objdir/$outputname directly. */ EOF cat >> $cwrappersource<<"EOF" #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <malloc.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <assert.h> #include <string.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #if defined(PATH_MAX) # define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX #elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) # define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN #else # define LT_PATHMAX 1024 #endif #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR # define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif #if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ defined (__OS2__) # define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM # ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' # endif # ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' # endif #endif #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) #else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) #endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) #else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) #endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ #define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) #define XFREE(stale) do { \ if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ } while (0) /* -DDEBUG is fairly common in CFLAGS. */ #undef DEBUG #if defined DEBUGWRAPPER # define DEBUG(format, ...) fprintf(stderr, format, __VA_ARGS__) #else # define DEBUG(format, ...) #endif const char *program_name = NULL; void * xmalloc (size_t num); char * xstrdup (const char *string); const char * base_name (const char *name); char * find_executable(const char *wrapper); int check_executable(const char *path); char * strendzap(char *str, const char *pat); void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...); int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { char **newargz; int i; program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); DEBUG("(main) argv[0] : %s\n",argv[0]); DEBUG("(main) program_name : %s\n",program_name); newargz = XMALLOC(char *, argc+2); EOF cat >> $cwrappersource <<EOF newargz[0] = (char *) xstrdup("$SHELL"); EOF cat >> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" newargz[1] = find_executable(argv[0]); if (newargz[1] == NULL) lt_fatal("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]); DEBUG("(main) found exe at : %s\n",newargz[1]); /* we know the script has the same name, without the .exe */ /* so make sure newargz[1] doesn't end in .exe */ strendzap(newargz[1],".exe"); for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) newargz[i+1] = xstrdup(argv[i]); newargz[argc+1] = NULL; for (i=0; i<argc+1; i++) { DEBUG("(main) newargz[%d] : %s\n",i,newargz[i]); ; } EOF case $host_os in mingw*) cat >> $cwrappersource <<EOF execv("$SHELL",(char const **)newargz); EOF ;; *) cat >> $cwrappersource <<EOF execv("$SHELL",newargz); EOF ;; esac cat >> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" return 127; } void * xmalloc (size_t num) { void * p = (void *) malloc (num); if (!p) lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); return p; } char * xstrdup (const char *string) { return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL ; } const char * base_name (const char *name) { const char *base; #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ if (isalpha ((unsigned char)name[0]) && name[1] == ':') name += 2; #endif for (base = name; *name; name++) if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) base = name + 1; return base; } int check_executable(const char * path) { struct stat st; DEBUG("(check_executable) : %s\n", path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) && ( /* MinGW & native WIN32 do not support S_IXOTH or S_IXGRP */ #if defined (S_IXOTH) ((st.st_mode & S_IXOTH) == S_IXOTH) || #endif #if defined (S_IXGRP) ((st.st_mode & S_IXGRP) == S_IXGRP) || #endif ((st.st_mode & S_IXUSR) == S_IXUSR)) ) return 1; else return 0; } /* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise */ char * find_executable (const char* wrapper) { int has_slash = 0; const char* p; const char* p_next; /* static buffer for getcwd */ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; int tmp_len; char* concat_name; DEBUG("(find_executable) : %s\n", wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) return NULL; /* Absolute path? */ #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) if (isalpha ((unsigned char)wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable(concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE(concat_name); } else { #endif if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable(concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE(concat_name); } #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) } #endif for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) if (*p == '/') { has_slash = 1; break; } if (!has_slash) { /* no slashes; search PATH */ const char* path = getenv ("PATH"); if (path != NULL) { for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) { const char* q; size_t p_len; for (q = p; *q; q++) if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(*q)) break; p_len = q - p; p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); if (p_len == 0) { /* empty path: current directory */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); tmp_len = strlen(tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); } else { concat_name = XMALLOC(char, p_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); concat_name[p_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); } if (check_executable(concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE(concat_name); } } /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ } /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); tmp_len = strlen(tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); if (check_executable(concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE(concat_name); return NULL; } char * strendzap(char *str, const char *pat) { size_t len, patlen; assert(str != NULL); assert(pat != NULL); len = strlen(str); patlen = strlen(pat); if (patlen <= len) { str += len - patlen; if (strcmp(str, pat) == 0) *str = '\0'; } return str; } static void lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char * mode, const char * message, va_list ap) { fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); if (exit_status >= 0) exit (exit_status); } void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, message); lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); va_end (ap); } EOF # we should really use a build-platform specific compiler # here, but OTOH, the wrappers (shell script and this C one) # are only useful if you want to execute the "real" binary. # Since the "real" binary is built for $host, then this # wrapper might as well be built for $host, too. $run $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -s -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource ;; esac $rm $output trap "$rm $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 $echo > $output "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # Be Bourne compatible (taken from Autoconf:_AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE). if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variable: notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then echo=\"$qecho\" file=\"\$0\" # Make sure echo works. if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, \$echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work. exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} fi fi\ " $echo >> $output "\ # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test "$fast_install" = yes; then $echo >> $output "\ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\ { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $mkdir \"\$progdir\" else $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" $echo >> $output "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : else $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else $echo >> $output "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi $echo >> $output "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi $echo >> $output "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. " case $host in # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*) $echo >> $output "\ exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $echo >> $output "\ exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $echo >> $output "\ \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$echo \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 $echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi\ " chmod +x $output fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" addlibs="$convenience" build_libtool_libs=no else if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" build_libtool_libs=no else oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" fi addlibs="$old_convenience" fi if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" generated="$generated $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds else # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently # not supported by libtool). if (for obj in $oldobjs do $echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else $echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." if test -z "$gentop"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" generated="$generated $gentop" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "$mkdir $gentop" $run $mkdir "$gentop" exit_status=$? if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $exit_status fi fi save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= counter=1 for obj in $save_oldobjs do objbase=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` case " $oldobjs " in " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; *[\ /]"$objbase "*) while :; do # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also # overlaps. newobj=lt$counter-$objbase counter=`expr $counter + 1` case " $oldobjs " in *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; esac done $show "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" $run ln "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" || $run cp "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" ;; *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; esac done fi eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` && test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then cmds=$old_archive_cmds else # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts $echo "using piecewise archive linking..." save_RANLIB=$RANLIB RANLIB=: objlist= concat_cmds= save_oldobjs=$oldobjs # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? for obj in $save_oldobjs do last_oldobj=$obj done for obj in $save_oldobjs do oldobjs="$objlist $obj" objlist="$objlist $obj" eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" if len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; then : else # the above command should be used before it gets too long oldobjs=$objlist if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then RANLIB=$save_RANLIB fi test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" objlist= fi done RANLIB=$save_RANLIB oldobjs=$objlist if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" fi fi fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do eval cmd=\"$cmd\" IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$generated"; then $show "${rm}r$generated" $run ${rm}r$generated fi # Now create the libtool archive. case $output in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" $show "creating $output" # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" fi done # Quote the link command for shipping. relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" | $NL2SP` if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then relink_command= fi # Only create the output if not a dry run. if test -z "$run"; then for installed in no yes; do if test "$installed" = yes; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones newdependency_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in *.la) name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" ;; *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; esac done dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" else newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi $rm $output # place dlname in correct position for cygwin tdlname=$dlname case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; esac $echo > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$tdlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? shouldnotlink=$module # Files to dlopen/dlpreopen dlopen='$dlfiles' dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'" if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then $echo >> $output "\ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" fi done fi # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $? ;; esac exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; # libtool install mode install) modename="$modename: install" # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. $echo "X$nonopt" | grep shtool > /dev/null; then # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$arg " arg="$1" shift else install_prog= arg=$nonopt fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog$arg" # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=no stripme= for arg do if test -n "$dest"; then files="$files $dest" dest=$arg continue fi case $arg in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) case " $install_prog " in *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; *) prev=$arg ;; esac ;; -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then prev= else dest=$arg continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog $arg" done if test -z "$install_prog"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 fi $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test "$isdir" = yes; then destdir="$dest" destname= else destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files if test "$#" -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi case $destdir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case $file in *.lo) ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case $file in *.$libext) # Do the static libraries later. staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" ;; *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi library_names= old_library= relink_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/ test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= dir="$dir$objdir" if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. inst_prefix_dir=`$echo "$destdir" | $SED "s%$libdir\$%%"` # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that # are installed to the same prefix. # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) # but it's something to keep an eye on. if test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir"; then $echo "$modename: error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%" | $NL2SP` else relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%" | $NL2SP` fi $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2 $show "$relink_command" if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names if test -n "$2"; then realname="$2" shift shift srcname="$realname" test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $? fi if test "$#" -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. for linkname do if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then $show "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" $run eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" fi done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" cmds=$postinstall_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` instname="$dir/$name"i $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $? # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case $destfile in *.lo) staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *.$objext) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. if test -n "$destfile"; then $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? fi # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to # install stripped_ext="" case $file in *.exe) if test ! -f "$file"; then file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` stripped_ext=".exe" fi ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. case $host in *cygwin*|*mingw*) wrapper=`$echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` ;; *) wrapper=$file ;; esac if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then notinst_deplibs= relink_command= # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. # # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $wrapper in */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; *) . ./${wrapper} ;; esac # Check the variables that should have been set. if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi finalize=yes for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $lib in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac fi libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 finalize=no fi done relink_command= # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. # # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $wrapper in */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; *) . ./${wrapper} ;; esac outputname= if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` outputname="$tmpdir/$file" # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g' | $NL2SP` $show "$relink_command" if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 ${rm}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file="$outputname" else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2 fi else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another # one anyway case $install_prog,$host in */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) case $file:$destfile in *.exe:*.exe) # this is ok ;; *.exe:*) destfile=$destfile.exe ;; *:*.exe) destfile=`$echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` ;; esac ;; esac $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $? test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir" ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then $show "$old_striplib $oldlib" $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $? fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. cmds=$old_postinstall_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' else exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi ;; # libtool finish mode finish) modename="$modename: finish" libdirs="$nonopt" admincmds= if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for dir do libdirs="$libdirs $dir" done for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. cmds=$finish_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. test "$show" = : && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed $echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do $echo " $libdir" done $echo $echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" $echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" $echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" $echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" $echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" $echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" $echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then $echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then $echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi $echo $echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" $echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; # libtool execute mode execute) modename="$modename: execute" # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" if test -z "$cmd"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 $echo "$help" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $execute_dlfiles; do if test ! -f "$file"; then $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi dir= case $file in *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then dir="$dir/$objdir" else if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case $file in -*) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` args="$args \"$file\"" done if test -z "$run"; then if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved environment variables for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var fi" done # Now prepare to actually exec the command. exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" else # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" $echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $echo "$cmd$args" exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi ;; # libtool clean and uninstall mode clean | uninstall) modename="$modename: $mode" rm="$nonopt" files= rmforce= exit_status=0 # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" for arg do case $arg in -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; *) files="$files $arg" ;; esac done if test -z "$rm"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi rmdirs= origobjdir="$objdir" for file in $files; do dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then dir=. objdir="$origobjdir" else objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" fi name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates if test "$mode" = clean; then case " $rmdirs " in *" $objdir "*) ;; *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 continue elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then continue fi rmfiles="$file" case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then . $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" case "$mode" in clean) case " $library_names " in # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname *" $dlname "*) ;; *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; esac test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" ;; uninstall) if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. cmds=$postuninstall_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then exit_status=1 fi done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. cmds=$old_postuninstall_cmds save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" eval cmd=\"$cmd\" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then exit_status=1 fi done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. ;; esac fi ;; *.lo) # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then # Read the .lo file . $dir/$name # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$pic_object" \ && test "$pic_object" != none; then rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" fi # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$non_pic_object" \ && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *) if test "$mode" = clean ; then noexename=$name case $file in *.exe) file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` noexename=`$echo $name|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, # add $file without .exe rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then relink_command= . $dir/$noexename # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" fi if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" fi fi fi ;; esac $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1 done objdir="$origobjdir" # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then $show "rmdir $dir" $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1 fi done exit $exit_status ;; "") $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi fi # test -z "$show_help" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then eval exec $exec_cmd exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # We need to display help for each of the modes. case $mode in "") $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... Provide generalized library-building support services. --config show all configuration variables --debug enable verbose shell tracing -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files --features display basic configuration information and exit --finish same as \`--mode=finish' --help display this help message and exit --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] --quiet same as \`--silent' --silent don't print informational messages --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG --version print version information MODE must be one of the following: clean remove files from the build directory compile compile a source file into a libtool object execute automatically set library path, then run a program finish complete the installation of libtool libraries install install libraries or executables link create a library or an executable uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; clean) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove files from the build directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; compile) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode -no-install link a not-installable executable -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects -precious-files-regex REGEX don't remove output files matching REGEX -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries -static-libtool-libs do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE ;; esac $echo $echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." exit $? # The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation # in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting # choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, # since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because # the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support # them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't # support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same # time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. # If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only # configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared disable_libs=shared # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static disable_libs=static # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/ltdl.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000027360�10667353364�015754� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* ltdl.h -- generic dlopen functions Copyright (C) 1998-2001, 2003, 2004, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Originally by Thomas Tanner <tanner@ffii.org> This file is part of GNU Libtool. This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. As a special exception to the GNU Lesser General Public License, if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU libtool, you may include it under the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA */ /* Only include this header file once. */ #ifndef LTDL_H #define LTDL_H 1 #include <sys/types.h> /* for size_t declaration */ /* --- MACROS FOR PORTABILITY --- */ /* Saves on those hard to debug '\0' typos.... */ #define LT_EOS_CHAR '\0' /* LTDL_BEGIN_C_DECLS should be used at the beginning of your declarations, so that C++ compilers don't mangle their names. Use LTDL_END_C_DECLS at the end of C declarations. */ #ifdef __cplusplus # define LT_BEGIN_C_DECLS extern "C" { # define LT_END_C_DECLS } #else # define LT_BEGIN_C_DECLS /* empty */ # define LT_END_C_DECLS /* empty */ #endif LT_BEGIN_C_DECLS /* LT_PARAMS is a macro used to wrap function prototypes, so that compilers that don't understand ANSI C prototypes still work, and ANSI C compilers can issue warnings about type mismatches. */ #if defined (__STDC__) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__cplusplus) # define LT_PARAMS(protos) protos # define lt_ptr void* #else # define LT_PARAMS(protos) () # define lt_ptr char* #endif /* LT_STMT_START/END are used to create macros which expand to a a single compound statement in a portable way. */ #if defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) && !defined (__cplusplus) # define LT_STMT_START (void)( # define LT_STMT_END ) #else # if (defined (sun) || defined (__sun__)) # define LT_STMT_START if (1) # define LT_STMT_END else (void)0 # else # define LT_STMT_START do # define LT_STMT_END while (0) # endif #endif /* LT_CONC creates a new concatenated symbol for the compiler in a portable way. */ #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_AIX) # define LT_CONC(s,t) s##t #else # define LT_CONC(s,t) s/**/t #endif /* LT_STRLEN can be used safely on NULL pointers. */ #define LT_STRLEN(s) (((s) && (s)[0]) ? strlen (s) : 0) /* --- WINDOWS SUPPORT --- */ /* Canonicalise Windows and Cygwin recognition macros. */ #ifdef __CYGWIN32__ # ifndef __CYGWIN__ # define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__ # endif #endif #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) # ifndef __WINDOWS__ # ifdef _WIN32 # define __WINDOWS__ _WIN32 # else # ifdef WIN32 # define __WINDOWS__ WIN32 # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef __WINDOWS__ # ifndef __CYGWIN__ /* LT_DIRSEP_CHAR is accepted *in addition* to '/' as a directory separator when it is set. */ # define LT_DIRSEP_CHAR '\\' # define LT_PATHSEP_CHAR ';' # endif #endif #ifndef LT_PATHSEP_CHAR # define LT_PATHSEP_CHAR ':' #endif /* DLL building support on win32 hosts; mostly to workaround their ridiculous implementation of data symbol exporting. */ #ifndef LT_SCOPE # if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) # ifdef DLL_EXPORT /* defined by libtool (if required) */ # define LT_SCOPE __declspec(dllexport) # endif # ifdef LIBLTDL_DLL_IMPORT /* define if linking with this dll */ /* note: cygwin/mingw compilers can rely instead on auto-import */ # define LT_SCOPE extern __declspec(dllimport) # endif # endif # ifndef LT_SCOPE /* static linking or !__WINDOWS__ */ # define LT_SCOPE extern # endif #endif #if defined(_MSC_VER) /* Visual Studio */ # define R_OK 4 #endif /* --- DYNAMIC MODULE LOADING API --- */ typedef struct lt_dlhandle_struct *lt_dlhandle; /* A loaded module. */ /* Initialisation and finalisation functions for libltdl. */ LT_SCOPE int lt_dlinit LT_PARAMS((void)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlexit LT_PARAMS((void)); /* Module search path manipulation. */ LT_SCOPE int lt_dladdsearchdir LT_PARAMS((const char *search_dir)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlinsertsearchdir LT_PARAMS((const char *before, const char *search_dir)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlsetsearchpath LT_PARAMS((const char *search_path)); LT_SCOPE const char *lt_dlgetsearchpath LT_PARAMS((void)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlforeachfile LT_PARAMS(( const char *search_path, int (*func) (const char *filename, lt_ptr data), lt_ptr data)); /* Portable libltdl versions of the system dlopen() API. */ LT_SCOPE lt_dlhandle lt_dlopen LT_PARAMS((const char *filename)); LT_SCOPE lt_dlhandle lt_dlopenext LT_PARAMS((const char *filename)); LT_SCOPE lt_ptr lt_dlsym LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle, const char *name)); LT_SCOPE const char *lt_dlerror LT_PARAMS((void)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlclose LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle)); /* Module residency management. */ LT_SCOPE int lt_dlmakeresident LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlisresident LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle)); /* --- MUTEX LOCKING --- */ typedef void lt_dlmutex_lock LT_PARAMS((void)); typedef void lt_dlmutex_unlock LT_PARAMS((void)); typedef void lt_dlmutex_seterror LT_PARAMS((const char *errmsg)); typedef const char *lt_dlmutex_geterror LT_PARAMS((void)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlmutex_register LT_PARAMS((lt_dlmutex_lock *lock, lt_dlmutex_unlock *unlock, lt_dlmutex_seterror *seterror, lt_dlmutex_geterror *geterror)); /* --- MEMORY HANDLING --- */ /* By default, the realloc function pointer is set to our internal realloc implementation which iself uses lt_dlmalloc and lt_dlfree. libltdl relies on a featureful realloc, but if you are sure yours has the right semantics then you can assign it directly. Generally, it is safe to assign just a malloc() and a free() function. */ LT_SCOPE lt_ptr (*lt_dlmalloc) LT_PARAMS((size_t size)); LT_SCOPE lt_ptr (*lt_dlrealloc) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr ptr, size_t size)); LT_SCOPE void (*lt_dlfree) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr ptr)); /* --- PRELOADED MODULE SUPPORT --- */ /* A preopened symbol. Arrays of this type comprise the exported symbols for a dlpreopened module. */ typedef struct { const char *name; lt_ptr address; } lt_dlsymlist; LT_SCOPE int lt_dlpreload LT_PARAMS((const lt_dlsymlist *preloaded)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlpreload_default LT_PARAMS((const lt_dlsymlist *preloaded)); #define LTDL_SET_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS() LT_STMT_START{ \ extern const lt_dlsymlist lt_preloaded_symbols[]; \ lt_dlpreload_default(lt_preloaded_symbols); \ }LT_STMT_END /* --- MODULE INFORMATION --- */ /* Read only information pertaining to a loaded module. */ typedef struct { char *filename; /* file name */ char *name; /* module name */ int ref_count; /* number of times lt_dlopened minus number of times lt_dlclosed. */ } lt_dlinfo; LT_SCOPE const lt_dlinfo *lt_dlgetinfo LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle)); LT_SCOPE lt_dlhandle lt_dlhandle_next LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle place)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlforeach LT_PARAMS(( int (*func) (lt_dlhandle handle, lt_ptr data), lt_ptr data)); /* Associating user data with loaded modules. */ typedef unsigned lt_dlcaller_id; LT_SCOPE lt_dlcaller_id lt_dlcaller_register LT_PARAMS((void)); LT_SCOPE lt_ptr lt_dlcaller_set_data LT_PARAMS((lt_dlcaller_id key, lt_dlhandle handle, lt_ptr data)); LT_SCOPE lt_ptr lt_dlcaller_get_data LT_PARAMS((lt_dlcaller_id key, lt_dlhandle handle)); /* --- USER MODULE LOADER API --- */ typedef struct lt_dlloader lt_dlloader; typedef lt_ptr lt_user_data; typedef lt_ptr lt_module; /* Function pointer types for creating user defined module loaders. */ typedef lt_module lt_module_open LT_PARAMS((lt_user_data loader_data, const char *filename)); typedef int lt_module_close LT_PARAMS((lt_user_data loader_data, lt_module handle)); typedef lt_ptr lt_find_sym LT_PARAMS((lt_user_data loader_data, lt_module handle, const char *symbol)); typedef int lt_dlloader_exit LT_PARAMS((lt_user_data loader_data)); struct lt_user_dlloader { const char *sym_prefix; lt_module_open *module_open; lt_module_close *module_close; lt_find_sym *find_sym; lt_dlloader_exit *dlloader_exit; lt_user_data dlloader_data; }; LT_SCOPE lt_dlloader *lt_dlloader_next LT_PARAMS((lt_dlloader *place)); LT_SCOPE lt_dlloader *lt_dlloader_find LT_PARAMS(( const char *loader_name)); LT_SCOPE const char *lt_dlloader_name LT_PARAMS((lt_dlloader *place)); LT_SCOPE lt_user_data *lt_dlloader_data LT_PARAMS((lt_dlloader *place)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlloader_add LT_PARAMS((lt_dlloader *place, const struct lt_user_dlloader *dlloader, const char *loader_name)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlloader_remove LT_PARAMS(( const char *loader_name)); /* --- ERROR MESSAGE HANDLING --- */ /* Defining error strings alongside their symbolic names in a macro in this way allows us to expand the macro in different contexts with confidence that the enumeration of symbolic names will map correctly onto the table of error strings. */ #define lt_dlerror_table \ LT_ERROR(UNKNOWN, "unknown error") \ LT_ERROR(DLOPEN_NOT_SUPPORTED, "dlopen support not available") \ LT_ERROR(INVALID_LOADER, "invalid loader") \ LT_ERROR(INIT_LOADER, "loader initialization failed") \ LT_ERROR(REMOVE_LOADER, "loader removal failed") \ LT_ERROR(FILE_NOT_FOUND, "file not found") \ LT_ERROR(DEPLIB_NOT_FOUND, "dependency library not found") \ LT_ERROR(NO_SYMBOLS, "no symbols defined") \ LT_ERROR(CANNOT_OPEN, "can't open the module") \ LT_ERROR(CANNOT_CLOSE, "can't close the module") \ LT_ERROR(SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND, "symbol not found") \ LT_ERROR(NO_MEMORY, "not enough memory") \ LT_ERROR(INVALID_HANDLE, "invalid module handle") \ LT_ERROR(BUFFER_OVERFLOW, "internal buffer overflow") \ LT_ERROR(INVALID_ERRORCODE, "invalid errorcode") \ LT_ERROR(SHUTDOWN, "library already shutdown") \ LT_ERROR(CLOSE_RESIDENT_MODULE, "can't close resident module") \ LT_ERROR(INVALID_MUTEX_ARGS, "invalid mutex handler registration") \ LT_ERROR(INVALID_POSITION, "invalid search path insert position") /* Enumerate the symbolic error names. */ enum { #define LT_ERROR(name, diagnostic) LT_CONC(LT_ERROR_, name), lt_dlerror_table #undef LT_ERROR LT_ERROR_MAX }; /* These functions are only useful from inside custom module loaders. */ LT_SCOPE int lt_dladderror LT_PARAMS((const char *diagnostic)); LT_SCOPE int lt_dlseterror LT_PARAMS((int errorcode)); /* --- SOURCE COMPATIBILITY WITH OLD LIBLTDL --- */ #ifdef LT_NON_POSIX_NAMESPACE # define lt_ptr_t lt_ptr # define lt_module_t lt_module # define lt_module_open_t lt_module_open # define lt_module_close_t lt_module_close # define lt_find_sym_t lt_find_sym # define lt_dlloader_exit_t lt_dlloader_exit # define lt_dlloader_t lt_dlloader # define lt_dlloader_data_t lt_user_data #endif LT_END_C_DECLS #endif /* !LTDL_H */ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/config.sub����������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000101153�11104126564�016603� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2008-01-16' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit ;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusos*) os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusrdb) os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco6) os=-sco5v6 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5v6*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | mt \ | msp430 \ | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ | score \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ | spu | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; ms1) basic_machine=mt-unknown ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i*86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* | avr32-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ | nios-* | nios2-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ | sparclite-* \ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. xtensa*) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amd64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc ;; amd64-*) basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; blackfin) basic_machine=bfin-unknown os=-linux ;; blackfin-*) basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | j90) basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; craynv) basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; cr16) basic_machine=cr16-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) basic_machine=crisv32-axis ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; crx) basic_machine=crx-unknown os=-elf ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i*86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i*86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m68knommu) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-linux ;; m68knommu-*) basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; mingw32ce) basic_machine=arm-unknown os=-mingw32ce ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; ms1-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; openrisc | openrisc-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm os=-os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; parisc) basic_machine=hppa-unknown os=-linux ;; parisc-*) basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pc98) basic_machine=i386-pc ;; pc98-*) basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium4) basic_machine=i786-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium4-*) basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-rdos ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; s390 | s390-*) basic_machine=s390-ibm ;; s390x | s390x-*) basic_machine=s390x-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sb1) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown ;; sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; sde) basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde os=-elf ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sh5el) basic_machine=sh5le-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic55x | c55x*) basic_machine=tic55x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic6x | c6x*) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown os=-coff ;; tile*) basic_machine=tile-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl os=-tops20 ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm os=-tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc os=-mingw32 ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; mmix) basic_machine=mmix-knuth ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i*86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto-qnx*) ;; -nto*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux-dietlibc) os=-linux-dietlibc ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; -syllable*) os=-syllable ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -nova*) os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -aros*) os=-aros ;; -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in score-*) os=-elf ;; spu-*) os=-elf ;; *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; c4x-* | tic4x-*) os=-coff ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mep-*) os=-elf ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; or32-*) os=-coff ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-haiku) os=-haiku ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -os400*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; -vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/README��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000533�10476074743�015514� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������This is GNU libltdl, a system independent dlopen wrapper for GNU libtool. It supports the following dlopen interfaces: * dlopen (Solaris, Linux and various BSD flavors) * shl_load (HP-UX) * LoadLibrary (Win16 and Win32) * load_add_on (BeOS) * GNU DLD (emulates dynamic linking for static libraries) * dyld (darwin/Mac OS X) * libtool's dlpreopen ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/ltdl.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000302305�11104126564�015725� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* ltdl.c -- system independent dlopen wrapper Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Originally by Thomas Tanner <tanner@ffii.org> This file is part of GNU Libtool. This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. As a special exception to the GNU Lesser General Public License, if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU libtool, you may include it under the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include <config.h> #endif #if HAVE_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #endif #if HAVE_STDIO_H # include <stdio.h> #endif /* Include the header defining malloc. On K&R C compilers, that's <malloc.h>, on ANSI C and ISO C compilers, that's <stdlib.h>. */ #if HAVE_STDLIB_H # include <stdlib.h> #else # if HAVE_MALLOC_H # include <malloc.h> # endif #endif #if HAVE_STRING_H # include <string.h> #else # if HAVE_STRINGS_H # include <strings.h> # endif #endif #if HAVE_CTYPE_H # include <ctype.h> #endif #if HAVE_MEMORY_H # include <memory.h> #endif #if HAVE_ERRNO_H # include <errno.h> #endif #ifndef __WINDOWS__ # ifdef __WIN32__ # define __WINDOWS__ # endif #endif #undef LT_USE_POSIX_DIRENT #ifdef HAVE_CLOSEDIR # ifdef HAVE_OPENDIR # ifdef HAVE_READDIR # ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H # define LT_USE_POSIX_DIRENT # endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */ # endif /* HAVE_READDIR */ # endif /* HAVE_OPENDIR */ #endif /* HAVE_CLOSEDIR */ #undef LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION #ifndef LT_USE_POSIX_DIRENT # ifdef __WINDOWS__ # define LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION # endif /* __WINDOWS__ */ #endif /* LT_USE_POSIX_DIRENT */ #ifdef LT_USE_POSIX_DIRENT # include <dirent.h> # define LT_D_NAMLEN(dirent) (strlen((dirent)->d_name)) #else # ifdef LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION # define LT_D_NAMLEN(dirent) (strlen((dirent)->d_name)) # else # define dirent direct # define LT_D_NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen) # if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H # include <sys/ndir.h> # endif # if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H # include <sys/dir.h> # endif # if HAVE_NDIR_H # include <ndir.h> # endif # endif #endif #if HAVE_ARGZ_H # include <argz.h> #endif #if HAVE_ASSERT_H # include <assert.h> #else # define assert(arg) ((void) 0) #endif #include "ltdl.h" #if WITH_DMALLOC # include <dmalloc.h> #endif /* --- WINDOWS SUPPORT --- */ /* DLL building support on win32 hosts; mostly to workaround their ridiculous implementation of data symbol exporting. */ #ifndef LT_GLOBAL_DATA # if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) # ifdef DLL_EXPORT /* defined by libtool (if required) */ # define LT_GLOBAL_DATA __declspec(dllexport) # endif # endif # ifndef LT_GLOBAL_DATA /* static linking or !__WINDOWS__ */ # define LT_GLOBAL_DATA # endif #endif /* fopen() mode flags for reading a text file */ #undef LT_READTEXT_MODE #if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) # define LT_READTEXT_MODE "rt" #else # define LT_READTEXT_MODE "r" #endif #ifdef LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION #include <windows.h> #define dirent lt_dirent #define DIR lt_DIR struct dirent { char d_name[2048]; int d_namlen; }; typedef struct _DIR { HANDLE hSearch; WIN32_FIND_DATA Win32FindData; BOOL firsttime; struct dirent file_info; } DIR; #endif /* LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION */ /* --- MANIFEST CONSTANTS --- */ /* Standard libltdl search path environment variable name */ #undef LTDL_SEARCHPATH_VAR #define LTDL_SEARCHPATH_VAR "LTDL_LIBRARY_PATH" /* Standard libtool archive file extension. */ #undef LTDL_ARCHIVE_EXT #define LTDL_ARCHIVE_EXT ".la" /* max. filename length */ #ifndef LT_FILENAME_MAX # define LT_FILENAME_MAX 1024 #endif /* This is the maximum symbol size that won't require malloc/free */ #undef LT_SYMBOL_LENGTH #define LT_SYMBOL_LENGTH 128 /* This accounts for the _LTX_ separator */ #undef LT_SYMBOL_OVERHEAD #define LT_SYMBOL_OVERHEAD 5 /* --- MEMORY HANDLING --- */ /* These are the functions used internally. In addition to making use of the associated function pointers above, they also perform error handling. */ static char *lt_estrdup LT_PARAMS((const char *str)); static lt_ptr lt_emalloc LT_PARAMS((size_t size)); static lt_ptr lt_erealloc LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr addr, size_t size)); /* static lt_ptr rpl_realloc LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr ptr, size_t size)); */ #define rpl_realloc realloc /* These are the pointers that can be changed by the caller: */ LT_GLOBAL_DATA lt_ptr (*lt_dlmalloc) LT_PARAMS((size_t size)) = (lt_ptr (*) LT_PARAMS((size_t))) malloc; LT_GLOBAL_DATA lt_ptr (*lt_dlrealloc) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr ptr, size_t size)) = (lt_ptr (*) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr, size_t))) rpl_realloc; LT_GLOBAL_DATA void (*lt_dlfree) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr ptr)) = (void (*) LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr))) free; /* The following macros reduce the amount of typing needed to cast assigned memory. */ #if WITH_DMALLOC #define LT_DLMALLOC(tp, n) ((tp *) xmalloc ((n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_DLREALLOC(tp, p, n) ((tp *) xrealloc ((p), (n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_DLFREE(p) \ LT_STMT_START { if (p) (p) = (xfree (p), (lt_ptr) 0); } LT_STMT_END #define LT_EMALLOC(tp, n) ((tp *) xmalloc ((n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_EREALLOC(tp, p, n) ((tp *) xrealloc ((p), (n) * sizeof(tp))) #else #define LT_DLMALLOC(tp, n) ((tp *) lt_dlmalloc ((n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_DLREALLOC(tp, p, n) ((tp *) lt_dlrealloc ((p), (n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_DLFREE(p) \ LT_STMT_START { if (p) (p) = (lt_dlfree (p), (lt_ptr) 0); } LT_STMT_END #define LT_EMALLOC(tp, n) ((tp *) lt_emalloc ((n) * sizeof(tp))) #define LT_EREALLOC(tp, p, n) ((tp *) lt_erealloc ((p), (n) * sizeof(tp))) #endif #define LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN(p, q) LT_STMT_START { \ if ((p) != (q)) { if (p) lt_dlfree (p); (p) = (q); (q) = 0; } \ } LT_STMT_END /* --- REPLACEMENT FUNCTIONS --- */ #undef strdup #define strdup rpl_strdup static char *strdup LT_PARAMS((const char *str)); static char * strdup(str) const char *str; { char *tmp = 0; if (str) { tmp = LT_DLMALLOC (char, 1+ strlen (str)); if (tmp) { strcpy(tmp, str); } } return tmp; } #if ! HAVE_STRCMP #undef strcmp #define strcmp rpl_strcmp static int strcmp LT_PARAMS((const char *str1, const char *str2)); static int strcmp (str1, str2) const char *str1; const char *str2; { if (str1 == str2) return 0; if (str1 == 0) return -1; if (str2 == 0) return 1; for (;*str1 && *str2; ++str1, ++str2) { if (*str1 != *str2) break; } return (int)(*str1 - *str2); } #endif #if ! HAVE_STRCHR # if HAVE_INDEX # define strchr index # else # define strchr rpl_strchr static const char *strchr LT_PARAMS((const char *str, int ch)); static const char* strchr(str, ch) const char *str; int ch; { const char *p; for (p = str; *p != (char)ch && *p != LT_EOS_CHAR; ++p) /*NOWORK*/; return (*p == (char)ch) ? p : 0; } # endif #endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */ #if ! HAVE_STRRCHR # if HAVE_RINDEX # define strrchr rindex # else # define strrchr rpl_strrchr static const char *strrchr LT_PARAMS((const char *str, int ch)); static const char* strrchr(str, ch) const char *str; int ch; { const char *p, *q = 0; for (p = str; *p != LT_EOS_CHAR; ++p) { if (*p == (char) ch) { q = p; } } return q; } # endif #endif /* NOTE: Neither bcopy nor the memcpy implementation below can reliably handle copying in overlapping areas of memory. Use memmove (for which there is a fallback implmentation below) if you need that behaviour. */ #if ! HAVE_MEMCPY # if HAVE_BCOPY # define memcpy(dest, src, size) bcopy (src, dest, size) # else # define memcpy rpl_memcpy static lt_ptr memcpy LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr dest, const lt_ptr src, size_t size)); static lt_ptr memcpy (dest, src, size) lt_ptr dest; const lt_ptr src; size_t size; { const char * s = src; char * d = dest; size_t i = 0; for (i = 0; i < size; ++i) { d[i] = s[i]; } return dest; } # endif /* !HAVE_BCOPY */ #endif /* !HAVE_MEMCPY */ #if ! HAVE_MEMMOVE # define memmove rpl_memmove static lt_ptr memmove LT_PARAMS((lt_ptr dest, const lt_ptr src, size_t size)); static lt_ptr memmove (dest, src, size) lt_ptr dest; const lt_ptr src; size_t size; { const char * s = src; char * d = dest; size_t i; if (d < s) for (i = 0; i < size; ++i) { d[i] = s[i]; } else if (d > s && size > 0) for (i = size -1; ; --i) { d[i] = s[i]; if (i == 0) break; } return dest; } #endif /* !HAVE_MEMMOVE */ #ifdef LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION static void closedir LT_PARAMS((DIR *entry)); static void closedir(entry) DIR *entry; { assert(entry != (DIR *) NULL); FindClose(entry->hSearch); lt_dlfree((lt_ptr)entry); } static DIR * opendir LT_PARAMS((const char *path)); static DIR* opendir (path) const char *path; { char file_specification[LT_FILENAME_MAX]; DIR *entry; assert(path != (char *) NULL); /* allow space for: path + '\\' '\\' '*' '.' '*' + '\0' */ (void) strncpy (file_specification, path, LT_FILENAME_MAX-6); file_specification[LT_FILENAME_MAX-6] = LT_EOS_CHAR; (void) strcat(file_specification,"\\"); entry = LT_DLMALLOC (DIR,sizeof(DIR)); if (entry != (DIR *) 0) { entry->firsttime = TRUE; entry->hSearch = FindFirstFile(file_specification,&entry->Win32FindData); } if (entry->hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { (void) strcat(file_specification,"\\*.*"); entry->hSearch = FindFirstFile(file_specification,&entry->Win32FindData); if (entry->hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { LT_DLFREE (entry); return (DIR *) 0; } } return(entry); } static struct dirent *readdir LT_PARAMS((DIR *entry)); static struct dirent *readdir(entry) DIR *entry; { int status; if (entry == (DIR *) 0) return((struct dirent *) 0); if (!entry->firsttime) { status = FindNextFile(entry->hSearch,&entry->Win32FindData); if (status == 0) return((struct dirent *) 0); } entry->firsttime = FALSE; (void) strncpy(entry->file_info.d_name,entry->Win32FindData.cFileName, LT_FILENAME_MAX-1); entry->file_info.d_name[LT_FILENAME_MAX - 1] = LT_EOS_CHAR; entry->file_info.d_namlen = strlen(entry->file_info.d_name); return(&entry->file_info); } #endif /* LT_USE_WINDOWS_DIRENT_EMULATION */ /* According to Alexandre Oliva <oliva@lsd.ic.unicamp.br>, ``realloc is not entirely portable'' In any case we want to use the allocator supplied by the user without burdening them with an lt_dlrealloc function pointer to maintain. Instead implement our own version (with known boundary conditions) using lt_dlmalloc and lt_dlfree. */ /* #undef realloc #define realloc rpl_realloc */ #if 0 /* You can't (re)define realloc unless you also (re)define malloc. Right now, this code uses the size of the *destination* to decide how much to copy. That's not right, but you can't know the size of the source unless you know enough about, or wrote malloc. So this code is disabled... */ static lt_ptr realloc (ptr, size) lt_ptr ptr; size_t size; { if (size == 0) { /* For zero or less bytes, free the original memory */ if (ptr != 0) { lt_dlfree (ptr); } return (lt_ptr) 0; } else if (ptr == 0) { /* Allow reallocation of a NULL pointer. */ return lt_dlmalloc (size); } else { /* Allocate a new block, copy and free the old block. */ lt_ptr mem = lt_dlmalloc (size); if (mem) { memcpy (mem, ptr, size); lt_dlfree (ptr); } /* Note that the contents of PTR are not damaged if there is insufficient memory to realloc. */ return mem; } } #endif #if ! HAVE_ARGZ_APPEND # define argz_append rpl_argz_append static error_t argz_append LT_PARAMS((char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len, const char *buf, size_t buf_len)); static error_t argz_append (pargz, pargz_len, buf, buf_len) char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; const char *buf; size_t buf_len; { size_t argz_len; char *argz; assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); assert ((*pargz && *pargz_len) || (!*pargz && !*pargz_len)); /* If nothing needs to be appended, no more work is required. */ if (buf_len == 0) return 0; /* Ensure there is enough room to append BUF_LEN. */ argz_len = *pargz_len + buf_len; argz = LT_DLREALLOC (char, *pargz, argz_len); if (!argz) return ENOMEM; /* Copy characters from BUF after terminating '\0' in ARGZ. */ memcpy (argz + *pargz_len, buf, buf_len); /* Assign new values. */ *pargz = argz; *pargz_len = argz_len; return 0; } #endif /* !HAVE_ARGZ_APPEND */ #if ! HAVE_ARGZ_CREATE_SEP # define argz_create_sep rpl_argz_create_sep static error_t argz_create_sep LT_PARAMS((const char *str, int delim, char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len)); static error_t argz_create_sep (str, delim, pargz, pargz_len) const char *str; int delim; char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; { size_t argz_len; char *argz = 0; assert (str); assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); /* Make a copy of STR, but replacing each occurrence of DELIM with '\0'. */ argz_len = 1+ LT_STRLEN (str); if (argz_len) { const char *p; char *q; argz = LT_DLMALLOC (char, argz_len); if (!argz) return ENOMEM; for (p = str, q = argz; *p != LT_EOS_CHAR; ++p) { if (*p == delim) { /* Ignore leading delimiters, and fold consecutive delimiters in STR into a single '\0' in ARGZ. */ if ((q > argz) && (q[-1] != LT_EOS_CHAR)) *q++ = LT_EOS_CHAR; else --argz_len; } else *q++ = *p; } /* Copy terminating LT_EOS_CHAR. */ *q = *p; } /* If ARGZ_LEN has shrunk to nothing, release ARGZ's memory. */ if (!argz_len) LT_DLFREE (argz); /* Assign new values. */ *pargz = argz; *pargz_len = argz_len; return 0; } #endif /* !HAVE_ARGZ_CREATE_SEP */ #if ! HAVE_ARGZ_INSERT # define argz_insert rpl_argz_insert static error_t argz_insert LT_PARAMS((char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len, char *before, const char *entry)); static error_t argz_insert (pargz, pargz_len, before, entry) char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; char *before; const char *entry; { assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); assert (entry && *entry); /* No BEFORE address indicates ENTRY should be inserted after the current last element. */ if (!before) return argz_append (pargz, pargz_len, entry, 1+ LT_STRLEN (entry)); /* This probably indicates a programmer error, but to preserve semantics, scan back to the start of an entry if BEFORE points into the middle of it. */ while ((before > *pargz) && (before[-1] != LT_EOS_CHAR)) --before; { size_t entry_len = 1+ LT_STRLEN (entry); size_t argz_len = *pargz_len + entry_len; size_t offset = before - *pargz; char *argz = LT_DLREALLOC (char, *pargz, argz_len); if (!argz) return ENOMEM; /* Make BEFORE point to the equivalent offset in ARGZ that it used to have in *PARGZ incase realloc() moved the block. */ before = argz + offset; /* Move the ARGZ entries starting at BEFORE up into the new space at the end -- making room to copy ENTRY into the resulting gap. */ memmove (before + entry_len, before, *pargz_len - offset); memcpy (before, entry, entry_len); /* Assign new values. */ *pargz = argz; *pargz_len = argz_len; } return 0; } #endif /* !HAVE_ARGZ_INSERT */ #if ! HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT # define argz_next rpl_argz_next static char *argz_next LT_PARAMS((char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)); static char * argz_next (argz, argz_len, entry) char *argz; size_t argz_len; const char *entry; { assert ((argz && argz_len) || (!argz && !argz_len)); if (entry) { /* Either ARGZ/ARGZ_LEN is empty, or ENTRY points into an address within the ARGZ vector. */ assert ((!argz && !argz_len) || ((argz <= entry) && (entry < (argz + argz_len)))); /* Move to the char immediately after the terminating '\0' of ENTRY. */ entry = 1+ strchr (entry, LT_EOS_CHAR); /* Return either the new ENTRY, or else NULL if ARGZ is exhausted. */ return (entry >= argz + argz_len) ? 0 : (char *) entry; } else { /* This should probably be flagged as a programmer error, since starting an argz_next loop with the iterator set to ARGZ is safer. To preserve semantics, handle the NULL case by returning the start of ARGZ (if any). */ if (argz_len > 0) return argz; else return 0; } } #endif /* !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */ #if ! HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY # define argz_stringify rpl_argz_stringify static void argz_stringify LT_PARAMS((char *argz, size_t argz_len, int sep)); static void argz_stringify (argz, argz_len, sep) char *argz; size_t argz_len; int sep; { assert ((argz && argz_len) || (!argz && !argz_len)); if (sep) { --argz_len; /* don't stringify the terminating EOS */ while (--argz_len > 0) { if (argz[argz_len] == LT_EOS_CHAR) argz[argz_len] = sep; } } } #endif /* !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ /* --- TYPE DEFINITIONS -- */ /* This type is used for the array of caller data sets in each handler. */ typedef struct { lt_dlcaller_id key; lt_ptr data; } lt_caller_data; /* --- OPAQUE STRUCTURES DECLARED IN LTDL.H --- */ /* Extract the diagnostic strings from the error table macro in the same order as the enumerated indices in ltdl.h. */ static const char *lt_dlerror_strings[] = { #define LT_ERROR(name, diagnostic) (diagnostic), lt_dlerror_table #undef LT_ERROR 0 }; /* This structure is used for the list of registered loaders. */ struct lt_dlloader { struct lt_dlloader *next; const char *loader_name; /* identifying name for each loader */ const char *sym_prefix; /* prefix for symbols */ lt_module_open *module_open; lt_module_close *module_close; lt_find_sym *find_sym; lt_dlloader_exit *dlloader_exit; lt_user_data dlloader_data; }; struct lt_dlhandle_struct { struct lt_dlhandle_struct *next; lt_dlloader *loader; /* dlopening interface */ lt_dlinfo info; int depcount; /* number of dependencies */ lt_dlhandle *deplibs; /* dependencies */ lt_module module; /* system module handle */ lt_ptr system; /* system specific data */ lt_caller_data *caller_data; /* per caller associated data */ int flags; /* various boolean stats */ }; /* Various boolean flags can be stored in the flags field of an lt_dlhandle_struct... */ #define LT_DLGET_FLAG(handle, flag) (((handle)->flags & (flag)) == (flag)) #define LT_DLSET_FLAG(handle, flag) ((handle)->flags |= (flag)) #define LT_DLRESIDENT_FLAG (0x01 << 0) /* ...add more flags here... */ #define LT_DLIS_RESIDENT(handle) LT_DLGET_FLAG(handle, LT_DLRESIDENT_FLAG) #define LT_DLSTRERROR(name) lt_dlerror_strings[LT_CONC(LT_ERROR_,name)] static const char objdir[] = LTDL_OBJDIR; static const char archive_ext[] = LTDL_ARCHIVE_EXT; #ifdef LTDL_SHLIB_EXT static const char shlib_ext[] = LTDL_SHLIB_EXT; #endif #ifdef LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH static const char sys_search_path[] = LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH; #endif /* --- MUTEX LOCKING --- */ /* Macros to make it easier to run the lock functions only if they have been registered. The reason for the complicated lock macro is to ensure that the stored error message from the last error is not accidentally erased if the current function doesn't generate an error of its own. */ #define LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK() LT_STMT_START { \ if (lt_dlmutex_lock_func) (*lt_dlmutex_lock_func)(); \ } LT_STMT_END #define LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK() LT_STMT_START { \ if (lt_dlmutex_unlock_func) (*lt_dlmutex_unlock_func)();\ } LT_STMT_END #define LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR(errormsg) LT_STMT_START { \ if (lt_dlmutex_seterror_func) \ (*lt_dlmutex_seterror_func) (errormsg); \ else lt_dllast_error = (errormsg); } LT_STMT_END #define LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR(errormsg) LT_STMT_START { \ if (lt_dlmutex_geterror_func) \ (errormsg) = (*lt_dlmutex_geterror_func) (); \ else (errormsg) = lt_dllast_error; } LT_STMT_END /* The mutex functions stored here are global, and are necessarily the same for all threads that wish to share access to libltdl. */ static lt_dlmutex_lock *lt_dlmutex_lock_func = 0; static lt_dlmutex_unlock *lt_dlmutex_unlock_func = 0; static lt_dlmutex_seterror *lt_dlmutex_seterror_func = 0; static lt_dlmutex_geterror *lt_dlmutex_geterror_func = 0; static const char *lt_dllast_error = 0; /* Either set or reset the mutex functions. Either all the arguments must be valid functions, or else all can be NULL to turn off locking entirely. The registered functions should be manipulating a static global lock from the lock() and unlock() callbacks, which needs to be reentrant. */ int lt_dlmutex_register (lock, unlock, seterror, geterror) lt_dlmutex_lock *lock; lt_dlmutex_unlock *unlock; lt_dlmutex_seterror *seterror; lt_dlmutex_geterror *geterror; { lt_dlmutex_unlock *old_unlock = lt_dlmutex_unlock_func; int errors = 0; /* Lock using the old lock() callback, if any. */ LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if ((lock && unlock && seterror && geterror) || !(lock || unlock || seterror || geterror)) { lt_dlmutex_lock_func = lock; lt_dlmutex_unlock_func = unlock; lt_dlmutex_seterror_func = seterror; lt_dlmutex_geterror_func = geterror; } else { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_MUTEX_ARGS)); ++errors; } /* Use the old unlock() callback we saved earlier, if any. Otherwise record any errors using internal storage. */ if (old_unlock) (*old_unlock) (); /* Return the number of errors encountered during the execution of this function. */ return errors; } /* --- ERROR HANDLING --- */ static const char **user_error_strings = 0; static int errorcount = LT_ERROR_MAX; int lt_dladderror (diagnostic) const char *diagnostic; { int errindex = 0; int result = -1; const char **temp = (const char **) 0; assert (diagnostic); LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); errindex = errorcount - LT_ERROR_MAX; temp = LT_EREALLOC (const char *, user_error_strings, 1 + errindex); if (temp) { user_error_strings = temp; user_error_strings[errindex] = diagnostic; result = errorcount++; } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return result; } int lt_dlseterror (errindex) int errindex; { int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (errindex >= errorcount || errindex < 0) { /* Ack! Error setting the error message! */ LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_ERRORCODE)); ++errors; } else if (errindex < LT_ERROR_MAX) { /* No error setting the error message! */ LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (lt_dlerror_strings[errindex]); } else { /* No error setting the error message! */ LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (user_error_strings[errindex - LT_ERROR_MAX]); } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } static lt_ptr lt_emalloc (size) size_t size; { lt_ptr mem = lt_dlmalloc (size); if (size && !mem) LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_MEMORY)); return mem; } static lt_ptr lt_erealloc (addr, size) lt_ptr addr; size_t size; { lt_ptr mem = lt_dlrealloc (addr, size); if (size && !mem) LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_MEMORY)); return mem; } static char * lt_estrdup (str) const char *str; { char *copy = strdup (str); if (LT_STRLEN (str) && !copy) LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_MEMORY)); return copy; } /* --- DLOPEN() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #if HAVE_LIBDL /* dynamic linking with dlopen/dlsym */ #if HAVE_DLFCN_H # include <dlfcn.h> #endif #if HAVE_SYS_DL_H # include <sys/dl.h> #endif /* We may have to define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we find out it does not work in some platform. */ #ifndef LT_LAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_LAZY # define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY # else # ifdef DL_LAZY # define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY # endif # endif /* !RTLD_LAZY */ #endif #ifndef LT_LAZY_OR_NOW # ifdef RTLD_NOW # define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW # else # ifdef DL_NOW # define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW # endif # endif /* !RTLD_NOW */ #endif #ifndef LT_LAZY_OR_NOW # define LT_LAZY_OR_NOW 0 #endif /* !LT_LAZY_OR_NOW */ #if HAVE_DLERROR # define DLERROR(arg) dlerror () #else # define DLERROR(arg) LT_DLSTRERROR (arg) #endif static lt_module sys_dl_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { lt_module module = dlopen (filename, LT_LAZY_OR_NOW); if (!module) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (DLERROR (CANNOT_OPEN)); } return module; } static int sys_dl_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int errors = 0; if (dlclose (module) != 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (DLERROR (CANNOT_CLOSE)); ++errors; } return errors; } static lt_ptr sys_dl_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = dlsym (module, symbol); if (!address) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (DLERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); } return address; } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_dl = { # ifdef NEED_USCORE "_", # else 0, # endif sys_dl_open, sys_dl_close, sys_dl_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* HAVE_LIBDL */ /* --- SHL_LOAD() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #if HAVE_SHL_LOAD /* dynamic linking with shl_load (HP-UX) (comments from gmodule) */ #ifdef HAVE_DL_H # include <dl.h> #endif /* some flags are missing on some systems, so we provide * harmless defaults. * * Mandatory: * BIND_IMMEDIATE - Resolve symbol references when the library is loaded. * BIND_DEFERRED - Delay code symbol resolution until actual reference. * * Optionally: * BIND_FIRST - Place the library at the head of the symbol search * order. * BIND_NONFATAL - The default BIND_IMMEDIATE behavior is to treat all * unsatisfied symbols as fatal. This flag allows * binding of unsatisfied code symbols to be deferred * until use. * [Perl: For certain libraries, like DCE, deferred * binding often causes run time problems. Adding * BIND_NONFATAL to BIND_IMMEDIATE still allows * unresolved references in situations like this.] * BIND_NOSTART - Do not call the initializer for the shared library * when the library is loaded, nor on a future call to * shl_unload(). * BIND_VERBOSE - Print verbose messages concerning possible * unsatisfied symbols. * * hp9000s700/hp9000s800: * BIND_RESTRICTED - Restrict symbols visible by the library to those * present at library load time. * DYNAMIC_PATH - Allow the loader to dynamically search for the * library specified by the path argument. */ #ifndef DYNAMIC_PATH # define DYNAMIC_PATH 0 #endif #ifndef BIND_RESTRICTED # define BIND_RESTRICTED 0 #endif #define LT_BIND_FLAGS (BIND_IMMEDIATE | BIND_NONFATAL | DYNAMIC_PATH) static lt_module sys_shl_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { static shl_t self = (shl_t) 0; lt_module module = shl_load (filename, LT_BIND_FLAGS, 0L); /* Since searching for a symbol against a NULL module handle will also look in everything else that was already loaded and exported with the -E compiler flag, we always cache a handle saved before any modules are loaded. */ if (!self) { lt_ptr address; shl_findsym (&self, "main", TYPE_UNDEFINED, &address); } if (!filename) { module = self; } else { module = shl_load (filename, LT_BIND_FLAGS, 0L); if (!module) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_OPEN)); } } return module; } static int sys_shl_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int errors = 0; if (module && (shl_unload ((shl_t) (module)) != 0)) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_CLOSE)); ++errors; } return errors; } static lt_ptr sys_shl_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = 0; /* sys_shl_open should never return a NULL module handle */ if (module == (lt_module) 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); } else if (!shl_findsym((shl_t*) &module, symbol, TYPE_UNDEFINED, &address)) { if (!address) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); } } return address; } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_shl = { 0, sys_shl_open, sys_shl_close, sys_shl_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* HAVE_SHL_LOAD */ /* --- LOADLIBRARY() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #ifdef __WINDOWS__ /* dynamic linking for Win32 */ #include <windows.h> /* Forward declaration; required to implement handle search below. */ static lt_dlhandle handles; static lt_module sys_wll_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { lt_dlhandle cur; lt_module module = 0; const char *errormsg = 0; char *searchname = 0; char *ext; char self_name_buf[MAX_PATH]; if (!filename) { /* Get the name of main module */ *self_name_buf = 0; GetModuleFileName (NULL, self_name_buf, sizeof (self_name_buf)); filename = ext = self_name_buf; } else { ext = strrchr (filename, '.'); } if (ext) { /* FILENAME already has an extension. */ searchname = lt_estrdup (filename); } else { /* Append a `.' to stop Windows from adding an implicit `.dll' extension. */ searchname = LT_EMALLOC (char, 2+ LT_STRLEN (filename)); if (searchname) sprintf (searchname, "%s.", filename); } if (!searchname) return 0; { /* Silence dialog from LoadLibrary on some failures. No way to get the error mode, but to set it, so set it twice to preserve any previous flags. */ UINT errormode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); SetErrorMode(errormode | SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); #if defined(__CYGWIN__) { char wpath[MAX_PATH]; cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path (searchname, wpath); module = LoadLibrary (wpath); } #else module = LoadLibrary (searchname); #endif /* Restore the error mode. */ SetErrorMode(errormode); } LT_DLFREE (searchname); /* libltdl expects this function to fail if it is unable to physically load the library. Sadly, LoadLibrary will search the loaded libraries for a match and return one of them if the path search load fails. We check whether LoadLibrary is returning a handle to an already loaded module, and simulate failure if we find one. */ LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); cur = handles; while (cur) { if (!cur->module) { cur = 0; break; } if (cur->module == module) { break; } cur = cur->next; } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); if (cur || !module) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_OPEN)); module = 0; } return module; } static int sys_wll_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int errors = 0; if (FreeLibrary(module) == 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_CLOSE)); ++errors; } return errors; } static lt_ptr sys_wll_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = GetProcAddress (module, symbol); if (!address) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); } return address; } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_wll = { 0, sys_wll_open, sys_wll_close, sys_wll_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* __WINDOWS__ */ /* --- LOAD_ADD_ON() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #ifdef __BEOS__ /* dynamic linking for BeOS */ #include <kernel/image.h> static lt_module sys_bedl_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { image_id image = 0; if (filename) { image = load_add_on (filename); } else { image_info info; int32 cookie = 0; if (get_next_image_info (0, &cookie, &info) == B_OK) image = load_add_on (info.name); } if (image <= 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_OPEN)); image = 0; } return (lt_module) image; } static int sys_bedl_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int errors = 0; if (unload_add_on ((image_id) module) != B_OK) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_CLOSE)); ++errors; } return errors; } static lt_ptr sys_bedl_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = 0; image_id image = (image_id) module; if (get_image_symbol (image, symbol, B_SYMBOL_TYPE_ANY, address) != B_OK) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); address = 0; } return address; } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_bedl = { 0, sys_bedl_open, sys_bedl_close, sys_bedl_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* __BEOS__ */ /* --- DLD_LINK() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #if HAVE_DLD /* dynamic linking with dld */ #if HAVE_DLD_H #include <dld.h> #endif static lt_module sys_dld_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { lt_module module = strdup (filename); if (dld_link (filename) != 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_OPEN)); LT_DLFREE (module); module = 0; } return module; } static int sys_dld_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int errors = 0; if (dld_unlink_by_file ((char*)(module), 1) != 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CANNOT_CLOSE)); ++errors; } else { LT_DLFREE (module); } return errors; } static lt_ptr sys_dld_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = dld_get_func (symbol); if (!address) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); } return address; } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_dld = { 0, sys_dld_open, sys_dld_close, sys_dld_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* HAVE_DLD */ /* --- DYLD() MACOSX/DARWIN INTERFACE LOADER --- */ #if HAVE_DYLD #if HAVE_MACH_O_DYLD_H #if !defined(__APPLE_CC__) && !defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__private_extern__) /* Is this correct? Does it still function properly? */ #define __private_extern__ extern #endif # include <mach-o/dyld.h> #endif #include <mach-o/getsect.h> /* We have to put some stuff here that isn't in older dyld.h files */ #ifndef ENUM_DYLD_BOOL # define ENUM_DYLD_BOOL # undef FALSE # undef TRUE enum DYLD_BOOL { FALSE, TRUE }; #endif #ifndef LC_REQ_DYLD # define LC_REQ_DYLD 0x80000000 #endif #ifndef LC_LOAD_WEAK_DYLIB # define LC_LOAD_WEAK_DYLIB (0x18 | LC_REQ_DYLD) #endif static const struct mach_header * (*ltdl_NSAddImage)(const char *image_name, unsigned long options) = 0; static NSSymbol (*ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage)(const struct mach_header *image,const char *symbolName, unsigned long options) = 0; static enum DYLD_BOOL (*ltdl_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage)(const struct mach_header *image, const char *symbolName) = 0; static enum DYLD_BOOL (*ltdl_NSMakePrivateModulePublic)(NSModule module) = 0; #ifndef NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_NONE #define NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_NONE 0x0 #endif #ifndef NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR #define NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR 0x1 #endif #ifndef NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_WITH_SEARCHING #define NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_WITH_SEARCHING 0x2 #endif #ifndef NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ONLY_IF_LOADED #define NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ONLY_IF_LOADED 0x4 #endif #ifndef NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_MATCH_FILENAME_BY_INSTALLNAME #define NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_MATCH_FILENAME_BY_INSTALLNAME 0x8 #endif #ifndef NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND #define NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND 0x0 #endif #ifndef NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_NOW #define NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_NOW 0x1 #endif #ifndef NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_FULLY #define NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_FULLY 0x2 #endif #ifndef NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR #define NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR 0x4 #endif static const char * lt_int_dyld_error(othererror) char* othererror; { /* return the dyld error string, or the passed in error string if none */ NSLinkEditErrors ler; int lerno; const char *errstr; const char *file; NSLinkEditError(&ler,&lerno,&file,&errstr); if (!errstr || !strlen(errstr)) errstr = othererror; return errstr; } static const struct mach_header * lt_int_dyld_get_mach_header_from_nsmodule(module) NSModule module; { /* There should probably be an apple dyld api for this */ int i=_dyld_image_count(); int j; const char *modname=NSNameOfModule(module); const struct mach_header *mh=NULL; if (!modname) return NULL; for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { if (!strcmp(_dyld_get_image_name(j),modname)) { mh=_dyld_get_image_header(j); break; } } return mh; } static const char* lt_int_dyld_lib_install_name(mh) const struct mach_header *mh; { /* NSAddImage is also used to get the loaded image, but it only works if the lib is installed, for uninstalled libs we need to check the install_names against each other. Note that this is still broken if DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX is set and a different lib was loaded as a result */ int j; struct load_command *lc; unsigned long offset = sizeof(struct mach_header); const char* retStr=NULL; for (j = 0; j < mh->ncmds; j++) { lc = (struct load_command*)(((unsigned long)mh) + offset); if (LC_ID_DYLIB == lc->cmd) { retStr=(char*)(((struct dylib_command*)lc)->dylib.name.offset + (unsigned long)lc); } offset += lc->cmdsize; } return retStr; } static const struct mach_header * lt_int_dyld_match_loaded_lib_by_install_name(const char *name) { int i=_dyld_image_count(); int j; const struct mach_header *mh=NULL; const char *id=NULL; for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { id=lt_int_dyld_lib_install_name(_dyld_get_image_header(j)); if ((id) && (!strcmp(id,name))) { mh=_dyld_get_image_header(j); break; } } return mh; } static NSSymbol lt_int_dyld_NSlookupSymbolInLinkedLibs(symbol,mh) const char *symbol; const struct mach_header *mh; { /* Safe to assume our mh is good */ int j; struct load_command *lc; unsigned long offset = sizeof(struct mach_header); NSSymbol retSym = 0; const struct mach_header *mh1; if ((ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage) && NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbol) ) { for (j = 0; j < mh->ncmds; j++) { lc = (struct load_command*)(((unsigned long)mh) + offset); if ((LC_LOAD_DYLIB == lc->cmd) || (LC_LOAD_WEAK_DYLIB == lc->cmd)) { mh1=lt_int_dyld_match_loaded_lib_by_install_name((char*)(((struct dylib_command*)lc)->dylib.name.offset + (unsigned long)lc)); if (!mh1) { /* Maybe NSAddImage can find it */ mh1=ltdl_NSAddImage((char*)(((struct dylib_command*)lc)->dylib.name.offset + (unsigned long)lc), NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ONLY_IF_LOADED + NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_WITH_SEARCHING + NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR ); } if (mh1) { retSym = ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage(mh1, symbol, NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_NOW | NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR ); if (retSym) break; } } offset += lc->cmdsize; } } return retSym; } static int sys_dyld_init() { int retCode = 0; int err = 0; if (!_dyld_present()) { retCode=1; } else { err = _dyld_func_lookup("__dyld_NSAddImage",(unsigned long*)&ltdl_NSAddImage); err = _dyld_func_lookup("__dyld_NSLookupSymbolInImage",(unsigned long*)&ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage); err = _dyld_func_lookup("__dyld_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage",(unsigned long*)&ltdl_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage); err = _dyld_func_lookup("__dyld_NSMakePrivateModulePublic",(unsigned long*)&ltdl_NSMakePrivateModulePublic); } return retCode; } static lt_module sys_dyld_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { lt_module module = 0; NSObjectFileImage ofi = 0; NSObjectFileImageReturnCode ofirc; if (!filename) return (lt_module)-1; ofirc = NSCreateObjectFileImageFromFile(filename, &ofi); switch (ofirc) { case NSObjectFileImageSuccess: module = NSLinkModule(ofi, filename, NSLINKMODULE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR | NSLINKMODULE_OPTION_PRIVATE | NSLINKMODULE_OPTION_BINDNOW); NSDestroyObjectFileImage(ofi); if (module) ltdl_NSMakePrivateModulePublic(module); break; case NSObjectFileImageInappropriateFile: if (ltdl_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage && ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage) { module = (lt_module)ltdl_NSAddImage(filename, NSADDIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR); break; } default: LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (lt_int_dyld_error(LT_DLSTRERROR(CANNOT_OPEN))); return 0; } if (!module) LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (lt_int_dyld_error(LT_DLSTRERROR(CANNOT_OPEN))); return module; } static int sys_dyld_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { int retCode = 0; int flags = 0; if (module == (lt_module)-1) return 0; #ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ if (((struct mach_header *)module)->magic == MH_MAGIC) #else if (((struct mach_header *)module)->magic == MH_CIGAM) #endif { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR("Can not close a dylib"); retCode = 1; } else { #if 1 /* Currently, if a module contains c++ static destructors and it is unloaded, we get a segfault in atexit(), due to compiler and dynamic loader differences of opinion, this works around that. */ if ((const struct section *)NULL != getsectbynamefromheader(lt_int_dyld_get_mach_header_from_nsmodule(module), "__DATA","__mod_term_func")) { flags += NSUNLINKMODULE_OPTION_KEEP_MEMORY_MAPPED; } #endif #ifdef __ppc__ flags += NSUNLINKMODULE_OPTION_RESET_LAZY_REFERENCES; #endif if (!NSUnLinkModule(module,flags)) { retCode=1; LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (lt_int_dyld_error(LT_DLSTRERROR(CANNOT_CLOSE))); } } return retCode; } static lt_ptr sys_dyld_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_ptr address = 0; NSSymbol *nssym = 0; void *unused; const struct mach_header *mh=NULL; char saveError[256] = "Symbol not found"; if (module == (lt_module)-1) { _dyld_lookup_and_bind(symbol,(unsigned long*)&address,&unused); return address; } #ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ if (((struct mach_header *)module)->magic == MH_MAGIC) #else if (((struct mach_header *)module)->magic == MH_CIGAM) #endif { if (ltdl_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage && ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage) { mh=module; if (ltdl_NSIsSymbolNameDefinedInImage((struct mach_header*)module,symbol)) { nssym = ltdl_NSLookupSymbolInImage((struct mach_header*)module, symbol, NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_BIND_NOW | NSLOOKUPSYMBOLINIMAGE_OPTION_RETURN_ON_ERROR ); } } } else { nssym = NSLookupSymbolInModule(module, symbol); } if (!nssym) { strncpy(saveError, lt_int_dyld_error(LT_DLSTRERROR(SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)), 255); saveError[255] = 0; if (!mh) mh=lt_int_dyld_get_mach_header_from_nsmodule(module); nssym = lt_int_dyld_NSlookupSymbolInLinkedLibs(symbol,mh); } if (!nssym) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (saveError); return NULL; } return NSAddressOfSymbol(nssym); } static struct lt_user_dlloader sys_dyld = { "_", sys_dyld_open, sys_dyld_close, sys_dyld_sym, 0, 0 }; #endif /* HAVE_DYLD */ /* --- DLPREOPEN() INTERFACE LOADER --- */ /* emulate dynamic linking using preloaded_symbols */ typedef struct lt_dlsymlists_t { struct lt_dlsymlists_t *next; const lt_dlsymlist *syms; } lt_dlsymlists_t; static const lt_dlsymlist *default_preloaded_symbols = 0; static lt_dlsymlists_t *preloaded_symbols = 0; static int presym_init (loader_data) lt_user_data loader_data; { int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); preloaded_symbols = 0; if (default_preloaded_symbols) { errors = lt_dlpreload (default_preloaded_symbols); } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } static int presym_free_symlists () { lt_dlsymlists_t *lists; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); lists = preloaded_symbols; while (lists) { lt_dlsymlists_t *tmp = lists; lists = lists->next; LT_DLFREE (tmp); } preloaded_symbols = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return 0; } static int presym_exit (loader_data) lt_user_data loader_data; { presym_free_symlists (); return 0; } static int presym_add_symlist (preloaded) const lt_dlsymlist *preloaded; { lt_dlsymlists_t *tmp; lt_dlsymlists_t *lists; int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); lists = preloaded_symbols; while (lists) { if (lists->syms == preloaded) { goto done; } lists = lists->next; } tmp = LT_EMALLOC (lt_dlsymlists_t, 1); if (tmp) { memset (tmp, 0, sizeof(lt_dlsymlists_t)); tmp->syms = preloaded; tmp->next = preloaded_symbols; preloaded_symbols = tmp; } else { ++errors; } done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } static lt_module presym_open (loader_data, filename) lt_user_data loader_data; const char *filename; { lt_dlsymlists_t *lists; lt_module module = (lt_module) 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); lists = preloaded_symbols; if (!lists) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_SYMBOLS)); goto done; } /* Can't use NULL as the reflective symbol header, as NULL is used to mark the end of the entire symbol list. Self-dlpreopened symbols follow this magic number, chosen to be an unlikely clash with a real module name. */ if (!filename) { filename = "@PROGRAM@"; } while (lists) { const lt_dlsymlist *syms = lists->syms; while (syms->name) { if (!syms->address && strcmp(syms->name, filename) == 0) { module = (lt_module) syms; goto done; } ++syms; } lists = lists->next; } LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)); done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return module; } static int presym_close (loader_data, module) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; { /* Just to silence gcc -Wall */ module = 0; return 0; } static lt_ptr presym_sym (loader_data, module, symbol) lt_user_data loader_data; lt_module module; const char *symbol; { lt_dlsymlist *syms = (lt_dlsymlist*) module; ++syms; while (syms->address) { if (strcmp(syms->name, symbol) == 0) { return syms->address; } ++syms; } LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); return 0; } static struct lt_user_dlloader presym = { 0, presym_open, presym_close, presym_sym, presym_exit, 0 }; /* --- DYNAMIC MODULE LOADING --- */ /* The type of a function used at each iteration of foreach_dirinpath(). */ typedef int foreach_callback_func LT_PARAMS((char *filename, lt_ptr data1, lt_ptr data2)); /* foreachfile_callback itself calls a function of this type: */ typedef int file_worker_func LT_PARAMS((const char *filename, void *data)); static int foreach_dirinpath LT_PARAMS((const char *search_path, const char *base_name, foreach_callback_func *func, lt_ptr data1, lt_ptr data2)); static int find_file_callback LT_PARAMS((char *filename, lt_ptr data, lt_ptr ignored)); static int find_handle_callback LT_PARAMS((char *filename, lt_ptr data, lt_ptr ignored)); static int foreachfile_callback LT_PARAMS((char *filename, lt_ptr data1, lt_ptr data2)); static int canonicalize_path LT_PARAMS((const char *path, char **pcanonical)); static int argzize_path LT_PARAMS((const char *path, char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len)); static FILE *find_file LT_PARAMS((const char *search_path, const char *base_name, char **pdir)); static lt_dlhandle *find_handle LT_PARAMS((const char *search_path, const char *base_name, lt_dlhandle *handle)); static int find_module LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle *handle, const char *dir, const char *libdir, const char *dlname, const char *old_name, int installed)); static int free_vars LT_PARAMS((char *dlname, char *oldname, char *libdir, char *deplibs)); static int load_deplibs LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle, char *deplibs)); static int trim LT_PARAMS((char **dest, const char *str)); static int try_dlopen LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle *handle, const char *filename)); static int tryall_dlopen LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle *handle, const char *filename)); static int unload_deplibs LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle)); static int lt_argz_insert LT_PARAMS((char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len, char *before, const char *entry)); static int lt_argz_insertinorder LT_PARAMS((char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len, const char *entry)); static int lt_argz_insertdir LT_PARAMS((char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len, const char *dirnam, struct dirent *dp)); static int lt_dlpath_insertdir LT_PARAMS((char **ppath, char *before, const char *dir)); static int list_files_by_dir LT_PARAMS((const char *dirnam, char **pargz, size_t *pargz_len)); static int file_not_found LT_PARAMS((void)); static char *user_search_path= 0; static lt_dlloader *loaders = 0; static lt_dlhandle handles = 0; static int initialized = 0; /* Initialize libltdl. */ int lt_dlinit () { int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); /* Initialize only at first call. */ if (++initialized == 1) { handles = 0; user_search_path = 0; /* empty search path */ #if HAVE_LIBDL errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_dl, "dlopen"); #endif #if HAVE_SHL_LOAD errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_shl, "dlopen"); #endif #ifdef __WINDOWS__ errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_wll, "dlopen"); #endif #ifdef __BEOS__ errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_bedl, "dlopen"); #endif #if HAVE_DLD errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_dld, "dld"); #endif #if HAVE_DYLD errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &sys_dyld, "dyld"); errors += sys_dyld_init(); #endif errors += lt_dlloader_add (lt_dlloader_next (0), &presym, "dlpreload"); if (presym_init (presym.dlloader_data)) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INIT_LOADER)); ++errors; } else if (errors != 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (DLOPEN_NOT_SUPPORTED)); ++errors; } } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } int lt_dlpreload (preloaded) const lt_dlsymlist *preloaded; { int errors = 0; if (preloaded) { errors = presym_add_symlist (preloaded); } else { presym_free_symlists(); LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (default_preloaded_symbols) { errors = lt_dlpreload (default_preloaded_symbols); } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } return errors; } int lt_dlpreload_default (preloaded) const lt_dlsymlist *preloaded; { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); default_preloaded_symbols = preloaded; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return 0; } int lt_dlexit () { /* shut down libltdl */ lt_dlloader *loader; int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); loader = loaders; if (!initialized) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SHUTDOWN)); ++errors; goto done; } /* shut down only at last call. */ if (--initialized == 0) { int level; while (handles && LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (handles)) { handles = handles->next; } /* close all modules */ for (level = 1; handles; ++level) { lt_dlhandle cur = handles; int saw_nonresident = 0; while (cur) { lt_dlhandle tmp = cur; cur = cur->next; if (!LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (tmp)) saw_nonresident = 1; if (!LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (tmp) && tmp->info.ref_count <= level) { if (lt_dlclose (tmp)) { ++errors; } /* Make sure that the handle pointed to by 'cur' still exists. lt_dlclose recursively closes dependent libraries which removes them from the linked list. One of these might be the one pointed to by 'cur'. */ if (cur) { for (tmp = handles; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) if (tmp == cur) break; if (! tmp) cur = handles; } } } /* done if only resident modules are left */ if (!saw_nonresident) break; } /* close all loaders */ while (loader) { lt_dlloader *next = loader->next; lt_user_data data = loader->dlloader_data; if (loader->dlloader_exit && loader->dlloader_exit (data)) { ++errors; } LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN (loader, next); } loaders = 0; } done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } static int tryall_dlopen (handle, filename) lt_dlhandle *handle; const char *filename; { lt_dlhandle cur; lt_dlloader *loader; const char *saved_error; int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR (saved_error); LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); cur = handles; loader = loaders; /* check whether the module was already opened */ while (cur) { /* try to dlopen the program itself? */ if (!cur->info.filename && !filename) { break; } if (cur->info.filename && filename && strcmp (cur->info.filename, filename) == 0) { break; } cur = cur->next; } if (cur) { ++cur->info.ref_count; *handle = cur; goto done; } cur = *handle; if (filename) { /* Comment out the check of file permissions using access. This call seems to always return -1 with error EACCES. */ /* We need to catch missing file errors early so that file_not_found() can detect what happened. if (access (filename, R_OK) != 0) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)); ++errors; goto done; } */ cur->info.filename = lt_estrdup (filename); if (!cur->info.filename) { ++errors; goto done; } } else { cur->info.filename = 0; } while (loader) { lt_user_data data = loader->dlloader_data; cur->module = loader->module_open (data, filename); if (cur->module != 0) { break; } loader = loader->next; } if (!loader) { LT_DLFREE (cur->info.filename); ++errors; goto done; } cur->loader = loader; LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (saved_error); done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } static int tryall_dlopen_module (handle, prefix, dirname, dlname) lt_dlhandle *handle; const char *prefix; const char *dirname; const char *dlname; { int error = 0; char *filename = 0; size_t filename_len = 0; size_t dirname_len = LT_STRLEN (dirname); assert (handle); assert (dirname); assert (dlname); #ifdef LT_DIRSEP_CHAR /* Only canonicalized names (i.e. with DIRSEP chars already converted) should make it into this function: */ assert (strchr (dirname, LT_DIRSEP_CHAR) == 0); #endif if (dirname_len > 0) if (dirname[dirname_len -1] == '/') --dirname_len; filename_len = dirname_len + 1 + LT_STRLEN (dlname); /* Allocate memory, and combine DIRNAME and MODULENAME into it. The PREFIX (if any) is handled below. */ filename = LT_EMALLOC (char, dirname_len + 1 + filename_len + 1); if (!filename) return 1; sprintf (filename, "%.*s/%s", (int) dirname_len, dirname, dlname); /* Now that we have combined DIRNAME and MODULENAME, if there is also a PREFIX to contend with, simply recurse with the arguments shuffled. Otherwise, attempt to open FILENAME as a module. */ if (prefix) { error += tryall_dlopen_module (handle, (const char *) 0, prefix, filename); } else if (tryall_dlopen (handle, filename) != 0) { ++error; } LT_DLFREE (filename); return error; } static int find_module (handle, dir, libdir, dlname, old_name, installed) lt_dlhandle *handle; const char *dir; const char *libdir; const char *dlname; const char *old_name; int installed; { /* Try to open the old library first; if it was dlpreopened, we want the preopened version of it, even if a dlopenable module is available. */ if (old_name && tryall_dlopen (handle, old_name) == 0) { return 0; } /* Try to open the dynamic library. */ if (dlname) { /* try to open the installed module */ if (installed && libdir) { if (tryall_dlopen_module (handle, (const char *) 0, libdir, dlname) == 0) return 0; } /* try to open the not-installed module */ if (!installed) { if (tryall_dlopen_module (handle, dir, objdir, dlname) == 0) return 0; } /* maybe it was moved to another directory */ { if (dir && (tryall_dlopen_module (handle, (const char *) 0, dir, dlname) == 0)) return 0; } } return 1; } static int canonicalize_path (path, pcanonical) const char *path; char **pcanonical; { char *canonical = 0; assert (path && *path); assert (pcanonical); canonical = LT_EMALLOC (char, 1+ LT_STRLEN (path)); if (!canonical) return 1; { size_t dest = 0; size_t src; for (src = 0; path[src] != LT_EOS_CHAR; ++src) { /* Path separators are not copied to the beginning or end of the destination, or if another separator would follow immediately. */ if (path[src] == LT_PATHSEP_CHAR) { if ((dest == 0) || (path[1+ src] == LT_PATHSEP_CHAR) || (path[1+ src] == LT_EOS_CHAR)) continue; } /* Anything other than a directory separator is copied verbatim. */ if ((path[src] != '/') #ifdef LT_DIRSEP_CHAR && (path[src] != LT_DIRSEP_CHAR) #endif ) { canonical[dest++] = path[src]; } /* Directory separators are converted and copied only if they are not at the end of a path -- i.e. before a path separator or NULL terminator. */ else if ((path[1+ src] != LT_PATHSEP_CHAR) && (path[1+ src] != LT_EOS_CHAR) #ifdef LT_DIRSEP_CHAR && (path[1+ src] != LT_DIRSEP_CHAR) #endif && (path[1+ src] != '/')) { canonical[dest++] = '/'; } } /* Add an end-of-string marker at the end. */ canonical[dest] = LT_EOS_CHAR; } /* Assign new value. */ *pcanonical = canonical; return 0; } static int argzize_path (path, pargz, pargz_len) const char *path; char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; { error_t error; assert (path); assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); if ((error = argz_create_sep (path, LT_PATHSEP_CHAR, pargz, pargz_len))) { switch (error) { case ENOMEM: LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_MEMORY)); break; default: LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (UNKNOWN)); break; } return 1; } return 0; } /* Repeatedly call FUNC with each LT_PATHSEP_CHAR delimited element of SEARCH_PATH and references to DATA1 and DATA2, until FUNC returns non-zero or all elements are exhausted. If BASE_NAME is non-NULL, it is appended to each SEARCH_PATH element before FUNC is called. */ static int foreach_dirinpath (search_path, base_name, func, data1, data2) const char *search_path; const char *base_name; foreach_callback_func *func; lt_ptr data1; lt_ptr data2; { int result = 0; int filenamesize = 0; size_t lenbase = LT_STRLEN (base_name); size_t argz_len = 0; char *argz = 0; char *filename = 0; char *canonical = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (!search_path || !*search_path) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)); goto cleanup; } if (canonicalize_path (search_path, &canonical) != 0) goto cleanup; if (argzize_path (canonical, &argz, &argz_len) != 0) goto cleanup; { char *dir_name = 0; while ((dir_name = argz_next (argz, argz_len, dir_name))) { size_t lendir = LT_STRLEN (dir_name); if (lendir +1 +lenbase >= filenamesize) { LT_DLFREE (filename); filenamesize = lendir +1 +lenbase +1; /* "/d" + '/' + "f" + '\0' */ filename = LT_EMALLOC (char, filenamesize); if (!filename) goto cleanup; } assert (filenamesize > lendir); strcpy (filename, dir_name); if (base_name && *base_name) { if (filename[lendir -1] != '/') filename[lendir++] = '/'; strcpy (filename +lendir, base_name); } if ((result = (*func) (filename, data1, data2))) { break; } } } cleanup: LT_DLFREE (argz); LT_DLFREE (canonical); LT_DLFREE (filename); LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return result; } /* If FILEPATH can be opened, store the name of the directory component in DATA1, and the opened FILE* structure address in DATA2. Otherwise DATA1 is unchanged, but DATA2 is set to a pointer to NULL. */ static int find_file_callback (filename, data1, data2) char *filename; lt_ptr data1; lt_ptr data2; { char **pdir = (char **) data1; FILE **pfile = (FILE **) data2; int is_done = 0; assert (filename && *filename); assert (pdir); assert (pfile); if ((*pfile = fopen (filename, LT_READTEXT_MODE))) { char *dirend = strrchr (filename, '/'); if (dirend > filename) *dirend = LT_EOS_CHAR; LT_DLFREE (*pdir); *pdir = lt_estrdup (filename); is_done = (*pdir == 0) ? -1 : 1; } return is_done; } static FILE * find_file (search_path, base_name, pdir) const char *search_path; const char *base_name; char **pdir; { FILE *file = 0; foreach_dirinpath (search_path, base_name, find_file_callback, pdir, &file); return file; } static int find_handle_callback (filename, data, ignored) char *filename; lt_ptr data; lt_ptr ignored; { lt_dlhandle *handle = (lt_dlhandle *) data; int notfound = access (filename, R_OK); /* Bail out if file cannot be read... */ if (notfound) return 0; /* Try to dlopen the file, but do not continue searching in any case. */ if (tryall_dlopen (handle, filename) != 0) *handle = 0; return 1; } /* If HANDLE was found return it, otherwise return 0. If HANDLE was found but could not be opened, *HANDLE will be set to 0. */ static lt_dlhandle * find_handle (search_path, base_name, handle) const char *search_path; const char *base_name; lt_dlhandle *handle; { if (!search_path) return 0; if (!foreach_dirinpath (search_path, base_name, find_handle_callback, handle, 0)) return 0; return handle; } static int load_deplibs (handle, deplibs) lt_dlhandle handle; char *deplibs; { #if LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS char *p, *save_search_path = 0; int depcount = 0; int i; char **names = 0; #endif int errors = 0; handle->depcount = 0; #if LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS if (!deplibs) { return errors; } ++errors; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (user_search_path) { save_search_path = lt_estrdup (user_search_path); if (!save_search_path) goto cleanup; } /* extract search paths and count deplibs */ p = deplibs; while (*p) { if (!isspace ((int) *p)) { char *end = p+1; while (*end && !isspace((int) *end)) { ++end; } if (strncmp(p, "-L", 2) == 0 || strncmp(p, "-R", 2) == 0) { char save = *end; *end = 0; /* set a temporary string terminator */ if (lt_dladdsearchdir(p+2)) { goto cleanup; } *end = save; } else { ++depcount; } p = end; } else { ++p; } } if (!depcount) { errors = 0; goto cleanup; } names = LT_EMALLOC (char *, depcount * sizeof (char*)); if (!names) goto cleanup; /* now only extract the actual deplibs */ depcount = 0; p = deplibs; while (*p) { if (isspace ((int) *p)) { ++p; } else { char *end = p+1; while (*end && !isspace ((int) *end)) { ++end; } if (strncmp(p, "-L", 2) != 0 && strncmp(p, "-R", 2) != 0) { char *name; char save = *end; *end = 0; /* set a temporary string terminator */ if (strncmp(p, "-l", 2) == 0) { size_t name_len = 3+ /* "lib" */ LT_STRLEN (p + 2); name = LT_EMALLOC (char, 1+ name_len); if (name) sprintf (name, "lib%s", p+2); } else name = lt_estrdup(p); if (!name) goto cleanup_names; names[depcount++] = name; *end = save; } p = end; } } /* load the deplibs (in reverse order) At this stage, don't worry if the deplibs do not load correctly, they may already be statically linked into the loading application for instance. There will be a more enlightening error message later on if the loaded module cannot resolve all of its symbols. */ if (depcount) { int j = 0; handle->deplibs = (lt_dlhandle*) LT_EMALLOC (lt_dlhandle *, depcount); if (!handle->deplibs) goto cleanup_names; for (i = 0; i < depcount; ++i) { handle->deplibs[j] = lt_dlopenext(names[depcount-1-i]); if (handle->deplibs[j]) { ++j; } } handle->depcount = j; /* Number of successfully loaded deplibs */ errors = 0; } cleanup_names: for (i = 0; i < depcount; ++i) { LT_DLFREE (names[i]); } cleanup: LT_DLFREE (names); /* restore the old search path */ if (user_search_path) { LT_DLFREE (user_search_path); user_search_path = save_search_path; } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); #endif return errors; } static int unload_deplibs (handle) lt_dlhandle handle; { int i; int errors = 0; if (handle->depcount) { for (i = 0; i < handle->depcount; ++i) { if (!LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (handle->deplibs[i])) { errors += lt_dlclose (handle->deplibs[i]); } } LT_DLFREE (handle->deplibs); } return errors; } static int trim (dest, str) char **dest; const char *str; { /* remove the leading and trailing "'" from str and store the result in dest */ const char *end = strrchr (str, '\''); size_t len = LT_STRLEN (str); char *tmp; LT_DLFREE (*dest); if (!end) return 1; if (len > 3 && str[0] == '\'') { tmp = LT_EMALLOC (char, end - str); if (!tmp) return 1; strncpy(tmp, &str[1], (end - str) - 1); tmp[(end - str) - 1] = LT_EOS_CHAR; *dest = tmp; } else { *dest = 0; } return 0; } static int free_vars (dlname, oldname, libdir, deplibs) char *dlname; char *oldname; char *libdir; char *deplibs; { LT_DLFREE (dlname); LT_DLFREE (oldname); LT_DLFREE (libdir); LT_DLFREE (deplibs); return 0; } static int try_dlopen (phandle, filename) lt_dlhandle *phandle; const char *filename; { const char * ext = 0; const char * saved_error = 0; char * canonical = 0; char * base_name = 0; char * dir = 0; char * name = 0; int errors = 0; lt_dlhandle newhandle; assert (phandle); assert (*phandle == 0); LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR (saved_error); /* dlopen self? */ if (!filename) { *phandle = (lt_dlhandle) LT_EMALLOC (struct lt_dlhandle_struct, 1); if (*phandle == 0) return 1; memset (*phandle, 0, sizeof(struct lt_dlhandle_struct)); newhandle = *phandle; /* lt_dlclose()ing yourself is very bad! Disallow it. */ LT_DLSET_FLAG (*phandle, LT_DLRESIDENT_FLAG); if (tryall_dlopen (&newhandle, 0) != 0) { LT_DLFREE (*phandle); return 1; } goto register_handle; } assert (filename && *filename); /* Doing this immediately allows internal functions to safely assume only canonicalized paths are passed. */ if (canonicalize_path (filename, &canonical) != 0) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } /* If the canonical module name is a path (relative or absolute) then split it into a directory part and a name part. */ base_name = strrchr (canonical, '/'); if (base_name) { size_t dirlen = (1+ base_name) - canonical; dir = LT_EMALLOC (char, 1+ dirlen); if (!dir) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } strncpy (dir, canonical, dirlen); dir[dirlen] = LT_EOS_CHAR; ++base_name; } else base_name = canonical; assert (base_name && *base_name); /* Check whether we are opening a libtool module (.la extension). */ ext = strrchr (base_name, '.'); if (ext && strcmp (ext, archive_ext) == 0) { /* this seems to be a libtool module */ FILE * file = 0; char * dlname = 0; char * old_name = 0; char * libdir = 0; char * deplibs = 0; char * line = 0; size_t line_len; /* if we can't find the installed flag, it is probably an installed libtool archive, produced with an old version of libtool */ int installed = 1; /* extract the module name from the file name */ name = LT_EMALLOC (char, ext - base_name + 1); if (!name) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } /* canonicalize the module name */ { size_t i; for (i = 0; i < ext - base_name; ++i) { if (isalnum ((int)(base_name[i]))) { name[i] = base_name[i]; } else { name[i] = '_'; } } name[ext - base_name] = LT_EOS_CHAR; } /* Now try to open the .la file. If there is no directory name component, try to find it first in user_search_path and then other prescribed paths. Otherwise (or in any case if the module was not yet found) try opening just the module name as passed. */ if (!dir) { const char *search_path; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); search_path = user_search_path; if (search_path) file = find_file (user_search_path, base_name, &dir); LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); if (!file) { search_path = getenv (LTDL_SEARCHPATH_VAR); if (search_path) file = find_file (search_path, base_name, &dir); } #ifdef LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR if (!file) { search_path = getenv (LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR); if (search_path) file = find_file (search_path, base_name, &dir); } #endif #ifdef LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH if (!file && *sys_search_path) { file = find_file (sys_search_path, base_name, &dir); } #endif } if (!file) { file = fopen (filename, LT_READTEXT_MODE); } /* If we didn't find the file by now, it really isn't there. Set the status flag, and bail out. */ if (!file) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)); ++errors; goto cleanup; } line_len = LT_FILENAME_MAX; line = LT_EMALLOC (char, line_len); if (!line) { fclose (file); ++errors; goto cleanup; } /* read the .la file */ while (!feof (file)) { line[line_len-2] = '\0'; if (!fgets (line, (int) line_len, file)) { break; } /* Handle the case where we occasionally need to read a line that is longer than the initial buffer size. Behave even if the file contains NUL bytes due to corruption. */ while (line[line_len-2] != '\0' && line[line_len-2] != '\n' && !feof (file)) { line = LT_DLREALLOC (char, line, line_len *2); line[line_len*2 - 2] = '\0'; if (!fgets (&line[line_len -1], (int) line_len +1, file)) { break; } line_len *= 2; } if (line[0] == '\n' || line[0] == '#') { continue; } #undef STR_DLNAME #define STR_DLNAME "dlname=" if (strncmp (line, STR_DLNAME, sizeof (STR_DLNAME) - 1) == 0) { errors += trim (&dlname, &line[sizeof (STR_DLNAME) - 1]); } #undef STR_OLD_LIBRARY #define STR_OLD_LIBRARY "old_library=" else if (strncmp (line, STR_OLD_LIBRARY, sizeof (STR_OLD_LIBRARY) - 1) == 0) { errors += trim (&old_name, &line[sizeof (STR_OLD_LIBRARY) - 1]); } #undef STR_LIBDIR #define STR_LIBDIR "libdir=" else if (strncmp (line, STR_LIBDIR, sizeof (STR_LIBDIR) - 1) == 0) { errors += trim (&libdir, &line[sizeof(STR_LIBDIR) - 1]); } #undef STR_DL_DEPLIBS #define STR_DL_DEPLIBS "dependency_libs=" else if (strncmp (line, STR_DL_DEPLIBS, sizeof (STR_DL_DEPLIBS) - 1) == 0) { errors += trim (&deplibs, &line[sizeof (STR_DL_DEPLIBS) - 1]); } else if (strcmp (line, "installed=yes\n") == 0) { installed = 1; } else if (strcmp (line, "installed=no\n") == 0) { installed = 0; } #undef STR_LIBRARY_NAMES #define STR_LIBRARY_NAMES "library_names=" else if (! dlname && strncmp (line, STR_LIBRARY_NAMES, sizeof (STR_LIBRARY_NAMES) - 1) == 0) { char *last_libname; errors += trim (&dlname, &line[sizeof (STR_LIBRARY_NAMES) - 1]); if (!errors && dlname && (last_libname = strrchr (dlname, ' ')) != 0) { last_libname = lt_estrdup (last_libname + 1); if (!last_libname) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN (dlname, last_libname); } } if (errors) break; } fclose (file); LT_DLFREE (line); /* allocate the handle */ *phandle = (lt_dlhandle) LT_EMALLOC (struct lt_dlhandle_struct, 1); if (*phandle == 0) ++errors; if (errors) { free_vars (dlname, old_name, libdir, deplibs); LT_DLFREE (*phandle); goto cleanup; } assert (*phandle); memset (*phandle, 0, sizeof(struct lt_dlhandle_struct)); if (load_deplibs (*phandle, deplibs) == 0) { newhandle = *phandle; /* find_module may replace newhandle */ if (find_module (&newhandle, dir, libdir, dlname, old_name, installed)) { unload_deplibs (*phandle); ++errors; } } else { ++errors; } free_vars (dlname, old_name, libdir, deplibs); if (errors) { LT_DLFREE (*phandle); goto cleanup; } if (*phandle != newhandle) { unload_deplibs (*phandle); } } else { /* not a libtool module */ *phandle = (lt_dlhandle) LT_EMALLOC (struct lt_dlhandle_struct, 1); if (*phandle == 0) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } memset (*phandle, 0, sizeof (struct lt_dlhandle_struct)); newhandle = *phandle; /* If the module has no directory name component, try to find it first in user_search_path and then other prescribed paths. Otherwise (or in any case if the module was not yet found) try opening just the module name as passed. */ if ((dir || (!find_handle (user_search_path, base_name, &newhandle) && !find_handle (getenv (LTDL_SEARCHPATH_VAR), base_name, &newhandle) #ifdef LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR && !find_handle (getenv (LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR), base_name, &newhandle) #endif #ifdef LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH && !find_handle (sys_search_path, base_name, &newhandle) #endif ))) { if (tryall_dlopen (&newhandle, filename) != 0) { newhandle = NULL; } } if (!newhandle) { LT_DLFREE (*phandle); ++errors; goto cleanup; } } register_handle: LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN (*phandle, newhandle); if ((*phandle)->info.ref_count == 0) { (*phandle)->info.ref_count = 1; LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN ((*phandle)->info.name, name); LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); (*phandle)->next = handles; handles = *phandle; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (saved_error); cleanup: LT_DLFREE (dir); LT_DLFREE (name); LT_DLFREE (canonical); return errors; } lt_dlhandle lt_dlopen (filename) const char *filename; { lt_dlhandle handle = 0; /* Just incase we missed a code path in try_dlopen() that reports an error, but forgets to reset handle... */ if (try_dlopen (&handle, filename) != 0) return 0; return handle; } /* If the last error messge store was `FILE_NOT_FOUND', then return non-zero. */ static int file_not_found () { const char *error = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR (error); if (error == LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)) return 1; return 0; } /* If FILENAME has an ARCHIVE_EXT or SHLIB_EXT extension, try to open the FILENAME as passed. Otherwise try appending ARCHIVE_EXT, and if a file is still not found try again with SHLIB_EXT appended instead. */ lt_dlhandle lt_dlopenext (filename) const char *filename; { lt_dlhandle handle = 0; char * tmp = 0; char * ext = 0; size_t len; int errors = 0; if (!filename) { return lt_dlopen (filename); } assert (filename); len = LT_STRLEN (filename); ext = strrchr (filename, '.'); /* If FILENAME already bears a suitable extension, there is no need to try appending additional extensions. */ if (ext && ((strcmp (ext, archive_ext) == 0) #ifdef LTDL_SHLIB_EXT || (strcmp (ext, shlib_ext) == 0) #endif )) { return lt_dlopen (filename); } /* First try appending ARCHIVE_EXT. */ tmp = LT_EMALLOC (char, len + LT_STRLEN (archive_ext) + 1); if (!tmp) return 0; strcpy (tmp, filename); strcat (tmp, archive_ext); errors = try_dlopen (&handle, tmp); /* If we found FILENAME, stop searching -- whether we were able to load the file as a module or not. If the file exists but loading failed, it is better to return an error message here than to report FILE_NOT_FOUND when the alternatives (foo.so etc) are not in the module search path. */ if (handle || ((errors > 0) && !file_not_found ())) { LT_DLFREE (tmp); return handle; } #ifdef LTDL_SHLIB_EXT /* Try appending SHLIB_EXT. */ if (LT_STRLEN (shlib_ext) > LT_STRLEN (archive_ext)) { LT_DLFREE (tmp); tmp = LT_EMALLOC (char, len + LT_STRLEN (shlib_ext) + 1); if (!tmp) return 0; strcpy (tmp, filename); } else { tmp[len] = LT_EOS_CHAR; } strcat(tmp, shlib_ext); errors = try_dlopen (&handle, tmp); /* As before, if the file was found but loading failed, return now with the current error message. */ if (handle || ((errors > 0) && !file_not_found ())) { LT_DLFREE (tmp); return handle; } #endif /* Still here? Then we really did fail to locate any of the file names we tried. */ LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (FILE_NOT_FOUND)); LT_DLFREE (tmp); return 0; } static int lt_argz_insert (pargz, pargz_len, before, entry) char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; char *before; const char *entry; { error_t error; /* Prior to Sep 8, 2005, newlib had a bug where argz_insert(pargz, pargz_len, NULL, entry) failed with EINVAL. */ if (before) error = argz_insert (pargz, pargz_len, before, entry); else error = argz_append (pargz, pargz_len, entry, 1 + LT_STRLEN (entry)); if (error) { switch (error) { case ENOMEM: LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (NO_MEMORY)); break; default: LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (UNKNOWN)); break; } return 1; } return 0; } static int lt_argz_insertinorder (pargz, pargz_len, entry) char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; const char *entry; { char *before = 0; assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); assert (entry && *entry); if (*pargz) while ((before = argz_next (*pargz, *pargz_len, before))) { int cmp = strcmp (entry, before); if (cmp < 0) break; if (cmp == 0) return 0; /* No duplicates! */ } return lt_argz_insert (pargz, pargz_len, before, entry); } static int lt_argz_insertdir (pargz, pargz_len, dirnam, dp) char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; const char *dirnam; struct dirent *dp; { char *buf = 0; size_t buf_len = 0; char *end = 0; size_t end_offset = 0; size_t dir_len = 0; int errors = 0; assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); assert (dp); dir_len = LT_STRLEN (dirnam); end = dp->d_name + LT_D_NAMLEN(dp); /* Ignore version numbers. */ { char *p; for (p = end; p -1 > dp->d_name; --p) if (strchr (".0123456789", p[-1]) == 0) break; if (*p == '.') end = p; } /* Ignore filename extension. */ { char *p; for (p = end -1; p > dp->d_name; --p) if (*p == '.') { end = p; break; } } /* Prepend the directory name. */ end_offset = end - dp->d_name; buf_len = dir_len + 1+ end_offset; buf = LT_EMALLOC (char, 1+ buf_len); if (!buf) return ++errors; assert (buf); strcpy (buf, dirnam); strcat (buf, "/"); strncat (buf, dp->d_name, end_offset); buf[buf_len] = LT_EOS_CHAR; /* Try to insert (in order) into ARGZ/ARGZ_LEN. */ if (lt_argz_insertinorder (pargz, pargz_len, buf) != 0) ++errors; LT_DLFREE (buf); return errors; } static int list_files_by_dir (dirnam, pargz, pargz_len) const char *dirnam; char **pargz; size_t *pargz_len; { DIR *dirp = 0; int errors = 0; assert (dirnam && *dirnam); assert (pargz); assert (pargz_len); assert (dirnam[LT_STRLEN(dirnam) -1] != '/'); dirp = opendir (dirnam); if (dirp) { struct dirent *dp = 0; while ((dp = readdir (dirp))) if (dp->d_name[0] != '.') if (lt_argz_insertdir (pargz, pargz_len, dirnam, dp)) { ++errors; break; } closedir (dirp); } else ++errors; return errors; } /* If there are any files in DIRNAME, call the function passed in DATA1 (with the name of each file and DATA2 as arguments). */ static int foreachfile_callback (dirname, data1, data2) char *dirname; lt_ptr data1; lt_ptr data2; { file_worker_func *func = *(file_worker_func **) data1; int is_done = 0; char *argz = 0; size_t argz_len = 0; if (list_files_by_dir (dirname, &argz, &argz_len) != 0) goto cleanup; if (!argz) goto cleanup; { char *filename = 0; while ((filename = argz_next (argz, argz_len, filename))) if ((is_done = (*func) (filename, data2))) break; } cleanup: LT_DLFREE (argz); return is_done; } /* Call FUNC for each unique extensionless file in SEARCH_PATH, along with DATA. The filenames passed to FUNC would be suitable for passing to lt_dlopenext. The extensions are stripped so that individual modules do not generate several entries (e.g. libfoo.la, libfoo.so, libfoo.so.1, libfoo.so.1.0.0). If SEARCH_PATH is NULL, then the same directories that lt_dlopen would search are examined. */ int lt_dlforeachfile (search_path, func, data) const char *search_path; int (*func) LT_PARAMS ((const char *filename, lt_ptr data)); lt_ptr data; { int is_done = 0; file_worker_func **fpptr = &func; if (search_path) { /* If a specific path was passed, search only the directories listed in it. */ is_done = foreach_dirinpath (search_path, 0, foreachfile_callback, fpptr, data); } else { /* Otherwise search the default paths. */ is_done = foreach_dirinpath (user_search_path, 0, foreachfile_callback, fpptr, data); if (!is_done) { is_done = foreach_dirinpath (getenv("LTDL_LIBRARY_PATH"), 0, foreachfile_callback, fpptr, data); } #ifdef LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR if (!is_done) { is_done = foreach_dirinpath (getenv(LTDL_SHLIBPATH_VAR), 0, foreachfile_callback, fpptr, data); } #endif #ifdef LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH if (!is_done) { is_done = foreach_dirinpath (getenv(LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH), 0, foreachfile_callback, fpptr, data); } #endif } return is_done; } int lt_dlclose (handle) lt_dlhandle handle; { lt_dlhandle cur, last; int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); /* check whether the handle is valid */ last = cur = handles; while (cur && handle != cur) { last = cur; cur = cur->next; } if (!cur) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); ++errors; goto done; } handle->info.ref_count--; /* Note that even with resident modules, we must track the ref_count correctly incase the user decides to reset the residency flag later (even though the API makes no provision for that at the moment). */ if (handle->info.ref_count <= 0 && !LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (handle)) { lt_user_data data = handle->loader->dlloader_data; if (handle != handles) { last->next = handle->next; } else { handles = handle->next; } errors += handle->loader->module_close (data, handle->module); errors += unload_deplibs(handle); /* It is up to the callers to free the data itself. */ LT_DLFREE (handle->caller_data); LT_DLFREE (handle->info.filename); LT_DLFREE (handle->info.name); LT_DLFREE (handle); goto done; } if (LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (handle)) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (CLOSE_RESIDENT_MODULE)); ++errors; } done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } lt_ptr lt_dlsym (handle, symbol) lt_dlhandle handle; const char *symbol; { size_t lensym; char lsym[LT_SYMBOL_LENGTH]; char *sym; lt_ptr address; lt_user_data data; if (!handle) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); return 0; } if (!symbol) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND)); return 0; } lensym = LT_STRLEN (symbol) + LT_STRLEN (handle->loader->sym_prefix) + LT_STRLEN (handle->info.name); if (lensym + LT_SYMBOL_OVERHEAD < LT_SYMBOL_LENGTH) { sym = lsym; } else { sym = LT_EMALLOC (char, lensym + LT_SYMBOL_OVERHEAD + 1); if (!sym) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (BUFFER_OVERFLOW)); return 0; } } data = handle->loader->dlloader_data; if (handle->info.name) { const char *saved_error; LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR (saved_error); /* this is a libtool module */ if (handle->loader->sym_prefix) { strcpy(sym, handle->loader->sym_prefix); strcat(sym, handle->info.name); } else { strcpy(sym, handle->info.name); } strcat(sym, "_LTX_"); strcat(sym, symbol); /* try "modulename_LTX_symbol" */ address = handle->loader->find_sym (data, handle->module, sym); if (address) { if (sym != lsym) { LT_DLFREE (sym); } return address; } LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (saved_error); } /* otherwise try "symbol" */ if (handle->loader->sym_prefix) { strcpy(sym, handle->loader->sym_prefix); strcat(sym, symbol); } else { strcpy(sym, symbol); } address = handle->loader->find_sym (data, handle->module, sym); if (sym != lsym) { LT_DLFREE (sym); } return address; } const char * lt_dlerror () { const char *error; LT_DLMUTEX_GETERROR (error); LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (0); return error ? error : NULL; } static int lt_dlpath_insertdir (ppath, before, dir) char **ppath; char *before; const char *dir; { int errors = 0; char *canonical = 0; char *argz = 0; size_t argz_len = 0; assert (ppath); assert (dir && *dir); if (canonicalize_path (dir, &canonical) != 0) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } assert (canonical && *canonical); /* If *PPATH is empty, set it to DIR. */ if (*ppath == 0) { assert (!before); /* BEFORE cannot be set without PPATH. */ assert (dir); /* Without DIR, don't call this function! */ *ppath = lt_estrdup (dir); if (*ppath == 0) ++errors; return errors; } assert (ppath && *ppath); if (argzize_path (*ppath, &argz, &argz_len) != 0) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } /* Convert BEFORE into an equivalent offset into ARGZ. This only works if *PPATH is already canonicalized, and hence does not change length with respect to ARGZ. We canonicalize each entry as it is added to the search path, and don't call this function with (uncanonicalized) user paths, so this is a fair assumption. */ if (before) { assert (*ppath <= before); assert (before - *ppath <= strlen (*ppath)); before = before - *ppath + argz; } if (lt_argz_insert (&argz, &argz_len, before, dir) != 0) { ++errors; goto cleanup; } argz_stringify (argz, argz_len, LT_PATHSEP_CHAR); LT_DLMEM_REASSIGN (*ppath, argz); cleanup: LT_DLFREE (canonical); LT_DLFREE (argz); return errors; } int lt_dladdsearchdir (search_dir) const char *search_dir; { int errors = 0; if (search_dir && *search_dir) { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (lt_dlpath_insertdir (&user_search_path, 0, search_dir) != 0) ++errors; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } return errors; } int lt_dlinsertsearchdir (before, search_dir) const char *before; const char *search_dir; { int errors = 0; if (before) { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if ((before < user_search_path) || (before >= user_search_path + LT_STRLEN (user_search_path))) { LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_POSITION)); return 1; } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } if (search_dir && *search_dir) { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (lt_dlpath_insertdir (&user_search_path, (char *) before, search_dir) != 0) { ++errors; } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } return errors; } int lt_dlsetsearchpath (search_path) const char *search_path; { int errors = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); LT_DLFREE (user_search_path); LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); if (!search_path || !LT_STRLEN (search_path)) { return errors; } LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (canonicalize_path (search_path, &user_search_path) != 0) ++errors; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } const char * lt_dlgetsearchpath () { const char *saved_path; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); saved_path = user_search_path; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return saved_path; } int lt_dlmakeresident (handle) lt_dlhandle handle; { int errors = 0; if (!handle) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); ++errors; } else { LT_DLSET_FLAG (handle, LT_DLRESIDENT_FLAG); } return errors; } int lt_dlisresident (handle) lt_dlhandle handle; { if (!handle) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); return -1; } return LT_DLIS_RESIDENT (handle); } /* --- MODULE INFORMATION --- */ const lt_dlinfo * lt_dlgetinfo (handle) lt_dlhandle handle; { if (!handle) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_HANDLE)); return 0; } return &(handle->info); } lt_dlhandle lt_dlhandle_next (place) lt_dlhandle place; { return place ? place->next : handles; } int lt_dlforeach (func, data) int (*func) LT_PARAMS((lt_dlhandle handle, lt_ptr data)); lt_ptr data; { int errors = 0; lt_dlhandle cur; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); cur = handles; while (cur) { lt_dlhandle tmp = cur; cur = cur->next; if ((*func) (tmp, data)) { ++errors; break; } } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } lt_dlcaller_id lt_dlcaller_register () { static lt_dlcaller_id last_caller_id = 0; int result; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); result = ++last_caller_id; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return result; } lt_ptr lt_dlcaller_set_data (key, handle, data) lt_dlcaller_id key; lt_dlhandle handle; lt_ptr data; { int n_elements = 0; lt_ptr stale = (lt_ptr) 0; int i; /* This needs to be locked so that the caller data can be updated simultaneously by different threads. */ LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (handle->caller_data) while (handle->caller_data[n_elements].key) ++n_elements; for (i = 0; i < n_elements; ++i) { if (handle->caller_data[i].key == key) { stale = handle->caller_data[i].data; break; } } /* Ensure that there is enough room in this handle's caller_data array to accept a new element (and an empty end marker). */ if (i == n_elements) { lt_caller_data *temp = LT_DLREALLOC (lt_caller_data, handle->caller_data, 2+ n_elements); if (!temp) { stale = 0; goto done; } handle->caller_data = temp; /* We only need this if we needed to allocate a new caller_data. */ handle->caller_data[i].key = key; handle->caller_data[1+ i].key = 0; } handle->caller_data[i].data = data; done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return stale; } lt_ptr lt_dlcaller_get_data (key, handle) lt_dlcaller_id key; lt_dlhandle handle; { lt_ptr result = (lt_ptr) 0; /* This needs to be locked so that the caller data isn't updated by another thread part way through this function. */ LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); /* Locate the index of the element with a matching KEY. */ if (handle->caller_data) { int i; for (i = 0; handle->caller_data[i].key; ++i) { if (handle->caller_data[i].key == key) { result = handle->caller_data[i].data; break; } } } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return result; } /* --- USER MODULE LOADER API --- */ int lt_dlloader_add (place, dlloader, loader_name) lt_dlloader *place; const struct lt_user_dlloader *dlloader; const char *loader_name; { int errors = 0; lt_dlloader *node = 0, *ptr = 0; if ((dlloader == 0) /* diagnose null parameters */ || (dlloader->module_open == 0) || (dlloader->module_close == 0) || (dlloader->find_sym == 0)) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_LOADER)); return 1; } /* Create a new dlloader node with copies of the user callbacks. */ node = LT_EMALLOC (lt_dlloader, 1); if (!node) return 1; node->next = 0; node->loader_name = loader_name; node->sym_prefix = dlloader->sym_prefix; node->dlloader_exit = dlloader->dlloader_exit; node->module_open = dlloader->module_open; node->module_close = dlloader->module_close; node->find_sym = dlloader->find_sym; node->dlloader_data = dlloader->dlloader_data; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); if (!loaders) { /* If there are no loaders, NODE becomes the list! */ loaders = node; } else if (!place) { /* If PLACE is not set, add NODE to the end of the LOADERS list. */ for (ptr = loaders; ptr->next; ptr = ptr->next) { /*NOWORK*/; } ptr->next = node; } else if (loaders == place) { /* If PLACE is the first loader, NODE goes first. */ node->next = place; loaders = node; } else { /* Find the node immediately preceding PLACE. */ for (ptr = loaders; ptr->next != place; ptr = ptr->next) { /*NOWORK*/; } if (ptr->next != place) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_LOADER)); ++errors; } else { /* Insert NODE between PTR and PLACE. */ node->next = place; ptr->next = node; } } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } int lt_dlloader_remove (loader_name) const char *loader_name; { lt_dlloader *place = lt_dlloader_find (loader_name); lt_dlhandle handle; int errors = 0; if (!place) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_LOADER)); return 1; } LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); /* Fail if there are any open modules which use this loader. */ for (handle = handles; handle; handle = handle->next) { if (handle->loader == place) { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (REMOVE_LOADER)); ++errors; goto done; } } if (place == loaders) { /* PLACE is the first loader in the list. */ loaders = loaders->next; } else { /* Find the loader before the one being removed. */ lt_dlloader *prev; for (prev = loaders; prev->next; prev = prev->next) { if (!strcmp (prev->next->loader_name, loader_name)) { break; } } place = prev->next; prev->next = prev->next->next; } if (place->dlloader_exit) { errors = place->dlloader_exit (place->dlloader_data); } LT_DLFREE (place); done: LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return errors; } lt_dlloader * lt_dlloader_next (place) lt_dlloader *place; { lt_dlloader *next; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); next = place ? place->next : loaders; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return next; } const char * lt_dlloader_name (place) lt_dlloader *place; { const char *name = 0; if (place) { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); name = place ? place->loader_name : 0; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } else { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_LOADER)); } return name; } lt_user_data * lt_dlloader_data (place) lt_dlloader *place; { lt_user_data *data = 0; if (place) { LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); data = place ? &(place->dlloader_data) : 0; LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); } else { LT_DLMUTEX_SETERROR (LT_DLSTRERROR (INVALID_LOADER)); } return data; } lt_dlloader * lt_dlloader_find (loader_name) const char *loader_name; { lt_dlloader *place = 0; LT_DLMUTEX_LOCK (); for (place = loaders; place; place = place->next) { if (strcmp (place->loader_name, loader_name) == 0) { break; } } LT_DLMUTEX_UNLOCK (); return place; } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/missing�������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000025577�11104126564�016236� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi run=: sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. if test -f configure.ac; then configure_ac=configure.ac else configure_ac=configure.in fi msg="missing on your system" case $1 in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or # if --run hadn't been passed. if test $? = 63; then run=: msg="probably too old" fi ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we # don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect # the program). case $1 in lex|yacc) # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ;; tar) if test -n "$run"; then echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then exit 1 fi ;; *) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. exit 1 fi ;; esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. case $1 in aclocal*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case $f in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; autom4te) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo "#! /bin/sh" echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" echo "# $ $@" echo "exit 0" chmod +x $file exit 1 fi ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if test $# -ne 1; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case $LASTARG in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if test ! -f y.tab.h; then echo >y.tab.h fi if test ! -f y.tab.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if test $# -ne 1; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case $LASTARG in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; help2man) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" exit 1 fi ;; makeinfo) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -z "$file"; then # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n ' /^@setfilename/{ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p q }' $infile` # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info fi # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; # let's fail without touching anything. test -f $file || exit 1 touch $file ;; tar) shift # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error # messages. if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gnutar "$@" && exit 0 fi if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gtar "$@" && exit 0 fi firstarg="$1" if shift; then case $firstarg in *o*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac case $firstarg in *h*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the command line arguments." exit 1 ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000057534�11726766726�016726� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = . DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(am__include_HEADERS_DIST) \ $(am__noinst_HEADERS_DIST) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config-h.in \ $(top_srcdir)/configure config.guess config.sub install-sh \ ltmain.sh missing ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = libltdl_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am_libltdl_la_OBJECTS = ltdl.lo libltdl_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libltdl_la_OBJECTS) libltdl_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(libltdl_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ @INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE@am_libltdl_la_rpath = -rpath $(libdir) libltdlc_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am_libltdlc_la_OBJECTS = ltdl.lo libltdlc_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libltdlc_la_OBJECTS) @CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE@am_libltdlc_la_rpath = DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ depcomp = am__depfiles_maybe = COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(libltdl_la_SOURCES) $(libltdlc_la_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(libltdl_la_SOURCES) $(libltdlc_la_SOURCES) am__include_HEADERS_DIST = ltdl.h am__noinst_HEADERS_DIST = ltdl.h HEADERS = $(include_HEADERS) $(noinst_HEADERS) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AS = @AS@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CXX = @CXX@ CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ ECHO = @ECHO@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ F77 = @F77@ FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBADD_DL = @LIBADD_DL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIBTOOL_DEPS = @LIBTOOL_DEPS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = no-dependencies foreign @INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE@include_HEADERS = ltdl.h @INSTALL_LTDL_TRUE@lib_LTLIBRARIES = libltdl.la @INSTALL_LTDL_FALSE@noinst_HEADERS = ltdl.h @CONVENIENCE_LTDL_TRUE@noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libltdlc.la CLEANFILES = libltdl.la libltdlc.la libltdl_la_SOURCES = ltdl.c libltdl_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 4:6:1 libltdl_la_LIBADD = $(LIBADD_DL) libltdlc_la_SOURCES = ltdl.c libltdlc_la_LIBADD = $(LIBADD_DL) all: config.h $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): config.h: stamp-h1 @if test ! -f $@; then rm -f stamp-h1; else :; fi @if test ! -f $@; then $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; else :; fi stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config-h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h $(srcdir)/config-h.in: $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f config.h stamp-h1 install-libLTLIBRARIES: $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ list2=; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; \ } uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \ $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \ done clean-libLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done libltdl.la: $(libltdl_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdl_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libltdl_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(libltdl_la_LINK) $(am_libltdl_la_rpath) $(libltdl_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdl_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) libltdlc.la: $(libltdlc_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdlc_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libltdlc_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(LINK) $(am_libltdlc_la_rpath) $(libltdlc_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdlc_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c .c.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: -rm -f libtool config.lt install-includeHEADERS: $(include_HEADERS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(includedir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" @list='$(include_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(includedir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" || exit $$?; \ done uninstall-includeHEADERS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(include_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(includedir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config-h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config-h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config-h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config-h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzma: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma $(am__remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__remove_distdir) dist dist-all: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lzma*) \ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build mkdir $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) $(HEADERS) config.h installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-hdr distclean-libtool distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-includeHEADERS install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-libLTLIBRARIES install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-includeHEADERS uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES .MAKE: all install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean \ clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ dist-gzip dist-lzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-includeHEADERS install-info install-info-am \ install-libLTLIBRARIES install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-includeHEADERS \ uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES ltdl.lo: ltdl.h config.h $(libltdl_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdlc_la_OBJECTS): libtool libtool: $(LIBTOOL_DEPS) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/libltdl/Makefile.am���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001373�11104126564�016657� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = no-dependencies foreign if INSTALL_LTDL include_HEADERS = ltdl.h lib_LTLIBRARIES = libltdl.la else noinst_HEADERS = ltdl.h endif if CONVENIENCE_LTDL noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libltdlc.la endif ## Make sure these will be cleaned even when they're not built by ## default. CLEANFILES = libltdl.la libltdlc.la libltdl_la_SOURCES = ltdl.c libltdl_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 4:6:1 libltdl_la_LIBADD = $(LIBADD_DL) libltdlc_la_SOURCES = ltdl.c libltdlc_la_LIBADD = $(LIBADD_DL) ## Because we do not have automatic dependency tracking: ltdl.lo: ltdl.h config.h $(libltdl_la_OBJECTS) $(libltdlc_la_OBJECTS): libtool libtool: $(LIBTOOL_DEPS) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ChangeLog.2.bz2�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000062263�11705115724�015613� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������BZh91AY&SYUc>É�éH_€u0ÿÿÿÿÿÿþ¿ÿÿþ`Ž\���ö�t“¾ª{S½ï¼Ð�Óèíóà Z]µÀ+@��� ��H�� ��Ñ×� ŒEÎÝãa¾Ýéßw—`}>»Ó½ô�l ·>çQî³]�ÞÁéÞÝíZâ»zv¥™w<zgOUÀÛØðsÜs½ÜûÝÄižÍ“Ñ÷Þ���²©ö±îw4<�»±£Â¦ËMVõÊípîÀ£E»Ž…o_TÞï»_s»ŸT¤ ·x³qÀgVÚûž}ºô¼õßzÒŸk± ]µÂÒŽÚ6Ùf<.sE†o3§}î:ÚŒ³í¾«ÛŠ}y+àUlôÑ¥ºvR¢’¬ÀÐÞ»›FµžŽíss¬Æc>úP${çÇÄTº¡õœçÐß}‰|Íïn^]îïa³Jztê÷¾ž� i  ¡¨Óh‰úBf¦ƒ 4LÔÐjx€¡ 5OÒžzO)é ª�4��§’)#B¦Ú)£ÊS@É‘£@� ��M)ÔÓ$žš&#Dô õ6“!´@h�Ð��$ )è)äšiSóBž“d§šž”õ§¤Ñê=OMLÉ6¡âš0!OÒdTÿ)ê§ê?TýP@ h�éûþXª P2Jƒü‘@O�Šˆ~ð5 „LD}d0–%Š ’!¤‰F‚’©H¨d¢ª$ƒ!*P¢ ZšV *‘ŠeJbˆ¡b" Zª ‘ÈR‚"ª(((Qš€†*"‚B"*�™!ˆŠb* `""(¦f¨hˆ¦š(¥ (¢†˜¤˜¦ŠJŠ¦J)B*&•¢)‰ŠJEŠ€* ¡ˆ$"H)¤ T¢he)(JbJP¦ "V€jŠQ(X¨€–•( A¡ª€ˆ)¤ ©`¥³2X˜h ƒ*i Fe(H˜†•b¤¥˜Z j‚•( Š (¦¦€¡¡¢YaŠ¡ ˆD¨h¢"¢Zˆd fj¤™"¥"" €Jš(„ˆ(¢)ªH‚*©¢( ––"š’&‚…Âʦ’ˆ¦¡ª*¢jXË©B–‘S$@¥)�D!AߟõÛÛã?wôÛßûí{ãéýÿÆÏY§ðÌûÿÇ÷’bÿícø? ]¡Aÿ%þ-!ɲ„&œ/üaÿ‰ÀÃÒî+ôý__Ûù¼vŽµ_º™úöIàéÑ9öhîÍŸéþ$¼/­2]*°zÀXôzRÝð)d ¼¼“øD)æÌÈÿµŸ:sÚÏáü¿,¦Û¤æPs#pýÄd''SæüÔayŸ^z·®=ýïR´ªŒ™Ä~…— ¾³þ¯ÈÃòÂw˜7aÔõñ{wSþqeÂÒãÏÇ!ÊÒöΣ©ÄVy^s‚ýg A”hcÔÀ)0þÂÜ+3¨ÌÁgË>m'ÃǾµ”Û½±˜²FÖAš Ï©ü½;d¸©Î‚¼•¦#hûBXwj(d Á{“½rE‚1jq®syŒˆ·‘]¢÷²YûÓ»XŸÍéÆsh"ø§ók比† ‡Ûߟ·¤‹…ó¨U9> ´-ÜÚkÐTÒzà7¦¢0aRr[οL„¤�…¢ø ô²7 !Þ¬£Ë ÇÎòÆ~ ìžf†»BñóR;?È AáûÒÄ~<)ñ£Ò†‰?š›â?ÆhƒH~ReèÛB©z”íps×Ù8?¤É'Uȧ¹WÉ�™^(V®Œ\›í, %A_ôú¾¿.2¿«<²÷ b5d4)æˆIÅ6DBJ%ó·QwÄêÜq=¯cŒü»zóKLÍdÂ/ˆúæœÁ¨¨£( $./ðE3 ýWW5¹ Z²#·ˆL]¢|¢!âaœRçÊ…qÕïd|´‚öƒLžd~Ò_¶éOH;D~[ß¾ ñãÆü‘Ävœ8Š§ˆ¨˜&ó½VaP÷œ@öE8D<AŠáSx=æQý7«ÞD;ˆƒºˆ±DŸa n(²—âýŸoŸŽ^Ù Mºìªž‚‰„ ibJ¥¤(¥i„JE•�q馚Úu{…GéÛÙèm­¸V2í—ƒOLyœm`£a¢C’I$ˆ-Kçô3Ø·öQL@ë-óRê]Î~ÇBH9~$ýÒc¢ä/b{MÌ\ÒOƒ×ª\ô\gJK!’„R™ ¹•%£ˆÞé¥3Q³++ ©ý¸m"ss¨"ðÂds7ŽÈ&÷̓’F¢2’wånúB’ûuÜ­½äûzäÍnžfðxŸ‘ž5­Q•`PÓ5ÄÒjwèz7W¹Pqi߆ôh´Æ`JÆv ÷>FÌó×Y™G?mY¢ÕØ“XšÉdaƒT4,0±Y™¹*d· jK1GR¡…D‰¦¬,±Ô¨dŒI&’EM&jÈÉÈr 5 Ã0u£Z-B‘%bd!Hd¹%æ8”k2ö0ýX¥!‡¨F‹¼š€iâö*Q5�R%!–B@P @ñu–`VX‹V…Œ‡å?MäœJ$UŠÆ ȇ¶II’Šæ&`bJ¹LR‡¨ujG™!Ô}§L¦Œ²bˆ‘Žy-'Ê àÃPd¥Àa“šÄ´OçƒP ïAQå‡l­ŽÔ–Š›íi¨-VM{C¾üh¹õ£Ú7%4SÚ”ê Isƒ²t‘f~ï—k¬õ×Z(\€òJji8Œª2öµ 3íI^›ÝM]Qø}ä„"°‘‘Û~7çoy–O8|–¨cæ¯tß_lùg-8Dâ#ôCÝÿdú`H@ÏÐ5“çá1Ð7+[c«à†@“©@QÕ[¹ÃÒ2þ¼Cç4òÎ}~‘ú~ߧ¬“ó·ÀGÖfÅa‚EhœÍÄÄ7ÄÀBÁçìS™§òåAüó£kM4I)[˜MT&(_+&-H ®ášùüß{<»CÄU#¬•Ý4¼c y"Hi£^蔂…ew"$Íå¤Ô;ƒÚ¥g&µPÀ£bfè%Dò¨Rå•Y À+çhÂ0Þr‡Hþ_´äŠ'a÷‹š&-wDŒ¼œ®"D÷mͪ•­Ý¡p¶Rhk†‚gU»©,)cBÆVÈœ½—`Ôã'1\.н¹W7.ÛÄVÆ^fB¸‰™L¡£T,“w‰Ä;Nb¥.ÿg\ý”­Œ®5,Z2† üUü@u2Í@tˆq÷‰¸"žæ©0°Š(£K¤Ei$Œo-¡hDX¡nÂ#E)¬„Š¢3.™ë· €¨ùµR©°tîø˯—Jc×!ﯤ´âf÷¿Lª);UB˜‹d ¢þ2&ãK±EØ'!î­Ö[zHÏtcT¨µ ß;…zPOïÄ{˜3)�ü †„{ga£lùÒi>yàOfG]È3Ë-K†yß[â}W±•Å@Jë\BA½Ú÷@6@B‘@LG3Á†aºWviïh³}ípvQRH›,°T‰)2H2±¥álJ/ɘ”öÁžRVš>16ûë=¯{Ê–2××êïjúϹKûÈË îp¥ýÑïNišÌ†&ŠƒJ0ÚÁQ†#’3c4µg.Ò ÄŒwªdÄDÔʤî§sÆP˨;hÉÒÖMÄ·„¬¬<€shÎÔÔm\Zˆ€ÝéÚÑ3dÀƒa§4F<¨ÇÖLå{[¬Îj¦ã5Sˆm㑬L™ˆÅEeƒmæ·T*Ýȶ3n% Sn›Õ6õAÖCÅ7.ç(`®VÛ‰‰Ãx FAz¦Å²âîéÓ1–i\FžNéˆ5›¦Dº ¡ ºÃµw°nòÞÝ]F‹Šã9Æeу8ª¢,Äœd¬—&`ThÑ{¼Ä6#rðe<ƒ9›si™¢®°¬Ö E˜Ý…©nÖ=ÉݾR›˜¥S/2Vp«Yz®Õ‰ŒÌ±Þ¶a+ Èâ˜�t êž÷÷;Ë¿ËšŽ¾;úÄ0mÝ*ŽðŽ‘ï|JäRPnWÊ«¨¸sUÙ(…‡Ô´f0Q¨úÑ_ÖsÓ*0x˜s6ø¦bP9ºŠJw: c~³Qóëåò>µ£/¤CÁ랆 +3$5-?Ž)ZR¤^ü§‡¥PdèjÑòèé0²r¤ˆ™ˆ’%┓Ʀ"¸Þg+k|/ßKéWïÙˆÄ÷w[áñôuZEìÜt²ð‰Î!e×naƒ hÌ)dÁåÞ™]gµÃFóP1¢îišßNÍotוå|¦ˆµxòê]"•«ˆ³Ïqó×Èr=wYÞ¿o×½¸¦7§w Ùò®ÉØÌv¯6äôðÙ§ª<«ñû•…0›§lë~(9'{B^UO«ã×£¼vå‹|º÷_L_ö®^Í®0ë·ŽßGYærů s×/7=›ÍZíé¨w t !•¯±C4drG+ÛÏØ¢Õ™©ÈŒ=^ÕŠúÝþÈQå?'U½&£È¸ HÍu·N=H:U j¤ŠòF/»†+wH”Ÿ¥YakCx` ·“åó׋KØÐ3Ë ]5Qºh¦s>§AÁ܇›òf\¤”ÉZñË–za{ð‚¸ä<³«‘Äo)Js¢Õ�Î1AÉ—D6CL½¶yë~;·¶}¬×ÓÛ e;Tk Ñ(ËÖZ*d/ˆ¸…óÖks¼Éî¶>®Úc‰¤×éVÞÆs©Ö*S$æãý\ä(bS72®¬DOv¬Ò‚„�~”èG™S)H¼¬åû=yS[é—¡¥G` ‚fÈœ®,WºEë5«I}G›tê5yýÓÉ´¬ ï§\Sj>ßžt,ÆsÑ(*#ª« &UM§—>±Ïˆ[¥ïÁÑ+æTÖ¤‡,?Ö‰s!Ê•Ÿ?þÌ~»Ìd{Ž‡öñUÈÓ’X“žœøå%gø'È9ãÞx¿áu²¡‹åËíÊŽÈ5䞌ӟFfÐæ!•[šÎ©ÐßZø­œ2ÇèT¢#²N¨!4!Ñ~Þ°5º ëé‘™HœÐ²©GLªÆ#‚ fsÇ�­3KÔ´”ÄZáÀJ›c<ºzŒ”D³(˜’é&šZÐíNh}ˆâxû¿Æ±®ê¢æ[t `üh "ÀŽT΄n›Bš¼N^gŒ“Q÷(®{Ov¼þÍZ³3|(+Öõ1`ÜÙƒ,íÞ­>ñœ´ $·JUeÒ)„£íI²ž‡”â»ÚB,>˜GDD–¸A±”rö"S%ú–3Kƒdoüæ8ëGlòÃ>ø™bXÝ3[¥+6T(m9ø;Ôz–wœ[Aëò*˜ìHu†Ê »±…Ðö‰JHDçOÑ=g¨Š»š{mOh Ñfib*3Ÿ‰/ d%/I‡¡Ü€äHÄKsQbµÉük¿zU¦;·£àå<^žYŠ[ x¿ÑöMB¤ûLªªG 3¤¼&Î6Ž0Ó#óo S·ÅÖúïfÖĘE•ž‹Ì÷öu ÀT_—Ίm—üø‡nv±$ø>ƒƒÔ¾æsƼ±mP|ùyzuö~ 8Ì »µ »’7DÓø;±- _IóDѱøû¢öt{|ví]ºòéõÓ›ÒïØš$”¹]º)å@ìÒƒ L„Õg%pëì>}j®co$[\Nt_T¯ÞmúgÄò† /´UÔ?¬ãåÐœòÀò³ŽSmûkî4jÔ¢*¯Æ=±;¡„7á^‘`&kª|V•ûïÚÂÕi¥\’û%Ì*Ó3ʳdN‘ûyéÍãE<ôŸ:g«2›Ñm&YêžÅr¶Y½x¥GRy'Kz1cZ0hqCØwh‘þZÌME`™Oä‹ÿ[kN2õQ(e‡#µ¾ë ~<ü¤Ÿ9‹3»P°Ñ<i2MWWu¬,8“?¢¢}ÔFûÍï}Ì™äצSªý‡?jf=ŸUûÞp3ÑsN!XÎ…%Gù,˶¨¡’Ö«ö=Æ@§4èž¼§]7¶¾ d2=š0PáªlQ¿?s›òmgæ_¦h+ù¿;O¤YJ9÷4ui~˜*E6p#¡3šhɺ±~‘9öQJ<ØuuRÍV£Àï+F{'‰à…ëﺶV5®¥eJ‡¤¸025ÆW’«BÅ 6Ê…o¥7E eõymÎð&tm7ÎÈ“¸Î’òK á””-x³^QCD2aSQô)M¿ÝVÚ($ÉQÓXŒW“m�ßfäm• ¹ã^k:I’K`'–%Ÿ#•%2 r×Qc!á_rŽÊ]$‰1‘2$(ôÍPô ) öI¶öšßÚ¢c9 )y µ‰‚ràȯTãÊlA³I’bôByLý)ÁÊò\>3šƒ%!Ý71y«o¦U“"GL©m¡—Žp¶y¾ÔÓé}m¦´Ö·å:Ô!â4›‹!‚ 9fZÓ|Fl€‘(Eœo÷i’ƒ./ÞîÉ…—òÛZelœ’KZÌ–&‰ÆM…®ÉZJKÉ”)å¯Ù\œ!3DÓÂl*Q 5U.yƒ=ÆL†ËI"bG—&z‹Šƒ‚. @õ¹P,ýÉ|¡žÚ +M¢ükcÕ/k¿²çÆ'wýʹ4ÈÐê_ u’zNŽRgE3íŠû<R7 ÏŸ‡gÀd¶É™—=›m’yˆ—§Fw£ ùCßWM‘Ÿ†xéÛá’ª_rGá¯mi}óú«·Ziã-?awã Þ²AOW¦s«G:Õå\ïì6ÀŸ†ž²íøL]™uæ’AªI{µ‰Ñj‚šÔ?d#¿~ËK›†Mæ§@ËËÑ’Ñóãc{ãmìÓÚ{m™·«jµsѲ'QÚ³˜f4õ&ocbœò[Ì<I©U{Š8R6—>¬8,e¨7¢nlZ•7®¨Í¢*QåÌ>…Ë ùOšÅÌ„…© š8ÉF…¡lª°_&çïÉ_DÌ£>¥Ï%î ¡êd6ÁD¢É)/µLvqN;>Ó”Pï5,w„®;¿BÐtõ- ¯âbZíÀPÝ3ѤÝ,ºÑWÏÁs¢ öÝJœ[ï¾Ô¸”nD€M6òÝìê×M­!ˆ1wÖôrd …7µ8§å;ÊÇÐü2elüCmB–è“7ߎ´&î™øœ,¿¨ŽwA'±g&vÏ;.f˜›5¼¬Xaã%”Tôµwå@Ù-àœõ\5"ÀJ'bøQ„ö¥CØóº÷òYçŒCÆX3Â\kÙGA_Þ²}'¹ÇçóÜnµDp˜Ylu“rú¡` §.Ê:N4ú®Ì Á‰9ÁS òà$ª¶TÞ! oJ /ÁyÒGK­á<5E!rÿPÍ]ݨ0¢ßñÇS]Sðè)A…ëñL¹Óµ÷±@ò6þ³¾×/PÃy>W`t(,åoèá—mgªd‰¥ôÜ–TN¡ãTŠe®ùÅ&tíÅ7÷ÎyPjÓS½®¡Æy«Nõѱ]?%Í´é²W8ùv�h-k(OÓytÑ6Ëï¤êrCÞ5vé1>N‹¨d»‡Ik`˦mL øÎláh×¥$ænì1OOd­\/Ê•Ï:4QUŽ¸Z->˵’Ûkq‹âJ·3§‹ìVŒ·+LY!çXÌ<4"½­‚&wkŸC•~¯C–·YúP^Ù”¥oŠéSiŠ)›Îšµ2Öjѱ/°° „ÉW<¡…mÅ\ΡBåD-wº5ƒ[+‘Djè)Ž&¹N«g+œó_©(Âp4ÂÝß„Š;2êq•e´D¾³í C*žŽŽô · /âtžÇl†ÛBÜkŸT¥Ö—ªŠ]5IYòaêE9ÖfwùjWÏMÆmï÷»÷øîÚüú}4GÎ>áü,’Ÿ©> ž5\Š« þU õ¶ËæZžšåõELWùŠ6v±DIëa‘øsœ6çΙÚûSåóÊ“ø&•Jå­L˜²{ LQPˆebõ€ÛÚãÚŸ7(Ú)môiCê4¥38ªYÖˆÜû³Àãáa׌í~j¹šdû/¿XW²Miú¡Fé$ˆ_yCBÉ8Õã\ŽÑyLÈwÑeJ×½Vyåò¤’sCÞ¬k²q˜Oîº=ªJkÈ“¤õÓMtÍPÌe˜ÌÉR‹WC>ÓʦHÎÌi0Y™‹]X±Wºà„”‰%¢FBS¦^ô˜ÉßcFdUKʇVsWGÉjèäöD"Dú'¶–¾kÍE·çVÒ‡”×¾ütéa‘Íëówm£ÓB8VoLÛ‘zO9®oÁЫYÎ ª yÑáÍÇ5 kðÙ2å‹üÞµ½î„ô°Rˆ6{9?†é2&6Úw"}ÑLD.¥ãHÑZÛTE“DVÄ¿z^±½Weôû~••ôÜcØÁøÏɹÝuèx ;³ïN^Ö»ÓÆ4(ªhÍôG|ê^;CCšSA»´>¤øß(OÐýK$Ô¼±–W‹íÈQzM‡U¨½§ ­Aè‹k÷ÀŠ]Z†PTÚ*­à;úa´ŸHÜÿ&ø7Ž]Nœî2û ½dÄ‹Ñ>Ã÷-¶}Éâeý«Åé< ?šÞ0´û&Ùúmk×Ö_Å쀂†<+0�ÿaìþdøÚëúßÒU~_íõýxïGühTTs“MÖ2ªŸÓøY‹Ç±-mÊÛr)*¬ä›VÙ‘cIø³D¹RMDÐq¤(6ͱ's67LUb¬C¬™‰É—D§Tö‰£ŒNÁÙÙ"ï ÖœdÍà%ÞÛ‹· fêPM[4&Ó ÆB5Hƒ…;sšùMVXµuµ–4#„3SƒbI°ž]ѬÁ83QªqJ„å*Ë¡…FÚÂà+hÛåfj›JæQº•‚U;Un5Â/3—zfñÜÔ°ÑqŽ¡dlÄ ÔvQŒmNÊ·‚%–TÚG“• TTÎ@Õy˜Ž .ow(“±Q7aƒ2*e*R¶lÉÝ(‹¹iy¦ñ[•¢ õÌs0Íå‹—…¼­‘¹±¦$ÝóšZò²™“v�C¯!ëýµúáá|™úüÛa‹yRà÷“ø¤‡ø™�/'ý¯¯e¶^¨¡G.Ũü¾/ïaözÚÍÜm3Žk«ÿƒ´ýË?±÷ý¿¯›ó4µ"!øéÁÒv3ý¥è w®­‚ðýÝÇ™íã) �d‡±Ûï÷»ÊI%3??ìÌÌÌÌÌæHáÌÌÌÎ÷wv""7vÀ»I]ÄBJ"æO ÌÍÞî¶÷v¨’jª""*·wwu¶÷fe%33$Êâ<LÇ ˜ˆÝÝÝÝÝÝÌÌa[|m¶Þ@‚a"TFLÌÌæX»H•wwy»»­´“Ø‚ ”6ÒK‰$D§»bîîä ™a’Ü̉™™ºªIS –’uU{™˜ÛH‚JnÕm¶Ü¶ûÝÕvÚ  ï¾îëB¨’S˜ ˆ‰Ì»&×)%ww\ªISãm†ÝUUj˜m¾6ê9UTIš§ÆI®$ê “ÂxIˆŠ«» ÝÝÝæf$I&�û÷¹4!»e¬H�.+^Ô?ùÜù¡ û»{ÏLÏËÇãËòÞU­K÷Ÿ:ì‡Ñ¾çôåop¢¢Ð(­fÞé“ú';iöyKGxéëööë<¨¡¬¹?OØ´ó)Z´Ð×õ²+êß&¯X™Tlïô¼K¼£*“ÚûC[º}¶ïWþÏR4þ‹äY§“ÑQ}™MÆ•FüVº6ø@ߧ½õÉìEkÇ<Ž’¯×6Zçló>M_Åi9úx—葹Öʵp£ÛZ�ÓUXÞ¡¶k‘Ü9¤ƒ›Sd¶˜D0)ílƒ{½r”‰2ÛßâGÁ …|˜óÏyJR�uÏëðã‘ïJwŽÍœ"÷½öë®bµBcê‡,4ž¸vy7œÛw]Юò#nI€&ÕÌ4|ž®eƒØ6 ½È Žÿ(†Æy¿¶zôH9 –Cr"nÀž8‚x`2}ò}ŠÄ°;AÙDŒMŠ$¦"PM­Ç£ißz„ÍP•vúÔ’q°Y!"nš0ßPªK£xt&'Ò¥m[ÂÏ4°»ÜOD£`¬Ü.5Sn-—1Ûlâú–9ðRWcžxߟzºwÖRäd >…ÞÜ’¿W@YˆzHgÆæB2±ý ûq #¤|×$ñÐ}2`–ÉàE9AbŒ«®æ† MG2ú8ŒB œ³†„â›YQÅÎ",»ê;¡(H¿…Ež@r#íÃÉ“]ï³ tö²¤™1Ú³ Qa‹®øyx›æ,„È{_Pë¶z—¶ûp·¼´®@ľ ^ â„©9 ² 4æÁˆŒ`U@MžmÓO³oÕ›ðäò�I‰™8ËùòuÒëD–D # Û©#”Ú. Qìó ÷$öù³ó±�鶖yXè1G„žºCŒßJÁƒaâk!6éÅæCä*a"ÌžGkšxƒÜ «U¼&8†âåõ2FH£àyB7¾zÁ¨|1\_oÌ›C¢8¹PŸ«ƒUÏ-#Ë<öpÕxÙTˆÖ2%Ž¶ûKOõê÷zÖÑ,¤ÎöQ}•DÃUHÉq HÒs`á´S]ïÏzï®›¿=¿µªHîyÏ¡\’gEìFeïÓ §R/a2…K«^®>"½šË¯^Ÿ‡Q¥{ÔwËØ(†Š¦’Xö¿Áèúývšv^5íʉ-­ü xcƽëÀnQ„Ø0í&ÁW*°~A,ù%ªàš!)JX0)¥ †¢àìßÔ„w·T±RD$:™sF¶ü¾ €õ†Ñûuë¹”½Xº´-’|8ùÇâU ï£4Ίnh{Ä*®LaOË` •Ñì»xåNQ&³;[–4¾~=1È°'{ý“©f¥ˆ)d¨¢€(ª¤¢€¤) /ø¾ÿÀþoííØš Š‹ñt¼ÌÅá# vPª‘î·ùº­{'ÊG&\È“¤¾cÜÝsiáÑŒVÔËG¿—¯Õêîúe!¡@T0’çkœÂH2ljÈË/ÊßïÞý»plֹǭ#2If'hÝ¢ ½Žu›Œâ5£#08–b ‰*þ»o9áéŒïŽÓ‰êˆÎ9¹ß#}ìãyšžˆ'öá×r,¸PД‘(Q$r=¹xpÍrkHŒ$RDpn9xÉueq\°íŽ¥Ð去"t]E‰pc¸L1À £ !ˆ–�Ù¾¹³¨îr½†ˆb¢B (& 4Þ…p1eUð±–æç!3Å2U@„€g€&¹`ĵ°ÍlòHy´2äÎà '„@,N5ÃÌA“�hÓ(‚¯‚nùdî&è&¿aLdwÃ4Ï{š]à {LIVðˆ|‰dI�aLËA˜M¹T›ÇNKÖd¢ÛnV |cl0ºÐÈš™ÉVTTei©N{6CþWæÕÇåÍý(ºöŸP`wŽç¸axI­lðà [Öø­³Âi6H—Ë̲n›HMÓ‘1Ü’C%#œL¾˜ò[+~$Ù¸YꙟroU±6aؘ{¹¾gؼfíkV/IhÞ~Ø¢ ËѺЄ9éË•ðçé§4u¸OZš$”ˆ¢ (ªššb«÷x@Ð$ ´#B2BIO¡‚Qóþ´x‚Ff2 -xèìá¥4iÑ‹‚DV$ Ë�P©J(/kɧ tóÃHES;M¨œ¶4^rGÎ9I©Sa¸eùäK3Î,ÁT*³�P„H<ŸÓxÐló°×o0 à"Fþžy}ºÐÑA<÷;"½<1Àw{�ÁÃ*N‚¦�Ȭ†$¦ Bà¸!&)0 Š`J&¹¡6ËÁ´É…Ó¾Xdi (bEhD¤bF•H‘€ìp ~iTòbÓØ@ª�’@qâèÄ ÞÝ(¥K‰åÆFj ă¸$@§îy÷Wb¾%X€$$BTˆ)C°†~ÿÀ9¸¨Y(h#/ HEHªP4 +BR )H´DƒB±*R¢I !Huö‰@0 $‰$–‚»Ü)FÆ2ï¾úAÙ"˜D@Å!¤8Õ¨­vøC»~_—çýÍ�ùØDS…Ee‘…NL"E$LÄ!úNÝ_„;ºvËw·YÖ\ ¼;ÎótÊñÐí¸ÝëcÝç³öÏïå~½Þ—J‘?®U’bŠ™×X)¼É—*óu¼×]/e7ÞAL@dæ,)Š€åô£ËŸÛ0´5­é«< ˆÀ½ Š™†Ã¹4U!ßêšC§N1mwßc{ì ÷0xƒ–·P« (BxŠ4uŠóPÚ9õ“ÑMEIETIAß\zñå¥ãÆ—Ÿ/<.0ëÆuÛÉDÄBUUU<y¸Ö˜Q$t_^zíÒ¶Q/ã »SH5¿0‚xA� � ç 1=_{žy9jªª¦fƒª/(í­¨ÎÚ�6±$æ;k¯R†Š¦ãŸ>=oz²Èrȯ*w:çן:íÙEõàE%UKATÕç­Õåð Îw9f!¶ÚI$’I!¼8gŸ\õ®Q'SêINð­æg€õ’ûo¦xÛlþøiH黋\Mùi½³7D€‘$<zÑJ¡"@H nk¬y dµÆîùá|ø<ñ×Üq•yG¡ uÛŽv ò„2!«, D�Ò$À�@'|H„„«xp–�s1…I„ ¢¢JH×lï±ã®ÚÖ³2î È{žzç|öh`JBV€‚¾åíYPÕRb¶K™,´àçw%z›<ˆˆ†Ûi�ûä÷ÑåÜÖ­MPXÞ$êl´Bõ¤¦‰C¡¶!±{·vsšFã[Rn¸èÒs½´·nÓm�åRT€ ¢‹‚ˆÀ ‹‘‚da! >éÃôö„îYlÄ diÈ@C -r\žW¯¶tÞXj÷Rv… Ú÷c&Ý¥¦„]ÔÞ·÷;õ_g¾û=Í î»œm,œ‡1•¢r[Ùò¸F |ÝÌã]õÖsþ:íô™hh}½yÝQ-$DR±C"ÒL”SH, H÷ù¨üÁß×·‹Ã éˆ TƒØˆùGnݸÐî³å½n Ç ÝU\YAņ½ñݲ¡ËÇ‘m|¯\wç8ÌÎsœæªI#¢Žê÷¼m®8¾Ï˜F†O=á-ûZzÄunKªi WÕTÏ>Ø/RjÈ�2c7wéÙ>ï¬Ë~ß^÷wwwvÕP 9ò4׌k­ôæè ó\ÄåZH…U@U) °€Î¢ŽÜbs±w‚bè{fŒG „ ÝxÎûñ‹»è«Â»ÝZ®žŠßÊ ¤·¾A$=ù½fµåÔÌÎÃzʤöîÛ|ûwÏnþÕU^ÃÞ€A€/¿]zî&[nf'×��©õ¬ãÏ^«tUèïHPÕS@ÓUI“§4jÐGBßâø©U*Oj­rÈ22%1�„ÊR1ûoŽ¼úçw9ÇozÖCÑä�î¼sÏ]³×ãŠ,îbˆ¡¡ªQ¤ã¯~ºíëÛ®¨ë®ºÛ½`‘<®ýsÎú¢¯ = +Bµ¾üóÛfõvUT‰À»ž˜ÖÝsΪŽÚëŒuQæ B(Š×Ž{zñÇ™TvƒÛÖaG›*Áˆb²0Aëyܵ´ˆ`õ¤Õ)»ÛÙ¥­'Eb¥iµ ªèR´-´¥b,V!bH¹˜fb|¯žŒN& HˆJ ƒ­s5}îöìÚÄîÓ:°51INŸ_©LžÝVÃ}”ÈR:ô¬•äÉͪ©»~¾€j déÐùŠÊ'PuÛß¿ò H , ȲAb_òª# ¹)SME1DAÿ²8b”C�MB”­YŽ…d&@%ºTT²J¡uc¤CÏ~eµ±h™1C¤÷»œæ×°z© $ #ñãZëçç¬MµzÖµ­jªªfffbmϑιÍy—óÔðÚT‡30O1E̦àáï•@RAGoãȇ"m‘àç+çTÈÔPïºDE-'}vÏ:õj2<ô†½xã¯yÞqã3GÀzÃCÏ]nG}÷wws33-¶ß=pt9Ï"/ÁÁœ" Áˆ"é�*¨C@^³ÅÝÝË‹¸¦U®šÖ¶Þ"ÅBU X„=¡L”{ˆqßß¿¶ÛÞjË*¯Hr§Ÿn3º'‰´.BÿµŽE@$B m-Þî7ñwu\€d 1ãmø›†òE‘*©8±y¨¼¶Óå˽I!É�¾sŠ³^zp4ˆJùÎWYÒºª¨dž¸80H±Wé,£\râmLD6É$ò{"Â} Æm¥%6¼ró­‹Üì¶Âl2[{rm;eŠÎœîôzͶ£±`k°« Λüïß´š(¬ÿÍÔV°¨Öf!Ø~><þÓ²óÛ0›)+ \cF$ Ž0Œ!†,�HÅ@ú{wq!MJ ´ªÖ}‰³sYÛ°ÀäÐçîd<;?UÐê#åL5±ÖäVÞìYÁ¥•ZµÛ¼{‚ë//fí𻕿@ ›ò"P $Q<ð�Ó¦ÜN|o^‚:€…£€(ݸ„I#¡Á\à÷B—{§áÎöž2»M´øÏ]s™ÕJD�!eœï¼›9†®€ÙOÜÅ#Ó=zW&õÅ ó‰H¤Np.m¨®pr÷jqo‚4àç&‡S­¶Ñ6R¢œqιÛ}雫9Û[sÎŽ“‚p Rê—k7$’KUÆ–p”. …6e ×CeëŃҫ±¶D«o7º×:ó(K·*BŽó;òOÂùªˆ*ˆ8¢‹rL“Œa($Š¬"ÁP`‚ªýË?S÷>¿°ýL’tÏsÑ°€à ¤8¢` â!˜0‡Ò}°uŸkkÓ¶›®ÂK³eHHL¥1Ã& 3 T<ŸÎŒM¾qb{VÁV+¿©VmåÓ;q57;µ&k3Ÿ�" oì3�=ŠòÎÜi¿œ©V¦ƒD ÞõŽÜvÊêoUn€g[ó·íd]ª™P› w¡çWp³€¶¸8HàÀº¾·ºx`( 뺽ó}ûó´w !Jò­öçž67‹ÅRÕPURÕPp 7ߨ•ªGˆ—ê€1¶ûo§hÕ*ƒhÜ@ÜNb6Y­¬°Ú©*2¨2/%L™=¸¯mßg H¹hSKÏÜXî÷nõ;X[ÛÌ/&øG›@QBŠ  � �Å ŒH��}ß_Ãv8q�ULTÅÈ�’&D ~Í_ˆSŽ›¶‚ºée….T¨N$Ñp”=П^VL‰™÷y¨hÈ{™fnš3bSfRµ‰µ.µÎk®ºçЩš‹ÕxÎÓŽ6ÚŽ-NQ…ªœêñ´/Õ…ØSº®zï÷(67¤íŠpb‚†ãvt”—½–âƒàClo0é5E ÕÆ 5¢Y¶,,ÙBV1NÕ”Æh\œ[nZÒF¹=I&ú†›á™ß{Þ§S8È’:å2$­$¦O&H_x»¹²‘Abàd2sœàÉØêï%°$€‚ËÂûøí׋£¶X&FAQÙõ«Ï8ņѻ¤¸• Fªªl&š„æ:UJtø¶3¶»Ùc±Üm‘ØÍ%秮ñšq[çK‰”çK½´0)Û[‘&÷{휢¢¬ƒ?0ÊÁBŒ¨¡`+\LŸdûì°†MÇ ‘†" ÄSÜ÷ñwy ÜS9#W·{t×y"Іî„0…LŸÚÿo3ŸÙHöÛÜÞ¾}üý˜u—YL蛋ÙÙØMM"·Ë€$4Oûü£) g4Áe–…®RJ™)ƒÛ{ßGËäã a#Œr¯z–÷ŒÏ4#11‘#EÇ'ãl‹«<b—8H ¢Köþ‹½ï®¤bÒ“Gœ.)*•AHá O XOœ¨4ƒ[¢®ûUǨy1¯­ $é”âÜÀ3‰¦Säömq!¶®³IšmjâdšG\îdœgf¹¯iIJFÛ¦i¤ãDÍ'÷<ÙW�1`1ŒÖXdQTƒòú~flãµÕ¬‹2“$ÉŒ"`a  ~JüìÝÞ¡¶%çw¦èÞÛ¥¨Eág3ºÙöyøW} Š¼öe«vWÌ;ybÉwc2ÕbšMRZoª½s3Z1FÞ™Üwãç9àïœà� ñyœôÅVkL] 7Wh5кƵF—9¤Fi$Ó2L»k\YëÏ^¦ç2z'ªÍ†±™Iºùë×­ž¤!,R_ íÌ»‹Õ]äÑB¯,Ö`N*9ãäJäŒÖp3L¶Üß:Î)Œ2‚Î DN'nÜà¶ÅpæcΓL”¡UU�ÅUÁ„R$ŒT‰Eˆdùùú]ÎcF 28áÁb°#ÏrûœayÓNí›°è즻¶õÚad6 \Ú븂o$™ò·l&.›…[—CvÎMWúßÔH  £xR ÔI®/ŽyÒ",‰$‰ÏíÎPuÆu¿Ü݉&ee $’H¶ðˆ$ƒUpíI ›•Y•DH!ÕÍÍL4ê_6iÐ*X“l—“™Ìâ+’+%ä'^ÝÀ7¬ãŒã&˜uw]e&@À$Ó).ιgsVRtÔX¢*UV ÄTÉõõö|¿OBOY‰�„C0X.&ãá«è/tw¦ðåIƒ‰e¤! Rf EŠ=fgs•¥°v65Î]ŒÕªÖȦöMÎÙÊÍ@Ž7˜ÆxÇãŽÝ‡ ©ÇZÇ8 A_]Ï�d‚'b $ð‰.­ÈåßqH‚y07j‘æÒ['vI&sµ›•dN;ŠžGð û@ï.ozë�„¤ „´"R,‚Pˆå9g ®¶JeÞ³ŒØSu“{:ô­):©gWq”€¤F�³Y•XÖ…fU$Pïô«ýqA$Tè %¯òþ·Ë:öÏiÏñ}5ßA9Ý«e·FjÕù^nàQ æaÂë7e©Úº3·n¡TR:Ìm[šEEÌS«¤†º.ÑÑ•vÅkˆŠ±AgJ‡zÆÅ5LeÜ+ŠmŠȡ¬`ºBçI- dòOÙ«“-Ý·jmÎårö6w*캡&1ÝLå„ãPdÕb¢cK ºšãiÌ®'LØ ¢• NíƒgDdÕkr5Cl^Äåa©"ó… “V S¦¥n¸°¦v¢çŠ¢êãA̼I¶J©ÝÄž¹èºÁ´iÞrÄ¥¨–"Tn‘¦ÕB‘dæ¤l’¢&. ·YW;7MH¨¡4ofÚ41 Sjâ%†î]Èsp3aÞQÅd«F)é«“™³©ÍƒL"Å\L¤sjâFJѲíÜS¹T+f1DpÆk˜««´âä¼3&E!jÖð²œI½µY;™5oiXAÕÌ£ab‰[P¦Ø*YN ²… Úq—š&Ž%uŽFpo$º©u91’€kÊx-V^軫4±«/nVbÖ2œšØÍÎ`±‘‘u…U¤Vl,2NŒÑW±9Æ3qȃˆP­ÅÝ\…A[h”M„“×LE´ ÖDIQ›82sSÑ5/0«FFÝb3[\–¡!›ê6Ð7bZb ÕLe›Jî,£5fhF«×®…Ц³Ax¨æÃ˺ÉØ‹­Ò·Q¼9[DkæÆ™Ž[ºËEëŒF·¦UÞSÉZ'umÊ6Ë0µ™WuF]Ë—4jw&©ìír^æÅ :>›'˜õEãŸóùôøSúÁ&CàØ Ýµõû~õöÎ_7ÃëÿŒþÿnE¹øeÔ?ô'ð7ùŸúÏûË`üGâh±û”AëÊÎ~†ªý™Cù”A Õp?$º( 0rDÂHlëI žÁc,@ñzÈ~=Ä}¬ôù}ЬÎÝa•iª[üòkµÔ£ó¾d%Û—ƒqA’¸ ÜéìtîéF±°´JC¿gøºítCÙÈã‘Ë—X°UŒMN4×#›^¼\ÙÜ?œ‡Ç¿1ãW ¨ª Ç¼�QÍpB\•ó²xùäq×:Oí;%³úлý³Æ)~süG9K•…GB=ì<bšîÀñ¬H“~ïu™.(º?”°æUößÓ·_É­“ÿlCéò÷ó—U§Hö!BCÛÒö{ `ô=¹{Ëšx}>U§&=¬“ÆTéoîô~(G©Fˆ†Û=ü ¦Æ;þ½Û*€ž…sC^\¹{öºžpŠ‘DM8¢¢ýeóʱqç àµ:|ýÑçªR`M‡*/¦ÛYEÿ–—+kÊC9/¦ÑN½)Ð>g)H iá) ,þ 9OC ¦ýi¸ùeH!™Æ’Ýò}@ ƒð¿»6ý†ÚA4>[ŸŽó}k4òh(F!×çóàæWŸ·Øhdn`Ę)òE?¶#×C¼<ºÿ"XB­Cëï¹lUPøë¯zµ™|² ©–ñ0$¤PT(ne ±±˜ Èù}-å¿s± 1Î)¤?s:iuq¡UŠê ÷E/™ŸTC¿—®šèÁí3ÆúKœà<â.™´È4ïã‰PO²sá']¼ºY«½|v嶷ÂQôÀ?²ÛðuQÙ”6'ON¦-Æ[ôý2¿öOÓü_¸®¿cïÿ~ ößw0¿WPêÔNï*®ª¿ˆ‹Ü̽ªªœËȈÌÌÚ­¹ÙˆÌÍÌÌÌÐÛºÚ›S•W»Q{±·wI*ˆ©¼ªªÌK\DfNdCww›ws‘»± î³[f›ýv²\ÜõWV[sU=gS{Þ£3mîÀ¹ºà“N\È3-©È˜ˆØˆšÛ™›Yxçvá»»Á2Ýd«oæMn½È¤¦ê/&n³ufZ5³²’1$k˜œ˜' Øa'A 0¼s3)©põ(ØŬæ-¬JfÄF<dÎÒͬÊˉU*â«"Ñ»ÈÈdZš¼Ôc[¸ˆÔ²ÎIËÚ%U2\]뙦“­º¬‹Žd×ì™Ôcu%oGk¨*ØTb"Â_âåtíËLô:ÎH]CJmm"·w6î AݪÂ%kZVjµ¥MI­b“x0ç ÓÏôú>N~þ‡ìÝ?RÒ`_ªúMCw’ z´:Sïó×F9²/¢™á|D³ }�Ëõ|?ùîÃöçñý_oómZýÆ,ipÆ¿–Wõg…áP2R¨ã§96”àƒû÷³qžçMúÛt_` ~bñ=ìhÊ&„±Á5Ä"×9@dY©-%~Ì`»¼°í¡HE4Š¿³QziRé±àMn~»AælP˜Ê€9¼2Ô½%©…Á¥ùý„q¾¡Õ"™¤¼dØúõé×]%MÏ.-ØÆNw×c9Ÿ‰Ëˆ\±—%µÂ¡†.ñ LºP7 Ã=ìFâ·as ¦>Çì Þ2Ü°ŽìÛ®f¡uÝñë3O£"qÜüø#ý0GÅ€´Ò›•s ~%O2{I’ðBÒ™ýø;|àþ3IäÞ¶c5âÖ¼Z4eø:-@Nkæw\/Œ`ËöúÅë<ØÆT1*‰\ cóË”³ÿN”¡ ŸFB9é)}}>5Køj")U‰ÿð‡ý§iç`êÍŒÝfµpÿìÔaÄ„‡çª,Õ@Š3SÑ)[ÇÄ7’æ<¦ôr²€ë.’˜…\òó¼?Á Ù¾íwD´ß1ƽ€;‘øc´A}±¬µdR‰ÂB†–€€Q 5°Î"¯ÏõO™ÍöÇ‹2]ÃW‹««Çû0ƒ÷ÝÁ¢DÒ7éAsrt·+ÑÈ/岓k&ír-ð jĪ± Z²0¥2ÌžÄs ª*Œñ4ýèÚ:óÚ%BáÒ±©õ@c°Ò}DSäQìl½÷í™%�ý¯cúQ\2íöûk{–¢\UWÃ8ƵLIz5 ¦ÊöØDÛ¾( ÿD*a\…ëû`7cÿ±l>Ú±G9X2P¡ÙÙGéÀy…€¦ íš’h—I"ßݵ8ìxiX”÷‚KЀ a¥ž7è¾AÁÔÈ ¼spo,(÷UÅè*w俪d™l€k#+ HH}þŸop’öï†f^mŒ33&œœœ€ÏÓ�2Ö | ì°Ñ9F[Nõ-�eÛ‘—‘ºPêÛµ‘!ÉbçˆÆï1G_Îf`>ÏiuIæ2[Q¨Ü¹*QÌ…ÌÙN|ÀðŠ†Ù’ŠÖÔ! hzZ‰”Ÿ­buíÛÆ÷ˆIÍœdäláyûÙÁŒæ®L}ºçé¶xC}ààs B äJ}ð¸?%�}àlþ‘Oœ$;Cž9}ÏÃÄö˜¨éùõ˜Kù¿?.gëæZM •ŠF@R )ƒA¤Š‚ 9„K JÌHŒ�ʯ ,pƒQj”€úžÇ˜"˜oç͹ þ’>¨¨„)*ÒSPømχÛ÷.”OÛ£þóê³Q$ΠžYoˆà”q ˜ þŸ¬¥jwgqIÁSRBD*+~EËGh†V»lî[‡ëƒ"€¡‰å•3ùØx5@aÔx“‹PÄXÜöëæö©=o¶…`aFI‰R•(BQ‰�¡J@ZZA¦‘¡ ZTOèý¾»Z½f:¸Òa>ðÌoz×K¹ˆ-ØiE¨­J€Ê’¥@ aRw*ù€MP% -(S ' fw÷X&í£`¸œÞĆÍàº{ÔïHž±êL³$“KI ò‡`L$¶\ÑPÓ]}mCk hÔfi%t†Y²sMAÜáø)7Ù̪waKÛˆ ¨¹`×}eXZÌ’;ÂUø?Ò'tüqHBÄ@ÌÕô(vz¡øÓ#fëµµ}ЛYrÚ©TIbÃ%­•s1˜L[ „ –Œˆ ÃZ¬£T­‡uŽð'd¶fSTí!c"ŸìŽQLÏxI7" F: ùB> NÙÞ7Ô ^˜¥K@¹ ϤXÙ*Ûä7ˆ05TÔÔP²IMÓSS RRÑ1MqÀ.â8 1ÌpA$D‹ò„ËiH)ýpôjA}(ÞÔ,âŽSHF“êRã:kÔJë3d&úŸsƒPêLլЦBœ¾FOua$’‡8Ã%×&p\êeN¢•–´qR@²¸å¡ö'ƒ 72ƒ’ `¬USéÛæÏ~zÍ௒ûVXÍPjB”˜�'˜aŽ$5Õ¤P"ÜLIåòÜR3"îüöÂMržy³P`ë,vyÔtÐ9N@ƒE0Œ짴òYçKvo—³¡„'§=VgÀçÖ¦ÿ“fùÑ“ÂÖzõl‹P”Ȉ|tž¡�3HÍ2D3»­ÐÊg›çÑɲëôÛ>‘ÒqµçfRÂ} >Ÿ6z<ñ›®9ÛA\‡ÇMÍ|dŸù¦Ã‰¦x5¢Hü1¾Â …Htx2P< IÇÄLý.Ýæ7ÁA»H�(c ª!š1‹²¸Œk¸{J=;²âÍÄÙ Ô¦1ʸ“)“pŒ2i€ÚÙ$Iiu¢¨ªÕnŠšy,rvÏK´é ‰¨üu×�êt(N1¦Â¡VúúÄÞ^˜RÅEó¤~ò °&¼bJ ª ªZ¦ŠJ ¡¦xÁPûšr&‹3ÑV”+HæNZn¨|Öñæt5¡“i¥Ä_—p>¥û!<$W¢ ¤)X(ß”é8ïÌÎÙŽ°7Mžd³v8PSAÝÁ–fjdnȘ³½E;ÊJH�#±ñwƒ·UC\íæõ%¢Q˜Ø[]³1°'¬ßyTÜÆ Ø;@À+0”gÚöè¦&OÁ°QÕðïŸ;Ïs+Iå‚´¤u>À`ȨŠ Aª¡æ VFK)ß®:žxáRlûSÁ)AJ|ÿ°¦ö¡{²Ü¬4*ìè,×k|æ÷ÂË Y¤Þ·‚@J©*¨\<Iz` o¼”è‘ààç)ä† pȘ…Ààà€5ÀŒ${ʹ“>µÞvÁMÖƒ33~/¡Þнû‘ç.dÛXkz—§æÏS0ú¦«£âú£ÏM÷HŠÓzÑU$Ø0÷Íæ}¿ªò”Ë£Ê$bøóË„Sî|<B•Î­#z}>a޲ሒ$ñªd¨q¾ @XÒ½ά=Å2ºôtˆâyžJ­FJ˜uX9eg“¥WXÙZ¡ìH«ONw0ú׉ƒ+´;÷ñÁ}Š5Ù>.…ŽÍéF0•Ñ“ `º²ŒJ*(ÉZâ™ig,ížBó&zDÐNRR4(ŽÙIë*h›O%Éš¥•h[!gϤ OÂ~3Õ÷?G›Èîéöx¯á YÇcÓVÑc!œÑé5ÃK|¥-rF&… E…‚ =Vr¤Î#fL鱓âª"È‘vÓP"”[ÍŒ6pÄX5ÂœÁâ" <?×7Údfwê+|ãGg®Ð1«¶9s.=õ83¤œŠ;ЈŽu~<®ãÊ^ ðRÄhœÉ¼â† † Å…Ù~¾N‹£â»Š]À·ßWŠ—ÞÝ_Æ7FaÇpù)’‡…GIºQ 6b<ßιT"á 8yó^ ‡¾”s¬¤>Râ½úêW¶¾*dÔ¨&‚‰%åÕ!L$²Á®Ð—–¢ %¡Å6»åNOÆÎy X'§¼¯HJ õï¥í®ßÄ%ïSwª„Léd»M+¤3@JbºGtEBBS­öÄë0Ü3b³›ºh’dPM ð@ä.€‚žéÓNºY¬ã:ž¢5YƒœPâõÂ.$ˆ5uçÆQUÝxíµ †bõX¨¥Ç*¡ÆvÕìt(«Û<é§ÆÜâGšÆ¹}eLâõ$æR´Ô%RxñˆüTNfV\)ýò9íï-ú3¡u"å ¡çÅ7}w ­eÙÃôÌ!«Ìßpä¨eÈï¹Æºýû¶îß"Òî�‰x0Xš’ˆåj%qÚÎ>3|VÚÁP—ÑÙÜtFªh·Ù)9Åw†T32±.êüØ(/{k7ZÌ£fj4=GZJÍ™°x£}±ß:Á‡~ˆxî˜S™`áy­¬q �ÄIÌ’%4"…TÁHPЊd™"*#Q…R3–1%Jf`æfY )H©’©f4ä@ŽB NP´´R‹@P¦BÙ‚”&@8Bf™(¦H-B4…R9*½ñÕÛò„ìŠzyv}'¹¦÷iAaU$ õ@Á€ö¾á!ïŸ Î,ßÄüÐ6?,}3N«ÆÏNVö7Ò[v@·¥„$…·I߃“J‡²œHÙT ´;™CÖ'7ㆧ‚ž¹UÁ,—ÐÏ­Ä—0Û/'NO¤d»> ð_µ>8Aª¢b^Ïçz7ÓåVC´¬H|bÇqQ¸™ÕíùFà^~.‹Š™µ¢P-UZµ-²À)ø¯nM´Âm¢—Kø¾ªãíŠ,’Ë—c#ôF)î=ùÝáÌßa X¨³ °â91Ñž/³‚ªŠ#\þÇ­y·'Àï‰~¤>2RŸ`%à¬@—m^4ãÖêÜû#èdÑŸ*š‡¤«{*ÞìA‘Tï|U¤")c2µÒ×Ôbhâe¹l1u!³ŸEÊd%àVX…¿D:ô‚< RIÜÌ\²´:«¸)7˜Ô#f2ã"PÁp‰íÙ°ÍC…;Ò�d€çÇQ´ŽÕ°]ÑXa ÈlÉØ!ìéxJ7ƒÃ‚€àõ¹©¿Þ¾ÿd jLïn£/6»ÚÛ¿Ÿ­fƒ‘i4€FcMÉ• �=¾‰j§ë™£ñùÀ£±Sà™ä¥‡FãÚÛÆÙÍvgц.«HGÒ¬ÎD¤�é-Vújt¾yÛE!2Á¶LÑŒ¨ó@ Uk³Që.Ðs }Ÿ¸*ùôóÁ}^ìzRºõ·ÜoVúøQ,cÒ 6¹bºŠ´’¥ò†iaöžÉ‰ H3�Ä*ÊDº Ð9™>Ëí€H Ê B = _YA©àa]Â!iÁÆÁË/uD • ™#p!âdôïl³°|p)ûÙF¹C¦aB…~=¹³´"KWJ¢Bw’Š”Gùä 0©×% %lPüœÍ×æ,íÑ7vP·|xÉ)Хݘ(¦*¦¶­‚š$„&£�¶G7Ùy7MNëIðÒŒ¼Añ£õðEMú±È„WæuÑÝ‘`Dó!À†¼­" @;'`ù=:e#Ͻb½}°È”J…*¡$‹­Õ?gíî7Ù7*d&¾Í'5ã.F©È Qη i¨7U¢6Œ‰„= °2{û÷HNØÙã$ º,Þ騠¦Ýy1‚¾'u ÁÂSÍÝxœè_&áä¹Ì8Å�U"ЊÑÕùÅÂ,ÍIŠˆ³¢úÆRÅ6hÎqGò ­jGçÑIRƒ[hÀT í“›ûì*iDþÌ� dmæS1犾4ˆ4M’?š†öñÌÏi½’N§ù¤rˆ<B ‰]ëN\@j.,!N!ˆCˆ(QI@ñqÇlÙPš¿›Ø¨Kb( ®@<z ð&á(Š!ºÀ› *‡õF;Ö�q¿m{»'žƒ4Q2ÛC©R÷éòɆÌE0u·S‰@H–óPCcÏv£´"”Æ35O(Y;0à ©ñ9eËŽûʨóeM«)Žø˜1ø/;>^}麢ô2{õàö [\Ur€ñt0’Dˆ«Q ”¥PІHÁ‰4p’’„\ÄI<t—*îìÍÒŽÈ@Ê´š`+-ql“I.Ç#Ya2Šl¸û#¢<ŽÃL˜È‘ÉEd"1†DÈù•€‹—?3£en0ôã4`{iCòE�RÒ#_\Øâ"âÐRÒ¹jž(©t¾èbNA=‘?¢F  *¤8ÄOHä¥  ÒRÒ¥�;Ä*)v7¥yŠœ’fDãKaØ=”?ªSu™{XÊgžÔ‚ ³ÆƇžqÚó SÍT´ÒÑEQAIƳC'Ôº:ì™ ~ºž§ä®¯ÐhŽN³]È|ä·²žÂ12!ðdó[CÕ_Ê'¿ØCé àîúȈ~¶\àÌÃöuû^ æ0ÄŒ«@ìB0„�-.úø/{»ÂPM[.¾›LëƒÊ(\.°ì†>Dƒ�>³“¯:¸œ}}#šÚ³ŽÇ{>R^±Tö×®Å)=E¨H¬3ž�£nO~ÞY¾ZÄ�U=â P ΨûaãûIA£ õ ©/ßmnâ äþlÐC΢°yò†Wß�óÔ<Ðï C ð?â�(…b¨‹ F¡#¨‰iFO¥¸»H˜:Žç‹Èjê ßôktï”sá(£GåTj¿gXá>׶¸!*C‹d%AFIIùJ†Š´s†ŠÖ¦ÂÛ!ØzZµhDŸl|_G{3"¸6N}a $ô”H‚1ÄÖXIO¦Íªš‰ëãq=ÚQ­/å×C¼ÊLJOÁîCÐu2a£+9äTr„{^5a’«@ÜÊÕUøfeeít{è‡k“ qãd½žÂ*Ù:0!õœÍª3kÝM ‘f'UsÕ†Š%¸e…¶ñºj»¥S˜ÊÜ-§ÀtIeD×L×<ƒ‡¸pR´³×3|ë/až¢l”Ñ{÷<Ÿ,Ž3„‡ôÄ~6Òxëx—&1}‚=>TWZ¾× í ±ŽÎ–ÂÁj-èw¯Èò!d™¢†˜Š˜Š‚š ÷œ�˜))~Ÿs¸}ϧl)üpõ|b¯ †‚Q—Õ_örc=g´1å¢Hçø*!™”A#BÏè~O@OÌý[ƒ÷kòzéœ ¥$UET5½&#U.³ ™f5•h Cþ\ ›ŸnPlüÏ“Òz×·”,û¹Ä…mÈ#j§ñ )úWÙ”5çK}h>Aš.ˆ\ª¯xdƒtE— f²À¸•  Êã€í}¬úà¬w&�%ç[y&!ô!ýÔ1»â!îø•¥NjÒCFãå5tÔ ûr~…/¾øÏÖ~º(JJb&"¤¢’€  |ú"õ†úì¨p Qôžñ#oY¼_KÖä–'K áV—–'¹z±7X‰”“v„»Ì¤S™Ä4òƒ¬Èéܻě¬Þ»¡s2Y0§2ÅÐn�A脉àÎH‹ê)ü¤ J¤ ) ¥ Û a´L:3czeûYFCúÛ¤$ÚrEÚÏaýk£œŽ„aÈÙ¡Ò|�hë®ø÷´™F€à|sÊ™@£Ô v­}õ}šèø 8Åní´¹¤p™äÂ@Ù€ú!"A]X·…VL$DËö¾NùùÓ`¯Î¾üòÁ¤Æ¹ç,Dá­fõ¸‹AÄëU玷¸¥yca¡w<îÁÃ&€Ñ\®É0Ê€ÉtY¬0É+s“¦T°yXØE½_,PúÞŒè 8@á¥v¾F§…òÚ!]¼¡ð;/dó3= fŠ2tU L(aêíšb¹,¬±tÌÌ™=v“¶#ÁÊP(H(€…F£Å«ù¯‹V”aÉüBý§ùë,sïå7Æ_[О=)dª`H"™¶U(U[Ó¿@êŸlƒ¨6κ]ÈqÊͲ´*¨z nZúㆎ<§ùü/4ÐœBmTv­¤©EÅ$–-cn¸Íáa(¿l};u™«=°â X=…·øPöä;ùƒÎ¦øÛùÉ ‡¬¯ ße;ZËåEF¸ .g¬Í+©Xþ¤Ÿ¬—ï©_Åßïð÷Kâö¨>a˜d–bdÎɲJ\²²–›l7H!Ê2ªëÍÀD#"jÞñªM@ �™ ù/×㳦Y†]ýÉKEQðÃ)±ñç£nÉ÷\; øæÕ¥`¹%…+ˆZÒq¬aS³­“7«%%’0cacVfB!™k e8Š¬¢JâY˜Á–þuÞ{Ï0=Yž1,Oý²UÿrêϤ ö!÷±<¬6Šz@oäžÞXØ9}.HØ8ƒ#ª¨j"‘ÉxÛ¢JóÅç%Ö[°S…’HDøj'» ]º8Q@¸ë˜rc€¸G°~|ïåÙJ¦jTePÝÚ\œ,@vBADcRäÏ|âMM{þÞëðα¢»íÒªH¨ž­¸YˆP–V'ê!? Â^8Ü¡¯ÅD?"J€„ EiTi&Qi{–<¡Î¨é‘¢”2{µû+Í 8S{’š@ÂRð$Œ=¬ìO;IáûžË°÷ºŽ]Y6–A™‰Y†5LÀVa™Y Ä3çÀAWúm„?¬öøIDžÑ�‰Ñ\€öÌÝÚ‡ÐA{®úÜçn³ŸÅM`½df@6r‰Ô(ò¶–=Nù›†¡%uÌWŽ“EÅŽ”QDk)ZB2˜¡d d ´ � ò[CJmßáˆÇJá%DÕ!2±M1tá É69AOË((©„ÿ“ž22ž¾!×T\g:Áƒ^4jjìA¸ÑäD@7œ’d“||¹rH! %ƒüË›Ö÷Âé¶'¬ÒK.±šáõ#a³öD–'$öÙ³½B]“Ìg×rÌÒN½%U5R¬<Á4˜Ù4ÞyÃÙfk²á=ÏÓ·+m=®ƒjN¾¼ddå@Ž&öåßléÌoÍѸÛáàÖãFfuš )¾Øýç1HH‘"g¢O¯3Ñ·ÁB0Ÿ'ʼn6Á@);Œtæ¸úJy猧¡ÆÒËÚád?‘ºl„tAvl`~L‘ç~¼~Ø{²n5vzC(" À*dSdhÉL”Üà( Ân5© Ì�5ULk$’V·‚:§xR¯4¥2I—\óE·J" ¸™+²¦š"(( ª"HŽÿH€L>`UÇ9Ãû 9&‚^ Rƒ…ý1 #¿×Ãö‘á·Xký¿X®Æ*bŠ¡h V°'�¬|{J*þÈÀ ÉøËI’©J´¬@Ì‹H¥"É|JH%GÑ.Äo£Üà9u9ªf÷Y®Öóðm?\ùTà°Û4H4ƒ"‰B"”¨¢’Ah„äöÅ̉þÙqO‚@Ä#°!F,·ƒªþÚö¨áMMYd²ô‚B)Þ+ÒÑ''ê„bè;sÚ“†rËßÚØ…¡oσLÓléÚ—()™†d™79sfXgÙ‰>[&ª†£UHQ œŒ$¤*Ì) dDÐÚ‚²uoá TË”ûØa‚˜E{l8pRWÖÃ3ki*Ê.T~iá BÁÊås­XKy}'okŒyL¾^ùPØ€–ˆÔ©ú–³ Þô Ï´ÐR‡š“W¦jˆª+Ä›‡™@öÈM?½ë>ü¥:E⌳×L”.BD´Þk2q/“RNf4fnûéÜ c¼=qãÏ|8éÊGÒ¬ÃküÀw !ì�ä4°'ßÂèÒœ¢ê5IŒ"f Ãâ·êpH)’Ÿô ©n~^JP>½- ¡AÉ3ˆúEª�‰er±Šti9Ä7àËë÷ r9‘¯T{�wù¬‰ÌâX,¼(ä[iWQô÷;ß×'ùã]Ç×LöNõ?v6–€¥l�……xŠ½(~ìsÉlYd@†PWx£§«ë¦iMCè¡´°Hwl ›D×ÏœWtQ»%µËe¢¼‹úGìšáØwK´º \“é%ì9kÎZÖ$©DµÁP>芾¨uà=d”•A\ Ÿo±ì{Ç09nSP‚£~jzgŒ;ä(¹ÐwwÙ1Ü'9+òœÖúÌÂz€>à ƒ÷ml@É€¯6 †yqÚ’â……á6 …üþ0qd™6ñ fn ï)Ô`aþìMkª]ÜoÔf»*24lX–lCäðÝ}¨8ºF¡ÉJä5Ž´B ³vhú@víÉÏìîäÄEQwLMöý’ºöb¾£ö/ÒûË¢�‰_vé?ƒ‰‚ ú1jJÏ*"$Zg¬}`À‘Ê“ãšÂT?êjXÜ¿Gñ1*œÌ"ïð|ˆöƒ˜´Py8ç(2¾'çÙd[ø¨ïÈüþ ôÎ5⮢‚3 CeôÜä?£,Ë3 Jvû‡Ô;``f9•„Ì{Â:„¼„ò¨`Ī7Cƒ©üîßGÙ»ÚʆçL@ö‘Ï™â!Á,ÕAuB¤q6À¸HBmúñ±­õzõ‡œ¤Y%"@0í‘¡~4‡®G¼´~ê0à˜‚II”üÀ!u0 ê>,ˆÓžÿëC@Ä%1/¿ÝiIŸÂý‡¤ö9øýçœðo¾,.-$õ©D©R�~”П·J7l^ ˆ‰Æðv1ÈÏ!(ïÉC~Æ’žŒìð)Ô‡„Š|t VË» î‹Ç8å6 •íÍêçiÖE™,ÊÑ(%Ü´­UãT%•>&‡yÇÄ:�Ç6å¤ï??Òï:â‚ Jñ_ZŽÙðÄDM>+×7y€ 2zÉ3ª,²È9HD2Ž:ľÚ¾ ˜SÐå£OTOÁë+뀉ÇmߘX­¡§!n&:’t¢s^r®¿Ë*?hTçxškœ0" ºÃPj#1ÅÖeYa]a…ÊÃxñBLs›¥<.  Ba8‰á{e ‚'ŒL Š–ˆ‚ši ­\Nš¨¦ž£8Œ€¿V±Ô4 ’” T+B4!ALˆH»(â7»¼tHgôU6®÷ïÆ”¯ísNÛ`ßWl¦{äDúÙ:¿òàŒùM#¶0Q ÿoÉ„s|ô½ãð–‘; { ¨•B‚¨yzc,,€€UÂ@ømÉ3+´Òí5?¸æ]Ú«XÕ#˜&©`iG‚Y‘Öf‘]yæjª¾KŸœçØý t¸D»vSí‡a:HB%Š!Ç0ªç0h{Ÿ:©ÛxÊŽñ’À@ȈHIÒâ£Ö_{"ZŸÁí±bp@ >Lc,R(F*êõœ_I€û¹Ec•¥ ý]aŸ80‘éÝŒà`’Æoàt…'^Þ¡€Þ7ìîâÉãUp9BÃÔI_$« ôÖB*f+¹²DñÒƒÌÖì•Žå­Äí7Ž•DAJ+½¼Ã¸îA$A·=>„Ö�G„²ˆCõ#œ üz8\[¡Ó[uFãwò@BÞÊJ`H7”DRE@§'à)m�ÒÇPZ5™Éª$ˆ „"ÈȬ‰Yˆ¬c&ãfj*6GvÖŒ�Z®O´F!`Š C÷æ ˜ª§V·ÅÌ5 •AT°}Çóû1Õ³Kã!E“÷ØÒÔ­¢-í¼É›<Ù-hÍ�eŠûû¯Õå\¡*5Ã?wQ:”ôo¾“‡D[ó})Zµ©B&D5n4‡Öi–=läJ@ å+¡ÚW˜Jp3–QÌŠž_0J™\Ø­²ñ“Ùá·ßs—+ÚöÐ1ð|#´æ"‹¬nWTú–«lc!2(+[îËWŦŒkÊóq<¦Êæ´8¦®æ+©™‡SŸ$Õï@â eVq„ ]lu»!½¡%R¶Ž ^o.!…‡±’ ¶­pF”“3Ý£IIn2{ÂLŠ¬¶¨œÅa6 P‰˜‘­µË:1ÚÃ%BÜ& !Èi ›!*!W&].A1T¶Ug™U&[O,·xÏu s1™T#øšhEïQæÂ;ù.Ey&ôˆ>áÑuóñ¼f«Rl¿î„´§ììUû_ÎtKßZEÇá×Ûã§s¨™‘2m’¹éÃLw .Æšo9 Óš8¨"Rd‚„g¡AÂY¡Ÿ·ßjIpdƒ!`Λ¢ FK&ÚäêgÔ‰ NZ"&è$—u™Äâ“JÞ”gÏ"ð<æ3†á°Ý5"_$0nI ^fäZ|ÂÓs¦í–ËqΉ,kÛŒp×2qõñº¿‡$óÚî–Ñ'‘æ߬„Ì –űd€—Æ  £1+Êàc]†ŒÔéƒ@t˜:5æ)/F½VŒ? úwðZ™Ú|daj%$Ä®){„~ôÍ$ (xíé|^au¢‹üX¬Ø` SN ^¢â ˆ÷¾‘Ýå‘à à/´nÊö±Õ–¢Í‰¡÷‹8¢aØìuÓ(ù#Ü=ãJ'Eþä{ë%Bþøðk*“ùLÆÖ=€Î5çÞ´»ÌÁ©hE7 /§éç·›úÃDÒµõ»YjÜäf°È@µ­Ï ÀÁšÐKYp6:ЈcÀè³áêbÏ- ßœÌj«ØÞ±$p|(¬SÌ«ÎSpöµej­Já|l;óÍ‹Ò‘$DW=Žàáû©ÂªX4 ¯$„±“5h©¨˜¦,+ç€{Ï @x« @¤ë7ɤy@ó%¢t;ƒPbxõˆiö¤ ŒÌ`TO—Hž’) ª(„€H às/vÈÈŒ ÙÏE= Ñ!ȪsÈ¢Q;*H©.Q¼t‚ û{Ùà1µ­znT?(¨Z©äcˆQ`BšÑ£“Bê˜b´ÿﻤKùl*hƒ»!$)*Žb‡¬4µÇA þ\(<C‘¦‡œ^š#ÐBɉhg*NÒ‚òª„áâCD…ª‹ØB…ÐÈúóa‘„ªt´ã”Df^2súb³µß¥üÑéüB¦‰³%Âénh‘N¡Âzæêð¸ áýB5û;—“Ÿ«;°Veà^7X§RL4¨r@€/&BÇÌN ±L=®'p"H—1ãÒŸyCQ‰¡ï: ¥xµÔÐ;Ø1='¾¦NífD„ES‡‘{Åصvò}.d{7 ¢ÇŒo_¥¸ ò/›ž\Aò½<ÛgÒòtÝã®@¤Q¨L„šä7'|ñ®»S¸[Æ€ÍxÆrKU+$>A ½˜-tù4Û†"¯œ‚ M…ø�IoBW \»©”†°ºÊÝåAÖ'¨Ü”únœÎ3kÓÓ•„² FºßTB®:c*ç+3å‹Ñh¶UhdiØ8xÎDÔÍÔƒfDªR#ߥZ3éb'ÒÕ'Epñ†J¸‰�ŸŽß.IS2jË¢óKdJˆ`l¨dˆá%È‚Œåµfç^9a:d‹\Gv-D4ÐäåQòö0™9.ísw†Êã†G9íÒ³*Ù¾ÅN"ú.³Ì5žüùQ¨MÚº+�âšý ` <9ECd€Í¯uCxIÑÞÈ?(0‡¨ª(Lœ°k)4ÁR¢t!öë-碮fhí'Òm;/a æ²'gƒ[Ó¹ñ¶ˆmíµ‚”C å5ª t³‹•½Š3c¥Ž7„‰9Æ¡8®gU4^—êð¿- ÈÕ íKP-ÔdØ®KÐT/\”§SÖ÷­æîdG–Ö`õ(–‡É×:;Ü»z`9èv!#vƒÆÍ·”ØKÁééij¿íïpÙû‚Áè§Ùc¨L‘ä§Á9&H'‰r²�@âçÝvéT–FRf_ªÈðJÅn†˜h8B¯Ó/ÄÔ¢¥t»úôCnÜ zï¢÷�;±T„HД�L4£J4%DÒ¥ë€ã÷¯±æ&äò±óí…9>’$D}%7Á*$[ò´gt]^ûTD»ë*Yöa9Ž›tÜ0—ä, èp@¼'@Aá ¦–}Úòr†(;¨ˆ† TW}î­äÏ¿ëÄÙ÷›ëIøû¡8Ž¢õpòpgmL‹`9*‡ÌG�ɬsš>óì¸q¶µE˜Pm�¨Z´„byXèæ@Ï.À‡&D yBBrõ¤.$>hîn�_Kñ©Æïú=šùVaCïy6’>ßÞySP=E0qk0÷Õ|ÁP.ö•&V6[…á$÷­”øÇ…,ó¤HZÄÑ´–äšÖ¹ªr™ˆí3˜”ù`~Nô53ràâKog‘Õ3tŸ«¯¤DÀbE<—kêÐ"ˆPb“Ô0U‘tשøüô…&E4Xƒ€¤w ù€ìß·Åí'9ñ(¹™•fb£—ÙO"‡±Ï±3ËR¹WËå 2!Hû·î°¢ê+3û×}X|ÿƆCбMf4Ifad|>Ï8!eõ<<xßîžv³ ^„ !5¡Ú{òPhñõ>“ }¼l÷‡ Ã22 ’˜²\ƒ3 Ì/â`™ETº”ÃædÈ“Ü¢}˜¬„ 2Q% ¦$ ŠŠ�YrCD‡dýµx’¾èGÝŽÑZÑãGmçÂc$oF¡²ì¦ØcÎγ…Þ‰ ˆ ¨J §Xã2þ¤w{³ëÙó¾1ˆ¨!KÚ£ú°#äê<   ƒõDØ5«‹“ Æ ÂD,’èhªsyæyc¶ŒPO~ŠpaFîuh&¤B ü‡;Íw ØÒ/Nq>6Y ”‡Ë2ÖRDQ(WyÀ¡n Qú9ÎQ‡‚P‡Q‡÷EãÒ$ìOu(€ûz´A€|cñïírÿ5ZÀ� \ØG‚>¤¤x’û¸AÄg‹$®‡ „èyjk Âj“Þ8U,Œ5Jq×å›üËHõv„A�˜,%ù'¬'‚gŸG‹ CÖØsÔ¹¸Ë«Ûí½)Æëäâ†m~žGx¢ f=¦SHaÉ ðè\ÉûÏéjCdêAdG?cÐ/áíÅÛþ€ÿø»’)„‚«öH���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ylwrap����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000014061�10716616457�014454� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations. scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. case "$1" in '') echo "$0: No files given. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; --basedir) basedir=$2 shift 2 ;; -h|--h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: ylwrap [--help|--version] INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]... Wrapper for lex/yacc invocations, renaming files as desired. INPUT is the input file OUTPUT is one file PROG generates DESIRED is the file we actually want instead of OUTPUT PROGRAM is program to run ARGS are passed to PROG Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used. Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF exit $? ;; -v|--v*) echo "ylwrap $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac # The input. input="$1" shift case "$input" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) # Absolute path; do nothing. ;; *) # Relative path. Make it absolute. input="`pwd`/$input" ;; esac pairlist= while test "$#" -ne 0; do if test "$1" = "--"; then shift break fi pairlist="$pairlist $1" shift done # The program to run. prog="$1" shift # Make any relative path in $prog absolute. case "$prog" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; *[\\/]*) prog="`pwd`/$prog" ;; esac # FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on # other machines. But that might take us over the 14-char limit. dirname=ylwrap$$ trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15 mkdir $dirname || exit 1 cd $dirname case $# in 0) $prog "$input" ;; *) $prog "$@" "$input" ;; esac ret=$? if test $ret -eq 0; then set X $pairlist shift first=yes # Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots, # the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c # and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case. y_tab_nodot="no" if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then y_tab_nodot="yes" fi # The directory holding the input. input_dir=`echo "$input" | sed -e 's,\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$,\1,'` # Quote $INPUT_DIR so we can use it in a regexp. # FIXME: really we should care about more than `.' and `\'. input_rx=`echo "$input_dir" | sed 's,\\\\,\\\\\\\\,g;s,\\.,\\\\.,g'` while test "$#" -ne 0; do from="$1" # Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS if test $y_tab_nodot = "yes"; then if test $from = "y.tab.c"; then from="y_tab.c" else if test $from = "y.tab.h"; then from="y_tab.h" fi fi fi if test -f "$from"; then # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that, # otherwise prepend `../'. case "$2" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target="$2";; *) target="../$2";; esac # We do not want to overwrite a header file if it hasn't # changed. This avoid useless recompilations. However the # parser itself (the first file) should always be updated, # because it is the destination of the .y.c rule in the # Makefile. Divert the output of all other files to a temporary # file so we can compare them to existing versions. if test $first = no; then realtarget="$target" target="tmp-`echo $target | sed s/.*[\\/]//g`" fi # Edit out `#line' or `#' directives. # # We don't want the resulting debug information to point at # an absolute srcdir; it is better for it to just mention the # .y file with no path. # # We want to use the real output file name, not yy.lex.c for # instance. # # We want the include guards to be adjusted too. FROM=`echo "$from" | sed \ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\ -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'` TARGET=`echo "$2" | sed \ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\ -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'` sed -e "/^#/!b" -e "s,$input_rx,," -e "s,$from,$2," \ -e "s,$FROM,$TARGET," "$from" >"$target" || ret=$? # Check whether header files must be updated. if test $first = no; then if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then echo "$2" is unchanged rm -f "$target" else echo updating "$2" mv -f "$target" "$realtarget" fi fi else # A missing file is only an error for the first file. This # is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d # is not specified, we don't want an error when the header # file is "missing". if test $first = yes; then ret=1 fi fi shift shift first=no done else ret=$? fi # Remove the directory. cd .. rm -rf $dirname exit $ret # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/main.c����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002440�11730550233�014260� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * main.c: Stub main program * * Copyright (C) 2005 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: main.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ * * There is a good point to this. On platforms where shared libraries cannot * have unresolved symbols, we solve this by making the core of the ircd itself * a shared library. Its kinda funky, but such is life * */ int ratbox_main(int, char **); int main(int argc, char **argv) { return ratbox_main(argc, argv); } ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/config.sub������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000102425�11326357660�015171� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2009-06-11' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit ;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -bluegene*) os=-cnk ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusos*) os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusrdb) os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco6) os=-sco5v6 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco5v6*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ | lm32 \ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | moxie \ | mt \ | msp430 \ | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ | score \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ | spu | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k | z80) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; ms1) basic_machine=mt-unknown ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i*86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* | avr32-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ | lm32-* \ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ | nios-* | nios2-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ | sparclite-* \ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-* | z80-*) ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. xtensa*) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amd64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc ;; amd64-*) basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aros) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-aros ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; blackfin) basic_machine=bfin-unknown os=-linux ;; blackfin-*) basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; bluegene*) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm os=-cnk ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; cegcc) basic_machine=arm-unknown os=-cegcc ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | j90) basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; craynv) basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; cr16) basic_machine=cr16-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) basic_machine=crisv32-axis ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; crx) basic_machine=crx-unknown os=-elf ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; dicos) basic_machine=i686-pc os=-dicos ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i*86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i*86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m68knommu) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-linux ;; m68knommu-*) basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; mingw32ce) basic_machine=arm-unknown os=-mingw32ce ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; ms1-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; openrisc | openrisc-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm os=-os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; parisc) basic_machine=hppa-unknown os=-linux ;; parisc-*) basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` os=-linux ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pc98) basic_machine=i386-pc ;; pc98-*) basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium4) basic_machine=i786-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium4-*) basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-rdos ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; s390 | s390-*) basic_machine=s390-ibm ;; s390x | s390x-*) basic_machine=s390x-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sb1) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown ;; sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; sde) basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde os=-elf ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sh5el) basic_machine=sh5le-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic55x | c55x*) basic_machine=tic55x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic6x | c6x*) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown os=-coff ;; tile*) basic_machine=tile-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl os=-tops20 ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm os=-tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc os=-mingw32 ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; z80-*-coff) basic_machine=z80-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; mmix) basic_machine=mmix-knuth ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -kopensolaris* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* | -aros* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i*86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto-qnx*) ;; -nto*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux-dietlibc) os=-linux-dietlibc ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; -syllable*) os=-syllable ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -nova*) os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -aros*) os=-aros ;; -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; -dicos*) os=-dicos ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in score-*) os=-elf ;; spu-*) os=-elf ;; *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; c4x-* | tic4x-*) os=-coff ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mep-*) os=-elf ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; or32-*) os=-coff ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-haiku) os=-haiku ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -cnk*|-aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -os400*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; -vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ChangeLog�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000034345�12070403520�014745� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������androsyn 2012/12/31 21:44:47 UTC (20121231_3-27427) Log: change libratbox external to use the tagged version Modified: ircd-ratbox/tags/RATBOX_3_0_8/ (Property Modified) androsyn 2012/12/31 21:44:37 UTC (20121231_2-27425) Log: tag ircd-ratbox RATBOX_3_0_8 Modified: ircd-ratbox/tags/RATBOX_3_0_8/ (File Added) androsyn 2012/12/31 21:34:15 UTC (20121231_1-27414) Log: update release version Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/INSTALL (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/patchlevel.h (File Modified) androsyn 2012/12/31 21:31:20 UTC (20121231_0-27412) Log: update relnotes Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/RELNOTES (File Modified) jilles 2012/05/27 13:09:42 UTC (20120527_0-27399) Log: Backport trunk r27397: Fix typo, reported by Scott MacDonald. Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/ircd.c (File Modified) androsyn 2012/04/15 21:41:07 UTC (20120415_0-27391) Log: Fix another case of sizeof() returning the pointer size instead of the variable size Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/resolver/resolver.c (File Modified) dubkat 2012/03/16 23:10:29 UTC (20120316_2-27381) Log: more copyright changes Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_clearchan.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_force.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_ojoin.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_okick.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_olist.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/server-version-info (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/version.c.SH (File Modified) dubkat 2012/03/16 05:33:15 UTC (20120316_1-27371) Log: House cleaning - update our copyright notices Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/bandb.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/bantool.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/rsdb_sqlite3.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/ircd-shortcut.pl (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_opme.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/m_webirc.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/challenge.txt (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/example.conf (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/example.efnet.conf (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/genssl.sh (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/ircd_crontab.sh (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/channel.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/class.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/client.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/common.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/config.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/config.h.dist (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/defaults.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/dns.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/hash.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/hook.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/hostmask.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/ircd.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/ircd_defs.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/ircd_getopt.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/ircd_signal.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/listener.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/match.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/modules.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/monitor.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/numeric.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/packet.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/parse.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/patchlevel.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/reject.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/restart.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_auth.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_conf.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_gline.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_log.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_newconf.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_serv.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_stats.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/s_user.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/scache.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/send.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/sslproc.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/struct.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/include/whowas.h (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/main.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_die.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_error.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_join.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_kick.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_kill.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_message.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_mode.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_nick.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_part.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_quit.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_server.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/core/m_squit.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_accept.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_admin.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_adminwall.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_away.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_cap.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_capab.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_close.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_cmessage.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_connect.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_dline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_encap.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_gline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_gungline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_help.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_info.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_invite.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_ison.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_kline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_knock.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_links.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_list.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_locops.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_lusers.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_monitor.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_motd.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_names.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_oper.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_operspy.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_pass.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_ping.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_pong.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_post.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_rehash.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_restart.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_resv.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_services.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_set.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_stats.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_svinfo.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_tb.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_testline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_time.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_topic.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_trace.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_unreject.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_user.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_userhost.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_version.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_wallops.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_who.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_whois.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_whowas.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/m_xline.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/resolver/res.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/resolver/reslist.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/resolver/resolver.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/bandbi.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/cache.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/channel.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/class.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/client.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/dns.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/getopt.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/hash.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/hook.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/hostmask.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/ircd.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/listener.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/modules.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/monitor.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/newconf.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/numeric.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/operhash.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/packet.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/parse.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/reject.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/restart.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_auth.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_conf.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_log.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_newconf.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_serv.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/s_user.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/scache.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/send.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/sslproc.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/supported.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/whowas.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/ssld/ssld.c (File Modified) dubkat 2012/03/16 03:49:19 UTC (20120316_0-27369) Log: Add additional documentation instructing the user that issuing a --prefix to configure is highly advised. Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/INSTALL (File Modified) androsyn 2012/03/11 00:34:21 UTC (20120311_1-27357) Log: Rerun autoconf/libtoolize again... Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/configure.ac (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/ltmain.sh (File Modified) androsyn 2012/03/11 00:12:06 UTC (20120311_0-27353) Log: Rerun autoreconf... Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/sqlite3/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/configure (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/contrib/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/help/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/libltdl/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/libltdl/aclocal.m4 (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/libltdl/configure (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/modules/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/resolver/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/src/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/ssld/Makefile.in (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/tools/Makefile.in (File Modified) androsyn 2012/01/16 22:05:21 UTC (20120116_2-27348) Log: test Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/CREDITS (File Modified) dubkat 2012/01/16 21:35:50 UTC (20120116_1-27345) Log: Update SQLite to 3.7.10. release information can be read at: http://www.sqlite.org/releaselog/3_7_10.html Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/sqlite3/shell.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/sqlite3/sqlite3.c (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/bandb/sqlite3/sqlite3.h (File Modified) dubkat 2012/01/16 05:43:30 UTC (20120116_0-27341) Log: fix typo in example.conf and example.efnet.conf reported by Brad Smith <brad@comstyle.com> Modified: ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/example.conf (File Modified) ircd-ratbox/branches/RATBOX_3_0/doc/example.efnet.conf (File Modified) �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�014323� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/mkpasswd.c������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000024665�11064743132�016344� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* simple password generator by Nelson Minar (minar@reed.edu) ** copyright 1991, all rights reserved. ** You can use this code as long as my name stays with it. ** ** md5 patch by W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> ** Modernization, getopt, etc for the Hybrid IRCD team ** by W. Campbell ** ** /dev/random for salt generation added by ** Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> ** ** $Id: mkpasswd.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <time.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include "ratbox_lib.h" #define FLAG_MD5 0x00000001 #define FLAG_DES 0x00000002 #define FLAG_SALT 0x00000004 #define FLAG_PASS 0x00000008 #define FLAG_LENGTH 0x00000010 #define FLAG_BLOWFISH 0x00000020 #define FLAG_ROUNDS 0x00000040 #define FLAG_EXT 0x00000080 #define FLAG_SHA256 0x00000100 #define FLAG_SHA512 0x00000200 static char *make_des_salt(void); static char *make_ext_salt(int); static char *make_ext_salt_para(int, char *); static char *make_md5_salt(int); static char *make_md5_salt_para(char *); static char *make_sha256_salt(int); static char *make_sha256_salt_para(char *); static char *make_sha512_salt(int); static char *make_sha512_salt_para(char *); static char *make_bf_salt(int, int); static char *make_bf_salt_para(int, char *); static char *int_to_base64(int); static char *generate_random_salt(char *, int); static char *generate_poor_salt(char *, int); static void full_usage(void); static void brief_usage(void); static char saltChars[] = "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; /* 0 .. 63, ascii - 64 */ extern char *optarg; extern char *crypt(); #ifndef __MINGW32__ extern char *getpass(); #else #include <conio.h> #ifdef PASS_MAX #undef PASS_MAX #endif #define PASS_MAX 256 static char getpassbuf[PASS_MAX + 1]; static char * getpass(const char *prompt) { int c; int i = 0; memset(getpassbuf, sizeof(getpassbuf), 0); fputs(prompt, stderr); for(;;) { c = _getch(); if(c == '\r') { getpassbuf[i] = '\0'; break; } else if(i < PASS_MAX) { getpassbuf[i++] = c; } } fputs("\r\n", stderr); return getpassbuf; } #endif int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { char *plaintext = NULL; int c; char *saltpara = NULL; char *salt; int flag = 0; int length = 0; /* Not Set */ int rounds = 0; /* Not set, since extended DES needs 25 and blowfish needs ** 4 by default, a side effect of this being the encryption ** type parameter must be specified before the rounds ** parameter. */ while((c = getopt(argc, argv, "xymdber:h?l:s:p:")) != -1) { switch (c) { case 'm': flag |= FLAG_MD5; break; case 'd': flag |= FLAG_DES; break; case 'b': flag |= FLAG_BLOWFISH; rounds = 4; break; case 'e': flag |= FLAG_EXT; rounds = 25; break; case 'l': flag |= FLAG_LENGTH; length = atoi(optarg); break; case 'r': flag |= FLAG_ROUNDS; rounds = atoi(optarg); break; case 's': flag |= FLAG_SALT; saltpara = optarg; break; case 'p': flag |= FLAG_PASS; plaintext = optarg; break; case 'x': flag |= FLAG_SHA256; break; case 'y': flag |= FLAG_SHA512; break; case 'h': full_usage(); /* NOT REACHED */ break; case '?': brief_usage(); /* NOT REACHED */ break; default: printf("Invalid Option: -%c\n", c); break; } } if(flag & FLAG_MD5) { if(length == 0) length = 8; if(flag & FLAG_SALT) salt = make_md5_salt_para(saltpara); else salt = make_md5_salt(length); } else if(flag & FLAG_BLOWFISH) { if(length == 0) length = 22; if(flag & FLAG_SALT) salt = make_bf_salt_para(rounds, saltpara); else salt = make_bf_salt(rounds, length); } else if(flag & FLAG_SHA256) { if(length == 0) length = 16; if(flag & FLAG_SALT) salt = make_sha256_salt_para(saltpara); else salt = make_sha256_salt(length); } else if(flag & FLAG_SHA512) { if(length == 0) length = 16; if(flag & FLAG_SALT) salt = make_sha512_salt_para(saltpara); else salt = make_sha512_salt(length); } else if(flag & FLAG_EXT) { /* XXX - rounds needs to be done */ if(flag & FLAG_SALT) { if((strlen(saltpara) == 4)) { salt = make_ext_salt_para(rounds, saltpara); } else { printf("Invalid salt, please enter 4 alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); } } else { salt = make_ext_salt(rounds); } } else { if(flag & FLAG_SALT) { if((strlen(saltpara) == 2)) { salt = saltpara; } else { printf("Invalid salt, please enter 2 alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); } } else { salt = make_des_salt(); } } if(flag & FLAG_PASS) { if(!plaintext) printf("Please enter a valid password\n"); } else { plaintext = getpass("plaintext: "); } printf("%s\n", rb_crypt(plaintext, salt)); return 0; } static char * make_des_salt() { static char salt[3]; generate_random_salt(salt, 2); salt[2] = '\0'; return salt; } char * int_to_base64(int value) { static char buf[5]; int i; for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { buf[i] = saltChars[value & 63]; value >>= 6; /* Right shifting 6 places is the same as dividing by 64 */ } buf[i] = '\0'; /* not REALLY needed as it's static, and thus initialized ** to \0. */ return buf; } char * make_ext_salt(int rounds) { static char salt[10]; sprintf(salt, "_%s", int_to_base64(rounds)); generate_random_salt(&salt[5], 4); salt[9] = '\0'; return salt; } char * make_ext_salt_para(int rounds, char *saltpara) { static char salt[10]; sprintf(salt, "_%s%s", int_to_base64(rounds), saltpara); return salt; } char * make_md5_salt_para(char *saltpara) { static char salt[21]; if(saltpara && (strlen(saltpara) <= 16)) { /* sprintf used because of portability requirements, the length ** is checked above, so it should not be too much of a concern */ sprintf(salt, "$1$%s$", saltpara); return salt; } printf("Invalid Salt, please use up to 16 random alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); /* NOT REACHED */ return NULL; } char * make_md5_salt(int length) { static char salt[21]; if(length > 16) { printf("MD5 salt length too long\n"); exit(0); } salt[0] = '$'; salt[1] = '1'; salt[2] = '$'; generate_random_salt(&salt[3], length); salt[length + 3] = '$'; salt[length + 4] = '\0'; return salt; } char * make_sha256_salt_para(char *saltpara) { static char salt[21]; if(saltpara && (strlen(saltpara) <= 16)) { /* sprintf used because of portability requirements, the length ** is checked above, so it should not be too much of a concern */ sprintf(salt, "$5$%s$", saltpara); return salt; } printf("Invalid Salt, please use up to 16 random alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); /* NOT REACHED */ return NULL; } char * make_sha512_salt_para(char *saltpara) { static char salt[21]; if(saltpara && (strlen(saltpara) <= 16)) { /* sprintf used because of portability requirements, the length ** is checked above, so it should not be too much of a concern */ sprintf(salt, "$6$%s$", saltpara); return salt; } printf("Invalid Salt, please use up to 16 random alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); /* NOT REACHED */ return NULL; } char * make_sha256_salt(int length) { static char salt[21]; if(length > 16) { printf("SHA256 salt length too long\n"); exit(0); } salt[0] = '$'; salt[1] = '5'; salt[2] = '$'; generate_random_salt(&salt[3], length); salt[length + 3] = '$'; salt[length + 4] = '\0'; return salt; } char * make_sha512_salt(int length) { static char salt[21]; if(length > 16) { printf("SHA512 salt length too long\n"); exit(0); } salt[0] = '$'; salt[1] = '6'; salt[2] = '$'; generate_random_salt(&salt[3], length); salt[length + 3] = '$'; salt[length + 4] = '\0'; return salt; } char * make_bf_salt_para(int rounds, char *saltpara) { static char salt[31]; char tbuf[3]; if(saltpara && (strlen(saltpara) <= 22)) { /* sprintf used because of portability requirements, the length ** is checked above, so it should not be too much of a concern */ sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", rounds); sprintf(salt, "$2a$%s$%s$", tbuf, saltpara); return salt; } printf("Invalid Salt, please use up to 22 random alphanumeric characters\n"); exit(1); /* NOT REACHED */ return NULL; } char * make_bf_salt(int rounds, int length) { static char salt[31]; char tbuf[3]; if(length > 22) { printf("BlowFish salt length too long\n"); exit(0); } sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", rounds); sprintf(salt, "$2a$%s$", tbuf); generate_random_salt(&salt[7], length); salt[length + 7] = '$'; salt[length + 8] = '\0'; return salt; } char * generate_poor_salt(char *salt, int length) { int i; srand(time(NULL)); for(i = 0; i < length; i++) { salt[i] = saltChars[rand() % 64]; } return (salt); } char * generate_random_salt(char *salt, int length) { char *buf; int fd, i; if((fd = open("/dev/random", O_RDONLY)) < 0) { return (generate_poor_salt(salt, length)); } buf = calloc(1, length); if(read(fd, buf, length) != length) { free(buf); return (generate_poor_salt(salt, length)); } for(i = 0; i < length; i++) { salt[i] = saltChars[abs(buf[i]) % 64]; } free(buf); return (salt); } void full_usage() { printf("mkpasswd [-m|-d|-b|-e] [-l saltlength] [-r rounds] [-s salt] [-p plaintext]\n"); printf("-x Generate a SHA256 password\n"); printf("-y Generate a SHA512 password\n"); printf("-m Generate an MD5 password\n"); printf("-d Generate a DES password\n"); printf("-b Generate a BlowFish password\n"); printf("-e Generate an Extended DES password\n"); printf("-l Specify a length for a random MD5 or BlowFish salt\n"); printf("-r Specify a number of rounds for a BlowFish or Extended DES password\n"); printf(" BlowFish: default 4, no more than 6 recommended\n"); printf(" Extended DES: default 25\n"); printf("-s Specify a salt, 2 alphanumeric characters for DES, up to 16 for MD5,\n"); printf(" up to 22 for BlowFish, and 4 for Extended DES\n"); printf("-p Specify a plaintext password to use\n"); printf("Example: mkpasswd -m -s 3dr -p test\n"); exit(0); } void brief_usage() { printf("mkpasswd - password hash generator\n"); printf("Standard DES: mkpasswd [-d] [-s salt] [-p plaintext]\n"); printf("Extended DES: mkpasswd -e [-r rounds] [-s salt] [-p plaintext]\n"); printf(" MD5: mkpasswd -m [-l saltlength] [-s salt] [-p plaintext]\n"); printf(" BlowFish: mkpasswd -b [-r rounds] [-l saltlength] [-s salt]\n"); printf(" [-p plaintext]\n"); printf("Use -h for full usage\n"); exit(0); } ���������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/README.mkpasswd�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004475�10723571371�017061� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������mkpasswd.c documentation $Id: README.mkpasswd 24643 2007-11-29 17:12:25Z androsyn $ This is documentation for the updated mkpasswd.c included with a number of ircd, irc services, and non-IRC related programs This version of mkpasswd can create DES, Extended DES, BlowFish, MD5, SHA256 and SHA512 passwords, with either randomly generated or user provided salts. Options: -x Generate a SHA256 password -y Generate a SHA512 password -m Generate an MD5 password -d Generate a DES password -b Generate a BlowFish password -e Generate an Extended (BSDi) DES password -l Specify a length for a random MD5 or BlowFish salt -r Specify a number of rounds for a BlowFish or Extended DES password BlowFish: no more than 6 recommended, no less than 4 accepted Extended DES: default of 25 -s Specify a salt, 2 alphanumeric characters for DES, up to 16 for MD5, up to 22 for BlowFish, 2 for Extended DES -p Specify a plaintext password to use -? Get brief help -h Get extended help Without the presence of any parameters, it'll behave like the old mkpasswd, creating a DES password with a randomly generated salt and prompting for the password (without echo). A DES salt is a pair of alphanumeric characters ('.' and '/' are permitted as well), such as 'a4' or 'Td'. An MD5 salt consists of up to 16 (though most implementations limit you to 8) alphanumeric characters (plus '.' and '/'), such as 'tGd' or 'J6d4dfG'. A BlowFish salt consists of up to 22 alphanumeric characters (plus '.' and '/'). BlowFish also specifies a number of rounds*, by default 4. Known bugs: The encryption algorithms supported depend on your system's crypt() implementation. The maximum length of an MD5 salt is limited to your systems crypt() implementation, typically 8. Supported Platforms (Known and tested): Linux glibc (DES and MD5) Linux glibc >= 2.7 (SHA256 and SHA512) FreeBSD 3.x (DES (MD5 maybe)) FreeBSD 4.x (DES, MD5, BlowFish, Extended DES) Solaris 2.5-2.6 (DES only) Cygwin 1.1.4 (DES only) Prior Cygwin with the MD5 libcrypt (MD5 only) OpenBSD 2.7 (don't link with -lcrypt) (DES, MD5, Blowfish) Mac OS-X (Darwin) (don't link with -lcrypt) (DES only) An MMK build script is included, as well as an MD5 crypt() implementation Other systems probably work, but they haven't been amply tested. * BlowFish's rounds parameter is a logarithm, not an integer value ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/README����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000320�10767225276�015222� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: README 25125 2008-03-16 14:12:14Z androsyn $ A directory of support programs for ircd. mkpasswd.c - makes password for O lines genssl.sh - creates a self signed certificate and DH parameters file ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/Makefile.in�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000041336�11726766726�016431� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # $Id: Makefile.in 27353 2012-03-11 00:12:06Z androsyn $ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ bin_PROGRAMS = ratbox-mkpasswd$(EXEEXT) subdir = tools DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) am_ratbox_mkpasswd_OBJECTS = mkpasswd.$(OBJEXT) ratbox_mkpasswd_OBJECTS = $(am_ratbox_mkpasswd_OBJECTS) ratbox_mkpasswd_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(ratbox_mkpasswd_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(ratbox_mkpasswd_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) -I../libratbox/include -I. ratbox_mkpasswd_SOURCES = mkpasswd.c ratbox_mkpasswd_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tools/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tools/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-binPROGRAMS: @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list ratbox-mkpasswd$(EXEEXT): $(ratbox_mkpasswd_OBJECTS) $(ratbox_mkpasswd_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_ratbox_mkpasswd_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f ratbox-mkpasswd$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(ratbox_mkpasswd_OBJECTS) $(ratbox_mkpasswd_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mkpasswd.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-binPROGRAMS \ clean-generic clean-libtool ctags distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-binPROGRAMS install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \ pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-binPROGRAMS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/tools/Makefile.am�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000413�11003712462�016357� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: Makefile.am 25273 2008-04-23 19:59:46Z androsyn $ bin_PROGRAMS = ratbox-mkpasswd AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) -I../libratbox/include -I. ratbox_mkpasswd_SOURCES = mkpasswd.c ratbox_mkpasswd_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�014606� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/ircd_signal.h�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002315�11730550233�017243� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * rb_signal.h: A header for ircd signals. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ircd_signal.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_rb_signal_h #define INCLUDED_rb_signal_h void setup_signals(void); void setup_reboot_signals(void); #endif /* INCLUDED_rb_signal_h */ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/serno.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000045�12070403520�016103� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#define SERIALNUM "20121231_3-27427" �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/hostmask.h����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007007�11730550233�016621� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * hostmask.h: A header for the hostmask code. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: hostmask.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDE_hostmask_h #define INCLUDE_hostmask_h 1 enum { HM_HOST, HM_IPV4 #ifdef RB_IPV6 , HM_IPV6 #endif }; int parse_netmask(const char *, struct sockaddr *, int *); struct ConfItem *find_conf_by_address(const char *host, const char *sockhost, struct sockaddr *, int, int, const char *); struct ConfItem *find_auth(const char *host, const char *sockhost, struct sockaddr *, int, const char *); void add_conf_by_address(const char *, int, const char *, struct ConfItem *); void delete_one_address_conf(const char *, struct ConfItem *); void clear_out_address_conf(void); void clear_out_address_conf_bans(void); void init_host_hash(void); const char *show_iline_prefix(struct Client *, struct ConfItem *, const char *); struct ConfItem *find_address_conf(const char *host, const char *sockhost, const char *, struct sockaddr *, int); #define find_kline(x) (find_conf_by_address((x)->host, (x)->sockhost,\ (struct sockaddr *)&(x)->localClient->ip, CONF_KILL,\ GET_SS_FAMILY(&(x)->localClient->ip), (x)->username)) #define find_gline(x) (find_conf_by_address((x)->host, (x)->sockhost,\ (struct sockaddr *)&(x)->localClient->ip, CONF_GLINE,\ GET_SS_FAMILY(&(x)->localClient->ip), (x)->username)) #ifdef RB_IPV6 int match_ipv6(struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *, int); #endif int match_ipv4(struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *, int); /* Hashtable stuff... */ #define ATABLE_BITS 12 #define ATABLE_SIZE (1<<ATABLE_BITS) extern struct AddressRec *atable[ATABLE_SIZE]; #define HOSTHASH_WALK(i, arec) for (i = 0; i < ATABLE_SIZE; i++) { for(arec = atable[i]; arec; arec = arec->next) #define HOSTHASH_WALK_SAFE(i, arec, arecn) \ for(i = 0; i < ATABLE_SIZE; i++) { \ for(arec = atable[i], arecn = arec ? arec->next : NULL; arec; \ arec = arecn, arecn = arecn ? arecn->next : NULL) #define HOSTHASH_WALK_END } struct AddressRec { /* masktype: HM_HOST, HM_IPV4, HM_IPV6 -A1kmm */ int masktype; union { struct { /* Pointer into ConfItem... -A1kmm */ struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; int bits; } ipa; /* Pointer into ConfItem... -A1kmm */ const char *hostname; } Mask; /* type: CONF_CLIENT, CONF_DLINE, CONF_KILL etc... -A1kmm */ int type; /* Higher precedences overrule lower ones... */ uint32_t precedence; /* Only checked if !(type & 1)... */ const char *username; struct ConfItem *aconf; /* The next record in this hash bucket. */ struct AddressRec *next; }; #endif /* INCLUDE_hostmask_h */ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/match.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011677�11730550233�016074� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * irc_string.h: A header for the ircd string functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: match.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_match_h #define INCLUDED_match_h /* * match - compare name with mask, mask may contain * and ? as wildcards * match - returns 1 on successful match, 0 otherwise * * match_esc - compare with support for escaping chars * match_cidr - compares u!h@addr with u!h@addr/cidr * match_ips - comapres addr with addr/cidr in ascii form */ int match(const char *mask, const char *name); int match_esc(const char *mask, const char *name); int match_cidr(const char *mask, const char *name); int match_ips(const char *mask, const char *addr); /* * comp_with_mask - compares to IP address */ int comp_with_mask(void *addr, void *dest, unsigned int mask); int comp_with_mask_sock(struct sockaddr *addr, struct sockaddr *dest, unsigned int mask); /* * collapse - collapse a string in place, converts multiple adjacent *'s * into a single *. * collapse - modifies the contents of pattern * * collapse_esc() - collapse with support for escaping chars */ char *collapse(char *pattern); char *collapse_esc(char *pattern); /* * irccmp - case insensitive comparison of s1 and s2 */ int irccmp(const char *s1, const char *s2); /* * ircncmp - counted case insensitive comparison of s1 and s2 */ int ircncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int n); int valid_hostname(const char *hostname); int valid_username(const char *username); int valid_servername(const char *servername); #define EmptyString(x) ((x == NULL) || (*(x) == '\0')) #define CheckEmpty(x) EmptyString(x) ? "" : x /* * character macros */ extern const unsigned char ToLowerTab[]; #define ToLower(c) (ToLowerTab[(unsigned char)(c)]) extern const unsigned char ToUpperTab[]; #define ToUpper(c) (ToUpperTab[(unsigned char)(c)]) extern const unsigned int CharAttrs[]; #define PRINT_C 0x001 #define CNTRL_C 0x002 #define ALPHA_C 0x004 #define PUNCT_C 0x008 #define DIGIT_C 0x010 #define SPACE_C 0x020 #define NICK_C 0x040 #define CHAN_C 0x080 #define KWILD_C 0x100 #define CHANPFX_C 0x200 #define USER_C 0x400 #define HOST_C 0x800 #define NONEOS_C 0x1000 #define SERV_C 0x2000 #define EOL_C 0x4000 #define MWILD_C 0x8000 #define LET_C 0x10000 /* an actual letter */ #define FCHAN_C 0x20000 /* a 'fake' channel char */ #define IsHostChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & HOST_C) #define IsUserChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & USER_C) #define IsChanPrefix(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & CHANPFX_C) #define IsChanChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & CHAN_C) #define IsFakeChanChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & FCHAN_C) #define IsKWildChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & KWILD_C) #define IsMWildChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & MWILD_C) #define IsNickChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & NICK_C) #define IsServChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & (NICK_C | SERV_C)) #define IsIdChar(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & (DIGIT_C | LET_C)) #define IsLetter(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & LET_C) #define IsCntrl(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & CNTRL_C) #define IsAlpha(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & ALPHA_C) #define IsSpace(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & SPACE_C) #define IsLower(c) (IsAlpha((c)) && ((unsigned char)(c) > 0x5f)) #define IsUpper(c) (IsAlpha((c)) && ((unsigned char)(c) < 0x60)) #define IsDigit(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & DIGIT_C) #define IsXDigit(c) (IsDigit(c) || ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'f') || \ ('A' <= (c) && (c) <= 'F')) #define IsAlNum(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & (DIGIT_C | ALPHA_C)) #define IsPrint(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & PRINT_C) #define IsAscii(c) ((unsigned char)(c) < 0x80) #define IsGraph(c) (IsPrint((c)) && ((unsigned char)(c) != 0x32)) #define IsPunct(c) (!(CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & \ (CNTRL_C | ALPHA_C | DIGIT_C))) #define IsNonEOS(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & NONEOS_C) #define IsEol(c) (CharAttrs[(unsigned char)(c)] & EOL_C) #endif /* INCLUDED_match_h */ �����������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/send.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006232�11730550233�015720� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * send.h: A header for the message sending functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: send.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_send_h #define INCLUDED_send_h struct Client; struct Channel; struct rb_dlink_list; struct monitor; void send_pop_queue(struct Client *); void sendto_one(struct Client *target_p, const char *, ...) AFP(2, 3); void sendto_one_buffer(struct Client *target_p, const char *buffer); void sendto_one_notice(struct Client *target_p, const char *, ...) AFP(2, 3); void sendto_one_prefix(struct Client *target_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *command, const char *, ...) AFP(4, 5); void sendto_one_numeric(struct Client *target_p, int numeric, const char *, ...) AFP(3, 4); void sendto_server(struct Client *one, struct Channel *chptr, unsigned long caps, unsigned long nocaps, const char *format, ...) AFP(5, 6); void sendto_channel_flags(struct Client *one, int type, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, const char *, ...) AFP(5, 6); void sendto_channel_local(int type, struct Channel *, const char *, ...) AFP(3, 4); void sendto_common_channels_local(struct Client *, const char *, ...) AFP(2, 3); void sendto_match_butone(struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *, int, const char *, ...) AFP(5, 6); void sendto_match_servs(struct Client *source_p, const char *mask, int capab, int, const char *, ...) AFP(5, 6); void sendto_monitor(struct monitor *monptr, const char *, ...) AFP(2, 3); void sendto_anywhere(struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *, const char *, ...) AFP(4, 5); void sendto_realops_flags(int, int, const char *, ...) AFP(3, 4); void sendto_wallops_flags(int, struct Client *, const char *, ...) AFP(3, 4); void kill_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *diedie, const char *pattern, ...) AFP(3, 4); void kill_client_serv_butone(struct Client *one, struct Client *source_p, const char *pattern, ...) AFP(3, 4); #define L_ALL 0 #define L_OPER 1 #define L_ADMIN 2 #define NOCAPS 0 /* no caps */ /* used when sending to #mask or $mask */ #define MATCH_SERVER 1 #define MATCH_HOST 2 #endif /* INCLUDED_send_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/packet.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004005�11730550233�016232� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * packet.h: A header for the packet functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: packet.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_packet_h #define INCLUDED_packet_h /* * this hides in here rather than a config.h because it really shouldn't * be tweaked unless you *REALLY REALLY* know what you're doing! * Remember, messages are only anti-flooded on incoming from the client, not on * incoming from a server for a given client, so if you tweak this you risk * allowing a client to flood differently depending upon where they are on * the network.. * -- adrian */ /* MAX_FLOOD is the amount of lines in a 'burst' we allow from a client, * anything beyond MAX_FLOOD is limited to about one line per second. * * MAX_FLOOD_CONN is the amount of lines we allow from a client who has * just connected. this allows clients to rejoin multiple channels * without being so heavily penalised they excess flood. */ #define MAX_FLOOD 5 #define MAX_FLOOD_BURST MAX_FLOOD * 8 extern PF read_ctrl_packet; extern PF read_packet; extern EVH flood_recalc; #endif /* INCLUDED_packet_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/operhash.h����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000424�10476074743�016612� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#ifndef INCLUDED_operhash_h #define INCLUDED_operhash_h struct operhash_entry { char *name; int refcount; }; void init_operhash(void); const char *operhash_add(const char *name); const char *operhash_find(const char *name); void operhash_delete(const char *name); #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/cache.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001711�11064743132�016031� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* $Id: cache.h 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_CACHE_H #define INCLUDED_CACHE_H #define HELP_MAX 100 #define CACHELINELEN 81 #define CACHEFILELEN 30 /* two servernames, a gecos, three spaces, ":1", '\0' */ #define LINKSLINELEN (HOSTLEN + HOSTLEN + REALLEN + 6) #define HELP_USER 0x001 #define HELP_OPER 0x002 struct Client; struct cachefile { char name[CACHEFILELEN]; rb_dlink_list contents; int flags; }; struct cacheline { char data[CACHELINELEN]; rb_dlink_node linenode; }; extern struct cachefile *user_motd; extern struct cachefile *oper_motd; extern struct cacheline *emptyline; extern char user_motd_changed[MAX_DATE_STRING]; extern rb_dlink_list links_cache_list; void init_cache(void); struct cachefile *cache_file(const char *, const char *, int); void cache_links(void *unused); void free_cachefile(struct cachefile *); void load_help(void); void send_user_motd(struct Client *); void cache_user_motd(void); #endif �������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/monitor.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001455�11730550233�016460� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * monitor.h: Code for server-side notify lists. * * Copyright (C) 2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2005-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * $Id: monitor.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_monitor_h #define INCLUDED_monitor_h struct BlockHeap; struct monitor { struct monitor *hnext; char name[NICKLEN]; rb_dlink_list users; }; extern struct monitor *monitorTable[]; #define MONITOR_HASH_BITS 16 #define MONITOR_HASH_SIZE (1<<MONITOR_HASH_BITS) void init_monitor(void); struct monitor *find_monitor(const char *name, int add); void free_monitor(struct monitor *); void clear_monitor(struct Client *); void monitor_signon(struct Client *); void monitor_signoff(struct Client *); #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/patchlevel.h��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002446�12070402327�017117� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * patchlevel.h: A header defining the patchlevel. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: patchlevel.h 27414 2012-12-31 21:34:15Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef PATCHLEVEL #define PATCHLEVEL "ircd-ratbox-3.0.8" #define PATCHLEVEL_NUM 0300060500 /* patchlevel numbers: * <major><minor><point><status><statusnum> * * Where status is: * 0=alpha, 1=beta, 2=rc, 5=release */ #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/setup.h.in����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017104�11650123341�016531� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* include/setup.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */ #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD /* Size of the auth heap. */ #undef AUTH_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of away heap. */ #undef AWAY_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of the ban heap. */ #undef BAN_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of the channel heap. */ #undef CHANNEL_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of the client heap. */ #undef CLIENT_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of the confitem heap. */ #undef CONFITEM_HEAP_SIZE /* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END /* This is a Cygwin system */ #undef CYGWIN /* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */ #undef C_ALLOCA /* Size of the dlink_node heap. */ #undef DNODE_HEAP_SIZE /* ratbox-services compatibility code */ #undef ENABLE_SERVICES /* Define if SSP C support is enabled. */ #undef ENABLE_SSP_CC /* Prefix where config files are installed. */ #undef ETC_DIR /* Size of fd heap. */ #undef FD_HEAP_SIZE /* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */ #undef HAVE_LSTAT /* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SNPRINTF /* Define to 1 if you have the `stat' function. */ #undef HAVE_STAT /* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define to 1 if zlib (-lz) is available. */ #undef HAVE_ZLIB /* Prefix where help file are installed. */ #undef HELP_DIR /* Prefix where the ircd is installed. */ #undef IRCD_PREFIX /* Size of the local client heap. */ #undef LCLIENT_HEAP_SIZE /* Prefix where to install non-user executables. */ #undef LIBEXEC_DIR /* Size of the linebuf heap. */ #undef LINEBUF_HEAP_SIZE /* Prefix where to write logfiles. */ #undef LOG_DIR /* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */ #undef LT_OBJDIR /* Sizeof member heap. */ #undef MEMBER_HEAP_SIZE /* This is a MinGW system */ #undef MINGW /* Prefix where modules are installed. */ #undef MODULE_DIR /* Size of the monitor heap. */ #undef MONITOR_HEAP_SIZE /* Define this to disable debugging support. */ #undef NDEBUG /* Size of the nick delay heap. */ #undef ND_HEAP_SIZE /* Nickname length */ #undef NICKLEN /* Size of the WHOWAS array. */ #undef NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH /* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */ #undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O /* Name of package */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* configure arguments */ #undef RATBOX_CONFIGURE_OPTS /* Defined to mark profiling is enabled */ #undef RATBOX_PROFILE /* Extension that shared libs use */ #undef SHLIBEXT /* Define this to enable soft asserts. */ #undef SOFT_ASSERT /* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at runtime. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #undef STACK_DIRECTION /* Define to 1 if dynamic modules cant be used. */ #undef STATIC_MODULES /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define to 1 if string.h may be included along with strings.h */ #undef STRING_WITH_STRINGS /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */ #undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME /* Size of the topic heap. */ #undef TOPIC_HEAP_SIZE /* Size of the user heap. */ #undef USER_HEAP_SIZE /* Define to enable CHALLENGE support, requires OpenSSL */ #undef USE_CHALLENGE /* Define this to enable IO Debug hooks. */ #undef USE_IODEBUG_HOOKS /* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */ #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE # undef _ALL_SOURCE #endif /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # undef _GNU_SOURCE #endif /* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS # undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS #endif /* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */ #ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE # undef _TANDEM_SOURCE #endif /* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef __EXTENSIONS__ # undef __EXTENSIONS__ #endif /* Version number of package */ #undef VERSION /* This is a Windows system */ #undef WINDOWS /* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */ #if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD # if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ # define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 # endif #else # ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN # endif #endif /* Define to 1 if `lex' declares `yytext' as a `char *' by default, not a `char[]'. */ #undef YYTEXT_POINTER /* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */ #undef _MINIX /* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this defined. */ #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE /* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */ #undef _POSIX_SOURCE /* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ #ifndef __cplusplus #undef inline #endif /* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ #undef size_t ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/channel.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014100�11730550233�016370� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * channel.h: The ircd channel header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: channel.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_channel_h #define INCLUDED_channel_h #define MODEBUFLEN 200 /* Maximum mode changes allowed per client, per server is different */ #define MAXMODEPARAMS 4 #define MAXMODEPARAMSSERV 10 extern struct ev_entry *checksplit_ev; struct Client; /* mode structure for channels */ struct Mode { unsigned int mode; int limit; char key[KEYLEN]; }; struct topic_info { char *topic; char topic_info[USERHOST_REPLYLEN]; time_t topic_time; }; /* channel structure */ struct Channel { rb_dlink_node node; struct Mode mode; struct topic_info *topic; time_t last_knock; /* don't allow knock to flood */ rb_dlink_list members; /* channel members */ rb_dlink_list locmembers; /* local channel members */ rb_dlink_list invites; rb_dlink_list banlist; rb_dlink_list exceptlist; rb_dlink_list invexlist; time_t first_received_message_time; /* channel flood control */ int received_number_of_privmsgs; int flood_noticed; uint32_t ban_serial; time_t channelts; char *chname; }; struct membership { rb_dlink_node channode; rb_dlink_node locchannode; rb_dlink_node usernode; struct Channel *chptr; struct Client *client_p; uint8_t flags; uint32_t ban_serial; }; #define BANLEN NICKLEN+USERLEN+HOSTLEN+6 struct Ban { char *banstr; char *who; time_t when; rb_dlink_node node; }; struct ChModeChange { char letter; const char *arg; const char *id; int dir; int caps; int nocaps; int mems; struct Client *client; }; struct ChCapCombo { int count; int cap_yes; int cap_no; }; /* can_send results */ #define CAN_SEND_NO 0 #define CAN_SEND_NONOP 1 #define CAN_SEND_OPV 2 /* channel status flags */ #define CHFL_PEON 0x0000 /* normal member of channel */ #define CHFL_CHANOP 0x0001 /* Channel operator */ #define CHFL_VOICE 0x0002 /* the power to speak */ #define CHFL_DEOPPED 0x0004 /* deopped on sjoin, bounce modes */ #define CHFL_BANNED 0x0008 /* cached as banned */ #define ONLY_SERVERS 0x0010 #define ALL_MEMBERS CHFL_PEON #define ONLY_CHANOPS CHFL_CHANOP #define ONLY_CHANOPSVOICED (CHFL_CHANOP|CHFL_VOICE) #define is_chanop(x) ((x) && (x)->flags & CHFL_CHANOP) #define is_voiced(x) ((x) && (x)->flags & CHFL_VOICE) #define is_chanop_voiced(x) ((x) && (x)->flags & (CHFL_CHANOP|CHFL_VOICE)) #define is_deop(x) ((x) && (x)->flags & CHFL_DEOPPED) #define can_send_banned(x) ((x) && (x)->flags & CHFL_BANNED) /* channel modes ONLY */ #define MODE_PRIVATE 0x0001 #define MODE_SECRET 0x0002 #define MODE_MODERATED 0x0004 #define MODE_TOPICLIMIT 0x0008 #define MODE_INVITEONLY 0x0010 #define MODE_NOPRIVMSGS 0x0020 #define MODE_REGONLY 0x0040 #define MODE_SSLONLY 0x0080 #define CHFL_BAN 0x0100 /* ban channel flag */ #define CHFL_EXCEPTION 0x0200 /* exception to ban channel flag */ #define CHFL_INVEX 0x0400 /* mode flags for direction indication */ #define MODE_QUERY 0 #define MODE_ADD 1 #define MODE_DEL -1 #define SecretChannel(x) ((x) && ((x)->mode.mode & MODE_SECRET)) #define HiddenChannel(x) ((x) && ((x)->mode.mode & MODE_PRIVATE)) #define PubChannel(x) ((!x) || ((x)->mode.mode &\ (MODE_PRIVATE | MODE_SECRET)) == 0) /* channel visible */ #define ShowChannel(v,c) (PubChannel(c) || IsMember((v),(c))) #define IsMember(who, chan) ((who && who->user && \ find_channel_membership(chan, who)) ? 1 : 0) #define IsChannelName(name) ((name) && (*(name) == '#' || *(name) == '&')) extern rb_dlink_list global_channel_list; void init_channels(void); struct Channel *allocate_channel(const char *chname); void free_channel(struct Channel *chptr); struct Ban *allocate_ban(const char *, const char *); void free_ban(struct Ban *bptr); void destroy_channel(struct Channel *); int can_send(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who, struct membership *); int is_banned(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who, struct membership *msptr, const char *, const char *); struct membership *find_channel_membership(struct Channel *, struct Client *); const char *find_channel_status(struct membership *msptr, int combine); void add_user_to_channel(struct Channel *, struct Client *, int flags); void remove_user_from_channel(struct membership *); void remove_user_from_channels(struct Client *); void invalidate_bancache_user(struct Client *); void free_channel_list(rb_dlink_list *); int check_channel_name(const char *name); void channel_member_names(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *, int show_eon); void del_invite(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who); const char *channel_modes(struct Channel *chptr, struct Client *who); void check_spambot_warning(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); void check_splitmode(void *); void set_channel_topic(struct Channel *chptr, const char *topic, const char *topic_info, time_t topicts); void init_chcap_usage_counts(void); void set_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p); void unset_chcap_usage_counts(struct Client *serv_p); void send_cap_mode_changes(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, struct Channel *chptr, struct ChModeChange foo[], int); #endif /* INCLUDED_channel_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/client.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000035137�11730550233�016253� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * client.h: The ircd client header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: client.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_client_h #define INCLUDED_client_h #if !defined(CONFIG_RATBOX_LEVEL_3) #error Incorrect config.h for this revision of ircd. #endif #define PASSWDLEN 128 /* * pre declare structs */ struct ConfItem; struct Whowas; struct DNSReply; struct Listener; struct Client; struct LocalUser; /* * status macros. */ #define STAT_CONNECTING 0x01 #define STAT_HANDSHAKE 0x02 #define STAT_ME 0x04 #define STAT_UNKNOWN 0x08 #define STAT_REJECT 0x10 #define STAT_SERVER 0x20 #define STAT_CLIENT 0x40 #define IsRegisteredUser(x) ((x)->status == STAT_CLIENT) #define IsRegistered(x) (((x)->status > STAT_UNKNOWN) && ((x)->status != STAT_REJECT)) #define IsConnecting(x) ((x)->status == STAT_CONNECTING) #define IsHandshake(x) ((x)->status == STAT_HANDSHAKE) #define IsMe(x) ((x)->status == STAT_ME) #define IsUnknown(x) ((x)->status == STAT_UNKNOWN) #define IsServer(x) ((x)->status == STAT_SERVER) #define IsClient(x) ((x)->status == STAT_CLIENT) #define IsReject(x) ((x)->status == STAT_REJECT) #define IsAnyServer(x) (IsServer(x) || IsHandshake(x) || IsConnecting(x)) #define IsOper(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_OPER) #define IsAdmin(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_ADMIN) #define SetReject(x) {(x)->status = STAT_REJECT; \ (x)->handler = UNREGISTERED_HANDLER; } #define SetConnecting(x) {(x)->status = STAT_CONNECTING; \ (x)->handler = UNREGISTERED_HANDLER; } #define SetHandshake(x) {(x)->status = STAT_HANDSHAKE; \ (x)->handler = UNREGISTERED_HANDLER; } #define SetMe(x) {(x)->status = STAT_ME; \ (x)->handler = UNREGISTERED_HANDLER; } #define SetUnknown(x) {(x)->status = STAT_UNKNOWN; \ (x)->handler = UNREGISTERED_HANDLER; } #define SetServer(x) {(x)->status = STAT_SERVER; \ (x)->handler = SERVER_HANDLER; } #define SetClient(x) {(x)->status = STAT_CLIENT; \ (x)->handler = IsOper((x)) ? \ OPER_HANDLER : CLIENT_HANDLER; } #define SetRemoteClient(x) {(x)->status = STAT_CLIENT; \ (x)->handler = RCLIENT_HANDLER; } #define STAT_CLIENT_PARSE (STAT_UNKNOWN | STAT_CLIENT) #define STAT_SERVER_PARSE (STAT_CONNECTING | STAT_HANDSHAKE | STAT_SERVER) #define PARSE_AS_CLIENT(x) ((x)->status & STAT_CLIENT_PARSE) #define PARSE_AS_SERVER(x) ((x)->status & STAT_SERVER_PARSE) /* * ts stuff */ #define TS_CURRENT 6 #define TS_MIN 6 #define TS_DOESTS 0x10000000 #define DoesTS(x) ((x)->tsinfo & TS_DOESTS) #define has_id(source) ((source)->id[0] != '\0') #define use_id(source) ((source)->id[0] != '\0' ? (source)->id : (source)->name) /* if target is TS6, use id if it has one, else name */ #define get_id(source, target) ((IsServer(target->from) && has_id(target->from)) ? \ use_id(source) : (source)->name) /* housekeeping flags */ #define FLAGS_PINGSENT 0x00000001 /* Unreplied ping sent */ #define FLAGS_DEAD 0x00000002 /* Local socket is dead--Exiting soon */ #define FLAGS_KILLED 0x00000004 /* Prevents "QUIT" from being sent for this */ #define FLAGS_CLOSING 0x00000008 /* set when closing to suppress errors */ #define FLAGS_GOTID 0x00000010 /* successful ident lookup achieved */ #define FLAGS_NEEDID 0x00000020 /* I-lines say must use ident return */ #define FLAGS_NORMALEX 0x00000040 /* Client exited normally */ #define FLAGS_MARK 0x00000080 /* marked client */ #define FLAGS_HIDDEN 0x00000100 /* hidden server */ #define FLAGS_EOB 0x00000200 /* EOB */ #define FLAGS_MYCONNECT 0x00000400 /* MyConnect */ #define FLAGS_IOERROR 0x00000800 /* IO error */ #define FLAGS_SERVICE 0x00001000 #define FLAGS_TGCHANGE 0x00002000 /* we're allowed to clear something */ #define FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV 0x00004000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE 0x00008000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE 0x00010000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD 0x00020000 #define FLAGS_NOLIMIT 0x00040000 #define FLAGS_IDLE_LINED 0x00080000 #define FLAGS_CLICAP 0x00100000 #define FLAGS_PING_COOKIE 0x00200000 #define FLAGS_IP_SPOOFING 0x00400000 #define FLAGS_FLOODDONE 0x00800000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT 0x01000000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE 0x02000000 #define FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE 0x04000000 /* flags for local clients, this needs stuff moved from above to here at some point */ #define LFLAGS_SSL 0x00000001 #define LFLAGS_FLUSH 0x00000002 #define LFLAGS_CORK 0x00000004 #define LFLAGS_SENTUSER 0x00000008 /* umodes, settable flags */ #define UMODE_SERVNOTICE 0x0001 /* server notices such as kill */ #define UMODE_CCONN 0x0002 /* Client Connections */ #define UMODE_REJ 0x0004 /* Bot Rejections */ #define UMODE_SKILL 0x0008 /* Server Killed */ #define UMODE_FULL 0x0010 /* Full messages */ #define UMODE_SPY 0x0020 /* see STATS / LINKS */ #define UMODE_DEBUG 0x0040 /* 'debugging' info */ #define UMODE_NCHANGE 0x0080 /* Nick change notice */ #define UMODE_WALLOP 0x0100 /* send wallops to them */ #define UMODE_OPERWALL 0x0200 /* Operwalls */ #define UMODE_INVISIBLE 0x0400 /* makes user invisible */ #define UMODE_BOTS 0x0800 /* shows bots */ #define UMODE_EXTERNAL 0x1000 /* show servers introduced and splitting */ #define UMODE_CALLERID 0x2000 /* block unless caller id's */ #define UMODE_UNAUTH 0x4000 /* show unauth connects here */ #define UMODE_LOCOPS 0x8000 /* show locops */ #define UMODE_OPERSPY 0x10000 #define UMODE_CCONNEXT 0x20000 /* extended client connections */ #define UMODE_SERVICE 0x40000 #define UMODE_DEAF 0x80000 /* user information flags, only settable by remote mode or local oper */ #define UMODE_OPER 0x100000 /* Operator */ #define UMODE_ADMIN 0x200000 /* Admin on server */ #define UMODE_ALL UMODE_SERVNOTICE /* overflow flags */ /* EARLIER FLAGS ARE IN s_newconf.h */ #define SEND_UMODES (UMODE_INVISIBLE | UMODE_OPER | UMODE_WALLOP | \ UMODE_ADMIN | UMODE_SERVICE | UMODE_DEAF) #define DEFAULT_OPER_UMODES (UMODE_SERVNOTICE | UMODE_OPERWALL | \ UMODE_WALLOP | UMODE_LOCOPS) #define ALL_UMODES (SEND_UMODES | UMODE_SERVNOTICE | UMODE_CCONN | \ UMODE_REJ | UMODE_SKILL | UMODE_FULL | UMODE_SPY | \ UMODE_NCHANGE | UMODE_OPERWALL | UMODE_DEBUG | \ UMODE_BOTS | UMODE_EXTERNAL | UMODE_LOCOPS | \ UMODE_ADMIN | UMODE_UNAUTH | UMODE_CALLERID | \ UMODE_OPERSPY | UMODE_CCONNEXT | UMODE_SERVICE | \ UMODE_DEAF) #define CLICAP_MULTI_PREFIX 0x0001 /* * flags macros. */ #define MyConnect(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_MYCONNECT) #define SetMyConnect(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_MYCONNECT) #define ClearMyConnect(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAGS_MYCONNECT) #define MyClient(x) (MyConnect(x) && IsClient(x)) #define SetMark(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_MARK) #define ClearMark(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAGS_MARK) #define IsMarked(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_MARK) #define SetHidden(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_HIDDEN) #define ClearHidden(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAGS_HIDDEN) #define IsHidden(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_HIDDEN) #define ClearEob(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAGS_EOB) #define SetEob(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EOB) #define HasSentEob(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EOB) #define IsDead(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_DEAD) #define SetDead(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_DEAD) #define IsClosing(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_CLOSING) #define SetClosing(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_CLOSING) #define IsIOError(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_IOERROR) #define SetIOError(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_IOERROR) #define IsAnyDead(x) (IsIOError(x) || IsDead(x) || IsClosing(x)) #define IsTGChange(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_TGCHANGE) #define SetTGChange(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_TGCHANGE) #define ClearTGChange(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAGS_TGCHANGE) /* local flags */ #define IsSSL(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags & LFLAGS_SSL) #define SetSSL(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags |= LFLAGS_SSL) #define ClearSSL(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags &= ~LFLAGS_SSL) #define IsFlush(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags & LFLAGS_FLUSH) #define SetFlush(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags |= LFLAGS_FLUSH) #define ClearFlush(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags &= ~LFLAGS_FLUSH) #define HasSentUser(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags & LFLAGS_SENTUSER) #define SetSentUser(x) ((x)->localClient->localflags |= LFLAGS_SENTUSER) /* oper flags */ #define MyOper(x) (MyConnect(x) && IsOper(x)) #define SetOper(x) {(x)->umodes |= UMODE_OPER; \ if (MyClient((x))) (x)->handler = OPER_HANDLER;} #define ClearOper(x) {(x)->umodes &= ~(UMODE_OPER|UMODE_ADMIN); \ if (MyClient((x)) && !IsOper((x)) && !IsServer((x))) \ (x)->handler = CLIENT_HANDLER; } #define IsPrivileged(x) (IsOper(x) || IsServer(x)) /* umode flags */ #define IsInvisible(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_INVISIBLE) #define SetInvisible(x) ((x)->umodes |= UMODE_INVISIBLE) #define ClearInvisible(x) ((x)->umodes &= ~UMODE_INVISIBLE) #define SendWallops(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_WALLOP) #define ClearWallops(x) ((x)->umodes &= ~UMODE_WALLOP) #define SendLocops(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_LOCOPS) #define SendServNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_SERVNOTICE) #define SendOperwall(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_OPERWALL) #define SendCConnNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_CCONN) #define SendRejNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_REJ) #define SendSkillNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_SKILL) #define SendFullNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_FULL) #define SendSpyNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_SPY) #define SendDebugNotice(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_DEBUG) #define SendNickChange(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_NCHANGE) #define SetWallops(x) ((x)->umodes |= UMODE_WALLOP) #define SetCallerId(x) ((x)->umodes |= UMODE_CALLERID) #define IsSetCallerId(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_CALLERID) #define IsService(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_SERVICE) #define IsDeaf(x) ((x)->umodes & UMODE_DEAF) #define SetNeedId(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_NEEDID) #define IsNeedId(x) (((x)->flags & FLAGS_NEEDID) != 0) #define SetGotId(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_GOTID) #define IsGotId(x) (((x)->flags & FLAGS_GOTID) != 0) #define IsExemptKline(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE) #define SetExemptKline(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE) #define IsExemptLimits(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_NOLIMIT) #define SetExemptLimits(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_NOLIMIT) #define IsExemptGline(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE) #define SetExemptGline(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE) #define IsExemptFlood(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD) #define SetExemptFlood(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD) #define IsExemptSpambot(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT) #define SetExemptSpambot(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT) #define IsExemptShide(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE) #define SetExemptShide(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE) #define IsExemptJupe(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE) #define SetExemptJupe(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE) #define IsExemptResv(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV) #define SetExemptResv(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV) #define IsIPSpoof(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_IP_SPOOFING) #define SetIPSpoof(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_IP_SPOOFING) #define SetIdlelined(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_IDLE_LINED) #define IsIdlelined(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_IDLE_LINED) #define IsFloodDone(x) ((x)->flags & FLAGS_FLOODDONE) #define SetFloodDone(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAGS_FLOODDONE) /* These also operate on the uplink from which it came */ #define IsCork(x) (MyConnect(x) ? (x)->localClient->cork_count : (x)->from->localClient->cork_count) #define SetCork(x) (MyConnect(x) ? (x)->localClient->cork_count++ : (x)->from->localClient->cork_count++ ) #define ClearCork(x) (MyConnect(x) ? (x)->localClient->cork_count-- : (x)->from->localClient->cork_count--) /* * definitions for get_client_name */ enum { HIDE_IP, SHOW_IP, MASK_IP }; enum { D_LINED, K_LINED, G_LINED }; void check_banned_lines(void); void check_klines_event(void *unused); void check_klines(void); const char *get_client_name(struct Client *client, int show_ip); const char *log_client_name(struct Client *, int); void init_client(void); struct Client *make_client(struct Client *from); void free_client(struct Client *client); int exit_client(struct Client *, struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); void error_exit_client(struct Client *, int); void count_local_client_memory(size_t *count, size_t *memory); void count_remote_client_memory(size_t *count, size_t *memory); struct Client *find_chasing(struct Client *, const char *, int *); struct Client *find_person(const char *); struct Client *find_named_person(const char *); struct Client *next_client(struct Client *, const char *); void notify_banned_client(struct Client *client_p, struct ConfItem *aconf, int ban); void del_from_accept(struct Client *source, struct Client *target); #define accept_message(s, t) ((s) == (t) || (rb_dlinkFind((s), &((t)->localClient->allow_list)))) void del_all_accepts(struct Client *client_p); void dead_link(struct Client *client_p, int); int show_ip(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p); int show_ip_conf(struct ConfItem *aconf, struct Client *target_p); void free_user(struct User *, struct Client *); struct User *make_user(struct Client *); struct Server *make_server(struct Client *); void close_connection(struct Client *); void init_uid(void); char *generate_uid(void); void flood_endgrace(struct Client *); void allocate_away(struct Client *); void free_away(struct Client *); #endif /* INCLUDED_client_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/ircd_defs.h���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007563�11730550233�016721� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * ircd_defs.h: A header for ircd global definitions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ircd_defs.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ /* * NOTE: NICKLEN and TOPICLEN do not live here anymore. Set it with configure * Otherwise there are no user servicable part here. * */ /* ircd_defs.h - Global size definitions for record entries used * througout ircd. Please think 3 times before adding anything to this * file. */ #ifndef INCLUDED_ircd_defs_h #define INCLUDED_ircd_defs_h /* For those unfamiliar with GNU format attributes, a is the 1 based * argument number of the format string, and b is the 1 based argument * number of the variadic ... */ #ifdef __GNUC__ #define AFP(a,b) __attribute__((format (printf, a, b))) #else #define AFP(a,b) #endif #ifdef __GNUC__ #define ss_assert(expr) do \ if(!(expr)) { \ ilog(L_MAIN, \ "file: %s line: %d (%s): Assertion failed: (%s)", \ __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, #expr); \ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, \ "file: %s line: %d (%s): Assertion failed: (%s)", \ __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, #expr); \ } \ while(0) #else #define ss_assert(expr) do \ if(!(expr)) { \ ilog(L_MAIN, \ "file: %s line: %d: Assertion failed: (%s)", \ __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \ sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL, L_ALL, \ "file: %s line: %d: Assertion failed: (%s)" \ __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \ } \ while(0) #endif #ifdef SOFT_ASSERT #define s_assert(expr) ss_assert(expr) #else #define s_assert(expr) do { ss_assert(expr); assert(expr); } while(0) #endif #if !defined(CONFIG_RATBOX_LEVEL_3) # error Incorrect config.h for this revision of ircd. #endif #define HOSTLEN 63 /* Length of hostname. Updated to */ /* comply with RFC1123 */ #define USERLEN 10 #define REALLEN 50 #define KILLLEN 90 #define CHANNELLEN 200 #define LOC_CHANNELLEN 50 #define IDLEN 10 /* always v6 sized, as we can have a v6 sockhost for a remote client */ #define HOSTIPLEN 53 /* sizeof("ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255.ipv6") */ /* reason length of klines, parts, quits etc */ #define REASONLEN 120 #define AWAYLEN 90 /* 23+1 for \0 */ #define KEYLEN 24 #define BUFSIZE 512 /* WARNING: *DONT* CHANGE THIS!!!! */ #define MAXRECIPIENTS 20 #define MAXBANLENGTH 1024 #define OPERNICKLEN NICKLEN*2 /* Length of OPERNICKs. */ #define USERHOST_REPLYLEN (NICKLEN+HOSTLEN+USERLEN+5) #define MAX_DATE_STRING 32 /* maximum string length for a date string */ #define HELPLEN 400 #define DEFAULT_TOPICLEN 160 /* Default topiclen */ #define MAX_TOPICLEN 390 /* Max topiclen */ /* * message return values */ #define CLIENT_EXITED -2 #define CLIENT_PARSE_ERROR -1 #define CLIENT_OK 1 #ifdef RB_IPV6 #define PATRICIA_BITS 128 #else #define PATRICIA_BITS 32 #endif #endif /* INCLUDED_ircd_defs_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/defaults.h����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005034�11730550233�016575� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * defaults.h: The ircd defaults header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: defaults.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_defaults_h #define INCLUDED_defaults_h /* this file is included (only) at the end of config.h, to supply default * values for things which are now configurable at runtime. */ #define MAXCONNECTIONS 65535 /* default max connections if getrlimit doesn't work */ /* class {} default values */ #define DEFAULT_SENDQ 20000000 /* default max SendQ */ #define PORTNUM 6667 /* default outgoing portnum */ #define DEFAULT_PINGFREQUENCY 120 /* Default ping frequency */ #define DEFAULT_CONNECTFREQUENCY 600 /* Default connect frequency */ #define TS_MAX_DELTA_MIN 10 /* min value for ts_max_delta */ #define TS_MAX_DELTA_DEFAULT 600 /* default for ts_max_delta */ #define TS_WARN_DELTA_MIN 10 /* min value for ts_warn_delta */ #define TS_WARN_DELTA_DEFAULT 30 /* default for ts_warn_delta */ /* ServerInfo default values */ #define NETWORK_NAME_DEFAULT "EFnet" /* default for network_name */ #define NETWORK_DESC_DEFAULT "Eris Free Network" /* default for network_desc */ /* General defaults */ #define CLIENT_FLOOD_DEFAULT 20 /* default for client_flood */ #define CLIENT_FLOOD_MAX 2000 #define CLIENT_FLOOD_MIN 10 #define LINKS_DELAY_DEFAULT 300 #define MAX_TARGETS_DEFAULT 4 /* default for max_targets */ #define IDENT_TIMEOUT 10 #define MIN_JOIN_LEAVE_TIME 60 #define MAX_JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT 25 #define OPER_SPAM_COUNTDOWN 5 #define JOIN_LEAVE_COUNT_EXPIRE_TIME 120 #define MIN_SPAM_NUM 5 #define MIN_SPAM_TIME 60 #define CONFIG_RATBOX_LEVEL_3 #endif /* INCLUDED_defaults_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/dns.h���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003055�11730550233�015553� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * dns.h: A header with the DNS functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: dns.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef _DNS_H_INCLUDED #define _DNS_H_INCLUDED 1 struct Client; typedef void DNSCB(const char *res, int status, int aftype, void *data); void init_resolver(void); void restart_resolver(void); void rehash_resolver(void); uint16_t lookup_hostname(const char *hostname, int aftype, DNSCB * callback, void *data); uint16_t lookup_ip(const char *hostname, int aftype, DNSCB * callback, void *data); void cancel_lookup(uint16_t xid); void report_dns_servers(struct Client *); void rehash_dns_vhost(void); #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/restart.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002251�11730550233�016450� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * restart.h: A header with restart functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: restart.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_restart_h #define INCLUDED_restart_h void restart(const char *); void server_reboot(void); #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/config.h.dist�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000012123�11730550233�017172� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * config.h: The ircd compile-time-configurable header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * $Id: config.h.dist 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_config_h #define INCLUDED_config_h #include "setup.h" /* * Directory paths and filenames for UNIX systems. * IRCD_PREFIX is set using ./configure --prefix, see INSTALL. * The other defaults should be fine. * * NOTE: CHANGING THESE WILL NOT ALTER THE DIRECTORY THAT FILES WILL * BE INSTALLED TO. IF YOU CHANGE THESE, DO NOT USE MAKE INSTALL, * BUT COPY THE FILES MANUALLY TO WHERE YOU WANT THEM. * * IRCD_PREFIX = prefix for all directories, * DPATH = root directory of installation, * BINPATH = directory for binary files, * ETCPATH = directory for configuration files, * LOGPATH = directory for logfiles, * MODPATH = directory for modules, * AUTOMODPATH = directory for autoloaded modules */ /* dirs */ #define DPATH IRCD_PREFIX #define BINPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/bin/" #define MODPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/modules/" #define AUTOMODPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/modules/autoload/" #define ETCPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/etc" #define LOGPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/logs" #define UHPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/help/users" #define HPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/help/opers" /* files */ #define SPATH BINPATH "/ircd" /* ircd executable */ #define CPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.conf" /* ircd.conf file */ #define KPATH ETCPATH "/kline.conf" /* kline file */ #define DLPATH ETCPATH "/dline.conf" /* dline file */ #define XPATH ETCPATH "/xline.conf" /* xline file */ #define RESVPATH ETCPATH "/resv.conf" /* resv file */ #define RPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.rsa" /* ircd rsa private keyfile */ #define MPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.motd" /* MOTD file */ #define LPATH LOGPATH "/ircd.log" /* ircd logfile */ #define PPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.pid" /* pid file */ #define OPATH ETCPATH "/opers.motd" /* oper MOTD file */ #define TRANSPATH ETCPATH "/transaction.log" /* transaction log */ /* NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH - size of WHOWAS array * this defines the length of the nickname history. each time a user changes * nickname or signs off, their old nickname is added to the top of the list. * NOTE: this is directly related to the amount of memory ircd will use whilst * resident and running - it hardly ever gets swapped to disk! Memory * will be preallocated for the entire whowas array when ircd is started. */ #ifndef SMALL_NET #define NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH 15000 #else #define NICKNAMEHISTORYLENGTH 1500 #endif /* HANGONGOODLINK and HANGONGOODLINK * Often net breaks for a short time and it's useful to try to * establishing the same connection again faster than CONNECTFREQUENCY * would allow. But, to keep trying on bad connection, we require * that connection has been open for certain minimum time * (HANGONGOODLINK) and we give the net few seconds to steady * (HANGONRETRYDELAY). This latter has to be long enough that the * other end of the connection has time to notice it broke too. * 1997/09/18 recommended values by ThemBones for modern EFnet */ #define HANGONRETRYDELAY 60 /* Recommended value: 30-60 seconds */ #define HANGONGOODLINK 3600 /* Recommended value: 30-60 minutes */ /* KILLCHASETIMELIMIT - * Max time from the nickname change that still causes KILL * automatically to switch for the current nick of that user. (seconds) */ #define KILLCHASETIMELIMIT 90 /* Recommended value: 90 */ /* RATBOX_SOMAXCONN * Use SOMAXCONN if OS has it, otherwise use this value for the * listen(); backlog. 5 for AIX/SUNOS, 25 for other OSs. */ #define RATBOX_SOMAXCONN 25 /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- * STOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOP * ---------------------------------------------------------------- * The options below this line should NOT be modified. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* MAX_BUFFER * The amount of fds to reserve for clients exempt from limits * and dns lookups. */ #define MAX_BUFFER 60 /* HARD_FDLIMIT_ * The maximum amount of FDs to use. MAX_CLIENTS is set in ./configure. */ #define HARD_FDLIMIT_ MAX_CLIENTS + MAX_BUFFER + 20 #define CONFIG_RATBOX_LEVEL_2 #include "defaults.h" #endif /* INCLUDED_config_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/ircd_getopt.h�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003057�11730550233�017274� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * rb_getopt.h: A header for the getopt() command line option calls. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ircd_getopt.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef __GETOPT_H_INCLUDED__ #define __GETOPT_H_INCLUDED__ struct lgetopt { const char *opt; /* name of the argument */ void *argloc; /* where we store the argument to it (-option argument) */ enum { INTEGER, YESNO, ISTRING, USAGE, ENDEBUG } argtype; const char *desc; /* description of the argument, usage for printing help */ }; extern struct lgetopt myopts[]; void usage(char *); void parseargs(int *, char ***, struct lgetopt *); #endif /* __GETOPT_H_INCLUDED__ */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/whowas.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006042�11730550233�016276� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * whowas.h: Header for the whowas functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: whowas.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_whowas_h #define INCLUDED_whowas_h /* * Whowas hash table size * */ #define WW_MAX_BITS 16 #define WW_MAX (1<<WW_MAX_BITS) #define hash_whowas_name(x) fnv_hash_upper((const unsigned char *)x, WW_MAX_BITS, 0) struct User; struct Client; /* lets speed this up... also removed away information. *tough* - Dianora */ struct Whowas { int hashv; char name[NICKLEN + 1]; char username[USERLEN + 1]; char hostname[HOSTLEN + 1]; const char *servername; char realname[REALLEN + 1]; char sockhost[HOSTIPLEN + 1]; uint8_t spoof; time_t logoff; struct Client *online; /* Pointer to new nickname for chasing or NULL */ struct Whowas *next; /* for hash table... */ struct Whowas *prev; /* for hash table... */ struct Whowas *cnext; /* for client struct linked list */ struct Whowas *cprev; /* for client struct linked list */ }; /* ** initwhowas */ void initwhowas(void); /* ** add_history ** Add the currently defined name of the client to history. ** usually called before changing to a new name (nick). ** Client must be a fully registered user (specifically, ** the user structure must have been allocated). */ void add_history(struct Client *, int); /* ** off_history ** This must be called when the client structure is about to ** be released. History mechanism keeps pointers to client ** structures and it must know when they cease to exist. This ** also implicitly calls AddHistory. */ void off_history(struct Client *); /* ** get_history ** Return the current client that was using the given ** nickname within the timelimit. Returns NULL, if no ** one found... */ struct Client *get_history(const char *, time_t); /* Nick name */ /* Time limit in seconds */ /* ** for debugging...counts related structures stored in whowas array. */ void count_whowas_memory(size_t *, size_t *); /* XXX m_whowas.c in modules needs these */ extern struct Whowas WHOWAS[]; extern struct Whowas *WHOWASHASH[]; #endif /* INCLUDED_whowas_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/ircd.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006000�11730550233�015701� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * ircd.h: A header for the ircd startup routines. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ircd.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_ircd_h #define INCLUDED_ircd_h struct Client; struct rb_dlink_list; struct SetOptions { int maxclients; /* max clients allowed */ int autoconn; /* autoconn enabled for all servers? */ int floodcount; /* Number of messages in 1 second */ int ident_timeout; /* timeout for identd lookups */ int spam_num; int spam_time; char operstring[REALLEN]; char adminstring[REALLEN]; }; struct Counter { int oper; /* Opers */ int total; /* total clients */ int invisi; /* invisible clients */ int max_loc; /* MAX local clients */ int max_tot; /* MAX global clients */ unsigned long totalrestartcount; /* Total client count ever */ }; extern struct SetOptions GlobalSetOptions; /* defined in ircd.c */ extern const char *creation; extern const char *generation; extern const char *platform; extern const char *infotext[]; extern const char *serno; extern const char *ircd_version; extern const char *logFileName; extern const char *pidFileName; extern int cold_start; extern int dorehash; extern int dorehashbans; extern int doremotd; extern int kline_queued; extern int server_state_foreground; extern struct Client me; extern rb_dlink_list global_client_list; extern struct Client *local[]; extern struct Counter Count; extern int default_server_capabs; extern time_t startup_time; extern int splitmode; extern int splitchecking; extern int split_users; extern int split_servers; extern int eob_count; extern rb_dlink_list unknown_list; extern rb_dlink_list lclient_list; extern rb_dlink_list serv_list; extern rb_dlink_list global_serv_list; extern rb_dlink_list oper_list; extern rb_dlink_list dead_list; void get_current_bandwidth(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p); void ircd_shutdown(const char *reason); unsigned long get_maxrss(void); void set_time(void); int ratbox_main(int argc, char **argv); extern int testing_conf; extern int conf_parse_failure; extern int maxconnections; extern int ircd_ssl_ok; extern int zlib_ok; #endif ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_conf.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000024032�11730550233�016234� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_conf.h: A header for the configuration functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_conf.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_conf_h #define INCLUDED_s_conf_h #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE #include <openssl/rsa.h> #endif struct Client; struct DNSReply; struct hostent; struct ConfItem { unsigned int status; /* If CONF_ILLEGAL, delete when no clients */ unsigned int flags; int clients; /* Number of *LOCAL* clients using this */ union { char *name; /* IRC name, nick, server name, or original u@h */ const char *oper; } info; char *host; /* host part of user@host */ char *passwd; /* doubles as kline reason *ugh* */ char *spasswd; /* Password to send. */ char *user; /* user part of user@host */ int port; time_t hold; /* Hold action until this time (calendar time) */ struct Class *c_class; /* Class of connection */ rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; }; #define CONF_ILLEGAL 0x80000000 #define CONF_SKIPUSER 0x0001 /* skip username checks (ie, *@x) */ #define CONF_CLIENT 0x0002 #define CONF_KILL 0x0040 #define CONF_XLINE 0x0080 #define CONF_RESV_CHANNEL 0x0100 #define CONF_RESV_NICK 0x0200 #define CONF_GLINE 0x10000 #define CONF_DLINE 0x20000 #define CONF_EXEMPTDLINE 0x100000 #define IsIllegal(x) ((x)->status & CONF_ILLEGAL) /* aConfItem->flags */ /* Generic flags... */ /* access flags... */ #define CONF_FLAGS_NO_TILDE 0x00000001 #define CONF_FLAGS_NEED_IDENTD 0x00000002 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE 0x00000004 #define CONF_FLAGS_NOLIMIT 0x00000008 #define CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_IP 0x00000010 #define CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_NOTICE 0x00000020 #define CONF_FLAGS_REDIR 0x00000040 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE 0x00000080 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV 0x00000100 /* exempt from resvs */ #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD 0x00000200 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT 0x00000400 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE 0x00000800 #define CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE 0x00001000 /* exempt from resv generating warnings */ #define CONF_FLAGS_NEED_SSL 0x00002000 /* server flags */ #define CONF_FLAGS_ENCRYPTED 0x00004000 #define CONF_FLAGS_COMPRESSED 0x00008000 #define CONF_FLAGS_TEMPORARY 0x00010000 #define CONF_FLAGS_TB 0x00020000 #define CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED 0x00040000 /* Macros for struct ConfItem */ #define IsConfBan(x) ((x)->status & (CONF_KILL|CONF_XLINE|CONF_DLINE|\ CONF_RESV_CHANNEL|CONF_RESV_NICK)) #define IsNoTilde(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_NO_TILDE) #define IsNeedIdentd(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_NEED_IDENTD) #define IsConfExemptKline(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTKLINE) #define IsConfExemptLimits(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_NOLIMIT) #define IsConfExemptGline(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTGLINE) #define IsConfExemptFlood(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTFLOOD) #define IsConfExemptSpambot(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSPAMBOT) #define IsConfExemptShide(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTSHIDE) #define IsConfExemptJupe(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTJUPE) #define IsConfExemptResv(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_EXEMPTRESV) #define IsConfDoSpoofIp(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_IP) #define IsConfSpoofNotice(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_SPOOF_NOTICE) #define IsConfEncrypted(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_ENCRYPTED) #define IsConfCompressed(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_COMPRESSED) #define IsConfTburst(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_TB) #define IsConfLocked(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_LOCKED) #define IsConfSSLNeeded(x) ((x)->flags & CONF_FLAGS_NEED_SSL) /* flag definitions for opers now in client.h */ struct config_file_entry { const char *dpath; /* DPATH if set from command line */ const char *configfile; char *egdpool_path; char *default_operstring; char *default_adminstring; char *kline_reason; char *fname_userlog; char *fname_fuserlog; char *fname_operlog; char *fname_foperlog; char *fname_serverlog; char *fname_killlog; char *fname_glinelog; char *fname_klinelog; char *fname_operspylog; char *fname_ioerrorlog; unsigned char compression_level; int disable_fake_channels; int dot_in_ip6_addr; int dots_in_ident; int failed_oper_notice; int anti_nick_flood; int anti_spam_exit_message_time; int max_accept; int max_monitor; int max_nick_time; int max_nick_changes; int ts_max_delta; int ts_warn_delta; int dline_with_reason; int kline_with_reason; int kline_delay; int warn_no_nline; int nick_delay; int non_redundant_klines; int stats_e_disabled; int stats_c_oper_only; int stats_y_oper_only; int stats_h_oper_only; int stats_o_oper_only; int stats_k_oper_only; int stats_i_oper_only; int stats_P_oper_only; int map_oper_only; int operspy_admin_only; int pace_wait; int pace_wait_simple; int short_motd; int default_invisible; int no_oper_flood; int glines; int gline_time; int gline_min_cidr; int gline_min_cidr6; int hide_server; int hide_error_messages; int client_exit; int oper_only_umodes; int oper_umodes; int max_targets; int caller_id_wait; int min_nonwildcard; int min_nonwildcard_simple; int default_floodcount; int client_flood; int use_egd; int ping_cookie; int tkline_expire_notices; int use_whois_actually; int disable_auth; int connect_timeout; int post_registration_delay; int burst_away; int reject_after_count; int reject_duration; int throttle_count; int throttle_duration; int target_change; int collision_fnc; int hide_spoof_ips; int global_cidr_ipv4_bitlen; int global_cidr_ipv4_count; int global_cidr_ipv6_bitlen; int global_cidr_ipv6_count; int global_cidr; #ifdef RB_IPV6 int fallback_to_ip6_int; #endif }; struct config_channel_entry { int use_except; int use_invex; int use_knock; int use_sslonly; int knock_delay; int knock_delay_channel; int max_bans; int max_chans_per_user; int no_create_on_split; int no_join_on_split; int quiet_on_ban; int default_split_server_count; int default_split_user_count; int no_oper_resvs; int burst_topicwho; int invite_ops_only; int topiclen; }; struct config_server_hide { int flatten_links; int links_delay; int links_disabled; int hidden; int disable_hidden; }; struct server_info { char *name; char sid[4]; char *description; char *network_name; char *network_desc; int hub; int default_max_clients; struct sockaddr_in ip; #ifdef RB_IPV6 struct sockaddr_in6 ip6; #endif int specific_ipv4_vhost; #ifdef RB_IPV6 int specific_ipv6_vhost; #endif char *ssl_private_key; char *ssl_ca_cert; char *ssl_cert; char *ssl_dh_params; int ssld_count; char *vhost_dns; #ifdef RB_IPV6 char *vhost6_dns; #endif char *bandb_path; }; struct admin_info { char *name; char *description; char *email; }; /* All variables are GLOBAL */ extern int specific_ipv4_vhost; /* used in s_bsd.c */ extern int specific_ipv6_vhost; extern struct config_file_entry ConfigFileEntry; /* defined in ircd.c */ extern struct config_channel_entry ConfigChannel; /* defined in channel.c */ extern struct config_server_hide ConfigServerHide; /* defined in s_conf.c */ extern struct server_info ServerInfo; /* defined in ircd.c */ extern struct admin_info AdminInfo; /* defined in ircd.c */ /* End GLOBAL section */ #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES extern rb_dlink_list service_list; #endif typedef enum temp_list { TEMP_MIN, TEMP_HOUR, TEMP_DAY, TEMP_WEEK, LAST_TEMP_TYPE } temp_list; extern rb_dlink_list temp_klines[LAST_TEMP_TYPE]; extern rb_dlink_list temp_dlines[LAST_TEMP_TYPE]; void init_s_conf(void); struct ConfItem *make_conf(void); void free_conf(struct ConfItem *); int attach_conf(struct Client *, struct ConfItem *); int check_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, const char *); int detach_conf(struct Client *); struct ConfItem *conf_connect_allowed(struct sockaddr *addr, int); struct ConfItem *find_tkline(const char *, const char *, struct sockaddr *); void get_printable_conf(struct ConfItem *, const char **, const char **, const char **, const char **, int *, const char **); void get_printable_kline(struct Client *, struct ConfItem *, const char **, const char **, const char **, const char **); void yyerror(const char *); int conf_yy_fatal_error(const char *); int conf_fgets(char *, int, FILE *); const char *make_ban_reason(const char *reason, const char *oper_reason); void add_temp_kline(struct ConfItem *); void add_temp_dline(struct ConfItem *); void report_temp_klines(struct Client *); void show_temp_klines(struct Client *, rb_dlink_list *); void rehash(int); void rehash_bans(int); int conf_add_server(struct ConfItem *, int); void conf_add_class_to_conf(struct ConfItem *, const char *); void conf_add_me(struct ConfItem *); void conf_add_class(struct ConfItem *, int); void conf_add_d_conf(struct ConfItem *); void flush_expired_ips(void *); const char *get_oper_name(struct Client *client_p); const char *get_class_name(struct ConfItem *aconf); void set_default_conf(); #define NOT_AUTHORISED (-1) #define I_SOCKET_ERROR (-2) #define I_LINE_FULL (-3) #define BANNED_CLIENT (-4) #define TOO_MANY_LOCAL (-6) #define TOO_MANY_GLOBAL (-7) #define TOO_MANY_IDENT (-8) #define TOO_MANY_GLOBAL_CIDR (-9) #endif /* INCLUDED_s_conf_h */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/struct.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000015047�11730550233�016317� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * struct.h: Contains various structures used throughout ircd * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: struct.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_struct_h #define INCLUDED_struct_h #include "ratbox_lib.h" /*** client.h ***/ struct User { rb_dlink_list channel; /* chain of channel pointer blocks */ char *away; /* pointer to away message */ char name[NICKLEN]; #ifdef ENABLE_SERVICES char suser[NICKLEN + 1]; #endif }; struct Server { const char *name; char by[NICKLEN]; rb_dlink_list servers; rb_dlink_list users; int caps; /* capabilities bit-field */ char *fullcaps; }; struct ZipStats { unsigned long long in; unsigned long long in_wire; unsigned long long out; unsigned long long out_wire; double in_ratio; double out_ratio; }; struct Client { rb_dlink_node node; rb_dlink_node lnode; struct User *user; /* ...defined, if this is a User */ struct Server *serv; /* ...defined, if this is a server */ struct Client *servptr; /* Points to server this Client is on */ struct Client *from; /* == self, if Local Client, *NEVER* NULL! */ struct Whowas *whowas; /* Pointers to whowas structs */ time_t tsinfo; /* TS on the nick, SVINFO on server */ uint32_t umodes; /* opers, normal users subset */ uint32_t flags; /* client flags */ uint32_t operflags; /* ugh. overflow */ uint8_t hopcount; /* number of servers to this 0 = local */ uint8_t status; /* Client type */ uint8_t handler; /* Handler index */ /* client->name is the unique name for a client nick or host */ const char *name; /* * client->username is the username from ident or the USER message, * If the client is idented the USER message is ignored, otherwise * the username part of the USER message is put here prefixed with a * tilde depending on the I:line, Once a client has registered, this * field should be considered read-only. */ char username[USERLEN + 1]; /* client's username */ /* * client->host contains the resolved name or ip address * as a string for the user, it may be fiddled with for oper spoofing etc. * once it's changed the *real* address goes away. This should be * considered a read-only field after the client has registered. */ char host[HOSTLEN + 1]; /* client's hostname */ char sockhost[HOSTIPLEN + 1]; /* clients ip */ char info[REALLEN + 1]; /* Free form additional client info */ char id[IDLEN + 1]; /* UID/SID, unique on the network */ /* list of who has this client on their allow list, its counterpart * is in LocalUser */ rb_dlink_list on_allow_list; struct LocalUser *localClient; }; struct _ssl_ctl; struct LocalUser { rb_dlink_node tnode; /* This is the node for the local list type the client is on */ /* * The following fields are allocated only for local clients * (directly connected to *this* server with a socket. */ /* Anti flooding part, all because of lamers... */ time_t last_join_time; /* when this client last joined a channel */ time_t last_leave_time; /* when this client last * left a channel */ int join_leave_count; /* count of JOIN/LEAVE in less than MIN_JOIN_LEAVE_TIME seconds */ uint8_t oper_warn_count_down; /* warn opers of this possible spambot every time this gets to 0 */ time_t last_caller_id_time; time_t first_received_message_time; int received_number_of_privmsgs; int flood_noticed; time_t lasttime; /* last time we parsed something */ time_t firsttime; /* time client was created */ uint32_t serial; /* used to enforce 1 send per nick */ /* Send and receive linebuf queues .. */ buf_head_t buf_sendq; buf_head_t buf_recvq; unsigned long long int sendB; /* Statistics: total bytes sent */ unsigned long long int receiveB; /* Statistics: total bytes received */ uint32_t sendM; /* Statistics: protocol messages send */ uint32_t receiveM; /* Statistics: protocol messages received */ struct Listener *listener; /* listener accepted from */ struct ConfItem *att_conf; /* attached conf */ struct server_conf *att_sconf; struct rb_sockaddr_storage ip; time_t last_nick_change; uint16_t number_of_nick_changes; /* * XXX - there is no reason to save this, it should be checked when it's * received and not stored, this is not used after registration */ char *passwd; char *opername; char *fullcaps; int caps; /* capabilities bit-field */ rb_fde_t *F; time_t last; /* challenge stuff */ time_t chal_time; uint8_t *chal_resp; /* clients allowed to talk through +g */ rb_dlink_list allow_list; /* nicknames theyre monitoring */ rb_dlink_list monitor_list; rb_dlink_list invited; /* chain of invite pointer blocks */ /* * Anti-flood stuff. We track how many messages were parsed and how * many we were allowed in the current second, and apply a simple decay * to avoid flooding. * -- adrian */ uint16_t allow_read; /* how many we're allowed to read in this second */ int16_t actually_read; /* how many we've actually read in this second */ int16_t sent_parsed; /* how many messages we've parsed in this second */ time_t last_knock; /* time of last knock */ uint32_t random_ping; struct AuthRequest *auth_request; /* target change stuff */ void *targets[10]; /* targets were aware of */ uint8_t targinfo[2]; /* cyclic array, no in use */ time_t target_last; /* last time we cleared a slot */ struct rb_sockaddr_storage *lip; /* alloc before auth/freed after auth */ struct _ssl_ctl *ssl_ctl; /* which ssl daemon we're associate with */ struct _ssl_ctl *z_ctl; /* second ctl for ssl+zlib */ uint32_t localflags; struct ZipStats *zipstats; /* zipstats */ uint16_t cork_count; /* used for corking/uncorking connections */ struct ev_entry *event; /* used for associated events */ }; #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/parse.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013267�11730550233�016107� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * parse.h: A header for the message parser. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: parse.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_parse_h_h #define INCLUDED_parse_h_h struct Client; /* MessageHandler */ typedef enum HandlerType { UNREGISTERED_HANDLER, CLIENT_HANDLER, RCLIENT_HANDLER, SERVER_HANDLER, ENCAP_HANDLER, OPER_HANDLER, LAST_HANDLER_TYPE } HandlerType; /* struct Client* client_p - connection message originated from * struct Client* source_p - source of message, may be different from client_p * int parc - parameter count * char* parv[] - parameter vector */ typedef int (*MessageHandler) (struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char *[]); struct MessageEntry { MessageHandler handler; int min_para; }; /* Message table structure */ struct Message { const char *cmd; unsigned int count; /* number of times command used */ unsigned int rcount; /* number of times command used by server */ unsigned long bytes; /* bytes received for this message */ unsigned int flags; /* bit 0 set means that this command is allowed * to be used only on the average of once per 2 * seconds -SRB */ /* handlers: * UNREGISTERED, CLIENT, RCLIENT, SERVER, OPER, LAST */ struct MessageEntry handlers[LAST_HANDLER_TYPE]; }; #define MFLG_SLOW 0x01 /* executed roughly once per 2s */ #define MFLG_UNREG 0x02 /* available to unregistered clients */ #define MAX_MSG_HASH 512 /* don't change this unless you know what you are doing */ #define MAXPARA 15 struct MessageHash { char *cmd; struct Message *msg; struct MessageHash *next; }; extern struct MessageHash *msg_hash_table[]; void parse(struct Client *, char *, char *); int string_to_array(char *string, char *parv[]); void handle_encap(struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *, int, const char *parv[]); void clear_hash_parse(void); void mod_add_cmd(struct Message *msg); void mod_del_cmd(struct Message *msg); /* generic handlers */ int m_ignore(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); int m_not_oper(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); int m_registered(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); int m_unregistered(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); #define mg_ignore { m_ignore, 0 } #define mg_not_oper { m_not_oper, 0 } #define mg_reg { m_registered, 0 } #define mg_unreg { m_unregistered, 0 } /* * m_functions execute protocol messages on this server: * int m_func(struct Client* client_p, struct Client* source_p, int parc, char* parv[]); * * client_p is always NON-NULL, pointing to a *LOCAL* client * structure (with an open socket connected!). This * identifies the physical socket where the message * originated (or which caused the m_function to be * executed--some m_functions may call others...). * * source_p is the source of the message, defined by the * prefix part of the message if present. If not * or prefix not found, then source_p==client_p. * * (!IsServer(client_p)) => (client_p == source_p), because * prefixes are taken *only* from servers... * * (IsServer(client_p)) * (source_p == client_p) => the message didn't * have the prefix. * * (source_p != client_p && IsServer(source_p) means * the prefix specified servername. (?) * * (source_p != client_p && !IsServer(source_p) means * that message originated from a remote * user (not local). * * * combining * * (!IsServer(source_p)) means that, source_p can safely * taken as defining the target structure of the * message in this server. * * *Always* true (if 'parse' and others are working correct): * * 1) source_p->from == client_p (note: client_p->from == client_p) * * 2) MyConnect(source_p) <=> source_p == client_p (e.g. source_p * *cannot* be a local connection, unless it's * actually client_p!). [MyConnect(x) should probably * be defined as (x == x->from) --msa ] * * parc number of variable parameter strings (if zero, * parv is allowed to be NULL) * * parv a NULL terminated list of parameter pointers, * * parv[0], sender (prefix string), if not present * this points to an empty string. * parv[1]...parv[parc-1] * pointers to additional parameters * parv[parc] == NULL, *always* * * note: it is guaranteed that parv[0]..parv[parc-1] are all * non-NULL pointers. */ #endif /* INCLUDED_parse_h_h */ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/listener.h����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003423�11730550233�016613� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * listener.h: A header for the listener code. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: listener.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_listener_h #define INCLUDED_listener_h struct Client; struct Listener { rb_dlink_node node; const char *name; /* listener name */ rb_fde_t *F; /* file descriptor */ int ref_count; /* number of connection references */ int active; /* current state of listener */ int ssl; /* ssl listener */ struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; char vhost[HOSTLEN + 1]; /* virtual name of listener */ }; void add_listener(int port, const char *vaddr_ip, int family, int ssl); void close_listener(struct Listener *listener); void close_listeners(void); const char *get_listener_name(struct Listener *listener); void show_ports(struct Client *client); void free_listener(struct Listener *); #endif /* INCLUDED_listener_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/config.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010011�11730550233�016222� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * config.h: The ircd compile-time-configurable header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: config.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_config_h #define INCLUDED_config_h /* * Directory paths and filenames for UNIX systems. * IRCD_PREFIX is set using ./configure --prefix, see INSTALL. * The other defaults should be fine. * * NOTE: CHANGING THESE WILL NOT ALTER THE DIRECTORY THAT FILES WILL * BE INSTALLED TO. IF YOU CHANGE THESE, DO NOT USE MAKE INSTALL, * BUT COPY THE FILES MANUALLY TO WHERE YOU WANT THEM. * * IRCD_PREFIX = prefix for all directories, * DPATH = root directory of installation, * BINPATH = directory for binary files, * ETCPATH = directory for configuration files, * LOGPATH = directory for logfiles, * MODPATH = directory for modules, * AUTOMODPATH = directory for autoloaded modules */ /* dirs */ #define DPATH IRCD_PREFIX #define BINPATH IRCD_PREFIX "/bin/" #define MODPATH MODULE_DIR #define AUTOMODPATH MODULE_DIR "/autoload/" #define ETCPATH ETC_DIR #define LOGPATH LOG_DIR #define UHPATH HELP_DIR "/users" #define HPATH HELP_DIR "/opers" /* files */ #define SPATH BINPATH "/ircd" /* ircd executable */ #define CPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.conf" /* ircd.conf file */ #define DBPATH ETCPATH "/ban.db" #define MPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.motd" /* MOTD file */ #define LPATH LOGPATH "/ircd.log" /* ircd logfile */ #define PPATH ETCPATH "/ircd.pid" /* pid file */ #define OPATH ETCPATH "/opers.motd" /* oper MOTD file */ /* HANGONGOODLINK and HANGONGOODLINK * Often net breaks for a short time and it's useful to try to * establishing the same connection again faster than CONNECTFREQUENCY * would allow. But, to keep trying on bad connection, we require * that connection has been open for certain minimum time * (HANGONGOODLINK) and we give the net few seconds to steady * (HANGONRETRYDELAY). This latter has to be long enough that the * other end of the connection has time to notice it broke too. * 1997/09/18 recommended values by ThemBones for modern EFnet */ #define HANGONRETRYDELAY 60 /* Recommended value: 30-60 seconds */ #define HANGONGOODLINK 3600 /* Recommended value: 30-60 minutes */ /* KILLCHASETIMELIMIT - * Max time from the nickname change that still causes KILL * automatically to switch for the current nick of that user. (seconds) */ #define KILLCHASETIMELIMIT 90 /* Recommended value: 90 */ /* RATBOX_SOMAXCONN * Use SOMAXCONN if OS has it, otherwise use this value for the * listen(); backlog. 5 for AIX/SUNOS, 25 for other OSs. */ #define RATBOX_SOMAXCONN 25 /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- * STOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOPSTOP * ---------------------------------------------------------------- * The options below this line should NOT be modified. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* MAX_BUFFER * The amount of fds to reserve for clients exempt from limits * and dns lookups. */ #define MAX_BUFFER 60 #define CONFIG_RATBOX_LEVEL_3 #include "defaults.h" #endif /* INCLUDED_config_h */ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/bandbi.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000717�11121615673�016214� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#ifndef INCLUDED_bandbi_h #define INCLUDED_bandbi_h void init_bandb(void); typedef enum { BANDB_KLINE, BANDB_DLINE, BANDB_XLINE, BANDB_RESV, LAST_BANDB_TYPE } bandb_type; void bandb_add(bandb_type, struct Client *source_p, const char *mask1, const char *mask2, const char *reason, const char *oper_reason, int perm); void bandb_del(bandb_type, const char *mask1, const char *mask2); void bandb_rehash_bans(void); void bandb_restart(void); #endif �������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_newconf.h���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017442�11730550233�016755� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * s_newconf.h: code for dealing with conf stuff * * Copyright (C) 2004 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: s_newconf.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_newconf_h #define INCLUDED_s_newconf_h #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE #include <openssl/rsa.h> #endif struct ConfItem; extern rb_dlink_list cluster_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list shared_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list oper_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list hubleaf_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list server_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list xline_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list resv_conf_list; extern rb_dlink_list tgchange_list; extern rb_patricia_tree_t *tgchange_tree; void init_s_newconf(void); void clear_s_newconf(void); void clear_s_newconf_bans(void); #define FREE_TARGET(x) ((x)->localClient->targinfo[0]) #define USED_TARGETS(x) ((x)->localClient->targinfo[1]) typedef struct { char *ip; time_t expiry; rb_patricia_node_t *pnode; rb_dlink_node node; } tgchange; void add_tgchange(const char *host); tgchange *find_tgchange(const char *host); /* shared/cluster/hub/leaf confs */ struct remote_conf { char *username; char *host; char *server; int flags; rb_dlink_node node; }; /* flags used in shared/cluster */ #define SHARED_TKLINE 0x0001 #define SHARED_PKLINE 0x0002 #define SHARED_UNKLINE 0x0004 #define SHARED_LOCOPS 0x0008 #define SHARED_TXLINE 0x0010 #define SHARED_PXLINE 0x0020 #define SHARED_UNXLINE 0x0040 #define SHARED_TRESV 0x0800 #define SHARED_PRESV 0x0100 #define SHARED_UNRESV 0x0200 #define SHARED_ALL (SHARED_TKLINE | SHARED_PKLINE | SHARED_UNKLINE |\ SHARED_PXLINE | SHARED_TXLINE | SHARED_UNXLINE |\ SHARED_TRESV | SHARED_PRESV | SHARED_UNRESV) #define CLUSTER_ALL (SHARED_ALL | SHARED_LOCOPS) /* flags used in hub/leaf */ #define CONF_HUB 0x0001 #define CONF_LEAF 0x0002 struct oper_conf { char *name; char *username; char *host; char *passwd; int flags; int umodes; #ifdef USE_CHALLENGE char *rsa_pubkey_file; RSA *rsa_pubkey; #endif }; struct remote_conf *make_remote_conf(void); void free_remote_conf(struct remote_conf *); int find_shared_conf(const char *username, const char *host, const char *server, int flags); void cluster_generic(struct Client *, const char *, int cltype, const char *format, ...); #define OPER_ENCRYPTED 0x00001 #define OPER_KLINE 0x00002 #define OPER_UNKLINE 0x00004 #define OPER_LOCKILL 0x00008 #define OPER_GLOBKILL 0x00010 #define OPER_REMOTE 0x00020 #define OPER_GLINE 0x00040 #define OPER_XLINE 0x00080 #define OPER_RESV 0x00100 #define OPER_NICKS 0x00200 #define OPER_REHASH 0x00400 #define OPER_DIE 0x00800 #define OPER_ADMIN 0x01000 #define OPER_HADMIN 0x02000 #define OPER_OPERWALL 0x04000 #define OPER_INVIS 0x08000 #define OPER_SPY 0x10000 #define OPER_REMOTEBAN 0x20000 #define OPER_NEEDSSL 0x40000 #define OPER_FLAGS (OPER_KLINE|OPER_UNKLINE|OPER_LOCKILL|OPER_GLOBKILL|\ OPER_REMOTE|OPER_GLINE|OPER_XLINE|OPER_RESV|\ OPER_NICKS|OPER_REHASH|OPER_DIE|OPER_ADMIN|\ OPER_HADMIN|OPER_OPERWALL|OPER_INVIS|OPER_SPY|\ OPER_REMOTEBAN) #define IsOperConfEncrypted(x) ((x)->flags & OPER_ENCRYPTED) #define IsOperConfNeedSSL(x) ((x)->flags & OPER_NEEDSSL) #define IsOperGlobalKill(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_GLOBKILL) #define IsOperLocalKill(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_LOCKILL) #define IsOperRemote(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_REMOTE) #define IsOperUnkline(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_UNKLINE) #define IsOperGline(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_GLINE) #define IsOperN(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_NICKS) #define IsOperK(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_KLINE) #define IsOperXline(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_XLINE) #define IsOperResv(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_RESV) #define IsOperDie(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_DIE) #define IsOperRehash(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_REHASH) #define IsOperHiddenAdmin(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_HADMIN) #define IsOperAdmin(x) (((x)->operflags & OPER_ADMIN) || \ ((x)->operflags & OPER_HADMIN)) #define IsOperOperwall(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_OPERWALL) #define IsOperSpy(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_SPY) #define IsOperInvis(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_INVIS) #define IsOperRemoteBan(x) ((x)->operflags & OPER_REMOTEBAN) struct oper_conf *make_oper_conf(void); void free_oper_conf(struct oper_conf *); void clear_oper_conf(void); struct oper_conf *find_oper_conf(const char *username, const char *host, const char *locip, const char *oname); const char *get_oper_privs(int flags); struct server_conf { char *name; char *host; char *passwd; char *spasswd; int port; int flags; int servers; time_t hold; struct rb_sockaddr_storage ipnum; struct rb_sockaddr_storage my_ipnum; char *class_name; struct Class *class; uint16_t dns_query; rb_dlink_node node; }; #define SERVER_ILLEGAL 0x0001 #define SERVER_VHOSTED 0x0002 #define SERVER_ENCRYPTED 0x0004 #define SERVER_COMPRESSED 0x0008 #define SERVER_TB 0x0010 #define SERVER_AUTOCONN 0x0020 #define SERVER_SSL 0x0040 #define ServerConfIllegal(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_ILLEGAL) #define ServerConfVhosted(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_VHOSTED) #define ServerConfEncrypted(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_ENCRYPTED) #define ServerConfCompressed(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_COMPRESSED) #define ServerConfTb(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_TB) #define ServerConfAutoconn(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_AUTOCONN) #define ServerConfSSL(x) ((x)->flags & SERVER_SSL) struct server_conf *make_server_conf(void); void free_server_conf(struct server_conf *); void clear_server_conf(void); void add_server_conf(struct server_conf *); struct server_conf *find_server_conf(const char *name); void attach_server_conf(struct Client *, struct server_conf *); void detach_server_conf(struct Client *); void set_server_conf_autoconn(struct Client *source_p, char *name, int newval); struct ConfItem *find_xline(const char *, int); struct ConfItem *find_nick_resv(const char *name); struct ConfItem *find_xline_mask(const char *); struct ConfItem *find_nick_resv_mask(const char *name); int valid_wild_card_simple(const char *); int clean_resv_nick(const char *); time_t valid_temp_time(const char *p); struct nd_entry { char name[NICKLEN + 1]; time_t expire; unsigned int hashv; rb_dlink_node hnode; /* node in hash */ rb_dlink_node lnode; /* node in ll */ }; void add_nd_entry(const char *name); void free_nd_entry(struct nd_entry *); unsigned long get_nd_count(void); #endif ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/hash.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007160�11730550233�015713� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * hash.h: A header for the ircd hashtable code. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: hash.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_hash_h #define INCLUDED_hash_h extern rb_dlink_list resvTable[]; extern rb_dlink_list ndTable[]; /* Magic value for FNV hash functions */ #define FNV1_32_INIT 0x811c9dc5UL /* Client hash table size, used in hash.c/s_debug.c */ #define U_MAX_BITS 17 #define U_MAX (1<<U_MAX_BITS) /* Client fd hash table size, used in hash.c */ #define CLI_FD_MAX 4096 /* Channel hash table size, hash.c/s_debug.c */ #define CH_MAX_BITS 16 #define CH_MAX (1<<CH_MAX_BITS) /* 2^16 */ /* hostname hash table size */ #define HOST_MAX_BITS 17 #define HOST_MAX (1<<HOST_MAX_BITS) /* 2^17 */ /* RESV/XLINE hash table size, used in hash.c */ #define R_MAX_BITS 10 #define R_MAX (1<<R_MAX_BITS) /* 2^10 */ #define HASH_WALK(i, max, ptr, table) for (i = 0; i < max; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, table[i].head) #define HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, max, ptr, nptr, table) for (i = 0; i < max; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, table[i].head) #define HASH_WALK_END } typedef enum { HASH_CLIENT, HASH_ID, HASH_CHANNEL, HASH_HOSTNAME, HASH_RESV } hash_type; struct Client; struct Channel; struct ConfItem; struct cachefile; struct nd_entry; uint32_t fnv_hash_upper(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int unused); uint32_t fnv_hash(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int unused); uint32_t fnv_hash_len(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int len); uint32_t fnv_hash_upper_len(const unsigned char *s, unsigned int bits, unsigned int len); void init_hash(void); void add_to_hash(hash_type, const char *, void *); void del_from_hash(hash_type, const char *, void *); struct Client *find_any_client(const char *name); struct Client *find_client(const char *name); struct Client *find_named_client(const char *name); struct Client *find_server(struct Client *source_p, const char *name); struct Client *find_id(const char *name); struct Channel *get_or_create_channel(struct Client *client_p, const char *chname, int *isnew); struct Channel *find_channel(const char *name); rb_dlink_node *find_hostname(const char *); struct ConfItem *hash_find_resv(const char *name); void clear_resv_hash(void); void add_to_help_hash(const char *name, struct cachefile *hptr); void clear_help_hash(void); struct cachefile *hash_find_help(const char *name, int flags); void add_to_nd_hash(const char *name, struct nd_entry *nd); struct nd_entry *hash_find_nd(const char *name); void add_to_cli_fd_hash(struct Client *client_p); void del_from_cli_fd_hash(struct Client *client_p); struct Client *find_cli_fd_hash(int fd); void hash_stats(struct Client *); #endif /* INCLUDED_hash_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/hook.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002052�11730550233�015723� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2004-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * $Id: hook.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_HOOK_H #define INCLUDED_HOOK_H typedef struct { char *name; rb_dlink_list hooks; } hook; typedef void (*hookfn) (void *data); extern int h_iosend_id; extern int h_iorecv_id; extern int h_iorecvctrl_id; extern int h_burst_client; extern int h_burst_channel; extern int h_burst_finished; extern int h_server_introduced; void init_hook(void); int register_hook(const char *name); void add_hook(const char *name, hookfn fn); void remove_hook(const char *name, hookfn fn); void call_hook(int id, void *arg); typedef struct { struct Client *client; const void *arg1; const void *arg2; } hook_data; typedef struct { struct Client *client; const void *arg1; int arg2; } hook_data_int; typedef struct { struct Client *client; struct Client *target; } hook_data_client; typedef struct { struct Client *client; struct Channel *chptr; } hook_data_channel; #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/common.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003232�11730550233�016254� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * common.h: An ircd header common to most code. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: common.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_common_h #define INCLUDED_common_h #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif #ifdef TRUE #undef TRUE #endif #ifdef FALSE #undef FALSE #endif #define FALSE 0 #define TRUE 1 #define HIDEME 2 /* Blah. I use these a lot. -Dianora */ #ifdef YES #undef YES #endif #define YES 1 #ifdef NO #undef NO #endif #define NO 0 /* Just blindly define our own MIN/MAX macro */ #define IRCD_MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) #define IRCD_MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) /* Right out of the RFC */ #define IRCD_BUFSIZE 512 /* readbuf size */ #define READBUF_SIZE 16384 #endif /* INCLUDED_common_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/sslproc.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003071�11730550233�016452� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * sslproc.h: An interface to the ratbox ssld helper daemon * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: sslproc.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_sslproc_h #define INCLUDED_sslproc_h struct _ssl_ctl; typedef struct _ssl_ctl ssl_ctl_t; void init_ssld(void); int start_ssldaemon(int count, const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params); ssl_ctl_t *start_ssld_accept(rb_fde_t *sslF, rb_fde_t *plainF, int id); ssl_ctl_t *start_ssld_connect(rb_fde_t *sslF, rb_fde_t *plainF, int id); void start_zlib_session(void *data); void send_new_ssl_certs(const char *ssl_cert, const char *ssl_private_key, const char *ssl_dh_params); void ssld_decrement_clicount(ssl_ctl_t * ctl); int get_ssld_count(void); #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_gline.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003620�11730550233�016405� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_gline.h: A header for the gline functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_gline.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_gline_h #define INCLUDED_s_gline_h struct Client; struct ConfItem; void cleanup_glines(void *unused); typedef struct gline_pending { char oper_nick1[NICKLEN + 1]; char oper_user1[USERLEN + 1]; char oper_host1[HOSTLEN + 1]; const char *oper_server1; /* point to scache */ char *reason1; time_t time_request1; char oper_nick2[NICKLEN + 1]; char oper_user2[USERLEN + 1]; char oper_host2[HOSTLEN + 1]; const char *oper_server2; /* point to scache */ char *reason2; time_t time_request2; time_t last_gline_time; /* for expiring entry */ char user[USERLEN + 1]; char host[HOSTLEN + 1]; } gline_pending_t; /* how long a pending G line can be around * 10 minutes should be plenty */ #define GLINE_PENDING_EXPIRE 600 #define CLEANUP_GLINES_TIME 300 extern rb_dlink_list pending_glines; extern rb_dlink_list glines; #endif ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/.indent.pro���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000066�10476074743�016713� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l100 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_user.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003461�11730550233�016270� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_user.h: A header for the user functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_user.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_user_h #define INCLUDED_s_user_h struct Client; struct User; struct oper_conf; extern time_t LastUsedWallops; int valid_hostname(const char *hostname); int valid_username(const char *username); int user_mode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **); void send_umode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, int, char *); void send_umode_out(struct Client *, struct Client *, int); int show_lusers(struct Client *source_p); int register_local_user(struct Client *, struct Client *, const char *); void introduce_client(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p); extern int user_modes_from_c_to_bitmask[]; void show_isupport(struct Client *); #define UserModeBitmask(c) user_modes_from_c_to_bitmask[(unsigned char)c] #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_stats.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000005557�11730550233�016460� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_stats.h: A header for the statistics functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_stats.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_stats_h #define INCLUDED_s_stats_h #define _1MEG (1024.0) #define _1GIG (1024.0*1024.0) #define _1TER (1024.0*1024.0*1024.0) #define _GMKs(x) ( (x > _1TER) ? "Terabytes" : ((x > _1GIG) ? "Gigabytes" : \ ((x > _1MEG) ? "Megabytes" : "Kilobytes"))) #define _GMKv(x) ( (x > _1TER) ? (float)(x/_1TER) : ((x > _1GIG) ? \ (float)(x/_1GIG) : ((x > _1MEG) ? (float)(x/_1MEG) : (float)x))) struct Client; /* * statistics structures */ struct ServerStatistics { unsigned int is_cl; /* number of client connections */ unsigned int is_sv; /* number of server connections */ unsigned int is_ni; /* connection but no idea who it was */ unsigned long long int is_cbs; /* bytes sent to clients */ unsigned long long int is_cbr; /* bytes received to clients */ unsigned long long int is_sbs; /* bytes sent to servers */ unsigned long long int is_sbr; /* bytes received to servers */ unsigned long long int is_cti; /* time spent connected by clients */ unsigned long long int is_sti; /* time spent connected by servers */ unsigned int is_ac; /* connections accepted */ unsigned int is_ref; /* accepts refused */ unsigned int is_unco; /* unknown commands */ unsigned int is_wrdi; /* command going in wrong direction */ unsigned int is_unpf; /* unknown prefix */ unsigned int is_empt; /* empty message */ unsigned int is_num; /* numeric message */ unsigned int is_kill; /* number of kills generated on collisions */ unsigned int is_save; /* number of saves generated on collisions */ unsigned int is_asuc; /* successful auth requests */ unsigned int is_abad; /* bad auth requests */ unsigned int is_rej; /* rejected from cache */ unsigned int is_thr; /* number of throttled connections */ }; /* declared in ircd.c */ extern struct ServerStatistics ServerStats; #endif /* INCLUDED_s_stats_h */ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/stdinc.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000011101�11064743132�016244� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * stdinc.h: Pull in all of the necessary system headers * * Copyright (C) 2002 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: stdinc.h 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ * */ #include "setup.h" #include "config.h" /* Gotta pull in the autoconf stuff */ /* we include common.h and ircd_defs.h down at bottom */ /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ #undef alloca #define alloca __builtin_alloca #else # ifdef _MSC_VER # include <malloc.h> # define alloca _alloca # else # if HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include <alloca.h> # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ char *alloca(); # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H #include <stdlib.h> #endif #ifdef STRING_WITH_STRINGS # include <string.h> # include <strings.h> #else # ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # include <string.h> # else # ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include <strings.h> # endif # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H #include <stddef.h> #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <assert.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <signal.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <limits.h> #if HAVE_DIRENT_H # include <dirent.h> # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name) #else # define dirent direct # define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen # if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H # include <sys/ndir.h> # endif # if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H # include <sys/dir.h> # endif # if HAVE_NDIR_H # include <ndir.h> # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include <unistd.h> #endif #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/file.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H #include <sys/resource.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H # include <sys/wait.h> #endif #ifndef WEXITSTATUS # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned)(stat_val) >> 8) #endif #ifndef WIFEXITED # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0) #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H #include <sys/param.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H #include <netinet/in.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H #include <arpa/inet.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H #include <errno.h> #else extern int errno; #endif #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__GNUC__) # ifdef __unused # undef __unused # endif # ifdef __printf # undef __printf # endif # ifdef __noreturn # undef __noreturn # endif # define __unused __attribute__((__unused__)) # define __printf(x) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__, x, x + 1))) # define __noreturn __attribute__((__noreturn__)) #else # define __unused # define __printf # define __noreturn #endif #ifdef strdupa #define LOCAL_COPY(s) strdupa(s) #else #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__GNUC__) # define LOCAL_COPY(s) __extension__({ char *_s = alloca(strlen(s) + 1); strcpy(_s, s); _s; }) #else # define LOCAL_COPY(s) strcpy(alloca(strlen(s) + 1), s) /* XXX Is that allowed? */ #endif /* defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__GNUC__) */ #endif /* strdupa */ /* LOCAL_COPY_N copies n part of string and adds one to terminate the string */ #ifdef strndupa #define LOCAL_COPY_N(s, n) strndupa(s, n) #else #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__GNUC__) #define LOCAL_COPY_N(s, n) __extension__({ size_t _l = strlen(s); _l = n > _l ? _l : n; char *_s = alloca(_l+1); memcpy(_s, s, _l); _s[_l] = '\0' ; _s; }) #else #define LOCAL_COPY_N(s, n) xc_strlcpy(alloca(strlen(s)+1), s, n) INLINE_FUNC size_t xc_strlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size) { size_t ret = strlen(src); if(size) { size_t len = (ret >= size) ? size - 1 : ret; memcpy(dest, src, len); dest[len] = '\0'; } return dest; } #endif /* defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__GNUC__) */ #endif /* strndupa */ #ifndef INADDR_NONE # define INADDR_NONE ((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff) #endif #ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK # define INADDR_LOOPBACK ((in_addr_t) 0x7f000001) #endif #include "ratbox_lib.h" #include "ircd_defs.h" #include "common.h" ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/scache.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002313�11730550233�016211� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * scache.h: A header for the servername cache functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: scache.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_scache_h #define INCLUDED_scache_h const char *scache_add(const char *name); void count_scache(size_t *, size_t *); #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/reject.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004003�11730550233�016235� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd * reject.h: header to a file which rejects users with prejudice * * Copyright (C) 2003 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * * $Id: reject.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_reject_h #define INCLUDED_reject_h /* amount of time to delay a rejected clients exit */ #define DELAYED_EXIT_TIME 10 void init_reject(void); int check_reject(rb_fde_t *F, struct sockaddr *addr); void add_reject(struct Client *); void flush_reject(void); int remove_reject(const char *ip); struct ConfItem *find_dline(struct sockaddr *addr); struct ConfItem *find_dline_exact(struct sockaddr *addr, unsigned int bitlen); void remove_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf); int add_dline(struct ConfItem *aconf); int add_eline(struct ConfItem *aconf); void report_dlines(struct Client *); void report_tdlines(struct Client *); void report_elines(struct Client *); unsigned long delay_exit_length(void); int throttle_add(struct sockaddr *addr); unsigned long throttle_size(void); int inc_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p); void dec_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p); int check_global_cidr_count(struct Client *client_p); void rehash_global_cidr_tree(void); void remove_perm_dlines(void); #endif �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/modules.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006062�11730550233�016440� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * modules.h: A header for the modules functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: modules.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_modules_h #define INCLUDED_modules_h #define MAPI_RATBOX 1 #include "ltdl.h" struct module { char *name; const char *version; void *address; int core; int mapi_version; void *mapi_header; /* actually struct mapi_mheader_av<mapi_version> */ }; struct module_path { char path[MAXPATHLEN]; }; #define MAPI_MAGIC_HDR 0x4D410000 #define MAPI_V1 (MAPI_MAGIC_HDR | 0x1) #define MAPI_MAGIC(x) ((x) & 0xffff0000) #define MAPI_VERSION(x) ((x) & 0x0000ffff) typedef struct Message *mapi_clist_av1; typedef struct { const char *hapi_name; int *hapi_id; } mapi_hlist_av1; typedef struct { const char *hapi_name; void (*hookfn) (void *); } mapi_hfn_list_av1; struct mapi_mheader_av1 { int mapi_version; /* Module API version */ int (*mapi_register) (void); /* Register function; ret -1 = failure (unload) */ void (*mapi_unregister) (void); /* Unregister function. */ mapi_clist_av1 *mapi_command_list; /* List of commands to add. */ mapi_hlist_av1 *mapi_hook_list; /* List of hooks to add. */ mapi_hfn_list_av1 *mapi_hfn_list; /* List of hook_add_hook's to do */ const char *mapi_module_version; /* Module's version (freeform) */ }; #ifndef STATIC_MODULES # define DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(name,reg,unreg,cl,hl,hfnlist, v) \ struct mapi_mheader_av1 _mheader = { MAPI_V1, reg, unreg, cl, hl, hfnlist, v} #else # define DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(name,reg,unreg,cl,hl,hfnlist, v) \ struct mapi_mheader_av1 m_ ## name ## _mheader = { MAPI_V1, reg, unreg, cl, hl, hfnlist, v} void load_static_modules(void); #endif /* add a path */ void mod_add_path(const char *path); void mod_clear_paths(void); /* load a module */ void load_module(char *path); /* load all modules */ void load_all_modules(int warn); /* load core modules */ void load_core_modules(int); int unload_one_module(const char *, int); int load_one_module(const char *, int); int load_a_module(const char *, int, int); int findmodule_byname(const char *); void modules_init(void); #endif /* INCLUDED_modules_h */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/numeric.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000022474�11730550233�016437� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * numeric.h: A header for the numeric functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: numeric.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_numeric_h #define INCLUDED_numeric_h /* * form_str - return a format string for a message number * messages are defined below */ const char *form_str(int); /* * Reserve numerics 000-099 for server-client connections where the client * is local to the server. If any server is passed a numeric in this range * from another server then it is remapped to 100-199. -avalon */ #define RPL_WELCOME 001 #define RPL_YOURHOST 002 #define RPL_CREATED 003 #define RPL_MYINFO 004 #define RPL_ISUPPORT 005 #define RPL_REDIR 10 #define RPL_MAP 15 /* Undernet extension */ #define RPL_MAPMORE 16 /* Undernet extension */ #define RPL_MAPEND 17 /* Undernet extension */ #define RPL_SAVENICK 43 /* From ircnet */ /* * Numeric replies from server commands. * These are currently in the range 200-399. */ #define RPL_TRACELINK 200 #define RPL_TRACECONNECTING 201 #define RPL_TRACEHANDSHAKE 202 #define RPL_TRACEUNKNOWN 203 #define RPL_TRACEOPERATOR 204 #define RPL_TRACEUSER 205 #define RPL_TRACESERVER 206 #define RPL_TRACENEWTYPE 208 #define RPL_TRACECLASS 209 #define RPL_STATSLINKINFO 211 #define RPL_STATSCOMMANDS 212 #define RPL_STATSCLINE 213 #define RPL_STATSNLINE 214 #define RPL_STATSILINE 215 #define RPL_STATSKLINE 216 #define RPL_STATSQLINE 217 #define RPL_STATSYLINE 218 #define RPL_ENDOFSTATS 219 /* note ircu uses 217 for STATSPLINE frip. conflict * as RPL_STATSQLINE was used in old 2.8 for Q line * I'm going to steal 220 for now *sigh* * -Dianora */ #define RPL_STATSPLINE 220 #define RPL_UMODEIS 221 #define RPL_STATSFLINE 224 #define RPL_STATSDLINE 225 #define RPL_SERVLIST 234 #define RPL_SERVLISTEND 235 #define RPL_STATSLLINE 241 #define RPL_STATSUPTIME 242 #define RPL_STATSOLINE 243 #define RPL_STATSHLINE 244 /* 245 No longer used in ircd-ratbox */ #define RPL_STATSSLINE 245 #define RPL_STATSXLINE 247 #define RPL_STATSULINE 248 #define RPL_STATSDEBUG 249 #define RPL_STATSCONN 250 #define RPL_LUSERCLIENT 251 #define RPL_LUSEROP 252 #define RPL_LUSERUNKNOWN 253 #define RPL_LUSERCHANNELS 254 #define RPL_LUSERME 255 #define RPL_ADMINME 256 #define RPL_ADMINLOC1 257 #define RPL_ADMINLOC2 258 #define RPL_ADMINEMAIL 259 #define RPL_TRACELOG 261 #define RPL_ENDOFTRACE 262 #define RPL_LOAD2HI 263 #define RPL_LOCALUSERS 265 #define RPL_GLOBALUSERS 266 #define RPL_ACCEPTLIST 281 #define RPL_ENDOFACCEPT 282 /* numeric_replies */ #define RPL_NONE 300 #define RPL_AWAY 301 #define RPL_USERHOST 302 #define RPL_ISON 303 #define RPL_TEXT 304 #define RPL_UNAWAY 305 #define RPL_NOWAWAY 306 /* RPL_WHOISADMIN 308 -- hybrid */ #define RPL_WHOISUSER 311 #define RPL_WHOISSERVER 312 #define RPL_WHOISOPERATOR 313 #define RPL_WHOWASUSER 314 /* rpl_endofwho below (315) */ #define RPL_ENDOFWHOWAS 369 #define RPL_WHOISCHANOP 316 /* redundant and not needed but reserved */ #define RPL_WHOISIDLE 317 #define RPL_ENDOFWHOIS 318 #define RPL_WHOISCHANNELS 319 #define RPL_LISTSTART 321 #define RPL_LIST 322 #define RPL_LISTEND 323 #define RPL_CHANNELMODEIS 324 #define RPL_CREATIONTIME 329 #define RPL_WHOISLOGGEDIN 330 #define RPL_NOTOPIC 331 #define RPL_TOPIC 332 #define RPL_TOPICWHOTIME 333 #define RPL_WHOISACTUALLY 338 #define RPL_INVITING 341 #define RPL_SUMMONING 342 #define RPL_INVITELIST 346 #define RPL_ENDOFINVITELIST 347 #define RPL_EXCEPTLIST 348 #define RPL_ENDOFEXCEPTLIST 349 #define RPL_VERSION 351 #define RPL_WHOREPLY 352 #define RPL_ENDOFWHO 315 #define RPL_NAMREPLY 353 #define RPL_ENDOFNAMES 366 #define RPL_KILLDONE 361 #define RPL_CLOSING 362 #define RPL_CLOSEEND 363 #define RPL_LINKS 364 #define RPL_ENDOFLINKS 365 /* rpl_endofnames above (366) */ #define RPL_BANLIST 367 #define RPL_ENDOFBANLIST 368 /* rpl_endofwhowas above (369) */ #define RPL_INFO 371 #define RPL_MOTD 372 #define RPL_INFOSTART 373 #define RPL_ENDOFINFO 374 #define RPL_MOTDSTART 375 #define RPL_ENDOFMOTD 376 #define RPL_YOUREOPER 381 #define RPL_REHASHING 382 #define RPL_MYPORTIS 384 #define RPL_NOTOPERANYMORE 385 #define RPL_RSACHALLENGE 386 #define RPL_TIME 391 #define RPL_USERSSTART 392 #define RPL_USERS 393 #define RPL_ENDOFUSERS 394 #define RPL_NOUSERS 395 /* * Errors are in the range from 400-599 currently and are grouped by what * commands they come from. */ #define ERR_NOSUCHNICK 401 #define ERR_NOSUCHSERVER 402 #define ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL 403 #define ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN 404 #define ERR_TOOMANYCHANNELS 405 #define ERR_WASNOSUCHNICK 406 #define ERR_TOOMANYTARGETS 407 #define ERR_NOORIGIN 409 #define ERR_INVALIDCAPCMD 410 #define ERR_NORECIPIENT 411 #define ERR_NOTEXTTOSEND 412 #define ERR_NOTOPLEVEL 413 #define ERR_WILDTOPLEVEL 414 #define ERR_TOOMANYMATCHES 416 #define ERR_UNKNOWNCOMMAND 421 #define ERR_NOMOTD 422 #define ERR_NOADMININFO 423 #define ERR_FILEERROR 424 #define ERR_NONICKNAMEGIVEN 431 #define ERR_ERRONEUSNICKNAME 432 #define ERR_NICKNAMEINUSE 433 #define ERR_NICKCOLLISION 436 #define ERR_UNAVAILRESOURCE 437 #define ERR_NICKTOOFAST 438 /* We did it first Undernet! ;) db */ #define ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL 441 #define ERR_NOTONCHANNEL 442 #define ERR_USERONCHANNEL 443 #define ERR_NOLOGIN 444 #define ERR_SUMMONDISABLED 445 #define ERR_USERSDISABLED 446 #define ERR_NOTREGISTERED 451 #define ERR_ACCEPTFULL 456 #define ERR_ACCEPTEXIST 457 #define ERR_ACCEPTNOT 458 #define ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS 461 #define ERR_ALREADYREGISTRED 462 #define ERR_NOPERMFORHOST 463 #define ERR_PASSWDMISMATCH 464 #define ERR_YOUREBANNEDCREEP 465 #define ERR_YOUWILLBEBANNED 466 #define ERR_KEYSET 467 #define ERR_CHANNELISFULL 471 #define ERR_UNKNOWNMODE 472 #define ERR_INVITEONLYCHAN 473 #define ERR_BANNEDFROMCHAN 474 #define ERR_BADCHANNELKEY 475 #define ERR_BADCHANMASK 476 #define ERR_NEEDREGGEDNICK 477 #define ERR_BANLISTFULL 478 /* I stole the numeric from ircu -db */ #define ERR_BADCHANNAME 479 #define ERR_SSLONLYCHAN 480 #define ERR_NOPRIVILEGES 481 #define ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED 482 #define ERR_CANTKILLSERVER 483 #define ERR_ISCHANSERVICE 484 /* #define ERR_RESTRICTED 484 - hyb derived, no longer here */ #define ERR_BANNEDNICK 485 #define ERR_VOICENEEDED 489 #define ERR_NOOPERHOST 491 #define ERR_UMODEUNKNOWNFLAG 501 #define ERR_USERSDONTMATCH 502 #define ERR_GHOSTEDCLIENT 503 #define ERR_USERNOTONSERV 504 /* #define ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG 505 * moved to 999 */ #define ERR_WRONGPONG 513 #define ERR_HELPNOTFOUND 524 #define RPL_WHOISSECURE 671 #define RPL_MODLIST 702 #define RPL_ENDOFMODLIST 703 #define RPL_HELPSTART 704 #define RPL_HELPTXT 705 #define RPL_ENDOFHELP 706 #define ERR_TARGCHANGE 707 #define RPL_ETRACEFULL 708 #define RPL_ETRACE 709 #define RPL_KNOCK 710 #define RPL_KNOCKDLVR 711 #define ERR_TOOMANYKNOCK 712 #define ERR_CHANOPEN 713 #define ERR_KNOCKONCHAN 714 #define ERR_KNOCKDISABLED 715 #define ERR_TARGUMODEG 716 #define RPL_TARGNOTIFY 717 #define RPL_UMODEGMSG 718 #define RPL_OMOTDSTART 720 #define RPL_OMOTD 721 #define RPL_ENDOFOMOTD 722 #define ERR_NOPRIVS 723 #define RPL_TESTMASK 724 #define RPL_TESTLINE 725 #define RPL_NOTESTLINE 726 #define RPL_TESTMASKGECOS 727 #define RPL_MONONLINE 730 #define RPL_MONOFFLINE 731 #define RPL_MONLIST 732 #define RPL_ENDOFMONLIST 733 #define ERR_MONLISTFULL 734 #define RPL_RSACHALLENGE2 740 #define RPL_ENDOFRSACHALLENGE2 741 #define ERR_LAST_ERR_MSG 999 #endif /* INCLUDED_numeric_h */ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/supported.h���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004107�10767465363�017035� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * charybdis: A slightly useful ircd. * supported.h: isupport (005) numeric * * Entirely rewritten, August 2006 by Jilles Tjoelker * Copyright (C) 2006 Jilles Tjoelker * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: supported.h 25135 2008-03-17 12:58:27Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_supported_h #define INCLUDED_supported_h void add_isupport(const char *, const char *(*)(const void *), const void *); void delete_isupport(const char *); void show_isupport(struct Client *); void init_isupport(void); const char *isupport_intptr(const void *); const char *isupport_boolean(const void *); const char *isupport_string(const void *); const char *isupport_stringptr(const void *); #endif /* INCLUDED_supported_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_log.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004260�11730550233�016071� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd). * * Copyright (C) 2003 Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: s_log.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_log_h #define INCLUDED_s_log_h typedef enum ilogfile { L_MAIN, L_USER, L_FUSER, L_OPERED, L_FOPER, L_SERVER, L_KILL, L_KLINE, L_GLINE, L_OPERSPY, L_IOERROR, LAST_LOGFILE } ilogfile; struct Client; void init_main_logfile(const char *filename); void open_logfiles(const char *filename); void close_logfiles(void); void ilog(ilogfile dest, const char *fmt, ...) AFP(2, 3); void report_operspy(struct Client *, const char *, const char *); const char *smalldate(time_t); void report_error(const char *, const char *, const char *, int); #endif ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/newconf.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003720�11064743132�016427� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* This code is in the public domain. * $Nightmare: nightmare/include/config.h,v 1.32.2.2.2.2 2002/07/02 03:41:28 ejb Exp $ * $Id: newconf.h 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef _NEWCONF_H_INCLUDED #define _NEWCONF_H_INCLUDED extern FILE *conf_fbfile_in; #define CF_QSTRING 0x01 #define CF_INT 0x02 #define CF_STRING 0x03 #define CF_TIME 0x04 #define CF_YESNO 0x05 #define CF_LIST 0x06 #define CF_ONE 0x07 #define CF_MTYPE 0xFF #define CF_FLIST 0x1000 #define CF_MFLAG 0xFF00 typedef struct conf_parm_t_stru { struct conf_parm_t_stru *next; int type; union { char *string; int number; struct conf_parm_t_stru *list; } v; } conf_parm_t; struct _confentry; extern int lineno; extern char linebuf[]; extern int yyparse(void); typedef struct _confentry { rb_dlink_node node; char *entryname; long number; char *string; rb_dlink_list flist; unsigned int line; char *filename; int type; } confentry_t; typedef struct _conf { rb_dlink_node node; char *confname; char *subname; rb_dlink_list entries; char *filename; unsigned int line; } conf_t; struct conf_items; typedef void CONF_CB(confentry_t *, conf_t *, struct conf_items *); struct conf_items { const char *c_name; int type; CONF_CB *cb_func; int len; void *data; }; /* parser/lexer support functions */ int conf_yy_fatal_error(const char *msg); void conf_yy_report_error(const char *msg); void conf_report_warning(const char *format, ...); void yyerror(const char *msg); int conf_fgets(char *, int, FILE *); void delete_all_conf(void); int check_valid_blocks(void); int check_valid_entries(void); int read_config_file(const char *); int conf_start_block(char *, char *); int conf_end_block(void); int conf_call_set(char *, conf_parm_t *, int); void conf_report_error(const char *, ...); void newconf_init(void); int add_conf_item(const char *topconf, const char *name, int type, void (*func) (void *)); void add_all_conf_settings(void); void load_conf_settings(void); #endif ������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_serv.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000007571�11730550233�016277� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_serv.h: A header for the server functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_serv.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_serv_h #define INCLUDED_serv_h /* * The number of seconds between calls to try_connections(). Fiddle with * this ONLY if you KNOW what you're doing! */ #define TRY_CONNECTIONS_TIME 60 /* * number of seconds to wait after server starts up, before * starting try_connections() * TOO SOON and you can nick collide like crazy. */ #define STARTUP_CONNECTIONS_TIME 60 struct Client; struct server_conf; struct Channel; /* Capabilities */ struct Capability { const char *name; /* name of capability */ unsigned int cap; /* mask value */ }; #define CAP_CAP 0x00001 /* received a CAP to begin with */ #define CAP_QS 0x00002 /* Can handle quit storm removal */ #define CAP_EX 0x00004 /* Can do channel +e exemptions */ #define CAP_CHW 0x00008 /* Can do channel wall @# */ #define CAP_IE 0x00010 /* Can do invite exceptions */ #define CAP_GLN 0x00080 /* Can do GLINE message */ #define CAP_ZIP 0x00100 /* Can do ZIPlinks */ #define CAP_KNOCK 0x00400 /* supports KNOCK */ #define CAP_TB 0x00800 /* supports TBURST */ #define CAP_ENCAP 0x04000 /* supports ENCAP */ #define CAP_TS6 0x08000 /* supports TS6 or above */ #define CAP_SERVICE 0x10000 #define CAP_RSFNC 0x20000 /* rserv FNC */ #define CAP_SAVE 0x40000 /* supports SAVE (nick collision FNC) */ #define CAP_SAVETS_100 0x80000 /* supports SAVE at TS 100 */ #define CAP_MASK (CAP_QS | CAP_EX | CAP_CHW | \ CAP_IE | CAP_SERVICE |\ CAP_GLN | CAP_ENCAP | \ CAP_ZIP | CAP_KNOCK | \ CAP_RSFNC | CAP_SAVE | CAP_SAVETS_100) /* * Capability macros. */ #define IsCapable(x, cap) (((x)->localClient->caps & (cap)) == cap) #define NotCapable(x, cap) (((x)->localClient->caps & (cap)) == 0) #define ClearCap(x, cap) ((x)->localClient->caps &= ~(cap)) /* * Globals * * * list of recognized server capabilities. "TS" is not on the list * because all servers that we talk to already do TS, and the kludged * extra argument to "PASS" takes care of checking that. -orabidoo */ extern struct Capability captab[]; extern int MaxClientCount; /* GLOBAL - highest number of clients */ extern int MaxConnectionCount; /* GLOBAL - highest number of connections */ extern int refresh_user_links; /* * return values for hunt_server() */ #define HUNTED_NOSUCH (-1) /* if the hunted server is not found */ #define HUNTED_ISME 0 /* if this server should execute the command */ #define HUNTED_PASS 1 /* if message passed onwards successfully */ int hunt_server(struct Client *client_pt, struct Client *source_pt, const char *command, int server, int parc, const char **parv); void send_capabilities(struct Client *, int); const char *show_capabilities(struct Client *client); void try_connections(void *unused); int serv_connect(struct server_conf *, struct Client *); #endif /* INCLUDED_s_serv_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/class.h�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006225�11730550233�016076� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * class.h: The ircd class management header. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: class.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_class_h #define INCLUDED_class_h struct ConfItem; struct Client; struct Class { struct Class *next; char *class_name; int max_total; int max_local; int max_global; int max_ident; int max_sendq; int con_freq; int ping_freq; int total; rb_patricia_tree_t *ip_limits; int cidr_ipv6_bitlen; int cidr_ipv4_bitlen; int cidr_amount; }; extern rb_dlink_list class_list; extern struct Class *default_class; #define ClassName(x) ((x)->class_name) #define ConFreq(x) ((x)->con_freq) #define MaxLocal(x) ((x)->max_local) #define MaxGlobal(x) ((x)->max_global) #define MaxIdent(x) ((x)->max_ident) #define MaxUsers(x) ((x)->max_total) #define PingFreq(x) ((x)->ping_freq) #define MaxSendq(x) ((x)->max_sendq) #define CurrUsers(x) ((x)->total) #define IpLimits(x) ((x)->ip_limits) #define CidrBitlen(x) ((x)->cidr_bitlen) #define CidrIpv4Bitlen(x) ((x)->cidr_ipv4_bitlen) #define CidrIpv6Bitlen(x) ((x)->cidr_ipv6_bitlen) #define CidrAmount(x) ((x)->cidr_amount) #define ClassPtr(x) ((x)->c_class) #define ConfClassName(x) (ClassPtr(x)->class_name) #define ConfConFreq(x) (ClassPtr(x)->con_freq) #define ConfMaxLocal(x) (ClassPtr(x)->max_local) #define ConfMaxGlobal(x) (ClassPtr(x)->max_global) #define ConfMaxIdent(x) (ClassPtr(x)->max_ident) #define ConfMaxUsers(x) (ClassPtr(x)->max_total) #define ConfPingFreq(x) (ClassPtr(x)->ping_freq) #define ConfMaxSendq(x) (ClassPtr(x)->max_sendq) #define ConfCurrUsers(x) (ClassPtr(x)->total) #define ConfIpLimits(x) (ClassPtr(x)->ip_limits) #define ConfCidrAmount(x) (ClassPtr(x)->cidr_amount) #define ConfCidrIpv4Bitlen(x) (ClassPtr(x)->cidr_ipv4_bitlen) #define ConfCidrIpv6Bitlen(x) (ClassPtr(x)->cidr_ipv6_bitlen) void add_class(struct Class *); struct Class *make_class(void); long get_sendq(struct Client *); int get_con_freq(struct Class *); struct Class *find_class(const char *); const char *get_client_class(struct Client *); int get_client_ping(struct Client *); void check_class(void); void initclass(void); void free_class(struct Class *); void fix_class(struct ConfItem *, struct ConfItem *); #endif /* INCLUDED_class_h */ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/include/s_auth.h������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000004112�11730550233�016245� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * s_auth.h: A header for the ident functions. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: s_auth.h 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_s_auth_h #define INCLUDED_s_auth_h /* * How many auth allocations to allocate in a block. I'm guessing that * a good number here is 64, because these are temporary and don't live * as long as clients do. * -- adrian */ #define AUTH_BLOCK_SIZE 64 struct Client; /* defined in s_auth.c now */ struct AuthRequest; /* * flag values for AuthRequest * NAMESPACE: AM_xxx - Authentication Module */ #define AM_AUTH_PENDING 0x1 #define AM_DNS_PENDING 0x2 #define SetDNS(x) ((x)->flags |= AM_DNS_PENDING) #define ClearDNS(x) ((x)->flags &= ~AM_DNS_PENDING) #define IsDNS(x) ((x)->flags & AM_DNS_PENDING) #define SetAuth(x) ((x)->flags |= AM_AUTH_PENDING) #define ClearAuth(x) ((x)->flags &= ~AM_AUTH_PENDING) #define IsAuth(x) ((x)->flags & AM_AUTH_PENDING) void start_auth(struct Client *); void send_auth_query(struct AuthRequest *req); void remove_auth_request(struct AuthRequest *req); void init_auth(void); void delete_auth_queries(struct Client *); #endif /* INCLUDED_s_auth_h */ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/.indent.pro�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000451�11064743132�015253� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-i8 -bli0 -ut -nsai -l100 -npcs -nprs -ncs -nsaf -nsai -nsaw -T uint64_t -T uint32_t -T uint8_t -T int64_t -T int32_t -T int8_t -T uintptr_t -T rb_bh -T size_t -T rb_fde_t -T rb_helper -T rb_prefix_t -T rb_dlink_node -T rb_dlink_list -T rb_patricia_node_t -T rb_patricia_tree_t -T rb_bh_usage_cb �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/missing���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000024666�10476074743�014622� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. scriptversion=2003-09-02.23 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi run=: # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. if test -f configure.ac; then configure_ac=configure.ac else configure_ac=configure.in fi msg="missing on your system" case "$1" in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or # if --run hadn't been passed. if test $? = 63; then run=: msg="probably too old" fi ;; esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. case "$1" in -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; aclocal*) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case "$f" in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake*) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; autom4te) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo "#! /bin/sh" echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" echo "# $ $@" echo "exit 0" chmod +x $file exit 1 fi ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then echo >y.tab.h fi if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; help2man) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` fi if [ -f "$file" ]; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" exit 1 fi ;; makeinfo) if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have makeinfo, but it failed. exit 1 fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file` fi touch $file ;; tar) shift if test -n "$run"; then echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" exit 1 fi # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error # messages. if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gnutar "$@" && exit 0 fi if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gtar "$@" && exit 0 fi firstarg="$1" if shift; then case "$firstarg" in *o*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac case "$firstarg" in *h*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the command line arguments." exit 1 ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ssld/�����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�014130� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ssld/ssld.c�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000066071�11730550233�015260� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * ssld.c: The ircd-ratbox ssl/zlib helper daemon thingy * Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2007-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 * USA * * $Id: ssld.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB #include <zlib.h> #endif #define MAXPASSFD 4 #ifndef READBUF_SIZE #define READBUF_SIZE 16384 #endif static void setup_signals(void); static pid_t ppid; static inline int32_t buf_to_int32(char *buf) { int32_t x; memcpy(&x, buf, sizeof(x)); return x; } static inline void int32_to_buf(char *buf, int32_t x) { memcpy(buf, &x, sizeof(x)); return; } static inline uint16_t buf_to_uint16(char *buf) { uint16_t x; memcpy(&x, buf, sizeof(x)); return x; } static inline void uint16_to_buf(char *buf, uint16_t x) { memcpy(buf, &x, sizeof(x)); return; } static char inbuf[READBUF_SIZE]; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB static char outbuf[READBUF_SIZE]; #endif typedef struct _mod_ctl_buf { rb_dlink_node node; char *buf; size_t buflen; rb_fde_t *F[MAXPASSFD]; int nfds; } mod_ctl_buf_t; typedef struct _mod_ctl { rb_dlink_node node; int cli_count; rb_fde_t *F; rb_fde_t *F_pipe; rb_dlink_list readq; rb_dlink_list writeq; } mod_ctl_t; static mod_ctl_t *mod_ctl; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB typedef struct _zlib_stream { z_stream instream; z_stream outstream; } zlib_stream_t; #endif typedef struct _conn { rb_dlink_node node; mod_ctl_t *ctl; rawbuf_head_t *modbuf_out; rawbuf_head_t *plainbuf_out; int32_t id; rb_fde_t *mod_fd; rb_fde_t *plain_fd; unsigned long long mod_out; unsigned long long mod_in; unsigned long long plain_in; unsigned long long plain_out; uint8_t flags; void *stream; } conn_t; #define FLAG_SSL 0x01 #define FLAG_ZIP 0x02 #define FLAG_CORK 0x04 #define FLAG_DEAD 0x08 #define FLAG_SSL_W_WANTS_R 0x10 /* output needs to wait until input possible */ #define FLAG_SSL_R_WANTS_W 0x20 /* input needs to wait until output possible */ #define FLAG_ZIPSSL 0x40 #define IsSSL(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_SSL) #define IsZip(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_ZIP) #define IsCork(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_CORK) #define IsDead(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_DEAD) #define IsSSLWWantsR(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_SSL_W_WANTS_R) #define IsSSLRWantsW(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_SSL_R_WANTS_W) #define IsZipSSL(x) ((x)->flags & FLAG_ZIPSSL) #define SetSSL(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_SSL) #define SetZip(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_ZIP) #define SetCork(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_CORK) #define SetDead(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_DEAD) #define SetSSLWWantsR(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_SSL_W_WANTS_R) #define SetSSLRWantsW(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_SSL_R_WANTS_W) #define SetZipSSL(x) ((x)->flags |= FLAG_ZIPSSL) #define ClearSSL(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_SSL) #define ClearZip(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_ZIP) #define ClearCork(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_CORK) #define ClearDead(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_DEAD) #define ClearSSLWWantsR(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_SSL_W_WANTS_R) #define ClearSSLRWantsW(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_SSL_R_WANTS_W) #define ClearZipSSL(x) ((x)->flags &= ~FLAG_ZIPSSL) #define NO_WAIT 0x0 #define WAIT_PLAIN 0x1 #define HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, max, ptr, next, table) for(i = 0; i < max; i++) { RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, table[i].head) #define HASH_WALK_END } #define CONN_HASH_SIZE 2000 #define connid_hash(x) (&connid_hash_table[(x % CONN_HASH_SIZE)]) static rb_dlink_list connid_hash_table[CONN_HASH_SIZE]; static rb_dlink_list dead_list; static void conn_mod_read_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data); static void conn_mod_write_sendq(rb_fde_t *, void *data); static void conn_plain_write_sendq(rb_fde_t *, void *data); static void mod_write_ctl(rb_fde_t *, void *data); static void conn_plain_read_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data); static void conn_plain_read_shutdown_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data); static void mod_cmd_write_queue(mod_ctl_t * ctl, const void *data, size_t len); static const char *remote_closed = "Remote host closed the connection"; static int ssl_ok; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB static int zlib_ok = 1; #else static int zlib_ok = 0; #endif #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB static void * ssld_alloc(void *unused, size_t count, size_t size) { return rb_malloc(count * size); } static void ssld_free(void *unused, void *ptr) { rb_free(ptr); } #endif static conn_t * conn_find_by_id(int32_t id) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; conn_t *conn; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, (connid_hash(id))->head) { conn = ptr->data; if(conn->id == id && !IsDead(conn)) return conn; } return NULL; } static void conn_add_id_hash(conn_t * conn, int32_t id) { conn->id = id; rb_dlinkAdd(conn, &conn->node, connid_hash(id)); } static void free_conn(conn_t * conn) { rb_free_rawbuffer(conn->modbuf_out); rb_free_rawbuffer(conn->plainbuf_out); #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB if(IsZip(conn)) { zlib_stream_t *stream = conn->stream; inflateEnd(&stream->instream); deflateEnd(&stream->outstream); } #endif rb_free(conn); } static void clean_dead_conns(void *unused) { conn_t *conn; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, dead_list.head) { conn = ptr->data; free_conn(conn); } dead_list.tail = dead_list.head = NULL; } static void close_conn(conn_t * conn, int wait_plain, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; char reason[128]; /* must always be under 250 bytes */ char buf[256]; int len; if(IsDead(conn)) return; rb_rawbuf_flush(conn->modbuf_out, conn->mod_fd); rb_rawbuf_flush(conn->plainbuf_out, conn->plain_fd); rb_close(conn->mod_fd); SetDead(conn); if(conn->id >= 0 && !IsZipSSL(conn)) rb_dlinkDelete(&conn->node, connid_hash(conn->id)); if(!wait_plain || fmt == NULL) { rb_close(conn->plain_fd); rb_dlinkAdd(conn, &conn->node, &dead_list); return; } rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, conn_plain_read_shutdown_cb, conn); rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); va_start(ap, fmt); rb_vsnprintf(reason, sizeof(reason), fmt, ap); va_end(ap); buf[0] = 'D'; int32_to_buf(&buf[1], conn->id); strcpy(&buf[5], reason); len = (strlen(reason) + 1) + 5; mod_cmd_write_queue(conn->ctl, buf, len); } static conn_t * make_conn(mod_ctl_t * ctl, rb_fde_t *mod_fd, rb_fde_t *plain_fd) { conn_t *conn; /* we need both, not just one..bail if NULL */ if(mod_fd == NULL || plain_fd == NULL) return NULL; conn = rb_malloc(sizeof(conn_t)); conn->ctl = ctl; conn->modbuf_out = rb_new_rawbuffer(); conn->plainbuf_out = rb_new_rawbuffer(); conn->mod_fd = mod_fd; conn->plain_fd = plain_fd; conn->id = -1; conn->stream = NULL; rb_set_nb(mod_fd); rb_set_nb(plain_fd); return conn; } static void check_handshake_flood(void *unused) { conn_t *conn; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; unsigned int count; int i; HASH_WALK_SAFE(i, CONN_HASH_SIZE, ptr, next, connid_hash_table) { conn = ptr->data; if(!IsSSL(conn)) continue; count = rb_ssl_handshake_count(conn->mod_fd); /* nothing needs to do this more than twice in ten seconds i don't think */ if(count > 2) close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Handshake flooding"); else rb_ssl_clear_handshake_count(conn->mod_fd); } HASH_WALK_END} static void conn_mod_write_sendq(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; const char *err; int retlen; if(IsDead(conn)) return; if(IsSSLWWantsR(conn)) { ClearSSLWWantsR(conn); conn_mod_read_cb(conn->mod_fd, conn); if(IsDead(conn)) return; } while((retlen = rb_rawbuf_flush(conn->modbuf_out, fd)) > 0) conn->mod_out += retlen; if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { if(retlen == 0) close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "%s", remote_closed); if(IsSSL(conn) && retlen == RB_RW_SSL_ERROR) err = rb_get_ssl_strerror(conn->mod_fd); else err = strerror(errno); close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Write error: %s", err); return; } if(rb_rawbuf_length(conn->modbuf_out) > 0) { if(retlen != RB_RW_SSL_NEED_READ) rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, conn_mod_write_sendq, conn); else { rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, conn_mod_write_sendq, conn); rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); SetSSLWWantsR(conn); } } else rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); if(IsCork(conn) && rb_rawbuf_length(conn->modbuf_out) == 0) { ClearCork(conn); conn_plain_read_cb(conn->plain_fd, conn); } } static void conn_mod_write(conn_t * conn, void *data, size_t len) { if(IsDead(conn)) /* no point in queueing to a dead man */ return; rb_rawbuf_append(conn->modbuf_out, data, len); } static void conn_plain_write(conn_t * conn, void *data, size_t len) { if(IsDead(conn)) /* again no point in queueing to dead men */ return; rb_rawbuf_append(conn->plainbuf_out, data, len); } static void mod_cmd_write_queue(mod_ctl_t * ctl, const void *data, size_t len) { mod_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; ctl_buf = rb_malloc(sizeof(mod_ctl_buf_t)); ctl_buf->buf = rb_malloc(len); ctl_buf->buflen = len; memcpy(ctl_buf->buf, data, len); ctl_buf->nfds = 0; rb_dlinkAddTail(ctl_buf, &ctl_buf->node, &ctl->writeq); mod_write_ctl(ctl->F, ctl); } #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB static void common_zlib_deflate(conn_t * conn, void *buf, size_t len) { int ret, have; z_stream *outstream = &((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->outstream; outstream->next_in = buf; outstream->avail_in = len; outstream->next_out = (Bytef *) outbuf; outstream->avail_out = sizeof(outbuf); ret = deflate(outstream, Z_SYNC_FLUSH); if(ret != Z_OK) { /* deflate error */ close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Deflate failed: %s", zError(ret)); return; } if(outstream->avail_out == 0) { /* avail_out empty */ close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "error compressing data, avail_out == 0"); return; } if(outstream->avail_in != 0) { /* avail_in isn't empty... */ close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "error compressing data, avail_in != 0"); return; } have = sizeof(outbuf) - outstream->avail_out; conn_mod_write(conn, outbuf, have); } static void common_zlib_inflate(conn_t * conn, void *buf, size_t len) { int ret, have = 0; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.next_in = buf; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_in = len; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.next_out = (Bytef *) outbuf; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_out = sizeof(outbuf); while(((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_in) { ret = inflate(&((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream, Z_NO_FLUSH); if(ret != Z_OK) { if(!strncmp("ERROR ", buf, 6)) { close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Received uncompressed ERROR"); return; } close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Inflate failed: %s", zError(ret)); return; } have = sizeof(outbuf) - ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_out; if(((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_in) { conn_plain_write(conn, outbuf, have); have = 0; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.next_out = (Bytef *) outbuf; ((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream.avail_out = sizeof(outbuf); } } if(have == 0) return; conn_plain_write(conn, outbuf, have); } #endif static int plain_check_cork(conn_t * conn) { if(rb_rawbuf_length(conn->modbuf_out) >= 4096) { /* if we have over 4k pending outbound, don't read until * we've cleared the queue */ SetCork(conn); rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, NULL, NULL); /* try to write */ conn_mod_write_sendq(conn->mod_fd, conn); return 1; } return 0; } static void conn_plain_read_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; int length = 0; if(conn == NULL) return; if(IsDead(conn)) return; if(plain_check_cork(conn)) return; while(1) { if(IsDead(conn)) return; length = rb_read(conn->plain_fd, inbuf, sizeof(inbuf)); if(length == 0 || (length < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { close_conn(conn, NO_WAIT, NULL); return; } if(length < 0) { rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, conn_plain_read_cb, conn); conn_mod_write_sendq(conn->mod_fd, conn); return; } conn->plain_in += length; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB if(IsZip(conn)) common_zlib_deflate(conn, inbuf, length); else #endif conn_mod_write(conn, inbuf, length); if(IsDead(conn)) return; if(plain_check_cork(conn)) return; } } static void conn_plain_read_shutdown_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; int length = 0; if(conn == NULL) return; while(1) { length = rb_read(conn->plain_fd, inbuf, sizeof(inbuf)); if(length == 0 || (length < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { rb_close(conn->plain_fd); rb_dlinkAdd(conn, &conn->node, &dead_list); return; } if(length < 0) { rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, conn_plain_read_shutdown_cb, conn); return; } } } static void conn_mod_read_cb(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; const char *err = remote_closed; int length; if(conn == NULL) return; if(IsDead(conn)) return; if(IsSSLRWantsW(conn)) { ClearSSLRWantsW(conn); conn_mod_write_sendq(conn->mod_fd, conn); if(IsDead(conn)) return; } while(1) { if(IsDead(conn)) return; length = rb_read(conn->mod_fd, inbuf, sizeof(inbuf)); if(length == 0 || (length < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { if(length == 0) { close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "%s", remote_closed); return; } if(IsSSL(conn) && length == RB_RW_SSL_ERROR) err = rb_get_ssl_strerror(conn->mod_fd); else err = strerror(errno); close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "Read error: %s", err); return; } if(length < 0) { if(length != RB_RW_SSL_NEED_WRITE) rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, conn_mod_read_cb, conn); else { rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_READ, NULL, NULL); rb_setselect(conn->mod_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, conn_mod_read_cb, conn); SetSSLRWantsW(conn); } conn_plain_write_sendq(conn->plain_fd, conn); return; } conn->mod_in += length; #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB if(IsZip(conn)) common_zlib_inflate(conn, inbuf, length); else #endif conn_plain_write(conn, inbuf, length); } } static void conn_plain_write_sendq(rb_fde_t *fd, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; int retlen; if(IsDead(conn)) return; while((retlen = rb_rawbuf_flush(conn->plainbuf_out, fd)) > 0) { conn->plain_out += retlen; } if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) { close_conn(data, NO_WAIT, NULL); return; } if(rb_rawbuf_length(conn->plainbuf_out) > 0) rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, conn_plain_write_sendq, conn); else rb_setselect(conn->plain_fd, RB_SELECT_WRITE, NULL, NULL); } static int maxconn(void) { #if defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE) && defined(HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) struct rlimit limit; if(!getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &limit)) { return limit.rlim_cur; } #endif /* RLIMIT_FD_MAX */ return MAXCONNECTIONS; } static void ssl_process_accept_cb(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t len, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; if(status == RB_OK) { conn_mod_read_cb(conn->mod_fd, conn); conn_plain_read_cb(conn->plain_fd, conn); return; } /* ircd doesn't care about the reason for this */ close_conn(conn, NO_WAIT, 0); return; } static void ssl_process_connect_cb(rb_fde_t *F, int status, void *data) { conn_t *conn = data; if(status == RB_OK) { conn_mod_read_cb(conn->mod_fd, conn); conn_plain_read_cb(conn->plain_fd, conn); } else if(status == RB_ERR_TIMEOUT) close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "SSL handshake timed out"); else if(status == RB_ERROR_SSL) close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "%s", rb_get_ssl_strerror(conn->mod_fd)); else close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "SSL handshake failed"); } static void cleanup_bad_message(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { int i; /* XXX should log this somehow */ for (i = 0; i < ctlb->nfds; i++) rb_close(ctlb->F[i]); } static void ssl_process_accept(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { conn_t *conn; int32_t id; conn = make_conn(ctl, ctlb->F[0], ctlb->F[1]); if(conn == NULL) { /* give up.. */ rb_close(ctlb->F[0]); rb_close(ctlb->F[1]); return; } id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); if(id >= 0) conn_add_id_hash(conn, id); SetSSL(conn); if(rb_get_type(conn->mod_fd) & RB_FD_UNKNOWN) { rb_set_type(conn->mod_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); } if(rb_get_type(conn->mod_fd) == RB_FD_UNKNOWN) rb_set_type(conn->plain_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); rb_ssl_start_accepted(ctlb->F[0], ssl_process_accept_cb, conn, 10); } static void ssl_process_connect(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { conn_t *conn; int32_t id; conn = make_conn(ctl, ctlb->F[0], ctlb->F[1]); if(conn == NULL) { /* give up.. */ rb_close(ctlb->F[0]); rb_close(ctlb->F[1]); return; } id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); if(id >= 0) conn_add_id_hash(conn, id); SetSSL(conn); if(rb_get_type(conn->mod_fd) == RB_FD_UNKNOWN) rb_set_type(conn->mod_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); if(rb_get_type(conn->mod_fd) == RB_FD_UNKNOWN) rb_set_type(conn->plain_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); rb_ssl_start_connected(ctlb->F[0], ssl_process_connect_cb, conn, 10); } static void process_stats(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { char outstat[512]; conn_t *conn; const char *odata; int32_t id; id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); if(id < 0) return; odata = &ctlb->buf[5]; conn = conn_find_by_id(id); if(conn == NULL) return; rb_snprintf(outstat, sizeof(outstat), "S %s %llu %llu %llu %llu", odata, conn->plain_out, conn->mod_in, conn->plain_in, conn->mod_out); conn->plain_out = 0; conn->plain_in = 0; conn->mod_in = 0; conn->mod_out = 0; mod_cmd_write_queue(ctl, outstat, strlen(outstat) + 1); /* +1 is so we send the \0 as well */ } static void change_connid(mod_ctl_t *ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t *ctlb) { int32_t id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); int32_t newid = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[5]); conn_t *conn = conn_find_by_id(id); if(conn->id >= 0) rb_dlinkDelete(&conn->node, connid_hash(conn->id)); SetZipSSL(conn); conn->id = newid; } #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB static void zlib_process(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { uint8_t level; size_t recvqlen; size_t hdr = (sizeof(uint8_t) * 2) + sizeof(int32_t); void *recvq_start; z_stream *instream, *outstream; conn_t *conn; int32_t id; conn = make_conn(ctl, ctlb->F[0], ctlb->F[1]); if(conn == NULL) { rb_close(ctlb->F[0]); rb_close(ctlb->F[1]); return; } if(rb_get_type(conn->mod_fd) == RB_FD_UNKNOWN) rb_set_type(conn->mod_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); if(rb_get_type(conn->plain_fd) == RB_FD_UNKNOWN) rb_set_type(conn->plain_fd, RB_FD_SOCKET); id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); conn_add_id_hash(conn, id); level = (uint8_t)ctlb->buf[5]; recvqlen = ctlb->buflen - hdr; recvq_start = &ctlb->buf[6]; SetZip(conn); conn->stream = rb_malloc(sizeof(zlib_stream_t)); instream = &((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream; outstream = &((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->outstream; instream->total_in = 0; instream->total_out = 0; instream->zalloc = (alloc_func) ssld_alloc; instream->zfree = (free_func) ssld_free; instream->data_type = Z_ASCII; inflateInit(&((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->instream); outstream->total_in = 0; outstream->total_out = 0; outstream->zalloc = (alloc_func) ssld_alloc; outstream->zfree = (free_func) ssld_free; outstream->data_type = Z_ASCII; if(level > 9) level = Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION; deflateInit(&((zlib_stream_t *) conn->stream)->outstream, level); if(recvqlen > 0) common_zlib_inflate(conn, recvq_start, recvqlen); conn_mod_read_cb(conn->mod_fd, conn); conn_plain_read_cb(conn->plain_fd, conn); return; } #endif static void init_prng(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctl_buf) { char *path; prng_seed_t seed_type; seed_type = (prng_seed_t) ctl_buf->buf[1]; path = &ctl_buf->buf[2]; rb_init_prng(path, seed_type); } static void ssl_new_keys(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctl_buf) { char *buf; char *cert, *key, *dhparam; buf = &ctl_buf->buf[2]; cert = buf; buf += strlen(cert) + 1; key = buf; buf += strlen(key) + 1; dhparam = buf; if(strlen(dhparam) == 0) dhparam = NULL; if(!rb_setup_ssl_server(cert, key, dhparam)) { const char *invalid = "I"; mod_cmd_write_queue(ctl, invalid, strlen(invalid)); return; } } static void send_nossl_support(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { static const char *nossl_cmd = "N"; conn_t *conn; int32_t id; if(ctlb != NULL) { conn = make_conn(ctl, ctlb->F[0], ctlb->F[1]); if(conn == NULL) { rb_close(ctlb->F[0]); rb_close(ctlb->F[1]); } id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); if(id >= 0) conn_add_id_hash(conn, id); close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "libratbox reports no SSL/TLS support"); } mod_cmd_write_queue(ctl, nossl_cmd, strlen(nossl_cmd)); } static void send_i_am_useless(mod_ctl_t * ctl) { static const char *useless = "U"; mod_cmd_write_queue(ctl, useless, strlen(useless)); } static void send_nozlib_support(mod_ctl_t * ctl, mod_ctl_buf_t * ctlb) { static const char *nozlib_cmd = "z"; conn_t *conn; int32_t id; if(ctlb != NULL) { conn = make_conn(ctl, ctlb->F[0], ctlb->F[1]); if(conn == NULL) { rb_close(ctlb->F[0]); rb_close(ctlb->F[1]); } id = buf_to_int32(&ctlb->buf[1]); if(id >= 0) conn_add_id_hash(conn, id); close_conn(conn, WAIT_PLAIN, "libratbox reports no zlib support"); } mod_cmd_write_queue(ctl, nozlib_cmd, strlen(nozlib_cmd)); } static void mod_process_cmd_recv(mod_ctl_t * ctl) { rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; mod_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ctl->readq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; switch (*ctl_buf->buf) { case 'A': { if (ctl_buf->nfds != 2 || ctl_buf->buflen != 5) { cleanup_bad_message(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } if(!ssl_ok) { send_nossl_support(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } ssl_process_accept(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } case 'C': { if (ctl_buf->nfds != 2 || ctl_buf->buflen != 5) { cleanup_bad_message(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } if(!ssl_ok) { send_nossl_support(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } ssl_process_connect(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } case 'K': { if(!ssl_ok) { send_nossl_support(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } ssl_new_keys(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } case 'I': init_prng(ctl, ctl_buf); break; case 'S': { process_stats(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } case 'Y': { change_connid(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } #ifdef HAVE_ZLIB case 'Z': { if (ctl_buf->nfds != 2 || ctl_buf->buflen < 6) { cleanup_bad_message(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } /* just zlib only */ zlib_process(ctl, ctl_buf); break; } #else case 'Z': send_nozlib_support(ctl, ctl_buf); break; #endif default: break; /* Log unknown commands */ } rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &ctl->readq); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } } static void mod_read_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { mod_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; mod_ctl_t *ctl = data; int retlen; int i; do { ctl_buf = rb_malloc(sizeof(mod_ctl_buf_t)); ctl_buf->buf = rb_malloc(READBUF_SIZE); ctl_buf->buflen = READBUF_SIZE; retlen = rb_recv_fd_buf(ctl->F, ctl_buf->buf, ctl_buf->buflen, ctl_buf->F, MAXPASSFD); if(retlen <= 0) { rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } else { ctl_buf->buflen = retlen; rb_dlinkAddTail(ctl_buf, &ctl_buf->node, &ctl->readq); for (i = 0; i < MAXPASSFD && ctl_buf->F[i] != NULL; i++) ; ctl_buf->nfds = i; } } while(retlen > 0); if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) exit(0); mod_process_cmd_recv(ctl); rb_setselect(ctl->F, RB_SELECT_READ, mod_read_ctl, ctl); } static void mod_write_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { mod_ctl_t *ctl = data; mod_ctl_buf_t *ctl_buf; rb_dlink_node *ptr, *next; int retlen, x; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next, ctl->writeq.head) { ctl_buf = ptr->data; retlen = rb_send_fd_buf(ctl->F, ctl_buf->F, ctl_buf->nfds, ctl_buf->buf, ctl_buf->buflen, ppid); if(retlen > 0) { rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &ctl->writeq); for(x = 0; x < ctl_buf->nfds; x++) rb_close(ctl_buf->F[x]); rb_free(ctl_buf->buf); rb_free(ctl_buf); } if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) exit(0); } if(rb_dlink_list_length(&ctl->writeq) > 0) rb_setselect(ctl->F, RB_SELECT_WRITE, mod_write_ctl, ctl); } static void read_pipe_ctl(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int retlen; while((retlen = rb_read(F, inbuf, sizeof(inbuf))) > 0) { ;; /* we don't do anything with the pipe really, just care if the other process dies.. */ } if(retlen == 0 || (retlen < 0 && !rb_ignore_errno(errno))) exit(0); rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_pipe_ctl, NULL); } int main(int argc, char **argv) { const char *s_ctlfd, *s_pipe, *s_pid; int ctlfd, pipefd, x, maxfd; maxfd = maxconn(); s_ctlfd = getenv("CTL_FD"); s_pipe = getenv("CTL_PIPE"); s_pid = getenv("CTL_PPID"); if(s_ctlfd == NULL || s_pipe == NULL || s_pid == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "This is ircd-ratbox ssld. You know you aren't supposed to run me directly?\n"); fprintf(stderr, "You get an Id tag for this: $Id: ssld.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $\n"); fprintf(stderr, "Have a nice life\n"); exit(1); } ctlfd = atoi(s_ctlfd); pipefd = atoi(s_pipe); ppid = atoi(s_pid); x = 0; #ifndef _WIN32 for(x = 0; x < maxfd; x++) { if(x != ctlfd && x != pipefd && x > 2) close(x); } x = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR); if(x >= 0) { if(ctlfd != 0 && pipefd != 0) dup2(x, 0); if(ctlfd != 1 && pipefd != 1) dup2(x, 1); if(ctlfd != 2 && pipefd != 2) dup2(x, 2); if(x > 2) close(x); } #endif setup_signals(); rb_lib_init(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, maxfd, 1024, 4096); rb_init_rawbuffers(1024); ssl_ok = rb_supports_ssl(); mod_ctl = rb_malloc(sizeof(mod_ctl_t)); mod_ctl->F = rb_open(ctlfd, RB_FD_SOCKET, "ircd control socket"); mod_ctl->F_pipe = rb_open(pipefd, RB_FD_PIPE, "ircd pipe"); rb_set_nb(mod_ctl->F); rb_set_nb(mod_ctl->F_pipe); rb_event_addish("clean_dead_conns", clean_dead_conns, NULL, 10); rb_event_add("check_handshake_flood", check_handshake_flood, NULL, 10); read_pipe_ctl(mod_ctl->F_pipe, NULL); mod_read_ctl(mod_ctl->F, mod_ctl); if(!zlib_ok && !ssl_ok) { /* this is really useless... */ send_i_am_useless(mod_ctl); /* sleep until the ircd kills us */ rb_sleep(2 << 30, 0); exit(1); } if(!zlib_ok) send_nozlib_support(mod_ctl, NULL); if(!ssl_ok) send_nossl_support(mod_ctl, NULL); rb_lib_loop(0); return 0; } #ifndef _WIN32 static void dummy_handler(int sig) { return; } #endif static void setup_signals() { #ifndef _WIN32 struct sigaction act; act.sa_flags = 0; act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP); #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH); sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0); #endif sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0); #endif act.sa_handler = dummy_handler; sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0); #endif } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ssld/Makefile.in������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000041104�11726766726�016227� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ libexec_PROGRAMS = ssld$(EXEEXT) subdir = ssld DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" PROGRAMS = $(libexec_PROGRAMS) am_ssld_OBJECTS = ssld.$(OBJEXT) ssld_OBJECTS = $(am_ssld_OBJECTS) ssld_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(ssld_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(ssld_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include ssld_SOURCES = ssld.c ssld_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @ZLIB_LD@ all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu ssld/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu ssld/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-libexecPROGRAMS: $(libexec_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libexecdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" && rm -f $$files clean-libexecPROGRAMS: @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list ssld$(EXEEXT): $(ssld_OBJECTS) $(ssld_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_ssld_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f ssld$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(ssld_OBJECTS) $(ssld_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ssld.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libexecPROGRAMS clean-libtool \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-libexecPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-libexecPROGRAMS clean-libtool ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ install-libexecPROGRAMS install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/ssld/Makefile.am������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000355�11003710525�016167� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# # $Id: Makefile.am 25271 2008-04-23 19:43:17Z androsyn $ # libexec_PROGRAMS = ssld AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include ssld_SOURCES = ssld.c ssld_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @ZLIB_LD@ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403611�015024� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/getnameinfo.h������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003743�11060001202�017464� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: getnameinfo.h 25996 2008-09-04 15:45:06Z androsyn $ */ int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, rb_socklen_t salen, char *host, size_t hostlen, char *serv, size_t servlen, int flags); #ifndef IN_MULTICAST #define IN_MULTICAST(a) ((((long int) (a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000) #endif #ifndef IN_EXPERIMENTAL #define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) ((((long int) (a)) & 0xe0000000) == 0xe0000000) #endif �����������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/res.h��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001551�11035455642�016003� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * res.h for referencing functions in res.c, reslib.c * * $Id: res.h 25701 2008-07-10 18:57:38Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef _RATBOX_RES_H #define _RATBOX_RES_H /* set MAXNS to 5, which matches with adns did in the past. */ #define IRCD_MAXNS 5 #define HOSTLEN 63 struct DNSReply { char *h_name; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; }; struct DNSQuery { void *ptr; /* pointer used by callback to identify request */ void (*callback) (void *vptr, struct DNSReply * reply); /* callback to call */ }; void init_resolver(void); void restart_resolver(void); //static void delete_resolver_queries(const struct DNSQuery *); void gethost_byname_type(const char *, struct DNSQuery *, int); void gethost_byaddr(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *, struct DNSQuery *); //static void add_local_domain(char *, size_t); //static void report_dns_servers(struct Client *); #endif �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/res.c��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000054436�11730550233�016002� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * res.c: resolver related code * * Portions are: * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2005,2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * $Id: res.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ * * This is base on the resolver from charybdis, which in turn is based on the * resolver from hybrid. * * The original comments follow below: * * A rewrite of Darren Reeds original res.c As there is nothing * left of Darrens original code, this is now licensed by the hybrid group. * (Well, some of the function names are the same, and bits of the structs..) * You can use it where it is useful, free even. Buy us a beer and stuff. * * The authors takes no responsibility for any damage or loss * of property which results from the use of this software. * * from charybdis Id: res.c 3301 2007-03-28 15:04:06Z jilles $ * from Hybrid Id: res.c 459 2006-02-12 22:21:37Z db $ * * July 1999 - Rewrote a bunch of stuff here. Change hostent builder code, * added callbacks and reference counting of returned hostents. * --Bleep (Thomas Helvey <tomh@inxpress.net>) * * This was all needlessly complicated for irc. Simplified. No more hostent * All we really care about is the IP -> hostname mappings. Thats all. * * Apr 28, 2003 --cryogen and Dianora * * DNS server flooding lessened, AAAA-or-A lookup removed, ip6.int support * removed, various robustness fixes * * 2006 --jilles and nenolod * */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "setup.h" #include "res.h" #include "reslib.h" static PF res_readreply; #define MAXPACKET 1024 /* rfc sez 512 but we expand names so ... */ #define RES_MAXALIASES 35 /* maximum aliases allowed */ #define RES_MAXADDRS 35 /* maximum addresses allowed */ #define AR_TTL 600 /* TTL in seconds for dns cache entries */ /* RFC 1104/1105 wasn't very helpful about what these fields * should be named, so for now, we'll just name them this way. * we probably should look at what named calls them or something. */ #define TYPE_SIZE (size_t)2 #define CLASS_SIZE (size_t)2 #define TTL_SIZE (size_t)4 #define RDLENGTH_SIZE (size_t)2 #define ANSWER_FIXED_SIZE (TYPE_SIZE + CLASS_SIZE + TTL_SIZE + RDLENGTH_SIZE) #ifdef RB_IPV6 extern struct in6_addr ipv6_addr; #endif extern struct in_addr ipv4_addr; extern struct rb_sockaddr_storage irc_nsaddr_list[]; extern int irc_nscount; struct reslist { rb_dlink_node node; int id; int sent; /* number of requests sent */ time_t ttl; char type; char queryname[128]; /* name currently being queried */ char retries; /* retry counter */ char sends; /* number of sends (>1 means resent) */ time_t sentat; time_t timeout; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; char *name; struct DNSQuery *query; /* query callback for this request */ rb_fde_t *ipv4_F; /* socket to send request on */ rb_fde_t *ipv6_F; }; static rb_dlink_list request_list = { NULL, NULL, 0 }; static void rem_request(struct reslist *request); static struct reslist *make_request(struct DNSQuery *query); static void do_query_name(struct DNSQuery *query, const char *name, struct reslist *request, int); static void do_query_number(struct DNSQuery *query, const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *, struct reslist *request); static void query_name(struct reslist *request); static int send_res_msg(void *buf, int len, struct reslist *request); static void resend_query(struct reslist *request); static int check_question(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, char *eob); static int proc_answer(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *, char *); static struct reslist *find_id(uint16_t id); static struct DNSReply *make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request); static int generate_random_port(void); /* * int * res_ourserver(inp) * looks up "inp" in irc_nsaddr_list[] * returns: * 0 : not found * >0 : found * author: * paul vixie, 29may94 * revised for ircd, cryogen(stu) may03 */ static int res_ourserver(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *inp) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6; const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6in = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)inp; #endif const struct sockaddr_in *v4; const struct sockaddr_in *v4in = (const struct sockaddr_in *)inp; int ns; for(ns = 0; ns < irc_nscount; ns++) { const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *srv = &irc_nsaddr_list[ns]; #ifdef RB_IPV6 v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)srv; #endif v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)srv; /* could probably just memcmp(srv, inp, srv.ss_len) here * but we'll air on the side of caution - stu */ switch (GET_SS_FAMILY(srv)) { #ifdef RB_IPV6 case AF_INET6: if(GET_SS_FAMILY(srv) == GET_SS_FAMILY(inp)) if(v6->sin6_port == v6in->sin6_port) if((memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &v6in->sin6_addr.s6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0) || (memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &in6addr_any, sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0)) return 1; break; #endif case AF_INET: if(GET_SS_FAMILY(srv) == GET_SS_FAMILY(inp)) if(v4->sin_port == v4in->sin_port) if((v4->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_ANY) || (v4->sin_addr.s_addr == v4in->sin_addr.s_addr)) return 1; break; default: break; } } return 0; } /* * timeout_query_list - Remove queries from the list which have been * there too long without being resolved. */ static time_t timeout_query_list(time_t now) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct reslist *request; time_t next_time = 0; time_t timeout = 0; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, request_list.head) { request = ptr->data; timeout = request->sentat + request->timeout; if(now >= timeout) { if(--request->retries <= 0) { (*request->query->callback) (request->query->ptr, NULL); rem_request(request); continue; } else { request->sentat = now; request->timeout += request->timeout; resend_query(request); } } if((next_time == 0) || timeout < next_time) { next_time = timeout; } } return (next_time > now) ? next_time : (now + AR_TTL); } /* * timeout_resolver - check request list */ static void timeout_resolver(void *notused) { timeout_query_list(rb_current_time()); } static struct ev_entry *timeout_resolver_ev = NULL; /* * start_resolver - do everything we need to read the resolv.conf file * and initialize the resolver file descriptor if needed */ static void start_resolver(void) { irc_res_init(); timeout_resolver_ev = rb_event_add("timeout_resolver", timeout_resolver, NULL, 1); } /* * init_resolver - initialize resolver and resolver library */ void init_resolver(void) { start_resolver(); } /* * restart_resolver - reread resolv.conf, reopen socket */ void restart_resolver(void) { rb_event_delete(timeout_resolver_ev); /* -ddosen */ start_resolver(); } #if 0 /* * add_local_domain - Add the domain to hostname, if it is missing * (as suggested by eps@TOASTER.SFSU.EDU) */ void add_local_domain(char *hname, size_t size) { /* try to fix up unqualified names */ if(strchr(hname, '.') == NULL) { if(irc_domain[0]) { size_t len = strlen(hname); if((strlen(irc_domain) + len + 2) < size) { hname[len++] = '.'; strcpy(hname + len, irc_domain); } } } } #endif /* * rem_request - remove a request from the list. * This must also free any memory that has been allocated for * temporary storage of DNS results. */ static void rem_request(struct reslist *request) { rb_dlinkDelete(&request->node, &request_list); if(request->ipv4_F != NULL) rb_close(request->ipv4_F); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(request->ipv6_F != NULL) rb_close(request->ipv6_F); #endif rb_free(request->name); rb_free(request); } /* * make_request - Create a DNS request record for the server. */ static struct reslist * make_request(struct DNSQuery *query) { struct reslist *request = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct reslist)); request->sentat = rb_current_time(); request->retries = 3; request->timeout = 4; /* start at 4 and exponential inc. */ request->query = query; rb_dlinkAdd(request, &request->node, &request_list); return request; } /* * delete_resolver_queries - cleanup outstanding queries * for which there no longer exist clients or conf lines. */ #if 0 static void delete_resolver_queries(const struct DNSQuery *query) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; rb_dlink_node *next_ptr; struct reslist *request; RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, request_list.head) { if((request = ptr->data) != NULL) { if(query == request->query) rem_request(request); } } } #endif #ifdef RES_MIN #undef RES_MIN #endif #define RES_MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) static rb_fde_t * random_socket(int family) { rb_fde_t *F; int nport; int i; rb_socklen_t len; struct rb_sockaddr_storage sockaddr; F = rb_socket(family, SOCK_DGRAM, 0, "UDP resolver socket"); if(F == NULL) return NULL; memset(&sockaddr, 0, sizeof(sockaddr)); SET_SS_FAMILY(&sockaddr, family); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(family == AF_INET6) { struct sockaddr_in6 *in6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&sockaddr; memcpy(&in6->sin6_addr, &ipv6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); len = (rb_socklen_t) sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6); } else #endif { struct sockaddr_in *in = (struct sockaddr_in *)&sockaddr; in->sin_addr.s_addr = ipv4_addr.s_addr; len = (rb_socklen_t) sizeof(struct sockaddr_in); } for(i = 0; i < 10; i++) { nport = htons(generate_random_port()); if(family == AF_INET) ((struct sockaddr_in *)&sockaddr)->sin_port = nport; #ifdef RB_IPV6 else ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&sockaddr)->sin6_port = nport; #endif if(bind(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&sockaddr, len) == 0) return F; } rb_close(F); return NULL; } /* * send_res_msg - sends msg to all nameservers found in the "_res" structure. * This should reflect /etc/resolv.conf. We will get responses * which arent needed but is easier than checking to see if nameserver * isnt present. Returns number of messages successfully sent to * nameservers or -1 if no successful sends. */ static int send_res_msg(void *msg, int len, struct reslist *request) { int i; int sent = 0; rb_fde_t *F = NULL; int rcount = request->sends; int max_queries = RES_MIN(irc_nscount, rcount); /* RES_PRIMARY option is not implemented * if (res.options & RES_PRIMARY || 0 == max_queries) */ if(max_queries == 0) max_queries = 1; for(i = 0; sent < max_queries && i < irc_nscount; i++) { if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&irc_nsaddr_list[i]) == AF_INET) { if(request->ipv4_F == NULL) { request->ipv4_F = random_socket(AF_INET); } F = request->ipv4_F; } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else { if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&irc_nsaddr_list[i]) == AF_INET6) { request->ipv6_F = random_socket(AF_INET6); } F = request->ipv6_F; } #endif if(F == NULL) continue; if(sendto(rb_get_fd(F), msg, len, 0, (struct sockaddr *)&(irc_nsaddr_list[i]), GET_SS_LEN(&irc_nsaddr_list[i])) == len) ++sent; res_readreply(F, NULL); } return (sent); } /* * find_id - find a dns request id (id is determined by dn_mkquery) */ static struct reslist * find_id(uint16_t id) { rb_dlink_node *ptr; struct reslist *request; RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, request_list.head) { request = ptr->data; if(request->id == id) return (request); } return (NULL); } static uint16_t generate_random_id(void) { uint16_t id; do { rb_get_pseudo_random(&id, sizeof(id)); if(id == 0xffff) continue; } while(find_id(id)); return id; } static int generate_random_port(void) { uint16_t port; while(1) { rb_get_pseudo_random(&port, sizeof(port)); if(port > 1024) break; } return (int)port; } /* * gethost_byname_type - get host address from name * */ void gethost_byname_type(const char *name, struct DNSQuery *query, int type) { assert(name != 0); do_query_name(query, name, NULL, type); } /* * gethost_byaddr - get host name from address */ void gethost_byaddr(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr, struct DNSQuery *query) { do_query_number(query, addr, NULL); } /* * do_query_name - nameserver lookup name */ static void do_query_name(struct DNSQuery *query, const char *name, struct reslist *request, int type) { char host_name[HOSTLEN + 1]; rb_strlcpy(host_name, name, sizeof(host_name)); // add_local_domain(host_name, HOSTLEN); if(request == NULL) { request = make_request(query); request->name = rb_strdup(host_name); } rb_strlcpy(request->queryname, host_name, sizeof(request->queryname)); request->type = type; query_name(request); } /* * do_query_number - Use this to do reverse IP# lookups. */ static void do_query_number(struct DNSQuery *query, const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr, struct reslist *request) { const unsigned char *cp; if(request == NULL) { request = make_request(query); memcpy(&request->addr, addr, sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage)); request->name = (char *)rb_malloc(HOSTLEN + 1); } if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET) { const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr; cp = (const unsigned char *)&v4->sin_addr.s_addr; rb_sprintf(request->queryname, "%u.%u.%u.%u.in-addr.arpa", (unsigned int)(cp[3]), (unsigned int)(cp[2]), (unsigned int)(cp[1]), (unsigned int)(cp[0])); } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET6) { const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; cp = (const unsigned char *)&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr; rb_sprintf(request->queryname, "%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x." "%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.ip6.arpa", (unsigned int)(cp[15] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[15] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[14] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[14] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[13] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[13] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[12] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[12] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[11] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[11] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[10] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[10] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[9] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[9] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[8] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[8] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[7] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[7] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[6] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[6] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[5] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[5] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[4] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[4] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[3] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[3] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[2] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[2] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[1] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[1] >> 4), (unsigned int)(cp[0] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[0] >> 4)); } #endif request->type = T_PTR; query_name(request); } /* * query_name - generate a query based on class, type and name. */ static void query_name(struct reslist *request) { void *buf = alloca(MAXPACKET); int request_len = 0; memset(buf, 0, MAXPACKET); if((request_len = irc_res_mkquery(request->queryname, C_IN, request->type, buf, MAXPACKET)) > 0) { HEADER *header = (HEADER *) buf; /* * generate an unique id * NOTE: we don't have to worry about converting this to and from * network byte order, the nameserver does not interpret this value * and returns it unchanged */ header->id = generate_random_id(); request->id = header->id; ++request->sends; request->sent += send_res_msg(buf, request_len, request); } } static void resend_query(struct reslist *request) { switch (request->type) { case T_PTR: do_query_number(NULL, &request->addr, request); break; case T_A: #ifdef RB_IPV6 case T_AAAA: #endif do_query_name(NULL, request->name, request, request->type); break; default: break; } } /* * check_question - check if the reply really belongs to the * name we queried (to guard against late replies from previous * queries with the same id). */ static int check_question(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, char *eob) { char hostbuf[128]; /* working buffer */ unsigned char *current; /* current position in buf */ int n; /* temp count */ current = (unsigned char *)buf + sizeof(HEADER); if(header->qdcount != 1) return 0; n = irc_dn_expand((unsigned char *)buf, (unsigned char *)eob, current, hostbuf, sizeof(hostbuf)); if(n <= 0) return 0; if(strcasecmp(hostbuf, request->queryname)) return 0; return 1; } /* * proc_answer - process name server reply */ static int proc_answer(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, char *eob) { char hostbuf[HOSTLEN + 100]; /* working buffer */ unsigned char *current; /* current position in buf */ int query_class; /* answer class */ int type; /* answer type */ int n; /* temp count */ int rd_length; struct sockaddr_in *v4; /* conversion */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 struct sockaddr_in6 *v6; #endif current = (unsigned char *)buf + sizeof(HEADER); for(; header->qdcount > 0; --header->qdcount) { if((n = irc_dn_skipname(current, (unsigned char *)eob)) < 0) return 0; current += (size_t)n + QFIXEDSZ; } /* * process each answer sent to us blech. */ while(header->ancount > 0 && (char *)current < eob) { header->ancount--; n = irc_dn_expand((unsigned char *)buf, (unsigned char *)eob, current, hostbuf, sizeof(hostbuf)); if(n < 0) { /* * broken message */ return (0); } else if(n == 0) { /* * no more answers left */ return (0); } hostbuf[HOSTLEN] = '\0'; /* With Address arithmetic you have to be very anal * this code was not working on alpha due to that * (spotted by rodder/jailbird/dianora) */ current += (size_t)n; if(!(((char *)current + ANSWER_FIXED_SIZE) < eob)) break; type = irc_ns_get16(current); current += TYPE_SIZE; query_class = irc_ns_get16(current); current += CLASS_SIZE; request->ttl = irc_ns_get32(current); current += TTL_SIZE; rd_length = irc_ns_get16(current); current += RDLENGTH_SIZE; /* * Wait to set request->type until we verify this structure */ switch (type) { case T_A: if(request->type != T_A) return (0); /* * check for invalid rd_length or too many addresses */ if(rd_length != sizeof(struct in_addr)) return (0); v4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&request->addr; SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)); v4->sin_family = AF_INET; memcpy(&v4->sin_addr, current, sizeof(struct in_addr)); return (1); break; #ifdef RB_IPV6 case T_AAAA: if(request->type != T_AAAA) return (0); if(rd_length != sizeof(struct in6_addr)) return (0); SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)); v6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&request->addr; v6->sin6_family = AF_INET6; memcpy(&v6->sin6_addr, current, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); return (1); break; #endif case T_PTR: if(request->type != T_PTR) return (0); n = irc_dn_expand((unsigned char *)buf, (unsigned char *)eob, current, hostbuf, sizeof(hostbuf)); if(n < 0) return (0); /* broken message */ else if(n == 0) return (0); /* no more answers left */ rb_strlcpy(request->name, hostbuf, HOSTLEN + 1); return (1); break; case T_CNAME: /* real answer will follow */ current += rd_length; break; default: /* XXX I'd rather just throw away the entire bogus thing * but its possible its just a broken nameserver with still * valid answers. But lets do some rudimentary logging for now... */ // ilog(L_MAIN, "irc_res.c bogus type %d", type); break; } } return (1); } /* * res_read_single_reply - read a dns reply from the nameserver and process it. * Return value: 1 if a packet was read, 0 otherwise */ static int res_read_single_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int buflen = sizeof(HEADER) + MAXPACKET; void *buf = alloca(buflen); HEADER *header; struct reslist *request = NULL; struct DNSReply *reply = NULL; int rc; int answer_count; rb_socklen_t len = sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage); struct rb_sockaddr_storage lsin; rc = recvfrom(rb_get_fd(F), buf, buflen, 0, (struct sockaddr *)&lsin, &len); /* No packet */ if(rc == 0 || rc == -1) return 0; /* Too small */ if(rc <= (int)(sizeof(HEADER))) return 1; /* * convert DNS reply reader from Network byte order to CPU byte order. */ header = (HEADER *) buf; header->ancount = ntohs(header->ancount); header->qdcount = ntohs(header->qdcount); header->nscount = ntohs(header->nscount); header->arcount = ntohs(header->arcount); /* * response for an id which we have already received an answer for * just ignore this response. */ if(0 == (request = find_id(header->id))) return 1; /* * check against possibly fake replies */ if(!res_ourserver(&lsin)) return 1; if(!check_question(request, header, (char *)buf, ((char *)buf) + rc)) return 1; if((header->rcode != NO_ERRORS) || (header->ancount == 0)) { /* * If a bad error was returned, we stop here and dont send * send any more (no retries granted). */ (*request->query->callback) (request->query->ptr, NULL); rem_request(request); return -1; } /* * If this fails there was an error decoding the received packet, * give up. -- jilles */ answer_count = proc_answer(request, header, (char *)buf, ((char *)buf) + rc); if(answer_count) { if(request->type == T_PTR) { if(request->name == NULL) { /* * got a PTR response with no name, something bogus is happening * don't bother trying again, the client address doesn't resolve */ (*request->query->callback) (request->query->ptr, reply); rem_request(request); return -1; } /* * Lookup the 'authoritative' name that we were given for the * ip#. * */ #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&request->addr) == AF_INET6) gethost_byname_type(request->name, request->query, T_AAAA); else #endif gethost_byname_type(request->name, request->query, T_A); rem_request(request); } else { /* * got a name and address response, client resolved */ reply = make_dnsreply(request); (*request->query->callback) (request->query->ptr, reply); rb_free(reply); rem_request(request); } } else { /* couldn't decode, give up -- jilles */ (*request->query->callback) (request->query->ptr, NULL); rem_request(request); } return -1; } static void res_readreply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data) { int rc; while((rc = res_read_single_reply(F, data)) > 0) ;; if(rc != -1) rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, res_readreply, NULL); } static struct DNSReply * make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request) { struct DNSReply *cp; cp = (struct DNSReply *)rb_malloc(sizeof(struct DNSReply)); cp->h_name = request->name; memcpy(&cp->addr, &request->addr, sizeof(cp->addr)); return (cp); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/getnameinfo.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000014767�11060001202�017467� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Issues to be discussed: * - Thread safe-ness must be checked * - RFC2553 says that we should raise error on short buffer. X/Open says * we need to truncate the result. We obey RFC2553 (and X/Open should be * modified). ipngwg rough consensus seems to follow RFC2553. * - What is "local" in NI_FQDN? * - NI_NAMEREQD and NI_NUMERICHOST conflict with each other. * - (KAME extension) always attach textual scopeid (fe80::1%lo0), if * sin6_scope_id is filled - standardization status? * XXX breaks backward compat for code that expects no scopeid. * beware on merge. */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "getaddrinfo.h" #include "getnameinfo.h" /* $Id: getnameinfo.c 25996 2008-09-04 15:45:06Z androsyn $ */ static const struct afd { int a_af; int a_addrlen; rb_socklen_t a_socklen; int a_off; } afdl [] = { #ifdef IPV6 {PF_INET6, sizeof(struct in6_addr), sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6), offsetof(struct sockaddr_in6, sin6_addr)}, #endif {PF_INET, sizeof(struct in_addr), sizeof(struct sockaddr_in), offsetof(struct sockaddr_in, sin_addr)}, {0, 0, 0, 0}, }; struct sockinet { unsigned char si_len; unsigned char si_family; unsigned short si_port; }; #ifdef IPV6 static int ip6_parsenumeric(const struct sockaddr *, const char *, char *, size_t, int); #endif int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, rb_socklen_t salen, char *host, size_t hostlen, char *serv, size_t servlen, int flags) { const struct afd *afd; struct servent *sp; unsigned short port; int family, i; const char *addr; uint32_t v4a; char numserv[512]; char numaddr[512]; if (sa == NULL) return EAI_FAIL; /* if (sa->sa_len != salen) return EAI_FAIL; */ family = sa->sa_family; for (i = 0; afdl[i].a_af; i++) if (afdl[i].a_af == family) { afd = &afdl[i]; goto found; } return EAI_FAMILY; found: if (salen != afd->a_socklen) return EAI_FAIL; /* network byte order */ port = ((const struct sockinet *)sa)->si_port; addr = (const char *)sa + afd->a_off; if (serv == NULL || servlen == 0) { /* * do nothing in this case. * in case you are wondering if "&&" is more correct than * "||" here: rfc2553bis-03 says that serv == NULL OR * servlen == 0 means that the caller does not want the result. */ } else { if (flags & NI_NUMERICSERV) sp = NULL; else { sp = getservbyport(port, (flags & NI_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp"); } if (sp) { if (strlen(sp->s_name) + 1 > servlen) return EAI_MEMORY; rb_strlcpy(serv, sp->s_name, servlen); } else { snprintf(numserv, sizeof(numserv), "%u", ntohs(port)); if (strlen(numserv) + 1 > servlen) return EAI_MEMORY; rb_strlcpy(serv, numserv, servlen); } } switch (sa->sa_family) { case AF_INET: v4a = (uint32_t) ntohl(((const struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr.s_addr); if (IN_MULTICAST(v4a) || IN_EXPERIMENTAL(v4a)) flags |= NI_NUMERICHOST; v4a >>= IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT; if (v4a == 0) flags |= NI_NUMERICHOST; break; #ifdef IPV6 case AF_INET6: { const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6; sin6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa; switch (sin6->sin6_addr.s6_addr[0]) { case 0x00: if (IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&sin6->sin6_addr)) ; else if (IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(&sin6->sin6_addr)) ; else flags |= NI_NUMERICHOST; break; default: if (IN6_IS_ADDR_LINKLOCAL(&sin6->sin6_addr)) { flags |= NI_NUMERICHOST; } else if (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(&sin6->sin6_addr)) flags |= NI_NUMERICHOST; break; } } break; #endif } if (host == NULL || hostlen == 0) { /* * do nothing in this case. * in case you are wondering if "&&" is more correct than * "||" here: rfc2553bis-03 says that host == NULL or * hostlen == 0 means that the caller does not want the result. */ } else if (flags & NI_NUMERICHOST) { size_t numaddrlen; /* NUMERICHOST and NAMEREQD conflicts with each other */ if (flags & NI_NAMEREQD) return EAI_NONAME; switch(afd->a_af) { #ifdef IPV6 case AF_INET6: { int error; if ((error = ip6_parsenumeric(sa, addr, host, hostlen, flags)) != 0) return(error); break; } #endif default: if (rb_inet_ntop(afd->a_af, addr, numaddr, sizeof(numaddr)) == NULL) return EAI_SYSTEM; numaddrlen = strlen(numaddr); if (numaddrlen + 1 > hostlen) /* don't forget terminator */ return EAI_MEMORY; rb_strlcpy(host, numaddr, hostlen); break; } } return(0); } #ifdef IPV6 static int ip6_parsenumeric(const struct sockaddr *sa, const char *addr, char *host, size_t hostlen, int flags) { size_t numaddrlen; char numaddr[512]; if (rb_inet_ntop(AF_INET6, addr, numaddr, sizeof(numaddr)) == NULL) return(EAI_SYSTEM); numaddrlen = strlen(numaddr); if (numaddrlen + 1 > hostlen) /* don't forget terminator */ return(EAI_MEMORY); if (*numaddr == ':') { *host = '0'; rb_strlcpy(host+1, numaddr, hostlen-1); } else rb_strlcpy(host, numaddr, hostlen); return(0); } #endif ���������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/getaddrinfo.c������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000034575�11072725673�017514� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "getaddrinfo.h" /* $Id: getaddrinfo.c 26142 2008-10-07 18:34:35Z androsyn $ */ static const char in_addrany[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; static const char in_loopback[] = { 127, 0, 0, 1 }; static const char in6_addrany[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; static const char in6_loopback[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 }; static const struct afd { int a_af; int a_addrlen; int a_socklen; int a_off; const char *a_addrany; const char *a_loopback; int a_scoped; } afdl [] = { #define N_INET6 0 #ifdef IPV6 {PF_INET6, sizeof(struct in6_addr), sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6), offsetof(struct sockaddr_in6, sin6_addr), in6_addrany, in6_loopback, 1}, #endif #define N_INET 1 {PF_INET, sizeof(struct in_addr), sizeof(struct sockaddr_in), offsetof(struct sockaddr_in, sin_addr), in_addrany, in_loopback, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, 0}, }; struct explore { int e_af; int e_socktype; int e_protocol; const char *e_protostr; int e_wild; #define WILD_AF(ex) ((ex)->e_wild & 0x01) #define WILD_SOCKTYPE(ex) ((ex)->e_wild & 0x02) #define WILD_PROTOCOL(ex) ((ex)->e_wild & 0x04) }; static const struct explore explore[] = { #ifdef IPV6 { PF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP, "udp", 0x07 }, { PF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP, "tcp", 0x07 }, { PF_INET6, SOCK_RAW, ANY, NULL, 0x05 }, #endif { PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP, "udp", 0x07 }, { PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP, "tcp", 0x07 }, { PF_INET, SOCK_RAW, ANY, NULL, 0x05 }, { PF_UNSPEC, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP, "udp", 0x07 }, { PF_UNSPEC, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP, "tcp", 0x07 }, { PF_UNSPEC, SOCK_RAW, ANY, NULL, 0x05 }, { -1, 0, 0, NULL, 0 }, }; #define PTON_MAX 16 static int str_isnumber(const char *); static int explore_null(const struct addrinfo *, const char *, struct addrinfo **); static int explore_numeric(const struct addrinfo *, const char *, const char *, struct addrinfo **); static struct addrinfo *get_ai(const struct addrinfo *, const struct afd *, const char *); static int get_portmatch(const struct addrinfo *, const char *); static int get_port(struct addrinfo *, const char *, int); static const struct afd *find_afd(int); #if 0 /* We will need this should we ever want gai_strerror() */ static char *ai_errlist[] = { "Success", "Address family for hostname not supported", /* EAI_ADDRFAMILY */ "Temporary failure in name resolution", /* EAI_AGAIN */ "Invalid value for ai_flags", /* EAI_BADFLAGS */ "Non-recoverable failure in name resolution", /* EAI_FAIL */ "ai_family not supported", /* EAI_FAMILY */ "Memory allocation failure", /* EAI_MEMORY */ "No address associated with hostname", /* EAI_NODATA */ "hostname nor servname provided, or not known", /* EAI_NONAME */ "servname not supported for ai_socktype", /* EAI_SERVICE */ "ai_socktype not supported", /* EAI_SOCKTYPE */ "System error returned in errno", /* EAI_SYSTEM */ "Invalid value for hints", /* EAI_BADHINTS */ "Resolved protocol is unknown", /* EAI_PROTOCOL */ "Unknown error", /* EAI_MAX */ }; #endif /* XXX macros that make external reference is BAD. */ #define GET_AI(ai, afd, addr) \ do { \ /* external reference: pai, error, and label free */ \ (ai) = get_ai(pai, (afd), (addr)); \ if ((ai) == NULL) { \ error = EAI_MEMORY; \ goto free; \ } \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/0) #define GET_PORT(ai, serv) \ do { \ /* external reference: error and label free */ \ error = get_port((ai), (serv), 0); \ if (error != 0) \ goto free; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/0) #define ERR(err) \ do { \ /* external reference: error, and label bad */ \ error = (err); \ goto bad; \ /*NOTREACHED*/ \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/0) #define MATCH_FAMILY(x, y, w) \ ((x) == (y) || (/*CONSTCOND*/(w) && ((x) == PF_UNSPEC || (y) == PF_UNSPEC))) #define MATCH(x, y, w) \ ((x) == (y) || (/*CONSTCOND*/(w) && ((x) == ANY || (y) == ANY))) #if 0 /* We will need this should we ever want gai_strerror() */ char * gai_strerror(int ecode) { if (ecode < 0 || ecode > EAI_MAX) ecode = EAI_MAX; return ai_errlist[ecode]; } #endif void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai) { struct addrinfo *next; do { next = ai->ai_next; if (ai->ai_canonname) rb_free(ai->ai_canonname); /* no need to free(ai->ai_addr) */ rb_free(ai); ai = next; } while (ai); } static int str_isnumber(const char *p) { char *ep; if (*p == '\0') return NO; ep = NULL; errno = 0; (void)strtoul(p, &ep, 10); if (errno == 0 && ep && *ep == '\0') return YES; else return NO; } int getaddrinfo(const char *hostname, const char *servname, const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res) { struct addrinfo sentinel; struct addrinfo *cur; int error = 0; struct addrinfo ai; struct addrinfo ai0; struct addrinfo *pai; const struct explore *ex; memset(&sentinel, 0, sizeof(sentinel)); cur = &sentinel; pai = &ai; pai->ai_flags = 0; pai->ai_family = PF_UNSPEC; pai->ai_socktype = ANY; pai->ai_protocol = ANY; pai->ai_addrlen = 0; pai->ai_canonname = NULL; pai->ai_addr = NULL; pai->ai_next = NULL; if (hostname == NULL && servname == NULL) return EAI_NONAME; if (hints) { /* error check for hints */ if (hints->ai_addrlen || hints->ai_canonname || hints->ai_addr || hints->ai_next) ERR(EAI_BADHINTS); /* xxx */ if (hints->ai_flags & ~AI_MASK) ERR(EAI_BADFLAGS); switch (hints->ai_family) { case PF_UNSPEC: case PF_INET: #ifdef IPV6 case PF_INET6: #endif break; default: ERR(EAI_FAMILY); } memcpy(pai, hints, sizeof(*pai)); /* * if both socktype/protocol are specified, check if they * are meaningful combination. */ if (pai->ai_socktype != ANY && pai->ai_protocol != ANY) { for (ex = explore; ex->e_af >= 0; ex++) { if (pai->ai_family != ex->e_af) continue; if (ex->e_socktype == ANY) continue; if (ex->e_protocol == ANY) continue; if (pai->ai_socktype == ex->e_socktype && pai->ai_protocol != ex->e_protocol) { ERR(EAI_BADHINTS); } } } } /* * check for special cases. (1) numeric servname is disallowed if * socktype/protocol are left unspecified. (2) servname is disallowed * for raw and other inet{,6} sockets. */ if (MATCH_FAMILY(pai->ai_family, PF_INET, 1) #ifdef IPV6 || MATCH_FAMILY(pai->ai_family, PF_INET6, 1) #endif ) { ai0 = *pai; /* backup *pai */ if (pai->ai_family == PF_UNSPEC) { #ifdef IPV6 pai->ai_family = PF_INET6; #else pai->ai_family = PF_INET; #endif } error = get_portmatch(pai, servname); if (error) ERR(error); *pai = ai0; } ai0 = *pai; /* NULL hostname, or numeric hostname */ for (ex = explore; ex->e_af >= 0; ex++) { *pai = ai0; /* PF_UNSPEC entries are prepared for DNS queries only */ if (ex->e_af == PF_UNSPEC) continue; if (!MATCH_FAMILY(pai->ai_family, ex->e_af, WILD_AF(ex))) continue; if (!MATCH(pai->ai_socktype, ex->e_socktype, WILD_SOCKTYPE(ex))) continue; if (!MATCH(pai->ai_protocol, ex->e_protocol, WILD_PROTOCOL(ex))) continue; if (pai->ai_family == PF_UNSPEC) pai->ai_family = ex->e_af; if (pai->ai_socktype == ANY && ex->e_socktype != ANY) pai->ai_socktype = ex->e_socktype; if (pai->ai_protocol == ANY && ex->e_protocol != ANY) pai->ai_protocol = ex->e_protocol; if (hostname == NULL) error = explore_null(pai, servname, &cur->ai_next); else error = explore_numeric(pai, hostname, servname, &cur->ai_next); if (error) goto free; while (cur && cur->ai_next) cur = cur->ai_next; } /* * XXX * If numreic representation of AF1 can be interpreted as FQDN * representation of AF2, we need to think again about the code below. */ if (sentinel.ai_next) goto good; if (pai->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) ERR(EAI_NONAME); if (hostname == NULL) ERR(EAI_NODATA); /* XXX */ if (sentinel.ai_next) error = 0; if (error) goto free; if (error == 0) { if (sentinel.ai_next) { good: *res = sentinel.ai_next; return SUCCESS; } else error = EAI_FAIL; } free: bad: if (sentinel.ai_next) freeaddrinfo(sentinel.ai_next); *res = NULL; return error; } /* * hostname == NULL. * passive socket -> anyaddr (0.0.0.0 or ::) * non-passive socket -> localhost (127.0.0.1 or ::1) */ static int explore_null(const struct addrinfo *pai, const char *servname, struct addrinfo **res) { int s; const struct afd *afd; struct addrinfo *cur; struct addrinfo sentinel; int error; *res = NULL; sentinel.ai_next = NULL; cur = &sentinel; /* * filter out AFs that are not supported by the kernel * XXX errno? */ s = socket(pai->ai_family, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); if (s < 0) { #ifdef _WIN32 errno = WSAGetLastError(); #endif if (errno != EMFILE) return 0; } else #ifdef _WIN32 closesocket(s); #else close(s); #endif /* * if the servname does not match socktype/protocol, ignore it. */ if (get_portmatch(pai, servname) != 0) return 0; afd = find_afd(pai->ai_family); if (afd == NULL) return 0; if (pai->ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE) { GET_AI(cur->ai_next, afd, afd->a_addrany); GET_PORT(cur->ai_next, servname); } else { GET_AI(cur->ai_next, afd, afd->a_loopback); GET_PORT(cur->ai_next, servname); } cur = cur->ai_next; *res = sentinel.ai_next; return 0; free: if (sentinel.ai_next) freeaddrinfo(sentinel.ai_next); return error; } /* * numeric hostname */ static int explore_numeric(const struct addrinfo *pai, const char *hostname, const char *servname, struct addrinfo **res) { const struct afd *afd; struct addrinfo *cur; struct addrinfo sentinel; int error; char pton[PTON_MAX]; *res = NULL; sentinel.ai_next = NULL; cur = &sentinel; /* * if the servname does not match socktype/protocol, ignore it. */ if (get_portmatch(pai, servname) != 0) return 0; afd = find_afd(pai->ai_family); if (afd == NULL) return 0; switch (afd->a_af) { #if 0 /*X/Open spec*/ case AF_INET: if (rb_inet_pton if (inet_aton(hostname, (struct in_addr *)pton) == 1) { if (pai->ai_family == afd->a_af || pai->ai_family == PF_UNSPEC /*?*/) { GET_AI(cur->ai_next, afd, pton); GET_PORT(cur->ai_next, servname); while (cur && cur->ai_next) cur = cur->ai_next; } else ERR(EAI_FAMILY); /*xxx*/ } break; #endif default: if (rb_inet_pton(afd->a_af, hostname, pton) == 1) { if (pai->ai_family == afd->a_af || pai->ai_family == PF_UNSPEC /*?*/) { GET_AI(cur->ai_next, afd, pton); GET_PORT(cur->ai_next, servname); while (cur && cur->ai_next) cur = cur->ai_next; } else ERR(EAI_FAMILY); /* XXX */ } break; } *res = sentinel.ai_next; return 0; free: bad: if (sentinel.ai_next) freeaddrinfo(sentinel.ai_next); return error; } static struct addrinfo * get_ai(const struct addrinfo *pai, const struct afd *afd, const char *addr) { char *p; struct addrinfo *ai; ai = (struct addrinfo *)rb_malloc(sizeof(struct addrinfo) + (afd->a_socklen)); if (ai == NULL) return NULL; memcpy(ai, pai, sizeof(struct addrinfo)); ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *)(void *)(ai + 1); memset(ai->ai_addr, 0, (size_t)afd->a_socklen); ai->ai_addrlen = afd->a_socklen; ai->ai_addr->sa_family = ai->ai_family = afd->a_af; p = (char *)(void *)(ai->ai_addr); memcpy(p + afd->a_off, addr, (size_t)afd->a_addrlen); return ai; } static int get_portmatch(const struct addrinfo *ai, const char *servname) { struct addrinfo xai; memcpy(&xai, ai, sizeof(struct addrinfo)); return(get_port(&xai, servname, 1)); } static int get_port(struct addrinfo *ai, const char *servname, int matchonly) { const char *proto; struct servent *sp; int port; int allownumeric; if (servname == NULL) return 0; switch (ai->ai_family) { case AF_INET: #ifdef AF_INET6 case AF_INET6: #endif break; default: return 0; } switch (ai->ai_socktype) { case SOCK_RAW: return EAI_SERVICE; case SOCK_DGRAM: case SOCK_STREAM: allownumeric = 1; break; case ANY: allownumeric = 0; break; default: return EAI_SOCKTYPE; } if (str_isnumber(servname)) { if (!allownumeric) return EAI_SERVICE; port = atoi(servname); if (port < 0 || port > 65535) return EAI_SERVICE; port = htons(port); } else { switch (ai->ai_socktype) { case SOCK_DGRAM: proto = "udp"; break; case SOCK_STREAM: proto = "tcp"; break; default: proto = NULL; break; } if ((sp = getservbyname(servname, proto)) == NULL) return EAI_SERVICE; port = sp->s_port; } if (!matchonly) { switch (ai->ai_family) { case AF_INET: ((struct sockaddr_in *)(void *) ai->ai_addr)->sin_port = port; break; #ifdef IPV6 case AF_INET6: ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)(void *) ai->ai_addr)->sin6_port = port; break; #endif } } return 0; } static const struct afd * find_afd(int af) { const struct afd *afd; if (af == PF_UNSPEC) return(NULL); for (afd = afdl; afd->a_af; afd++) { if (afd->a_af == af) return(afd); } return(NULL); } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/resolver.c���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016777�11742640163�017065� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * resolver.c: dns resolving daemon for ircd-ratbox * Based on many things ripped from ratbox-services * and ircd-ratbox itself and who knows what else * * Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Lee Hardy <leeh@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * * $Id: resolver.c 27391 2012-04-15 21:41:07Z androsyn $ */ #define READBUF_SIZE 16384 #include "setup.h" #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "res.h" #include "reslib.h" #define MAXPARA 10 #define REQIDLEN 10 #define REQREV 0 #define REQFWD 1 #define REVIPV4 0 #define REVIPV6 1 #define REVIPV6INT 2 #define FWDHOST 4 #define EmptyString(x) (!(x) || (*(x) == '\0')) static int do_rehash; static rb_helper *res_helper; static char readBuf[READBUF_SIZE]; static void resolve_ip(char **parv); static void resolve_host(char **parv); static void report_nameservers(void); #ifdef RB_IPV6 struct in6_addr ipv6_addr; #endif struct in_addr ipv4_addr; struct dns_request { struct DNSQuery query; char reqid[REQIDLEN]; struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr; int reqtype; int revfwd; }; #ifndef WINDOWS static void dummy_handler(int sig) { return; } static void rehash(int sig) { do_rehash = 1; } #endif static void setup_signals() { #ifndef WINDOWS struct sigaction act; act.sa_flags = 0; act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP); #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH); sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0); #endif sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0); #endif act.sa_handler = dummy_handler; sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0); act.sa_handler = rehash; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGHUP); sigaction(SIGHUP, &act, 0); #endif } static void error_cb(rb_helper *helper) { exit(1); } static void send_answer(void *vptr, struct DNSReply *reply) { struct dns_request *req = (struct dns_request *)vptr; char response[64]; int result = 0; int aftype = 0; strcpy(response, "FAILED"); if(reply != NULL) { switch (req->revfwd) { case REQREV: { if(req->reqtype == REVIPV4) { struct sockaddr_in *ip, *ip_fwd; ip = (struct sockaddr_in *)&req->addr; ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in *)&reply->addr; aftype = 4; if(ip->sin_addr.s_addr != ip_fwd->sin_addr.s_addr) { result = 0; break; } } #ifdef RB_IPV6 else if(req->reqtype == REVIPV6) { struct sockaddr_in6 *ip, *ip_fwd; ip = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&req->addr; ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&reply->addr; aftype = 6; if(memcmp (&ip->sin6_addr, &ip_fwd->sin6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)) != 0) { result = 0; break; } } #endif else { /* uhh wut? */ result = 0; break; } if(strlen(reply->h_name) < 63) { strcpy(response, reply->h_name); result = 1; } else { strcpy(response, "HOSTTOOLONG"); result = 0; } break; } case REQFWD: { #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET6) { char tmpres[65]; rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, tmpres, sizeof(tmpres) - 1); aftype = 6; if(*tmpres == ':') { strcpy(response, "0"); strcat(response, tmpres); } else strcpy(response, tmpres); result = 1; break; } else #endif if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET) { result = 1; aftype = 4; rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, response, sizeof(response)); break; } else break; } default: { exit(1); } } } rb_helper_write(res_helper, "R %s %d %d %s\n", req->reqid, result, aftype, response); rb_free(req); } static void set_bind(char **parv) { char *ipv4 = parv[2]; #ifdef RB_IPV6 char *ipv6 = parv[3]; #endif if(!strcmp(ipv4, "0")) ipv4_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; else rb_inet_pton(AF_INET, ipv4, &ipv4_addr); #ifdef RB_IPV6 if(!strcmp(ipv6, "0")) memcpy(&ipv6_addr, &in6addr_any, sizeof(ipv6_addr)); else rb_inet_pton(AF_INET6, ipv6, &ipv6_addr); #endif } /* request protocol: INPUTS: IPTYPE: 4, 5, 6, ipv4, ipv6.int/arpa, ipv6 respectively requestid: identifier of the request RESIP requestid IPTYPE IP RESHST requestid IPTYPE hostname OUTPUTS: ERR error string = daemon failed and is going to shutdown otherwise FWD requestid PASS/FAIL hostname or reason for failure REV requestid PASS/FAIL IP or reason */ static void parse_request(rb_helper *helper) { int len; static char *parv[MAXPARA + 1]; int parc; while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, readBuf, sizeof(readBuf))) > 0) { parc = rb_string_to_array(readBuf, parv, MAXPARA); switch (*parv[0]) { case 'I': if(parc != 4) abort(); resolve_ip(parv); break; case 'H': if(parc != 4) abort(); resolve_host(parv); break; case 'B': if(parc != 4) abort(); set_bind(parv); break; case 'R': restart_resolver(); report_nameservers(); break; default: break; } } } static void resolve_host(char **parv) { struct dns_request *req; char *requestid = parv[1]; char *iptype = parv[2]; char *rec = parv[3]; int flags; req = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_request)); strcpy(req->reqid, requestid); req->revfwd = REQFWD; req->reqtype = FWDHOST; switch (*iptype) { case 6: flags = T_AAAA; break; default: flags = T_A; break; } req->query.ptr = req; req->query.callback = send_answer; gethost_byname_type(rec, &req->query, flags); } static void resolve_ip(char **parv) { char *requestid = parv[1]; char *iptype = parv[2]; char *rec = parv[3]; int aftype; struct dns_request *req; if(strlen(requestid) >= REQIDLEN) exit(3); req = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_request)); req->revfwd = REQREV; strcpy(req->reqid, requestid); if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(rec, (struct sockaddr *)&req->addr)) exit(6); aftype = GET_SS_FAMILY(&req->addr); switch (*iptype) { case '4': req->reqtype = REVIPV4; if(aftype != AF_INET) exit(6); break; case '6': req->reqtype = REVIPV6; if(aftype != AF_INET6) exit(6); break; default: exit(7); } req->query.ptr = req; req->query.callback = send_answer; gethost_byaddr(&req->addr, &req->query); } extern int irc_nscount; extern struct rb_sockaddr_storage irc_nsaddr_list[]; static void report_nameservers(void) { int i; char ipaddr[HOSTIPLEN + 1]; char buf[512]; buf[0] = '\0'; for(i = 0; i < irc_nscount; i++) { if(!rb_inet_ntop_sock ((struct sockaddr *)&(irc_nsaddr_list[i]), ipaddr, sizeof(ipaddr))) { rb_strlcpy(ipaddr, "?", sizeof(ipaddr)); } rb_snprintf_append(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s ", ipaddr); } rb_helper_write(res_helper, "A %s", buf); } static void check_rehash(void *unused) { if(do_rehash) { restart_resolver(); do_rehash = 0; report_nameservers(); } } int main(int argc, char **argv) { res_helper = rb_helper_child(parse_request, error_cb, NULL, NULL, NULL, 256, 1024, 256, 256); /* XXX fix me */ if(res_helper == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "This is ircd-ratbox resolver. You know you aren't supposed to run me directly?\n"); fprintf(stderr, "You get an Id tag for this: $Id: resolver.c 27391 2012-04-15 21:41:07Z androsyn $\n"); fprintf(stderr, "Have a nice life\n"); exit(1); } rb_set_time(); setup_signals(); init_resolver(); rb_init_prng(NULL, RB_PRNG_DEFAULT); rb_event_add("check_rehash", check_rehash, NULL, 5); report_nameservers(); rb_helper_loop(res_helper, 0); return 1; } �ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/reslib.c�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000074377�11072725673�016512� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Portions Copyright (c) 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation. * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that * the name of Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or * publicity pertaining to distribution of the document or software without * specific, written prior permission. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORP. DISCLAIMS ALL * WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL EQUIPMENT * CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS * SOFTWARE. */ /* * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium. * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS * SOFTWARE. */ /* Original copyright ISC as above. * Code modified specifically for ircd use from the following orginal files * in bind ... * * res_comp.c * ns_name.c * ns_netint.c * res_init.c * * - Dianora */ #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "setup.h" #ifndef _WIN32 #include <netdb.h> #else #include "getaddrinfo.h" #include "getnameinfo.h" extern const char * get_windows_nameservers(void); #endif #include "res.h" #include "reslib.h" #define NS_TYPE_ELT 0x40 /* EDNS0 extended label type */ #define DNS_LABELTYPE_BITSTRING 0x41 #define DNS_MAXLINE 128 /* $Id: reslib.c 26142 2008-10-07 18:34:35Z androsyn $ */ /* from Hybrid Id: reslib.c 177 2005-10-22 09:05:05Z michael $ */ struct rb_sockaddr_storage irc_nsaddr_list[IRCD_MAXNS]; int irc_nscount = 0; char irc_domain[HOSTLEN + 1]; static const char digitvalue[256] = { -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*16*/ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*32*/ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*48*/ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*64*/ -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*80*/ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*96*/ -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*112*/ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*128*/ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*256*/ }; #ifndef _WIN32 static int parse_resvconf(void); #else static void parse_windows_resolvers(void); #endif static void add_nameserver(const char *); static const char digits[] = "0123456789"; static int labellen(const unsigned char *lp); static int special(int ch); static int printable(int ch); static int irc_decode_bitstring(const char **cpp, char *dn, const char *eom); static int irc_ns_name_compress(const char *src, unsigned char *dst, size_t dstsiz, const unsigned char **dnptrs, const unsigned char **lastdnptr); static int irc_dn_find(const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, const unsigned char * const *, const unsigned char * const *); static int irc_encode_bitsring(const char **, const char *, unsigned char **, unsigned char **, const char *); static int irc_ns_name_uncompress(const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, char *, size_t); static int irc_ns_name_unpack(const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, unsigned char *, size_t); static int irc_ns_name_ntop(const char *, char *, size_t); static int irc_ns_name_skip(const unsigned char **, const unsigned char *); static int mklower(int ch); int irc_res_init(void) { irc_nscount = 0; #ifndef _WIN32 parse_resvconf(); #else parse_windows_resolvers(); #endif if (irc_nscount == 0) add_nameserver("127.0.0.1"); return 0; } #ifdef _WIN32 static void parse_windows_resolvers(void) { const char *ns = get_windows_nameservers(); char *server; char *p; char *buf = rb_strdup(ns); for(server = rb_strtok_r(buf, " ", &p); server != NULL;server = rb_strtok_r(NULL, " ", &p)) { add_nameserver(server); } rb_free(buf); } #else /* parse_resvconf() * * inputs - NONE * output - -1 if failure 0 if success * side effects - fills in irc_nsaddr_list */ static int parse_resvconf(void) { char *p; char *opt; char *arg; char input[DNS_MAXLINE]; FILE *file; /* XXX "/etc/resolv.conf" should be from a define in setup.h perhaps * for cygwin support etc. this hardcodes it to unix for now -db */ if ((file = fopen("/etc/resolv.conf", "r")) == NULL) return -1; while (fgets(input, sizeof(input), file) != NULL) { /* blow away any newline */ if ((p = strpbrk(input, "\r\n")) != NULL) *p = '\0'; p = input; /* skip until something thats not a space is seen */ while (isspace(*p)) p++; /* if at this point, have a '\0' then continue */ if (*p == '\0') continue; /* Ignore comment lines immediately */ if (*p == '#' || *p == ';') continue; /* skip until a space is found */ opt = p; while (!isspace(*p) && *p != '\0') p++; if (*p == '\0') continue; /* no arguments?.. ignore this line */ /* blow away the space character */ *p++ = '\0'; /* skip these spaces that are before the argument */ while (isspace(*p)) p++; /* Now arg should be right where p is pointing */ arg = p; if ((p = strpbrk(arg, " \t")) != NULL) *p = '\0'; /* take the first word */ if (strcasecmp(opt, "domain") == 0) rb_strlcpy(irc_domain, arg, sizeof(irc_domain)); else if (strcasecmp(opt, "nameserver") == 0) add_nameserver(arg); } fclose(file); return 0; } #endif /* add_nameserver() * * input - either an IPV4 address in dotted quad * or an IPV6 address in : format * output - NONE * side effects - entry in irc_nsaddr_list is filled in as needed */ static void add_nameserver(const char *arg) { struct addrinfo hints, *res; /* Done max number of nameservers? */ if (irc_nscount >= IRCD_MAXNS) { // ilog (L_MAIN, "Too many nameservers, ignoring %s", arg); return; } memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC; hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; hints.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE | AI_NUMERICHOST; if (getaddrinfo(arg, "domain", &hints, &res)) return; if (res == NULL) return; memcpy(&irc_nsaddr_list[irc_nscount], res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen); SET_SS_LEN(&irc_nsaddr_list[irc_nscount], res->ai_addrlen); irc_nscount++; freeaddrinfo(res); } /* * Expand compressed domain name 'comp_dn' to full domain name. * 'msg' is a pointer to the begining of the message, * 'eomorig' points to the first location after the message, * 'exp_dn' is a pointer to a buffer of size 'length' for the result. * Return size of compressed name or -1 if there was an error. */ int irc_dn_expand(const unsigned char *msg, const unsigned char *eom, const unsigned char *src, char *dst, int dstsiz) { int n = irc_ns_name_uncompress(msg, eom, src, dst, (size_t)dstsiz); if (n > 0 && dst[0] == '.') dst[0] = '\0'; return(n); } /* * irc_ns_name_uncompress(msg, eom, src, dst, dstsiz) * Expand compressed domain name to presentation format. * return: * Number of bytes read out of `src', or -1 (with errno set). * note: * Root domain returns as "." not "". */ static int irc_ns_name_uncompress(const unsigned char *msg, const unsigned char *eom, const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t dstsiz) { unsigned char tmp[NS_MAXCDNAME]; int n; if ((n = irc_ns_name_unpack(msg, eom, src, tmp, sizeof tmp)) == -1) return(-1); if (irc_ns_name_ntop((char*)tmp, dst, dstsiz) == -1) return(-1); return(n); } /* * irc_ns_name_unpack(msg, eom, src, dst, dstsiz) * Unpack a domain name from a message, source may be compressed. * return: * -1 if it fails, or consumed octets if it succeeds. */ static int irc_ns_name_unpack(const unsigned char *msg, const unsigned char *eom, const unsigned char *src, unsigned char *dst, size_t dstsiz) { const unsigned char *srcp, *dstlim; unsigned char *dstp; int n, len, checked, l; len = -1; checked = 0; dstp = dst; srcp = src; dstlim = dst + dstsiz; if (srcp < msg || srcp >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } /* Fetch next label in domain name. */ while ((n = *srcp++) != 0) { /* Check for indirection. */ switch (n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) { case 0: case NS_TYPE_ELT: /* Limit checks. */ if ((l = labellen(srcp - 1)) < 0) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return(-1); } if (dstp + l + 1 >= dstlim || srcp + l >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } checked += l + 1; *dstp++ = n; memcpy(dstp, srcp, l); dstp += l; srcp += l; break; case NS_CMPRSFLGS: if (srcp >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } if (len < 0) len = srcp - src + 1; srcp = msg + (((n & 0x3f) << 8) | (*srcp & 0xff)); if (srcp < msg || srcp >= eom) { /* Out of range. */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } checked += 2; /* * Check for loops in the compressed name; * if we've looked at the whole message, * there must be a loop. */ if (checked >= eom - msg) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } break; default: errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); /* flag error */ } } *dstp = '\0'; if (len < 0) len = srcp - src; return (len); } /* * irc_ns_name_ntop(src, dst, dstsiz) * Convert an encoded domain name to printable ascii as per RFC1035. * return: * Number of bytes written to buffer, or -1 (with errno set) * notes: * The root is returned as "." * All other domains are returned in non absolute form */ static int irc_ns_name_ntop(const char *src, char *dst, size_t dstsiz) { const char *cp; char *dn, *eom; unsigned char c; unsigned int n; int l; cp = src; dn = dst; eom = dst + dstsiz; while ((n = *cp++) != 0) { if ((n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_CMPRSFLGS) { /* Some kind of compression pointer. */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } if (dn != dst) { if (dn >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = '.'; } if ((l = labellen((const unsigned char*)(cp - 1))) < 0) { errno = EMSGSIZE; /* XXX */ return(-1); } if (dn + l >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } if ((n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_TYPE_ELT) { int m; if (n != DNS_LABELTYPE_BITSTRING) { /* XXX: labellen should reject this case */ errno = EINVAL; return(-1); } if ((m = irc_decode_bitstring(&cp, dn, eom)) < 0) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return(-1); } dn += m; continue; } for ((void)NULL; l > 0; l--) { c = *cp++; if (special(c)) { if (dn + 1 >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = '\\'; *dn++ = (char)c; } else if (!printable(c)) { if (dn + 3 >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = '\\'; *dn++ = digits[c / 100]; *dn++ = digits[(c % 100) / 10]; *dn++ = digits[c % 10]; } else { if (dn >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = (char)c; } } } if (dn == dst) { if (dn >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = '.'; } if (dn >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *dn++ = '\0'; return (dn - dst); } /* * Pack domain name 'exp_dn' in presentation form into 'comp_dn'. * Return the size of the compressed name or -1. * 'length' is the size of the array pointed to by 'comp_dn'. */ static int irc_dn_comp(const char *src, unsigned char *dst, int dstsiz, unsigned char **dnptrs, unsigned char **lastdnptr) { return(irc_ns_name_compress(src, dst, (size_t)dstsiz, (const unsigned char **)dnptrs, (const unsigned char **)lastdnptr)); } /* * Skip over a compressed domain name. Return the size or -1. */ int irc_dn_skipname(const unsigned char *ptr, const unsigned char *eom) { const unsigned char *saveptr = ptr; if (irc_ns_name_skip(&ptr, eom) == -1) return(-1); return(ptr - saveptr); } /* * ns_name_skip(ptrptr, eom) * Advance *ptrptr to skip over the compressed name it points at. * return: * 0 on success, -1 (with errno set) on failure. */ static int irc_ns_name_skip(const unsigned char **ptrptr, const unsigned char *eom) { const unsigned char *cp; unsigned int n; int l; cp = *ptrptr; while (cp < eom && (n = *cp++) != 0) { /* Check for indirection. */ switch (n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) { case 0: /* normal case, n == len */ cp += n; continue; case NS_TYPE_ELT: /* EDNS0 extended label */ if ((l = labellen(cp - 1)) < 0) { errno = EMSGSIZE; /* XXX */ return(-1); } cp += l; continue; case NS_CMPRSFLGS: /* indirection */ cp++; break; default: /* illegal type */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return(-1); } break; } if (cp > eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *ptrptr = cp; return(0); } unsigned int irc_ns_get16(const unsigned char *src) { unsigned int dst; IRC_NS_GET16(dst, src); return(dst); } unsigned long irc_ns_get32(const unsigned char *src) { unsigned long dst; IRC_NS_GET32(dst, src); return(dst); } void irc_ns_put16(unsigned int src, unsigned char *dst) { IRC_NS_PUT16(src, dst); } void irc_ns_put32(unsigned long src, unsigned char *dst) { IRC_NS_PUT32(src, dst); } /* From ns_name.c */ /* * special(ch) * Thinking in noninternationalized USASCII (per the DNS spec), * is this characted special ("in need of quoting") ? * return: * boolean. */ static int special(int ch) { switch (ch) { case 0x22: /* '"' */ case 0x2E: /* '.' */ case 0x3B: /* ';' */ case 0x5C: /* '\\' */ case 0x28: /* '(' */ case 0x29: /* ')' */ /* Special modifiers in zone files. */ case 0x40: /* '@' */ case 0x24: /* '$' */ return(1); default: return(0); } } static int labellen(const unsigned char *lp) { int bitlen; unsigned char l = *lp; if ((l & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_CMPRSFLGS) { /* should be avoided by the caller */ return(-1); } if ((l & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_TYPE_ELT) { if (l == DNS_LABELTYPE_BITSTRING) { if ((bitlen = *(lp + 1)) == 0) bitlen = 256; return((bitlen + 7 ) / 8 + 1); } return(-1); /* unknwon ELT */ } return(l); } /* * printable(ch) * Thinking in noninternationalized USASCII (per the DNS spec), * is this character visible and not a space when printed ? * return: * boolean. */ static int printable(int ch) { return(ch > 0x20 && ch < 0x7f); } static int irc_decode_bitstring(const char **cpp, char *dn, const char *eom) { const char *cp = *cpp; char *beg = dn, tc; int b, blen, plen; if ((blen = (*cp & 0xff)) == 0) blen = 256; plen = (blen + 3) / 4; plen += sizeof("\\[x/]") + (blen > 99 ? 3 : (blen > 9) ? 2 : 1); if (dn + plen >= eom) return(-1); cp++; dn += sprintf(dn, "\\[x"); for (b = blen; b > 7; b -= 8, cp++) dn += sprintf(dn, "%02x", *cp & 0xff); if (b > 4) { tc = *cp++; dn += sprintf(dn, "%02x", tc & (0xff << (8 - b))); } else if (b > 0) { tc = *cp++; dn += sprintf(dn, "%1x", ((tc >> 4) & 0x0f) & (0x0f << (4 - b))); } dn += sprintf(dn, "/%d]", blen); *cpp = cp; return(dn - beg); } /* * irc_ns_name_pton(src, dst, dstsiz) * Convert a ascii string into an encoded domain name as per RFC1035. * return: * -1 if it fails * 1 if string was fully qualified * 0 is string was not fully qualified * notes: * Enforces label and domain length limits. */ static int irc_ns_name_pton(const char *src, unsigned char *dst, size_t dstsiz) { unsigned char *label, *bp, *eom; char *cp; int c, n, escaped, e = 0; escaped = 0; bp = dst; eom = dst + dstsiz; label = bp++; while ((c = *src++) != 0) { if (escaped) { if (c == '[') { /* start a bit string label */ if ((cp = strchr(src, ']')) == NULL) { errno = EINVAL; /* ??? */ return(-1); } if ((e = irc_encode_bitsring(&src, cp + 2, &label, &bp, (const char *)eom)) != 0) { errno = e; return(-1); } escaped = 0; label = bp++; if ((c = *src++) == 0) goto done; else if (c != '.') { errno = EINVAL; return(-1); } continue; } else if ((cp = strchr(digits, c)) != NULL) { n = (cp - digits) * 100; if ((c = *src++) == 0 || (cp = strchr(digits, c)) == NULL) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } n += (cp - digits) * 10; if ((c = *src++) == 0 || (cp = strchr(digits, c)) == NULL) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } n += (cp - digits); if (n > 255) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } c = n; } escaped = 0; } else if (c == '\\') { escaped = 1; continue; } else if (c == '.') { c = (bp - label - 1); if ((c & NS_CMPRSFLGS) != 0) { /* Label too big. */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } if (label >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *label = c; /* Fully qualified ? */ if (*src == '\0') { if (c != 0) { if (bp >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *bp++ = '\0'; } if ((bp - dst) > NS_MAXCDNAME) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } return (1); } if (c == 0 || *src == '.') { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } label = bp++; continue; } if (bp >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *bp++ = (unsigned char)c; } c = (bp - label - 1); if ((c & NS_CMPRSFLGS) != 0) { /* Label too big. */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } done: if (label >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *label = c; if (c != 0) { if (bp >= eom) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } *bp++ = 0; } if ((bp - dst) > NS_MAXCDNAME) { /* src too big */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } return (0); } /* * irc_ns_name_pack(src, dst, dstsiz, dnptrs, lastdnptr) * Pack domain name 'domain' into 'comp_dn'. * return: * Size of the compressed name, or -1. * notes: * 'dnptrs' is an array of pointers to previous compressed names. * dnptrs[0] is a pointer to the beginning of the message. The array * ends with NULL. * 'lastdnptr' is a pointer to the end of the array pointed to * by 'dnptrs'. * Side effects: * The list of pointers in dnptrs is updated for labels inserted into * the message as we compress the name. If 'dnptr' is NULL, we don't * try to compress names. If 'lastdnptr' is NULL, we don't update the * list. */ static int irc_ns_name_pack(const unsigned char *src, unsigned char *dst, int dstsiz, const unsigned char **dnptrs, const unsigned char **lastdnptr) { unsigned char *dstp; const unsigned char **cpp, **lpp, *eob, *msg; const unsigned char *srcp; int n, l, first = 1; srcp = src; dstp = dst; eob = dstp + dstsiz; lpp = cpp = NULL; if (dnptrs != NULL) { if ((msg = *dnptrs++) != NULL) { for (cpp = dnptrs; *cpp != NULL; cpp++) (void)NULL; lpp = cpp; /* end of list to search */ } } else msg = NULL; /* make sure the domain we are about to add is legal */ l = 0; do { int l0; n = *srcp; if ((n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_CMPRSFLGS) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } if ((l0 = labellen(srcp)) < 0) { errno = EINVAL; return(-1); } l += l0 + 1; if (l > NS_MAXCDNAME) { errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } srcp += l0 + 1; } while (n != 0); /* from here on we need to reset compression pointer array on error */ srcp = src; do { /* Look to see if we can use pointers. */ n = *srcp; if (n != 0 && msg != NULL) { l = irc_dn_find(srcp, msg, (const unsigned char * const *)dnptrs, (const unsigned char * const *)lpp); if (l >= 0) { if (dstp + 1 >= eob) { goto cleanup; } *dstp++ = (l >> 8) | NS_CMPRSFLGS; *dstp++ = l % 256; return (dstp - dst); } /* Not found, save it. */ if (lastdnptr != NULL && cpp < lastdnptr - 1 && (dstp - msg) < 0x4000 && first) { *cpp++ = dstp; *cpp = NULL; first = 0; } } /* copy label to buffer */ if ((n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == NS_CMPRSFLGS) { /* Should not happen. */ goto cleanup; } n = labellen(srcp); if (dstp + 1 + n >= eob) { goto cleanup; } memcpy(dstp, srcp, n + 1); srcp += n + 1; dstp += n + 1; } while (n != 0); if (dstp > eob) { cleanup: if (msg != NULL) *lpp = NULL; errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } return(dstp - dst); } static int irc_ns_name_compress(const char *src, unsigned char *dst, size_t dstsiz, const unsigned char **dnptrs, const unsigned char **lastdnptr) { unsigned char tmp[NS_MAXCDNAME]; if (irc_ns_name_pton(src, tmp, sizeof tmp) == -1) return(-1); return(irc_ns_name_pack(tmp, dst, dstsiz, dnptrs, lastdnptr)); } static int irc_encode_bitsring(const char **bp, const char *end, unsigned char **labelp, unsigned char **dst, const char *eom) { int afterslash = 0; const char *cp = *bp; char *tp, c; const char *beg_blen; char *end_blen = NULL; int value = 0, count = 0, tbcount = 0, blen = 0; beg_blen = end_blen = NULL; /* a bitstring must contain at least 2 characters */ if (end - cp < 2) return(EINVAL); /* XXX: currently, only hex strings are supported */ if (*cp++ != 'x') return(EINVAL); if (!isxdigit((*cp) & 0xff)) /* reject '\[x/BLEN]' */ return(EINVAL); for (tp = (char*)(dst + 1); cp < end && tp < eom; cp++) { switch((c = *cp)) { case ']': /* end of the bitstring */ if (afterslash) { if (beg_blen == NULL) return(EINVAL); blen = (int)strtol(beg_blen, &end_blen, 10); if (*end_blen != ']') return(EINVAL); } if (count) *tp++ = ((value << 4) & 0xff); cp++; /* skip ']' */ goto done; case '/': afterslash = 1; break; default: if (afterslash) { if (!isdigit(c&0xff)) return(EINVAL); if (beg_blen == NULL) { if (c == '0') { /* blen never begings with 0 */ return(EINVAL); } beg_blen = cp; } } else { if (!isxdigit(c&0xff)) return(EINVAL); value <<= 4; value += digitvalue[(int)c]; count += 4; tbcount += 4; if (tbcount > 256) return(EINVAL); if (count == 8) { *tp++ = value; count = 0; } } break; } } done: if (cp >= end || tp >= eom) return(EMSGSIZE); /* * bit length validation: * If a <length> is present, the number of digits in the <bit-data> * MUST be just sufficient to contain the number of bits specified * by the <length>. If there are insignificant bits in a final * hexadecimal or octal digit, they MUST be zero. * RFC 2673, Section 3.2. */ if (blen > 0) { int traillen; if (((blen + 3) & ~3) != tbcount) return(EINVAL); traillen = tbcount - blen; /* between 0 and 3 */ if (((value << (8 - traillen)) & 0xff) != 0) return(EINVAL); } else blen = tbcount; if (blen == 256) blen = 0; /* encode the type and the significant bit fields */ **labelp = DNS_LABELTYPE_BITSTRING; **dst = blen; *bp = cp; *dst = (unsigned char*)tp; return(0); } /* * dn_find(domain, msg, dnptrs, lastdnptr) * Search for the counted-label name in an array of compressed names. * return: * offset from msg if found, or -1. * notes: * dnptrs is the pointer to the first name on the list, * not the pointer to the start of the message. */ static int irc_dn_find(const unsigned char *domain, const unsigned char *msg, const unsigned char * const *dnptrs, const unsigned char * const *lastdnptr) { const unsigned char *dn, *cp, *sp; const unsigned char * const *cpp; unsigned int n; for (cpp = dnptrs; cpp < lastdnptr; cpp++) { sp = *cpp; /* * terminate search on: * root label * compression pointer * unusable offset */ while (*sp != 0 && (*sp & NS_CMPRSFLGS) == 0 && (sp - msg) < 0x4000) { dn = domain; cp = sp; while ((n = *cp++) != 0) { /* * check for indirection */ switch (n & NS_CMPRSFLGS) { case 0: /* normal case, n == len */ n = labellen(cp - 1); /* XXX */ if (n != *dn++) goto next; for ((void)NULL; n > 0; n--) if (mklower(*dn++) != mklower(*cp++)) goto next; /* Is next root for both ? */ if (*dn == '\0' && *cp == '\0') return (sp - msg); if (*dn) continue; goto next; case NS_CMPRSFLGS: /* indirection */ cp = msg + (((n & 0x3f) << 8) | *cp); break; default: /* illegal type */ errno = EMSGSIZE; return (-1); } } next: ; sp += *sp + 1; } } errno = ENOENT; return (-1); } /* * * Thinking in noninternationalized USASCII (per the DNS spec), * * convert this character to lower case if it's upper case. * */ static int mklower(int ch) { if (ch >= 0x41 && ch <= 0x5A) return(ch + 0x20); return(ch); } /* From resolv/mkquery.c */ /* * Form all types of queries. * Returns the size of the result or -1. */ int irc_res_mkquery( const char *dname, /* domain name */ int class, int type, /* class and type of query */ void *buf, /* buffer to put query */ int buflen) /* size of buffer */ { HEADER *hp; unsigned char *cp; int n; unsigned char *dnptrs[20], **dpp, **lastdnptr; /* * Initialize header fields. */ if ((buf == NULL) || (buflen < HFIXEDSZ)) return (-1); memset(buf, 0, HFIXEDSZ); hp = (HEADER *) buf; hp->id = 0; hp->opcode = QUERY; hp->rd = 1; /* recurse */ hp->rcode = NO_ERRORS; cp = (unsigned char *) ((uintptr_t)buf + HFIXEDSZ); buflen -= HFIXEDSZ; dpp = dnptrs; *dpp++ = buf; *dpp++ = NULL; lastdnptr = dnptrs + sizeof dnptrs / sizeof dnptrs[0]; if ((buflen -= QFIXEDSZ) < 0) return (-1); if ((n = irc_dn_comp(dname, cp, buflen, dnptrs, lastdnptr)) < 0) return (-1); cp += n; buflen -= n; IRC_NS_PUT16(type, cp); IRC_NS_PUT16(class, cp); hp->qdcount = htons(1); return ((uintptr_t)cp - (uintptr_t)buf); } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/reslist.c����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000016134�11730550233�016667� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * reslist.c - get nameservers from windows * * * ircd-ratbox related changes are as follows * * Copyright (C) 2008 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * pretty much all of this was yanked from c-ares ares_init.c here is the original * header from there -- * * Id: ares_init.c,v 1.72 2008-05-15 00:00:19 yangtse Exp $ * Copyright 1998 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Daniel Stenberg * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this * software and its documentation for any purpose and without * fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright * notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * software without specific, written prior permission. * M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" * without express or implied warranty. * * */ #ifdef _WIN32 #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include <windows.h> #include <iphlpapi.h> const char *get_windows_nameservers(void); #define IS_NT() ((int)GetVersion() > 0) #define WIN_NS_9X "System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\VxD\\MSTCP" #define WIN_NS_NT_KEY "System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\Tcpip\\Parameters" #define NAMESERVER "NameServer" #define DHCPNAMESERVER "DhcpNameServer" #define DATABASEPATH "DatabasePath" #define WIN_PATH_HOSTS "\\hosts" static int get_iphlpapi_dns_info(char *ret_buf, size_t ret_size) { FIXED_INFO *fi = alloca(sizeof(*fi)); DWORD size = sizeof(*fi); typedef DWORD(WINAPI * get_net_param_func) (FIXED_INFO *, DWORD *); get_net_param_func xxGetNetworkParams; /* available only on Win-98/2000+ */ HMODULE handle; IP_ADDR_STRING *ipAddr; int i, count = 0; int debug = 0; size_t ip_size = sizeof("255.255.255.255,") - 1; size_t left = ret_size; char *ret = ret_buf; HRESULT res; if(!fi) return (0); handle = LoadLibrary("iphlpapi.dll"); if(!handle) return (0); xxGetNetworkParams = (get_net_param_func) GetProcAddress(handle, "GetNetworkParams"); if(!xxGetNetworkParams) goto quit; res = (*xxGetNetworkParams) (fi, &size); if((res != ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW) && (res != ERROR_SUCCESS)) goto quit; fi = alloca(size); if(!fi || (*xxGetNetworkParams) (fi, &size) != ERROR_SUCCESS) goto quit; if(debug) { printf("Host Name: %s\n", fi->HostName); printf("Domain Name: %s\n", fi->DomainName); printf("DNS Servers:\n" " %s (primary)\n", fi->DnsServerList.IpAddress.String); } if(strlen(fi->DnsServerList.IpAddress.String) > 0 && inet_addr(fi->DnsServerList.IpAddress.String) != INADDR_NONE && left > ip_size) { ret += sprintf(ret, "%s,", fi->DnsServerList.IpAddress.String); left -= ret - ret_buf; count++; } for(i = 0, ipAddr = fi->DnsServerList.Next; ipAddr && left > ip_size; ipAddr = ipAddr->Next, i++) { if(inet_addr(ipAddr->IpAddress.String) != INADDR_NONE) { ret += sprintf(ret, "%s,", ipAddr->IpAddress.String); left -= ret - ret_buf; count++; } if(debug) printf(" %s (secondary %d)\n", ipAddr->IpAddress.String, i + 1); } quit: if(handle) FreeLibrary(handle); if(debug && left <= ip_size) printf("Too many nameservers. Truncating to %d addressess", count); if(ret > ret_buf) ret[-1] = '\0'; return (count); } /* * Warning: returns a dynamically allocated buffer, the user MUST * use free() / rb_free() if the function returns 1 */ static int get_res_nt(HKEY hKey, const char *subkey, char **obuf) { /* Test for the size we need */ DWORD size = 0; int result; result = RegQueryValueEx(hKey, subkey, 0, NULL, NULL, &size); if((result != ERROR_SUCCESS && result != ERROR_MORE_DATA) || !size) return 0; *obuf = rb_malloc(size + 1); if(!*obuf) return 0; if(RegQueryValueEx(hKey, subkey, 0, NULL, (LPBYTE) * obuf, &size) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { rb_free(*obuf); return 0; } if(size == 1) { rb_free(*obuf); return 0; } return 1; } static int get_res_interfaces_nt(HKEY hKey, const char *subkey, char **obuf) { char enumbuf[39]; /* GUIDs are 38 chars + 1 for NULL */ DWORD enum_size = 39; int idx = 0; HKEY hVal; while(RegEnumKeyEx(hKey, idx++, enumbuf, &enum_size, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL) != ERROR_NO_MORE_ITEMS) { int rc; enum_size = 39; if(RegOpenKeyEx(hKey, enumbuf, 0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &hVal) != ERROR_SUCCESS) continue; rc = get_res_nt(hVal, subkey, obuf); RegCloseKey(hVal); if(rc) return 1; } return 0; } const char * get_windows_nameservers(void) { /* NameServer info via IPHLPAPI (IP helper API): GetNetworkParams() should be the trusted source for this. Available in Win-98/2000 and later. If that fail, fall-back to registry information. NameServer Registry: On Windows 9X, the DNS server can be found in: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\VxD\MSTCP\NameServer On Windows NT/2000/XP/2003: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\NameServer or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\DhcpNameServer or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\{AdapterID}\ NameServer or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\{AdapterID}\ DhcpNameServer */ static char namelist[512]; HKEY mykey; HKEY subkey; DWORD data_type; DWORD bytes; DWORD result; char *line = NULL; memset(&namelist, 0, sizeof(namelist)); if(get_iphlpapi_dns_info(namelist, sizeof(namelist)) > 0) { return namelist; } if(IS_NT()) { if(RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, WIN_NS_NT_KEY, 0, KEY_READ, &mykey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { RegOpenKeyEx(mykey, "Interfaces", 0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE | KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS, &subkey); if(get_res_nt(mykey, NAMESERVER, &line)) { rb_strlcpy(namelist, line, sizeof(namelist)); return namelist; } else if(get_res_nt(mykey, DHCPNAMESERVER, &line)) { rb_strlcpy(namelist, line, sizeof(namelist)); rb_free(line); } /* Try the interfaces */ else if(get_res_interfaces_nt(subkey, NAMESERVER, &line)) { rb_strlcpy(namelist, line, sizeof(namelist)); rb_free(line); } else if(get_res_interfaces_nt(subkey, DHCPNAMESERVER, &line)) { rb_strlcpy(namelist, line, sizeof(namelist)); rb_free(line); } RegCloseKey(subkey); RegCloseKey(mykey); } } else { if(RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, WIN_NS_9X, 0, KEY_READ, &mykey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { if((result = RegQueryValueEx(mykey, NAMESERVER, NULL, &data_type, NULL, &bytes)) == ERROR_SUCCESS || result == ERROR_MORE_DATA) { if(bytes) { line = (char *)rb_malloc(bytes + 1); if(RegQueryValueEx(mykey, NAMESERVER, NULL, &data_type, (unsigned char *)line, &bytes) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { rb_strlcpy(namelist, line, sizeof(namelist)); } free(line); } } } RegCloseKey(mykey); } if(strlen(namelist) > 0) return namelist; return NULL; } #endif ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/reslib.h�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000006673�11064743132�016500� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * include/irc_reslib.h * * $Id: reslib.h 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef _CHARYBDIS_RESLIB_H #define _CHARYBDIS_RESLIB_H /* Here we define some values lifted from nameser.h */ #define NS_NOTIFY_OP 4 #define NS_INT16SZ 2 #define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16 #define NS_INADDRSZ 4 #define NS_INT32SZ 4 #define NS_CMPRSFLGS 0xc0 #define NS_MAXCDNAME 255 #define QUERY 0 #define IQUERY 1 #define NO_ERRORS 0 #define SERVFAIL 2 #define NXDOMAIN 3 #define T_A 1 #define T_AAAA 28 #define T_PTR 12 #define T_CNAME 5 #define T_NULL 10 #define C_IN 1 #define QFIXEDSZ 4 #define RRFIXEDSZ 10 #define HFIXEDSZ 12 typedef struct { unsigned id:16; /* query identification number */ #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN /* fields in third byte */ unsigned qr:1; /* response flag */ unsigned opcode:4; /* purpose of message */ unsigned aa:1; /* authoritive answer */ unsigned tc:1; /* truncated message */ unsigned rd:1; /* recursion desired */ /* fields in fourth byte */ unsigned ra:1; /* recursion available */ unsigned unused:1; /* unused bits (MBZ as of 4.9.3a3) */ unsigned ad:1; /* authentic data from named */ unsigned cd:1; /* checking disabled by resolver */ unsigned rcode:4; /* response code */ #else /* fields in third byte */ unsigned rd:1; /* recursion desired */ unsigned tc:1; /* truncated message */ unsigned aa:1; /* authoritive answer */ unsigned opcode:4; /* purpose of message */ unsigned qr:1; /* response flag */ /* fields in fourth byte */ unsigned rcode:4; /* response code */ unsigned cd:1; /* checking disabled by resolver */ unsigned ad:1; /* authentic data from named */ unsigned unused:1; /* unused bits (MBZ as of 4.9.3a3) */ unsigned ra:1; /* recursion available */ #endif /* remaining bytes */ unsigned qdcount:16; /* number of question entries */ unsigned ancount:16; /* number of answer entries */ unsigned nscount:16; /* number of authority entries */ unsigned arcount:16; /* number of resource entries */ } HEADER; /* * Inline versions of get/put short/long. Pointer is advanced. */ #define IRC_NS_GET16(s, cp) { \ const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp); \ (s) = ((uint16_t)t_cp[0] << 8) \ | ((uint16_t)t_cp[1]) \ ; \ (cp) += NS_INT16SZ; \ } #define IRC_NS_GET32(l, cp) { \ const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp); \ (l) = ((uint32_t)t_cp[0] << 24) \ | ((uint32_t)t_cp[1] << 16) \ | ((uint32_t)t_cp[2] << 8) \ | ((uint32_t)t_cp[3]) \ ; \ (cp) += NS_INT32SZ; \ } #define IRC_NS_PUT16(s, cp) { \ uint16_t t_s = (uint16_t)(s); \ unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp); \ *t_cp++ = t_s >> 8; \ *t_cp = t_s; \ (cp) += NS_INT16SZ; \ } #define IRC_NS_PUT32(l, cp) { \ uint32_t t_l = (uint32_t)(l); \ unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp); \ *t_cp++ = t_l >> 24; \ *t_cp++ = t_l >> 16; \ *t_cp++ = t_l >> 8; \ *t_cp = t_l; \ (cp) += NS_INT32SZ; \ } extern int irc_res_init(void); extern int irc_dn_expand(const unsigned char *msg, const unsigned char *eom, const unsigned char *src, char *dst, int dstsiz); extern int irc_dn_skipname(const unsigned char *ptr, const unsigned char *eom); extern unsigned int irc_ns_get16(const unsigned char *src); extern unsigned long irc_ns_get32(const unsigned char *src); extern void irc_ns_put16(unsigned int src, unsigned char *dst); extern void irc_ns_put32(unsigned long src, unsigned char *dst); extern int irc_res_mkquery(const char *dname, int class, int type, void *buf, int buflen); #endif ���������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/Makefile.in��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000042713�11726766726�017132� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ libexec_PROGRAMS = resolver$(EXEEXT) subdir = resolver DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" PROGRAMS = $(libexec_PROGRAMS) am__resolver_SOURCES_DIST = resolver.c res.c reslib.c getaddrinfo.c \ getnameinfo.c reslist.c @MINGW_FALSE@am_resolver_OBJECTS = resolver.$(OBJEXT) res.$(OBJEXT) \ @MINGW_FALSE@ reslib.$(OBJEXT) @MINGW_TRUE@am_resolver_OBJECTS = resolver.$(OBJEXT) res.$(OBJEXT) \ @MINGW_TRUE@ reslib.$(OBJEXT) getaddrinfo.$(OBJEXT) \ @MINGW_TRUE@ getnameinfo.$(OBJEXT) reslist.$(OBJEXT) resolver_OBJECTS = $(am_resolver_OBJECTS) resolver_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(resolver_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(am__resolver_SOURCES_DIST) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ INCLUDES = -I../include -I. -I../libratbox/include AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) @MINGW_FALSE@resolver_SOURCES = resolver.c res.c reslib.c @MINGW_TRUE@resolver_SOURCES = resolver.c res.c reslib.c getaddrinfo.c getnameinfo.c reslist.c resolver_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu resolver/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu resolver/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-libexecPROGRAMS: $(libexec_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libexecdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" && rm -f $$files clean-libexecPROGRAMS: @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list resolver$(EXEEXT): $(resolver_OBJECTS) $(resolver_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_resolver_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f resolver$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(resolver_OBJECTS) $(resolver_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getaddrinfo.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getnameinfo.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/res.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/reslib.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/reslist.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/resolver.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-libexecPROGRAMS clean-libtool \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-libexecPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-libexecPROGRAMS clean-libtool ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ install-libexecPROGRAMS install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �����������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/getaddrinfo.h������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000010471�11060001202�017452� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: getaddrinfo.h 25996 2008-09-04 15:45:06Z androsyn $ */ struct addrinfo { int ai_flags; int ai_family; int ai_socktype; int ai_protocol; size_t ai_addrlen; char *ai_canonname; struct sockaddr *ai_addr; struct addrinfo *ai_next; }; #ifndef AI_PASSIVE #define AI_PASSIVE 0x00000001 /* get address to use bind() */ #endif /* AI_PASSIVE */ #ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST #define AI_NUMERICHOST 0x00000004 /* prevent name resolution */ #endif /* AI_NUMERICHOST */ #ifndef EAI_FAIL #define EAI_FAIL 4 /* non-recoverable failure in name resolution */ #endif /* EAI_FAIL */ #ifndef EAI_FAMILY #define EAI_FAMILY 5 /* ai_family not supported */ #endif /* EAI_FAMILY */ #ifndef EAI_MEMORY #define EAI_MEMORY 6 /* memory allocation failure */ #endif /* EAI_MEMORY */ #ifndef EAI_NONAME #define EAI_NONAME 8 /* hostname nor servname provided, or not known */ #endif /* EAI_NONAME */ #ifndef EAI_SYSTEM #define EAI_SYSTEM 11 /* system error returned in errno */ #endif /* EAI_SYSTEM */ #ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST #define NI_NUMERICHOST 0x00000002 #endif /* NI_NUMERICHOST */ #ifndef NI_NAMEREQD #define NI_NAMEREQD 0x00000004 #endif /* NI_NAMEREQD */ #ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV #define NI_NUMERICSERV 0x00000008 #endif /* NI_NUMERICSERV */ #ifndef NI_DGRAM #define NI_DGRAM 0x00000010 #endif /* NI_DGRAM */ #ifndef INADDR_NONE #define INADDR_NONE ((unsigned int) 0xffffffff) #endif /* INADDR_NONE */ int getaddrinfo(const char *hostname, const char *servname, const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res); void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai); #define SUCCESS 0 #define ANY 0 #define YES 1 #define NO 0 #undef EAI_ADDRFAMILY #undef EAI_AGAIN #undef EAI_BADFLAGS #undef EAI_FAIL #undef EAI_FAMILY #undef EAI_MEMORY #undef EAI_NODATA #undef EAI_NONAME #undef EAI_SERVICE #undef EAI_SOCKTYPE #undef EAI_SYSTEM #undef EAI_BADHINTS #undef EAI_PROTOCOL #undef EAI_MAX #undef AI_MASK #define EAI_ADDRFAMILY 1 /* address family for hostname not supported */ #define EAI_AGAIN 2 /* temporary failure in name resolution */ #define EAI_BADFLAGS 3 /* invalid value for ai_flags */ #define EAI_FAIL 4 /* non-recoverable failure in name resolution */ #define EAI_FAMILY 5 /* ai_family not supported */ #define EAI_MEMORY 6 /* memory allocation failure */ #define EAI_NODATA 7 /* no address associated with hostname */ #define EAI_NONAME 8 /* hostname nor servname provided, or not known */ #define EAI_SERVICE 9 /* servname not supported for ai_socktype */ #define EAI_SOCKTYPE 10 /* ai_socktype not supported */ #define EAI_SYSTEM 11 /* system error returned in errno */ #define EAI_BADHINTS 12 #define EAI_PROTOCOL 13 #define EAI_MAX 14 #define AI_MASK (AI_PASSIVE | AI_NUMERICHOST) �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/resolver/Makefile.am��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000555�11061623003�017063� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# # $Id: Makefile.am 24471 2007-11-07 02:25:56Z androsyn $ # libexec_PROGRAMS = resolver INCLUDES = -I../include -I. -I../libratbox/include AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS) if MINGW resolver_SOURCES = resolver.c res.c reslib.c getaddrinfo.c getnameinfo.c reslist.c else resolver_SOURCES = resolver.c res.c reslib.c endif resolver_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/INSTALL���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000017523�12070402327�014227� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ircd-ratbox INSTALL Document $Id: INSTALL 27414 2012-12-31 21:34:15Z androsyn $ Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team Copyright (c) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team ---------------------------------------------------------------------- __ __ __ __ |__|.----.----.--| |___.----.---.-.| |_| |--.-----.--.--. | || _| __| _ |___| _| _ || _| _ | _ |_ _| |__||__| |____|_____| |__| |___._||____|_____|_____|__.__| +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | IMPORTANT: for those who don't bother reading docs... | | If you are upgrading from ANY VERSION of ircd-ratbox, see the | | instructions under UPGRADING, #3. YES, THIS MEANS YOU! | ` ------------------------------------------------------------------ ' Read the ChangeLog file to find out about the exciting new features in this version. Other good reads are doc/whats-new.txt, BUGS, doc/example.conf, and README.FIRST. An example.conf for EFnet is in doc/ with the values "approved" on 12 December 2001. > QUICK START 1. Configure (see below under CONFIGURE OPTIONS for more details): * IMPORTANT: * At a minimum, you really ought to use the --prefix=/some/place option. * By default, configure will select /usr/local/ircd -- YOU DO *NOT* WANT THAT! * You may *NOT* run the ircd as root, and the ircd user needs to be able to write to * it's own directories. You have been warned. I. Large networks (with thousands of users): ./configure --prefix=/home/user/ircd II. Small networks (with only a few hundred users or less): ./configure --prefix=/home/user/ircd --enable-small-net III. Configure ircd-ratbox for running with minimal resources on a 64bit VPS (Virtual Private Server). This creates a 32bit IRCD which takes up less memory: CFLAGS="-m32" ./configure --prefix=/home/user/ircd \ --enable-small-net 2. Build: I. On linux systems: make II. On *BSD systems: gmake 3. Install: I. make install (or gmake install on *BSD) II. make install-strip (strips out debugging code for smaller binaries and modules) DO NOT SUBMIT BUGS IF YOU HAVE STRIPPED THE IRCD OF DEBUGGING SYMBOLS. WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO HELP YOU. > ADDITIONAL CONFIGURE OPTIONS Note: There are some special optional parameters to the configure script that some admins may wish to use. * --enable-kqueue Use the superior kqueue(2) system call as opposed to the default poll(2). This is currently only available on FreeBSD 4.1 or higher, and should be auto-detected. * --enable-devpoll Enable the superior /dev/poll support on Solaris. Linux /dev/poll is broken and will not work with this option. Do not use this unless you comprehend the implications. * --enable-openssl Enable the openssl dependent crypto functions. This will allow CHALLENGE to work and encrypted links. On systems where the configure script can automatically detect OpenSSL, this option is not necessary. If configure cannot find OpenSSL, you must specify a path with this option. (--enable-openssl=/path/to/openssl) If you plan on using SSL encrypted client connections, or encrypted links, you may wish to run /path/to/ircd/bin/genssl.sh to generate self-signed certificates. * --enable-ipv6 Enable IPv6 support. This should be auto-detected. * --enable-static Enable a static-linked ircd. You will not be able to unload, or reload modules. You probably don't want this. * --enable-assert Enable some of the debugging code. This should NOT be used on production servers. Doing so is a performance hit, and can cause cores from things that shouldn't normally happen. * --enable-small-net Tunes the server for smaller networks by reducing the startup memory footprint. This should really only be used for *small* networks, as this tends to be a performance hit on larger networks. * --with-nicklen Sets the maximum NICK length. Note that this MUST be consistant across your entire network. * --enable-services If your network runs ratbox-services, this enables extra code to actually make it useful on your ircd. Please read doc/services.txt for more information. > UPGRADING 1. If this is a clean install of ircd-ratbox, you may skip this section. 2. Upgrading from ircd-ratbox-2.x, ircd-hybrid-7.x If you have an older version of ircd-ratbox or ircd-hybrid, and you have klines, dlines, resvs, and xline config files, keep reading. ircd-ratbox no longer uses flat-file based configs for these types of entries, instead they are stored in a database. To prevent accidental clobbering, or leaving behind old, unsupported modules it would be best to install ratbox into a clean location. After you have finished installing the ircd, you will likey wish to import your old ban files. ircd-ratbox-3 includes a tool to manage the database. Importing, backing up, error checking, and reclaiming lost space are all supported. For more information, run /path/to/ircd/bin/bantool with no arguments. I. import old ban configs (pretend mode): /path/to/ircd/bin/bantool -i -d -p /path/to/oldircd/etc If everything looks good, you will want to actually let bantool do the import. II. import old ban configs: /path/to/ircd/bin/bantool -i -d /path/to/oldircd/etc 3. Upgrading from another version ircd-ratbox-3.x * IMPORTANT: EVERY TIME YOU UPGRADE ircd-ratbox-3 YOU NEED TO ISSUE THIS COMMAND. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE YOUR IRCD TO CORE! I. /path/to/ircd/bin/bantool -u > HOW TO GET HELP Send Check or Money Order to... just kidding! (However free beer is always appreciated) * For Bug Reports, visit: http://bugs.ratbox.org * For General Question, you may ask your question on #ratbox on EFnet. If you do fix anything, however, please post a context or unified diff on http://bugs.ratbox.org so the fixes can be incorporated into the next release of ircd-ratbox. If ratbox crashes on you, please submit a bug report, and include the gdb backtrace or corefile on http://bugs.ratbox.org DISCUSSION: There is a low-volume mailing list for discussion of ratbox issues, To subscribe, visit: http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox ---------------------------------------------------------------------- > NOTES The best way to get a backtrace of the core is to follow this sequence of instructions: 1. Change to the directory containing the core file 2. Run gdb on the binary and the core file. With an unmodified ircd-ratbox installation, an example command line is below (in the /path/to/ircd directory). This will be useless if you used 'make install-strip'. $ gdb bin/ircd ircd.core 3. At the "(gdb)" prompt, enter the command "bt" 4. Save the output of the backtrace command and submit it to http://bugs.ratbox.org 5. Be sure to save the ircd binary, the modules, and the core file in a safe place in case the developers need to look deeper than a backtrace provides. �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/CREDITS���������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001315�11705117441�014212� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������$Id: CREDITS 27348 2012-01-16 22:05:21Z androsyn $ ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1. Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers: AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org> anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl> Special thanks for support, code and ideas to: dubkat, Daniel Reidy <dubkat -at- gmail.com> Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net> larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org> Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past 10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid team, our thanks goes to them. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�014232� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/bandb.c���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000015215�11730550233�015454� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* bandb/bandb.c * * Copyright (C) 2006 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: bandb.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "setup.h" #include <ratbox_lib.h> #include "config.h" #include "rsdb.h" #include "common.h" #define MAXPARA 10 typedef enum { BANDB_KLINE, BANDB_DLINE, BANDB_XLINE, BANDB_RESV, LAST_BANDB_TYPE } bandb_type; static char bandb_letter[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { 'K', 'D', 'X', 'R' }; static const char *bandb_table[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { "kline", "dline", "xline", "resv" }; static rb_helper *bandb_helper; static void check_schema(void); static void parse_ban(bandb_type type, char *parv[], int parc) { const char *mask1 = NULL; const char *mask2 = NULL; const char *oper = NULL; const char *curtime = NULL; const char *reason = NULL; const char *perm = NULL; int para = 1; if(type == BANDB_KLINE) { if(parc != 7) return; } else if(parc != 6) return; mask1 = parv[para++]; if(type == BANDB_KLINE) mask2 = parv[para++]; oper = parv[para++]; curtime = parv[para++]; perm = parv[para++]; reason = parv[para++]; rsdb_exec(NULL, "INSERT INTO %s (mask1, mask2, oper, time, perm, reason) VALUES('%Q', '%Q', '%Q', %s, %s, '%Q')", bandb_table[type], mask1, mask2 ? mask2 : "", oper, curtime, perm, reason); } static void parse_unban(bandb_type type, char *parv[], int parc) { const char *mask1 = NULL; const char *mask2 = NULL; if(type == BANDB_KLINE) { if(parc != 3) return; } else if(parc != 2) return; mask1 = parv[1]; if(type == BANDB_KLINE) mask2 = parv[2]; rsdb_exec(NULL, "DELETE FROM %s WHERE mask1='%Q' AND mask2='%Q'", bandb_table[type], mask1, mask2 ? mask2 : ""); } static void list_bans(void) { static char buf[512]; struct rsdb_table table; int i, j; /* schedule a clear of anything already pending */ rb_helper_write_queue(bandb_helper, "C"); for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++) { rsdb_exec_fetch(&table, "SELECT mask1,mask2,oper,reason FROM %s WHERE 1", bandb_table[i]); for(j = 0; j < table.row_count; j++) { if(i == BANDB_KLINE) rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s %s :%s", bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0], table.row[j][1], table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]); else rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s :%s", bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0], table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]); rb_helper_write_queue(bandb_helper, "%s", buf); } rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); } rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "F"); } static void parse_request(rb_helper *helper) { static char *parv[MAXPARA + 1]; static char readbuf[READBUF_SIZE]; int parc; int len; while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, readbuf, sizeof(readbuf))) > 0) { parc = rb_string_to_array(readbuf, parv, MAXPARA); if(parc < 1) continue; switch (parv[0][0]) { case 'K': parse_ban(BANDB_KLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'D': parse_ban(BANDB_DLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'X': parse_ban(BANDB_XLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'R': parse_ban(BANDB_RESV, parv, parc); break; case 'k': parse_unban(BANDB_KLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'd': parse_unban(BANDB_DLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'x': parse_unban(BANDB_XLINE, parv, parc); break; case 'r': parse_unban(BANDB_RESV, parv, parc); break; case 'L': list_bans(); break; default: break; } } } static void error_cb(rb_helper *helper) { exit(1); } #ifndef WINDOWS static void dummy_handler(int sig) { return; } #endif static void setup_signals() { #ifndef WINDOWS struct sigaction act; act.sa_flags = 0; act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE); sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP); #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH); sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0); #endif sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0); #ifdef SIGTRAP sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0); #endif act.sa_handler = dummy_handler; sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0); #endif } static void db_error_cb(const char *errstr) { char buf[256]; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "! :%s", errstr); rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "%s", buf); rb_sleep(2 << 30, 0); exit(1); } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { const char *dbpath; setup_signals(); bandb_helper = rb_helper_child(parse_request, error_cb, NULL, NULL, NULL, 256, 256, 256, 256); /* XXX fix me */ if(bandb_helper == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "This is ircd-ratbox bandb. You aren't supposed to run me directly. Maybe you want bantool?\n"); fprintf(stderr, "However I will print my Id tag $Id: bandb.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $\n"); fprintf(stderr, "Have a nice day\n"); exit(1); } dbpath = getenv("BANDB_DPATH"); if(dbpath == NULL) dbpath = DBPATH; rsdb_init(dbpath, db_error_cb); check_schema(); rb_helper_loop(bandb_helper, 0); return 0; } static void check_schema(void) { struct rsdb_table table; int i; for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++) { rsdb_exec_fetch(&table, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name='%s'", bandb_table[i]); rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); if(!table.row_count) rsdb_exec(NULL, "CREATE TABLE %s (mask1 TEXT, mask2 TEXT, oper TEXT, time INTEGER, perm INTEGER, reason TEXT)", bandb_table[i]); } } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/rsdb.h����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001644�11121747536�015356� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* $Id: rsdb.h 26308 2008-12-16 15:55:10Z androsyn $ */ #ifndef INCLUDED_rsdb_h #define INCLUDED_rsdb_h /* error handler callback */ typedef void rsdb_error_cb(const char *); typedef int (*rsdb_callback) (int, const char **); typedef enum rsdb_transtype { RSDB_TRANS_START, RSDB_TRANS_END } rsdb_transtype; struct rsdb_table { char ***row; int row_count; int col_count; void *arg; }; int rsdb_init(const char *path, rsdb_error_cb *); void rsdb_shutdown(void); const char *rsdb_quote(const char *src); void rsdb_exec(rsdb_callback cb, const char *format, ...); void rsdb_exec_fetch(struct rsdb_table *data, const char *format, ...); void rsdb_exec_fetch_end(struct rsdb_table *data); void rsdb_transaction(rsdb_transtype type); /* rsdb_snprintf.c */ int rs_vsnprintf(char *dest, const size_t bytes, const char *format, va_list args); int rs_snprintf(char *dest, const size_t bytes, const char *format, ...); #endif ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/rsdb_sqlite3.c��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000013072�11730550233�017003� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* src/rsdb_sqlite.h * Contains the code for the sqlite database backend. * * Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Lee Hardy <leeh@leeh.co.uk> * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are * met: * * 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $Id: rsdb_sqlite3.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "rsdb.h" #include <sqlite3.h> struct sqlite3 *rb_bandb; rsdb_error_cb *error_cb; static void mlog(const char *errstr, ...) { if(error_cb != NULL) { char buf[256]; va_list ap; va_start(ap, errstr); rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), errstr, ap); va_end(ap); error_cb(buf); } else exit(1); } int rsdb_init(const char *dbpath, rsdb_error_cb * ecb) { char errbuf[128]; error_cb = ecb; if(sqlite3_open(dbpath, &rb_bandb) != SQLITE_OK) { rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database: %s", sqlite3_errmsg(rb_bandb)); mlog(errbuf); return -1; } if(access(dbpath, W_OK)) { rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database for write: %s", strerror(errno)); mlog(errbuf); return -1; } return 0; } void rsdb_shutdown(void) { if(rb_bandb) sqlite3_close(rb_bandb); } const char * rsdb_quote(const char *src) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 4]; char *p = buf; /* cheap and dirty length check.. */ if(strlen(src) >= (sizeof(buf) / 2)) return NULL; while(*src) { if(*src == '\'') *p++ = '\''; *p++ = *src++; } *p = '\0'; return buf; } static int rsdb_callback_func(void *cbfunc, int argc, char **argv, char **colnames) { rsdb_callback cb = (rsdb_callback)((uintptr_t)cbfunc); (cb) (argc, (const char **)argv); return 0; } void rsdb_exec(rsdb_callback cb, const char *format, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 4]; va_list args; char *errmsg; unsigned int i; int j; va_start(args, format); i = rs_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, args); va_end(args); if(i >= sizeof(buf)) { mlog("fatal error: length problem with compiling sql"); } if((i = sqlite3_exec(rb_bandb, buf, (cb ? rsdb_callback_func : NULL), (void *)((uintptr_t)cb), &errmsg))) { switch (i) { case SQLITE_BUSY: for(j = 0; j < 5; j++) { rb_sleep(0, 500000); if(!sqlite3_exec (rb_bandb, buf, (cb ? rsdb_callback_func : NULL), (void *)((uintptr_t)cb), &errmsg)) return; } /* failed, fall through to default */ mlog("fatal error: problem with db file: %s", errmsg); break; default: mlog("fatal error: problem with db file: %s", errmsg); break; } } } void rsdb_exec_fetch(struct rsdb_table *table, const char *format, ...) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 4]; va_list args; char *errmsg; char **data; int pos; unsigned int retval; int i, j; va_start(args, format); retval = rs_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, args); va_end(args); if(retval >= sizeof(buf)) { mlog("fatal error: length problem with compiling sql"); } if((retval = sqlite3_get_table(rb_bandb, buf, &data, &table->row_count, &table->col_count, &errmsg))) { int success = 0; switch (retval) { case SQLITE_BUSY: for(i = 0; i < 5; i++) { rb_sleep(0, 500000); if(!sqlite3_get_table (rb_bandb, buf, &data, &table->row_count, &table->col_count, &errmsg)) { success++; break; } } if(success) break; mlog("fatal error: problem with db file: %s", errmsg); break; default: mlog("fatal error: problem with db file: %s", errmsg); break; } } /* we need to be able to free data afterward */ table->arg = data; if(table->row_count == 0) { table->row = NULL; return; } /* sqlite puts the column names as the first row */ pos = table->col_count; table->row = rb_malloc(sizeof(char **) * table->row_count); for(i = 0; i < table->row_count; i++) { table->row[i] = rb_malloc(sizeof(char *) * table->col_count); for(j = 0; j < table->col_count; j++) { table->row[i][j] = data[pos++]; } } } void rsdb_exec_fetch_end(struct rsdb_table *table) { int i; for(i = 0; i < table->row_count; i++) { rb_free(table->row[i]); } rb_free(table->row); sqlite3_free_table((char **)table->arg); } void rsdb_transaction(rsdb_transtype type) { if(type == RSDB_TRANS_START) rsdb_exec(NULL, "BEGIN TRANSACTION"); else if(type == RSDB_TRANS_END) rsdb_exec(NULL, "COMMIT TRANSACTION"); } ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/��������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0023420�0023420�00000000000�12070403612�015616� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/sqlite3.h�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00001211033�11705114066�017362� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library ** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, ** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is ** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without ** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. ** ** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as ** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new ** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes ** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes ** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source ** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. ** ** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. */ #ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ #define _SQLITE3_H_ #include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ /* ** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* ** Add the ability to override 'extern' */ #ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif /* ** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those ** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications ** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards ** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that ** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. ** ** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that ** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that ** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports ** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple ** noop macros. */ #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL /* ** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. */ #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION # undef SQLITE_VERSION #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER # undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers ** ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header ** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the ** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for ** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer ** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same ** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ ** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also ** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** ** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID ** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 ** hash of the entire source tree. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ #define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.10" #define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007010 #define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2012-01-16 13:28:40 ebd01a8deffb5024a5d7494eef800d2366d97204" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid ** ** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros ** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious ** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to ** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in ** the header, and thus insure that the application is ** compiled with matching library and header files. ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ); ** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 ); ** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 ); ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] ** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the ** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns ** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 ** indicating whether the specified option was defined at ** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the ** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, ** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ ** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() ** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and ** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe ** ** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if ** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** ** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. ** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable ** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. ** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. ** ** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the ** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with ** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. ** ** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting ** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with ** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but ** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] ** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], ** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the ** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of ** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by ** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() ** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ ** ** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle ** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} ** ** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of ** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] ** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an ** sqlite3 object. */ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; /* ** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types ** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 ** ** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types ** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. ** ** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. ** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The ** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; #else typedef long long int sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; #endif typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite3_int64 #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. ** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is ** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. ** ** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] ** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with ** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If ** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has ** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns ** SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** ** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. ** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a ** harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); /* ** The type for a callback function. ** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical ** compatibility and is not documented. */ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); /* ** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface ** ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL ** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, ** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. ** ** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into ** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and ** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. ** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] ** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of ** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. ** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors ** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to ** NULL before returning. ** ** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() ** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and ** without running any subsequent SQL statements. ** ** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the ** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() ** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from ** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a ** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each ** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer ** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** ** Restrictions: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. ** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. ** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. ** </ul> */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3*, /* An open database */ const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} ** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown ** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** ** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], ** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ #define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ #define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ #define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ #define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ #define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ #define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ #define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ #define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ #define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ #define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ #define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ #define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ #define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ #define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ #define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ #define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ #define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ #define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ #define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ /* end-of-error-codes */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} ** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} ** ** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer ** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information ** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the ** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. ** ** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. ** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand ** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect ** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. ** ** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always ** be exactly zero. */ #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and ** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** ** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** refers to. ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that ** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a ** file that were written at the application level might have changed ** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are ** guaranteed to be unchanged. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels ** ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods ** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. */ #define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 #define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 #define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 #define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 #define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags ** ** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of ** these integer values as the second argument. ** ** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the ** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode ** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag ** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. ** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means ** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). ** ** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags ** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL ** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the ** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. ** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how ** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and ** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. ** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction ** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the ** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX ** cares about the difference.) */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 #define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** ** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields ** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing ** I/O operations on the open file. */ typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; struct sqlite3_file { const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** ** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** ** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] ** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). ** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] ** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file ** and not its inode needs to be synced. ** ** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. ** </ul> ** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. ** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, ** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true ** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. ** ** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom ** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the ** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an ** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to ** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to ** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be ** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not ** recognize. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the ** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the ** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing ** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() ** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the ** underlying device: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] ** </ul> ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). ** ** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill ** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that ** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, ** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to ** database corruption. */ typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; struct sqlite3_io_methods { int iVersion; int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] ** interface. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of ** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the ** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it ** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified ** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database ** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for ** additional information. ** ** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by ** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method ** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ ** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly ** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most ** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. ** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this ** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes ** that do require it. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic ** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the ** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of ** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, ** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay ** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing ** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This ** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) ** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections ** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two ** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second ** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting ** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written ** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be ** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent [WAL | Write AHead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary ** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control ** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database ** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after ** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not ** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want ** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist ** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent ** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** WAL persistence setting. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting ** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the ** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage ** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** zero-damage mode setting. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some ** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the ** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with ** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually ** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL ** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control ** is intended for diagnostic use only. */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 #define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 #define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle ** ** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an ** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks ** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only ** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. ** ** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See ** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this ** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure ** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between ** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not ** modified. ** ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of ** a pathname in this VFS. ** ** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by ** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] ** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list ** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface ** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS ** implementation should use the pNext pointer. ** ** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs ** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. ** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs ** object once the object has been registered. ** ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than ** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen ** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** ** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] ** </ul>)^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to ** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make ** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would ** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return ** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database ** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. ** ** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] ** </ul> ** ** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be ** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient ** databases, and subjournals. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() ** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. ** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite ** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that ** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either ** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do ** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] ** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer ** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** ** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() ** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is ** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. ** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at ** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian ** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in ** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current ** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided ** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden ** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the ** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any ** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change ** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access ** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); /* ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later */ int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method ** ** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to ** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine ** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method ** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable ** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within ** the directory). ** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the ** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method ** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is ** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of ** SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method ** ** These integer constants define the various locking operations ** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The ** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the ** xShmLock method: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as ** was given no the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED ** and EXCLUSIVE. */ #define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 #define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 #define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 #define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index ** ** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values ** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. ** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a ** lock outside of this range */ #define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the ** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine ** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). ** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and ** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using ** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. ** ** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is ** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of ** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call ** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls ** are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first ** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only ** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. ** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() ** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a ** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all ** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking ** sqlite3_shutdown(). ** ** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke ** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() ** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. ** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize ** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such ** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other ** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to ** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] ** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically ** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized ** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] ** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() ** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly ** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, ** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() ** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases ** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited ** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the ** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. ** ** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific ** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() ** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks ** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation ** of static resources, initialization of global variables, ** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up ** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. ** ** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() ** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke ** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() ** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and ** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate ** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() ** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. ** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] ** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time ** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for ** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied ** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() ** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon ** failure. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration ** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of ** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application ** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other ** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() ** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using ** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. ** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer ** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments ** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines ** ** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite ** and low-level memory allocation routines. ** ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative ** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its ** dynamic memory needs. ** ** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] ** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications ** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications ** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is ** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative ** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** ** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the ** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. ** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size ** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. ** ** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of ** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** ** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite ** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which ** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. ** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other ** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for ** serialization. ** ** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). */ typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; struct sqlite3_mem_methods { void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options ** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default ** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** The application is responsible for serializing access to ** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes ** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded ** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same ** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive ** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access ** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the ** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the ** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. ** ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt> ** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a ** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation ** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the ** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: ** <ul> ** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()] ** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] ** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** <li> [sqlite3_status()] ** </ul>)^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is ** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte ** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz ** argument must be a multiple of 16. ** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer ** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. ** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So ** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. ** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 ** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional ** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page ** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned ** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page ** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each ** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on ** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, ** to make sz a little too large. The first ** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. ** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its ** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional ** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then ** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. ** The pointer in the first argument must ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), ** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the ** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. ** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place ** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation ** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance ** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of ** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the ** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to ** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a ** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. ** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is ** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger ** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to ** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding ** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an ** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is ** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. ** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function ** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI ** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then ** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling ** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames ** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless ** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database ** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are ** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the ** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the ** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFNIG_GETPCACHE ** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. ** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ /* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> ** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of ** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally ** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory ** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that ** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside ** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt> ** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of ** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, ** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd> ** ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt> ** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, ** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd> ** ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes ** ** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result ** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid ** ** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** ** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent ** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] ** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines ** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. ** ^If no successful [INSERT]s ** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. ** ** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] ** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted ** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. ** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual ** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this ** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, ** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this ** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE ** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The ** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused ** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change ** the return value of this interface.)^ ** ** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to ** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. ** ** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the ** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same ** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] ** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], ** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is ** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new ** last insert [rowid]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified ** ** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed ** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement ** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. ** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], ** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by ** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the ** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes ** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. ** ** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] ** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. ** ** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table ** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that ** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, ** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ ** ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and ** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. ** Most SQL statements are ** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" ** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a ** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one ** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. ** ** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does ** not create a new trigger context. ** ** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the ** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same ** trigger context. ** ** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the ** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, ** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of ** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** statement within the body of the same trigger. ** However, the number returned does not include changes ** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ ** ** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the ** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned ** is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified ** ** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], ** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. ** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes ** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by ** [foreign key actions]. However, ** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, ** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The ** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], ** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes ** are counted.)^ ** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as ** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle ** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). ** ** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the ** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query ** ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically ** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" ** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt ** immediately. ** ** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the ** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it ** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that ** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. ** ** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when ** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity ** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. ** ** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. ** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction ** will be rolled back automatically. ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are ** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). ** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running ** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. ** ** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] ** is running then bad things will likely happen. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete ** ** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the ** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or ** if additional input is needed before sending the text into ** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string ** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be ** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a ** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within ** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not ** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are ** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace ** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. ** ** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a ** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. ** ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** ** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero ** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-8 string. ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string in native byte order. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors ** ** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever ** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread ** or process has locked. ** ** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has ** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to ** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt ** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] ** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying ** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed ** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot ** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes ** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, ** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this ** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow ** the second process to proceed. ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] ** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the ** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will ** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs ** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache ** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent ** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory ** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error ** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to ** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion ** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the ** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError"> ** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why ** this is important. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] ** will also set or clear the busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. ** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout ** ** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return ** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular ** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries ** ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. ** Use of this interface is not recommended. ** ** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. ** ** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But ** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These ** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows ** and M be the number of columns. ** ** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point ** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. ** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result ** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated ** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. ** ** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** ** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** Name | Age ** ----------------------- ** Alice | 43 ** Bob | 28 ** Cindy | 21 ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the ** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored ** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** azResult&#91;0] = "Name"; ** azResult&#91;1] = "Age"; ** azResult&#91;2] = "Alice"; ** azResult&#91;3] = "43"; ** azResult&#91;4] = "Bob"; ** azResult&#91;5] = "28"; ** azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy"; ** azResult&#91;7] = "21"; ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 ** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** ** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), ** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling ** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** ** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not ** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or ** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); /* ** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions ** ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. ** The strings returned by these two routines should be ** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the ** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an ** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking ** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() ** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of ** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that ** the number of characters written would be a more useful return ** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() ** now without breaking compatibility. ** ** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() ** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first ** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). ** ** These routines all implement some additional formatting ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. ** ** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated ** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. ** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into ** the string. ** ** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zText = "It's a happy day!"; ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText); ** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); ** sqlite3_free(zSQL); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText ** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!') ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL ** would have looked like this: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!'); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should ** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. ** ** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around ** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the ** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without ** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText); ** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); ** sqlite3_free(zSQL); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL ** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the ** addition that after the string has been read and copied into ** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem ** ** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The ** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. ** ** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free ** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to ** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns ** a NULL pointer. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned ** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so ** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is ** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer ** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory ** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that ** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). ** ** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a ** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the ** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first ** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling ** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). ** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling ** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). ** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation ** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned ** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. ** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation ** is not freed. ** ** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a ** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time ** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** ** The Windows OS interface layer calls ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows ** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but ** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior ** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have ** not yet been released. ** ** The application must not read or write any part of ** a block of memory after it has been released using ** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics ** ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status ** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes ** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum ** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark ** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead ** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], ** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library ** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. ** ** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of ** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned ** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark ** prior to the reset. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator ** ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to ** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that ** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for ** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. ** ** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by ** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained ** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. ** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], ** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various ** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created ** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to ** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should ** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be ** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be ** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns ** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] ** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered ** the authorizer will fail with an error message. ** ** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that ** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter ** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies ** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters ** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional ** details about the action to be authorized. ** ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual ** columns of a table. ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns ** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the ** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. ** ** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] ** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements ** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not ** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For ** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the ** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the ** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that ** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. ** ** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources ** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] ** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] ** in addition to using an authorizer. ** ** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection ** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the ** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. ** The authorizer is disabled by default. ** ** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the ** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** ** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during ** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not ** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless ** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( sqlite3*, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pUserData ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must ** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. ** ** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] ** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function ** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies ** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that ** the authorizer callback may be passed. ** ** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be ** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization ** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these ** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the ** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", ** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback ** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for ** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from ** top-level SQL code. */ /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ #define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ #define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ #define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ #define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ #define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ #define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at ** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. ** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the ** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. ** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time ** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback ** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation ** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant ** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite ** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The ** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is ** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to ** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** ** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the ** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the ** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. ** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less ** than 1. ** ** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is ** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a ** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. ** ** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** ** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually ** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that ** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, ** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] ** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then ** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The ** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any ** of the sqlite3_open() routines. ** ** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and ** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. ** ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by ** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. ** ** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of ** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** ** <dl> ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not ** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^ ** ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading ** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^ ** ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^ ** </dl> ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the ** combinations shown above optionally combined with other ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection ** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread ** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens ** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was ** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be ** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared ** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** ** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the ** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that ** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is ** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. ** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might ** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. ** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with ** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as ** "./" to avoid ambiguity. ** ** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** ** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3> ** ** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument ** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI ** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is ** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has ** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the ** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. ** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off ** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename ** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an ** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string ** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an ** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file ** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, ** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) ** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. ** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. ** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: ** ** <ul> ** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of ** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should ** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to ** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown ** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is ** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over ** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or ** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^. ** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only ** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the ** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to ** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) ** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had ** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is ** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is ** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third ** parameter. ** ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to ** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an ** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query ** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for ** additional information. ** ** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3> ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results ** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> ** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> ** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". ** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. ** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive ** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. ** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". ** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a ** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a ** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. ** ** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ int flags, /* Flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check ** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** ** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of ** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or ** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and ** P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P ** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. ** ** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The value of P is true if it is "yes" or "true" or "on" or ** a non-zero number and is false otherwise. If P is not a query parameter ** on F then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). ** ** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a ** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not ** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then ** zero is returned. ** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen ** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably ** undesirable. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or ** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call ** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed ** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from ** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() ** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** ** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language ** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. ** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. ** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these ** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid ** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D ** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning ** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after ** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. ** ** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface ** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the ** error code and message may or may not be set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} ** ** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. ** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a ** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". ** ** The life of a statement object goes something like this: ** ** <ol> ** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related ** function. ** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() ** interfaces. ** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. ** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back ** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. ** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. ** </ol> ** ** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional ** information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits ** ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited ** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the ** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The ** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a ** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. ** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** ** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. ** ** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled ** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a ** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and ** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded ** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the ** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service ** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] ** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. ** ** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} ** ** These constants define various performance limits ** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. ** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program ** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently ** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of ** SQLite.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt> ** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^ ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 /* ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} ** ** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code ** program using one of these routines. ** ** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a ** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or ** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. ** ** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded ** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() ** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() ** use UTF-16. ** ** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the ** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum ** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the ** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or ** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small ** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that ** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i> ** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to ** make a copy of the input string. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only ** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to ** what remains uncompiled. ** ** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be ** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set ** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty ** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. ** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled ** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. ** ppStmt may not be NULL. ** ** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; ** otherwise an [error code] is returned. ** ** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are ** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained ** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. ** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement ** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the ** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to ** behave differently in three ways: ** ** <ol> ** <li> ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL ** statement and try to run it again. ** </li> ** ** <li> ** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed ** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that ** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code ** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] ** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare ** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. ** </li> ** ** <li> ** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, ** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change ** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. ** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. ** the ** </li> ** </ol> */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL ** ** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original ** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was ** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or ** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. ** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2; ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file ** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ ** ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but ** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements ** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the ** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) ** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] ** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, ** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** ** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values ** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing ** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects ** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. ** ** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not ** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) ** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications ** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the ** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. ** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. ** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with ** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. ** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of ** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. */ typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object ** ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an ** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object ** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. ** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this ** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], ** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], ** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], ** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; /* ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} ** ** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following ** templates: ** ** <ul> ** <li> ? ** <li> ?NNN ** <li> :VVV ** <li> @VVV ** <li> $VVV ** </ul> ** ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, ** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** ** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always ** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. ** ** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. ** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named ** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent ** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. ** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] ** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^ ** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. ** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL ** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or ** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called ** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), ** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. ** ^If the fifth argument is ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. ** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then ** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that ** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory ** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. ** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose ** content is later written using ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. ** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. ** ** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer ** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which ** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], ** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() ** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the ** result is undefined and probably harmful. ** ** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. ** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an ** [error code] if anything goes wrong. ** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter ** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters ** ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] ** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the ** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as ** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] ** to the parameters at a later time. ** ** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) ** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the ** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, ** there may be gaps in the list.)^ ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. ** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** respectively. ** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" ** is included as part of the name.)^ ** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name ** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". ** ** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. ** ** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is ** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is ** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was ** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name ** ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second ** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero ** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter ** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement ** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement ** ** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. ** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the ** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL ** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set ** ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column ** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() ** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string ** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] ** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] ** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a ** NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for ** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from ** one release of SQLite to the next. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result ** ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in ** [SELECT] statement. ** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as ** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed ** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the ** database, table, and column. ** ** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. ** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by ** the statement, where N is the second function argument. ** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. ** ** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or ** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return ** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error ** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, ** or column that query result column was extracted from. ** ** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return ** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. ** ** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are ** undefined. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more ** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] ** for the same [prepared statement] and result column ** at the same time then the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result ** ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the ** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an ** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table ** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an ** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. ** ** ^(For example, given the database schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); ** ** and the following statement to be compiled: ** ** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; ** ** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result ** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ ** ** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column ** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the ** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is ** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers ** used to hold those values. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement ** ** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function ** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. ** ** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend ** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy ** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the ** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy ** interface will continue to be supported. ** ** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], ** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. ** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or ** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. ** ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the ** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** ** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing ** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual ** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual ** machine back to its initial state. ** ** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] ** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the ** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. ** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. ** ** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint ** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on ** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, ** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) ** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the ** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, ** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). ** ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has ** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had ** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of ** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began ** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather ** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility ** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error ** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option ** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. ** ** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() ** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any ** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call ** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the ** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. ** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed ** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements ** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead ** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, ** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly ** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set ** ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. ** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return ** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to ** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) ** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned ** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] ** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step ** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT ** ** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: ** ** <ul> ** <li> 64-bit signed integer ** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number ** <li> string ** <li> BLOB ** <li> NULL ** </ul>)^ ** ** These constants are codes for each of those types. ** ** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 ** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both ** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not ** SQLITE_TEXT. */ #define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 #define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 #define SQLITE_BLOB 4 #define SQLITE_NULL 5 #ifdef SQLITE_TEXT # undef SQLITE_TEXT #else # define SQLITE_TEXT 3 #endif #define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} ** ** These routines form the "result set" interface. ** ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current ** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer ** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] ** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) ** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information ** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. ** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using ** [sqlite3_column_count()]. ** ** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the ** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to ** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither ** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. ** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned ** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. ** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines ** are pending, then the results are undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type ** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value ** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type ** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, ** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() ** following a type conversion. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts ** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** ** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), ** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object ** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. ** ** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For ** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result ** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the ** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions ** that are applied: ** ** <blockquote> ** <table border="1"> ** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th> Conversion ** ** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 ** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 ** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is NULL pointer ** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is NULL pointer ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> Convert from float to integer ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> Use atoi() ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> Use atof() ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi() ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof() ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed ** </table> ** </blockquote>)^ ** ** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() ** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its ** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most ** C programmers. ** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might ** need to be added to the string.</li> ** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-16.</li> ** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.</li> ** </ul> ** ** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer ** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** ** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** ** <ul> ** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> ** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> ** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> ** </ul> ** ** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), ** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result ** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls ** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to ** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() ** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). ** ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings ** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned ** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any ** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value ** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL ** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return ** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors ** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns ** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then ** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or ** [extended error code]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during ** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: ** before statement S is ever evaluated, after ** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call ** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has ** completed execution. ** ** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. ** ** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid ** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use ** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared ** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and ** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object ** ** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. ** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. ** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S ** back to the beginning of its program. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], ** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, ** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then ** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values ** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between ** these routines are the text encoding expected for ** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) ** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database ** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added ** to each database connection separately. ** ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name ** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or ** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or ** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit ** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work ** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be ** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. ** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text ** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** ** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep ** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** ** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, ** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. ** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being ** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ ** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it ** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data ** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of ** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use ** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the ** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better ** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. ** ** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. ** ** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other ** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not ** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared ** statement in which the function is running. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings ** ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_UTF8 1 #define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 #define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ #define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain ** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid ** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values ** ** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses ** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on ** the function or aggregate. ** ** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters ** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. ** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to ** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for ** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to ** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. ** ** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] ** object results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] ** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object ** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string ** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply ** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other ** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) ** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. ** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ ** ** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned ** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread as ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** ** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, ** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally ** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one ** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match ** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function ** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is ** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the ** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ ** ** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the ** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter ** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate ** function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the aggregate SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions ** ** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the application-defined function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions ** ** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data ** ** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may ** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as ** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression ** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string ** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument ** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever ** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding ** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, ** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata ** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th ** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent ** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has ** not been destroyed. ** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor ** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on ** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes ** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. ** ** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any ** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that ** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for ** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal ** values and [parameters].)^ ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior ** ** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the ** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor ** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant ** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The ** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain ** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. */ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); #define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) #define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See ** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** for additional information. ** ** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of ** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. ** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of ** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero ** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified ** by its 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions ** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. ** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite ** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native ** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or ** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() ** routines make a private copy of the error message text before ** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or ** modify the text after they return without harm. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code ** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error ** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error ** indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), ** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter ** through the first zero character. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined ** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it ** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would ** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur ** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd ** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the ** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has ** finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to ** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite ** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not ** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content ** when it has finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of ** the application-defined function to be a copy the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or ** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. ** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. ** ** If these routines are called from within the different thread ** than the one containing the application-defined function that received ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** ** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() ** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). ** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are ** considered to be the same name. ** ** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. ** </ul>)^ ** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed ** to the collating function callback, xCallback. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep ** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** ** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** ** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. ** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but ** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever ** function requires the least amount of data transformation. ** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** ** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, ** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered ** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all ** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. ** The collating function must obey the following properties for all ** strings A, B, and C: ** ** <ol> ** <li> If A==B then B==A. ** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C. ** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A. ** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C. ** </ol> ** ** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that ** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite ** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() ** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when ** the collating function is deleted. ** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. ** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency ** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( sqlite3*, const void *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the ** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation ** sequence is required. ** ** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings ** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, ** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. ** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. ** ** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy ** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or ** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database ** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], ** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation ** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the ** required collation sequence.)^ ** ** The callback function should register the desired collation using ** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be ** called right after sqlite3_open(). ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); /* ** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not ** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the ** database is decrypted. ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); /* ** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* ** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** ** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** ** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with ** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to ** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() ** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method ** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at ** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description ** in the previous paragraphs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files ** ** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is ** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files ** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] ** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate ** thread. ** It is intended that this variable be set once ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface ** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged ** thereafter. ** ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string ** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, ** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. ** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. ** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. ** ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement ** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the ** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to ** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after ** an error is to use this function. ** ** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database ** connection while this routine is running, then the return value ** is undefined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] ** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] ** that was the first argument ** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to ** create the statement in the first place. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename ** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file ** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database ** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then ** a NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the ** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename ** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used ** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL ** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement ** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement ** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. ** ** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to ** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database ** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. ** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, ** then the commit is converted into a rollback. ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions ** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** ** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. ** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, ** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify ** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** ** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] ** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook ** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. ** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit ** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. ** ** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been ** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument ** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a ** row is updated, inserted or deleted. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], ** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback ** to be invoked. ** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the ** database and table name containing the affected row. ** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an ** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook ** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. ** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** ** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function ** returns the P argument from the previous call ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] ** interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache ** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] ** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. ** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ ** ** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled ** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ ** ** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory ** ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes ** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations ** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. ** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero ** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap ** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the ** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even ** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is ** omitted. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the ** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. ** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap ** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate ** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of ** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an ** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. ** ** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. ** ** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation ** if one or more of following conditions are true: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero. ** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. ** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). ** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied ** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. ** </ul>)^ ** ** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced ** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] ** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], ** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced ** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because ** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most ** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without ** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may ** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface ** DEPRECATED ** ** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility ** only. All new applications should use the ** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table ** ** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific ** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle ** passed as the first function argument. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to ** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified ** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column ** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters ** may be NULL. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be ** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. ** ** ^(<blockquote> ** <table border="1"> ** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description ** ** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type ** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence ** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint ** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY ** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] ** </table> ** </blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the ** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** ** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no ** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output ** parameters are set as follows: ** ** <pre> ** data type: "INTEGER" ** collation sequence: "BINARY" ** not null: 0 ** primary key: 1 ** auto increment: 0 ** </pre>)^ ** ** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an ** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column ** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left ** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ ** ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an ** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. ** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point ** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the ** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to ** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory ** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function ** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using ** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are ** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling ** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API ** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** ** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that ** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three ** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** &nbsp; int xEntryPoint( ** &nbsp; sqlite3 *db, ** &nbsp; const char **pzErrMsg, ** &nbsp; const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk ** &nbsp; ); ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg ** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) ** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg ** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke ** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any ** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], ** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously ** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** Structures used by the virtual table interface */ typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** ** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", ** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent ** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance ** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. ** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different ** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content ** of this structure must not change while it is registered with ** any database connection. */ struct sqlite3_module { int iVersion; int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info ** ** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part ** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its ** results into the **Outputs** fields. ** ** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: ** ** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote> ** ** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^ ^(The particular operator is ** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the ** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ ** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint ** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ ** ** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" ** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to ** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. ** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are ** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. ** ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the ** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ ** ** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the ** [xFilter] method. ** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if ** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. ** ** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the ** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have ** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a ** cost of approximately log(N). */ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint { int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ struct sqlite3_index_orderby { int iColumn; /* Column number */ unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ /* Outputs */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ } *aConstraintUsage; int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes ** ** These macros defined the allowed values for the ** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents ** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of ** a query that uses a [virtual table]. */ #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before ** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified ** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through ** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module ** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite ** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also ** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. ** ^The sqlite3_create_module() ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance ** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will ** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. ** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are ** common to all module implementations. ** ** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a ** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should ** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically ** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. */ struct sqlite3_vtab { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the ** [virtual table] and are used ** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the ** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed ** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used ** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods ** of the module. Each module implementation will define ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. ** ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that ** are common to all implementations. */ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table ** ** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a ** [virtual table module] call this interface ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions ** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** ** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular ** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists ** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation ** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So ** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up ** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB ** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} ** ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. ** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] ** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces ** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. */ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; /* ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O ** ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; ** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: ** ** <pre> ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read ** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. ** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary ** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is ** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. ** ** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains ** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that ** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. ** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". ** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". ** ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written ** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set ** to be a null pointer.)^ ** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message ** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related ** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a ** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob ** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects ** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for ** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ ** ** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of ** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces ** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, ** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using ** this interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually ** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3*, const char *zDb, const char *zTable, const char *zColumn, sqlite3_int64 iRow, int flags, sqlite3_blob **ppBlob ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row ** ** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified ** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be ** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open ** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be ** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. ** ** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - ** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in ** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if ** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an ** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. ** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or ** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return ** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle ** always returns zero. ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle ** ** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. ** ** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit ** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the ** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. ** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache ** until the close operation if they will fit. ** ** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes ** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur ** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during ** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ ** ** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns ** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ ** ** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned ** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** ** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z ** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ ** ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is ** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) ** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally ** ** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a ** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z ** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), ** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** ** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is ** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) ** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred ** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the ** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects ** ** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object ** that SQLite uses to interact ** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a ** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. ** The following interfaces are provided. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. ** ^Names are case sensitive. ** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. ** ** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). ** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. ** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. ** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again ** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the ** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. ** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as ** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutexes ** ** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread ** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal ** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is ** permitted to use any of these routines. ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation ** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP ** </ul>)^ ** ** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in ** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations ** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. ** ** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ ** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite ** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 ** </ul>)^ ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) ** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other ** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously ** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in ** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static ** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates ** a static mutex. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. ** In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other ** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** SQLite will never exhibit ** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses ** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the ** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will ** never do either.)^ ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or ** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines ** behave as no-ops. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object ** ** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are ** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite ** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass ** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an ** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex ** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. ** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each ** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The ** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding ** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially ** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() ** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, ** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and ** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): ** ** <ul> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li> ** </ul>)^ ** ** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated ** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead ** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined ** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results ** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** ** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** ** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] ** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** ** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is ** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. ** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself ** prior to returning. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { int (*xMutexInit)(void); int (*xMutexEnd)(void); sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines ** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications ** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled ** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** ** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** ** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is ** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types ** ** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument ** which is one of these integer constants. ** ** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the ** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be ** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this ** routine returns a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files ** ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The ** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for ** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. ** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the ** main database file. ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine ** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into ** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the ** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] ** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might ** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying ** xFileControl method. ** ** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface ** ** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing ** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. ** ** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely ** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending ** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. ** ** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters ** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. ** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to ** operate consistently from one release to the next. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes ** ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used ** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. ** ** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change ** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the ** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes ** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after ** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest ** value. For those parameters ** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be ** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite ** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and ** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time ** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter ** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters ** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application ** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory ** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache ** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the ** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not ** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values ** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too ** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the ** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer ** slots were available. ** </dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> ** ** New status parameters may be added from time to time. */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that ** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur ** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. ** ** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs ** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from ** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. ** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 8 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various ** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than ** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument ** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this ** interface call returns. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter ** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd> ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of ** its size or internal structure and never deals with the ** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the ** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this ** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances ** of this object as parameters or as their return value. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; struct sqlite3_pcache_page { void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can ** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ ** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. ** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control ** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which ** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to ** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** ** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] ** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ ** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures ** required by the custom page cache implementation. ** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** ** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, ** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. ** ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** ** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The ** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying ** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. ** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being ** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to ** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** ** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using ** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. ** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] ** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a ** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. ** ** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value ** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered ** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content ** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the ** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** <table border=1 width=85% align=center> ** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache ** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. ** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. ** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return ** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. ** </table> ** ** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite ** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 ** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** ** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page ** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, ** then the page must be evicted from the cache. ** ^If the discard parameter is ** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** ** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single ** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] ** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the ** page passed as the second argument. If the cache ** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be ** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not ** to be pinned. ** ** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all ** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal ** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** ** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] ** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. ** ** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to ** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation ** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should ** do their best. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int iVersion; void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced ** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is ** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** ** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing ** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by ** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to ** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] */ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or ** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** ** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file ** for the duration of the backup operation. ** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; ** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. ** ** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the ** backup, ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources ** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** ** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the ** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. ** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. ** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() ** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or ** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and ** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** ** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. ** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages ** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), ** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and ** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if ** <ol> ** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or ** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling ** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or ** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the ** destination and source page sizes differ. ** </ol>)^ ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] ** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the ** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] ** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or ** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then ** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These ** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept ** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock ** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either ** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. ** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to ** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically ** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** ** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all ** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid ** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no ** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not ** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. ** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior ** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then ** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. ** ** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] ** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b> ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed ** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. ** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces ** retrieve these two values, respectively. ** ** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by ** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup ** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra ** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file ** changing. ** ** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b> ** ** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other ** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. ** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** ** However, the application must guarantee that the destination ** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] ** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction ** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a ** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. ** ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means ** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the ** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is ** possible that they return invalid values. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See ** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. ** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes ** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that ** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] ** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. ** ** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, ** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already ** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. ** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, ** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds ** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** ** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing ** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes ** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a ** crash or deadlock may be the result. ** ** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always ** returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** ** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to ** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, ** and the second is the number of entries in the array. ** ** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be ** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. ** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** ** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for ** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection ** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection ** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. ** ** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock ** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the ** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no ** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in ** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection ** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection ** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so ** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has ** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection ** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any ** number of levels of indirection are allowed. ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** ** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements ** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is ** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being ** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" ** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. ** ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in ** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** ** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to ** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a ** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence ** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** ** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are ** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** ** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is ** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so ** is considered bad form. ** ** The zFormat string must not be NULL. ** ** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine ** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in ** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than ** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the ** buffer. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a ** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in ** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). ** ** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and ** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked ** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when ** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. ** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - ** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter ** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, ** including those that were just committed. ** ** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error ** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the ** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback ** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the ** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** ** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will ** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or ** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** ** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback ** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback ** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. ** ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface ** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal ** for a particular application. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X ** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an ** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of ** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in ** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. ** ** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be ** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** ** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database ** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the ** eMode parameter: ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> ** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database ** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log ** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd> ** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database ** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the ** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, ** but not database readers. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after ** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) ** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures ** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file ** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, ** but not database readers. ** </dl> ** ** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in ** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to ** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already ** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be ** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. ** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 ** before returning to communicate this to the caller. ** ** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If ** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the ** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** ** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive ** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer ** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is ** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the ** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the ** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the ** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If ** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the ** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining ** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other ** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned ** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error ** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL ** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any ** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters ** ** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] ** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of ** each of these values. */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration ** ** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure ** various facets of the virtual table interface. ** ** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or ** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. ** ** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using ** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options ** may be added in the future. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options ** ** These macros define the various options to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations ** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT ** <dd>Calls of the form ** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, ** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose ** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not ** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if ** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire ** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been ** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual ** ON CONFLICT mode specified. ** ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. ** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon ** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE ** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON ** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The ** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], ** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the ** [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes ** ** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. ** ** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential ** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that ** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. */ #define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 /* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ #define SQLITE_FAIL 3 /* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ #define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # undef double #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* ** 2010 August 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* */ #ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an ** R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), void *pContext ); /* ** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first ** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). */ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; #ifdef __cplusplus } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/shell.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000263425�11705114066�017113� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line ** utility for accessing SQLite databases. */ #if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) /* This needs to come before any includes for MSVC compiler */ #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif /* ** Enable large-file support for fopen() and friends on unix. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # define _LARGE_FILE 1 # ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS # define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 # endif # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <assert.h> #include "sqlite3.h" #include <ctype.h> #include <stdarg.h> #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) # include <signal.h> # if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) # include <pwd.h> # endif # include <unistd.h> # include <sys/types.h> #endif #ifdef __OS2__ # include <unistd.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_EDITLINE # include <editline/editline.h> #endif #if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 # include <readline/readline.h> # include <readline/history.h> #endif #if !defined(HAVE_EDITLINE) && (!defined(HAVE_READLINE) || HAVE_READLINE!=1) # define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin) # define add_history(X) # define read_history(X) # define write_history(X) # define stifle_history(X) #endif #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) # include <io.h> #define isatty(h) _isatty(h) #define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) #else /* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. */ extern int isatty(int); #endif #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide isatty() * thus we always assume that we have a console. That can be * overridden with the -batch command line option. */ #define isatty(x) 1 #endif /* True if the timer is enabled */ static int enableTimer = 0; /* ctype macros that work with signed characters */ #define IsSpace(X) isspace((unsigned char)X) #define IsDigit(X) isdigit((unsigned char)X) #define ToLower(X) (char)tolower((unsigned char)X) #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) #include <sys/time.h> #include <sys/resource.h> /* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ static struct rusage sBegin; /* ** Begin timing an operation */ static void beginTimer(void){ if( enableTimer ){ getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sBegin); } } /* Return the difference of two time_structs in seconds */ static double timeDiff(struct timeval *pStart, struct timeval *pEnd){ return (pEnd->tv_usec - pStart->tv_usec)*0.000001 + (double)(pEnd->tv_sec - pStart->tv_sec); } /* ** Print the timing results. */ static void endTimer(void){ if( enableTimer ){ struct rusage sEnd; getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sEnd); printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_utime, &sEnd.ru_utime), timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_stime, &sEnd.ru_stime)); } } #define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer() #define END_TIMER endTimer() #define HAS_TIMER 1 #elif (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) #include <windows.h> /* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ static HANDLE hProcess; static FILETIME ftKernelBegin; static FILETIME ftUserBegin; typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GETPROCTIMES)(HANDLE, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME); static GETPROCTIMES getProcessTimesAddr = NULL; /* ** Check to see if we have timer support. Return 1 if necessary ** support found (or found previously). */ static int hasTimer(void){ if( getProcessTimesAddr ){ return 1; } else { /* GetProcessTimes() isn't supported in WIN95 and some other Windows versions. ** See if the version we are running on has it, and if it does, save off ** a pointer to it and the current process handle. */ hProcess = GetCurrentProcess(); if( hProcess ){ HINSTANCE hinstLib = LoadLibrary(TEXT("Kernel32.dll")); if( NULL != hinstLib ){ getProcessTimesAddr = (GETPROCTIMES) GetProcAddress(hinstLib, "GetProcessTimes"); if( NULL != getProcessTimesAddr ){ return 1; } FreeLibrary(hinstLib); } } } return 0; } /* ** Begin timing an operation */ static void beginTimer(void){ if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr ){ FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit; getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess, &ftCreation, &ftExit, &ftKernelBegin, &ftUserBegin); } } /* Return the difference of two FILETIME structs in seconds */ static double timeDiff(FILETIME *pStart, FILETIME *pEnd){ sqlite_int64 i64Start = *((sqlite_int64 *) pStart); sqlite_int64 i64End = *((sqlite_int64 *) pEnd); return (double) ((i64End - i64Start) / 10000000.0); } /* ** Print the timing results. */ static void endTimer(void){ if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr){ FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit, ftKernelEnd, ftUserEnd; getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess, &ftCreation, &ftExit, &ftKernelEnd, &ftUserEnd); printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", timeDiff(&ftUserBegin, &ftUserEnd), timeDiff(&ftKernelBegin, &ftKernelEnd)); } } #define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer() #define END_TIMER endTimer() #define HAS_TIMER hasTimer() #else #define BEGIN_TIMER #define END_TIMER #define HAS_TIMER 0 #endif /* ** Used to prevent warnings about unused parameters */ #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) /* ** If the following flag is set, then command execution stops ** at an error if we are not interactive. */ static int bail_on_error = 0; /* ** Threat stdin as an interactive input if the following variable ** is true. Otherwise, assume stdin is connected to a file or pipe. */ static int stdin_is_interactive = 1; /* ** The following is the open SQLite database. We make a pointer ** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed ** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing. */ static sqlite3 *db = 0; /* ** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received. */ static volatile int seenInterrupt = 0; /* ** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used ** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages. */ static char *Argv0; /* ** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with ** .prompt main continue */ static char mainPrompt[20]; /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/ static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: " ...> " */ /* ** Write I/O traces to the following stream. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE static FILE *iotrace = 0; #endif /* ** This routine works like printf in that its first argument is a ** format string and subsequent arguments are values to be substituted ** in place of % fields. The result of formatting this string ** is written to iotrace. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE static void iotracePrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; if( iotrace==0 ) return; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); fprintf(iotrace, "%s", z); sqlite3_free(z); } #endif /* ** Determines if a string is a number of not. */ static int isNumber(const char *z, int *realnum){ if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++; if( !IsDigit(*z) ){ return 0; } z++; if( realnum ) *realnum = 0; while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( *z=='.' ){ z++; if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0; while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; } if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ z++; if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++; if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0; while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; } return *z==0; } /* ** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value ** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the ** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement. ** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but ** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot ** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless. */ static const char *zShellStatic = 0; static void shellstaticFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ assert( 0==argc ); assert( zShellStatic ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores ** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer ** to the text. NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc() ** fails. ** ** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing ** is done. */ static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){ char *zLine; int nLine; int n; if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){ printf("%s",zPrompt); fflush(stdout); } nLine = 100; zLine = malloc( nLine ); if( zLine==0 ) return 0; n = 0; while( 1 ){ if( n+100>nLine ){ nLine = nLine*2 + 100; zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine); if( zLine==0 ) return 0; } if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){ if( n==0 ){ free(zLine); return 0; } zLine[n] = 0; break; } while( zLine[n] ){ n++; } if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){ n--; if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\r' ) n--; zLine[n] = 0; break; } } zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 ); return zLine; } /* ** Retrieve a single line of input text. ** ** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved. If not the empty ** string, then issue a continuation prompt. */ static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){ char *zPrompt; char *zResult; if( in!=0 ){ return local_getline(0, in); } if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){ zPrompt = continuePrompt; }else{ zPrompt = mainPrompt; } zResult = readline(zPrompt); #if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 if( zResult && *zResult ) add_history(zResult); #endif return zResult; } struct previous_mode_data { int valid; /* Is there legit data in here? */ int mode; int showHeader; int colWidth[100]; }; /* ** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from ** the main program to the callback. This is used to communicate ** state and mode information. */ struct callback_data { sqlite3 *db; /* The database */ int echoOn; /* True to echo input commands */ int statsOn; /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */ int cnt; /* Number of records displayed so far */ FILE *out; /* Write results here */ int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ int mode; /* An output mode setting */ int writableSchema; /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */ int showHeader; /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */ char *zDestTable; /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */ char separator[20]; /* Separator character for MODE_List */ int colWidth[100]; /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/ int actualWidth[100]; /* Actual width of each column */ char nullvalue[20]; /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from ** the database */ struct previous_mode_data explainPrev; /* Holds the mode information just before ** .explain ON */ char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */ const char *zDbFilename; /* name of the database file */ const char *zVfs; /* Name of VFS to use */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Current statement if any. */ FILE *pLog; /* Write log output here */ }; /* ** These are the allowed modes. */ #define MODE_Line 0 /* One column per line. Blank line between records */ #define MODE_Column 1 /* One record per line in neat columns */ #define MODE_List 2 /* One record per line with a separator */ #define MODE_Semi 3 /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */ #define MODE_Html 4 /* Generate an XHTML table */ #define MODE_Insert 5 /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */ #define MODE_Tcl 6 /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */ #define MODE_Csv 7 /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */ #define MODE_Explain 8 /* Like MODE_Column, but do not truncate data */ static const char *modeDescr[] = { "line", "column", "list", "semi", "html", "insert", "tcl", "csv", "explain", }; /* ** Number of elements in an array */ #define ArraySize(X) (int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) /* ** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in ** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. */ static int strlen30(const char *z){ const char *z2 = z; while( *z2 ){ z2++; } return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); } /* ** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface. */ static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){ struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg; if( p->pLog==0 ) return; fprintf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg); fflush(p->pLog); } /* ** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' ) */ static void output_hex_blob(FILE *out, const void *pBlob, int nBlob){ int i; char *zBlob = (char *)pBlob; fprintf(out,"X'"); for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ fprintf(out,"%02x",zBlob[i]); } fprintf(out,"'"); } /* ** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions. */ static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ int i; int nSingle = 0; for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++; } if( nSingle==0 ){ fprintf(out,"'%s'",z); }else{ fprintf(out,"'"); while( *z ){ for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){} if( i==0 ){ fprintf(out,"''"); z++; }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){ fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z); z += i+1; }else{ fprintf(out,"%s",z); break; } } fprintf(out,"'"); } } /* ** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules. */ static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ unsigned int c; fputc('"', out); while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){ if( c=='\\' ){ fputc(c, out); fputc(c, out); }else if( c=='\t' ){ fputc('\\', out); fputc('t', out); }else if( c=='\n' ){ fputc('\\', out); fputc('n', out); }else if( c=='\r' ){ fputc('\\', out); fputc('r', out); }else if( !isprint(c) ){ fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c&0xff); }else{ fputc(c, out); } } fputc('"', out); } /* ** Output the given string with characters that are special to ** HTML escaped. */ static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ int i; while( *z ){ for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&' && z[i]!='>' && z[i]!='\"' && z[i]!='\''; i++){} if( i>0 ){ fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z); } if( z[i]=='<' ){ fprintf(out,"&lt;"); }else if( z[i]=='&' ){ fprintf(out,"&amp;"); }else if( z[i]=='>' ){ fprintf(out,"&gt;"); }else if( z[i]=='\"' ){ fprintf(out,"&quot;"); }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){ fprintf(out,"&#39;"); }else{ break; } z += i + 1; } } /* ** If a field contains any character identified by a 1 in the following ** array, then the string must be quoted for CSV. */ static const char needCsvQuote[] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, }; /* ** Output a single term of CSV. Actually, p->separator is used for ** the separator, which may or may not be a comma. p->nullvalue is ** the null value. Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules. Numbers ** appear outside of quotes. */ static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){ FILE *out = p->out; if( z==0 ){ fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue); }else{ int i; int nSep = strlen30(p->separator); for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ if( needCsvQuote[((unsigned char*)z)[i]] || (z[i]==p->separator[0] && (nSep==1 || memcmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0)) ){ i = 0; break; } } if( i==0 ){ putc('"', out); for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ if( z[i]=='"' ) putc('"', out); putc(z[i], out); } putc('"', out); }else{ fprintf(out, "%s", z); } } if( bSep ){ fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); } } #ifdef SIGINT /* ** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C */ static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); seenInterrupt = 1; if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db); } #endif /* ** This is the callback routine that the shell ** invokes for each row of a query result. */ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int *aiType){ int i; struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg; switch( p->mode ){ case MODE_Line: { int w = 5; if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); if( len>w ) w = len; } if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n"); for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ fprintf(p->out,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); } break; } case MODE_Explain: case MODE_Column: { if( p->cnt++==0 ){ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ int w, n; if( i<ArraySize(p->colWidth) ){ w = p->colWidth[i]; }else{ w = 0; } if( w<=0 ){ w = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); if( w<10 ) w = 10; n = strlen30(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); if( w<n ) w = n; } if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){ p->actualWidth[i] = w; } if( p->showHeader ){ fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); } } if( p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ int w; if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){ w = p->actualWidth[i]; }else{ w = 10; } fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------" "----------------------------------------------------------", i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); } } } if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ int w; if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){ w = p->actualWidth[i]; }else{ w = 10; } if( p->mode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && strlen30(azArg[i])>w ){ w = strlen30(azArg[i]); } fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); } break; } case MODE_Semi: case MODE_List: { if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator); } } if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ char *z = azArg[i]; if( z==0 ) z = p->nullvalue; fprintf(p->out, "%s", z); if( i<nArg-1 ){ fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){ fprintf(p->out, ";\n"); }else{ fprintf(p->out, "\n"); } } break; } case MODE_Html: { if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ fprintf(p->out,"<TR>"); for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ fprintf(p->out,"<TH>"); output_html_string(p->out, azCol[i]); fprintf(p->out,"</TH>\n"); } fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n"); } if( azArg==0 ) break; fprintf(p->out,"<TR>"); for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ fprintf(p->out,"<TD>"); output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); fprintf(p->out,"</TD>\n"); } fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n"); break; } case MODE_Tcl: { if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); } if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); break; } case MODE_Csv: { if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ output_csv(p, azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "", i<nArg-1); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); } if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); break; } case MODE_Insert: { p->cnt++; if( azArg==0 ) break; fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable); for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": ""; if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){ fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep); }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){ if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]); }else if( aiType && (aiType[i]==SQLITE_INTEGER || aiType[i]==SQLITE_FLOAT) ){ fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]); }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_BLOB && p->pStmt ){ const void *pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(p->pStmt, i); int nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i); if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); output_hex_blob(p->out, pBlob, nBlob); }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){ fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]); }else{ if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]); } } fprintf(p->out,");\n"); break; } } return 0; } /* ** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library ** invokes for each row of a query result. */ static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */ return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL); } /* ** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to ** the name of the table given. Escape any quote characters in the ** table name. */ static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){ int i, n; int needQuote; char *z; if( p->zDestTable ){ free(p->zDestTable); p->zDestTable = 0; } if( zName==0 ) return; needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_'; for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){ if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){ needQuote = 1; if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++; } } if( needQuote ) n += 2; z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 ); if( z==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: out of memory\n"); exit(1); } n = 0; if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){ z[n++] = zName[i]; if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\''; } if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; z[n] = 0; } /* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained ** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is ** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc(). ** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed. ** ** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a ** quote character for zAppend. */ static char *appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){ int len; int i; int nAppend = strlen30(zAppend); int nIn = (zIn?strlen30(zIn):0); len = nAppend+nIn+1; if( quote ){ len += 2; for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){ if( zAppend[i]==quote ) len++; } } zIn = (char *)realloc(zIn, len); if( !zIn ){ return 0; } if( quote ){ char *zCsr = &zIn[nIn]; *zCsr++ = quote; for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){ *zCsr++ = zAppend[i]; if( zAppend[i]==quote ) *zCsr++ = quote; } *zCsr++ = quote; *zCsr++ = '\0'; assert( (zCsr-zIn)==len ); }else{ memcpy(&zIn[nIn], zAppend, nAppend); zIn[len-1] = '\0'; } return zIn; } /* ** Execute a query statement that has a single result column. Print ** that result column on a line by itself with a semicolon terminator. ** ** This is used, for example, to show the schema of the database by ** querying the SQLITE_MASTER table. */ static int run_table_dump_query( struct callback_data *p, /* Query context */ const char *zSelect, /* SELECT statement to extract content */ const char *zFirstRow /* Print before first row, if not NULL */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; int rc; rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){ fprintf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); p->nErr++; return rc; } rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ if( zFirstRow ){ fprintf(p->out, "%s", zFirstRow); zFirstRow = 0; } fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0)); rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pSelect); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); p->nErr++; } return rc; } /* ** Allocate space and save off current error string. */ static char *save_err_msg( sqlite3 *db /* Database to query */ ){ int nErrMsg = 1+strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); char *zErrMsg = sqlite3_malloc(nErrMsg); if( zErrMsg ){ memcpy(zErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); } return zErrMsg; } /* ** Display memory stats. */ static int display_stats( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to query */ struct callback_data *pArg, /* Pointer to struct callback_data */ int bReset /* True to reset the stats */ ){ int iCur; int iHiwtr; if( pArg && pArg->out ){ iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Memory Used: %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Outstanding Allocations: %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr); /* ** Not currently used by the CLI. ** iHiwtr = iCur = -1; ** sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); ** fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Pages Used: %d (max %d) pages\n", iCur, iHiwtr); */ iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes: %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr); /* ** Not currently used by the CLI. ** iHiwtr = iCur = -1; ** sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); ** fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Allocations Used: %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr); */ iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Overflow Bytes: %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Largest Allocation: %d bytes\n", iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Largest Pcache Allocation: %d bytes\n", iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Largest Scratch Allocation: %d bytes\n", iHiwtr); #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Deepest Parser Stack: %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr); #endif } if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){ iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside Slots Used: %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr); sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Successful lookaside attempts: %d\n", iHiwtr); sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to size: %d\n", iHiwtr); sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to OOM: %d\n", iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1); fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache hits: %d\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1); fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache misses: %d\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Schema Heap Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Statement Heap/Lookaside Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); } if( pArg && pArg->out && db && pArg->pStmt ){ iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Fullscan Steps: %d\n", iCur); iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Sort Operations: %d\n", iCur); iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Autoindex Inserts: %d\n", iCur); } return 0; } /* ** Execute a statement or set of statements. Print ** any result rows/columns depending on the current mode ** set via the supplied callback. ** ** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec() ** function except it takes a slightly different callback ** and callback data argument. */ static int shell_exec( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*), /* Callback function */ /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */ struct callback_data *pArg, /* Pointer to struct callback_data */ char **pzErrMsg /* Error msg written here */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* Statement to execute. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ int rc2; const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = NULL; } while( zSql[0] && (SQLITE_OK == rc) ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); if( SQLITE_OK != rc ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = save_err_msg(db); } }else{ if( !pStmt ){ /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ zSql = zLeftover; while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; continue; } /* save off the prepared statment handle and reset row count */ if( pArg ){ pArg->pStmt = pStmt; pArg->cnt = 0; } /* echo the sql statement if echo on */ if( pArg && pArg->echoOn ){ const char *zStmtSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt); fprintf(pArg->out, "%s\n", zStmtSql ? zStmtSql : zSql); } /* Output TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN text of requested */ if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain ){ const char *zExplain = 0; sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, pStmt, &zExplain); if( zExplain && zExplain[0] ){ fprintf(pArg->out, "%s", zExplain); } } /* perform the first step. this will tell us if we ** have a result set or not and how wide it is. */ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); /* if we have a result set... */ if( SQLITE_ROW == rc ){ /* if we have a callback... */ if( xCallback ){ /* allocate space for col name ptr, value ptr, and type */ int nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); void *pData = sqlite3_malloc(3*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); if( !pData ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ char **azCols = (char **)pData; /* Names of result columns */ char **azVals = &azCols[nCol]; /* Results */ int *aiTypes = (int *)&azVals[nCol]; /* Result types */ int i; assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(char *)); /* save off ptrs to column names */ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); } do{ /* extract the data and data types */ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i); aiTypes[i] = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i); if( !azVals[i] && (aiTypes[i]!=SQLITE_NULL) ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; break; /* from for */ } } /* end for */ /* if data and types extracted successfully... */ if( SQLITE_ROW == rc ){ /* call the supplied callback with the result row data */ if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols, aiTypes) ){ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; }else{ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); } } } while( SQLITE_ROW == rc ); sqlite3_free(pData); } }else{ do{ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); } while( rc == SQLITE_ROW ); } } /* print usage stats if stats on */ if( pArg && pArg->statsOn ){ display_stats(db, pArg, 0); } /* Finalize the statement just executed. If this fails, save a ** copy of the error message. Otherwise, set zSql to point to the ** next statement to execute. */ rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zSql = zLeftover; while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; }else if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = save_err_msg(db); } /* clear saved stmt handle */ if( pArg ){ pArg->pStmt = NULL; } } } /* end while */ return rc; } /* ** This is a different callback routine used for dumping the database. ** Each row received by this callback consists of a table name, ** the table type ("index" or "table") and SQL to create the table. ** This routine should print text sufficient to recreate the table. */ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ int rc; const char *zTable; const char *zType; const char *zSql; const char *zPrepStmt = 0; struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg; UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol); if( nArg!=3 ) return 1; zTable = azArg[0]; zType = azArg[1]; zSql = azArg[2]; if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ zPrepStmt = "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n"; }else if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_stat1")==0 ){ fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( strncmp(zSql, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE", 20)==0 ){ char *zIns; if( !p->writableSchema ){ fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;\n"); p->writableSchema = 1; } zIns = sqlite3_mprintf( "INSERT INTO sqlite_master(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)" "VALUES('table','%q','%q',0,'%q');", zTable, zTable, zSql); fprintf(p->out, "%s\n", zIns); sqlite3_free(zIns); return 0; }else{ fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql); } if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0; char *zSelect = 0; char *zTableInfo = 0; char *zTmp = 0; int nRow = 0; zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0); zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"'); zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0); rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0); free(zTableInfo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){ return 1; } zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0); zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"'); if( zTmp ){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\''); } zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0); rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1); zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0); zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zText, '"'); rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ',' || ", 0); }else{ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0); } nRow++; } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nRow==0 ){ free(zSelect); return 1; } zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM ", 0); zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"'); rc = run_table_dump_query(p, zSelect, zPrepStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0); run_table_dump_query(p, zSelect, 0); } if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); } return 0; } /* ** Run zQuery. Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that ** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements. ** ** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending ** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end. */ static int run_schema_dump_query( struct callback_data *p, const char *zQuery ){ int rc; char *zErr = 0; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr); if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ char *zQ2; int len = strlen30(zQuery); fprintf(p->out, "/****** CORRUPTION ERROR *******/\n"); if( zErr ){ fprintf(p->out, "/****** %s ******/\n", zErr); sqlite3_free(zErr); zErr = 0; } zQ2 = malloc( len+100 ); if( zQ2==0 ) return rc; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zQ2), zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery); rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, &zErr); if( rc ){ fprintf(p->out, "/****** ERROR: %s ******/\n", zErr); }else{ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; } sqlite3_free(zErr); free(zQ2); } return rc; } /* ** Text of a help message */ static char zHelp[] = ".backup ?DB? FILE Backup DB (default \"main\") to FILE\n" ".bail ON|OFF Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF\n" ".databases List names and files of attached databases\n" ".dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format\n" " If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" ".echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off\n" ".exit Exit this program\n" ".explain ?ON|OFF? Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n" " With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.\n" ".header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off\n" ".help Show this message\n" ".import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE\n" ".indices ?TABLE? Show names of all indices\n" " If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables\n" " matching LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE ".iotrace FILE Enable I/O diagnostic logging to FILE\n" #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION ".load FILE ?ENTRY? Load an extension library\n" #endif ".log FILE|off Turn logging on or off. FILE can be stderr/stdout\n" ".mode MODE ?TABLE? Set output mode where MODE is one of:\n" " csv Comma-separated values\n" " column Left-aligned columns. (See .width)\n" " html HTML <table> code\n" " insert SQL insert statements for TABLE\n" " line One value per line\n" " list Values delimited by .separator string\n" " tabs Tab-separated values\n" " tcl TCL list elements\n" ".nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values\n" ".output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME\n" ".output stdout Send output to the screen\n" ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts\n" ".quit Exit this program\n" ".read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME\n" ".restore ?DB? FILE Restore content of DB (default \"main\") from FILE\n" ".schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements\n" " If TABLE specified, only show tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" ".separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import\n" ".show Show the current values for various settings\n" ".stats ON|OFF Turn stats on or off\n" ".tables ?TABLE? List names of tables\n" " If TABLE specified, only list tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" ".timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n" ".vfsname ?AUX? Print the name of the VFS stack\n" ".width NUM1 NUM2 ... Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n" ; static char zTimerHelp[] = ".timer ON|OFF Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off\n" ; /* Forward reference */ static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in); /* ** Make sure the database is open. If it is not, then open it. If ** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit. */ static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ if( p->db==0 ){ sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db); db = p->db; if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, shellstaticFunc, 0, 0); } if( db==0 || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); exit(1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION sqlite3_enable_load_extension(p->db, 1); #endif } } /* ** Do C-language style dequoting. ** ** \t -> tab ** \n -> newline ** \r -> carriage return ** \NNN -> ascii character NNN in octal ** \\ -> backslash */ static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ int i, j; char c; for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){ if( c=='\\' ){ c = z[++i]; if( c=='n' ){ c = '\n'; }else if( c=='t' ){ c = '\t'; }else if( c=='r' ){ c = '\r'; }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){ c -= '0'; if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ i++; c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ i++; c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; } } } } z[j] = c; } z[j] = 0; } /* ** Interpret zArg as a boolean value. Return either 0 or 1. */ static int booleanValue(char *zArg){ int val = atoi(zArg); int j; for(j=0; zArg[j]; j++){ zArg[j] = ToLower(zArg[j]); } if( strcmp(zArg,"on")==0 ){ val = 1; }else if( strcmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){ val = 1; } return val; } /* ** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to ** process that line. ** ** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise. */ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ int i = 1; int nArg = 0; int n, c; int rc = 0; char *azArg[50]; /* Parse the input line into tokens. */ while( zLine[i] && nArg<ArraySize(azArg) ){ while( IsSpace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; } if( zLine[i]==0 ) break; if( zLine[i]=='\'' || zLine[i]=='"' ){ int delim = zLine[i++]; azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i]; while( zLine[i] && zLine[i]!=delim ){ i++; } if( zLine[i]==delim ){ zLine[i++] = 0; } if( delim=='"' ) resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]); }else{ azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i]; while( zLine[i] && !IsSpace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; } if( zLine[i] ) zLine[i++] = 0; resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]); } } /* Process the input line. */ if( nArg==0 ) return 0; /* no tokens, no error */ n = strlen30(azArg[0]); c = azArg[0][0]; if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "backup", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<4){ const char *zDestFile; const char *zDb; sqlite3 *pDest; sqlite3_backup *pBackup; if( nArg==2 ){ zDestFile = azArg[1]; zDb = "main"; }else{ zDestFile = azArg[2]; zDb = azArg[1]; } rc = sqlite3_open(zDestFile, &pDest); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zDestFile); sqlite3_close(pDest); return 1; } open_db(p); pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDest, "main", p->db, zDb); if( pBackup==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest)); sqlite3_close(pDest); return 1; } while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK ){} sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = 0; }else{ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest)); rc = 1; } sqlite3_close(pDest); }else if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; open_db(p); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 1; data.mode = MODE_Column; data.colWidth[0] = 3; data.colWidth[1] = 15; data.colWidth[2] = 58; data.cnt = 0; sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg); if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); rc = 1; } }else if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ open_db(p); /* When playing back a "dump", the content might appear in an order ** which causes immediate foreign key constraints to be violated. ** So disable foreign-key constraint enforcement to prevent problems. */ fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA foreign_keys=OFF;\n"); fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n"); p->writableSchema = 0; sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT dump; PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0); p->nErr = 0; if( nArg==1 ){ run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" ); run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence'" ); run_table_dump_query(p, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')", 0 ); }else{ int i; for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){ zShellStatic = azArg[i]; run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type=='table'" " AND sql NOT NULL"); run_table_dump_query(p, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE sql NOT NULL" " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" " AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic()", 0 ); zShellStatic = 0; } } if( p->writableSchema ){ fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n"); p->writableSchema = 0; } sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;", 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE dump;", 0, 0, 0); fprintf(p->out, p->nErr ? "ROLLBACK; -- due to errors\n" : "COMMIT;\n"); }else if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ p->echoOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ rc = 2; }else if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1; if(val == 1) { if(!p->explainPrev.valid) { p->explainPrev.valid = 1; p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode; p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader; memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); } /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header ** command. */ p->mode = MODE_Explain; p->showHeader = 1; memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth)); p->colWidth[0] = 4; /* addr */ p->colWidth[1] = 13; /* opcode */ p->colWidth[2] = 4; /* P1 */ p->colWidth[3] = 4; /* P2 */ p->colWidth[4] = 4; /* P3 */ p->colWidth[5] = 13; /* P4 */ p->colWidth[6] = 2; /* P5 */ p->colWidth[7] = 13; /* Comment */ }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) { p->explainPrev.valid = 0; p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode; p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader; memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); } }else if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0) && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"%s",zHelp); if( HAS_TIMER ){ fprintf(stderr,"%s",zTimerHelp); } }else if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg==3 ){ char *zTable = azArg[2]; /* Insert data into this table */ char *zFile = azArg[1]; /* The file from which to extract data */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* A statement */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the table */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int nSep; /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */ char *zSql; /* An SQL statement */ char *zLine; /* A single line of input from the file */ char **azCol; /* zLine[] broken up into columns */ char *zCommit; /* How to commit changes */ FILE *in; /* The input file */ int lineno = 0; /* Line number of input file */ open_db(p); nSep = strlen30(p->separator); if( nSep==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: non-null separator required for import\n"); return 1; } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %s", zTable); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); return 1; } nByte = strlen30(zSql); rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ){ if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); return 1; } nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); pStmt = 0; if( nCol==0 ) return 0; /* no columns, no error */ zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 ); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); return 1; } sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO %s VALUES(?", zTable); j = strlen30(zSql); for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){ zSql[j++] = ','; zSql[j++] = '?'; } zSql[j++] = ')'; zSql[j] = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); free(zSql); if( rc ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return 1; } in = fopen(zFile, "rb"); if( in==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return 1; } azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) ); if( azCol==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); fclose(in); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return 1; } sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); zCommit = "COMMIT"; while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){ char *z; lineno++; azCol[0] = zLine; for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){ if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){ *z = 0; i++; if( i<nCol ){ azCol[i] = &z[nSep]; z += nSep-1; } } } /* end for */ *z = 0; if( i+1!=nCol ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d\n", zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1); zCommit = "ROLLBACK"; free(zLine); rc = 1; break; /* from while */ } for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); free(zLine); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); zCommit = "ROLLBACK"; rc = 1; break; /* from while */ } } /* end while */ free(azCol); fclose(in); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0); }else if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; open_db(p); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 0; data.mode = MODE_List; if( nArg==1 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type='index' AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' " "UNION ALL " "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " "WHERE type='index' " "ORDER BY 1", callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); }else{ zShellStatic = azArg[1]; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " "UNION ALL " "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " "ORDER BY 1", callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); zShellStatic = 0; } if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); rc = 1; }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying sqlite_master and sqlite_temp_master\n"); rc = 1; } }else #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "iotrace", n)==0 ){ extern void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...); if( iotrace && iotrace!=stdout ) fclose(iotrace); iotrace = 0; if( nArg<2 ){ sqlite3IoTrace = 0; }else if( strcmp(azArg[1], "-")==0 ){ sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf; iotrace = stdout; }else{ iotrace = fopen(azArg[1], "w"); if( iotrace==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); sqlite3IoTrace = 0; rc = 1; }else{ sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf; } } }else #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ const char *zFile, *zProc; char *zErrMsg = 0; zFile = azArg[1]; zProc = nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : 0; open_db(p); rc = sqlite3_load_extension(p->db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); rc = 1; } }else #endif if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "log", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ const char *zFile = azArg[1]; if( p->pLog && p->pLog!=stdout && p->pLog!=stderr ){ fclose(p->pLog); p->pLog = 0; } if( strcmp(zFile,"stdout")==0 ){ p->pLog = stdout; }else if( strcmp(zFile, "stderr")==0 ){ p->pLog = stderr; }else if( strcmp(zFile, "off")==0 ){ p->pLog = 0; }else{ p->pLog = fopen(zFile, "w"); if( p->pLog==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); } } }else if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ int n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]); if( (n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0) || (n2==5 && strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0) ){ p->mode = MODE_Line; }else if( (n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0) || (n2==7 && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0) ){ p->mode = MODE_Column; }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_List; }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Html; }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Tcl; }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Csv; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ","); }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_List; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t"); }else if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Insert; set_table_name(p, "table"); }else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: mode should be one of: " "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n"); rc = 1; } }else if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg==3 ){ int n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]); if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Insert; set_table_name(p, azArg[2]); }else { fprintf(stderr, "Error: invalid arguments: " " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[2]); rc = 1; } }else if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) { sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullvalue), p->nullvalue, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]); }else if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ if( p->out!=stdout ){ fclose(p->out); } if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){ p->out = stdout; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "stdout"); }else{ p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb"); if( p->out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); p->out = stdout; rc = 1; } else { sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", azArg[1]); } } }else if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){ if( nArg >= 2) { strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1); } if( nArg >= 3) { strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1); } }else if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ rc = 2; }else if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"); if( alt==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); rc = 1; }else{ rc = process_input(p, alt); fclose(alt); } }else if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "restore", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<4){ const char *zSrcFile; const char *zDb; sqlite3 *pSrc; sqlite3_backup *pBackup; int nTimeout = 0; if( nArg==2 ){ zSrcFile = azArg[1]; zDb = "main"; }else{ zSrcFile = azArg[2]; zDb = azArg[1]; } rc = sqlite3_open(zSrcFile, &pSrc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zSrcFile); sqlite3_close(pSrc); return 1; } open_db(p); pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(p->db, zDb, pSrc, "main"); if( pBackup==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); sqlite3_close(pSrc); return 1; } while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ if( nTimeout++ >= 3 ) break; sqlite3_sleep(100); } } sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = 0; }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: source database is busy\n"); rc = 1; }else{ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); rc = 1; } sqlite3_close(pSrc); }else if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; open_db(p); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 0; data.mode = MODE_Semi; if( nArg>1 ){ int i; for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = ToLower(azArg[1][i]); if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){ char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n" " type text,\n" " name text,\n" " tbl_name text,\n" " rootpage integer,\n" " sql text\n" ")"; new_argv[1] = 0; new_colv[0] = "sql"; new_colv[1] = 0; callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){ char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n" " type text,\n" " name text,\n" " tbl_name text,\n" " rootpage integer,\n" " sql text\n" ")"; new_argv[1] = 0; new_colv[0] = "sql"; new_colv[1] = 0; callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ zShellStatic = azArg[1]; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT sql FROM " " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " "WHERE lower(tbl_name) LIKE shellstatic()" " AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL " "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", callback, &data, &zErrMsg); zShellStatic = 0; } }else{ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT sql FROM " " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); } if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); rc = 1; }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying schema information\n"); rc = 1; }else{ rc = 0; } }else if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "%.*s", (int)sizeof(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]); }else if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ int i; fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue"); output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue); fprintf(p->out, "\n"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output", strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator"); output_c_string(p->out, p->separator); fprintf(p->out, "\n"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","stats", p->statsOn ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width"); for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) { fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); }else if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "stats", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ p->statsOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ char **azResult; int nRow; char *zErrMsg; open_db(p); if( nArg==1 ){ rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' " "UNION ALL " "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " "WHERE type IN ('table','view') " "ORDER BY 1", &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg ); }else{ zShellStatic = azArg[1]; rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE shellstatic() " "UNION ALL " "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE shellstatic() " "ORDER BY 1", &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg ); zShellStatic = 0; } if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); rc = 1; }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying sqlite_master and sqlite_temp_master\n"); rc = 1; }else{ int len, maxlen = 0; int i, j; int nPrintCol, nPrintRow; for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){ if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue; len = strlen30(azResult[i]); if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len; } nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2); if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1; nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol; for(i=0; i<nPrintRow; i++){ for(j=i+1; j<=nRow; j+=nPrintRow){ char *zSp = j<=nPrintRow ? "" : " "; printf("%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j] : ""); } printf("\n"); } } sqlite3_free_table(azResult); }else if( c=='t' && n>=8 && strncmp(azArg[0], "testctrl", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ static const struct { const char *zCtrlName; /* Name of a test-control option */ int ctrlCode; /* Integer code for that option */ } aCtrl[] = { { "prng_save", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE }, { "prng_restore", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE }, { "prng_reset", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET }, { "bitvec_test", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST }, { "fault_install", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL }, { "benign_malloc_hooks", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS }, { "pending_byte", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE }, { "assert", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT }, { "always", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS }, { "reserve", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE }, { "optimizations", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS }, { "iskeyword", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD }, { "scratchmalloc", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC }, }; int testctrl = -1; int rc = 0; int i, n; open_db(p); /* convert testctrl text option to value. allow any unique prefix ** of the option name, or a numerical value. */ n = strlen30(azArg[1]); for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aCtrl)/sizeof(aCtrl[0])); i++){ if( strncmp(azArg[1], aCtrl[i].zCtrlName, n)==0 ){ if( testctrl<0 ){ testctrl = aCtrl[i].ctrlCode; }else{ fprintf(stderr, "ambiguous option name: \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); testctrl = -1; break; } } } if( testctrl<0 ) testctrl = atoi(azArg[1]); if( (testctrl<SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST) || (testctrl>SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST) ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: invalid testctrl option: %s\n", azArg[1]); }else{ switch(testctrl){ /* sqlite3_test_control(int, db, int) */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: if( nArg==3 ){ int opt = (int)strtol(azArg[2], 0, 0); rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db, opt); printf("%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); } else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n", azArg[1]); } break; /* sqlite3_test_control(int) */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: if( nArg==2 ){ rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl); printf("%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); } else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes no options\n", azArg[1]); } break; /* sqlite3_test_control(int, uint) */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: if( nArg==3 ){ unsigned int opt = (unsigned int)atoi(azArg[2]); rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); printf("%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); } else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single unsigned" " int option\n", azArg[1]); } break; /* sqlite3_test_control(int, int) */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: if( nArg==3 ){ int opt = atoi(azArg[2]); rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); printf("%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); } else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n", azArg[1]); } break; /* sqlite3_test_control(int, char *) */ #ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: if( nArg==3 ){ const char *opt = azArg[2]; rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); printf("%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); } else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single char * option\n", azArg[1]); } break; #endif case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: default: fprintf(stderr,"Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n", azArg[1]); break; } } }else if( c=='t' && n>4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ open_db(p); sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1])); }else if( HAS_TIMER && c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){ printf("SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/, sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid()); }else if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsname", n)==0 ){ const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main"; char *zVfsName = 0; if( p->db ){ sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME, &zVfsName); if( zVfsName ){ printf("%s\n", zVfsName); sqlite3_free(zVfsName); } } }else if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ int j; assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) ); for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){ p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]); } }else { fprintf(stderr, "Error: unknown command or invalid arguments: " " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]); rc = 1; } return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if a semicolon occurs anywhere in the first N characters ** of string z[]. */ static int _contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){ int i; for(i=0; i<N; i++){ if( z[i]==';' ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Test to see if a line consists entirely of whitespace. */ static int _all_whitespace(const char *z){ for(; *z; z++){ if( IsSpace(z[0]) ) continue; if( *z=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){ z += 2; while( *z && (*z!='*' || z[1]!='/') ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; z++; continue; } if( *z=='-' && z[1]=='-' ){ z += 2; while( *z && *z!='\n' ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 1; continue; } return 0; } return 1; } /* ** Return TRUE if the line typed in is an SQL command terminator other ** than a semi-colon. The SQL Server style "go" command is understood ** as is the Oracle "/". */ static int _is_command_terminator(const char *zLine){ while( IsSpace(zLine[0]) ){ zLine++; }; if( zLine[0]=='/' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[1]) ){ return 1; /* Oracle */ } if( ToLower(zLine[0])=='g' && ToLower(zLine[1])=='o' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[2]) ){ return 1; /* SQL Server */ } return 0; } /* ** Return true if zSql is a complete SQL statement. Return false if it ** ends in the middle of a string literal or C-style comment. */ static int _is_complete(char *zSql, int nSql){ int rc; if( zSql==0 ) return 1; zSql[nSql] = ';'; zSql[nSql+1] = 0; rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql); zSql[nSql] = 0; return rc; } /* ** Read input from *in and process it. If *in==0 then input ** is interactive - the user is typing it it. Otherwise, input ** is coming from a file or device. A prompt is issued and history ** is saved only if input is interactive. An interrupt signal will ** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive. ** ** Return the number of errors. */ static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){ char *zLine = 0; char *zSql = 0; int nSql = 0; int nSqlPrior = 0; char *zErrMsg; int rc; int errCnt = 0; int lineno = 0; int startline = 0; while( errCnt==0 || !bail_on_error || (in==0 && stdin_is_interactive) ){ fflush(p->out); free(zLine); zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in); if( zLine==0 ){ break; /* We have reached EOF */ } if( seenInterrupt ){ if( in!=0 ) break; seenInterrupt = 0; } lineno++; if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue; if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){ if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine); rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p); if( rc==2 ){ /* exit requested */ break; }else if( rc ){ errCnt++; } continue; } if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) && _is_complete(zSql, nSql) ){ memcpy(zLine,";",2); } nSqlPrior = nSql; if( zSql==0 ){ int i; for(i=0; zLine[i] && IsSpace(zLine[i]); i++){} if( zLine[i]!=0 ){ nSql = strlen30(zLine); zSql = malloc( nSql+3 ); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); exit(1); } memcpy(zSql, zLine, nSql+1); startline = lineno; } }else{ int len = strlen30(zLine); zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 4 ); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: out of memory\n"); exit(1); } zSql[nSql++] = '\n'; memcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine, len+1); nSql += len; } if( zSql && _contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior) && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){ p->cnt = 0; open_db(p); BEGIN_TIMER; rc = shell_exec(p->db, zSql, shell_callback, p, &zErrMsg); END_TIMER; if( rc || zErrMsg ){ char zPrefix[100]; if( in!=0 || !stdin_is_interactive ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "Error: near line %d:", startline); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "Error:"); } if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n", zPrefix, zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); zErrMsg = 0; }else{ fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n", zPrefix, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); } errCnt++; } free(zSql); zSql = 0; nSql = 0; } } if( zSql ){ if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql); } free(zSql); } free(zLine); return errCnt; } /* ** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory. A ** 0 return indicates an error of some kind. Space to hold the ** resulting string is obtained from malloc(). The calling ** function should free the result. */ static char *find_home_dir(void){ char *home_dir = NULL; #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) struct passwd *pwent; uid_t uid = getuid(); if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) { home_dir = pwent->pw_dir; } #endif #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide getenv() */ home_dir = strdup("/"); #else #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) if (!home_dir) { home_dir = getenv("USERPROFILE"); } #endif if (!home_dir) { home_dir = getenv("HOME"); } #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) if (!home_dir) { char *zDrive, *zPath; int n; zDrive = getenv("HOMEDRIVE"); zPath = getenv("HOMEPATH"); if( zDrive && zPath ){ n = strlen30(zDrive) + strlen30(zPath) + 1; home_dir = malloc( n ); if( home_dir==0 ) return 0; sqlite3_snprintf(n, home_dir, "%s%s", zDrive, zPath); return home_dir; } home_dir = "c:\\"; } #endif #endif /* !_WIN32_WCE */ if( home_dir ){ int n = strlen30(home_dir) + 1; char *z = malloc( n ); if( z ) memcpy(z, home_dir, n); home_dir = z; } return home_dir; } /* ** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override. Or if that ** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc ** ** Returns the number of errors. */ static int process_sqliterc( struct callback_data *p, /* Configuration data */ const char *sqliterc_override /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */ ){ char *home_dir = NULL; const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override; char *zBuf = 0; FILE *in = NULL; int nBuf; int rc = 0; if (sqliterc == NULL) { home_dir = find_home_dir(); if( home_dir==0 ){ #if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: cannot locate your home directory\n", Argv0); #endif return 1; } nBuf = strlen30(home_dir) + 16; zBuf = malloc( nBuf ); if( zBuf==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: out of memory\n",Argv0); return 1; } sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir); free(home_dir); sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf; } in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb"); if( in ){ if( stdin_is_interactive ){ fprintf(stderr,"-- Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc); } rc = process_input(p,in); fclose(in); } free(zBuf); return rc; } /* ** Show available command line options */ static const char zOptions[] = " -help show this message\n" " -init filename read/process named file\n" " -echo print commands before execution\n" " -[no]header turn headers on or off\n" " -bail stop after hitting an error\n" " -interactive force interactive I/O\n" " -batch force batch I/O\n" " -column set output mode to 'column'\n" " -csv set output mode to 'csv'\n" " -html set output mode to HTML\n" " -line set output mode to 'line'\n" " -list set output mode to 'list'\n" " -separator 'x' set output field separator (|)\n" " -stats print memory stats before each finalize\n" " -nullvalue 'text' set text string for NULL values\n" " -version show SQLite version\n" " -vfs NAME use NAME as the default VFS\n" #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE " -vfstrace enable tracing of all VFS calls\n" #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX " -multiplex enable the multiplexor VFS\n" #endif ; static void usage(int showDetail){ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n" "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n" "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0); if( showDetail ){ fprintf(stderr, "OPTIONS include:\n%s", zOptions); }else{ fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n"); } exit(1); } /* ** Initialize the state information in data */ static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) { memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data)); data->mode = MODE_List; memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2); data->showHeader = 0; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1); sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> "); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt," ...> "); sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD); } int main(int argc, char **argv){ char *zErrMsg = 0; struct callback_data data; const char *zInitFile = 0; char *zFirstCmd = 0; int i; int rc = 0; if( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)!=0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "SQLite header and source version mismatch\n%s\n%s\n", sqlite3_sourceid(), SQLITE_SOURCE_ID); exit(1); } Argv0 = argv[0]; main_init(&data); stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0); /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything ** else is done. */ #ifdef SIGINT signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler); #endif /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file, ** the size of the alternative malloc heap, ** and the first command to execute. */ for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){ char *z; if( argv[i][0]!='-' ) break; z = argv[i]; if( z[0]=='-' && z[1]=='-' ) z++; if( strcmp(argv[i],"-separator")==0 || strcmp(argv[i],"-nullvalue")==0 ){ i++; }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-init")==0 ){ i++; zInitFile = argv[i]; /* Need to check for batch mode here to so we can avoid printing ** informational messages (like from process_sqliterc) before ** we do the actual processing of arguments later in a second pass. */ }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-batch")==0 ){ stdin_is_interactive = 0; }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-heap")==0 ){ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) int j, c; const char *zSize; sqlite3_int64 szHeap; zSize = argv[++i]; szHeap = atoi(zSize); for(j=0; (c = zSize[j])!=0; j++){ if( c=='M' ){ szHeap *= 1000000; break; } if( c=='K' ){ szHeap *= 1000; break; } if( c=='G' ){ szHeap *= 1000000000; break; } } if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-vfstrace")==0 ){ extern int vfstrace_register( const char *zTraceName, const char *zOldVfsName, int (*xOut)(const char*,void*), void *pOutArg, int makeDefault ); vfstrace_register("trace",0,(int(*)(const char*,void*))fputs,stderr,1); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-multiplex")==0 ){ extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int); sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1); #endif }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-vfs")==0 ){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(argv[++i]); if( pVfs ){ sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1); }else{ fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]); exit(1); } } } if( i<argc ){ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OS2) && SQLITE_OS_OS2 data.zDbFilename = (const char *)convertCpPathToUtf8( argv[i++] ); #else data.zDbFilename = argv[i++]; #endif }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB data.zDbFilename = ":memory:"; #else data.zDbFilename = 0; #endif } if( i<argc ){ zFirstCmd = argv[i++]; } if( i<argc ){ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: too many options: \"%s\"\n", Argv0, argv[i]); fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); return 1; } data.out = stdout; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB if( data.zDbFilename==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: no database filename specified\n", Argv0); return 1; } #endif /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists. If the ** file does not exist, delay opening it. This prevents empty database ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument ** to the sqlite command-line tool. */ if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){ open_db(&data); } /* Process the initialization file if there is one. If no -init option ** is given on the command line, look for a file named ~/.sqliterc and ** try to process it. */ rc = process_sqliterc(&data,zInitFile); if( rc>0 ){ return rc; } /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set ** options. This second pass is delayed until after the initialization ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override ** settings in the initialization file. */ for(i=1; i<argc && argv[i][0]=='-'; i++){ char *z = argv[i]; if( z[1]=='-' ){ z++; } if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 ){ i++; }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){ data.mode = MODE_Html; }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){ data.mode = MODE_List; }else if( strcmp(z,"-line")==0 ){ data.mode = MODE_Line; }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){ data.mode = MODE_Column; }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){ data.mode = MODE_Csv; memcpy(data.separator,",",2); }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){ i++; if(i>=argc){ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n", Argv0, z); fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); return 1; } sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.separator), data.separator, "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]); }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){ i++; if(i>=argc){ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n", Argv0, z); fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); return 1; } sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.nullvalue), data.nullvalue, "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]); }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){ data.showHeader = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){ data.showHeader = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){ data.echoOn = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-stats")==0 ){ data.statsOn = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-bail")==0 ){ bail_on_error = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){ printf("%s %s\n", sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid()); return 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){ stdin_is_interactive = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){ stdin_is_interactive = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){ i++; }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){ i++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){ i++; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){ i++; #endif }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 || strcmp(z, "--help")==0 ){ usage(1); }else{ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z); fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); return 1; } } if( zFirstCmd ){ /* Run just the command that follows the database name */ if( zFirstCmd[0]=='.' ){ rc = do_meta_command(zFirstCmd, &data); }else{ open_db(&data); rc = shell_exec(data.db, zFirstCmd, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg); if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); return rc!=0 ? rc : 1; }else if( rc!=0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: unable to process SQL \"%s\"\n", zFirstCmd); return rc; } } }else{ /* Run commands received from standard input */ if( stdin_is_interactive ){ char *zHome; char *zHistory = 0; int nHistory; printf( "SQLite version %s %.19s\n" /*extra-version-info*/ "Enter \".help\" for instructions\n" "Enter SQL statements terminated with a \";\"\n", sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid() ); zHome = find_home_dir(); if( zHome ){ nHistory = strlen30(zHome) + 20; if( (zHistory = malloc(nHistory))!=0 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nHistory, zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome); } } #if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 if( zHistory ) read_history(zHistory); #endif rc = process_input(&data, 0); if( zHistory ){ stifle_history(100); write_history(zHistory); free(zHistory); } free(zHome); }else{ rc = process_input(&data, stdin); } } set_table_name(&data, 0); if( data.db ){ sqlite3_close(data.db); } return rc; } �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/README��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000003066�10476074743�016524� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������This directory contains source code to SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place the build products. It is recommended, but not required, that the build directory be separate from the source directory. Cd into the build directory and then from the build directory run the configure script found at the root of the source tree. Then run "make". For example: tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz ;# Unpack the source tree into "sqlite" mkdir bld ;# Build will occur in a sibling directory cd bld ;# Change to the build directory ../sqlite/configure ;# Run the configure script make ;# Run the makefile. make install ;# (Optional) Install the build products The configure script uses autoconf 2.50 and libtool. If the configure script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named "Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you can copy and edit to suite your needs. Comments on the generic makefile show what changes are needed. The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile, not the configure script. The configure script is unmaintained. (You can volunteer to take over maintenance of the configure script, if you want!) The windows binaries on the website are created using MinGW32 configured as a cross-compiler running under Linux. For details, see the ./publish.sh script at the top-level of the source tree. Contacts: http://www.sqlite.org/ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/sqlite3.c�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00021761313�11705114066�017372� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite ** version 3.7.10. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements ** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single ** translation unit. ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines ** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have ** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within ** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start ** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed ** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming ** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a ** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. */ #define SQLITE_CORE 1 #define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 #ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE # define SQLITE_PRIVATE static #endif #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif /************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** */ #ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ #define _SQLITEINT_H_ /* ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the ** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks ** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. ** ** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any ** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first ** code in all source files. ** ** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch ** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling ** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work ** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 ** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** ** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # define _LARGE_FILE 1 # ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS # define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 # endif # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif /* ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the ** autoconf-based build */ #ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif /************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ /************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ /* ** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also ** limits the size of a row in a table or index. ** ** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer ** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 #endif /* ** This is the maximum number of ** ** * Columns in a table ** * Columns in an index ** * Columns in a view ** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement ** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement ** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. ** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement ** ** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will ** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should ** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if ** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few ** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN # define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 #endif /* ** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. ** ** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would ** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible ** to turn this limit off. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 #endif /* ** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to ** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might ** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an ** expression. ** ** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. ** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced ** at all times. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH # define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. ** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one ** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result ** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL ** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable ** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT # define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 #endif /* ** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. ** Not currently enforced. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP # define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG # define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 #endif /* ** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database ** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 #endif /* ** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before ** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 ** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap ** is used internally to track attached databases. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED # define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 #endif /* ** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER # define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 #endif /* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit ** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at ** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates ** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library ** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database ** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite ** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback ** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif #define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 /* ** The default size of a database page. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif /* ** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases ** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain ** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), ** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value ** SQLite will choose on its own. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif /* ** Maximum number of pages in one database file. ** ** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. ** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the ** max_page_count macro. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT # define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 #endif /* ** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif /* ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. ** ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself ** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all ** may be executed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH # define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 #endif /************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ #if defined(__BORLANDC__) #pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ #pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ #pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ #pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ #pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ #endif /* Needed for various definitions... */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE #endif /* ** Include standard header files as necessary */ #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H #include <stdint.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H #include <inttypes.h> #endif /* ** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and ** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler ** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements ** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. ** ** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. ** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or ** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers ** that vary from one machine to the next. ** ** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on ** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). ** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the ** compiler. */ #if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) #elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) #elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) #else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) #endif /* ** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. ** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never ** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest ** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple ** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same ** database connection at the same time. ** ** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. ** We support that for legacy. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) #if defined(THREADSAFE) # define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE #else # define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ #endif #endif /* ** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using ** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. */ #ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE # define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 #endif /* ** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. ** It determines whether or not the features related to ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can ** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 #endif /* ** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to ** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. ** ** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() ** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() ** ** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the ** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem ** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an ** assertion will be triggered. ** ** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've ** pared it down to just these three.) ** ** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as ** the default. */ #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 # error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG" #endif #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 # define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 #endif /* ** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the ** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) # define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 #endif /* ** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable ** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. ** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, ** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. ** ** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly ** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all ** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are ** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. ** ** See also ticket #2741. */ #if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ #endif /* ** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) # include <tcl.h> #endif /* ** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. ** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following ** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 ** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out ** feature. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* ** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When ** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to ** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to ** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted ** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple ** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() ** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For ** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit ** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements ** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() ** can insure that all cases are evaluated. ** */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); # define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } #else # define testcase(X) #endif /* ** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or ** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments ** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) # define TESTONLY(X) X #else # define TESTONLY(X) #endif /* ** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization ** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to ** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore ** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for ** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the ** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. */ #ifndef NDEBUG # define VVA_ONLY(X) X #else # define VVA_ONLY(X) #endif /* ** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which ** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such ** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they ** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience ** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" ** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first ** hint of unplanned behavior. ** ** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. ** ** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to ** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will ** not be counted as untested code. */ #if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) # define ALWAYS(X) (1) # define NEVER(X) (0) #elif !defined(NDEBUG) # define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) # define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) #else # define ALWAYS(X) (X) # define NEVER(X) (X) #endif /* ** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large ** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() ** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. */ #define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) /* ** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean ** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds ** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to ** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 # define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) # define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) #else # define likely(X) !!(X) # define unlikely(X) !!(X) #endif /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library ** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, ** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is ** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without ** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. ** ** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as ** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new ** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes ** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes ** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source ** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. ** ** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. */ #ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ #define _SQLITE3_H_ #include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ #include <stdint.h> /* ** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* ** Add the ability to override 'extern' */ #ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif /* ** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those ** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications ** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards ** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that ** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. ** ** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that ** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that ** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports ** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple ** noop macros. */ #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL /* ** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. */ #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION # undef SQLITE_VERSION #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER # undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers ** ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header ** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the ** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for ** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer ** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same ** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ ** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also ** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** ** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID ** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 ** hash of the entire source tree. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ #define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.10" #define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007010 #define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2012-01-16 13:28:40 ebd01a8deffb5024a5d7494eef800d2366d97204" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid ** ** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros ** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious ** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to ** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in ** the header, and thus insure that the application is ** compiled with matching library and header files. ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ); ** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 ); ** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 ); ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] ** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the ** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns ** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 ** indicating whether the specified option was defined at ** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the ** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, ** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ ** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() ** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and ** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe ** ** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if ** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** ** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. ** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable ** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. ** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. ** ** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the ** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with ** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. ** ** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting ** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with ** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but ** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] ** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], ** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the ** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of ** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by ** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() ** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ ** ** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle ** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} ** ** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of ** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] ** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an ** sqlite3 object. */ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; /* ** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types ** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 ** ** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types ** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. ** ** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. ** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The ** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; #else typedef long long int sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; #endif typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite3_int64 #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. ** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is ** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. ** ** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] ** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with ** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If ** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has ** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns ** SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** ** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. ** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a ** harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); /* ** The type for a callback function. ** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical ** compatibility and is not documented. */ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); /* ** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface ** ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL ** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, ** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. ** ** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into ** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and ** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. ** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] ** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of ** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. ** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors ** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to ** NULL before returning. ** ** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() ** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and ** without running any subsequent SQL statements. ** ** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the ** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() ** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from ** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a ** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each ** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer ** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** ** Restrictions: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. ** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. ** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. ** </ul> */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3*, /* An open database */ const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} ** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown ** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** ** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], ** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ #define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ #define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ #define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ #define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ #define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ #define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ #define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ #define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ #define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ #define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ #define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ #define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ #define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ #define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ #define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ #define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ #define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ #define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ #define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ /* end-of-error-codes */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} ** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} ** ** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer ** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information ** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the ** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. ** ** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. ** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand ** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect ** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. ** ** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always ** be exactly zero. */ #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and ** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** ** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** refers to. ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that ** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a ** file that were written at the application level might have changed ** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are ** guaranteed to be unchanged. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels ** ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods ** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. */ #define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 #define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 #define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 #define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 #define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags ** ** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of ** these integer values as the second argument. ** ** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the ** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode ** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag ** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. ** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means ** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). ** ** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags ** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL ** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the ** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. ** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how ** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and ** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. ** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction ** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the ** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX ** cares about the difference.) */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 #define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** ** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields ** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing ** I/O operations on the open file. */ typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; struct sqlite3_file { const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** ** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** ** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] ** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). ** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] ** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file ** and not its inode needs to be synced. ** ** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or ** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. ** </ul> ** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. ** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, ** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true ** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. ** ** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom ** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the ** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an ** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to ** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to ** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be ** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not ** recognize. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the ** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the ** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing ** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() ** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the ** underlying device: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] ** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] ** </ul> ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). ** ** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill ** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that ** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, ** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to ** database corruption. */ typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; struct sqlite3_io_methods { int iVersion; int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] ** interface. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of ** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the ** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it ** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified ** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database ** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for ** additional information. ** ** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by ** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method ** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ ** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly ** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most ** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. ** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this ** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes ** that do require it. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic ** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the ** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of ** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, ** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay ** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing ** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This ** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) ** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections ** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two ** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second ** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting ** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written ** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be ** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent [WAL | Write AHead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary ** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control ** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database ** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after ** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not ** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want ** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist ** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent ** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** WAL persistence setting. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting ** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the ** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage ** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** zero-damage mode setting. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some ** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the ** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with ** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually ** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL ** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control ** is intended for diagnostic use only. */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 #define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 #define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle ** ** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an ** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks ** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only ** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. ** ** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See ** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this ** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure ** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between ** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not ** modified. ** ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of ** a pathname in this VFS. ** ** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by ** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] ** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list ** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface ** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS ** implementation should use the pNext pointer. ** ** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs ** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. ** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs ** object once the object has been registered. ** ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than ** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen ** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** ** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] ** </ul>)^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to ** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make ** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would ** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return ** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database ** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. ** ** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: ** ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] ** </ul> ** ** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be ** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient ** databases, and subjournals. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() ** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. ** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite ** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that ** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either ** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do ** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] ** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer ** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** ** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() ** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is ** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. ** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at ** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian ** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in ** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current ** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided ** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden ** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the ** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any ** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change ** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access ** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); /* ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later */ int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method ** ** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to ** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine ** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method ** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable ** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within ** the directory). ** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the ** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method ** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is ** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of ** SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method ** ** These integer constants define the various locking operations ** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The ** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the ** xShmLock method: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as ** was given no the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED ** and EXCLUSIVE. */ #define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 #define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 #define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 #define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index ** ** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values ** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. ** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a ** lock outside of this range */ #define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the ** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine ** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). ** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and ** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using ** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. ** ** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is ** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of ** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call ** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls ** are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first ** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only ** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. ** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() ** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a ** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all ** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking ** sqlite3_shutdown(). ** ** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke ** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() ** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. ** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize ** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such ** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other ** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to ** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] ** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically ** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized ** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] ** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() ** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly ** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, ** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() ** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases ** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited ** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the ** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. ** ** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific ** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() ** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks ** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation ** of static resources, initialization of global variables, ** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up ** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. ** ** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() ** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke ** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() ** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and ** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate ** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() ** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. ** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] ** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time ** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for ** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied ** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() ** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon ** failure. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration ** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of ** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application ** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other ** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() ** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using ** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. ** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer ** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments ** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines ** ** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite ** and low-level memory allocation routines. ** ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative ** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its ** dynamic memory needs. ** ** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] ** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications ** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications ** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is ** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative ** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** ** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the ** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. ** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size ** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. ** ** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of ** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** ** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite ** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which ** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. ** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other ** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for ** serialization. ** ** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). */ typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; struct sqlite3_mem_methods { void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options ** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default ** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** The application is responsible for serializing access to ** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes ** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded ** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same ** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt> ** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive ** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access ** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the ** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the ** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. ** ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt> ** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a ** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation ** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the ** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: ** <ul> ** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()] ** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] ** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** <li> [sqlite3_status()] ** </ul>)^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is ** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte ** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz ** argument must be a multiple of 16. ** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer ** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. ** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So ** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. ** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 ** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional ** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page ** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned ** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page ** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each ** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on ** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, ** to make sz a little too large. The first ** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. ** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its ** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional ** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then ** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. ** The pointer in the first argument must ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> ** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), ** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the ** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. ** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place ** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation ** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance ** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of ** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the ** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to ** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt> ** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a ** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. ** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is ** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger ** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to ** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding ** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an ** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is ** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. ** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function ** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI ** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then ** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling ** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames ** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless ** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database ** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are ** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the ** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the ** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFNIG_GETPCACHE ** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. ** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ /* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> ** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of ** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally ** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory ** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that ** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside ** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt> ** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of ** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, ** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd> ** ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt> ** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, ** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd> ** ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes ** ** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result ** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid ** ** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** ** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent ** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] ** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines ** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. ** ^If no successful [INSERT]s ** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. ** ** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] ** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted ** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. ** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual ** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this ** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, ** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this ** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE ** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The ** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused ** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change ** the return value of this interface.)^ ** ** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to ** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. ** ** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the ** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same ** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] ** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], ** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is ** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new ** last insert [rowid]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified ** ** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed ** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement ** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. ** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], ** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by ** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the ** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes ** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. ** ** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] ** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. ** ** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table ** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that ** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, ** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ ** ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and ** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. ** Most SQL statements are ** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" ** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a ** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one ** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. ** ** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does ** not create a new trigger context. ** ** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the ** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same ** trigger context. ** ** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the ** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, ** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of ** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** statement within the body of the same trigger. ** However, the number returned does not include changes ** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ ** ** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the ** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned ** is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified ** ** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], ** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. ** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes ** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by ** [foreign key actions]. However, ** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, ** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The ** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], ** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes ** are counted.)^ ** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as ** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle ** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). ** ** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the ** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query ** ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically ** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" ** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt ** immediately. ** ** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the ** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it ** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that ** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. ** ** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when ** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity ** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. ** ** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. ** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction ** will be rolled back automatically. ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are ** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). ** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running ** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. ** ** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] ** is running then bad things will likely happen. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete ** ** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the ** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or ** if additional input is needed before sending the text into ** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string ** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be ** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a ** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within ** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not ** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are ** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace ** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. ** ** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a ** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. ** ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** ** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero ** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-8 string. ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string in native byte order. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors ** ** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever ** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread ** or process has locked. ** ** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has ** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to ** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt ** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] ** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying ** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed ** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot ** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes ** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, ** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this ** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow ** the second process to proceed. ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] ** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the ** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will ** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs ** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache ** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent ** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory ** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error ** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to ** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion ** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the ** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError"> ** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why ** this is important. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] ** will also set or clear the busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. ** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout ** ** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return ** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular ** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries ** ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. ** Use of this interface is not recommended. ** ** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. ** ** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But ** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These ** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows ** and M be the number of columns. ** ** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point ** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. ** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result ** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated ** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. ** ** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** ** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** Name | Age ** ----------------------- ** Alice | 43 ** Bob | 28 ** Cindy | 21 ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the ** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored ** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** azResult&#91;0] = "Name"; ** azResult&#91;1] = "Age"; ** azResult&#91;2] = "Alice"; ** azResult&#91;3] = "43"; ** azResult&#91;4] = "Bob"; ** azResult&#91;5] = "28"; ** azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy"; ** azResult&#91;7] = "21"; ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 ** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** ** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), ** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling ** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** ** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not ** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or ** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); /* ** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions ** ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. ** The strings returned by these two routines should be ** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the ** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an ** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking ** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() ** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of ** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that ** the number of characters written would be a more useful return ** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() ** now without breaking compatibility. ** ** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() ** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first ** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). ** ** These routines all implement some additional formatting ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. ** ** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated ** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. ** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into ** the string. ** ** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zText = "It's a happy day!"; ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText); ** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); ** sqlite3_free(zSQL); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText ** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!') ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL ** would have looked like this: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!'); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should ** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. ** ** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around ** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the ** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without ** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText); ** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); ** sqlite3_free(zSQL); ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL ** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the ** addition that after the string has been read and copied into ** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem ** ** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The ** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. ** ** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free ** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to ** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns ** a NULL pointer. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned ** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so ** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is ** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer ** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory ** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that ** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). ** ** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a ** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the ** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first ** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling ** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). ** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling ** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). ** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation ** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned ** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. ** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation ** is not freed. ** ** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a ** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time ** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** ** The Windows OS interface layer calls ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows ** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but ** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior ** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have ** not yet been released. ** ** The application must not read or write any part of ** a block of memory after it has been released using ** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics ** ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status ** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes ** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum ** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark ** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead ** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], ** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library ** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. ** ** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of ** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned ** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark ** prior to the reset. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator ** ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to ** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that ** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for ** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. ** ** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by ** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained ** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. ** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], ** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various ** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created ** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to ** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should ** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be ** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be ** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns ** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] ** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered ** the authorizer will fail with an error message. ** ** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that ** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter ** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies ** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters ** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional ** details about the action to be authorized. ** ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual ** columns of a table. ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns ** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the ** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. ** ** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] ** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements ** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not ** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For ** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the ** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the ** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that ** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. ** ** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources ** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] ** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] ** in addition to using an authorizer. ** ** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection ** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the ** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. ** The authorizer is disabled by default. ** ** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the ** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** ** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during ** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not ** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless ** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( sqlite3*, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pUserData ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must ** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. ** ** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] ** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function ** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies ** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that ** the authorizer callback may be passed. ** ** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be ** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization ** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these ** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the ** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", ** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback ** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for ** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from ** top-level SQL code. */ /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ #define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ #define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ #define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ #define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ #define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ #define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at ** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. ** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the ** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. ** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time ** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback ** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation ** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant ** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite ** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The ** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is ** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to ** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** ** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the ** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the ** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. ** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less ** than 1. ** ** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is ** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a ** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. ** ** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** ** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually ** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that ** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, ** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] ** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then ** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The ** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any ** of the sqlite3_open() routines. ** ** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and ** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. ** ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by ** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. ** ** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of ** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** ** <dl> ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not ** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^ ** ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading ** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^ ** ** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt> ** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^ ** </dl> ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the ** combinations shown above optionally combined with other ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection ** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread ** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens ** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was ** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be ** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared ** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** ** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the ** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that ** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is ** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. ** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might ** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. ** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with ** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as ** "./" to avoid ambiguity. ** ** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** ** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3> ** ** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument ** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI ** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is ** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has ** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the ** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. ** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off ** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename ** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an ** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string ** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an ** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file ** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, ** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) ** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. ** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. ** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: ** ** <ul> ** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of ** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should ** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to ** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown ** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is ** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over ** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or ** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^. ** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only ** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the ** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to ** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) ** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had ** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is ** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is ** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third ** parameter. ** ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to ** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an ** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query ** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for ** additional information. ** ** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3> ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results ** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> ** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> ** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". ** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. ** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive ** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. ** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". ** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a ** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a ** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. ** ** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ int flags, /* Flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check ** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** ** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of ** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or ** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and ** P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P ** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. ** ** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The value of P is true if it is "yes" or "true" or "on" or ** a non-zero number and is false otherwise. If P is not a query parameter ** on F then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). ** ** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a ** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not ** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then ** zero is returned. ** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen ** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably ** undesirable. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or ** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call ** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed ** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from ** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() ** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** ** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language ** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. ** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. ** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these ** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid ** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D ** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning ** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after ** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. ** ** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface ** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the ** error code and message may or may not be set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} ** ** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. ** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a ** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". ** ** The life of a statement object goes something like this: ** ** <ol> ** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related ** function. ** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() ** interfaces. ** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. ** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back ** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. ** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. ** </ol> ** ** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional ** information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits ** ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited ** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the ** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The ** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a ** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. ** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** ** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. ** ** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled ** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a ** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and ** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded ** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the ** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service ** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] ** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. ** ** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} ** ** These constants define various performance limits ** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. ** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program ** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently ** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of ** SQLite.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt> ** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt> ** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt> ** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^ ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 /* ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} ** ** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code ** program using one of these routines. ** ** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a ** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or ** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. ** ** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded ** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() ** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() ** use UTF-16. ** ** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the ** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum ** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the ** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or ** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small ** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that ** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i> ** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to ** make a copy of the input string. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only ** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to ** what remains uncompiled. ** ** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be ** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set ** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty ** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. ** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled ** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. ** ppStmt may not be NULL. ** ** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; ** otherwise an [error code] is returned. ** ** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are ** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained ** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. ** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement ** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the ** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to ** behave differently in three ways: ** ** <ol> ** <li> ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL ** statement and try to run it again. ** </li> ** ** <li> ** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed ** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that ** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code ** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] ** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare ** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. ** </li> ** ** <li> ** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, ** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change ** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. ** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. ** the ** </li> ** </ol> */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL ** ** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original ** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was ** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or ** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. ** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2; ** </pre></blockquote> ** ** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file ** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ ** ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but ** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements ** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the ** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) ** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] ** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, ** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** ** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values ** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing ** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects ** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. ** ** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not ** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) ** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications ** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the ** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. ** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. ** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with ** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. ** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of ** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. */ typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object ** ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an ** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object ** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. ** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this ** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], ** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], ** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], ** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; /* ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} ** ** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following ** templates: ** ** <ul> ** <li> ? ** <li> ?NNN ** <li> :VVV ** <li> @VVV ** <li> $VVV ** </ul> ** ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, ** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** ** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always ** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. ** ** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. ** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named ** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent ** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. ** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] ** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^ ** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. ** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL ** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or ** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called ** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), ** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. ** ^If the fifth argument is ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. ** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then ** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that ** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory ** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. ** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose ** content is later written using ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. ** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. ** ** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer ** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which ** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], ** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() ** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the ** result is undefined and probably harmful. ** ** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. ** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an ** [error code] if anything goes wrong. ** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter ** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters ** ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] ** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the ** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as ** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] ** to the parameters at a later time. ** ** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) ** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the ** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, ** there may be gaps in the list.)^ ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. ** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** respectively. ** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" ** is included as part of the name.)^ ** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name ** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". ** ** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. ** ** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is ** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is ** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was ** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name ** ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second ** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero ** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter ** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement ** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement ** ** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. ** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the ** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL ** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set ** ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column ** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() ** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string ** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] ** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] ** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a ** NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for ** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from ** one release of SQLite to the next. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result ** ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in ** [SELECT] statement. ** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as ** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed ** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the ** database, table, and column. ** ** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. ** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by ** the statement, where N is the second function argument. ** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. ** ** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or ** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return ** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error ** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, ** or column that query result column was extracted from. ** ** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return ** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. ** ** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are ** undefined. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more ** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] ** for the same [prepared statement] and result column ** at the same time then the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result ** ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the ** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an ** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table ** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an ** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. ** ** ^(For example, given the database schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); ** ** and the following statement to be compiled: ** ** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; ** ** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result ** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ ** ** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column ** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the ** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is ** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers ** used to hold those values. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement ** ** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function ** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. ** ** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend ** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy ** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the ** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy ** interface will continue to be supported. ** ** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], ** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. ** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or ** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. ** ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the ** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** ** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing ** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual ** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual ** machine back to its initial state. ** ** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] ** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the ** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. ** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. ** ** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint ** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on ** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, ** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) ** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the ** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, ** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). ** ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has ** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had ** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of ** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began ** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather ** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility ** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error ** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option ** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. ** ** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() ** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any ** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call ** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the ** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. ** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed ** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements ** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead ** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, ** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly ** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set ** ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. ** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return ** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to ** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) ** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned ** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] ** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step ** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT ** ** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: ** ** <ul> ** <li> 64-bit signed integer ** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number ** <li> string ** <li> BLOB ** <li> NULL ** </ul>)^ ** ** These constants are codes for each of those types. ** ** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 ** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both ** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not ** SQLITE_TEXT. */ #define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 #define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 #define SQLITE_BLOB 4 #define SQLITE_NULL 5 #ifdef SQLITE_TEXT # undef SQLITE_TEXT #else # define SQLITE_TEXT 3 #endif #define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} ** ** These routines form the "result set" interface. ** ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current ** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer ** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] ** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) ** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information ** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. ** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using ** [sqlite3_column_count()]. ** ** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the ** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to ** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither ** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. ** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned ** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. ** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines ** are pending, then the results are undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type ** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value ** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type ** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, ** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() ** following a type conversion. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts ** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** ** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), ** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object ** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. ** ** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For ** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result ** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the ** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions ** that are applied: ** ** <blockquote> ** <table border="1"> ** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th> Conversion ** ** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 ** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 ** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is NULL pointer ** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is NULL pointer ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer ** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> Convert from float to integer ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float ** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> Use atoi() ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> Use atof() ** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi() ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof() ** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed ** </table> ** </blockquote>)^ ** ** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() ** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its ** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most ** C programmers. ** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might ** need to be added to the string.</li> ** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-16.</li> ** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.</li> ** </ul> ** ** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer ** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** ** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** ** <ul> ** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> ** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> ** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> ** </ul> ** ** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), ** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result ** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls ** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to ** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() ** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). ** ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings ** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned ** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any ** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value ** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL ** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return ** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors ** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns ** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then ** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or ** [extended error code]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during ** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: ** before statement S is ever evaluated, after ** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call ** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has ** completed execution. ** ** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. ** ** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid ** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use ** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared ** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and ** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object ** ** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. ** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. ** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S ** back to the beginning of its program. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], ** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, ** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then ** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values ** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between ** these routines are the text encoding expected for ** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) ** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database ** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added ** to each database connection separately. ** ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name ** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or ** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or ** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit ** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work ** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be ** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. ** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text ** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** ** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep ** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** ** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, ** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. ** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being ** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ ** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it ** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data ** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of ** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use ** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the ** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better ** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. ** ** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. ** ** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other ** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not ** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared ** statement in which the function is running. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings ** ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_UTF8 1 #define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 #define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ #define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain ** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid ** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values ** ** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses ** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on ** the function or aggregate. ** ** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters ** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. ** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to ** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for ** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to ** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. ** ** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] ** object results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] ** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object ** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string ** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply ** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other ** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) ** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. ** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ ** ** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned ** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread as ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** ** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, ** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally ** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one ** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match ** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function ** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is ** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the ** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ ** ** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the ** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter ** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate ** function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the aggregate SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions ** ** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the application-defined function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions ** ** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data ** ** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may ** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as ** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression ** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string ** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument ** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever ** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding ** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, ** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata ** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th ** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent ** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has ** not been destroyed. ** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor ** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on ** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes ** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. ** ** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any ** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that ** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for ** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal ** values and [parameters].)^ ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior ** ** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the ** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor ** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant ** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The ** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain ** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. */ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); #define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) #define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See ** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** for additional information. ** ** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of ** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. ** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of ** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero ** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified ** by its 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions ** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. ** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite ** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native ** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or ** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() ** routines make a private copy of the error message text before ** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or ** modify the text after they return without harm. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code ** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error ** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error ** indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), ** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter ** through the first zero character. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined ** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it ** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would ** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur ** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd ** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the ** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has ** finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to ** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite ** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not ** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content ** when it has finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of ** the application-defined function to be a copy the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or ** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. ** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. ** ** If these routines are called from within the different thread ** than the one containing the application-defined function that received ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** ** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() ** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). ** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are ** considered to be the same name. ** ** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: ** <ul> ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE], ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or ** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. ** </ul>)^ ** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed ** to the collating function callback, xCallback. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep ** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** ** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** ** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. ** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but ** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever ** function requires the least amount of data transformation. ** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** ** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, ** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered ** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all ** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. ** The collating function must obey the following properties for all ** strings A, B, and C: ** ** <ol> ** <li> If A==B then B==A. ** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C. ** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A. ** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C. ** </ol> ** ** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that ** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite ** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() ** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when ** the collating function is deleted. ** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. ** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency ** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( sqlite3*, const void *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the ** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation ** sequence is required. ** ** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings ** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, ** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. ** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. ** ** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy ** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or ** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database ** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], ** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation ** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the ** required collation sequence.)^ ** ** The callback function should register the desired collation using ** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be ** called right after sqlite3_open(). ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); /* ** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not ** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the ** database is decrypted. ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); /* ** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* ** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** ** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** ** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with ** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to ** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() ** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method ** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at ** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description ** in the previous paragraphs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files ** ** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is ** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files ** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] ** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate ** thread. ** It is intended that this variable be set once ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface ** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged ** thereafter. ** ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string ** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, ** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. ** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. ** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. ** ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement ** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the ** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to ** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after ** an error is to use this function. ** ** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database ** connection while this routine is running, then the return value ** is undefined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] ** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] ** that was the first argument ** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to ** create the statement in the first place. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename ** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file ** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database ** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then ** a NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the ** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename ** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used ** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL ** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement ** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement ** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. ** ** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to ** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database ** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. ** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, ** then the commit is converted into a rollback. ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions ** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** ** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. ** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, ** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify ** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** ** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] ** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook ** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. ** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit ** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. ** ** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been ** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument ** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a ** row is updated, inserted or deleted. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], ** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback ** to be invoked. ** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the ** database and table name containing the affected row. ** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an ** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook ** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. ** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** ** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function ** returns the P argument from the previous call ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] ** interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache ** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] ** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. ** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ ** ** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled ** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ ** ** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory ** ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes ** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations ** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. ** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero ** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap ** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the ** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even ** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is ** omitted. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the ** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. ** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap ** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate ** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of ** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an ** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. ** ** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. ** ** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation ** if one or more of following conditions are true: ** ** <ul> ** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero. ** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. ** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). ** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied ** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. ** </ul>)^ ** ** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced ** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] ** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], ** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced ** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because ** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most ** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without ** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may ** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface ** DEPRECATED ** ** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility ** only. All new applications should use the ** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table ** ** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific ** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle ** passed as the first function argument. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to ** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified ** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column ** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters ** may be NULL. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be ** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. ** ** ^(<blockquote> ** <table border="1"> ** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description ** ** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type ** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence ** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint ** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY ** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] ** </table> ** </blockquote>)^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the ** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** ** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no ** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output ** parameters are set as follows: ** ** <pre> ** data type: "INTEGER" ** collation sequence: "BINARY" ** not null: 0 ** primary key: 1 ** auto increment: 0 ** </pre>)^ ** ** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an ** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column ** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left ** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ ** ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an ** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. ** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point ** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the ** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to ** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory ** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function ** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using ** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are ** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling ** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API ** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** ** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that ** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three ** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** <blockquote><pre> ** &nbsp; int xEntryPoint( ** &nbsp; sqlite3 *db, ** &nbsp; const char **pzErrMsg, ** &nbsp; const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk ** &nbsp; ); ** </pre></blockquote>)^ ** ** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg ** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) ** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg ** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke ** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any ** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], ** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously ** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** Structures used by the virtual table interface */ typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** ** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", ** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent ** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance ** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. ** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different ** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content ** of this structure must not change while it is registered with ** any database connection. */ struct sqlite3_module { int iVersion; int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info ** ** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part ** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its ** results into the **Outputs** fields. ** ** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: ** ** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote> ** ** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^ ^(The particular operator is ** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the ** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ ** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint ** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ ** ** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" ** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to ** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. ** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are ** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. ** ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the ** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ ** ** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the ** [xFilter] method. ** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if ** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. ** ** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the ** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have ** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a ** cost of approximately log(N). */ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint { int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ struct sqlite3_index_orderby { int iColumn; /* Column number */ unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ /* Outputs */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ } *aConstraintUsage; int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes ** ** These macros defined the allowed values for the ** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents ** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of ** a query that uses a [virtual table]. */ #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before ** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified ** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through ** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module ** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite ** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also ** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. ** ^The sqlite3_create_module() ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance ** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will ** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. ** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are ** common to all module implementations. ** ** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a ** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should ** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically ** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. */ struct sqlite3_vtab { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the ** [virtual table] and are used ** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the ** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed ** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used ** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods ** of the module. Each module implementation will define ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. ** ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that ** are common to all implementations. */ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table ** ** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a ** [virtual table module] call this interface ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions ** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** ** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular ** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists ** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation ** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So ** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up ** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB ** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} ** ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. ** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] ** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces ** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. */ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; /* ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O ** ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; ** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: ** ** <pre> ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read ** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. ** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary ** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is ** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. ** ** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains ** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that ** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. ** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". ** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". ** ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written ** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set ** to be a null pointer.)^ ** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message ** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related ** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a ** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob ** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects ** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for ** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ ** ** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of ** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces ** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, ** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using ** this interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually ** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3*, const char *zDb, const char *zTable, const char *zColumn, sqlite3_int64 iRow, int flags, sqlite3_blob **ppBlob ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row ** ** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified ** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be ** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open ** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be ** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. ** ** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - ** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in ** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if ** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an ** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. ** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or ** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return ** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle ** always returns zero. ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle ** ** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. ** ** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit ** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the ** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. ** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache ** until the close operation if they will fit. ** ** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes ** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur ** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during ** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ ** ** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns ** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ ** ** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned ** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** ** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z ** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ ** ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is ** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) ** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally ** ** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a ** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z ** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), ** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** ** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is ** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) ** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred ** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the ** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects ** ** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object ** that SQLite uses to interact ** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a ** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. ** The following interfaces are provided. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. ** ^Names are case sensitive. ** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. ** ** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). ** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. ** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. ** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again ** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the ** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. ** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as ** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutexes ** ** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread ** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal ** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is ** permitted to use any of these routines. ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation ** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP ** </ul>)^ ** ** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in ** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations ** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. ** ** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ ** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite ** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 ** </ul>)^ ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) ** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other ** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously ** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in ** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static ** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates ** a static mutex. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. ** In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other ** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** SQLite will never exhibit ** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses ** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the ** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will ** never do either.)^ ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or ** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines ** behave as no-ops. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object ** ** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are ** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite ** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass ** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an ** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex ** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. ** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each ** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The ** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding ** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially ** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() ** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, ** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and ** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): ** ** <ul> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li> ** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li> ** </ul>)^ ** ** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated ** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead ** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined ** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results ** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** ** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** ** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] ** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** ** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is ** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. ** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself ** prior to returning. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { int (*xMutexInit)(void); int (*xMutexEnd)(void); sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines ** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications ** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled ** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** ** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** ** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is ** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types ** ** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument ** which is one of these integer constants. ** ** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the ** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be ** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this ** routine returns a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files ** ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The ** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for ** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. ** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the ** main database file. ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine ** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into ** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the ** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] ** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might ** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying ** xFileControl method. ** ** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface ** ** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing ** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. ** ** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely ** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending ** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. ** ** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters ** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. ** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to ** operate consistently from one release to the next. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes ** ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used ** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. ** ** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change ** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the ** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes ** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after ** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest ** value. For those parameters ** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be ** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite ** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and ** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time ** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter ** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters ** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application ** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory ** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache ** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the ** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not ** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values ** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too ** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the ** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer ** slots were available. ** </dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> ** ** New status parameters may be added from time to time. */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that ** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur ** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. ** ** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs ** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from ** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. ** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 8 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various ** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than ** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument ** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this ** interface call returns. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter ** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd> ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of ** its size or internal structure and never deals with the ** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the ** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this ** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances ** of this object as parameters or as their return value. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; struct sqlite3_pcache_page { void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can ** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ ** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. ** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control ** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which ** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to ** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** ** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] ** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ ** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures ** required by the custom page cache implementation. ** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** ** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, ** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. ** ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** ** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The ** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying ** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. ** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being ** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to ** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** ** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using ** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. ** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] ** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a ** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. ** ** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value ** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered ** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content ** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the ** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** <table border=1 width=85% align=center> ** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache ** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. ** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. ** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return ** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. ** </table> ** ** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite ** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 ** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** ** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page ** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, ** then the page must be evicted from the cache. ** ^If the discard parameter is ** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** ** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single ** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] ** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the ** page passed as the second argument. If the cache ** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be ** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not ** to be pinned. ** ** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all ** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal ** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** ** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] ** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. ** ** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to ** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation ** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should ** do their best. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int iVersion; void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced ** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is ** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** ** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing ** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by ** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to ** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] */ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or ** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** ** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file ** for the duration of the backup operation. ** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; ** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. ** ** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the ** backup, ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources ** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** ** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the ** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. ** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. ** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() ** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or ** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and ** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** ** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. ** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages ** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), ** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and ** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if ** <ol> ** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or ** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling ** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or ** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the ** destination and source page sizes differ. ** </ol>)^ ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] ** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the ** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] ** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or ** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then ** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These ** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept ** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock ** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either ** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. ** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to ** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically ** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** ** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all ** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid ** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no ** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not ** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. ** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior ** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then ** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. ** ** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] ** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b> ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed ** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. ** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces ** retrieve these two values, respectively. ** ** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by ** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup ** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra ** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file ** changing. ** ** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b> ** ** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other ** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. ** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** ** However, the application must guarantee that the destination ** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] ** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction ** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a ** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. ** ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means ** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the ** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is ** possible that they return invalid values. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See ** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. ** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes ** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that ** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] ** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. ** ** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, ** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already ** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. ** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, ** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds ** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** ** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing ** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes ** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a ** crash or deadlock may be the result. ** ** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always ** returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** ** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to ** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, ** and the second is the number of entries in the array. ** ** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be ** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. ** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** ** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for ** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection ** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection ** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. ** ** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock ** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the ** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no ** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in ** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection ** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection ** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so ** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has ** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection ** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any ** number of levels of indirection are allowed. ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** ** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements ** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is ** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being ** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" ** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. ** ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in ** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** ** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to ** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a ** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence ** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** ** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are ** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** ** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is ** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so ** is considered bad form. ** ** The zFormat string must not be NULL. ** ** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine ** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in ** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than ** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the ** buffer. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a ** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in ** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). ** ** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and ** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked ** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when ** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. ** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - ** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter ** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, ** including those that were just committed. ** ** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error ** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the ** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback ** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the ** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** ** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will ** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or ** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** ** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback ** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback ** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. ** ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface ** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal ** for a particular application. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X ** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an ** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of ** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in ** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. ** ** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be ** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** ** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database ** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the ** eMode parameter: ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> ** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database ** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log ** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd> ** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database ** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the ** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, ** but not database readers. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after ** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) ** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures ** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file ** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, ** but not database readers. ** </dl> ** ** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in ** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to ** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already ** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be ** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. ** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 ** before returning to communicate this to the caller. ** ** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If ** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the ** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** ** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive ** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer ** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is ** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the ** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the ** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the ** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If ** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the ** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining ** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other ** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned ** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error ** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL ** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any ** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters ** ** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] ** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of ** each of these values. */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration ** ** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure ** various facets of the virtual table interface. ** ** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or ** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. ** ** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using ** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options ** may be added in the future. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options ** ** These macros define the various options to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations ** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT ** <dd>Calls of the form ** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, ** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose ** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not ** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if ** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire ** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been ** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual ** ON CONFLICT mode specified. ** ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. ** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon ** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE ** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON ** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dl> */ #define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The ** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], ** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the ** [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes ** ** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. ** ** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential ** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that ** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. */ #define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 /* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ #define SQLITE_FAIL 3 /* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ #define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # undef double #endif #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* ** 2010 August 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* */ #ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an ** R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), void *pContext ); /* ** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first ** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). */ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation ** used in SQLite. */ #ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ #define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Hash Hash; typedef struct HashElem HashElem; /* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. ** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client ** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure ** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. ** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and ** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make ** this structure opaque. ** ** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. ** Hash.first points to the head of this list. ** ** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in ** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done ** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. */ struct Hash { unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ struct _ht { /* the hash table */ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ } *ht; }; /* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really ** be opaque because it is used by macros. */ struct HashElem { HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is ** like this: ** ** Hash h; ** HashElem *p; ** ... ** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ ** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); ** // do something with pData ** } */ #define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) #define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) #define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) /* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ /* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ /* ** Number of entries in a hash table */ /* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ #endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ /************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ #define TK_SEMI 1 #define TK_EXPLAIN 2 #define TK_QUERY 3 #define TK_PLAN 4 #define TK_BEGIN 5 #define TK_TRANSACTION 6 #define TK_DEFERRED 7 #define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 #define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 #define TK_COMMIT 10 #define TK_END 11 #define TK_ROLLBACK 12 #define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 #define TK_RELEASE 14 #define TK_TO 15 #define TK_TABLE 16 #define TK_CREATE 17 #define TK_IF 18 #define TK_NOT 19 #define TK_EXISTS 20 #define TK_TEMP 21 #define TK_LP 22 #define TK_RP 23 #define TK_AS 24 #define TK_COMMA 25 #define TK_ID 26 #define TK_INDEXED 27 #define TK_ABORT 28 #define TK_ACTION 29 #define TK_AFTER 30 #define TK_ANALYZE 31 #define TK_ASC 32 #define TK_ATTACH 33 #define TK_BEFORE 34 #define TK_BY 35 #define TK_CASCADE 36 #define TK_CAST 37 #define TK_COLUMNKW 38 #define TK_CONFLICT 39 #define TK_DATABASE 40 #define TK_DESC 41 #define TK_DETACH 42 #define TK_EACH 43 #define TK_FAIL 44 #define TK_FOR 45 #define TK_IGNORE 46 #define TK_INITIALLY 47 #define TK_INSTEAD 48 #define TK_LIKE_KW 49 #define TK_MATCH 50 #define TK_NO 51 #define TK_KEY 52 #define TK_OF 53 #define TK_OFFSET 54 #define TK_PRAGMA 55 #define TK_RAISE 56 #define TK_REPLACE 57 #define TK_RESTRICT 58 #define TK_ROW 59 #define TK_TRIGGER 60 #define TK_VACUUM 61 #define TK_VIEW 62 #define TK_VIRTUAL 63 #define TK_REINDEX 64 #define TK_RENAME 65 #define TK_CTIME_KW 66 #define TK_ANY 67 #define TK_OR 68 #define TK_AND 69 #define TK_IS 70 #define TK_BETWEEN 71 #define TK_IN 72 #define TK_ISNULL 73 #define TK_NOTNULL 74 #define TK_NE 75 #define TK_EQ 76 #define TK_GT 77 #define TK_LE 78 #define TK_LT 79 #define TK_GE 80 #define TK_ESCAPE 81 #define TK_BITAND 82 #define TK_BITOR 83 #define TK_LSHIFT 84 #define TK_RSHIFT 85 #define TK_PLUS 86 #define TK_MINUS 87 #define TK_STAR 88 #define TK_SLASH 89 #define TK_REM 90 #define TK_CONCAT 91 #define TK_COLLATE 92 #define TK_BITNOT 93 #define TK_STRING 94 #define TK_JOIN_KW 95 #define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 #define TK_DEFAULT 97 #define TK_NULL 98 #define TK_PRIMARY 99 #define TK_UNIQUE 100 #define TK_CHECK 101 #define TK_REFERENCES 102 #define TK_AUTOINCR 103 #define TK_ON 104 #define TK_INSERT 105 #define TK_DELETE 106 #define TK_UPDATE 107 #define TK_SET 108 #define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 #define TK_FOREIGN 110 #define TK_DROP 111 #define TK_UNION 112 #define TK_ALL 113 #define TK_EXCEPT 114 #define TK_INTERSECT 115 #define TK_SELECT 116 #define TK_DISTINCT 117 #define TK_DOT 118 #define TK_FROM 119 #define TK_JOIN 120 #define TK_USING 121 #define TK_ORDER 122 #define TK_GROUP 123 #define TK_HAVING 124 #define TK_LIMIT 125 #define TK_WHERE 126 #define TK_INTO 127 #define TK_VALUES 128 #define TK_INTEGER 129 #define TK_FLOAT 130 #define TK_BLOB 131 #define TK_REGISTER 132 #define TK_VARIABLE 133 #define TK_CASE 134 #define TK_WHEN 135 #define TK_THEN 136 #define TK_ELSE 137 #define TK_INDEX 138 #define TK_ALTER 139 #define TK_ADD 140 #define TK_TO_TEXT 141 #define TK_TO_BLOB 142 #define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 #define TK_TO_INT 144 #define TK_TO_REAL 145 #define TK_ISNOT 146 #define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 #define TK_ILLEGAL 148 #define TK_SPACE 149 #define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 #define TK_FUNCTION 151 #define TK_COLUMN 152 #define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 #define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 #define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 #define TK_UMINUS 156 #define TK_UPLUS 157 /************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <assert.h> #include <stddef.h> /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite_int64 # define float sqlite_int64 # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 # ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) # endif # define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 # define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 # undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT # undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN #endif #ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) #endif /* ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 ** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB #define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 #else #define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 #endif /* ** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever ** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the ** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format ** that the library can read. */ #define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 #endif /* ** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be ** changed at run-time using a pragma. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 #endif /* ** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified ** on the command-line */ #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE # define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 #endif /* ** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it ** ourselves. */ #ifndef offsetof #define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) #endif /* ** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or ** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) */ #if 'A' == '\301' # define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 #else # define SQLITE_ASCII 1 #endif /* ** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures ** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the ** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: ** ** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... */ #ifndef UINT32_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T # define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t # else # define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int # endif #endif #ifndef UINT16_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T # define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t # else # define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int # endif #endif #ifndef INT16_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_INT16_T # define INT16_TYPE int16_t # else # define INT16_TYPE short int # endif #endif #ifndef UINT8_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T # define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t # else # define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char # endif #endif #ifndef INT8_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_INT8_T # define INT8_TYPE int8_t # else # define INT8_TYPE signed char # endif #endif #ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double #endif typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ /* ** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value ** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value ** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we ** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: */ #define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) /* ** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a ** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of ** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer ** can be used at compile-time if desired. */ #ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ #else typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ #endif /* ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, ** evaluated at runtime. */ #ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; #else SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; #endif #if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE #else # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) #endif /* ** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. ** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit ** compilers. */ #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) /* ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. */ #define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) /* ** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 */ #define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) /* ** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This ** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets ** all alignment restrictions correct. ** ** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the ** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned ** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. */ #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) #else # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler ** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite ** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler ** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. */ typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; struct BusyHandler { int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ }; /* ** Name of the master database table. The master database table ** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all ** user tables and indices. */ #define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" #define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" /* ** The root-page of the master database table. */ #define MASTER_ROOT 1 /* ** The name of the schema table. */ #define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) /* ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in ** an array. */ #define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) /* ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). ** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ #define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree) /* ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does ** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. ** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from ** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered ** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD ** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable ** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated ** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer ** for the run-time allocated buffer. ** ** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL ** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD #define SQLITE_WSD const #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); #else #define SQLITE_WSD #define GLOBAL(t,v) v #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config #endif /* ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to ** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when ** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. ** ** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, ** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. ** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to ** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. ** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these ** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. */ #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) #define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) /* ** Forward references to structures */ typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; typedef struct Column Column; typedef struct Db Db; typedef struct Schema Schema; typedef struct Expr Expr; typedef struct ExprList ExprList; typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; typedef struct FKey FKey; typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; typedef struct IdList IdList; typedef struct Index Index; typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; typedef struct Module Module; typedef struct NameContext NameContext; typedef struct Parse Parse; typedef struct RowSet RowSet; typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; typedef struct Select Select; typedef struct SrcList SrcList; typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; typedef struct Table Table; typedef struct TableLock TableLock; typedef struct Token Token; typedef struct Trigger Trigger; typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; typedef struct VTable VTable; typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; /* ** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ /************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file ** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description ** of what each interface routine does. */ #ifndef _BTREE_H_ #define _BTREE_H_ /* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It ** needs to be revisited. */ #define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 /* ** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise ** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 #endif #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ /* ** Forward declarations of structure */ typedef struct Btree Btree; typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; typedef struct BtShared BtShared; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ int flags, /* Flags */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ ); /* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the ** following values. ** ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in ** pager.h. */ #define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ #define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ #define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */ #define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ #define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); /* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR ** of the flags shown below. ** ** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. ** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data ** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With ** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored ** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL ** indices.) */ #define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ #define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta ** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: ** ** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) ** ** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of ** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at ** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). */ #define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 #define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 #define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 #define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 #define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 #define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 #define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 #define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ int iTable, /* Index of root page */ int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor*, UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, i64 intKey, int bias, int *pRes ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, const void *pData, int nData, int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); #endif /* ** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to ** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the ** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); #else # define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); #ifndef NDEBUG /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif #else # define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 # define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 #endif #endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ /************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) ** ** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine ** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a ** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. */ #ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ #define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* ** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines ** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides ** of this structure. */ typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; /* ** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required ** for the VdbeOp definition. */ typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc; typedef struct Mem Mem; typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; /* ** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode ** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded ** as an instance of the following structure: */ struct VdbeOp { u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ int p1; /* First operand */ int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ int p3; /* The third parameter */ union { /* fourth parameter */ int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ void *p; /* Generic pointer */ char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); } p4; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ #endif }; typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; /* ** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. */ struct SubProgram { VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ }; /* ** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because ** it takes up less space. */ struct VdbeOpList { u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ signed char p1; /* First operand */ signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ }; typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /* ** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type */ #define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ #define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ #define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ #define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ #define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ #define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ #define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ #define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ #define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ #define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ #define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ #define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ #define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ #define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ #define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ #define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ #define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ /* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure ** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the ** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still ** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained ** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling ** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. */ #define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) #define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) /* ** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the ** number of columns of data returned by the statement. */ #define COLNAME_NAME 0 #define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 #define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 #define COLNAME_TABLE 3 #define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA # define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ #else # ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE # define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ # else # define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ # endif #endif /* ** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field ** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that ** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling ** the macro again restores the address. */ #define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) /* ** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" ** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. */ /************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ /************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ /* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ #define OP_Goto 1 #define OP_Gosub 2 #define OP_Return 3 #define OP_Yield 4 #define OP_HaltIfNull 5 #define OP_Halt 6 #define OP_Integer 7 #define OP_Int64 8 #define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ #define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ #define OP_String 9 #define OP_Null 10 #define OP_Blob 11 #define OP_Variable 12 #define OP_Move 13 #define OP_Copy 14 #define OP_SCopy 15 #define OP_ResultRow 16 #define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ #define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ #define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ #define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ #define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ #define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ #define OP_CollSeq 17 #define OP_Function 18 #define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ #define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ #define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ #define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ #define OP_AddImm 20 #define OP_MustBeInt 21 #define OP_RealAffinity 22 #define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ #define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ #define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ #define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ #define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ #define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ #define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ #define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ #define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ #define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ #define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ #define OP_Permutation 23 #define OP_Compare 24 #define OP_Jump 25 #define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ #define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ #define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ #define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ #define OP_Once 26 #define OP_If 27 #define OP_IfNot 28 #define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ #define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ #define OP_Column 29 #define OP_Affinity 30 #define OP_MakeRecord 31 #define OP_Count 32 #define OP_Savepoint 33 #define OP_AutoCommit 34 #define OP_Transaction 35 #define OP_ReadCookie 36 #define OP_SetCookie 37 #define OP_VerifyCookie 38 #define OP_OpenRead 39 #define OP_OpenWrite 40 #define OP_OpenAutoindex 41 #define OP_OpenEphemeral 42 #define OP_SorterOpen 43 #define OP_OpenPseudo 44 #define OP_Close 45 #define OP_SeekLt 46 #define OP_SeekLe 47 #define OP_SeekGe 48 #define OP_SeekGt 49 #define OP_Seek 50 #define OP_NotFound 51 #define OP_Found 52 #define OP_IsUnique 53 #define OP_NotExists 54 #define OP_Sequence 55 #define OP_NewRowid 56 #define OP_Insert 57 #define OP_InsertInt 58 #define OP_Delete 59 #define OP_ResetCount 60 #define OP_SorterCompare 61 #define OP_SorterData 62 #define OP_RowKey 63 #define OP_RowData 64 #define OP_Rowid 65 #define OP_NullRow 66 #define OP_Last 67 #define OP_SorterSort 70 #define OP_Sort 71 #define OP_Rewind 72 #define OP_SorterNext 81 #define OP_Prev 92 #define OP_Next 95 #define OP_SorterInsert 96 #define OP_IdxInsert 97 #define OP_IdxDelete 98 #define OP_IdxRowid 99 #define OP_IdxLT 100 #define OP_IdxGE 101 #define OP_Destroy 102 #define OP_Clear 103 #define OP_CreateIndex 104 #define OP_CreateTable 105 #define OP_ParseSchema 106 #define OP_LoadAnalysis 107 #define OP_DropTable 108 #define OP_DropIndex 109 #define OP_DropTrigger 110 #define OP_IntegrityCk 111 #define OP_RowSetAdd 112 #define OP_RowSetRead 113 #define OP_RowSetTest 114 #define OP_Program 115 #define OP_Param 116 #define OP_FkCounter 117 #define OP_FkIfZero 118 #define OP_MemMax 119 #define OP_IfPos 120 #define OP_IfNeg 121 #define OP_IfZero 122 #define OP_AggStep 123 #define OP_AggFinal 124 #define OP_Checkpoint 125 #define OP_JournalMode 126 #define OP_Vacuum 127 #define OP_IncrVacuum 128 #define OP_Expire 129 #define OP_TableLock 131 #define OP_VBegin 132 #define OP_VCreate 133 #define OP_VDestroy 134 #define OP_VOpen 135 #define OP_VFilter 136 #define OP_VColumn 137 #define OP_VNext 138 #define OP_VRename 139 #define OP_VUpdate 140 #define OP_Pagecount 146 #define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 #define OP_Trace 148 #define OP_Noop 149 #define OP_Explain 150 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in ** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c ** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: */ #define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ #define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ #define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ #define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ #define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ #define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ #define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ /* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ /* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ /* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\ /* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 32 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\ /* 48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\ /* 56 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 64 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x01,\ /* 72 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ /* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ /* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\ /* 96 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\ /* 104 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 112 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ /* 120 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\ /* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 136 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ /* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ /* ** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation ** for a description of what each of these routines does. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); #endif #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X #else # define VdbeComment(X) # define VdbeNoopComment(X) #endif #endif /************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache ** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page ** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. */ #ifndef _PAGER_H_ #define _PAGER_H_ /* ** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative ** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the ** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 #endif /* ** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file ** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". */ typedef u32 Pgno; /* ** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. */ typedef struct Pager Pager; /* ** Handle type for pages. */ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; /* ** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is ** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is ** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file ** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to ** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c ** for details. */ #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) /* ** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). ** ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. */ #define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ #define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ #define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */ /* ** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). */ #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 /* ** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ /* ** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions ** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for ** a detailed description of each routine. */ /* Open and close a Pager connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs*, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int, int, int, void(*)(DbPage*) ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); /* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); /* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); #define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); /* Operations on page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); /* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); /* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); #endif /* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); #else # define disable_simulated_io_errors() # define enable_simulated_io_errors() #endif #endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ /************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ /************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache ** subsystem. */ #ifndef _PCACHE_H_ typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; typedef struct PCache PCache; /* ** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following ** structure. */ struct PgHdr { sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ void *pData; /* Page data */ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ #endif u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ /********************************************************************** ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c ** and should not be accessed by other modules. */ i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ }; /* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ #define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ #define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before ** writing this page to the database */ #define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ #define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ #define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ /* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); /* Page cache buffer management: ** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); /* Create a new pager cache. ** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. ** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( int szPage, /* Size of every page */ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ ); /* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); /* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate ** storage space. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. ** Reference counted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ /* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); /* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); /* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); /* Reset and close the cache object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); /* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); /* Discard the contents of the cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); /* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); /* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); /* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This ** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the ** library is built. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); #endif /* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. ** ** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit ** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum ** of the suggested cache-sizes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); #endif /* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); #endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ /************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ /************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 16 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file ** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that ** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. ** ** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up ** being included by every source file. */ #ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ #define _SQLITE_OS_H_ /* ** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other ** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, ** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER ** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other ** three will be 0. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) # if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 # undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # undef SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # undef SQLITE_OS_OS2 # define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 # else # undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER # endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) # define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 # ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN # if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 # elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1 # else # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 # define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 # endif # else # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 # endif #else # ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # endif #endif /* ** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN # include <windows.h> # define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) #elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 # if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) # include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ # endif # define INCL_DOSDATETIME # define INCL_DOSFILEMGR # define INCL_DOSERRORS # define INCL_DOSMISC # define INCL_DOSPROCESS # define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR # define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES # include <os2.h> # include <uconv.h> # define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) #else # define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 #endif /* ** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. */ #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 #else # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 #endif /* ** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much ** reduced API. */ #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) # define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 #else # define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 #endif /* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it ** a no-op */ #ifndef SET_FULLSYNC # define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) #endif /* ** The default size of a disk sector */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 #endif /* ** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random ** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the ** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. ** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the ** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits ** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done ** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. ** ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. ** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. ** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid ** of the file. */ #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX # define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" #endif /* ** The following values may be passed as the second argument to ** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: ** ** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. ** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at ** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. ** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at ** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new ** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. ** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. ** ** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a ** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING ** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to ** sqlite3OsLock(). */ #define NO_LOCK 0 #define SHARED_LOCK 1 #define RESERVED_LOCK 2 #define PENDING_LOCK 3 #define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 /* ** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) ** ** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because ** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. ** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen ** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at ** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking ** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. ** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from ** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. ** ** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, ** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks ** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used ** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme ** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. ** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single ** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. ** ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for ** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and ** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having ** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file ** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever ** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between ** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by ** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. ** ** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store ** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates ** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except ** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible ** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice ** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. ** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the ** 1GB boundary. ** */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) #else # define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte #endif #define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) #define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) #define SHARED_SIZE 510 /* ** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ /************** End of os.h **************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. ** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available ** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code ** better organized. ** ** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. ** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file ** include this one indirectly. */ /* ** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The ** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden ** at start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No ** mutual exclusion is provided. But this ** implementation can be overridden at ** start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. */ #if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) # if SQLITE_OS_UNIX # define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS # elif SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 # elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 # define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 # else # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP # endif #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT /* ** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3MutexEnd() #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) #else #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance ** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures ** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and ** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional ** databases may be attached. */ struct Db { char *zName; /* Name of this database */ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. ** ** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is ** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. ** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple ** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. ** ** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that ** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by ** sqlite3_close(). * ** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order ** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be ** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. ** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. */ struct Schema { int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ }; /* ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ #define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) #define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) #define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) #define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) /* ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. ** ** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been ** read into internal hash tables. ** ** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that ** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might ** changes and so the view will need to be reset. */ #define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ #define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ #define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ /* ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. */ #define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) /* ** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used ** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects ** associated with a particular database connection. The use of ** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement ** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing ** SQL statements. ** ** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the ** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in ** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot ** objects. ** ** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated ** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot ** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information ** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing ** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that ** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. */ struct Lookaside { u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ }; struct LookasideSlot { LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ }; /* ** A hash table for function definitions. ** ** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. ** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. */ struct FuncDefHash { FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ }; /* ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. ** ** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an ** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each ** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside ** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger ** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no ** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. ** ** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no ** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec. ** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last ** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the ** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a ** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes ** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not ** affect the value of lsChange. ** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since ** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange. ** ** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16 ** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The ** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables ** consistently. */ struct sqlite3 { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ } init; int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pUpdateArg; void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); void *pWalArg; #endif void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ union { volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ } u1; Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); /* Access authorization function */ void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ #endif FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to ** unlock so that it can proceed. ** ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks ** held by Y. */ sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ #endif }; /* ** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. */ #define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. */ #define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ #define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ #define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ #define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */ #define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ /* the count using a callback. */ #define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ /* result set is empty */ #define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ #define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ #define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ #define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when ** accessing read-only databases */ #define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ #define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */ #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ #define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ #define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ #define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */ #define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ #define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ #define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ #define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ #define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ #define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */ #define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */ /* ** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface. ** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field. */ #define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */ #define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */ #define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */ #define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */ #define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */ #define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ #define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */ #define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ #define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x80 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ #define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */ /* ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. ** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other ** than being distinct from one another. */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ /* ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following ** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc ** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table ** points to a linked list of these structures. */ struct FuncDef { i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ }; /* ** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as ** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When ** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, ** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to ** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether ** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor ** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated ** FuncDestructor. ** ** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference ** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor ** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. */ struct FuncDestructor { int nRef; void (*xDestroy)(void *); void *pUserData; }; /* ** Possible values for FuncDef.flags */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x40 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ /* ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. ** ** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The ** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available ** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters ** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to ** FUNCTION(). ** ** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) ** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C ** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made ** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The ** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags ** parameter. */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} /* ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at ** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently ** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe ** OP_Savepoint instruction. */ struct Savepoint { char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ }; /* ** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), ** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. */ #define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 #define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 #define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 /* ** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an ** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule ** hash table. */ struct Module { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ }; /* ** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance ** of this structure. */ struct Column { char *zName; /* Name of this column */ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ #endif }; /* ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following ** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and ** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. ** ** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one ** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that ** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine ** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects ** the version that will require the least expensive encoding ** translations, if any. ** ** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in ** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. ** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, ** xCmp16. ** ** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the ** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined ** collating sequence may not be read or written. */ struct CollSeq { char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ }; /* ** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. */ #define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ #define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ /* ** Column affinity types. ** ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve ** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. ** ** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and ** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. ** ** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing ** for a numeric type is a single comparison. */ #define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' #define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' #define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' #define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' #define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' #define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) /* ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an ** affinity value. */ #define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 /* ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without ** changing the affinity. */ #define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ #define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ #define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in ** the database schema. ** ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique ** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table ** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between ** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may ** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables ** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers ** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. ** ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared ** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by ** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. ** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual ** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the ** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. ** ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the ** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not ** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the ** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. ** ** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by ** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as ** the first argument. */ struct VTable { sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ }; /* ** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the ** following structure. ** ** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original ** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for ** comparisons. ** ** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a ** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. ** ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of ** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note ** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to ** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of ** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid ** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if ** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. ** ** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the ** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend ** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that ** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set ** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted ** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum ** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root ** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a ** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause ** of a SELECT statement. */ struct Table { char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ #endif Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ }; /* ** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. */ #define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ #define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ #define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ #define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ #define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ #define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */ /* ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is ** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual ** table support is omitted from the build. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) # define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 # define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 #endif /* ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. ** ** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is ** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign ** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. ** Consider this example: ** ** CREATE TABLE ex1( ** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) ** ); ** ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". ** ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure ** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when ** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. */ struct FKey { Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ }; /* ** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint ** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation ** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction ** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process ** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, ** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that ** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior ** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback ** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint ** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error ** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused ** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or ** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. ** ** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. ** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the ** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign ** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the ** foreign key. ** ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type ** of action to take. */ #define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ #define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ #define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ #define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ #define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ #define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ #define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ #define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ #define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ #define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ #define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first ** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. */ struct KeyInfo { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure holds information about a ** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual ** values. ** ** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. ** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store ** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by ** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the ** OP_Column opcode. ** ** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled ** into its constituent fields. */ struct UnpackedRecord { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ u8 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ Mem *aMem; /* Values */ }; /* ** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags */ #define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x01 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ #define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x02 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ #define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x04 /* Ignore final (rowid) field */ /* ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an ** instance of the following structure. ** ** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described ** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose ** we have the following table and index: ** ** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); ** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); ** ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are ** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. ** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. ** ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns ** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, ** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index ** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution ** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique ** element. */ struct Index { char *zName; /* Name of this index */ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ tRowcnt avgEq; /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */ IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ #endif }; /* ** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory ** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the ** analyze.c source file for additional information. */ struct IndexSample { union { char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */ double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT */ i64 i; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_INTEGER */ } u; u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */ int nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ tRowcnt nEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ tRowcnt nLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ tRowcnt nDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ }; /* ** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of ** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. ** ** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and ** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn ** and Token.n when Token.z==0. */ struct Token { const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate ** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. ** ** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a ** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in ** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate ** code for that node. ** ** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the ** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These ** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. */ struct AggInfo { u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather ** than the source table */ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ } *aCol; int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to ** aggregate functions */ struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ } *aFunc; int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ }; /* ** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. ** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater ** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because ** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user ** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications ** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want ** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them ** the option is available (at compile-time). */ #if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 typedef i16 ynVar; #else typedef int ynVar; #endif /* ** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance ** of this structure. ** ** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused ** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer ** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression ** tree. ** ** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, ** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If ** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), ** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. ** ** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a ** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. ** ** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)". ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of ** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the ** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is ** valid. ** ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. ** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is ** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and ** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the ** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. ** ** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark ** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index ** number for that variable. ** ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer ** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the ** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery ** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing ** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. ** ** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from ** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the ** corresponding table definition. ** ** ALLOCATION NOTES: ** ** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To ** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be ** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes ** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, ** together with Expr.zToken strings. ** ** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when ** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all ** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees ** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that ** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately ** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. */ struct Expr { u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ } u; /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ union { ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */ Select *pSelect; /* Used for sub-selects and "<expr> IN (<select>)" */ } x; CollSeq *pColl; /* The collation type of the column or 0 */ /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column ** TK_REGISTER: register number ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old */ ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */ i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ u8 flags2; /* Second set of flags. EP2_... */ u8 op2; /* If a TK_REGISTER, the original value of Expr.op */ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ #endif }; /* ** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. */ #define EP_FromJoin 0x0001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */ #define EP_Agg 0x0002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ #define EP_Resolved 0x0004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ #define EP_Error 0x0008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ #define EP_Distinct 0x0010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ #define EP_VarSelect 0x0020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ #define EP_DblQuoted 0x0040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ #define EP_InfixFunc 0x0080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ #define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100 /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */ #define EP_FixedDest 0x0200 /* Result needed in a specific register */ #define EP_IntValue 0x0400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ #define EP_xIsSelect 0x0800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ #define EP_Hint 0x1000 /* Optimizer hint. Not required for correctness */ #define EP_Reduced 0x2000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_TokenOnly 0x4000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_Static 0x8000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ /* ** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags2 field. */ #define EP2_MallocedToken 0x0001 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ #define EP2_Irreducible 0x0002 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ /* ** The pseudo-routine sqlite3ExprSetIrreducible sets the EP2_Irreducible ** flag on an expression structure. This flag is used for VV&A only. The ** routine is implemented as a macro that only works when in debugging mode, ** so as not to burden production code. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define ExprSetIrreducible(X) (X)->flags2 |= EP2_Irreducible #else # define ExprSetIrreducible(X) #endif /* ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Expr.flags field. */ #define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) #define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) #define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) #define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) /* ** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr ** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags ** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. */ #define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ #define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ #define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ /* ** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment ** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. */ #define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ /* ** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a ** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such ** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the ** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can ** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName ** field is not used. */ struct ExprList { int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated below */ int iECursor; /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */ struct ExprList_item { Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ u8 done; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ } *a; /* One entry for each expression */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both ** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an ** expression. */ struct ExprSpan { Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */ const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */ const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, ** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: ** ** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; ** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); ** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; ** ** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of ** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement ** ** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... ** ** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. */ struct IdList { struct IdList_item { char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ } *a; int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ int nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */ }; /* ** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. ** ** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of ** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size ** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. */ typedef u64 Bitmask; /* ** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". */ #define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) /* ** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. ** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of ** the SrcList.a[] array. ** ** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure ** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that ** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, ** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can ** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. ** ** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table ** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. ** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each ** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. ** ** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table ** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. */ struct SrcList { i16 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ i16 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ struct SrcList_item { char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ char *zName; /* Name of the table */ char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ u8 notIndexed; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ u8 isCorrelated; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ #endif int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */ char *zIndex; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */ Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */ } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ }; /* ** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field */ #define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ #define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ #define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ #define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ #define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ #define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ #define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ /* ** A WherePlan object holds information that describes a lookup ** strategy. ** ** This object is intended to be opaque outside of the where.c module. ** It is included here only so that that compiler will know how big it ** is. None of the fields in this object should be used outside of ** the where.c module. ** ** Within the union, pIdx is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_INDEXED is true. ** pTerm is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR is true. And pVtabIdx ** is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE is true. It is never the ** case that more than one of these conditions is true. */ struct WherePlan { u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */ u32 nEq; /* Number of == constraints */ double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows (for EQP) */ union { Index *pIdx; /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */ struct WhereTerm *pTerm; /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx; /* Virtual table index to use */ } u; }; /* ** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo ** structure contains a single instance of this structure. This structure ** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be ** access or modified by other modules. ** ** The pIdxInfo field is used to help pick the best index on a ** virtual table. The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing ** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering. ** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c. ** All other information in the i-th WhereLevel object for the i-th table ** after FROM clause ordering. */ struct WhereLevel { WherePlan plan; /* query plan for this element of the FROM clause */ int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ u8 op, p5; /* Opcode and P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ union { /* Information that depends on plan.wsFlags */ struct { int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ struct InLoop { int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ } in; /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ } u; /* The following field is really not part of the current level. But ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause ** element. */ sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; /* Index info for n-th source table */ }; /* ** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() ** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ #define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ #define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ #define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ #define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */ #define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ #define WHERE_AND_ONLY 0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */ /* ** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The ** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second ** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of ** this structure is returned by the first half and passed ** into the second half to give some continuity. */ struct WhereInfo { Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */ u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ u8 eDistinct; SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ struct WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ double savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ double nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ }; #define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 #define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* ** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column ** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and ** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may ** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or ** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The ** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for ** other statements. ** ** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most ** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer ** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context ** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found ** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of ** the context containing the match is incremented. ** ** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the ** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the ** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer ** subqueries looking for a match. */ struct NameContext { Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of named expressions */ int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ u8 allowAgg; /* Aggregate functions allowed here */ u8 hasAgg; /* True if aggregates are seen */ u8 isCheck; /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ int nDepth; /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure contains all information ** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. ** ** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0. ** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the ** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not ** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations ** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters. ** ** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. ** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in ** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor ** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time ** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not ** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. ** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences ** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating ** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. */ struct Select { ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ char affinity; /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */ u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ Select *pRightmost; /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */ Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ int addrOpenEphm[3]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ double nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ }; /* ** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for ** "Select Flag". */ #define SF_Distinct 0x01 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ #define SF_Resolved 0x02 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ #define SF_Aggregate 0x04 /* Contains aggregate functions */ #define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x08 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ #define SF_Expanded 0x10 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ #define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x20 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ #define SF_UseSorter 0x40 /* Sort using a sorter */ /* ** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways. The ** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type". */ #define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ #define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ #define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ #define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ /* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ #define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard) #define SRT_Output 5 /* Output each row of result */ #define SRT_Mem 6 /* Store result in a memory cell */ #define SRT_Set 7 /* Store results as keys in an index */ #define SRT_Table 8 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ #define SRT_EphemTab 9 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ #define SRT_Coroutine 10 /* Generate a single row of result */ /* ** A structure used to customize the behavior of sqlite3Select(). See ** comments above sqlite3Select() for details. */ typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; struct SelectDest { u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results */ u8 affinity; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ int iParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ int iMem; /* Base register where results are written */ int nMem; /* Number of registers allocated */ }; /* ** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT ** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p ** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that ** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement ** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not ** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the ** loading and saving of autoincrement information. */ struct AutoincInfo { AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ }; /* ** Size of the column cache */ #ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE # define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10 #endif /* ** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each ** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE ** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at ** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been ** completed. ** ** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger ** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of ** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. ** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same ** values for both pTrigger and orconf. ** ** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns ** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT ** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to ** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. */ struct TriggerPrg { Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ }; /* ** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask; #else typedef unsigned int yDbMask; #endif /* ** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through ** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to ** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. ** ** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code ** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure ** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of ** each recursion. ** ** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache ** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are ** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being ** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the ** list. */ struct Parse { sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ int rc; /* Return code from execution */ char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ u8 nTempInUse; /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */ int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */ int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */ int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */ int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */ u8 nColCache; /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */ u8 iColCache; /* Next entry in aColCache[] to replace */ struct yColCache { int iTable; /* Table cursor number */ int iColumn; /* Table column number */ u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */ int iLevel; /* Nesting level */ int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */ u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */ int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ #endif int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */ Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ double nQueryLoop; /* Estimated number of iterations of a query */ /* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after ** each recursion */ int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ int *aAlias; /* Register used to hold aliased result */ u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ #endif int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN int iSelectId; int iNextSelectId; #endif }; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 #else #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used ** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. */ struct AuthContext { const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ }; /* ** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete */ #define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */ #define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ #define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ #define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ #define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ #define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE 0x20 /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */ /* * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of * struct Trigger. * * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated * struct Table. * * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. */ struct Trigger { char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger, the <column-list> is stored here */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ }; /* ** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants ** determine which. ** ** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. ** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. */ #define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 #define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 /* * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement * that is a part of a trigger-program. * * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is * the first step of the trigger-program. * * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the * value of "op" as follows: * * (op == TK_INSERT) * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into. * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... * statement, then this stores the column-names to be * inserted into. * * (op == TK_DELETE) * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. * Otherwise NULL. * * (op == TK_UPDATE) * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. * Otherwise NULL. * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" * argument. * */ struct TriggerStep { u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */ Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. VALUES clause for INSERT */ IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ }; /* ** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... ** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references ** explicit. */ typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; struct DbFixer { Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ }; /* ** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we ** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. */ struct StrAccum { sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */ u8 mallocFailed; /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */ u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */ u8 tooBig; /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */ }; /* ** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information ** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. */ typedef struct { sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ int rc; /* Result code stored here */ } InitData; /* ** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. ** ** This structure also contains some state information. */ struct Sqlite3Config { int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always ** initially be zero, however. */ int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ }; /* ** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. */ struct Walker { int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ union { /* Extra data for callback */ NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ int i; /* Integer value */ } u; }; /* Forward declarations */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); /* ** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their ** callbacks. */ #define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ #define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ #define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ /* ** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, ** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. */ #define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ } \ } /* ** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with ** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke ** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated ** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place ** to set a debugger breakpoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) #define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) /* ** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the ** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 #endif /* ** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also ** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) # include <ctype.h> #endif /* ** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), ** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The ** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII # define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) # define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) # define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) # define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) # define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) # define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) #else # define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) #endif /* ** Internal function prototypes */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); #define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); /* ** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make ** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, ** obtain space from malloc(). ** ** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths ** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. */ #ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) #else # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); #else # define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...); #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); #endif /* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X) # define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B) # define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B) # define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B) # define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X) # define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *); SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); #else # define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); #else # define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) # define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, Token*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**,ExprList*,u16); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int, int*,int,int,int,int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*); SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, Expr*,int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, ExprList*,Select*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) #else # define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 # define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) # define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) # define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) # define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) # define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) # define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p # define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); #else # define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) # define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) # define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**); /* ** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to ** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c ** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions ** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which ** the MACRO form does). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); /* ** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. ** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. ** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode ** and decode of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common ** case where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the ** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. ** ** The following expressions are equivalent: ** ** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); ** x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B ); ** ** x = getVarint32( A, B ); ** x = putVarint32( A, B ); ** */ #define getVarint32(A,B) (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B))) #define putVarint32(A,B) (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B))) #define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint #define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); #else # define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; #endif #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); /* ** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); #else # define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); #else #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) # define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) # define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 # define sqlite3VtabLock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) # define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) #else SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); /* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by ** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign ** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but ** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In ** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is ** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); #else #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d) #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d) #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); #else #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) #endif /* ** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. */ #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 /* ** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" ** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST ** is not defined. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); #else #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() #endif #define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 #define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 #define IN_INDEX_INDEX 3 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); #else #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *); #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); #else #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y) #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); #else #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); #endif /* ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable ** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to ** print I/O tracing messages. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE # define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); #else # define IOTRACE(A) # define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) #endif /* ** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator ** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory ** allocations are properly tracked by the system. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of ** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with ** a single bit set. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). ** ** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP ** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means ** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was ** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify ** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not ** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the ** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify ** this constraint. ** ** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into ** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); #else # define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ # define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 # define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 #endif #define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ #define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */ #define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ #define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ #define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */ #endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ /************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ /************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 June 13 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants. */ /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding ** lower-case character. ** ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables ** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */ 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */ 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */ #endif }; /* ** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in ** equivalents to the following standard library functions: ** ** isspace() 0x01 ** isalpha() 0x02 ** isdigit() 0x04 ** isalnum() 0x06 ** isxdigit() 0x08 ** toupper() 0x20 ** SQLite identifier character 0x40 ** ** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper ** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. ** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent ** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: ** ** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) ** ** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. ** ** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an ** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is ** part of an identifier is 0x46. ** ** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a ** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ }; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI # define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 #endif /* ** The following singleton contains the global configuration for ** the SQLite library. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ 1, /* bCoreMutex */ SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ 128, /* szLookaside */ 500, /* nLookaside */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ (void*)0, /* pHeap */ 0, /* nHeap */ 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ (void*)0, /* pScratch */ 0, /* szScratch */ 0, /* nScratch */ (void*)0, /* pPage */ 0, /* szPage */ 0, /* nPage */ 0, /* mxParserStack */ 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ 0, /* isInit */ 0, /* inProgress */ 0, /* isMutexInit */ 0, /* isMallocInit */ 0, /* isPCacheInit */ 0, /* pInitMutex */ 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ 0, /* xLog */ 0, /* pLogArg */ 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */ }; /* ** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all ** database connections. After initialization, this table is ** read-only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; /* ** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { { "0", 1 }, { "1", 1 } }; /* ** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the ** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses ** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts ** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign ** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. ** ** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to ** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to ** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller ** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to ** move the pending byte. ** ** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than ** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! ** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined ** and dileterious behavior. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; #endif /* ** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in ** the vdbe.c file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; /************** End of global.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options ** SQLite was built with. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should ** be sorted A-Z. ** ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses ** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually ** rather short and uses little memory space. */ static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { /* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define ** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ #define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt #define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID "32BIT_ROWID", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES "CHECK_PAGES", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST "COVERAGE_TEST", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG "DEBUG", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS "DISABLE_LFS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD "ENABLE_CEROD", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 "ENABLE_FTS1", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 "ENABLE_FTS2", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 "ENABLE_FTS3", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 "ENABLE_FTS4", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU "ENABLE_ICU", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE "ENABLE_IOTRACE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE "ENABLE_RTREE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 "ENABLE_STAT3", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC "HAS_CODEC", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN "HAVE_ISNAN", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE "INT64_TYPE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE "LOCK_TRACE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG "MEMDEBUG", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC "NO_SYNC", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE "OMIT_ANALYZE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH "OMIT_ATTACH", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT "OMIT_AUTOINIT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET "OMIT_AUTORESET", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST "OMIT_CAST", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK "OMIT_CHECK", #endif /* // redundant ** #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS ** "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS", ** #endif */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE "OMIT_COMPLETE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE "OMIT_DECLTYPE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED "OMIT_DEPRECATED", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO "OMIT_DISKIO", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN "OMIT_EXPLAIN", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE "OMIT_GET_TABLE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB "OMIT_INCRBLOB", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME "OMIT_LOCALTIME", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB "OMIT_MEMORYDB", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT "OMIT_MERGE_SORT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA "OMIT_PRAGMA", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX "OMIT_REINDEX", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY "OMIT_SUBQUERY", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB "OMIT_TEMPDB", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE "OMIT_TRACE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER "OMIT_TRIGGER", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 "OMIT_UTF16", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM "OMIT_VACUUM", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW "OMIT_VIEW", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL "OMIT_WAL", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD "OMIT_WSD", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT "OMIT_XFER_OPT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG "PROXY_DEBUG", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE "SECURE_DELETE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK "SMALL_STACK", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX "SOUNDEX", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TCL "TCL", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST "TEST", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_THREADSAFE "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA "USE_ALLOCA", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC "ZERO_MALLOC" #endif }; /* ** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option ** was used and false if not. ** ** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix ** is not required for a match. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ int i, n; if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){ if( (sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0) && ( (azCompileOpt[i][n]==0) || (azCompileOpt[i][n]=='=') ) ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Return the N-th compile-time option string. If N is out of range, ** return a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){ if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){ return azCompileOpt[N]; } return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 June 18 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related ** functionality. */ /************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/ /************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2003 September 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for information that is private to the ** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single ** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over ** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and ** this header information was factored out. */ #ifndef _VDBEINT_H_ #define _VDBEINT_H_ /* ** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be ** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance ** of the following structure. */ typedef struct VdbeOp Op; /* ** Boolean values */ typedef unsigned char Bool; /* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */ typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter; /* Opaque type used by the explainer */ typedef struct Explain Explain; /* ** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file. ** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or ** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree ** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor ** is currently pointing to. ** ** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an ** instance of the following structure. */ struct VdbeCursor { BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */ Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */ int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */ Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */ Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */ Bool isOrdered; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */ Bool isSorter; /* True if a new-style sorter */ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */ i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */ /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */ int seekResult; /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that ** the cache is out of date. ** ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might ** be NULL. */ u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */ u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ }; typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; /* ** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type ** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as ** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific ** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, ** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, ** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program ** began executing. ** ** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory ** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or ** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it ** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame ** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing ** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive ** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the ** child frame are released. ** ** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is ** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. */ typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; struct VdbeFrame { Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */ int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ }; #define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) /* ** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. */ #define CACHE_STALE 0 /* ** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem ** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, ** integer etc.) of the same value. */ struct Mem { sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ double r; /* Real value */ union { i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ } u; int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */ u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ #endif void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ }; /* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK ** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. ** ** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. ** No other flags may be set in this case. ** ** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. ** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main ** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also ** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real ** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. */ #define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ #define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ #define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ #define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ #define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ #define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ #define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ #define MEM_Invalid 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ #define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */ /* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of ** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management ** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the ** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated */ #define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ #define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */ #define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ #define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ #define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ #define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB #undef MEM_Zero #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 #endif /* ** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f */ #define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) /* ** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro ** is for use inside assert() statements only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0 #endif /* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains ** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments ** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata() ** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data ** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This ** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular ** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple ** invocations. */ struct VdbeFunc { FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */ int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */ struct AuxData { void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */ void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */ }; /* ** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an ** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used ** implement the SQL functions. ** ** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, ** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. ** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this ** structure are known. ** ** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures ** (Mem) which are only defined there. */ struct sqlite3_context { FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */ Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ }; /* ** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful ** in describing recursive data structures. */ struct Explain { Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */ StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */ int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */ u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */ char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */ }; /* ** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete ** state of the virtual machine. ** ** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() ** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. ** ** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of ** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is ** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This ** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute ** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of ** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table ** method function. */ struct Vdbe { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */ int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */ int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ int pc; /* The program counter */ int rc; /* Value to return */ u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */ u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ u8 runOnlyOnce; /* Automatically expire on reset */ u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */ u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */ u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */ u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ int aCounter[3]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ #endif i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN Explain *pExplain; /* The explainer */ char *zExplain; /* Explanation of data structures */ #endif VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */ u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */ }; /* ** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ /* ** Function prototypes */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int); int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 #else SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); #define VdbeMemRelease(X) \ if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT # define sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(Y,Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(Y,Z) # define sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(Y,Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK #else SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *, Mem *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, Mem *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int *); #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) # define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); #else # define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) #else #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK #endif #endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ /************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ /* ** Variables in which to record status information. */ typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ } sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; /* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) # define wsdStat x[0] #else # define wsdStatInit # define wsdStat sqlite3Stat #endif /* ** Return the current value of a status parameter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ wsdStatInit; assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); return wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } /* ** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the ** caller holds appropriate locks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){ wsdStatInit; assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N; if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } } /* ** Set the value of a status to X. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){ wsdStatInit; assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X; if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } } /* ** Query status information. ** ** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned ** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true, ** then this routine is not threadsafe. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ wsdStatInit; if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; if( resetFlag ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Query status information for a single database connection */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ int op, /* Status verb */ int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut; if( resetFlag ){ db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; } break; } case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); *pCurrent = 0; *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; if( resetFlag ){ db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; } break; } /* ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { int totalUsed = 0; int i; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); } } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); *pCurrent = totalUsed; *pHighwater = 0; break; } /* ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ HashElem *p; nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->trigHash.count + pSchema->idxHash.count + pSchema->fkeyHash.count ); nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); } for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); } } } db->pnBytesFreed = 0; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); *pHighwater = 0; *pCurrent = nByte; break; } /* ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used ** to store all prepared statements. ** *pHighwater is set to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe); } db->pnBytesFreed = 0; *pHighwater = 0; *pCurrent = nByte; break; } /* ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set ** to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: { int i; int nRet = 0; assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); } } *pHighwater = 0; *pCurrent = nRet; break; } default: { rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /************** End of status.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2003 October 31 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time ** functions for SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. ** All other code has file scope. ** ** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian ** calendar system. ** ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 ** ** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number ** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can ** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider ** range of dates. ** ** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, ** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually ** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some ** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. ** ** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions ** in the following text: ** ** Jean Meeus ** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 ** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 ** Willmann-Bell, Inc ** Richmond, Virginia (USA) */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ #include <time.h> #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS /* ** A structure for holding a single date and time. */ typedef struct DateTime DateTime; struct DateTime { sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ double s; /* Seconds */ char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ }; /* ** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments ** come in groups of 5 as follows: ** ** N number of digits in the integer ** min minimum allowed value of the integer ** max maximum allowed value of the integer ** nextC first character after the integer ** pVal where to write the integers value. ** ** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. ** The function returns the number of successful conversions. */ static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ va_list ap; int val; int N; int min; int max; int nextC; int *pVal; int cnt = 0; va_start(ap, zDate); do{ N = va_arg(ap, int); min = va_arg(ap, int); max = va_arg(ap, int); nextC = va_arg(ap, int); pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); val = 0; while( N-- ){ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ goto end_getDigits; } val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; zDate++; } if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ goto end_getDigits; } *pVal = val; zDate++; cnt++; }while( nextC ); end_getDigits: va_end(ap); return cnt; } /* ** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. ** The extension is of the form: ** ** (+/-)HH:MM ** ** Or the "zulu" notation: ** ** Z ** ** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes ** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, ** return non-zero. ** ** A missing specifier is not considered an error. */ static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int sgn = 0; int nHr, nMn; int c; while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } p->tz = 0; c = *zDate; if( c=='-' ){ sgn = -1; }else if( c=='+' ){ sgn = +1; }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ zDate++; goto zulu_time; }else{ return c!=0; } zDate++; if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ return 1; } zDate += 5; p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); zulu_time: while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } return *zDate!=0; } /* ** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. ** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The ** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. ** ** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. */ static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int h, m, s; double ms = 0.0; if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ return 1; } zDate += 5; if( *zDate==':' ){ zDate++; if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ return 1; } zDate += 2; if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ double rScale = 1.0; zDate++; while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; rScale *= 10.0; zDate++; } ms /= rScale; } }else{ s = 0; } p->validJD = 0; p->validHMS = 1; p->h = h; p->m = m; p->s = s + ms; if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; return 0; } /* ** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume ** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. ** ** Reference: Meeus page 61 */ static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; if( p->validJD ) return; if( p->validYMD ){ Y = p->Y; M = p->M; D = p->D; }else{ Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ M = 1; D = 1; } if( M<=2 ){ Y--; M += 12; } A = Y/100; B = 2 - A + (A/4); X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); p->validJD = 1; if( p->validHMS ){ p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); if( p->validTZ ){ p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; p->validYMD = 0; p->validHMS = 0; p->validTZ = 0; } } } /* ** Parse dates of the form ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM ** YYYY-MM-DD ** ** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 ** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed ** date. */ static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int Y, M, D, neg; if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ zDate++; neg = 1; }else{ neg = 0; } if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ return 1; } zDate += 10; while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ /* We got the time */ }else if( *zDate==0 ){ p->validHMS = 0; }else{ return 1; } p->validJD = 0; p->validYMD = 1; p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; p->M = M; p->D = D; if( p->validTZ ){ computeJD(p); } return 0; } /* ** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. ** ** Return the number of errors. */ static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); if( sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->iJD)==SQLITE_OK ){ p->validJD = 1; return 0; }else{ return 1; } } /* ** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return ** the number of errors. ** ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM ** DDDD.DD ** now ** ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional ** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion ** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long ** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long ** as there is a year and date. */ static int parseDateOrTime( sqlite3_context *context, const char *zDate, DateTime *p ){ double r; if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); p->validJD = 1; return 0; } return 1; } /* ** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. */ static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; if( p->validYMD ) return; if( !p->validJD ){ p->Y = 2000; p->M = 1; p->D = 1; }else{ Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); B = A + 1524; C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); D = (36525*C)/100; E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); p->D = B - D - X1; p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; } p->validYMD = 1; } /* ** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. */ static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ int s; if( p->validHMS ) return; computeJD(p); s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); p->s = s/1000.0; s = (int)p->s; p->s -= s; p->h = s/3600; s -= p->h*3600; p->m = s/60; p->s += s - p->m*60; p->validHMS = 1; } /* ** Compute both YMD and HMS */ static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ computeYMD(p); computeHMS(p); } /* ** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ */ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ p->validYMD = 0; p->validHMS = 0; p->validTZ = 0; } /* ** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available ** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to ** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the ** order of the parameters is reversed. ** ** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. ** ** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() ** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides ** localtime_s(). */ #if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) #define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() ** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that ** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and ** non-zero on any kind of error. ** ** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this ** routine will always fail. */ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ int rc; #if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \ && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) struct tm *pX; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); pX = localtime(t); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; #endif if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); rc = pX==0; #else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; #endif #if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; #else rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); #endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ #endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC ** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, ** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. ** ** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value ** is undefined in this case. */ static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ ){ DateTime x, y; time_t t; struct tm sLocal; /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); x = *p; computeYMD_HMS(&x); if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ x.Y = 2000; x.M = 1; x.D = 1; x.h = 0; x.m = 0; x.s = 0.0; } else { int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); x.s = s; } x.tz = 0; x.validJD = 0; computeJD(&x); t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; return 0; } y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; y.m = sLocal.tm_min; y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; y.validYMD = 1; y.validHMS = 1; y.validJD = 0; y.validTZ = 0; computeJD(&y); *pRc = SQLITE_OK; return y.iJD - x.iJD; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ /* ** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are ** as follows: ** ** NNN days ** NNN hours ** NNN minutes ** NNN.NNNN seconds ** NNN months ** NNN years ** start of month ** start of year ** start of week ** start of day ** weekday N ** unixepoch ** localtime ** utc ** ** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error ** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written ** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is ** written to pCtx. */ static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ int rc = 1; int n; double r; char *z, zBuf[30]; z = zBuf; for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){ z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]]; } z[n] = 0; switch( z[0] ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME case 'l': { /* localtime ** ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to ** show local time. */ if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){ computeJD(p); p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); } break; } #endif case 'u': { /* ** unixepoch ** ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. */ if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); rc = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 c1; computeJD(p); c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->iJD -= c1; clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); } } #endif break; } case 'w': { /* ** weekday N ** ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. */ if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ sqlite3_int64 Z; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->validTZ = 0; p->validJD = 0; computeJD(p); Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); rc = 0; } break; } case 's': { /* ** start of TTTTT ** ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, ** or month or year. */ if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; z += 9; computeYMD(p); p->validHMS = 1; p->h = p->m = 0; p->s = 0.0; p->validTZ = 0; p->validJD = 0; if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ p->D = 1; rc = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ computeYMD(p); p->M = 1; p->D = 1; rc = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ rc = 0; } break; } case '+': case '-': case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { double rRounder; for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ rc = 1; break; } if( z[n]==':' ){ /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be ** omitted. */ const char *z2 = z; DateTime tx; sqlite3_int64 day; if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; computeJD(&tx); tx.iJD -= 43200000; day = tx.iJD/86400000; tx.iJD -= day*86400000; if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; computeJD(p); clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); p->iJD += tx.iJD; rc = 0; break; } z += n; while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } computeJD(p); rc = 0; rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ int x, y; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->M += (int)r; x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; p->Y += x; p->M -= x*12; p->validJD = 0; computeJD(p); y = (int)r; if( y!=r ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); } }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ int y = (int)r; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->Y += y; p->validJD = 0; computeJD(p); if( y!=r ){ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); } }else{ rc = 1; } clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); break; } default: { break; } } return rc; } /* ** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. ** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write ** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 ** on success and 1 if there are any errors. ** ** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. */ static int isDate( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p ){ int i; const unsigned char *z; int eType; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); if( argc==0 ){ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); } if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); p->validJD = 1; }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ return 1; } } for(i=1; i<argc; i++){ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** The following routines implement the various date and time functions ** of SQLite. */ /* ** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments */ static void juliandayFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ computeJD(&x); sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0); } } /* ** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS */ static void datetimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeYMD_HMS(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s)); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return HH:MM:SS */ static void timeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeHMS(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return YYYY-MM-DD */ static void dateFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeYMD(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows: ** ** %d day of month ** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS ** %H hour 00-24 ** %j day of year 000-366 ** %J ** Julian day number ** %m month 01-12 ** %M minute 00-59 ** %s seconds since 1970-01-01 ** %S seconds 00-59 ** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0 ** %W week of year 00-53 ** %Y year 0000-9999 ** %% % */ static void strftimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; u64 n; size_t i,j; char *z; sqlite3 *db; const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); char zBuf[100]; if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return; db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){ if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){ switch( zFmt[i+1] ){ case 'd': case 'H': case 'm': case 'M': case 'S': case 'W': n++; /* fall thru */ case 'w': case '%': break; case 'f': n += 8; break; case 'j': n += 3; break; case 'Y': n += 8; break; case 's': case 'J': n += 50; break; default: return; /* ERROR. return a NULL */ } i++; } } testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 ); testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) ); testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){ z = zBuf; }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); return; }else{ z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); if( z==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } } computeJD(&x); computeYMD_HMS(&x); for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ z[j++] = zFmt[i]; }else{ i++; switch( zFmt[i] ){ case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; case 'f': { double s = x.s; if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; case 'W': /* Fall thru */ case 'j': { int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ DateTime y = x; y.validJD = 0; y.M = 1; y.D = 1; computeJD(&y); nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); j += 2; }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); j += 3; } break; } case 'J': { sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; case 's': { sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; case 'w': { z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; break; } case 'Y': { sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } default: z[j++] = '%'; break; } } } z[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } /* ** current_time() ** ** This function returns the same value as time('now'). */ static void ctimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); timeFunc(context, 0, 0); } /* ** current_date() ** ** This function returns the same value as date('now'). */ static void cdateFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); dateFunc(context, 0, 0); } /* ** current_timestamp() ** ** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). */ static void ctimestampFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS /* ** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time ** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version ** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() ** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that ** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. ** ** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() ** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied ** as the user-data for the function. */ static void currentTimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ time_t t; char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); sqlite3 *db; sqlite3_int64 iT; struct tm *pTm; struct tm sNow; char zBuf[20]; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); if( sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iT) ) return; t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; #ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); #else sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); pTm = gmtime(&t); if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); #endif if( pTm ){ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } #endif /* ** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL ** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with ** external linkage. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), #else STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), #endif }; int i; FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs); for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]); } } /************** End of date.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/ /* ** 2005 November 29 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all ** architectures. */ #define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 #undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ /* ** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate ** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory ** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. ** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() ** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. ** ** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure ** testing: ** ** sqlite3OsRead() ** sqlite3OsWrite() ** sqlite3OsSync() ** sqlite3OsFileSize() ** sqlite3OsLock() ** sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() ** sqlite3OsFileControl() ** sqlite3OsShmMap() ** sqlite3OsOpen() ** sqlite3OsDelete() ** sqlite3OsAccess() ** sqlite3OsFullPathname() ** */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1; #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \ if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) { \ void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ } #else #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) #endif /* ** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods ** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All ** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using ** C++ instead of plain old C. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pId->pMethods ){ rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); pId->pMethods = 0; } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); } /* ** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail ** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() ** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not ** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it ** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() ** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ int iPage, int pgsz, int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); } /* ** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the ** VFS methods. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags, int *pFlagsOut ){ int rc; DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before ** reaching the VFS. */ rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags, int *pResOut ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int nPathOut, char *zPathOut ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); zPathOut[0] = 0; return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ int rc; /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is ** unavailable. */ if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); }else{ double r; rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFile, sqlite3_file **ppFile, int flags, int *pOutFlags ){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_file *pFile; pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); if( pFile ){ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pFile); }else{ *ppFile = pFile; } } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile ); rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); sqlite3_free(pFile); return rc; } /* ** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of ** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the ** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an ** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_free(p); return sqlite3_os_init(); } /* ** The list of all registered VFS implementations. */ static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; #define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) /* ** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the ** first VFS on the list. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return 0; #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ if( zVfs==0 ) break; if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return pVfs; } /* ** Unlink a VFS from the linked list */ static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); if( pVfs==0 ){ /* No-op */ }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ vfsList = pVfs->pNext; }else if( vfsList ){ sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ p = p->pNext; } if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; } } } /* ** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same ** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is ** true. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ pVfs->pNext = vfsList; vfsList = pVfs; }else{ pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; vfsList->pNext = pVfs; } assert(vfsList); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /************** End of os.c **************************************************/ /************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2008 Jan 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory ** and returns 0). ** ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily ** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this ** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The ** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST /* ** Global variables. */ typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { void (*xBenignBegin)(void); void (*xBenignEnd)(void); } sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; /* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks ** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdHooksInit \ BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) # define wsdHooks x[0] #else # define wsdHooksInit # define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks #endif /* ** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and ** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( void (*xBenignBegin)(void), void (*xBenignEnd)(void) ){ wsdHooksInit; wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; } /* ** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that ** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() ** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ wsdHooksInit; if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ wsdHooksInit; if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); } } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ /************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when ** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented ** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These ** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using ** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is ** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time ** macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC /* ** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } #endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ /************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when ** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface ** to obtain the memory it needs. ** ** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation ** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is ** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time ** macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC /* ** Windows systems have malloc_usable_size() but it is called _msize() */ #if !defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) && SQLITE_OS_WIN # define HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1 # define malloc_usable_size _msize #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) /* ** Use the zone allocator available on apple products */ #include <sys/sysctl.h> #include <malloc/malloc.h> #include <libkern/OSAtomic.h> static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) #define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); #define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) #define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) #else /* if not __APPLE__ */ /* ** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. */ #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) #define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) #define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) #ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE #include <malloc.h> #define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) #else #undef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE #endif #endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ /* ** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation ** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). ** ** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because ** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level ** routines. */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); if( p==0 ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); } return p; #else sqlite3_int64 *p; assert( nByte>0 ); nByte = ROUND8(nByte); p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); if( p ){ p[0] = nByte; p++; }else{ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); } return (void *)p; #endif } /* ** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() ** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). ** ** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since ** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with ** by higher-level routines. */ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); #else sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; assert( pPrior!=0 ); p--; SQLITE_FREE(p); #endif } /* ** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() ** or xRealloc(). */ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0; #else sqlite3_int64 *p; if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; p--; return (int)p[0]; #endif } /* ** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from ** sqlite3MemMalloc(). ** ** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where ** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and ** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses ** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level ** routines and redirected to xFree. */ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); if( p==0 ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); } return p; #else sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ p--; p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); if( p ){ p[0] = nByte; p++; }else{ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); } return (void*)p; #endif } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return ROUND8(n); } /* ** Initialize this module. */ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ #if defined(__APPLE__) int cpuCount; size_t len; if( _sqliteZone_ ){ return SQLITE_OK; } len = sizeof(cpuCount); /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); if( cpuCount>1 ){ /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); }else{ /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ bool success; malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); do{ success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); }while(!_sqliteZone_); if( !success ){ /* somebody registered a zone first */ malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); } } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return; } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } #endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ /************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when ** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface ** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging ** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory ** leaks and memory usage errors. ** ** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation ** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined */ #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG /* ** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC */ #ifdef __GLIBC__ extern int backtrace(void**,int); extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); #else # define backtrace(A,B) 1 # define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) #endif /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* ** Each memory allocation looks like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have ** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The ** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of ** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the ** MemBlockHdr. */ struct MemBlockHdr { i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ }; /* ** Guard words */ #define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 #define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 /* ** Number of malloc size increments to track. */ #define NCSIZE 1000 /* ** All of the static variables used by this module are collected ** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the ** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static struct { /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations */ struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; /* ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. */ int nBacktrace; void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); /* ** Title text to insert in front of each block */ int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ /* ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. */ int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ /* ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. */ int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ } mem; /* ** Adjust memory usage statistics */ static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ i = NCSIZE - 1; } if( increment>0 ){ mem.nAlloc[i]++; mem.nCurrent[i]++; if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; } }else{ mem.nCurrent[i]--; assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); } } /* ** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. ** ** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and ** if they are incorrect it asserts. */ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ struct MemBlockHdr *p; int *pInt; u8 *pU8; int nReserve; p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; p--; assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); pInt = (int*)pAllocation; pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure ** they haven't been overwritten. */ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); return p; } /* ** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. */ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; if( !p ){ return 0; } pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); return pHdr->iSize; } /* ** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); mem.mutex = 0; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return ROUND8(n); } /* ** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset ** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and ** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. */ static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ unsigned int x, y, r; x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); y = nByte | 1; while( nByte >= 4 ){ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001); y = y*1103515245 + 12345; r = x ^ y; *(int*)pBuf = r; pBuf += 4; nByte -= 4; } while( nByte-- > 0 ){ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001); y = y*1103515245 + 12345; r = x ^ y; *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; } } /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; int *pInt; void *p = 0; int totalSize; int nReserve; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); assert( mem.disallow==0 ); nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; p = malloc(totalSize); if( p ){ z = p; pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; pHdr->pNext = 0; pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; if( mem.pLast ){ mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; }else{ mem.pFirst = pHdr; } mem.pLast = pHdr; pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; if( mem.nBacktrace ){ void *aAddr[40]; pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); assert(pBt[0]); if( mem.xBacktrace ){ mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); } }else{ pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; } if( mem.nTitle ){ memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); } pHdr->iSize = nByte; adjustStats(nByte, +1); pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); p = (void*)pInt; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); return p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || mem.mutex!=0 ); pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); if( pHdr->pPrev ){ assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; }else{ assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; } if( pHdr->pNext ){ assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; }else{ assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; } z = (char*)pBt; z -= pHdr->nTitle; adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1); randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); free(z); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the ** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the ** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find ** the error. */ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; void *pNew; assert( mem.disallow==0 ); assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize); if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - pOldHdr->iSize); } sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); } return pNew; } /* ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } /* ** Set the "type" of an allocation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); pHdr->eType = eType; } } /* ** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the ** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. ** ** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to ** verify the type of an allocation. For example: ** ** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ rc = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the ** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. ** ** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to ** verify the type of an allocation. For example: ** ** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ rc = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. ** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded ** up to a multiple of 2. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; mem.nBacktrace = depth; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; } /* ** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); mem.zTitle[n] = 0; mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); } } /* ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ FILE *out; struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; int i; out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); if( out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", zFilename); return; } for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ char *z = (char*)pHdr; z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ fflush(out); pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); fprintf(out, "\n"); } } fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){ if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){ fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]); } } if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){ fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1], mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]); } fclose(out); } /* ** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ int i; int nTotal = 0; for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){ nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i]; } return nTotal; } #endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */ /************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 October 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory ** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations ** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included ** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not ** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that ** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling ** sqlite3_config(). */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 /* ** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk. */ #define MX_SMALL 10 /* ** Number of freelist hash slots */ #define N_HASH 61 /* ** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or ** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are ** a header that is not returned to the user. ** ** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or ** free. The first block has format u.hdr. u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the ** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free. ** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and ** false if the chunk is on the freelist. The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit ** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the ** previous chunk is free. The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of ** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the ** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then ** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should ** not be read or written. ** ** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[]. When ** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of ** the chunk. In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1. ** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent ** of a NULL pointer. ** ** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The ** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes. ** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] ** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks. ** ** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked ** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into ** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk. */ typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block; struct Mem3Block { union { struct { u32 prevSize; /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */ u32 size4x; /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */ } hdr; struct { u32 next; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */ u32 prev; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */ } list; } u; }; /* ** All of the static variables used by this module are collected ** into a single structure named "mem3". This is to keep the ** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global { /* ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2. */ u32 nPool; Mem3Block *aPool; /* ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback. */ int alarmBusy; /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen. */ u32 mnMaster; /* ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations ** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks) ** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk. ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[]. */ u32 iMaster; u32 szMaster; /* ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger ** chunks. */ u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1]; /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */ u32 aiHash[N_HASH]; /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */ } mem3 = { 97535575 }; #define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3) /* ** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently ** on. *pRoot is the list that i is a member of. */ static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); if( prev==0 ){ *pRoot = next; }else{ mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next; } if( next ){ mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev; } mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0; mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; } /* ** Unlink the chunk at index i from ** whatever list is currently a member of. */ static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){ u32 size, hash; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); assert( i>=1 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); assert( size>=2 ); if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); }else{ hash = size % N_HASH; memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); } } /* ** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted ** at *pRoot. */ static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; if( *pRoot ){ mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; } *pRoot = i; } /* ** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate ** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. */ static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ u32 size, hash; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( i>=1 ); assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); assert( size>=2 ); if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); }else{ hash = size % N_HASH; memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); } } /* ** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex ** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. */ static void memsys3Enter(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); } static void memsys3Leave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); } /* ** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. */ static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ mem3.alarmBusy = 1; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); mem3.alarmBusy = 0; } } /* ** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its ** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the ** user portion of the chunk. */ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ u32 x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( i>=1 ); assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; return &mem3.aPool[i]; } /* ** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. ** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk ** is not large enough, return 0. */ static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ /* Use the entire master */ void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); mem3.iMaster = 0; mem3.szMaster = 0; mem3.mnMaster = 0; return p; }else{ /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ u32 newi, x; newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; } return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; } } /* ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size ** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either ** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. ** ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries ** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. ** ** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces ** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for ** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be ** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of ** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master ** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly ** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. */ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; assert( (size&1)==0 ); if( (size&2)==0 ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; if( prev==iNext ){ iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; } memsys3Unlink(prev); size = i + size/4 - prev; x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; memsys3Link(prev); i = prev; }else{ size /= 4; } if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ mem3.iMaster = i; mem3.szMaster = size; } } } /* ** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. ** Return NULL if unable. ** ** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are ** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". */ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ u32 i; u32 nBlock; u32 toFree; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); if( nByte<=12 ){ nBlock = 2; }else{ nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; } assert( nBlock>=2 ); /* STEP 1: ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). */ if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; if( i>0 ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); } }else{ int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); } } } /* STEP 2: ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. */ if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); } /* STEP 3: ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very ** rarely (we hope!) */ for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); if( mem3.iMaster ){ memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); mem3.iMaster = 0; mem3.szMaster = 0; } for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]); } for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]); } if( mem3.szMaster ){ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); } } } /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ return 0; } /* ** Free an outstanding memory allocation. ** ** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are ** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". */ static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; int i; u32 size, x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); i = p - mem3.aPool; assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; memsys3Link(i); /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ if( mem3.iMaster ){ while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; mem3.iMaster -= size; mem3.szMaster += size; memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; } x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; } } } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The ** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only ** works for chunks that are currently checked out. */ static int memsys3Size(void *p){ Mem3Block *pBlock; if( p==0 ) return 0; pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ if( n<=12 ){ return 12; }else{ return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; } } /* ** Allocate nBytes of memory. */ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ sqlite3_int64 *p; assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys3Leave(); return (void*)p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior ); memsys3Enter(); memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); memsys3Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ int nOld; void *p; if( pPrior==0 ){ return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); } if( nBytes<=0 ){ sqlite3_free(pPrior); return 0; } nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ return pPrior; } memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); if( p ){ if( nOld<nBytes ){ memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); }else{ memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes); } memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); } memsys3Leave(); return p; } /* ** Initialize this module. */ static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */ assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap; mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2; /* Initialize the master block. */ mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool; mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; mem3.iMaster = 1; mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool; mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); mem3.mutex = 0; return; } /* ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG FILE *out; u32 i, j; u32 size; if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ out = stdout; }else{ out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); if( out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", zFilename); return; } } memsys3Enter(); fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n"); for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){ size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; if( size/4<=1 ){ fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); assert( 0 ); break; } if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){ fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); assert( 0 ); break; } if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){ fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); assert( 0 ); break; } if( size&1 ){ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); }else{ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); } } for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue; fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i); for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } fprintf(out, "\n"); } for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue; fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i); for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } fprintf(out, "\n"); } fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); if( out==stdout ){ fflush(stdout); }else{ fclose(out); } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); #endif } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The ** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. ** ** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore ** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { memsys3Malloc, memsys3Free, memsys3Realloc, memsys3Size, memsys3Roundup, memsys3Init, memsys3Shutdown, 0 }; return &mempoolMethods; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ /************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 October 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory ** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations ** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included ** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. ** ** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: ** ** 1. All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. ** ** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, ** then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block. ** ** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. ** ** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions ** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for ** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. ** ** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum ** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M ** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let ** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson ** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to ** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: ** ** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 ** ** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so ** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is used only when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 /* ** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. ** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the ** size of the array is a power of 2. ** ** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is ** verified in memsys5Init(). */ typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; struct Mem5Link { int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ }; /* ** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since ** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used, ** it is not actually possible to reach this limit. */ #define LOGMAX 30 /* ** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements. */ #define CTRL_LOGSIZE 0x1f /* Log2 Size of this block */ #define CTRL_FREE 0x20 /* True if not checked out */ /* ** All of the static variables used by this module are collected ** into a single structure named "mem5". This is to keep the ** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { /* ** Memory available for allocation */ int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */ int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */ u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */ /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* ** Performance statistics */ u64 nAlloc; /* Total number of calls to malloc */ u64 totalAlloc; /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */ u64 totalExcess; /* Total internal fragmentation */ u32 currentOut; /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */ u32 currentCount; /* Current number of distinct checkouts */ u32 maxOut; /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */ u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */ u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */ /* ** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of ** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2. ** and so forth. */ int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1]; /* ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size ** of each block. One byte per block. */ u8 *aCtrl; } mem5; /* ** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ #define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5) /* ** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link ** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such lik. */ #define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom])) /* ** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently ** on. It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]. */ static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){ int next, prev; assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; if( prev<0 ){ mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; }else{ MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; } if( next>=0 ){ MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; } } /* ** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize ** free list. */ static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ int x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; if( x>=0 ){ assert( x<mem5.nBlock ); MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i; } mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; } /* ** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex ** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. */ static void memsys5Enter(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); } static void memsys5Leave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The ** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only ** works for chunks that are currently checked out. */ static int memsys5Size(void *p){ int iSize = 0; if( p ){ int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom; assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE)); } return iSize; } /* ** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize. Unlink that ** entry and return its index. */ static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){ int i; int iFirst; assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; assert( iFirst>=0 ); while( i>0 ){ if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i; i = MEM5LINK(i)->next; } memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize); return iFirst; } /* ** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. ** Return NULL if unable. Return NULL if nBytes==0. ** ** The caller guarantees that nByte positive. ** ** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this ** routine so there is never any chance that two or more ** threads can be in this routine at the same time. */ static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ int i; /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */ int iBin; /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */ int iFullSz; /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */ int iLogsize; /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */ /* nByte must be a positive */ assert( nByte>0 ); /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled ** requests are counted */ if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ mem5.maxRequest = nByte; } /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers. */ if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){ return 0; } /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){} /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free ** block. If not, then split a block of the next larger power of ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize. */ for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){} if( iBin>LOGMAX ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); return 0; } i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin); while( iBin>iLogsize ){ int newSize; iBin--; newSize = 1 << iBin; mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); } mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ mem5.nAlloc++; mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; mem5.currentCount++; mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount; if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut; /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */ return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom]; } /* ** Free an outstanding memory allocation. */ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ u32 size, iLogsize; int iBlock; /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool. */ iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom; /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */ assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock ); assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 ); assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 ); iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE; size = 1<<iLogsize; assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock ); mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE; mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE; assert( mem5.currentCount>0 ); assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); mem5.currentCount--; mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){ int iBuddy; if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){ iBuddy = iBlock - size; }else{ iBuddy = iBlock + size; } assert( iBuddy>=0 ); if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break; if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); iLogsize++; if( iBuddy<iBlock ){ mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0; iBlock = iBuddy; }else{ mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0; } size *= 2; } memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize); } /* ** Allocate nBytes of memory */ static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){ sqlite3_int64 *p = 0; if( nBytes>0 ){ memsys5Enter(); p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys5Leave(); } return (void*)p; } /* ** Free memory. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from ** being called with pPrior==0. */ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior!=0 ); memsys5Enter(); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); memsys5Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from ** being called with pPrior==0. ** ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to ** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power ** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation ** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this ** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. */ static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ int nOld; void *p; assert( pPrior!=0 ); assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ assert( nBytes>=0 ); if( nBytes==0 ){ return 0; } nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); if( nBytes<=nOld ){ return pPrior; } memsys5Enter(); p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); if( p ){ memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); } memsys5Leave(); return p; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If ** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, ** return 0. ** ** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a ** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 ** or 1073741824 bytes. */ static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ int iFullSz; if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2); return iFullSz; } /* ** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue. ** ** Examples: memsys5Log(1) -> 0 ** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 ** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 ** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 ** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 ** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 */ static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ int iLog; for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++); return iLog; } /* ** Initialize the memory allocator. ** ** This routine is not threadsafe. The caller must be holding a mutex ** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time. */ static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */ u8 *zByte; /* Memory usable by this allocator */ int nMinLog; /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */ int iOffset; /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */ mem5.mutex = 0; /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two. Verify that ** this is case. */ assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 ); nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap; assert( zByte!=0 ); /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */ /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */ nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq); mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog); while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){ mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; } mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); mem5.zPool = zByte; mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; } iOffset = 0; for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ int nAlloc = (1<<ii); if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){ mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE; memsys5Link(iOffset, ii); iOffset += nAlloc; } assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock); } /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); mem5.mutex = 0; return; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ FILE *out; int i, j, n; int nMinLog; if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ out = stdout; }else{ out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); if( out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", zFilename); return; } } memsys5Enter(); nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); } fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); memsys5Leave(); if( out==stdout ){ fflush(stdout); }else{ fclose(out); } } #endif /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { memsys5Malloc, memsys5Free, memsys5Realloc, memsys5Size, memsys5Roundup, memsys5Init, memsys5Shutdown, 0 }; return &memsys5Methods; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ /************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. ** ** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) /* ** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized ** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to ** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. */ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT /* ** Initialize the mutex system. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. */ sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); }else{ pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); } memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; } rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; #endif return rc; } /* ** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by ** sqlite3MutexInit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; #endif return rc; } /* ** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ return 0; } assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); } /* ** Free a dynamic mutex. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); } } /* ** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block ** until it can be obtained. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); } } /* ** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another ** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); } return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously ** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument ** this function is a no-op. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 07 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. ** ** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual ** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications ** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined ** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working ** mutex routines at start-time using the ** ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) ** ** interface. ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted ** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being ** called correctly. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Stub routines for all mutex methods. ** ** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. */ static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return SQLITE_OK; } static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { noopMutexInit, noopMutexEnd, noopMutexAlloc, noopMutexFree, noopMutexEnter, noopMutexTry, noopMutexLeave, 0, 0, }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing ** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any ** mutual exclusion. */ /* ** The mutex object */ typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { int id; /* The mutex type */ int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ } sqlite3_debug_mutex; /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt>0; } static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt==0; } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. */ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6]; sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; switch( id ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew ){ pNew->id = id; pNew->cnt = 0; } break; } default: { assert( id-2 >= 0 ); assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) ); pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; pNew->id = id; break; } } return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. */ static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->cnt==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; } static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); p->cnt--; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { debugMutexInit, debugMutexEnd, debugMutexAlloc, debugMutexFree, debugMutexEnter, debugMutexTry, debugMutexLeave, debugMutexHeld, debugMutexNotheld }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation ** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ return sqlite3NoopMutex(); } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2 */ /* ** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined. ** See the mutex.h file for details. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 /********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation ********************** ** ** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API. */ /* ** The mutex object ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ int id; /* Mutex type */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0, 0 } #else #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 } #endif /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 ** </ul> ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){ sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL; switch( iType ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ p->id = iType; if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){ sqlite3_free( p ); p = NULL; } } break; } default: { static volatile int isInit = 0; static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6] = { SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }; if ( !isInit ){ APIRET rc; PTIB ptib; PPIB ppib; HMTX mutex; char name[32]; DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib ); sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x", ppib->pib_ulpid ); while( !isInit ){ mutex = 0; rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE); if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ unsigned int i; if( !isInit ){ for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){ DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE ); } isInit = 1; } DosCloseMutexSem( mutex ); }else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){ DosSleep( 1 ); }else{ return p; } } } assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; p->id = iType; break; } } return p; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. ** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates. */ static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG TID tid; PID pid; ULONG ulCount; DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); assert( ulCount==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #endif DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex ); sqlite3_free( p ); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ TID tid; PID pid; ULONG ulCount; PTIB ptib; DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); if( ulCount==0 || ( ulCount>1 && p->id!=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) ) return 0; DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); return tid==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; } static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ TID tid; PID pid; ULONG ulCount; PTIB ptib; DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); if( ulCount==0 ) return 1; DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); return tid!=ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; } static void os2MutexTrace(sqlite3_mutex *p, char *pAction){ TID tid; PID pid; ULONG ulCount; DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); printf("%s mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%ld\n", pAction, (void*)p, p->trace, ulCount); } #endif /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "enter"); #endif } static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR ) { rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "try"); #endif } return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( os2MutexHeld(p) ); DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "leave"); #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { os2MutexInit, os2MutexEnd, os2MutexAlloc, os2MutexFree, os2MutexEnter, os2MutexTry, os2MutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG os2MutexHeld, os2MutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */ /************** End of mutex_os2.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads */ /* ** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe ** under unix with pthreads. ** ** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that ** supports recursive mutexes. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS #include <pthread.h> /* ** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields ** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using ** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 #else # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 #endif /* ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF int id; /* Mutex type */ volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } #else #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } #endif /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to ** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery ** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are ** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines ** will not always work correctly on HPUX. ** ** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite ** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to ** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these ** routines are never called. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); } static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; } #endif /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite ** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM ** </ul> ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }; sqlite3_mutex *p; switch( iType ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to ** build our own. See below. */ pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); #else /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; #endif } break; } case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; #endif pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); } break; } default: { assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->id = iType; #endif break; } } return p; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously ** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** mutex that it allocates. */ static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p->nRef==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. */ { pthread_t self = pthread_self(); if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ p->nRef++; }else{ pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); assert( p->nRef==0 ); p->owner = self; p->nRef = 1; } } #else /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; #endif #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ int rc; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. */ { pthread_t self = pthread_self(); if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ p->nRef++; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ assert( p->nRef==0 ); p->owner = self; p->nRef = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } } #else /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; #endif rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; #endif assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX if( p->nRef==0 ){ pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); } #else pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { pthreadMutexInit, pthreadMutexEnd, pthreadMutexAlloc, pthreadMutexFree, pthreadMutexEnter, pthreadMutexTry, pthreadMutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pthreadMutexHeld, pthreadMutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ /************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 */ /* ** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded ** on a win32 system. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 /* ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ int id; /* Mutex type */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; #define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } #else #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } #endif /* ** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, ** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. ** ** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack ** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that ** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to ** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or ** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call ** the LockFileEx() API. ** ** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, ** which is only available if your application was compiled with ** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only ** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef ** this out as well. */ #if 0 #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE # define mutexIsNT() (1) #else static int mutexIsNT(void){ static int osType = 0; if( osType==0 ){ OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); GetVersionEx(&sInfo); osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; } return osType==2; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use only inside assert() statements. */ static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); } static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; } static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); } #endif /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = { SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }; static int winMutex_isInit = 0; /* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part ** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown() ** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not ** strictly necessary. */ static long winMutex_lock = 0; static int winMutexInit(void){ /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ int i; for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){ InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex); } winMutex_isInit = 1; }else{ /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */ while( !winMutex_isInit ){ Sleep(1); } } return SQLITE_OK; } static int winMutexEnd(void){ /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */ if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){ if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){ int i; for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){ DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex); } winMutex_isInit = 0; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite ** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM ** </ul> ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ sqlite3_mutex *p; switch( iType ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = iType; #endif InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); } break; } default: { assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ); p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = iType; #endif break; } } return p; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously ** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** mutex that it allocates. */ static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p ); assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); #endif EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); p->owner = tid; p->nRef++; if( p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifndef NDEBUG DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); #endif int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always ** fail. ** ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See ** ticket #2685. */ #if 0 if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ p->owner = tid; p->nRef++; rc = SQLITE_OK; } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #ifndef NDEBUG DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( p->owner==tid ); p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #endif LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { winMutexInit, winMutexEnd, winMutexAlloc, winMutexFree, winMutexEnter, winMutexTry, winMutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG winMutexHeld, winMutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ /************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. */ /* #include <stdarg.h> */ /* ** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently ** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to ** cache database pages that are not currently in use. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); #else /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); return 0; #endif } /* ** An instance of the following object records the location of ** each unused scratch buffer. */ typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ } ScratchFreeslot; /* ** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ /* ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be ** issued. */ sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); void *alarmArg; /* ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of ** unused scratch allocations. */ void *pScratchEnd; ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; u32 nScratchFree; /* ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. */ int nearlyFull; } mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; #define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) /* ** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the ** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap ** limit. */ static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( void *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, int allocSize ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); } /* ** Change the alarm callback */ static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm( void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 iThreshold ){ int nUsed; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; mem0.alarmArg = pArg; mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code ** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 iThreshold ){ return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold); } #endif /* ** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or ** negative value indicates no limit. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; sqlite3_int64 excess; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return -1; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); if( n<0 ) return priorLimit; if( n>0 ){ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n); }else{ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); } excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); return priorLimit; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ if( n<0 ) n = 0; sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); } /* ** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ sqlite3MemSetDefault(); } memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ int i, n, sz; ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; mem0.nScratchFree = n; for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){ pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); pSlot = pSlot->pNext; } pSlot->pNext = 0; mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; }else{ mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0; } return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); } /* ** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other ** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ return mem0.nearlyFull; } /* ** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); } memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); } /* ** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ int n, mx; sqlite3_int64 res; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0); res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ return res; } /* ** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been ** checked out since either the beginning of this process ** or since the most recent reset. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ int n, mx; sqlite3_int64 res; sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag); res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ return res; } /* ** Trigger the alarm */ static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; void *pArg; if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return; xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback; nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); pArg = mem0.alarmArg; mem0.alarmCallback = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; mem0.alarmArg = pArg; } /* ** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the ** lock is already held. */ static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ int nFull; void *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){ int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ mem0.nearlyFull = 1; sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); }else{ mem0.nearlyFull = 0; } } p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); } #endif if( p ){ nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); } *pp = p; return nFull; } /* ** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it ** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ void *p; if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ || n>=0x7fffff00 ){ /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ p = 0; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ return p; } /* ** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. ** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the ** allocation. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return sqlite3Malloc(n); } /* ** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from ** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded ** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation ** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) static int scratchAllocOut = 0; #endif /* ** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. ** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended ** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This ** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data ** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an ** embedded processor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ void *p; assert( n>0 ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ p = mem0.pScratchFree; mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; mem0.nScratchFree--; sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); } sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); } assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case ** would be much more complicated.) */ assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 ); if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; #endif return p; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ if( p ){ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case ** would be much more complicated.) */ assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); scratchAllocOut--; #endif if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){ /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */ ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree; mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; mem0.nScratchFree++; assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ /* Release memory back to the heap */ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); } } } } /* ** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd; } #else #define isLookaside(A,B) 0 #endif /* ** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from ** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){ return db->lookaside.sz; }else{ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } } /* ** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); } } /* ** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database ** connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db ){ if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); return; } if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; db->lookaside.nOut--; return; } } assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ int nOld, nNew, nDiff; void *pNew; if( pOld==0 ){ return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */ } if( nBytes<=0 ){ sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */ return 0; } if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ return 0; } nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to ** xRoundup. */ nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); if( nOld==nNew ){ pNew = pOld; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); nDiff = nNew - nOld; if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); } assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } if( pNew ){ nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ return pNew; } /* ** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory ** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); } /* ** Allocate and zero memory. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, n); } return p; } /* ** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make ** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, n); } return p; } /* ** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make ** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. ** ** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc ** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. ** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts ** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. ** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the ** code that do things like this: ** ** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); ** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); ** if( b ) a[10] = 9; ** ** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed ** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ void *p; assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE if( db ){ LookasideSlot *pBuf; if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){ if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; }else{ db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; db->lookaside.nOut++; db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; } return (void*)pBuf; } } } #else if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } #endif p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( !p && db ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB | ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); return p; } /* ** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the ** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ void *pNew = 0; assert( db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ if( p==0 ){ return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); } if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){ return p; } pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } }else{ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); if( !pNew ){ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP); db->mallocFailed = 1; } sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); } } return pNew; } /* ** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p ** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ void *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); if( !pNew ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } return pNew; } /* ** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This ** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the ** ThreadData structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ char *zNew; size_t n; if( z==0 ){ return 0; } n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); if( zNew ){ memcpy(zNew, z, n); } return zNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ char *zNew; if( z==0 ){ return 0; } assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1); if( zNew ){ memcpy(zNew, z, n); zNew[n] = 0; } return zNew; } /* ** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows. ** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz ** point to that string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); *pz = z; } /* ** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or ** sqlite3_realloc. ** ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous ** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. ** ** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, ** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) ** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). */ assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); db->mallocFailed = 0; rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); } /************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ /* ** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in ** the public domain. The original comments are included here for ** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as ** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed ** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). ** ************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These ** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C ** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support ** SQLlite. */ /* ** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the ** following enumeration. */ #define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ #define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ #define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ #define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ #define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ #define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ #define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ #define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ #define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ /* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ #define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ #define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ #define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ #define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ #define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ #define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ #define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ #define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ /* ** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. */ typedef unsigned char etByte; /* ** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described ** by an instance of the following structure */ typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ } et_info; /* ** Allowed values for et_info.flags */ #define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ #define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ #define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ /* ** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the ** most frequently used conversion types first. */ static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, #endif { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, /* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal ** use only */ { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, }; /* ** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point ** conversions will work. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 ** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then ** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. ** ** Example: ** input: *val = 3.14159 ** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' ** ** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds ** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is ** always returned. */ static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ int digit; LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0'; digit = (int)*val; d = digit; digit += '0'; *val = (*val - d)*10.0; return (char)digit; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ /* ** Append N space characters to the given string buffer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){ static const char zSpaces[] = " "; while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1); N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1; } if( N>0 ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N); } } /* ** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the ** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. */ #ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE # define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 #endif #define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ /* ** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ const char *fmt, /* Format string */ va_list ap /* arguments */ ){ int c; /* Next character in the format string */ char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ int length; /* Length of the field */ int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ int width; /* Width of the current field */ etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ char *zExtra; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ #endif char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ bufpt = 0; for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ if( c!='%' ){ int amt; bufpt = (char *)fmt; amt = 1; while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt); if( c==0 ) break; } if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); break; } /* Find out what flags are present */ flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; done = 0; do{ switch( c ){ case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; default: done = 1; break; } }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); /* Get the field width */ width = 0; if( c=='*' ){ width = va_arg(ap,int); if( width<0 ){ flag_leftjustify = 1; width = -width; } c = *++fmt; }else{ while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ width = width*10 + c - '0'; c = *++fmt; } } /* Get the precision */ if( c=='.' ){ precision = 0; c = *++fmt; if( c=='*' ){ precision = va_arg(ap,int); if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; c = *++fmt; }else{ while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; c = *++fmt; } } }else{ precision = -1; } /* Get the conversion type modifier */ if( c=='l' ){ flag_long = 1; c = *++fmt; if( c=='l' ){ flag_longlong = 1; c = *++fmt; }else{ flag_longlong = 0; } }else{ flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; } /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ infop = &fmtinfo[0]; xtype = etINVALID; for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){ if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){ infop = &fmtinfo[idx]; if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ xtype = infop->type; }else{ return; } break; } } zExtra = 0; /* ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: ** ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the ** field width was negative. ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed ** the conversion character. ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed ** the conversion character. ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. ** width The specified field width. This is ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. ** precision The specified precision. The default ** is -1. ** xtype The class of the conversion. ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. */ switch( xtype ){ case etPOINTER: flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); /* Fall through into the next case */ case etORDINAL: case etRADIX: if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ i64 v; if( flag_longlong ){ v = va_arg(ap,i64); }else if( flag_long ){ v = va_arg(ap,long int); }else{ v = va_arg(ap,int); } if( v<0 ){ if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; }else{ longvalue = -v; } prefix = '-'; }else{ longvalue = v; if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; else prefix = 0; } }else{ if( flag_longlong ){ longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); }else if( flag_long ){ longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); }else{ longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); } prefix = 0; } if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){ precision = width-(prefix!=0); } if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){ nOut = etBUFSIZE; zOut = buf; }else{ nOut = precision + 10; zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut ); if( zOut==0 ){ pAccum->mallocFailed = 1; return; } } bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1]; if( xtype==etORDINAL ){ static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd"; int x = (int)(longvalue % 10); if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ x = 0; } *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; } { register const char *cset; /* Use registers for speed */ register int base; cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; base = infop->base; do{ /* Convert to ascii */ *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; longvalue = longvalue/base; }while( longvalue>0 ); } length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ } if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ const char *pre; char x; pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; } length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); break; case etFLOAT: case etEXP: case etGENERIC: realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT length = 0; #else if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ if( realvalue<0.0 ){ realvalue = -realvalue; prefix = '-'; }else{ if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; else prefix = 0; } if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; #if 0 /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */ for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1); #else /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */ for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} #endif if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ exp = 0; if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ bufpt = "NaN"; length = 3; break; } if( realvalue>0.0 ){ while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; } while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; } while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } if( exp>350 ){ if( prefix=='-' ){ bufpt = "-Inf"; }else if( prefix=='+' ){ bufpt = "+Inf"; }else{ bufpt = "Inf"; } length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); break; } } bufpt = buf; /* ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. */ if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ realvalue += rounder; if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } } if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ xtype = etEXP; }else{ precision = precision - exp; xtype = etFLOAT; } }else{ flag_rtz = 0; } if( xtype==etEXP ){ e2 = 0; }else{ e2 = exp; } if( e2+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( e2+precision+width+15 ); if( bufpt==0 ){ pAccum->mallocFailed = 1; return; } } zOut = bufpt; nsd = 0; flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; /* The sign in front of the number */ if( prefix ){ *(bufpt++) = prefix; } /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ if( e2<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '0'; }else{ for(; e2>=0; e2--){ *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); } } /* The decimal point */ if( flag_dp ){ *(bufpt++) = '.'; } /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first ** significant digit of the number */ for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ assert( precision>0 ); *(bufpt++) = '0'; } /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ while( (precision--)>0 ){ *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); } /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; assert( bufpt>zOut ); if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ if( flag_altform2 ){ *(bufpt++) = '0'; }else{ *(--bufpt) = 0; } } } /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ if( xtype==etEXP ){ *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; if( exp<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; }else{ *(bufpt++) = '+'; } if( exp>=100 ){ *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ exp %= 100; } *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ } *bufpt = 0; /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with ** integer conversions. */ length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); bufpt = zOut; /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is ** set and we are not left justified */ if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ int i; int nPad = width - length; for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; } i = prefix!=0; while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; length = width; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ break; case etSIZE: *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; length = width = 0; break; case etPERCENT: buf[0] = '%'; bufpt = buf; length = 1; break; case etCHARX: c = va_arg(ap,int); buf[0] = (char)c; if( precision>=0 ){ for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c; length = precision; }else{ length =1; } bufpt = buf; break; case etSTRING: case etDYNSTRING: bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*); if( bufpt==0 ){ bufpt = ""; }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){ zExtra = bufpt; } if( precision>=0 ){ for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){} }else{ length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); } break; case etSQLESCAPE: case etSQLESCAPE2: case etSQLESCAPE3: { int i, j, k, n, isnull; int needQuote; char ch; char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */ char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*); isnull = escarg==0; if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)"); k = precision; for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){ if( ch==q ) n++; } needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2; n += i + 1 + needQuote*2; if( n>etBUFSIZE ){ bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); if( bufpt==0 ){ pAccum->mallocFailed = 1; return; } }else{ bufpt = buf; } j = 0; if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; k = i; for(i=0; i<k; i++){ bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i]; if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; } if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; bufpt[j] = 0; length = j; /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to ** consume, not the length of the output... ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */ break; } case etTOKEN: { Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*); if( pToken ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); } length = width = 0; break; } case etSRCLIST: { SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); int k = va_arg(ap, int); struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc ); if( pItem->zDatabase ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); } sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1); length = width = 0; break; } default: { assert( xtype==etINVALID ); return; } }/* End switch over the format type */ /* ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do ** the output. */ if( !flag_leftjustify ){ register int nspace; nspace = width-length; if( nspace>0 ){ sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace); } } if( length>0 ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); } if( flag_leftjustify ){ register int nspace; nspace = width-length; if( nspace>0 ){ sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace); } } sqlite3_free(zExtra); }/* End for loop over the format string */ } /* End of function */ /* ** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){ testcase(p->tooBig); testcase(p->mallocFailed); return; } assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); if( N<0 ){ N = sqlite3Strlen30(z); } if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){ return; } if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ char *zNew; if( !p->useMalloc ){ p->tooBig = 1; N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; if( N<=0 ){ return; } }else{ char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); i64 szNew = p->nChar; szNew += N + 1; if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); p->tooBig = 1; return; }else{ p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; } if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); }else{ zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); } if( zNew ){ if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); p->zText = zNew; }else{ p->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); return; } } } assert( p->zText ); memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); p->nChar += N; } /* ** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. ** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL ** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ if( p->zText ){ p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); }else{ p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1); } if( p->zText ){ memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); }else{ p->mallocFailed = 1; } } } return p->zText; } /* ** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); }else{ sqlite3_free(p->zText); } } p->zText = 0; } /* ** Initialize a string accumulator */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; p->db = 0; p->nChar = 0; p->nAlloc = n; p->mxAlloc = mx; p->useMalloc = 1; p->tooBig = 0; p->mallocFailed = 0; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char *z; char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; assert( db!=0 ); sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); acc.db = db; sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap); z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); if( acc.mallocFailed ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting ** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used ** to modify an existing string. For example: ** ** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x); ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr); return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char *z; char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); acc.useMalloc = 2; sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the ** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we ** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as ** specified by some locales. ** ** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards ** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change ** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the ** mistake. ** ** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ StrAccum acc; if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); acc.useMalloc = 0; sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); } SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ char *z; va_list ap; va_start(ap,zFormat); z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. ** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using ** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. ** ** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically ** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator ** mutex is held. */ static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); acc.useMalloc = 0; sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } /* ** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ va_start(ap, zFormat); renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. ** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld ** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; StrAccum acc; char zBuf[500]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); acc.useMalloc = 0; va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); fflush(stdout); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } #endif /************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number ** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. ** ** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order ** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. */ /* All threads share a single random number generator. ** This structure is the current state of the generator. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ } sqlite3Prng; /* ** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex ** must be held while executing this routine. ** ** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this? ** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very ** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may ** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some ** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard ** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48() ** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based ** on RC4, which we know works very well. ** ** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of ** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same. */ static u8 randomByte(void){ unsigned char t; /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); # define wsdPrng p[0] #else # define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng #endif /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... ** ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random ** number generator) not as an encryption device. */ if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ int i; char k[256]; wsdPrng.j = 0; wsdPrng.i = 0; sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); for(i=0; i<256; i++){ wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; } for(i=0; i<256; i++){ wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; wsdPrng.s[i] = t; } wsdPrng.isInit = 1; } /* Generate and return single random byte */ wsdPrng.i++; t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; wsdPrng.j += t; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; return wsdPrng.s[t]; } /* ** Return N random bytes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); while( N-- ){ *(zBuf++) = randomByte(); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST /* ** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of ** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or ** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish ** those tasks. ** ** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to ** control the PRNG. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ memcpy( &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), sizeof(sqlite3Prng) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ memcpy( &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), sizeof(sqlite3Prng) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){ GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ /************** End of random.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 13 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. ** ** Notes on UTF-8: ** ** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value ** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx ** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx ** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** ** ** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) ** ** Word-0 Word-1 Value ** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** ** ** BOM or Byte Order Mark: ** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows ** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows ** */ /* #include <assert.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* ** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and ** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ /* ** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of ** a multi-byte UTF8 character. */ static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, }; #define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ if( c<0x00080 ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ } \ else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ } #define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ } \ } #define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ } \ } #define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ c = (*zIn++); \ c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ int c2 = (*zIn++); \ c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ } \ } #define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c += (*zIn++); \ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c2 += (*zIn++); \ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ } \ } /* ** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. ** ** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points ** is a 0x00. ** ** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. ** ** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: ** ** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to ** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that ** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. ** ** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. ** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between ** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. ** ** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first ** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters ** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically ** invalid characters. ** ** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings ** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length ** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. */ #define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ c = *(zIn++); \ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ } \ if( c<0x80 \ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ } SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */ const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */ ){ unsigned int c; /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. */ c = *(zIn++); if( c>=0xc0 ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); } if( c<0x80 || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } } *pzNext = zIn; return c; } /* ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). */ /* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to ** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired ** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ unsigned int c; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); assert( pMem->n>=0 ); #if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { char zBuf[100]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); } #endif /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled ** differently from the others. */ if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ u8 temp; int rc; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; while( zIn<zTerm ){ temp = *zIn; *zIn = *(zIn+1); zIn++; *zIn++ = temp; } pMem->enc = desiredEnc; goto translate_out; } /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. ** A single byte is required for the output string ** nul-terminator. */ pMem->n &= ~1; len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; }else{ /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the ** nul-terminator. */ len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; } /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 ** byte past the end. ** ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained ** from sqlite3_malloc(). */ zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); if( !zOut ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } z = zOut; if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */ READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c); WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c); } }else{ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */ READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c); WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c); } } pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut); *z++ = 0; }else{ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); WRITE_UTF8(z, c); } }else{ /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn<zTerm ){ READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); WRITE_UTF8(z, c); } } pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut); } *z = 0; assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem); pMem->enc = desiredEnc; pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn); pMem->z = (char*)zOut; pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; translate_out: #if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { char zBuf[100]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the ** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and ** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any ** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. ** ** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be ** changed by this function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 bom = 0; assert( pMem->n>=0 ); if( pMem->n>1 ){ u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; } } if( bom ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pMem->n -= 2; memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; pMem->enc = bom; } } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, ** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) ** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the ** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to ** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ int r = 0; const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; const u8 *zTerm; if( nByte>=0 ){ zTerm = &z[nByte]; }else{ zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); } assert( z<=zTerm ); while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); r++; } return r; } /* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. ** Hence it is only available in debug builds. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8. ** ** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed ** UTF-8. Miscoded characters are removed. ** ** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output ** overruns the input. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){ unsigned char *zOut = zIn; unsigned char *zStart = zIn; u32 c; while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn); if( c!=0xfffd ){ WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c); } } *zOut = 0; return (int)(zOut - zStart); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string. ** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must ** be freed by the calling function. ** ** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){ Mem m; memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); m.db = db; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); m.z = 0; } assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); return m.z; } /* ** Convert a UTF-8 string to the UTF-16 encoding specified by parameter ** enc. A pointer to the new string is returned, and the value of *pnOut ** is set to the length of the returned string in bytes. The call should ** arrange to call sqlite3DbFree() on the returned pointer when it is ** no longer required. ** ** If a malloc failure occurs, NULL is returned and the db.mallocFailed ** flag set. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, char *z, int n, int *pnOut){ Mem m; memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); m.db = db; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(&m, enc) ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); return 0; } assert( m.z==m.zMalloc ); *pnOut = m.n; return m.z; } #endif /* ** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. ** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters ** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ int c; unsigned char const *z = zIn; int n = 0; if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ while( n<nChar ){ READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); n++; } }else{ while( n<nChar ){ READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); n++; } } return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn); } #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest". ** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing ** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){ unsigned int i, t; unsigned char zBuf[20]; unsigned char *z; int n; unsigned int c; for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ z = zBuf; WRITE_UTF8(z, i); n = (int)(z-zBuf); assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z); t = i; if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; assert( c==t ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; z = zBuf; WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); n = (int)(z-zBuf); assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); assert( c==i ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; z = zBuf; WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); n = (int)(z-zBuf); assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); assert( c==i ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } } #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. ** ** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing ** strings, and stuff like that. ** */ /* #include <stdarg.h> */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN # include <math.h> #endif /* ** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ static unsigned dummy = 0; dummy += (unsigned)x; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). ** ** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. ** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ int rc; /* The value return */ #if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) /* ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. ** ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following ** warning: ** ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO ** rules/specifications for math functions. ** ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN ** documentation: ** ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN ** ... */ #ifdef __FAST_MATH__ # error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. #endif volatile double y = x; volatile double z = y; rc = (y!=z); #else /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */ rc = isnan(x); #endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */ testcase( rc ); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ /* ** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in ** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. ** ** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater ** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater ** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ const char *z2 = z; if( z==0 ) return 0; while( *z2 ){ z2++; } return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); } /* ** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite ** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". ** ** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the ** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following ** format characters are allowed: ** ** %s Insert a string ** %z A string that should be freed after use ** %d Insert an integer ** %T Insert a token ** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList ** ** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be ** encoded in UTF-8. ** ** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error ** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set ** to NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){ db->errCode = err_code; if( zFormat ){ char *z; va_list ap; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); }else{ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } } } /* ** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. ** The following formatting characters are allowed: ** ** %s Insert a string ** %z A string that should be freed after use ** %d Insert an integer ** %T Insert a token ** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList ** ** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst ** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The ** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error ** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). ** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution ** (sqlite3_step() etc.). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ char *zMsg; va_list ap; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; va_start(ap, zFormat); zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( db->suppressErr ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); }else{ pParse->nErr++; sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } /* ** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing ** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the ** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine ** is a no-op. ** ** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator ** is added to the dequoted string. ** ** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the ** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does ** occur. ** ** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style ** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes ** "a-b-c". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ char quote; int i, j; if( z==0 ) return -1; quote = z[0]; switch( quote ){ case '\'': break; case '"': break; case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */ case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */ default: return -1; } for(i=1, j=0; ALWAYS(z[i]); i++){ if( z[i]==quote ){ if( z[i+1]==quote ){ z[j++] = quote; i++; }else{ break; } }else{ z[j++] = z[i]; } } z[j] = 0; return j; } /* Convenient short-hand */ #define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower /* ** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because ** there is no consistency, we will define our own. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20522-24639 The sqlite3_strnicmp() API allows ** applications and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers ** containing UTF-8 strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same ** definition of case independence that SQLite uses internally when ** comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ register unsigned char *a, *b; a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; b = (unsigned char *)zRight; while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ register unsigned char *a, *b; a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; b = (unsigned char *)zRight; while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; } /* ** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. ** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. ** ** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and ** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. ** ** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE ** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers ** are in one of these formats: ** ** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] ** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] ** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] ** ** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining ** validity. ** ** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine ** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result ** into *pResult. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); const char *zEnd = z + length; /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ i64 s = 0; /* significand */ int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ int e = 0; /* exponent */ int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ double result; int nDigits = 0; *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++; /* skip leading spaces */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr; if( z>=zEnd ) return 0; /* get sign of significand */ if( *z=='-' ){ sign = -1; z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ z+=incr; } /* skip leading zeroes */ while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++; /* copy max significant digits to significand */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){ s = s*10 + (*z - '0'); z+=incr, nDigits++; } /* skip non-significant significand digits ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++; if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if decimal point is present */ if( *z=='.' ){ z+=incr; /* copy digits from after decimal to significand ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){ s = s*10 + (*z - '0'); z+=incr, nDigits++, d--; } /* skip non-significant digits */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++; } if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if exponent is present */ if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ z+=incr; eValid = 0; if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* get sign of exponent */ if( *z=='-' ){ esign = -1; z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ z+=incr; } /* copy digits to exponent */ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000; z+=incr; eValid = 1; } } /* skip trailing spaces */ if( nDigits && eValid ){ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr; } do_atof_calc: /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */ e = (e*esign) + d; if( e<0 ) { esign = -1; e *= -1; } else { esign = 1; } /* if 0 significand */ if( !s ) { /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed. ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */ result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0; } else { /* attempt to reduce exponent */ if( esign>0 ){ while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10; }else{ while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10; } /* adjust the sign of significand */ s = sign<0 ? -s : s; /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate ** and store in result. */ if( e ){ double scale = 1.0; /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ if( e>307 && e<342 ){ while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } if( esign<0 ){ result = s / scale; result /= 1.0e+308; }else{ result = s * scale; result *= 1.0e+308; } }else if( e>=342 ){ if( esign<0 ){ result = 0.0*s; }else{ result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ } }else{ /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be ** represented exactly. */ while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } if( esign<0 ){ result = s / scale; }else{ result = s * scale; } } } else { result = (double)s; } } /* store the result */ *pResult = result; /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid; #else return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ } /* ** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation ** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive ** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. ** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. ** ** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference ** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the ** last digit. So, for example, ** ** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) ** ** will return -8. */ static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ int c = 0; int i; /* 012345678901234567 */ const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; } if( c==0 ){ c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; testcase( c==(-1) ); testcase( c==0 ); testcase( c==(+1) ); } return c; } /* ** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. ** ** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement ** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. ** ** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854665808, return 2. This special ** case is broken out because while 9223372036854665808 cannot be a ** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854665808 can be. ** ** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not ** 9223372036854665808 then return 1. ** ** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). ** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is ** given by enc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); u64 u = 0; int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ int i; int c = 0; const char *zStart; const char *zEnd = zNum + length; if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) zNum++; while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr; if( zNum<zEnd ){ if( *zNum=='-' ){ neg = 1; zNum+=incr; }else if( *zNum=='+' ){ zNum+=incr; } } zStart = zNum; while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */ for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ u = u*10 + c - '0'; } if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ *pNum = SMALLEST_INT64; }else if( neg ){ *pNum = -(i64)u; }else{ *pNum = (i64)u; } testcase( i==18 ); testcase( i==19 ); testcase( i==20 ); if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr ){ /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ return 1; }else if( i<19*incr ){ /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); return 0; }else{ /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); if( c<0 ){ /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); return 0; }else if( c>0 ){ /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ return 1; }else{ /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); assert( (*pNum)==SMALLEST_INT64 ); return neg ? 0 : 2; } } } /* ** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set ** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. ** ** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. ** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the ** input number to be zero-terminated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ sqlite_int64 v = 0; int i, c; int neg = 0; if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ neg = 1; zNum++; }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ zNum++; } while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ v = v*10 + c; } /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: ** ** 1234567890 ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 */ testcase( i==10 ); if( i>10 ){ return 0; } testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ return 0; } if( neg ){ v = -v; } *pValue = (int)v; return 1; } /* ** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the ** string is not an integer, just return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ int x = 0; if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); return x; } /* ** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: ** ** KEY: ** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data ** ** 7 bits - A ** 14 bits - BA ** 21 bits - BBA ** 28 bits - BBBA ** 35 bits - BBBBA ** 42 bits - BBBBBA ** 49 bits - BBBBBBA ** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA ** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC */ /* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number ** of bytes written is returned. ** ** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte ** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th ** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full ** 8 bits and is the last byte. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ int i, j, n; u8 buf[10]; if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ p[8] = (u8)v; v >>= 8; for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); v >>= 7; } return 9; } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); v >>= 7; }while( v!=0 ); buf[0] &= 0x7f; assert( n<=9 ); for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ p[i] = buf[j]; } return n; } /* ** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only ** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for ** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32, ** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use ** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has ** already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ #ifndef putVarint32 if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){ p[0] = v; return 1; } #endif if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){ p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80); p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f); return 2; } return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v); } /* ** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants ** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions ** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. ** ** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f ** ** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 */ #define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f #define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f /* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ u32 a,b,s; a = *p; /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { *v = a; return 1; } p++; b = *p; /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { a &= 0x7f; a = a<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 2; } /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { a &= SLOT_2_0; b &= 0x7f; b = b<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 3; } /* CSE1 from below */ a &= SLOT_2_0; p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { b &= SLOT_2_0; /* moved CSE1 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a = a<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 4; } /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ /* moved CSE1 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ b &= SLOT_2_0; s = a; /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ b = b<<7; a |= b; s = s>>18; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 5; } /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ s = s<<7; s |= b; /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a &= SLOT_2_0; a = a<<7; a |= b; s = s>>18; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 6; } p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { a &= SLOT_4_2_0; b &= SLOT_2_0; b = b<<7; a |= b; s = s>>11; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 7; } /* CSE2 from below */ a &= SLOT_2_0; p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { b &= SLOT_4_2_0; /* moved CSE2 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a = a<<7; a |= b; s = s>>4; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 8; } p++; a = a<<15; a |= *p; /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ /* moved CSE2 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ b &= SLOT_2_0; b = b<<8; a |= b; s = s<<4; b = p[-4]; b &= 0x7f; b = b>>3; s |= b; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 9; } /* ** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. ** ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. ** ** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the ** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ u32 a,b; /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline ** by the getVarin32() macro */ a = *p; /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ #ifndef getVarint32 if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 0 and 127 */ *v = a; return 1; } #endif /* The 2-byte case */ p++; b = *p; /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ a &= 0x7f; a = a<<7; *v = a | b; return 2; } /* The 3-byte case */ p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); b &= 0x7f; b = b<<7; *v = a | b; return 3; } /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. ** ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint ** routine. */ #if 1 { u64 v64; u8 n; p -= 2; n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ *v = 0xffffffff; }else{ *v = (u32)v64; } return n; } #else /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. */ p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); a = a<<7; *v = a | b; return 4; } p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ a &= SLOT_4_2_0; b &= SLOT_4_2_0; b = b<<7; *v = a | b; return 5; } /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the ** value. */ { u64 v64; u8 n; p -= 4; n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); *v = (u32)v64; return n; } #endif } /* ** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given ** 64-bit integer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ int i = 0; do{ i++; v >>= 7; }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) ); return i; } /* ** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); p[3] = (u8)v; } /* ** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. ** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal ** character: 0..9a..fA..F */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); #endif return (u8)(h & 0xf); } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* ** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary ** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the ** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by ** the calling routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ char *zBlob; int i; zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1); n--; if( zBlob ){ for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){ zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]); } zBlob[i/2] = 0; } return zBlob; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ /* ** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should ** not have been used. The "type" of connection pointer is given as the ** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid". */ static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API call with %s database connection pointer", zType ); } /* ** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer. This test is not ** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against ** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are ** NULL or which have been previously closed. If this routine returns ** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be ** dereferenced for any reason. The calling function should invoke ** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately. ** ** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for ** use. sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to ** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be ** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){ u32 magic; if( db==0 ){ logBadConnection("NULL"); return 0; } magic = db->magic; if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); logBadConnection("unopened"); } return 0; }else{ return 1; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ u32 magic; magic = db->magic; if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); logBadConnection("invalid"); return 0; }else{ return 1; } } /* ** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against ** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. ** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an ** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ i64 iA = *pA; testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); if( iB>=0 ){ testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; *pA += iB; }else{ testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; *pA += iB; } return 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; *pA -= iB; return 0; }else{ return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); } } #define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) #define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ i64 iA = *pA; i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1; assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 ); r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1; testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; r *= TWOPOWER32; if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; *pA = r; return 0; } /* ** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or ** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ if( x>=0 ) return x; if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; return -x; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES /* ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database ** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and ** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than ** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three ** characters of the original suffix. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always ** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. ** ** Examples: ** ** test.db-journal => test.nal ** test.db-wal => test.wal ** test.db-shm => test.shm ** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) #endif { int i, sz; sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); } } #endif /************** End of util.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables ** used in SQLite. */ /* #include <assert.h> */ /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ assert( pNew!=0 ); pNew->first = 0; pNew->count = 0; pNew->htsize = 0; pNew->ht = 0; } /* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. ** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table ** to the empty state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ assert( pH!=0 ); elem = pH->first; pH->first = 0; sqlite3_free(pH->ht); pH->ht = 0; pH->htsize = 0; while( elem ){ HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; sqlite3_free(elem); elem = next_elem; } pH->count = 0; } /* ** The hashing function. */ static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){ int h = 0; assert( nKey>=0 ); while( nKey > 0 ){ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; nKey--; } return h; } /* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also ** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. */ static void insertElement( Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ ){ HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ if( pEntry ){ pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; pEntry->count++; pEntry->chain = pNew; }else{ pHead = 0; } if( pHead ){ pNew->next = pHead; pNew->prev = pHead->prev; if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } else { pH->first = pNew; } pHead->prev = pNew; }else{ pNew->next = pH->first; if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } pNew->prev = 0; pH->first = pNew; } } /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. ** ** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or ** if the new size is the same as the prior size. ** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. */ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ #if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); } if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; #endif /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the ** allocation as a benign. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; sqlite3_free(pH->ht); pH->ht = new_ht; pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size; next_elem = elem->next; insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); } return 1; } /* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an ** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has ** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. */ static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ int nKey, /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */ unsigned int h /* The hash for this key. */ ){ HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ if( pH->ht ){ struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; elem = pEntry->chain; count = pEntry->count; }else{ elem = pH->first; count = pH->count; } while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){ if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; } return 0; } /* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that ** element and a hash on the element's key. */ static void removeElementGivenHash( Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ ){ struct _ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } if( elem->next ){ elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } if( pH->ht ){ pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ pEntry->chain = elem->next; } pEntry->count--; assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); } sqlite3_free( elem ); pH->count--; if( pH->count<=0 ){ assert( pH->first==0 ); assert( pH->count==0 ); sqlite3HashClear(pH); } } /* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){ HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */ assert( pH!=0 ); assert( pKey!=0 ); assert( nKey>=0 ); if( pH->ht ){ h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; }else{ h = 0; } elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h); return elem ? elem->data : 0; } /* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey ** and the data is "data". ** ** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new ** element is created and NULL is returned. ** ** If another element already exists with the same key, then the ** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. ** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then ** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. ** ** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the ** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ assert( pH!=0 ); assert( pKey!=0 ); assert( nKey>=0 ); if( pH->htsize ){ h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; }else{ h = 0; } elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); if( elem ){ void *old_data = elem->data; if( data==0 ){ removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); }else{ elem->data = data; elem->pKey = pKey; assert(nKey==elem->nKey); } return old_data; } if( data==0 ) return 0; new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); if( new_elem==0 ) return data; new_elem->pKey = pKey; new_elem->nKey = nKey; new_elem->data = data; pH->count++; if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ assert( pH->htsize>0 ); h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; } } if( pH->ht ){ insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); }else{ insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem); } return 0; } /************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ /* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ static const char *const azName[] = { "?", /* 1 */ "Goto", /* 2 */ "Gosub", /* 3 */ "Return", /* 4 */ "Yield", /* 5 */ "HaltIfNull", /* 6 */ "Halt", /* 7 */ "Integer", /* 8 */ "Int64", /* 9 */ "String", /* 10 */ "Null", /* 11 */ "Blob", /* 12 */ "Variable", /* 13 */ "Move", /* 14 */ "Copy", /* 15 */ "SCopy", /* 16 */ "ResultRow", /* 17 */ "CollSeq", /* 18 */ "Function", /* 19 */ "Not", /* 20 */ "AddImm", /* 21 */ "MustBeInt", /* 22 */ "RealAffinity", /* 23 */ "Permutation", /* 24 */ "Compare", /* 25 */ "Jump", /* 26 */ "Once", /* 27 */ "If", /* 28 */ "IfNot", /* 29 */ "Column", /* 30 */ "Affinity", /* 31 */ "MakeRecord", /* 32 */ "Count", /* 33 */ "Savepoint", /* 34 */ "AutoCommit", /* 35 */ "Transaction", /* 36 */ "ReadCookie", /* 37 */ "SetCookie", /* 38 */ "VerifyCookie", /* 39 */ "OpenRead", /* 40 */ "OpenWrite", /* 41 */ "OpenAutoindex", /* 42 */ "OpenEphemeral", /* 43 */ "SorterOpen", /* 44 */ "OpenPseudo", /* 45 */ "Close", /* 46 */ "SeekLt", /* 47 */ "SeekLe", /* 48 */ "SeekGe", /* 49 */ "SeekGt", /* 50 */ "Seek", /* 51 */ "NotFound", /* 52 */ "Found", /* 53 */ "IsUnique", /* 54 */ "NotExists", /* 55 */ "Sequence", /* 56 */ "NewRowid", /* 57 */ "Insert", /* 58 */ "InsertInt", /* 59 */ "Delete", /* 60 */ "ResetCount", /* 61 */ "SorterCompare", /* 62 */ "SorterData", /* 63 */ "RowKey", /* 64 */ "RowData", /* 65 */ "Rowid", /* 66 */ "NullRow", /* 67 */ "Last", /* 68 */ "Or", /* 69 */ "And", /* 70 */ "SorterSort", /* 71 */ "Sort", /* 72 */ "Rewind", /* 73 */ "IsNull", /* 74 */ "NotNull", /* 75 */ "Ne", /* 76 */ "Eq", /* 77 */ "Gt", /* 78 */ "Le", /* 79 */ "Lt", /* 80 */ "Ge", /* 81 */ "SorterNext", /* 82 */ "BitAnd", /* 83 */ "BitOr", /* 84 */ "ShiftLeft", /* 85 */ "ShiftRight", /* 86 */ "Add", /* 87 */ "Subtract", /* 88 */ "Multiply", /* 89 */ "Divide", /* 90 */ "Remainder", /* 91 */ "Concat", /* 92 */ "Prev", /* 93 */ "BitNot", /* 94 */ "String8", /* 95 */ "Next", /* 96 */ "SorterInsert", /* 97 */ "IdxInsert", /* 98 */ "IdxDelete", /* 99 */ "IdxRowid", /* 100 */ "IdxLT", /* 101 */ "IdxGE", /* 102 */ "Destroy", /* 103 */ "Clear", /* 104 */ "CreateIndex", /* 105 */ "CreateTable", /* 106 */ "ParseSchema", /* 107 */ "LoadAnalysis", /* 108 */ "DropTable", /* 109 */ "DropIndex", /* 110 */ "DropTrigger", /* 111 */ "IntegrityCk", /* 112 */ "RowSetAdd", /* 113 */ "RowSetRead", /* 114 */ "RowSetTest", /* 115 */ "Program", /* 116 */ "Param", /* 117 */ "FkCounter", /* 118 */ "FkIfZero", /* 119 */ "MemMax", /* 120 */ "IfPos", /* 121 */ "IfNeg", /* 122 */ "IfZero", /* 123 */ "AggStep", /* 124 */ "AggFinal", /* 125 */ "Checkpoint", /* 126 */ "JournalMode", /* 127 */ "Vacuum", /* 128 */ "IncrVacuum", /* 129 */ "Expire", /* 130 */ "Real", /* 131 */ "TableLock", /* 132 */ "VBegin", /* 133 */ "VCreate", /* 134 */ "VDestroy", /* 135 */ "VOpen", /* 136 */ "VFilter", /* 137 */ "VColumn", /* 138 */ "VNext", /* 139 */ "VRename", /* 140 */ "VUpdate", /* 141 */ "ToText", /* 142 */ "ToBlob", /* 143 */ "ToNumeric", /* 144 */ "ToInt", /* 145 */ "ToReal", /* 146 */ "Pagecount", /* 147 */ "MaxPgcnt", /* 148 */ "Trace", /* 149 */ "Noop", /* 150 */ "Explain", }; return azName[i]; } #endif /************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2006 Feb 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2. */ #if SQLITE_OS_OS2 /* ** A Note About Memory Allocation: ** ** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through ** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers ** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and ** malloc failures happen frequently. OS/2 does not typically run on ** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger ** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not ** a compelling need to use the wrappers. ** ** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the ** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this ** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We ** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within ** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not ** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) ** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that ** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. ** ** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new ** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, ** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on OS/2 ** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. */ /* ** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. */ #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1 #endif /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE # define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 # endif int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; # define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef _HWTIME_H_ #define _HWTIME_H_ /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/ /* Forward references */ typedef struct os2File os2File; /* The file structure */ typedef struct os2ShmNode os2ShmNode; /* A shared descritive memory node */ typedef struct os2ShmLink os2ShmLink; /* A connection to shared-memory */ /* ** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2 ** protability layer. */ struct os2File { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ int flags; /* Flags provided to os2Open() */ int locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ char *zFullPathCp; /* Full path name of this file */ os2ShmLink *pShmLink; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ }; #define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */ /* ** Missing from some versions of the OS/2 toolkit - ** used to allocate from high memory if possible */ #ifndef OBJ_ANY # define OBJ_ANY 0x00000400 #endif /***************************************************************************** ** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified ** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Close a file. */ static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){ APIRET rc; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( id!=0 ); OSTRACE(( "CLOSE %d (%s)\n", pFile->h, pFile->zFullPathCp )); rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); if( pFile->flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ) DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->zFullPathCp ); free( pFile->zFullPathCp ); pFile->zFullPathCp = NULL; pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; pFile->h = (HFILE)-1; pFile->flags = 0; OpenCounter( -1 ); return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; } /* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. */ static int os2Read( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ ULONG fileLocation = 0L; ULONG got; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ ); OSTRACE(( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ return SQLITE_IOERR; } if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; } if( got == (ULONG)amt ) return SQLITE_OK; else { /* Unread portions of the input buffer must be zero-filled */ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } } /* ** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int os2Write( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ ){ ULONG fileLocation = 0L; APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; ULONG wrote; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE ); SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); OSTRACE(( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ return SQLITE_IOERR; } assert( amt>0 ); while( amt > 0 && ( rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote ) ) == NO_ERROR && wrote > 0 ){ amt -= wrote; pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; } return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){ APIRET rc; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( id!=0 ); OSTRACE(( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte )); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested ** size). */ if( pFile->szChunk ){ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte ); return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test ** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; #endif /* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. */ static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; OSTRACE(( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){ sqlite3_fullsync_count++; } sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); return SQLITE_OK; #else return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; #endif } /* ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes */ static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){ APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo; memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo)); assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT ); rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile; return SQLITE_OK; }else{ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } } /* ** Acquire a reader lock. */ static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){ FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; APIRET res; memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); OSTRACE(( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); return res; } /* ** Undo a readlock */ static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){ FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; APIRET res; memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res )); return res; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. The os2Unlock() routine ** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. ** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You ** must go straight to locking level 0. */ static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ APIRET res = NO_ERROR; /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */ int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); assert( pFile!=0 ); OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype )); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype )); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct */ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. */ newLocktype = pFile->locktype; if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; LockArea.lRange = 1L; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; /* wait longer than LOCK_TIMEOUT here not to have to try multiple times */ res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L ); if( res == NO_ERROR ){ gotPendingLock = 1; OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } } /* Acquire a shared lock */ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); res = getReadLock(pFile); if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; } OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; LockArea.lRange = 1L; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; } OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* Acquire a PENDING lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; gotPendingLock = 0; OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h )); } /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); res = unlockReadLock(pFile); OSTRACE(( "unreadlock = %d\n", res )); LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); if( res == NO_ERROR ){ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; }else{ OSTRACE(( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res )); getReadLock(pFile); } OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then ** release it now. */ if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ int r; LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r )); } /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then ** return the appropriate result code. */ if( res == NO_ERROR ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ OSTRACE(( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype )); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } pFile->locktype = newLocktype; OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); return rc; } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return ** non-zero, otherwise zero. */ static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){ int r = 0; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; assert( pFile!=0 ); if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ r = 1; OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r )); }else{ FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; LockArea.lRange = 1L; UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc )); if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu )); } r = !(rc == NO_ERROR); OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r )); } *pOut = r; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument ** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine ** might return SQLITE_IOERR; */ static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ int type; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK; APIRET res = NO_ERROR; FILELOCK LockArea, UnlockArea; memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); assert( pFile!=0 ); assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype )); type = pFile->locktype; if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to ** reacquire the read lock */ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype )); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } } if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ res = unlockReadLock(pFile); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res )); } if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ LockArea.lOffset = 0L; LockArea.lRange = 0L; UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res )); } pFile->locktype = locktype; OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype )); return rc; } /* ** Control and query of the open file handle. */ static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype; OSTRACE(( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype )); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { ((os2File*)id)->szChunk = *(int*)pArg; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); os2Truncate(id, sz); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: { return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* ** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for ** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be ** larger for some devices. ** ** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that ** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. ** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the ** same for both. */ static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } /* ** Return a vector of device characteristics. */ static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN; } /* ** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines. */ static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */ static UconvObject uclCp = NULL; /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */ /* ** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8. */ static void initUconvObjects( void ){ if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) ucUtf8 = NULL; if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) uclCp = NULL; } /* ** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8. */ static void freeUconvObjects( void ){ if ( ucUtf8 ) UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 ); if ( uclCp ) UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp ); ucUtf8 = NULL; uclCp = NULL; } /* ** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage. ** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string ** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage. ** The returned char pointer has to be freed. */ static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){ UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 ); if( !out ) return NULL; if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp ) initUconvObjects(); /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */ if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */ /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */ UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH ); return out; } /* ** Helper function to convert filenames from local codepage to UTF-8. ** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific ** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8. ** The returned char pointer has to be freed. ** ** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and ** similar applications that take command line arguments. */ char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){ UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 ); if( !out ) return NULL; if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp ) initUconvObjects(); /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */ if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */ /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */ UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH ); return out; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Use main database file for interprocess locking. If un-defined ** a separate file is created for this purpose. The file will be ** used only to set file locks. There will be no data written to it. */ #define SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE #if 0 static void _ERR_TRACE( const char *fmt, ... ) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); fflush(stderr); } #define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) \ if( (rc) != SQLITE_OK ) _ERR_TRACE msg; #else #define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) #endif /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect os2ShmNodeList. ** ** Function os2ShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex ** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** os2ShmEnterMutex() ** assert( os2ShmMutexHeld() ); ** os2ShmLeaveMutex() */ static void os2ShmEnterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } static void os2ShmLeaveMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int os2ShmMutexHeld(void) { return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } int GetCurrentProcessId(void) { PPIB pib; DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &pib); return (int)pib->pib_ulpid; } #endif /* ** Object used to represent a the shared memory area for a single log file. ** When multiple threads all reference the same log-summary, each thread has ** its own os2File object, but they all point to a single instance of this ** object. In other words, each log-summary is opened only once per process. ** ** os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying ** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: ** ** nRef ** pNext ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: ** ** szRegion ** hLockFile ** shmBaseName ** ** Either os2ShmNode.mutex must be held or os2ShmNode.nRef==0 and ** os2ShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field ** in this structure. ** */ struct os2ShmNode { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ os2ShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all os2ShmNode objects */ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ void **apRegion; /* Array of pointers to shared-memory regions */ int nRef; /* Number of os2ShmLink objects pointing to this */ os2ShmLink *pFirst; /* First os2ShmLink object pointing to this */ HFILE hLockFile; /* File used for inter-process memory locking */ char shmBaseName[1]; /* Name of the memory object !!! must last !!! */ }; /* ** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an ** open shared memory connection. ** ** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and ** are read-only thereafter: ** ** os2Shm.pShmNode ** os2Shm.id ** ** All other fields are read/write. The os2Shm.pShmNode->mutex must be held ** while accessing any read/write fields. */ struct os2ShmLink { os2ShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying os2ShmNode object */ os2ShmLink *pNext; /* Next os2Shm with the same os2ShmNode */ u32 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u32 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its os2ShmNode */ #endif }; /* ** A global list of all os2ShmNode objects. ** ** The os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. */ static os2ShmNode *os2ShmNodeList = NULL; /* ** Constants used for locking */ #ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE #define OS2_SHM_BASE (PENDING_BYTE + 0x10000) /* first lock byte */ #else #define OS2_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ #endif #define OS2_SHM_DMS (OS2_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ /* ** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. */ #define _SHM_UNLCK 1 /* no lock */ #define _SHM_RDLCK 2 /* shared lock, no wait */ #define _SHM_WRLCK 3 /* exlusive lock, no wait */ #define _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT 4 /* exclusive lock, wait */ static int os2ShmSystemLock( os2ShmNode *pNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, _SHM_WRLCK or _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT */ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ ){ APIRET rc; FILELOCK area; ULONG mode, timeout; /* Access to the os2ShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pNode->mutex) || pNode->nRef==0 ); mode = 1; /* shared lock */ timeout = 0; /* no wait */ area.lOffset = ofst; area.lRange = nByte; switch( lockType ) { case _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT: timeout = (ULONG)-1; /* wait forever */ case _SHM_WRLCK: mode = 0; /* exclusive lock */ case _SHM_RDLCK: rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile, NULL, &area, timeout, mode); break; /* case _SHM_UNLCK: */ default: rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile, &area, NULL, 0, 0); break; } OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n", pNode->hLockFile, rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed", lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "Unlock" : "Lock", rc)); ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmSystemLock: %d %s\n", rc, pNode->shmBaseName)) return ( rc == 0 ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; } /* ** Find an os2ShmNode in global list or allocate a new one, if not found. ** ** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called ** by VFS shared-memory methods. */ static int os2OpenSharedMemory( os2File *fd, int szRegion ) { os2ShmLink *pLink; os2ShmNode *pNode; int cbShmName, rc = SQLITE_OK; char shmName[CCHMAXPATH + 30]; #ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE ULONG action; #endif /* We need some additional space at the end to append the region number */ cbShmName = sprintf(shmName, "\\SHAREMEM\\%s", fd->zFullPathCp ); if( cbShmName >= CCHMAXPATH-8 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN; /* Replace colon in file name to form a valid shared memory name */ shmName[10+1] = '!'; /* Allocate link object (we free it later in case of failure) */ pLink = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLink) ); if( !pLink ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Access node list */ os2ShmEnterMutex(); /* Find node by it's shared memory base name */ for( pNode = os2ShmNodeList; pNode && stricmp(shmName, pNode->shmBaseName) != 0; pNode = pNode->pNext ) ; /* Not found: allocate a new node */ if( !pNode ) { pNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNode) + cbShmName ); if( pNode ) { memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(*pNode) ); pNode->szRegion = szRegion; pNode->hLockFile = (HFILE)-1; strcpy(pNode->shmBaseName, shmName); #ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE if( DosDupHandle(fd->h, &pNode->hLockFile) != 0 ) { #else sprintf(shmName, "%s-lck", fd->zFullPathCp); if( DosOpen((PSZ)shmName, &pNode->hLockFile, &action, 0, FILE_NORMAL, OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW, OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR, NULL) != 0 ) { #endif sqlite3_free(pNode); rc = SQLITE_IOERR; } else { pNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( !pNode->mutex ) { sqlite3_free(pNode); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } else { rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) { pNode->pNext = os2ShmNodeList; os2ShmNodeList = pNode; } else { pNode = NULL; } } else if( pNode->szRegion != szRegion ) { rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; pNode = NULL; } if( pNode ) { sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); memset(pLink, 0, sizeof(*pLink)); pLink->pShmNode = pNode; pLink->pNext = pNode->pFirst; pNode->pFirst = pLink; pNode->nRef++; fd->pShmLink = pLink; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); } else { /* Error occured. Free our link object. */ sqlite3_free(pLink); } os2ShmLeaveMutex(); ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2OpenSharedMemory: %d %s\n", rc, fd->zFullPathCp)) return rc; } /* ** Purge the os2ShmNodeList list of all entries with nRef==0. ** ** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called ** by VFS shared-memory methods. */ static void os2PurgeShmNodes( int deleteFlag ) { os2ShmNode *pNode; os2ShmNode **ppNode; os2ShmEnterMutex(); ppNode = &os2ShmNodeList; while( *ppNode ) { pNode = *ppNode; if( pNode->nRef == 0 ) { *ppNode = pNode->pNext; if( pNode->apRegion ) { /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); while( pNode->nRegion-- ) { #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int rc = #endif DosFreeMem(pNode->apRegion[pNode->nRegion]); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n", (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pNode->nRegion, rc == 0 ? "ok" : "failed")); } /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); sqlite3_free(pNode->apRegion); } DosClose(pNode->hLockFile); #ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE if( deleteFlag ) { char fileName[CCHMAXPATH]; /* Skip "\\SHAREMEM\\" */ sprintf(fileName, "%s-lck", pNode->shmBaseName + 10); /* restore colon */ fileName[1] = ':'; DosForceDelete(fileName); } #endif sqlite3_mutex_free(pNode->mutex); sqlite3_free(pNode); } else { ppNode = &pNode->pNext; } } os2ShmLeaveMutex(); } /* ** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the ** shared-memory associated with the database file id. Shared-memory regions ** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a ** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If ** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by ** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes ** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int os2ShmMap( sqlite3_file *id, /* Handle open on database file */ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ int bExtend, /* True to extend block if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ ){ PVOID pvTemp; void **apRegion; os2ShmNode *pNode; int n, rc = SQLITE_OK; char shmName[CCHMAXPATH]; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; *pp = NULL; if( !pFile->pShmLink ) rc = os2OpenSharedMemory( pFile, szRegion ); if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) { pNode = pFile->pShmLink->pShmNode ; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); assert( szRegion==pNode->szRegion ); /* Unmapped region ? */ if( iRegion >= pNode->nRegion ) { /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); apRegion = sqlite3_realloc( pNode->apRegion, (iRegion + 1) * sizeof(apRegion[0])); if( apRegion ) { pNode->apRegion = apRegion; while( pNode->nRegion <= iRegion ) { sprintf(shmName, "%s-%u", pNode->shmBaseName, pNode->nRegion); if( DosGetNamedSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE) != NO_ERROR ) { if( !bExtend ) break; if( DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion, PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT | OBJ_ANY) != NO_ERROR && DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion, PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT) != NO_ERROR ) { rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; break; } } apRegion[pNode->nRegion++] = pvTemp; } /* zero out remaining entries */ for( n = pNode->nRegion; n <= iRegion; n++ ) pNode->apRegion[n] = NULL; /* Return this region (maybe zero) */ *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion]; } else { rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1); } else { /* Region has been mapped previously */ *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion]; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); } ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmMap: %s iRgn = %d, szRgn = %d, bExt = %d : %d\n", pFile->zFullPathCp, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, rc)) return rc; } /* ** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. ** ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this ** routine is a harmless no-op. */ static int os2ShmUnmap( sqlite3_file *id, /* The underlying database file */ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ ){ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; os2ShmLink *pLink = pFile->pShmLink; if( pLink ) { int nRef = -1; os2ShmLink **ppLink; os2ShmNode *pNode = pLink->pShmNode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex); for( ppLink = &pNode->pFirst; *ppLink && *ppLink != pLink; ppLink = &(*ppLink)->pNext ) ; assert(*ppLink); if( *ppLink ) { *ppLink = pLink->pNext; nRef = --pNode->nRef; } else { ERR_TRACE(1, ("os2ShmUnmap: link not found ! %s\n", pNode->shmBaseName)) } pFile->pShmLink = NULL; sqlite3_free(pLink); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex); if( nRef == 0 ) os2PurgeShmNodes( deleteFlag ); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. ** ** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little ** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked ** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may ** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. */ static int os2ShmLock( sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ int flags /* What to do with the lock */ ){ u32 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; os2ShmLink *p = pFile->pShmLink; /* The shared memory being locked */ os2ShmLink *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ os2ShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Our node */ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); assert( n>=1 ); assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); mask = (u32)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst)); assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ u32 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX==p ) continue; assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); allMask |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Unlock the system-level locks */ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Undo the local locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u32 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return ** SQLITE_BUSY. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Get the local shared locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->sharedMask |= mask; } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n", p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmLock: ofst = %d, n = %d, flags = 0x%x -> %d \n", ofst, n, flags, rc)) return rc; } /* ** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. */ static void os2ShmBarrier( sqlite3_file *id /* Database file holding the shared memory */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); os2ShmEnterMutex(); os2ShmLeaveMutex(); } #else # define os2ShmMap 0 # define os2ShmLock 0 # define os2ShmBarrier 0 # define os2ShmUnmap 0 #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for os2. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = { 2, /* iVersion */ os2Close, /* xClose */ os2Read, /* xRead */ os2Write, /* xWrite */ os2Truncate, /* xTruncate */ os2Sync, /* xSync */ os2FileSize, /* xFileSize */ os2Lock, /* xLock */ os2Unlock, /* xUnlock */ os2CheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ os2FileControl, /* xFileControl */ os2SectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ os2DeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ os2ShmMap, /* xShmMap */ os2ShmLock, /* xShmLock */ os2ShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ os2ShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ }; /*************************************************************************** ** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. ** ** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. ****************************************************************************/ /* ** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to ** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. */ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ static const char zChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" "0123456789"; int i, j; PSZ zTempPathCp; char zTempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; ULONG ulDriveNum, ulDriveMap; /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); if( sqlite3_temp_directory ) { sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); } else if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR || DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR || DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ) { char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( (char *)zTempPathCp ); sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zTempPathUTF); free( zTempPathUTF ); } else if( DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ) == NO_ERROR ) { zTempPath[0] = (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1); zTempPath[1] = ':'; zTempPath[2] = '\0'; } else { zTempPath[0] = '\0'; } /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get * * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. * * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){ j--; } zTempPath[j] = '\0'; /* We use 20 bytes to randomize the name */ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-22, zBuf, "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] ); for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){ zBuf[j] = zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; OSTRACE(( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf )); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full ** pathname into zFull[]. zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname ** bytes in size. */ static int os2FullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zFull /* Output buffer */ ){ char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative ); char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0"; char *zFullUTF; APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp, CCHMAXPATH ); free( zRelativeCp ); zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp ); sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF ); free( zFullUTF ); return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; } /* ** Open a file. */ static int os2Open( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ int flags, /* Open mode flags */ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ ){ HFILE h; ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0; ULONG ulOpenMode = 0; ULONG ulAction = 0; ULONG rc; os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; const char *zUtf8Name = zName; char *zNameCp; char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH]; int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); #ifndef NDEBUG int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); int eType = (flags & 0xFFFFFF00); int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); assert( id!=0 ); /* Check the following statements are true: ** ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) ); pFile->h = (HFILE)-1; /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a ** temporary file name to use */ if( !zUtf8Name ){ assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal); rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } zUtf8Name = zTmpname; } if( isReadWrite ){ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE; }else{ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY; } /* Open in random access mode for possibly better speed. Allow full ** sharing because file locks will provide exclusive access when needed. ** The handle should not be inherited by child processes and we don't ** want popups from the critical error handler. */ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR; /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" ** as it is usually understood. */ if( isExclusive ){ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ /* If the file exists, it fails. */ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_EXISTS; }else if( isCreate ){ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS; }else{ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS; } zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zUtf8Name ); rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp, &h, &ulAction, 0L, FILE_NORMAL, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode, (PEAOP2)NULL ); free( zNameCp ); if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ OSTRACE(( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n", rc, zUtf8Name, ulAction, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode )); if( isReadWrite ){ return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id, ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags ); }else{ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; } } if( pOutFlags ){ *pOutFlags = isReadWrite ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } os2FullPathname( pVfs, zUtf8Name, sizeof( zTmpname ), zTmpname ); pFile->zFullPathCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zTmpname ); pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod; pFile->flags = flags; pFile->h = h; OpenCounter(+1); OSTRACE(( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags )); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Delete the named file. */ static int os2Delete( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */ ){ APIRET rc; char *zFilenameCp; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE ); zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp ); free( zFilenameCp ); OSTRACE(( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename )); return (rc == NO_ERROR || rc == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || rc == ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; } /* ** Check the existance and status of a file. */ static int os2Access( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ int *pOut /* Write results here */ ){ APIRET rc; FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; char *zFilenameCp; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); free( zFilenameCp ); OSTRACE(( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n", fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc )); switch( flags ){ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file ** as if it does not exist. */ if( fsts3ConfigInfo.cbFile == 0 ) rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: if( fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY ) rc = ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED; break; default: rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; assert( !"Invalid flags argument" ); } *pOut = (rc == NO_ERROR); OSTRACE(( "ACCESS %s flags %d: rc=%d\n", zFilename, flags, *pOut )); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ HMODULE hmod; APIRET rc; char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename); rc = DosLoadModule(NULL, 0, (PSZ)zFilenameCp, &hmod); free(zFilenameCp); return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod; } /* ** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call. ** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful. */ static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ /* no-op */ } static void (*os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){ PFN pfn; APIRET rc; rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)zSymbol, &pfn); if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending * on the calling convention */ char _zSymbol[256] = "_"; strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 254); rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)_zSymbol, &pfn); } return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void(*)(void))pfn; } static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle); } #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ #define os2DlOpen 0 #define os2DlError 0 #define os2DlSym 0 #define os2DlClose 0 #endif /* ** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. */ static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ int n = 0; #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) n = nBuf; memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); #else int i; PPIB ppib; PTIB ptib; DATETIME dt; static unsigned c = 0; /* Ordered by variation probability */ static ULONG svIdx[6] = { QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_TIME_LOW, QSV_MAXPRMEM, QSV_MAXSHMEM, QSV_TOTAVAILMEM, QSV_TOTRESMEM }; /* 8 bytes; timezone and weekday don't increase the randomness much */ if( (int)sizeof(dt)-3 <= nBuf - n ){ c += 0x0100; DosGetDateTime(&dt); dt.year = (USHORT)((dt.year - 1900) | c); memcpy(&zBuf[n], &dt, sizeof(dt)-3); n += sizeof(dt)-3; } /* 4 bytes; PIDs and TIDs are 16 bit internally, so combine them */ if( (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n ){ DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib); *(PULONG)&zBuf[n] = MAKELONG(ppib->pib_ulpid, ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid); n += sizeof(ULONG); } /* Up to 6 * 4 bytes; variables depend on the system state */ for( i = 0; i < 6 && (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n; i++ ){ DosQuerySysInfo(svIdx[i], svIdx[i], (PULONG)&zBuf[n], sizeof(ULONG)); n += sizeof(ULONG); } #endif return n; } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. ** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. ** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which ** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less ** than the argument. */ static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){ DosSleep( (microsec/1000) ); return microsec; } /* ** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result ** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; #endif /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow ** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In ** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** ** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int os2CurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; #endif int year, month, datepart, timepart; DATETIME dt; DosGetDateTime( &dt ); year = dt.year; month = dt.month; /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html ** http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c ** Calculate the Julian days */ datepart = (int)dt.day - 32076 + 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 + 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 - 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4; /* Time in milliseconds, hours to noon added */ timepart = 12*3600*1000 + dt.hundredths*10 + dt.seconds*1000 + ((int)dt.minutes + dt.timezone)*60*1000 + dt.hours*3600*1000; *piNow = (sqlite3_int64)datepart*86400*1000 + timepart; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return 0; } /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the ** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and ** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){ int rc; sqlite3_int64 i; rc = os2CurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); if( !rc ){ *prNow = i/86400000.0; } return rc; } /* ** The idea is that this function works like a combination of ** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and ** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS ** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to ** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the ** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message ** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling ** thread. ** ** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, ** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError ** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero ** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, ** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character ** in the output buffer. ** ** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect ** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never ** returns an error message: ** ** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ ** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); ** return 0; ** } ** ** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated ** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using ** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. */ static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); return 0; } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */ CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "os2", /* zName */ 0, /* pAppData */ os2Open, /* xOpen */ os2Delete, /* xDelete */ os2Access, /* xAccess */ os2FullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ os2DlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ os2DlError, /* xDlError */ os2DlSym, /* xDlSym */ os2DlClose, /* xDlClose */ os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */ os2Sleep, /* xSleep */ os2CurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ os2GetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ os2CurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ 0, /* xSetSystemCall */ 0, /* xGetSystemCall */ 0 /* xNextSystemCall */ }; sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1); initUconvObjects(); /* sqlite3OSTrace = 1; */ return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ freeUconvObjects(); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */ /************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems ** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. ** ** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. ** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default ** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations ** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply ** skip locking all together. ** ** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various ** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE ** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed ** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. ** ** The layout of divisions is as follows: ** ** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. ** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. ** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): ** + for Posix Advisory Locks ** + for no-op locks ** + for dot-file locks ** + for flock() locking ** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) ** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) ** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. ** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking ** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. ** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. ** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) ** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods ** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). */ #if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ /* ** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency ** control: ** ** 1. POSIX locking (the default), ** 2. No locking, ** 3. Dot-file locking, ** 4. flock() locking, ** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), ** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), ** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) ** ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE ** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem ** where the database is located. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 # else # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 # endif #endif /* ** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on ** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. */ #ifndef OS_VXWORKS # if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) # define OS_VXWORKS 1 # else # define OS_VXWORKS 0 # endif #endif /* ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the ** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks ** large file support, these should be no-ops. ** ** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch ** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling ** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work ** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 ** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel ** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** ** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written ** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so ** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might ** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # define _LARGE_FILE 1 # ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS # define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 # endif # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif /* ** standard include files. */ #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <unistd.h> /* #include <time.h> */ #include <sys/time.h> #include <errno.h> #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL #include <sys/mman.h> #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE # include <sys/ioctl.h> # if OS_VXWORKS # include <semaphore.h> # include <limits.h> # else # include <sys/file.h> # include <sys/param.h> # endif #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ #if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS) # include <sys/mount.h> #endif #ifdef HAVE_UTIME # include <utime.h> #endif /* ** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags */ #define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 /* ** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define ** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* # include <pthread.h> */ # define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 #endif /* ** Default permissions when creating a new file */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 #endif /* ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 #endif /* ** Maximum supported path-length. */ #define MAX_PATHNAME 512 /* ** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK */ #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) /* Forward references */ typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ /* ** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor ** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following ** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an ** opportunity to either close or reuse it. */ struct UnixUnusedFd { int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ }; /* ** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix ** VFS implementations. */ typedef struct unixFile unixFile; struct unixFile { sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ int h; /* The file descriptor */ unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ unsigned char ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ #endif #if OS_VXWORKS struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the ** one described by ticket #3584. */ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. */ char aPadding[32]; #endif }; /* ** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: */ #define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ #define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ #define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC # define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ #else # define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 #endif #define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ #define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ #define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ #define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE # define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 # endif int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; # define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef _HWTIME_H_ #define _HWTIME_H_ /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ /* ** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. */ #ifndef O_LARGEFILE # define O_LARGEFILE 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # undef O_LARGEFILE # define O_LARGEFILE 0 #endif #ifndef O_NOFOLLOW # define O_NOFOLLOW 0 #endif #ifndef O_BINARY # define O_BINARY 0 #endif /* ** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for ** testing and debugging only. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE #define threadid pthread_self() #else #define threadid 0 #endif /* ** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use ** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). ** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. ** ** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper ** which always has the same well-defined interface. */ static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ return open(zFile, flags, mode); } /* Forward reference */ static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); /* ** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that ** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during ** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers ** to all overrideable system calls. */ static struct unix_syscall { const char *zName; /* Name of the sytem call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ } aSyscall[] = { { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, #define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, #define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, #define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, #define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, #define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) /* ** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it ** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something ** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under ** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? */ #ifdef __DJGPP__ { "fstat", 0, 0 }, #define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 #else { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, #define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #endif { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, #define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, #define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, #define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, #else { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD64) { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, #else { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, #define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, #else { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ aSyscall[12].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD64) { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, #else { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ aSyscall[13].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, #else { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, #else { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, #define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, #define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, #define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, #define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) }; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ /* ** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the ** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the ** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable ** system call named zName. */ static int unixSetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ ){ unsigned int i; int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); if( zName==0 ){ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default ** settings and return NULL */ rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault; } } }else{ /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call ** specified. */ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){ aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent; } rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault; aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc; break; } } } return rc; } /* ** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a ** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call ** is currently undefined. */ static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, const char *zName ){ unsigned int i; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent; } return 0; } /* ** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL ** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName ** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid ** system call. */ static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ int i = -1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); if( zName ){ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break; } } for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){ if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName; } return 0; } /* ** Retry open() calls that fail due to EINTR */ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, int m){ int rc; do{ rc = osOpen(z,f,m); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); return rc; } /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and ** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be ** shared by multiple threads. ** ** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex ** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** unixEnterMutex() ** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); ** unixEnterLeave() */ static void unixEnterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int unixMutexHeld(void) { return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging ** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied ** integer lock-type. */ static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ switch( eFileLock ){ case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; } return "ERROR"; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE /* ** Print out information about all locking operations. ** ** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded ** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE ** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally ** turned off. */ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ char *zOpName, *zType; int s; int savedErrno; if( op==F_GETLK ){ zOpName = "GETLK"; }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ zOpName = "SETLK"; }else{ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); return s; } if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ zType = "RDLCK"; }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ zType = "WRLCK"; }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ zType = "UNLCK"; }else{ assert( 0 ); } assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); savedErrno = errno; sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, (int)p->l_pid, s); if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ struct flock l2; l2 = *p; osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ zType = "RDLCK"; }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ zType = "WRLCK"; }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ zType = "UNLCK"; }else{ assert( 0 ); } sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); } errno = savedErrno; return s; } #undef osFcntl #define osFcntl lockTrace #endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ /* ** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR */ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ int rc; do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); return rc; } /* ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY ** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into ** SQLITE_IOERR ** ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. */ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { switch (posixError) { #if 0 /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed, ** errno should be non-zero. ** ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0 ** will be handled by the "default:" case below. */ case 0: return SQLITE_OK; #endif case EAGAIN: case ETIMEDOUT: case EBUSY: case EINTR: case ENOLCK: /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ return SQLITE_BUSY; case EACCES: /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* else fall through */ case EPERM: return SQLITE_PERM; /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK, ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */ #if 0 case EDEADLK: return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; #endif #if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP case EOPNOTSUPP: /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ #endif #ifdef ENOTSUP case ENOTSUP: /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which * it actually means what it says */ #endif case EIO: case EBADF: case EINVAL: case ENOTCONN: case ENODEV: case ENXIO: case ENOENT: #ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */ case ESTALE: #endif case ENOSYS: /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ default: return sqliteIOErr; } } /****************************************************************************** ****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** ** ** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating ** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. ** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. ** ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a ** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains ** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to ** zero. ** ** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not ** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these ** structures on a linked list. */ struct vxworksFileId { struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ }; #if OS_VXWORKS /* ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this ** variable: */ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; /* ** Simplify a filename into its canonical form ** by making the following changes: ** ** * removing any trailing and duplicate / ** * convert /./ into just / ** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / ** ** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. ** ** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of ** characters in the simplified name. */ static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ int i, j; while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){ if( z[i]=='/' ){ if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue; if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){ i += 1; continue; } if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){ while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } if( j>0 ){ j--; } i += 2; continue; } } z[j++] = z[i]; } z[j] = 0; return j; } /* ** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return ** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique ** file ID. ** ** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before ** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created ** and added to the global list if necessary. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. */ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to ** the existing file ID. */ unixEnterMutex(); for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ if( pCandidate->nName==n && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); pCandidate->nRef++; unixLeaveMutex(); return pCandidate; } } /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ pNew->nRef = 1; pNew->nName = n; pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; vxworksFileList = pNew; unixLeaveMutex(); return pNew; } /* ** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free ** the object when the reference count reaches zero. */ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ unixEnterMutex(); assert( pId->nRef>0 ); pId->nRef--; if( pId->nRef==0 ){ struct vxworksFileId **pp; for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} assert( *pp==pId ); *pp = pId->pNext; sqlite3_free(pId); } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ /*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** ** ** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) ** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process ** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set ** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies ** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different ** file descriptor. Consider this test case: ** ** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); ** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); ** ** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because ** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set ** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock ** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to ** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. ** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the ** second overrides the first, even though they were on different ** file descriptors opened on different file names. ** ** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access ** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine ** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not ** threads within the same process. ** ** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally ** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the ** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the ** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) ** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are ** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the ** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same ** inode. ** ** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. ** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on ** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) ** ** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file ** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file ** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal ** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure ** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures ** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps ** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" ** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the ** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. ** ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking ** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between ** a locked and an unlocked state. ** ** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. ** ** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, ** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are ** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object ** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. ** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are ** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call ** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. ** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to ** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock ** clears. ** ** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. ** ** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is ** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread ** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. ** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct ** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) ** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks ** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which ** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at ** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. ** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the ** current process. ** ** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads ** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with ** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection ** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections ** do not move across threads. */ /* ** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used ** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. */ struct unixFileId { dev_t dev; /* Device number */ #if OS_VXWORKS struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ #else ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ #endif }; /* ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open ** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for ** each inode opened by each thread. ** ** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile ** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this ** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. */ struct unixInodeInfo { struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ #endif #if OS_VXWORKS sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ #endif }; /* ** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. */ static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; /* ** ** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro ** unixLogError(). ** ** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been ** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of ** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or ** strerror_r(). ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that ** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the the associated file-system path, ** if any. */ #define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) static int unixLogErrorAtLine( int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ ){ char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) char aErr[80]; memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); zErr = aErr; /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, ** assume that the system provides the the GNU version of strerror_r() that ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. ** ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available ** could lead to a segfault though. */ #if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) zErr = # endif strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); #elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ zErr = ""; #else /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ zErr = strerror(iErrno); #endif assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; sqlite3_log(errcode, "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr ); return errcode; } /* ** Close a file descriptor. ** ** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a ** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. ** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the ** error. ** ** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the ** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. ** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error ** and move on. */ static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ if( osClose(h) ){ unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); } } /* ** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. */ static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p; UnixUnusedFd *pNext; for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pNext; robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(p); } pInode->pUnused = 0; } /* ** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. */ static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ pInode->nRef--; if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); closePendingFds(pFile); if( pInode->pPrev ){ assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; }else{ assert( inodeList==pInode ); inodeList = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode->pNext ){ assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; } sqlite3_free(pInode); } } } /* ** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that ** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The ** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. ** ** Return an appropriate error code. */ static int findInodeInfo( unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ ){ int rc; /* System call return code */ int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ assert( unixMutexHeld() ); /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to ** create a unique name for the file. */ fd = pFile->h; rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; #ifdef EOVERFLOW if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; #endif return SQLITE_IOERR; } #ifdef __APPLE__ /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. */ if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); if( rc!=1 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR; } rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR; } } #endif memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; #if OS_VXWORKS fileId.pId = pFile->pId; #else fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; #endif pInode = inodeList; while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ pInode = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode==0 ){ pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) ); if( pInode==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); pInode->nRef = 1; pInode->pNext = inodeList; pInode->pPrev = 0; if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; inodeList = pInode; }else{ pInode->nRef++; } *ppInode = pInode; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ #ifndef __DJGPP__ if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ struct flock lock; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; pFile->lastErrno = errno; } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ reserved = 1; } } #endif unixLeaveMutex(); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is ** described by pLock. ** ** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock ** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once ** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking ** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, ** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections ** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the ** operating system does not participate. ** ** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using ** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" ** and is read-only. ** ** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call ** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). */ static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ int rc; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); assert( pInode!=0 ); if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock) && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0) ){ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ struct flock lock; assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); if( rc<0 ) return rc; pInode->bProcessLock = 1; pInode->nLock++; }else{ rc = 0; } }else{ rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); } return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. ** ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. ** ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. ** ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the ** 'reserved byte'. ** ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file ** after a crash. ** ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the ** database. ** ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; struct flock lock; int tErrno = 0; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid())); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pFile->pInode; /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_lock; } /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nShared++; pInode->nLock++; goto end_lock; } /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK); lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_lock; } } /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Now get the read-lock */ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* This could happen with a network mount */ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( rc ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_lock; }else{ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nLock++; pInode->nShared = 1; } }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file ** already. */ assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1L; }else{ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; } if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 0; pFile->dbUpdate = 0; pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } end_lock: unixLeaveMutex(); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } /* ** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding ** pUnused list. */ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; pInode->pUnused = p; pFile->h = -1; pFile->pUnused = 0; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then ** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works ** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. */ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; struct flock lock; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, getpid())); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); #ifndef NDEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, ** other connections to the same file might not realize that ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. */ pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: ** 1: [WWWWW] ** 2: [....W] ** 3: [RRRRW] ** 4: [RRRR.] */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ #if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE (void)handleNFSUnlock; assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( handleNFSUnlock ){ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_unlock; } lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_unlock; } lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } goto end_unlock; } }else #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ { lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes ** an assert to fail). */ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; pFile->lastErrno = errno; goto end_unlock; } } } lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; pFile->lastErrno = errno; goto end_unlock; } } if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ pInode->nShared--; if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; pFile->lastErrno = errno; pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. */ pInode->nLock--; assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ closePendingFds(pFile); } } end_unlock: unixLeaveMutex(); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); } /* ** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile ** structure to 0. ** ** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, ** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the ** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. */ static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; if( pFile->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); pFile->h = -1; } #if OS_VXWORKS if( pFile->pId ){ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); } vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); pFile->pId = 0; } #endif OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); OpenCounter(-1); sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. */ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); unixEnterMutex(); /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. */ assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed ** when the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } releaseInodeInfo(pFile); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** ** ** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the ** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database ** file for reading or writing. ** ** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases ** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can ** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to ** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more ** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database ** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple ** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same ** time and one or more of those connections are writing. */ static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); *pResOut = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return SQLITE_OK; } static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close the file. */ static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { return closeUnixFile(id); } /******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** ** ** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existance of separate lock ** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works ** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: ** ** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other ** connections from reading or writing the database. ** ** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files ** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. ** ** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no ** other locking strategy is available. ** ** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as ** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. ** The existance of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other ** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. */ /* ** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the ** lock directory. */ #define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. ** ** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this ** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock ** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. */ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ reserved = 1; }else{ /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0; } OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. ** ** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. ** But we track the other locking levels internally. */ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. */ if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ #ifdef HAVE_UTIME utime(zLockFile, NULL); #else utimes(zLockFile, NULL); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* grab an exclusive lock */ rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); if( rc<0 ){ /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ int tErrno = errno; if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } else { rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } } return rc; } /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. */ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; int rc; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile); if( rc<0 ){ int tErrno = errno; rc = 0; if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. */ static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc; if( id ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); } rc = closeUnixFile(id); return rc; } /****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** ** ** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. ** ** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various ** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into ** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and ** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite ** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since ** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. ** ** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if ** compiling for VXWORKS. */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS /* ** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR */ #ifdef EINTR static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ int rc; do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); return rc; } #else # define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) #endif /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* attempt to get the lock */ int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); if( !lrc ){ /* got the lock, unlock it */ lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); if ( lrc ) { int tErrno = errno; /* unlock failed with an error */ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; rc = lrc; } } } else { int tErrno = errno; reserved = 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; rc = lrc; } } } OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; reserved=1; } #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate ** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or ** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from ** access the file. ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( pFile ); /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* grab an exclusive lock */ if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { int tErrno = errno; /* didn't get, must be busy */ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } } else { /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* no, really, unlock. */ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS return SQLITE_OK; #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; }else{ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** Close a file. */ static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( id ){ flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); } return closeUnixFile(id); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ /******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ ** ** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. ** ** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only ** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write ** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but ** makes the lock implementation much easier. */ #if OS_VXWORKS /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; struct stat statBuf; if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ int tErrno = errno; if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } else { /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); } }else{ /* we could have it if we want it */ sem_post(pSem); } } OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate ** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or ** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from ** access the file. ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int fd; sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto sem_end_lock; } /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto sem_end_lock; } /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; sem_end_lock: return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; assert( pFile ); assert( pSem ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* no, really unlock. */ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { int rc, tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. */ static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( id ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); assert( pFile ); unixEnterMutex(); releaseInodeInfo(pFile); unixLeaveMutex(); closeUnixFile(id); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ /* ** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. ** *************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* ** ** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found ** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. ** ** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here ** only works on OSX. */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state */ typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; struct afpLockingContext { int reserved; const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ }; struct ByteRangeLockPB2 { unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ }; #define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) /* ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an ** AFP filesystem. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. */ static int afpSetLock( const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ ){ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; int err; pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; pb.startEndFlag = 0; pb.offset = offset; pb.length = length; pb.fd = pFile->h; OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), offset, length)); err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); if ( err==-1 ) { int rc; int tErrno = errno; OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS rc = SQLITE_BUSY; #else rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; } return rc; } else { return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpLockingContext *context; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; if( context->reserved ){ *pResOut = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* lock the RESERVED byte */ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore ** the original state */ lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); } else { /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ reserved = 1; } if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ rc=lrc; } } unixLeaveMutex(); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid())); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pFile->pInode; /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto afp_end_lock; } /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nShared++; pInode->nLock++; goto afp_end_lock; } /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ int failed; failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); if (failed) { rc = failed; goto afp_end_lock; } } /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; long lk, mask; assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ lk = random(); pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno; rc = lrc1; goto afp_end_lock; } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ rc = lrc2; goto afp_end_lock; } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { rc = lrc1; } else { pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nLock++; pInode->nShared = 1; } }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file ** already. */ int failed = 0; assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( !failed ){ context->reserved = 1; } } if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock */ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 1); if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is ** a critical I/O error */ rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; goto afp_end_lock; } }else{ rc = failed; } } if( failed ){ rc = failed; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } afp_end_lock: unixLeaveMutex(); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; int skipShared = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int h = pFile->h; #endif assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, getpid())); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); #ifndef NDEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, ** other connections to the same file might not realize that ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. */ assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 || pFile->dbUpdate==0 || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); } else { skipShared = 1; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); if( !rc ){ context->reserved = 0; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; pInode->nShared--; if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); if( !skipShared ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); } if( !rc ){ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInode->nLock--; assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ closePendingFds(pFile); } } } unixLeaveMutex(); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context */ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( id ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); unixEnterMutex(); if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when ** the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } releaseInodeInfo(pFile); sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); } return rc; } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative ** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" ** VFS is not available. ** ********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative ** is available. ** ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** ** ** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per ** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes ** are gather together into this division. */ /* ** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. ** ** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also ** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from ** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD ** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. ** See tickets #2741 and #2681. ** ** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value ** is set before returning. */ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ int got; int prior = 0; #if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) i64 newOffset; #endif TIMER_START; do{ #if defined(USE_PREAD) got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #else newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); if( newOffset!=offset ){ if( newOffset == -1 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; }else{ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; } return -1; } got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); #endif if( got==cnt ) break; if( got<0 ){ if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } prior = 0; ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; break; }else if( got>0 ){ cnt -= got; offset += got; prior += got; pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); } }while( got>0 ); TIMER_END; OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); return got+prior; } /* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. */ static int unixRead( sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; int got; assert( id ); /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); if( got==amt ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else if( got<0 ){ /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } } /* ** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. ** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. ** ** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value ** is set before returning. */ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ int got; #if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) i64 newOffset; #endif TIMER_START; #if defined(USE_PREAD) do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR); #else do{ newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); if( newOffset!=offset ){ if( newOffset == -1 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; }else{ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; } return -1; } got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); #endif TIMER_END; if( got<0 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; } OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED)); return got; } /* ** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int unixWrite( sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int wrote = 0; assert( id ); assert( amt>0 ); /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that ** fact too. */ if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ int rc; char oldCntr[4]; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ } } } #endif while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ amt -= wrote; offset += wrote; pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; } SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); if( amt>0 ){ if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ return SQLITE_FULL; } } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test ** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; #endif /* ** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. ** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) ** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, ** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync */ #if !defined(fdatasync) # define fdatasync fsync #endif /* ** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not ** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently ** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. */ #ifdef F_FULLFSYNC # define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 #else # define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 #endif /* ** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many ** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make ** it work better. ** ** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful ** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. ** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC ** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash ** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. ** ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content ** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is ** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the ** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the ** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. ** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so ** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. ** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of ** the value of the dataOnly flag. */ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ int rc; /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #endif /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure ** gets called with the correct arguments. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC rc = SQLITE_OK; #elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC if( fullSync ){ rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); }else{ rc = 1; } /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. */ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); #elif defined(__APPLE__) /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync */ rc = fsync(fd); #else rc = fdatasync(fd); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ rc = fsync(fd); } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ #endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ rc = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. ** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and ** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM ** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined ** value. ** ** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to ** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events ** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer ** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. ** ** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. ** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the ** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are ** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to ** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine ** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves ** *pFd set to a negative number. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing ** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). */ static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ int ii; int fd = -1; char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); if( ii>0 ){ zDirname[ii] = '\0'; fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); if( fd>=0 ){ #ifdef FD_CLOEXEC osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); #endif OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); } } *pFd = fd; return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname)); } /* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. ** ** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file ** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the ** file data is synced. ** ** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file ** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. ** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory ** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next ** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because ** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction ** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. */ static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ int rc; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ); /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. */ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); } /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag ** is set. This is a one-time occurrance. Many systems (examples: AIX) ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. */ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ int dirfd; OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){ full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; } return rc; } /* ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; int rc; assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested ** size). */ if( pFile->szChunk ){ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte); if( rc ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); }else{ #ifndef NDEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length ** source. */ if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes */ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ int rc; struct stat buf; assert( id ); rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc!=0 ){ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } *pSize = buf.st_size; /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is ** really 1. Ticket #3260. */ if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) /* ** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the ** proxying locking division. */ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #endif /* ** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT ** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size ** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already ** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. */ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ int err; do{ err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); }while( err==EINTR ); if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; #else /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate() ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call. */ int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); } iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1; while( iWrite<nSize ){ int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1); if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; iWrite += nBlk; } #endif } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to ** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. ** ** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. */ static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ if( *pArg<0 ){ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; }else{ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; } } /* ** Information and control of an open file handle. */ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { int rc; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); return rc; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef NDEBUG /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be ** unchanged. */ case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ } return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* ** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for ** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be ** larger for some devices. ** ** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that ** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. ** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the ** same for both. */ static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ (void)pFile; return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } /* ** Return the device characteristics for the file. ** ** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. ** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying ** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other ** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never ** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, ** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount ** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. ** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control ** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. */ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id; if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; }else{ return 0; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. ** ** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread ** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance ** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened ** only once per process. ** ** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. ** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean ** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most ** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So ** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object ** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. ** ** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying ** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: ** ** nRef ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: ** ** fid ** zFilename ** ** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and ** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field ** in this structure. */ struct unixShmNode { unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ int h; /* Open file descriptor */ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ #endif }; /* ** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an ** open shared memory connection. ** ** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and ** are read-only thereafter: ** ** unixShm.pFile ** unixShm.id ** ** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held ** while accessing any read/write fields. */ struct unixShm { unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ }; /* ** Constants used for locking */ #define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ #define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ /* ** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. ** ** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking ** otherwise. */ static int unixShmSystemLock( unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ ){ struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); /* Locks are within range */ assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ /* Initialize the locking parameters */ memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); f.l_type = lockType; f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; f.l_start = ofst; f.l_len = n; rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f); rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { u16 mask; OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst)); pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; }else{ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else{ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); }else{ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); } } OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0. ** ** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called ** by VFS shared-memory methods. */ static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){ unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); if( p && p->nRef==0 ){ int i; assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){ if( p->h>=0 ){ munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); }else{ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); } } sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); if( p->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); p->h = -1; } p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. ** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. ** ** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory ** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database ** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file ** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped ** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". ** ** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an ** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory ** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions ** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same ** database to end up using different files for shared memory - ** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting ** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage ** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" ** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time ** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite ** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the ** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely ** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered ** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. ** ** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that ** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then ** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. ** ** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS ** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and ** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In ** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory ** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. */ static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ int rc; /* Result code */ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. */ unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pDbFd->pInode; pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; if( pShmNode==0 ){ struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it ** with the same permissions. The actual permissions the file is created ** with are subject to the current umask setting. */ if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; goto shm_open_err; } #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; #else nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath); #endif pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); if( pShmNode==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto shm_open_err; } memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); #else sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename); #endif pShmNode->h = -1; pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto shm_open_err; } if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ openFlags = O_RDONLY; pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; } pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); goto shm_open_err; } } /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); } if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; } } /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ p->pShmNode = pShmNode; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; #endif pShmNode->nRef++; pDbFd->pShm = p; unixLeaveMutex(); /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex ** mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; pShmNode->pFirst = p; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; /* Jump here on any error */ shm_open_err: unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ sqlite3_free(p); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /* ** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the ** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions ** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a ** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If ** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by ** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes ** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int unixShmMap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ ){ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; unixShm *p; unixShmNode *pShmNode; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p = pDbFd->pShm; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is ** large enough to contain the requested region). */ if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; goto shmpage_out; } if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate ** the requested memory region. */ if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out; if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate", pShmNode->zFilename); goto shmpage_out; } } } /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *) ); if( !apNew ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){ void *pMem; if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ pMem = mmap(0, szRegion, pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion ); if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); goto shmpage_out; } }else{ pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion); if( pMem==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto shmpage_out; } memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); } pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem; pShmNode->nRegion++; } } shmpage_out: if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; }else{ *pp = 0; } if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. ** ** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little ** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked ** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may ** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. */ static int unixShmLock( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ int flags /* What to do with the lock */ ){ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); assert( n>=1 ); assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX==p ) continue; assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); allMask |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Unlock the system-level locks */ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Undo the local locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return ** SQLITE_BUSY. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Get the local shared locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->sharedMask |= mask; } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); return rc; } /* ** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. */ static void unixShmBarrier( sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); unixEnterMutex(); unixLeaveMutex(); } /* ** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. ** ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this ** routine is a harmless no-op. */ static int unixShmUnmap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ ){ unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; p = pDbFd->pShm; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated ** with pShmNode */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} *pp = p->pNext; /* Free the connection p */ sqlite3_free(p); pDbFd->pShm = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying ** shared-memory file, too */ unixEnterMutex(); assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); pShmNode->nRef--; if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); unixShmPurge(pDbFd); } unixLeaveMutex(); return SQLITE_OK; } #else # define unixShmMap 0 # define unixShmLock 0 # define unixShmBarrier 0 # define unixShmUnmap 0 #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. ** ********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* ******************************************************************************/ /* ** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that ** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions ** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate ** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData ** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to ** the correct finder-function for that VFS. ** ** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which ** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking ** strategy from that. ** ** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created: ** ** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". ** ** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". ** ** ** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS ** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point ** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* ** from be cast into a function pointer. ** ** ** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: ** ** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking ** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. ** ** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer ** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. */ #define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ unixRead, /* xRead */ \ unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ unixSync, /* xSync */ \ unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ LOCK, /* xLock */ \ UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \ unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ unixShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ \ }; \ static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ return &METHOD; \ } \ static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ = FINDER##Impl; /* ** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the ** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods ** are also created. */ IOMETHODS( posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 2, /* shared memory is enabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) IOMETHODS( nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ nolockClose, /* xClose method */ nolockLock, /* xLock method */ nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) IOMETHODS( dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS IOMETHODS( flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ flockClose, /* xClose method */ flockLock, /* xLock method */ flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #endif #if OS_VXWORKS IOMETHODS( semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ semClose, /* xClose method */ semLock, /* xLock method */ semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE IOMETHODS( afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ afpClose, /* xClose method */ afpLock, /* xLock method */ afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #endif /* ** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it ** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and ** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those ** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements ** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need ** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function ** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); IOMETHODS( proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ proxyClose, /* xClose method */ proxyLock, /* xLock method */ proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #endif /* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE IOMETHODS( nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ ) #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** ** This is for MacOSX only. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ ){ static const struct Mapping { const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ } aMap[] = { { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, { 0, 0 } }; int i; struct statfs fsInfo; struct flock lockInfo; if( !filePath ){ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file ** that does not need to be locked. */ return &nolockIoMethods; } if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ return &nolockIoMethods; } for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ return aMap[i].pMethods; } } } /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ return &nfsIoMethods; } else { return &posixIoMethods; } }else{ return &dotlockIoMethods; } } static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ #if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** ** This is for VXWorks only. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ ){ struct flock lockInfo; if( !filePath ){ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file ** that does not need to be locked. */ return &nolockIoMethods; } /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { return &posixIoMethods; }else{ return &semIoMethods; } } static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function: */ typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); /**************************************************************************** **************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** ** ** This division contains the implementation of methods on the ** sqlite3_vfs object. */ /* ** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. */ static int fillInUnixFile( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ ){ const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that ** include the special Apple locking styles. */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); #else assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); #endif /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); pNew->h = h; pNew->pVfs = pVfs; pNew->zPath = zFilename; pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0), "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; } if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; } #if OS_VXWORKS pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); if( pNew->pId==0 ){ ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } #endif if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; }else{ pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; #endif } if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods #endif ){ unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* If an error occured in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail ** in two scenarios: ** ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. ** (b) A malloc failed. ** ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released ** by doing so. ** ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. */ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } unixLeaveMutex(); } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in ** the afpLockingContext. */ afpLockingContext *pCtx; pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); if( pCtx==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a ** copy of the filename. */ pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; pCtx->reserved = 0; srandomdev(); unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } unixLeaveMutex(); } } #endif else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in ** the dotlockLockingContext */ char *zLockFile; int nFilename; assert( zFilename!=0 ); nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); if( zLockFile==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); } pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; } #if OS_VXWORKS else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be ** included in the semLockingContext */ unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; int n; sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; } } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif pNew->lastErrno = 0; #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; osUnlink(zFilename); isDelete = 0; } if( isDelete ) pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; #endif if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); }else{ pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; OpenCounter(+1); } return rc; } /* ** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. ** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. */ static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ static const char *azDirs[] = { 0, 0, "/var/tmp", "/usr/tmp", "/tmp", 0 /* List terminator */ }; unsigned int i; struct stat buf; const char *zDir = 0; azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){ if( zDir==0 ) continue; if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue; if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue; if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue; break; } return zDir; } /* ** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated ** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least ** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. */ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ static const unsigned char zChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" "0123456789"; unsigned int i, j; const char *zDir; /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); zDir = unixTempFileDir(); if( zDir==0 ) zDir = "."; /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. */ if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } do{ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); j = (int)strlen(zBuf); sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; zBuf[j+1] = 0; }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) /* ** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. ** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() ** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. */ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); #endif /* ** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database ** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second ** argument to this function. ** ** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment ** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for ** further details. Also, ticket #4018. ** ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no ** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. */ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure ** feature. */ #if !OS_VXWORKS struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. ** ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */ if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ unixInodeInfo *pInode; unixEnterMutex(); pInode = inodeList; while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ pInode = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode ){ UnixUnusedFd **pp; for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); pUnused = *pp; if( pUnused ){ *pp = pUnused->pNext; } } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ return pUnused; } /* ** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions ** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned ** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is ** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. ** ** If the file being opened is a temporary file, it is always created with ** the octal permissions 0600 (read/writable by owner only). If the file ** is a database or master journal file, it is created with the permissions ** mask SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS. ** ** Finally, if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then ** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the ** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever ** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions ** as the associated database file. ** ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the ** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for ** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use ** the default permissions. */ static int findCreateFileMode( const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ mode_t *pMode /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ *pMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS; if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles ** the following naming conventions: ** ** "<path to db>-journal" ** "<path to db>-wal" ** "<path to db>-journalNN" ** "<path to db>-walNN" ** ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. */ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--; if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK; #else while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ assert( nDb>0 ); assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' ); nDb--; } #endif memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); zDb[nDb] = '\0'; if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ *pMode = 0600; } return rc; } /* ** Open the file zPath. ** ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this ** one: ** ** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); ** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); ** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); ** ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: ** ** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) ** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) ** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) ** ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the ** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new ** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for ** OpenExclusive(). */ static int unixOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ ){ unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE struct statfs fsInfo; #endif /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. */ int syncDir = (isCreate && ( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. */ char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; const char *zName = zPath; /* Check the following statements are true: ** ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); if( pUnused ){ fd = pUnused->fd; }else{ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); if( !pUnused ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } p->pUnused = pUnused; /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); }else if( !zName ){ /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ assert(isDelete && !syncDir); rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } zName = zTmpname; /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); } /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); if( fd<0 ){ mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( !p->pUnused ); assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); return rc; } fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; openFlags |= O_RDONLY; isReadonly = 1; fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); } if( fd<0 ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); goto open_finished; } } assert( fd>=0 ); if( pOutFlags ){ *pOutFlags = flags; } if( p->pUnused ){ p->pUnused->fd = fd; p->pUnused->flags = flags; } if( isDelete ){ #if OS_VXWORKS zPath = zName; #else osUnlink(zName); #endif } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE else{ p->openFlags = openFlags; } #endif #ifdef FD_CLOEXEC osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); #endif noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno; robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; } if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; } #endif /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE #if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING isAutoProxy = 1; #endif if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); int useProxy = 0; /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ if( envforce!=NULL ){ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; }else{ if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it, ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice, ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on ** the same file are working. */ p->lastErrno = errno; robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; goto open_finished; } useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); } if( useProxy ){ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op */ unixClose(pFile); return rc; } } goto open_finished; } } #endif rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); open_finished: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); } return rc; } /* ** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() ** the directory after deleting the file. */ static int unixDelete( sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); } #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ int fd; rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #if OS_VXWORKS if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) #else if( fsync(fd) ) #endif { rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); } robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } #endif return rc; } /* ** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The ** test performed depends on the value of flags: ** ** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists ** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. ** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. ** ** Otherwise return 0. */ static int unixAccess( sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ ){ int amode = 0; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); switch( flags ){ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: amode = F_OK; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: amode = W_OK|R_OK; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: amode = R_OK; break; default: assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); } *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0); if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){ struct stat buf; if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){ *pResOut = 0; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by ** zPath. ** ** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to ** this buffer before returning. */ static int unixFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zOut /* Output buffer */ ){ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the ** current working directory has been unlinked. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); zOut[nOut-1] = '\0'; if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); }else{ int nCwd; if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); } nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ #include <dlfcn.h> static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); } /* ** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or ** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error ** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message ** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default ** error message. */ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ const char *zErr; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); unixEnterMutex(); zErr = dlerror(); if( zErr ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); } unixLeaveMutex(); } static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ /* ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? ** ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that ** x points to. ** ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have ** not really lost anything. */ void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; return (*x)(p, zSym); } static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); dlclose(pHandle); } #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ #define unixDlOpen 0 #define unixDlError 0 #define unixDlSym 0 #define unixDlClose 0 #endif /* ** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. */ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness ** in the random seed. ** ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the ** tests repeatable. */ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) { int pid, fd; fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); if( fd<0 ){ time_t t; time(&t); memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); pid = getpid(); memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid); }else{ do{ nBuf = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( nBuf<0 && errno==EINTR ); robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); } } #endif return nBuf; } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. ** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. ** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which ** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less ** than the argument. */ static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ #if OS_VXWORKS struct timespec sp; sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; nanosleep(&sp, NULL); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP usleep(microseconds); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #else int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; sleep(seconds); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return seconds*1000000; #endif } /* ** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as ** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of ** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ #endif /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow ** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In ** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** ** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; int rc = SQLITE_OK; #if defined(NO_GETTOD) time_t t; time(&t); *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; #elif OS_VXWORKS struct timespec sNow; clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; #else struct timeval sNow; if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return rc; } /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the ** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and ** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ sqlite3_int64 i = 0; int rc; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); *prNow = i/86400000.0; return rc; } /* ** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing ** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up ** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented ** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely ** a place-holder. */ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); return 0; } /* ************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** ** ** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the ** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a ** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For ** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred ** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have ** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available ** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. ** **** ** ** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the ** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers ** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking ** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented ** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), ** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl ** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. ** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected ** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire ** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): ** ** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 ** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 ** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 ** ** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x ** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables ** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read ** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X ** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the ** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency ** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively ** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple ** readers and writers ** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. ** ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file ** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. ** ** ** Using proxy locks ** ----------------- ** ** C APIs ** ** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, ** <proxy_path> | ":auto:"); ** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>); ** ** ** SQL pragmas ** ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto: ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file ** ** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching ** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise ** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir ** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the ** database file. For example: ** ** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" ** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") ** ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another ** connection or process). ** ** ** How proxy locking works ** ----------------------- ** ** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: ** ** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host ** at a time ** ** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally ** taken on the database ** ** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" ** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the ** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock ** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is ** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name ** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch". ** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the ** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive ** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy ** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch ** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock ** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ** ** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks ** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing ** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). ** ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is ** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. ** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until ** the connection to the database is closed. ** ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need ** to be created the first time they are used. ** ** Configuration options ** --------------------- ** ** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING ** ** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are ** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are ** named automatically using the same logic as ** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" ** ** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG ** ** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file ** retrieval and creation ** ** LOCKPROXYDIR ** ** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that ** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting ** ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS ** ** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the ** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. ** ** ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 ** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database ** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or ** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). */ /* ** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote ** and local proxy files in it */ typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; struct proxyLockingContext { unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ }; /* ** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length ** file path. */ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ int len; int dbLen; int i; #ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); #else # ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR { if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", lPath, errno, getpid())); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); } # else len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); # endif #endif if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); } /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){ char c = dbPath[i]; lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c; } lPath[i+len]='\0'; strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen); OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid())); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath */ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ int i, len; char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; int start = 0; assert(lockPath!=NULL); /* try to create all the intermediate directories */ len = (int)strlen(lockPath); buf[0] = lockPath[0]; for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){ if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ buf[i]='\0'; if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ int err=errno; if( err!=EEXIST ) { OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid())); return err; } } } start=i+1; } buf[i] = lockPath[i]; } OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid())); return 0; } /* ** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. ** ** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor ** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. */ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ ) { int fd = -1; unixFile *pNew; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; int terrno = 0; UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; /* 1. first try to open/create the file ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating ** the parent directories and then try again. ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file */ pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); if( pUnused ){ fd = pUnused->fd; }else{ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); if( !pUnused ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( fd<0 ){ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); terrno = errno; if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); } } } if( fd<0 ){ openFlags = O_RDONLY; fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); terrno = errno; } if( fd<0 ){ if( islockfile ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } switch (terrno) { case EACCES: return SQLITE_PERM; case EIO: return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ default: return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto end_create_proxy; } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); pNew->openFlags = openFlags; memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; pUnused->fd = fd; pUnused->flags = openFlags; pNew->pUnused = pUnused; rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppFile = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } end_create_proxy: robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(pNew); sqlite3_free(pUnused); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; #endif #define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ /* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); /* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN ** bytes of writable memory. */ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); #if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\ && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050 { static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ int err = errno; if( pError ){ *pError = err; } return SQLITE_IOERR; } } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path */ #define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ #define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ #define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) /* ** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves ** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the ** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is ** closed. Returns zero if successful. */ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; size_t readLen = 0; size_t pathLen = 0; char errmsg[64] = ""; int fd = -1; int rc = -1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); goto end_breaklock; } /* read the conch content */ readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen); goto end_breaklock; } /* write it out to the temporary break file */ fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); if( fd<0 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno); goto end_breaklock; } if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno); goto end_breaklock; } if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno); goto end_breaklock; } rc = 0; fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath); robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__); conchFile->h = fd; conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; end_breaklock: if( rc ){ if( fd>=0 ){ osUnlink(tPath); robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); } fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); } return rc; } /* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the ** host id matches. */ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nTries = 0; struct timespec conchModTime; memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); do { rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); nTries ++; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If the lock failed (busy): * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait * 10 sec and try again * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. */ struct stat buf; if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } if( nTries==1 ){ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ continue; } assert( nTries>1 ); if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } if( nTries==2 ){ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( len<0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = errno; return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } }else{ /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ return SQLITE_BUSY; } usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ continue; } assert( nTries==3 ); if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); } if( !rc ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); } } } } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); return rc; } /* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if ** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL ** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the ** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically ** and written to the conch file. */ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; uuid_t myHostID; int pError = 0; char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char *tempLockPath = NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int createConch = 0; int hostIdMatch = 0; int readLen = 0; int tryOldLockPath = 0; int forceNewLockPath = 0; OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ pFile->lastErrno = pError; goto end_takeconch; } rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_takeconch; } /* read the existing conch file */ readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); if( readLen<0 ){ /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; goto end_takeconch; }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new ** conch file. */ createConch = 1; } /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll ** retry with a new auto-generated path */ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */ if( hostIdMatch ){ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; } memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); lockPath[pathLen] = 0; tempLockPath = lockPath; tryOldLockPath = 1; /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ goto end_takeconch; } }else if( hostIdMatch && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) ){ /* conch host and lock path match */ goto end_takeconch; } } /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_takeconch; } /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); tempLockPath = lockPath; /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ } /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big ** stick. */ futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } else { rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } }else{ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int writeSize = 0; writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN); }else{ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); } writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); fsync(conchFile->h); /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ struct stat buf; int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); if( err==0 ){ mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ #ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); #else do{ rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); if( rc!=0 ){ int code = errno; fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", cmode, code, strerror(code)); } else { fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); } }else{ int code = errno; fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", err, code, strerror(code)); #endif } } } conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); end_takeconch: OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ int fd; if( pFile->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); } pFile->h = -1; fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); if( fd>=0 ){ pFile->h = fd; }else{ rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called during locking */ } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path ** so try again via auto-naming */ forceNewLockPath = 1; tryOldLockPath = 0; continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack */ if( tempLockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->conchHeld = 1; if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ afpLockingContext *afpCtx; afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; } } else { conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); return rc; } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ } } /* ** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. */ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } pCtx->conchHeld = 0; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } /* ** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. ** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. ** ** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory ** space is eventually freed. ** ** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. */ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to ** the name of the original database file. */ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8); if( conchPath==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ i++; break; } } conchPath[i]='.'; while ( i<len ){ conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i]; i++; } /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */ memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7); assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches ** the local lock file path */ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; pCtx->conchHeld = 0; if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(lockProxy); } sqlite3_free(oldPath); pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); } return rc; } /* ** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath ** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. ** ** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it ** int dbPath. */ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ #if defined(__APPLE__) if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field ** of the struct */ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN); } else #endif if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock ** file path */ int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); }else{ /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields ** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: ** ->lockingContext ** ->pMethod */ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx; char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ char *lockPath=NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ lockPath=NULL; }else{ lockPath=(char *)path; } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); if( pCtx==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. */ struct statfs fsInfo; struct stat conchInfo; int goLockless = 0; if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { int err = errno; if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; } } if( goLockless ){ pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. */ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; }else{ if( pCtx->conchFile ){ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3_free(pCtx); } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } /* ** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific ** to proxy locking. */ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ switch( op ){ case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; }else{ *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; } } else { *(const char **)pArg = NULL; } return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ if( isProxyStyle ){ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; }else{ /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } }else{ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; if( isProxyStyle ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); } }else{ /* turn on proxy file locking */ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); } } return rc; } default: { assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ } } /*NOTREACHED*/ return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures ** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the ** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. */ /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ pResOut=0; } } return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } } return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } } return rc; } /* ** Close a file that uses proxy locks. */ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( id ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( lockProxy ){ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); if( rc ) return rc; rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(lockProxy); pCtx->lockProxy = 0; } if( conchFile ){ if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); if( rc ) return rc; } rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; sqlite3_free(pCtx); return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also ** restricted to MacOSX. ** ** ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Initialize the operating system interface. ** ** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating ** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, ** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other ** files. ** ** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a ** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they ** should not be used. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ /* ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) ** ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. ** ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for ** that filesystem time. */ #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ 3, /* iVersion */ \ sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ 0, /* pNext */ \ VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ } /* ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. ** ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following ** array cannot be const. */ static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__)) UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), #else UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), #endif UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), #if OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), #if !OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), #endif #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), #endif }; unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==20 ); /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Shutdown the operating system interface. ** ** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, ** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. ** This routine is a no-op for unix. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ #ifdef __CYGWIN__ # include <sys/cygwin.h> #endif /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE # define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 # endif int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; # define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define OSTRACE(X) #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef _HWTIME_H_ #define _HWTIME_H_ /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ /* ** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. */ #ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES # define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) #endif /* Forward references */ typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ /* ** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it ** with some code of our own. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE typedef struct winceLock { int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ } winceLock; #endif /* ** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 ** portability layer. */ typedef struct winFile winFile; struct winFile { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ #endif }; /* ** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags */ #define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ #define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ /* * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. */ #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC /* * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \ (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) #endif /* * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) #endif /* * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be * zero for the default behavior. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) #endif /* ** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific ** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. */ typedef struct winMemData winMemData; struct winMemData { #ifndef NDEBUG u32 magic; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ #endif HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ }; #ifndef NDEBUG #define WINMEM_MAGIC 0x42b2830b #endif static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { #ifndef NDEBUG WINMEM_MAGIC, #endif NULL, FALSE }; #ifndef NDEBUG #define winMemAssertMagic() assert( win_mem_data.magic==WINMEM_MAGIC ) #else #define winMemAssertMagic() #endif #define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); static int winMemSize(void *p); static int winMemRoundup(int n); static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ /* ** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes ** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x ** or WinNT. ** ** 0: Operating system unknown. ** 1: Operating system is Win9x. ** 2: Operating system is WinNT. ** ** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture ** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0; #else static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; #endif /* ** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that ** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during ** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers ** to all overrideable system calls. */ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT # define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE #endif #ifndef SYSCALL # define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* ** These macros are necessary because Windows CE does not natively support the ** Win32 APIs LockFile, UnlockFile, and LockFileEx. */ # define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) # define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) # define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f) /* ** These are the special syscall hacks for Windows CE. The locking related ** defines here refer to the macros defined just above. */ # define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 # define osLockFile LockFile # define osUnlockFile UnlockFile # define osLockFileEx LockFileEx #endif static struct win_syscall { const char *zName; /* Name of the sytem call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ } aSyscall[] = { #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, #define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) #else { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, #else { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, #else { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, #define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) { "CreateFileMapping", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMapping, 0 }, #define osCreateFileMapping ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCTSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, #else { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, #else { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, #else { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, #else { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, #else { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, #define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, #else { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, #else { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 }, #define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, #define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, #else { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, #else { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, #define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, #else { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, #else { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, #define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 }, #else /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 }, #endif #define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, #define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, #define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, #else { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, #else { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, #else { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, #define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, #else { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, #define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, #define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, #define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, #define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, #define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, #define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ LPCVOID))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, #define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 }, #else { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, #else { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, #define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, #define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ DWORD))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) #else { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, #define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) #else { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, #define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, #define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ int))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, #define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, #define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, #define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, #define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ DWORD))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, #define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, #define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, #define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) #else { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, #define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) #else { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, #define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, #define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, #define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) }; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ /* ** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the ** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the ** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable ** system call named zName. */ static int winSetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ ){ unsigned int i; int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); if( zName==0 ){ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default ** settings and return NULL */ rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault; } } }else{ /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call ** specified. */ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){ aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent; } rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault; aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc; break; } } } return rc; } /* ** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a ** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call ** is currently undefined. */ static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, const char *zName ){ unsigned int i; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent; } return 0; } /* ** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL ** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName ** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid ** system call. */ static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ int i = -1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); if( zName ){ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break; } } for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){ if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName; } return 0; } /* ** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, ** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. ** ** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack ** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that ** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to ** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or ** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call ** the LockFileEx() API. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE # define isNT() (1) #else static int isNT(void){ if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; } return sqlite3_os_type==2; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC /* ** Allocate nBytes of memory. */ static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ HANDLE hHeap; void *p; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif assert( nBytes>=0 ); p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); if( !p ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%d), heap=%p", nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } return p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ HANDLE hHeap; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); #endif if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%d), heap=%p", pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ HANDLE hHeap; void *p; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); #endif assert( nBytes>=0 ); if( !pPrior ){ p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); }else{ p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); } if( !p ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%d), heap=%p", pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } return p; } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. */ static int winMemSize(void *p){ HANDLE hHeap; SIZE_T n; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif if( !p ) return 0; n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%d), heap=%p", p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); return 0; } return (int)n; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int winMemRoundup(int n){ return n; } /* ** Initialize this module. */ static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; assert( pWinMemData->magic==WINMEM_MAGIC ); if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE); if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCreate (%d), flags=%u, initSize=%u, maxSize=%u", osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; } assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; if( !pWinMemData ) return; if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%d), heap=%p", osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); } pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; } pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; } } /* ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The ** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. ** ** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore ** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { winMemMalloc, winMemFree, winMemRealloc, winMemSize, winMemRoundup, winMemInit, winMemShutdown, &win_mem_data }; return &winMemMethods; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); } #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ /* ** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. */ static LPWSTR utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ int nChar; LPWSTR zWideFilename; nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); if( nChar==0 ){ return 0; } zWideFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); if( zWideFilename==0 ){ return 0; } nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar); if( nChar==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zWideFilename); zWideFilename = 0; } return zWideFilename; } /* ** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is ** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *unicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ int nByte; char *zFilename; nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ return 0; } zFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte ); if( zFilename==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ sqlite3_free(zFilename); zFilename = 0; } return zFilename; } /* ** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the ** current codepage settings for file apis. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained ** from sqlite3_malloc. */ static LPWSTR mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ int nByte; LPWSTR zMbcsFilename; int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); if( nByte==0 ){ return 0; } zMbcsFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename); zMbcsFilename = 0; } return zMbcsFilename; } /* ** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the ** user's ANSI codepage. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *unicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ int nByte; char *zFilename; int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ return 0; } zFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte ); if( zFilename==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ sqlite3_free(zFilename); zFilename = 0; } return zFilename; } /* ** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the ** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ char *zFilenameUtf8; LPWSTR zTmpWide; zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename); if( zTmpWide==0 ){ return 0; } zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); return zFilenameUtf8; } /* ** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the ** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){ char *zFilenameMbcs; LPWSTR zTmpWide; zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); if( zTmpWide==0 ){ return 0; } zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); return zFilenameMbcs; } /* ** The return value of getLastErrorMsg ** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero ** otherwise (if the message was truncated). */ static int getLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. */ DWORD dwLen = 0; char *zOut = 0; if( isNT() ){ LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, lastErrno, 0, (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, 0, 0); if( dwLen > 0 ){ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ osLocalFree(zTempWide); } /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ char *zTemp = NULL; dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, lastErrno, 0, (LPSTR) &zTemp, 0, 0); if( dwLen > 0 ){ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ osLocalFree(zTemp); } #endif } if( 0 == dwLen ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", lastErrno, lastErrno); }else{ /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); /* free the UTF8 buffer */ sqlite3_free(zOut); } return 0; } /* ** ** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro ** winLogError(). ** ** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. ** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of ** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from ** FormatMessage. ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that ** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed and the the associated file-system path, if any. */ #define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) static int winLogErrorAtLine( int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ ){ char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ int i; /* Loop counter */ zMsg[0] = 0; getLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} zMsg[i] = 0; sqlite3_log(errcode, "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg ); return errcode; } /* ** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() ** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by ** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. ** The delay increases linearly with each retry. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY # define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY # define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 #endif static int win32IoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; static int win32IoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; /* ** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine ** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE ** to give up with an error. */ static int retryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ DWORD e = osGetLastError(); if( *pnRetry>=win32IoerrRetry ){ if( pError ){ *pError = e; } return 0; } if( e==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED || e==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION || e==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION ){ osSleep(win32IoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); ++*pnRetry; return 1; } if( pError ){ *pError = e; } return 0; } /* ** Log a I/O error retry episode. */ static void logIoerr(int nRetry){ if( nRetry ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict", win32IoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2 ); } } #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /************************************************************************* ** This section contains code for WinCE only. */ /* ** Windows CE does not have a localtime() function. So create a ** substitute. */ /* #include <time.h> */ struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) { static struct tm y; FILETIME uTm, lTm; SYSTEMTIME pTm; sqlite3_int64 t64; t64 = *t; t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; return &y; } #define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] /* ** Acquire a lock on the handle h */ static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ DWORD dwErr; do { dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); } /* ** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() */ #define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) /* ** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file ** descriptor pFile */ static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ LPWSTR zTok; LPWSTR zName; BOOL bInit = TRUE; zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); if( zName==0 ){ /* out of memory */ return FALSE; } /* Initialize the local lockdata */ memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it ** to derive a mutex name. */ zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); for (;*zTok;zTok++){ if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; } /* Create/open the named mutex */ pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); if (!pFile->hMutex){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); sqlite3_free(zName); return FALSE; } /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. */ osCharUpperW(zName); pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), zName); /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it ** must be zero-initialized */ if (osGetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ bInit = FALSE; } sqlite3_free(zName); /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ if (pFile->hShared){ pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ if (!pFile->shared){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); pFile->hShared = NULL; } } /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ if (pFile->hShared == NULL){ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); pFile->hMutex = NULL; return FALSE; } /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ if (bInit) { memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return TRUE; } /* ** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks */ static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ if (pFile->hMutex){ /* Acquire the mutex */ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ if (pFile->local.nReaders){ pFile->shared->nReaders --; } if (pFile->local.bReserved){ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; } if (pFile->local.bPending){ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; } if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; } /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); /* Done with the mutex */ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); pFile->hMutex = NULL; } } /* ** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE */ static BOOL winceLockFile( HANDLE *phFile, DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh ){ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); BOOL bReturn = FALSE; UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a read-only lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ pFile->local.nReaders ++; if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ pFile->shared->nReaders ++; } bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a pending lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a reserved lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return bReturn; } /* ** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE */ static BOOL winceUnlockFile( HANDLE *phFile, DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh ){ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); BOOL bReturn = FALSE; UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); pFile->local.nReaders --; if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) { pFile->shared->nReaders --; } bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Releasing a pending lock */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ if (pFile->local.bPending){ pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Releasing a reserved lock */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ if (pFile->local.bReserved) { pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return bReturn; } /* ** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of Windows for CE */ static BOOL winceLockFileEx( HANDLE *phFile, DWORD dwFlags, DWORD dwReserved, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwReserved); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call ** to winceLockFile */ if (lpOverlapped->Offset == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && dwFlags == 1 && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); } return FALSE; } /* ** End of the special code for wince *****************************************************************************/ #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ /***************************************************************************** ** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified ** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. */ #ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER # define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) #endif /* ** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first ** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. ** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. */ static int seekWinFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine ** whether an error has actually occured, it is also necessary to call ** GetLastError(). */ dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath); return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Close a file. ** ** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes ** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious ** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If ** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As ** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before ** giving up and returning an error. */ #define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int rc, cnt = 0; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; assert( id!=0 ); assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); do{ rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (osSleep(100), 1) ); #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE #define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 winceDestroyLock(pFile); if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ int cnt = 0; while( osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS ){ osSleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ } sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); } #endif OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d %s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); OpenCounter(-1); return rc ? SQLITE_OK : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), "winClose", pFile->zPath); } /* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. */ static int winRead( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){ return SQLITE_FULL; } while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ DWORD lastErrno; if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, "winRead", pFile->zPath); } logIoerr(nRetry); if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int winWrite( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ ){ int rc; /* True if error has occured, else false */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ assert( amt>0 ); assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset); if( rc==0 ){ u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ while( nRem>0 ){ if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; break; } if( nWrite<=0 ) break; aRem += nWrite; nRem -= nWrite; } if( nRem>0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = 1; } } if( rc ){ if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ return SQLITE_FULL; } return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, "winWrite", pFile->zPath); }else{ logIoerr(nRetry); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte)); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested ** size). */ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); } OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld %s\n", pFile->h, nByte, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test ** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; #endif /* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. */ static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ #ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC /* ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. */ BOOL rc; #endif #if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)) /* ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or ** OSTRACE() macros. */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); #endif assert( pFile ); /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ); OSTRACE(("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. */ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); #ifndef SQLITE_TEST UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); #else if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ sqlite3_fullsync_count++; } sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC return SQLITE_OK; #else rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); if( rc ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, "winSync", pFile->zPath); } #endif } /* ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes */ static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ DWORD upperBits; DWORD lowerBits; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; DWORD lastErrno; assert( id!=0 ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ) { pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); } *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. */ #ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY # define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 #endif /* ** Acquire a reader lock. ** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this ** is Win9x or WinNT. */ static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ int res; if( isNT() ){ OVERLAPPED ovlp; ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST; ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0; ovlp.hEvent = 0; res = osLockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp); /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ int lk; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); res = osLockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); #endif } if( res == 0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); /* No need to log a failure to lock */ } return res; } /* ** Undo a readlock */ static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ int res; DWORD lastErrno; if( isNT() ){ res = osUnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ res = osUnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); #endif } if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, "unlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); } return res; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine ** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. ** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You ** must go straight to locking level 0. */ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; assert( id!=0 ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte)); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct */ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. */ newLocktype = pFile->locktype; if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK) || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)) ){ int cnt = 3; while( cnt-->0 && (res = osLockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on ** Windows systems. ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. */ OSTRACE(("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt)); if( cnt ) osSleep(1); } gotPendingLock = res; if( !res ){ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a shared lock */ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); res = getReadLock(pFile); if( res ){ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); res = osLockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); if( res ){ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a PENDING lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; gotPendingLock = 0; } /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); res = unlockReadLock(pFile); OSTRACE(("unreadlock = %d\n", res)); res = osLockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( res ){ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("error-code = %d\n", lastErrno)); getReadLock(pFile); } } /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then ** release it now. */ if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ osUnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then ** return the appropriate result code. */ if( res ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ OSTRACE(("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; return rc; } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return ** non-zero, otherwise zero. */ static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( id!=0 ); if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ rc = 1; OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc)); }else{ rc = osLockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); if( rc ){ osUnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } rc = !rc; OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc)); } *pResOut = rc; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument ** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine ** might return SQLITE_IOERR; */ static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ int type; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile!=0 ); assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte)); type = pFile->locktype; if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ osUnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to ** reacquire the read lock */ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); } } if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ osUnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ unlockReadLock(pFile); } if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ osUnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; return rc; } /* ** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to ** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. ** ** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. */ static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ if( *pArg<0 ){ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; }else{ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; } } /* ** Control and query of the open file handle. */ static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ sqlite3_int64 oldSz; int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; if( newSz>oldSz ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } } return rc; } return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("win32"); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { int *a = (int*)pArg; if( a[0]>0 ){ win32IoerrRetry = a[0]; }else{ a[0] = win32IoerrRetry; } if( a[1]>0 ){ win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; }else{ a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay; } return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* ** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for ** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be ** larger for some devices. ** ** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that ** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. ** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the ** same for both. */ static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ (void)id; return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } /* ** Return a vector of device characteristics. */ static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ winFile *p = (winFile*)id; return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Windows will only let you create file view mappings ** on allocation size granularity boundaries. ** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() ** to get the granularity size. */ SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by ** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. ** ** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex ** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** winShmEnterMutex() ** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); ** winShmLeaveMutex() */ static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } #endif /* ** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide ** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same ** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all ** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each ** log-summary is opened only once per process. ** ** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying ** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: ** ** nRef ** pNext ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: ** ** fid ** zFilename ** ** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and ** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field ** in this structure. ** */ struct winShmNode { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ struct ShmRegion { HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ void *pMap; } *aRegion; DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ #endif }; /* ** A global array of all winShmNode objects. ** ** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. */ static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; /* ** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an ** open shared memory connection. ** ** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and ** are read-only thereafter: ** ** winShm.pShmNode ** winShm.id ** ** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held ** while accessing any read/write fields. */ struct winShm { winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ #endif }; /* ** Constants used for locking */ #define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ #define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ /* ** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. */ #define _SHM_UNLCK 1 #define _SHM_RDLCK 2 #define _SHM_WRLCK 3 static int winShmSystemLock( winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ ){ OVERLAPPED ovlp; DWORD dwFlags; int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); /* Initialize the locking parameters */ dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); ovlp.Offset = ofst; /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ rc = osUnlockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp); }else{ rc = osLockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp); } if( rc!= 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n", pFile->hFile.h, rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed", lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "UnlockFileEx" : "LockFileEx", pFile->lastErrno)); return rc; } /* Forward references to VFS methods */ static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); /* ** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. ** ** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called ** by VFS shared-memory methods. */ static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ winShmNode **pp; winShmNode *p; BOOL bRc; assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); pp = &winShmNodeList; while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ if( p->nRef==0 ){ int i; if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){ bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n", (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d close region=%d %s\n", (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); } if( p->hFile.h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } if( deleteFlag ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } *pp = p->pNext; sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); sqlite3_free(p); }else{ pp = &p->pNext; } } } /* ** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. ** ** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that ** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then ** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. */ static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ int rc; /* Result code */ struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. */ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); if( pNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew) + nName + 17); pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. */ winShmEnterMutex(); for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; } if( pShmNode ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); }else{ pShmNode = pNew; pNew = 0; ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; winShmNodeList = pShmNode; pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; goto shm_open_err; } rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, /* Mode flags */ 0); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ goto shm_open_err; } /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. */ if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); } if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; } /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ p->pShmNode = pShmNode; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; #endif pShmNode->nRef++; pDbFd->pShm = p; winShmLeaveMutex(); /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex ** mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; pShmNode->pFirst = p; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; /* Jump here on any error */ shm_open_err: winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ sqlite3_free(p); sqlite3_free(pNew); winShmLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /* ** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. */ static int winShmUnmap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ ){ winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; p = pDbFd->pShm; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated ** with pShmNode */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} *pp = p->pNext; /* Free the connection p */ sqlite3_free(p); pDbFd->pShm = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying ** shared-memory file, too */ winShmEnterMutex(); assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); pShmNode->nRef--; if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); } winShmLeaveMutex(); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. */ static int winShmLock( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ int flags /* What to do with the lock */ ){ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); assert( n>=1 ); assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst)); assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX==p ) continue; assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); allMask |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Unlock the system-level locks */ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Undo the local locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return ** SQLITE_BUSY. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Get the local shared locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->sharedMask |= mask; } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n", p->id, (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return rc; } /* ** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. */ static void winShmBarrier( sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */ winShmEnterMutex(); winShmLeaveMutex(); } /* ** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the ** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions ** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a ** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If ** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by ** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes ** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int winShmMap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ ){ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; winShmNode *pShmNode; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !p ){ rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; p = pDbFd->pShm; } pShmNode = p->pShmNode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is ** large enough to contain the requested region). */ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); goto shmpage_out; } if( sz<nByte ){ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate ** the requested memory region. */ if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out; rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); goto shmpage_out; } } /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc( pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) ); if( !apNew ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ HANDLE hMap; /* file-mapping handle */ void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ hMap = osCreateFileMapping(pShmNode->hFile.h, NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL ); OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d create region=%d nbyte=%d %s\n", (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); if( hMap ){ int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift ); OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d map region=%d offset=%d size=%d %s\n", (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); } if( !pMap ){ pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; pShmNode->nRegion++; } } shmpage_out: if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; }else{ *pp = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; } #else # define winShmMap 0 # define winShmLock 0 # define winShmBarrier 0 # define winShmUnmap 0 #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. ** ********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* ******************************************************************************/ /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for win32. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { 2, /* iVersion */ winClose, /* xClose */ winRead, /* xRead */ winWrite, /* xWrite */ winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ winSync, /* xSync */ winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ winLock, /* xLock */ winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ winShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ }; /**************************************************************************** **************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** ** ** This division contains the implementation of methods on the ** sqlite3_vfs object. */ /* ** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying ** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result ** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling ** function. */ static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ void *zConverted = 0; if( isNT() ){ zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename); #endif } /* caller will handle out of memory */ return zConverted; } /* ** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to ** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. */ static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ static char zChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" "0123456789"; size_t i, j; char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+2]; /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); }else if( isNT() ){ char *zMulti; WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH]; osGetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath); zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); if( zMulti ){ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti); sqlite3_free(zMulti); }else{ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ char *zUtf8; char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH]; osGetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath); zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath); if( zUtf8 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8); sqlite3_free(zUtf8); }else{ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } #endif } /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. */ if( (sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath) + sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= nBuf ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} zTempPath[i] = 0; sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; zBuf[j+1] = 0; OSTRACE(("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Open a file. */ static int winOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ int flags, /* Open mode flags */ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ ){ HANDLE h; DWORD lastErrno; DWORD dwDesiredAccess; DWORD dwShareMode; DWORD dwCreationDisposition; DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE int isTemp = 0; #endif winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ int cnt = 0; /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. */ char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+2]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ #endif int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); #ifndef NDEBUG int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); #endif int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); #ifndef NDEBUG int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); #endif /* Check the following statements are true: ** ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); assert( id!=0 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a ** temporary file name to use */ if( !zUtf8Name ){ assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal); rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+2, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } zUtf8Name = zTmpname; } /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zUtf8Name[strlen(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } if( isReadWrite ){ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; }else{ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; } /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" ** as it is usually understood. */ if( isExclusive ){ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ /* If the file exists, it fails. */ dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; }else if( isCreate ){ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; }else{ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; } dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; if( isDelete ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; isTemp = 1; #else dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; #endif }else{ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; } /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; #endif if( isNT() ){ while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode, NULL, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode, NULL, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} #endif } logIoerr(cnt); OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n", h, zName, dwDesiredAccess, h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok")); if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); sqlite3_free(zConverted); if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags); }else{ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } if( pOutFlags ){ if( isReadWrite ){ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; }else{ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } } memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; pFile->h = h; pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; pFile->pVfs = pVfs; pFile->pShm = 0; pFile->zPath = zName; if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; } #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile) ){ osCloseHandle(h); sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } if( isTemp ){ pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; }else #endif { sqlite3_free(zConverted); } OpenCounter(+1); return rc; } /* ** Delete the named file. ** ** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other ** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program ** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do ** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the ** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this ** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up ** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving ** up and returning an error. */ static int winDelete( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ ){ int cnt = 0; int rc; DWORD lastErrno; void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } if( isNT() ){ rc = 1; while( osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && (rc = osDeleteFileW(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ rc = 1; while( osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && (rc = osDeleteFileA(zConverted))==0 && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} rc = rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; #endif } if( rc ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); }else{ logIoerr(cnt); } sqlite3_free(zConverted); OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" ))); return rc; } /* ** Check the existance and status of a file. */ static int winAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ ){ DWORD attr; int rc = 0; DWORD lastErrno; void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } if( isNT() ){ int cnt = 0; WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, &sAttrData)) && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} if( rc ){ /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file ** as if it does not exist. */ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; }else{ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; } }else{ logIoerr(cnt); if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ){ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", zFilename); sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; }else{ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; } } /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); #endif } sqlite3_free(zConverted); switch( flags ){ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; break; default: assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); } *pResOut = rc; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full ** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname ** bytes in size. */ static int winFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zFull /* Output buffer */ ){ #if defined(__CYGWIN__) SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull); return SQLITE_OK; #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative); return SQLITE_OK; #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__) int nByte; void *zConverted; char *zOut; /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. */ if( zRelative[0]=='/' && sqlite3Isalpha(zRelative[1]) && zRelative[2]==':' ){ zRelative++; } /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the ** current working directory has been unlinked. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } if( isNT() ){ LPWSTR zTemp; nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; zTemp = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); if( zTemp==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); sqlite3_free(zConverted); zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); sqlite3_free(zTemp); /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ char *zTemp; nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; zTemp = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); if( zTemp==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); sqlite3_free(zConverted); zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); sqlite3_free(zTemp); #endif } if( zOut ){ sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut); sqlite3_free(zOut); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } #endif } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ HANDLE h; void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); if( zConverted==0 ){ return 0; } if( isNT() ){ h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted); /* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. ** Since the ANSI version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, ** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); #endif } sqlite3_free(zConverted); return (void*)h; } static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); getLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut); } static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return (void(*)(void))osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); } static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); } #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ #define winDlOpen 0 #define winDlError 0 #define winDlSym 0 #define winDlClose 0 #endif /* ** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. */ static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ int n = 0; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) n = nBuf; memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); #else if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ SYSTEMTIME x; osGetSystemTime(&x); memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); n += sizeof(x); } if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); n += sizeof(pid); } if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); n += sizeof(cnt); } if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ LARGE_INTEGER i; osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); n += sizeof(i); } #endif return n; } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. */ static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ osSleep((microsec+999)/1000); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; } /* ** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as ** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of ** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ #endif /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow ** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In ** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** ** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). */ FILETIME ft; static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; #endif /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE SYSTEMTIME time; osGetSystemTime(&time); /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } #else osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); #endif *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the ** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and ** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ int rc; sqlite3_int64 i; rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); if( !rc ){ *prNow = i/86400000.0; } return rc; } /* ** The idea is that this function works like a combination of ** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and ** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS ** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to ** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the ** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message ** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling ** thread. ** ** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, ** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError ** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero ** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, ** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character ** in the output buffer. ** ** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect ** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never ** returns an error message: ** ** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ ** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); ** return 0; ** } ** ** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated ** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using ** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. */ static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return getLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf); } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "win32", /* zName */ 0, /* pAppData */ winOpen, /* xOpen */ winDelete, /* xDelete */ winAccess, /* xAccess */ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ winDlError, /* xDlError */ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ winSleep, /* xSleep */ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==60 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* get memory map allocation granularity */ memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); assert(winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity > 0); #endif sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ /************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 February 16 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length ** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. ** ** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been ** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" ** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. ** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. ** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most ** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, ** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs ** to handle both cases well. ** ** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. ** ** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits ** may be set or cleared one at a time. ** ** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. ** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between ** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can ** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the ** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the ** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, ** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. */ /* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ #define BITVEC_SZ 512 /* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how ** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ #define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) /* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. ** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. ** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve ** performance. */ #define BITVEC_TELEM u8 /* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ #define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 /* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ #define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) /* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ #define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) /* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ #define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) /* Maximum number of entries in hash table before ** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ #define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) /* Hashing function for the aHash representation. ** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier ** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided ** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ #define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) #define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) /* ** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. ** ** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits ** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. ** ** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. ** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight ** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. ** ** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is ** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. ** ** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR ** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap ** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds ** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between ** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between ** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized ** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. */ struct Bitvec { u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, ** this would be 125. */ u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ union { BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ } u; }; /* ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, ** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if ** malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ Bitvec *p; assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ p->iSize = iSize; } return p; } /* ** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. ** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if ** i is out of range, then return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ if( p==0 ) return 0; if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0; i--; while( p->iDivisor ){ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; p = p->u.apSub[bin]; if (!p) { return 0; } } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; } else{ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; } return 0; } } /* ** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if ** anything goes wrong. ** ** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing ** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only ** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. ** ** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object ** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. ** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ u32 h; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; assert( i>0 ); assert( i<=p->iSize ); i--; while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p = p->u.apSub[bin]; } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); return SQLITE_OK; } h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { goto bitvec_set_end; } else { goto bitvec_set_rehash; } } /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ do { if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; h++; if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ /* make our hash too "full". */ bitvec_set_rehash: if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ unsigned int j; int rc; u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); if( aiValues==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){ if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]); } sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues); return rc; } } bitvec_set_end: p->nSet++; p->u.aHash[h] = i; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Clear the i-th bit. ** ** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage ** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ if( p==0 ) return; assert( i>0 ); i--; while( p->iDivisor ){ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; p = p->u.apSub[bin]; if (!p) { return; } } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); }else{ unsigned int j; u32 *aiValues = pBuf; memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); p->nSet = 0; for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){ if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1); p->nSet++; while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ h++; if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; } p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; } } } } /* ** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ if( p==0 ) return; if( p->iDivisor ){ unsigned int i; for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]); } } sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p ** was created. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ return p->iSize; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST /* ** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold ** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N. ** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test ** individual bits within V. */ #define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) #define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) #define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 /* ** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. ** ** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program ** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed ** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another ** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. ** ** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the ** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. ** ** 0 Halt and return the number of errors ** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X ** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X ** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits ** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits ** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec ** ** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed ** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. ** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. ** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to ** confirm that error detection works. ** ** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared ** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, ** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; unsigned char *pV = 0; int rc = -1; int i, nx, pc, op; void *pTmpSpace; /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of ** bits to act as the reference */ pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ); if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end; memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1); /* NULL pBitvec tests */ sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1); sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace); /* Run the program */ pc = 0; while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ switch( op ){ case 1: case 2: case 5: { nx = 4; i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; break; } case 3: case 4: default: { nx = 2; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); break; } } if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; pc += nx; i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); if( op!=5 ){ if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; } }else{ CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace); } } /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy ** is found. */ rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ rc = i; break; } } /* Free allocated structure */ bitvec_end: sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace); sqlite3_free(pV); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ /************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements that page cache. */ /* ** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. */ struct PCache { PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */ int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ int bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */ }; /* ** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run ** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running ** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the ** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT # define expensive_assert(X) assert(X) #else # define expensive_assert(X) #endif /********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT) /* ** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it ** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return ** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows: ** ** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); */ static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){ assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ); } return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0); } #endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ /* ** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages. */ static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ PCache *p = pPage->pCache; assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev; } p->pSynced = pSynced; } if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; }else{ assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; } if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; }else{ assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; } pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); } /* ** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to ** pPage). */ static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ PCache *p = pPage->pCache; assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; } p->pDirty = pPage; if( !p->pDirtyTail ){ p->pDirtyTail = pPage; } if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ p->pSynced = pPage; } expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); } /* ** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is ** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. */ static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ if( p->pgno==1 ){ pCache->pPage1 = 0; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); } } /*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** ** ** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these ** functions are threadsafe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache. */ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); } return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); } } /* ** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } /* ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object ** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. ** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( int szPage, /* Size of every page */ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); p->szPage = szPage; p->szExtra = szExtra; p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; p->xStress = xStress; p->pStress = pStress; p->szCache = 100; } /* ** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there ** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); if( pCache->pCache ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); pCache->pCache = 0; pCache->pPage1 = 0; } pCache->szPage = szPage; } /* ** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. */ static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ if( p->szCache>=0 ){ return p->szCache; }else{ return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); } } /* ** Try to obtain a page from the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */ ){ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage = 0; PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0; int eCreate; assert( pCache!=0 ); assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 ); assert( pgno>0 ); /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated, ** allocate it now. */ if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){ sqlite3_pcache *p; p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable ); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); pCache->pCache = p; } eCreate = createFlag * (1 + (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty)); if( pCache->pCache ){ pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); } if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){ PgHdr *pPg; /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other ** unreferenced dirty page. */ expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev ); pCache->pSynced = pPg; if( !pPg ){ for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); } if( pPg ){ int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", pPg->pgno, pgno, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), numberOfCachePages(pCache)); #endif rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); } if( pPage ){ pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; } assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache ); assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno ); assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf ); assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] ); if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){ pCache->nRef++; } pPgHdr->nRef++; if( pgno==1 ){ pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr; } } *ppPage = pPgHdr; return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the ** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; pCache->nRef--; if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){ pcacheUnpin(p); }else{ /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); } } } /* ** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ assert(p->nRef>0); p->nRef++; } /* ** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the ** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the ** page pointed to by p is invalid. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ PCache *pCache; assert( p->nRef==1 ); if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); } pCache = p->pCache; pCache->nRef--; if( p->pgno==1 ){ pCache->pPage1 = 0; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); } /* ** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, ** make it so. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; assert( p->nRef>0 ); if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY; pcacheAddToDirtyList( p); } } /* ** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, ** make it so. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); if( p->nRef==0 ){ pcacheUnpin(p); } } } /* ** Make every page in the cache clean. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); } } /* ** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; } pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; } /* ** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( newPgno>0 ); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); p->pgno = newPgno; if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); } } /* ** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The ** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages ** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. ** ** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this ** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but ** the page object is not dropped. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ if( pCache->pCache ){ PgHdr *p; PgHdr *pNext; for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pDirtyNext; /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, ** it must be that pgno==0. */ assert( p->pgno>0 ); if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){ assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); } } if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){ memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage); pgno = 1; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); } } /* ** Close a cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ if( pCache->pCache ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); } } /* ** Discard the contents of the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); } /* ** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. ** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. */ static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ PgHdr result, *pTail; pTail = &result; while( pA && pB ){ if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){ pTail->pDirty = pA; pTail = pA; pA = pA->pDirty; }else{ pTail->pDirty = pB; pTail = pB; pB = pB->pDirty; } } if( pA ){ pTail->pDirty = pA; }else if( pB ){ pTail->pDirty = pB; }else{ pTail->pDirty = 0; } return result.pDirty; } /* ** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are ** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are ** corrupted by this sort. ** ** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, ** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. ** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something ** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. */ #define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; int i; memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); while( pIn ){ p = pIn; pIn = p->pDirty; p->pDirty = 0; for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){ if( a[i]==0 ){ a[i] = p; break; }else{ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p); a[i] = 0; } } if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){ /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in ** the input list. But that is impossible. */ a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p); } } p = a[0]; for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]); } return p; } /* ** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; } return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); } /* ** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ return pCache->nRef; } /* ** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ return p->nRef; } /* ** Return the total number of pages in the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ int nPage = 0; if( pCache->pCache ){ nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); } return nPage; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Get the suggested cache-size value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ return numberOfCachePages(pCache); } #endif /* ** Set the suggested cache-size value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ pCache->szCache = mxPage; if( pCache->pCache ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); } } /* ** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ if( pCache->pCache ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); } } #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified ** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is ** defined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ PgHdr *pDirty; for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ xIter(pDirty); } } #endif /************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2008 November 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the ** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation ** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. ** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of ** these two features are available. */ typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; typedef struct PGroup PGroup; /* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set ** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned ** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of ** the following object. ** ** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: ** ** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is ** one PGroup per PCache. ** ** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member ** of. ** ** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob ** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, ** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be ** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. ** ** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single ** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is ** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. */ struct PGroup { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ }; /* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every ** open database file (including each in-memory database and each ** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which ** is an instance of this object. ** ** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as ** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. */ struct PCache1 { /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. */ PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space in bytes */ int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. */ unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ }; /* ** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following ** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of ** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure ** in memory. */ struct PgHdr1 { sqlite3_pcache_page page; unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ }; /* ** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using ** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. */ struct PgFreeslot { PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ }; /* ** Global data used by this cache. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. */ int isInit; /* True if initialized */ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this ** is really just an optimization. */ int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ } pcache1_g; /* ** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the ** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when ** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. */ #define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) /* ** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. */ #define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) #define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) /******************************************************************************/ /******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ /* ** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. ** ** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed ** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ if( pcache1.isInit ){ PgFreeslot *p; sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); pcache1.szSlot = sz; pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); pcache1.pStart = pBuf; pcache1.pFree = 0; pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; while( n-- ){ p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; pcache1.pFree = p; pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; } pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; } } /* ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer ** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no ** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls ** back to sqlite3Malloc(). ** ** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables ** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. */ static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ void *p = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; if( p ){ pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; pcache1.nFreeSlot--; pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve; assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 ); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); } if( p==0 ){ /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. */ p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); if( p ){ int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); } sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); } return p; } /* ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). */ static int pcache1Free(void *p){ int nFreed = 0; if( p==0 ) return 0; if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){ PgFreeslot *pSlot; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1); pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p; pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree; pcache1.pFree = pSlot; pcache1.nFreeSlot++; pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve; assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); }else{ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3_free(p); } return nFreed; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* ** Return the size of a pcache allocation */ static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){ if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){ return pcache1.szSlot; }else{ int iSize; assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); return iSize; } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ /* ** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){ PgHdr1 *p = 0; void *pPg; /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that ** this mutex is not held. */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); if( !pPg || !p ){ pcache1Free(pPg); sqlite3_free(p); pPg = 0; } #else pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra); p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; #endif pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); if( pPg ){ p->page.pBuf = pPg; p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; } return p; } return 0; } /* ** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). ** ** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent. But it turns out ** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine ** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS(). */ static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ if( ALWAYS(p) ){ PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER sqlite3_free(p); #endif if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; } } } /* ** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured ** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer ** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ return pcache1Alloc(sz); } /* ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ pcache1Free(p); } /* ** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache ** entry. ** ** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then ** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because ** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient ** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the ** allocation onto the heap. ** ** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is ** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid ** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing ** the heap even further. */ static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ return pcache1.bUnderPressure; }else{ return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); } } /******************************************************************************/ /******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ /* ** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed ** as the first argument. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ PgHdr1 **apNew; unsigned int nNew; unsigned int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); nNew = p->nHash*2; if( nNew<256 ){ nNew = 256; } pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); if( apNew ){ memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){ PgHdr1 *pPage; PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; pNext = pPage->pNext; pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; apNew[h] = pPage; } } sqlite3_free(p->apHash); p->apHash = apNew; p->nHash = nNew; } return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); } /* ** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the ** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. ** ** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. ** ** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op. */ static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ PCache1 *pCache; PGroup *pGroup; if( pPage==0 ) return; pCache = pPage->pCache; pGroup = pCache->pGroup; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){ if( pPage->pLruPrev ){ pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; } if( pPage->pLruNext ){ pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; } if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; } if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; } pPage->pLruNext = 0; pPage->pLruPrev = 0; pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--; } } /* ** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. ** ** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ unsigned int h; PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; PgHdr1 **pp; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); *pp = (*pp)->pNext; pCache->nPage--; } /* ** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try ** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. */ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){ PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail; assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); pcache1PinPage(p); pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); pcache1FreePage(p); } } /* ** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) ** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ ){ TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ unsigned int h; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){ PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; PgHdr1 *pPage; while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ pCache->nPage--; *pp = pPage->pNext; pcache1PinPage(pPage); pcache1FreePage(pPage); }else{ pp = &pPage->pNext; TESTONLY( nPage++; ) } } } assert( pCache->nPage==nPage ); } /******************************************************************************/ /******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. */ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); } pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; pcache1.isInit = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. ** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does ** not need to be freed. */ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. ** ** Allocate a new cache. */ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ /* ** The seperateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no ** mutexing is required. ** ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT ** ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications ** ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off) ** use separate caches (mode-1) */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 const int separateCache = 0; #else int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; #endif assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); assert( szExtra < 300 ); sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache; pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sz); if( pCache ){ memset(pCache, 0, sz); if( separateCache ){ pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; pGroup->mxPinned = 10; }else{ pGroup = &pcache1.grp; } pCache->pGroup = pGroup; pCache->szPage = szPage; pCache->szExtra = szExtra; pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); if( bPurgeable ){ pCache->nMin = 10; pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. ** ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. */ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pCache->nMax = nMax; pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. ** ** Free up as much memory as possible. */ static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; int savedMaxPage; pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. */ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ int n; PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); n = pCache->nPage; pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); return n; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. ** ** Fetch a page by key value. ** ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on ** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new ** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. ** ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory ** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So ** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on ** a non-purgeable cache. ** ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). ** ** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a ** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. ** ** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is ** returned. ** ** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then ** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following ** conditions are true: ** ** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than ** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of ** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or ** ** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked ** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: ** ** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is ** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all ** purgeable caches, ** ** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid ** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations ** ** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right ** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and ** proceed to step 5. ** ** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. */ static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ unsigned int nPinned; PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PGroup *pGroup; PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup); /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ if( pCache->nHash>0 ){ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext); } /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */ if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){ pcache1PinPage(pPage); goto fetch_out; } /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined, ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching ** this point. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT pGroup = pCache->pGroup; #endif /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); if( createFlag==1 && ( nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) )){ goto fetch_out; } if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){ goto fetch_out; } /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && ( (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) )){ PCache1 *pOther; pPage = pGroup->pLruTail; pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); pcache1PinPage(pPage); pOther = pPage->pCache; /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther ** and pCache. Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */ assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 ); assert( pCache->szExtra<512 ); assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 ); assert( pOther->szExtra<512 ); if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){ pcache1FreePage(pPage); pPage = 0; }else{ pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); } } /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, ** attempt to allocate a new one. */ if( !pPage ){ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache); if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } if( pPage ){ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; pCache->nPage++; pPage->iKey = iKey; pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; pPage->pCache = pCache; pPage->pLruPrev = 0; pPage->pLruNext = 0; *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; } fetch_out: if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); return &pPage->page; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. ** ** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). */ static void pcache1Unpin( sqlite3_pcache *p, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, int reuseUnlikely ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already ** part of the PGroup LRU list. */ assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage ); if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); pcache1FreePage(pPage); }else{ /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ if( pGroup->pLruHead ){ pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead; pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; }else{ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage; pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; } pCache->nRecyclable++; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. */ static void pcache1Rekey( sqlite3_pcache *p, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, unsigned int iOld, unsigned int iNew ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PgHdr1 **pp; unsigned int h; assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); h = iOld%pCache->nHash; pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ pp = &(*pp)->pNext; } *pp = pPage->pNext; h = iNew%pCache->nHash; pPage->iKey = iNew; pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. ** ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number ** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. */ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. ** ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). */ static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); sqlite3_free(pCache); } /* ** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to ** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not ** already provided an alternative. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ 0, /* pArg */ pcache1Init, /* xInit */ pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* ** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory ** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. ** ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has ** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number ** of bytes of memory released. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ int nFree = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){ PgHdr1 *p; pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){ nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf); #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); #endif pcache1PinPage(p); pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); pcache1FreePage(p); } pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); } return nFree; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state ** of the global cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ ){ PgHdr1 *p; int nRecyclable = 0; for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){ nRecyclable++; } *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; } #endif /************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 December 3 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet". ** ** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids ** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts ** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been ** previously inserted into the RowSet. ** ** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the ** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction ** process has started, no new elements may be inserted. ** ** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are: ** ** CREATE ** INSERT ** TEST ** SMALLEST ** DESTROY ** ** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor, ** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet. ** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST ** extracts the least value from the RowSet. ** ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is ** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed ** until DESTROY. ** ** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive ** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change ** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between ** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the ** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST. ** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains ** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs. ** ** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if ** that is attempted. ** ** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometime new memory ** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new ** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet. ** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost ** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST ** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N). ** ** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and ** SMALLEST primitives. */ /* ** Target size for allocation chunks. */ #define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 /* ** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. */ #define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \ ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)) /* ** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. */ struct RowSetEntry { i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ }; /* ** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the ** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The ** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated ** when the RowSet is destroyed. */ struct RowSetChunk { struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ }; /* ** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. ** ** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. */ struct RowSet { struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ struct RowSetEntry *pTree; /* Binary tree of entries */ u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ u8 isSorted; /* True if pEntry is sorted */ u8 iBatch; /* Current insert batch */ }; /* ** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory ** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context ** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur. ** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object. ** ** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not ** an assertion fault occurs. ** ** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial ** allocation of entries available to be filled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){ RowSet *p; assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) ); p = pSpace; p->pChunk = 0; p->db = db; p->pEntry = 0; p->pLast = 0; p->pTree = 0; p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p); p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); p->isSorted = 1; p->iBatch = 0; return p; } /* ** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that ** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is ** the destructor for the RowSet. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){ struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk; sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); } p->pChunk = 0; p->nFresh = 0; p->pEntry = 0; p->pLast = 0; p->pTree = 0; p->isSorted = 1; } /* ** Insert a new value into a RowSet. ** ** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a ** memory allocation fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */ assert( p!=0 ); if( p->nFresh==0 ){ struct RowSetChunk *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==0 ){ return; } pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk; p->pChunk = pNew; p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; } pEntry = p->pFresh++; p->nFresh--; pEntry->v = rowid; pEntry->pRight = 0; pLast = p->pLast; if( pLast ){ if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){ p->isSorted = 0; } pLast->pRight = pEntry; }else{ assert( p->pEntry==0 ); /* Fires if INSERT after SMALLEST */ p->pEntry = pEntry; } p->pLast = pEntry; } /* ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. ** ** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are ** assumed to each already be in sorted order. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge( struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ ){ struct RowSetEntry head; struct RowSetEntry *pTail; pTail = &head; while( pA && pB ){ assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); if( pA->v<pB->v ){ pTail->pRight = pA; pA = pA->pRight; pTail = pTail->pRight; }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){ pTail->pRight = pB; pB = pB->pRight; pTail = pTail->pRight; }else{ pA = pA->pRight; } } if( pA ){ assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); pTail->pRight = pA; }else{ assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); pTail->pRight = pB; } return head.pRight; } /* ** Sort all elements on the pEntry list of the RowSet into ascending order. */ static void rowSetSort(RowSet *p){ unsigned int i; struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40]; assert( p->isSorted==0 ); memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); while( p->pEntry ){ pEntry = p->pEntry; p->pEntry = pEntry->pRight; pEntry->pRight = 0; for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ pEntry = rowSetMerge(aBucket[i], pEntry); aBucket[i] = 0; } aBucket[i] = pEntry; } pEntry = 0; for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){ pEntry = rowSetMerge(pEntry, aBucket[i]); } p->pEntry = pEntry; p->pLast = 0; p->isSorted = 1; } /* ** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects. ** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers ** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list. */ static void rowSetTreeToList( struct RowSetEntry *pIn, /* Root of the input tree */ struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst, /* Write head of the output list here */ struct RowSetEntry **ppLast /* Write tail of the output list here */ ){ assert( pIn!=0 ); if( pIn->pLeft ){ struct RowSetEntry *p; rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p); p->pRight = pIn; }else{ *ppFirst = pIn; } if( pIn->pRight ){ rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast); }else{ *ppLast = pIn; } assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 ); } /* ** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary ** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single ** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with ** three nodes. And so forth. ** ** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the ** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input ** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree ** and leave *ppList set to NULL. ** ** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( struct RowSetEntry **ppList, int iDepth ){ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ if( *ppList==0 ){ return 0; } if( iDepth==1 ){ p = *ppList; *ppList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; return p; } pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); p = *ppList; if( p==0 ){ return pLeft; } p->pLeft = pLeft; *ppList = p->pRight; p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); return p; } /* ** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree ** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){ int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ assert( pList!=0 ); p = pList; pList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){ pLeft = p; p = pList; pList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = pLeft; p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth); } return p; } /* ** Convert the list in p->pEntry into a sorted list if it is not ** sorted already. If there is a binary tree on p->pTree, then ** convert it into a list too and merge it into the p->pEntry list. */ static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){ if( !p->isSorted ){ rowSetSort(p); } if( p->pTree ){ struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail; rowSetTreeToList(p->pTree, &pHead, &pTail); p->pTree = 0; p->pEntry = rowSetMerge(p->pEntry, pHead); } } /* ** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet. ** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return ** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. ** ** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() ** routine may not be called again. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ rowSetToList(p); if( p->pEntry ){ *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight; if( p->pEntry==0 ){ sqlite3RowSetClear(p); } return 1; }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the the rowset as ** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ struct RowSetEntry *p; if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){ if( pRowSet->pEntry ){ rowSetToList(pRowSet); pRowSet->pTree = rowSetListToTree(pRowSet->pEntry); pRowSet->pEntry = 0; pRowSet->pLast = 0; } pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch; } p = pRowSet->pTree; while( p ){ if( p->v<iRowid ){ p = p->pRight; }else if( p->v>iRowid ){ p = p->pLeft; }else{ return 1; } } return 0; } /************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". ** ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while ** another is writing. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO /************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ /************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging ** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to ** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. */ #ifndef _WAL_H_ #define _WAL_H_ /* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of ** sqlite3WalFrames(): */ #define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL # define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) # define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) # define sqlite3WalRead(v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 # define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 # define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 # define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) # define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 # define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 #else #define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 /* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. ** There is one object of this type for each pager. */ typedef struct Wal Wal; /* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); /* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); /* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A ** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database ** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and ** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes ** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the ** transaction and releases the lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); /* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(Wal *pWal, Pgno pgno, int *pInWal, int nOut, u8 *pOut); /* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); /* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); /* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); /* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write ** position in the WAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in ** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); /* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ ); /* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the ** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since ** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since ** the last call, then return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); /* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) ** by the pager layer on the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); /* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the ** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #endif /* _WAL_H_ */ /************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ ** ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. ** ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. ** ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if ** one or more of the following are true about the page: ** ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and ** synced. ** ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. ** ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in ** the database file at the start of the transaction. ** ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the ** following are true: ** ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. ** ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence ** number consists of a single page change. ** ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current ** transaction. ** ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. ** ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the ** first 100 bytes of the database file. ** ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. ** ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. ** ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to ** all queries. Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence ** of the database. ** ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. ** ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will ** invoke it.) ** ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same ** database to flush their caches. ** ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less ** than one billion transactions. ** ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion ** of every transaction. ** ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to ** the database file. ** ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any ** content out of the database file. ** ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off */ #if 0 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } #else #define PAGERTRACE(X) #endif /* ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above ** to print out file-descriptors. ** ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file ** struct as its argument. */ #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) /* ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following ** state diagram. ** ** OPEN <------+------+ ** | | | ** V | | ** +---------> READER-------+ | ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR ** | | ^ ** | V | ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| ** | | | ** | V | ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ ** ** ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: ** ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] ** ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** ** ** OPEN: ** ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. ** ** * No read or write transaction is active. ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. ** ** READER: ** ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is ** open. The database size is known in this state. ** ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN ** is via the ERROR state (see below). ** ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables ** may not be trusted at this point. ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. ** ** WRITER_LOCKED: ** ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. ** ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database ** file. ** ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater ** lock is held on the database file. ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully ** called). ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. ** * The journal file may or may not be open. ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. ** ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: ** ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. ** ** WRITER_DBMOD: ** ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, ** just the log file). ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** and synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly ** written to disk). ** ** WRITER_FINISHED: ** ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. ** ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. ** If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need ** to rollback the transaction. ** ** ERROR: ** ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. ** ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers ** cannot. ** ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state ** instead of READER following such an error. ** ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered ** from the error. ** ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: ** ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). ** ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). ** ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up ** memory. ** ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. ** ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent ** state. ** ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. ** ** ** Notes: ** ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one ** of the first four states. ** ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". ** ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). */ #define PAGER_OPEN 0 #define PAGER_READER 1 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 /* ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. ** ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. ** ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. ** ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part ** of hot-journal detection. ** ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database ** without rolling it back. ** ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. ** ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in ** PAGER_OPEN state. */ #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) /* ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } #else # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D #endif /* ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. */ #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 /* ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). ** ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). */ typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; struct PagerSavepoint { i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ #endif }; /* ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of ** some of the more important member variables follows: ** ** eState ** ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. ** ** eLock ** ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever ** need (and no reason to release them). ** ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for ** details. ** ** changeCountDone ** ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is ** not updated more often than necessary. ** ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. ** ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction ** committed. ** ** setMaster ** ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the ** journal file before it is synced to disk. ** ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. ** ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. ** ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). ** ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill ** ** These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills ** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to ** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory). ** ** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() ** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). ** ** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress() ** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set ** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than ** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening ** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. ** ** subjInMemory ** ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. ** ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new ** write-transaction is opened. ** ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize ** ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for ** OPEN and ERROR). ** ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads ** to dbSize==1). ** ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), ** dbSize is updated. ** ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before ** being modified. ** ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. ** ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. ** ** dbHintSize ** ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. ** ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for ** details. ** ** errCode ** ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX ** sub-codes. */ struct Pager { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ /************************************************************************** ** The following block contains those class members that change during ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the ** "configuration" of the pager. */ u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */ u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ /* ** End of the routinely-changing class members ***************************************************************************/ u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int nHit, nMiss; /* Total cache hits and misses */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */ #endif void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ #endif char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ #endif }; /* ** The following global variables hold counters used for ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ #else # define PAGER_INCR(v) #endif /* ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. ** ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the ** journal and ignore it. ** ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. */ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, }; /* ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by ** the following macro. */ #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) /* ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). */ #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) /* ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize ** out code that would never execute. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB # define MEMDB 0 #else # define MEMDB pPager->memDb #endif /* ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). */ #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 /* ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. ** ** This is so that expressions can be written as: ** ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... ** ** instead of ** ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... */ #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) /* ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ return (pPager->pWal!=0); } #else # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Usage: ** ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); ** ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in ** the internal state of the Pager object. */ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ Pager *pPager = p; /* State must be valid. */ assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN || p->eState==PAGER_READER || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. */ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. */ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR ** state. */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( p->noSync ); assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); } /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held ** on the file. */ assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); switch( p->eState ){ case PAGER_OPEN: assert( !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); break; case PAGER_READER: assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); } assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off ** to journal_mode=wal. */ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); } assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); break; case PAGER_ERROR: /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped ** back to OPEN state. */ assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); break; } return 1; } #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: ** ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) */ static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ static char zRet[1024]; sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, "Filename: %s\n" "State: %s errCode=%d\n" "Lock: %s\n" "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" , p->zFilename , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" , (int)p->errCode , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize ); return zRet; } #endif /* ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one ** or more open savepoints for which: ** ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. */ static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int i; for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. */ static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); } /* ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an ** error code is something goes wrong. ** ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. */ static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ unsigned char ac[4]; int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); } return rc; } /* ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. */ #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) /* ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. */ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ char ac[4]; put32bits(ac, val); return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); } /* ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. */ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; } IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) } return rc; } /* ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation ** of this. */ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) } } return rc; } /* ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: ** ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that ** a database page may be written atomically, and ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal ** to the page size. ** ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory ** database. ** ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( !MEMDB ); if( !pPager->tempFile ){ int dc; /* Device characteristics */ int nSector; /* Sector size */ int szPage; /* Page size */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); nSector = pPager->sectorSize; szPage = pPager->pageSize; assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ return 0; } } return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); } #endif /* ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing ** and debugging only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES /* ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. */ static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ u32 hash = 0; int i; for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; } return hash; } static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); } static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); } /* ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. */ #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); } #else #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) #define CHECK_PAGE(x) #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ /* ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. ** ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name ** were present in the journal. ** ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master ** journal file name. ** ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ int rc; /* Return code */ u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ zMaster[0] = '\0'; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) || szJ<16 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) || len>=nMaster || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) ){ return rc; } /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ for(u=0; u<len; u++){ cksum -= zMaster[u]; } if( cksum ){ /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) ** master-journal filename. */ len = 0; } zMaster[len] = '\0'; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. ** ** i.e for a sector size of 512: ** ** Pager.journalOff Return value ** --------------------------------------- ** 0 0 ** 512 512 ** 100 512 ** 2000 2048 ** */ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ i64 offset = 0; i64 c = pPager->journalOff; if( c ){ offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); assert( offset>=c ); assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); return offset; } /* ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. ** ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). ** ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately ** after writing or truncating it. ** ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does ** not need to be synced following this operation. ** ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. */ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( pPager->journalOff ){ const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); }else{ static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); } /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need ** to sync the file following this operation. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ i64 sz; rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); } } } return rc; } /* ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the ** current location. ** ** The format for the journal header is as follows: ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. ** ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. */ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. */ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; } } pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); /* ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number ** of records (see syncJournal()). ** ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios ** where this risk can be ignored: ** ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a ** power failure in this case anyway. ** ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); }else{ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); } /* The random check-hash initialiser */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); /* The initial database size */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); /* The assumed sector size for this process */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); /* The page size */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to ** take the performance hit. */ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). ** ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what ** is done. ** ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required ** to populate the entire journal header sector. */ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); pPager->journalOff += nHeader; } return rc; } /* ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for ** a description of the journal header format. ** ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned ** in this case. ** ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. */ static int readJournalHdr( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int isHot, i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. */ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, ** proceed. */ if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); if( rc ){ return rc; } if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) ){ return rc; } if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) ){ return rc; } /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize ** variable is already set to the correct page size. */ if( iPageSize==0 ){ iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; } /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their ** respective compile time maximum limits. */ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 ){ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading ** the journal file here. */ return SQLITE_DONE; } /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. */ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. */ pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; } pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); return rc; } /* ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before ** anything is written. The format is: ** ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. ** ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. ** ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), ** this call is a no-op. */ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ int rc; /* Return code */ int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); if( !zMaster || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pPager->setMaster = 1; assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; } /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to ** the journal has already been synced. */ if( pPager->fullSync ){ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); } iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. */ if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) ){ return rc; } pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine ** whether or not the journal is hot. ** ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal ** file to the required size. */ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); } return rc; } /* ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not ** already in memory. */ static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ PgHdr *p; /* Return value */ /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. */ (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); return p; } /* ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. */ static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); } /* ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. */ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); } if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); } sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); pPager->aSavepoint = 0; pPager->nSavepoint = 0; pPager->nSubRec = 0; } /* ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. */ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN ** state. ** ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is ** closed (if it is open). ** ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). */ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file ** out from under us. */ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this ** is necessary. */ rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; } /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. */ assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. */ if( pPager->errCode ){ assert( !MEMDB ); pager_reset(pPager); pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; } pPager->journalOff = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; pPager->setMaster = 0; } /* ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. ** ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. ** ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if ** it were a hot-journal). */ static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ int rc2 = rc & 0xff; assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ pPager->errCode = rc; pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a ** database transaction. ** ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. ** ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. ** ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: ** ** journalMode==MEMORY ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an ** in-memory journal. ** ** journalMode==TRUNCATE ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. ** ** journalMode==PERSIST ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. ** ** journalMode==DELETE ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). ** ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. ** ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is ** returned. */ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is ** held under two circumstances: ** ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_OK; } releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); /* Finalize the journal file. */ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); } pPager->journalOff = 0; }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); pPager->journalOff = 0; }else{ /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. */ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( !pPager->tempFile ){ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); } } } #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); if( p ){ p->pageHash = 0; sqlite3PagerUnref(p); } } #endif sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; pPager->nRec = 0; sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE ** lock held on the database file. */ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); } if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) ){ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; } pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; pPager->setMaster = 0; return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); } /* ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the ** database file. ** ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) ** will roll it back. ** ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. */ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); } } pager_unlock(pPager); } /* ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. ** ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. ** ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an ** incompatible journal file format. ** ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. */ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ while( i>0 ){ cksum += aData[i]; i -= 200; } return cksum; } /* ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back ** to the codec. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, (int)pPager->nReserve); } } #else # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ #endif /* ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. ** ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does ** not. ** ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set ** prior to returning. ** ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in ** two circumstances: ** ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. ** ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. ** ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. */ static int pager_playback_one_page( Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ ){ int rc; PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. */ jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. */ if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ assert( !isSavepnt ); return SQLITE_DONE; } if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( isMainJrnl ){ rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); if( rc ) return rc; if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* If this page has already been played by before during the current ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. */ if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting */ if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; pagerReportSize(pPager); } /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. ** ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not ** assert()able. ** ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty ** if the pager is in OPEN state. ** ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else ** the page is marked as needSync==0. ** ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. */ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ pPg = 0; }else{ pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); } assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") )); if( isMainJrnl ){ isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); }else{ isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); } if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) && isSynced ){ i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; } if( pPager->pBackup ){ CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); } }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be ** current. ** ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). ** ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. */ assert( isSavepnt ); assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 ); pPager->doNotSpill++; rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 ); pPager->doNotSpill--; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); } if( pPg ){ /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). */ void *pData; pData = pPg->pData; memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); pPager->xReiniter(pPg); if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the ** database. ** ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially ** be written out into the database file before its journal file ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, ** database corruption may ensue. */ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } pager_set_pagehash(pPg); /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. ** Do this before any decoding. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } /* Decode the page just read from disk */ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); } return rc; } /* ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, ** and does so if it is. ** ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not ** available for use within this function. ** ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: ** ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" ** ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child ** journals have been rolled back. ** ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For ** each child journal, it checks if: ** ** * if the child journal exists, and if so ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal ** file zMaster ** ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). ** ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page ** size. */ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. */ pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); if( !pMaster ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); if( !zMasterJournal ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto delmaster_out; } zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; zJournal = zMasterJournal; while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ int exists; rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto delmaster_out; } if( exists ){ /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. */ int c; int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto delmaster_out; } rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto delmaster_out; } c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; if( c ){ /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ goto delmaster_out; } } zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); } sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); delmaster_out: sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); if( pMaster ){ sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); sqlite3_free(pMaster); } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). ** ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. ** ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to ** the end of the new file instead. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. */ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ i64 currentSize, newSize; int szPage = pPager->pageSize; assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize); newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ if( currentSize>newSize ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; } } } return rc; } /* ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and ** master journal pointers within created journal files. ** ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. ** ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. ** ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. */ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( pPager->tempFile || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 ){ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() ** call will segfault. */ pPager->sectorSize = 512; }else{ pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){ pPager->sectorSize = 512; } if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; } } } /* ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to ** the state it was in before we started making changes. ** ** The journal file format is as follows: ** ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the ** number of page records from the journal size. ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the ** sanity checksum. ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the ** database to during a rollback. ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header ** is this many bytes in size. ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: ** + 4 byte page number. ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. ** + 4 byte checksum ** ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. ** ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. ** ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. ** ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had ** been encountered. ** ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted ** and an error code is returned. ** ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is ** needed. */ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if ** the journal is empty. */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_playback; } /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be ** played back. ** ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value ** for pageSize. */ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); } zMaster = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ goto end_playback; } pPager->journalOff = 0; needPagerReset = isHot; /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error ** occurs. */ while( 1 ){ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. */ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } goto end_playback; } /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. */ if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining ** size of the file. ** ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages ** should be computed based on the journal file size. */ if( nRec==0 && !isHot && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the ** database file back to its original size. */ if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_playback; } pPager->dbSize = mxPg; } /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the ** database file and/or page cache. */ for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ if( needPagerReset ){ pager_reset(pPager); needPagerReset = 0; } rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ pPager->journalOff = szJ; break; }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that ** case, the database should have never been written in the ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; goto end_playback; }else{ /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. */ goto end_playback; } } } } /*NOTREACHED*/ assert( 0 ); end_playback: /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); } #endif /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. */ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0'); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. */ rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. */ setSectorSize(pPager); return rc; } /* ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database ** file before this function is called. ** ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to ** the value read from the database file. ** ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */ int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ assert( pPager->tempFile ); memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); return SQLITE_OK; } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){ i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } if( pgno==1 ){ if( rc ){ /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. ** ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so ** we should still be ok. */ memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); }else{ u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } } CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); return rc; } /* ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. ** ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. */ static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ u32 change_counter; /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number ** is valid. */ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. ** ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; PgHdr *pPg; pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); if( pPg ){ if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); }else{ rc = readDbPage(pPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->xReiniter(pPg); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); } } /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, ** the backups must be restarted. */ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); return rc; } /* ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. */ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return Code */ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the ** following: ** ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). */ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); pList = pNext; } return rc; } /* ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have ** changed. ** ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. */ static int pagerWalFrames( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ #endif assert( pPager->pWal ); assert( pList ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); } #endif if( isCommit ){ /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty ** list here. */ PgHdr *p; PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){ if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty; } assert( pList ); } if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ PgHdr *p; for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); } } #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ pager_set_pagehash(p); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. ** ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by ** other writers or checkpointers. */ static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return code */ int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, ** the duplicate call is harmless. */ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ pager_reset(pPager); } return rc; } #endif /* ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. */ static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or ** contains no valid committed transactions. */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock ); nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. */ if( nPage==0 ){ i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); } /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so ** that the file can be read. */ if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; } *pnPage = nPage; return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. ** ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. ** ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some ** other connection. */ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock ); if( !pPager->tempFile ){ int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc ) return rc; if( nPage==0 ){ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); isWal = 0; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( isWal ){ testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; } } } return rc; } #endif /* ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction ** savepoint. ** ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, ** performed in the order specified: ** ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. ** ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played ** back starting from the journal header immediately following ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. ** ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of ** the journal file. ** ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. ** ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. ** ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. */ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ if( pSavepoint ){ pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); if( !pDone ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint ** being reverted was opened. */ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); } /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. */ szJ = pPager->journalOff; assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they ** are played back. */ if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); }else{ pPager->journalOff = 0; } /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ u32 dummy; rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); /* ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the ** pager_playback() function for additional information. */ if( nJRec==0 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. */ if( pSavepoint ){ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); } for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->journalOff = szJ; } return rc; } /* ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); } /* ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); } /* ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing ** the rollback journal. There are three levels: ** ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default ** for temporary and transient files. ** ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal ** in a state which would cause damage to the database ** when it is rolled back. ** ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field ** of the journal header - being written in between the two ** syncs). If we assume that writing a ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. ** ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the ** syncs associated with NORMAL. ** ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. ** ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, ** and FULL=3. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel( Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */ int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */ ){ assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; if( pPager->noSync ){ pPager->syncFlags = 0; pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; }else if( bFullFsync ){ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; }else{ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; } pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; if( pPager->fullSync ){ pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; } } #endif /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for ** testing and analysis only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; #endif /* ** Open a temporary file. ** ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. ** ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: ** ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE */ static int pagerOpentemp( Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ #endif vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); return rc; } /* ** Set the busy handler function. ** ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: ** ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler ** -------------------------------------------------------- ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes ** ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ ){ pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; } /* ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size ** is passed in *pPageSize. ** ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). ** ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: ** ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and ** ** * there are no outstanding page references, and ** ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. ** ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. ** ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. ** ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. */ u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize ){ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ i64 nByte = 0; if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pager_reset(pPager); pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); pPager->pageSize = pageSize; sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); } } *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; pagerReportSize(pPager); } return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as ** no rollbacks are happening. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pTmpSpace; } /* ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. ** ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ if( mxPage>0 ){ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; } assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ return pPager->mxPgno; } /* ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. ** ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops ** and generate no code. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; static int saved_cnt; void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; } void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; } #else # define disable_simulated_io_errors() # define enable_simulated_io_errors() #endif /* ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory ** that pDest points to. ** ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. ** ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the ** output buffer undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(pDest, 0, N); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition ** to WAL mode yet. */ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. ** ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then ** this is considered a 1 page file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; } /* ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). ** ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to ** obtain the lock succeeds. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state ** variable to locktype before returning. */ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ int rc; /* Return code */ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). */ assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ); do { rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); return rc; } /* ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: ** ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the ** current database image, in pages, OR ** ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). ** ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that ** this circumstance cannot arise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); } static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); } #else # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) #endif /* ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); pPager->dbSize = nPage; assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); } /* ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows ** that the entire journal file has been synced. ** ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal ** content as this process. ** ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, ** an SQLite error code. */ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pPager->noSync ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); } return rc; } /* ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. ** ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely ** result in a coredump. ** ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned ** to the caller. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); pPager->pWal = 0; #endif pager_reset(pPager); if( MEMDB ){ pager_unlock(pPager); }else{ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. ** ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal ** rollback before accessing the database file. */ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); } pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); enable_simulated_io_errors(); PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); #endif assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); sqlite3_free(pPager); return SQLITE_OK; } #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** Return the page number for page pPg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->pgno; } #endif /* ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); } /* ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. ** ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the ** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows: ** ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need ** be taken. ** ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. ** ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then ** journal file is synced. ** ** Or, in pseudo-code: ** ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); ** <update nRec field> ** } ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); ** } ** ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. */ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( !pPager->noSync ){ assert( !pPager->tempFile ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. ** ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. ** ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of ** the potential journal header. */ i64 iNextHdrOffset; u8 aMagic[8]; u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ static const u8 zerobyte = 0; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ return rc; } /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark ** it as a candidate for rollback. ** ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written ** and never needs to be updated. */ if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); rc = sqlite3OsWrite( pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ pPager->nRec = 0; rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } }else{ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; } } /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on ** all pages. */ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is ** a no-op. ** ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. ** ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is ** written out. ** ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: ** ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. ** ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in ** the database file. ** ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. */ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); } /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final ** file size will be. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){ sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write ** any such pages to the file. ** ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). */ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ char *pData; /* Data to write */ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); /* Encode the database */ CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); /* Write out the page data. */ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; } /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite); }else{ PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); } pager_set_pagehash(pList); pList = pList->pDirty; } return rc; } /* ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this ** function is a no-op. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() ** fails. */ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); }else{ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); } } return rc; } /* ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check ** that it is really required before calling this function. ** ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs ** for all open savepoints before returning. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint ** bitvec. */ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) || pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); rc = openSubJournal(pPager); /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), ** write the journal record into the file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void *pData = pPg->pData; i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); char *pData2; CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->nSubRec++; assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first ** argument. ** ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the ** journal file. ** ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. */ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple ** pages belonging to the same sector. ** ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback. ** ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pPg->pDirty = 0; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ rc = subjournalPage(pPg); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); } }else{ /* Sync the journal file if required. */ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); } /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not ** actually write data to the file in this case. ** ** Consider the following sequence of events: ** ** BEGIN; ** <journal page X> ** <modify page X> ** SAVEPOINT sp; ** <shrink database file to Y pages> ** pagerStress(page X) ** ROLLBACK TO sp; ** ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" ** was executed. ** ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is ** executed. */ if( NEVER( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ) ){ rc = subjournalPage(pPg); } /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); } } /* Mark the page as clean. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). ** ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. ** ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. ** ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination ** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags. ** ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. ** ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ ){ u8 *pPtr; Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */ int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see ** source file journal.c). */ if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); }else{ journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); } /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ *ppPager = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ memDb = 1; zFilename = 0; } #endif /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. */ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ const char *z; nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2); if( zPathname==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; while( *z ){ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; } nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); assert( nUri>=0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even ** check for a hot-journal before reading. */ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(zPathname); return rc; } } /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: ** ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) */ pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ #endif ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); if( !pPtr ){ sqlite3_free(zPathname); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ if( zPathname ){ assert( nPathname>0 ); pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+1); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); #endif sqlite3_free(zPathname); } pPager->pVfs = pVfs; pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; /* Open the pager file. */ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); assert( !memDb ); readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: ** ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ setSectorSize(pPager); assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; }else{ szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE { int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); int ii; assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ szPageDflt = ii; } } } #endif } }else{ /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). ** ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. */ tempFile = 1; pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); } /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the ** Pager structure and close the file. */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); sqlite3_free(pPager); return rc; } /* Initialize the PCache object. */ assert( nExtra<1000 ); nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0; /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ #if 0 assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); #endif /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; if( pPager->noSync ){ assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); }else{ pPager->fullSync = 1; pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; } /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); setSectorSize(pPager); if( !useJournal ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; }else if( memDb ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; } /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ *ppPager = pPager; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal ** file exists if the following criteria are met: ** ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. ** ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK ** is returned. ** ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and ** will not roll it back. ** ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. */ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN )); *pExists = 0; if( !jrnlOpen ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. */ rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages, ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating ** [H33020]. */ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nPage==0 ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else{ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, ** it can be ignored. */ if( !jrnlOpen ){ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 first = 0; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( !jrnlOpen ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } *pExists = (first!=0); }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to ** worry so much with race conditions. */ *pExists = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } } } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when ** this function is called, it is a no-op. ** ** The following operations are also performed by this function. ** ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. ** ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal ** file. ** ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in ** exclusive access mode. */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ assert( !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly ); if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); goto failed; } } /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. */ if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } if( bHotJournal ){ /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the ** hot-journal back. ** ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock ** on the database file. ** ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. */ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). ** ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ int fout = 0; int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; assert( !pPager->tempFile ); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } } } /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync ** the journal before playing it back. */ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). ** ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page ** references. */ pager_error(pPager, rc); goto failed; } assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) ); } if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0) ){ /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the ** cache. ** ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when ** a codec is in use. ** ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that ** it can be neglected. */ Pgno nPage = 0; char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc ) goto failed; if( nPage>0 ){ IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } }else{ memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); } if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ pager_reset(pPager); } } /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. */ rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); #endif } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); } if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); } failed: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( !MEMDB ); pager_unlock(pPager); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); }else{ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; } return rc; } /* ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active ** transaction and unlock the pager. ** ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. */ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } } /* ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing ** object with no outstanding references. ** ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. ** ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the ** page is initialized to all zeros. ** ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios: ** ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and ** ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read ** from the savepoint journal. ** ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. ** ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks ** or journal files. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ ){ int rc; PgHdr *pPg; assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pgno==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pPager->errCode; }else{ rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ pPg = 0; goto pager_acquire_err; } assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of ** the page. Return without further ado. */ assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); pPager->nHit++; return SQLITE_OK; }else{ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to ** be initialized. */ pPg = *ppPage; pPg->pPager = pPager; /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto pager_acquire_err; } if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; goto pager_acquire_err; } if( noContent ){ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set ** a bit in a bit vector. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); } TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); }else{ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); pPager->nMiss++; rc = readDbPage(pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto pager_acquire_err; } } pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } return SQLITE_OK; pager_acquire_err: assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( pPg ){ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); } pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); *ppPage = 0; return rc; } /* ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error ** has ever happened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ PgHdr *pPg = 0; assert( pPager!=0 ); assert( pgno!=0 ); assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); return pPg; } /* ** Release a page reference. ** ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is ** removed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ if( pPg ){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); } } /* ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database ** file when this routine is called. ** ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. ** ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the ** already open file. ** ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. */ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in ** an error state. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); }else{ const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| (pPager->tempFile ? (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) ); #else rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); #endif } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); } /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open ** the sub-journal if necessary. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ pPager->nRec = 0; pPager->journalOff = 0; pPager->setMaster = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; }else{ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; } return rc; } /* ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. ** ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking ** functions need be called. ** ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, ** or using a temporary file otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. */ if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); } /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. */ rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); }else{ /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. */ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. ** ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in ** WAL mode. */ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->journalOff = 0; } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); } PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); return rc; } /* ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. */ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ void *pData = pPg->pData; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. ** It is never called in the ERROR state. */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not ** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */ if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM; CHECK_PAGE(pPg); /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. ** ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. */ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written ** to the journal then we can return right away. */ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); }else{ /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. */ if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ u32 cksum; char *pData2; i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; /* We should never write to the journal file the page that ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies ** that we do not. */ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, ** then corruption may follow. */ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; pPager->nRec++; assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return rc; } }else{ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; } PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); } } /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. */ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ rc = subjournalPage(pPg); } } /* Update the database size and return. */ if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; } return rc; } /* ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. ** ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( nPagePerSector>1 ){ Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by ** this function. */ assert( !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 ); pPager->doNotSyncSpill++; /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. */ pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; }else{ nPage = nPagePerSector; } assert(nPage>0); assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ Pgno pg = pg1+ii; PgHdr *pPage; if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_write(pPage); if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ needSync = 1; } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ needSync = 1; } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ assert( !MEMDB ); for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii); if( pPage ){ pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } } assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 ); pPager->doNotSyncSpill--; }else{ rc = pager_write(pDbPage); } return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok ** to change the content of the page. */ #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; } #endif /* ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its ** content no longer matters. ** ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so ** that it does not get written to disk. ** ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large ** DELETE operations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } } /* ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. ** ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an ** unconditional update of the change counters. ** ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current ** transaction is committed. ** ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. */ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. ** ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the ** "if( isDirect )" condition. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE # define DIRECT_MODE 0 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); #else # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode #endif if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){ PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. */ if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ if( DIRECT_MODE ){ const void *zBuf; assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->changeCountDone = 1; } }else{ pPager->changeCountDone = 1; } } /* Release the page reference. */ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); } return rc; } /* ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. ** ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pPager->noSync ){ assert( !MEMDB ); rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ assert( !MEMDB ); rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. ** ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is ** returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } return rc; } /* ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master ** journal (a single database transaction). ** ** This routine ensures that: ** ** * The database file change-counter is updated, ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and ** * the database file synced. ** ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or ** delete the master journal file if specified). ** ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. ** ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the ** journal file in this case. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; if( MEMDB ){ /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); }else{ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; if( pList==0 ){ /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); pList = pPageOne; pList->pDirty = 0; } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); } }else{ /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the ** runtime criteria to use the operation: ** ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for ** blocks of size page-size, and ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. ** ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect ** mode. ** ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be ** created for this transaction. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE PgHdr *pPg; assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) ){ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. */ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); }else{ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); } } #else rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); #endif if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode. ** ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of ** reading data from the database file. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */ const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */ const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){ if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){ PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; } } pPager->dbSize = dbSize; } #endif /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. */ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. ** ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. */ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); goto commit_phase_one_exit; } sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image, ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here. */ if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){ Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; } /* Finally, sync the database file. */ if( !noSync ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager); } IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) } } commit_phase_one_exit: if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; } return rc; } /* ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. ** ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is ** irrevocably committed. ** ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. ** ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need ** to drop any locks either. */ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; return SQLITE_OK; } PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR ** state if an error occurs. ** ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. ** ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: ** ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction ** was opened, and ** ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot ** rollback at any point in the future. ** ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the ** rollback is successful. ** ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ int rc2; rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ int eState = pPager->eState; rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0); if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. */ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; return rc; } }else{ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); } assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR ); /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. */ return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE ** if the database is (in theory) writable. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->readOnly; } /* ** Return the number of references to the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); } /* ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently ** used by the pager and its associated cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*); return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) + pPager->pageSize; } /* ** Return the number of references to the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ static int a[11]; a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; a[4] = pPager->eState; a[5] = pPager->errCode; a[6] = pPager->nHit; a[7] = pPager->nMiss; a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ a[9] = pPager->nRead; a[10] = pPager->nWrite; return a; } #endif /* ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before ** returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ int *piStat; assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); if( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ){ piStat = &pPager->nHit; }else{ piStat = &pPager->nMiss; } *pnVal += *piStat; if( reset ){ *piStat = 0; } } /* ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ return MEMDB; } /* ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. */ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint ); if( !aNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; }else{ aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); } pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; } assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently ** created savepoint. ** ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. ** ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the ** contents of the database to its original state. ** ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. */ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); } pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); } pPager->nSubRec = 0; } } /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. */ else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); } } return rc; } /* ** Return the full pathname of the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->zFilename; } /* ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pVfs; } /* ** Return the file handle for the database file associated ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has ** not yet been opened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->fd; } /* ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->zJournal; } /* ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE ** if fsync()s are executed normally. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->noSync; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( Pager *pPager, void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), void (*xCodecFree)(void*), void *pCodec ){ if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; pPager->pCodec = pCodec; pagerReportSize(pPager); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pCodec; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. ** ** There must be no references to the page previously located at ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. ** ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. ** ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement ** transaction is active). ** ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ int rc; /* Return code */ Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal ** the page we are moving from. */ if( MEMDB ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); if( rc ) return rc; } /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: ** ** BEGIN; ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> ** SAVEPOINT one; ** <Move page X to location Y> ** ROLLBACK TO one; ** ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" ** statement were is processed. ** ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY && subjRequiresPage(pPg) && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) ){ return rc; } PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. ** ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. */ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); } /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained ** for the page moved there. */ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); if( pPgOld ){ pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); if( MEMDB ){ /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); }else{ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); } } origPgno = pPg->pgno; sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( pPgOld ); sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld); } if( needSyncPgno ){ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag. ** ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. */ PgHdr *pPgHdr; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); } return rc; } pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); return pPg->pData; } /* ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space ** allocated along with the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->pExtra; } /* ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. ** ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) ** locking-mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; } return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; } /* ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: ** ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ** ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: ** ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF ** or _MEMORY. ** ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. ** ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ print_pager_state(pPager); #endif /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed ** to WAL mode. */ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ eMode = eOld; } } if( eMode!=eOld ){ /* Change the journal mode. */ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, ** delete the journal file. */ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file ** here is an optimization only. ** ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted ** while it is in use by some other client. */ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); }else{ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int state = pPager->eState; assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); } if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ pager_unlock(pPager); } assert( state==pPager->eState ); } } } /* Return the new journal mode */ return (int)pPager->journalMode; } /* ** Return the current journal mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ return (int)pPager->journalMode; } /* ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database ** is unmodified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; return 1; } /* ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. ** ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ if( iLimit>=-1 ){ pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); } return pPager->journalSizeLimit; } /* ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ return &pPager->pBackup; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM /* ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->pWal ){ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, pnLog, pnCkpt ); } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); } /* ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); } /* ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. */ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } return rc; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. */ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock); /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL ** file, to make sure this is safe. */ if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); } /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal ); } return rc; } /* ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call ** this function. ** ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is ** not modified in either case. ** ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK ** without doing anything. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } }else{ *pbOpen = 1; } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. ** ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. */ if( !pPager->pWal ){ int logexists = 0; rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); } } /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); pPager->pWal = 0; } } return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content ** into the log file. ** ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ void *aData = 0; CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); return aData; } #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ /************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in ** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. ** ** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT ** ** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". ** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the ** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing ** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that ** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record ** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is ** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a ** "checkpoint". ** ** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the ** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new ** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning ** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are ** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which ** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. ** ** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight ** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: ** ** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 ** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 ** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 ** 12: Checkpoint sequence number ** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint ** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt ** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). ** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). ** ** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each ** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes ** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned ** integer values, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. ** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) ** 16: Checksum-1. ** 20: Checksum-2. ** ** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are ** true: ** ** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match ** salt values in the wal-header ** ** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header ** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the ** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames ** up to and including the current frame. ** ** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the ** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it ** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. ** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a ** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute ** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as ** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The ** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: ** ** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: ** s0 += x[i] + s1; ** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; ** endfor ** ** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights ** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element ** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit ** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. ** ** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the ** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. ** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched ** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the ** xSync begins. ** ** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 ** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from ** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together ** following a crash. ** ** READER ALGORITHM ** ** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader ** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the ** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame ** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL ** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit ** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from ** the database file. ** ** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last ** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value ** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended ** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value ** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot ** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows ** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database ** content simultaneously. ** ** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but ** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the ** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the ** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, ** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate ** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the ** search for frames of a particular page. ** ** WAL-INDEX FORMAT ** ** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations ** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because ** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL ** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to ** share memory. ** ** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should ** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required ** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last ** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can ** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. ** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values ** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native ** byte order of the host computer. ** ** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given ** a page number P, return the index of the last frame for page P in the WAL, ** or return NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL. ** ** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or ** more index blocks. ** ** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL ** in the the mxFrame field. ** ** Each index block except for the first contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and ** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the ** wal-index. ** ** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the ** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table ** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. ** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the ** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the ** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block ** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in ** the log, and so on. ** ** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full ** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, ** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the ** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely ** contains unused entries. ** ** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P ** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block ** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and ** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the ** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame ** holding the content for that page. ** ** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. ** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the ** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash ** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions ** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an ** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same ** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in ** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will ** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block ** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table ** contain a value of 0. ** ** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on ** P as follows: ** ** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT ** ** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey ** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is ** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot ** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was ** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, ** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let ** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, ** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists ** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the ** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the ** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references ** page P. ** ** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the ** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On ** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be ** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to ** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block ** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient ** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 ** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the ** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This ** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. ** ** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one ** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started ** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL ** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. ** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get ** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with ** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused ** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as ** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table ** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the ** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted ** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. ** ** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries ** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed ** from the hash table at this point. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Trace output macros */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; # define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define WALTRACE(X) #endif /* ** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats ** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. ** ** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum ** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not ** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. ** ** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the ** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not ** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite ** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. */ #define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 #define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 /* ** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number ** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. */ #define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 #define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 #define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 #define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 #define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) #define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) /* Object declarations */ typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; /* ** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. ** ** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this ** object. ** ** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. ** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was ** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. */ struct WalIndexHdr { u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ }; /* ** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately ** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores ** information used by checkpoint. ** ** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written ** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to ** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than ** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads ** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). ** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from ** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. ** ** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader ** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than ** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) ** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is ** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder ** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content ** directly from the database. ** ** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that ** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of ** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark ** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). ** ** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where ** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is ** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the ** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there ** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the ** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything ** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers ** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will ** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore ** the WAL. ** ** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, ** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been ** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL ** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then ** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start ** writing new content beginning at frame 1. ** ** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in ** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. */ struct WalCkptInfo { u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ }; #define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff /* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at ** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems ** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data ** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. */ #define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) #define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16 #define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED) /* Size of header before each frame in wal */ #define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 /* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ /* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ #define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 /* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least ** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit ** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. ** ** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL ** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit ** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting ** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. */ #define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 /* ** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, ** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned ** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. */ #define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ ) /* ** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the ** following object. */ struct Wal { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ #endif }; /* ** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. */ #define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 #define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 #define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 /* ** Possible values for WAL.readOnly */ #define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ #define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ #define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ /* ** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of ** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. */ typedef u16 ht_slot; /* ** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through ** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames ** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the ** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with ** the largest index). ** ** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: ** ** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, ** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, ** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. ** ** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). */ struct WalIterator { int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ struct WalSegment { int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ }; /* ** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There ** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the ** wal-index. ** ** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and ** create incompatibilities. */ #define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ #define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ #define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ /* ** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a ** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete ** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. */ #define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) /* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ #define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ ) /* ** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index ** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are ** numbered from zero. ** ** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, ** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. */ static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); volatile u32 **apNew; apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); if( !apNew ){ *ppPage = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); pWal->apWiData = apNew; pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; } /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] ); if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. */ static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); } /* ** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. */ static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; } /* ** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian ** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting ** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it ** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes ** of the input value as a little-endian integer. */ #define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ ) /* ** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in ** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or ** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). ** ** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. ** ** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. */ static void walChecksumBytes( int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ ){ u32 s1, s2; u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; if( aIn ){ s1 = aIn[0]; s2 = aIn[1]; }else{ s1 = s2 = 0; } assert( nByte>=8 ); assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); if( nativeCksum ){ do { s1 += *aData++ + s2; s2 += *aData++ + s1; }while( aData<aEnd ); }else{ do { s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2; s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1; aData += 2; }while( aData<aEnd ); } aOut[0] = s1; aOut[1] = s2; } static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); } } /* ** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. ** ** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. */ static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); assert( pWal->writeLock ); pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } /* ** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer ** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of ** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. ** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) ** 16: Checksum-1. ** 20: Checksum-2. */ static void walEncodeFrame( Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ ){ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); } /* ** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content ** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and ** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. */ static int walDecodeFrame( Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ ){ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header ** match the salt values in the wal-header. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ return 0; } /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. */ pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); if( pgno==0 ){ return 0; } /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 ** bytes of this frame-header. */ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) ){ /* Checksum failed. */ return 0; } /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number ** and the new database size. */ *piPage = pgno; *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); return 1; } #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not ** a part of an ordinary build. */ static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ return "WRITE-LOCK"; }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ return "CKPT-LOCK"; }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ return "RECOVER-LOCK"; }else{ static char zName[15]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); return zName; } } #endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ /* ** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. ** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go ** through the unlocked state first. ** ** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. */ static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ int rc; if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); } static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ int rc; if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), n)); } /* ** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land ** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances ** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. */ static int walHash(u32 iPage){ assert( iPage>0 ); assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } /* ** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on ** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages ** numbered starting from 0. ** ** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table ** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame ** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a ** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number ** (*piZero+N) in the log. ** ** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the ** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). */ static int walHashGet( Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ volatile u32 *aPgno; rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 iZero; volatile ht_slot *aHash; aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; if( iHash==0 ){ aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; iZero = 0; }else{ iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; } *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; *paHash = aHash; *piZero = iZero; } return rc; } /* ** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table ** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame ** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages ** are numbered starting from 0. */ static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) ); return iHash; } /* ** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. */ static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); if( iHash==0 ){ return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; } return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; } /* ** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. ** ** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due ** to a rollback or savepoint. ** ** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be ** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are ** actually needed. */ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ assert( pWal->writeLock ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. */ assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; assert( iLimit>0 ); for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){ aHash[i] = 0; } } /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. */ if( iLimit ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int iKey; /* Hash key */ for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; } assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ } /* ** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number ** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. */ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ int rc; /* Return code */ u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the ** page number array and hash table entry. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iKey; /* Hash table key */ int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ idx = iFrame - iZero; assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. */ if( idx==1 ){ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); } /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. */ if( aPgno[idx] ){ walCleanupHash(pWal); assert( !aPgno[idx] ); } /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ nCollide = idx; for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } aPgno[idx] = iPage; aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals ** the number of entries in the mapping region. */ { int i; /* Loop counter */ int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; } assert( nEntry==idx ); } /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every ** iteration. */ if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; } assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ } return rc; } /* ** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. ** ** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the ** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything ** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The ** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know ** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish ** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. */ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ int rc; /* Return Code */ i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */ u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0}; int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */ int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */ /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte. ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before ** this function returns. */ assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); assert( pWal->writeLock ); iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); if( rc ){ return rc; } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto recovery_error; } if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ /* Read in the WAL header. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto recovery_error; } /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole ** WAL file. */ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC || szPage&(szPage-1) || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || szPage<512 ){ goto finished; } pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum ); if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) ){ goto finished; } /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that ** are able to understand */ version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; goto finished; } /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame); if( !aFrame ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto recovery_error; } aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Read all frames from the log file. */ iFrame = 0; for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ iFrame++; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); if( !isValid ) break; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ if( nTruncate ){ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; } } sqlite3_free(aFrame); } finished: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; int i; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and ** checkpointers. */ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); pInfo->nBackfill = 0; pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without ** checkpointing the log file. */ if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName ); } } recovery_error: WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); return rc; } /* ** Close an open wal-index. */ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ int i; for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; } }else{ sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); } } /* ** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must ** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points ** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. ** ** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function ** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other ** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process ** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the ** system would be badly broken. ** ** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and ** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); assert( pDbFd ); /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. */ #ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); #endif #ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); #endif /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ *ppWal = 0; pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); if( !pRet ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pRet->pVfs = pVfs; pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; pRet->readLock = -1; pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; pRet->zWalName = zWalName; pRet->syncHeader = 1; pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walIndexClose(pRet, 0); sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); sqlite3_free(pRet); }else{ int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pRet->pWalFd); if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; } *ppWal = pRet; WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); } return rc; } /* ** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; } /* ** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that ** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the ** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where ** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page ** number. ** ** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page ** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. */ static int walIteratorNext( WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ ){ u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ int i; /* For looping through segments */ iMin = p->iPrior; assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){ u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; if( iPg>iMin ){ if( iPg<iRet ){ iRet = iPg; *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; } break; } pSegment->iNext++; } } *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); } /* ** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. ** ** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is ** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following ** is guaranteed for all J<K: ** ** aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]] ** aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]] ** ** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence ** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in ** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition ** above is still met. ** ** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X. And the ** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too. But there might be ** one or more combinations of X and Y such that ** ** aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y] && aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]] ** ** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index. */ static void walMerge( const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */ ht_slot *aLeft, /* IN: Left hand input list */ int nLeft, /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */ ht_slot **paRight, /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */ int *pnRight, /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */ ht_slot *aTmp /* Temporary buffer */ ){ int iLeft = 0; /* Current index in aLeft */ int iRight = 0; /* Current index in aRight */ int iOut = 0; /* Current index in output buffer */ int nRight = *pnRight; ht_slot *aRight = *paRight; assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 ); while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){ ht_slot logpage; Pgno dbpage; if( (iLeft<nLeft) && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]]) ){ logpage = aLeft[iLeft++]; }else{ logpage = aRight[iRight++]; } dbpage = aContent[logpage]; aTmp[iOut++] = logpage; if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++; assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); } *paRight = aLeft; *pnRight = iOut; memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); } /* ** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. ** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the ** larger aList[] values. ** ** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in ** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K: ** ** aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]] ** ** For any X and Y such that ** ** aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]] ** ** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard ** the smaller. */ static void walMergesort( const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal */ ht_slot *aBuffer, /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */ ht_slot *aList, /* IN/OUT: List to sort */ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */ ){ struct Sublist { int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */ ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */ }; const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */ int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */ ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */ int iList; /* Index into input list */ int iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */ struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */ memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub)); assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 ); assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){ nMerge = 1; aMerge = &aList[iList]; for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub]; assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) ); assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] ); walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; } for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){ if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub]; assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) ); assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] ); walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } } assert( aMerge==aList ); *pnList = nMerge; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); } } #endif } /* ** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). */ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ sqlite3ScratchFree(p); } /* ** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all ** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint ** lock. ** ** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object ** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine ** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. ** ** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the ** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. */ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). */ assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(p, 0, nByte); p->nSegment = nSegment; /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. */ aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc( sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) ); if( !aTmp ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){ volatile ht_slot *aHash; u32 iZero; volatile u32 *aPgno; rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int j; /* Counter variable */ int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */ ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */ aPgno++; if( (i+1)==nSegment ){ nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero); }else{ nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno); } aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; iZero++; for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){ aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j; } walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry); p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero; p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; } } sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walIteratorFree(p); } *pp = p; return rc; } /* ** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and ** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a ** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the ** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. */ static int walBusyLock( Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ ){ int rc; do { rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); return rc; } /* ** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. ** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. */ static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); } /* ** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file ** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. ** ** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited ** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page ** that a concurrent reader might be using. ** ** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when ** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if ** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background ** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. ** ** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and ** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent ** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. ** ** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire ** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes ** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the ** database file. ** ** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. ** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill. ** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase ** its value.) ** ** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other ** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same ** time. */ static int walCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int szPage; /* Database page-size */ WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ int i; /* Loop counter */ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */ szPage = walPagesize(pWal); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK; /* Allocate the iterator */ rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( pIter ); if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall; /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. */ mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i]; if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ mxSafeFrame = y; xBusy = 0; }else{ goto walcheckpoint_out; } } } if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */ u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill; /* Sync the WAL to disk */ if( sync_flags ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); } /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); } } /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ i64 iOffset; assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue; iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } /* If work was actually accomplished... */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; } } /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); } if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure ** just because there are active readers. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ assert( pWal->writeLock ); if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); } } } walcheckpoint_out: walIteratorFree(pIter); return rc; } /* ** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate ** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. */ static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ i64 sz; int rx; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( rx ){ sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); } } /* ** Close a connection to a log file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ int nBuf, u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pWal ){ int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both ** the wal and wal-index files. ** ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. */ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; } rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bPersist = -1; sqlite3OsFileControlHint( pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist ); if( bPersist!=1 ){ /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal ** mode (!bPersist) */ isDelete = 1; }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ walLimitSize(pWal, 0); } } } walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); if( isDelete ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); sqlite3_free(pWal); } return rc; } /* ** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if ** there is a problem. ** ** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might ** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to ** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected ** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by ** a checksum on the header. ** ** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from ** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header ** and *pChanged is set to 1. ** ** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header ** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. */ static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. ** ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from ** reordering the reads and writes. */ aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ return 1; /* Dirty read */ } if( h1.isInit==0 ){ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ } walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ } if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ *pChanged = 1; memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); } /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ return 0; } /* ** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. ** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the ** wal-index from the WAL before returning. ** ** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is ** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged ** to 0. ** ** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int rc; /* Return code */ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. */ assert( pChanged ); rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; }; assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently ** being modified by another thread or process. */ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. */ assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); if( badHdr ){ if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; } }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ pWal->writeLock = 1; if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); if( badHdr ){ /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. */ rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); *pChanged = 1; } } pWal->writeLock = 0; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); } } /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. */ if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } return rc; } /* ** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to ** be retried. */ #define WAL_RETRY (-1) /* ** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or ** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to ** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. ** ** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an ** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running ** recovery) return a positive error code. ** ** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable ** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely ** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() ** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the ** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication ** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be ** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already ** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. ** ** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to ** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. ** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the ** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive ** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The ** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue ** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small ** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really ** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that ** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. ** ** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on ** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is ** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) ** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not ** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and ** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will ** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 ** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL ** completely and get all content directly from the database file. ** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and ** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. ** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the ** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. ** ** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header ** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the ** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might ** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does ** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding ** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. */ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. ** ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. ** ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds. ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second. */ if( cnt>5 ){ int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ if( cnt>100 ){ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; } if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */ sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); } if( !useWal ){ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be ** right on the second iteration. */ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. */ rc = WAL_RETRY; }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); rc = WAL_RETRY; }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). ** and can be safely ignored. */ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); walShmBarrier(pWal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from ** happening, this is usually correct. ** ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. */ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); return WAL_RETRY; } pWal->readLock = 0; return SQLITE_OK; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. */ mxReadMark = 0; mxI = 0; for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i]; if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); mxReadMark = thisMark; mxI = i; } } /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ { if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) ){ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; mxI = i; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); break; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } } if( mxI==0 ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; } rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); if( rc ){ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; } /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index ** header have changed. ** ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry ** instead. ** ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid. */ walShmBarrier(pWal); if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); return WAL_RETRY; }else{ assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; } } return rc; } /* ** Begin a read transaction on the database. ** ** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: ** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current ** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. ** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but ** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. ** ** If the database contents have changes since the previous read ** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The ** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and ** needs to be flushed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int rc; /* Return code */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ do{ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } /* ** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the ** read-lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); pWal->readLock = -1; } } /* ** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the ** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL. ** ** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and ** has been loaded. Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in ** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead( Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ int *pInWal, /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */ int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ ){ u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the ** WAL were empty. */ if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ *pInWal = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). ** ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash ** table). This means the value just read from the hash ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was ** opened remain unmodified. ** ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: ** ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. ** ** (iFrame<=iLast): ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash ** table after the current read-transaction had started. */ for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){ volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ int rc; /* Error code */ rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */ iRead = iFrame; } if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ { u32 iRead2 = 0; u32 iTest; for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){ if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ iRead2 = iTest; break; } } assert( iRead==iRead2 ); } #endif /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the ** required page. Read and return data from the log file. */ if( iRead ){ int sz; i64 iOffset; sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); testcase( sz<=32768 ); testcase( sz>=65536 ); iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; *pInWal = 1; /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, nOut, iOffset); } *pInWal = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ return pWal->hdr.nPage; } return 0; } /* ** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. ** ** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call ** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). ** ** If another thread or process has written into the database since ** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this ** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine ** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. ** ** There can only be a single writer active at a time. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ int rc; /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read ** transaction. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); if( pWal->readOnly ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. */ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); if( rc ){ return rc; } pWal->writeLock = 1; /* If another connection has written to the database file since the ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then ** the write is disallowed. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); pWal->writeLock = 0; rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } return rc; } /* ** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This ** routine merely releases the lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->writeLock ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); pWal->writeLock = 0; pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this ** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. ** ** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written ** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns ** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is ** returned to the caller. ** ** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; Pgno iFrame; /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it ** was in before the client began writing to the database. */ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; iFrame++ ){ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) ** is false). ** ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. */ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); } walCleanupHash(pWal); } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } /* ** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 ** values. This function populates the array with values required to ** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current ** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ assert( pWal->writeLock ); aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } /* ** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by ** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array ** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated ** by a call to WalSavepoint(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pWal->writeLock ); assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. */ aWalData[0] = 0; aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; walCleanupHash(pWal); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log ** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending ** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the ** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, ** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left ** unchanged. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether ** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned ** if an error occurs. */ static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int cnt; if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ u32 salt1; sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the ** wal-index header to reflect this. ** ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. */ int i; /* Loop counter */ u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ pWal->nCkpt++; pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); aSalt[1] = salt1; walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); pInfo->nBackfill = 0; for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); pWal->readLock = -1; cnt = 0; do{ int notUsed; rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt); }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); } return rc; } /* ** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where ** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into ** walWriteToLog(). */ typedef struct WalWriter { Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ int szPage; /* Size of one page */ } WalWriter; /* ** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. ** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. ** ** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, ** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the ** rest. */ static int walWriteToLog( WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ ){ int rc; if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += iFirstAmt; iAmt -= iFirstAmt; pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) ); rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags); if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; } rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); return rc; } /* ** Write out a single frame of the WAL */ static int walWriteOneFrame( WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ ){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ void *pData; /* Data actually written */ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; #else pData = pPage->pData; #endif walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; /* Write the page data */ rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); return rc; } /* ** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock ** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ ){ int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ WalWriter w; /* The writer */ assert( pList ); assert( pWal->writeLock ); /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); } #endif /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ return rc; } /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. */ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; if( iFrame==0 ){ u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in ** database corruption. See the ticket: ** ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee */ if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); if( rc ) return rc; } } assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ w.pWal = pWal; w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; w.iSyncPoint = 0; w.syncFlags = sync_flags; w.szPage = szPage; iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ iFrame++; assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; pLast = p; iOffset += szFrame; } /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. ** ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. ** ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. */ if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){ if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ int sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){ rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += szFrame; nExtra++; } }else{ rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); } } /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the ** journal size limit, if possible. */ if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); } walLimitSize(pWal, sz); pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. */ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ iFrame++; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ iFrame++; nExtra--; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Update the private copy of the header. */ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; if( isCommit ){ pWal->hdr.iChange++; pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; } /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ if( isCommit ){ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); pWal->iCallback = iFrame; } } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return rc; } /* ** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and ** related interfaces. ** ** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as ** we can from WAL into the database. ** ** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler ** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); if( rc ){ /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */ return rc; } pWal->ckptLock = 1; /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway. ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below. ** ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock, ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller. */ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pWal->writeLock = 1; }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Read the wal-index header. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); } /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); } /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); } } if( isChanged ){ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that ** the cache needs to be reset. */ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } /* Release the locks. */ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); pWal->ckptLock = 0; WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } /* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the ** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since ** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since ** the last call, then return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ u32 ret = 0; if( pWal ){ ret = pWal->iCallback; pWal->iCallback = 0; } return (int)ret; } /* ** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out ** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. ** ** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE ** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock ** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL ** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the ** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This ** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive ** lock on the main database file. ** ** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into ** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must ** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the ** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this ** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock ** on the main database file before invoking this operation. ** ** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do ** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it ** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking ** the op==1 case. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ int rc; assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); if( op==0 ){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; } rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; }else{ /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ rc = 0; } }else if( op>0 ){ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; rc = 1; }else{ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; } return rc; } /* ** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the ** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. ** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too ** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like ** a good breakout. */ /************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ /************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. ** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to ** ** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: ** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley ** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. ** ** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database ** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. ** ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less ** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have ** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys ** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And ** so forth. ** ** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the ** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. ** ** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate ** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The ** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A ** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database ** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus ** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry ** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each ** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other ** information such as the size of key and data. ** ** FORMAT DETAILS ** ** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, ** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates ** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. ** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow ** page, or a pointer-map page. ** ** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first ** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. ** The format of the file header is as follows: ** ** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" ** 16 2 Page size in bytes. ** 18 1 File format write version ** 19 1 File format read version ** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page ** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction ** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction ** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction ** 24 4 File change counter ** 28 4 Reserved for future use ** 32 4 First freelist page ** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file ** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers ** ** 40 4 Schema cookie ** 44 4 File format of schema layer ** 48 4 Size of page cache ** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) ** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be ** 60 4 User version ** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode ** 68 4 unused ** 72 4 unused ** 76 4 unused ** ** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). ** ** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed ** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed ** and thus when they need to flush their cache. ** ** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable ** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard ** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default ** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit ** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. ** ** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra ** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, ** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting ** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. ** ** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction ** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum ** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it ** not specified in the header. ** ** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the ** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte ** file header that occurs before the page header. ** ** |----------------| ** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. ** |----------------| ** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes ** |----------------| ** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. ** | array | | Grows downward ** | | v ** |----------------| ** | unallocated | ** | space | ** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards ** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. ** | area | | and free space fragments. ** |----------------| ** ** The page headers looks like this: ** ** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf ** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock ** 3 2 number of cells on this page ** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area ** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes ** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. ** ** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that ** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries ** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer ** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in ** the payload area. ** ** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. ** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are ** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell ** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives ** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can ** be easily added without having to defragment the page. ** ** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the ** beginning of the page. ** ** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of ** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset ** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in ** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, ** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot ** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called ** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. ** in the page header at offset 7. ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock ** 2 Bytes in this freeblock ** ** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at ** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array ** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily ** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. ** ** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable ** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each ** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and ** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer ** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. ** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This ** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. ** ** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 ** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f ** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 ** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 ** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f ** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 ** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 ** ** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of ** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. ** ** The content of a cell looks like this: ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. ** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. ** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. ** * Payload ** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow ** ** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely ** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little ** as 1 byte of data. ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of next overflow page ** * Data ** ** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The ** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk ** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is ** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of next trunk page ** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page ** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves */ /* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page ** size give above. */ #define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) /* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This ** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself ** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such ** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. */ #define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) /* Forward declarations */ typedef struct MemPage MemPage; typedef struct BtLock BtLock; /* ** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every ** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. ** ** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a ** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The ** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so ** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change ** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read ** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools ** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. */ #ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ # define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" #endif /* ** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the ** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. */ #define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 #define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 #define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 #define PTF_LEAF 0x08 /* ** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following ** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores ** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. ** ** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to ** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to ** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. ** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. ** ** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex ** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. */ struct MemPage { u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ } aOvfl[5]; BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ }; /* ** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended ** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold ** that extra information. */ #define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) /* ** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. ** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor ** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed ** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when ** a btree handle is closed. */ struct BtLock { Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ }; /* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ #define READ_LOCK 1 #define WRITE_LOCK 2 /* A Btree handle ** ** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of ** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure ** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot ** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to ** this structure. ** ** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be ** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection ** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object ** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the ** schema associated with the database file are all contained within ** the BtShared object. ** ** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. ** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors ** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those ** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and ** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. */ struct Btree { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ #endif }; /* ** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. ** ** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users ** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, ** but any number may have active read transactions. */ #define TRANS_NONE 0 #define TRANS_READ 1 #define TRANS_WRITE 2 /* ** An instance of this object represents a single database file. ** ** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two ** or more database connections. When two or more connections are ** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own ** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points ** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of ** connections currently sharing this database file. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex ** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the ** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field ** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. ** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and ** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. ** ** isPending: ** ** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database ** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), ** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is ** set to true. ** ** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of ** the following occur: ** ** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR ** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. ** ** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new ** transaction. ** ** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. */ struct BtShared { Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ #endif u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ #endif u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ }; /* ** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags */ #define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ #define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ #define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ #define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */ #define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ #define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ #define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information ** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure ** based on information extract from the raw disk page. */ typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; struct CellInfo { i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ }; /* ** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than ** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a ** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a ** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. ** ** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is ** assumed that the database is corrupt. */ #define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 /* ** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular ** b-tree within a database file. ** ** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in ** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. ** ** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, ** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a ** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex ** found at self->pBt->mutex. */ struct BtCursor { Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */ CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */ u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */ u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */ u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ #endif i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ }; /* ** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. ** ** CURSOR_VALID: ** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. ** ** CURSOR_INVALID: ** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) ** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been ** called. ** ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: ** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been ** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved ** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in ** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to ** seek the cursor to the saved position. ** ** CURSOR_FAULT: ** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred ** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this ** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. ** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor ** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip */ #define CURSOR_INVALID 0 #define CURSOR_VALID 1 #define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 #define CURSOR_FAULT 3 /* ** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. */ # define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) /* ** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a ** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable ** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the ** page number to look up in the pointer map. ** ** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map ** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns ** the offset of the requested map entry. ** ** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, ** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be ** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements ** this test. */ #define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) #define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) #define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) /* ** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for ** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that ** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains ** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers ** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map ** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. ** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. ** ** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one ** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page ** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the ** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. ** ** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not ** used in this case. ** ** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number ** is not used in this case. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that ** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous ** page in the overflow page list. ** ** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number ** identifies the parent page in the btree. */ #define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 #define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 #define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 #define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 #define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 /* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables ** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. */ #define btreeIntegrity(p) \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); /* ** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine ** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used ** within an expression that is an argument to another macro ** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. ** So, this macro is defined instead. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM #define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) #else #define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 #endif /* ** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines ** in order to keep track of some global state information. */ typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; struct IntegrityCk { BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ }; /* ** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. */ #define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) #define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) #define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte #define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte /************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* ** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, ** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the ** p->locked boolean to true. */ static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ assert( p->locked==0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); p->pBt->db = p->db; p->locked = 1; } /* ** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and ** clear the p->locked boolean. */ static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( p->locked==1 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); assert( p->db==pBt->db ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); p->locked = 0; } /* ** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. ** ** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required ** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. ** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior ** of this interface is recursive. ** ** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order ** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other ** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree ** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on ** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait ** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the ** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ Btree *pLater; /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt ); assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); /* Check for locking consistency */ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db ** should already be set correctly. */ assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); if( !p->sharable ) return; p->wantToLock++; if( p->locked ) return; /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. */ if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ p->pBt->db = p->db; p->locked = 1; return; } /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending ** order. */ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ assert( pLater->sharable ); assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); if( pLater->locked ){ unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); } } lockBtreeMutex(p); for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ if( pLater->wantToLock ){ lockBtreeMutex(pLater); } } } /* ** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ if( p->sharable ){ assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); p->wantToLock--; if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ unlockBtreeMutex(p); } } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the ** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. ** ** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that ** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be ** omitted if that module is not used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* ** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database ** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing ** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names ** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being ** reset out from under us. ** ** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. ** ** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address ** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with ** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees ** at the same instant. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; Btree *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; Btree *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } } /* ** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if ** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ return p->sharable; } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection ** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. ** ** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ int i; if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ return 0; } for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *p; p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p && p->sharable && (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ return 0; } } return 1; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the ** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema ** access are: ** ** (1) The mutex on db ** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. ** ** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and ** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ Btree *p; assert( db!=0 ); if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; if( iDb==1 ) return 1; p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; assert( p!=0 ); return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ /* ** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use ** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for ** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and ** are null #defines in btree.h. ** ** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including ** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ p->pBt->db = p->db; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ){ p->pBt->db = p->db; } } } #endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ /************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. ** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. ** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. */ /* ** The header string that appears at the beginning of every ** SQLite database. */ static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; /* ** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE ** macro. */ #if 0 int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ # define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} #else # define TRACE(X) #endif /* ** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. ** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. ** ** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value ** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page ** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. ** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. */ #define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation ** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, ** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for ** test builds. ** ** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; #else static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. ** ** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. ** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to ** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. */ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* **** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** ** ** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the ** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. ** ** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via ** Btree connection pBtree: ** ** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); ** ** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the ** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of ** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, ** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine ** the table corresponding to the index being written, this ** function has to search through the database schema. ** ** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may ** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also ** acceptable. */ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ ){ Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; Pgno iTab = 0; BtLock *pLock; /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. ** Return true immediately. */ if( (pBtree->sharable==0) || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) ){ return 1; } /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. */ if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ return 1; } /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated ** table. */ if( isIndex ){ HashElem *p; for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; } } }else{ iTab = iRoot; } /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) && pLock->eLock>=eLockType ){ return 1; } } /* Failed to find the required lock. */ return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* **** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** ** ** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the ** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are ** simultaneously reading that same table or index. ** ** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that ** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing ** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the ** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to ** have a read cursor. ** ** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index ** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: ** ** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); */ static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ BtCursor *p; for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot && p->pBtree!=pBtree && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock ** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return ** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling ** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. */ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock *pIter; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. */ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ if( !p->sharable ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the ** requested lock may not be obtained. */ if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) ** statement is a simplification of: ** ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) ** ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can ** only be a single writer). */ assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; } return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used ** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or ** WRITE_LOCK. ** ** This function assumes the following: ** ** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable ** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and ** ** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts ** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has ** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. */ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock *pLock = 0; BtLock *pIter; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ assert( p->sharable ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ pLock = pIter; break; } } /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. */ if( !pLock ){ pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); if( !pLock ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pLock->iTable = iTable; pLock->pBtree = p; pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; pBt->pLock = pLock; } /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. */ assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ pLock->eLock = eLock; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to ** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. ** ** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write ** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag ** may be incorrectly cleared. */ static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); assert( p->inTrans>0 ); while( *ppIter ){ BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ *ppIter = pLock->pNext; assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ sqlite3_free(pLock); } }else{ ppIter = &pLock->pNext; } } assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. ** ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. */ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; } } /* ** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. */ static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ BtLock *pLock; pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ /* ***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** ** ** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. */ static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); pCur->aOverflow = 0; } /* ** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened ** on the shared btree structure pBt. */ static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ BtCursor *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ invalidateOverflowCache(p); } } /* ** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table ** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the ** row or one of the rows being modified. ** ** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the ** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob ** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. ** ** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with ** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate ** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. */ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ ){ BtCursor *p; BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; } } } #else /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */ #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* ** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called ** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf ** page. ** ** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure ** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding ** free-list leaf pages: ** ** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes ** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database ** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes ** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, ** why bother journalling it?). ** ** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read ** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it ** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). ** ** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy ** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if ** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same ** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when ** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it ** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data ** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible ** to restore the database to its original configuration. ** ** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is ** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is ** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, ** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already ** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared ** at the end of every transaction. */ static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); } return rc; } /* ** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. ** ** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the ** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the ** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. */ static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); } /* ** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be ** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. */ static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); pBt->pHasContent = 0; } /* ** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey ** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. ** ** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) ** prior to calling this routine. */ static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key ** data. */ if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); if( pKey ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->pKey = pKey; }else{ sqlite3_free(pKey); } }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); pCur->apPage[i] = 0; } pCur->iPage = -1; pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; } invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); return rc; } /* ** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on ** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor ** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). */ static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ BtCursor *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ return rc; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Clear the current cursor position. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); pCur->pKey = 0; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; } /* ** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record ** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the ** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. */ static int btreeMoveto( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ int *pRes /* Write search results here */ ){ int rc; /* Status code */ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ char *pFree = 0; if( pKey ){ assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree ); if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); }else{ pIdxKey = 0; } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); if( pFree ){ sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); } return rc; } /* ** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) ** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the ** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be ** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each ** saveCursorPosition(). */ static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ return pCur->skipNext; } pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); pCur->pKey = 0; assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); } return rc; } #define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ SQLITE_OK) /* ** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it ** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing ** at is deleted out from under them. ** ** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The ** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ int rc; rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc ){ *pHasMoved = 1; return rc; } if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){ *pHasMoved = 1; }else{ *pHasMoved = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page ** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the ** input page number. ** ** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is ** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic ** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. */ static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ int nPagesPerMapPage; Pgno iPtrMap, ret; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pgno<2 ) return 0; nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ ret++; } return ret; } /* ** Write an entry into the pointer map. ** ** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' ** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. ** ** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is ** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written ** into *pRC. */ static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ if( *pRC ) return; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); if( key==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return; } iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); if( offset<0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto ptrmap_exit; } assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPtrmap[offset] = eType; put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); } } ptrmap_exit: sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); } /* ** Read an entry from the pointer map. ** ** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing ** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. ** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); if( rc!=0 ){ return rc; } pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); if( offset<0 ){ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); assert( pEType!=0 ); *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return SQLITE_OK; } #else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) #endif /* ** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on ** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer ** to the cell content. ** ** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. */ #define findCell(P,I) \ ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) #define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I))))) /* ** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for ** pages that do contain overflow cells. */ static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ int k; struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; k = pOvfl->idx; if( k<=iCell ){ if( k==iCell ){ return pOvfl->pCell; } iCell--; } } return findCell(pPage, iCell); } /* ** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There ** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a ** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() ** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. ** ** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of ** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. */ static void btreeParseCellPtr( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pInfo->pCell = pCell; assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); n = pPage->childPtrSize; assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); if( pPage->intKey ){ if( pPage->hasData ){ n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); }else{ nPayload = 0; } n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); pInfo->nData = nPayload; }else{ pInfo->nData = 0; n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); pInfo->nKey = nPayload; } pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; pInfo->nHeader = n; testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits ** on the local page. No overflow is required. */ if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; pInfo->iOverflow = 0; }else{ /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. ** ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any ** way will result in an incompatible file format. */ int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ minLocal = pPage->minLocal; maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; }else{ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; } pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; } } #define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) static void btreeParseCell( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); } /* ** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell ** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell ** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or ** the space used by the cell pointer. */ static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; u32 nSize; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ CellInfo debuginfo; btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); #endif if( pPage->intKey ){ u8 *pEnd; if( pPage->hasData ){ pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); }else{ nSize = 0; } /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte ** past the end of the key value. */ pEnd = &pIter[9]; while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); }else{ pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); } testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ nSize = minLocal; } nSize += 4; } nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ if( nSize<4 ){ nSize = 4; } assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); return (u16)nSize; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements ** only. */ static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer ** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map ** for the overflow page. */ static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ CellInfo info; if( *pRC ) return; assert( pCell!=0 ); btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); if( info.iOverflow ){ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); } } #endif /* ** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the ** end of the page and all free space is collected into one ** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell ** pointer array and the cell content area. */ static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ int size; /* Size of a cell */ int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); data = pPage->aData; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; nCell = pPage->nCell; assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); cbrk = usableSize; iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; iCellLast = usableSize - 4; for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */ pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2]; pc = get2byte(pAddr); testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); testcase( pc==iCellLast ); #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage() ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined */ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } #endif assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); cbrk -= size; #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } #else if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } #endif assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); } assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); data[hdr+1] = 0; data[hdr+2] = 0; data[hdr+7] = 0; memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed ** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] ** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or ** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). ** ** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the ** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring ** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using ** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this ** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will ** also end up needing a new cell pointer. */ static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ int rc; /* Integer return code */ int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); nFrag = data[hdr+7]; assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; testcase( gap+2==top ); testcase( gap+1==top ); testcase( gap==top ); if( nFrag>=60 ){ /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ rc = defragmentPage(pPage); if( rc ) return rc; top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); }else if( gap+2<=top ){ /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. */ int pc, addr; for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ int size; /* Size of the free slot */ if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); if( size>=nByte ){ int x = size - nByte; testcase( x==4 ); testcase( x==3 ); if( x<4 ){ /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); } *pIdx = pc + x; return SQLITE_OK; } } } /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy ** the allocation. If not, defragment. */ testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ rc = defragmentPage(pPage); if( rc ) return rc; top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); assert( gap+nByte<=top ); } /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. */ top -= nByte; put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); *pIdx = top; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. ** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] ** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. ** ** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent ** free blocks into a single big free block. */ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ int addr, pbegin, hdr; int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete ** option is enabled */ memset(&data[start], 0, size); } /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning ** the freelist. */ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; addr = hdr + 1; iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; assert( start<=iLast ); while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){ if( pbegin<addr+4 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } addr = pbegin; } if( pbegin>iLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); put2byte(&data[addr], start); put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); put2byte(&data[start+2], size); pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ addr = hdr + 1; while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ int pnext, psize, x; assert( pbegin>addr ); assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); }else{ addr = pbegin; } } /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ int top; pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); } assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page ** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. ** ** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different ** indicates a corrupt database files: ** ** PTF_ZERODATA ** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF */ static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; pBt = pPage->pBt; if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ pPage->intKey = 1; pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ pPage->intKey = 0; pPage->hasData = 0; pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; }else{ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does ** not contain a well-formed database page, then return ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not ** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that ** we failed to detect any corruption. */ static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( !pPage->isInit ){ u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ pBt = pPage->pBt; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; data = pPage->aData; if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); pPage->nOverflow = 0; usableSize = pBt->usableSize; pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end ** of page when parsing a cell. ** ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be ** returned if it does. */ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; iCellLast = usableSize - 4; #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) { int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ int sz; /* Size of a cell */ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); testcase( pc==iCellLast ); if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } } if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; } #endif /* Compute the total free space on the page */ pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; while( pc>0 ){ u16 next, size; if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ /* Start of free block is off the page */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } next = get2byte(&data[pc]); size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } nFree = nFree + size; pc = next; } /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. */ if( nFree>usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); pPage->isInit = 1; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding ** no entries. */ static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; u16 first; assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); } data[hdr] = (char)flags; first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); data[hdr+7] = 0; put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); decodeFlags(pPage, flags); pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; pPage->cellOffset = first; pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; pPage->nOverflow = 0; assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); pPage->nCell = 0; pPage->isInit = 1; } /* ** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by ** the btree layer. */ static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; pPage->pBt = pBt; pPage->pgno = pgno; pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; return pPage; } /* ** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. ** ** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about ** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk ** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. ** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that ** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk ** read should occur at that point. */ static int btreeGetPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ ){ int rc; DbPage *pDbPage; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); if( rc ) return rc; *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not ** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. */ static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ DbPage *pDbPage; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); if( pDbPage ){ return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); } return 0; } /* ** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of ** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). */ static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ return pBt->nPage; } SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); } /* ** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a ** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and ** btreeInitPage(). ** ** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It ** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. */ static int getAndInitPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ ){ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); } } } testcase( pgno==0 ); assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); return rc; } /* ** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior ** call to btreeGetPage. */ static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ if( pPage ){ assert( pPage->aData ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); } } /* ** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache ** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of ** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. ** ** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the ** page to agree with the restored data. */ static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ MemPage *pPage; pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); if( pPage->isInit ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pPage->isInit = 0; if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ btreeInitPage(pPage); } } } /* ** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. */ static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; assert( pBt->db ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); } /* ** Open a database file. ** ** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL ** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might ** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. ** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted ** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. ** ** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created ** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. ** ** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits ** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_NO_READLOCK. The BTREE_NO_READLOCK ** bit is also set if the SQLITE_NoReadlock flags is set in db->flags. ** These flags are passed through into sqlite3PagerOpen() and must ** be the same values as PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK. ** ** If the database is already opened in the same database connection ** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared ** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead ** to problems with locking. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ int flags, /* Options */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ ){ BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or ** false for a file-based database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB const int isMemdb = 0; #else const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)); #endif assert( db!=0 ); assert( pVfs!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; } if( isMemdb ){ flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; } if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; } p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; p->db = db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE p->lock.pBtree = p; p->lock.iTable = 1; #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an ** existing BtShared object that we can share with */ if( isMemdb==0 && isTempDb==0 ){ if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) p->sharable = 1; if( !zFullPathname ){ sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); sqlite3_free(p); return rc; } #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); #endif for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ int iDb; for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } } p->pBt = pBt; pBt->nRef++; break; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG else{ /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) ** statements to find locking problems. */ p->sharable = 1; } #endif } #endif if( pBt==0 ){ /* ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result ** when compiling on a different architecture. */ assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); if( pBt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto btree_open_out; } rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto btree_open_out; } pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; pBt->db = db; sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); p->pBt = pBt; pBt->pCursor = 0; pBt->pPage1 = 0; if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; #ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; #endif pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ pBt->pageSize = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. */ if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); } #endif nReserve = 0; }else{ nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); #endif } rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. */ if( p->sharable ){ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) pBt->nRef = 1; MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; db->mallocFailed = 0; goto btree_open_out; } } sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); } #endif } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. */ if( p->sharable ){ int i; Btree *pSib; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){ p->pNext = pSib; p->pPrev = 0; pSib->pPrev = p; }else{ while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){ pSib = pSib->pNext; } p->pNext = pSib->pNext; p->pPrev = pSib; if( p->pNext ){ p->pNext->pPrev = p; } pSib->pNext = p; } break; } } } #endif *ppBtree = p; btree_open_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); } sqlite3_free(pBt); sqlite3_free(p); *ppBtree = 0; }else{ /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, ** do not change the pager-cache size. */ if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); } } if( mutexOpen ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); } return rc; } /* ** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, ** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return ** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return ** false if it is still positive. */ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) BtShared *pList; int removed = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); pBt->nRef--; if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; }else{ pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ pList=pList->pNext; } if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; } } if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); } removed = 1; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); return removed; #else return 1; #endif } /* ** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of ** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. */ static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); } } /* ** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation */ static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; } /* ** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtCursor *pCur; /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); pCur = pBt->pCursor; while( pCur ){ BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext; if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); } } /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by ** this handle. */ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans ** up the shared-btree. */ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access ** it without having to hold the mutex. ** ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. */ assert( !pBt->pCursor ); sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); freeTempSpace(pBt); sqlite3_free(pBt); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); assert( p->locked==0 ); if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; #endif sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. ** ** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute ** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will ** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s ** to insure data is written to the disk surface before ** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, ** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program ** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is ** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database ** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. ** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not ** normally a worry. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease ** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power ** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and ** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There ** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the ** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel( Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ int fullSync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */ int ckptFullSync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */ ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other ** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. ** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY ** without changing anything. ** ** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page ** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not ** changed. ** ** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region ** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, ** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur ** at the beginning of a page. ** ** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved ** bytes per page is left unchanged. ** ** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size ** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_READONLY; } if( nReserve<0 ){ nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; } assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; freeTempSpace(pBt); } rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Return the currently defined page size */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ return p->pBt->pageSize; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) /* ** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that ** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is ** sometimes used by extensions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ int n; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return n; } /* ** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. ** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. ** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ int n; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return n; } /* ** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, ** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE ** setting after the change. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ int b; if( p==0 ) return 0; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( newFlag>=0 ){ p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE; if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; } b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return b; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ /* ** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' ** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it ** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is ** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM return SQLITE_READONLY; #else BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; }else{ pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; #endif } /* ** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is ** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; #else int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = ( (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; #endif } /* ** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will ** also acquire a readlock on that file. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a ** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if we run out of memory. */ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is ** a valid database file. */ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ nPage = nPageFile; } if( nPage>0 ){ u32 pageSize; u32 usableSize; u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL if( page1[18]>1 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } if( page1[19]>1 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } #else if( page1[18]>2 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } if( page1[19]>2 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log ** file. */ if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ int isOpen = 0; rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto page1_init_failed; }else if( isOpen==0 ){ releasePage(pPage1); return SQLITE_OK; } rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; } #endif /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. */ if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || pageSize<=256 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function ** again with the correct page-size. */ releasePage(pPage1); pBt->usableSize = usableSize; pBt->pageSize = pageSize; freeTempSpace(pBt); rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, pageSize-usableSize); return rc; } if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto page1_init_failed; } if( usableSize<480 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } pBt->pageSize = pageSize; pBt->usableSize = usableSize; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); #endif } /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: ** 2-byte pointer to the cell ** 4-byte child pointer ** 9-byte nKey value ** 4-byte nData value ** 4-byte overflow page pointer ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow ** page pointer. */ pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; }else{ pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; } assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; pBt->nPage = nPage; return SQLITE_OK; page1_init_failed: releasePage(pPage1); pBt->pPage1 = 0; return rc; } /* ** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle ** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then ** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which ** has the effect of releasing the read lock. ** ** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. */ static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); releasePage(pBt->pPage1); pBt->pPage1 = 0; } } /* ** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file ** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of ** the database. */ static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ MemPage *pP1; unsigned char *data; int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pP1 = pBt->pPage1; assert( pP1!=0 ); data = pP1->aData; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); data[18] = 1; data[19] = 1; assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); data[21] = 64; data[22] = 32; data[23] = 32; memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); #endif pBt->nPage = 1; data[31] = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction ** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- ** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive ** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed ** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be ** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the ** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. ** ** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any ** changes to the database. None of the following routines ** will work unless a transaction is started first: ** ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() ** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() ** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() ** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() ** sqlite3BtreeInsert() ** sqlite3BtreeDelete() ** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() ** ** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention ** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler ** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not ** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is ** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. ** ** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has ** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because ** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. ** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be ** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback ** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B ** proceed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction ** is requested, this is a no-op. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ goto trans_begun; } /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; goto trans_begun; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 ){ pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; }else if( wrflag>1 ){ BtLock *pIter; for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; break; } } } if( pBlock ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; goto trans_begun; } #endif /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; do { /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. */ while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = newDatabase(pBt); } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ pBt->nTransaction++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE if( p->sharable ){ assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; pBt->pLock = &p->lock; } #endif } p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; } if( wrflag ){ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE assert( !pBt->pWriter ); pBt->pWriter = p; pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; #endif /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction ** rollback occurs within the transaction. */ if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); } } } } trans_begun: if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. */ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); } btreeIntegrity(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if ** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer ** map entries for the overflow pages as well. */ static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ int i; /* Counter variable */ int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ int rc; /* Return code */ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; } nCell = pPage->nCell; for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc); if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } set_child_ptrmaps_out: pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; return rc; } /* ** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so ** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to ** be modified, as follows: ** ** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child ** page of pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow ** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next ** overflow page in the list. */ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); }else{ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; int i; int nCell; btreeInitPage(pPage); nCell = pPage->nCell; for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){ CellInfo info; btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); if( info.iOverflow && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){ put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); break; } }else{ if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ put4byte(pCell, iTo); break; } } } if( i==nCell ){ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); } pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the ** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. ** ** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that ** page. */ static int relocatePage( BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ ){ MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc; assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these ** pages need to be changed. ** ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. */ if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } }else{ Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } } /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for ** iPtrPage. */ if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pPtrPage); return rc; } rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); releasePage(pPtrPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); } } return rc; } /* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); /* ** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no ** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. ** ** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the ** database so that the last page of the file currently in use ** is no longer in use. ** ** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes ** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until ** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the ** number of pages the database file will contain after this ** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that ** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times ** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum ** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0. */ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( iLastPg>nFin ); if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ u8 eType; Pgno iPtrPage; nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); if( nFreeList==0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ if( nFin==0 ){ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. */ Pgno iFreePg; MemPage *pFreePg; rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); releasePage(pFreePg); } } else { Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ MemPage *pLastPg; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. ** ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages ** of the file is found. */ do { MemPage *pFreePg; rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pLastPg); return rc; } releasePage(pFreePg); }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); assert( iFreePg<iLastPg ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); } releasePage(pLastPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } } if( nFin==0 ){ iLastPg--; while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ MemPage *pPg; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); releasePage(pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } iLastPg--; } sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); pBt->nPage = iLastPg; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. ** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. ** ** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); } } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction ** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages ** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. ** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc ** pages are in use. */ static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); assert(pBt->autoVacuum); if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ nFin--; } while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ nFin--; } if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); } if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); pBt->nPage = nFin; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); } } assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); return rc; } #else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ # define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK #endif /* ** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine ** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) ** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs ** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back ** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to ** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the ** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. ** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the ** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not ** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the ** commit process. ** ** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. ** ** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to ** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the ** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file ** (single database transaction). ** ** When this is called, the master journal should already have been ** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. ** ** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit ** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } } #endif rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() ** at the conclusion of a transaction. */ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); btreeClearHasContent(pBt); if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements ** may still be reading from the database. */ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; }else{ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() ** call below will unlock the pager. */ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); pBt->nTransaction--; if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; } } /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } btreeIntegrity(p); } /* ** Commit the transaction currently in progress. ** ** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should ** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() ** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the ** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this ** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the ** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and ** drop locks. ** ** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to ** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and ** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument ** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file ** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed ** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this ** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, ** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write ** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have ** transitioned to the error state. ** ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; } btreeEndTransaction(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Do both phases of a commit. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use ** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not ** defined. ** ** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that ** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was ** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled ** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. */ static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ BtCursor *pCur; int r = 0; for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; } return r; } #endif /* ** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error ** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree ** references. ** ** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong ** to other database connections that happen to be sharing ** the cache with pBtree. ** ** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. ** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped ** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after ** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables ** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to ** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be ** invalidated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ BtCursor *p; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ int i; sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; p->skipNext = errCode; for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ releasePage(p->apPage[i]); p->apPage[i] = 0; } } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } /* ** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be ** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor ** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result ** in an error. ** ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; MemPage *pPage1; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. */ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); } #endif btreeIntegrity(p); if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ int rc2; assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); testcase( nPage==0 ); if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); pBt->nPage = nPage; releasePage(pPage1); } assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; } btreeEndTransaction(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled ** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction ** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically ** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. ** ** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements ** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint ** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement ** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. ** ** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The ** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, ** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there ** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, ** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back ** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( iStatement>0 ); assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. */ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the ** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value ** of op. ** ** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the ** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different ** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the ** transaction remains open. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ pBt->nPage = 0; } rc = newDatabase(pBt); pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset ** 28 is nonzero. */ assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } /* ** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page ** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that ** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open ** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then ** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. ** ** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. ** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for ** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These ** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to ** be allowed: ** ** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 ** ** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache ** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have ** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise ** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to ** the read cursors in the other database connection. ** ** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) ** ** 4: There must be an active transaction. ** ** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the ** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired ** will not work correctly. ** ** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called ** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. */ static int btreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with ** this lock. */ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; } if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ assert( wrFlag==0 ); iTable = 0; } /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; pCur->iPage = -1; pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; pCur->pBtree = p; pCur->pBt = pBt; pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; if( pCur->pNext ){ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; } pBt->pCursor = pCur; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; pCur->cachedRowid = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ ){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. ** ** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate ** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque ** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call ** this routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); } /* ** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. ** ** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object ** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays ** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot ** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); } /* ** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file ** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is ** set to iRowid. ** ** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. ** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. ** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot ** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or ** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero ** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ BtCursor *p; for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; } assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); } /* ** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero ** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be ** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a ** zero is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ return pCur->cachedRowid; } /* ** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released ** when the last cursor is closed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; if( pBtree ){ int i; BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); if( pCur->pPrev ){ pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; }else{ pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; } if( pCur->pNext ){ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; } for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); } unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid ** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call ** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. ** ** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. ** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). ** ** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the ** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. ** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc ** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the ** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function ** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. */ #ifndef NDEBUG static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ CellInfo info; int iPage = pCur->iPage; memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); } #else #define assertCellInfo(x) #endif #ifdef _MSC_VER /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ int iPage = pCur->iPage; btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); pCur->validNKey = 1; }else{ assertCellInfo(pCur); } } #else /* if not _MSC_VER */ /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ #define getCellInfo(pCur) \ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ pCur->validNKey = 1; \ }else{ \ assertCellInfo(pCur); \ } #endif /* _MSC_VER */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ /* ** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one ** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. ** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ /* ** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of ** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing ** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. ** ** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key ** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. ** ** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. ** ** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ *pSize = 0; }else{ getCellInfo(pCur); *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the ** cursor currently points to. ** ** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL ** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee ** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. ** ** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. ** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue ** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); getCellInfo(pCur); *pSize = pCur->info.nData; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter ** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the ** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum ** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. ** ** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: ** ** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is ** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked ** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. ** ** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding ** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that ** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() ** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because ** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then ** *ppPage is set to zero. */ static int getOverflowPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ ){ Pgno next = 0; MemPage *pPage = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert(pPgnoNext); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno pgno; Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; u8 eType; while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ iGuess++; } if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ next = iGuess; rc = SQLITE_DONE; } } } #endif assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ next = get4byte(pPage->aData); } } *pPgnoNext = next; if( ppPage ){ *ppPage = pPage; }else{ releasePage(pPage); } return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } /* ** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. ** ** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. ** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied ** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, ** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes ** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. */ static int copyPayload( void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ ){ if( eOp ){ /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); }else{ /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information ** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp ** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into ** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from ** buffer pBuf). ** ** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". ** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. ** ** The content being read or written might appear on the main page ** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. ** ** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current ** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function ** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list ** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this ** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. ** ** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be ** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if ** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum ** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. ** ** * An incremental vacuum, ** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, ** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). */ static int accessPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ ){ unsigned char *aPayload; int rc = SQLITE_OK; u32 nKey; int iIdx = 0; MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ assert( pPage ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); getCellInfo(pCur); aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ){ /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){ int a = amt; if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; } rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); offset = 0; pBuf += a; amt -= a; }else{ offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ Pgno nextPage; nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" ** (the cache is lazily populated). */ if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have ** been used instead of this routine. */ if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip ** directly to it. */ if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; offset = (offset%ovflSize); } #endif for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ if( pCur->aOverflow ){ assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; } #endif if( offset>=ovflSize ){ /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() ** function. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; } else #endif rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); offset -= ovflSize; }else{ /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ sqlite3_file *fd; #endif int a = amt; if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ a = ovflSize - offset; } #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ /* If all the following are true: ** ** 1) this is a read operation, and ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and ** 3) the database is file-backed, and ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, ** ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. */ if( eOp==0 /* (1) */ && offset==0 /* (2) */ && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ ){ u8 aSave[4]; u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); }else #endif { DbPage *pDbPage; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); offset = 0; } } amt -= a; pBuf += a; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } return rc; } /* ** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly ** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer ** begins at "offset". ** ** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row ** in the table. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes ** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than ** the available payload. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); } /* ** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly ** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer ** begins at "offset". ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes ** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than ** the available payload. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ int rc; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ return SQLITE_ABORT; } #endif assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); } return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the ** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of ** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if ** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written ** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be ** a valid pointer. ** ** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key ** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow ** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the ** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills ** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble ** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. ** ** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached ** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time ** any btree routine is called. */ static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ ){ unsigned char *aPayload; MemPage *pPage; u32 nKey; u32 nLocal; assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage], &pCur->info); } aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; if( pPage->intKey ){ nKey = 0; }else{ nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; } if( skipKey ){ aPayload += nKey; nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; }else{ nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; assert( nLocal<=nKey ); } *pAmt = nLocal; return aPayload; } /* ** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as ** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local ** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. ** ** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move ** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, ** including calls from other threads against the same cache. ** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling ** this routine. ** ** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data ** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ const void *p = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); } return p; } SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ const void *p = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); } return p; } /* ** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the ** page number of the child page to move to. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of ** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. ** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or ** vice-versa). */ static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ int rc; int i = pCur->iPage; MemPage *pNewPage; BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH ); if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); if( rc ) return rc; pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; pCur->iPage++; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } return SQLITE_OK; } #if 0 /* ** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function ** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th ** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of ** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of ** the page. */ static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); }else{ assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); } } #else # define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) #endif /* ** Move the cursor up to the parent page. ** ** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer ** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the ** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than ** the largest cell index. */ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database. */ #if 0 assertParentIndex( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno ); #endif testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); pCur->iPage--; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; } /* ** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. ** ** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point ** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a ** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a ** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. ** ** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to ** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first ** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state ** is set to CURSOR_VALID. ** ** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the ** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected ** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not ** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, ** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo ** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index ** b-tree). */ static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ MemPage *pRoot; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); return pCur->skipNext; } sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); } if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ int i; for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); } pCur->iPage = 0; }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return rc; } pCur->iPage = 0; /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 ); if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } } /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference ** to the page. */ pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey ); pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->atLast = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ Pgno subpage; if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); }else{ pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); } return rc; } /* ** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the ** entry to which it is currently pointing. ** ** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first ** in ascending order. */ static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ Pgno pgno; int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); } return rc; } /* ** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the ** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference ** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() ** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() ** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. ** ** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last ** key in ascending order. */ static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ Pgno pgno; int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemPage *pPage = 0; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; } return rc; } /* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); *pRes = 1; }else{ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); *pRes = 0; rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); } } return rc; } /* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ int ii; for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){ assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); } assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); *pRes = 1; }else{ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); *pRes = 0; rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0; } } return rc; } /* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key ** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. ** ** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey ** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey ** is ignored. ** ** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always ** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it ** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes ** before or after the key. ** ** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of ** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is ** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into ** *pRes is as follows: ** ** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty ** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. ** ** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. ** ** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ i64 intKey, /* The table key */ int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ int *pRes /* Write search results here */ ){ int rc; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( pRes ); assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ *pRes = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){ *pRes = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } } rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc ){ return rc; } assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ *pRes = -1; assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); for(;;){ int lwr, upr, idx; Pgno chldPg; MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; int c; /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); lwr = 0; upr = pPage->nCell-1; if( biasRight ){ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr); }else{ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2); } for(;;){ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] ); pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; if( pPage->intKey ){ i64 nCellKey; if( pPage->hasData ){ u32 dummy; pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); } getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); if( nCellKey==intKey ){ c = 0; }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){ c = -1; }else{ assert( nCellKey>intKey ); c = +1; } pCur->validNKey = 1; pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; }else{ /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first ** 2 bytes of the cell. */ int nCell = pCell[0]; if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload /* && (pCell+nCell)<pPage->aDataEnd */ ){ /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main ** b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal /* && (pCell+nCell+2)<=pPage->aDataEnd */ ){ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); }else{ /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ void *pCellKey; u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); if( pCellKey==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto moveto_finish; } rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(pCellKey); goto moveto_finish; } c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); sqlite3_free(pCellKey); } } if( c==0 ){ if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ lwr = idx; break; }else{ *pRes = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto moveto_finish; } } if( c<0 ){ lwr = idx+1; }else{ upr = idx-1; } if( lwr>upr ){ break; } pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2); } assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); assert( pPage->isInit ); if( pPage->leaf ){ chldPg = 0; }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); }else{ chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); } if( chldPg==0 ){ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); *pRes = c; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto moveto_finish; } pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; } moveto_finish: return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. ** ** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves ** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past ** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code ** as well as the boolean result value. */ return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); } /* ** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If ** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor ** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before ** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; int idx; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( pRes!=0 ); if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ *pRes = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ pCur->skipNext = 0; *pRes = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } pCur->skipNext = 0; pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; assert( pPage->isInit ); /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); if( rc ) return rc; rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); *pRes = 0; return rc; } do{ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ *pRes = 1; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_OK; } moveToParent(pCur); pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); *pRes = 0; if( pPage->intKey ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } *pRes = 0; if( pPage->leaf ){ return SQLITE_OK; } rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); return rc; } /* ** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If ** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor ** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before ** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pCur->atLast = 0; if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ *pRes = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ pCur->skipNext = 0; *pRes = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } pCur->skipNext = 0; pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; assert( pPage->isInit ); if( !pPage->leaf ){ int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); if( rc ){ return rc; } rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); }else{ while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; *pRes = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } moveToParent(pCur); } pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } *pRes = 0; return rc; } /* ** Allocate a new page from the database file. ** ** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() ** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also ** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling ** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates ** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. ** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. ** ** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to ** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an ** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, ** which in turn can make database access faster. ** ** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists ** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This ** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. */ static int allocateBtreePage( BtShared *pBt, MemPage **ppPage, Pgno *pPgno, Pgno nearby, u8 exact ){ MemPage *pPage1; int rc; u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); if( n>=mxPage ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( n>0 ){ /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ Pgno iTrunk; u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){ u8 eType; assert( nearby>0 ); assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); if( rc ) return rc; if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ searchList = 1; } *pPgno = nearby; } #endif /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. */ do { pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; if( pPrevTrunk ){ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); }else{ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); } testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); } if( rc ){ pTrunk = 0; goto end_allocate_page; } assert( pTrunk!=0 ); assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */ if( k==0 && !searchList ){ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly ** allocated page */ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } *pPgno = iTrunk; memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); *ppPage = pTrunk; pTrunk = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto end_allocate_page; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. */ assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); *ppPage = pTrunk; searchList = 0; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } if( k==0 ){ if( !pPrevTrunk ){ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_allocate_page; } memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); } }else{ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk ** page in this case. */ MemPage *pNewTrunk; Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_allocate_page; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pNewTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); releasePage(pNewTrunk); if( !pPrevTrunk ){ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); } } pTrunk = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); #endif }else if( k>0 ){ /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ u32 closest; Pgno iPage; unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; if( nearby>0 ){ u32 i; int dist; closest = 0; dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby); for(i=1; i<k; i++){ int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby); if( d2<dist ){ closest = i; dist = d2; } } }else{ closest = 0; } iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]); testcase( iPage==mxPage ); if( iPage>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iPage==mxPage ); if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){ int noContent; *pPgno = iPage; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" ": %d more free pages\n", *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; if( closest<k-1 ){ memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4); } put4byte(&aData[4], k-1); noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); } } searchList = 0; } } releasePage(pPrevTrunk); pPrevTrunk = 0; }while( searchList ); }else{ /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the ** end of the file */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; pBt->nPage++; if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. */ MemPage *pPg = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); releasePage(pPg); } if( rc ) return rc; pBt->nPage++; if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } } #endif put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); *pPgno = pBt->nPage; assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); } TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); } assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); end_allocate_page: releasePage(pTrunk); releasePage(pPrevTrunk); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ releasePage(*ppPage); return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; }else{ *ppPage = 0; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) ); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. ** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. ** ** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. ** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object ** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. ** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. ** ** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, ** its reference count is not altered by this function. */ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( iPage>1 ); assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); if( pMemPage ){ pPage = pMemPage; sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); }else{ pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); } /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) goto freepage_out; nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. */ if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) ){ goto freepage_out; } memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); } /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map ** to indicate that the page is free. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); if( rc ) goto freepage_out; } /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. */ if( nFree!=0 ){ u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto freepage_out; } nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto freepage_out; } if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page ** being freed as a new leaf. ** ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); } rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); } TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); goto freepage_out; } } /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. */ if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ goto freepage_out; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto freepage_out; } put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); freepage_out: if( pPage ){ pPage->isInit = 0; } releasePage(pPage); releasePage(pTrunk); return rc; } static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); } } /* ** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. */ static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; CellInfo info; Pgno ovflPgno; int rc; int nOvfl; u32 ovflPageSize; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ } if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ } ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); while( nOvfl-- ){ Pgno iNext = 0; MemPage *pOvfl = 0; if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the ** file the database must be corrupt. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( nOvfl ){ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); if( rc ) return rc; } if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 ){ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this ** can be problematic. */ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); } if( pOvfl ){ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); } if( rc ) return rc; ovflPgno = iNext; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage ** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are ** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure ** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated ** for pCell[]. ** ** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData ** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will ** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData ** later. */ static int fillInCell( MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ ){ int nPayload; const u8 *pSrc; int nSrc, n, rc; int spaceLeft; MemPage *pOvfl = 0; MemPage *pToRelease = 0; unsigned char *pPrior; unsigned char *pPayload; BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; int nHeader; CellInfo info; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); /* Fill in the header. */ nHeader = 0; if( !pPage->leaf ){ nHeader += 4; } if( pPage->hasData ){ nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); }else{ nData = nZero = 0; } nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); assert( info.nKey==nKey ); assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); /* Fill in the payload */ nPayload = nData + nZero; if( pPage->intKey ){ pSrc = pData; nSrc = nData; nData = 0; }else{ if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } nPayload += (int)nKey; pSrc = pKey; nSrc = (int)nKey; } *pnSize = info.nSize; spaceLeft = info.nLocal; pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; while( nPayload>0 ){ if( spaceLeft==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ do{ pgnoOvfl++; } while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); } #endif rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map ** for that page now. ** ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the ** wrong pages from the database. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); if( rc ){ releasePage(pOvfl); } } #endif if( rc ){ releasePage(pToRelease); return rc; } /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage ** is still writeable */ assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); releasePage(pToRelease); pToRelease = pOvfl; pPrior = pOvfl->aData; put4byte(pPrior, 0); pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; } n = nPayload; if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage ** is still writeable */ assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( nSrc>0 ){ if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; assert( pSrc ); memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); }else{ memset(pPayload, 0, n); } nPayload -= n; pPayload += n; pSrc += n; nSrc -= n; spaceLeft -= n; if( nSrc==0 ){ nSrc = nData; pSrc = pData; } } releasePage(pToRelease); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. ** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that ** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just ** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. ** ** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. */ static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ u8 *endPtr; /* End of loop */ int rc; /* The return code */ int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ if( *pRC ) return; assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell ); assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); data = pPage->aData; ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; pc = get2byte(ptr); hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return; } rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } endPtr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*pPage->nCell - 2]; assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ while( ptr<endPtr ){ *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[2]; ptr += 2; } pPage->nCell--; put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); pPage->nFree += 2; } /* ** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the ** content of the cell. ** ** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it ** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if ** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry ** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either ** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. ** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that ** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. ** ** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the ** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If ** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location ** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). */ static void insertCell( MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ ){ int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ u8 *endPtr; /* End of the loop */ int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); if( *pRC ) return; assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ if( pTemp ){ memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); pCell = pTemp; } if( iChild ){ put4byte(pCell, iChild); } j = pPage->nOverflow++; assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; }else{ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); data = pPage->aData; cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; ins = cellOffset + 2*i; rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties ** if it returns success */ assert( idx >= end+2 ); assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); pPage->nCell++; pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); if( iChild ){ put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); } ptr = &data[end]; endPtr = &data[ins]; assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ while( ptr>endPtr ){ *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2]; ptr -= 2; } put2byte(&data[ins], idx); put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. */ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); } #endif } } /* ** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. ** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. */ static void assemblePage( MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; cellbody = nUsable; for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ u16 sz = aSize[i]; pCellptr -= 2; cellbody -= sz; put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz); } put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; } /* ** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved ** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side ** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the ** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and ** NN neighbors on either side. ** ** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 ** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance ** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. ** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. */ #define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ #define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE /* ** This version of balance() handles the common special case where ** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the ** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest ** entry in the tree. ** ** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add ** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in ** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat ** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries ** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly ** fill up. On average. ** ** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. ** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry ** which is also the right-most entry on the page. ** ** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider ** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 ** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other ** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at ** least 13 bytes in size. */ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ int rc; /* Return Code */ Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. */ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); u8 *pStop; assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); } } /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the ** largest key on pPage). ** ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. */ pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); pStop = &pCell[9]; while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); pStop = &pCell[9]; while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */ insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); /* Release the reference to the new page. */ releasePage(pNew); } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ #if 0 /* ** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. ** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible ** for setting pointer-map entries. */ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ int i, j; for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){ Pgno n; u8 e; MemPage *pPage = apPage[i]; BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; assert( pPage->isInit ); for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){ CellInfo info; u8 *z; z = findCell(pPage, j); btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); if( info.iOverflow ){ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno child = get4byte(z); ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); } } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); } } return 1; } #endif /* ** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored ** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then ** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the ** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained ** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer ** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. ** ** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the ** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. ** ** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). ** ** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by ** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of ** which are called often under normal circumstances. */ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); int rc; int iData; assert( pFrom->isInit ); assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized ** page pFrom. */ pTo->isInit = 0; rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); } } } /* ** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent ** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the ** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the ** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one ** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page ** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page ** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings ** participate in the balancing. ** ** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by ** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. ** ** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page ** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen ** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated ** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. ** ** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be ** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so ** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this ** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct ** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). ** ** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database ** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should ** be rolled back. ** ** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a ** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent ** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is ** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts ** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum ** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 ** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large ** enough for all overflow cells. ** ** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int balance_nonroot( MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */ ){ BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ pBt = pParent->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); #if 0 TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); #endif /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). */ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx ); if( !aOvflSpace ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. ** ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will ** have already been removed. */ i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; if( i<2 ){ nxDiv = 0; nOld = i+1; }else{ nOld = 3; if( iParentIdx==0 ){ nxDiv = 0; }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ nxDiv = i-2; }else{ nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; } i = 2; } if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; }else{ pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); } pgno = get4byte(pRight); while( 1 ){ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]); if( rc ){ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); goto balance_cleanup; } nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; if( (i--)==0 ) break; if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){ apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell; pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); pParent->nOverflow = 0; }else{ apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use ** later on. ** ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer ** is allocated. */ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ int iOff; iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); goto balance_cleanup; }else{ memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; } } dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); } } /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte ** alignment */ nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; /* ** Allocate space for memory structures */ k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); szScratch = nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); if( apCell==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto balance_cleanup; } szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); /* ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells ** from pParent. ** ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] ** are alike. ** ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. */ leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ int limit; /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the ** process of being overwritten. */ MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i]; memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ for(j=0; j<limit; j++){ assert( nCell<nMaxCells ); apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j); szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]); nCell++; } }else{ u8 *aData = pOld->aData; u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset; for(j=0; j<limit; j++){ assert( nCell<nMaxCells ); apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j); szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]); nCell++; } } if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){ u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i]; u8 *pTemp; assert( nCell<nMaxCells ); szCell[nCell] = sz; pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1]; iSpace1 += sz; assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; if( !pOld->leaf ){ assert( leafCorrection==0 ); assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left ** pointer of the divider cell */ memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); }else{ assert( leafCorrection==4 ); if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ szCell[nCell] = 4; } } nCell++; } } /* ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. ** ** Values computed by this block: ** ** k: The total number of sibling pages ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to ** the right of the i-th sibling page. ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. ** */ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){ assert( i<nMaxCells ); subtotal += szCell[i] + 2; if( subtotal > usableSpace ){ szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; cntNew[k] = i; if( leafData ){ i--; } subtotal = 0; k++; if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } } } szNew[k] = subtotal; cntNew[k] = nCell; k++; /* ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. ** ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. */ for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; d = r + 1 - leafData; assert( d<nMaxCells ); assert( r<nMaxCells ); while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){ szRight += szCell[d] + 2; szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2; cntNew[i-1]--; r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; d = r + 1 - leafData; } szNew[i] = szRight; szNew[i-1] = szLeft; } /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. ** ** UPDATE: The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database ** file is corrupt. The corruption will be detected and reported later ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now. */ #if 0 assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); #endif TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", apOld[0]->pgno, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 )); /* ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. */ if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; for(i=0; i<k; i++){ MemPage *pNew; if( i<nOld ){ pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i]; apOld[i] = 0; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage); nNew++; if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; }else{ assert( i>0 ); rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0); if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; apNew[i] = pNew; nNew++; /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto balance_cleanup; } } } } /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. */ while( i<nOld ){ freePage(apOld[i], &rc); if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; releasePage(apOld[i]); apOld[i] = 0; i++; } /* ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages ** from the disk more rapidly. ** ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should ** not be a problem. ** ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions. */ for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){ int minV = apNew[i]->pgno; int minI = i; for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){ if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){ minI = j; minV = apNew[j]->pgno; } } if( minI>i ){ MemPage *pT; pT = apNew[i]; apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; apNew[minI] = pT; } } TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); /* ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. */ j = 0; for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ /* Assemble the new sibling page. */ MemPage *pNew = apNew[i]; assert( j<nMaxCells ); zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); j = cntNew[i]; /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. */ assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell ); if( j<nCell ){ u8 *pCell; u8 *pTemp; int sz; assert( j<nMaxCells ); pCell = apCell[j]; sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection; pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace]; if( !pNew->leaf ){ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); }else if( leafData ){ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of ** the sibling-page assembled above only. */ CellInfo info; j--; btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); pCell = pTemp; sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); pTemp = 0; }else{ pCell -= 4; /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. ** ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. */ if( szCell[j]==4 ){ assert(leafCorrection==4); sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); } } iOvflSpace += sz; assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); j++; nxDiv++; } } assert( j==nCell ); assert( nOld>0 ); assert( nNew>0 ); if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); } if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. ** ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. ** ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database ** image. */ assert( nNew==1 ); assert( apNew[0]->nFree == (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) ); copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); freePage(apNew[0], &rc); }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but ** many have not. The following is a summary: ** ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not ** siblings when this function was called. These have already ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care ** of those. ** ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. ** ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. ** ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). ** ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need ** to be updated. ** ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have ** actually moved between pages. */ MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1); j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ int isDivider = 0; while( i==iNextOld ){ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */ assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) ); pOld = apCopy[++j]; iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow; if( pOld->nOverflow ){ nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx; } isDivider = !leafData; } assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i ); assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1); assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1); if( i==iOverflow ){ isDivider = 1; if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ iOverflow++; } } if( i==cntNew[k] ){ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ pNew = apNew[++k]; if( !leafData ) continue; } assert( j<nOld ); assert( k<nNew ); /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */ if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){ if( !leafCorrection ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); } if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); } } } if( !leafCorrection ){ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]); ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); } } #if 0 /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); #endif } assert( pParent->isInit ); TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", nOld, nNew, nCell)); /* ** Cleanup before returning. */ balance_cleanup: sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ releasePage(apOld[i]); } for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ releasePage(apNew[i]); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is ** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). ** ** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root ** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root ** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child ** pointer pointing to the new page. ** ** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages ** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The ** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root ** page is also updated. ** ** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required ** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, ** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. */ static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); } } if( rc ){ *ppChild = 0; releasePage(pChild); return rc; } assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0])); pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); *ppChild = pChild; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in ** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the ** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing ** routine. Balancing routines are: ** ** balance_quick() ** balance_deeper() ** balance_nonroot() */ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; u8 *pFree = 0; TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); do { int iPage = pCur->iPage; MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; if( iPage==0 ){ if( pPage->nOverflow ){ /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. */ assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->iPage = 1; pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); } }else{ break; } }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ break; }else{ MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE if( pPage->hasData && pPage->nOverflow==1 && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell && pParent->pgno!=1 && pParent->nCell==iIdx ){ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] ** buffer. ** ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. */ assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); }else #endif { /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop ** will balance the parent page to correct this. ** ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). */ u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1); if( pFree ){ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are ** now stored either on real database pages or within the ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever ** comes first. */ pFree = pSpace; } } pPage->nOverflow = 0; /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ releasePage(pPage); pCur->iPage--; } }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pFree ){ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } return rc; } /* ** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) ** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to ** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor ** is left pointing at a random location. ** ** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is ** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. ** ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to ** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already ** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative ** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or ** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than ** (pKey, nKey)). ** ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that ** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be ** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may ** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek ** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ ){ int rc; int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ int szNew = 0; int idx; MemPage *pPage; Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; unsigned char *oldCell; unsigned char *newCell = 0; if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); return pCur->skipNext; } assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a ** blob of associated data. */ assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); } /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. ** ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important ** not to clear the cursor here. */ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); if( rc ) return rc; if( !loc ){ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); if( rc ) return rc; } assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); assert( pPage->isInit ); allocateTempSpace(pBt); newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); if( rc ) goto end_insert; assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; if( loc==0 ){ u16 szOld; assert( idx<pPage->nCell ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_insert; } oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); if( !pPage->leaf ){ memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); } szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); if( rc ) goto end_insert; }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ assert( pPage->leaf ); idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; }else{ assert( pPage->leaf ); } insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey ** variables. ** ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations ** slightly faster. ** ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. */ pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->validNKey = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ rc = balance(pCur); /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; } assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); end_insert: return rc; } /* ** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor ** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( pCur->wrFlag ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ } /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); } iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ int notUsed; rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed); if( rc ) return rc; } /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. */ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); if( rc ) return rc; /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; int nCell; Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; unsigned char *pTmp; pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); allocateTempSpace(pBt); pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; } /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is ** never true. ** ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as ** well. */ rc = balance(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); } rc = balance(pCur); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ moveToRoot(pCur); } return rc; } /* ** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page ** number for the root page of the new table. ** ** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the ** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for ** flags might not work: ** ** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys ** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices */ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; MemPage *pRoot; Pgno pgnoRoot; int rc; int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); if( rc ){ return rc; } #else if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches ** held by open cursors. */ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); pgnoRoot++; /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the ** PENDING_BYTE page. */ while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pgnoRoot++; } assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens ** to reside at pgnoRoot). */ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove ** is already journaled. */ u8 eType = 0; Pgno iPtrPage = 0; releasePage(pPageMove); /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); releasePage(pRoot); /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } }else{ pRoot = pPageMove; } /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); if( rc ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); if( NEVER(rc) ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } }else{ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } #endif assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; }else{ ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; } zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return ** the page to the freelist. */ static int clearDatabasePage( BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ ){ MemPage *pPage; int rc; unsigned char *pCell; int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); if( rc ) return rc; for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ pCell = findCell(pPage, i); if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; } rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; } if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; }else if( pnChange ){ assert( pPage->intKey ); *pnChange += pPage->nCell; } if( freePageFlag ){ freePage(pPage, &rc); }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); } cleardatabasepage_out: releasePage(pPage); return rc; } /* ** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is ** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, ** the root page is empty, but still exists. ** ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open ** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the ** root of the table. ** ** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The ** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of ** entries in the table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is ** a no-op). */ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to ** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on ** page 1) is never added to the freelist. ** ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open ** cursors on the table. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last ** root page in the database file, then the last root page ** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by ** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page ** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all ** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which ** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the ** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before ** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. ** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of ** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. */ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; MemPage *pPage = 0; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would ** occur. ** ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. */ if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); if( rc ){ releasePage(pPage); return rc; } *piMoved = 0; if( iTable>1 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); #else if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno maxRootPgno; sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. */ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } }else{ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the ** gap left by the deleted root-page. */ MemPage *pMove; releasePage(pPage); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); releasePage(pMove); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pMove = 0; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); freePage(pMove, &rc); releasePage(pMove); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } *piMoved = maxRootPgno; } /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. */ maxRootPgno--; while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ maxRootPgno--; } assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); }else{ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); } #endif }else{ /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt ** database. */ zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); releasePage(pPage); } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already ** has a read or write transaction open on the database. ** ** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] ** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] ** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] ** is read-only, the others are read/write. ** ** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema ** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of ** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); assert( pBt->pPage1 ); assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } #endif sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } /* ** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is ** read-only and may not be written. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; unsigned char *pP1; int rc; assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; } #endif } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* ** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the ** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. ** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database ** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ int rc; /* Return code */ if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ *pnEntry = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } rc = moveToRoot(pCur); /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter ** accordingly. */ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ nEntry += pPage->nCell; } /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. ** ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the ** caller. */ if( pPage->leaf ){ do { if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ *pnEntry = nEntry; return SQLITE_OK; } moveToParent(pCur); }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; } /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). */ iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); }else{ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); } } /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ return rc; } #endif /* ** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for ** testing and debugging only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ return p->pBt->pPager; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** Append a message to the error message string. */ static void checkAppendMsg( IntegrityCk *pCheck, char *zMsg1, const char *zFormat, ... ){ va_list ap; if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; pCheck->mxErr--; pCheck->nErr++; va_start(ap, zFormat); if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); } if( zMsg1 ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); } sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second ** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. ** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if ** if this is the first reference to the page. ** ** Also check that the page number is in bounds. */ static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ if( iPage==0 ) return 1; if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); return 1; } if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); return 1; } return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to ** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message ** to pCheck. */ static void checkPtrmap( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ ){ int rc; u8 ePtrmapType; Pgno iPtrmapParent; rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); return; } if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); } } #endif /* ** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. ** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. */ static void checkList( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ ){ int i; int expected = N; int iFirst = iPage; while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ DbPage *pOvflPage; unsigned char *pOvflData; if( iPage<1 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", N+1, expected, iFirst); break; } if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); break; } pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); if( isFreeList ){ int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); } #endif if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); N--; }else{ for(i=0; i<n; i++){ Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); } #endif checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); } N -= n; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM else{ /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for ** the following page matches iPage. */ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ i = get4byte(pOvflData); checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); } } #endif iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return ** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages ** return 1, and so forth. ** ** These checks are done: ** ** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap ** but combine to completely cover the page. ** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. ** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. ** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. ** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. ** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. ** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. ** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is ** the root of the tree. */ static int checkTreePage( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ i64 *pnParentMinKey, i64 *pnParentMaxKey ){ MemPage *pPage; int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; int hdr, cellStart; int nCell; u8 *data; BtShared *pBt; int usableSize; char zContext[100]; char *hit = 0; i64 nMinKey = 0; i64 nMaxKey = 0; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); /* Check that the page exists */ pBt = pCheck->pBt; usableSize = pBt->usableSize; if( iPage==0 ) return 0; if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); return 0; } /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ pPage->isInit = 0; if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); releasePage(pPage); return 0; } /* Check out all the cells. */ depth = 0; for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ u8 *pCell; u32 sz; CellInfo info; /* Check payload overflow pages */ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); pCell = findCell(pPage,i); btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); sz = info.nData; if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. */ else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; else{ if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); } nMaxKey = info.nKey; } assert( sz==info.nPayload ); if( (sz>info.nLocal) && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) ){ int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); } #endif checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); } /* Check sanity of left child page. */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ pgno = get4byte(pCell); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); } #endif d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); } depth = d2; } } if( !pPage->leaf ){ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); } #endif checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); } /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order ** with any left/parent/right pages. */ if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ /* if we are a left child page */ if( pnParentMinKey ){ /* if we are the left most child page */ if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); } }else{ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); } if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); } *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; } /* else if we're a right child page */ } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); } } } /* Check for complete coverage of the page */ data = pPage->aData; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); if( hit==0 ){ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; }else{ int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]); u32 size = 65536; int j; if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); } if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); }else{ for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; } } i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); while( i>0 ){ int size, j; assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; j = get2byte(&data[i]); assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ i = j; } for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){ if( hit[i]==0 ){ cnt++; }else if( hit[i]>1 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); break; } } if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); } } sqlite3PageFree(hit); releasePage(pPage); return depth+1; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is ** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of ** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. ** ** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling ** this function. ** ** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory ** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from ** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is ** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ ){ Pgno i; int nRef; IntegrityCk sCheck; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; char zErr[100]; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); sCheck.pBt = pBt; sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; sCheck.nErr = 0; sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; *pnErr = 0; if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return 0; } sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); if( !sCheck.anRef ){ *pnErr = 1; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return 0; } for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; } sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; /* Check the integrity of the freelist */ checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); /* Check all the tables. */ for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); } #endif checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); } /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced */ for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); } #else /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain ** references to pointer-map pages. */ if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); } if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); } #endif } /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check ** of the integrity check. */ if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); } /* Clean up and report errors. */ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; return 0; } *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* ** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. ** ** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); } /* ** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return ** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file ** has been created or not. ** ** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); } /* ** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. ** ** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open ** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } #endif /* ** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ assert( p ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ assert( p ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return p->nBackup!=0; } /* ** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with ** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own ** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with ** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. ** ** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory ** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent ** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob ** of memory returned. ** ** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been ** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been ** allocated, it is returned as normal. ** ** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the ** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the ** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() ** on the memory, the btree layer does that. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return pBt->pSchema; } /* ** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared ** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the ** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The ** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock ** if it is false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); if( p->sharable ){ u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an ** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. ** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. ** ** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to ** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with ** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, ** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ int rc; assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ return SQLITE_ABORT; } /* Check some assumptions: ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. */ if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; } assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); } /* ** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the ** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened ** for incremental blob IO only. ** ** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache ** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function ** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and ** sqlite3BtreePutData()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; } #endif /* ** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and ** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database ** header to iVersion. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. */ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; } } } } pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; return rc; } /************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2009 January 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() ** API functions and the related features. */ /* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. */ #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif /* ** Structure allocated for each backup operation. */ struct sqlite3_backup { sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ int rc; /* Backup process error code */ /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). */ Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ }; /* ** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: ** ** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup ** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: ** ** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and ** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database ** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared ** structure, in that order. ** ** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are ** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in ** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex ** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always ** be held when either of these functions are invoked. ** ** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and ** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called ** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), ** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to ** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() ** or backup_pagecount(). ** ** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or ** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. ** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have ** associated mutexes. */ /* ** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") ** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return ** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. ** ** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this ** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an ** error message to pErrorDb. */ static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); if( i==1 ){ Parse *pParse; int rc = 0; pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); if( pParse==0 ){ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pParse->db = pDb; if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); } if( rc ){ return 0; } } if( i<0 ){ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); return 0; } return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; } /* ** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size ** of the source. */ static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); return rc; } /* ** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from ** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return ** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. ** ** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message ** stored in database handle pDestDb. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ ){ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause ** a malfunction or a deadlock. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ sqlite3Error( pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" ); p = 0; }else { /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); if( !p ){ sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); } } /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ if( p ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); p->pDestDb = pDestDb; p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; p->iNext = 1; p->isAttached = 0; if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the ** sqlite3_backup structure. */ sqlite3_free(p); p = 0; } } if( p ){ p->pSrc->nBackup++; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); return p; } /* ** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is ** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors ** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. */ static int isFatalError(int rc){ return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); } /* ** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for ** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the ** destination database. */ static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc); int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest); #endif int rc = SQLITE_OK; i64 iOff; assert( p->bDestLocked ); assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); assert( zSrcData ); /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing ** and a codec is in use. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, ** then the backup cannot proceed. */ if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } #endif /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset ** of the destination page. */ for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){ DbPage *pDestPg = 0; Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1; if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue; if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) ){ const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. */ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; } sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); } return rc; } /* ** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to ** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then ** this function is a no-op. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ i64 iCurrent; int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); } return rc; } /* ** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for ** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. */ static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ sqlite3_backup **pp; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); p->pNext = *pp; *pp = p; p->isAttached = 1; } /* ** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ int rc; int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); } rc = p->rc; if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. */ if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) ){ p->bDestLocked = 1; sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); } /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed ** before this function exits. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); bCloseTrans = 1; } /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. */ nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg)); sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); } } p->iNext++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else if( !p->isAttached ){ attachBackupObject(p); } } /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in ** the case where the source and destination databases have the ** same schema version. */ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1); } if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nDestTruncate; /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination ** database. The complication here is that the destination page ** size may be different to the source page size. ** ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed ** by the file truncation. */ assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){ int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc; nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio; if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ nDestTruncate--; } }else{ nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); } sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){ /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size, ** two extra things may need to happen: ** ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and ** ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be ** copied into the destination database. */ const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage; sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager); i64 iOff; i64 iEnd; assert( pFile ); assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || ( nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest )); /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the ** journal file. */ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); for( iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=pgszSrc ){ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0; const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize); } /* Sync the database file to disk. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager); } }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); } /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0)) ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } } } /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. */ if( bCloseTrans ){ TESTONLY( int rc2 ); TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->rc = rc; } if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutex; ) /* Mutex to protect source database */ int rc; /* Value to return */ /* Enter the mutexes */ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex; ) if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); } /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ if( p->pDestDb ){ p->pSrc->nBackup--; } if( p->isAttached ){ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); while( *pp!=p ){ pp = &(*pp)->pNext; } *pp = p->pNext; } /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest); /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); if( p->pDestDb ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ sqlite3_free(p); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return rc; } /* ** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent ** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ return p->nRemaining; } /* ** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most ** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ return p->nPagecount; } /* ** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the ** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been ** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the ** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs ** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is ** complete. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object ** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is ** called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){ /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy ** the new data into the backup. */ int rc; assert( p->pDestDb ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = rc; } } } } /* ** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer ** detects that the database has been modified by an external database ** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the ** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still ** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object ** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is ** called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); p->iNext = 1; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM /* ** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction ** must be active for both files. ** ** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything ** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the ** transaction is committed before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ int rc; sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ sqlite3_backup b; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); if( pFd->pMethods ){ i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc ) goto copy_finished; } /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called ** from this function, not directly by the user. */ memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; b.pSrc = pFrom; b.pDest = pTo; b.iNext = 1; /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE ** or an error code. */ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; }else{ sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); } assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); copy_finished: sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ /************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" ** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible ** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the ** name sqlite_value */ /* ** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine ** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is ** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. ** ** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string ** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this ** routine is a no-op. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). ** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion ** between formats. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ int rc; assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ return SQLITE_OK; } assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 return SQLITE_ERROR; #else /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); return rc; #endif } /* ** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least ** n bytes. ** ** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data ** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the ** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may ** be discarded. ** ** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback. ** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is ** not set, Mem.n is zeroed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){ assert( 1 >= ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) + (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0) ); assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); if( n<32 ) n = 32; if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){ if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); preserve = 0; }else{ sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); } } if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); } if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){ pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); } pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; if( pMem->z==0 ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; }else{ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); } pMem->xDel = 0; return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); } /* ** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so ** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from ** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be ** overwritten or altered. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ int f; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); ExpandBlob(pMem); f = pMem->flags; if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; #endif } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary ** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ int nByte; assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; if( nByte<=0 ){ nByte = 1; } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers ** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string ** is a no-op. ** ** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. ** ** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is ** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via ** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree ** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the ** user and the later is an internal programming error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int fg = pMem->flags; const int nByte = 32; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. ** ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. */ if( fg & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); }else{ assert( fg & MEM_Real ); sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); } pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); return rc; } /* ** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. ** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The ** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. ** ** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK ** otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ sqlite3_context ctx; assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; ctx.s.db = pMem->db; ctx.pMem = pMem; ctx.pFunc = pFunc; pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); rc = ctx.isError; } return rc; } /* ** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by ** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function ** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){ assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); p->xDel((void *)p->z); p->xDel = 0; }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p); } } /* ** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an ** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and ** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ VdbeMemRelease(p); sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); p->z = 0; p->zMalloc = 0; p->xDel = 0; } /* ** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. ** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000. ** ** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning ** variables and without the extra range tests. But ** there are reports that windows throws an expection ** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.) ** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will ** take the conservative approach and always do range tests ** before attempting the conversion. */ static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ return r; #else /* ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. */ static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; if( r<(double)minInt ){ return minInt; }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){ /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */ return minInt; }else{ return (i64)r; } #endif } /* ** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do ** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. ** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is ** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. ** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert ** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an ** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. ** ** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ int flags; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); flags = pMem->flags; if( flags & MEM_Int ){ return pMem->u.i; }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ i64 value = 0; assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); testcase( pMem->z==0 ); sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); return value; }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a ** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its ** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. ** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ return pMem->r; }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ return (double)pMem->u.i; }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ double val = (double)0; sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); return val; }else{ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ return (double)0; } } /* ** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a ** MEM_Int if we can. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); /* Only mark the value as an integer if ** ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest ** possible integer (ticket #3922) ** ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other ** architectures might behave differently. */ if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64) ){ pMem->flags |= MEM_Int; } } /* ** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. ** Invalidate any prior representations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. ** Invalidate any prior representations. ** ** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input ** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert ** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); }else{ pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); } } assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame; pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; } if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); } MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length ** n containing all zeros. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; pMem->n = 0; if( n<0 ) n = 0; pMem->u.nZero = n; pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); if( pMem->z ){ pMem->n = n; memset(pMem->z, 0, n); } #endif } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, ** manifest type INTEGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->u.i = val; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, ** manifest type REAL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->r = val; pMem->flags = MEM_Real; pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; } } #endif /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an ** empty boolean index. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; assert( db!=0 ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); if( db->mallocFailed ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; }else{ assert( pMem->zMalloc ); pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; } } /* ** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is ** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ assert( p->db!=0 ); if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ int n = p->n; if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ n += p->u.nZero; } return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking ** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow ** copies of this cell as invalid. ** ** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow ** copies are not misused. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ int i; Mem *pX; for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid; pX->pScopyFrom = 0; } } pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. */ #define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc)) /* ** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of ** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If ** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z ** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); VdbeMemRelease(pTo); memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); pTo->xDel = 0; if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); pTo->flags |= srcType; } } /* ** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are ** freed before the copy is made. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); VdbeMemRelease(pTo); memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); } } return rc; } /* ** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is ** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. ** ** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; pFrom->xDel = 0; pFrom->zMalloc = 0; } /* ** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. ** ** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel ** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the ** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the ** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the ** pointer copied. ** ** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH ** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be ** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation ** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In ** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ const char *z, /* String pointer */ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ ){ int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ if( !z ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); return SQLITE_OK; } if( pMem->db ){ iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; }else{ iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; } flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); if( nByte<0 ){ assert( enc!=0 ); if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} }else{ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} } flags |= MEM_Term; } /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). */ if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ int nAlloc = nByte; if( flags&MEM_Term ){ nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); } if( nByte>iLimit ){ return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; pMem->xDel = 0; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->z = (char *)z; pMem->xDel = xDel; flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); } pMem->n = nByte; pMem->flags = flags; pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } #endif if( nByte>iLimit ){ return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning ** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater ** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers ** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating ** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). ** ** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ int rc; int f1, f2; int combined_flags; f1 = pMem1->flags; f2 = pMem2->flags; combined_flags = f1|f2; assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values ** are NULL, return 0. */ if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); } /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers ** if both values are integers. */ if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ return 1; } if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ return -1; } if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){ double r1, r2; if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){ r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; }else{ r1 = pMem1->r; } if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){ r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; }else{ r2 = pMem2->r; } if( r1<r2 ) return -1; if( r1>r2 ) return 1; return 0; }else{ assert( f1&MEM_Int ); assert( f2&MEM_Int ); if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; return 0; } } /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. */ if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ return 1; } if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ return -1; } assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is ** compiled (this was not always the case). */ assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); if( pColl ){ if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the ** comparison function directly */ return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); }else{ const void *v1, *v2; int n1, n2; Mem c1; Mem c2; memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); return rc; } } /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); if( rc==0 ){ rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; } return rc; } /* ** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. ** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing ** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. ** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written ** into the pMem element. ** ** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content ** is overwritten without being freed. ** ** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable ** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ ){ char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); if( key ){ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); }else{ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); } assert( zData!=0 ); if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->z = &zData[offset]; pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; pMem->enc = 0; pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; if( key ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); }else{ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); } pMem->z[amt] = 0; pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); } } pMem->n = amt; return rc; } /* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the ** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), ** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second ** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or ** SQLITE_UTF8. ** ** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. ** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte ** boundary. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ if( !pVal ) return 0; assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ return 0; } assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; ExpandBlob(pVal); if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } } sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ }else{ assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); } assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ return pVal->z; }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Create a new sqlite3_value object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ p->flags = MEM_Null; p->type = SQLITE_NULL; p->db = db; } return p; } /* ** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. ** ** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant ** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can ** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and ** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating ** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression ** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ ){ int op; char *zVal = 0; sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; int negInt = 1; const char *zNeg = ""; if( !pExpr ){ *ppVal = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } op = pExpr->op; /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3. ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even ** when SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 is omitted. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; #else if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; #endif /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. */ if( op==TK_UMINUS && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; op = pExpr->op; negInt = -1; zNeg = "-"; } if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); }else{ zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; } if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); }else{ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); } if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); } }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ pVal->flags &= MEM_Int; pVal->flags |= MEM_Real; pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64; }else{ pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; } pVal->r = -pVal->r; sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); } }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ int nVal; assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } #endif if( pVal ){ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal); } *ppVal = pVal; return SQLITE_OK; no_mem: db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); *ppVal = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* ** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ int n, /* Length of string z */ const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ ){ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); } /* ** Free an sqlite3_value object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ if( !v ) return; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); } /* ** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming ** that it uses the encoding "enc" */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ return p->n + p->u.nZero; }else{ return p->n; } } return 0; } /************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2003 September 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating ** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior ** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. ** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. */ /* ** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can ** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed ** as they are added to the instruction stream. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0; #endif /* ** Create a new virtual database engine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){ Vdbe *p; p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); if( p==0 ) return 0; p->db = db; if( db->pVdbe ){ db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; } p->pNext = db->pVdbe; p->pPrev = 0; db->pVdbe = p; p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; return p; } /* ** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); if( p==0 ) return; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; #endif assert( p->zSql==0 ); p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; } /* ** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; } /* ** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; char *zTmp; tmp = *pA; *pA = *pB; *pB = tmp; pTmp = pA->pNext; pA->pNext = pB->pNext; pB->pNext = pTmp; pTmp = pA->pPrev; pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; pB->pPrev = pTmp; zTmp = pA->zSql; pA->zSql = pB->zSql; pB->zSql = zTmp; pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Turn tracing on or off */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){ p->trace = trace; } #endif /* ** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than ** it was. ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return ** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain ** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be ** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). */ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){ VdbeOp *pNew; int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); if( pNew ){ p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); p->aOp = pNew; } return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); } /* ** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the ** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. ** ** Parameters: ** ** p Pointer to the VDBE ** ** op The opcode for this instruction ** ** p1, p2, p3 Operands ** ** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and ** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 ** operand. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ int i; VdbeOp *pOp; i = p->nOp; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){ if( growOpArray(p) ){ return 1; } } p->nOp++; pOp = &p->aOp[i]; pOp->opcode = (u8)op; pOp->p5 = 0; pOp->p1 = p1; pOp->p2 = p2; pOp->p3 = p3; pOp->p4.p = 0; pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOp->zComment = 0; if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE pOp->cycles = 0; pOp->cnt = 0; #endif return i; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); } /* ** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ int op, /* The new opcode */ int p1, /* The P1 operand */ int p2, /* The P2 operand */ int p3, /* The P3 operand */ const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ int p4type /* P4 operand type */ ){ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); return addr; } /* ** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees ** as having been used. ** ** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ int j; int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); } /* ** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ int op, /* The new opcode */ int p1, /* The P1 operand */ int p2, /* The P2 operand */ int p3, /* The P3 operand */ int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ ){ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); return addr; } /* ** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be ** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The ** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when ** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan ** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match ** the label into the resolved address. ** ** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are ** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. ** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. ** ** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){ int i; i = p->nLabel++; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){ int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5; p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]); } if( p->aLabel ){ p->aLabel[i] = -1; } return -1-i; } /* ** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to ** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from ** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){ int j = -1-x; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel ); if( p->aLabel ){ p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp; } } /* ** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ p->runOnlyOnce = 1; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ /* ** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes ** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may ** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: ** ** Op *pOp; ** VdbeOpIter sIter; ** ** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); ** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* ** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ ** // Do something with pOp ** } ** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); ** */ typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; struct VdbeOpIter { Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ }; static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ Vdbe *v = p->v; Op *pRet = 0; Op *aOp; int nOp; if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ if( p->iSub==0 ){ aOp = v->aOp; nOp = v->nOp; }else{ aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; } assert( p->iAddr<nOp ); pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr]; p->iAddr++; if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ p->iSub++; p->iAddr = 0; } if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){ if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; } if( j==p->nSub ){ p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); if( !p->apSub ){ pRet = 0; }else{ p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; } } } } return pRet; } /* ** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may ** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction ** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any ** sub-programs contains any of the following: ** ** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. ** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. ** * OP_Destroy ** * OP_VUpdate ** * OP_VRename ** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) ** ** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an ** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does ** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as ** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: ** ** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ int hasAbort = 0; Op *pOp; VdbeOpIter sIter; memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); sIter.v = v; while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ int opcode = pOp->opcode; if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) #endif || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) ){ hasAbort = 1; break; } } sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured. ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame ** from failing. */ return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ /* ** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative ** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the ** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. ** ** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. ** ** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument ** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by ** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. ** ** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. */ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ int i; int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; Op *pOp; int *aLabel = p->aLabel; p->readOnly = 1; for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){ if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){ p->readOnly = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){ if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){ int n; assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); n = pOp[-1].p1; if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; #endif }else if( opcode==OP_Next || opcode==OP_SorterNext ){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; }else if( opcode==OP_Prev ){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel ); pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; } } sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel); p->aLabel = 0; *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; } /* ** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); return p->nOp; } /* ** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with ** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility ** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the ** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. ** ** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned ** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and ** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the ** returned program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ assert( p->btreeMask==0 ); resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); *pnOp = p->nOp; p->aOp = 0; return aOp; } /* ** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the ** address of the first operation added. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){ int addr; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ return 0; } addr = p->nOp; if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ int i; VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){ int p2 = pIn->p2; VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){ pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); }else{ pOut->p2 = p2; } pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; pOut->p4.p = 0; pOut->p5 = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOut->zComment = 0; if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); } #endif } p->nOp += nOp; } return addr; } /* ** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. ** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a ** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a ** few minor changes to the program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ assert( p!=0 ); if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; } } /* ** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. ** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ assert( p!=0 ); if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; } } /* ** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ assert( p!=0 ); if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; } } /* ** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently ** added operation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ assert( p!=0 ); if( p->aOp ){ assert( p->nOp>0 ); p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; } } /* ** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to ** the address of the next instruction to be coded. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ assert( addr>=0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( addr>=0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); } /* ** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If ** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. */ static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); } } static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); /* ** Delete a P4 value if necessary. */ static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ if( p4 ){ assert( db ); switch( p4type ){ case P4_REAL: case P4_INT64: case P4_DYNAMIC: case P4_KEYINFO: case P4_INTARRAY: case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: { sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); break; } case P4_MPRINTF: { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4); break; } case P4_VDBEFUNC: { VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4; freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc); if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc); break; } case P4_FUNCDEF: { freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); break; } case P4_MEM: { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); }else{ Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } break; } case P4_VTAB : { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); break; } } } } /* ** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the ** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain ** nOp entries. */ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( aOp ){ Op *pOp; for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); #endif } } sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); } /* ** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked ** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program ** objects when the VM is no longer required. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; pVdbe->pProgram = p; } /* ** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ if( p->aOp ){ VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; sqlite3 *db = p->db; freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; } } /* ** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. ** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a ** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a ** few minor changes to the program. ** ** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of ** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the ** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. ** ** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure. ** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized. ** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure ** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The ** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is ** finalized. ** ** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points ** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of ** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. ** ** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ Op *pOp; sqlite3 *db; assert( p!=0 ); db = p->db; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) { freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); } return; } assert( p->nOp>0 ); assert( addr<p->nOp ); if( addr<0 ){ addr = p->nOp - 1; } pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); pOp->p4.p = 0; if( n==P4_INT32 ){ /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; }else if( zP4==0 ){ pOp->p4.p = 0; pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int nField, nByte; nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField; nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField; pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte); pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; if( pKeyInfo ){ u8 *aSortOrder; memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField); aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder; if( aSortOrder ){ pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField]; memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField); } pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; }else{ p->db->mallocFailed = 1; pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; } }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); }else if( n<0 ){ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; }else{ if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or ** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This ** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens ** in a production build. */ static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( p->nOp ){ assert( p->aOp ); sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; if( p ){ va_start(ap, zFormat); vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; if( p ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); va_start(ap, zFormat); vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } #endif /* NDEBUG */ /* ** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then ** return the most recently inserted opcode. ** ** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this ** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode ** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. ** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning ** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from ** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, ** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and ** by running with Valgrind. ** ** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called ** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE, ** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as ** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without ** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But ** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to ** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( addr<0 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; #endif addr = p->nOp - 1; } assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; }else{ return &p->aOp[addr]; } } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. ** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. */ static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ char *zP4 = zTemp; assert( nTemp>=20 ); switch( pOp->p4type ){ case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC: case P4_KEYINFO: { int i, j; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; if( pColl ){ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName); if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); break; } zTemp[i++] = ','; if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ zTemp[i++] = '-'; } memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1); i += n; }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4); i += 4; } } zTemp[i++] = ')'; zTemp[i] = 0; assert( i<nTemp ); break; } case P4_COLLSEQ: { CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName); break; } case P4_FUNCDEF: { FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); break; } case P4_INT64: { sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); break; } case P4_INT32: { sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); break; } case P4_REAL: { sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); break; } case P4_MEM: { Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ zP4 = pMem->z; }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL"); }else{ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); zP4 = "(blob)"; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE case P4_VTAB: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); break; } #endif case P4_INTARRAY: { sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); break; } case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); break; } case P4_ADVANCE: { zTemp[0] = 0; break; } default: { zP4 = pOp->p4.z; if( zP4==0 ){ zP4 = zTemp; zTemp[0] = 0; } } } assert( zP4!=0 ); return zP4; } #endif /* ** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. ** ** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of ** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases ** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of ** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i; if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i; } } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* ** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, ** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure ** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also ** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring ** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then ** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables ** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle ** associated with the VM. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this ** function is a no-op. ** ** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared ** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask ** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of ** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not ** be a problem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ int i; yDbMask mask; sqlite3 *db; Db *aDb; int nDb; if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ db = p->db; aDb = db->aDb; nDb = db->nDb; for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){ if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); } } } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* ** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ int i; yDbMask mask; sqlite3 *db; Db *aDb; int nDb; if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ db = p->db; aDb = db->aDb; nDb = db->nDb; for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){ if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); } } } #endif #if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ char *zP4; char zPtr[50]; static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n"; if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : "" #else "" #endif ); fflush(pOut); } #endif /* ** Release an array of N Mem elements */ static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ if( p && N ){ Mem *pEnd; sqlite3 *db = p->db; u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); } return; } for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){ assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db ); /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. ** ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. */ if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); }else if( p->zMalloc ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); p->zMalloc = 0; } p->flags = MEM_Invalid; } db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; } } /* ** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are ** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ int i; Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); } releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. ** ** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of ** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. ** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". ** ** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When ** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these ** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement ** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. ** ** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of ** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ ){ int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ assert( p->explain ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. */ releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); p->pResultSet = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ db->mallocFailed = 1; return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. */ nRow = p->nOp; if( p->explain==1 ){ /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 ** cells. */ assert( p->nMem>9 ); pSub = &p->aMem[9]; if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; } for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){ nRow += apSub[i]->nOp; } } do{ i = p->pc++; }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); if( i>=nRow ){ p->rc = SQLITE_OK; rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); }else{ char *z; Op *pOp; if( i<p->nOp ){ /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the ** main program. */ pOp = &p->aOp[i]; }else{ /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ int j; i -= p->nOp; for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ i -= apSub[j]->nOp; } pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; } if( p->explain==1 ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ assert( pMem->z!=0 ); pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem++; /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram ** has not already been seen. */ if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){ if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break; } if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); } } } pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; pMem++; if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); if( z!=pMem->z ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); }else{ assert( pMem->z!=0 ); pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; } pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; pMem++; if( p->explain==1 ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->n = 2; sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem++; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOp->zComment ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->z = pOp->zComment; pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; }else #endif { pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; } } p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; p->rc = SQLITE_OK; rc = SQLITE_ROW; } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ int nOp = p->nOp; VdbeOp *pOp; if( nOp<1 ) return; pOp = &p->aOp[0]; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ const char *z = pOp->p4.z; while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); } } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* ** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ int nOp = p->nOp; VdbeOp *pOp; if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; if( nOp<1 ) return; pOp = &p->aOp[0]; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ int i, j; char z[1000]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ z[j++] = ' '; } }else{ z[j++] = z[i]; } } z[j] = 0; sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); } } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ /* ** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to ** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. ** ** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will ** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not ** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that ** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not ** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf ** is NULL. ** ** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. ** ** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the ** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past ** the end of the allocated space. ** ** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed ** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the ** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. */ static void *allocSpace( void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ ){ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); if( pBuf ) return pBuf; nByte = ROUND8(nByte); if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; *ppFrom += nByte; }else{ *pnByte += nByte; } return pBuf; } /* ** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for ** running it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) int i; #endif assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); /* There should be at least one opcode. */ assert( p->nOp>0 ); /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){ assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); } #endif p->pc = -1; p->rc = SQLITE_OK; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; p->nChange = 0; p->cacheCtr = 1; p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; p->iStatement = 0; p->nFkConstraint = 0; #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; } #endif } /* ** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after ** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such ** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. ** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more ** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). ** ** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine. ** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready ** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects ** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the ** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be ** destroyed. ** ** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back ** to its initial state after it has been run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ int n; /* Loop counter */ u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */ u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */ int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */ assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->nOp>0 ); assert( pParse!=0 ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); db = p->db; assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); nVar = pParse->nVar; nMem = pParse->nMem; nCursor = pParse->nTab; nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; nOnce = pParse->nOnce; if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */ /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. ** ** See also: allocateCursor(). */ nMem += nCursor; /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. */ zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */ zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */ resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ nMem = 10; } memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); p->expired = 0; /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. ** ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. */ do { nByte = 0; p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); if( nByte ){ p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); } zCsr = p->pFree; zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor; p->nOnceFlag = nOnce; if( p->aVar ){ p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){ p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; p->aVar[n].db = db; } } if( p->azVar ){ p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0])); memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0])); } if( p->aMem ){ p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Invalid; p->aMem[n].db = db; } } p->explain = pParse->explain; sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); } /* ** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor ** happens to hold. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ if( pCx==0 ){ return; } sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); if( pCx->pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by ** the call above. */ }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule; p->inVtabMethod = 1; pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); p->inVtabMethod = 0; } #endif } /* ** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This ** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore ** control to the main program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag; v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag; v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; return pFrame->pc; } /* ** Close all cursors. ** ** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory ** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain ** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to ** open cursors. */ static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ if( p->pFrame ){ VdbeFrame *pFrame; for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); } p->pFrame = 0; p->nFrame = 0; if( p->apCsr ){ int i; for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){ VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; if( pC ){ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); p->apCsr[i] = 0; } } } if( p->aMem ){ releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); } while( p->pDelFrame ){ VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); } } /* ** Clean up the VM after execution. ** ** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or ** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of ** variables in the aVar[] array. */ static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ int i; if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); if( p->aMem ){ for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Invalid ); } #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; p->pResultSet = 0; } /* ** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL ** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during ** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can ** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ Mem *pColName; int n; sqlite3 *db = p->db; releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); if( p->aColName==0 ) return; while( n-- > 0 ){ pColName->flags = MEM_Null; pColName->db = p->db; pColName++; } } /* ** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. ** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. ** ** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). ** ** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC ** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed ** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ ){ int rc; Mem *pColName; assert( idx<p->nResColumn ); assert( var<COLNAME_N ); if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } assert( p->aColName!=0 ); pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); return rc; } /* ** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle ** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a ** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine ** takes care of the master journal trickery. */ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int i; int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int needXcommit = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database ** to the transaction. */ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg); /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal ** file is required for an atomic commit. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ needXcommit = 1; if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); if( rc ){ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } } /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the ** master-journal. ** ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the ** simple case then too. */ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); } } /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VtabCommit(db); } } /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is ** committed atomicly. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO else{ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; int needSync = 0; char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; i64 offset = 0; int res; int retryCount = 0; int nMainFile; /* Select a master journal file name */ nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile); if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; do { u32 iRandom; if( retryCount ){ if( retryCount>100 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); break; }else if( retryCount==1 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); } } retryCount++; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Open the master journal. */ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll ** back independently if a failure occurs. */ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); if( zFile==0 ){ continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ } assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ needSync = 1; } rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } } } /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device ** flag is set this is not required. */ if( needSync && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. ** ** If the error occurs during the first call to ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal ** file before the failure occurred. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); } } sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual ** transaction files are deleted. */ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); zMaster = 0; if( rc ){ return rc; } /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. */ disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); } } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); enable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3VtabCommit(db); } #endif return rc; } /* ** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable ** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are ** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. ** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing ** step. ** ** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. */ #ifndef NDEBUG static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ Vdbe *p; int cnt = 0; int nWrite = 0; p = db->pVdbe; while( p ){ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ cnt++; if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; } p = p->pNext; } assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt ); assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt ); } #else #define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) #endif /* ** For every Btree that in database connection db which ** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in ** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor ** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback *** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even ** cursor from other VMs in different database connections, ** so that none of them try to use the data at which they ** were pointing and which now may have been changed due ** to the rollback. ** ** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and ** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save ** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor ** so that it is never used again. */ static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){ int i; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT); } } } /* ** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, ** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement ** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the ** statement transaction is commtted. ** ** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. ** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ sqlite3 *const db = p->db; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback. ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. */ if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ int i; const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); assert( db->nStatement>0 ); assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); } if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } db->nStatement--; p->iStatement = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); } } /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when ** the statement transaction was opened. */ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; } } return rc; } /* ** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database ** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be ** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint ** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns ** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write ** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE ** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those ** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. ** ** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from ** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to ** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. ** ** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of ** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it ** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the ** execution of this virtual machine. ** ** If any of the following errors occur: ** ** SQLITE_NOMEM ** SQLITE_IOERR ** SQLITE_FULL ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT ** ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. */ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); closeAllCursors(p); if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ return SQLITE_OK; } checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ int eStatementOp = 0; int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); /* Check for one of the special errors */ mrc = p->rc & 0xff; assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; if( isSpecialError ){ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a ** consistent state. ** ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore ** the pager to a consistent state. */ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; }else{ /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. */ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); sqlite3RollbackAll(db); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; } } } /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); } /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. ** ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled ** above has occurred. */ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) && db->autoCommit && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; }else{ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit ** is required. */ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); } if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = rc; sqlite3RollbackAll(db); }else{ db->nDeferredCons = 0; sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } }else{ sqlite3RollbackAll(db); } db->nStatement = 0; }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; }else{ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); sqlite3RollbackAll(db); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; } } /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the ** current statement error code. */ if( eStatementOp ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); if( rc ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ p->rc = rc; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; } invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); sqlite3RollbackAll(db); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; } } /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. */ if( p->changeCntOn ){ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); } p->nChange = 0; } /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); } /* Release the locks */ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); } /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ db->activeVdbeCnt--; if( !p->readOnly ){ db->writeVdbeCnt--; } assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt ); } p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. */ if( db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); } assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); } /* ** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call ** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ p->rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed ** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be ** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). ** ** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just ** copies them to the database handle. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; int rc = p->rc; if( p->zErrMsg ){ u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed; db->errCode = rc; }else{ sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); } return rc; } /* ** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. ** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. ** ** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed ** again. ** ** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the ** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to ** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db; db = p->db; /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt ** it now. */ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was ** called), set the database error in this case as well. */ sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0); sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; } /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE */ Cleanup(p); /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE { FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); if( out ){ int i; fprintf(out, "---- "); for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); } fprintf(out, "\n"); for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ", p->aOp[i].cnt, p->aOp[i].cycles, p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 ); sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); } fclose(out); } } #endif p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; return p->rc & db->errMask; } /* ** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is ** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); } sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); return rc; } /* ** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which ** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31 ** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this ** routine with mask==0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){ int i; for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){ struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i]; if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){ if( pAux->xDelete ){ pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); } pAux->pAux = 0; } } } /* ** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument. ** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that ** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with ** the database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; int i; assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ pNext = pSub->pNext; vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); } for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** Delete an entire VDBE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db; if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; db = p->db; if( p->pPrev ){ p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; }else{ assert( db->pVdbe==p ); db->pVdbe = p->pNext; } if( p->pNext ){ p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; } p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; p->db = 0; sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p); } /* ** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it ** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error ** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. ** ** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that ** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been ** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as ** a NULL row. ** ** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has ** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ if( p->deferredMoveto ){ int res, rc; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST extern int sqlite3_search_count; #endif assert( p->isTable ); rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); if( rc ) return rc; p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; p->rowidIsValid = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif p->deferredMoveto = 0; p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){ int hasMoved; int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); if( rc ) return rc; if( hasMoved ){ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; p->nullRow = 1; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The following functions: ** ** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() ** ** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite ** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a ** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned ** integer, stored as a varint. ** ** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before ** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial ** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at ** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the ** serial-type and data blob seperately. ** ** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: ** ** serial type bytes of data type ** -------------- --------------- --------------- ** 0 0 NULL ** 1 1 signed integer ** 2 2 signed integer ** 3 3 signed integer ** 4 4 signed integer ** 5 6 signed integer ** 6 8 signed integer ** 7 8 IEEE float ** 8 0 Integer constant 0 ** 9 0 Integer constant 1 ** 10,11 reserved for expansion ** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB ** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text ** ** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions ** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. */ /* ** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ int flags = pMem->flags; int n; if( flags&MEM_Null ){ return 0; } if( flags&MEM_Int ){ /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ # define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) i64 i = pMem->u.i; u64 u; if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){ return 8+(u32)i; } if( i<0 ){ if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6; /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */ u = -i; }else{ u = i; } if( u<=127 ) return 1; if( u<=32767 ) return 2; if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; return 6; } if( flags&MEM_Real ){ return 7; } assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); n = pMem->n; if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ n += pMem->u.nZero; } assert( n>=0 ); return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); } /* ** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ if( serial_type>=12 ){ return (serial_type-12)/2; }else{ static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; return aSize[serial_type]; } } /* ** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating ** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the ** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. ** ** For most architectures, this is a no-op. ** ** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem ** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems ** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit ** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated ** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. ** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. ** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different ** ABI get the byte order right. ** ** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their ** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG ** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of ** floating point values is correct. ** ** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely ** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank ** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware ** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full ** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the ** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point ** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, ** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer ** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here ** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently ** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about ** so we trust him. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ union { u64 r; u32 i[2]; } u; u32 t; u.r = in; t = u.i[0]; u.i[0] = u.i[1]; u.i[1] = t; return u.r; } # define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) #else # define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) #endif /* ** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into ** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. ** Return the number of bytes written. ** ** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be ** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is ** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right ** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[] ** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that ** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the ** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all ** zeros. ** ** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number ** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only ** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){ u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format); u32 len; /* Integer and Real */ if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ u64 v; u32 i; if( serial_type==7 ){ assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); swapMixedEndianFloat(v); }else{ v = pMem->u.i; } len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); assert( len<=(u32)nBuf ); while( i-- ){ buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); v >>= 8; } return len; } /* String or blob */ if( serial_type>=12 ){ assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); assert( pMem->n<=nBuf ); len = pMem->n; memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ len += pMem->u.nZero; assert( nBuf>=0 ); if( len > (u32)nBuf ){ len = (u32)nBuf; } memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n); } return len; } /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ return 0; } /* ** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type ** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ ){ switch( serial_type ){ case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ case 0: { /* NULL */ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; break; } case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0]; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 1; } case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 2; } case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2]; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 3; } case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 4; } case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5]; x = (x<<32) | y; pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 6; } case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ u64 x; u32 y; #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed ** endian. */ static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; static const double r1 = 1.0; u64 t2 = t1; swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); #endif x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7]; x = (x<<32) | y; if( serial_type==6 ){ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; }else{ assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); swapMixedEndianFloat(x); memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; } return 8; } case 8: /* Integer 0 */ case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 0; } default: { u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; pMem->z = (char *)buf; pMem->n = len; pMem->xDel = 0; if( serial_type&0x01 ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem; }else{ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem; } return len; } } return 0; } /* ** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord ** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if ** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. ** ** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within ** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably ** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should ** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the ** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL ** before returning. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ ){ UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. */ nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); *ppFree = (char *)p; if( !p ) return 0; }else{ p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; *ppFree = 0; } p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; return p; } /* ** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the ** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the ** contents of the decoded record. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ ){ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; int d; u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ u32 szHdr; Mem *pMem = p->aMem; p->flags = 0; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); d = szHdr; u = 0; while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){ u32 serial_type; idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ pMem->zMalloc = 0; d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); pMem++; u++; } assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); p->nField = u; } /* ** This function compares the two table rows or index records ** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero ** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or ** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob ** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 ** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from ** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. ** ** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. ** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the ** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set ** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2. ** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are ** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and ** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ ){ int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ int i = 0; int nField; int rc = 0; const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; Mem mem1; pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. */ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); d1 = szHdr1; nField = pKeyInfo->nField; while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){ u32 serial_type1; /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break; /* Extract the values to be compared. */ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); /* Do the comparison */ rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0); if( rc!=0 ){ assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ rc = -rc; } /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1). ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode. */ if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){ assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc ); assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int ); pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i; } return rc; } i++; } /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger. ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer ** if there is a difference. */ assert( rc==0 ); if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){ rc = -1; }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){ /* Leave rc==0 */ }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){ rc = 1; } return rc; } /* ** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. ** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. ** ** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. ** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ i64 nCellKey = 0; int rc; u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ Mem m, v; UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); testcase( szHdr==3 ); testcase( szHdr==m.n ); if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ goto idx_rowid_corruption; } /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); testcase( typeRowid==1 ); testcase( typeRowid==2 ); testcase( typeRowid==3 ); testcase( typeRowid==4 ); testcase( typeRowid==5 ); testcase( typeRowid==6 ); testcase( typeRowid==8 ); testcase( typeRowid==9 ); if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ goto idx_rowid_corruption; } lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){ goto idx_rowid_corruption; } /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v); *rowid = v.u.i; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); return SQLITE_OK; /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */ idx_rowid_corruption: testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* ** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against ** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number ** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to, ** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success. ** ** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it ** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry ** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes ** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */ int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ ){ i64 nCellKey = 0; int rc; BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor; Mem m; assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ *res = 0; return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ); *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); db->nChange = nChange; db->nTotalChange += nChange; } /* ** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised ** or reset. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ v->changeCntOn = 1; } /* ** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection ** as expired. ** ** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is ** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their ** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating ** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of ** things that make prepared statements obsolete. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ Vdbe *p; for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ p->expired = 1; } } /* ** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ return v->db; } /* ** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound ** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return ** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* ** constants) to the value before returning it. ** ** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ assert( iVar>0 ); if( v ){ Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); if( pRet ){ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet); } return pRet; } } return 0; } /* ** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals ** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result ** in a better query plan. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ assert( iVar>0 ); if( iVar>32 ){ v->expmask = 0xffffffff; }else{ v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); } } /************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the ** VDBE. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs ** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the ** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program ** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or ** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is ** added or changed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return p==0 || p->expired; } #endif /* ** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log ** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise ** invalid). Return false if it is ok. */ static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ if( p->db==0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); return 1; }else{ return 0; } } static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); return 1; }else{ return vdbeSafety(p); } } /* ** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by ** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ ** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual ** machine. ** ** This routine sets the error code and string returned by ** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc; if( pStmt==0 ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; sqlite3 *db = v->db; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex; #endif if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutex = v->db->mutex; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); } return rc; } /* ** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it ** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from ** the prior execution is returned. ** ** This routine sets the error code and string returned by ** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc; if( pStmt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); } return rc; } /* ** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; } if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ p->expired = 1; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return rc; } /**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* ** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value ** structure. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); p->flags &= ~MEM_Str; p->flags |= MEM_Blob; return p->n ? p->z : 0; }else{ return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); } } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); } SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ return pVal->type; } /**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify ** the function result. ** ** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the ** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it ** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG */ static void setResultStrOrError( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ const char *z, /* String pointer */ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); } } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( n>=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #endif SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ pCtx->isError = errCode; if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } } /* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM; pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; } /* ** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It ** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. */ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int i; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); } } } #endif return rc; } /* ** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the ** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. ** ** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() ** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a ** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the ** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. */ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db; int rc; assert(p); if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by ** definition. ** ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); }else{ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #else sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); #endif } /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ db = p->db; if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_of_step; } if( p->pc<0 ){ /* If there are no other statements currently running, then ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. */ if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); } #endif db->activeVdbeCnt++; if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++; p->pc = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( p->explain ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ { db->vdbeExecCnt++; rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); db->vdbeExecCnt--; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one */ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ sqlite3_int64 iNow; sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } db->errCode = rc; if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } end_of_step: /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() ** were called on statement p. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE ); assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); } return (rc&db->errMask); } /* ** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse ** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY # define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5 #endif /* ** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call ** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, ** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } db = v->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_reset(pStmt); assert( v->expired==0 ); } if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). */ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); v->rc = rc2; } else { v->zErrMsg = 0; v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a ** pointer to it. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pFunc ); return p->pFunc->pUserData; } /* ** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a ** pointer to it. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface ** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st ** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and ** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the ** application defined function. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pFunc ); return p->s.db; } /* ** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always ** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the ** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct ** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist ** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction ** method of virtual tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ ){ const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; char *zErr; UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); } /* ** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new ** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the ** same context that was returned on prior calls. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ Mem *pMem; assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); pMem = p->pMem; testcase( nByte<0 ); if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ if( nByte<=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); pMem->flags = MEM_Null; pMem->z = 0; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; if( pMem->z ){ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); } } } return (void*)pMem->z; } /* ** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to ** the user-function defined by pCtx. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){ return 0; } return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux; } /* ** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th ** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is ** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg, void *pAux, void (*xDelete)(void*) ){ struct AuxData *pAuxData; VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){ int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0); int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg; pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc); if( !pVdbeFunc ){ goto failed; } pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc; memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux)); pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1; pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc; } pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg]; if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){ pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); } pAuxData->pAux = pAux; pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; return; failed: if( xDelete ){ xDelete(pAux); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been ** called. ** ** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is ** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function ** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate ** context. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); return p->pMem->n; } #endif /* ** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; } /* ** Return the number of values available from the current row of the ** currently executing statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; return pVm->nResColumn; } /* ** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If ** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. ** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value ** of NULL. */ static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Vdbe *pVm; Mem *pOut; pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; }else{ /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ static const Mem nullMem #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) __attribute__((aligned(8))) #endif = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */ #endif 0, 0 }; if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); } pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem; } return pOut; } /* ** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a ** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the ** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If ** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result ** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. ** ** Specifically, this is called from within: ** ** sqlite3_column_int() ** sqlite3_column_int64() ** sqlite3_column_text() ** sqlite3_column_text16() ** sqlite3_column_real() ** sqlite3_column_bytes() ** sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** sqiite3_column_blob() */ static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) { /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. */ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( p ){ p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } } /**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row ** in the result set. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val; val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() ** expression. */ columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; } columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return iType; } /* The following function is experimental and subject to change or ** removal */ /*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ ** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); **} */ /* ** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using ** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. ** ** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which ** name is returned. Here are the names: ** ** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output ** 1 The datatype name for the column ** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from ** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from ** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from ** ** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression ** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. */ static const void *columnName( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N, const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), int useType ){ const void *ret = 0; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; int n; sqlite3 *db = p->db; assert( db!=0 ); n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); if( N<n && N>=0 ){ N += useType*n; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ db->mallocFailed = 0; ret = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } return ret; } /* ** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL ** statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); } #endif /* ** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must ** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) # error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE /* ** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column ** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA /* ** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ /******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** ** ** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. */ /* ** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the ** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is ** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. ** ** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. ** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. ** ** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return ** value in any case. */ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ Mem *pVar; if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); return SQLITE_RANGE; } i--; pVar = &p->aVar[i]; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); pVar->flags = MEM_Null; sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. */ if( p->isPrepareV2 && ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) ){ p->expired = 1; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Bind a text or BLOB value. */ static int bindText( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ ){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; Mem *pVar; int rc; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( zData!=0 ){ pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); } sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ xDel((void*)zData); } return rc; } /* ** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const void *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const char *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const void *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ int rc; switch( pValue->type ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: { rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); break; } case SQLITE_FLOAT: { rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); break; } case SQLITE_BLOB: { if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); }else{ rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, pValue->enc); break; } default: { rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); break; } } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } /* ** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. ** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return p ? p->nVar : 0; } /* ** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index ** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. ** ** The result is always UTF-8. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ return 0; } return p->azVar[i-1]; } /* ** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable ** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, ** return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ int i; if( p==0 ){ return 0; } if( zName ){ for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){ const char *z = p->azVar[i]; if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ return i+1; } } } return 0; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); } /* ** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; int i; assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code ** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. ** ** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different ** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we ** will not bother to check for that condition. ** ** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then ** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise ** SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ pTo->expired = 1; } if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ pFrom->expired = 1; } return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); } #endif /* ** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given ** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was ** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create ** the statement in the first place. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; } /* ** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the ** database. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; } /* ** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; } /* ** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated ** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first ** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there ** are no more. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ sqlite3_stmt *pNext; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); if( pStmt==0 ){ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; }else{ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); return pNext; } /* ** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1]; if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0; return v; } /************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2009 November 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters ** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). ** ** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of ** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in ** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return ** the total number of bytes in the text. */ static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ int tokenType; int nTotal = 0; int n; *pnToken = 0; while( zSql[0] ){ n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ *pnToken = n; break; } nTotal += n; zSql += n; } return nTotal; } /* ** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the ** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to ** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1, ** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended ** to each line of text. ** ** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned ** is eventually freed. ** ** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of ** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within ** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, ** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared ** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host ** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render ** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ db = p->db; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); out.db = db; if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){ while( *zRawSql ){ const char *zStart = zRawSql; while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); } }else{ while( zRawSql[0] ){ n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); assert( n>0 ); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); zRawSql += n; assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); if( nToken==0 ) break; if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ if( nToken>1 ){ assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); }else{ idx = nextIndex; } }else{ assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); assert( idx>0 ); } zRawSql += nToken; nextIndex = idx + 1; assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 u8 enc = ENC(db); if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ Mem utf8; memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); utf8.db = db; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); }else #endif { sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z); } }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); }else{ assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); for(i=0; i<pVar->n; i++){ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff); } sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); } } } return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ /***************************************************************************** ** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic ** for the Vdbe. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* ** Allocate a new Explain object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){ if( pVdbe ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); Explain *p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(Explain) ); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->pVdbe = pVdbe; sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); pVdbe->pExplain = p; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); p->str.useMalloc = 2; }else{ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } } } /* ** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line. */ static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){ return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n'; } /* ** Append text to the indentation */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){ Explain *p; if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ va_list ap; if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){ int n = p->nIndent; if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent); sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]); } va_start(ap, zFormat); sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, 1, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } /* ** Append a '\n' if there is not already one. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){ Explain *p; if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1); } } /* ** Push a new indentation level. Subsequent lines will be indented ** so that they begin at the current cursor position. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){ Explain *p; if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ if( p->str.zText && p->nIndent<ArraySize(p->aIndent) ){ const char *z = p->str.zText; int i = p->str.nChar-1; int x; while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; } x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i; if( p->nIndent && x<p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){ x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1]; } p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x; } p->nIndent++; } } /* ** Pop the indentation stack by one level. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){ if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--; } /* ** Free the indentation structure */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){ if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){ sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str); sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); pVdbe->pExplain = 0; sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } } /* ** Return the explanation of a virtual machine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){ return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ /************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** The code in this file implements execution method of the ** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c") ** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting ** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing ** the VDBE program. ** ** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer ** to a VDBE. ** ** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by ** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are ** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of ** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode ** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4 ** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character. ** Few opcodes use all 5 operands. ** ** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning ** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store ** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point ** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one ** type to the other occurs as necessary. ** ** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec() ** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program. ** But other routines are also provided to help in building up ** a program instruction by instruction. ** ** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML ** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting ** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments ** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing ** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. */ /* ** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the ** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are ** not misused. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M) #else # define memAboutToChange(P,M) #endif /* ** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor ** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test ** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are ** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to ** help verify the correct operation of the library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; #endif /* ** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before ** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted ** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt. ** ** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function ** in an ordinary build. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; #endif /* ** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode ** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that ** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable ** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the ** library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; #endif /* ** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob ** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures ** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality ** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to ** help verify the correct operation of the library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; } } #endif /* ** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode ** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key ** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable ** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the ** library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; #endif /* ** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. ** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) # define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) #else # define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) #endif /* ** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one ** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. */ #define Stringify(P, enc) \ if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ { goto no_mem; } /* ** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains ** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity ** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register ** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register ** knowing it. ** ** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated ** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it ** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string. */ #define Deephemeralize(P) \ if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} /* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT # define isSorter(x) 0 #else # define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0) #endif /* ** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a ** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query. ** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() ** routines. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){ int flags = pMem->flags; if( flags & MEM_Null ){ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL; } else if( flags & MEM_Int ){ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER; } else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT; } else if( flags & MEM_Str ){ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT; }else{ pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB; } } /* ** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL ** if we run out of memory. */ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ ){ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: ** ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable ** allocations. ** ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. ** ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. */ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; int nByte; VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + 2*nField*sizeof(u32); assert( iCur<p->nCursor ); if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; } if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); pCx->iDb = iDb; pCx->nField = nField; if( nField ){ pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))]; } if( isBtreeCursor ){ pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)]; sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); } } return pCx; } /* ** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can ** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string ** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not ** look like a number, leave it alone. */ static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ double rValue; i64 iValue; u8 enc = pRec->enc; if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return; if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ pRec->u.i = iValue; pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; }else{ pRec->r = rValue; pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; } } } /* ** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: ** ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: ** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: ** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a ** floating-point representation if an integer representation ** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is ** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because ** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. ** ** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: ** Convert pRec to a text representation. ** ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: ** No-op. pRec is unchanged. */ static void applyAffinity( Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ ){ if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string ** representation. */ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); } pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); applyNumericAffinity(pRec); if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); } } } /* ** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column ** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever ** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without ** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; if( pMem->type==SQLITE_TEXT ){ applyNumericAffinity(pMem); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem); } return pMem->type; } /* ** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, ** not the internal Mem* type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 affinity, u8 enc ){ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem ** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ char *zCsr = zBuf; int f = pMem->flags; static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; if( f&MEM_Blob ){ int i; char c; if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ c = 'z'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ c = 't'; assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ c = 'e'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); }else{ c = 's'; } sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); } for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){ char z = pMem->z[i]; if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; else *zCsr++ = z; } sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); if( f & MEM_Zero ){ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); } *zCsr = '\0'; }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ int j, k; zBuf[0] = ' '; if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ zBuf[1] = 'z'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ zBuf[1] = 't'; assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ zBuf[1] = 'e'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); }else{ zBuf[1] = 's'; } k = 2; sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); zBuf[k++] = '['; for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){ u8 c = pMem->z[j]; if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ zBuf[k++] = c; }else{ zBuf[k++] = '.'; } } zBuf[k++] = ']'; sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); zBuf[k++] = 0; } } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: */ static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){ if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ fprintf(out, " NULL"); }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i); }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r); #endif }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ fprintf(out, " (rowset)"); }else{ char zBuf[200]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); fprintf(out, " "); fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf); } } static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){ fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg); memTracePrint(out, p); fprintf(out, "\n"); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M) #else # define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef _HWTIME_H_ #define _HWTIME_H_ /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ #endif /* ** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the ** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then ** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted. ** ** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to ** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction, ** but that meant we more testing than we needed. By only testing the ** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement. */ #define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It ** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to ** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the ** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. ** ** Usage: ** ** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); */ static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ int n = 0; Savepoint *p; for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); return 1; } #endif /* ** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored ** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored ** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). */ static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; } /* ** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return. ** ** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to ** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks ** and the error message pointer. ** ** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either ** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with ** SQLITE_ROW. ** ** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine ** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will ** return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained ** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory. ** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits ** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is ** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this ** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be ** used to clean up the mess that was left behind. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ ){ int pc=0; /* The program counter */ Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK int checkProgress; /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */ int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */ #endif Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */ #endif /******************************************************************** ** Automatically generated code ** ** The following union is automatically generated by the ** vdbe-compress.tcl script. The purpose of this union is to ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function. ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details. */ union vdbeExecUnion { struct OP_Yield_stack_vars { int pcDest; } aa; struct OP_Null_stack_vars { int cnt; } ab; struct OP_Variable_stack_vars { Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ } ac; struct OP_Move_stack_vars { char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ int p1; /* Register to copy from */ int p2; /* Register to copy to */ } ad; struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars { Mem *pMem; int i; } ae; struct OP_Concat_stack_vars { i64 nByte; } af; struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars { int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ } ag; struct OP_Function_stack_vars { int i; Mem *pArg; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; int n; } ah; struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars { i64 iA; u64 uA; i64 iB; u8 op; } ai; struct OP_Ge_stack_vars { int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ } aj; struct OP_Compare_stack_vars { int n; int i; int p1; int p2; const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int idx; CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ } ak; struct OP_Or_stack_vars { int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ } al; struct OP_IfNot_stack_vars { int c; } am; struct OP_Column_stack_vars { u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */ i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */ int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ int nField; /* number of fields in the record */ int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ int i; /* Loop counter */ char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */ u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ } an; struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars { const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ } ao; struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars { u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */ int len; /* Length of a field */ } ap; struct OP_Count_stack_vars { i64 nEntry; BtCursor *pCrsr; } aq; struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars { int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ int nName; Savepoint *pNew; Savepoint *pSavepoint; Savepoint *pTmp; int iSavepoint; int ii; } ar; struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars { int desiredAutoCommit; int iRollback; int turnOnAC; } as; struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars { Btree *pBt; } at; struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars { int iMeta; int iDb; int iCookie; } au; struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars { Db *pDb; } av; struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars { int iMeta; int iGen; Btree *pBt; } aw; struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars { int nField; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int p2; int iDb; int wrFlag; Btree *pX; VdbeCursor *pCur; Db *pDb; } ax; struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCx; } ay; struct OP_SorterOpen_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCx; } az; struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCx; } ba; struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars { int res; int oc; VdbeCursor *pC; UnpackedRecord r; int nField; i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ } bb; struct OP_Seek_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; } bc; struct OP_Found_stack_vars { int alreadyExists; VdbeCursor *pC; int res; char *pFree; UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; UnpackedRecord r; char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; } bd; struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars { u16 ii; VdbeCursor *pCx; BtCursor *pCrsr; u16 nField; Mem *aMx; UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ } be; struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; u64 iKey; } bf; struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars { i64 v; /* The new rowid */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ } bg; struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars { Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ } bh; struct OP_Delete_stack_vars { i64 iKey; VdbeCursor *pC; } bi; struct OP_SorterCompare_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; int res; } bj; struct OP_SorterData_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; } bk; struct OP_RowData_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; u32 n; i64 n64; } bl; struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; i64 v; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; } bm; struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; } bn; struct OP_Last_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; } bo; struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; } bp; struct OP_Next_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; int res; } bq; struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int nKey; const char *zKey; } br; struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; UnpackedRecord r; } bs; struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars { BtCursor *pCrsr; VdbeCursor *pC; i64 rowid; } bt; struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord r; } bu; struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars { int iMoved; int iCnt; Vdbe *pVdbe; int iDb; } bv; struct OP_Clear_stack_vars { int nChange; } bw; struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars { int pgno; int flags; Db *pDb; } bx; struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars { int iDb; const char *zMaster; char *zSql; InitData initData; } by; struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars { int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ } bz; struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars { i64 val; } ca; struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars { int iSet; int exists; } cb; struct OP_Program_stack_vars { int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ } cc; struct OP_Param_stack_vars { VdbeFrame *pFrame; Mem *pIn; } cd; struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars { Mem *pIn1; VdbeFrame *pFrame; } ce; struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars { int n; int i; Mem *pMem; Mem *pRec; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; } cf; struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars { Mem *pMem; } cg; struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars { int i; /* Loop counter */ int aRes[3]; /* Results */ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ } ch; struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars { Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ int eNew; /* New journal mode */ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ } ci; struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars { Btree *pBt; } cj; struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars { VTable *pVTab; } ck; struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars { VdbeCursor *pCur; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; } cl; struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars { int nArg; int iQuery; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pQuery; Mem *pArgc; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; VdbeCursor *pCur; int res; int i; Mem **apArg; } cm; struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pDest; sqlite3_context sContext; } cn; struct OP_VNext_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int res; VdbeCursor *pCur; } co; struct OP_VRename_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; } cp; struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; int nArg; int i; sqlite_int64 rowid; Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; } cq; struct OP_Trace_stack_vars { char *zTrace; char *z; } cr; } u; /* End automatically generated code ********************************************************************/ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ goto no_mem; } assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); p->rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->explain==0 ); p->pResultSet = 0; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK checkProgress = db->xProgress!=0; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 ){ int i; printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); } } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); #endif for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){ assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp ); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE origPc = pc; start = sqlite3Hwtime(); #endif pOp = &aOp[pc]; /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ if( pc==0 ){ printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n"); sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); } sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp); } #endif /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens ** if we have a special test build. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ sqlite3_interrupt_count--; if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ sqlite3_interrupt(db); } } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. */ if( checkProgress ){ if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){ int prc; prc = db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg); if( prc!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto vdbe_error_halt; } nProgressOps = 0; } nProgressOps++; } #endif /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelase" tag, free any ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type. */ assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] ); if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); VdbeMemRelease(pOut); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; } /* Sanity checking on other operands */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p1>0 ); assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } #endif switch( pOp->opcode ){ /***************************************************************************** ** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a ** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual ** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But ** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within ** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another ** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where ** we transition back to normal indentation. ** ** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite ** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this ** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files ** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each ** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where ** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the ** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" ** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. ** ** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to ** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. ** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See ** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. ** ** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file ** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent ** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation ** file. ** ** SUMMARY: ** ** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. ** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. ** *****************************************************************************/ /* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * ** ** An unconditional jump to address P2. ** The next instruction executed will be ** the one at index P2 from the beginning of ** the program. */ case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; pc = pOp->p2 - 1; break; } /* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write the current address onto register P1 ** and then jump to address P2. */ case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; pIn1->u.i = pc; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); pc = pOp->p2 - 1; break; } /* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * ** ** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. */ case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); pc = (int)pIn1->u.i; break; } /* Opcode: Yield P1 * * * * ** ** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. */ case OP_Yield: { /* in1 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aa */ int pcDest; #endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; pIn1->u.i = pc; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); pc = u.aa.pcDest; break; } /* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using ** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the ** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. */ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ } /* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed ** automatically. ** ** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), ** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). ** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine ** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback ** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, ** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the ** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. ** ** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. ** ** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of ** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program ** is the same as executing Halt. */ case OP_Halt: { if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){ /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame; p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; p->nFrame--; sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); lastRowid = db->lastRowid; if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1; } aOp = p->aOp; aMem = p->aMem; break; } p->rc = pOp->p1; p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; p->pc = pc; if( pOp->p4.z ){ assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p->zSql, pOp->p4.z); }else if( p->rc ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p->zSql); } rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 ); rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; } goto vdbe_return; } /* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * * ** ** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2. */ case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */ pOut->u.i = pOp->p1; break; } /* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value. ** Write that value into register P2. */ case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 ); pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. ** Write that value into register P2. */ case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */ pOut->flags = MEM_Real; assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal; break; } #endif /* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * ** ** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed ** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. */ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); pOp->opcode = OP_String; pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); assert( pOut->flags & MEM_Dyn ); pOut->zMalloc = 0; pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); } pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; pOp->p1 = pOut->n; } #endif if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ } /* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. */ case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; pOut->n = pOp->p1; pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Null * P2 P3 * * ** ** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write ** NULL into register P3 and ever register in between P2 and P3. If P3 ** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is ** set to NULL */ case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ab */ int cnt; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */ u.ab.cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); pOut->flags = MEM_Null; while( u.ab.cnt>0 ){ pOut++; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); VdbeMemRelease(pOut); pOut->flags = MEM_Null; u.ab.cnt--; } break; } /* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 ** ** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this ** blob in register P2. */ case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 ** ** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1. ** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). */ case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ac */ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ac */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); u.ac.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ac.pVar) ){ goto too_big; } sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ac.pVar, MEM_Static); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into ** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are ** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges ** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. */ case OP_Move: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ad */ char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ int p1; /* Register to copy from */ int p2; /* Register to copy to */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ad */ u.ad.n = pOp->p3; u.ad.p1 = pOp->p1; u.ad.p2 = pOp->p2; assert( u.ad.n>0 && u.ad.p1>0 && u.ad.p2>0 ); assert( u.ad.p1+u.ad.n<=u.ad.p2 || u.ad.p2+u.ad.n<=u.ad.p1 ); pIn1 = &aMem[u.ad.p1]; pOut = &aMem[u.ad.p2]; while( u.ad.n-- ){ assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); memAboutToChange(p, pOut); u.ad.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc; pOut->zMalloc = 0; sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[u.ad.p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[u.ad.p1+pOp->p3] ){ pOut->pScopyFrom += u.ad.p1 - pOp->p2; } #endif pIn1->zMalloc = u.ad.zMalloc; REGISTER_TRACE(u.ad.p2++, pOut); pIn1++; pOut++; } break; } /* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * * ** ** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2. ** ** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate ** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. */ case OP_Copy: { /* in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); Deephemeralize(pOut); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); break; } /* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * ** ** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. ** ** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value ** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the ** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. ** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. ** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change ** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete ** copy. */ case OP_SCopy: { /* in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; #endif REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); break; } /* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * ** ** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of ** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate ** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt ** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result ** row. */ case OP_ResultRow: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ae */ Mem *pMem; int i; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */ assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); assert( pOp->p1>0 ); assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem+1 ); /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); break; } /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. ** ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. ** ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. */ assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){ break; } /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as ** a side effect. */ u.ae.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; for(u.ae.i=0; u.ae.i<pOp->p2; u.ae.i++){ assert( memIsValid(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]) ); Deephemeralize(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]); assert( (u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 || (u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ae.i, &u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]); } if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; /* Return SQLITE_ROW */ p->pc = pc + 1; rc = SQLITE_ROW; goto vdbe_return; } /* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in ** register P2 and store the result in register P3. ** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. ** ** P3 = P2 || P1 ** ** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, ** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able ** to avoid a memcpy(). */ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.af */ i64 nByte; #endif /* local variables moved into u.af */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pIn1!=pOut ); if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; Stringify(pIn1, encoding); Stringify(pIn2, encoding); u.af.nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; if( u.af.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.af.nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ goto no_mem; } if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); } memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); pOut->z[u.af.nByte] = 0; pOut->z[u.af.nByte+1] = 0; pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; pOut->n = (int)u.af.nByte; pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** ** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in ** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is ** NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in ** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. ** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL. ** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. */ case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ag */ int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ag */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; applyNumericAffinity(pIn1); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; applyNumericAffinity(pIn2); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.ag.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; if( (u.ag.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){ u.ag.iA = pIn1->u.i; u.ag.iB = pIn2->u.i; switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Divide: { if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( u.ag.iA==-1 && u.ag.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; u.ag.iB /= u.ag.iA; break; } default: { if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( u.ag.iA==-1 ) u.ag.iA = 1; u.ag.iB %= u.ag.iA; break; } } pOut->u.i = u.ag.iB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); }else{ fp_math: u.ag.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); u.ag.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Add: u.ag.rB += u.ag.rA; break; case OP_Subtract: u.ag.rB -= u.ag.rA; break; case OP_Multiply: u.ag.rB *= u.ag.rA; break; case OP_Divide: { /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ if( u.ag.rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; u.ag.rB /= u.ag.rA; break; } default: { u.ag.iA = (i64)u.ag.rA; u.ag.iB = (i64)u.ag.rB; if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( u.ag.iA==-1 ) u.ag.iA = 1; u.ag.rB = (double)(u.ag.iB % u.ag.iA); break; } } #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT pOut->u.i = u.ag.rB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); #else if( sqlite3IsNaN(u.ag.rB) ){ goto arithmetic_result_is_null; } pOut->r = u.ag.rB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); if( (u.ag.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); } #endif } break; arithmetic_result_is_null: sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4 ** ** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function ** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will ** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() ** functions. ** ** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions ** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available ** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c. */ case OP_CollSeq: { assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); break; } /* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that ** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and ** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. ** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** ** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next ** invocation of this opcode. ** ** See also: AggStep and AggFinal */ case OP_Function: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ah */ int i; Mem *pArg; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; int n; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */ u.ah.n = pOp->p5; u.ah.apVal = p->apArg; assert( u.ah.apVal || u.ah.n==0 ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); assert( u.ah.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ah.n<=p->nMem+1) ); assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ah.n ); u.ah.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2]; for(u.ah.i=0; u.ah.i<u.ah.n; u.ah.i++, u.ah.pArg++){ assert( memIsValid(u.ah.pArg) ); u.ah.apVal[u.ah.i] = u.ah.pArg; Deephemeralize(u.ah.pArg); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ah.pArg); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+u.ah.i, u.ah.pArg); } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC ); if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){ u.ah.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0; }else{ u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc; u.ah.ctx.pFunc = u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc; } u.ah.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; u.ah.ctx.s.db = db; u.ah.ctx.s.xDel = 0; u.ah.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move ** the pointer to u.ah.ctx.s so in case the user-function can use ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one. */ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ah.ctx.s, pOut); MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ah.ctx.s, MEM_Null); u.ah.ctx.isError = 0; if( u.ah.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ assert( pOp>aOp ); assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); u.ah.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; } db->lastRowid = lastRowid; (*u.ah.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ah.ctx, u.ah.n, u.ah.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function, ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values. */ if( u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){ sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1); pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc; pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC; } if( db->mallocFailed ){ /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources ** associated with such a value. */ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ah.ctx.s); goto no_mem; } /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ if( u.ah.ctx.isError ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ah.ctx.s)); rc = u.ah.ctx.isError; } /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ah.ctx.s, encoding); sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &u.ah.ctx.s); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){ goto too_big; } #if 0 /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec() ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.) */ if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT; #endif REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the ** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. ** Store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the ** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. ** Store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ai */ i64 iA; u64 uA; i64 iB; u8 op; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ai */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } u.ai.iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); u.ai.iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); u.ai.op = pOp->opcode; if( u.ai.op==OP_BitAnd ){ u.ai.iA &= u.ai.iB; }else if( u.ai.op==OP_BitOr ){ u.ai.iA |= u.ai.iB; }else if( u.ai.iB!=0 ){ assert( u.ai.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft ); /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ if( u.ai.iB<0 ){ assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); u.ai.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ai.op; u.ai.iB = u.ai.iB>(-64) ? -u.ai.iB : 64; } if( u.ai.iB>=64 ){ u.ai.iA = (u.ai.iA>=0 || u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; }else{ memcpy(&u.ai.uA, &u.ai.iA, sizeof(u.ai.uA)); if( u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ u.ai.uA <<= u.ai.iB; }else{ u.ai.uA >>= u.ai.iB; /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ if( u.ai.iA<0 ) u.ai.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ai.iB); } memcpy(&u.ai.iA, &u.ai.uA, sizeof(u.ai.iA)); } } pOut->u.i = u.ai.iA; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); break; } /* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * ** ** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. ** The result is always an integer. ** ** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. */ case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; break; } /* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value ** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer ** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 ** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. */ case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ if( pOp->p2==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } }else{ MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * ** ** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. ** ** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that ** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as ** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them ** to have only a real value. */ case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); } break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST /* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be text. ** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the ** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and ** are afterwards simply interpreted as text. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); break; } /* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB. ** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first. ** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change ** to the underlying data. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob); }else{ pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); } UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); break; } /* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an ** integer or a floating-point number.) ** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the ** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion ** is possible. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ /* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If ** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. ** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the ** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); } break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) /* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number. ** If The value is currently an integer, convert it. ** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the ** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible. ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); } break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ /* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then ** jump to address P2. ** ** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or ** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - ** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** ** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in ** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then ** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are ** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values ** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than ** strings and strings are considered less than blobs. ** ** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead, ** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2. */ /* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for ** additional information. ** ** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either ** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result ** of comparison is false. If either operand is NULL then the result is true. ** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if ** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5. */ /* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal. ** See the Lt opcode for additional information. ** ** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either ** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result ** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false. ** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if ** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5. */ /* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of ** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. */ /* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of ** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. */ /* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of ** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. */ case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aj */ int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.aj */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.aj.flags1 = pIn1->flags; u.aj.flags3 = pIn3->flags; if( (u.aj.flags1 | u.aj.flags3)&MEM_Null ){ /* One or both operands are NULL */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether ** or not both operands are null. */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); u.aj.res = (u.aj.flags1 & u.aj.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0; }else{ /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, ** then the result is always NULL. ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; } break; } }else{ /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ u.aj.affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK; if( u.aj.affinity ){ applyAffinity(pIn1, u.aj.affinity, encoding); applyAffinity(pIn3, u.aj.affinity, encoding); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); ExpandBlob(pIn1); ExpandBlob(pIn3); u.aj.res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); } switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Eq: u.aj.res = u.aj.res==0; break; case OP_Ne: u.aj.res = u.aj.res!=0; break; case OP_Lt: u.aj.res = u.aj.res<0; break; case OP_Le: u.aj.res = u.aj.res<=0; break; case OP_Gt: u.aj.res = u.aj.res>0; break; default: u.aj.res = u.aj.res>=0; break; } if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); pOut->u.i = u.aj.res; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); }else if( u.aj.res ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; } /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.aj.flags1&MEM_TypeMask); pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.aj.flags3&MEM_TypeMask); break; } /* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * ** ** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array ** of integers in P4. ** ** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare, ** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow. Typically the OP_Permutation should occur ** immediately prior to the OP_Compare. */ case OP_Permutation: { assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); assert( pOp->p4.ai ); aPermute = pOp->p4.ai; break; } /* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this ** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of ** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. ** ** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort ** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers ** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. ** ** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, ** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, ** and strings are less than blobs. */ case OP_Compare: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ak */ int n; int i; int p1; int p2; const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int idx; CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */ u.ak.n = pOp->p3; u.ak.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; assert( u.ak.n>0 ); assert( u.ak.pKeyInfo!=0 ); u.ak.p1 = pOp->p1; u.ak.p2 = pOp->p2; #if SQLITE_DEBUG if( aPermute ){ int k, mx = 0; for(k=0; k<u.ak.n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k]; assert( u.ak.p1>0 && u.ak.p1+mx<=p->nMem+1 ); assert( u.ak.p2>0 && u.ak.p2+mx<=p->nMem+1 ); }else{ assert( u.ak.p1>0 && u.ak.p1+u.ak.n<=p->nMem+1 ); assert( u.ak.p2>0 && u.ak.p2+u.ak.n<=p->nMem+1 ); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ for(u.ak.i=0; u.ak.i<u.ak.n; u.ak.i++){ u.ak.idx = aPermute ? aPermute[u.ak.i] : u.ak.i; assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx]) ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx, &aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx]); REGISTER_TRACE(u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx, &aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx]); assert( u.ak.i<u.ak.pKeyInfo->nField ); u.ak.pColl = u.ak.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.ak.i]; u.ak.bRev = u.ak.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.ak.i]; iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx], &aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx], u.ak.pColl); if( iCompare ){ if( u.ak.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; break; } } aPermute = 0; break; } /* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether ** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than ** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. */ case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ if( iCompare<0 ){ pc = pOp->p1 - 1; }else if( iCompare==0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ pc = pOp->p3 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and ** write the result into register P3. ** ** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if ** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give ** a NULL output. */ /* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the answer in register P3. ** ** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) ** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs ** give a NULL output. */ case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.al */ int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.al */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ u.al.v1 = 2; }else{ u.al.v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; } pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){ u.al.v2 = 2; }else{ u.al.v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0; } if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; u.al.v1 = and_logic[u.al.v1*3+u.al.v2]; }else{ static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; u.al.v1 = or_logic[u.al.v1*3+u.al.v2]; } pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( u.al.v1==2 ){ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); }else{ pOut->u.i = u.al.v1; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); } break; } /* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the ** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. */ case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); } break; } /* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * ** ** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the ** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds ** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. */ case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); } break; } /* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * ** ** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, ** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction. ** ** See also: JumpOnce */ case OP_Once: { /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag ); if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; }else{ p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1; } break; } /* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value ** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero. */ /* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value ** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero. */ case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.am */ int c; #endif /* local variables moved into u.am */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ u.am.c = pOp->p3; }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT u.am.c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; #else u.am.c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0; #endif if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) u.am.c = !u.am.c; } if( u.am.c ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; } break; } /* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. */ case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. */ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using ** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional ** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column ** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) ** values in the record, extract a NULL. ** ** The value extracted is stored in register P3. ** ** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, ** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as ** the result. ** ** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, ** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. ** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content ** register has changed should have this bit set. */ case OP_Column: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.an */ u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */ i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */ int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ int nField; /* number of fields in the record */ int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ int i; /* Loop counter */ char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */ u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.an */ u.an.p1 = pOp->p1; u.an.p2 = pOp->p2; u.an.pC = 0; memset(&u.an.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.an.sMem)); assert( u.an.p1<p->nCursor ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.an.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, u.an.pDest); u.an.zRec = 0; /* This block sets the variable u.an.payloadSize to be the total number of ** bytes in the record. ** ** u.an.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available. ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text ** might be available in the u.an.pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be. ** If the data is unavailable, u.an.zRec is set to NULL. ** ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors, ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element. */ u.an.pC = p->apCsr[u.an.p1]; assert( u.an.pC!=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE assert( u.an.pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); #endif u.an.pCrsr = u.an.pC->pCursor; if( u.an.pCrsr!=0 ){ /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.an.pC); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( u.an.pC->nullRow ){ u.an.payloadSize = 0; }else if( u.an.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ u.an.payloadSize = u.an.pC->payloadSize; u.an.zRec = (char*)u.an.pC->aRow; }else if( u.an.pC->isIndex ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.an.pCrsr) ); VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.payloadSize64); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the ** payload size, so it is impossible for u.an.payloadSize64 to be ** larger than 32 bits. */ assert( (u.an.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.an.payloadSize64 ); u.an.payloadSize = (u32)u.an.payloadSize64; }else{ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.an.pCrsr) ); VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.payloadSize); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ } }else if( ALWAYS(u.an.pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){ u.an.pReg = &aMem[u.an.pC->pseudoTableReg]; assert( u.an.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); assert( memIsValid(u.an.pReg) ); u.an.payloadSize = u.an.pReg->n; u.an.zRec = u.an.pReg->z; u.an.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr; assert( u.an.payloadSize==0 || u.an.zRec!=0 ); }else{ /* Consider the row to be NULL */ u.an.payloadSize = 0; } /* If u.an.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL. This can happen because of ** nullRow or because of a corrupt database. */ if( u.an.payloadSize==0 ){ MemSetTypeFlag(u.an.pDest, MEM_Null); goto op_column_out; } assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 ); if( u.an.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } u.an.nField = u.an.pC->nField; assert( u.an.p2<u.an.nField ); /* Read and parse the table header. Store the results of the parse ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor. */ u.an.aType = u.an.pC->aType; if( u.an.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ u.an.aOffset = u.an.pC->aOffset; }else{ assert(u.an.aType); u.an.avail = 0; u.an.pC->aOffset = u.an.aOffset = &u.an.aType[u.an.nField]; u.an.pC->payloadSize = u.an.payloadSize; u.an.pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */ if( u.an.zRec ){ u.an.zData = u.an.zRec; }else{ if( u.an.pC->isIndex ){ u.an.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.avail); }else{ u.an.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.avail); } /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload, ** save the payload in the u.an.pC->aRow cache. That will save us from ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of ** the record. */ assert( u.an.avail>=0 ); if( u.an.payloadSize <= (u32)u.an.avail ){ u.an.zRec = u.an.zData; u.an.pC->aRow = (u8*)u.an.zData; }else{ u.an.pC->aRow = 0; } } /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when ** the database file has been corrupted externally. ** assert( u.an.zRec!=0 || u.an.avail>=u.an.payloadSize || u.an.avail>=9 ); */ u.an.szHdr = getVarint32((u8*)u.an.zData, u.an.offset); /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. ** ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. */ if( u.an.offset > 98307 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto op_column_out; } /* Compute in u.an.len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order ** to get u.an.nField type values. u.an.offset is an upper bound on this. But ** u.an.nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns ** in the table, and in that case, 5*u.an.nField+3 might be smaller than u.an.offset. ** We want to minimize u.an.len in order to limit the size of the memory ** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused u.an.offset ** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above. But 98307 might ** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations. ** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, u.an.nField*5+3 ** will likely be much smaller since u.an.nField will likely be less than ** 20 or so. This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are ** not exceeded even for corrupt database files. */ u.an.len = u.an.nField*5 + 3; if( u.an.len > (int)u.an.offset ) u.an.len = (int)u.an.offset; /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to ** acquire the complete header text. */ if( !u.an.zRec && u.an.avail<u.an.len ){ u.an.sMem.flags = 0; u.an.sMem.db = 0; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.an.pCrsr, 0, u.an.len, u.an.pC->isIndex, &u.an.sMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto op_column_out; } u.an.zData = u.an.sMem.z; } u.an.zEndHdr = (u8 *)&u.an.zData[u.an.len]; u.an.zIdx = (u8 *)&u.an.zData[u.an.szHdr]; /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the u.an.aType[] and u.an.aOffset[] ** arrays. u.an.aType[u.an.i] will contain the type integer for the u.an.i-th ** column and u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] will contain the u.an.offset from the beginning ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.an.i-th column */ for(u.an.i=0; u.an.i<u.an.nField; u.an.i++){ if( u.an.zIdx<u.an.zEndHdr ){ u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] = u.an.offset; if( u.an.zIdx[0]<0x80 ){ u.an.t = u.an.zIdx[0]; u.an.zIdx++; }else{ u.an.zIdx += sqlite3GetVarint32(u.an.zIdx, &u.an.t); } u.an.aType[u.an.i] = u.an.t; u.an.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.an.t); u.an.offset += u.an.szField; if( u.an.offset<u.an.szField ){ /* True if u.an.offset overflows */ u.an.zIdx = &u.an.zEndHdr[1]; /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */ break; } }else{ /* If u.an.i is less that u.an.nField, then there are less fields in this ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the ** table. Set the u.an.offset for any extra columns not present in ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL ** instead of deserializing a value from the record. */ u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] = 0; } } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.an.sMem); u.an.sMem.flags = MEM_Null; /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header, ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing ** with a corrupt database. */ if( (u.an.zIdx > u.an.zEndHdr) || (u.an.offset > u.an.payloadSize) || (u.an.zIdx==u.an.zEndHdr && u.an.offset!=u.an.payloadSize) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto op_column_out; } } /* Get the column information. If u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] is non-zero, then ** deserialize the value from the record. If u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] is zero, ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is ** a pointer to a Mem object. */ if( u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( u.an.zRec ){ VdbeMemRelease(u.an.pDest); sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.an.zRec[u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2]], u.an.aType[u.an.p2], u.an.pDest); }else{ u.an.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.an.aType[u.an.p2]); sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.an.sMem, u.an.pDest); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.an.pCrsr, u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2], u.an.len, u.an.pC->isIndex, &u.an.sMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto op_column_out; } u.an.zData = u.an.sMem.z; sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.an.zData, u.an.aType[u.an.p2], u.an.pDest); } u.an.pDest->enc = encoding; }else{ if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.an.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); }else{ MemSetTypeFlag(u.an.pDest, MEM_Null); } } /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.an.pDest structure. ** This prevents a memory copy. */ if( u.an.sMem.zMalloc ){ assert( u.an.sMem.z==u.an.sMem.zMalloc ); assert( !(u.an.pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) ); assert( !(u.an.pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || u.an.pDest->z==u.an.sMem.z ); u.an.pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); u.an.pDest->flags |= MEM_Term; u.an.pDest->z = u.an.sMem.z; u.an.pDest->zMalloc = u.an.sMem.zMalloc; } rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(u.an.pDest); op_column_out: UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.an.pDest); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.an.pDest); break; } /* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. ** ** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the ** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth ** memory cell in the range. */ case OP_Affinity: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ao */ const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ao */ u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; assert( u.ao.zAffinity!=0 ); assert( u.ao.zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; while( (u.ao.cAff = *(u.ao.zAffinity++))!=0 ){ assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] ); assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); ExpandBlob(pIn1); applyAffinity(pIn1, u.ao.cAff, encoding); pIn1++; } break; } /* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] ** use as a data record in a database table or as a key ** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. ** ** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the ** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth ** field of the index key. ** ** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ ** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. ** ** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE. */ case OP_MakeRecord: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ap */ u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */ int len; /* Length of a field */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */ /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks ** like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 ** and so froth. ** ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning ** of the record to data0. */ u.ap.nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ u.ap.nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ u.ap.nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ u.ap.nField = pOp->p1; u.ap.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; assert( u.ap.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ap.nField<=p->nMem+1 ); u.ap.pData0 = &aMem[u.ap.nField]; u.ap.nField = pOp->p2; u.ap.pLast = &u.ap.pData0[u.ap.nField-1]; u.ap.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; /* Identify the output register */ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure ** out how much space is required for the new record. */ for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){ assert( memIsValid(u.ap.pRec) ); if( u.ap.zAffinity ){ applyAffinity(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.zAffinity[u.ap.pRec-u.ap.pData0], encoding); } if( u.ap.pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && u.ap.pRec->n>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(u.ap.pRec); } u.ap.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.file_format); u.ap.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.ap.serial_type); u.ap.nData += u.ap.len; u.ap.nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.serial_type); if( u.ap.pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode. ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */ u.ap.nZero += u.ap.pRec->u.nZero; }else if( u.ap.len ){ u.ap.nZero = 0; } } /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */ u.ap.nHdr += u.ap.nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.nHdr); if( u.ap.nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.nHdr) ){ u.ap.nHdr++; } u.ap.nByte = u.ap.nHdr+u.ap.nData-u.ap.nZero; if( u.ap.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used). */ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ap.nByte, 0) ){ goto no_mem; } u.ap.zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; /* Write the record */ u.ap.i = putVarint32(u.ap.zNewRecord, u.ap.nHdr); for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){ u.ap.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.file_format); u.ap.i += putVarint32(&u.ap.zNewRecord[u.ap.i], u.ap.serial_type); /* serial type */ } for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){ /* serial data */ u.ap.i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&u.ap.zNewRecord[u.ap.i], (int)(u.ap.nByte-u.ap.i), u.ap.pRec,u.ap.file_format); } assert( u.ap.i==u.ap.nByte ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); pOut->n = (int)u.ap.nByte; pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn; pOut->xDel = 0; if( u.ap.nZero ){ pOut->u.nZero = u.ap.nZero; pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; } pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * ** ** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index ** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aq */ i64 nEntry; BtCursor *pCrsr; #endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */ u.aq.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor; if( ALWAYS(u.aq.pCrsr) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.aq.pCrsr, &u.aq.nEntry); }else{ u.aq.nEntry = 0; } pOut->u.i = u.aq.nEntry; break; } #endif /* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * ** ** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending ** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an ** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. */ case OP_Savepoint: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ar */ int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ int nName; Savepoint *pNew; Savepoint *pSavepoint; Savepoint *pTmp; int iSavepoint; int ii; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */ u.ar.p1 = pOp->p1; u.ar.zName = pOp->p4.z; /* Assert that the u.ar.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. */ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); assert( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). */ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - " "SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ u.ar.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.ar.zName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; #endif /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ u.ar.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.ar.nName+1); if( u.ar.pNew ){ u.ar.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.ar.pNew[1]; memcpy(u.ar.pNew->zName, u.ar.zName, u.ar.nName+1); /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special ** "transaction savepoint". */ if( db->autoCommit ){ db->autoCommit = 0; db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; }else{ db->nSavepoint++; } /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ u.ar.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pNew; u.ar.pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; } } }else{ u.ar.iSavepoint = 0; /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an ** an error is returned to the user. */ for( u.ar.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; u.ar.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.ar.pSavepoint->zName, u.ar.zName); u.ar.pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext ){ u.ar.iSavepoint++; } if( !u.ar.pSavepoint ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.ar.zName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1) ){ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint ** if there are any active statements at all. */ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress", (u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release") ); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction ** is committed. */ int isTransaction = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; if( isTransaction && u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto vdbe_return; } db->autoCommit = 1; if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = pc; db->autoCommit = 0; p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto vdbe_return; } db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; rc = p->rc; }else{ u.ar.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.ar.iSavepoint - 1; for(u.ar.ii=0; u.ar.ii<db->nDb; u.ar.ii++){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.ar.ii].pBt, u.ar.p1, u.ar.iSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } } if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); } } /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ while( db->pSavepoint!=u.ar.pSavepoint ){ u.ar.pTmp = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pTmp->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pTmp); db->nSavepoint--; } /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored ** when the savepoint was created. */ if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ assert( u.ar.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pSavepoint); if( !isTransaction ){ db->nSavepoint--; } }else{ db->nDeferredCons = u.ar.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; } if( !isTransaction ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, u.ar.p1, u.ar.iSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } } } break; } /* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * ** ** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll ** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active ** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if ** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. ** ** This instruction causes the VM to halt. */ case OP_AutoCommit: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.as */ int desiredAutoCommit; int iRollback; int turnOnAC; #endif /* local variables moved into u.as */ u.as.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; u.as.iRollback = pOp->p2; u.as.turnOnAC = u.as.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit; assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.desiredAutoCommit==0 ); assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.iRollback==0 ); assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ if( u.as.turnOnAC && u.as.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating ** that the other VMs must complete first. */ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - " "SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( u.as.turnOnAC && !u.as.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. */ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - " "SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( u.as.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ if( u.as.iRollback ){ assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 ); sqlite3RollbackAll(db); db->autoCommit = 1; }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto vdbe_return; }else{ db->autoCommit = (u8)u.as.desiredAutoCommit; if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = pc; db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.as.desiredAutoCommit); p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto vdbe_return; } } assert( db->nStatement==0 ); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } goto vdbe_return; }else{ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, (!u.as.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( (u.as.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } break; } /* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * * ** ** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback ** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the ** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered. ** ** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is ** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the ** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for ** attached databases. ** ** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is ** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No ** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is ** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A ** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the ** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained ** on the file. ** ** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is ** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may ** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. ** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database ** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other ** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this ** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the ** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction ** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. ** ** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file. */ case OP_Transaction: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.at */ Btree *pBt; #endif /* local variables moved into u.at */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 ); u.at.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; if( u.at.pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.at.pBt, pOp->p2); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = pc; p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto vdbe_return; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1) ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.at.pBt) ); if( p->iStatement==0 ){ assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); db->nStatement++; p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; } rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.at.pBt, p->iStatement); } /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; } } break; } /* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. ** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. ** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is ** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store ** temporary tables. ** ** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction ** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before ** executing this instruction. */ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.au */ int iMeta; int iDb; int iCookie; #endif /* local variables moved into u.au */ u.au.iDb = pOp->p1; u.au.iCookie = pOp->p3; assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META ); assert( u.au.iDb>=0 && u.au.iDb<db->nDb ); assert( db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt!=0 ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.au.iDb))!=0 ); sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt, u.au.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.au.iMeta); pOut->u.i = u.au.iMeta; break; } /* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer) ** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. ** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache ** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the ** database file used to store temporary tables. ** ** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. */ case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.av */ Db *pDb; #endif /* local variables moved into u.av */ assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 ); u.av.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; assert( u.av.pDb->pBt!=0 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.av.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i); if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ u.av.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i; db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ /* Record changes in the file format */ u.av.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i; } if( pOp->p1==1 ){ /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); p->expired = 0; } break; } /* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the ** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the ** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3. ** ** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file ** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number ** for auxiliary databases. ** ** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. ** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed ** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. ** ** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs ** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is ** invoked. */ case OP_VerifyCookie: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aw */ int iMeta; int iGen; Btree *pBt; #endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); u.aw.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; if( u.aw.pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.aw.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.aw.iMeta); u.aw.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; }else{ u.aw.iGen = u.aw.iMeta = 0; } if( u.aw.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.aw.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do ** not reload the schema from the database file. ** ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within ** a v-table method. */ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.aw.iMeta ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1); } p->expired = 1; rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; } break; } /* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is ** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. ** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for ** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached ** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 ** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. ** It is an error for P1 to be negative. ** ** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not ** the value of P2 itself. ** ** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an ** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction ** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read ** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits ** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is ** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts ** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an ** SQLITE_BUSY error code. ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to ** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating ** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. ** ** See also OpenWrite. */ /* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root ** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the ** root page. ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to ** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating ** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the ** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. ** ** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor ** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only ** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. ** ** See also OpenRead. */ case OP_OpenRead: case OP_OpenWrite: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ax */ int nField; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int p2; int iDb; int wrFlag; Btree *pX; VdbeCursor *pCur; Db *pDb; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */ if( p->expired ){ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; break; } u.ax.nField = 0; u.ax.pKeyInfo = 0; u.ax.p2 = pOp->p2; u.ax.iDb = pOp->p3; assert( u.ax.iDb>=0 && u.ax.iDb<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.ax.iDb))!=0 ); u.ax.pDb = &db->aDb[u.ax.iDb]; u.ax.pX = u.ax.pDb->pBt; assert( u.ax.pX!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ u.ax.wrFlag = 1; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.ax.iDb, 0) ); if( u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ p->minWriteFileFormat = u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format; } }else{ u.ax.wrFlag = 0; } if( pOp->p5 ){ assert( u.ax.p2>0 ); assert( u.ax.p2<=p->nMem ); pIn2 = &aMem[u.ax.p2]; assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); u.ax.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; /* The u.ax.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and ** that opcode will always set the u.ax.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted ** before reaching this instruction. */ if( NEVER(u.ax.p2<2) ) { rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } } if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ u.ax.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; u.ax.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); u.ax.nField = u.ax.pKeyInfo->nField+1; }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ u.ax.nField = pOp->p4.i; } assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); u.ax.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.ax.nField, u.ax.iDb, 1); if( u.ax.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; u.ax.pCur->nullRow = 1; u.ax.pCur->isOrdered = 1; rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pX, u.ax.p2, u.ax.wrFlag, u.ax.pKeyInfo, u.ax.pCur->pCursor); u.ax.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.ax.pKeyInfo; /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has ** since moved into the btree layer. */ u.ax.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; u.ax.pCur->isIndex = !u.ax.pCur->isTable; break; } /* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** ** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. ** The cursor is always opened read/write even if ** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral ** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. ** ** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. ** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index ** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure ** that defines the format of keys in the index. ** ** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created ** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either ** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by ** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But ** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea. ** ** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined ** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of ** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are ** added automatically. */ /* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a ** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using ** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient ** indices in joins. */ case OP_OpenAutoindex: case OP_OpenEphemeral: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ay */ VdbeCursor *pCx; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */ static const int vfsFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ay.pCx->pBt, BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ay.pCx->pBt, 1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). */ if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){ int pgno; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ay.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ay.pCx->pCursor); u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); } u.ay.pCx->isTable = 0; }else{ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ay.pCx->pCursor); u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1; } } u.ay.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); u.ay.pCx->isIndex = !u.ay.pCx->isTable; break; } /* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens ** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large ** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. */ case OP_SorterOpen: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.az */ VdbeCursor *pCx; #endif /* local variables moved into u.az */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT u.az.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); if( u.az.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; u.az.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; u.az.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); u.az.pCx->isSorter = 1; rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, u.az.pCx); #else pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral; pc--; #endif break; } /* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single ** row of data. The content of that one row in the content of memory ** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the ** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. ** ** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single ** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into ** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode ** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. ** ** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by ** the pseudo-table. */ case OP_OpenPseudo: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ba */ VdbeCursor *pCx; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); u.ba.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); if( u.ba.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; u.ba.pCx->nullRow = 1; u.ba.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; u.ba.pCx->isTable = 1; u.ba.pCx->isIndex = 0; break; } /* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * ** ** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not ** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. */ case OP_Close: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; break; } /* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that ** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that ** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that ** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that ** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt */ case OP_SeekLt: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekLe: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekGe: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bb */ int res; int oc; VdbeCursor *pC; UnpackedRecord r; int nField; i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bb.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bb.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 ); assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 ); assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 ); assert( u.bb.pC->isOrdered ); if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ u.bb.oc = pOp->opcode; u.bb.pC->nullRow = 0; if( u.bb.pC->isTable ){ /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do ** the seek, so covert it. */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; applyNumericAffinity(pIn3); u.bb.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; break; } /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating ** point number. */ assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 ); if( u.bb.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.bb.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){ /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an ** integer. */ u.bb.res = 1; if( pIn3->r<0 ){ if( u.bb.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt ); rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } }else{ if( u.bb.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe ); rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } } if( u.bb.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; }else if( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe ){ /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */ if( pIn3->r > (double)u.bb.iKey ) u.bb.iKey++; }else{ /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */ assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt ); if( pIn3->r < (double)u.bb.iKey ) u.bb.iKey--; } } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bb.iKey, 0, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( u.bb.res==0 ){ u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 1; u.bb.pC->lastRowid = u.bb.iKey; } }else{ u.bb.nField = pOp->p4.i; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( u.bb.nField>0 ); u.bb.r.pKeyInfo = u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo; u.bb.r.nField = (u16)u.bb.nField; /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: ** if( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe ){ ** u.bb.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY; ** }else{ ** u.bb.r.flags = 0; ** } */ u.bb.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.bb.oc - OP_SeekLt))); assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.bb.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.bb.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.bb.r.flags==0 ); assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.bb.r.flags==0 ); u.bb.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bb.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bb.r.aMem[i]) ); } #endif ExpandBlob(u.bb.r.aMem); rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.r, 0, 0, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; } u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif if( u.bb.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt ); if( u.bb.res<0 || (u.bb.res==0 && u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; }else{ u.bb.res = 0; } }else{ assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe ); if( u.bb.res>0 || (u.bb.res==0 && u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; }else{ /* u.bb.res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to ** see if this is the case. */ u.bb.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.bb.pC->pCursor); } } assert( pOp->p2>0 ); if( u.bb.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } }else{ /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table). */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * * ** ** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange ** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2. ** ** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until ** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads ** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. */ case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bc */ VdbeCursor *pC; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bc.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bc.pC!=0 ); if( ALWAYS(u.bc.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ assert( u.bc.pC->isTable ); u.bc.pC->nullRow = 0; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; u.bc.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); u.bc.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; u.bc.pC->deferredMoveto = 1; } break; } /* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and ** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. */ /* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 ** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control ** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the ** matching entry. ** ** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique */ case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bd */ int alreadyExists; VdbeCursor *pC; int res; char *pFree; UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; UnpackedRecord r; char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_found_count++; #endif u.bd.alreadyExists = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bd.pC!=0 ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( ALWAYS(u.bd.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ assert( u.bd.pC->isTable==0 ); if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ u.bd.r.pKeyInfo = u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo; u.bd.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; u.bd.r.aMem = pIn3; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bd.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bd.r.aMem[i]) ); } #endif u.bd.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; u.bd.pIdxKey = &u.bd.r; }else{ u.bd.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo, u.bd.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bd.aTempRec), &u.bd.pFree ); if( u.bd.pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, u.bd.pIdxKey); u.bd.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pC->pCursor, u.bd.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bd.res); if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bd.pFree); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ break; } u.bd.alreadyExists = (u.bd.res==0); u.bd.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ if( u.bd.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ if( !u.bd.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which ** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with ** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index ** entry refers to. ** ** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record ** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers ** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1. ** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid ** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may ** or may not be the same as R. ** ** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL ** value, jump immediately to P2. ** ** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry ** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end ** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps ** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index ** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next ** instruction. ** ** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found */ case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.be */ u16 ii; VdbeCursor *pCx; BtCursor *pCrsr; u16 nField; Mem *aMx; UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.be */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.be.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i]; /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); /* Find the index cursor. */ u.be.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.be.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 ); u.be.pCx->seekResult = 0; u.be.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; u.be.pCrsr = u.be.pCx->pCursor; /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */ u.be.nField = u.be.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField; for(u.be.ii=0; u.be.ii<u.be.nField; u.be.ii++){ if( u.be.aMx[u.be.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; u.be.pCrsr = 0; break; } } assert( (u.be.aMx[u.be.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); if( u.be.pCrsr!=0 ){ /* Populate the index search key. */ u.be.r.pKeyInfo = u.be.pCx->pKeyInfo; u.be.r.nField = u.be.nField + 1; u.be.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; u.be.r.aMem = u.be.aMx; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; i<u.be.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.be.r.aMem[i]) ); } #endif /* Extract the value of u.be.R from register P3. */ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); u.be.R = pIn3->u.i; /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction. */ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pCrsr, &u.be.r, 0, 0, &u.be.pCx->seekResult); if( (u.be.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.be.r.rowid==u.be.R ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ pIn3->u.i = u.be.r.rowid; } } break; } /* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key. If a record ** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. ** If the record does exist, then fall through. The cursor is left ** pointing to the record if it exists. ** ** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this ** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas ** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and ** P1 is an index. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique */ case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; u64 iKey; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bf.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bf.pC->isTable ); assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); u.bf.pCrsr = u.bf.pC->pCursor; if( ALWAYS(u.bf.pCrsr!=0) ){ u.bf.res = 0; u.bf.iKey = pIn3->u.i; rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bf.pCrsr, 0, u.bf.iKey, 0, &u.bf.res); u.bf.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bf.res==0 ?1:0; u.bf.pC->nullRow = 0; u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; if( u.bf.res!=0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; assert( u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); } u.bf.pC->seekResult = u.bf.res; }else{ /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY. */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; assert( u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); u.bf.pC->seekResult = 0; } break; } /* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * ** ** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. ** Write the sequence number into register P2. ** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this ** instruction. */ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; break; } /* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. ** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database ** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written ** written to register P2. ** ** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds ** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are ** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, ** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' ** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the ** AUTOINCREMENT feature. */ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bg */ i64 v; /* The new rowid */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */ u.bg.v = 0; u.bg.res = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bg.pC!=0 ); if( NEVER(u.bg.pC->pCursor==0) ){ /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ }else{ /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. ** ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second ** probabilistic algorithm ** ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one ** and try again, up to 100 times. */ assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); #ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID # define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff #else /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. */ # define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) #endif if( !u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){ u.bg.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor); if( u.bg.v==0 ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bg.pC->pCursor, &u.bg.res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( u.bg.res ){ u.bg.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ }else{ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bg.pC->pCursor) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bg.pC->pCursor, &u.bg.v); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ if( u.bg.v==MAX_ROWID ){ u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid = 1; }else{ u.bg.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT if( pOp->p3 ){ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); if( p->pFrame ){ for(u.bg.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bg.pFrame->pParent; u.bg.pFrame=u.bg.pFrame->pParent); /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3<=u.bg.pFrame->nMem ); u.bg.pMem = &u.bg.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; }else{ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.bg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, u.bg.pMem); } assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pMem) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bg.pMem); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.bg.pMem); assert( (u.bg.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ if( u.bg.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( u.bg.v<u.bg.pMem->u.i+1 ){ u.bg.v = u.bg.pMem->u.i + 1; } u.bg.pMem->u.i = u.bg.v; } #endif sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, u.bg.v<MAX_ROWID ? u.bg.v+1 : 0); } if( u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ u.bg.v = lastRowid; u.bg.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ u.bg.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ u.bg.cnt = 0; while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bg.v, 0, &u.bg.res))==SQLITE_OK) && (u.bg.res==0) && (++u.bg.cnt<100)){ /* collision - try another random rowid */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.bg.v), &u.bg.v); if( u.bg.cnt<5 ){ /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ u.bg.v &= 0xffffff; }else{ u.bg.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ } u.bg.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bg.res==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } assert( u.bg.v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ } u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } pOut->u.i = u.bg.v; break; } /* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is ** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing ** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register ** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must ** be a MEM_Int. ** ** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is ** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, ** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the ** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). ** ** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of ** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this ** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing ** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is ** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode ** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization ** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. ** ** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an ** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode ** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to ** the update hook. ** ** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or ** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook ** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. ** ** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically ** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor ** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the ** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not ** cause any problems.) ** ** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction ** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. */ /* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the ** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. */ case OP_Insert: case OP_InsertInt: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bh */ Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */ u.bh.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); assert( memIsValid(u.bh.pData) ); u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bh.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 ); assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); assert( u.bh.pC->isTable ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bh.pData); if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ u.bh.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( u.bh.pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); assert( memIsValid(u.bh.pKey) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bh.pKey); u.bh.iKey = u.bh.pKey->u.i; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); u.bh.iKey = pOp->p3; } if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bh.iKey; if( u.bh.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ u.bh.pData->z = 0; u.bh.pData->n = 0; }else{ assert( u.bh.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); } u.bh.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bh.pC->seekResult : 0); if( u.bh.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ u.bh.nZero = u.bh.pData->u.nZero; }else{ u.bh.nZero = 0; } sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0); rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bh.iKey, u.bh.pData->z, u.bh.pData->n, u.bh.nZero, pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bh.seekResult ); u.bh.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bh.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ u.bh.zDb = db->aDb[u.bh.pC->iDb].zName; u.bh.zTbl = pOp->p4.z; u.bh.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); assert( u.bh.pC->isTable ); db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bh.op, u.bh.zDb, u.bh.zTbl, u.bh.iKey); assert( u.bh.pC->iDb>=0 ); } break; } /* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. ** ** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous ** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then ** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete ** a record from within an Next loop. ** ** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is ** incremented (otherwise not). ** ** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with ** multiple rows. ** ** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is ** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists. ** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned ** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. */ case OP_Delete: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bi */ i64 iKey; VdbeCursor *pC; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */ u.bi.iKey = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bi.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bi.iKey to the rowid of the ** row being deleted. */ if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ assert( u.bi.pC->isTable ); assert( u.bi.pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */ u.bi.iKey = u.bi.pC->lastRowid; } /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor u.bi.pC is always pointing ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. **/ assert( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bi.pC->pCursor, 0); rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bi.pC->pCursor); u.bi.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bi.pC->iDb].zName; const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z; db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bi.iKey); assert( u.bi.pC->iDb>=0 ); } if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; break; } /* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * ** ** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle ** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). ** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. ** This is used by trigger programs. */ case OP_ResetCount: { sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); p->nChange = 0; break; } /* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 ** ** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares the record blob in ** register P3 with the entry that the sorter cursor currently points to. ** If, excluding the rowid fields at the end, the two records are a match, ** fall through to the next instruction. Otherwise, jump to instruction P2. */ case OP_SorterCompare: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bj */ VdbeCursor *pC; int res; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */ u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( isSorter(u.bj.pC) ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(u.bj.pC, pIn3, &u.bj.res); if( u.bj.res ){ pc = pOp->p2-1; } break; }; /* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. */ case OP_SorterData: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bk */ VdbeCursor *pC; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bk.pC->isSorter ); rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(u.bk.pC, pOut); #else pOp->opcode = OP_RowKey; pc--; #endif break; } /* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. ** There is no interpretation of the data. ** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) ** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. */ /* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. ** There is no interpretation of the data. ** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) ** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. */ case OP_RowKey: case OP_RowData: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bl */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; u32 n; i64 n64; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bl.pC->isSorter==0 ); assert( u.bl.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); assert( u.bl.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); assert( u.bl.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bl.pC->nullRow==0 ); assert( u.bl.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); assert( !u.bl.pC->isSorter ); assert( u.bl.pC->pCursor!=0 ); u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor; assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bl.pCrsr) ); /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. */ assert( u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bl.pC); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( u.bl.pC->isIndex ){ assert( !u.bl.pC->isTable ); VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.n64); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ if( u.bl.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } u.bl.n = (u32)u.bl.n64; }else{ VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.n); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ if( u.bl.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bl.n, 0) ){ goto no_mem; } pOut->n = u.bl.n; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); if( u.bl.pC->isIndex ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bl.pCrsr, 0, u.bl.n, pOut->z); }else{ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bl.pCrsr, 0, u.bl.n, pOut->z); } pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * ** ** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that ** P1 is currently point to. ** ** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to ** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this ** one opcode now works for both table types. */ case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bm */ VdbeCursor *pC; i64 v; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bm.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bm.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); if( u.bm.pC->nullRow ){ pOut->flags = MEM_Null; break; }else if( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto ){ u.bm.v = u.bm.pC->movetoTarget; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE }else if( u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor ){ u.bm.pVtab = u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; u.bm.pModule = u.bm.pVtab->pModule; assert( u.bm.pModule->xRowid ); rc = u.bm.pModule->xRowid(u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bm.v); importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bm.pVtab); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ }else{ assert( u.bm.pC->pCursor!=0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bm.pC); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid ){ u.bm.v = u.bm.pC->lastRowid; }else{ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bm.pC->pCursor, &u.bm.v); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ } } pOut->u.i = u.bm.v; break; } /* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * ** ** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations ** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always ** write a NULL. */ case OP_NullRow: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bn */ VdbeCursor *pC; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bn.pC!=0 ); u.bn.pC->nullRow = 1; u.bn.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; assert( u.bn.pC->pCursor || u.bn.pC->pVtabCursor ); if( u.bn.pC->pCursor ){ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bn.pC->pCursor); } break; } /* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * ** ** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through ** to the following instruction. */ case OP_Last: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bo */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bo.pC!=0 ); u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor; u.bo.res = 0; if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.res); } u.bo.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bo.res; u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bo.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bo.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that ** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. ** ** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, ** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to ** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the ** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and ** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is ** correctly optimizing out sorts. */ case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT pOp->opcode = OP_Sort; #endif case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_sort_count++; sqlite3_search_count--; #endif p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++; /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ } /* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * ** ** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through ** to the following instruction. */ case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bp */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bp.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bp.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); u.bp.res = 1; if( isSorter(u.bp.pC) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, u.bp.pC, &u.bp.res); }else{ u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor; assert( u.bp.pCrsr ); rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.res); u.bp.pC->atFirst = u.bp.res==0 ?1:0; u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; u.bp.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; u.bp.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; } u.bp.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bp.res; assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp ); if( u.bp.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** ** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through ** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, ** jump immediately to P2. ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. ** ** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to ** sqlite3BtreeNext(). ** ** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter ** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. ** ** See also: Prev */ /* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5 ** ** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through ** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, ** jump immediately to P2. ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. ** ** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to ** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). ** ** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter ** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. */ case OP_SorterNext: /* jump */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT pOp->opcode = OP_Next; #endif case OP_Prev: /* jump */ case OP_Next: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */ VdbeCursor *pC; int res; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) ); u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; if( u.bq.pC==0 ){ break; /* See ticket #2273 */ } assert( u.bq.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext) ); if( isSorter(u.bq.pC) ){ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext ); rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, u.bq.pC, &u.bq.res); }else{ u.bq.res = 1; assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( u.bq.pC->pCursor ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(u.bq.pC->pCursor, &u.bq.res); } u.bq.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bq.res; u.bq.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( u.bq.res==0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif } u.bq.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; break; } /* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** ** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the ** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key ** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. ** ** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this ** insert is likely to be an append. ** ** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction ** for tables is OP_Insert. */ case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT pOp->opcode = OP_IdxInsert; #endif case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.br */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int nKey; const char *zKey; #endif /* local variables moved into u.br */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.br.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.br.pC!=0 ); assert( u.br.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); u.br.pCrsr = u.br.pC->pCursor; if( ALWAYS(u.br.pCrsr!=0) ){ assert( u.br.pC->isTable==0 ); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( isSorter(u.br.pC) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, u.br.pC, pIn2); }else{ u.br.nKey = pIn2->n; u.br.zKey = pIn2->z; rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.br.pCrsr, u.br.zKey, u.br.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.br.pC->seekResult : 0) ); assert( u.br.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); u.br.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } } } break; } /* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form ** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the ** index opened by cursor P1. */ case OP_IdxDelete: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bs */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; UnpackedRecord r; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bs.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bs.pC!=0 ); u.bs.pCrsr = u.bs.pC->pCursor; if( ALWAYS(u.bs.pCrsr!=0) ){ u.bs.r.pKeyInfo = u.bs.pC->pKeyInfo; u.bs.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; u.bs.r.flags = 0; u.bs.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bs.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bs.r.aMem[i]) ); } #endif rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bs.pCrsr, &u.bs.r, 0, 0, &u.bs.res); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bs.res==0 ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bs.pCrsr); } assert( u.bs.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); u.bs.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } break; } /* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at ** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be ** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. ** ** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. */ case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bt */ BtCursor *pCrsr; VdbeCursor *pC; i64 rowid; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bt.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bt.pC!=0 ); u.bt.pCrsr = u.bt.pC->pCursor; pOut->flags = MEM_Null; if( ALWAYS(u.bt.pCrsr!=0) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bt.pC); if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; assert( u.bt.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( u.bt.pC->isTable==0 ); if( !u.bt.pC->nullRow ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bt.pCrsr, &u.bt.rowid); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } pOut->u.i = u.bt.rowid; pOut->flags = MEM_Int; } } break; } /* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. ** ** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon ** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except ** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor, ** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT. */ /* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. ** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. ** ** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior ** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE. */ case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bu */ VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord r; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); u.bu.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bu.pC!=0 ); assert( u.bu.pC->isOrdered ); if( ALWAYS(u.bu.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ assert( u.bu.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); u.bu.r.pKeyInfo = u.bu.pC->pKeyInfo; u.bu.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; if( pOp->p5 ){ u.bu.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; }else{ u.bu.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; } u.bu.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bu.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bu.r.aMem[i]) ); } #endif rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bu.pC, &u.bu.r, &u.bu.res); if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){ u.bu.res = -u.bu.res; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ); u.bu.res++; } if( u.bu.res>0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; } } break; } /* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database ** file is given by P1. ** ** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If ** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page ** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all ** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former ** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - ** is stored in register P2. If no page ** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already ** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. ** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. ** ** See also: Clear */ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bv */ int iMoved; int iCnt; Vdbe *pVdbe; int iDb; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE u.bv.iCnt = 0; for(u.bv.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.bv.pVdbe; u.bv.pVdbe = u.bv.pVdbe->pNext){ if( u.bv.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.bv.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.bv.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){ u.bv.iCnt++; } } #else u.bv.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt; #endif pOut->flags = MEM_Null; if( u.bv.iCnt>1 ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; }else{ u.bv.iDb = pOp->p3; assert( u.bv.iCnt==1 ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.bv.iDb))!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[u.bv.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.bv.iMoved); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; pOut->u.i = u.bv.iMoved; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bv.iMoved!=0 ){ sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, u.bv.iDb, u.bv.iMoved, pOp->p1); /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.bv.iDb+1 ); resetSchemaOnFault = u.bv.iDb+1; } #endif } break; } /* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 ** ** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page ** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not ** remove the table or index from the database file. ** ** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If ** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an ** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change ** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is ** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** ** See also: Destroy */ case OP_Clear: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */ int nChange; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */ u.bw.nChange = 0; assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bw.nChange : 0) ); if( pOp->p3 ){ p->nChange += u.bw.nChange; if( pOp->p3>0 ){ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bw.nChange; } } break; } /* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * ** ** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the ** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if ** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into ** register P2 ** ** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must ** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index ** has an arbitrary key but no data. ** ** See also: CreateIndex */ /* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * ** ** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the ** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if ** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into ** register P2. ** ** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. */ case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */ case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */ int pgno; int flags; Db *pDb; #endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */ u.bx.pgno = 0; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 ); u.bx.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; assert( u.bx.pDb->pBt!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ /* u.bx.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ u.bx.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; }else{ u.bx.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; } rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bx.pDb->pBt, &u.bx.pgno, u.bx.flags); pOut->u.i = u.bx.pgno; break; } /* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * ** ** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 ** that match the WHERE clause P4. ** ** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, ** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. */ case OP_ParseSchema: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */ int iDb; const char *zMaster; char *zSql; InitData initData; #endif /* local variables moved into u.by */ /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking ** sqlite3InitCallback(). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(u.by.iDb=0; u.by.iDb<db->nDb; u.by.iDb++){ assert( u.by.iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.by.iDb].pBt) ); } #endif u.by.iDb = pOp->p1; assert( u.by.iDb>=0 && u.by.iDb<db->nDb ); assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.by.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); /* Used to be a conditional */ { u.by.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.by.iDb); u.by.initData.db = db; u.by.initData.iDb = pOp->p1; u.by.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; u.by.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", db->aDb[u.by.iDb].zName, u.by.zMaster, pOp->p4.z); if( u.by.zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ assert( db->init.busy==0 ); db->init.busy = 1; u.by.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !db->mallocFailed ); rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.by.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.by.initData, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.by.initData.rc; sqlite3DbFree(db, u.by.zSql); db->init.busy = 0; } } if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ goto no_mem; } break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) /* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * ** ** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content ** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause ** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. */ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ /* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table ** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropTable: { sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } /* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index ** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropIndex: { sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } /* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger ** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropTrigger: { sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** ** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in ** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. ** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. ** ** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. ** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. ** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are ** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. ** ** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer ** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables ** total. ** ** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database ** file, not the main database file. ** ** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. */ case OP_IntegrityCk: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */ int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */ u.bz.nRoot = pOp->p2; assert( u.bz.nRoot>0 ); u.bz.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bz.nRoot+1) ); if( u.bz.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.bz.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( (u.bz.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); assert( (u.bz.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; for(u.bz.j=0; u.bz.j<u.bz.nRoot; u.bz.j++){ u.bz.aRoot[u.bz.j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[u.bz.j]); } u.bz.aRoot[u.bz.j] = 0; assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 ); u.bz.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bz.aRoot, u.bz.nRoot, (int)u.bz.pnErr->u.i, &u.bz.nErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bz.aRoot); u.bz.pnErr->u.i -= u.bz.nErr; sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); if( u.bz.nErr==0 ){ assert( u.bz.z==0 ); }else if( u.bz.z==0 ){ goto no_mem; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bz.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); } UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * ** ** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index ** held in register P1. ** ** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. */ case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; } sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); break; } /* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into ** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 ** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. */ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */ i64 val; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.ca.val)==0 ){ /* The boolean index is empty */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); pc = pOp->p2 - 1; }else{ /* A value was pulled from the index */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.ca.val); } break; } /* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 ** ** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 ** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains ** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the ** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the ** next opcode. ** ** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets ** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set ** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set ** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or ** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 ** bits are significant. ** ** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test ** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, ** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will ** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is ** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was ** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously ** inserted as part of some other set). */ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */ int iSet; int exists; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cb.iSet = pOp->p4.i; assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset */ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( u.cb.iSet==-1 || u.cb.iSet>=0 ); if( u.cb.iSet ){ u.cb.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, (u8)(u.cb.iSet>=0 ? u.cb.iSet & 0xf : 0xff), pIn3->u.i); if( u.cb.exists ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; break; } } if( u.cb.iSet>=0 ){ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** ** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory ** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 ** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE ** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address ** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the ** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** ** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. */ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */ int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */ u.cc.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; u.cc.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( u.cc.pProgram->nOp>0 ); /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). ** ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token ** variable. */ if( pOp->p5 ){ u.cc.t = u.cc.pProgram->token; for(u.cc.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cc.pFrame && u.cc.pFrame->token!=u.cc.t; u.cc.pFrame=u.cc.pFrame->pParent); if( u.cc.pFrame ) break; } if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); break; } /* Register u.cc.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.cc.pRt ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ if( (u.cc.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local ** variable u.cc.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. */ u.cc.nMem = u.cc.pProgram->nMem + u.cc.pProgram->nCsr; u.cc.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + u.cc.nMem * sizeof(Mem) + u.cc.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *) + u.cc.pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8); u.cc.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.cc.nByte); if( !u.cc.pFrame ){ goto no_mem; } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.cc.pRt); u.cc.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; u.cc.pRt->u.pFrame = u.cc.pFrame; u.cc.pFrame->v = p; u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem = u.cc.nMem; u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.cc.pProgram->nCsr; u.cc.pFrame->pc = pc; u.cc.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; u.cc.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; u.cc.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; u.cc.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; u.cc.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; u.cc.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; u.cc.pFrame->token = u.cc.pProgram->token; u.cc.pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag; u.cc.pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag; u.cc.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame)[u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem]; for(u.cc.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame); u.cc.pMem!=u.cc.pEnd; u.cc.pMem++){ u.cc.pMem->flags = MEM_Invalid; u.cc.pMem->db = db; } }else{ u.cc.pFrame = u.cc.pRt->u.pFrame; assert( u.cc.pProgram->nMem+u.cc.pProgram->nCsr==u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem ); assert( u.cc.pProgram->nCsr==u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr ); assert( pc==u.cc.pFrame->pc ); } p->nFrame++; u.cc.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; u.cc.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; u.cc.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; p->nChange = 0; p->pFrame = u.cc.pFrame; p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame)[-1]; p->nMem = u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem; p->nCursor = (u16)u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr; p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; p->aOp = aOp = u.cc.pProgram->aOp; p->nOp = u.cc.pProgram->nOp; p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor]; p->nOnceFlag = u.cc.pProgram->nOnce; p->nOp = u.cc.pProgram->nOp; pc = -1; memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); break; } /* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the ** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory ** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames ** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* ** and old.* values. ** ** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding ** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the ** calling OP_Program instruction. */ case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; Mem *pIn; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */ u.cd.pFrame = p->pFrame; u.cd.pIn = &u.cd.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.cd.pFrame->aOp[u.cd.pFrame->pc].p1]; sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.cd.pIn, MEM_Ephem); break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * ** ** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). ** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented ** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the ** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ case OP_FkCounter: { if( pOp->p1 ){ db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; }else{ p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; } break; } /* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. ** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter ** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is ** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero ** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). */ case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ if( pOp->p1 ){ if( db->nDeferredCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; }else{ if( p->nFkConstraint==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; } break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * ** ** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is ** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed ** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of ** its current value and the value in register P2. ** ** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially ** an integer. */ case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */ Mem *pIn1; VdbeFrame *pFrame; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */ if( p->pFrame ){ for(u.ce.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.ce.pFrame->pParent; u.ce.pFrame=u.ce.pFrame->pParent); u.ce.pIn1 = &u.ce.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; }else{ u.ce.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; } assert( memIsValid(u.ce.pIn1) ); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.ce.pIn1); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); if( u.ce.pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){ u.ce.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ /* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * * ** ** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. ** ** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does ** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. */ case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * * ** ** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. ** ** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does ** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. */ case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the ** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. ** ** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does ** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. */ case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } /* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The ** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef ** structure that specifies the function. Use register ** P3 as the accumulator. ** ** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its ** successors. */ case OP_AggStep: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */ int n; int i; Mem *pMem; Mem *pRec; sqlite3_context ctx; sqlite3_value **apVal; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */ u.cf.n = pOp->p5; assert( u.cf.n>=0 ); u.cf.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; u.cf.apVal = p->apArg; assert( u.cf.apVal || u.cf.n==0 ); for(u.cf.i=0; u.cf.i<u.cf.n; u.cf.i++, u.cf.pRec++){ assert( memIsValid(u.cf.pRec) ); u.cf.apVal[u.cf.i] = u.cf.pRec; memAboutToChange(p, u.cf.pRec); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cf.pRec); } u.cf.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.cf.ctx.pMem = u.cf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cf.pMem->n++; u.cf.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; u.cf.ctx.s.z = 0; u.cf.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; u.cf.ctx.s.xDel = 0; u.cf.ctx.s.db = db; u.cf.ctx.isError = 0; u.cf.ctx.pColl = 0; if( u.cf.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ assert( pOp>p->aOp ); assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); u.cf.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; } (u.cf.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cf.ctx, u.cf.n, u.cf.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ if( u.cf.ctx.isError ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cf.ctx.s)); rc = u.cf.ctx.isError; } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cf.ctx.s); break; } /* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is ** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. ** ** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and ** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 ** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate ** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The ** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where ** the step function was not previously called. */ case OP_AggFinal: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */ Mem *pMem; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); u.cg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (u.cg.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cg.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); if( rc ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cg.pMem)); } sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cg.pMem, encoding); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cg.pMem); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cg.pMem) ){ goto too_big; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in ** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL ** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns ** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the ** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages ** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint ** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and ** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. */ case OP_Checkpoint: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int aRes[3]; /* Results */ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */ u.ch.aRes[0] = 0; u.ch.aRes[1] = u.ch.aRes[2] = -1; assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ); rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.ch.aRes[1], &u.ch.aRes[2]); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; u.ch.aRes[0] = 1; } for(u.ch.i=0, u.ch.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.ch.i<3; u.ch.i++, u.ch.pMem++){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.ch.pMem, (i64)u.ch.aRes[u.ch.i]); } break; }; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA /* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** ** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback ** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple ** operation. No IO is required. ** ** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. ** ** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. */ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */ Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ int eNew; /* New journal mode */ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ #endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */ u.ci.eNew = pOp->p3; assert( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); u.ci.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; u.ci.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(u.ci.pBt); u.ci.eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager); if( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld; if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ci.pPager) ) u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL u.ci.zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(u.ci.pPager); /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory */ if( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && (sqlite3Strlen30(u.ci.zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(u.ci.pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ ){ u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld; } if( (u.ci.eNew!=u.ci.eOld) && (u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", (u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") ); break; }else{ if( u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file ** after a successful return. */ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(u.ci.pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, u.ci.eNew); } }else if( u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF ** as an intermediate */ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); } /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. */ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ci.pBt)==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(u.ci.pBt, (u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); } } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ if( rc ){ u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld; } u.ci.eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, u.ci.eNew); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(u.ci.eNew); pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); break; }; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) /* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * ** ** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual ** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within ** a transaction. */ case OP_Vacuum: { rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); break; } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) /* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * ** ** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on ** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction ** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */ Btree *pBt; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 ); u.cj.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.cj.pBt); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } break; } #endif /* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * ** ** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement ** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed ** (via sqlite3_step()). ** ** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, ** then only the currently executing statement is affected. */ case OP_Expire: { if( !pOp->p1 ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); }else{ p->expired = 1; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when ** the shared-cache feature is enabled. ** ** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database ** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or ** a write lock if P3==1. ** ** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. ** ** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only ** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. */ case OP_TableLock: { u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ int p1 = pOp->p1; assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb ); assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ const char *z = pOp->p4.z; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z); } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * ** ** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the ** xBegin method for that table. ** ** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from ** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error ** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. */ case OP_VBegin: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */ VTable *pVTab; #endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */ u.ck.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.ck.pVTab); if( u.ck.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVTab->pVtab); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method ** for that table. */ case OP_VCreate: { rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method ** of that table. */ case OP_VDestroy: { p->inVtabMethod = 2; rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); p->inVtabMethod = 0; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual ** table and stores that cursor in P1. */ case OP_VOpen: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */ VdbeCursor *pCur; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */ u.cl.pCur = 0; u.cl.pVtabCursor = 0; u.cl.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; u.cl.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cl.pVtab->pModule; assert(u.cl.pVtab && u.cl.pModule); rc = u.cl.pModule->xOpen(u.cl.pVtab, &u.cl.pVtabCursor); importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab); if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.cl.pVtab; /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */ u.cl.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); if( u.cl.pCur ){ u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.cl.pVtabCursor; u.cl.pCur->pModule = u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; }else{ db->mallocFailed = 1; u.cl.pModule->xClose(u.cl.pVtabCursor); } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if ** the filtered result set is empty. ** ** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex ** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left ** to the module implementation. ** ** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified ** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register ** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the ** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc ** additional parameters which are passed to ** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. ** ** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. */ case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */ int nArg; int iQuery; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pQuery; Mem *pArgc; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; VdbeCursor *pCur; int res; int i; Mem **apArg; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */ u.cm.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cm.pArgc = &u.cm.pQuery[1]; u.cm.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( memIsValid(u.cm.pQuery) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cm.pQuery); assert( u.cm.pCur->pVtabCursor ); u.cm.pVtabCursor = u.cm.pCur->pVtabCursor; u.cm.pVtab = u.cm.pVtabCursor->pVtab; u.cm.pModule = u.cm.pVtab->pModule; /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ assert( (u.cm.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.cm.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); u.cm.nArg = (int)u.cm.pArgc->u.i; u.cm.iQuery = (int)u.cm.pQuery->u.i; /* Invoke the xFilter method */ { u.cm.res = 0; u.cm.apArg = p->apArg; for(u.cm.i = 0; u.cm.i<u.cm.nArg; u.cm.i++){ u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i] = &u.cm.pArgc[u.cm.i+1]; sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i]); } p->inVtabMethod = 1; rc = u.cm.pModule->xFilter(u.cm.pVtabCursor, u.cm.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.cm.nArg, u.cm.apArg); p->inVtabMethod = 0; importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u.cm.res = u.cm.pModule->xEof(u.cm.pVtabCursor); } if( u.cm.res ){ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } } u.cm.pCur->nullRow = 0; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Store the value of the P2-th column of ** the row of the virtual-table that the ** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. */ case OP_VColumn: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cn */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pDest; sqlite3_context sContext; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); u.cn.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, u.cn.pDest); if( pCur->nullRow ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cn.pDest); break; } u.cn.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; u.cn.pModule = u.cn.pVtab->pModule; assert( u.cn.pModule->xColumn ); memset(&u.cn.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cn.sContext)); /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move ** the current contents to u.cn.sContext.s so in case the user-function ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a ** new one. */ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.cn.sContext.s, u.cn.pDest); MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cn.sContext.s, MEM_Null); rc = u.cn.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cn.sContext, pOp->p2); importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cn.pVtab); if( u.cn.sContext.isError ){ rc = u.cn.sContext.isError; } /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any ** dynamic allocation in u.cn.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cn.sContext.s, encoding); sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.cn.pDest, &u.cn.sContext.s); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cn.pDest); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cn.pDest); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cn.pDest) ){ goto too_big; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * ** ** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and ** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached ** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.co */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int res; VdbeCursor *pCur; #endif /* local variables moved into u.co */ u.co.res = 0; u.co.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor ); if( u.co.pCur->nullRow ){ break; } u.co.pVtab = u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; u.co.pModule = u.co.pVtab->pModule; assert( u.co.pModule->xNext ); /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. */ p->inVtabMethod = 1; rc = u.co.pModule->xNext(u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor); p->inVtabMethod = 0; importVtabErrMsg(p, u.co.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u.co.res = u.co.pModule->xEof(u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor); } if( !u.co.res ){ /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value ** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. */ case OP_VRename: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cp */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cp */ u.cp.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; u.cp.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( u.cp.pVtab->pModule->xRename ); assert( memIsValid(u.cp.pName) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.cp.pName); assert( u.cp.pName->flags & MEM_Str ); testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cp.pName, SQLITE_UTF8); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = u.cp.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.cp.pVtab, u.cp.pName->z); importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cp.pVtab); p->expired = 0; } break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values ** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate ** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the ** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. ** ** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. ** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) ** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no ** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new ** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new ** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are ** the values of columns in the new row. ** ** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of ** a row to delete. ** ** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call ** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() ** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. */ case OP_VUpdate: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cq */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pModule; int nArg; int i; sqlite_int64 rowid; Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cq */ assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace ); u.cq.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; u.cq.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cq.pVtab->pModule; u.cq.nArg = pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); if( ALWAYS(u.cq.pModule->xUpdate) ){ u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; u.cq.apArg = p->apArg; u.cq.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; for(u.cq.i=0; u.cq.i<u.cq.nArg; u.cq.i++){ assert( memIsValid(u.cq.pX) ); memAboutToChange(p, u.cq.pX); sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cq.pX); u.cq.apArg[u.cq.i] = u.cq.pX; u.cq.pX++; } db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; rc = u.cq.pModule->xUpdate(u.cq.pVtab, u.cq.nArg, u.cq.apArg, &u.cq.rowid); db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cq.pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ assert( u.cq.nArg>1 && u.cq.apArg[0] && (u.cq.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cq.rowid; } if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); } }else{ p->nChange++; } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. */ case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. ** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and ** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. ** ** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. */ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ unsigned int newMax; Btree *pBt; pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; newMax = 0; if( pOp->p3 ){ newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; } pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 * ** ** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then ** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. */ case OP_Trace: { #if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cr */ char *zTrace; char *z; #endif /* local variables moved into u.cr */ if( db->xTrace && (u.cr.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ u.cr.z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cr.zTrace); db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cr.z); sqlite3DbFree(db, u.cr.z); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 && (u.cr.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cr.zTrace); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ break; } #endif /* Opcode: Noop * * * * * ** ** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump ** destination. */ /* ** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which ** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) ** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the ** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. */ default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); break; } /***************************************************************************** ** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented ** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the ** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are ** restored. *****************************************************************************/ } #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE { u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start; pOp->cycles += elapsed; pOp->cnt++; #if 0 fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed); sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &aOp[origPc]); #endif } #endif /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. */ #ifndef NDEBUG assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc); if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #endif /* NDEBUG */ } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with ** an error of some kind. */ vdbe_error_halt: assert( rc ); p->rc = rc; testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); } /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the ** top. */ vdbe_return: db->lastRowid = lastRowid; sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return rc; /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ** is encountered. */ too_big: sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big"); rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; goto vdbe_error_halt; /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. */ no_mem: db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory"); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto vdbe_error_halt; /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable ** should hold the error number. */ abort_due_to_error: assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); } goto vdbe_error_halt; /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt ** flag. */ abort_due_to_interrupt: assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; p->rc = rc; sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); goto vdbe_error_halt; } /************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. */ typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; struct Incrblob { int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ }; /* ** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks ** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the ** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may ** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using ** sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent ** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ int rc; /* Error code */ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. */ assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol]; if( type<12 ){ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); p->pStmt = 0; }else{ p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol]; p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); p->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor; sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr); sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); } } if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( p->pStmt ){ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); p->pStmt = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); *pzErr = zErr; return rc; } /* ** Open a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ ){ int nAttempt = 0; int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. ** ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and ** blob_bytes() functions. ** ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the ** transaction. */ static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */ {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */ {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Acquire a read or write lock */ /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */ {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */ {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */ {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 7 */ {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0}, /* 9 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */ }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zErr = 0; Table *pTab; Parse *pParse = 0; Incrblob *pBlob = 0; flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ *ppBlob = 0; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; do { memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); pParse->db = db; sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = 0; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ pTab = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ pTab = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); } #endif if( !pTab ){ if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; pParse->zErrMsg = 0; } rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) { if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ break; } } if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these ** descriptions applies for writing. */ if( flags ){ const char *zFault = 0; Index *pIdx; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this ** case. */ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ int j; for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){ if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ zFault = "foreign key"; } } } } #endif for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int j; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ zFault = "indexed"; } } } if( zFault ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } } pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); if( pBlob->pStmt ){ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob); /* Configure the OP_Transaction */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, flags); /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2); #else sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); #endif /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb); /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to ** think that the table has one more column than it really ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type ** and offset cache without causing any IO. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ pParse->nVar = 1; pParse->nMem = 1; pParse->nTab = 1; sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); } } pBlob->flags = flags; pBlob->iCol = iCol; pBlob->db = db; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto blob_open_out; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ); blob_open_out: if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; }else{ if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); } sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Close a blob handle that was previously created using ** sqlite3_blob_open(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; int rc; sqlite3 *db; if( p ){ db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ static int blobReadWrite( sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset, int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) ){ int rc; Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0); }else if( v==0 ){ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. */ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; }else{ /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. */ assert( db == v->db ); sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); p->pStmt = 0; }else{ db->errCode = rc; v->rc = rc; } } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Read data from a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); } /* ** Write data to a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); } /* ** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. ** ** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob ** so no mutex is required for access. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; } /* ** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same ** database table. ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the ** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all ** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ int rc; Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; sqlite3 *db; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( p->pStmt==0 ){ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. */ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; }else{ char *zErr; rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2011 July 9 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with ** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for ** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main ** memory). */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; /* ** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: ** ** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series ** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly ** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order ** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, ** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment ** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports ** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison ** operations. ** ** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. ** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For ** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually ** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal ** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are ** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). ** ** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in ** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. ** ** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing ** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of ** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the ** aTree element is set to the index of it. ** ** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any ** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF ** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. ** ** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that preceed the final (N/2) described ** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. ** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that ** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. ** ** Example: ** ** aIter[0] -> Banana ** aIter[1] -> Feijoa ** aIter[2] -> Elderberry ** aIter[3] -> Currant ** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit ** aIter[5] -> Apple ** aIter[6] -> Durian ** aIter[7] -> EOF ** ** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } ** ** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by ** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will ** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is ** "Eggplant": ** ** aIter[5] -> Eggplant ** ** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator ** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator ** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. ** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator ** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian), ** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows: ** ** aTree[] = { X, 0 0, 6 0, 3, 5, 6 } ** ** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N) ** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments ** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2). */ struct VdbeSorter { int nInMemory; /* Current size of pRecord list as PMA */ int nTree; /* Used size of aTree/aIter (power of 2) */ VdbeSorterIter *aIter; /* Array of iterators to merge */ int *aTree; /* Current state of incremental merge */ i64 iWriteOff; /* Current write offset within file pTemp1 */ i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset within file pTemp1 */ sqlite3_file *pTemp1; /* PMA file 1 */ int nPMA; /* Number of PMAs stored in pTemp1 */ SorterRecord *pRecord; /* Head of in-memory record list */ int mnPmaSize; /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */ int mxPmaSize; /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes. 0==no limit */ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Used to unpack keys */ }; /* ** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in ** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0. */ struct VdbeSorterIter { i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset */ i64 iEof; /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */ sqlite3_file *pFile; /* File iterator is reading from */ int nAlloc; /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */ u8 *aAlloc; /* Allocated space */ int nKey; /* Number of bytes in key */ u8 *aKey; /* Pointer to current key */ }; /* ** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected ** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the ** SorterRecord.pNext pointer. */ struct SorterRecord { void *pVal; int nVal; SorterRecord *pNext; }; /* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */ #define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10 /* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */ #define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* ** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second ** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning. */ static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc); memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); } /* ** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if ** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. */ static int vdbeSorterIterNext( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */ VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nRead; /* Number of bytes read */ int nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ int iOff = 0; /* Size of serialized size varint in bytes */ assert( pIter->iEof>=pIter->iReadOff ); if( pIter->iEof-pIter->iReadOff>5 ){ nRead = 5; }else{ nRead = (int)(pIter->iEof - pIter->iReadOff); } if( nRead<=0 ){ /* This is an EOF condition */ vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3OsRead(pIter->pFile, pIter->aAlloc, nRead, pIter->iReadOff); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ iOff = getVarint32(pIter->aAlloc, nRec); if( (iOff+nRec)>nRead ){ int nRead2; /* Number of extra bytes to read */ if( (iOff+nRec)>pIter->nAlloc ){ int nNew = pIter->nAlloc*2; while( (iOff+nRec)>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; pIter->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pIter->aAlloc, nNew); if( !pIter->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pIter->nAlloc = nNew; } nRead2 = iOff + nRec - nRead; rc = sqlite3OsRead( pIter->pFile, &pIter->aAlloc[nRead], nRead2, pIter->iReadOff+nRead ); } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nRec>0 ); pIter->iReadOff += iOff+nRec; pIter->nKey = nRec; pIter->aKey = &pIter->aAlloc[iOff]; return rc; } /* ** Write a single varint, value iVal, to file-descriptor pFile. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. ** ** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the byte ** offset in file pFile to write to. Before returning, *piOffset is ** incremented by the number of bytes written. */ static int vdbeSorterWriteVarint( sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ i64 iVal, /* Value to write as a varint */ i64 *piOffset /* IN/OUT: Write offset in file pFile */ ){ u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ int nVarint; /* Number of used bytes in varint */ int rc; /* Result of write() call */ nVarint = sqlite3PutVarint(aVarint, iVal); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, aVarint, nVarint, *piOffset); *piOffset += nVarint; return rc; } /* ** Read a single varint from file-descriptor pFile. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. ** ** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the ** byte offset in file pFile from whence to read the varint. If successful ** (i.e. if no IO error occurs), then *piOffset is set to the offset of ** the first byte past the end of the varint before returning. *piVal is ** set to the integer value read. If an error occurs, the final values of ** both *piOffset and *piVal are undefined. */ static int vdbeSorterReadVarint( sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to read from */ i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Read offset in pFile */ i64 *piVal /* OUT: Value read from file */ ){ u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ i64 iOff = *piOffset; /* Offset in file to read from */ int rc; /* Return code */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFile, aVarint, 9, iOff); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *piOffset += getVarint(aVarint, (u64 *)piVal); } return rc; } /* ** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile ** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function ** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the ** PMA is empty). */ static int vdbeSorterIterInit( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ ){ int rc; assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; pIter->iReadOff = iStart; pIter->nAlloc = 128; pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); if( !pIter->aAlloc ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ i64 nByte; /* Total size of PMA in bytes */ rc = vdbeSorterReadVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->iReadOff, &nByte); *pnByte += nByte; pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); } return rc; } /* ** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, ** size nKey2 bytes). Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions ** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive ** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2. ** ** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid ** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid ** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to ** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values. ** ** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace ** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. */ static void vdbeSorterCompare( VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ int bOmitRowid, /* Ignore rowid field at end of keys */ void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; int i; if( pKey2 ){ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); } if( bOmitRowid ){ r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField; assert( r2->nField>0 ); for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){ if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ *pRes = -1; return; } } r2->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; } *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2); } /* ** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging ** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] ** value to recalculate. */ static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; int i1; int i2; int iRes; VdbeSorterIter *p1; VdbeSorterIter *p2; assert( iOut<pSorter->nTree && iOut>0 ); if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; i2 = i1 + 1; }else{ i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; } p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; if( p1->pFile==0 ){ iRes = i2; }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ iRes = i1; }else{ int res; assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ vdbeSorterCompare( pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res ); if( res<=0 ){ iRes = i1; }else{ iRes = i2; } } pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ int mxCache; /* Cache size */ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ char *d; /* Dummy */ assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); if( pSorter==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; if( mxCache<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ) mxCache = SORTER_MIN_WORKING; pSorter->mxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. */ static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ SorterRecord *p; SorterRecord *pNext; for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; if( pSorter ){ if( pSorter->aIter ){ int i; for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTree; i++){ vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); } if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); } vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); pCsr->pSorter = 0; } } /* ** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, ** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. */ static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){ int dummy; return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy ); } /* ** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. ** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. */ static void vdbeSorterMerge( VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ ){ SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; while( p1 && p2 ){ int res; vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); if( res<=0 ){ *pp = p1; pp = &p1->pNext; p1 = p1->pNext; pVal2 = 0; }else{ *pp = p2; pp = &p2->pNext; p2 = p2->pNext; if( p2==0 ) break; pVal2 = p2->pVal; } } *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; *ppOut = pFinal; } /* ** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error ** occurs. */ static int vdbeSorterSort(VdbeCursor *pCsr){ int i; SorterRecord **aSlot; SorterRecord *p; VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); if( !aSlot ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p = pSorter->pRecord; while( p ){ SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; p->pNext = 0; for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); aSlot[i] = 0; } aSlot[i] = p; p = pNext; } p = 0; for(i=0; i<64; i++){ vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); } pSorter->pRecord = p; sqlite3_free(aSlot); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** The format of a PMA is: ** ** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content ** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). ** ** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. ** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the ** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. */ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); return rc; } rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 iOff = pSorter->iWriteOff; SorterRecord *p; SorterRecord *pNext = 0; static const char eightZeros[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; pSorter->nPMA++; rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, pSorter->nInMemory, &iOff); for(p=pSorter->pRecord; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pNext; rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, p->nVal, &iOff); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, p->pVal, p->nVal, iOff); iOff += p->nVal; } sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* This assert verifies that unless an error has occurred, the size of ** the PMA on disk is the same as the expected size stored in ** pSorter->nInMemory. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nInMemory==( iOff-pSorter->iWriteOff-sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) )); pSorter->iWriteOff = iOff; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Terminate each file with 8 extra bytes so that from any offset ** in the file we can always read 9 bytes without a SHORT_READ error */ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, eightZeros, 8, iOff); } pSorter->pRecord = p; } return rc; } /* ** Add a record to the sorter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ ){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ assert( pSorter ); pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); if( pNew==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); pNew->nVal = pVal->n; pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; pSorter->pRecord = pNew; } /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They ** are written out when either of the following are true: ** ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * cache-size), or ** ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) )){ rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); pSorter->nInMemory = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). */ static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ ){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ /* Initialize the iterators. */ for(i=0; i<SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; i++){ VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[i]; rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; } /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){ rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); } *pnByte = nByte; return rc; } /* ** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare ** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ assert( pSorter ); /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly ** from the in-memory list. */ if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); } /* Write the current b-tree to a PMA. Close the b-tree cursor. */ rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ nIter = pSorter->nPMA; if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; assert( nIter>0 ); while( N<nIter ) N += N; nByte = N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); pSorter->aIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; pSorter->nTree = N; do { int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ for(iNew=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT<pSorter->nPMA; iNew++ ){ i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(). ** ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. */ rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ break; } /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ if( pTemp2==0 ){ assert( iWrite2==0 ); rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pTemp2, nWrite, &iWrite2); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bEof = 0; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){ int nToWrite; VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; assert( pIter->pFile ); nToWrite = pIter->nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(pIter->nKey); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pTemp2, pIter->aAlloc, nToWrite, iWrite2); iWrite2 += nToWrite; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); } } } } if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ break; }else{ sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; pSorter->nPMA = iNew; pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; pTemp2 = pTmp; pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; pSorter->iReadOff = 0; iWrite2 = 0; } }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pTemp2 ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); } *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); return rc; } /* ** Advance to the next element in the sorter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; int rc; /* Return code */ if( pSorter->aTree ){ int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i=i/2){ rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); } *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); }else{ SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; pFree->pNext = 0; vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the ** current key. */ static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ ){ void *pKey; if( pSorter->aTree ){ VdbeSorterIter *pIter; pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; *pnKey = pIter->nKey; pKey = pIter->aKey; }else{ *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; } return pKey; } /* ** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pOut->n = nKey; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor ** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of ** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). ** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the ** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter ** key. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ ){ VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 1, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT */ /************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used ** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization ** is enabled. ** ** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the ** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, ** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to ** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file ** on disk is not created or populated until either: ** ** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated ** buffer, or ** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE /* ** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by ** as an open file handle for journal files. */ struct JournalFile { sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ int flags; /* xOpen flags */ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ }; typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; /* ** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file ** for JournalFile p. */ static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !p->pReal ){ sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->pReal = pReal; if( p->iSize>0 ){ assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); } } } return rc; } /* ** Close the file. */ static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( p->pReal ){ sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); } sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Read data from the file. */ static int jrnlRead( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( p->pReal ){ rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; }else{ memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); } return rc; } /* ** Write data to the file. */ static int jrnlWrite( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ rc = createFile(p); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->pReal ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); }else{ memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); } } } return rc; } /* ** Truncate the file. */ static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( p->pReal ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); }else if( size<p->iSize ){ p->iSize = size; } return rc; } /* ** Sync the file. */ static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ int rc; JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( p->pReal ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** Query the size of the file in bytes. */ static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; if( p->pReal ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); }else{ *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; } return rc; } /* ** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. */ static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ jrnlClose, /* xClose */ jrnlRead, /* xRead */ jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ jrnlSync, /* xSync */ jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ 0, /* xLock */ 0, /* xUnlock */ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ 0, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* xSectorSize */ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ 0, /* xShmMap */ 0, /* xShmLock */ 0, /* xShmBarrier */ 0 /* xShmUnmap */ }; /* ** Open a journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ int flags, /* Opening flags */ int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ ){ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); if( nBuf>0 ){ p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); if( !p->zBuf ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else{ return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); } p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; p->nBuf = nBuf; p->flags = flags; p->zJournal = zName; p->pVfs = pVfs; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying ** file has not yet been created, create it now. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ return SQLITE_OK; } return createFile((JournalFile *)p); } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs ** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); } #endif /************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. ** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for ** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. */ /* Forward references to internal structures */ typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; /* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of ** this many bytes. ** ** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, ** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills ** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two ** memory allocators. */ #define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) /* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. */ #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif /* ** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. */ struct FileChunk { FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ }; /* ** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. ** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. */ struct FilePoint { sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ }; /* ** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal ** is an instance of this class. */ struct MemJournal { sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ }; /* ** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation ** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. */ static int memjrnlRead( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; u8 *zOut = zBuf; int nRead = iAmt; int iChunkOffset; FileChunk *pChunk; /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; for(pChunk=p->pFirst; ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; pChunk=pChunk->pNext ){ iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; } }else{ pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; } iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); do { int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); zOut += nCopy; nRead -= iSpace; iChunkOffset = 0; } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write data to the file. */ static int memjrnlWrite( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ ){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; int nWrite = iAmt; u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random ** access writes are not required by sqlite. */ assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); while( nWrite>0 ){ FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); if( !pNew ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } pNew->pNext = 0; if( pChunk ){ assert( p->pFirst ); pChunk->pNext = pNew; }else{ assert( !p->pFirst ); p->pFirst = pNew; } p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; } memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); zWrite += iSpace; nWrite -= iSpace; p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate the file. */ static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; FileChunk *pChunk; assert(size==0); UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); pChunk = p->pFirst; while( pChunk ){ FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; pChunk = pChunk->pNext; sqlite3_free(pTmp); } sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close the file. */ static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Sync the file. ** ** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine ** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation ** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other ** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. */ static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Query the size of the file in bytes. */ static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. */ static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ 0, /* xLock */ 0, /* xUnlock */ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ 0, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* xSectorSize */ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ 0, /* xShmMap */ 0, /* xShmLock */ 0, /* xShmBarrier */ 0 /* xShmUnlock */ }; /* ** Open a journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; } /* ** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is ** an in-memory journal */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ return sizeof(MemJournal); } /************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 16 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for ** an SQL statement. */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node ** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback ** is invoked before visiting children.) ** ** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* ** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. ** ** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. ** ** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow ** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. ** ** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and ** return the top-level walk call. ** ** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk ** and WRC_Continue to continue. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int rc; if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue; testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); if( rc==WRC_Continue && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; }else{ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; } } return rc & WRC_Abort; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until ** an abort request is seen. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ int i; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( p ){ for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do ** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke ** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. ** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the ** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select ** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery ** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return ** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ SrcList *pSrc; int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; pSrc = p->pSrc; if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. ** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and ** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. ** ** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if ** there is an abort request. ** ** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine ** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ int rc; if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue; rc = WRC_Continue; while( p ){ rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); if( rc ) break; if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort; p = p->pPrior; } return rc & WRC_Abort; } /************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 18 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and ** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular ** table and column. */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the ** result set in pEList. ** ** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine ** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this ** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the ** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be ** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. ** ** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple ** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as ** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. ** ** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means ** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: ** ** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x ** ** Is equivalent to: ** ** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 ** ** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different ** from the result in the result-set. We might fix this someday. Or ** then again, we might not... */ static void resolveAlias( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ const char *zType /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ ){ Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr ); pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; assert( pOrig!=0 ); assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); db = pParse->db; if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); if( pDup==0 ) return; if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){ pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); } pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias; }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); if( pDup==0 ) return; }else{ char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken; assert( zToken!=0 ); pOrig->u.zToken = 0; pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); pOrig->u.zToken = zToken; if( pDup==0 ) return; assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken; pDup->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zToken); } if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; } /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. */ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); } /* ** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. ** ** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain ** zCol. */ static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ if( pUsing ){ int k; for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up ** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr ** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes ** are made to pExpr: ** ** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X ** (even if X is implied). ** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained ** from pSrcList. ** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if ** X and/or Y are implied.) ** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. ** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. ** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted ** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. ** ** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be ** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database ** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This ** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it ** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table ** can be used. ** ** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message ** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. */ static int lookupName( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ int isTrigger = 0; assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); /* Initialize the node to no-match */ pExpr->iTable = -1; pExpr->pTab = 0; ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ ExprList *pEList; SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; if( pSrcList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ Table *pTab; int iDb; Column *pCol; pTab = pItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); if( zTab ){ if( pItem->zAlias ){ char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; }else{ char *zTabName = pTab->zName; if( NEVER(zTabName==0) || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ continue; } if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ continue; } } } if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pExpr->pTab = pTab; pSchema = pTab->pSchema; pMatch = pItem; } for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a ** USING clause, then skip this match. */ if( cnt==1 ){ if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; } cnt++; pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pExpr->pTab = pTab; pMatch = pItem; pSchema = pTab->pSchema; /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; break; } } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference */ if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; Table *pTab = 0; assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ pExpr->iTable = 1; pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ pExpr->iTable = 0; pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; } if( pTab ){ int iCol; pSchema = pTab->pSchema; cntTab++; for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ iCol = -1; } break; } } if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){ iCol = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ } if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){ cnt++; if( iCol<0 ){ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ testcase( iCol==31 ); testcase( iCol==32 ); pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol)); }else{ testcase( iCol==31 ); testcase( iCol==32 ); pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol)); } pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol; pExpr->pTab = pTab; isTrigger = 1; } } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ /* ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID */ if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){ cnt = 1; pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } /* ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; ** ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. */ if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){ char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ Expr *pOrig; assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); return WRC_Abort; } resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, ""); cnt = 1; pMatch = 0; assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); goto lookupname_end; } } } /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. */ if( cnt==0 ){ pNC = pNC->pNext; } } /* ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to ** pExpr. ** ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef ** fields are not changed in any context. */ if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ pExpr->op = TK_STRING; pExpr->pTab = 0; return WRC_Prune; } /* ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. */ if( cnt!=1 ){ const char *zErr; zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; if( zDb ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); }else if( zTab ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; pTopNC->nErr++; } /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. */ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ int n = pExpr->iColumn; testcase( n==BMS-1 ); if( n>=BMS ){ n = BMS-1; } assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n; } /* Clean up and return */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft); pExpr->pLeft = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); pExpr->pRight = 0; pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); lookupname_end: if( cnt==1 ){ assert( pNC!=0 ); sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to ** the point where the name matched. */ for(;;){ assert( pTopNC!=0 ); pTopNC->nRef++; if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; } return WRC_Prune; } else { return WRC_Abort; } } /* ** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol ** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); if( p ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; p->pTab = pItem->pTab; p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ p->iColumn = -1; }else{ p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; testcase( iCol==BMS ); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); } ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); } return p; } /* ** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). ** ** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current ** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down ** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. ** ** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for ** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed ** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. */ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ NameContext *pNC; Parse *pParse; pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; assert( pNC!=0 ); pParse = pNC->pParse; assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); #ifndef NDEBUG if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; int i; for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){ assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab); } } #endif switch( pExpr->op ){ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. */ case TK_ROW: { SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); pItem = pSrcList->a; pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pExpr->iColumn = -1; pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; break; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. */ case TK_ID: { return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); } /* A table name and column name: ID.ID ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID */ case TK_DOT: { const char *zColumn; const char *zTable; const char *zDb; Expr *pRight; /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ zDb = 0; zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; }else{ assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; } return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); } /* Resolve function names */ case TK_CONST_FUNC: case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ const char *zId; /* The function name. */ FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); zId = pExpr->u.zToken; nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); if( pDef==0 ){ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); if( pDef==0 ){ no_such_func = 1; }else{ wrong_num_args = 1; } }else{ is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( pDef ){ auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", pDef->zName); pNC->nErr++; } pExpr->op = TK_NULL; return WRC_Prune; } } #endif if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); pNC->nErr++; is_agg = 0; }else if( no_such_func ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); pNC->nErr++; }else if( wrong_num_args ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", nId, zId); pNC->nErr++; } if( is_agg ){ pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; pNC->hasAgg = 1; } if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return ** type of the function */ return WRC_Prune; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_SELECT: case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); #endif case TK_IN: { testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ int nRef = pNC->nRef; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK if( pNC->isCheck ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); } #endif sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); } } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK case TK_VARIABLE: { if( pNC->isCheck ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); } break; } #endif } return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; } /* ** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the ** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. ** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds ** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, ** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of ** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is ** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine ** return 0. ** ** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. */ static int resolveAsName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ return i+1; } } } return 0; } /* ** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the ** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been ** name resolved. ** ** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the ** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That ** case is handled by the calling routine. ** ** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most ** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, ** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. ** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the ** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate ** the column. ** ** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. */ static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); pEList = pSelect->pEList; /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression */ memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); nc.pParse = pParse; nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; nc.pEList = pEList; nc.allowAgg = 1; nc.nErr = 0; db = pParse->db; savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; db->suppressErr = 1; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; if( rc ) return 0; /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching ** result-set entry. */ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE)<2 ){ return i+1; } } /* If no match, return 0. */ return 0; } /* ** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. */ static void resolveOutOfRangeError( Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } /* ** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify ** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 ** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. ** ** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are ** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of ** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions ** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT ** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. ** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into ** the integer column number. ** ** Return the number of errors seen. */ static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ ){ int i; ExprList *pOrderBy; ExprList *pEList; sqlite3 *db; int moreToDo = 1; pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; db = pParse->db; #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); return 1; } #endif for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; } pSelect->pNext = 0; while( pSelect->pPrior ){ pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; } while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; moreToDo = 0; pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ int iCol = -1; Expr *pE, *pDup; if( pItem->done ) continue; pE = pItem->pExpr; if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); return 1; } }else{ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); if( iCol==0 ){ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ assert(pDup); iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); } } if( iCol>0 ){ CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); if( pE==0 ) return 1; pE->pColl = pColl; pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags; pE->u.iValue = iCol; pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; pItem->done = 1; }else{ moreToDo = 1; } } pSelect = pSelect->pNext; } for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " "column in the result set", i+1); return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of ** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a ** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field) ** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set ** column. ** ** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and ** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ ){ int i; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; ExprList *pEList; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); return 1; } #endif pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( pItem->iOrderByCol ){ if( pItem->iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); return 1; } resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType); } } return 0; } /* ** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. ** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either ** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. ** ** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. ** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the ** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression ** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If ** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of ** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the ** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in ** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). ** ** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then ** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors ** excepted.) */ static int resolveOrderGroupBy( NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int iCol; /* Column number */ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; pParse = pNC->pParse; for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE); if( iCol>0 ){ /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; continue; } if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ if( iCol<1 ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); return 1; } pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; continue; } /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ pItem->iOrderByCol = 0; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ return 1; } } return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); } /* ** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. */ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ assert( p!=0 ); if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ return WRC_Prune; } pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; pParse = pWalker->pParse; db = pParse->db; /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and ** this routine in the correct order. */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; } isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; nCompound = 0; pLeftmost = p; while( p ){ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to ** resolve the result-set expression list. */ sNC.allowAgg = 1; sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; /* Resolve names in the result set. */ pEList = p->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries */ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->pSelect ){ NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); } } /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; }else{ sNC.allowAgg = 0; } /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. */ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); return WRC_Abort; } /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by ** aliases in the result set. ** ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. */ sNC.pEList = p->pEList; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in ** outer queries */ sNC.pNext = 0; sNC.allowAgg = 1; /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of ** the compound have been resolved. */ if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ return WRC_Abort; } if( db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. */ if( pGroupBy ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " "the GROUP BY clause"); return WRC_Abort; } } } /* Advance to the next term of the compound */ p = p->pPrior; nCompound++; } /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of ** the compound have been resolved. */ if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ return WRC_Abort; } return WRC_Prune; } /* ** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to ** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error ** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions ** are seen. ** ** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the ** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where ** ** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or ** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. ** ** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger ** one of the special names "old" or "new". ** ** Z: The name of a column in table Y. ** ** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: ** ** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN ** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y ** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. ** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y ** ** ** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the ** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand ** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression ** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. ** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression ** tree. For example, in: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; ** ** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; ** ** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is ** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. ** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is ** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. ** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg ** property on the expression is set. ** ** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number ** if errors is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ ){ int savedHasAgg; Walker w; if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 { Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ return 1; } pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; } #endif savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; pNC->hasAgg = 0; w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; w.pParse = pNC->pParse; w.u.pNC = pNC; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; #endif if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); } if( pNC->hasAgg ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); }else if( savedHasAgg ){ pNC->hasAgg = 1; } return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); } /* ** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all ** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, ** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause ** terms. ** ** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of ** transformations that occur. ** ** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using ** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ ){ Walker w; assert( p!=0 ); w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; w.pParse = pParse; w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); } /************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and ** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. */ /* ** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. ** ** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, ** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the ** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, ** indicating no affinity for the expression. ** ** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all ** have an affinity: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; ** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ int op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_SELECT ){ assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST if( op==TK_CAST ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); } #endif if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && pExpr->pTab!=0 ){ /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ int j = pExpr->iColumn; if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol ); return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; } return pExpr->affinity; } /* ** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the ** collating sequence supplied in the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){ if( pExpr && pColl ){ pExpr->pColl = pColl; pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; } return pExpr; } /* ** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating ** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. ** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate ** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit ** collating sequences. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){ char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ CollSeq *pColl; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName); pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl); sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); return pExpr; } /* ** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If ** there is no default collation type, return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ CollSeq *pColl = 0; Expr *p = pExpr; while( p ){ int op; pColl = p->pColl; if( pColl ) break; op = p->op; if( p->pTab!=0 && ( op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER )){ /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ const char *zColl; int j = p->iColumn; if( j>=0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); pExpr->pColl = pColl; } break; } if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){ break; } p = p->pLeft; } if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ pColl = 0; } return pColl; } /* ** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the ** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the ** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); if( aff1 && aff2 ){ /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. */ if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; }else{ return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the ** results directly. */ return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; }else{ /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); return (aff1 + aff2); } } /* ** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should ** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. */ static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ char aff; assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); assert( pExpr->pLeft ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->pRight ){ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); }else if( !aff ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } return aff; } /* ** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. ** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true ** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement ** the comparison in pExpr. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); switch( aff ){ case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: return 1; case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; default: return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); } } /* ** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison ** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. */ static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; return aff; } /* ** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by ** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. ** ** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is ** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression ** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating ** type. ** ** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, ** it is not considered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight ){ CollSeq *pColl; assert( pLeft ); if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ assert( pLeft->pColl ); pColl = pLeft->pColl; }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ assert( pRight->pColl ); pColl = pRight->pColl; }else{ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); if( !pColl ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); } } return pColl; } /* ** Generate code for a comparison operator. */ static int codeCompare( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ ){ int p5; int addr; CollSeq *p4; p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); return addr; } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 /* ** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum ** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in ** pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() ** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height ** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the ** first argument. ** ** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed ** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that ** value. */ static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ if( p ){ if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ *pnHeight = p->nHeight; } } } static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ if( p ){ int i; for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){ heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); } } } static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ if( p ){ heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); } } /* ** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an ** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or ** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression ** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other ** referenced Expr plus one. */ static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ int nHeight = 0; heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); }else{ heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); } p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; } /* ** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If ** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, ** leave an error in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ exprSetHeight(p); sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } /* ** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced ** by the select statement passed as an argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ int nHeight = 0; heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); return nHeight; } #else #define exprSetHeight(y) #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ /* ** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. ** ** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory ** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function ** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. ** ** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. ** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote ** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not ** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) ** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. ** ** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that ** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not ** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written ** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage ** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ int dequote /* True to dequote */ ){ Expr *pNew; int nExtra = 0; int iValue = 0; if( pToken ){ if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ nExtra = pToken->n+1; assert( iValue>=0 ); } } pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); if( pNew ){ pNew->op = (u8)op; pNew->iAgg = -1; if( pToken ){ if( nExtra==0 ){ pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; pNew->u.iValue = iValue; }else{ int c; pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; if( dequote && nExtra>=3 && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; } } } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNew->nHeight = 1; #endif } return pNew; } /* ** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has ** already been dequoted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ ){ Token x; x.z = zToken; x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); } /* ** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. ** ** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. ** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( sqlite3 *db, Expr *pRoot, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight ){ if( pRoot==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); }else{ if( pRight ){ pRoot->pRight = pRight; if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl; } } if( pLeft ){ pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl; } } exprSetHeight(pRoot); } } /* ** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. ** ** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new ** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, ** free the subtrees and return NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ ){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); if( p ) { sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } return p; } /* ** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is ** NULL, then just return the other expression. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ if( pLeft==0 ){ return pRight; }else if( pRight==0 ){ return pLeft; }else{ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); return pNew; } } /* ** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple ** arguments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ Expr *pNew; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pToken ); pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); if( pNew==0 ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ return 0; } pNew->x.pList = pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); return pNew; } /* ** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard ** in the original SQL statement. ** ** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential ** variable number. ** ** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make ** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when ** the SQL statement comes from an external source. ** ** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number ** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first ** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is ** assigned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; const char *z; if( pExpr==0 ) return; assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); z = pExpr->u.zToken; assert( z!=0 ); assert( z[0]!=0 ); if( z[1]==0 ){ /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ assert( z[0]=='?' ); pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); }else{ ynVar x = 0; u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); if( z[0]=='?' ){ /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and ** use it as the variable number */ i64 i; int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; testcase( i==0 ); testcase( i==1 ); testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); x = 0; } if( i>pParse->nVar ){ pParse->nVar = (int)i; } }else{ /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number */ ynVar i; for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){ if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){ pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; break; } } if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); } if( x>0 ){ if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ char **a; a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ pParse->azVar = a; memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); pParse->nzVar = x; } if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); } } } if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); } } /* ** Recursively delete an expression tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ if( p==0 ) return; /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) && (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)!=0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); } if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); } } if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure ** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. */ static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; return EXPR_FULLSIZE; } /* ** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required ** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in ** how much of the tree is measured. ** ** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure ** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token ** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** *************************************************************************** ** ** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: ** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and ** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. ** The return values is always one of: ** ** EXPR_FULLSIZE ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly ** ** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value ** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the ** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. ** ** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size ** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. ** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into ** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped ** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to ** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal ** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation ** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt ** to enforce this constraint. */ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nSize; assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; }else{ assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 ); assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 ); if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){ nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; }else{ nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; } } return nSize; } /* ** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy ** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that ** string is defined.) */ static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; } return ROUND8(nByte); } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a ** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** ** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct ** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** ** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes ** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft ** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or ** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nByte = 0; if( p ){ nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); } } return nByte; } /* ** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer ** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough ** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken ** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, ** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the ** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. */ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ if( p ){ const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); u8 *zAlloc; u32 staticFlag = 0; assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ if( pzBuffer ){ zAlloc = *pzBuffer; staticFlag = EP_Static; }else{ zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); } pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; if( pNew ){ /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). */ const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; int nToken; if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; }else{ nToken = 0; } if( isReduced ){ assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); }else{ int nSize = exprStructSize(p); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); } /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static); pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); pNew->flags |= staticFlag; /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ if( nToken ){ char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); } if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); }else{ pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); } } /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); } if( pzBuffer ){ *pzBuffer = zAlloc; } }else{ pNew->flags2 = 0; if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); } } } } return pNew; } /* ** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, ** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can ** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) ** without effecting the originals. ** ** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), ** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded ** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. ** ** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. ** ** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a ** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as ** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ ExprList *pNew; struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; int i; if( p==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->iECursor = 0; pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); if( pItem==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); return 0; } pOldItem = p->a; for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; pItem->done = 0; pItem->iOrderByCol = pOldItem->iOrderByCol; pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias; } return pNew; } /* ** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from ** the build, then none of the following routines, except for ** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes ** called with a NULL argument. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ SrcList *pNew; int i; int nByte; if( p==0 ) return 0; nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; Table *pTab; pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; if( pTab ){ pTab->nRef++; } pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; } return pNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ IdList *pNew; int i; if( p==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); if( pNew->a==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); return 0; } for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){ struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; } return pNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ Select *pNew, *pPrior; if( p==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); pNew->op = p->op; pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; pNew->pNext = 0; pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); pNew->iLimit = 0; pNew->iOffset = 0; pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; pNew->pRightmost = 0; pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; return pNew; } #else SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ assert( p==0 ); return 0; } #endif /* ** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is ** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and ** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed ** that the new entry was successfully appended. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); if( pList==0 ){ goto no_mem; } assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); } if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ struct ExprList_item *a; int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); if( a==0 ){ goto no_mem; } pList->a = a; pList->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]); } assert( pList->a!=0 ); if( 1 ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); pItem->pExpr = pExpr; } return pList; no_mem: /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } /* ** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item ** on the expression list. ** ** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be ** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag ** is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ ){ assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); if( pList ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; assert( pItem->zName==0 ); pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); } } /* ** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item ** on the expression list. ** ** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be ** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag ** is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); if( pList ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); } } /* ** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, ** leave an error message in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList, const char *zObject ){ int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); } } /* ** Delete an entire expression list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ int i; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return; assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } /* ** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer ** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see ** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is ** not constant. ** ** These callback routines are used to implement the following: ** ** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() ** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() ** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() ** */ static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression ** from being considered constant. */ if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ pWalker->u.i = 0; return WRC_Abort; } switch( pExpr->op ){ /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */ case TK_FUNCTION: if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0; /* Fall through */ case TK_ID: case TK_COLUMN: case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_AGG_COLUMN: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); pWalker->u.i = 0; return WRC_Abort; default: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ return WRC_Continue; } } static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); pWalker->u.i = 0; return WRC_Abort; } static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ Walker w; w.u.i = initFlag; w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.u.i; } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant ** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. ** ** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") ** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is ** a constant. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 1); } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant ** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. ** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from ** an ON or USING clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 3); } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant ** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there ** are any variables. ** ** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") ** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is ** a constant. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 2); } /* ** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough ** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer ** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big ** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ int rc = 0; /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ *pValue = p->u.iValue; return 1; } switch( p->op ){ case TK_UPLUS: { rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); break; } case TK_UMINUS: { int v; if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ *pValue = -v; rc = 1; } break; } default: break; } return rc; } /* ** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** ** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex ** to tell return TRUE. ** ** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes ** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive ** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might ** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other ** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) ** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return ** TRUE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ u8 op; while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } op = p->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; switch( op ){ case TK_INTEGER: case TK_STRING: case TK_FLOAT: case TK_BLOB: return 0; default: return 1; } } /* ** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps ** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg ** was computed by pExpr. If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and ** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation ** can be omitted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump( Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ const Expr *pExpr, /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */ int iReg, /* Test the value in this register for NULL */ int iDest /* Jump here if the value is null */ ){ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest); } } /* ** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be ** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second ** argument. ** ** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation ** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative ** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong ** answer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ u8 op; if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1; while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } op = p->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; switch( op ){ case TK_INTEGER: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; } case TK_FLOAT: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; } case TK_STRING: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; } case TK_BLOB: { return 1; } case TK_COLUMN: { assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ return p->iColumn<0 && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); } default: { return 0; } } } /* ** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; return 0; } /* ** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a ** query of the form ** ** x IN (SELECT ...) ** ** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this ** routine. ** ** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no ** errors have been found. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ SrcList *pSrc; ExprList *pEList; Table *pTab; if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ } assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc!=0 ); if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0; assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ pEList = p->pEList; if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the ** address of the new instruction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++); } /* ** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. ** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used ** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through ** its members, skipping duplicates. ** ** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index ** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns. ** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: ** ** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. ** IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index. ** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and ** populated epheremal table. ** ** An existing b-tree may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple ** form: ** ** SELECT <column> FROM <table> ** ** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate ** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an ** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed ** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it ** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. ** ** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used ** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must ** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can ** be found with <column> as its left-most column. ** ** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function ** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL ** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". ** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at ** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written ** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a ** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. ** ** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then ** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant ** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...) ** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is ** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the ** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following: ** ** if( register==NULL ){ ** has_null = <test if data structure contains null> ** register = 1 ** } ** ** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null> ** test more often than is necessary. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new ** ephemeral table. */ p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ Table *pTab; /* Table <table>. */ Expr *pExpr; /* Expression <column> */ int iCol; /* Index of column <column> */ int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for <table>. */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always ** successful here. */ assert(v); if( iCol<0 ){ int iAddr; iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); }else{ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according ** to this collation sequence. */ CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. */ char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX); int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) ){ int iAddr; char *pKey; pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb, pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX; sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); } } } } } if( eType==0 ){ /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. */ double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; int rMayHaveNull = 0; eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; if( prNotFound ){ *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); }else{ testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 ); pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; } } sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; }else{ pX->iTable = iTab; } return eType; } #endif /* ** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, ** or IN operators. Examples: ** ** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery ** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery ** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side ** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right ** ** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN ** operator or subquery. ** ** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed ** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference ** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an ** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual ** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. ** ** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN ** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. ** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want ** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate ** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize ** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take ** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. ** ** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used ** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any ** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS. ** ** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the ** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ ){ int testAddr = -1; /* One-time test address */ int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered ** if any of the following is true: ** ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables ** * We are inside a trigger ** ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. */ if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( pParse->explain==2 ){ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } #endif switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_IN: { char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */ int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ if( rMayHaveNull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); } affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)' ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>. ** ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity ** is used. */ pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); keyInfo.nField = 1; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) ** ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary ** table allocated and opened above. */ SelectDest dest; ExprList *pEList; assert( !isRowid ); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); dest.affinity = (u8)affinity; assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ return 0; } pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pEList->a[0].pExpr); } }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) ** ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not ** a column, use numeric affinity. */ int i; ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; struct ExprList_item *pItem; int r1, r2, r3; if( !affinity ){ affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; int iValToIns; /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. */ if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr); testAddr = -1; } /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); }else{ r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); if( isRowid ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); } } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } if( !isRowid ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } break; } case TK_EXISTS: case TK_SELECT: default: { /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. */ Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm); VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); }else{ dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm); VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); } sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); pSel->iLimit = 0; if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ return 0; } rReg = dest.iParm; ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); break; } } if( testAddr>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); } sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); return rReg; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Generate code for an IN expression. ** ** x IN (SELECT ...) ** x IN (value, value, ...) ** ** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) ** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is ** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) ** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the ** RHS contains one or more NULL values. ** ** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS ** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained ** within the RHS then fall through. */ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ ){ int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ int r1; /* Temporary use register */ Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. */ v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull); /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. */ affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". */ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. */ if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are ** the same. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); }else{ int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); }else{ /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the ** expression is also NULL. */ if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. ** ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE ** for this particular IN operator. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); }else{ /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the ** outcome. */ int j1, j2, j3; /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump ** over all of the code that follows. */ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then ** jump to destIfFalse. */ j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull); j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not ** the RHS contains a NULL */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** Duplicate an 8-byte value */ static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); if( out ){ memcpy(out, in, 8); } return out; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point ** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** ** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the ** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look ** like the continuation of the number. */ static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ double value; char *zV; sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ if( negateFlag ) value = -value; zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); } } #endif /* ** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by ** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** ** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. */ static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ int i = pExpr->u.iValue; assert( i>=0 ); if( negFlag ) i = -i; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); }else{ int c; i64 value; const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; assert( z!=0 ); c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ char *zV; if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); #else codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); #endif } } } /* ** Clear a cache entry. */ static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ if( p->tempReg ){ if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){ pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; } p->tempReg = 0; } } /* ** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a ** particular table is stored in a particular register. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ int i; int minLru; int idxLru; struct yColCache *p; assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer ** with and without the column cache. */ if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ColumnCache ) return; /* First replace any existing entry. ** ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. */ #ifndef NDEBUG for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ #if 0 /* This code wold remove the entry from the cache if it existed */ if( p->iReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; p->iReg = iReg; p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; return; } #endif assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); } #endif /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg==0 ){ p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; p->iTable = iTab; p->iColumn = iCol; p->iReg = iReg; p->tempReg = 0; p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; return; } } /* Replace the last recently used */ minLru = 0x7fffffff; idxLru = -1; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->lru<minLru ){ idxLru = i; minLru = p->lru; } } if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; p->iTable = iTab; p->iColumn = iCol; p->iReg = iReg; p->tempReg = 0; p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; return; } } /* ** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. ** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ int i; int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ int r = p->iReg; if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); p->iReg = 0; } } } /* ** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added ** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the ** corresponding pop occurs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ pParse->iCacheLevel++; } /* ** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the ** the previous N Push operations. In other words, restore the cache ** to the state it was in N Pushes ago. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){ int i; struct yColCache *p; assert( N>0 ); assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N ); pParse->iCacheLevel -= N; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); p->iReg = 0; } } } /* ** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is ** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same ** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to ** get them all. */ static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ int i; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg==iReg ){ p->tempReg = 0; } } } /* ** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */ int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */ ){ if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); }else{ int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); } if( iCol>=0 ){ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); } } /* ** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from ** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort ** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is ** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. ** ** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine ** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ int iReg /* Store results here */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); return p->iReg; } } assert( v!=0 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); return iReg; } /* ** Clear all column cache entries. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ int i; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg ){ cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); p->iReg = 0; } } } /* ** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount ** registers starting with iStart. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); } /* ** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 ** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ int i; struct yColCache *p; if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ int x = p->iReg; if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){ p->iReg += iTo-iFrom; } } } /* ** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 ** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ int i; if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return; for(i=0; i<nReg; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i); } } #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) /* ** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) ** is used as part of the column cache. ** ** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only ** and does not appear in a normal build. */ static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ int i; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ int r = p->iReg; if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ } return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ /* ** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given ** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". ** Return the register where results are stored. ** ** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will ** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other ** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function ** must check the return code and move the results to the desired ** register. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ int op; /* The opcode being coded */ int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); if( v==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); return 0; } if( pExpr==0 ){ op = TK_NULL; }else{ op = pExpr->op; } switch( op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); inReg = pCol->iMem; break; }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, pCol->iSorterColumn, target); break; } /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ } case TK_COLUMN: { if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ assert( pParse->ckBase>0 ); inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; }else{ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target); } break; } case TK_INTEGER: { codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT case TK_FLOAT: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); break; } #endif case TK_STRING: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); break; } case TK_NULL: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case TK_BLOB: { int n; const char *z; char *zBlob; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; assert( z[n]=='\'' ); zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); break; } #endif case TK_VARIABLE: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); } break; } case TK_REGISTER: { inReg = pExpr->iTable; break; } case TK_AS: { inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST case TK_CAST: { /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ int aff, to_op; inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); if( inReg!=target ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); inReg = target; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); testcase( op==TK_LT ); testcase( op==TK_LE ); testcase( op==TK_GT ); testcase( op==TK_GE ); testcase( op==TK_EQ ); testcase( op==TK_NE ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: { testcase( op==TK_IS ); testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_AND: case TK_OR: case TK_PLUS: case TK_STAR: case TK_MINUS: case TK_REM: case TK_BITAND: case TK_BITOR: case TK_SLASH: case TK_LSHIFT: case TK_RSHIFT: case TK_CONCAT: { assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_UMINUS: { Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; assert( pLeft ); if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); #endif }else{ regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); testcase( regFree2==0 ); } inReg = target; break; } case TK_BITNOT: case TK_NOT: { assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); inReg = target; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { int addr; assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); break; } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; if( pInfo==0 ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); }else{ inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; } break; } case TK_CONST_FUNC: case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ const char *zId; /* The function name */ int constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ int i; /* Loop counter */ u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION ); if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ pFarg = 0; }else{ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; } nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); zId = pExpr->u.zToken; nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); if( pDef==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); break; } /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. */ if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); assert( nFarg>=2 ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce); sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1); sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); break; } if( pFarg ){ r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ }else{ r1 = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is ** a virtual table column. ** ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". */ if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); }else if( nFarg>0 ){ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); } #endif for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){ if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){ constMask |= (1<<i); } if( (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); } } if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); if( nFarg ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_EXISTS: case TK_SELECT: { testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); break; } case TK_IN: { int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** This is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. */ case TK_BETWEEN: { Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); pLItem++; pRight = pLItem->pExpr; sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2); testcase( regFree2==0 ); codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); break; } case TK_UPLUS: { inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); break; } case TK_TRIGGER: { /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. ** ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is ** declared as: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); ** ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: ** ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b */ Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol ); assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), target )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); } #endif break; } /* ** Form A: ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** Form B: ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is in pExpr->pRight. The Y is also optional. If there is no ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the ** exprssion is NULL. ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. ** ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is ** no ELSE term, NULL. */ default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */ Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); pEList = pExpr->x.pList; aListelem = pEList->a; nExpr = pEList->nExpr; endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ cacheX = *pX; testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER ); cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER; opCompare.op = TK_EQ; opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX; pTest = &opCompare; /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ regFree1 = 0; } for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); if( pX ){ assert( pTest!=0 ); opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr; }else{ pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr; } nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); } if( pExpr->pRight ){ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); } assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ); if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); return 0; } if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); }else{ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); } break; } #endif } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); return inReg; } /* ** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results ** into a register. Return the register number where the results ** are stored. ** ** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, ** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not ** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); if( r2==r1 ){ *pReg = r1; }else{ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); *pReg = 0; } return r2; } /* ** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the ** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear ** in register target. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ int inReg; assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); }else{ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); } } return target; } /* ** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result ** in register target. ** ** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register ** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, ** the result is a copy of the cache register. ** ** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple ** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression ** are reused. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int inReg; inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); assert( target>0 ); /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE. And the only ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is ** in WHERE clause processing. So as currently implemented, there is ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here. But it seems prudent to ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future ** modifications or enhancements. */ if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){ int iMem; iMem = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem); pExpr->iTable = iMem; pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; } return inReg; } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){ int op; /* The opcode being coded */ const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ if( pExpr==0 ){ op = TK_NULL; }else{ op = pExpr->op; } switch( op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}", pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); break; } case TK_COLUMN: { if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn); }else{ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}", pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); } break; } case TK_INTEGER: { if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); }else{ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT case TK_FLOAT: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif case TK_STRING: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } case TK_NULL: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL"); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case TK_BLOB: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif case TK_VARIABLE: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); break; } case TK_REGISTER: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); break; } case TK_AS: { sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST case TK_CAST: { /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ const char *zAff = "unk"; switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken) ){ case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: zAff = "TEXT"; break; case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: zAff = "NONE"; break; case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC"; break; case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER"; break; case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: zAff = "REAL"; break; } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_CONST_FUNC: case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ pFarg = 0; }else{ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%sFUNCTION:%s(", op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ? "AGG_" : "", pExpr->u.zToken); if( pFarg ){ sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg); } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_EXISTS: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS("); sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); break; } case TK_SELECT: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "("); sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); break; } case TK_IN: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN("); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); }else{ sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** This is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. */ case TK_BETWEEN: { Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN("); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); break; } case TK_TRIGGER: { /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. */ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); break; } case TK_CASE: { sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE("); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { const char *zType = "unk"; switch( pExpr->affinity ){ case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif } if( zBinOp ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,","); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); }else if( zUniOp ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); } } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){ int i; if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)"); return; }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){ sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr); }else{ sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i); sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr); sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){ sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut); } } sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); } } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate ** for factoring out of a loop. Appropriate expressions are: ** ** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes. ** ** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, ** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a ** specific register. ** ** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant ** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. ** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an ** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register ** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and ** avoid the OP_SCopy. */ static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){ if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){ return 0; /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */ } if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){ return 1; /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */ } while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft; switch( p->op ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case TK_BLOB: #endif case TK_VARIABLE: case TK_INTEGER: case TK_FLOAT: case TK_NULL: case TK_STRING: { testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB ); testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE ); testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER ); testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT ); testcase( p->op==TK_NULL ); testcase( p->op==TK_STRING ); /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are ** better done in-line. If we factor them, they will just end ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination ** register. */ return 0; } case TK_UMINUS: { if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ return 0; } break; } default: { break; } } return 1; } /* ** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for ** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression ** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER ** expression. */ static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_IN: case TK_REGISTER: { return WRC_Prune; } case TK_FUNCTION: case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_CONST_FUNC: { /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination. ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy ** instructions. */ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pList ){ int i = pList->nExpr; struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a; for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){ if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest; } } break; } } if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){ int r1 = ++pParse->nMem; int r2; r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; pExpr->iTable = r2; return WRC_Prune; } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the ** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions ** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values. ** ** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has ** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to ** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no ** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations. ** ** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization ** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS) ** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is ** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are ** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ Walker w; if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return; if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return; w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr; w.xSelectCallback = 0; w.pParse = pParse; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } /* ** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given ** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. ** ** Return the number of elements evaluated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ int target, /* Where to write results */ int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */ ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i, n; assert( pList!=0 ); assert( target>0 ); assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ n = pList->nExpr; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){ Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr; int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); if( inReg!=target+i ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy, inReg, target+i); } } return n; } /* ** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. ** ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** The above is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression ** elementation of x. */ static void exprCodeBetween( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ ){ Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; exprAnd.op = TK_AND; exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; compLeft.op = TK_GE; compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; compRight.op = TK_LE; compRight.pLeft = &exprX; compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1); exprX.op = TK_REGISTER; if( jumpIfTrue ){ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); }else{ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); } /* ** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made ** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution ** continues straight thru if the expression is false. ** ** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then ** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. ** ** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) ** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding ** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in ** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code ** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int op = 0; int regFree1 = 0; int regFree2 = 0; int r1, r2; assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ op = pExpr->op; switch( op ){ case TK_AND: { int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); break; } case TK_OR: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_NOT: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); testcase( op==TK_LT ); testcase( op==TK_LE ); testcase( op==TK_GT ); testcase( op==TK_GE ); testcase( op==TK_EQ ); testcase( op==TK_NE ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: { testcase( op==TK_IS ); testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); testcase( regFree1==0 ); break; } case TK_BETWEEN: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); break; } #endif default: { r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); break; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* ** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made ** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution ** continues straight thru if the expression is true. ** ** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then ** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull ** is 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int op = 0; int regFree1 = 0; int regFree2 = 0; int r1, r2; assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ if( pExpr==0 ) return; /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: ** ** pExpr->op op ** --------- ---------- ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull ** TK_NE OP_Eq ** TK_EQ OP_Ne ** TK_GT OP_Le ** TK_LE OP_Gt ** TK_GE OP_Lt ** TK_LT OP_Ge ** ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. */ op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants */ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AND: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_OR: { int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); break; } case TK_NOT: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { testcase( op==TK_LT ); testcase( op==TK_LE ); testcase( op==TK_GT ); testcase( op==TK_GE ); testcase( op==TK_EQ ); testcase( op==TK_NE ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: { testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2); op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); testcase( regFree1==0 ); break; } case TK_BETWEEN: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { if( jumpIfNull ){ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); }else{ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); } break; } #endif default: { r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); break; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* ** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two ** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only ** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences ** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. ** ** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions ** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are ** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine ** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two ** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you ** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where ** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that ** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning ** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; } assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){ return 2; } if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2; if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){ if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){ return 2; } }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2; if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ return 2; } } if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1; if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2; return 0; } /* ** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and ** non-zero if they differ in any way. ** ** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The ** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine ** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or ** a malfunction will result. ** ** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer ** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){ int i; if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){ Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of ** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pInfo->aCol, sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), 3, &pInfo->nColumn, &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, &i ); return i; } /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of ** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), 3, &pInfo->nFunc, &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, &i ); return i; } /* ** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to ** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates ** for additional information. */ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int i; NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: case TK_COLUMN: { testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM ** clause of the aggregate query */ if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ struct AggInfo_col *pCol; assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. ** ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there ** is not an entry there already. */ int k; pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){ if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ break; } } if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 ){ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; pCol->pExpr = pExpr; if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ int j, n; ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; n = pGB->nExpr; for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){ Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr; if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ pCol->iSorterColumn = j; break; } } } if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; } } /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either ** because it was there before or because we just created it). ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. */ ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; break; } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ } /* end loop over pSrcList */ } return WRC_Prune; } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries ** to be ignored */ if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure */ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){ break; } } if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] */ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); if( i>=0 ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; pItem->pExpr = pExpr; pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; }else{ pItem->iDistinct = -1; } } } /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry */ assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; return WRC_Prune; } } } return WRC_Continue; } static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ pNC->nDepth++; sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); pNC->nDepth--; return WRC_Prune; }else{ return WRC_Continue; } } /* ** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and ** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. ** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. ** ** This routine should only be called after the expression has been ** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ Walker w; w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; w.u.pNC = pNC; assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } /* ** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an ** expression list. Return the number of errors. ** ** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i; if( pList ){ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); } } } /* ** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ return ++pParse->nMem; } return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; } /* ** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other ** purpose. ** ** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then ** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses ** the register becomes stale. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){ int i; struct yColCache *p; for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ if( p->iReg==iReg ){ p->tempReg = 1; return; } } pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; } } /* ** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ int i, n; i = pParse->iRangeReg; n = pParse->nRangeReg; if( nReg<=n ){ assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; }else{ i = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nReg; } return i; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; } } /* ** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ pParse->nTempReg = 0; pParse->nRangeReg = 0; } /************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2005 February 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code ** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. */ /* ** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the ** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE /* ** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the ** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or ** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in ** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third ** argument and the result returned. Examples: ** ** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') ** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' ** ** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') ** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' */ static void renameTableFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); int token; Token tname; unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; int len = 0; char *zRet; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. */ if( zSql ){ do { if( !*zCsr ){ /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ return; } /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ tname.z = (char*)zCsr; tname.n = len; /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). */ do { zCsr += len; len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); } while( token==TK_SPACE ); assert( len>0 ); } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code ** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition ** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the ** parent table. It is passed three arguments: ** ** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, ** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and ** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. ** ** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: ** ** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') ** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY static void renameParentFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); char *zOutput = 0; char *zResult; unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ int n; /* Length of token z */ int token; /* Type of token */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ char *zParent; do { z += n; n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); }while( token==TK_SPACE ); zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); if( zParent==0 ) break; sqlite3Dequote(zParent); if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); zOutput = zOut; zInput = &z[n]; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); } } zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the ** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER ** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE ** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result ** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE ** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. */ static void renameTriggerFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); int token; Token tname; int dist = 3; unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; int len = 0; char *zRet; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. */ if( zSql ){ do { if( !*zCsr ){ /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ return; } /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ tname.z = (char*)zCsr; tname.n = len; /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). */ do { zCsr += len; len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); }while( token==TK_SPACE ); assert( len>0 ); /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above ** to be met. ** ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so ** there is no need to worry about syntax like ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. */ dist++; if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ dist = 0; } } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. */ zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ /* ** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), #endif }; int i; FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]); } } /* ** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form: ** ** name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ... ** ** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text ** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version ** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is ** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the ** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. ** ** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is ** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere. ** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. ** */ static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ char *zNew; if( !zWhere ){ zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); }else{ zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); } return zNew; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* ** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all ** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. ** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master ** table. */ static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ FKey *p; char *zWhere = 0; for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); } return zWhere; } #endif /* ** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all ** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If ** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the ** temporary database, NULL is returned. */ static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Trigger *pTrig; char *zWhere = 0; const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE ** expression being built up in zWhere. */ if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); } } } if( zWhere ){ char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); zWhere = zNew; } return zWhere; } /* ** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table ** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. ** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at ** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from ** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an ** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. */ static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ Vdbe *v; char *zWhere; int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER Trigger *pTrig; #endif v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); } #endif /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); if( !zWhere ) return; sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. */ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); } #endif } /* ** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered ** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). ** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message ** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. ** ** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. */ static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" ** command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ Token *pName /* The new table name. */ ){ int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ Vdbe *v; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ #endif VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ savedDbFlags = db->flags; if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); goto exit_rename_table; } /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name ** that the table is being renamed to. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); goto exit_rename_table; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ pVTab = 0; } } #endif /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual ** table. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ goto exit_rename_table; } sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pVTab ){ int i = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } #endif /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ zTabName = pTab->zName; nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); } } #endif /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " #else "sql = CASE " "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " #endif "tbl_name = %Q, " "name = CASE " "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " "ELSE name END " "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER zName, #endif zName, nTabName, zTabName ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update ** it with the new table name. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", zDb, zName, pTab->zName); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in ** the temp database. */ if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " "tbl_name = %Q " "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *p; for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; if( pFrom!=pTab ){ reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); } } } #endif /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); exit_rename_table: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); db->flags = savedDbFlags; } /* ** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. ** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ Vdbe *v; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this ** point */ if( ALWAYS(v) ){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int j1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } } /* ** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement ** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new ** column definition. ** ** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include ** the new column during parsing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ int iDb; /* Database number */ const char *zDb; /* Database name */ const char *zTab; /* Table name */ char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ Column *pCol; /* The new column */ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; pNew = pParse->pNewTable; assert( pNew ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; pDflt = pCol->pDflt; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); assert( pTab ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ return; } #endif /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking ** for an SQL NULL default below. */ if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ pDflt = 0; } /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the ** column must not be NULL. */ if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); return; } if( pNew->pIndex ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); return; } if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); return; } if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); return; } /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) */ if( pDflt ){ sqlite3_value *pVal; if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return; } if( !pVal ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); return; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); } /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); if( zCol ){ char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; int savedDbFlags = db->flags; while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ *zEnd-- = '\0'; } db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, zTab ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); db->flags = savedDbFlags; } /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, ** the file format becomes 3. */ sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); } /* ** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in ** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument ** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** ** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure ** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point ** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition ** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to ** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c ** after parsing is finished. ** ** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete ** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ Table *pNew; Table *pTab; Vdbe *v; int iDb; int i; int nAlloc; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Look up the table being altered. */ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); goto exit_begin_add_column; } #endif /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); goto exit_begin_add_column; } if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ goto exit_begin_add_column; } assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" ** prefix on their name. */ pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; pParse->pNewTable = pNew; pNew->nRef = 1; pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; goto exit_begin_add_column; } memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){ Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); pCol->zColl = 0; pCol->zType = 0; pCol->pDflt = 0; pCol->zDflt = 0; } pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; pNew->nRef = 1; /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); exit_begin_add_column: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); return; } #endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ /************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2005 July 8 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. ** ** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables ** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner ** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. ** ** The following system tables are or have been supported: ** ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); ** ** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. ** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version ** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled ** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. ** The sqlite_stat2 table is superceded by sqlite_stat3, which is only ** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The fucntionality of sqlite_stat3 ** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. ** ** Format of sqlite_stat1: ** ** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the ** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to ** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be ** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this ** list is the number of rows in the index and in the table. The second ** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same ** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average ** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two ** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in ** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For ** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If ** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. ** ** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed ** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, ** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the ** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that ** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat ** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of ** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. ** ** Format of sqlite_stat2: ** ** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled ** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between ** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information ** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by ** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which ** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 ** table for each index. ** ** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 ** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at ** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S ** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. ** Then the sampled rows are given by: ** ** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) ** ** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into ** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. ** ** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This ** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor ** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports ** sqlite_stat3. ** ** Format for sqlite_stat3: ** ** The sqlite_stat3 is an enhancement to sqlite_stat2. A new name is ** used to avoid compatibility problems. ** ** The format of the sqlite_stat3 table is similar to the format of ** the sqlite_stat2 table. There are multiple entries for each index. ** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the ** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is ** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a value taken from ** the left-most column of the index. The nEq column is the approximate ** number of entires in the index whose left-most column exactly matches ** the sample. nLt is the approximate number of entires whose left-most ** column is less than the sample. The nDLt column is the approximate ** number of distinct left-most entries in the index that are less than ** the sample. ** ** Future versions of SQLite might change to store a string containing ** multiple integers values in the nDLt column of sqlite_stat3. The first ** integer will be the number of prior index entires that are distinct in ** the left-most column. The second integer will be the number of prior index ** entries that are distinct in the first two columns. The third integer ** will be the number of prior index entries that are distinct in the first ** three columns. And so forth. With that extension, the nDLt field is ** similar in function to the sqlite_stat1.stat field. ** ** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat3 entries per index. ** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat3 tables ** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across ** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with ** largest possible nEq values. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE /* ** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table for ** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 macro defined, then the sqlite_stat3 table is ** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1) ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. ** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat3 table does not exist and the library ** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined, it is created. ** ** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, ** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in ** the sqlite_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlite_stat3 tables associated ** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated ** to delete all stat table entries. */ static void openStatTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ ){ static const struct { const char *zName; const char *zCols; } aTable[] = { { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, #endif }; int aRoot[] = {0, 0}; u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0}; int i; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) return; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them ** if they do already exist. */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){ const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName; Table *pStat; if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){ /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols ); aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; aCreateTbl[i] = 1; }else{ /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the ** entire contents of the table. */ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); if( zWhere ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere ); }else{ /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); } } } /* Open the sqlite_stat[13] tables for writing. */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]); } } /* ** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat3 */ #ifndef SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES # define SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES 24 #endif /* ** Three SQL functions - stat3_init(), stat3_push(), and stat3_pop() - ** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state ** information. */ typedef struct Stat3Accum Stat3Accum; struct Stat3Accum { tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */ tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ int iMin; /* Index of entry with minimum nEq and hash */ int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */ int nSample; /* Current number of samples */ u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */ struct Stat3Sample { i64 iRowid; /* Rowid in main table of the key */ tRowcnt nEq; /* sqlite_stat3.nEq */ tRowcnt nLt; /* sqlite_stat3.nLt */ tRowcnt nDLt; /* sqlite_stat3.nDLt */ u8 isPSample; /* True if a periodic sample */ u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ } *a; /* An array of samples */ }; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* ** Implementation of the stat3_init(C,S) SQL function. The two parameters ** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of samples ** to accumulate (S). ** ** This routine allocates the Stat3Accum object. ** ** The return value is the Stat3Accum object (P). */ static void stat3Init( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Stat3Accum *p; tRowcnt nRow; int mxSample; int n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); nRow = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); mxSample = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); n = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0])*mxSample; p = sqlite3_malloc( n ); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } memset(p, 0, n); p->a = (struct Stat3Sample*)&p[1]; p->nRow = nRow; p->mxSample = mxSample; p->nPSample = p->nRow/(mxSample/3+1) + 1; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(p->iPrn), &p->iPrn); sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), sqlite3_free); } static const FuncDef stat3InitFuncdef = { 2, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ stat3Init, /* xFunc */ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "stat3_init", /* zName */ 0, /* pHash */ 0 /* pDestructor */ }; /* ** Implementation of the stat3_push(nEq,nLt,nDLt,rowid,P) SQL function. The ** arguments describe a single key instance. This routine makes the ** decision about whether or not to retain this key for the sqlite_stat3 ** table. ** ** The return value is NULL. */ static void stat3Push( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[4]); tRowcnt nEq = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); tRowcnt nLt = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]); tRowcnt nDLt = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]); i64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[3]); u8 isPSample = 0; u8 doInsert = 0; int iMin = p->iMin; struct Stat3Sample *pSample; int i; u32 h; UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); if( nEq==0 ) return; h = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=((nEq+nLt)/p->nPSample) ){ doInsert = isPSample = 1; }else if( p->nSample<p->mxSample ){ doInsert = 1; }else{ if( nEq>p->a[iMin].nEq || (nEq==p->a[iMin].nEq && h>p->a[iMin].iHash) ){ doInsert = 1; } } if( !doInsert ) return; if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){ assert( p->nSample - iMin - 1 >= 0 ); memmove(&p->a[iMin], &p->a[iMin+1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-iMin-1)); pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; }else{ pSample = &p->a[p->nSample++]; } pSample->iRowid = rowid; pSample->nEq = nEq; pSample->nLt = nLt; pSample->nDLt = nDLt; pSample->iHash = h; pSample->isPSample = isPSample; /* Find the new minimum */ if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){ pSample = p->a; i = 0; while( pSample->isPSample ){ i++; pSample++; assert( i<p->nSample ); } nEq = pSample->nEq; h = pSample->iHash; iMin = i; for(i++, pSample++; i<p->nSample; i++, pSample++){ if( pSample->isPSample ) continue; if( pSample->nEq<nEq || (pSample->nEq==nEq && pSample->iHash<h) ){ iMin = i; nEq = pSample->nEq; h = pSample->iHash; } } p->iMin = iMin; } } static const FuncDef stat3PushFuncdef = { 5, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ stat3Push, /* xFunc */ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "stat3_push", /* zName */ 0, /* pHash */ 0 /* pDestructor */ }; /* ** Implementation of the stat3_get(P,N,...) SQL function. This routine is ** used to query the results. Content is returned for the Nth sqlite_stat3 ** row where N is between 0 and S-1 and S is the number of samples. The ** value returned depends on the number of arguments. ** ** argc==2 result: rowid ** argc==3 result: nEq ** argc==4 result: nLt ** argc==5 result: nDLt */ static void stat3Get( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); assert( p!=0 ); if( p->nSample<=n ) return; switch( argc ){ case 2: sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].iRowid); break; case 3: sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nEq); break; case 4: sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nLt); break; default: sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nDLt); break; } } static const FuncDef stat3GetFuncdef = { -1, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ stat3Get, /* xFunc */ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "stat3_get", /* zName */ 0, /* pHash */ 0 /* pDestructor */ }; #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* ** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with ** a single table. */ static void analyzeOneTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ int regStat1 = iMem++; /* The stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 int regNumEq = regStat1; /* Number of instances. Same as regStat1 */ int regNumLt = iMem++; /* Number of keys less than regSample */ int regNumDLt = iMem++; /* Number of distinct keys less than regSample */ int regSample = iMem++; /* The next sample value */ int regRowid = regSample; /* Rowid of a sample */ int regAccum = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat3Accum object */ int regLoop = iMem++; /* Loop counter */ int regCount = iMem++; /* Number of rows in the table or index */ int regTemp1 = iMem++; /* Intermediate register */ int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Intermediate register */ int once = 1; /* One-time initialization */ int shortJump = 0; /* Instruction address */ int iTabCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Table cursor */ #endif int regCol = iMem++; /* Content of a column in analyzed table */ int regRec = iMem++; /* Register holding completed record */ int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ return; } if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ return; } if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ return; } assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ return; } #endif /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int nCol; KeyInfo *pKey; int addrIfNot = 0; /* address of OP_IfNot */ int *aChngAddr; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName)); nCol = pIdx->nColumn; aChngAddr = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nCol); if( aChngAddr==0 ) continue; pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){ pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2); } /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */ assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( once ){ once = 0; sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regCount); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES, regTemp1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumEq); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumLt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regNumDLt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regSample, regAccum); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regCount, regAccum, (char*)&stat3InitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2); #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows. ** ** iMem: ** The total number of rows in the table. ** ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, ** inclusive. ** ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol: ** Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right. ** ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL. */ for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i); } for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1); } /* Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in ** the index b-tree. */ endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop); topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1); /* Increment row counter */ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ CollSeq *pColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol); if( i==0 ){ /* Always record the very first row */ addrIfNot = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem+1); } assert( pIdx->azColl!=0 ); assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 ); pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); aChngAddr[i] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1, (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeComment((v, "jump if column %d changed", i)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( i==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumEq, 1); VdbeComment((v, "incr repeat count")); } #endif } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aChngAddr[i]); /* Set jump dest for the OP_Ne */ if( i==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIfNot); /* Jump dest for OP_IfNot */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2, (char*)&stat3PushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, pIdx->nColumn, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, regNumEq, regNumLt, regNumLt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumDLt, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regNumEq); #endif } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aChngAddr); /* Always jump here after updating the iMem+1...iMem+1+nCol counters */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2, (char*)&stat3PushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regLoop); shortJump = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLoop, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regTemp1, (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regTemp1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iTabCur, shortJump, regTemp1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumEq, (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumLt, (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 4); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumDLt, (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regRec, "bbbbbb", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regRec, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, shortJump); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, shortJump+2); #endif /* Store the results in sqlite_stat1. ** ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table. The first ** two columns are the names of the table and index. The third column ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the ** index. The first integer in the list is the total number of entries ** in the index. There is one additional integer in the list for each ** column of the table. This additional integer is a guess of how many ** rows of the table the index will select. If D is the count of distinct ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed ** as: ** ** I = (K+D-1)/D ** ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table. ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero ** is never possible. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regStat1); if( jZeroRows<0 ){ jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); } for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); } /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content. */ if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); if( pParse->nMem<regRec ) pParse->nMem = regRec; sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); } /* ** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to ** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. */ static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); } } /* ** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database */ static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ HashElem *k; int iStatCur; int iMem; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 3; openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); iMem = pParse->nMem+1; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem); } loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* ** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in ** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index ** in pTab that should be analyzed. */ static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ int iDb; int iStatCur; assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 3; if( pOnlyIdx ){ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); }else{ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); } analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* ** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine ** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. ** ** ANALYZE -- 1 ** ANALYZE <database> -- 2 ** ANALYZE ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3 ** ** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. ** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. ** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; int i; char *z, *zDb; Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; Token *pTableName; /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return; } assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); if( pName1==0 ){ /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); } }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); if( iDb>=0 ){ analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); }else{ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); if( z ){ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); } sqlite3DbFree(db, z); } } }else{ /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); if( iDb>=0 ){ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); if( z ){ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); } sqlite3DbFree(db, z); } } } } /* ** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the ** callback routine. */ typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; struct analysisInfo { sqlite3 *db; const char *zDatabase; }; /* ** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the ** sqlite_stat1 table. ** ** argv[0] = name of the table ** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) ** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column ** ** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in ** the table. */ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; Index *pIndex; Table *pTable; int i, c, n; tRowcnt v; const char *z; assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ return 0; } pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); if( pTable==0 ){ return 0; } if( argv[1] ){ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); }else{ pIndex = 0; } n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0; z = argv[2]; for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){ v = 0; while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ v = v*10 + c - '0'; z++; } if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v; if( pIndex==0 ) break; pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; if( *z==' ' ) z++; if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){ pIndex->bUnordered = 1; break; } } return 0; } /* ** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array ** and its contents. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( pIdx->aSample ){ int j; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){ IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z); } } sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); } if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ pIdx->nSample = 0; pIdx->aSample = 0; } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* ** Load content from the sqlite_stat3 table into the Index.aSample[] ** arrays of all indices. */ static int loadStat3(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ int idx = 0; /* slot in pIdx->aSample[] for next sample */ int eType; /* Datatype of a sample */ IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ if( !sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3" " GROUP BY idx", zDb); if( !zSql ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); if( rc ) return rc; while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ char *zIndex; /* Index name */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ int nSample; /* Number of samples */ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); if( zIndex==0 ) continue; nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ) continue; assert( pIdx->nSample==0 ); pIdx->nSample = nSample; pIdx->aSample = sqlite3MallocZero( nSample*sizeof(IndexSample) ); pIdx->avgEq = pIdx->aiRowEst[1]; if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc ) return rc; zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", zDb); if( !zSql ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); if( rc ) return rc; while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ char *zIndex; /* Index name */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ int i; /* Loop counter */ tRowcnt sumEq; /* Sum of the nEq values */ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); if( zIndex==0 ) continue; pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ) continue; if( pIdx==pPrevIdx ){ idx++; }else{ pPrevIdx = pIdx; idx = 0; } assert( idx<pIdx->nSample ); pSample = &pIdx->aSample[idx]; pSample->nEq = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); pSample->nLt = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); pSample->nDLt = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); if( idx==pIdx->nSample-1 ){ if( pSample->nDLt>0 ){ for(i=0, sumEq=0; i<=idx-1; i++) sumEq += pIdx->aSample[i].nEq; pIdx->avgEq = (pSample->nLt - sumEq)/pSample->nDLt; } if( pIdx->avgEq<=0 ) pIdx->avgEq = 1; } eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 4); pSample->eType = (u8)eType; switch( eType ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: { pSample->u.i = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 4); break; } case SQLITE_FLOAT: { pSample->u.r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, 4); break; } case SQLITE_NULL: { break; } default: assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); { const char *z = (const char *)( (eType==SQLITE_BLOB) ? sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4): sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 4) ); int n = z ? sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4) : 0; pSample->nByte = n; if( n < 1){ pSample->u.z = 0; }else{ pSample->u.z = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( pSample->u.z==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n); } } } } return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* ** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3 tables. The ** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] ** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3 are used to populate the ** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR ** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined ** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3 table is present, no data is ** read from it. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined during compilation and the ** sqlite_stat3 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is ** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 ** table (if it is present) before returning. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. ** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return ** code may be ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ analysisInfo sInfo; HashElem *i; char *zSql; int rc; assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); /* Clear any prior statistics */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); pIdx->aSample = 0; #endif } /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ sInfo.db = db; sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); } /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat3 table. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = loadStat3(db, sInfo.zDatabase); } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ /************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH /* ** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This ** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple ** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. ** ** i.e. if the parser sees: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def ** ** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of ** looking for columns of the same name. ** ** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' ** ** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. */ static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pExpr ){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken); return SQLITE_ERROR; } }else{ pExpr->op = TK_STRING; } } return rc; } /* ** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The ** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z ** ** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) ** ** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the ** third argument. */ static void attachFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; int rc = 0; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); const char *zName; const char *zFile; char *zPath = 0; char *zErr = 0; unsigned int flags; Db *aNew; char *zErrDyn = 0; sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; /* Check for the following errors: ** ** * Too many attached databases, ** * Transaction currently open ** * Specified database name already being used. */ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] ); goto attach_error; } if( !db->autoCommit ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); goto attach_error; } for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; assert( z && zName ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); goto attach_error; } } /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema ** hash tables. */ if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); if( aNew==0 ) return; memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); }else{ aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); if( aNew==0 ) return; } db->aDb = aNew; aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may ** or may not be initialised. */ flags = db->openFlags; rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } assert( pVfs ); flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); sqlite3_free( zPath ); db->nDb++; if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Pager *pPager; aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); if( !aNew->pSchema ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); } aNew->safety_level = 3; aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); int nKey; char *zKey; int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); switch( t ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; case SQLITE_TEXT: case SQLITE_BLOB: nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); break; case SQLITE_NULL: /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); } break; } } #endif /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way ** we found it. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); } if( rc ){ int iDb = db->nDb - 1; assert( iDb>=2 ); if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; } sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); db->nDb = iDb; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); } goto attach_error; } return; attach_error: /* Return an error if we get here */ if( zErrDyn ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); } if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); } /* ** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The ** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: ** ** DETACH DATABASE x ** ** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) */ static void detachFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); int i; Db *pDb = 0; char zErr[128]; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; } if( i>=db->nDb ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); goto detach_error; } if( i<2 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); goto detach_error; } if( !db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); goto detach_error; } if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); goto detach_error; } sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; pDb->pSchema = 0; sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); return; detach_error: sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); } /* ** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the ** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. */ static void codeAttach( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ ){ int rc; NameContext sName; Vdbe *v; sqlite3* db = pParse->db; int regArgs; memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sName.pParse = pParse; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) ){ pParse->nErr++; goto attach_end; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( pAuthArg ){ char *zAuthArg; if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; }else{ zAuthArg = 0; } rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto attach_end; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing ** statements). */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } attach_end: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); } /* ** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. ** ** DETACH pDbname */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ static const FuncDef detach_func = { 1, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ detachFunc, /* xFunc */ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ 0, /* pHash */ 0 /* pDestructor */ }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); } /* ** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. ** ** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ static const FuncDef attach_func = { 3, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ 0, /* flags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ attachFunc, /* xFunc */ 0, /* xStep */ 0, /* xFinalize */ "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ 0, /* pHash */ 0 /* pDestructor */ }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ /* ** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior ** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. ** ** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE ** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit( DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ ){ sqlite3 *db; if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0; db = pParse->db; assert( db->nDb>iDb ); pFix->pParse = pParse; pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; pFix->zType = zType; pFix->pName = pName; return 1; } /* ** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign ** a specific database to all table references where the database name ** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure ** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). ** ** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or ** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. ** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are ** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made ** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to ** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything ** checks out, these routines return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ ){ int i; const char *zDb; struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; zDb = pFix->zDb; for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); return 1; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; #endif } return 0; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pSelect ){ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ return 1; } pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; } return 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pExpr ){ if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; }else{ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ return 1; } pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } return 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ ){ int i; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return 0; for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pStep ){ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ return 1; } pStep = pStep->pNext; } return 0; } #endif /************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2003 January 11 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() ** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded ** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling ** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 */ /* ** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single ** macro. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* ** Set or clear the access authorization function. ** ** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation ** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on ** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function ** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument ** to the auth function is one of these constants: ** ** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX ** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW ** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW ** SQLITE_DELETE ** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX ** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW ** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW ** SQLITE_INSERT ** SQLITE_PRAGMA ** SQLITE_READ ** SQLITE_SELECT ** SQLITE_TRANSACTION ** SQLITE_UPDATE ** ** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of ** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function ** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If ** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY ** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call ** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement ** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL ** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. ** ** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default ** setting of the auth function is NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( sqlite3 *db, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pArg ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xAuth = xAuth; db->pAuthArg = pArg; sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the ** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. */ static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from ** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization ** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). ** ** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed ** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE ** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ const char *zTab, /* Table name */ const char *zCol, /* Column name */ int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); } pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } return rc; } /* ** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to ** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. ** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** ** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN ** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, ** then generate an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); if( iDb<0 ){ /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other ** temporary table. */ return; } assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; }else{ assert( pTabList ); for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){ if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; break; } } } iCol = pExpr->iColumn; if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; if( iCol>=0 ){ assert( iCol<pTab->nCol ); zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol ); zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; }else{ zCol = "ROWID"; } assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; } } /* ** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return ** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY ** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are ** modified appropriately. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( Parse *pParse, int code, const char *zArg1, const char *zArg2, const char *zArg3 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int rc; /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. */ if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( db->xAuth==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ rc = SQLITE_DENY; sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } return rc; } /* ** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the ** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until ** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( Parse *pParse, AuthContext *pContext, const char *zContext ){ assert( pParse ); pContext->pParse = pParse; pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; } /* ** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed ** by sqlite3AuthContextPush */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ if( pContext->pParse ){ pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; pContext->pParse = 0; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ /************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser ** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the ** following kinds of SQL syntax: ** ** CREATE TABLE ** DROP TABLE ** CREATE INDEX ** DROP INDEX ** creating ID lists ** BEGIN TRANSACTION ** COMMIT ** ROLLBACK */ /* ** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to ** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; pParse->nVar = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and ** codeTableLocks() functions. */ struct TableLock { int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ }; /* ** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** ** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. ** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. ** ** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The ** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to ** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); int i; int nBytes; TableLock *p; assert( iDb>=0 ); for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); return; } } nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); pToplevel->aTableLock = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; p->iDb = iDb; p->iTab = iTab; p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; p->zName = zName; }else{ pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } } /* ** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the ** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). */ static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ int i; Vdbe *pVdbe; pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){ TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; int p1 = p->iDb; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, p->zName, P4_STATIC); } } #else #define codeTableLocks(x) #endif /* ** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been ** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been ** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the ** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next ** parse. ** ** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that ** no VDBE code was generated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db; Vdbe *v; db = pParse->db; if( db->mallocFailed ) return; if( pParse->nested ) return; if( pParse->nErr ) return; /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the ** vdbe program */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie ** on each used database. */ if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ yDbMask mask; int iDb; sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); if( db->init.busy==0 ){ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb], db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE { int i; for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){ char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); } pParse->nVtabLock = 0; } #endif /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the ** shared-cache feature is enabled. */ codeTableLocks(pParse); /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. */ sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); } } /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution */ if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); #endif assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; pParse->colNamesSet = 0; }else{ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } pParse->nTab = 0; pParse->nMem = 0; pParse->nSet = 0; pParse->nVar = 0; pParse->cookieMask = 0; pParse->cookieGoto = 0; } /* ** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate ** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context ** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively ** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization ** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the ** outermost parser. ** ** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit ** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use ** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *zSql; char *zErrMsg = 0; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; # define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; if( pParse->nErr ) return; assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ va_start(ap, zFormat); zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( zSql==0 ){ return; /* A malloc must have failed */ } pParse->nested++; memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); pParse->nested--; } /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database ** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the ** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. ** ** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the ** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table ** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any ** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. ** ** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ Table *p = 0; int i; int nName; assert( zName!=0 ); nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); if( p ) break; } return p; } /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database ** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the ** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an ** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. ** ** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this ** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where ** sqlite3FindTable() does not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ ){ Table *p; /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return 0; } p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); if( p==0 ){ const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; if( zDbase ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; } return p; } /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes ** a particular index given the name of that index ** and the name of the database that contains the index. ** Return NULL if not found. ** ** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the ** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking ** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is ** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added ** using the ATTACH command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ Index *p = 0; int i; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; assert( pSchema ); if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); if( p ) break; } return p; } /* ** Reclaim the memory used by an index */ static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, ** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from ** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated ** with the index. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ Index *pIndex; int len; Hash *pHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; }else{ Index *p; /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of ** indices. */ p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; } } freeIndex(db, pIndex); } db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } /* ** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of ** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory ** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback ** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a ** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. ** ** If iDb<0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database ** files. If iDb>=0 then reset the internal schema for only the ** single file indicated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ int i, j; assert( iDb<db->nDb ); if( iDb>=0 ){ /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the ** other database. */ if( iDb!=1 ){ pDb = &db->aDb[1]; assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); } return; } /* Case 2 (from here to the end): Reset all schemas for all attached ** databases. */ assert( iDb<0 ); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pSchema ){ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); } } db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes ** to any of those tables. */ for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); pDb->zName = 0; continue; } if( j<i ){ db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; } j++; } memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); db->nDb = j; if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; } } /* ** This routine is called when a commit occurs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; } /* ** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the ** Table.aCol[] array). */ static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ int i; Column *pCol; assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); } } /* ** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given ** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. ** ** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink ** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy ** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with ** the table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ Index *pIndex, *pNext; assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ if( !pTable ) return; if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ pNext = pIndex->pNext; assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ char *zName = pIndex->zName; TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 ); assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); } freeIndex(db, pIndex); } /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); /* Delete the Table structure itself. */ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); } /* ** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the ** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ Table *p; Db *pDb; assert( db!=0 ); assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); assert( zTabName ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } /* ** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that ** token. Space to hold the returned string ** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling ** function. ** ** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that ** surround the body of the token are removed. ** ** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so ** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string ** is \000 terminated and is persistent. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ char *zName; if( pName ){ zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); sqlite3Dequote(zName); }else{ zName = 0; } return zName; } /* ** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for ** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32); /* 5 column table */ if( p->nTab==0 ){ p->nTab = 1; } } /* ** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name ** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This ** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or ** -1 if the named db cannot be found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ int i = -1; /* Database number */ if( zName ){ Db *pDb; int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ break; } } } return i; } /* ** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or ** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the ** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db ** does not exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ int i; /* Database number */ char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); return i; } /* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". ** ** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the ** database "xxx" is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ ){ int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ if( db->init.busy ) { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); pParse->nErr++; return -1; } *pUnqual = pName2; iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); if( iDb<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); pParse->nErr++; return -1; } }else{ assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); iDb = db->init.iDb; *pUnqual = pName1; } return iDb; } /* ** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal ** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or ** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string ** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace ** is reserved for internal use. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); return SQLITE_ERROR; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is ** the first of several action routines that get called in response ** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called ** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp ** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database ** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case ** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between ** CREATE and TABLE. ** ** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. ** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action ** routines will be called to add more information to this record. ** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine ** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ ){ Table *pTable; char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v; int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". ** ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be ** created in. */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) return; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); return; } if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; pParse->sNameToken = *pName; zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( zName==0 ) return; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto begin_table_error; } if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); { int code; char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ goto begin_table_error; } if( isView ){ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; }else{ code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; } }else{ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; }else{ code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; } } if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ goto begin_table_error; } } #endif /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace ** collisions. */ if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto begin_table_error; } pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); if( pTable ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto begin_table_error; } if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); goto begin_table_error; } } pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTable==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; pParse->nErr++; goto begin_table_error; } pTable->zName = zName; pTable->iPKey = -1; pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pTable->nRef = 1; pTable->nRowEst = 1000000; assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); pParse->pNewTable = pTable; /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; } #endif /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated ** now. */ if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ int j1; int fileFormat; int reg1, reg2, reg3; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( isVirtual ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); } #endif /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, ** set them now. */ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). ** ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) if( isView || isVirtual ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); }else #endif { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); } sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); } /* Normal (non-error) return. */ return; /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ begin_table_error: sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); return; } /* ** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. ** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but ** produces larger code. ** ** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It ** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. */ #define STRICMP(x, y) (\ sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ && sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) /* ** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. ** ** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration ** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called ** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each ** column. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ Table *p; int i; char *z; Column *pCol; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); return; } #endif z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( z==0 ) return; for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } } if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ Column *aNew; aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); if( aNew==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } p->aCol = aNew; } pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); pCol->zName = z; /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. */ pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; p->nCol++; } /* ** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of ** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has ** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on ** the column currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ Table *p; p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; } /* ** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the ** associated affinity type. ** ** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the ** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is ** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains ** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of ** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. ** ** Substring | Affinity ** -------------------------------- ** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE ** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** ** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){ u32 h = 0; char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){ h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; zIn++; if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; #endif }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; break; } } return aff; } /* ** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of ** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first ** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the ** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token ** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string ** that contains the typename of the column and store that string ** in zType. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ Table *p; Column *pCol; p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; assert( pCol->zType==0 ); pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType); } /* ** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column ** of the table currently under construction. ** ** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this ** is not the case. ** ** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of ** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ Table *p; Column *pCol; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p!=0 ){ pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", pCol->zName); }else{ /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression ** is required by pragma table_info. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); } } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); } /* ** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names ** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the ** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. ** ** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has ** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an ** error. ** ** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, ** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey ** field of the table under construction to be the index of the ** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is ** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. ** ** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique ** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ ){ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; char *zType = 0; int iCol = -1, i; if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); goto primary_key_exit; } pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; if( pList==0 ){ iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; }else{ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ break; } } if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){ pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; } } if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; } if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; } if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ pTab->iPKey = iCol; pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; }else if( autoInc ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); #endif }else{ Index *p; p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); if( p ){ p->autoIndex = 2; } pList = 0; } primary_key_exit: sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); return; } /* ** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); }else #endif { sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr); } } /* ** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column ** to the CollSeq given. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ Table *p; int i; char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ sqlite3 *db; if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; i = p->nCol-1; db = pParse->db; zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); if( !zColl ) return; if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ Index *pIdx; p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>", ** then an index may have been created on this column before the ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. */ for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; } } }else{ sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); } } /* ** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text ** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. ** ** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available ** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to ** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, ** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is ** returned instead. ** ** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or ** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into ** pParse. ** ** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine ** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found ** and generates an error message. ** ** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; u8 enc = ENC(db); u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; CollSeq *pColl; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName); if( !pColl ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); } } return pColl; } /* ** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. ** ** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the ** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value ** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the ** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, ** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed ** since it was last read. ** ** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for ** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be ** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent ** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only ** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } /* ** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given ** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used ** but does not include the null terminator. ** ** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is ** really needed. */ static int identLength(const char *z){ int n; for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } } return n + 2; } /* ** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second ** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at ** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the ** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, ** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer ** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. ** ** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric ** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, ** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, ** it is quoted using double-quotes. */ static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; int i, j, needQuote; i = *pIdx; for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; } needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; if( !needQuote ){ needQuote = zIdent[j]; } if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ z[i++] = zIdent[j]; if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; } if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; z[i] = 0; *pIdx = i; } /* ** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given ** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained ** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. */ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ int i, k, n; char *zStmt; char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; Column *pCol; n = 0; for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; } n += identLength(p->zName); if( n<50 ){ zSep = ""; zSep2 = ","; zEnd = ")"; }else{ zSep = "\n "; zSep2 = ",\n "; zEnd = "\n)"; } n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); if( zStmt==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return 0; } sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); zStmt[k++] = '('; for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){ static const char * const azType[] = { /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "", /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" }; int len; const char *zType; sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); zSep = zSep2; identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) ); memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); k += len; assert( k<=n ); } sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); return zStmt; } /* ** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates ** a CREATE TABLE statement. ** ** The table structure that other action routines have been building ** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have ** occurred. ** ** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless ** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 ** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just ** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has ** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in ** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. ** ** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine ** was called to create a table generated from a ** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of ** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ ){ Table *p; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ return; } p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 ) return; assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. */ if( p->pCheck ){ SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); sSrc.nSrc = 1; sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; sNC.isCheck = 1; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ return; } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) */ if( db->init.busy ){ p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; } /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. ** ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary ** file instead of into the main database file. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ int n; Vdbe *v; char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); /* ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. */ if( p->pSelect==0 ){ /* A regular table */ zType = "table"; zType2 = "TABLE"; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW }else{ /* A view */ zType = "view"; zType2 = "VIEW"; #endif } /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. ** ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used ** by the new table. ** ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would ** be redundant. */ if( pSelect ){ SelectDest dest; Table *pSelTab; assert(pParse->nTab==1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); pParse->nTab = 2; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); if( pSelTab==0 ) return; assert( p->aCol==0 ); p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); } } /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ if( pSelect ){ zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); }else{ n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1; zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z ); } /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s " "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " "WHERE rowid=#%d", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zType, p->zName, p->zName, pParse->regRoot, zStmt, pParse->regRowid ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. */ if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", pDb->zName ); } } #endif /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName)); } /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. */ if( db->init.busy ){ Table *pOld; Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); if( pOld ){ assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ db->mallocFailed = 1; return; } pParse->pNewTable = 0; db->nTable++; db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE if( !p->pSelect ){ const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; int nName; assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); if( pCons->z==0 ){ pCons = pEnd; } nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); } #endif } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* ** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ ){ Table *p; int n; const char *z; Token sEnd; DbFixer sFix; Token *pName = 0; int iDb; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return; } sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return; } sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return; } /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. */ p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); if( db->mallocFailed ){ return; } if( !db->init.busy ){ sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); } /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to ** the end. */ sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ sEnd.z += sEnd.n; } sEnd.n = 0; n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); z = pBegin->z; while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; sEnd.n = 1; /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); return; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) /* ** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of ** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number ** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); assert( pTable ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are ** already known. */ if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: ** ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; ** ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. ** But the following test is still important as it does come up ** in the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; */ if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); return 1; } assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT ** statement that defines the view. */ assert( pTable->pSelect ); pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); if( pSel ){ u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; n = pParse->nTab; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); pTable->nCol = -1; db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); db->xAuth = xAuth; #else pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); #endif db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; pParse->nTab = n; if( pSelTab ){ assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; }else{ pTable->nCol = 0; nErr++; } sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); } else { nErr++; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ return nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* ** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. */ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ HashElem *i; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); pTab->aCol = 0; pTab->nCol = 0; } } DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); } #else # define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ /* ** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema ** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The ** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom ** to iTo. ** ** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information ** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. ** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might ** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is ** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match ** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices ** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. ** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with ** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo ** in order to be certain that we got the right one. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ HashElem *pElem; Hash *pHash; Db *pDb; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ pTab->tnum = iTo; } } pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ pIdx->tnum = iTo; } } } #endif /* ** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. ** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema ** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst ** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). */ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to ** reflect this. ** ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER ** token for additional information. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); #endif sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } /* ** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. ** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions ** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer ** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). */ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM Index *pIdx; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); } #else /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the ** following were coded: ** ** OP_Destroy 4 0 ** ... ** OP_Destroy 5 0 ** ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit ** a free-list page. */ int iTab = pTab->tnum; int iDestroyed = 0; while( 1 ){ Index *pIdx; int iLargest = 0; if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){ iLargest = iTab; } for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){ iLargest = iIdx; } } if( iLargest==0 ){ return; }else{ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); iDestroyed = iLargest; } } #endif } /* ** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) ** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. */ static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ int iDb, /* The database number */ const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ ){ int i; const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; for(i=1; i<=3; i++){ char zTab[24]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", zDbName, zTab, zType, zName ); } } } /* ** Generate code to drop a table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Trigger *pTrigger; Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); } #endif /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or ** sqlite_temp_master if required. */ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); while( pTrigger ){ assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). */ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName ); } #endif /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another ** database. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ destroyTable(pParse, pTab); } /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify ** the schema cookie. */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); } /* ** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. ** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ Table *pTab; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_drop_table; } assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; if( pTab==0 ){ if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); goto exit_drop_table; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure ** it is initialized. */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; const char *zArg2 = 0; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ goto exit_drop_table; } if( isView ){ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; }else{ code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; #endif }else{ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; }else{ code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; } } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } } #endif if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used ** on a table. */ if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } #endif /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table ** on disk. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); } exit_drop_table: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table ** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns ** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then ** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of ** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other ** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all ** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified ** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. ** ** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently ** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. ** ** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call ** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY FKey *pFKey = 0; FKey *pNextTo; Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; int nByte; int i; int nCol; char *z; assert( pTo!=0 ); if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; if( pFromCol==0 ){ int iCol = p->nCol-1; if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" " should reference only one column of table %T", p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); goto fk_end; } nCol = 1; }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " "columns in the referenced table"); goto fk_end; }else{ nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; } nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; if( pToCol ){ for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; } } pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); if( pFKey==0 ){ goto fk_end; } pFKey->pFrom = p; pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; pFKey->zTo = z; memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); z[pTo->n] = 0; sqlite3Dequote(z); z += pTo->n+1; pFKey->nCol = nCol; if( pFromCol==0 ){ pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; }else{ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ int j; for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; break; } } if( j>=p->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", pFromCol->a[i].zName); goto fk_end; } } } if( pToCol ){ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName); pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); z[n] = 0; z += n+1; } } pFKey->isDeferred = 0; pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey ); if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; goto fk_end; } if( pNextTo ){ assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; } /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. */ p->pFKey = pFKey; pFKey = 0; fk_end: sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); } /* ** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED ** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred ** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. ** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted ** accordingly. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY Table *pTab; FKey *pFKey; if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; #endif } /* ** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is ** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the ** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. ** ** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly ** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the ** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then ** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and ** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. */ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ int tnum; /* Root page of index */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT int regIdxKey; /* Registers containing the index key */ #endif int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ return; } #endif /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) return; if( memRootPage>=0 ){ tnum = memRootPage; }else{ tnum = pIndex->tnum; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); } pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); if( memRootPage>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ iSorter = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); #else iSorter = iTab; #endif /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index ** records into the sorter. */ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord); sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC ); }else{ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); #else regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); addr2 = addr1 + 1; if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn; const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey); /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32); sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); #endif sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); } /* ** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index ** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will ** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a ** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable ** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is ** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. ** ** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this ** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added ** to the table currently under construction. ** ** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index ** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index ** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ ){ Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ int i, j; Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ int nCol; int nExtra = 0; char *zExtra; assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ goto exit_create_index; } if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto exit_create_index; } /* ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. */ if( pTblName!=0 ){ /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db ** before looking up the table. */ assert( pName1 && pName2 ); iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; assert( pName && pName->z ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this ** if initialising a database schema. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ iDb = 1; } } #endif if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ assert(0); } pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index; assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); }else{ assert( pName==0 ); assert( pStart==0 ); pTab = pParse->pNewTable; if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); } pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); goto exit_create_index; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); goto exit_create_index; } #endif /* ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another ** index or table with the same name. ** ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or ** index, then we will continue to process this index. ** ** If pName==0 it means that we are ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our ** own name. */ if( pName ){ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; assert( pName->z!=0 ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto exit_create_index; } if( !db->init.busy ){ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); goto exit_create_index; } } if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ if( !ifNotExist ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto exit_create_index; } }else{ int n; Index *pLoop; for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); if( zName==0 ){ goto exit_create_index; } } /* Check for authorization to create an index. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { const char *zDb = pDb->zName; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_create_index; } i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ goto exit_create_index; } } #endif /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. ** So create a fake list to simulate this. */ if( pList==0 ){ nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0); pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; } /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly ** specified collation sequence names. */ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; if( pExpr ){ CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl; /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure. But if an OOM ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */ if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){ nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName)); } } } /* ** Allocate the index structure. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); nCol = pList->nExpr; pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ ROUND8(sizeof(tRowcnt)*(nCol+1)) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_create_index; } zExtra = (char*)pIndex; pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)&zExtra[ROUND8(sizeof(Index))]; pIndex->azColl = (char**) ((char*)pIndex->aiRowEst + ROUND8(sizeof(tRowcnt)*nCol+1)); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowEst) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); pIndex->pTable = pTab; pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0); pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns */ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ }else{ sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ } /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error ** if any column is not found. ** ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. */ for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){ const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; Column *pTabCol; int requestedSortOrder; char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; } if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", pTab->zName, zColName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto exit_create_index; } pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl): Because of ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser, ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error. But if there ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */ if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){ int nColl; zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName; nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; assert( nExtra>=nColl ); memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); zColl = zExtra; zExtra += nColl; nExtra -= nColl; }else{ zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; if( !zColl ){ zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; } } if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ goto exit_create_index; } pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; } sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. ** i.e. one of: ** ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); ** ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with ** explicit indices. ** ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different ** sort orders. ** ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. */ Index *pIdx; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int k; assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){ const char *z1; const char *z2; if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; } if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. */ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); } if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; } } goto exit_create_index; } } } /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other ** in-memory database structures. */ if( db->init.busy ){ Index *p; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), pIndex); if( p ){ assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ db->mallocFailed = 1; goto exit_create_index; } db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; if( pTblName!=0 ){ pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; } } /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the ** index with the current table contents. ** ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why ** we don't want to recreate it. ** ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization ** step can be skipped. */ else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */ Vdbe *v; char *zStmt; int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; /* Create the rootpage for the index */ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into ** the zStmt variable */ if( pStart ){ assert( pEnd!=0 ); /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", (int)(pEnd->z - pName->z) + 1, pName->z); }else{ /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ zStmt = 0; } /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, iMem, zStmt ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. */ if( pTblName ){ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); } } /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. */ if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; pTab->pIndex = pIndex; }else{ Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ pOther = pOther->pNext; } pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; pOther->pNext = pIndex; } pRet = pIndex; pIndex = 0; } /* Clean up before exiting */ exit_create_index: if( pIndex ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex); } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); return pRet; } /* ** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information ** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. ** ** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. ** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the ** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the ** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number ** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns ** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that * ** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] ** aiRowEst[N]>=1 ** ** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to ** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here ** are based on typical values found in actual indices. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ tRowcnt *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; int i; tRowcnt n; assert( a!=0 ); a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst; if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10; n = 10; for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){ a[i] = n; if( n>5 ) n--; } if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; } } /* ** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine ** implements the DROP INDEX statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ Index *pIndex; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_drop_index; } assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); if( pIndex==0 ){ if( !ifExists ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); }else{ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto exit_drop_index; } if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); goto exit_drop_index; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } } #endif /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName ); sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); } exit_drop_index: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the ** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new ** object on the end of the array. ** ** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is ** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the ** suggested initial array size allocation. ** ** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. ** ** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This ** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different ** pointer if the array was resized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ ){ char *z; if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ void *pNew; int newSize; newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); if( pNew==0 ){ *pIdx = -1; return pArray; } *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; pArray = pNew; } z = (char*)pArray; memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); *pIdx = *pnEntry; ++*pnEntry; return pArray; } /* ** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if ** need be. ** ** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ int i; if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); if( pList==0 ) return 0; pList->nAlloc = 0; } pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pList->a, sizeof(pList->a[0]), 5, &pList->nId, &pList->nAlloc, &i ); if( i<0 ){ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); return pList; } /* ** Delete an IdList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return; for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } /* ** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 ** if not found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return -1; for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by ** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. ** New slots are zeroed. ** ** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. ** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); ** ** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. ** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result ** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, ** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would ** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. ** ** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The ** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ ){ int i; /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ assert( iStart>=0 ); assert( nExtra>=1 ); assert( pSrc!=0 ); assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); /* Allocate additional space if needed */ if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ SrcList *pNew; int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; int nGot; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); if( pNew==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); return pSrc; } pSrc = pNew; nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; } /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots ** out of the way */ for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; } pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){ pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1; } /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ return pSrc; } /* ** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if ** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. ** ** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned ** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be ** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList ** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. ** ** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional ** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase ** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. ** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might ** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. ** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, ** or with NULL if no database is specified. ** ** In other words, if call like this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); ** ** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called ** like this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); ** ** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined ** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); ** ** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted ** before being added to the SrcList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); if( pList==0 ) return 0; pList->nAlloc = 1; } pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ pDatabase = 0; } if( pDatabase ){ Token *pTemp = pDatabase; pDatabase = pTable; pTable = pTemp; } pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); return pList; } /* ** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( pList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); } } } } /* ** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } /* ** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the ** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of ** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL ** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase ** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. ** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the ** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the ** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the ** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and ** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing ** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. ** ** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new ** term added. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") ); goto append_from_error; } p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ goto append_from_error; } pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; assert( pAlias!=0 ); if( pAlias->n ){ pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); } pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; pItem->pOn = pOn; pItem->pUsing = pUsing; return p; append_from_error: assert( p==0 ); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); return 0; } /* ** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added ** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ pItem->notIndexed = 1; }else{ pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); } } } /* ** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator ** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator ** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine ** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM ** clause. ** ** Example: Suppose the join is like this: ** ** A natural cross join B ** ** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored ** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the ** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ if( p ){ int i; assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; } p->a[0].jointype = 0; } } /* ** Begin a transaction */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ sqlite3 *db; Vdbe *v; int i; assert( pParse!=0 ); db = pParse->db; assert( db!=0 ); /* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ return; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( !v ) return; if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); } /* ** Commit a transaction */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ Vdbe *v; assert( pParse!=0 ); assert( pParse->db!=0 ); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ return; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); } } /* ** Rollback a transaction */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ Vdbe *v; assert( pParse!=0 ); assert( pParse->db!=0 ); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ return; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); } } /* ** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, ** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); if( zName ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); #endif if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); return; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return ** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ int rc; Btree *pBt; static const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " "file for storing temporary tables"); pParse->rc = rc; return 1; } db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start ** a read-transaction for all named database files. ** ** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all ** read transactions be started before anything else happens in ** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other ** code has been generated. So here is what we do: ** ** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that ** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we ** record every database that needs its schema verified in the ** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been ** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and ** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value ** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the ** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). ** ** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the ** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto ** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel); if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; } if( iDb>=0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; yDbMask mask; assert( iDb<db->nDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb; if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){ pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); } } } } /* ** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each ** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int i; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); } } } /* ** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that ** might change the database. ** ** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within ** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint ** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should ** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of ** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to ** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints ** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never ** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb; pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; } /* ** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write ** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, ** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) ** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will ** be necessary to undo the completed writes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; } /* ** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is ** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to ** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make ** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. ** ** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the ** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency ** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes ** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm ** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency ** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in ** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective ** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen ** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; } /* ** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement ** and/or current transaction is rolled back. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( onError==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type); } /* ** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return ** true if it does and false if it does not. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ int i; assert( zColl!=0 ); for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){ const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; assert( z!=0 ); if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif /* ** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. ** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); } } } #endif /* ** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the ** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute ** all indices everywhere. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ Db *pDb; /* A single database */ int iDb; /* The database index number */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){ assert( pDb!=0 ); for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); } } } #endif /* ** Generate code for the REINDEX command. ** ** REINDEX -- 1 ** REINDEX <collation> -- 2 ** REINDEX ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3 ** REINDEX ?<database>.?<indexname> -- 4 ** ** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. ** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named ** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all ** indices associated with the named table. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ int iDb; /* The database index number */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return; } if( pName1==0 ){ reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); return; }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ char *zColl; assert( pName1->z ); zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); if( !zColl ) return; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); if( pColl ){ reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); return; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); } iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); if( iDb<0 ) return; z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); if( z==0 ) return; zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); if( pTab ){ reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); if( pIndex ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); return; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); } #endif /* ** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used ** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. ** ** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case ** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned ** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation ** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect ** the error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ int i; int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); if( pKey ){ pKey->db = pParse->db; pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; assert( zColl ); pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; } pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; } if( pParse->nErr ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey); pKey = 0; } return pKey; } /************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2005 May 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables ** of user defined functions and collation sequences. */ /* ** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence ** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. */ static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); if( db->xCollNeeded ){ char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); if( !zExternal ) return; db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ char const *zExternal; sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zExternal ){ db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); } sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); } #endif } /* ** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a ** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions ** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one ** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if ** possible. */ static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ CollSeq *pColl2; char *z = pColl->zName; int i; static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; for(i=0; i<3; i++){ pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback ** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the ** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. ** ** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding ** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. ** ** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database ** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation ** sequence can be found. ** ** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ ){ CollSeq *p; p = pColl; if( !p ){ p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. */ callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ p = 0; } assert( !p || p->xCmp ); return p; } /* ** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to ** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when ** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences ** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. ** ** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to ** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, ** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different ** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ if( pColl ){ const char *zName = pColl->zName; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName); if( !p ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); pParse->nErr++; return SQLITE_ERROR; } assert( p==pColl ); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry ** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is ** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. ** ** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an ** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence ** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. ** ** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of ** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in ** each collation sequence structure. */ static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ int create /* Create a new entry if true */ ){ CollSeq *pColl; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); if( 0==pColl && create ){ pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); if( pColl ){ CollSeq *pDel = 0; pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added ** to the hash table). */ assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); if( pDel!=0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); pColl = 0; } } } return pColl; } /* ** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. ** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName ** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. ** ** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a ** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. ** ** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around ** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory ** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence ** cannot be found. ** ** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, const char *zName, int create ){ CollSeq *pColl; if( zName ){ pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); }else{ pColl = db->pDfltColl; } assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; return pColl; } /* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure ** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument ** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system ** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the ** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. ** ** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: ** ** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 ** encoding is requested, or vice versa. ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is ** requested, or vice versa. ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. ** 6: An exact match. ** */ static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ int match = 0; if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) ){ match = 1; if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ match = 4; } if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ match += 2; } else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ match += 1; } } return match; } /* ** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return ** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. */ static FuncDef *functionSearch( FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ int h, /* Hash of the name */ const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ ){ FuncDef *p; for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ return p; } } return 0; } /* ** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ ){ FuncDef *pOther; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); if( pOther ){ assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; pOther->pNext = pDef; }else{ pDef->pNext = 0; pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; pHash->a[h] = pDef; } } /* ** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag ** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a ** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return ** NULL if the function does not exist. ** ** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef ** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a ** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true ** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts ** any number of arguments will be returned. ** ** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid ** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc ** or xStep is non-zero. ** ** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and ** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not ** match that requested. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ ){ FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ int h; /* Hash value */ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. */ p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); while( p ){ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); if( score>bestScore ){ pBest = p; bestScore = score; } p = p->pNext; } /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. ** ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give ** priority to built-in functions. ** ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. */ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); bestScore = 0; p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); while( p ){ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); if( score>bestScore ){ pBest = p; bestScore = score; } p = p->pNext; } } /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a ** new entry to the hash table and return it. */ if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); pBest->zName[nName] = 0; sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); } if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ return pBest; } return 0; } /* ** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points ** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the ** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents ** of the schema hash tables). ** ** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ Hash temp1; Hash temp2; HashElem *pElem; Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); } sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); } sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ pSchema->iGeneration++; pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; } } /* ** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create ** a new one if necessary. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ Schema * p; if( pBt ){ p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); }else{ p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); } if( !p ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; } return p; } /************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. */ /* ** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries ** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains ** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, ** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and ** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table ** name is not found or if any other error occurs. ** ** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: ** ** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object ** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; Table *pTab; assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); pItem->pTab = pTab; if( pTab ){ pTab->nRef++; } if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ pTab = 0; } return pTab; } /* ** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not ** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is ** writable return 0; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: ** ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method ** has been provided, or ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not ** been specified. ** ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. */ if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && pParse->nested==0 ) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); return 1; } #endif return 0; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* ** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The ** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the ** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pView, /* View definition */ Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ ){ SelectDest dest; Select *pDup; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); if( pWhere ){ SrcList *pFrom; pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pFrom ){ assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup; assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); } pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); } sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* ** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, ** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. ** ** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; ** \__________________________/ ** pLimitWhere (pInClause) */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */ ){ Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. */ if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); goto limit_where_cleanup_2; } /* We only need to generate a select expression if there ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. */ if( pLimit == 0 ) { /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ assert( pOffset == 0 ); return pWhere; } /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** becomes: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** ); */ pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree ** and the SELECT subtree. */ pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); goto limit_where_cleanup_2; } /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); return pInClause; /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ limit_where_cleanup_1: sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); return 0; limit_where_cleanup_2: sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); return 0; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* ** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. ** ** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; ** \________/ \________________/ ** pTabList pWhere */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ ){ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ int i; /* Loop counter */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ int iDb; /* Database number */ int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ #endif memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** deleted from is a view */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; #else # define pTrigger 0 # define isView 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. */ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb<db->nDb ); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } assert(!isView || pTrigger); /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. */ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ pParse->nTab++; } /* Start the view context */ if( isView ){ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } /* Begin generating code. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into ** a ephemeral table. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); } #endif /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if ** we are counting rows. */ if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ assert( !isView ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through ** the table and pick which records to delete. */ { int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */ /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK ); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid); if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); } sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */ end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF ** triggers. */ if( !isView ){ sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); } addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); /* Delete the row */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); }else #endif { int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default); } /* End of the delete loop */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); } } /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); } delete_from_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return; } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif /* ** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a ** single table to be deleted. ** ** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. ** These are the requirements: ** ** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row ** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur. ** ** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as ** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. ** ** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in ** memory cell iRowid. ** ** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all ** index entries that point to that record. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ assert( v ); /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf ); mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); iOld = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld); for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<<iCol) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); } } /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* Seek the cursor to the row to be deleted again. It may be that ** the BEFORE triggers coded above have already removed the row ** being deleted. Do not attempt to delete the row a second time, and ** do not fire AFTER triggers. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0); } /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */ if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); if( count ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); } } /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key ** to the row just deleted. */ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld); /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); } /* ** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all ** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. ** ** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. ** These are the requirements: ** ** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row ** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". ** ** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as ** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. ** ** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be ** deleted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ ){ int i; Index *pIdx; int r1; for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); } } /* ** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register ** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. ** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to ** the entry that needs indexing. ** ** Return a register number which is the first in a block of ** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The ** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time ** this routine returns. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int j; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; int regBase; int nCol; nCol = pIdx->nColumn; regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1); } } if( doMakeRec ){ const char *zAff; if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){ zAff = 0; }else{ zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); } sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); return regBase; } /************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2002 February 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL ** functions of SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. ** All other code has file scope. */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ /* ** Return the collating function associated with a function. */ static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ return context->pColl; } /* ** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions */ static void minmaxFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ int iBest; CollSeq *pColl; assert( argc>1 ); mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); assert( pColl ); assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); iBest = 0; if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; for(i=1; i<argc; i++){ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){ testcase( mask==0 ); iBest = i; } } sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); } /* ** Return the type of the argument. */ static void typeofFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *z = 0; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; default: z = "null"; break; } sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** Implementation of the length() function */ static void lengthFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int len; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_BLOB: case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: { sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return; len = 0; while( *z ){ len++; SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } sqlite3_result_int(context, len); break; } default: { sqlite3_result_null(context); break; } } } /* ** Implementation of the abs() function. ** ** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of ** the numeric argument X. */ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: { i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); if( iVal<0 ){ if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); return; } iVal = -iVal; } sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); break; } case SQLITE_NULL: { /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ sqlite3_result_null(context); break; } default: { /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. */ double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); break; } } } /* ** Implementation of the substr() function. ** ** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. ** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character ** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. ** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. ** ** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. ** ** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1. */ static void substrFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *z; const unsigned char *z2; int len; int p0type; i64 p1, p2; int negP2 = 0; assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) ){ return; } p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return; assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return; len = 0; if( p1<0 ){ for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); } } } if( argc==3 ){ p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); if( p2<0 ){ p2 = -p2; negP2 = 1; } }else{ p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } if( p1<0 ){ p1 += len; if( p1<0 ){ p2 += p1; if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; p1 = 0; } }else if( p1>0 ){ p1--; }else if( p2>0 ){ p2--; } if( negP2 ){ p1 -= p2; if( p1<0 ){ p2 += p1; p1 = 0; } } assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ while( *z && p1 ){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); p1--; } for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); } sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ if( p1+p2>len ){ p2 = len-p1; if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; } sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** Implementation of the round() function */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ int n = 0; double r; char *zBuf; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); if( argc==2 ){ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); if( n>30 ) n = 30; if( n<0 ) n = 0; } if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, ** handle the rounding directly, ** otherwise use printf. */ if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){ r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5)); }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){ r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5)); }else{ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r); if( zBuf==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8); sqlite3_free(zBuf); } sqlite3_result_double(context, r); } #endif /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the ** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify ** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. ** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then ** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. */ static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ char *z; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); assert( nByte>0 ); testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); z = 0; }else{ z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); if( !z ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); } } return z; } /* ** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. */ static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ char *z1; const char *z2; int i, n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); if( z2 ){ z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); if( z1 ){ for(i=0; i<n; i++){ z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]); } sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free); } } } static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ char *z1; const char *z2; int i, n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); if( z2 ){ z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); if( z1 ){ for(i=0; i<n; i++){ z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]); } sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free); } } } #if 0 /* This function is never used. */ /* ** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown ** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments ** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as ** comment. */ /* ** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. ** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL ** argument. */ static void ifnullFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; for(i=0; i<argc; i++){ if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]); break; } } } #endif /* NOT USED */ #define ifnullFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ /* ** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. */ static void randomFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite_int64 r; UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); if( r<0 ){ /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. */ r = -(r ^ (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63)); } sqlite3_result_int64(context, r); } /* ** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob ** that is N bytes long. */ static void randomBlob( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int n; unsigned char *p; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); if( n<1 ){ n = 1; } p = contextMalloc(context, n); if( p ){ sqlite3_randomness(n, p); sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); } } /* ** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return ** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. */ static void last_insert_rowid( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface ** function. */ sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); } /* ** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. ** ** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper ** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same ** rules for counting changes. */ static void changes( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); } /* ** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is ** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. */ static void total_changes( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); } /* ** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. */ struct compareInfo { u8 matchAll; u8 matchOne; u8 matchSet; u8 noCase; }; /* ** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every ** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are ** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC ** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII. */ #if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC) # define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++)) # define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A] #else # define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; } #endif static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; /* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore ** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; /* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator ** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can ** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they ** are the same and false (0) if they are different. ** ** Globbing rules: ** ** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. ** ** '?' Matches exactly one character. ** ** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of ** characters. ** ** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. ** ** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included ** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A ** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: ** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make ** it the last character in the list. ** ** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. ** ** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: ** ** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only */ static int patternCompare( const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ u32 esc /* The escape character */ ){ u32 c, c2; int invert; int seen; u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){ if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ return 0; } } if( c==0 ){ return 1; }else if( c==esc ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); if( c==0 ){ return 0; } }else if( c==matchSet ){ assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); } return *zString!=0; } while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ if( noCase ){ GlogUpperToLower(c2); GlogUpperToLower(c); while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); GlogUpperToLower(c2); } }else{ while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); } } if( c2==0 ) return 0; if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; } return 0; }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ return 0; } }else if( c==matchSet ){ u32 prior_c = 0; assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ seen = 0; invert = 0; c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); if( c==0 ) return 0; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); } if( c2==']' ){ if( c==']' ) seen = 1; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); } while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; prior_c = 0; }else{ if( c==c2 ){ seen = 1; } prior_c = c2; } c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); } if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ return 0; } }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ prevEscape = 1; }else{ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); if( noCase ){ GlogUpperToLower(c); GlogUpperToLower(c2); } if( c!=c2 ){ return 0; } prevEscape = 0; } } return *zString==0; } /* ** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is ** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing ** only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; #endif /* ** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements ** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the ** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: ** ** A LIKE B ** ** is implemented as like(B,A). ** ** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes ** the GLOB operator. */ static void likeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA, *zB; u32 escape = 0; int nPat; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). */ nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); return; } assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ if( argc==3 ){ /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. ** Otherwise, return an error. */ const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zEsc==0 ) return; if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); } if( zA && zB ){ struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_like_count++; #endif sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); } } /* ** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first ** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the ** arguments are equal to each other. */ static void nullifFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version ** of the SQLite library that is running. */ static void versionFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string ** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build ** SQLite. */ static void sourceidFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around ** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for ** its side-effects. */ static void errlogFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. ** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option ** was used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS static void compileoptionusedFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zOptName; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ ** function. */ if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. ** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options ** used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS static void compileoptiongetFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int n; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. */ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex ** digits. */ static const char hexdigits[] = { '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' }; /* ** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may ** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends ** on this function. ** ** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single ** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as ** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string ** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with ** single-quote escapes. */ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: { sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); break; } case SQLITE_BLOB: { char *zText = 0; char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); if( zText ){ int i; for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F]; zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; } zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; zText[0] = 'X'; zText[1] = '\''; sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(zText); } break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { int i,j; u64 n; const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); char *z; if( zArg==0 ) return; for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); if( z ){ z[0] = '\''; for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ z[j++] = zArg[i]; if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ z[j++] = '\''; } } z[j++] = '\''; z[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); } break; } default: { assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); break; } } } /* ** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return ** a hexadecimal rendering as text. */ static void hexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i, n; const unsigned char *pBlob; char *zHex, *z; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); if( zHex ){ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){ unsigned char c = *pBlob; *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf]; *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; } *z = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); } } /* ** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. */ static void zeroblobFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ i64 n; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ } } /* ** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call ** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived ** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match ** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. */ static void replaceFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zStr==0 ) return; nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); if( zPattern==0 ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); return; } if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); return; } nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zRep==0 ) return; nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); nOut = nStr + 1; assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut); if( zOut==0 ){ return; } loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ zOut[j++] = zStr[i]; }else{ u8 *zOld; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); nOut += nRep - nPattern; testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); sqlite3_free(zOut); return; } zOld = zOut; zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); if( zOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); sqlite3_free(zOld); return; } memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); j += nRep; i += nPattern-1; } } assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); j += nStr - i; assert( j<=nOut ); zOut[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); } /* ** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. ** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. */ static void trimFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ int i; /* Loop counter */ unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ return; } zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zIn==0 ) return; nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); if( argc==1 ){ static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; nChar = 1; aLen = (u8*)lenOne; azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; zCharSet = 0; }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ return; }else{ const unsigned char *z; for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } if( nChar>0 ){ azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); if( azChar==0 ){ return; } aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); } } } if( nChar>0 ){ flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); if( flags & 1 ){ while( nIn>0 ){ int len = 0; for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){ len = aLen[i]; if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break; } if( i>=nChar ) break; zIn += len; nIn -= len; } } if( flags & 2 ){ while( nIn>0 ){ int len = 0; for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){ len = aLen[i]; if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break; } if( i>=nChar ) break; nIn -= len; } } if( zCharSet ){ sqlite3_free(azChar); } } sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } /* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It ** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used ** when SQLite is built. */ #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX /* ** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. ** ** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the ** soundex encoding of the string X. */ static void soundexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ char zResult[8]; const u8 *zIn; int i, j; static const unsigned char iCode[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, }; assert( argc==1 ); zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} if( zIn[i] ){ u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; if( code>0 ){ if( code!=prevcode ){ prevcode = code; zResult[j++] = code + '0'; } }else{ prevcode = 0; } } while( j<4 ){ zResult[j++] = '0'; } zResult[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); } } #endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. */ static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const char *zProc; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); char *zErrMsg = 0; if( argc==2 ){ zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); }else{ zProc = 0; } if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); } } #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a ** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. */ typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; struct SumCtx { double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ }; /* ** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. ** ** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means ** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns ** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where ** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point ** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if ** it overflows an integer. */ static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ SumCtx *p; int type; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ p->cnt++; if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); p->rSum += v; if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ p->overflow = 1; } }else{ p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); p->approx = 1; } } } static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ if( p->overflow ){ sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); }else if( p->approx ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); }else{ sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); } } } static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); } } static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); } /* ** The following structure keeps track of state information for the ** count() aggregate function. */ typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; struct CountCtx { i64 n; }; /* ** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. */ static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ p->n++; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); #endif } static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); } /* ** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. */ static void minmaxStep( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; Mem *pBest; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); if( !pBest ) return; if( pBest->flags ){ int max; int cmp; CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). */ max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); } }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); } } static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_value *pRes; pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pRes ){ if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } } /* ** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) */ static void groupConcatStep( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zVal; StrAccum *pAccum; const char *zSep; int nVal, nSep; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); if( pAccum ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; pAccum->useMalloc = 2; pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; if( !firstTerm ){ if( argc==2 ){ zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); }else{ zSep = ","; nSep = 1; } sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); } zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); } } static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ StrAccum *pAccum; pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pAccum ){ if( pAccum->tooBig ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, sqlite3_free); } } } /* ** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most ** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. ** This routine only deals with those that are not global. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } } /* ** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. */ static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ FuncDef *pDef; pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ pDef->flags = flagVal; } } /* ** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive ** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case ** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ struct compareInfo *pInfo; if( caseSensitive ){ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; }else{ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; } sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); } /* ** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If ** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function ** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and ** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then ** return FALSE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ FuncDef *pDef; if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->x.pList || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 ){ return 0; } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ return 0; } /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption */ memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; return 1; } /* ** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above ** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as ** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). ** ** After this routine runs */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ /* ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions ** defined in this file. ** ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array ** are read-only after initialization is complete. */ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ), FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), #endif FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), /* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0,0}, FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), /* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0,0}, FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), #endif AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #else LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), #endif }; int i; FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]); } sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE sqlite3AlterFunctions(); #endif } /************** End of func.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ /* ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key ** support to compiled SQL statements. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* ** Deferred and Immediate FKs ** -------------------------- ** ** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. ** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a ** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken ** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the ** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. ** ** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated ** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a ** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed ** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each ** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from ** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is ** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is ** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: ** ** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, ** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, ** or which row it is not satisfied for. ** ** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the ** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. ** ** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler ** than the alternatives. ** ** INSERT operations: ** ** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search ** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the ** constraint counter. ** ** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, ** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new ** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row ** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). ** ** DELETE operations: ** ** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, ** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the ** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, ** decrement the counter. ** ** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search ** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row ** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. ** ** UPDATE operations: ** ** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only ** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually ** modified (values must be compared at runtime). ** ** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. ** This simplifies the implementation a bit. ** ** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict ** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. ** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception ** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new ** row is inserted. ** ** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference ** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement ** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate ** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT ** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, ** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the ** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such ** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. ** ** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a ** table be handled? ** ** ** Query API Notes ** --------------- ** ** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator ** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation ** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original ** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were ** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be ** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before ** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE ** generation code to query for this information are: ** ** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. ** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. ** ** ** Externally accessible module functions ** -------------------------------------- ** ** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. ** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. ** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. */ /* ** VDBE Calling Convention ** ----------------------- ** ** Example: ** ** For the following INSERT statement: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); ** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); ** ** Register (x): 2 (type integer) ** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) ** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) ** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) */ /* ** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent ** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. ** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, ** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. ** ** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY ** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx ** is set to point to the unique index. ** ** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint ** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. ** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where ** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the ** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK ** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column ** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the ** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of ** *ppIdx, and so on. ** ** If the required index cannot be found, either because: ** ** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or ** ** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a ** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or ** ** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the ** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a ** PRIMARY KEY, or ** ** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the ** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table ** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in ** the child table. ** ** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded ** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the ** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. */ static int locateFkeyIndex( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ ){ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); assert( pParse ); /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. ** ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. */ if( nCol==1 ){ /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: ** ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY. */ if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ if( !zKey ) return 0; if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; } }else if( paiCol ){ assert( nCol>1 ); aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); if( !aiCol ) return 1; *paiCol = aiCol; } for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ if( zKey==0 ){ /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */ if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){ if( aiCol ){ int i; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom; } break; } }else{ /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ int i, j; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; if( !zDfltColl ){ zDfltColl = "BINARY"; } if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; break; } } if( j==nCol ) break; } if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ } } } if( !pIdx ){ if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch"); } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); return 1; } *ppIdx = pIdx; return 0; } /* ** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the ** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed ** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row ** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the ** new row. ** ** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the ** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into ** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no ** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be ** found in the parent table: ** ** Operation | FK type | Action taken ** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". */ static void fkLookupParent( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. ** ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ if( nIncr<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); } for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); } if( isIgnore==0 ){ if( pIdx==0 ){ /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not ** increment the constraint-counter. */ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); } sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); }else{ int nCol = pFKey->nCol; int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i); } /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not ** increment the constraint-counter. ** ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that ** none of the child key values are). */ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData; int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData; assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ iParent = regData; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } } if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ assert( nIncr==1 ); sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC ); }else{ if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); } /* ** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted ** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is ** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating ** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - ** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. ** ** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child ** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. ** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: ** ** Operation | FK type | Action taken ** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". ** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, ** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. ** ** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". ** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, ** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. ** ** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". */ static void fkScanChildren( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */ Table *pTab, Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */ int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */ int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); if( nIncr<0 ){ iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); } /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: ** ** <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ... ** ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. */ for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); if( pLeft ){ /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */ if( pIdx ){ Column *pCol; iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1; pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1; pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity; pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl); }else{ pLeft->iTable = regData; pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } } iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; assert( iCol>=0 ); zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); if( pLeft && pRight ){ pLeft->iTable = regData; pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; pRight->iColumn = -1; } pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; sNameContext.pParse = pParse; sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0); if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); if( pWInfo ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); if( iFkIfZero ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); } } /* ** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK ** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example, ** given the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); ** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); ** ** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer ** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table ** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a ** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent ** table). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); } /* ** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the ** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure ** and all of its sub-components. ** ** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from ** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. */ static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ if( p ){ TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); } } /* ** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is ** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument ** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to ** table pTab. ** ** Normally, no code is required. However, if either ** ** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or ** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is ** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK ** constraint violations in the database, ** ** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping ** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this ** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ int iSkip = 0; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints ** when this statement is run. */ FKey *p; for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ if( p->isDeferred ) break; } if( !p ) return; iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); } pParse->disableTriggers = 1; sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); pParse->disableTriggers = 0; /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC ); if( iSkip ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); } } } /* ** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of ** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint ** processing for the operation. ** ** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the ** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the ** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values ** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed ** zero in this case. ** ** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the ** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new ** row data. ** ** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before ** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention ** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted ** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ int regNew /* New row data is stored here */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ int *aiFree = 0; int *aiCol; int iCol; int i; int isIgnore = 0; /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return ** early. */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); }else{ pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); } if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; if( pTo==0 ){ /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); } continue; } assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); if( aiFree ){ aiCol = aiFree; }else{ iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; aiCol = &iCol; } for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ aiCol[i] = -1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ if( db->xAuth ){ int rcauth; char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); } #endif } /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns ** in the parent table. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); pParse->nTab++; if( regOld!=0 ){ /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); } if( regNew!=0 ){ /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); } /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ SrcList *pSrc; int *aiCol = 0; if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ continue; } if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; continue; } assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface. */ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pSrc ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; pItem->pTab->nRef++; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; if( regNew!=0 ){ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); } if( regOld!=0 ){ /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); } pItem->zName = 0; sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); } } #define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) /* ** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ ){ u32 mask = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *p; int i; for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); } for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ Index *pIdx = 0; locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); if( pIdx ){ for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); } } } return mask; } /* ** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then ** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points ** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. ** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding ** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, ** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the ** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. ** ** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns ** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function ** returns false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ ){ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ if( !aChange ){ /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any ** foreign key constraint. */ return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); }else{ /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ int i; FKey *p; /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; } } /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; int iKey; for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){ if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1; if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; } } } } } } return 0; } /* ** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being ** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. ** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is ** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a ** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. ** ** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger ** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. ** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is ** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers ** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). ** ** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in ** the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); ** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); ** ** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN ** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; ** END; ** ** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It ** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by ** sqlite3FkDelete(). */ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; assert( iFromCol>=0 ); tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) , 0), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) , 0); pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: ** ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) */ if( pChanges ){ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), 0), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), 0), 0); pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); } if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ Expr *pNew; if( action==OE_Cascade ){ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) , 0); }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; if( pDflt ){ pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); }else{ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); } }else{ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); } pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); } } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); if( action==OE_Restrict ){ Token tFrom; Expr *pRaise; tFrom.z = zFrom; tFrom.n = nFrom; pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed"); if( pRaise ){ pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; } pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ); pWhere = 0; } /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ ); if( pTrigger ){ pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; pStep->target.n = nFrom; memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); if( pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } } /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); return 0; } assert( pStep!=0 ); switch( action ){ case OE_Restrict: pStep->op = TK_SELECT; break; case OE_Cascade: if( !pChanges ){ pStep->op = TK_DELETE; break; } default: pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; } pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); } return pTrigger; } /* ** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement ** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */ ){ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated ** trigger sub-program. */ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); if( pAction ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); } } } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ /* ** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to ** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash ** hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; }else{ void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); } if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; } } /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is ** classified as either immediate or deferred. */ assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); #endif pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ /************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. */ /* ** Generate code that will open a table for reading. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ ){ Vdbe *v; if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); } /* ** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index ** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in ** the table, according to the affinity of the column: ** ** Character Column affinity ** ------------------------------ ** 'a' TEXT ** 'b' NONE ** 'c' NUMERIC ** 'd' INTEGER ** 'e' REAL ** ** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the ** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. ** ** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string ** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be ** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. ** ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned ** up. */ int n; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2); if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return 0; } for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){ pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; } pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; } return pIdx->zColAff; } /* ** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity ** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character ** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the ** column: ** ** Character Column affinity ** ------------------------------ ** 'a' TEXT ** 'b' NONE ** 'c' NUMERIC ** 'd' INTEGER ** 'e' REAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. ** ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. */ if( !pTab->zColAff ){ char *zColAff; int i; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); if( !zColAff ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return; } for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; } zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; pTab->zColAff = zColAff; } sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT); } /* ** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices ** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location ** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if ** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can ** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. */ static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); int i; int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; #endif for(i=iStartAddr; i<iEnd; i++){ VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i); assert( pOp!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ Index *pIndex; int tnum = pOp->p2; if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ return 1; } for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ return 1; } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); return 1; } #endif } return 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* ** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab ** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register ** that holds the maximum rowid. ** ** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the ** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within ** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the ** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original ** AutoincInfo structure is used. ** ** Three memory locations are allocated: ** ** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. ** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. ** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab ** ** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the ** insert routine needs to know about. */ static int autoIncBegin( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ ){ int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); AutoincInfo *pInfo; pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } if( pInfo==0 ){ pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; pInfo->pTab = pTab; pInfo->iDb = iDb; pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ } memId = pInfo->regCtr; } return memId; } /* ** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the ** register used by the autoincrement tracker. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ int addr; /* A VDBE address */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is ** only called from the top-level */ assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; memId = p->regCtr; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1); addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); } } /* ** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. ** ** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a ** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is ** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the ** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. */ static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ if( memId>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); } } /* ** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement ** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. ** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement ** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this ** routine just before the "exit" code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( v ); for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5; int iRec; int memId = p->regCtr; iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind); j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec); j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); } } #else /* ** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines ** above are all no-ops */ # define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) # define autoIncStep(A,B,C) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ /* Forward declaration */ static int xferOptimization( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ ); /* ** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: ** ** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) ** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select ** ** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, ** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST ** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. ** ** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT ** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is ** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate ** data for the insert. ** ** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple ** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes ** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this ** the "1st template"): ** ** open write cursor to <table> and its indices ** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack ** write the resulting record into <table> ** cleanup ** ** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form ** ** INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ... ** ** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" - ** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table ** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and ** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical ** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization ** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>. ** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this ** template. This is the 2nd template. ** ** open a write cursor to <table> ** open read cursor on <table2> ** transfer all records in <table2> over to <table> ** close cursors ** foreach index on <table> ** open a write cursor on the <table> index ** open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index ** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors ** close cursors ** end foreach ** ** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply ** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time. ** The generated code follows this template: ** ** EOF <- 0 ** X <- A ** goto B ** A: setup for the SELECT ** loop over the rows in the SELECT ** load values into registers R..R+n ** yield X ** end loop ** cleanup after the SELECT ** EOF <- 1 ** yield X ** goto A ** B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices ** C: yield X ** if EOF goto D ** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n ** goto C ** D: cleanup ** ** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its ** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table ** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, ** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of ** the select. The template is like this: ** ** EOF <- 0 ** X <- A ** goto B ** A: setup for the SELECT ** loop over the tables in the SELECT ** load value into register R..R+n ** yield X ** end loop ** cleanup after the SELECT ** EOF <- 1 ** yield X ** halt-error ** B: open temp table ** L: yield X ** if EOF goto M ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table ** goto L ** M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices ** rewind temp table ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table ** transfer values form intermediate table into <table> ** end loop ** D: cleanup */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ /* Register allocations */ int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ #endif db = pParse->db; memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. */ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ){ goto insert_cleanup; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb<db->nDb ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; zDb = pDb->zName; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** inserted into is a view */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; #else # define pTrigger 0 # define tmask 0 # define isView 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual ** module table). */ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Ensure that: * (a) the table is not read-only, * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist */ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Allocate a VDBE */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* If the statement is of the form ** ** INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>; ** ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. ** ** This is the 2nd template. */ if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ assert( !pTrigger ); assert( pList==0 ); goto insert_end; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. */ regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. */ if( pSelect ){ /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th ** templates: ** ** EOF <- 0 ** X <- A ** goto B ** A: setup for the SELECT ** loop over the tables in the SELECT ** load value into register R..R+n ** yield X ** end loop ** cleanup after the SELECT ** EOF <- 1 ** yield X ** halt-error ** ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. */ int rc, j1; regEof = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){ goto insert_cleanup; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ regFromSelect = dest.iMem; assert( pSelect->pEList ); nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into ** the destination table (template 3). ** ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a ** temp table in the case of row triggers. */ if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ useTempTable = 1; } if( useTempTable ){ /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated ** here is from the 4th template: ** ** B: open temp table ** L: yield X ** if EOF goto M ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table ** goto L ** M: ... */ int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ srcTab = pParse->nTab++; regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); } }else{ /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES ** clause */ NameContext sNC; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; srcTab = -1; assert( useTempTable==0 ); nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } } } /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number ** of columns to be inserted into the table. */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); } } if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); goto insert_cleanup; } if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); goto insert_cleanup; } /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and ** remember the column indices. ** ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) */ if( pColumn ){ for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){ pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; } for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ pColumn->a[i].idx = j; if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ keyColumn = i; } break; } } if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ keyColumn = i; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto insert_cleanup; } } } } /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index ** in the original table definition. */ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; } /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted */ if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); } /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ if( !isView ){ int nIdx; baseCur = pParse->nTab; nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); if( aRegIdx==0 ){ goto insert_cleanup; } for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){ aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem; } } /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ if( useTempTable ){ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the ** following pseudocode (template 4): ** ** rewind temp table ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table ** transfer values form intermediate table into <table> ** end loop ** D: ... */ addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); }else if( pSelect ){ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the ** following pseudocode (template 3): ** ** C: yield X ** if EOF goto D ** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n ** goto C ** D: ... */ addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); } /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. */ regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ regRowid++; pParse->nMem++; } regData = regRowid+1; /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any */ endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 */ if( keyColumn<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); }else{ int j1; if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols); }else{ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols); } j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); } /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, ** this block would have to account for hidden column. */ assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); /* Create the new column data */ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( pColumn==0 ){ j = i; }else{ for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; } } if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); }else if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); }else{ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); } } /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the ** table column affinities. */ if( !isView ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol); sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); } /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); } /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which ** case the record number is the same as that column. */ if( !isView ){ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); } if( keyColumn>=0 ){ if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); }else if( pSelect ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); }else{ VdbeOp *pOp; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ appendFlag = 1; pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; pOp->p1 = baseCur; pOp->p2 = regRowid; pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; } } /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid ** to generate a unique primary key value. */ if( !appendFlag ){ int j1; if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); }else{ j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); } }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); appendFlag = 1; } autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning ** with the first column. */ nHidden = 0; for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); continue; } if( pColumn==0 ){ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); j = -1; nHidden++; }else{ j = i - nHidden; } }else{ for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; } } if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); }else if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); }else if( pSelect ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); }else{ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); } } /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and ** do the insertion. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); }else #endif { int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace ); sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns); sqlite3CompleteInsertion( pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0 ); } } /* Update the count of rows that are inserted */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } if( pTrigger ){ /* Code AFTER triggers */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); } /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source ** is a SELECT statement. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); }else if( pSelect ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); } if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ /* Close all tables opened */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); } } insert_end: /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); } insert_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif #ifdef tmask #undef tmask #endif /* ** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. ** ** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: ** ** 1. The rowid of the row after the update. ** ** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. ** ** i. Data from middle columns... ** ** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. ** ** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1). ** ** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains ** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes ** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate ** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng ** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the ** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is ** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not ** modified by an update. ** ** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into ** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for ** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is ** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices ** attached to the table. ** ** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, ** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, ** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible ** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. ** ** Constraint type Action What Happens ** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- ** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and ** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a ** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** ** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command ** only (do not do a complete rollback) then ** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately ** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** ** any FAIL Sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a ** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The ** transaction is not rolled back and any ** prior changes are retained. ** ** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from ** the stack and there is an immediate jump ** to label ignoreDest. ** ** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default ** value for that column. If the default value ** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. ** ** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row ** being inserted is removed. ** ** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. ** ** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. ** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter ** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value ** for the constraint is used. ** ** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with ** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open ** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. ** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then ** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ ){ int i; /* loop counter */ Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ int nCol; /* Number of columns */ int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ int iCur; /* Table cursor number */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ nCol = pTab->nCol; regData = regRowid + 1; /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. */ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ continue; } onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; if( onError==OE_None ) continue; if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ onError = OE_Abort; } assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); switch( onError ){ case OE_Abort: sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); case OE_Rollback: case OE_Fail: { char *zMsg; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); break; } case OE_Ignore: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); break; } default: { assert( onError==OE_Replace ); j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); break; } } } /* Test all CHECK constraints */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); pParse->ckBase = regData; sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); }else{ if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. */ if( rowidChng ){ onError = pTab->keyConf; if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } if( isUpdate ){ j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng); } j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); switch( onError ){ default: { onError = OE_Abort; /* Fall thru into the next case */ } case OE_Rollback: case OE_Abort: case OE_Fail: { sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); break; } case OE_Replace: { /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. ** ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry ** when it is inserted. ** ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, ** but being more selective here allows statements like: ** ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) ** ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the ** table. */ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); } if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace ); }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); } seenReplace = 1; break; } case OE_Ignore: { assert( seenReplace==0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); break; } } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); if( isUpdate ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); } } /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. */ for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ int regIdx; int regR; if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ onError = pIdx->onError; if( onError==OE_None ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ } if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } if( seenReplace ){ if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; } /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR); j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx), P4_INT32); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); switch( onError ){ case OE_Rollback: case OE_Abort: case OE_Fail: { int j; StrAccum errMsg; const char *zSep; char *zErr; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); errMsg.db = pParse->db; zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){ char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1); zSep = ", "; sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1); } sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1); zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0); sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr); break; } case OE_Ignore: { assert( seenReplace==0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); break; } default: { Trigger *pTrigger = 0; assert( onError==OE_Replace ); sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); } sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace ); seenReplace = 1; break; } } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR); } if( pbMayReplace ){ *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; } } /* ** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation ** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. ** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the ** rowid and the content to be inserted. ** ** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six ** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ int regRowid, /* Range of content */ int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ ){ int i; Vdbe *v; int nIdx; Index *pIdx; u8 pik_flags; int regData; int regRec; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); if( useSeekResult ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); } } regData = regRowid + 1; regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); if( pParse->nested ){ pik_flags = 0; }else{ pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); } if( appendBias ){ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; } if( useSeekResult ){ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid); if( !pParse->nested ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); } sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); } /* ** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all ** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used ** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. ** ** Return the number of indices on the table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ ){ int i; int iDb; Index *pIdx; Vdbe *v; if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); } if( pParse->nTab<baseCur+i ){ pParse->nTab = baseCur+i; } return i-1; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the ** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing ** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really ** is happening when it is suppose to. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* ** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. */ static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ if( z1==0 ){ return z2==0; } if( z2==0 ){ return 0; } return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; } /* ** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data ** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules ** for a compatible index: ** ** * The index is over the same set of columns ** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns ** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) ** * The same collating sequence on each column */ static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ int i; assert( pDest && pSrc ); assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ return 0; /* Different number of columns */ } if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ } for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){ if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ } if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ return 0; /* Different sort orders */ } if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ } } /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ return 1; } /* ** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form ** ** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; ** ** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. ** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves ** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. ** ** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. ** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments ** embedded in the code for details. ** ** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. ** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table ** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that ** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also ** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the ** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine ** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate ** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there ** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. ** ** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. */ static int xferOptimization( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ ){ ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ if( pSelect==0 ){ return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ } if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ } #endif if( onError==OE_Default ){ if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; } assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ } if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ } if( pSelect->pWhere ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ } if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ } /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ } if( pSelect->pLimit ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ } assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ if( pSelect->pPrior ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ } if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ } pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ } assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ } /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now ** we have to check the semantics. */ pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); if( pSrc==0 ){ return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ } if( pSrc==pDest ){ return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ } #endif if( pSrc->pSelect ){ return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ } if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ } if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ } for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){ if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ } if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ } if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ } } for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ destHasUniqueIdx = 1; } for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; } if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] */ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ return 0; } #endif if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ } /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination ** table (tab1) is initially empty. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_xferopt_count++; #endif iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); iSrc = pParse->nTab++; iDest = pParse->nTab++; regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ ){ /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization ** only if the destination table is initially empty. This code makes ** that determination. Conditions under which the destination must ** be empty: ** ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields ** of index entries might need to change.) ** ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization ** is unable to test uniqueness.) ** ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. */ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); }else{ emptyDestTest = 0; } sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); sqlite3HaltConstraint( pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); }else{ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; } assert( pSrcIdx ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); if( emptyDestTest ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); return 0; }else{ return 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ /************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file ** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in ** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be ** accessed by users of the library. */ /* ** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure ** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from ** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. ** ** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result ** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first ** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback ** is invoked, even for queries. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */ int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ int nCol; char **azVals = 0; pStmt = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ continue; } if( !pStmt ){ /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ zSql = zLeftover; continue; } callbackIsInit = 0; nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); while( 1 ){ int i; rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); /* Invoke the callback function if required */ if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ if( !callbackIsInit ){ azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); if( azCols==0 ){ goto exec_out; } for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8 ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */ assert( azCols[i]!=0 ); } callbackIsInit = 1; } if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ azVals = &azCols[nCol]; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i); if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; goto exec_out; } } } if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); pStmt = 0; sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); goto exec_out; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); pStmt = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ nRetry = 0; zSql = zLeftover; while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; } break; } } sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); azCols = 0; } exec_out: if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); if( *pzErrMsg ){ memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); } }else if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = 0; } assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into ** the SQLite library. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ #endif /************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by ** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into ** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded ** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of ** sqlite3.h. */ #ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ #define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; /* ** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API ** routines. ** ** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new ** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new ** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different ** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared ** libraries! */ struct sqlite3_api_routines { void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); int (*changes)(sqlite3*); int (*close)(sqlite3*); int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, int eTextRep,const char*)); int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, int eTextRep,const void*)); const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); int (*complete)(const char*sql); int (*complete16)(const void*sql); int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); void (*free)(void*); void (*free_table)(char**result); int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); int (*global_recover)(void); void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); const char * (*libversion)(void); int (*libversion_number)(void); void *(*malloc)(int); char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); void *(*realloc)(void*,int); int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, const char*,const char*),void*); void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); void (*thread_cleanup)(void); int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, sqlite_int64),void*); void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); /* Added ??? */ int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* Added by 3.3.13 */ int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); /* Added by 3.4.1 */ int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, void (*xDestroy)(void *)); /* Added by 3.5.0 */ int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, int,sqlite3_blob**); int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*)(void*)); int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); int (*release_memory)(int); void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); int (*sleep)(int); void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); int (*xthreadsafe)(void); void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); int (*test_control)(int, ...); void (*randomness)(int,void*); sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*)); int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); void (*log)(int,const char*,...); sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); const char *(*sourceid)(void); int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); }; /* ** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are ** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. ** ** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file ** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that ** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure ** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine ** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the ** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE #define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count #endif #define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob #define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double #define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int #define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 #define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name #define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text #define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 #define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value #define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler #define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout #define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes #define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close #define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed #define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 #define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob #define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes #define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 #define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count #define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name #define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 #define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype #define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 #define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double #define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int #define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 #define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name #define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 #define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name #define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 #define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name #define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 #define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text #define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 #define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type #define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value #define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook #define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete #define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 #define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation #define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 #define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function #define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 #define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module #define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 #define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count #define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle #define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab #define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache #define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode #define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg #define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 #define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired #endif #define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize #define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free #define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table #define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit #define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata #define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover #endif #define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx #define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid #define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion #define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number #define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc #define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf #define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open #define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 #define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare #define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 #define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 #define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 #define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile #define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler #define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc #define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset #define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob #define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double #define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error #define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 #define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int #define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 #define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null #define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text #define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 #define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be #define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le #define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value #define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook #define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer #define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata #define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf #define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step #define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata #define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup #define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes #define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings #endif #define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook #define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data #define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob #define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes #define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 #define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double #define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int #define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 #define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type #define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text #define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 #define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be #define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le #define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type #define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf #define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function #define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 #define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 #define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings #define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob #define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes #define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close #define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open #define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read #define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write #define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 #define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control #define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater #define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc #define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter #define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free #define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave #define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try #define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 #define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory #define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem #define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig #define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep #define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit #define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find #define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register #define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister #define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe #define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob #define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code #define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control #define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness #define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle #define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes #define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit #define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt #define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql #define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status #define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish #define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init #define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount #define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining #define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step #define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get #define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used #define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 #define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config #define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex #define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status #define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode #define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log #define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 #define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid #define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status #define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp #define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify #define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint #define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint #define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook #define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen #define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config #define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict #endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ #define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; #define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; #endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ /************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ /* #include <string.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Some API routines are omitted when various features are ** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer ** for any missing APIs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA # define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 # define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION # define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 # define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 # define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 # define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 # define sqlite3_column_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_text16 0 # define sqlite3_complete16 0 # define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 # define sqlite3_create_function16 0 # define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 # define sqlite3_open16 0 # define sqlite3_prepare16 0 # define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 # define sqlite3_result_error16 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 # define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE # define sqlite3_complete 0 # define sqlite3_complete16 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE # define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 # define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK # define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define sqlite3_create_module 0 # define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 # define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 # define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 # define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE # define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE # define sqlite3_profile 0 # define sqlite3_trace 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE # define sqlite3_free_table 0 # define sqlite3_get_table 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB #define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 #define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 #define sqlite3_blob_close 0 #define sqlite3_blob_open 0 #define sqlite3_blob_read 0 #define sqlite3_blob_write 0 #define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 #endif /* ** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. ** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are ** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite ** library. ** ** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure ** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. ** ** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they ** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should ** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is ** not NULL before calling it. */ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_aggregate_context, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_aggregate_count, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_bind_blob, sqlite3_bind_double, sqlite3_bind_int, sqlite3_bind_int64, sqlite3_bind_null, sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, sqlite3_bind_text, sqlite3_bind_text16, sqlite3_bind_value, sqlite3_busy_handler, sqlite3_busy_timeout, sqlite3_changes, sqlite3_close, sqlite3_collation_needed, sqlite3_collation_needed16, sqlite3_column_blob, sqlite3_column_bytes, sqlite3_column_bytes16, sqlite3_column_count, sqlite3_column_database_name, sqlite3_column_database_name16, sqlite3_column_decltype, sqlite3_column_decltype16, sqlite3_column_double, sqlite3_column_int, sqlite3_column_int64, sqlite3_column_name, sqlite3_column_name16, sqlite3_column_origin_name, sqlite3_column_origin_name16, sqlite3_column_table_name, sqlite3_column_table_name16, sqlite3_column_text, sqlite3_column_text16, sqlite3_column_type, sqlite3_column_value, sqlite3_commit_hook, sqlite3_complete, sqlite3_complete16, sqlite3_create_collation, sqlite3_create_collation16, sqlite3_create_function, sqlite3_create_function16, sqlite3_create_module, sqlite3_data_count, sqlite3_db_handle, sqlite3_declare_vtab, sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, sqlite3_errcode, sqlite3_errmsg, sqlite3_errmsg16, sqlite3_exec, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_expired, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_finalize, sqlite3_free, sqlite3_free_table, sqlite3_get_autocommit, sqlite3_get_auxdata, sqlite3_get_table, 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ sqlite3_interrupt, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, sqlite3_libversion, sqlite3_libversion_number, sqlite3_malloc, sqlite3_mprintf, sqlite3_open, sqlite3_open16, sqlite3_prepare, sqlite3_prepare16, sqlite3_profile, sqlite3_progress_handler, sqlite3_realloc, sqlite3_reset, sqlite3_result_blob, sqlite3_result_double, sqlite3_result_error, sqlite3_result_error16, sqlite3_result_int, sqlite3_result_int64, sqlite3_result_null, sqlite3_result_text, sqlite3_result_text16, sqlite3_result_text16be, sqlite3_result_text16le, sqlite3_result_value, sqlite3_rollback_hook, sqlite3_set_authorizer, sqlite3_set_auxdata, sqlite3_snprintf, sqlite3_step, sqlite3_table_column_metadata, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_thread_cleanup, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_total_changes, sqlite3_trace, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_transfer_bindings, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_update_hook, sqlite3_user_data, sqlite3_value_blob, sqlite3_value_bytes, sqlite3_value_bytes16, sqlite3_value_double, sqlite3_value_int, sqlite3_value_int64, sqlite3_value_numeric_type, sqlite3_value_text, sqlite3_value_text16, sqlite3_value_text16be, sqlite3_value_text16le, sqlite3_value_type, sqlite3_vmprintf, /* ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with ** a library that is new enough to support that API. ************************************************************************* */ sqlite3_overload_function, /* ** Added after 3.3.13 */ sqlite3_prepare_v2, sqlite3_prepare16_v2, sqlite3_clear_bindings, /* ** Added for 3.4.1 */ sqlite3_create_module_v2, /* ** Added for 3.5.0 */ sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, sqlite3_blob_bytes, sqlite3_blob_close, sqlite3_blob_open, sqlite3_blob_read, sqlite3_blob_write, sqlite3_create_collation_v2, sqlite3_file_control, sqlite3_memory_highwater, sqlite3_memory_used, #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, #else sqlite3_mutex_alloc, sqlite3_mutex_enter, sqlite3_mutex_free, sqlite3_mutex_leave, sqlite3_mutex_try, #endif sqlite3_open_v2, sqlite3_release_memory, sqlite3_result_error_nomem, sqlite3_result_error_toobig, sqlite3_sleep, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, sqlite3_vfs_find, sqlite3_vfs_register, sqlite3_vfs_unregister, /* ** Added for 3.5.8 */ sqlite3_threadsafe, sqlite3_result_zeroblob, sqlite3_result_error_code, sqlite3_test_control, sqlite3_randomness, sqlite3_context_db_handle, /* ** Added for 3.6.0 */ sqlite3_extended_result_codes, sqlite3_limit, sqlite3_next_stmt, sqlite3_sql, sqlite3_status, /* ** Added for 3.7.4 */ sqlite3_backup_finish, sqlite3_backup_init, sqlite3_backup_pagecount, sqlite3_backup_remaining, sqlite3_backup_step, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS sqlite3_compileoption_get, sqlite3_compileoption_used, #else 0, 0, #endif sqlite3_create_function_v2, sqlite3_db_config, sqlite3_db_mutex, sqlite3_db_status, sqlite3_extended_errcode, sqlite3_log, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, sqlite3_sourceid, sqlite3_stmt_status, sqlite3_strnicmp, #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY sqlite3_unlock_notify, #else 0, #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, sqlite3_wal_hook, #else 0, 0, 0, #endif sqlite3_blob_reopen, sqlite3_vtab_config, sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, }; /* ** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file ** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a ** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use ** of the default name is recommended. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** ** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with ** error message text. The calling function should free this memory ** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). */ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; void *handle; int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); char *zErrmsg = 0; void **aHandle; int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); } return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( zProc==0 ){ zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; } handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); if( handle==0 ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); if( zErrmsg ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } } return SQLITE_ERROR; } xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); if( xInit==0 ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zProc); *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); if( zErrmsg ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); } return SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); } sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); if( aHandle==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( db->nExtension>0 ){ memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); } sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); db->aExtension = aHandle; db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order ** to clean up loaded extensions */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){ sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); } /* ** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by ** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( onoff ){ db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; }else{ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ /* ** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension ** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that ** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that ** dummy pointer. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; #endif /* ** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded ** extensions. ** ** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** mutex must be held while accessing this list. */ typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ } sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; /* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdAutoextInit \ sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) # define wsdAutoext x[0] #else # define wsdAutoextInit # define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext #endif /* ** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically ** loaded by every new database connection. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ){ return rc; }else #endif { int i; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){ if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break; } if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){ int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]); void (**aNew)(void); aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte); if( aNew==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew; wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit; wsdAutoext.nExt++; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); return rc; } } /* ** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) #endif { #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); } } /* ** Load all automatic extensions. ** ** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ int i; int go = 1; int rc; int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); wsdAutoextInit; if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ return; } for(i=0; go; i++){ char *zErrmsg; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ xInit = 0; go = 0; }else{ xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) ((uintptr_t)wsdAutoext.aExt[i]); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); zErrmsg = 0; if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){ sqlite3Error(db, rc, "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); go = 0; } sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); } } /************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. */ /* ** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, ** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or ** unrecognized string argument. ** ** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that ** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done ** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean ** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. */ static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ /* 123456789 123456789 */ static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; int i, n; if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); } n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){ if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ return iValue[i]; } } return 1; } /* ** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z){ return getSafetyLevel(z)&1; } /* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the ** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit ** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) /* ** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. */ static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ if( z ){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; } return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. ** ** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are ** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. */ static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ int i; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; i = sqlite3Atoi(z); return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file ** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database ** and 0 to use the compile-time default. */ static int getTempStore(const char *z){ if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ return z[0] - '0'; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ return 1; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ return 2; }else{ return 0; } } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed ** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed */ static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " "from within a transaction"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema ** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE ** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. */ static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } db->temp_store = (u8)ts; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* ** Generate code to return a single integer value. */ static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int mem = ++pParse->nMem; i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); if( pI64 ){ memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS /* ** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries ** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. ** Also, implement the pragma. */ static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ static const struct sPragmaType { const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ } aPragma[] = { { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX { "automatic_index", SQLITE_AutoIndex }, #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, #endif /* The following is VERY experimental */ { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted ** flag if there are any active statements. */ { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, { "recursive_triggers", SQLITE_RecTriggers }, /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support ** are present in the build. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) { "foreign_keys", SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, #endif }; int i; const struct sPragmaType *p; for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<ArraySize(aPragma); i++, p++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */ if( ALWAYS(v) ){ if( zRight==0 ){ returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); }else{ int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not ** in auto-commit mode. */ mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); } if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ db->flags |= mask; }else{ db->flags &= ~mask; } /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); } } return 1; } } return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ /* ** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY static const char *actionName(u8 action){ const char *zName; switch( action ){ case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; default: zName = "NO ACTION"; assert( action==OE_None ); break; } return zName; } #endif /* ** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants ** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase ** journal-mode name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ static char * const azModeName[] = { "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL , "wal" #endif }; assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; return azModeName[eMode]; } /* ** Process a pragma statement. ** ** Pragmas are of this form: ** ** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] ** ** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and ** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is ** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. ** ** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name ** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the ** id and pId2 is any empty string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( Parse *pParse, Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */ int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */ ){ char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */ char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */ const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ Token *pId; /* Pointer to <id> token */ int iDb; /* Database index for <database> */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); if( v==0 ) return; sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); pParse->nMem = 2; /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); if( iDb<0 ) return; pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the ** pragma, make sure it is open. */ if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ return; } zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); if( !zLeft ) return; if( minusFlag ){ zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); }else{ zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); } assert( pId2 ); zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ goto pragma_out; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) /* ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value ** stored in the database file. ** ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache ** size of historical compatibility. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, }; int addr; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( !zRight ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); pParse->nMem += 2; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); }else{ int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } }else #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) /* ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the ** database page size value. The value can only be set if ** the database has not yet been created. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( !zRight ){ int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); }else{ /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). */ db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } } }else /* ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete ** flag setting and reports thenew value. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; int b = -1; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( zRight ){ b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight); } if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ int ii; for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); } } b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); }else /* ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both ** forms return the current setting. ** ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. ** ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count ** ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ int iReg; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); iReg = ++pParse->nMem; if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else /* ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ const char *zRet = "normal"; int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to ** the locking-mode of the main database). */ eMode = db->dfltLockMode; }else{ Pager *pPager; if( pId2->n==0 ){ /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. ** ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified ** locking mode. */ int ii; assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); } db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; } pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); } assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ zRet = "exclusive"; } sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); }else /* ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This causes all ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. This is ** necessary because subsequent processing must know if the databases ** are in WAL mode. */ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto pragma_out; } sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); if( zRight==0 ){ /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the ** current mode */ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; }else{ const char *zMode; int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; } if( !zMode ){ /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, ** then do a query */ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; } } if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ iDb = 0; pId2->n = 1; } for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); }else /* ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N ** ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); i64 iLimit = -2; if( zRight ){ sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8); if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; } iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N ** ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto pragma_out; } if( !zRight ){ int auto_vacuum; if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); }else{ auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; } returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); }else{ int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. */ int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. */ static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ }; int iAddr; iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); } } } }else #endif /* ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) ** ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ int iLimit, addr; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto pragma_out; } if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ iLimit = 0x7fffffff; } sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); }else #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current local setting for the ** page cache size. The second form sets the local ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes ** of memory. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); }else{ int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } }else /* ** PRAGMA temp_store ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" ** ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. ** ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to ** override this setting */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); }else{ changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); } }else /* ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" ** ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. ** */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ if( !zRight ){ if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); } }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD if( zRight[0] ){ int rc; int res; rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); goto pragma_out; } } if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) ){ invalidateTempStorage(pParse); } sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); if( zRight[0] ){ sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); }else{ sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ } }else #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 # else # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 # endif #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" ** ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. ** */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ if( !zRight ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); char *proxy_file_path = NULL; sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &proxy_file_path); if( proxy_file_path ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); } }else{ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); int res; if( zRight[0] ){ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, zRight); } else { res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, NULL); } if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); goto pragma_out; } } }else #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL ** ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the ** default value will be restored the next time the database is ** opened. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); }else{ if( !db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); }else{ pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; } } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code ** there is nothing more to do here */ }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA table_info(<table>) ** ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of ** the returned data set are: ** ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) ** name: Column name ** type: Column declaration type. ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ Table *pTab; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ int i; int nHidden = 0; Column *pCol; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); pParse->nMem = 6; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){ if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ nHidden++; continue; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); if( pCol->zDflt ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); } } }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ Index *pIdx; Table *pTab; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); if( pIdx ){ int i; pTab = pIdx->pTable; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); pParse->nMem = 3; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); } } }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ Index *pIdx; Table *pTab; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); pIdx = pTab->pIndex; if( pIdx ){ int i = 0; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); pParse->nMem = 3; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); while(pIdx){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); ++i; pIdx = pIdx->pNext; } } } }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ int i; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); pParse->nMem = 3; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); } }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ int i = 0; HashElem *p; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); pParse->nMem = 2; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ FKey *pFK; Table *pTab; if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); pFK = pTab->pFKey; if( pFK ){ int i = 0; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); pParse->nMem = 8; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); while(pFK){ int j; for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){ char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); } ++i; pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; } } } }else #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ #ifndef NDEBUG if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ if( zRight ){ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); }else{ sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); } } }else #endif /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ if( zRight ){ sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight)); } }else #ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX # define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 ){ int i, j, addr, mxErr; /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the ** error message */ static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, }; int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); /* Initialize the VDBE program */ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; pParse->nMem = 6; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); /* Set the maximum error count */ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; if( zRight ){ sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); if( mxErr<=0 ){ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ HashElem *x; Hash *pTbls; int cnt = 0; if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree ** ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers ** for all tables and indices in the database. */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); Index *pIdx; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); cnt++; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); cnt++; } } /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ pParse->nMem = cnt+4; } /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), P4_DYNAMIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. */ for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); Index *pIdx; int loopTop; if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ int jmp2; int r1; static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, }; r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0); jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, }; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); } } } addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** PRAGMA encoding ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" ** ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. ** ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. ** ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. ** ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ static const struct EncName { char *zName; u8 enc; } encnames[] = { { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ { 0, 0 } }; const struct EncName *pEnc; if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. */ if( !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) ){ for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; break; } } if( !pEnc->zName ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); } } } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer> ** ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer> ** ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers ** stored in the database header. ** ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! ** ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by ** applications for any purpose. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 ){ int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); switch( zLeft[0] ){ case 'f': case 'F': iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; break; case 's': case 'S': iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; break; default: iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; break; } if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ /* Write the specified cookie value */ static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ }; int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); }else{ /* Read the specified cookie value */ static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} }; int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** PRAGMA compile_options ** ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, ** one option per row. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){ int i = 0; const char *zOpt; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); pParse->nMem = 1; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart ** ** Checkpoint the database. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){ int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; if( zRight ){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; } } if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); pParse->nMem = 3; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); }else /* ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N ** ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value ** of N. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){ if( zRight ){ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); } returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); }else #endif /* ** PRAGMA shrink_memory ** ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the ** current database connection. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "shrink_memory")==0 ){ sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); }else #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ static const char *const azLockName[] = { "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" }; int i; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); pParse->nMem = 2; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt; Pager *pPager; const char *zState = "unknown"; int j; if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ zState = "closed"; }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ zState = azLockName[j]; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); } }else #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); }else if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ int i, h1, h2; char zKey[40]; for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); } if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2); }else{ sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); } }else #endif #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); } #endif }else #endif {/* Empty ELSE clause */} /* ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous ** setting changed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS if( db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0, (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0); } #endif pragma_out: sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ /************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2005 May 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() ** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema ** from disk. */ /* ** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates ** that the database is corrupt. */ static void corruptSchema( InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ const char *zExtra /* Error information */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pData->db; if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); if( zExtra ){ *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); } } pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* ** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the ** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. ** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. ** ** Each callback contains the following information: ** ** argv[0] = name of thing being created ** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. ** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; sqlite3 *db = pData->db; int iDb = pData->iDb; assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); if( db->mallocFailed ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); return 1; } assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ if( argv[1]==0 ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. */ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ assert( db->init.busy ); db->init.iDb = iDb; db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); rc = db->errCode; assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); db->init.iDb = 0; if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ assert( iDb==1 ); }else{ pData->rc = rc; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); }else{ /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. */ Index *pIndex; pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); if( pIndex==0 ){ /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. */ /* Do Nothing */; }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); } } return 0; } /* ** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal ** data structures for a single database file. The index of the ** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main ** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for ** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to ** indicate success or failure. */ static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ int rc; int i; int size; Table *pTab; Db *pDb; char const *azArg[4]; int meta[5]; InitData initData; char const *zMasterSchema; char const *zMasterName; int openedTransaction = 0; /* ** The master database table has a structure like this */ static const char master_schema[] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" " type text,\n" " name text,\n" " tbl_name text,\n" " rootpage integer,\n" " sql text\n" ")" ; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB static const char temp_master_schema[] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" " type text,\n" " name text,\n" " tbl_name text,\n" " rootpage integer,\n" " sql text\n" ")" ; #else #define temp_master_schema 0 #endif assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. */ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; }else{ zMasterSchema = master_schema; } zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); /* Construct the schema tables. */ azArg[0] = zMasterName; azArg[1] = "1"; azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; azArg[3] = 0; initData.db = db; initData.iDb = iDb; initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); if( initData.rc ){ rc = initData.rc; goto error_out; } pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; } /* Create a cursor to hold the database open */ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed before this function returns. */ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); goto initone_error_out; } openedTransaction = 1; } /* Get the database meta information. ** ** Meta values are as follows: ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE ** meta[5] User version ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode ** meta[7] unused ** meta[8] unused ** meta[9] unused ** ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to ** the possible values of meta[4]. */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); } pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same ** as sqlite3.enc. */ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ if( iDb==0 ){ u8 encoding; /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; ENC(db) = encoding; db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); }else{ /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" " text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto initone_error_out; } } }else{ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); } pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; #else pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; #endif sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } /* ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants */ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; } if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto initone_error_out; } /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending ** indices that the user might have created. */ if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; } /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables */ assert( db->init.busy ); { char *zSql; zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; #endif rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = xAuth; } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); } #endif } if( db->mallocFailed ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table ** even when its contents have been corrupted. */ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs ** before that point, jump to error_out. */ initone_error_out: if( openedTransaction ){ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); error_out: if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } return rc; } /* ** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file ** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files ** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an ** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. ** ** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set ** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database ** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ int i, rc; int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); rc = SQLITE_OK; db->init.busy = 1; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); if( rc ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); } } /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); if( rc ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); } } #endif db->init.busy = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } return rc; } /* ** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. ** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( !db->init.busy ){ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pParse->rc = rc; pParse->nErr++; } return rc; } /* ** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out ** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies ** make no changes to pParse->rc. */ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; int rc; int cookie; assert( pParse->checkSchema ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){ int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ if( pBt==0 ) continue; /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; openedTransaction = 1; } /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb); pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; } /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ if( openedTransaction ){ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); } } } /* ** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates ** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. ** ** If the same database is attached more than once, the first ** attached database is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ int i = -1000000; /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this ** function should never be used. ** ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( pSchema ){ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ break; } } assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb ); } return i; } /* ** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ int i; /* Loop counter */ /* Allocate the parsing context */ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); if( pParse==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto end_prepare; } pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes ** to the schema. ** ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. ** ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is ** holding them. ** ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. */ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) { Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); if( rc ){ const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); goto end_prepare; } } } sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); pParse->db = db; pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ char *zSqlCopy; int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); if( nBytes>mxLen ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); goto end_prepare; } zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); if( zSqlCopy ){ sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; }else{ pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; } }else{ sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); } assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParse->checkSchema ){ schemaIsValid(pParse); } if( db->mallocFailed ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( pzTail ){ *pzTail = pParse->zTail; } rc = pParse->rc; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ static const char * const azColName[] = { "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" }; int iFirst, mx; if( pParse->explain==2 ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); iFirst = 8; mx = 12; }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); iFirst = 0; mx = 8; } for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); } } #endif assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); if( db->init.busy==0 ){ Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); } if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); assert(!(*ppStmt)); }else{ *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; } if( zErrMsg ){ sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); }else{ sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); } /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); } end_prepare: sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); return rc; } static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; assert( ppStmt!=0 ); *ppStmt = 0; if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. ** ** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has ** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error ** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pNew; const char *zSql; sqlite3 *db; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } assert( pNew==0 ); return rc; }else{ assert( pNew!=0 ); } sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy ** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement ** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by ** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained ** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. */ char *zSql8; const char *zTail8 = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( ppStmt ); *ppStmt = 0; if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zSql8 ){ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); } if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. */ int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy ** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement ** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by ** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained ** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. */ /* ** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate ** the select structure itself. */ static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); } /* ** Initialize a SelectDest structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; pDest->iParm = iParm; pDest->affinity = 0; pDest->iMem = 0; pDest->nMem = 0; } /* ** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that ** structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ ){ Select *pNew; Select standin; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ if( pNew==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); pNew = &standin; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); } if( pEList==0 ){ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); } pNew->pEList = pEList; pNew->pSrc = pSrc; pNew->pWhere = pWhere; pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; pNew->pHaving = pHaving; pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; pNew->op = TK_SELECT; pNew->pLimit = pLimit; pNew->pOffset = pOffset; assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; if( db->mallocFailed ) { clearSelect(db, pNew); if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); pNew = 0; }else{ assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); } assert( pNew!=&standin ); return pNew; } /* ** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ if( p ){ clearSelect(db, p); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the ** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type ** in terms of the following bit values: ** ** JT_INNER ** JT_CROSS ** JT_OUTER ** JT_NATURAL ** JT_LEFT ** JT_RIGHT ** ** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. ** ** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return ** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ int jointype = 0; Token *apAll[3]; Token *p; /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; static const struct { u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ u8 code; /* Join type mask */ } aKeyword[] = { /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, }; int i, j; apAll[0] = pA; apAll[1] = pB; apAll[2] = pC; for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ p = apAll[i]; for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){ if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; break; } } testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ jointype |= JT_ERROR; break; } } if( (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 ){ const char *zSp = " "; assert( pB!=0 ); if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); jointype = JT_INNER; }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); jointype = JT_INNER; } return jointype; } /* ** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column ** is not contained in the table. */ static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ int i; for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a ** table that has a column named zCol. ** ** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index ** of the matching column and return TRUE. ** ** If not found, return FALSE. */ static int tableAndColumnIndex( SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ ){ int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ for(i=0; i<N; i++){ iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol); if( iCol>=0 ){ if( piTab ){ *piTab = i; *piCol = iCol; } return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the ** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which ** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: ** ** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) ** ** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the ** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is ** column iColRight of tab2. */ static void addWhereTerm( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Expr *pE1; Expr *pE2; Expr *pEq; assert( iLeft<iRight ); assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight ); assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetIrreducible(pEq); pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; } *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); } /* ** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. ** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the ** expression. ** ** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell ** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the ** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part ** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the ** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they ** originated in the ON or USING clause. ** ** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the ** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not ** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed ** for cases like this: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 ** ** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 ** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a ** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not ** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately ** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in ** the output, which is incorrect. */ static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ while( p ){ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetIrreducible(p); p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; } } /* ** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. ** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. ** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. ** ** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. ** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most ** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to ** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between ** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are ** also attached to the left entry. ** ** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. */ static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ pSrc = p->pSrc; pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; pRight = &pLeft[1]; for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; int isOuter; if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for ** every column that the two tables have in common. */ if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " "an ON or USING clause", 0); return 1; } for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){ char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } } /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join */ if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " "clauses in the same join"); return 1; } /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by ** an AND operator. */ if( pRight->pOn ){ if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); pRight->pOn = 0; } /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is ** not contained in both tables to be joined. */ if( pRight->pUsing ){ IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){ char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ zName = pList->a[j].zName; iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); if( iRightCol<0 || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " "not present in both tables", zName); return 1; } addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } } return 0; } /* ** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the ** stack into the sorter. */ static void pushOntoSorter( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int op; sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ op = OP_SorterInsert; }else{ op = OP_IdxInsert; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); if( pSelect->iLimit ){ int addr1, addr2; int iLimit; if( pSelect->iOffset ){ iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; }else{ iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; } addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); } } /* ** Add code to implement the OFFSET */ static void codeOffset( Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ ){ if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ int addr; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } /* ** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem ** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously ** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab ** if the current N values are new. ** ** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the ** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. */ static void codeDistinct( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ int N, /* Number of elements */ int iMem /* First element */ ){ Vdbe *v; int r1; v = pParse->pVdbe; r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression ** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result ** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur ** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we ** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) */ static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ ){ int eDest = pDest->eDest; if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); return 1; }else{ return 0; } } #endif /* ** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop ** of a SELECT. ** ** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions ** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 ** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the ** datatypes for each column. */ static void selectInnerLoop( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ assert( v ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; assert( pEList!=0 ); hasDistinct = distinct>=0; if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); } /* Pull the requested columns. */ if( nColumn>0 ){ nResultCol = nColumn; }else{ nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; } if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; pDest->nMem = nResultCol; pParse->nMem += nResultCol; }else{ assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); } regResult = pDest->iMem; if( nColumn>0 ){ for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i); } }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. */ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output); } nColumn = nResultCol; /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row ** part of the result. */ if( hasDistinct ){ assert( pEList!=0 ); assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); if( pOrderBy==0 ){ codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); } } switch( eDest ){ /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary ** table iParm. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT case SRT_Union: { int r1; r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from ** the temporary table iParm. */ case SRT_Except: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); break; } #endif /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ case SRT_Table: case SRT_EphemTab: { int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); if( pOrderBy ){ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); }else{ int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this ** item into the set table with bogus data. */ case SRT_Set: { assert( nColumn==1 ); p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); if( pOrderBy ){ /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which ** case the order does matter */ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } break; } /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. */ case SRT_Exists: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ break; } /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out ** of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { assert( nColumn==1 ); if( pOrderBy ){ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); }else{ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ } break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for ** popping the data from the stack. */ case SRT_Coroutine: case SRT_Output: { testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); if( pOrderBy ){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); } break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care ** about the actual results of the select. */ default: { assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); break; } #endif } /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited ** the output for us. */ if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); } } /* ** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records ** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. ** ** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting ** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to ** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT ** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual ** index to implement a DISTINCT test. ** ** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling ** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually ** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using ** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. */ static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int nExpr; KeyInfo *pInfo; struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i; nExpr = pList->nExpr; pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); if( pInfo ){ pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; pInfo->enc = ENC(db); pInfo->db = db; for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){ CollSeq *pColl; pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); if( !pColl ){ pColl = db->pDfltColl; } pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; } } return pInfo; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* ** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. */ static const char *selectOpName(int id){ char *z; switch( id ){ case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; default: z = "UNION"; break; } return z; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function ** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, ** where the caption is of the form: ** ** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" ** ** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which ** is determined by the zUsage argument. */ static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ if( pParse->explain==2 ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro ** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code ** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that ** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the ** code with #ifndef directives. */ # define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b #else /* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ # define explainTempTable(y,z) # define explainSetInteger(y,z) #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) /* ** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function ** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, ** where the caption is of one of the two forms: ** ** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" ** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" ** ** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding ** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter ** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, ** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is ** false, or the second form if it is true. */ static void explainComposite( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ ){ assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); if( pParse->explain==2 ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } } #else /* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ # define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) #endif /* ** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, ** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated ** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following ** routine generates the code needed to do that. */ static void generateSortTail( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ ){ int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ int addr; int iTab; int pseudoTab = 0; ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; int eDest = pDest->eDest; int iParm = pDest->iParm; int regRow; int regRowid; iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); regRowid = 0; }else{ regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); } if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, pOrderBy->nExpr+2); addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); }else{ addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); } switch( eDest ){ case SRT_Table: case SRT_EphemTab: { testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case SRT_Set: { assert( nColumn==1 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); break; } case SRT_Mem: { assert( nColumn==1 ); sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ break; } #endif default: { int i; assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){ assert( regRow!=pDest->iMem+i ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); if( i==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); } } if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); } break; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); /* The bottom of the loop */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); } } /* ** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the ** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. ** ** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the ** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The ** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression ** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The ** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is ** considered a column by this function. ** ** SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); ** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); ** ** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. */ static const char *columnType( NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr, const char **pzOriginDb, const char **pzOriginTab, const char **pzOriginCol ){ char const *zType = 0; char const *zOriginDb = 0; char const *zOriginTab = 0; char const *zOriginCol = 0; int j; if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: case TK_COLUMN: { /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real ** database table or a subquery. */ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); while( pNC && !pTab ){ SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){ pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; }else{ pNC = pNC->pNext; } } if( pTab==0 ){ /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like ** the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; ** ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even ** though it should really be "INTEGER". ** ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT ** branch below. */ break; } assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); if( pS ){ /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. */ if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){ /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. */ NameContext sNC; Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); } }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ /* A real table */ assert( !pS ); if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) ); if( iCol<0 ){ zType = "INTEGER"; zOriginCol = "rowid"; }else{ zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; } zOriginTab = pTab->zName; if( pNC->pParse ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; } } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_SELECT: { /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT ** statement. */ NameContext sNC; Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); break; } #endif } if( pzOriginDb ){ assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; } return zType; } /* ** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns ** in the result set. */ static void generateColumnTypes( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; NameContext sNC; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; sNC.pParse = pParse; for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; const char *zType; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA const char *zOrigDb = 0; const char *zOrigTab = 0; const char *zOrigCol = 0; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this ** virtual machine is deleted. */ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); #else zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); #endif sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ } /* ** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns ** in the result set. This information is used to provide the ** azCol[] values in the callback. */ static void generateColumnNames( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i, j; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int fullNames, shortNames; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ if( pParse->explain ){ return; } #endif if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; pParse->colNamesSet = 1; fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p; p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ Table *pTab; char *zCol; int iCol = p->iColumn; for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){ if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; } assert( j<pTabList->nSrc ); pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) ); if( iCol<0 ){ zCol = "rowid"; }else{ zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; } if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); }else if( fullNames ){ char *zName = 0; zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); } /* ** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions ** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate ** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. ** ** All column names will be unique. ** ** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, ** and other fields of Column are zeroed. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, ** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int selectColumnsFromExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ char *zName; /* Column name */ int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){ /* Get an appropriate name for the column */ p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue) || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */ zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); }else{ Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; assert( pColExpr!=0 ); } if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ /* For columns use the column name name */ int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; pTab = pColExpr->pTab; if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); }else{ /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); } } if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); break; } /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){ char *zNewName; zName[nName] = 0; zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); zName = zNewName; j = -1; if( zName==0 ) break; } } pCol->zName = zName; } if( db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0; j<i; j++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol); *paCol = 0; *pnCol = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add type and collation information to a column list based on ** a SELECT statement. ** ** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). ** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This ** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. ** ** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT ** statement be resolved. */ static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ int nCol, /* Number of columns */ Column *aCol, /* List of columns */ Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; NameContext sNC; Column *pCol; CollSeq *pColl; int i; Expr *p; struct ExprList_item *a; assert( pSelect!=0 ); assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); if( db->mallocFailed ) return; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; a = pSelect->pEList->a; for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){ p = a[i].pExpr; pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); if( pColl ){ pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); } } } /* ** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes ** the result set of that SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ Table *pTab; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int savedFlags; savedFlags = db->flags; db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; db->flags = savedFlags; pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); if( pTab==0 ){ return 0; } /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside ** is disabled */ assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); pTab->nRef = 1; pTab->zName = 0; pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); pTab->iPKey = -1; if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); return 0; } return pTab; } /* ** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. ** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( v==0 ){ v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); } #endif } return v; } /* ** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the ** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions ** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET ** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset ** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute ** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then ** iLimit and iOffset are negative. ** ** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if ** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and ** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values ** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. ** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get ** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force ** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple ** SELECT statements. */ static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ Vdbe *v = 0; int iLimit = 0; int iOffset; int addr1, n; if( p->iLimit ) return; /* ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean ** no rows. */ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); if( p->pLimit ){ p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); if( n==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); }else{ if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n; } }else{ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); } if( p->pOffset ){ p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* ** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of ** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if ** the column has no default collating sequence. ** ** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the ** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. */ static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ CollSeq *pRet; if( p->pPrior ){ pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); }else{ pRet = 0; } assert( iCol>=0 ); if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){ pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); } return pRet; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* Forward reference */ static int multiSelectOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* ** This routine is called to process a compound query form from ** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or ** INTERSECT ** ** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the ** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query ** in which case this routine will be called recursively. ** ** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination ** of type eDest with parameter iParm. ** ** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. ** ** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 ** ** This statement is parsed up as follows: ** ** SELECT c FROM t3 ** | ** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 ** | ** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 ** ** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. ** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then ** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. ** ** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the ** individual selects always group from left to right. */ static int multiSelect( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ #endif /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. */ assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ db = pParse->db; pPrior = p->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); dest = *pDest; if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", selectOpName(p->op)); rc = 1; goto multi_select_end; } if( pPrior->pLimit ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", selectOpName(p->op)); rc = 1; goto multi_select_end; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary */ if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ assert( p->pEList ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); dest.eDest = SRT_Table; } /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements ** in their result sets. */ assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); rc = 1; goto multi_select_end; } /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. */ if( p->pOrderBy ){ return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); } /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. */ switch( p->op ){ case TK_ALL: { int addr = 0; int nLimit; assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); p->pLimit = 0; p->pOffset = 0; if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } p->pPrior = 0; p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; if( p->iLimit ){ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); } explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; if( pPrior->pLimit && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit ){ p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit; } if( addr ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } break; } case TK_EXCEPT: case TK_UNION: { int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ int addr; SelectDest uniondest; testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); priorOp = SRT_Union; if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our ** right. */ assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements ** of a 3-way or more compound */ assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ unionTab = dest.iParm; }else{ /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the ** intermediate results. */ unionTab = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); } /* Code the SELECT statements to our left */ assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } /* Code the current SELECT statement */ if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ op = SRT_Except; }else{ assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); op = SRT_Union; } p->pPrior = 0; pLimit = p->pLimit; p->pLimit = 0; pOffset = p->pOffset; p->pOffset = 0; uniondest.eDest = op; explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; p->pOrderBy = 0; if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; p->pOffset = pOffset; p->iLimit = 0; p->iOffset = 0; /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form ** it is that we currently need. */ assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ int iCont, iBreak, iStart; assert( p->pEList ); if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ Select *pFirst = p; while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); } break; } default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { int tab1, tab2; int iCont, iBreak, iStart; Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; int addr; SelectDest intersectdest; int r1; /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin ** by allocating the tables we will need. */ tab1 = pParse->nTab++; tab2 = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". */ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; p->pPrior = 0; pLimit = p->pLimit; p->pLimit = 0; pOffset = p->pOffset; p->pOffset = 0; intersectdest.iParm = tab2; explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; p->pOffset = pOffset; /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary ** tables. */ assert( p->pEList ); if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ Select *pFirst = p; while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); break; } } explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); /* Compute collating sequences used by ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. ** ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and ** no temp tables are required. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ assert( p->pRightmost==p ); nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); if( !pKeyInfo ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto multi_select_end; } pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){ *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); if( 0==*apColl ){ *apColl = db->pDfltColl; } } for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ for(i=0; i<2; i++){ int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; if( addr<0 ){ /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); break; } sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; } } sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); } multi_select_end: pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* ** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a ** SELECT statment. ** ** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are ** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should ** be sent. ** ** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine ** return address. ** ** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that ** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false ** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is ** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing ** keys. ** ** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to ** iBreak. */ static int generateOutputSubroutine( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ int regReturn, /* The return address register */ int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iContinue; int addr; addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT */ if( regPrev ){ int j1, j2; j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); } if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause */ codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); switch( pDest->eDest ){ /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ case SRT_Table: case SRT_EphemTab: { int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this ** item into the set table with bogus data. */ case SRT_Set: { int r1; assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } #if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. */ case SRT_Exists: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ break; } #endif /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out ** of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. */ case SRT_Coroutine: { if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; } sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); break; } /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. ** ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to ** return the next row of result. */ default: { assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); break; } } /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. */ if( p->iLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); } /* Generate the subroutine return */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); return addr; } /* ** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there ** is an ORDER BY clause. ** ** We assume a query of the following form: ** ** <selectA> <operator> <selectB> ORDER BY <orderbylist> ** ** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea ** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as ** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results ** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and ** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: ** ** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output ** of the compound query. ** ** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output ** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and ** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that ** appears only in B.) ** ** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B. ** ** AeqB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B. ** ** AgtB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B. ** ** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. ** ** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. ** ** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which ** <operator> is used: ** ** ** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT ** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- ** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA ** ** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA ** ** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB ** ** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt ** ** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt ** ** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA ** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes ** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or ** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. ** ** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled ** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously ** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output ** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. ** ** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven ** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: ** ** goto Init ** coA: coroutine for left query (A) ** coB: coroutine for right query (B) ** outA: output one row of A ** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) ** EofA: ... ** EofB: ... ** AltB: ... ** AeqB: ... ** AgtB: ... ** Init: initialize coroutine registers ** yield coA ** if eof(A) goto EofA ** yield coB ** if eof(B) goto EofB ** Cmpr: Compare A, B ** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB ** End: ... ** ** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not ** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop ** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, ** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT static int multiSelectOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ int addrAltB; /* Address of the A<B subroutine */ int addrAeqB; /* Address of the A==B subroutine */ int addrAgtB; /* Address of the A>B subroutine */ int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ #endif assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ db = pParse->db; v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause */ op = p->op; pPrior = p->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; assert( pOrderBy ); nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. */ if( op!=TK_ALL ){ for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){ assert( pItem->iOrderByCol>0 ); if( pItem->iOrderByCol==i ) break; } if( j==nOrderBy ){ Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; pNew->u.iValue = i; pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iOrderByCol = (u16)i; } } } /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with ** the permutation used to determine if the next ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct ** collation. */ aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); if( aPermute ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){ assert( pItem->iOrderByCol>0 && pItem->iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); aPermute[i] = pItem->iOrderByCol - 1; } pKeyMerge = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); if( pKeyMerge ){ pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ CollSeq *pColl; Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ pColl = pTerm->pColl; }else{ pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; pTerm->pColl = pColl; } pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; } } }else{ pKeyMerge = 0; } /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. */ p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). */ if( op==TK_ALL ){ regPrev = 0; }else{ int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); if( pKeyDup ){ pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){ pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; } } } /* Separate the left and the right query from one another */ p->pPrior = 0; sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); } /* Compute the limit registers */ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, regLimitA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); }else{ regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); p->pOffset = 0; regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main ** merge loop */ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on ** the right - the "B" select */ addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); savedLimit = p->iLimit; savedOffset = p->iOffset; p->iLimit = regLimitB; p->iOffset = 0; explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); p->iLimit = savedLimit; p->iOffset = savedOffset; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); } /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); }else{ addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; } /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. */ if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofB = addrEofA; if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); } /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine")); addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B */ if( op==TK_ALL ){ addrAeqB = addrAltB; }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrAeqB = addrAltB; addrAltB++; }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine")); addrAeqB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); } /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); /* This code runs once to initialize everything. */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); /* Implement the main merge loop */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); /* Release temporary registers */ if( regPrev ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); } /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); /* Set the number of output columns */ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ Select *pFirst = pPrior; while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly ** by the calling function */ if( p->pPrior ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); } p->pPrior = pPrior; /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete **** subqueries ****/ explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* Forward Declarations */ static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); /* ** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to ** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th ** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column ** unchanged.) ** ** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery ** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the ** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that ** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary ** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table ** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ static Expr *substExpr( sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ ){ if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else{ Expr *pNew; assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr ); assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){ pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); pExpr = pNew; } }else{ pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); }else{ substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); } } return pExpr; } static void substExprList( sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ ){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return; for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); } } static void substSelect( sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ ){ SrcList *pSrc; struct SrcList_item *pItem; int i; if( !p ) return; substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); } } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* ** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. ** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. ** ** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following ** query: ** ** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 ** ** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the ** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then ** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two ** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table ** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be ** optimized. ** ** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into ** a single flat select, like this: ** ** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 ** ** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result ** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might ** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be ** avoided. ** ** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: ** ** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. ** ** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. ** ** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join ** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) ** ** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. ** ** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT ** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction ** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. ** ** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not ** DISTINCT. ** ** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without ** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special ** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a ** single NULL. ** ** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. ** ** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use ** aggregates. ** ** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not ** use LIMIT. ** ** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. ** ** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously ** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. ** ** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. ** ** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. ** ** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the ** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. ** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). ** ** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does ** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter ** until we introduced the group_concat() function. ** ** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL ** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and ** the parent query: ** ** * is not itself part of a compound select, ** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and ** * is not a join ** ** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to ** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, ** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound ** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound ** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by ** restriction (4). ** ** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the ** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to ** columns of the sub-query. ** ** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not ** have a WHERE clause. ** ** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use ** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint ** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must ** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we ** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. ** ** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not ** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). ** ** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. ** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query ** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. ** ** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. ** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. ** ** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and ** the subquery before this routine runs. */ static int flattenSubquery( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ ){ const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; Select *pParent; Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. */ assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0; pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc ); pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; assert( pSub!=0 ); if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; assert( pSubSrc ); /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) ** and (14). */ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){ return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ } if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ } if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ } if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ } if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ } /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this ** is not allowed: ** ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) ** ** If we flatten the above, we would get ** ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 ** ** which is not at all the same thing. ** ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. ** An examples of why this is not allowed: ** ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) ** ** If we flatten the above, we would get ** ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 ** ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. ** ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. */ if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ return 0; } /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct ** queries. */ if( pSub->pPrior ){ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ } if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ return 0; } for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 ){ return 0; } testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); } /* Restriction 18. */ if( p->pOrderBy ){ int ii; for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; } } } /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ /* Authorize the subquery */ pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must ** be of the form: ** ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> ** ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple ** select statements in the compound sub-query. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( ** SELECT x FROM tab ** UNION ALL ** SELECT y FROM tab ** UNION ALL ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 ** ** Transformed into: ** ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 ** UNION ALL ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 ** UNION ALL ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 ** ORDER BY 1 ** ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". */ for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ Select *pNew; ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; p->pOrderBy = 0; p->pSrc = 0; p->pPrior = 0; p->pLimit = 0; pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); p->pLimit = pLimit; p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; p->pSrc = pSrc; p->op = TK_ALL; p->pRightmost = 0; if( pNew==0 ){ pNew = pPrior; }else{ pNew->pPrior = pPrior; pNew->pRightmost = 0; } p->pPrior = pNew; if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause ** in the outer query. */ pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the ** subquery */ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; pSubitem->zName = 0; pSubitem->zAlias = 0; pSubitem->pSelect = 0; /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the ** subquery until code generation is ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. ** ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. */ if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; }else{ pTabToDel->nRef--; } pSubitem->pTab = 0; } /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - ** then this loop only runs once. ** ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM ** elements we are now copying in. */ for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ int nSubSrc; u8 jointype = 0; pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ if( pSrc ){ assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ jointype = pSubitem->jointype; }else{ assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pSrc==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); break; } } /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements ** of the subquery. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; ** ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. */ if( nSubSrc>1 ){ pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); if( db->mallocFailed ){ break; } } /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the ** outer query. */ for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing); pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); } pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for ** references to the iParent in the outer query. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ ** ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". */ pList = pParent->pEList; for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan; if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){ pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan); } } } substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); if( isAgg ){ substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); } if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; pSub->pOrderBy = 0; }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); } if( pSub->pWhere ){ pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); }else{ pWhere = 0; } if( subqueryIsAgg ){ assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; pParent->pWhere = pWhere; pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); }else{ pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); } /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the ** outer query is distinct. */ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; /* ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; ** ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this ** does not work if either limit is negative. */ if( pSub->pLimit ){ pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; pSub->pLimit = 0; } } /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return ** success. */ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); return 1; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* ** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it ** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if ** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be ** a min()/max() query if: ** ** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. ** ** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is ** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. */ static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ Expr *pExpr; ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0; pEList = pExpr->x.pList; if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){ return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){ return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; } return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; } /* ** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. ** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This ** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> ** ** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query ** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing ** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. */ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Table *pTab; Expr *pExpr; assert( !p->pGroupBy ); if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; } pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; return pTab; } /* ** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an ** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there ** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return ** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate ** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; Index *pIdx; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); pIdx=pIdx->pNext ); if( !pIdx ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); pParse->checkSchema = 1; return SQLITE_ERROR; } pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. ** "Expanding" means to do the following: ** ** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every ** element of the FROM clause. ** ** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that ** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, ** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement ** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT ** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement ** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation ** of the view. ** ** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword ** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. ** ** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking ** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. ** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table ** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. ** */ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; int i, j, k; SrcList *pTabList; ExprList *pEList; struct SrcList_item *pFrom; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ return WRC_Prune; } p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; pTabList = p->pSrc; pEList = p->pEList; /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. */ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. */ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab; if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need ** to go further. */ assert( i==0 ); return WRC_Prune; } if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ assert( pSel!=0 ); assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; pTab->nRef = 1; pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); pTab->iPKey = -1; pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; #endif }else{ /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; pTab->nRef++; #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); } #endif } /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. */ if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. ** ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators ** that need expanding. */ for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){ Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; } if( k<pEList->nExpr ){ /* ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression ** in the result set and expand them one by one. */ struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; ExprList *pNew = 0; int flags = pParse->db->flags; int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){ Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. */ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); if( pNew ){ pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; a[k].zName = 0; a[k].zSpan = 0; } a[k].pExpr = 0; }else{ /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be ** expanded. */ int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; }else{ zTName = 0; } for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; if( zTabName==0 ){ zTabName = pTab->zName; } if( db->mallocFailed ) break; if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ continue; } tableSeen = 1; for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ Expr *pExpr, *pRight; char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded ** result-set list. */ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); continue; } if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) ){ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the ** table to the right of the join */ continue; } if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the ** using clause from the table on the right. */ continue; } } pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); zColname = zName; zToFree = 0; if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ Expr *pLeft; pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); if( longNames ){ zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); zToFree = zColname; } }else{ pExpr = pRight; } pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); sColname.z = zColname; sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); } } if( !tableSeen ){ if( zTName ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); } } } } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); p->pEList = pNew; } #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); } #endif return WRC_Continue; } /* ** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. ** ** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees ** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, ** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then ** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every ** subquery in the parser tree. */ static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return WRC_Continue; } /* ** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. ** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT ** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. ** ** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a ** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before ** name resolution is performed. ** ** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. ** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr ** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. */ static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ Walker w; w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; w.pParse = pParse; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() ** interface. ** ** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl ** information to the Table structure that represents the result set ** of that subquery. ** ** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed ** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted ** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This ** routine is called after identifier resolution. */ static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse; int i; SrcList *pTabList; struct SrcList_item *pFrom; assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; pParse = pWalker->pParse; pTabList = p->pSrc; for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; assert( pSel ); while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); } } } return WRC_Continue; } #endif /* ** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to ** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a ** SELECT statement. ** ** Use this routine after name resolution. */ static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY Walker w; w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; w.pParse = pParse; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); #endif } /* ** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The ** following is accomplished: ** ** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. ** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. ** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements ** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. ** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. ** ** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ ){ sqlite3 *db; if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; db = pParse->db; if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); } /* ** Reset the aggregate accumulator. ** ** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold ** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This ** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. */ static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ return; } for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); } for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " "argument"); pFunc->iDistinct = -1; }else{ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); } } } } /* ** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function ** in the AggInfo structure. */ static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct AggInfo_func *pF; for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){ ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); } } /* ** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on ** the current cursor position. */ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct AggInfo_func *pF; struct AggInfo_col *pC; pAggInfo->directMode = 1; sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){ int nArg; int addrNext = 0; int regAgg; ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pList ){ nArg = pList->nExpr; regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1); }else{ nArg = 0; regAgg = 0; } if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); assert( nArg==1 ); codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); } if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ CollSeq *pColl = 0; struct ExprList_item *pItem; int j; assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); } if( !pColl ){ pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); if( addrNext ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } } /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. ** ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached ** values to an OP_Copy. */ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); } pAggInfo->directMode = 0; sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } /* ** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple ** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN static void explainSimpleCount( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ ){ if( pParse->explain==2 ){ char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)", pTab->zName, pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "", pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "", pTab->nRowEst ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC ); } } #else # define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) #endif /* ** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** ** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the ** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest ** as follows: ** ** pDest->eDest Result ** ------------ ------------------------------------------- ** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow ** opcode) for each row in the result set. ** ** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. ** Store the first column of the first result row ** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest ** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". ** ** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each ** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. ** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing ** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". ** ** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. ** ** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. ** ** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. ** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table ** is assumed to already be open. ** ** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store ** the result there. The cursor is left open after ** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that ** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create ** the table first. ** ** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of ** results each time it is invoked. The entry point ** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. ** ** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result ** set is not empty. ** ** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT ** statements within triggers whose only purpose is ** the side-effects of functions. ** ** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are ** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in ** pParse->zErrMsg. ** ** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The ** calling function needs to do that. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ int addrDistinctIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; #endif db = pParse->db; if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); p->pOrderBy = 0; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; } sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; pTabList = p->pSrc; pEList = p->pEList; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto select_end; } isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; assert( pEList!=0 ); /* Begin generating code. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto select_end; /* If writing to memory or generating a set ** only a single column may be output. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ goto select_end; } #endif /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; SelectDest dest; Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; int isAggSub; if( pSub==0 ) continue; if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); continue; } /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select ** may contain expression trees of at most ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing ** an exact limit. */ pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ if( isAggSub ){ isAgg = 1; p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; } i = -1; }else{ /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address */ int topAddr; int onceAddr = 0; int retAddr; assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){ /* If the subquery is no correlated and if we are not inside of ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery ** once. */ onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); } sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow; if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); } if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ goto select_end; } pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); pTabList = p->pSrc; if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; } } pEList = p->pEList; #endif pWhere = p->pWhere; pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; pHaving = p->pHaving; isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. */ if( p->pPrior ){ if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; int cnt = 0; int mxSelect; for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ pLoop->pRightmost = p; pLoop->pNext = pRight; pRight = pLoop; } mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); goto select_end; } } rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); return rc; } #endif /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){ pOrderBy = 0; } /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: ** ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz ** ** is transformed to: ** ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ** ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. */ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pOrderBy, p->pEList)==0 ){ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; pOrderBy = 0; } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting ** index might end up being unused if the data can be ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex ** variable is used to facilitate that change. */ if( pOrderBy ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); }else{ addrSortIndex = -1; } /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. */ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); } /* Set the limiter. */ iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64; computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); if( p->iLimit==0 && addrSortIndex>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; p->selFlags |= SF_UseSorter; } /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; distinct = pParse->nTab++; pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); addrDistinctIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); }else{ distinct = addrDistinctIndex = -1; } /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ ExprList *pDist = (isDistinct ? p->pEList : 0); /* Begin the database scan. */ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, pDist, 0); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut; /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral ** into an OP_Noop. */ if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex); p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; } if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ assert( addrDistinctIndex>=0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex); assert( isDistinct ); assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE ); distinct = -1; if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ int iJump; int iExpr; int iFlag = ++pParse->nMem; int iBase = pParse->nMem+1; int iBase2 = iBase + pEList->nExpr; pParse->nMem += (pEList->nExpr*2); /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Integer. The ** OP_Integer initializes the "first row" flag. */ pOp->opcode = OP_Integer; pOp->p1 = 1; pOp->p2 = iFlag; sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, iBase, 1); iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1 + pEList->nExpr + 1 + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, iFlag, iJump-1); for(iExpr=0; iExpr<pEList->nExpr; iExpr++){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[iExpr].pExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iBase+iExpr, iJump, iBase2+iExpr); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iFlag); assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, iBase, iBase2, pEList->nExpr); }else{ pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; } } /* Use the standard inner loop. */ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); /* End the database scan loop. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); }else{ /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been ** processed */ int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the ** GROUP BY clause. */ if( pGroupBy ){ int k; /* Loop counter */ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ pItem->iAlias = 0; } for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ pItem->iAlias = 0; } if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100; }else{ p->nSelectRow = (double)1; } /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the ** SELECT statement. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); if( pHaving ){ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); } sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList); } if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. */ if( pGroupBy ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction ** will be converted into a Noop. */ sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing */ iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); regReset = ++pParse->nMem; addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information ** in the right order to begin with. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; if( pGroupBy==0 ){ /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo */ pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; groupBySort = 0; }else{ /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output ** in sorted order */ int regBase; int regRecord; int nCol; int nGroupBy; explainTempTable(pParse, isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY"); groupBySort = 1; nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; nCol = nGroupBy + 1; j = nGroupBy+1; for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){ nCol++; j++; } } regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); j = nGroupBy+1; for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i]; if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){ int r1 = j + regBase; int r2; r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); if( r1!=r2 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); } j++; } } regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... */ addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); } for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){ if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); }else{ sAggInfo.directMode = 1; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. ** ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation ** for the next GROUP BY batch. */ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of ** the current row */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); /* End of the loop */ if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); } /* Output the final row of result */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); /* Jump over the subroutines */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in ** order to signal the caller to abort. */ addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest, addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ else { ExprList *pDel = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT Table *pTab; if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then ** the SQL statement is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> ** ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>. ** ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. */ const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the ** index. ** ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. ** ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumn<pBest->nColumn) ){ pBest = pIdx; } } if( pBest && pBest->nColumn<pTab->nCol ){ iRoot = pBest->tnum; pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); } /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); if( pKeyInfo ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ { /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: ** ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... ** ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum ** value of x, the only row required). ** ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly ** modify behaviour as follows: ** ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value ** for x. ** ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. */ ExprList *pMinMax = 0; u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); if( flag ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); pDel = pMinMax; if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; } } /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row ** of output. */ resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, 0, flag); if( pWInfo==0 ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); goto select_end; } updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); if( !pMinMax && flag ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); } sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); } pOrderBy = 0; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); } /* endif aggregate query */ if( distinct>=0 ){ explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results ** and send them to the callback one by one. */ if( pOrderBy ){ explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY"); generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest); } /* Jump here to skip this query */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 ** to indicate no errors. */ rc = 0; /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon ** successful coding of the SELECT. */ select_end: explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); } sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); return rc; } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* ** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object. */ static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT "); if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT "); } if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag "); } sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " "); } sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ int i; sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM "); sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor); if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect); if( pItem->pTab ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName); } }else if( pItem->zName ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName); } if( pItem->zAlias ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); } if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN"); } sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); } if( p->pWhere ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE "); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } if( p->pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY "); sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } if( p->pHaving ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING "); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } if( p->pOrderBy ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY "); sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } if( p->pLimit ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT "); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } if( p->pOffset ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET "); sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset); sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ if( p==0 ){ sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)"); return; } while( p->pPrior ) p = p->pPrior; sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); while( p ){ explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p); p = p->pNext; if( p==0 ) break; sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op)); } sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END"); sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); } /* End of the structure debug printing code *****************************************************************************/ #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ /************** End of select.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() ** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main ** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). ** ** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked ** if they are not used. */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE /* ** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through ** to the callback function is uses to build the result. */ typedef struct TabResult { char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ } TabResult; /* ** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job ** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new ** memory as necessary. */ static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ int i; /* Loop counter */ char *z; /* A single column of result */ /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. */ if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ need = nCol*2; }else{ need = nCol; } if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ char **azNew; p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; p->azResult = azNew; } /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing ** the names of all columns. */ if( p->nRow==0 ){ p->nColumn = nCol; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]); if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed; p->azResult[p->nData++] = z; } }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" ); p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; return 1; } /* Copy over the row data */ if( argv!=0 ){ for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ if( argv[i]==0 ){ z = 0; }else{ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1; z = sqlite3_malloc( n ); if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed; memcpy(z, argv[i], n); } p->azResult[p->nData++] = z; } p->nRow++; } return 0; malloc_failed: p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return 1; } /* ** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, ** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results ** at the conclusion of the call. ** ** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained ** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. ** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when ** the calling procedure is finished using it. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ ){ int rc; TabResult res; *pazResult = 0; if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; res.zErrMsg = 0; res.nRow = 0; res.nColumn = 0; res.nData = 1; res.nAlloc = 20; res.rc = SQLITE_OK; res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); if( res.azResult==0 ){ db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } res.azResult[0] = 0; rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); if( res.zErrMsg ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); } sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); } db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ return res.rc; } sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); return rc; } if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ char **azNew; azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); if( azNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } res.azResult = azNew; } *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; return rc; } /* ** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ ){ if( azResult ){ int i, n; azResult--; assert( azResult!=0 ); n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); } sqlite3_free(azResult); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */ /************** End of table.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/ /* ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* ** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ while( pTriggerStep ){ TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } } /* ** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to ** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. ** ** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab ** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional ** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all ** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list ** and returns the combined list. ** ** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers ** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on ** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ return 0; } if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ HashElem *p; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) ){ pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); pList = pTrig; } } } return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); } /* ** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement ** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger ** structure is generated based on the information available and stored ** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the ** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger ** construction process. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ ){ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ assert( pName2!=0 ); assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); if( isTemp ){ /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ if( pName2->n>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); goto trigger_cleanup; } iDb = 1; pName = pName1; }else{ /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } } if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... ** ^^^^^^^^ ** ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER. */ if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; } /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ iDb = 1; } /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); if( !pTab ){ /* The table does not exist. */ if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ /* Ticket #3810. ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. */ db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; } goto trigger_cleanup; } if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); goto trigger_cleanup; } /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the ** specified name exists */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto trigger_cleanup; } /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); pParse->nErr++; goto trigger_cleanup; } /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD ** of triggers. */ if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); goto trigger_cleanup; } if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); goto trigger_cleanup; } iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ goto trigger_cleanup; } } #endif /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code ** elsewhere. */ if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; } /* Build the Trigger object */ pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; pTrigger->zName = zName; zName = 0; pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; pTrigger->op = (u8)op; pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; trigger_cleanup: sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); }else{ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); } } /* ** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed ** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ ){ Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; zName = pTrig->zName; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); pTrig->step_list = pStepList; while( pStepList ){ pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; pStepList = pStepList->pNext; } nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } /* if we are not initializing, ** build the sqlite_master entry */ if( !db->init.busy ){ Vdbe *v; char *z; /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, pTrig->table, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); } if( db->init.busy ){ Trigger *pLink = pTrig; Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); if( pTrig ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ Table *pTab; int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); assert( pTab!=0 ); pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; pTab->pTrigger = pLink; } } triggerfinish_cleanup: sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); } /* ** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into ** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in ** body of a TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return 0; } pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space ** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. */ static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ Token *pName /* The target name */ ){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); if( pTriggerStep ){ char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); pTriggerStep->target.z = z; pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; pTriggerStep->op = op; } return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer ** to the new trigger step. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the ** body of a trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ ){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); if( pTriggerStep ){ pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; }else{ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return ** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it ** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ ){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); if( pTriggerStep ){ pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return ** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it ** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ ){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); if( pTriggerStep ){ pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Recursively delete a Trigger structure */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ if( pTrigger==0 ) return; sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); } /* ** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. ** ** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies ** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the ** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger ** instead of the trigger name. **/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; int i; const char *zDb; const char *zName; int nName; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; zName = pName->a[0].zName; nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); if( pTrigger ) break; } if( !pTrigger ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); }else{ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); drop_trigger_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger ** is set on. */ static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); } /* ** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ Table *pTable; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); assert( pTable ); assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ return; } } #endif /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. */ assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ int base; static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ }; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ pParse->nMem = 3; } } } /* ** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ Trigger *pTrigger; Hash *pHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); Trigger **pp; for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); *pp = (*pp)->pNext; } sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } } /* ** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry ** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>. If any of the entries ** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList, ** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a ** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then ** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only ** if there is no match. */ static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ int e; if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least ** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is ** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at ** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ ){ int mask = 0; Trigger *pList = 0; Trigger *p; if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); } assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ mask |= p->tr_tm; } } if( pMask ){ *pMask = mask; } return (mask ? pList : 0); } /* ** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer ** to that SrcList. ** ** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when ** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from ** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the ** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it ** wants. */ static SrcList *targetSrcList( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ ){ int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); if( pSrc ){ assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb ); pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); } } return pSrc; } /* ** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single ** trigger. */ static int codeTriggerProgram( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ ){ TriggerStep *pStep; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); assert( pStepList ); assert( v!=0 ); for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger ** step statement. Example: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); ** END; ** ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy */ pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; switch( pStep->op ){ case TK_UPDATE: { sqlite3Update(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), pParse->eOrconf ); break; } case TK_INSERT: { sqlite3Insert(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), pParse->eOrconf ); break; } case TK_DELETE: { sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) ); break; } default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { SelectDest sDest; Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); break; } } if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE ** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. */ static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ switch( onError ){ case OE_Abort: return "abort"; case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; case OE_Fail: return "fail"; case OE_Replace: return "replace"; case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; case OE_Default: return "default"; } return "n/a"; } #endif /* ** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe ** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information ** from pFrom to pTo. */ static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; }else{ sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); } } /* ** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program ** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ ){ Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); assert( pTop->pVdbe ); /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); if( !pPrg ) return 0; pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); if( !pProgram ) return 0; sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; pPrg->orconf = orconf; pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the ** trigger sub-program. */ pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); if( !pSubParse ) return 0; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pSubParse; pSubParse->db = db; pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); if( v ){ VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), pTab->zName )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC ); #endif /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); } /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ if( iEndTrigger ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); } pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce; pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); } assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); return pPrg; } /* ** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for ** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such ** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before ** being returned. */ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ ){ Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); TriggerPrg *pPrg; assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); pPrg=pPrg->pNext ); /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ if( !pPrg ){ pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); } return pPrg; } /* ** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on ** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this ** function are the same as those described in the header function for ** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ TriggerPrg *pPrg; pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ if( pPrg ){ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); VdbeComment( (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers ** is clear. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); } } /* ** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation ** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) ** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the ** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then ** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. ** ** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified ** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** ** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers ** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references ** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab ** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: ** ** Register Contains ** ------------------------------------------------------ ** reg+0 OLD.rowid ** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab ** ... ... ** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab ** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid ** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab ** ... ... ** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab ** ** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will ** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or ** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). ** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers ** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an ** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg ** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through ** (reg+N+N+1) are. ** ** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the ** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump ** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program ** raises an IGNORE exception. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ ){ Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ if( p->op==op && p->tr_tm==tr_tm && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); } } } /* ** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. ** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the ** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information ** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire ** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** ** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the ** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if ** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there ** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns ** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** ** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is ** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. ** ** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned ** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. ** ** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE ** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only ** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the ** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only ** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ ){ const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; u32 mask = 0; Trigger *p; assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) ){ TriggerPrg *pPrg; pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); if( pPrg ){ mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; } } } return mask; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ /************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle UPDATE statements. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Forward declaration */ static void updateVirtualTable( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ ); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* ** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the ** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the ** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** ** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the ** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table ** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE ** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk ** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken ** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. ** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value ** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** ** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have ** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more ** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated ** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written ** into the sqlite_master table.) ** ** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for ** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() ** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into ** sqlite3_value objects. ** ** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction ** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is ** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save ** space. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ assert( pTab!=0 ); if( !pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3_value *pValue; u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); assert( i<pTab->nCol ); sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue); if( pValue ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); } #endif } } /* ** Process an UPDATE statement. ** ** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; ** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ * onError pTabList pChanges pWhere */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ #endif int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ /* Register Allocations */ int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ int regNew; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto update_cleanup; } assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); /* Locate the table which we want to update. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** updated is a view. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); #else # define pTrigger 0 # define isView 0 # define tmask 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto update_cleanup; } if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ goto update_cleanup; } aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and ** allocate enough space, just in case. */ pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ pParse->nTab++; } /* Initialize the name-context */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change ** that column. */ chngRowid = 0; for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ goto update_cleanup; } for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; } aXRef[j] = i; break; } } if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto update_cleanup; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int rc; rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ goto update_cleanup; }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ aXRef[j] = -1; } } #endif } hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid); /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used ** and with zero for unused indices. */ for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} if( nIdx>0 ){ aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx ); if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; } for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ int reg; if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ reg = ++pParse->nMem; }else{ reg = 0; for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ reg = ++pParse->nMem; break; } } } aRegIdx[j] = reg; } /* Begin generating code. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, pWhere, onError); pWhere = 0; pTabList = 0; goto update_cleanup; } #endif /* Allocate required registers. */ regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; if( pTrigger || hasFK ){ regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; } if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){ regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; } regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; /* Start the view context. */ if( isView ){ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into ** a ephemeral table. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); } #endif /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the ** WHERE clause. */ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ goto update_cleanup; } /* Begin the database scan */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass; /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid); if( !okOnePass ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); } /* End the database scan loop. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); /* Initialize the count of updated rows */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); } if( !isView ){ /* ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need ** to be deleting some records. */ if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); if( onError==OE_Replace ){ openAll = 1; }else{ openAll = 0; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ openAll = 1; break; } } } for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ assert( aRegIdx ); if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); } } } /* Top of the update loop */ if( okOnePass ){ int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1); }else{ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid); } /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger, ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is ** already populated. */ assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); if( chngRowid ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); } /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers ** with the required old.* column data. */ if( hasFK || pTrigger ){ u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError ); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<<i))) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, i, regOld+i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); } } if( chngRowid==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); } } /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references ** made by triggers. ** ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);*/ }else{ j = aXRef[i]; if( j>=0 ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<<i)) ){ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. */ testcase( i==31 ); testcase( i==32 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); } } } /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. */ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol); sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the ** documentation. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their ** registers in case this has happened. */ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); } } } if( !isView ){ int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */ /* Do constraint checks. */ sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0); /* Do FK constraint checks. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0); } /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid); sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx); /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid); } /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key ** to the row just updated. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid); } } /* Increment the row counter */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); /* Close all tables */ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ assert( aRegIdx ); if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); } update_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return; } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. ** ** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains ** for each row to be changed: ** ** (A) The original rowid of that row. ** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) ** (C) The content of every column in the row. ** ** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in ** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. ** ** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. ** ** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same ** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling ** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. */ static void updateVirtualTable( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); SelectDest dest; /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for ** all updated rows. */ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); if( pRowid ){ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); } assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); }else{ pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); } pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); } pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will ** be stored. */ assert( v ); ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); /* fill the ephemeral table */ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ iReg = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); } sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); /* Cleanup */ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /************** End of update.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. ** ** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the ** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) /* ** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the ** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. */ static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ int rc; rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); if( rc ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } return rc; } /* ** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. */ static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) if( !zSql ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); return sqlite3_errcode(db); } VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) ); return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); } /* ** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly ** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. */ static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); return rc; } } return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); } /* ** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, ** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command ** in PostgreSQL. ** ** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call ** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning ** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has ** become a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); } return; } /* ** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ if( !db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ saved_flags = db->flags; saved_nChange = db->nChange; saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); db->xTrace = 0; pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. ** ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does ** to write the journal header file. */ nDb = db->nDb; if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; }else{ zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; } rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); if( db->nDb>nDb ){ pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( db->nextPagesize ){ extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); int nKey; char *zKey; sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; } #endif /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ db->nextPagesize = 0; } if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto end_of_vacuum; } rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_of_vacuum; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); #endif /* Begin a transaction */ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema ** in the temporary database. */ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" " AND rootpage>0" ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy ** the contents to the temporary database. */ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" "FROM main.sqlite_master " "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " " AND rootpage>0" ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Copy over the sequence table */ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. */ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" " FROM main.sqlite_master" " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" ); if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). */ { u32 meta; int i; /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. */ static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ }; assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); /* Copy Btree meta values */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){ /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta); rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]); if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum; } rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); #endif } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); end_of_vacuum: /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ db->flags = saved_flags; db->nChange = saved_nChange; db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager ** is closed by the DETACH. */ db->autoCommit = 1; if( pDb ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; pDb->pSchema = 0; } /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] ** array. */ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ /************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the ** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of ** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of ** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which ** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. */ struct VtabCtx { Table *pTab; VTable *pVTable; }; /* ** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. ** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and ** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. */ static int createModule( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ int rc, nName; Module *pMod; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); if( pMod ){ Module *pDel; char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); pMod->zName = zCopy; pMod->pModule = pModule; pMod->pAux = pAux; pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); if( pDel==pMod ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; } }else if( xDestroy ){ xDestroy(pAux); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ ){ return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); } /* ** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); } /* ** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. ** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. ** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. ** ** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, ** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ pVTab->nRef++; } /* ** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. ** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access ** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ VTable *pVtab; assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); return pVtab; } /* ** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count ** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; assert( db ); assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ); pVTab->nRef--; if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; if( p ){ p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } } /* ** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the ** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated ** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. ** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with ** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. */ static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ VTable *pRet = 0; VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; p->pVTable = 0; /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); while( pVTable ){ sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; assert( db2 ); if( db2==db ){ pRet = pVTable; p->pVTable = pRet; pRet->pNext = 0; }else{ pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; } pVTable = pNext; } assert( !db || pRet ); return pRet; } /* ** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** ** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all ** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the ** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The ** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** ** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex ** associated with the database handle itself must be held. ** ** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to ** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex ** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held ** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then ** the database handle mutex is held. ** ** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously ** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; db->pDisconnect = 0; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( p ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); do { VTable *pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); p = pNext; }while( p ); } } /* ** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. ** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table ** record. ** ** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer ** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable ** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. ** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database ** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the ** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures ** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated ** database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); if( p->azModuleArg ){ int i; for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); } } /* ** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. ** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The ** string will be freed automatically when the table is ** deleted. */ static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); char **azModuleArg; azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); if( azModuleArg==0 ){ int j; for(j=0; j<i; j++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); pTable->nModuleArg = 0; }else{ azModuleArg[i] = zArg; azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; } pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; } /* ** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list ** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ ){ int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); pTable = pParse->pNewTable; if( pTable==0 ) return; assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); db = pParse->db; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; pTable->nModuleArg = 0; addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. */ if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); } #endif } /* ** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating ** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the ** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. */ static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){ const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; int n = pParse->sArg.n; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); } } /* ** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement ** has been completely parsed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ if( pTab==0 ) return; addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text ** in the sqlite_master table. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ char *zStmt; char *zWhere; int iDb; Vdbe *v; /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ if( pEnd ){ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; } zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. ** ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab ** by sqlite3StartTable(). */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s " "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " "WHERE rowid=#%d", db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName, pTab->zName, zStmt, pParse->regRowid ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); } /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ else { Table *pOld; Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; const char *zName = pTab->zName; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); if( pOld ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ return; } pParse->pNewTable = 0; } } /* ** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token ** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; pParse->sArg.n = 0; } /* ** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token ** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; if( pArg->z==0 ){ pArg->z = p->z; pArg->n = p->n; }else{ assert(pArg->z < p->z); pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); } } /* ** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The ** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter ** to this procedure. */ static int vtabCallConstructor( sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, Module *pMod, int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), char **pzErr ){ VtabCtx sCtx; VTable *pVTable; int rc; const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; char *zErr = 0; char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); if( !zModuleName ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); if( !pVTable ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pVTable->db = db; pVTable->pMod = pMod; /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); assert( xConstruct ); sCtx.pTab = pTab; sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); db->pVtabCtx = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ if( zErr==0 ){ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); }else { *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); sqlite3_free(zErr); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; pVTable->nRef = 1; if( sCtx.pTab ){ const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ int iCol; /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from ** the type string. */ pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; pTab->pVTable = pVTable; for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; int nType; int i = 0; if( !zType ) continue; nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ for(i=0; i<nType; i++){ if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7)) && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ') ){ i++; break; } } } if( i<nType ){ int j; int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0); for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){ zType[j] = zType[j+nDel]; } if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){ assert(zType[i-1]==' '); zType[i-1] = '\0'; } pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; } } } } sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); return rc; } /* ** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method ** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned ** and an error left in pParse. ** ** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; const char *zMod; Module *pMod; int rc; assert( pTab ); if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* Locate the required virtual table module */ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); if( !pMod ){ const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ char *zErr = 0; rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); } sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } return rc; } /* ** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one ** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ VTable **aVTrans; int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); if( !aVTrans ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should ** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). */ static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); } /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method ** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** ** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language ** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. ** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; Module *pMod; const char *zMod; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); /* Locate the required virtual table module */ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ if( !pMod ){ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); } /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only ** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a ** virtual table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ Parse *pParse; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; char *zErr = 0; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); if( pParse==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pParse->declareVtab = 1; pParse->db = db; pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && pParse->pNewTable && !db->mallocFailed && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ){ if( !pTab->aCol ){ pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; } db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; }else{ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } pParse->declareVtab = 0; if( pParse->pVdbe ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); } sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); } assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method ** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs ** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. ** ** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); p->pVtab = 0; pTab->pVTable = 0; sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); } } return rc; } /* ** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method ** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method ** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is ** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** ** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ int i; if( db->aVTrans ){ for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; if( p ){ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); if( x ) x(p); } pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); } sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); db->nVTrans = 0; db->aVTrans = 0; } } /* ** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans ** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or ** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. ** ** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using ** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; db->aVTrans = 0; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ rc = x(pVtab); sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg); *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); } } db->aVTrans = aVTrans; return rc; } /* ** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface ** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is ** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. ** ** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer ** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ return SQLITE_LOCKED; } if( !pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; if( pModule->xBegin ){ int i; /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){ if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; } } /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ addToVTrans(db, pVTab); } } } return rc; } /* ** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all ** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint ** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. ** ** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is ** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with ** an open transaction is invoked. ** ** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, ** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this ** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); if( db->aVTrans ){ int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); switch( op ){ case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; break; case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; break; default: xMethod = pMod->xRelease; break; } if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); } } } } return rc; } /* ** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The ** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. ** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual ** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. ** ** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to ** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. ** ** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a ** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the ** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ ){ Table *pTab; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pMod; void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; void *pArg = 0; FuncDef *pNew; int rc = 0; char *zLowerName; unsigned char *z; /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; pTab = pExpr->pTab; if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; assert( pVtab!=0 ); assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function */ zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); if( zLowerName ){ for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; } rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); } if( rc==0 ){ return pDef; } /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded ** function */ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); if( pNew==0 ){ return pDef; } *pNew = *pDef; pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); pNew->xFunc = xFunc; pNew->pUserData = pArg; pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; return pNew; } /* ** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] ** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the ** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine ** is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); int i, n; Table **apVtabLock; assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){ if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; } n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); if( apVtabLock ){ pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; }else{ pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } } /* ** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual ** table update operation currently in progress. ** ** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from ** within an xUpdate method. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ static const unsigned char aMap[] = { SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE }; assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; } /* ** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide ** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior ** of the virtual table being implemented. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; if( !p ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; }else{ assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); } break; } default: rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; break; } va_end(ap); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process ** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for ** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable ** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing ** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting ** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". */ /* ** Trace output macros */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define WHERETRACE(X) #endif /* Forward reference */ typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost; /* ** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to ** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE ** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, ** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. ** ** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. ** The following identity holds: ** ** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm ** ** When a term is of the form: ** ** X <op> <expr> ** ** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators, ** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the ** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records ** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The ** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search ** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. ** ** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: ** ** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR .... ** ** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR ** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that ** is collected about the ** ** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous ** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set ** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately ** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. ** ** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, ** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates ** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq ** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of ** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be ** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor ** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet ** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers ** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available ** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers ** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. ** ** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits ** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite ** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. */ typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; struct WhereTerm { Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ union { int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */ } u; u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */ u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ }; /* ** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags */ #define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ #define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ #define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ #define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ #define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ #define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ #define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 # define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ #else # define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a ** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. ** ** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form ** ** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f ** ** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for ** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the ** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. */ struct WhereClause { Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */ WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */ int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ #if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ #else WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ #endif }; /* ** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to ** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ struct WhereOrInfo { WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ }; /* ** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to ** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ struct WhereAndInfo { WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping ** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** ** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in ** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE ** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might ** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum ** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping ** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning ** with 0. ** ** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask ** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A. ** ** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE ** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure ** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5. ** ** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example ** above, the mapping might go like this: 4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, ** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It ** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor ** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain ** no gaps. */ struct WhereMaskSet { int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ }; /* ** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated ** cost of pursuing that strategy. */ struct WhereCost { WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */ double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */ Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */ }; /* ** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An ** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for ** terms in the where clause. */ #define WO_IN 0x001 #define WO_EQ 0x002 #define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) #define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) #define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) #define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) #define WO_MATCH 0x040 #define WO_ISNULL 0x080 #define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ #define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ #define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ #define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ #define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ /* ** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in ** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search ** strategies are appropriate. ** ** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. ** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. ** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags ** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as ** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. ** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left ** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. */ #define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ #define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */ #define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */ #define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */ #define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */ #define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */ #define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00200000 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ #define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */ #define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00800000 /* Use index only - omit table */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x01000000 /* Output will appear in correct order */ #define WHERE_REVERSE 0x02000000 /* Scan in reverse order */ #define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x04000000 /* Selects no more than one row */ #define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000 /* Use virtual-table processing */ #define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x10000000 /* OR using multiple indices */ #define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX 0x20000000 /* Uses an ephemeral index */ #define WHERE_DISTINCT 0x40000000 /* Correct order for DISTINCT */ /* ** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. */ static void whereClauseInit( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ u16 wctrlFlags /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */ ){ pWC->pParse = pParse; pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; pWC->pOuter = 0; pWC->nTerm = 0; pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; pWC->vmask = 0; pWC->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; } /* Forward reference */ static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); /* ** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. */ static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ whereClauseClear(&p->wc); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. */ static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ whereClauseClear(&p->wc); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure ** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). */ static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ int i; WhereTerm *a; sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); } if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); } } if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); } } /* ** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. ** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. ** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. ** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory ** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in ** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. ** ** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. ** ** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility ** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. ** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. ** ** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store ** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after ** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing ** the pWC->a[] array. */ static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ WhereTerm *pTerm; int idx; testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */ if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); if( pWC->a==0 ){ if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); } pWC->a = pOld; return 0; } memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); } pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; pTerm->pExpr = p; pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; pTerm->pWC = pWC; pTerm->iParent = -1; return idx; } /* ** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where ** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other ** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure ** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: ** ** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) ** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ ** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] ** ** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine ** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. ** ** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to ** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain ** all terms of the WHERE clause. */ static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ pWC->op = (u8)op; if( pExpr==0 ) return; if( pExpr->op!=op ){ whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); }else{ whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); } } /* ** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object) */ #define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) /* ** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if ** iCursor is not in the set. */ static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ int i; assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){ if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ return ((Bitmask)1)<<i; } } return 0; } /* ** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. ** ** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of ** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the ** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] ** array will never overflow. */ static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; } /* ** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates ** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression ** tree. ** ** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have ** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See ** the header comment on that routine for additional information. ** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and ** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to ** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to ** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all ** the bitmasks together. */ static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ Bitmask mask = 0; if( p==0 ) return 0; if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); return mask; } mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); }else{ mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); } return mask; } static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ int i; Bitmask mask = 0; if( pList ){ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); } } return mask; } static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ Bitmask mask = 0; while( pS ){ SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ int i; for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){ mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); } } pS = pS->pPrior; } return mask; } /* ** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is ** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are ** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be ** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression ** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression ** expression = column expression > column expression >= column ** expression < column expression <= column column IN ** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL */ static int allowedOp(int op){ assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE ); assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE ); assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE ); assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 ); return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; } /* ** Swap two objects of type TYPE. */ #define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} /* ** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" ** are converted into "Y op X". ** ** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right ** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after ** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes ** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on ** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence ** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag ** is not commuted. */ static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); assert( TK_GT<TK_LE ); assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; } } /* ** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. */ static u16 operatorMask(int op){ u16 c; assert( allowedOp(op) ); if( op==TK_IN ){ c = WO_IN; }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ c = WO_ISNULL; }else{ assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); } assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); return c; } /* ** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>" ** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of ** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. ** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. */ static WhereTerm *findTerm( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ ){ WhereTerm *pTerm; int k; assert( iCur>=0 ); op &= WO_ALL; for(; pWC; pWC=pWC->pOuter){ for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 ){ if( iColumn>=0 && pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; CollSeq *pColl; char idxaff; int j; Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this ** value in variable pColl. */ assert(pX->pLeft); pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); assert(pColl || pParse->nErr); for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; } if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; } return pTerm; } } } return 0; } /* Forward reference */ static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); /* ** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. ** ** */ static void exprAnalyzeAll( SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ ){ int i; for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* ** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that ** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is ** so and false if not. ** ** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string ** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. */ static int isLikeOrGlob( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ ){ const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ int c; /* One character in z[] */ int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC if( *pnoCase ) return 0; #endif pList = pExpr->x.pList; pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ return 0; } assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; op = pRight->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ op = pRight->op2; } if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; int iCol = pRight->iColumn; pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); } sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ z = pRight->u.zToken; } if( z ){ cnt = 0; while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; } if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ Expr *pPrefix; *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; *ppPrefix = pPrefix; if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. */ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } } }else{ z = 0; } } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return (z!=0); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Check to see if the given expression is of the form ** ** column MATCH expr ** ** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. */ static int isMatchOfColumn( Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ ){ ExprList *pList; if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ return 0; } if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ return 0; } pList = pExpr->x.pList; if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ return 0; } if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ return 0; } return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* ** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of ** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. */ static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* ** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected ** subterms. So in: ** ** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) ** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ** ** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. ** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under ** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: ** ** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object ** ** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. ** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. ** Examples of terms under analysis: ** ** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 ** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 ** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) ** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') ** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) ** ** CASE 1: ** ** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C ** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual ** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term ** being analyzed is: ** ** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 ** ** then create a new virtual term like this: ** ** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) ** ** CASE 2: ** ** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set ** ** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T ** ** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form ** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and ** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". ** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more ** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND ** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have ** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. ** ** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could ** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. ** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that ** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis ** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist. ** ** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term ** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will ** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not ** satisfied. ** ** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, ** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. ** ** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using ** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing ** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar ** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. ** ** OTHERWISE: ** ** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to ** zero. This term is not useful for search. */ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ ){ Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */ int i; /* Loop counters */ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ /* ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. */ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags); whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); if( db->mallocFailed ) return; assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); /* ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. */ indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask); for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 ); assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); chngToIN = 0; pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); if( pAndInfo ){ WhereClause *pAndWC; WhereTerm *pAndTerm; int j; Bitmask b = 0; pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags); whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; testcase( db->mallocFailed ); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); } } } indexable &= b; } }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ }else{ Bitmask b; b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); } indexable &= b; if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ chngToIN = 0; }else{ chngToIN &= b; } } } /* ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be ** empty. */ pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; /* ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really ** is satisfied. ** ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of ** the OR clause. ** ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. */ if( chngToIN ){ int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. */ for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ assert( j==1 ); continue; } if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term ** and use its inversion. */ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); continue; } iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; break; } if( i<0 ){ /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur ** on the second iteration */ assert( j==1 ); assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 ); assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) ); break; } testcase( j==1 ); /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ okToChngToIN = 1; for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ okToChngToIN = 0; }else{ int affLeft, affRight; /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) */ affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ okToChngToIN = 0; }else{ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; } } } } /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. ** ** EV: R-00211-15100 */ if( okToChngToIN ){ Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup); pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; } assert( pLeft!=0 ); pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); if( pNew ){ int idxNew; transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); pNew->x.pList = pList; idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; pTerm->nChild = 1; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); } pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ } } } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the ** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the ** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm ** structure. ** ** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted ** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>". ** ** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are ** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual ** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and ** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED ** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr ** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it ** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 ** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. */ static void exprAnalyze( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ ){ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ return; } pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_IN ){ assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); }else{ pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); } }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ pTerm->prereqRight = 0; }else{ pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); } prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); prereqAll |= x; extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ } pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; pTerm->leftCursor = -1; pTerm->iParent = -1; pTerm->eOperator = 0; if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); } if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ WhereTerm *pNew; Expr *pDup; if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ int idxNew; pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); return; } idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); if( idxNew==0 ) return; pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNew->iParent = idxTerm; pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->nChild = 1; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; }else{ pDup = pExpr; pNew = pTerm; } exprCommute(pParse, pDup); pLeft = pDup->pLeft; pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: ** ** a BETWEEN b AND c ** ** is converted into: ** ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) ** ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original ** BETWEEN term is skipped. */ else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; int i; static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; assert( pList!=0 ); assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); for(i=0; i<2; i++){ Expr *pNewExpr; int idxNew; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; } pTerm->nChild = 2; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by ** an OR operator. */ else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. ** ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints ** ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' ** ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the ** termination condition "abd". */ if( pWC->op==TK_AND && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) ){ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ Expr *pNewExpr1; Expr *pNewExpr2; int idxNew1; int idxNew2; CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */ pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; c = *pC; if( noCase ){ /* The point is to increment the last character before the first ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag */ if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */ c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; } *pC = c + 1; } pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0); pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), pStr1, 0); idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew1==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), pStr2, 0); idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew2==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; if( isComplete ){ pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; pTerm->nChild = 2; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt ** to do anything with MATCH functions. */ if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ int idxNew; Expr *pRight, *pLeft; WhereTerm *pNewTerm; Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ Expr *pNewExpr; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->nChild = 1; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a ** virtual term of that form. ** ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. */ if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 ){ Expr *pNewExpr; Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; int idxNew; WhereTerm *pNewTerm; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); if( idxNew ){ pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->nChild = 1; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT */ /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive ** an index for tables to the left of the join. */ pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; } /* ** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain ** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. */ static int referencesOtherTables( ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ ){ Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); while( iFirst<pList->nExpr ){ if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** This function searches the expression list passed as the second argument ** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN that refers to the same column and ** uses the same collation sequence as the iCol'th column of index pIdx. ** Argument iBase is the cursor number used for the table that pIdx refers ** to. ** ** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If ** no expression is found, -1 is returned. */ static int findIndexCol( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ int iCol /* Column of index to match */ ){ int i; const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr; if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] && p->iTable==iBase ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ return i; } } } return -1; } /* ** This routine determines if pIdx can be used to assist in processing a ** DISTINCT qualifier. In other words, it tests whether or not using this ** index for the outer loop guarantees that rows with equal values for ** all expressions in the pDistinct list are delivered grouped together. ** ** For example, the query ** ** SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = ? ** ** can benefit from any index on columns "b" and "c". */ static int isDistinctIndex( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ Index *pIdx, /* The index being considered */ int base, /* Cursor number for the table pIdx is on */ ExprList *pDistinct, /* The DISTINCT expressions */ int nEqCol /* Number of index columns with == */ ){ Bitmask mask = 0; /* Mask of unaccounted for pDistinct exprs */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ if( pIdx->zName==0 || pDistinct==0 || pDistinct->nExpr>=BMS ) return 0; testcase( pDistinct->nExpr==BMS-1 ); /* Loop through all the expressions in the distinct list. If any of them ** are not simple column references, return early. Otherwise, test if the ** WHERE clause contains a "col=X" clause. If it does, the expression ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx, ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask. */ for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){ WhereTerm *pTerm; Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0); if( pTerm ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); if( p1==p2 ) continue; } if( p->iTable!=base ) return 0; mask |= (((Bitmask)1) << i); } for(i=nEqCol; mask && i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ int iExpr = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, base, pIdx, i); if( iExpr<0 ) break; mask &= ~(((Bitmask)1) << iExpr); } return (mask==0); } /* ** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument ** is redundant. A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains a ** UNIQUE index that guarantees that the result of the query will be distinct ** anyway. */ static int isDistinctRedundant( Parse *pParse, SrcList *pTabList, WhereClause *pWC, ExprList *pDistinct ){ Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; int i; int iBase; /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT ** clause is redundant. */ if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: ** ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and ** ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue; for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) && 0>findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i) ){ break; } } if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){ /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY ** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the ** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. ** ** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the ** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and ** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. ** ** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality ** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY ** clause and the match can still be a success. ** ** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either ** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE ** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is ** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if ** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. */ static int isSortingIndex( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */ Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ int wsFlags, /* Index usages flags */ int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( !pOrderBy ) return 0; if( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ) return 0; if( pIdx->bUnordered ) return 0; nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; assert( nTerm>0 ); /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */ assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) ); /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of ** the index. ** ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY ** clause. */ for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; j<nTerm && i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ break; } pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); if( !pColl ){ pColl = db->pDfltColl; } if( pIdx->zName && i<pIdx->nColumn ){ iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ iColumn = -1; } iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; }else{ iColumn = -1; iSortOrder = 0; zColl = pColl->zName; } if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ if( i<nEqCol ){ /* If an index column that is constrained by == fails to match an ** ORDER BY term, that is OK. Just ignore that column of the index */ continue; }else if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){ /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */ break; }else{ /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by == ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint. */ return 0; } } assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 ); assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; if( i>nEqCol ){ if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ return 0; } }else{ sortOrder = termSortOrder; } j++; pTerm++; if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other ** columns will make any difference */ j = nTerm; } } *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; if( j>=nTerm ){ /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so ** this index can be used for sorting. */ return 1; } if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then ** the order by clause is superfluous. Not that if the matching ** condition is IS NULL then the result is not necessarily unique ** even on a UNIQUE index, so disallow those cases. */ return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value. ** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating ** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN) ** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if ** logN is a little off. */ static double estLog(double N){ double logN = 1; double x = 10; while( N>x ){ logN += 1; x *= 10; } return logN; } /* ** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info ** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither ** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines ** are no-ops. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ int i; if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", i, p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, p->aConstraint[i].op, p->aConstraint[i].usable); } for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", i, p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, p->aOrderBy[i].desc); } } static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ int i; if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", i, p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); } sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); } #else #define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) #define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) #endif /* ** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() */ static void bestIndex( Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*); /* ** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used ** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. ** ** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a ** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table. */ static void bestOrClauseIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */ WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ /* The OR-clause optimization is disallowed if the INDEXED BY or ** NOT INDEXED clauses are used or if the WHERE_AND_ONLY bit is set. */ if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){ return; } if( pWC->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ){ return; } /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0 && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 ){ WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; WhereTerm *pOrTerm; int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; double rTotal = 0; double nRow = 0; Bitmask used = 0; for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){ WhereCost sTermCost; WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n", (pOrTerm - pOrWC->a), (pTerm - pWC->a) )); if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ WhereClause tempWC; tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse; tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; tempWC.pOuter = pWC; tempWC.op = TK_AND; tempWC.a = pOrTerm; tempWC.wctrlFlags = 0; tempWC.nTerm = 1; bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); }else{ continue; } rTotal += sTermCost.rCost; nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow; used |= sTermCost.used; if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break; } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account ** for the cost of the sort. */ if( pOrderBy!=0 ){ WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n", rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow))); rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow); } /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents ** of pCost. */ WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow)); if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){ pCost->rCost = rTotal; pCost->used = used; pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags; pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm; } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* ** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it ** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate ** index existed. */ static int termCanDriveIndex( WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ ){ char aff; if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0; if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; return 1; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* ** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan ** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it ** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better ** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index ** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the ** transient index. */ static void bestAutomaticIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ ){ double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */ double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */ double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */ if( pParse->nQueryLoop<=(double)1 ){ /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */ return; } if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){ /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */ return; } if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){ /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */ return; } if( pSrc->notIndexed ){ /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */ return; } if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){ /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */ return; } assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 ); pTable = pSrc->pTab; nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst; logN = estLog(nTableRow); costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1); if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){ /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than ** doing the full table scan */ return; } /* Search for any equality comparison term */ pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ WHERETRACE(("auto-index reduces cost from %.1f to %.1f\n", pCost->rCost, costTempIdx)); pCost->rCost = costTempIdx; pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1; pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX; pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight; break; } } } #else # define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* ** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index ** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator ** makes use of the automatic index. */ static void constructAutomaticIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ ){ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */ Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */ int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ int n; /* Column counter */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ nColumn = 0; pTable = pSrc->pTab; pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; idxCols = 0; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol; testcase( iCol==BMS ); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ nColumn++; idxCols |= cMask; } } } assert( nColumn>0 ); pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn; /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used ** if they go out of sync. */ extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1))); mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){ if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ) nColumn++; } if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; } pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ; /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ nByte = sizeof(Index); nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */ nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */ nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */ pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte); if( pIdx==0 ) return; pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1]; pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn]; pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn]; pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; pIdx->nColumn = nColumn; pIdx->pTable = pTable; n = 0; idxCols = 0; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol; if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; idxCols |= cMask; pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; n++; } } } assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq ); /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into ** a covering index */ for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){ if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ){ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; n++; } } if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; n++; } } assert( n==nColumn ); /* Create the automatic index */ pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0, (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); /* Fill the automatic index with content */ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure ** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( Parse *pParse, WhereClause *pWC, struct SrcList_item *pSrc, ExprList *pOrderBy ){ int i, j; int nTerm; struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; WhereTerm *pTerm; int nOrderBy; sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring ** to this virtual table */ for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; nTerm++; } /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. */ nOrderBy = 0; if( pOrderBy ){ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; } if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; } } /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure */ pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ return 0; } /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to ** initialize those fields. */ pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = pUsage; for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator; /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The ** following asserts verify this fact. */ assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); j++; } for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; } return pIdxInfo; } /* ** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function ** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() ** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed ** as the argument. ** ** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a ** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output ** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. ** ** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates ** that this is required. */ static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; int i; int rc; WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); } } sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); } } return pParse->nErr; } /* ** Compute the best index for a virtual table. ** ** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual ** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up ** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with ** xBestIndex. ** ** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the ** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created ** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent ** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when ** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() ** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after ** everybody has finished with it. */ static void bestVirtualIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */ sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ ){ Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; WhereTerm *pTerm; int i, j; int nOrderBy; double rCost; /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably. */ memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now. */ pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy); } if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ return; } /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to ** xBestIndex. */ /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. */ assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) ); /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all ** output variables to zero. ** ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: ** ** column = expr ** ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left ** of the table containing column. ** ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag ** each time. */ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight&notReady) ? 0 : 1; } memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); } pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2); nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; if( !pOrderBy ){ pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; } if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){ return; } pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){ if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight; } } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex(). */ rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){ rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost; } /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the ** (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true. ** ** Use "(double)2" instead of "2.0" in case OMIT_FLOATING_POINT ** is defined. */ if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<rCost ){ pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2)); }else{ pCost->rCost = rCost; } pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo; if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){ pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; } pCost->plan.nEq = 0; pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. */ bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* ** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an ** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: ** ** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal ** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. */ static int whereKeyStats( Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */ int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ ){ tRowcnt n; IndexSample *aSample; int i, eType; int isEq = 0; i64 v; double r, rS; assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 ); assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); if( pVal==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; n = pIdx->aiRowEst[0]; aSample = pIdx->aSample; eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ v = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); r = (i64)v; for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){ if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue; if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break; if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ if( aSample[i].u.i>=v ){ isEq = aSample[i].u.i==v; break; } }else{ assert( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ); if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ){ isEq = aSample[i].u.r==r; break; } } } }else if( eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal); for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){ if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue; if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break; if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ rS = aSample[i].u.r; }else{ rS = aSample[i].u.i; } if( rS>=r ){ isEq = rS==r; break; } } }else if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ){ i = 0; if( aSample[0].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) isEq = 1; }else{ assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){ if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ break; } } if( i<pIdx->nSample ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; CollSeq *pColl; const u8 *z; if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); pColl = db->pDfltColl; assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); }else{ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl); if( pColl==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", *pIdx->azColl); return SQLITE_ERROR; } z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc); if( !z ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp ); } n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc); for(; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){ int c; int eSampletype = aSample[i].eType; if( eSampletype<eType ) continue; if( eSampletype!=eType ) break; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( pColl->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ int nSample; char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16( db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample ); if( !zSample ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample); }else #endif { c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z); } if( c>=0 ){ if( c==0 ) isEq = 1; break; } } } } /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then isEq==1. */ if( isEq ){ assert( i<pIdx->nSample ); aStat[0] = aSample[i].nLt; aStat[1] = aSample[i].nEq; }else{ tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap; if( i==0 ){ iLower = 0; iUpper = aSample[0].nLt; }else{ iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? n : aSample[i].nLt; iLower = aSample[i-1].nEq + aSample[i-1].nLt; } aStat[1] = pIdx->avgEq; if( iLower>=iUpper ){ iGap = 0; }else{ iGap = iUpper - iLower; } if( roundUp ){ iGap = (iGap*2)/3; }else{ iGap = iGap/3; } aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* ** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to ** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity ** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to ** sqlite3ValueFree(). ** ** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr ** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it, ** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with ** affinity aff applied to it, instead. ** ** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL. ** ** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 static int valueFromExpr( Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, u8 aff, sqlite3_value **pp ){ if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) ){ int iVar = pExpr->iColumn; sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff); return SQLITE_OK; } return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp); } #endif /* ** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited ** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper ** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper ** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For ** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... ** |_____| |_____| ** | | ** pLower pUpper ** ** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in ** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. ** ** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the ** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints ** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is ** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... ** ** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column, ** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... ** ** then nEq should be passed 0. ** ** The returned value is an integer divisor to reduce the estimated ** search space. A return value of 1 means that range constraints are ** no help at all. A return value of 2 means range constraints are ** expected to reduce the search space by half. And so forth... ** ** In the absence of sqlite_stat3 ANALYZE data, each range inequality ** reduces the search space by a factor of 4. Hence a single constraint (x>?) ** results in a return of 4 and a range constraint (x>? AND x<?) results ** in a return of 16. */ static int whereRangeScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ Index *p, /* The index containing the range-compared column; "x" */ int nEq, /* index into p->aCol[] of the range-compared column */ WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ double *pRangeDiv /* OUT: Reduce search space by this divisor */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( nEq==0 && p->nSample ){ sqlite3_value *pRangeVal; tRowcnt iLower = 0; tRowcnt iUpper = p->aiRowEst[0]; tRowcnt a[2]; u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; if( pLower ){ Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal); assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 0, a)==SQLITE_OK ){ iLower = a[0]; if( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT ) iLower += a[1]; } sqlite3ValueFree(pRangeVal); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){ Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal); assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 1, a)==SQLITE_OK ){ iUpper = a[0]; if( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ) iUpper += a[1]; } sqlite3ValueFree(pRangeVal); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iUpper<=iLower ){ *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0]; }else{ *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0]/(double)(iUpper - iLower); } WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %u..%u div=%g\n", (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, *pRangeDiv)); return SQLITE_OK; } } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq); #endif assert( pLower || pUpper ); *pRangeDiv = (double)1; if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4; if( pUpper ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4; return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* ** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on ** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in ** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most ** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available ** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is ** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". ** ** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** ** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence ** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory ** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored ** in the pParse structure. */ static int whereEqualScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ ){ sqlite3_value *pRhs = 0; /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */ u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ assert( p->aSample!=0 ); assert( p->nSample>0 ); aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; if( pExpr ){ rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs); if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel; }else{ pRhs = sqlite3ValueNew(pParse->db); } if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; rc = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, a); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1])); *pnRow = a[1]; } whereEqualScanEst_cancel: sqlite3ValueFree(pRhs); return rc; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* ** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on ** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator ** is a list of values. Example: ** ** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** ** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** ** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence ** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory ** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored ** in the pParse structure. */ static int whereInScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ double nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ double nRowEst = (double)0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ int i; /* Loop counter */ assert( p->aSample!=0 ); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){ nEst = p->aiRowEst[0]; rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, p, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); nRowEst += nEst; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]; *pnRow = nRowEst; WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst)); } return rc; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) */ /* ** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the ** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the ** last parameter. ** ** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of ** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result. ** Factors that influence cost include: ** ** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The ** fewer the better.) ** ** * Whether or not sorting must occur. ** ** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the ** index and in the main table. ** ** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in ** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the ** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is ** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, ** then the cost is calculated in the usual way. ** ** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table ** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the ** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key ** index. */ static void bestBtreeIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list if query is DISTINCT */ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ ){ int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */ int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */ int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */ Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ tRowcnt aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */ int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */ /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */ memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match - ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177. */ if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; }else{ idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; } if( pSrc->pIndex ){ /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; }else{ /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real ** indices to follow */ Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); sPk.nColumn = 1; sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk; sPk.onError = OE_Replace; sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab; aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst; aiRowEstPk[1] = 1; pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ sPk.pNext = pFirst; } pProbe = &sPk; wsFlagMask = ~( WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ); eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; pIdx = 0; } /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use */ for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){ const tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst; double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */ double log10N = (double)1; /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */ int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ int wsFlags = 0; Bitmask used = 0; /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected ** cost and number of rows returned. ** ** nEq: ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index. ** In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that ** are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause. ** ** nInMul: ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the ** WHERE clause is: ** ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6) ** ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE ** clauses: ** ** WHERE a = 1 ** WHERE a >= 2 ** ** nInMul is set to 1. ** ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of ** determining nInMul. ** ** bInEst: ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used ** in determining the value of nInMul. Note that the RHS of the ** IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable ** to be true. ** ** rangeDiv: ** An estimate of a divisor by which to reduce the search space due ** to inequality constraints. In the absence of sqlite_stat3 ANALYZE ** data, a single inequality reduces the search space to 1/4rd its ** original size (rangeDiv==4). Two inequalities reduce the search ** space to 1/16th of its original size (rangeDiv==16). ** ** bSort: ** Boolean. True if there is an ORDER BY clause that will require an ** external sort (i.e. scanning the index being evaluated will not ** correctly order records). ** ** bLookup: ** Boolean. True if a table lookup is required for each index entry ** visited. In other words, true if this is not a covering index. ** This is always false for the rowid primary key index of a table. ** For other indexes, it is true unless all the columns of the table ** used by the SELECT statement are present in the index (such an ** index is sometimes described as a covering index). ** For example, given the index on (a, b), the second of the following ** two queries requires table b-tree lookups in order to find the value ** of column c, but the first does not because columns a and b are ** both available in the index. ** ** SELECT a, b FROM tbl WHERE a = 1; ** SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1; */ int nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */ int bInEst = 0; /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */ int nInMul = 1; /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */ double rangeDiv = (double)1; /* Estimated reduction in search space */ int nBound = 0; /* Number of range constraints seen */ int bSort = !!pOrderBy; /* True if external sort required */ int bDist = !!pDistinct; /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */ int bLookup = 0; /* True if not a covering index */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0; /* First term matching the index */ #endif /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */ for(nEq=0; nEq<pProbe->nColumn; nEq++){ int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx); if( pTerm==0 ) break; wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ); testcase( pTerm->pWC!=pWC ); if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */ nInMul *= 25; bInEst = 1; }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; } }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){ wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm; #endif used |= pTerm->prereqRight; } /* If the index being considered is UNIQUE, and there is an equality ** constraint for all columns in the index, then this search will find ** at most a single row. In this case set the WHERE_UNIQUE flag to ** indicate this to the caller. ** ** Otherwise, if the search may find more than one row, test to see if ** there is a range constraint on indexed column (nEq+1) that can be ** optimized using the index. */ if( nEq==pProbe->nColumn && pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){ testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL ); if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){ wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; } }else if( pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){ int j = (nEq==pProbe->nColumn ? -1 : pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]); if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){ WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx); WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx); whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &rangeDiv); if( pTop ){ nBound = 1; wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; used |= pTop->prereqRight; testcase( pTop->pWC!=pWC ); } if( pBtm ){ nBound++; wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; used |= pBtm->prereqRight; testcase( pBtm->pWC!=pWC ); } wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); } } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */ if( isSortingIndex( pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy, nEq, wsFlags, &rev) ){ bSort = 0; wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY; wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0); } /* If there is a DISTINCT qualifier and this index will scan rows in ** order of the DISTINCT expressions, clear bDist and set the appropriate ** flags in wsFlags. */ if( isDistinctIndex(pParse, pWC, pProbe, iCur, pDistinct, nEq) ){ bDist = 0; wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_DISTINCT; } /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */ if( pIdx && wsFlags ){ Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; int j; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){ int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; if( x<BMS-1 ){ m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x); } } if( m==0 ){ wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; }else{ bLookup = 1; } } /* ** Estimate the number of rows of output. For an "x IN (SELECT...)" ** constraint, do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table. */ nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul); if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){ nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2; nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE or x IN (E1,E2,...) ** and we do not think that values of x are unique and if histogram ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram. */ if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 && aiRowEst[1]>1 ){ assert( (pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))!=0 ); if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){ testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow); }else if( bInEst==0 ){ assert( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows ** that are excluded by range constraints. */ nRow = nRow/rangeDiv; if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1; /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within ** a table or index. The actual times can vary, with the size of ** records being an important factor. Both moves and searches are ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched. ** ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3 tables do ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records. ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big ** as index records */ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal ** to the number of rows in the table. ** ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans. This causes ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over ** choosing a full scan. This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future. But ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment. */ cost = aiRowEst[0]*4; }else{ log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]); cost = nRow; if( pIdx ){ if( bLookup ){ /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup: ** nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range ** + nRow steps through the index ** + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid */ cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N; }else{ /* For a covering index: ** nInMul index searches to find the initial entry ** + nRow steps through the index */ cost += nInMul*log10N; } }else{ /* For a rowid primary key lookup: ** nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range ** + nRow steps through the table */ cost += nInMul*log10N; } } /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result. Actual experimental ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3. We will split the ** difference and select C of 3.0. */ if( bSort ){ cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; } if( bDist ){ cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; } /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/ /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen. ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step. ** ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table. ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has ** no such dependency. */ if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){ int k; /* Loop counter */ int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */ int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */ Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */ thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue; if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){ if( nSkipEq ){ /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index ** has already accounted for these */ nSkipEq--; }else{ /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result ** set size by a factor of 10 */ nRow /= 10; } }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ if( nSkipRange ){ /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index ** has already accounted for these */ nSkipRange--; }else{ /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result ** set size by a factor of 3. Indexed range constraints reduce ** the search space by a larger factor: 4. We make indexed range ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more ** selective in practice, on average. */ nRow /= 3; } }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){ /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */ nRow /= 2; } } if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2; } WHERETRACE(( "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d rangeDiv=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n" " notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), nEq, nInMul, (int)rangeDiv, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used )); /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this ** index and its cost in the pCost structure. */ if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) && (cost<pCost->rCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRow<pCost->plan.nRow)) ){ pCost->rCost = cost; pCost->used = used; pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask); pCost->plan.nEq = nEq; pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; } /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is ** considered. */ if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */ wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; } /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */ if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){ pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE; } assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 ); assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 ); assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex ); WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" : pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk") )); bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost); pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask; } /* ** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the ** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied ** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of ** both real and virtual table scans. */ static void bestIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){ sqlite3_index_info *p = 0; bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p); if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){ sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); }else #endif { bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, 0, pCost); } } /* ** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term ** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON ** or USING clause of that join. ** ** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: ** ** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' ** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' ** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' ** ** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates ** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part ** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are ** completely satisfied by indices. ** ** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop ** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied ** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner ** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, ** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much ** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get ** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. */ static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ if( pTerm && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) ){ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); } } } } /* ** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff ** to the n registers starting at base. ** ** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the ** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. ** ** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free ** to modify zAff after this routine returns. */ static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( zAff==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); return; } assert( v!=0 ); /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning ** and end of the affinity string. */ while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ n--; base++; zAff++; } while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ n--; } /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ if( n>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); } } /* ** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality ** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be ** coded. ** ** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. ** ** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its ** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) ** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. */ static int codeEqualityTerm( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iReg; /* Register holding results */ assert( iTarget>0 ); if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ iReg = iTarget; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY }else{ int eType; int iTab; struct InLoop *pIn; assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); iReg = iTarget; eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); iTab = pX->iTable; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE ); if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); } pLevel->u.in.nIn++; pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; if( pIn ){ pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; pIn->iCur = iTab; if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); }else{ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); }else{ pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; } #endif } disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); return iReg; } /* ** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an ** index. ** ** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). ** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 ** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this ** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two ** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate ** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored ** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. ** ** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value ** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. ** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and ** compute the affinity string. ** ** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns ** the index of that memory cell. The code that ** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination ** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then ** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal ** use. ** ** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a ** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using ** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated ** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); ** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; ** ** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since ** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, ** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of ** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity ** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */ int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ ){ int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int regBase; /* Base register */ int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. */ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg; pParse->nMem += nReg; zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); if( !zAff ){ pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; } /* Evaluate the equality constraints */ assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){ int r1; int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx); if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break; /* The following true for indices with redundant columns. ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j); if( r1!=regBase+j ){ if( nReg==1 ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); regBase = r1; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); } } testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); if( zAff ){ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } } } } *pzAff = zAff; return regBase; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below ** ** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term ** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. ** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent ** terms only. */ static void explainAppendTerm( StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ ){ if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); } /* ** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This ** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description ** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an ** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. ** ** For example, if the query: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; ** ** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a ** string similar to: ** ** "a=? AND b>?" ** ** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is ** no longer required. */ static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){ WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan; Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx; int nEq = pPlan->nEq; int i, j; Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; StrAccum txt; if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ return 0; } sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); txt.db = db; sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){ explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName, "="); } j = i; if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ char *z = (j==pIndex->nColumn ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">"); } if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ char *z = (j==pIndex->nColumn ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<"); } sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); } /* ** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN ** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single ** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in ** pLevel. */ static void explainOneScan( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ ){ if( pParse->explain==2 ){ u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ sqlite3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */ int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0) || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); if( pItem->pSelect ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); }else{ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); } if( pItem->zAlias ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); } if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab); zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg, ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""), ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""), ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "), ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName), zWhere ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg); }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg); }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr); } #endif if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){ testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ); nRow = 1; }else{ nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow; } zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } } #else # define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ /* ** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause ** implementation described by pWInfo. */ static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ Bitmask notReady, /* Which tables are currently available */ Expr *pWhere /* Complete WHERE clause */ ){ int j, k; /* Loop counters */ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ pParse = pWInfo->pParse; v = pParse->pVdbe; pWC = pWInfo->pWC; pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the ** loop. ** ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label ** is the same as "addrBrk". */ addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any ** row of the left table of the join. */ if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext ** to access the data. */ int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint; struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage; const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint = pVtabIdx->aConstraint; sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){ if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){ int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1); break; } } if( k==nConstraint ) break; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr, pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){ if( aUsage[j].omit ){ int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset; disableTerm(pLevel, &pWC->a[iTerm]); } } pLevel->op = OP_VNext; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" ** construct. */ iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); assert( pTerm!=0 ); assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); assert( omitTable==0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg); addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); VdbeComment((v, "pk")); pLevel->op = OP_Noop; }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. */ int testOp = OP_Noop; int start; int memEndValue = 0; WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; assert( omitTable==0 ); pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); if( bRev ){ pTerm = pStart; pStart = pEnd; pEnd = pTerm; } if( pStart ){ Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx */ const u8 aMoveOp[] = { /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt, /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe, /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt, /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe }; assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ pX = pStart->pExpr; assert( pX!=0 ); assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); VdbeComment((v, "pk")); sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); } if( pEnd ){ Expr *pX; pX = pEnd->pExpr; assert( pX!=0 ); assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; }else{ testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; } disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); } start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->p2 = start; if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; }else{ assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); } if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){ /* Case 3: A scan using an index. ** ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all ** optimized: ** ** x=5 ** x=5 AND y=10 ** x=5 AND y<10 ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 ** ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only ** the x=5 term: ** ** x=5 AND z<10 ** ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at ** least one. ** ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. */ static const u8 aStartOp[] = { 0, 0, OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ }; static const u8 aEndOp[] = { OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */ OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */ OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */ }; int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */ int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ int r1; /* Temp register */ WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ int op; /* Instruction opcode */ char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; k = (nEq==pIdx->nColumn ? -1 : pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]); /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, ** this requires some special handling. */ if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY) && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq) ){ /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */ /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */ isMinQuery = 1; nExtraReg = 1; } /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end ** of the range. */ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx); nExtraReg = 1; } if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx); nExtraReg = 1; } /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers ** starting at regBase. */ regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms( pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff ); zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff); addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). */ if( (nEq<pIdx->nColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) || (bRev && pIdx->nColumn==nEq) ){ SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); } testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE ); testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE ); testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE ); testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE ); startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ nConstraint = nEq; if( pRangeStart ){ Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); } if( zStartAff ){ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } } nConstraint++; testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ }else if( isMinQuery ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); nConstraint++; startEq = 0; start_constraints = 1; } codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff); op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; assert( op!=0 ); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); testcase( op==OP_Last ); testcase( op==OP_SeekGt ); testcase( op==OP_SeekGe ); testcase( op==OP_SeekLe ); testcase( op==OP_SeekLt ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the ** range (if any). */ nConstraint = nEq; if( pRangeEnd ){ Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); } if( zEndAff ){ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){ zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } } codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff); nConstraint++; testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff); sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff); /* Top of the loop body */ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)]; testcase( op==OP_Noop ); testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); if( op!=OP_Noop ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0); } /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL. ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop. */ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ); testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ); if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); if( !omitTable ){ iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ } /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. */ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){ pLevel->op = OP_Noop; }else if( bRev ){ pLevel->op = OP_Prev; }else{ pLevel->op = OP_Next; } pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR ** ** Example: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) ** ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. ** The top of the loop looks like this: ** ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 ** ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). ** ** sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>) ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset ** Gosub 2 A ** sqlite3WhereEnd() ** ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. ** ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 ** Goto B # The loop is finished. ** ** A: <loop body> # Return data, whatever. ** ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub ** ** B: <after the loop> ** */ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm; assert( pTerm!=0 ); assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR ); assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; pLevel->op = OP_Return; pLevel->p1 = regReturn; /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). */ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1); pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); } }else{ pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is ** equivalent to an empty rowset. ** ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if ** called on an uninitialized cursor. */ if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); } iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. */ if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_AND, 0, 0); pAndExpr->pRight = pWhere; } for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){ WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; if( pAndExpr ){ pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; pOrExpr = pAndExpr; } /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY); if( pSubWInfo ){ explainOneScan( pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 ); if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); int r; r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will ** need to be tested later. */ if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); } } } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pAndExpr); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab); if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ { /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete ** scan of the entire table. */ static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); assert( omitTable==0 ); pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; } notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely ** computed using the current set of tables. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of ** the relevant input tables. */ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ Expr *pE; testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; continue; } pE = pTerm->pExpr; assert( pE!=0 ); if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ continue; } sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. */ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); continue; } assert( pTerm->pExpr ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); return notReady; } #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated ** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin ** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and ** analysis only. */ SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ /* ** Free a WhereInfo structure */ static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ int i; for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){ sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; if( pInfo ){ /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */ if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo); } if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){ Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx; if( pIdx ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx); } } } whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC); sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); } } /* ** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. ** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains ** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine ** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function ** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. ** ** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. ** ** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in ** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the ** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For ** example, if the SQL is this: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; ** ** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: ** ** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated ** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() ** foreach row3 in t3 do / ** ... ** end \ Code generated ** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() ** end / ** ** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they ** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make ** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in ** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for ** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. ** ** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor ** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. ** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors ** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. ** ** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named ** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code ** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract ** data from the various tables of the loop. ** ** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their ** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if ** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that ** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the ** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking ** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. ** ** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually ** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", ** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer ** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent ** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- ** most loop) ** ** OUTER JOINS ** ** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: ** ** foreach row1 in t1 do ** flag = 0 ** foreach row2 in t2 do ** start: ** ... ** flag = 1 ** end ** if flag==0 then ** move the row2 cursor to a null row ** goto start ** fi ** end ** ** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING ** ** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, ** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine ** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. ** ** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table ** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and ** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an ** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the ** ORDER BY clause already exists. ** ** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct ** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list for DISTINCT queries - or NULL */ u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of ** bits in a Bitmask */ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); return 0; } /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. */ nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. */ db = pParse->db; nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereClause) + sizeof(WhereMaskSet) ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); pWInfo = 0; goto whereBeginError; } pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; pWInfo->pParse = pParse; pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo]; pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1]; /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ if( db->flags & SQLITE_DistinctOpt ) pDistinct = 0; /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. */ initMaskSet(pMaskSet); whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet, wctrlFlags); sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere); whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */ /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. */ if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pWhere = 0; } /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. ** ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. ** ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful ** with virtual tables. ** ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. */ assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 ); for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){ createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){ pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i); } #endif } #ifndef NDEBUG { Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){ Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); toTheLeft |= m; } } #endif /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. */ exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto whereBeginError; } /* Check if the DISTINCT qualifier, if there is one, is redundant. ** If it is, then set pDistinct to NULL and WhereInfo.eDistinct to ** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE to tell the caller to ignore the DISTINCT. */ if( pDistinct && isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, pWC, pDistinct) ){ pDistinct = 0; pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; } /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause. ** ** This loop fills in the following fields: ** ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop. ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term ** ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM ** clause. */ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; andFlags = ~0; WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){ WhereCost bestPlan; /* Most efficient plan seen so far */ Index *pIdx; /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */ int j; /* For looping over FROM tables */ int bestJ = -1; /* The value of j */ Bitmask m; /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */ int isOptimal; /* Iterator for optimal/non-optimal search */ int nUnconstrained; /* Number tables without INDEXED BY */ Bitmask notIndexed; /* Mask of tables that cannot use an index */ memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan)); bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; WHERETRACE(("*** Begin search for loop %d ***\n", i)); /* Loop through the remaining entries in the FROM clause to find the ** next nested loop. The loop tests all FROM clause entries ** either once or twice. ** ** The first test is always performed if there are two or more entries ** remaining and never performed if there is only one FROM clause entry ** to choose from. The first test looks for an "optimal" scan. In ** this context an optimal scan is one that uses the same strategy ** for the given FROM clause entry as would be selected if the entry ** were used as the innermost nested loop. In other words, a table ** is chosen such that the cost of running that table cannot be reduced ** by waiting for other tables to run first. This "optimal" test works ** by first assuming that the FROM clause is on the inner loop and finding ** its query plan, then checking to see if that query plan uses any ** other FROM clause terms that are notReady. If no notReady terms are ** used then the "optimal" query plan works. ** ** Note that the WhereCost.nRow parameter for an optimal scan might ** not be as small as it would be if the table really were the innermost ** join. The nRow value can be reduced by WHERE clause constraints ** that do not use indices. But this nRow reduction only happens if the ** table really is the innermost join. ** ** The second loop iteration is only performed if no optimal scan ** strategies were found by the first iteration. This second iteration ** is used to search for the lowest cost scan overall. ** ** Previous versions of SQLite performed only the second iteration - ** the next outermost loop was always that with the lowest overall ** cost. However, this meant that SQLite could select the wrong plan ** for scripts such as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); ** CREATE TABLE t2(c, d); ** SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE t2.rowid = t1.a; ** ** The best strategy is to iterate through table t1 first. However it ** is not possible to determine this with a simple greedy algorithm. ** Since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same ** as the cost of a linear scan through table t1, a simple greedy ** algorithm may choose to use t2 for the outer loop, which is a much ** costlier approach. */ nUnconstrained = 0; notIndexed = 0; for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){ Bitmask mask; /* Mask of tables not yet ready */ for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){ int doNotReorder; /* True if this table should not be reordered */ WhereCost sCost; /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */ ExprList *pDist; /* DISTINCT clause for index to optimize */ doNotReorder = (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0; if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break; m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); if( (m & notReady)==0 ){ if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++; continue; } mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady); pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0); pDist = (i==0 ? pDistinct : 0); if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++; WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n", j, isOptimal)); assert( pTabItem->pTab ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){ sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo; bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, &sCost, pp); }else #endif { bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, pDist, &sCost); } assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used&notReady)==0 ); /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that ** index if it uses any index at all */ assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex ); if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ notIndexed |= m; } /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far: ** ** (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not ** yet run. ** ** (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless ** the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above. ** ** (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an ** INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific ** index specified by its INDEXED BY clause. This rule ensures ** that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible ** combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given. The error ** will be detected and relayed back to the application later. ** The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents ** An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3). ** ** (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the ** cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower. */ if( (sCost.used&notReady)==0 /* (1) */ && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0 /* (2) */ || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0) && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0 /* (3) */ || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)) && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost /* (4) */ || (sCost.rCost<=bestPlan.rCost && sCost.plan.nRow<bestPlan.plan.nRow)) ){ WHERETRACE(("=== table %d is best so far" " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n", j, sCost.rCost, sCost.plan.nRow)); bestPlan = sCost; bestJ = j; } if( doNotReorder ) break; } } assert( bestJ>=0 ); assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) ); WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d" " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n", bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow)); /* The ALWAYS() that follows was added to hush up clang scan-build */ if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 && ALWAYS(ppOrderBy) ){ *ppOrderBy = 0; } if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_DISTINCT)!=0 ){ assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==0 ); pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; } andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags; pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan; testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ); if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){ pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; }else{ pLevel->iIdxCur = -1; } notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor); pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ; if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){ pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow; } /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed. ** Return an error. */ pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex; if( pIdx ){ if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName); goto whereBeginError; }else{ /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause ** if it find an index at all. */ assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx ); } } } WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto whereBeginError; } /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY ** clause is irrelevant. */ if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){ *ppOrderBy = 0; } /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints ** the statement to update a single row. */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){ pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; } /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for ** searching those tables. */ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1; for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){ Table *pTab; /* Table to open */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */ pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; pTab = pTabItem->pTab; pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor; pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ /* Do nothing */ }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); }else #endif if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead; sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS ); if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS ){ Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed; int n = 0; for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); } }else{ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){ constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel); }else #endif if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx); int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); assert( iIdxCur>=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); } sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); } pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM ** program. */ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady, pWhere); pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */ /* Record in the query plan information about the current table ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the ** index name is '*'. */ for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){ char *z; int n; pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; z = pTabItem->zAlias; if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName; n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2); nQPlan += 2; }else{ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n); nQPlan += n; } sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; } testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ); testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ); if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2); nQPlan += 2; }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName); if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n); nQPlan += n; sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; } }else{ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3); nQPlan += 3; } } while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){ sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0; } sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0; nQPlan = 0; #endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */ /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then ** clean up and return. */ return pWInfo; /* Jump here if malloc fails */ whereBeginError: if( pWInfo ){ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); } return 0; } /* ** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on ** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; WhereLevel *pLevel; SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Generate loop termination code. */ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); } if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ struct InLoop *pIn; int j; sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ int addr; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); } if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); } if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. ** Set it. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. */ assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc ); for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 && pTab->pSelect==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); } if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); } } /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost, ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current ** position in the index. ** ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that ** reference the index. */ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){ int k, j, last; VdbeOp *pOp; Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; assert( pIdx!=0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop); last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); for(k=pWInfo->iTop; k<last; k++, pOp++){ if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){ if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){ pOp->p2 = j; pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; break; } } assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || j<pIdx->nColumn ); }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; } } } } /* Final cleanup */ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); return; } /************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ /* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. ** ** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. ** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() ** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general ** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the ** specific grammar used by SQLite. */ /* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration ** in the input grammar file. */ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* ** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down ** automaton. */ #define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 /* ** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() */ #define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) /* ** An instance of this structure holds information about the ** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. */ struct LimitVal { Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, ** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. */ struct LikeOp { Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a ** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, ** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form ** ** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) ** ** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". */ struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; /* ** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. */ struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. */ static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ pOut->zStart = pStart->z; pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; } /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier ** that created the expression. */ static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); pOut->zStart = pValue->z; pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; } /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. */ static void spanBinaryExpr( ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ int op, /* The binary operation */ ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ ){ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; } /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator */ static void spanUnaryPostfix( ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ int op, /* The operator */ ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ ){ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; } /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ pA->op = (u8)op; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); pA->pRight = 0; } } /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator */ static void spanUnaryPrefix( ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ int op, /* The operator */ ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ ){ pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; } /* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. ** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. */ /* ** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) ** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser ** understands. ** ** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. */ /* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. */ #ifndef INTERFACE # define INTERFACE 1 #endif /* The next thing included is series of defines which control ** various aspects of the generated parser. ** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal ** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is ** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals ** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. ** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds ** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This ** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash ** table. ** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens ** have fall-back values which should be used if the ** original value of the token will not parse. ** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal ** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is ** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and ** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. ** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given ** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. ** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of ** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union ** for base tokens is called "yy0". ** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If ** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() ** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument ** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument ** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser ** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser ** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. ** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar ** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not ** defined, then do no error processing. */ #define YYCODETYPE unsigned char #define YYNOCODE 253 #define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int #define YYWILDCARD 67 #define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token typedef union { int yyinit; sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; int yy4; struct TrigEvent yy90; ExprSpan yy118; TriggerStep* yy203; u8 yy210; struct {int value; int mask;} yy215; SrcList* yy259; struct LimitVal yy292; Expr* yy314; ExprList* yy322; struct LikeOp yy342; IdList* yy384; Select* yy387; } YYMINORTYPE; #ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH #define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 #endif #define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; #define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse #define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse #define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse #define YYNSTATE 630 #define YYNRULE 329 #define YYFALLBACK 1 #define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) #define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) #define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) /* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of ** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; /* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined ** otherwise. ** ** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section ** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production ** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful ** for testing. */ #ifndef yytestcase # define yytestcase(X) #endif /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an ** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows ** ** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead ** token onto the stack and goto state N. ** ** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. ** ** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. ** ** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. ** ** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused ** slots in the yy_action[] table. ** ** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. ** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as ** ** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] ** ** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value ** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] ** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table ** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. ** ** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is ** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after ** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of ** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of ** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. ** ** The following are the tables generated in this section: ** ** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. ** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in ** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. ** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for ** shifting terminals. ** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for ** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. ** yy_default[] Default action for each state. */ #define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1557) static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { /* 0 */ 313, 960, 186, 419, 2, 172, 627, 597, 55, 55, /* 10 */ 55, 55, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 302, 283, 623, 622, 516, 515, /* 30 */ 590, 584, 55, 55, 55, 55, 282, 53, 53, 53, /* 40 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 6, 56, /* 50 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, /* 60 */ 55, 55, 608, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 597, 409, 330, 579, 579, /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 217, 620, 619, 166, 411, 624, 382, /* 100 */ 379, 378, 7, 491, 590, 584, 200, 199, 198, 58, /* 110 */ 377, 300, 414, 621, 481, 66, 623, 622, 621, 580, /* 120 */ 254, 601, 94, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 671, 53, 53, 53, /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 532, /* 150 */ 226, 506, 507, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, /* 160 */ 169, 197, 342, 398, 251, 226, 253, 275, 388, 167, /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 570, 236, 590, 584, /* 180 */ 672, 240, 275, 157, 620, 619, 554, 437, 51, 51, /* 190 */ 51, 50, 238, 343, 439, 553, 438, 56, 57, 47, /* 200 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 390, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, /* 230 */ 238, 391, 166, 491, 566, 382, 379, 378, 409, 440, /* 240 */ 579, 579, 252, 440, 607, 66, 377, 513, 621, 49, /* 250 */ 46, 147, 590, 584, 621, 16, 466, 189, 621, 441, /* 260 */ 442, 673, 526, 441, 340, 577, 595, 64, 194, 482, /* 270 */ 434, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 30, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 593, 593, 593, /* 300 */ 387, 578, 606, 493, 259, 351, 258, 411, 1, 623, /* 310 */ 622, 496, 623, 622, 65, 240, 623, 622, 597, 443, /* 320 */ 237, 239, 414, 341, 237, 602, 590, 584, 18, 603, /* 330 */ 166, 601, 87, 382, 379, 378, 67, 623, 622, 38, /* 340 */ 623, 622, 176, 270, 377, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, /* 350 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 175, 53, /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, /* 370 */ 313, 396, 233, 411, 531, 565, 317, 620, 619, 44, /* 380 */ 620, 619, 240, 206, 620, 619, 597, 266, 414, 268, /* 390 */ 409, 597, 579, 579, 352, 184, 505, 601, 73, 533, /* 400 */ 590, 584, 466, 548, 190, 620, 619, 576, 620, 619, /* 410 */ 547, 383, 551, 35, 332, 575, 574, 600, 504, 56, /* 420 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, /* 430 */ 55, 55, 567, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 561, 561, 528, 364, /* 450 */ 259, 351, 258, 183, 361, 549, 524, 374, 411, 597, /* 460 */ 414, 240, 560, 560, 409, 604, 579, 579, 328, 601, /* 470 */ 93, 623, 622, 414, 590, 584, 237, 564, 559, 559, /* 480 */ 520, 402, 601, 87, 409, 210, 579, 579, 168, 421, /* 490 */ 950, 519, 950, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 192, 53, 53, 53, /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, /* 520 */ 293, 563, 511, 234, 357, 146, 475, 475, 367, 411, /* 530 */ 562, 411, 358, 542, 425, 171, 411, 215, 144, 620, /* 540 */ 619, 544, 318, 353, 414, 203, 414, 275, 590, 584, /* 550 */ 549, 414, 174, 601, 94, 601, 79, 558, 471, 61, /* 560 */ 601, 79, 421, 949, 350, 949, 34, 56, 57, 47, /* 570 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, /* 580 */ 535, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 307, 424, 394, 272, 49, 46, 147, /* 600 */ 349, 322, 4, 411, 491, 312, 321, 425, 568, 492, /* 610 */ 216, 264, 407, 575, 574, 429, 66, 549, 414, 621, /* 620 */ 540, 602, 590, 584, 13, 603, 621, 601, 72, 12, /* 630 */ 618, 617, 616, 202, 210, 621, 546, 469, 422, 319, /* 640 */ 148, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 338, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, 600, 411, /* 670 */ 39, 21, 37, 170, 237, 875, 411, 572, 572, 201, /* 680 */ 144, 473, 538, 331, 414, 474, 143, 146, 630, 628, /* 690 */ 334, 414, 353, 601, 68, 168, 590, 584, 132, 365, /* 700 */ 601, 96, 307, 423, 530, 336, 49, 46, 147, 568, /* 710 */ 406, 216, 549, 360, 529, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, /* 720 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, /* 740 */ 313, 411, 605, 414, 484, 510, 172, 422, 597, 318, /* 750 */ 496, 485, 601, 99, 411, 142, 414, 411, 231, 411, /* 760 */ 540, 411, 359, 629, 2, 601, 97, 426, 308, 414, /* 770 */ 590, 584, 414, 20, 414, 621, 414, 621, 601, 106, /* 780 */ 503, 601, 105, 601, 108, 601, 109, 204, 28, 56, /* 790 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 597, 414, 411, 276, /* 820 */ 214, 600, 411, 366, 213, 381, 601, 134, 274, 500, /* 830 */ 414, 167, 130, 414, 621, 411, 354, 414, 376, 601, /* 840 */ 135, 129, 601, 100, 590, 584, 601, 104, 522, 521, /* 850 */ 414, 621, 224, 273, 600, 167, 327, 282, 600, 601, /* 860 */ 103, 468, 521, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, /* 890 */ 27, 414, 411, 375, 276, 167, 359, 544, 50, 238, /* 900 */ 601, 95, 128, 223, 414, 411, 165, 414, 411, 621, /* 910 */ 411, 621, 612, 601, 102, 372, 601, 76, 590, 584, /* 920 */ 414, 570, 236, 414, 470, 414, 167, 621, 188, 601, /* 930 */ 98, 225, 601, 138, 601, 137, 232, 56, 45, 47, /* 940 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 276, 276, 414, 411, 276, 544, 459, /* 970 */ 359, 171, 209, 479, 601, 136, 628, 334, 621, 621, /* 980 */ 125, 414, 621, 368, 411, 621, 257, 540, 589, 588, /* 990 */ 601, 75, 590, 584, 458, 446, 23, 23, 124, 414, /* 1000 */ 326, 325, 621, 427, 324, 309, 600, 288, 601, 92, /* 1010 */ 586, 585, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 587, 411, 414, /* 1040 */ 411, 207, 611, 476, 171, 472, 160, 123, 601, 91, /* 1050 */ 323, 261, 15, 414, 464, 414, 411, 621, 411, 354, /* 1060 */ 222, 411, 601, 74, 601, 90, 590, 584, 159, 264, /* 1070 */ 158, 414, 461, 414, 621, 600, 414, 121, 120, 25, /* 1080 */ 601, 89, 601, 101, 621, 601, 88, 47, 582, 581, /* 1090 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 544, 53, /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 263, 3, 610, 264, 140, 415, 622, 24, /* 1120 */ 410, 11, 456, 594, 118, 155, 219, 452, 408, 621, /* 1130 */ 621, 621, 156, 43, 405, 621, 3, 286, 621, 113, /* 1140 */ 415, 622, 111, 445, 411, 400, 557, 403, 545, 10, /* 1150 */ 411, 408, 264, 110, 205, 436, 541, 566, 453, 414, /* 1160 */ 621, 621, 63, 621, 435, 414, 411, 621, 601, 94, /* 1170 */ 403, 621, 411, 337, 601, 86, 150, 40, 41, 534, /* 1180 */ 566, 414, 242, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 600, 595, /* 1190 */ 601, 85, 191, 333, 107, 451, 601, 84, 621, 539, /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 420, 230, 411, 149, 316, 42, 413, 412, /* 1210 */ 398, 127, 595, 315, 621, 399, 278, 625, 181, 414, /* 1220 */ 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 450, 411, 601, 71, /* 1230 */ 240, 621, 43, 405, 264, 3, 615, 180, 264, 415, /* 1240 */ 622, 614, 414, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 621, /* 1250 */ 408, 601, 70, 621, 417, 33, 405, 613, 3, 411, /* 1260 */ 264, 411, 415, 622, 418, 626, 178, 509, 8, 403, /* 1270 */ 241, 416, 126, 408, 414, 621, 414, 449, 208, 566, /* 1280 */ 240, 221, 621, 601, 83, 601, 82, 599, 297, 277, /* 1290 */ 296, 30, 403, 31, 395, 264, 295, 397, 489, 40, /* 1300 */ 41, 411, 566, 220, 621, 294, 42, 413, 412, 271, /* 1310 */ 621, 595, 600, 621, 59, 60, 414, 269, 267, 623, /* 1320 */ 622, 36, 40, 41, 621, 601, 81, 598, 235, 42, /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 621, 621, 595, 265, 344, 411, 248, 556, /* 1340 */ 173, 185, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 218, 29, /* 1350 */ 621, 543, 414, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 566, /* 1360 */ 454, 601, 80, 289, 335, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 287, 414, 151, 392, 246, 260, 411, 196, /* 1380 */ 195, 523, 601, 69, 411, 245, 414, 526, 537, 285, /* 1390 */ 389, 595, 621, 414, 536, 601, 17, 362, 153, 414, /* 1400 */ 466, 463, 601, 78, 154, 414, 462, 152, 601, 77, /* 1410 */ 355, 255, 621, 455, 601, 9, 621, 386, 444, 517, /* 1420 */ 247, 621, 593, 593, 593, 621, 621, 244, 621, 243, /* 1430 */ 430, 518, 292, 621, 329, 621, 145, 393, 280, 513, /* 1440 */ 291, 131, 621, 514, 621, 621, 311, 621, 259, 346, /* 1450 */ 249, 621, 621, 229, 314, 621, 228, 512, 227, 240, /* 1460 */ 494, 488, 310, 164, 487, 486, 373, 480, 163, 262, /* 1470 */ 369, 371, 162, 26, 212, 478, 477, 161, 141, 363, /* 1480 */ 467, 122, 339, 187, 119, 348, 347, 117, 116, 115, /* 1490 */ 114, 112, 182, 457, 320, 22, 433, 432, 448, 19, /* 1500 */ 609, 431, 428, 62, 193, 596, 573, 298, 555, 552, /* 1510 */ 571, 404, 290, 380, 498, 510, 495, 306, 281, 499, /* 1520 */ 250, 5, 497, 460, 345, 447, 569, 550, 238, 299, /* 1530 */ 527, 525, 508, 961, 502, 501, 961, 401, 961, 211, /* 1540 */ 490, 356, 256, 961, 483, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, /* 1550 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 370, }; static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78, /* 10 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 15, 98, 26, 27, 7, 8, /* 30 */ 49, 50, 77, 78, 79, 80, 109, 82, 83, 84, /* 40 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 22, 68, /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 112, 19, 114, 115, /* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 94, 95, 96, 150, 150, 99, /* 100 */ 100, 101, 76, 150, 49, 50, 105, 106, 107, 54, /* 110 */ 110, 158, 165, 165, 161, 162, 26, 27, 165, 113, /* 120 */ 16, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, 83, 84, /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 23, /* 150 */ 92, 97, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, /* 160 */ 102, 25, 97, 216, 60, 92, 62, 109, 221, 25, /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50, /* 180 */ 118, 116, 109, 25, 94, 95, 32, 97, 88, 89, /* 190 */ 90, 91, 92, 128, 104, 41, 106, 68, 69, 70, /* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 19, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, /* 230 */ 92, 27, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 112, 150, /* 240 */ 114, 115, 138, 150, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 222, /* 250 */ 223, 224, 49, 50, 165, 22, 57, 24, 165, 170, /* 260 */ 171, 118, 94, 170, 171, 23, 98, 25, 185, 186, /* 270 */ 243, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 126, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131, /* 300 */ 88, 23, 172, 173, 105, 106, 107, 150, 22, 26, /* 310 */ 27, 181, 26, 27, 22, 116, 26, 27, 26, 230, /* 320 */ 231, 197, 165, 230, 231, 113, 49, 50, 204, 117, /* 330 */ 96, 174, 175, 99, 100, 101, 22, 26, 27, 136, /* 340 */ 26, 27, 118, 16, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, /* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, /* 370 */ 19, 214, 215, 150, 23, 23, 155, 94, 95, 22, /* 380 */ 94, 95, 116, 160, 94, 95, 94, 60, 165, 62, /* 390 */ 112, 26, 114, 115, 128, 23, 36, 174, 175, 88, /* 400 */ 49, 50, 57, 120, 22, 94, 95, 23, 94, 95, /* 410 */ 120, 51, 25, 136, 169, 170, 171, 194, 58, 68, /* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, /* 430 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 12, 23, 228, /* 450 */ 105, 106, 107, 23, 233, 25, 165, 19, 150, 94, /* 460 */ 165, 116, 28, 28, 112, 174, 114, 115, 108, 174, /* 470 */ 175, 26, 27, 165, 49, 50, 231, 11, 44, 44, /* 480 */ 46, 46, 174, 175, 112, 160, 114, 115, 50, 22, /* 490 */ 23, 57, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 119, 82, 83, 84, /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, /* 520 */ 225, 23, 23, 215, 19, 95, 105, 106, 107, 150, /* 530 */ 23, 150, 27, 23, 67, 25, 150, 206, 207, 94, /* 540 */ 95, 166, 104, 218, 165, 22, 165, 109, 49, 50, /* 550 */ 120, 165, 25, 174, 175, 174, 175, 23, 21, 234, /* 560 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 239, 25, 25, 68, 69, 70, /* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, /* 580 */ 205, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 23, 216, 23, 222, 223, 224, /* 600 */ 63, 220, 35, 150, 150, 163, 220, 67, 166, 167, /* 610 */ 168, 150, 169, 170, 171, 161, 162, 25, 165, 165, /* 620 */ 150, 113, 49, 50, 25, 117, 165, 174, 175, 35, /* 630 */ 7, 8, 9, 160, 160, 165, 120, 100, 67, 247, /* 640 */ 248, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 193, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, 194, 150, /* 670 */ 135, 24, 137, 35, 231, 138, 150, 129, 130, 206, /* 680 */ 207, 30, 27, 213, 165, 34, 118, 95, 0, 1, /* 690 */ 2, 165, 218, 174, 175, 50, 49, 50, 22, 48, /* 700 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 23, 244, 222, 223, 224, 166, /* 710 */ 167, 168, 120, 239, 23, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, /* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, /* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, /* 740 */ 19, 150, 173, 165, 181, 182, 24, 67, 26, 104, /* 750 */ 181, 188, 174, 175, 150, 39, 165, 150, 52, 150, /* 760 */ 150, 150, 150, 144, 145, 174, 175, 249, 250, 165, /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 165, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175, /* 780 */ 29, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 160, 22, 68, /* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, /* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 94, 165, 150, 150, /* 820 */ 160, 194, 150, 213, 160, 52, 174, 175, 23, 23, /* 830 */ 165, 25, 22, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 52, 174, /* 840 */ 175, 22, 174, 175, 49, 50, 174, 175, 190, 191, /* 850 */ 165, 165, 240, 23, 194, 25, 187, 109, 194, 174, /* 860 */ 175, 190, 191, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, /* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, /* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, /* 890 */ 22, 165, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 166, 91, 92, /* 900 */ 174, 175, 22, 217, 165, 150, 102, 165, 150, 165, /* 910 */ 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 19, 174, 175, 49, 50, /* 920 */ 165, 86, 87, 165, 23, 165, 25, 165, 24, 174, /* 930 */ 175, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 205, 68, 69, 70, /* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, /* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 150, 166, 23, /* 970 */ 150, 25, 160, 20, 174, 175, 1, 2, 165, 165, /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 43, 150, 165, 240, 150, 49, 50, /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 53, 165, /* 1000 */ 187, 187, 165, 23, 187, 25, 194, 205, 174, 175, /* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, /* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, /* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165, /* 1040 */ 150, 160, 150, 59, 25, 53, 104, 22, 174, 175, /* 1050 */ 213, 138, 5, 165, 1, 165, 150, 165, 150, 150, /* 1060 */ 240, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 118, 150, /* 1070 */ 35, 165, 27, 165, 165, 194, 165, 108, 127, 76, /* 1080 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72, /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 166, 82, /* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 193, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 76, /* 1120 */ 150, 22, 1, 150, 119, 121, 217, 20, 37, 165, /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 16, 19, 20, 165, 22, 205, 165, 119, /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 108, 128, 150, 150, 150, 56, 150, 22, /* 1150 */ 150, 37, 150, 127, 160, 23, 150, 66, 193, 165, /* 1160 */ 165, 165, 16, 165, 23, 165, 150, 165, 174, 175, /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 65, 174, 175, 15, 86, 87, 88, /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 140, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98, /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 22, 3, 164, 193, 174, 175, 165, 150, /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 4, 180, 150, 248, 251, 93, 94, 95, /* 1210 */ 216, 180, 98, 251, 165, 221, 150, 149, 6, 165, /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175, /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 149, 151, 150, 26, /* 1240 */ 27, 149, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165, /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 165, 149, 19, 20, 13, 22, 150, /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 146, 147, 151, 150, 25, 56, /* 1270 */ 152, 159, 154, 37, 165, 165, 165, 193, 160, 66, /* 1280 */ 116, 193, 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 194, 199, 150, /* 1290 */ 200, 126, 56, 124, 123, 150, 201, 122, 150, 86, /* 1300 */ 87, 150, 66, 193, 165, 202, 93, 94, 95, 150, /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 194, 165, 125, 22, 165, 150, 150, 26, /* 1320 */ 27, 135, 86, 87, 165, 174, 175, 203, 226, 93, /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 218, 150, 193, 157, /* 1340 */ 118, 157, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 104, /* 1350 */ 165, 211, 165, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66, /* 1360 */ 17, 174, 175, 210, 246, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 210, 165, 31, 121, 33, 150, 150, 86, /* 1380 */ 87, 176, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 211, 210, /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 165, 165, 211, 174, 175, 150, 55, 165, /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175, /* 1410 */ 150, 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 165, 104, 150, 184, /* 1420 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 165, 165, 150, 165, 150, /* 1430 */ 150, 176, 150, 165, 47, 165, 150, 150, 176, 103, /* 1440 */ 150, 22, 165, 178, 165, 165, 179, 165, 105, 106, /* 1450 */ 107, 165, 165, 229, 111, 165, 92, 176, 229, 116, /* 1460 */ 184, 176, 179, 156, 176, 176, 18, 157, 156, 237, /* 1470 */ 45, 157, 156, 135, 157, 157, 238, 156, 68, 157, /* 1480 */ 189, 189, 139, 219, 22, 157, 18, 192, 192, 192, /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 219, 199, 157, 242, 40, 157, 199, 242, /* 1500 */ 153, 157, 38, 245, 196, 166, 232, 198, 177, 177, /* 1510 */ 232, 227, 209, 178, 166, 182, 166, 148, 177, 177, /* 1520 */ 209, 196, 177, 199, 209, 199, 166, 208, 92, 195, /* 1530 */ 174, 174, 183, 252, 183, 183, 252, 191, 252, 235, /* 1540 */ 186, 241, 241, 252, 186, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 236, }; #define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-74) #define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418) #define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-73) #define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1468) static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ 975, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19, /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 345, 445, 721, 1091, 1213, /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213, /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, /* 60 */ 1213, 199, 445, 445, 835, 835, 365, 1164, 55, 647, /* 70 */ 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, 795, /* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, 1017, /* 100 */ -69, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -1, 58, 138, 100, /* 110 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, /* 120 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 537, 438, 445, 445, /* 130 */ 445, 445, 445, 365, 807, 1436, -74, -74, -74, 1293, /* 140 */ 73, 434, 434, 311, 314, 290, 283, 286, 540, 467, /* 150 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, /* 160 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, /* 170 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, /* 180 */ 445, 445, 65, 722, 722, 722, 688, 266, 1164, 1164, /* 190 */ 1164, -74, -74, -74, 136, 168, 168, 234, 360, 360, /* 200 */ 360, 430, 372, 435, 352, 278, 126, -36, -36, -36, /* 210 */ -36, 421, 651, -36, -36, 592, 292, 212, 623, 158, /* 220 */ 204, 204, 505, 158, 505, 144, 365, 154, 365, 154, /* 230 */ 645, 154, 204, 154, 154, 535, 548, 548, 365, 387, /* 240 */ 508, 233, 1464, 1222, 1222, 1456, 1456, 1222, 1462, 1410, /* 250 */ 1165, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1222, 1165, 1462, 1410, 1410, /* 260 */ 1222, 1448, 1338, 1425, 1222, 1222, 1448, 1222, 1448, 1222, /* 270 */ 1448, 1419, 1313, 1313, 1313, 1387, 1364, 1364, 1419, 1313, /* 280 */ 1336, 1313, 1387, 1313, 1313, 1254, 1245, 1254, 1245, 1254, /* 290 */ 1245, 1222, 1222, 1186, 1189, 1175, 1169, 1171, 1165, 1164, /* 300 */ 1243, 1244, 1244, 1212, 1212, 1212, 1212, -74, -74, -74, /* 310 */ -74, -74, -74, 939, 104, 680, 571, 327, 1, 980, /* 320 */ 26, 972, 971, 946, 901, 870, 830, 806, 54, 21, /* 330 */ -73, 510, 242, 1198, 1190, 1170, 1042, 1161, 1108, 1146, /* 340 */ 1141, 1132, 1015, 1127, 1026, 1034, 1020, 1107, 1004, 1116, /* 350 */ 1121, 1005, 1099, 951, 1043, 1003, 969, 1045, 1035, 950, /* 360 */ 1053, 1047, 1025, 942, 913, 992, 1019, 945, 984, 940, /* 370 */ 876, 904, 953, 896, 748, 804, 880, 786, 868, 819, /* 380 */ 805, 810, 773, 751, 766, 706, 716, 691, 681, 568, /* 390 */ 655, 638, 676, 516, 541, 594, 599, 567, 541, 534, /* 400 */ 507, 527, 498, 523, 466, 382, 409, 384, 357, 6, /* 410 */ 240, 224, 143, 62, 18, 71, 39, 9, 5, }; #define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142) #define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312) #define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-141) #define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1369) static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ -141, 994, 1118, 223, 157, -53, 93, 89, 83, 375, /* 10 */ 386, 381, 379, 308, 295, 325, -47, 27, 1240, 1234, /* 20 */ 1228, 1221, 1208, 1187, 1151, 1111, 1109, 1077, 1054, 1022, /* 30 */ 1016, 1000, 911, 908, 906, 890, 888, 874, 834, 816, /* 40 */ 800, 760, 758, 755, 742, 739, 726, 685, 672, 668, /* 50 */ 665, 652, 611, 609, 607, 604, 591, 578, 526, 519, /* 60 */ 453, 474, 454, 461, 443, 245, 442, 473, 484, 484, /* 70 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, /* 80 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, /* 90 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, /* 100 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 130, 484, 484, /* 110 */ 1145, 909, 1110, 1088, 1084, 1033, 1002, 965, 820, 837, /* 120 */ 746, 686, 612, 817, 610, 919, 221, 563, 814, 813, /* 130 */ 744, 669, 470, 543, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 291, /* 140 */ 569, 671, 658, 970, 1290, 1287, 1286, 1282, 518, 518, /* 150 */ 1280, 1279, 1277, 1270, 1268, 1263, 1261, 1260, 1256, 1251, /* 160 */ 1247, 1227, 1185, 1168, 1167, 1159, 1148, 1139, 1117, 1066, /* 170 */ 1049, 1006, 998, 996, 995, 973, 970, 966, 964, 892, /* 180 */ 762, -52, 881, 932, 802, 731, 619, 812, 664, 660, /* 190 */ 627, 392, 331, 124, 1358, 1357, 1356, 1354, 1352, 1351, /* 200 */ 1349, 1319, 1334, 1346, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, /* 210 */ 1334, 1320, 1304, 1334, 1334, 1319, 1360, 1325, 1369, 1326, /* 220 */ 1315, 1311, 1301, 1324, 1300, 1335, 1350, 1345, 1348, 1342, /* 230 */ 1333, 1341, 1303, 1332, 1331, 1284, 1278, 1274, 1339, 1309, /* 240 */ 1308, 1347, 1258, 1344, 1340, 1257, 1253, 1337, 1273, 1302, /* 250 */ 1299, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1295, 1328, 1294, 1264, 1292, 1291, /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1238, 1232, 1318, 1317, 1316, 1314, 1312, 1310, /* 270 */ 1307, 1283, 1289, 1288, 1285, 1276, 1229, 1224, 1267, 1281, /* 280 */ 1265, 1262, 1235, 1255, 1205, 1183, 1179, 1177, 1162, 1140, /* 290 */ 1153, 1184, 1182, 1102, 1124, 1103, 1095, 1090, 1089, 1093, /* 300 */ 1112, 1115, 1086, 1105, 1092, 1087, 1068, 962, 955, 957, /* 310 */ 1031, 1023, 1030, }; static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { /* 0 */ 635, 870, 959, 959, 959, 870, 899, 899, 959, 759, /* 10 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 868, 959, 959, 933, 959, 959, /* 20 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 30 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 40 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 50 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 899, 899, 674, 763, 794, 959, /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 932, 934, 809, /* 80 */ 808, 802, 801, 912, 774, 799, 792, 785, 796, 871, /* 90 */ 864, 865, 863, 867, 872, 959, 795, 831, 848, 830, /* 100 */ 842, 847, 854, 846, 843, 833, 832, 666, 834, 835, /* 110 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 120 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 661, 728, 959, 959, /* 130 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 836, 837, 851, 850, 849, 959, /* 140 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 150 */ 959, 939, 937, 959, 883, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 160 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 170 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 180 */ 959, 641, 959, 759, 759, 759, 635, 959, 959, 959, /* 190 */ 959, 951, 763, 753, 719, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 200 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 804, 742, 922, /* 210 */ 924, 959, 905, 740, 663, 761, 676, 751, 643, 798, /* 220 */ 776, 776, 917, 798, 917, 700, 959, 788, 959, 788, /* 230 */ 697, 788, 776, 788, 788, 866, 959, 959, 959, 760, /* 240 */ 751, 959, 944, 767, 767, 936, 936, 767, 810, 732, /* 250 */ 798, 739, 739, 739, 739, 767, 798, 810, 732, 732, /* 260 */ 767, 658, 911, 909, 767, 767, 658, 767, 658, 767, /* 270 */ 658, 876, 730, 730, 730, 715, 880, 880, 876, 730, /* 280 */ 700, 730, 715, 730, 730, 780, 775, 780, 775, 780, /* 290 */ 775, 767, 767, 959, 793, 781, 791, 789, 798, 959, /* 300 */ 718, 651, 651, 640, 640, 640, 640, 956, 956, 951, /* 310 */ 702, 702, 684, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 320 */ 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 330 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 636, 946, 959, 959, 943, 959, /* 340 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 350 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 915, /* 360 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 908, 907, 959, 959, /* 370 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 380 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, /* 390 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 790, 959, 782, 959, 869, 959, /* 400 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 745, /* 410 */ 819, 959, 818, 822, 817, 668, 959, 649, 959, 632, /* 420 */ 637, 955, 958, 957, 954, 953, 952, 947, 945, 942, /* 430 */ 941, 940, 938, 935, 931, 889, 887, 894, 893, 892, /* 440 */ 891, 890, 888, 886, 884, 805, 803, 800, 797, 930, /* 450 */ 882, 741, 738, 737, 657, 948, 914, 923, 921, 811, /* 460 */ 920, 919, 918, 916, 913, 900, 807, 806, 733, 874, /* 470 */ 873, 660, 904, 903, 902, 906, 910, 901, 769, 659, /* 480 */ 656, 665, 722, 721, 729, 727, 726, 725, 724, 723, /* 490 */ 720, 667, 675, 686, 714, 699, 698, 879, 881, 878, /* 500 */ 877, 707, 706, 712, 711, 710, 709, 708, 705, 704, /* 510 */ 703, 696, 695, 701, 694, 717, 716, 713, 693, 736, /* 520 */ 735, 734, 731, 692, 691, 690, 822, 689, 688, 828, /* 530 */ 827, 815, 858, 756, 755, 754, 766, 765, 778, 777, /* 540 */ 813, 812, 779, 764, 758, 757, 773, 772, 771, 770, /* 550 */ 762, 752, 784, 787, 786, 783, 860, 768, 857, 929, /* 560 */ 928, 927, 926, 925, 862, 861, 829, 826, 679, 680, /* 570 */ 898, 896, 897, 895, 682, 681, 678, 677, 859, 747, /* 580 */ 746, 855, 852, 844, 840, 856, 853, 845, 841, 839, /* 590 */ 838, 824, 823, 821, 820, 816, 825, 670, 748, 744, /* 600 */ 743, 814, 750, 749, 687, 685, 683, 664, 662, 655, /* 610 */ 653, 652, 654, 650, 648, 647, 646, 645, 644, 673, /* 620 */ 672, 671, 669, 668, 642, 639, 638, 634, 633, 631, }; /* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct ** like the following: ** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, ** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser ** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and ** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. */ #ifdef YYFALLBACK static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { 0, /* $ => nothing */ 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ 26, /* QUERY => ID */ 26, /* PLAN => ID */ 26, /* BEGIN => ID */ 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */ 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ 26, /* END => ID */ 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ 26, /* RELEASE => ID */ 0, /* TO => nothing */ 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ 26, /* IF => ID */ 0, /* NOT => nothing */ 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ 26, /* TEMP => ID */ 0, /* LP => nothing */ 0, /* RP => nothing */ 0, /* AS => nothing */ 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ 0, /* ID => nothing */ 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ 26, /* ABORT => ID */ 26, /* ACTION => ID */ 26, /* AFTER => ID */ 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */ 26, /* ASC => ID */ 26, /* ATTACH => ID */ 26, /* BEFORE => ID */ 26, /* BY => ID */ 26, /* CASCADE => ID */ 26, /* CAST => ID */ 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */ 26, /* DATABASE => ID */ 26, /* DESC => ID */ 26, /* DETACH => ID */ 26, /* EACH => ID */ 26, /* FAIL => ID */ 26, /* FOR => ID */ 26, /* IGNORE => ID */ 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */ 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */ 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ 26, /* MATCH => ID */ 26, /* NO => ID */ 26, /* KEY => ID */ 26, /* OF => ID */ 26, /* OFFSET => ID */ 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */ 26, /* RAISE => ID */ 26, /* REPLACE => ID */ 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */ 26, /* ROW => ID */ 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */ 26, /* VACUUM => ID */ 26, /* VIEW => ID */ 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ 26, /* REINDEX => ID */ 26, /* RENAME => ID */ 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ }; #endif /* YYFALLBACK */ /* The following structure represents a single element of the ** parser's stack. Information stored includes: ** ** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. ** ** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. ** (In other words, the "major" token.) ** ** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is ** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. ** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. */ struct yyStackEntry { YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code ** number for the token at this stack level */ YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This ** is the value of the token */ }; typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; /* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of ** the following structure */ struct yyParser { int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ #endif int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ #else yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ #endif }; typedef struct yyParser yyParser; #ifndef NDEBUG /* #include <stdio.h> */ static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off ** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> ** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written. ** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. ** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every ** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is ** turned off. ** </ul> ** ** Outputs: ** None. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "NO", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "select", "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken", "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr", "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", }; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. */ static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", /* 5 */ "explain ::=", /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", /* 31 */ "temp ::=", /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column", /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm", /* 38 */ "id ::= ID", /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED", /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", /* 41 */ "nm ::= id", /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING", /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", /* 44 */ "type ::=", /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken", /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename", /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids", /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids", /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num", /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num", /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", /* 54 */ "carglist ::=", /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons", /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids", /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=", /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", /* 72 */ "refargs ::=", /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=", /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons", /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", /* 100 */ "onconf ::=", /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", /* 102 */ "orconf ::=", /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=", /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select", /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect", /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL", /* 121 */ "distinct ::=", /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", /* 123 */ "sclp ::=", /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm", /* 128 */ "as ::= ids", /* 129 */ "as ::=", /* 130 */ "from ::=", /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=", /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=", /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=", /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=", /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=", /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=", /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr", /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=", /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=", /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=", /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=", /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=", /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr", /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm", /* 184 */ "expr ::= term", /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL", /* 187 */ "expr ::= id", /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING", /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids", /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN", /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", /* 236 */ "case_else ::=", /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr", /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=", /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=", /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=", /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", /* 250 */ "collate ::=", /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids", /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm", /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON", /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=", /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=", /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=", /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=", /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", /* 285 */ "trnm ::= nm", /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", /* 287 */ "tridxby ::=", /* 288 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", /* 295 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", /* 302 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", /* 303 */ "key_opt ::=", /* 304 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", /* 305 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", /* 307 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", /* 313 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", /* 314 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", /* 316 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", /* 318 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", /* 319 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", /* 321 */ "vtabarg ::=", /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", /* 323 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", /* 325 */ "lp ::= LP", /* 326 */ "anylist ::=", /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", }; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 /* ** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. */ static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ int newSize; yyStackEntry *pNew; newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); if( pNew ){ p->yystack = pNew; p->yystksz = newSize; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); } #endif } } #endif /* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. ** ** Inputs: ** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. ** ** Outputs: ** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls ** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ yyParser *pParser; pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); if( pParser ){ pParser->yyidx = -1; #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH pParser->yyidxMax = 0; #endif #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 pParser->yystack = NULL; pParser->yystksz = 0; yyGrowStack(pParser); #endif } return pParser; } /* The following function deletes the value associated with a ** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. ** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to ** the value. */ static void yy_destructor( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; switch( yymajor ){ /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used ** inside the C code. */ case 160: /* select */ case 194: /* oneselect */ { sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy387)); } break; case 174: /* term */ case 175: /* expr */ { sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy118).pExpr); } break; case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ case 187: /* idxlist */ case 197: /* selcollist */ case 200: /* groupby_opt */ case 202: /* orderby_opt */ case 204: /* sclp */ case 214: /* sortlist */ case 216: /* nexprlist */ case 217: /* setlist */ case 220: /* itemlist */ case 221: /* exprlist */ case 226: /* case_exprlist */ { sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322)); } break; case 193: /* fullname */ case 198: /* from */ case 206: /* seltablist */ case 207: /* stl_prefix */ { sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259)); } break; case 199: /* where_opt */ case 201: /* having_opt */ case 210: /* on_opt */ case 215: /* sortitem */ case 225: /* case_operand */ case 227: /* case_else */ case 238: /* when_clause */ case 243: /* key_opt */ { sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314)); } break; case 211: /* using_opt */ case 213: /* inscollist */ case 219: /* inscollist_opt */ { sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384)); } break; case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ { sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203)); } break; case 236: /* trigger_event */ { sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b); } break; default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ } } /* ** Pop the parser's stack once. ** ** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which ** is popped from the stack, then call it. ** ** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. */ static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ YYCODETYPE yymajor; yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below ** empty in SQLite. */ if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[yytos->major]); } #endif yymajor = yytos->major; yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); pParser->yyidx--; return yymajor; } /* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> ** <li> A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer ** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. ** <li> A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained ** from malloc. ** </ul> */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ ){ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully ** created in the first place. */ if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 free(pParser->yystack); #endif (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); } /* ** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. */ #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; return pParser->yyidxMax; } #endif /* ** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal ** look-ahead token iLookAhead. ** ** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is ** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise ** return YY_NO_ACTION. */ static int yy_find_shift_action( yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ ){ int i; int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ return yy_default[stateno]; } assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); i += iLookAhead; if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ if( iLookAhead>0 ){ #ifdef YYFALLBACK YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0]) && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){ #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); } #endif return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); } #endif #ifdef YYWILDCARD { int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; if( #if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 j>=0 && #endif #if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT && #endif yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD ){ #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); } #endif /* NDEBUG */ return yy_action[j]; } } #endif /* YYWILDCARD */ } return yy_default[stateno]; }else{ return yy_action[i]; } } /* ** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal ** look-ahead token iLookAhead. ** ** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is ** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise ** return YY_NO_ACTION. */ static int yy_find_reduce_action( int stateno, /* Current state number */ YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ ){ int i; #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ return yy_default[stateno]; } #else assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); #endif i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); i += iLookAhead; #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ return yy_default[stateno]; } #else assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT ); assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead ); #endif return yy_action[i]; } /* ** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. */ static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; yypParser->yyidx--; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser ** stack every overflows */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ } /* ** Perform a shift action. */ static void yy_shift( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ ){ yyStackEntry *yytos; yypParser->yyidx++; #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; } #endif #if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); return; } #else if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ yyGrowStack(yypParser); if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); return; } } #endif yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; yytos->minor = *yypMinor; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ int i; fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); } #endif } /* The following table contains information about every rule that ** is used during the reduce. */ static const struct { YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ } yyRuleInfo[] = { { 142, 1 }, { 143, 2 }, { 143, 1 }, { 144, 1 }, { 144, 3 }, { 145, 0 }, { 145, 1 }, { 145, 3 }, { 146, 1 }, { 147, 3 }, { 149, 0 }, { 149, 1 }, { 149, 2 }, { 148, 0 }, { 148, 1 }, { 148, 1 }, { 148, 1 }, { 147, 2 }, { 147, 2 }, { 147, 2 }, { 151, 1 }, { 151, 0 }, { 147, 2 }, { 147, 3 }, { 147, 5 }, { 147, 2 }, { 152, 6 }, { 154, 1 }, { 156, 0 }, { 156, 3 }, { 155, 1 }, { 155, 0 }, { 153, 4 }, { 153, 2 }, { 158, 3 }, { 158, 1 }, { 161, 3 }, { 162, 1 }, { 165, 1 }, { 165, 1 }, { 166, 1 }, { 150, 1 }, { 150, 1 }, { 150, 1 }, { 163, 0 }, { 163, 1 }, { 167, 1 }, { 167, 4 }, { 167, 6 }, { 168, 1 }, { 168, 2 }, { 169, 1 }, { 169, 1 }, { 164, 2 }, { 164, 0 }, { 172, 3 }, { 172, 1 }, { 173, 2 }, { 173, 4 }, { 173, 3 }, { 173, 3 }, { 173, 2 }, { 173, 2 }, { 173, 3 }, { 173, 5 }, { 173, 2 }, { 173, 4 }, { 173, 4 }, { 173, 1 }, { 173, 2 }, { 178, 0 }, { 178, 1 }, { 180, 0 }, { 180, 2 }, { 182, 2 }, { 182, 3 }, { 182, 3 }, { 182, 3 }, { 183, 2 }, { 183, 2 }, { 183, 1 }, { 183, 1 }, { 183, 2 }, { 181, 3 }, { 181, 2 }, { 184, 0 }, { 184, 2 }, { 184, 2 }, { 159, 0 }, { 159, 2 }, { 185, 3 }, { 185, 2 }, { 185, 1 }, { 186, 2 }, { 186, 7 }, { 186, 5 }, { 186, 5 }, { 186, 10 }, { 188, 0 }, { 188, 1 }, { 176, 0 }, { 176, 3 }, { 189, 0 }, { 189, 2 }, { 190, 1 }, { 190, 1 }, { 190, 1 }, { 147, 4 }, { 192, 2 }, { 192, 0 }, { 147, 8 }, { 147, 4 }, { 147, 1 }, { 160, 1 }, { 160, 3 }, { 195, 1 }, { 195, 2 }, { 195, 1 }, { 194, 9 }, { 196, 1 }, { 196, 1 }, { 196, 0 }, { 204, 2 }, { 204, 0 }, { 197, 3 }, { 197, 2 }, { 197, 4 }, { 205, 2 }, { 205, 1 }, { 205, 0 }, { 198, 0 }, { 198, 2 }, { 207, 2 }, { 207, 0 }, { 206, 7 }, { 206, 7 }, { 206, 7 }, { 157, 0 }, { 157, 2 }, { 193, 2 }, { 208, 1 }, { 208, 2 }, { 208, 3 }, { 208, 4 }, { 210, 2 }, { 210, 0 }, { 209, 0 }, { 209, 3 }, { 209, 2 }, { 211, 4 }, { 211, 0 }, { 202, 0 }, { 202, 3 }, { 214, 4 }, { 214, 2 }, { 215, 1 }, { 177, 1 }, { 177, 1 }, { 177, 0 }, { 200, 0 }, { 200, 3 }, { 201, 0 }, { 201, 2 }, { 203, 0 }, { 203, 2 }, { 203, 4 }, { 203, 4 }, { 147, 5 }, { 199, 0 }, { 199, 2 }, { 147, 7 }, { 217, 5 }, { 217, 3 }, { 147, 8 }, { 147, 5 }, { 147, 6 }, { 218, 2 }, { 218, 1 }, { 220, 3 }, { 220, 1 }, { 219, 0 }, { 219, 3 }, { 213, 3 }, { 213, 1 }, { 175, 1 }, { 175, 3 }, { 174, 1 }, { 175, 1 }, { 175, 1 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 5 }, { 174, 1 }, { 174, 1 }, { 175, 1 }, { 175, 1 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 6 }, { 175, 5 }, { 175, 4 }, { 174, 1 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 222, 1 }, { 222, 2 }, { 222, 1 }, { 222, 2 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 5 }, { 175, 2 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 4 }, { 175, 2 }, { 175, 2 }, { 175, 2 }, { 175, 2 }, { 223, 1 }, { 223, 2 }, { 175, 5 }, { 224, 1 }, { 224, 2 }, { 175, 5 }, { 175, 3 }, { 175, 5 }, { 175, 4 }, { 175, 4 }, { 175, 5 }, { 226, 5 }, { 226, 4 }, { 227, 2 }, { 227, 0 }, { 225, 1 }, { 225, 0 }, { 221, 1 }, { 221, 0 }, { 216, 3 }, { 216, 1 }, { 147, 11 }, { 228, 1 }, { 228, 0 }, { 179, 0 }, { 179, 3 }, { 187, 5 }, { 187, 3 }, { 229, 0 }, { 229, 2 }, { 147, 4 }, { 147, 1 }, { 147, 2 }, { 147, 3 }, { 147, 5 }, { 147, 6 }, { 147, 5 }, { 147, 6 }, { 230, 1 }, { 230, 1 }, { 230, 1 }, { 230, 1 }, { 230, 1 }, { 170, 2 }, { 171, 2 }, { 232, 1 }, { 231, 1 }, { 231, 0 }, { 147, 5 }, { 233, 11 }, { 235, 1 }, { 235, 1 }, { 235, 2 }, { 235, 0 }, { 236, 1 }, { 236, 1 }, { 236, 3 }, { 237, 0 }, { 237, 3 }, { 238, 0 }, { 238, 2 }, { 234, 3 }, { 234, 2 }, { 240, 1 }, { 240, 3 }, { 241, 0 }, { 241, 3 }, { 241, 2 }, { 239, 7 }, { 239, 8 }, { 239, 5 }, { 239, 5 }, { 239, 1 }, { 175, 4 }, { 175, 6 }, { 191, 1 }, { 191, 1 }, { 191, 1 }, { 147, 4 }, { 147, 6 }, { 147, 3 }, { 243, 0 }, { 243, 2 }, { 242, 1 }, { 242, 0 }, { 147, 1 }, { 147, 3 }, { 147, 1 }, { 147, 3 }, { 147, 6 }, { 147, 6 }, { 244, 1 }, { 245, 0 }, { 245, 1 }, { 147, 1 }, { 147, 4 }, { 246, 7 }, { 247, 1 }, { 247, 3 }, { 248, 0 }, { 248, 2 }, { 249, 1 }, { 249, 3 }, { 250, 1 }, { 251, 0 }, { 251, 4 }, { 251, 2 }, }; static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ /* ** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately ** follow the reduce. */ static void yy_reduce( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ ){ int yygoto; /* The next state */ int yyact; /* The next action */ YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, yyRuleName[yyruleno]); } #endif /* NDEBUG */ /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. ** ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) */ /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ yygotominor = yyzerominor; switch( yyruleno ){ /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example ** follows: ** case 0: ** #line <lineno> <grammarfile> ** { ... } // User supplied code ** #line <lineno> <thisfile> ** break; */ case 5: /* explain ::= */ { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } break; case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } break; case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } break; case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ { sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } break; case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ {sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} break; case 13: /* transtype ::= */ {yygotominor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;} break; case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); {yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major;} break; case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} break; case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ {sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} break; case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ { sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4); } break; case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ { pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; } break; case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87); case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109); case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120); case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121); case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225); {yygotominor.yy4 = 0;} break; case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86); case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223); case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); {yygotominor.yy4 = 1;} break; case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */ { sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); } break; case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ { sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); } break; case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ { yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; } break; case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */ { sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; } break; case 38: /* id ::= ID */ case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39); case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40); case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46); case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49); case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147); case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251); case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264); case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265); case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267); case 285: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285); {yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} break; case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */ {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ { yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); } break; case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ { yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); } break; case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */ {yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} break; case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59); {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} break; case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);} break; case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ { ExprSpan v; v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); } break; case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */ { ExprSpan v; spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); } break; case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ {sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} break; case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);} break; case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} break; case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);} break; case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} break; case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ {sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} break; case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */ {sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 72: /* refargs ::= */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} break; case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ { yygotominor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; } break; case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); { yygotominor.yy215.value = 0; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; } break; case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ { yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; } break; case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ { yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; } break; case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ { yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99); case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101); case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104); {yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} break; case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */ {yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} break; case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ {yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} break; case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);} break; case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} break; case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);} break; case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ { sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4); } break; case 100: /* onconf ::= */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Default;} break; case 102: /* orconf ::= */ {yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Default;} break; case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ {yygotominor.yy210 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} break; case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;} break; case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Replace;} break; case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); } break; case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ { sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4); } break; case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); } break; case 112: /* cmd ::= select */ { SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0}; sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest); sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe); sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); } break; case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */ {yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;} break; case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */ { if( yymsp[0].minor.yy387 ){ yymsp[0].minor.yy387->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4; yymsp[0].minor.yy387->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387; }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy387); } yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387; } break; case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ {yygotominor.yy4 = TK_ALL;} break; case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ { yygotominor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pOffset); } break; case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); {yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;} break; case 123: /* sclp ::= */ case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151); case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159); case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240); case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246); {yygotominor.yy322 = 0;} break; case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr); if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118); } break; case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ { Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, p); } break; case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ { Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, pDot); } break; case 129: /* as ::= */ {yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} break; case 130: /* from ::= */ {yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));} break; case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ { yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259; sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy259); } break; case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ { yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259; if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } break; case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */ {yygotominor.yy259 = 0;} break; case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ { yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); } break; case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ { yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); } break; case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ { if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){ yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259; }else{ Select *pSubquery; sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259); pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); } } break; case 137: /* dbnm ::= */ case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146); {yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} break; case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ {yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ { yygotominor.yy4 = JT_INNER; } break; case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ { yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } break; case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ { yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } break; case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ { yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } break; case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155); case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169); case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237); {yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} break; case 145: /* on_opt ::= */ case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238); {yygotominor.yy314 = 0;} break; case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ {yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} break; case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */ case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181); {yygotominor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;} break; case 150: /* using_opt ::= */ case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); {yygotominor.yy384 = 0;} break; case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239); {yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;} break; case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } break; case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); if( yygotominor.yy322 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy322->a) ) yygotominor.yy322->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } break; case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158); {yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} break; case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ {yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} break; case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */ {yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} break; case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ {yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} break; case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ {yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} break; case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ {yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} break; case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ { sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314); } break; case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ { sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list"); sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); } break; case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); } break; case 172: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); } break; case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ {sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} break; case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ {sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} break; case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ {sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);} break; case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ {yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;} break; case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ {yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Replace;} break; case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */ case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241); {yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} break; case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */ case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); {yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} break; case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */ {yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */ {yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 184: /* expr ::= term */ {yygotominor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;} break; case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ {yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 186: /* term ::= NULL */ case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192); {spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 187: /* expr ::= id */ case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188); {spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ { Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ { Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */ { /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ if( pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = 0; }else{ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->iTable); } spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ { spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */ { if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); } yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 && yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; } } break; case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ { /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are ** treated as functions that return constants */ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; } spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206); case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207); {spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} break; case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */ case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); {yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;} break; case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */ case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211); {yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;} break; case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ { ExprList *pList; pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.eOperator); if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } break; case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ { ExprList *pList; pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.eOperator); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } break; case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ {spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ {spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ { spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); } break; case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ { spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); } break; case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); {spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} break; case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ {spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} break; case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ {spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} break; case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ { ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = pList; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; } break; case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ { if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){ /* Expressions of the form ** ** expr1 IN () ** expr1 NOT IN () ** ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, ** regardless of the value of expr1. */ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4]); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322; sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322); } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ { SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); } if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.zStart; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ { Expr *p = yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); if( p ){ p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy322; sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322); } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); } break; case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ { yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); } break; case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */ { sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[-9].minor.yy4, &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4); } break; case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Abort;} break; case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None;} break; case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ { Expr *p = 0; if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0); sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, p); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } break; case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ { Expr *p = 0; if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; } break; case 250: /* collate ::= */ {yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} break; case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ {sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} break; case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254); {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} break; case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} break; case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} break; case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} break; case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} break; case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} break; case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ { Token all; all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all); } break; case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ { sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4); yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); } break; case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275); { yygotominor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; } break; case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ { yygotominor.yy4 = TK_AFTER; } break; case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ { yygotominor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;} break; case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277); {yygotominor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy90.b = 0;} break; case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */ {yygotominor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;} break; case 281: /* when_clause ::= */ case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303); { yygotominor.yy314 = 0; } break; case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); { yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; } break; case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ { assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 ); yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy203; } break; case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ { assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 ); yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; } break; case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ { yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " "statements within triggers"); } break; case 288: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " "within triggers"); } break; case 289: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " "within triggers"); } break; case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ { yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); } break; case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ {yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} break; case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ {yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} break; case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ {yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);} break; case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ {yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); } break; case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) { yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4; } yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } break; case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;} break; case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ {yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Fail;} break; case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); } break; case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ { sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy314); } break; case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ { sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); } break; case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} break; case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 309: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} break; case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ { sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ { sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ { pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259); } break; case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} break; case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 318: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */ { sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 321: /* vtabarg ::= */ {sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} break; case 323: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); case 325: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; default: /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34); /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35); /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44); /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54); /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55); /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56); /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90); /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93); /* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268); /* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); /* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); /* (280) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); /* (287) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287); /* (305) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305); /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306); /* (314) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); /* (319) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322); /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328); break; }; yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ #ifdef NDEBUG /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ if( yysize ){ yypParser->yyidx++; yymsp -= yysize-1; yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; yymsp->minor = yygotominor; }else #endif { yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); } }else{ assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); yy_accept(yypParser); } } /* ** The following code executes when the parse fails */ #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY static void yy_parse_failed( yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the ** parser fails */ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } #endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ /* ** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. */ static void yy_syntax_error( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; #define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } /* ** The following is executed when the parser accepts */ static void yy_accept( yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the ** parser accepts */ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } /* The main parser program. ** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from ** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. ** The second argument is the major token number. The third is ** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the ** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for ** use by the action routines. ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> ** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) ** <li> The major token number. ** <li> The minor token number. ** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type. ** </ul> ** ** Outputs: ** None. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( void *yyp, /* The parser */ int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ ){ YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; int yyact; /* The parser action. */ #if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ #endif #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ #endif yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ yyminorunion = yyzerominor; yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); return; } #endif yypParser->yyidx = 0; yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; } yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; #if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); #endif sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); } #endif do{ yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion); yypParser->yyerrcnt--; yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); }else{ assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL int yymx; #endif #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** ** * Call the %syntax_error function. ** ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift ** the error symbol. ** ** * Set the error count to three. ** ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error ** processing will occur until three tokens have been ** shifted successfully. ** */ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); } yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); } #endif yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else{ while( yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE ){ yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); } if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); yy_parse_failed(yypParser); yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ YYMINORTYPE u2; u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); } } yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; yyerrorhit = 1; #elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. ** ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. */ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); yymajor = YYNOCODE; #else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: ** ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. ** ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. ** ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. */ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); } yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); if( yyendofinput ){ yy_parse_failed(yypParser); } yymajor = YYNOCODE; #endif } }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); return; } /************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** An tokenizer for SQL ** ** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into ** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the ** parser for analysis. */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* ** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their ** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just ** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need ** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores ** need to be translated. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII # define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC # define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ }; #endif /* ** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if ** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is ** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** ** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, ** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. ** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file ** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by ** the #include below. */ /************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ /************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ /***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** ** ** The code in this file has been automatically generated by ** ** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c ** ** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether ** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing ** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. ** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code ** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications ** on platforms with limited memory. */ /* Hash score: 175 */ static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */ /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */ /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */ /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */ /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */ /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */ /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ /* INITIALLY */ static const char zText[540] = { 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U', 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C', 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L', 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D', 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E', 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W', 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R', 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M', 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U', 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M', 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T', 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L', 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S', 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L', 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V', 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', }; static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0, 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0, 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67, 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44, 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25, 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0, 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14, 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109, 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0, 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52, }; static const unsigned char aNext[121] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1, 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0, 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0, 35, 64, 0, 0, }; static const unsigned char aLen[121] = { 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, }; static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = { 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, 521, 527, 531, 536, }; static const unsigned char aCode[121] = { TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, }; int h, i; if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127; for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */ testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */ testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */ testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */ testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */ testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */ testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */ testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */ testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */ testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */ testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */ testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */ testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */ testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */ testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */ testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */ testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */ testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */ testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */ testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */ testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */ testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */ testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */ testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */ testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */ testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */ testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */ testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */ testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */ testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */ testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */ testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */ testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */ testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */ testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */ testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */ testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */ testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */ testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */ testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */ testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */ testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */ testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */ testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */ testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */ testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */ testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */ testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */ testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */ testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */ testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */ testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */ testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */ testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */ testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */ testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */ testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */ testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */ testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */ testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */ testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */ testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */ testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */ testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */ testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */ testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */ testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */ testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */ return aCode[i]; } } return TK_ID; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ return keywordCode((char*)z, n); } #define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121 /************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ /* ** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then ** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** ** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is ** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, ** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. ** ** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same ** end result. ** ** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the ** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. ** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. ** But the feature is undocumented. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII #define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ }; #define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif /* ** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. ** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ int i, c; switch( *z ){ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { testcase( z[0]==' ' ); testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} *tokenType = TK_SPACE; return i; } case '-': { if( z[1]=='-' ){ /* IMP: R-50417-27976 -- syntax diagram for comments */ for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ return i; } *tokenType = TK_MINUS; return 1; } case '(': { *tokenType = TK_LP; return 1; } case ')': { *tokenType = TK_RP; return 1; } case ';': { *tokenType = TK_SEMI; return 1; } case '+': { *tokenType = TK_PLUS; return 1; } case '*': { *tokenType = TK_STAR; return 1; } case '/': { if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ *tokenType = TK_SLASH; return 1; } /* IMP: R-50417-27976 -- syntax diagram for comments */ for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} if( c ) i++; *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ return i; } case '%': { *tokenType = TK_REM; return 1; } case '=': { *tokenType = TK_EQ; return 1 + (z[1]=='='); } case '<': { if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_LE; return 2; }else if( c=='>' ){ *tokenType = TK_NE; return 2; }else if( c=='<' ){ *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; return 2; }else{ *tokenType = TK_LT; return 1; } } case '>': { if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_GE; return 2; }else if( c=='>' ){ *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; return 2; }else{ *tokenType = TK_GT; return 1; } } case '!': { if( z[1]!='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return 2; }else{ *tokenType = TK_NE; return 2; } } case '|': { if( z[1]!='|' ){ *tokenType = TK_BITOR; return 1; }else{ *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; return 2; } } case ',': { *tokenType = TK_COMMA; return 1; } case '&': { *tokenType = TK_BITAND; return 1; } case '~': { *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; return 1; } case '`': case '\'': case '"': { int delim = z[0]; testcase( delim=='`' ); testcase( delim=='\'' ); testcase( delim=='"' ); for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ if( c==delim ){ if( z[i+1]==delim ){ i++; }else{ break; } } } if( c=='\'' ){ *tokenType = TK_STRING; return i+1; }else if( c!=0 ){ *tokenType = TK_ID; return i+1; }else{ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } } case '.': { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) #endif { *tokenType = TK_DOT; return 1; } /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ } case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); testcase( z[0]=='9' ); *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( z[i]=='.' ){ i++; while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) ) ){ i += 2; while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } #endif while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; i++; } return i; } case '[': { for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } case '?': { *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} return i; } case '#': { for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} if( i>1 ){ /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */ *tokenType = TK_REGISTER; return i; } /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE case '$': #endif case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ case ':': { int n = 0; testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' ); *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ if( IdChar(c) ){ n++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ do{ i++; }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); if( c==')' ){ i++; }else{ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; } break; }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ i++; #endif }else{ break; } } if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case 'x': case 'X': { testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); if( z[1]=='\'' ){ *tokenType = TK_BLOB; for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } } if( z[i] ) i++; return i; } /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ } #endif default: { if( !IdChar(*z) ){ break; } for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); return i; } } *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return 1; } /* ** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is ** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs ** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into ** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that ** error message. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ int i; /* Loop counter */ void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; pParse->zTail = zSql; i = 0; assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); if( pEngine==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ assert( i>=0 ); pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); i += pParse->sLastToken.n; if( i>mxSqlLen ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; break; } switch( tokenType ){ case TK_SPACE: { if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_parse; } break; } case TK_ILLEGAL: { sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", &pParse->sLastToken); nErr++; goto abort_parse; } case TK_SEMI: { pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; /* Fall thru into the default case */ } default: { sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); lastTokenParsed = tokenType; if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_parse; } break; } } } abort_parse: if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; } sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); } #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) ); #endif /* YYDEBUG */ sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; if( db->mallocFailed ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); } assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); pParse->zErrMsg = 0; nErr++; } if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); pParse->pVdbe = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE if( pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); pParse->aTableLock = 0; pParse->nTableLock = 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); #endif if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. */ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); } sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias); while( pParse->pAinc ){ AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); } if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return nErr; } /************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** An tokenizer for SQL ** ** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. ** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by ** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from ** static links that do not use it. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE /* ** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII #define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; #define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ /* ** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header ** comments on that procedure for additional information. */ #define tkSEMI 0 #define tkWS 1 #define tkOTHER 2 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER #define tkEXPLAIN 3 #define tkCREATE 4 #define tkTEMP 5 #define tkTRIGGER 6 #define tkEND 7 #endif /* ** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. ** ** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. ** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement ** must end with ";END;". ** ** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: ** ** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. ** ** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine ** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends ** in any other state. ** ** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single ** semicolon. ** ** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of ** a statement. ** ** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a ** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by ** TEMP or TEMPORARY ** ** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be ** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. ** ** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at ** the end of a trigger definition. ** ** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end ** of a trigger difinition. ** ** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted ** from the input. The following tokens are significant: ** ** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. ** (1) tkWS Whitespace. ** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. ** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. ** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. ** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. ** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. ** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. ** ** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. ** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. ** ** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed ** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do ** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER ** statement. This is the normal case. */ static const u8 trans[8][8] = { /* Token: */ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, }; #else /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier */ static const u8 trans[3][3] = { /* Token: */ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, }; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ while( *zSql ){ switch( *zSql ){ case ';': { /* A semicolon */ token = tkSEMI; break; } case ' ': case '\r': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ token = tkWS; break; } case '/': { /* C-style comments */ if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ token = tkOTHER; break; } zSql += 2; while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; zSql++; token = tkWS; break; } case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ token = tkOTHER; break; } while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; token = tkWS; break; } case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ zSql++; while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; token = tkOTHER; break; } case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ case '\'': { int c = *zSql; zSql++; while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; token = tkOTHER; break; } default: { #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC unsigned char c; #endif if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ int nId; for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER token = tkOTHER; #else switch( *zSql ){ case 'c': case 'C': { if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ token = tkCREATE; }else{ token = tkOTHER; } break; } case 't': case 'T': { if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ token = tkTRIGGER; }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ token = tkTEMP; }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ token = tkTEMP; }else{ token = tkOTHER; } break; } case 'e': case 'E': { if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ token = tkEND; }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ token = tkEXPLAIN; }else #endif { token = tkOTHER; } break; } default: { token = tkOTHER; break; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ zSql += nId-1; }else{ /* Operators and special symbols */ token = tkOTHER; } break; } } state = trans[state][token]; zSql++; } return state==1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described ** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not ** UTF-8. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ sqlite3_value *pVal; char const *zSql8; int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); if( zSql8 ){ rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ /************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file ** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in ** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be ** accessed by users of the library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ /************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE /************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ /************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU /************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ /************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant ** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns ** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a ** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function ** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns ** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to ** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* ** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if ** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing ** I/O active are written using this function. These messages ** are intended for debugging activity only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; #endif /* ** If the following global variable points to a string which is the ** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store ** temporary files. ** ** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; /* ** Initialize SQLite. ** ** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, ** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with ** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT ** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as ** sqlite3_open(). ** ** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, ** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. ** ** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to ** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first ** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent ** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. ** ** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive ** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the ** initialization process would never complete. ** ** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other ** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is ** incomplete, it is required that: ** ** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most ** call by X completes. ** ** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately ** without blocking. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ int rc; /* Result code */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } #endif /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end ** of this routine. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. ** ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own ** initialization. */ rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); if( rc ) return rc; /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. */ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other ** recursive calls might also be possible. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ** ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; rc = sqlite3OsInit(); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. */ #ifndef NDEBUG #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; double y; assert(sizeof(x)==8); assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); memcpy(&y, &x, 8); assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); } #endif #endif /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT ** compile-time option. */ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while ** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or ** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This ** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine ** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down ** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); #endif sqlite3_os_end(); sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ sqlite3MallocEnd(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ sqlite3MutexEnd(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of ** the SQLite library at run-time. ** ** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding ** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not ** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable ** behavior. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while ** the SQLite library is in use. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe ** compile. */ #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { /* Disable all mutexing */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { /* Enable all mutexing */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { /* no-op */ break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { /* now an error */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); } *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; break; } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is ** run. */ memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); }else{ /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); #endif } break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument. ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is ** NULL. */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); */ typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); break; } default: { rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } } va_end(ap); return rc; } /* ** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. ** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. ** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the ** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for ** the lookaside memory. */ static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ void *pStart; if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for ** both at the same time. */ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); } /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger ** than a pointer to be useful. */ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ sz = 0; pStart = 0; }else if( pBuf==0 ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; }else{ pStart = pBuf; } db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; db->lookaside.pFree = 0; db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; if( pStart ){ int i; LookasideSlot *p; assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; db->lookaside.pFree = p; p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; } db->lookaside.pEnd = p; db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; }else{ db->lookaside.pEnd = 0; db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ return db->mutex; } /* ** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database ** connection. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ int i; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); } } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Configuration settings for an individual database connection */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); break; } default: { static const struct { int op; /* The opcode */ u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ } aFlagOp[] = { { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, }; unsigned int i; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){ if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){ int onoff = va_arg(ap, int); int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*); int oldFlags = db->flags; if( onoff>0 ){ db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; }else if( onoff==0 ){ db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; } if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); } if( pRes ){ *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; } rc = SQLITE_OK; break; } } break; } } va_end(ap); return rc; } /* ** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. */ static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } return n==0; } /* ** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always ** available. ** ** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end ** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. */ static int binCollFunc( void *padFlag, int nKey1, const void *pKey1, int nKey2, const void *pKey2 ){ int rc, n; n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2; rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n); if( rc==0 ){ if( padFlag && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n) && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n) ){ /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */ }else{ rc = nKey1 - nKey2; } } return rc; } /* ** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. ** ** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant ** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents ** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. ** ** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. */ static int nocaseCollatingFunc( void *NotUsed, int nKey1, const void *pKey1, int nKey2, const void *pKey2 ){ int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( 0==r ){ r = nKey1-nKey2; } return r; } /* ** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert */ SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){ return db->lastRowid; } /* ** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ return db->nChange; } /* ** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ return db->nTotalChange; } /* ** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the ** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open ** at the b-tree/pager level. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ while( db->pSavepoint ){ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } db->nSavepoint = 0; db->nStatement = 0; db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; } /* ** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, ** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple ** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called ** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. */ static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; if( pDestructor ){ pDestructor->nRef--; if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); } } } /* ** Close an existing SQLite database */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ int j; if( !db ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); /* Force xDestroy calls on all virtual tables */ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing ** some prepared statements internally. */ sqlite3VtabRollback(db); /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ if( db->pVdbe ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_BUSY; } assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ); for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation"); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_BUSY; } } /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; if( pDb->pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; if( j!=1 ){ pDb->pSchema = 0; } } } sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. */ sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); assert( db->nDb<=2 ); assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){ FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ pHash = p->pHash; while( p ){ functionDestroy(db, p); pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); p = pNext; } } } for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ for(j=0; j<3; j++){ if( pColl[j].xDel ){ pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); } } sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); } sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); if( pMod->xDestroy ){ pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); } sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); #endif sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ if( db->pErr ){ sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); } sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database ** structure? */ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); } sqlite3_free(db); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rollback all database files. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; int inTrans = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ inTrans = 1; } sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; } } sqlite3VtabRollback(db); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); } /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ db->nDeferredCons = 0; /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); } } /* ** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the ** argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ static const char* const aMsg[] = { /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", }; rc &= 0xff; if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){ return aMsg[rc]; }else{ return "unknown error"; } } /* ** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries ** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is ** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first ** argument. */ static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( void *ptr, /* Database connection */ int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) static const u8 delays[] = { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; static const u8 totals[] = { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; # define NDELAY ArraySize(delays) sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; int timeout = db->busyTimeout; int delay, prior; assert( count>=0 ); if( count < NDELAY ){ delay = delays[count]; prior = totals[count]; }else{ delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); } if( prior + delay > timeout ){ delay = timeout - prior; if( delay<=0 ) return 0; } sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); return 1; #else sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ return 0; } sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); return 1; #endif } /* ** Invoke the given busy handler. ** ** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. ** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it ** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ int rc; if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); if( rc==0 ){ p->nBusy = -1; }else{ p->nBusy++; } return rc; } /* ** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the ** given callback function with the given argument. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( sqlite3 *db, int (*xBusy)(void*,int), void *pArg ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* ** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the ** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will ** be invoked every nOps opcodes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( sqlite3 *db, int nOps, int (*xProgress)(void*), void *pArg ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( nOps>0 ){ db->xProgress = xProgress; db->nProgressOps = nOps; db->pProgressArg = pArg; }else{ db->xProgress = 0; db->nProgressOps = 0; db->pProgressArg = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } #endif /* ** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the ** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ if( ms>0 ){ db->busyTimeout = ms; sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); }else{ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; } /* ** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except ** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is ** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code ** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int enc, void *pUserData, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ){ FuncDef *p; int nName; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( zFunctionName==0 || (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. ** ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function ** to the hash table. */ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } #else enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. */ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); } } p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); assert(p || db->mallocFailed); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ functionDestroy(db, p); if( pDestructor ){ pDestructor->nRef++; } p->pDestructor = pDestructor; p->flags = 0; p->xFunc = xFunc; p->xStep = xStep; p->xFinalize = xFinal; p->pUserData = pUserData; p->nArg = (u16)nArg; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Create new user functions. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ){ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xDestroy)(void *) ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( xDestroy ){ pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); if( !pArg ){ xDestroy(p); goto out; } pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; pArg->pUserData = p; } rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); xDestroy(p); sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); } out: rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *p, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ){ int rc; char *zFunc8; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* ** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. ** ** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then ** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create ** a new one that always throws a run-time error. ** ** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they ** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. ** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work ** properly. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nArg ){ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace ** is returned. ** ** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL ** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each ** SQL statement. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ void *pOld; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pTraceArg; db->xTrace = xTrace; db->pTraceArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } /* ** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered ** profile function is returned. ** ** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL ** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of ** each SQL statement that is run. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( sqlite3 *db, void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), void *pArg ){ void *pOld; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pProfileArg; db->xProfile = xProfile; db->pProfileArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ /*** EXPERIMENTAL *** ** ** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. ** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a ** rollback. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pOld; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pCommitArg; db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; db->pCommitArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, ** inserted or deleted using this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pRet; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pUpdateArg; db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; db->pUpdateArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled ** back by this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pRet; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pRollbackArg; db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; db->pRollbackArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). ** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file ** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by ** wal_autocheckpoint()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( void *pClientData, /* Argument */ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ const char *zDb, /* Database */ int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ ){ if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint ** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or ** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the ** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. ** ** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback ** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback ** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); #else if( nFrame>0 ){ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); }else{ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written ** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL void *pRet; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pWalArg; db->xWalCallback = xCallback; db->pWalArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; #else return 0; #endif } /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL return SQLITE_OK; #else int rc; /* Return code */ int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ); assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ); assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ); if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); } if( iDb<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); }else{ rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; #endif } /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points ** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are ** checkpointed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is ** not currently open in WAL mode. ** ** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this ** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If ** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is ** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex ** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by ** this function while the checkpoint is running. ** ** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are ** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - ** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); pnLog = 0; pnCkpt = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ bBusy = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of ** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. ** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime ** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The ** following table describes the relationship between these two values ** and this functions return value. ** ** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database ** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ ** 0 any file (return 0) ** 1 1 file (return 0) ** 1 2 memory (return 1) ** 1 0 file (return 0) ** 2 1 file (return 0) ** 2 2 memory (return 1) ** 2 0 memory (return 1) ** 3 any memory (return 1) */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 return ( db->temp_store==2 ); #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 return 1; #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 return 0; #endif } /* ** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent ** error. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ const char *z; if( !db ){ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mallocFailed ){ z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); }else{ z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); if( z==0 ){ z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return z; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent ** error. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ static const u16 outOfMem[] = { 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 }; static const u16 misuse[] = { 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 }; const void *z; if( !db ){ return (void *)outOfMem; } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return (void *)misuse; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mallocFailed ){ z = (void *)outOfMem; }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); if( z==0 ){ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); } /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. */ db->mallocFailed = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return z; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is ** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } return db->errCode & db->errMask; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } return db->errCode; } /* ** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName ** and the encoding is enc. */ static int createCollation( sqlite3* db, const char *zName, u8 enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDel)(void*) ){ CollSeq *pColl; int enc2; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. */ enc2 = enc; testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; } if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. */ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); return SQLITE_BUSY; } sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need ** to be called. */ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); int j; for(j=0; j<3; j++){ CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ if( p->xDel ){ p->xDel(p->pUser); } p->xCmp = 0; } } } } pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pColl->xCmp = xCompare; pColl->pUser = pCtx; pColl->xDel = xDel; pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The ** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* ** #defines in sqlite3.h. */ static const int aHardLimit[] = { SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, }; /* ** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values */ #if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 # error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 # error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH # error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 # error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 # error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 # error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62 # error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 # error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 # error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 # error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 #endif /* ** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. ** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. ** Make no changes but still report the old value if the ** new limit is negative. ** ** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. ** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit ** from forming. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ int oldLimit; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to ** "_MAX_".) */ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ return -1; } oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ } db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; } return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ } /* ** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the ** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database ** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. ** ** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or ** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" ** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) ** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain ** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in ** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains ** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to ** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to ** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release ** this buffer. ** ** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg ** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release ** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unsigned int flags = *pFlags; const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; char *zFile; char c; int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 ){ char *zOpt; int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ int iIn; /* Input character index */ int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&'); zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */ if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){ iIn = 7; while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++; if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", iIn-7, &zUri[7]); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; } }else{ iIn = 5; } /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. ** ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending ** on the parsing context. As follows: ** ** 0: Parsing file-name. ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter. ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter. */ eState = 0; while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ iIn++; if( c=='%' && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) ){ int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 ); if( octet==0 ){ /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' && (eState!=0 || c!='?') && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) && (eState!=2 || c!='&') ){ iIn++; } continue; } c = octet; }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; continue; } if( c=='&' ){ zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; }else{ eState = 2; } c = 0; }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ c = 0; eState = 1; } zFile[iOut++] = c; } if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() ** method. */ zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; while( zOpt[0] ){ int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ zVfs = zVal; }else{ struct OpenMode { const char *z; int mode; } *aMode = 0; char *zModeType = 0; int mask = 0; int limit = 0; if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, { 0, 0 } }; mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; aMode = aCacheMode; limit = mask; zModeType = "cache"; } if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, { 0, 0 } }; mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; aMode = aOpenMode; limit = mask & flags; zModeType = "access"; } if( aMode ){ int i; int mode = 0; for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ const char *z = aMode[i].z; if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ mode = aMode[i].mode; break; } } if( mode==0 ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; } if( mode>limit ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", zModeType, zVal); rc = SQLITE_PERM; goto parse_uri_out; } flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; } } zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; } }else{ zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2); if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); zFile[nUri] = '\0'; zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; } *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); if( *ppVfs==0 ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } parse_uri_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(zFile); zFile = 0; } *pFlags = flags; *pzFile = zFile; return rc; } /* ** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" ** is UTF-8 encoded. */ static int openDatabase( const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ int rc; /* Return code */ int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ *ppDb = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations ** are: ** ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE */ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ isThreadsafe = 0; }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ isThreadsafe = 0; }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ isThreadsafe = 1; }else{ isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; } if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; } /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter ** ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask ** off all other flags. */ flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; if( isThreadsafe ){ db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); if( db->mutex==0 ){ sqlite3_free(db); db = 0; goto opendb_out; } } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->errMask = 0xff; db->nDb = 2; db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); db->autoCommit = 1; db->nextAutovac = -1; db->nextPagesize = 0; db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex | SQLITE_EnableTrigger #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION | SQLITE_LoadExtension #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS | SQLITE_RecTriggers #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS | SQLITE_ForeignKeys #endif ; sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); #endif /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. */ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto opendb_out; } db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ db->openFlags = flags; rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); goto opendb_out; } /* Open the backend database driver */ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); goto opendb_out; } db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. */ db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto opendb_out; } /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database ** is accessed. */ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. */ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto opendb_out; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 if( !db->mallocFailed ){ extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); } #endif sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); #endif /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); opendb_out: sqlite3_free(zOpen); if( db ){ assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_close(db); db = 0; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; } *ppDb = db; return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } /* ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *zFilename, sqlite3 **ppDb ){ return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ int flags, /* Flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ){ return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( const void *zFilename, sqlite3 **ppDb ){ char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ sqlite3_value *pVal; int rc; assert( zFilename ); assert( ppDb ); *ppDb = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); if( zFilename8 ){ rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; } }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( sqlite3* db, const char *zName, int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ int rc; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( sqlite3* db, const char *zName, int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDel)(void*) ){ int rc; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( sqlite3* db, const void *zName, int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zName8; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zName8 ){ rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( sqlite3 *db, void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( sqlite3 *db, void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xCollNeeded = 0; db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a ** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit ** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on ** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled ** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. ** ******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ return db->autoCommit; } /* ** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, ** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error ** constants. They server two purposes: ** ** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger ** to detect when version error conditions occurs. ** ** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where ** a low-level error is first detected. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); return SQLITE_CORRUPT; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); return SQLITE_MISUSE; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific ** data for this thread has been deallocated. ** ** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a ** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ } #endif /* ** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. ** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ ){ int rc; char *zErrMsg = 0; Table *pTab = 0; Column *pCol = 0; int iCol; char const *zDataType = 0; char const *zCollSeq = 0; int notnull = 0; int primarykey = 0; int autoinc = 0; /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ goto error_out; } /* Locate the table in question */ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ pTab = 0; goto error_out; } /* Find the column for which info is requested */ if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ iCol = pTab->iPKey; if( iCol>=0 ){ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; } }else{ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ break; } } if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ pTab = 0; goto error_out; } } /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: ** ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. ** ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. */ if( pCol ){ zDataType = pCol->zType; zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0; autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; }else{ zDataType = "INTEGER"; primarykey = 1; } if( !zCollSeq ){ zCollSeq = "BINARY"; } error_out: sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. */ if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, zColumnName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; int rc; pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. */ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); return rc; } /* ** Enable or disable the extended result codes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; int iDb; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( zDbName==0 ){ iDb = 0; }else{ for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){ if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; } } if( iDb<db->nDb ){ Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( pBtree ){ Pager *pPager; sqlite3_file *fd; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); assert( pPager!=0 ); fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); assert( fd!=0 ); if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( fd->pMethods ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Interface to the testing logic. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ int rc = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST va_list ap; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ /* ** Save the current state of the PRNG. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { sqlite3PrngSaveState(); break; } /* ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); break; } /* ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { sqlite3PrngResetState(); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) ** ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { int sz = va_arg(ap, int); int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) ** ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures ** are benign. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { typedef void (*void_function)(void); void_function xBenignBegin; void_function xBenignEnd; xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) ** ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte ** as it existing before this routine was called. ** ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and ** dileterious behavior. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { rc = PENDING_BYTE; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD { unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; } #endif break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) ** ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the ** return value is zero. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { volatile int x = 0; assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); rc = x; break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) ** ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. ** ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). ** ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. ** ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: ** ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. ** }else{ ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. ** } */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { int x = va_arg(ap,int); rc = ALWAYS(x); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database ** connection db. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); int x = va_arg(ap,int); sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer ** is obtained in every case. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); int x = va_arg(ap,int); db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask); break; } #ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) ** ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. ** ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite ** is built using separate source files. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; break; } #endif /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); ** ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { void *pFree, **ppNew; int sz; sz = va_arg(ap, int); ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); ** ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, ** undo this setting. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); break; } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, ** sqlite3_stmt*,const char**); ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree. This test-control ** returns a pointer to that string. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: { sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*); const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**); *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt); break; } #endif } va_end(ap); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ return rc; } /* ** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks ** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. ** ** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() ** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the ** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam ** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine ** returns a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ if( zFilename==0 ) return 0; zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; while( zFilename[0] ){ int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; if( x==0 ) return zFilename; zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; } return 0; } /* ** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z) : (bDflt!=0); } /* ** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ ){ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); sqlite3_int64 v; if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){ bDflt = v; } return bDflt; } /* ** Return the filename of the database associated with a database ** connection. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ int i; for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt && sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0 ){ return sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt); } } return 0; } /************** End of main.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2009 March 3 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() ** API method and its associated functionality. */ /* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY /* ** Public interfaces: ** ** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() ** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() ** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() */ #define assertMutexHeld() \ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) /* ** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process ** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection ** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER ** mutex is held. */ static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following ** properties of the blocked connections list: ** ** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either ** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. ** ** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for ** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. ** ** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the ** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection ** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. */ static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 *p; for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ int seen = 0; sqlite3 *p2; /* Verify property (1) */ assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); /* Verify property (2) */ for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); } } } #else # define checkListProperties(x) #endif /* ** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection ** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. */ static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ if( *pp==db ){ *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; break; } } } /* ** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed ** that it is not already a part of the list. */ static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for( pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked ); db->pNextBlocked = *pp; *pp = db; } /* ** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ static void enterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); checkListProperties(0); } /* ** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ static void leaveMutex(void){ assertMutexHeld(); checkListProperties(0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } /* ** Register an unlock-notify callback. ** ** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation ** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection ** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared ** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. ** ** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, ** before this routine returns. ** ** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate ** a deadlock. ** ** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops ** its locks. ** ** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered ** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately ** cancelled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( sqlite3 *db, void (*xNotify)(void **, int), void *pArg ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); enterMutex(); if( xNotify==0 ){ removeFromBlockedList(db); db->pBlockingConnection = 0; db->pUnlockConnection = 0; db->xUnlockNotify = 0; db->pUnlockArg = 0; }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback ** immediately. */ xNotify(&pArg, 1); }else{ sqlite3 *p; for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} if( p ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ }else{ db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; db->pUnlockArg = pArg; removeFromBlockedList(db); addToBlockedList(db); } } leaveMutex(); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement ** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED ** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available ** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ enterMutex(); if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ addToBlockedList(db); } db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; leaveMutex(); } /* ** This function is called when ** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held ** by database connection db have been released. ** ** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections ** list and does the following: ** ** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is ** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. ** ** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is ** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and ** set pUnlockConnection=0. ** ** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and ** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections ** list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ aArg = aStatic; enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ sqlite3 *p = *pp; /* Step 1. */ if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ p->pBlockingConnection = 0; } /* Step 2. */ if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); nArg = 0; } sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) ){ /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); sqlite3_free(aDyn); aDyn = aArg = pNew; }else{ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. ** ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never ** arrive. ** ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of ** context pointers the application will receive two or more ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the ** circumstances. */ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); nArg = 0; } } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; p->pUnlockConnection = 0; p->xUnlockNotify = 0; p->pUnlockArg = 0; } /* Step 3. */ if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ *pp = p->pNextBlocked; p->pNextBlocked = 0; }else{ pp = &p->pNextBlocked; } } if( nArg!=0 ){ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); } sqlite3_free(aDyn); leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ } /* ** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is ** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); enterMutex(); removeFromBlockedList(db); checkListProperties(db); leaveMutex(); } #endif /************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) ** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The ** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the ** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees ** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the ** bottom up. ** ** **** Varints **** ** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a ** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order ** using seven bits * per byte as follows: ** ** KEY: ** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** ** 7 bits - A ** 14 bits - BA ** 21 bits - BBA ** and so on. ** ** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but ** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian ** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are ** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). ** ** Example encodings: ** ** 1: 0x01 ** 127: 0x7f ** 128: 0x81 0x00 ** ** **** Document lists **** ** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a ** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. ** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. ** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first ** word of the document has a position of 0. ** ** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time ** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. ** ** A doclist is stored like this: ** ** array { ** varint docid; ** array { (position list for column 0) ** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) ** } ** array { ** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) ** varint column; (index of new column) ** array { ** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) ** } ** } ** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. ** } ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream ** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur ** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals ** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. ** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more ** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus ** 2 for the first position. Example: ** ** label: A B C D E F G H I J K ** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 ** ** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document ** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 ** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the ** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 ** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The ** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then ** terminates with the 0 at K. ** ** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for ** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single ** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, ** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and ** a doclist consists of one or more document records. ** ** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an ** array of varint-encoded docids. ** **** Segment leaf nodes **** ** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf ** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to ** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to ** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have ** the format: ** ** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) ** varint nTerm; (length of first term) ** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) ** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) ** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) ** array { ** (further terms are delta-encoded) ** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) ** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) ** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) ** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) ** } ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. ** ** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in ** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end ** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next ** greater node id. ** ** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node ** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is ** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone ** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of ** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while ** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The ** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more ** likely to be query targets. ** ** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more ** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf ** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is ** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. ** ** **** Segment interior nodes **** ** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms ** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior ** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using ** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when ** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node ** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior ** nodes: ** ** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) ** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) ** optional { ** varint nTerm; (length of first term) ** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) ** array { ** (further terms are delta-encoded) ** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) ** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) ** } ** } ** ** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } ** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. ** ** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The ** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid ** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less ** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). ** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less ** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at ** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to ** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left ** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is ** "wicked", only "w" is stored). ** ** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when ** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). ** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing ** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes ** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at ** height+1, and so on. ** ** **** Segment directory **** ** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for ** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the ** segment's tree. ** ** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding ** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). ** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top ** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments ** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit ** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the ** height and the blockid of the previous root). ** ** The meta-information in the segment directory is: ** level - segment level (see below) ** idx - index within level ** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) ** start_block - first leaf node ** leaves_end_block - last leaf node ** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) ** root - contents of root node ** ** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, ** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. ** ** **** Segment merging **** ** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and ** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially ** more documents. ** ** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and ** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with ** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all ** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 ** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 ** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing ** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. ** ** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in ** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment ** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this ** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. ** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are ** deleted. ** ** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be ** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show ** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're ** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time ** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than ** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. ** ** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments ** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs ** inserted: ** ** MERGE_COUNT segments ** 16 25 ** 8 12 ** 4 10 ** 2 6 ** ** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very ** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge ** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast ** even with many segments. ** ** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side ** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that ** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet ** spot around. ** ** ** **** Handling of deletions and updates **** ** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented ** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term ** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we ** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates ** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older ** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates ** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The ** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out ** older data. ** ** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all ** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge ** into a single segment. */ /************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ /************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2009 Nov 12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** */ #ifndef _FTSINT_H #define _FTSINT_H #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* ** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the ** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_API extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; #endif /************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ /* ** 2006 July 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. ** ************************************************************************* ** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There ** are three basic components: ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer ** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for ** tokenizers. ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps ** including customization information defined at creation time. ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate ** tokens from a particular input. */ #ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ #define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ /* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. ** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then ** we will need a way to register the API consistently. */ /* ** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer ** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to ** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback ** functions that make up an implementation. ** ** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to ** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer ** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an ** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to ** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). ** ** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() ** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object ** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on ** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer ** object. */ typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { /* ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. */ int iVersion; /* ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if ** the following SQL is executed: ** ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2) ** ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". ** ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by ** this callback. The caller will do so. */ int (*xCreate)( int argc, /* Size of argv array */ const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ ); /* ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). */ int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); /* ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). */ int (*xOpen)( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ ); /* ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). */ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); /* ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. ** ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in ** the input buffer. ** ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call ** to xNext() or xClose(). */ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes ** should be converted to zInput. */ int (*xNext)( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ ); }; struct sqlite3_tokenizer { const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); #endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ /************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ /************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation ** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone ** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. ** */ #ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ #define _FTS3_HASH_H_ /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; /* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. ** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client ** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure ** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. ** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and ** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make ** this structure opaque. */ struct Fts3Hash { char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ } *ht; }; /* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really ** be opaque because it is used by macros. */ struct Fts3HashElem { Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: ** ** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long ** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case ** is respected in comparisons. ** ** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. ** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** ** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. */ #define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 #define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); /* ** Shorthand for the functions above */ #define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit #define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert #define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind #define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear #define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem /* ** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is ** like this: ** ** Fts3Hash h; ** Fts3HashElem *p; ** ... ** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ ** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); ** // do something with pData ** } */ #define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) #define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) #define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) #define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) #define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) /* ** Number of entries in a hash table */ #define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) #endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ /************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ /* ** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are ** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single ** segment of level N+1. */ #define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* ** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the ** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is ** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction ** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. ** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new ** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ #define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) /* ** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a ** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid ** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. */ #define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif /* ** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different ** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. */ #define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 /* ** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms ** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored ** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** ** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the ** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index ** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with ** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels ** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. ** ** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In ** theory though this may happen, but only after at least ** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" /* ** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, ** make it a no-op. */ #ifndef testcase # define testcase(X) #endif /* ** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. */ #define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ #define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ /* ** This section provides definitions to allow the ** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the ** amalgamation. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* ** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or ** false. */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST # define ALWAYS(x) (1) # define NEVER(X) (0) #else # define ALWAYS(x) (x) # define NEVER(X) (x) #endif /* ** Internal types used by SQLite. */ typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ /* ** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. */ #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) /* ** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* ** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or ** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments ** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) # define TESTONLY(X) X #else # define TESTONLY(X) #endif #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); # define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() #else # define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB #endif typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; /* ** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following ** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance ** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. ** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their ** arguments. */ struct Fts3Table { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[27]; char *zReadExprlist; char *zWriteExprlist; int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists */ u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ /* TODO: Fix the first paragraph of this comment. ** ** The following hash table is used to buffer pending index updates during ** transactions. Variable nPendingData estimates the memory size of the ** pending data, including hash table overhead, but not malloc overhead. ** When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, the buffer is flushed ** automatically. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most recently ** inserted record. ** ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. */ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ struct Fts3Index { int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ } *aIndex; int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These ** values do not contribution to the FTS computation; they are used for ** verifying the SQLite core. */ int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ #endif }; /* ** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a ** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using ** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. */ struct Fts3Cursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */ int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */ char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */ }; #define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 #define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 #define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 /* ** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. ** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to ** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index ** of the column to be searched. For example, in ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); ** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; ** ** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", ** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, ** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" ** indicating that all columns should be searched, ** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. */ #define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ #define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ #define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ struct Fts3Doclist { char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ int nList; /* Length of position list */ }; /* ** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in ** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. ** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") ** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. */ struct Fts3PhraseToken { char *z; /* Text of the token */ int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are ** used when evaluating the expression. */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ }; struct Fts3Phrase { /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ Fts3Doclist doclist; int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ int iDoclistToken; /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ }; /* ** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. ** ** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist ** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results ** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial ** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this ** buffer. ** ** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global ** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, ** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array ** is populated as follows: ** ** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined ** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** ** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed ** when the expression node is. */ struct Fts3Expr { int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ u32 *aMI; }; /* ** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first ** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For ** example, the following: ** ** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" ** ** is equivalent to: ** ** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" */ #define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 #define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 #define FTSQUERY_AND 3 #define FTSQUERY_OR 4 #define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 /* fts3_write.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); /* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ #define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 #define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( Fts3Table *, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); /* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ #define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 /* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ struct Fts3SegFilter { const char *zTerm; int nTerm; int iCol; int flags; }; struct Fts3MultiSegReader { /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ int bRestart; /* Used by fts3.c only. */ int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ }; /* fts3.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); /* fts3_tokenizer.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); /* fts3_snippet.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, const char *, const char *, int, int ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); /* fts3_expr.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); #endif /* fts3_aux.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); #endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ #endif /* _FTSINT_H */ /************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) # define SQLITE_CORE 1 #endif /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <stddef.h> */ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <stdarg.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #endif static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); /* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. ** The number of bytes written is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; sqlite_uint64 vu = v; do{ *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); vu >>= 7; }while( vu!=0 ); q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } /* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. ** The value is stored in *v. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)p<FTS3_VARINT_MAX ){ x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f); y <<= 7; } x += y * (*q++); *v = (sqlite_int64) x; return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } /* ** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a ** 32-bit integer before it is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ sqlite_int64 i; int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i); *pi = (int) i; return ret; } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ int i = 0; do{ i++; v >>= 7; }while( v!=0 ); return i; } /* ** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing ** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the ** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine ** is a no-op. ** ** Examples: ** ** "abc" becomes abc ** 'xyz' becomes xyz ** [pqr] becomes pqr ** `mno` becomes mno ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ quote = z[0]; if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ if( z[iIn]==quote ){ if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; z[iOut++] = quote; iIn += 2; }else{ z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; } } z[iOut] = '\0'; } } /* ** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point ** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint ** to *pVal. */ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); *pVal += iVal; } /* ** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a ** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list ** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, ** and sets *pVal by the varint value. ** ** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the ** varint is part of. */ static void fts3GetReverseVarint( char **pp, char *pStart, sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; char *p; /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is ** clear on character p[-1]. */ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); p++; *pp = p; sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); *pVal = iVal; } /* ** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. */ static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int i; assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); /* Free any prepared statements held */ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){ sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); } sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given ** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written ** into *pRc. ** ** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. */ static void fts3DbExec( int *pRc, /* Success code */ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ ... /* Arguments to the format string */ ){ va_list ap; char *zSql; if( *pRc ) return; va_start(ap, zFormat); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( zSql==0 ){ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } } /* ** The xDestroy() virtual table method. */ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ /* Drop the shadow tables */ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); } fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. */ return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); } /* ** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table ** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() ** and xCreate() methods. ** ** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); } /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName ); if( !zCols || !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); } sqlite3_free(zSql); sqlite3_free(zCols); *pRc = rc; } } /* ** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) ** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done ** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. ** ** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an ** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and ** %_stat tables required by FTS4. */ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){ char *z = p->azColumn[i]; zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); } if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Create the content table */ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols ); sqlite3_free(zContentCols); } /* Create other tables */ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" "level INTEGER," "idx INTEGER," "start_block INTEGER," "leaves_end_block INTEGER," "end_block INTEGER," "root BLOB," "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" ");", p->zDb, p->zName ); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); } return rc; } /* ** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** ** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ p->nPgsz = 1024; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3_free(zSql); *pRc = rc; } } /* ** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: ** ** <key> = <value> ** ** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> ** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not. */ static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( const char *z, int *pnKey, char **pzValue ){ char *zValue; const char *zCsr = z; while( *zCsr!='=' ){ if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; zCsr++; } *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); if( zValue ){ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); } *pzValue = zValue; return 1; } /* ** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. */ static void fts3Appendf( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( z && *pz ){ char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); sqlite3_free(z); z = z2; } if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_free(*pz); *pz = z; } } /* ** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and ** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: ** ** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" ** ** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this ** memory. */ static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ int nRet; char *zRet; nRet = 2 + strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); if( zRet ){ int i; char *z = zRet; *(z++) = '"'; for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; *(z++) = zInput[i]; } *(z++) = '"'; *(z++) = '\0'; } return zRet; } /* ** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that ** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: ** ** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ... ** ** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order ** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of ** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL ** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the ** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following ** string is returned: ** ** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" ** ** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and ** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered ** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If ** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ char *zRet = 0; char *zFree = 0; char *zFunction; int i; if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ if( !zFunc ){ zFunction = ""; }else{ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); } sqlite3_free(zFree); }else{ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); } } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", p->zDb, (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") ); return zRet; } /* ** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number ** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each ** user-defined text column). ** ** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark ** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed ** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three ** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** ** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" ** ** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and ** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered ** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If ** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ char *zRet = 0; char *zFree = 0; char *zFunction; int i; if( !zFunc ){ zFunction = ""; }else{ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); } sqlite3_free(zFree); return zRet; } /* ** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer ** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then ** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of ** the integer value. ** ** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. ** ** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and ** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. */ static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); } if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; *pnOut = nInt; *pp = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures ** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables ** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or ** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter ** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. ** ** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was ** specified, or NULL otherwise. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to ** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the ** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. ** ** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility ** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. */ static int fts3PrefixParameter( const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ ){ struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ const char *p; nIndex++; for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; } } aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); *apIndex = aIndex; *pnIndex = nIndex; if( !aIndex ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); if( zParam ){ const char *p = zParam; int i; for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){ int nPrefix; if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR; aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix; p++; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the ** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns ** of the new FTS4 table. ** ** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the ** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for ** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated ** as follows: ** ** *pnCol: Set to the number of columns table xxx has, ** ** *pnStr: Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy ** of each columns name, including the nul-terminator. ** ** *pazCol: Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is ** the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array ** and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It ** is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation ** by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free(). ** ** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output ** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is ** returned (and the output variables are undefined). */ static int fts3ContentColumns( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */ const char *zTbl, /* Name of content table */ const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */ int *pnCol, /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */ int *pnStr /* OUT: Bytes of string content */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); } sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char **azCol; /* Output array */ int nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */ int nCol; /* Number of table columns */ int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the ** nul-terminator byte. */ nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); nStr += strlen(zCol) + 1; } /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */ azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr); if( azCol==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol]; for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); int n = strlen(zCol)+1; memcpy(p, zCol, n); azCol[i] = p; p += n; } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); /* Set the output variables. */ *pnCol = nCol; *pnStr = nStr; *pazCol = azCol; } return rc; } /* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. ** ** The argv[] array contains the following: ** ** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4") ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name ** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. */ static int fts3InitVtab( int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ ){ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ int iCol; /* Column index */ int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) ); nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) ); if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2)); /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop ** does the following: ** ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies ** of the column names. ** ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. */ for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){ char const *z = argv[i]; int nKey; char *zVal; /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ if( !pTokenizer && strlen(z)>8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); } /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ struct Fts4Option { const char *zOpt; int nOpt; } aFts4Opt[] = { { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ { "content", 7 } /* 5 -> CONTENT */ }; int iOpt; if( !zVal ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){ struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt]; if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ break; } } if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ switch( iOpt ){ case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } bNoDocsize = 1; break; case 1: /* PREFIX */ sqlite3_free(zPrefix); zPrefix = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 2: /* COMPRESS */ sqlite3_free(zCompress); zCompress = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zUncompress = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 4: /* ORDER */ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); break; default: /* CONTENT */ assert( iOpt==5 ); sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zContent = zVal; zVal = 0; break; } } sqlite3_free(zVal); } } /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ else { nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); aCol[nCol++] = z; } } /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: ** ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. ** ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ sqlite3_free(zCompress); sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zCompress = 0; zUncompress = 0; if( nCol==0 ){ sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); aCol = 0; rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nCol>0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; if( nCol==0 ){ assert( nString==0 ); aCol[0] = "content"; nString = 8; nCol = 1; } if( pTokenizer==0 ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; } assert( pTokenizer ); rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex); if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ assert( zPrefix ); *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */ nName + /* zName */ nDb + /* zDb */ nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( p==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto fts3_init_out; } memset(p, 0, nByte); p->db = db; p->nColumn = nCol; p->nPendingData = 0; p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); p->bHasStat = isFts4; p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; p->zContentTbl = zContent; zContent = 0; TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); p->nIndex = nIndex; for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){ fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ zCsr = (char *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; p->zName = zCsr; memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); zCsr += nName; p->zDb = zCsr; memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); zCsr += nDb; /* Fill in the azColumn array */ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ char *z; int n = 0; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n); memcpy(zCsr, z, n); zCsr[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr); p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr; zCsr += n+1; assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); } if( (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){ char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss); } p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. */ if( isCreate ){ rc = fts3CreateTables(p); } /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); fts3_init_out: sqlite3_free(zPrefix); sqlite3_free(aIndex); sqlite3_free(zCompress); sqlite3_free(zUncompress); sqlite3_free(zContent); sqlite3_free((void *)aCol); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( p ){ fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p); }else if( pTokenizer ){ pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } }else{ assert( p->pSegments==0 ); *ppVTab = &p->base; } return rc; } /* ** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the ** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). */ static int fts3ConnectMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } static int fts3CreateMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } /* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There ** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: ** ** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. ** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. ** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. */ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; int i; /* Iterator variable */ int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient ** strategy is possible. */ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000; for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue; /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ) ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; iCons = i; } /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. ** ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested ** context" error. */ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; iCons = i; break; } } if( iCons>=0 ){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; } /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ if( pOrder->desc ){ pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; }else{ pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; } pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } } assert( p->pSegments==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of xOpen method. */ static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); if( !pCsr ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation ** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. */ static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then ** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: ** ** "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" ** ** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to ** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. ** ** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; char *zSql; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt; return rc; } /* ** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row ** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return ** SQLITE_OK on success. */ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. ** The data structures are corrupt. */ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; pCsr->isEof = 1; } } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching ** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this ** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is ** passed in zTerm/nTerm. ** ** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid ** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. ** ** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node ** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is ** a prefix. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree ** node into variable iChild. ** ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). */ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); if( zCsr>zEnd ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){ int cmp; /* memcmp() result */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */ int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */ int nBuffer; /* Total term size */ /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand ** the size of zBuffer if required. */ if( !isFirstTerm ){ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix); } isFirstTerm = 0; zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix); if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; goto finish_scan; } if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ char *zNew; nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); if( !zNew ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto finish_scan; } zBuffer = zNew; } assert( zBuffer ); memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; zCsr += nSuffix; /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search ** iChild. ** ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. */ cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ *piFirst = iChild; piFirst = 0; } if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ *piLast = iChild; piLast = 0; } iChild++; }; if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; finish_scan: sqlite3_free(zBuffer); return rc; } /* ** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an ** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) ** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode ** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term ** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. ** ** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the ** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. ** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the ** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified ** term is a prefix. ** ** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain ** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the ** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified ** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and ** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. */ static int fts3SelectLeaf( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); } sqlite3_free(zBlob); piLeaf = 0; zBlob = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); } sqlite3_free(zBlob); } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 ** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ ){ assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); *piPrev = iVal; } /* ** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** first byte after the position-list. ** ** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for ** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this ** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in ** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. ** ** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied ** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied ** before this function returns. */ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail ** of some other, multi-byte, value. ** ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the ** last byte in the position-list. */ while( *pEnd | c ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); } pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ if( pp ){ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); char *p = *pp; memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); p += n; *pp = p; } *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* ** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. ** ** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column ** within a single document within a doclist. ** ** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or ** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to ** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. ** ** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied ** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied ** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator ** is not copied into *pp. */ static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is ** not part of a multi-byte varint. */ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); } if( pp ){ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); char *p = *pp; memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); p += n; *pp = p; } *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* ** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because ** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. */ #define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff /* ** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is ** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list ** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list ** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or ** (1)). ** ** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to ** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, ** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to ** point to the next value before returning. ** ** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of ** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position ** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value ** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of ** the next position. */ static void fts3ReadNextPos( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ ){ if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); *pi -= 2; }else{ *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; } } /* ** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by ** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new ** column list. ** ** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before ** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes ** written (0 if iCol==0). */ static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ if( iCol ){ char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); *p = 0x01; *pp = &p[n]; } return n; } /* ** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written ** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted ** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are ** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring ** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. */ static void fts3PoslistMerge( char **pp, /* Output buffer */ char **pp1, /* Left input list */ char **pp2 /* Right input list */ ){ char *p = *pp; char *p1 = *pp1; char *p2 = *pp2; while( *p1 || *p2 ){ int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; else iCol1 = 0; if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; else iCol2 = 0; if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); p1 += n; p2 += n; /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is ** written to the output. */ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); do { fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); iPrev -= 2; if( i1==i2 ){ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2); }else if( i1<i2 ){ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); }else{ fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2); } }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END ); }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1); }else{ p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2); fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2); } } *p++ = POS_END; *pp = p; *pp1 = p1 + 1; *pp2 = p2 + 1; } /* ** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is ** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is ** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row ** contains: ** ** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a' ** ** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of: ** ** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00 ** ** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the ** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. ** ** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for ** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in ** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. ** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken ** slots before it. ** ** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. */ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ ){ char *p = *pp; char *p1 = *pp1; char *p2 = *pp2; int iCol1 = 0; int iCol2 = 0; /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ p1++; p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); } if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ p2++; p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } while( 1 ){ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ char *pSave = p; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; if( iCol1 ){ *p++ = POS_COLUMN; p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); } assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; while( 1 ){ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) ){ sqlite3_int64 iSave; iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; pSave = 0; assert( p ); } if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; }else{ if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; } } if( pSave ){ assert( pp && p ); p = pSave; } fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; p1++; p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); p2++; p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next ** column-number in the position list. */ else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); if( 0==*p1 ) break; p1++; p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); }else{ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); if( 0==*p2 ) break; p2++; p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } } fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); *pp1 = p1; *pp2 = p2; if( *pp==p ){ return 0; } *p++ = 0x00; *pp = p; return 1; } /* ** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument ** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression ** like: ** ** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" ** ** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR ** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position ** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" ** in the example above). ** ** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those ** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed. */ static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( char **pp, /* Output buffer */ char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ ){ char *p1 = *pp1; char *p2 = *pp2; char *pTmp1 = aTmp; char *pTmp2; char *aTmp2; int res = 1; fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2); aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; *pp1 = p1; *pp2 = p2; fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1); if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); }else{ res = 0; } return res; } /* ** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially ** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. ** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. */ typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; struct TermSelect { char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffers */ int anOutput[16]; /* Size each output buffer in bytes */ }; /* ** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter ** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is ** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer ** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns. ** ** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read ** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. ** ** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. ** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this ** function returns. */ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */ char *pEnd, /* End of buffer */ int bDescIdx, /* True if docids are descending */ sqlite3_int64 *pVal /* IN/OUT: Integer value */ ){ if( *pp>=pEnd ){ *pp = 0; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iVal; *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); if( bDescIdx ){ *pVal -= iVal; }else{ *pVal += iVal; } } } /* ** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint ** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the ** end of the value written. ** ** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to ** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** ** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value ** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) ** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). ** ** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev ** to the value of parameter iVal. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ ){ sqlite3_int64 iWrite; if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; }else{ iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; } assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); *piPrev = iVal; *pbFirst = 1; } /* ** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two ** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable ** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). ** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** ** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are ** sorted in either ascending or descending order. */ #define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) /* ** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all ** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the ** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist ** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be ** passed a non-zero value. ** ** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer ** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case ** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values ** are undefined in this case. */ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; char *p1 = a1; char *p2 = a2; char *p; char *aOut; int bFirstOut = 0; *paOut = 0; *pnOut = 0; /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in ** ascending order). ** ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. ** ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). ** ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input ** docids to grow. ** ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending ** order. */ aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; p = aOut; fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); while( p1 || p2 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); }else{ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } } *paOut = aOut; *pnOut = (p-aOut); assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, ** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input ** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist ** exactly nDist tokens before it. ** ** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, ** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending ** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. ** ** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. */ static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; char *p1 = aLeft; char *p2 = aRight; char *p; int bFirstOut = 0; char *aOut = aRight; assert( nDist>0 ); p = aOut; fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); while( p1 && p2 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); if( iDiff==0 ){ char *pSave = p; sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ p = pSave; iPrev = iPrevSave; bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; } fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); }else if( iDiff<0 ){ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); }else{ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } } *pnRight = p - aOut; } /* ** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This ** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for ** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta ** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only ** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. ** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ char *pOut /* Write output here */ ){ int nOut = 0; int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ char *p = pList; char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; if( *p!=0x01 ){ if( *p==0x02 ){ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; bWritten = 1; } fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); } while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){ sqlite3_int64 iCol; p++; p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol); if( *p==0x02 ){ if( bWritten==0 ){ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); bWritten = 1; } pOut[nOut++] = 0x01; nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol); pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; } fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); } if( bWritten ){ pOut[nOut++] = 0x00; } return nOut; } /* ** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single ** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all ** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is ** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the ** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array. */ static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ char *aOut = 0; int nOut = 0; int i; /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all ** into a single doclist. */ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){ if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ if( !aOut ){ aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; }else{ int nNew; char *aNew; int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(aOut); return rc; } sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); sqlite3_free(aOut); pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; aOut = aNew; nOut = nNew; } } } pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed ** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function ** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). ** ** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches ** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist ** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of ** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect ** object. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an ** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. */ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output ** buffer using memcpy(). */ pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); }else{ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else{ char *aMerge = aDoclist; int nMerge = nDoclist; int iOut; for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){ if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ assert( iOut>0 ); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; break; }else{ char *aNew; int nNew; int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); return rc; } if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; aMerge = aNew; nMerge = nNew; if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; } } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, Fts3SegReader *pNew ){ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ Fts3SegReader **apNew; int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); if( !apNew ){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->apSegment = apNew; } pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the ** 8th argument. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code ** otherwise. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these ** calls out here. */ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); } } if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; } rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); } } finished: rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; return rc; } /* ** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a ** single level therein. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 ); assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 ); /* "isScan" is only set to true by the ft4aux module, an ordinary ** full-text tables. */ assert( isScan==0 || p->aIndex==0 ); memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); return fts3SegReaderCursor( p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr ); } /* ** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader ** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS virtual table handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to scan doclist of */ int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ ){ return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr); } /* ** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, ** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which ** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write ** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually ** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. ** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. */ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */ ){ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */ pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); if( pSegcsr ){ int i; int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; if( isPrefix ){ for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ bFound = 1; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr); pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; } } for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ bFound = 1; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(p, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr); } } } } if( bFound==0 ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; } } *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; return rc; } /* ** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). */ static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); } /* ** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term ** prefix) from the database. */ static int fts3TermSelect( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); filter.iCol = iColumn; filter.zTerm = pTok->z; filter.nTerm = pTok->n; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); while( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) ){ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; }else{ int i; for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){ sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]); } } fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr); pTok->pSegcsr = 0; return rc; } /* ** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored ** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. ** ** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist ** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed ** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded ** varints. */ static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ if( aList ){ char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ while( p<aEnd ){ nDoc++; while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */ } } return nDoc; } /* ** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that ** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be ** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be ** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup, ** this routine simply sets the EOF flag. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned ** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called ** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit. */ static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ int rc; Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); }else{ pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); rc = SQLITE_OK; } }else{ rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); } assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); return rc; } /* ** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See ** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional ** information. ** ** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against ** the %_content table. ** ** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry ** in the %_content table. ** ** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The ** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column ** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand ** side of the MATCH operator. */ static int fts3FilterMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ int rc; char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 ); assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); if( idxStr ){ pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); }else{ pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; } pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum; if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->bHasStat, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ static const char *zErr = "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]"; p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(zErr, zQuery); } return rc; } rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; pCsr->iPrevId = 0; } /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single ** row by docid. */ if( idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); } /* ** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; } /* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 ** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The ** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. */ static int fts3ColumnMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 ); if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. */ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, pCsr->iPrevId); }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){ sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); } } assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); return rc; } /* ** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. */ static int fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); } /* ** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms ** hash-table to the database. */ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose((Fts3Table *)pVtab); return rc; } /* ** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op. */ static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of ** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database ** by fts3SyncMethod(). */ static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms ** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. */ static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the ** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function ** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the ** same position list. */ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; char c = 0; while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ c = *p--; } if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; } while( *p++&0x80 ); *ppPoslist = p; } /* ** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), ** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** ** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size ** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the ** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error ** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The ** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. */ static int fts3FunctionArg( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pRet; if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) ){ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return SQLITE_ERROR; } memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); *ppCsr = pRet; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3SnippetFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ const char *zStart = "<b>"; const char *zEnd = "</b>"; const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>"; int iCol = -1; int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). */ assert( nVal>=1 ); if( nVal>6 ){ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); return; } if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; switch( nVal ){ case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); } } /* ** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3OffsetsFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); assert( nVal==1 ); if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; assert( pCsr ); if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); } } /* ** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This ** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. ** Example usage is: ** ** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; ** ** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. */ static void fts3OptimizeFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); assert( nVal==1 ); if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; assert( p ); rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); switch( rc ){ case SQLITE_OK: sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; case SQLITE_DONE: sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; default: sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); break; } } /* ** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ const char *zArg = 0; if( nVal>1 ){ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); } } /* ** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 ** virtual table. */ static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ void **ppArg /* Unused */ ){ struct Overloaded { const char *zName; void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); } aOverload[] = { { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, }; int i; /* Iterator variable */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){ if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){ *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc; return 1; } } /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */ return 0; } /* ** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table. */ static int fts3RenameMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ const char *zName /* New name of table */ ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */ int rc; /* Return Code */ /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. */ assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); return rc; } /* ** The xSavepoint() method. ** ** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. */ static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); } /* ** The xRelease() method. ** ** This is a no-op. */ static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->inTransaction ); assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The xRollbackTo() method. ** ** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. */ static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); assert( p->inTransaction ); assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return SQLITE_OK; } static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { /* iVersion */ 2, /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, }; /* ** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an ** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory ** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. */ static void hashDestroy(void *p){ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); sqlite3_free(pHash); } /* ** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are ** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c ** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions ** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. ** ** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed ** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. ** And so on. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); #endif /* ** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part ** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by ** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this ** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; #endif rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); if( !pHash ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) #endif ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); } #endif /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the ** module with sqlite. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) ){ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 ); } return rc; } /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( pHash ){ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); sqlite3_free(pHash); } return rc; } /* ** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed ** by pExpr. ** ** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of ** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple ** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan ** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. ** ** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a ** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which ** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed ** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory ** doclist and then traversed. */ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ int i; int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; *pnToken += nToken; for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i]; int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRc = rc; return; } } assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; }else{ *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); } } } /* ** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. ** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. ** ** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using ** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually ** freeing the buffer. */ static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ ){ assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); if( pList==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); p->doclist.aAll = 0; p->doclist.nAll = 0; } else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ p->doclist.aAll = pList; p->doclist.nAll = nList; } else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pList); } else { char *pLeft; char *pRight; int nLeft; int nRight; int nDiff; if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){ pLeft = p->doclist.aAll; nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; pRight = pList; nRight = nList; nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; }else{ pRight = p->doclist.aAll; nRight = p->doclist.nAll; pLeft = pList; nLeft = nList; nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; } fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight); sqlite3_free(pLeft); p->doclist.aAll = pRight; p->doclist.nAll = nRight; } if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; } /* ** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist ** does not take deferred tokens into account. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int iToken; int rc = SQLITE_OK; for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ int nThis = 0; char *pThis = 0; rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); } } assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for ** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases ** current position list to include only those positions that are really ** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this ** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList ** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; if( pDeferred ){ char *pList; int nList; int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( pList==0 ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; return SQLITE_OK; }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ aPoslist = pList; nPoslist = nList; }else{ char *aOut = pList; char *p1 = aPoslist; char *p2 = aOut; assert( iPrev>=0 ); fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); sqlite3_free(aPoslist); aPoslist = pList; nPoslist = aOut - aPoslist; if( nPoslist==0 ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } } iPrev = iToken; } } if( iPrev>=0 ){ int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; }else{ int nDistance; char *p1; char *p2; char *aOut; if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ p1 = aPoslist; p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; }else{ p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; p2 = aPoslist; nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; } aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); if( !aOut ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; pPhrase->doclist.nList = (aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); }else{ sqlite3_free(aOut); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; } sqlite3_free(aPoslist); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query ** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this ** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be ** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. ** ** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the ** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into ** memory within this call. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ int rc; /* Error code */ Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0]; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx && bOptOk==1 && p->nToken==1 && pFirst->pSegcsr && pFirst->pSegcsr->bLookup && pFirst->bFirst==0 ){ /* Use the incremental approach. */ int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( pTab, pFirst->pSegcsr, iCol, pFirst->z, pFirst->n); p->bIncr = 1; }else{ /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); p->bIncr = 0; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) ** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase ** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through ** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". ** ** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or ** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this ** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ int *pnList, /* IN/OUT: List length pointer */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ ){ char *p = *ppIter; assert( nDoclist>0 ); assert( *pbEof==0 ); assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; char *pNext = 0; char *pDocid = aDoclist; char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; int iMul = 1; while( pDocid<pEnd ){ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta); iDocid += (iMul * iDelta); pNext = pDocid; fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid); while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++; iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1); } *pnList = pEnd - pNext; *ppIter = pNext; *piDocid = iDocid; }else{ int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1); sqlite3_int64 iDelta; fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta); *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta); if( p==aDoclist ){ *pbEof = 1; }else{ char *pSave = p; fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p); *pnList = (pSave - p); } *ppIter = p; } } /* ** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to ** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is ** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; if( p->bIncr ){ assert( p->nToken==1 ); assert( pDL->pNextDocid==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pDL->pList ){ *pbEof = 1; } }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof ); pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; }else{ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; }else{ pIter = pDL->aAll; } if( pIter>=pEnd ){ /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ *pbEof = 1; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ pDL->iDocid += iDelta; }else{ pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; } pDL->pList = pIter; fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList); /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++; pDL->pNextDocid = pIter; assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); *pbEof = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the ** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any ** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. ** ** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the ** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for ** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). ** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression ** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. ** ** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error ** code before returning. */ static void fts3EvalStartReaders( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ int bOptOk, /* True to enable incremental loading */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ int i; int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; } pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, bOptOk, pExpr->pPhrase); }else{ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc); fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc); pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); } } } /* ** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process ** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part ** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each ** token in the FTS expression. ** ** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong ** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or ** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered ** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in ** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. */ typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; struct Fts3TokenAndCost { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ }; /* ** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an ** SQLite error code. */ static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; int i; for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; pTC->iToken = i; pTC->pRoot = pRoot; pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); } }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ); assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; **ppOr = pRoot; (*ppOr)++; } fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ pRoot = pExpr->pRight; **ppOr = pRoot; (*ppOr)++; } fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); } } } /* ** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, ** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** ** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating ** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount ** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in ** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus ** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. */ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. ** ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left ** to right. */ int rc; Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; const char *pEnd; const char *a; rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); assert( a ); pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); while( a<pEnd ){ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte); } if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_reset(pStmt); return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } pCsr->nDoc = nDoc; pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be ** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is ** called. ** ** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the ** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within ** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition ** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() ** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){ if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){ nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl; nToken++; } } if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK; /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */ rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 ); /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: ** ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the ** first iteration of this loop), or ** ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. ** ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. ** ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: ** ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) */ for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ int iTC; /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0; /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */ /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */ for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){ if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) ){ pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } } assert( pTC ); if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; if( ii==0 || pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 ){ /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; int nList = 0; char *pList = 0; rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nCount; fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList); nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll ); if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount; } } } pTC->pToken = 0; } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes ** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through ** the results of a query, the caller does: ** ** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); ** while( 1 ){ ** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); ** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; ** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... ** } */ static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nToken = 0; int nOr = 0; /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; Fts3Expr **apOr; aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 ); apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; if( !aTC ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ int ii; Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); nToken = pTC-aTC; nOr = ppOr-apOr; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken); } } sqlite3_free(aTC); } } fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1, &rc); return rc; } /* ** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. */ static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); } pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; } /* ** This function is called to edit the position list associated with ** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR ** condition. For example: ** ** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" ** ** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in ** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to ** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the ** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, ** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to ** the position list associated with phrase "abc". ** ** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently ** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this ** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. ** ** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit ** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in ** pPhrase. */ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ ){ int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; int nNew; char *p2; char *pOut; int res; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 ); if( res ){ nNew = (pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } return res; } /* ** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. ** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to ** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through ** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, ** or descending if it is non-zero. ** ** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if ** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: ** ** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) ** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) ** ** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not ** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list ** for the phrase for the visited row: ** ** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) ** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) ** ** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next ** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: ** ** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists ** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in ** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. ** ** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or ** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the ** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other ** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression ** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", ** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case ** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. ** ** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is ** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". ** ** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is ** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ static void fts3EvalNextRow( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); pExpr->bStart = 1; switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: case FTSQUERY_AND: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; }else{ /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); if( iDiff==0 ) break; if( iDiff<0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); }else{ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } } pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); } break; } case FTSQUERY_OR: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); }else{ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; }else{ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; } break; } case FTSQUERY_NOT: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); } fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ while( !*pRc && !pRight->bEof && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } } pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; break; } default: { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; break; } } } } /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR ** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** ** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR ** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists ** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. ** ** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each ** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those ** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR ** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not ** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not ** be edited if 0 is returned. */ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ int res = 1; /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. ** For example, the query: ** ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" ** ** which is represented in tree form as: ** ** | ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query ** | | ** +--NEAR--+ "z" ** | | ** +--NEAR--+ "y" ** | | ** "w" "x" ** ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. */ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && pExpr->bEof==0 && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ /* Allocate temporary working space. */ for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; } nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); if( !aTmp ){ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; res = 0; }else{ char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; int nNear = p->nNear; res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); } aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ int nNear; Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); nNear = p->pParent->nNear; pPhrase = ( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase ); res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); } } sqlite3_free(aTmp); } return res; } /* ** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(). ** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the ** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr ** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to ** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is ** undefined. */ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: case FTSQUERY_AND: bHit = ( fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) ); /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. ** For example if this expression: ** ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' ** ** is matched against a row containing: ** ** 'a b d e' ** ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). */ if( bHit==0 && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); } } if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); } } break; case FTSQUERY_OR: { int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; break; } case FTSQUERY_NOT: bHit = ( fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) ); break; default: { if( pCsr->pDeferred && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); } *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; }else{ bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); } break; } } } return bHit; } /* ** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when ** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the ** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the ** following caveats: ** ** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been ** treated as "AND". ** ** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately ** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR ** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the ** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: ** ** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and ** ** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, ** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. ** ** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS ** query, return 0. */ static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ int rc = *pRc; int bMiss = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); } } bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); *pRc = rc; } return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); } /* ** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in ** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. */ static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); if( pExpr==0 ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; }else{ do { if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); } assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); } return rc; } /* ** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to ** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental ** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** ** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is ** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an ** SQLite error code before returning. */ static void fts3EvalRestart( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc ){ if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; if( pPhrase ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 ); assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr ); sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr); *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); } pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; } pExpr->iDocid = 0; pExpr->bEof = 0; pExpr->bStart = 0; fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); } } /* ** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the ** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched ** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments ** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently ** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase ** expression nodes. */ static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ int iCol = 0; char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; assert( *p ); while( 1 ){ u8 c = 0; int iCnt = 0; while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; c = *p++ & 0x80; } /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance */ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); if( *p==0x00 ) break; p++; p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); } } fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); } } /* ** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and ** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part ** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array ** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and ** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; u8 bEof; /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ pRoot = pExpr; while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ pRoot = pRoot->pParent; } iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; bEof = pRoot->bEof; assert( pRoot->bStart ); /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); assert( pE->aMI==0 ); pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); } fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ do { /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); /* Advance to the next document */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); } } pCsr->isEof = 0; pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; if( bEof ){ pRoot->bEof = bEof; }else{ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the ** do loop can not be written: ** ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); */ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); do { fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); assert( pRoot->bEof==0 ); }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase ** expression node for the following information: ** ** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of ** the FTS table (considering all rows), and ** ** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the ** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column ** written into the array aiOut as follows: ** ** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** ** Caveats: ** ** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output ** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other ** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each ** column of each row of the table. ** ** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred ** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering ** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. ** ** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances ** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iCol; if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; } }else{ rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pExpr->aMI ); for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; } } } return rc; } /* ** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function ** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing ** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol ** of the current row. ** ** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each ** occurence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) ** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, ** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list ** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: ** ** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 ** ** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, ** incremental, or neither. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ int iCol /* Column to return position list for */ ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; int iThis; assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn ); if( !pIter || pExpr->bEof || pExpr->iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ return 0; } assert( pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 ); if( *pIter==0x01 ){ pIter++; pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); }else{ iThis = 0; } while( iThis<iCol ){ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter); if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0; pIter++; pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); } return ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0); } /* ** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by ** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free: ** ** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and ** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ if( pPhrase ){ int i; sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; } } } /* ** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } #endif #if !SQLITE_CORE /* ** Initialize API pointer table, if required. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2011 Jan 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; struct Fts3auxTable { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; }; struct Fts3auxCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ Fts3SegFilter filter; char *zStop; int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ struct Fts3auxColstats { sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ } *aStat; }; /* ** Schema of the terms table. */ #define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences)" /* ** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. ** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect ** and xCreate are identical operations. */ static int fts3auxConnectMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pUnused, /* Unused */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); /* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */ if( argc!=4 ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( "wrong number of arguments to fts4aux constructor" ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } zDb = argv[1]; nDb = strlen(zDb); zFts3 = argv[3]; nFts3 = strlen(zFts3); rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(p, 0, nByte); p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; p->pFts3Tab->db = db; p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. ** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect ** and xDestroy are identical operations. */ static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; int i; /* Free any prepared statements held */ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){ sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); } sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } #define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 #define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 #define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 /* ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; int iEq = -1; int iGe = -1; int iLe = -1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. */ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 ){ int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; } } if( iEq>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = 1; pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; }else{ pInfo->idxNum = 0; pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; if( iGe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = 1; pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } if( iLe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = 1 + (iGe>=0); pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xClose - Close a cursor. */ static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize ); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) ); pCsr->aStat = aNew; pCsr->nStat = nSize; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; int rc; /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ pCsr->iRowid++; for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){ if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ int i = 0; int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; int iCol; int eState = 0; if( pCsr->zStop ){ int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } } if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); iCol = 0; while( i<nDoclist ){ sqlite3_int64 v = 0; i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v); switch( eState ){ /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */ case 0: pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++; eState = 1; iCol = 0; break; /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the ** start of a position list for column 0. ** ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. */ case 1: assert( iCol==0 ); if( v>1 ){ pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; } eState = 2; /* fall through */ case 2: if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ eState = 0; }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ eState = 3; }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; } break; /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ default: assert( eState==3 ); iCol = (int)v; if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; eState = 2; break; } } pCsr->iCol = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ pCsr->isEof = 1; } return rc; } /* ** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ static int fts3auxFilterMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; int rc; int isScan; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); assert( idxStr==0 ); assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ); isScan = (idxNum!=FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT); /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */ testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; if( idxNum&(FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ){ const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); if( zStr ){ pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( idxNum&FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ int iIdx = (idxNum&FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ? 1 : 0; pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iIdx])); pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iIdx]); if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); return rc; } /* ** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. */ static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; return pCsr->isEof; } /* ** xColumn - Return a column value. */ static int fts3auxColumnMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; assert( p->isEof==0 ); if( iCol==0 ){ /* Column "term" */ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else if( iCol==1 ){ /* Column "col" */ if( p->iCol ){ sqlite3_result_int(pContext, p->iCol-1); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } }else if( iCol==2 ){ /* Column "documents" */ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); }else{ /* Column "occurrences" */ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. */ static int fts3auxRowidMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { 0, /* iVersion */ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ 0, /* xUpdate */ 0, /* xBegin */ 0, /* xSync */ 0, /* xCommit */ 0, /* xRollback */ 0, /* xFindFunction */ 0, /* xRename */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; int rc; /* Return code */ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2008 Nov 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings ** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported ** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is ** hand-coded. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* ** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been ** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between ** the new and the old syntaxes are: ** ** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. ** ** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** ** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not ** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). ** ** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence ** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit ** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the ** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable ** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to ** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can ** be tested using a single build of testfixture. ** ** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH ** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser ** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a ** custom parser. ** ** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. ** ** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. ** ** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. ** notexpr ::= LP query RP. ** ** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. ** ** distance_opt ::= . ** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. ** ** phrase ::= TOKEN. ** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. ** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; #else # ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 # else # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 # endif #endif /* ** Default span for NEAR operators. */ #define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ /* ** isNot: ** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is ** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a ** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the ** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to ** zero. */ typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; struct ParseContext { sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ }; /* ** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. ** ** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it ** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed ** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type ** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper ** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for ** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. ** negative values). */ static int fts3isspace(char c){ return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; } /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, ** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, ** return NULL. */ static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); return pRet; } /* ** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer ** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr ** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this ** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is ** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated ** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation ** fails. */ static int getNextToken( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; int rc; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; int nConsumed = 0; rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zToken; int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition; int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); if( !pRet ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; iEnd++; } while( 1 ){ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ pParse->isNot = 1; iStart--; }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; iStart--; }else{ break; } } } nConsumed = iEnd; } pModule->xClose(pCursor); } *pnConsumed = nConsumed; *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } /* ** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, ** then free the old allocation. */ static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); if( !pRet ){ sqlite3_free(pOrig); } return pRet; } /* ** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string ** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character ** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire ** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE ** containing the results. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the ** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory ** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set ** to 0. */ static int getNextString( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ ){ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; int rc; Fts3Expr *p = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; char *zTemp = 0; int nTemp = 0; const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); int nToken = 0; /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. ** ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: ** ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. ** ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. ** ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase ** structures. */ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int ii; pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ const char *zByte; int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); if( !p ) goto no_mem; zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; assert( nToken==ii ); pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); nTemp += nByte; pToken->n = nByte; pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*'); pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); nToken = ii+1; } } pModule->xClose(pCursor); pCursor = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ int jj; char *zBuf = 0; p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); if( !p ) goto no_mem; memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; if( zTemp ){ memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); sqlite3_free(zTemp); }else{ assert( nTemp==0 ); } for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){ p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; } rc = SQLITE_OK; } *ppExpr = p; return rc; no_mem: if( pCursor ){ pModule->xClose(pCursor); } sqlite3_free(zTemp); sqlite3_free(p); *ppExpr = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* ** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself ** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. */ static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); /* ** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr ** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** ** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM ** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. ** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. */ static int getNextNode( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ static const struct Fts3Keyword { char *z; /* Keyword text */ unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ } aKeyword[] = { { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } }; int ii; int iCol; int iColLen; int rc; Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; const char *zInput = z; int nInput = n; pParse->isNot = 0; /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or ** close bracket, or a quoted string. */ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ nInput--; zInput++; } if( nInput==0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ continue; } if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; int nKey = pKey->n; char cNext; /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ assert( nKey==4 ); if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ nNear = 0; for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); } } } /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. */ cNext = zInput[nKey]; if( fts3isspace(cNext) || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 ){ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pRet ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pRet->eType = pKey->eType; pRet->nNear = nNear; *ppExpr = pRet; *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. */ } } /* Check for an open bracket. */ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ if( *zInput=='(' ){ int nConsumed; pParse->nNest++; rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed); return rc; } /* Check for a close bracket. */ if( *zInput==')' ){ pParse->nNest--; *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping ** a quote character embedded in a string. */ if( *zInput=='"' ){ for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++); *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1); if( ii==nInput ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr); } /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit ** column specifier for the token. ** ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the ** limitation. */ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; iColLen = 0; for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ iCol = ii; iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); break; } } rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); *pnConsumed += iColLen; return rc; } /* ** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type ** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the ** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. ** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator ** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. ** ** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to ** lowest is: ** ** NEAR ** NOT ** AND (including implicit ANDs) ** OR ** ** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher ** precedence than the AND operator. */ static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ return p->eType; }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ return 1; }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ return 2; } assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); return 3; } /* ** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query ** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently ** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary ** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence ** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head ** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. */ static void insertBinaryOperator( Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ ){ Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ pSplit = pSplit->pParent; } if( pSplit->pParent ){ assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; }else{ *ppHead = pNew; } pNew->pLeft = pSplit; pSplit->pParent = pNew; } /* ** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function ** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched ** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the ** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of ** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM ** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. */ static int fts3ExprParse( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ int nIn = n; const char *zIn = z; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isRequirePhrase = 1; while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3Expr *p = 0; int nByte = 0; rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int isPhrase; if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot ){ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pNot ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; pNot->pRight = p; if( pNotBranch ){ pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; } pNotBranch = pNot; p = pPrev; }else{ int eType = p->eType; isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. */ if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ Fts3Expr *pAnd; assert( pRet && pPrev ); pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pAnd ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); pPrev = pAnd; } /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of ** the following: ** ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) ** ** Return an error in either case. */ if( pPrev && ( (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) )){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } if( isPhrase ){ if( pRet ){ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); pPrev->pRight = p; p->pParent = pPrev; }else{ pRet = p; } }else{ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); } isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; } assert( nByte>0 ); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); nIn -= nByte; zIn += nByte; pPrev = p; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ if( !pRet ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; while( pIter->pLeft ){ pIter = pIter->pLeft; } pIter->pLeft = pRet; pRet = pNotBranch; } } } *pnConsumed = n - nIn; exprparse_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); pRet = 0; } *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } /* ** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing ** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the ** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the ** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head ** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error ** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse ** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. ** ** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a ** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). ** ** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to ** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] ** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names ** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. ** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. ** ** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column ** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default ** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly ** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default ** match any table column. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ ){ int nParsed; int rc; ParseContext sParse; sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; sParse.nCol = nCol; sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; sParse.nNest = 0; sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; if( z==0 ){ *ppExpr = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } if( n<0 ){ n = (int)strlen(z); } rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); *ppExpr = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){ if( p ){ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight); sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); sqlite3_free(p->aMI); sqlite3_free(p); } } /**************************************************************************** ***************************************************************************** ** Everything after this point is just test code. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* ** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). */ static int queryTestTokenizer( sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; *pp = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } } return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use ** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, ** NULL is returned. ** ** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to ** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; int i; zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") ); } return zBuf; } case FTSQUERY_NEAR: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); break; case FTSQUERY_NOT: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_AND: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_OR: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); break; } if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); return zBuf; } /* ** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the ** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** ** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...); ** ** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used ** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument ** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name ** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. ** For example: ** ** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); */ static void fts3ExprTest( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; int rc; char **azCol = 0; const char *zExpr; int nExpr; int nCol; int ii; Fts3Expr *pExpr; char *zBuf = 0; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); if( argc<3 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); return; } rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); goto exprtest_out; }else if( !pModule ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); goto exprtest_out; } rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); goto exprtest_out; } pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); nCol = argc-2; azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); if( !azCol ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); goto exprtest_out; } for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){ azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]); } rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( pTokenizer, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(zBuf); } sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); exprtest_out: if( pModule && pTokenizer ){ rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } sqlite3_free(azCol); } /* ** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() ** with database connection db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ return sqlite3_create_function( db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 ); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. ** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table ** implementation for the full-text indexing module. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Malloc and Free functions */ static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, n); } return p; } static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. ** keyClass is one of the constants ** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass ** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is ** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and ** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ assert( pNew!=0 ); assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); pNew->keyClass = keyClass; pNew->copyKey = copyKey; pNew->first = 0; pNew->count = 0; pNew->htsize = 0; pNew->ht = 0; } /* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. ** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table ** to the empty state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ assert( pH!=0 ); elem = pH->first; pH->first = 0; fts3HashFree(pH->ht); pH->ht = 0; pH->htsize = 0; while( elem ){ Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } fts3HashFree(elem); elem = next_elem; } pH->count = 0; } /* ** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING */ static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ const char *z = (const char *)pKey; int h = 0; if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); while( nKey > 0 ){ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; nKey--; } return h & 0x7fffffff; } static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); } /* ** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY */ static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ int h = 0; const char *z = (const char *)pKey; while( nKey-- > 0 ){ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); } return h & 0x7fffffff; } static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); } /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** ** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some ** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** ** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a ** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() ** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value ** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters ** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". */ static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ return &fts3StrHash; }else{ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); return &fts3BinHash; } } /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** ** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, ** see the header comment on the previous function. */ static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ return &fts3StrCompare; }else{ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); return &fts3BinCompare; } } /* Link an element into the hash table */ static void fts3HashInsertElement( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ ){ Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ pHead = pEntry->chain; if( pHead ){ pNew->next = pHead; pNew->prev = pHead->prev; if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } else { pH->first = pNew; } pHead->prev = pNew; }else{ pNew->next = pH->first; if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } pNew->prev = 0; pH->first = pNew; } pEntry->count++; pEntry->chain = pNew; } /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. ** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail ** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. ** ** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. */ static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; fts3HashFree(pH->ht); pH->ht = new_ht; pH->htsize = new_size; xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); next_elem = elem->next; fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); } return 0; } /* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an ** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has ** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. */ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ int nKey, int h /* The hash for this key. */ ){ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ if( pH->ht ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; elem = pEntry->chain; count = pEntry->count; xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); while( count-- && elem ){ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; } } return 0; } /* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that ** element and a hash on the element's key. */ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ int h /* Hash value for the element */ ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } if( elem->next ){ elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ pEntry->chain = elem->next; } pEntry->count--; if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ pEntry->chain = 0; } if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } fts3HashFree( elem ); pH->count--; if( pH->count<=0 ){ assert( pH->first==0 ); assert( pH->count==0 ); fts3HashClear(pH); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey ){ int h; /* A hash on key */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); assert( xHash!=0 ); h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } /* ** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; } /* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey ** and the data is "data". ** ** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new ** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey ** flag is set. NULL is returned. ** ** If another element already exists with the same key, then the ** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. ** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then ** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. ** ** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the ** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ const void *pKey, /* The key */ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ void *data /* The data */ ){ int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ assert( pH!=0 ); xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); assert( xHash!=0 ); hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); if( elem ){ void *old_data = elem->data; if( data==0 ){ fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); }else{ elem->data = data; } return old_data; } if( data==0 ) return 0; if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) ){ pH->count = 0; return data; } assert( pH->htsize>0 ); new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); if( new_elem==0 ) return data; if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ fts3HashFree(new_elem); return data; } memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); }else{ new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; } new_elem->nKey = nKey; pH->count++; assert( pH->htsize>0 ); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); new_elem->data = data; return 0; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ /* ** 2006 September 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements ** a Porter stemmer. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer */ typedef struct porter_tokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ } porter_tokenizer; /* ** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor */ typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ int nInput; /* size of the input */ int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ } porter_tokenizer_cursor; /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int porterCreate( int argc, const char * const *argv, sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ porter_tokenizer *t; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); *ppTokenizer = &t->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int porterOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->zInput = zInput; if( zInput==0 ){ c->nInput = 0; }else if( nInput<0 ){ c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); }else{ c->nInput = nInput; } c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ c->iToken = 0; c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ c->nAllocated = 0; *ppCursor = &c->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to ** porterOpen() above. */ static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; sqlite3_free(c->zToken); sqlite3_free(c); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Vowel or consonant */ static const char cType[] = { 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 }; /* ** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in ** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according ** to Porter ruls. ** ** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. ** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, ** in which case it is a vowel. ** ** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule ** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another ** consonent. */ static int isVowel(const char*); static int isConsonant(const char *z){ int j; char x = *z; if( x==0 ) return 0; assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); j = cType[x-'a']; if( j<2 ) return j; return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); } static int isVowel(const char *z){ int j; char x = *z; if( x==0 ) return 0; assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); j = cType[x-'a']; if( j<2 ) return 1-j; return isConsonant(z + 1); } /* ** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let ** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be ** represented as: ** ** [C] (VC){m} [V] ** ** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or ** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the ** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value ** of m for the first i bytes of a word. ** ** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, ** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed ** by a consonant. ** ** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking ** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. */ static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is ** exactly 1 */ static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 1; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z==0; } /* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead ** or m>0 */ static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* ** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] */ static int hasVowel(const char *z){ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* ** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. ** ** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at ** the first two characters of z[]. */ static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; } /* ** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which ** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant ** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. ** ** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the ** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. */ static int star_oh(const char *z){ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && isVowel(z+1) && isConsonant(z+2); } /* ** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem ** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the ** ending to zTo. ** ** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo ** is in normal order. ** ** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not ** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and ** no substitution occurs. */ static int stem( char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ ){ char *z = *pz; while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; while( *zTo ){ *(--z) = *(zTo++); } *pz = z; return 1; } /* ** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is ** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with ** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more ** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if ** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes ** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. */ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ int i, mx, j; int hasDigit = 0; for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){ char c = zIn[i]; if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){ zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; }else{ if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; zOut[i] = c; } } mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; if( nIn>mx*2 ){ for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){ zOut[j] = zOut[i]; } i = j; } zOut[i] = 0; *pnOut = i; } /* ** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut. ** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual ** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut. ** ** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z]) ** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are ** unchanged. ** ** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining ** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the ** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and ** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes ** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies. ** ** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not ** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just ** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII ** case folding. ** ** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is ** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer. */ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ int i, j; char zReverse[28]; char *z, *z2; if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); return; } for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){ char c = zIn[i]; if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){ zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ zReverse[j] = c; }else{ /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback ** to the copy stemmer */ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); return; } } memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); z = &zReverse[j+1]; /* Step 1a */ if( z[0]=='s' ){ if( !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) ){ z++; } } /* Step 1b */ z2 = z; if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ }else if( (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) && z!=z2 ){ if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ z++; }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ *(--z) = 'e'; } } /* Step 1c */ if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ z[0] = 'i'; } /* Step 2 */ switch( z[1] ){ case 'a': stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); break; case 'c': stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); break; case 'e': stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); break; case 'g': stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); break; case 'o': stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); break; case 's': stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); break; case 't': stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); break; } /* Step 3 */ switch( z[0] ){ case 'e': stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); break; case 'i': stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) || stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); break; case 's': stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); break; } /* Step 4 */ switch( z[1] ){ case 'a': if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'c': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ z += 4; } break; case 'e': if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'i': if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'l': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ z += 4; } break; case 'n': if( z[0]=='t' ){ if( z[2]=='a' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) || stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) || stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); } } break; case 'o': if( z[0]=='u' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); } break; case 's': if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; case 't': stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) || stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); break; case 'u': if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; case 'v': case 'z': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; } /* Step 5a */ if( z[0]=='e' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ z++; }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ z++; } } /* Step 5b */ if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ z++; } /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back ** around into forward order and return. */ *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); zOut[i] = 0; while( *z ){ zOut[--i] = *(z++); } } /* ** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character ** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be ** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have ** values of 0x7f or lower. */ static const char porterIdChar[] = { /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ }; #define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must ** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). */ static int porterNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; const char *z = c->zInput; while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){ int iStartOffset, ch; /* Scan past delimiter characters */ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ iStartOffset = c->iOffset; while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; if( n>c->nAllocated ){ char *pNew; c->nAllocated = n+20; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->zToken = pNew; } porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); *pzToken = c->zToken; *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; *piPosition = c->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_DONE; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { 0, porterCreate, porterDestroy, porterOpen, porterClose, porterNext, }; /* ** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new ** tokenizer in *ppModule */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ /* ** 2007 June 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. ** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying ** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>); ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>); ** ** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument ** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). ** ** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value ** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding ** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then ** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, ** an error is returned. ** ** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned ** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding ** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). */ static void scalarFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Fts3Hash *pHash; void *pPtr = 0; const unsigned char *zName; int nName; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; if( argc==2 ){ void *pOld; int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); return; } pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); if( pOld==pPtr ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); return; } }else{ pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); if( !pPtr ){ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } } sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ }; return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); } SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ const char *z1; const char *z2 = 0; /* Find the start of the next token. */ z1 = zStr; while( z2==0 ){ char c = *z1; switch( c ){ case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ case '\'': case '"': case '`': { z2 = z1; while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); break; } case '[': z2 = &z1[1]; while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; if( *z2 ) z2++; break; default: if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ z2 = &z1[1]; while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; }else{ z1++; } } } *pn = (int)(z2-z1); return z1; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ ){ int rc; char *z = (char *)zArg; int n = 0; char *zCopy; char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); z[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); if( !m ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ char const **aArg = 0; int iArg = 0; z = &z[n+1]; while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){ int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1); char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew); if( !aNew ){ sqlite3_free(zCopy); sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } aArg = aNew; aArg[iArg++] = z; z[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); z = &z[n+1]; } rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); }else{ (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } sqlite3_free(zCopy); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* #include <tcl.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ /* ** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers ** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This ** function must be called with two arguments: ** ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>); ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>); ** ** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument ** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') ** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). ** ** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl ** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are ** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the ** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the ** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, ** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** ** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); ** ** will return the string: ** ** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" ** */ static void testFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Fts3Hash *pHash; sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; const char *zErr = 0; const char *zName; int nName; const char *zInput; int nInput; const char *zArg = 0; const char *zToken; int nToken; int iStart; int iEnd; int iPos; Tcl_Obj *pRet; assert( argc==2 || argc==3 ); nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); if( argc==3 ){ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); } pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); if( !p ){ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){ zErr = "error in xCreate()"; goto finish; } pTokenizer->pModule = p; if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ zErr = "error in xOpen()"; goto finish; } pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); zToken = &zInput[iStart]; nToken = iEnd-iStart; Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); } if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ zErr = "error in xClose()"; goto finish; } if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; goto finish; } finish: if( zErr ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); } static int registerTokenizer( sqlite3 *db, char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } static int queryTokenizer( sqlite3 *db, char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; *pp = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } } return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); /* ** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). ** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the ** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. ** ** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function ** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and ** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated ** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to ** test them. ** ** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar ** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is ** detected. i.e.: ** ** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); ** */ static void intTestFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int rc; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); /* Test the query function */ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p1==p2 ); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); assert( p2==0 ); assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); /* Test the storage function */ rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p2==p1 ); sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } #endif /* ** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of ** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must ** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy ** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** ** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** ** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above ** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is ** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header ** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both ** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** ** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name ** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; void *p = (void *)pHash; const int any = SQLITE_ANY; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST char *zTest = 0; char *zTest2 = 0; void *pdb = (void *)db; zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } #endif if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_free(zTest); sqlite3_free(zTest2); #endif return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ typedef struct simple_tokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ } simple_tokenizer; typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ int nBytes; /* size of the input */ int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ } simple_tokenizer_cursor; static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; } static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); } /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int simpleCreate( int argc, const char * const *argv, sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ simple_tokenizer *t; t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this ** information on the initial create. */ if( argc>1 ){ int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); for(i=0; i<n; i++){ unsigned char ch = argv[1][i]; /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */ if( ch>=0x80 ){ sqlite3_free(t); return SQLITE_ERROR; } t->delim[ch] = 1; } } else { /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ int i; for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; } } *ppTokenizer = &t->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int simpleOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->pInput = pInput; if( pInput==0 ){ c->nBytes = 0; }else if( nBytes<0 ){ c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); }else{ c->nBytes = nBytes; } c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ c->iToken = 0; c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ c->nTokenAllocated = 0; *ppCursor = &c->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to ** simpleOpen() above. */ static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; sqlite3_free(c->pToken); sqlite3_free(c); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must ** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ static int simpleNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){ int iStartOffset; /* Scan past delimiter characters */ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ iStartOffset = c->iOffset; while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ char *pNew; c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->pToken = pNew; } for(i=0; i<n; i++){ /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8 ** case-insensitivity. */ unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i]; c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); } *ppToken = c->pToken; *pnBytes = n; *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; *piPosition = c->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_DONE; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { 0, simpleCreate, simpleDestroy, simpleOpen, simpleClose, simpleNext, }; /* ** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new ** tokenizer in *ppModule */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ /* ** 2009 Oct 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, ** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 ** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some ** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query ** code in fts3.c. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* ** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they ** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end ** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer ** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. ** ** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, ** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an ** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. */ #define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) /* ** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into ** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance ** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() ** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, ** if a query has a LIMIT clause). ** ** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD ** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. ** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values ** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful ** for testing purposes. ** ** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may ** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains ** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold #else # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) #endif typedef struct PendingList PendingList; typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; /* ** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists ** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. */ struct PendingList { int nData; char *aData; int nSpace; sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; }; /* ** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. */ struct Fts3DeferredToken { Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on ** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of ** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles ** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through ** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: ** ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() ** ** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: ** ** fts3SegReaderNext() ** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() ** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() */ struct Fts3SegReader { int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). */ char *pOffsetList; int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; }; #define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) #define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->aNode==(char *)&(p)[1]) /* ** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the ** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the ** following functions: ** ** fts3SegWriterAdd() ** fts3SegWriterFlush() ** fts3SegWriterFree() */ struct SegmentWriter { SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ }; /* ** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create ** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except ** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code ** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. ** ** fts3NodeAddTerm() ** fts3NodeWrite() ** fts3NodeFree() ** ** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge ** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the ** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of ** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have ** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually ** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively ** little memory. */ struct SegmentNode { SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ char *aData; /* Node data */ }; /* ** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). */ #define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 #define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 #define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 #define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 #define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 #define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 #define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 #define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 #define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 #define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 #define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 #define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 #define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 22 #define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 23 #define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 /* ** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle ** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, ** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** ** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with ** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound ** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before ** returning. */ static int fts3SqlStmt( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ ){ const char *azSql[] = { /* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", /* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", /* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", /* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", /* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", /* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", /* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", /* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", /* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", /* 9 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", /* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", /* 11 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", /* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", /* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", /* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", /* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", /* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", /* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", /* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", /* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0", /* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)", /* 24 */ "", /* 25 */ "", /* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 ); pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; if( !pStmt ){ char *zSql; if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); } if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); sqlite3_free(zSql); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; } } if( apVal ){ int i; int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]); } } *pp = pStmt; return rc; } static int fts3SelectDocsize( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */ int eStmt, /* Either SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE or DOCTOTAL */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */ int rc; /* Return code */ assert( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE || eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL ); rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, eStmt, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); } rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; pStmt = 0; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } *ppStmt = pStmt; return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ ){ return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, 0, ppStmt); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ ){ return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, iDocid, ppStmt); } /* ** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in ** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement ** is executed. ** ** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an ** SQLite error code otherwise. */ static void fts3SqlExec( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */ int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( *pRC ) return; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } *pRC = rc; } /* ** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache ** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading ** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then ** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens ** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but ** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or ** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain ** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables). ** ** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing ** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is ** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can ** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or ** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though. ** ** This reasoning does not apply to a content=xxx table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to obtain lock */ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through ** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, ** return an SQLite error code. ** ** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for ** each FTS3 table. ** ** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: ** ** 0: idx ** 1: start_block ** 2: leaves_end_block ** 3: end_block ** 4: root */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ int iLevel, /* Level to select */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); if( iLevel<0 ){ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1); } }else{ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel+iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); } } *ppStmt = pStmt; return rc; } /* ** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned ** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. ** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two ** varints: ** ** PendingList *p = 0; ** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); ** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); */ static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ ){ PendingList *p = *pp; /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */ if( !p ){ p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->nSpace = 100; p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; p->nData = 0; } else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); if( !p ){ sqlite3_free(*pp); *pp = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->nSpace = nNew; p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; } /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; *pp = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero ** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding ** the entry. Otherwise, zero. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. ** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, ** it is set to SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3PendingListAppend( PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ PendingList *p = *pp; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); if( p ){ assert( p->nData<p->nSpace ); assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); p->nData++; } if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ goto pendinglistappend_out; } p->iLastCol = -1; p->iLastPos = 0; p->iLastDocid = iDocid; } if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) ){ goto pendinglistappend_out; } p->iLastCol = iCol; p->iLastPos = 0; } if( iCol>=0 ){ assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->iLastPos = iPos; } } pendinglistappend_out: *pRc = rc; if( p!=*pp ){ *pp = p; return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). */ static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ sqlite3_free(pList); } /* ** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. */ static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( Fts3Table *p, int iCol, int iPos, Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ const char *zToken, int nToken ){ PendingList *pList; int rc = SQLITE_OK; pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); if( pList ){ p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. */ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); sqlite3_free(pList); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } return rc; } /* ** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the ** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in ** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */ ){ int rc; int iStart; int iEnd; int iPos; int nWord = 0; char const *zToken; int nToken; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and ** return early. */ if( zText==0 ){ *pnWord = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; xNext = pModule->xNext; while( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) ){ int i; if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. */ if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } /* Add the term to the terms index */ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken ); /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too ** short for. */ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue; rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix ); } } pModule->xClose(pCsr); *pnWord = nWord; return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } /* ** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to ** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the ** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(Fts3Table *p, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms ** generate longer doclists. */ if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ int i; for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){ Fts3HashElem *pElem; Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); fts3PendingListDelete(pList); } fts3HashClear(pHash); } p->nPendingData = 0; } /* ** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT ** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the ** pendingTerms hash table. ** ** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to ** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ static int fts3InsertTerms(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. ** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by ** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: ** ** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. ** apVal[1] rowid ** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column ** ... ** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column ** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table ** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) */ static int fts3InsertData( Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ if( p->zContentTbl ){ sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ pRowid = apVal[1]; } if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content ** table. The SQL for this statement is: ** ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) ** ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the ** same value. For example: ** ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); ** ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. */ if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) ){ /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the ** new docid value. */ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); return rc; } /* ** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing ** pending terms. */ static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as ** is if bContent is false. */ assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); } return rc; } /* ** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid ** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the ** full-text index. */ static void fts3DeleteTerms( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; if( *pRC ) return; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ int i; for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, -1, &aSz[i-1]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_reset(pSelect); *pRC = rc; return; } aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); } } rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); }else{ sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } *pRC = rc; } /* ** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between ** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). */ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int); /* ** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. ** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting ** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned ** by: ** ** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel ** ** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested ** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the ** allocated index is 0. ** ** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ int iLevel, int *piIdx ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. */ if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iIndex, iLevel); *piIdx = 0; }else{ *piIdx = iNext; } } return rc; } /* ** The %_segments table is declared as follows: ** ** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) ** ** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The ** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not ** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated ** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the ** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set ** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. ** ** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, ** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If ** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to ** eventually free the returned buffer. ** ** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the ** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls ** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the ** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy ** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed ** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held ** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table ** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function ** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ assert( pnBlob); if( p->pSegments ){ rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); }else{ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_blob_open( p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); *pnBlob = nByte; if( paBlob ){ char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( !aByte ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; *pnLoad = nByte; } rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(aByte); aByte = 0; } } *paBlob = aByte; } } return rc; } /* ** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above ** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); p->pSegments = 0; } static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ int rc; /* Return code */ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); rc = sqlite3_blob_read( pReader->pBlob, &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], nRead, pReader->nPopulate ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pReader->nPopulate += nRead; memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); pReader->pBlob = 0; pReader->nPopulate = 0; } } return rc; } static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !pReader->pBlob || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) ); while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate ){ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); } return rc; } /* ** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the ** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, ** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegReaderNext( Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader, int bIncr ){ int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ pNext = pReader->aNode; }else{ pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; } if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); if( pElem==0 ){ pReader->aNode = 0; }else{ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1; pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData; pReader->ppNextElem++; assert( pReader->aNode ); } return SQLITE_OK; } if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); pReader->pBlob = 0; } pReader->aNode = 0; /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf ** blocks have already been traversed. */ assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){ pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; p->pSegments = 0; } pNext = pReader->aNode; } assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pReader->zTerm = zNew; pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; } rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; pNext += nSuffix; pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); pReader->aDoclist = pNext; pReader->pOffsetList = 0; /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. */ if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated ** with the current term. */ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pReader->aDoclist ); assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ u8 bEof = 0; pReader->iDocid = 0; pReader->nOffsetList = 0; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); }else{ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; } } return rc; } /* ** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist ** associated with the current term. ** ** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then ** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list ** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). ** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset ** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: */ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; char c = 0; assert( p ); if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ u8 bEof = 0; if( ppOffsetList ){ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; } sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); if( bEof ){ pReader->pOffsetList = 0; }else{ pReader->pOffsetList = p; } }else{ char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of ** the same offset list. */ while( 1 ){ /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte passed ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. */ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; assert( *p==0 ); if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p++; /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the ** size of the previous offset-list. */ if( ppOffsetList ){ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); } while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++; /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before ** returning. */ if( p>=pEnd ){ pReader->pOffsetList = 0; }else{ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; }else{ pReader->iDocid += iDelta; } } } } return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, int *pnOvfl ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; int nOvfl = 0; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int pgsz = p->nPgsz; assert( p->bHasStat ); assert( pgsz>0 ); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_int64 jj; for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ int nBlob; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; } } } } *pnOvfl = nOvfl; return rc; } /* ** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the ** second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); } } sqlite3_free(pReader); } /* ** Allocate a new SegReader object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ ){ Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; } pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); if( !pReader ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); pReader->iIdx = iAge; pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; if( nExtra ){ /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; pReader->nNode = nRoot; memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); }else{ pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; } *ppReader = pReader; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting ** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing ** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. */ static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2); int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n); if( c==0 ){ c = n1 - n2; } return c; } /* ** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through ** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array. ** ** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates ** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is ** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if ** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and ** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order ** shown): ** ** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird ** m my mys mysq mysql ** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite ** ** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are: ** ** firebird mysql sqlite */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ ){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Hash *pHash; pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; if( bPrefix ){ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ if( nElem==nAlloc ){ Fts3HashElem **aElem2; nAlloc += 16; aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) ); if( !aElem2 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; nElem = 0; break; } aElem = aElem2; } aElem[nElem++] = pE; } } /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. */ if( nElem>1 ){ qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); } }else{ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. ** ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. */ pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); if( pE ){ aElem = &pE; nElem = 1; } } if( nElem>0 ){ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !pReader ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pReader, 0, nByte); pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); } } if( bPrefix ){ sqlite3_free(aElem); } *ppReader = pReader; return rc; } /* ** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. ** Comparison is as follows: ** ** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. ** ** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one ** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the ** larger. ** ** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc; if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; if( rc2<0 ){ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); }else{ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); } if( rc==0 ){ rc = rc2; } }else{ rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); } if( rc==0 ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; } assert( rc!=0 ); return rc; } /* ** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this ** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in ** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: ** ** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. ** ** 2) By current docid. ** ** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); if( rc==0 ){ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; }else{ rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } } assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); if( rc==0 ){ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; }else{ rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } } assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } /* ** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument ** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** ** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return ** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are ** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. */ static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ ){ int res = 0; if( pSeg->aNode ){ if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); }else{ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); } if( res==0 ){ res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; } } return res; } /* ** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that ** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order ** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles ** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. */ static void fts3SegReaderSort( Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ int j; for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ Fts3SegReader *pTmp; if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; apSegment[j] = pTmp; } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); } #endif } /* ** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ static int fts3WriteSegment( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } return rc; } /* ** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3WriteSegdir( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int iLevel, /* Value for "level" field */ int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } return rc; } /* ** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and ** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** ** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 */ static int fts3PrefixCompress( const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ ){ int n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++); return n; } /* ** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger ** (according to memcmp) than the previous term. */ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ ){ SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree; int rc; SegmentNode *pNew; /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if ** this is possible. */ if( pTree ){ int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. */ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); if( !pTree->aData ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( pTree->zTerm ){ /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); } nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; pTree->nEntry++; if( isCopyTerm ){ if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; pTree->zMalloc = zNew; } pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); pTree->nTerm = nTerm; }else{ pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; pTree->nTerm = nTerm; } return SQLITE_OK; } } /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. ** ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree ** has no parent, one is created here. */ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); if( !pNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; if( pTree ){ SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ pTree->pParent = pParent; } pTree->pRight = pNew; pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; pNew->pParent = pParent; pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; pTree->zMalloc = 0; }else{ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } *ppTree = pNew; return rc; } /* ** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( SegmentNode *pTree, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ int nStart; assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); return nStart; } /* ** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the ** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of ** pTree and its peers to the database. ** ** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, ** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is ** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no ** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3NodeWrite( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pTree->pParent ){ /* Root node of the tree. */ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); *piLast = iFree-1; *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; }else{ SegmentNode *pIter; sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); iNextFree++; iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); rc = fts3NodeWrite( p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot ); } } return rc; } /* ** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. */ static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ if( pTree ){ SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); while( p ){ SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ sqlite3_free(p->aData); } assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); sqlite3_free(p); p = pRight; } } } /* ** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object ** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should ** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object ** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ ){ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ int nData; SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; if( !pWriter ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); *ppWriter = pWriter; /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } nData = pWriter->nData; nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ int rc; /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to ** the interior tree must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and ** ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). ** ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. */ assert( nPrefix<nTerm ); rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nData = 0; pWriter->nTerm = 0; nPrefix = 0; nSuffix = nTerm; nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ nTerm + /* Term suffix */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ } /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc ** the buffer to make it large enough. */ if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pWriter->aData = aNew; pWriter->nSize = nReq; } assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); nData += nSuffix; nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just ** store a copy of the pointer. */ if( isCopyTerm ){ if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; pWriter->zTerm = zNew; } assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); }else{ pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; } pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the ** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added ** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ int iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ if( pWriter->pTree ){ sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3WriteSegdir( p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, zRoot, nRoot); } }else{ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ rc = fts3WriteSegdir( p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); } return rc; } /* ** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the ** first argument. */ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ if( pWriter ){ sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); sqlite3_free(pWriter); } } /* ** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. ** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that ** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid ** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. ** ** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for ** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an ** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( p->zContentTbl ){ /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ *pisEmpty = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index ** iIndex. ** ** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int *pnMax){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: ** ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ** ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* ** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large ** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, ** it: ** ** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with ** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third ** argument, and ** ** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir ** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSegment = apSegment[i]; if( pSegment->iStartBlock ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSegment->iStartBlock); sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSegment->iEndBlock); sqlite3_step(pDelete); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL); sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, (iIndex+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1); } }else{ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pDelete); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } return rc; } /* ** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains ** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This ** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they ** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. ** ** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then ** *pnList is set to zero before returning. */ static void fts3ColumnFilter( int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ ){ char *pList = *ppList; int nList = *pnList; char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; int iCurrent = 0; char *p = pList; assert( iCol>=0 ); while( 1 ){ char c = 0; while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80; if( iCol==iCurrent ){ nList = (int)(p - pList); break; } nList -= (int)(p - pList); pList = p; if( nList==0 ){ break; } p = &pList[1]; p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent); } *ppList = pList; *pnList = nList; } /* ** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any ** existing data). Grow the buffer if required. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered ** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int fts3MsrBufferData( Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ char *pList, int nList ){ if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){ char *pNew; pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; } memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ ){ int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); if( nMerge==0 ){ *paPoslist = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } while( 1 ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg; pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ *paPoslist = 0; break; }else{ int rc; char *pList; int nList; int j; sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && j<nMerge && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid ){ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); j++; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, &pList, &nList); } if( nList>0 ){ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; *paPoslist = pMsr->aBuffer; assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); }else{ *paPoslist = pList; } *piDocid = iDocid; *pnPoslist = nList; break; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3SegReaderStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ ){ int i; int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. */ for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; do { int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; }while( zTerm && fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm)<0 ); } fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ ){ pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ ){ int i; int rc; int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ break; } } pCsr->nAdvance = i; /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn ); pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using ** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also ** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such ** a state that if the next two calls are: ** ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() ** ** then the entire doclist for the term is available in ** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); pCsr->nAdvance = 0; pCsr->bRestart = 1; for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; do { int nMerge; int i; /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. */ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, apSegment[i], 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); pCsr->nAdvance = 0; /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) ){ break; } } nMerge = 1; while( nMerge<nSegment && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) ){ nMerge++; } assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); if( nMerge==1 && !isIgnoreEmpty && !isFirst && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) ){ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; }else{ pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; }else{ int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. */ for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){ fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]); } fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp); while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){ int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ char *pList; int nList; int nByte; sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; while( j<nMerge && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid ){ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); j++; } if( isColFilter ){ fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, &pList, &nList); } if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged ** doclist. */ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; }else{ iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; } assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ char *aNew; pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); if( !aNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; } if( isFirst ){ char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; int nWrite; nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); if( nWrite ){ iPrev = iDocid; nDoclist += nWrite; } }else{ nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); iPrev = iDocid; if( isRequirePos ){ memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); nDoclist += nList; pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; } } } fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); } if( nDoclist>0 ){ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ if( pCsr ){ int i; for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); } sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); pCsr->nSegment = 0; pCsr->apSegment = 0; pCsr->aBuffer = 0; } } /* ** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single ** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a ** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level ** currently present in the database. ** ** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one ** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. ** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int iLevel){ int rc; /* Return code */ int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ int iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ if( csr.nSegment==1 ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; goto finished; } rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iIndex, &iNewLevel); bIgnoreEmpty = 1; }else if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, 0, &iIdx); }else{ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel+1; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); assert( iNewLevel>=(iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); assert( iNewLevel<((iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; assert( pWriter ); if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; } rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); finished: fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); return rc; } /* ** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return rc; } /* ** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. */ static void fts3EncodeIntArray( int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ u32 *a, /* The integer values */ char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ ){ int i, j; for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){ j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]); } *pNBuf = j; } /* ** Decode a blob of varints into N integers */ static void fts3DecodeIntArray( int N, /* The number of integers to decode */ u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */ const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */ int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */ ){ int i, j; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf); for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){ sqlite3_int64 x; j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x); assert(j<=nBuf); a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff); } } /* ** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document ** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as ** a blob of varints. */ static void fts3InsertDocsize( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ ){ char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ if( *pRC ) return; pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); if( pBlob==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(pBlob); *pRC = rc; return; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); sqlite3_step(pStmt); *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* ** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, ** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus ** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the ** varints are set as follows: ** ** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. ** ** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in ** the column for all rows of the table. ** ** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all ** columns of all rows of the table. ** */ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( int *pRC, /* The result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ ){ char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; if( *pRC ) return; a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); if( a==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); *pRC = rc; return; } if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); }else{ memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); } sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ a[0] = 0; }else{ a[0] += nChng; } for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){ u32 x = a[i+1]; if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ x = 0; }else{ x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; } a[i+1] = x; } fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); *pRC = rc; return; } sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); sqlite3_free(a); } static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ int i; int bSeenDone = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ bSeenDone = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; } /* ** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: ** ** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild'); ** ** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one ** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on ** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based ** on the contents of the %_content table. */ static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; /* Return Code */ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 *aSz = 0; u32 *aSzIns = 0; u32 *aSzDel = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; int nEntry = 0; /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( aSz==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(aSz, 0, nByte); aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; } } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ int iCol; rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); aSz[p->nColumn] = 0; for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){ const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); pStmt = 0; }else{ nEntry++; for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; } } } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); } sqlite3_free(aSz); if( pStmt ){ int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } return rc; } /* ** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: ** ** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)" ** ** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only ** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ int rc; /* Return Code */ const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); if( !zVal ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached ** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); pDef->pList = 0; } } /* ** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to ** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ pNext = pDef->pNext; fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); sqlite3_free(pDef); } pCsr->pDeferred = 0; } /* ** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list ** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. ** ** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information ** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the ** table, not for all rows. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; rc = pModule->xOpen(pT, zText, -1, &pTC); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ int nToken; /* Number of bytes in token */ int iDum1, iDum2; /* Dummy variables */ int iPos; /* Position of token in zText */ pTC->pTokenizer = pT; rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken)) && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n)) ){ fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); } } } if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ if( pDef->pList ){ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); } } } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( Fts3DeferredToken *p, char **ppData, int *pnData ){ char *pRet; int nSkip; sqlite3_int64 dummy; *ppData = 0; *pnData = 0; if( p->pList==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; *ppData = pRet; memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ ){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); if( !pDeferred ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); pDeferred->pToken = pToken; pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; pDeferred->iCol = iCol; pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be ** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents ** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. */ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pnDoc, u32 *aSzDel ){ int isEmpty = 0; int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( isEmpty ){ /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove); fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel); if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1; }else{ *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1; } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); } } } return rc; } /* ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual ** tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ u32 *aSzDel; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ int bInsertDone = 0; assert( p->pSegments==0 ); /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: ** ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); */ if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); goto update_out; } /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); if( aSzIns==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto update_out; } aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. ** ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to ** modify the database file. */ if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ pNewRowid = apVal[1]; } if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) )){ /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. ** ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. ** ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). */ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); }else{ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); bInsertDone = 1; } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto update_out; } /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); isRemove = 1; } /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( bInsertDone==0 ){ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, *pRowid); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, apVal, aSzIns); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); } nChng++; } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); } update_out: sqlite3_free(aSzIns); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } /* ** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, ** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if ** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else{ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); } } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } #endif /************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ /* ** 2009 Oct 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ /* ** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ /* ** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" /* ** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to ** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. */ typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; struct LoadDoclistCtx { Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ }; /* ** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the ** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; struct SnippetIter { Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ }; struct SnippetPhrase { int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ }; struct SnippetFragment { int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ }; /* ** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while ** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; struct MatchInfo { Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ }; /* ** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance ** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the ** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. */ typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; struct StrBuffer { char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ }; /* ** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position ** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each ** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value ** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus ** two. For example, to store the position-list: ** ** 4 9 113 ** ** the three varints: ** ** 6 7 106 ** ** are encoded. ** ** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of ** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. ** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the ** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. */ static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ int iVal; *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); *piPos += (iVal-2); } /* ** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). */ static int fts3ExprIterate2( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); } }else{ rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); (*piPhrase)++; } return rc; } /* ** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that ** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. ** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. ** ** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, ** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for ** all eligible phrase nodes. */ static int fts3ExprIterate( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ ){ int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); } /* ** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists ** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also ** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). */ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); p->nPhrase++; p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; return rc; } /* ** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor ** pCsr. ** ** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable ** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or ** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If ** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all ** matchable phrases of the expression. */ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; return rc; } static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ (*(int *)ctx)++; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ int nPhrase = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); return nPhrase; } /* ** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two ** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater ** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ char *pIter = *ppIter; if( pIter ){ int iIter = *piIter; while( iIter<iNext ){ if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){ iIter = -1; pIter = 0; break; } fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter); } *piIter = iIter; *ppIter = pIter; } } /* ** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet. */ static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ int i; /* Loop counter */ if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){ /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a ** score of 0.0). */ pIter->iCurrent = 0; /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). */ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); } }else{ int iStart; int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){ iEnd = pPhrase->iHead; } } if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ return 1; } pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); } } return 0; } /* ** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet ** iterator pIter. */ static void fts3SnippetDetails( SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ ){ int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ int i; /* Loop counter */ u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; if( pPhrase->pTail ){ char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){ int j; u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i; u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); assert( iCsr>=iStart ); if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ iScore++; }else{ iScore += 1000; } mCover |= mPhrase; for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){ mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); } if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); } } } /* Set the output variables before returning. */ *piToken = iStart; *piScore = iScore; *pmCover = mCover; *pmHighlight = mHighlight; } /* ** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). ** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. */ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; char *pCsr; pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol); if( pCsr ){ int iFirst = 0; pPhrase->pList = pCsr; fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); assert( iFirst>=0 ); pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; }else{ assert( pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 ); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens ** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** ** (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** ** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before ** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore ** before returning. */ static int fts3BestSnippet( int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ int i; /* Loop counter */ memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. */ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero ** the required space using malloc(). */ nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. */ sIter.pCsr = pCsr; sIter.iCol = iCol; sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; sIter.nPhrase = nList; sIter.iCurrent = -1; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter); /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ for(i=0; i<nList; i++){ if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){ *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i; } } /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. */ pFragment->iCol = iCol; while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ int iPos; int iScore; u64 mCover; u64 mHighlight; fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight); assert( iScore>=0 ); if( iScore>iBestScore ){ pFragment->iPos = iPos; pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight; pFragment->covered = mCover; iBestScore = iScore; } } sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); *piScore = iBestScore; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. ** ** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is ** determined using strlen(). */ static int fts3StringAppend( StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ ){ if( nAppend<0 ){ nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); } /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the ** appended data. */ if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100; char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pStr->z = zNew; pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; } /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); pStr->n += nAppend; pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a ** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term ** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term ** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: ** ** ........X.....X ** ** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the ** document so that there are approximately the same number of ** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there ** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: ** ** ....X.....X.... ** ** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting ** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there ** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document ** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. */ static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ ){ u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ if( hlmask ){ int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens ** available. */ if( nDesired>0 ){ int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. */ rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); } pMod->xClose(pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; assert( nShift<=nDesired ); if( nShift>0 ){ *piPos += nShift; *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and ** append it to string buffer pOut. */ static int fts3SnippetText( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc; /* Return code */ const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ int DUMMY1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } return SQLITE_OK; } nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iBegin; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ int iFin; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ int isHighlight; /* True for highlighted terms */ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. ** Then break out of the loop. */ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } break; } if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; } if( !isShiftDone ){ int n = nDoc - iBegin; rc = fts3SnippetShift(pTab, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask); isShiftDone = 1; /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue; } if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ if( isLast ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); } break; } /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); iEnd = iFin; } pMod->xClose(pC); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a ** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single ** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the ** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that ** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). ** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after ** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end ** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of ** the next column in the position-list). ** ** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. */ static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ char *pEnd = *ppCollist; char c = 0; int nEntry = 0; /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; if( !c ) nEntry++; } *ppCollist = pEnd; return nEntry; } /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats ** for a single query. ** ** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a ** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements ** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the ** current query. ** ** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This ** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: ** ** for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ ** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X; ** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y; ** } ** ** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all ** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains ** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase. ** ** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and ** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the ** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required ** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is ** not available for deferred tokens. */ static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] ); } /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the ** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the ** array that are different for each row returned by the query. */ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; int i; for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ char *pCsr; pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i); if( pCsr ){ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); }else{ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; } } return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( Fts3Table *pTab, char cArg, char **pzErr ){ if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bHasStat) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bHasStat) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); return SQLITE_ERROR; } static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ switch( cArg ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: nVal = 1; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: nVal = pInfo->nCol; break; default: assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; break; } return nVal; } static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( Fts3Table *pTab, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, const char **paLen ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char *a; sqlite3_int64 nDoc; if( !*ppStmt ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } pStmt = *ppStmt; assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; if( paLen ) *paLen = a; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while ** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the ** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the ** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. */ typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; struct LcsIterator { Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ int iPos; /* Current position */ }; /* ** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has ** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. */ #define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return ** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the ** position list for the next column. */ static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ char *pRead = pIter->pRead; sqlite3_int64 iRead; int rc = 0; pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ pRead = 0; rc = 1; }else{ pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); } pIter->pRead = pRead; return rc; } /* ** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. ** ** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each ** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] ** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the ** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is ** undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ LcsIterator *aIter; int i; int iCol; int nToken = 0; /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. **/ aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; } for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; pIt->pRead = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol); if( pIt->pRead ){ pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); nLive++; } } while( nLive>0 ){ LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ nThisLcs = 0; }else{ if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){ pAdv = pIter; } if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ nThisLcs++; }else{ nThisLcs = 1; } if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; } } if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; } pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; } sqlite3_free(aIter); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to ** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the ** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the ** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format ** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array ** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. ** ** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. ** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between ** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) ** have already been populated. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the ** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ switch( zArg[i] ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; } break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iCol; for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ u32 iVal; sqlite3_int64 nToken; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; } } } break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iCol; const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ sqlite3_int64 nToken; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; } } sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); break; } case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); } break; default: { Fts3Expr *pExpr; assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; if( bGlobal ){ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); break; } } pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); } sqlite3_reset(pSelect); return rc; } /* ** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The ** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ static int fts3GetMatchinfo( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ ){ MatchInfo sInfo; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard ** the cached data. */ if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo ); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0; pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0; } /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. */ if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){ int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ int nArg; /* Bytes in zArg */ int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); } /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ nArg = (int)strlen(zArg); pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1); if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo]; pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo; memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1); memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; bGlobal = 1; } sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo; sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){ rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Implementation of snippet() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */ const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */ const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */ int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate ** a pair of fragments, and so on. */ int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ if( nToken>=0 ){ nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; }else{ nFToken = -1 * nToken; } for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){ int iBestScore = -1; /* Best score of columns checked so far */ int iRead; /* Used to iterate through columns */ SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip]; memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment)); /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets. ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered. */ for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){ SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; int iS; if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto snippet_out; } if( iS>iBestScore ){ *pFragment = sF; iBestScore = iS; } } mCovered |= pFragment->covered; } /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. */ assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; } assert( nFToken>0 ); for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res ); } snippet_out: sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); sqlite3_free(res.z); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free); } } typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset; typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx; struct TermOffset { char *pList; /* Position-list */ int iPos; /* Position just read from pList */ int iOff; /* Offset of this term from read positions */ }; struct TermOffsetCtx { Fts3Cursor *pCsr; int iCol; /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */ int iTerm; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; TermOffset *aTerm; }; /* ** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets(). */ static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx; int nTerm; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */ int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); pList = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol); nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; if( pList ){ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); assert( iPos>=0 ); } for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){ TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++]; pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; pT->pList = pList; pT->iPos = iPos; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of offsets() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ int NDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); /* Count the number of terms in the query */ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto offsets_out; } sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ int iStart; int iEnd; int iCurrent; const char *zDoc; int nDoc; /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. */ sCtx.iCol = iCol; sCtx.iTerm = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx); /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM ** to the caller. */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ continue; } rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto offsets_out; } /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i]; if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){ iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff; pTerm = pT; } } if( !pTerm ){ /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ pTerm->pList = 0; }else{ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char aBuffer[64]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } pMod->xClose(pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; } offsets_out: sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); sqlite3_free(res.z); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); } return; } /* ** Implementation of matchinfo() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc; int i; const char *zFormat; if( zArg ){ for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ char *zErr = 0; if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } } zFormat = zArg; }else{ zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; } if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); }else{ int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32); sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } #endif /************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ /************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree ** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. */ /* ** Database Format of R-Tree Tables ** -------------------------------- ** ** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three ** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character ** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree ** table. ** ** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) ** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) ** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER) ** ** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node ** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is ** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. ** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid ** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it ** is stored on. ** ** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is ** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the ** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node ** is formatted as follows: ** ** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes ** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. ** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. ** ** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently ** stored in the node. ** ** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry ** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number ** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid ** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a ** child page. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) /* ** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants ** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The ** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and ** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time ** by defining the following symbols: */ /* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate ** r*tree variant algorithms. */ #define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0 #define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT 1 /* ** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1. */ #define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0 #define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT 0 #define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT 1 #define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \ (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT) #if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman #endif #if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT #define PickNext LinearPickNext #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman #endif #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree #endif #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else #endif /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION #include "sqlite3rtree.h" typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; typedef unsigned char u8; typedef unsigned int u32; #endif /* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. */ #ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER # define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) #endif typedef struct Rtree Rtree; typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; /* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 /* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to ** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ #define HASHSIZE 128 /* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { sqlite3_vtab base; sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ int nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ int nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ RtreeNode *pDeleted; int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode; sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; int eCoordType; }; /* Possible values for eCoordType: */ #define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 #define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 /* ** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** ** m = M/3 ** ** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of ** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. */ #define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) #define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) #define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 /* ** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest ** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). ** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since ** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of ** 40 or less. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 /* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; RtreeNode *pNode; /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */ int iCell; /* Index of current cell in pNode */ int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ }; union RtreeCoord { float f; int i; }; /* ** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord ** formatted as a double. This macro assumes that local variable pRtree points ** to the Rtree structure associated with the RtreeCoord. */ #define DCOORD(coord) ( \ (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ ((double)coord.f) : \ ((double)coord.i) \ ) /* ** A search constraint. */ struct RtreeConstraint { int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ int op; /* Constraining operation */ double rValue; /* Constraint value. */ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */ }; /* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ #define RTREE_EQ 0x41 #define RTREE_LE 0x42 #define RTREE_LT 0x43 #define RTREE_GE 0x44 #define RTREE_GT 0x45 #define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* ** An rtree structure node. */ struct RtreeNode { RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ i64 iNode; int nRef; int isDirty; u8 *zData; RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash chain */ }; #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) /* ** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record. */ struct RtreeCell { i64 iRowid; RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; }; /* ** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH ** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this ** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault). */ #define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB /* ** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to ** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an ** r-tree query. */ struct RtreeMatchArg { u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); void *pContext; int nParam; double aParam[1]; }; /* ** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback), ** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used ** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object ** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create ** the geometry callback function). */ struct RtreeGeomCallback { int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); void *pContext; }; #ifndef MAX # define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) #endif #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) #endif /* ** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and ** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. */ static int readInt16(u8 *p){ return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; } static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ u32 i = ( (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) ); *(u32 *)pCoord = i; } static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ return ( (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + (((i64)p[7]) << 0) ); } /* ** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and ** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written ** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). */ static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; return 2; } static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ u32 i; assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); i = *(u32 *)pCoord; p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; return 4; } static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; return 8; } /* ** Increment the reference count of node p. */ static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ if( p ){ p->nRef++; } } /* ** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). */ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); p->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use ** in the Rtree.aHash table. */ static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ return ( (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0) ) % HASHSIZE; } /* ** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer ** to it. Otherwise, return 0. */ static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ RtreeNode *p; for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); return p; } /* ** Add node pNode to the node hash table. */ static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int iHash; assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; } /* ** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. */ static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode **pp; if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } *pp = pNode->pNext; pNode->pNext = 0; } } /* ** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), ** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is ** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the ** node contents out to the database. */ static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ RtreeNode *pNode; pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); if( pNode ){ memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; pNode->nRef = 1; pNode->pParent = pParent; pNode->isDirty = 1; nodeReference(pParent); } return pNode; } /* ** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. */ static int nodeAcquire( Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ ){ int rc; int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode; /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, ** increase its reference count and return it. */ if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){ assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent ); if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ nodeReference(pParent); pNode->pParent = pParent; } pNode->nRef++; *ppNode = pNode; return SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode); rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0); if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){ pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); if( !pNode ){ rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pNode->pParent = pParent; pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; pNode->nRef = 1; pNode->iNode = iNode; pNode->isDirty = 0; pNode->pNext = 0; memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); nodeReference(pParent); } } } rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. */ if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pNode!=0 ){ nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); }else{ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } *ppNode = pNode; }else{ sqlite3_free(pNode); *ppNode = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. */ static void nodeOverwriteCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iCell ){ int ii; u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){ p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); } pNode->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode. */ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); pNode->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert ** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. */ static int nodeInsertCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell ){ int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; nCell = NCELL(pNode); assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); if( nCell<nMaxCell ){ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell); writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1); pNode->isDirty = 1; } return (nCell==nMaxCell); } /* ** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. */ static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode->isDirty ){ sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; if( pNode->iNode ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); }else{ sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); } sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(p); pNode->isDirty = 0; rc = sqlite3_reset(p); if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); } } return rc; } /* ** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference ** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. */ static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode ){ assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); pNode->nRef--; if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = -1; } if( pNode->pParent ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); } nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); sqlite3_free(pNode); } } return rc; } /* ** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of ** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is ** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. */ static i64 nodeGetRowid( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell ){ assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) ); return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); } /* ** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. */ static void nodeGetCoord( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iCoord, RtreeCoord *pCoord /* Space to write result to */ ){ readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); } /* ** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed ** to by pCell with the results. */ static void nodeGetCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, RtreeCell *pCell ){ int ii; pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){ nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); } } /* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of ** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods. */ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int ); /* ** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int rtreeCreate( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int rtreeConnect( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); } /* ** Increment the r-tree reference count. */ static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){ pRtree->nBusy++; } /* ** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches ** zero the structure is deleted. */ static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ pRtree->nBusy--; if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); sqlite3_free(pRtree); } } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. */ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc; char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); if( !zCreate ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zCreate); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rtreeRelease(pRtree); } return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; RtreeCursor *pCsr; pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); if( pCsr ){ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; rc = SQLITE_OK; } *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; return rc; } /* ** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. */ static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){ sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom; if( pGeom ){ if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser); sqlite3_free(pGeom); } } sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); pCsr->aConstraint = 0; } } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); int rc; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. ** ** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; return (pCsr->pNode==0); } /* ** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is ** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint. */ static int testRtreeGeom( Rtree *pRtree, /* R-Tree object */ RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* MATCH constraint to test */ RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to test */ int *pbRes /* OUT: Test result */ ){ int i; double aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ); assert( pConstraint->pGeom ); for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++){ aCoord[i] = DCOORD(pCell->aCoord[i]); } return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes); } /* ** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page. ** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered ** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] ** array, or false otherwise. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs within a geometry callback. */ static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ RtreeCell cell; int ii; int bRes = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); for(ii=0; bRes==0 && ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){ RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii]; double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]); double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]); assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); switch( p->op ){ case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: bRes = p->rValue<cell_min; break; case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT: bRes = p->rValue>cell_max; break; case RTREE_EQ: bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValue<cell_min); break; default: { assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes); bRes = !bRes; break; } } } *pbEof = bRes; return rc; } /* ** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to ** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the ** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before ** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints, ** set pbEof to zero. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs within a geometry callback. ** ** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node. */ static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ RtreeCell cell; int ii; *pbEof = 0; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); for(ii=0; ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){ RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii]; double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]); int res; assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); switch( p->op ){ case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break; case RTREE_LT: res = (coord<p->rValue); break; case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break; case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue); break; case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break; default: { int rc; assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } break; } } if( !res ){ *pbEof = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of ** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend ** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the ** configured constraints. */ static int descendToCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int iHeight, int *pEof /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */ ){ int isEof; int rc; int ii; RtreeNode *pChild; sqlite3_int64 iRowid; RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode; int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell; assert( iHeight>=0 ); if( iHeight==0 ){ rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); }else{ rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){ goto descend_to_cell_out; } iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto descend_to_cell_out; } nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode); pCursor->pNode = pChild; isEof = 1; for(ii=0; isEof && ii<NCELL(pChild); ii++){ pCursor->iCell = ii; rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto descend_to_cell_out; } } if( isEof ){ assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild ); nodeReference(pSavedNode); nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode; pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell; } descend_to_cell_out: *pEof = isEof; return rc; } /* ** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit ** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. */ static int nodeRowidIndex( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid, int *piIndex ){ int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){ *piIndex = ii; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } /* ** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode ** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1. */ static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; if( pParent ){ return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); } *piIndex = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. */ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of ** a cursor that has already reached EOF. */ assert( pCsr->pNode ); if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){ /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */ nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); pCsr->pNode = 0; }else{ /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ int iHeight = 0; while( pCsr->pNode ){ RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){ int isEof; rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){ return rc; } } pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent; rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } nodeReference(pCsr->pNode); nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); iHeight++; } } return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; assert(pCsr->pNode); *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; if( i==0 ){ i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell); sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid); }else{ RtreeCoord c; nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c); if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); }else{ assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with ** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf ** to zero and return an SQLite error code. */ static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){ int rc; *ppLeaf = 0; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); }else{ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed ** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the ** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH ** operator. */ static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ RtreeMatchArg *p; sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; int nBlob; /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(double))!=0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob ); if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry)); p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1]; memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(double)) ){ sqlite3_free(pGeom); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pGeom->pContext = p->pContext; pGeom->nParam = p->nParam; pGeom->aParam = p->aParam; pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom; pCons->pGeom = pGeom; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int rtreeFilter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; rtreeReference(pRtree); freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; if( idxNum==1 ){ /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf); pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; if( pLeaf ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell); } }else{ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array ** with the configured constraints. */ if( argc>0 ){ pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); pCsr->nConstraint = argc; if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){ RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii]; p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a'; if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. */ rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ break; } }else{ p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); } } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCsr->pNode = 0; rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int isEof = 1; int nCell = NCELL(pRoot); pCsr->pNode = pRoot; for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){ assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot ); rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof); if( !isEof ){ break; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){ assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot ); nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); pCsr->pNode = 0; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCell<NCELL(pCsr->pNode) ); } } rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three ** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy ** ------------------------------------------------ ** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. ** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. ** ------------------------------------------------ ** ** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy ** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each ** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to ** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with ** (argvIndex==1) etc. ** ** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint ** operator as follows: ** ** Operator Byte Value ** ---------------------- ** = 0x41 ('A') ** <= 0x42 ('B') ** < 0x43 ('C') ** >= 0x44 ('D') ** > 0x45 ('E') ** MATCH 0x46 ('F') ** ---------------------- ** ** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column ** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column ** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. */ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int ii; int iIdx = 0; char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab); assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ int jj; for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; } pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0; return SQLITE_OK; } if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ u8 op; switch( p->op ){ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; default: assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); op = RTREE_MATCH; break; } zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a'; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; } } pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } assert( iIdx>=0 ); pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1)); return rc; } /* ** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. */ static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ float area = 1.0; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ area = (float)(area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); } return area; } /* ** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum ** of the objects size in each dimension. */ static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ float margin = 0.0; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ margin += (float)(DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); } return margin; } /* ** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. */ static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ int ii; if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); } }else{ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); } } } /* ** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered ** by p1. False otherwise. */ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ int ii; int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) ){ return 0; } } return 1; } /* ** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. */ static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ float area; RtreeCell cell; memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); } #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT static float cellOverlap( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, int iExclude ){ int ii; float overlap = 0.0; for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE if( ii!=iExclude ) #else assert( iExclude==-1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iExclude); #endif { int jj; float o = 1.0; for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){ double x1; double x2; x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); if( x2<x1 ){ o = 0.0; break; }else{ o = o * (float)(x2-x1); } } overlap += o; } } return overlap; } #endif #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE static float cellOverlapEnlargement( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pInsert, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, int iExclude ){ double before; double after; before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude); cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert); after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude); return (float)(after-before); } #endif /* ** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84]. ** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology. */ static int ChooseLeaf( Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to insert into rtree */ int iHeight, /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */ RtreeNode **ppLeaf /* OUT: Selected leaf page */ ){ int rc; int ii; RtreeNode *pNode; rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ int iCell; sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; float fMinGrowth = 0.0; float fMinArea = 0.0; #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE float fMinOverlap = 0.0; float overlap; #endif int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell cell; RtreeNode *pChild; RtreeCell *aCell = 0; #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){ int jj; aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell); if( !aCell ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); pNode = 0; continue; } for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, jj, &aCell[jj]); } } #endif /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with ** the smallest area. */ for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){ int bBest = 0; float growth; float area; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell); growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell); area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){ overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell); }else{ overlap = 0.0; } if( (iCell==0) || (overlap<fMinOverlap) || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth<fMinGrowth) || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){ bBest = 1; fMinOverlap = overlap; } #else if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){ bBest = 1; } #endif if( bBest ){ fMinGrowth = growth; fMinArea = area; iBest = cell.iRowid; } } sqlite3_free(aCell); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild); nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); pNode = pChild; } *ppLeaf = pNode; return rc; } /* ** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into ** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in ** all ancestor elements. */ static int AdjustTree( Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */ RtreeCell *pCell /* This cell was just inserted */ ){ RtreeNode *p = pNode; while( p->pParent ){ RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; RtreeCell cell; int iCell; if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); } p = pParent; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table. */ static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); } /* ** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table. */ static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); } static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); #if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT /* ** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickNext() function from ** Guttman[84]. */ static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, RtreeCell *pLeftBox, RtreeCell *pRightBox, int *aiUsed ){ int ii; for(ii=0; aiUsed[ii]; ii++); aiUsed[ii] = 1; return &aCell[ii]; } /* ** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickSeeds() function from ** Guttman[84]. */ static void LinearPickSeeds( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, int *piLeftSeed, int *piRightSeed ){ int i; int iLeftSeed = 0; int iRightSeed = 1; float maxNormalInnerWidth = 0.0; /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed. */ for(i=0; i<pRtree->nDim; i++){ float x1 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2]); float x2 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1]); float x3 = x1; float x4 = x2; int jj; int iCellLeft = 0; int iCellRight = 0; for(jj=1; jj<nCell; jj++){ float left = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2]); float right = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2+1]); if( left<x1 ) x1 = left; if( right>x4 ) x4 = right; if( left>x3 ){ x3 = left; iCellRight = jj; } if( right<x2 ){ x2 = right; iCellLeft = jj; } } if( x4!=x1 ){ float normalwidth = (x3 - x2) / (x4 - x1); if( normalwidth>maxNormalInnerWidth ){ iLeftSeed = iCellLeft; iRightSeed = iCellRight; } } } *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed; *piRightSeed = iRightSeed; } #endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */ #if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT /* ** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from ** Guttman[84]. */ static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, RtreeCell *pLeftBox, RtreeCell *pRightBox, int *aiUsed ){ #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a)) int iSelect = -1; float fDiff; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ if( aiUsed[ii]==0 ){ float left = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]); float right = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]); float diff = FABS(right-left); if( iSelect<0 || diff>fDiff ){ fDiff = diff; iSelect = ii; } } } aiUsed[iSelect] = 1; return &aCell[iSelect]; } /* ** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from ** Guttman[84]. */ static void QuadraticPickSeeds( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, int *piLeftSeed, int *piRightSeed ){ int ii; int jj; int iLeftSeed = 0; int iRightSeed = 1; float fWaste = 0.0; for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ for(jj=ii+1; jj<nCell; jj++){ float right = cellArea(pRtree, &aCell[jj]); float growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &aCell[ii], &aCell[jj]); float waste = growth - right; if( waste>fWaste ){ iLeftSeed = ii; iRightSeed = jj; fWaste = waste; } } } *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed; *piRightSeed = iRightSeed; } #endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */ /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size ** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For ** example, assuming the inputs: ** ** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } ** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } ** ** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: ** ** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } ** ** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDistance( int *aIdx, int nIdx, float *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ int iLeft = 0; int iRight = 0; int nLeft = nIdx/2; int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; int *aLeft = aIdx; int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); aLeft = aSpare; while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){ if( iLeft==nLeft ){ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; iRight++; }else if( iRight==nRight ){ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; iLeft++; }else{ float fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]]; float fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]]; if( fLeft<fRight ){ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; iLeft++; }else{ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; iRight++; } } } #if 0 /* Check that the sort worked */ { int jj; for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){ float left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]]; float right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]]; assert( left<=right ); } } #endif } } /* ** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size ** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The ** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the ** maximum used to break ties. ** ** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDimension( Rtree *pRtree, int *aIdx, int nIdx, int iDim, RtreeCell *aCell, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ int iLeft = 0; int iRight = 0; int nLeft = nIdx/2; int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; int *aLeft = aIdx; int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); aLeft = aSpare; while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){ double xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]); double xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); double xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]); double xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight) || (xleft1<xright1) || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2) )){ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; iLeft++; }else{ aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; iRight++; } } #if 0 /* Check that the sort worked */ { int jj; for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){ float xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2]; float xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]; float xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2]; float xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]; assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) ); } } #endif } } #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT /* ** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990]. */ static int splitNodeStartree( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, RtreeNode *pLeft, RtreeNode *pRight, RtreeCell *pBboxLeft, RtreeCell *pBboxRight ){ int **aaSorted; int *aSpare; int ii; int iBestDim = 0; int iBestSplit = 0; float fBestMargin = 0.0; int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !aaSorted ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){ int jj; aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){ aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj; } SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare); } for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){ float margin = 0.0; float fBestOverlap = 0.0; float fBestArea = 0.0; int iBestLeft = 0; int nLeft; for( nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); nLeft++ ){ RtreeCell left; RtreeCell right; int kk; float overlap; float area; memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ if( kk<nLeft ){ cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]); }else{ cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]); } } margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left); margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right); overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1, -1); area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right); if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)) || (overlap<fBestOverlap) || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea) ){ iBestLeft = nLeft; fBestOverlap = overlap; fBestArea = area; } } if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){ iBestDim = ii; fBestMargin = margin; iBestSplit = iBestLeft; } } memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight; RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight; RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]]; nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell); cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell); } sqlite3_free(aaSorted); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT /* ** Implementation of the regular R-tree SplitNode from Guttman[1984]. */ static int splitNodeGuttman( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell, RtreeNode *pLeft, RtreeNode *pRight, RtreeCell *pBboxLeft, RtreeCell *pBboxRight ){ int iLeftSeed = 0; int iRightSeed = 1; int *aiUsed; int i; aiUsed = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(int)*nCell); if( !aiUsed ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*nCell); PickSeeds(pRtree, aCell, nCell, &iLeftSeed, &iRightSeed); memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell)); memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[iRightSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell)); nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed]); nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, &aCell[iRightSeed]); aiUsed[iLeftSeed] = 1; aiUsed[iRightSeed] = 1; for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){ RtreeCell *pNext; pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed); float diff = cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext) ; if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i) || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i)) ){ nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext); cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext); }else{ nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext); cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext); } } sqlite3_free(aiUsed); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif static int updateMapping( Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight ){ int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite); if( iHeight>0 ){ RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); if( pChild ){ nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); nodeReference(pNode); pChild->pParent = pNode; } } return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); } static int SplitNode( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int i; int newCellIsRight = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell *aCell; int *aiUsed; RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; RtreeNode *pRight = 0; RtreeCell leftbbox; RtreeCell rightbbox; /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); if( !aCell ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto splitnode_out; } aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]); } nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell)); nCell++; if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); pRtree->iDepth++; pNode->isDirty = 1; writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); }else{ pLeft = pNode; pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); nodeReference(pLeft); } if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto splitnode_out; } memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) ){ goto splitnode_out; } rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } }else{ RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; int iCell; rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } } if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ goto splitnode_out; } for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){ i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i); rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight); if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ newCellIsRight = 1; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } } if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){ i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i); rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } } }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){ rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); pRight = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); pLeft = 0; } splitnode_out: nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); sqlite3_free(aCell); return rc; } /* ** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is ** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate ** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. ** ** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update ** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the ** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which ** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this ** function is called to determine its ancestry. */ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete ** the referenced counted node structures. */ iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); if( !pTest ){ rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); } } rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; pChild = pChild->pParent; } return rc; } static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ int rc; int rc2; RtreeNode *pParent = 0; int iCell; assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pParent = pNode->pParent; pNode->pParent = 0; rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. */ nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); pNode->iNode = iHeight; pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; pNode->nRef++; pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; return SQLITE_OK; } static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParent ){ int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){ RtreeCell cell; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell); cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell); } box.iRowid = pNode->iNode; rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); } } return rc; } /* ** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the ** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. */ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ RtreeNode *pParent; int rc; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. */ nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated ** node. */ pParent = pNode->pParent; assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); if( pParent ){ if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){ rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight); }else{ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); } } return rc; } static int Reinsert( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int *aOrder; int *aSpare; RtreeCell *aCell; float *aDistance; int nCell; float aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS]; int iDim; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(float)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS); nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1; /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is ** relinquished before this function returns. */ aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(nCell * ( sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */ sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */ sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */ sizeof(float) /* aDistance array */ )); if( !aCell ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } aOrder = (int *)&aCell[nCell]; aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[nCell]; aDistance = (float *)&aSpare[nCell]; for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ if( ii==(nCell-1) ){ memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell)); }else{ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]); } aOrder[ii] = ii; for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); } } for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ aCenterCoord[iDim] = (float)(aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0)); } for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ aDistance[ii] = 0.0; for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ float coord = (float)(DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } } SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ if( iHeight==0 ){ rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); }else{ rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); } for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){ /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ RtreeNode *pInsert; RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } sqlite3_free(aCell); return rc; } /* ** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a ** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ static int rtreeInsertCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( iHeight>0 ){ RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); if( pChild ){ nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); nodeReference(pNode); pChild->pParent = pNode; } } if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ #if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); }else{ pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); } #else rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); #endif }else{ rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iHeight==0 ){ rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); }else{ rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); } } } return rc; } static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){ RtreeNode *pInsert; RtreeCell cell; nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell); /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } return rc; } /* ** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. */ static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ int rc; sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); return rc; } /* ** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. */ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ int rc; /* Return code */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry ** about to be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf); } /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); } /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and ** reduce the tree height by one. ** ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform ** in this scenario). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ int rc2; RtreeNode *pChild; i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pRtree->iDepth--; writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); pRoot->isDirty = 1; } } /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); } pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; sqlite3_free(pLeaf); } /* Release the reference to the root node. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); }else{ nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); } return rc; } /* ** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeUpdate( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nData, sqlite3_value **azData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ rtreeReference(pRtree); assert(nData>=1); /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: ** ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. ** ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. */ if( nData>1 ){ int ii; /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */ assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ cell.aCoord[ii].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+3]); cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+4]); if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; goto constraint; } } }else{ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]); cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]); if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; goto constraint; } } } /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid ){ int steprc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); }else{ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; goto constraint; } } } bHaveRowid = 1; } } /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does ** just that. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); } /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into ** the r-tree structure. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); } *pRowid = cell.iRowid; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } constraint: rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName ); if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } return rc; } static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ rtreeEof, /* xEof */ rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; static int rtreeSqlInit( Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zPrefix, int isCreate ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #define N_STATEMENT 9 static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { /* Read and write the xxx_node table */ "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1", "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1" }; sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; int i; pRtree->db = db; if( isCreate ){ char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);" "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);" "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);" "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))", zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize ); if( !zCreate ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zCreate); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode; appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent; appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix); if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3_free(zSql); } return rc; } /* ** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement ** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed ** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned ** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error ** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined. */ static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( zSql ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to ** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected ** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. ** ** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree ** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting ** the root node of the tree. ** ** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. ** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the ** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries ** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. */ static int getNodeSize( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ ){ int rc; char *zSql; if( isCreate ){ int iPageSize = 0; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){ pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; } } }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); } sqlite3_free(zSql); return rc; } /* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** ** argv[0] -> module name ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name ** argv[...] -> column names... */ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Rtree *pRtree; int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); const char *aErrMsg[] = { 0, /* 0 */ "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ "Too many columns for an rtree table" /* 3 */ }; int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2; if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); return SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ nDb = strlen(argv[1]); nName = strlen(argv[2]); pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); if( !pRtree ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); pRtree->nBusy = 1; pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2; pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2; pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType; memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); /* Figure out the node size to use. */ rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate); /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure ** the r-tree table schema. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); }else{ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); char *zTmp; int ii; for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){ zTmp = zSql; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]); sqlite3_free(zTmp); } if( zSql ){ zTmp = zSql; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp); sqlite3_free(zTmp); } if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } sqlite3_free(zSql); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; }else{ rtreeRelease(pRtree); } return rc; } /* ** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to ** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. ** ** The scalar function takes two arguments, a blob of data containing ** an r-tree node, and the number of dimensions the r-tree indexes. ** For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to deserialize ** all nodes, a statement like: ** ** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; ** ** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one ** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a ** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the ** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates. */ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ char *zText = 0; RtreeNode node; Rtree tree; int ii; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){ char zCell[512]; int nCell = 0; RtreeCell cell; int jj; nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell); sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid); nCell = strlen(zCell); for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){ sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell]," %f",(double)cell.aCoord[jj].f); nCell = strlen(zCell); } if( zText ){ char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell); sqlite3_free(zText); zText = zTextNew; }else{ zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell); } } sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free); } static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2 ){ sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); }else{ u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob)); } } /* ** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the ** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar ** function "rtreenode". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){ const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8; int rc; rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32; rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32; rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0); } return rc; } /* ** A version of sqlite3_free() that can be used as a callback. This is used ** in two places - as the destructor for the blob value returned by the ** invocation of a geometry function, and as the destructor for the geometry ** functions themselves. */ static void doSqlite3Free(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite ** scalar user function. This C function is the callback used for all such ** registered SQL functions. ** ** The scalar user functions return a blob that is interpreted by r-tree ** table MATCH operators. */ static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; int nBlob; nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(double); pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); if( !pBlob ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); }else{ int i; pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom; pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext; pBlob->nParam = nArg; for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); } sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free); } } /* ** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *), void *pContext ){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete ** the context object when it is no longer required. */ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free ); } #if !SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** ** This file implements an integration between the ICU library ** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library ** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses ** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** ** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP ** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. ** ** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions ** for case mapping. ** ** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences. ** ** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) /* Include ICU headers */ #include <unicode/utypes.h> #include <unicode/uregex.h> #include <unicode/ustring.h> #include <unicode/ucol.h> /* #include <assert.h> */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else #endif /* ** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif /* ** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. */ static void xFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is ** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and ** false (0) if they are different. */ static int icuLikeCompare( const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ ){ static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_'; static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%'; int iPattern = 0; /* Current byte index in zPattern */ int iString = 0; /* Current byte index in zString */ int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){ /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ UChar32 uPattern; U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern); assert(uPattern!=0); /* There are now 4 possibilities: ** ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character */ if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ /* Case 1. */ uint8_t c; /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the ** test string. */ while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); } iPattern++; } if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1; while( zString[iString] ){ if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){ return 1; } U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); } return 0; }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ /* Case 2. */ if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){ /* Case 3. */ prevEscape = 1; }else{ /* Case 4. */ UChar32 uString; U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString); uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); if( uString!=uPattern ){ return 0; } prevEscape = 0; } } return zString[iString]==0; } /* ** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements ** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the ** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: ** ** A LIKE B ** ** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, ** ** A LIKE B ESCAPE E ** ** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ static void icuLikeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); UChar32 uEsc = 0; /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). */ if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); return; } if( argc==3 ){ /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. ** Otherwise, return an error. */ int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); int i = 0; if( zE==0 ) return; U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); if( i!=nE){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } } if( zA && zB ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); } } /* ** This function is called when an ICU function called from within ** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** ** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is ** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ static void icuFunctionError( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ ){ char zBuf[128]; sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); zBuf[127] = '\0'; sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); } /* ** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as ** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). */ static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; uregex_close(pExpr); } /* ** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes ** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile ** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either ** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result ** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** ** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such ** that the following two are equivalent: ** ** zString REGEXP zPattern ** regexp(zPattern, zString) ** ** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: ** ** uregex_open() ** uregex_matches() ** uregex_close() */ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; URegularExpression *pExpr; UBool res; const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, ** then the result is also NULL. */ if( !zString ){ return; } pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); if( !pExpr ){ const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); if( !zPattern ){ return; } pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); }else{ assert(!pExpr); icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); return; } } /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); return; } /* Attempt the match */ res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); return; } /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid ** pointer after this function returns. */ uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); /* Return 1 or 0. */ sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); } /* ** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and ** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). ** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** ** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and ** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences ** between the two. ** ** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar ** functions are invoked with one argument: ** ** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' ** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' ** ** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() ** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name ** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value ** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version ** of upper() or lower(). ** ** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' ** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i) ** ** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings */ static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ const UChar *zInput; UChar *zOutput; int nInput; int nOutput; UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; const char *zLocale = 0; assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); if( nArg==2 ){ zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); } zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); if( !zInput ){ return; } nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2; zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput); if( !zOutput ){ return; } if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){ u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); }else{ u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); } if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status); return; } sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree); } /* ** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to ** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; ucol_close(p); } /* ** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to ** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ static int icuCollationColl( void *pCtx, int nLeft, const void *zLeft, int nRight, const void *zRight ){ UCollationResult res; UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2); switch( res ){ case UCOL_LESS: return -1; case UCOL_GREATER: return +1; case UCOL_EQUAL: return 0; } assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()"); return 0; } /* ** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). ** ** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation ** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called ** as follows: ** ** SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>); ** ** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. ** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the ** collation sequence to create. */ static void icuLoadCollation( sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ assert(nArg==2); zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); if( !zLocale || !zName ){ return; } pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); return; } assert(p); rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ ucol_close(pUCollator); sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); } } /* ** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ struct IcuScalar { const char *zName; /* Function name */ int nArg; /* Number of arguments */ int enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ void *pContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); } scalars[] = { {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation}, }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 ); } return rc; } #if !SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3IcuInit(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2007 June 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU /* #include <assert.h> */ /* #include <string.h> */ #include <unicode/ubrk.h> /* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */ /* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */ #include <unicode/utf16.h> typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; struct IcuTokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; char *zLocale; }; struct IcuCursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ int nBuffer; char *zBuffer; int iToken; }; /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int icuCreate( int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ ){ IcuTokenizer *p; int n = 0; if( argc>0 ){ n = strlen(argv[0])+1; } p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); if( n ){ p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); } *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int icuOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *zInput, /* Input string */ int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; IcuCursor *pCsr; const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; int nChar; UChar32 c; int iInput = 0; int iOut = 0; *ppCursor = 0; if( nInput<0 ){ nInput = strlen(zInput); } nChar = nInput+1; pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ ); if( !pCsr ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); while( c>0 ){ int isError = 0; c = u_foldCase(c, opt); U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); if( isError ){ sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; if( iInput<nInput ){ U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); }else{ c = 0; } } pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pCsr->nChar = iOut; ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). */ static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. */ static int icuNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; int iStart = 0; int iEnd = 0; int nByte = 0; while( iStart==iEnd ){ UChar32 c; iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } while( iStart<iEnd ){ int iWhite = iStart; U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); if( u_isspace(c) ){ iStart = iWhite; }else{ break; } } assert(iStart<=iEnd); } do { UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; if( nByte ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; } u_strToUTF8( pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ &status /* Output success/failure */ ); } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; *pnBytes = nByte; *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ icuCreate, /* xCreate */ icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ icuOpen, /* xOpen */ icuClose, /* xClose */ icuNext, /* xNext */ }; /* ** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000040726�11726766726�017725� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ bin_PROGRAMS = ratbox-sqlite3$(EXEEXT) subdir = bandb/sqlite3 DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) am_ratbox_sqlite3_OBJECTS = shell.$(OBJEXT) ratbox_sqlite3_OBJECTS = $(am_ratbox_sqlite3_OBJECTS) ratbox_sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = libsqlite3.a DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ DIST_SOURCES = $(ratbox_sqlite3_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ SOURCES = sqlite3.c AM_CFLAGS = -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 ratbox_sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c ratbox_sqlite3_LDADD = libsqlite3.a S_OBJS = $(SOURCES:.c=.lo) all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu bandb/sqlite3/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu bandb/sqlite3/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-binPROGRAMS: @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list ratbox-sqlite3$(EXEEXT): $(ratbox_sqlite3_OBJECTS) $(ratbox_sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_ratbox_sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f ratbox-sqlite3$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(ratbox_sqlite3_OBJECTS) $(ratbox_sqlite3_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-binPROGRAMS \ clean-generic clean-libtool ctags distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-binPROGRAMS install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \ pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-binPROGRAMS .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) -prefer-pic -I../include -I. -c $< -o $@ libsqlite3.a: $(S_OBJS) $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) -all-static -o libsqlite3.a $(S_OBJS) all: libsqlite3.a # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/sqlite3/Makefile.am���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000000663�11014657002�017660� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� SOURCES = sqlite3.c bin_PROGRAMS = ratbox-sqlite3 AM_CFLAGS = -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 ratbox_sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c ratbox_sqlite3_LDADD = libsqlite3.a .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) -prefer-pic -I../include -I. -c $< -o $@ S_OBJS= $(SOURCES:.c=.lo) libsqlite3.a: $(S_OBJS) $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) -all-static -o libsqlite3.a $(S_OBJS) all: libsqlite3.a �����������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/rsdb_snprintf.c�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000037772�11064743132�017301� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/* * libString, Copyright (C) 1999 Patrick Alken * This library comes with absolutely NO WARRANTY * * Should you choose to use and/or modify this source code, please * do so under the terms of the GNU General Public License under which * this library is distributed. * * $Id: rsdb_snprintf.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $ */ #include "stdinc.h" #include "rsdb.h" /* * This table is arranged in chronological order from 0-999, * however the numbers are written backwards, so the number 100 * is expressed in this table as "001". * It's purpose is to ensure fast conversions from integers to * ASCII strings. When an integer variable is encountered, a * simple hash algorithm is used to determine where to look * in this array for the corresponding string. * This outperforms continually dividing by 10 and using the * digit obtained as a character, because we can now divide by * 1000 and use the remainder directly, thus cutting down on * the number of costly divisions needed. For an integer's worst * case, 2 divisions are needed because it can only go up to * 32767, so after 2 divisions by 1000, and some algebra, we will * be left with 327 which we can get from this table. This is much * better than the 5 divisions by 10 that we would need if we did * it the conventional way. Of course, if we made this table go * from 0-9999, only 1 division would be needed. * Longs and unsigned ints of course, are another matter :-). * * Patrick Alken <wnder@underworld.net> */ /* * Set this to the number of indices (numbers) in our table */ #define TABLE_MAX 1000 static const char *IntTable[] = { "000", "100", "200", "300", "400", "500", "600", "700", "800", "900", "010", "110", "210", "310", "410", "510", "610", "710", "810", "910", "020", "120", "220", "320", "420", "520", "620", "720", "820", "920", "030", "130", "230", "330", "430", "530", "630", "730", "830", "930", "040", "140", "240", "340", "440", "540", "640", "740", "840", "940", "050", "150", "250", "350", "450", "550", "650", "750", "850", "950", "060", "160", "260", "360", "460", "560", "660", "760", "860", "960", "070", "170", "270", "370", "470", "570", "670", "770", "870", "970", "080", "180", "280", "380", "480", "580", "680", "780", "880", "980", "090", "190", "290", "390", "490", "590", "690", "790", "890", "990", "001", "101", "201", "301", "401", "501", "601", "701", "801", "901", "011", "111", "211", "311", "411", "511", "611", "711", "811", "911", "021", "121", "221", "321", "421", "521", "621", "721", "821", "921", "031", "131", "231", "331", "431", "531", "631", "731", "831", "931", "041", "141", "241", "341", "441", "541", "641", "741", "841", "941", "051", "151", "251", "351", "451", "551", "651", "751", "851", "951", "061", "161", "261", "361", "461", "561", "661", "761", "861", "961", "071", "171", "271", "371", "471", "571", "671", "771", "871", "971", "081", "181", "281", "381", "481", "581", "681", "781", "881", "981", "091", "191", "291", "391", "491", "591", "691", "791", "891", "991", "002", "102", "202", "302", "402", "502", "602", "702", "802", "902", "012", "112", "212", "312", "412", "512", "612", "712", "812", "912", "022", "122", "222", "322", "422", "522", "622", "722", "822", "922", "032", "132", "232", "332", "432", "532", "632", "732", "832", "932", "042", "142", "242", "342", "442", "542", "642", "742", "842", "942", "052", "152", "252", "352", "452", "552", "652", "752", "852", "952", "062", "162", "262", "362", "462", "562", "662", "762", "862", "962", "072", "172", "272", "372", "472", "572", "672", "772", "872", "972", "082", "182", "282", "382", "482", "582", "682", "782", "882", "982", "092", "192", "292", "392", "492", "592", "692", "792", "892", "992", "003", "103", "203", "303", "403", "503", "603", "703", "803", "903", "013", "113", "213", "313", "413", "513", "613", "713", "813", "913", "023", "123", "223", "323", "423", "523", "623", "723", "823", "923", "033", "133", "233", "333", "433", "533", "633", "733", "833", "933", "043", "143", "243", "343", "443", "543", "643", "743", "843", "943", "053", "153", "253", "353", "453", "553", "653", "753", "853", "953", "063", "163", "263", "363", "463", "563", "663", "763", "863", "963", "073", "173", "273", "373", "473", "573", "673", "773", "873", "973", "083", "183", "283", "383", "483", "583", "683", "783", "883", "983", "093", "193", "293", "393", "493", "593", "693", "793", "893", "993", "004", "104", "204", "304", "404", "504", "604", "704", "804", "904", "014", "114", "214", "314", "414", "514", "614", "714", "814", "914", "024", "124", "224", "324", "424", "524", "624", "724", "824", "924", "034", "134", "234", "334", "434", "534", "634", "734", "834", "934", "044", "144", "244", "344", "444", "544", "644", "744", "844", "944", "054", "154", "254", "354", "454", "554", "654", "754", "854", "954", "064", "164", "264", "364", "464", "564", "664", "764", "864", "964", "074", "174", "274", "374", "474", "574", "674", "774", "874", "974", "084", "184", "284", "384", "484", "584", "684", "784", "884", "984", "094", "194", "294", "394", "494", "594", "694", "794", "894", "994", "005", "105", "205", "305", "405", "505", "605", "705", "805", "905", "015", "115", "215", "315", "415", "515", "615", "715", "815", "915", "025", "125", "225", "325", "425", "525", "625", "725", "825", "925", "035", "135", "235", "335", "435", "535", "635", "735", "835", "935", "045", "145", "245", "345", "445", "545", "645", "745", "845", "945", "055", "155", "255", "355", "455", "555", "655", "755", "855", "955", "065", "165", "265", "365", "465", "565", "665", "765", "865", "965", "075", "175", "275", "375", "475", "575", "675", "775", "875", "975", "085", "185", "285", "385", "485", "585", "685", "785", "885", "985", "095", "195", "295", "395", "495", "595", "695", "795", "895", "995", "006", "106", "206", "306", "406", "506", "606", "706", "806", "906", "016", "116", "216", "316", "416", "516", "616", "716", "816", "916", "026", "126", "226", "326", "426", "526", "626", "726", "826", "926", "036", "136", "236", "336", "436", "536", "636", "736", "836", "936", "046", "146", "246", "346", "446", "546", "646", "746", "846", "946", "056", "156", "256", "356", "456", "556", "656", "756", "856", "956", "066", "166", "266", "366", "466", "566", "666", "766", "866", "966", "076", "176", "276", "376", "476", "576", "676", "776", "876", "976", "086", "186", "286", "386", "486", "586", "686", "786", "886", "986", "096", "196", "296", "396", "496", "596", "696", "796", "896", "996", "007", "107", "207", "307", "407", "507", "607", "707", "807", "907", "017", "117", "217", "317", "417", "517", "617", "717", "817", "917", "027", "127", "227", "327", "427", "527", "627", "727", "827", "927", "037", "137", "237", "337", "437", "537", "637", "737", "837", "937", "047", "147", "247", "347", "447", "547", "647", "747", "847", "947", "057", "157", "257", "357", "457", "557", "657", "757", "857", "957", "067", "167", "267", "367", "467", "567", "667", "767", "867", "967", "077", "177", "277", "377", "477", "577", "677", "777", "877", "977", "087", "187", "287", "387", "487", "587", "687", "787", "887", "987", "097", "197", "297", "397", "497", "597", "697", "797", "897", "997", "008", "108", "208", "308", "408", "508", "608", "708", "808", "908", "018", "118", "218", "318", "418", "518", "618", "718", "818", "918", "028", "128", "228", "328", "428", "528", "628", "728", "828", "928", "038", "138", "238", "338", "438", "538", "638", "738", "838", "938", "048", "148", "248", "348", "448", "548", "648", "748", "848", "948", "058", "158", "258", "358", "458", "558", "658", "758", "858", "958", "068", "168", "268", "368", "468", "568", "668", "768", "868", "968", "078", "178", "278", "378", "478", "578", "678", "778", "878", "978", "088", "188", "288", "388", "488", "588", "688", "788", "888", "988", "098", "198", "298", "398", "498", "598", "698", "798", "898", "998", "009", "109", "209", "309", "409", "509", "609", "709", "809", "909", "019", "119", "219", "319", "419", "519", "619", "719", "819", "919", "029", "129", "229", "329", "429", "529", "629", "729", "829", "929", "039", "139", "239", "339", "439", "539", "639", "739", "839", "939", "049", "149", "249", "349", "449", "549", "649", "749", "849", "949", "059", "159", "259", "359", "459", "559", "659", "759", "859", "959", "069", "169", "269", "369", "469", "569", "669", "769", "869", "969", "079", "179", "279", "379", "479", "579", "679", "779", "879", "979", "089", "189", "289", "389", "489", "589", "689", "789", "889", "989", "099", "199", "299", "399", "499", "599", "699", "799", "899", "999" }; /* * Since we calculate the right-most digits for %d %u etc first, * we need a temporary buffer to store them in until we get * to the left-most digits */ #define TEMPBUF_MAX 20 static char TempBuffer[TEMPBUF_MAX]; /* vSnprintf() Backend to Snprintf() - performs the construction of 'dest' using the string 'format' and the given arguments. Also makes sure not more than 'bytes' characters are copied to 'dest' We always allow room for a terminating \0 character, so at most, bytes - 1 characters will be written to dest. Return: Number of characters written, NOT including the terminating \0 character which is *always* placed at the end of the string NOTE: This function handles the following flags only: %s %d %c %u %ld %lu In addition, this function performs *NO* precision, padding, or width formatting. If it receives an unknown % character, it will call vsprintf() to complete the remainder of the string. */ int rs_vsnprintf(char *dest, const size_t bytes, const char *format, va_list args) { char ch; int written = 0; /* bytes written so far */ int maxbytes = bytes - 1; while((ch = *format++) && (written < maxbytes)) { if(ch == '%') { /* * Advance past the % */ ch = *format++; /* * Put the most common cases first - %s %d etc */ if(ch == 's') { const char *str = va_arg(args, const char *); while((*dest = *str)) { ++dest; ++str; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } if(ch == 'd') { int num = va_arg(args, int); int quotient; const char *str; char *digitptr = TempBuffer; /* * We have to special-case "0" unfortunately */ if(num == 0) { *dest++ = '0'; ++written; continue; } if(num < 0) { *dest++ = '-'; if(++written >= maxbytes) continue; num = -num; } do { quotient = num / TABLE_MAX; /* * We'll start with the right-most digits of 'num'. * Dividing by TABLE_MAX cuts off all but the X * right-most digits, where X is such that: * * 10^X = TABLE_MAX * * For example, if num = 1200, and TABLE_MAX = 1000, * quotient will be 1. Multiplying this by 1000 and * subtracting from 1200 gives: 1200 - (1 * 1000) = 200. * We then go right to slot 200 in our array and behold! * The string "002" (200 backwards) is conveniently * waiting for us. Then repeat the process with the * digits left. * * The reason we need to have the integers written * backwards, is because we don't know how many digits * there are. If we want to express the number 12130 * for example, our first pass would leave us with 130, * whose slot in the array yields "031", which we * plug into our TempBuffer[]. The next pass gives us * 12, whose slot yields "21" which we append to * TempBuffer[], leaving us with "03121". This is the * exact number we want, only backwards, so it is * a simple matter to reverse the string. If we used * straightfoward numbers, we would have a TempBuffer * looking like this: "13012" which would be a nightmare * to deal with. */ str = IntTable[num - (quotient * TABLE_MAX)]; while((*digitptr = *str)) { ++digitptr; ++str; } } while((num = quotient) != 0); /* * If the last quotient was a 1 or 2 digit number, there * will be one or more leading zeroes in TempBuffer[] - * get rid of them. */ while(*(digitptr - 1) == '0') --digitptr; while(digitptr != TempBuffer) { *dest++ = *--digitptr; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } /* if (ch == 'd') */ if(ch == 'c') { *dest++ = va_arg(args, int); ++written; continue; } /* if (ch == 'c') */ if(ch == 'u') { unsigned int num = va_arg(args, unsigned int); unsigned int quotient; const char *str; char *digitptr = TempBuffer; if(num == 0) { *dest++ = '0'; ++written; continue; } do { quotient = num / TABLE_MAX; /* * Very similar to case 'd' */ str = IntTable[num - (quotient * TABLE_MAX)]; while((*digitptr = *str)) { ++digitptr; ++str; } } while((num = quotient) != 0); while(*(digitptr - 1) == '0') --digitptr; while(digitptr != TempBuffer) { *dest++ = *--digitptr; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } /* if (ch == 'u') */ if(ch == 'Q') { const char *arg = va_arg(args, const char *); if(arg == NULL) continue; const char *str = rsdb_quote(arg); while((*dest = *str)) { ++dest; ++str; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } if(ch == 'l') { if(*format == 'u') { unsigned long num = va_arg(args, unsigned long); unsigned long quotient; const char *str; char *digitptr = TempBuffer; ++format; if(num == 0) { *dest++ = '0'; ++written; continue; } do { quotient = num / TABLE_MAX; /* * Very similar to case 'u' */ str = IntTable[num - (quotient * TABLE_MAX)]; while((*digitptr = *str)) { ++digitptr; ++str; } } while((num = quotient) != 0); while(*(digitptr - 1) == '0') --digitptr; while(digitptr != TempBuffer) { *dest++ = *--digitptr; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } else /* if (*format == 'u') */ if(*format == 'd') { long num = va_arg(args, long); long quotient; const char *str; char *digitptr = TempBuffer; ++format; if(num == 0) { *dest++ = '0'; ++written; continue; } if(num < 0) { *dest++ = '-'; if(++written >= maxbytes) continue; num = -num; } do { quotient = num / TABLE_MAX; str = IntTable[num - (quotient * TABLE_MAX)]; while((*digitptr = *str)) { ++digitptr; ++str; } } while((num = quotient) != 0); while(*(digitptr - 1) == '0') --digitptr; while(digitptr != TempBuffer) { *dest++ = *--digitptr; if(++written >= maxbytes) break; } continue; } else /* if (*format == 'd') */ { /* XXX error */ exit(1); } } /* if (ch == 'l') */ if(ch != '%') { /* XXX error */ exit(1); } /* if (ch != '%') */ } /* if (ch == '%') */ *dest++ = ch; ++written; } /* while ((ch = *format++) && (written < maxbytes)) */ /* * Terminate the destination buffer with a \0 */ *dest = '\0'; return (written); } /* vSnprintf() */ /* rs_snprintf() Optimized version of snprintf(). Inputs: dest - destination string bytes - number of bytes to copy format - formatted string args - args to 'format' Return: number of characters copied, NOT including the terminating NULL which is always placed at the end of the string */ int rs_snprintf(char *dest, const size_t bytes, const char *format, ...) { va_list args; int count; va_start(args, format); count = rs_vsnprintf(dest, bytes, format, args); va_end(args); return (count); } /* Snprintf() */ ������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/Makefile.in�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000062231�11726766726�016334� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ libexec_PROGRAMS = bandb$(EXEEXT) bin_PROGRAMS = bantool$(EXEEXT) subdir = bandb DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) $(libexec_PROGRAMS) am_bandb_OBJECTS = bandb.$(OBJEXT) rsdb_sqlite3.$(OBJEXT) \ rsdb_snprintf.$(OBJEXT) bandb_OBJECTS = $(am_bandb_OBJECTS) bandb_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la am_bantool_OBJECTS = bantool.$(OBJEXT) rsdb_sqlite3.$(OBJEXT) \ rsdb_snprintf.$(OBJEXT) bantool_OBJECTS = $(am_bantool_OBJECTS) bantool_DEPENDENCIES = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(bandb_SOURCES) $(bantool_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(bandb_SOURCES) $(bantool_SOURCES) RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ distdir ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DIST_SUBDIRS = sqlite3 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ # # $Id: Makefile.in 27353 2012-03-11 00:12:06Z androsyn $ # AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects @BUILD_SQLITE_TRUE@SUBDIRS = sqlite3 AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ bandb_SOURCES = bandb.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c bandb_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @SQLITE3_LIBS@ bantool_SOURCES = bantool.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c bantool_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @SQLITE3_LIBS@ all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign bandb/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign bandb/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-binPROGRAMS: @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list install-libexecPROGRAMS: $(libexec_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libexecdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(libexecdir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)" && rm -f $$files clean-libexecPROGRAMS: @list='$(libexec_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list bandb$(EXEEXT): $(bandb_OBJECTS) $(bandb_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_bandb_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f bandb$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(bandb_OBJECTS) $(bandb_LDADD) $(LIBS) bantool$(EXEEXT): $(bantool_OBJECTS) $(bantool_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_bantool_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f bantool$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(bantool_OBJECTS) $(bantool_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bandb.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/bantool.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rsdb_snprintf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rsdb_sqlite3.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.o$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.obj$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.lo$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ fi; \ done; \ rev="$$rev ."; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done ctags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(libexecdir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libexecPROGRAMS \ clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-libexecPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS .MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \ install-am install-strip tags-recursive .PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ all all-am check check-am clean clean-binPROGRAMS \ clean-generic clean-libexecPROGRAMS clean-libtool ctags \ ctags-recursive distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-binPROGRAMS \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-info install-info-am install-libexecPROGRAMS \ install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-libexecPROGRAMS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/bantool.c�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000046701�11730550233�016050� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������/** * ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd. * bantool.c: The ircd-ratbox database managment tool. * * Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center * Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team * Copyright (C) 2002-2012 ircd-ratbox development team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 * USA * * The following server admins have either contributed various configs to test against, * or helped with debugging and feature requests. Many thanks to them. * stevoo / efnet.port80.se * AndroSyn / irc2.choopa.net, irc.igs.ca * Salvation / irc.blessed.net * JamesOff / efnet.demon.co.uk * * $Id: bantool.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $ * */ #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <time.h> #include "serno.h" #include "patchlevel.h" #include "stdinc.h" #include "rsdb.h" #define EmptyString(x) ((x == NULL) || (*(x) == '\0')) #define CheckEmpty(x) EmptyString(x) ? "" : x typedef enum { BANDB_KLINE, BANDB_KLINE_PERM, BANDB_DLINE, BANDB_DLINE_PERM, BANDB_XLINE, BANDB_XLINE_PERM, BANDB_RESV, BANDB_RESV_PERM, LAST_BANDB_TYPE } bandb_type; static char bandb_letter[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { 'K', 'K', 'D', 'D', 'X', 'X', 'R', 'R' }; static const char *bandb_table[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { "kline", "kline", "dline", "dline", "xline", "xline", "resv", "resv" }; static const char *bandb_suffix[LAST_BANDB_TYPE] = { "", ".perm", "", ".perm", "", ".perm", "", ".perm" }; static char me[PATH_MAX]; /* *INDENT-OFF* */ /* report counters */ struct counter { unsigned int klines; unsigned int dlines; unsigned int xlines; unsigned int resvs; unsigned int error; } count = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; /* flags set by command line options */ struct flags { int none; int export; int import; int verify; int vacuum; int pretend; int verbose; int wipe; int dupes_ok; char *path; } flag = {YES, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NULL}; /* *INDENT-ON* */ static int table_has_rows(const char *table); static int table_exists(const char *table); static const char *clean_gecos_field(const char *gecos); static char *smalldate(const char *string); static char *getfield(char *newline); static char *strip_quotes(const char *string); static char *mangle_reason(const char *string); static char *escape_quotes(const char *string); static void db_error_cb(const char *errstr); static void db_reclaim_slack(void); static void export_config(const char *conf, int id); static void import_config(const char *conf, int id); static void check_schema(void); static void print_help(int i_exit); static void wipe_schema(void); static void drop_dupes(const char *user, const char *host, const char *t); /** * swing your pants */ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { char etc[PATH_MAX]; char conf[PATH_MAX]; int opt; int i; rb_strlcpy(me, argv[0], sizeof(me)); while((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "hieuspvwdf:")) != -1) { switch (opt) { case 'h': print_help(EXIT_SUCCESS); break; case 'i': flag.none = NO; flag.import = YES; break; case 'e': flag.none = NO; flag.export = YES; break; case 'u': flag.none = NO; flag.verify = YES; break; case 's': flag.none = NO; flag.vacuum = YES; break; case 'p': flag.pretend = YES; break; case 'v': flag.verbose = YES; break; case 'w': flag.wipe = YES; break; case 'd': flag.dupes_ok = YES; break; case 'f': flag.path = rb_strdup(optarg); fprintf(stderr, "flag.path: %s\n", flag.path); break; default: /* '?' */ print_help(EXIT_FAILURE); } } /* they should really read the help. */ if(flag.none) print_help(EXIT_FAILURE); if(flag.path == NULL) flag.path = rb_strdup(DBPATH); if((flag.import && flag.export) || (flag.export && flag.wipe) || (flag.verify && flag.pretend) || (flag.export && flag.pretend)) { fprintf(stderr, "* Error: Conflicting flags.\n"); if(flag.export && flag.pretend) fprintf(stderr, "* There is nothing to 'pretend' when exporting.\n"); fprintf(stderr, "* For an explination of commands, run: %s -h\n", me); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } if(argv[optind] != NULL) rb_strlcpy(etc, argv[optind], sizeof(etc)); else rb_strlcpy(etc, ETCPATH, sizeof(ETCPATH)); fprintf(stdout, "* bantool v.%s built for %s ($Id: bantool.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $)\n", SERIALNUM, PATCHLEVEL); if(flag.pretend == NO) { if(rsdb_init(flag.path, db_error_cb) == -1) { fprintf(stderr, "* Error: Unable to open database\n"); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } check_schema(); if(flag.vacuum) db_reclaim_slack(); if(flag.import && flag.wipe) { flag.dupes_ok = YES; /* dont check for dupes if we are wiping the db clean */ for(i = 0; i < 3; i++) fprintf(stdout, "* WARNING: YOU ARE ABOUT TO WIPE YOUR DATABASE!\n"); fprintf(stdout, "* Press ^C to abort! "); fflush(stdout); rb_sleep(10, 0); fprintf(stdout, "Carrying on...\n"); wipe_schema(); } } if(flag.verbose && flag.dupes_ok == YES) fprintf(stdout, "* Allowing duplicate bans...\n"); /* checking for our files to import or export */ for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++) { rb_snprintf(conf, sizeof(conf), "%s/%s.conf%s", etc, bandb_table[i], bandb_suffix[i]); if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO) rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START); if(flag.import) import_config(conf, i); if(flag.export) export_config(conf, i); if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO) rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END); } if(flag.import) { if(count.error && flag.verbose) fprintf(stderr, "* I was unable to locate %i config files to import.\n", count.error); fprintf(stdout, "* Import Stats: Klines: %i, Dlines: %i, Xlines: %i, Resvs: %i \n", count.klines, count.dlines, count.xlines, count.resvs); fprintf(stdout, "*\n* If your IRC server is currently running, newly imported bans \n* will not take effect until you issue the command: /quote rehash bans\n"); if(flag.pretend) fprintf(stdout, "* Pretend mode engaged. Nothing was actually entered into the database.\n"); } return 0; } /** * export the database to old-style flat files */ static void export_config(const char *conf, int id) { struct rsdb_table table; static char sql[BUFSIZE * 2]; static char buf[512]; FILE *fd = NULL; int j; /* for sanity sake */ const int mask1 = 0; const int mask2 = 1; const int reason = 2; const int oper = 3; const int ts = 4; /* const int perm = 5; */ if(!table_has_rows(bandb_table[id])) return; if(strstr(conf, ".perm") != 0) rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql), "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 1 ORDER BY time", bandb_table[id]); else rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql), "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 0 ORDER BY time", bandb_table[id]); rsdb_exec_fetch(&table, sql); if(table.row_count <= 0) { rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); return; } if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "* checking for %s: ", conf); /* debug */ /* open config for reading, or skip to the next */ if(!(fd = fopen(conf, "w"))) { if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "\tmissing.\n"); count.error++; return; } for(j = 0; j < table.row_count; j++) { switch (id) { case BANDB_DLINE: case BANDB_DLINE_PERM: rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n", table.row[j][mask1], mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]), smalldate(table.row[j][ts]), table.row[j][oper], table.row[j][ts]); break; case BANDB_XLINE: case BANDB_XLINE_PERM: rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "\"%s\",\"0\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n", escape_quotes(table.row[j][mask1]), mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]), table.row[j][oper], table.row[j][ts]); break; case BANDB_RESV: case BANDB_RESV_PERM: rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n", table.row[j][mask1], mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]), table.row[j][oper], table.row[j][ts]); break; default: /* Klines */ rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n", table.row[j][mask1], table.row[j][mask2], mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]), smalldate(table.row[j][ts]), table.row[j][oper], table.row[j][ts]); break; } fprintf(fd, "%s", buf); } rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "\twritten.\n"); fclose(fd); } /** * attempt to condense the individual conf functions into one */ static void import_config(const char *conf, int id) { FILE *fd; char line[BUFSIZE]; char *p; int i = 0; char f_perm = 0; char *f_mask1 = NULL; char *f_mask2 = NULL; char *f_oper = NULL; char *f_time = NULL; char *f_reason = NULL; char *f_oreason = NULL; char newreason[REASONLEN]; if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "* checking for %s: ", conf); /* debug */ /* open config for reading, or skip to the next */ if(!(fd = fopen(conf, "r"))) { if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "%*s", strlen(bandb_suffix[id]) > 0 ? 10 : 15, "missing.\n"); count.error++; return; } if(strstr(conf, ".perm") != 0) f_perm = 1; /* xline * "SYSTEM","0","banned","stevoo!stevoo@efnet.port80.se{stevoo}",1111080437 * resv * "OseK","banned nickname","stevoo!stevoo@efnet.port80.se{stevoo}",1111031619 * dline * "194.158.192.0/19","laptop scammers","","2005/3/17 05.33","stevoo!stevoo@efnet.port80.se{stevoo}",1111033988 */ while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fd)) { if((p = strpbrk(line, "\r\n")) != NULL) *p = '\0'; if((*line == '\0') || (*line == '#')) continue; /* mask1 */ f_mask1 = getfield(line); if(EmptyString(f_mask1)) continue; /* mask2 */ switch (id) { case BANDB_XLINE: case BANDB_XLINE_PERM: f_mask1 = escape_quotes(clean_gecos_field(f_mask1)); getfield(NULL); /* empty field */ break; case BANDB_RESV: case BANDB_RESV_PERM: case BANDB_DLINE: case BANDB_DLINE_PERM: break; default: f_mask2 = getfield(NULL); if(EmptyString(f_mask2)) continue; break; } /* reason */ f_reason = getfield(NULL); if(EmptyString(f_reason)) continue; /* oper comment */ switch (id) { case BANDB_KLINE: case BANDB_KLINE_PERM: case BANDB_DLINE: case BANDB_DLINE_PERM: f_oreason = getfield(NULL); getfield(NULL); break; default: break; } f_oper = getfield(NULL); f_time = strip_quotes(f_oper + strlen(f_oper) + 2); /* meh */ if(id == BANDB_KLINE || id == BANDB_KLINE_PERM) { if(strstr(f_mask1, "!") != NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "* SKIPPING INVALID KLINE %s@%s set by %s\n", f_mask1, f_mask2, f_oper); fprintf(stderr, " You may wish to re-apply it correctly.\n"); continue; } } /* append operreason_field to reason_field */ if(!EmptyString(f_oreason)) rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s | %s", f_reason, f_oreason); else rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s", f_reason); if(flag.pretend == NO) { if(flag.dupes_ok == NO) drop_dupes(f_mask1, f_mask2, bandb_table[id]); rsdb_exec(NULL, "INSERT INTO %s (mask1, mask2, oper, time, perm, reason) VALUES('%Q','%Q','%Q','%Q','%d','%Q')", bandb_table[id], f_mask1, f_mask2, f_oper, f_time, f_perm, newreason); } if(flag.pretend && flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "%s: perm(%d) mask1(%s) mask2(%s) oper(%s) reason(%s) time(%s)\n", bandb_table[id], f_perm, f_mask1, f_mask2, f_oper, newreason, f_time); i++; } switch (bandb_letter[id]) { case 'K': count.klines += i; break; case 'D': count.dlines += i; break; case 'X': count.xlines += i; break; case 'R': count.resvs += i; break; default: break; } if(flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "%*s\n", strlen(bandb_suffix[id]) > 0 ? 10 : 15, "imported."); return; } /** * getfield * * inputs - input buffer * output - next field * side effects - field breakup for ircd.conf file. */ char * getfield(char *newline) { static char *line = NULL; char *end, *field; if(newline != NULL) line = newline; if(line == NULL) return (NULL); field = line; /* XXX make this skip to first " if present */ if(*field == '"') field++; else return (NULL); /* mal-formed field */ end = strchr(line, ','); while(1) { /* no trailing , - last field */ if(end == NULL) { end = line + strlen(line); line = NULL; if(*end == '"') { *end = '\0'; return field; } else return NULL; } else { /* look for a ", to mark the end of a field.. */ if(*(end - 1) == '"') { line = end + 1; end--; *end = '\0'; return field; } /* search for the next ',' */ end++; end = strchr(end, ','); } } return NULL; } /** * strip away "quotes" from around strings */ static char * strip_quotes(const char *string) { static char buf[14]; /* int(11) + 2 + \0 */ char *str = buf; if(string == NULL) return NULL; while(*string) { if(*string != '"') { *str++ = *string; } string++; } *str = '\0'; return buf; } /** * escape quotes in a string */ static char * escape_quotes(const char *string) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 2]; char *str = buf; if(string == NULL) return NULL; while(*string) { if(*string == '"') { *str++ = '\\'; *str++ = '"'; } else { *str++ = *string; } string++; } *str = '\0'; return buf; } static char * mangle_reason(const char *string) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 2]; char *str = buf; if(string == NULL) return NULL; while(*string) { switch (*string) { case '"': *str = '\''; break; case ':': *str = ' '; break; default: *str = *string; } string++; str++; } *str = '\0'; return buf; } /** * change spaces to \s in gecos field */ static const char * clean_gecos_field(const char *gecos) { static char buf[BUFSIZE * 2]; char *str = buf; if(gecos == NULL) return NULL; while(*gecos) { if(*gecos == ' ') { *str++ = '\\'; *str++ = 's'; } else *str++ = *gecos; gecos++; } *str = '\0'; return buf; } /** * verify the database integrity, and if necessary create apropriate tables */ static void check_schema(void) { int i, j; char type[8]; /* longest string is 'INTEGER\0' */ if(flag.verify || flag.verbose) fprintf(stdout, "* Verifying database.\n"); const char *columns[] = { "perm", "mask1", "mask2", "oper", "time", "reason", NULL }; for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++) { if(!table_exists(bandb_table[i])) { rsdb_exec(NULL, "CREATE TABLE %s (mask1 TEXT, mask2 TEXT, oper TEXT, time INTEGER, perm INTEGER, reason TEXT)", bandb_table[i]); } /* * i can't think of any better way to do this, other then attempt to * force the creation of column that may, or may not already exist. --dubkat */ else { for(j = 0; columns[j] != NULL; j++) { if(!strcmp(columns[j], "time") && !strcmp(columns[j], "perm")) rb_strlcpy(type, "INTEGER", sizeof(type)); else rb_strlcpy(type, "TEXT", sizeof(type)); /* attempt to add a column with extreme prejudice, errors are ignored */ rsdb_exec(NULL, "ALTER TABLE %s ADD COLUMN %s %s", bandb_table[i], columns[j], type); } } i++; /* skip over .perm */ } } static void db_reclaim_slack(void) { fprintf(stdout, "* Reclaiming free space.\n"); rsdb_exec(NULL, "VACUUM"); } /** * check that appropriate tables exist. */ static int table_exists(const char *dbtab) { struct rsdb_table table; rsdb_exec_fetch(&table, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name='%s'", dbtab); rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); return table.row_count; } /** * check that there are actual entries in a table */ static int table_has_rows(const char *dbtab) { struct rsdb_table table; rsdb_exec_fetch(&table, "SELECT * FROM %s", dbtab); rsdb_exec_fetch_end(&table); return table.row_count; } /** * completly wipes out an existing ban.db of all entries. */ static void wipe_schema(void) { int i; rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START); for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++) { rsdb_exec(NULL, "DROP TABLE %s", bandb_table[i]); i++; /* double increment to skip over .perm */ } rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END); check_schema(); } /** * remove pre-existing duplicate bans from the database. * we favor the new, imported ban over the one in the database */ void drop_dupes(const char *user, const char *host, const char *t) { rsdb_exec(NULL, "DELETE FROM %s WHERE mask1='%Q' AND mask2='%Q'", t, user, host); } static void db_error_cb(const char *errstr) { return; } /** * convert unix timestamp to human readable (small) date */ static char * smalldate(const char *string) { static char buf[MAX_DATE_STRING]; struct tm *lt; time_t t; t = strtol(string, NULL, 10); lt = gmtime(&t); if(lt == NULL) return NULL; rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d", lt->tm_year + 1900, lt->tm_mon + 1, lt->tm_mday, lt->tm_hour, lt->tm_min); return buf; } /** * you are here ->. */ void print_help(int i_exit) { /* *INDENT-OFF* */ fprintf(stderr, "bantool v.%s - the %s database tool.\n", SERIALNUM, PATCHLEVEL); fprintf(stderr, "Copyright (C) 2008-2012 ircd-ratbox development team\n"); fprintf(stderr, "$Id: bantool.c 27371 2012-03-16 05:33:15Z dubkat $\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-f databasename] <-i|-e> [-p] [-v] [-h] [-d] [-w] [path]\n", me); fprintf(stderr, " -h : Display some slightly useful help.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -f : Path to the ban database, default is %s\n", DBPATH); fprintf(stderr, " -i : Actually import configs into your database.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -e : Export your database to old-style flat files.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " This is suitable for redistrubuting your banlists, or creating backups.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -s : Reclaim empty slack space the database may be taking up.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -u : Update the database tables to support any new features.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " This is automaticlly done if you are importing or exporting\n"); fprintf(stderr, " but should be run whenever you upgrade the ircd.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -p : pretend, checks for the configs, and parses them, then tells you some data...\n"); fprintf(stderr, " but does not touch your database.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -v : Be verbose... and it *is* very verbose! (intended for debugging)\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -d : Enable checking for redunant entries.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " -w : Completly wipe your database clean. May be used with -i \n"); fprintf(stderr, " path : An optional directory containing old ratbox configs for import, or export.\n"); fprintf(stderr, " If not specified, it looks in %s.\n", ETCPATH); /* *INDENT-ON* */ exit(i_exit); } ���������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/bandb/Makefile.am�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000001011�11026473014�016262� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# # $Id: Makefile.am 25554 2008-06-19 15:06:52Z androsyn $ # AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects if BUILD_SQLITE SUBDIRS = sqlite3 endif libexec_PROGRAMS = bandb bin_PROGRAMS = bantool AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS) INCLUDES = -I../include -I../libratbox/include @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ bandb_SOURCES = bandb.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c bandb_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @SQLITE3_LIBS@ bantool_SOURCES = bantool.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c bantool_LDADD = ../libratbox/src/libratbox.la @SQLITE3_LIBS@ �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/Makefile.in�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000074401�11726766726�015270� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software # Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # $Id: Makefile.in 27353 2012-03-11 00:12:06Z androsyn $ # # okay so i've flattened out the build stuff here. # this is really for the best since so many things depend # on each other now.. VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ bin_PROGRAMS = ircd$(EXEEXT) subdir = . DIST_COMMON = $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/install-mod.sh.in \ $(top_srcdir)/configure $(top_srcdir)/doc/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/include/setup.h.in ChangeLog INSTALL compile \ config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing \ mkinstalldirs ylwrap ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/setup.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = doc/Makefile install-mod.sh CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) am_ircd_OBJECTS = main.$(OBJEXT) ircd_OBJECTS = $(am_ircd_OBJECTS) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ircd_DEPENDENCIES = libratbox/src/libratbox.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ src/libcore.la $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ircd_DEPENDENCIES = libratbox/src/libratbox.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ modules/libmodules.la src/libcore.la \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ modules/static_modules.o \ @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) ircd_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(ircd_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/include depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) \ $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \ $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(ircd_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(ircd_SOURCES) RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ distdir dist dist-all distcheck ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DIST_SUBDIRS = libratbox libltdl src modules tools doc help bandb ssld \ resolver DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AR = @AR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CP = @CP@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETC_DIR = @ETC_DIR@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ INCLTDL = @INCLTDL@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ IRCD_PREFIX = @IRCD_PREFIX@ LD = @LD@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LEX = @LEX@ LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@ LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@ LIBEXEC_DIR = @LIBEXEC_DIR@ LIBLTDL = @LIBLTDL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LIPO = @LIPO@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LOG_DIR = @LOG_DIR@ LTDLDEPS = @LTDLDEPS@ LTDLINCL = @LTDLINCL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ LT_OBJDIR = @LT_OBJDIR@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MODULE_DIR = @MODULE_DIR@ MV = @MV@ NM = @NM@ NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ OTOOL = @OTOOL@ OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RB_RM = @RB_RM@ SED = @SED@ SEDOBJ = @SEDOBJ@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ SHLIBEXT = @SHLIBEXT@ SQLITE3_CFLAGS = @SQLITE3_CFLAGS@ SQLITE3_LIBS = @SQLITE3_LIBS@ SQLITE_SUBDIR = @SQLITE_SUBDIR@ SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@ SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WARNFLAGS = @WARNFLAGS@ YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@ ZLIB_LD = @ZLIB_LD@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ confdir = @confdir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ helpdir = @helpdir@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ logdir = @logdir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ moduledir = @moduledir@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ subdirs = @subdirs@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) ircd_SOURCES = main.c @MINGW_TRUE@EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@SUBDIRS = libratbox libltdl src modules tools doc help bandb ssld resolver @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@SUBDIRS = libratbox libltdl modules src tools doc help bandb ssld resolver @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ircd_LDADD = libratbox/src/libratbox.la src/libcore.la $(LIBLTDL) @STATIC_MODULES_TRUE@ircd_LDADD = libratbox/src/libratbox.la modules/libmodules.la src/libcore.la modules/static_modules.o $(LIBLTDL) $(DLOPEN) @STATIC_MODULES_FALSE@ircd_LDFLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -dlopen self all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): include/setup.h: include/stamp-h1 @if test ! -f $@; then rm -f include/stamp-h1; else :; fi @if test ! -f $@; then $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) include/stamp-h1; else :; fi include/stamp-h1: $(top_srcdir)/include/setup.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f include/stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status include/setup.h $(top_srcdir)/include/setup.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f include/stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f include/setup.h include/stamp-h1 doc/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/doc/Makefile.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ install-mod.sh: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/install-mod.sh.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p || test -f $$p1; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-binPROGRAMS: @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list ircd$(EXEEXT): $(ircd_OBJECTS) $(ircd_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_ircd_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f ircd$(EXEEXT) $(ircd_LINK) $(ircd_OBJECTS) $(ircd_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/main.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.o$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.obj$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .c.lo: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.lo$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Plo @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: -rm -f libtool config.lt # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ fi; \ done; \ rev="$$rev ."; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done ctags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzma: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma $(am__remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__remove_distdir) dist dist-all: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lzma*) \ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build mkdir $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-hdr distclean-libtool distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS .MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \ install-am install-strip tags-recursive .PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-binPROGRAMS \ clean-generic clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist \ dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-lzip dist-lzma dist-shar \ dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \ distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-binPROGRAMS install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-binPROGRAMS build_contrib: cd contrib && $(MAKE) install_contrib: build_contrib cd contrib && $(MAKE) install install_data-local: -@if test ! -d @logdir@; then mkdir @logdir@;fi contrib: build_contrib # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/RELNOTES��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000023741�12070402050�014344� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� Please note as of this release, the 3.0 branch is now marked as 'stable'. The 2.2 branch will no longer be maintained. This is the current release version of the 'stable' tree of ircd-ratbox. If you are upgrading from 2.2, you must read doc/whats-new-3.0.txt If you are upgrading from 2.1, you must read doc/whats-new-2.2.txt If you are upgrading from 2.0, you must also read doc/whats-new-2.1.txt If you are upgrading from 1.x, you must also read doc/whats-new-2.0.txt -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.8 - fix embarrassing CAPAB crash - All admins should upgrade immediately - various doc cleanups -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.7 - remove sigio code. its buggyness makes it more trouble than its worth - stop logging to files when they are commented out in the ircd.conf - add help for GUNGLINE - make cross compiles work again - fix error handling with GNUTLS - update included sqlite3 code to something recent - documentation cleanups/updates -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.6 - fix a user-triggerable crash in /links handling when flatten_links is disabled -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.5 - fix a bug with reading help files - add debugging in for dealing with a kline removal bug - fix /rehash tdlines and /rehash bans so they actually do something with dlines - compute the number of file descriptors passed correctly on freebsd/amd64 (and probably others) - check for compiler support for various warning flags and add them - add -fno-strict-aliasing as this is now needed for gcc 4.4 - GNUTLS code now picks up new keys/certificates on rehash -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.4 - Actually release from the right branch. Oops. -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.3 - fix forward dns resolution, only used by connect::host with hostnames - check return values on rb_socketpair that can cause a crash if socketpair fails - add autoconf checks for -fstack-protector - add warnings for certain functions who's return values should always be checked - fix a CHALLENGE related core dump -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.2 - fix ssl+zip close detection - fix openssl detection when openssl is a static library - add gungline support - fix a problem with ssl connections not being accepted on solaris and perhaps other platforms as well - attempt to report the real network errors on ssl connections a bit better - actually update the internal timekeeping when using sigio - fix an off by one error in ziplink stats processing -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.1 - call rb_helper_close on bandb errors to kill off old bandb processes - report correct files/line numbers for spoof warnings - sid in the serverinfo struct should be 4 bytes, not 3 - rebuild the included ircd_lexer.c - fix ports and /dev/poll on solaris - report libratbox version on -version and /info - libratbox version info includes ssl info - fix installing when using install-sh - reenable ziplinks + ssl - fix a gnutls related core dump - add support for a serverinfo::bandb setting for the ban database - report adding throttles when an oper is set umode +r - report throttle stats in /stats T -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0 - fix a crash with the the global cidr code - fix a core dump in bantool if bantool cannot open the database - report failure to open logfiles in a more useful way - check to see if we have both read and write access to the ban database - fix a build error on OS X Leopard -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0rc3 - fix a leak that would cause the ircd to leak 128 bytes per connection - a few minor cleanups of cases where malloc/free were used instead of rb_malloc/rb_free - keep people from passing absurd non-numeric values to --with-nicklen - have stats T report cumulative connection times as a 64bit integer and keep track of those values as a 64bit integer as well so they do not wrap -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0rc2 - log ERROR commands to file regardless of hide_error_messages setting - restrict JOIN 0 to only allow 0 by itself, no multiple zeros or zeros before or after commas - honor -logfile command line option - fix timerfd_create check -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0rc1 - fix a bug in comment parsing in the config file - have bandb honor -basedir option - if ssld to work on win32 should you ever desire such a thing and a few other minor win32 fixes - fix up a few things so that the source code builds with gcc -pedantic - do not abort configure if the AC_CHECK_SQLITE3 check fails - drop configure option for ssl only channels, this is now controlled by channel {} use_sslonly option - attempt to override FD_SETSIZE when using select, and if this cannot be overriden, lower maxconnections - fix signalfd code on 32bit platforms - add support for timerfd_create event handling on linux systems with new enough kernels and glibc - fix our fake rb_sockaddr_storage so that it actually compiles - Add some work arounds to avoid OPENSSL_applink on some platforms -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta12 - add support for ssl only oper and auth blocks - do not show whowas ip info if the ip is 0 - fix admindline to actually work - fix a compile error with vhost6_dns when no ipv6 exists - fix a logic inversion with duplicate dline checking - fix a minor buffer overrun in the identd checking code - default bursting of who set topics to on - tidy up some of the identd checking code - don't try to release a closed connection - change a few instances where localtime was being used instead of UTC - do not bother logging ERROR commands from non-servers - fix a crash in bantool - fix an issue in libratbox with storing event names incorrectly - put a bit of sanity checking in rb_vsnprintf_append - some portability cleanups -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta11 - remove the remains of servlink_path from the config file parser - userlog now logs the users IP address as well as their hostname - whowas now supports showing the users IP address as well as hostname. the same rules apply to showing the whowas IP as apply to showing whois_actually and uses the same numeric. - double the size of the whowas array for large networks. this comes at a hit of about 2MB or so of memory. - really, really fix the block heap garbage collection code -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta10 - fix a case a passing a NULL to match() - properly fix a crash in the block heap garbage collection code -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta9 - fix a hang with the resolver using epoll - add dns source port randomization - add a vhost_dns/vhost6_dns option to control which IP addresses the resolver binds to - make /stats A work again - cleanup some remains of the old ident helper - work around a core dump in libratbox with accepting sockets that appear to be open in the fd hash and log this condition - fix a buffer overrun in the arc4random code when there is no ssl library - fix a memory alignment issue on sparc where the ircd would crash with a SIGBUS accessing long long variables that were allocated via the block allocator -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta8 - some cleanups in the checksplit code - some cleanups in the /trace code - show reasons for failed outbound SSL handshakes to opers - log ssl errors for servers and handshakes in serverlog - make sqlite3 checking more robust - change the resolver to use the code from charybdis instead of adns - fix identd checking so it works again - fix a bug where the ircd could stop reading from the client on the CAP command - add some functions for random number generation for the nossl case in libratbox -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta7 - my release building script manage to not include libratbox, oops -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta6 - change -lock klines and friends to now be ADMINKLINE etc - default to only supporting TS6 - fix remote kline reasons - have sqlite3 checking use pkg-config when possible - move identd checking back into the ircd, this seems to have been more problematic than what it was worth - add experimental gnutls support - note that CHALLENGE does not work when using just gnutls - some helpfile cleanups - fix compile error when zlib is not found - remove some restrictions on k/d/x/resv reasons that are no longer needed -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta5 - fix things so that --enable-assert=soft compiles again - fix a typo in mkpasswd - add admin only -lock klines, doing KLINE -lock will allow admins to add klines that normal opers cannot remove. - modify bantool to have a -u option that updates the database schema. if upgrading from previous betas, this needs to be run to support the -lock kline changes. - fix cidr klines so they work again - update included sqlite3 to the latest revision - allow kline/unkline of a bare host or address, this gets treated as *@host - report when an invalid kline is passed, instead of silently ignoring - fix --enable-assert=soft - fix libratbox build on OS X and others -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta4 - some configure/makefile changes that are useful for package maintainers - various bantool fixes - fix a bug with the command hash that could cause the ircd to crash - fix an ident checking bug that would sometimes cause users to get the wrong ident - fix an ssld crash due to mangling connection ids incorrectly - fix matching of cidr masks where the bit length was 0 - implement throttling of ssl connection handshake flooding - fix build on bsd platforms that lack EVFILT_TIMER - fix kqueue from sometimes dropping updates - fix a possible crash with ssl connections closing quickly - perserve errno so that connect failures report the correct error -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta3 - fix an issue with CAP END releasing clients before it should - report bandb errors in a useful fashion - strip tabs when reading from help/motd etc - override default_max_clients if it is == 0 - fix ssl issue with wanting reads/writes - fix some cases where /list can freeze a client - stop libltdl from installing an empty include directory - improve SIGCHLD handling in the ircd -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta2 - honor global_cidr setting - fix a bug in bantool that improperly parsed X-lines with spaces them - fix user@host spoofs - fix default maxclients to work correctly - fix libratbox build with openssl disabled - don't spin on openssl accepts when there is no data -- ircd-ratbox-3.0.0beta1 - No release notes, see doc/whats-new-3.0.txt $Id: RELNOTES 27412 2012-12-31 21:31:20Z androsyn $ �������������������������������ircd-ratbox-3.0.8/Makefile.am�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0023420�0023420�00000002213�11650123341�015217� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �duck����������������������������dc-users���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������# $Id: Makefile.am 27245 2011-10-20 22:55:29Z androsyn $ # # okay so i've flattened out the build stuff here. # this is really for the best since so many things depend # on each other now.. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects prefix = @prefix@ libcoredir = @libdir@ modulesdir = @moduledir@/autoload coredir = @moduledir@ servicesdir = @moduledir@/autoload AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNFLAGS) ircd_SOURCES = main.c bin_PROGRAMS = ircd if MINGW EXTRA_FLAGS = -no-undefined -Wl,--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc -export-symbols-regex '*' endif if !STATIC_MODULES SUBDIRS = libratbox libltdl src modules tools doc help bandb ssld resolver ircd_LDADD = libratbox/src/libratbox.la src/libcore.la $(LIBLTDL) ircd_LDFLAGS = $(EXTRA_FLAGS) -dlopen self else SUBDIRS = libratbox libltdl modules src tools doc help bandb ssld resolver ircd_LDADD = libratbox/src/libratbox.la modules/libmodules.la src/libcore.la modules/static_modules.o $(LIBLTDL) $(DLOPEN) endif build_contrib: cd contrib && $(MAKE) install_contrib: build_contrib cd contrib && $(MAKE) install install_data-local: -@if test ! -d @logdir@; then mkdir @logdir@;fi contrib: build_contrib �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������